» JC? 
 
 VS3 
 
 ^OFCAUFOfy* ^OFCALIFOfy^ 
 
 M/AHvaan# ^/Aavaan^ 
 
 
 ^WEUNIVERX^ 
 
 ^vlOSANCEl% 
 
 2 "- 
 
 <ttl3DNYS0# "%UAINn3¥^ 
 
 S 
 
 ^OF-CAIIFO^ 
 
 ^Aavaans^ 
 
 ^\\EUNIVEJ% 
 
 %13DNVS0^ 
 
 ^lOS-ANGElFj^ 
 
 ■%bainihi\v 
 
 ^tUBRARY^. 
 
 ^UIBRARY^ 
 
 ^HHlTCHtf^ 
 
 ^OJIIVJ'JO^ 
 
 .^EUNIVERJ^ 
 
 ^EUNIVERS/^ 
 
 %3l3DNVSOV^ 
 
 ^10SANCEI% 
 
 "^jaaMNnaftV 
 
 ^OF-CAUFOfy* ^OFCALIFOfy* 
 
 e-5 
 
 y <?AavaaiB^ 
 
 AMEUNIVERS/a 
 
 
 ^t-UBRARYOc 
 
 ^StUBRARY^ 
 
 %0i\m-i^ > ' 
 
 ^ojnvDjo^ 
 
 S ^EUNIVER% 
 
 %13DNVS0# 
 
 ^lOS-ANCEl£n> 
 
 %a3AIN(l-3ft^ 
 
 ^OFCAllF(%, 
 
 ^tUBRARYQc 
 
 hoiWi^ 
 
 <, ^OF-CAUFORto ^WEUNIVER% ^lOSANCELfj^ ^OFCALIFOfyv 
 
 S £\/T\S £*~*f*3 f/^-*2 £\/Z\% 
 
 y OAavaani^ ^Aavaan-^ 
 
 <Ol30NVS01^ 
 
 %aaAiNn-3ftv ^Aavaan-^ 
 
 ^El)NIV£Ry/A ^lOSANGElfjV. 
 
 <Tii33NVS01^ 
 
 •I 
 
 ^UIBRARYQ^ 
 
 ^.lUBRARYQc, 
 ■5 1 ii™" * 
 
 AWEUNIVERS/a. 
 
 CQ 
 
 %i!TVDJ0^ %0dnV3J0^ <f5l3DNVS0l^ 
 
 ^EUNIVERS/a 
 
 %133NVSOV^ 
 
 ^lOSANCElfj-- 
 
 "%3AINIHW^ 
 
 ^OFCAUFOR^ 
 
 AOFCAIIFO%. 
 
 ^Aavaan^ 
 
 ^Aavaani^ 
 
 V 5MEUNIVER% 
 
 ^UDNVSOV^ 
 
 ^tllBRARYQr ^l-UBRARYQc. 
 
 "CAIIFO/?^ ^OFCALlFOfy* 
 
 <A\\EUNIVER%. ^lOSANCElfj^, ^UIBRARYQc 
 
 o 
 
 il 3 
 
 <ttTOS0V^ %IJAINIH!?fc S 
 
 ^WEUNIVERS^ ^VOSANCElfj^ 
 
 ^F-CAllFORto
 
 frUQNYSOV^ ■vJSJHABUHtflf* ^OJITOJO^ ^OJITCHO^ 
 NEUNIVER%. ^lOSANCflfr^ ^OFCAUFOB^ ^OFCAIIFOfy^ 
 
 
 ^Aavaani^ ^Aavaans^ 
 
 
 ^iUDNVSOV^ 
 
 <I3UDNV-S0V^ 
 
 %i 
 
 ^EUNIVER%. ^cl! 
 
 ^•UBRARY^K 
 
 ^tllBRARYQr 
 
 jOFCALIFORto 
 
 fcAavaaiH^ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFO^ 
 
 ■^AavaaiH^- 
 
 ^\UUNIVER%. 
 
 ^lOSANCFlfj^, 
 
 <&TOS0V^ "%3AINIl-3^ 
 
 ^ilHIHIVEBS^ 
 
 <tt!3DNVS0V^ 
 
 ^lOSANGElft*. 
 
 ^UIBRARYQ?. <$t- 
 
 ^SWITCHO^ %{ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFO^ ^Of 
 
 ■^bainih^ ^Auvaarf 
 
 iflE-UNIVERSJk 
 
 £3 
 
 
 v ttEUNIVER%. 
 
 t 
 
 ^lOSANCELfj^. 
 
 i s 
 
 
 %BAINIHW^ 
 
 
 3 
 ■%3AJNIH¥&?* 
 
 ^lUBRARYQ^ 
 
 
 ^OFCAIIFO^ ^OFCAllFORto 
 
 ^Aavaani^ 
 
 y <?Aavaani^ 
 
 s ^ei)NIVej%. 
 
 %13DNVS0V^ % 
 
 5tfEUNIVER% ^cll 
 
 V O u_ 
 
 <I513DNVS01^ "^51 
 
 * 
 
 frllBRAIMK 
 
 ^UIBRARYQc 
 
 OFCAUFOfy^ 
 
 ^OFCALIF(% 
 
 JAavaam^ 
 
 y <?Aavaani^ 
 
 ^weuniver% 
 
 
 AWMJNIVERS/a 
 
 ^OllDNVSOl^ 
 
 ^:lOSANCELf% 
 
 %a3AiNnmv^ 
 
 ^lOSANGElfr^. 
 
 'I 
 
 "v&ihainiw 
 
 ^IIIBRARYO/. 
 
 <#l 
 
 ^Aavaan-^ 
 
 !s\EUNIVER% ^lOSANCEltfo ^SUBRARY«^ ^HJBRARYQ^ 
 
 ttUDNVSOV^ %BAINM«^ ^CUIIYHO^ %03nV3JO^ 
 
 ^WEUNIVER% ^U 

 
 «v 
 
 BLAIR'S CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA.
 
 Cgdopitbia of Australasia; 
 
 tin. 
 
 DICTIONARY OF FACTS, EVENTS, 
 
 DATES, PERSONS. AND PLACES 
 
 CONNECTED WITH THE 
 
 DISCOVERY, EXPLORATION, AND PROGRESS OF THE BRITISH DOMINIONS 
 
 IN THE SOUTH, 
 
 FROM THE 
 
 EARLIEST DAWN OF DISCOVERY IN THE SOUTHERN OCEAN 
 
 TO THE YEAR 1881. 
 
 BY 
 
 DAVID BLAIR, 
 
 Author of a "History o) Australasia," late Member of the Legislative Assembly of Victoria, 
 and for Thirty Years an Australian Journalist. 
 
 inST 03STE VOLUBLE. 
 
 MELBOURNE: 
 
 PEEGUSSON AND MOORE, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS 
 48 FLINDERS LANE EAST. 
 
 1881.
 
 3S7 C 
 
 I DEDICATE AFFECTIONATELY 
 
 THIS "CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA," 
 
 TO THE 
 
 TWO NOBLEST PERSONS AND THE TWO BEST FRIENDS 
 
 I HAVE EVER KXOWN : 
 
 A. M. B. 
 
 AND HER BROTHER, 
 
 E. C. G. 
 
 DAVID BLAIR. 
 
 Stanley Street, West Melbourne. 
 30th August, 18S1. 
 
 116.1009
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 1. The present volume is the result of many years of diligent labour, and is the first 
 attempt that has yet been made to systematise the entire range of facts bearing on the past 
 history and present condition of the British possessions in the Southern Ocean. 
 
 2. In the prosecution of his duties as a Victorian journalist, during the past thirty 
 years, the compiler has felt, almost hourly, the necessity of a work of this kind. The informa- 
 tion he required was, he found, either not accessible at all, or it was scattered over a large mass 
 of fugitive — and for the most part worthless — publications. The compilation of a " Cyclopaedia 
 of Australasia," therefore, occurred to him at a very early date as a task to be undertaken 
 when the fitting time should arrive. The year that witnessed the two Grand International 
 Exhibitions at Sydney and Melbourne distinctly marked that period. Australasia, for the first 
 time, took its rightful place amongst the world's great dominions. Up till that time it was 
 generally regarded as nothing more than a group of detached settlements belonging to Great 
 Britain, situated " at the antipodes," quite destitute of any distinctive history, and not of any 
 great interest or importance in the eyes of foreign nations. And in this injurious estimate 
 of their magnificent territory Australians themselves were only too willing to acquiesce. 
 
 3. The bulk of the adult population in all the colonies, excepting New South Wales, 
 was up till a very recent period composed of immigrant adventurers, who had come hither 
 to better their fortunes, but not with the fixed intention of becoming Australian citizens. 
 They clung to the conviction that they still belonged to "the old country," which was always 
 their "home," and that they were merely temporary sojourners here, whose chief object in 
 life was to return and settle down in their native land. There was an unwillingness to 
 admit that they were permanent residents here, or should ever become such, and an impa- 
 tience of all solicitation to take an active personal interest in the history and concerns of 
 Australasia. There was even, in some cases, a positive determination to remain ignorant of 
 everything relating to this part of the world, beyond the limited range of knowledge needful 
 to carry on commercial or other business transactions. These feelings still linger in the 
 breasts of some of the older generation of colonists, and many amusing instances might be 
 cited by the present compiler. The result is a general unacquaintance with the past 
 history and present condition of the land they live in, which is certainly not creditable 
 to the Australians as a people. 
 
 4. But, in the meantime, a new generation has sprung into existence, and the effects 
 of this indifference of the fathers are being witnessed in the children. The sentiment of 
 patriotism has not yet been kindled in their breasts. They have no noble pride in the land 
 of their birth. They speak, as their elders do, of the "old country" as their "home." 
 They affect rather to despise their native land. They cherish a dim conviction that they, 
 too, will some day leave Australia altogether, and go to Europe "with a fortune." They
 
 viii. INTRODUCTION. 
 
 mentally associate the idea of all that is worth living for with a residence in London or one 
 of the other great European cities ; this fresh, splendid, and bountiful new laud not counting 
 for anything at all in their estimation. On the other hand, their minds are of necessity 
 destitute of all those fine associations which are, so to speak, born with every English boy. 
 What can result from a mental condition so defective, on both its positive and negative sides, 
 but a type of character blankly commonplace, wanting in all noble enthusiasm, empty of 
 everything that gives dignity and innate nobleness to the human being? 
 
 5. The evil is intensified by the kind of instruction given to the young Australians, 
 both in the elementary and the higher schools. They are not taught as Australians at all, 
 but as foreigners. English books, English lessons, English methods of study are those alone 
 in use. Up till a very recent period the children in the State-schools, indeed, were assumed 
 to be Irish peasant children, living amongst the bogs, and fed upon potatoes and milk ! That 
 is to say, such were the assumptions tacitly made in the very books the children were 
 taught from, beginning with the lessons in words of one syllable. The sole reason for this 
 preposterous inversion of common sense in elementary education was the beggarly plea, 
 that the Irish National School-books were the cheapest that could be procured ! And 
 when the present writer took in hand the task to remonstrate publicly against the 
 absurdity, he awakened keenly resentful feelings in the breasts of both governing persons 
 and booksellers. Some reform has been introduced in respect of the school-books, as the 
 consequence of that remonstrance ; but the fitting books have not yet been placed in the 
 hands of the pupils. They are still English books, written from the point of view of the 
 antipodes, and are therefore swarming with errors in Geography, Natural History, the course 
 of the Seasons, General History, and even Astronomy. Errors of a kind, moreover, that 
 permanently affect the growth of intelligence in the child. In afterlife he has to unlearn or 
 revise all that was taught him in youth. He has to learn that he was not born, and 
 does not live, in a little Island in the Northern Sea ; that June is not the month of bright 
 and flowery summer, and December the month of chilling ice and snow ; that Asia does not lie 
 to the eastward ; that " the Continent" is not divided from the land he lives in by a narrow 
 "strip of silver sea ;" that France does not lie just across the narrow channel to the south- 
 ward ; that the Great Bear and the Aurora Borealis are not visible at certain seasons of the 
 year ; and in a word, that he is in Australia, not in Europe. One would suppose that this 
 faLse teaching would be most carefully kept from the children, and that accurate conceptions 
 of their real place on the globe, and of the relations of their native land to the rest of the 
 world, would be impressed with equal care upon their minds. But the plea is at once put in 
 bar of such a suggestion that the books in use are cheap ! A few pence of difference in the 
 price of a dozen copies is apparently the sole consideration that comes home to the intelligence 
 of governing persons in Australia. Any proposal to put Australian school-books into the hands 
 of Australian children would probably be resented as an impertinence. At all events, such is 
 the experience of the present writer. A very painstaking attempt to compile and bring into 
 use a set of Australian school-books was baffled by the action of the "authorities" in more 
 than one of these colonies. The new books, it was objected, would cost a few pence 
 more per dozen copies than some Scotch publishing firm could supply Scotch school-books 
 for, in quantities ! 
 
 6. Nor is there any improvement in this regard in the instruction imparted to the 
 scholars in the higher schools. From first to last the whole routine is foreign. The pupils 
 arc painfully drilled in the geography— even in the minute topography— of ancient Greece 
 and Rome ; but they are not taught anything at all about Australia. It is held to be of 
 the last importance to their mental culture that they should know all about the internal 
 quarrels of the Greek republics two thousand years ago, and all about the mutual rivalries
 
 INTRODUCTION. IX. 
 
 and wars of the Romans aud Carthaginians of about the same date ; but it is held to be 
 a matter of perfect indifference that they shall be allowed to grow up in blank ignorance 
 of every fact relating to the discovery, progressive settlement, and history of the land of 
 their birth. To know every particular of the founding of Rome, and to be able to discrimi- 
 nate minutely between the legendary and the actual— the historical and the unhistorical— 
 elements in the story told by the Roman annalists, is held to be essential ; but the Australian 
 boy is not required, nor even expected, to know anything about Cook's discoveries, or 
 Flinders' heroic adventures, or Sturt's explorations, or the melancholy fate of Burke and 
 Wills, or of the rise into independence of the colony of Victoria, or of the natural history 
 and physical characteristics of this continent. The antiquated scholastic superstition, more- 
 over, is still cherished in our Grammar Schools and Universities, that there are lessons of 
 profound political wisdom to be learned by Australian boys from the history of the old 
 Greeks and Romans. Now, it is allowable for the young Englishmen pursuing their studies 
 at Oxford or Cambridge to hold that conviction ; but it is even ludicrously inapplicable in 
 a country where both the natural and political conditions are as unlike those of ancient 
 Greece and Rome as an Australian summer is unlike an English winter. Richard Cobden 
 once stated his conviction that there was, for an English boy of the present day, 
 more solid teaching in a single number of the Times than iii all the writings of 
 Thucydides. It is even truer to assert that the value of the present volume to any 
 Australian boy infinitely outweighs that of the entire mass of the writings of all 
 the Greek historians, from Herodotus to Grote ; aud of the entire line of Roman 
 historians, from Livy to Mommsen. Even in English history there_is no true teach- 
 ing for Australian boys. He sees nothing in the human life around him at all 
 corresponding with what he reads in Green and Froude and Macaulay. The story of the 
 Great American Republic is vastly more to the purpose for him. It would be, in truth, 
 much better teaching for him to learn his English history from Shakespeare and Scott than 
 from the standard historians. What conceivable lesson can the boy draw from the narrative 
 of the Wars of the Roses, for example, however brilliantly written ? What imaginable bearing 
 on the condition of things around him has the history of the Plantagenets, or the fortunes 
 of the Stuarts, or the characters of the Four Georges ? All these things are, and must 
 always be, for the Australian boy, matters of pure romance. To speak to him gravely of the 
 " lessons of history" he is to find in them is merely to repeat an antiquated and, for him, 
 meaningless traditionary formula. Born the simple citizen of a primitive democracy, into 
 which no' element of aristocratic dominancy can ever enter, what can he understand about 
 the Feudal system, which even now prevails— at least in form— in England? As reasonably 
 expect the Australian boy to apprehend keenly the existence of the political state of things 
 existing in Russia, as bearing on that of the people he lives amongst. The whole system of 
 teaching, in fine, both primary and superior, is based upon a thoroughly false conception. It 
 is purely traditional, not fresh and original as it ought to be, and as it must become in 
 time. The present writer is fully aware that in giving expression to these daring sentiments 
 he is exposing himself to very grave reprehension from the scholastic "authorities" in 
 Australia. Be it so ! But he is in the right for all that ; and the time is close at hand 
 when universal acknowledgment will be made that he is so. 
 
 7. Nor is the intellectual misleading and mental confusion to which the young 
 Australians are subjected at school the sole evil arising from the wrong system pursued. 
 The historical lessons, and even the lessons in social and political economy, impressed on 
 their youthful minds are of a kind that is calculated to produce very serious social aud 
 political evils in the future. For, ignoring altogether the equality of social and political 
 conditions which, of necessity, exist in their native land, their minds are filled with ideas of 
 the strife of classes in society; of the rich oppressing the poor, and the poor hating the rich; 
 
 B
 
 X. INTRODUCTION. 
 
 of the "proud nobility" and the "humbler orders" of society; of the "upper classes," the 
 "middle classes," the "lower classes," and all the customary cant expressive of inequality of 
 conditions, indefinitely extending through society; of the mutual struggles of capital and 
 labour; of the wide gulf separating the wealthy employer from his impoverished workmen; 
 and of the impassable distance between the titled landowner and the tenant farmers and 
 labourers on his estate. No doubt the young Australian ought to be taught that all these 
 distinctions and facts of society prevail in other countries; but it ought at the same time to 
 be carefully pointed out to him that nothing of all this applies to the laud of his birth, and 
 probably never will apply. From the very first it ought to be impressed on his mind that 
 there is no real distinction between rich and poor in this country; that the road to wealth 
 and influence is open alike to all; and that every expression, either in word or in act, of 
 enmity against any section of his fellow-citizens is to the last degree unpatriotic and wicked. 
 
 8. Such, then, are the principles upon which this volume has been compiled. It is 
 designed, first, to supply a manifest want. Secondly, to place the Australasian colonies in 
 their proper aspect before the world. Thirdly, to make the Australasian people acquainted 
 with the land they live in and possess. Fourthly, to foster in them a spirit of patriotic 
 pride in their glorious country. Fifthly, to aid in revolutionising the whole system of 
 teaching as at present conducted in Australian schools and colleges. 
 
 9. The volume has been compiled with infinite pains and care. The writer has been 
 particularly careful in the matter of historical facts and dates. The printing of the volume 
 was commenced in 1879, and the information given in the latter part of it extends to 
 August, 1881. With this explanation made, the author may add that he is not aware of a 
 single error in the volume. He will feel under an obligation to any reader who will be 
 good enough to point out to him any inaccuracy that may be detected, in order that it 
 may be corrected in a future edition. 
 
 10. With the object of saving space, all honorary titles have been omitted in the 
 biographical articles. It is meaninglessly monotonous to repeat "Mr." and "Esq." times 
 without number. 
 
 11. The biographical articles are, as a rule, written in a tone of dispassionate 
 impartiality. Judicial estimates of character are rarely given. There is not a single state- 
 ment in the volume calculated to give reasonable cause of offence to a single human being. 
 
 12. All purely domestic details in the lives of the persons noted are suppressed, as 
 being of no imaginable interest to the world at large. There would be an element of the 
 burlesque in minutely repeating the family register of a man whose sole claim to celebrity is 
 that he was an explorer, a Minister of the Crown for a short time, a successful wool-grower, 
 or a famous cultivator of the vine. 
 
 13. To avoid the constant repetition of the names of the several colonies, they are 
 usually indicated by the initials:— N.S.W., V., S.A., Q., W.A., N.Z., and T., respectively 
 meaning New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland, Western Australia, New 
 Zealand and Tasmania. 
 
 14. The dates following the name of a person indicate the year of birth and death, 
 or of the former only, as the case may be. 
 
 15. The volume is a compilation, but a compilation equal in all respects to original 
 composition. Not a line of it has escaped careful revision and verification, sometimes repeated 
 aguiu and again.
 
 INTRODUCTION. xl 
 
 16 To enumerate the author's sources of information would be to transcribe the 
 entire Australasian Library. The essence of all that has ever been printed about the 
 Australasian colonies is enclosed within the covers of this volume. The expenditure of £1000 
 on books, and years of research, would scarcely be adequate to collect the information it 
 contains.' In some few cases of direct quotation the sources are acknowledged. But it may 
 here' be added that special use has been made of Wallace's Australasia, Gordon and Gotch's 
 Handbook (for statistics and topographical details,) the Government Handbooks of the various 
 colonies, and the Argus newspaper. 
 
 17. The Cyclopaedia of Australasia thus supersedes and renders obsolete all previous 
 books upon the British dominions in the South. It is a complete Australasian Library in 
 itself. It cannot itself be superseded by process of time, since the historical information 
 it contains is of permanent value, and the current (mostly statistical) information can be 
 readily brought up to date at any time with a pen by the possessor of the volume. 
 
 18. The book will, in no case, neither now nor at any future time, be sold in the 
 ordinary way. Its value, in mere money, is at least one-half greater than the price charged 
 for it, since nothing is charged for wholesale and retail bookselling profits. A small margin 
 between the actual cost of production and the price charged leaves a profit with which the 
 author is contented. The possessor of the volume may fairly assume that it will rise in 
 value as time progresses. It never can become a second-hand book, since the only copies 
 that go into circulation will be those supplied by the author himself. Not a single copy 
 will be printed "on speculation;" neither will copies be gratuitously dispersed to the newspapers 
 for review. Not indifferent to kindly encouragement, or to words of friendship, the author 
 is utterly indifferent to critical opinion. The book, to the full extent that it sells, must 
 sell itself. 
 
 19. It is an indispensable book in every public office, government department, public 
 library, newspaper office, reading room, exchange, club, respectable hotel, bank, and counting- 
 house, in the British dominions. All "grotesque geography," all ignorant misconceptions of 
 the Australasian colonies and their people, all gross errors and blunders respecting this part 
 of the world, become henceforth unpardonable. With this manual at hand the old ignorance 
 becomes as disgraceful as voluntary illiteracy. 
 
 20. For the same reasons the book is indispensable in every Australasian household. 
 The young Australian will find here, told in the simplest style, all that he can require to 
 know respecting the splendid land he was born in, and of which he also is an heir. No 
 better reading-book could be provided for the Australasian household. No more fitting 
 present can a father make to his son or daughter on attaining the fourteenth birthday than 
 a copy of this Cyclopaedia. For every Australian lad and lass it is a possession for life. 
 
 21. The book, then, marks an epoch in the growth of these magnificent outposts of 
 the British empire. With justifiable pride and pleasure the author offers it to, and commends 
 it to the favour of, his Australian fellow-citizens. 
 
 22. No pecuniary profit he may gain from the book— and he owns that he anticipates 
 a very extensive circulation for it all over the civilised world— will give him a tenth of the 
 pleasure that the work of compiling it has afforded him. It is the last great task of his life ; 
 it was executed in the intervals of unusually busy years of journalistic work ; and never, for 
 one moment, did the task pall or grow repellent. 
 
 23. "The labour we delight in physics pain." The author has been for forty years 
 an indefatigable and unwearying searcher after knowledge. He has now reached the last 
 stage of his life ; and he would snatch this opportunity of impressing on the minds of his
 
 xii. INTRODUCTION. 
 
 young Australian readers that, within his own experience, there are no earthly pleasures (apart 
 from the exercise of the religious and the domestic affections) to be named in comparison 
 with those of pure intellect. They are ever fresh, and never failing. The fountain springs 
 as freely at sixty as it did at twenty. There are no dull hours, sense of loneliness, 
 fretful anxieties, harassing cares— there is nothing but perennial and measureless delight — 
 in assiduous intellectual culture. Neither wealth, nor fame, nor public honour, nor exalted 
 station, nor success in one's pursuit in life, yields either in degree or in kind any pleasure 
 comparable with the pleasures of the intellect. 
 
 24. Such is the author's final, and emphatic, personal testimony. He dismisses the 
 task he has now completed with a fond reluctance. He bequeaths this volume as his legacy 
 
 to THE PEOPLE OF AUSTRALASIA— THAT GLORIOUS INHERITANCE OF A YOUNG, VIGOROUS, AND NOBLE 
 NATION, WHICH WILL ONE DAY RANK AMONGST THE MIGHTIEST OF THE WORLD'S STATES. 
 
 DAVID BLAIR.
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 A. 
 
 ABBOTT, MAJOR In the year 1814, when the 
 Crown erected a Supreme Court at Sydney for 
 the decision of civil causes, Major Abbott, a 
 member of the New South Wales Corps, was 
 commissioned as Deputy Judge Advocate in Van 
 Diemen's Land. He adjudicated in petty sessions 
 as a magistrate, and by the accommodation of law 
 to the circumstances of the Colony, dealt in a 
 summary manner with capital offences where 
 prisoners were concerned. This appointment 
 terminated the absolute dependence on Port 
 Jackson for judicial relief. It was not until 1816 
 that Abbott commenced operations. The accumu- 
 lation of debts must have been great, for at his 
 first session 1400 plaints were entered ; nor did 
 he exhaust the suitors by delay, for 1100 were 
 disposed of that year. Abbott was a lover of fair 
 play. He continued to preside as Deputy Judge 
 Advocate until his office was abolished. After 
 visiting England, he returned to Launceston with 
 the appointment of Civil Commandant. He died 
 in 1 832. He was esteemed as a person of a generous 
 nature and upright intentions. He entered the 
 army at the age of thirteen, and was in the service 
 of the Crown fifty-three years, forty-three of which 
 were spent in the Colonies. 
 
 A'BECKETT, THOMAS TURNER (1808 — ,) 
 came to Victoria in 1851, where his brother was 
 Chief Justice. In 1852 he was nominated to a 
 seat in the first Legislative Council, and in 
 1857 was appointed Registrar of the Diocese of 
 Melbourne for the Church of England. He was 
 elected to the Upper House for the Central 
 Province in 1858, and sat in it for twenty 
 years. He was Commissioner of Customs in the 
 McCulloch Ministry of 1870, and chairman of the 
 Hobson's Bay Railway Company until it passed 
 into the hands of the Government in 1879. 
 
 A'BECKETT, SIR WILLIAM (1806-1869,) 
 first Chief Justice of Victoria, was called to the 
 English Bar in 1829. Besides following the law, 
 he cultivated literature, and either edited or 
 wholly compiled two large biographical works, 
 entitled "The Universal Biography" and "The 
 Georgian Era." He came to New South Wales, and 
 was appointed Solicitor-General in 1841, and made 
 a Judge of the Supreme Court for the District of 
 
 Port Phillip in 1846. In 1851, when separation 
 took place, he was appointed first Chief Justice 
 of Victoria, and held this post till 1863, when he 
 resigned on account of ill health, and went to 
 Europe. During the leisure of his latter years 
 lie travelled much, and wrote some small works 
 in prose and verse. A'Beckett was an able lawyer, 
 and as judge was very much respected. He was 
 brother to the celebrated journalist, comic writer, 
 and police magistrate of London, Gilbert Abbot 
 A'Beckett. 
 
 ABORIGINES. Race.— The aboriginal inhab- 
 itants of Australia belong to the Ethiopic, which 
 is the lowest family of the human race. They are 
 ranked by ethnologists in the Papuan or Austral- 
 Negro scale ; but as forming a special type, distin- 
 guishable both from the Papuans and the Malays, 
 and are decidedly inferior to the African negro in 
 physical and mental attributes. Many writers, 
 with great ingenuity, have attempted to trace the 
 original colonisation of Australia to a horde of 
 Malays passing over in canoes from the Indian 
 Archipelago, across Torres Straits to the unknown 
 Southern Land. The colour of the skin, however, 
 the formation of the skull and the limbs, with the 
 genius, the habits, and the general character of the 
 Australians, most nearly identify them with the 
 negro race of New Guinea. The weapons they 
 employ are similar, and their progress in the indus- 
 trial arts, as well as their mental qualities and 
 conditions of existence, being infinitely lower than 
 those of the Malay, and closely similar to those of 
 the Papuans, destroy the theory of theirMalay origin. 
 Throughout the Continent the natives exhibit 
 a general conformity to one pattern, as regards 
 features, colour, and mental character. A man 
 from the South would be recognised as an Austra- 
 lian by the natives on the North coast. The race, 
 however, is not pure. There is an intermixture of 
 blood lay inter-marriages with the islanders of 
 Torres' Straits and New Guinea. The true theory 
 seems to be that the Australian is a separate branch 
 of the Papuan race, with a large infusion of Papuan 
 blood. Traditions they have few, and these but 
 faint and incoherent. Wallace, however, holds 
 them to be distinct from the Papuans, and, like the 
 animal and vegetable productions of the Continent, 
 to be the remnant of an ancient and peculiar race. 
 
 Physical Characteristics. — The native man 
 of Australia is of a dark, sooty-brown complexion, 
 
 <;
 
 CYCXOP.'EDIA OF AUSTEALASIA. 
 
 |Abo 
 
 the colour of the skin varying in particular 
 localities from a colour like that of chocolate to a 
 deep earthy-black ; with long black hair, and a 
 stature rather below that of the European. The 
 height of the males generally ranges between four 
 and a-half and five and a-half feet ; the head is 
 small, the trunk slender, the breast commonly 
 arched and well-developed, the arms and legs of a 
 rounded and muscular form, the foot flat, and the 
 heel somewhat protruding. The hair is generally 
 black, rough, lank, and coarse, though with some 
 tribes it is soft and curling, and with others 
 approaches to a woolly texture, like that of the 
 negro. The facial angle is ordinarily between 75° 
 and 85°; the forehead low; the eyes large, far 
 apart, and half-covered by the upper lid, the iris 
 being invariably of a deep brown, the pupil large 
 and of a jet black ; the nose broad and flat, with 
 wide-spread nostrils ; the cheeks hollow ; the mouth 
 wide, with thick lips and white teeth, the lower 
 jaw being unusually short and widely expanded 
 anteriorly. Measured by a European standard of 
 taste, the aborigines of Australia constitute, on 
 the whole, a very ugly race, perhaps more unpre- 
 possessing in appearance than almost any other 
 branch of the human family. Yet there are not a 
 few exceptions to be taken to this judgment, in so 
 far as some of the tribes are concerned, and 
 especially in relation to those who have remained 
 most free from the deteriorative influence of inter- 
 course with the whites. The limbs of a well- 
 formed Australian exhibit considerable symmetry, 
 and a well-defined muscular development; his 
 agility and flexibility of body, when running or 
 otherwise actively engaged, are advantageously 
 displayed ; and when beheld in the posture of 
 striking, or throwing his spear, his attitude leaves 
 nothing to be desired in point of manly grace. He 
 dislikes labour, and his muscles and hands are 
 those of a hunter. He can endure fatigue, but 
 will not bear burdens, dig laboriously, or suffer 
 restraint. 
 
 Moral Condition. — The natives of the Conti- 
 nent are almost universally sunk in the lowest 
 and most degraded condition of barbarism ; and 
 though by no means devoid of intelligence, they 
 have never made any effort to raise themselves 
 above the rudest condition of natural life. In a 
 few cases they are found clothed with opossum 
 skins, or with coarse matting, and construct tem- 
 porary huts of the branches and leaves of trees 
 (mia-mias ;) but in general they are entirely desti- 
 tute of clothing. They have nowhere any fixed 
 habitations, but wander along the coasts, or, in 
 the interior, along the creeks and rivers in search 
 of food ; each tribe, however, confining its range 
 within certain limits, and never transgressing — 
 unless compelled by unusual circumstances — the 
 bounds between itself and the neighbouring tribes. 
 Asa race, the Aborigine is a lavage in the strongest 
 sol that term. Alike cruel and treacherous, 
 
 he loses no occasion "i wreaking his vengeanc 
 
 an enemy, and indulges in the most bloodthirsty 
 
 propensities. The practice of cannibalism is 
 general among the natives ; for a long time this 
 was doubted, but it has been proved, beyond the 
 reach of question, and the practice is often found 
 accompanied by the most revolting ferocity, as 
 the sacrifice of an infant by its own mother for 
 the mere pleasure of eating its flesh ! The dif- 
 ferent tribes are always on hostile terms with one 
 another, and any wanderer from his fellows is sure 
 of meeting with death if he falls in with any party 
 of natives. Their superstitions aid in the main- 
 tenance of this condition of hostility, since they 
 believe that death never proceeds from natural 
 causes, but always has its origin in some practice 
 of witchcraft or sorcery on the part of an enemy, 
 whose discovery they eagerly seek for the purpose 
 of revenge. In some cases, the direction which 
 the worms that first issue from the corrupting and 
 putrifying corpse are observed to take, is held to 
 be that in which the guilty person will be found, 
 and the first native who is met with in the search 
 has his life sacrificed by the relatives of the 
 deceased. This, again, engenders a desire for 
 retaliation, and thus a perpetual condition of war- 
 fare is maintained between the individuals of 
 different tribes : the tendency is of course to keep 
 down the numbers of each. The cruel treatment 
 to which the women are subjected — they being 
 regarded merely as the slaves of the stronger sex, 
 to be used for the purpose of carrying burdens 
 and performing all requisite labours of whatever 
 kind, and to be rewarded only with blows, often 
 consummated by having their brains beaten out 
 ■with the native clubs, or wadclies, — together with 
 the not uncommon practice of infanticide, also 
 assist in preventing the increase of the native 
 population. Some of the tribes show a rude 
 hospitality to strangers. They have also a crude 
 notion of property. Murders are rare amongst 
 them, and when they occur are punished. The 
 native man is courageous in the presence of a 
 mortal foe, but timid in the darkness ; cruel to his 
 enemies, but kind to his friends ; affectionate to 
 relatives, and dutiful in his behaviour to the aged ; 
 although reckless of infanticide, he will treat the 
 children preserved affectionately ; and whilst he 
 half murders his wife to obtain her, he will love 
 and protect her afterwards. His character, in a 
 word, is strangely mixed, and is marked by both 
 very bad and some good qualities. 
 
 Superstitions. — The natives recognise a 
 benignant Supreme Spirit, and a variety of evil 
 spirits, especially one in the form of a gigantic 
 serpent, invisible to mortal eyes, but resident in 
 high and rocky mountains, with the worship of 
 which mysterious rites are connected. When 
 the winds groan over the hills and woods, they 
 imagine it to be the voice of this monster, and 
 illuminate the plain with fires, repeating magic 
 spells to scare the evil one away. Notwithstanding 
 this timidity, they are brave in battle, though 
 trembling in the presence of death. A grave 
 placed before the door of a hut is a perpetual
 
 Abo I 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRAL AS I \. 
 
 safeguard against thieves. The dwelling of a 
 lonely settler was once attacked by natives, two of 
 whom were slain. Their bodies were buried in 
 front of the house, and the two low mounds, 
 haunted with the idea of death, were more 
 formidable than the loftiest walls. Some of the 
 tribes enclose their dead in wrappings of leaves 
 and bark, placing them amongst the branches 
 of solitary trees, near which the vulture sits 
 immovable, with drooping wings, waiting for the 
 last covering to drop from the corpse. Others 
 bury them ; and of those who do so, some dig the 
 grave so deep as to place the deceased standing 
 up ; others place them sitting with the head above 
 the surface, but covered with earth. They care- 
 fully protect their graves with boughs from the 
 depredations of wild animals ; sometimes there are 
 as many as a hundred graves in their cemeteries. 
 Amongst the Wailwun tribe, a chief, or person 
 regarded with much respect, is buried in a hollow 
 tree, the body being enclosed in a sheet of bark. 
 Affection sometimes induces their relatives to carry 
 about the bones (after the flesh is gone) for a long 
 time ; it is no uncommon thing in a mother thus to 
 carry the bones of her child for years. Sometimes 
 a tribe devour the heart and liver of a chief, that 
 they may inherit the virtues and courage for which 
 he was distinguished. The fashion of their 
 mourning is to plaster their heads and faces with 
 white clay, and wound themselves with tomahawks 
 till the blood pours forth, keeping up a great 
 wailing the while. In Northern Australia they 
 cut off the joint of one of their fingers as an 
 expression of grief for the death of their children. 
 The rite of circumcision is commonly practised, 
 particularly around the Gulf of Carpentaria. The 
 knocking out of the front tooth is most extensively 
 practised. It appears to be performed on their 
 entering into early manhood, though often when 
 they are twelve or fourteen years of age, and 
 consists in extracting the front tooth from the 
 upper jaw. The patient has often to undergo the 
 greatest agony, and to eat the most vile and dis- 
 gusting food for several days. Sturt relates that 
 he met with a tribe in Central Australia, who had 
 an intimate knowledge of freemasonry, and gave 
 the signs only known to the mystic brotherhood. 
 (For a description of a curious religious rite, named 
 "Bora," see that article.) 
 
 Weapons and Implements.— In many places 
 a log of wood, or a wide slip of bark tied at either 
 end, and stuffed with clay, is the only mode 
 invented for crossing a river or arm of the sea; 
 while in other parts, a large-tree, roughly hollowed 
 by fire, forms the canoe. The nearest approxima- 
 tion to ingenuity is the fishing net, prepared by 
 the women from fibres of grassy filaments. Their 
 only cutting implements are made of stone, some- 
 times of jasper, fastened between a cleft stick with 
 a hard gum. Their arms of offence or defence 
 consist of the spear, boomerang, several kinds of 
 waddies or nullah-nullah, a small stone tomahawk, 
 and bark shield ; no bows and arrows have ever 
 
 been seen among them. The spear is about ten 
 feet long, as thick as a man's finger, tapering to a 
 point, sometimes jagged or barbed, and hardened 
 in the fire ; this they can throw from fifty to sixty 
 yards with great precision, the impetus being 
 greatly increased by the use of the womera or 
 throwing-stick, which is a piece of wood from two 
 to three feet in length, about three inches broad 
 at one end, and going off to a point at the other, 
 to which a sort of hook is fastened ; the hook is 
 inserted into a small hole at the extremity of the 
 spear, and the womera being grasped at the broad 
 part, acts somewhat on the principle of the sling, 
 enabling a powerful man to send the spear above 
 a hundred yards. The boomerang is a still more 
 curious instrument. (See Boomerang.) Thewaddie 
 and nullah-nullah are clubs of different sizes and 
 solidity; the tomahawk is a piece of sharpened 
 stone, frequently quartz, fixed in a cleft stick with 
 gum ; with this they cut notches in the trees, and 
 ascend them to the height of sixty feet, though 
 without a branch, and far too thick to be grasped. 
 Social Customs. — Their form of government 
 is patriarchal ; each tribe consists of thirty to 
 fifty men, women, and children (sometimes more,) 
 and has its own territory of about twenty or thirty 
 square miles, on which no other tribe is permitted 
 to encroach. It is probable that trespassing on each 
 others grounds is one of the main causes of their 
 frequent quarrels, war being the occupation in 
 which they seem to delight most. Polygamy 
 is practised. Women are treated in the most 
 inhuman manner, wives being procured from 
 adjacent tribes by stealing on the encampment 
 during the night, beating a young girl on the head 
 till she falls senseless, when her future spouse 
 drags her off through the bushes, as a tiger would 
 his prey. When going to war, or grieving for a 
 deceased friend, or occasionally even for ornament, 
 white and yellow pigments are applied in streaks 
 over the whole body, according to the taste of the 
 decorator — such as a large white circle round each 
 eye, waving lines down and across the thighs and 
 legs. In general, it may be said that the whole of 
 the aborigines are of the same stock, though it is 
 not a little singular that their languages differ so 
 much that tribes within short distances of each 
 other, unless inhabiting the bank of the same 
 river, are quite strangers to each other, whilst 
 almost every large community, or family as they 
 may be termed, has its own peculiar dialect. 
 Three ranks of society prevail — the young men, 
 the warriors, and the aged. Many of the tribes, 
 perhaps all, have strict rules as to marriage, 
 founded on a system of giving certain distinctive 
 names to all children according to their parentage. 
 The rules are numerous, but a few words may 
 give a general idea of them. The mother's name 
 determines that of her children. Thus all the sons 
 of Kubbotha are Kumbo, and all the daughters 
 are Butha. A Kumbo may have one or two other 
 names ; but every son of a woman called Kubbotha 
 is named Kumbo. So the sons of a woman named
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Abo— Acc 
 
 Ippatha are all Kubbi, and her daughters are all 
 Kubbotha. In some parts four names of men and 
 four names of women comprehend a whole com- 
 munity, every one of the tribe having one of these 
 names ; in some parts there are more names, some 
 less. The names belong to them from birth. They 
 do not take the same names as their parents ; but 
 the mother's name fixes those of her children. The 
 whole tribe being thus named by an inflexible rule, 
 a law of marriage is founded upon the names. 
 Thus Kumbo is to take his wife, or wives, from 
 among women bearing the name of Matha ; Kubbi 
 has his choice of the Ippatha ; and Ippai (brother 
 of Ippatha,) is free to take any Kubbotha (sister 
 of Kubbi.) The rule prevents a man from taking 
 to wife a sister, half-sister, niece, or aunt, and also 
 prevents the intermarriage of first cousins, when 
 they are the children of two brothers or of two 
 sisters. It is possible under this rule for a man 
 to marry the daughter of his father's sister or the 
 daughter of his mother's brother ; but not lawful 
 for a man to marry the daughter of his father's 
 brother or of his mother's sister. 
 
 Numbers. — Phillip estimated their numbers on 
 the Eastern coast at 1,000,000 in 1788 ; but this 
 must have been a mere random guess. Wallace 
 states that the highest estimate of their numbers 
 ever made did not exceed 150,000 ; and that about 
 70,000 or 80,000 of them still survive. Mitchell 
 estimated those in Australia Felix (V.) at less 
 than 6000. Parker, aboriginal protector, in 1843, 
 thought that there were probably 7500. In 1851 
 the official census for Victoria gave only 2693. In 
 1863, the return was 1908 ; in 1869, it was 1834 ; 
 and in 1876 there were 500 natives at the various 
 protective stations, with, perhaps, 1000 others 
 scattered over the territory. In S.A., in 1876, 
 there were 3953 natives. From N.S.W. there is 
 no return of the numbers, nor from Queensland. 
 The only fact certain about the aboriginal race is 
 that it is rapidly disappearing before the march of 
 the white population. 
 
 Languages. — Their dialects appear to be almost 
 as numerous as the tribes ; different tribes within 
 a very short distance apart having been found to 
 be wholly unintelligible to each other. Several 
 missionaries and others have made studies, and 
 published grammars of some of the languages. 
 The Rev. L. E. Threlkeld published, in 1834, a 
 grammar and, in 1850, a key to the language of the 
 Lower Hunter. The New South Wales Govern- 
 ment printed and published in Sydney, in 1866 
 fs.Timd edition, 1875,) a work on the Kamilaroi 
 and other Australian languages, by the Rev. 
 William Ridley, containing illustrations of twenty 
 different dialects, and a comprehensive grammar 
 of Kamilaroi. The l!ev. Mr. Taplin has also 
 published some works on the native languages of 
 South Australia. Brough Smyth, of Melbourne, 
 and Mr. Curr, of Geelong, have compiled 
 works of a comprehensive character on the lan- 
 guages of Australia; a publication of Mr. Curr on 
 the subject appeared some years ago. The Rev. 
 
 Canon Gunther compiled a grammar and dictionary 
 of the Wiradhuri language, which was sent to the 
 Imperial Government, in manuscript, in compliance 
 with a request from Professor Max Muller for 
 information of this kind ; a work of similar 
 character, by the late Rev. Mr. Watson, a colleague 
 in the mission of Mr. Gunther, was also sent. But 
 the fullest account of the aboriginal languages is 
 given in the second volume of Brough Smyth's 
 work. 
 
 Tasmanian Aborigines.— The natives of Tas- 
 mania differed slightly in appearance from those 
 of the continent, and there were similar tribal 
 differences amongst them. Cook saw them, in 
 1777, quite naked, without ornaments, of common 
 stature, rather slender, black skin, black woolly 
 hair, with features far from disagreeable, pretty 
 good eyes, dirty-white teeth, and with hair, beard, 
 and face smeared with red ointment. They are 
 described by Collins, Peron, Lieut. Breton, and 
 R. H. Davies, in 1846, in the Tasmanian Journal 
 of Natural Science. In habits, manners, and 
 general characteristics, they differed slightly 
 from the continental natives ; but they were, 
 nevertheless, of the same race. They were 
 certainly less savage and less warlike at first ; but 
 when the white settlers began to exterminate them 
 without mercy, they became noted for their 
 ferocity. From the first, their destruction seems 
 to have been determined on. Their numbers were 
 never great — never, perhaps, 2000 in all ; in 1824, 
 there were 340 ; in 1844, the number was reduced 
 to 60 ; in 1847, there were only 45. King Billy, 
 or William Lanne, the last male Tasmanian abori- 
 ginal, died 3rd March, 1869 ; Queen Trucannimai, 
 or Lalla Rookh, the last of the Tasmanian female 
 aboriginals, died at Hobart Town, aged 73, 8th 
 May, 1876. 
 
 Missions.— Attempts to civilise and Christianise 
 the aborigines have been made by the Governments 
 of V. and N. S. W., and by various Christian 
 denominations, with but very partial success. No 
 permanent improvement seems ever to have been 
 possible in the race, although specimens of com- 
 paratively high culture in individuals have been 
 showni by the missionaries. 
 
 The best account of the aborigines ever pub- 
 lished is the work compiled by Brough Smyth, 
 late Secretary to the Mining Department of V., 
 and published at the expense of the Government. 
 Melbourne : 2 vols., impl. 8vo, 1876. There is also 
 a good ethnological account of them in the essay 
 "On the Philology and Ethnology of the Inter- 
 Oceanic Races," appended to Wallace's Australasia 
 (1879.) 
 
 ACCLIMATISATION SOCIETY of V., founded 
 in Melbourne, in 1857, by Edward Wilson. Its first 
 president was Dr. Thomas Black. The society has 
 been successful in acclimatising the Angora goat, and 
 introducingsome ostriches, and several otherforeign 
 animals. Sir Samuel Wilson has been very liberal 
 and unwearied in his efforts to introduce the salmon 
 into Australian waters. It is to the efforts of this
 
 Ada— Ade] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 society that the Victorians owe the existence of 
 their fine Zoological Gardens, in the Royal Park, at 
 Melbourne. Similar societies have been established 
 in New South Wales, Queensland, and Tasmania, 
 the latter giving special attention to the acclima- 
 tisation of the salmon. 
 
 ADAM BAY, on the N.W. coast of the con- 
 tinent, seventy miles S.W. of Port Essington. It 
 was named by Stokes in 1839, after Vice-Admiral 
 Sir Charles Adam. It receives the waters of the 
 Adelaide river, the deepest in Australia. The bay 
 is six miles deep, and ten miles broad at the 
 entrance, with nine fathoms of water. The shores 
 gradually approach each other, and at the head, 
 where it receives the waters of the Adelaide, it is 
 only a mile wide. Cape Hotham separates it from 
 Van Diemen's Gulf. 
 
 ADDISON, an alluvial mining township in the 
 Province of Nelson, N.Z., eight miles north 
 from Westport. There are extensive coal works 
 in the neighbourhood. 
 
 ADELAIDE, the capital of S.A., is situated on 
 the Biver Torrens, six miles E. from the shores of 
 St. Vincent's Gulf, and eight miles from the Port. 
 It stands on a fine plain, about five miles below 
 the picturesque Mount Lofty Range. The situ- 
 ation of the city is very beautiful', approached 
 either from the harbour or Holdfast Bay ; the road 
 from both these places being over an extensive 
 plain, lightly timbered. The view presented at 
 each change of the road is pleasing and varied ; 
 open plains bounded by belts of trees, intersected 
 in one part by the river, its course being indicated 
 by a belt of magnificent gum trees ; in spring, the 
 white flowers of the marsh mallow, which abound, 
 indicate the neighbourhood of water. Approach- 
 ing from Holdfast Bay, on the right of the plain is 
 a slight eminence on which the southern and larger 
 part of the city is built, occupying about TOO acres. 
 This hill, about sixty feet above the level of the 
 plain, forms a table land. The city is, therefore, 
 nearly a dead level, but the views presented by 
 the four exterior terraces are very dissimilar, 
 though all are delightful in their kind. The 
 North Terrace overlooks the valley of the river, 
 which, studded with fine trees, and picturesque 
 sheets of water, add much to the beauty of this 
 situation. The Western Terrace overlooks the 
 extensive plains between the coast and the city, 
 and commands a view of the gulf, with the vessels 
 at anchor in the roadstead. The South Terrace is 
 the least desirable in point of beauty, the view 
 being more confined than the others. The East 
 Terrace is the favourite spot for villa residences ; 
 commanding an extensive view of rich plains, 
 backed by the range of mountains, of which Mount 
 Lofty, 2300 feet above the level of the sea, is the 
 most prominent feature. It is difficult to imagine 
 anything more varied and beautiful than the 
 aspect of these hills when illumined by the sun, 
 or enveloped in clouds. To the left, the hills 
 gently curve round and trend down to the coast, 
 inclosing a plain, in some places open, in others 
 
 wooded, intersected by a few small streams of 
 fresh water. To the right, the hills run in a 
 northerly and easterly direction, continuing for 
 thirty or forty miles, when they appear to sink 
 into a plain. The country along their base is well 
 timbered ; near the coast it is open and level. 
 The city is built nearly in the form of a square, 
 its streets running at right angles ; the main street, 
 King William-street, is a fine thoroughfare, running 
 N. and S. The boundaries face the park lands, 
 which extend about a quarter of a mile on each 
 side the city, are reserved from sale, and act as Lungs 
 and places of recreation. There are five public parks 
 reserved within the city boundary. The central 
 square lies in the centre of the city, and is called 
 Victoria Square ; the three others being named 
 Hindmarsh, Whitmore, and Hurtle Squares 
 respectively. Beyond the Torrens lies North 
 Adelaide, the principal streets of which are 
 named after the first Colonial Commissioners- 
 Barnard, Lefevre, Mackinnon, Montefiore, Palmer, 
 and Pennington. A plentiful supply of water is 
 obtained from reservoirs at Hope Valley and 
 Thorndon Park, within a few miles of the city, 
 which derive their supply from the Torrens. 
 These reservoirs have a storage capacity of 
 945,000,000 and 140,000,000 gallons respectively, 
 the street mains reticulate through 159 miles of 
 pipe ; the city has been lighted with gas since 
 1863. The Botanic Gardens occupy an area of 
 about forty acres, and are very beautifully laid 
 out, the curator being the well-known botanist, 
 Dr. Schomburgk. 
 
 History.— The site of Adelaide was fixed, m 
 August, 1836, by Colonel William Light, Surveyor- 
 general, and Commander of the Rapid, a vessel 
 chartered by the S.A. Company. He first landed 
 at Kangaroo Island, of which Flinders had given 
 a most attractive account ; but though the place 
 was beautifully wooded, and of picturesque 
 aspect, it was found to be unsuitable for the 
 foundation of a city, and Light decided to 
 remove the settlement to St. Vincent's Gulf. 
 He selected the present site, named the river on 
 which it stands the Torrens, after Colonel Torrens, 
 and gave the name of the reigning Queen of 
 England, Adelaide, wife of William the Fourth, 
 to the new city. In December, 1836, the first 
 governor, Capt. John Hindmarsh, R.N., arrived at 
 Adelaide with immigrants, and took formal pos- 
 session at Glenelg, near a singular old gum- 
 tree, where, in the presence of the assembled 
 colonists, about 200 in number, he issued the 
 proclamation establishing the government of the 
 colony. A metal plate was attached to the tree, 
 in 1857, in commemoration of the event, bearing 
 this inscription :— " On this spot, on the 28th 
 December, 1836, the Colony of South Australia 
 was proclaimed and established as a province, by 
 Capt. John Hindmarsh, R.N., the governor thereof, 
 acting in the name and on behalf of His Majesty 
 King William IV., in the presence of the chief 
 officers of the Government and other colonists.
 
 OYCLOPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Ade-"Age" 
 
 On the 28th December, 1857, the record of the 
 above fact was here publicly affixed by Sir 
 B. G. Macdonnell, K.C.B., governor-in-chief of 
 the province, in the presence of the assembled 
 colonists, to commemorate the event of the Colony 
 attaining its 21st year, and to testify their feelings 
 by a day of public rejoicing. God save the Queen." 
 During the laying out of the city the colonists 
 temporarily established themselves in various 
 places in the vicinity, and it was not until March, 
 1837, that the survey was completed. The trees 
 were rapidly cleared, the owners of land selected 
 their town lots, and the remainder were disposed 
 of by auction, at prices varying from £2 to .£20 per 
 acre. Its progress, though not nearly so rapid as 
 that of some other towns in Australia, has been 
 steady and uniform. The discovery of gold in V., 
 and the consequent exodus of a large proportion of 
 the population, fora time retarded its growth; but 
 with the abatement of the gold fever the city 
 gradually resumed its former prosperous aspect, and 
 lias up to the present hour continued to progress 
 and extend. The Act constituting Adelaide a muni- 
 cipality is 4th Victoria No. 4 (1840.) The first 
 municipal election was held 31st October, 1840 ; 
 Stanley Stokes, returning officer ; first aldermen — 
 .lames Hurtle Fisher, A. H. Davis, Matthew Smellie, 
 and George Stephenson. James Hurtle Fisher was 
 elected first Mayor, which office he resigned 6th 
 January, 1842. The foundation stone of the Town 
 Hall was laid 4th May, 1864, and the building- 
 opened 20th June, 1865 ; cost of erection being 
 about .£25,000. The foundation stone of the New 
 Post Office was laid 1st November, 1867. The iron 
 bridge connecting N. and S. Adelaide was opened 
 25th April, 1877. The population of the city (1879) 
 is estimated at 33,250, and, with the suburbs, about 
 50,000. The corporation became extinct in 1843, 
 and a board of commissioners was appointed to 
 manage the civic affairs. The city was re-incor- 
 porated in 1852. The successive mayors have 
 been— J. H. Fisher, 1840-2, and again, 1852-3 ; 
 T. Wilson, 1842-3; J. Hall, 1853-4; J. Lazar, 
 1855-7; \V. T. Sabben, 1858; E. W. Wright, 1859; 
 E. B. W. Glanfield, 1860-1 ; T. English, 1862-3 ; 
 S. ( (code, 1864; \V. Townsend, 1865; H. E. Fuller, 
 1866-8 ; J. M. Solomon, 1869-71 ; A. H. T. Bartels, 
 1872-3; W. K. Abbott, 1874; J. Colton, 1875; 
 ('. Peacock, 1876-7 ; H. Scott, 1878; W. C. Buik, 
 1879. Adelaide is the seat of a Church of England 
 and of a Roman Catholic diocese. The first 
 Protestant Bishop, Dr. Augustus Short, arrived in 
 I lecember, hit. 
 
 ADELAIDE (PORT,) the shipping port of 
 S.A., is connected with the city by a railway seven 
 and a hall miles in length. It is situated on an 
 estuary of Gulf St. Vincent, is about nine 
 miles from the mouth of the creek, and is governed 
 by a Mayor and Corporation. Being the principal 
 port, ii is rapidly increasing in population and 
 general prosperity. It is entered from the Gulf, 
 between two large sand-shoals. A tine lighthouse 
 outside tin; bar well marks the entrance; the light 
 
 is a first-order revolving light, with a focal plane 
 of eighty feet above high-water mark. Inner and 
 outer bars of limestone rock partially obstruct the 
 entrance to the harbour, but vessels drawing twenty 
 feet can sail or tow up to the wharves, which are 
 extensive and convenient, being furnished with 
 steam hoists, tramways, pipes supplying fresh 
 water from the mountains for the use of shipping, 
 and all appliances of a first-rate port. The total 
 wharf frontage is 6,501 feet. A sandy tongue of 
 land about two miles wide separates Port Adelaide 
 from the shore of the Gulf ; on it are situated 
 numerous small townships, the principal of which 
 are Glanville, Le Fevre's Peninsula, and the 
 Semaphore, whence vessels entering are signalled. 
 The construction and armament of two forts near 
 Port Adelaide is being carried out in accordance 
 with the recommendation of Sir William Jervois. 
 The channel is divided into two branches by a 
 sandy island called Torrens Island, on which the 
 quarantine station stands. 
 
 ADELAIDE RIVER falls into Clarence Straits 
 on the N.W. coast of the continent. It was dis- 
 covered by Stokes in 1839, and named in honour 
 of Dowager Queen Adelaide, widow of King- 
 William the Fourth. The river swarms with alli- 
 gators. The mouth is fronted with shoals, which 
 extend out five miles, the channel between them 
 being narrow, three and four fathoms deep, and 
 lying on the western side of the bay. The spring- 
 tide rises eighteen feet. The distance of this river 
 from Port Essington is seventy miles. In the 
 year 1864, the S.A Government sent out an 
 expedition to the North, under the command of 
 B. T. Finniss. Escape Cliff, in Adam Bay, at the 
 entrance to this river, was first chosen as the site 
 for a settlement, but was afterwards abandoned 
 for Port Darwin. 
 
 ADELONG RIVER, a tributary of the Mur- 
 rumbidgee, N.S.W., falling into it a few miles 
 below Gundagai. Towards its head, and at various 
 points along its course, there are alluvial gold 
 diggings of a productive kind, and several auriferous 
 reefs in the vicinity have been profitably worked. 
 
 ADMIRALTY GULF, on the N.W. coast 
 of the continent, between Capes Voltaire and 
 Bougainville. At the entrance is an island called 
 the Island of Cassini, and in the bay are the 
 Osborne Islands. 
 
 ADVENTURE BAY, on the E. coast of Bruni 
 Island, T., between Capes Cornelle and Frederick 
 Henry. It was discovered by Furneaux in 1773, 
 and named after the vessel in which the discovery 
 was made. Bligh, in his voyage in 1788, before 
 the mutiny broke out, touched here for wood and 
 water, and planted many useful seeds and trees on 
 the island. He again visited the bay with the 
 ships Providence and Assistance in 1792. 
 
 "AGE" NEWSPAPER, Melbourne journal, 
 founded in 1854, by Henry Cooke, Walter Powell 
 and others. Its first editors were Thomas L. 
 Bright, David Blair, and Ebenezer Syme, to whose
 
 Agr— Ale I 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 vigorous writing it owed its existence and popu- | 
 laxity. It passed into the hands of a co-operative 
 society, retaining the latter two gentlemen as 
 editors, and was subsequently purchased by E. 
 Syme. 
 
 AGRICULTURAL SOCIETIES. The Agri- 
 cultural Society of Sydney was founded in 1822. 
 In the case of the other Colonies, the establishment 
 of local societies was almost coeval with their first 
 settlement. 
 
 AHURIRI PLAINS, in theProvince of Hawke s 
 Bay, N.Z., comprise about 80,000 acres of exceed- 
 ingly fertile land, adapted for both agriculture and 
 pasturage. Three large rivers irrigate the plains ; 
 water, in inexhaustible abundance, is to be had by 
 boring at any point ; and a railway traverses them 
 through the centre. There are several thriving 
 townships, of which Meeanee is the most advanced, 
 and the nearest to the port (Napier.) 
 
 AKAROA, a marine township, on Banks' Penin- 
 sula, Province of Canterbury, situated on the 
 northern shores of one of the finest harbours of 
 N.Z. It was founded by Governor Hobson, who 
 was sent out in H.M.S. Druid to enter into a treaty 
 with the native chiefs for the cession of the islands 
 to Great Britain. The negotiations were concluded 
 on 10th August, 1840, when the raising of the 
 royal standard at Akaroa completed the annexation 
 of the group. Five days later the French frigate 
 L'Aube, followed by the Comte de Paris, arrived 
 in the port, only to find that they had been fore- 
 stalled in their plans, and that the French colonists, 
 instead of taking up their residence in N.Z. 
 as lords of the soil, could only remain as British 
 subjects. The town is a summer retreat for the 
 inhabitants of Christchurch, thirty-eight miles 
 distant. The residents are chiefly French settlers, 
 who live by farming and the cultivation of fruit, 
 which grows most luxuriantly here. 
 
 ALBANY, on King George's Sound (W.A.,) is 
 situated on the shores of Princess Royal Harbour, 
 261 miles S.E. of Perth. It is the principal town 
 of Plantagenet county, and a port of call of 
 the Peninsular and Oriental Company's steamers, 
 carrying the Australian mails, for which it has 
 special advantages. The steamers anchor about a 
 mile from the shore. The harbour is one of the 
 finest on the Australian coast, and is well protected 
 from winds. A jetty affords facilities for the 
 loading and discharge of small craft. The town is 
 small and the buildings of no magnitude. The 
 I >laces of worship comprise an Episcopal, Wesleyan, 
 and Roman Catholic church, with convent, school, 
 and chapel. The number of inhabitants in the 
 district, in 1878, was 1585. Albany is connected 
 with Perth by a line of telegraph. 
 
 ALBANY ISLES, off the N.E. coast of the con- 
 tinent, consist of six islands, of which only one is of 
 large size ; the easternmost has a small peak. 
 
 ALBATROSS ISLAND, lies to the N.W. of 
 Barren Island, in Bass Straits. 
 
 ALBERT RIVER, discovered by Stokes, in 
 1839, disembogues into the Gulf of Carpentaria, 
 N.A. It is navigable for vessels of a draught of 
 water suited to the bar, thirteen feet, and within 
 five miles of where the water is fresh ; at the head 
 of this river are extensive plains, called the Plains 
 of Promise. It is named after Prince Albert, hus- 
 band of Queen Victoria. 
 
 ALBERT LAKE, a large inland lake in S.A., 
 about ten miles in length by eight in width, lying 
 to the E. of Lake Alexandria, and connected with 
 it by a narrow channel about five miles long ; a 
 peninsula, about ten miles long and as many 
 wide, divides the two lakes, the isthmus of 
 which separates lake Albert from the Coorong 
 lake. The waters abound- in fish, amongst which 
 is the Murray cod, called by the natives " Poride," 
 and on its shores game is plentiful. The coast 
 surrounding the lake is generally of a red sandy 
 loam with magnesian limestone ; on the shore are 
 numerous outcropping granite boulders, and in 
 the middle of the lake is a small island formed of 
 large blocks of the same formation. 
 
 ALBUERA, a mountain of N.S.W., in the 
 district of Liverpool Plains, on the Drummond 
 range, named by Captain Forbes, of the 39th 
 Regiment, in 1825, after the famous battle-field 
 in Spain. 
 
 ALBURY, a flourishing town of N. S. W., on 
 the confines of V, is situated on the right bank of 
 the Murray River, which is spanned at this point 
 by a strong girder bridge. It was proclaimed a 
 municipality 4th June, 1859. Its founding dates 
 from 17th November, 1824, when Hume and 
 Hovell encamped on its site. The railway from 
 Melbourne to Wodonga, on the opposite side of 
 the Murray, was opened in November, 1873, and 
 railway communication with Sydney is nearly 
 completed (1880.) The population is about 3000, 
 that of the district being 9195. The surrounding 
 district is principally agricultural, with some quartz 
 mining. The latter is carried on at the Black 
 Range and Hawk's View. Grapes and tobacco are 
 largely grown, and the Albury wines have made 
 themselves famous. In 1878 the produce of the 
 district was 142,353 gallons of wine, 12^1 tons of 
 grapes, and 12,056 lbs. of tobacco. Stock returns, 
 1878:— 9816 horses, 46,926 cattle, 707,006 sheep, 
 3049 pigs. Albury lies 351 miles S.W. of Sydney, 
 and 205 miles N.E. of Melbourne. During the 
 season, the Murray is navigable to here by 
 steamers. 
 
 ALDIS PEAK, a prominent mountain of 
 N. A., discovered in 1846, by Leichhardt, and 
 named by him, after Mr. Aldis, tobacco merchant, 
 of Sydney, who rendered him and his companion- 
 great assistance in his expedition. It is an excel- 
 lent landmark, and can be seen for a great distance 
 to the north-east. Itliesto the westward of Zamia 
 Creek, and is the highest point of Expedition range. 
 ALEXANDER, MOUNT, in the county oi 
 Talbot, V, was discovered and named by Mitchell
 
 8 
 
 rVC'HiP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Ale-All 
 
 (after Alexander the Great) in 1836. Its height i.s 
 2435 feet. It is a lofty peak of the densely 
 timbered ranges lying between Castlemaine and 
 Sandhurst, and seven miles N.E. of Castlemaine. 
 It is well wooded with iron-bark and stringy-bark, 
 honeysuckle, and gum trees, some of them of 
 immense size, and forming valuable timber. The 
 geological formation is of granite, some of which 
 is very fine, and makes excellent building stone 
 and road metal. Feldspar has been found in large 
 quantities. 
 
 ALEXANDRA, a mining township on the 
 Goulburn river, V., ninety-eight miles N.E. of 
 Melbourne. The diggings extend over thirty- 
 five square miles of ground. About seventy-four 
 quartz reefs have proved to be gold bearing. A 
 very large quantity of gold has been obtained in 
 this neighbourhood. Wheat, oats, and potatoes 
 are grown in the district. 
 
 ALEXANDRA LAND, the name first given to 
 the Northern Territory by the surveyors, so 
 named from the Christian name of the Princess of 
 Wales ; but the designation never seems to have 
 'Mine into use. (See Northern Territory.) 
 
 ALEXANDRINA, LAKE (native name, Kay- 
 Lnga,) is an immense inland lake near the coast, 
 to the N.E. of Encounter Bay, S.A. It opens 
 to the sea by a narrow passage known as the 
 Murray sea mouth, available for large steamers, 
 and forms a vast enlargement of the Murray river, 
 whose waters it receives at its N.E. end. Its length 
 is thirty miles, and its breadth fifteen miles. It 
 contains several islands, which lie in its S.W. 
 corner. On its E. side, connected with it by 
 narrow passages, are the Albert and Coorong lakes. 
 Its waters are brackish, and abound in fine fish, 
 particularly in Murray cod; and on its shores"game 
 is found in plenty. Lake Alexandrina was dis- 
 covered by Sturt, in his voyage down the Murray 
 in 1829, and named after the Christian name of 
 Queen Victoria. The rowers were guided by the 
 roar of the Southern Ocean. An impracticable 
 sand-bar locked in the passage to the sea. This 
 discovery solved the problem of the drainage of 
 the western country of New South Wales. 
 
 ALFRED, PRINCE (DUKE OF EDIN- 
 BURGH,) second son of Queen Victoria, visited 
 Australia in command of H.M.S. Galatea, in 1867. 
 He was welcomed with much, public demonstration 
 both in Melbourne and Sydney. He was shot at 
 by a madman named O'Farrell, at Sydney, on 
 1 2th March, 1868. The bullet entered the Prince's 
 back, but the wound proved comparatively slight. 
 No political significance was attached to this act. 
 I I'Farre]] was subsequently convicted and hanged. 
 The Prince again visited Australia and N.Z. in 
 1869 -To. 
 
 ALLEN, GEORGE (1800-1877,) came to N.S.W. 
 in 1816 ; was admitted an attorney and solicitor of 
 the Supreme Court in 1H22; was chosen alderman 
 nf the first cm-] Miration of the City of Sydney in 
 I B 12, and mayor in 184 1 In 18 I'j he was appointed 
 
 to a seat in the Legislative Council, and also hon. 
 police magistrate of the city and port. In 1856 
 he was made a member of the Legislative Council, 
 and the same year was elected Chairman of Com- 
 mittees, which office he held until 1873, when 
 failing sight compelled him to resign. He was 
 connected with many useful and benevolent insti- 
 tutions, and was for fifty-six years an active 
 member of the Sydney Benevolent Society. In 
 1866 he was made a member of the Council of 
 Education, from which he retired in 1873. In 
 1828 he assisted Sir F. Forbes and Messrs. 
 Wentworth and Bland in founding the Sydney 
 College, on the governing body of which he held 
 office for many years. In 1859 he was elected a 
 member of the Senate of the University. 
 
 ALLEN, SIR GEORGE WIGRAM (1824-) 
 son of the preceding, a native of Sydney, was in 
 1841 articled to his father, and five years after was 
 admitted an attorney and solicitor of the Supreme 
 Court of N.S.W. In 1853 was appointed Univer : 
 sity solicitor, and subsequently one of the superior 
 officers of that body. In 1859 he was made a 
 magistrate, and chosen first mayor of the munici- 
 pality of the Glebe, to which office he was 
 re-elected for eighteen consecutive years. In 
 1860 Sir WiUiam Denison appointed him a 
 member of the Legislative Council. In 1869 he 
 was elected member of the Legislative Assembly 
 for the Glebe, which constituency he repre- 
 sented up till 1880. In 1870 he was chosen 
 president of the Law Institute. He was for four- 
 teen years — 1853-66 — a Commissioner of National 
 Education, and has been a member of the Council 
 of Education since 1873. On the creation of the 
 department of Justice and Public Instruction in 
 1873, Allen was appointed its first minister, and 
 retained that position till the resignation of the 
 Parkes Administration in 1875. He was chosen 
 Speaker of the Legislative Assembly in March, 
 1875, and again in 1877, and was knighted the 
 same year. In 1878 he was elected to the seat in 
 the Senate of the University vacant by the decease 
 of his father. 
 
 ALLEN ISLAND, in the Gulf of Carpentaria, 
 between Bentinck Island and the mainland. 
 
 ALLIGATOR EAST, South, and Upper East, 
 rivers of N. Australia, flowing into Van Diemen's 
 Gulf, discovered, named, and explored by King in 
 1818. The valley of the Upper East Alligator, 
 says Leichhardt, — which should rather be called 
 Goose River, as he nowhere observed so many 
 geese ; and what is called an alligator, is no alli- 
 gator, but a crocodile, — is one of the most romantic 
 spots he had seen in his wanderings in Australia, 
 A broad level valley, with the most luxurious 
 verdure, abrupt hills and ranges rising everywhere 
 along its east and west sides, and closing it 
 apparently, at its southern extremity ; lagoons, 
 forming fine sheets of water, scattered over 
 it ; a creek, though with salt water, winding 
 through it.
 
 All-Angl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTliALASlA. 
 
 9 
 
 ALLMAN, CAPTAIN, of the 48th Regiment 
 was sent in 1821, with a party, to form a penal 
 settlement at Port Macquarie. Two vessels con- 
 veyed the troops and prisoners, with the stores 
 necessary for the undertaking. 
 
 ALMA RIVER. A small stream in W.A., 
 tributary of the Gascoyne, discovered and named 
 by F. T. Gregory in 1858. 
 
 ALPACAS. In 1850, a meeting was held in 
 Sydney to take measures to introduce alpaca sheep; 
 John Lamb presiding. It was proposed to raise 
 £2000 for the purpose of importing a flock of 400 
 breeding ewes. In November 1858, Charles Ledger 
 arrived from Peru with a mixed flock of 292 llamas, 
 alpacas, and vicunas. Subsequently the Govern- 
 ment purchased the flock for £15,000. The alpaca 
 is now thoroughly acclimatised in N.S.W., its 
 numbers are increasing, and parcels of its wool 
 sent to London have realised satisfactory prices. 
 ALT. (See Bampton and Alt.) 
 AMBY RIVER, in N.S.W., a branch of the 
 Maranoa, discovered by Mitchell in 1846. Amby 
 is the native name. 
 
 ANDERSON, JOSEPH (1789-1877,) a Lieut.- 
 Colonel in the British army, C.B. and K.H., was 
 an old Peninsula officer, who had probably seen 
 more service than any military man of his time in 
 the Colonies. His acts of heroism and bravery 
 were numerous. In 1848 he retired from active 
 service, having served forty years on full pay. For 
 some time he held the post of Military Commander 
 and Civil Superintendent of convicts at Norfolk 
 Island. He came to Port Phillip soon after the 
 foundation of the colony, and engaged in squatting 
 pursuits. In 1852 he was nominated a member of 
 the first Legislative Assembly of V., and held the 
 seat until the dissolution of that body. He acted 
 on the Committee to consider the subject of local 
 defences in 1854; strongly opposed unrestricted 
 Chinese immigration ; and assisted at the investi- 
 ture of General Sir Thomas Pratt as a Knight of 
 the Bath in 1862. He died at his residence in 
 South Yarra, Melbourne, at the age of eighty-eight. 
 ANDERSON'S INLET, in Bass Straits, be- 
 tween Capes Liptrap and Patterson, V., is sis 
 miles in extent, full of mud banks, and available 
 for boats only. The river Tarwin falls into this 
 inlet. 
 
 ANDREWS, EDWD. WILLIAM (1813-1877,) 
 came to S.A. in 1839 ; in 1853 became one of the 
 proprietors of the S.A. Register. As Mayor of 
 Glenelg in 1867, he was the first to receive Prince 
 Alfred on his arrival in Australia. 
 
 ANDREWS, RICHARD BULLOCK, Q.C., 
 was called to the bar of S.A. in 1855 ; entered 
 Parliament in 1857 ; was Attorney-General in the 
 Ayres Ministries of 1867 and 1868 ; and retired 
 from Parliament in 1870, upon being appointed 
 Crown Solicitor. 
 
 ANGAS, GEORGE FIFE (1789-1879,) one of 
 the founders of South Australia ; a native of 
 
 Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England, where his father 
 was a merchant and shipowner. Early in life 
 he established himself in the same business in 
 London. His philanthropic spirit and labours 
 brought him into relation with some eminent men, 
 including Wilberforce and the leading members of 
 the Anti-Slavery Society. In 1831, the suitability 
 of the country west of the Murray for settlement 
 was made known by the discoveries of Captain 
 Sturt. A number of gentlemen in England, among 
 whom was Angas, were anxious to put the 
 AVakefield principle of colonisation to the test, 
 and the newly- found territory was considered to 
 present the opportunity. Angas associated with 
 the committee who sought to obtain a charter 
 from the Crown for the establishment of a colony 
 on the southern shores of Australia. For a couple 
 of years negotiations were carried on with the 
 Imperial Government without success, and Angas 
 withdrew from the movement, intending to take no 
 further part in the proposed settlement. To this 
 determination, however, he did not adhere. In 1834, 
 through the efforts of the gentlemen who composed 
 the S.A. Association, an Act of Parliament was 
 obtained authorising the formation of the colony, 
 and Angas accepted an appointment on the first 
 board of commissioners for carrying the Act into 
 operation. He devoted himself energetically to ren- 
 dering the enterprise successful, one of the most 
 important of his services being the organisation 
 of the S.A. Company, but for whose help the 
 establishment, or, at least the vigorous develop- 
 ment, of the colony must have been indefinitely 
 delayed. The Act required that before the com- 
 missioners entered on the exercise of their general 
 powers, £35,000 worth of land must be sold ; but 
 several months after the land had been offered at 
 £1 per acre a portion only of the stipulated quantity 
 had been applied for. At this juncture Angas and 
 two other gentlemen stepped in, and, the commis- 
 sioners agreeing to reduce the price to 12s. per acre, 
 advanced the money to buy the remainder of the 
 sections. These they handed over to the Company, 
 at cost price, when the arrangements for its forma- 
 tion were completed. In this way the commissioners 
 were helped out of a serious difficulty; nor can 
 there be a doubt that the subsequent action of 
 the Company— which raised a capital of £200,000, 
 to be employed, not only in the purchase of land, 
 but also in forwarding settlers to the colony, 
 establishing whale fisheries, introducing pastoral 
 and agricultural pursuits, and in other ways 
 providing employment and stimulating production 
 in the new settlement— helped materially to give 
 it the start essential to its ultimate prosperity. 
 Of equal moment to the young community, from 
 a commercial point of view, was its first bank, 
 whi.h Angas induced the Company to establish. 
 The shareholders fell in with his views, and the 
 machinery of a bank was forwarded to S.A. in 
 charge of Edward Stephens, and arrived within a 
 few days of the colony being proclaimed. This 
 was the origin of the Bank of S.A., which was.
 
 10 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Ang 
 
 afterwards transferred to a separate proprietary. 
 In order that the early settlers might be provided 
 with educational advantages for their families, 
 Angas, in 1836, joined in establishing in Eng- 
 land the S.A. School Society, and, besides 
 acting as treasurer, contributed liberally to its 
 funds. By disseminating information respecting 
 the resources of the country, he endeavoured to 
 encourage persons to emigrate, his zeal leading 
 him to deliver a series of lectures as he travelled 
 through England for the benefit of his health. 
 At the same time he devoted a large part of his 
 fortune to investments in S.A., one of his pur- 
 chases being the Barossa Special Survey — a 
 beautiful district, in which he for many years 
 made his home. In 1837 he laid the founda- 
 tion of German emigration to S.A. by helping 
 out, under Pastor Kavel, some hundreds of 
 Lutherans, who, in consequence of their oppo- 
 sition to the Government scheme for uniting the 
 Reformed and Lutheran Churches, were suffering 
 religious persecution in Prussia. He also interested 
 himself warmly in the welfare of the natives, 
 co-operating with the Aborigines' Protection 
 Society, and in 1838 assisting the Dresden Mis- 
 sionary Society to forward the Bevs. Teichelmann 
 and Schurman to labour as missionaries among 
 them. He supported John Stephens in writing 
 a history of S.A. He bore the greater part of 
 the expense of publishing in England a news- 
 paper advocating S.A. interests, and furnishing 
 information respecting the colony. When the 
 costliness of the experiment led to its abandon- 
 ment, he continued to circulate statistical and 
 general intelligence, calculated to interest intend- 
 ing emigrants, while his office in the city was 
 made a centre at which information could always 
 be obtained. At this time S.A. was in the 
 midst of the financial difficulties which culmin- 
 ated in the Imperial Government dishonouring 
 the bills drawn upon Her Majesty's Treasury by 
 Governor Gawler; and when, in 1841, the House 
 of Commons appointed a committee of inquiry, 
 Angas was one of the witnesses examined. His 
 evidence as to the progress and resources of the 
 province favoured the view that its financial 
 success, under proper management, was only a 
 question of time. As his statements were supported 
 by statistical data, they produced a favourable 
 impression, and assisted in disposing the com- 
 mittee to recommend measures of relief, the adop- 
 tion of which started the colony on the career of 
 prosperity it has ever since (with but slight 
 deviations) pursued. While Angas thus devoted a 
 large portion of his time to the affairs of S.A., 
 his active habits led him to find leisure for many 
 other important engagements. In 1837 he was 
 principally instrumental in founding the Union 
 Bank of Australia, which came into existence 
 Hi rough the Tamar Bank of Tasmania being 
 placed on the London market for sale, with a view 
 i" the extension of its operations, and he was 
 the first chairman. A little later he was busily 
 mo\ in.u i"i- ill.- formal occupal ion of New Zealand 
 
 by the Imperial Government, and it was largely 
 owing to his exertions that one, if not the whole, 
 of the islands were prevented from passing into 
 the hands of the French. In 1838 it came to the 
 knowledge of Angas, through Baron Thierry, that 
 the French Government were arranging to send 
 out an expedition to N.Z. to appropriate the 
 islands, in order to their colonisation. He at 
 once made the matter known to Lord Glenelg in 
 a letter, pointing out the injury that would be 
 done to British interests in these seas if a 
 foreign power were allowed to establish itself 
 in N.Z. Interviews with his lordship followed, 
 and, as the result, Captain Hobson was sent out 
 in H.M.S. Druid to enter into a treaty with the 
 native chiefs for the cession of the islands to 
 Great Britain. The negotiations were concluded 
 on 10th August, 1840, when the raising of the 
 royal standard at Akaroa completed the annexation 
 of the group. Five days later the French frigate 
 L'Aube, followed by the Comic de Paris, arrived 
 in the port, only to find that they had been 
 forestalled in their plans, and that the French 
 colonists, instead of taking up their residence in 
 N.Z. as lords of the soil, could only remain 
 as British subjects. Notwithstanding the large 
 stake Angas had in the colony, he did not 
 adopt S.A. as his home until 1851. Some 
 members of his family had previously come out, 
 and in January of that year he arrived in the 
 Ascendant, by which vessel the official copy of 
 the Constitution Act, establishing a partially- 
 representative Government, reached the colony. 
 Angas was expected to have this important docu- 
 ment in his charge, and this would have been a 
 graceful compliment to his labours on behalf of 
 the colony, but was contrary to precedent, and 
 the Colonial Office preferred another medium for 
 the transmission of its despatches. The documents 
 were missing for several days after the arrival of 
 the ship, and rumour said they were ultimately 
 found at the bottom of the captain's dirty-clothes 
 bag. At this time Angas had reached the age 
 when men usually prefer a quiet life, but his 
 active disposition forbade his withdrawal from 
 public duties. In August, 1851, at the request of 
 the electors of Barossa, he offered himself as a 
 candidate for the Legislative Council, and was 
 returned unopposed. One of his earliest votes 
 was against the continuance of the State grant in 
 aid of religion, which was finally abolished by the 
 votes of thirteen out of the sixteen representative 
 members. In 1857 he entered the first Parliament 
 under the new Constitution as a member of the 
 Upper House, and was allowed to retain his seat 
 on leave when, during the two following years, he 
 was absent on a visit to Europe. He took an 
 active part in the proceedings of the Council, 
 where his speeches were marked by a plain 
 business-like character, which, combined with 
 clearness of statement, gave them considerable 
 weight. He retired by rotation in 1865, and was 
 immediately re-elected ; but in the following year 
 ill health compelled him to close his Parliamentary
 
 Ang— Aral 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 11 
 
 career of fifteen years. As the colony progressed 
 and prospered, his investments in it made him a 
 very wealthy man ; but he systematically devoted 
 a portion of his income to charitable purposes. 
 He assisted in the erection of churches throughout 
 the colony, and was a generous contributor to 
 Bible, missionary, and all kindred societies, not 
 only in South Australia, but in other parts of the 
 world. He gave considerable sums toward the 
 building of schools, the Norwood and Bowden 
 public schools in particular being largely assisted 
 by him in their foundation ; and such institutions 
 as the Bushmen's Club and the Sailors' Home 
 found in him a munificent helper. In addition, 
 his private benefactions were extensive. During 
 the latter years of his life Angas lived very 
 quietly. He rarely appeared in public, but when 
 he did he had the satisfaction of receiving the 
 congratulations of his numerous friends. A 
 long and useful career closed at Lindsay House, 
 Angaston, on 15th May, 1879. One of his sons 
 (George French Angas) has achieved an honour- 
 able reputation in connection with literary and 
 scientific pursuits, and his beautiful illustrations 
 of South Australian and New Zealand scenery 
 are well known. 
 
 ANGORA GOATS. These animals were first 
 imported into N. S. W. by Mr. Riley, of Baby, who 
 drove a flock of them over the Lansdowne bridge 
 (the first stone bridge built in N. S. W.,) on the 
 day of its being opened by Governor Bourke, in 
 1836. A flock of seven were imported into V. by 
 Mr. Sichel, of Melbourne, in 1856. The French 
 Acclimatisation Society presented a flock of twelve 
 to the V. Society in 1863. Mr. McCullough, of 
 Maryborough (V.) contributed £600 to a fund 
 raised by this Society, in 1866, for the importation 
 of a larger flock, and ninety-one animals were 
 purchased at Broussa and landed in Melbourne. 
 In 1870, a culled flock of fifty were sent to Sir S. 
 Wilson's station on the Wimmera, where they 
 have since largely increased. The average value 
 of each fleece is about 14s. 
 
 ANN ISLAND, at the entrance of Jervis Bay, 
 N. S.W., named by Captain Grant, in 1801, from 
 the Christian name of Mrs. King, wife of Governor 
 King. 
 
 ANTI-TRANSPORTATION LEAGUE, formed 
 in Tasmania in 1851, by the Rev. John West, 
 Henry Hopkins, R. Pitcairn, and others. Its 
 object was to secure the cessation of transportation 
 thenceforward to any of the Australasian Colonies. 
 John West, W. Aikenhead, and W. P. Weston 
 were sent as delegates to V., and the Victorian 
 branch was founded in January 1851. A liberal 
 subscription list was opened, and thirty-five citizens 
 of Melbourne subscribed 100 guineas each, many 
 fifty giiineas and lesser sums. A delegate was 
 required to be sent to England, and the Coun- 
 cil of the League selected J. C. King, Town 
 Clerk of Melbourne, who sailed on the 3rd 
 April. He held the post for three years. The 
 deputation from Tasmania then went to Sydney, 
 
 where a third branch was formed, and an enthu- 
 siastic public meeting held. This unanimous 
 feeling on the part of the colonies, combined with 
 the discovery of gold, led to the stoppage of trans- 
 portation. In 1853 a despatch from the Imperial 
 Government announced the cessation of the system. 
 The names of the first members of the League in 
 V. are given in McCombie's History. 
 
 ANTILL PONDS, a district in the county of 
 Somerset, T., sixty miles from Hobart Town, so 
 called by Governor Macquarie in honour of Major 
 Antill, of the 48th Regiment. 
 
 ANXIOUS BAY, on the W. coast of S.A., dis- 
 covered and named by Flinders in 1801. It is 
 about thirty-two miles in width, and fourteen miles 
 in depth, but is exposed to all W. winds except 
 those to the S. of S.W., and affords no secure 
 anchorage. 
 
 APOLLO BAY, an indentation in the N.W. 
 coast of Bass Straits, V., extending about ten 
 miles, between Cape Patton and Pt. Bunbury, 
 which form its N. and S. heads respectively. Into 
 this bay fall the Wild Dog and other creeks from 
 the thickly-timbered country inland. Several coal 
 seams crop out on the coast in the neighbourhood ; 
 none of them, however, exceeding twelve inches in 
 thickness. There is fine timber growing in this 
 district, many of the blue gum trees reaching a 
 height of 300 feet, 
 
 APSLEY RIVER, a river of N.S.W., in the 
 district of New England, and a branch of the river 
 M'Leay. The bed of this river is thus described 
 by Oxley, who discovered and named it in 1818 : — 
 " This tremendous ravine runs nearly N. and S. ; 
 its breadth at the bottom does not, apparently, 
 exceed 100 or 200 feet, whilst the separation of 
 the outer edges is from two to three miles. In 
 perpendicular depth it exceeds 3000 feet. The 
 slopes from the edges were so steep, and covered 
 with loose stones, that any attempt to descend 
 them, even on foot, was impracticable." 
 
 ARAPILES, MOUNT, in the Wimmera dis- 
 trict, V., discovered and named by Mitchell in his 
 overland journey to Port Phillip, in 1836. It is a 
 feature which may always be easily recognised, 
 both by its isolated position, and by its small 
 companion the Mitre Rock, situated midway 
 between it and the lake to the northward, named 
 Mitre Lake. Arapiles is the name of a village in 
 Spain, where the Battle of Salamanca was fought. 
 
 ARARAT, a remarkable mountain in the Great 
 Dividing Range in the N.W. of V., so named from 
 its fancied resemblance to the Scriptural moun- 
 tain. Its height is 2020 feet. At a short distance 
 from its base stands a township of the same name, 
 which was surveyed and sold in 1858. The plain 
 on which it stands was then rich in alluvial gold, 
 and a large mining population was gathered on the 
 ground. The alluvial gold workings are now 
 nearly exhausted, but there are some quartz reefs 
 worked in the neighbourhood, Besides mining,
 
 12 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 'Arc— Arg 
 
 the agricultural, pastoral, and wine-making inter- 
 ests are well established. Ararat is the commercial 
 centre of the grain and wool producing district of 
 the north-west. In the neighbourhood are never- 
 failing supplies of the best timber, of which 
 immense quantities are annually sent over a large 
 area. Ararat contains one of the Government 
 lunatic asylums. It is fifty-six miles W. from 
 Ballarat, 
 
 ARCHER, WILLIAM HENRY (1825 ,) 
 
 came to Victoria in 1852 ; in 1853 was employed in 
 drafting a comprehensive system of legal and 
 statistical registration, which was approved by 
 Governor Latrobe, and next year published the 
 Statistical Register of Victoria. In 1854, Major 
 Norman Campbell was appointed Registrar- 
 General and Archer his assistant. In 1857, he 
 published for some time a paper called Facts and 
 Figures, and was appointed a member of the 
 Board of Education. In 1858, he was employed 
 in discovering records in Sydney in relation 
 to V, and found a large mass of documents 
 affecting property. In 1859, on the death of 
 Major Campbell, he became Registrar-General. In 
 1860, he published Statistical Notes on the Progress 
 of Victoria from 1835 to 1860. In 1862, the Real 
 Property Act came into force, and the duty of 
 carrying out the measure devolved upon Archer, 
 but after a year he resigned, not agreeing with the 
 Attorney-General in the manner of doing this 
 work. In 1868, he was again offered its adminis- 
 tration, and succeeded in restoring order to the 
 departments. In 1874, he was appointed Secretary 
 for Lands and Survey. In 1867, he was called to 
 the Bar. His services were dispensed with by the 
 Victorian Government in 1878, on " Black Wed- 
 nesday." He then went to Sydney, and established 
 a Mutual Assurance Company, of which he is 
 (1879) managing director. 
 
 "ARGUS " NEWSPAPER, Melbourne journal. 
 On 5th July, 1878, the Argus published its lo,000th 
 number, and gave the following history of its 
 establishment :— " The date of its birth was Tues- 
 day, the 2nd June, 1846, when the settlement was 
 only eleven — orreckoningfrom Mr. Edward Henty's 
 landing with Stock at Portland Bay, twelve- 
 years old. The population of the province was 
 38,334, or about the same as that of Collingwood 
 and Fitzroy; and Melbourne was a straggling 
 town, loosely articulated, and by no means distin- 
 guished for its liveliness. People had a good deal 
 of leisure for scandal and small talk, local events 
 were few and unexciting, communication with the 
 old world was slow and irregular, Sydney was 
 distant nearly a week, there was little in the way 
 of public amusements to beguile the tedium of 
 the long winter evenings, the streets were unpaved 
 and badly lighted, and the only season of real 
 animation was when the annual clip of wool came 
 down from the country, and the pastoral tenants of 
 the Crown visited Melbourne to purchase stores 
 and to indulge in such gaieties as the limited 
 
 resources of the place could supply. There was a 
 theatre — almost as a matter of course ; and there 
 was Mr. George Coppin — quite as a matter of 
 course. Even then he was taking farewell benefits, 
 preparatory to his final retirement from the stage ; 
 and in The Argus of 7th July, 1846, we find it 
 recorded that 'it is the intention of Mr. Coppin 
 to erect a theatre upon that piece of ground in the 
 rear of Elizabeth-street, which is now occupied by 
 Mr. Armistead, the builder. Mr. Coppin's vow 
 not to appear on any stage in the world after the 
 night on which he delivered his farewell address, 
 in the character of Billy Barlow, will not be broken 
 by his treading the boards of the new house, 
 as those stages only that were in existence at 
 the time it was made were meant by Mr. Coppin.' 
 Some other early theatrical and historical reminis- 
 cences are given, and the history proceeds : — "It 
 is interesting to know that the practice of duelling 
 was not altogether extinct in 1846. The last 
 encounter of this kind which took place in 
 England— that between Lieutenant Seton and 
 Hawkey, in which the former was killed — had 
 occurred in the year previous ; and two duels were 
 fought in Port Phillip in the month of June. 
 Messrs. Sprot and Campbell, settlers in the Port 
 Fairy district, having quarrelled, one of them 
 challenged the other; and in order to elude the 
 vigilance of the local magistrates, they rode into 
 S.A., a distance of 200 miles, exchanged shots, 
 and came back again, unwounded in body, but 
 salved in honour. The other affair was quietly 
 arranged for in the scrub near Liardet's Pier Hotel, 
 at what is now Sandridge, the combatants being 
 the Hou. G. Kennedy, grandson of the Marquis of 
 Ailsa, and Mr. Ousely Cockburn, of the mercantile 
 firm of Cruikshank, Latham, and Cockburn. Their 
 seconds were Mr. J. Hunter and Mr. J. Allan- 
 No blood was shed, and the incident called forth 
 a letter from 'Bob Acres' in reprehension of 'that 
 relic of a barbarous and feudal age — duelling.' 
 The wages paid to skilled labour are not specified, 
 but farm and station hands received 12s. a week 
 and rations, while domestic servants were paid 
 from £20 to £25 per annum. The upset price of 
 land in Melbourne was £300, in St. Kilda £30, in 
 Richmond £5, in Upper Hawthorn £2 10s., and at 
 Essendon £2 an acre. The public expenditure for 
 the whole province was under £40,000 a year, and 
 the discrepancy between this amount, and what 
 was raised by taxation, and by the sale or rent of 
 Crown lands, engendered a feeling of discontent 
 which had already given rise to an agitation 
 in favour of separation from New South Wales. 
 Provisions appear to have been very reasonable in 
 those days. Beef and mutton were 2d. per lb., 
 and butter 16d. ; bread was 7d. the 4lb. loaf, and 
 milk 3d. a quart ; fowls were 2s., and ducks 3s. 9d., 
 a pair ; and a good fat turkey could be bought for 
 6s. 3d. Copper coins were by no means despised ; 
 for we learn that on the 27th October a drayman 
 reaped a rich harvest by carrying parties across 
 Elizabeth-street, at Townend's Corner, at a
 
 Arm— Art] 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 IS 
 
 halfpenny a head. The first number of the Argus 
 was a four-page paper, containingabout nine columns 
 of advertisements, two-thirds of which were Gazette 
 notices. Its local intelligence was meagre in 
 character ; but its editor made a strong point of 
 his ability to anticipate the rival journals— the 
 Patriot and the Herald— by half a day in the 
 publication of the news brought from Sydney by 
 the overland mail. A few names that are still 
 familiar to us appear in the advertising columns ; 
 but out of about eighty signatures attached to a 
 requisition for a public meeting, we are unable to 
 identify more than ten or twelve as those of 
 persons who are still living. Messrs. Stawell, Barry, 
 and Williams were practising as barristers in the 
 Supreme Court, and the late Judge Pohlman was 
 Chief Commissioner of Insolvent Estates; but 
 most of the names which are of frequent occur- 
 rence in the columns of the Argm during the first 
 year of its existence belonged to men whose places 
 know them no more." It must be added that the 
 Argus owed its first celebrity and influence to 
 the energetic editorial management and powerful 
 writing of Edward Wilson, who remained one of 
 the proprietary till his death. It is now universally 
 acknowledged to stand second to no journal in the 
 British dominions in point of literary ability, 
 liberal management, mechanical execution, and all 
 other journalistic details. 
 
 ARMIDALE, a town in N.S.W., is situated on 
 the Dumaresq creek, 313 miles N. of Sydney. It 
 was proclaimed a municipality 13th November, 
 1863. The district surrounding Annidale is prin- 
 cipally pastoral and agricultural, with some alluvial 
 gold diggings, within a few miles of the town. The 
 scenery in the vicinity is rugged and picturesque, 
 from the prevalence of mountains, among which 
 are to be found several waterfalls of considerable 
 height. Annidale is the see of a Roman Catholic 
 bishop, and forms part also of the Anglican 
 Episcopate of Grafton and Armidale. The Pro- 
 testant Cathedral Church (St. Peter's,) is one of 
 the most beautiful of its size in the Colony. The 
 Roman Catholics have also a fine cathedral. 
 Presbyterians and Wesleyans have also places of 
 worship, and there are five schools. 
 
 ARNEY, SIR GEORGE A, Chief Justice of 
 N.Z. in 1873, administered the Government of 
 the Colony from 21st March to 14th June, after 
 the departure of Governor Bowen and pending the 
 arrival of Governor Fergusson. 
 
 ARNOLD, WILLIAM MUNNINGS (1820- 
 1875,) came to N.S.W. in 1839, and settled on the 
 Paterson. In 1856 he was elected Member of 
 the Legislative Assembly, and in 1858 was chosen 
 Chairman of Committees. In 1860, he became 
 Minister for Public Works in the Robertson 
 Ministry, and shared in the carrying of the Land 
 Act of 1861. The ministry resigned in 1863, but 
 in 1865 Arnold again took office under the 
 Cowper Ministry, but resigned on 31st October 
 on being again elected Speaker of the Assembly. 
 
 In 1875 he was accidentally drowned in a flood in 
 the Paterson, opposite his own door. 
 
 ARNHEIM LAND comprises all the northern 
 coast of the continent lying to the eastward of 
 N.W. Cape as far as the Gulf of Carpentaria, and 
 southward to the fifteenth parallel of latitude. It 
 was discovered and named after his native town 
 in Holland, by Zaachen, in 1618. Arnheim Cape 
 is the N.W. extremity of the Gulf, and Arnheim 
 Bay lies to the westward. This bay was explored 
 by Flinders in 1802. 
 
 ARTHUR, SIR GEORGE, fourth Lieutenant- 
 Governor of V.D.L., arrived 12th May, 1824. 
 Formerly superintendent of Honduras, he was 
 extensively known as an officer of inflexible and 
 energetic disposition ; his administration there had 
 occasioned considerable debate, and was made the 
 subject of parliamentary and judicial enquiries. 
 The public meeting at Hobart Town which 
 adopted a farewell address to Governor Sorell, 
 authorised a similar compliment to Arthur on his 
 accession. It was couched in the language of cold 
 respect ; parting reluctantly with their late Gover- 
 nor, the colonists were less disposed to welcome 
 his successor. The reply of Arthur was not less 
 formal and cold ; he took occasion to express his 
 conviction that the moral example of the free 
 population was essential to the improvement of a 
 class less favoured ; and that while employing 
 his authority for the general welfare, he was 
 resolved to maintain the rights of the Crown. 
 Such sentiments and purposes were just ; but 
 were scarcely likely, at that moment, to be heard 
 with pleasure. The arrival of Governor Darling, 
 in 1825, was a time of festivity. He proclaimed 
 the independence of the Colony and its severance 
 from N.S.W. on 3rd December. While he was 
 present, he was entitled to govern ; but when 
 he set sail, Arthur, who had previously been 
 addressed as "Your Honour," assumed the authority 
 of Governor-in-chief, and, responsible only to the 
 home office, became " His Excellency." The 
 colonists were less delighted with the possession 
 than they had been with the prospect of a chief 
 Governor. Arthur was, in point of fact, a man 
 of reserved and austere manners, a martinet in 
 discipline, and strictly obedient to the orders he 
 received from Downing-street, which were often 
 variable and self-contradictory. On the 7th May, 
 Chief Justice Pedder proclaimed the charter of 
 a Supreme Court. Differences speedily arose 
 between the Governor and the Attorney-General, 
 Gellibrand, whom Arthur authoritatively removed 
 from office, and much personal altercation thencu 
 ensued. In November 1830, he set on foot the 
 project of the Black War (which see) for the exter- 
 mination of the native race. An expedition was 
 sent out, which cost in all £30,000, and resulted 
 in the capture of only two blacks ! Arthur also 
 attempted to extinguish the liberty of the Press, 
 and had an act passed in 1827 which effectually 
 secured that object. The colonists remonstrated, 
 but, although the Governor stood firm, the Secretary
 
 14 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Art~Auc 
 
 of State disallowed the Act. The charge of 
 employing spies was also brought against Arthur. 
 In 1828, a Constitutional Act was passed, giving 
 the Governor the presidency of the Legislative 
 Council. The discussions were private; and as 
 the members were chiefly Government officers, the 
 power of the Governor was supreme. When 
 Batman made his expedition to Port Phillip in 
 1 835, Arthur was anxious to make the new terri- 
 tory dependent on V.D.L., but Governor Bourke 
 successfully asserted the prior claim of N.S.W. 
 Free immigation, subsidised by the Home Govern- 
 ment, set in about 1832, and this intrusion by 
 the Crown broke the bond of Arthur's despotic 
 system. It was not suited for freemen. Towards 
 the close of his rule, he became increasingly 
 unpopular, and public meetings were held to 
 express disapproval of his continuance in office 
 by the Home Government. At length his recall 
 arrived, and on 30th September 1836 Arthur left 
 the colony. " The difficult nature of his duties," 
 says West, " the distance of his government from 
 supervision, and the weakness of the free popula- 
 tion, enabled him to assume and maintain, for 
 many years, a discretion all but unlimited. He 
 repressed the outrages of the lawless, and restored 
 comparative tranquillity. Under his auspices the 
 chief town, which he found consisting of a few 
 frail dwellings, assumed the aspect of a commercial 
 city. Many he received in chains were established 
 in social happiness ; many immigrants, who arrived 
 with slender resources, had risen to opulence. 
 During the twelve years of his rule, the population 
 had increased from 12,000 to 40,000 ; the revenue 
 from ,£16,866 to £106,639 ; the imports from 
 £62,000 to £583,646 ; the exports from £14,500 to 
 £320,679 ; mills from five to forty-seven ; colonial 
 vessels from one to seventy-one ; churches from 
 four to eighteen ; and every branch of public and 
 private enterprise exhibited the same general 
 aspect." It should be added that Arthur was 
 always regarded as a zealous co-operator by the 
 leaders of the Anti-Slavery Society in England. 
 He died in England in 1844. 
 
 ARTHUR'S SEAT, a conspicuous mountain at 
 the eastern entrance to Port Phillip, V. It was 
 named by Murray, in 1802, from its fancied 
 resemblance to a famous hill of that name near 
 Edinburgh. 
 
 ASHBURT0N RIVER, in W.A., discovered 
 and named after Lord Ashburton, by F. Gregory, 
 in 1861. 
 
 ASPINALL, BUTLER COLE (1830-1875,) was 
 admitted to the English bar in 1853, having been 
 previously connected with the Morning Chronicle 
 and other London papers. In 1854 he arrived in 
 Victoria, under engagement to the Argus as law 
 reporter. Ee was subsequently a contributor to 
 the Morning Herald, Age, and Melbourne Punch, 
 but commenced to practise as a barrister on 
 leaving the Argus. His wit and ability as an 
 advocate were of a high quality; and the talent 
 
 he displayed on behalf of the accused at the trial 
 of the Eureka rioters gained him a colonial 
 reputation. In 1856 he entered Parliament as 
 member for Talbot, and became celebrated for his 
 talents as a debater. He was a member of the 
 Heales Government in 1861, and, when repre- 
 sentative for Portland, was a member of the 
 Macpherson Government in 1869. In 1868 he 
 went to Sydney, and conducted the defence of 
 O'Farrell, tried for the attempted assassination of 
 Prince Alfred. He resigned his seat in Parliament 
 in 1870, on account of failing mental health. 
 
 ATKINS, RICHARD, Deputy Judge Advocate 
 of N.S.W. during the Governorship of Bligh. He 
 presided at the trial of John Macarthur for 
 rebellion in 1808, but his right to preside was 
 challenged by the accused. Atkins threatened to 
 commit him for contempt of court, but was him- 
 self threatened with committal by one of the six 
 officers associated with him. Atkins then retired 
 from the bench. The officers memorialised the 
 Governor, stating their unwillingness to act with 
 Atkins, on the ground that he had been notoriously 
 a personal enemy of Macarthur for the last fourteen 
 years. To this memorial Bligh replied by refusing 
 to remove Atkins ; and he had Macarthur arrested 
 on a warrant signed by Atkins and three magis- 
 trates. This step led to the revolt against the 
 Governor, and his subsequent arrest. When 
 Johnston assumed the Government, with Macarthur 
 as Secretary, Atkins was superseded, and Major 
 Abbott was appointed in his stead. Bligh, although 
 he supported Atkins in his office of Judge Advo- 
 cate throughout the quarrel, spoke of his character 
 in most disparaging terms in his despatches to the 
 Secretary of State. 
 
 AUCKLAND, the most northern province of 
 N.Z. It includes fully one-half of the North 
 Island. It is about 400 miles long by 200 miles 
 wide at its greatest breadth, and its area is one- 
 third that of Victoria, or about half as much as 
 England ; that is, it contains 16,650,000 acres. Its 
 boundary on the south is 39° S. lat. and the rivers 
 Mokau and Wanganui ; on the other sides it is 
 surrounded by water. It has a coast line of nearly 
 1200 miles. This proportion of water frontage to 
 the superficial area is one of its most striking- 
 peculiarities ; and, in addition, it is remarkable 
 for its rivers. These are numerous, and in many 
 cases valuable as highways for the carriage of pro- 
 duce from the interior. Among them may be 
 enumerated the Mokau, Oruawharo, Otamatea, 
 Bangaitaiki, Waikatothe longest and most import- 
 ant, Wairoa next in length, Waipa, Thames of 
 Waiho, and the Whakatane. The population on 
 3rd May, 1878, was 82,661—44,800 males, 37,861 
 females, fhe Maori population is estimated at 
 24,698. 
 
 History.— The early history of the province is, 
 in a great degree, identical with that of the colony. 
 This portion of the country was the first in which 
 a European landed ; in this the missionaries began
 
 Auc] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUsTKALAMA. 
 
 l.i 
 
 and mainly carried on their enterprise ; here was 
 the scene of " the treaty of Waitangi," on which 
 the British Government ultimately based their 
 right of sovereignty over these islands ; in this 
 province a British governor first resided ; and the 
 locality in which the city of Auckland now stands 
 was chosen by the first Governor as the site for the 
 capital of N.Z. 
 
 Natural Features.— The land is principally 
 of two kinds — a light volcanic loam and a stiff 
 yellow clay. Each of these soils has its own 
 advantages, and, perhaps owing to the fineness 
 of a climate to which long droughts and floods 
 are equally unknown, there is comparatively 
 little soil that can be called bad. The three 
 great divisions of the province are the Northern 
 Peninsula, the East Coast, and the Waikato 
 country. The two latter are principally in the 
 hands of the natives. Much of the Northern 
 Peninsula is broken land, in parts densely timbered. 
 The land is difficult and expensive to clear for 
 cultivation, but well repays the trouble. The 
 East Coast, comprising the Coromandel Peninsula, 
 has been described as " one continuous rugged 
 range of palaeozoic rocks," much of which is 
 auriferous. The Waikato country is well timbered, 
 has fine soiladmirablysuited for farmingoperations, 
 and is rapidly becoming settled. The climate is 
 pleasant and salubrious, being free from extremes 
 of heat and cold, and the temperature is lower than 
 that of any of the other provinces. Owing to the 
 large seaboard, and the prevalence of sea breezes, 
 the summer heat is not nearly so great as in similar 
 latitudes on the Australian continent. The same 
 causes account for the absence of long droughts, 
 and for the more abundant moisture. The climate 
 is beneficial to asthmatic patients ; and the northern 
 portions of the province — particularly the Bay of 
 Islands — are recommended for persons suffering 
 from diseases of the lungs. The warm lakes and 
 sulphur springs in the Rotorua district have 
 become famous for the cure of rheumatism and 
 kindred diseases. Gold, copper, lead, tin, iron, 
 manganese, coal, and other minerals, exist in the 
 province. The coal supplies are most plentiful ; 
 the coal burns freely, and is well suited for house- 
 hold purposes. Springs of kerosene. oil have been 
 found on the eastern coast. The principal gold- 
 workings at present are in the Thames district, the 
 whole extent of which, covering an area of 100 
 miles in length, is believed to be auriferous, traces 
 of the precious metal having been detected in 
 numerous places. Some of the claims on the 
 Thames goldfield have vied with the richest of the 
 Victoria fields. Up to 30th June, 1879, the total 
 quantity of gold exported from the province 
 amounted to 1,226,102 ounces. During the year 
 ending 30th June, 1878, there were 75,434 ounces 
 produced. A line of railway from the City of 
 Auckland to Ohanpo, ninety-four miles, opens up 
 the vast agricultural territory known as the 
 Waikato country, famous for the fertility of its soil, 
 and its adaptability for the production of cereals 
 
 and root crops. Another line from Riverhead tu 
 Kaipara opens up the fine agricultural district 
 lying to the N. of Auckland. The export of wool 
 is large and increasing. Kauri gum forms an 
 important item in the exports. The kauri pine is 
 the most famous of N.Z. trees ; it is confined 
 entirely to this province, and almost wholly to its 
 northern extremity. For many years this timber 
 has been largely exported for building purposes, 
 and to H. M. Dockyards, to serve as spars for the 
 Royal Navy. The great size of the trees, sometimes 
 fifteen feet in diameter and 150 feet in height, and 
 the valuable properties of the wood, render this a 
 valuable article of export. Other trees, whose 
 wood is of constructive value, are the kahikatea, 
 the riniu or red pine, the totara, and the puriri. 
 The native vegetation of the province is, without 
 exception, evergreen. The forests, both in winter 
 and summer, are leafy, and are covered for the 
 most part, with a thick and almost impenetrable 
 undergrowth. The N.Z. flax is an article of export. 
 The scenery of the province is enchanting. Hill 
 and valley, woodland, rough cliffs, and quiet little 
 secluded bays; broad rivers, lakes, and rough 
 mountain torrents; waterfalls, geysers, boiling 
 springs, volcanic cones, beautiful natural terraces, 
 and many other marked natural features, grouped 
 in the most picturesque forms, and gilded with 
 bright sunshine, tend to make N.Z. what it has 
 frequently been called — the natural home of 
 the poet and the artist. 
 
 The Lake District. — In common with other 
 parts of the North Island, the formation of 
 Auckland shows a volcanic origin, and there is, 
 in fact, an active volcanic island in the Hauraki 
 Gulf, the gulf on which the chief city is situated ; 
 while at Taupo and other places are hot springs 
 and lakes; and within a mile of Auckland city is 
 an extinct terraced volcanic hill, Mount Eden, 
 having a deep crater upon its summit. The warm 
 lake and geyser scenery of the province is, in the. 
 opinion of geologists and travellers, the most 
 remarkable in the world. These phenomena are 
 of three kinds : Puias, which are geysers con- 
 tinually or intermittantly active; Ngawhas, or 
 inactive Puias, emitting steam, but not throwing 
 up columns of hot water ; Wairiki, or cisterns of 
 hot water suitable for bathing. There are also 
 mud volcanoes, and numerous creeks, and streams, 
 either wholly hot or tepid, or having occasional 
 hot springs breaking out in them. The principal 
 districts in which these hot springs are found is 
 round lake Taupo, where baths have been erected. 
 Another remarkable feature of this district is the 
 number of natural terraces in the neighbourhood 
 of the lakes, each of the terraces containing hot 
 or warm pools, filled at intervals by the overflow 
 of the boiling puaia at the summit. Conspicuous 
 amongst the volcanoes is the great Ngahapu, or 
 Ohopia, a circular rocky basin of about forty 
 feet diameter, in which a violent geyser is con- 
 stantly boiling up to the height of ten or twelve 
 feet, and emitting dense clouds of steam. The
 
 16 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Auc— Aus 
 
 highest peaks of the range that intersects Auckland 
 are Pirongia 2830 feet, Mount Edgecombe 2575 feet, 
 and Little Barrier 2283 feet. A few miles south 
 of the boundary the mountains and ranges rise to 
 Far higher altitudes than these. One feature of 
 the province of Auckland is, that throughout the 
 whole of its extent the settler can go scarcely 
 twenty miles from navigable water, either salt or 
 fresh. It is not a level country, covered with 
 natural grasses ; for the most part it is broken 
 land, with low ranges of hills and broad shallow 
 valleys, covered, in the majority of cases, with 
 dense forest, more suitable for agricultural opera- 
 tions than for pastoral purposes. The fern tribe 
 is seen to perfection in this province, upwards of 
 130 species being found, many of them unknown 
 in any other country ; the nikau, the ti-tree, and 
 the raupo are also profusely distributed. All the 
 products of England also nourish here. The 
 principal towns in the province are Auckland, 
 the capital, Tauranga, Havelock, Shortland, and 
 Grahamstown. 
 
 AUCKLAND, capital of the province of that 
 name, is the largest city in N.Z., and was for some 
 time the seat of Government, It is situated on 
 the southern shores of Waitemata Harbour, one of 
 the finest harbours in N.Z., an inlet of Thames 
 Gulf. The island at this point is only six miles 
 wide. A local description states : " Few cities can 
 boast of scenery so picturesque as that surrounding 
 Auckland. It lies on a narrow isthmus, separating 
 the seas that wash the E. and W. shores of the 
 island ; the landscape dotted over with volcanic 
 cones, mementoes of the days when subterranean 
 tires poured fourth a devastating deluge ; it pos- 
 sesses that blending of land and water, of hill and 
 dale, of sombre height and fertile undulating low- 
 land, that contributes the charm of natural scenery. 
 The best view is, perhaps, to be obtained from the 
 lip of the crater of Mount Eden, an extinct vol- 
 cano overhanging the city, at a distance of about 
 a mile." Its position, for commercial purposes, is 
 equally good, as, in addition to the harbour of 
 Waitemata, there is a western harbour, Manakau, 
 the two being only six miles apart. There are 
 numerous wharves and jetties, with facilities for 
 the loading and discharge of vessels, and a graving 
 duck was opened in August, 1878. The leading 
 buildings are Goverment offices, the post-office, and 
 custom house, the supreme court, and the Govern- 
 ment House, standing in the midst of grounds 
 planted with English oak and other trees. There 
 are several places of worship, among which are St. 
 I 'aid's Cathedral, and St. James', Presbyterian. 
 The city is in telegraphic communication with all 
 the centres of both islands by means of submarine 
 
 ill- laid in ( 'link's Straits. A railway connects 
 Auckland with Onehunga mi the Manakau Har- 
 1 >< hi r ; the railway to Champo, ninety-four miles, 
 brings tlie country southward into communication 
 with the capital During the year ending 30th 
 June, 1878, there were 202 vessels, of a gross ton- 
 of 122,239, entered Auckland; owned at the 
 
 port are 218 sailing vessels, of 12,047 tons, and 42 
 steamers, of 3,083 tons. Most of the streets are 
 flagged or asphalted, and lighted with gas. There 
 is a good water supply, derived from the Western 
 Springs. There is a theatre, and a well laid-out 
 botanical garden in the Government Domain. The 
 population of the city and suburbs is about 
 30,000. Auckland was founded by Captain Hobson 
 on the 29th January, 1840 ; and the treaty of Wai- 
 tangi was signed 5th February. The foundation- 
 stone of St. Paul's Cathedral was laid by Governor 
 Hobson 28th July, 1841 ; the first Supreme Court 
 was opened 28th February, 1842 ; General Pitt 
 arrived in Auckland in 1847 ; the city was visited 
 by a cyclone 8th April, 1862; it was first lighted 
 with gas 15th April, 1865; constituted a borough 
 5th May, 1871 ; the Post Office was burned down 
 19th November, 1872 ; and the foundation of 
 the Waterworks was laid 27th March, 1875. 
 
 AUCKLAND ISLANDS, a group of islands to 
 the south of N.Z. The largest measures thirty 
 miles by fifteen. It has two good harbours, and is 
 covered with the richest vegetation. The islands are 
 valuable chiefly as a whaling station, being at the 
 confluence, as it were, of the Pacific and Southern 
 Oceans. In January, 1864, the shipwreck of the 
 Grafton, Captain Musgrave, occurred on these 
 islands. The shipwrecked crew remained there 
 until 24th July, 1865, and then escaped to N.Z. in 
 a boat. The Invercaidd was also wrecked there 
 in May, 1864. J. J. Shillinglaw, of Melbourne, 
 edited the " Diary" of Captain Musgrave, and 
 published it in 1865. 
 
 AUGUSTA (PORT,)thenorthernmostof the S.A. 
 ports, from which the township takes its name, 
 situated on the shores of Spencer's gulf, is about 
 three quarters of a mile wide, with good anchorage, 
 eighteen feet deep at low water springs. The 
 township is situated on the eastern shore. This 
 place is the outlet for a large tract of pastoral and 
 mineral country. Agricidture has been tried in 
 the district, but from the frequency of dry seasons 
 has proved a failure. Its pastoral capabilities 
 support immense numbers of sheep and cattle, 
 many of which thrive well and fatten on salt bush. 
 Several copper mines have been opened, extending 
 sixteen miles off Port Augusta to some 300 miles 
 north. 
 
 AUSTIN, 11., Assistant Surveyor-General of 
 W.A. in 1854, was despatched on an exploring 
 expedition by the Government. He was provided 
 with twenty-seven horses and provisions for four 
 months, and set out with his party of nine men 
 from Northam on 10th July. His experience of 
 the country was similar to that of Gregory in 
 1846, and Roe in 1848, and his course lay between 
 the tracks of both. He met also with a further 
 obstacle in the character of the herbage. The 
 horses suffered from a poisonous plant ; they fell 
 down in their tracks, and kicked violently; in a 
 short time their heads and bellies swelling to an 
 enormous size. Seven of them died at Recruit 
 Flats, and a retreat amid a shower of spears from
 
 Ausj 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA Of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 17 
 
 the blacks had to be made towards Shark's Bay, 
 where a ship was to meet them. The subsequent 
 disasters of the expedition until they returned to 
 the Geraldine Mine, brought into prominence the 
 energy, courage, and zeal of the leader, but added 
 nothing to the first objects of the promoters, save 
 the barren results of the exploration of a useless 
 and arid country. 
 
 AUSTRALASIA. This name, etymologically 
 equivalent to "Southern Asia," is variously given 
 by geographers to the vast region extending from 
 the south-eastern extremity of Asia for more than 
 half-way across the Pacific Ocean, or, more res- 
 trictedly, to Australia and New Zealand, with the 
 large islands as far as New Guinea and the New 
 Hebrides. This latter is the definition given in 
 the latest (the ninth) edition of the Encyclopedia 
 Britannica. Wallace, in his book on "Australasia' 
 (1879,) gives it the wider signification, arguing that 
 "as defining one of the six great divisions of the 
 globe, Australasia harmonises better with the names 
 of the other divisions, and at the same time serves 
 to recall its essential characteristics : firstly, that 
 it is geographically a southern extension of Asia ; 
 and secondly, that the great island-continent of 
 Australia forms its central and most important 
 feature." In any case the word is merely a geo- 
 graphical name, having no historical significance. 
 If the wider meaning be given to it, the portion of 
 Australasia included in the present volume would 
 require to be more strictly defined as "British 
 Australasia." 
 
 AUSTRALIA. This name was first given to 
 the great continent in the Southern Ocean by 
 Flinders. It had previously been known as New 
 Holland, New South Wales, and Terra Australia. 
 In a foot-note to his " Voyage to Terra Australis," 
 (vol. I., page 3,) Flinders says :— "Had I permitted 
 myself any innovation upon the original term, it 
 would have been to convert it into Australia, as 
 being more agreeable to the ear, and an assimila- 
 tion to the names of the other great portions of 
 the earth." 
 
 Position and Size.— Australia is the largest 
 island and smallest continent on the surface of the 
 earth. It lies to the south-east of Asia, between 
 the parallels of 10° 39' and 39° llJs' south latitude, 
 and the meridians of 113° 5' and 153° 16' east 
 longitude. Its greatest length from W. to E.— 
 that is, from Dirk Hartog's Point to Point Cart- 
 wright— is about 2400 miles , its greatest width , 
 between Cape York on the north and Wilson's 
 Promontory on the south, is 1971 miles. Its coast 
 line is about 7750 miles in length, and its extent 
 is computed at about 2,983,200 square miles ; or 
 more nearly 1,909,366,720 statute acres, or includ- 
 ing Tasmania and New Zealand, 1,993,280,320 
 acres. Some conception of the area of Australia 
 may be better gathered by comparison. It is 
 more than twenty-six times the size of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, nearly six times as large as 
 India, and only about one-fifth smaller than the 
 
 continent of Europe. Its nearest distance to 
 England is about 11,000 miles. Its northern 
 shores are washed by the waters of Torres Strait 
 — which separate it from New Guinea — by the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria, the Arafura Sea and the 
 Indian Ocean. It is bounded on the south by 
 Bass Strait— which divides it from Tasmania— and 
 by the South Pacific Ocean ; on the east by the 
 South Pacific Ocean, and on the west by the Indian 
 Ocean. A fair idea of Australia and the position 
 of its several colonies may be gathered by con- 
 sidering it as divided into three parts— Western 
 Central, and Eastern. The Western part consists 
 entirely of the Colony of Western Australia ; the 
 Central, of South Australia and its allied Northern 
 Territory ; the Eastern, of the three colonies of 
 Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria. 
 
 Physical Characteristics.— With a total area 
 of 2,983,200 square miles— that is, rather less than 
 Europe — the Australian continent forms a some- 
 what unshapely mass of land, with little-varied 
 outlines, and a monotonous seaboard, washed on 
 the west by the Indian, and on the east by the 
 Pacific Ocean. In the north it is separated from 
 New Guinea by Torres Strait, ninety miles in 
 breadth; and in the south, from T. by the much- 
 frequented yet dangerous Bass Strait. Parallel 
 with, and about sixty miles distant from the east 
 coast, stretches the Great Barrier Reef, which, 
 throughout its entire length of 1200 miles, presents 
 only a single safe opening for ships ; and reaches 
 northwards almost to the extremity of York 
 Peninsula. This peninsula, which is the most 
 distinctive geographical feature of the continent, 
 forms, with the more westerly, but less boldly 
 developed peninsula of Arnlieim Land, the great 
 northern bight known as the Gulf of Carpentaria. 
 Corresponding with this inlet is the Great Austra- 
 lian Bight on the south coast, but neither of them 
 materially affects the general character of the 
 continent as a compact and but slightly varied 
 mass of land. The west coast is, on the whole, 
 richer in bights and inlets, and also possesses 
 several good harbours. In the south, besides the 
 already-mentioned Great Bight, nothing occurs to 
 vary the monotony of the coast line except Spencer 
 and St. Vincent Gulfs, with the neighbouring 
 Kangaroo Island, and the narrow York Peninsula, 
 not to be confounded with that of like name in 
 the north. The conformation of the land is no 
 less simple than the outlines of the coast. It rises 
 generally from south to north, and from west to 
 east. Mountains of considerable size are found 
 in the east alone, where they stretch in several 
 ranges parallel with the coast from Bass Strait 
 northwards to the low-lying York Peninsula. 
 But even in W.A. we meet with elevated uplands 
 sinking abruptly in some directions. On the other 
 hand, the assumption that Australia forms a vast 
 table-land, with elevated borders, and sloping 
 towards the interior, where its lowest level is that 
 of Lake Eyre (seventy feet above the sea,) must 
 be taken with considerable qualifications. It is,
 
 18 
 
 i r< l.ol'.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 (Aus 
 
 however, so far true in a general way, that low- 
 lands form the prevailing feature of the inland 
 country. The Australian highlands themselves 
 form no connected whole, being everywhere inter- 
 sected by depressions of all sorts, to such an 
 extent, that a mere rising of the sea-level of 
 no more than 500 feet would probably convert 
 the whole continent into a group of numerous 
 islands, varying in size and elevation. These high- 
 lands generally present the appearance of hilly 
 upland plains, and are mostly covered with park- 
 like and grassy forests, but without the under- 
 growth, here called " scrub," elsewhere peculiar to 
 Australia. Here the river valleys are generally 
 fertile, and more especially adapted for agriculture. 
 The cultivable land, however, is everywhere dis- 
 tributed somewhat disconnectedly, and in the form 
 of isolated oases over the country. The gorges 
 through which the streams mostly make their way 
 from the hills, are usually deep and difficult of 
 access, but are nevertheless distinguished, especially 
 in the south, by a rich and almost tropical vegeta- 
 tion. Above the upland plains there often rise 
 rocky mountains, in most cases forming connected 
 chains, in many places presenting steep and rugged 
 escarpments, elsewhere sloping gently and gradu- 
 ally down to the plains. Nor are terrace-like 
 formations altogether wanting, though these are of 
 limited extent and imperfectly developed. A 
 further peculiarity of the Australian highlands is 
 their distribution mainly along the coast, round 
 about the interior, where no extensive mountain 
 ranges have hitherto been discovered. Of distinct 
 ■ oast ranges six have already been determined, the 
 most important of which is that of V and N.S.W., 
 in the south-east corner of the continent. The V. 
 highlands form a hilly, upland, and mostly fertile 
 plain, above which rise two distinct ranges, running 
 north and south, the Grampians in the west, and 
 the Pyrenees ami Dividing Range to the east ; 
 while the southern slopes are distinguished by a 
 series of low volcanic hills, with craters only 
 recently extinct. Farther cast these highlands are 
 separated by a broad depression from the chain of 
 the Australian Alps, or Warragong Mountains, 
 culminating in Mount Kosciusko (7308 feet,) just 
 within the borders of N.S.W., and the highest 
 elevation of the continent. Separated from them 
 by upland valleys are the wooded but unfertile 
 Blue Mountains and the Liverpool Range, running 
 exceptionally east and west, and along whose 
 northern slopes stretch the rich and lovely 
 Liverpool Plains. East and west of them extend 
 other more elevated plains, reaching far north, 
 and forming the fine pasture-lands of New 
 nd, which stretch almost to the northern 
 limits of the highlands. These consist of the 
 
 I i the valley of the coa i 
 
 riv< i Bri ban on the west, and sinking north 
 wards 'lo^-n i,, the vallej of the Burnett < >n the 
 western slopes of the Dividing Range lie Hi-' rich 
 and pleasant .i , ■ ,.;,,,, ,.| il„. Canning and 
 Darling Downs, wab red bj the riv< , c lamine, 
 
 flowing inland. North of the two last-named 
 rivers begin the Queensland highlands, stretching 
 in a ci imparatively narrow chain in a north-westerly 
 direction as far as the 17° S. lat., and divided into 
 two formations by a depression in the valley of 
 i he Lower Burdekin. The greatest elevations are 
 found at the northern extremity of this range, 
 where it attains near the coast a height of 5400 
 feet, while between these and the head of the Gulf 
 of Carpentaria is an elevated hilly tract about 
 2500 feet above the sea. The inland slopes of 
 these mountains are generally very fertile, and 
 towards the north, are often distinguished for their 
 exuberant vegetation. Passing west of the Gulf 
 of Carpentaria, we find an extensive tract of high 
 table-land, which appears to attain its greatest 
 elevation where the Alligator Paver flows between 
 precipitous walls, said by Leichhardt to be of the 
 enormous height of 1800 feet. This plateau 
 becomes lower towards the Roper and Victoria 
 Rivers, and then gradually emerges southward 
 into the great central plains ; but much of it 
 appears to be of exceeding fertility, and full of 
 varied and picturesque scenery. Among the least 
 known regions are the highlands of the north-west, 
 which are intersected by the Victoria River flowing 
 into the Queen's Channel, and separated southwards 
 by a low ridge from the desert lowlands of the 
 interior. Northwards, the laud descends in broad 
 terraces, interrupted by mountain chains, and form- 
 ing fruitful plains watered by the forks of the 
 Victoria, while desolate lowlands again stretch away 
 eastwards. The W. A. highlands are divided into two 
 sections, which, though connected together, are of 
 very different formation. The northern division 
 consists of wide and mostly fertile plains, crossed 
 by isolated chains running east and west, and 
 intersected by the valleys of the Ashburton, Gas- 
 coyne,and Upper Murchison, all flowing westwards 
 to the Indian Ocean. The southern section, begin- 
 ning with the Middle Murchison, presents a very 
 different aspect, of a character highly unfavourable 
 to the development of social culture. With the 
 exception of a few small oases with water, grass, 
 and timber, the broad plains are here extremely 
 unproductive, being almost entirely destitute of 
 fresh water, and overgrown wdth thickets and low 
 brushwood. There are but few mountain ranges, 
 the elevations consisting more frequently of low 
 disconnected hills. A prominent feature of the 
 land are the large salt basins, containing either 
 brackish water or else nothing but mud largely 
 impregnated with alkalies. Many of these basins 
 doubtless form connected river systems, though 
 certainly of the most imperfect and defective 
 character, such as those of the Upper Swan River, 
 and of the Blackwood in the south ; but in most 
 heir claim to be regarded as such has not 
 yet been established. The western limits of these 
 highlands towards the coast form a series of ridges, 
 of \\ liich the most conspicuous is the Darling Range. 
 Lastly, the S.A. highlands, which are the least in 
 extent, stretch from the south coast northwards
 
 Ausj 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AOSTRALAMa, 
 
 19 
 
 along the eastern shores of the St. Vincent and 
 Spencer Gulfs ; and are limited eastwards by the 
 lowlands, and on the north by the lacustrine region 
 centering in Lake Torrens. Here the most impor- 
 tant chain is the Flinders Ranges. 
 
 The Interior.— The Interior of Australia 
 consists mainly of lowlands, which penetrate even 
 to the coast at certain isolated points where the 
 outer ranges are separated from each other. These 
 lowlands are almost uniformly of an extremely 
 unfavourable character, forming some of the most 
 forbidding and desolate regions on the face of 
 the globe. The flat and, rarely, hilly plains, 
 though often interrupted by detached rocky 
 mountains, have mainly a sandy, clayey soil of a 
 red colour, more or less charged with salt. They 
 are covered chiefly with thickets and "scrub" of 
 social plants, generally with hard or prickly 
 leaves. This "scrub," is chiefly formed of a bushy 
 Eucalyptus which grows to a height of eight or 
 ten feet, and often so densely covers the ground as 
 to be quite impenetrable. This is the "llallee 
 scrub " of the explorers ; while the still more 
 dreaded " Mulga scrub " consists of a species of 
 prickly Acacia which tears the clothes and wounds 
 the flesh of the traveller. There is here, moreover, 
 an extraordinary deficiency of water, and a total 
 absence of springs; nothing in fact but the rare 
 heavy downpours converting the land for the time 
 being into an impassable swamp, which the long- 
 continued ensuing drought again reduces to a 
 stony consistency. Still there are sections of these 
 lowlands presenting special individual features, 
 besides which there exists in the very heart of the 
 continent a connected series of upland plains and 
 ranges, which may be grouped together as 
 forming collectively a central Australian high- 
 land region In the country immediately north 
 "f Spencer's Gulf is an extensive area which 
 may be called the lake district of Australia, 
 and which is nearly a thousand miles in 
 length from south-east to north-west. First we 
 have Lake Torrens, more than a hundred miles 
 long, but not very wide. Lake Eyre farther north 
 is much larger. To the west is the extensive Lake 
 Gairdner, and to the east of Lake Eyre are Lakes 
 Blanche, Gregory, and several others. All these 
 lakes are salt, and are subject to great fluctuations 
 in size, grassy plains being found in some years 
 where extensive sheets of water at other times 
 cover the country. Around them extends for the 
 most part the dreariest country imaginable, con- 
 sisting of sandy ridges, either bare or covered with 
 scrub, and almost entirely without permanent 
 supplies of water, although in some places small 
 permanent springs have been discovered. Far to 
 the north-west of Lake Eyre is the equally exten- 
 sive Lake Amadeus, bordered by salt-crusted flats 
 of treacherous mud which have proved disastrous 
 to many of the explorers. To the north and north- 
 west of Lake Eyre fur ten degrees of latitude, the 
 country is almost wholly destitute of permanent 
 water, and this region is also marked by the 
 
 presence of the "spinifex " or porcupine grass, — a 
 hard, coarse, and excessively spiny grass, growing in 
 clumps or tussocks, and often covering the arid 
 plains for hundreds of miles together. It is the 
 greatest annoyance of the explorer, as it not only 
 renders travelling exceedingly slow and painful, 
 but wounds the feet of the horses so that they are 
 often lamed or even killed by it. The tussocks 
 are sometimes three or four feet high, they are 
 utterly uneatable by any animal, and where they 
 occur water is hardly ever to be found. If we 
 draw a line from the western entrance of Spencer's 
 Gulf on the south, to the mouth of the Victoria 
 River in the north, wo shall have on the west side 
 of this line an almost unbroken expanse of unin- 
 habitable country reaching to the settlements of 
 West Australia. This vast area, extending from 
 the north-west coast to the shores of the great 
 Australian Bight, is, roughly speaking, about 800 
 miles square. It has been crossed by several 
 explorers with the greatest difficulty ; and although 
 a few oases have been found at long intervals, its 
 general character is that of a waterless plain inter- 
 spersed with low and sometimes rocky hills, at 
 times absolutely barren, but usually covered with 
 dense scrub or spinifex. A little to the east of the 
 same line, and nearly in the centre of the continent, 
 is a group of highlands, the Macdonnel Ranges and 
 Mount Stewart, among which are grassy plains, 
 fertile valleys, and more or less numerous water- 
 courses. These are continued towards the north 
 by the Murchison and Ashburton Hills, till they 
 merge into the northern plateau of the Victoria 
 ami Roper Rivers. Farther east is an unknown 
 country, most of which is probably arid and unin- 
 habitable where it is not absolutely desert, and 
 this stretches away till we reach the more fertile 
 plains of Western Queensland. It is thus evident 
 that Australia abounds in basins of inland water, 
 which, however, are mostly saline and are seldom 
 flooded all the year round. They also differ from 
 other lakes, in so far as they depend for their 
 supplies mainly on the rainy monsoons, possessing 
 no regular influents or even surface springs, and 
 lying mostly in the centre of waterless, stony 
 deserts. For Australia, in this respect more African 
 than Africa itself, is essentially the land of wastes 
 and steppes. As its most elevated regions lie to 
 the windward of the continent, the trade-winds in 
 surmounting these lofty ranges already lose a large 
 portion of their moisture before reaching the 
 interior. Hence the steppes begin to close to 
 the western slopes of the eastern coast ranges. 
 At first well watered grazing grounds, such as 
 the Darling Downs, they gradually become drier 
 and drier as we proceed westwards. The air 
 is further heated in the heart of the continent by 
 contact with the burning soil, preventing the 
 condensation of the humidity that still remains in 
 the easterly winds. Of constant recurrence in the 
 journals of the wearied travellers crossing the 
 interior of the continent is the remark, that the 
 clouds gather, the heavens become overcast,
 
 20 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 [Aus 
 
 threatening a downpour every moment, but always 
 with the same disappointing result. The clouds 
 disperse before the vapours are sufficiently 
 condensed to produce rain. The heated ground 
 raises the temperature of the superincumbent air 
 to such a degree that the already perceptible 
 moisture is again dissolved into vapour. The 
 fatal consequence is, that Australia possesses 
 nothing but coast streams or intermittent water- 
 courses in the interior, and although it appears on 
 the maps as a large island, the heart of the 
 country is occupied by deserts as arid as those of 
 the great continents. 
 
 Rivees.— Foremost among the river-valleys is 
 the region of the Murray and Darling in the 
 south-east of the continent, forming jointly a water 
 system worthy to be compared with those of the 
 Old and New Worlds. Like the Amazon, it sends 
 out forks and ramifications crossing many degrees 
 of latitude and longitude, and it gathers its waters 
 from the most opposite quarters. All the inland 
 rivers of E. and S.A., between the 26th and 36th 
 parallels drain into one or other of the two main 
 streams, whose joint course stretches across thirteen 
 degrees of the meridian, forming a triangle the 
 points of which might be represented in Europe 
 by the cities of Turin, Konigsberg and Belgrade. 
 The volume of water flowing through the winding 
 beds of these rivers and creeks, though at times 
 swollen to enormous proportions, is usually far 
 from considerable, and occasionally for months 
 together very limited. As in this continent 
 generally, the scenery of the Murray is cast on 
 very grand lines. Pleasant, undulating, and 
 graceful curves stretching away for interminable 
 distances, and retaining the same character for 
 days together, are succeeded in one place by bold 
 mountain masses, in another by boundless plains, 
 vast as the ocean, and relieved only by the shimmer- 
 ing and hazy reflection of some distant tree, 
 or by the equally deceptive image of a few stunted 
 shrubs exaggerated out of all proportion by the 
 mirage and other atmospheric illusions. Seen 
 from its high banks, the river presents almost 
 everywhere the picture of a majestic stream, the 
 grandeur of which is often enchanced by 
 the numerous channels, lakes, and lagoons, adding 
 animation to tin- surrounding riverain scenery. 
 Nevertheless, this region consists largely of 
 dreary, waterless plains, generally covered with 
 dense bush, rarely relieved by low woodlands and 
 open glades. It forms two distinct sections, that 
 of the .Murray on tin- south and the Darling on 
 the north. The former, which is the most 
 important of all Australian streams, rises in the 
 Warragongs or Australian Alps, and after receiving 
 the waters of the Goulburn ami Loddon, is joined 
 by the Murrumbidgee, swollen by the Lachlan 
 from the north-east, whenever that stream does 
 QOl run dry. A little farther on it forms a con- 
 Bui uce with the Darling, also from the north-east, 
 and which, like the Murray, is itself formed by 
 nnion of two bead streams, collecting all the 
 
 waters flowing from the western slopes of the New 
 England and other coast ranges. On the east 
 coast the Fitzroy and Burdekin rivers are the 
 most important, the latter draining an extensive 
 area in a north and south direction, and about 200 
 miles inland. The northern rivers are numerous, 
 but not important. The Flinders, which enters at 
 the head of the Gulf of Carpentaria, is the most 
 extensive, its tributaries having their sources in 
 the elevated country about 300 miles to the south 
 and south-east. In the north-west the only rivers 
 of importance are the Boper and the Victoria, 
 which flow through an elevated country, through 
 deep gorges and among magnificent scenery, and 
 the lower courses of which are navigable for 
 considerable distances. On the west coast there 
 are no rivers of importance ; for though several 
 of them have courses of 200 or 300 miles, they 
 scarcely exist in dry seasons, and are only 
 navigable for boats for very short distances. In 
 the south there is a complete absence of rivers 
 from near King George's Sound to Spencer's 
 Gulf. The drainage of the interior is effected by 
 numerous creeks and watercourses which only run 
 after periods of rain, and which either lose them- 
 selves in the desert or terminate in some of the 
 depressions which form the salt lakes. The most 
 extensive of these inland rivers are the Barcoo and 
 the Finke, which flow into Lake Eyre from the 
 north-east and north-west respectively. These 
 drain a great extent of country, but usually form 
 mere series of water-holes. The rivers of Australia 
 are, almost without exception, subject to excessive 
 irregularities of drought and flood. In the 
 eastern half of the continent especially, great 
 floods occur at long intervals, when rivers rise 
 suddenly, overflow their banks, and carry devasta- 
 tion over wide areas. At other times the rains 
 fail for years together, and rivers which are usually 
 deep and rapid streams become totally dried up. 
 The state of the country is then deplorable ; not a 
 blade of grass is to be seen, and cattle perish in 
 great numbers. A tract of country may thus be 
 described as a flooded marsh, a fertile plain, or a 
 burnt-up desert, according to what happens to be 
 the character of the seasons at the period when it 
 is visited. 
 
 Climate. — Although Australia is such an 
 extensive country, and is divided between the 
 tropical and temperate zones, it has nevertheless 
 much less variety of climate than might be 
 supposed. It may generally be described as hot 
 and dry, and, on the whole, exceedingly healthy. 
 In the tropical portions the rains occur in the 
 summer, or from November to April ; while in the 
 temperate districts they are almost wholly confined 
 to the winter months. The greatest quantity of rain 
 falls on the east coast, being 50 inches at Sydney, 
 diminishing considerably inland, so that at Bathurst 
 (96 miles from the sea) it is only 23 inches, at 
 1 leniliquin (287 miles) 20 inches, and at Wentworth 
 (476 miles) 14 inches. In the south, at Melbourne, 
 and Adelaide, the rain is about 25 and 20 inches ;
 
 Aus| 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 21 
 
 in Western Australia about 30 inches ; in Queens- 
 land from 40 to 80 inches on the coast, but much 
 less at a moderate distance inland. From Rock- 
 ingham Bay northwards the rains are tropical. 
 The temperature of course varies greatly with 
 latitude and position. In the extreme south, at 
 Melbourne, the temperature varies from about 30° 
 to 100° Fahr. in the shade, the mean being 58°, or 
 the same as Lisbon. At Sydney the mean is about 
 5° higher. At Adelaide, though farther south, the 
 mean temperature is somewhat greater than at 
 Sydney ; while at Perth, farther north, it is about 
 the same. South Australia and Victoria, and in 
 a less degree New South Wales, are subject to hot 
 winds from the interior of a most distressing 
 character, resembling the blast from a furnace. 
 The thermometer then rises to 115°, and occasion- 
 ally even higher when extensive bush fires increase 
 the heat. Sometimes the hot winds are succeeded 
 by a cold south wind of extreme violence, the 
 thermometer falling 60° or 70° in a few hours. 
 In the desert interior these hot winds, nearer to 
 their source, are still more severe. On one 
 occasion Captain Sturt hung a thermometer on a 
 tree shaded both from the sun and wind. It was 
 graduated to 127° Fahr., yet the mercury rose till 
 it burst the tube ! The heat of the air must 
 therefore have been at least 128°, probably the 
 highest temperature recorded in any part of the 
 world, and one which, if long continued, would 
 certainly destroy life. The constant heat and 
 drought for months together in the interior are 
 often excessive. For three months Captain Sturt 
 found the mean temperature to be over 101° Fahr. 
 in the shade ; and the drought during this period 
 was such that every screw came out of their boxes, 
 the horn handles of instruments and combs split up 
 into fine lamina;, the lead dropped out of pencils, 
 their hair and the wool of the sheep ceased to 
 grow, and their finger nails became brittle as glass. 
 Notwithstanding the extreme heat and sudden 
 changes of temperature, the climate of most parts 
 of Australia is universally admitted to be excep- 
 tionally healthy. Epidemic diseases are almost 
 unknown, and the death-rate for the whole white 
 population is under 19 per thousand, that of 
 England and Wales being 25. On the east coast, 
 sea-breezes during the clay render the heat less 
 oppressive, while in the winter westerly winds pre- 
 vail. On the west coast, the heat and dryness of 
 summer are also tempered by sea-breezes and by 
 occasional showers and thunderstorms : while in 
 the four winter months north-west winds pre- 
 vail, accompanied by abundant rains. Although 
 subject to great occasional irregularities, the 
 climate of Australia in the temperate zone is on 
 the whole equable, storms and electrical disturb- 
 ances being less frequent than in England. 
 
 Winds. — In order to comprehend the nature 
 and causes of the winds in this country, it will be 
 well to consider, first, what would take place if 
 the greater part of Australia were sunk beneath 
 the ocean. The trade-wind would then blow 
 
 steadily over the northern portions from the 
 south-east, and above it a steady return current 
 would blow to the south-east, while strong westerly 
 and southerly winds would prevail over the 
 southern half of the country. Into this system of 
 aerial currents Australia introduces an enormous 
 disturbing element, of which the great interior 
 plains, and the main chain of mountains running 
 along the east coast, form the most active agencies 
 in modifying the winds. The former, almost tree- 
 less and waterless, acts in summer like a great 
 oven with more than tropical heating power, and 
 becomes the chief motor force of Australian winds, 
 by causing an uprush, and consequent inrush on 
 all sides, especially on the north-west, where it has 
 sufficient power to draw the north-east trade-wind 
 over the equator and convert it into a north-west 
 monsoon ; which has the effect of obliterating the 
 south-east trades properly belonging to this region. 
 The north-west monsoon being heated in the 
 interior, rises up and forms part of the great 
 return current from the equator towards the south 
 pole. That there is a constant overhead current 
 from north-west to south-east may be traced, day 
 after day and month after month, by the small 
 clouds which mark its lower limits passing in 
 ceaseless streams to the south-east. The height of 
 this current is generally about 5000 feet, but it is 
 sometimes much lower, so that occasionally it is 
 possible to fly a kite at Sydney, which rises into 
 it and is carried away to the south-east, while the 
 sea-breeze below is blowing from the east or north- 
 east. These sea-breezes are also due, primarily, 
 to the inflow towards the heated interior, but 
 meeting with the mountain ranges they are usually 
 diverted towards the south-west, and thus appear 
 as north-east winds, a diversion partly caused by 
 the friction of the great north-west current over- 
 head. When the monsoon is most violent it 
 carries off much of the sea-breeze with it, pro- 
 ducing a depression of the barometer, when 
 southerly winds rush in till the barometer rises 
 again. Thunder and lightning usually follow these 
 changes. The heated north-west monsoon has been 
 felt in T. at a height of 5000 feet. In winter the 
 heating influence of the interior ceases, the trade- 
 winds move farther north, and the normal westerly 
 winds prevail with storms and rain from the south. 
 The well known southerly " bursters " are violent 
 storms of wind occurring in summer (November 
 to February,) when the weather is fine and hot 
 with a north-east breeze. If then the barometer 
 falls fast in the forenoon, a "burster" may be 
 expected before night, usually accompanied by 
 thunder and much electrical excitement. Its 
 approach is indicated by an appearance as if a thin 
 sheet of cloud were being rolled up before the 
 advancing wind. Clouds of dust, which penetrate 
 everywhere, announce the coming of the wind, 
 which reaches its greatest violence in an hour or 
 two, varying from thirty to seventy miles an hour, 
 though sometimes reaching ninety, and on one 
 occasion 150, when great damage was done. The
 
 22 
 
 TYOLOP^DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Aus 
 
 change is sometimes very sudden. It may be a 
 fresh north-east breeze, and in ten minutes a 
 violent gale from the south. They usually end 
 with a thunderstorm and rain. In the autumn 
 (February) the rainfall accompanying these storms 
 is often excessive. On the 25th February, 1873, 
 nearly nine inches of rain fell in about the same 
 number of hours. At Newcastle, on the 18th 
 March, 1871, the heaviest rainfall ever recorded in 
 Australia occurred; ten and a half inches of rain 
 falling in two and a half hours, accompanied by a 
 fearful squall of wind and rain with thunder and 
 lightning. During the whole storm more than 
 twenty inches of rain fell in twenty-two hours. 
 The hot winds, which are another remarkable 
 feature of the meteorology of Australia, occur in ,> 
 N.S.W. usually from three to seven or eight times 
 during the summer ; but many more pass overhead, 
 their only effect being a rise in the temperature. 
 The temperature at Sydney varies from 80° to 110°, 
 though it rarely reaches 100°. These winds are 
 felt over the whole east and south of Australia, and 
 they are even said to be distinctly perceptible as 
 far as New Zealand. The hot wind generally 
 comes on in the forenoon and lasts all day ; but 
 sometimes it only blows for an hour or two. It is 
 preceded by very fine weather, with a gradually 
 falling barometer and a diminishing sea-breeze. It 
 sometimes passes away quietly, but is more usually 
 ended by the southerly "bursters" already 
 described. Hot winds are oppressive, but not 
 absolutely injurious to health, yet their effect on 
 vegetable life is very marked. Plants all droop, 
 and those with tender leaves shrivel up as if frost- 
 bitten; and there is one instance on record in 
 which all the wheat was destroyed over thirty 
 miles of country on the Hunter River. In Victoria, 
 and especially in South Australia, the hot winds 
 are more frequent and last longer, and their effects 
 are more injurious. They are evidently produced 
 by the sinking down to the surface of that north- 
 westerly current of heated air which, as we have 
 seen, is always passing overhead. The exact ' 
 causes that bring it down cannot be determined, 
 though it evidently depends on the comparative 
 pressures of the atmosphere on the coast and in 
 the interior. Where from any causes the north- 
 west wind becomes more extensive and more 
 powerful, or the sea-breezes diminish, the former 
 will displace the latter and produce a hot wind till 
 an equilibrium is restored. It is this same wind 
 passing constantly overhead that prevents the 
 condensation of vapour, and is the cause of 
 the almost uninterrupted sunny skies of the 
 Australian summer. There is only one instance 
 known of snow having fallen so as to lie 
 on the, mound in Sydney. On the 28th June, 
 1836, it snowed for half an hour, and lay on the 
 ground in places for an hour. In other parts of 
 the col, my, however, the case is different. On the 
 hern mountains and table-lands three feet of 
 Bnow sometimes falls in a day, and in 1876 a man 
 was lost iii the snow mi the borders of Gippsland 
 
 and N.S.W. In the Maneroo plains east of the 
 Australian Alps in July, 1834, a snowstorm lasted 
 three weeks, and on the mountains the snow lay 
 from four to fifteen feet deep, burying the cattle 
 in groups. The higher parts of the railway from 
 Sydney to Bathurst have been seen covered with 
 snow for forty miles continuously. At Kiandra in 
 the Australian Alps, one of the highest and coldest 
 towns of N.S.W., and 4600 feet above the sea, snow 
 falls continually from May to November, some- 
 times for a month together. Many of the higher 
 mountains are covered with snow all the winter, 
 and in many of the valleys and ravines near the 
 summits snow lies in patches all the summer. 
 Below the summit of Mount Kosciusko a bed of 
 snow forty feet thick was found on the longest day, 
 and it accumulates in such large masses that some 
 may always be seen from any elevated point 
 commanding a good view of the higher mountains. 
 On Mount Kosciusko it even forms glacier masses 
 in the deep ravines, which are more or less perma- 
 nent. Even at heights of 5000 feet, in situations 
 favourable for the accumulation of snow, it remains 
 all the year. Yet the highest mountain (7175 feet) 
 is considerably below the line of perpetual snow 
 for this latitude, since on Mont Blanc, nine degrees 
 farther from the equator, the snow-line is 8500 feet 
 above the sea. The difference is probably due to 
 the presence of the warm oceanic current supplying 
 abundance of moisture from below, while the rapid 
 radiation through a pure and usually clear atmo- 
 sphere above, lowers the temperature so as to 
 condense the vapour into snow ; thus aff< irding an 
 illustration of the well-known maxim, that heat to 
 produce an ample supply of vapours is essential to 
 the production of excessive falls of snow. The 
 rainfall in all parts of Australia is very unequal, 
 but less so on the west and south coasts than on 
 the east and in the interior. At Sydney the annual 
 rainfall has varied from twenty-two to eighty-two 
 inches ; the consequence of such irregularity being 
 that the country is subject to alternations of 
 droughts and floods. In the table-land west of 
 the main range, and twenty-five miles south-west 
 of Goulburn, at an elevation of 2260 feet above the 
 sea, is situated Lake George. In 1824 it was 
 twenty miles long and eight miles wide, enclosed 
 by thickly-wooded steep hills. It gradually 
 diminished in size, till about 1837 it became quite 
 dry and was converted into a grassy plain. After 
 a few years it gradually filled again, till in 1865 
 it was seventeen feet deep. Two years later it 
 was only two feet deep ; but in 1876 it was again 
 twenty miles long and about twenty feet deep, and 
 the old water-marks show that it has sometimes 
 reached three feet higher. On the east coast of 
 New South Wales hardly any rain fell in the years 
 181 I and 1815 ; and again in 1827, 1828, and 1829, 
 there was a long period of drought, during which 
 the beds of deep and rapid streams became dry for 
 miles. Every blade of grass was destroyed over 
 large tracts of country, and cattle perished by 
 thousands. At intervals of a few years similar
 
 Aus I 
 
 i It l.niucmA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 23 
 
 droughts have occurred; in 1*7* one of great 
 severity. Alternating with these droughts are 
 disastrous floods, caused by the enormous and 
 sudden rainfalls already referred to. On 22nd 
 March, 1806, the Hawkesbury river rose in some 
 places ninety-three feet above its ordinary level. 
 In 1809 there was another and greater Hood ; and 
 in 1867 the river rose sixty-three feet at Richmond. 
 Similar Hoods occur in the Hunter, Darling, Murray, 
 and Murrumbidgee. 
 
 [Note. —The foregoing description of the continent 
 is slightly abridged from that given in Wallace's 
 "Australasia" (1879,) as being the latest and, 
 .scientifically speaking, the most authoritative 
 account of Australia yet given to the world.] 
 
 Zoology, Botany, and Geology. — For an 
 account of the zoology of the continent see the 
 article Fauna; for the botany see Flora; and 
 for the geology see Geology. 
 
 History. — As the story of each of the Australian 
 navigators will be given under its proper head, 
 only a brief general summary is added here. 
 Although first visited by French navigators, later 
 on by the Dutch and Spaniards, and last of all by 
 the English, this nation alone has established itself 
 in .\ ustralia, and claims undisputed possession of 
 all the mainland. The physical aspect of the land, 
 as already described, sufficiently explains the fact 
 that other less foreseeing peoples felt little inclina- 
 tion to make permanent settlements in a country 
 which produced neither marketable slaves, nor 
 spices, nor apparently any of the precious metals 
 — nothing in fact but rich pasturages. Hence, when 
 gold was discovered in 1851, drawing universal 
 attention to the region, as it had to California a 
 short time previously, other nationalities found that 
 it was too late to form independent settlements any- 
 where on this continent, which had already been 
 either permanently settled by the enterprising 
 Anglo-Saxon race, or else formally declared to be 
 attached to the Crown of England. Since that 
 event the progress of discovery has been very 
 rapid, and British colonies have been everywhere 
 established, some of which have already risen t< > 
 a high degree of material prosperity under the 
 fostering influence of enlightened institutions 
 modelled on those of the "mother of empires.'' 
 The whole of the mainland is now parcelled out 
 into five such colonies ; more or less extensive 
 tracts on the seaboard being actually inhabited, 
 while much of the desert interior remains desolate 
 and unpeopled. Each of these colonies possesses 
 a separate administration under a special governor 
 appointed by the Crown, and two Houses of 
 Parliament, in most cases freely elected by the 
 people. So practically independent and yet so 
 loyally attached to the mother country, are these 
 a 'lonies, that for some years past the regular troops 
 have been withdrawn, their immunity from foreign 
 aggression being secured partly by bodies of local 
 volunteers, but perhaps still more by the silent 
 influence of the tremendous power symbolised by 
 the presence of the British flag. The financial 
 
 condition of the colonies is extremely satisfactory 
 the revenue being in most cases considerably in 
 excess of the expenditure. Liberty of conscience 
 is everywhere established as in England, and as in 
 that country the Protestants are in a large majority. 
 But the religious sentiment is perhaps less active 
 than either in England or in America. Science 
 and art, as might be expected, are still somewhat 
 backward, nor is popular education as forward as 
 it might be, while the industries are still in their 
 infancy ; hence many of the wants of the colonists 
 are still supplied from the mother country. Under 
 the name of Jave la Grand, Australia is repre- 
 sented on French maps dating as early as 1542; 
 and a Provencal pilot named Guillaume le Testu, 
 whose name is appended to a map dated 1555, 
 is believed to have been its discoverer. But 
 the earliest distinct reference to Australia in 
 any book is the following passage from the 
 Descriptionis Ptolemaicae A ugmentum, by Cornelius 
 Wytfliet, printed at Louvain in 1598 : — "The Aus- 
 tralis Terra is the most southern of all lands, and 
 is separated from New Guinea by a narrow strait. 
 Its shores are hitherto but little known, since after 
 one voyage and another that route has been 
 deserted, and seldom is the country visited, unless 
 when sailors are driven there by storms. The 
 Australia Terra begins at one or two degrees from 
 the equator, and is ascertained by some to be of so 
 great an extent, that if it were thoroughly explored 
 it would be regarded as a fifth part of the world. 
 It is evident, therefore, that the northern part of 
 the country was tolerably well known long before 
 Torres." (Wallace.) The precise period of the 
 discovery is doubtful. In 1606 Fernandes de 
 Quiros, a Portuguese navigator, sighted what he 
 believed to be some part of what is now called 
 Australia, naming it Terra Australia del Espiritu 
 Santo, but which is now considered to have been 
 one of the islands of the New Hebrides; and 
 Torres, in the same year, sailed through the straits 
 separating New Guinea from the continent, and 
 skirted the mainland at its northernmost extremity. 
 Both vessels had originally formed a part of 
 the same expedition. About the same time, the 
 Dutch ship the Du.yfheii found its way from Java 
 into the Gulf of Carpentaria. Some of its crew 
 landed and were killed by the natives. In 1616 
 Dirk Hartog coasted along the north-west portion 
 of the continent, and named it the Land of Concord. 
 In 1618 Zaacheu further explored this coast. In 
 1619 Captain Jan Edels explored the western side 
 of the island, and named a portion of what is 
 now W.A. The south-western extremity of 
 Australia was discovered in 1622 by the captain 
 of a Dutch ship, and by hiin named Cape Leeuwin 
 (Lioness) after his vessel. In 1628 General 
 ( 'arpenter, in the employ of the Dutch East India 
 Company, explored and called after himself a part 
 of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and in 1642 Tasmania 
 was discovered and named by Abel Jansen Tasman, 
 who shortly afterwards also discovered and named 
 the islands of N.Z. In the year 1664 the continent
 
 24 
 
 <'Yt.'LOIMSDIA "F AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Aus 
 
 received the name of New Holland. In 1669 
 Dampier, in the Eoebuck, visited and explored 
 the north-west coast of W.A. In 1770 N.Z. was 
 visited by Captain Cook, and in April of the 
 same year a point of land at the southern 
 extremity of the continent was sighted and 
 named by him, and soon after Cape Howe, Port 
 Jackson, and other prominent features were dis- 
 covered and named, and formal possession was taken 
 by the hoisting of the British flag. In 1788 the 
 first settlement in Australia was formed at Botany 
 Bay, in N.S.W. In 1803 Tasmania or Van 
 Diemen's Land was first settled as a penal colony, 
 Lieutenant Bowen being sent from Sydney with a 
 few soldiers and convicts, encamping on the spot 
 upon which Hobart Town now stands. In 1825 
 Queensland, under the name of Moreton Bay, was 
 settled as a portion of N.S.W., being raised into a 
 separate colony in December 1859. The Swan 
 River Settlement, the first settlement of W.A., 
 was formed in 1829. In 1851 it became a penal 
 settlement, and so continued until 1868, when 
 transportation ceased. Victoria, then known as 
 Port Phillip, and forming part of N.S.W., was 
 first colonised in 1834, partly from N.S.W., partly 
 from T. (although a convict settlement had been 
 attempted and abandoned so early as 1803,) and 
 on 1st July 1851 the colony was separated from 
 its parent, N.S.W. South Australia was colonised 
 by emigrants from Great Britain in 1836, and 
 N.Z. in 1838, although the first settlement of 
 Europeans was made there in 1814. In 1840 N.Z. 
 was separated from N.S.W., and made into a 
 distinct colony. The Fiji Islands, which have 
 been settled on for some years past by English, 
 Australians, and Americans, for the cultivation 
 of cotton, were ceded to Great Britain in 1874, 
 Sir Hercules Robinson, Governor of N.S.W., 
 taking formal possession from the native King 
 Thakombau. 
 Exploration. (See the article Explorers.) 
 Progress.-- In 1788 the first settlement in 
 Australia, consisting of 1030 persons, was formed 
 at Botany Bay. At the end of 1876 the aggregate 
 population in A. and N.Z. was estimated at 
 2,414,733, of whom 1,332,802 were males and 
 1,081,931 were females. The births during the 
 year were 85,429, the deaths 38,788, and the 
 marriages 16,958. As regards the nationality of 
 the people, the principal proportion of them are, 
 as might be expected, from the British Islands. 
 The native-born population are now a large 
 section. After these come the Chinese, who, 
 on the goldfields, and particularly in Northern 
 Queensland, are very numerous. Next in numbers 
 to these is the German elament, which, in some 
 parts, especially of South Australia and Queens- 
 land, is largely represented. The number of 
 immigrants who proceeded from the United 
 Kingdom t ■ . A. and N.Z. from 1825, when the 
 first official returns commenced, to the end of 
 1877, is stated at 1,186,699; more than one-third 
 of that number were sent out at the expense of 
 
 colonial funds, or under the direct control of the 
 Emigration Commissioners, between the years 
 1840 and 1869 inclusive. The number of immi- 
 grants who arrived in the colonies during 1876 
 was 131,805. Of these 26,404 had the whole or 
 part of their passage paid ; the rest received no 
 assistance from the emigration funds. The birth- 
 rate per 1000 for the year 1876 was— T., 29'85 ; 
 V., 31-85 ; W.A., 33-60 ; Q., 36'89 ; N.S.W., 3669 ; 
 S.A., 38-33 ; and N.Z., 4051. That of England and 
 Wales is usually stated at 35"5. The death-rate 
 for the year was— N.Z., 12-28 ; W.A., 14'01 ; S.A., 
 14-19 ; V., 16.13 ; T., 16'40 ; N.S.W. 17-77 ; and 
 Q., 18'53. In England and Wales the rate on an 
 average of thirty years appears to be 22 '3. 
 
 Resources. — The staple productions of Australia 
 are gold, copper, tin, wool, and other pastoral 
 products, and meat. Gold was first discovered in 
 N.S.W., in May, 1851. Since then it has been 
 found, more or less, in all the colonies, especially 
 V, Q., and N.Z. It is estimated that one-third 
 of V., or about 28,942 square miles, contains gold- 
 bearing rocks. These rocks occur also throughout 
 the eastern side of N.S.W., farther north in Q., 
 and scattered over the middle and north-western 
 part of the Middle Island, and the north-eastern 
 part of the North Island, of N.Z. ; but no esti- 
 mate has been formed of the extent of auriferous 
 land in any of the last-mentioned colonies. There 
 are extensive coal-fields in N.S.W., N.Z., and Q. 
 Coal is found also in V., but no payable seams 
 have yet been developed. S.A. is known for the 
 rich copper and silver mines she possesses. Tin 
 mines of great value have been opened in Q., and 
 rich deposits of excellent iron ore have lately been 
 found in T. Other valuable ores and minerals 
 have been found, as well as diamonds and precious 
 stones, in different parts of the continent and 
 islands. Wool, however, is the general and great 
 staple. For the production of wool of excellent 
 quality the Australian pastures are unrivalled, and 
 it is considered that there is something in the 
 climate that improves the fleece. In all the 
 colonies — except, perhaps, the districts within the 
 tropics, and some parts of W.A. — sheep depastured 
 on the natural grasses improve in a remarkable 
 manner. Other important articles of export are 
 preserved meat, tallow, skins, hides, wheat, cotton, 
 tobacco, and wine. Besides these exported pro- 
 ducts, the cereals of Europe, and maize, have been 
 extensively cultivated. Barley and oats are gene- 
 rally grown for making hay, but lucerne is mostly 
 preferred. Potatoes yield abundantly. The native 
 fruits are few and unimportant, but nearly all the 
 valuable fruit trees of Europe, and many belonging 
 to the semi-tropical and tropical climates, have 
 been introduced with great success ; and luscious 
 fruits, beautiful flowers, and good culinary vege- 
 l al 'les prevail all over the colonies. The cultivation 
 of sugar and cotton is in progress in Q., the north- 
 eastern part of N.S.W., and Fiji ; and tobacco is 
 grown by the settlers in many parts, and is mostly 
 used as sheepwash, not being able to compete with
 
 Ausl 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 25 
 
 American produce. The indigenous trees are of 
 great variety and abundance, and the timber they 
 yield is strong, durable, admirably adapted for 
 constructive purposes, and, in many cases, beau- 
 tiful. Palms and ferns grow in some parts, and 
 flax abounds in N.Z. On 31st March, 1878, there 
 were 5,259,182 acres of land under cultivation. 
 The average yield per acre was: — Wheat, 1169 
 bushels; oats, 26'34 bushels ; barley, 19 '69 bushels ; 
 maize, 31 '93 bushels; potatoes, 3 '38 tons ; hay, 1'17 
 tons. In N.Z. the average yield of all the 
 cereal and root crops was considerably higher 
 than in the other colonies, owing to its colder 
 climate. In addition to the crops above enum- 
 erated, large areas were utilised for the growth 
 of tobacco, arrowroot, cotton, bananas, the sugar- 
 cane, and other productions not cultivated in 
 Great Britain. The aggregate stock returns of 
 the seven Colonies, at the end of 1877, were : — 
 934,903 horses, 7,124,678 horned cattle, 57,767,770 
 sheep, and 730,184 pigs. The total number of 
 stock of all descriptions to the square mile was 
 21-44. At the close of the same year 69,129,855 
 acres of Crown lands had been either sold or dis- 
 posed of by land grants. The purchase money 
 varied from 5s. 7|d. (W. A.) to £1 13s. 7|d. 
 (V.,) the average price being about 18s. per acre. 
 The extent of unalienated land at the end of 1877 
 was 1,917,367,745 acres. 
 
 SUMMARY TABLES. 
 I. — Population. 
 
 Ill— Trade with Great Britain. 
 
 Colonies. 
 
 Area. 
 
 English Sq. 
 
 Miles. 
 
 Population. 
 Dec. 31, 1877. 
 
 Average 
 Number of 
 Individuals 
 per Sq. Mile. 
 
 New South Wales 
 New Zealand 
 
 Queensland 
 
 South Australia ... 
 
 Tasmania 
 
 Victoria 
 
 Western Australia 
 
 323,437 
 104,900 
 669,520 
 903,690 
 
 26,215 
 
 88,198 
 
 1,057,250 
 
 662,212 
 
 417,622 
 195,092 
 225,677 
 107,104 
 867,634 
 27,876 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 i 
 
 3 
 1 
 ? 
 
 4 
 10 
 
 Total 
 
 3,173,210 
 
 2,503,217 
 
 1 
 
 II— Foreign Commerce. 
 
 
 Total 
 
 Totnl 
 
 Total 
 
 Colonies. 
 
 Imports in 
 
 Exports in 
 
 Commerce 
 
 
 1877. 
 
 1877. 
 
 in 1877. 
 
 
 £ 
 
 £ 
 
 £ 
 
 New South Wales 
 
 14,606,594 
 
 13,125,819 
 
 27,732,413 
 
 New Zealand 
 
 6,973,418 
 
 6,329,251 
 
 13,302,669 
 
 Queensland 
 
 3,201,665 
 
 3,615,685 
 
 6,817,450 
 
 South Australia . . . 
 
 4,105,634 
 
 4,792,657 
 
 8,897,291 
 
 Tasmania 
 
 1,308,671 
 
 1,416,975 
 
 2,725,646 
 
 Victoria 
 
 16,362,304 
 
 15,157,687 
 
 31,519,911 
 
 Western Australia 
 
 362,706 
 
 373,351 
 
 736,057 
 
 Total 
 
 46,920,992 
 
 44,811,425 
 
 91,732,417 
 
 
 Imports 
 
 Exports to , Total trade 
 Great with 
 
 Colonies. 
 
 from 
 
 
 Great Britain Britain Great Britain 
 
 
 in 1877. 
 
 in 1S77. in 1877. 
 
 
 £ 
 
 £ ' X 
 
 New South Wales 
 
 5,415,217 
 
 5,126,872 10.542,089 
 
 New Zealand 
 
 3,320,121 
 
 3,720,093 7,040,214 
 
 Queensland 
 
 1,072,891 
 
 976,840 
 
 2,049,731 
 
 South Australia ... 
 
 2,338,439 
 
 2,624,992 
 
 4,963,431 
 
 Tasmania 
 
 269,125 
 
 497,769 
 
 766,894 
 
 Victoria 
 
 6,724,495 
 
 8,584,299 
 
 15,308,794 
 
 Western Australia 
 
 145,430 
 
 177,277 
 
 322,707 
 
 Total 
 
 19,285,718 
 
 21,708,142 
 
 40,993,860 
 
 IV.— Finances. 
 
 Colonies. 
 
 Public 
 
 Revenue in 
 
 1877, 
 
 Public 
 
 Expenditure 
 
 in 1877. 
 
 Public Debt, 
 
 31st 
 
 December, 
 
 1877. 
 
 New South Wales 
 New Zealand 
 
 Queensland 
 
 South Australia ... 
 
 Tasmania 
 
 Victoria 
 
 Western Australia 
 
 £ 
 5,751.879 
 3,790,545 
 1,212,530 
 1,491,225 
 
 361,771 
 4,855,666 
 
 165,412 
 
 £ 
 5,530,056 
 3,822,426 
 1,205,671 
 1,415,703 
 
 348,650 
 4,979,762 
 
 182,159 
 
 £ 
 
 12,539,910 
 
 20,691,111 
 
 5,253,286 
 
 4,337,000 
 
 1,589.705 
 
 17,011,382 
 
 161,000 
 
 Total 
 
 17,629,028 
 
 17,484,427 
 
 61,583,304 
 
 V.— Agriculture. 
 
 Colonies. 
 
 Land under 
 
 Cultivation 
 
 in 1877. 
 
 Cattle in 
 1877. 
 
 Sheep in 
 1877. 
 
 New South Wales 
 New Zealand 
 Queensland 
 South Australia ... 
 Tasmania... 
 Victoria ... 
 Western Australia 
 
 Acres. 
 
 513,840 
 
 787,826 
 
 85,569 
 
 1,514,916 
 
 332,558 
 
 1,420,502 
 
 45,933 
 
 Number. 
 
 2,746,385 
 
 494,917 
 
 2,079,995 
 
 219,480 
 
 126,882 
 
 1,174,176 
 
 54,050 
 
 Number. 
 
 20,962,244 
 
 11,704,853 
 
 7,316,910 
 
 6,197,880 
 
 1,818,125 
 
 10,114,267 
 
 899,494 
 
 Total 
 
 4,701,144 
 
 6,895,885 
 
 59,013,773 
 
 VI— Communication. 
 
 Colonies. 
 
 Railways 
 
 open for 
 
 Traffic in 
 
 1877. 
 
 Lines of 
 
 Telegraph 
 
 in 1677. 
 
 Shipping 
 
 Inwards and 
 
 Outwards 
 
 in 1876. 
 
 New South Wales 
 New Zealand 
 Queensland 
 South Australia ... 
 
 Tasmania 
 
 Victoria ... 
 Western Australia 
 
 Miles. 
 650 
 718 
 298 
 292 
 175 
 931 
 78 
 
 Miles. 
 8,472 
 3,170 
 4,633 
 4,150 
 850 
 2,885 
 1,567 
 
 Tons. 
 
 2,127,725 
 786,514 
 874,342 
 732,330 
 277,484 
 
 1,657,088 
 154,126 
 
 Total 
 
 3,142 
 
 25,727 
 
 6,609,609
 
 26 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I Aus— Avo 
 
 AUSTRALIA DEL ESPIRITU SANTO (Aus- 
 tralia of the Holy Spirit,) the name given by 
 Quiros to the land which he supposed was the 
 great southern continent, but now universally 
 held by geographers to have been one of the New 
 Hebrides Islands. 
 
 AUSTRALIA FELIX, the name given by 
 Mitchell to the Port Phillip District, now V., in 
 his overland expedition in 1836. He says : "We 
 traversed in two directions, with heavy carts, 
 meeting no other obstruction than the softness of 
 the soil, and, in returning over flowery plains, and 
 green hills fanned by the breezes of early spring, 
 I named this region Australia Felix, the better 
 to distinguish it from the parched deserts of the 
 interior country, where we had wandered so unpro- 
 fitably and so long." The designation has never 
 been officially adopted. 
 
 AUSTRALIAN AGRICULTURAL COM- 
 PANY, founded in London in 1824. Its objects 
 were the production of pure merino wool as an 
 export to Great Britain ; the cultivation of the 
 olive, vine, and such other productions as might 
 be adapted to the soil and climate ; to encourage 
 and assist the emigration of useful settlers and 
 female servants, and to promote a system of useful 
 industry. The amount of capital to be invested was 
 .£1,000,000 sterling, divided into 10,000 shares of £10 
 each ; and in return for the outlay the Company 
 was to receive a grant of land in the colony to 
 the extent of a million acres. Amongst the prin- 
 cipal members of the company werb the Attorney- 
 General and Solicitor-General of England, twenty- 
 eight members of Parliament, including Lord 
 Brougham, Joseph Hume, the Governor, Deputy- 
 Governor, and eight directors of the Bank of 
 England, the Chairman and Deputy-Chairman 
 and five directors of the East India Company, 
 besides many other eminent bankers and merchants 
 in England. All the shares were speedily taken 
 up except 500, which were reserved. Sir Edward 
 Parry, the Arctic Navigator, arrived in Sydney 
 with Lady Parry, from London, in the William, to 
 take charge of the Company's property in N.S.W. 
 24th December 1829. Operations on a large scale 
 had been commenced in 1825. The Government 
 transferred to the Company, on very easy terms, the 
 coal mines at Newcastle ; but this monopoly was 
 given up in 1847. The Company is still in active 
 existence, but no very marked success nor very 
 serious disaster has marked its career. The grant- 
 ing of the coal monopoly was an act of short- 
 sightedness and improvidence on the part of the 
 Government. 
 
 AUSTRALIAN ALPS, a range of lofty moun- 
 tains, part of the E. portion of the great Dividing 
 range, extending E. and AV. for about seventy miles, 
 forming the dividing line between Gipps Land and 
 the Murray district. It has numerous spurs to 
 the N. and S., the principal of which are the 
 Bogongs and the Buckland and Benambra ranges, 
 all running N., and the Limestone and Birregun 
 ranges to the S. The principal peaks are Mount 
 
 Kosciusko (6510 feet high,) Mount Selwyn, the 
 Twins, Mount Smyth, Mount Tambo, Forest hill, 
 and the Cobboras. The ranges are covered with 
 snow for the greater part of the year, and have 
 passages over the shoulders of some of the lower 
 levels. Some of the peaks are from 5000 to 6000 
 feet above the level of the sea, and are laid down 
 on nautical charts as "snowy mountains visible 
 twenty -five leagues at sea." The ranges are covered 
 with large timber, scrub, and heath, of various 
 kinds. Numerous creeks rise in the gullies, and 
 are fed by the snow which melts nearly all the 
 year round. These mountains were first seen by 
 Hume and Hovell on 6th November 1824, and 
 were explored and named by Strzelecki in 1839. 
 
 AUSTRALIAN BIGHT, the great indentation 
 on the southern coast of the continent, extending 
 from the Recherche Archipelago to Spencer Gulf. 
 The coast line is, for the most part, cliffs of from 
 400 to 600 feet high, and the country inland is the 
 terrible riverless and arid desert traversed by Eyre. 
 
 AUSTRALIAN PYRENEES, a conspicuous 
 mountain range in V., the westernmost part of the 
 broad and irregular system which traverses the 
 colony from east to west. They were first seen, 
 and named after the celebrated European moun- 
 tains, by Mitchell, in his overland journey in 1836. 
 
 AUSTRALIND, the name first given to the set- 
 tlement at Swan River, W. A., by the immigrants of 
 1829. It is now the name of a small post-town in the 
 district of Wellington, seven miles from the port 
 of Bunbury. Auriferous quartz has been found 
 in the vicinity. 
 
 AV0CA, a mining township in V., situated on 
 the river of the same name, six miles E. of the 
 Pyrenees range, and 120 miles N.W. of Melbourne, 
 Both alluvial and quartz mining are carried on in 
 the district, but not to any considerable extent ; 
 and the plain, at the base of the Pyrenees, is well 
 adapted for agriculture. 
 
 AVON RIVER (also called the Dunlop,) is a 
 fine stream in Gippsland, V., rising in Mount Wel- 
 lington, and flowing S.S.E., about fifty miles, into 
 Lake Wellington. It is very wide and deep for a 
 distance of about twelve miles to the Nuntin Plains, 
 below which it averages about twenty feet in depth 
 and 120 yards in width. It is but seldom flooded, 
 and then only for a short time, although the upper 
 parts have risen to a height of twenty-five feet above 
 summer level, inundating all the plains beneath. It 
 is fed by several creeks and the Perry River, the 
 junction of which, at one mile from its mouth, 
 forms a navigable estuary. The overflow of the 
 Avon forms a swamp at its mouth, known as the 
 Clydebank morass. The township of Stratford, 
 and the police head-quarters, are situated on this 
 river, and the country through which it flows, for 
 the greater part of its length, consists of open 
 forest of gum and stringy-bark, with fine agricul- 
 tural land. There is a remarkable cliff of red clay 
 on the east bank. It stands in an overhanging 
 precipice, and is corrugated by the trickling
 
 Aye— Bak] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTKALASIA. 
 
 27 
 
 of the rain into numberless columns, the water 
 below appearing quite red, from the shadow 
 cast down by the red cliff above. (2.) A river 
 in the Wimmera district, V., having its source 
 in the Bald Hills. It flows in a N.W. direc- 
 tion nearly fifty miles, and empties itself into 
 a swampy lake having no outlet, named Buloke. 
 It is periodically supplied by Richardson River, 
 and Middle and Irwell creeks, and subsides in the 
 dry seasons into a chain of waterholes. (3.) A 
 river in "W.A., which falls into the Swan at its 
 junction with the Toodyay. 
 
 AYERS. SIR HENRY (1821 ) was brought 
 
 up to the law, and came to S.A. in 1840, where 
 he continued to follow his profession until 1845, 
 when he took the management of the Burra 
 Mines. In 1857 he was elected a Member of the 
 Legislative Council ; joined the Dutton Ministry, 
 without office, from 4th July to 15th July, 1863, 
 when he formed a Ministry, of which he was 
 Chief Secretary and Premier, which position he 
 retained until August 1864 ; until March, 1865, 
 he was a member of the Blyth Ministry ; to Sep- 
 tember, 1865, in the Dutton Ministry ; and, until 
 October, 1865, in his own Ministry, retaining the 
 Chief Secretaryship ; he formed another Ministry 
 in May 1867, which lasted until September 1868 ; 
 and, for a seventh time, in a Ministry which 
 existed until November 1868 ; he was again in 
 office from January 1872 till July 1873 ; and from 
 July 1876 until October 1877 in the Colton 
 Ministry ; as Chief Secretary on every occasion. 
 He was knighted in 1872. 
 
 T3. 
 
 BABBAGE, BENJAMIN" HERSCHEL, ex- 
 plorer and Government geologist to S.A., was sent 
 out with an exploring party in 1856 to examine 
 the country N. and E. of Adelaide for gold. 
 He found no indications of the precious metal. 
 In a second expedition the same year, accompanied 
 by Bonney and three miners, he made a further 
 search to the north of Adelaide, by way of 
 Mount Remarkable and beyond the head of 
 Spencer's Gulf, to Mount Arden and Mount Seale. 
 In October he discovered a fine stream of water 
 which he called after the Governor, "Macdonald 
 Creek." In 1858 Babbage started on a third 
 expedition, with a well-equipped party. He left 
 Adelaide in February, intending to proceed to 
 the N.W. Babbage discovered the remains of 
 Coulthard, who was lost in March 1853. near 
 Steep's station, Mount Remarkable ; examined 
 the whole eastern shore of Lake Gairdner, Lake 
 Finnis, Lake Blyth, Lake Macfarlane ; the eastern 
 and western shores of the Island Lagoon or "Great 
 Salt Lake," and Red Lake, Lake Heart, Lake 
 Hanson, Lake Younghusband, Lake Reynolds, &c. 
 Some of these had been previously discovered by 
 Macfarlane, Seymour, and Smith when searching 
 
 for country. Major Warburton (with Charles 
 Gregory as second in command) was sent out 
 to recall and supersede Babbage, and reached 
 him on the western shore of Lake Gregory in 
 November, 1858. In searching for Babbage, 
 "Warburton found Mount Hamilton and some fine • 
 springs. 
 
 BACKHOUSE, JAMES, a Quaker missionary, 
 who visited Australia in 1832, and spent six years 
 in traversing the various colonies. He arrived in 
 Hobart Town 9th February, stayed two years in 
 V.D.L., and went in succession to N.S.W., Norfolk 
 Island, S. Australia, and W. Australia. He was 
 accompanied by George Washington Walker, who 
 subsequently settled in Hobart Town. They were 
 devoted ministers of the Gospel, and thoroughly 
 estimable men, moved by purely Christian and 
 philanthropic impulses. They traversed most of 
 the territory on foot, holding religious services 
 wherever they could find opportunity. Backhouse 
 returned to Europe in 1 838, and wrote a " Narrative" 
 of his journeys, which is one of the most interesting 
 works on Australia given to the world up till that 
 date. (London: 1843.) 
 
 BACKSTAIRS PASSAGE, a narrow strait lying 
 between the mainlandof S.A. and Kangaroo Island, 
 and leading from the ocean to Gulf St. Vincent. 
 The tides in this passage run very strongly, 
 as rapidly as five knots on some occasions, 
 and it is supposed that the flood from the W. and 
 the ebb from the E. meet somewhere near a group 
 of small rocks, lying in the passage known as the 
 Pages. The Yatala bank or shoal lies in the S. 
 part of this passage, eight miles N. of Cape 
 Willoughby. The narrowest part of Backstairs 
 Passage measures nearly eight miles in width from 
 Cape Jervis to the nearest point of Kangaroo 
 Island, and has soundings varying from twelve to 
 twenty-two fathoms between the shores. 
 
 BAIRD PLAINS, in the district of Wellington, 
 N.S.W., near the Lachlan River, were named 
 by Oxley, after General Sir David Baird, to 
 whom Colonel Molle once acted as aide-de-camp, 
 and whose glory he shared in the Peninsular 
 campaign. 
 
 BAKER. EZEKIEL ALEXANDER (1823—,) 
 came to N.S.W. in 1853 as mineralogist to a mining 
 company. Hewas,in 1860,atLambingFlatgoldfield 
 at the time of the Chinese riots. He refused to take 
 part in the attempt to drive the Chinese off the gold- 
 field by physical force, but was yet chosen by the 
 miners to proceed to Sydney with a petition to 
 Governor Young, not to proclaim martial law at 
 Burrangong, as had been threatened. In 1870 he 
 was elected to the Assembly for the Southern Gold- 
 fields, and re-elected eight times. The same year 
 he was appointed a member of the Goldfields 
 Committee. On the resignation of Garrett as 
 Minister for Lands in the Robertson Ministry in 
 1877, Baker accepted office in his place. This 
 Ministry fell in March of that year, and, Rohertson 
 forming a new administration, Baker took office as
 
 28 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 LBal 
 
 Minister for Mines. This Government lasted five 
 months. Parkes formed a Government in Decem- 
 ber 18T8, and Baker became Minister of the 
 Mining Department. 
 
 BALBOA, NUNEZ DE. In 1513 this enter- 
 prising Spanish navigator first saw the Pacific 
 Ocean from a peak in Darien ; gave to it the name 
 of the South Sea; and took possession of it on 
 behalf of the King of Spain. He was publicly 
 executed by the Spanish Government, as a reward 
 for his splendid services to the nation ! 
 
 BALLANCE, JOHN, journalist, was a member 
 of the N.Z. Parliament in 1878, and accepted office 
 in Sir George Grey's Ministry as Treasurer, but 
 resigned in 1879. 
 
 BALLARAT, the leading goldfield of V., and 
 the next city in importance to Melbourne. It 
 owes its position to having been the centre of 
 perhaps the richest gold-yielding district in the 
 world. It lies 100 miles W.N.W. of Melbourne, at 
 an elevation of 1437 feet above the level of the sea, 
 and consists of Ballarat E. and Ballarat W., the 
 Yarrowee Creek dividing them. Each is a distinct 
 municipality, under the government of a mayor and 
 councillors since December 1855. It is the centre 
 of an extensive agricultural district, and also a 
 great railway centre. Ballarat W. (the old 
 township) is laid out on sloping and elevated 
 ground, and has several wide streets built at right 
 . angles, and containing a number of fine buildings 
 constructed of freestone and bluestone, many of 
 them vieing with those in Melbourne. The town 
 hall is a noble structure, having a peal of bells in 
 the tower. Sturt-street, with its enclosed gardens 
 extending through the centre for the whole length, 
 is the handsomest street in the colony. There 
 is an hospital, a benevolent asylum, an orphan 
 asylum, about forty churches and chapels, a noble 
 mechanics' institute, a fine music hall and theatre, 
 banks, iron foundries, breweries, a woollen mill, 
 and other manufactories. Ballarat E. contains a 
 handsome and well-stocked free library. Special 
 mention must be made of the school of mines, a 
 most useful public institution, designed to instruct 
 young men in all the branches of the mining 
 industry. The population is about 47,000, of 
 whom 1300 are Chinese. Ballarat is a diocese 
 of both the English and Roman Catholic Churches. 
 The first was constituted in 1874, and the Kev. Dr. 
 Samuel Thornton was appointed first bishop. The 
 R. C. Diocese was constituted somewhat earlier, 
 and the first bishop was the Rev. Dr. Sheil. The 
 municipality of Ballarat W. was proclaimed on 
 17th December 1855, that of Ballarat E. on 5th 
 May 1857. 
 
 History.— In August 1837 a party consisting 
 of Thomas Livingstone Learmonth, and five others, 
 left Melbourne to explore the still unknown 
 country to the N.W., and got as far as Mount 
 Buuinyong, when they returned. In January 
 1838 Learmonth started again, and reached Lake 
 I'.niTiiiiibivt. bavin- nai I tlir IVak of Firildoune 
 
 (after the old Scottish Border-keep of Thomas the 
 Rhymer,) and Mount Misery. In the course of 
 1838-40, the whole country westward was taken up 
 for pastoral settlement, the brothers Learmonth 
 establishing their homestead at Buninyong. The 
 name Ballarat (or, more properly, Ballaarat,) signi- 
 fies a camping or resting place, and was a favourite 
 spot of the natives. It continued to be a pleasant 
 pastoral district till 1851, when the announcement 
 of the discovery of gold changed, as if by magic, 
 the whole face of things. The discovery was first 
 made at a spot called Golden Point in August of 
 that year, by prospecting parties. A rush from 
 Geelong, Melbourne, and other parts of the colony, 
 at once set in. On 19th September, Commissioners 
 Doveton and Armstrong arrived to take charge of 
 the new community. "This, the richest gold-field, 
 perhaps, that the world has ever known," says 
 Westgarth, "was already at the outset so promising, 
 that ere the first month expired, the Government 
 had established the armed escort service for the 
 safe conveyance of the gold to the shipping ports 
 of Melbourne and Geelong. Nearly ten thousand 
 diggers, of all classes of society, who had rushed 
 promiscuously to the attractive scene, were upon 
 and around the famous Golden Point, the original 
 nucleus of Ballarat mining. But hardly was this 
 miscellaneous crowd settled at work, ere it com- 
 menced shelving off to Mount Alexander, which 
 rumour proclaimed to be a still richer gold-field. 
 In October and November, Mount Alexander lived 
 in a blaze of predominant fame, but was in turn 
 dimmed by the superior lustre of Bendigo, which 
 made good its pre-eminence during several subse- 
 quent years." Governor La Trobe visited Ballarat 
 in October, and reported that there were 500 
 cradles at work, 2,500 persons on the ground, and 
 500 were arriving daily. At the first arrival of the 
 Commissioners, the exaction of the license-fee of 
 thirty shillings per month proved most offensive 
 to the diggers; nevertheless it was doubled in 
 December! For three years this exorbitant 
 tax was exacted with even needless rigour and 
 severity, with consequences of a memorable and 
 most disastrous kind. The township of Ballarat 
 was proclaimed in 1852. Population rapidly 
 increased, until it reached 30,000 or 40,000. In 
 February 1853, the first large nugget, weighing 
 1620 ounces, was unearthed at Canadian Gully. 
 The "Welcome Nugget," weight 2217 ounces, was 
 found at Bakery Hill, in June 1858; and the 
 " Welcome Stranger" nugget, weight 2280 ounces, 
 at Mount Moliagul, in February 18G9. A rich 
 bend in the gutter, called the "Jeweller's Shop," 
 yielded an immense quantity of the precious 
 metal in 1853 and subsequent years ; many 
 sudden fortunes were made. The Koh-i-noor 
 Company commenced operations in 1857, the Band 
 of Hope and Albion Consols in 1858, the Prince 
 of Wales Company in 1859, the St. George Com- 
 pany about the same time. Particulars of the 
 yield of these and other great mining companies 
 will be found under the article Gold Miming
 
 Balj 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 29 
 
 Of late years the alluvial drifts of Ballarat have 
 not been very prolific, and almost all the great 
 companies have ceased working. But auriferous 
 reefs have been found at a considerable depth in 
 various localities, and the work of quartz-mining 
 is now being carried on with great spirit and 
 success. Ballarat, like Sandhurst, will probably 
 yet become famous and prosperous as a reefing 
 district. 
 
 BALLARAT RIOTS. Towards the close of the 
 year 1854, a digger named Scobie, late one evening 
 knocked at the door of Bentley's Hotel, at 
 Ballarat. Finding the place closed for the night, 
 he tried to force an entrance, and continued his 
 clamour so long that Bentley became angry, and 
 sallied forth to chastise him. A crowd gathered 
 round to see the fight, and, in the darkness, Scobie's 
 head was split open with a spade. Whoso hand it 
 was that aimed the blow no one could tell ; 
 but the diggers believed that Bentley was the 
 murderer. He was, therefore, arrested and tried, 
 but acquitted by Dewes, the Police Magistrate, 
 who was said by the diggers to be secretly his 
 partner in business. A crowd assembled round 
 the hotel, and a digger named Kennedy addressed 
 the multitude, pointing out the spot where their 
 companion's blood had been shed, and asserting 
 that his spirit hovered above them and called for 
 revenge. The authorities sent a few police to 
 protect the place, and for an hour or two the mob 
 remained harmless. But a boy having thrown a 
 stone and broken the lamp in front of the hotel, 
 the police made a movement as if they were about 
 to seize the offender. This roused the diggers to 
 anger, and in less than a minute every pane of 
 glass was broken ; the police were roughly beaten ; 
 the doors were broken open. The crowd burst 
 tumultuously into the hotel, and the rooms were 
 soon swarming with men drinking the liquors and 
 searching for Bentley, who had escaped on a horse 
 to the camp. As the noise and disorder increased, 
 a man set fire to the place, after which the crowd 
 quietly dispersed. For this outrage, three men — 
 Fletcher, Mclntyre, and Weatherly, were appre- 
 hended and taken to Melbourne, where they were 
 tried, convicted, and sentenced to imprisonment. 
 But Bentley was also re-arrested, tried for man- 
 slaughter, convicted, and sentenced to three years 
 hard labour on the roads. Dewes was dismissed 
 from the magistracy, and Sir C. Hotham did 
 everything in his power to conciliate the diggers. 
 They were not to be thus satisfied, however, and 
 they held a stormy meeting at Ballarat, at which 
 they appointed a deputation, consisting of 
 Kennedy, Humffray, and Black, to demand from 
 the Governor the release of the three men con- 
 demned for burning Bentley's Hotel. He received 
 them kindly, but declined to accept their message, 
 because, he said, the word " demand" was not a 
 suitable term to use in addressing the representa- 
 tive of Her Majesty. They were, however, 
 informed that a proper memorial on behalf 
 of the prisoners would receive consideration. 
 
 At the conclusion of the interview Kennedy 
 entreated his Excellency to allow the men 
 to return with them, in order to prevent a 
 riot ; but he was informed that the course suggested 
 would be destructive of the authority of the 
 Government; and that it would be impossible to 
 set aside the most important principle in the 
 British Constitution— the verdict of a jury. In 
 order to be prepared for any disturbance, the 
 Executive began to concentrate all the forces, 
 military and police, at its disposal upon Ballarat. 
 On 29th November a party of soldiers, belonging 
 to the 40th, marching along the Geelong-road to 
 Ballarat, were assaulted by the people. They 
 turned and charged their assailants, but got the 
 worst of the fray, and had to seek shelter in the 
 Camp. The day this occurred witnessed a similar 
 scene near the Eureka, where another detachment 
 was attacked, and several of the men severely 
 injured. On the 30th a great meeting was held at 
 Ballarat, attended by crowds of armed diggers. The 
 chair was occupied by T. Hayes, and the principal 
 speakers were Kennedy, Humffray, Boss, Murnane, 
 Wheatley, Black, Quinn, Vern, Brady, Lalor, 
 Weeks, and Reynolds. Resolutions were passed 
 denouncing the license-fee, and declaring that the 
 people would pay so obnoxious a tax no longer, 
 but take immediate steps to abolish it by burning 
 all their licenses ; that they would forthwith 
 adjust any disputes about their claims by 
 arbitrators, to be mutually chosen ; that a reform 
 league should be established, and all members of 
 it be protected. The meeting strongly protested 
 against bodies of armed soldiers marching 
 about the diggings, and firing upon the people 
 under any circumstances, without the previous 
 reading of the Riot Act ; and declared, if such an 
 unconstitutional practice were continued, the 
 league now formed would not be responsible for 
 the consequences. The Government officials, so 
 far from being intimidated by this meeting, had 
 detachments marching about the diggings at the 
 time, and several skirmishes occurred; the camp 
 was barricaded and guarded by breastworks of 
 sand-bags, and the whole military and police were 
 kept under arms ; the roads were covered with 
 bodies of military and police hastening to strengthen 
 the position of the Government at the camp of 
 Ballarat. When violent counsels guided the move- 
 ments of the disaffected diggers a number of the 
 more moderate left them, and nothing short of a 
 total overthrow of Ihe existing Government was, 
 after this, aimed at. The Australian flag, of blue 
 with a white cross, was hoisted ; a provisional 
 Government was formed, and supplies were levied 
 in its name. An express arrived at Melbourne, 
 on 4th December, announcing that a party of 
 diggers were on the road to the metropolis, in 
 order to get up an agitation on their own behalf. 
 The Government issued circulars to the largest 
 employers of labour, and, having communicated 
 this startling information, requested them to 
 | communicate with their workmen in order to
 
 30 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Bal 
 
 discover how far they sympathised with the 
 diggers, and to ascertain, if possible, what conces- 
 sions it was deemed advisable for the Govern- 
 ment to make. On the same day a proclamation 
 appeared, declaring the whole district around 
 Ballarat placed under martial law. That day, also, 
 the intelligence of the engagement between the 
 military and the diggers arrived, and all classes 
 were alike overpowered with sorrow that the 
 line of demarcation between constitutional agita- 
 tion and illegal resistance by physical force had 
 been passed. A strong reactionary movement in 
 favour of a compromise between the Government 
 and the insurgents set in ; and it was this sympathy 
 on their behalf, which the Executive was at a loss 
 to understand, that prevented the authorities from 
 treating them with the greatest severity after they 
 had managed to suppress the revolt. On the night 
 of the 1st December lights were observed in the 
 tents of the diggers ; signals were repeatedly 
 exchanged, and shots fired at the sentries, who 
 were driven in. The officer in command found a 
 large number of insurgents organising, drilling, 
 and equipping themselves. The spies had seen 
 their leaders telling them off in companies, and 
 heard one of the commanders say to the people 
 that those who had no other arms should get an 
 iron spike placed on a pole, as "that would find 
 the tyrants' hearts." The officer in charge issued 
 a public notice that no light would be allowed 
 after eight o'clock : that no discharge of fire-arms 
 would be tolerated upon any pretence ; and that 
 persons disobeying these orders would be fired at. 
 On the same day Commissioner Amos arrived at 
 the camp at Ballarat, with information that the 
 diggers were occupying an intrenched camp at the 
 Eureka, in considerable force, with the avowed 
 intention of intercepting the troops under the 
 Major-General, then hourly expected to arrive 
 from Melbourne. During the whole of that day 
 the insurgents had possession of the diggings, and 
 were busy levying contributions on all classes, 
 giving the orders of their ' minister of war ' in 
 payment. The officer in command prudently 
 refrained from molesting any of their detached 
 parties. He was unable to attack the insurgents 
 during the day, as he could not leave a force behind 
 to protect the Camp, and resolved upon a night 
 surprise. Circumstances favoured this bold attempt. 
 The insurgents had not contemplated any active 
 measures on the side of the authorities until the 
 main body of troops and the commanding officer 
 had arrived. It was Sunday morning, and a very 
 great portion of them were away, and those who 
 remained had dined late, and some, no doubt, had 
 drank deep. They were surprised by the com- 
 mander of the Queen's troops, Captain Thomas, 
 who resolved to seize the favourable opportunity 
 of delivering a most effectual blow. The insur- 
 gents were posted in a very advantageous position, 
 in a fortified stockade, at the Eureka. It rested 
 on a gentle eminence, and was of considerable 
 strength. The leaders were, however, not very 
 
 deeply skilled in military engineering, for it was 
 much too large, and was not protected by proper 
 bastions or outworks to aid the defenders in a 
 general assault. Under all disadvantages, the 
 diggers would have repulsed the military had the 
 attack not been made at a time when it was totally 
 unexpected, and when the great body were absent. 
 The officer on whom the responsibility of this 
 enterprise rested was Captain Thomas, and he 
 planned and carried it out with ability and vigour. 
 He was assisted by Captain Pasley, R.E., who 
 bravely advanced with the skirmishers and directed 
 the assault. The military were fortunate in having 
 Commissioner Amos to act as their guide ; being 
 well acquainted with the locality, he led the troops 
 to the exact spot where the operations were to 
 commence. The force under Captain Thomas 
 reached the ground just as the morning began to 
 dawn. There were present thirty men of Her 
 Majesty's force, under Lieutenants Hall and 
 Gardyne ; seventy mounted police, under Rub- 
 Inspectors Furnell, Langley, Chomley, and 
 Lieutenant Cossack ; sixty-five men of the 1 2th 
 regiment, under Captain Quendo and Lieutenant 
 Paul ; eighty-seven men of the 40th regiment, 
 under Captain Wise and Lieutenants Bowder and 
 Richards ; twenty-four foot police, under Sub- 
 Inspector Carter : making a total of 100 mounted 
 and 176 foot. When the body arrived at about 
 three hundred yards from the entrenchments the 
 detachments of the 12th and 40th regiments 
 extended in skirmishing order ; the mounted force 
 moved to the left of the position and threatened 
 the flank and rear of the insurgents. The main 
 body now advanced boldly to the attack. The 
 exact number of men in the stockade is not 
 known, but they could not have outnumbered 
 the Queen's force. They stood to their arms 
 manfully as soon as the alarm was sounded. 
 The alarm was given within ; the insurgents 
 rushed to their posts, and poured a heavy volley 
 upon the advancing soldiers, killing twelve men. 
 The attacking party wavered a moment, but again 
 became steady, and fired with so calm and correct 
 an aim that, whenever a digger showed himself, 
 he was shot. Lalor rose on a sand heap within 
 the stockade to direct his men, but immediately 
 fell, pierced in the shoulder by a musket ball. 
 After the firing had lasted for twenty minutes 
 there was a lull, and the insurgents could hear the 
 order "Charge!" ring out clearly. Then there 
 was an ominous rushing sound — the soldiers were, 
 for a moment, seen above the palisades, and the 
 conflict became hand to hand. The diggers took 
 refuge in the empty claims, where some were 
 bayoneted and others captured ; whilst the victors 
 set fire to the tents, and soon afterwards retired 
 with 125 prisoners. The engagement lasted about 
 twenty-five minutes ; the rebel leaders fought 
 well, Peter Lalor having been wounded in the 
 breach and left for dead in the stockade, and 
 several others cut down at their posts. The loss 
 to the Queen's force was considerable, including
 
 Bali 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 31 
 
 Captain Wise, who, in leading his men to the 
 attack, was severely wounded and died a few 
 days afterwards ; Lieutenant Paul was also severely 
 wounded. The loss amongst the insurgents was 
 twenty-six killed on the spot, and a great many 
 wounded. The commander-in-chief of the "forces 
 of the Republic of Victoria," as they were styled, 
 named Vern, a Hanoverian by birth, escaped, and 
 a reward of £500 was offered for his apprehension. 
 Lalor, the other leader, who fell within the 
 stockade, lost his left arm in the engagement. 
 On Tuesday the troops under the command of the 
 Major-General, arrived at Ballarat ; and they were 
 not there a minute too soon, for a large body of 
 insurgents were in arms at Creswick. The victory 
 at the Eureka had raised the spirits of those who 
 supported the Government, and in a corresponding 
 degree dispirited the insurgents. The Legislative 
 Council presented an address of sympathy to the 
 Governor, which was of the following tenor : that, 
 having been placed in a painfully embarrassing 
 position since his arrival in the colony, he was 
 entitled to the sympathy and support of the 
 Legislature. Sir Charles Hotham replied that 
 the firm resolve to suppress the incipient revolution 
 was softened by the readiness with which he 
 ottered to redress the grievances the diggers had 
 complained of ; it would be his constant endeavour 
 to conduct the Government with the utmost pos- 
 sible temper ; the time for military rule had passed ; 
 but when there was an outbreak, and that caused 
 by foreigners— men who had not been suffered to 
 remain in their own country in consequence of the 
 violence of their character — then Englishmen 
 must sink all minor differences, and unite to sup- 
 port the authorities. The Government, however, 
 fared differently when a direct appeal was made 
 to the people. A public meeting had been called 
 by requisition, to consider the best means for pro- 
 tecting the city during the crisis at the diggings. 
 The principal agitators in this matter seemed to 
 be the members of the Legislature, who took a 
 large share in the proceedings of this public 
 meeting. The resolutions proposed were received 
 with such ill-concealed dissatisfaction, that, after 
 the Mayor had declared two of them to be carried, 
 the opponents of the Government interfered, and 
 such confusion prevailed that the gentleman who 
 presided vacated the chair, which was occupied by 
 Dr. Enabling, and a series of resolutions diametri- 
 cally opposed to the proceedings of the Executive, 
 and demanding an immediate settlement of the 
 differences between the Government and the 
 diggers, were carried with the utmost enthusiasm. 
 Frencham, one of the discoverers of gold in 
 Victoria, spoke on behalf of the diggers, and told 
 the people they " must go forth with their brother 
 diggers to conquer or die." The Government 
 demonstration having terminated in so unsatis- 
 factory a manner, another meeting was convened 
 on the following day " for the assertion of order 
 and the protection of constitutional liberty." 
 It took place on a large open space of ground 
 
 near St. Paul's Church, at the corner of Flinders- 
 lane. From 4000 to 7000 people were present, 
 the chair being filled by Henry Langlands, 
 one of the largest employers of labour in 
 Melbourne. The speakers were David Blair, 
 Owens, Fawkner, Fulton, Frencham, Grant, 
 Cathie, and Embling. The resolutions condemned 
 the whole policy of the Government, and declared 
 that, while disapproving of the physical resistance 
 offered by the diggers, the meeting could not, 
 without betraying the interests of liberty, lend its 
 aid to the Executive until the coercive measures 
 they were attempting to introduce should be 
 abandoned. The result of this meeting had very 
 considerable weight with the Executive, and the 
 same afternoon a Government Gazette extraordinary 
 appeared, in which was a proclamation revoking 
 martial law on Ballarat. The repulse at the 
 stockade did not depress the diggers, and a body 
 of about 1000 armed men was, at this time, 
 collected together on the Creswick road. Sir 
 Robert Nickle, who now assumed the command, 
 was an old and experienced officer. He imme- 
 diately restrained the violence of the police and 
 military, and held parleys with the disaffected 
 diggers, in which he strongly urged them to return 
 to their duty. This exhibition of good feeling, in 
 conjunction with the resignation of Chief Secretary 
 Foster, and the appointment of a commission, 
 calmed the excitement. The magistrates were 
 lenient with the prisoners by order of the 
 Executive, and only convicted in glaring oases, 
 expressing no ill-feeling towards those who were 
 in the custody of the police. Meetings were held 
 in Geelong, Bendigo, and other places, and resolu- 
 tions strongly condemning the policy of the 
 Government towards the diggers were carried. A 
 meeting was also held at Ballarat, and resolutions 
 were passed, praying the military officials to enforce 
 the martial law with as much forbearance and 
 humanity as the circumstances of the case would 
 admit of. Humffray, who was bearer of the 
 resolutions, was arrested upon presenting himself 
 at the Camp, but liberated after it had been 
 discovered that he was a moral and not a physical 
 force opponent of their measures. On 8th December, 
 Foster officially announced that he had resigned 
 the office of Colonial Secretary, and declared that 
 the charge made against him, of abusing the 
 patronage of the Government, was quite unfounded. 
 That day a proclamation appeared nominating 
 William Clarke Haines (the new Colonial Secre- 
 tary,) William Westgarth, John Pascoe Fawkner, 
 John O'Shanassy, William Henry Wright, and 
 James Ford Strachan, to be commissioners for 
 enquiring into the state of the gold-fields and the 
 grounds of the complaints, with a view to ascertain 
 how far they were well-founded ; ami to devise 
 and carry out a system which, making due pro- 
 vision for an adequate revenue, with the least 
 possible expenditure of public funds, should afford 
 every facility for the development of the mineral 
 wealth of the colony, and prove the least harassing
 
 32 
 
 < Yi'LOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 IBal— Bam 
 
 and vexatious to the miners ; and to enquire into 
 the manner in which the law had been administered, 
 in order to ascertain if unnecessary harshness or 
 undue partiality had been shown ; and further 
 to enquire into all complaints relating either to 
 the privileges or pecuniary interests of the mining 
 population. The Commissioners reached Ballarat 
 on 17th December, and proceeded to collect 
 evidence upon the multifarious subjects with 
 which they had to deal. The terrible concomi- 
 tants connected with the insurrection were now 
 apparently concluded. When Sir C. Hotham 
 engaged in the affair at Ballarat, he could not 
 foresee the consequences, because he misunderstood 
 the temper of the people of the colony. Perhaps 
 it was fortunate for his Government that the 
 insurgents were not more moderate in their views 
 and more considerate in their measures. He had 
 been led to believe that the spirit raised by the 
 arbitrary conduct of his officials on the diggings 
 reached no farther than the tents of Ballarat and 
 Bendigo. Those with whom he came into contact 
 had studiously impressed upon his mind that no 
 sympathy existed in the two principal cities with 
 the agitation ; but he was grievously disappointed. 
 Instead of a cordial and pleasing harmony of 
 opinion, favourable to the Government, there was 
 a jarring dissonance; instead of pleasure at the 
 discomfiture of the diggers, a melancholy regret, 
 and a general fear for the ultimate result pervaded 
 all classes, except, perhaps, the adherents of the 
 Executive Council. The rash and despotic mis- 
 government of Sir C. Hotham, which precipitated 
 the revolt, proved fatal to himself. It was the 
 sympathy of the people in the large towns with 
 the miners that saved the colony from anarchy 
 and revolution. If anything had been wanting to 
 convince the Government of the real state of 
 public feeling, the result of the State trials must 
 have sufficed for the purpose. The law officers 
 indicted thirteen of those who were taken prisoners 
 in the stockade, and against whom they possessed 
 sufficient evidence to ensure convictions, as they 
 thought, for high treason. The jury were citizens 
 ul Melbourne and small farmers in the adjoining- 
 country, and had no particular sympathy with the 
 diggers. So thoroughly were they convinced of 
 the misgovernment and misconduct which had 
 been apparent in the management of the goldfields, 
 that, notwithstanding very great exertions made 
 by the Crown lawyers, the prisoners were one by 
 one acquitted. So excited were the spectators 
 who thronged the court, that cheers rang through 
 the building when the verdict was returned in the 
 case of a poor negro who was the first of those 
 who were brought to trial, and the shouts were 
 taken up outside and re-echoed with great earnest- 
 ness. The officers of the court attempted to 
 suppress the demonstrations, and two unfortu- 
 nate fellows were seized and punished by the 
 Chief Justice with seven days' imprisonment for 
 so flagrant a contempt of court, His Honour pithily 
 remarking that the demonstration was an insult 
 
 to the jury, because, if it was a conscientious 
 verdict, they had done no more than their duty, 
 and if it were not so, no popular applause would 
 recompense them. 
 
 BALLINA. a seaport town on the north side of 
 the entrance of Richmond River, N.S.W.,330 miles 
 north of Sydney. The river was opened about 
 forty years ago, by sawyers adventuring into the 
 dense brushes in search of cedar ; and, until about 
 twelve years since, little was exported except cedar, 
 tallow, and hides, which were shipped to Sydney 
 by sailing vessels, of which there were then about 
 twenty employed. Since that period a large trade 
 has sprung up with the neighbouring colonies for 
 the supply of cedar, pine, and beach ; and the 
 cedar brushes of the Richmond have produced 
 some of the finest supplies of these timbers, as 
 well as a larger quantity than has been shipped 
 from all the other rivers of the colony. Along the 
 coast, both north and south of the Richmond, fine 
 gold, in payable quantities, is washed from the 
 sand and gravel for a short distance beyond high- 
 water mark, leading to the supposition that gold- 
 bearing quartz reefs are covered by the sea in the 
 neighbourhood. 
 
 BALONNE RIVER, in N.S.W., discovered by Sir 
 T. L. M itchell, in 1 846. The banks were then thickly 
 peopled by natives. The Upper Balonne is only 
 inferior to the River Murray in breadth and depth ; 
 it separates into various channels, the first branch 
 being the Bulgoa, falling into the River Darling, 
 about thirty miles above Fort Bourke; the 
 remainder, or Minor Balonne, again spreads its 
 waters into the Narran, Bokhara, Ballandoola, and 
 Biree. The latter three again unite, and fall 
 into the River Darling, forty or fifty miles above 
 Fort Bourke. 
 
 BAMPTON and ALT. The south-east coast 
 of New Guinea was visited in 1793 by William 
 Bampton, master of the Hormuzeer, and Matthew 
 B. Alt, master of the Chesterfield, two British 
 merchant vessels, who, in their endeavours to find 
 a passage to the north-west while beating up the 
 Great Bight of that island, added some valuable 
 information to what was previously known of that 
 part of the coast. On 10th July, an armed party 
 of forty-four men from the ships, under the 
 command of Dell, chief mate of the Hormuzeer, 
 landed on Darnley Island, in Torres Strait, and 
 after hoisting the Union Jack, took possession of 
 that and the neighbouring island of New Guinea, 
 in the name of King George III. A party consist- 
 ing of Shaw, chief mate of the Chesterfield, Carter, 
 and Captain Hill of the N.S.W. corps, had gone 
 to the island armed, eight days before, and had not 
 returned. Dell's party obtained full proof that 
 they had all been murdered by the natives. The 
 account of Bampton and Alt's perilous voyage of 
 discovery through Torres Strait is given by 
 Flinders, in the introduction to his first volume. 
 1 >alrymple published two charts of their discoveries 
 in 1798-0.
 
 Ban— Bar! 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTKA1.AMA. 
 
 33 
 
 BANKING IN AUSTRALIA. The first banks 
 
 established in Australia were the Bank of N.S.W., 
 1817 ; the Bank of V.D.L., 1823 ; the London 
 Chartered Bank, 1825 ; the Bank of Australia 
 (Sydney,) 1826, which failed in 1843 ; the Bank of 
 Australasia, 1835 ; the Union Bank, 1837; and the 
 Banks of S.A. and W.A., in 1841. The Bank of V. 
 was opened in 1855 ; the Bank of N.Z., in 1861 ; 
 the Q. National Bank, in 1872 ; and the Australian 
 and European Bank, Melbourne, in 1872. In 1879, 
 the Provincial and Suburban Bank of Melbourne 
 suspended payment. There was a run at the same 
 time on the A. and E. Bank, which closed its doors 
 for a short time, but called up fresh capital from 
 the shareholders, and again resumed operations. 
 Subsequently this bank was merged in the 
 Commercial Bank. 
 
 BANKS, SIR JOSEPH (1743-1820,) the famous 
 President of the Royal Society of London, who 
 accompanied Captain Cook in his voyages from 
 1768 to 1771 ; he sailed with Cook round the world 
 in the capacity of naturalist, and wrote the botan- 
 ical descriptions for the first voyages. His career 
 is too well known to require detailed account here. 
 He was President of the Royal Society from 1777 
 to 1820, and in 1781 was created a baronet. He 
 was mainly instrumental in inducing the British 
 Government to colonise N.S.W. He bequeathed, 
 at his death, his fine library to the British Museum, 
 and amongst its treasures was the original journal 
 kept by Tasman on his first voyage of discovery 
 into the Southern Ocean. 
 
 BANNISTER, SAXE, first Attorney-General 
 of N.S.W., arrived in Sydney, with the New 
 Charter for the establishment of a Supreme 
 Court, early in 1824. The Charter was formally 
 proclaimed on 17th May of that year. 
 
 BARGO RIVER, in N.S.W., in the County of 
 Camden, has a sure and never-failing stream, 
 murmuring over a rocky bed, on its way to the 
 Nepean, which it joins. 
 
 BARKER, CAPTAIN COLLET, a fellow- 
 officer of Sturt's in 39th Regiment, was murdered 
 by the blacks in 1831 while exploring the country 
 round Lake Alexandrina. Kent then took 
 charge of the expedition ; but it failed in its main 
 object of finding a sea-mouth for the Murray. 
 
 BARKER, DR. EDWARD, Albert Brodribb, 
 and Edward Hobson, with two blackfellows, were 
 the first to travel on foot, in June 1841, from 
 Melbourne into Gippsland, and thence to Port 
 Albert and back to Melbourne. They suffered 
 great hardships, being for days without any food. 
 Their supplies, carried on their backs, were soon 
 exhausted, and they lived on what animal food the 
 blacks could procure for them. 
 
 BARKER, FREDERICK, D.D. (1808 ,) 
 
 second Bishop of Sydney, was educated at 
 Cambridge University, took his B.A. in 1829, and 
 was ordained in 1831. He was appointed to suc- 
 ceed Dr. Broughton, the first Bishop, in 1854, and 
 arrived in Sydney in 1855. He established the 
 
 Synod of the Diocese in 1866 ; formed a Church 
 Society, designed to aid the clergy in their opera- 
 tions ; and promoted the establishment of the 
 dioceses of Goulburn and Bathurst. The diocese 
 of Newcastle has also been twice divided by the 
 formation of the diocese of Brisbane in 1864, and 
 that of Grafton and Armidale in 1867. So that 
 the Bishop of Sydney is now the metropolitan of 
 thirteen dioceses — Sydney, Tasmania, Adelaide, 
 Melbourne, Newcastle, Maitland, Brisbane, Perth, 
 Goulburn, Grafton, Armidale, Bathurst, and Rock- 
 hampton— all formed out of what in 1836 was 
 only an outlying district of the diocese of 
 Calcutta. The working of Synodical Church 
 Government has also led to the introduction of 
 rural deaneries, and generally promoted organisa- 
 tion of the Church. 
 
 BARKLY, SIR HENRY (1815 ,) son of a 
 
 Ross-shire gentleman, who had become an eminent 
 West India merchant, on leaving school entered 
 his father's counting-house, where he soon dis- 
 played much business ability. In 1845 he entered 
 the British house of Commons as member for 
 Leominster, and became a firm supporter of Sir 
 Robert Peel's commercial policy. In 1849 the 
 Whigs sent him out as Governor of Guiana, 
 where he had large estates. So successful was his 
 administration, that he was speedily transferred 
 to Jamaica. From thence he was promoted to 
 Victoria, the rising importance of which was more 
 evident to Sir William Molesworth, then Colonial 
 Secretary, than to most contemporary statesman. 
 Sir Henry Barkly arrived on 23rd December 1856, 
 was installed on the 26th, and held his first levee 
 on New Year's Day, the attendance being very 
 large, and his reception exceedingly cordial. He 
 created a very favourable impression ; and his 
 popularity remained unabated during his seven 
 years tenure of office. Sir Henry, soon after his 
 arrival, received a heavy blow by the death of his 
 wife in premature confinement, brought on by an 
 accident that occurred whilst she was driving in 
 her carriage over Prince's Bridge. An omnibus, 
 from which the horses had broken away, struck 
 the carriage and overturned it. Lady Barkly was 
 taken up fainting, and conveyed to Toorak, where 
 she died in a few days. By her earnest request 
 no penalty was inflicted on the driver of the 
 omnibus, to whose careless driving the accident 
 was due. As the facts oozed out, admiration for 
 the nobility of the woman, and sympathy with the 
 sorrow of the husband, had full sway. This great 
 blow struck Sir Hemy when engaged with the 
 entanglements of a ministerial crisis. His first 
 ministry had been defeated over its Land BUI. 
 The defeat took place upon an amendment moved 
 by O'Shanassy, who was in due course sent for, 
 and who formed a ministry comprising Chapman, 
 Foster, Duffy, and others, which did not last 
 two months. It was defeated upon a motion 
 of no confidence, which was carried by thirty- 
 four to niueteen. Haines again became Chief 
 Secretary, with a slight change of coadjutors.
 
 34 
 
 CYCtOWEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bar 
 
 Since then, up till 1880, there have been twenty 
 successive ministries and eleven Parliaments. The 
 longest-lived was the first McCulloch administra- 
 tion, which lasted for five years. Only once did 
 Sir Henry's conduct as Governor divide the 
 opinions of the people. This was on the occasion 
 of his granting a dissolution to a new ministry he 
 had summoned in 1861, the Assembly then in 
 being having proved hostile to his choice. The 
 ministry in question had extreme democratic views, 
 including " Protectionist leanings ;" and it was 
 argued that the Governor should not promote 
 departures from the home model, although he 
 might see reason in not opposing them. Exception 
 was generally taken to his course at the time, more 
 especially as the newly-elected Assembly, as well 
 as its predecessor, rejected the Protectionist 
 ministry. However, as some of the mors pro- 
 minent men persisted in keeping up a tone and 
 bearing of animadversion on the subject, they 
 provoked a counter-demonstration from the general 
 public, which amply attested the Governor's popu- 
 larity. The bulk of the people were decidedly 
 with Sir Henry, and against his opponents, 
 foremost amongst whom was O'Shanassy. In 
 1863 Sir Henry Barkly's term of office expired, 
 and he was removed to the Mauritius. He left V. 
 amid the regrets and respectful farewells of the 
 wholo population. He had previously taken as 
 his second wife the daughter of General Sir 
 Thomas Pratt. 
 
 BARLEE, FREDK. PALGRAVE (1827 ,) 
 
 served in the Ordnance Department from 1844 to 
 1855. He was then appointed Colonial Secretary 
 of Western Australia, and member of the Execu- 
 tive and Legislative Councils. He resigned his 
 seat in the Council in November 1875; and in 1877 
 was appointed Governor of British Honduras. 
 
 BARLOW, CAPTAIN, Governor of the settle- 
 ment founded at Melville Island, on the N.W. 
 coast of the continent, in 1824. The settlement 
 proved a failure, and was abandoned in 1829, on 
 account of the unhealthiness of the locality. 
 
 BARMOUTH BAY, on the coast of N.S.W., 
 was discovered and named by Bass in 1797. 
 
 BARNARD ISLANDS, a group situated on 
 the N.E. coast of the continent. They form a 
 group of small rocky islands extending in a 
 straggling direction for six miles to the southward 
 of Double Point. 
 
 BARNARD (MOUNT,) a mountain close by 
 Avenel in V., named by Mitchell after Sir Andrew 
 Barnard, the commander of the Light Division 
 during the latter part of the Peninsular War. 
 
 BARNEY, COLONEL, R.E. In January 1847 
 the staff of the new penal colony, to be called 
 North Australia, headed by this officer, was settled 
 on the shores of Port Curtis, on the east coast of 
 Australia. After five mouths' occupation, and an 
 expenditure of upwards of £15,000, the attempt 
 was nbandoned ;is impracticable. 
 
 BARREILLER, LIEUTENANT, of the 39th 
 
 Begiment, made an unsuccessful attempt to cross 
 the Blue Mountains from Sydney in 1802. 
 
 BARRIER REEF, an immense coral reef 
 extending alongthe north-east coast of the continent 
 for nearly 1300 miles, at a distance from the 
 shore of from 10 to upwards of 100 miles. The 
 reef is, in general, precipitous, and in many places 
 rises out of great depths, lines of 280 fathoms 
 having failed to reach the bottom on the outer 
 side. Formerly, ignorance of anything like its 
 precise extent and character led to a large number 
 of shipwrecks; but in 1844 Captain Blackwood, 
 in H.M.S. Fly, made a minute survey of the reef, 
 and laid it down accurately on charts. In the 
 course of its length there are several breaks 
 or passages in it. In the voyage from Sydney 
 to Torres Strait, the inner route is usually taken. 
 It is narrow and requires delicate steering ; 
 but it is safe, and not so much exposed as 
 the outer route, which enters Torres Strait by 
 Flinders Entrance. 
 
 BARRINGTON, GEORGE, the celebrated pick- 
 pocket, was the first prisoner released in N.S.W., 
 in 1792. Barrington was a man of some ability. 
 He has been made the hero of more than one work 
 of fiction, and figures as a principal character in 
 Lever's O'Donohue. He was the reputed author 
 of the Narrative of a Voyage to JVew South Wales, 
 and of a History of the Colony ; but Barrington 
 denied the authorship of both works, although his 
 name stands on their title-pages. He is also said 
 to have written the famous prologue delivered at 
 the opening of the first theatre in Sydney in 1796, 
 wherein occur the lines — 
 
 True patriots we, for, be it understood, 
 We left our country for our country's good. 
 Barrington lived to a very old age, and died at 
 Parramatta, N.S.W. 
 
 BARRINGTON, a river of N.S.W., flowing 
 through the county of Gloucester, and emptying 
 itself into the Gloucester River. Its course is very 
 tortuous ; and recently rich deposits of gold have 
 been found along its bed. 
 
 BARROW ISLAND, situated off the N.W. 
 coast of the continent. It is about twelve miles 
 broad and twenty miles long, and was named after 
 the secretary to the Admiralty, Sir John Barrow. 
 
 BARROW'S VALLEY is situated in the district 
 of Liverpool Plains, N.S.W., to the northward of 
 the river Peel. It was named by Oxley, after 
 Sir John Barrow. 
 
 BARROW, a mountain of Tasmania, 4500 feet 
 high, thirteen miles from Launceston. 
 
 BARRY, SIR REDMOND, K.C.M.G., M.A, 
 
 LL.D., &c. (1813 ,) was called to the Irish Bar 
 
 in 1836, and came to Australia in 1839. He landed 
 | in Sydney, but after a stay of a few weeks went 
 to Melbourne, where Mr. Latrobe was Superin- 
 tendent. All civil cases had then to be taken to 
 Sydney, but in 1842 two new tribunals were
 
 Bas] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 35 
 
 established— the one a branch of the Supreme 
 Court of Sydney, presided over by Judge Willis ; 
 the other a Court of Requests, of which Barry was 
 appointed Commissioner. In 1850 he became 
 Solicitor-General, with a seat in the Legislative 
 and Executive Councils, and the following year 
 was created a judge of the Supreme Court. 
 During the absence of Sir William A'Beckett he 
 filled the post of Acting Chief Justice. In 1860 he 
 was knighted, and in 1862 acted as representative 
 of V. at the International Exhibition in London, 
 having obtained twelve months leave of absence. 
 He obtained from the English and some of 
 the Continental Governments 6000 volumes for 
 the Public and Supreme Court Libraries. He may 
 be looked upon as the father of the Melbourne 
 University, of which he was appointed the first 
 Chancellor in 1855; and the Melbourne Public 
 Library is almost peculiarly his own creation. To 
 him the people of V. are mainly indebted for 
 the works of art that have been got together in 
 their National Gallery, as well as in many of their 
 parks and gardens. He successfully advocated 
 technological education, and has given invaluableaid 
 on the occasions of the Intercolonial Exhibitions. 
 When Commissioner at the London Exhibition of 
 1862 he was made LL.D. of Trinity College, Dublin, 
 and on his return received the degrees of LL.B. 
 and M.A. of the Melbourne University. He is a 
 member of the Royal Society of Dresden, of the 
 Society of Northern Antiquaries at Copenhagen, 
 and corresponding member of the Royal Dublin 
 Society. In 1876 he was one of the Victorian 
 Commissioners at the Centennial Exhibition at 
 Philadelphia, and amongst the results of his visit 
 were large contributions to the Public Library. 
 During his stay in Europe he was made Knight of 
 the Order of Sts. Michael and George. In 1876-7, 
 when the Governor and Chief Justice were simul- 
 taneously absent from the colony, he was Adminis- 
 trator of the Government. He has been on the 
 bench for a longer period than any other judge in 
 Her Majesty's dominions. 
 
 BASS, GEORGE, navigator and explorer. When 
 Captain Hunter, who commanded the First Fleet, 
 was sent out from England, in 1795, to succeed 
 Governor Phillip, there were amongst those under 
 his command two very remarkable men — Matthew 
 Flinders, midshipman, and George Bass, surgeon. 
 Whilst on the voyage Flinders and Bass planned 
 an expedition ; and a month after the arrival of 
 the Reliance in Sydney Harbour, preparations 
 were made for carrying it out. They bought a 
 small boat, eight feet long — named it the Tom 
 Thumb — and embarked in it, with a crew consist- 
 ing of one small boy, to make marine discoveries 
 on the Australian coast. A sail was hoisted, which 
 Flinders managed, while Bass steered, and the boy 
 was kept to bale. They tacked to and fro about 
 the harbour to test their sailing capabilities, and 
 then stood boldly out of the Heads into the ocean. 
 The Tom Thumb danced about like a feather 
 on the waves, but she made her way to Botany 
 
 Bay. Their first exploration was ascending the 
 George River to about twenty miles beyond a point 
 which Captain Hunter had named in his survey. 
 They then returned to sea, and got back safely to 
 Sydney. The Reliance was then ordered on a 
 voyage to Norfolk Island, and, as the surgeon and 
 midshipman could not be spared from the ship, 
 exploring had to be given over. In March 1796 
 the Reliance returned, and the Tom Thumb was 
 again launched. Bass and Flinders sailed from 
 Port Jackson on 25th March, and drifted about till 
 they reached Red Point, where they found some 
 natives. They had a very dangerous passage back, 
 but the Tom Thumb, with its two intrepid adven- 
 turers, arrived safely in Sydney. After their return, 
 Flinders was sent on a surveying expedition. Bass, 
 of too energetic a temperament to continue idle, 
 started off to explore the Blue Mountains. Here 
 his courage and daring were signally displayed. 
 Arming his feet and hands with iron hooks, he 
 made repeated and desperate efforts to climb the 
 craggy precipices and cross the yawning caverns ; 
 but after fifteen days of unparalleled exertions and 
 fatigue he was compelled to return. When he came 
 back to Sydney he drew up a memorial to the 
 Governor, asking for means for another expedition 
 along the coast. His request was granted, the 
 more readily as he only needed a whale-boat, a 
 crew of eight men, and provisions for six weeks. 
 With this slender equipment he started from 
 Sydney 3rd December 1797. Clearing the heads 
 of Port Jackson, the crew found themselves in the 
 broad Pacific. At a point, named afterwards 
 Point Bass, there was a spacious bay, surrounded 
 by hills, with a fine river running into it. This bay 
 was too shallow to be of much value, and was 
 called Shoal Haven. After passing this he dis- 
 covered in succession Barmouth, Jervis, and 
 Twofold Bays. The coast now seemed to trend to 
 the south-west, and he was burning to decide the 
 question whether or not Tasmania was united to 
 Australia. The weather was rough, and there was 
 not a chance of shelter upon that shore ; but there 
 was an open sea before them, and every heavy 
 roller which came from the west sent a thrill of 
 pleasure through Bass ; for he knew that the straits 
 which now bear his name were discovered. At 
 last higher land became visible, jutting out from 
 the coast, which received the name of Furneaux's 
 Land. While they beat backwards and forwards, 
 scrutinising each inlet, they observed men hailing 
 them from the shore. These were not natives, for 
 they were clothed, and were in a most emaciated 
 condition. They were prisoners who had escaped 
 with a boat from Port Jackson, and had eked 
 out an existence on shell-fish and sea-weeds, 
 some of their number had died, others were 
 on the point of death. Bass could do very 
 little to relieve them ; he had over-stayed his 
 time, and there were hardly enough provi- 
 sions to carry the crew back to Sydney. He 
 however, took two sick ones into his boat, gave 
 the others what he could spare, and told them to
 
 3<3 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bas— Bat 
 
 follow the coast line until he could send them 
 assistance. It has never been learnt whether they 
 were heard of subsequently. Bass did not give a 
 favourable account of the country he had seen 
 to the southward of Furneaux's Land, or (as it 
 has since been named) Wilson's Promontory. 
 Proceeding westward, he discovered the fine 
 harbour of Western Port ; but time, and the pro- 
 visions at his disposal, did not enable him to 
 examine it. He then returned to Sydney, without 
 finally settling the question whether Tasmania 
 was separated from the continent, but having 
 made sufficient observations to render it nearly 
 certain that it was an island. The subsequent 
 voyage of Bass and Flinders round the island 
 settled the question for ever. When Bass brought 
 back to Sydney his report of a strait existing 
 between the continent and V.D.L., a small-decked 
 vessel, of twenty-five tons (the Norfolk) was 
 put under the command of Flinders and him- 
 self, and they were instructed to complete the 
 exploration of the southern coast. They sailed 
 on the 7th October 1798, and on the 11th 
 anchored in Twofold Bay, where they made a 
 survey of the shores. On the 17th they reached a 
 group of islands now known as Kent's Island. 
 On 4th November V.D.L. was sighted on the north 
 side, which had never been seen before. The fine 
 harbour, and the river in which it was found to 
 end, were named Port Dalrymple and the River 
 Tamar. On the 20th the Norfolk left Port 
 Dalrymple and proceeded to the westward ; but 
 the wind changing they were driven back to 
 Furneaux Islands until 3rd December. At noon 
 on the 4th the farthest land to be seen to the 
 west was a small flat-topped island, which 
 was found to be connected with the mainland, 
 and called Circular Head, and a near projection 
 Rocky Cape. A cluster of islands at this point 
 was named Hunter's Isles. The extreme north- 
 west cape of Tasmania was found to be a steep 
 head, and was named Cape Grim. On the 12th 
 they saw the tops of the mountain which Tasman 
 had erroneously named De Witt's Isles ; Flinders 
 named the highest of them Mount De Witt. After 
 passing several places of smaller note, the Norfolk 
 entered Headsman's Cove, a little inlet at the mouth 
 of the Derwent. Beyond this the crew proceeded 
 in the boat, imagining that one tide would enable 
 them to reach its source. Scenes of surprising 
 beauty struck their gaze at every fresh bend of the 
 river. On 3rd January 1799 the Norfolk left 
 the Derwent, and after sailing along a coast 
 already described, reached Sydney on the 12th. 
 Thus was solved one of the great problems of 
 Australia. The merit of this discovery belongs 
 entirely to Bass and Flinders, who had put to 
 proof what Cook and D'Entrecasteaux had only 
 guessed. At this point the honoured name of 
 Bass drops out of the history of Australia. He 
 returned to England as mate of a trading vessel, 
 and then disappeared for ever. George Bass was 
 born at Aswarby, near Sleaford (in England,) where 
 
 his father had a farm, and died when he was a boy. 
 The widow and son afterwards went to reside at 
 Boston. From his boyhood he showed a strong 
 inclination for a seafaring life, to which his mother 
 was much opposed. He was apprenticed to Mr. 
 Francis, a surgeon, at Boston, and at the end of 
 his apprenticeship walked the hospitals, and took 
 his diploma with honour. But his inclination for 
 the sea being unsubdued, his mother yielded to 
 his wish, and expended a considerable sum in 
 fitting him out and buying a share in a ship, which 
 was totally lost. She was a noble-minded woman, 
 of no ordinary intellect. Her son wrote her long 
 letters containing full accounts of his discoveries. 
 These came into possession of Miss Calder, on the 
 death of Mrs. Bass. The last time his mother 
 heard of Bass he was in the Straits of China. She 
 expected him many years, thinking he might be 
 taken prisoner ; but at last gave up all hopes, con- 
 cluding that he had been wrecked and drowned. 
 He had only been married three months when he 
 sailed away, never to return. It is affirmed that 
 some friends at Sydney persuaded him to join 
 them in making their fortune by carrying contra- 
 band goods into South America, in spite of the 
 Spaniards. They were unfortunate; their vessel 
 was captured, and Bass was sent to the silver 
 mines, where he was completely lost from sight. 
 He who entered these dreary mines was obliterated 
 for ever from human knowledge ; and what became 
 of Bass no one now can tell. After all his hardships 
 and adventures, his enthusiasm and his self- 
 devotion, he passed away from men's eyes, and no 
 one was curious to know whither he had gone. 
 Flinders, in 1799, writes: — "Of the assistance of 
 my able friend Bass I was deprived, he having 
 quitted the station to return to England." Such 
 is the sole record remaining of one of the bravest 
 and noblest men whose names illuminate the 
 history of geographical discovery ! 
 
 BASS STRAITS, between Australia and Tas- 
 mania ; the west entrance, formed by the islands 
 off the N.W. point of T. and Cape Otway, is 108 
 miles wide. King's Island, lying nearly midway, 
 occupies thirty-five miles of the space, and leaves to 
 the N. of it a passage of forty -seven miles, and to 
 the S. of it one of thirty-seven miles. The history 
 of its discovery is given in the previous article. 
 
 BATAVIA, a river of N.A., in Vorke's Penin- 
 sula. Lat. 15° S. to the N. of Duyfhen Point. 
 
 BATEMAN BAY, on the coast of N.S.W., at 
 the mouth of the Clyde River, 170 miles S. from 
 Sydney. 
 
 BATES, WILLIAM (1826—,) came to Adelaide 
 in 1850, and to Melbourne the following year. In 
 1852 he joined a party to go to the Bendigo gold- 
 field, and worked there for some time, but aban- 
 doned that occupation at the latter end of 1853, 
 under the impression that the goldfields of Vic- 
 toria were worked out. He commenced business 
 in Melbourne in 1853, and continued it till 1868, 
 when he was returned member of Parliament for
 
 Bat] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA uF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 37 
 
 Collingwood. In 1870 he joined the McCulloch 
 Ministry as Commissioner of Public Works, and 
 on going for re-election was returned without a 
 contest — the only time any member had that privi- 
 lege. He continued member for Collingwood till 
 1874, when he made a visit to England, returning 
 in 1876. He contested the election for Fitzroy in 
 January 1877, but was unsuccessful, because he 
 refused to accept the nomination of a " caucus." 
 Bates is a member of the Congregational body, 
 and has taken a very active part in all its institu- 
 tions, besides subscribing liberally to all its objects. 
 He was a leader in the successful movement for 
 the abolition of State-aid to religion. On the 
 occasion of his departure for England in 1874, the 
 following testimonial was presented to him : — 
 " Congregational College of Victoria, Melbourne. 
 4th February, 1874. To the Hon. William Bates. 
 — Dear Sir, — The committee of the Congregational 
 College avails itself of the occasion of your intended 
 departure to express to you its deep sense of obliga- 
 tion, for the long and valuable services you have 
 rendered to promote its interests by all the means 
 within your power. It remembers with gratitude 
 that it was your handsome offer to defray the cost 
 of the board and education of a student for three 
 years, together with your promise of liberal annual 
 subscriptions, which gavedefiniteness to the original 
 college scheme. Previously, it could be called only 
 'a movement.' It was your liberality which caused 
 the movement to become an accomplished fact. 
 Associated with it, as treasurer, from its founda- 
 tion, it must be a source of much gratification to 
 you, while watching as you have done the marvel- 
 lous growth of this colony, to observe also how 
 many of the former students of the college are 
 located in different parts of it, viz., at Emerald 
 Hill, Sandhurst, Warrnambool, Landsborough, 
 Eldorado, and elsewhere, while others are labour- 
 ing successfully in New South Wales, Tasmania, 
 and New Zealand. The great object to which you 
 have so liberally devoted your time and means has 
 thus been realised, if not so fully as you might 
 have desired, nevertheless you have seen a goodly 
 band of devoted men go forth from the college, 
 and more are prepared to follow. In bidding you 
 farewell for a season, the committee presents to 
 you its assurances of undiminished interest in your 
 welfare. It rejoices that the separation will be but 
 temporary ; and it earnestly prays that Mrs. Bates, 
 yourself, and family may be preserved from all 
 danger in your various journeyings, and, in due 
 time, return to your numerous friends in the fulness 
 of the blessing of the Gospel of Christ. Believe us, 
 dear Sir, to remain, on behalf of the college com- 
 mittee, sir, your's very faithfully, Anketell M. 
 Henderson, president ; Richard Connebee, secre- 
 tary." 
 
 BATHURST, the principal town in the W. dis- 
 trict of N.S.W., so named by Governor Macquarie, 
 in May 1815, in honour of Earl Bathurst, then 
 Secretary of State. It is situated on the south 
 bank of the Macquarie River, on high ground, 
 
 2333 feet above the sea-level, surrounded by hills, 
 and is distant from Sydney 122 miles, nearly due 
 west. It is in direct communication by rail with 
 Sydney. Bathurst may be considered the third 
 town of the colony, and its importance is steadily 
 increasing. It has numerous well laid-out streets 
 of ample width, crossing each other at right angles. 
 with a square in the centre. The public buildings 
 are numerous and handsome. Bathurst was pro- 
 claimed a municipality in November, 1862. The 
 population is about 6000. It is the seat of 
 a Church of England and a Roman Catholic 
 Bishopric. The former was established in 1869, 
 and Dr. Marsden was appointed the first Bishop. 
 There are several tanneries, a coach factory, and 
 five flour mills. Soap, candles, glue, boots and 
 shoes, are also manufactured extensively. Since 
 June 1872, the city has been lighted with gas. 
 It is better provided with colleges, schools, 
 and other educational establishments, than any 
 other town of the same population in the colony. 
 The country surrounding Bathurst may be des- 
 cribed as agricultural and pastoral, consisting of 
 extensive fertile plains, very productive, and 
 especially suited to the growth of cereal crops, 
 but mining is also largely carried on, though 
 not in the immediate vicinity. Gold is found 
 principally in quartz veins. In the neighbouring 
 goldfields of Wattle Flat and Sofala, Hill End and 
 Tambaroora, Chambers and Cheshire's Creeks, 
 Trunkey, Tuena, the Abercombie, Caloola, and 
 Rockley, as well as at the copper mines of Cow 
 Flat and Campbell's river, a large number of 
 persons are resident, computed at many thousands. 
 In August 1824 there were great depredations com- 
 mitted by the surrounding blacks, and martial law 
 was proclaimed. Captain Fennell was appointed 
 commandantat Bathurst in January 1825. The town 
 was visited by Governor Darling, accompanied 
 by Captain Dumaresq and Lieutenant De La 
 Condamine, in November 1829. An outbreak 
 took place amongst the prison popidation in the 
 district in September 1830 ; the insurgents con- 
 sisted at first of only eight persons, but shortly 
 afterwards, by intimidation and persuasion, eighty 
 collected. In the conflict Lieutenant Brown had 
 two men and five horses killed, but the prisoners 
 were at length subdued and ten men were con- 
 victed and hanged at Bathurst, 
 
 BATHURST BAY is situated on the N.E. coast 
 of the continent, near Cape Melville. It is nine 
 and a-half miles deep, and thirteen miles wide. 
 The western side is formed by Flinders Group. 
 
 BATHURST ISLAND is situated to the S.W. 
 of Melville Island, N.W.A., from which it is 
 separated by Apsley Straits. The principal bay 
 in this island is Gordon Bay, and the point at the 
 S.W. extremity is Cape Fourcroy. It is 100 miles 
 in circumference, and separated from the main- 
 land of Australia by Clarence Straits. 
 
 BATHURST LAKE is situated in the county 
 of Argyle, N.S.W., 129 miles from Sydney. It is
 
 38 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bat 
 
 from three to five miles in diameter, and its size 
 varies with the mountain torrents, to which it 
 serves as a reservoir. Its waters are pure ; and, 
 although sixty miles distant from Jervis Bay — 
 the nearest part of the coast — it contains an 
 animal resembling a seal, about three feet long, 
 and rising every now and then to the surface to 
 breathe. It was discovered and named by Hume 
 in 1817. 
 
 BATHURST PLAINS. The plains of Bathurst 
 are situated in the county of Bathurst, N.S.W., 
 near the town of Bathurst, and are about nineteen 
 miles in length, and from six to eight in breadth, 
 containing about 120 square miles of naturally 
 clear land. They consist of a series of gentle 
 elevations, with intervening plains of moderate 
 extent, the surrounding forest country being 
 generally very thinly timbered, and patches of 
 forest stretching at irregular intervals a con- 
 siderable distance into the plains, like points of 
 land into a lake. The plains are traversed in the 
 direction of length by the river Macquarie, which 
 pursues a meandering course along them, having 
 its banks occasionally ornamented with the hand- 
 some swamp oak. They are upwards of 2100 feet 
 above the level of the sea, an elevation which 
 compensates for 10° of lat. This elevation is 
 remarkably conducive to the general health of the 
 Bathurst district, it being unquestionably the 
 Montpellier of N.S.W. This transalpine country 
 was considered inaccessible until 1813. It consists 
 in general of broken table-land, in some places 
 forming extensive downs, without a tree, such as 
 the Plains, which include 50,000 acres. Occasional 
 open downs of this description extend along the 
 banks of the Macquarie River for full 120 miles. 
 They are not unlike the Brighton Downs of 
 England, but with this remarkable peculiarity — 
 that on the summits of some of the eleva- 
 tions or knolls, there are found dangerous 
 quagmires or bogs, resembling sometimes a 
 pond that has been dried, but at other times 
 concealed by a rich verdure. Fairy rings 
 are frequent, in which are found fungi of a 
 very large size. Adjacent are the Warwick, 
 King's, Dunn's, and Pretty Plains. A remarkable 
 natural tunnel was discovered here by Mr. 
 Davidson, about 1846. It is thus described: — 
 "The tunnel lies about forty-five miles to the W. of 
 Bathurst, on the Grove Creek, about four miles 
 above the confluence of that stream with the 
 Abercrombie. On descending from the hills, we 
 found ourselves in a small valley, which contained 
 just sufficient room for us to leave our horses ; and 
 pursuing our course to the right, a short distance 
 down the creek, the mouth of the tunnel opened 
 to our view. On first entering all was darkness 
 but advancing a few paces, a gleam of light was 
 visible at the further extremity ; and as our eyes 
 became less and less affected by the sudden 
 diminution of light, every part became more and 
 more distinctly visible. The roof is thickly 
 covered with stalactites, which display a rich 
 
 variety of colour, some hanging down to a length 
 of twenty feet. The sides, especially on the left, 
 have the appearance of galleries raised one over 
 another, and supported, if it may be so called, by 
 natural carved work, and ornamental pillars, and 
 adorned with splendid stalagmites of every form 
 and appearance. The whole length of this grand 
 archway is about 300 paces, and its northern 
 entrance seventy feet broad and fifty feet high, 
 towards the centre it increases in breadth, to 
 about ninety feet, and in its most lofty part 
 reaches a height of 100 feet, and at the 
 southern extremity it is fully one hundred feet 
 broad, and seventy or eighty feet high, and the 
 coup (Pasil from this end is truly magnificent. 
 Almost close to the entrance, at the N. end is the 
 mouth of a passage, making nearly a right angle 
 with the main archway, in an easterly direction. 
 This, for about the distance of 100 feet, is broad 
 and lofty, after which it gradually contracts, until 
 at the distance of seventy or eighty feet more it is 
 terminated in a low archway, about two feet high. 
 The latter portion of this passage abounds in hand- 
 some stalactites, and on creeping through the arch- 
 way at its extremity we found ourselves in a spacious 
 apartment, the most prominent features in which are 
 two massive stalagmites, resembling a pulpit and a 
 tomb. After quitting the passage, we continued 
 our search, and not many yards further down the 
 grand archway, on the same side of it, we found a 
 second cave, not of large dimensions, and about the 
 centre of the tunnel, on the opposite side, another 
 long passage of 500 or 600 feet in length which, 
 also gradually contracting, terminated in a narrow 
 arch, opening to another cavern, lofty but not large, 
 in which roots of grass were also visible. Parallel 
 to this is another long passage, separated from it 
 by a stone partition, through two low apertures in 
 which it is approached. These caverns had, in all 
 probability, never before been visited by any human 
 beings ; the bats were very numerous, and appeared 
 to be much annoyed at our intrusion." 
 
 BATMAN, JOHN (1800-1839,) the founder of 
 V., was born in 1800, at Parramatta, N.S.W. His 
 father was one of the famous band of missionaries 
 first sent to the South Sea isles, but forced to leave 
 Tahiti through a desolating war. William Batman, 
 like several others, fled to the nearest British 
 settlement, that of Sydney, in 1797. He betook 
 himself to business, and continued in the colony 
 till his death. In a Sydney magazine of February, 
 1834, there is this notice of his decease :— " At 
 Parramatta, William Batman, aged sixty-nine years. 
 He resided in the colony thirty-seven years, was 
 highly respected, and his loss will be long felt by a 
 numerous circle of friends and acquaintances." 
 Mrs. Batman, sen., outlived her son a few months, 
 dying in 1839. About 1820 a love of adventure led 
 to his leaving home and settling in Van Diemen's 
 Land. He directed his attention to farming on 
 the northern side of the island. But powerful in 
 frame, well proportioned, of goodly stature, robust 
 in health, full of spirits, with a love of adventure,
 
 Bat 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 39 
 
 he was not the person for quiet routine of duty, or 
 steady pursuit of a business. He was passionately 
 fond of hunting, and of exploring new tracks in the 
 dense forests of his island home. All who knew 
 him assert that he was the finest bushman of 
 their acquaintance; no danger appalled him, 
 no difficulties turned him. It is not surprising 
 then that, as he always sided with law and 
 order in the community, he should take part 
 with other colonists in hunting down the bush- 
 rangers of the period. For such services he 
 received a grant of land. But in a more important 
 work he was next engaged. The Tasmanian blacks 
 and colonists came into open and active warfare. 
 Fearful atrocities marked the conduct of both 
 combatants. Batman, in 1829, was put in com- 
 mand of a party. Unusual success attended his 
 efforts, and ample rewards followed the perfor- 
 mance of such dangerous work. The historian of 
 Tasmania has this noble record :— " Among those 
 distinguished for their knowledge of the bush, 
 compassion for the natives, and skill in pursuing 
 them, Mr. Batman is the subject of frequent and 
 approved mention." His domestic relations are 
 not without interest. A romantic attachment 
 for a beautiful girl, under circumstances appealing 
 to his pity and gallantry, and enlisting the 
 warm sympathy of the Governor of the Colony, 
 ended in a marriage. The fruit of the union 
 was one son and several daughters. "It is 
 pleasing to record the fact," says Bonwick, 
 " that their home, under Ben Lomond, at the 
 fine farm of Kingston, was a very happy one." 
 J. H. Wedge, a companion of Batman's in V.D.L., 
 gives the following account of their first conver- 
 sation on the subject of attempting a settlement 
 at Port Philip :— " My recollection of the project 
 of Batman and myself crossing the Australian 
 continent is fresh in my mind. We became 
 acquainted with each other in the latter part of 
 1824 or beginning of 1825, on the occasion of my 
 marking his grants of land on the Ben Lomond 
 rivulet. The subject of an exploring expedition 
 into the interior of New Holland was then mooted, 
 and its practicability discussed ; and we seldom, if 
 ever, met afterwards without adverting to the 
 subject. But it was not till some time before we 
 accompanied Sir George Arthur to George's Bay, 
 on the east coast, in 1831, that we determined on 
 the plan of effecting our object. Our idea was to 
 take three or four white men (Batman's servants, 
 on whom he could depend,) and some Sydney 
 natives, and go by sea to the Gulf of Carpentaria, 
 and to travel overland from thence to Sydney. 
 Our motive for adopting this course was that the 
 Sydney natives would not be so likely to leave us 
 as if we commenced our journey from Sydney ; 
 the more especially as we should be in a 
 portion of the country occupied by tribes with 
 which they were unacquainted, and amongst whom 
 they would be afraid to risk themselves without the 
 protection of white men. We mentioned our 
 scheme to Sir George Arthur one evening in 
 
 my tent, which was pitched at Falmouth, V.D.L. 
 Sir George entered warmly into the plan, and 
 said he would submit the proposal to the Secre- 
 tary of State, and recommend that our services 
 should be accepted. Lieut. Darling (afterwards 
 Governor of Victoria) was of the party who 
 had previously expressed a wish to join us. He 
 then volunteered to go with us. We naturally 
 expected to hear the result of Sir George's com- 
 munication in due course ; but, after waiting about 
 a year, either Batman or myself— I forget which— 
 spoke to him on the subject, and to our surprise, 
 and no little disappointment, we learnt that he had 
 never written on the subject. Batman and myself 
 then fell back upon our original scheme, and 
 determined to carry it out as a private enterprise. 
 The plan Batman and myself had first arranged, 
 founded on information we had obtained from 
 parties who had been there, was to land at 
 Portland Bay, and to examine the country from 
 thence ; but we were induced to abandon this idea 
 from fresh information obtained by Batman, in 
 reference to the country around Port Phillip." He 
 had this intelligence from the sealers. These 
 venturesome prowlers of the straits were con- 
 tinually wandering about the southern coast and 
 islands of the Continent. They had settlements 
 on several spots, providing themselves with wives 
 after the approved classical fashion, by stealing 
 the ladies from their husbands and brothers of the 
 dark tribes on the mainland. These rough fellows 
 were either runaway sailors or bolting convicts. 
 Communicating through safe media with Launces- 
 ton, much valuable knowledge was picked up 
 about the opposite shore. Batman had quick ears 
 for such news as this. The report of Hume and 
 Hovell's overland trip from Sydney to the southern 
 shores, towards the end of 1824 and beginning of 
 1825, gave a great impetus to Batman's ideas. 
 Hovell believed he saw Western Port, while Hume 
 regarded the " Geelong" of the blacks to be a part 
 of Port Phillip Bay. But the Australian's report 
 was less regarded than that of his official com- 
 panion. When, therefore, the N.S.W. Governor 
 determined to establish a colony on the plains of 
 Geelong, he sent Captain Hovell with a party of 
 prisoners to Western Port. This proved a failure ; 
 and Home orders coming out for concentration, 
 Western Port was abandoned in December 1826. 
 At this time, becoming acquainted with Gelli- 
 brand, Batman's thoughts were fixed upon the 
 deserted field. It was resolved to apply to the 
 N.S.W. Governor for land there ; and the solicitor 
 drew up a letter, asking for a grant of land at the 
 abandoned settlement, and offering to bring over 
 stock worth from £4000 to £5000. The request was 
 refused. Batman, however, was not a man to relin- 
 quish anything which he took in hand. He carried 
 on hisproject of making a settlement in Port Phillip, 
 and by the middle of 1835 had formed an associa- 
 tion with that purpose. Its members were John 
 Batman, Joseph Tice Gellibrand, James and 
 William Robertson, Henry Arthur, John Sinclair,
 
 40 
 
 i \i Lol'-.KUlA of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bat 
 
 Charles Swanston, James Simpson, John Thomas 
 C'ollicott, Anthony Cotterell, Thomas Bannister, 
 John Helder Wedge, W. G. Sams, M. Connolly, 
 and George Mercer. It was determined by the 
 association that Batman should at once cross over 
 to Port Phillip with the view of " secretly ascer- 
 taining the general character and capabilities of 
 Port Phillip as a grazing and agricultural district." 
 lie embarked at Launceston in his craft the 
 Rebecca, fifteen tons, Captain Harwood, on Sun- 
 day, 10th May 1835. He was accompanied by his 
 own servants and some Sydney blacks, but through 
 contrary winds did not sail until the 18th. He 
 ultimately reached Port Phillip Heads on Friday, 
 2!Uh May. On Tuesday, 2nd June, he approached 
 what, from its description, may be supposed to be 
 the site of Williamstown, and prepared for a run 
 up the Saltwater river. The next day he went 
 off on his expedition with the Sydney blacks. 
 Walking many miles, and wanting fresh water, one 
 of the party managed to find some by digging a 
 little well with a stick. On Thursday morning 
 he named Mounts Wedge and Sams, after two 
 members of the association. He traversed the 
 Keilor Plains and the Deep Creek, and calculated 
 he had been thirty miles that day. On Friday he 
 took a W.N.W. direction, crossing more creeks, 
 one of which he called, after his wife, Eliza. 
 Smoke was seen to the eastward, and he travelled 
 round to it. On 6th June they started with 
 the expectation of coming up with the natives ; 
 they were alongside Merri Creek, named Lucy, 
 after one of Batman's daughters. Here, on the 
 banks of the Merri or Lucy Creek — about the 
 site of Northcote, and the adjoining sands of 
 Collingwood Flat — he made his memorable treaty 
 with the aborigines, the history of which he 
 relates as follows : — "After some time, and 
 full explanation, I found eight chiefs amongst 
 them who possessed the whole of the territory 
 near Port Phillip. Three brothers, all of the same 
 name, were the principal chiefs, and two of them 
 men of six feet high, and very good looking ; the 
 other not so tall, but stouter. The other five 
 chiefs were fine men. After a full explanation of 
 what my object was, I purchased two large tracts 
 of land from them — about 600,000 acres, more or 
 less, and delivered over to them blankets, knives, 
 looking-glasses, tomahawks, beads, scissors, flour, 
 <tc. &C, as payment for the land ; and also agreed 
 to give them a tribute, or rent, yearly. The 
 parchment the eight chiefs signed, delivering to 
 me some of the soil, each of them, as giving me 
 full possesion of the tracts of land." The Sunday 
 journal relates: — "Detained this morning some 
 time drawing up triplicates of the deeds of the 
 land I purchased, and delivering over to them 
 more property. Just before leaving, the two 
 principal chiefs came and brought their two cloaks, 
 i >r royal mantles, and laid them at my feet, wishing 
 me to accept the same. On my consenting to take 
 them, they placed them round my neck and over 
 my shoulders, and seemed quite pleased to see me 
 
 walk about with them on. I had no trouble to 
 find out their secret marks. One of my natives 
 (Bungett) went to a tree, out of sight of the 
 women, and made the Sydney natives' mark. 
 After this was done, I took with me two or three 
 of my natives to the principal chief, and showed 
 him the mark on the tree. This he knew imme- 
 diately, and pointed to the knocking out of the 
 teeth. The mark is always made when the cere- 
 mony of knocking out the teeth in the front is 
 done. However, after this I desired, through my 
 natives, for him to make his mark; which, 
 after looking about some time, and hesitating 
 some few minutes, he took the tomahawk and 
 cut out in the bark of the tree his mark, 
 which is attached to the deed, and is the signature 
 of the country and tribe." Only those acquainted 
 with native habits in the wild state can appreciate 
 the action of Batman. He was so popular with 
 them that not a few secrets would be imparted to 
 him. His daughters stated that he had been once 
 admitted into some of their mysteries, and made a 
 chief. In Tasmania, his long residence amongst 
 the blacks, his agreeable manner with them, 
 his curiosity and enterprise, with many years 
 experience, made his knowledge of them beyond 
 that of perhaps any man in the country. The 
 deed drawn up by Gellibrand was intended, 
 by its formal language, primarily to satisfy 
 the scruples of the civilised. Thus it ran:— 
 " Know all persons that we, three brothers, Jaga- 
 jaga, Jagajaga, Jagajaga, being the three principal 
 chiefs, and also Cooloolock, Bungarie, Yanyan, 
 Moo whip, Monmarmalar, being the chiefs of a 
 certain native tribe called Dutigallar, situate at 
 and near Port Phillip, called by us, the above- 
 mentioned chiefs, Irausnoo and Geelong, being pos- 
 sessed of the tract of land hereinafter mentioned, 
 for and in consideration of twenty pairs of blankets, 
 thirty knives, twelve tomahawks, ten looking- 
 glasses, twelve pairs of scissors, fifty handkerchiefs, 
 twelve red shirts, four flannel jackets, four suits of 
 clothes, and fifty pounds of flour, delivered to us 
 by John Batman, residing in Van Diemen's Land, 
 Esquire, but at present sojourning with us and our 
 tribe, do, for ourselves, our heirs, and successors, 
 give, grant, enfeoff, and confirm unto the said John 
 Batman, his heirs and assigns, all that tract of 
 country situate and being in the bay of Port 
 Phillip, known by the name of Indented Head, 
 but called by us Geelong, extending across from 
 Geelong Harbour about due south for ten miles, 
 mure or less, to the head of Port Phillip, 
 taking in the whole neck or tract of land con- 
 taining about 100,000 acres, as the same hath 
 been before the execution of these presents 
 delineated and marked out by us, according to the 
 custom of our tribe, by certain marks made upon 
 the trees growing along the boundaries of the said 
 tract of land, with all advantages belonging thereto, 
 unto and to the use of the said John Batman, 
 his heirs, said tract of land, and place thereon, 
 sheep and cattle, yielding and delivering to us and
 
 Batl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 41 
 
 assigns, to the meaning and intent that the said 
 John Batman, his heirs and assigns, may occupy 
 and possess the same, and our heirs and successors 
 the yearly rent or tribute of fifty pair of blankets, 
 fifty knives, fifty tomahawks, fifty pair of scissors, 
 fifty looking-glasses, twenty suits of slops or 
 clothing, and two tons of flour. In witness thereof, 
 we, Jagajaga, Jagajaga, Jagajaga, the three prin- 
 cipal chiefs, and also Cooloolock, Bungarie, Yanyan, 
 Moowhip, and Monmarmalar, the chiefs of the 
 said tribe, have hereunto affixed our seals to these 
 presents, and have signed the same. Dated, 
 according to the Christian era, this 6th day of 
 June, 1835. — Signed, sealed, and delivered in the 
 presence of us, the same having been fully and 
 properly interpreted and explained to the said 
 chiefs. 
 
 f Jagajaga, his x mark. 
 Jagajaga, his x mark. 
 Jagajaga, his x mark. 
 (Signed) < Cooloolock, his x mark. 
 Bungarie, his x mark. 
 Yanyan, his x mark. 
 „ Monmarmalar, his x mark. 
 ( James Gumm. 
 (Signed) I Wm. Todd. 
 
 (.John Batman. 
 Be it remembered that on the day and year 
 within written, possession and delivery of the tract 
 of land within-mentioned was made by the within- 
 named Jagajaga, Jagajaga, Jagajaga, Cooloolock, 
 Bungarie, Yanyan, Moowhip, Monmarmalar, chiefs 
 of the tribes or natives called Dutigallar-Geelong, 
 to the within-named John Batman, by the said 
 chiefs, taking up part of the soil, and delivering 
 the same to the said John Batman, in the name of 
 the whole. 
 
 Jagajaga, Bungarie, 
 
 Jagajaga, Yanyan, 
 
 Jagajaga, Moowhip, 
 
 Cooloolock, Monmarmalar. 
 
 In the presence of James Gumm, 
 
 (Signed) Alexander Thomson, 
 Wm. Todd." 
 The other deed was almost precisely similar, and 
 it is only necessary to give the first paragraph : — 
 "Know all persons, that we, three brothers, 
 Jagajaga, Jagajaga, Jagajaga, being the principal 
 chiefs, and also Cooloolock, Bungarie, Yanyan, 
 Moowhip, and Monmarmalar, also being the chiefs 
 of a certain native tribe called Dutigallar, situate 
 at and near Port Phillip, called by us, the above- 
 mentioned chiefs, Tramoo, being possessed of the 
 tract of land hereinafter mentioned, for and in 
 consideration of twenty pair blankets, thirty 
 tomahawks, one hundred knives, fifty pair scissors, 
 thirty looking-glasses, two hundred handkerchiefs, 
 and one hundred pounds of flour, and six shirts, 
 delivered to us by John Batman, residing in Van 
 Diemen's Land, Esquire, but at present sojourning 
 with us and our tribe, do, for ourselves, our heirs 
 and successors, give, grant, enfeoff, and confirm 
 unto the said John Batman, his heirs and assigns, 
 
 all that tract of country situate and being in Port 
 Phillip, running- from the branch of the river at 
 the top of the port, about seven miles from the 
 mouth of the river, forty miles north-east, and 
 from thence west forty miles across Tramoo downs 
 or plains, and from thence south-south-west across 
 Mount Vilumarnatar to Geelong Harbour, at the 
 head of the same, and containing about 500,000, 
 more or less, acres. (Signed, as above.) " 
 
 The territory thus purchased included all the 
 western side of Port Phillip Bay. Leaving Batman's 
 Creek, named " after my own good self," and the 
 chiefs with whom he had made his treaty, he 
 passed along Maria's Valley, named after his 
 eldest daughter, and reached a forest. This, from 
 the description, must be what is now the Royal 
 Park. Anxious to get to his vessel, lying at the 
 mouth of the Saltwater River, he found, as he 
 descended from the highland, that he would have to 
 cross what is now known as Batman's Swamp. On 
 Sunday, 7th June, he came upon the Yarra, which he 
 named after himself, the Batman. He determined to 
 leave three white men, with three Sydney natives, 
 at Indented Head, with three months supply, 
 whilst he returned to V.D.L. Taking with him, 
 therefore, on board, the presents of spears, worn- 
 meras, boomerangs, and stone tomahawks, he tried 
 to get from Williamstown waters. But the winds 
 were adverse, and too active to lose time, he took 
 a row up the Yarra. He writes : "The boat went 
 up the large river, which comes from the east, and 
 I am glad to state about six miles up found the 
 river all good water and very deep. This will be 
 the place for a village." Hastening back from the 
 future Melbourne Wharf, he landed at Indented 
 Head on Tuesday. All his Sydney men wanted to 
 stay, so he permitted two to remain with the rest 
 — eight in all. They were directed to plant garden 
 seeds, fruits, and potatoes. He left apples and 
 oranges with them and also six dogs, and gave 
 them written authority to put off any person or 
 persons that might trespass on the land he pur- 
 chased from the natives. Shaking hands all round, 
 the sea party got through the heads on Sunday 
 evening, ran eighty miles that night, and entered 
 Georgetown at six on Thursday morning, with a 
 fair wind up to Launeeston, on 18th June 1835. 
 The story Batman had to tell his partners was 
 highly satisfactory; but to their application for a 
 recognition of the treaty with the natives, Governor 
 Arthur, though personally favourable to the settle- 
 ment, was compelled to give an official refusal, and 
 quoted the decision of the British Government on 
 a somewhat similar application of the Hentys for 
 recognition of their claims to land at Portland. 
 His decision was subsequently upheld by Lord 
 Glenelg, the Colonial Secretary. But the dis- 
 favour shown by Arthur to the project had 
 no effect. The spirit of enterprise was awakened. 
 The crew of the little pioneer Rebecca talked to 
 other people at Launeeston Wharf. Robson, the 
 mate, told Captain Lancey how they had found 
 a river and splendid country, and Lancey, Fawkner 
 
 U
 
 42 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LBau— Bay 
 
 and others had long been thinking of trying their 
 fortunes across the straits. In April 1836 Batman 
 returned with his family, and bringing the rest of 
 his party from the Indented Head, established 
 himself on a hill at the western end of Collins- 
 street, Melbourne, which, until it was levelled in 
 1870, for the purpose of increasing the accommo- 
 dation of the Government Eailways, bore his 
 name, and was the site from which the latitude 
 and longitude of Melbourne was determined, until 
 the erection of the Observatory. The opinion of 
 British lawyers was sought as to the right of the 
 King to oust the Association. It was unfavourable 
 to the colonists. All admitted their good motives, 
 and praised them for their kind feelings towards 
 the natives. Compensation for their outlay and 
 trouble was requested, as the least that could be 
 done. This was allowed some years after. At a 
 land sale they bought 7416 acres on the Geelong 
 side of the Bay for £7919, and ,£7000 of the amount 
 was remitted for the losses they had sustained. 
 Batman for a time was the ruling spirit of the little 
 settlement. The Sydney Gazette for April 1836 
 calls him "the locum tenens of the Lieutenant- 
 Governor." But the old evils of a rude civilisation 
 followed his prosperity, ruined his health, disor- 
 dered his family, brought him to an early grave in 
 1839, and scattered as well as blasted his once 
 beautiful and happy home. No one bears his 
 name. His daughter Elizabeth was married to 
 William Weire, Town Clerk of Geelong, and had 
 a large family. No son was left to his brother 
 Henry, though he left daughters. It is curious to 
 note that Fawkner never had a child to inherit his 
 name, and his rival has left no one to take the 
 deservedly honoured name of Batman. West speaks 
 thus of him — " To Batman belongs the praise of 
 mingling humanity with severity, of perceiving 
 human affections in the creatures he was commis- 
 sioned to resist. He certainly began in the midst of 
 conflict and bloodshed to try the softer influence 
 of conciliation and charity — being one of the few 
 who entertained a strong confidence in the power 
 of kindness." Melville says of him that he "pro- 
 ceeded not with the sword, but with the olive 
 branch," in his dealings with the natives. 
 
 BAUDIN, NICHOLAS, French navigator. 
 When Flinders was sailing down into Bass Straits 
 in 1801, he fell in at Encounter Bay with a French 
 expedition, consisting of two ships, the N'aturaliste 
 and GeograpAe, sent out by the first Napoleon 
 to make discoveries in Australia. Baudin, the 
 commander, had loitered so long on the coast 
 of V.D.L., that Flinders had been able to com- 
 plete the examination of the southern coast before 
 he even approached it. Yet he sailed into the 
 same bays which Flinders had already mapped, 
 and gave them French names, and took the honour 
 of their discovery. He had passed Port Phillip 
 without noticing the entrance. Some months later 
 t he t\v< i explorers met again in Port Jackson, where 
 Flinders obtained for them the most hospitable 
 treatment. Flinders showed liis charts, and the 
 
 French officers allowed that he had carried off the 
 honour of nearly all the discoveries on the south 
 coast ; but, in spite of that, Baudin sent home to 
 France a report in which Flinders' claims were 
 quite ignored, and he himself was represented as 
 the discoverer. Some time after, Baudin called at 
 the Mauritius ; but, instead of procuring the release 
 of Flinders, he persuaded the Governor to confine 
 him more rigorously. Then, after having taken 
 copies of Flinders' maps and charts, he sailed to 
 France, where he published a book, and the French 
 nation called him the greatest discoverer of the 
 present century, while Flinders, the real discoverer, 
 was spending the weary hours in confinement in 
 Mauritius ! Later geographers have exposed the 
 frauds of Baudin, and done full justice to the genius 
 and enterprise of Flinders. 
 
 BAUDIN ROCKS is the name given to two 
 high rocks with a reef to the mainland, showing 
 heavy breakers, lying ten miles to the S. of Cape 
 Jaffa, and forming the W. shelter of Guichen bay, 
 S.A. They are four and a-half miles N. by W. 
 from Cape Lannes, and are visible seven miles. 
 
 BAUER CAPE is the name of the S. and E. 
 
 head of Streaky Bay, S.A. At a distance of four 
 miles and three-quarters E., lies a rocky island 
 called Olive Island, surrounded by reefs ; there is, 
 however, a passage into the bay, between the 
 cape and island. This cape forms the W. head of 
 Gibson's Peninsula. 
 
 BAXTER, JOHN, accompanied Eyre in his 
 journey from Adelaide to King George's Sound in 
 1841, and was killed by two natives who also 
 accompanied the expedition. 
 
 BAY OF INLETS, on the N.E. coast of the 
 continent, between Capes Palmerston and Towns- 
 hend, comprehends in its extent the openings 
 named Shoalwater Bay, Thirsty Sound, and Broad 
 Sound. 
 
 BAY OF ISLANDS, on the N.E. coast of the 
 Province of Auckland, N.Z., one of the finest 
 harbours in the world, was discovered and named 
 by Cook on his first visit. In 1814 the Rev. S. 
 Marsden visited N.Z., and, on his representations, 
 the Church Missionary Society established a mission, 
 the headquarters of which were located at the Bay 
 of Islands. From this time traders from N.S.W. 
 began to establish agencies for commercial purposes; 
 and individual Europeans, who were employed by 
 Sydney merchants, or who traded on their own 
 account, became attached to numerous native 
 villages, where they were treated with respect, 
 and regarded as the valuable property of the 
 particular chief who had the good luck to 
 secure their residence among them, accompanied 
 by the various advantages which flowed from their 
 presence. Then numerous whaling and lumbering 
 establishments were planted by the Sydney mer- 
 chants on the coasts of both Islands. These 
 consisted of the very roughest specimens of the sailor 
 class, of runaways from ships, or refugees from 
 the prisons of Botany Bay. Alliances were
 
 Bay— Bee] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 43 
 
 contracted between these men and native women, 
 from which sprang a numerous progeny of half- 
 castes. These whalers and sawyers had many fine 
 characteristics about them ; they were brave and 
 hardy, pretty well disciplined in all that concerned 
 their business, and many of them experienced in 
 mechanic arts. As the whaling fleet of the Pacific 
 increased, hundreds of ships made Kororarika, in 
 the Bay of Islands, the only town or village then 
 established by Europeans, the place of their 
 periodical refreshment. Their crews, released after 
 a long detention on board ship, plunged into the 
 lowest dissipation, in which the natives became 
 their partners, and the town of Kororariki, which 
 had grown into a considerable place on the strength 
 of the whaling trade, was, at times, turned into a 
 veritable pandemonium. Exactly opposite, at 
 Pahia, on the other side of the beautiful bay, in 
 one of its pleasantest coves, with a bright beach 
 of golden sand, washed by the ripple of the sea, 
 stood the mission station, with its church and 
 printing-office, and there the Scriptures were 
 translated and printed in the Maori language, as 
 quickly as it could be mastered by the missionaries 
 who had undertaken the work of converting the 
 Maori race. Thus, as everywhere, flowed alongside 
 of each other the tides of good and evil, and the 
 choice between the two was offered to the Maori. 
 The irregular kind of colonisation which was thus 
 going on was attended with innumerable evils, and 
 was beyond all control. It was not possible that 
 the expediency of interference could long escape 
 the attention of the Imperial Government, whose 
 subjects were principally engaged in it. They 
 appointed a " Resident Magistrate," Rev. Mr. 
 Kendall, one of the missionary body ; then a 
 " Resident," Mr. Busby. But these "wooden guns," 
 as the natives called them, were entirely without 
 power, and the effect of their presence was very 
 little felt by either Maoris or Europeans. The 
 Colonial Office of the day did foolish things about 
 recognising the Maori people as an independent 
 nation, and bestowing on them a national flag, thus 
 abandoning the right of occupation resting on 
 Cook's discovery, and rendering it necessary, at a 
 later period, to accomplish a surrender of sover- 
 eignty by the natives (though sovereignty was a 
 thing they had never known,) in order to prevent 
 the French from taking possession. The act inn 
 of the Government was also hastened by that 
 of the N.Z. Company, which, wearied out by 
 long negotiations, at last precipitated, without the 
 co-operation or consent of the Government, that 
 systematic colonisation which has since peopled 
 the islands with a British population. The 
 head-quarters of the mission remains at the 
 Bay of Islands ; but the population of the place 
 has not increased during the last thirty years. 
 Captain Hobson arrived here on 29th January 
 1840 ; on 7th February, N.Z. was proclaimed a 
 British colony, and the treaty of Waitangi was 
 executed on that day at a grand convention of the 
 chiefs. Hobson took up his residence here, with 
 
 his staff, and a detachment of the 80th regiment ; 
 but in January 1841 he removed the seat of 
 Government to Auckland. 
 
 BAYLEY, LYTTLETON HOLYOAKE, attor- 
 ney-general of N.S.W. in 1859. He succeeded 
 Martin, and his appointment gave offence ' to the 
 bar, because of Bayley's recent arrival in the colony. 
 In the Assembly, D. H. Deniehy moved a series 
 of resolutions condemning the appointment, but 
 failed to carry them. 
 
 BAYLY, NICHOLAS PAGET (1814 ) 
 
 a native of N.S.W. In 1828 he went to Eng- 
 land to complete his education, and remained 
 four years. Shortly after his return he took charge 
 of Lawson's stations at Mudgee, Coolah and Liver- 
 pool Plains. Having gained experience, he began 
 the formation of flocks of his own by the purchase 
 of stud sheep, consisting of rams imported by 
 Lawson from the flocks of George III., and from 
 ewes imported by Lawson from Saxony, and 
 became one of the most successful Australian 
 breeders. He some years since challenged the 
 Colony of V. to compete with N.S.W. in the 
 quality of wool, and himself gained the prize. 
 
 BEAGLE BANK is situated off the N.W. coast 
 of the continent. The position of this dangerous 
 bank is well marked by white sand and dead coral, 
 from which a reef extends two and a-half miles in 
 a N.N.W., and one mile in a S.S.E. direction. 
 The reef rises fifteen feet above the level of the 
 sea, and may be seen six miles off. 
 
 BEAMES BROOK, a beautiful stream of N.A, 
 discovered by Leichhardt, and named after Walter 
 Beanies of Sydney, who assisted his expedition. 
 It flows into the Gulf of Carpentaria, to westward 
 of Flinders River ; and its banks are lined by a 
 rich and verdant brush of pandanus, the palm, 
 and several other varieties of trees. 
 
 BEDOUT ISLAND, on the N.W. coast of the 
 continent, is a circular islet, twenty-feet high, 
 and half a mile in extent. 
 
 BEDOUT CAPE, the westernmost point of 
 Kangaroo Island, S.A. 
 
 BEECHWORTH, a mining township, 171 miles 
 by rail N.E. of Melbourne, and about twenty-five 
 miles from the Murray River. It is the principal 
 town of the Murray district and of the celebrated 
 Ovens goldfields. It is situated on high land, 
 1725 feet above the sea- level. The town possesses 
 numerous public buildings. The population is 
 about 3167. Chinamen have lately selected in 
 various parts of the district with a view to growing 
 tobacco in conjunction with other crops. The dis- 
 trict is essentially a mining one, formerly alluvial, 
 but now much more of the reef character, and 
 likely to be permanent. The value of the plant in 
 the mining division is estimated at .£53,260. The 
 number of distinct quartz reefs is 769, and 311 
 square miles of auriferous ground are being worked 
 by 5176 miners, of whom 1969 are Chinese. The 
 water supply is derived from Lake Kerferd.
 
 44 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bee— Ben 
 
 BEETE, CAPTAIN, was Acting Lieutenant- 
 Governor of W.A. from 11th to 24th May 1834. 
 
 BELANGLA, a mountain range in the county 
 of Camden N.S.W., fourteen miles from Berrima. 
 On this range are found excellent coal, alum, and 
 other minerals. 
 
 BELFAST, a seaport town in the county of 
 "Villiers, V., at the mouth of the River Moyne, 180 
 miles W.S.W. of Melbourne. The harbour is 
 called Port Fairy. Sea-going vessels drawing nine 
 feet of water are loaded and discharged at the 
 wharf stores in the middle of the town. Belfast 
 mainly depends on the fertile farms in the 
 neighbourhood for support ; and a large trade in 
 wool, grain, and general produce is done with the 
 Penshurst, Hamilton, and Coleraine districts. It 
 is the principal shipping port of the western 
 district, and quantities of produce find their 
 way to Melbourne. The town is quadrangular 
 in form, and contains a number of good build- 
 ings. The population of the borough is about 
 3000. The Tower Hill, a remarkable volcanic 
 mountain, with a perfect extinct crater, stand- 
 ing in the Tower Lake, is nine miles N.N.E. 
 of Belfast. It is entirely surrounded with water, 
 and is much frequented by sightseers. Port Fairy 
 was discovered in 1827 by Wishart. An extensive 
 special survey was soon after taken up by Atkinson, 
 of which Belfast (named by him after the well- 
 known capital of the North of Ireland,) was the 
 out [lost. In 1848 it contained only fifty houses 
 and 269 inhabitants. 
 
 BELL RIVER, in N.S.W., borders the county 
 of Wellington on its western side, and joins the 
 Macquarie River at Wellington V alley. It was 
 named by Oxley in compliment to Major Bell, 
 48th regiment. 
 
 BELL, JOSHUA PETER, (1826—) came to 
 N.S.W. in 1830, and in 1847 went to Q., where he 
 bought a property named Jimbour, and gained 
 fame as a wool-grower. He entered Parliament in 
 1863, and, on the formation of the Palmer ministry, 
 in 1871, accepted office as treasurer, which position 
 he held until 1874. He represented Dalby unin- 
 terruptedly in Parliament till his appointment as 
 President of the Legislative Council in March, 
 1879. 
 
 BELMORE, Earl op, SOMERSET RICHARD 
 LOWRY CORRY (1835—) Viscount and Baron 
 Belmore of Castle Coole, county Fermanagh, in 
 the peerage of Ireland, succeeded to the title in 
 1845, and was elected one of the representative 
 Irish peers in the House of Lords in 1857. 
 In 1867 he was appointed Governor of N.S.W. 
 During his term occurred the visit of the Duke 
 of Edinburgh, and the attack on the Prince's 
 life at Sydney. Nothing of any importance, 
 politically, took place during Lord Belmore's 
 government, which lasted from 8th January 1868, 
 to 22nd February 1872. 
 
 BELYANDO, a river of N.A., discovered by 
 Mitchell in 1816. He traced it across two parallels 
 
 of latitude. To his great disappointment he then 
 found that this river had been previously dis- 
 covered by Leichhardt, and named by him the 
 "Cape." 
 
 BEN ALL A, a township on the Broken River, V., 
 122 miles N.E. of Melbourne, the centre of an 
 agricultural and pastoral district. Wheat and 
 oats are principally grown on the farms. The 
 vine is also cultivated. The town was laid out 
 in 1846, but was of small growth until 1854, 
 when it sprang into importance as the centre 
 of a district admirably suited to the growth of 
 grain, and of most of the fruits of the temperate 
 zone. An Agricultural Society is in existence, 
 whose first show was held in September 1878. 
 Tobacco is grown by Chinamen on the flats of the 
 King River. The population of the town is about 
 2000. 
 
 BENDIG0 DIGGINGS, the original name of the 
 Sandhurst gold-field. The name is a corruption 
 of " bandicoot," that animal being very numerous 
 at the creek on which gold was first struck. It so 
 happened that " Bendigo " was the name of an 
 English pugilist of the period, and the erroneous 
 idea spread that the place was called after him. 
 
 BENNETT, GEORGE, M.D. (1804 ) a 
 
 distinguished naturalist and man of science, is a 
 native of Plymouth, England. In 1819 he visited 
 Ceylon, and on his return to England he studied 
 for the medical profession. After obtaining his 
 diploma he took charge of the scientific depart- 
 ment of a circumnavigating expedition, the results 
 of which are laid down in various papers printed 
 from time to time in the Asiatic, United Service, 
 Loudon's Magazine of Natural History, and other 
 scientific journals. In 1832 he revisited N.S.W. 
 to investigate the natural history of Aus- 
 tralia. Bennett's observations on the Platypus, 
 of which he was the scientific discoverer, are 
 of the greatest importance to science. He was 
 the first to discover the Nautilus in a living state, 
 and supplied Professor Owen with the specimen 
 described in the catalogue of the Royal College of 
 Surgeons, London. After a visit to Java, Singa- 
 pore, and China, he recorded his observations in 
 his first work, Wanderings in A T .S. W., Singapore, 
 and China (London : 1834,) and eventually settled 
 in Sydney for the practice of his profession in 1836. 
 He was the first secretary to the Australian Museum, 
 in Sydney, and was ever alert when new discoveries 
 were made. His liberality in purchasing these 
 objects and making them known to the world has 
 often been acknowledged. The Cassowary which 
 bears the doctor's name, the tooth-billed pigeons, 
 and numerous other zoological and pahuontological 
 objects which Gould, Sclater, Owen, and other 
 eminent naturalists constantly refer to in their 
 works, show what a single liberal-minded man 
 can accomplish, even though much occupied with 
 an extensive practice as a medical man. In 1878, 
 during a visit to England and the Continent, 
 Bennett was elected a member of the Geographical
 
 Ben— Ber] 
 
 OYOLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 45 
 
 Society of Rome, and of the Literary and Philoso- 
 phical Society of Liverpool. After a long stay in 
 Europe he returned to Australia in April 1879. 
 His other works are Gatherings of a Naturalist 
 (London: I860,) and numerous contributions to 
 scientific and medical journals. He is M.D. of 
 Glasgow ; F.R.C.S., M.R.C.S., Hon. Gold Medal, 
 1834 (Middlesex Hospital, London ;) Silver medal 
 Zoological Society, London, and Acclimatisation 
 Society, Melbourne ; F.L.S., F.Z.S., Corr. Memb. 
 Imp. Royal Zool. Soc, Vienna ; and of many 
 other foreign societies. 
 
 BENNETT, SAMUEL (1815-78) cametoSydney 
 in 1841, under engagement to the proprietors of 
 the S. M. Herald, and continued in that office 
 with Kemp and Fairfax during their partnership, 
 and afterwards with John Fairfax, being for 
 seventeen years superintendent of the printing 
 department. In 1859, in partnership with William 
 Hanson, he purchased the Empire newspaper, 
 which had been first started by Henry Parkes in 
 1850 ; and the firm Hanson and Bennett conducted 
 that paper for several years as a daily and also 
 as a weekly journal. Bennett then became sole 
 proprietor ; and whilst continuing the paper started 
 first, the Evening News in 1867, and in 1870 the 
 (weekly) Town and Country Journal. Bennett 
 also wrote The History of Australian Discovery 
 and Colonisation, which is an excellent manual 
 of its subject. 
 
 BENT, JEFFREY HART, first judge of the 
 Supreme Court in N.S.W., arrived in July 1814. 
 Hardly had he taken his seat on the bench when 
 a serious disagreement took place between him 
 and Governor Macquarie, and Bent was sent back 
 to England. 
 
 BENT, ANDREW, journalist, established the 
 Unhurt Town Gazette, the first permanent news- 
 paper in V.D.L., under the immediate patronage 
 and control of the Government. The first number 
 appeared 1st June 1816. On the arrival of 
 Governor Arthur, Bent threw off the Government 
 trammels, and a quarrel ensued between the 
 Governor and the journalist. Bent changed the 
 title of his newspaper to the Colonial Times in 
 August 1825. The Governor tried to crush the 
 press by an Act of the Legislature passed in 1827; 
 and Bent then started the Colonial Advocate, a 
 monthly magazine, on 1st March 1828. The 
 colonists protested against Arthur's despotic act, 
 and the Secretary of State disallowed it. Arthur 
 then prosecuted Bent for libel ; he was found 
 guilty, and cast in damages and expenses amount- 
 ing to £500. The monthly magazine, being issued 
 at five shillings per number, did not suit the 
 circumstances of the population, and it was dropped 
 after the issue of a few numbers. 
 
 BERKLEY, GEORGE, was Acting-Governor 
 of W.A. from 3rd September to 7th October, 
 1874. 
 
 BERLIN, a mining township in V., on the 
 Kangdraraar Creek, four miles south of Kingower, 
 
 133 miles N.W. from Melbourne, deriving its 
 existence from the prolific gold-fields and agri- 
 cultural land in its neighbourhood. Here, on 
 31st May 1870, a large nugget was unearthed ; it 
 weighed 93 lbs. 8 ozs., and yielded 1 105 ounces of 
 pure gold. It was named after the Governor 
 — " Viscount Canterbury." In October of the same 
 year, another weighing 896 ounces was discovered. 
 Other nuggets have also been found, principally 
 in Catto's paddock. The celebrated Blanche 
 Barkly nugget, weighing 145 lbs., was found at 
 Kingower Flat, a few miles distant. Two other 
 large nuggets were found in 1871, one called the 
 Precious, weighing 143 ozs., and the other called 
 the Kum Tow (17th April,) weighing 66 lbs. The 
 diggings are very uuggetty, the gold lying on or 
 near the surface. 
 
 BERNIER ISLAND, off W. A, at the entrance 
 of Geographe Channel, between Kok's Sound and 
 Dorre Island. 
 
 BERNIER CAPE, on the S.E. coast of T., 
 opposite Maria Island. 
 
 BERRIMA, a township on the Wingecarribee 
 River, N.S.W., on the main Southern-road, at an 
 elevation of about 2300 feet above the sea-level, 
 eighty-three miles from Sydney, S.W., with which 
 the connection is Moss Vale railway station, distant 
 four miles. The population is about 500. A rich 
 mineral district surrounds Berrima, which has yet 
 to be properly developed. Seams of coal have been 
 opened out, and kerosene shale has been found, 
 and is being worked. Much land in the district 
 has been taken up for agricultural purposes, the 
 soil in some parts being very suitable. Berrima 
 was first explored by the brothers Hume, in 1814. 
 
 BERRY, ALEXANDER (1781-1873) a native 
 of Scotland, where he studied for the medical 
 profession. He went out to India in the service 
 of the E.I. Company, and remained some years in 
 that country. He then entered on mercantile pur- 
 suits, and first visited Sydney in 1808, as captain 
 of the ship City of Edinburgh. In 1809 he 
 visited N.Z. to procure a cargo of spars for the 
 Cape of Good Hope. Being informed that a ship 
 had been taken by the natives at Wangaroa, he 
 succeeded by great exertions in rescuing the sur- 
 vivors from the vessel — a woman, two infants, and 
 a boy named Davies. After this voyage he settled 
 in Sydney, in partnership with Edward Woolston- 
 craft. In 1820 he explored the valley of the 
 Shoalhaven River, where he obtained a large free 
 grant of land. In 1825 he cut a dyke from the 
 river to Crookhaven. His partner died in 1832. 
 Berry was one of the nominee Members of the first 
 Legislative Council, and was a Member of the 
 Upper House from 1856 till 1861. 
 
 BERRY, GRAHAM (1822—) came to V. in 
 1852 ; was elected member of the Assembly for 
 E. Melbourne in 1860, and re-elected in 1861 and 
 1864, but was several times defeated both pre- 
 viously and subsequently. In 1866 he bought a 
 share in the Geelong Register, and removed to that
 
 46 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bet-Bin 
 
 town, and in 1868 was elected for Geelong W. In 
 1870 he became Treasurer in the short-lived 
 Macpherson Ministry, and the next year was 
 Commissioner of Customs in the Duffy Ministry, 
 when he brought in and carried a protective tariff 
 imposing ad valorem duties of twenty per cent, on 
 all imported manufactures. Soon afterwards he 
 resigned, under circumstances which formed the 
 subject of an inquiry by a select Parliamentary 
 Committee, the report of which was never pub- 
 lished. In 1874 he was once more elected for 
 Geelong W., and on the fall of the McCulloch 
 Ministry, in August 1875, became Chief Secretary 
 and Treasurer of a new Administration, which, 
 however, was defeated on the question of imposing 
 a land tax, after a few months existence, and was 
 obliged to resign. In May 1877 Berry was again 
 elected, and on the resignation of the McCulloch 
 Ministry, as the result of the general election then 
 held, he was once more Chief Secretary. A quarrel 
 then arose between the two houses in reference to 
 the question of payment of members, and the 
 Council laid aside the Appropriation Act for 
 the year. The Assembly, at Berry's suggestion, 
 appointed himself and Professor Pearson as a 
 deputation to the Secretary of State, praying for 
 such an alteration in the Constitution Act as 
 would make the Assembly supreme on all matters 
 of finance. The deputation left in December 1878, 
 and as the result of several conferences with the 
 Secretary of State (Sir Michael Hicks-Beach,) 
 Berry returned to the colony (June, 1879) with a 
 despatch, containing a recommendation to both 
 parties to adopt moderate and conciliatory counsels. 
 In July the parliamentary session opened, and 
 Berry laid on the table of the Assembly a Reform 
 Bill proposing the substitution of a nominee for 
 an elective Upper House, with a plebiscitum in all 
 cases of disagreement. Failing to carry this 
 measure, he asked for and was granted a dissolu- 
 tion. The result of the general election that 
 followed, in February 1880, was adverse to the 
 Ministry, and Berry at once resigned without 
 meeting Parliament. Service was then commis- 
 sioned to form an Administration, and Parliament 
 was called together in June. The first act of the 
 new Ministry was to lay their Reform Bill before 
 the Assembly. It was rejected on the second 
 reading, and the House was again dissolved. The 
 result of the general election, in July, was against 
 the Ministry, who resigned, and Berry again became 
 Chief Secretary. 
 
 BETHANGA, a township on the Mitta Mitta 
 Biver, V., 200 miles N.E. of Melbourne, with a 
 population of about 1000. The discovery of a 
 silver lode was made here in October 1877, and it 
 is now being worked, as is also copper, which is 
 looking well ; the lodes are two feet to three feet 
 thick, and two furnaces are now at work. 
 
 BICKERTON ISLAND, in the Gulf of Car- 
 pentaria, between Groote Eylandt and the main- 
 land. 
 
 BIGGE, JOHN THOMAS, was sent out by the 
 Imperial Government to N.S.W. in 1819,as a special 
 commissioner from His Majesty "to examine into 
 all the laws, regulations and usages of the settle- 
 ment of the territory and its dependencies, and 
 into every other matter or thing in any way 
 connected with the administration of the Civil 
 Government, the superintendence and reform of 
 the convicts, the state of the judicial and eccles- 
 iastical Establishments, the revenue, trade and 
 resources." The mission originated in a con- 
 viction which the Imperial Government enter- 
 tained, that the time had arrived when N.S.W. 
 might be raised from the position of a penal into 
 that of a free colony. Bigge arrived in Sydney 
 in September. His investigations extended over 
 nearly two years, and in January 1822 his reports 
 (three in number) were printed by order of the 
 House of Commons. The first report dealt with 
 the question of Penal Discipline ; the second with 
 the Judicial Establishment ; and the third with 
 Ecclesiastical matters, and Trade and Agriculture. 
 The result was that the Commissioner did not 
 advise the discontinuance of the penal system, but 
 only a modification of the system of discipline. 
 With reference to the Judicial business, he recom- 
 mended that the salaries of the judges should be 
 increased, instead of receiving a portion of the 
 Court fees, which they were then allowed to do. 
 Bigge was accompanied by Thomas Hobbes Scott, 
 as Secretary. He embarked for England in 
 H.M. Ship Dromedary in February 1821. His 
 painstaking report diffused a better knowledge 
 of the colony than had previously prevailed in 
 England. 
 
 BILLABONG, a township in N.S.W., 250 miles 
 W. of Sydney, on the main road to the Bogan. 
 Population about 300. Within a radius of one 
 mile there are twelve gold-bearing quartz reefs, 
 some of which are being worked. Much land has 
 been taken up by free selectors in the vicinity. 
 The auriferous ground extends over a large area. 
 The agricultural land is unsurpassed, and un- 
 equalled for fruit and vine growing. 
 
 BINDON, SAMUEL HENRY (1812-79) was 
 a graduate of Trinity College, Dublin, and in 1838 
 was called to the Irish bar. At that time it was 
 expected that he would inherit his father's estate ; 
 but in consequence of the famine of 1846, the pro- 
 perty had to be sold in the Encumbered Estates 
 Court. In 1840, Bindon visited the Continent, 
 where he found, in Belgium, some extremely curi- 
 ous books published by Irish exiles of the period 
 of Cromwell. These he republished with a well- 
 written preface in the Library of Ireland. From 
 an early period in his career he took great interest 
 in antiquarian researches, and was a member of 
 the Celtic Society and Arclnieological Society of 
 Ireland. In 1855 Bindon came to Victoria, where 
 he soon acquired an extensive county court prac- 
 tice. During the absence in Europe of Justice 
 Williams (from 1859 to 1861,) and when Pohlman
 
 Birl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 47 
 
 was holding ad interim the office of puisne judge of 
 the Supreme Court, he acted as county court judge. 
 In 1864 Bindon entered political life. At the gene- 
 ral election he was returned for Castlemaine, and 
 took his seat among the supporters of the M'Culloeh 
 Ministry; moving the address of the Assembly in 
 reply to the Governor's speech. In the course of the 
 session he advocated economy in the public expen- 
 diture, the creation of a Ministerial department of 
 industries, and economic instruction. He sup- 
 ported the action of the Government in their 
 " tack " of the protective tariff to the Appropria- 
 tion Bill ; and obtained the passage of a resolution 
 in favour of a grant to meet the expenses of a 
 series of intercolonial exhibitions of industry and 
 art. From his efforts in this direction arose the 
 International Exhibition of 1866. On M'Culloch's 
 appeal to the country in January 1866 Bindon 
 was again elected for Castlemaine. During the 
 year he carried a bill to protect the rights of 
 inventors, and advocated a revision of the Com- 
 mission of the Peace, on the ground that men had 
 been appointed magistrates rather for political 
 services than because they possessed the necessary 
 qualifications: the periodical removal of Crown 
 prosecutors and district surveyors from one district 
 to another ; and the imposition of a property tax. 
 He was on the select committee appointed to pre- 
 pare an address to Sir Charles Darling, which 
 recommended a grant of ,£20,000 to Lady Darling; 
 and he took part in the conference between the 
 two Houses of Parliament which smoothed the 
 way to the passage of the Tariff Bill. In July 
 1866 Bindon succeeded Michie as Minister of 
 Justice in the M'Culloeh administration. He 
 filled that position until May 1868, when the 
 short-lived Sladen Ministry took the reins of 
 government ; and on M'Culloeh resuming office in 
 July 1868, Bindon did not receive a portfolio. 
 During his term of office he reduced the number 
 of police magistrates, and sought to effect other 
 economical reforms in his department. In 1867 
 he submitted to Parliament a bill to establish a 
 Board of Agriculture and Industries, under which 
 the old Board of Agriculture would have been 
 abolished, and a new and more efficient organisa- 
 tion substituted. The Assembly, after passing 
 the first clause, abolishing the Board, struck out 
 all the other clauses which provided for the 
 creation of a new one. The bill in that state went 
 to the Upper House, and was rejected, but the 
 Board subsequently passed out of existence, and 
 the present department of Agriculture was estab- 
 lished. Bindon also introduced a Fees of Court 
 Bill which, however, did not go to a second 
 reading, but the idea it embodied — that of 
 collecting court revenues by means of stamps — 
 was carried into law in 1869. He also carried a 
 resolution for the appointment of a commission to 
 promote technological and industrial instruction 
 amongst the working classes. He induced the 
 Assembly to agree to an address to the Governor, 
 submitting that the rules and regulations with 
 
 reference to precedence on state and other occa- 
 sions, compiled by direction of the Secretary of 
 State for the Colonies for the guidance of 
 Governors, were " inconsistent with that religious 
 equality which is by law declared and established 
 in this country." Viscount Canterbury referred 
 the matter to the Imperial Government, and in a 
 despatch Earl Granville intimated Her Majesty's 
 pleasure " that no bishop or other ecclesiastical dig- 
 nitary, of whatever persuasion, hereafter appointed 
 in the colony shall be entitled to any precedence 
 under the regulations of 1867." In October 1868 
 Bindon resigned his seat in Parliament, and was 
 created county court judge by the M'Culloeh 
 Ministry, which position he occupied until Black 
 Wednesday, when all the county court judges 
 were removed from office. Bindon, with two 
 others, was shortly afterwards reinstated. He 
 was a member of the Technological Commission 
 of 1867, a trustee of the Public Library, Museum, 
 and National Gallery of Victoria, and chairman 
 of the Industrial and Technological Museums 
 Committee. In accordance with the resolution 
 moved by him in the Assembly in 1868, a 
 commission was appointed in 1869 for promoting 
 technological and industrial instruction. This 
 body, of which he was the chairman and moving 
 spirit, established a large number of schools of 
 design throughout the country. In Exhibition 
 movements he took an active part, and was one of 
 the commissioners of the exhibitions of 1866, 1872, 
 1875, and 1880. He was likewise a member of 
 the Penal Commission of 1870, chairman of the 
 Novel Industries and Forest Commission of 1871, 
 member of the Acclimatisation Society of Great 
 Britain, member of the Council of the Acclima- 
 tisation Society of Victoria, a naturalist, and a 
 keen sportsman. 
 
 BIRDS OF AUSTRALIA. " Among the tem- 
 perate countries of the world, Australia stands 
 unrivalled for the variety of form, the beauty of 
 plumage, and the singularity of habits, of its birds. 
 Its parrots and cockatoos are more numerous and 
 beautiful than those of many tropical countries. 
 The golden-yellow and velvety-black regent-bird, 
 and the intensely vivid metallic plumage of the 
 rifle-birds, are almost unrivalled ; many of the 
 pigeons are exquisitely beautiful, while some of the 
 warblers and fly-catchers, the curious little Maluri 
 or Australian wrens, and many of the finches, 
 are unsurpassed for beautiful combinations of 
 vivid colour. The strange, yet elegant tail of 
 the lyre-bird, is altogether unique ; while 
 the curious habits of the brush-turkeys and the 
 bower-birds are equally remarkable. Taking 
 the Australian birds as a whole, there is little of 
 that marvellous isolation from the other continents 
 that is so prominent a feature of the mammalia. 
 All the chief orders, and most of the important 
 and wide-spread families, are well represented ; 
 yet there are certain deficiences of great impor- 
 tance. Two great families which range over almost 
 all the rest of the globe — the vultures and the
 
 48 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Bk 
 
 woodpeckers — are quite unknown in Australia. 
 The pheasants are also wanting, as well as two 
 families excessively abundant in tropical Asia — the 
 bulbuls and the barbets. But these deficiencies 
 are more than compensated by the presence of a 
 number of families which are altogether peculiar 
 to Australia and the surrounding islands. These 
 are the Meliphagidae, or honeysuckers ; the 
 Platycercidte, or broad-tailed parroquets ; the 
 Trichoglossidae, or brush-tongued lories ; the Mega- 
 podiidse, or brush-turkeys ; and two small families, 
 the Menuridje or lyre-birds, and the Atrichidee or 
 scrub-birds. Australia is pre-eminently a land of 
 flowers ; its largest forest-trees— the Eucalypti- 
 having blossoms like a myrtle, while the flowering 
 shrubs are innumerable. No less remarkable is 
 the paucity of soft and juicy fruits ; and, in 
 accordance with these peculiarities, we find that an 
 extensive and varied family of birds have been 
 developed, which frequent blossoms almost as con- 
 stantly as do the humming-birds of America, and 
 for the same purpose— to feed upon the secreted 
 honey and the small insects attracted to it. Their 
 organisation is, however, totally unlike that of the 
 humming-birds, the Meliphagidae having a brush- 
 tipped tongue, and exceedingly powerful grasping 
 feet, with which they cling to the flowers while 
 rifling them of their sweets. Being thus specially 
 adapted to its flora, we may consider the honey- 
 suckers as the birds which more than any others 
 characterise Australia. A group of honey-sucking 
 parrots— the Trichoglossidae, or brush-tongued par- 
 roquets— are also peculiar to the Australian region, 
 but abound more in the tropical islands, from the 
 Moluccas to the Pacific. Next to these, as a special 
 Australian type (or even before them, as some may 
 think,) come the brush-turkeys or mound-makers 
 — birds of low organisation, and allied, though 
 remotely, to the curassows of South America. 
 There are three species of these birds in Australia, 
 the Talegalla or brush-turkey, the Leipoa or scrub- 
 pheasant, and the Megapodius, which is only found 
 in the tropical parts of the continent. All these 
 birds have the curious reptilian character of never 
 sitting on their eggs, which they bury under mounds 
 of earth or refuse vegetable matter, allowing them 
 to be hatched by the heat of the sun, or that pro- 
 duced by fermentation. Their eggs are enormously 
 large in proportion to the size of the bird, and are 
 laid at intervals of several days. The parrots of 
 Australia are wonderfully varied, and very beauti- 
 ful. There are white, and rose-crested, and black 
 cockatoos ; gorgeous broad-tails ; pretty lories, and 
 elegant grass-parroquets and love-birds. The 
 pigeons are hardly less beautiful ; the green fruit- 
 doves, the bronze-wings, the crested pigeon, and 
 the "magnificent" fruit-pigeon, being the most 
 notable. The emu and the cassowary are the well- 
 known Australian representatives of the ostrich 
 tribe. The kingfishers are of strange forms or 
 brilliant colours ; while the enormous mouths of 
 the Podargi, called "more-porks" from their 
 singular cry, render them one of the strangest and 
 
 most unsightly of birds. Song-birds, too, are not 
 wanting. There are many musical warblers equal 
 to our English favourite songsters ; while the 
 wonderfully modulated whistle of the piping-crow 
 or musical magpie, and the mocking notes of the 
 lyrebird, are unequalled amongst European birds. 
 Not less remarkable on account of their habits are 
 the satin-birds, or bower-birds, which construct 
 bower-like structures of twigs and branches, and 
 decorate them with coloured feathers, bones, and 
 shells. Some of these bowers are the resort of 
 many individuals, both male and female, which 
 run in and out as if for amusement. If we 
 consider the limited area of Australia, the great 
 extent of its desert interior, and its isolation from 
 all the great continents, the abundance and variety 
 of its bird-life are very remarkable. It possesses 
 about 630 distinct species of birds ; whereas 
 Europe with a much larger area has less than 500 ; 
 and North America, with its enormous area and 
 its immense accessions of migratory birds from the 
 arctic regions and from the tropics, has only 720. 
 Of the land birds of Australia, not more than 
 one-twentieth are found elsewhere, — an amount of 
 specialty not equalled by any other continent or 
 extensive tract of country." (Wallace.) The 
 magnificent work of Gould on the "Birds of 
 Australia" contains all that the naturalist or the 
 man of taste can require to know on this very 
 interesting subject. 
 
 BIRDS OF NEW ZEALAND. "Birds form 
 the most interesting class of animals in N.Z., since 
 they are tolerably numerous, and present a number 
 of beautifid and interesting forms. The elegant 
 black parson-bird, with its white throat-tufts, is 
 beautiful and lively, and is an excellent mimic, 
 imitating the notes of other birds and the cries of 
 animals. There are several fair songsters ; some 
 of the pigeons and parrots are very handsome ; 
 and there are a good number of fine aquatic birds. 
 In all, there are 145 different kinds of birds known, 
 of which the larger proportion belong to the 
 aquatic and wading groups, only fifty-seven being 
 true land birds. Almost all these are peculiar to 
 the islands, and of the thirty-four genera in which 
 they are classed, sixteen, or nearly half, are also 
 peculiar. Among the most remarkable is the 
 singular starling, the ' huia ' of the natives. It is 
 a glossy black bird, the size of a chough, with 
 handsome orange-coloured wattles. The beak is 
 quite different in the two sexes, that of the male 
 being straight, while the female's is longer and 
 excessively curved in a sickle shape. Such a 
 remarkable difference in the sexes does not occur 
 in any other known bird. Another remarkable 
 bird is the owl-parrot, of a greenish colour, and 
 with a circle of feathers round the eyes, as in the 
 owl. It is nocturnal in its habits, lives in holes in 
 the ground under tree roots or rocks, and it climbs 
 about the bushes after berries or digs for fern 
 roots. It has fully-developed wings, but hardly 
 ever flies, and has lately exhibited a singular taste 
 for flesh, picking holes in the backs of sheep and
 
 Bis-Bla] 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 •1!» 
 
 lambs. It was exterminated in the North Island 
 by the natives, who hunted it with their dogs, 
 and it is now only found in the southern and 
 western parts of the South Island, and will pro- 
 bably soon become extinct. Most remarkable of 
 all the birds of N.Z. is the ' Kiwi,' or Apteryx, 
 of which there are three or four species in the 
 two larger islands. These are totally wing- 
 less and tailless birds, with feathers resembling 
 hairs, and altogether unlike our usual idea of a 
 bird. They are about the size of a small domestic 
 fowl, with long curved beak, something like that 
 of a curlew. They are entirely nocturnal, feeding 
 on insects, worms, and seeds, and as they have no 
 protection from dogs, they become rapidly exter- 
 minated in all the settled districts. But the 
 existing Kiwis are only the last survivors of a race 
 of wingless birds of various sizes, the largest 
 exceeding in bulk and height the largest living 
 ostrich. Remains, more or less complete, of eleven 
 species of these birds — called Moas by the natives 
 — have been found. They differ considerably in 
 structure, proportions, and size, the largest being 
 10i feet high, and the smallest about 3 feet. Some 
 perfect skeletons have been found, and even 
 remains of skin and feathers. A perfect egg, 
 10 inches long and 7 broad, was found in a native 
 grave, as well as moa bones in old native cooking- 
 places ; so that there is every reason to believe 
 the traditions of the natives, that their ancestors 
 hunted these enormous birds for food. Some 
 remains, however, have been found in caves under 
 thick layers of stalagmite, and others under several 
 feet of alluvial deposits, and these, no doubt, indi- 
 cate a period long before the present race of Maoris 
 came to N.Z." (Wallace.) 
 
 BISHOP, CAPTAIN, was sent by Governor 
 Darling from Sydney, in 1827, to found a military 
 post at Illawarra. Darling was apprehensive of 
 the French taking possession of points along the 
 eastern coast of the continent. 
 
 BLACK, GEORGE (1817-1879) came to V. 
 about 1852, and having spent some time in trade 
 at the Ovens, returned to Melbourne and pur- 
 chased the Diggers' Advocate, which had been 
 started by George Thompson and Henry Holyoake, 
 brother of the well-known writer on Co-operation. 
 The editor of this gold-fields weekly was H. R. 
 Nicholls, afterwards of the Ballarat Star, who 
 had just arrived in the colony. E. Syme, who had 
 also arrived a short time before, wrote articles for 
 the Advocate, nearly the whole of the writing being 
 done by Nicholls and him. Black was at Ballarat 
 at the time of the Eureka outbreak, which he did 
 something to bring about, but was not in the 
 stockade at the time of the attack. The procla- 
 mation — a very wordy and inflated one — which 
 was read to the "troops" was not written by 
 George Black, but by his brother Henry, who 
 was afterwards killed by the explosion of a blast 
 whilst quartz-mining at Staffordshire Reef. After 
 the stockade affair had been suppressed by the 
 
 prompt action of the Government forces, he 
 remained in hiding for some time, a reward of 
 £200 having been offered for his capture. Subse- 
 quently he resumed the publication of his paper, 
 but without success, and it was soon dropped. He 
 contested Ballarat East and Grenville in 1856 
 unsuccessfully, and then retired from public life. 
 
 BLACK, NEIL (1804— 1880) a native of Argyle- 
 shire (Scotland,) where his father was an extensive 
 sheep-fanner. Up to the age of thirty-three, Black 
 lived with his elder brother, Walter, and acquired 
 a thorough knowledge of the breeding and manage- 
 ment of stock. He then determined to visit Aus- 
 tralia, and on hearing that he was about to 
 emigrate, several gentlemen were desirous that he 
 should take out money to invest for them, and 
 an agreement was drawn up between himself, 
 Mr. Finlay of Toward Castle, Argyleshire, William 
 Ewart Gladstone (now Premier of England,) and 
 Mr. Stewart of Glenormiston, all of whom entered 
 into a partnership for five years, on equal shares, 
 and entrusted Black with the management of the 
 joint funds, together with the selection of the 
 territory, the sole condition being that he should 
 pay cash for everything he bought. He arrived in 
 Adelaide in 1839. He had a look at the country 
 there, then visited Port Phillip, and finished up 
 with an inspection of N.S.W. Port Phillip pleased 
 him best, so he took up a run of 43,700 acres in 
 the Portland Bay district, within a few miles of 
 Lake Terang. To the original run of Glenorm- 
 iston, named after the estate of Mr. Stewart, he 
 afterwards added the Sisters, acquired by purchase. 
 He had much trouble with the blacks at first, but 
 nothing would induce him to abandon the magni- 
 ficent estate he had secured. In 1843 Black went 
 home to report progress, and the partnership was 
 renewed. He had an interview with Lord Stanley, 
 Secretary of State for the Colonies ; his object 
 being to obtain for the squatters a more certain 
 tenure than they then possessed, but his mission 
 did not succeed. On his return to the colony 
 he bought a third station— Warreanga— near the 
 borders of S.A., and stocked it with sheep, which 
 he afterwards replaced with cattle. In the 
 Squatters' Directory for 1849 he figured as the 
 holder of 85,600 acres. Warreanga, 16,640 acres, 
 was sold in 1865, and in 1868 the partnership, after 
 lasting for twenty-nine years to the profit of all 
 concerned, was dissolved. One division of the 
 original run fell to Black, viz., Mount Noorat, and 
 the other became the property of Mr. Finlay. 
 Both stations are regarded as two of the finest 
 grazing freeholds in the Western district of V. 
 From the earliest days Black was an enterprising 
 importer of the best breeds of stock. In 1841 ha 
 introduced Cotswolds and pure merinos. Experi- 
 ence convinced him that the runs were better 
 adapted for cattle than sheep, and he took to 
 importing stud cattle, sparing no money to obtain 
 high-class animals. From that time the quality 
 of the Mount Noorat shorthorns has held an 
 exalted place in the estimation of stock buyers,
 
 66 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Bla 
 
 and probably it now contains as fine a collection 
 of animals as can be anywhere found. Black was 
 a first-class judge of cattle, and by his enterprise 
 as an importer, and carefulness as a breeder, did 
 as much as any man could do to improve the 
 quality of colonial stock. The first important 
 event in the political history of the Port Phillip 
 district was the agitation for separation from 
 N.S.W., and Black took an active part in the 
 movement. Next came the erection of the district 
 into the colony of V., followed in 1856 by the 
 proclamation of a new constitution and the elec- 
 tion of two Houses of Legislature. Black made 
 his first effort to obtain a seat in the Council in 
 1858, but was unsuccessful. In February 1859 he 
 was returned for the Western Province, and held 
 the post till his death. He was the projector and 
 first chairman of the Australasian Association 
 of London. In 1867 Black entertained the Duke 
 of Edinburgh, who made a short stay at Glen- 
 ormiston while on his tour through the Western 
 district. After 1868 Black resided at MountNoorat. 
 In the pursuit of stock-breeding he found a satis- 
 fying occupation, and earned a high reputation for 
 skill, sound judgment, and enterprise. 
 
 BLACKALL, COL. SAMUEL WENSLEY, 
 Governor of Queensland in succession to Sir 
 George Bowen, from 14th August 1868 till his 
 death, 2nd January 1871. He received the Duke 
 of Edinburgh upon his visit to the colony in 1869. 
 Governor Blackall was a man of fine talents and 
 amiable character, and during his brief rule won 
 the respect of all classes. 
 
 BLACK THURSDAY, the name given in V. to 
 the 6th February 1851— a day of tremendous heat 
 and destructive fire. Early in the morning the 
 wind increased to a hurricane, and bush fires swept 
 across whole districts with the speed of lightning ; 
 crossing roads and wide streams ; destroying men, 
 women, and children, cattle and sheep, crops, fences, 
 houses, and, in fact, everything that stood in its 
 way. The devouring flames spread everywhere, 
 careering along the dried herbage on the surface, 
 dancing up the large forest trees, and wantoning 
 in the excess of devastation. When the flames 
 first appeared, many brave men attempted to 
 impede their progress, and avert the ruin of their 
 hopes. They endeavoured to meet the devouring 
 element, and beat it back with green boughs ; but 
 these attempts wore useless, for the fire swept over 
 them with a giant's strength, as if in mockery of 
 such puny efforts, leaving them charred and life- 
 less lumps on the ground where they had stood. 
 The herds and flocks, the wild beasts and birds of 
 prey, the reptiles, and other animals, endeavoured 
 to flee, but were speedily overtaken, and fell a 
 prey to the crackling and roaring flames. There 
 were many persons travelling in the bush who 
 had narrow escapes, as they became suddenly 
 enveloped in the flames, and almost suffocated in 
 the sweltering fumes of the surging blast. Could 
 a more awful situation be pictured I The traveller 
 started on his journey without anticipating 
 
 danger ; the wind from the north gradually grew 
 in violence ; the hot, fiery, blazing blast at last 
 appeared charged with an unusual element ; then 
 the smell of smoke was perceived ; and, in an 
 incredibly brief space, the whole of the bush was 
 in one universal conflagration. Amazed and terri- 
 fied, the solitary bushman found himself face to 
 face with destruction, and that, too, in the most 
 awful form that death could come. Those who 
 were caught in the jaws of this flaming tempest 
 were withered up like a scroll. The only escape 
 was to gallop, if possible, out of the line of the 
 fire, or take shelter in water. Many that day had 
 a hard race for their lives. On the same date, in 
 the year 1879, another day of nearly similar disaster 
 occurred. A family of seven persons, named 
 Turnbull, residing near Colac, were some burned 
 to death, and some mortally injured, by a bushfire 
 which swept over the country surrounding their 
 dwelling. 
 
 BLACK WAR IN TASMANIA. The designa- 
 tion given to a campaign designed to extirpate the 
 native race of V.D.L., suggested by Governor 
 Arthur in 1830. Up till that time the natives 
 had been very troublesome, and all attempts 
 to conciliate or civilise them had failed. Their 
 character had, in fact, become only the more 
 deeply ferocious, and mutual massacres of the 
 whites and blacks were frequent. Arthur had 
 a benevolent intention at bottom, but his plan 
 was an unwise one, and the result a complete 
 failure. He resolved to drive all the native popula- 
 tion into Tasman's Peninsula — a territory connected 
 with the mainland by an isthmus a quarter of a 
 mile in breadth. On 22nd September the Governor 
 announced the plan of the campaign. Every settler 
 was called upon to take up arms, and grants of 
 land were promised to those who should do good 
 service. A chain of military posts was to be made 
 across the island, and the advancing forces were to 
 drive the natives before them. The principal 
 depot was at Oatlands, where were provided 1000 
 muskets, 30,000 rounds of cartridge, 300 pairs of 
 hand-cuffs, and a large store of provisions. The 
 forces amounted to nearly 5000 men. On 1st 
 October the country was declared under martial 
 law, and the Governor in person reviewed the little 
 army. Everything promised success; but unfor- 
 tunately the extreme aversion of the blacks to the 
 refining influence of civilisation had not been 
 sufficiently appreciated, and after a campaign of 
 nearly two months the heroes returned with only 
 two prisoners. This expedition cost £30,000, and 
 the only person bold enough to publicly proclaim 
 the proceedings ridiculous and expensive was 
 Gregson, who said that the project for netting the 
 aborigines was much like attempting to harpoon a 
 whale from the summit of Mount Wellington ! 
 That which violence was unable to accomplish, 
 eloquence and kindness succeeded in achieving. 
 There was in Tasmania a mau named Robinson, 
 who had acquired the language of the natives. He 
 offered to go alone and on foot to the savage tribes,
 
 Blaj 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 51 
 
 explain to them that the intentions of the settlers 
 were peaceful, and offer them the friendship of the 
 white nation. After many adventures he succeeded. 
 By the aid of interpreters and friendly natives the 
 aboriginal population were made to understand 
 that it was useless for them to contend against the 
 power of the white race, and the tragic story of 
 murder and revenge ended in the founding of a 
 "native village" at Flinders Island, where the 
 remnant of the conquered race might find an 
 asylum and a grave. West gives a graphic 
 account of the dangers and intrepidity of 
 Kobinson. On one occasion he was following a 
 tribe who had fled in the direction of the peak of 
 Teneriffe. " He saw them first to the east of the 
 Barn Bluff Mountain, and was not more than two 
 miles distant. He hailed his people, and selected 
 a few of his friendly natives who, together with the 
 woman present at the murder of Captain Thomas, 
 were sent to meet them. The party of Robinson 
 were concealed by a scrub. In less than half-an- 
 hour he heard the war-whoop, and perceived that 
 they were advancing by the rattling of their spears. 
 This was an awful moment to their pacificator. On 
 their approach, the chief, Manalanga, leaped on his 
 feet in great alarm, saying that the natives were 
 coming to spear them; he urged Robinson to run, 
 and finding he would not, took up his rug and 
 spears and went away. The rest of the allies 
 prepared to follow him, but were prevailed on 
 by Robinson to remain. They inferred that 
 the natives sent on the embassy of peace were 
 either killed, or that they had joined the hostile 
 tribe. As these advanced the friendly emis- 
 saries were unseen, being hidden by the large 
 number of strangers, who still raised their cry and 
 approached in warlike array. At length Robinson 
 saw his own people ; he then went up to the chiefs 
 and shook hands with them. He explained the 
 object of his visit ; distributed trinkets among 
 them, and sat down and partook of refreshments 
 with them. From that time they placed themselves 
 under his control, and as they advanced towards 
 Hobart Town, he encouraged them to make excur- 
 sions, which left their own actions free, and 
 prevented suspicion and distrust. With their 
 wives and children, this party consisted of thirty- 
 six, and at length they were safely lodged on Swan 
 Island. They were fine muscular men, and excited 
 great sympathy and interest. This incident sug- 
 gested to the venerable artist, Duterreau, the 
 idea of a national picture ; he depicts the inter- 
 view, and delineates the various circumstances 
 drawn from the life with great energy and effect. 
 Robinson is seen in expostulation with a listening 
 chief; a woman behind him is endeavouring to 
 pour distrust into his ear. Others are looking on 
 in expectation or doubt. The grouping is skilful 
 and expressive ; and this picture, which has the great 
 merit of minutely representing the attitudes and 
 customs of the natives, wiU be an interesting 
 memorial, in another age, of the most honourable 
 passage in Tasmanian history." 
 
 BLACK WEDNESDAY, the designation given 
 in V. to the 9th January 1878, when a Gazette 
 Extraordinary was published announcing the 
 summary dismissal of 300 Government officers, 
 including the Judges of the County Courts, Courts 
 of Mines, and of Insolvency ; Police Magistrates, 
 Coroners, three General Sessions Prosecutors, and 
 a large number of the principal Civil Servants, 
 including the Engineer-in-Chief, the Secretary for 
 Lands, the Inspector-General of Public Works, 
 the Collector of Customs, the Engineer of Water 
 Supply, and others. Some of these officers were 
 subsequently reinstated, but most of them pre- 
 ferred taking their compensation and retiring from 
 the service. The plea put forward by the Berry 
 Ministry for this unprecedented act was the rejec- 
 tion of the Appropriation Act by the Legislative 
 Council. The Chief Secretary vindicated it as 
 giving "blow for blow." Sir George Bowen's 
 assent to these dismissals led to a severe reproof 
 from the Secretary of State, and ultimately to his 
 removal to the Governorship of the Mauritius. 
 
 BLACKWOOD, CAPTAIN R.N., explored and 
 surveyed the northern coast of the continent in 
 H.M.S. Fly, in 1842-1845. He made a minute 
 survey of part of the Great Barrier Reef, the 
 eastern part of Torres Strait, and 140 miles of the 
 S. coast of New Guinea. 
 
 BLACKWOOD RIVER, in W.A., enters the 
 Hardy Inlet, six miles to the N.E. of Augusta. 
 It flows through the counties Durham and Nelson, 
 first to the west and then to the south, traversing 
 a district of wood and pasturage. It is navigable 
 for boats to a distance of twenty miles from 
 the sea. 
 
 BLACK PYRAMID, a dark mass of rock, 
 forming the finger-post to Bass Straits, 250 feet 
 high, and lying about sixteen miles from Hunter 
 or Barren Island. 
 
 BLAIR, DAVID, (1820 ) Journalist, came to 
 
 N.S.W.in 1850, in connection with Dr. Lang's abor- 
 tive scheme for sending out from the Australian 
 College a number of young men as missionaries 
 into the less populous districts of the colony. On 
 the collapse of the scheme, Blair applied himself 
 to journalism, and assisted Henry Parkes in estab- 
 lishing the Empire newspaper, writing many of 
 the leading articles in the earlier numbers. He 
 wrote for that journal a narrative of Hargreaves' 
 discovery of gold in N.S.W., taken down from the 
 lips of the discoverer himself. This was the first 
 account of the event that reached England. At the 
 beginning of 1852, Blair came to V. as correspondent 
 for the H. M. Herald, and after a visit to the gold- 
 fields (reported in that journal,) became sub-editor 
 of the Argus. He continued in that position till 
 the close of 1854, when he accepted the post of 
 editor of the Age, then newly started, in conjunc- 
 tion with T. L. Bright. When the Ballarat riots 
 occurred, Blair strongly sided with the miners, and 
 was the first speaker at the great public meeting 
 held in Melbourne on (ith December 1854. When
 
 52 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bla-Bli 
 
 the Age passed into the hands of a proprietary 
 company, Blair continued editor in conjunction 
 with Ebenezer Syme, but left it when the paper 
 was bought by Syme. It was during Blair's 
 editorship of the Age that the journal became 
 an acknowledged and powerful popular organ. 
 Subsequently Blair continued his labours as 
 journalist, lecturing very frequently, and writing 
 pamphlets on various subjects. He was twice 
 elected to the Legislative Assembly — for Talbot 
 in 1856, and for Crowlands in 1868. He was 
 Secretary to the Royal Commission on Education 
 in 1867, to the Penal Commission in 1873, and to 
 several other commissions. He wrote in all ten 
 reports on public subjects for the Government ; 
 compiled the first History of Australasia ever 
 given to the world, (MacGready, Thomson and 
 Niven, 1878,) and spent many years in collecting 
 materials for the present Cyclopaedia of Austral- 
 asia. 
 
 BLAND, WILLIAM (1789-1868) surgeon in 
 the Boyal Navy. On his first voyage (to Bombay) 
 he fought two duels with brother officers, in one 
 of which his opponent was killed. For the second 
 duel, although it went off harmlessly, both Bland 
 and his adversary were sentenced to seven years 
 exile in N.S.W. Bland arrived in Sydney in 1814, 
 and soon after began to practise his professions free 
 pardon having in the meantime been granted him. 
 A divorce case, in which Bland was plaintiff, led to 
 his libelling Governor Macquarie ; he was tried 
 before the Supreme Court, in its criminal juris- 
 diction, and fined .£50, with twelve months 
 imprisonment in Parramatta Gaol, and the exaction 
 of bonds for his good behaviour. On his release, 
 he began a creditable course of public duty and 
 philanthropy, with which his name will be ever 
 associated. Next to Wentworth, Australia is 
 indebted to him for the free political institutions 
 she enjoys. His energetic action as a member of 
 the Patriotic Association, his letters to Charles 
 Buller M.P. on the indefeasible rights of the 
 colonists, and his attention to the public charities, 
 gained for him deserved popularity, which resulted 
 in his return in 1843, as one of the members for 
 Sydney, to the first elective Legislature. On his 
 retirement from the Council, consequent on his 
 defeat (in 1848) for the representation of Sydney 
 by Robert Lowe, Bland devoted himself to the 
 practice of his profession and to philanthropic 
 labours which endeared him to his fellow-colonists. 
 He died suddenly at his residence, College-street, 
 on 21st July 1868, in the 79th year of his age. 
 His remains — the first ever conveyed from the 
 Mortuary Chapel — were interred at the Necropolis, 
 where a suitable monument has been erected to 
 his memory. 
 
 BLAND PLAINS, AND MOUNT, in V. were 
 discovered and named after Dr. Bland of Sydney, 
 by Hume and Hovell, in 1824. 
 
 BLAXLAND, GREGORY (1771-1853) came to 
 N.S.W. in laoo. In 1813 he, W. C. Wentworth 
 
 and Lieutenant Lawson, were the first to achieve 
 the heroic work of crossing the Blue Mountains, 
 which had several times previously been unsuc- 
 cessfully attempted. In ] 822 he visited England, 
 and from what he saw at the Cape on that voyage 
 introduced the cultivation of oaten hay into the 
 colony. 
 
 BLIGH, WILLIAM (1753-1817) Governor of 
 
 N.S.W. The story of Bligh's early career, including 
 the Mutiny of the Bounty and his wonderful 
 voyage of 3600 nautical miles in an open boat, is 
 familiar to most readers, but forms no part of the 
 history of Australia. He was bred to the sea, and 
 accompanied Cook in his third expedition. As a 
 reward for his bravery and fortitude in the affair 
 of the mutiny, the British Government appointed 
 him Governor of the new colony in Australia. 
 But he had given ominous proofs of his incapacity 
 as commander of the Bounty, where his tyrannical 
 conduct had provoked the mutiny ; and his selec- 
 tion for the delicate task of rearing up the infant 
 colony evinced a marked indifference to its welfare 
 which merits decided condemnation. His admin- 
 istration produced exactly the consequences that 
 might have been expected. So unwarrantable was 
 his tyranny, and especially his persecution of one 
 influential person, noted alike for his public spirit 
 and for his private virtues, that the colonists, with 
 all the honest indignation of freemen, declared 
 against his authority. He had, no doubt, a diffi- 
 cult task to perform. The civil and military 
 officers and their friends formed a kind of social 
 oligarchy, enjoying the lion's share of grants of 
 land and use of labour, and accustomed to 
 divide with the Governor, at a price arbitrarily 
 imposed upon the importers, the cargoes of vessels 
 as they arrived, and thus enjoy the profits derived 
 from distributing articles in demand among the 
 unprivileged settlers at a monopoly tariff Spirits 
 formed a principal part of these cargoes, and it 
 became the interest of every civil and military 
 officer in the colony that the settlers should drink 
 as much as possible. Bligh brought out instruc- 
 tions to put down this traffic, and hence his 
 immediate unpopularity. But he was a specimen 
 of the naval captain now happily extinct : violent 
 in temper, coarse in language, hating the military, 
 despising the civilians. To those of the humblest 
 class who cringed before him he could be generous 
 of public land and public money ; but to those 
 who dared resist, or even question his authority, 
 he was implacable. At an earlier period in the 
 career of the colony no one would have ventured 
 to question his acts, however tyrannical ; but 
 in 1806 the character of the settlement was slowly 
 changing. A few respectable free settlers had 
 arrived under Governor King. They found profitable 
 employment in growing produce for the Govern- 
 ment use, by the help of free labour granted them. 
 At this time, John Macarthur was engaged in 
 agricultural and rural pursuits, and was universally 
 respected for his far-seeing views, his great energy 
 of character, and high public spirit. The free
 
 BluJ 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA 01' AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 53 
 
 settlers formed a strong party against Bligh, the 
 leader of it being Macarthur. As the quarrel 
 between the two parties proceeded, Bligh became 
 more irascible and despotic than ever. At length 
 matters came to a head, through the indictment of 
 Macarthur on a charge of permitting a prisoner to 
 escape in a vessel of which he was part owner. The 
 tyrannical and unjust conduct of Atkins, the 
 Deputy Judge Advocate, who was backed up in all 
 he did by Bligh, roused the colonists to action. 
 When Bligh announced that he would arrest and 
 imprison the six officers who had virtually acquitted 
 Macarthur on a charge of high treason, they felt 
 that patient endurance was no longer possible. 
 Accordingly, on the 20th January 1806, Major 
 Johnstone, Lieutenant-Governor, commanding the 
 N.S.W. Corps, who had been prevented by severe 
 illness from attending to the repeated summons 
 of the Governor, rode into town. He was sur- 
 rounded by his friends and brother officers, who 
 represented to him the tyrannous course which 
 Bligh was bent on pursuing, and urged him to 
 place him under arrest. In order to support 
 him in taking this extreme step, the following 
 memorial was signed by every respectable settler 
 then in Sydney : — 
 
 " Sir, — The present alarming state of the colony, 
 in which every man's property, liberty, and life are 
 endangered, induces us most earnestly to implore 
 you instantly to place Governor Bligh under arrest, 
 and to assume the command of the colony. We 
 pledge ourselves, at a moment of less agitation, to 
 come forward to support the measure with our 
 fortunes and our lives." 
 
 Immediately after the presentation of this 
 address, the drums of the N.S.W. Kegiment beat 
 to arms, the troops formed in the barrack square, 
 and marched with Johnstone at their head, 
 bayonets fixed, colours flying, and band playing, 
 toward Government House, which they surrounded. 
 Mrs. Butland (afterwards married to General 
 O'Connell, commander of the forces in N.S.W.,) the 
 widowed daughter of the Governor, courageously 
 endeavoured to resist the entrance of the insurgent 
 officers through the Government gate. Failing in 
 that, she tried to conceal her father under a bed, 
 whence after an anxious search he was dragged, 
 and conducted without personal injury to the 
 presence of Johnstone, who immediately placed 
 him in custody, and assumed the command of the 
 colony. Thus ended the first act of this blood- 
 less revolution— the 1688 of N.S.W. Had Bligh 
 succeeded in his conspiracy to ruin Macarthur, the 
 progress of the colony would have been retarded 
 for years. Cowardice has been imputed to Bligh 
 for concealing himself, but without reason. He 
 was neither king nor commander to awe the 
 troops with his presence ; and any man may be 
 excused for flying from an infuriated regiment — 
 above all a man like Bligh, conscious that there 
 was scarcely an individual in the assemblage which 
 surrounded Government House whom he had not 
 injured or insulted, Johnstone transmitted to the 
 
 Secretary of State a Ml account of the events 
 which had forced upon him the government of the 
 colony. Lieutenant-Governor Foveaux, arriving 
 from England, ignorant of the insurrection, super- 
 seded Johnstone, and was himself superseded by 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Paterson, who arrived from 
 V.D.L. on 1st July 1809. By him Bligh's arrest 
 was continued until 4th February, when the 
 Colonel agreed to put him in possession of his 
 ship (the Porpoise,) on condition that he should 
 embark and proceed to England without touching 
 at any part of the territory of N.S.W., and not 
 return until he should have received the instruc- 
 tions of His Majesty's ministers. Keleased from 
 arrest, Bligh treated engagements entered into 
 under duress as void, and lingered on the coast 
 for some time, in hopes of provoking a movement 
 in his favour. He afterwards repaired to V.D.L., 
 where he was at first treated with much atten- 
 tion, but on communications arriving from the 
 Lieutenant-Governor at Sydney, was constrained 
 to remain on board his ship. When the Imperial 
 Cabinet learned that the colonies had banished 
 Bligh, and had continued the government with a 
 new governor and new officials, without bloodshed 
 or plunder, vigorous measures were decided on, 
 and an able man was selected to execute them. 
 Macquarie was appointed Governor, and sent out 
 with instruction to reinstate Bligh in office, and 
 after the expiration of twenty-four hours to resume 
 his own authority — to declare void all appoint- 
 ments, grants of land, and processes of law which 
 had taken place between the arrest of Bligh and 
 his own arrival, and to send home Johnstone in 
 close arrest, to be tried for his rebellion. At the 
 same time the 73rd, Colonel Macquarie's own 
 regiment, was sent out to relieve the N.S.W. Corps, 
 which was disbanded, the privates being permitted 
 to volunteer into the 73rd. These orders were 
 obeyed. Johnstone was tried at Chelsea Hospital 
 on 11th May 1811, found guilty, and sentenced to 
 be cashiered. His conduct was clearly illegal and 
 revolutionary, but it saved the colony. He made 
 that a peaceable revolution which would otherwise 
 have flamed into a wild riot, how ending it is 
 impossible to foretell. Johnstone returned to the 
 colony, and lived many years on his farm at 
 Annandale, near Bathurst, much respected. Bligh 
 became an admiral, but was never again called 
 into active service. He died in 1817. Bligh asked 
 Flinders to dedicate his " Terra Australis " to him, 
 but Flinders, who had formed a most unfavourable 
 opinion of his character while serving under him 
 in the Reliance, politely declined. 
 
 BLUE MOUNTAINS, in N.S.W., run very 
 nearly parallel with the coast, and being impassable 
 by nature, long threatened to cut off the maritime 
 part of the colony from the interior. To cross 
 this apparently insurmountable barrier was the 
 grand aim of the colony during the first twenty- 
 four years of its existence. Governor Phillip, in 
 1788, made several excursions round the head of 
 Sydney Harbour, during which he discovered and
 
 54 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bly 
 
 named Carmarthen, Lansdowne, Richmond Hills, 
 and the Hawkesbury River. In August 1788, 
 Lieutenant Dawes and a small party set off from 
 Sydney with a determination to reach the moun- 
 tains. They got as far as a branch of the 
 Hawkesbury, which had been formerly discovered 
 by Captain Tench, but could not reach the vast 
 range lying right before them. In 1790, some 
 officers made an excursion in a direction south- 
 west from Parramatta. They were absent six days, 
 and reported that they had passed through a very 
 bad country, intersected everywhere with deep 
 ravines. Several unsuccessful attempts were made 
 between 1789 and 1793. Captain Paterson, of the 
 N.S.W. Corps, the first African traveller, began his 
 first expedition in February 1793. Henry Hacking, 
 quarter-master of the Siring, with two companions, 
 undertook an expedition, and penetrated twenty 
 miles further than any of his predecessors, passing- 
 over ridges and gullies, but seeing no termination 
 to the mountainous barriers and deep descending 
 chasms, retraced his steps, returning to the settle- 
 ment after an absence of seven days, in August 
 1793. A second expedition was undertaken the 
 same year by Captain Paterson, the party being 
 supplied with arms and provisions for six weeks. 
 They proceeded up the Hawkesbury ten miles 
 beyond Richmond, when the rapidity of the 
 current and trunks of trees impeded further pro- 
 gress, and the boats being partially disabled, they 
 returned ; a variety of new plants being the only 
 result of the expedition. In 1796 Bass, with two 
 companions, started to explore the mysterious 
 highland region. His hardihood and skill in 
 exploration were astonishing. He climbed frown- 
 ing precipices by the aid of iron hooks fastened to 
 his arms, and descended by means of ropes to the 
 bottoms of frightful caverns. How far he pene- 
 trated into the mountains is not known with 
 certainty ; but he is said to have ascended a very 
 high mountain, and from its summit seen another 
 range about forty miles distant, which appeared 
 to extend north and south. This seemed quite 
 impassable, and he therefore returned. In doing 
 so, he discovered the Grose River. About this 
 time Governor Hunter made an expedition along 
 the course of the Nepean River, and discovered 
 Mount Hunter and the country adjoining. Wilson, 
 a prisoner who had been for several years 
 amongst the blacks, accompanied by a free man 
 (a servant of the Governor,) successfully crossed 
 the Mountains as far as a river, afterwards known 
 as the Lachlan, in 1799. In 1802 Lieutenant 
 Barreiller, and a year after Mr. Caley, tried to 
 force the terrible passes, but both were compelled 
 to return baffled. In 1813, when a severe drought 
 had burnt up the herbage in the coast districts, 
 and occasioned serious mortality amongst the cattle, 
 three gentlemen, Lieutenant Lawson, of the 104th 
 regiment, with Messrs. Blaxland and Wentworth, 
 led an expedition into tin: mountains, which was 
 very successful, for at length the long-SOUght pass 
 was discovered. Crossing the Nepean liiver at 
 
 Emu Plains, they ascended the first range, and 
 speedily got entangled in its deep ravines; but 
 continuing their search, they found a spur trending 
 westward, which they climbed, and from the 
 summit of it looked down on a beautiful valley, 
 well grassed and watered. Descending into the 
 valley down the slopes of Mount York, they 
 found the country improving as they went on, and 
 after a toilsome march of eight or ten miles, they 
 found that the worst difficulties had been sur- 
 mounted ; but, as their provisions were expended, 
 they were obliged to return to Sydney, after an 
 absence of a little more than a month. In 1813 
 Evans, a Government surveyor, was despatched 
 from Sydney, with an exploring party, to 
 follow up the previous discoveries. He reported 
 that on the fifth day after crossing the 
 Nepean, he and his party having effected 
 their passage over the mountains, arrived at a 
 beautiful and fertile valley on the western side, 
 with a rapid stream running through it. It 
 was the termination of the tour lately made 
 by the other party. Continuing in a westerly 
 direction for twenty-one days from this station, 
 he found it necessary to return ; and on the 
 8th January he arrived back at Emu Plains, after 
 an absence of seven weeks. In January 1815 
 a road made along the ridge of the mountains was 
 finished as far as what is now the town of Bathurst ; 
 and on 25th April Macquarie went to inspect 
 the places discovered along the line. He passed 
 through and named King's Table Land, Prince 
 Regent's Glen, the Vale of Clwyd, and other places, 
 now well-known spots, over which the iron-horse 
 rushes daily carrying its freight of human beings 
 and luggage. On 4th May the Governor reached 
 Bathurst Plains. From this point Evans and a 
 small party were despatched, with one month's 
 provisions, to explore the country to the S.W. 
 They passed along a valley down which a stream 
 poured into the Macquarie, and named it Queen 
 Charlotte's Valley. After passing through some 
 rough and scrubby country, they reached and 
 named the Lachlan, which they followed up for 
 some distance, but without being able to find out 
 where it ran to. There was the same perplexity about 
 the Macquarie. Being unable to solve the problem 
 the party returned. The railway across the Blue 
 Mountains was opened by Sir Hercules Robinson, 
 amidst enthusiastic public rejoicings, on 4th April 
 1876. The physical character of the Blue Mountain 
 district is described in the article Australia. 
 
 BLYTH, SIR ARTHUR (1823 ) came to 
 
 South Australia in 1839, and was elected a member 
 of Parliament under the New Constitution soon 
 after its establishment. He devoted himself 
 earnestly to the business of political life ; took a 
 prominent position in several ministries ; and was 
 appointed Agent-general, 16th February 1877, on 
 the death of Francis S. Dutton C.M.G. After 
 this appointment he received the honour of 
 Knighthood, with the Companionship of the Order 
 of St. Michael and St. George.
 
 Bly— Borl 
 
 (lYnLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 55 
 
 BLYTHE RIVER, in T., flowing into Bass 
 Strait, about five miles to the eastward of Emu 
 Bay, in the county of Devon. 
 
 BOGAN RIVER, in N.S.W., in the district of 
 Wellington. The chief sources arise in Hervey'.s 
 range, and in the less elevated country between 
 the Lachlan and the Macquarie. It flows N.W., 
 and empties itself into the Darling, near Fort 
 Bourke, receiving in its course the waters of the 
 Bullock River and Tandoga Creek. The uniformity 
 of the Bogan from its spring to its junction with 
 the Darling is very remarkable. In a course of 250 
 miles no change is observable in the character of 
 its banks, or the breadth of its bed. The Bogan 
 is the Allan Water of Oxley ; and Sturt, who dis- 
 covered it at a different part in 1828, named it 
 New Year Creek. 
 
 BONGAREE, KING, chief of the Port Jackson 
 tribe of natives when Phillip landed. He and his 
 wife, Queen Gooseberry, were acknowledged by 
 the Governor as holding sovereign authority over 
 the tribe, and all negotiations were carried on 
 through the King. He died at Garden Island, in 
 November 1830. His Queen did not long survive 
 him, and with her death the tribe became extinct. 
 
 BON WICK, JAMES (1820—) author of many 
 works on the early history of the Australasian 
 Colonies, of a number of elementary school-books 
 for the use of Australian youths, and of several 
 miscellaneous works in general literature. Bonwick 
 spent the first part of his colonial career in T., 
 and afterwards came to V., where he held for some 
 years the post of Inspector of Schools under the 
 National Board. Failing health obliged him to 
 relinquish this employment, and to travel for the 
 benefit of his health. He subsequently established 
 a first-class private school at St. Kilda, near 
 Melbourne. Bonwick is a man of unflagging 
 industry, an able teacher, and a writer of con- 
 siderable ability on educational and cognate 
 subjects. His various contributions to the early 
 history of the colonies are invaluable as permanent 
 records. His style is always vigorous and racy. 
 
 BOOBY ISLAND, in Torres Strait, a small 
 rocky islet of scarcely one-third of a mile in 
 diameter, was discovered by the ships Claudine 
 and Mary, and then named Larpent Bank. 
 
 BOOMERANG, the well-known native instru- 
 ment, is of a curved form, made of a piece of hard 
 wood, thirty to forty inches in length, two and a- 
 half to three inches wide at the broadest part, and 
 tapering away at each end nearly to a point ; the 
 concave part is from one-eighth to one-fourth of 
 an inch thick, and the convex quite sharp. A 
 native can throw this simple instrument forty or 
 fifty yards, horizontally skimming along the sur- 
 face not more than three or four feet from the 
 ground, when it will suddenly rise into the air to 
 the height of fifty or sixty yards, describing a 
 considerable curve, and finally fall at his feet. 
 During the whole of this evolution, the boome- 
 rang keeps turning with great rapidity, like a piece 
 
 of wood revolving on a pivot, and with a whizzing 
 noise. It is not easy to comprehend by what law 
 of projection the boomerang is made to take the 
 singular direction it does. In the hands of a 
 European it is a ticklish instrument, as it may 
 return and strike himself ; but the Aborigine can 
 inflict with it the most deadly wounds on others. 
 The surprising motion is evidently produced by 
 the bulged side of the missile. The air, imping- 
 ing thereon, lifts the boomerang in the air, exactly 
 as by hitting the oblique bars in a windmill, it 
 forces it to go round. The ingenuity of the con- 
 trivance is very extraordinary as coming from 
 almost the lowest race of mankind. Men of the 
 highest scientific attainments have failed as yet 
 to solve the problem in the dynamics of projectiles 
 involved in it. 
 
 B00R0WA RIVER, in N.S.W., a branch of 
 the River Lachlan. It bounds the county of King- 
 on the west, separating it from the district of 
 Lachlan : it rises in the range dividing the waters 
 of the Yass and Narrawa rivers, and flowing N. 
 empties itself into the Lachlan near Warwick 
 Plains. 
 
 BORA, a native custom derived from "Bor" or 
 " Boora," the belt of manhood, which is conferred 
 on youths entering that stage. This is supposed 
 to be endowed with magical power, so that by 
 throwing it at an enemy sickness can be ejected 
 from the body of the thrower. The Bora is the 
 great national institution of the Australian 
 Aboriginal, the rite of initiation into the duties 
 and privileges of manhood. The sacredness of this 
 immemorial rite, and the indispensable obligation 
 to submit to it, are deeply impressed on the minds 
 of the young. Even when they enter the service 
 of settlers, and in great measure break off from 
 association with their own people, they seem to be 
 bound by an irresistible spell to submit at the 
 presented time, in spite of all obstacles and dissua- 
 sions, to their national rites. The Bora is held 
 whenever there is a considerable number of youths 
 of an age to be admitted to the rank of manhood. 
 The Rev. William Ridley, an authority on the 
 subject, says : — " Old Billy Murri Bundar at 
 Burturgate, stated that the Creator ' Baiame' 
 long ago commanded the people to keep the 
 Bora, and gave them the Dhurumbulum, or 
 sacred wand, for this purpose. He said any one 
 of the men might demand that a Bora be held. 
 Then they consult as to the place, and choose one 
 of their number to be the dictator or manager of the 
 solemnity. This dictator sends a man round to all 
 the tribes, who are expected to join in it. This 
 herald bears in his hand a boomerang and a spear 
 with a muriira (pady-melon) skin hanging upon 
 it. Sometimes all the men within twenty miles 
 are summoned, sometimes a much larger circuit 
 is included, and Billy stated that every one 
 summoned must attend the Bora, even if he 
 have to travel a hundred miles to it. It is so done, 
 he said, all over the country and always will be.
 
 56 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF W'STRALASIA. 
 
 [Bor— Bot 
 
 The dictator chooses a suitable spot for the 
 purpose, and fixes the day for the opening of the 
 ceremony. The ground is regarded as consecrated 
 to 'Baiame,' and his will is obeyed in carrying 
 out the service. Notice is given three weeks at 
 least, sometimes three months, before the ceremony 
 begins ; during the interval the trees on the 
 chosen ground are ornamented with figures of 
 snakes and birds cut with the tomahawk. When 
 the appointed time is come, the men leave their 
 camps, where the women and children and youths 
 remain. The men assemble at the selected spot, 
 clear away all the bushes, and make a semi- 
 circular embankment or fence ; this being done, 
 some of the men go to the camps, pretending to 
 make a hostile attack, on which the women run 
 away with the children, — the young men and boys 
 over thirteen go back with the men to the 
 Bora. Very few Europeans have been allowed 
 to witness the ceremony, but a Mr. Honey, when 
 a boy, was present at one held between the 
 Barwon and Castlereagh Rivers, and has given a 
 description of it : but the proceedings and cere- 
 monies appear to differ widely in the different 
 tribes, the discipline the candidates for manhood 
 have to go through in some tribes being far more 
 severe than in others, so much so that the young 
 men, after undergoing the severity of the ordeal, 
 are quite exhausted, and sometimes half-dead. 
 Previous to undergoing the ordeal, the candidates 
 have to be for seven or eight months under a 
 strict rule, eating only prescribed food, and keep- 
 ing themselves partially secluded from social 
 intercourse. The day of the ceremony having 
 been decided on, and the tribes assembled, a place 
 is cleared and prepared generally on the top of a 
 low hill ; here the youths are kept for a week 
 under the surveillance of two or three old men ; 
 at the end of this time one of the front teeth is 
 knocked out and the youths receive a severe 
 flogging, during which tortures they are not 
 expected to groan or display any signs of pain. 
 For the next four days (in some tribes) their food 
 is of the most revolting description that can be 
 imagined. After the last ceremony the young 
 men were allowed to go away. For three or four 
 months they are not allowed to come within three 
 hundred yards of a woman, but once in the course 
 of the time a great smoke is made with burning 
 boughs, and the young men are brought up to one 
 side of it, whilst women appear at a distance on 
 the other side. Then the young men go away 
 for another month or so ; at the end of that time 
 they again assemble and take part in a sham fight ; 
 this completes the long process of initiation. From 
 this time they are free to exercise all the privileges 
 of manhood, amongst which are the eating of 
 the flesh of kangaroo and emus, and the taking of 
 wives. During the intervals between the cere- 
 monies of the Bora the candidates are carefully 
 instructed by the old men in the unwritten laws 
 or traditions of their tribe and the laws of con- 
 sanguinity and marriage, a breach of which latter 
 
 moral law subjects the offender to the risk of 
 death. The ceremonial of the Bora is the great 
 educational system by which this exact observance 
 of their law is inculcated." 
 
 BORDA, CAPE, is the N.W. extremity of 
 Kangaroo Island, S.A. This cape is formed by 
 high land nearly 450 feet above the level of the 
 sea, and may be approached within a reasonable 
 distance. There is a fine lighthouse, rising sixty 
 feet above the cape, or about 510 feet above the 
 sea level. From Cape Borda the coast continues 
 high and cliffy, and trends in a southerly direction 
 towards Cape Bedout ; about three miles from the 
 cape is the Ravine de Casoars, a remarkable gorge. 
 The coast in this locality assumes a more rugged 
 and rocky character ; straggling, detached masses 
 appearing out of water, with the sea breaking over 
 them with great violence. 
 
 BOREE, a fine grazing tract of country, situate 
 to the N.W. of the Belubula river, in the district 
 of Wellington, in N.S.W. There is in this country 
 a very remarkable natural bridge, formed by the 
 limestone rock, across the Boree stream, which 
 receives in its course various subterranean tribu- 
 taries. 
 
 BOTANY BAY, a large but shallow harbour in 
 N.S.W., is the spot first touched by Cook, when 
 he discovered the eastern coast of Australia, on 
 28th April 1770, early in the morning of which 
 day he anchored under the S. shore, about two 
 miles within the entrance, abreast of a small native 
 village consisting of six or eight huts. The first 
 person buried at Botany Bay was Forby Sutherland, 
 a native of the Orkneys, and one of the seamen 
 belonging to the crew of Cook, who died two days 
 afterwards, and was buried near a small fresh- 
 water creek. From that circumstance, Cook called 
 the point which the land forms in that part of the 
 bay, Sutherland Point. The name of Botany Bay, 
 conferred by Banks upon the comparatively barren 
 coast where Cook first landed, is a permanent 
 proof of the rich field of vegetable novelties which 
 the naturalist met with there. Wherever there is 
 a particle of soil — in the midst of a desert of sand 
 and salt — in the crevice of a rock — on the surface 
 of a reef just emerged from the sea— or on the 
 trunk of a fallen tree, there grows a plant of some 
 kind or other; it is often a useless, and sometimes 
 an ungainly one, but still it grows, and grows 
 rapidly. The harbour of Botany Bay is about five 
 miles long, from N. to S., and six miles in width, 
 from E. to W., and receives the waters of Cook's 
 and George rivers. It lies about fourteen miles 
 to the southward of the Heads of Port Jackson, is 
 wide, open, and unsheltered for vessels. A brass 
 plate on the cliffs marks the spot where Cook first 
 landed ; which, together with a handsome monu- 
 ment, surmounted by a gilt sphere, erected to the 
 memory of La Perouse, contribute to give an 
 intellectual interest to the scene. Here it was that 
 Phillip so unexpectedly met the two French ships 
 commanded by the unfortunate French navigator,
 
 Bou] 
 
 i'W l.ol'.KDIA i»' Al'STKALASlA. 
 
 .,; 
 
 Fur very many years after the establishment of the 
 colony of N.S.W., Australia was popularly known 
 in England only as "Botany Bay." 
 
 BOUCAUT, JAMES PENN (1831 ) came 
 
 to S.A. in 1846. He spent a few years in the 
 interior, and then devoted himself to the study of 
 law. In November 1855 he was called to the Bar ; 
 entered Parliament in the beginning of 1862, as 
 representative of the city of Adelaide ; lost his 
 election the following year, but was successful 
 in gaining re-election in 1865. In March 1866 
 Boucaut formed a Government consisting of him- 
 self, Sir A. Blyth, Sir Wm. Milne, Duffield, and 
 English, which held office until April 1867. In 
 1872 he joined the Hughes Ministry, principally 
 to establish the principle, that the Governor is 
 not entitled, under all circumstances, and at all 
 times, absolutely to say that the framer should 
 be necessarily the head of the Government. In 
 1875 he formed a Ministry to carry out the 
 "Boucaut Policy." This Ministry was re-consti- 
 tuted on the appointment of Way to be Chief 
 Justice and the retirement of Morgan and Colton- 
 It was defeated on the meeting of Parliament in 
 June 1876, on the ground that Boucaut had joined 
 some of his opponents. The succeeding Ministry 
 under Colton adopted the Boucaut policy with 
 regard to the carrying out of public works, but 
 without his policy of increasing the revenue and 
 emigration. This Government was removed from 
 office in October following, by reason of an 
 attempt to coerce the Upper House, and Boucaut 
 again took office. He was distinguished by his 
 advocacy of the rights of all parts of the com- 
 munity, was opposed to extreme views, and sought 
 to introduce a cautious and gradual policy, so as to 
 legislate for the future. He publicly declared his 
 belief in the community of interest between S.A. 
 and N.S.W., and advocated, as a matter of the 
 highest importance to both, the maintenance of a 
 good understanding between them. In the work 
 of railway extension Boucaut tried for a union of 
 the two colonies ; and also proposed, and to a large 
 extent carried into effect, the policy of constructing 
 a railway from Adelaide across the continent to 
 Port Darwin. Boucaut resigned office in Septem- 
 ber 1878, having accepted a Puisne Judgeship of 
 the Supreme Court. 
 
 BOUGAINVILLE, LOUIS ANTOINE DE 
 (1729-1811) French navigator, made a voyage 
 round the world in 1766-9, with a frigate and a 
 transport. This was the first circumnavigation 
 ever achieved by the French. He discovered 
 Otaheite, the Navigators Islands, and others of 
 the smaller islands. A cape on the E. coast of 
 T., the northernmost point of Prosser's Bay, and 
 another on the N.W. coast of the continent, between 
 Admiralty Gulf and Vansittart Bay, are named 
 after him. 
 
 BOUNTIFUL ISLANDS, two small islands in 
 the Gulf of Carpentaria, forming the easternmost 
 portion of the Wellesley group. They were 
 
 discovered by Flinders in 1802, and named from the 
 abundance of turtle found on them. The highest 
 hill he named Mount Flinders. These islands lie 
 a mile and a-half apart. The northern and largest 
 is two and a-half miles long and three-quarters of 
 a mile wide. The smallest is about half a mile 
 each way, and has a mound with a remarkable 
 tree on its summit. 
 
 BOUNTY, MUTINY OF THE. In 1787, the 
 Bounty, commanded by Captain Bligh, was sent by 
 the British Government to the South Sea Islands 
 for a cargo of bread-fruit trees. But Bligh's 
 conduct to his sailors was so tyrannical that they 
 mutinied, put him, along with eighteen others, into 
 an open boat, then sailed away, leaving him in the 
 middle of the Pacific Ocean. Bligh was a skilful 
 sailor, and the voyage he thereupon undertook is 
 one of the most remarkable on record. In an open 
 boat he carried his little party over 3,600 miles of 
 unknown ocean to the island of Timor, where 
 they found a vessel that took them home. The 
 mutineers took the vessel to Pitcairn's Island, and 
 there lived unmolested until 1808, when their 
 descendants were discovered by Captain Folgar, of 
 Boston. They were subsequently, in 1851, to the 
 number of 194 souls, removed to Norfolk Island. 
 Bligh was promoted to the Governorship of N.S.W. 
 for his fortitude on this occasion. Byron's poem 
 of the "Island" is founded on the Mutiny of the 
 Bounty. 
 
 BOURKE, LIEUTENANT-GENERAL SIR 
 RICHARD, K.C.B. (1778-1855) eighth Governor 
 of N.S.W., entered the British army in 1798, and 
 served w-ith distinction in Holland, South America, 
 and the Peninsular campaign. He was appointed 
 Governor of the eastern district of the Cape of 
 Good Hope in 1825, and Governor-in-Chief of 
 N.S.W. in 1831. Bourke was the ablest and most 
 popular Governor the colony ever had. He landed 
 at Sydney on 3rd December 1831, and his coming 
 was hailed by the colonists as the dawn of a 
 happier era. In an address of welcome, they 
 indulged a well-founded hope that with the termi- 
 nation of unfavourable seasons the reign of discord 
 and insecurity had also passed away; and that 
 with the return of plenty, a wise and fostering 
 Government might restore concord and fellowship, 
 and reproduce in the colony that confidence which 
 had been so long wanting. His Excellency was 
 earnestly requested in the same address, the tenor 
 of which was a mixture of compliment and dicta- 
 tion, to judge for himself of the character and 
 wants of the people, and to place no reliance upon 
 the reports of others. The Colonial Secretary was 
 alluded to with severe disapprobation as the last 
 individual by whose opinions the colonists would 
 like to be judged. The Governor, in reply, recom- 
 mended a total oblivion of past dissensions, and a 
 sacrifice of resentments, public and private, in the 
 interests of their adopted country. With all the 
 talent and energy of Macquarie, Bourke had a 
 frank and cordial manner which won all meu'<4
 
 58 
 
 I fl l.oP^DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I Bou— Bow 
 
 hearts, and he was long spoken of as the "good 
 old Governor." During his rule the colony 
 made steady progress. In 1833 the population 
 numbered 60,000 souls, and large additions 
 arrived annually. On his assuming office, Bourke 
 found that much discontentment existed with 
 reference to the Land Question. It was under- 
 stood that any one who applied for land to the 
 Government, and showed that he coidd make a 
 good use of it, would receive a suitable area as a 
 free grant. But many abuses crept in under this 
 system. In theory all men had an equal right to 
 obtain the land they required ; but, in practice, it 
 was seldom possible for one who had no friends 
 among the officials to obtain a grant. An immi- 
 grant had often to wait for months, and see his 
 application unheeded ; while a few favoured 
 individuals were calling day by day at the Land 
 Office, and receiving grants of the choicest parts of 
 the colony. Bourke made a new arrangement. 
 There were to be no more free grants. In the 
 settled districts all land was to be put up for 
 auction ; if less than five shillings an acre was 
 offered, it was not to be sold ; when the offers rose 
 above that price, it was to be given to the highest 
 bidder. This was regarded as a very fair arrange- 
 ment ; and, as a large sum of money was annually 
 received from the sale of land, the Government 
 was able to resume the practice, discontinued in 
 1818, of assisting poor people in Europe to 
 emigrate to the colony. 'Beyond the surveyed 
 districts the land was occupied by squatters, who 
 settled down where they pleased, but had no legal 
 right to their "runs." With regard to these 
 lands new regulations were urgently required, for 
 the squatters, who were liable to be turned off at a 
 moment's notice, felt themselves in a precarious 
 position. Besides, as their sheep increased rapidly, 
 and the flocks of neighbouring squatters interfered 
 with one another, feuds sprang up, and were carried 
 on with much bitterness. To put an end to these 
 evils, Bourke ordered the squatters to apply for 
 the land they required. He promised to have 
 boundaries marked out ; but gave notice that he 
 would, in future, charge a small rent, proportional 
 to the number of sheep the land could support- 
 In return he would secure to each squatter the 
 peaceable occupation of his run, until the time 
 came when it . should be required for sale. This 
 regulation did much to secure the stability of 
 squatting interests in N.S.W. After ruling well 
 and wisely for six years, Bourke retired in the year 
 1837, amid the sincere regrets of the whole colony. 
 The colonists erected a magnificent bronze statue 
 to his memory in the Domain, Sydney, bearing the 
 following inscription : — " This statue of Lieutenant - 
 i teneral Sir Richard Bourke, K.C.B., is erected by 
 the people of New South Wales, to record his able, 
 honest, and benevolent administration from 1831 
 to 1837. Selected for the government at a period 
 of singular difficulty, his judgment, urbanity, and 
 firmness justified the choice. Comprehending at 
 once the vast resources peculiar to this colony, he 
 
 applied them for the first time systematically to 
 its benefit. He voluntarily divested himself of 
 the prodigious influence arising from the assign- 
 ment of penal labour, and enacted just and 
 salutary laws for the amelioration of penal discip- 
 line. He was the first Governor who published 
 satisfactory accounts of the public receipts and 
 expenditure. Without oppression or detriment to 
 any interest, he raised the revenue to a vast 
 amount, and from its surplus realised extensive 
 plans of immigration. He established religious 
 equality on a just and firm basis, and sought to 
 provide for all, without distinction of sect, a sound 
 and adequate system of national education. He 
 constructed various public works of permanent 
 utility. He founded the flourishing settlement of 
 Port Phillip, and threw open the wilds of Australia 
 to pastoral enterprise. He established Savings 
 Banks, and was the patron of the first Mechanics' 
 Institute. He created an equitable tribunal for 
 determining upon claims to grants of land. He 
 was the warm friend of the liberty of the Press. 
 He extended trial by jury after its almost total 
 suspension for many years. By these and numerous 
 other measures for the moral, religious, and general 
 improvement of all classes, he raised the colony 
 to unexampled prosperity, and retired amid the 
 reverent and affectionate regret of the people, 
 having won their confidence by his integrity, their 
 gratitude by his services, their admiration by his 
 public talents, and their esteem by his private 
 worth." 
 
 BOURKE, a township on the S. bank of the 
 Darling, 576 miles N.W. from Sydney. The sur- 
 rounding district embraces the eastern portion of 
 the pastoral district of Albert, the western and 
 southern portions of Warrego, and the northern 
 portion of Wellington. The want of rain is often 
 felt severely, which makes the district fit only 
 for pastoral purposes ; but although it was long 
 regarded as in the unknown interior, it is becoming 
 rapidly populated, and considerable settlement is 
 taking place on the banks of the Darling. Within 
 the last few years the district has been discovered 
 to be rich in metals. Copper ore has been found 
 of a remarkably rich character, and in great 
 abundance, and the quartz reefs which are visible 
 in many parts have been found to contain gold. 
 
 BOWEN, JOHN, lieutenant in the Eoyal 
 Navy, was sent from Sydney in 1803, with his 
 vessel, the Lady Xehon, to form a small colony in 
 V.D.L. He carried with him a number of the 
 lowest class of prisoners, together with a powerful 
 guard of soldiers, and landed at Risdon, on the 
 estuary of the Derwent river. Whilst the ground 
 was being cleared, a band of several hundred 
 natives pulled down the most advanced hut and 
 provoked an attack; the soldiers killed about 
 thirty, thus commencing a slaughter which ter- 
 minated only with the complete destruction of all 
 the aborigines of T. This was the first attempt 
 at colonising V.D.L., preceding Collins's arrival by
 
 Bow— BoyJ 
 
 STI i.npJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 59 
 
 several months. The settlement of Risdon Cove 
 was then abandoned by Collins, and the site of 
 Hobart Town chosen instead. 
 
 BOWEN, a seaport township in Q. on the 
 northern shore of Port Denison, about 725 miles 
 N.W. of Brisbane. The harbour, which was dis- 
 covered in 1859 by Captain Sinclair, is one of the 
 best on the eastern coast of Australia, is secure 
 in all weathers, and admirably adapted as a 
 port of call for vessels using the inner passage 
 to Torres Strait. Bowen is the outlet and port 
 of a large area of pastoral country. There is an 
 extensive deposit of good coal within sixty miles. 
 The population of the town is about 1200. There 
 is some land under cultivation in the district, 
 principally for maize and sugar-cane. Marble 
 has been found in the neighbourhood. The district 
 is a pastoral one, but has a considerable extent of 
 excellent agricultural land. 
 
 BOWEN, SIR GEO. FERGUSON, G.C.M.G. 
 
 (1821 ) was educated at the Charterhouse 
 
 School, and at Trinity College, Oxford. In 1847 
 he was appointed President of the University of 
 Corfu, which post he held for four years, and 
 obtained reputation by his "Ithaca in 1850," and 
 "Mount Athos, Thessaly, and Epirus," as well as 
 for his articles on the affairs of the Ionian Islands 
 in the English reviews. In 1854 he was made 
 Chief Secretary, and held that office until 1859. 
 He married, in 1856, Countess Roma, daughter of 
 Count Roma, then President of the Senate. He 
 was appointed first Governor of Q. in 1859. After 
 its separation from N.S.W., the colony of Q. went 
 rapidly ahead, and the Governor was extremely 
 popular ; but speedily political complications — the 
 inseparable attendant of self-government — arose, 
 and the too rapid expansion of trade and commerce 
 was followed by a reaction. As a consequence of 
 these causes the Governor's popularity declined 
 towards the close of his rule. In 1867 he was 
 transferred to N.Z., and during his five years rule 
 there was very popular. No special political 
 incident marked the period. In 1872 Bowen was 
 promoted to the Governorship of V., in a highly 
 complimentary despatch from the Imperial Govern- 
 ment. Up till 1878 the course of his administration 
 ran smoothly, but in that year the deadlock between 
 the two Houses occurred, and the charge of siding 
 with the Ministry against the Legislative Council 
 was made against the Governor. This charge 
 received some corroboration from the circumstance 
 of Bowen's giving his assent, in the Executive 
 Council, to the wholesale dismissals of " Black 
 Wednesday." From that time his rule was a 
 troubled one. Party feeling in the colony ran 
 unusually high, and the Governor was fiercely 
 attacked by a section of the press. In 1879, his 
 full term having expired, Bowen was transferred 
 to the Governorship of the Mauritius. In the 
 correspondence that ensued upon the " Black 
 Wednesday" affair, the Secretary of State, although 
 he did not directly disapprove of the Governor's 
 
 act in sanctioning the dismissals, wrote strongly 
 against the impolicy of disbanding the minor 
 judiciary and disorganising the civil service in that 
 wholesale manner. 
 
 BOWENFELS, a township in N.S.W., ninety- 
 seven miles W. of Sydney, with which it has direct 
 railway communication. It lies nearly 3000 feet 
 above the sea level, at the junction of the Bathurst 
 and Mudgee roads. The population numbers 
 about 400. The district is both agricultural and 
 pastoral ; there are also large deposits of coal and 
 kerosene shale in the vicinity. Not far from here 
 are the works of the Lithgow Valley Iron Company, 
 consisting of a blast and puddling furnace and 
 appliances, besides a foundry and rolling mills 
 for turning out castings, railway and bar iron. 
 
 BOWER BIRD, the name given to a certain 
 bird of the Starling family, remarkable for making 
 bower-like nests of twigs and branches, and 
 decorating them with gay-coloured feathers, bones, 
 and shells. Some of these bowers are several feet 
 long, arched over at the top, and are the resort of 
 many individuals, both males and females, which 
 run in and out as if for amusement. The Satin 
 Birds are of this species, which abounds in the 
 mountainous districts of N.S.W., and in the 
 brush between the mountains and the coast. 
 These birds were first made known by Gould, in 
 his splendid work on the " Birds of Australia." 
 
 BOYD, BENJAMIN (1796 ) came to N.S.W. 
 
 in 1840, for the purpose of organising the branches 
 of the Royal Bank of Australia. He purchased 
 station property extensively in the Monaro district, 
 Iliverina, and elsewhere. He founded a settlement 
 at Twofold Bay, and erected a large store there for 
 the purpose of supplying his Monaro stations, so 
 as to save the expense attending carriage overland 
 from Sydney ; and also premises for boiling-down 
 the sheep into tallow. He specidated largely in 
 whaling, and Twofold Bay was the rendezvous for 
 his whale ships. He erected a lighthouse for the 
 purpose of directing vessels coming to his wharf ; 
 but the Government refused to permit the exhibi- 
 tion of a light, unless a guarantee were given for 
 its constant maintenance. He carried on the 
 shipping of cattle to T., N.Z., and other markets. 
 He purposed making Boyd Town a place of com- 
 mercial importance, by stealing a march on the 
 Government, which had made Eden the official 
 township. He was amongst the first to attempt 
 to procure cheap labour by the employment of the 
 South Sea Islanders. He engaged a large steamer, 
 with five smaller vessels as tenders, for this enter- 
 prise. His experiment was made with natives 
 from the New Hebrides. He landed several ship- 
 loads of the natives at Twofold Bay, and despatched 
 them to his stations in the interior. They were 
 engaged to act as shepherds or hutkeepers for a 
 term of years, at 6d. per week, with a new 
 shirt and a Kilmarnock cap every year. A very 
 short trial proved their unfitness for pastoral life. 
 By some means most of them found their waj to
 
 GO 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Boy— Bra 
 
 Sydney, where they created no small consternation 
 amongst the women and children as they marched 
 through the streets all but naked, bearing their 
 clubs and other weapons, as if ready to commence 
 an attack. After being experimented on in various 
 ways, amongst others as seamen on board Boyd's 
 whalers, some of them got back to their native 
 shores. Meanwhile the company with whose 
 money this immense business was being carried on 
 began to manifest uneasiness in regard to the 
 management. The shareholders had received 
 accounts from time to time of the increase of 
 their flocks and herds, of the millions of acres that 
 belonged to them, of the outgoings and ingoings of 
 the fleet of whalers, but their looked-for 6 per cent, 
 was never forthcoming. Ultimately they grew 
 so dissatisfied, that a change in the management 
 was demanded. Arbitrators were called in to 
 arrange matters between the dissentients, and after 
 a good deal of trouble, Boyd agreed to retire and to 
 resign all claims on the Company, on condition of 
 receiving three of the whale ships, his yacht called 
 the Wanderer, in which he had come from England, 
 and two sections of land at Twofold Bay. His 
 fate was sad. He embarked with a digging party, 
 mostly consisting of Australian aboriginals, on 
 board the Wanderer, and sailed for California in 
 1850, at the time of the gold excitement there. 
 He was unsuccessful, and was on his way back to 
 Sydney when his yacht touched at one of the 
 islands in the Solomon Group known as Gaudal- 
 canar. There he went ashore with a black boy to 
 have some shooting, and is supposed to have been 
 murdered, as he was never seen again. Vessels 
 were at various times despatched from Sydney to 
 the island, and every inquiry possible was made. 
 On one occasion the natives said he was murdered, 
 and showed a skull, which was brought to Sydney, 
 as that of the unfortunate gentlemen ; but it proved 
 not to have belonged to a European, but to a man 
 of native race. On Boyd's retirement from the 
 management of the Company, its affairs became 
 more and more involved, and after being in 
 Chancery some years, the property was disposed 
 of by order of the Official Assignee in London. 
 The stations in Monaro sold well, but those in 
 
 Riverina and elsewhere left a deficit of ,£80, >, 
 
 which the shareholders had to make up in order 
 to recoup the Sydney firms who had made 
 advances to the Company. Thus passed away one 
 of the largest properties ever held in Australia, 
 and nothing now remains to mark its existence, 
 save those magnificent ruins which Boyd erected 
 at Boyd Town in the hey-day of his prosperity. 
 In Wells' Gazetteer of the Australian Colonies, 
 (Sydney 1848) no less than seventeen pages are 
 devoted to a description of Boyd Town, and a 
 glowing account of the capabilities of the Twofold 
 Bay district. 
 
 BOYD TOWN, in N.S.W., named after and by 
 Benjamin Boyd. Wells, in 1848, writes of it in 
 these terms:— "Boyd Town, although but lately 
 founded, is alreadj a flourishing sea-port, enjoying 
 
 a commerce of considerable importance ; and, being 
 the key to the extensive Maneroo country (whence 
 an excellent road has been constructed) it is the 
 chief port of outlet for the south-eastern districts 
 of N.S.W. Of the convenience, capacity and 
 safety of the anchorage, both at Boyd Town and 
 East Boyd, Captain Stokes, R.N., Lieutenant 
 Woore, R.N., Surveyor Tyers, and every other 
 officer who has visited Twofold Bay, speak in the 
 highest terms. Both townships are named after 
 their founder, Mr. B. Boyd, to whose spirit and 
 individual enterprise must be ascribed every sign 
 of advance and improvement which now greets 
 the eye of the visitor to this fine bay." Then 
 follows a magniloquent description of the light- 
 house. Wells proceeds :— " At East Boyd is the 
 large whaling establishment of Mr. Boyd ; whence 
 nine sperm whalers now sail : and inasmuch as 
 Great Britain, and all her colonies, have only fifty- 
 nine vessels engaged in this important trade, which, 
 in the Pacific alone, employs nearly 700 American 
 whalers, the most correct idea of the value of the 
 depots at Twofold Bay is thus given. At Boyd 
 Town there is a convenient jetty, 300 feet long ; 
 and as vessels seeking the port to refit have the 
 advantage of a heaving-down hulk, and every 
 necessary mechanical assistance — abundance of 
 water, and every description of provision and 
 vegetables —both Boyd and East Boyd are favourite 
 resorts for shipping. The laying out of Boyd Town 
 is in good taste. A handsome Gothic Church, the 
 spire of which is visible twenty miles at sea — 
 ranges of commodious stores, some 120 feet in 
 length — well-built brick houses, and neat verandah 
 cottages — a splendid hotel in the Elizabethan 
 style, (one of the most unique establishments in 
 the colony) — large salting and boiling-down houses ; 
 and various other substantial proofs of an increas- 
 ing trade and commerce, mark the rapid advance 
 of this young and hitherto almost unknown port 
 of the Pacific. This is not, perhaps, the proper 
 place to enter into a lengthy inquiry as to the 
 comparative state of the British and American 
 whaling trades — the sudden rise of the latter, and 
 the strange decay of the former, until the exertions 
 of Mr. Boyd gave it an impetus, which must 
 yet be productive of the most favourable results. 
 The obstacles presented by the existing Navigation 
 Laws, and by the exhaustion of the labour market 
 in N.S.W., are points which must be carefully 
 considered by the British Government, before 
 the South Sea Fisheries can be made profitably 
 available for British enterprise." At present Boyd 
 Town is non-existent, and the whales have deserted 
 Twofold Bay. 
 
 B0YNE, a river of Q., discovered by Oxley in 
 1823. It disembogues into the harbour of Port 
 Curtis, or rather, just at its entrance ; and, like 
 the generality of the rivers on the east coast, has 
 a bar at its mouth. 
 
 BRAIDW00D, a township in N.S.W., 186 miles 
 to the S.S.W. of Sydney, situated 3357 feet above 
 the sea-level. In spite of drawbacks, the principal
 
 Bre— Bri' 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 CI 
 
 cif which is its difficulty of access from the rugged 
 character of the country, it is a thriving place, and 
 the principal town of the southern goldfields dis- 
 trict. The population is about 1200. Several 
 diggings, principally alluvial, surround Braidwood, 
 the nearest being those on the Shoalhaven river, 
 about five miles distant ; the Jembaicumbene, 
 Major's Creek, Bell's Creek, Araluen, and other 
 diggings, are within a radius of twenty miles 
 of the town. The country in some parts is well 
 suited for tillage, and large crops of wheat have 
 been gathered. 
 
 BREMER, SIR GORDON, Captain in the 
 Royal Navy. In 1824 the Imperial Government, 
 hearing that the French were fitting out a colonis- 
 ing expedition for North Australia, despatched this 
 officer with H.M.S. Tamar and two store ships, to 
 establish a penal settlement on Melville Island, in 
 Apsley Strait. A party of military and prisoners 
 were landed, and erected the stockade of Fort 
 Dundas. The settlement, after an existence of 
 four years, was abandoned on 31st March 1829, 
 in consequence of the continued unfavourable 
 accounts transmitted to the Home Government. 
 A second attempt was made at Raffles Bay, but 
 was equally unsuccessful. Sir Gordon Bremer then 
 took possession of the whole of the northern coast 
 westward from Cape York. In 1831 he again 
 attempted a settlement at Port Essington, mainly 
 intended as a harbour of refuge. This settlement 
 continued to exist for nineteen years, but being 
 found profitless was abandoned in 1850. 
 
 BREMER River, in Q., a considerable branch 
 of the Brisbane. The town of Ipswich is on its 
 banks. — Also a river of S.A., falling into Lake 
 Alexandrina. Both were named by Sir G. Bremer. 
 BREMER, Port, a deep inlet and good harbour, 
 situated in Coburg Peninsula, between Port Essing- 
 ton and Raffles Bay, N.A. 
 
 BRIDGEWATER, Cape and Bay, in V. The 
 Bay is an indentation between capes Bridgewater 
 and Nelson, and is about six miles wide, and 
 two miles long. The cape is a promontory on 
 the S. coast, standing boldly out into the sea, 
 about eight miles W. of Cape Nelson; it runs 
 from the mainland in a S. direction for about 
 three miles, about two miles in breadth, and 
 terminates in a high bluff. The village of Bridge- 
 water stands on the cape. The cape and bay 
 were discovered and named by Grant in 1800. 
 
 BRISBANE, the capital of Q., is situated on 
 the Biver Brisbane, which surrounds it on two 
 sides, about twenty-five miles from its debouche- 
 ment into Moreton Bay, one of the largest bays on 
 the coast of Australia, and after which for a long 
 time the district was called. It lies about 500 miles 
 N. of Sydney. Brisbane was originally settled in 
 1824, having been made a penal station by Governor 
 . Sir T. Brisbane, from whom it takes its name. 
 Its advance until 1842 was slow, when the colony 
 was opened to free settlers, and from that period 
 the city has made steady progress, and is yearly 
 
 growing in importance as the population of the 
 country increases and its resources are developed. 
 The growth during the last few years has been of 
 a very rapid character. Brisbane is divided 
 into four portions — North and South Brisbane, 
 Kangaroo Point, and Fortitude "Valley ; and com- 
 prises three electorates — North and South Brisbane, 
 each returning two members, and Fortitude Valley, 
 one member. The population on 31st December 
 1878 was estimated at 32,012, and it is still 
 increasing. The public buildings comprise many 
 churches and chapels, the Town Hall, the Houses 
 of Legislature (built at a cost of £100,000,) the 
 Post Office, Custom House, School of Arts, and 
 Government Printing Office. The Governor's resi- 
 dence is a very fine building. The shops and 
 warehouses are equal to those in English towns 
 of much larger size. Ample provision for the 
 education of the rising generation is afforded 
 by the Boys Grammar School, the Girls Grammar 
 School, and the Normal School. A magnifi- 
 cent iron bridge, called the Victoria, on the 
 lattice-girder principle, with swing openings to 
 allow of the passage of ships, connects North 
 and South Brisbane. It was commenced in 1863, 
 and was opened with some ceremony by the 
 Marquis of Normanby on 15th June 1874. Its 
 entire length is 1080 feet ; length between abut- 
 ments on shores 1013 feet. Brisbane is now the 
 terminus of the railway system of Q., the connect- 
 ing link between it and Ipswich having been 
 opened in June 1875. The Botanical Gardens are 
 laid out with great taste, and there are two 
 parks for recreation. The city is lighted with 
 gas, and well supplied with water from the 
 Enoggera Creek, seven miles distant. The water- 
 works cost £100,000. The first land sale was held 
 in Brisbane on 9th August 1843 ; the School of 
 Arts was opened 7th October 1851 , first public 
 meeting in favour of separation of Moreton Bay 
 from N.S.W. was held in 1851 ; the Municipality 
 was formed in 1859 ; the first daily paper was 
 published 13th May 1861 ; the foundation stone 
 of the Town Hall was laid 26th January 1864 ; 
 the water-works were commenced 18th August 
 1864; the new School of Arts was opened 16th July 
 1866 ; the foundation stone of the Grammar School 
 was laid by H.R.H. Prince Alfred 29th February 
 1868 ; the Chamber of Commerce was established 
 1st July 1868 ; the Grammar School was opened 
 1st February 1869. The Mayors of Brisbane were 
 John Petrie (1859-62,) T. B. Stephens (1862-3,) 
 G. Edmondstone (1863-4,) Joshua Jeays (1864-5,) 
 A. J. Hockings (1865-6 and 1867-8,) R. S. Warry 
 (1866-7,) J. Hargraves (1868-70,) W. Pettigrew 
 (1870-1,) F. Murray (1871-2,) E. J. Baines (1872-3,) 
 J. Swan (1873-6,) R. A. Kingsford (1876-7,) A. 
 Hubbard (1877-9.) 
 
 BRISBANE, SIR JAMES, Commodore in the 
 R.N., commanded the first line of battle ship that 
 ever arrived in Port Jackson, in 1826. 
 
 BRISBANE RIVER, in Q., was discovered by 
 Oxley, and named in honour of Sir T. Brisbane, on
 
 G-2 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Bri-Bro 
 
 1st December 1823. It disembogues into Moreton 
 Bay ; its source is in the mountain ranges to the 
 northward, but it receives considerable streams in 
 its course, which, together with the main river, 
 traverse a large extent of country. The bay is 
 sixty miles in length from N. to S., and sheltered 
 by several islands ; and on the bar of the river 
 there is a depth of eighteen feet. The tide ascends 
 daily fifty miles above the Brisbane's mouth, flow- 
 ing also up the Bremer the southern branch, the 
 depth of whose channel it augments by eight feet 
 or more. 
 
 BRISBANE, GENERAL SIR THOMAS 
 MAKDOUGAL (1773-1860) a distinguished sol- 
 dier, Colonial Governor, and astronomer, was of 
 the ancient Scotch family of the Brisbanes of that 
 ilk in Ayrshire. He entered the army at the age 
 of sixteen, and became intimate with Arthur 
 Wellesley, afterwards Duke of Wellington. He 
 raised a company in Glasgow in 1793, and joined 
 the campaign in Flanders. In 1796 he distin- 
 guished himself in the West Indies under Sir 
 Ralph Abercromby, as Colonel of the 69th. In 
 1812 he was Brigadier-General under Wellington 
 in Spain. For his conspicuous bravery at the 
 battle of Nive he received the thanks of Parlia- 
 ment. He commanded a brigade in N. America 
 in 1814. In 1821, on the recommendation of the 
 Duke of Wellington, he was appointed Governor 
 of N.S.W., succeeding Macquarie. He held the 
 post for four years, and during that time intro- 
 duced many wise reforms, especially in penal 
 treatment ; secured at his own expense good 
 breeds of horses for the colony ; promoted the 
 cultivation of the sugar-cane, vine, tobacco, and 
 cotton ; established freedom of the press, and trial 
 by jury; and governed with perfect impartiality 
 and tolerance for all denominations of Christians. 
 He was a fine old soldier, a thorough gentleman, 
 honourable and upright in all his ways. He offered 
 every inducement to free immigrants to settle in 
 the colony. He gave them grants of land, and 
 assigned to them as many prisoners as they were 
 able to employ. Very speedily the fine lands of 
 the colony were covered with flocks and herds ; 
 and the applications for prisoners became so 
 numerous that at one time 2000 more were 
 demanded than could be supplied. Hence began 
 an important change in the colony. The costly 
 ( Jovcrnment farms were, one after another, broken 
 ii]i, and the prisoners assigned to the squatters. 
 The unremirnerative public works were abandoned, 
 for many of these had been begun only for the 
 purpose of occupying the prisoners. All this 
 tended for good ; as, when thus scattered, the 
 latter were more manageable, and more likely to 
 reform, than when gathered in large crowds. 
 In Macquarie's time not one prisoner in ten 
 could be usefully employed ; seven or eight 
 years after, there was not a prisoner in the 
 colony whose services would not be eagerly 
 sought ami well paid for by the squatters. 
 Tlie quantity of cleared land rose from 25,000 to 
 
 50,000 acres. The export of wool rose from 
 100,000 lbs. to 500,000 lbs. Ten ships left the 
 port of N.S.W. in 1822 freighted with produce. 
 A pair of merino rams sold for ,£500. Yet, although 
 Brisbane entered on his Government at a time when 
 the colony was in a highly flourishing condition, 
 and notwithstanding his amiable and intelligent 
 personal character, he seems to have wanted some 
 qualities necessary to the position of a Colonial 
 Governor. His administration was short and 
 unpopular. Seeking to avoid the bias of Macquarie, 
 with sympathies which leaned to his own order, 
 and tastes that led him to seclude himself in 
 scientific pursuits, he failed in leaving a decided 
 mark in Australian history. Lang says of Brisbane, 
 that while overflowing with the milk of human 
 kindness in his intercourse with all, he attached 
 few, if any, to his person and Government, and 
 converted into enemies many of those who would 
 otherwise have been his warmest friends. His 
 Government is memorable as the era of free emi- 
 gration. The first free emigrants who paid their 
 passage arrived in 1818. Brisbane's fame as a 
 man of science stands deservedly high. He 
 founded the observatory at Parramatta, of which 
 Carl M. Riimker was the first director ; and cata- 
 logued no less than 7385 stars in the southern 
 skies, for which he received the Copley Medal of 
 the Royal Society of London, and the praise 
 of Herschel. After his return to Scotland he 
 pursued with ardour his scientific studies ; fitted 
 up astronomical and magnetic observatories at 
 Makerstoun, his residence in Scotland ; and was 
 elected President of the Royal Society of Edin- 
 burgh in succession to Sir Walter Scott. He 
 founded two gold medals for scientific merit — 
 one in the award of the Royal Society, the other 
 in that of the Society of Arts. 
 
 BRISBANE WATER, afine harbour of N.S.W. 
 in the county of Northumberland, twelve miles 
 long by seven wide, with a bar at its mouth. The 
 principal streams that flow into it are Eriua and 
 Narrara creeks. The district supplies Sydney 
 with timber for building purposes, and is distant 
 from it seventy-five miles. Its principal town is 
 Gosford. 
 
 BR0DRIBB, WILLIAM ADAMS (1809 ) 
 
 came to T. in 1816, where he subsequently held 
 the offices of Clerk to the Judge-Advocate and 
 Under Sheriff. He went to N.S.W. in L836, 
 and acquired an interest in large pastoral proper- 
 ties. He also formed a sheep and cattle station 
 on the Broken River in the Port Phillip district. 
 A small company being formed in 1841 to explore 
 Gippsland by the "Overlanders," consisting of 
 Brodribb and seven others, they chartered a 
 vessel, the Singapore, and proceeded to Corner 
 Inlet, where they remained a fortnight, but could 
 not find a landing place for their stores and horses. 
 They had almost made up their minds to abandon 
 the enterprise when the idea occurred to them to 
 take a trip along the coast to where the Clonmel
 
 Bro] 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 63 
 
 steamer had been wrecked, at the western end of 
 the Ninety-mile Beach. When they reached this 
 spot they noticed a channel of deep water stretching 
 inland for some distance, and then branching off 
 right and left. Next morning they pulled up the 
 right-hand channel for ten or twelve miles, when 
 they discovered two rivulets, which they named 
 the Albert and the Tara — the latter after their black 
 boy companion. After forming a depot at a place 
 they called Port Albert, the Singapore was sent 
 back to Melbourne, three members of the company 
 returning in her, whilst Kirsopp, Kinghorne, 
 Norman MeLeod, and Brodribb remained. After 
 exploring the surrounding country and meeting 
 with many difficulties and hardships, they returned 
 to Melbourne in April 1841. In 1855 he crossed 
 the Australian Alps with a herd of sheep and 
 cattle, and after four months travelling settled on 
 the Wanganella Run. In 1861 Brodribb sold out 
 and went to Melbourne, where he was elected 
 member for Brighton, and remained in Parliament 
 for about a year, when he resigned and visited 
 England. He remained for two years, and then 
 returned to N.S.W. In 1874 he visited England 
 a second time, and during his sojourn in London 
 was elected F.R.G.S. and F.R.C.L In 1877 he 
 was appointed a member of the N.S.W. Commis- 
 sion at the Paris International Exhibition, and in 
 February 1879 member of the Commission of the 
 N.S.W. International Exhibition. 
 
 BROGDEN, a mountain in N.S.W., in the dis- 
 trict of Lachlan. Under this hill, on 6th June 
 1816, the anniversary of the King's birthday, 
 Cunningham planted acorns, peach and apricot 
 stones, and quince seeds. 
 
 BROGDEN'S RIVER, in the County of 
 Gloucester, N.S.W., is a branch of the River 
 Stroud, and distant from Sydney 178 miles. 
 
 BROKEN BAY, in N.S.W., was discovered by 
 Cook in 1770. It receives the waters of the 
 Hawkesbury. This bay is very much exposed to 
 the E. and S.E. as well as the N.W. winds, and 
 forms the entrance to Pitt Water and Brisbane 
 Water. 
 
 BR00KDALE, in the County of Cumberland, 
 N.S.W., was the residence of Hamilton Hume, 
 celebrated for his enterprise in first exploring the 
 new country and the southern parts of Australia, 
 ijnd for subsequent discoveries and excursions into 
 various parts of the interior. 
 
 BROOKES ISLANDS, situated off the N.E. 
 coast of the continent, lie four miles north from 
 Cape Sandwich, and consist of three rocky islets, 
 besides some of smaller size. 
 
 BROMBY, CHARLES HENRY, D.D.(1814— ) 
 son of the late Rev. J. H. Bromby, Vicar of Trinity 
 Church, Hull, England, was educated at St, John's 
 College, Cambridge, where he graduated as B.A. 
 in 1837. In 1843 he became the Incumbent of 
 St. Paul's, Cheltenham, England. In 1847, together 
 with the present Dean of Carlisle, he there founded 
 the Normal College for Schoolmasters, and became 
 
 Principal of the College, which office lie held until 
 1864, when he was appointed Bishop of T. on the 
 resignation of Dr. Nixon. 
 
 BROMBY, J. E., D.D., came to Melbourne in 
 February 1858, as Head Master of the Church of 
 England Grammar School, and held that post till 
 1875. During those seventeen years Dr. Bromby 
 raised the institution to a very high position 
 as respects both efficiency and reputation. 
 He acted as Chaplain to the first Volunteer 
 encampment, and several times subsequently, and 
 was formally appointed Chaplain to the Victorian 
 Volunteer Force (1st class) in 1877. He was 
 elected Warden of the Senate of Melbourne Uni- 
 versity in 1868, appointed Incumbent of St. Paul's 
 Church, Melbourne in 1877, and elected Canon of 
 the new Cathedral in 1879. Dr. Bromby is dis- 
 tinguished for his high scholarly attainments, his 
 singular force of mind and loftiness of character. 
 He is the author of several pamphlets on theo- 
 logical subjects, and is held in the highest estima- 
 tion by his fellow-colonists. He is brother to the 
 Bishop of T. 
 
 BR0UGHT0N, WILLIAM GRANT, D.D., 
 
 (1788-1853) first Bishop of Sydney, was educated at 
 Kind's School, Canterbury. In 1807 he obtained 
 an appointment in the East India House as clerk in 
 the Treasury, where he remained five years, but 
 relinquished it to enter the Church. After some 
 time studying at Canterbury, he entered at Pem- 
 broke Hall, Cambridge, and in January 1818 took 
 the degree of B.A, as sixth Wrangler of that year. 
 In 1823 he took the degree of M.A. He was 
 ordained deacon in January 1818, and admitted 
 to priest's orders the same year. He was for some 
 years Curate of Hartley and Farnham in Hamp- 
 shire, England. Having attracted the attention 
 of the Duke of Wellington (whose residence was 
 close to Hartley) the Duke conferred on him the 
 office of Chaplain of the Tower, and shortly 
 afterwards offered him the Archdeaconry of 
 N.S.W. and V.D.L., vacant by the resignation of 
 the Rev. Thomas Hobbes Scott, which he accepted, 
 and arrived in Sydney in 1829. He spent several 
 years in visiting the different settlements and 
 districts, and made a voyage to N.Z. In 1834 he 
 returned to England, to provide larger means for 
 the spread of the Gospel in the colonies. As one 
 of those means he was consecrated Bishop of 
 Australia, 14th February 1836. When more 
 bishops were appointed in 1847, he was nominated 
 Metropolitan. He made several visits to England. 
 On the last occasion, he left Sydney in August 
 1852, and after a troublesome voyage arrived in 
 England, where he died, 20th February 1853, at 
 the house of Lady Gipps, and was buried in 
 Canterbury Cathedral. 
 
 BROWNE, SIR THOMAS GORE, C.B. 
 
 (18i »7 ) entered the army at the age of sixteen, 
 
 and served for many years with the 28th Regiment, 
 acted as aide-de-camp to Lord Nugent, Lord High 
 Commissioner of the Ionian Islands, and was for
 
 64 
 
 ' n LUl'.KDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Lfittt 
 
 some time Colonial Secretary. In 1836 he exchanged 
 into the 41st Regiment, and served during the 
 occupation of Afghanistan. After the massacre of 
 the British troops at the Khyber Pass, the 41st 
 joined General England and advanced to the rescue 
 of General Nott and his troops. During that war 
 Browne held the command of the 41st, and also 
 commanded the reserve at the disastrous battle of 
 Hykulzie ; held command of his regiment at the 
 battles of Candahar, Ghuznee, Cabul, and during 
 the march through the Khyber Pass, where 
 he commanded the rear ; and under General 
 McGaskell at the storming of the hill fort at 
 Istaliff, the most daring action during the war. 
 His gallantry and humanity were praised in the 
 general despatches, which were quoted in both 
 Houses of Parliament; and for his services he 
 obtained a lieutenant-colonelcy, and was made 
 C.B. On his return from India, he exchanged into 
 the 21st, which he commanded until made Governor 
 of St. Helena in 1851. From St. Helena he went, 
 in 1854, to N.Z. On the breaking out of the 
 Maori War, in the last year of his government, 
 Browne showed great vigour in resisting the land 
 league and the Maori King movement. In 1861, 
 having completed his term of office, he was 
 succeeded by Sir George Grey, and himself suc- 
 ceeded Sir Henry Young as Governor of T. This 
 office he resigned in January 1869, when he was 
 created K.C.M.G. He was appointed Governor of 
 Bermudas in July 1870. 
 
 BRUCE, LIEUTENANT-COLONEL JOHN, 
 was Acting-Governor of W.A. from 17th to 27th 
 February 1862 ; and again from 1st November 
 1868 to 30th September 1869. 
 
 BRUCE, GEORGE. In the early part of this 
 century, when the northern ports of N.Z. were 
 places of rendezvous for sailors, some of the 
 European seamen, fascinated by the dark restless- 
 eyed women, and love of freedom, left their ships 
 and took up their abode with the natives. One of 
 this class was George Bruce. This sailor lad had 
 bestowed kind attention on a sick chief named 
 Te Pahi during his trip from Sydney to the Bay 
 of Islands in 1«04, and was begged by him to stop 
 in the country. Charmed with the offer of Te 
 Pahi's youngest daughter, and a large piece of 
 land, Bruce left his ship and settled at the Bay of 
 Islands. To gain his wife's affections, he allowed 
 himself to be tattooed. His gentle manners and use- 
 fulness as an interpreter between the whalers and 
 the natives, caused the tribe to respect and value 
 him. One day the General Wellesley, an English 
 vessel, arrived off the coast.and Captain Dalrymple 
 begged Bruce and his wife to come on board to 
 assist him in searching for gold near the North 
 Cape. Distrusting Dalrym pie's simple word, 
 Bruce extracted a promise that both would be 
 landed safely at the place where they had 
 embarked. Disappointed at nut finding gold, 
 Dalrymple broke his promise and carried Bruce 
 
 ml !i ; wife away from N.Z. W Malacca, 
 
 Dalrymple left Bruce on shore, carrying off his 
 wife to Penang, where he sold her to the master 
 of another ship. Here Bruce, who followed in 
 pursuit, found her, and with the Governor's aid 
 got her back, and obtained a passage for both to 
 Calcutta, in the hope of meeting there with a 
 vessel bound for Sydney. But neither Bruce nor 
 his wife ever returned to the Bay of Islands. 
 
 BRUNI ISLAND, on the S.E. coast of T., 
 discovered in 1792 by Bruni D'Entrecasteaux, and 
 named after himself. It is divided into N. and S. 
 Bruni, but is in reality one island, the two ends 
 being connected by a long and very narrow penin- 
 sula. The total area is about 90,000 acres. Its 
 length is about thirty-two miles, with a breadth 
 varying from less than a mile to six miles. It is 
 bounded by D'Entrecasteaux channel on the W., 
 Storm Bay on the E., the ocean on the S., and the 
 River Derwent on the N., where the two entrances 
 join and form one channel to Hobart Town. 
 The principal bays in the island are Adventure, 
 Isthmus, Variety, Trumpeter, Barnes, Great, Taylor, 
 and Bad bays; Shelah and Little coves. The 
 capes and headlands are Tasman's Head, Bruni 
 Head, Cape Connell, Frederick Henry, Kelly's 
 and Ventenat Points. Cookville is the chief 
 township on the southern shores of Adventure 
 Bay. The scenery in parts is wild and striking. 
 
 BRUNSWICK BAY, on the N.W. coast of the 
 continent, lies between Camden Sound and York 
 Sound. It was discovered and named by Stokes 
 in 1842, as was also the Prince Regent River, 
 which falls into this beautiful bay. 
 
 BRUSH TURKEY. The Brush Turkey, or 
 Wattled Talegalla, belongs to a family of birds 
 inhabiting Australia, New Guinea, Celebes, and 
 the Philippine Islands, whose habits and economy 
 differ from those of every other group of birds 
 which now exists upon the surface of our globe. 
 It is sometimes called the New Holland Vulture, 
 on account of its naked head and neck, covered in 
 part with fleshy wattles. It is pretty common in 
 N.S. W., inhabiting the most thickly wooded parts. 
 It is about the size of a turkey, with blackish- 
 brown plumage. It is shy, and when pursued 
 endeavours to escape by running through the 
 thickest brush, or by leaping to the lowest 
 branches of a tree, from which it ascends higher 
 and higher, branch by branch. It thus avoids the 
 dingoes, which however often hunt it down on 
 open ground. It is easy game to the sportsman, 
 wild finds it roosting under shelter of the branches 
 during the heat of the day ; and although several 
 of a flock are shot, the rest keep their place undis- 
 turbed. The flesh is excellent eating, and the bird 
 is quite capable of domestication. But the most 
 remarkable point in the habits of this class of 
 birds is the manner in which they construct their 
 nests. Gould writes :— " The Wattled Talegalla 
 collects together an immense heap of decaying 
 vegetable matter as a depository for the eggs, and 
 trusts to the heat engendered by the process of
 
 Buc] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 65 
 
 decomposition for the development of the young. 
 The heap employed for this purpose is collected 
 by the birds during several weeks previous to the 
 period of laying ; it varies in size from two to four 
 cart-loads, and is of a perfectly pyramidal form. 
 The construction of the mound is not the work of 
 one pair of birds, but is effected by the united 
 labours of several ; the same site appears to me, 
 from the great size and entire decomposition of 
 the lower part, to be resorted to for several years 
 in succession, the birds adding a fresh supply of 
 materials on each occasion previous to laying. 
 The mode in which the materials comprising these 
 mounds are accumulated is equally singular, the 
 bird never using its bill, but always grasping a 
 quantity in its foot, throwing it backwards to one 
 common centre, and thus clearing the surface of 
 the ground for a considerable distance so com- 
 pletely that scarcely a leaf or a blade of grass is 
 left. The heap being accumulated, and time 
 allowed for a sufficient heat to be engendered, the 
 eggs are deposited, not side by side, as is ordinarily 
 the case, but planted at the distance of nine or 
 twelve inches from each other, and buried at 
 nearly an arm's depth, perfectly upright, with the 
 large end upwards ; they are covered up as they 
 are laid, and allowed to remain until hatched. I 
 have been credibly informed, both by natives and 
 settlers living near their haunts, that it is not an 
 unusual event to obtain nearly a bushel of eggs 
 at one time from a single heap ; and as they 
 are delicious eating, they are eagerly sought 
 after. Some of the natives state that the 
 females are constantly in the neighbourhood of 
 the heap about the time the young are likely 
 to be hatched, and frequently uncover and 
 cover them up again, apparently for the pur- 
 pose of assisting those that may have appeared; 
 while others have informed me that the eggs are 
 merely deposited, and the young allowed to force 
 their way unassisted. In all probability, as nature 
 has adopted this mode of reproduction, she has 
 also furnished the tender birds with the power of 
 sustaining themselves from the earliest period; 
 and the great size of the egg would equally lead to 
 this conclusion, since in so large a space it is 
 reasonable to suppose that the bird would be 
 much more developed than is usually found in 
 eggs of smaller dimensions. In further confirma- 
 tion of this point I may add, that in searching for 
 eggs in one of the mounds, I discovered the 
 remains of a young bird, apparently just excluded 
 from the shell, and which was clothed with 
 feathers, not with down, as is usually the case." 
 
 BUCCANEER'S ARCHIPELAGO, a remark- 
 able group of Islands on the N.W. coast of the 
 continent, sometimes called Dampier's Archipelago. 
 Here Dampier and his buccaneer companions 
 anchored in January 1688, and lived for twelve 
 days refitting their ship and observing the natives, 
 whom, Dampier says, they found on some of the 
 islands. The group was so named by subsequent 
 navigators. 
 
 BUCKLAND, a mining district in V., situated 
 on the Buckland River, 229 miles N.E. of Mel- 
 bourne. These diggings were discovered in 1853, 
 and have been worked more or less successfully 
 ever since. The auriferous ground covers an area 
 of fifty-one square miles, and 161 gold-bearing 
 reefs have been found. There is also some farm- 
 ing and stock-rearing carried on in the district 
 around. 
 
 BUCKLEY, WILLIAM (1780-1856) the Wild 
 White Man. During Collins's encampment on the 
 shores of Port Phillip in 1804, three of the 
 prisoners escaped into the interior. One of these 
 was William Buckley, a native of Macclesfield, who 
 had been a grenadier, served under the Duke of 
 York in Flanders, and had been transported for 
 striking his superior officer. The two vessels, 
 the Calcutta and the Ocean, having entered Port 
 Phillip, turned eastwards in the direction of 
 Arthur's Seat, near which they came to anchor ; 
 the whole party landing and forming a settlement. 
 Buckley's unsettled disposition gave him a longing 
 for liberty. With three other prisoners he pro- 
 jected a plan of escape. As the fugitives passed 
 out from the camp bounds one of them was shot 
 by the sentry on duty ; the others, including 
 Buckley, escaped into the unknown wilderness. 
 Amongst the three who were now at large, they 
 mustered some rations, a gun, several tin pots, and 
 a kettle. The last commodity was found rather 
 heavy, and was, therefore, thrown away at the end 
 of the first day's journey— a circumstance not 
 without interest, as the kettle was again found 
 many years after by a party of colonists while 
 clearing ground for farming purposes. Toiling over 
 a dreary solitude, they crossed the River Yarra 
 and traversed the plains westward to Station Peak. 
 They passed round to Indented Head, and from 
 Swan Island took a view of the Calcutta as she lay 
 at anchor on the opposite side of the harbour. 
 Worn out with fatigue and hunger, all the party 
 would fain at that time have returned to their 
 bondage, and accordingly they made repeated but 
 vain attempts to attract the notice of those on 
 board the ship. Buckley's two companions now 
 decided to attempt a return by the way they had 
 come. Buckley himself was not to be persuaded 
 to this course. At once cherishing liberty and 
 dreading punishment, he preferred remaining 
 where he was, not however without a pang of 
 grief as he reflected on his solitary position. His 
 companions left him, but were never again seen, 
 and must either have perished of hunger or been 
 killed by the natives. A chief of a tribe of 
 savages had been buried near Buckley's hut, 
 and a piece of native spear left to mark the 
 grave. Buckley had seen and appropriated this 
 fragment, and as he carried it in his hand, when 
 first seen by the tribe, they joyfully hailed him as 
 the deceased chief come back again to life. In 
 accordance with this happy prepossession, he found 
 himself well cared for. He learnt their language, 
 a circumstance that greatly pleased his native
 
 G6 
 
 CYCtOPiEbIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I'Bun— Bur 
 
 associates; he married, and lived thirty-three years 
 with the blacks. He was found by Batman's party 
 on 12th July 1835. He acted as interpreter and 
 peace-maker between the white party and the 
 natives. A free pardon being given him by 
 Governor Arthur, he went to live in Hobart Town, 
 where he married again — not this time a black 
 woman. In his old age, the Governments of T. 
 and V. gave him a pension of £52 a-year. He 
 died at Hobart Town, on the 2nd February 1856, 
 aged seventy-sis. Buckley was a man of gigantic 
 stature, very robust, of few words, and fewer ideas. 
 He had nearly lost all recollection of his native 
 language during his stay amongst the blacks, but 
 gradually recovered the use of it after his return 
 to civilisation. Buckley's " Life," written from his 
 own account by John Morgan, was published at 
 Hobart Town in 1852. 
 
 BUNTNYONG, a township in V., situated at 
 the base of a remarkable mountain of the same 
 name, eighty-nine miles W. of Melbourne. It is 
 one of the oldest townships in the colony. It 
 stands on a high elevation, the air is bracing, and 
 the fresh water springs in the neighbourhood are 
 numerous and good. On the S. and W. are the 
 famous Buninyong and Ballarat gold fields, and at 
 a distance of about three miles is Hiscock's reef, 
 named after Hiscock, said to have been the dis- 
 coverer of gold in Victoria, and to have found it 
 at this place. The soil in the neighbourhood is 
 volcanic, exceedingly rich and productive, and 
 thickly timbered. Buninyong was proclaimed a 
 municipality in 1859. The population is about 
 15i ii>, and the area 3360 acres. 
 
 BURDEKIN RIVER, in N.A., discovered by 
 
 Leichhardt in 1846. It was named by him as an 
 acknowledgment of the liberal support he received 
 from Mrs. Burdekin of Sydney, in forming his 
 expedition. The whole extent of its banks is 
 suited for pastoral purposes. 
 
 BURKE, ROBERT O'HARA (1820-61) 
 explorer, came to T. in 1853, and shortly after- 
 wards went to Melbourne, where he was appointed 
 an Inspector of Police. In 1854 he obtained 
 leave to go home to seek a commission in the 
 Crimean War, but the war being over he 
 returned to V. and resumed his police duties. 
 In September L858, Ambrose Kyte, a citizen of 
 Melbourne, placed the sum of £1000 in the hands 
 of Chief Justice StaweU, as a contribution to a 
 fund for fitting out a party to explore Central 
 Australia, on condition that £2000 should be 
 subscribed by the public. A collection of .£3210 
 was the public response. Parliament added a 
 subsidy, and voted £5500 for the purchase of 
 twenty-five camels from India. Everything was 
 done on a lavish scale. It was determined that 
 the expedition should be worthy of the colony. 
 When the final accounts were made up, including 
 the cost of the expeditions sent in search of Burke 
 and Wills, it was shown that this effort to cross 
 Australia had cost the colony more than £57,000. 
 
 The management was confided to a Committee 
 of the Royal Society of V., of which Sir William 
 Stawell was chairman, Dr. Wilkie treasurer, and 
 Dr. Macadam secretary. Many weeks were wasted 
 in discussing the most desirable point of departure. 
 Finally it was resolved that the expedition should 
 start from Cooper's Creek, which Sturt had struck 
 in 1845. The choice of a leader fell on Burke, 
 with Landells, who had brought the camels from 
 India, as second. Burke had no bush experience, 
 but his personal character for daring stood high. 
 He was an officer of the V. police, and Burke's 
 brother officers made the circumstance a point in 
 his favour. From about 700 applicants the following 
 were selected to form the party : — William John 
 Wills, surveyor and astronomer ; Hermann Becker, 
 medical officer and botanist; Ludwig Beckler, 
 artist and naturalist ; with ten assistants, includ- 
 ing Gray and King. There were twenty-eight 
 horses to assist in transporting the baggage. 
 On 20th of August 1860, the long train of 
 laden camels and horses set out from the 
 Eoyal Park, Melbourne, Burke heading the 
 procession on a little grey horse. The mayor, 
 Dr. Eades, made a short speech, wishing him God- 
 speed ; the explorers shook hands with their 
 friends, and amid the ringing cheers of thousands 
 of spectators, the long and picturesque line moved 
 forward. The journey as far as the Murrumbidgee 
 lay through settled country, and was without 
 incident ; but on the banks of that river quarrel- 
 ling began among the party, and Burke dismissed 
 the foreman ; Landells and Beckler then resigned, 
 and Wills was promoted to be second in command. 
 Burke committed a great error in his choice of a 
 man to take charge of the camels in place of 
 Landells. On a sheep station, he met with a man 
 named Wright, who made himself very agreeable ; 
 the two were soon great friends, and Burke, whose 
 generosity was unchecked by any prudence, gave 
 to this utterly unqualified person an important 
 charge in the expedition. On leaving the Murrum- 
 bidgee they ascended the Darling, till they reached 
 Menindie — the place from which Sturt had set out 
 sixteen years before. Burke pushed on with seven 
 companions to Cooper's Creek. The food and 
 water on the road were good ; and when half the 
 distance had been traversed, Burke sent Wright 
 back to Menindie to bring forward the rear party 
 to Cooper's Creek, Burke proceeding to that 
 place with his seven men. At Cooper's Creek 
 they formed a depot and lived for some time, 
 wailing for Wright, who however did not appear. 
 The horses and camels by this rest improved 
 greatly in condition, and the party was in capital 
 quarters. But Burke grew tired of waiting ; and 
 as he was now near the centre of Australia, he 
 determined to make a bold dash across to the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria. He left one of his men 
 named Brahe, and three assistants, with six camels 
 and twelve horses, giving them instructions to 
 remain for three months ; and if within that time 
 he did not return, they might consider him lost,
 
 Bur] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 67 
 
 and would then be at liberty to return to Menindie. 
 On 16th December, Burke and Wills, with King 
 and Gray, started on their perilous journey, taking 
 with them six camels and one horse, which carried 
 provisions for three months. They followed the 
 current of Cooper's Creek for some distance, and 
 then struck off to the north, till they reached a 
 stream which they called Eyre Creek. From 
 this they obtained abundant supplies of water, 
 and therefore kept along its banks till it turned 
 to the eastward, then abandoning it they turned 
 clue north, keeping along the 140th meridian 
 through forests of boxwood, alternating with 
 plains well watered and richly covered with grass. 
 Six weeks after leaving Cooper's Creek they 
 came upon a fine stream flowing north, to which 
 they gave the name of Cloncurry, and by following 
 its course they found that it entered a large river, 
 on whose banks they were delighted to perceive 
 the most luxuriant vegetation and frequent clusters 
 of palm-trees. They felt certain that its waters 
 flowed into the Gulf of Carpentaria, and therefore 
 by keeping close to it they had nothing to fear. 
 But they had brought only three months' pro- 
 vision with them ; more than half that time had 
 now elapsed, and they were still 150 miles from the 
 sea. Burke now lost no time, but hurried on so fast 
 that one after another the camels sank exhausted ; 
 and when they had all succumbed, Burke and Wills 
 took their only horse to carry a small quantity of 
 provisions and, leaving Gray and King behind, 
 set out by themselves on foot. They had to cross 
 patches of swampy ground ; and the horse, 
 becoming inextricably bogged, was unable to go 
 further. But still Burke and Wills hurried on by 
 themselves till they reached a narrow inlet on 
 the Gulf of Carpentaria, and found that the river 
 they had been following was the Flinders, dis- 
 covered by Stokes in 1842. They were anxious to 
 view the open sea ; but this would have required 
 another couple of days, and their provisions were 
 already exhausted; they were, therefore, obliged 
 to hasten back as quickly as possible. The pangs 
 of hunger overtook them before they could reach 
 the place were King and Gray had remained with 
 the provisions. Burke killed a snake, and ate a 
 part, but took ill immediately after ; and when at 
 length they reached the provisions, he was not 
 able to go forward so quickly as it was necessary 
 to do, if they wished to be safe. However, they 
 recovered the horse and camels, which had been 
 greatly refreshed by their rest; and by taking 
 easy stages, they managed to move south towards 
 home. But their hurried journey to the north, 
 in which they had traversed, beneath a tropical 
 sun, about 14() miles every week, had told severely 
 on their constitutions ; Gray became ill, and it was 
 necessary to be so careful with the provisions that 
 he had little chance of regaining his lost strength. 
 One evening, after they had come to a halt, he was 
 found sitting behind a tree, eating a little mixture 
 he had made for himself of flour and water. Burke 
 said he was stealing the provi l-i\ :, fell upon him, 
 
 and gave him a severe thrashing. He seems after 
 this never to have rallied ; whilst the party moved 
 forward he was slowly sinking. Towards the end 
 of March the provisions began to fail; they killed 
 a camel, dried its flesh, and went forward. At 
 the beginning of April this was gone, and they 
 killed the horse. Gray now lay down, saying he 
 could not go on ; Burke said he was " shamming," 
 and left him. However, the gentler counsel of 
 Wills prevailed ; they returned and brought him 
 forward. But he could only go a little further; 
 the poor fellow breathed his last a day or two after, 
 and was buried in the wilderness. Burke regretted 
 his harshness, all the more as he himself was 
 quickly sinking. Both he and Wills were utterly 
 worn out; they were thin and meagre, and so 
 weak that they tottered rather than walked along. 
 The last few miles were very, very weary ; but, at 
 last, on 21st of April, they came in sight of the 
 depot, four months and a half after leaving it. 
 Great was their alarm on seeing no sign of people 
 about the place ; and, as they dropped down on 
 the spot at sunset, their hearts sank within them 
 when they found a note, stating that Brahe had 
 left only that very morning, and was seven hours 
 march away. The three men looked at one another 
 in blank dismay ; but they were so worn out that 
 they could not possibly move forward with any 
 hope of overtaking the fresh camels of Brahe's 
 party. On looking round, however, they saw the 
 word " Dig " cut on a neighbouring tree ; and, 
 when they turned up the soil, they found a small 
 supply of provisions. Brahe had remained a 
 month and a half longer than he had been told to 
 wait ; and, as his own provisions were fast diminish- 
 ing, and there seemed as yet to be no signs of 
 Wright with the remainder of the expedition, he 
 thought it unsafe to delay his return any longer. 
 Wright was the cause of all the disasters that 
 ensued. Instead of following closely on Burke, 
 he had loitered at Menindie for no less than three 
 months and one week ; and, when he did set out, 
 he took things so leisurely that Braho was half- 
 way back to the Darling before they met. On the 
 evening when they entered the depot, Burke, Wills 
 and King made a hearty supper ; then for a couple 
 i if days they stretched their stiff and weary limbs 
 at rest. But inaction was dangerous, for even 
 with the greatest expedition their provisions 
 would only serve to take them safely to the Darling. 
 They began to deliberate as to their future course. 
 Burke wished to go to Adelaide, because, at Mount 
 Hop less — where Eyre had been forced to turn 
 back in 1840 — there was a large sheep station, and 
 he thought it could not be more than 150 miles 
 away. Wills was strongly adverse to this proposal. 
 " It is true," he said, " Menindie is 350 miles away, 
 but then we know the road, and are sure of water 
 all the way." But Burke was not to be persuaded, 
 and they set out for Mount Hopeless. Following 
 Cooper's Creek for many miles, they entered a 
 region of frightful barrenness. Here, as one of 
 the camels became too weak to go further, they
 
 68 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bur 
 
 were forced to kill it and dry its flesh. Still they 
 followed the creek, till at last it spread itself into 
 marshy thickets and was lost : they then made a 
 halt, and found they had scarcely any provisions left, 
 while their clothes were falling to pieces. Theironly 
 chance was to reach Mount Hopeless speedily ; they 
 shot their last camel, and, whilst Burke and King- 
 were drying its flesh, Wills struck out to find out 
 Mount Hopeless ; but after laboriously traversing 
 the barren wastes in all directions, came back 
 unsuccessful. A short rest was taken, and the whole 
 party turned southward, determined to reach the 
 Mount, But they were too weak to travel day 
 after day over these dreary plains, and still no sign 
 of a hill; till at length, when they were within 
 fifty miles of Mount Hopeless, they gave in. Had 
 they only gone but a little further, they would 
 have seen the summit of the mountain rising upon 
 the horizon; but just at this point they lost hope 
 and turned to go back. Again a weary journey, 
 and they once more reached the fresh water and 
 grassy banks of Cooper's Creek, but now with pro- 
 visions for only a day or two. They sat down to 
 a insider their position, and Burke said he had heard 
 that the natives of Cooper's Creek lived chiefly 
 on the seed of a plant which they called nardoo ; 
 so that, if they could only find a native tribe, they 
 might perhaps learn to find sufficient subsistence 
 from the soil around them. Accordingly, Burke 
 and King set out to seek a native encampment ; 
 and, having found one, they were kindly received 
 by the blacks, who very willingly showed them 
 how to gather the little black seeds from a kind of 
 grass which grows close to the ground. With this 
 information they returned to Wills; and as the 
 nardoo seed was abundant, they began at once to 
 gather it; but they found that, through want of 
 skill, they could scarcely obtain enough for two 
 meals a day, by working from morning till night ; 
 and, when evening came, they had to clean, roast, 
 and grind it ; and, besides this, whatever it might 
 have been to the blacks, to them it was by no 
 means nutritious — it made them sick, and gave 
 them no strength. Whilst they were thus dwelling 
 on the lower part of Cooper's Creek, Brahe on his 
 way home had met with Wright coming up, and 
 had hastened back with him to the depot; but 
 when they reached it they saw no signs of Burke 
 and Wills, although the explorers had been there 
 a few days before. Brahe concluded that they 
 were dead, and once more set out for home. 
 Meanwhile Burke thought it possible that a relief 
 party might have reached the creek, and Wills 
 volunteered to go to the depot to see if anyone 
 were there. He set out by himself, and after 
 journeying three or four days, reached the place ; 
 but only to find it still and deserted. Heexamined 
 it carefully, but could see no trace of its having 
 been recently visited ; and he turned back to share 
 the doom of his companions. He now began to 
 endure fearful pangs from hunger; one evening lie 
 entered an encampment that had just been 
 abandoned by the natives, and around the fire 
 
 there were some fish bones, which he greedily 
 picked. Next day he saw two small fish floating 
 dead upon a pool, and they made a delicious feast. 
 But in spite of these stray morsels he was rapidly 
 sinking from hunger, when he met a native tribe. 
 The black men were exceedingly kind ; one carried 
 his bundle for him, another supported his feeble 
 frame, and gently led the gaunt and emaciated 
 white man to their camp. They gave him a little 
 food ; whilst he was eating he saw a great quantity 
 of fish on the fire; when they were cooked the 
 plentiful repast was placed before him ; the natives 
 gathered round and clapped their hands with delight 
 when they saw him eat heartily. He stayed with 
 them for four days, and then set out to bring his 
 friends to enjoy likewise this ample hospitality. It 
 took him some days to reach the place where he had 
 left them ; but when they heard his good news they 
 lost no time in seeking their native benefactors. 
 On account of their weakness they travelled slowly, 
 and when they reached the encampment it was 
 deserted. They had no idea whither the natives 
 had gone ; they struggled a short distance further; 
 their feebleness overcame them, and they were 
 forced to sink down in despair. All day they 
 toiled hard to prepare nardoo seed ; but their small 
 strength could not provide enough to support them. 
 Once or twice they shot a crow, but such slight 
 repasts served only to prolong their sufferings. 
 Wills throughout all his journeyings had kept a 
 diary, but now the entries became very short ; in 
 the struggle for life there was no time for such 
 duties, and the grim fight with starvation required 
 all their strength. At this time Wills records that 
 he cannot understand why his legs are so weak ; he 
 has bathed them in the stream, but finds them no 
 better, and he can hardly crawl out of the hut. His 
 next entry is, that unless relief comes shortly he 
 cannot last more than a fortnight. After that his 
 mind seems to have begun to wander; he makes 
 frequent and unusual blunders in his diary. The 
 last words he wrote were that he was waiting, like 
 Mr. Micawber, for something to turn up, and that, 
 though starving on nardoo seed was by no means 
 unpleasant, yet he would prefer to have a little fat 
 aud sugar mixed with it. Burke now thought that 
 their only chance was to find the blacks, and 
 proposed that he and King should set out for that 
 purpose. They were very loth to leave Wills, but, 
 under the circumstances, no other course was 
 possible. They laid him softly within the hut, and 
 placed at his head enough of nardoo to last him for 
 eight days. Wills asked Burke to take his watch, 
 ami a letter he had written for his father ; the two 
 men pressed his hands, smoothed his couch tenderly 
 for the last time, and set out. There, in the utter 
 silence of the wilderness, the dying man lay for a 
 day or two ; no ear heard his last sigh, but his end 
 was as gentle as his life had been free from 
 reproach. Burke and King walked out on their 
 desperate errand. On the first day they traversed 
 a fair distance; but on the second they had not 
 proceeded two miles when Burke lay down, saying
 
 Bur] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 69 
 
 he could go no further. King entreated him to 
 make another effort, and he dragged himself to a 
 little clump of bushes, where he stretched his limbs 
 very wearily. An hour or two afterwards he was 
 stiff and unable to move. He asked King to take 
 his watch and pocket-book, and if possible to give 
 them to his friends in Melbourne ; then he begged 
 of him not to depart till he was quite dead : he 
 knew he should not live long, and he would like 
 some one to be near him to the last. He spoke 
 with difficulty, but directed King not to bury him, 
 but to let him lie above ground, with a pistol in his 
 right hand. They passed a weary and lonesome 
 night ; and in the morning, at eight o'clock, Burke's 
 restless life was ended. King wandered for some 
 time forlorn, but by good fortune he stumbled 
 upon an abandoned encampment, where the blacks 
 had left a bag of nardoo, sufficient to last him a 
 fortnight ; and with this he hastened back to the 
 hut where Wills had been laid. All he could do 
 now, however, was to dig a grave for his body in 
 the sand, and having performed that last sad duty, 
 he set out once more on his search, and found a 
 tribe differing from that which he had already 
 seen. They were very kind but not anxious to 
 keep him, until having shot some birds and cured 
 their chief of a malady he was found to be of some 
 use, and soon became a great favourite with them. 
 They made a trip to the body of Burke, but respect- 
 ing his last wishes they did not seek to bury it, and 
 merely covered it gently with a layer of leafy boughs. 
 Meanwhile the committee became anxious for 
 intelligence from Cooper's Creek. In June a light 
 party under the leadership of Alfred Howitt, " a 
 perfect type of an Australian bushman," was 
 despatched for that purpose. Near Swan Hill he 
 met Brahe, and both returned to Melbourne to tell 
 how Burke had not got back to the depot. The 
 committee now became seriously alarmed. Howitt 
 was reinforced, and sent forward to Cooper's Creek. 
 He succeeded in rescuing King, who was subsisting 
 with the natives. He also found the journals of 
 the expedition, and the bodies of the dead 
 explorers, and gave them decent burial; subse- 
 quently, he was sent up to bring the remains to 
 Melbourne, where the colonists had decreed them 
 a public funeral. But before the result of Howitt's 
 first journey was known the greatest excitement 
 as to the fate of Burke prevailed. By order of the 
 Government a depot was formed on the Albert 
 River, in the Gulf of Carpentaria, by Captain 
 Norman of the Victoria, and search parties were 
 sent out under the leadership of Landsborough, 
 F. Walker, and McKinlay. The remains of the 
 explorers having been brought by Howitt from 
 Cooper's Creek, lay in state for twenty days before 
 the public funeral, which took place in the 
 Melbourne Cemetery on 21st January 1863, in the 
 presence of many thousands of persons. A mono- 
 lith of granite weighing thirty-four tons was 
 placed over them, and a bronze statue of Burke 
 and Wills, from a design by Summers, was erected 
 at the cost of £4000 in Collins Street. An annuity 
 
 of i'180 per annum was granted to King, the 
 survivor, and grants were made to the relations 
 and dependents of both explorers. King died 15th 
 January 1872, and was interred in the Melbourne 
 Cemetery. The colony behaved munificently 
 throughout the whole enterprise, and the results 
 achieved have led to a vast settlement over the 
 country traversed. The disaster which befell the 
 expedition, however, created a strong and painful 
 feeling in the public mind. The expedition had 
 succeeded, but the brave explorers had perished ! 
 Their solution of the last problem of Australian 
 exploration was perfect. From the shores of Port 
 Phillip Bay to the shores of the Gulf of Carpen- 
 taria, they laid down a direct and practicable route, 
 and returned to their depot at Cooper's Creek, — 
 to find it abandoned, and to die ! In his despatch 
 to the British Government, announcing the results 
 of the expedition, Sir Henry Barkly wrote of their 
 fate in these terms :— " So fell two as gallant 
 spirits as ever sacrificed life for the extension of 
 science, or the cause of mankind. Both were in 
 their prime; both resigned comfort and competency 
 to embark in an enterprise by which they hoped 
 to render their names glorious ; both died without 
 a murmur, evincing their loyalty and devotion to 
 their country to the last." 
 
 BURNETT, JAMES CHARLES (1818-1854) 
 explorer, was in January 1833 appointed to a 
 clerkship in the Surveyor-General's department 
 in N.S.W., then presided over by Sir Thomas I. 
 Mitchell. Burnett passed readily the grades 
 of draftsman, assistant surveyor, surveyor, and 
 surveyor in charge of the department in Q. 
 Whilst there he was instructed to explore the 
 rivers now known as the Mary, named after Lady 
 Mary Fitzroy, and the Burnett, named after the 
 explorer. He died at the early age of thirty-six, 
 from the effects of exposure whilst on duty in an 
 open boat for about twenty -three days. 
 
 BURNETT RIVER, in Q., rises in the Darling- 
 Downs and falls into Hervey's Bay. It was named 
 by Sir Charles Fitz Roy, to mark his sense of the 
 perseverance and enterprise evinced by Surveyor 
 Burnett in tracing it to its entrance. 
 
 BURNS, JOHN FITZGERALD ( ) 
 
 came to Sydney and settled in the Hunter River 
 district. In 1862 he was elected to Parliament for 
 the Hunter, and, with the exception of two years, 
 has ever since sat for that constituency. In 
 February 1875 he took office as Postmaster- 
 General in the Robertson Ministry, and remained 
 in office until March 1877. In December of the 
 same year he took office as Postmaster-General in 
 the Farnell Ministry, and held office until the 
 retirement of that Government in December 1878. 
 He introduced Postal Cards into Australia in 
 October 1875, and was the first in N.S.W. to give 
 employment to ladies in the Telegraph Department. 
 In 1878 he successfully arranged with the Govern- 
 ments of the other continental colonies and N.Z. 
 for the construction to Australia of a second sub- 
 marine cable from Europe.
 
 70 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bur 
 
 BURRA BURRA MINE, in S.A., was dis- 
 covered by a shepherd named Pickitt in 1845. In 
 order to secure the fee-simple of mineral land it 
 became necessary to purchase a special survey of 
 20,000 acres, paying the Government in specie. 
 The survey was taken on 16th August, by C. H. 
 Bagot and G. F. Aston, on behalf of themselves 
 and others, afterwards called the Princess Koyal 
 Mining Company, and by W. Allen and S. Stocks 
 jun.j for themselves and others, who afterwards 
 became incorporated with the S.A. Mining Associa- 
 tion, which name is still borne by the Burra 
 Company. These two parties were called respec- 
 tively "nobs" and "snubs;" the former representing 
 the " aristocracy " of the colony, and the latter 
 merchants and tradespeople. The nobs were 
 unwilling to combine with the snobs in a joint- 
 stock company for carrying on the mine, and 
 therefore, although they united to purchase the 
 ground — as neither party could, unaided, raise the 
 cash — so soon as the survey was completed the 
 land was divided by drawing a line through the 
 centre from east to west. Lots were then drawn 
 fur the land, and the "snobs" became the fortunate 
 proprietors of the northern portion of the survey 
 on which the Burra mine existed. The Princess 
 Koyal property was ultimately sold for pastoral 
 purposes at eighteen shillings per acre. The first 
 directors of the S.A. Mining Association appointed 
 to manage the affairs of the Burra mine, were 
 C. Beck, J. Bunce, J. B. Graham, J. B. Neales, 
 W. Paxtun, W. Peacock, C. S. Penny, E. Solomon, 
 and S. Stocks, jun., with H. Ayres as secretary. 
 Operations were commenced immediately, ton 
 miners being employed under the superintendence 
 of a captain, and with a smith to sharpen and 
 repair the tools. The first shot was fired 29th 
 September 1845, blasting a large mass of rich ore, 
 and in a short time several drays were loaded for 
 the port. The workings were carried on with 
 vigour, and the produce of the mine surpassed the 
 most sanguine expectations. The original working- 
 capital of the company was only £1500 • but with 
 a mine so rich and so easily worked that amount 
 proved sufficient, until the sale of ore increased 
 the funds available for working expenses. During 
 the first six years nearly 80,000 tons of exceedingly 
 rich ore were raised and shipped to England, 
 yielding a profit to the company of .£438,552 ; a 
 pretty good result from an original outlay of 
 £10,000 for the land. The number of hands 
 employed was upwards of 1000; but at this 
 time the newly-discovered gold-fields in Victoria 
 attracted a large proportion of the population, and 
 especially miners, who lilt in .such numbers that 
 only 100 were left at the Burra. The machinery 
 was of necessity stopped, and the water let in; 
 the men who remained being employed in working 
 above the water level. For nearly three year* the 
 mine continued thus. The Government then took 
 the matter into consideration, and deeming the 
 prosperity of the colony to be dependent to a 
 great extent on its mining interest, adopted 
 
 measures for the introduction of a number of 
 Cornish miners. When these arrived, the water 
 was pumped from the mine, and full operations 
 were resumed, and have been carried on with 
 trifling interruptions until the present time. The 
 greatest number of hands employed was in 1859, 
 when it amounted to 1170 persons. The dis- 
 coveries at Wallaroo caused some of the miners 
 to remove to that locality ; several were attracted 
 by the reports of the richness of the mines in the 
 far north, and many went to the coal mines in 
 N.S. W. Prior to this, the working of the mines 
 at Wallaroo and in the far north had tended to 
 raise the rate of wages, and it was deemed advisable 
 by the directors of the Burra to confine operations 
 to workings above the fifty-five-fathom level ; the 
 water was, therefore, let into the lower part of the 
 mine — from the seventy-fathom level to the fifty- 
 fifth — and it was found that larger proportionate 
 profits could be realised without incurring the 
 expense of working the lower levels. The yield 
 of ore has ranged for many years from 10,000 to 
 13,000 toils a year,- the produce giving an average 
 of twenty -two to twenty-three per cent, of copper ; 
 or about 2500 tons of pure copper when smelted, 
 and yielding an average annual amount of at least 
 £225,000. The total amount expended in the 
 colony by the Burra company, up to 1863, was 
 about £1,700,000, of which upwards of £1,000,000 
 had been paid in wages. The gross profits amounted 
 to £850,080, of which £714,560 had been divided 
 among the shareholders, and £135,520 added to 
 the capital stock, while£10,560 remained undivided. 
 Up till 1876 the total dividends paid amounted 
 to £782,320. But the mine had not been in full 
 working order for several years. The miners say 
 that there is not a regular lode in the Burra mine. 
 The ores obtained have been chiefly red oxides, 
 rich blue and green carbonates, and malachite. 
 Native copper has also been found. Many beautiful 
 specimens of all the varieties named ornament the 
 mantelpieces or cabinets of houses in the colony. 
 
 BURRAGGRANG VALLEY, is situated in 
 the county of Camden, N.S.W.f 58 miles W. from 
 Sydney. It is a long narrow valley, hemmed in 
 between the Merrigong range and the Blue Moun- 
 tains, with only one pass down into it, and that 
 very precipitous. It runs N. and S. along the 
 banks of the Warragamba River, and consists of a 
 strip of rich soil matted with the finest native 
 herbage, and picturesquely variegated with high 
 rocky precipitous mountains, hanging frowningly 
 on each side of it. 
 
 BURTON, SIR WILLIAM WESTBROOK.E 
 (1,94—) entered the navy in 1807, and whilst 
 there studied for the bar ; and for a few years 
 practised in the English law courts. He was 
 appointed Puisne Judge of the Cape of Good 
 Hope in 1S29; but left there for Australia in 1832; 
 arriving in Sydney in December, to take the 
 appointment of Puisne Judge of the Supreme 
 Court of N.S.W. He held the office till 1844, 
 when he removed to Madras, and became a Judge
 
 Bus— Byrl 
 
 CYCtOPiEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 n 
 
 of the Supreme Court <>f India. In 1857 he 
 retired from the Bench and returned to Australia. 
 He was President of the Legislative Council of 
 N.S.W. from February 1858 to May 1861, and 
 remained in the colony about four years, when he 
 returned to England. He wrote a work on the 
 ''State of Religion and Education in New South 
 Wales." 
 
 "BUSH." This term for the back country 
 seems to have been imported from South Africa, 
 probably by sailors. "Backwoods" is the corres- 
 ponding American term. An English novelist, 
 who speaks of the "Australian backwoods," shows, 
 by that single phrase, his entire ignorance of 
 Australian life and manners. "Up the bush"— 
 meaning in the back country — is the term used 
 by the Dutch Boers of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 BUSHRANGI2TG : Australian brigandage. 
 There have been periods when this description of 
 crime became epidemic. All the romance of crime 
 in this part of the world is associated with the 
 name ; but the criminal chronicle forms no part 
 of this Cyclopaedia, beyond a few names and 
 dates : — Michael Howe, in V.D.L., 1818 ; John and 
 Thomas Clarke, N.S.W., 1867 ; Donohoe Gang, 
 N.S.W., 1830; Gardiner Gang, N.S.W., 1864; 
 Gilbert Gang, N.S.W., 1865 ; Kelly Gang, V., 1878; 
 Maegregor, Q., 1863 ; Melville, V., 1859 ; Morgan, 
 N.S.W., 1865; Power, V., 1870 ; Ward ("Thunder- 
 bolt,") N.S.W., 1870; Westwood, V.D.L., 1846; 
 Garrett, N.Z., 1861 ; Boss Gang, N.S.W., 1863 ; 
 Fordyce Gang, SJ.S.W., 1863; Gorman Gang, 
 N.S.W., 1879 : Nelson Bobbery, V., 1852 ; Mclvor 
 Escort Bobbery, V., 1853. A few of the more 
 noted instances of bushranging are given under 
 the proper names of the leaders. 
 
 BUSTARD BAY, in Q., to the southward of 
 Port Curtis, was discovered and named by Captain 
 Cook, from his having shot there a species of 
 bustard as large as a turkey, which weighed 
 17' lbs. Here he landed the second time in 
 N.S.W. 
 
 BUTLER, EDMUND, Q.C. (1824-1879) a 
 native of Ireland, came to N.S.AV. in 1852. He 
 began as a writer for the Empire, then under the 
 management of Henry Parkes, and his articles were 
 characterised by considerable power. He applied 
 himself to the study of the law, and in October 
 1855 was admitted to the Bar. He was appointed 
 Crown Prosecutor for the Metropolitan District. 
 He soon acquired a practice in the District Court 
 of the colony, and gradually gained a professional 
 reputation that advanced him to public favour as 
 a barrister in the Supreme Court, where he 
 rose to a high position, and gained an exten- 
 sive practice. His Irish brogue and humorous 
 style of address will long be remembered, and his 
 ability as a pleader was acknowledged by all. 
 In November 1873 Butler became a Q.C. and 
 leader of the Bar, his professional reputation 
 increasing as years passed on. He entered political 
 life in September 1861, when he took his seat as a 
 
 member of the Legislative Council. He sat until 
 November 1863, when he resigned. In December 
 1869 he was elected member for Argyle in the 
 sixth Parliament under responsible government. 
 In March 1872 he was re-elected member for 
 Argyle, and sat during the continuance of the 
 1 'arl iament. In May he accepted office as Attomey- 
 General in the Parkes Administration, and, being 
 re-elected by his constituents, remained a member 
 of the Government until November 1873, when 
 he resigned in consequence of a difference between 
 himself and Parkes relative to the Chief Justice- 
 ship. In December 1874 he was again re-elected 
 member for Argyle ; but, after sitting during the 
 term of the eighth Parliament, ho did not again 
 present himself for re-election to the popular 
 branch of the Legislature. In December 1877, 
 he took his seat for the second time as member of 
 the Legislative Council, and served the country in 
 that capacity until his death. The last time he 
 took any prominent part in the debates was when 
 the Parliamentary Privileges Bill was before the 
 Council. With Dalley and Darley he offered a 
 most strenuous opposition to that measure. He 
 had charge of the Criminal Law Consolidation 
 Bill, introduced when he was in the Legislative 
 Assembly, and was usually identified with the 
 Liberal party during the course of his political 
 career. He died suddenly in court, whilst address- 
 ing the Bench, on 9th June 1879. 
 
 BUZACOTT, CHARLES HABDIE (1835 -) 
 came to Sydney in 1852, where he acquired a 
 knowledge of the printing business. In 1860 he 
 went to Q., and established the Maryborough 
 Chronicle. In 1864 he started the Peak Downs 
 Telegram, which he carried on until 1870, when he 
 bought the Rochhampton Bulletin. In 1873 
 Buzacott was elected Member forBockhamptonin 
 the Q. Parliament, and held the seat for about fifteen 
 months, when he resigned. He was re-elected, but 
 after the Session of 1877 again resigned. On the 
 formation of the Mcllwraith Ministry in January 
 1879 he accepted the Postmaster-Generalship, and 
 represented the Government in the Legislative 
 Council. 
 
 BYRNE, BOBEBT (1822—) came to V. in 1853. 
 He was elected for Crowlands in the Legislative 
 Assembly in 1867. On 20th September 1869 he 
 moved a vote of censure on the McCulloch Minis- 
 try, for the appointment to the Commissionership 
 of Customs of George Rolfe, not then a member 
 of the Assembly. The vote was carried, and the 
 Ministry resigned. Byrne then came into office as 
 Treasurer in the Macpherson Ministry, which suc- 
 ceeded it ; but on presenting himself for re-election 
 he was beaten by Bolfe. He resigned office, and 
 retired from public life. 
 
 BYRON, CAPE, in N.S. W., was discovered and 
 named by Captain Cook, after Admiral Byron. 
 It is known by a remarkable sharp peaked moun- 
 tain, with three points at the top, which lies 
 inland, and b^ars from it N.W. by W.
 
 72 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ICad-Cal 
 
 c. 
 
 CADELL, FRANCIS (1822—1880) explorer, 
 came to S.A. in 1848, having previously served in 
 the Chinese war as midshipman on board an East 
 Indiaman. At twenty-two he was in command of 
 a vessel, and in the intervals between his voyages 
 he spent much time in the shipbuilding yards of 
 the Tyne and Clyde, where he gained a thorough 
 knowledge of naval architecture and the construc- 
 tion of the steam-engine. A visit to the Amazon 
 first led him to study the subject of river naviga- 
 tion, and when in Australia in 1848 his attention 
 was drawn to the practicability of navigating the 
 Murray and its tributaries, which had till then 
 only served for watering the flocks belonging to 
 the scattered stations on their banks. Three years 
 later, encouraged by the Governor of S. Australia, 
 he put his project into execution. In a frail boat, 
 with canvas sides and ribs of barrel hoops, he 
 embarked at Swanhill, on the Upper Murray, and 
 descended the stream to Lake Victoria at its 
 mouth, a distance of 1300 miles. The S.A. 
 Government offered a bonus of £4000 for the first 
 two iron steamers, of not less than forty-horse 
 power, and not more than two feet draught of 
 water when loaded, that should successfully navi- 
 gate the Murray from the Goolwa to the junction of 
 the Darling. The Murray Steam Navigation Com- 
 pany was originated by Cadell and Younghusband, 
 subsequently Chief Secretary of the colony. This 
 company placed a steamer, the Lady Augusta, 
 called after the wife of the Governor, on the 
 waters, and in 1853 she started, under the command 
 of Cadell, with a party of ladies and gentlemen on 
 board, including Sir H. and Lady Young, to put 
 to the test the practicability of navigating the 
 Murray. The little steamer safely pursued her 
 course to Swan Hill, distant 1300 miles from 
 Adelaide, from which His Excellency wrote a 
 despatch to the Secretary of State for the colonies, 
 announcing the triumph he had achieved, and 
 informing him that the steamer carried back to 
 Adelaide a cargo of wool grown in the district, 
 which was the opening of a great trade that would 
 be for the benefit of the whole of Australia 
 through all future time. This successful beginning 
 was as successfully followed up for a time by 
 other steamers being placed on the river, and a 
 very considerable trade was begun. Ultimately, 
 however, there was a collapse ; money was lost in 
 the trade, some who took part in it having been 
 almost ruined, amongst whom was the enthusiastic 
 Cadell ; the company dissolved, and all the bright 
 visions of the Murray being the Mississippi and 
 Port Elliot the New Orleans of Australia vanished. 
 Other steamers were procured, and in 1858 Cadell 
 succeeded in ascending the Murrumbidgee, the 
 Edward, and the Darling, and opening them to 
 traffic. A gold candelabrum was presented to 
 ( Sadell by the settlers, the value of whose property 
 was greatly increased by his efforts, and the 
 Legislature directed a gold medal in his honour to 
 
 be struck in England by Mr. Wyon. Subsequent 
 to his retirement from the Murray trade Cadell 
 was engaged in the transport service during the 
 war in N.Z. Other enterprises followed. He 
 endeavored to establish stores at various depots 
 along the banks of the Murray, and at another 
 time he took up country north of Lake Victoria. 
 Both speculations fell through. Finally he 
 embarked in the pearl fishery on the N.W. and 
 N.E. coasts of Australia. His knowledge of the 
 islands of the Arafura Sea and of the people 
 inhabiting the Malayan Archipelago was con- 
 siderable. But difficulties arose, not only with his 
 native crews, but with the Governments of S.A. 
 and Q. A telegram from Batavia in March 1880 
 announced his death. " As is the case," remarks 
 the editor of Men of the Time, " with most first 
 adventurers, others are now reaping the abundant 
 fruits of his labour, and, on account of inter- 
 colonial jealousies, he received no substantial 
 return for a fortune expended and years of danger, 
 anxiety, and toil." 
 
 CAIRNS, ADAM, D.D. (1802—) Presby- 
 terian Minister, was ordained in 1823, and came 
 to V. in 1853. He was chosen pastor of the 
 Chalmers Church Congregation, East Melbourne, 
 which office he held for twelve years. In 1865 he 
 retired from active service, still retaining his status 
 as a minister of the Church, and honoured as the 
 father of Presbyterianism in Victoria. 
 
 CAIRNS, WILLIAM WELLINGTON (1828— ) 
 
 was appointed in 1852 a writer in the Civil Ser- 
 vice of Ceylon. In 1867 he was made Lieutenant- 
 Governor of Malacca, and in 1868 Lieutenant- 
 Governor of Christopher, Nevis and Anguilla in 
 the West Indies. Thence he was promoted in 
 1870 to British Honduras, and from there in 1874 
 to Trinidad, but his health compelled him to obtain 
 leave of absence, and, acting on medical advice, 
 he resigned the appointment. In 1874 he was 
 appointed Governor of Q., which office he held till 
 1877, when he was transferred to S.A. On 
 account of ill-health he resigned the same year. 
 He received the honour of K.C.M.G. in 1877. 
 
 CALVERT, JAMES SNOWDON (1825-) 
 came to N.S.YV. in 1840. On board ship he made 
 the acquaintance of Leichhardt, who told him of 
 his object in coming to the colony. Calvert 
 promised that he would join in his exploring 
 expedition. In 1844 Leichhardt was ready to 
 start on his first journey to Port Essington. 
 Calvert found his own outfit, horses, &c., and 
 joined him at Newcastle. They left for Moreton 
 Bay in the steamer Sovereign, Captain Cape, 
 commander. After many hardships, including 
 fights with the blacks, they successfully accom- 
 plished their mission, and returned to Sydney in 
 1845. 
 
 CALVERT RIVER, in N.A., falls into the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria. It was discovered by 
 Leichhardt, and named by him in commemoration 
 of the services of his companion, James Calver':.
 
 Cam] 
 
 i VCLnl'.ElilA ul' A I STHALAS1A. 
 
 73 
 
 CAMBRIDGE GULF, on the N.W. coast of 
 the Continent, between Capes Dnsscjour and 
 Domett, to the westward of Queen's channel, into 
 which the Victoria of Stokes flows. This immense 
 gulf is twenty-eight miles wide at its entrance. 
 It was explored and named by King in 1819, after 
 the Duke of Cambridge. There is here a curious 
 natural formation, which so much resembles a 
 military fortification that it is difficult, at first 
 view, to believe that it is not the work of human 
 hands. King gave the hill on which the freak of 
 nature stands the name of Mount Cockburn, after 
 Admiral Cockburn. 
 
 CAMDEN, one of the oldest townships of 
 N.S.W., is situated in the centre of a fertile 
 district in which the vineyards and farms have 
 reached perhaps, as high a standard of excellence 
 as any in Australia. It lies on the banks of the river 
 Nepean, the main southern road passing through 
 the village, and is distant from Sydney about forty- 
 two miles S.W. The population of the township 
 is only a few hundreds. The pleasing character of 
 the country, coupled with its great agricultural 
 advantages, early led to its settlement, and also 
 to its being selected as the site of numerous 
 gentlemen's seats. Much land is devoted to the 
 growth of the grape, the principal vineyards being 
 those at Camden Park (the fine estate of the 
 Macarthurs,) Maryland, and Kirkham. 
 
 CAMDEN HAVEN, a beautiful bay of N.S.W., 
 a few miles to the southward of Port Macquarie. 
 It was named by Oxley after the Marquis of 
 Camden. 
 
 CAMDEN VALLEY, in the district of Liver- 
 pool Plains, N.S.W., watered by the Turrabeil 
 river, was named by Oxley after the Marquis of 
 Camden. 
 
 CAMERON, SIR DUNCAN A. (1808 — ) 
 entered the Army in 1825, became Captain in 1833, 
 Major iu 1839, Colonel in 1854, and Major-General 
 in 1859. He served with distinction in the Crimean 
 campaign of 1854-5, having commanded the 42nd 
 Regiment at the battle of the Alma, and the 
 Highland brigade at the battle of Balaklava, and 
 was sent out to command the troops in N.Z., with 
 the local rank of Lieutenant-General, in 1863. In 
 that capacity he highly distinguished himself, and 
 in 1864 was nominated a K.C.B. in recognition of 
 his services against the Maoris. He was made 
 Colonel of the 42nd Foot, in September 1863 ; and 
 in 1868 became Governor of the Royal Military 
 College at Sandhurst, and was created a K.G.C.B. 
 in 1873. 
 
 CAMPBELL LAKE, in the district of Lachlan, 
 N.S.W., situated between Regent's Lake and the 
 Lachlan, was named by Oxley in honour of Mrs. 
 Macquarie's family name. 
 
 CAMPBELL, MURDOCH, S.A. explorer. He, 
 with Swinden, D. Thompson, and E. Stock, crossed 
 the head of Spencer's Gulf, and found excellent 
 pastoral country fifty miles further inland in 
 1857. 
 
 CAMPBELL, WILLIAM, a native of Scotland, 
 arrived in N.S.W. in December 1838 with letters 
 of introduction from the Colonial Office to Sir 
 George Gipps, and to the Messrs. McArthur of 
 Camden, from whom he received the appointment 
 of superintendent of their station in Argyle. This 
 office he retained until he left for Port Phillip in 
 1846, when he travelled overland with his family, 
 bringing with him about 4000 sheep, including a 
 flock of 150 thorough-bred merino ewes and rams 
 from the pure Camden flock. He experienced 
 great difficulty in establishing himself as a squatter, 
 as all the well-watered lands in Port Phillip were 
 occupied, and consequently had to re-cross the 
 Murray and form a station on the Wakool, at a 
 time when the blacks murdered Mr. Beveridge and 
 several other Europeans, amongst them McKenzie, 
 who had just left Campbell's employment. After 
 undergoing great fatigue and anxiety in forming 
 the station, his application for the run was refused 
 by the Commissioner of Crown Lands, it being 
 claimed by a prior applicant ; but as Campbell 
 had prior occupation he appealed to head-quarters, 
 and refused to remove his stock — after travelling 
 overland, and making long excursions beyond the 
 occupied districts on the Lower Murray, Avoca, 
 Wimmera, and through part of the Mallee, and 
 ridden 1500 mihs in search of a run, he felt it hard 
 to quit on the order of an official who had not been 
 in the locality. Ultimately he sold his interest in 
 the run to a friend who had also purchased the 
 prior applicant's disputed right to it. Campbell 
 reserved the pure Camden merinos, and brought them 
 back to Port Phillip, and placed them on Tourall, a 
 small run near Climes, which he purchased from 
 Mr. Norton. In 1849 he exchanged that run for 
 Strathallan, now Campbell's Creek, which he made 
 his home-station, and where he lived till 1851, 
 when gold mining rendered the run untenable. 
 He then removed his family to St. Kilda, and sent 
 the merinos to Mount Hope. From the progeny 
 of the merinos he supplied the flocks of the Lear- 
 months of Ercildoun and others with rams ; and 
 it is generally admitted that the introduction of 
 the Camden merino gave the long, soft, elastic 
 quality which distinguishes the flocks of the 
 Western District. In 1849 Campbell discovered 
 gold at Chines, and was awarded £1000 for the 
 original discovery of gold in V., but only £476 4s. 
 of that sum was paid ; of this part payment one- 
 half was given to Lewis Grant and C. McLennan, 
 the other half handed over to public charities. 
 This distribution was recorded in the Melbourne 
 Herald of 17th April 1857. In 1861 an attack was 
 made on Campbell in the Assembly for not having 
 sooner disclosed the discovery of gold ; in reply to 
 which a conclusive letter of his was published in 
 the Herald and Age of 28th May of that year. In 
 1851 he was elected one of the first twenty repre- 
 sentative members for the first Legislative Council. 
 He took a prominent part in defending the rights 
 of the Crown tenants. In 1854 he resigned hia 
 seat and returned to Europe with his family. On 
 
 a
 
 74 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Can 
 
 leaving he was deputed by a number of leading 
 squatters to represent their grievances to the 
 Colonial Office, which he did by publishing The 
 Grown Lands of Australia, embodying arguments 
 founded on documentary evidence. In 1856 he 
 paid a visit to V., and early in 1857 sold his stations 
 and returned to Europe. In 1859 he again returned 
 to Australasia with the intention of settling in 
 N.Z., which he visited and made some profitable 
 investments, but nut liking the climate he returned 
 to V., where he purchased landed property and 
 stations in Riverina. He purchased back from 
 Griffiths and Greene the pure merino flock (which 
 he had sold to them with Mount Hope station,) 
 and which he still retains in its purity; a small 
 portion has been recently sent back to Sir AVm. 
 McArthur of Camden, where their progenitors 
 were first placed on their Australian home some 
 eighty-two years ago, a longer period of homogeneity 
 of race than perhaps exists in any other flock. 
 Campbell was a director and one of the largest 
 shareholders in the Melbourne and Hobson's Bay 
 Railway Company at the time it was sold to the 
 Government. In 1862 he was elected to the 
 Legislative Council for the NW. Province ; and 
 in 1872 was re-elected to the same seat. 
 
 CANTERBURY, a province of N.Z. The 
 foundation of the province dates from 1848, in 
 which year a number of men of influence in 
 England, including the Archbishop of Canterbury, 
 Lord Lyttelton and the Duke of Manchester, 
 formed themselves into the "Canterbury Associa- 
 tion for Founding a Settlement in New Zealand," 
 which was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1849. 
 The portion of the colony in which the Association 
 was to establish its members was for some time 
 not fixed, as it was doubtful whether the plain 
 adjacent to Banks Peninsula, or a tract of land 
 near Wairarapa, in the present Province of 
 Wellington, was the better adapted for their 
 requirements. Captain Grey, then Governor, in a 
 despatch to the Secretary of State, advocated the 
 choice of the latter district ; but great difficulty 
 was found in acquiring the land on reasonable 
 terms from the native owners. On the other hand, 
 the whole of the vast tract of country lying 
 between the river Hurunui and Port Chalmers, 
 stretching from sea to sea, had already been ceded 
 by the Maori owners to the Europeans. On 25th 
 August 1848 Governor Grey forwarded to the 
 Secretary of State a copy of the agreement by 
 which the chiefs of the Ngaitahu tribe made over 
 to Colonel Wakefield, agent of the N.Z. Company, 
 all the country comprising what are now the 
 Provinces of Canterbury and Westland, and great 
 pari of Otago, for a comparatively small sum of 
 money. This cession did not include Banks 
 Peninsula, as t lie natives had already sold the 
 « In >le of that block to a French company, whose 
 settlers were residing on it. The N.Z. Company 
 made no attempt to coloniso the area they thus 
 acquired, further than by handing over to the 
 Canterbury Association 1,000,000 acres on the 
 
 plains, afterwards increased to 2,400,000 acres. In 
 1849 Captain Thomas, agent for the Association, 
 wrote from Auckland to Governor Grey, stating 
 that he had examined the harbour of Port Cooper 
 and the surrounding country, and, having found 
 the land suitable, requested His Excellency's 
 sanction to Port Cooper as the site of the settle- 
 ment. This was granted ; the surveys of the 
 harbour and plains were pushed on, and prepara- 
 tions made for receiving the settlers sent out by 
 the Association. Negotiations were also carried 
 on between the N.Z. Company and the French 
 Association who held possession of Banks Penin- 
 sula ; and on 12th October 1849 the directors of 
 tha Company announced to the Colonial Office that 
 they had taken over all the property and interests 
 of the French Company for £4500. On 16th 
 December 1850 the first emigrant ship from 
 England arrived at Port Cooper, and the com- 
 mencement of the settlement may be said to have 
 then taken place. The design of the Association was 
 to establish in N.Z. a settlement complete in itself, 
 having as little connection as possible with the 
 other centres of population in the colony, and 
 composed entirely of members of the Protestant 
 Church of Great Britain. The Committee of 
 Management proposed to reserve to themselves 
 the right " of refusing to allow any person of whom 
 they might disapprove to become an original 
 purchaser of land ;" but long before the establish- 
 ment of representative government in 1852, doubts 
 were expressed, even by some of the managers, of 
 the success of this part of the scheme ; and 
 Canterbury offered so many advantages to immi- 
 grants of all classes, that the wall of exclusiveness 
 was soon broken down, and the community 
 became, like all others, an aggregation of settlers 
 from various countries and of various denomi- 
 nations. The affairs of the Association were 
 managed in England by a committee, and J. R. 
 Godley was sent out to conduct their public 
 business in N.Z. Godley arrived in Canterbury 
 in 1850, and remained as its resident official head 
 until 1853 ; then the elevation of the settlement 
 into one of the provinces of N.Z. under the 
 Constitution Act, and the annulling of all previous 
 charters to the separate little colonies, rendered 
 the continuance of the Association needless. 
 During his term of office, Godley's energy and 
 earnestness of purpose contributed powerfully to 
 the success of the settlement, and he left N.Z. for 
 England followed by the general regret of the 
 colonists— regret increased by the knowledge that 
 his unwearied attention to the welfare of those 
 under his charge had entailed on him permanent 
 loss of health. The first Superintendent under the 
 new act was J. E. Fitzgerald, an original member of 
 the Association, who held office till 1857. He was 
 succeeded by W. S. Moorhouse, Superintendent 
 from 1857 to 1863 ; S. Bealey from 1863 to 1866 ; 
 Moorhouse again till 1868 ; and W. Rolleston 
 from 1868 to 1875. In the three years between 
 the arrival of the first settlers and the meeting of
 
 Cap— Car] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 75 
 
 the first Provincial Council, the settlement made 
 remarkable progress, and became not only self- 
 supporting, but able to export largely to other 
 colonies. This progress has been, almost without 
 a check, continued to the present time. The 
 revenues of the Province from sales of Crown 
 lands and other sources have been steadily 
 increasing. In 1858 Godley was able to announce 
 to the friends of the colony in England that the 
 province, with a population of 7000, raised a 
 revenue of £96,000— seven times as much per 
 head as the revenue of England. This was exclu- 
 sive of the revenue raised in the province for the 
 general colonial purposes of N.Z. For 1878 the 
 revenues of the province, exclusive of colonial 
 revenue, amounted to almost £1,000,000, the 
 estimated population being 91,922. The pro- 
 vince contains that portion of the Middle Island 
 bounded on the N by the River Hurunui (the 
 boundary of Nelson,) on the E. by the sea, on 
 the W. by the ridge of the Southern Alps (the 
 boundary of Westland,) and on the S. by the 
 River Waitaki (the boundary of Otago.) The 
 area is about 8,693,000 acres, of which 2,500,000 
 form a vast plain sloping gently down from the 
 mountain ranges to the sea. There are also large 
 tracts of undulating downs capable of cultivation. 
 On the eastern edge rises Banks Peninsula, a hilly 
 district, comprising about 250,000 acres, and com- 
 posed of peaks, ridges, and basins, the remains of 
 long-extinct volcanoes. The capital is Christ- 
 church, situated on the plain at the northern edge 
 of the peninsula, and about five miles from the 
 sea, on the small river Avon. The port town is 
 Lyttelton, on Port Cooper, one of the basins of 
 Banks Peninsula, connected with Christchurch by 
 a railway, having a tunnel through the hills. In the 
 northern part of the Province are the towns of 
 Kaiapoi, Rangiora, Leithfield, and Oxford, besides 
 many smaller villages. To the south are Timaru, 
 Geraldine, Ashburton, Southbridge, Leeston, <&c. 
 On the Peninsula stands Akaroa (on a fine harbour,) 
 and smaller settlements in almost every bay. From 
 the mountain ranges on the west to the sea on the 
 east many rivers flow across the Canterbury plain. 
 As a rule, these rivers are extremely rapid, not 
 running in deep streams between well-defined 
 banks, but shallow and flowing on shingle beds, 
 sometimes more than a mile wide. The province 
 maybe considered as divided into three longitudinal 
 zones — the mountain zone, comprising the whole 
 western and part of the northern portions, and 
 almost exclusively devoted to pasturage ; the 
 central or plain zone, comprising almost all the 
 rest of the province, pastoral in those portions as 
 yet unbought from the Crown, agricultural in the 
 rest; and the peninsular or eastern zone, partly 
 timber-producing forest, partly pastoral, partly 
 devoted to cheese-making and dairy fanning. 
 Beds of clay and iron ore not yet worked lie in 
 several localities, and samples of pottery made 
 from fireclays were exhibited at the Exhibitions 
 of 1873-9. Beds of quartz sand, adapted for 
 
 glassmaking, are found in abundance, as are lime 
 stones and building stones of various qualities. 
 Marble is found in the Malvern Hills, and is being 
 extensively worked. The vast coal-bed which 
 seems to underlie the whole country, from the 
 Buller southward to the Grey, is being worked to a 
 sufficient extent to supply steamers calling at the 
 West Coast ports with coals. On the eastern side 
 of the great range of hills are the famous Canterbury 
 Plains, although the proportion of plain country, 
 as compared with the table-land and slopes of the 
 mountain range, is not very great. This is the 
 sheep district of the colony, and to its excellence 
 Canterbury has owed its rapid advance in pros- 
 perity. The natural pastures are very fine, and 
 stand probably at the head of natural pasturage in 
 N.Z. There is plenty of excellent timber in some 
 parts. Much land in South Canterbury, hitherto 
 utilised for breeding and rearing sheep, is being 
 rapidly bought up and tilled, the soil being 
 admirably adapted for the growth of cereals. The 
 two chief industries are wool and grain, but there 
 is a large export trade carried on in flax, provisions 
 (preserved and cured,) skins, hides, leather, and 
 dairy produce. Sericulture is also carried on to 
 some extent, the mulberry growing well in some 
 parts. The Church of England is governed by a 
 Bishop, who is primate of N.Z., with a Chapter 
 and Canons. The Roman Catholics form part of 
 the diocese of Wellington. The Methodists, 
 Presbyterians, and other denominations have places 
 of worship in all the populous centres. Primary 
 education is free and secular, but all householders 
 residing within three miles from the school have 
 to pay £1 per annum, and a further sum of 5s. for 
 every child between the years of six and thirteen. 
 There is also a grammar-school for higher education. 
 For the last eight years the mean temperature has 
 been 53'5°, ranging from 21-5° to 957°. The 
 barometric reading was 29'880. During the same 
 period the average rainfall per year was 26 '850 
 inches. The climate is less mild and uniform than 
 that of Nelson, but is exceptionally favourable to 
 cattle farming, as well as to the growth of European 
 plants, and to the health of the settlers. 
 
 CAPES. The capes are described under their 
 distinctive names. 
 
 CARCOAR, a township on the banks of the 
 Belabalu River in N.S.W., 150 miles W. of Sydney. 
 The surrounding district is chiefly agricultural, but 
 there are alluvial gold workings at the Forest and 
 Lumpy Swamps, and auriferous reefs at several 
 other places. Copper is also being profitably 
 worked at some places in the vicinity. 
 
 CAREY, MAJOR-GEN. GEO. JACKSON 
 
 (1823 — 1872) entered the army in 1845, and served 
 with distinction in the Cape Mounted Rifles in 
 1846, 1847, 1850, and 1852, for which he obtained 
 a medal. He was military secretary to Sir James 
 Jackson when commanding the forces at the Cape, 
 and Acting Lieutenant-Governor of the Isle of 
 Wight in 1862. From August 18G3 to August
 
 76 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Car— Cas 
 
 1865 lie served in N.Z. as Colonel on the Staff 
 and Brigadier-General. He distinguished himself 
 at the taking of Orakais, one of the few brilliant 
 events of the war. For this he was made a C.B. 
 On May 27th 1867 the Maori chief and king-maker 
 William Thompson surrendered to him. In August 
 1867 he was appointed to the command of the 
 forces in Australia, and left N.Z. for Melbourne. 
 On the departure of Sir Charles Darling he became 
 Acting-Governor, which office he held from 7th May 
 to 15th August 1866. He returned to England in 
 1867, and was appointed to the command of the 
 2nd brigade at Aldershot, which he retained until 
 1871, when he was promoted to the command of 
 the northern district of England. He died at 
 Manchester, 12th June 1872. 
 
 CARNOT BAY, in W.A., to the northward of 
 Point Coulomb. It was named after the celebrated 
 French consul and engineer. The sand banks 
 and breakers completely fortify its shores, and 
 effectually forbid all approach. 
 
 CARPENTARIA, GULF OF, the broad and deep 
 indentation on the northern coast of the Continent, 
 between Cape York and Cape "Wessel, the northern- 
 most point of the Wessel islands and Cape Arnheim 
 of the mainland. This immense gulf extends 
 inland 650 miles, with a breadth of 400 miles. It 
 was discovered in 1628 by Carpenter. The land 
 on the E. and S. of the gulf is so low, that for a 
 space of 600 miles from Endeavour Straits to a 
 range of hills on the mainland, W. of Wellesley's 
 islands, at the bottom of the gulf, no part of the 
 coast is higher than a ship's mast-head. The 
 western shove is rather higher, and from Limmen 
 Bight to the lat. of Groote Eylandt, it is lined by 
 a range of low hills. Out of twenty-six inlets 
 discovered by Stokes, two proved to be rivers. 
 The principal islands in the Gulf of Carpentaria 
 are Groote Eylandt, Bickerton Island, Woodah, 
 Sir Edward Pellews, Vanderlin, and Wellesley's 
 Islands, Mornington, Pisonia, Bountiful, Bentinck, 
 Sweers, Maria, Chasm, Wedge, and Melville. The 
 rivers which flow into the gulf are the Batavia, 
 Vereenidge, Nassau, Staten, Van Diemen, Flinders, 
 Disaster, Albert, Van Alphen, Abel Tasman, Poper, 
 Wickham, Limmen Bight, Red Kangaroo, Mac- 
 arthur, Cycar, Robinson's Creek, Seven Emu River, 
 Calvert, Turner Creek, Marlow Eiver, Smith, 
 Moonlight Creeks, Nicholson River, Gilbert, Caroll, 
 and Beames Creek. 
 
 CARPENTER, PETER, Dutch navigator, 
 explored and named the Gulf of Carpentaria in 
 1628. In reference to this voyage, President 
 De Brasses, in his "History of Navigation,'' 
 s;iys: — "In this year Carpentaria received its 
 name from one Carpenter, a Dutchman, and 
 Governor of the Indian Company. I le discovered 
 it during his government, and returned with five 
 ships very richly laden to Europe in June, 1628." 
 It would seem that this whole coast has been care- 
 fully examined by the l>uteh, as in Thevennt's 
 Dutch charts we have the names, in that language, 
 of a great many bays, capes ami watering places 
 
 along it. At last, in the year 1664, this vast 
 region received the name of New Holland. 
 
 CARSTENS, JAN, Dutch navigator, was des- 
 patched from Amboyna in January 1623 with the 
 yachts Pera (mdArnheim,by Governor Jan Pieter 
 Coen, to explore the Great South Land. Carstens, 
 with eight of the Arnheim' s crew, was treacherously 
 murdered by the natives of New Guinea ; but the 
 vessels prosecuted the voyage, and discovered the 
 " great islands Arnheim and the Spult." 
 
 CASEY, JAMES JOSEPH, (1831—) came to 
 Melbourne in 1855, and joined the proprietary of 
 the Bendigo Advertiser. He took a prominent 
 part in the municipal affairs of Sandhurst, and in 
 1861 was elected to Parliament for that borough, 
 but unseated on petition. In 1863 he was elected 
 for Mandurang, and continuously represented 
 that constituency till 1879. In 1868 he was 
 appointed Minister of Justice, and in 1869 Solicitor- 
 General. In 1870 he was Chairman of a Royal Com- 
 mission on Intercolonial Legislation and a Court 
 of Appeal. In 1872 he became President of the 
 Board of Land and Works. In 1878 he was 
 appointed Executive Commissioner for Victoria at 
 the Paris Exhibition, and received the honour of 
 C.M.G. As Minister for Lands he re-organised 
 the department, and constituted the survey branch 
 on its present effective basis. He cheeked the system 
 of " dummyism " by instituting land inquiries at 
 various places, and by the subsequent forfeiture of 
 the pastoral runs of those whose complicity with 
 the sytem had been proved. Casey is the author 
 of a legal work entitled the Justice's Manual. 
 
 CASTLEMAINE, a township in V., seventy- 
 seven and a-half miles N.N.W. of Melbourne, and 
 a principal station on the railway to Echuca. It is 
 also connected with a branch line to Maryborough, 
 and by that route with Ballarat and the western 
 districts. The town is pleasantly situated, the 
 streets are well laid out and planted with trees, 
 and the buildings, both public and private, are 
 such as befit a town of considerable magnitude. It 
 is lighted with gas, and supplied with water from 
 the Malmsbury and Expedition Pass reservoirs. 
 Its population is about 7500 persons. The diggings 
 in the neighbourhood were once very numerous, 
 and were among the first discovered in Australia. 
 The extent of auriferous ground is estimated 
 at 166 square miles, with 403 auriferous quartz 
 reefs. Vine-growing is carried on in the neighbour- 
 hood, but it is on the mining capabilities 
 and agricultural resources of the district that its 
 prosperity depends. Copper, galena, iron, and 
 other minerals have been found, but it is doubtful 
 whether they would pay for working. 
 
 CASTLEREAGH BAY, on northern coast of the 
 continent, between Cape Stewart and Point Dale, 
 was discovered by King in 1817, and named after 
 Lord Castlereagh, then Prime Minister of England. 
 
 CASTLEREAGH RIVER, in N.S.W, discovered 
 by Oxley in 1818, and named from the same 
 Minister.
 
 Cat-Chel 
 
 I .ip.Kiil v iiF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 77 
 
 CATASTROPHE, CAPE, is the W. point of 
 
 entrance to Spencer's Gulf, S.A. Its S. extremity 
 is cliffy and has a round, smooth summit, clothed 
 with vegetation, whence it trends N.E. byE. three 
 miles, and forms two sandy bights, separated by 
 projecting cliffs. Behind the shore the land rises 
 to a rocky range of considerable elevation, with a 
 few trees but no fresh water. At the E. font of 
 the range is Memory cove, and still further N., 
 Shag cove. It lies forty-eight miles E. of Cape 
 Spencer. This cape was so called from the 
 melancholy loss of Mr. Thistle and a boat's crew of 
 Flinders' ship the Investigator. 
 
 CAYLEY'S REPULSE, a huge pile of stones 
 in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W., forty-nine miles 
 W. from Sydney, marking the spot at which 
 Caley, in 1803, was baffled by finding a vast 
 precipice. 
 
 CENTRAL MOUNT STUART. On 22nd 
 April 1SG0 Stuart found, from his observations 
 of the sun, that he was encamped in the very 
 centre of the continent. On a high mount, two 
 miles to the northward, he planted the British 
 flag, and named the spot Central Mount Stuart. 
 
 CHAMBERS RIVER, in N.A., discovered by 
 Stuart in 1862, and named after his friend 
 Chambers of Adelaide, who liberally assisted him 
 in his first expedition. 
 
 CHAMPION BAY, in W.A., discovered and 
 named after his ship by Lieut. Helpman in 1846. 
 It was settled in 1850, and is the outport for the 
 mineral district. 
 
 CHANNEL, ARMSTRONG'S, the passage to 
 the S. of Cape Barren Island in Bass Strait. 
 Explored by Flinders in 1798, and named after 
 M r. Armstrong, the master of the supply, who had 
 gone to afford assistance in saving the cargo of 
 the Sydney Cove, and was the first to pass through 
 it on his return towards Port Jackson. But 
 Armstrong never arrived there, having in all 
 probability perished at sea with his sloop and 
 crew. 
 
 CHAPMAN, HENRY SAMUEL, was called 
 to the English Bar in 1817 ; in June 1843 was 
 appointed Judge of the Supreme Court in N.Z.; 
 and in March 1852 Colonial Secretary of V.D.L. 
 In November he resigned this office, from a 
 difference of opinion with Governor Denisnn in 
 reference to the Transportation Question, and went 
 to Melbourne in February 1855, where he practised 
 his profession and became a Member of the 
 Legislative Assembly. In March 1857 he became 
 Attorney-General, and in March 1858 formed a 
 Ministry, which continued in power until October 
 1859. In 1861 he was elected for Momington. In 
 1862-3 he acted as Judge during the absence of 
 Sir Redmond Barry. In 1865 he left V. for N.Z., 
 having again accepted an appointment as Judge 
 of the Supreme Court. He was for some time law 
 lecturer to the Melbourne University, and for 
 many years a contributor to the Westminster, 
 London, and other Reviews. He also contributed 
 
 articles to the seventh edition of the Encyclopoedia 
 Britannica, and on subjects of colonial law to the 
 Law Magazine. In 1870 he retired on a pension. 
 
 CHAPMAN, THOMAS DANIEL, a native of 
 T., was for many years representative of Hobart 
 Town, and became Colonial Treasurer and Post- 
 master-General in 1866, and again in 1873. He 
 resigned office in 1876. 
 
 CHAPPELL ISLANDS, a cluster of rocky 
 islands in Bass Strait, to the N.W. of Cape 
 Barren Island, and S.W. of Flinders or Great 
 Island. They were first seen and named by Bass 
 and Flinders in 1798, who describe them as barren, 
 but in a distant view a slight covering of small 
 herbage on their sloping even surfaces gave them 
 a prepossessing appearance. Mount Chappell, a 
 remarkable smooth round hill, about 600 feet above 
 the sea level, forms their eastern limit. 
 
 CHARTERS TOWERS, a mining township in 
 northern Q., about ninety miles from Towns ville, 
 and 820 miles N.W. of Brisbane. The Burdekin 
 River is about seven miles distant. The town is 
 situated on the northern spurs of the Towers 
 Mountain, at an elevation of about 1000 feet. It 
 is a large reefing district, discovered in January 
 1872. The reefs are found to improve at lower 
 depths; the yield averaging li to 2 ounces to the 
 ton. The total yield of gold for 1877 was 87,149 
 ounces. Several large pyrites works are also in 
 operation. 
 
 CHATHAM ISLANDS, a small group in the 
 Pacific, about 450 miles E. of N.Z., a little to 
 the S. of Cook Straits. They consist of three 
 islands, the largest about twenty-five miles 
 long, but of a very irregular semi-circular and 
 branching shape. It is hilly, but not lofty, and is 
 mostly of volcanic rock, and in the northern part 
 are a number of small lakes. There is a luxuriant 
 vegetation of trees and shrubs, with much boggy 
 land, and a good deal of the common N.Z. fern. 
 The plants are generally like those of N.Z., but 
 with many peculiar species and some handsome 
 flowers. There are thirteen species of true land- 
 birds, eight of which are N.Z. species, and five 
 distinct but allied forms. These islands were dis- 
 covered in 1791 by Captain Broughton, and were 
 named after his ship. He found an indigenous 
 population, a cheerful and happy race, dressed in 
 mats and sealskins. In 1831, a ship conveyed 800 
 N.Z. natives to the islands, and these rapidly 
 exterminated the aborigines. In 1840 Dieffenbach 
 found only ninety living souls out of a former 
 population of at least 1200. These people were 
 called Morions. They spoke a dialect allied to 
 the Maori, but exhibited considerable physical 
 differences from the latter race. At present the 
 islands are a mere whaling station, with about 150 
 inhabitants of a very mixed kind. 
 
 CHEEKE, ALFRED (1811—1876) a lineal 
 descendant of the celebrated Sir John Cheke, 
 mentioned by Milton, was called to the English 
 bar in 1835, and came to Sydney in 1837. He was
 
 78 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Chi 
 
 made a magistrate in 1838, practised as a barrister, 
 and in 1841 was appointed Commissioner of the 
 Court of Claims and Crown Prosecutor ; in 1844 
 Chairman of the Quarter Sessions ; and in 1845 
 Commissioner of the Court of Requests. From 
 1851 to 1857 he again acted as Chairman of 
 Quarter Sessions, and in 1858 was appointed 
 District Court Judge, which office he filled till 
 June 1865, when he was elevated to the Judicial 
 Bench, which he occupied till his death. 
 
 CHILDERS, HUGH CULLING EARDLEY 
 (1827— ) came to Melbourne in 1850. He was a 
 member of the Government of V. in 1851, his first 
 appointment being that of Auditor-General. When 
 constitutional government was established in 1855, 
 he was returned for Portland to the first Legislative 
 Assembly, and was Commissioner for Customs in 
 the first constitutional Ministry, of which Haines 
 was Chief Secretary. He retired from office in 
 1857, and returned to England as Agent-General. 
 In 1860 he became a member of the House of Com- 
 mons for Pontefract, and was in 1861 Chairman of 
 the Select Committee on Transportation, and in 
 1863 a member of the Committee on Penal 
 Servitude, his recommendations with respect to 
 transportation being eventually adopted by the 
 Government. He was appointed a Lord of the 
 Admiralty in 1864, and Financial Secretary to the 
 Treasury in 1865 ; retiring on the accession of 
 Lord Derby's third administration in 1866. On 
 the Gladstone Administration coming into power 
 in December 1868, Childers was appointed First 
 Lord of the Admiralty, and held the office till 
 compelled to resign it from ill health in 1871. It 
 was during his administration that the terrible 
 disaster of the Captain occurred, a son of Childers 
 being amongst the victims. In January 1872 he 
 again became Agent-General for V. ; and a third 
 time, in 1879, after the resignation of Sir A. Michie. 
 He was Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster 
 from August 1872 till August 1873 in the Gladstone 
 Administration. On the return of Mr. Gladstone 
 to power in 1880, Childers became Secretary of 
 War. He is an F.R.S., and author of pamphlets 
 on Free-trade, Railway Police, and National 
 Education. 
 
 CHILDS, MAJOR, was Governor of Norfolk 
 Island, in succession to Maconochie, from 1845 to 
 1851, and was succeeded by John Price as 
 Superintendent. 
 
 CHINESE IMMIGRANTS. The first shipload 
 of Chinese immigrants arrived in N.S.W. in 1848. 
 They were introduced at private cost, but the intro- 
 duction of this race was much opposed by all classes. 
 In May 1850 a shipload arrived in Brisbane. On the 
 breaMng-out of the goldfields in 1851-2, large 
 numbers of Chinese came to Australia, and much 
 alarm was felt in consequence. A poll-tax of ,£10 
 per head for each immigrant was imposed by the 
 L'gi latnre of N.S.W. in 1861, and of V. in 1865; 
 but the tax was subsequently repealed, when the 
 Hood subsided. Riots between the Chinese and the 
 
 European miners occurred at intervals in various 
 places. In 1875 a vast Chinese invasion threatened 
 Q., and a £10 poll-tax was imposed. In spite 
 of it, however, many thousands flowed in, and 
 serious riots for possession of the northern gold- 
 fields took place between the two classes. They 
 are a migratory race, never intending to end their 
 days out of their own country. As market- 
 gardeners, fishermen, and domestic servants they 
 are very useful. The Chinese quarter in Little 
 Bourke-street, Melbourne, is quite an institution, 
 and a remarkable feature in city life. Their present 
 numbers on the continent amount probably to 
 about 50,000. 
 
 CHINESE IN CARPENTARIA. There is no 
 direct evidence that the Chinese had ever dis- 
 covered the Australian Continent ; but the Chinese 
 trepang fishery on the northern shores, and in the 
 shallow seas between Australia and Java, dates 
 from very remote times ; and traces of Chinese 
 intercourse with the aborigines of the northern 
 coasts of the continent are said to be yet per- 
 ceptible in the Mongolian features occasionally 
 met with in some of the tribes about Cape York 
 and the Gulf of Carpentaria. 
 
 CHISH0LM, CAROLINE (1810-1877) Philan- 
 thropist, and "The Immigrants' Friend." She was 
 born in the parish of Wootton, Northamptonshire, 
 England. Her father, William Jones, was a 
 man of most philanthropic character, and his 
 daughter inherited his noble qualities. She 
 married, in 1830, Captain Alexander Chisholm 
 of the Indian Army, and went with him to 
 Madras, where she established, with the co- 
 operation of the Governor, an industrial home 
 for soldiers' daughters. In 1839 her husband 
 went on sick leave to Australia, and took his 
 family with him. On returning to India he 
 decided to leave his family in N.S.W. Soon after 
 their arrival, during the crash of insolvency of 
 1839, some Highland emigrants, who spoke no 
 English and had large families, found difficulty in 
 obtaining employment. A little money lent them 
 by Captain Chisholm to purchase tools, and a 
 little useful advice, set them up as wood-cutters, 
 and they prospered. While assisting his country- 
 men, having seen the neglected state of the bounty 
 emigrants, he pointed them out to his wife as fit 
 objects for her charitable zeal and energy. By 
 degrees Mrs. Chisholm's rooms were crowded by 
 emigrants seeking advice. But it was the unpro- 
 tected position of female friendless emigrants that 
 awakened her warmest sympathies. She com- 
 menced her work by gathering information and 
 acquiring the confidence of the working classes. 
 Mrs. Chisholm found young women who had emi- 
 grated nominally under the care of friends, but 
 really under that of strangers, at the instigation of 
 the bounty agent, without home, some lodged in 
 tents with companions of indifferent character, 
 others wandering friendless through the streets of 
 Sydney. Many of them having been collected in
 
 Chi] 
 
 rVi'Lol^EDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 711 
 
 rural districts knew more of cows and pigs than 
 housework, and if engaged in town soon lost their 
 situations, and were superseded by more accom- 
 plished servants from ships which arrived daily. 
 Some of these poor creatures slept in retired nooks 
 in the public gardens and in the rocks, rather 
 than face the contamination of the streets. The 
 total number of respectable females unemployed 
 in Sydney at one time in 1840-1 amounted to 
 six hundred. There were more serious evils 
 attendant on emigration, as then conducted, than 
 the condition of the emigrants on landing. A 
 considerable number of females of notoriously 
 bad character were sent out in the bounty 
 ships for whom bounty was never claimed. The 
 Emigration Board sat in Sydney merely to appor- 
 tion the bounty ; the utmost punishment they 
 could inflict was to stop the passage-money due 
 to the agents. In some ships the emigrants were 
 deprived of their fair share of provisions, insulted 
 by the crew, even by the officers, and otherwise 
 abused. In others unrestrained intercourse took 
 place between the officers and crew and the female 
 passengers. On arrival in harbour, not only were 
 single men allowed to choose housekeepers on 
 board, but notorious procuresses regularly visited 
 the emigrant ships. The captain and surgeon 
 could not know them, and had no power to impede 
 them if they did. There was no government officer 
 on board to superintend the contracts or protect 
 the emigrants ; and thus, while women fell into 
 the hands of seducers, there were keen hands who 
 skimmed the cream of the labour from the ship on 
 terms of very sharp practice. All these things 
 oozed out in England among the emigrating classes, 
 and made, long after they were to a great extent 
 remedied, emigration very unpopular ; but no one 
 cared, or dared, to take up the obnoxious position 
 of the emigrants' friend in Sydney. Mrs. Chisholm 
 had courage and foresight. She began by appealing 
 to the press and to private individuals on behalf 
 of the destitute girl immigrants. At first she 
 met with much discouragement, and a few civil 
 speeches, but no assistance. The most imperious 
 section of the employer class saw no advantage 
 from the protection of the employed. The officials 
 foresaw more work, some supervision, and no 
 increase of pay. The Roman Catholics, as soon 
 as they found it was to be a universal scheme of 
 practical philanthropy, opposed it vehemently. 
 But she pressed on her plan of a " Home," and 
 when almost defeated was nerved to determination 
 by the sight of a Highland beauty—" poor Flora " 
 — whom she had known a happy, hopeful girl — 
 drunken, despairing, and hastening to commit 
 suicide. Mrs. Chisholm offered to devote her time 
 gratuitously to a "Home of Protection," and to 
 endeavour to procure situations for the emigrant 
 girls, unengaged and out of place, in the country 
 — an offer which was eventually accepted, after 
 she had given an undertaking not to put 
 the government to any expense. On obtaining 
 this concession, she issued a circular stating 
 
 her objects, and soliciting subscriptions. The 
 government building appropriated to the Home 
 consisted of a low wooden barrack fourteen feet 
 square. Mrs. Chisholm found it needful, for 
 the protection of the characters of the girls, to 
 sleep on the premises. A store-room seven feet 
 square, without a fireplace, and infested with rats, 
 was cleared out for her accommodation. There 
 she dwelt, eating, drinking and sleeping, dependent 
 on the kindness of a prisoner employed in the 
 adjoining government printing-office for a kettle of 
 hot water for tea, her only luxury ; and there she 
 laid the foundation of a system to which thousands 
 owe their happiness in this world and the world to 
 come — saved from temptation to vice, and put on 
 the road to industrious independence. Following 
 the example of great philosophers in every branch 
 of science, Mrs. Chisholm was carefid to collect 
 facts, but slow to publish conclusions. If she 
 claimed publicity it was not to propound a compli- 
 cated theory, but to attack some flagrant abuse. 
 The first party of girls collected within the Home 
 amounted to ninety, whom Mrs. Chisholm protected 
 from covert seduction and other evil influences. 
 The difficulties were great, the annoyances weary- 
 ing. The girls were many of them ignorant and 
 awkward, others too proud and idle to work ; but 
 Mrs. Chisholm never gave them up while there was 
 hope and a good heart. The general public, when 
 they understood the nature of the plans Mrs. 
 Chisholm was engaged upon, responded liberally 
 to her appeal for assistance. But before they 
 gained confidence in her plans the Home became 
 crowded with a number of girls more fit for 
 rough country work than town service. There 
 was no machinery for distributing them, so 
 Mrs. Chisholm determined to avail herself of the 
 information supplied in answers to her circulars, 
 and to send them into the countiy. The first dray 
 that came to the door was sent away empty; 
 frightened with foolish stories of blacks and bush- 
 rangers, not one girl woidd go. A second attempt, 
 the first failure having been kept a secret, was 
 successful. Mrs. Chisholm, at her own risk and 
 expense, took a party up the Hunter River district 
 by steamboat. The enterprise was considered so 
 Quixotish by her friends that, as she sat on deck 
 in the centre of her troop of girls, no one of her 
 acquaintance dared to expose himself to the ridi- 
 cule of owning acquaintance by offering any 
 refreshment. The plan succeeded ; the girls were 
 well placed in the families of respectable married 
 people, and committees were induced to undertake 
 the charge of Branch Homes in the interior. The 
 bush journeys were repeated with parties of young 
 women, varying from sixteen to thirty, who were 
 conveyed to various inland towns, where she went 
 from farm to farm, scrutinising the characters of 
 the residents before she trusted them with "her 
 children." The settlers came forward nobly, and 
 supplied provisions, horses, and drays ; the inns 
 universally refused payment for Mrs. Chisholm'a 
 personal accommodation ; and the coaches carried
 
 80 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LChr 
 
 her sick women and children free. William 
 Bradley, a native, and member of the Legislative 
 Council, gave an unlimited credit to draw for any- 
 thing for the use of the emigrants — of which she 
 was not obliged to avail herself, so liberally did 
 the colonists of the interior come forward. Her 
 own expenses for seven years amounted only to 
 £\ 18s. 6d. Very soon the fathers, brothers, sons, 
 and husbands claimed the same care, and asked to 
 be permitted to form part of her parties. Her 
 journeys became longer and her armies larger : 
 147 souls left Sydney, which increased on the road 
 to 240, in one party, in drays and on foot, M is. 
 Chisholm leading the way on horseback. She 
 established a registry office for servants, where 
 names coidd be inscribed and agreements effected 
 on fair terms gratuitously ; she drew up and 
 printed a fair agreement, of which the master 
 took one, the servant one, and one was filed. The 
 result of this registration was to extinguish litiga- 
 tion as far as regards servants engaged at the 
 Home. Out of many thousands only two were 
 litigated. For the first time the emigrants found 
 a real friend. The abuse of power by captains, 
 and the immorality of the inferior officers were 
 checked by a prosecution which she compelled the 
 Governor to institute against parties who had 
 driven a girl mad by their violence. When Sir 
 George Gipps, hesitating, said : "A Government 
 prosecution is a very serious matter," she answered : 
 "lam ready to prosecute; / have the necessary 
 evidence ; and if it be a risk whether / or these 
 men shall go to prison, I am ready to stand the 
 risk." That trial established a precedent and 
 checked the abuse. By the end of 1842 Mrs. 
 Chisholm had succeeded in placing comfortably 
 two thousand emigrants of both sexes, and then, 
 when slowly recovering from the effects of a serious 
 illness brought on by her exertions, she published 
 a very remarkable report of her proceedings. 
 Her report produced a great effect. A considerable 
 reform was introduced. Government protection 
 was granted to friendless young women ; an agent 
 was appointed to superintend and witness the 
 agreements with men on board ship ; and the 
 colonial press, when furnished with the materials, 
 did good service to emigration reform. The whole 
 cost to government of the guarding and distribution 
 of the emigrants was little more than £100. The 
 other expenses were borne by Mrs. Chisholm and 
 the friends whom her clear-sighted policy had 
 made among persons of all parties. In 1843, before 
 a committee of the Legislative Council, appointed 
 to consider the condition of the distressed labourers, 
 and especially of three hundred large families 
 whom, in the depressed condition of the colony, 
 the settlers could not afford to engage, M ra. 
 Chisholm took another step forward. She proposed 
 a plan which, at trilling expense, would have placed 
 these families in a self-supporting position on land, 
 instead of continuing to receive three shillings a 
 day for nominal labour on government works. 
 Sir George Gipps' instructions precluded him from 
 
 granting or leasing crown land for this valuable 
 purpose. Nevertheless, on private property, on 
 clearing leases, Mrs. Chisholm succeeded in placing 
 some families of mechanics. Not being able to 
 induce the Governor to go heartily into her land- 
 colonising plans, Mrs. Chisholm continued to 
 employ herself in dispersing the people through 
 the interior. She worked hard for six years, 
 warmly supported by some of the first among the 
 colonists, and by the unanimous confidence of the 
 working classes, but subject to much obstruction 
 in official quarters. Sir George Gipps took a 
 public opportunity of expressing his sense of the 
 merit and utility of her plans — saying, " I think it 
 right to make this public acknowledgment, having 
 formerly thrown cold water upon them." In 1845 
 Captain Chisholm rejoined his family, and gave 
 her the benefit of his hearty co-operation, and in 
 1846 the family left the colony for England. 
 Before her departure, Mrs. Chisholm was presented 
 with a public testimonial, and a purse of 150 
 guineas, which sum she devoted to her philan- 
 thropic schemes. During the six years and eight 
 months which she spent in Australia, Mrs. Chisholm, 
 without wealth or rank, or any support except what 
 her earnest philanthropy gradually acquired, pro- 
 vided for eleven thousand souls. On returning to 
 England she brought with her many important 
 commissions from colonists to inquire for relatives 
 and to assist them in emigrating. There she passed 
 seven years actively employed in her good work, 
 and amongst other plans she founded the " Family 
 Colonisation Society," by which passage money was 
 collected by weekly instalments, and she lectured 
 throughout England in favour of emigration. 
 Improved accommodation for females was by her 
 efforts provided on board emigrant vessels. In 
 1854 she again visited Australia, but returned 
 in a few years to England, where she died, 
 29th March 1877. To the last her philanthropic 
 labours were unremitted. She was granted a 
 pension from the Civil List for her eminent 
 services. Mrs. Chisholm left a large family of 
 sons and daughters. 
 
 CHRISTCHURCH, the capital of the Province 
 of Canterbury, N.Z., is situated on the river Avon. 
 It is distant from Lyttelton, the port, about eight 
 miles, and is connected with it by a railway, 
 tunnelled at great expense through the Lyttelton 
 hills. It is advantageously situated on a large 
 plain, and possesses numerous fine buildings. 
 Christchurch has the advantage of having one of 
 the finest and most equable climates in N.Z. It 
 is encircled by high hills, and is the most "English " 
 looking town in Australasia. It has wide, well- 
 made streets ; the main street is over half a mile 
 in length, and from any portion of it green fields 
 and willow and gorse hedges can be reached in 
 two minutes. The Avon is a beautiful clear stream, 
 abounding in whitebait, and overgrown with 
 watercress. The district is particularly suitable 
 for grain-growing and grazing purposes. The 
 population of the city is about 25,000.
 
 Chu-Cla] 
 
 CYCLOPiEbiA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 81 
 
 CHURCHILL ISLAND, in Westernport Bay, 
 V., was discovered by Grant in 1801, and named 
 after his friend, John Churchill of Dawlish, in 
 Devonshire, England. Churchill was a public- 
 spirited man, who supplied Grant with a variety 
 of seeds of useful fruits and vegetables, enjoining 
 him to plant them for the benefit of his fellow- 
 men, whether civilised or savage; and Grant 
 followed his generous counsel at this island. 
 
 CHUTE, SIR TREVOR, Commander of the 
 British Forces in Australia, administered the 
 Government of N.S.W. from the departure of 
 Governor Young to the arrival of the Earl of 
 Belmore, 24th December 1867, to 7th January 1868. 
 
 CIRCULAR HEAD, in T., discovered and 
 named by Bass and Flinders in 1798, is almost 
 the northernmost point of the island, and the 
 most singular and striking object on the whole 
 north coast. Joined to the mainland by a 
 narrow low isthmus, its curious isolated rocky 
 citadel is, except in that one spot, wholly 
 surrounded by the ocean. It is 500 feet in 
 height, with an area of eighty acres on the 
 summit, the cliffs in many places nearly per- 
 pendicular, and in all very steep. In 1825 a grant 
 of 250,000 acres passed the Home Government to 
 the V.D.L. Company; and in 1826 their first 
 settlement was formed under Edward Curr, at 
 Circular Head. One of the persons in the service 
 of this company was Jorgen Jorgenson. Circular 
 Head was formerly a favourite resort of the 
 aboriginal tribes. It was, and continues to be, 
 the capital of the settlement made by the V.D.L. 
 Company, whose agent resides here, and who, 
 from the importance of his position as the com- 
 pany's representative, was in early days called the 
 Governor of the North. Although this magnificent 
 establishment failed in a pecuniary point of view, 
 it laid the foundation of an important settlement, 
 whose exports have varied of late years from 
 £1 5,000 to ,£30,000 per annum. It was at Stanley, 
 the township, that the unfortunate Hellyer, the 
 most successful and accomplished of the early 
 explorers of the north-west of T., terminated his 
 existence by his own hand, his mind having given 
 way during a lengthened period of compulsory 
 inaction and annoyance. Stanley is situated on a 
 flat lying E. of the cliff, facing a safe and commo- 
 dious bay. Its population is about 500, and its 
 distance from Launceston 142 miles N.W. The 
 export trade is in farming produce, and the 
 Circular Head potatoes are famed for their excel- 
 lent quality. 
 
 CLAREM0NT ISLES, five small islets on the 
 N.E. coast of the continent, a little to the N. of 
 Princess Charlotte's Bay. They are of coral for- 
 mation, and are covered with small brushwood. 
 They were discovered and named by King after 
 the residence of the Frincess Charlotte of England, 
 in 1821. 
 
 CLARENCE RIVER, in N.S.W., 380 miles N. of 
 Sydney. It is navigable for vessels for upwards 
 
 of eighty miles, rises in the dividing range near 
 Benlomond, flows through the district of Clarence, 
 and empties itself into the Pacific Ocean near 
 Shoal Bay. This river was discovered by Captain 
 Rouse, in H.M.S. Rainbow, in 1828, and named 
 after the Duke of Clarence, afterwards King 
 William the Fourth. Captain Barkus, in H.M. 
 schooner Alligator, whilst in search of a supposed 
 wreck, discovered a river of some magnitude south 
 of the Tweed, supposed to be the Clarence or the 
 Richmond of Captain Rouse, on 5th September 
 1827. Rouse discovered two large rivers to the 
 northward of Sydney, where there is a firm and 
 safe anchorage. He proceeded a considerable dis- 
 tance up both rivers, and reported the country to 
 be well wooded, the climate salubrious, and the 
 soil apparently of the richest description. One of 
 these he named the Clarence, the other the 
 Richmond. Both rivers lie between Sydney and 
 Moreton Bay, in the usual track of vessels trading 
 to Sydney, which makes it remarkable that they 
 were not previously discovered. There is a large 
 extent of agricultural land on the banks of the 
 Clarence. The township is Grafton. 
 
 CLARENCE STRAITS, on the northern coast 
 of the continent, lying to the westward of Van 
 Diemen Gulf and dividing Melville Island from 
 the mainland, was explored by King in 1819, and 
 named by him after the Duke of Clarence. 
 
 CLARKE ( .) A vessel called the Sydney 
 
 Cove, on its way to Port Jackson, was wrecked 
 on Furneaux's Island in 1795. A large party 
 headed by Clarke, the supercargo, started in boats, 
 intending to sail along the coasts and obtain help 
 from Sydney. They were thrown ashore by a 
 storm at Cape Howe, and had to begin a dreary 
 walk of three hundred miles through dense and 
 unknown country. Their small store of provisions 
 was soon used, and they could find neither food 
 nor fresh water on their path. Many dropped 
 down, exhausted by fatigue and hunger, and some 
 were murdered by the natives. Only Clarke and 
 one or two others reached Port Jackson; their 
 clothes in tatters, and their bodies almost wasted 
 to bones, and in such a state that when a boat was 
 brought to carry them over the bay to Sydney, 
 they had to be lifted on board like infants. Clarke, 
 on his recovery, was able to give a very useful 
 account of a large tract of land not previously 
 explored. 
 
 CLARKE, COL. ANDREW, was Governor of 
 W.A., in succession to Hall, from February 1846, 
 till his death in February 1847. 
 
 CLARKE, SIR ANDREW (1824-) is eldest 
 son of Colonel Andrew Clarke K.H., Governor of 
 W.A. He was trained for the profession of the 
 Royal Engineers, and in 1846 accompanied Sir 
 W. Dennison to T. as private secretary, and served 
 in that capacity till 1852. After the separation of 
 V. from N.S.W., Clarke was appointed Surveyor- 
 General and Chief Commissioner of Crown Lands 
 (1853-58.) He was elected member of the first 
 
 X
 
 R2 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LCla-Cli 
 
 Legislative Assembly for Emerald Hill, and 
 became a member of the first Haines Ministry. 
 During the session of 1855, he brought in a bill 
 for the establishment of Municipal Institutions, 
 and may be regarded as the founder of Municipal 
 Government in Victoria. Through his exertions 
 the public reserves and National Museum were 
 permanently settled. The first Melbourne Indus- 
 trial Exhibition owed its existence to him, as also 
 the Gipps Land and Border Railway system. 
 He left Australia in 1862, and resumed his pro- 
 fession in England. He was appointed by the 
 Imperial Government to the office of Inspector- 
 General of Naval and Military Establishments, 
 and in that capacity superintended the construction 
 of many large and costly public works. In 1873 
 he was appointed Governor of the Straits Settle- 
 ment ; and in 1874 he accepted the office of 
 Member of the Supreme Council of India for 
 Public Works, which office he still holds. He 
 was made C.B. in 1869, and K.C.M.G. in 1873. 
 
 CLARKE, Rev. WILLIAM BRANTHWAITE 
 (1798 — 1878) was born at East Bergholt, county of 
 Suffolk, England, on 2nd June 1798. He was 
 educated at Dedham Grammar School and Cam- 
 bridge, took his degree of B.A. in 1821, and was 
 ordained the same year. At Cambridge he attended 
 the lectures of Professor Sedgwick and Dr. E. 
 Clarke, and thus acquired the foundation of his 
 geological knowledge. In 1819 he wrote a poem 
 on " Pompeii," which competed against Macaulay's 
 prize poem on the same subject, and contributed 
 to different periodicals. These fugitive writings 
 were afterwards collected under the title of Lays 
 of Leisure. He made many vacation tours of the 
 Continent and Great Britain in pursuit of geological 
 information. From 1828 to 1833 he published 
 several essays, and contributed to the Magazine of 
 Natural History. In 1833 he was presented to a 
 living in Dorsetshire, and in 1837 the Bishop of 
 Salisbury appointed him one of his chaplains. In 
 1839 he came to Australia, partly for health, and 
 took charge of King's School, Parramatta, and 
 performed clerical duty in that district; afterwards 
 at Campbelltown. In 1846 he entered on the 
 charge of St. Thomas's, Willoughby, near Sydney, 
 where he continued until 1870. His numerous 
 essays on science generally, and particularly the 
 geology of Australia, have been the foundation of 
 much of the local knowledge of the subject. In 
 1841 he gave abundant testimony from geological 
 and mineralogies] data as to the existence of gold 
 inN.S.W. ; and in 1844 described the existence of 
 a gold-field in the Bathurst district without per- 
 sonal exploration, and without any knowledge of 
 Strzelecki's previous discovery, on the very spol 
 mentioned privately by the Polish discoverer, five 
 years previously. For the same reasons as those 
 given to St rzelecki, the Governor requested Clarke 
 to keep the matter secret. In 1847, in his com- 
 parison of the geology of Russia with that of Aus- 
 tralia, he stated that "N.S.W. will probably, on 
 - e futureday.be found w lerfully rich in 
 
 metals," and this prophecy has been fulfilled. 
 Clarke engaged in a controversy with the Victorian 
 geologists respecting the value of the carboniferous 
 formations of N.S.W., and conclusively proved 
 that their assertions as to the value of the coal 
 measures of that colony were incorrect, a fact 
 further confirmed by the Examiner of Coal-fields. 
 For his great services to science, he was elected a 
 Fellow of the Royal Society ; and the Legislature 
 voted him a grant of £1000 for his services in con- 
 nection with the gold discovery. He died on 16th 
 June 1878, at his residence, North Shore, Sydney. 
 Clarke was a man of the highest attainments 
 in science, a fine scholar, a Christian gentleman of 
 the noblest stamp. His public services deserve 
 from the people of N.S.W. a lasting public recog- 
 nition. 
 
 CLARKE, WILLIAM JOHN, a native of T., 
 came to V. in 1850, and engaged in pastoral 
 pursuits, eventually taking charge of his father's 
 extensive business as landowner. In 1870 his 
 father died, bequeathing him the bulk of his vast 
 property. In 1876 he was elected member of the 
 Legislative Council. He is held in very high 
 respect for his large-handed liberality, both public 
 and private. He gave £10,000 towards the 
 Cathedral Fund of the Church of England, £2000 
 to the Indian Famine Fund, and many equally 
 generous benefactions. He brought to the colony 
 and maintained at his own expense Mr. Mclvor, 
 a first-class scientific agriculturalist, whose services 
 are freely given to the promotion of the farming 
 interest throughout the colony. Clarke is President 
 of the Commission for the V. International 
 Exhibition of 1880. 
 
 CLAUDE RIVER, in Q., was discovered by 
 Mitchell in 1846, and named by him after the 
 famous Italian painter of quiet pastoral scenery. 
 It is a branch of the Salvator, and tributary of the 
 Nogoa. 
 
 CLEVELAND BAY, in Q., commences at a 
 mile and a half to the S. of Cape Cleveland, and 
 extends to the southward for nearly two miles 
 Over this beach two or three streams of fresh 
 water communicate with the sea ; they take their 
 vise from the hills and are seldom dry. The 
 township of Townsville stands on its shores. It 
 was discovered and named by King after the Duke 
 of Cleveland in 1821. 
 
 CLEVELAND CAPE rises abruptly from a 
 projection of low land separating the bay from a 
 deep sinuosity, extending under the base of Mount 
 Elliot, a high range with a rounded hill aud peak 
 visible at sea from twenty-five leagues distant. 
 
 CLIFFT0WN, a mining village in N.S.W., 
 situated about 200 feet above sea level on the 
 steep cliffs overhanging the ocean at the Coal 
 Cliff, in the district of Wollongong, thirty miles 
 S. from Sydney, Stewart and Co. own about 
 4,i«)ii acres of coal land at this locality. The 
 seam of coal is six feet thick and of excellent 
 quality. A jetty, 500 feet long, runs from the
 
 Clo-Cof] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 83 
 
 mouth of the mine into the sea. This is one of 
 the most remarkable undertakings for working a 
 mine to be found in any part of the world. The 
 coal is brought out of the mine, screened on the 
 jetty, and put into steam colliers ; it being unsafe 
 for sailing vessels to come so near the bold rocky 
 coast. Owing to the roughness of the beach, and 
 the precipitous nature of the cliffs, the steam 
 boiler, sheds, offices, store-room, blacksmiths' and 
 carpenters' shops necessary for working the mine 
 had all to be built on the jetty. The first shipment 
 of coals was made in January 1878, and up to 
 August the steam colliers made fifty-one trips, 
 carrying upwards of 10,000 tons of coal to Sydney. 
 The site of the village is most picturesque; 
 a view of the ocean for thirty miles all round 
 is obtained. The Coal Cliff rises abruptly 
 from the ocean to a perpendicular height of 
 1350 feet. Excellent fire clay and a seam of 
 clay band iron ore, forty feet thick, yielding by 
 assays 24 per cent of metallic iron, are found in 
 the coal measures north and south of this locality. 
 CL0NCURRY, a township in Q., on the river 
 of the same name, about 540 miles from Towns- 
 ville, and 1500 miles N.W. of Brisbane. The 
 locality is described as consisting of four camps, 
 namely — The Cloncurry Copper Mines ; Fisher's 
 Creek, where are a stamper machine and several 
 reefs ; Bethops, the locale of several claims ; and 
 the Top Camp, which is noted for its rich alluvial 
 diggings. Copper in large quantities has been 
 found here, and also gold ; and the district is rich 
 in tin, and has fine grazing capabilities. 
 
 CLUNES, a mining township in V., 120 miles 
 N.W. from Melbourne. Gold was first discovered 
 here in July 1851. The mining is principally 
 quartz reefing. The town lies low, and in the 
 winter time is subject to floods. The town and 
 mines are well supplied with water from the 
 Bullarook forest. The waterworks, which are the 
 most perfect of their kind in the colony, cost 
 ,£75,000. The Fort Phillip Company's claim here 
 has been worked for twenty-one years, during 
 which time 985,165 tons of quartz have been 
 raised, the total yield of gold being 420,226 
 ounces. Up to 1876, £141,898 17s. 6d. had been 
 paid in dividends. The population of Chines is 
 about 7000. 
 
 CLYDE RIVER, in N.S.W., rises near the 
 mountain called Pigeon-house, and flows into the 
 M'Leay river, at Bateman's Bay. It was discovered 
 and named by Lieutenant Johnston in December 
 1 s2i>, after the Scotch river of the same name. 
 Johnston, in the cutter Schnapper, with a party 
 of which Hamilton Hume was one explored the 
 Clyde for thirty miles, and learned from the natives 
 that Captain Stewart and party, who had left 
 Sydney a few months previously to make an exam- 
 ination of the coast of Twofold Bay, had been 
 wrecked, and probably murdered by the natives 
 whilst endeavouring to make their way back over- 
 land. 
 
 CLYWD, VALE OF, a beautiful valley of the 
 Blue Mountains in N.S.W., watered by Cox's 
 river. It is 796 feet lower than Mount York, and 
 lies at its base. It was named by Governor 
 Macquarie in 1815, from the strong resemblance it 
 bears to the vale of that name in North Wales. It 
 extends six miles E. and \V., and is watered by a 
 small stream called the river Lett, on which stands 
 the township of Hartley, The valley is 2300 feet 
 above the level of the sea. Rich and apparently 
 inexhaustible deposits of coal and kerosene shale 
 have been discovered here. The shale is rich in 
 oil, and large quantities are exported for gas- 
 making purposes. It is said to yield 150 gallons 
 of crude oil to the ton, and 18,000 cubic feet of 
 gas. Iron works, copper smelting, and the manu- 
 facture of fire-proof bricks, drain pipes and terra- 
 cotta goods, are leading industries of the locality. 
 
 C0BURG PENINSULA, the most northerly 
 part of the continent to the west of the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria, runs out in a north-west direction 
 towards Melville Island, from which it is divided 
 by Dundas Strait. On its north-east side lies 
 Port Essington, at the head of which was estab- 
 lished in 1839 the settlement of Victoria, abandoned 
 on account of its insalubrity six years afterwards. 
 It was named by King in 1818, after the Ducal 
 House of Coburg in Europe. 
 
 COCKBTTRN MOUNT, on the N.W. coast of 
 the continent, lies at the head of a large inlet of 
 Cambridge Gulf. It was discovered and named by 
 King in 1819, after Admiral Sir George Cockbum. 
 C0CKBURN RIVER, in N.S.W., in the district 
 of Liverpool Plains, is a branch of the river Peel, 
 and empties its waters into this river near 
 Tamworth. 
 
 C0CKBURN ISLES, are situated off the N.E. 
 coast of Australia, discovered and named by King, 
 in 1819. 
 
 C0CKBURN SOUND, in W.A., seven miles 
 from Freemantle, is formed by Garden Island and 
 the mainland, and was named by King in 1821. 
 
 COCKLE, SIR JAMES, Chief Justice of Q., was 
 educated at Charterhouse School and Cambridge, 
 where he graduated B.A. in 1841. In 1845 he took 
 his M.A. degree. In 1846 he was called to the 
 English Bar. In 1854 he was elected F.R. A.S., and 
 two years afterwards F.C.P.S. In 1862 he was 
 appointed Chief Justice of Queensland, and was 
 knighted in 1869. 
 
 COFFIN'S BAY, in S.A., a deep indentation 
 running into the land in a S.E. direction, and 
 lying between a sandy peninsula on the S. and 
 the mainland on the N. It is about nine miles in 
 width, and offers excellent anchorage except in N. 
 and N.E. gales. An indentation near the head of 
 the bay, and running in a N. direction, is known 
 as port Douglas. Point Sir Isaac forms the S. 
 head of Coffin's Bay. This bay, called after Sir 
 Isaac Coffin, who had fitted out Flinders' explora- 
 tion ship, the Investigator, has a moderately high 
 coast, with but little timber, and rocky and barren.
 
 SI 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Cog-Col 
 
 COGrOON RIVER, in Q., discovered by Mitchell 
 in 1845, falls into the Balonne at its junction with 
 the Maranoa. It was from Macpherson's station 
 on this river that Leichhardt wrote his last letter, 
 dated 3rd April 1848. 
 
 COHEN, EDWARD (1822-1874) came to Sydney 
 in 1833, and in 1842 to Melbourne. In 1853 he 
 returned to Sydney, but returned to V. and was 
 Mayor of Melbourne in 1862-3. He was elected 
 to the Legislative Assembly for East Melbourne 
 in 1861, and was Commissioner of Customs in 
 1869-70, and again from 1872 to 1873. 
 
 COHEN, HENRY EMANUEL (1840—) came 
 to Sydney in 1848. From 1864 to 1868 he was 
 engaged in commercial pursuits, when he pro- 
 ceeded to England to read for the Bar, to which 
 he was called in June 1871. He left London on 
 his return to N.S.W. in the Rangoon, which 
 vessel was lost at Galle. In 1874 Cohen was elected 
 member for West Maitland, and was Treasurer 
 in the Farnell Ministry from December 1877 to 
 December 1878. 
 
 COLAC, LAKE, in the Western district of V., 
 is the principal of a number of lakes, chiefly salt, 
 in the neighbourhood of the huge Korangamite. 
 The district in which these lakes are situated is 
 beautiful and fertile; the scenery delightful in 
 its variety, and the herbage nutritious and 
 abundant. 
 
 C0LB0RNE RIVER, in N.S.W., flows into the 
 Abercrombie River, about 130 miles from Sydney. 
 It was discovered and named by Mitchell in 1836, 
 after General Sir John Colborne. 
 
 COLE, GEORGE WARD (1793-1879) entered 
 the Royal Navy in 1807, where he saw much 
 active service during the wars with Napoleon ; 
 being also present at the capture of Washington 
 and at the attack on Baltimore in 1814. He retired 
 on half-pay in 1817. In 1839 he came to Sydney, 
 and purchased land for the construction of a patent 
 slip, but after a visit to England for machinery, 
 resolved on settling in Port Phillip. He bought 
 the schooner Water Lily, and in her arrived in 
 Melbourne early in 1840, where he commenced 
 business as a merchant and shipping agent. At 
 the reception given to Sir George Gipps on visiting 
 Port Phillip in October 1841, Cole was chairman 
 of the committee for the public dinner to His 
 Excellency. In 1842 he bought the land on the 
 north bank of the Yarra on which now stands 
 Cole's Wharf. In constructing this great public 
 accommodation, the expenditure outstripped cal- 
 culation, and Cole became involved in difficulties. 
 \ composition with creditors had to be made, but 
 afterwards he was enabled to discharge all his 
 liabilities in full. For a few years he devoted him- 
 self to squatting, and was the bolder of a station jn 
 thePyrenee >li trict,knownasMountCole,although 
 this name was given it previously by Sir V. Mitchell. 
 In M51 he built the steamer City of Melbourne, 
 the first screw steamer ever built or seen on this 
 sidu tin: equator. She traded between Melbourne 
 
 and Launceston, and was finally wrecked on 
 King's Island. In 1863 he introduced sugar-beet 
 into the colony, having procured a supply of seed 
 from Holland, which he distributed freely. Cole 
 was an advocate for the separation of the Port 
 Phillip district from N.S.W., and also an opponent 
 of transportation, subscribing IOC guineas to the 
 funds of the Australasian Anti-Transportation 
 League. Separation having been obtained, Cole 
 became a candidate for the representation of 
 Melbourne in the first Legislative Council at the 
 election in 1851, but was unsuccessful. On 
 Robert Turnbull resigning his seat for Gippsland 
 in 1853, Cole offered himself for the vacancy, and 
 was elected. He assisted in the framing of the 
 Constitution Act, and remained in the Legislative 
 Council until May 1855, when he resigned. Shortly 
 afterwards he paid a visit to Europe, where he 
 remained about two years. On his return in 1879 
 he was elected to represent the Central Province 
 in the Upper House in succession to John Hood, 
 who had resigned. The following year he was 
 re-elected for a period of ten years without oppo- 
 sition. He was also re-elected in 1870 for a 
 similar period. For some years he was the repre- 
 sentative of the McCulloch Government in the 
 Legislative Council, whom he supported strenu- 
 ously throughout the " Darling deadlock." He 
 was made an Executive Councillor in 1867. His 
 age and venerable appearance made him one of 
 the most conspicuous figures of the Council 
 Chamber. Cole was a strong protectionist, and 
 set forth his views on the question in a pamphlet. 
 He took great interest in the establishment of a 
 Melbourne Harbour Trust and in the defences of 
 Port Phillip ; and he was the originator of the 
 design to improve the Yarra by cutting through 
 Fisherman's Bend. He published a pamphlet on 
 the subject, and tendered it in evidence to the 
 Royal Commission of 1873 on the Local Defences, 
 of which he was himself a member. 
 
 COLE, MOUNT, a conspicuous mountain in the 
 W. district of V. It was named by Mitchell during 
 his journey into Australia Felix. Under date 
 23rd September, 1836, he writes :— " They"— the 
 hills he was approaching — "resemble very much 
 some hills in the Lower Pyrenees in Spain, and I 
 named the hill Mount Cole." And again — "A 
 range of grassy hills between the Grampians and 
 the Alps I named the Australian Pyrenees, dis- 
 tinguishing the principal fixed summits by the 
 names of Cole Ac." — (Paper communicated to the 
 Royal Geographical Society, and published in its 
 Journal, Vol. VII. p. 227.) Mitchell's mind, all 
 through the course of his exploration into Australia 
 Felix, was constantly reverting to Peninsular scenes 
 ami to his Peninsular comrades ; and extracts from 
 his private journal show that the mountain was 
 named after Sir Galbraith Lowry Cole G.C.B., 
 one of the generals of brigade who fought under 
 Wellington in the Peninsula, and was afterwards 
 Governor, in succession, of the Mauritius and of 
 the Cape of Good Hope.
 
 Col] 
 
 0Y< l.op.iuUA OF AUSTRALAS1 ! 
 
 85 
 
 COLE'S ISLANDS ; four small bushy islets, 
 from a quarter to half a mile in extent, ontheN.E. 
 coast of Q., lying about five miles N.E. from Point 
 Murdoch, and a little to the south of Cape 
 Melville. They were named by King in 1821, 
 probably after General Sir Lowry Cole. 
 
 COLLIER BAY, on the N.W. coast of the con- 
 tinent, between Camden Sound and King's Sound. 
 It is twenty miles wide at its entrance. In this 
 bay the tide rises about thirty-six feet. The 
 cause of this great rise of tide may be attributed 
 to there being no escape for the vast body of 
 water flowing into it. This bay was discovered 
 and named by King in 1820. 
 
 COLLINS, COLONEL DAVID, (1754-1810) 
 first Governor of V.D.L., from 19th February 1804 
 to 24th March 1810, was, next to Phillip, the most 
 prominent and talented man connected with the 
 foundation and early history of the British com- 
 munities in Australasia. He was the son of 
 General Arthur Tooker Collins, and grandson of 
 Arthur Collins, author of a well-known work on 
 the Peerage of England. He was born at Exeter 
 in England, and entered the navy at an early age. 
 In 1770 he was appointed Lieutenant of Marines. 
 In 1772 he was engaged with Admiral M'Bride in 
 rescuing Matilda, Queen of Denmark, sister of 
 George III. In 1775 he greatly distinguished 
 himself in the revolutionary war in America, 
 especially at the battle of Bunker's Hill. In 
 1784 he took part, as Captain of Marines in 
 the Courageux of seventy-four guns, in the relief 
 of Gibraltar. When the British Government 
 resolved on founding a colony in Australia, Collins 
 was appointed Judge-Advocate, to preside in the 
 military court for the administration of justice. 
 Governor Phillip also appointed him his secretary. 
 It was the lot of Collins to proclaim the dominion 
 of Great Britain at the inauguration of Phillip, and 
 thus to announce the beginning of a new empire in 
 the south. For ten years he ably sustained the 
 Governor, and fulfilled faithfully his duties, sharing 
 all the privations of the colonists in those early 
 days. He returned to England in 1797, and 
 published there the first History of the new 
 settlement. The work was received with great 
 favour by the English reviewers. But Collins had 
 the mortification of finding, on his return to 
 England, that his ten years of arduous service in 
 the colony were rewarded with merely the brevet 
 rank of lieutenant-colonel, while his remuneration 
 was confined to the pittance of a half-pay captain ; 
 the time spent in the colony not being allowed to 
 count. This injustice, for which he was never able 
 to obtain effectual redress, wrung from him some 
 complaint at the close of his History. The 
 attention thus drawn to his case induced the 
 Government to offer him the Governorship of 
 the projected settlement at Port Phillip. He 
 accepted the offer, and two ships — the Calcutta 
 man-of-war and the Ocean, transport — were placed 
 under his command with the necessary provisions, 
 
 ti ii ils, and stores to last for three years. On board 
 the former were 300 prisoners, about 50 marines, 
 a few free settlers, with 25 women, 10 chddren, 
 and the proper complement of officers. The Ocean 
 arrived at Port Phillip on the first week of 
 October 1803, and the Calcutta on the 10th of the 
 same month. Soon after the discovery by Captain 
 Murray of the magnificent bay on whose shores it 
 was intended to found the settlement, and the 
 visit of Flinders, Port Phillip was examined and 
 reported on by Charles Grimes, Surveyor-General 
 of N.S.W. His report was not favourable, and it 
 is not quite clear why this site was chosen for the 
 settlement. The exact spot where Collins landed 
 his party lies near the present village of Sorrento. 
 Collins wrote his first despatch from Sullivan's 
 Bay, a name he transferred to his first anchorage 
 in T, bestowed in honour of John Sullivan, 
 Under-Secretary for the Colonies. Shortly after 
 landing, however, Collins and those under his 
 charge became dissatisfied with the place and their 
 prospects. The situation on which the encamp- 
 ment was formed was badly chosen, water was 
 scarce, and the natives were numerous and tur- 
 bulent. Collins at once represented to Governor 
 King, in Sydney, the desirability of removing the 
 settlement to V.D.L., and having gained permission 
 to do so, operations to effect that object were 
 shortly afterwards commenced ; the Ocean trans- 
 port being employed for their removal to their new 
 destination. The spot to which it was determined 
 to remove was Sullivan's Bay, opposite Bisdon 
 Cove at the Derwent, chosen by Lieutenant Bowen 
 as the place on which the people removed from 
 Norfolk Island were to form their new settlement, 
 and now the site of Hobart Town. The first part 
 of the expedition sailed on 30th January 1804, 
 and the remainder followed in June. The historian 
 of the expedition, Lieutenant Tuckey, notes the 
 departure in these words :— " The kangaroo seems 
 to reign undisturbed lord of the sod ; a dominion 
 which, by the evacuation of Port Phillip, he is 
 likely to retain for ages." On board the Ocean was 
 John Pascoe Fawkner, then a boy of eleven years old. 
 Wlide Collins was camped in Port Phillip, several 
 prisoners made their escape, and amongst them was 
 Buckley. Most of them perished in the bush. 
 Amongst the officers under CoUins' command were 
 the Rev. R. Knopwood, chaplain; E. Bromley, 
 surgeon-superintendent ; W. Anson, colonial sur- 
 geon ; M. Boden and W. Hoploy, assistant 
 surgeons ; P. H. Humphrey, mineralogist ; Lieu- 
 tenant Fosbrook, deputy commissary-general ; 
 G. P. Harris, deputy surveyor ; John Clarke and 
 William Patterson, superintendents of prisoners. 
 The military consisted of forty-four marines, 
 under Lieutenants Sladen, Johnson, and Lord, 
 having in their charge 367 male prisoners. In 
 addition to the party from Sydney, under com- 
 mand of Lieutenant Bowen, which Collins found 
 at Risdon Cove, a number of prisoners were soon 
 afterwards sent from Sydney. These consisted for 
 the most part of persons who had been transported
 
 86 
 
 CYCLOPiEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Com— Coo 
 
 for their share in the Irish rebellion, and who 
 were connected with the outbreak at Castlehill in 
 N.S.W. To these were added some of the Norfolk 
 Island settlers, whose removal commenced a few 
 months subsequently. Houses were quickly 
 erected ; posts stuck in the ground, interwoven 
 with wattle twigs, and daubed over with mud, 
 formed the walls; a few stones with turf, rudely 
 built together, formed the chimneys ; and roofs of 
 grass completed the structures. In honour of 
 Lord Hobart, Secretary of State, the settlement 
 was named Hobart Town. Collins continued 
 Governor for six years, during which period the 
 settlement progressed from a condition of struggling 
 poverty into comparative affluence. The records of 
 the early daysof Tasmanian colonisation resemble in 
 their general features those of N.S.AV. Frequently 
 recurring scarcities of food, hardships, privations, 
 crimes, and conflicts with the natives, make up the 
 staple of both narratives. The settlement formed 
 by Colonel Patterson at York Town, on the Tamar, 
 underwent as full a share of difficulties and 
 disasters as the larger settlement on the Derwent. 
 For several years both had to make desperate 
 struggles for existence. Sometimes there was no 
 beef, sometimes no flour. Kangaroos were pur- 
 chased at eightpence a pound, and flour, when it 
 could be had at all, was often more than £100 
 sterling a ton, and at one time as much as £200, 
 and wheat £4 a bushel. Very few official docu- 
 ments relative to the early days of the settlement 
 are now in existence ; and it is asserted that on 
 the night of Governor Collins' death all his official 
 papers were burnt. For 1809 the only record 
 now in the archives of the colony is the garrison 
 order-book. Collins died on the 24th March 
 1810, in the fifty-sixth year of his age, having 
 held the administration six years and thirty- 
 six days. His death was sudden ; except a slight 
 cold, there was little warning of it. He died while 
 sitting in his chair and conversing with his attend- 
 ant. His funeral was celebrated w 7 ith all the pomp 
 the colony could command, 600 persons being- 
 present. The share he accepted in the responsi- 
 bility of the deposition of Bligh disturbed his 
 tranquillity, and it was thought hastened his end. 
 Collins was buried in the churchyard of St. David's, 
 Hobart Town. To provide a temporary place for 
 public worship, a small wooden church was erected 
 on the spot, and its altar was reared over his 
 grave. This building was afterwards blown down 
 in a tempest, and its materials being carried off, 
 left the resting place of Collins exposed to the 
 careless trend of the stranger. Sir John Franklin 
 erected a monument bearing an inscription, com- 
 memorating him as the first governor of the settle- 
 ment and the founder of Hobart Town. Collins 
 was a man of humane disposition, and was beloved 
 by everybody. Holt, the Irish rebel, bears testi- 
 mony to his many estimable qualities. He was 
 also possessed of great governing abilities, earnest 
 and upright. His name stands on the roll of the 
 heroes of Australasian history. 
 
 COMET RIVER, in Q., discovered by Leichhardt 
 on 29th December 1844, and so named from his 
 having seen the comet whilst travelling along its 
 banks. There is a township on its banks which 
 lies 140 W. of Rockhampton, and on the line of 
 the Northern Railway. 
 
 CONCORD LAND, (or Land of Eendracht) 
 comprises all that portion of the W. coast of the 
 continent lying between the Tropic of Capricorn 
 and the parallel of 28° S. It was discovered in 
 1(516 by Dirk Hatichs, and named from the ship 
 in which he sailed. 
 
 CONDAMINE RIVER, in Q., in the district 
 of Darling Downs, a branch of the river Darling. 
 It was explored by the Russels in 1841-2. 
 
 C0N0LLY, PHILLIP, the first R.C. clergyman 
 established in V.D.L., came to Australia in 1820, 
 and was stationed for a few months in Parramatta. 
 He landed in V.D.L. in March 1821, and held his 
 first services in Curr's stores, Bathurst-street, 
 Hobart Town. A piece of land in Harrington- 
 street being granted by the Crown, he erected a 
 humble chapel and dwelling-house, " which he 
 ascribed," says West, "partly to charity and partly 
 the penance of his flock. Less polished than his 
 Protestant friend, Knopwood, he was not less 
 genial in his temper; the pastor of a people chiefly 
 drawn from the Irish peasantry, he well understood 
 their character." While in N.S.W. in 1820 Conolly 
 presided at a meeting held in the Court-house, 
 Sydney, for the purpose of devising measures for 
 the erection of a suitable R. C. Church. At that 
 meeting the Cathedral of St. Mary's was projected. 
 He died in V.D.L. in 1839. 
 
 CONWAY, CAPE, on the N.E. coast of the 
 Continent, is the western limit of the S. entrance 
 of Whit-Sunday passage, and is a steep point 
 sloping off the eastward. It was discovered and 
 named by Cook, after General Conway. 
 
 " C00EY," with the rising inflection on the 
 second syllable, is the call universally used by the 
 aborigines of Australia. It can be heard to a 
 much greater distance than any call made by 
 Europeans; and the repetition of the "Cooey" 
 from a distant part of the forest establishes a 
 communication between two parties at once. A 
 young lady from N.S.W. once successfully used it 
 in the streets of London to regain her party, from 
 whom she had been accidentally separated. 
 
 COOK, JAMES (1728-1779) the Prince of 
 English navigators, and founder of the British 
 dominion in Australasia. It is not needful to give 
 in these pages a complete biography of this 
 illustrious man. "Cook's Life and Voyages" ought 
 to be as familiar a book as the Bible to every 
 Australian boy. Every incident in his career, from 
 his birth in an obscure village in Yorkshire to his 
 death in Owhyhee, should be stamped on the 
 memory in youth, and held in grateful and loving 
 recollection through life. What George Washington 
 is to the young American, that should James Cook
 
 Coo] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 87 
 
 bo to the young Australian, — a sacred name 
 associated with his proudest feelings of national 
 greatness and personal freedom. An outline 
 narrative of Cook's discoveries in Australia, mainly 
 designed to fix names and dates, will he sufficient 
 for the purposes of this Cyclopaedia. Chosen by 
 the British Government in 1768 to conduct the 
 expedition to the South Seas, with the object of 
 observing the transit of Venus, Cook — with a 
 prescient eye to discovery — selected an old collier 
 vessel, the Endeavour, of 370 tons burden, as being 
 the most suitable for his purpose. She was 
 victualled for an eighteen months voyage, and had 
 an ample store of arms and ammunition on board. 
 His officers were Zachary Hicks, John Gore, 
 Robert Molineaux, Charles Clerke, John Gathray, 
 Stephen Forward, John Satterley, William B. 
 Munkhouse, Richard Orton. The scientific staff 
 consisted of Charles Green, Dr. Solander, with two 
 draughtsmen. Sir Joseph Banks also joined the 
 expedition at his own charges. The expedition 
 sailed from Plymouth Sound on 26th August 1768, 
 reached Tahiti on 10th April 1769, left that island 
 on 13th July, and on 6th October sighted N.Z. 
 Cook's graphic account of his first adventures here 
 cannot be abridged. On the 8th Cook landed at, 
 and three clays after left, the unfortunate and 
 inhospitable place to which he gave the name of 
 Poverty Bay. It is now the site of a prosperous 
 and flourishing European settlement. Sailing 
 south Cook sighted and named Table Cape, 
 Portland Island, Cape Kidnappers, Hawke's Bay, 
 and Cape Turnagain. Changing his course, he 
 passed Poverty Bay, sighted and named Gable-End 
 Foreland, Tolago Bay, East Cape and Island, 
 Hicks Bay, and Cape Runaway. On 1st November 
 he anchored in Mercury Bay ; on the 26th he 
 passed and named Cape Brett; on the 29th he 
 anchored in the Bay of Islands, and stayed there 
 till 6th December. On the 9th he passed and 
 named Doubtless Bay; on 17th doubled the 
 North Cape; on 24th sighted the Three Kings 
 Island ; and on the 30th Cape Maria Van Diemen. 
 On the 10th January 1770, he sighted and named 
 Mount Egmont; and on 15th anchored in Queen 
 Charlotte's Sound. Here he landed, and took 
 formal possession of N.Z. in the name of King 
 George III. On 6th February he left the Sound 
 and sailed through Cook Straits. He named 
 the two eastern capes Palliser and Campbell. On 
 the 9th he again sighted Cape Turnagain, and thus 
 completed the circumnavigation of the northern 
 island. Turning southward, he reached Cape 
 South on 9th March, and on the 26th arrived at 
 the Sound, thus completing the circumnavigation 
 of N.Z. On 31st March he took his departure from 
 Cape Farewell, and at six in the morning of 18th 
 April Cook sighted the continent at a point named 
 Point Hicks, to the west of Cape Howe. Rounding 
 the Cape (which he named) he passed Cape George, 
 Long Nose, and Red Point, and on the 28th landed 
 in Botany Bay. On 6th May he discovered and 
 named Port Jackson. Four subsequent landings 
 
 were effected on the eastern coast of the continent. 
 On 22nd May in Bustard Bay ; on the 30th in 
 Thirsty Sound; on 18th June at the Endeavour 
 river; and on 21st August, after rounding and 
 naming Cape York, he landed at Possession Island, 
 near Cape York, and ascending a hill whence he 
 had a clear view over forty miles, he perceived 
 that there was an open passage to the Indian seas. 
 Cook then addressed the following words to his 
 companions : — " As I am now about to quit the 
 eastern coast of New Holland, which I have 
 coasted from latitude 38 degrees to this place, and 
 which I am confident no European has ever seen 
 before, I once more hoist English colours; and 
 though I have already taken possession of several 
 parts, I now take possession of the whole of the 
 eastern coast, by the name of New South Wales 
 (from its great similarity to that part of the prin- 
 cipality,) in the right of my sovereign, George the 
 Third, king of Great Britain." His men then fired 
 three volleys of firearms, which were answered by 
 the same number from the guns of the ship, and 
 by three cheers from the sailors in the main shrouds. 
 Thus was founded the province which has since 
 grown into the three great and flourishing colonies 
 of New South Wales, Victoria, and Queensland. The 
 prominent points along the coast were named in this 
 voyage. At Cape Tribulation the Endeavour nar- 
 rowly escaped shipwreck from striking on a coral 
 reef. On 23rd August 1770 Cook left the coast of 
 Australia, arriving in England on 12th July 
 1771. During the voyage the following officers 
 died — Munkhouse, surgeon ; Gathray, boatswain ; 
 Satterley, carpenter ; Molineux, master ; Hicks, 
 lieutenant. A second expedition, designed to 
 determine the facts relating to the supposed Great 
 Southern Continent, was fitted out in 1772. Two 
 ships, the Resolution and the Advent «>■<>, were placed 
 under the command of Cook, with Furneaux as 
 second. The expedition sailed on 13th July, and 
 on 17th December crossed the Antarctic circle. 
 The search for the great continent was here 
 abandoned, and Cook turned his course towards 
 N.Z. On 8th February 1773 the two vessels lost 
 sight of each other in hazy weather, and Cook 
 steered for Queen Charlotte Sound. On 25th 
 March he came to anchor in Dusky Bay ; on 28th 
 removed to Pickersgill Harbour ; and on 18th May 
 reached the Sound, where he found the Adventure 
 awaiting him. Sailing again on 7th June he 
 explored the Southern Ocean as far as the Society 
 Islands ; and on 3rd November returned to N.Z., 
 having again lost sight of the Adventure. Cook 
 left N.Z. on 26th November ; discovered and 
 named New Caledonia on 5th September 1774; 
 Norfolk Island on 10th October; and on the 18th 
 anchored for the third time in the Sound. He 
 left N.Z. on 10th November, doubled the Cape of 
 Good Hope on 19th March 1775, and on 30th July 
 reached England after an absence of three years 
 and eighteen clays. A third expedition was fitted 
 out in 1776. The Resolution was again placed 
 under Cook's command, with the Discovery,
 
 88 
 
 ft ! ol\F.I)TA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I Coo 
 
 Captain Clarke, as its companion. On 12th July 
 the Resolution sailed, and the Discovery a few 
 days afterwards, both vessels meeting at the Cape 
 of Good Hope on 10th November. On 24th 
 January 1777 the expedition reached V.D.L. and 
 anchored in Adventure Bay, which they left on 
 the 30th, and on 12th February were in Queen 
 Charlotte's Sound Cook took his final leave of 
 Australasia on the 25th, and sailed for the Society 
 Islands. Here ends the story of Cook's connection 
 with the splendid dominion he gave to Great 
 Britain. He perished in the very noon of life 
 and of his services to the world. He was great 
 in everything he undertook. Amongst the bene- 
 factors of mankind, he holds all but the very 
 highest rank. The lapse of time will but extend 
 his fame and deepen the affection of all Austral- 
 asians for his memory. All Europe mourned the 
 death of the great navigator, and distinguished 
 honours were rendered to his name alike by 
 foreigners and his own countrymen. A medal to 
 commemorate his services was struck by the Royal 
 Society of London. His widow and children 
 were pensioned by the King. Monuments to his 
 memory were erected in his native village and 
 other places. The family monument is in the 
 Church of St. Andrew the Great, Cambridge, Eng- 
 land. A memorial cross, erected by the officers 
 of the British warship Blonde, marks the spot 
 where Cook was murdered in Owhyhee. Captain 
 Watson of Sydney erected a monument to his 
 memory in the garden of his residence near 
 Sydney. On the 25th February 1879, the cere- 
 mony of unveiling the magnificent national statue 
 erected to Cook, in Hyde Park at Sydney, was 
 performed by Governor Robinson, with much 
 splendour, in the presence of a vast assemblage 
 of spectators. The foundation stone of the statue 
 was laid by Prince Alfred on 27th March 1868. 
 Its cost was ,£4000. 
 
 COOK STRAIT, separating the north and 
 middle island of N.Z., was discovered by Cook in 
 1770. The proof of its existence dissipated the 
 belief that N.Z. was merely a salient point of a 
 great southern continent. 
 
 C00KT0 WN, a township in Q., on the southern 
 bank of the Endeavour Biver, about 1050 miles 
 N.W. of Brisbane. The entrance to the river is 
 about 800 yards wide, it lies between Grassy Hill 
 on the south side and a low sandy point on the 
 north, and is easy of access, Mount Cook being a 
 prominent landmark. In 1770 Cook beached 
 his vessel, the End> avour, in the river for repairs. 
 
 COOPER, SIR CHARLES (1795—) was called 
 to the English bar in 1827, and went on the Oxford 
 Circuit until L838, when he was appointed Judge 
 of South Australia. lie landed iii Adelaide in 
 March L839 and was sole judge until 1849, when 
 he was appointed Chief Justice. In 1858 he was 
 knighted, In L862 he resigned on account of ill 
 health, received a pension, and returned to 
 England. 
 
 COOPER, SIR DANIEL (1821—) came to 
 N.S.W. early in life, but went to England in 1835 
 to study at the London University, where he 
 remained four years. In 1843 he returned to 
 Sydney, and joined the firm of Holt and Cooper, 
 which in 1852 became D. Cooper and Co. In 1850 
 he entered into politics. During the Crimean war, 
 he exerted himself in raising subscriptions for the 
 relief of the widows and orphans of the soldiers 
 who fell in battle, towards which he gave £1000 
 and £500 per annum during the continuance of the 
 war. He was Speaker of the Legislative Assembly 
 from May 1856 to August 1859. In 1857 he was 
 knighted, and in 1863 was made a baronet for the 
 part which he took in promoting the Lancashire 
 Relief Fund. He has visited England several 
 times, and during his residence there exerted 
 himself to put the warehousing and sale of wool 
 on more equitable terms. 
 
 COOPER'S CREEK, a fine stream of fresh water 
 in the interior of the continent, perhaps the most 
 important in the history of Australian exploration. 
 The main stream is known as the " diamond of 
 the desert." It forms two branches, one flowing 
 S.W. and called the Strzelecki Creek ; and the 
 other flowing N.W. and retaining the name of 
 Cooper's Creek. This creek was discovered by 
 Sturt in October 1845, and was named by him 
 after Sir Charles Cooper, Chief-Justice of S.A. 
 Its native name is the Barcoo. Mitchell called it 
 the Victoria River, and it was also proposed to call 
 it the Cooper's River and the Gregory. Sturt's 
 name is the one most used, although the creek is 
 a river in some places two miles wide. Sturt 
 describes it as a splendid creek containing fine 
 reaches of water, covered with aquatic birds and 
 its pools stocked with fish. The grass was beautiful 
 round it, and the banks were lined with fine gum 
 trees. Kennedy supposed this river to be identical 
 with the Thompson or Victoria River, a fact proved 
 by Landsborough in 1862. The chief interest 
 attached to this stream, however, centres in its 
 connection with the Burke and Wills expedition. 
 A depot or cache was established on the creek at 
 fort White, and a depot party instructed to wait 
 there with provisions until the return of the explor- 
 ing party ; but on the arrival of the survivors — 
 Burke, Wills and King— on 20th April 1861, Gray 
 having died at some distance up the creek on the 
 1 6th, — they found that the camp had been deserted 
 that very morning by Brahe and Wright's depot 
 party. This lamentable error caused the deaths of 
 Burke and Wills, who perished in the wilderness, 
 King being found afterwards by Howitt's party 
 li\ tng with the blacks near the bank of the creek. 
 Warburton traced from its mouth in lake Eyre a 
 fine river, which he was convinced was the Barcoo, 
 although he could not reach the part of it known 
 as Cooper's Creek. He found on his course a 
 large fresh water lake, many good creeks, and 
 large tracts of excellent well-watered country. 
 He describes the banks of this river as boggy, 
 with deep ravines, and covered with tangled masses
 
 Coo-CorJ 
 
 CYCLOI'.KDIA OF AU.STUALAS1A. 
 
 89 
 
 of polygonum and dense forests of gigantic marsh- 
 mallows and heavy timber, and the natives as rank 
 cannibals. Cooper's Creek, or the Barcoo Eiver, 
 probably finds a final receptacle for its waters in 
 the basin of lake Eyre. 
 
 C00R0NG LAKE, in S.A., an arm or inlet of 
 the sea, having its opening in the S.E. part of lake 
 Ali'xandrina, not far from the Murray mouth, and 
 running parallel with the coast in a S.E. direction 
 for about twenty-five miles, in a narrow sheet, 
 whose greatest width is only about two miles. 
 There is only a narrow strip of sand-hills lying 
 between this singular lake and the sea for the' 
 entire distance. Woods supposes that this strange 
 geographical feature may have been a sand-bank 
 under the sea which has been raised by upheaval, 
 while the low land intervening between it and the 
 former coast is still covered by water. The Coorong 
 lake covers an area of more than fifty square miles ; 
 it lies between the coast hills which border the 
 edges of the sea, and a continuation of the Stone 
 Hut range. The banks consist of level flats covered 
 with black mud, limestone, and saltwater shells. 
 The water is fresh or brackish and very shallow, 
 and one or two creeks flow into it, but there are 
 few outlets, and evaporation goes on rapidly. On 
 this lake a brittle inflammable substance resem- 
 bling resin in appearance, which bums slowly with 
 a clear flame and gives out a bituminous smell, 
 has been found in considerable quantities. 
 
 COPPIN, GEORGE, Theatrical Manager and 
 Comedian (1819—) came to Sydney in 1843, 
 and for some time followed his profession in that 
 city and also in T. In 1845 he engaged a com- 
 pany in Launceston to perform in Melbourne. 
 It included G. H. Rogers, some of the Howson 
 family, and many other well-known actors. He 
 was lessee of the Queen's Theatre for a year ; and 
 in 1846 he left Melbourne for Adelaide, where he 
 built a theatre in five weeks. In 1852 he became 
 manager of the Geelong Theatre, was successful, 
 and in 1854 retired with a fortune and went to 
 England. He played in London and the provinces, 
 and then entered into an engagement with G. V. 
 Brooke and other well-known actors to come to 
 Australia. The company arrived in Melbourne at 
 the end of the same year, bringing with them an 
 iron theatre. Coppin erected his theatre, named it 
 tin' Olympic — the popular name for it was the 
 " Iron Pot " — entered into partnership with Brooke, 
 and bought the Theatre Koyal and Cremorne 
 Gardens. The partnership was dissolved in 1859. 
 After two years spent in travelling in America, 
 Coppin returned to Melbourne and again took the 
 Theatre Koyal, but the building was accidentally 
 burned down in 1862. Coppin then formed a 
 proprietary company, and rebuilt the theatre, which 
 was opened in 1872. He was elected a member of 
 the Legislative Council in 1858, and sat for five 
 years, when he resigned. In 1874 he was elected 
 to represent East Melbourne in the Assembly. He 
 founded the Melbourne Humane Society, the 
 
 Dramatic and Musical Association, and the Old 
 Colonists Association, and took an active part in 
 municipal and public affairs. He also introduced 
 Torrens' Act for facilitating the transfer of land 
 into V., and promoted many other useful public 
 measures. The personal history of George Coppin 
 is the history of the establishment and progress of 
 the drama in Australia. He was perhaps the 
 first Englishman that ever combined the functions 
 of legislator and actor, and that achieved distinc- 
 tion in both these dissimilar departments of 
 public life. 
 
 CORIO BAY, a picturesque indentation of the 
 land at the head of Geelong Harbour, V., forming 
 the port of Geelong. It was first seen by Flinders 
 from the top of the You Yangs in April 1802, who 
 wondered that so large a sheet of water should 
 have so small an outlet, and speculated on the 
 future settlement which doubtless would be 
 founded hereafter. Grimes explored the bay in 
 1803. Hume and Hovell saw it from the same 
 spot as Flinders in December 1824. The bay lies 
 to the S. of the inner harbour, and affords good 
 protection to ships. Between Point Henry, its E. 
 head, and the mainland on the W., a distance of 
 about four miles, is the width of the bay. It is 
 generally shallow, although there is deep water 
 alongside the wharves at Geelong, for ships of the 
 largest tonnage. Corio was the aboriginal name 
 given to the village which has since grown into the 
 large and important town of Geelong. 
 
 CORNER INLET, in GippslandV.,an extensive 
 shallow bay, formed by Wilson's Promontory and 
 the mainland, about fifteen miles from N. to S. and 
 twelve miles from E. to W., with an entrance on the 
 E. about two and a-half miles wide, between the 
 head of Mount Singapore and Snake Island. 
 There are several small islands in the inlet. The 
 shores generally consist of mud and sandflats, dry 
 at low water, and extending for a considerable 
 distance. Several streams flow into the inlet, and 
 its banks are well wooded with large timber of 
 fine quality, some of the bluegum trees being 300 
 feet in height, the cutting of which furnishes 
 employment to a small number of persons. 
 
 C0R0MANDEL, a district in the Province of 
 Auckland, N.Z., situated on a peninsula of the 
 same name. The chief township is Kapanga, 
 about forty miles E. from Auckland. Gold 
 was discovered here in 1851, but owing to the 
 native jealousy little mining was done until 
 1862. In 1864 the Kapanga Company started 
 work, and in four years took out two tons of the 
 precious metal, when they were driven from the 
 workings by the water. They have resumed 
 operations on an extensive scale under the manage- 
 ment of an English directory, with hopeful 
 prospects. 
 
 CORONATION ISLANDS, situated off the 
 N.W. coast of the continent, between Prince 
 Frederick Harbour and Brunswick Bay, were 
 discovered and named by King in 1820,
 
 DO 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Cor— Cow 
 
 CORROBBOREE, the native dance of the 
 Australian aborigines. The dances usually take 
 place on moonlight nights, and are either warlike, 
 licentious, or an imitation of the motions, habits, 
 and chase of animals. Whole tribes often meet on 
 these occasions, and many ceremonies are gone 
 through. The dancers get powerfully excited, and 
 the dance is sometimes kept up through the 
 whole night. Sir Thomas Mitchell describes this 
 dance : — " The amusement always takes place at 
 night, and by the light of blazing boughs. They 
 dance to beaten time, accompanied by a song. The 
 dancers paint themselves white, in such remarkable 
 varied ways that no two individuals are at all 
 alike. The surrounding darkness seems necessary 
 to the effect of the whole, all these dances being 
 more or less dramatic ; the painted figures coming 
 forward in mystic order from the obscurity of the 
 background, while the singers and beaters of time 
 are invisible, have a highly theatrical effect. Each 
 dance seems most tastefully progressive, the move- 
 ment being at first slow, and introduced by two 
 persons displaying the most graceful motions both 
 of arms and legs, while others one by one drop in, 
 until each imperceptibly wears into the truly 
 savage attitude of the 'Corrobboree' jump— the 
 legs striding to the utmost, the head turned over 
 one shoulder, the eyes glaring and fixed with 
 savage energy in one direction, the arms raised and 
 inclined towards the head, the hands usually grasp- 
 ing waddies, boomerangs, or other warlike weapons. 
 The jump now keeps time with each beat, and at 
 each leap the dancer takes six inches to one side, 
 all being in a connected line, led by the first dancer. 
 The line is doubled or tripled according to space 
 and numbers, and this gives great effect, for 
 when the first line jumps to the left, the second 
 jumps to the right, the third to the left again, and 
 so on, until the action acquires due intensity, 
 when all simultaneously and suddenly stop. The 
 excitement which this dance produces in the 
 savage is very remarkable ; however listless the 
 individual, lying half asleep perhaps, as they 
 usually are when not intent on game, set him to 
 this dance and he is fired with sudden energy, 
 every nerve is strung to such a degree that he is 
 no longer to be recognised as the same individual, 
 until he ceases to dance and conies to you again. 
 There can be little doubt that the Corrobboree 
 is the medium through which the delights of 
 poetry and the drama are enjoyed in a limited 
 degree, even by these primitive savages of New 
 Holland. In 1844 a grand corrobboree was held 
 in Melbourne, attended by about 700 natives. 
 Their strange wild antics caused some alarm to 
 the citizens." 
 
 COSTERFIELD, a mining township in V., on 
 the Me Ivor and Major's Creeks, seventy-five miles 
 N. of Melbourne. Antimony mines were discovered 
 here in 1801, and have been profitably worked for 
 some time. During 1877, 1090 tons of ore were 
 raised ; the smelting of 274 tons yielded 139 tons 
 of metallic antimony. The population is 350. 
 
 C0WIE, WILLIAM GARDEN, D.D. (1831— ) 
 first Bishop of Auckland, N.Z., was educated at 
 Cambridge (B.A. 1855 ; M.A.. 1805 ; D.D. 1809.) 
 After taking orders he officiated as an army 
 chaplain for some years ; he became domestic 
 chaplain to Bishop Cotton of Calcutta in 1804 ; 
 rector of Stafford in 1807 ; and was consecrated 
 Bishop of Auckland in 1809, in succession to 
 Dr. Selwyn (Bishop of Lichfield,) who bore the title 
 of Bishop of N.Z. and Metropolitan. 
 
 COWPASTURES, an extensive agricultural and 
 grazing district of N.S.W., forty miles S. from 
 Sydney, watered by the Cowpasture River, which, 
 after its junction with the Warragamba, a stream 
 issuing from the Blue Mountains, forms the Nepean. 
 It was discovered during the government of 
 Captain Hunter in 1790, and derived its name 
 from a herd of wild cattle which were found 
 ranging over its untraversed wilds when it was 
 first discovered by civilised man. These cattle 
 were the offspring of two bulls and three cows of 
 the Cape of Good Hope buffalo breed, which had 
 been landed in the colony by Governor Phillip, 
 but had strayed into the woods during the first 
 week after the formation of Sydney, and could 
 never afterwards be found. 
 
 C0WPER, SIR CHARLES (1807-1875) came 
 to Sydney in 1809 with his father the Rev. Dr. 
 Cowper, afterwards Archdeacon. In 1825 he was 
 appointed clerk in the Commissariat, and in 1820 
 secretary to the Church and School Lands Corpora- 
 tion, to which a large area of land had been granted 
 by Royal Charter for the Church of England. He 
 conducted the affairs of this Corporation until it 
 was dissolved in 1833. Sir Richard Bourke 
 offered Cowper the position of agent for the lands 
 which thus reverted to the Government ; but he 
 preferred to enter on sheep-farming in the southern 
 district. In 1839 he was made a magistrate of the 
 territory. In 1843 he came forward as candidate 
 for Camden, for the Legislative Council. He was 
 opposed by Roger Therry, Attorney-General, and 
 defeated by a majority of ten votes. As soon as 
 the result was known, Cowper was invited to stand 
 for the county of Cumberland, and was returned 
 at the head of the poll by a large majority above 
 Lawson and James Macarthur. In 1840 he took 
 up the project of railway construction. A com- 
 pany was formed for this purpose, and he was 
 elected chairman. In the Legislature he exerted 
 himself with good effect to secure improvements 
 in the administration, including the more humane 
 treatment of lunatics. In 1850 he took a leading 
 part in the organised opposition to the continuance 
 of transportation to the colonies, and presided 
 over a conference of delegates who met in Sydney 
 to carry out this work. At the general election of 
 1851 he was nominated with four other candidates 
 for Sydney, then one electorate returning three 
 members. On that occasion Dr. Lang was returned 
 at the head of the poll, Captain Lamb second, and 
 Wcntworth third, Cowper being defeated, He
 
 Cow] 
 
 ■ rCLOPiEDIA 01' A' STRALASIA. 
 
 91 
 
 had been nominated both in Durham and in 
 Cumberland, and was returned for Durham. 
 During the next few years he introduced the Act 
 incorporating the Sydney Grammar School and 
 that for establishing the Affiliated Colleges. He 
 also started the proposal for the Naval Brigade, 
 and did much to promote the formation of the 
 Volunteer Force. He left the Legislature for a 
 short time to give more attention to the affairs of 
 the Railway Company ; and when that body 
 handed over the work to the Government his 
 services were recognised by their voting him .£500 
 for a service of plate. Sir Charles Fitzroy about 
 the same time offered him the position of Chief 
 Commissioner of the City of Sydney, with a 
 salary of ,£1000 a year. This, however, he declined. 
 At the general election of 1856 Cowper was 
 returned at the head of the poll for Sydney. The 
 introduction of Responsible Government took 
 place in that year ; and it was generally expected 
 that Cowper would be the first Colonial Secretary 
 and Premier in the new order of things. But 
 when the Thomson Ministry resigned, Sir William 
 Denison sent for S. A. Donaldson to form the first 
 responsible Ministry. That gentleman offered 
 Cowper the position of Colonial Secretary, which 
 he declined to accept, believing that his political 
 standing in the Legislature and in the opinion of 
 the country gave him a title to be entrusted with 
 the formation of a Cabinet. The Donaldson 
 Ministry, after being a little more than two 
 months in office, were defeated on a motion of want 
 of confidence moved by Cowper. They resigned 
 25th August, and Sir William Denison sent for 
 Cowper to form a Ministry. Taking the office of 
 Colonial Secretary, he named Robert Campbell as 
 Treasurer, T. A. Murray Minister for Lands and 
 Works, Martin Attorney-General, and Lutwyche 
 Solicitor-General. Objection was taken by the 
 Opposition to the personal composition of the 
 Ministry, and on a motion by Hay they were 
 defeated. Cowper resigned, after being less than 
 six weeks in power ; and Watson Parker came in 
 as Premier. In September 1857 this Ministry was 
 defeated on its Electoral Bill, and Cowper came 
 into office a second time, with Richard Jones as 
 Treasurer, Murray Secretary for Lands and Works, 
 Martin Attorney-General, Lutwyche Solicitor- 
 General. During the two years this Government 
 continued several changes took place. Robert 
 Campbell took Jones's place as Treasurer, and 
 dying in office was succeeded by Weekes. Murray 
 retired, and his office was divided, John Robertson 
 taking the Department of Lands and Flood that 
 of Works. Martin left the Ministry and was 
 succeeded by Lutwyche and Bayley. W. B. Dalley 
 became Solicitor-General, and after him J. F. 
 Hargrave. In 1858 they introduced and carried 
 the Electoral Act, extending the franchise to all 
 classes of the people, dividing the colony into 
 electorates on a population basis, with modifi- 
 cations deemed equitable or expedient, and 
 establishing the ballot. In the same year 
 
 Cowper's Municipalities Act was passed, and paved 
 the way for the establishment of Municipal Cor- 
 porations. In 1861 Robertson introduced his 
 Land Bill, which was carried. In 1862 Cowper's 
 Bill to prohibit future grants for public worship 
 was carried. Each of these measures embodied 
 the decisive settlement of a question which had 
 deeply agitated the minds of the people. On 
 26th October 1859 he was defeated by a large 
 majority on his Education Bill, and Forster came 
 into power as Premier. In the following March 
 that Ministry resigned ; and Robertson formed 
 a Ministry of which Cowper was Colonial Secre- 
 tary, and afterwards became Premier. This 
 Ministry remained in office for more than three 
 years and a-half. In October 1863 they were 
 defeated ; and Martin formed his first Ministry. 
 The protectionist propositions of the Martin 
 Government were disapproved of ; and in Febru- 
 ary 1865 Cowper again came into office. This 
 Administration was embarrassed with financial 
 difficulties ; and Cowper, to save the credit of the 
 country, about which a great alarm had arisen, 
 proposed and carried the ad valorem duties. This 
 step for the time cost him his popularity ; but it 
 provided additional revenue for his successors, 
 the Martin-Parkes Government, which came into 
 power in January 1866. Cowper then retired into 
 private life for nearly four years ; but in the begin- 
 ning of 1870 he took his place for the fifth time at 
 the head of the Administration, Robertson having 
 succeeded in ousting the Martin Ministry in the 
 latter part of 1868, and after holding for a year 
 the position of Premier induced his old colleague 
 once more to take the lead. But the accession 
 of Cowper did not enable the Government to 
 stand their ground long. Towards the end of 
 1870 a change took place, and Cowper was 
 appointed Agent-General for the Colony. He 
 held that office with credit and advantage to 
 N.S.W., until illness disabled him from attention 
 to business. For some months he was almost 
 incapacitated for exertion of any kind ; he 
 died 20th October 1875. Some years previous to 
 the death of Sir Charles Cowper, the estate of 
 Wivenhoe had been settled on Lady Cowper by a 
 subscription of the people of N.S.W. to mark 
 their appreciation of Cowper's political services to 
 the country. 
 
 COWPER, WILLIAM, D.D. (1780-1858) came 
 to Sydney in 1809 as Assistant-Chaplain, and was 
 appointed incumbent of St. Philip's, Sydney. He 
 organised the Benevolent and the Bible and 
 Religious Tract Societies, and was secretary of the 
 Diocesan Committee of the Societies for Pro- 
 moting Christian Knowledge and for the Propa- 
 gation of the Gospel. He visited England in 1842, 
 and on his departure was presented with an 
 address and a purse of .£780. He returned to the 
 colony in 1843, having had the honorary degree 
 of D.D. conferred upon him. In 1848 he was 
 made Archdeacon of Cumberland and Camden,
 
 9-2 
 
 CYCLOP.EDU OF AUSTRALASIA 
 
 [Cox— Cun 
 
 and in 1852 Bishop Broughton appointed him his 
 special commissary during his absence in Europe. 
 
 COX, JOHN HENRY, navigator. On 3rd 
 July 1789 the brig Mercury, commanded by 
 Captain Cox, anchored at a deep entrance on the 
 S. side of V.D.L. This bay was then first dis- 
 covered, and has received the name of Cox's Bight, 
 although it is not certain that Cox himself named it. 
 
 COX RIVER, in N.S.W., rises in the county of 
 Cook and joins the Wollondilly at its junction 
 with the Warragamba. The banks lower down, 
 where it unites with the Werriberri Creek, are 
 inaccessible for about four miles. It is named 
 after George Cox of Mulgoa. 
 
 COXEN'S RANGE, a range of mountains in 
 Q., discovered and named by Leichhardt in 1844. 
 It is an excellent landmark, and lies to the west- 
 ward of the river Isaacs. 
 
 CRANE, MARTIN, D.D. (1818 — ) first R. C. 
 Bishop of Sandhurst, V., a native of Ireland, 
 came to -Melbourne in 1874, and was installed 
 Bishop in 1875. 
 
 CRESWICK, a mining township in V., 112 miles 
 N.W. from Melbourne, with a population of about 
 4000. The diggings in the neighbourhood are of 
 great extent and richness ; they were discovered 
 early in 1852, and the sinking being easy and 
 shallow attracted a large number of miners. The 
 claims are now worked by companies. About 
 thirteen square miles of ground are being worked 
 upon, and sixteen reefs have been proved to be 
 auriferous. The surrounding country is elevated, 
 with timbered land on the S.E., pastoral land on 
 the N. and W. The land to the E. and N. is fine 
 agricultural and under settled cultivation. The 
 land generally is alluvial, of a fertile character, 
 and well watered by numerous creeks. The dis- 
 trict is volcanic throughout, and the alluvial drift 
 is peculiarly adapted for sluicing. 
 
 CROKER RIVER, in N.S.W., in the district of 
 New England, was named by Oxley in honour of the 
 Secretary of the Admiralty, John Wilson Croker. 
 
 CROKERS (Native name Warre Mountains) a 
 range in N.S.W., in the district of Wellington, 
 between Goobang Creek and the River Byrne. 
 They were named by Oxley, after J. W. Croker. 
 
 CROZET, LIEUTENANT, French navigator, 
 was second in command of Marion's expedition in 
 1771, and wrote an account of it. His share in the 
 massacre of the natives of X.Z. will be found 
 detailed in the article "Marion." His account is 
 printed in the Abbe Rochon's Voyages wux Tndes 
 Orientates. 
 
 CUMBERLAND ISLES, on the N.E. coast of 
 the continent. They consist generally of elevated 
 rocky islands, but are all abundantly wooded, 
 particularly with pines, which grow to a larger size 
 thanal the Percy Isles. They were named by Cook 
 in 177i), in honour of the Duke of Cumberland. 
 
 CUNNINGHAM, ALLAN (1791-1839) botanist, 
 a native of Wimbledon in England, was first 
 
 employed in a conveyancer's office, but afterwards 
 more congenially at the Kew Gardens near London. 
 In 1814 Sir Joseph Banks recommended him as 
 collector for the gardens at Kew ; he received the 
 appointment, and sailed in the Duncan with 
 James Bowie, for Rio Janeiro, where he arrived 
 18th December. On 3rd April 1815 they started 
 for the country, and were actively employed for 
 some months in collecting plants and seeds. On 
 their return to Rio they left, according to orders 
 awaiting them, Bowie for the Cape of Good Hope, 
 Cunningham for Sydney, where he arrived 20th 
 December. On 25th April 1817 he was attached 
 to Oxley's expedition to explore the Lachlan, 
 which was stopped by the marshes, and returned 
 to Bathurst 27th August. This journey added 
 largely to the existing knowledge of the botany of 
 Australia. The next five years were spent in four 
 voyages in the Mermaid, and one in the Bathurst 
 with Captain King, employed in surveying the 
 east, north, and west coasts of the continent, 
 in which Cunningham energetically pursued his 
 researches in spite of bad health which, on two 
 occasions, endangered his life and left him greatly 
 debilitated. In September 1822 he made an 
 excursion across the Blue Mountains and in the 
 Bathurst district, returning 4th January 1823. On 
 15th April he left Bathurst with five men to 
 endeavour to find a practicable pass over the 
 Liverpool Range to Liverpool Plains, discovered 
 by Oxley in 1818, and after five weeks ill-success 
 his perseverance was rewarded by his discovery 
 of an easy route, appropriately named by him 
 " Pandora's Pass." He then returned, reaching 
 Bathurst 27th June. The next two months were 
 employed in an excursion to the Illawarra district. 
 In September 1824 he went with Oxley to 
 Moreton Bay, and surveyed the river Brisbane 
 to the head of the boat navigation. In 
 April 1825 he passed by the Pandora Pass 
 to the back country, and with much incon- 
 venience from the bogs and marshes crossed 
 Liverpool Plains to lat. 30° 47'. On 18th May he 
 commenced his return, reaching Bathurst 7th June. 
 At the end of 1825 he was again attacked by ill- 
 ness, but by the end of February 1826 was working 
 with his accustomed energy. On 28th August he 
 paid a visit to N.Z., returning in January 1827. 
 On 30th April 1827 he started from Gegenhoe, and 
 on 19th May reached the Peel. Continuing north 
 he passed the Dumaresq, and on Gth June dis- 
 covered the Darling Downs. On the 16th he 
 commenced his return, and keeping more to the 
 westward on 10th July crossed the Gwydir ; 21st 
 reached Liverpool Plains ; and 28th arrived again 
 at Gegenhoe. In June 1828 he went to Moreton 
 Bay, where he arrived on 1st July, and started to 
 endeavour to find a practicable passage over the 
 mountains. On 25th August he discovered the 
 Gap, in iw called "Cunningham's Gap," an easy 
 pass to Darling Downs. In May 1829 he went on 
 another collecting tour to Brisbane, returning at 
 the end of September. In May 1830 he visited
 
 Cun-DalJ 
 
 CYCLOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 93 
 
 Norfolk Island, and returned in August. In 
 February 1831 he returned to England in the 
 Forth, arriving there in July. He came to Sydney 
 again as Colonial Botanist in February 1837. but 
 finding other duties expected from him incom- 
 patible with his botanical labours, he resigned in 
 December. In April 1838 he visited N.Z. in the 
 French corvette L' Heroine, returning in bad health 
 in October. His health continuing to decline, he 
 had to give up an intended trip in the Beagle, and 
 died in Sydney 27th June 1839. A monument to 
 his memory stands in the Botanical Gardens at 
 Sydney. 
 
 CUNNINGHAM, RICHARD, botanist, 
 younger brother of Allan, accompanied Mitchell 
 in his second expedition in 1835. When they 
 reached the Bogan, Cunningham was missed. A 
 search was at once instituted, but the botanist was 
 never found. Afterwards the melancholy facts 
 were revealed by a civilised blackfellow to 
 Lieutenant Zouch. Cunningham had lost his way 
 when butanising, and wandered about for five 
 days, when he fell in with some natives. At first 
 they treated him kindly, but the horrible nature 
 of his position overpowered his strength of mind 
 and he became delirious. This sealed his fate. 
 The blacks became terrified at their strange guest 
 and murdered him. The only relics of him found 
 in the blacks' encampment were his gloves and 
 riding whip. A monument is erected to his 
 memory on the spot. 
 
 CURB,, EDWARD, was first manager of the 
 V.D.L. Company at Circular Head in 1826. 
 Subsequently he came to V., and was one of the 
 foremost advocates of separation from N.S.W. In 
 1842 Melbourne was incorporated a city. There 
 were two candidates for the mayoralty, Henry 
 Condell and Edward Curr, and a severe contest 
 arose in which the elements of sectarian bitterness 
 were strongly mingled. Curr was a prominent 
 member of the Roman Catholic Church, and a 
 great effort was made on his behalf by his 
 co-religionists. There was some rioting; the 
 Riot Act was read, and the police were called out. 
 The bad blood thus created did not die out for 
 some years. Curr died on the 1 1th November 1850, 
 the day on which the news came of the colony's 
 independence. "The death of Mr. Curr (says 
 McCombie) who had taken a part in the great fight, 
 and had been a leading politician in the district, 
 on the very day the grateful intelligence arrived, 
 was regarded by all the old colonists as a melan- 
 choly coincidence." 
 
 CURTIS ISLAND, in Bass Straits, was named 
 by its discoverer, Lieutenant Grant, after Sir Roger 
 Curtis, who commanded at the Cape of Good Hope. 
 It resembles the Lion's mouth at the Cape. The 
 central position of the island renders it a finger 
 post for ships passing through the straits. It has 
 at the south end a summit 1060 feet high. Towards 
 the N. it slopes away in the form of a shoe; hence 
 it is called "the slipper." 
 
 CURTIS, PORT, in Q., to the south of Keppel 
 Bay, was discovered by Flinders in 1802, and named 
 after General Sir Roger Curtis. In 1858 the 
 announcement of the discovery of the Canoona 
 diggings caused a great rush of miners from the 
 southern colonies to Port Curtis. Thousands were 
 disappointed, and great suffering resulted. The 
 Governments of N.S.W. and V. were obliged to 
 send vessels thither to convey the starving miners 
 home again. But Q. gained by the rush a 
 considerable accession to its permanent population, 
 as many miners remained and settled down to other 
 pursuits. The township at Port Curtis is Gladstone, 
 with a population of about 500. There is a fine 
 harbour into which falls the Auckland Creek. It 
 is spacious, deep and well sheltered by Facing and 
 Curtis Islands. 
 
 CUTHILL, ALEXANDER, M.D., an old and 
 
 much respected medical practitioner in Sydney, 
 was shot by an insane person in 1854 He had 
 long been celebrated for his benevolence and 
 humanity, and he confirmed his character in this 
 respect by leaving a legacy of .£10,000 to the 
 Asylum for Destitute Children in Sydney. 
 
 CUVIER, CAPE, on the W. coast of the Con- 
 tinent. It is like an enormous bastion, and is 
 distinguished a considerable distance by its deeply 
 ensanguined colour. It was named by Baudin 
 after the famous French naturalist. 
 
 D. 
 
 D'AGUILAR'S RANGE, a ridge of elevated 
 hills in the county of Stanley in Q., named by 
 Mitchell after General D'Aguilar, an old Peninsular 
 officer. 
 
 D'ALBERTIS, LUIGI M. (1841-) New 
 Guinea explorer, is a native of Genoa, and was 
 educated at Turin. In 1859 he joined Garibaldi 
 in his march of triumph from Sicily to Naples. 
 In 1871 he joined Dr. C. Beccari in a voyage of 
 discovery. They went to Bombay, Singapore, and 
 several of the Eastern islands, and having a small 
 schooner they visited several points on the coast of 
 New Guinea. In 1872 D'Albertis continued his 
 explorations, but having suffered from repeated 
 attacks of fever he came to Sydney in 1873, and at 
 the end of that year returned to Europe. In 1875 
 he again went to New Guinea, and having in 
 December been up the Fly River in the steamer 
 Ellangowan, he came to Sydney to make arrange- 
 ments for its further exploration. In 1877 he did 
 so in the steam-launch Neva, and ascended the 
 river for 500 miles. In 1878 he visited England, 
 where he delivered lectures on New Guinea before 
 the Royal Geographical Society and the Royal 
 Colonial Institute. 
 
 DALLEY, WILLIAM BEDE (1831—) is a 
 
 native of Sydney. He early displayed great 
 oratorical talent, and having studied for the
 
 94 
 
 i r<3L0P.aa>iA of Australasia. 
 
 [Dal 
 
 legal profession was called to the Bar in 1856. 
 He was shortly afterwards elected Member of 
 the Assembly for Sydney, and was appointed 
 Solicitor-General to the Cowper Ministry. As 
 Member of the Assembly Dalley made some 
 of the most eloquent speeches ever heard in 
 that chamber ; and being a native of the colony 
 was hailed by older patriots as a young orator 
 of great promise. He was a second time Solicitor- 
 General in the Cowper Ministry in 1858-59 ; 
 Attorney-General of the Robertson Ministry in 
 1875-77 ; and again for several months in the 
 Robertson Ministry from August to December 
 1877. He was nominated Member of the Legisla- 
 tive Council on 9th February 1875. Dalley is a 
 writer of great ability on literary and political 
 topics. 
 
 DALRYMPLE, a township in Q., on the Burde- 
 
 kin River, about seventy-five miles from Townsville 
 and 830 miles N.W. of Brisbane. The district is 
 entirely of a pastoral character. Dalrymple is on 
 the main line of road between Townsville and the 
 northern gold-fields, and is the last township on 
 the route. A few miles from it is a wonderful 
 basaltic wall covering nearly seventy miles. It is 
 of volcanic formation, and is one of the greatest 
 natural curiosities on the Australian Continent. 
 It is said to be inaccessible to horsemen, and is a 
 great stronghold of the aboriginals. It is named 
 after G. E. Dalrymple, the explorer. 
 
 DALRYMPLE, ALEXANDER (1737-1808) a 
 member of the celebrated Scotch family of Stair 
 and younger brother of Lord Hailes, obtained an 
 appointment in the East India Company's service 
 and went to Madras in 1752. There he fell upon 
 some papers in the Secretary's office relating to 
 the commerce of the Eastern Archipelago, and 
 became so engrossed with the subject that he 
 relinquished his appointment, and made a voyage 
 of observation amongst the eastern islands. While 
 at Manilla, in the Philippine Islands in 1762, he 
 discovered the Journal kept by Torres of his 
 voyage under Quiros in 1606, which the Spaniards 
 had suppressed. Dalrymple kept possession of the 
 papers — Manilla being then in the hands of the 
 British — and gave them to the world in a historical 
 work. Zealous for the fame of the great Spanish 
 navigator, he gave the name of Torres to the 
 Straits which he was the first European to pene- 
 trate. Dalrymple subsequently became Hydro- 
 grapher to the Admiralty, which he held till 
 within a short period of his death. He was the 
 author of a vast number of pamphlets, letters &c, 
 suggesting plans for the promotion of British 
 commerce in various parts of the world. His 
 name is given to Port Dalrymple in T. 
 
 DALRYMPLE, GEORGE ELPHINSTOXE, 
 explorer. In 1859 he started with a party of five 
 on an exploration in the districts of Burdekin, 
 Suttor and Belyando, between the parallels of 
 in and I'n S. They greatly extended the know- 
 ledge of the country which Lcichhardt, Mitchell, 
 
 Kennedy, and Gregory had opened up. In 1862 
 Dalrymple made a second journey, and traced an 
 opening from the Valley of Lagoons to Rockingham 
 Bay in Q. 
 
 DALRYMPLE, PORT, on the north coast of 
 T., the entrance to the Tamar river, was discovered 
 by Bass and Flinders in 1798, and named by 
 Governor Hunter after their return in honour 
 of Alexander Dalrymple, Hydrographer to the 
 Admiralty. The northern settlement in T. bore 
 the name of Port Dalrymple from its foundation 
 in 1804 till 1812. 
 
 DALTON and KELLY, notorious bushrangers 
 of V.D.L. in 1852, where they perpetrated many 
 enormous crimes. The capture of Dalton was 
 cleverly clone. He and Kelly had crossed Bass 
 Straits in an open boat from T., and succeeded 
 in entering Melbourne unperceived. They went 
 into a restaurant in Bourke-street at midnight, 
 and in an unostentatious manner Dalton intimated 
 to the shopman that he intended to leave for 
 England the following morning, and would be 
 obliged by getting change for some V.D.L. bank- 
 notes. The shopman declined, and the two men 
 turned to leave the place, but were accosted by a 
 gentleman present who said he thought he could 
 accommodate them ; and taking some notes from 
 his pocket remarked that he had not money 
 enough, but had a friend near who would lend 
 what he wanted. The men accompanied their 
 new acquaintance, Bryce, formerly in the police, 
 who led them into the station-house, where the 
 second man disappeared. The other man also 
 showed signs of wishing to retreat ; but detectives 
 Murray and Williams happening to come at the 
 moment were informed by Bryce of the suspicions 
 he entertained, that the fellows had come by the 
 money in a dishonest manner. There being no 
 specific charge, however, Dalton was on the eve of 
 being allowed to depart, when Murray recognised 
 in the man before him the description of the 
 noted bushranger and rushed on him. The 
 three at once closed with and secured him. He 
 swore and stamped in a frantic manner at having 
 been so easily entrapped, regretted that he had 
 not known Murray's intentions a few seconds 
 before, that he might have cleared the station- 
 house — a threat he would have carried into effect, 
 as he had three loaded pistols ready cocked about 
 him. He had shot a constable named Buckmaster 
 in V.D.L. in a similar attempt to arrest him. The 
 second man was, no doubt, Andrew Kelly, but he 
 eluded the vigilance of the police. The detective 
 officers became entitled to the reward of £100 
 offered by the Governor of V.D.L. for the appre- 
 hension of Dalton, who was subsequently executed 
 in the island. 
 
 DALY, SIR DOMINICK (1798-1868) seventh 
 Governor of S.A., was a native of the County of 
 Galway in Ireland, and was educated at Oscott 
 College near Birmingham. He afterwards went 
 to Canada, where he held the office of Chief
 
 Dam i 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 95 
 
 Secretary from 1825 to 1848. In 1849 he was 
 appointed Commissioner of Woods and Forests, 
 and in 1851 received the appointment of Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor of the Island of Tobago in the 
 West Indies. This position he held but a few 
 months when he was offered the Lieutenant- 
 Governorship of Prince Edward's Island, which 
 he retained until 1859. He was subsequently 
 promoted to the governorship of S.A., which he 
 assumed in March 1862 and retained until his 
 death, 19th February 1868. In 1867 on the visit 
 of Prince Alfred to the Australian Colonies, Sir D. 
 Daly had the honour of being the first Governor 
 to entertain His Royal Highness, which he did in 
 a manner that procured him the thanks of the 
 Prince. Sir D. Daly was a man of a genial, kindly 
 disposition ; a thorough Irish gentleman who, 
 during his term of office, endeared himself to the 
 people of S.A. by his courtesy and affability, and 
 by the interest he always manifested in everything 
 affecting the welfare of the colony. He was a man 
 of great official experience, an excellent adminis- 
 trator, and a very popular Governor, He was a 
 Koman Catholic ; but kept his religious views to 
 himself, and never obtruded them into the region 
 of politics. He was accessible to all classes of the 
 community, and identified himself with everything 
 likely to benefit the colonists. He died in the 
 colony, and was deeply mourned by all classes, 
 whose loving esteem he had won by his urbanity 
 and quiet hospitality. A son of Sir Dominick's, 
 Daniel Dominick Daly, came to S.A. as Aide-de- 
 camp to his father. In 1866 he was appointed 
 Surveyor under the Government ; took part in the 
 Northern Territory Expedition as Surveyor from 
 1868 to 1870 ; in February 1874 joined the 
 Engineer-in-Chief's department, and in March 
 1875 was appointed Surveyor for Native States in 
 the Malayan Peninsula. 
 
 DAMPIER, AVILLIAM, the Prince of Voyagers. 
 He was of English yeoman stock, and received a 
 fair education ; but his parents dying he was taken 
 from school and bound apprentice to a shipmaster 
 of Weymouth. A voyage to France and one to 
 Newfoundland, made before he was twenty years 
 of age, excited in his breast the ambition of a 
 great adventurer. He possessed every element of 
 character fitting him for such a vocation. After 
 many strange experiences of sea life, at the age of 
 twenty-seven he joined the buccaneers of America, 
 and from that time forward his life was one wild 
 romance. In 1683 with some bold confederates he 
 seized a Danish vessel, which they re-named the 
 Bachelors Delight, and set off to circumnavigate 
 the globe. After meeting with many remarkable 
 adventures their leader gained the command of a 
 vessel named the Cygnet, in which he sailed for 
 the Philippine Islands, and when there resolved on 
 making a cruise to New Holland. On 4th January 
 1688 he fell in with the Continent in latitude 
 16° 50', and next day anchored two miles from 
 the shore. He describes the inhabitants of this 
 country as being the "miserablest people in the 
 
 world." He quitted the coast of New Holland on 
 12th March 1688 and directing his course north- 
 ward reached the Nicobar Islands in May. Here 
 he quitted the expedition and sailed for England, 
 where he arrived, after passing through many 
 perils and adventures, 16th September 1691. In 
 1699 an English expedition for the discovery of 
 unknown lands was projected by William III., and 
 the command was entrusted to Dampier, whose 
 great qualifications as a navigator were now fully 
 recognised. The countries which he- was more 
 particularly to examine were New Holland and 
 New Guinea. The vessel in which he sailed, the 
 Roebuck, old and crazy before she left port, carried 
 twelve guns and a crew of fifty men and boys with 
 provisions for twenty months. He left the 
 downs 14th January 1699 and made a favourable 
 voyage until, on 4th July, the coast of New 
 Holland was neared. On the night of 1st 
 August the ship struck bottom on the northern 
 part of the Abrolhos shoal. Next morning the 
 voyagers descried the mainland at the distance of 
 six leagues, but were unable to find a safe harbour, 
 and owing to foul weather were compelled to stand 
 off till the 6th, when they ran into an opening and 
 moored two miles from shore in the harbour 
 named Dirk Hatich's Reede. To this place the 
 navigator gave the name of Sharks Bay. On 14th 
 August he sailed out of this bay, and plied off and 
 on towards the north. On the 28th an armed 
 party landed in search of water, carrying with 
 them pickaxes and shovels. Three tall natives 
 were seen on the beach but speedily retreated. 
 An affray took place in which one native was 
 killed. The party landed at the north-west coast 
 and lived for twelve days at the place now called 
 "Buccaneers Archipelago." Dampier was the first 
 European who held any communication with the 
 natives of Australia, and the first to publish a 
 detailed account of his voyage thither. Water 
 having been at last obtained he left these sterile 
 coasts on the 5th September and shaped his 
 course to New Guinea. After passing through 
 many adventures and making several important 
 discoveries he went to Timor, from whence he 
 intended to run down once more to the coast of 
 New Holland. But although he obtained sound- 
 ings at forty fathoms, he did not sight the land. 
 Unhappily he fell sick, and as his officers were 
 indifferent or incompetent the voyage was not 
 prosecuted. The crew, moreover, were suffering 
 from scurvy and the ship was greatly in want of 
 repair. Under these circumstances he ordered 
 the officers to sail for Java. Subsequently 
 the old craft was wrecked on Ascension Island, 
 and the navigator lost his collection of curious 
 shells gathered on the coast of New Holland, 
 together with many valuable books and papers. 
 The shipwrecked crew lived for five weeks 
 on the island, and were at length rescued by 
 some English vessels that had observed their 
 signals. When he arrived in England he pub- 
 lished an account of his voyage to New Holland,
 
 :... 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Dam— Bar 
 
 which he dedicated to the Earl of Pembroke, his 
 patron. But his signal services to England and 
 to the world were allowed to go entirely unrewarded. 
 The rest of his life, however, was by no means 
 spent in idleness. He passed through a variety of 
 romantic adventures. He was pilot in Woodes 
 Rogers' expedition in 1708, when Alexander 
 Selkirk, the prototype of De Foe's immortal 
 Robinson Crusoe, was rescued from the Island of 
 Juan Fernandez after a solitary exile of four 
 years. The expedition returned to England in 
 October 1711 bringing with it a treasure of booty 
 in money and merchandise valued at £150,000. 
 But at this point Dampier's name disappears from 
 history. In addition to the Voyage Round the 
 World, published in 1691, he wrote Voyages to the 
 Buy of Gampeachy (1729,) and a Treatise on the 
 Winds and Tides (1707,) a work of a strictly 
 technical character. The strait between New 
 Guinea and New Britain was discovered by 
 Dampier, and is named after him. 
 
 DAMPIER ARCHIPELAGO, (or Buccaneers 
 Archipelago,) the names indifferently given by 
 geographers to the group of islands lying off the 
 north-west coast of the continent, in lat. 21° S. and 
 long. 117° E. The principal islands are Enderby, 
 Lewis, Rosemary, Legendre, and Depuck. 
 
 DAMPIER LAND, the name given by geogra- 
 phers to the promontory on the north-west coast 
 of the continent between the ocean and King 
 Sound. It was skirted by Alexander Forrest in 
 his exploring journey in 1879. 
 
 DANIELL, CAPTAIN, was Acting Lieutenant- 
 Governor of W. A. from September 1833 till 11th 
 May 1834. 
 
 DARLING, SIR CHARLES HENRY, third 
 Governer of V., was nephew of Governor Sir 
 Ralph Darling. He was appointed in succession 
 tn Barkly, in September 1863. His ride was 
 marked by the occurrence of the historical inci- 
 dent designated the "Deadlock." It happened 
 thus : — The country having declared in favour of 
 a protective policy MeCulloch who was then 
 Premier introduced a protective tariff, which was 
 passed by the Assembly but rejected by the 
 Council. This difference brought about a dissolu- 
 tion, the Ministry going back in the next Parlia- 
 ment stronger than ever. The tariff was again 
 sent up, and again rejected. The Attorney- 
 General (II iginbotham) advised the Cabinet that 
 they were justified in tacking the tariff to the 
 1M i mates, both being money bills. This course 
 was ad' >] ited, with the concurrence of the Governor. 
 This bill, with the tack, on being sent up to the 
 Council was rejected, the consequence being that 
 supplies were stopped. In order to avert the non- 
 payment of civil servants, the Governor consented 
 tn the signing of judgments mi behalf of the Queen, 
 so as to enable civil servants, contractors, and 
 others to obtain the money due to them by the 
 State. This course was objected to by the Council, 
 who wrote a minute to the Secretary of State in 
 
 England, protesting against the action of the 
 Governor ; to which Darling replied by another 
 minute, most injudiciously reflecting on the 
 character and standing of some of the members 
 of the Upper House. During the continuance of 
 the deadlock the affairs of the colony were thrown 
 into great confusion. The civil servants were 
 reduced to great straits. In their emergency the 
 Ministry applied to the banks for a loan of money; 
 five of them refused, but the sixth agreed to lend 
 forty thousand pounds. With this the Government 
 servants were paid, and then the bank demanded 
 its money from the Government ; but the Govern- 
 ment had now no money, and the bank brought 
 its legal action. The Supreme Court gave its 
 order, the money was paid to the bank out of the 
 Treasury ; and thus a means had been discovered 
 of obtaining all the money that was required with- 
 out asking the consent of Parliament. Throughout 
 the year 1865 the salaries of officers were obtained 
 in this way ; but in 1866 the Upper and Lower 
 Houses agreed to hold a conference. Each made 
 concessions to the other, the Tariff Bill was passed, 
 the Appropriation Bill was then agreed to in the 
 ordinary way, and the " Deadlock " came to an end 
 for the time. But in its train other troubles fol- 
 lowed. The Imperial authorities were displeased 
 with Darling for allowing such a state of things ; 
 showed how he might have prevented it, and to 
 mark their dissatisfaction recalled him. He com- 
 plained bitterly of this harsh treatment ; and the 
 Assembly, regarding him as in some measure 
 a martyr to the popular cause, determined to 
 recompense him for his loss of salary. The 
 Upper House owed no debt of gratitude to 
 Sir Charles, and accordingly once more threw 
 out the Appropriation Bill. Again there was the 
 same bitter dispute, and again the public creditors 
 were obliged to sue for their money in the Supreme 
 Court. In a short time four thousand five hundred 
 such pretended actions were laid, the Government 
 making no defence, and the order being given in 
 each case that the money should be paid. In 1866, 
 the new Governor, Sir J. H. Manners-Sutton, 
 arrived. He refused to sign judgments, and the 
 Ministry resigned, a fresh Ministry being formed 
 under Sladen and Fellows, which Ministry was 
 met at once by a vote of want of confidence in 
 the Assembly, but insisted on holding office in 
 spite of an overwhelming opposition in that House. 
 The Governor, most unwisely, upheld them in 
 this unconstitutional course. Eventually the tack 
 was taken off, and the estimates and protective 
 tariff were passed by the Upper House. The 
 Sladen .Ministry then resigned, and the M'Culloch 
 Ministry resumed power. Shortly after the 
 Imperial Government intimated to Darling that 
 he was ineligible for a further appointment, and 
 that having been recalled he was not entitled to 
 a pension. The Victorian Assembly, prompted by 
 the Ministry, thereupon voted him a sum of £2< 1,1 KX » 
 which the Council rejected, asserting that an 
 Imperial officer of his grade could not receive anj
 
 Dar] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 97 
 
 gratuity from a Colonial Government with which 
 he had been connected. The Bill was then altered, 
 making the vote in favour of Lady 1 )arling. This 
 too was rejected by the Council, and after a 
 dissolution it was tacked in the same manner as 
 the tariff had been, but was again rejected, and a 
 similar deadlock took place. While this was 
 going on, the death of Darling took place in 
 England, and after another conference the Bills 
 were un tacked, and the Council passed a Bill for 
 an annuity of ,£1000 a year to Lady Darling for 
 life. Darling left Victoria on 8th May I860. A 
 demonstration of his sympathisers was made on 
 his departure. A vast crowd turned out to bid 
 him farewell with every mark of respectful regret. 
 He was exceedingly popidar and a very good 
 administrator. His error was in taking sides too 
 strongly with the Ministry and the popidar party, 
 and above all in writing despatches containing 
 personal reflections on leading men on the other 
 side. 
 
 DARLING, LIEUTENANT-GENERAL SIR 
 RALPH, seventh Governor of N.S.W. in succes- 
 sion to Brisbane, arrived in the colony in December 
 1825. On his way out he called at V.D.L. which 
 was then a dependency of N.S.W., and proclaimed 
 (on 3rd December) its independence and estab- 
 lishment as a separate colony. His arrival at 
 Sydney was not welcomed by the colonists, with 
 whom (excepting a small exclusive class) Brisbane 
 had been exceedingly popular. Darling, besides, 
 was dreaded as a red-tape formalist, a martinet in 
 discipline and a mere soldier. On assuming the 
 Government he found the various departments in 
 a state of great confusion, owing to his prede- 
 cessor's want of business habits. His first task 
 therefore was to reorganise the civil service, and 
 this naturally led to much ill-feeling and dis- 
 content. His conduct confirmed the worst fears 
 of the colonists. He was precise and methodical 
 and his habits were painfully careful, exhibiting 
 that sort of diligence which takes infinite trouble 
 and anxiety over details to the neglect of larger 
 and more important matters. He had not been 
 long in the colony before he brought himself into 
 antagonism with the press, and put on the fourth 
 estate a censorship that savoured of tyranny. In 
 this attempt, however, he was foiled by the 
 firmness 6f Chief Justice Forbes. His despotic 
 character embroded him further in a large number 
 of prosecutions against newspapers for libel, and 
 his chief adviser, Archdeacon Scott, who had been 
 called by one journal " not a man of peace," 
 resented the remark by ordering the pew of the 
 offending editor to be " decked over " to prevent 
 its being occupied ! At this time the mania of 
 joint-stock companies occurred in England, and 
 its effects were felt in the colony in an eager 
 desire to enter into speculations in stock. " The 
 soldier unbuckled his belt to become a keeper of 
 sheep, and the priest forsook his altar to become a 
 herdsman of cattle." A drought of three years 
 ensued, a financial crash followed, and the value 
 
 of cattle fell from pounds to shillings. The 
 Governor reduced the compulsory scale of rations 
 issued to assigned servants, in consequence of the 
 scarcity, and of course became still more unpopular. 
 It wanted but one thing more— an act of personal 
 despotism — to render complete the exasperation 
 of his opponents. This excuse was found in 
 his conduct to Sudds and Thompson, two 
 soldiers who committed a theft, in order as 
 they thought to better their condition. Darling 
 subjected them to rigorous military punishment 
 and Sudds died in confinement. These circum- 
 stances produced immense excitement. Went- 
 worth, the leader of the popular party, drew up an 
 impeachment which he caused to be formally 
 delivered at Government House, and openly 
 threatened never to lose sight of so great a 
 criminal until he had brought him to justice. 
 The case was repeatedly brought before the House 
 of Commons, but it was not until 1835, four years 
 after Darling's return to England, that a com- 
 mittee of inquiry was granted. When at length it 
 was obtained, the evidence for the prosecution fell 
 through, and Darling was honourably acquitted. 
 He was knighted soon afterwards, and in England 
 public sympathy was entirely on his side. The 
 best his apologists could say in his defence in this 
 case was that he erred with the best intentions. 
 After a prolonged struggle with Darling's military 
 despotism the colonists succeeded in 1829 in 
 gaining the precious boon of trial by jury. Pre- 
 viously to that time military juries only were the 
 tribunals before which all penal offences were 
 tried. The Australian Agricultural Company was 
 established during Darling's rule. The Executive 
 Council of Brisbane was enlarged into a Legislative 
 Council of fifteen members, but with secret proceed- 
 ings. This body it was that granted trial by jury. 
 A period of excessive extravagance succeeded the 
 grazing mania, and ended in a great financial crash 
 of a very disastrous character, aggravated by 
 drought. The colony was in a state of universal 
 bankruptcy. To this succeeded a period of pros- 
 perity, and for the last threa or four years of 
 Darling's rule the colony made rapid progress. 
 The differences between the Governor and the 
 principal colonists became so acrimonious that, in 
 December 1827, he resigned his patronage of the 
 Turf Club in consequence of some speeches which 
 were made at a dinner given by the Club; in 
 these severe remarks were uttered in reference to 
 the Governor's administration, and invidious com- 
 parisons drawn between him and the late Governor ; 
 and to crown the insult, when the Governor's 
 health was drunk the musicians played the air 
 "Over the hills and far away," very appropriate to 
 the desire for his departure. The insult was too 
 marked to be passed over, and the Governor 
 directed his aide-de-camp to inform the secretary 
 of the Club that His Excellency had ceased to be 
 Patron of the Association. Darling was recalled 
 from his administration of the colony, and 
 embarked fur England in October 1831. No
 
 98 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 IDar 
 
 demonstration was shown on his leaving. A 
 number of persons assembled at Government 
 House and escorted him to the wharf, but there 
 was no display either of regret or gladness. Those 
 who were hostile to his administration showed 
 some contempt at his departure. A number of 
 persons assembled at Vauclnse, where a bullock 
 was roasted, drink was distributed, and the crowd 
 gave full vent to their joy, real or assumed. A 
 notice was given that there would be an illumina- 
 tion on the night of his departure, but only 
 one house was illuminated — that where the 
 opposition newspaper was printed. Darling 
 was a conscientious and honourable man, but 
 his great deficiency was a want of magnan- 
 imity. This defect deprived him of the warm 
 sympathy of his friends, whilst combined with a 
 large amount of rigour it gained him the unre- 
 lenting hatred of his enemies. The formation of 
 the aqueduct which supplies Sydney with water 
 redeems Darling's rule from the imputation of 
 being altogether useless to the country. 
 
 DARLING DOWNS, a district of Q., including 
 an extensive tract of downs on the summit of the 
 Dividing Range, to the west of the Moreton 
 district. It was discovered in 1827 by Allan 
 Cunningham the Botanist, and named after 
 Governor Sir Ralph Darling. It is the richest 
 pastoral district in the colony, and also comprises 
 a vast extent of fine agricultural land. Wheat, 
 maize, barley, oats, arrowroot, potatoes, and all 
 kinds of vegetables are cidtivated with success. 
 Good coal is also reported to exist over several 
 parts of the Downs. The principal towns are 
 Condamine, Dalby, Bowenville, Warwick, Drayton, 
 and Toowoomba. The rivers flowing through it 
 are the Condamine, Weir, and Moonie. It has an 
 area of 6000 square miles, or 3,840,000 acres. The 
 population is about 8000. 
 
 DARLING RIVER, in N.S.W., discovered by 
 Sturt on 4th February 1829. It was at the point 
 struck a fine, wide, deep river, covered with wild- 
 fowl, but salt. It was named in honour of Governor 
 Darling. Sturt traced it for forty mdes through 
 a level country to the S.W., when he came upon 
 the Bogan, which he traced down to the Castle- 
 reagh, and following its course for 100 miles came 
 again upon the Darling ninety miles nearer to its 
 sources. On the 14th January 1830 Sturt dis- 
 covered the junction of the Murray with the 
 Darling. M itchell reached the banks of this river 
 in his first expedition on 4th February 1832 ; and 
 his fourth expedition in 1845 was designed to 
 explore it thoroughly. It was from the Darling, 
 at its junction with the Menindie, that Sturt 
 started ou his third expedition into the central 
 desert on 24th September 1844. Following the 
 example of Cadcll, who had navigated the Murruni- 
 bidgee in a steamboat for son miles, William 
 Randall in 1859 under the auspices of Governor 
 Macdonnell ofS.A. achieved a remarkable success. 
 He navigated the Darling 2400 miles by its wind- 
 ings from the sea, and 1800 milos reckoned from 
 
 the junction of the Darling and the Murray. The 
 opening up of the three great rivers — the Murray, 
 the Darling and the Murrumbidgee — to naviga- 
 tion has virtually created the rich and fertile 
 province of Riverina. The approximate length of 
 the Darling is about 850 miles, without taking 
 account of its innumerable smaller windings ; 
 but its numerous tributaries, spreading out like 
 a fan over the northern half of the colony, 
 drain an area of 198,000 square miles. In 
 the physical geography of the continent the 
 Darling River is a very peculiar feature. From 
 the western declivities of the almost con- 
 tinuous ridge that skirts the eastern coast, 
 innumerable torrents pour down into the vast 
 plains which gradually slope away towards the 
 interior. The more northerly of these torrents 
 converge into a central basin of clay on the 30th 
 parallel of S. lat., where within a comparatively 
 narrow space meet the Maranoa, the Condamine, 
 the Dumaresque, the Gwydir, the Namoi, the 
 Castlereagh, the Macquarie, and the Bogan. In 
 this region the channels undergo many transfor- 
 mations, sometimes losing themselves in wide 
 marshes, and sometimes presenting an inextricable 
 labyrinth of bifurcations and junctions. After 
 parting with a large proportion of their volume, 
 under the combined influences of evaporation and 
 absorption, the united streams, now distinguished 
 as the Darling, pursue a journey 600 miles to the 
 Murray, through plains which are habitable only 
 on the immediate verge of the water-course. 
 Through this immense reach the Darling receives 
 not a single affluent ; on the contrary, it sends out 
 many an offset to bury itself in some stagnant 
 lagoon. 
 
 DARVALL, SIR JOHN BAYLEY, was 
 educated at Cambridge where he took the degree 
 of M.A. in 1836 ; was called to the English Bar 
 at the Middle Temple in 1837 ; came to Sydney 
 in 1839, and practised at the Bar till 1867. He 
 was made Queen's Counsel in 1853 ; and in 1844 
 was appointed a non-elective member of the Legis- 
 lative Council. At the first general election in 1848 
 he was elected member of the Assembly for Bathurst, 
 and was twice returned, at subsequent elections. 
 In 1861 he was appointed a Life Member of the 
 Council, but shortly afterwards resigned his seat, 
 and subsequently represented the electoral districts 
 of West Maitland and West Sydney respectively. 
 In 1851 he was offered a judgeship in Victoria, 
 which he declined ; in 1856 he was made Solicitor- 
 General in the first Ministry under responsible 
 Government, with a seat in the Executive Council ; 
 in 1857 he became Attorney-General and Member 
 of the Executive Councd ; and was member of 
 two subsequent Governments as Attorney-General, 
 lie was appointed a member of the first Senate 
 of the University of Sydney ; in 1867 he returned 
 to England, and in 1868 was made C.M.G., and in 
 1877 K.C.M.G. 
 
 DARWIN, PORT, the port of the Northern 
 Territory, was visited by King in his survey of the
 
 Dav] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 99 
 
 north coast in 1818-22. It is named after Charles 
 Darwin, the celebrated naturalist, and was selected 
 as the site of the settlement by Goyder in 1869. It 
 is a fine deep, tranquil harbour, second only in 
 magnitude and importance to Port Jackson. It is 
 surrounded by high cliffs and contains many reefs, 
 visible at low water. Its geographical situation is 
 considered superior to that of either Singapore or 
 Macassar for trading with the neighbouring islands, 
 as vessels can sail to the northern groups either in 
 the east or west monsoons, whereas in the case of 
 Singapore or Macassar the proas can only visit 
 them once in the course of a year. Many of the 
 islands withiii a week or two's sailing distance 
 from Port Darwin contain large and intelligent 
 populations ready to trade with English Colonies 
 in preference to the Dutch. Valuable products, 
 such as tortoiseshell, pearlshell, trepang, nutmegs, 
 palm wine &c, are obtainable from these places, 
 as well as valuable and cheap labour of the kind 
 so much needed in the Northern Territory. 
 Palmerston is the township of the port, about 
 2000 miles N.N.W. of Adelaide, with which it is 
 connected by electric telegraph. 
 
 DAVEY, COLONEL, second Governor of 
 V.D.L., was a colonel of marines. He arrived at 
 the Derwentin 1813. His arrival was unexpected, 
 for opportunities of communicating with the 
 mother country were few, and the manner of his 
 entrance into his capital was exceeding singular. 
 The day was very hot, and Davey landed with his 
 coat under his arm from the vessel which brought 
 him out ; stating who he was, he requested tem- 
 porary accommodation at almost the first house he 
 approached. What led to Davey's appointment 
 has never been discovered. He was a man whose 
 disregard of conventional forms and outward 
 appearances amounted to eccentricity, but this did 
 not prevent him from becoming popular. He had 
 gained the character of a brave soldier in many a 
 battle with the enemies of his country, and was 
 noted as a hard drinker. He was willing to join 
 in a carouse whenever invited, and was by no 
 means particular as to the companionship he 
 found. Yet he did not neglect his duties, although 
 the way in which they were performed was not 
 perhaps quite so studied and deliberate as might 
 have been desired. His period of rule lasted four 
 years, and was characterised by the prevalence of 
 crime, particularly of bushranging, to a deplorable 
 extent. Davey was not the man to devise a suit- 
 able remedy for such a condition of things. If 
 the desperadoes who infested the country would 
 have met him in a body in the open field, 
 he would probably have been able to give a good 
 account of them, but nature and habit had 
 alike unfitted him for coping with such men 
 in a manner according with civilian notions. 
 His proceedings did not lack energy, but were 
 often in direct opposition to the law. Sometimes, 
 if suspected persons escaped conviction, the wit- 
 nesses wore flogged, and many captured prisoners 
 were hanged on the slightest evidence. Davey's 
 
 proceedings at length brought him into collision 
 with Macquarie, the Governor-in-Chief, who did not 
 hesitate to express his dislike and disapproval of 
 them. Many of the inhabitants commended Davey 
 for his promptness and eulogised his stretches of 
 power. Finding himself hampered by his superior 
 officer, he at length relinquished his charge in 
 April 1817 and turned settler. His agricultural 
 operations were not successful, and soon afterwards 
 he returned to England. His memory was 
 cherished as that of a plain, open, generous man, 
 if not quite a model governor. But he had brought 
 from many a military camp the rough and ready 
 manners of a soldier. The difficulty of dealing 
 with a turbulent population of 1500 soids, such as 
 were at this time cooped up in the beautiful island, 
 was indeed great. With huts for homes (even the 
 Lieutenant-Governor lived in a tent) with unen- 
 closed fields, with few cattle, and the rudest 
 attempts at agriculture, it was to be expected that 
 excesses of all kinds should exist. Davey during 
 his first year of office had opened the ports to 
 merchant vessels, and the country was struggling 
 to make progress. Commerce began to spring up ; 
 free settlers spread over the country ; and cultiva- 
 tion was carried on with such spirit that in 181G 
 the colonists, besides supplying their own wants, 
 were able to export grain to Sydney. It was during 
 Davey's period of rule that the press became a 
 permanent institution in V.D.L. Collins made an 
 abortive attempt to establish a newspaper in 1810. 
 A second attempt, also a failure, occurred in 1814. 
 A third and more successful effort was made in 
 1816, when Andrew Bent commenced the publica- 
 tion of the Hobart Town Gazette, a newspaper 
 which existed for several years and was the fore- 
 runner of many local journals. The social and 
 moral condition of the settlements appears, for 
 many years after their foundation, to have been 
 inferior to that of N.S.W. from the absence of men 
 and women of high social and moral standing. 
 The Governor's wife was a meek retiring lady, 
 unfitted to exercise that powerful iufliience to 
 which her position entitled her. 
 
 DAVIES, JOHN (1839—) a native of Sydney. 
 In 1874 he was elected Member of the Legislative 
 Assembly for East Sydney, and in 1S77 became 
 Postmaster-General in the administration of Sir 
 John Robertson. On accepting this office he was 
 re-elected by the largest number of votes ever 
 polled in any single city contest. After the dis- 
 solution of 1877 he was again elected for East 
 Sydney second on the poll, and still represents 
 the electorate in Parliament. Da vies takes an 
 active part in the promotion of charitable and 
 philanthropic public institutions. 
 
 DAVIS, CHAIILES HENRY (1815-1854) was 
 educated at St. Gregory's College, Downside, near 
 Bath. In 1833 he became a member of the Bene- 
 dictine order ; and in November 1840 was ordained 
 priest. He became a professor in the College, and 
 in 1848 was consecrated Bishop Coadjutor to Arch- 
 bishop Pokling. On his arrival in Sydney he
 
 100 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Daw— De La 
 
 devoted his attention to the promotion of superior 
 education and the cultivation of church music. 
 During Archbishop Polding's absence he adminis- 
 tered the diocese, and was afterwards first Roman 
 Catholic Bishop of Maitland. 
 
 DAWES, LIEUTENANT, an officer who came 
 out in the First Fleet, started from Sydney in 
 1788 with a small party with the purpose of 
 crossing the Blue Mountains. He got as far as 
 the Hawkesbury, but could not reach the vast 
 range lying right before him, and accordingly 
 returned to Sydney. Dawes had been charged 
 with the duty of making astronomical observatii >ns, 
 and erected a small observatory in Sydney Cove 
 with that object. A battery was also erected 
 under his superintendence, which still bears his 
 name. 
 
 DAYLESFORD, a mining township in V., 
 seventy-eight miles N.W. from Melbourne, with 
 which it is connected by railway. It was once a 
 flourishing place, some very rich gold leads and 
 alluvial beds having been found in 1863. Large 
 quantities of the precious metal were taken from the 
 Corinella and Wombat Hill claims, and the result 
 was a rush to Daylesford. The district which 
 previously comprised only some small diggings 
 became an important locality, with more than 
 100 well organised companies, machinery worth 
 many thousands of pounds, and miles of shafts, 
 tunnels and drives. The diggings, however, were 
 speedily exhausted, and Daylesford sank into the 
 position of a worked-out goldfield, although there 
 is still a considerable scattered mining population 
 and many quartz claims being worked. There is a 
 large area of good agricultural land surrounding the 
 township. The population is about 5000. There have 
 been sapphires, blue and red, spiral rubies, zircon 
 in fine crystals, topazes of various colours, and 
 tourmaline found in this district; also tripoli, a 
 peculiar kind of fine polishing slate, is to be 
 obtained in great quantities. 
 
 DE CAEN, General in the French army of the 
 first Napoleon. When Flinders was returning to 
 England in 1804 he was compelled from the 
 leaky state of his vessel to seek shelter in the 
 nearest port,and relying on the French Emperor's 
 passport for protection and assistance he put into 
 the Mauritius. The Governor of the island at 
 this time was De Caen, an officer of the Revolu- 
 tion. Like so many others of those who were 
 raised into notice by that event, he was a man of 
 malevolent disposition; and to the disgust of 
 many of his countrymen ami companions in anus 
 vented his hatred against the British nation bynot 
 "iily detaining the voyager, but by treating him 
 with cruelty and indignity. Pretending that the 
 I" port was valid only on board the Investigator 
 he sized the Cimberland, took possession of the 
 
 charts, journals ami log-l ks, detained Flinders 
 
 for six years, and after evading many orders for 
 Ins release dismissed him as unceremoniously as 
 he had seized him. The hospitality and sympathy 
 
 of the inhabitants of the island in some degree 
 compensated the voyager for the barbarity of the 
 Governor. But the perfidy, robbery, and inhu- 
 manity of De Caen in respect of Flinders remain 
 an indelible stain on the honour of the French 
 nation. 
 
 DEGERAND0, CAPE, the most northerly point 
 of Schouten's Island off the east coast of T. It 
 was named by Baudin in 1802 after the celebrated 
 philosopher and philanthropist, Baron Degerando. 
 
 DE GONNEVILLE, PAULMIER DE, French 
 navigator, sailed from Honfleur in 1503 on a 
 voyage to the South Seas. He rounded the Cape 
 of Good Hope in safety, when he was overtaken 
 by a storm and lost all knowledge of his course. 
 When a calm returned he steered southward and 
 reached an unknown land, where he remained six 
 months. He then returned to France bringing 
 with him a native of the country. His ship was 
 plundered by a corsair and the journals were lost, 
 but De Gonneville and his officers made a declara- 
 tion of the fact of their voyage, which was lodged 
 with the French admiralty. Some have conjectured 
 that the land reached by De Gonneville might 
 have been Australia, but this assumption has no 
 facts to sustain it. The navigator describes the 
 inhabitants as well advanced in civilisation, and 
 this circumstance alone would discredit the sup- 
 position of its being Australia. 
 
 DE GREY RIVER, in W.A., discovered and 
 named by Frank Gregory in 18(51, after Earl De 
 Grey. It forms the northern boundary of John 
 Forrest's great trigonometrical survey of W. A., and 
 was the starting point of Alexander Forrest's 
 exploring journey in 1879. 
 
 DE LA CLAMPE, M., a French royalist refugee 
 who had been a colonel in the army, came to 
 N.S.W. in 1799, and obtained a grant of land for 
 the purpose of introducing the cultivation of 
 cotton and cocoa. Peron's account of his visit to 
 De la Clampe's plantation at Castle Hill, near 
 Parramatta, is both instructive and interesting : — 
 "Having walked through a tufted wood, the modest 
 abode and fields of the poor French colonel opened 
 on our view. In the three years he has resided at 
 Castle Hill, he has only been once to Sydney. He 
 avoids society, and excuses himself from complying 
 with repeated invitations of his friends, in order 
 that he may dedicate his whole time to the pursuits 
 of agriculture. We found him at the head of his 
 labourers — six prisoners furnished by the Govern- 
 ment. He was himself setting an example of 
 labour, and, like them, was nearly stripped to the 
 skin. The unexpected arrival of so numerous a 
 party at first disconcerted De la Clampe, and ho 
 hastily ran to the house in order to dress himself. 
 On hearing I was a Frenchman, he embraced me 
 with transport, exclaiming, 'How is it with our 
 dear France?' The interior of the rural manor- 
 house combined with the greatest simplicity a 
 species of elegance which clearly evinced the 
 genius and taste of the owner. But of all wc saw
 
 Del-Den] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 101 
 
 nothing so much excited my attention as a beautf ul 
 plantation of cotton plants, yielding cotton of 
 various shades and especially that peculiar to the 
 fine nankeens of China, a fast colour hitherto not 
 obtained whether by dint of culture or by dyeing. 
 'In a short time,' said the Colonel, 'I shall have 
 created two branches of commerce and exportation 
 for this colony of the greatest value. I have but 
 this means left of acquitting the sacred debt I owe 
 to a nation which gave me shelter in the hour of 
 misfortune."' Colonel De la Clampe, however, 
 like many other enthusiastic men formed expecta- 
 tions which were never realised, for he died shortly 
 afterwards. 
 
 DELORAINE. a township situated on both sides 
 of the Meander, in the county of Westmoreland, T., 
 150 miles N.W. of Hobart Town and thirty miles 
 from Launceston S.W. The Launceston and 
 Western Railway has its terminus here. A prettier 
 little township than Deloraine, which is approached 
 by a rustic bridge over the Meander, it is scarcely 
 possible to imagine. It is situated in the midst of 
 a fertile, well-watered district yielding abundant 
 cropsof grain, while there is also a large area of avail- 
 able grazing land. The population is about 800. 
 
 DEMPSTER, C. E. and A., Explorers, with 
 their companions, B. Clarkson, C. Harper, and a 
 native, made an exploration from the settled dis- 
 tricts of W.A. as far as Mount Kennedy in 1861. 
 They discovered an extensive chain of lakes and 
 heard from the blacks of three white men who had 
 perished. These were surmised to be of Leich- 
 hardt's party. Another party composed of C. and 
 W. and A. Dempster, Maxwell and Larnock, 
 made an expedition to the S.E. in 1863, setting out 
 from Northam, thence to Port Malcolm, and thence 
 northward to the interior, which was found barren 
 country. 
 
 DENIEHY, DANIEL HENRY (1828-1865) 
 
 a native of Sydney, was one of the most remark- 
 able men that Australia has ever produced. He 
 was educated at a select school kept by M. Jonson, 
 where he acquired a knowledge of several European 
 languages. He afterwards went to the Sydney 
 College, but continued his reading in French and 
 Italian literature. In his fifteenth year his parents 
 took him to England, with the intention of placing 
 him at college at Oxford ; but his age and diminu- 
 tive appearance prevented his immediate reception, 
 and he was left in charge of a tutor, with whom 
 he read classics for some months. Weary of his 
 isolation he visited his relatives in Ireland, and 
 became acquainted with some of the leading 
 members of the Young Ireland party, in whose 
 enthusiasm he participated. On his return to 
 Sydney he became articled clerk to N. D. 
 Steuhouse, a man of great literary acquirements 
 and generosity of disposition. During the time of 
 his clerkship, Deniehy contributed sketches, verses, 
 and criticisms to various newspapers, all of which 
 were received with favour on account of their 
 freshness and vigour of style. At this period he 
 
 was an unwearied student of the best authors in 
 English, French, and Italian literature. In the 
 winter of 1853 he exhibited the fruits of these 
 studies in a series of lectures on Modern Literature 
 delivered at the School of Arts. He also met with 
 popular acceptance as a speaker on the great 
 political topic of the day, the Constitution Bill. 
 In 1856 he was returned to Parliament for 
 Argyle, and soon gained a reputation in the 
 Assembly for his powers as a keen debater and an 
 eloquent speaker. He was returned by the 
 electors of East Macquarie in 1858, and kept 
 his seat till after the passing of the Reform 
 Bill in the following year, when he voluntarily 
 withdrew from public life. During his Parlia- 
 mentary career he practised at Goulburn as an 
 attorney, but the time he devoted to his Parlia- 
 mentary duties seriously interfered with his 
 business. In 1858 he returned to Sydney and 
 devoted himself to literature, contributing essays, 
 critical and ;esthetical, to the newspapers. In 
 1860 he became one of the founders of the 
 South' in Gross, to which he contributed brilliant 
 papers on some of the most distinguished writers 
 of the century — Macaulay, DeQuincey, Mrs. 
 Browning, Leigh Hunt, Mrs. Jameson, and others. 
 On the invitation of friends in V. he went in 
 1862 to Melbourne, where for nearly two years 
 he edited The Victorian newspaper, a Roman 
 Catholic organ, and one of the most vigorously 
 written political journals ever published in 
 Australia. It succumbed, however, to bad 
 management, and Deniehy returned to Sydney 
 broken in health and hopes. He contributed 
 admirable critical essays to the Sydney Morning 
 Herald at this time, 1864-65. Acting on the 
 advice of his friends in 1865 he removed to 
 Bathurst where he renewed the practice of his 
 profession, but under depressing circumstances. 
 He died in the hospital of that city 22nd October 
 1865, in the thirty-seventh year of his age. 
 Deniehy possessed the literary faculty in a degree 
 given to very few men in a generation. Had he 
 lived and if the circumstances of his career had 
 been of a happier kind, he would have achieved 
 distinction as a critic and an essayist of the very 
 highest class. 
 
 DENILiaUIN, a township in N.S.W. on the 
 Edward River, and the principal place in the 
 Riverine district. It is distant from Sydney 
 4S8 miles S.W. but is more easily reached via 
 Melbourne, 195 miles S., than overland, being 
 only 45 miles distant from the terminus of the 
 Victorian Railway at Echuca, with which place it 
 is connected by a line of railway constructed by 
 the Deniliquin and Moama Railway Co., opened 
 on 4th July 1S76. A bridge carries the line over 
 the Murray from Echuca. The public buildings, 
 churches, banks, and chief mercantile establish- 
 ments are numerous and substantially built. It 
 possesses a pubbe school, a grammar school, and 
 several private ones. The Deniliquin Pastoral 
 and Agricultural Society, founded in 1876, have
 
 !02 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Den— D'en 
 
 very complete yards and buildings for exhibition 
 purposes. The population of the town is about 
 3000. The district was till lately entirely a pas- 
 toral one, consisting of vast plains of native grass 
 and salt bush intersected with clumps of timber, 
 and in many parts not suitable for cultivation, but 
 farming is now being tried with some prospect of 
 success. In summer severe droughts arc frequently 
 experienced, though numerous and expensive 
 efforts have been made by the formation of dams 
 to provide against this contingency. 
 
 DENISON, SIR WILLIAM THOMAS (1810- 
 1871) eighth Governor of Tasmania, was a member 
 of a distinguished English family, and an officer 
 of the Corps of Iloyal Engineers. He succeeded 
 Sir J. E. E. Wilmot on 13th October 184C, and 
 arrived in the colony on 26th January 1847. He 
 entered on his administration under many diffi- 
 culties, the bequest of his predecessor, and his 
 reception by the colonists was not enthusiastic. 
 The object of the Secretary of State, Mr. Gladstone, 
 in selecting Denison was the better disposal of the 
 labour and the more effectual control of the 
 prisoners ; and throughout his whole period of 
 rule he held to his instructions as the sole obliga- 
 tion binding on him. He attempted an amicable 
 adjustment of the claims of the councillors who 
 mutually contested the right of each other to 
 consider themselves duly appointed. It was left 
 to his discretion to select six out of the whole 
 number to complete the Council. They were sum- 
 moned to Government House to hear the Minister's 
 decision, and wcro requested to decide among 
 themselves who should be honoured with a seat. 
 This experiment failed, an altercation ensued, and 
 some quitted the conference. The "patriotic six" 
 adhered to each other, and Denison ultimately 
 declared that the appi lintments of Governor Wilmot 
 were disallowed, and reappointed the six. The 
 gentlemen rejected were advised that they held 
 their office until superseded by commands under 
 the sign manual of the Sovereign. In this opinion 
 the Chief Justice concurred ; but pursuing the 
 scrutiny, it was found that some of the nomina- 
 tions of Wilmot had been informal, the instrument 
 not stating whom they had succeeded. Their 
 claims being quashed by this discovery, the 
 "patriotic six" were again appointed in succession 
 to each other, a transposition required by the law. 
 At this stage however Orr, who entered the 
 ( '■ •uiii-il some time after the rupture, produced his 
 appointment, which unlike certain others was 
 e cpressed in the legal form. Thus again all the 
 previous proceedings were quashed, and the 
 Governor, unable to unravel the difficulty, dis- 
 missed the Council to await instructions from 
 Downing Street or a warrant for the nominees 
 under the sign manual of the Queen July 1847. 
 Thus during 1847 there was no Legislature 
 sitting; but at length the Gazette announced 
 tli.it the Queen had reinstated the original six. 
 
 D i ii'-\t trouble was a quarrel with the 
 
 Judges of the Supreme Court respecting the 
 
 Differential Duties, on which a revenue of .£20,000 
 depended, and which the Judges declared to be 
 illegal. The Governor determined to resist their 
 judgment, and even to remove them if he could. 
 Chief Justice Montagu he actually suspended ; but 
 the Executive Council were opposed to this step. 
 The Governor recommended the Chief Justice to 
 take leave of absence ; but this he firmly refused 
 to do. The next step of Denison was to carry 
 through the Council a Doubt Bill which simply 
 set aside all the ruling of the Judges, and bound 
 them to accept as law any ordinance once enrolled. 
 For his conduct in this matter Denison was 
 censured by the Crown ; but the removal of 
 Judge Montagu from the bench was confirmed. 
 The struggle for constitutional government was 
 earnestly carried on for many years by the colonists, 
 and at length the boon was gained and was 
 cordially welcomed. It curtailed considerably the 
 power of the Governor. The great anti-transporta- 
 tion struggle succeeded, and Denison took strongly 
 the side opposed to the entire population of the 
 Australian Colonies. This imprudent step involved 
 him in years of trouble and angry contention, in 
 the course of which his reputation for justice and 
 fair dealing suffered severely. His opposition to 
 the colonial will on the subject, says West, " his 
 injustice to the Judges, and his sarcastic delinea- 
 tions of colonial character, narrowed the circle of 
 his friends." In 1855 after the battle of the League 
 had been fought and won, Denison was transferred 
 to N.S.W. His rule was free from any serious 
 political complications, and he personally promoted 
 many public works of a useful character. The 
 fortifications of Sydney were planned by him and 
 bear his name. He was appointed Governor of 
 Madras in 1861. On the death of Lord Elgin ho 
 acted as Governor-General of India pending the 
 arrival of Sir John Lawrence. In 1866 his term 
 of rule having expired, he retired into private life. 
 He died in England 19th January 1871. He gave 
 to the world his experiences as a Governor in two 
 volumes, bearing the title of Varieties of Vice- 
 Regal Life. 
 
 D'ENTRECASTEATJX, BRUNI, French navi- 
 gator and Admiral in the French navy, was in 
 1791 despatched with an expedition in search of 
 La Perouse. It consisted of two ships commanded 
 by the Admiral and Captain Huou do Kermadec. 
 The vessels arrived at V.D.L. in 1792 and on 
 21st April anchored off Storm Bay. A little to 
 the east of them was a portion where the land 
 did not close quite round the water. An attempt 
 to reach the bottom of this showed that they were 
 in a strait instead of a bay, and that the bay in 
 which they had anchored ran between an island 
 and the sea. After many explorations in boats 
 the ships worked down the strait, which was named 
 D'Entrecasteaux Channel. As they passed along 
 the crew saw two islands, one of which lay at the 
 mouth of a broad river, which they named the 
 II uon. To the south was a deep bay, named (after 
 one of the ships) Esperance Bay. A deep lagoon
 
 Dep-Dirl 
 
 CYCLOr.T.MA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 103 
 
 extends beyond this island, ami beside it another 
 anchorage, which was called after the Recherche. 
 Leaving V.D.L. the vessels sailed for Australia 
 and cruised along the south part of it in December 
 
 1792. A storm drove them to anchor in Le Grand's 
 Bay, so called after the seaman who discovered 
 it. To the group of islands lying off Nuyt's Land, 
 Bruni gave the name of the Recherche Archipelago. 
 Again steering for V.D.L. he on 21st January 
 
 1 793, sighted a bay which he named Rocky Bay. 
 Further explorations along the coast discovered a 
 river to which the name of La Riviere du Nord 
 was given. The name of Tasman Peninsula was 
 also given to the south-eastern promontory of 
 the island. A small vein of coal was discovered 
 near the south cape. On 28th February the 
 French fleet left V.D.L. in further search for 
 tidings of La Penrose. The channel discovered 
 by D'Entrecasteaux and Bruni Island in V.D.L., 
 and the point at the S.W. corner of the continent, 
 bear the name of the French navigator. 
 
 DEPTJCH ISLAND, one of the group of 
 Dampier's Archipelago on the north-west coast of 
 the continent. It is only eight miles in circuit, 
 but deserves notice because on it have been found 
 some curious specimens of native sculpture ; and, 
 rising with its greenstone rocks to a height of 514 
 feet above the sea, it presents a remarkable con- 
 trast to the low-lying shore of the adjacent main- 
 land. 
 
 DERWENT RIVER, in T., on which Hobart 
 Town is situated, rises in the central plateau and 
 flows southward into the sea at Storm Bay. It 
 was discovered by D'Entrecasteaux in 1793, and 
 by him named the Riviere du Nord. In 1794 
 Captain John Hayes explored it and re-named it 
 the Derwent, after the river of the same name in 
 England. Bass and Flinders further explored it 
 in the Norfolk- in 1798. They describe it as a 
 dull and lifeless stream, respectable only because 
 the Tasmanian rivers are insignificant ! A later 
 traveller describes it in more glowing terms: — 
 " The course of the Derwent up as far as New 
 Norfolk will compare favourably with a corres- 
 ponding portion of the Rhine, while the dismantled 
 fortresses and ruined towers which crown the 
 heights of that romantic river seem to be repro- 
 duced by the fantastic rocks and jutting knolls 
 which flank the waters of the Derwent. Every 
 curve of the broad stream begets a feeling of 
 admiration and surprise. The accidents of light 
 and shadow, varying with the position of the sun 
 and the motion of the clouds, impart a character 
 of endless variety to this picture." 
 
 D'ESTREE BAY, a bight in the S. coast of 
 Kangaroo Island S.A. Here the Osmanli a fine 
 steamer was lost on the reef which runs off abont 
 half-a-mile from Point Tinline, in 1854. By an 
 error in his reckoning the commander mistook at 
 night the low land at the head of the bay for the 
 opening of Backstairs Passage, imagining that Cape 
 Linois was Cape Willoughby, and that the Sturt 
 
 light was extinguished. He ascertained his mis- 
 take on steaming in by seeing the laud a-head, 
 and attempting to extricate his ship from that 
 position she struck the reef off Point Tinline and 
 became a total wreck. D'Estree Bay is a valuable 
 harbour of refuge for vessels, and may be entered 
 with safety by day and without undue risk by 
 night, provided the position of the ship be ascer- 
 tained before the shore is too closely approached. 
 
 DE WITT'S LAND AND ISLANDS, is the 
 name given to that portion of the continent lying 
 between the tropic of Capricorn and the 15° of 
 S. latitude. It was discovered by the Dutch in 
 1G28 and named in honour of the Commodore of 
 the exploring squadron. The name was also given 
 by Tasman to a group of islands lying off Cox's 
 Bight in T, about twenty miles to the east of the 
 S.W. head of the island. 
 
 DICKENSON, SIR JOHN NODES (180C-) 
 a native of the West Indies, was educated at 
 Cambridge where he took an M.A degree, and 
 was called to the English Bar in 1840. He came 
 to N.S.W. in 1842 with tho appointment of Puisne 
 Judge of the Supreme Court ; and presided soon 
 afterwards in the celebrated trial, Bank of Australia 
 v. Bank of Australasia, a case that created intense 
 interest throughout the colony. His judgment on 
 that occasion was upheld by the full Court and 
 the Privy Council. He was made a Knight- 
 Bachelor in 1800, and retired from the Bench in 
 February 1861 on a pension of £1050 per annum. 
 
 DINGO, the native dog of Australia, is regarded 
 by some naturalists as a distinct species, by others 
 as a mere variety of the domestic dog. It exists 
 both in a wild and in a domesticated state ; but 
 there is no good reason for thinking that the wild 
 race has originated from dogs introduced from 
 some other country by man. The domesticated 
 Dingo is about the size of a shepherd's dog ; the 
 wild one is larger. The wild Dingo is found in all 
 parts of Australia ; it is of a tawny colour, has a 
 large head, with muzzle somewhat fuller than the 
 shepherd's dog. The ears are short and erect, tho 
 tail bushy, but not so bushy as that of a fox. In 
 running the Dingo, unlike clogs in general, carries 
 the head high, the ears erect and turned forward. 
 In a wild state it does not bark. It is very 
 destructive to the sheep of the colonists, and its 
 delight is to kill as many as possible before pro- 
 ceeding to eat. It is very fierce and courageous 
 but capable of strong attachments. Wallace 
 however thinks that the Dingo is probably not 
 indigenous- Although found in a semi-fossil state 
 in some of the caves, it was ho supposes almost 
 certainly introduced by or with the earliest human 
 inhabitants. 
 
 DIRECTION CAPE AND ISLANDS, on tho 
 N.E. coast of the continent, between Temple Bay 
 and Princess Charlotte Bay, were sighted and 
 named by Cook in 1770. The Direction Islands 
 are a small group of a high conical shape, and 
 lie five or six loagues off the land.
 
 101 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Dir— Don 
 
 DIRK HATICHS (incorrectly named Dirk 
 Hartog) Dutch navigator, sailed from Holland in 
 1616 for the East Indies. In lat. 25" he fell in 
 with the western coast of the continent, which he 
 named Eendrachtfs Land after his ship. A small 
 island and adjacent roadstead lying on the western 
 side of the bay, afterwards named Sharks' Bay by 
 Dampier, still bears the name of Dirk Hartog's 
 [sland. In 1697 and again in 1801 there was 
 found on this island a plate of tin with an inscrip- 
 tion (in Dutch) to this effect :—" Anno 1616, the 
 25th October, arrived here the ship Eendracht of 
 Amsterdam; the first merchant Gills Miebais of 
 Luik ; Dirk Hartog, of Amsterdam, captain. They 
 sailed from hence for Bantam the 27th of the same 
 month." On the lower part was cut out with a 
 knife, but hardly distinguishable :—" The under 
 merchant, Jan Stins ; chief mate, Pieter Dookus 
 of Bill." 
 
 DISAPPOINTMENT, MOUNT, in V., is a dark 
 rocky mountain at the head of the river Plenty 
 about forty miles distant from Melbourne. It is 
 covered with timber of an immense size, and in 
 parts with a vine scrub of an impenetrable nature. 
 It was this obstruction which caused Ho veil and 
 Hume, in their overland journey to Port Phillip in 
 1824, to turn back towards the Goulburn, and to 
 leave in the name they attached to the hill a 
 lasting memento of their undeserved failure. 
 
 DISCOVERY BAY, an indentation on the coast 
 of V., between Capes Bridgewater and Northum- 
 berland, was first seen by Grant in 1800, and named 
 by Mitchell in 1836. The bay affords no shelter to 
 shipping, beyond that of an open roadstead. 
 
 DIVIDING RANGE. A chain of mountains 
 
 sometimes rising into lofty peaks, and at others 
 
 falling into gentle eminences, which stretch from 
 
 E. to W. across V., and forming a continuation of a 
 
 similar chain which runs along the coast line of 
 
 N.S.W. at a general distance of from fifty to 
 
 eighty miles from the sea. The Dividing Bange, 
 
 as its name imports, divides the colony into two 
 
 parts, and the waters flowing N. into the Murray 
 
 River from those flowing S. into the sea. The 
 
 range is divided into several parts called by 
 
 different names. The most E. portion extends 
 
 from the N.S.W. border to the Jordan and 
 
 Jamieson districts, and is known as the Australian 
 
 Alps. It runs from N.E. to S.W. and varies in 
 
 height from loon to 7000 feet, the principal peaks 
 
 being Forest Hill, Mount Smyth, and Mount 
 
 llowitt. The spurs from this portion of the 
 
 range are very lofty, and are most of them covered 
 
 with snow nearly the whole year round. The 
 
 highest point is one of the Cobboras in the extreme 
 
 E. which has an altitude of more than 7000 feet ; 
 
 there are peaks in the I logons b'ange also attaining 
 
 nearly the same altitude. The second chain extends 
 
 from the Jamieson district on the E. to the 
 
 Ballarat district on the W. and is known as the 
 
 great Dividing Range proper. It runs from E. 
 
 to W. and has also numerous spurs to the N. and 
 
 S., none of which are of great extent, although 
 some attain a considerable height. The principal 
 peaks in this chain are Mount Leonard 6000 feet ; 
 Mount Macedon 3400 ; Mount Alexander 3300 ; 
 Mount Disappointment 2000 ; and Mount Ida 
 2000. The third chain is a series of ranges 
 running generally from E. to W., but some having 
 a N. and S. tendency, or even running due N. 
 and S. The most E. of these ranges contain 
 several peaks, of which Mount Buninyong 2500 
 feet ; Mount Bullarook 2400 feet ; and Mount 
 Franklyn 1700, are the principal. The ranges 
 forming this chain are the Amphitheatre, Pyrenees, 
 Grampians E. and W., Black, and Victoria. 
 Nearly the whole of the rivers of the colony rise 
 in these ranges, or in the sub-ranges spurring from 
 them. The slopes and in many cases the summits 
 of the mountains are generally thickly timbered, 
 principally with iron and stringy bark, blue and 
 red gum, honeysuckle and box, and are mostly 
 covered with thick scrub and heath. The whole 
 of the ranges are more or less auriferous. 
 
 DIXON, ( ) explorer, in October 1833 
 
 traced the ranges in N.S.W. between the Lachlan 
 and the Macquarie, by crossing to the Bogan 
 which he followed for sixty-seven miles. 
 
 DOCKER, JOSEPH, was member of the Legis- 
 lative Council of N.S.W. and became Postmaster- 
 General in the first Martin Administration in 
 January 1866. Before the fall of that Ministry 
 in September 1868 he was appointed Colonial 
 Secretary. When Martin took office a second 
 time in December 1870 Docker again accepted 
 the office of Postmaster-General, which he held 
 until the resignation of the Ministry in May 1872. 
 He introduced and carried through the Upper 
 House Parkes' Public School Bill in 1866. 
 
 DONALDSON, SIR STUART ALEXANDER 
 (1815-1867) came to N.S.W. in 1840. He was the 
 son of a London merchant who filled the office of 
 agent to the colonists. He was elected Member 
 of the Legislative Council for Durham in 1840, 
 and from the first took an active part in politics. 
 In 1851 he fought a duel with Sir Thomas Mitchell, 
 who challenged Donaldson for making some dis- 
 paraging reflections on the Surveyor-General's 
 department in his place in the House. Three shots 
 were exchanged but without any serious result. 
 In 1856 Donaldson was elected Member for 
 Cumberland under the new Constitution, and was 
 called upon by Governor Denison to form the first 
 Constitutional Ministry in June 1856, but being 
 defeated on a vote of want of confidence he 
 resigned in August the same year. He was quickly 
 recalled to power by the defeat in October of the 
 Cowper Ministry which had succeeded him. In 
 1857 however the new Ministry was defeated on 
 its Electoral Bill, founded on a property qualifica- 
 tion, and Donaldson never again entered the 
 Government, although he continued to take a 
 prominent part in the debates in the House. In 
 politics Sir S. A. Donaldson opposed the policy of
 
 Dou— Dri] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 105 
 
 Gowper. He returned to England in L858 and 
 
 twice afterwards visited the colony. He was 
 knighted in 1858. He died at Carlton Hall, Cum- 
 berland, 11th January 1867. 
 
 DOUBLE ISLAND POINT is the southern- 
 most point of Wide Bay in Q. This point looks 
 like two small islands lying under the land, for 
 which reason Cook so named it in 1770. 
 
 DOUGLAS, BENJAMIN, Collector of Customs 
 in S.A., was appointed Government Resident of 
 the Northern Territory in 1869, in succession to 
 Manton, and held the office till May 1874 when 
 he resigned. 
 
 DOUGLAS, JOHN (1828—) a native of England, 
 was educated at the Edinburgh Academy and at 
 Rugby, and afterwards graduated at Durham. 
 He came to N.S.W. in 1851 and was shortly 
 afterwards appointed Goldfields Commissioner at 
 Braidwood. He then engaged in squatting pursuits 
 at Darling Downs. After the separation of Q. 
 he sat in Parliament as member for Camden. 
 He went to Q. in 1863 and was elected member 
 for Port Curtis. In 1866 he became Post- 
 master-General, and resigned his seat in the 
 Lower House to represent the Ministry in the 
 Council. In the second Macalister Ministry he 
 re-entered the Assembly and took office as 
 Treasurer. In 1868 he again resigned his seat to 
 take the leadership in the Council. In 1869 he 
 was made Agent-General for the colony in England, 
 which post he held for eighteen months. In 1871 
 he returned to Q., and in 1875 was elected for 
 Maryborough. In 1876 he became Minister for 
 Lands, and in 1877 on Thorn's resignation Vice- 
 President of the Council and Premier. His 
 Ministry was defeated in January 1879. 
 
 DOWLING, SIR JAMES (1787-1844) Chief 
 Justice of N.S.W., was educated at St. Paul's 
 School, London. After leaving school he took an 
 engagement on the London press and reported the 
 debates in both Houses of Parliament. In 1815 
 he was called to the English Bar. He edited 
 several legal text books and nine volumes of Law 
 Reports known as Dowling and Ryland's Reports. 
 In 1827 he was recommended by Lord Goderieh 
 to King George the Fourth, for the appointment of 
 Puisne Judge to the Colony of N.S.W. To that 
 position he was appointed by Commission under 
 the Great Seal, dated 6th August 1827. He 
 arrived in Sydney in February 1828. In April 
 1836 upon Chief Justice Sir Francis Forbes 
 leaving for England, Dowling was appointed 
 Acting Chief Justice, and was made Chief Justice 
 (upon Forbes' retirement through ill health) and 
 knighted. His son James Sheen Dowling 
 adopted his father's profession, and was raised to 
 the Judicial Bench of N.S.W. in 1858. 
 
 DRAMA IN AUSTRALIA (The.) The first 
 theatrical performance in Australia was Farquhar's 
 comedy " The Recruiting Officer," performed by 
 some prisoners to celebrate the King's birthday, at 
 Sydney on 4th June 1789. The first theatre 
 
 erected in Sydney (at a cost of £100) was opened 
 16th January 1796. The performance was Young's 
 tragedy of "The Revenge," with "The Hotel" as 
 an afterpiece. The manager's name was Sparrow, 
 and the actors were Green, Hawkes, Hughes, 
 Chapman, and Mrs. Davis. George Barrington 
 the celebrated pickpocket wrote the prologue (or 
 was said to have written it) in which occur the 
 two famous lines : — 
 
 True patriots all, for be it understood 
 
 We left our country for our country's Rood. 
 
 Sir Richard Bourke granted a license to Barnett 
 Levy for dramatic performances, who fitted up the 
 saloon of his hotel as a theatre. He subsequently 
 built the Theatre Royal in 1833. His first manager 
 was Meredith and his second Simmons. The 
 Victoria Theatre in Sydney was opened on 17th 
 March 1838. The Queen's Theatre in Melbourne 
 was opened 1st May 1845 ; George Coppin made 
 his first appearance there on 21st June following. 
 He built the Olympic Theatre in 1854, and opened 
 it with a first-class dramatic company, of whom 
 G. V. Brooke, Fanny Cathcart, Richard Young 
 and Robert Heir were members. Some fine 
 Shakesperian performances were given by this 
 company. The Theatre Royal, Melbourne, was 
 built in 1854; burned down in 1872 ; and rebuilt 
 in 1872. The Prince of Wales Theatre, Sydney, 
 was burned down in 1860, and rebuilt in 1863. 
 The Prince of Wales Opera House, Sydney, was 
 burned down in 1872. The Opera House, 
 Melbourne, was built in 1860. The Academy 
 of Music, Melbourne, was built in 1876. Of 
 celebrated actors, besides Brooke, Charles and 
 Mrs. Kean were in Australia in 1863 ; Jefferson 
 and Barry Sullivan came here the same year ; 
 Charles and Mrs. Matthews in 1871 ; Walter 
 Montgomery in 1867, and left Australia in 1869 ; 
 Adelaide Ristori and her Italian Company were 
 here in 1875 ; Creswick came in 1877 ; and Mrs. 
 Scott-Siddons in 1876. 
 
 DRAPER, DANIEL JAMES (1810-1866) Wes- 
 leyan minister, was one of the founders of Methodism 
 in Australia. He came to V.D.L. in February 1836, 
 but left the island for N.S.W. in the following 
 month. He laboured in the three continental 
 colonies for nearly thirty years, and was instru- 
 mental in the erection of some of the largest 
 places of worship belonging to the denomination 
 in Australia. He returned to England in 1860, 
 and after nearly six years' sojourn embarked in 
 the London steamship in December 1865, with 
 244 other passengers, including Rev. Dr. Woolley 
 Principal of the Sydney University, G. V. Brooke, 
 the well-known actor, and others, who were all 
 drowned by the wreck of the vessel in the Bay of 
 Biscay 11th January 1866. Draper's services to 
 his denomination were of a remarkable kind, and 
 his demeanour at the scene of the shipwreck was 
 such as befitted a Christian minister. His life has 
 been written by the Rev. J. C. Symons. 
 
 DRIVER, RICHARD (1829 — ) a native of 
 I N.S.W., and the son of parents both of whom were
 
 Kir, 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Dry— Dug 
 
 An itralian-born. He adopted the legal profession, 
 and was admitted an attorney and solicitor of the 
 Supreme Court in 1856. He was for several 
 years Solicitor to the Corporation of Sydney. At 
 an early period of his life he took a lively interest 
 in politics, and became an enthusiastic admirer of 
 Went worth, and a firm adherent to the party of 
 ( lowper. He was returned to Parliament for West 
 Macquarie in 1860 ; and afterwards represented 
 Carcoar and Windsor. He introduced and carried 
 the Game Act. He filled the position of Chair- 
 man of Committees in the Assembly, and was 
 Minister for Lands in the Parkes Ministry in 1877. 
 
 DRY, SIB RICHARD (1810-1869) first speaker 
 of the Tasmanian Legislative Assembly, was a 
 native of the island. He succeeded at his father's 
 death to the Quamby estate, and in 1845 was 
 nominated member of the Legislative Council, the 
 first native that had been so appointed. He was 
 one of the patriotic six members who opposed in 
 the Council the arbitrary proceedings of Governor 
 Wilmot, and who resigned their seats by way of 
 protest. For this act Dry gained immense popu- 
 larity. In 1851 on the introduction of represen- 
 tative institutions he was elected member for 
 Launceston, and was chosen Speaker. He resigned 
 the Speakership in 1855 and went to England, 
 where he was knighted. Before 1860 he sold a 
 portion of the Quamby estate, and the remainder 
 after his death was sold by Lady Dry for £50,i n k I. 
 In November 1866 he took office as Colonial 
 Secretary and Premier, retiring in August 1869. 
 He died in October of that year. The colonists 
 founded by subscription a " Dry Scholarship" ten- 
 able on certain terms, in memory of their first 
 Speaker. 
 
 DRYANDER, MOUNT, a conspicuous moun- 
 tain on the N.E. coast of the continent, forming a 
 small peak visible from Bepulse Bay, as well as 
 from the northern extremity of the Cumberland 
 Isles. It is 4566 feet high and the hills around it 
 are at least from 700 to 1000 feet above the level 
 of the sea. It was sighted by Cook in 1770 and 
 named by him after Dr. Jonas Dryander the 
 celebrated Swedish naturalist, who was librarian 
 to Sir Joseph Banks in succession to Dr. Solander. 
 
 DU CANE, CHARLES, Governor of T. from 
 if.th January 1869 to 28th November 1874. He 
 was an able administrator, a zealous promoter of 
 all schemes for the advancement of the colony, 
 and a man of high culture and scholarship. His 
 rule was marked by no incident of special 
 importance ; but the colony progressed quietly, 
 and tin- Governor won the hearty respect and 
 esteem of all classes by his diligent attention to 
 business ami his perfect courtesy of manner. 
 
 DUFFY, SIB CHARLES GAVAN (1816—) 
 .i Dative of Ireland, came to V. in 1856. His 
 
 I'll"" country: gave him a hearty reception, 
 
 and al a public dinner be made the announcement 
 to tlniu that In- still continued to be "an Irish 
 ill"! i" tli'' backbone and spinal marrow." A 
 
 subscription was raised to present him with a 
 freehold qualification for a seat in the Legislative 
 Assembly. He has since been, almost continuously, 
 a member of the House ; has twice been minister 
 for Land and Works ; and on the ground of having 
 served the necessary period, claimed and received 
 under the pension clause in the Constitution Act 
 now repealed a pension of J1000 a year. He 
 brought in and got passed into law in 1862 the 
 measure historically known as the Duffy Land 
 Act, which was intended to remain in force 
 until 1870. It was designed, as its framer affirmed, 
 to encourage a large agricultural immigration and 
 to provide homes for the people. About three- 
 and-a-half millions of acres of fertile land were 
 thrown open to selection. " The first selectors 
 ] licked the eyes out of the country," was the 
 current popular expression. Then it was found 
 that these selections were made chiefly in the 
 interests of the squatters who, through their 
 agents, the pretended selectors, contrived to gain 
 possession of all the finest parts of the proclaimed 
 territory at a merely nominal price. The direct 
 loss to the State treasury thus accruing was esti- 
 mated at upwards of two millions sterling. These 
 facts becoming known, the Governor by an order 
 in council stopped the operation of the Duffy 
 Land Act. Subsequently it was found that the 
 public wrong thus inflicted could not be righted, 
 in consequence of a very significant clause of 
 unsuspected force being discovered in the Act. 
 No person seems to have taken any note of this 
 clause while the bill was under consideration in 
 the Legislature. The Attorney-General of the 
 Ministry, Richard Davies Ireland, stated openly in 
 the Assembly that the clause had been carefully 
 considered in Cabinet Council and deliberately 
 adopted without dissent. To this statement Duffy 
 gave a point-blank denial. In 1871 Duffy was 
 called on to form a Ministry and himself took the 
 post of Chief Secretary. The Assembly was 
 adverse to the new men, and Duffy declared that 
 he disregarded the verdict of the House and 
 " looked over the heads of the representatives to 
 the people beyond them." He went through the 
 country making a series of passionate speeches 
 addressed to the people, but the Governor refused 
 him a dissolution, and the Duffy Ministry resigned. 
 At the General Election of 1877 he was elected 
 member for North Gippsland, and was chosen 
 Speaker in succession to Sir Charles Macmahon. 
 The salary attached to the office is ill 500 a year, 
 but Duffy in consideration of his holding a 
 pension was allowed £2000. He was knighted in 
 1873 at the suggestion of Mr. Gladstone, then 
 Prime Minister, whom he had lauded in his 
 speeches to the people in 1872 as " the leader of 
 the Liberal party of the universe." Duffy has 
 taken an active part in the discussion of the 
 federation of the colonies, and in promoting the 
 cultivation of the Fine Arts in the colony. 
 
 DUG0NG, or Sea-cow (the Halicore Austral is) 
 is found in the Queensland waters and is allied
 
 Dun] 
 
 CYCLOPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 107 
 
 to the animal found in the Indian Seas, but is 
 believed to be a distinct species. The Dugong 
 is a genus of mammalia of the family ManaUda 
 or herbivorous Cetacea, distinguished by molar 
 teeth with flat summits and composed of two 
 cones laterally united, the incisors of the upper 
 jaw elongated almost into tusks ; the tail forked 
 or crescent shaped, and the swimming paws 
 destitute of any vestige of nails. One species 
 alone has been thoroughly ascertained and accu- 
 rately described. The Dugong of the Indian 
 Archipelago is said to attain a length of twenty 
 feet when full grown, although it is more fre- 
 quently seen of only eight to ten feet long. In 
 general form it much resembles the Mauatee. 
 The skull is remarkable for the sudden bending 
 downwards of the upper jaw almost at a right 
 angle. The upper lip is large, thick and fleshy, 
 covering the prominent incisors, and forming a 
 kind of snout something like the trunk of the 
 elephant cut short across. The eyes are very 
 small and are furnished with a third eyelid, or 
 nictitating membrane. The skin is smooth and 
 thick but yields no oil. The anatomy of the 
 Dugong has been very carefully examined. It 
 exhibits a remarkable peculiarity in the vent- 
 ricles of the heart being completely detached 
 from one another. Its osteology has been found 
 to exhibit interesting points of correspondence 
 with that of the Pachydermata, as in the numerous 
 ribs <fcc, its dentition resembles in some parti- 
 culars that of the Elephant ; its digestive apparatus 
 is adapted to vegetable food, differing very much 
 from that of the whales, dolphins and other ordi- 
 nary Cetaceans. It feeds on the Algae which 
 grow on submarine rocks in shallow seas. Its 
 lips are of much use in gathering together its 
 food. It often comes to the surface to breathe 
 and is said to utter a peculiar cry. It is gre- 
 garious. The female produces one young one at 
 a birth and shows an affection for it which is 
 proverbial amongst the Malays. When the young- 
 one is taken the mother is easily secured. The 
 Dugong is generally pursued in boats and killed 
 by spearing. The flesh is highly esteemed even 
 by Europeans, and is described as resembling 
 young beef. That of full-grown animals is how- 
 ever comparatively coarse ; on which account 
 and the greater facility of capture the younger 
 ones are more frequently killed. 
 
 DUNEDIN, the capital of the provincial district 
 of Otago, and the largest and most important com- 
 mercial city in N.Z., is situated on a picturesque 
 site at the south-western side of a bay running 
 inland, about nine miles from Port Chalmers, with 
 which it is connected by a railway. The settle- 
 ment of Otago was projected in 1846 ; and under 
 the auspices of an association of members of the 
 Free Kirk of Scotland, Dunediu was founded in 
 1848. From the exclusive nature of its settlers, 
 and the natural difficulties to be overcome in a 
 new country, it made little progress till 1801, 
 when gold-fields of extraordinary richness were 
 
 discovered at Gabriel's Gully about seventy-two 
 miles from town. Crowds of diggers poured in 
 from all parts of Australia, and from this date 
 Dunedin became a scene of busy industry. Its 
 streets are well paved and lighted with gas. It is 
 supplied with water from a reservoir constructed 
 at the head of the Water of Leith valley. Daring 
 the last few years a large number of substantial 
 buildings have been erected, rendering an air of 
 permanency and wealth to the business portion of 
 the city. A town hall and a Roman Catholic 
 cathedral are in course of construction. An 
 Anglican and a Roman Catholic bishop have sees 
 here. Several manufactories are in existence, 
 among others a woollen factory where superior 
 cloth is made. The population is 22,525, and with 
 the suburbs about 27,000. In 1878 the annual 
 rateable value of property was £248,000. Dunedin 
 has a pleasant aspect as viewed from the bay. 
 Many of the dwelling-houses are built on the hills 
 within the city boundary, and the fine foliage of 
 the trees surrounding them gives the place a cheer- 
 ful appearance. The longest street from east to 
 west is High-street, about one mile. In the centre 
 of the city is the Octagon, and around the landward 
 sides a belt of 560 acres is set apart for the recrea- 
 tion of the inhabitants. The banking establish- 
 ments and retail houses are mostly in Princes- 
 street and at the south end of George-street. Some 
 of the shops would do credit to Princes-street, 
 Edinburgh, after which city Dunedin and its 
 streets are named. The public buildings are 
 handsome and numerous. The principal are the 
 University, High School, Government offices, and 
 Provincial Council Hall, the new Museum, each of 
 which has an imposing appearance, while the first 
 Presbyterian Church with its white and solid 
 masonry is claimed to be the finest ecclesiastical 
 edifice south of the equator. Dunediu is held by 
 its citizens to be the "Modern Athens" of the 
 south. The name given by the immigrants of 1861 
 to the first residents — the " old identities " — still 
 adheres to them. The characteristic difference 
 between the two classes was very distinctly marked 
 and is not yet wholly effaced. The Princess 
 theatre was burnt down in 1875 but has been 
 rebuilt. In September 1879 a very disastrous fire 
 occurred, when many lives were lost. 
 
 DUNG0G, a township in N.S.W., picturesquely 
 situated on the west bank of the River Williams, 
 thirty-one miles from Maitland and 131 miles N. 
 of Sydney. The surrounding district is chiefly 
 agricultural, and the population is about too. 
 Wells, m his Geographical Dictionary ( 1S4S) writes 
 enthusiastically of this little place : — "This is one 
 of the most noted villages of N.S.W. Its position 
 was happily chosen on the banks of the River 
 Williams in the county of Durham, a considerable 
 way below the Chichester river, which with the 
 Williams flows from the Mount Royal Hills. 
 Both rivers are famous for the clearness and purity 
 of their streams. The village covers a succession 
 of ridges which fall into one another like the fingers
 
 108 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Dun— Dut 
 
 of clasped hands. The ridges are thinly wooded, 
 and ample ground has been preserved by her 
 Majesty's Government for promenade and circular 
 pleasure grounds near the beautiful reaches and 
 bends of the river. Mechanics of every trade 
 swell the population, and from one end of the 
 village to the other the voices of children and the 
 hum of industry fall upon the ear. There are two 
 schools and two large excellent inns. Many excel- 
 lent dwelling houses, a court house and lock-up, 
 and a handsome horse barracks. The village can 
 also boast of a peal of bells and a band of music. 
 There is a magnificent steam flour mill now com- 
 pleting, and a church in perspective. Public feel- 
 ing and opinion are as freely diffused as the 
 metallic stars from the hand of that universal hero 
 of all villages, the Knight of the Anvil. The 
 vicinity of Dungog has long been justly celebrated 
 for its agricultural produce. There are likewise 
 some magnificent estates in the immediate neigh- 
 bourhood ; especially those of the late Chief 
 Justice, and 'Thalaba' which belonged to the 
 late Mr. Matcham, who was a nephew of the 
 immortal Lord Nelson. Thalaba is a most 
 valuable property, and was originally given to 
 Major Sullivan as a grant. There are also several 
 other places worthy of remark for the gigantic 
 exertions of the occupiers. Hatfield Park is by 
 far the greatest grain growing farm, but Blairbeth 
 may be pointed to as a specimen of what Highland 
 blood and bone can accomplish ; and a little way 
 beyond the above farm is one equally wonderful 
 which is also in the hands of a native of the 
 Highlands of Scotland, the great Lord Ray's piper. 
 Near this there are also many portions of land in 
 the possession of natives of the Emerald Isle, 
 who also display great perseverance and labour 
 in cutting down the impenetrable forest, and 
 clothing the earth with waving grain." 
 
 DUNOLLY, a mining township in V. 107 miles 
 N.W. from Melbourne, with which it is connected 
 by railway. Gold is found both in quartz reefs 
 and alluvial deposits. It is stated there are 185 
 distinct reefs, all more or less' auriferous, in the 
 mining division. These reefs are found to contain 
 iron, manganese, and copper, the latter only in 
 small quantities, A lode of antimony has also 
 been discovered. Dunolly is famous for deposits 
 of kaolin, which is said to be of pure quality. 
 Slate has been discovered a short distance from 
 the town. One of the largest nuggets in the 
 world was found here in 1869; it weighed 2280 
 ounces, its value being ,£9534. A number of China- 
 men employ themselves in the surface diggings. 
 Dunolly is the centre of a large agricultural dis- 
 trict. The total population of the township is 
 ali. ml L500. 
 
 D'URBAN'S GROUP, the highest elevated 
 group of hills in the district of Wellington N.S.W., 
 being nearly con feet above the level of the plain 
 
 ill Which it rises. It lies to the S.S.W. of Oxl ' 
 
 table land, from which it La distant forty miles, 
 and is situated to the eastward of Darling River. 
 
 The group was named by Mitchell after General 
 Sir Benjamin D'Urban, an old Peninsular officer 
 and Governor of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 DU SEJOUR CAPE is the westernmost point 
 of Cambridge Gulf, N.W. Australia, sighted by 
 D'Entrecasteaux in 1791, and named by him after 
 a celebrated French astronomer. 
 
 DUTCH NAVIGATORS (EARLY.) TheDutch 
 were undeniably the first practical discoverers of 
 Australia. Repeated and most persevering attempts 
 to discover the Great South Land were made by 
 them at the end of the sixteenth and commence- 
 ment of the seventeenth centuries. These efforts 
 were so successful that they are able to produce 
 unimpeachable testimony of having landed on the 
 shores of Australia in March 1606. The Dutch 
 government at Bantam in Java had in the latter 
 part of 1605 despatched a small vessel named the 
 Dayfhen to explore the coasts of New Guinea. 
 Not knowing of the existence of the Straits shortly 
 afterwards discovered by Torres, this vessel con- 
 tinued her course to the south, along as her crew 
 considered the western shores of that country, but 
 in reality along the eastern shore of the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria. She proceeded as far as Cape 
 Turnagain, here having lauded some of her men 
 were killed by the aborigines. The Duyfhen's crew 
 were therefore the first Europeans to touch 
 Australian ground. From want of provisions the 
 vessel was obliged to return to Bantam, which it 
 reached in June 1606. In the instructions given 
 to Tasman for his subsequent voyage in 1644 it is 
 stated that "in 1616, 1618, 1619, and 1622, the 
 west coast of this Great Unknown South Land, 
 from 35° to 22° south latitude, was discovered by 
 outward-bound ships and among them by the ship 
 £■ ndraeht." The recital gives no further par- 
 ticulars, but from thence and from a manuscript 
 chart by Essel Gerrits dated 1627 there seems to 
 be sufficient authority for attributing the first 
 authenticated discovery of any part of the 
 western coasts to Dirk Hartichs (commonly but 
 incorrectly named Hartog) who commanded 
 the Eendracht. He sailed from Holland for 
 the East Indies early in 1616. In latitude 
 25° S. he fell in with the western coast of the 
 continent, which he named Eendracht's Land. 
 A small island and adjacent roadstead lying on 
 the western side of the bay, afterwards named 
 Sharks Bay by Dampier, still bears the name of 
 Dirk llai'tog's Island. In 1697 and again in 
 1801 there was found on this island a plate 
 of tin with an inscription of which the follow- 
 ing is a translation :—" Anno 1616, the 25th 
 of October, arrived here the ship Eendracht of 
 Amsterdam ; the first merchant, Gillis Miebais 
 of Luik •, Dirk Hartog of Amsterdam, captain. 
 They sailed from hence to Bantam the 27th 
 of the same month." On the lower part was 
 cut, but hardly distinguishable, "The under- 
 merchant, Jan Stins ; chief mate, Pieter Dookus 
 of Bill" Two years after the land extending 
 from the North-West Cape to the 15th parallel of
 
 Dut— Ech] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 109 
 
 south latitude was discovered by another Dutch 
 captain named Zeachen, who also appears to have 
 discovered and surveyed a considerable portion of 
 the northern coast, which he named the Land of 
 Arnheim. In 1619 Captain John Van Edels visited 
 the western coast to the southward of Eendracht's 
 Land, and gave his name to part of it. In 1622 
 the South-West Cape was discovered, with the 
 land extending to the northward as far as Van 
 Edel's Land, and was named, probably from the 
 vessel in which the discovery was effected, Landt 
 Van De Leemvin, or the Land of the Lions. Five 
 years afterwards a considerable part of the southern 
 coast was discovered by Captain Peter Van Nuyts, 
 who gave it his name ; and in 1628 the line of coast 
 between Eendracht's Land and the discoveries of 
 Zeachen was discovered by a vessel belonging to the 
 Dutch East India Company, and named De Witts 
 Land in honour of the commodore who then com- 
 manded the Dutch East Indian Squadron. During 
 the same year Captain Peter Carpenter, a naval 
 commander in the service of the same company, 
 entered and explored the Gidf of Carpentaria on 
 the northern coast of the continent. In January 
 1623 the yachts Pera and Arnheim, under the 
 command of Jan Carstens, were despatched from 
 Amboyna. The commander with eight of- his 
 crew was treacherously murdered by the natives 
 of New Guinea, but the vessels prosecuted the 
 voyage and discovered " the great island Arnheim 
 and the Speult." They were then untimely 
 separated and the Arnheim returned to Amboyna. 
 But the Pera persisted and sailed along the south 
 coast of New Guinea to a flat cove situate in 10° 
 south latitude, and ran along the west coast of this 
 land to Cape Keer-Weer (Tumagain) and from 
 thence discovered the coast farther southward as 
 far as 170 J to the Staten River. The Pera then 
 returned to Amboyna. " In this discovery," says 
 the navigator, "we found everywhere shallow 
 water and barren coasts, islands altogether thinly 
 populated by divers cruel, poor and brutal nations, 
 and of very little use to the Company" — that is, 
 the Dutch East India Company. In 1636 
 Gerrit Tomaz Pool was sent from Bantam on a 
 fresh expedition to the south. He unhappily met 
 the same fate as Carstens at New Guinea. But 
 the expedition was continued by Pieter Pietersen 
 the supercargo, and sailed along "the coast of 
 Arnheim or Van Diemen's Land," by which names 
 the northern part of the continent was then called 
 by the Dutch, for a distance of 120 miles, 
 " without seeing any people but many signs of 
 smoke." This appears to have been the last 
 attempt of the Dutch to explore the coasts of the 
 continent. 
 
 DUTTON, FRANCIS S. (1816-1877) came to 
 Sydney in 1839 and joined his elder brothers 
 William and Frederic in Sydney. He then went 
 overland to Melbourne and remained there about 
 eighteen months. In 1841 he joined his brother 
 Frederic in S.A. and from that time his career 
 was identified with that colony. In 1844 he 
 
 discovered the Kapunda copper mine, which he 
 sold in 1845. He was a member of the Legislative 
 Council from 1851 to 1857 and of the Legislative 
 Assembly from 1857 to 18G5. He was Minister 
 for Crown Lands from 1857 to 1859, and again for 
 a short time in 1863, after his return from England, 
 win-re he had been Commissioner for the colony 
 in the Exhibition of 18G2. In 1865 he returned to 
 power as Minister for Public Works. In the 
 course of the year he resigned, and received the 
 appointment of Agent-General for the colony in 
 England, for which his energy and business talents 
 peculiarly qualified him. 
 
 EAGAR, GEOFFREY (1818 — ) a native of 
 Sydney, entered public life in 1859 on his appoint- 
 ment to a seat in the Legislative Council ; in the 
 same year he accepted office as Secretary for 
 Public Works in the Forster Administration, and 
 during its continuance acted as its representative 
 in the Upper House. He subsequently resigned 
 his seat in the Council, and in July 1863 was 
 elected one of the representatives for West 
 Sydney. He accepted office in the following 
 October as Treasurer in the first Martin Administra- 
 tion ; was elected a second time for West Sydney 
 in 1865 ; in January 1866 again became Treasurer 
 in the second Martin Administration ; sat in 
 Parliament in 1868 and subsequently held the 
 office of Under Secretary for Finance and Trade. 
 Eagar served altogether as a Minister of the 
 Crown for four years and five months, and by the 
 Queen's authority retains the title of Honourable. 
 He was distinguished in his ministerial capacity 
 for his clear and comprehensive Financial State- 
 ments, and was acknowledged to stand in the 
 foremost rank of Parliamentary speakers. 
 
 EBDEN, CHARLES HOTSON, came to Port 
 Phillip about 1840, and engaged in pastoral pur- 
 suits. In 1843 he was elected at the head of the 
 poll as representative of the district in the Legis- 
 lative Council of N.S.W., and served the full term 
 of five years. At the second election in 1S48 he 
 refused to be nominated, declaring that the 
 representation was merely a farce. On the estab- 
 lishment of self-government he was appointed 
 Auditor-General by Mr. Latrobe, and under the 
 new constitution was Treasurer of the Haines 
 administration. 
 
 ECHUC A, a township in V., formerly Hopwood's 
 Ferry, so called after Mr. liopwood who made it 
 a principal crossing-place for stock, is a border and 
 borough town of V. and is situated on a peninsula 
 formed by the Murray and Campaspe rivers, 156 
 miles N. of Melbourne. It is the terminus of tin- 
 Murray River Railway and the entrepot of the 
 overland intercolonial trade. Besides railway com- 
 munication steamers ply during the winter months 
 to Albury and the intermediate ports on the one
 
 110 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Eel— Esc 
 
 hand, and to S.A and the N.S.W. ports on the 
 Murrumbidgee and Darling rivers on the other. 
 The port of Echuca is only second to Melbourne in 
 the amount of tonnage inwards and outwards. 
 There are upwards of thirty-five river steamers 
 and about seventy barges employed. By arrange- 
 ment with and at the part cost of the N.S.W. 
 Government a bridge costing j>100,000 now con- 
 nects Echuca with Moama, on the N.S.W. side 
 of the Murray, and a railway constructed princi- 
 pally by Victorian capitalists extends from Moama 
 to Deniliquin. The district until lately was a 
 pastoral one, very flat and liable to inundation in 
 the rainy season. It is now extensively settled 
 upon and much farming is carried on. A large 
 trade is carried on in native red-gum timber. The 
 Echuca vineyard is one of the sights of the place 
 and is a thriving local industry. The inhabitants 
 number 2900. 
 
 ECLIPSE ISLES, a group of small islands lying 
 off the south-west coast of the continent a little 
 to the south-west of King George's Sound, were 
 discovered and named by Vancouver in 1791. 
 
 EDWARDS, CAPTAIN. In 1791 the frigate 
 Pandora, Captain Edwards, was wrecked on a 
 reef in Torres Straits, when thirty-nine lives were 
 lost. Not being able to save anything from the 
 wreck he, almost destitute of provisions and water, 
 set sail with the remainder of the crew in four 
 open boats to the north coast of Australia. From 
 one part of the coast two canoes, with three natives 
 in each, paddled after the boat and waved signs, 
 but it was not thought prudent to wait for them. 
 At one of the York Isles the natives for some 
 trifling presents filled a keg of water for them. 
 Soon after they let fly a shower of arrows amongst 
 the unfortunate sufferers, but happily no person 
 was wounded, and the natives were put to flight 
 by a volley of musketry. At the Prince of Wales 
 Islands good water was found and the sufferings 
 of the party were much alleviated. To a large 
 sound there Edwards gave the name of Sandwich 
 Sound ; and to a bay in it the name of Wolfe's 
 Bay. On 2nd September with his little squadron 
 he passed out to the northward and reached Timor 
 in a few days. 
 
 EENDRACHT'S LAND, the name given by 
 Dutch geographers to that part of the continent 
 lying between 35 3 and 22' south latitude, from the 
 name of the vessel commanded by Dirk Hartog. 
 
 ELDER, SIR THOMAS, a native of Scotland, 
 came to S.A. in 1854 and engaged with his brother 
 in extensive mercantile transactions. To him the 
 colonists are indebted for some of their most pro- 
 fitable enterprises. He commenced the operations 
 at the Moonta Copper Mines. He introduced 
 camels into the colony, ami fitted out three explor- 
 ing expeditions at his own expense. He gave a 
 donation "I £20,000 towards the endowment of 
 the University of Adelaide. In l^69he was elected 
 a member of the Legislative Council, but resigned 
 his seat in 1878 and went to Paris as Honorary 
 
 Commissioner for South Australia at the Paris 
 International Exhibition. He was knighted for 
 his public services in May 1878. 
 
 ELKINGT0N, JOHN SIMEON, M.A., Pro- 
 fessor of History and Political Economy in the 
 Melbourne University, was educated in the Univer- 
 sity, where he graduated in 1866. In the same 
 year he was appointed by the Board of Education 
 one of the inspectors of schools for the colony. 
 He was chosen in 1875 lecturer and examiner in 
 history and political economy in the University, 
 and in April 1879 was promoted by the Council 
 of the University to the professorship of those 
 branches. 
 
 ELLENB0R0UGH RIVER, in N.S.W., a 
 
 branch of the Hastings, was discovered and named 
 by Oxley in honour of the Lord Chief Justice of 
 England. 
 
 ELLERY, ROBERT L. J. (1827—) Government 
 Astronomer of V., came to Melbourne in 1851, 
 and shortly after his arrival was requested by 
 Governor Latrobe to establish and take charge of 
 an observatory at Williamstown, for the purpose 
 of providing increased security against maritime 
 disasters. He accepted the invitation, commenced 
 work in 1853, and continued his labours until 
 1858 when he was requested to arrange and direct 
 the geodetic survey of V., which was begun about 
 the end of the same year. In 1863 the observatory 
 at Williamstown was transferred to Melbourne 
 and amalgamated with the Physical Observatory 
 previously conducted by Professor Neumayer. 
 Aided by the great Melbourne telescope (one of 
 the best that has yet been constructed) Ellery 
 has done a large amount of useful work in the 
 southern heavens, and made many most valuable 
 additions to sidereal astronomy. 
 
 ENCOUNTER BAY, a deep bight on the south 
 coast of the continent, a little to the eastward of 
 St. Vincent Gulf. It was discovered by Flinders 
 in 1802 and was so called by him from his here 
 falling in with Baudiu's fleet. It comprises Victor 
 Harbour, Port Elliott, and the mouth of the 
 Murray. 
 
 ENDEAVOUR RIVER, in Q., on the north- 
 east coast of the continent, a little to the south of 
 Cape Bedford. At this river Cook repaired his 
 ship after having been for many hours on a coral 
 reef. It is a good port for small vessels, but the 
 entrance is defended by a bar, on which at high 
 water there is about fourteen feet of depth, and 
 not more than ten at low water. Cooktown is the 
 township. The river bears the name of Cook's 
 ship. 
 
 ENDEAVOUR STRAIT, at the north-east 
 corner of the continent between the Prince of 
 Wales Islands and Cape York, was discovered and 
 named by Cook after his ship. 
 
 ESCAPE RIVER, on the north-east corner of 
 the continent, a little to the south of Cape York, 
 received its name in record of one of the narrow
 
 Esp— Eyrl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Ill 
 
 escapes King met with; he having been nearly 
 wrecked there in attempting to enter the river. 
 It is not navigable ; a reef extending across its 
 mouth. 
 
 ESPERANCE BAY, a beautiful harbour in 
 D'Entrecasteaux Channel on the south coast of 
 T., was so called from the ship of the French 
 navigator. 
 
 ESSINGTON, PORT, on the northern coast of 
 the continent, was discovered and named by King 
 in 1818. A settlement was formed here by the 
 Imperial Government in 1831, under the superin- 
 tendence of Sir Gordon Bremer R.N. It was 
 intended as a military post and harbour of refuge 
 for distressed vessels. It received no support from 
 private settlers ; consequently it secured very 
 little public attention. No attempt appears to 
 have been made on any extensive scale to test the 
 producing capabilities of the country. This estab- 
 lishment existed for nineteen years, being finally 
 abandoned in 1850. It was during this period 
 that Leichhardt made his memorable journey from 
 Sydney to Port Essington. Previously settle- 
 ments had been formed by Sir Gordon Bremer 
 both on Melville Island in 1824, and also at 
 Raffles Bay near Port Essington. At each of 
 these places a number of buffalos were turned out, 
 and these have increased to such an extent that at 
 the present day large herds may be met with for 
 more than 100 miles along the coast in the 
 neighbourhood of Port Essington, where there are 
 also a few English cattle and Timor ponies. 
 Another attempt at settlement was made in 
 1837. On 27th October a military post, with 
 H.M.S. Britomart as tender, was established here 
 for the double purpose of affording shelter to the 
 crews of vessels wrecked in Torres Straits, and of 
 endeavouring to throw open to British enterprise 
 the neighbouring islands of the Indian Archipelago. 
 After having struggled unsuccessfully for twelve 
 years to rear sufficient food for themselves, and 
 having lost a number of their men through priva- 
 tions and hardships and the unhealthiness of the 
 climate, the sappers and miners finally abandoned 
 the settlement named Victoria on 30th November 
 1849. 
 
 EVANS, GEOBGE W., explorer, was Deputy 
 Surveyor General of N.S.W. in 1813, and in 
 that year was despatched from Sydney with an 
 exploring party to follow up the discoveries 
 previously made by Lawson, Blaxland, and Went- 
 worth in the Blue Mountains. On the fifth 
 day after crossing the Nepean the party, having 
 effected their passage over the mountains, arrived 
 at a valley on the western side which they 
 described as fertile and beautiful with a rapid 
 stream running through it. Continuing in a 
 westerly direction for twenty-one days from this 
 station, they at length found it necessary to 
 return ; and on 8th January 1814 arrived at 
 Emu Island after an absence of seven weeks. 
 One of the extensive tracts which Evans discovered 
 was named Bathurst Plains, in honour of Lord 
 
 Bathurst, and the streams he traced for some 
 distance were called the Macquarie and Lachlan 
 rivers, in honour of the Governor. Evans 
 subsequently accompanied Oxley in his explora- 
 tions along the course of these two rivers in 1817 
 and 1818. 
 
 EVANS'S CROWN, a mountain of N.S.W. 
 situated between Antonio's Creek and the Fish 
 River, from whence Evans discovered the plains 
 of Bathurst. It lies at a short distance from 
 the Fish River and is a singular and beautiful 
 granite peak ; its summit is crowned with a large 
 and extraordinary looking rock nearly circular in 
 form, which gives it the appearance of a hill fort 
 such as are frequent in India. It was named 
 Mount Evans by the discoverer and has since 
 acquired the more popular name. 
 
 EYRE, EDWARD JOHN (1815— ) Australian 
 explorer and afterwards Governor of St. Vincent, 
 was a settler in S. A. when he started in June 
 1840 with an expedition into the interior. He was 
 to ascertain the extent and nature of Lake Torrens ; 
 and if possible he was to penetrate to the centre 
 of the continent. He found the southern shores 
 of Lake Torrens desolate and dreary. Leaving 
 Lake Torrens Eyre threw himself entirely upon 
 Flinders Range, hoping that the slopes of its hills 
 would furnish sufficient water to his party in their 
 progress northward. But the country settled down 
 into a desolate level. One peak still rose from 
 the plain which he named Mount Hopeless, and 
 from this he decided to take his last observation. 
 Without food for the horses or water the party 
 ascended to the summit of this mountain. Sup- 
 posing that his only means of escape was by 
 descending to either of its southern extremities 
 he returned to the head of Spencer's Gulf, where 
 an isthmus separates the gulf from Lake Torrens, 
 and crossed into the Port Lincoln district, intend- 
 ing to resume his northern course when sufficiently 
 clear of the lake. Repeated attempts proved the 
 impracticability of forcing a passage northward 
 from this portion of the coast ; the country after 
 advancing a few miles inland was an impenetrable 
 scrub ; and a total absence of food and water for 
 the cattle drove the expedition back. Leaving 
 the main portion of his men at Fowler's Bay Eyre 
 made three several attempts to reach the Great 
 Bight, and after encountering great hardships he 
 rounded it. Eyre on his return to Fowler's Bay 
 sent the men composing it back to Adelaide. The 
 south coast from Fowler's Bay was an unbroken 
 sheet of limestone. He set out from Fowler's Bay 
 to reach King George's Sound. In undertaking 
 this most forbidding task Eyre had determined to 
 risk the life of no European save himself. The 
 men composing his first expedition had therefore 
 been sent back to Adelaide. But the overseer of 
 the party, a man of great energy and courage, 
 refused to leave his leader. In addition he 
 retained three aboriginal young men, one of them 
 named Wylie, a native of King George's Sound. 
 "We were now alone," he writes, "myself, my
 
 112 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 lEyr 
 
 overseer and the three native boys, with a fearful 
 task before us. The bridge was broken down 
 behind us and we must succeed in reaching King 
 George's Sound or perish." Having made bags to 
 hold water and having" given the cattle sufficient 
 rest, Eyre commenced his journey. His stock of 
 provisions then consisted of some sheep and a few 
 bags of flour. The head of the Great Bight was 
 again rounded and the same forbidding nature 
 of the country was found to extend along its 
 western arm, the only water being procured 
 from beneath the sand hills occurring at intervals 
 of one and two hundred miles. Eyre's progress 
 during one of these intervals may be sketched 
 thus : — After a halt of three or four days at one of 
 these groups of sand hills to recruit, the horses 
 were again loaded for a fresh start ; the bags were 
 filled with water and other necessary baggage. 
 On the fourth day the horses' strength would 
 begin to fail and it became necessary to lighten 
 their load, the rejected articles being left on the 
 roadside. On the fifth and sixth days the horses 
 became totally exhausted, and no exertions could 
 force them to proceed farther. Leaving them 
 also stretched on the wayside, Eyre and his men 
 with the empty water-bags hurried forward until 
 the next group of sand hills appeared above the 
 horizon. Arriving at these they immediately 
 proceeded to scoop out a well. Beaching the 
 surface of the limestone they quenched their 
 thirst and took a few hours rest while the water- 
 bags were filling. The whole party then shouldered 
 their bags and proceeded back to their horses, and 
 these they succeeded in bringing by easy stages 
 to the sand hills. Having brought every thing 
 living to the water, the most laborious task yet 
 remained. The provisions still lay strewed along 
 the track and it was necessary to go back and 
 collect them. In addition to these immense 
 labours Eyre and the overseer had more. The 
 horses notwithstanding their fatigue from want 
 of water were restless at night, and when not 
 closely watched they seized every opportunity to 
 return to the last watering place— the scattered 
 position of the few tufts of herbage rendering 
 it impossible to tether them, nor could so 
 important a task be left to the aborigines. 
 Eyre and the overseer agreed to divide each 
 ni- lit between them so as by strict watch to 
 ensure the possession of the horses in the 
 morning. In this manner Eyre and his small 
 party had toiled on for a couple of months. In 
 the midst of one of these long stages between 
 water and water they had encamped for the 
 night, and Eyre liad taken first watch over the 
 dorses. While he was musing on his gloomy 
 prospect he was startled by a flash and a report ; 
 hastening to the camp he was met by Wylie who 
 was speechless with terror, and could only wring 
 his hands and cry "Oh Massa!" When he 
 entered he saw Baxter lying on the ground, whilst 
 the baggage was broken open and scattered in all 
 directions. |1, ; raised the wounded man in his 
 
 arms, but only in time to support him as his head 
 fell back in death. Then placing the body on 
 the ground and looking around him he perceived 
 that two of his natives had plundered the 
 provisions, shot Baxter as he rose to remonstrate 
 with them, and had then escaped. The moon 
 became obscured, and in the deep gloom beside 
 the dead body of his friend Eyre passed a 
 fearful night, peering into the darkness lest the 
 miscreants might be lurking to shoot him also. 
 He says in his diary : — " Ages can never efface the 
 horrors of that single night ; nor would the wealth 
 of the world ever tempt me to go through a similar 
 one." The slow-spreading dawn revealed the 
 bleeding corpse, the plundered bags, and the 
 crouching form of Wylie who was still faithful. 
 The ground at this place consisted of a great hard 
 sheet of rock, and there was no chance of digging 
 a grave ; so Eyre could only wrap the body in a 
 blanket, leave it lying on the surface, and thus take 
 farewell of his friend's remains. Then he and 
 Wylie set out on their mournful journey. They 
 had very little water and seven days elapsed before 
 they reached a place where more was to be obtained. 
 They could see at intervals the murderers stealthily 
 following their footsteps. The two travellers were 
 now obliged to live chiefly on their horses, curing 
 the flesh in the sun and carrying on a sufficient 
 quantity for some days' consumption. At length a 
 whaling barque was sighted off the coast, and on 
 perceiving their signals the commander, Captain 
 Bossiter of the French whaling ship Mississippi 
 sent a boat for them, and they were received on 
 board with much hospitality. After recruiting 
 themselves here for some weeks they were again 
 landed within easy reach of the settlement at 
 King George's Sound, where they arrived in July 
 1841 after an absence of over twelve months from 
 Adelaide. In 1845 Eyre returned to England, and 
 in 1846 was appointed by Earl Grey Lieutenant- 
 Governor of N.Z., as second to Sir George Grey. 
 He remained in this office six years, residing 
 generally at Wellington, but administering the 
 Government of the Middle Island. He returned 
 to England in 1853, and a year afterwards was 
 appointed Lieutenant-Governor of St. Vincent in 
 the West Indies ; in 1859 he was Acting-Governor 
 of Antigua and the Leeward Islands ; in 18G0 he 
 returned to England; and in 1862 he was appointed 
 Acting-Governor of Jamaica. An insurrection 
 broke out in this island in 18(15 which Eyre 
 vigorously repressed, but his conduct on this 
 occasion involved him in very serious disputes, 
 ending in legal proceedings both civil and 
 criminal, extending over four years, and entail- 
 ing an expenditure for his defence of ,£10,000. 
 In every instance however the proceedings failed 
 to substantiate any case against Eyre. The 
 report of a select committee of the House of 
 Commons also exonerated him from blame, 
 lint he was recalled in 1860, and subsequently 
 obtained an appointment from the Imperial 
 Government.
 
 Eyr— Fau] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 113 
 
 EYRE'S CREEK, in central N.S.W., was dis- 
 covered by Start in 1845 and named by him after 
 Eyre the explorer. 
 
 EYRE'S PENINSULA, a vast tract of country 
 in S.A. lying between Spencer's Gulf on the W. and 
 Anxious Bay on the E. and being the country 
 traversed by Eyre in his exploration journeys of 
 1839 and 1840. It consists chiefly of rugged, 
 densely scrubbed plains, almost destitute of water, 
 although some country available for pastoral 
 purposes has been found along the border of the 
 coast. The middle of this tract is a table land 
 lying about 1300 feet above the level of the sea, 
 with several peaks and flat-topped hills. There 
 are low ranges of hills, as the Baxter, Middleback 
 and Olinthus ranges to the E., the Liverpool to the 
 S.E., and a lofty granite range, the Gawler to the 
 W. Near the S. point of the peninsula which is 
 a nearly equilateral triangle of 200 miles each side, 
 the apex being to the S., is the township of Port 
 Lincoln. Tiie entire country consists of sandy and 
 limestone plains with a few granite ridges and 
 numerous salt lagoons. There are a few freshwater 
 springs on the W. side. 
 
 F. 
 
 FAIRFAX, JOHN (1804-1877) journalist, was 
 a native of Warwick in England. Having served 
 an apprenticeship to the printing trade and gained 
 some experience in journalism, he came to N.S.W. 
 in 1838. His first employment was that of librarian 
 to the Australian Library. He was next engaged 
 by the proprietor of the Sydney Morning Herald. 
 Charles Kemp was then reporter on the Herald 
 and became associated with Fairfax. These two 
 had between them the qualifications necessary for 
 successfully carrying on such a paper, and the 
 proprietor wishing to retire he offered to sell it to 
 them. Though their own financial resources at 
 that time were not sufficient to carry on the paper 
 they agreed to the purchase, obtaining such pecu- 
 niary help as enabled them to tide over the first 
 difficulties ; and by prudent management and untir- 
 ing energy they soon made themselves independent. 
 In 1851 Fairfax returned to Leamington after 
 thirteen years absence, for the honourable pur- 
 pose of paying off debts he had left due in 1838 — 
 the costs in an action for libel brought against 
 him in consequence of some strictures on a public 
 officer, and which was given in his favour. He 
 returned to Sydney in 1853. Shortly after his 
 return the partnership was dissolved, Fairfax 
 purchasing the share of his former partner and 
 thus becoming sole proprietor of the Herald. He 
 afterwards took his sons into partnership with 
 him. One use which Fairfax made of the oppor- 
 tunities afforded by his visit to England was to 
 observe the latest improvements in printing and 
 journalism produced by the devotion of intellect 
 and manual skill to this kind of enterprise. After 
 
 his return to Sydney he sought to turn his obser- 
 vations to account by a judicious and spirited 
 expenditure on his establishment. Whilst vigilant 
 in the exercise of economy he was generous to the 
 persons in his employment, and thus enlisted 
 skill, industry and zeal in his service. He again 
 visited England about 1863, and continued his 
 well-directed efforts for the improvement of the 
 paper in all respects. He was a liberal supporter 
 of various public charities, a generous friend to 
 many who needed help, and a leading member of 
 the Congregational Church. In 1874 he was 
 appointed member of the Legislative Council. 
 For twenty years he took an active part in the 
 management of the Australian Mutual Provident 
 Society. He died at his residence at Port Jackson, 
 16th June 1877. He left two sons, James Reading 
 and Edward Fairfax, who are now proprietors of 
 the Sydney Morning Herald, one of the leading 
 journals of the British empire. 
 
 EAIL0N, JAMES THOMAS (1823—) wine- 
 grower, is a native of Ireland. He came to N.S.W. 
 in 1842, and in 1854 settled in Albury. In 1858 
 a company was formed there for the growth and 
 manufacture of wine. It did not prove commer- 
 cially successful, and the property was sold to 
 Fallon. In 1872 he visited the wine-producing 
 countries of France, Germany and Italy. In 
 1873 his wines took the first prize at the Vienna 
 Exhibition, and in 1875 at an Exhibition in London. 
 Fallon has the largest vineyards and cellars in 
 Australia, and is one of the most enterprising and 
 successful wine-growers. In 1876 he manufactured 
 champagne from Australian grapes. 
 
 FALMOUTH, a town on the E. coast of T., 
 at the head of St. George's Bay. It is a safe and 
 convenient harbour for vessels of fifteen feet 
 draught of water. 
 
 FARNELL, JAMES SQUIRE (1827—) a 
 native of N.S.W., was educated at Parramatta 
 his native town, and subsequently travelled over a 
 great part of the colony, and visited California, 
 the South Sea Islands and N.Z. In 1859 he was 
 elected member of the Assembly for St. Leonards, 
 and in 1860 sat for Parramatta. He subsequently 
 became Chairman of Committees, in which capacity 
 he obtained the goodwill of the House. In 1872 
 he took office in the Parkes Administration as 
 Minister for Lands, which position he held until 
 1875. In December 1877 he became Premier and 
 Minister for Lands, but failing to pass his Land 
 Bill he resigned in December 1878. He represents 
 St. Leonards in the Assembly and is Grand Master 
 of the newly-formed N.S.W. Constitution of Free- 
 masons. 
 
 FARQUHAR INLET, the southern entrance 
 of the Manning River in N.S.W. was named by 
 Oxley after Sir Walter Farquhar. 
 
 FAUCETT, PETER, Judge of the Supreme 
 Court in N.S.W., a native of Ireland, was edu- 
 cated at Trinity College, Dublin. He graduated 
 B.A. in 1842, was called to the Bar in 1S45,
 
 114 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Fail 
 
 arrived in Sydney in 1852, and having been 
 admitted to the colonial Bar entered on the practice 
 of his profession. In 1856 he was returned to the 
 first Parliament under the new Constitution Act 
 for King and Georgiana, and in 1860 for East 
 Sydney. In 1863 he was made Solicitor-General, 
 and in October 1865 was appointed a Judge of the 
 Supreme Court. 
 
 FAUNA OF AUSTRALIA.— The animal king- 
 dom as developed in Australia presents us with 
 anomalies and peculiarities perhaps even more 
 remarkable than are exhibited by the plants ; 
 but owing to the great difference in the powers of 
 dispersal of the various animal groups, there is 
 less uniformity in the phenomena they present. 
 Judged by its highest group— the mammalia — 
 Australia is by far the poorest and the most 
 extremely isolated of all the continents, and this 
 class affords us the most certain proofs that no 
 part of the country has been united to the Asiatic 
 continent since the latter part of the Mesozoic 
 period of geology. Every one of the most 
 characteristic and wide-spread groups of the entire 
 Northern Hemisphere are here wanting. There 
 are no apes or monkeys ; no oxen, antelopes, or 
 deer ; no elephants, rhinoceroses, or pigs ; no cats, 
 wolves, or bears ; none even of the smaller civets 
 or weasels ; no hedgehogs or shrews ; no hares, 
 squirrels, porcupines, or dormice. The only repre- 
 sentatives of all these familiar groups, or of the 
 orders to which they belong, are a number of 
 peculiar species of rats and mice — all small ; and 
 the "dingo," a half -wild dog, which although found 
 in a semi-fossil state in some of the caves, was 
 almost certainly introduced by or with the earliest 
 human inhabitants. Yet there are a considerable 
 variety of mammals indigenous to the country, 
 but they are all so peculiarly Australian as to 
 belong to distinct sub-classes — the marsupials and 
 the monotremes, of which the only representatives 
 in any other parts of the world are the opossums 
 of America. These marsupials, or pouched animals, 
 offer many peculiarities of organisation and habits; 
 and the strange forms and motions of the kangaroos 
 and wallabies, their erect attitudes, short fore-legs, 
 and enormous powers of leaping, give perhaps its 
 most special character to the animal life of this 
 continent. None of the other classes of animals 
 afford such a peculiar and isolated set of types. 
 The majority of the birds, which are abundant 
 and varied, do not materially differ from those of 
 the other continents, though there are a number 
 of interesting and some exceptional forms; such 
 as the moimd-builders, which do not incubate 
 their eggs, and are perhaps as low a type as the 
 marsupials. Reptiles, fishes and insects offer a 
 still smaller number of peculiarities, though each 
 afford some isolated and remarkable forms which 
 will be noticed under their several class, ss. 
 
 Mammalia.— Australia, with Tasmania, pos- 
 sess ' L60 species of mammalia. This is 
 
 verymnch less than the numbers inhabiting either 
 Europe or North America; yet, considering the 
 
 much smaller area, the less diversity of surface 
 and of climate, the isolation from all adjacent 
 lands, and the limited amount of structural varia- 
 tion in the animals themselves, it must be 
 considered as exhibiting an extraordinarily rich 
 development. Of the above number twenty-three 
 are bats, a group which, having the power of flight, 
 agree with birds rather than with mammals in 
 their relations with the species of surrounding 
 countries. The bats belong in fact to groups 
 either of world-wide distribution, or which at 
 all events extend to India or Africa. The 
 large fruit-eating bat, or flying-fox, is the most 
 remarkable. It is found in N.S.W. and Q. There 
 are no less than thirty-one species belonging 
 to the mouse family. Some of these are true 
 mice, closely allied to such as are found with us ; 
 others belong to distinct genera confined to Aus- 
 tralia. Some live in trees, others are aquatic ; 
 but they are all rather small, and to an ordinary 
 observer do not differ from such types of rats and 
 mice as are found in Europe and Asia. In con- 
 nection with the theory that Australia has never 
 been joined to the Asiatic continent or any of its 
 larger islands during the whole Tertiary epoch, it 
 is a most suggestive fact that the only indigenous 
 terrestrial mammalia allied to Old World forms 
 should consist of these very small creatures, which 
 are most likely to have been conveyed to its shores 
 by accidental causes. When floods devastate the 
 banks of tropical rivers, and carry out to sea 
 uprooted trees and islands of floating vegetation, 
 some of these very small mammals might find 
 protection in holes and crevices which would not 
 suffice to shelter larger animals, and might thus 
 be sometimes floated to distant lands. Those 
 which established themselves at a remote epoch 
 have become modified in their new abode, and 
 now form distinct groups ; while the more recent 
 arrivals are closely allied to the species of other 
 lands. The "dingo" has already been referred to 
 as probably not truly indigenous. It differs very 
 little from the wild or half-wild dogs of India 
 and other countries, and this is an indication 
 that it is, geologically speaking, a recent immi- 
 grant; and there is no improbability in the 
 supposition that the entrance of man into the 
 country dates as far back as the cave-deposits in 
 which its bones have been found. The shores of 
 A. are inhabited by several species of seals and 
 sea-lions allied to those of the other Antarctic 
 lands, while on the warmer coasts of Queensland 
 is found the sea-cow or dugong, allied to the 
 animal found in the Indian seas, but believed to 
 be a distinct species. We now come to the 
 Marsupials, which are so especially characteristic 
 of Australia. These are distinguished from all 
 other mammals by the young being born in an 
 excessively imperfect state, and then transferred 
 to a pouch, or bag of loose skin, with which 
 the mother is provided. Here it attaches its 
 mouth to the nipple, and completes its develop- 
 ment. As the young creature grows the pouch
 
 Fau] 
 
 iiVCMiIVEniA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 115 
 
 is extended, and even when it can ran about 
 and feed itself, it still returns to the pouch 
 for concealment or protection. This pouch is 
 supported internally by bony processes termed 
 the marsupial bones, and there are several other 
 anatomical peculiarities by which the remains 
 of marsupials of either sex can usually be distin- 
 guished. The largest and most remarkable marsu- 
 pials now living are the kangaroos, of which about 
 nine large and more than forty smaller species 
 inhabit Australia. The great red kangaroo is five feet 
 high, and sometimes weighs two hundred pounds. 
 The smaller species are called wallabies, hare- 
 kangaroos, and rat-kangaroos ; and some of these 
 abound in every part of the country. The larger 
 kangaroos are hunted with dogs bred for the 
 purpose. They are very swift, and when at bay 
 dangerous ; sitting upright against the trunk of a 
 tree, and ripping open the clogs as they spring at 
 its throat with the nail of the large and powerful 
 middle toe. The bandicoots and rabbit-rats are 
 small animals with sharp nose and long claws, 
 allied to the kangaroos, but running on all fours 
 like most quadrupeds. One genus is called the 
 rabbit-rat because it forms burrows underground. 
 Another peculiar form, the pig-footed bandicoot, is 
 entirely tailless. In this family the marsupial 
 pouch opens downward, instead of upwards as in 
 the kangaroos. They all feed upon bulbs and 
 roots. The phalangers are arboreal and nocturnal 
 animals, feeding on leaves. They are commonly 
 called opossums, but are quite distinct from the 
 true opossums of America. They live in hollow 
 trees and are very active on moonlight nights. 
 They constitute a favourite food of the natives, 
 and their skins form the opossum rugs now an 
 article of commerce. Some of the species are as 
 large as a hare while others are not larger than a 
 dormouse, one indeed being even smaller. Allied to 
 these are the beautiful flying-opossums, which 
 have a lateral membrane between the fore and 
 hind limbs and a flat tail with diverging hairs, 
 exactly as in the flying squirrels of Asia which 
 they greatly resemble. The largest species which 
 is nearly black measures almost three feet in 
 length to the tip of the tail, and presents a start- 
 ling appearance to the stranger who sees it for the 
 first time, by moonlight, pass silently through the 
 air in the stillness of the forest. Other species 
 are smaller, the flying-mouse of the colonists being 
 one of the smallest of Australian quadrupeds, and 
 able to sleep comfortably in a good-sized pill-box. 
 It frequents the blossoms of the Eucalyptus, feed- 
 ing on the honey. Allied to the other phalangers, 
 but very distinct in form and habits, are the 
 Tarsipes of W.A. and the Koalo of the eastern 
 districts. The former is a true honeysucker 
 with an extensile tongue and is no longer than a 
 mouse ; while the latter is a comparatively large 
 and thick-limbed animal, entirely tailless and 
 about two feet long. It is called " native bear " or 
 "native monkey." The wombat is another large 
 and thick- limbed animal, about three feet long 
 
 and next to the kangaroos the largest of marsu- 
 pials. It is terrestrial and nocturnal, feeding upon 
 roots and grass and forming deep burrows. It is 
 slow in its movements, and its flesh is said to 
 resemble pork. It has powerful gnawing and 
 grinding teeth, and it possesses two more pairs of 
 ribs than any other marsupial. It therefore 
 constitutes a distinct family of the order. We 
 now come to " native cats," which are car- 
 nivorous marsupials preying upon the other 
 groups. These are elegant creatures, variously 
 marked and spotted, but fierce and intractable. 
 They dwell among rocks and in holes, and feed 
 chiefly on small mammals and birds. Somewhat 
 allied to these is the rare and curious banded ant- 
 eater of W.A. It is the size of a squirrel, beau- 
 tifully banded with white stripes, and with a long 
 and somewhat bushy tail. It has fifty-two teeth, 
 a greater number than any known quadruped, and 
 is believed to feed chiefly on the ants which 
 abound where it lives. It is probably a repre- 
 sentative of one of the most ancient types of 
 mammal, since more nearly than any other living 
 animal it resembles some of the marsupials of the 
 Secondary period. Two much larger and more 
 destructive Dasyuridaa inhabit T. — the "tiger- 
 wolf," and the "native devil." The former is the 
 size of a wolf, the latter somewhat smaller. Both 
 are ferocious and untameable, and very destructive 
 to sheep. Though now confined to T. their remains 
 are found fossil in the caves of N.S.W., showing 
 that they inhabited the mainland at a not very 
 distant epoch. We now come to the lowest group 
 of mammals, consisting of two of the most remark- 
 able animals on the globe, the duck-billed Platypus 
 and the spiny ant-eater. These differ from all 
 other groups of. mammalia anatomically, and are 
 the lowest in organisation. They have no teeth, 
 nor a marsupial pouch, but they have the peculiar 
 bones characteristic of marsupials. They were 
 long believed not to be true mammals, but to be 
 more allied to birds ; but this is now known to be 
 incorrect as they really suckle their young. The 
 Platypus is about twenty inches long, has very 
 short legs with broad webbed feet and a flat head, 
 from which project two flat horny jaws almost 
 exactly resembling the bill of a duck but not 
 laminated, and the upper jaw has a broad mem- 
 branous border. It is covered with thick brown 
 fur, and inhabits the rivers and lagoons of the 
 south and east of A. as w r ell as T. It makes 
 burrows in the river banks, sometimes forty or 
 fifty feet long, in the extremity of which it 
 forms a nest. The porcupine ant-eater some- 
 what resembles a hedgehog in size and appearance, 
 but it has a long snout and a long cylindrical and 
 flexible tongue like that of the true ant-eaters, 
 covered also with a viscous secretion, and used in 
 the same way for capturing the ants on which it 
 feeds. It rolls itself into a ball like the hedgehog. 
 It is found in sandy and sterile districts. Two 
 closely-allied species are known ; the one inhabit- 
 ing S. and E. A., the other T.
 
 116 
 
 CYCLOP/EP-IA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Fav— Faw 
 
 Reptiles, Fishes and Insects.— Reptiles are 
 very abundant, there being no less tban 140 
 different kinds of lizards and between 60 and 70 
 snakes. The largest lizard is one of the monitors, 
 which reaches a length of from four to six feet. 
 Most of them belong to the Old World families of 
 the sMncs and geckoes, but there are three small 
 families which are peculiar. The lizards of W.A. 
 are very peculiar, no less than twelve genera being 
 restricted to this colony with S.A., whde V. and 
 the eastern colonies have a much less number of 
 special types. In this respect lizards agree with 
 plants. Snakes are very abundant in individuals, 
 and there are a large number of venomous species. 
 The two chief poisonous families of the rest of the 
 globe, the vipers and the pit-vipers, are entirely 
 absent, their place being supplied by the family 
 which includes the Indian cobras, but which have 
 not the broad venomous-looking head of the 
 vipers. Two-thirds of the snakes belong to this 
 family, and all are poisonous though only about 
 five are believed to be fatal to man. The number 
 of species of snakes increases regularly from the 
 temperate to the tropical districts. In T. there 
 are only three species all of which are poisonous ; 
 in V. there are twelve ; in S.A. fifteen ; the same 
 number in W.A. ; thirty-one in N.S.W. ; and 
 forty-two in sub-tropical Q. The diamond snake 
 reaches twelve feet long, but is quite harmless. The 
 black snake, one of the commonest and most 
 venomous species, is from five to eight feet long. 
 There are many species of small sea-snakes on the 
 Warmer coasts, which have flattened tails and are 
 all very venomous. A. possesses a large number 
 of frogs and toads, belonging to nine distinct 
 families ; but there are no tailed Amphibia 
 corresponding to the newts and' salamanders of 
 northern countries. The freshwater fish are toler- 
 ably plentiful, considering the paucity of large 
 and permanent streams. The extensive carp and 
 salmon tribes are absent, but ten families found 
 in other warm and temperate countries are 
 represented. The most remarkable of the fishes 
 is the Ceratodus recently discovered in the 
 rivers of Q. It is allied to the Lepidosiren 
 of tropical America and the Protopterus of 
 tropical Africa, the three constituting a dis- 
 tinct sub-class, an exceedingly ancient type, as 
 shown by fossil remains. Insects as a whole are 
 abundant, andare both handsome and remarkable ; 
 
 yet the i conspicuous group, the butterflies, 
 
 are very scarce in the temperate parts, and only 
 become tolerably abundant as we approach the 
 tropics. T. and the southern colonies are in fact 
 not so rich in butterflies as Greal Britain. Beetles, 
 on the other hand, are very abundant and varied 
 and many of them are exceedingly brilliant. Those 
 to the family Buprestidse are not snr- 
 id many other temperate countrj fornumbers 
 and beauty. The pr.i mi, i i>, ects and thewalking 
 stick insects are also very abundant ; and some of 
 
 the 1 of enor as size, being over a foot 
 
 long and curiously knobbed or spined so as to 
 
 resemble dead sticks. About 300 distinct kinds 
 of land shells inhabit A., and many of them are 
 curiously shaped or elegantly coloured. — (Con- 
 densed from Wallace.) 
 
 FAVENC, ERNEST, explorer, is a native of 
 London, educated in Berlin, arrived in N.S.W. in 
 1863, resided in Sydney until the following year 
 when he relinquished his commercial for a pastoral 
 occupation. He commenced to gain the experience 
 necessary to fit him for an explorer in the frontier 
 squatting districts of Northern Q., where he was 
 actively engaged during the early pioneering times. 
 Subsequently he gave his attention to overlanding 
 and indulged in writing for the Press under the 
 nom de plmne of "Dramingo." Not only is he 
 expert and successful with the pen but he can use 
 the pencil with artistic effect. These qualifica- 
 tions combined with his acknowledged skill and 
 capacity as a bushman caused the proprietor of 
 the Queen-slander in 1879 to select him to explore 
 the line of country extending from a point on the 
 west boundary line of Q. to Port Darwin, with the 
 view of solving the question as to whether a rail- 
 way could be constructed across the continent 
 along that route. The successful completion of 
 the task without mishap proved that the choice 
 was a right one, and that small smart and highly 
 equipped exploring parties headed by the right 
 man can do what larger and heavily-laden ones 
 with the wrong man leading cannot effect. 
 
 FAWKNER, JOHN PASCOE (1792-1869) 
 the "Father of Victoria," was a native of London. 
 When ten years of age he with his mother and 
 sister accompanied his father in the expedition 
 sent out under the command of Collins to form a 
 penal settlement in Australia in 1803. Removed 
 afterwards to V.D.L. the Fawkner family lost 
 no time in building a hut for themselves. His 
 mother returned to Europe in two years, and the 
 son and father lived for some years about eight 
 miles from Hobart Town. The old man was well 
 known for certain harmless peculiarities, not for- 
 saking the ancient fashions of dress and preserving 
 that rugged independence of manner which he 
 communicated to his son. The little farm, a grant 
 to the family, was no great success, and when 
 eighteen years old Fawkner became a sawyer. In 
 1814 he was induced, in the enthusiasm of youth, 
 indiscreetly to furnish funds and assist a party of 
 seven persons to build and provide a cutter, lugger- 
 rigged, in which they were to escape from their 
 bondage in the island. The vessel was built, 
 provisioned, and ready for sea when two of the 
 number discovered the plot to the authorities. 
 These two persons slipped the cable from the bay 
 in which it had been built and ran the cutter up 
 to Hobart Town, betraying all concerned; and 
 Fawkner was included among the persons 
 arrested by the Crown. The result of this act of 
 indiscretion was that he left for Sydney, and did 
 not return till March 1817. In 1826 he opened 
 the Cornwall Hotel in Launceston, and conducted 
 it with ability and success till 1836. In 1829 he
 
 Fawl 
 
 OYOLOPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 117 
 
 originated the Launceston Advertiser, and although 
 he had an editor Fawkner himself wrote often in 
 its pages. He disposed of this journal after carry- 
 ing it on two years. To aid the ends of justice, 
 that is, to afford some chance for the ignorant 
 accused, certain parties were allowed to plead in 
 the Police Court and received the honourable 
 appellation of Agents. Fawkner was long an 
 Agent in the ancient court of Launceston. In 
 the primitive times of Port Phillip he performed 
 the same duty in the rude police office of Melbourne. 
 Such persons were commonly known as bush 
 lawyers. His desire to expose abuses in govern- 
 ment and point out improvements in legislation 
 led him to become the father of the press in 
 Launceston. He bitterly derided the efforts to 
 capture the blacks in 1830, and predicted their 
 certain failure. He espoused the causo of the 
 oppressed, and it must be said to his honour that 
 in a period of abundant secret service funds 
 Fawkner was never known to betray the interests 
 of the people. The narrative of his expedition to 
 found a city and make a settlement in V. must be 
 given in his own words slightly condensed : — 
 "Early in the year 1835 the writer had arranged 
 in his own mind a plan of colonisation for Port 
 Phillip, and to enable him to make good his 
 scheme five residents of Launceston were taken 
 into his confidence. The colonisers were six in 
 number; one ex-editor of the Launceston Adver- 
 tiser, one architect and builder, two cabinetmakers 
 and builders, one plasterer, and one captain in the 
 merchant service. The most of them possessing 
 at least a fair average share of common sense and 
 no little activity. Each of them brought with him 
 some capital in cash or stock, and a vast amount 
 of the very best of capital, that without which no 
 new colony can get on well, viz. hands used to 
 work and minds resolved to labour. Fawkner, in 
 order to insure the necessary means of transit to 
 and from Port Phillip and Launceston, bought of 
 John Anderson Brown the schooner Enterprise, of 
 about fifty-five tons burthen. But Mr. B.'s agent 
 had employed that vessel which had been sent to 
 fetch coals from Newcastle, in the regular coal 
 trade between Sydney and the coal mines of 
 Newcastle, and thus the settlement of Port Phillip 
 was retarded some weeks. On the 13th July 1835 
 the schooner Enterprise returned from Sydney, 
 and on the 18th was duly delivered to Fawkner. 
 On the 21st she was despatched from Launceston 
 with the pioneers to form a new colony in N.S.W. 
 No time had been lost in procuring provisions, a 
 good whale boat and its fittings, and all such 
 things as Fawkner thought might be useful or 
 required in a place which few vessels visited. He 
 particularly furnished common coarse food and 
 clothing, together with blankets and tomahawks, 
 knives and handkerchiefs suitable for the aborigines 
 which were afterwards found very useful. Horses 
 and ploughs, grain to sow, garden seeds and plants, 
 and a very large and varied assortment of fruit 
 trees, 2500 in number, were shipped on board, and 
 
 a stock of provisions to last some months, part of 
 the materials for a house, and most of the comforts 
 requiredin civilised life. On the 27th the En/t rprisi 
 put to sea from George Town, the port of clearance, 
 having on board Wm. Jackson, Geo. Evans, Robert 
 Hay Moor, Captain John Lancey, and John Pascoe 
 Fawkner. Evans took over one servant, and 
 Fawkner put on board James Gilbert, blacksmith, 
 and his wife Mary, Charles Wise, ploughman, and 
 Thomas Morgan, general servant. The voyagers 
 passed out with a fair wind, but a foul one soon 
 set in, and for three nights and two days contrary 
 weather kept the vessel almost within sight of 
 George Town Heads. Fawkner became very ill 
 from sea-sickness and other causes, and ordered 
 the captain to return to George Town. He then 
 resolved to let the expedition go on, giving them 
 full written instructions to guide and direct their 
 plan of operations. And landing one of his horses 
 at George Town Fawkner proceeded overland to 
 Launceston, and the Enterprise passed over to 
 Western Port followed by a sloop, in which John 
 Aitken embarked without a navigator, merely 
 keeping up with the Enterprise, which from her 
 slowness was no great difficulty. Aitken had been 
 lying perdue in order to slip over with our party 
 without our knowledge. This Western Port was 
 to be carefully examined by a series of triangular 
 marches each day, the bay forming the base, and 
 ten miles or more was the distance they were to 
 march inland, returning from four to five miles 
 further west, or nearer the West Head, until the 
 whole Bay was examined. They entered Western 
 Port on Saturday the 8th August, and left it aud 
 passed into Port Phillip on Saturday the 15th 
 August. One out of many bits of fun was often 
 talked over in the Western Port exploration. The 
 weather was very cold, and much rain had fallen, 
 many swamps had to be crossed, and on one 
 occasion the party had got very wet ashore, and 
 when they pushed off the boat so thick a fog came 
 on that the sailors missed their true course, and 
 got on a sand flat. Imagine six men, no food, no 
 bedding, hungry from a hard day's travel, and 
 obliged to sit all night in a cold fog and wet 
 clothes! One of the party, a cockney, bitterly 
 lamented in a most droll manner the sorrow he felt 
 for having suffered his brother to drag him from 
 London ; and putting up his hands in an imploring 
 manner, earnestly prayed that he might once more 
 reach Whitechapel, and nothing on earth should 
 ever tempt him to leave that glorious spot again. 
 Yet this man has, in defiance of bad manage- 
 ment, made a fortune — and that a large one — by 
 squatting pursuits. After carefully examin- 
 ing the lands around Western Port and giving 
 them up as not likely to form a good site 
 for any very dense population, the Enterprise 
 pushed out of Western Port on Saturday the 
 15th August, about eight o'clock a.m. On passing 
 the duck ponds near Shortland Bluft", a whale-boat 
 manned with some Sydney aborigines and one 
 white man came off and asked 'the news — where
 
 118 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Faw 
 
 from— and whereto,' and told our people that John 
 Batman, KING of Tort Phillip, had bought all 
 the lands and desired all trespassers to keep 
 aloof ! The blacks were civil enough and supplied 
 our people with plenty of good choice fish. The 
 Enterprise was conducted by Captain Hunter as 
 Master of the vessel along the southern channel, 
 and the men landed each day to examine the 
 country from five to ten miles inland, the vessel 
 only moving a short distance until they returned 
 on board, and pushing a few miles further by night 
 in order to examine new lands the next day. No 
 eligible spot was found on the east side of Port 
 Phillip Bay. The directions were not to finally 
 settle down, except upon a river or copious supply 
 of fresh water. On Thursday the 20th the Enter- 
 prise came to anchor in Hobson's Bay, just clear of 
 the bar upon the channel to the Yarra Yarra ; and 
 the new colonists, K. H. Moor, George Evans, 
 W. Jackson and Capt. Lancey, putting some 
 provender into the five-oared whaleboat brought 
 for the occasion, on Friday 21st August pushed off 
 with two of the workmen to explore the inlet. In 
 fact they all, except Capt. Hunter, Master of the 
 Enterprise, doubted as to that being the debouch- 
 ment of any stream. But he found it on his chart, 
 and advised their trying to find what he was 
 sure they would — a fresh water river. With three 
 cheers from the crew for success to the adventurers 
 they pushed off, and after once or twice touching 
 on the mud flats they found plenty of deep water, 
 and pushed on joyfully and thoughtlessly, passed 
 the junction of the Yarra Yarra without much 
 notice, and went up the direct course, named by 
 them the Salt Water River because they could not 
 get up it far enough to find the stream fresh owing 
 to the vast number of fallen trees lying in the 
 water, which so obstructed the navigation that 
 after much labour they landed, and could not then 
 discover the fresh water, the place that they landed 
 at not allowing them to see the course of the 
 stream. They returned to the vessel exhausted 
 and fretful, having been most of the day without 
 water to drink, they having on all former occasions 
 found plenty of that element on shore. This was 
 in August, the wet season. The next day they 
 took water as well as food, and pushed up the 
 Yarra Yarra, having noticed the opening thereto 
 on their return from the Salt Water Stream ; and 
 after about an hour and quarter's pull they reached 
 with great joy the basin at Melbourne, and were 
 delighted, in fact half wild with exultation at the 
 beauty of the country. The velvet-like grass 
 carpet decked with flowers of most lively hues 
 most liberally spread over the land, the fresh 
 water, the fine lowlands and lovely knolls around 
 the Lagoons on the Hat or swamps, the flocks almost 
 innumerable of teal, ducks, geese and swans and 
 minor fowls filled them with joy. They all with 
 one voice agreed that they had arrived at the site 
 of the i" ettlement, and resolved to have the 
 vessel brought up if possible, the goods, stores, &c. 
 landed and the commencement of a town forthwith 
 
 made. They took a stand upon what was subse- 
 quently called Batman's Hill, and passed some 
 hours there and thereabout enjoying the novel and 
 extraordinary view before them. They were so 
 pleased with the country that they made it night 
 before they returned to the vessel, which was lying 
 opposite to Williams Town (that now is) near the 
 bar entrance to the Yarra Yarra River. Capt. 
 Hunter having been diligently employed these two 
 days with his crew sounding the way up it took 
 some time to provide poles and fix them on the 
 various shoals in the stream, now marked by large 
 buoys and strong beacons (but then markless ;) 
 and all this accomplished the vessel was with much 
 trouble got up to the so-called junction, and the 
 next day a fair wind drove the lucky Enterprise 
 up into the basin at Melbourne ; the Captain 
 reporting three fathoms all the way up and in one 
 part of the basin seven and a half fathoms of 
 water, viz. from the junction up and into the basin. 
 No time was lost although it was Sunday in 
 getting the vessel close to the bank at the very 
 spot now occupied by the old shed of the Customs 
 Department, and some timber had to be cut from 
 the overhanging trees to allow the vessel to lie 
 alongside the bank ; from a plank the people 
 landed, and the horses having been nearly six 
 weeks aboard were hoisted out and landed very 
 much to their satisfaction, the fine young green 
 grass and flowering herbage appearing to gratify 
 their palates, and their gambols evincing their 
 delight at being released from ship board with its 
 unsteady evils and close confinement. There 
 the Master and crew of the Enterprise joined the 
 adventurers in their undisguised joy at the success 
 that after several weeks arduous exertion seemed 
 likely to re ward, aye, well reward their joint labours. 
 It may not be out of place here to remark that 
 Capt. Hunter all through looked upon the attempt 
 to form a new settlement as a wild goose chase. 
 The fine fertile fields, the open flowery and grassy 
 knolls and downs, and the indescribable charms 
 which the country, at first sight, around Melbourne 
 displayed, riveted almost every visitor's attention 
 until man's hand had despoiled nature of her 
 pristine features. The poet has said, ' Beauty 
 unadorned is loveliest.' And this then could truly 
 be said of the country around (what is now called) 
 Melbourne. Kangaroo dogs had been provided by 
 Fawkner, and the first day of landing a fine 
 boomer was started not many yards from the 
 vessel, driven into the river just above the site of 
 Princes Bridge, killed and taken to the vessel. 
 The river above the Falls was most odoriferous 
 with the scent of the wattle blossom, which 
 added also to the beauty of the scenery. Monday 
 the 31st August — nothing done. The next day the 
 goods were put ashore and a hut soon made to 
 cover them, and a sleeping hut for the adventurers 
 that were to remain. On Wednesday, late in the 
 evening, John Hilder Wedge, a V.D.L. surveyor 
 came to Melbourne, brought by the blacks in a 
 whale-boat Batman had left at Indented Head,
 
 Faw] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 119 
 
 Strange to say although he had only come thirty 
 miles and must have known that he would have to 
 return, he trusted to our people's hospitality to 
 feed him there and find him food for his return 
 voyage, although he made the trip in order to 
 warn off our party. He was also guilty of some- 
 thing very like double dealing, he got into conver- 
 sation with Capt. Lancey who had charge from 
 Fawkner of the direction of all matters on land 
 concerning the adventure. Pumping (as it is called ) 
 him of all the occurrences of the trip, and stating 
 that he was only out overlooking the country, that 
 he was not interested, &c. &o. Although he was 
 one of the seventeen he kept up this tone all the 
 afternoon and the next day, until he had got a 
 supply of food wherewith to return to the Indented 
 Head, and then he changed his tone, told Capt. 
 Lancey and the other colonists that he had come 
 expressly to warn them off, as the whole of the 
 lands of Port Phillip had been bought and paid 
 for by him and his co-associates, and finished by 
 handing over to Capt. Lancey a written order for 
 him and all his party to leave the company's 
 landed estate. Capt. Lancey handed the paper 
 back to Wedge telling him that he might want 
 such a piece for some necessary occasion, which 
 would be the full worth of such a notice, not for- 
 getting to tell him of the change in his story of 
 the morning from the one at night. The land 
 having been selected for the garden, and also to 
 put in a few acres of wheat ; on Tuesday the first 
 plough was put into the earth, and on the 8th 
 September five acres of wheat were sown, and a 
 garden commenced between that and the hill 
 known as Batman's Hill, upon which hill our 
 people first pitched their tent on the 30th August 
 1835, and which was not removed until Fawkner 
 came over in October 1835, when he fixed to 
 dwell nearer the fall, and put up his house exactly 
 at the rear of the present Custom House. The 
 ploughing was performed by horse labour, and the 
 ploughman was George Wise, son of Richard Wise 
 of Norfolk plains, who was engaged to Fawkner 
 for one year's service as general fann servant at 
 ,£25 a year. It had been agreed that each 
 person of the six associates should have a plot of 
 land on which to build and make a garden, and 
 grow corn on, and that if it was found that the 
 Government would not allow the whites to buy 
 and hold the land under title obtained from the 
 aborigines, it was thought no reasonable British 
 Government would refuse to the first bona fidt 
 settlers a plot of land on which they might grow 
 food for themselves and dependents. This expec- 
 tation was one very wide of the mark when Sir 
 Bichard Bourke took possession of our discovery, 
 made at the risk of life, and at a cost of money 
 few people are aware of. The small lots agreed 
 upon were measured off simply ten acres for each 
 of the six. The lands having been roughly 
 measured off, lots were drawn, and on the lands 
 which fell to Fawkner's share the ground was 
 ploughed and sown with wheat and a garden dug, 
 
 plants put in, seeds sown and the fruit trees planted 
 in the soil. Tuesday the first of September the 
 loading of the vessel was safely placed on shore, 
 and whilst some were labouring on this work 
 others were preparing a hut, and on Wednesday 
 the 2nd September all hands were employed 
 getting and carrying grass and storing a store hut. 
 3rd September the Enterprisi in passing out of 
 the basin got too close to the south bank and took 
 the ground, but soon got clear. Next day 4th 
 dropped down to a point below the junction and 
 took in ballast. Friday the 5th September at 
 two a.m. the Enterprise left the Yarra Yarra, 
 and Fawkner's servants and also Mr. George 
 Evans and his man Evan Evans remained there. 
 Messrs. W. Jackson and Robert Henry Moor 
 returned to Launceston per the Enterprise, and on 
 Sunday the 7th September at four p.m. the pilot 
 came on board and safely conducted the vessel to 
 anchorage at George Town, River Tamar." 
 
 The superiority of the Yarra site was so mani- 
 fest, having an abundant supply of fresh water, 
 that population gathered round and the town of 
 Melbourne arose. Thus was the first visit of the 
 Enterprise made the occasion of the settlement 
 of the metropolis of Port Phillip. Although 
 Fawkner could not reach the new place until some 
 six weeks after his five partners, yet as he was the 
 prime mover of the undertaking, and according to 
 his own showing the planner of the expedition 
 and the selector of the Yarra locality for settle- 
 ment, he is justly entitled to the honour of being 
 the Founder of Melbourne. Batman was 
 undeniably the Founder of the Colony of Port 
 Phillip ; but when a settler he never interfered 
 with public affairs. His rival in fame on the con- 
 trary had a name associated with colonial politics 
 for thirty years. He not only laid the foundation 
 of Melbourne, but was identified with the progress 
 of the work at each successive stage. With some 
 waywardness and eccentricity he proved himself a 
 useful and faithful public servant. A local journal 
 was wanted and Fawkner undertook to supply 
 the desideratum, and started the Melbourne Adver- 
 tiser. The first paper was a manuscript one. It 
 appeared on 1st January 1838 ; " to which," as West ■ 
 garth tells us, "the people had free access for the 
 perusal of commercial advertisements, interlarded 
 with paragraphs of local gossip or contentions." 
 It consisted of four pages of foolscap. The first 
 contained the leader; the second, third and fourth 
 pages gave advertisements of goods for sale, ships 
 arriving and departing. Only one copy of the 
 first number is known to be in existence, and is 
 now in the Melbourne Public Library. After 
 nine numbers had been issued, a small parcel 
 of type arrived from Launceston, and amidst 
 many impediments the paper appeared in print. 
 Fawkner's little paper was suspended because of 
 its illegality. By receiving money for advertise- 
 ments it had become a newspaper. In those days 
 the law respecting those messengers of news was 
 a very strict one. Two sureties had to be found
 
 120 
 
 CYCLOPiEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 [Fea— Fer 
 
 for respectability and propriety, each in the sum 
 of ,£300. The printer, editor and publisher each 
 had to give security for good behaviour to a large 
 amount. Fawkner for various reasons did not 
 comply with these conditions. In fact no money 
 could be tendered to Government in Melbourne 
 till after this. When arrangements were perfected, 
 which was not until the beginning of 1839, Fawkner 
 came legally into the field, though his Advertiser 
 was merged in the title of the Port Phillip Patriot. 
 The first number appeared on Wednesday 16th 
 February 1839, and twelve months after it passed 
 out of Fawkner's hands. The rest of Fawkner's 
 life is bound up with that of the political history 
 of the colony. In 1842 he was elected one of the 
 Melbourne Market Commissioners, and in 1843 
 one of the Town Council, an office which he held 
 for many years. He was elected a member of the 
 first Legislative Council for Dalhousie, and on the 
 introduction of free Parliaments was returned to 
 the Legislative Council for the central province. 
 He died 4th September 18C9. Fawkner was a man 
 of singular energy of character, shrewd intelligence 
 and patriotic aims. But he lacked many of the 
 elements that go to make a great popular leader ; 
 and his manners, like his antecedents, were of a 
 primitive cast. His memory will always be held 
 in respect by the colonists of V. as one of their 
 founders and public benefactors. 
 
 FEATHERSTONE, DR. ISAAC EARL (1813- 
 1875) a native of Durham, England, came to N.Z. 
 in 1839. He was amongst the first to advocate 
 representative government. On the inauguration 
 of the N.Z. Constitution in 1852 he was elected 
 Superintendent of AVellington, which office he 
 held for eighteen years. His courage and influence 
 with the Maoris was of signal benefit in the war 
 in 1866. He was in 1853 returned for Wanganui, 
 and continued to represent it until 1871. During 
 that time he was a member of two Ministries, 
 being Premier and Colonial Secretary of one. In 
 1871 he was appointed Agent-General in England 
 for N.Z., which post he held until his death in 
 1875. 
 
 FELLOWS. THOMAS HOWARD (1826-1878) 
 was called to the English bar in 1852 and shortly 
 afterwards emigrated to V. He first entered 
 Parliament in 1855 and became Solicitor-General 
 in the Haines Ministry ; and in 1857 Attorney- 
 General. In 1858 he resigned his seat in the 
 nibly and was elected to the Council. In 
 
 1859 on the defeat of the second O'Shanassy 
 Ministry he joined the Nicholson Administration, 
 representing that Government in the Upper House 
 without office. The Ministry were defeated in 
 
 1860 and he remained out of office till 1863 when 
 McCulloch formed his first Ministry, in which 
 I ■ lows accepted the office of Postmaster-General 
 without salary, representing the Government in 
 the Upper House. In 1865 he resigned this 
 position and tin' .Ministry soon afterwards com- 
 in. need the struggle with the Council on the 
 "tacking' of the Tariff to the Appropriation Pill. 
 
 Fellows was leader of the party that opposed the 
 measure, and he induced the Council to pass the 
 resolution laying the Bill aside on the ground 
 of its being an infringement of the Council's 
 rights. The Tariff was subsequently separated 
 from the Appropriation Bill and agreed to by the 
 Council. In 1867 another struggle began between 
 the McCulloch Ministry and the Council over the 
 grant of ,£20,000 to Sir Charles Darling. Fellows 
 resigned his seat in the Council with the intention 
 of leading the Opposition party in the Assembly, 
 and was elected for St. Kilda. After the Assembly 
 had been re-elected in 1868 the McCulloch Ministry 
 resigned owing to a difference with the Governor 
 (Lord Canterbury) who in consequence of des- 
 patches from the Colonial Office declined to give 
 a pledge that he would again recommend the grant 
 of £20,000 to be placed in the Appropriation Bill. 
 The Governor was for two months endeavouring 
 to form another Ministry, and at last Sir Charles 
 Sladen consented to take office. He formed an 
 Administration which included Fellows as Minister 
 of Justice and leader of the Assembly. The diffi- 
 culty in connection with Sir Charles Darling was 
 solved by the Home Government placing him 
 on the pension list. Immediately afterwards the 
 Sladen Ministry was defeated on a vote of want 
 of confidence, resigned, and was succeeded by 
 another McCulloch Ministry. Fellows continued 
 a member of the Assembly till 1872 when he was 
 appointed fifth Judge of the Supreme Court, which 
 office he held till his death. 
 
 FERGTJSS0N, SIR JAMES, son of Sir Charles 
 Dalrymple Fergusson, was born at Edinburgh in 
 1832, and educated at Rugby. In 1850 he entered 
 the Grenadier Guards. In 1849 he succeeded to 
 the baronetcy. In 1854 he went to the Crimea 
 with his regiment and was wounded at Inkermann. 
 Having retired from the army he was elected to 
 the House of Commons for Ayrshire, and sat for 
 that county until 1857, and again from 1859 to 
 1868, when he was appointed Governor of S.A. 
 He was free and open-handed in his expenditure, 
 and very liberal in all his personal dealings with 
 the colony. He was a man of very considerable 
 ability, a clear thinker and an effective speaker. 
 Though perhaps his higher qualities were not 
 recognised as they ought to have been, he was 
 regarded as an intelligent and a high-minded 
 gentleman, who maintained the dignity of his 
 responsible position and creditably represented 
 Her Majesty by his liberal administration. 
 The establishment of telegraphic communication 
 between Australia and Europe was earned out 
 during his term of office; his efforts to aid in 
 the accomplishment of this great work were 
 fully recognised, and shortly after its comple- 
 tion he was promoted by Gladstone to the 
 governorship of N.Z., but resigned the following 
 year. Sir James suffered while in Adelaide a 
 serious domestic affliction in the death of his 
 wife, Lady Edith Ramsay, daughter of 'the Mar- 
 quess Dalhousie.
 
 Fer— Fij] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 121 
 
 FERNSHAWE, a township in V. in the district 
 of Evelyn, forty-three miles E. of Melbourne. 
 The surrounding country is famed for the beauty 
 of its scenery, there being numerous fern-tree 
 gullies, lofty waterfalls, and extensive mountain 
 views, and the timber is reported to be among 
 the largest in the world, the mountain ash attain- 
 ing the height of 420 feet. There is also much 
 valuable wood, such as the myrtle, sassafras, &c. 
 
 FERN-TREE GULLY, a picturesque spot in 
 V. in the district of Mornington, twenty-one 
 miles S.E. of Melbourne. Fern-Tree Gully abounds 
 in ferns and mosses, and is a well-known resort 
 for excursionists and lovers of picturesque scenery. 
 The surrounding country is of a pastoral and 
 agricultural character. 
 
 FIELD, BARRON, Jurist, was sent out by the 
 Imperial Government in 1817 to supersede Judge 
 Bent, who was first Judge of the Supreme Court 
 of N.S.W. Field was an English barrister, a man 
 of literary ability, and the friend of Charles Lamb, 
 Hazlitt, Coleridge, and their circle, and one of 
 Lamb's most charming letters was addressed to 
 his friend Barron Field in N.S.W. A journal of 
 his outward voyage, written by Field, was published 
 in the old London Magazine for 1818. He was 
 sent to heal the wounds in the body politic, but 
 got himself into disputes with the emancipists 
 almost as quickly as Judge Bent himself. One of 
 his first acts after entering upon his duties was the 
 giving of a decision which allowed a defendant 
 to plead a plaintiff's conviction for felony many 
 years previously in England as a bar to civil 
 action. The emancipists at this time formed a 
 large majority of the trading and mechanical as 
 well as the agricultural and grazing sections of the 
 community ; and it is not surprising that they 
 showed a well-grounded alarm at the helpless 
 position in which Judge Field's decision placed 
 them. They at length initiated a movement for 
 redress by signing a requisition to the provost 
 marshal asking him to call a public meeting in 
 order to decide on what steps should be taken 
 to enable them to obtain relief from their legal 
 disabilities. The meeting, which was numerously 
 attended, was conducted in a very loyal and 
 orderly manner. The result of the movement was 
 a resolution affirming the civil equality of the 
 emancipist class, and praying for redress from the 
 throne. By the influence of the Governor the 
 prayer was granted. Field returned to England 
 in 1825, and subsequently published a book on the 
 State of Society in N.S.W. 
 
 FIELD PLAINS, in the district of Liverpool 
 Plains N.S.W., were named by Oxley after Judge 
 Field. 
 
 FIELDING, COLONEL. In December 1871 
 Colonel Fielding, as representative of an English 
 company presided over by the Duke of Manchester, 
 and called "The Emigrant and Colonists Aid 
 Corporation," visited N.Z. after going through the 
 Australian colonies, his object being to find a field 
 
 for the commencement of colonising operations. 
 Finding in N.Z. a climate eminently suited to the 
 English constitution, a soil abundantly fertile, 
 internal communications fairly developed already 
 and rapidly progressive, and above all a Govern- 
 ment anxious to foster any reasonable scheme for 
 the settlement of people on its unoccupied terri- 
 tory, Fielding had little difficulty in selecting a 
 favourable site in Wellington and making terms 
 with the Colonial and Provincial Governments. 
 Negotiations resulted in the purchase of this block 
 at fifteen shillings per acre. The corporation 
 undertook to introduce to the colony and to settle 
 on the land 2000 people within six years. The 
 Government on the other hand was to provide 
 free passages for these people from England, and 
 to find work, in the formation of the railway line 
 through the property or in other public works in 
 the neighbourhood, for a current number of 200 
 labourers. The Provincial Government made a 
 conditional agreement to expend a sum not 
 exceeding £2000 per annum for five years to assist 
 in forming by-roads. The scheme hung fire awhile 
 on Fielding's return to England, but the work 
 of colonisation has commenced in earnest, and 
 the result is anxiously watched, for if successful 
 private capital and enterprise will be directed to 
 the formation of similar settlements in some of 
 the large tracts of country from time to time 
 falling into the hands of the Government by pur- 
 chase from the natives. 
 
 FIJI ISLANDS.— The Fiji, or more properly 
 Viti, Archipelago lies E. of the New Hebrides 
 between the 16° and 20° S. latitude and the 177° 
 and 182° longitude. It is beset with coral reefs, 
 and embraces altogether 254 islands and islets 
 including two of considerable size, Viti Levu being 
 about ninety miles long by sixty wide and of an 
 oval shape, while Vanua Levu is rather longer but 
 much narrower and more irregular. Both are very 
 mountainous, the latter having peaks which rise 
 to about 5000 feet above the sea -level. They are 
 of volcanic origin, well wooded, and extremely 
 fertile. The east or weather side is the most 
 luxuriant and teems with a dense mass of vege- 
 tation, huge trees, innumerable creepers, and 
 epiphytal plants. Here no break occurs in the 
 green mantle spread over hill and dale except 
 where effected by man. On the lee side the aspect 
 is very different— a fine grassy country here and 
 there dotted with screw pines. The dense vegeta- 
 tion is thoroughly tropical in aspect ; but some of 
 the more open parts have quite a South Australian 
 character owing to the presence of acacias, casua- 
 rinas, and metrosideros. On the mountains above 
 2000 feet elevation we find hollies, laurinaceous 
 trees, with bright-coloured orchids, and delicate 
 ferns and mosses ; but no true alpine vegetation 
 has yet been discovered. There are many perfumed 
 barks and woods, but sandal-wood is confined to 
 the south-western parts of Vanua Viti where it is 
 now very scarce. The only terrestrial mammal is 
 a rat probably introduced by Europeans, and the
 
 122 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Fij 
 
 dog, pig, and fowl were domesticated when the 
 islands were first visited. The birds are tolerably 
 numerous and resemble those of the Tonga and 
 Samoa groups further east. They are allied to 
 Australian and especially Polynesian forms. Lizards 
 are comparatively abundant and varied, but there 
 are only two snakes, while there are several kinds 
 of tree-frogs. 
 
 People.— The Fijians are a dark-coloured frizzly- 
 haired bearded race reproducing in the east the 
 tall and muscular bodies of the finest of the 
 western Papuans, but much superior to them both 
 in regularity of feature and in degree of civilisa- 
 tion. They exhibit however a considerable amount 
 of intermixture with the brown Polynesians of 
 Tonga and Samoa who have long ago established 
 colonies in the Fiji Islands, and have to some 
 extent modified both the customs and the lan- 
 guage of the natives. Yet they remain undoubted 
 Melanesians and differ from their Maori neigh- 
 bours not only in their scanty dress which hardly 
 differs from that of the savage New Hebrideans, 
 but in using the bow and arrow and in making 
 pottery, both arts being foreign to the true Poly- 
 nesians. The people have a regular system of 
 Government under chiefs of tribes of whom 
 there are twelve or thirteen. They have priests 
 and temples, a complex mythology, and a firm 
 belief in a future state. Their manners and 
 morals are in many respects those of a civilised 
 people, yet perhaps nowhere in the world has 
 human life been so recklessly destroyed, or 
 cannibalism been reduced to such a system 
 as here. Human flesh was, and is still in many 
 parts, the Fijian's greatest luxury, and not only 
 enemies or slaves, but sometimes even wives, 
 children, and friends, were sacrificed to gratify 
 it. At great feasts it was not uncommon to see 
 twenty human bodies cooked at a time, and on 
 the demand of a chief for "long pig," which is 
 their euphuism for a human body, his attendants 
 would rush out and kill the first person they 
 met, rather than fail to gratify him. No less 
 horrible were the human sacrifices which attended 
 most of their ceremonies. When a chief died a 
 whole hecatomb of wives and slaves had to be 
 buried alive with him. When a chief's house was 
 built, the hole for each post must have a slave 
 to hold it up and be buried with it. When a 
 great war-canoe was to be launched, or to be 
 brought home, it must be dragged to or from 
 the water over living human beings tied between 
 two plantain stems to serve as rollers. Stranger 
 still and altogether incredible were it not vouched 
 for by independent testimony of the most satis- 
 factory character, these people scrupled not to 
 offer themselves to a horrible death to satisfy 
 the demands of custom, or to avoid the finger of 
 -MiH, So firm was their belief in a future state 
 in which the actual condition of the dying person 
 was perpetuated, that on the first symptoms of 
 old age ami weakness, parents with their own 
 free consent were buried by their children. A 
 
 missionary was actually invited by a young man 
 to attend the funeral of his mother, who herself 
 walked cheerfully to the grave and was there 
 buried ; while a young man who was unwell and 
 not able to eat was voluntarily buried alive 
 because, as he himself said, if he could not eat 
 he should get thin and weak and the girls 
 would call him a skeleton and laugh at him. 
 He was buried by his own father; and when he 
 asked to be strangled first he was scolded and 
 told to be quiet and be buried like other people, 
 and give them no more trouble ; and he was 
 buried accordingly. The weapons of the Fijians 
 consist of spears, slings, clubs, short throwing- 
 clubs, and bows and arrows. Most of these are 
 larger and heavier than those of other Pacific 
 islanders, corresponding to the more warlike 
 character and greater strength of the people. 
 Their towns are often fortified with an earthen 
 rampart faced with stones and surmounted by a 
 fence of reed or cocoa-nut trunks. Their houses 
 are oblong, twenty to thirty feet long, well built, 
 and with doorways on the two sides four feet 
 wide and only about the same height. The doors 
 are of mats, and the floor at the ends is raised 
 a little and covered with mats for sleeping on. 
 They have pyramidal temples often erected on 
 terraced mounds, but many of these have now 
 been destroyed. Their canoes are well-built and 
 sometimes more than 100 feet long, usually 
 double, of unequal size, the smaller serving as a 
 powerful outrigger. Their agricultural implements 
 are digging sticks and hoes made of turtle-bone 
 or flat oyster-shells, now replaced by iron. They 
 are skilful in basket and net making. The 
 Fijians are cleanly in their habits, and very 
 particular about their personal appearance. They 
 do not load themselves with ornaments like 
 the more savage Melanesian tribes, and the 
 women only are tattooed. Although so scantily 
 dressed, they are essentially as modest as the 
 most civilised nations, and any public indecency 
 woidd be severely punished. Though they have 
 learnt many arts from their intercourse with 
 the Samoans and Tongans, it is the general 
 opinion that they are superior to the Polynesians 
 in intelligence. In no place has missionary effort 
 been more successful, or its fruits more apparent, 
 than in Fiji. It is only forty years since the first 
 missionaries landed at Lakemba, one of the small 
 eastern islands of the group, at a time when all the 
 horrors of cannibalism and massacre were at their 
 height. Now there are no less than 30,000 converts 
 while 50,000 children attend the mission schools. 
 The king, Thakombau, who long opposed them, 
 has been converted, and cannibalism and human 
 sacrifices have been abolished in all the coast 
 districts and the smaller islands, even if they still 
 linger io the interior of Viti Levu. This great 
 change has been wholly effected by the Wesleyan 
 missions, assisted latterly by the Roman Catholics, 
 and still more recently by the Church of England. 
 Besides the two large islands already described we
 
 Fiji 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 123 
 
 have Taviuni, a fine island about thirty miles long, 
 situated near Vanua Levu. It is exceedingly 
 beautiful and luxuriant, with a mountain 2500 
 feet high, having a lake on its summit, probably 
 the crater of an extinct volcano. Kandavu, to the 
 south of Viti Levu, and nearly as large as Taviuni, 
 is mountainous and thickly populated, and is the 
 island at which the mail steamers call. Ovaloui 
 on the east side of Viti Levu, has a fine harbour at 
 Levuka, the principal European settlement, and 
 hitherto considered the capital of the group. It is 
 now decided however that the capital shall be 
 changed to Suva, a harbour on the south of Viti 
 Levu. Lakemba is the largest of the eastern 
 islands, and is the head-quarters of the Wesleyan 
 Mission. It is nearly round, and about six miles 
 in diameter. — ( Abridged from Wallace.) 
 
 History. — The first European who made the 
 existence of the Fijian group of islands known 
 to the civilised world was the Dutch navigator 
 Tasman in 1(343, after whose voyage they remained 
 unvisited until Cook touched at one of the Wind- 
 ward (eastward) islands, now called Vatoa, which 
 he named Turtle Island. In 1789 they were passed 
 by Bligh in his tedious and dangerous voyage in the 
 Bounty's launch. Seven years later Captain Wilson 
 commanding the missionary ship Buff, while fol- 
 lowing almost the same course as Tasman nearly 
 lost his vessel by touching the reef off Taviuni, 
 having previously tried to land missionaries, from 
 which he was deterred by the hostile attitude of 
 the natives. About 1804 twenty-seven convicts 
 succeeding in their attempt to escape fromN.S.W. 
 settled throughout the islands, mostly at Rewa or 
 Bau, giving their assistance to the native chiefs to 
 carry on their fightings, receiving in return almost 
 whatever they demanded. The hostile chiefs seeing 
 their followers drop without any apparent cause, 
 from the effect of firearms skilfully used by the 
 white desperadoes, ceased hostilities. At this time 
 the absolute government of the group was within 
 the reach of the few whites then resident therein, 
 but instead of consolidating and improving the 
 power thus obtained, they lived a life of ease, 
 indolence and wickedness so excessive that even 
 their cannibal associates looked upon them as 
 monsters in human form. After the lapse of little 
 more than thirty years the only survivor of the 
 twenty-seven was one Connor, an Irishman, his 
 companions either having been killed in internal 
 quarrels or destroyed and eaten by the natives. 
 In 1859 the native King Thakombau offered the 
 sovereignty under certain conditions of the islands 
 to Great Britain ; this offer was declined. A 
 further offer was made on 21st March 1874, which 
 was also declined, but in October by a deed of 
 cession dated the 10th the sovereignty of the islands 
 was ceded to the British Crown, and a charter was 
 soon after issued erecting them into a separate 
 colony, Sir A. H. Gordon C.B. assuming the 
 governorship on 19th August 1875. Unlike most 
 acquired lands Fiji seems to have no traditions, 
 and we seek in vain for a shadow of historical 
 
 record as to the origin of the inhabitants of the 
 country. By them can no ballad be sung, neither 
 can any history be gleaned showing that in former 
 ages any immigration took place, nor that the 
 aborigines ever had any intercourse with other 
 people excepting those few which chance threw in 
 their way by shipwreck or other casualty. The 
 inference therefore may be justly formed that the 
 occupation of these islands by the Fijians must 
 have taken place at a very remote date, and a 
 confirmation of such inference is to be found in 
 the fact that the still popular belief of the natives 
 is that their forefathers were born, that they lived 
 and that they died upon the land on which their 
 descendants now dwell. The statistics show con- 
 vincing proofs that the colony of Fiji has during 
 the first three years of its existence made real pro- 
 gress. That it experienced " hard times " since 
 the establishment of British rule is undeniable ; 
 in fact such a result was for some time inevitable 
 on account of the reverses the country suffered, 
 from the cultivation of cotton and on account of 
 the prohibition to deal in lands. These are causes 
 that now exist but in a diminished form, so its 
 productions are more varied, and principally con- 
 sist of articles the demand for which is steady and 
 likely to remain greater than the supply. Crown 
 grants have been issued for large and valuable 
 tracts of land, so that every day adds to its 
 prosperity, as the planters gather greater expe- 
 rience and extend their operations in a country 
 unsurpassed in the richness of its soil, and blessed 
 with a climate healthy and agreeable beyond com- 
 parison with any other tropical country. The 
 climate is, for nine months of the year, most 
 delightful and free from disease, but during the 
 hot season persons, unless careful in their mode of 
 living,niay beseized with dysentery. Fiji possesses 
 every description of soil. Rice may be cultivated 
 in its swamps ; its rich virgin land is peculiarly 
 adapted to the growth of the sugar cane, coffee, 
 cotton, sweet potatoes, yams and all other tropical 
 productions ; while in suitable soil, peas, beans, 
 cabbages, lettuces, and most other semi-tropical 
 edibles will thrive. The cocoa-nut tree is indi- 
 genous, thousands of acres have been and still are 
 being planted, requiring only time to yield an 
 enormous quantity of copra, and consequent profit 
 to the planters with an increased value to the lands, 
 and the yield of melons, pine-apples, oranges, 
 lemons, limes, tomatoes, cucumbers, &c, is unsur- 
 passed in quantity and quality in any other portion 
 of the globe. Fiji needs but an adequate supply 
 of experienced labourers and manufacturers to 
 enable it to develop its resources and make avail- 
 able its now hidden stores of wealth. There are 
 six or seven sugar mills in a satisfactory state 
 of operation ; turning out sugar equal to any pro- 
 duced in the Mauritius or the West Indies. The 
 native population is estimated at about 15,000, the 
 European about 1600. Two newspapers are pub- 
 lished at Fiji, besides a native paper at irregular 
 intervals. The Government is absolute, consisting
 
 124 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Fij— Fin 
 
 of a Governor, assisted by an Executive Council 
 and Legislative Assembly, both nominated by the 
 Governor. The total value of exports from Fiji 
 for 1875 was £94,266 5s. 6d., of which amount 
 .£77,806 5s. 6d. was produced in the colony, and 
 the remainder, £16,460, represented the value of 
 what was imported to be reshipped. In 1876 the 
 produce of the colony exported amounted in value 
 to £80,270 Os. 3d. ; produce imported to be 
 reshipped to £23,189 ; making the total value of 
 exports for the year £103,459 0s. 3d. These figures are 
 again considerably exceeded in 1877, produce raised 
 in the colony and exported attaining for that year 
 the value of £112,389 Is., and produce imported 
 for reshipment being valued at £28,504 10s., 
 giving a total of £140,893 lis., as the value of 
 all articles exported from the colony last year. 
 The value of copra made in the colony and exported 
 in 1875 was, £28,108 ; in 1876, £25,306 10s. ; and 
 in 1877, £54,641 12s. Along with copra fibre may 
 be classed, the exportation of which however does 
 not increase in ratio with the production of copra, 
 as it amounted in 1875 only to £1796 10s. ; in 
 1876 to £2953 ; and in 1877 to £2660. Sir Arthur 
 Gordon was transferred to the Government of 
 N.Z. in September 1880. During his five years 
 rule the progress of Fiji was remarkable consider- 
 ing the circumstances. The colony which in 1875 
 was practically insolvent is now self-supporting. 
 The steady increase of the revenue is a conclusive 
 proof of the progress achieved. Tn 1876 it had 
 increased from £15,000 to £38,000 ; in 1877 to 
 £47,000 ; in 1878 to over £60,000. One of the 
 great problems to be solved was the best means 
 of making the native population contribute a 
 fair proportion of the expenses of government. 
 A return to the uniform poll tax imposed by 
 Thakombau's Government was both impolitic and 
 objectionable ; the labour tax which was tem- 
 porarily substituted on the annexation of the 
 islands was ineffective, and as it was manifestly 
 absurd to impose pecuniary taxation on a people 
 nine-tenths of whom possessed no money, it was 
 ultimately resolved to institute a system of pay- 
 ment of taxation in kind. The result has been 
 advantageous to the treasury. The receipts from 
 native taxes, which in 1875 under the old method 
 of collection only amounted to £3499, have now 
 increased to over £20,000 a year. The originator 
 of the system contends that not only has this plan 
 secured an ample revenue but has stimulated the 
 industry of the natives and doubled the produce 
 of the colony, while the aborigines are more pros- 
 perous and contented than they ever were before. 
 The commercial results which have followed the 
 establishment of settled government have been 
 considerable, while the prospects of the future 
 are still more encouraging. In 1876 the exports 
 amounted to £103,459; for 1880 they will probably 
 exceed £200,000. The sugar and cotton plantations 
 are as yet in their infancy, but only require capital 
 to make immense strides. The difficulty of pro- 
 curing a cheap and regular supply of labour has 
 
 for years been a great drawback to the develop- 
 ment of these lucrative industries ; but fewer 
 complaints are now heard on this score. The 
 best account of Fiji and its population is given 
 in the work of the Rev. Thomas Williams of V., 
 long a Wesleyan Methodist missionary in the 
 islands. 
 
 FINNISS, BOYLE TRAVEES (1807—) a 
 native of England, was educated at the Royal 
 Military College, Sandhurst, where he was selected 
 as one of six cadets distinguished for good conduct 
 and diligence in study, to be appointed to com- 
 missions in the army in May 1825. Finniss was 
 accordingly gazetted to the 88th Regiment, but on 
 the same date obtained a commission in the 56th, 
 the Horse Guards being unaware that they had 
 appointed the same person to the two commissions. 
 He elected to remain in the 56th ; was promoted 
 to a lieutenancy in March 1827, and transferred to 
 the 82nd Regiment in June. In 1835 he sold his 
 commission for the purpose of settling in N.S.VV. 
 under the Emigration Order of 25th August 1834, 
 and obtained the usual certificate entitling him to 
 a grant of land as a military settler in that colony. 
 He abandoned his intention on being appointed 
 Assistant-Surveyor under Colonel Light, and pro- 
 ceeded to S.A., where he arrived in September 
 1836. He was appointed Deputy Surveyor-General 
 in 1840 ; but on the reductions made in the Civil 
 Service by Governor Grey, Finniss left the ser- 
 vice for a time. In 1843 he was appointed Com- 
 missioner of Police and Police Magistrate. In 
 1846 he received the joint appointments of Colonial 
 Treasurer and Registrar-General, and was con- 
 sequently member of the Executive and Legis- 
 lative Councils. In 1848 he was promoted by 
 Governor Young to the Colonial Secretaryship, 
 which appointment was confirmed by the Imperial 
 Government. As leader of the Legislative Council 
 he carried the new Parliament Bill in 1853. But 
 it was disallowed in consequence of a numerously 
 signed petition to the Queen objecting to the 
 construction of the Upper House, the members of 
 which were to be nominated by the Queen for 
 life, with reservation to the Governor to add to 
 their numbers in case of political necessity arising. 
 As Colonial Secretary Finniss carried through the 
 Legislative Council the present Constitution Act. 
 In December 1854 Governor Young being recalled, 
 and leaving the province before the arrival of his 
 successor, Finniss became Acting Governor which 
 position he held until June 1855, when Sir R. G. 
 MacDonnell arrived and assumed the Government, 
 On the election of the first S.A. Parliament under 
 the new Constitution Act Finniss, who had been 
 appointed Chief Secretary and head of the first 
 Ministry, took his seat as one of the Members for 
 Adelaide. The following measures were intro- 
 duced by him and carried : — The Waterworks Act 
 for supplying the city, the Municipal Corporation 
 Act, the Gawler Railway Act &c. He raised a 
 company of Volunteers called the Adelaide Marks- 
 men, and organised a Volunteer Force of 2ooo men
 
 Fin-Fit] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 125 
 
 of which he was appointed Lieutenant-Colonel. 
 In 1864 Finniss was appointed Government Resi- 
 dent of the Northern Territory. He proceeded to 
 Adam Bay with a party of forty-one and selected 
 a site for the capital at the mouth of the Adelaide 
 River ; but much opposition being raised to this 
 selection Finniss was recalled in November 1865 
 and an official inquiry into the selection of the site 
 and his management of the Settlement generally 
 took place. On the report of the Commission being 
 sent in to the Government he was compelled to 
 tender his resignation. In the year 1866 Finniss 
 received from the Queen the personal title of 
 Honorable in recognition of his services in the 
 Executive Council and the Ministry. In 1875 he 
 was appointed a Member of the Forest Board, 
 and in 1876 Acting Auditor- General for twelve 
 months during the absence of the Auditor-General 
 (Hitchin) on leave. 
 
 FINKE RIVER, in Central Australia, dis- 
 covered and named by Macdouall Stuart in 1860 
 in honour of his liberal patron Finke of Adelaide. 
 He also gave the name of Chambers Pillar to a 
 remarkable sandstone pillar, 105 feet high, near 
 the Finke, in honour of Chambers, partner with 
 Finke. 
 
 FIRST FLEET. The first fleet of ships des- 
 patched from England to form a settlement on the 
 coast of New Holland assembled at the Isle of 
 Wight in March 1787. There were eleven ships, 
 named as follows : the Sirius, frigate ; the Supply, 
 armed tender ; the Golden Grove, Fishbum, and 
 Barroiodale, storeships ; and the Scarborough, 
 Lady Penrhyn, Friendship, Charlotte, Prince of 
 Wales and Alexander, transports. The officers of 
 the new colony were Captain Arthur Phillip, who 
 was styled Governor and Commander-in-Chief of 
 N.S.W.; Major Robert Ross, Lieutenant-Governor ; 
 Richard Johnson, chaplain ; Andrew Miller, com- 
 missary ; David Collins, Judge-Advocate ; John 
 Long, adjutant ; James Furzer, quarter-master ; 
 John White, surgeon ; Thomas Arndell and William 
 Balmain, assistant-surgeons ; John Hunter, Cap- 
 tain of the Sirius ; Lieutenant H. L. Ball, in 
 command of the Supply ; Lieutenant John Short- 
 land, agent for transports. The garrison consisted 
 of two hundred marines, with the following 
 officers : Captains Campbell, Shea, Meredith and 
 Tench ; Lieutenants Johnston, Collins, Kellow, 
 Morrison, Clarke, Faddy, Cresswell, Poulden, 
 Sharp, Davey and Timmins. The persons under 
 their charge, who were to remain in the settlement, 
 were, besides the two hundred soldiers, forty of 
 whom were allowed to take their wives and 
 families, eighty-one free persons and 696 prisoners. 
 The founders of the colony therefore consisted of 
 one free person to every two prisoners. The 
 precise number of people embarked was 1044, viz. : 
 Civil officers, 10 ; military, including officers, 212 ; 
 wives and families of military (28 women and 17 
 children,) 45 ; other free persons, 81 ; total free 
 persons, 348 ; prisoners, 696. Of this number 
 1030 were safely landed in the colony. What 
 
 proportion of the whole were women has not been 
 ascertained. The fleet sailed on 13th May 1787, 
 and having touched at Teneriffe, Rio Janeiro and 
 the Cape of Good Hope tor water and provisions 
 the first ship, the Supply, with Governor Phillip 
 on board, sighted the coast of N.S.W. on 3rd 
 January 1788. She anchored in Botany Bay on 
 the 18th, and was followed on the 19th and 20th 
 by the other ships. 
 
 FISHER, SIR JAMES HURTLE (1790-1875) 
 was a native of England, and a lawyer by profession. 
 When the Colony of S.A was founded in 1836 he 
 received from the Crown the appointment of 
 Resident Commissioner for Crown Lands, and 
 arrived in the colony with Governor Hindmarsh 
 in December. A quarrel arose between the 
 Governor and the Commissioner as to the site of 
 the settlement, and as the latter had powers equal 
 to those of the Governor he was enabled to prolong 
 the contest. Of the settlers some sided with the 
 Governor ; others gave their support to the Com- 
 missioner, and the colony was divided into two 
 factions. After fourteen months of wrangling, the 
 Imperial Government interfered. Fisher was dis- 
 missed, and Governor Hindmarsh recalled ; while 
 the offices of both were conferred on Colonel 
 Gawler, who arrived in the colony in 1838. 
 Fisher in that year became President of the 
 School Society, and for many years took a lively 
 interest in the cause of education. In 1840 he was 
 elected first Mayor of Adelaide, and gave such 
 satisfaction in that capacity that he was five times 
 re-elected to the civic chair, the last occasion being 
 in 1853. From an early period he was a patron 
 and ardent promoter of field sports, especially of 
 racing, and was for a number of years President of 
 the Jockey Club. He held for many years the 
 position of Chairman to the Bench of Magistrates, 
 and commanded universal respect by his urbanity 
 and impartiality. In 1851 he was presented with 
 a service of plate in recognition of his public 
 services to the colony. In 1853 Fisher was elected 
 Member of the Assembly for West Adelaide. In 
 1855 he entered the Council as nominee of the 
 Government, and was unanimously chosen Speaker. 
 On the first election for the Upper House under 
 the New Constitution, he was elected to that 
 branch of the Legislature, and chosen its first 
 President, a position he held until advancing age 
 compelled him to retire. In 1860 he received the 
 honour of knighthood from Her Majesty. He died 
 in January 1875 at the age of eighty-five, univer- 
 sally beloved and respected. 
 
 FITZGERALD, CAPTAIN CHARLES, R.N., 
 Governor of W.A. from July 1848 to 1855. In 
 December 1848 he started with a party to examine 
 the lead mine reported by A. C. Gregory as exist- 
 ing on the Murchison. The examination verified 
 the discovery. During this expedition the Governor 
 was speared by the blacks and narrowly escaped 
 with his life. Roe in his explorations in the same 
 year gave the name of the Fitzgerald Peaks to a 
 high elevation in the Bremer Range, 1000 feet
 
 126 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LPit 
 
 above the level of the plains, and from which he 
 saw spread out beneath him in eVery direction 
 " one vast sea of dark scrub and thicket, inter- 
 sected by broad belts of salt lake and samphire 
 marshes." 
 
 FITZGERALD, NICHOLAS (1829—) a native 
 of Galway in Ireland, came to V. in 1859 and 
 established an extensive brewery at Castlemaine, 
 and subsequently similar establishments in N.S.W. 
 and Q. He was elected Member of the Legislative 
 Council in 1863 and re-elected in 1874 for the 
 North-western Province, and has won celebrity as 
 an able speaker and debater. 
 
 FITZGERALD, JAMES EDWARD, was the 
 first Superintendent of Canterbury under the new 
 Act. He was an original member of the Canter- 
 bury Association and held office till 1857. 
 
 FITZHERBERT, SIR WILLIAM, K.C.M.G., 
 Speaker of the N.Z. House of Representatives, 
 was educated at Cambridge, and is a Fellow of 
 Queen's College, and also holds the diplomas of the 
 Royal College of Physicians London. In 1842 he 
 emigrated to N.Z. In 1864 he was appointed 
 Treasurer but resigned in the following year ; was 
 reappointed in 1866 and in 1867 went to England 
 as special Agent for the colony. He held this 
 office for four years returning to N.Z. in 1871 ; 
 was elected Superintendent of Wellington in suc- 
 cession to Dr. Featherston, and re-elected in 1873. 
 He was knighted in 1871. 
 
 FITZPATRICK, MICHAEL (1816—) a native 
 of N.S.W., born at Parramatta, and educated at 
 the Australian College. In 1837 he was appointed 
 to the Civil Service as Clerk in the Lands Depart- 
 ment, and was promoted to the office of Clerk of 
 the Executive Council in 1851. In this position 
 he rendered valuable service to the Government, 
 and on the introduction of Responsible Govern- 
 ment in 1856 was chosen first Under Secretary for 
 Lands and Works, these two departments being 
 at that time associated under one Minister. On 
 the severance of these departments he continued 
 to hold the office of Under Secretary for Lands 
 until he finally quitted the service in 1869, retiring 
 on a pension to which he was entitled by upwards 
 of thirty years service. He offered himself as a 
 candidate at the general election in December of 
 that year and was returned for the district of 
 Yaaa Plains. He has been four times returned for 
 the same district. On his entry into Parliament 
 Fitzpatrick was a firm supporter of the Cowper- 
 Robertson party with whom he acted and voted 
 until Robertson joined Martin. Thereafter he 
 voted with the party of which Parkes became the 
 head. Fitzpatrick was two or three times offered 
 
 i portfolio but always declined office until the 
 formation of Ihe Farnell Ministry in December 
 
 1877, in which he held the office of Colonial 
 
 S i n l.ii \ in il it , iv i l , 1 1 ; 1 1 i < n i I v i • 1 >, < • iimntlis 
 afterwards. 
 
 FITZROY, CAPTAIN, Governor of N.Z. from 
 26th December L843 to 1 7th November lM.i 
 
 FITZROY, SIR CHARLES AUGUSTUS, 
 Governor of N.S.W., was a member of the ducal 
 house of Grafton. Previous to his appointment 
 he had been Governor of Prince Edward's Island 
 and Commander-in-Chief of Antigua and the 
 adjacent islands of the West Indies. He arrived 
 in Sydney on 2nd August 1846, and was sworn in 
 as Governor-General on the following day. He was 
 received with good auguries, the general opinion 
 pronouncing him to be one whose affability and 
 courtesy bespoke the English gentlemen. But 
 these impressions were by no means confirmed in 
 the sequel. The talents of Fitzroy were not above 
 mediocrity, but his manners were conciliatory. On 
 colonial politics he had no opinions and no preju- 
 dices ; apparently his chief object was to lead an 
 easy life. It is said that on landing he exclaimed, 
 "I cannot conceive how Sir George Gipps could 
 permit himself to be bored by anything in this 
 delicious climate." Sir Charles was in fact an 
 eminent example of how far good temper and the 
 impartiality of indifference in the absence of higher 
 qualities may make a very respectable colonial 
 governor. By placing himself unreservedly in the 
 hands of men of colonial experience ; by yielding 
 every point left to his own discretion by the Home 
 Government to the wishes of the majority of the 
 Legislative Council ; and in fact by never taking the 
 trouble to have any opinion on any colonial subject, 
 he glided over difficulties on which men of more 
 intellect and obstinacy would have made shipwreck. 
 Fitzroy, warned by the error of Governor Gipps, 
 in his first address to the Legislative Council 
 assured them that he should defer any legislative 
 action on his own part until he made such a stay 
 and such investigations as were "necessary to 
 acquire personal experience upon several moment- 
 ous questions, on which it would be presumptuous 
 to offer any opinion at so early a period of our 
 intercourse," and he added "I take this oppor- 
 tunity of publicly declaring in perfect sincerity 
 that I have assumed the responsible trust with 
 which our Sovereign has honoured me unfettered 
 by any preconceived opinions on every subject 
 affecting the interests of any class of Her Majesty's 
 subjects in this territory." Among the important 
 subjects affected by this timely and sagacious 
 declaration stood foremost the renewal of trans- 
 portation, the upset price of Crown lauds, the 
 terms on which those lauds were to be temporarily 
 occupied by pastoral proprietors, the control and 
 appropriation of the colonial revenues, and the 
 establishment of steam communication. In 1848 
 the Council passed a resolution of Wentworth's 
 in favour of the renewal of transportation, and the 
 Governor sent it home in a despatch favourable 
 to the request. Earl Grey, in defiance of the 
 repeatedly-expressed will of the colonists, revoked 
 the order in Council of 1840 by which N.S.W. had 
 i i;i-i .1 |.. In: a place for the reception of prisoners. 
 The publication of the Earl's despatch in the colony 
 was received with one universal outburst of 
 indignation. From that time compromise was
 
 Fit-Fli] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 127 
 
 impossible ; the breach of faith became a potent 
 rhetorical weapon in the hands of political agitators. 
 The excitement and fury of all parties was such, 
 that it only needed the presence of an obstinate 
 and haughty governor to provoke a rebellious 
 outburst. Fortunately Fitzroy preferred a pleasant 
 day on the racecourse to any assertion of vice- 
 regal attributes. Throughout the struggle to get 
 rid of transportation he steadily supported the 
 infamous impolicy of the Secretary of State, and 
 thus gained for himself unbounded unpopularity, 
 and a character for mingled levity and treachery 
 which he never subsequently lost. In 1851 the 
 gold discoveries occurred, and taxed all the resources 
 of Fitzroy's government ; but he showed himself 
 equal to the occasion, and did not fall into those 
 errors which caused such disastrous consequences 
 in Victoria. After an existence of eight years the 
 Sydney Legislative Council terminated on the 
 2nd May 1851 and a new Constitution Act came 
 into force. The new House of Assembly met on 
 the 16th October, with Nicholson for the third 
 time as the Speaker. Fitzroy was appointed 
 Governor-in-Chief of the Colonies. His term of 
 office expired on 17th January 1855. The present 
 Constitution Act, giving Responsible Government 
 to New South Wales, was passed during his 
 administration, and the equally important event, 
 the separation of Port Phillip district from New 
 South Wales occurred. Previous to his departure 
 Fitzroy received a present of 2000 guineas from his 
 friends and admirers. He died in London in 
 1858. His character has been very variously 
 depicted by writers of both parties ; according to 
 one party he was a man with neither head nor 
 heart, whose influence on the community, whether 
 for good or evil, was " unspeakably evil," while to 
 heighten the colour of the portrait, the savage 
 bitterness of the attacks of " Junius " upon the 
 ducal house of Grafton, from which he sprang, was 
 quoted with grim satisfaction as the consistent and 
 hereditary traditions of the family. In contrast 
 with these bitter things it has been said that he 
 was far from being that indolent pleasure-seeking 
 man whom his enemies depicted, and it should be 
 remembered that he acted with great tact at the 
 time of the goldfields discovery, and that during 
 his administration the twopenny postage rate was 
 introduced for the first time in an Australian 
 colony, which conferred great benefits on the 
 public. He married in 1820 a daughter of the 
 fourth Duke of Richmond, a lady of very amiable 
 manners. Her death, through a fatal accident at 
 Parramatta in December 1847, occasioned very 
 general grief in the colony. It must be added that 
 the name of the male members of the Fitzroy 
 family stands associated in the recollection of the 
 colonists with an extremely low standard of per- 
 sonal morals. 
 
 FITZROY DOWNS, in the S. of Q., were dis- 
 covered by Mitchell in 1846. The summit of this 
 isolated range in the centre of a splendid region 
 lies in long. 149° 2' E., lat. 26° 23' 32" S. It was 
 
 so named by him to mark the epoch of his discovery 
 during the rule of Governor Fitzroy, and the range 
 in the midst of it he distinguished as the Grafton 
 Range, in honour of the Duke of Grafton whose 
 family name was Fitzroy. 
 
 FITZROY ISLAND, a veiy remarkable island 
 off the N.E. coast of Q., having a singular peaked 
 summit 550 feet high near the N.E. end. On the 
 western side is a snug little cove. It lies within 
 the Great Barrier Reef, a little to the S. of Cape 
 Grafton. 
 
 FITZROY RIVER, in the N.W. corner of the 
 continent, falls into King Sound. It was dis- 
 covered and explored by Stokes in 1842, and 
 named after Governor Fitzroy. It was further 
 explored from inland for 150 miles along its course 
 by Alexander Forrest in 1879. He describes it as 
 a noble stream teeming with fish, navigable by 
 small steamers for a distance of 100 miles inland, 
 and running through rich country ranged over by 
 thousands of emus and kangaroos. As far as could 
 be estimated the river basin contains 5,000,000 
 acres of land suitable for pastoral purposes, and 
 though the alluvial flats are subject to severe floods, 
 stock could easily with a little care be taken to 
 the high land, which is only a few miles from the 
 river. 
 
 FIVE ISLANDS, off the coast of Illawarra 
 in N.S.W. are situated about seven miles to 
 the southward of the port of Wollongong, at Red 
 Point, sixty-five miles from Sydney. 
 
 FLANAGAN, RODERICK (1828-1861) jour- 
 nalist and historian, was a native of Ireland, and 
 came to N.S.W. in 1840. From an early age he 
 devoted himself to journalism, and in 1854 he 
 commenced the composition of a History of 
 N.S. W. He worked laboriously at this task for 
 nearly four years, and had at length brought 
 the undertaking to such a shape as to justify 
 him in proceeding with his MSS. to London. 
 He left Sydney in November 1860, and arrived at 
 his destination the following February, where he 
 made arrangements with the publishing house of 
 Sampson Lowe, Son and Co. to issue the History. 
 Whilst engaged revising the early sheets of the 
 first volume he was seized with an illness, probably 
 the result of over-exertion, that proved fatal. He 
 died suddenly towards the close of 1861 and was 
 interred at a cemetery near London, where a suit- 
 able monument has since been erected to his 
 memory. 
 
 FLATTERY, CAPE, on the N.E. coast of Q., 
 eighteen miles N. of Cape Bedford. Its extremity 
 is high and rocky, and forms two distinct hills. 
 The headland was so named by Cook who sighted 
 it on the 10th August 1770, and thought he had 
 discovered a clear opening through the Barrier 
 Reef, but found that he was mistaken. 
 
 FLINDERS, MATTHEW (1774-1814) navi- 
 gator and explorer, was born at Donington in 
 Lincolnshire, England. He was a descendant of 
 the Flemish colonists introduced by Henry VII.,
 
 128 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LFli 
 
 who first taught the English how to turn desolate 
 heron-haunted swamps into rich pastures. From 
 his earliest years he displayed an adventurous and 
 investigating spirit. It is among the traditions of 
 his family that on the day he was promoted from 
 petticoats to buttoned clothes, "after being lost 
 for hours he was found iu the middle of one of the 
 sea-marshes, his pockets being stuffed with pebbles, 
 tracing the runlets of water, wanting to know 
 where they came from." Being desirous of enter- 
 ing the navy he taught himself navigation without 
 the aid of a master. In 1793 at the age of sixteen 
 he presented himself as a volunteer on board the 
 Scipio, Captain (afterwards Admiral) Pasley, by 
 whom he was placed on the quarter-deck ; and at 
 the instance of that commander he joined the 
 Providence, Captain Bligh, engaged to carry bread- 
 fruit trees to the West Indies. In this voyage he 
 was entrusted with the charge of the chronometer 
 and took his first lesson in the construction of 
 charts. On his return in the latter part of 1793 
 he joined the Bellerophon seventy-four gun ship 
 bearing the broad pennant of Sir Thomas Pasley 
 to whom he acted as aide-de-camp in Lord Howe's 
 memorable victory on 1st June 1794. An account 
 of this action with diagrams of the position of the 
 two fleets at three several periods of the day, 
 drawn up by Flinders with the neatness, clear- 
 ness and minuteness for which all his MSS. 
 are remarkable, is still in the possession of 
 his family. From the Bellerophon he followed 
 one of his officers who took the command of 
 the Reliance, ordered to convey Governor Hunter 
 to New South Wales, and here met with George 
 Bass the surgeon, a kindred spirit. When they 
 arrived in the colony, seven years after the 
 axes of the first fleet rang in the forests of 
 Sydney Cove, little had been done to work out 
 in detail the investigations made previous to 
 the landing in Botany Bay. Jervis Bay indi- 
 cated but not named by him had been entered by 
 Lieutenant Bowen, and Port Stephen had been 
 examined; but the intermediate portions of the 
 coast both north and south were little further 
 known than from Captain Cook's general chart, 
 and none of the more distant openings marked but 
 not explored by that celebrated navigator had been 
 seen. The navigation was dangerous ; for as 
 Collins says in his History of New South Wales 
 the "bare idea of being lost in one of the arms of 
 Port Jackson struck him with horror, as from the 
 great similarity of one cove to another the recol- 
 lection would be bewildered in attempting to 
 determine any relative situation. Insanity (he 
 adds) would accelerate the miserable end that 
 must ensue." Whilst on the voyage Flinders and 
 Bass planned an expedition, and a month after the 
 arrival of the Reliance in Sydney Harbour, pre- 
 parations were made for carrying it out. They 
 bought a small boat eight feet long, named 
 it the Tom Thumb, and embarked in it witli 
 a crew consisting of one small boy to make 
 marine discoveries on the Australian coast. A 
 
 small sail was hoisted, which Flinders managed 
 while Bass steered, and the boy was kept to bale. 
 They tacked to and fro about the harbour to test 
 their sailing capabilities, and then stood boldly 
 out of the heads into the huge rolling swell of the 
 ocean. The little Tom Thumb danced about like 
 a feather on the ripple, and seemed no more than 
 a mere bit of seaweed upon the loud rollers. Her 
 sails hung idly flapping in the valleys between the 
 swell, and when descending the crest of the wave 
 the wind was strong enough to take her mast out ; 
 but she kept her way boldly and in due course 
 reached Botany Bay. Their first exploration was 
 in ascending the George Biver which falls into 
 that bay. They went up this about twenty miles 
 beyond a point which Hunter had named in his 
 survey. They explored its windings and found 
 several patches of really good land amongst them ; 
 and having ascertained many particulars about 
 the country around, they returned again to 
 the sea and got back safe to Sydney. In the 
 meantime the little vessel was laid up in ordinary 
 for a short period. The Reliance was ordered on 
 a voyage to Norfolk Island, and as the surgeon and 
 midshipman could not be spared from the ship, 
 exploring had to be given over, but not for long. 
 In March 1796 the Reliance returned, and the 
 Tom Thumb was again launched. The rumour 
 about the large river to the south of the bay was 
 still in their minds, and they thought it might yet 
 be found to be true. Early in the morning of 
 25th March they sailed from Port Jackson, stand- 
 ing out to sea to wait for the sea-breeze. This 
 took them far out, and when they tacked towards 
 shore in the evening, instead of being off Cape 
 Solander as they expected, they found that a 
 southerly current had drifted them further down 
 to a place where it was impossible for them to land, 
 so they had to remain all night at sea. There 
 were some islands below them which they tried to 
 reach, but in doing so they saw a place where they 
 could obtain water by swimming ashore with the 
 cask. This was not a good place to land upon, so 
 they preferred swimming in and out of their boat. 
 Bass went on shore and filled the cask. While 
 getting it off a surf arose farther out than usual. 
 This carried the boat before it on the beach, so 
 that they were left high, but not dry, for their 
 arms, ammunition and clothes were thoroughly 
 drenched and partly spoiled. It would not 
 do to stay to dry them, because the natives might 
 come and they would be defenceless, so they 
 emptied and launched the boat as quickly as 
 possible and slowly rafted the things on board. 
 It was late in the afternoon before everything 
 was got off and they then tried to reach the 
 islands. It was not possible to land on either of 
 them ; but there were two larger ones lying near 
 and they went on toward them ; these were also 
 inaccessible and being now dark the wet and 
 hungry crew had to pass another cold night in the 
 boat with their stone and anchor dropped under the 
 lee of lied Point. They would have returned on the
 
 Fli] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA 0* AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 129 
 
 27th but the sea breeze was too strong for them to 
 beat against. Two natives were seen on shore who 
 were hailed and to the gratification of the 
 explorers they replied in English. They told 
 them that there was no water on Red Point, but 
 that there was a river a few miles farther south 
 where not only fresh water was abundant but 
 there were plenty of fish and wild ducks. They 
 were natives of Botany Bay, and consequently had 
 been long in contact with the whites and could be 
 trusted with safety. The river turned out to 
 be nothing more than a small stream which 
 descended from a lagoon under Hat Hill. It was 
 so narrow and tortuous that even the Tom Thumb 
 had very great difficulty in getting any distance 
 up it. Their native guides who had free passages 
 given them in the boat now left them and walked 
 alongside, in company with eight or ten strangers 
 who had joined them. After rowing up the stream 
 for about a mile the adventurers began to be 
 uneasy about the narrowness of the stream. The 
 natives here had the reputation of being ferocious 
 and cruel, and if they chose to be hostile now, it 
 was quite evident that they could easily destroy 
 the boat's crew with their spears. But fresh water 
 was wanted badly before they could think of 
 returning. Besides this their muskets and powder 
 were wet, and it was better to make both service- 
 able before they provoked any hostility by trying 
 to go back. After consulting together they, with 
 very great presence of mind, agreed not to show 
 the slightest fear, but land amongst the savages, 
 and whilst one engaged their attention the other 
 should dry the powder and clean the muskets. 
 Bass accordingly landed, and went among the 
 savages and endeavoured to occupy them by 
 getting their assistance in mending a broken bar, 
 while Flinders spread out the wet powder in the 
 sun. This met with no opposition, for the natives 
 scarcely knew what powder was ; but when they 
 proceeded to clean the muskets, they became so 
 alarmed that the explorers w r ere compelled to 
 desist. On inquiring for water, they were told 
 that there was none nearer than the lagoon ; but 
 as this was too far to go, after many evasions 
 they were shown a native well not very far 
 from where they stood. Here the cask was 
 filled, and the Tom Thumb turned again towards 
 the sea without any opposition from its savage 
 friends. By rowing hard they got a good many 
 miles nearer home that night, and they dropped 
 their stone kedge under a range of cliffs more 
 regular but less high than those near Hat hill. 
 At ten o'clock the wind which had been unsettled 
 and driving electric clouds in all directions, burst 
 out in a gale from the south. The intreped navi- 
 gators got up their anchor and ran before it. In a 
 very short time the waves began to break. The 
 little bark was now in extreme danger, the night 
 was dark and the shade was increased by the cliffs 
 which overhung their boat. Their course was 
 taking them perhaps to new dangers, and the 
 heavy roaring surf which beat against the cliff's 
 
 told them of their terrible fate if they attempted 
 to look for shelter (in shore. Bass kept the sheet 
 of the sail in his hand, drawing in a few inches 
 occasionally when he saw a particularly heavy sea 
 following. Flinders was steering with an oar ; 
 and we can well believe what lie tells us that it 
 required the utmost exertion and care to prevent 
 the boat broaching to. This he adds would have 
 sent them to the bottom in an instant. The task 
 of the boy in baling was no easy one now, for 
 every wave sent a fine portion of its foam over 
 their gunwale. It was in the midst of such 
 clangers as these that the Tom Thumb reached 
 Sydney. It had not clone much on this expedition, 
 except to teach the colonists what a treasure they 
 possessed in the indefatigable courage and zeal for 
 exploration of George Bass and Matthew Flinders. 
 After the return of the voyagers in the Tom Thumb 
 Flinders was much engaged in his official duties, 
 and had to go on a surveying voyage to Furneaux 
 Islands. Bass in the meantime made his great 
 discovery of the Strait. When Bass brought back 
 to Sydney his report of a strait between the con- 
 tinent and V.D.L., now called T., a small decked 
 vessel of twenty-five tons named the Norfolk was 
 put under the command of Flinders and himself, 
 and they were instructed to complete the explora- 
 tion of the south coast. The Norfolk sailed on 
 7th October 1798, and on the 11th anchored in 
 Twofold Bay, where they made a survey of the 
 shores. On the 17th they reached the group of 
 islands now known as Kent's Islands. From this 
 point the circumnavigation of the island was made 
 without any casualty occurring. In the course of 
 the expedition the entrance to the River Tamar, 
 named by Hunter on their return Port Dalrymple, 
 was discovered, and the River Derwent explored 
 so far as Sullivan's Cove, the present site of Hobart 
 Town. Four years before, Captain Hayes had 
 examined D'Entrecasteaux Channel and the Der- 
 went, and Flinders sailed by Hayes' charts, which 
 however were found often incorrect. The Norfolk 
 sailed round the island safely, and Port Jackson 
 was reached on 12th January 1799, the discoveries 
 reported, and the sea between T. and the continent 
 justly named after its discoverer, Bass Strait. 
 Nor was it in discovery alone that they were 
 successful. Flinders made beautiful and exact 
 charts of all the coasts ; he sometimes spent whole 
 days in careful and laborious observations and 
 measurements, in order to have the latitude 
 and longitude of a single place correctly marked. 
 When Bass and Flinders returned from T. they 
 appear to have parted company. Still eager for 
 adventure Flinders memorialised the Governor for 
 permission to go exploring northwards. The 
 request was complied with ; for there was no man 
 in the settlement save George Bass who had 
 proved himself better fitted for the labours of a 
 discoverer, or in whom the Governor had more 
 confidence. The sloop Norfolk was again put into 
 requisition with the same crew. He started from 
 Sydney on 8th July 1799, and sailed northward,
 
 130 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LFH 
 
 On the morning of the 10th the vessel sprung a 
 leak, and it was necessary to keep one pump 
 continually at work. But Flinders refused to turn 
 hack. He was too hardy a seaman not to risk a 
 little danger in any enterprise on which he was 
 bent. By the 15th the explorers were off Cape 
 Byron, with Mount Warning just appearing over 
 it. When they had cleared the reef at Point 
 Danger, they steered west for a large open space 
 where no land was visible. This was Moreton 
 Bay. Passing between these breakers and Point 
 Lookout they got ground in twenty fathoms 
 water. As they drew nearer there seemed to 
 be a very large extent of water within the open- 
 ing, but the country towards the sea was as 
 sterile, wretched and sandy as well could be 
 imagined. At dusk Cape Moreton was rounded ; 
 and they got into Glasshouse Bay. There they 
 anchored intending if possible to repair the leak. 
 Next morning they landed. They had brought 
 with them a native from Sydney who commenced 
 at once to parley with some savages who were 
 fishing on the beach. At first they seemed peace- 
 able and accepted some presents, but soon became 
 troublesome. The party to avoid a conflict shoved 
 off in their boat from shore. A savage then ran 
 after them into the sea and flung a spear which 
 happily missed the boat. Flinders and one of the 
 seamen discharged their muskets, and wounded 
 two of the savages. The plea on which the great 
 explorer defends this act is, that as he wanted to 
 repair his ship there, he could not afford to leave 
 his crew at the mercy of the savages, and he felt 
 therefore bound to strike a wholesome terror into 
 them. The point where this incident occurred 
 was named Point Skirmish. The explorers then 
 proceeded up the river, which ran up to Glasshouse 
 Peaks. Nothing of importance was seen beyond 
 five or six native huts. Advancing still further 
 Flinders named the river Prince Stone River, and 
 cast anchor. Landing at a particular spot he 
 walked towards a round mount which he ascended, 
 and from which he gained a fine view of the bay 
 and the surrounding country. After a stay of 
 fifteen days in Glasshouse Bay he went on to 
 Hervey Bay ; but finding no practicable river after 
 sailing all round it, ami noting that the coast was 
 low and shallow and the country unpromising he 
 returned to Sydney. Flinders went back to his 
 duty as midshipman on board the Reliance, which 
 returned to England at the latter end of 1800. He 
 lost no time in publishing his accounts of his 
 explorations and Ids charts ; and Sir Joseph Banks 
 who took a great interest in the achievements of the 
 young explorer introduced him to the notice of 
 Kail Spencer, then first Lord of the Admiralty. 
 Flinders u > raised to the rank of lieutenant, and 
 the [mperial Government recognising his talents 
 md ii i ices, in L801 refitted tin' sloop Xenophon 
 I'm- further Australian discoveries, altering her 
 name t.> the Investigator and placing him in 
 command. Robert Brown, the father of English 
 botanists, went with him as naturalist; Bauer 
 
 was the natural history painter ; Westall was the 
 landscape painter ; and Franklin was one of his 
 midshipmen. A passport was obtained for Flinders 
 from the French Government, so that although 
 England and France were then at war he might 
 not be obstructed by French war-ships. The 
 Investigator sailed from England on 18th July, 
 made Cape Leevtwin in December, and after 
 exploring the Recherche Archipelago and the head 
 of the Great Australian Bight ranged along the 
 unexplored southern coast and discovered Port 
 Lincoln, Spencer's Gulf, Encounter Bay and St. 
 Vincent's Gulf. At Encounter Bay Flinders fell 
 in with two French ships sent by Napoleon I. on 
 a like errand to his own. The commander of the 
 expedition (Baudin) met Flinders with expressions 
 of friendship, but nevertheless he took to himself 
 the credit of Flinders' discoveries and gave French 
 names to the several geographical points on the 
 charts given him by the English navigator. Some 
 months later the two expeditions met again in 
 Port Jackson. Flinders showed his charts and the 
 French officers allowed that he had carried off the 
 honour of nearly all the discoveries on the south 
 coast, but in spite of that Baudin sent home to 
 France a report in which Flinders' claims were 
 quite ignored and he himself represented as the 
 hero of Australian discovery. The colonists at 
 Port Jackson however treated the French sailors 
 with much kindness. Many of them were suffering 
 from scurvy, and these were carried to the Sydney 
 hospital, where they were most carefully attended 
 and the only fresh meat the colonists had was 
 given to them. Flinders used all his good offices 
 with the Governor to ensure hospitable treatment 
 for Baudin and his officers. Continuing his voyage 
 on the 26th April 1802 he unexpectedly entered 
 the " vast piece of water " now called Port Phillip, 
 and congratulated himself on an important dis- 
 covery. From the top of Arthur's Seat he viewed 
 Western Port, and from the summit of the You 
 Yangs (Station Peak) on the opposite shore saw 
 the fine plains of the interior, wondering all the 
 time that so large a sheet of water should have so 
 small an outlet and speculating on the future 
 settlement " which doubtless will be founded here- 
 after." He was in error however as to his priority of 
 discovery ; Grant had been there before him in the 
 Lady Xelson. Having refitted his vessel in Sydney, 
 Flinders sailed again on his northward voyage on 
 22nd July 1802. 'He discovered Port Curtis and 
 Port Bowen ; spent 105 days in exploring the Gulf 
 of Carpentaria and Arnheim Bay, and proceeding 
 thence to Timor circumnavigated Australia for the 
 first time and returned to Sydney. Here the 
 Investigator was condemned as quite unseaworthy. 
 Ardently desiring to return to England to procure 
 another ship in which to continue his labours 
 (especially the survey of Torres Strait, the future 
 importance of which he already saw) he and his 
 shipmates took passage in the Porpoise which was 
 homeward bound. They sailed on loth August 
 1803, and seven clays afterwards were cast away on
 
 Fli] 
 
 I'Yi'I.up.KD] V OF AUSTB W.V-1 \. 
 
 131 
 
 the Barrier Reef with the Cato which sailed in 
 company. The crew with difficulty reached a .small 
 sandbank, from which they were not released until 
 two months afterwards. Flinders made his way 
 back to Sydney, 700 miles in a six-oared cutter, 
 and subsequently rescued his eighty companions 
 from their perilous position on the reef. Unwilling 
 to waste time he sought and obtained from Governor 
 King the loan of the Cumberland, a crazy schooner 
 of twenty-nine tons burthen. In this little vessel 
 he proposed to make the voyage to England. He 
 departed from Sydney and all went well until the 
 Cumberland to avoid foundering was compelled 
 to touch at the Mauritius, at that time in the pos- 
 session of France. The war between France and 
 England was raging, and the Governor of the island 
 General de Caen, notwithstanding the French 
 Government passport given for the commander of 
 the Investigator, chose to consider Flinders a spy, 
 and made him and his ship's company prisoners, 
 seizing the books and charts of his Australian 
 explorations. Some time afterwards Baudin called 
 at the Mauritius ; but instead of procuring the 
 release of Flinders he persuaded the governor to 
 confine him more rigorously. Then having taken 
 copies of Flinders' charts he sailed for France, 
 where he published a book and received great 
 applause from the French nation who called him 
 the greatest discoverer of the present century; 
 while Flinders the real discoverer was spending 
 the weary hours of imprisonment on a small island 
 in the Mauritius. For six long years the great 
 Australian navigator and explorer was kept in 
 captivity by the infamous and treacherous De Caen. 
 The French Government equally inhuman steadily 
 refused to order his release. At length the tidings 
 of his liberation reached the island. The inhabi- 
 tants who despite the inhuman Governor had always 
 deeply sympathised with and felt for the noble 
 English seamen, overwhelmed him with con- 
 gratulations. He returned to England in 1810, 
 and on his arrival he found that people knew 
 all about those very places of which he thought he 
 was bringing the first tidings. He commenced 
 however to write his great book, and worked with 
 the utmost pains to make all his maps scrupulously 
 accurate. After four years of incessant labour the 
 three volumes were ready for the press ; but he 
 was doomed never to see them. So many years of 
 toil, so many nights passed in open boats or on the 
 wet sands, so many ship wrecks and weeks of semi- 
 starvation, together with his long and unjust 
 imprisonment, had utterly destroyed his constitu- 
 tion ; and on the very day when his book was 
 published, the wife and daughter of Flinders 
 were tending his last painful hours. Thus perished 
 the greatest Australian maritime discoverer next 
 to Cook : a man who worked because his heart was 
 in his work ; who sought no reward and obtained 
 none ; who lived laboriously and did honourable 
 service to mankind ; yet died like his friend Bass, 
 almost unknown to those of his own day, but 
 leaving a name which the world is every year more 
 
 and more disposed to honour. No man that ever 
 lived, not even excepting Cook, more deserves to 
 be held in everlasting remembrance by Australians 
 than does Matthew Flinders. He was a true hero, 
 as genuine a philanthropist and as high-spirited a 
 patriot as ever boro the English name. His great 
 work, An Account of a Voyage to Terra Australia 
 (in 2 vols. 4to, London, 1814,) forms an imperish- 
 able contribution to the history of Navigation and 
 Discovery. It was published on the very day of 
 his death 14th July 1814. He married in April 
 1801, Ann, daughter of Captain Chappell, and had 
 one daughter on whom a pension of „£20C a year 
 was bestowed in 1852— a graceful though somewhat 
 tardy recognition of his services— by the two 
 Colonies of Victoria and New South Wales. The 
 principal street of every city in the Australian 
 Colonies ought to be adorned with a marble statue 
 of this illustrious man. A fitting Life of Flinders 
 is in course of preparation by Mr. J. J. Shillinglaw 
 of Melbourne, who has devoted many years to the 
 task of collecting all the facts relating to the great 
 navigator's career. 
 
 FLINDERS BAY, at the S.W. corner of the 
 continent, between Capes Leeuwin and Beaufort, 
 was discovered and named by Flinders in 1801. 
 
 FLINDERS GROUP, a group of islands off the 
 N.E. coast of the continent, forming the W. head 
 of Bathurst Bay. They are high and rocky, and 
 consist of four islands two of which are three 
 miles long. They are visible from a distance of 
 twelve or thirteen leagues. 
 
 FLINDERS POINT is situated in the harbour 
 of Port Phillip, V., between Points Lonsdale and 
 Nepean. 
 
 FLINDERS ISLAND, is the largest and most 
 central of the Investigator group of islands in the 
 Great Australian Bight, which lie to the S. of 
 Anxious Bay. In shape it is nearly square, each 
 side from three to five miles in length, with rocks 
 projecting from the intermediate points. Bights 
 are formed on the four sides, but that on the E. 
 alone offers good anchorage, although Flinders 
 anchored in the Investigator in 1802 on the N. 
 side of the island. The anchorage on the E. side 
 is safe although there is a reef of rocks lying two 
 cables length from the beach at the S. end. The 
 landing place lies on the beach under the reef and 
 is frequently rendered difficult from the heavy 
 surf which rolls in. There is excellent pasturage 
 on the island, and a sheep station has been 
 established for some years. There are several 
 good wells near the anchorage. 
 
 FLINDERS RIVER, to the S. of the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria and flowing into it, was discovered by 
 Stokes in 1843, and explored for some distance 
 from its mouth. It was reached from inland by 
 Burke and Wills on 4th February 1861. It was 
 subsequently reached by Landsborough in his 
 search expedition the following year, and by 1SG4 
 it was occupied throughout its whole length by 
 pastoral settlers.
 
 132 
 
 , : T'.EDIA Of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Flo 
 
 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA. -In A. the vege- 
 table no less than the animal kingdom, presents 
 features altogether different from those of other 
 continents ; and the naturalist finds himself in 
 a strange and isolated world, having compara- 
 tively little in common with other divisions of 
 the earth. In order to exhibit clearly the main 
 peculiarities which distinguish the vegetable 
 world we shall first describe the general aspects 
 and prominent features of the vegetation, and 
 then discuss some of the botanical characteristics 
 which throw light upon its early history and 
 relations with other parts of the globe. The exten- 
 sive seaboard is everywhere characterised by a 
 vegetation of a remarkably sombre and uniform 
 colour, occasioned mainly by the peculiar foliage 
 of the Eucalyptus and scrub, the leaves of which 
 lack that striking contrast of shade on their outer 
 and under surfaces which contributes so largely 
 to the shifting tints of the European woodlands. 
 Instead of spreading out horizontally, the foliage 
 mostly hangs vertically from the branches, hence 
 producing little shade in the forests ; travelling 
 through which is thereby rendered all the more 
 fatiguing in the hot midday sun. The uniformity 
 of this vegetation is intensified by the great area 
 over which the same forms extend. The change 
 of the seasons also, elsewhere causing the fresh 
 and vivid green of the early spring to be succeeded 
 by the softer summer hues and glorious golden 
 tints of autumn, is marked by no such striking- 
 contrasts in the unvarying mantle of dull olive 
 green clothing the woodlands. Yet in the midst 
 of this apparent monotony we light occasionally 
 on spots covered by a gigantic and exuberant 
 growth here and there disposed in stately avenues 
 free of scrub or underwood, elsewhere opening on 
 sunny glades and sloping valleys watered by 
 purling streams and clothed with the softest 
 verdure. In other places the woodlands form a 
 fringe round an open country varied with hill and 
 dale, and pleasantly relieved with isolated clusters 
 of forest trees covered with the richest herbage and 
 decked with flowers of the most varied hues and 
 forms. Or else the woodlands change to an 
 interminable thicket where countless flowering 
 shrubs and lovely twining plants form an impene- 
 trable mass of tangled foliage, such as can be 
 matched by the virgin forests of Brazil alone. A 
 striking contrast to this luxuriant vegetation of 
 the win "Hands is presented by that of the various 
 kinds ill' "scrub" and heath which cover so large a 
 porl i"ii of the surface. An excellent observer, the 
 low .1. T. Woods, remarks on the incorrectness of 
 statements as to the general fertility of a country 
 so lai red by what are practically deserts. 
 
 Juat as Tartary is characterised by its steppes, 
 America by its prairies and Africa by its deserts, 
 mi A. lias one. feature peculiar to itself and that is 
 its ".scrubs." Xot only do they recur constantly 
 with the same soil and the same peculiarities, but 
 even in widely distant districts their flora is very 
 Bimilar. One of the most common terms i.s "Mallee" 
 
 scrub, so called from its being composed of dwarf 
 species of Eucalyptus called "Mallee' by the natives. 
 The appearance of the Mallee is something like a 
 bushy willow or osier, the stems growing close 
 together like reeds, so close that there are often 
 ten or twelve in a square foot of ground. They 
 grow fourteen feet high without a branch, and 
 when a road is cut through a scrub of this kind it 
 appears like a deep trench, or as if enclosed by 
 high walls. The aspect of such a country is very 
 gloomy. From any eminence you see nothing but 
 a dark brown mass of bushes as far as the eye can 
 reach. The soil is generally a yellow sand, and 
 when a patch of it is visible it gives an air of 
 sterility in exchange for the monotony of the scrub. 
 But the surface is generally unbroken, seeming like 
 a heaving ocean of dark waves, out of which here 
 and there a tree starts up above the brushwood, 
 making a mournful and lonely landmark. On a 
 dull day the view is most sad, and even sunlight 
 makes it but little more cheerful, for seldom bird 
 or living thing gives variety to the scene, while 
 light only extends the prospect and makes it more 
 hopeless. In the south-eastern parts of S.A. there 
 is a tract about 9000 square miles in extent covered 
 with an unbroken expanse of this scrub, and 
 similar tracts of it occur over every part of the 
 southern half of the continent. Still more dreaded 
 by the explorer is the Mulga scrub, consisting 
 chiefly of bushy acacias. These grow in spreading 
 irregular bushes armed with strong spines, and 
 where matted with other shrubs form a mass of 
 vegetation through which it is impossible to pene- 
 trate. Fortunately this is far less common than 
 the Mallee, or the labour of the explorer would be 
 still more distressing than it is. Other scrubs are 
 formed chiefly by the " ti-tree " of the colonists. 
 This is a species of beautiful flowering shrub allied 
 to the myrtle, and very abundant in all parts of A. 
 These do not grow in such dense masses ; and 
 mingled with a variety of other shrubs form one 
 of the ordinary and least disagreeable of the scrubs 
 which occupy so much of the interior. Next in 
 extent to the Mallee scrub is the country occupied 
 by dwarf shrubs, and generally known as " heath." 
 This usually consists of vast level sandy tracts, 
 dusty in summer and boggy in winter, supporting- 
 no grass, and but a few stunted trees, and every- 
 where covered with a tangled mass of woody vege- 
 tation about two feet high. In spring this country 
 is excessively beautiful from its varied and bright- 
 coloured flowers. The Banksia is sometimes 
 abundant, and is called the " native honeysuckle " 
 or " bottle-brush tree." It is an irregularly-branched 
 bushy tree, with wedge-shaped leaves, and studded 
 all over with yellow flowers shaped like a bottle- 
 brush, but as the old decaying flowers and seed 
 vessels remain for years on the tree it always looks 
 more or less unsightly. The most terrible produc- 
 tion of the interior is however the "spinifex" or 
 " porcupine grass," which extends for hundreds of 
 miles nver sandy plains, and probably covers u 
 greater amount of surface than any other plant.
 
 Ho] 
 
 CYOLOr.EIHA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 133 
 
 It does not however appear to extend south of 
 about 28° south latitude, so that the settled dis- 
 tricts are wholly free from it. Many remarkable 
 types of vegetation give a special character to the 
 scenery. Foremost among these are the noble 
 gum-trees. These often attain a height of more 
 than 250 feet, and a girth of from twelve to twenty 
 feet. The banks of the rivers and watercourses are 
 generally bordered with these gigantic trees, which 
 mark the course of the stream from a long distance 
 as it wanders through the open plains of low desert 
 scrub. Other species form dense forests on the 
 mountain slopes, and among these have been dis- 
 covered the true giants of the vegetable kingdom, 
 surpassing even the far-famed Wellingtonias of 
 California. In the Dandenong Range, about forty 
 miles east of Melbourne, the ravines contain 
 numerous trees over 420 feet high, and one fallen 
 tree was discovered of the enormous length of 480 
 feet — undoubtedly the grandest tree in the world. 
 The numerous species of red gum, blue gum, 
 stringy -bark, iron-bark, box, peppermint and many 
 others, produce valuable timber, each having 
 special qualities adapting it for certain uses. The 
 Casuarina, Beefwood, or Shea-oak are names 
 applied to a remarkable group of leafless trees, 
 whose long drooping rigid branchlets, resembling 
 those of English "horsetails," render them the most 
 singular and picturesque objects of the flora. The 
 wood is as good as English oak, and the colour of 
 raw beef. These trees are most abundant in the 
 south and west, and are often found in the barren 
 wastes of the interior. The grass-trees are a 
 peculiar feature in the landscape. From a rugged 
 stem, varying from two to ten or twelve feet in 
 height, springs a tuft of drooping wiry foliage, 
 from the centre of which rises a spike not 
 unlike a huge bulrush. When it flowers in winter 
 this spike becomes covered with white stars, and 
 a heath covered with grass-trees then has an 
 appearance at once singular and beautiful. 
 Nowhere in the world are Acacias so abundant ; 
 there are nearly 300 species of the genus. They 
 abound in all parts and are called "wattles," their 
 elegant yellow blossoms, usually fragrant, adding 
 greatly to the beauty of the country in early spring. 
 Aromatic foliage and odoriferous flowers are 
 especially abundant, so that the "bush" is more 
 or less fragrant throughout the year. In contrast 
 to the usually arid and somewhat monotonous 
 aspect of the vegetation, many of the deep ravines 
 and sheltered valleys of the eastern slope of the 
 mountains of N.S.W. are clothed with forests of 
 wild luxuriance. One of these districts is Illawarra, 
 about fifty miles south of Sydney, between the 
 coast range and the ocean. On descending into 
 these valleys we leave a dry and arid country with 
 a stunted vegetation and find ourselves in a damp 
 and humid atmosphere, sheltered by rocky barriers 
 and presenting on every side a luxuriant wealth of 
 foliage. Here are graceful palms rising to seventy 
 or even 100 feet ; the Indian fig with its tortuous 
 branches, clothed with a drapery of curious 
 
 parasites; while graceful tree-ferns thirty feet 
 high flourish in the damp atmosphere of the 
 sheltered dells. The forest is often so rank with 
 creepers, ferns, and vines as to be quite impassable, 
 and the gigantic stag-horn fern grows from the 
 topmost limbs of the loftiest trees. One of the 
 most striking plants, the "flame-tree," when 
 covered with its large racemes of red flowers 
 renders the Illawarra mountains conspicuous for 
 miles out at sea. Among the more remarkable 
 individual plants of the Australian flora we may 
 mention the fire-tree of W.A. When in flower 
 it is so covered with its orange-coloured blossoms 
 that it is compared to a tree on fire. The fir-treo 
 of Q. grows fifty feet high, and when in bloom 
 displays one gorgeous mass of orange-tipped 
 crimson stamens. The Warratah of N.S.W. 
 grows with a single stem about six feet high, 
 bearing at its extremity a crimson blossom resem- 
 bling a full-blown peony. Still more remarkable 
 is the rock-lily, a giant among its allies ; for it 
 sends up a flower-stalk thirty feet high bearing at 
 its summit a crown of lily-like flowers several feet 
 in circumference. Lovely bulbous plants and 
 strange-flowered terrestrial orchids also abound ; 
 so that although much of the landscape is barren- 
 looking, and for many months in the year the 
 grass and herbage is almost completely parched 
 up, yet no country in the world affords a greater 
 variety of lovely flowers or more strange and 
 interesting forms of vegetable life. Besides the 
 vegetation of the plains and lower hills, the loftier 
 mountains possess a singular and beautiful alpine 
 vegetation, in which the productions of the two 
 hemispheres are strangely intermingled. These 
 distinct types occur on all the mountains of V. 
 and N.S.W., which reach an altitude of 5000 feet ; 
 and strange to say not only are many of the genera 
 peculiarly northern, but a considerable number of 
 species are absolutely identical with those of 
 Europe. Sir Joseph Hooker has given a list of 
 thirty-eight species of plants which are almost 
 entirely restricted to the colder parts of the 
 northern hemisphere, but which yet reappear on 
 the mountains of A, a few of them also extending 
 to N.Z. and temperate South America. The flora 
 of A. taken as a whole is distinguished by several 
 peculiarities. Thus it contains more genera and 
 species peculiar to itself and fewer plants belong- 
 ing to other parts of the world than any other 
 country of equal extent. Many Australian plants 
 have a peculiar habit or physiognomy giving in 
 some cases a peculiar character to its forest scenery, 
 a great many species possess anomalous organs. 
 Yet notwithstanding these marks of specialty the 
 proportions of the great botanical subdivisions to 
 each other is the same as in other parts of the 
 world ; there are no widely distributed orders 
 absent, and there is no Australian order (with two 
 small exceptions) that is not found also in other 
 parts of the world. It is also to be noted that 
 even the most characteristic types of vegetation 
 are closely allied to other groups which are widely
 
 134 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Flo 
 
 spread over the globe. It follows that although 
 the flora is highly peculiar it is not a peculiarity 
 which implies a distinct origin, but merely a 
 great isolation from the rest of the world. About 
 8000 species of flowering plants have been 
 discovered, and it is now so well known that 
 probably not more than 2000 remain to be dis- 
 covered, making a total of 10,000 species. This 
 is a greater number than are contained in all 
 Europe, which is so much more varied in climate 
 and aspect, while the surface of fertile ground 
 clothed with a varied vegetation in Australia is 
 hardly more than a fifth of the similarly clothed 
 surface of Europe. Contrary to what we might 
 expect to be the case, this enormous variety of 
 plants is due to the richness of the temperate 
 rather than the tropical parts of the country. The 
 temperate flora is estimated by Dr. Hooker at 
 5800 species ; the tropical at only 2200 ; and the 
 results of recent explorations seem to show that 
 there is a much greater probability of making 
 additions to the former than to the latter. The 
 tropical flora too is far less peculiar, being 
 characterised by the addition of certain Indian, 
 Malayan and Polynesian groups to a portion of the 
 temperate flora. The peculiar vegetation is thus 
 wholly extra-tropical, and is confined to the belt of 
 fertile and mountainous land surrounding the 
 desert interior on the south, east and west. Two- 
 fifths of its genera and seven-eighths of its species 
 are altogether confined to it, yet no less than 200 
 of the genera are found also in Europe. The most 
 remarkable feature of the temperate flora is the 
 great difference between its eastern and western 
 portions ; and what is more remarkable still, W.A. 
 which is much poorer in soil, has less extensive and 
 less lofty mountains, and a much smaller area of 
 fertile land, yet actually possesses a richer flora 
 than E.A. The south-western flora consists of 
 3600 species ; the south-eastern flora (including 
 that of Tasmania) of only 3000 species; and of 
 these numbers only about 300 are common to both. 
 It is to be observed that it is in the number of 
 species that the south-western flora is so much 
 superior ; in the number of distinct genera and 
 natural orders represented the south-eastern has 
 the advantage. The large genera common to both 
 sides of the continent are remarkably distinct. 
 The difference between these two floras is also very 
 remarkable if we consider genera instead of species. 
 There are about 180 genera in the west which are 
 either absent or represented by very few species in 
 the east; yet these 180 genera include nearly lion 
 species. No less than 17 large genera are entirely 
 peculiar to the west, while such a characteristic 
 genus as Epaxris is altogether absent. In order to 
 make up the greater number of species with a 
 smaller number of genera, we find that the W.A. 
 genera have on the average more species than those 
 of the east ; the Former having 17 genera with 30 
 species and upwards in each; the latter only 11. 
 Many oi the Bpecies of W.A. have a wonderfully 
 restricted range so that Swan River and King 
 
 George's Sound, only 200 miles apart and with 
 continuous land between, are much more distinct 
 in their plants than T. and V. separated by a 
 wide arm of the sea. It is to be noted too 
 that this W.A. flora is purely Australian, having 
 no intermixture of those European, Antarctic or 
 Malayan types which abound in the flora of East 
 Australia. S.A. occupies an intermediate zone, 
 and appears to have received its rather poor 
 flora by migration from both the east and west. 
 It possesses hardly any special features, and is 
 therefore of little importance. The wonderful 
 assemblage of plants so peculiarly Australian in 
 character, and so abundant in genera and species, 
 crowded together in the south-western extremity 
 of the continent, on a comparatively narrow tract 
 of land between the interior deserts and the sea 
 offers a difficult problem to the naturalist. It is 
 evidently not derived from any other existing 
 country, and it is equally clear that it must have 
 been developed in some wider and more varied 
 area than that in which it now exists ; where, 
 indeed, it has all the appearance of the remnant of 
 an even richer flora compressed within narrow 
 limits, since the rarity and limited range of many 
 of .its component species are usually held to be 
 the precursors of extinction. Dr. Hooker suggests 
 that the antecedents of the peculiar flora may 
 have inhabited an area to the westward of the 
 present continent, and that the curious analogies 
 which the later presents with the South African 
 flora may be connected with such a prior state of 
 things. The most interesting external relations of 
 the temperate flora are with the Antarctic islands, 
 with South Africa, and with Europe. There are 
 about a dozen genera of plants especially charac- 
 teristic of Antarctic lands (including in that term 
 all the islands south of N.Z., and America south 
 of Chili) which are also found in the mountains of 
 south-eastern A. ; while there are more than 
 twenty species common to these two districts. 
 There is, however, nothing to show whether these 
 were originally Australian or Antarctic plants, or 
 in what direction the migration has taken place. 
 The South African flora is as distinct from 
 that of tropical Africa as the temperate Austra- 
 lian is from that of .Malaya and India ; any 
 resemblance between these two widely-separated 
 south-temperate floras is therefore of great interest. 
 The European element in the flora is far more 
 prominent than either of the preceding, and is 
 perhaps more difficult to account for. Dr. Hooker 
 gives a list of thirty-seven species of British plants 
 all especially characteristic of Northern Europe 
 and Asia and quite unknown in the tropics, yet 
 inhabiting A, mostly on the mountains at con- 
 siderable elevations, and therefore not at all likely 
 to have been introduced. Besides these more 
 than fifty European genera are represented by 
 allied species. On the other hand the existing 
 European flora does not contain one Australian 
 species or representative, or betray the most remote 
 direct botanical affinity with the Australian. There
 
 For] 
 
 ■ vi lop;edia of ai'stralasia. 
 
 135 
 
 are however a few Australian forms in China, the 
 Philippines and Java, and a remarkable small 
 group of Australian types on the summit of Kini- 
 balou, the highest mountain in Borneo. These 
 may perhaps be the remnants of a once wide-spread 
 type of vegetation, for we have good evidence that 
 groups of plants now peculiar to A. formerly 
 inhabited Europe. In the Miocene deposits of 
 Switzerland Heer lias discovered a number of 
 Australian genera. Fossil wood belonging to a 
 l'.anksiahas also been found in the Eocene deposits 
 near Windsor, and as in several cases the fruits 
 have been found and the foliage has the same 
 microscopical structure as that of living Australian 
 species, there seems no reason to doubt that some 
 of the most characteristic groups of plants were 
 then found also in Europe and probably in the 
 intervening regions. The ■ high antiquity of the 
 flora is proved by its great amount of generic and 
 ordinal peculiarity. A genus is rendered peculiar 
 by the extinction of the intermediate species 
 connecting it with other genera, and when many 
 genera are very peculiar the extinction must have 
 been proportionally great. There must thus have 
 been an extraordinary destruction of the species 
 which once linked the flora with that of the rest 
 of the globe ; and as such extinction is mainly due 
 to geological and geographical changes, which are 
 slow in operation, it follows that the isolated flora 
 must be a very ancient one. But the flora is not 
 only very isolated but also very rich, and as 
 highly organised as any on the globe. Dr. Hooker 
 concludes from his study of the whole subject that 
 the European and Australian floras are essentially 
 distinct and not united by those of intervening 
 countries, though fragments of the former are 
 associated with the latter in the Southern Hemis- 
 phere. There are many bonds of affinity between 
 the three southern floras (the Antarctic, Australian 
 and South African,) and these may all have been 
 members of one great vegetation which may once 
 have covered as large a southern area as the 
 European now does a northern. When this great 
 southern flora originated or where it acquired its 
 maximum development it is vain to speculate, but 
 the geographical changes that have resulted in its 
 dismemberment into isolated groups scattered over 
 the Southern Ocean must have been great indeed. 
 — ( Condensed from Wat/are. J 
 
 FORBES, Sill FEANCIS (1784-1841) first Chief 
 Justice of N.S.W., was a native of Bermuda in the 
 West Indies. He was called to the English Bar in 
 
 1812, appointed Advocate-General at Bermuda in 
 
 1813, Chief Justice of Newfoundland in 1816, and 
 first Chief Justice of N.S.W. in June 1823. He 
 promulgated the new charter of Justice at Govern- 
 ment House, the Court-house, and the Market 
 Place on 17th May 1824, and took his seat on the 
 bench the same day. The new Supreme Court of 
 Criminal Jurisdiction was opened under this charter 
 on loth June 1S24. He was appointed to the Legis- 
 lative and Executive Councils by sign-manual in 
 August 1825. He had the entire organisation of 
 
 the Courts of Justice in the colony, and through 
 hi- exertions trial by Jury was obtained in Quarter 
 Sessions in October 1824. The first Court of 
 Quarter Sessions was held in November 1824 and 
 the first Legislative Council in August 1824. In 
 1820 through the strong remonstrances of Forbes, 
 liberty of the press was preserved. His health 
 having given way under his arduous duties in 
 April 1836 he left the colony for England. He 
 was knighted in 1837, resigned his appointment 
 from ill health and returned to the colony the same 
 year, and died in the colony in November 1841. 
 
 FORBES, FREDERICK AUGUSTUS (1818- 
 1877) a native of Sydney, N.S.W. went to the 
 Moreton Bay District in 1848 and took up his 
 residence at Ipswich. He was a member of the 
 Queensland Legislature from its first institution ; 
 was chosen Chairman of Committees in 1870, and 
 in 1872 Speaker of the Assembly. He retired from 
 public life in 1875. 
 
 FORBES RIVER, in N.S.W., is a branch of the 
 Hastings, and was discovered and named by Oxley 
 in honour of Mr. Forbes the Marquis of Hastings' 
 nephew. 
 
 FORESTIER'S PENINSULA, at the S.E. cor- 
 ner of T. lies to the northward of Tasman's Penin- 
 sula. Its principal capes are Cape Paul Lamanon, 
 Cape Frederick Henry and Cape Surville. It was 
 named by Marion in 1772. 
 
 FORREST, ALEXANDER, explorer, a younger 
 brother of John Forrest, accompanied his brother 
 in his expeditions in 1870 and 1874 and subse- 
 quently made expeditions of his own in W.A. The 
 most notable of these latter was the expedition of 
 1879 from the De Grey River to the source of the 
 Fitzroy River and thence to Port Darwin. Forrest's 
 narrative of this journey is given in the report 
 to the Governor of W.A. :— " We left Beagle Bay 
 on the 20th April, travelling east to King's Sound 
 near Disaster Bay, thence keeping a short distance 
 inland to the Fitzroy River twenty miles. From 
 S. lat. 17° 41' long. 123° 36' we crossed a large 
 river running into King's Sound, which we followed 
 to its head besides numerous other streams. The 
 country was all well grassed and watered. Thence 
 we followed the Fitzroy upwards to lat. 18° 30' 
 long. 125° 20'. The river then ran generally 
 about N.E. to lat. 17° 41' long. 126° 10' where it 
 entered a high table range two thousand feet high 
 and we were unable to follow it any further. There 
 were splendid alluvial flats well grassed on each 
 bank of the river for at least twenty miles. From 
 the Fitzroy under the foot of the high table range 
 to Secure Bay in lat. 16° 24' long. 124° 28' the 
 country was well grassed and watered but very 
 rough. Here our first difficulties commenced, the 
 high range falling abruptly into an arm of the sea. 
 After some trouble we succeeded in getting over 
 the high range, but all attempts to get away further 
 towards the Glenelg were without success, although 
 the Stephen Range was visible in the distance. 
 After spending a fortnight in making roads and
 
 136 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [For 
 
 losing ten horses owing to the rough nature of the 
 country, we then walked ten miles and found that 
 it was utterly impracticable to get through these 
 ranges to the Glenelg, and as we had followed 
 the high range all the way from the Fitzroy it 
 was useless to return by our outward tracks 
 to see if it were possible yet to find a pass. 
 After some trouble we got out of them, and 
 keeping about twenty miles south of our outward 
 tracks we passed through a fine grass country well 
 watered, reaching the Fitzroy on 8th July. The 
 question now became, should I return to Beagle 
 bay or explore eastward to the boundary of the 
 colony '. The latter course was decided upon and 
 with thirteen horses, all that was left, and provi- 
 sions for fifty days, we started following up the 
 eastern branch of the Fitzroy, which left the main 
 river in latitude 18' 4' to latitude 18°, longitude 
 127° 40', where we crossed the dividing range. 
 There was splendid grass coimtry well watered all 
 the way. Thence we proceeded to the boundary 
 of the colony which was crossed in 16° 50', the 
 country between beingsome of the best in Australia, 
 clear grassy plains and running springs at every 
 mile. We also followed a large river coming from 
 the westward in longitude 128° 10' for twenty 
 miles northwards. It then ran N.W., but being 
 short of provisions and having a sick party, 
 I regret to say I was unable to follow it any 
 further. There was good grassy country as far as 
 the eye could reach on each side of the river. 
 From the boundary of the colony we bore N.E., 
 crossing Sturt's Creek in latitude 16° 30', and 
 the Victoria at its junction with the Wickham. 
 The country was all well grassed and watered. 
 From the Victoria we bore E.N.E. through a 
 splendid country to latitude 15° 50', longitude 
 130° 30', and here for the first time we were unable 
 to find water ahead. After hunting for some days 
 and losing time, our horses by this being reduced 
 to eight owing to our having to live on them, and 
 my party being far from well, I decided on risking 
 it and making a push for the telegraph line, and 
 on the 29th left with Hicks on the two best horses, 
 reaching the line on the 1st September, having 
 only found one small water for 100 miles. After 
 going up the line some distance I met a Govern- 
 ment party repairing the line, who kindly lent 
 me horses and rations. I returned to my camp 
 on the 11th and found all well, and we reached 
 here in safety to-day, receiving every kindness 
 from Mr. and Mis. Murray of the Katherine 
 station. In conclusion, this expedition has been 
 the means of discovering the watershed of the 
 Fitzroy and other large streams, also an extent of 
 good country well watered, equal to 20,000,000 of 
 acres suitable for pastoral purposes, besides a large 
 area for the growth (if sugar, coffee and rice. 
 Besides, no time or trouble has been spared by 
 myself in getting a correct map of the country, 
 ami although no one regrets more than I do myself 
 that I have not been able to accomplish the far 
 north exploration, still I trust the large extent of 
 
 good country opened up will compensate the colony 
 for the cost of the undertaking. The health of my 
 party has been bad, Carey suffering for nearly 
 three months. My brother had a severe attack of 
 sunstroke, and the two natives are still much 
 reduced. The rest of us are in good health. My 
 party, one and all, have done their best to further 
 the success of the expedition. Large numbers of 
 natives were seen, but in no single case had we any 
 trouble with them. From the Fitzroy to here we 
 have had to walk nearly the whole way, and the 
 scale of rations was very poor. I have worked 
 hard — more so than I have ever done in my life — 
 to bring this expedition to a success, but owing 
 to the rough hills over which I could possibly have 
 no control, as my horses would not at last face 
 them, and, as will be seen, ten of them were lost, 
 we tried hard to get north without success." 
 
 FORREST, JOHN, Explorer and Deputy Sur- 
 veyor-General of W.A., accepted the leadership 
 of an expedition sent out by the Government 
 in 1869 to search for Leichhardt. A report had 
 reached Perth that some of the natives in the 
 eastern district had stated that about twenty years 
 before a party of white men had been murdered 
 by the blacks at a place they could point out. 
 Forrest started from Perth 16th April 1869, and 
 travelled in a north-easterly direction through 
 about seven degrees of E. longitude. No traces 
 of Leichhardt's party were found, nor did the 
 country traversed appear to possess any value 
 for pastoral purposes. Retracing their steps, the 
 party reached Perth on the 4th August. In 1870 
 Forrest set forth again, with his brother Alexander 
 as second in command and four men, two of whom 
 were natives. They started on 30th March and 
 reached . Esperance Bay on 29th April, where a 
 small vessel with provisions and stores was 
 awaiting them. Continuing their route along the 
 coast, nearly in the tracks of Eyre, the party found 
 some tracks of his encampments, and reached 
 Port Eucla on 2nd July, where they again found 
 the vessel waiting for them. They embarked 
 and reached Adelaide on 27th August. In March 
 1874 Forrest started a third time to explore the 
 country lying between the western coast and 
 settled districts of S.A. They travelled easterly, 
 had an encounter with the natives, and found an 
 oasis in the desert, with a spring of pure water 
 fertilising a grassy tract in which kangaroos, 
 emus, and birds of various species were found to 
 be numerous. On 27th September the party came 
 in sight of the electric telegraph line from Adelaide 
 to Port Darwin and camped. Long and continued 
 cheers were given by the little band as they 
 beheld the last goal to which they had been 
 travelling for so many weary months. All their 
 provisions excepting flour had been exhausted 
 some weeks before, so that they had to live on 
 damper and water. Three days later they reached 
 one of the outlying stations in the settled districts 
 of S. A., where they were hospitably entertained. 
 Forrest's name stands high on the roll of Australian
 
 For— Fos] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 137 
 
 explorers. He received for these services the 
 thanks of the Governor-in-Council and a grant of 
 5000 acres of land. In his capacity of Deputy 
 Surveyor-General of the colony he has executed 
 a trigonometrical survey of the territory as far 
 northward as the DeGrey River. He holds the 
 gold medal of the Royal Geographical Society. 
 
 FORSTER MOUNTAIN, in N.S.W., in the 
 district of Wellington, is more than 200 feet in 
 height and lies about five miles N.N.W. of Mount 
 Harris. It was named by Oxley after Lieutenant 
 Forster R.N. 
 
 FORSTER, WILLIAM (1818—) was born at 
 Madras and came to N.S.W. when eleven years of 
 age. From an early age he exhibited considerable 
 ability as a political journalist and as a contributor 
 to miscellaneous literature. He entered political 
 life soon after the introduction of responsible 
 government and became noted as a keen and 
 powerful debater. He represented various constitu- 
 encies in succession, and when in October 1859 
 the Cowper Ministry was defeated, Forster was 
 called on to form a new Administration. He 
 continued in office till the following March; and 
 was subsequently Colonial Secretary in the first 
 Martin Ministry in 1863; Secretary for Lands in 
 the second Robertson Ministry in 1868; and 
 Treasurer in the third Robertson Ministry in 1875. 
 In February 1876 he was appointed Agent-General 
 for the colony and held the office for three years, 
 a disagreement with the Parkes Ministry being the 
 cause of his recall. Forster has published several 
 works in prose and poetry, and notably a volume 
 embodying his experiences in public life, entitled 
 "Political Presentments" (1879.) 
 
 FORT B0URKE, on the western bank of the 
 Darling in N.S.W., is that part of the river 
 fixed on by Mitchell as a depot, and is situated 
 about twelve miles below the junction of New 
 Year's Creek. It was strengthened by Mitchell as 
 a place of defence against the natives ; he having 
 cut down the few trees on it and erected a block 
 house large enough to contain all his stores and 
 equipment. He named it Fort Bourke in honour 
 of Governor Sir Richard Bourke. 
 
 FORTESCUE BAY, a beautiful bay of T., 
 situated on the E. coast in Tasman's Peninsula 
 about five miles to the northward of Cape Pillar. 
 This headland shows first to a voyager from 
 the north the pillars of that extensive basaltic 
 formation which renders the S.E. coast of T. so 
 remarkable. Here the columns are lofty isolated 
 obelisks, but the pillar-character of the rock 
 becomes more continuous until it assumes its 
 loftiest proportions in the grandeur of Cape Pillar 
 and Tasman's Island. 
 
 FORTESCUE RIVER, in W.A., was discovered 
 and named by Frank Gregory in 1861. It lies to 
 the south of Nichol Bay. 
 
 FORT 0'HARE, a mountain in V., near the 
 river Glenelg, was discovered and named by 
 Mitchell in memory of his commanding officer, who 
 
 fell at Badajoz in leading the forlorn hope of the 
 light division to the storm. 
 
 FOSTER, JOHN FITZGERALD LESLIE 
 (>818 — ) a native of Dublin and a member of a 
 distinguished Irish family, was educated at Trinity 
 College, Dublin, and came to Port Phillip in 1840. 
 In 1848 he came forward as candidate for the 
 representation of the district in the N.S.W. Legis- 
 lature ; but the colonists were determined on 
 attracting the attention of the Imperial Govern- 
 ment to their grievances, and they therefore 
 elected Earl Grey as their representative by an 
 overwhelming majority. The adherents of the 
 local administration were very anxious to carry 
 Foster's election ; but every effort they made was 
 fruitless. Subsequently at a second election 
 Foster refused to allow himself to be nominated, 
 and joined the ranks of the advocates of separa- 
 tion. He was appointed Colonial Secretary by 
 the Imperial Government on the retirement of 
 Captain Lonsdale in 1852 ; and administered the 
 Government in the interval between Governor 
 Latrobe's departure in May and the arrival of 
 Sir Charles Hotham in June 1854. When the 
 discontents broke out on the goldfields in 1853 
 the following public notice was issued by the 
 Government : — 
 
 " Colonial Secretary's Office, Melbourne, 
 "September 1st, 1853. 
 
 "His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor directs 
 it to be notified that the proposed abolition of the 
 license fee to gold-diggers in no way affects the 
 obligation of any one to pay the current license 
 fee until a new act may be passed by the Legis- 
 lature. In the meantime the law must be 
 observed. His Excellency relies on the good sense 
 and loyalty of the community, and the influence 
 of their example, in supporting order and main- 
 taining the law. 
 
 " By his Excellency's command, 
 
 "(Signed) JOHN FOSTER." 
 
 This notice was at once deemed a revival of the 
 contest, and all classes beheld it with alarm and 
 consternation. The agitation was renewed with 
 greater violence than ever. A bill to alter the 
 gold license had to be hurried through the House, 
 and was at once assented to by his Excellency, 
 before the troubled political waters once more 
 subsided. McCombie gives the following account 
 of Foster's administration :— " Under 5 and 6 
 Victoria, chapter 36, one half of the territorial 
 revenue previous to the introduction of respon- 
 sible government was directed to be applied 
 exclusively to the introduction of population ; 
 but the Executive Council had seized on the 
 whole fund, amounting to £865,829 18s. 5d., and 
 in direct contravention of the law had expended 
 it ; and this had been done on their own responsi- 
 bility without consulting even the Legislature. 
 The utmost dissatisfaction existed with Foster and 
 the other members of the Executive Council. They 
 had abused the patronage of the Government ; 
 
 U
 
 138 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Fos— Fow 
 
 they had multiplied public offices and filled them 
 with incompetent men. It was openly asserted 
 that the officers of the government jobbed in 
 land, merchandise and public houses ; that the 
 fountain of justice was impure ; that collusive 
 contracts were common. A deputation waited on 
 Foster when administering the government to 
 remonstrate with him for the non-expenditure of 
 ^80,000 voted for the wharves of Melbourne ; in 
 accordance with this vote a government officer had 
 bought .£100,000 worth of timber, and the Govern- 
 ment had no money to lay out on wharves. The 
 deputation suggested that the error might be at 
 least partially remedied and the timber re-sold ; 
 this was not however in accordance with the red- 
 tape notions of the Acting-Governor, and the 
 result was that the wharves continued sometime 
 longer a disgrace to the city, and the timber lay 
 rotting on the ground until it should be required. 
 In several of the departments there was downright 
 dishonesty, and in all of them there was the 
 utmost inefficiency. Such was the legacy Latrobe 
 left Victoria. Those in office at this period were 
 his friends and supporters, with the exception 
 perhaps of Secretary Foster who probably obtained 
 his office by personal solicitation." When Sir 
 Charles Hotham arrived the fact soon became 
 notorious that there was no mutual confidence 
 between the Governor and his principal adviser. 
 Their differences cidminated when on the break- 
 ing out of the Ballarat riots the people demanded 
 the dismissal of the Colonial Secretary. Foster 
 was at length driven to offer to resign and 
 the offer was eagerly accepted. "The people" 
 says McCombie "knew him only as the organ 
 of the government ; they also regarded him 
 as the worst of ministers and clamoured for his 
 disgrace." Sir Charles Hotham no doubt saw that 
 the multitude must have a victim, and to fortify 
 his secretary in his laudable purpose he held out 
 hope of ample compensation. His Excellency 
 placed in his hands a document dated 11th 
 December 1854, which was relied on by that 
 gentleman in the various efforts he made to obtain 
 compensation for loss of office. His Excellency in 
 this curious state paper acknowledges a letter from 
 Mr. Foster offering to resign his office if he thought 
 his remaining in power was any impediment to the 
 Government, and in answer says " he would not 
 under ordinary circumstances have allowed the 
 prejudices of the people to influence his decision ; 
 but the circumstances of this colony are peculiar — 
 masses of men are herded together, easily excited, 
 easily influenced by designing leaders and suffering 
 at the same time from diminished facility in acquir- 
 ing gold." His Excellency says farther, " the hos- 
 tility against the Government is very general and I 
 could not disguise from myself that were I to 
 decline accepting the resignation the Queen's colony 
 would be placed in jeopardy." Sir Charles Hotham 
 concluded by hoping that the Legislature on his 
 recommendation would see fit to award him com- 
 pensation for the pecuniary sacrifice he was making 
 
 in the cause of the colony. But no compensation 
 was ever awarded. In 1855 Foster was elected to 
 the first Legislative Assembly under the new 
 Constitution, and held office as Treasurer in the 
 first O'Shanassy Ministry in March 1857. At the 
 close of that Parliament Foster returned to Europe. 
 FOSTER, WILLIAM JOHN,a native of Ireland, 
 educated at Trinity College, Dublin, came to N.S. W. 
 in 1854. He was called to the bar in 1858, and the 
 following year published a work on the District 
 Courts Act, which continues to be the standard 
 book on the subject. In 1859 he was appointed 
 Crown Prosecutor, and again, after an interval of 
 resignation, in 1870. He resigned this office in 
 1877 and joined the Farnell administration as 
 Attorney-General with a seat in the Legislative 
 Council. He has been a representative member of 
 the Church of England Diocesan Synod of Sydney, 
 also of the Provincial Synod of N.S.W., and of the 
 General Synod of Australia, since these Synods 
 were instituted. 
 
 FOVEAUX, JOSEPH, Lieutenant-Colonel com- 
 manding the N.S.W. Corps. In July 1808 Foveaux 
 who had been absent on leave returned from Eng- 
 land and superseded Major Johnston. Upon being 
 informed of the rebellion he determined to take 
 no steps imtil he should hear from the British 
 Government to whom he transmitted full accounts 
 of the proceedings of all concerned. He adminis- 
 tered the Government for about five months until 
 at the commencement of 1809 Colonel Paterson 
 arrived from V.D.L. and superseded him. When 
 Macquarie came out to encourage the emancipist 
 class to persevere in good conduct, he raised one 
 of them named Thompson to the magisterial bench. 
 It was said that the influence and advice of 
 Foveaux caused Macquarie to select Thompson for 
 this special mark of favour and distinction. The 
 story is that Foveaux, disgusted with Macquarie's 
 strong leaning towards that class to which Thompson 
 belonged, thought to make Macquarie suffer for his 
 error by recommending the man most likely to get 
 himself and his patron into a scrape, and that upon 
 learning that Thompson had actually been gazetted 
 as a justice of the peace he exclaimed " I have 
 placed a blister upon Governor Macquarie which 
 he will never be able to remove." Macquarie who 
 was by no means deficient in cutting sarcasm said 
 in reference to the opposition raised in consequence 
 of this appointment that "he had but two classes 
 to choose from— those who had been transported 
 and those who ought to have been." 
 
 FOVEAUX STRAIT, the strait separating the 
 Middle and South Island of N.Z. was so called from 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Foveaux, acting-Governor of 
 N.S.W. in 1808. 
 
 FOWLER'S BAY, in S.A., in the Great Aus- 
 tralian Bight, is formed by a projecting point called 
 Point Fowler, which lies on its S. side. The 
 country inland consists of sandy and scrubby 
 ridges, with salt swamps and brackish water. This 
 bay was called after Fowler, first lieutenant of the
 
 Fra] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 139 
 
 Investigator, the ship in which Flinders made 
 his explorations on the S. coast. The cliffs and 
 rocks are calcareous. There is no timber in the 
 neighbourhood, and but very little fresh water. 
 Near the bay are numerous islands, the bases of 
 which are composed of granite, and upon which 
 curious animals and plants have been found. At 
 the head of this bay Eyre made his depot or cache 
 for stores whilst on his journey over the desert 
 from Port Lincoln to W.A. in 1840. The sur- 
 rounding country is a pastoral district. It is 200 
 miles W. by N. of Streaky Bay. The country is 
 undulating, consisting of lightly-grassed plains 
 and scrub. The population of the district is 
 very limited. 
 
 FRANCIS, JAMES GOODALL (1819—) a 
 native of England, came to V.D.L. in 1834 and 
 engaged in mercantile pursuits. In 1853 he went 
 to V. where he at once took a leading part in com- 
 merce and entered largely into the culture of the 
 vine. In October 1859 he was returned to the 
 Legislative Assembly for Richmond, and shortly 
 afterwards accepted office as Commissioner for 
 Public Works in the Nicholson Ministry. On the 
 resignation of J. C. King he became Commissioner 
 of Trade and Customs in the first M'Culloch 
 Administration, a position which he exchanged for 
 that of Treasurer in the same government. He 
 voted for the revision of the tariff 1865-6 in the 
 direction of Protection, and supported its being 
 tacked to the Appropriation Bill. He also voted 
 in favour of the proposed grant to Lady Darling. 
 He led the Opposition during the latter part of the 
 Duffy Administration, and when it was defeated 
 in June 1872 Francis was sent for by the Governor. 
 He formed a Government and on 19th July met 
 Parliament with a strong party. During his 
 Administration several useful measures were added 
 to the Statute Book, amongst the most important 
 of them were those authorising the construction of 
 railways estimated to cost about ^2.250,000. 
 He also passed through the Assembly an Electoral 
 Bill and a Bill to legalise mining on private 
 property, but both were thrown out by the Council. 
 He introduced to the Assembly what was known 
 as the Norwegian scheme for the settlement of 
 differences between the Upper and Lower 
 Chambers ; but as it did not meet with the 
 amount of support which he had anticipated, he 
 resigned in July 1874, having held office for two 
 years and two months. After a visit to Europe he 
 was again elected to the Assembly for Warrnam- 
 bool and held the seat till the dissolution in 1880, 
 and was elected once more. On three several 
 occasions Francis refused the honour of knight- 
 hood, preferring the republican simplicity of an 
 untitled name. 
 
 FRANKLIN, SIR JOHN (1786—1847) navi- 
 gator and explorer, was born at Spilsby in 
 Lincolnshire, England, in 1786. From his boyhood 
 he had a strong partiality for the sea, and when 
 fourteen years of age entered the Royal Navy as 
 midshipman. The year following Franklin's ship 
 
 led the van in the desperate sea-fight off Copen- 
 hagen when Nelson gained a great victory over 
 the Danish fleet. Two months after Franklin was 
 appointed to the Investigator, which was fitting out 
 for discovery and survey of the Australian coast 
 under the command of his cousin Flinders. 
 During this voyage Franklin studied hard at 
 navigation, marine surveying and the natural 
 sciences, so that he made himself an extremely 
 well-educated man and an accomplished naval 
 officer. The Investigator explored and surveyed 
 the coasts of W.A. and S.A. Flinders also sailed 
 into and surveyed Port Phillip, which had been 
 discovered only teii weeks before by Murray in the 
 Lady Nelson. Franklin returned to England in 
 
 1804 and was appointed to another line-of-battle 
 ship. He was present at the battle of Trafalgar in 
 
 1805 where the illustrious Nelson lost his life. 
 Happily Franklin escaped without a hurt. He 
 was also present at the battle of New Orleans in 
 1814. Five years after Franklin was sent by the 
 British Government to Hudson's Bay in North 
 America with orders to explore his way thence to 
 the Arctic Sea and to survey as much of the coast 
 as possible. This expedition lasted about three 
 years and a-half, and in the course of it Franklin 
 travelled 5500 miles under circumstances of such 
 severe hardship and privation that more than one 
 half of his companions perished from cold and 
 suffering. Franklin lived through all the perils and 
 privations and returned to England in 1823, having 
 successfully executed his commission. In 1825 
 he submitted to Lord Bathurst a plan "for an 
 expedition overland to the mouth of the Mackenzie 
 River, and thence by sea to the N.W. extremity 
 of America, with the combined object also of 
 surveying the coast between the Mackenzie and 
 Coppermine Rivers." This proposition was 
 accepted and six days afterwards he left Liverpool. 
 The expedition was entirely successful, and 
 Franklin returned to England the following year. 
 He next accepted a commission for active service 
 in the war for their national independence which 
 the Greeks were maintaining against the Turks. 
 In this war the Greeks were aided by England, 
 France and Russia. It was ended by the great vic- 
 tory gained by the combined fleets over the Turkish 
 fleet in the Bay of Navarino on 20th October 1827. 
 Since that time Greece has been an independent 
 kingdom. Franklin had now given twenty-seven 
 years of public service to his country and the 
 world, and honours began to flow in upon him. 
 He was knighted by William the Fourth, and 
 many learned societies enrolled his name amongst 
 their members. In 1836 he was appointed by 
 Lord Glenelg Governor of V.D.L. He was 
 accompanied by Captain Maconochie, late secre- 
 tary of the Geographical Society and one of the 
 professors of the London University, and by the 
 Rev. William Hutchins, in whose favour V.D.L. 
 was erected into an arch-deacqpry. Franklin 
 assumed the government on 6th January 1837. 
 "The nomination of Franklin," says West "was
 
 U(> 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |Fra 
 
 acceptable to the colonists. His profession, his 
 career and character were considered auspicious. 
 He had accompanied the illustrious Flinders on 
 his voyage of discovery, and was at Sydney 
 when the first party left that port to colonise 
 this island. During thirty-four years he had 
 himself obtained great nautical renown, his intre- 
 pidity, his sufferings, his humanity and piety had 
 been often the theme of popular admiration and 
 were not unknown in Tasmania. The colonists 
 were resolved to give him an appropriate welcome. 
 He saw with astonishment the signs of wealth and 
 activity in a country which he only remembered 
 as a wilderness. Crowds followed him with accla- 
 mations ; addresses couched in language of eulogy 
 and hope poured in from every district. The pro- 
 gress of the Governor through the colony was 
 attended with feasting, balls and public festivities. 
 On his entrance into Launceston he was escorted 
 by 300 horsemen and seventy carriages ; the streets 
 were thronged ; the windows were crowded by fair 
 spectators who shared the general enthusiasm. 
 The private settlers received him with unspar- 
 ing hospitality ; he was both oppressed and 
 delighted with the signs of popular joy. The 
 hearty frankness of his replies was contrasted 
 with the official coldness ascribed to his prede- 
 cessor. He repeatedly reminded the colonists that 
 although ambitious of their favour the duties of his 
 station would probably oblige him to disappoint 
 their desires. He assured them that he came 
 among them without prejudice, and determined 
 to see with his own eyes, hear with his own ears, 
 and judge with his own judgment." But his task 
 was no easy one. The perplexing question of 
 secondary punishments, " destined to confound the 
 wise, and furnish a theme for dogmatism through 
 all time," agitated the colonies. Sir William 
 Molesworth's Committee of the House of Com- 
 mons was appointed to deal with it. The severity 
 enjoined by the Home Government and the lenity 
 of Governor Bourke had raised an outcry against 
 transportation. There had been 442 capital con- 
 victions in three years. Men's minds were greatly 
 agitated concerning new forms of penal discip- 
 line. Maconochie, who had a benevolent theory 
 of his own, founded on the "mark'' system, 
 set himself to collect facts. In his estimate 
 of prisoners Maconochie it is said was equally 
 deceived by a generous confidence, or by his pity 
 for human suffering. He embodied the results 
 in a report and sent it home to the Colonial Office, 
 without having fully explained the contents of the 
 despatch to Franklin. On its publication he was 
 dismissed by the Governor, and stormy discussions 
 followed the charges made against the settlers. 
 Franklin's term of office in T. extended to August 
 1843. He showed deep interest in educational 
 matters, and had to contend with one of those 
 i \\\i\r\i semi periodically to occur in colonies. 
 Over speculation in laud and stock and an 
 unhealthy system ,,f credit produced the usual 
 depressing results. Sheep fell to half-a-crovra 
 
 a-piece and wheat to half-a-crown a bushel. The 
 discovery that sheep could be boiled down and 
 that the tallow would bring about eight shillings 
 a-piece saved the stockowners of the colonies and 
 the other branches of commerce from utter 
 insolvency. The year 1840 was the most pros- 
 perous year in the history of T. The revenue 
 rose to £183,000. The imports were £988,000 
 and the exports £867,000. The chief difficulties 
 in Franklin's official career were in ameliorating 
 the condition of the prisoners and dealing with 
 the vast numbers of those who were poured 
 into the colony. In the five years subsequent 
 to 1840 nearly 20,000 prisoners were sent to T. 
 "The last three years of Sir John Franklin's 
 administration," says West, "were chiefly employed 
 in arranging the details of the system of penal 
 discipline afterwards expanded by Lord Stanley 
 to gigantic proportions. Accompanied by Lady 
 Franklin in 1842 he penetrated the western district 
 of V.D.L. to Macquarie Harbour, formerly a penal 
 station, to ascertain its fitness for a similar pur- 
 pose, and some of the perils of his early life were 
 renewed. His absence for several weeks awakened 
 great anxiety, and his return was greeted with a 
 general welcome. The most painful event of his 
 political career sprung from a disagreement with 
 the nephews of Sir George Arthur, and especially 
 with Mr. Montague the Colonial Secretary. A 
 narrative of this dispute written by Franklin on 
 his return to England was issued for private 
 circulation just after he started on his last voyage 
 of discovery. This account traces minutely the 
 progress of a quarrel which all parties concerned 
 are anxious to forget. The issue was that 
 Montague was dismissed. But Franklin was 
 recalled. Before he received official notice of his 
 recall his successor arrived. On this abrupt termi- 
 nation of his office he obtained private lodgings in 
 haste. The Legislative Council then sitting, the 
 various churches and literary societies, expressed 
 their admiratiou of his personal character, and 
 more sparingly their approval of his administra- 
 tion. He was attended on his departure by a 
 considerable party of northern colonists. The 
 frank and humane temper of Franklin won the 
 affections of the settlers. He thought favourably 
 of their general character, appreciated their moral 
 worth, and shared in their notions of penal disci- 
 pline. The insults of which he complained were 
 the acts of a few ; a philosopher would have smiled 
 where he deprecated, and have felt that the salary 
 of office is not more certain than the enmities 
 which surround it. The appointment of Franklin 
 to this Government was made at the instance of 
 William IV., by whom he was greatly esteemed. 
 It was his expectation to find an easy retreat like 
 some of the military governments where veterans 
 enjoy the dignity of office without its toils. But 
 he found himself doomed to encounter all the 
 responsibilities of ordinary legislation and govern- 
 ment, with difficulties peculiar to a penal colony. 
 For this his former pursuits had not prepared
 
 Fra] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 141 
 
 him. His manner was often embarrassed and 
 hesitating, and presented a contrast to the quiet 
 vigour of his more able but not more amiable 
 predecessor. The colony had attained that 
 development when the public institutions require 
 reconstruction, and the popular will must in 
 some measure regulate their form and spirit. 
 The administration of the Governor was emi- 
 nently disinterested. He had no private specula- 
 tions or secret agents, and his measures were free 
 from both the taint and the reproach of corruption. 
 Such faults were sometimes imputed, but they 
 were the staple slanders of writers without credit 
 or name. His expenditure greatly exceeded his 
 official income ; and while the plainness of his 
 establishment and entertainments was the topic of 
 thoughtless censure, the charities of his family 
 were scattered with a liberal hand. The piety of 
 Franklin was ardent, and his conscience scrupulous. 
 His remarks in Council on the sports of some idle 
 boys in the Government Domain on the Lord's 
 Day exposed him to the satire of scorners. An 
 anecdote on the authority of Captain Back shows 
 his harmless character in a striking light : — 
 " As an illustration of the excellent individual 
 to whom it refers, I may be pardoned for intro- 
 ducing it here. It was the custom of Sir John 
 Franklin never to kill a fly, and though teased 
 with them beyond expression, especially when 
 taking observations, he would gently desist from 
 his work and patiently blow the half-gorged 
 intruders from his hands saying — 'The world is 
 wide enough for both.' Manfelly (an Indian chief) 
 could not refrain from expressing his surprise that 
 I should be so unlike the 'old chief,' who would 
 not destroy a single mosquito." In 1845 when 
 nearly sixty years of age, a time of life when most 
 men begin to think of retiring from active service, 
 Franklin accepted the command of another expedi- 
 tion to explore the North-west Passage from 
 Europe to America. The expedition sailed in May, 
 and the last news heard from it was in July. But 
 the vessels never returned home again. Franklin 
 and his gallant party of explorers all perished in 
 the frozen sea of the North Pole. For eleven years 
 no tidings of what had happened to them reached 
 England. Twenty separate expeditions were sent 
 out in search of them at a cost of more than a 
 million sterling. But all was in vain ; no trace of 
 the missing explorers could be found until in 1857 
 the mystery of their fate was cleared up. From 
 the time that her husband had sailed on his last 
 expedition Lady Franklin had never ceased her 
 endeavours to obtain intelligence of her husband's 
 fate. At last in 1857 she fitted out at her ownexpense 
 a steam vessel, the Fox, commanded by Captain 
 McClintock, to go once more in search of the 
 explorers. After encountering many hardships 
 from the rigorous climate, and narrowly escaping 
 shipwreck amid the ice-fields, the party fell in with 
 a tribe of natives in a snow village near the Fish 
 River, from whom they learned the particulars 
 of the loss of Franklin's ships. Many articles 
 
 belonging to the expedition were found— such as 
 guns, watches, silver spoons, books, and fragments of 
 clothing. Even the skeletons of some of the brave 
 men who had perished were found in the snow. 
 Amongst a heap of stones which they had raised 
 as a landmark a tin box was picked up, in which 
 was enclosed a written record stating that Sir John 
 Franklin had died in his cabin on the 11th of 
 June 1847 ; that the two ships of which his expe- 
 dition had consisted were shut up in the ice and 
 abandoned by the crews on the 22nd of April 1848; 
 and that the survivors, 105 in number, had landed 
 and built the pile of stones and left that record. 
 It was then discovered that this party of survivors 
 had all perished in their attempt to cross the great 
 ice-fields on sledges in hopes of reaching the 
 ocean. Thus perished one of the most skilful 
 navigators and bravest explorers that England 
 ever possessed. His countrymen in all parts of 
 the world, and the people of all civilised nations 
 lamented the loss of the great and good Franklin. 
 The colonists of T. founded a college and a learned 
 society in his honour. They also subscribed a sum 
 of £1600 sterling towards an expedition designed 
 for his rescue. He was a man who was beloved 
 by everybody that knew him intimately. "In the 
 whole course of my experience," says Sir Edward 
 Parry, " I have never known a man like Franklin ; 
 with all the tenderness of heart of a simple child 
 there was all the greatness and magnanimity of a 
 hero." Lady Franklin, the loving and true- 
 hearted wife of this truly heroic man, survived 
 her husband twenty-eight years, dying in 1875. 
 
 FRANKLIN HARBOUR, or FLINDERS 
 LAKE, in S.A. is a deep indentation on the 
 W. side of Spencer's Gulf. It is shallow and 
 bordered by a large tract of pastoral land. There 
 is an aboriginal station at this place. 
 
 FRANKLIN ISLANDS, a group of three 
 islands in S.A. lying to the S. of St. Peter's Island 
 in Nuyt's Archipelago, a little to the N.W. of 
 Streaky Bay. They are of moderate elevation 
 and have a reef of rocks above water of a circular 
 shape and nearly half-a-mile in diameter, lying 
 five and a-half miles N.W., called the Flinders 
 Reef, over which the sea breaks with great violence. 
 
 FRASER MOUNTAIN, in N.S.W., situated in 
 the district of Liverpool Plains, was named by 
 Mitchell after a botanist of that name. 
 
 FRAZER'S ISLAND, on the E. coast of Q., 
 received its name from Captain Frazer of the ship 
 Stirling Castle, a Scotch vessel, which has obtained 
 some celebrity in N.S.W. from having brought out 
 to that colony a number of Scotch mechanics (the 
 first free immigrants of this class who had ever 
 arrived in the colony) to erect buildings for an 
 academical institution in 1831. On a subsequent 
 voyage to the colony Captafn Frazer was unfor- 
 tunately wrecked on the Barrier Reef on his way 
 to India. He reached the coast however in his 
 boat, but it was only to experience a more awful 
 fate, lor he was seized by the black natives on his
 
 142 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA Or AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Fre— Pur 
 
 landing and inhumanly murdered with most of 
 his crew. Frazer's Island lies parallel to the coast 
 line, and is about sixty-five miles in length with 
 an average breadth of ten miles, the northern half 
 of which being abreast of a bight in the main- 
 land gives the latter the appearance of a deep bay, 
 and induced Cook to designate it Hervey's Bay, 
 anticipating doubtless that a river would be dis- 
 covered at its head. In this anticipation Governor 
 Hunter concurred, but when it was ascertained 
 that the land forming the east side of the bay was 
 merely an island the idea of finding a river on 
 that part of the coast was abandoned. Frazer's 
 Island is rather of indifferent character in point of 
 soil and general capabilities in the estimation of 
 Europeans, but it is an excellent fishing station and 
 abounds in the other requisites of aboriginal life. 
 
 FREDERIK HENDRIK BAY, a beautiful bay 
 in the S. of T., discovered and named by Tasman 
 in 1642. It was here on the 3rd December of that 
 year that the ceremony of planting a standard and 
 taking possession of the new territory in the 
 Dutch prince's name was performed by the 
 carpenter, Francis Jacobsz, who swam through the 
 surf to reach the shore. 
 
 FREELING ( ) explorer, made an expedi- 
 tion from Adelaide into the interior in 1857. 
 
 FREMANTLE, a township in W.A., situated at 
 the mouth of the Swan River twelve miles from 
 Perth, named after Captain Fremantle. The 
 harbour accommodation has been decried, but 
 vessels provided with good ground-tackle can ride 
 out any gale coming from a northerly direction. 
 These gales are the only ones which effect any 
 damage to the shipping ; but as the barometer is 
 an infallible guide during the winter months when 
 they prevail, vessels have ample time to make for 
 an excellent harbour of refuge which is provided 
 at Garden Island, about twelve miles distant. 
 Surveys have been made with a view to harbour 
 improvement, and a substantial lighthouse has 
 been erected for the guidance of shipping entering 
 Gage's Roads. Rottnest Island fourteen miles W. 
 of Fremantle is the marine residence of the 
 Governor. A native penal establishment and 
 farm are established on Rottnest Island, where 
 also are the government salt works. The Swan 
 River is spanned by a fine wooden bridge nearly 
 1000 feet long, built entirely by prison labour 
 during the reign of Governor Hampton. A bar 
 of basaltic formation obstructs the mouth of the 
 river. Fremantle is the principal port of the colony 
 and has a population of about 4000. During the 
 winter season bay whaling is actively carried on. 
 
 FREMANTLE, CAPTAIN. When the settle- 
 ment of Swan Iliver W.A. was determined on by 
 the English Government in 1829 Captain Fremantle 
 was sunt in H.M.S. Challenger to take possession 
 of the territory. Large grants of land were made 
 to the commander and his officers, but the settle- 
 ment proved a failure, and the grants were either 
 sold or abandoned by their owners. 
 
 FRENCH ISLAND is the largest island in 
 Westernport Bay, V. It is so called because the 
 French Government after Baudin's voyage to Aus- 
 tralia had some intentions of founding a settlement 
 there, which however were never carried into effect. 
 The English occupation of this continent had by 
 that time become too secure to be disputed. 
 
 FREYCINET, M., first lieutenant to Captain 
 Baudin in his expedition of 1800. He said to 
 Flinders at Sydney Government House, " Captain 
 if we had not been kept so long picking up shells 
 and catching butterflies in V.D.L. you would not 
 have discovered the south coast before us." 
 
 FR0ME, CAPTAIN, Surveyor-General of S.A. 
 made an expedition into the Lake Torrens country 
 in 1842-3. 
 
 FRYER'S TOWN, a mining township in V. on 
 Fryer's Creek, eighty-five miles N. by W. of Mel- 
 bourne. It was the scene of one of the earliest 
 gold-field " rushes," and large returns of gold 
 rewarded the first diggers. The district is still a 
 mining one, the diggings being both alluvial and 
 quartz. The population numbers about 600, and 
 1720 miners of whom 735 are Chinese are at work 
 on the auriferous ground, the area of which is 
 twenty-eight and three-quarter square miles with 
 thirty-seven distinct quartz reefs. The water sup- 
 ply of the town is derived from the Crocodile and 
 Spring Gullies. 
 
 FURNEAUX, CAPTAIN TOBIAS, navigator, 
 was second in command under Cook in his second 
 expedition. He sailed as second lieutenant under 
 Wallis in his voyage of circumnavigation. On 8th 
 February 1773, in thick and hazy weather, Fur- 
 neaux's vessel the Adventure became separated from 
 the Resolution under the command of Cook. The 
 rendezvous appointed in the case of this accident 
 was Queen Charlotte's Sound in N.Z., and thither 
 Cook directed his course. When Cook arrived at 
 Queen Charlotte's Sound on 18th May at daybreak, 
 he found the Adventure in the harbour. It 
 appeared that Furneaux having lost sight of the 
 Resolution in a thick fog, fired half-hour signal 
 guns without success, and cruised near the spot 
 for three days, according to agreement, when he 
 followed a more northerly course along the southern 
 and eastern shores of V.D.L. ; and from examina- 
 tion of them he reported that there was no strait 
 between this land and New Holland, but a very 
 deep bay. On 19th March he stood away forN.Z., 
 which he reached on 7th April, since which date 
 till Cook's arrival the voyagers of the Adventure 
 had held friendly intercourse with the natives. 
 When Cook sailed away into the Southern Ocean, 
 and seeing no land, this circumstance, with the 
 sickly state of the Adventure's crew, induced him to 
 direct his course to Otaheite. After a short stay 
 there, and a cruise amongst the Society Islands, 
 as the period of the year for prosecuting his 
 researches in the high southern latitudes had 
 come round again, Cook directed his course to 
 N.Z. which he descried on 21st October. The
 
 Fur] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 143 
 
 ships encountered a succession of severe gales and 
 bad weather during which the Adventure was 
 again lost sight of and not rejoined during the 
 voyage. When Cook again reached Queen Char- 
 lotte's Sound on 17th October he found that the 
 Adventure had been there. The natives of whom 
 only a few appeared, and those in a state of great 
 fear, gave information from which it was inferred 
 that some calamity had befallen the crew. The 
 mystery was subsequently cleared up by a letter 
 from Furneaux which Cook found waiting him 
 at the Cape of Good Hope on his homeward 
 voyage. From the letter it appeared that Furneaux 
 being blown off the coast was beaten about by 
 violent storms till the Cth November, when he put 
 into Tologa Bay for water and wood ; and sailed 
 from thence for Queen Charlotte's Sound, the 
 appointed rendezvous for the ships in case of 
 separation, which he reached on the 30th. The 
 Resolution not being there Furneaux and his 
 companions began to doubt her safety ; but on 
 landing they observed cut on an old stump of a 
 tree these words : " Look underneath !" They dug 
 accordingly and found a bottle corked and sealed 
 containing a letter from Cook stating his arrival 
 there on the 3rd of November and his depar- 
 ture on the 26th, and that he intended passing 
 a few days in the entrance to the straits to look 
 out for the Adventure. The Adventure was now 
 got ready for sea with all speed, and on the 17th 
 December Furneaux sent a midshipman with nine 
 men in a large cutter to gather wild greens for the 
 ship's company with orders to return that evening. 
 As they did not return by the next morning and 
 the ship was now ready for sea the second lieu- 
 tenant Mr. Burney set out in search of the cutter 
 in the launch manned with the boat's crew and ten 
 marines. They proceeded firing guns into all the 
 coves by way of signals and landed at a settlement 
 to search the houses, but could not find any trace 
 of the missing voyagers. Persevering in the search 
 they saw on the beach adjoining Grass Cove a 
 large double canoe just hauled up with two men 
 and a boy. On seeing the launch the men ran off 
 into the woods, when Burney and his companions 
 landed, and on searching the canoe found in it the 
 shoes of a midshipman, and subsequently was 
 picked up a hand tattoed "T. H.," which was 
 immediately known to have belonged to Thomas 
 Hill, one of the forecastle men of the Adventure. 
 Around Grass Cove the natives had collected in 
 great numbers shouting and inviting the English to 
 land. From the number of the savages and the 
 suspicion excited by finding the shoes and hand 
 the lieutenant would not trust himself ashore, 
 but fired among the people until they retired. 
 He then landed with the marines and soon ascer- 
 tained the melancholy fate of the missing boat's 
 crew. "On the beach" he says "were two bundles 
 of celery which had been gathered for loading the 
 cutter ; a broken oar was stuck upright in the 
 ground to which the natives had tied canoes, a 
 proof that the attack had been made here. I then 
 
 searched all along at the back of the beach to see 
 if the cutter was there. We found no boat but 
 instead of her such a shocking scene of carnage 
 and barbarity as can never be mentioned nor 
 thought of but with horror. The savages had not 
 only butchered the whole crew, ten in number, but 
 feasted on the remains of the victims of their 
 ferocity and left parts of them strewed along the 
 beach." Subsequently Cook learnt all the particu- 
 lars. It appeared that the voyagers having landed 
 left their boat in charge of Fumeaux's black 
 servant while the party sat down to dinner at about 
 two hundred yards distance, surrounded by natives; 
 during the meal some of the savages snatched up 
 a portion of the bread and fish, for which the 
 voyagers beat them, and nearly at the same moment 
 a native attempted to steal some articles from the 
 boat, for which the black servant struck him 
 severely with a stick ; his cries being heard by his 
 countrymen they imagined him to be mortally 
 wounded, and exasperated by some of their own 
 party having been beaten they immediately began 
 the attack upon the voyagers. Two of the savages 
 were shot dead by the only two muskets that were 
 fired; for before the English could re-load the 
 natives, armed with their stone weapons, rushed 
 upon them and overpowering them by numbers 
 slew every one of them. A chief named Kahoora 
 confessed that he had killed the commander of the 
 party, as he said, because one of the muskets fired 
 was levelled at him, from which he escaped behind 
 the boat. Kahoora was more feared than beloved 
 by his countrymen who, not satisfied by telling- 
 Cook he was a bad man, importuned the captain 
 to kill him and were much surprised at not being 
 listened to, for according to their notions of 
 justice this ought to have been done. "But" 
 observes Cook "if I had followed the advice of 
 all our pretended friends I might have extirpated 
 the whole race ; for the people of each hamlet by 
 turns applied to me to destroy the other." The 
 natives who related these particulars to Cook 
 showed him the very spot where the slaughter 
 took place, and by pointing to the place of the sun 
 signified that it happened late in the afternoon. 
 They also marked the place of landing, but Cook 
 could not ascertain what became of the boat. 
 Some said that it was broken to pieces and burnt ; 
 others stated that it was carried they knew not 
 whither by a party of strangers. More than fifty 
 years afterwards Mr. Augustus Earle, a resident in 
 N.Z., met an old native who told him that he did 
 not remember Cook but well recollected Furneaux, 
 and was one of the party that cut off and massacred 
 his boat's crew. Mr. Earle had reason from some 
 other information he received to credit this story 
 of the New Zealander. After this lamentable occur- 
 rence the Adventure was detained in the sound ten 
 days, but no more natives were seen. Furneaux 
 despairing of meeting Cook got to sea 23rd Decem- 
 ber, and being favoured with an easterly current and 
 westerly winds, in about a month doubled Cape 
 Horn, and arrived at Spithead 14th July 1774.
 
 144 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF ArSTRALASTA. 
 
 [Fur— Gaw 
 
 FURNEAUX ISLANDS, a group of islands 
 in Bass Strait. They are numerous, the largest 
 measuring thirty-five miles by ten miles. The soil 
 is sandy and the vegetation scanty. 
 
 FYANS, CAPTAIN F. (1786-1870) was one of 
 the early commandants of Norfolk Island. He intro- 
 duced the first and only horse that ever landed on 
 that island, he was among the first officials sent 
 to Port Phillip, and within the span of his life 
 sprang into being the mother colony of N.S.W. and 
 the other six colonies. He was the first Police 
 Magistrate of the Geelong district in V., and his 
 venerable soldierly form was familiar to the 
 residents there for many years. His residence was 
 at Fyansford, near Geelong. 
 
 G. 
 
 GABO ISLAND, a rocky island off the coast of 
 Gippsland, V., standing at a considerable elevation 
 above the level of the sea, about six miles S.W. of 
 Cape Howe. It lies about a mile distant from the 
 mainland and has a lighthouse burning a fixed 
 white light called the Flinders light. The site was 
 selected in 1846 by C. J. Tyers, and the lighthouse 
 was erected by John Morris in 1848. 
 
 GAGE'S ROAD, is the port of Swan River in 
 W.A. It is partially sheltered by Garden Island 
 and two other islands Rottnest and Pulo Carnac ; 
 but it is greatly exposed to the N.W. winds which 
 often blow with considerable violence. 
 
 GAMBIER, MOUNT, a conspicuous mountain 
 in S.A., discovered by Grant in 1800 and named 
 after Admiral Gambier. It is an extinct volcano 
 and its crater forms the celebrated Blue Lake. 
 The surrounding district is agricultural and pas- 
 toral, the soil being well adapted for the growth of 
 wheat and other cereals. The land is undulating, 
 thickly timbered, and intersected by swamps and 
 lagoons. The general aspect is fertile and pleasing 
 even seen at a distance. That portion lying to the 
 S. between Mounts Gambier and Shanck consists 
 of beautiful meadow land equal to any in England. 
 The population of the township is limited, but 
 the district is well populated by farmers. 
 
 GAMBIER ISLES are four islands lying nearly 
 in the middle of the entrance to Spencer's Gulf, 
 besides two peaked rocks lying S. of the largest 
 and southernmost, which is three miles long. This 
 is called Wedge Island from its shape. There are 
 twenty or thirty fathoms in mid-channel between 
 it and Cape Spencer. The West Island is six 
 miles W. from Wedge Island, and is about the 
 same distance E.S.E. from Thistle Island. A reef 
 lies to the N. of the North Island. 
 
 GASCOYNE RIVER, in W.A., rises in the 
 unsettled portions of the colony, and flows into 
 Shark Bay. It was discovered in 1839 by Grey 
 and traced by A. C. Gregory in 1848. 
 
 GAWLER, COLONEL GEOBGE (1796-1869,) 
 second Governor of S.A., was the son of Captain 
 
 Samuel Gawler of the 73rd Regiment, who led 
 one of the storming parties at the siege of Seringa- 
 patam and died shortly afterwards at the early 
 age of twenty-five. Gawler joined the 52nd Light 
 Infantry in November 1811 and served to the end 
 of the Peninsular war in 1814. He led the forlorn 
 hope at the storming of Badajoz, was struck by a 
 grape shot in the right knee and fell from the 
 parapet into the ditch below, where he lay all 
 night, but was rescued by a private of his regi- 
 ment who had his own head shot off whilst in the 
 act of serving his officer. Gawler commanded 
 the right company of the 52nd Regiment at 
 Waterloo when he was under twenty years of age 
 and received the war medal with seven clasps. 
 He was appointed Governor of S.A. in 1838 and 
 arrived in the colony on 12th October. During 
 Gawler's administration the colony passed through 
 the greatest trials and difficulties it has had to 
 encounter. Financial embarrassments — the result 
 of folly and extravagance — threatened and almost 
 accomplished the complete destruction of the 
 settlement. Money was scarce, and labour, which 
 ought to have been productively employed in 
 developing the resources of the colony, was con- 
 centrated in the city, where men instead of pro- 
 ducing something from the land lived on each 
 other. To save the colony Gawler commenced 
 extensive public works, to pay for which he drew 
 upon the Lords of the Treasury and had his 
 bills returned to him dishonoured. This was 
 not to be wondered at, for one principle on which 
 the colony was founded was that it was not to 
 cost the Mother Country a penny. The money 
 was subsequently advanced by the Imperial 
 authorities as a loan and the difficulty was tided 
 over. Probably Gawler did the best he could 
 under the circumstances ; but the Home Govern- 
 ment were dissatisfied with his administration and 
 treated him in a somewhat scurvy manner. 
 Captain George Grey a young officer who had 
 been exploring in W.A., on 10th May 1841, walked 
 into Government House and presented to Colonel 
 Gawler a commission appointing him (Captain 
 Grey) Governor of the Province in succession to 
 Gawler. 
 
 GAWLER, HENRY(1827— )a son of Governor 
 Gawler, came to S.A. in 1838. He was sent to 
 England for his education which he received at 
 Rugby and King's College, London. He then 
 became a pupil of Brodie the celebrated convey- 
 ancing lawyer, with whom he studied for three 
 years, and was called to the Bar in 1852. He 
 returned to S.A. in 1858. In that year the scheme 
 initiated by Torrens for simplifying the legal mode 
 of dealing with conveyances of land came into 
 force, and Gawler received the appointment of one 
 of the Solicitors to the Lands Titles Commissioners 
 under the Torrens Act, which appointment he still 
 holds. On three occasions Gawler has for a short 
 time held the office of Attorney- General but 
 without a seat in Parliament. In 1870 he was 
 specially sent for by the Government of N,Z. to
 
 Gaw— Gee] 
 
 rwr/iPTEpTA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 115 
 
 inaugurate the Torrens system in that colony, and 
 on the conclusion of his labours received flattering 
 testimonials from the Government. Gawler has 
 written valuable reports on the theory and practice 
 of the Real Property Act. 
 
 GAWLER, PORT, a port and harbour of S.A., 
 into which the River Gawler empties its waters. 
 
 GAWLER RIVER, a river of S.A. flowing into 
 Port Gawler, on which stands the sea-port town 
 of Milner. 
 
 GAWLER RANGE, a range of mountains in 
 S.A., between Streaky Bay and Mount Arden. It 
 is a singularly high and barren range ; consisting 
 of porphyrite granite extending nearly all the way 
 across, and then stretching out to the N.W. in 
 lofty rugged outline as far as the eye can reach. 
 The most remarkable fact connected with this 
 range is the arid and sterile character of the 
 surrounding country as well as of the range itself. 
 There is not a stream or watercourse of any kind 
 emanating from it, and it is destitute of vegetation 
 and timber. 
 
 GEELONG, a town in V. on the shores of Corio 
 Bay, the western arm of Port Phillip, forty-five 
 miles S.W. from Melbourne with which it is 
 connected by railway. It is also the central 
 station for the railway lines to Ballarat and the 
 north-western district, to Colac and the western 
 district, and to Queenscliff. The date of its 
 incorporation is 12th October 1849. The situa- 
 tion of Geelong is perhaps the most picturesque 
 of any town in the colony. It stands between the 
 miniature bay of Corio, which has been compared 
 for fine scenery to the Bay of Naples, with its 
 picturesque green cliffs and comparatively sheltered 
 water, and the River Barwon which flows from N. 
 to S. (at the distance of a long mile from the 
 landing place,) towards its outlet in Lake Conne- 
 warra, which again joins the sea in Bass Strait, 
 by a narrow entrance. The scenery of its suburbs 
 is as agreeable, its soil as fertile and its climate 
 as healthful as that of Melbourne, while the town 
 is more immediately upon the waters of the port 
 and affords superior natural facilities for loading, 
 discharging, or watering ships, for fortifications to 
 seaward, and for communication with the interior. 
 There are four jetties in Corio Bay alongside 
 which ships of large tonnage can load and discharge, 
 since the bar at the entrance has been removed to 
 a depth of 21 feet 6 inches, at a cost of £60,000. 
 There is regular communication by sea with 
 Melbourne, as well as by land. The bay was 
 surveyed by Grimes in 1802. Flinders viewed it 
 from Station Peak with great admiration of its 
 fine natural features. Batman's Association selected 
 it 'as the site of their settlement, and " that tract 
 of country situate and being in the Bay of Port 
 Phillip known by the name of Indented Head, 
 but called by us Geelong," is included in the 
 purchase made from the Doutigalla tribe of 
 natives in 1830. The name taken by the Associa- 
 tion was the "Geelong and Doutigalla Association." 
 
 Bonwick, narratingthe eventsof the earlysettlement 
 says—" Geelong was long dragging itself into notice. 
 She was a beautiful but neglected child. Geogra- 
 phically situated it had superior attractions to 
 Melbourne, that required Government nursing 
 —royal jelly to sustain its growth. Westgarth 
 remarks: 'The site of Geelong, the qualities of 
 its harbour, and the rich, beautiful and open 
 country that extends for many miles behind it, 
 appears to me to have offered recommendations 
 for the site of the capital decidedly superior to 
 those of Melbourne.' The stations around Carayo 
 or Corio Bay needed stores for supplies, and so 
 the town was established before the Government 
 survey was made. The first who drove a bullock 
 team between the two places was the present Mayor 
 of Geelong (Dr. Thomson,) the fears which his 
 man entertained of the natives obliged him to take 
 the whip. The first store was erected by Champion 
 in the early part of 1838. It was of wood, and 
 stood near the site of the Custom House. When 
 the town was surveyed Champion was directed to 
 remove his dwelling. It was afterwards put up in 
 Corio-street. The next erection was that of 
 Strachan's, on about the same place as his present 
 store. Fisher the squatter had a house on the 
 Barwon some time before either of these. Mack's 
 Hotel was originally a slab hut, of course without 
 a license. McNaughton removed from Champion's 
 store to open the public-house in July 18.38. The 
 original tavern is now (1856) the back kitchen of 
 the hotel. There was no brick house in Geelong 
 before the arrival of Latrobe. The Rev. James 
 Love's brick house first appeared in 1840. The 
 first town sale of land was on 14th February 1839. 
 It was held at Sydney, and two-thirds of the lots 
 were purchased by Sydney folks. It was a double 
 township — North and South Geelong. The north, 
 by the bay, was called Corio. The south, by the 
 Barwon, was thought likely to form the villa 
 residences of merchants. The average price of 
 the sixteen lots sold of North Geelong was 
 £140; that of the twenty-six lots of South 
 Geelong £40. Foster Fyans was the first police 
 magistrate of the Geelong district, receiving 
 his appointment as early as 5th September. 
 Fenwick followed. The mail cart between the two- 
 towns started 15th May 1839, a punt being then 
 thrown over Saltwater River ; passengers paid £2. 
 The first wool of the district was shipped by 
 Champion to Willis, Garrett and Co., Hobart Town. 
 It was conveyed to the Princess Charlotte at 
 Cowie's creek, and the bales rolled off the bank 
 into the vessel." Hume and Hovell in 1824 had 
 come down on Corio Bay, and they learned the 
 native name (Geelong) from the natives. The 
 recommendation to lay out a township was made 
 by Captain Fyans to Sir Richard Bourke in 1837. 
 The town has the credit of establishing the first 
 woollen mill in Victoria, and received the Govern- 
 ment award of i,'1500. Its operations and build- 
 ings are more extensive than any other, the products 
 of its looms being found all over Australia, the
 
 146 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Gei— Gel 
 
 land having cost £500, the buildings and improve- 
 ments £16,000, and the machinery and plant 
 £20,000. The cloth is manufactured by hand loom 
 and steam power. One of the largest tanneries in 
 the colony is carried on at the river Barwon ; 
 there are also several excellent wool-scouring 
 establishments. The country surrounding Geelong 
 is essentially agricultural and is taken up by farms, 
 vineyards and orchards. The Barrabool hills on 
 the west bank of the Barwon are of a very fertile 
 character, and have also the advantage of being 
 most picturesquely situated. There are extensive 
 quarries of limestone at the eastern boundary of 
 the town on the shores of Corio Bay. The popu- 
 lation of the town and suburbs is about 23,000. 
 
 GEILS, COLONEL, in 1812 became Acting- 
 Lieutenant Governor of V.D.L., and remained until 
 the arrival of Governor Davey. Geils devoted 
 great attention to agricultural pursuits and first 
 formed at Risdon a considerable farming estab- 
 lishment. Ordered to India with the troops under 
 his command he forwarded his youthful sons to 
 the Cape of Good Hope, thence to be conveyed to 
 England. The colonists heard soon after with 
 deep commiseration that the vessel in which they 
 re-embarked was lost. 
 
 GELLIBRAND, JOSEPH TICE, Attorney- 
 General of Y.D.L., arrived in the colony in 1824. 
 He was dismissed from his office by Governor 
 Arthur for alleged unprofessional conduct. The 
 case excited great interest in the legal circles of 
 Great Britain. The disagreement sprang chiefly 
 from a trial, Laurie v. Griffiths, characteristic of the 
 times. The plaintiff sued for damages for the 
 illegal capture of a vessel of twelve tons, of which 
 he was the owner and master. The vessel (called 
 the Fame) was found by the brig Glory in 
 Twofold Bay. Griffiths, the owner of the Glory, 
 invited Laurie on board and made him prisoner. 
 He then boarded the Fame, deprived her of charts 
 and compass, and amidst the shouts of his seamen 
 fastened her to the tail of the Glory. In this 
 condition she was carried triumphantly towards 
 Launceston, but a storm arising the Glory encum- 
 bered by the Fame cast her adrift, when she was 
 exposed to great danger. The prize-master ran 
 her on shore, and the party were wrecked. After 
 fourteen days journey through the woods they 
 reached Georgetown The justification pleaded 
 was that the plaint ill had conveyed prisoners from 
 Port Jackson and was liable to forfeiture, that he 
 had embarked in an unlawful voyage and intended 
 to visit Launceston to circulate forged paper. 
 No proof of these assertions was offered, and 
 the jury granted £400 damages, a verdict which 
 the Government found no occasion to disturb. 
 In the case of Laurie v. Griffiths Gellibrand had 
 drawn the pleas for the plaintiff, and afterwards 
 acted officially against him ; he however trans- 
 ferred the fee he received to Alfred Stephen when 
 he was compelled to relinquish the charge. The 
 profession almost unanimously asserted that the 
 custom of the English Bar warranted the practice 
 
 of Gellibrand. The judge stated that he was not 
 controlled by the custom of the English Bar, and 
 that the court might treat as a contempt a practice 
 tolerated at Westminster. He considered the 
 custom pernicious, but dismissed the case and left 
 the Governor to act for himself. The appeal of 
 Gellibrand to the profession perfectly vindicated 
 his conduct. It was found that the first counsel 
 in England often acted against a retaining client, 
 and sometimes drew pleas on both sides. Alfred 
 Stephen therefore brought the complainant for- 
 mally before the court, and moved that Gellibrand 
 be struck off the rolls. Although the Chief Justice 
 dismissed Stephen's motion, the Governor deter- 
 mined to press the charge and appointed a 
 commission of enquiry. Additional matter was 
 urged. It was said that Gellibrand advised a client 
 to enter an action against a magistrate, whom his 
 office might oblige him to defend, and that his 
 intimacy with Murray did not become his relations 
 with the Government. Sergeant Talfourd regretted 
 that by quitting the commissioners appointed 
 by the Governor lie had damaged his case. The 
 crown had a right to dismiss ; but he was clearly 
 of opinion that the proceeding of the local officers 
 was the effect of either " malice or mistake." The 
 charges of professional malversation he pronounced 
 too absurd for notice ; that the practice was not 
 only allowable but often imperative. Subsequently 
 Gellibrand's name was expunged from the list of 
 magistrates by order of the Secretary of State, for 
 joining in sending a despatch directly without the 
 Governor's concurrence. In January 1827 Gelli- 
 brand joined Batman in a proposal to Governor 
 Darling to establish a settlement at Western Port 
 in V., and to bring over stock to the value of 
 £4000 or £5000. This proposal was refused on the 
 ground that, as no determination had been come 
 to with respect to a settlement at the spot, it was 
 not in the Governor's power to grant their request. 
 Gellibrand was a member of Batman's first Associa- 
 tion to make a settlement in Port Phillip and took 
 an active part in furthering its interests ; but the 
 Association did not succeed. West gives the 
 following account of Gellibrand's unhappy end : — 
 " A few months after the departure of Governor 
 Arthur Gellibrand lost his life. He visited Port 
 Phillip in 1836, a place which had long engaged 
 his thoughts ; in company with Mr. Hesse a 
 barrister, he set out to explore the interior ; they 
 missed their way. The guide who attended them 
 was convinced of danger ; he could not prevail on 
 them to change their route and he returned alone. 
 Their long absence occasioned anxiety, and parties 
 of their friends attempted to track them ; they 
 found that when in company with the guide they 
 had crossed the Byron instead of the Leigh, 
 their intended course ; they then travelled on 
 about fifteen miles by the river side and over a 
 plain, and entered a wood soon impervious to 
 horsemen ; then their track was lost. For several 
 years efforts were made to solve the mystery of 
 their fate. In 1844 the natives directed Mr. Allen,
 
 Gel-Gil] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 147 
 
 a gentleman of credit, to a spot where they stated 
 a white man had been murdered ; there he dis- 
 covered human bones but no evidence by which 
 identity could be established. Beyond this nothing 
 certain is known." Gellibrand's contest with 
 Governor Arthur continued many years, but they 
 met at the sacrament shortly before their final 
 separation. Arthur approached the seat where 
 Gellibrand was sitting and offered his hand. This 
 being misunderstood a prayer-book was tendered 
 him ; he then explained that before they joined 
 in the solemnity which had brought them there 
 he was anxious for reconciliation. A river and one 
 or two other geographical points in the western 
 district of V. bear Gellibrand's name. 
 
 GELVINK CHANNEL, is situated between the 
 Abrolhos Islands and the mainland on the N.W. 
 coast of the continent, and bears its name after the 
 ship of Vlaming, the first that ever passed through 
 it, in 1680. 
 
 GEOGRAPHE STRAIT divides Scon tens Island 
 from Freycinet Peninsula on the E. coast of T. 
 
 GEOGRAPHE SHOALS lie on the N.W. coast 
 of the continent. They form two rocky patches 
 some distance from each other about twenty-three 
 miles apart. These two geographical points were 
 named by Baudin after his vessel in 1800. 
 
 GEORGE, LAKE, in N.S.W., lies at an eleva- 
 tion of upwards of 2000 feet above the sea and is 
 situated between the counties of Argyle and Murray. 
 It is sixteen miles in length from N. to S. its 
 greatest breadth being seven miles. The western 
 shore is confined by a steep ridge of hills rising 
 from the water's edge which extends southward to 
 Molonglo, but the country eastward and south- 
 ward of the lake is chiefly lowland with open 
 plains. A succession of fine open plains extends 
 northward from the northern shore. 
 
 GEORGE TOWN, a straggling village on the E. 
 bank of the river Tamar, T., about four miles 
 from its mouth upon a flat forming the N. side of 
 a cove at the foot of a group of conical hills. On 
 one of these is a signal station by means of which 
 communication was kept up with Launceston, dis- 
 tant thirty-two miles, before the era of electric 
 telegraphs came in. 
 
 GILBERT RIVER, in N.A., was discovered by 
 Leichhardt in 1844. It falls into Van Diemen's 
 River and was named in commemoration of the 
 fate of his unfortunate companion Gilbert, the 
 naturalist, who was killed by the natives on their 
 overland journey to Port Essington. 
 
 GILES, ERNEST, explorer, came to S.A. in 
 1849. In 1852 he joined a party to the Victorian 
 diggings, and subsequently became a clerk in the 
 Post Office at Melbourne. In 1854 upon some 
 retrenchments being made he lost this post, but 
 obtained another in the County Court. This he 
 soon afterwards resigned and joined an exploring 
 party in Q. The route traversed by Macdouall 
 Stuart from south to north across S.A., has since 
 become the transcontinental telegraph line. This 
 
 lino cuts the continent into two equal halves, which 
 may be termed respectively the explored and 
 unexplored halves. In 1872 Giles attempted 
 to penetrate into the unknown portion. Starting 
 from Chambers Pillars on the telegraph line, he 
 discovered a host of permanent waters, ranges of 
 mountains and tracts of good pastoral country. 
 He also found some extraordinary geographical 
 features, including the Glen of Palms, winding 
 amongst the mountains for over 100 miles, with 
 magnificent palm trees, growing to a height of 
 sixty feet ; also a vast salt expanse which he 
 named Lake Amadeus after the then King of Spain, 
 which apparently interminable obstacle prevented 
 the further passage of the explorer in a westerly 
 qr southerly direction. Baffled also by the dis- 
 organisation of his small party, Giles after travel- 
 ling over 1000 linear miles was compelled to return ; 
 the furthest distance reached from the telegraph 
 line being 300 miles, at two points about 100 miles 
 apart. Just as he had returned to his starting 
 point, two other exploring expeditions, both of 
 them furnished with camels by Sir Thomas Elder, 
 were preparing to start, one being commanded by 
 Major Warburton, whilst the other was fitted out 
 by the South Australian Government under the 
 charge of W. C. Gosse. Giles having placed his 
 journal and map at the disposal of the Govern- 
 ment, Gosse's expedition was ordered to examine 
 the country considerably to the north of his route. 
 The publication of Giles' journal induced some 
 gentlemen of the Hamilton district to subscribe a 
 new fund to enable Giles to pursue his investiga- 
 tions. With a fresh party and equipment he again 
 left the telegraph line at a more southerly point, 
 not many weeks after Warburton and Gosse, who 
 both started a good deal further north. The novel 
 fact of three exploring expeditions running a race 
 against each other now occurred. Warburton 
 reached the De Grey River on the western coast 
 with only two camels, after suffering great hardships. 
 Gosse penetrated to the 127th meridian, or nearly 
 half the distance to be travelled, and then returned 
 for about 200 miles on Giles' outgoing tracks. 
 Giles' furthest on that occasion was also some- 
 where about the 127th meridian, but a good deal 
 further south. He was obliged to return as the 
 party were attacked nine times by the natives, all 
 the horses died but one, and the leader gave that 
 one to his companion Gibson to enable him to save 
 his life, but Gibson was never again heard of, and 
 Giles had to walk back, arriving in a state of great 
 exhaustion and semi-consciousness at the depot. 
 The distance travelled was 700 miles from the 
 starting point. Four distinct ranges of mountains 
 were mapped out, watercourses innumerable, and 
 large tracts of good pastoral country. The South 
 Australian Government contributed £250 towards 
 this expedition, all of which however was swallowed 
 up in paying wages and expenses. John Forrest 
 was next despatched by the West Australian 
 Government to cross from the Murchison river in 
 that colony to the South Australian telegraph, and
 
 148 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Gil-Gip 
 
 be succeeded in coming upon Giles' tracks of the 
 year before, and gained credit for 1000 miles of 
 exploration when 600 miles of the distance should 
 have been credited to Giles, Forrest's name being 
 inserted on the maps of the Geographical Society. 
 Giles' third attempt to cross the continent was 
 more successful. Sir Thomas Elder fitted him out 
 with camels for a new line of discovery. He started 
 in May 1875, and the country through which he 
 penetrated proved to be one of the most terrible 
 deserts on the face of the earth, it being necessary 
 to travel distances of 200 miles and in one case of 
 325 miles without water. After conquering all 
 these difficulties, as well as surviving a fierce attack 
 from the natives, the party succeeded in reaching 
 their destination Perth, the capital of W.A. on 
 loth November, having travelled 2575 miles in 
 about five months. For the last month of the 
 journey they had subsisted chiefly on the Mallee 
 hen. At Perth the explorers received a perfect 
 ovation. Governor Sir William Robinson repre- 
 sented Giles' achievement to the Secretary of State 
 and a small grant of land in W.A. was the result. 
 Bidding adieu to his new-made friends, Giles 
 started back to endeavour to reach the S.A. tele- 
 graph by a route 400 miles to the northward of the 
 one by which he had just arrived at Perth. He 
 crossed the Murchison, the Gascoyne,the Lyons and 
 the Ashburton rivers all much further up their chan- 
 nels than any former travellers had reached, but 
 found very little else than stony and sterile country 
 unfitted for the habitation of man. After encoun- 
 tering many privations the adventurer managed 
 to reach Fort McKellar one of his former depots, 
 whither he had wended his way in the hope of 
 finding some trace of Gibson who had been lost 
 two years before. He was unsuccessful in learn- 
 ing anything about his unfortunate friend ; but 
 being now within 200 miles of the telegraph line 
 Giles eventually reached it, having twice traversed 
 Australia — a feat which no other explorer has 
 ever attempted — once being sufficient for most 
 travellers. On his arrival in Adelaide he was pre- 
 sented with an address by the mayor and town 
 council. The King of Italy sent him a decoration 
 with the title of Chevalier. 
 
 GILLIES, DUNCAN ( ) came to V. in 
 
 1854, and was concerned in several mining ventures 
 at Ballarat. In 1859 he was elected member of 
 the Assembly for Ballarat West. In 1868 he 
 became Commissioner for Lands in the Sladen 
 Ministry, but was rejected on going for re-election. 
 He regained his seat at the ensuing general election, 
 and in 1872 again took office as Commissioner for 
 Railways and Roads in the Francis Ministry, and 
 in 1875 as Commissioner for Crown Lands and 
 Survey in the Kerferd Ministry. Ho still holds a 
 Beat in the Victorian Parliament. 
 
 GIPPS, SIB GEORGE (1790-1847) ninth 
 Governor of X.S.W., in succession to Sir Richard 
 Bourke, was an officer of the Corps of Royal 
 Engineers. His first commission as a lieutenant 
 bears date 11th January 1809. He rose through 
 
 the different grades to that of Lieutenant-Colonel, 
 23rd November 1841. He served in the Peninsular 
 campaigns to the end of the war. He was at the 
 seige of Badajoz, where he was wounded. He was 
 also at the Pass of Biar, at the battle of Castella, 
 and at many other brilliant triumphs of the 
 British armies. He received the honour of 
 knighthood in 1835. He owed his appointment to 
 a Colonial Governorship entirely to the ability he 
 had displayed while acting as secretary to the 
 commission issued for inquiring into the grievances 
 of rebellious Canada in 1835. During his residence 
 in that colony he had devised and published a 
 plan for educating colonists to the use of repre- 
 sentative institutions, by "district councils" for the 
 administration of local affairs. It was an ingenious 
 theory, but not suited to the state of society in 
 pastoral Australia. Nevertheless the forcing this 
 scheme on the unwilling colonists was the one 
 great idea of Sir George Gipps' colonial career, to 
 which he sacrificed both them and himself. He 
 was a man of abilities far above the average, 
 an eloquent speaker, a nervous writer, with 
 industry, energy and a special aptitude for the 
 details of administrative business, but haughty 
 and narrow-minded, impenetrable to reasoning 
 which did not square with his preconceived 
 views, filled with inordinate ideas of his own 
 importance as the " representative of majesty," 
 with a violent temper, which he took little pains 
 to control, although his communications with 
 the Colonial Office displayed a pliability almost 
 amounting to subservience. He claimed to receive 
 the deference clue to a viceroy and at the same time 
 to exercise the duties of an English prime min- 
 ister. With sharp and ready tongue he introduced 
 and pressed legislative measures for carrying into 
 effect theories most distasteful and unsuitable to 
 his colonial "subjects;" but opposition or even 
 that fair criticism and discussion which a British 
 premier would expect and invite he treated as a 
 personal insult to his authority, almost as high 
 treason. The period of his accession to power 
 was in every respect inopportune. Backed by a 
 Secretary of State as obstinate as himself, with 
 the sanction of a House of Commons utterly 
 ignorant of the condition of A., Gipps came deter- 
 mined to govern on high prerogative principles at 
 a time when the colony had advanced from the 
 Algerine rule of Darling to enjoy the externals of 
 a free State. A Legislative Council no longer 
 secret, although not elective, had superseded the 
 irresponsible decrees of the Governor, courts 
 regularly constituted with juries in political cases 
 had taken the place of courts-martial. The Press 
 was free ; the liberty of discussing political ques- 
 tions had been sanctioned and exercised. A rapid 
 and enormous immigration from the Mother 
 Country swelled the ranks of the thousands 
 who, however descended, were born free ; and 
 under the guidance of the burning eloquence of 
 a native-born Australian, claimed to exercise those 
 rights of representation and self-taxation which
 
 Gipj 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 149 
 
 they had not forfeited by becoming colonists. 
 Gipps was not without noble as well as brilliant 
 
 qualities. He took no share in the jobs of the 
 servile crew whom he used and despised. But 
 he was intoxicated by the greatness thrust upon 
 him. At one stride he passed from a subordinate 
 military rank to the government of a great province 
 of wealthy and discontented men ; having in his 
 hand authority which could make or mar a whole 
 class or a whole district. In a different sphere 
 and subdued by the even competition of English 
 parliamentary life, he might have done himself 
 honour and the State service. In the temper of 
 the Governor and the governed questions of 
 difference were not long in arising. Governor 
 Bourke took a colonial view of colonial subjects ; 
 he did not hesitate to dissent from the views of a 
 Secretary of State ; he treated the opinions of his 
 council with deliberate consideration and respect 
 even where he came to a contrary conclusion. 
 Governor Gipps adopted an opposite course. 
 Nothing could equal the contempt with which he 
 treated colonial subjects, except the zeal with 
 which he echoed and carried out the instructions 
 issued by the Secretary of State. When the new 
 settlement of Port Phillip was rising into notice, 
 an order was issued bearing the royal signet and 
 sign manual dividing the colony of N.S.W. for all 
 purposes connected with the sale of land. At this 
 time Gipps was anxious to become popular with 
 the aristocratical council of Sydney, and at their 
 desire made every effort to retard or overturn the 
 movement. Gipps backed up by the Council and 
 a public meeting of the colonists, and nothing- 
 loth, considered himself justified in not obeying 
 his instructions in reference to Port Phillip. In 
 October 1841 Gipps paid a visit to the Port 
 Phillip district ; he was well received in spite of 
 his refusal and a public dinner was given him. 
 He also visited Geelong and inspected a portion 
 of the western district ; after a week's stay he 
 returned to Sydney. Subsequently when Judge 
 Willis in Port Phillip arbitrarily fined and im- 
 prisoned Arden, editor of the Port Phillip Gazette, 
 a memorial extensively signed was sent to the 
 Governor accusing the Judge of misbehaviour. 
 Some ground for those charges certainly did exist, 
 and as he was no favourite at the vice-regal court in 
 Sydney he was suspended from his office in a very 
 unconstitutional manner. This arbitrary exercise 
 of the prerogative aroused a strong feeling of 
 indignation in Melbourne. Gipps took his depar- 
 ture from Sydney on 9th July 184b'. His rule had 
 not been a happy one. Although a man of great 
 intellect, information and integrity, owing partly 
 to his infirmity of temper and partly to the 
 extremely embarrassing state of affairs in the 
 colony at the time, the Governor came into such 
 unpleasant collision with his elective Legislative 
 Council that his recall was the consequence. Yet 
 whatever complaint there might be made against 
 his imprudence he retired with his honour unsullied 
 and the purity of his motives acknowledged by 
 
 men of all parties. An address signed by nearly 
 6000 colonists made some amends for the loss of 
 health and harassment he had suffered in his con- 
 scientious devotion to duty. 
 
 GIPPSLAND, the south-eastern district of V., 
 was first explored by Angus McMillan, who gave 
 it the name of Caledonia Australis. In May 1839 
 McMillan was . superintendent on Macalister's 
 station in the Maneroo district, N.S.W. He had 
 won the confidence of the natives in the neigh- 
 bourhood, who had traditions of fine country to 
 the south ; and with the intention of finding a 
 station for himself started with one of them from 
 Carrywong on the 28th of that month, with four 
 weeks provisions. From the top of Mount M'Leod 
 (Haystack) he had a view of Corner Inlet, and 
 of the long Ninety-mile Beach. On a second 
 expedition commenced on 20th December 1839 
 he reached the Glengarry on 23rd January 1840, 
 formed a party, and finally starting on 9th Feb- 
 ruary 1841 from the station he had formed at 
 Nunton on the Avon, reached the sea-coast on 
 the 14th, and supped the saltwater at Port Albert 
 out of his Highland bonnet. A sun-dial erected 
 by public subscription, affixed to a gum-tree stump, 
 now marks the spot. Count Strzelecki, who had 
 walked over 7000 miles of Australian ground in 
 his scientific travels, joined in Sydney in January 
 1840 James Macarthur and James Riley, who had 
 formed the idea of travelling in search of country 
 available for grazing to the sea coast at Western 
 Port ; this, after suffering great hardships, they 
 reached on 11th May. On the 7th March 1840 
 Strzelecki and his companions came down and 
 called at McMillan's camp on Dowman's River, 
 and were supplied with provisions, a camp kettle, 
 and a guide, who went a day's journey with them 
 over the tracks into the new district, which at the 
 suggestion of the Count was named after Governor 
 Gipps. The Gippsland district comprises about 
 one-fifth of the whole territory of V. ; much of it 
 to the N. and E. particularly is unavailable for 
 agricultural or pastoral purposes from its rugged 
 and mountainous character, but there are in other 
 parts large tracts of grazing and tillable country, 
 rich deposits of alluvial soil predominating in some 
 parts, rendering large returns for the labour of 
 cultivation. Owing however to the heavy timber, 
 gum and ironbark, that grow on it in many places, 
 its clearing is attended with considerable toil and 
 expense. In the S. and W. portion a large quantity 
 of land is occupied for farming and cattle-grazing, 
 for which its rich and fertile soil peculiarly fits it. 
 A large proportion of the fat cattle supplied to the 
 Melbourne market during the winter mouths is 
 received from here. Its mineral resources are 
 immense, comprising gold, silver, copper, iron, tin, 
 lead, coal, marble, and limestone. In the north- 
 west portion of the district quartz reefs are very 
 numerous, and these are being systematically 
 worked, in many cases with remunerative results- 
 The climate and soil are well fitted for the growth 
 of oranges, limes, hops, tobacco, and opium, and
 
 l.'.t. 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LGiS-&0l 
 
 its rivers abound in fish. The lakes are admittedly 
 the finest in V., and are a great source of attrac- 
 tion to tourists and sportsmen; the fishing and 
 sin 11 .ting are unsurpassed. The principal rivers are 
 the Avon, Thompson, Tambo, Snowy, and Latrobe, 
 .ill rising in the Dividing Range or its spurs. The 
 mountain ranges are numerous, and most of them 
 are covered with snow for a considerable portion 
 of the year. The chief towns are Sale, Stratford, 
 Bruthen, Alberton, Rosedale, Tarraville, Palmer- 
 ston, Bairnsdale, and Jericho. Gippsland is a country 
 of colossal mountains, of magnificent streams, 
 and of fertile plains. Strzelecki describes it as 
 a noble province of Arcadian beauty. Enclosed 
 between the sea and the snow-clad summits of 
 the Dividing Range, it is sheltered from the hot 
 blast of the interior, and the climate is therefore 
 extremely mild and salubrious. Flowers in end- 
 less variety and of great beauty form a wide-spread 
 carpet. The tall fern-trees with their gigantic 
 leaves droop into natural bell-shaped tents. A 
 hundred deep pellucid streams display the crystal 
 quartz and sharp clear sand and gravel which com- 
 pose their beds. Everywhere the traveller comes 
 upon opening glades leading up to the ranges and 
 clothed with many varieties of flowering heaths 
 and acacias. Since the opening of the railway 
 line connecting Melbourne with Sale, Gippsland 
 has been rapidly progressing. In particular the 
 district of Buln Buln, comprising the whole 
 region of heavily timbered and mountainous 
 country from the sources of the Yarra to Corner 
 Inlet, is being settled and cleared by a body of 
 energetic farmers. The population of Gippsland 
 is about 20,000. 
 
 GISBORNE, MOUNT, a high peak of the Aus- 
 tralian Alps about forty miles N.W. of Melbourne. 
 It was named from the district surveyor who first 
 surveyed it in 1838. 
 
 GLADSTONE, a township of Q., on the river 
 Boyne at Port Curtis. The place was fixed upon 
 as the site of penal settlement under the super- 
 intendence of Colonel Barney in 1847, but was 
 subsequently abandoned. Gladstone lies 354 miles 
 N.W. from Brisbane. It possesses a fine harbour 
 into which the Auckland Creek at this point 
 empties itself. The harbour is spacious, deep 
 and well sheltered by Facing and Curtis Islands. 
 Vessels of large size can lie alongside the wharf. 
 The population is about 460. It was proclaimed 
 a municipality on 21st February 18C3. An average 
 of 1800 head of cattle is yearly shipped from here 
 to New Caledonia. There are gold diggings in 
 the neighbourhood. It is named after W. E. 
 Gladstone, the celebrated statesman. 
 
 GLASSHOUSE MOUNTAINS, in Q., lie a short 
 distance inland from Moreton Bay and not far from 
 each other. They are remarkable for the singular 
 form of their elevation which very much resembles 
 a glasahouae,for which reason Cook so named them. 
 Tin: northernmost of the three is the highest and 
 largest. 
 
 GLENELG RIVER, in the western district of 
 V. was discovered by Mitchell in 1836 and named 
 after Lord Glenelg, Secretary of State for the 
 Colonies. It flows into the sea at the deepest part 
 of the bay between Capes Northumberland and 
 Bridgewater. The same name is given to a river 
 in S.A. flowing into St. Vincent's Gulf. 
 
 GLENNIE'S ISLANDS, a cluster of islands 
 lying off the W. coast of Wilson's Promontory, 
 named by Grant the discoverer after G. Glennie, a 
 friend of Captain Shanck. 
 
 GOLD DISCOVERIES.— Discoveries in 
 
 N.S.W. — The existence of gold in Australia was 
 known long prior to the discoveries of Hargreaves. 
 In the early days of the N.S.W. settlement 
 prisoners employed in making a road across the 
 Blue Mountains found specimens of the precious 
 metal ; but their report was discredited and them- 
 selves silenced. In February 1823 McBrian a 
 surveyor reported the finding of particles of gold 
 in the sand of the Fish River near Bathurst, and 
 also in the hills adjacent. Count Strzelecki the 
 explorer reported to Governor Gipps in 1839 the 
 discovery of gold in Gippsland. In his despatch 
 to the Secretary of State the Governor wrote : — 
 " Gold. — An auriferous sulphuret of iron partly 
 decomposed, yielding a very small quantity or 
 proportion of gold sufficient to attest its presence." 
 This announcement was lying for twelve years 
 amongst the papers of the Imperial Parliament 
 when the discoveries of 1851 astonished the world. 
 It was known to a few persons in N.S.W. that an 
 old shepherd of the name of Macgregor was in the 
 habit of annually selling small parcels of gold to 
 jewellers ; but those who watched him could 
 discover nothing, and the common belief was that 
 he sold the produce of robberies which had been 
 melted up to destroy suspicion. This old man 
 acknowledged that he obtained his gold from 
 Mitchell's Creek, beyond Wellington Valley, about 
 200 miles west of Sydney. The Rev. W. B. 
 Clarke of Sydney, a geologist of considerable 
 acquirements, in 1840 privately but unsuccessfully 
 directed attention to the gold-bearing regions of 
 Bathurst. In England in 1844 Sir Roderick 
 Murchisou read a paper to the Geographical Society 
 in which he noticed a forthcoming work by Count 
 Strzelecki on the physical geography of Australia ; 
 and declared that on an examination of that travel- 
 ler's collection of rocks, fossils and maps, he could 
 not but recognise a singular uniformity between the 
 Australian Cordillera and the auriferous Ural 
 Mountains. Two years later he received evidence 
 of the truth of his conjecture in some specimens of 
 gold quartz sent to him from Australia. Thus 
 confirmed, he strongly advised a body of Cornish 
 emigrants to select Australia and to seek for gold 
 among the debris of its older rocks. His advice, 
 printed in the Cornish papers and transmitted to 
 Sydney, stimulated inquiry, which was so far suc- 
 cessful that in 1848 he received several letters from 
 persons in the colony stating that they had detected
 
 Gol] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 151 
 
 gold, and expressing anxious hope that Government 
 would so modify the law as to make it worth their 
 while to engage seriously in mining speculations. 
 After these opinions had been made public, persons 
 resident in Sydney and Adelaide sought for and 
 found specimens of gold, which they transmitted 
 to Sir Roderick, who thereupon wrote to Earl 
 Grey, Minister for the Colonies, in November 1848, 
 stating the grounds for his confident expectation 
 that gold would be found in large quantities, and 
 suggesting precautionary measures. Earl Grey 
 never answered this letter, and neither took 
 measures nor sent out private instructions to 
 prepare the Governor for the realisation of the 
 predictions of the man of science. As he after- 
 wards explained, he thought it better that the 
 people should stick to wool-growing. The first 
 printed notice by Clarke appeared in the Sydney 
 Morning Herald in 1847, in which, following in 
 Sir Roderick Murchison's footsteps, he compared 
 Australia with the Ural. In 1848 Mr. Smith, 
 engaged in iron-works near Berrima N.S.W. 
 waited upon Deas Thomson, the Colonial Secretary, 
 produced a lump of gold imbedded in quartz, 
 which he said he had found, and offered on receipt 
 of £800 to discover the locality. On reference to 
 the Governor a verbal answer was returned that if 
 Smith chose to trust to the liberality of the govern- 
 ment he might rely on being rewarded in propor- 
 tion to the value of the alleged discovery. The 
 government suspected that the lump of gold came 
 from California, "and were afraid of agitating the 
 public mind by ordering geological investigations." 
 On 3rd April 1851 Edward Hammond Hargreaves 
 addressed a letter to the Colonial Secretary, after 
 several interviews in which he said that if the 
 government would award him £500 as a compen- 
 sation he would point out localities where gold 
 was to be found, and leave it to the generosity of 
 the government to make him an additional reward 
 commensurate with the benefit likely to accrue to 
 the government. Hargreaves while in California 
 was struck with the similarity between the richest 
 diggings . of that country and a district in the 
 Bathurst country which he had travelled over 
 fifteen years previously ; and on his return to 
 Sydney he made an exploring expedition of two 
 months, which realised his expectations. The 
 same answer was returned to Hargreaves as to 
 Smith. He was satisfied, and on the 30th April 
 wrote naming Lewis Ponds and Summerhill Creeks 
 and Macquarie River, in the district of Bathurst 
 and Wellington, as the districts where gold would 
 be found. A copy of this letter was by the Gover- 
 nor's directions forwarded to the Colonial Geologist 
 Stutchbury, with whom Hargreaves was put in 
 communication. Hargreaves and Stutchbury set 
 out on their journey. On 8th May, Green a crown 
 commissioner wrote in alarm from Bathurst that 
 "a Mr. Hargreaves has been employing people to 
 dig for gold on the Summerhill Creek, who have 
 found several ounces ;" and suggested "that some 
 stringent measure be adopted to prevent the 
 
 labouring classes from leaving their employment 
 to search on the crown lands." On 13th May 
 Green writes again in still more alarm : — " A piece 
 of gold valued at £30 had been brought in, and 
 that he feared that any future regulations would 
 be set at defiance." A few dates will show how 
 rapidly gold gathering grew into an important 
 pursuit, stimulating agriculture and overshadowing 
 the pastoral interest : — 
 
 May 14th. Stutchbury reported that he "had 
 seen sufficient to prove the existence of grain gold." 
 
 19th. "That many persons with merely a tin 
 dish have obtained one or two ounces a day. 
 Four hundred persons ' at work occupying about a 
 mile of the Summerhill Creek, fear that great 
 confusion will arise in consequence of people 
 setting up claims." 
 
 22nd. A proclamation was issued declaring the 
 rights of the crown to gold found in its natural 
 place of deposit within the territory of New South 
 Wales. 
 
 23rd. John Richard Hardy, chief magistrate of 
 Paramatta, was appointed the first gold commis- 
 sioner, with instructions to organise a mounted 
 police of ten men ; to issue licences to gold diggers 
 at the rate of 30s. a month ; to receive in payment 
 gold obtained by amalgamation at £2 8s. per 
 ounce, and at £3 4s. per ounce for gold obtained 
 by washing. And to preserve the peace and put 
 down outrage and violence he was further instructed 
 to co-operate with the local police, and to swear in 
 special constables from the licensed diggers. 
 
 25th. Stutchbury reported that the gold diggers 
 had increased to 1000; that lumps had been found 
 varying in weight from one ounce to four pounds ; 
 that the larger pieces were generally got out of 
 fissures in the rock, " clay slate," which forms the 
 bed of the river, dipped to the north-east at various 
 angles, the fissile edges presenting jagged edges, 
 which had opened under the influence of the 
 atmosphere, "the smaller grain gold being procured 
 by washing the alluvial soil resting upon and filling 
 in the cleavage joints of the slate;" that "gold was 
 also found in the planks of the ranges, proving that 
 it had originated in the mountains." He added : — 
 " The workings at present are conducted in the 
 most wasteful manner, from the cupidity and ignor- 
 ance of the people, which cannot be remedied 
 until some officer is appointed acquainted with the 
 proper mode of working, with power to enforce it. 
 The best thing that could happen would be a severe 
 flood, which would fill the diggings, and oblige 
 them to begin <!<• novo under proper restrictions." 
 
 Stutchbury further reported that gold had been 
 found in Argyle on the Abercrombie River, in the 
 creeks running N. and S. of the Canobolas Moun- 
 tains, such as Oakey Creek, the whole length of 
 the Macquarie from Bathurst to Wellington. 
 
 When the existence of gold was first ascertained 
 some flockowners who disapproved of the course 
 pursued by the Governor in raising gold-digging to 
 the condition of a regular industrial pursuit, recom- 
 mended " that martial law should be proclaimed,
 
 152 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LGol 
 
 and all gold-digging peremptorily prohibited in 
 order that the ordinary industrial pursuits of the 
 country should not be interfered with." But the 
 miners proved themselves more orderly and sen- 
 sible than timid individuals had imagined ; and in 
 Hardy, the first gold commissioner, the Governor 
 had selected a man of judgment, temper and 
 courage, who was determined to let the industrious 
 miner have fair play, and equally detei mined to 
 enforce his lawful authority. 
 
 2nd June. Hardy arrived at Summerhill with 
 eight extra police lent by Major Went worth ; found 
 not the least desire to resist the government 
 regulations, and did not keep the extra force on 
 the ground half an hour. An arrangement to 
 intercept all new arrivals by sending them to an 
 unoccupied ground prevented confusion. 
 
 On 8th Juno 446 licenses had been issued ; to 
 two or three hundred new arrivals he had given a 
 few days to pay ; quiet and good order prevailed : 
 in one instance alone was there an inclination to 
 disregard my decision. 
 
 9th June. The Government Geologist reported 
 the existence of gold in the Turon and other 
 branches of the river Macquarie ; and Hardy, 
 anxious that there should be no great accumu- 
 lation of diggers, posted up notices of the new 
 discoveries. 
 
 1 lth June. Hardy writes : — " All anxiety as to 
 the payment of the licence fee is at end. I give 
 parties who profess themselves unable to pay at 
 the onset a few days. But it is well understood 
 and invariably acted on that no man works more 
 than a few days without a licence ; and it is partly 
 from this known circumstance that so many leave 
 after a week's fruitless labour. This is after all of 
 a good tendency. Universally successful diggers 
 would leave the colony in a bad position. The 
 return to their former employments adds greatly 
 to the general benefit." 
 
 Tn July the rush to the diggings had somewhat 
 moderated when the discovery of a hundred- 
 weight of gold revived and stimulated the excite- 
 ment to a degree which affected all classes of 
 society ; and after that discovery crowds of gentle- 
 men repaired to the diggings. This great prize 
 having been raised by a gentleman (Dr. Kerr) 
 who had not taken out a licence, the gold 
 commissioner in the exercise of his duty seized 
 it in order to assert the rights of the crown. 
 An educated aboriginal formerly attached to the 
 Wellington mission, and who had been in the 
 service of Dr. Kerr of Wallawa about seven years, 
 returned home to his employer with the intelli- 
 gence that he had discovered a large mass of gold 
 amongst a heap of quartz upon the run whilst 
 tending his sheep. He had amused himself by 
 exploring the country adjacent to his employer's 
 land, and his attention was first called to the lucky 
 spot by observing a speck of some glittering yellow 
 substance upon the surface of a block of the quartz, 
 upon which ho applied his tomahawk and broke 
 oil' a portion. At that moment the splendid prize 
 
 stood revealed to his sight. His first care was to 
 start off home and disclose his discovery to his 
 master, to whom he presented whatever gold might 
 be procured from it. As may be supposed, little 
 time was lost by the doctor. Quick as horse would 
 carry him he was on the ground, and in a short 
 period the three blocks of quartz containing the 
 hundredweight of gold were released from the bed 
 where, charged with unknown wealth, they had 
 rested perhaps for thousands of years awaiting the 
 hand of civilised man to disturb them. The 
 largest of the blocks was about a foot in diameter, 
 and weighed 75 lbs. gross. Out of this piece 
 00 lbs. of pure gold were taken. Before separation 
 it was beautifully encased in quartz. The other 
 two were something smaller. The auriferous mass 
 weighed as nearly as could be guessed from two 
 to three hundredweight. Not being able to remove 
 it conveniently, Dr. Kerr broke the piece into small 
 fragments. In the place where this mass of 
 treasure was found quartz blocks formed an 
 isolated heap, and were distant about one hundred 
 yards from a quartz vein which stretches up the 
 ridge from the Meroo Creek. It is distant about 
 fifty-three miles from Bathurst, and within about 
 eight miles of Dr. Kerr's head station. The neigh- 
 bouring country was subsequently well explored 
 after this discovery, but with the exception of dust 
 no further indication was found. In return for 
 his very valuable services Dr. Kerr presented the 
 black fellow and his brother with two flocks of 
 sheep, two saddle horses and a quantity of rations, 
 and supplied them with a team of bullocks to plough 
 some land in which they were about to sow a crop of 
 maize and potatoes. Dr. Kerr's great prize revived 
 the "sacred rage for gold" among the whole popula- 
 tion, and Sydney seemed about to be deserted. 
 New discoveries in various directions were made. 
 The Bathurst district consists of elevated table- 
 land, intersected by barren ridges, watered by 
 rivers flowing from the Canobolas Mountains, 
 most of which were found to be auriferous. 
 The journey to Bathurst was easily performed by 
 mail-coach or on horseback. Arrived at Bathurst 
 the explorer found himself in the midst of a rich 
 pastoral and agricultural district, in which every 
 fertile valley had a small colony of settlers ready 
 to supply flour, meat, milk and butter at reason- 
 able charges. The gold-diggers instead of settling 
 in a wilderness found themselves in a district 
 where a market was only needed to call into culti- 
 vation thousands of acres of capital land — at 
 Frederick's Valley, a gold placer of extraordinary 
 richness, belonging to Wentworth ; at Summerhill 
 Farms, at King's Plains, Pretty Plains, Emu 
 Swamp and the Cornish Settlement, where the 
 crops in the severest droughts never failed. 
 
 I !y t he ell >se of 1 85 1 the quantity of gold exported 
 to England amounted to 144,120 ounces, valued at 
 £468,336. I lere was actual evidence before the 
 people of the mother country that the Australian 
 El Dorado was no fiction or imposture, but a 
 region teeming with the coveted treasure, Then
 
 Gol] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 153 
 
 commenced a rush of emigration unexampled in 
 history ; but the stream was chiefly directed to the 
 still richer gold-fields of V. 
 
 Discoveries as V.— When the announcement 
 of the discovery of gold in the Bathurst district 
 reached the inhabitants of the newly-formed colony 
 of V. about a month before the formal ceremony 
 of naming it and swearing-in the Lieutenant- 
 Governor and his Executive Council, a feeling of 
 chagrin was felt by some at the luck of the elder 
 colony, while the public mind generally became 
 unsettled as the glowing accounts reached them 
 from time to time. It was the winter season and 
 the roads were unsuited for travelling so great a 
 distance. This prevented the adventurers under- 
 taking the journey by land. A good many went 
 by sea to Sydney and from thence travelled to 
 Bathurst, so that a marked and immediate effect 
 took place in the labour market and the prices of 
 provisions. There followed a general preparation 
 amongst the male adults, especially of the working 
 classes, to start in the spring. Landholders and 
 house-proprietors in Melbourne and Geelong anti- 
 cipated ruin at the departure of the inhabitants 
 and a sudden depreciation in property took place. 
 In the country stockholders and farmers were 
 likewise affected by the threatened departure of the 
 bone and sinew on which the prosperity of their 
 farms and stations depended, and an immediate rise 
 took place in the rate of wages. Therefore while 
 the hopes of the adventurers were buoyant the 
 prospects of the proprietors who were obliged to 
 remain behind were of the most gloomy character. 
 At this juncture some shrewd colonists calculated 
 it might be possible that gold existed also in their 
 own colony. It was known that three years pre- 
 viously Brentani an Italian jeweller in Melbourne 
 had bought a mass of gold weighing upwards of 
 thirty ounces, which he stated had been found at 
 a station near Mount Buninyong seventy miles to 
 the west of Melbourne by a sailor who was a 
 shepherd there. Other shepherds had picked up 
 small grains also in the same district. William 
 Campbell discovered gold in M#rch 1850 at Climes, 
 but concealed the fact at the time from the appre- 
 hension that its announcement might prove injur- 
 ious to the squatter on whose run the discovery 
 was made ; but he mentioned it in a letter 
 to a friend on 10th June 1851, which friend at 
 Campbell's request reported the matter to the gold- 
 discovery committee on 8th July. A number 
 of persons went to Buninyong but as the jeweller 
 had no exact information of the locality and the 
 sailor had left the colony their adventure was 
 fruitless. After two or three months scraping 
 around the flanks of the mountain they returned 
 to their homes disappointed. The fact of large 
 auriferous deposits having been found in N.S.W. 
 caused others to renew the search, and thistime with 
 success. L. J. Michel and six others discovered 
 gold in the Yarra Banges at Anderson's Creek, 
 which they communicated to the gold-discovery 
 committee on 5th July. James Esmond, a California 
 
 digger, and three others, obtained gold on the quartz 
 rocks of the Pyrenees, and made the discovery 
 public on 5th July. Dr. George Bruhn, a German 
 physician, found indications of gold in quartz two 
 miles from Parker's Station in April 1851, and for- 
 warded specimens to the gold committee on 30th 
 June. Thomas Hiscock found gold at Buninyong 
 8th August, and communicated the fact to the 
 editor of the Geelong Adv< rtiser on the 10th of the 
 same month. This discovery led to that of the 
 Ballarat gold-fields. C. T. Peters, a hutkeeper at 
 Barker's Creek, and three others, found gold at 
 Specimen Gully on 20th July ; worked secretly to 
 1st September then published the account. This 
 led to the discovery of the numerous gold-fields 
 about Mount Alexander. Gold was discovered 
 at Climes by J. W. Esmond on 1st July 1851. 
 Henry Frencham and his party discovered gold at 
 Bendigo (Sandhurst) in November 1851. The first 
 finds were in the bed and on the banks of the 
 creek, a little to the west of Golden Gully, where 
 the party also found the precious metal, and in 
 three weeks obtained seventy-six pounds weight. 
 The Ballarat gold-fields were discovered simul- 
 taneously by two parties in August 1851. These 
 world-famed gold-fields were at that time a sheep- 
 station. Almost simultaneously with this discovery 
 and by separate gold-seekers deposits were found at 
 Anderson's Creek, Chines and other places. But 
 the neighbourhood of Mount Alexander, an area 
 of many thousand acres, was found more or less 
 impregnated with deposits, and the discoverers 
 were enriched with "nuggets" of clean solid metal, 
 weighing hundreds of ounces, so that a temporary 
 exodus took place from Ballarat. When the news 
 reached those who had migrated to Bathurst, most 
 of them returned to the colony where their interests 
 were centred ; large numbers of N.S.W. diggers 
 abandoned the workings in that colony and travelled 
 to V. where the yield was richer to the experienced 
 miner. In like manner the gold mania spread to 
 the other colonies. There were daily arrivals over- 
 land and by sea. Even California could no longer 
 lay claim to the first place in auriferous production, 
 and numbers of miners left the diggings in that 
 country for A. The gold discovery agitated the sub- 
 jects of the Celestial Empire about Hong Kong and 
 Canton, so much so that the ships which brought 
 tea to the colony added their quota of Chinese 
 adventurers. This ultimately increased to con- 
 siderable emigration from thence, to add to the 
 motley population on the goldfields. From these 
 sources the community in twelve months after the 
 date of the gold discovery in V. had received an 
 accession of about 65,000 to its numbers. Up to 
 September 1852 very few emigrants from the 
 United Kingdom had arrived, beyond the usual 
 immigration. It took nine mouths to inform and 
 convince the British public of the great fact that 
 V. was the richest gold region in the world, and 
 to induce the adventurous to risk their fortunes at 
 the diggings. By that time ship after ship had 
 arrived in England from Port Phillip with its gold 
 
 w
 
 154 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Go! 
 
 freight of £30,000, £50,000, and even £100,000. 
 Then a thirst for the coveted metal seized all 
 classes of the people as it had done in the colonies. 
 A tide of emigrants set in from all parts of the 
 three kingdoms to the great shipping ports of Lon- 
 don and Liverpool. The energies of shipowners 
 and agents failed to find sufficient accommodation 
 for applicants. A better idea of the emigration at 
 this time cannot be given than that which the fol- 
 lowing extract from the Times of 9th August 1852 
 conveys: — "Notwithstanding the thousands of for- 
 tune seekers who have sailed during the last few 
 months for the golden regions of A., from the ports 
 of London, Liverpool, Glasgow, &c. the tide of 
 emigration does not appear to have much subsided, 
 as from thirty to forty first-class ships, varying 
 from 500 to 2000 tons, are entered to sail during 
 the present month from London, Plymouth, or 
 Liverpool, for Melbourne, Geelong, Adelaide, and 
 Sydney. The greatest activity prevails in the 
 St. Katharine, London and West and East India 
 Docks, in fitting up the vessels for the accom- 
 modation of the adventurers. The following are 
 the names of the ships that leave the port of Lon- 
 don this and the next week : — For Port Phillip, 
 the South Sea 2000 tons, Waterloo 900, Atalanta 
 1300, Moselle 1200, Gloriana, 1200, Bru 1050, Velore 
 1100, Wandsworth 896, Countess of Elgin 1200, 
 Ballarat 1100, BlackwaU 1000, Prince Alfred 1400, 
 Cornelius 850, Hyderabad 850, Windermere 850, 
 Prince of Wales 850, Victory 800, Louise 800, 
 Blorenge 800, Tulloch Castle 800, Syria 800, British 
 Isle 800, Galway Ark 800, Duke of Norfolk 800, 
 Eliza 800, Enchanter 800, Briahtman 600, Sir 
 Walter Raleigh 600, Beulah 500, and Sea Park 
 835. For Sydney N.S.W. : Catherine Jamieson 
 1100, Robert 950, Hermione 830, Sarah Metcalfe 
 800, Hydaspes 700, and Washington Irving 600. 
 The Australian Steam Screw Navigation Com- 
 pany's packet Formosa sailed from Southampton 
 on Saturday last. The following are a few of the 
 principal vessels to sail from Liverpool : Una 
 1500, Orestes 1100, Eldorado 2000, Ben Nevis 
 I'.ooo, South Sea 1800, Great Britain iron screw- 
 steamer of 3500 tons and 500 horse-power, with 
 berths for looo passengers; and the Sarah Sands 
 steamer of 1300 tuns ; besides several others. So 
 great is the emigration enterprise that a consider- 
 able number of clerks who had excellent situations 
 in the Bank of England, South-Sea House, East 
 India House, the Post Office, Customs and Excise, 
 banking houses, merchants' counting houses, soli- 
 citors' offices Ac. have resigned and set off to the 
 diggings. This magnificent fleet of forty-five 
 merchantmen, making an aggregate of 50,oootons, 
 Bailing within a fortnight with not less than 15,000 
 passengers, each of whom paid an average passage- 
 money of twenty-pounds, or a total of £300,000, is 
 unparalleled in the annals of shipping." Nineteen- 
 twentiethsof the emigrants wen' males, and a con- 
 siderable proportion of them married men who had 
 left their wives and families behind with a view 
 to make money and send it home for them to pay 
 
 their passage out. The first of the remittances 
 sent for this purpose showed that 136 persons 
 could afford nearly £3000 from their earnings after 
 a few months residence. On the other hand many 
 were unsuccessful, and at one period it was calcu- 
 lated that upwards of 1 1,000 wives and families so 
 forsaken received out-door relief from their parish 
 funds. These evils however were only transient 
 and small in proportion to the benefits resulting 
 to the community at large, for so great a migration 
 had the effect of improving the wages and salaries 
 of those who were left behind. 
 
 The first batch of British gold-seekers arrived in 
 Hobson's Bayin September 1852. It augmonted the 
 arrivals of the previous month from 6552 to 15,855. 
 This increased to 19,162 in October, after which 
 the number fell off to 10,947 in November and rose 
 in December to 14,255, making a total of 60,219 
 arrivals. There were 15,621 departures however 
 to be deducted from these numbers, giving an 
 accession to the population of 44,598 being at 
 the average rate of 2623 per week or 375 daily. 
 Although the number slackened at times during 
 the following year yet this average gives a fair 
 criterion of the influx of people during the early 
 clays of the gold discovery. As a natural con- 
 sequence on the arrival at Melbourne of such a 
 concourse of people, where the house accommoda- 
 tion was barely sufficient for the settled popu- 
 lation, a state of privation and social anarchy 
 was produced which no pen can describe. The 
 new era of gold had entirely changed that 
 state of things. It withdrew the greater part of 
 the male population from their homes. This, 
 though it made temporary room for a portion of 
 the newly-arrived immigrants, yet disorganised the 
 whole fabric of commerce. Even facilities for 
 traffic were no longer afforded. The mass of the 
 English immigrants being unused to the rough life 
 they were entering upon, it is not surprising that 
 great privations and much distress had to be 
 encountered from the moment they landed at Port 
 Phillip. Indeed it may be said that their troubles 
 commenced before tjiey landed, for when the ships 
 which brought them out anchored in Hobson's 
 Bay, the captains informed their passengers that 
 the voyage was ended and they must get ashore 
 the best way they could. As Melbourne was nine 
 miles distant by the river Yarra they had to pay 
 exorbitant charges for themselves and baggage to 
 reach that point, which deceptive agents had told 
 them in England they would be conveyed to at the 
 ship's expense. Those who had luggage or mer- 
 chandise had to pay a wharfage rate at the town 
 of forty shillings per ton. This transit of nine 
 miles cost as much as the charge from England — 
 sixteen thousand miles altogether. Few of these 
 immigrants had much spare cash after paying for 
 their outfit and passage. These and corresponding 
 charges for cartage, food and house accommoda- 
 tion, soon drained them of their surplus moneys. 
 The active and prudent lost no time in the town, 
 but .started at once with pick and shovel for the
 
 Golj 
 
 I ti l.ol'.KDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 155 
 
 golden goal they had conic so far to reach. This 
 was accomplished without much difficulty as long 
 as the weather continued dry, but when the heavy 
 rains came on it was a matter of the greatest toil 
 for man or beast to travel along the muddy roads. 
 At one time the charge for carrying provisions and 
 other merchandise reached twenty shillings a mile 
 per ton ; so that at Bendigo, distant a hundred 
 miles, the diggers had to pay one hundred pounds 
 for the carriage only of a ton of flour. At that 
 season many were deterred from or found them- 
 selves physically incapable of undertaking a journey 
 to the goldfields. The consequence was that as 
 the tide of immigration continued the city and 
 suburbs of Melbourne became so crowded that 
 fears were entertained by the authorities of pes- 
 tilence arising from the densely packed community, 
 such as arose at San Francisco on the gold dis- 
 covery in California. Although the utmost turmoil 
 and confusion prevailed, happily the salubrity of 
 the Australian climate and the genial weather 
 warded off any special disease or mortality accruing 
 from this exceptional state of society. There is no 
 better evidence of the salubrity of the climate than 
 this immunity from epidemic disease of that badly- 
 sheltered, ill-fed mass of humanity located on the 
 banks of the Yarra during the year 1853. We have 
 all read of the disease and mortality that deci- 
 mated the British troops in the Crimea during the 
 Russian war, notwithstanding their military dis- 
 cipline and the services of a commissariat staff — 
 an army of not more than forty thousand men 
 landed during a couple of years. Here was an 
 immigrant army one hundred and fifty thousand 
 strong landed in sixteen months on the shores of 
 Port Phillip without any discipline and very slender 
 equipment, one hundred thousand of whom had 
 gone to battle on the gold-fields, removed from 
 seventy to one hundred miles from their city base 
 of operations, encountering the greatest privations 
 from irregular supplies of food and exposed to all 
 the changes of weather, and yet the amount of 
 disease and mortality was not appreciably greater 
 than the natural deaths and illness of such a com- 
 munity. Even that was at a minimum rate among 
 sections of it living in every stage of squalor and 
 destitution. A most characteristic sight was the 
 population of "Canvas-town," which was so named 
 from being composed entirely of tents. It arose 
 from the immigrants continuing to arrive after 
 every room in the city was crammed with people. 
 They were therefore obliged to pitch the tents they 
 had provided themselves with, and live in them 
 until they were able to proceed up the country or 
 occupy some temporary barracks the Government 
 was erecting to meet the emergency. A spot 
 easily accessible to the passengers as they landed 
 was marked out for this purpose on the opposite 
 side of the river to that on which the city is built 
 and about three miles from the beach where they 
 could land by boat. Notwithstanding the outward 
 prosperity that existed and the profuse expenditure 
 of money that went on in the city there were very 
 
 many cases of destitution in Canvas-town, where 
 every necessary of life was sold at famine prices. 
 The tents were arranged so as to form streets and 
 squares each with some familiar name given to it 
 and suggestive of the localities from whence the 
 emigrants came. Evidently not a few were 
 Londoners. Regent-street was the name of the 
 principal thoroughfare at one corner of which was 
 a round tent of a military cut having a flag that 
 directed the stranger into Piccadilly. Other 
 thoroughfares were named Oxford-street, Holborn, 
 the Strand &c. Tents for refreshments were 
 named after many well known London hotels as 
 if the name could bring back to the distressed 
 cockney the comforts and pleasures of his native 
 city. Many of the tents were pretentious mar- 
 quees in quality and size, set off with blue and 
 silver or green and gold fringes and hoisting gay 
 flags ; others were coarse and small. When first 
 set up they presented an appearance of cleanliness 
 and comfort very different from that which they 
 offered before they were removed. The occupants 
 likewise changed from decently dressed though 
 desponding immigrants to be like the scum and 
 offscouring of the purlieus of Whitechapel. Peep- 
 ing into the tents each displayed some articles for 
 sale and these frequently told a mournful tale. A 
 pianoforte might be seen in one which spoke of 
 happy days gone by in the old country and of 
 wrecked hopes in this golden land. Books were 
 exposed for sale in many tents, many of them 
 standard and classic works evincing the taste 
 and education of the owners who „ were forced 
 to dispose of their literary treasures to obtain 
 the means of subsistence. In others were furni- 
 ture and fine dresses which had been brought 
 half round the globe, now sacrificed to buy daily 
 bread. The majority were of that class of 
 emigrants unfitted for a new colony and who 
 often leave a small certainty at home for an 
 uncertainty abroad, repining because their talents 
 are of less avail than the hands of the common 
 labourer in the work of primary colonisation. 
 In time these gay tents became ragged and dirty, 
 and the occupants, or others of a lower grade that 
 succeeded them, allowed Canvas-town to become 
 the abode of filth and misery, thick with dust in 
 dry weather and deep in mud when it rained. In 
 many of these canvas dwellings there was only one 
 common space, where two or three familes of both 
 sexes were huddled promiscuously together. In the 
 morning, clustering swarms of half-dressed women 
 and children gathered before the various tents, 
 busily cooking breakfasts at their small stoves ; 
 while around them were all the discomforts that 
 mark the hovels of an Irish village. But the 
 worst feature of the locality was that it became 
 and long remained the hot-bed of crime and 
 immorality, where the vicious inhabitants went to 
 spend their ill-earned gains in the sly-grog shops 
 with no publican's licence. Thence used to emanate 
 those night prowlers, whose occupation it was to 
 stop and rob the wayfarer quietly returning to his.
 
 156 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 iGol 
 
 home. At last the government resolved on sweeping 
 away this intolerable nuisance, and the last tent 
 disappeared in April 1864. During this time the 
 state of society was completely unhinged, and 
 neither person nor property was safe from the 
 gangs of marauders and robbers in town and 
 country. The increase of this class was chiefly 
 from T., the Government of which allowed every 
 facility for convicted felons to cross over to V., 
 where they became the terror of the peaceable 
 inhabitants and defied the authorities. On one 
 occasion a gang of ruffians took possession of the 
 St. Kilda Road for a whole day, robbing and 
 maltreating every traveller that passed ; another 
 gang had the audacity to seize and rob the chief 
 constable of Melbourne, who was accounted one of 
 the strongest men in the colony. The diggers, 
 returning with their gold from the mines, were the 
 chief sufferers from this state of anarchy, when 
 they were pounced upon, and frequently tortured 
 or murdered when showing resistance. For the 
 safety of the conveyance of gold to the towns of 
 Melbourne and Geelong the government organised 
 a corps of mounted police, that formed an armed 
 escort travelling at stated periods to and from the 
 mines. Even these were attacked and robbed by 
 formidable gangs, when many lives were lost and 
 thousands of ounces of gold stolen. So daring 
 were these villains that the Nelson, a ship loading 
 for London, with twenty thousand ounces of gold 
 on board, was successfully plundered and nearly 
 the whole of the gold abstracted and carried away. 
 For a time the worst state of anarchy prevailed. 
 "While crime was thus stalking rampant through 
 the towns and suburbs and along the roads of the 
 country, the social and political affairs of the 
 miners on the gold-fields were assuming an alarm- 
 ing aspect that added to the confusion which 
 prevailed. 
 
 Governor Latrobe in his proclamation for the 
 regulation of these workings, at first levied a 
 license fee of thirty shillings per month, which 
 yielded the very large sum of ^580,616. With a 
 view to increase that amount so as to meet the 
 greatly increased expenditure for police and gaols, 
 and also to induce the less fortunate gold diggers 
 to return to the ordinary industrial occupations 
 which were suffering from want of labour, he 
 contemplated at one time doubling the fee. Had 
 he done so in all probability the miners would 
 have risen en masse in open rebellion to the consti- 
 tuted authority. As it was, the policy of Latrobe 
 rendered him so unpopular that, conscious of his 
 inability to administer the laws by the authority 
 invested in him he resigned, and in June 1854 his 
 successor Sir Charles Hotham arrived in the colony. 
 At this point the history of the gold discoveries 
 takes a new direction. Under the various heads 
 of the separate colonies will be found further 
 information on the progress of the gold-fields and 
 the finding of new areas of auriferous wealth. 
 
 GOLD, HELD OF. The estimated produce 
 of the Victorian gold-fields for the successive 
 
 years since 1851, the date 
 follows : — 
 
 1851 
 1852 
 1853 
 1854 
 1855 
 1856 
 1857 
 1858 
 1859 
 1860 
 1861 
 1862 
 1863 
 1864 
 1865 
 1866 
 1867 
 1868 
 1869 
 1870 
 1871 
 1872 
 1873 
 1874 
 1875 
 1876 
 1877 
 1878 
 1879 
 
 Total... 
 
 of the discovery, is as 
 
 Ounces. 
 
 145,147 
 2,724,933 
 3,150,021 
 2,392,065 
 2,793,065 
 2,985,696 
 2,761,528 
 2,528,188 
 2,280,676 
 2,156,660 
 1,967,420 
 1,658,207 
 1,626,872 
 1,544,694 
 1,543,801 
 1,480,597 
 1,433,687 
 1,960,713 
 1,340,838 
 1,222,798 
 1,355,477 
 1,282,521 
 1,241,205 
 1,155,972 
 1,095,787 
 
 934,224 
 
 799,613 
 
 768,869 
 
 707,260 
 
 49,038,534 
 
 The total value of the gold produced from the 
 Australian and New Zealand mines from the first 
 discovery till the end of 1879 is estimated at 
 .£257,372,252. 
 
 Other particulars of the gold yield will be found 
 under the heads of the several colonies. 
 
 G0LDIE, ANDREW (1840— ) explorer, a native 
 of Scotland, was educated as a nurseryman. 
 Actuated by a desire of seeing the world he 
 came to N.Z. in 1862. The Maori war had just 
 commenced, and everything in Auckland being 
 unsettled Goldie went to Christchurch, returning 
 to Auckland after an interval of eighteen months. 
 He engaged there in the nursery business till 1874, 
 when he went to Scotland on a visit. Whilst there 
 he made arrangements with B. S. Williams of 
 London to visit the South Sea Islands as a col- 
 lector of plants and botanical specimens. Arriving 
 in Sydney iu 1875 he changed his destination, 
 and resolved to proceed to the little known 
 country of New Guinea, where he landed in 
 April 1876, and has remained there with the 
 exception of two short visits to Sydney ever 
 since. He sailed along the coast in his small 
 vessel the Explorer from Yule Island to the 
 most south-easterly point of New Guinea, and 
 has added largely to our knowledge of the country 
 and people ; whilst his observations regarding the
 
 Gol-Gos] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA 
 
 157 
 
 reefs and other dangers which impede the naviga- 
 tion of that little known coast are invaluable. In 
 the beginning of 1878 he discovered two large and 
 safe harbours suitable for vessels of the largest 
 size, one of which he named Millport in honour of 
 the place where he spent his early years. 
 
 GOLDSWORTHY, R. J. ( ) Colonial Secre- 
 tary of W.A. served with distinction in the Indian 
 Mutiny in 1857. In 1868 was appointed Inspector- 
 General of Police in Sierra Leone, and in 1873 
 Inspector of Customs on the Gold Coast where he 
 served as second in command under Sir John 
 Glover, and for his services received the order of 
 C.M.G. In May 1876 he was made President of 
 Nevis, and in 1877 Colonial Secretary of W.A. 
 
 GOODENORGH, COMMODORE JAMES 
 (1831—1874) entered the navy at an early age. In 
 1857 he went to China in the Raleigh which was 
 wrecked at the entrance to Mocao. In 1859 he 
 took the Calcutta home, and in 1863 was appointed 
 to the Renard. He then commanded the Revenge 
 in the Channel fleet and the Victoria flagship in 
 the Mediterranean. In 1867 he was appointed to 
 the Minotaur flagship of the Channel fleet, and in 
 1873 to the Pearl as Commodore of the Australian 
 squadron. During a cruise amongst the Polynesian 
 Islands he was shot by arrows at Santa Cruz 
 on 12th August 1874, and died on the 20th. 
 Goodenough was a man of very superior ability 
 in his profession, an English gentleman of the 
 best stamp and a zealous Christian philanthropist. 
 
 GOOLD, JAMES ALIPIUS (1812—) first 
 Roman Catholic Archbishop of Melbourne, came 
 to N.S.W. in 1838 and laboured for some years 
 under the direction of Archbishop Polding. When 
 it was determined to erect the district of Port 
 Phillip (then part of N.S.W.) into a separate 
 diocese, Goold was selected to fill the new bishopric. 
 He was consecrated at Sydney on 6th August 1848 
 by Archbishop Polding, assisted by Bishop Murphy 
 of Adelaide. Goold found the new diocese almost 
 destitute of all the outward appliances of an eccle- 
 siastical system. There was a very small band of 
 clergymen ; the places of worship in which they 
 fulfilled their ministrations were few in number 
 and of humble character ; there was neither convent 
 nor college in the whole diocese. But he met the 
 difficulties of his position with spirit and perse- 
 verance. His zeal kindled that of the clergy and 
 lay members of his Church, and in conjunction 
 with energy and tact secured to him a vast 
 influence over the minds of his co-religionists. 
 The erection into an independent colony of the 
 territory included in his diocese, the rapid intro- 
 duction of a numerous population which followed 
 that event, and the gold discovery afforded unusual 
 scope for the efforts of a zealous bishop ; and with 
 the help of the clergy whom he had gathered round 
 him and the liberality of the laity, Goold has seen 
 as the result of the labours which he organised and 
 directed many churches, convents and educational 
 establishments spring up in all parts of his diocese. 
 
 On the twenty-fifth anniversary of his consecration 
 in 1873 the Vicar-General and senior clergymen, 
 on behalf of the clergy of the diocese, presented 
 to Dr. Goold in the episcopal palace an address 
 in which they spoke of his successful episcopal 
 career. This address was accompanied by a gold 
 repeater-watch and guard-chain, and a carriage 
 and pair of horses valued at about £500. In 1876 
 he was raised to the dignity of first Archbishop of 
 Melbourne. 
 
 GORDON.Sir ARTHUR HAMILTON(1829— ) 
 
 first Governor of Fiji, is a son of the fourth Earl 
 of Aberdeen. He was educated at Cambridge, 
 where he took the degree of M.A. in 1851. He 
 entered Parliament as Member for Beverley in 
 1854. In 1856 he accompanied Mr. Gladstone in 
 his mission to Corfu. In 1861 he was made 
 Governor of Brunswick ; in 1866 was transferred 
 to Trinidad ; and in 1871 to the Mauritius. In 
 1875 he was appointed first Governor of Fiji, and 
 High Commissioner in Polynesia. In 1878 he 
 visited England, returning to the islands the 
 following year. In September 1880 he was trans- 
 ferred to the Governorship of N.Z. During 
 Gordon's rule Fiji advanced rapidly in material 
 prosperity. 
 
 GOSSE, WILLIAM CHRISTIE (1842—) ex- 
 plorer, came to S.A. in 1850 and entered the 
 Government Survey Department in 1859, and was 
 variously employed for several years until in 
 1872-3 he was sent out to explore new country 
 lying 800 miles S. W. of Central Mount Stuart, with 
 a view to push through to W.A. In this he did 
 not succeed on account of the extremely dry 
 and inhospitable character of the country. His 
 explorations were however in a geographical point 
 of view of great value, giving a detailed descrip- 
 tion of over 60,000 square miles of country, and 
 fixing accurately the position of many of its 
 important physical features. He started on his 
 expedition 23rd April 1873 from Alice Springs, on 
 the Port Darwin telegraph line, the party consist- 
 ing of five whites, three Afghans with camels, and 
 a native boy. On 19th July he discovered a most 
 extraordinary granite rock rising abruptly from 
 the plain to a height of 1100 feet, two miles in 
 length from E. to W. and one mile in width. It 
 was honeycombed with numerous caves and holes, 
 many of which even on the top of the rock con- 
 tained springs of beautiful water. The caves were 
 extensively used by the natives, who had covered 
 the walls of many of them with cleverly-drawn 
 figures of snakes and animals and of two hearts 
 joined together. Gosse says, "This rock must 
 present a grand sight in the wet season, there 
 being waterfalls in every direction." He named 
 it Ayers Rock, after Sir Henry Ayers. He found 
 some good country and springs of water, and after 
 long and dreary journeyings reached the telegraph 
 line on 16th December 1873. In recognition of 
 his services he was appointed Deputy-Surveyor- 
 General in 1875, which office he still holds.
 
 158 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Gou-Gra 
 
 GOULBURN, a city of some importance in 
 N.S.W., being the principal depot of the southern 
 inland trade. It is situated near the junction of the 
 Mulwarree Ponds and Wollondilly river, and lies 
 distant from Sydney 134 miles in a south-westerly 
 direction at an elevation of 2129 feet above the 
 sea-level. It was made a city in 1865, the diocese 
 being known by the same name ; the present 
 occupant of the see is the Right Rev. Mesac 
 Thomas D.D. There is also a Roman Catholic 
 Bishop Dr. Lanigan. The railway from Sydney 
 was many years in progress, the mountainous 
 character of the country having placed engineer- 
 ing difficulties of no small character in the way of 
 its completion. Goulburn is well laid out with 
 broad thoroughfares crossing each other at right 
 angles. The buildings are of a substantial charac- 
 ter, some of them comparing favourably even with 
 those of Sydney. There are goldfields in the 
 vicinity but of no great extent or richness, the 
 prosperity of Goulburn mainly depending on the 
 agricultural resources of the country which are 
 very productive, a wide extent of the fertile plains 
 in the vicinity being under cultivation. The 
 mineral wealth of the country has yet to be 
 developed ; copper and other metals, and marble, 
 slate and lime may be instanced as the best known 
 at present. At Currawang fourteen miles distant a 
 copper mine has been working for some time ; and 
 at Mummell a good lode has been discovered. 
 The population is about 4500. Goulburn was pro- 
 claimed a municipality on 4th June 1859. 
 
 GOULBURN RIVER, in V., was discovered by 
 Hume and Hovell in 1824, and named after the 
 Right Hon. Henry Goulburn, Under Secretary of 
 State for the Colonies. It rises in the Great 
 Dividing Range near Emerald Hill, and after (low- 
 ing N. and N.W. for upwards of 250 miles empties 
 itself into the Murray about six miles N.E. of 
 Moama. The capabilities of this fine river have 
 never yet been properly developed. The upper 
 portion above the township of Seymour the cross- 
 ing place of the Sydney road is tortuous and cannot 
 be navigated on account of the fallen trees and 
 rocky and sandy obstructions, but below that 
 point a moderate outlay would render it navigable. 
 By means of this river and the Murray, there is 
 water carriage from S.A. to the N.E. gold-fields 
 of V. The upper part is extremly picturesque 
 being overhung with mimosa and eucalyptus inter- 
 spersed with rocky falls. The prevailing character 
 of the land along its banks is agricultural ; the 
 alluvial flats are good for grazing purposes. The 
 river teems with fish and almost every description 
 of water-fowl and the platypus is frequently met 
 with. The laud animals are also very numerous 
 along its banks. The Jamieson gold-fields are on 
 the upper portion of this river. The same name 
 is given to a river in N.S.W. which is a branch of 
 the Hunter. 
 
 GOULBURN VALE, is situated in the district 
 of Liverpool Plains, N.S.W. It was discovered by 
 
 Oxley and named in honour of the L T nder Secre- 
 tary of State for the Colonies. 
 
 GOULBURN PLAINS, is the name given to an 
 extensive plain on the banks of the Wollondilly in 
 N.S.W., naturally clear of trees, and about 120 
 miles S.W. from Sydney. 
 
 GOULD, JOHN, F.R.S. (1804—) ornithologist, 
 left England for Australia in the spring of 1838, 
 for the purpose of studying the natural productions 
 of that country. The result of this visit was The 
 Birds of Australia, a work in seven folio volumes, 
 containing figures and description of upwards of 
 600 species. He subsequently published a work on 
 The Mammals of Australia. These magnificent 
 works are now very scarce, and are hardly to be 
 procured at any price. Copies of them are in the 
 Melbourne Public Library. 
 
 GOVERNOR KING'S BAY, a large bay lying 
 to the westward of Wilson's Promontory and 
 extending from South Cape to Cape Otway, dis- 
 covered by Grant in 1800 and named by him after 
 Governor King. 
 
 GOVETT'S LEAP, is a picturesque cataract in 
 the Blue Mountains, N.S.W., about seventy miles 
 from Sydney. It was discovered by W. R. Govett, 
 surveyor, in 1832. 
 
 G0YDER, GEORGE WOODRUFFE (1824-) 
 Surveyor-General of S.A, has been since 1851 
 connected with that important branch of the public 
 service. He first entered the office of the Colonial 
 Engineer, Colonel Freeling and rapidly rose by his 
 talents and close attention to business. He was 
 chief clerk in the Lands Office in 1853, in January 
 1858 received the appointment of Deputy Sur- 
 veyor-General ; and three years afterwards on the 
 retirement of Colonel Freeling was appointed 
 Surveyor-General. He has undertaken several 
 exploring expeditions and was sent with a staff of 
 surveyors to survey the Northern Territory and 
 lay it out in sections, a work which was accom- 
 plished in a wonderfully short space of time and 
 for which Goyder was complimented by Parlia- 
 ment. He has a more extensive and accurate 
 knowledge of the lands of S.A. than any other 
 person, and the acquisition and settlement of the 
 Northern Territory are mainly owing to his inde- 
 fatigable exertions. 
 
 GRAFTON, a township inN.S.W., is pleasantly 
 situated on both sides of the Clarence River, about 
 forty-five miles from the sea, from which it i3 
 navigable, the river here being about half a mile 
 in width, with fine wharves and a patent slip for 
 the shipping. A sandspit one mile inside the bar 
 considerably impedes the navigation, but is now 
 being removed by dredging. Grafton is distant 
 from Sydney by land 350 and by sea 450 miles 
 N.E. It is a city ; and in conjunction with 
 Armidale constitutes a diocese of the Church of 
 England. It was proclaimed a municipality in 
 July 1859. The population is about 8000, and is 
 well supplied with schools, churches, and public
 
 Gra— Ore] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 159 
 
 buildings. The lowlands on either side the 
 Clarence River are amongst the richest in the 
 colony and suitable for the growth of sugar, 
 tobacco, and many other tropical productions ; but 
 the crops are sometimes jeopardised and some- 
 times injured by floods. In July 1876 the heaviest 
 flood ever known in the memory of the white man 
 occurred ; nearly the whole city was submerged, 
 much damage was done, and several lives were 
 lost. The township is named after the Duke of 
 Grafton. 
 
 GRAMPIAN MOUNTAINS, in V., were dis- 
 covered by Mitchell in 1836, and named after the 
 well-known Scotch mountains which they resemble 
 in general outline. They are a range of extremely 
 rugged mountains, forming the W. termination of 
 the great Dividing Range, and running N. and S. 
 with numerous spurs in all directions. The prin- 
 cipal peak is Mount William, 56on feet high. The 
 Sierra Range forms the S. portion of the main 
 range, the highest peaks of which are Mounts 
 Abrupt ami Sturgeon, the former 2700 feet and 
 the latter 2000 feet above the level of the sea ; 
 both lie at the S. of the range. The Victoria, 
 although generally considered as a separate range 
 is partly a spur from the Grampians. Nearly the 
 whole of these mountains are heavily wooded with 
 splendid timber, which is fit for building. They 
 are the source of numerous excellent streams, and 
 produce granite much of which is of fine quality. 
 From Pleasant Creek the distant view of the 
 Grampians is exceedingly grand and picturesque. 
 Mount William was ascended by Mitchell, who 
 spent a night of great danger and suffering on its 
 summit. 
 
 GRANT, JAMES, navigator and lieutenant in 
 the Royal Navy, made a voyage to Port Jackson 
 in 1800 in command of H.M. surveying brig the 
 Lady Nelson, during the course of which he dis- 
 covered and traced a considerable part of the 
 continent. The first land seen by him was Cape 
 Northumberland, named in honour of the head of 
 the Percy family. Within the cape stands Port 
 Macdonnell, subsequently named after Governor 
 Macdonnell of S.A. Two high mountains seen far 
 inland by Grant were named the one Mount 
 Schanck, after Admiral Schanck, and the other 
 Mount Gambier, after Admiral Lord Gambier. 
 Sailing along the coast another cape was met with 
 and named Cape Bridgewater, after the Earl of 
 Bridgewater ; and a third cape he named Cape 
 Sir William Grant. Some adjacent rocks were 
 named the Lawrence Rocks. The sight of smoke 
 on the hills on shore showed that the land was 
 inhabited. A large bay was next discovered and 
 named Portland Bay, after the Duke of Portland. 
 To the right as he advanced lay a high and 
 rocky island, about a mile long, which he named 
 Lady Julia Percy Island, in compliment to the 
 Northumberland family. To the E. of Portland Ray 
 he found a bold headland the shores of which 
 appeared inaccessible, but the land was picturesque. 
 
 This was named Cape Otway. Rounding this head- 
 land another high cape was seen which from its 
 fancied resemblance to the Isle of Wight in England 
 was named Point Wight. It so happened that 
 Wight was also the name of a son-in-law of 
 Admiral Schanck. Wilson's promontory was next 
 passed and named. He had j ust missed the chance 
 of discovering Port Phillip by sailing straight 
 across the bay instead of exploring it. At Cape 
 Liptrap an unsuccessful attempt was made to land. 
 The Lady Nelson having accomplished the achieve- 
 ment of sailing through Bass Straits from the west- 
 ward at length arrived at Sydney, where the tidings 
 of what had been achieved by so small a vessel in 
 such dangerous seas gave great satisfaction. The 
 ship was put in commission by the Government, 
 and sent to make a survey of Western Port Bay. 
 She entered Western Port on 21st March 1801, 
 and discovered two islands within the entrance. 
 To one of these was given the name of Schnapper 
 Island from its fancied resemblance to a schnapper's 
 head. A second very pleasant island was named 
 Churchill Island. After making a complete survey 
 of the port the Lady Nelson surveyed the three 
 bays round Wilson's promontory and then returned 
 to Sydney. 
 
 GRANT, JAMES MACPHERSON (1822—) 
 came to N.S.W. in 1839. He served articles to 
 Chambers and Thurlow solicitors. In 1844 he 
 went to N.Z. and volunteered in the war with 
 Houi Heki : returning to Sydney he completed 
 his articles and was admitted in 1847 an attorney 
 and solicitor of the Supreme Court. He then 
 entered into partnership with Thurlow. In 1853 
 he came to V. and began practice in Melbourne. 
 In December of that year the miners insurrection 
 took place at Ballarat and Grant was amongst the 
 leading sympathisers with the miners, acting pro- 
 fessionally without fee for the men accused of 
 treason. In 1856 he was elected for the Sandhurst 
 Boroughs, and in 1859 was returned for Avoca. 
 In 1861 he was appointed Commissioner for Public 
 Works, and in 1864 Minister for Lands in the 
 McCulloch administration. He carried his Lands 
 Amendment Act in 1865. In 1868 the Ministry 
 resigned. In 1871 Grant again took office as 
 President of the Roard of Land and Works. In 
 1872 he went into opposition ; and in 1877 became 
 Minister of Justice in the Rerry Cabinet. 
 
 GREGORY, AUGUSTUS C, explorer, with his 
 brothers C. F., and Frank T., three young surveyors, 
 started on an exploring expedition from N.S.W. in 
 1846. Their modest equipment consisted of four 
 horses and seven weeks provisions. Starting from 
 Rolgart Spring in August they passed through a 
 large tract of salt swamp country, with dense 
 scrubs and granite ranges, and came to an immense 
 salt lake which baffled further progress to the 
 eastward. Turning N.AV. towards the coast through 
 acacia shrubs and red sand, they reached the rich 
 limestone country at the mouth of the Arrowsmith. 
 In latitude 28" 57' 10", longitude 115 1 30' 30" they
 
 100 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Gre 
 
 came across fine seams of coal five and six feet 
 thick, with large beds of shale. The party returned 
 to the settled districts after an absence of forty- 
 seven days, during which they had travelled nearly 
 1000 miles. The coal discovery led to an expedi- 
 tion being despatched for its further examination. 
 Lieutenant Helpman was sent in December in 
 the schooner Champion, and having landed in 
 Champion Bay travelled with a cart up the Green- 
 ough, and following the track of the Gregorys 
 from the Arrowsmith arrived at the coal deposit. 
 Returning with a load of the mineral his com- 
 panion, Frank Gregory, made a flying survey of 
 the country in the immediate neighbourhood, 
 which was unfortunately found to be of such a 
 sterile nature as to render the discovery of the coal 
 of comparatively little value. A second expedition 
 was however despatched under Roe the Surveyor- 
 General of W.A. in 1848. While Roe was engaged 
 on this journey A. C. Gregory was despatched to 
 the northward to explore the Gascoyne. His party 
 consisted of six men. He started in September 
 1848 from a point eighty miles from Perth, and 
 after passing the grassy plain between the Moore 
 and the Arrowsmith struck into dense scrubs in 
 the endeavour to reach the heads of some of the 
 coast streams. He penetrated 350 miles north of 
 Perth and was then compelled to return to the 
 Murchison, the exploration of which and of the 
 country around Champion Bay showed that there 
 were thousands of acres of pastoral and agricultural 
 land available ; while the discovery of a load of 
 galena on the Murchison inspired new hopes of 
 mineral wealth. A. C. Gregory undertook a third 
 expedition in July 1855, under the auspices of the 
 Ri iyal Geographical Society of London, to explore 
 the interior and also with some hope of getting 
 news of Leichhardt. One party consisted of eleven 
 persons among whom was Baron von Mueller, Wilson 
 as geologist, and H. Gregory. Two vessels took 
 them round to the Victoria, and landed them on 
 the Plains of Promise seen by Stokes. The Tom 
 Tough remained to co-operate with them on the 
 coast. Though the horses were weak they reached 
 the Macadam Range in six days. On 18th October 
 they and the vessel reached the upper part of the 
 Victoria, where time was lost in repairing an 
 accident to the Tom Tough. On 3rd January 1856 
 they again started, and made the head of the river 
 in latitude 18° 12' longitude 130° 39' E. A journey 
 of 30(i miles brought them to Start's Creek and an 
 impracticable desert, whence they returned to the 
 depot. Subsequently the lower part of the Victoria 
 was explored towards the Gulf, while the vessel 
 went to Coepang for supplies. In June Gregory 
 again started, and in August made the head of 
 Leichhardt's M'Arthur River, and pushing S.E. 
 came on the Albert where the Plains of Promise 
 commenced, and where they found II. M.S. Torch 
 had touched. Two days from the Albert they 
 struck the Leichhardt, tracing which downwards 
 M ' K inlay afterwards reached the coast. On the 
 1 1 tli they crossed the spurs of the Great Australian 
 
 Cordillera at a height of 2500 feet, and reached 
 the Lynd, descending thence into the valley of the 
 Rurdekin, in latitude 18° 57', where they were on 
 known tracks. The party returned to Brisbane in 
 November. Gregory reported most favourably of 
 the valley of the Victoria. In fertility and extent 
 he stated that it far exceeded the best parts of W.A. 
 Of the 1500 plants collected by Von Mueller during 
 the journey, 500 were found to be new species. 
 This extensive expedition cost a large sum of 
 money. What new discoveries Gregory made were 
 of a very interesting nature; but with such an 
 outfit and such a starting point it has been regretted 
 that he did not turn towards the interior and 
 follow Leichhardt's tracks, when he might have 
 discovered the fine tracts of country afterwards 
 traversed by Burke, M'Kinlay, Landsborough and 
 Walker, even if he could not have pushed S. from 
 Termination Lake. He missed the great oppor- 
 tunity, but his improvements in pack-saddles 
 and compasses and the difficult art of leading an 
 extensive exploration have proved useful to other 
 explorers. In 1858 after his return from the North 
 Australian expedition the N.S. W. Government sent 
 Gregory in search of Leichhardt — ten years after 
 the missing traveller had departed. The party 
 consisted of nine men and forty horses each of 
 which carried loOlbs. of provisions. They reached 
 the Barcoo (or Victoria of Mitchell) on the 17th 
 April. The fine stream and rich open downs seen 
 by Mitchell were now a dry watercourse and a 
 withered desert. In latitude 24° 25', longitude 
 145° 6' they found a tree marked with an L, and 
 near it some stumps of trees that had been felled 
 with an axe, but whether these are traces of 
 Leichhardt is still disputed. Steering W. they 
 reached the Thompson on 10th May, and followed 
 it till it ran into plains of mere baked clay, 
 which cast a glare into the sky above, until in 
 latitude 23° 27' there was neither water nor grass. 
 Landsborough who saw it in 1862 describes it as 
 one of the most charming rivers in Australia. 
 Gregory's expedition proved that the Barcoo, found 
 in its upper regions in 1835 by Mitchell, was really 
 the same watercourse as that discovered by Sturt 
 in a much lower latitude in 1845. He subsequently 
 pushed down the Cooper inland until near the 
 borders of S.A., when he descended the Strzelecki 
 creek of Sturt, and arrived at Adelaide seven 
 months after his start from Brisbane on an explor- 
 ation which added nothing to our knowledge of 
 the fate of Leichhardt. Since then Gregory has 
 not taken the field. He retired on his laurels as 
 an explorer, and became Surveyor-General of Q. 
 
 GREGORY, FR ANK T, explorer, brother to the 
 foregoing, accompanied his brother in his expedition 
 in 1846. In 1858 he organised an expedition to 
 examine the country between the Gascoyne and 
 Mount Murchison, W.A. The party consisted of 
 •I. S. Roe, W. Moore, C. Navin, A. Chainer and a 
 native. They started 16th April 1858 from the 
 Geraldine mine. Theydiscovered and named Mount 
 Nairn, Lockycr Range, Lyons River, the Alma,
 
 Gre] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 1G1 
 
 Mount Augustus, Mount Gould, and Mount Hall. 
 A million acres of good land were found, and they 
 returned to Adelaide 10th July 1861. In 1861 he 
 tried to penetrate the interior from the N.W. 
 coast, but was baffled by the arid red sand ridges, 
 amidst which he and his party nearly lost their lives. 
 He discovered some extensive rivers, amongst which 
 were the Fortescue, Ashburton, De Grey and 
 Oakover, and also a large extent of pastoral ground, 
 a portion of which is now settled. 
 
 GREY, SIR GEORGE (1812 — ) explorer and 
 governor, is a son of Colonel Grey, who was killed 
 at the storming of Badajoz. He was born at 
 Lisbon, Portugal, on 14th April 1812 and entered 
 the army in 1829. In 1837 Grey in company with 
 Lieutenant Lushington undertook an expedition 
 to explore the country lying between Swan River 
 and the Gulf of Carpentaria. H.M.S. Beagle was 
 then lying at Plymouth, and a passage was offered 
 for himself and his exploring party in the Beagle. 
 At the Cape of Good Hope he hired the Lynher 
 schooner and started with a party consisting of 
 twelve men, thirty-one sheep, nineteen goats and 
 six dogs. On 2nd December 1837 they reached the 
 coast of Australia and anchored in Port George. 
 Here Grey landed and proposed to explore the 
 shore for some distance. He took with him a few 
 men and some dogs. The vessel was to meet them 
 at the bottom of the bay. The weather was burn- 
 ing hot and the rocks and sands were literally 
 scorching. There was not a breath of air nor a 
 single tree to shelter the explorers. Their stock 
 of water began to fail. First the dogs gave in and 
 began to drop down dead ; then the men began to 
 drop behind. The party was unable to go forward. 
 In vain the men plunged into the sea to refresh 
 their exhausted frames. At length Grey started 
 in advance with one companion, in hopes of reaching 
 the schooner. But a new and terrible difficulty 
 arose. At the distance of a mile and a-half the 
 two travellers met an arm of the sea five hundred 
 yards wide, out of which the tide was sweeping 
 like a torrent. What to do now I Grey's com- 
 panions could not swim. Grey saw that the lives 
 of his companions depended on him. He stripped 
 to his shirt, and with a pistol in his hand and his 
 military cap on his head, plunged into the water. 
 Soon his pistol was swept away by the current ; 
 then the cap had to be abandoned lest the chin- 
 strap should choke the hardy swimmer. After a 
 fearful struggle the waves dashed him on the 
 opposite shore. He clambered up the rocks, naked 
 and wounded. A savage had perceived him, and 
 the war-whoop was raised. But Grey contrived 
 to hide in the crevice of a rock, where overpowered 
 nature at once found relief in sleep. From this 
 perilous position he was rescued, as were subse- 
 quently the party on shore, by the arrival of 
 the schooner. This was Grey's first adventure in 
 Australian exploration. After undergoing con- 
 siderable difficulty in finding a suitable place for 
 landing Grey discovered a sheltered cove which 
 he named Hanover Bay. On lCth all the stores 
 
 were landed, and the schooner started to Timor 
 for the ponies. Grey spent the interval in taking 
 a view of the country around. The schooner 
 returned on 1 7th January ] 838. Then Grey's explo- 
 rations and difficulties commenced. The ponies 
 were found unmanageable and not suited to the 
 climate ; the sheep died ; a large part of the stores 
 had to be left behind, and the natives came down 
 in force and an encounter took place with them in 
 which Grey was wounded, no less than three 
 spears having entered his body. All hope of 
 exploring the country about Swan Biver was then 
 abandoned. But proceeding a little inland they 
 came upon a most delightful tropical country. 
 From Hanover Bay the expedition proceeded for 
 seventy miles inland along the banks of the 
 Glenelg a river discovered in the vicinity, the 
 country still preserving the same appearance. On 
 16th April the party returned to Hanover Bay 
 where he found Captain Wickham with the Beagle. 
 A month later the Lynher returned and all further 
 attempts at exploration in that quarter were aban- 
 doned. Grey sailed thence to Mauritius to recruit 
 his health. In 1839 he returned and again started 
 on an exploring expedition with thirteen men. By 
 the advice of the settlers at Swan River he deter- 
 mined to land at Sharks Bay and to explore the 
 coast upwards to Hanover Bay. At Sharks Bay 
 a violent tempest put an end to further explora- 
 tions. The sea rose and washed away the whole 
 depot of provisions. Two leaky whaleboats and 
 a little flour and salt provisions were alone left, 
 and with these he and his men made a hasty 
 retreat to Perth. About half-way from Perth the 
 two boats were so shattered by the surf as to be 
 found useless, and the retreating party took to the 
 land. Here they would have miserably perished 
 but for the commander. They lay down and 
 declared themselves unable to proceed further. 
 Leaving them on the sea-shore at a native 
 well Grey pushed on for Perth and reached the 
 out-settlements. Horsemen were immediately des- 
 patched with food, and arrived in time for the 
 relief of all the party save one a lad named 
 Smyth who had perished. When the remnant 
 reached Perth on 21st April 1839 they were so 
 reduced as to be hardly recognisable. From King 
 George's Sound Grey returned to Adelaide. He 
 subsequently published his Journals of Discovery 
 of that part of the country. His accounts of his 
 travels are amongst the most romantic in the 
 annals of Australian exploration, and reveal his 
 character for courage, perseverance and endurance 
 under privations. The labour of this first expedi- 
 tion consisted chiefly in tracing the sources of the 
 Glenelg river. In 1841 he was appointed Governor 
 of S.A. There he gave his attention to explora- 
 tion, colonisation and the state of the aboriginals. 
 In 1845 he was made Governor of N.Z., and con- 
 ducted the war to a successful termination. He 
 was made a Baronet and K.C.B. in 1848 and a 
 D.C.L. of the Oxford University. In 1854 he was 
 appointed Governor of Cape Colony ; and in 1861
 
 162 
 
 i \i LOI'.KW v in- Al STRALASIA 
 
 [Gri— Gua 
 
 was re-appointed by special request of the Colonial 
 Office, on account of his extensive knowledge of 
 the Maori character, language and habits, Governor 
 of N.Z., in consequence of the breaking out of the 
 Maori war at TaranakL The second war was 
 more troublesome than the first, and though ended 
 successfully Grey went to England in 18C7 partly 
 to vindicate his administration. He returned to 
 take up his residence in N.Z., and in 1875, on 
 the death of the Superintendent of the Province 
 of Auckland, Grey yielding to an influential 
 requisition accepted that office and a seat in the 
 Colonial Legislature as member for Auckland. 
 On the Abolition of the Provinces Act — which 
 was carried notwithstanding his strenuous oppo- 
 sition — coming into force in October 1876 Grey's 
 tenure as Superintendent ceased. He continued 
 however to hold the leadership of the Opposition 
 in the House of Representatives, and on the 
 defeat of the Atkinson Government became Premier 
 14th October 1877, forming a Government on the 
 broad liberal principles of a land and property tax 
 and a reduction of Customs duties. During his 
 Ministry he carried several Acts of great practical 
 utility. The Grey Ministry continued in office 
 until December 1879, and Grey whose influence 
 with the Maori chiefs and people is unbounded, 
 engaged in exercising his powers with a view to 
 induce the Maori king to consent to a construction 
 of the railway across his country, so as to connect 
 Auckland and Wellington. A sum for the purpose 
 was authorised by the Parliament, and the achieve- 
 ment of this great work would form a fitting 
 crowning act to the long series of eminent public 
 services which have engraved the name of Sir 
 George Grey indelibly on the scroll of N.Z. history. 
 Grey is one of the few instances, if not the only 
 one, of a statesman having descended from the 
 Vice-Regal position into the troubled arena of 
 political warfare in the very colony where he was 
 himself Governor. 
 
 GRIFFITH, SAMUEL WALKER (1845-) 
 came to Q. in 1854 and was educated at the 
 Sydney University. He returned to Q. and in 
 1867 was called to the bar. In 1872 he entered 
 Parliament as Member for East Moreton. In 1873 
 he was returned for Oxley and in 1874 was 
 appointed Attorney-General. After filling various 
 offices in the Macalister, Thorn, and Douglas 
 Ministries he resigned on the defeat of the latter 
 Ministry in January 1879. 
 
 GRIMES, CHARLES, Surveyor-General of 
 N.S.W., was sent down by Governor King in 
 November 1802 in a small vessel named the Cum- 
 berland (the same in which Flinders was made 
 prisoner in the Isle of France) with orders to 
 " walk round " Port Phillip. Grimes was accom- 
 panied by Lieutenant Charles Robbins of II. M.S. 
 Buffalo, James Meehan and James Fleming who 
 aided him in the survey. At Sea Elephant Bay 
 (King [aland) on 3rd December, Grimes fell in with 
 the French expedition under Baudin, to whom he 
 carried a despatch from the Governor warning the 
 
 French commander off the coast. " I shall not 
 even attempt to dissemble," wrote King ; "for such 
 is the nature of my instructions, that I must 
 oppose by all the means in my power the execution 
 of the project you are suspected of being about, 
 viz. to form a French settlement on the S. coast 
 of A. or in T." Grimes and Robbins having 
 executed their orders and seen the Frenchman 
 depart passed through the Heads into the bay and 
 anchored at the spot where the settlement was 
 afterwards formed by Collins. From this point 
 Grimes explored the whole of the shores of Port 
 Phillip, Geelong and Corio Bays, and in his whale 
 boat pulled up the Saltwater and Yarra rivers 
 as far as what is now known as the Falls, near 
 Studley Park. This interesting exploration dis- 
 covered several runs of fresh water around the 
 bays, and determined the various physical features 
 of the country. The report he made on his return 
 to Sydney, with the manuscript journal and the 
 original map, were disinterred from the records in 
 the Survey office at Sydney in 1877 by Mr. J. J. 
 Shillinglaw of Melbourne, and were printed and 
 published by the Victoriau Government in 1878. 
 The disputes of Batman and Fawkner on this point 
 are therefore at once disposed of, and putting aside 
 the doubtful stories of the discovery of the Yarra 
 by prisoners who escaped from Collins' settlement 
 Grimes is certainly entitled to the credit of having 
 been the first to view the "everflowing" Yarra. The 
 unfavourable report of the country made by him 
 added influence to the request of Collins. Orders 
 were given for the removal of the settlement. 
 Grimes acted as Judge-Advocate at the trial of 
 Macarthur in Sydney in 1808. 
 
 GR00TE EYL ANDT (Great Island) lies off the 
 western coast of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and is 
 the largest island in the Gulf. Its extreme length 
 and breadth are about forty miles each. The centre 
 is mountainous, and the shores are dry and barren. 
 
 GROSE, MAJOR FRANCIS. When Governor 
 Phillip took his departure from Sydney in 
 December 1792 the government devolved on 
 Major Grose, senior officer of the 102nd Regiment 
 or N.S.W. Corps, who was subsequently succeeded 
 by Captain Paterson. During his rule of two 
 years Grose placed the whole of the civil power in 
 the hands of the military officers. He returned 
 to England in December 1794. 
 
 GROSE RIVER, in N.S.W., rises near Pulpit 
 Hill and flows into the Nepeau River. It was 
 discovered by Captain Paterson in September 
 1793 and named after Major Grose. 
 
 GUARD, JOHN. In April 1834 the barqne 
 ll<iniet, J. Guard master, bound for Cloudy Bay 
 was wrecked at Taranaki near to the spot where the 
 English settlement now stands. For six days the 
 shipwrecked mariners were treated as friends, but 
 from some unexplained cause a quarrel arose, in 
 which twelve sailors and twenty-five natives were 
 slain and Guard and his wife, two children, and 
 ten seamen were made prisoners. Guard and
 
 Gui— Gur] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 163 
 
 several sailors were allowed to depart on promising 
 to return with powder as a ransom for the others. 
 In consequence of Guard's representations, the 
 Government of N.S.W. sent the ship Alligator, 
 Captain Lambert, and a company of the 50th 
 Regiment to rescue the prisoners. On the arrival 
 of the force at Taranaki the captured sailors were 
 given up, and the two interpreters who were sent 
 on shore promised that a payment should be made 
 when the woman and children were released. The 
 soldiers were then landed, and as they formed in 
 battle array on the beach two unarmed and unat- 
 tended natives came down to meet them. One 
 introduced himself as the chief who had got the 
 woman and children, rubbed noses with Guard in 
 token of ancient friendship, and told him that 
 Mrs. Guard and the children were well, and that 
 they would be surrendered on the natives receiving 
 the promised payment. The officer in charge of 
 the boat attributing evil motives to this man 
 seized him, dragged him into the boat, and stabbed 
 him with a bayonet. A few days afterwards 
 Mrs. Guard and one child were released and the 
 wounded man given to his friends. The other 
 child was subsequently brought down to the strand 
 on the shoulder of the chief who had fed it, and 
 he requested to be allowed to take the child on 
 board ship to receive the promised ransom. When 
 told none would be given he turned away, but 
 before getting many yards was shot and the infant 
 was taken from the agonising clutch of the dead 
 man, to whom it clung as to a friend. The dead 
 man's head was then cut off and kicked about the 
 sand, and Mrs. Guard afterwards distinguished it 
 as the head of their best friend. In consequence 
 of a shot discharged by whom and at whom no 
 one knew, the ship's guns and the soldiers com- 
 menced firing, and after destroying two villages 
 and several canoes and killing many natives, the 
 troops re-embarked and the expedition sailed for 
 Sydney. The Government of N.S.W. urged on 
 His Majesty's government the necessity of support- 
 ing the British resident with an armed force, as 
 that officer was placed in a position neither credit- 
 able to himself nor to the English he represented. 
 
 GUICHEN BAY, in S.A., is a fine bay formed 
 by Cape Lannes on its southern extremity and 
 Baudin's Rocks and reefs at its northern. The 
 coast to the southward is composed of sandy 
 hillocks lightly timbered. Baudin's Rocks form 
 a group of islets situated from Cape Lannes N. by 
 W. four and a-half miles. The bay inside the 
 reefs is three miles deep and lined by a sandy 
 beach, the bottom quite clear and of excellent 
 holding ground with gradual soundings from five 
 fathoms in the stream of the reefs to the shore 
 with the exception of a few rocky points. The 
 township of Robe lies at the head of this bay. The 
 whole of the E. and N. sides of Guichen Bay are 
 composed of low sand-hills scarcely thirty feet 
 above the water level, but on the S. side a change 
 takes place. The sand is replaced by rough craggy 
 rocks which, though not rising high are bold and 
 
 abrupt, sometimes presenting a perpendicular face 
 to the heavy surf which beats upon that coast. 
 Amongst the rocks on the S. side of this bay are 
 several blowholes caused by the wash of the waves 
 having bored caves into the rock, and then upward 
 to the surface by a channel through which every 
 wave which falls upon the shore sends up a column 
 of spray into the air even on the calmest day. 
 
 GUN ISLAND, an island off Swan River W. A., 
 the largest of the Pelsart group on which a small 
 brass four-pounder was found by Stokes; the 
 gilding was in a wonderful state of preservation ; 
 and also two Dutch doits bearing date 1707 and 
 1720. 
 
 GTJNDAGAI, a township on the banks of the 
 Murrumbidgee River 245 miles S.W. of Sydney 
 containing about 1000 inhabitants. The iron bridge 
 over the Murrumbidgee together with the viaduct 
 is five-eighths of a mile long and cost ^38,000. 
 The Murrumbidgee is navigable as far as Gundagai 
 by steamers. The river flats are liable to floods, 
 but the present township is high and dry. The 
 original township on the river flat was washed 
 away in June 1852 when seventy-one dwellings 
 were wrecked and eighty-one lives were lost. The 
 country is principally taken up by squatters and 
 small farmers. The land is in places, particularly 
 along the banks of the river, of a very fertile 
 character and admirably adapted for the growth 
 of wheat, maize and tobacco. A rich copper mine 
 is in full work at the Snowball Creek nine miles 
 distant employing a large number of hands. The 
 mineral resources of the district are vast. A private 
 company is working the asbestos fields, the quality 
 of the fibrous mineral being pronounced by experts 
 as very superior. 
 
 GURNER, HENRY FIELD (1819—) a native 
 of Sydney, where his father was chief clerk of the 
 Supreme Court, with Baron Field as Judge. In 
 1834 Gurner was appointed clerk in the Supreme 
 Court office ; and in March 1841 was admitted to the 
 bar of N.S.W. as an attorney, solicitor, and proctor. 
 In March 1841, on the establishment of a Supreme 
 Court in Port Phillip, he was appointed Deputy 
 Registrar, and accompanied Judge Willis to Mel- 
 bourne, and was the first person admitted as attor- 
 ney in V. He filled the office of Deputy Registrar 
 until the appointment of J. D. Pinnock to that 
 office in November 1841. He subsequently prac- 
 tised his profession, and in January 1842 was 
 appointed Crown Solicitor for the province ; this 
 appointment was confirmed when, in 1851, the 
 colony of V. was proclaimed. He was also appointed 
 the first Town Clerk of Melbourne in January 1842, 
 when the Act of Incorporation was passed. Gurner 
 is the author of two treatises on the practice of the 
 law courts, and also of the Chronicles of Port 
 Phillip, published in 1876. He has been from the 
 first a zealous collector of all printed documents 
 relating to the Australasian colonies, and recently 
 printed a catalogue of his extensive and valuable 
 collection.
 
 164 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Gym— Hai 
 
 GYMPIE, a gold-field township in Q., situated 
 on the side of a range of hills on the upper waters 
 of the river Mary, 116 miles N. of Brisbane and 
 54 miles S. of Maryborough. It is a large straggling 
 township, extending nearly three miles from N. to 
 S., consisting of three distinct portions — Gympie, 
 the One Mile, and Monkland. The existence of 
 gold was made known in October 186V by Nash 
 (after whom the town was first named Nashville, 
 but afterwards altered to Gympie,) and the dis- 
 covery soon attracted a large number of miners 
 and others. In the following month (8th November) 
 the first quartz reef, the Lady Mary, was opened 
 up by Pollock and Lawrence. The Caledonian reef 
 was discovered a day or two later by Goodchap. 
 White's and Walker's gullies were found and 
 worked soon afterwards. Immediately after the 
 finds at the Deep Creek the One-mile Township 
 was formed. There are numerous reefs in work. 
 Some of the crushings during 1877 and 1878 were 
 very rich, averaging 2 ozs. 5 dwts. to the ton. The 
 total returns for the year 1877 were 45,119 ozs. 
 6 dwts. 11 grs., being 4931 ozs. 6 dwts. 11 grs. in 
 excess of 1876, and 13,134 ozs. 18 dwts. 17 grs. 
 more than the yield of 1875. The population is 
 about 6000. The country surrounding Gympie, 
 although but little prospected, is known to abound 
 in minerals ; copper, silver, antimony, cinnabar, 
 bismuth and nickel having been found in payable 
 quantities. At Miva, about forty miles to the 
 N., extensive coal beds have been discovered, 
 but remain as yet unworked. At Kilkivan, about 
 forty miles to the W., a reef known as the " Rise 
 and Shine " has been profitably worked. Near 
 Kilkivan cinnabar has been found of consider- 
 able richness, out of which three or four tons of 
 quicksilver have been extracted with indifferent 
 appliances. 
 
 HACKING POINT, a beautiful harbour of 
 N.S.W. about eighteen miles to the southward of 
 Port Jackson, so named from the discoverer, a 
 pilot. 
 
 HACK, JOHN BARTON (1805-) one of the 
 pioneers of S.A., came to the colony in 1837 ; and 
 having called at V.D.L. purchased sheep, cattle 
 and horses there, and brought them over in the 
 Isahi //'i commanded by Captain John Hart. He 
 undertook the first Government contract in the 
 colony which was to cut a dry canal through the 
 Sandhills at the old Port to deep water in the 
 creek, to afford a convenient landing place for goods 
 from vessels. Hack suffered with many other.- in 
 consequence of the heavy depreciation of property 
 in 1842, resulting from the crash that took place 
 after the dishonour of Governor Gawler's drafts on 
 the Home Government. He embarked in a whale 
 fishery with the s.A. Company, and employed 
 Captain Hart whose vessel was wrecked in Port- 
 land Bay. He was the first person to take out 
 
 special surveys of land, which he did at the Little 
 Para and the Three Brothers survey, near Echunga. 
 He was appointed one of the committee to name 
 the streets of the city, and bought no less than 
 sixty-four acres at the Government sale of town 
 lands. In 1869 Hack was appointed accountant 
 to the Goods department of the South Australian 
 Railways. 
 
 HAGGEKSTONE ISLAND, a high and rocky 
 island off the N.E. coast of the continent, separated 
 from the islands of Sir Everard Home's Group by 
 a channel three miles wide, and free from danger. 
 
 HAINES, WILLIAM CLARKE (1807-1864) 
 came to V. in 1848, and settled as a farmer near 
 Geelong. In 1851 he was nominated member of 
 the Legislative Council, and in 1853 elected mem- 
 ber for South Grant. He was appointed Chief 
 Secretary by Sir Charles Hotham on the resigna- 
 tion of Foster in 1854. On the establishment of 
 the new Constitution the Haines Ministry resigned 
 their offices, but were immediately re-appointed 
 by the Governor the first responsible Government. 
 The Council and the people concurred in thinking 
 the members of the Ministry were actuated by a 
 desire to secure their pensions. Under the 50th 
 clause of the new Constitution Act persons released 
 from office on political grounds were entitled to 
 pensions, but this clause was qualified by the 
 next clause, which provides that pensions shall 
 be granted subject to the regulations in force in 
 Britain, which shut out all who may not have been 
 two years in office. The new ministers only escaped 
 a severe vote of censure for thus prematurely 
 assuming " responsibility " by one vote. They 
 had moreover anything but an agreeable task 
 before them, with the great bulk of the popidar 
 members decidedly hostile to their policy, and 
 the Governor inclined to exact compliances 
 hardly in accordance with their vaunted respon- 
 sibility. The question of vote by ballot was 
 introduced into the Legislature by Nicholson on 
 the 18th December 1855. The motion which he 
 submitted was to the effect : — "That in the opinion 
 of the House any new Electoral Act should provide 
 for electors recording their votes by secret ballot." 
 This resolution was not only opposed by the newly- 
 appointed responsible Government who, contrary 
 to Nicholson's express desire, made it a minis- 
 terial question, but by several members who were 
 opposed to the Ministry. It was, notwithstanding, 
 affirmed by thirty-three votes to twenty-five, and 
 the cabinet had no alternative but to resign. They 
 had made an error in having overrated the 
 influence of those popular members who were 
 antagonistic to the measure. The advocates of 
 the ballot had not anticipated this, and were 
 scarcely prepared for assuming the responsibility 
 of forming an administration. Sir Charles Hotham 
 adopted the constitutional course of sending for 
 Nicholson, who rather unwillingly accepted the 
 task of forming a Ministry. During the pending 
 negotiations between Nicholson and the other
 
 Hal-Han] 
 
 I iri LOMHHA OF AUSTRAlAM'a. 
 
 ,.,.. 
 
 Btipporters of the ballot in the House Sir Charles 
 Hotham's death occurred, and Major-General 
 Macarthur, the officer who assumed the administra- 
 tion of the Government, being Governor-in-Chief 
 of the colony, re-called Haines and the other mem- 
 bers of his Ministry to power. In March 1857 the 
 Ministry was defeated on a vote of want of con- 
 fidence, and the first O'Shanassy Ministry came 
 into power. It was however itself defeated on a 
 .vote of want of confidence after a debate extend- 
 ing over seventeen hours on 29th April, the first 
 evening of its meeting Parliament. Haines again 
 returned to power. He held office till March 1858, 
 when he was again defeated by O'Shanassy, and 
 went for a three years tour to Europe. On his 
 return in 1861 he was returned for Portland, and 
 then joined O'Shanassy's Ministry as Treasurer, 
 remaining in office from 14th November 1861 till 
 27th June 1863. He died the following year. 
 Haines was a man of very respectable abilities as 
 a politician, and of sound principles, but lacking 
 originality and decision of character. At the head 
 of a strictly Conservative Ministry he brought in 
 and carried the measure granting universal suffrage, 
 his evident object being to catch the popular vote 
 from the opposite party. He failed utterly to 
 grapple with the difficulties of the land question ; 
 and his junction with his uncompromising opponent 
 O'Shanassy ruined his reputation for consistency. 
 HALE, MATTHEW BLAGDEN (1811—) 
 Bishop of Brisbane, received his education at 
 Cambridge, was for some years Vicar of Stroud, 
 and in 1847 was appointed Archdeacon of Adelaide. 
 There he established the mission station of Poon- 
 indie, where after struggling through great diffi- 
 culties he demonstrated that under proper training 
 the aboriginals might be led to a permanent place 
 in civilised life, and become good Christians and 
 useful members of society. In 1856 he was 
 appointed Bishop of Perth, in W.A., and in 1875 
 ■was transferred to Brisbane. 
 
 HALIFAX BAY, on the N.E. coast of the 
 continent, extends from Cape Cleveland to Point 
 Hillock ; it has several islands in it and is fronted 
 by the Palm Islands. 
 
 HAMILTON, CAPTAIN. In the year 1797 a 
 a ship named the Sydney Gove bound from India 
 to Sydney, commanded by Captain Hamilton, was 
 wrecked on Fumeaux Islands. The supercargo 
 Clarke with a party determined to reach Sydney 
 if possible in the long boat. The disastrous fate of 
 this party is narrated under the article "Clarke." 
 Hamilton and the rest of the crew remained on the 
 islands some months and were rescued by the 
 Francis, a schooner sent down from Sydney for 
 the purpose. Flinders saw portions of the wrecked 
 vessel on the islands the following year. 
 
 HAMILTON, the capital of the western district 
 of V., is situated on the Grange Burn Creek, 219 
 miles W. of Melbourne. The River Wannoii flows 
 about twelve miles distant W. The municipal area 
 is 5280 acres. Hamilton contains a fine hospital 
 
 and benevolent asylum, a shire office, a mechanics' 
 institute, town-hall, and the usual Government 
 buildings. The Hamilton and Western District 
 College was founded in 1871 ; the building is one of 
 the finest in the district. There are besides the 
 Alexandra College for Ladies, and a State-school 
 capable of accommodating 500 children. A large 
 new building on the site of the old Post Office, 
 accommodating the Treasury, Land Office, and 
 Post and Telegraph Offices, is now opened. A 
 handsome private club-house, erected by the mem- 
 bers at a cost of £5000, was opened in 1879. The 
 Hamilton Gas Company has been very successful. 
 The water supply works, which cost £9000, were 
 completed 1st January 1880. The population of 
 the borough is 3500, including the suburbs about 
 6000 people. The district is a pastoral (principally 
 sheep-grazing) and agricultural one. 
 
 HANNIBAL ISLANDS, off the N.E. coast of 
 the continent, are three in number, low and covered 
 with bushes. 
 
 HANOVER BAY, on the N.W. coast of the 
 continent. Here Grey, accompanied by Lieutenant 
 Lushington with a party of twelve men, landed in 
 December 1837 from the schooner in which they 
 came from the Cape. The vessel was then sent to 
 Timor for the ponies with which it was proposed 
 to explore the interior. The result was disastrous 
 — the plan of operations was ill digested, the 
 ponies sickened and died, the leader was speared 
 by the natives, the climate was unbearable. Grey 
 made his way back to Hanover Bay, and was 
 picked up in April 1838 by Captain Wickham, 
 who in H.M.S. Beagle had been engaged in sur- 
 veying the N. coast, and taken to Swan river. 
 
 HANSON, SIR RICHARD DAVIES (1805- 
 1876) Judge of the Supreme Court in S.A., was 
 in 1828 admitted to the English Bar, and as an 
 attorney practised for some time in London. He 
 also wrote for the Globe and Morning Chronicle 
 newspapers and actively promoted Wakefield's 
 scheme of colonisation. The Earl of Durham 
 appointed him in 1835 Assistant-Commissioner for 
 Crown Lands and Immigration in Canada. On 
 that nobleman's death in 1840 he came to N.Z. 
 with the appointment of Advocate-General. In 
 1846 he came to Adelaide and took a leading 
 position at the Bar. In 1851 he was appointed 
 Advocate-General and Member of the Legislature. 
 In 1856 he became Attorney-General in the first 
 responsible Ministry, which lasted only three 
 months, but from 1856 to 1859 Hanson was 
 Attorney-General and leader of the Government. 
 In 1861 he was appointed Chief Justice and in 1866 
 was knighted. When the University of Adelaide 
 was established he was chosen the first Chancellor. 
 Hanson was a man of very superior abilities, both 
 as a jurist and a literary man. He wrote and pub- 
 lished in his later life some works of a theological 
 cast, and in his early days he rendered material 
 assistance to Lord Durham in drawing up his able 
 and exhaustive report on the affairs of Canada.
 
 lei 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LHar 
 
 HARDWICKE MOUNTAINS (or Nundawak,) 
 
 a range of mountains situated in the district of 
 Liverpool Plains, N.S.W., discovered and named 
 by Oxley after the Earl of Hardwicke in 1817. 
 The highest elevations are Mount Apsley and 
 Mount Shirley. 
 
 HARDWICKE BAY, in Spencer's Gulf, S.A., 
 is a deep bight in the W. coast of Yorke's Penin- 
 sula. This opening was so called by Flinders after 
 the Earl of Hardwicke. He found it one of the 
 safest and best in the Gulf, with abundance of 
 wood and water on the shore. 
 
 HARGRAVE, JOHN FLETCHER (1815—) 
 Jurist, was educated at London University and 
 Cambridge, where in 1840 he took his M.A. 
 degree, and was called to the English Bar in 1841. 
 The same year he published his Treatise on the 
 Thellusson Act 'and on Trusts for Accumulations, and 
 in 1843 edited the first volume of the twenty-first 
 English edition of Blaclstone's Commentaries. From 
 1841 Hargrave practised in London at the Equity 
 Bar until 1856, when his health failing he was com- 
 pelled to leave England, and came to Sydney in 
 February 1857. On his health being re-established 
 he determined to stay in the colony, and was 
 appointed one of the first District Court Judges 
 and Chairman of Quarter Sessions, but after 
 holding one Session at Maitland and assisting in 
 preparing the present rules of District Court prac- 
 tice he resigned his Judgeship. In February 1859 
 Hargrave entered political life as Solicitor-General 
 in the Cowper Ministry and presented himself to 
 the electors of East Camden, who returned him at 
 the head of the poll after a sharp contest. A few 
 months afterwards the general election took place, 
 and Hargrave was returned for Wollongong by a 
 large majority. He sat in the Legislative Assembly 
 till October 1859, when he was appointed Member 
 of the Legislative Council and also Member of the 
 Executive Council to represent the Cowper Govern- 
 ment in that chamber. In November Hargrave 
 accepted office as Solicitor-General in the Forster 
 Government, but without a seat in the Cabinet. 
 In March 1800, on the formation of the Robertson 
 Government, Hargrave was appointed Attorney- 
 General, and after the retirement of Cowper from 
 the Legislative Council in January 1861 again 
 Member of the Executive Council. He assisted 
 his colleague Robertson in carrying the present 
 Land Act through the Council. After this Act 
 had become law Robertson resigned in January 
 
 1862, leaving Hargrave sole representative of the 
 G( ivernment in that chamber and Attorney-General 
 until August 1863. In that month he resigned 
 the Attorney-Generalship in favour of DarvaH, 
 who bad previously held that office, but continued 
 in the Cowper Government as Solicitor-General 
 and its representative in the Council until the 
 Martin Government came into power in October 
 
 1863. In February 1864 Hargrave again accepted 
 office as Solicitor-General in the reinstated Cowper 
 Government, and represented it in the Council till 
 
 June 1865, when he was appointed Puisne Judge 
 of the Supreme Court on the death of Justice 
 Milford. During his Legislative career Hargrave 
 carried through the Council the Trustees and 
 Mortgagees Act, the State-aid to Religion Aboli- 
 tion Act; the Real Property Act, and the Electoral 
 Upper House Bill of 1862 ; and also introduced 
 the Insolvency Law Consolidation Bill of 1862, the 
 Criminal Laws Consolidation Bills of 1864-65, and 
 the Master's Office Abolition Bill of April 1865. 
 Shortly after his appointment as Puisne Judge he 
 accepted the office of Primary Judge in Equity. 
 In July 1873 he was appointed first Judge of the 
 Divorce Court. From the year 1858 till 1865 
 Hargrave held the appointment of Reader in 
 General Jurisprudence at the Sydney University, 
 and in that capacity delivered and published 
 several lectures and an elaborate syllabus of two 
 courses of twenty lectures on General Jurispru- 
 dence, which he had delivered orally every year at 
 the University to the students of his class. He 
 has also on several occasions delivered lectures at 
 the Law Institute and Sydney School of Arts on 
 topics connected with legal education. 
 
 HARGREAVES, EDWARD HAMMOND 
 (1816—) gold discoverer, came to N.S.W. in 1832, 
 and in 1833 went to Torres Straits in search of 
 beche-de-nier and tortoise-shell. At Batavia twenty 
 out of the twenty-seven in the vessel died of yellow 
 fever, and the survivors had some difficulty in 
 getting back to Europe. Thence Hargreaves 
 returned to Sydney in 1834. He was engaged in 
 pastoral pursuits until 1849, when he went to 
 California. Struck with the similarity of its geo- 
 logical formation to that of Bathurst he returned 
 to N.S.W. in 1851, and on 12th February dis- 
 covered gold at Lewis Ponds Creek, near Bathurst. 
 He at once made its existence known to the 
 world, thus gaining for himself the fame of being 
 the first practical discoverer of precious metal 
 in A. In 1853 he visited England, and was 
 presented to the Queen as the Australian gold 
 discoverer. Hargreaves was rewarded by a grant 
 from the N.S.W. Legislature of ,£10,000, and from 
 the V. Legislature of £5000. He also received from 
 the N.S.W. Legislature in 1877 a pension of £250 
 for life. 
 
 HARKER, GEORGE (1816-79) came to V. in 
 1846 and engaged in commerce. He entered public 
 life in 1856, when the first general election under 
 the Constitution Act took place, being returned 
 for Collingwood at the head of the poll. He 
 occupied for some time an independent position, 
 declining to identify himself with either of the 
 existing parties. He voted for the motion which 
 caused the resignation of the first Haines Ministry, 
 and six weeks afterwards took part in the action 
 which led to the downfall of their successors. On 
 the formation of the second O'Shanassy Administra- 
 tion he accepted the office of Treasurer. His re-elec- 
 tion for Collingwood was opposed by J. M. Smith, 
 but the Minister was returned by a considerable
 
 Har] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF Al'STRALASIA. 
 
 167 
 
 majority. In the election of August 1859 how- 
 ever Harker shared the fate of many of the 
 Ministerialists, being rejected by his constituents. 
 But he was furnished with a seat by Maldon, then 
 a newly-created electoral district. The O'Shanassy 
 Government on meeting Parliament was defeated, 
 and resigned in October 1859. While Treasurer 
 the responsible duty devolved upon Harker of 
 negotiating the loan of .£7,000,000 authorised by 
 Parliament for railway construction. In February 
 1859 it also fell to his lot as Treasurer to oppose 
 an attempt of the Legislative Council to make 
 an alteration in the Appropriation Bill for the 
 year. The vote for education was divided into 
 two items — £92,500 for the Denominational Board 
 and £32,500 for the Board of National Education. 
 On the motion of Fellows the Council struck out 
 these two amounts and substituted the lump sum 
 of £125,000. A message was sent to the Assembly 
 stating that the Council had made an amendment 
 in the Bill " for the purpose of furthering the 
 meaning of the Legislative Assembly in distri- 
 buting the grant for education as expressed in the 
 vote directing the mode of distribution." On the 
 Bill being returned to the Assembly the Speaker 
 reported, " as the guardian of the privileges of the 
 Legislative Assembly, that an amendment had 
 been introduced by the Legislative Council into a 
 Money Bill." Harker at once moved, " That the 
 Constitution Act having forbidden the Legislative 
 Council to make any alteration in the Act for the 
 appropriation of the consolidated revenue, this 
 House refuses to entertain the amendment it 
 has introduced into it, and insists on the Bill 
 being passed by the Upper House in its integrity." 
 The majority of the Assembly saw in the amend- 
 ment more than a clerical correction — in fact, an 
 attempt to favour the National as against the 
 Denominational Board — and after a long discussion 
 Harker's motion was carried by twenty-four to 
 fifteen. On a message in accordance with the 
 motion being sent to the Legislative Council (on 
 the day of prorogation) that Chamber decided not 
 to insist on its amendment, and the bill was passed 
 into law in its original form. In March 1860 
 Harker resigned his seat in the Assembly and went 
 on a visit to Europe. At the general election of 
 1864 he was again elected by his old constituency 
 of Collingwood. The Parliament lasted for only 
 one session, but that session was a long and 
 important one, for in it were passed the Grant 
 Land Act and the revised tariff. In the debates 
 on both of these questions Harker took a promi- 
 nent part. He manifested an excess of liberality 
 to the agricultural selector, advocating that his 
 rent should be no more than 6d. per acre, and that 
 the upset price of land should be fixed at 5s. per 
 acre. He opposed the tariff on principle, and 
 dissented from the course of " tacking " the 
 measure to the Appropriation Bill. In the early 
 stages of the deadlock he condemned the M'Culloch 
 Government for allowing the public creditor to 
 remain unpaid, aud voted for Greeves' motion 
 
 censuring their policy. During this session he 
 introduced a bill to abolish State aid to religion, 
 but the measure was lost on its second reading. 
 He carried through the Lower House a bill for the 
 payment of members, which was rejected by the 
 Council on its first reading. At the general elec- 
 tion of 1866 Collingwood rejected Harker, who 
 stood as the constitutional candidate, aud on a 
 subsequent occasion he was again unsuccessful in 
 seeking the suffrages of this constituency. At the 
 general election of 1871, however, a third attempt 
 was successful. He finally retired from political life 
 at the general election of 1874. He sat on the Com- 
 mon Schools Commission of 1866, and the Charit- 
 able Institutions Commission of 1870. For many 
 years he was treasurer and chairman of the com- 
 mittee of the Melbourne Benevolent Asylum, and 
 a member of the Melbourne Hospital Committee. 
 He also long filled the position of chairman of the 
 committee of the Victorian Asylum and School 
 for the Blind, in the establishment of which he 
 took an active part. Before the change in the 
 educational system he was a member of the Board 
 of Education. Harker belonged to the Congrega- 
 tionalist body, of which he was an influential 
 member. 
 
 HARPER, HENRY JOHN(1807— )first Bishop 
 of Christchurch, N.Z., was educated at Winchester 
 and Oxford, where he graduated B.A. in 1836, and 
 M.A. in 1840. After having been private tutor to 
 Sir Charles Coote he officiated for many years as 
 chaplain to Eton College, and in 1856 was appointed 
 first Bishop of Christchurch. The diocese was 
 reconstructed in 1869, and made Metropolitan over 
 the sees of Auckland, Wellington, Waipau, and 
 Nelson. 
 
 HARRINGTON INLET, in N.S.W., is the 
 northern entrance of the River Manning. It 
 was named by Oxley in honour of the Earl of 
 Harrington. 
 
 HARRIS MOUNTAIN, in N.S.W., in the dis- 
 trict of Bligh, was named by Oxley after Dr. Harris 
 of the 102nd Regiment, who accompanied him in his 
 expeditions into the interior. It is about 170 feet 
 above the level of the plains. It lies fifty-three 
 miles to the N.N.W. of the cataract, and about 
 sixteen miles from the first of the marshes of the 
 Macquarie. 
 
 HARTLEY, a township of N.S.W. on the river 
 Lett, eighty -two miles N.W. of Sydney, contiguous 
 to the Great Western Railway. It is embosomed 
 among the Blue Mountains at an altitude of 2300 
 feet above the level of the sea. Rich and appar- 
 ently inexhaustible deposits of coal and of kerosene 
 shale have been discovered in the neighbourhood 
 of the township. The shale is found to be rich in 
 oil, and large quantities are exported to Melbourne 
 and California for gas-making purposes. In 1875 
 5492 tons of shale value £13,730, and 19,065 tons 
 of coals valued at £6684 15s. 6d. were raised. In 
 1876 the output was 15,598 tons. This .shale is 
 said to yield 150 gallons of crude oil to the ton
 
 168 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 fHar— Hay 
 
 and 18,000 cubic feet of gas. Ironworks, copper 
 smelting and the manufacture of fire-proof bricks, 
 drain-pipes and terra-cotta goods are leading 
 industries of the locality. The population numbers 
 260 persons. 
 
 HARVEST, LIEUT.- COLONEL EDWARD 
 DOUGLAS, entered the British Army in 1842 ; 
 in 1860 was appointed Resident at Cerigo, but 
 relinquished the appointment at the end of the 
 following year to join his regiment in India. In 
 January 1872 he was appointed Commandant of 
 W.A. and administered the Government from 12th 
 January to 1st April, and again in 18T7. 
 
 HASTINGS RIVER, in N.S.W., the entrance 
 to which is the large harbour of Port Macquarie 
 220 miles to the N.E. of Sydney. The country 
 bordering on the Hastings is a pleasing undulation 
 of hill and dale richly clothed with timber ; to the 
 N.E. the river opens into reaches of great width 
 and beauty extending to the sea ; a few miles 
 to the N. and S.E. are extensive lagoons which 
 have a communication with the ocean. It was 
 discovered and named by Oxley in honour of 
 the Marquis of Hastings, Governor-General of 
 India. 
 
 HAWKESBURY RIVER (or Deerubbun,) in 
 N.S.W., was named by Governor Phillip after Lord 
 Hawkesbury. It is a continuation of the Nepean 
 River after the junction of the latter with the Grose 
 River, issuing from a remarkable cleft in the Blue 
 Mountains in the vicinity of the township of 
 Richmond. Along the base of these mountains 
 the Hawkesbury flows in a northerly direction fed 
 by numerous tributary mountain torrents descend- 
 ing from narrow gorges, which after heavy rains 
 cause it to rise and overflow its banks as it 
 approaches the sea. In one instance it rose near 
 the town of Windsor ninety-seven feet above its 
 ordinary level. The Hawkesbury disembogues 
 into an excellent harbour about fourteen miles 
 N. of Port Jackson called Broken Bay. As the 
 river is traced inland it becomes extremely 
 tortuous, the distance of Windsor (which is built 
 on the Hawkesbury) from the sea in a direct line 
 being not more than thirty-five miles, but by the 
 windings of the river 140 miles. The rise of tide 
 is four feet only, and the water is fresh forty miles 
 below Windsor. The Hawkesbury is navigable 
 fen- vessels of 100 tons for four miles above 
 Windsor, but its navigation is impeded by some 
 shallows after being joined by the Nepean. 
 
 HAY, a township in the Riverine district,N.S.W. 
 .hi the Murrumbidgee River. It is a shipping 
 port and port of entry, 4Gi> miles S.W. of Sydney, 
 the communication with which is via Melbourne 
 to Echuca by rail, thence by the Deniliquin and 
 Moania railway. It is an important crossing place 
 by an iron swing bridge on the Murrumbidgee 
 which is navigable to here by steamers during the 
 greater part of the year. The highest rise in the 
 river above summer level ever known here has 
 been twenty-four feet. The surrounding country 
 
 is entirely taken up for sheep and cattle stations 
 and consists of plains sparsely timbered. The 
 population is about 2000. 
 
 HAY, SIR JOHN (1816—) came to N.S.W. in 
 1838 and for eighteen years was engaged in squat- 
 ting pursuits. He became known in the southern 
 districts as a man of ability and of public spirit. 
 Before his entrance into Parliament the Border 
 Duties had become a matter of controversy, and 
 Hay advocated the policy of Freetrade across the 
 Border. He first came forward as a candidate for 
 the Murrumbidgee district in 1856 when the first 
 general election took place under the new Consti- 
 tution, and was returned without contest together 
 with George Macleay the former representative. 
 In September 1856 Hay moved a vote of want of 
 confidence in the Cowper Ministry and made a 
 memorable speech on the occasion. The motion 
 was carried by twenty-six against twenty-three. 
 Cowper advised the Governor-General to dissolve 
 Parliament on the ground that no party in the 
 House could form a permanent Government ; and 
 on his refusal to accept that advice tendered his 
 resignation. Sir William Denison sent for Hay 
 and requested him to form an administration. 
 That commission he declined but recommended 
 that it should be entrusted to Watson Parker, who 
 succeeded in forming a ministry in which he him- 
 self was Colonial Secretary, S. A. Donaldson 
 Treasurer, and Hay Minister for Lands and Works. 
 E. Deas Thomson was associated with this ministry 
 as Vice-President of the Executive Council and 
 Representative of the Government in the Legisla- 
 tive Council. In September 1857 an amendment 
 moved by Mr. Cowper on the motion for the 
 second reading of the Government Electoral Bill — 
 " That the Bill be read a second time this day six 
 months"— was carried by twenty-six to twenty- 
 three. In consequence of this vote the Parker 
 Ministry resigned, having held the reins of power 
 eleven months, and Cowper returned to office. Hay 
 continued to fulfil the duties of a representative from 
 his first election in 1856 until his appointment to the 
 Upper House in 1867. He took a conspicuous part 
 in 1860 in opposing the famous 13th clause of 
 Robertson's land bill, embodying the principle of 
 " Conditional Purchase," or " Free Selection before 
 Survey." Hay thought surveyoughtto precede selec- 
 tion. He therefore in October 1860, when the 13th 
 clause was under discussion, moved as an amendment 
 the insertion of the words " after survey." After 
 two nights debate Hay's amendment was carried 
 by thirty-three to twenty-eight. The result was a 
 dissolution of the Assembly and a general election 
 in which the people were appealed to with the cry 
 of " Free Selection before Survey." A large 
 majority was returned pledged to support the 
 rejected 13th clause. Hay was returned for the 
 M array amongst the few opponents of the principle 
 who were sent back to Parliament. Though 
 defeated in his attempt to modify the Robertson 
 land policy in this important point, Hay accepted 
 the decision of Parliament and endeavoured to
 
 Hay] 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 169 
 
 make the best of a system which differs widely 
 from what he would have established. After the 
 defeat of the Parkes Ministry Hay did not hold 
 office though frequently invited to do so ; but in 
 October 1862 he was elected Speaker of the 
 Assembly. He was re-elected to the same position 
 in the next Parliament, and held it for three years. 
 At the end of that period having found the duties 
 of the chair too much for his health he resigned. He 
 continued to sit as a Member of the Assembly for 
 more than a year afterwards. In June 1867 he was 
 appointed Member of the Legislative Council, and 
 in July 1873 after the demise of Sir T. A. Murray 
 was appointed its President, which office he 
 continues to hold. He received the honour of 
 Knight Commander of the Order of St. Michael 
 and St. George in 1877. 
 
 HAYES, JOHN, captain of the Bombay Marine, 
 visited the S. coast of T. with the ships Duke and 
 Durhess in 1794. He went much further up 
 the Piiver of the North than the French voyager 
 D'Entrecasteaux had gone, and named it the 
 Derwent, a much more appropriate appellation than 
 the other, which is now quite forgotten. He was 
 probably unaware of the visits of the French, and 
 deemed himself the first discoverer. The name of 
 the French navigator still survives in the channel 
 called after him, as well as in the two islands 
 named Bruni (which after all are but one island) 
 and in Cape Bruni. 
 
 HAYES, SIR HENRY, a gentleman of rank 
 and sheriff of Cork in Ireland, was one of the first 
 residents in Sydney. He was sentenced to death 
 for the abduction of Miss Pike a wealthy Quaker 
 lady, but this sentence was commuted to transpor- 
 tation for life. His case made a great noise at the 
 time in consequence of his high position. Some 
 time elapsed before he was captured and brought 
 to justice. A large reward having been offered for 
 his apprehension he walked into the shop of a 
 hairdresser at Cork named Coghlan, and after some 
 conversation said that it was his intention to sur- 
 render himself, and Coghlan might as well reap 
 the reward of his capture as anybody else. He 
 resided while in Sydney at Vaucluse, a beautiful 
 spot near the entrance of Sydney Harbour, for 
 many years afterwards the property of W. C. 
 Wentworth. He received a pardon and left the 
 colony for Ireland in 1812. There is a singular story 
 current respecting him, which is implicitly believed 
 by the more ignorant of the old colonists, to the 
 effect that finding his place at Vaucluse much 
 infested with snakes, and firmly believing that 
 these reptiles could not exist on Irish soil, he sent 
 home for several casks of that article which he 
 scattered over the place. His faith in his native 
 land and its patron saint was amply rewarded, for 
 — says the story— a snake has never been seen at 
 Vaucluse from that time to this. 
 
 HAYTER, HENRY HEYLYN(1821-)Govern- 
 ment Statist of V., a native of Eden Vale, Wilt- 
 shire, England, was educated at the Charterhouse, 
 
 where he was a contemporary of Sir George Bowen 
 and Sir Charles Ducane. He came to V. in 1852, 
 and in 1857 joined the department of the Registrar- 
 General where he was for many years at the head of 
 the statistic branch. Whilst in that position he 
 brought the official statistics of V. to a high state of 
 perfection. Sir Charles W. Dilke in his Greater 
 Britain says : " The exact position of V. is easily 
 ascertained from her statistics, which are the 
 most perfect in the world. The arrangement is an 
 exquisite piece of mosaic." He was author of 
 all the statistical reports issued from the office 
 although these were not published under his name. 
 In 1870 Hayter was selected to the office of Secre- 
 tary to a Royal Commission appointed to enquire 
 into the working of the public service of V This 
 Commission sat for upwards of three years, and 
 brought up an exhaustive report in which the 
 Commissioners expressed their high sense of the 
 value of his services. Hayter's labours on the 
 Commission did not prevent him from attending 
 to his ordinary official duties, which were much 
 added to by the census of 1871, the whole of the 
 details of which both as regards the collection of 
 the returns and their subsequent compilation were 
 devised by him and carried out under his manage- 
 ment. These labours, which involved the sacrifice 
 of almost the whole of his leisure, together with 
 domestic losses, affected his health, and in 1872 he 
 was granted leave of absence for a short period, 
 which he spent in N.Z., where at the request of Sir 
 Julius Vogel the Premier, he investigated the work- 
 ing of the Registrar General's department and made 
 suggestions for its improvement and the better tak- 
 ing of the census, the whole of which were adopted. 
 In May 1874 the statistical branchoverwhichHayter 
 had so long presided was erected into a separate 
 department, he being placed at its head under the 
 title of Government Statist. In 1875 he was deputed 
 by the Government to represent V. at a conference of 
 the Australasian colonies held in T. for the purpose 
 of establishing a uniform system of official statis- 
 tics. The residt being that the conference, in 
 almost every case, recommended the adoption of 
 the forms and methods devised and brought into 
 operation in V. by him. In 1879 Hayter visited 
 the United Kingdom as secretary to a mission (of 
 which Graham Berry, Premier of Victoria, was 
 chief) whose object was to bring to the notice of 
 the Imperial Government certain defects in the 
 Victorian Constitution. Whilst in England Hayter 
 was twice examined at length before a Committee 
 of the House of Commons appointed to enquire 
 into and make suggestions for reorganising the 
 system of collecting and compiling the official 
 statistics of the United Kingdom. He has also 
 on several occasions been examined before Parlia- 
 mentary Committees and Royal Commissions in 
 V. Soon after Hayter assumed the office of 
 Government Statist he originated the work he is 
 best known by, The Victorian Year-booh. This 
 work as its name indicates is published annually 
 but is rewritten from beginning to end each year.
 
 170 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Hea— Hen 
 
 High testimony has frequently been borne to its 
 exhaustiveness and impartiality and general utility 
 by the Parliaments and Press of all the Australian 
 colonies, and in Europe and America. Hayter is 
 also author of Notes of a Tour in N.Z., of 
 Notes on the Colony of V. : Historical, Geogra- 
 phical, Meteorological and Statistical, a portion of 
 which has been reprinted for use in the Victorian 
 State-schools, of a Nosological Index, which is 
 used in the statistical departments of all the 
 Australasian colonies ; of several papers which 
 have been read before scientific societies in various 
 parts of the world, and of a great number of statis- 
 tical and other official reports. In 1877 he edited, 
 at the request of the Victorian Government, 
 Precis of information on, the Colony of Victoria 
 and of its capabilities for Defence, for the use 
 of the Intelligence Branch of the Imperial War 
 Office. He is an honorary member of the 
 Statistical Society of London, of the Royal 
 Society of T., and of the Philosophical Society of 
 Adelaide. He is also a Fellow of the Royal 
 Colonial Institute. 
 
 HEALES, RICHARD ( 18—1864) came to V. 
 in 1842 and was first employed as a mechanic in a 
 coach-building establishment. He subsequently 
 became proprietor of the establishment in which 
 he had been employed. In 1849 he was elected 
 City Councillor for Gipps Ward, Melbourne. He 
 took an active part in the Temperance movement. 
 He was elected Member of the Assembly for East 
 Bourke in 1857 and became Chief Secretary in 
 November 18(50 ; resigned in November 1861 ; 
 took office again under Sir James M'Culloch as 
 President of the Board of Lands and Works and 
 Commissioner for Crown Lands and Survey in 
 June 1863, which posts he retained until his death 
 on 19th June 1864. Heales was essentially a 
 popular leader, and his advocacy of temperance 
 and other objects conducive to the people's well- 
 being gained him very great popularity. His 
 sudden death, the direct result of overwork and 
 public cares, was universally lamented, and his 
 memory is preserved by the Victorian people as 
 that of an honest, upright and most public-spirited 
 statesman. 
 
 HEARN, WILLIAM EDWARD, A.M., LL.D., 
 jurist and political economist, was in 1854 chosen 
 by a committee of which Sir John Herschel was 
 chairman to be the first Professor of Modern 
 History and other subjects, including Political 
 Economy, in the University of Melbourne, in 
 1873 when the Faculty of Laws was established, 
 Dr. Hearn resigned his professorship and accepted 
 the post of Dean of the Faculty. After several 
 unsuccessful attempts to gain a seat in the Legis- 
 lative Assembly he was returned to the Legislative 
 Council as Member for the Central Province in 
 August 1878, beating his opponent by 3854 votes 
 to L659. Dr. Hearn besides being an able and 
 efficient journalist is the author of the following 
 standard works :— (1) Plutology, or tlte Theory of 
 the Efforts to Supply Human Wants; (2) The 
 
 Government of England: its Structure and its 
 Development; (3) The Aryan Household; its 
 Structure and its Development. These works have 
 gained for Dr. Hearn a European reputation, and 
 are regarded as standards in their several depart- 
 ments. He is held in the highest respect as a man 
 of great erudition combined with indefatigable 
 intellectual industry, and as a public man of the 
 the very first rank. 
 
 HENTY, EDWARD(1809-1878)thefirst colonist 
 of Victoria. His life includes that of the Henty 
 family. Their father, Thomas, lived at West 
 Tarring in Sussex, England. The British Govern- 
 ment being anxious to settle population on certain 
 portions of the Australian continent held out 
 inducements in the shape of liberal grants of land. 
 Thomas Henty, attracted by the promise of a grant 
 of 80,000 acres, made up his mind to emigrate to 
 W.A. The eldest son, James, set out in 1829 in a 
 well-found vessel for Swan River, but the country 
 was found to be poor in quality and far below the 
 descriptions received of V.D.L. The party there- 
 fore went on to Launceston. Not long afterwards 
 Thomas Henty and several of his sons followed. 
 By the time they reached V.D.L. the practice of 
 giving free grants of land to the settlers had been 
 stopped. In fact the orders from the Home Govern- 
 ment on the subject passed the Hentys on the way 
 out, andreached the colony before they landed. Their 
 aim was to breed sheep and produce wool on a 
 large scale. The head of the family had been the 
 first to introduce the merino into the South of 
 England. He brought some choice sheep out with 
 him to V.D.L. To obtain scope for their opera- 
 tions the Hentys saw that they must look for land 
 on the continent. At that time little was known 
 of the southern portions of A. beyond the names 
 of the capes and the harbours. The eldest son 
 settled down in Launceston as a merchant, and the 
 work of exploration was undertaken by Edward. 
 In 1832 he went to W.A. to take a second look at 
 the land which his brother had previously con- 
 demned, saw that it had been correctly described, 
 and put back. In the course of the trip Port 
 Lincoln, on the shore of Spencer's Gulf was 
 visited, and a stay of two months made there, but 
 the country did not prove attractive. Portland 
 Bay was then often talked about in Launceston. 
 It was the depot of several parties of whalers. 
 Edward Henty put into the bay and was struck 
 with the advantages which the place offered for 
 settlement. Other portions of the coast were 
 examined but none pleased him so well as the 
 locality first examined, so that in 1834 preparations 
 were made for the occupation of the vacant terri- 
 tory. The Thistle was despatched from Launceston 
 in October with Edward Henty on board, a number 
 of men and thirty-three head of cattle. The vessel 
 fell in with tempestuous weather, took thirty-four 
 days to cross the narrow breadth of sea between 
 Launceston and Portland Bay, and on the way 
 sixteen head of cattle were lost. In spite of these 
 disasters the party lauded safely on 19th November
 
 Her— Hig] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 171 
 
 1834. The second vessel brought Francis Henty, 
 who landed on the 14th December ; and in course of 
 time Stephen and Thomas followed. Sheep were 
 fetched across from Tasmania, pastures occupied, 
 houses erected, land cultivated, etc. Thus it came 
 to pass that when Sir Thomas Mitchell the explorer 
 found his way overland in 1836 from Sydney to 
 the Murray, thence to the southern shore of the 
 Australian continent, he lighted on a small but 
 prosperous community at Portland Bay. The 
 explorer could not believe his eyes when he got 
 his first view of the place. The sheds erected by 
 whalers under the cliffs were supposed to be grey 
 rocks singularly like houses ; but shortly after- 
 afterwards the brig Elizabeth was detected at 
 anchor in the harbour and the truth was fully 
 realised. The Hentys had a good garden stocked 
 with vegetables. A few days later five vessels lay 
 at anchor in the bay, and from the verandah of 
 Mr. Henty's house Sir Thomas Mitchell saw a 
 whale caught, facts that he duly chronicled in his 
 diary. Regular communication was kept up with 
 Launceston. On the second trip of Francis Henty 
 to Portland in a small cutter he was obliged by 
 contrary winds to put into Port Phillip. He found 
 Batman's party at Indented Heads, and trans- 
 ported them and their goods to the banks of the 
 Yarra. Up to the advent of Sir Thomas Mitchell 
 the Hentys had not ventured further than twenty 
 miles inland with their flocks. The territory they 
 occupied consequently was not remarkably rich; 
 they grazed sheep and cattle and traded with the 
 whalers. The accounts given by the explorer of the 
 fertile districts in the interior induced them to 
 extend their operations largely and push inland. 
 The brothers took up large areas as pastoral tenants 
 under the New South Wales Government in the 
 valley of the Wannon. When Sir Thomas Mitchell 
 got back to Sydney a party of surveyors was sent 
 to lay out the town of Portland. The only settle- 
 ment on the coast for some years besides Portland 
 was Port Fairy, where some whalers lived. About 
 1840 the Children, a vessel bound from Launceston 
 for South Australia and chartered by Mr. Bryan, 
 a brother-in-law of the Hentys, was wrecked near 
 Portland, and Edward Henty gave the shipwrecked 
 passengers effective aid. Sixteen lives were lost. 
 For some years Edward carried on business as a 
 merchant in Portland. In 1845 he held two runs 
 — Connell's 17,500 acres, and Muntham 57,300 
 acres — and gradually acquired possession of a large 
 extent of freehold property. He owned upwards 
 of 20,000 acres of the Muntham run. The Henty 
 family bred the merino sheep with care, and the 
 flocks grew largely in numbers. The quality of 
 the wool was good, but the fleeces were light. In 
 1843 the prices of sheep fell very low all over 
 Australia, and surplus stock became almost unsale- 
 able. Edward Henty took to boiling down on the 
 inland station, but found that it did not pay to cart 
 tallow far, and removed the business to Portland. 
 He was also an agriculturist on a large scale. 
 On the inauguration of the constitution he was 
 
 elected without opposition to represent Normanby 
 in the Legislative Assembly. At the general 
 election of 1859 he was again returned without 
 opposition ; butat the general election of 1861 he 
 was defeated. For many years after he lived in 
 retirement, and devoted himself to the manage- 
 ment of his affairs. He was a candidate for the 
 Western Province but was defeated. The last 
 time Edward Henty appeared in public was at the 
 annual gathering of the old colonists in Melbourne 
 in November 1877. He said that when he landed 
 at Portland in 1834 a friend and four working-men 
 were his companions, and there was then no white 
 man nearer to them than Twofold Bay on the one 
 side and King George's Sound on the other. In a 
 small vessel belonging to his family, and engaged 
 in bringing goods from Swan River, he prosecuted 
 a survey all along the coast, and there was scarcely 
 a bay from Cape Otway to W.A. that he had not 
 been into. He had introduced the first sheep ami 
 cattle into the colony. They were counted by the 
 score then but by the million now. It was 
 wonderful to compare now with then, and to think 
 that this almost miraculous advance in the pro- 
 gress and prosperity of the country had taken 
 place within the life of one man. Like the rest of 
 the family he was a man of active habits and steady 
 energy, and from first to last upheld the honour 
 and integrity of the name of Henty. In his 
 capacity as first colonist he headed the address 
 which the early settlers presented to the Duke of 
 Edinburgh on his visit to V. in January 1868. 
 For the last few years of his life Edward Henty 
 resided in the .suburbs of Melbourne. The head 
 of the family, Thomas, died in V.D.L. in 1839. 
 
 HERBERT, ROBT. GEORGE WYNDHAM, 
 was educated at Eton and Oxford and called to 
 the English Bar in 1858 ; in 1859 he was appointed 
 Colonial Secretary of Q., and was leader of the 
 Assembly from 1860 to 1865. He then returned 
 to England, and from 1868 to 1870 was Assistant 
 Secretary to the Board of Trade, when he was 
 appointed Assistant Under-Secretary of State for 
 the colonies, which office he still holds. 
 
 HERSCHELL RANGE, a range of mountain, 
 in Victoria Land, W.A., between the Arrowsmith 
 and Smith rivers, named after Sir John Herschell 
 the celebrated astronomer. 
 
 HERVEY RANGE (Native name Goobanc ;) 
 a range of mountains in N.S.W., in the district of 
 Wellington, dividing the waters of the Bogan 
 from those of the Macquarie River. It is named 
 from the family name of the Earls of Bristol. 
 
 HIGINBOTHAM, GEORGE (1827—) jurist, 
 was educated at Trinity College, Dublin, after- 
 wards studied at Lincoln's Inn and was called to 
 the English Bar in 1853. The following year he 
 came to Melbourne, where he contributed to the 
 fferald&nd practised his profession. In 1856 he 
 succeeded Edward Wilson as editor of the Argus, 
 and conducted that journal for three years ; he 
 then returned to the bar. In 1861 he was elected
 
 172 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Hil-Hin 
 
 to the Legislative Assembly for Brighton, and voted 
 as an independent member. At the next election 
 he again stood for the same place but was defeated 
 by Brodribb, who resigned his seat nine months 
 afterwards, and Higinbotham was again elected. 
 In the Assembly he opposed the third reading of 
 the Land Act of 1862 and the Electoral Bill. On 
 the defeat of the O'Shanassy Administration in 
 1863 he accepted the Attorney-Generalship under 
 M'Culloch. He became the most popular man in 
 V. during the struggle between the Assembly and 
 the Council in connection with the new tariff of 
 1865, the "tack," the Darling grant and the dead- 
 lock. He opposed the action of the Upper House 
 all through that exciting time. When the second 
 M'Culloch Ministry was formed he refused to go 
 back to the Law Office so long as V. was to be 
 governed by instructions from Downing-street ; 
 but he consented to act as Vice-President of the 
 Board of Land and Works without salary. At 
 the general election of 18T1 he was again defeated 
 for Brighton by T. Bent. He took no part in 
 politics until the next general election in 1874, 
 when he was returned for Brunswick ; but soon 
 afterwards resigned his seat, being unable to agree 
 with the Government, and being unwilling to vote 
 against it. Higinbotham's abilities as a statesman 
 are of the very highest order. He is . a distin- 
 guished parliamentary orator ; and as an advocate 
 he stood in the front rank of his profession. His 
 elevation to the Bench of the Supreme Court 
 in 1880 gave universal satisfaction to the people 
 of V. 
 
 HILL, W. K. (1826-1869) was ordained to the 
 Wesleyan Ministry in 1847 ; and in 1850 sent as a 
 missionary to Ceylon. He returned to England 
 in 1853 ; in the same year came to Melbourne, 
 where he arrived in February 1854 ; laboured in 
 Geelong, Kichmond, Sandhurst, Castlemaine and 
 Melbourne. He was appointed Chaplain of the 
 Pentridge Prison in 1869, and was murdered there 
 by a prisoner named Ritson on the 14th May 1869 
 whilst in the act of visiting the man's cell to 
 minister religious counsel and consolation. 
 
 HINDMARSH, SIR JOHN" (1780-1859) first 
 Governor of S.A., entered the Navy in 1793 as a 
 volunteer on board the Bellerophon, seventy-four 
 guns, in which ship he was employed for seven 
 years and was indebted for his education to a 
 learned paymaster (Mr. Neale) to whom through 
 life he was much attached. Hindmarsh was present 
 in Lord Howe's action of the glorious 1st June 
 1794 and also at the battle of the Nile, besides 
 sharing as midshipman in most of Nelson's boat 
 operations off Cadiz in 1797 and contributing in 
 1799 to the capture of the ports at Naples and 
 I raeta. I hiring the. battle of the Nile he was for 
 siune time the only officer (though but a midship- 
 man) left on tlir Bellerophon's quarter-deck, and 
 b in; so at the time her formidable opponent 
 L'Orii nt caught lire he ordered the cable to be cut 
 and the spritsail to be set (the masts being dis- 
 abled,) by whirli means his ship was wafted away 
 
 from close contact with her burning antagonist, 
 when the latter blew up and sank. Captain Darby 
 and the surviving officers felt that the brave youth 
 had saved the ship from inevitable destruction, 
 and they presented him with a sword in testimony 
 of their admiration. In his conduct on that 
 glorious day Hindmarsh had the honour of elicit- 
 ing the public thanks of Lord Nelson. Although 
 during that battle he received so severe a contu- 
 sion as ultimately to lose the sight of an eye, yet 
 to his honour it is recorded that nothing could 
 induce him to leave his station. Accompanying 
 Captain Darby in the Spencer, he shared in 1801 
 both in the action off Algeciras and in the victory 
 gained by Sir J. Saumarez in the Gut of Gibraltar. 
 The Spencer being paid off, Hindmarsh in 1803 
 joined the Victory, bearing Lord Nelson's flag, the 
 hero on taking command having written to young 
 Hindmarsh to join him, and in a few months he 
 obtained his promotion as Lieutenant of the 
 Pha he During more than two years Hindmarsh 
 commanded the boats of that frigate at the cap- 
 ture of many of the enemy's vessels, and in one 
 instance having stormed successfully some bat- 
 teries near Toulon, he brought out a ship which 
 had been lying under their protection. After 
 participating in the battle of Trafalgar 1805, he 
 contributed at its close to the preservation of 
 two of the prizes, the Siciftsure and Bahama. 
 Afterwards as First Lieutenant of the Beagle he 
 was for a long time on the coast of France, and 
 proved instrumental to the capture of many priva- 
 teers. During the destruction of the French 
 squadron in Aix Boads in 1809 the Beagle, with a 
 degree of gallantry that procured her general admir- 
 ation, took up a position between Her Majesty's 
 ships and the enemy, and remained on the quarters 
 of the Aquilon and the Ville cle Varsovie until 
 they successively struck their colours. She then 
 followed the Ocean up the River Charente, and 
 having moored across her stern continued in hot 
 action with her for a period of five hours, when 
 the turning of the tide compelled her to desist. 
 After assisting at the reduction of Flushing, Hind- 
 marsh was nominated First Lieutenant of the 
 Nims, Captain Philip Beaver, and ordered to the 
 Isle of France, where he took command of a large 
 detachment of boats belonging to the several ships 
 engaged, stormed the coast batteries, and sub- 
 jugated that island. The entire enterprise was 
 planned and carried out by Hindmarsh. In 1811 
 he was at the fall of Java, to which he was signally 
 instrumental ; and in 1814 was promoted to the 
 rank of Commander. His slow promotion after 
 such distinguished services is accounted for by the 
 fact that in those days the accounts of daring feats 
 of bravery were scarcely recorded in the case of 
 officers below the rank of captain, and it was not 
 till after the British Government bestowed the 
 war-medals that it was discovered that Hindmarsh 
 was entitled to the war-medal with seven clasps 
 for his distinguished services, being the greatest 
 number, save in one instance, received by any officer
 
 Hin-Hob] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 173 
 
 in the Navy. In 1830 he was placed in command 
 of the Scylla, was advanced to post-rank the 
 following year, and returned home. In 1836 
 Hindmarsh was appointed to the Buffalo, and 
 founded the Province of S.A., of which he became 
 the first Governor. In 1840 he was nominated to 
 the Government of Heligoland, which after hold- 
 ing for nearly seventeen years he relinquished in 
 1857. During his service in that island he received 
 many honours. Having been invested with the 
 insignia of a Knight of Hanover from King William 
 IV. in 1836, he received the honour of knighthood 
 from Her Majesty in 1851, with the Good-service 
 Pension, together with the war-medal and seven 
 clasps already mentioned, having been engaged in 
 seven great actions, besides in nearly 100 fights 
 with the enemy. In 1856 he obtained the rank 
 of Rear- Admiral. He was also presented with a 
 gold goblet by King Frederick VI. of Denmark 
 for his impartiality during the Sleswic-Holstein 
 and Danish War. He died in 1859. Hindmarsh's 
 short career as Governor of S.A. was rendered 
 unpleasant to himself by the fact of a divided 
 authority existing. The dual government by 
 Governor and Resident Commissioner, as might 
 have been expected, did not work well and grievous 
 divisions soon occurred amongst the officials. 
 After fourteen months term of office Hindmarsh 
 was recalled, and was succeeded by Colonel Gawler, 
 in whom the sole authority was vested, the services 
 of Fisheras Resident Commissioner beingdispensed 
 with. 
 
 HINDMARSH LAKE, a lake of V., thirty miles 
 in circumference into which the Wimmera River 
 flows. It was discovered by Eyre in his unsuccess- 
 ful attempt to continue Mitchell's track to S.A., 
 and named in honour of Governor Hindmarsh. 
 
 HINDMARSH ISLAND in S.A. is a flat and 
 swampy island lying in the S.W. corner of Lake 
 Alexandrina and separated from the mainland by 
 the Goolwa or lower Murray River. The sea 
 mouth of the Murray lies to the S.E. of this 
 island, and is connected with the lake by three 
 passages known as the Goolwa, Holmes Creek and 
 the Boundary Creek. On this island a brittle 
 inflammable substance resembling resin in appear- 
 ance was found some time ago in considerable 
 quantities. It burns slowly with a clear flame and 
 gives out a bituminous smell. 
 
 HOBART TOWN, the capital of T., and the 
 
 seat of Government, is an extensive well laid out 
 and neatly built town on the river Derwent, about 
 twenty miles from its mouth, standing at the foot 
 of a lofty mountain called Mount Wellington. Its 
 distance from Cape Pillar is thirty-three miles, and 
 from Tasmania Head thirty-seven miles. These 
 two heads form the entrance to Storm Bay, and 
 are thirty-six miles asunder. The place where 
 Hobart Town stands might perhaps with more 
 propriety be termed an arm or creek of the sea, 
 it being of considerable width, the water salt, 
 and possessing scarcely any characteristics of a 
 
 river until the town is passed. The cove or bay 
 on the banks of which it stands affords one of the 
 best and most secure anchorages in the world for 
 any number of vessels and of any burthen. An 
 amphitheatre of gently rising hills, beautifully 
 clothed with trees and having Mount Wellington 
 as the highest, defends it from the westerly winds 
 and bounds the horizon on that quarter ; while 
 the magnificent estuary of the Derwent, with its 
 boats and shipping and picturesque points of land 
 along its winding banks, forming beautiful bays 
 and lakes, skirts it on the E. The town itself 
 stands upon gently rising ground and covers rather 
 more than two square miles. Its present popula- 
 tion is about 20,< 100. There are numerous public 
 buildings, of which the Government House (a 
 handsome palatial pile of the finest white freestone, 
 on the banks of the Derwent) and Government 
 offices, the Houses of Parliament, the Town-hall and 
 Post-oflice are the largest. Churches and chapels 
 are very numerous, numbering in all thirty-one, 
 exclusive of the two cathedrals. Among the prin- 
 cipal are St. David's Cathedral (Episcopal,) the 
 original foundation of which was laid on 19th Feb- 
 ruary 1817 ; Trinity Church, with a peal of eight 
 bells ; St. Mary's Cathedral (Roman Catholic,) St. 
 Andrew's (Church of Scotland,) the Congregational 
 Memorial Church, and the Wesleyan Centenary 
 Chapel. Attached to the Town-hall is a public 
 library well supplied with works in nearly every 
 department of literature. At the head of the 
 private schools stand the High school and the City 
 school. The public charitable institutions are 
 numerous. The town possesses five breweries two 
 of which are on a very extensive scale ; five flour- 
 mills, six jam manufactories, numerous tanneries, 
 and also a woollen factory. Dr. Bromby is the 
 Church of England Bishop, and the Right Rev. D. 
 Murphy the Roman Catholic Bishop. The city is 
 under municipal government (incorporated 22nd 
 December 1857) the corporation consisting of a 
 mayor and nine aldermen. It is lighted with gas 
 and plentifully supplied with water, conserved in 
 a reservoir on the Sandy Bay Rivulet, which is 
 capable of containing fifty million gallons. This 
 Reservoir is supplied from springs in Mount Wel- 
 lington. The Derwent is celebrated for its annual 
 regatta, which attracts visitors from all the 
 colonies and is the grand holiday of Hobart Town. 
 The Queen's Domain, a spacious reserve of about 
 1000 acres, serves as a most efficient lung for the 
 city. In the centre of the town stands a monu- 
 ment to the memory of Sir John Franklin, for- 
 merly Governor of T., around which is a pleasant 
 garden provided with seats and sheltering trees. 
 The site of Hobart Town was discovered by Hayes 
 in 1798, and was explored by Flinders and Bass in 
 the same year. On the 11th June 1803 the Lady 
 X, Uon was sent down from Sydney with a detach- 
 ment of fifteen persons under the command of 
 Lieutenant Bowen. They set up their rude huts 
 at Risdon Cove, a place which had been named by 
 Hayes. In February 1804 Collins and his party
 
 174 
 
 (JYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Hob-Hol 
 
 having abandoned Port Phillip .sailed to the 
 Denvent where Bowen's settlement was. Collins 
 selected a spot at Sullivan's Cove, ten miles from 
 Risdon Cove, and named the new settlement Hobart 
 Town in honour of Lord Hobart, Secretary of State. 
 The history of Hobart Town is, in fact, the history 
 of the settlement until the proclamation of the 
 colony of T. in 1851. The first Post-office was 
 established on 25th April 1809; in November 1811 
 Governor Macquarie visited the settlement ; the 
 first Supreme Court was held on 23rd January 
 1814 ; the first Government House was finished on 
 4th October 1817; gas was first used on 12th 
 March 1857 ; the public Cemetery was opened on 
 22nd July 1872 ; and the Waterworks on 23rd 
 February 1876. 
 
 HOBSON, WILLIAM, first Governor of N.Z., 
 a Captain in the Royal Navy, was sent out by the 
 Imperial Government in 1839 to establish British 
 rule in the islands. The title given him was 
 Consul, but with a Lieutenant-Governor's com- 
 mission appended. He landed at the Bay of 
 Islands in January 1840, and on 4th February 
 convened a meeting of the native chiefs at a settle- 
 ment called Waitangi (" the Weeping Waters,") and 
 there concluded with them a treaty by which the 
 sovereignty of N.Z. was ceded to Great Britain. 
 The Treaty of Waitangi is the first historical event 
 in the annals of the colony. He selected the site 
 on which the city of Auckland now stands as the 
 capital of the colony, and so it continued to be 
 till 1865. Hobson held office until his death in 
 September 1842. One of his first official acts was 
 to disallow by proclamation the claims made by 
 Wentworth, Busby, Baron de Thierry and others 
 to immense areas of land alleged to have been 
 purchased from the natives before N.Z. was 
 declared a British settlement. As N.Z. was at 
 first a dependency of N.S.W. Governor Gipps, who 
 was strongly opposed to the claimants, framed and 
 passed a bill in the N.S.W. Legislature declaring 
 their claims invalid. Hobson had previous to his 
 appointment made a survey of Port Phillip, and 
 Hobson's Bay bears his name. 
 
 HOBSON'S BAY, the anchoring ground in Port 
 Phillip, was surveyed by Captain Hobson of H.M.S. 
 Rattlesnake in 1836 and was named after him by 
 Sir Richard Bourke on his visit in 1837. Hobson 
 also surveyed Corio Bay and published a chart of 
 Port Phillip. 
 
 HOCKING, HENRY HICKS, Attorney- 
 General of W. A., was educated at Oxford where he 
 graduated B.A. in 1864 and B.C.L. in 1867. He 
 was called to tin: English liar in 1*67 and joined 
 the Home Circuit. In 1872 he was appointed 
 Attorney-General of W.A. 
 
 HODGSON, SHI ARTHUR, came to N.S.W. 
 in L840 and settled at Darling Downs. Before the 
 separation of Q. he represented Darling Downs in 
 the N.S.W. Parliament. In 1856 lie was appointed 
 
 1 ral Superintendent of the Australian Agri- 
 cultural Company. In 1862 he represented Q. at 
 
 the London Exhibition. After the separation of 
 Q. he represented the Warrego, and was Premier at 
 the time of the Duke of Edinburgh's visit to the 
 colony. In 1S74 he returned to England and was 
 knighted in 1878. 
 
 HOLDFAST BAY or Road is a bight in the 
 E. coast of St. Vincent's Gulf lying to the S. of 
 the entrance to Port Adelaide, about thirty-three 
 miles N.N.E. from Cape Jervis. The anchorage is 
 off the town of Glenelg and about one and a-half 
 miles from the shore in five or six fathoms clay, 
 with Mount Lofty bearing E. by N. S.W. gales 
 cause a very heavy sea in this roadstead, but as 
 the holding ground is good ships may ride in 
 perfect safety if provided with good anchors and 
 cables. There is a green fixed light twenty-nine 
 feet high on the end of the jetty at Glenelg, in 
 this bay, which may be seen at a distance of six 
 miles. The holding ground is clay of great consis- 
 tency, and as the water shoals very gradually a 
 vessel must drag her anchor up hill for two miles 
 before she can sustain damage. About the middle 
 of the bay lies an inlet or boat harbour on which 
 is built the township of Glenelg. 
 
 HOLROYD, ARTHUR TODD (1806—) jurist, 
 was educated at the Ripon Grammar School. In 
 1*24 he commenced a medical career, and in 1827 
 entered himself at Cambridge to take a degree in 
 Medicine and became a student at the University 
 of Edinburgh. In 1830 he took his degree of M.D. 
 at Edinburgh, and resided at Cambridge until 
 1831 when he commenced practice as a physician 
 in London. In 1832 he graduated M.B. at Cam- 
 bridge and was admitted a Licentiate of the College 
 of Physicians, London. He afterwards joined an 
 association of Physicians to obtain the same privi- 
 leges for Scotch graduates as the English ones 
 enjoyed, a select committee of the House of 
 Commons having been appointed to inquire into 
 the subject. Finding from these enquiries that 
 the medical profession did not present the alluring 
 prospects he expected, he relinquished it and 
 entered at Lincoln's Inn to be called to the Bar. 
 He resolved first to travel, and in June 1835 left 
 England and wintered in Rome in order to master 
 the Italian language ; in September 1836 he arrived 
 in Alexandria. He ascended the Nile to the 
 second cataract, and then proceeded across the 
 desert to Khartoom, up the Blue Nile to Sennaar, 
 returned to Wad-Medinah and crossed the desert 
 to the White Nile, whence he went in a south- 
 westerly direction to Kordofan and then returned 
 to Cairo. From information obtained in these 
 travels regarding slave-hunting he was able to 
 assist in suppressing the practice, and was success- 
 ful in the first remonstrance made to the Egyptian 
 Government on the subject. In July 1838 he 
 travelled through Palestine and Syria and returned 
 to London in November. Up to a recent date 
 " Eolroyd's tracks" were marked on African maps. 
 lie intended to publish his travels but coidd not 
 agree with the booksellers. In 1841 he was called 
 to the Bar, and came to N. Z. in 1843 where he
 
 Hoi-Hot] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 175 
 
 remained for two years; but on the outbreak at 
 Kororarika he left and came to Sydney in 1845 
 and was admitted to the Bar. In 1851 he was 
 elected member for Bathurst and Carcoar, but in 
 1858 was defeated. In 1860 he was elected for 
 Parramatta, and was for some time Chairman of 
 Committees. He was one of the Commissioners 
 for laying out Hyde Park, and took an active part 
 in the working of the first building societies in 
 Sydney. He was Minister for Works in Sir James 
 Martin's Ministry in 1863-4. In 1866 he was 
 appointed Master-in-Equity, and in March 1879 
 Acting Supreme Court Judge. He has been a 
 Fellow of the Zoological Society of London since 
 its commencement in 1827, of the Linnean Society 
 since 1829, and of the Koyal Geographical Society 
 since 1839. 
 
 HOLT, JOSEPH (1756-1826) better known as 
 General Holt, the principal leader of the Irish 
 Rebel Army of 1798, was a native of the county 
 Wicklow. In 1782 he married, and for sixteen 
 years lived a country life as a farmer, Overseer of 
 Public Works and Deputy Billet-Master. In 
 1794 he distinguished himself by the capture of a 
 notorious robber named Rogers. In 1798 being 
 unable to obtain payment of a sum of money due 
 to him and having threatened legal proceedings to 
 recover it, his debtor obtained a party of the 
 Fermanagh militia, a thing easily done in those 
 troubled times, to arrest Holt as a rebel. Holt 
 escaped but his house was burnt down and his 
 family were turned out of doors. This drove him 
 into the ranks of the rebels, where he was 
 honourably distinguished not only by his ability as 
 a leader but by his repression of plunder and the 
 maintenance of discipline. General Moore offered 
 to accept his surrender towards the end of the 
 year, but he would not desert his men and the 
 overture came to nothing. A man named Quin 
 betrayed him and he and eight others were sur- 
 rounded in Quin's house, but he escaped. On 10th 
 November he surrendered. His life was spared 
 but he was exiled to N.S.W. Here he became 
 manager for AV. Cox. In 1804 occurred a dangerous 
 outbreak amongst the convicts, and they being 
 partly composed of the Irish rebels and knowing 
 he had been " out " in '98 wished him to join them, 
 but he utterly refused to do so and made judicious 
 arrangements for the defence of Cox's house. 
 But his influence with the prisoners was known to 
 be great and they declared that he was to have 
 been their leader ; this causing him to be suspected 
 he was sent to Norfolk Island. He afterwards, 
 about 1814, received a free pardon and returning 
 to Ireland passed his latter years in respectability 
 at Kingston near Dublin, where he died 16th May 
 1826. 
 
 HOPELESS MOUNT is a solitary hill lying a 
 few miles to the S.E. of Blanchewater in S.A. 
 This hill is peaked, and to it Eyre steered his 
 way in 1840 through thirty-five miles of arid 
 country. The view from its summit so sickened 
 him of the surrounding country that he gave it 
 
 the name it bears and retraced his steps to Mount 
 Arden where he had left most of his party. 
 
 HOPKINS RIVER, in V., rises near Mount 
 Cole and falls into Lady Bay, having the town of 
 Warrnambool on its banks. It was named after 
 one of the earliest settlers on its banks. 
 
 HOTHAM, SIR CHARLES (1800-1855) second 
 Governor of V., was descended from an ancient 
 English family many members of which arrived at 
 distinction. He was son of the Rev. Frederick 
 Hotham prebendary of Rochester, and grandson 
 of the second Lord Hotham Baron of the Court 
 of Exchequer. He entered the navy in November 
 181S and was present in a gallant engagement 
 between the boats of the Naiad and a brig of war 
 alongside the walls of the fortress of Bona, in 
 which was a garrison of 400 soldiers who kept up 
 a tremendous fire almost perpendicularly on the 
 deck. In September 1825 he was made lieutenant 
 in the Revenge flag ship of Sir Harry Burrard 
 Neale of the Mediterranean station. He was next 
 appointed in May 1826 to the Medina 20 guns, and 
 in December 1827 first lieutenant of the Terror 
 and Meteor bombs. He distinguished himself on 
 the occasion of the wreck of the Terror, and in 
 consequence he was promoted to the rank of 
 commander in August 1828. After an interval 
 on half-pay he was appointed to the Cordelia 
 10 guns, and returned to the Mediterranean ; he 
 returned home in October 1833, having been raised 
 to the rank of post-captain in compliment to the 
 memory of his uncle, Vice-Admiral Hon. Sir 
 Henry Hotham K.C.B. He was appointed to the 
 Gorgon steam sloop, stationed on the coast of 
 South America, in November 1842. In November 
 1845 in conjunction with several British ships and 
 a small French force under Captain Tre'houart, 
 Hotham ascended the Parana and engaged with 
 four heavy batteries belonging to General Rosas 
 which he succeeded in demolishing, he also des- 
 troyed a schooner of war and twenty-four vessels 
 chained across the river. He landed towards the 
 close of the action with 180 seamen and 150 
 marines, and attacked and defeated the forces of 
 General Rosas, which were said to have amounted 
 to nearly 3000 men. In acknowledgment of his 
 zeal and ability he was in March 1846 nominated 
 a K.C.B. Mackinnon in his work, Steam War- 
 fare in the Parana, published in 1848, says in 
 reference to the brilliant affair on that river, 
 " The great secret of the success which crowned 
 almost every effort, with one miserable exception, 
 was due firstly to the excellent arrangements 
 which by the powers of steam were so perfectly 
 and expeditiously carried out, and secondly to the 
 admirable nature of the ordnance and the skilful 
 application of its various branches. Where the 
 leader is of great ability and possesses the confi- 
 dence of those under his command, coupled with 
 such materiel and personnel as Sir Charles Hotham 
 had under his control, it is not surprising that 
 everything succeeded admirably." Sir William Gore 
 Ouseley, her Majesty's Minister Plenipotentiary
 
 17G 
 
 CYOLOr.'EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Hot 
 
 to the States of La Plata, in his account of 
 the action says, "It was not believed that any- 
 serious objection would be made to the advance of 
 the blockading flotilla. However, when the fire 
 had been opened by the Buenos Ayreans at 
 Obligado, it became of course necessary to return 
 it and the result was the general engagement that 
 ensued. When it is recollected that the scale on 
 which the defences had been prepared was quite 
 unexpected and that the Buenos Ayrean force 
 employed was much greater than was anticipated 
 (amounting to about 4000 men) while the nature 
 of the other obstacles to be encountered was 
 previously unknown, it will be evident that the 
 skill and experience of the able officer who com- 
 manded the squadron were put to a severe test 
 and that it required his well-concerted arrange- 
 ments in the plans of attack and the gallantry 
 displayed in carrying them into effect to obtain 
 the successful result that added to the high 
 professional reputation of Sir Charles Hotham, 
 already too well known to require any 
 tribute here." He was afterwards in 1845-G 
 sent in conjunction with Baron Defandis on a 
 mission to Paraguay, and the manner in which he 
 discharged that important trust recommended him 
 to Her Majesty's Government. In April 1852 he 
 was appointed Minister Plenipotentiary to proceed 
 in company with M. L. de St. George on a joint 
 special mission to Brazil and the Republics of the 
 River Plata, for the purpose of promoting peace 
 between them, and more especially for the opening 
 up of the trade and navigation of the noble 
 arteries of that river. He succeeded in negotiating 
 the treaty, and the ability and perseverance he dis- 
 played on this occasion induced Her Majesty to 
 appoint him to the Governorship of Victoria in 
 succession to La Trobe. The Imperial Government 
 had intended to despatch a ship of war with the 
 new Governor, but the Russian dispute interfered 
 with this arrangement, and he was under the 
 necessity of taking his passage in the Queen of the 
 South. This vessel, with Sir Charles and Lady 
 Hotham on board entered Hobson's Bay on 21st 
 June 1854, accompanied by Captain Kaye as 
 private secretary to His Excellency. The moment 
 the vessel was signalled the Mayor of Melbourne 
 proceeded on board and informed His Excellency 
 of the preparations made to receive him. The 
 following morning Sir Charles landed on the 
 Sandridge pier, where he was received by the 
 principal officials, and welcomed by the whole of 
 the public bodies of the colony, which had turned 
 out for the occasion. The procession extended 
 from Sandridge nearly to Prince's bridge; the 
 road was lined with spectators who cheered 
 the newly-arrived Governor and his Lady most 
 heartily. A triumphal arch erected on the bridge 
 bore the words, " Victoria welcomes Victoria's 
 choice !" worked in blue letters on a white ground. 
 On reaching the Government offices Sir Charles 
 was officially installed; the proclamation and 
 letters patent of Eer Majesty, signed by the Duke 
 
 of Newcastle, were read, and His Excellency made 
 the official proclamation of having assumed the 
 government of the colony. Acting apparently on 
 the impulse of the moment, the Governor addressed 
 a few words to the people, stating " that in his 
 administration of the government of Victoria he 
 would look neither to the right hand nor to the 
 left." From the Government offices Sir Charles 
 and Lady Hotham proceeded to the vice-regal 
 residence at Toorak, a beautiful villa on the south 
 bank of the Yarra which had belonged to James 
 Jackson, a deceased merchant, but rented by the 
 Executive and fitted up for his Excellency's 
 reception at an extravagant cost. On the following 
 day he visited some of the public offices, and 
 finding some of the officials idle about eleven 
 o'clock in the forenoon he expressed his dis- 
 satisfaction. The people began to regard their 
 new Governor as a rigid disciplinarian, while 
 the public officials were rather uneasy and 
 discontented. The first official levee, held on 1st 
 July, the third anniversary of Separation, was 
 numerously attended by gentleman from all parts 
 of the colony, and the greetings exchanged between 
 the Governor and the Victorians were very cordial. 
 It was evident that Hotham had determined on 
 making himself extremely popular. His arrival 
 marked a new and brighter era in the history of 
 the colony. La Trobe had belonged to the " olden 
 times " and had never occupied the position nor 
 acquired the weight in the eyes of the people 
 which the representative of the Crown ought to 
 possess. He had risen from an humble position 
 and had merely by accident been placed in the 
 important office he occupied. Hotham had dis- 
 tinguished himself and was connected with the 
 best families in the parent state ; he was thus 
 enabled to commence his career under very favour- 
 able circumstances, and the good feeling towards 
 him was unbounded and was exhibited by every 
 class of the people. He visited the diggings and 
 the more important townships throughout the 
 colony, and everywhere his progress partook of 
 the character of an ovation. The old colonists 
 were under the impression that Hotham was an 
 experienced and cautious man who would exhibit 
 profound sagacity in administering the business of 
 the colony. They were much surprised when he 
 commenced his career in V. by a public profession 
 of democratic principles, and distrust of him soon 
 became general amongst that class. The truth is 
 even an experienced Governor would have had a 
 task of no ordinary difficulty to encounter on 
 assuming the reins of power at this time, and it is 
 not to be wondered at that Hotham, who was 
 utterly inexperienced in conducting a responsible 
 administration, should have failed His want of 
 experience might have been supplied by his 
 Executive Council, but they were not his cordial 
 supporters and rendered him but little assistance. 
 He found the whole of the affairs of the Govern- 
 ment in a state of fearful disorder. He endeavoured 
 to introduce some necessary reforms, and the
 
 Hot] 
 
 CYCtOP.TinU OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 177 
 
 officials were all afraid of his stumbling on abuses 
 which might get them into trouble. In this 
 juncture he visited the country districts, where he 
 replied to the popular sympathy which was so gene- 
 rally expressed by warm and generous responses, 
 not anticipating that these would be reported and 
 read in their literal sense. At a public dinner 
 held on 16th August at Geelong His Excellency in 
 the course of a speech said : — " The people of this 
 colony have adopted one of the most liberal con- 
 stitutions compatible with monarchy that the 
 people could have ; it is a constitution of your 
 own choosing, formed by your own representa- 
 tives, lauded by the press and admired by many 
 enlightened statesmen. When you adopted that 
 constitution you adopted with it the principle from 
 which it springs, that all power proceeds from the 
 people. It is on that principle I intend to conduct 
 my administration. In the present day a Govern- 
 ment cannot be conducted with satisfaction to the 
 people without the fullest and freest communica- 
 tion with the people." This language naturally 
 alarmed the holders of property and deepened 
 their distrust. From his responsible advisers the 
 Governor received neither advice nor sympathy. 
 They saw he was a martinet in discipline, and they 
 dreaded his inquisition into the gross abuses which 
 were rife in all the public departments, especially 
 the Treasury. A strong feeling of mutual dislike at 
 once sprung up between him and Foster the Chief 
 Secretary, which prevented any friendly mutual con- 
 sultation between them. There was an enormous 
 deficit in the revenue, and the Treasurer could 
 give no satisfactory account of how it had arisen. 
 Hotham set to work like a man who feared neither 
 risk nor toil. He discovered that he had been called 
 to a sphere where much difficulty and trouble 
 was inevitable if he did his duty, and he resolved 
 on doing what was right both to the people of 
 the colony and to his Sovereign, and to reform exist- 
 ing abuses regardless of his own ease and comfort. 
 But wanting experience, and destitute of efficient 
 aid and counsel, it was impossible for him to 
 govern wisely. The crisis came at length in the 
 revolt of the gold diggers at Ballarat, the narra- 
 tive of which event is given under the article 
 " Ballarat Riots." Hotham's conduct through- 
 out the whole course of this episode in Victorian 
 history was marked by an extraordinary mixture 
 of rashness and indecision, of arbitrary rule and 
 weak concession. Having mixed but little with 
 general society he formed too low an estimate of 
 the character, attainments and respectability of 
 those who formed the community. His position 
 prevented him from appreciating the feelings of 
 the great body of the colonists ; for notwithstand- 
 ing his popular professions he was distant in his 
 manners and inaccessible to the public. He was 
 besides very badly advised. Nothing could be 
 more impolitic than his attempt to suppress the 
 Ballarat revolt by force of arms, excepting his 
 subsequent futile attempt to convict some of the 
 rioters of the capital offence of high treason. 
 
 These most foolish and unconsidered official 
 acts ruined Hotham's reputation as a Governor 
 — gained him the dislike, rising to hatred, of 
 the mass of the people : destroyed his peace 
 and ultimately cost him his life. It was in 
 vain that, when he at length discovered what 
 fatal blunders he had made, he fell back 
 on constitutional expedients and endeavoured to 
 remedy the mischief that had been done. It was 
 too late. Even the forced resignation of Foster 
 and the appointment of a Royal Commission to 
 inquire into the grievances of the miners with a 
 view to their extinction were ineffectual to restore 
 public confidence. His selection of Haines as a 
 successor to Foster was a judicious step. From 
 this time till his death Hotham endeavoured to 
 govern on constitutional principles, and the colony 
 once more became tranquil and prosperous. On 
 18th December 1855 Nicholson carried in the 
 Legislative Assembly against the Haines Govern- 
 ment his resolution for establishing vote by ballot ; 
 and the difficulties which then ensued in the 
 formation of a new Administration preyed deeply 
 on Hotham's mind. On the morning of the 22nd 
 December he was seized with a choleraic affection 
 which intensified by mental disquietude terminated 
 fatally on the last day of the year. M'Combie's esti- 
 mate of Hotham's character is judicially impartial : 
 "His Excellency's demise was sudden and unex- 
 pected; indeed the people had not heard of his 
 illness before his death was announced. Mental 
 anxiety and disappointment accelerated his death. 
 He was a high-spirited officer who had been 
 accustomed to success, and who had he been sent 
 to the Crimea as had been intended would most 
 probably have nobly distinguished himself: but 
 who unfortunately misunderstood his position as 
 Governor of Victoria. He desired to follow the 
 example of Lord Metcalf, but he had neither his 
 long experience nor his great abilities; like him 
 he treated his ministers with spirit and determined 
 to stand out for prerogative, but he had not his 
 steady temper and unflinching self-reliance. His 
 manner also was unfortunately stiff, formal and 
 distant with such public men as came into contact 
 with him; unlike Lord Metcalf who was gifted 
 with so sweet a temper that he was beloved by his 
 greatest political opponents. As he had neither 
 sufficient experience nor ability to govern the 
 colony and would not submit to the misgovern- 
 ment which he found in operation, he wasted his 
 health and spirits in vain attempts to grapple with 
 what was beyond his reach, yet had he lived to 
 see constitutional government fairly introduced and 
 been practically convinced of the worthlessness of 
 some of his opinions he would have made a very 
 good Governor. No one can deny to him the credit 
 of having been thoroughly honest and anxious to 
 discharge all his duties with activity and zeal. 
 There was no intentional error which could be laid 
 to his charge. He went down to the grave with 
 his fame unsullied ; the mistake was clearly to be 
 laid at the door of the imperial authorities who
 
 178 
 
 CYCLOP/EBIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Hon— How 
 
 sent a first-rate naval officer, not to Sebastopool 
 where he was required, but to Victoria where he 
 was not wanted, and where a thoroughly-trained 
 and experienced statesman was really urgently 
 needed to bring into operation responsible Govern- 
 ment and to nip incipient rebellion in the bud. 
 The Legislative Council voted ,£1500 towards 
 defraying the expense of his burial and erecting a 
 monument to his memory. The funeral was 
 attended by all the officials and public bodies 
 belonging to the colony who were able to attend ; 
 indeed nothing was wanting on the part of the 
 colonists in performing the last sad rites to their 
 deceased Governor who was regarded by not a few 
 as a martyr in the cause of the colony." 
 
 HOUTMAN'S ABROLHOS, a group of islands 
 situated on the N.W. coast of the continent. They 
 form three groups, Pelsart group being separated 
 from Easter group by a channel four miles wide, 
 and the passage between the latter and the northern 
 group is six miles wide. The Abrolhos extend 
 forty-eight miles, the greatest width of Easter and 
 Pelsart groups being twelve miles. They derived 
 their name from Frederick Houtman of Alkmaar, 
 who commanded a fleet of Dutch East Indiamen 
 in 1618. On the 4th of June 1629 Francis Pelsart 
 a Dutch commodore was wrecked upon the 
 Abrolhos. He appears to have been the first 
 Dutchman who ever set foot upon the continent 
 of Australia. 
 
 HOVELL, WILLIAM HILTON (1786-1876) 
 explorer, a native of Yarmouth in England, was 
 brought up to maritime pursuits, and in 1813 
 arrived in Sydney with his family. For six years 
 he employed himself in trading along the coast and 
 to N.Z. and in 1819 settled down on a farm at 
 Narellan, N.S.W. Thence he made several excur- 
 sions, and on one occasion travelled from Ulladulla 
 to Shoalhaven. In 1824 he accompanied Hamilton 
 Hume in his overland journey of exploration to 
 Port Phillip. In 1826 he was one of the party who 
 formed a settlement at Western Port, V., and in 
 1829 he took up his residence at Goulburn N.S.W. 
 He died in Sydney in 1876. 
 
 HOWE, GEORGE, journalist. One of the 
 first acts of Governor Hunter after assuming the 
 Government of N.S.W. was establishing a small 
 printing office. The press and types had been 
 brought out originally by Governor Phillip, but 
 had never been used for want of a printer. A 
 printer was at last found in a young man named 
 Howe, a native of the West Indies, who arrived 
 in the colony in 1800. He was the father of the 
 Australian press. He published the first number 
 of the Sydney Gazette and N.S.W. Advertiser on 
 5th May 1803, receiving for it a salary of £60 per 
 annum from the Government. Howe died in 
 May 1821. 
 
 HOWE, MICHAEL, a notorious leader of a 
 gang of bushrangers in V.D.L. in 1817. After 
 surrendering to the Lieutenant-Governor on an 
 assurance of present safety and a recommendation 
 
 in his favour to Governor Macquarie, suspecting he 
 had been entrapped, Howe made his escape from 
 the gaol at Hobart Town and attempted to leave 
 in a ship for America. Foiled in this effort he 
 returned to his former desperate courses and was 
 apprehended a second time and secured ; but by 
 means of a knife which he had managed to conceal 
 he stabbed both the men who were guarding him, 
 and again took to the bush, where he subsisted for 
 some time with much difficulty on account of the 
 loss of his fire arms and the detestation with which 
 he had come to be regarded in consequence of his 
 atrocious crimes. Driven at length to enter a hut 
 with the hope of obtaining arms and ammunition, 
 he encountered a soldier and another man who 
 were lying in wait for him. They fell upon him 
 at once, and after a desperate struggle killed him 
 on the spot. 
 
 HOWICK'S GROUP consists of ten or eleven 
 islands off the N.E. coast of the continent, and 
 were named by King in honour of Lord Howick, 
 eldest son of Earl Grey. 
 
 HOWITT, ALFRED WILLIAM, explorer, a 
 son of William Howitt, the distinguished English 
 author, came to V. while still a youth and engaged 
 in squatting pursuits. He gained a reputation as 
 a fearless and energetic bushman ; and when the 
 relief party to send in quest of the Burke and 
 Wills expedition was projected in 1861 Howitt 
 was chosen leader. Near Swan Hill he met Brahe 
 returning with the intelligence that Burke had not 
 returned to the depot. Howitt was re-inforced and 
 sent forward. This party consisted of E. J. Welch, 
 surveyor, Wheeler, Brahe, Atkins, and two others. 
 He crossed the Darling near Wilcannia, and direct- 
 ing his course towards the Stokes Ranges (reached 
 and named by Sturt in 1845) passed M 'Adam Range, 
 Wilkie's Creek, Mount Shillinglaw, M'Leay's Plains 
 and finally the depot at Fort Wills on Cooper's 
 Creek on 8th September. On the 16th the party 
 found King the survivor ; two days after they buried 
 the remains of Wills, and on the 21st those of Burke. 
 Carrier pigeons brought from Menindie were des- 
 patched with intelligence, but they never reached 
 home. The relief party with King returned to 
 Melbourne on 28th November 1861. It having 
 been determined that the remains of Burke and 
 Wills should be brought to Melbourne, Howitt was 
 again sent to Cooper's Creek. His party consisted 
 of E. J. Welch, Dr. J. P. Murray, Phillips, Aitken, 
 Burrell, Galbraith, Williams, Short and four others. 
 They left Melbourne on 9th December 1861 ; 
 reached Port Wills on 18th February 1862 after 
 making several excursions in various directions, 
 and discovering Bateman's, Burrell's, Phillips, 
 O'Donnell's, and Williams' Creeks and Lake Short. 
 Howitt finally left Cooper's Creek in October 
 1862 for Adelaide. The remains of Burke and 
 Wills arrived in Adelaide on 11th December, 
 and in Melbourne on 28th December 1862. 
 Howitt, for these ami other services, was appointed 
 Police Magistrate of V., and stationed in Gippsland.
 
 Hum— Hun] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 m 
 
 He has made a profound study of the ethnology 
 
 and characteristics of the natives of Australia ; and 
 in 1880 published a work, in conjunction with the 
 Rev. L. Fison, on the marriage customs of two 
 noted tribes. 
 
 HUME, HAMILTON (1797-1873) explorer, 
 deserves to be ranked amongst the great explorers 
 of the continent. He was a native of N.S.W., 
 1 ii nil in 1 797 at Parramatta. He was a young man 
 of great daring and energy and an excellent bush- 
 man. In 1817 when only twenty years of age he 
 discovered Lake Bathurst. Seven years later in 
 conjunction with Captain Hovell, a man of great 
 intelligence and enterprise, he planned an expedi- 
 tion to the south for the purpose of discovering if 
 any large rivers fell into the sea in that direction. 
 The outfit of the explorers was of a very cheap 
 and unpretending description. The Government 
 supplied six pack-saddles, some slops and blankets, 
 six muskets, a tent and a tarpaulin, to be returned 
 at the termination of the journey. The provisions 
 and all other appliances were provided by the 
 leaders and their friends. The party, inclusive of 
 Hume and Hovell, consisted of eight persons. 
 They set out from Hume's farm near Appin, on 
 2nd October 1824, and in eleven days reached the 
 then most distant out-station towards the south- 
 west, about 165 miles from Sydney. On the 19th 
 having passed Yass Plains they reached the banks 
 of the Murrumbidgee River and encountered their 
 first difficulty in attempting to cross it. The 
 timber growing on its banks was too heavy to 
 float, and they were thus prevented from using it 
 to make a raft. They therefore determined to 
 attempt to make a boat of the body of one of 
 their carts, which they stripped of its axle, wheels, 
 and shafts, and securely covered with a tarpaulin ; 
 it was thus readily converted into a tolerably good 
 boat. Hume with one . of the men undertook the 
 dangerous enterprise of swimming across the river, 
 taking with them a small line which they carried 
 between their teeth, and to the middle of which 
 was attached a line of sufficient length to reach 
 across the stream. One of the ends of the tow. 
 rope was conveyed across the river by means of 
 the line. The roughness of the weather made this 
 undertaking hazardous. Leaving the banks of 
 this fine river they crossed high limestone ranges, 
 and on 24th their course was obstructed by a 
 mountain barrier. On 6th November they came 
 in sight of the mountains afterwards designated 
 the Australian Alps. Hume and Hovell having 
 ascended the side of a range were surprised by 
 the height and grandeur of the mountains. They 
 perceived that their progress in the direction of 
 the Alps would be impracticable, or attended with 
 considerable danger, and they at once decided on 
 proceeding fifty or sixty miles west. Continuing 
 their journey through a difficult but richly grassed 
 country, on 16th November they arrived suddenly 
 on the banks of a beautiful river 240 feet in 
 breadth, with a current of about three miles an 
 hour and the water clear. They named it the 
 
 Hume. Although this river is now called the 
 Murray throughout its whole course, the proper 
 name of the portion above the junction of the 
 Murrumbidgee is the Hume. Near the spot where 
 the explorers first struck the stream Hovell carved 
 his name in the solid wood of a large tree ; 
 " Hovell, Novr. 17, 1824." Eleven years after- 
 wards this tree was found by the first party taking 
 cattle overland to Port Phillip ; and the tree still 
 stands in a sound condition. It is situated 
 near the crossing place at Albury. It has been 
 fenced round in order to preserve it as a historical 
 landmark ; and a monument to Hume with a 
 suitable inscription is placed near it. On the 21st 
 they arrived at another river, probably a branch of 
 the Hume. On the 24th they reached another river, 
 the eighth which they had discovered and crossed. 
 This river was named the Ovens in compliment to 
 the Governor's private secretary, Major Ovens. 
 After crossing many small streams they arrived 
 on 3rd December at another fine river. This was 
 named the Goulburn, after the Secretary of State 
 for the colonies. The party were now beginning 
 to suffer from want of food. Uncertain of their 
 route it at length became impossible to proceed, 
 after having penetrated four miles into a dreadful 
 scrub. They named the place from which they 
 were driven back Mount Disappointment. On 
 14th December, from the summit of a hill which 
 they named Mount Bland, they obtained a view of 
 extensive plains which they named Bland Plains, 
 after Dr. Bland of Sydney. On 6th January they 
 fell in with an interesting tribe of natives. Their 
 journey homewards was rather slow in consequence 
 of the exhausted condition of both men and beasts. 
 They were rewarded by grants of laud, twelve 
 hundred acres each. Subsequently Hovell effected 
 a settlement at Western Port. Hume accompanied 
 Sturt in his expedition of 1828. Hume and his 
 brother in 1814 had made their way through the 
 mountains and discovered the country around their 
 residence — Bong-bong and Berrima. Two or three 
 years afterwards, in company with Mr. Meehan one 
 of the Government surveyors, Hume opened up the 
 Goulburn Plains and the country adjacent. Some 
 difference of opinion having occurred as to the 
 precedency of Hume or Hovell in the exploration 
 of 1826, he published in 1855 " A Brief Statement 
 of Facts in connection with an Overland Expedi- 
 tion from Lake George to Port Phillip in 1824." 
 A township, a river and an electoral district were 
 named after him, also a beautiful bridge erected 
 over the Yass. He was elected Fellow of the 
 Royal Geographical Society on the recommenda- 
 tion of two of its council. He died at Yass on 
 19th April 1873, aged seventy-six. 
 
 HUME RIVER, that portion of the Murray 
 River above the junction of the Murrumbidgee 
 River, named after Hume its discoverer in 1824. 
 It is now called the Murray. 
 
 HUNTER, CAPTAIN JOHN, navigator and 
 second Governor of N.S.W., arrived in Sydney on 
 7th September 1795. He had originally come out
 
 ]Mi 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Hun— Huo 
 
 as captain of the Sirius frigate in the first fleet 
 and had gone to England in 1791 with despatches 
 to the Home Government. In 1793 he published 
 in London "An Historical Account of Transactions 
 at Port Jackson." On Phillips relinquishing the 
 charge of the settlement Hunter had been chosen 
 to succeed him, and probably no better choice 
 could have been made than that of a man who had 
 taken a prominent part in founding the colony, 
 and who felt a personal interest in its success. 
 His arrival was hailed with joy by all the 
 inhabitants of the settlement, excepting the 
 military officers and their friends, whose iron 
 rule and crushing monopoly had made them 
 exceedingly unpopular with the rest of the 
 community. One of the first acts of Hunter after 
 assuming the Government was establishing a 
 small printing office. A printer was at last found 
 in George Howe. The press was at first employed 
 in printing official notices only, but in course of 
 time the office was extended and about eight 
 years afterwards the Sydney Gazette was estab- 
 lished. In 1796 Hunter made an expedition along 
 the course of the Nepean River and discovered 
 Mount Hunter and the country adjoining. In 
 1797 there was great distress in the colony. This sad 
 condition of things appears to have acquired its 
 greatest intensity under Hunter, who although a 
 man of the greatest kindness of heart and of the 
 highest honour and integrity, seems to have been 
 thwarted or very easily hoodwinked by the adroit 
 schemers by whom he was surrounded. His 
 unsuspicious nature and easiness of disposition 
 were frequently taken advantage of by designing 
 persons. He issued repeated orders and used all 
 his influence to suppress the gross impositions 
 practised on the mass of the community by the 
 privileged few, but his efforts were generally fruit- 
 less, and things went from bad to worse until 
 they became almost intolerable. Hunter embarked 
 for England on 28th September 1800. His depar- 
 ture was attended with every mark of respect and 
 regret. The road to the wharf was lined with 
 troops, and he was accompanied by the officers 
 of the civil and military departments, with a 
 concourse of inhabitants who showed by their 
 deportment the high sense they entertained of the 
 regard he had ever paid to their interests, and the 
 justice and humanity of his government. Lang, 
 speaking of Hunter's conduct as a ruler and his 
 character as a man, says : — " The second Governor 
 of N.S.W. was John Hunter, post-captain in the 
 Royal Navy. Hunter was a native of Scotland 
 and had been appointed in virtue of a special order 
 in Council second captain of the Sirius frigate in 
 1787 ; Captain Phillip having the temporary com- 
 mand of that vessel during the voyage to N.S.W, 
 aa well as the general command of the expedition 
 for the establishment of the colony. In this capacity 
 Hunter had made great exertions and undergone 
 great privations ; and the experience he had thus 
 acquired was calculated to qualify him for the more 
 important duty with which he was afterwards 
 
 entrusted. During his government the first free 
 settlers who emigrated to N.S.W. in pursuance 
 of Governor Phillip's recommendations arrived in 
 the territory; and one of their number, a Scotch- 
 man from the neighbourhood of Edinburgh, whose 
 sons are now substantial landholders in different 
 parts of the territory, has told me that the 
 Governor went with him in person to superintend 
 the measurement of his land, and to ascertain in 
 what way he could promote his settlement and 
 render it as comfortable as possible. Indeed 
 Governor Hunter appears to have been a man of 
 sound judgment, of strictly virtuous principles, 
 and of warm benevolence ; and had he not been 
 counteracted by the influences and the practices 
 I have already described the colony would have 
 prospered greatly under his administration, and 
 profligacy would have hidden her head and been 
 ashamed." 
 
 HUNTER RIVER, in N.S.W. (called by the 
 natives Coquon) was discovered and named in 
 honour of Governor Hunter by Shortland in Sep- 
 tember 1 797. It is situated about seventy miles to 
 the northward of Port Jackson, and disembogues 
 into Port Hunter at the harbour of Newcastle, so 
 called on the account of the coal mines in its neigh- 
 bourhood. It has its rise from several streams on 
 the Liverpool Range, and runs in a southerly and 
 easterly direction for upwards of 200 miles from 
 the ranges of the interior to the Pacific Ocean. It 
 is navigable only for about twenty-five miles in a 
 direct line, or about thirty-five miles by water from 
 the coast. At the distance of about twenty miles 
 by water from Newcastle it receives another river 
 of considerable magnitude from the northward 
 called the Williams River, and at the head of navi- 
 gation, or about thirty-five miles by water from 
 Newcastle, it receives a second river, the Patterson, 
 each of which is navigable for a considerable dis- 
 tance greater than the principal stream or main 
 river. In consequence of the fertility of the soil 
 along these rivers, and the extent of water com- 
 munication which exists, these districts are the 
 finest in the colony. 
 
 HUNTER ISLAND (or Barren Island;) 
 This island well deserves its second name, for it is 
 perfectly treeless. A green kind of scrub over- 
 runs its surface, and its highest point is 300 feet 
 above the level of the sea. It is in form like a 
 closed hand with the forefinger extended, and is 
 situated in Bass Straits, near the N.W. point of T. 
 
 HU0N RIVER, a river of T. falling into 
 D'Entrecasteaux Channel about thirty miles below 
 Hobart Town. It was named by D'Entrecasteaux 
 after its discoverer Huon Kermadec his companion 
 in 1792. A road from Hobart Town leads to the 
 village of Victoria on the Huon amidst beautiful 
 scenery. There is some agricultural settlements 
 along the banks on both sides. A local guide book 
 thus describes the scenery — " If our excursion be 
 made in summer pleasant is it to dip again under 
 the mighty colonnade of lofty trees and enjoy the
 
 Hur-Xml] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LSI 
 
 coolness and indescribable beauty of the uncleared 
 
 forest. Looking down from the road the eye 
 luxuriates in a wide expanse of loveliest verdure. 
 Countless fern trees form an undulating mass of 
 graceful feathery crowns with here and there an 
 unusually lofty stem rising above the rest lifting- 
 its dome of foliage as if in pride of pre-eminent 
 beauty, whilst spires of shining sassafras shoot up 
 in exquisite groups and the towering eucalypti 
 overtop the whole. In the spring the Clematis 
 often enfolds old trees as with a bridal robe of 
 snowy flowers, the Comesperma clusters and 
 tangles over the brake ferns looking at a distance 
 as though a mantle of azure silk had been dropped 
 upon them ; pyramidal daisy trees gleam forth in 
 a constellation of stars, the yellow Goodenia, the 
 ever-lovely tea-tree, Epacridaj of every tint from 
 white to crimson, Pimeleas, Correas and countless 
 other flowering shrubs fringe the path by turns, 
 whilst ferns, mosses and lichens of wondrous beauty 
 lurk in every dim green dell to delight the explorer. 
 Suddenly at a turn in the winding terrace-road a 
 grand cascade bursts on the view r , pouring down a 
 gorge of black craggy rocks in one impetuous 
 foaming torrent which passes beneath the road and 
 plunges into the depths of a ravine beyond. The 
 ebon-hued rocks, the volume of gleaming water 
 flinging off here and there sprays and threads of 
 burnished silver as it rushes and roars down the 
 almost precipitous chasm, and the grand sombre 
 forest scene around, ought to tempt some worthy 
 pencil to portray their glories. The low flats 
 beside the river are almost wholly covered with 
 orchards which form a rich varied scene when in 
 full blossom with here and there a roof or chimney 
 peering out amidst great pear trees veiled in flower 
 snow ; apple bloom pink-blushing and profuse as 
 Devon or Herefordshire could display ; gigantic 
 weeping willows and hedges of hawthorn dipping 
 fragrant wreaths into the running river — reviving 
 recollections of English paradises — would be 
 succeeded by hanging gardens of native shrubs. 
 The Tasmanian laurel in its peerless beauty of 
 pearly cluster and emerald leaf ; the singular and 
 striking white grass tree ; acacias whose name is 
 legion lavish of golden fringe and dainteous 
 perfume ; glowing epacridae with all the countless 
 crowd of treasures that love to dwell by the river's 
 rim, — add a multitude of exquisite touches to the 
 loveliness of the scene. One real Huon pine 
 after long keen search amongst the varied foliage 
 rewarded our perseverance by appearing, and was 
 the only specimen we saw. The growth and bright 
 green foliage resemble those of the Oyster Bay 
 pine more than any other indigenous tree. The 
 forests whence the grand trunks come which are so 
 important in commerce are far away among the 
 steep mountain gorges, a terra incognita to the 
 ordinary traveller." The Huon pine is of great 
 value as a timber for ornamental furniture, and 
 immenso quantities of it are cut and exported. 
 Fine timber for shipbuilding purposes also abounds. 
 The forest-trees are of gigantic size, some of them 
 
 measuring ninety feet in circumference. At the 
 mouth of the Huon is a pretty island of about 300 
 acres called Huon Island, and on the northern side 
 of the river five miles from the entrance there is a 
 beautiful bay named by the French discoverers the 
 Fort of Swan's. 
 
 HURDSPIC, a station in the district of Wel- 
 lington N.S.W., was named by Oxley after Captain 
 Hurd, Hydrographer to the Admiralty. 
 
 HUTT, a river in W.A., situated in Victoria 
 Land. This river rises in the Victoria Range and 
 flows into the sea near Mount Naturaliste. It was 
 named after Governor Hutt, and discovered by 
 Grey in 1839. 
 
 ILLAWARRA, a beautiful fertile and romantic 
 district in N.S.W., commencing at the Coal Cliff 
 about thirty miles N. of Sydney, and consisting of 
 a belt of land lying between the coast ranges and 
 the ocean and extending southwards for a distance 
 of about sixty miles to Shoalhaven. It is of 
 exuberant fertility and thickly populated, being 
 the principal district for supplying Sydney with 
 dairy produce of about £600,000 sterling yearly 
 value. The geological formation is that of the coal 
 measures with several areas of intrusive sub- 
 aqueous volcanic rocks, many seams of coal of 
 commercial value, all above water-level from five 
 to twenty-five feet in thickness, are seen cropping 
 out of the mountain sides ; the top one only is at 
 present worked at Wollongong, Bulli, and Coal 
 Cliff by adits driven in on the seam of coal, which 
 is of very superior quality for use of steam 
 shipping and smelting purposes. At Mount Kembla 
 about five miles from Wollongong, a seam of 
 kerosene shale is also worked. Lime-stone, fire- 
 clays and rich iron ores are abundant. The chief 
 towns and seaports are Wollongong, Kiama, Cliff- 
 town and Bulli. There is a beautiful and pic- 
 turesque lake of the same name in the district. 
 
 IMLAY, GEORGE, ALEXANDER & PETER, 
 three brothers who explored and took up country 
 in the Twofold Bay district, N.S.W., about the 
 year 1825. They gradually erected stations for 
 their cattle at Pambula, Candelo and Bega. In 
 December 184(5 one of the brothers, Dr. George 
 Imlay R.N., accidentally shot himself dead when 
 hunting in the neighbourhood of the station. The 
 second brother, Dr. Alexander Imlay of the Army 
 Medical Staff in Sydney, died in March 1847 in 
 his forty-seventh year. Peter Imlay is the sole 
 surviving brother. 
 
 IMLAY, MOUNT, a mountain of N.S.W. near 
 Twofold Bay, w T as named after the Indays, who first 
 explored the adjacent country. It is about 3000 
 feet above the level of the sea, and can be seen in 
 clear weather twenty leagues out at sea. It affords 
 a good land-mark, more especially as a guide to 
 Twofold Bay.
 
 182 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Ind— Ips 
 
 INDENTED HEAD, the Eastern comer of Corio 
 
 Bay in V., was discovered and named by Flinders 
 in 1802. 
 
 INDIAN HEAD, on the E. coast of the conti- 
 nent, was named by Cook from his having perceived 
 upon this black bluff a great number of natives 
 assembled. 
 
 INNES, FREDERICK MAITLAND (1816—) 
 came to V.D.L. in 1833 and first entered the Tas- 
 manian Parliament at the inauguration of free 
 institutions in the end of 1856. The following 
 year the first Ministry was displaced and Innes 
 took office as Colonial Treasurer, and also for a 
 short period filled the position of Colonial Secre- 
 tary in the administration of Sir Francis Smith 
 until 1862. On becoming Colonial Secretary 
 Innes entered the Legislative Council where he 
 sat until November 1871, when he was called upon 
 to form an administration. Taking the office of 
 Treasurer he returned to the Assembly. Whilst a 
 member of the Council he was for some years 
 Chairman of Committees and for the last five 
 years President of that branch of the Legislature. 
 He was instrumental in passing several measures 
 of importance. The chief of these was the giving 
 to municipal and local bodies an extended fran- 
 chise, control of police and the extension of the 
 principle of local self-government generally. 
 Innes had to contend with the depression of com- 
 mercial, agricultural and other interests in T. He 
 took office and held it during a period of very 
 serious difficulty. 
 
 INNES, JOSEPH GEORGE LONG (1834—) 
 a native of Sydney, was called to the English 
 Bar in 1859 and admitted to the Bar of N.S.W. 
 in 1862. In 1865 he was appointed District 
 Judge in Q. but resigned in 1869 to return to 
 practice in Sydney. He was elected to the 
 Assembly in 1872 ; made Solicitor-General the 
 same year, and in 1873 Attorney-General, which 
 office he held until 1875. He was called to the 
 Upper House in 1872. In 1874 he accompanied 
 Sir Hercules Robinson on his special mission to 
 Fiji and was knighted for his services on that 
 occasion. Since 1875 he has been Chairman of 
 Committees of the Legislative Council. 
 
 INSPECTION HILL, a mountain situated at 
 the southern extremity of Sweers Island in the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria ; it is 104 feet above the level 
 of t lie sea, and is the most remarkable feature here- 
 abouts. From Mount Inspection, the highest land 
 in the neighbourhood, a glimpse can be obtained 
 of the mainland bearing S. 17° W. above eighteen 
 miles. This hill is a mass of calcareous rock 
 similar to the high parts of Bountiful Island. 
 
 INVERCARGILL, the capital of the province 
 
 of Southland X.Z., is situated at the mouth of the 
 .\< u River about twenty miles X.W. of the Bluff, 
 with which it is connected by railway. It is about 
 l.Mi miles B.W. from Port Chalmers by sea. The 
 population is about loon. Large quantities of 
 wool and grain are produced, and are shipped 
 
 direct from the Bluff to London and Melbourne. 
 The extensive forests around the town give an 
 immense trade in shipping timber to less-favoured 
 localities. Nearly twelve million feet are sawn 
 annually. Another feature of the trade is the 
 export of preserved meats from the works at 
 Woodlands. The district is principally taken up 
 for pastoral purposes ; but within a radius of 
 thirty miles of the coast agricultural operations 
 are successfully carried on by a large number of 
 settlers. The soil generally is very productive, the 
 climate ecpiable and suitable for the growth of all 
 products common to Britain. 
 
 INVESTIGATOR GROUP is a group of islands 
 lying off the S.E. head of Anxious Bay S.A., on 
 the W. part of the coast. It was so called by 
 Flinders from the Investigator having anchored to 
 the N. of it in 1802. It comprises Flinders Island, 
 Topgallant Isles (3,) Ward Islands (2,) Pearson 
 Islands (6,) and Waldegrave Islands (2.) 
 
 INVESTIGATOR STRAIT, formed by 
 Kangaroo Island with the southern part of Yorke's 
 Peninsula S.A., is upwards of seventeen leagues 
 in length, and averages about twenty-three miles 
 in breadth, with the exception of Althorpe Isles, 
 and a shoal flat that extends four or five miles off 
 a very low point to the westward of Troubridge 
 Hill. This strait is free from dangers, and of an 
 ample depth of water. " From forty-five fathoms 
 in the middle of the western entrance the depth 
 diminishes quickly to twenty-five, then more 
 slowly to twenty ; after which it is irregular 
 between twelve and twenty fathoms, as far as the 
 mouth of the Gulf of St. Vincent. Of the two 
 sides that of Kangaroo Island is much the deepest, 
 but there is no danger in any part to prevent a 
 ship passing through the strait with perfect con- 
 fidence. The bottom is mostly broken shells, 
 mixed with sand, gravel, or coral, and appears to 
 hold well." Since Flinders wrote thus in 1802, the 
 safe navigation of the strait has been much facili- 
 tated by the establishment of lights on Cape 
 Borda and on Troubridge Shoals. This strait is 
 so called after the ship in which Flinders per- 
 formed his voyage of discovery on the S. coast. 
 
 INVESTIGATOR ROAD lies between Sweer's 
 and Bentinck's Islands, in the Gulf of Carpen- 
 taria N.A. It is the only anchorage for vessels at 
 the head of the Gulf in the monsoons. This road 
 is four miles in length by one in breadth, with 
 a depth of from four to six fathoms. 
 
 IPSWICH, the second town of importance in Q., 
 situated on the Bremer River, twenty-three miles 
 W. from Brisbane, with which it is connected by 
 a railway, opened for traffic in June 1875. Ipswich 
 was settled at an early date in the history of the 
 Moreton Bay district, and was incorporated into 
 a municipality on 2nd March i860. The surround- 
 ing district is agricultural. The population is 
 about 8(.oo. There are some rich seams of coals 
 on the banks of the Brisbane and Bremer which 
 have been worked for some time with profitable
 
 Ire— Jer] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 183 
 
 results ; the coal crops out from the surface and 
 needs little labour in the obtaining. A woollen 
 manufactory is in full work, and a clothing factory 
 has been established recently for the purpose of 
 making up the Ipswich tweeds. 
 
 IRELAND, RICHARD DAVIS (1810—1877) 
 jurist, was a native of Dublin, and was admitted 
 to the Irish bar in 1838. He came to V. in 1852, 
 and at once rose into celebrity as an advocate in 
 criminal cases. He successfully defended the Bal- 
 larat rioters, and gained immense popularity by 
 his readiness and skill in forensic oratory. He was 
 elected to the Assembly in 1859, and joined the 
 Haines Ministry as Solicitor-General. In 1861 he 
 was Attorney-General in the O'Shanassy Adminis- 
 tration, and, with Duffy, obtained a pension of 
 ,£1000 a-year under the pension clause in the 
 Constitution Act, subsequently repealed. His sub- 
 sequent political career was of an intermittent 
 kind ; but he retained his celebrity at the bar till 
 the last. Ireland was a man of very great powers 
 as an advocate, a brilliant speaker, and an able 
 debater ; in short, an Irish barrister of the days of 
 O'Connell and Whiteside. 
 
 IRWIN RIVER, in W. A., named after Governor 
 Irwin. Between it and the Murchison there are 
 thousands of square miles in which valuable 
 minerals have been proved to exist. 
 
 IRWIN, LIEUTENANT-COLONEL, Acting 
 Lieutenant-Governor of W.A. from September 
 1832 to September 1833, and again from February 
 1847 to July 1848. The only fact recorded of his 
 early administration is that he discovered a certain 
 description of soft bark excellent for cooking fish 
 in, and it was thought that it might prove a valu- 
 able export which " would be competed for by the 
 Hite of the English gastronomes of the London 
 clubs." 
 
 J. 
 
 JACKSON, WILLIAM, one of Fawkner's party 
 in V. He landed at Point Ormond and led a party 
 through the bush to the banks of the Yarra which 
 they crossed above the Falls and camped, waiting 
 for the Enterprise to get up the river. This was 
 done on 29th August 1835. 
 
 JACKSON, PORT. See Port Jackson. 
 
 JACOBSZ, FRANCIS, carpenter to Tasman's 
 voyage in 1642, performed the ceremony of plant- 
 ing a standard and taking possession of V.D.L. in 
 the Prince's name, at Frederik Hendrik's Ray on 
 3rd December 1642. 
 
 JACKY JACKY, a faithful native black, who 
 accompanied Kennedy till the explorer was killed 
 by the blacks in 1848. Jacky escaped them by 
 going into the creek and keeping his head only 
 above water till he was picked up by the Albion. 
 
 JAFFA CAPE in S.A.— (Cape Bernodilli of 
 the last edition of the Admiralty coast-sheets) is a 
 piece of sandy land, but rising from the beach to a 
 
 moderate elevation and well wooded. West four 
 miles from the cape lies a small islet on which a 
 beacon has been erected. This islet is 300 yards in 
 circumference and is visible three miles off. There 
 are several other rocky patches in the neighbour- 
 hood. From the cape northwards the land trends 
 to the E.N.E., forming a shallow bay with good 
 anchorage called Lacepede Bay. 
 
 JAMIESON'S VALLEY, a valley of N.S.W. 
 on the Great Western-road fifty-nine miles from 
 Sydney. The water which rises in this valley, so 
 named by Governor Macquarie after Sir John 
 Jamieson, is considerable ; but the wild scenery of 
 the inaccessible valley into which it vanishes is 
 worthy of attention. 
 
 JARDINE, F. L. and A., explorers, two brothers, 
 sons of the Police Magistrate at Cape York, 
 explored the country from Rockhampton to the 
 Cape in 1864. It was the first time that the terri- 
 tory lying between the Gulf of Carpentaria and the 
 sea had ever been traversed by any European. 
 The journey was to the last degree toilsome and 
 hazardous, but the youthful explorers never lost 
 heart for a moment and finished their heroic task 
 in the most gallant style. They arrived safe and 
 well at their father's house on 13th March 1865. 
 
 JASON MOUNT, amountainof N.S.W.situatcd 
 in the district of Wellington, is the northernmost 
 point of Croker's range. This is the Mount 
 Hawkins of Oxley, but was classically named 
 Jason by Mitchell at the request of Cunningham. 
 
 JEFFCOTT, WILLIAM, succeeded Judge Willis 
 as Resident Judge of Port Phillip in 1843, but 
 he did not retain the situation more than two 
 years. He resigned, and was afterwards appointed 
 Recorder of Singapore, which office he held till his 
 death a few years afterwards. 
 
 JERVIS CAPE, is a high bold projection of the 
 mainland, forming the E. point of entrance to the 
 Gulf of St. Vincent S.A. The high land which 
 forms this cape is much intersected by gullies, and 
 projects occasionally in bold cliffy extremes, the 
 northernmost of which, marked on the chart N.W. 
 of High Bluff, is seven miles N.N.E. from the 
 western extremity of the cape, and round its N. 
 side forms a bight open to the westward. The 
 S.W. or most projecting extremity of this prominent 
 headland does not present so steep a face to the 
 sea as in other parts of it, but slopes gradually 
 from the hills, about two miles inland. A ledge 
 of rocks runs off the northern part of Cape Jervis, 
 about twelve cables length. Inside the rocks 
 is found a convenient little boat-harbour. The 
 soundings off the reef increase very rapidly from 
 four to eleven fathoms. This cape is separated 
 from Kangaroo Island by Backstairs Passage. 
 
 JERVIS BAY, a beautiful bay and harbour of 
 N.S.W. The entrance is two miles wide and 
 inside there is a bay or harbour from three to 
 four leagues in length and two in width. It is 
 considered a safe port for ships of all sizes and 
 i is eighty miles from Sydney. It is large and
 
 184 
 
 CYCLOP/EDTA OF ATTSTRAIASIA. 
 
 [Jer— Joh 
 
 commodious, easy of access and affording shelter 
 from all winds and having room for upwards of 200 
 sail of ships, with plenty of wood and water. It 
 was discovered by Lieutenant Bowen in August 
 1791 and named after Admiral Sir John Jervis. 
 
 JERVOIS, WILLIAM FRANCIS D., C.B., 
 C.C.M.G. (1821—) is the eldest son of General 
 Jervois, Colonel of the 76th Regiment, Commander of 
 the forces in Hongkong and for some time Governor 
 of that island. At the age of eighteen having passed 
 at Woolwich he entered the Royal Engineers, and 
 after completing the usual course at Chatham was 
 sent in 1841 to the Cape of Good Hope. In 1842 
 he was Brigade-Major in an expedition against 
 the Boers. During the next three years he was 
 employed at various frontier stations superintend- 
 ing the formation of roads, the erection of bridges 
 and the establishment of military posts. In 1845 
 he was appointed Acting Adjutant to the Royal 
 Engineers and accompanied the Chief Engineer 
 over the whole frontier of Cape Colony and Natal. 
 In 1846 he was appointed Major of Brigade to the 
 garrison at Cape Town until the arrival of Sir H. 
 Pottinger as Governor. He then accompanied Sir 
 G. Berkeley the new Commander-in-Chief on an 
 expedition against the Kaffirs, and served under 
 him throughout the Kaffir war in 1846-7. During 
 that war he surveyed 1000 miles of Kaffir Land 
 and executed a map of 2000 miles of that country. 
 Fur this service he received a medal. Returning 
 to England after the conclusion of that war he 
 commanded a company of Sappers at Woolwich 
 and Chatham from 1848 to 1852. In 1852 he 
 was ordered to the island of Alderney for the 
 purpose of designing plans for fortifications and 
 superintending their execution. In 1854 he was 
 made a Major. In 1855 he was transferred to the 
 London District as Commander of the Royal 
 Engineers. He was nominated by Lord Panmure 
 to the Committee on Barrack Accommoda- 
 tion whose labours contributed much to the 
 sanitary improvement and comfort of the 
 barrack life of the troops. In 1856 he was 
 appointed Assistant Inspector-General of Fortifi- 
 cations under Sir John Burgoyne. He was shortly 
 afterwards appointed by the Government as Secre- 
 tary to the Royal Commission on the Defences of 
 the country. He was also a member of the special 
 Committee on the application of iron to ships of 
 war and fortifications. In 1861 he was made 
 Lieutenant-Colonel. The next year he was 
 appointed Deputy Director of Fortifications under 
 Sir John Burgoyne. In 1863 he was made a 
 Companion of the Bath. During that year he was 
 sent to British North America to examine and 
 report upon the fortifications of Canada, Nova 
 Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward's 
 Island. Whilst on that side of the Atlantic he 
 visited all the principal ports of the United States 
 and surveyed their fortifications. In 1864 he was 
 again sent to Canada to report on the defences. 
 His report was laid before Parliament, and his 
 recommendations were carried out by the Imperial 
 
 Government. New defence works at the naval 
 arsenals of England have also been carried out 
 under his directions, and he was appointed Secre- 
 tary to the Permanent Defence Committee under 
 the presidency of the Duke of Cambridge. After 
 his return from Canada he was sent to report on 
 the defences of Bermuda, Malta and Gibraltar. 
 In 1871 he was intrusted by the Government of 
 India with the work of examining the defences of 
 the harbours of that part of the British dominions. 
 Tn 1874 he was gazetted a Companion of the Bath. 
 In 1875 he was appointed Governor of the Straits 
 Settlements. In 1877 he was in compliance with 
 the request of the Governments of some of the 
 Australian colonies sent by the Imperial Govern- 
 ment to give advice on the best means of defence 
 of the Australian coast. Whilst performing these 
 duties he was in the same year appointed Governor 
 of S.A. 
 
 JOHNSON, RICHARD (1760-1814)first colonial 
 chaplain, came out in the " First Fleet " in 1788. 
 He was educated at Cambridge where in 1784 he 
 took the degree of B.A. and was Senior Optime 
 of that year. In July 1793 the erection of the first 
 place of worship built in the colony was com- 
 menced. The undertaking was carried out entirely 
 by voluntary effort. Johnson had been zealous in 
 his endeavours to induce the Government to build 
 a church, but the urgent need for public stores and 
 dwelling-places had prevented his request being 
 acceded to. Seeing no near prospect of the erec- 
 tion of a church by the Government, he at length 
 resolved to make a commencement himself. The 
 site selected was on the east side of the Cove ; the 
 design was cruciform, the dimensions of the 
 central portion or nave were seventy-three feet by 
 fifteen with a transept of forty feet by fifteen. 
 The materials used were posts with wattles and 
 plaster the roof being of thatch. The cost of the 
 building when completed was £40. Divine service 
 was performed in it for the first time on Sunday 
 25th August 1793. " On the first Sunday after 
 Governor Hunter's arrival," says Palmer, " the 
 Rev. Mr. Johnson in his sermon exposed the 
 last Government, their extortion, their despot- 
 ism, their debauchery and ruin of the colony, 
 driving it almost to famine by the sale of goods at 
 1200 per cent, profit. He congratulated the colony 
 on the abolition of the military Government and 
 the restoration of a civil one and of the laws ; and 
 orders are this day given out that no officer shall 
 sell any more liquor." The promulgation of such 
 an address at such a time is a proof of his faith- 
 fulness and courage. He had embraced the 
 peculiar views of the Moravian Methodists ; he 
 was an excellent and zealous pastor, but of too 
 retiring, quiet and meek a character to exercise 
 much personal influence on the men who had con- 
 trol of affairs at the period in question. He 
 devoted considerable attention to horticulture and 
 was the first to introduce the orange into the 
 colony. His orchard was at Kissing Point, and 
 his trees were grown from seeds which he had
 
 Johl 
 
 CKLOFJEDl.K Of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 1«5 
 
 procured at Rio Janeiro on the voyage ; it is 
 said they produced abundance of fruit, and 
 that the oranges frequently brought as much as 
 a shilling each. His horticultural operations 
 were after a time carried out on a somewhat 
 extensive scale, and were so remarkably success- 
 ful in a money-making point of view, that when 
 he left the colony in 1802 after a residence of 
 fourteen years he took with him a fortune. From 
 his quiet and inoffensive character very little is 
 said respecting him in the early accounts of the 
 colony. 
 
 JOHNSTON, GEORGE, Commander of the 
 N.S.W. Corps, came to the colony with Phillip in 
 the "First Fleet," and volunteered to serve in the 
 corps with the rank of major on its formation in 1 790. 
 When the Castle Hill insurrection broke out in 1804 
 Johnston, with twenty-four soldiers of the corps, 
 pursued the insurgents; they halted and turned 
 round to fight, but lie charged with so much deter- 
 mination into their midst that they were quickly 
 routed, and fled in all directions, leaving several of 
 their number dead on the spot. In the revolt 
 against Rligh, Johnston played a leading part. He 
 took part with Macartbur and the sis officers, who 
 urged their commander to usurp the government 
 and depose Bligh. Johnston resolved at all events 
 to liberate Macarthnr, and sent an order to the gaol 
 for his release. This order, signed "George Johnston 
 J. P. Lieut.-Governor and Major commanding the 
 N.S.W. Corps," was obeyed. Macarthnr thus freed 
 returned to the barracks, drew up a requisition 
 desiring Johnston to place Bligh under arrest, signed 
 his own name first at the foot of it, and procured 
 seven or eight more signatures. Thus fortifiedwith 
 something which might serve as an expression of 
 the will of the people, Johnston got his regiment 
 under arms, formed them in the barrack-square, 
 and marched down to Government House, with 
 bayonets fixed, band playing and colours displayed. 
 It was then about half-past six in the evening and 
 quite light. Lieutenant Bell, who commanded the 
 Governor's guard, ordered his men to prime and 
 load. They did so but immediately afterwards 
 joined their comrades. The Governor's daughter, 
 the widow of Lieutenant Putland of the navy, alone 
 attempted to resist the entrance of the officers, and 
 in a few minutes Johnston was in possession of the 
 building. All who were in the house were arrested 
 — the provost-marshal, the Governor's secretary, 
 the chaplain, and several magistrates. After some 
 time Bligh himself was found in his bedroom, 
 whither he had gone to fetch papers of importance, 
 intending to evade his pursuers and take horse 
 for the Hawkesbury, believing that the settlers 
 there would remain loyal to his person. He was 
 brought down into the drawing-room, presented 
 with a letter announcing the fact of his arrest, and 
 confronted with Johnston himself. Johnston con- 
 firmed the letter, proclaimed martial law, locked 
 up Bligh's papers and the great seal of the colony, 
 and stationed a guard round the house to prevent 
 escape. The deposition of Bligh occurred on 26th 
 
 January 1808, the twentieth anniversary of the 
 founding of the colony. The next morning a pro- 
 clamation announced the change of government, 
 Bligh was kept under close arrest, Atkins was sus- 
 pended from his office as judge-advocate, and Captain 
 Abbot appointed in his stead. The magistrates were 
 replaced by gentlemen known to be unfriendly to 
 the deposed Governor ; the provost-marshal and 
 others who had assisted Atkins in his proceedings 
 were punished by imprisonment ; and bonfires and 
 illuminations were made by a large number of tin- 
 townspeople. On 2nd February Macartbur was 
 tried before a tribunal composed of his own friends, 
 Grimes the Surveyor-General acting as Judge- 
 Advocate, was unanimously acquitted, and ten days 
 afterwards made a magistrate and Secretary of the 
 colony. In July Lieutenant-Colonel Foveaux, who 
 had been absent on leave, returned from England 
 and superseded Johnston. Foveaux, upon being 
 informed of the rebellion, determined to take no 
 steps until he should hear from the British 
 Government, to whom he transmitted full accounts 
 of the proceedings of all concerned. Bligh was 
 still kept under arrest, but next year Colonel 
 Paterson returned from Port Dalrymple in T. and 
 superseded Foveaux. Johnston proceeeded by 
 order to undergo an inquiry into the Bligh affair. 
 The inquiry was held in 1811, and Johnston was 
 cashiered. He returned to the colony, where he 
 continued to reside until his death, which took 
 place at Annandale, his estate near Sydney, on 
 5th January 1826. 
 
 JOHNSTON, R., a Lieutenant iu the Royal 
 Navy, was in 1820 despatched from Sydney on an 
 expedition along the east coast in the cutter 
 Snapper. He was also to make inquiries about 
 the fate of Captain Stewart and his party, who 
 had been sent out by the Government in a small 
 vessela few months before tomakean examination 
 in the neighbourhood of Twofold Bay. Stewart's 
 party had never been heard of after leaving 
 Sydney, and were believed to have perished in the 
 sea. Johnston discovered a river called by the 
 natives Bundoo, but which he named the Clyde, 
 and up which he sailed nearly thirty miles and 
 learned the fate of Stewart from the aborigines on 
 its banks ; he also learned the fate of a man 
 named Briggs and his companions, runaways from 
 Sydney, who were supposed to have left Port 
 Jackson in a whalcboat and had never afterwards 
 been heard of. Johnston met some natives who 
 told him that Stewart, having lost his boat near 
 Twofold Bay, was endeavouring to make his way 
 back by land to Sydney, when he and his crew 
 were cut off by the natives of Twofold Bay. 
 Briggs and his companions were upset in Bateman's 
 Bay, and being at a considerable distance from the 
 land were not able to reach the shore. " But" adds 
 Johnston, "as I saw knives, tomahawks, and part of 
 the boat's gear in their huts, I believe that these 
 runaways suffered the same fate as the unfortunate 
 Stewart, and that this very tribe were probably 
 their murderers," 
 
 a2
 
 m 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LJor— Kan 
 
 JONES, RICHARD (1816—) journalist, came 
 to N.S.W. in 1838, and worked four years on 
 the Monitor and on the Australasian Chronic/,: 
 In connection with Tucker, he established the 
 Maitland Mercury in 1842. Both carried on the 
 newspaper until 1846, when Jones bought the 
 interest of his partner, and conducted the Mer- 
 cury until 1854, when he sold it again to Tucker, 
 Cracknell and Falls. Jones returned to Sydney 
 in March 1855, and during that year offered him- 
 self for the representation of the New England 
 district in Parliament but was defeated. In" 1856 
 when the first Parliament under Responsible 
 Government was being formed he was returned 
 for Durham, with the late W. M. Arnold and 
 S. D. Gordon. Jones continued to represent that 
 electorate until the new Electoral Act came into 
 force in 1859. In 1857 on the retirement of 
 Parkes, Jones joined the Cowper administration 
 as Colonial Treasurer, and in January following 
 on personal grounds retired from the Government, 
 but still supported them. In 1859 he was returned 
 under the new Electoral Act for the Hunter dis- 
 trict. He was entrusted by Governor Denison to 
 form a Government to replace the Foster adminis- 
 tration, but declined, and advised the Governor 
 to send for Sir J. Robertson. He retired from 
 Parliament in 1860. 
 
 JORDAN RIVER, a beautiful river of T. which 
 rises near Oatlands, and running through that town 
 falls into the Derwent below Brighton. It is 
 fancifully named after the Scriptural river. 
 
 JORGENSON, JOROEN. Amongst the persons 
 employed in the Y.D.L. Company in 1826 was 
 Jorgen Jorgenson, whose adventurous life made 
 him remarkable even among vagabonds. He was 
 a Dane born in Copenhagen in 1780. After some 
 employment in the coal trade he accompanied the 
 expedition of Flinders, and afterwards as mate on 
 board the Lady Nelson attended the first party to 
 Risdon Cove. Having returned to Europe he 
 became commander of a privateer in the service of 
 his own country, but was captured after a smart 
 resistance by the British ships Sappho and Clio. 
 He obtained while out on his parole the merchant 
 ship Margaret and Anne to carry provisions to 
 Iceland, where the people were suffering extreme 
 privation. On a second voyage Count Tramp the 
 Governor prohibited the intercourse. Jorgenson 
 landed when the people were at church, and aided 
 by his seamen took the Governor prisoner. He 
 then issued a proclamation stating that he had 
 been called by an oppressed people to take the 
 reins of government. He proceeded to reform its 
 various departments ; he lightened the taxi's ; 
 augmented the pay of the clergy ; improved the 
 system of education ; established trial by .jury ; 
 formed an army consisting of eight soldiers and 
 fortified the harbour with six guns. Having per- 
 formed these exploits he returned to London in 
 a prize taken from the island. His proceedings 
 were already known to the Ministry and 1m w;is 
 
 arrested as an alien at large. Jorgenson made no 
 small stir by his appearance among legislators and 
 conquerors. After a variety of adventures he 
 pawned some linen taken from his lodgings and 
 was convicted and sentenced to transportation. In 
 Newgate he was employed as a dispenser of medi- 
 cine. After four years detention he was released, 
 but was retaken, having neglected to quit Great 
 Britain, and was transported for life. Here he 
 was employed as a constable, detected many crimes 
 and brought several men to the scaffold. He at 
 length closed his singular career in the hospital in 
 Hobart Town. Sir William J. Hooker the celebrated 
 botanist, who when a young naturalist met with 
 Jorgenson in Iceland, said that his talents were of 
 the highest order but his moral and religious 
 character was of the lowest. "He was seaman, 
 explorer, traveller, adventurer, gambler, spy, man 
 of letters, man of fortune, political prisoner, 
 dispensing chemist, and king of Iceland— and was 
 transported for illegally pawning the property of 
 his lodging-house keeper." 
 
 K 
 
 KANGAROO. Some account of this well-known 
 animal is given under the article " Fauna." A few 
 additional particulars may be inserted here, taken 
 from the latest (ninth) edition of the Encyclopaedia 
 Britannica : — " The kangaroo and most of its con- 
 geners show an extraordinary disproportion of the 
 hind limbs to the fore part of the body. The rock 
 wallabies again have short tarsi of the hind legs 
 with a long pliable tail for climbing, like that of 
 the tree kangaroo of New Guinea or that of the 
 jerboa. Of the larger kangaroos, which attain the 
 weight of 200lbs. and more, eight species are 
 named, only one of which is found in W.A. There 
 are some twenty smaller species in A. and T. 
 besides the rock wallabies and the hare kangaroos ; 
 these last are wonderfully swift, making clear 
 jumps eight or ten feet high. To this agility they 
 owe their preservation from the prairie fires which 
 are so destructive in the interior during seasons of 
 drought. In the rat kangaroo there is not the 
 same disproportion of the limbs ; it approaches 
 more nearly to the bandicoot, of which seven 
 species exist, from the size of a rat to that of a 
 rabbit. The carnivorous tribe of marsupials, the 
 larger species at any rate, belong more to T., which 
 has its ' tiger' and its ' devil.' But the native cat 
 or dasyurus is common to every part of A. Several 
 different species of pouched rats and mice, one or 
 two living in trees, are reckoned among the flesh- 
 eaters. Fossil bones of extinct kangaroo species 
 are met with which must have been of enormous 
 size, twice or thrice that of any species now living." 
 The great kangaroo was first seen by Cook on 22nd 
 April 1770, up till which time these animals 
 were almost unknown to Europeans, although 
 a New Guinea species had been described by
 
 Kan— Kap] 
 
 CYCLOr/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 187 
 
 Le Bran in 1711. When driven to l>;iy the great 
 kangaroo will sometimes kill a dog by a single 
 stroke of its hind leg, the great nail ripping him 
 open at once. At other times he will close with 
 his pursuer whether man or dog, drag him to 
 the nearest waterhole and deliberately attempt to 
 drown him. This remarkable trait in the character 
 of the animal has not attracted from naturalists 
 the attention it deserves as a curious fact in natural 
 history. 
 
 KANGAROO GRASS is the most esteemed 
 fodder grass of A. It grows to a height much above 
 that of the fodder grasses of Great Britain, affords 
 abundant herbage and is much relished by cattle. 
 Its botanical name is Anthistiria And rails. 
 
 KANGAROO ISLAND, a large island off the 
 coast of S.A. lying about twelve miles S.W. from 
 Cape Jervis. It measures seventy-five miles from 
 E. to W. and thirty miles from N. to S., 
 comprising an area of 2,500,000 acres. This island 
 lies to the 8. of the Gulf of St. Vincent and 
 Investigator Strait, the latter separating it from 
 Yorke's Peninsula. Between the N.E. end of the 
 island and Cape Jervis, the E. head of the Gulf of 
 St. Vincent, is a narrow passage known as the Back- 
 stairs and used by vessels making Adelaide from 
 the E. Flinders the discoverer landed upon this 
 island on 22nd May 1802, and found the beach 
 grassy and the country further inland covered with 
 thick scrub ; he gave it the name it bears in con- 
 sequence of finding large numbers of kangaroos 
 upon it, thirty-one of which were shot by his crew 
 the first clay. These animals were found to be 
 large and fat, and differing only from those of 
 N.S,W. by their being darker in colour. The 
 island is in form something like a Malay creese, 
 the E. end which is nearly detached from the 
 main body forming the handle and the remainder 
 the blade. Its E. point is Cape Willoughby, and a 
 lighthouse (known as the Sturt Light) showing 
 a revolving white light every one and a-half 
 minutes is erected there upon the edge of the 
 cliffs. The W. extremity is Cape Borda which 
 has also a lighthouse (called the Flinders Light) 
 showing a revolving white and red light every half- 
 minute. The island is for the most part covered 
 with dense scrub and affords pasture only for a 
 few sheep and cattle. The land is of tolerable 
 elevation and well wooded, presenting on its N. 
 side a steep cliffy shore with sandy beaches and 
 ranges of sand-hills with white perpendicular 
 stripes. The harbour of Nepean Bay in the 
 N.E. part is scarcely to be surpassed and 
 will accommodate hundreds of vessels. The 
 entrance is protected by a sandspit or shoal, 
 which leaving a deep passage to the S. forms 
 a complete breakwater. The spit is dry at 
 low water and can always be avoided by the 
 soundings which are very regular. Ships of 700 
 tons burthen can anchor within half-a-mile of the 
 landing place. Kingscote the principal post is 
 situated on the slope of some hills looking down a 
 
 steep precipice into the sea. On the beach stands 
 a storehouse and a few huts built of bushes. The 
 soil of this island in the vicinity of Kingscote is 
 composed of sand left by the retiring sea mixed 
 with a small portion of vegetable mould. The 
 want of rain upon so dry a soil renders it impossible 
 to produce vegetables except during the rainy 
 season. About 200 or 300 yards from the sea good 
 soil is found where young potatoes, plants and peas 
 will thrive, but no sooner is the rain over than the 
 earth is heated to such a degree that every vegetable 
 perishes. Nine miles in the interior there are belts 
 of iron and limestone running through the island 
 in the interstices of which good soil is frequently 
 found. The animals found in this island are 
 kangaroos, wallabies, bandicoots, opossums and 
 iguanas. Snakes from the circumstance of the 
 island being one matted bush are most abundant 
 and are seen winding along in all directions. 
 Tarantulas, scorpions and mosquitoes are also 
 numerous. There is an abundance of eagles, 
 pelicans, cormorants, crows, magpies, robin red- 
 breasts, swallows and small birds remarkable for 
 the brilliancy and variety of their plumage. A 
 bituminous substance resembling tar in appearance 
 is found largely scattered upon some parts of the 
 beach of this island and points to the possible 
 discovery of petroleum springs. The first settle- 
 ment of S.A. was made on this island by Colonel 
 Light in 1836 but the site was subsequently 
 abandoned. 
 
 KAPUNDA MINES, in S.A., lie fifty miles 
 N.N.E. of Adelaide and twenty-four miles from 
 Gawler. It is the oldest copper mine in the colony, 
 having been discovered in 1843 by F. S. Duttonand 
 C. S. Bagot, youngest son of Captain Bagot, then a 
 sheep farmer and member of the Legislative Council. 
 The mine workings are on hilly ground of moderate 
 elevation, which was originally lightly timbered 
 with peppermint gum, but the settlement of the 
 adjoining township, the working of the mine, and 
 above all the carrying on of smelting operations, 
 have denuded the country of almost every stick 
 of timber for miles round ; abundance however 
 remains for the requirements of the min e for some 
 years to come, and within a moderate distance for 
 cartage. The first ore was raised at the Kapunda 
 mine on 8th January 1844, and on the 23rd of 
 the same month five dray loads were despatched 
 to Adelaide. The ore was good, the m ine promised 
 well, and search soon began to be made for copper 
 1 ore in other directions, and it was not long before 
 further discoveries were announced. With refer- 
 ence to the statistics of the Kapunda mine, An 
 Account of the Colony of South Australia, prepared 
 for distribution at the International Exhibition of 
 1862, states :— " On 4th March 1845 the first horse- 
 whim commenced work drawing water, and kept 
 the mine dry to the fifteen-fathom level for some 
 time ; but as the works were extended it was soon 
 found that it would be indispensable to procure 
 engine-power, and during 1847 a thirty-inch cylinder 
 double-action engine, with a supply of pumps, was.
 
 J88 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Kee-Kel 
 
 obtained from England and erected on the mine, 
 commencing work on i.st July 1848. Shortly after- 
 wards machinery was added for crushing ore, and 
 for drawing or hauling ; and this engine, with a 
 brief interruption caused by the breaking of the 
 main shaft in June 1850, has been at work ever 
 since. As the extent of working increased so did 
 the water, and in 1850 a larger engine was pur- 
 chased and erected, commencing work in January 
 1851. Both engines were employed in pumping 
 for some years, but latterly all the water has been 
 brought to one shaft, now sunk a depth of sixty 
 fathoms, to which level the mine is kept in fork 
 by the last-mentioned engine, which is of thirty- 
 six-inch cylinder, single-direct action. The other 
 engine is used in hauling and crushing. In Decem- 
 ber 1849 the- first smelting furnace commenced 
 work, and was shortly followed by a second ; and 
 for some time a large portion of the ores was 
 reduced to regulus before shipment. The great 
 attractions presented by the gold-fields of V. during 
 the year 1852 induced most of the men to leave. 
 The smelting works ceased altogether on 17th 
 March, and were not resumed till March 1855. 
 Nearly all the miners also left, and it was with 
 considerable difficulty the engine was kept going, 
 and the mine kept dry ; at one time there were but 
 four miners. During 1854 however, and especially 
 in the early part of 1855, large numbers returned 
 or came to work, and since then there has not been 
 any material interruption." 
 
 KEERWEER CAPE (OrTurnagain ;) a cape 
 or headland of York's Peninsula N.A., running 
 into the Gulf of Carpentaria a little to the north- 
 ward of the mouth of the Kiver Vereenigde. It 
 was named by the crew of the Duyfhen in 1606 
 and was the place where they left Australia for 
 Bantam. 
 
 KELLY GANG, a gang of bushrangers, whose 
 career forms one of the most remarkable incidents 
 in the criminal annals of V. The gang consisted 
 of four men— Edward Kelly, Daniel Kelly, Joseph 
 Byrne, and Stephen Hart— who were known to the 
 police as notorious cattle-stealers. The two Kellys 
 had undergone terms of imprisonment for that 
 crime before they were sixteen years of age, but 
 the punishment did not deter them from resuming 
 their career of crime as soon as they were liberated. 
 In April 1878 an attempt was made by Constable 
 Fitzpatrick to arrest Daniel Kelly for horse-steal- 
 ing, when that officer was overpowered at the house 
 of the Kellys by the outlaws, their mother, and two 
 men named Williams and Skillion. The constable 
 was shot at and wounded, and the criminals escaped. 
 Mrs. Kelly, Williams, and Skillion were however 
 subsequently captured and sentenced to long terms 
 of imprisonment. But the two Kellys, one of whom 
 had been an active confederate of the bushranger 
 Power, eluded the vigilance of the police, and 
 found hiding-places utterly unknown to the autho- 
 rities, and almost inaccessible to all but those who 
 were familiar with them. After a search of some 
 months' duration, the police ascertained that the 
 
 gang was hiding in the Wombat Ranges, near 
 Mansfield. Four officers— Sergeant Kennedy, with 
 Constables Scanlan, Lonergan.and M'Intyre, closed 
 in upon the haunt of the criminals in October 1878, 
 but so far from taking the gang unawares as they 
 had anticipated, the police were taken by surprise; 
 the outlaws rushed upon them, and demanded 
 instant surrender. Almost before the officers had 
 time to realise their position, Constables Lonergan 
 and Scanlan were murdered in the most cold- 
 blooded manner, and Sergeant Kennedy — as it 
 subsequently transpired— was carried off by the 
 gang, and also murdered. Constable MTntyre 
 alone survived to tell the narrative of a tragedy 
 that sent a thrill through the colony. From many 
 centres of population in the district search parties, 
 joined by volunteers from every class and rank, 
 went out to assist in the capture of the perpetrators 
 of the dastardly outrage. The Government des- 
 patched reinforcements of police in charge of 
 Superintendent Nicolson to the spot, and a reward 
 of £200 per head was offered for the capture of the 
 murderers. The reward was afterwards increased 
 to a lump sum of £4000, and the Government of 
 N.S.W. also offered a reward of £4000. A measure 
 passed by the Parliament of V. declared the 
 marauders outlaws, and rendered all who sympa- 
 thised with them liable to imprisonment, and other 
 means of encouraging the pursuers of the outlaws 
 and of putting a check upon their sympathisers 
 were adopted. That all these means should have 
 failed to produce any effect for months and months 
 excited no little surprise. But those acquainted 
 with the locality in which the outlaws had estab- 
 lished themselves knew that they were afforded 
 extraordinary facilities for the perpetration of their 
 crimes with impunity. The ranges in which they 
 hid abounded in secret fastnesses known only to a 
 few, and to which it was all but impossible and 
 extremely dangerous for the police to obtain access. 
 Moreover, the neighbourhood swarmed with friends 
 and sympathisers of the outlaws. In such a locality 
 and with such surroundings, the Kellys could con- 
 ceal themselves for months when their pursuers 
 displayed any unusual activity and vigilance. 
 Hence it was that after the Mansfield tragedy as 
 little was known of the outlaws as if they had left 
 the colony, which indeed was believed to have been 
 the case. But no sooner did a sense of security 
 again take possession of them than they descended 
 upon a station almost under the shadow of the 
 ranges in which they had been established, occupied 
 the station for a whole day and night, and having 
 bailed up all those engaged about the place, robbed 
 it of all that they could lay hands on. The out- 
 laws next proceeded to the township of Euroa, 
 confined the two local policemen in their own 
 watchhouse, rushed the telegraph office, cut the 
 telegraph wires, plundered the bank in broad day- 
 light, and finally departed, taking with them not 
 only all the money on the premises (upwards of 
 £2000,) but all the men, women and children in 
 the establishment. The cool daring of this latest
 
 KelJ 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 189 
 
 exploit showed that all the towns in the district 
 were in imminent peril, and detachments of the 
 permanent military force were sent to the various 
 townships to aid the pnlice. Returning to their 
 secure hiding-places, the outlaws were again lost 
 sight of for a month or two. In February 1*7!) 
 they made their appearance at Jerilderio, N.S.W., 
 to the amazement of those who had watched their 
 movements. They had travelled 120 miles from 
 their haunts in the Strathbogie Ranges, traversed 
 a vast extent of level country, and crossed the 
 Murray. The raid on Jerilderie was attended by 
 the astounding spectacle of a handful of armed 
 men taking possession for the second time of a 
 town, reducing the population to a state of help- 
 less terror, plundering at will, and escaping with 
 impunity, without a hand being raised or a shot 
 fired against them. Localities that had previously 
 deemed themselves safe began to feel that they 
 were at any time liable to attack by a gang which 
 had appeared in such widely separated spots. 
 More than twelve months elapsed without any fresh 
 outbreak. It was confidently asserted that they 
 had left Australia, and the rumour gained credence 
 in the absence of any further outbreaks. From 
 July 1879 until within a short period of the anni- 
 hilation of the gang the police were directed by 
 Assistant-Commissioner Nicolson, whose plan of 
 procedure was characterised by the utmost caution. 
 Months passed by without the slightest informa- 
 tion being given with regard to the police, who 
 were at this time aided by a body of black trackers 
 from the Q. native police under the direction 
 of Sub-inspector O'Connor. Nicolson avoided 
 inviting a recurrence of the Mansfield tragedy and 
 endeavoured to gradually surround the outlaws, 
 to cut them off from their sources of supplies, to 
 discover their haunts, detect and defeat their 
 intended exploits, alienate their sympathisers, and 
 convert some of them into spies, the movements of 
 the police being meanwhile kept concealed from 
 all persons likely to convey information to the 
 outlaws. Nicolson felt confident that these means 
 could not fail to bring the outlaws into his hands at 
 an early date. After being kept at bay for upwards 
 of a year the Kellys commenced what was probably 
 intended to be a series of reprisals by a desperate 
 and dastardly act of revenge, the murder of Aaron 
 Sherritt. In iSherritt the Kellys had up to a recent 
 date a friend and accomplice. He was the owner 
 of a selection on which he at one time received 
 and kept horses stolen by the gang. A feud arose 
 between him and his former friends, and Sherritt 
 placed himself in communication with the police 
 and was employed by them for some time. All 
 this was known to the outlaws, who made no secret 
 of their intention to have revenge on Sherritt. On 
 27th June 1880 they proceeded to his hut at 
 Sebastopol, half way between Beechworth and 
 Eldorado. At six o'clock in the evening the gang 
 reached the spot. The hut was found to be occu- 
 pied, as the Kellys had anticipated, by a small 
 body of police besides the object of their search. 
 
 | Keeping in the background at a sale distance the 
 ' gang sent a man whom they had forced to accom- 
 pany them to call Sherritt out. On the latter's 
 appearing at the door he was shot dead by Bynle. 
 The gang then called upon the police to surrender, 
 threatening to burn the hut, and fired a volley 
 into it. The police however kept within, as to 
 have left the hut would have been certain death to 
 them all. Intelligence of the murder of Sherritt 
 was at once communicated to the police authorities 
 ' at Beechworth and at Melbourne. The news 
 i created great excitement and fired the authorities 
 with a determination to leave no stone unturned 
 ' to prevent the outlaws from agaii^ escaping. The 
 Chief Secretary (U. Ramsay) sent a special train 
 to the district with reinforcements of police and 
 the black trackers. At Benalla Superintendent 
 j Hare, who had taken the place of Nicolson, joined 
 J the train along with seven policemen. The passen- 
 gers by the train were soon startled by the 
 intelligence that the line of rails had been torn up 
 beyond Glenrowan and that the outlaws were 
 waiting in ambush. Hare ordered his men to be 
 I in readiness and all the lights in the train extin- 
 guished and went into the Glenrowan station. 
 I The schoolmaster at Glenrowan — Thomas Curnow 
 — had heard of and frustrated the attempt of the 
 gang. Knowing that the line had been pulled up, 
 he kindled a light behind a red handkerchief, which 
 attracted the attention of the driver of the pilot- 
 engine and he in turn stopped the train coming 
 behind. Curnow then informed the police of the 
 presence of the outlaws in the neighbourhood. 
 When the train reached the station Constable 
 Bracken rushed to the platform stating that he 
 had just escaped from the Kellys and that they 
 were in possession of Jones's public-house, a 
 hundred yards from the station. Hare with his 
 men and Sub-Inspector O'Connor with his black 
 trackers at once advanced on the hotel, a small 
 wooden building of one story containing four rooms 
 and a kitchen. As they approached a volley was 
 fired on them by the gang from the front verandah, 
 and for some time there was an unceasing succes- 
 sion of Hashes and reports. In the first lull it was 
 ascertained that Hare had been shot through the 
 wrist and was compelled to retire to have his 
 wounds dressed. He endeavoured to return to his 
 [lost, but became too weak from loss of blood. 
 Inspector O'Connor and Senior-Constable Kelly 
 directed the police, and kept up a constant fire on 
 the bushrangers in the hotel. The first victim of 
 the affray was a son of the landlady, Mrs. Jones, 
 who was shot in the back and afterwards died from 
 the wound. The attacking party maintained the 
 siege until daybreak, when reinforcements arrived. 
 Superintendent Sadlier came from Benalla with 
 nine men and Sergeant Steele from Wangaratta with 
 six, augmenting the besieging force to about thirty 
 men. Before daylight Senior-constable Kelly found 
 a rifle and a cap lying in the bush, 100 yards 
 from the hotel. The rifle was covered with blood, 
 and a pool of blood lay near it. The weapon proved
 
 190 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Kern— Ken 
 
 tn have been that of Edward Kelly, who had 
 escaped from the hotel. He soon attracted the 
 attention of the police by firing at them. They 
 turned on their assailant, and fired a succession of 
 shots at him, but Kelly walked about receiving 
 their fire with cool indifference. He seemed bullet- 
 proof, and it occurred to Sergeant Steele that the 
 fellow was encased in mail ; directing his aim 
 at the outlaw's legs, he brought him to the ground 
 with the cry, " I am done — I am done." Steele 
 rushed up with Senior-constable Kelly and others. 
 Kelly howled like a wild beast brought to bay, and 
 swore at the police. He was seized by Steele, and 
 as that officer grappled with him he fired off another 
 charge from his revolver, but the sergeant escaped. 
 Kelly became quiet, and it was found that he had 
 been shot in the left foot, left leg, right hand, left 
 arm, and twice in the region of the groin. But no 
 bullet had penetrated his armour. Divested of 
 this he was carried to the railway station, and 
 placed in a guard's van. Having captured the 
 leader of the gang, the police again turned their 
 attention to the hotel. The siege having been con- 
 tinued for twelve hours without effect, Superin- 
 tendent Sadleir directed his men to set fire to the 
 building. A final warning was given to the gang 
 and all others within it. Instantly a white hand- 
 kerchief was seen to wave from the doorway, 
 and twenty-five persons rushed out towards the 
 police with their hands held up above their heads, 
 crying out, "For God's sake don't shoot us !" They 
 were ordered to lie down, and the police passed 
 them one by one, in case any of the outlaws should 
 be amongst the crowd. At ten minutes to three 
 the final volley was fired into the hotel, and under 
 its cover Senior-constable Johnson ran up to the 
 house with a burning bundle of straw, and applied 
 it to the floor. All eyes were for a time fixed on 
 the building ; the circle of besiegers closed in and 
 watched anxiously for the result of the exploit. 
 Mrs. Skillion, sister to the Kellys, had arrived on 
 the scene, and rushed to the hotel with the inten- 
 tion of urging the outlaws to avert the terrible fate 
 that was in store for them, but the police stopped 
 her. The hotel was soon a mass of flames ; still 
 the gang made no signs either of surrendering or 
 attempting to escape. While the house was burn- 
 ing a Roman Catholic priest, the Rev. M. Gibney 
 of Perth, W.A., walked up and at great risk entered 
 the building. In one of the rooms he saw two 
 dead bodies lying side by side. They were those 
 of Daniel Kelly and Stephen Hart. Whether the 
 two outlaws killed one another or committed 
 suicide or whether they were mortally wounded 
 and fell side by side was the subject of conflicting 
 conjectures. All that is certain is that they died 
 before the flames reached them. The priest had 
 barely time to examine the bodies before the fire 
 forced hiin to have the house, and the building 
 became a heap of ruins. Edward Kelly, despite 
 his wounds, survived to be taken to Melbourne 
 Gaol and to stand his trial for murder. The trial 
 was held before Judge Barry, and Kelly was 
 
 convicted and sentenced to death on 27th October 
 1880. He displayed great coolness to the last. His 
 execution took place on the 11th November. So 
 ended this unparalleled episode in the romance of 
 Australian bushranging. 
 
 KEMPT, J. H, Major of the 13th Regi- 
 ment, administered the Government of N.S.W. 
 from the departure of Sir. W. T. Denison on 23rd 
 January 1861 till the arrival of Sir J. Young on 
 21st March 1861. 
 
 KENNEDY, EDMUND B., explorer, a young 
 government surveyor and second in command of 
 Mitchell's expedition in 1845, was instructed to 
 trace the course of the Barcoo River. Scarcely any 
 water and no food for the horses could be found, 
 the river bed having taken a permanently southern 
 direction, and as a road to the north was valueless. 
 Having satisfied himself therefore that the Victoria 
 was the Cooper's Creek of which Start had just 
 brought intelligence to Adelaide, Kennedy returned 
 to Sydney. In this expedition he discovered a fine 
 river which he named the Thomson. After his 
 return he was sent to explore Cape York. In 1848 
 Kennedy and his party of twelve men including a 
 native named Jacky Jacky were landed at Rocking- 
 ham Bay, and the colonial sloop Albion took up its 
 post at Cape York to provide them with provisions. 
 Month after month the Albion lay off Cape York 
 but the man on the look-out reported no signal 
 from the shore. At the end of six months the 
 signalman called the officers to witness a strange 
 appearance on the sea beach. A native, naked, 
 emaciated and apparently dying, was seen to crawl 
 from the dense woods which overhang Cape York. 
 He held a bough in his hand. A boat was imme- 
 diately lowered and the native brought on board. 
 He proved to be Jacky Jacky at death's door from 
 wounds and hunger. For fourteen days he had 
 tasted nothing but water. His clothes which he 
 had received from the government store he had 
 used to bury Kennedy. While he greedily 
 devoured the food placed before him the officers 
 and men of the Albion listened to his tale. When 
 the party landed at Rockingham Bay for four 
 months they cut their way towards Cape York 
 with saws and hatchets, seldom making more than 
 a mile or two a day. Their provisions became 
 exhausted and they ate their horses. Most of the 
 men from sickness could not proceed further. In 
 this strait Kennedy placed eight of the men in 
 camp and taking Jacky Jacky and three of the 
 strongest men with him set forward to the Albion. 
 A savage tribe appeared on their track, Kennedy 
 was showered with spears at Escape River, and three 
 spears entered his side. Jacky carried him to a 
 stream through a belt of the scrub. He asked Jacky 
 to give him paper, which he did, but Kennedysud- 
 denly died. His story of the fate of Kennedy is one 
 ofthe most affecting incidents in the romance of 
 Australian exploration. "Mr. Kennedy," said the 
 faithful fellow, "said to me, ' Don't carry me too 
 tar.' Then he looked this way (imitating him,) very 
 bad. I said to him, ' Don't look far away,' as I
 
 LKen-Ker 
 
 OYCLOPiEDIA OF At STKALASIA. 
 
 191 
 
 thought he would be frightened. I asked him 
 often, 'Are you well mnv !' and he said, 'I don't 
 care for the spear wound in niy leg, but for the 
 other two spear wounds in my side and back,' and 
 he said, ' I am bad inside, .Tacky.' I told him, 
 ' Blackfellow always die when lie gets spear in 
 there ! ' He said, ' I am out of wind, Jacky !' I 
 asked him, ' Mr. Kennedy, are you going to leave 
 me > ' and he said, ' Yes, my boy, I am going to 
 leave you !' He said, ' I am very bad, Jacky ; you 
 take the books to the captain of the sloop ; but 
 not the big ones. The Governor of N.S.W. will 
 give anything for them.' I then tied up the 
 papers. He then said, 'Jacky, give me paper 
 and I will write.' I gave him paper and pencil 
 and he tried to write, and he then fell back and 
 died. And I caught him as he fell, and held him ; 
 and I then turned round myself and cried. I was 
 crying a good while until I got well. That was 
 about an hour, and then I buried him. I digged 
 up the ground with a tomahawk and covered him 
 over with logs, then grass and my shirt and 
 trousers." Jacky kept watch until dark. Then 
 he slipped silently into the stream and waded up 
 its channel, keeping his head above water, until 
 he was far enough to escape detection. From Escape 
 River he crept on through the woods, exhausted by 
 woundsand hunger and falling asleep for whole days 
 beside ponds and waterholes, until at length he 
 reached Cape York. On hearing his story, the 
 sloop was got under weigh, and haste made tn 
 relieved the remainder of the party. Jacky pointed 
 out where the wounded man and his two com- 
 panions had been left along the coast. Captain 
 Dobson landed, but could find none of them. Nor 
 has their fate ever been discovered ; though por- 
 tions of European clothing were found among the 
 savages in the neighbourhood, which left little 
 doubt that they had been murdered. From this 
 the sloop sailed to Weymouth Bay, where the 
 remainder of the men had been left in camp. On 
 landing, the ship's officers discovered a European 
 at a well side, sitting on his pitcher. They hastened 
 to him, but he was quite dead. They proceeded 
 to the camp. Five bodies were lying in their beds, 
 and had lain for some weeks. Two beds showed 
 signs of having been occupied within some hours. 
 Their owners were looking for shellfish on the 
 beach. They had seen the sloop, and now staggered 
 back to camp, mere skin and bone, and so weak 
 that they had been unable to drag their dead com- 
 panions out of their beds to bury them. Search 
 was next made for the body of Kennedy, but his 
 grave had been opened and the body removed. 
 No trace of it or of his papers has ever been dis- 
 covered. Jacky said he hid the papers in the 
 hollow of a tree, but they could not be found. 
 
 KENNEDY, Sir ARTHUREDWARD(1809—) 
 Governor of Q., is son of Hugh Kennedy Esq., of 
 Culha, County Down, Ireland, and was educated at 
 Trinity College, Dublin. In 1827 he entered the 
 Army as ensign in the 11th Regiment; was Lieu- 
 tenant in 1832 ; Captain in the 68th Light Infantry 
 
 in 1840. He retired from the Army in 1848 to accept 
 civil employment ; but had been selected whilst 
 serving in the Army in 1846 to fill the office of 
 County Inspector under the Board of Works, and 
 also served as Inspector under Sir John Burgoyne. 
 He was Relief Commissioner and subsequently 
 Inspector of Poor Laws until the office was 
 abolished in 1851. His reputation secured him 
 the position of Governor and Commander-in-Chief 
 of Vancouver's Island and its dependencies in 
 British North America. He was Governor of 
 W.A. from 1854 to 1862. His administration was 
 commended by the Imperial Government, and he 
 received the honour of knighthood in August 1867. 
 In January 1868 he was appointed Governor 
 and Commander-in-Chief of the West African 
 possessions. After having held this position for 
 some time, he was appointed Judge at Sierra 
 Leone, in the Courts of Mixed Commission with 
 Foreign Powers for the suppression of the Slave 
 Trade. He was afterwards made Governor of 
 Hongkong from 1872 to 1877, when he was trans- 
 ferred to the Government of Q. 
 
 KENT'S GROUP, a cluster of islands situated 
 at the eastern entrance of Bass Straits. The prin- 
 cipal are Deal and Erith ; they occupy a square of 
 four miles and are separated by Murray Pass, a 
 channel half a mile wide. 
 
 KERFERD, GEORGE BRISCOE (1831—) 
 came to V. in 1852. Having settled in Beechworth 
 he was elected a Councillor for that borough and 
 was four times mayor. He was elected to the 
 Assembly in 1864 and was called to the Bar in 
 1867. In 1869 he was returned member for the 
 Ovens District and has since been re-elected 
 unopposed on six occasions. He first accepted 
 office under the Sladen Government as Minister for 
 Railways and Mines after having refused to act as 
 one of the Law Officers. He was also offered high 
 legal distinction but declined, and did not become 
 Solicitor- General until Francis took the reins of 
 Government. Shortly afterwards when Stephen 
 retired from the political arena to assume a scat on 
 the Supreme Court Bench, Kerferd became 
 Attorney-General. A few months later his chief, 
 Francis, determining to retire, a reconstruction of 
 the Cabinet became unavoidable. Kerferd was 
 appointed Chief Secretary in July 1874. He held 
 this office until, his Treasurer's budget being 
 disapproved of by the Assembly, he was in August 
 1875 obliged to retire in favour of Graham Berry, 
 a dissolution of Parliament having been refused 
 him by Sir W. F. Stawell, then Acting-Governor. 
 In the following October Berry's financial pro- 
 posals also failed in pleasing the Assembly, and 
 as he too was refused a dissolution by the 
 Acting- Governor, Kerferd once more became 
 Attorney-General, this time under Sir James 
 M'Culloeh as Treasurer and J. A. Macpherson as 
 Chief Secretary. He continued to act in that 
 capacity until the general election in May 1877, 
 when his party was defeated and the chief 
 I Secretaryship was resumed by Graham Berry, in
 
 192 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LKei-Kin 
 
 conjunction with Mr. Box, Kerferd has published 
 a digest of all the decisions in the Supreme 
 Court since its foundation in 1846 to 1871. The 
 volume is regarded as a standard work by the 
 profession. 
 
 KERMADEC, HUON DE, navigator, com- 
 manded the Esperance in company with D'Entre- 
 casteaux, who was sent out to find relics of La 
 Perouse, and made a survey of V.D.L. in 1792. The 
 river Huon is named after him. 
 
 KING, PHILIP GIDLEY (1758-1808) third 
 Go verm >r of N.S.W., was a native of Launceston, 
 Cornwall, England. At the age of twelve he 
 entered the Royal Navy and was for several years 
 engaged in active service in various parts of the 
 world. In 1783 he went to the East Indies as 
 Lieutenant in the Europe, with Captain Arthur 
 Phillip, and remained there until the restoration of 
 peace the following year. In October 1 786 he was 
 appointed to the Sirius, when the expedition to 
 N.S.W. was projected, and accompanied the " First 
 Fleet "to Botany Bay in 1788. In February of 
 that year he was despatched by Governor Phillip 
 to form a settlement at Norfolk Island, with the 
 post of Commandant. The party under his com- 
 mand consisted of a subaltern officer and six 
 marines, a surgeon, two men who understood the 
 cultivation and dressing of flax — which it was 
 proposed to cultivate on the island — and fifteen 
 prisoners. King and his party sailed for their des- 
 tination in an armed tender, with provisions for six 
 months. It was the intention of Governor Phillip 
 to use the island both as a store-house and a place 
 of banishment for refractory prisoners. King 
 landed, and at once commenced to grow cotton, 
 corn and flax. The island was most fertile, and 
 King's report was so favourable that Phillip sent 
 him a reinforcement of sixty-nine people, com- 
 manded by Lieutenant Ball. The first settlers had 
 little trouble in raising ample crops, and were now 
 in the midst of plenty, which their less fortunate 
 companions came to share. But the Sirius, in 
 which they had been carried over, was wrecked on 
 a coral reef near the island before she could return, 
 and with her was lost a considerable quantity of 
 provisions. King in his despatches to the Gover- 
 nor gave a glowing description of the island. It 
 was, he said, a garden overrun with the finest pines; 
 the soil was not to be surpassed in fertility ; there 
 was an abundance of water ; the climate was bland 
 and salubrious, and of so mild a temperature that 
 vegetation was never checked throughout the whole 
 year ; and the flax plant grew wild in great luxuri- 
 ance. In 1789 the prisoners formed a plot to rise 
 against their officers, imprison them, seize posses- 
 sion of a vessel, and taking all the provisions on 
 the island sail away for Otaheite. The fidelity of 
 a female prisoner defeated the plot, and saved the 
 lives of the commandant and officers. In March 
 1790 King left Norfolk Island, and sailed fin- 
 England in the Supply, the vessel sent by Gover- 
 nor Phillip to Batavia for a stock of provisions. 
 In September 1791 he returned in the Gorgon with 
 
 the rank of Commander in the Navy, and a com- 
 mission as Lieutenant-Governor of Norfolk Island. 
 He continued in charge of the island till Septem- 
 ber 1800, when Governor Hunter, on returning to 
 England, transferred to him the Government of 
 N.S.W. The appointment was subsequently con- 
 firmed by the Imperial Government. In 1804 
 occurred an insurrection of the prisoners at Castle 
 Hill, when 233 men rose in revolt against their 
 officers. King on this occasion displayed great 
 courage and judgment, and succeeded in quelling 
 the insurrection without loss of life to the troops, 
 although sixty-seven of the insurgents fell in the 
 strife, and several of the ringleaders were subse- 
 quently executed. King governed the colony till 
 13th August 1806, on which day he handed over 
 the charge to his successor and embarked for 
 England. He had ruled for a longer period than 
 any of his predecessors. His departure was much 
 regretted by the colonists, and every mark of public 
 respect attended it. Under King the Female 
 Orphan School was founded, and the first issue of 
 copper coin took place. The Sydney Gazette and 
 New South Wales Advertiser, the first Australian 
 paper, was founded by a prisoner, George Howe, 
 and published by authority in 1803. The year 1806 
 was signalised by the great flood on the River 
 Hawkesbury, on the banks of which the principal 
 grain cultivation of the colony was carried on. 
 The Hawkesbury in ordinary periods winds in a 
 strangely tortuous course through a deep valley, 
 between the precipitous banks above which, on the 
 occurrence of heavy rains, it rises as much as thirty 
 feet in a very few hours. These floods are not 
 periodical. L T ntil 1806 none of importance had 
 occurred, and people had settled down on the rich 
 intervening land, the deposit of former overflow- 
 ings. Crops, houses, and many colonists, were all 
 swept away in one night. Famine was the imme- 
 diate result. The two-pound loaf rose to five 
 shillings, wheat fetched eighty shillings a bushel, 
 and every vegetable in proportion. A serious flood 
 had occurred in 1801, but this far exceeded it. 
 This great flood caused eventually a complete 
 re-arrangement of the cultivation and occupation 
 of that district. On the same day in that year the 
 clock-tower fell, and Governor Bligh arrived. King 
 was undoubtedly desirous of promoting the welfare 
 of all ranks in the colony, but the task before him 
 was one of almost insurmountable difficulty, and 
 the human materials he had to deal with were of 
 the most perverse nature. He was not supported 
 in his efforts to maintain discipline by his subor- 
 dinate officers, and he lost heart at length, and 
 allowed many gross abuses to run wild unchecked. 
 Under better circumstances he would have doubt- 
 less been an efficient Governor. 
 
 KING, PHILIP PARKER (1791-1855) navi- 
 gator, was the son of Captain Philip Gidley 
 King, first Lieutenant Governor of Norfolk Island. 
 King was the first European child born there, 
 on Kith December 1791. He was educated in 
 England and entered the Royal Navy in 1807.
 
 [Kin 
 
 I OPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 103 
 
 At the beginning of 1817 the whole of the 
 northern and north-western shores of A. yet 
 remained to be explored. The vessels of the 
 Royal Navy were not occupied in warfare, and a 
 good deal might be effected by sending some of 
 them on surveying expeditions. The Imperial 
 Government taking this into account ordered the 
 fitting out of an expedition for surveying the 
 northern part of the continent, and gave the com- 
 mand to King. He purchased a small vessel the 
 Mermaid of eighty-four tons burthen. The crew 
 consisted of twelve men and two boys, with 
 Bedwelland Roe as assistants. On 17th September 
 1817 the expedition arrived at Sydney, and there 
 King took onboard Allan Cunningham as botanist. 
 On the 22nd the expedition set sail from Port 
 Jackson taking the route by Bass Straits and 
 Cape Leeuwin. It was the end of March when 
 Dampier's Archipelago was reached. Here the 
 navigator suffered many disasters, such as the 
 breaking of his best anchors, becalming, and the 
 prostration of his crew from the excessive heat. 
 Having made some minor discoveries in Rowley's 
 Shoals, King continued his course from Cape Van 
 Diemen to the Goulburn Islands which were 
 discovered and named. Proceeding westward Port 
 Essington was discovered and surveyed, Van 
 Diemens Gulf explored, and the Alligator River 
 entered and ascended for thirty-six miles. The 
 expedition returned to Sydney on 29th July 1818. 
 In July 1819 King again proceeded to the north- 
 west cape. He went this time by Torres Straits 
 and the Gulf of Carpentaria. He now examined 
 the north-western coast from Clarence Strait to 
 Cambridge Gulf and from thence to Cape London- 
 derry and Cassini Island, from which point he 
 proceeded to Coepang in Timor and from thence 
 to Sydney. In 1820 a third expedition was under- 
 taken. The Mermaid betterfitted out than on either 
 of the previous occasions sailed from Sydney on 
 14th July. The most southerly point reached in 
 this voyage was Prince Regent's River in Brunswick 
 Bay. In 1821 he undertook his last exploring 
 voyage in the Bathurst. On reaching the north- 
 west coast he sailed up the Prince Regent's River 
 for fifty miles. After quitting this river he sailed 
 to Cape Latouche Treville and from thence sailed 
 for Mauritius. He then returned to King George's 
 Soundand from thencegoing northward commenced 
 the survey of Swan River, and after proceeding to 
 Buccaneer's Archipelago returned to Sydney on 
 25th March 1822. He was subsequently a member 
 of the N.S.W. Council and attained the rank of 
 Rear-Admiral. He died in 1855. 
 
 KING, PHILIP GIDLEY(1817— ) is grandson 
 of Governor King, and a native of N.S.W. His 
 early years were spent in the Royal Navy under 
 the command of his father and Captain Robert 
 Fitzroy, in the voyages of the ships Adventure and 
 Beagle, which were employed in and about the 
 Straits of Magellan, and up and down both sides 
 of the South American continent — voyages which 
 in the annals of the Surveying Service have no 
 
 mean celebrity, arising from the ability and energy 
 displayed in their prosecution, and from the dan- 
 gerous nature of the coasts which were examined. 
 In 1836, the Royal Navy holding out but little 
 inducements to young men who had other oppor- 
 tunities of earning an honourable livelihood, King 
 left the service, and took to the occupation of a 
 pastoral life in Australia. Soon after leaving the 
 Navy he became attached to the staff of the Aus- 
 tralian Agricultural Company at Port Stephens ; 
 and subsequently, on the formation of the Peel 
 River Company, was selected by the Board of 
 Directors in England to manage its affairs. This 
 post he has filled since 1854. As Mayor of Tam- 
 worth he received Sir Hercules Robinson on his 
 arrival at the opening of the extension of the rail- 
 way to Tamworth in 1878. 
 
 KING, JOHN (1838—1872) served in India in 
 the 70th Regiment, and was engaged by G. T. 
 Landells who had been sent to India from Victoria 
 to purchase camels for the expedition of Burke 
 and Wills in 1860. He was the only survivor of 
 that ill-fated expedition, being rescued by Alfred 
 Howitt ; and on 21st January 1863 he followed 
 the bones of his loaders to the Melbourne Ceme- 
 tery at the public funeral given to them. The 
 Government gave him a pension of „£180 per 
 annum. 
 
 KING GEORGE'S SOUND, on the west coast 
 of the continent, was discovered by Vancouver 
 in 1791, and named after King George the Third. 
 It possesses all the qualities which constitute a 
 good harbour. Its position however being to 
 eastward and to leeward of Cape Leeuwin, in 
 the vicinity of which strong westerly gales pre- 
 vail, this circumstance detracts from the value of 
 its other qualifications. Between King George's 
 Sound and Swan River there are not less than ten 
 estuaries or inlets of the sea, having narrow and 
 shallow entrances. The town of Albany is situated 
 on the shores of the Sound. It was first occupied 
 in 1826, in consequence of some apprehension 
 that the magnificent harbour might fall into the 
 hands of some of the maritime Powers. An 
 order was sent from the Imperial Government 
 to the then Governor of N.S.W. to see to its 
 occupation, and a party was sent from Sydney 
 which landed on Christmas Day 1826. It was 
 under the command of Major Lockyer of H.M. 
 39th Regiment, and consisted of a detachment of 
 that regiment and a party of prisoners from Botany 
 Bay. It was simply a party of occupation, and 
 was subsequently withdrawn. No immigrants 
 were imported nor lands sold, nor was any attempt 
 made to colonise the locality until it became in 
 after years connected with the Swan River Settle- 
 ment. 
 
 KING GEORGE'S SOUND (2) comprises that 
 portion of Bass Straits lying between the S. Cape 
 of Wilson's Promontory as far as Cape Liptrap, 
 and was named by its discoverer Grant after King- 
 George the Third. 
 
 B2
 
 194 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Kin-Kor 
 
 KINGOWER, a mining township in V. on the 
 creek of the same name, 129 miles N.N.W. of 
 Melbourne. In 1857 the Blanche Barkly nugget 
 weighing 1740 ounces was found here. There are 
 numbers of gold-bearing reefs round the township 
 which require capital to work them to advantage. 
 In the neighbourhood are granite hills with 
 intervening flats which yield good crops. The 
 climate is warm and dry, the average animal rainfall 
 being twenty-two inches. 
 
 KING'S ISLAND, situated at the western 
 entrance of Bass Straits, was discovered and named 
 by Commander Black of the Harbinger in 1801. 
 It forms a portion of the Tasmanian territory. 
 King's Island is about thirty-five miles long from 
 north to south with a varying breadth of from five 
 to fifteen miles. The eastern coast generally con- 
 sists of low sandy hummocks topped with a thick 
 scrub. This continues from Cape Wickham until 
 Sea Elephant Island is reached, but after passing 
 that point the coast-line alters, the hills rise to a 
 height of 200 to 300 feet and they are thickly 
 wooded. The coast is of a rocky nature and there 
 is no safe anchorage until the south portion of the 
 island is reached. Stokes Point is the southern- 
 most promontory, but as there are a number of 
 outlying rocks, and the tides and currents run with 
 varying force and in different directions consequent 
 upon the prevailing winds, mariners generally give 
 the south end of the island as wide a berth as 
 possible. After rounding the Stokes Point the 
 rocky coast continues to Fitzmaurice Bay where 
 there is an anchorage for small craft as long as the 
 wind keeps to the southward or eastward, but it is 
 quite open to the N. and W. From Carrie Har- 
 bour to Cape Wickham— the north point of the 
 island— the coast is generally of a sandy nature 
 with occasional patches of rock. Along the whole 
 of the western coast there are numerous outlying 
 rocks which render it very dangerous to mariners 
 with the wind at all from the westward, as there 
 is no anchorage for large vessels. The hunters 
 living on the island state that on the southern 
 portion quartz is frequently found, but it has 
 never been ascertained whether the reefs con- 
 tain gold. The soil generally appears to be good, 
 consisting mainly of a black sandy loam in which 
 English grasses and vegetables grow luxuriantly, 
 but near the sea coast the plants are likely to be 
 blighted by the westerly gales. In some parts of 
 the island the scrub is very thick, but there are 
 large areas of open, rolling, grassy downs, the look 
 of which would gladden the eye of the grazier. 
 There are several fresh water streams running into 
 the sea both on the east and west sides, and there 
 are also some large swampy lagoons where are to 
 be found plenty of black swans and wild ducks. 
 Kangaroos and wallabies are numerous, while 
 snakes are far from uncommon. The area of the 
 island is estimated at 27,000 acres, and it is rented 
 from the Tasmanian Government for „£270, being 
 at the rate of £\ per mo iR . res . The island however 
 swarms with a small plant like a tare called by some 
 
 the Darling pea, and according to the hunters this 
 proves poisonous to stock, animals eating it gradu- 
 ally getting thin and dying off. The population 
 of the island does not exceed twenty-five persons, 
 about one-half of whom are in the employ of the 
 Tasmanian Government at the Cape Wickham 
 lighthouse. The remainder are men wdio make a 
 living by hunting kangaroos for their skins. Since 
 1835 there have been no less than twenty-three 
 ships wrecked and 805 lives lost on King's Island. 
 
 KING'S TABLE LAND is situated in N.S.W., 
 2727 feet above the level of the sea. The view is 
 magnificent. For eighteen miles from the com- 
 mencement of the ascent of the Blue Mountains at 
 Emu Plains the slope is gradual ; from thence to 
 the twenty-sixth mile is a succession of steep and 
 rugged hills, some almost so abrupt as to deny a 
 passage across them to King's Table Land ; on the 
 S.W. of which the mountain terminates in lofty 
 precipices at whose base is seen the beautiful 
 Prince Begent's Glen, about twenty-four miles in 
 length. 
 
 KN0PW00D, EOBERT, A.M. (1761-1838) 
 chaplain to Collins's expedition in 1803. He was 
 domestic chaplain to Earl Spencer when he received 
 the appointment. He kept a diary of the voyage 
 and of the first incidents of the settlements at 
 Port Phillip and Hobart Town, containing many 
 curious particulars, which was first published in its 
 complete form by Mr. J. J. Shillinglaw in his His- 
 torical Records of Port Phillip (1879.) Knopwood 
 held the office of chaplain till 1822, when he was 
 replaced by the Rev. W. Bedford. West gives a 
 rather sarcastic account of his character : — " In 
 addition to his clerical functions he regularly sat 
 as a magistrate. He had not much time to care 
 for the spiritual interests of his flock, and of his 
 success in their reformation nothing is recorded. 
 His convivial friends are the chief eulogists of his 
 character. His little white pony was not less cele- 
 brated. Knopwood received a pension, and was 
 subsequently appointed chaplain to a country dis- 
 trict. The gaiety of his disposition made him a 
 pleasant companion and general favourite, and 
 conciliated whatever esteem may be due to a non- 
 professional reputation. He was not however 
 unwilling to tolerate the assistance of a sect whose 
 zeal wore a different aspect from his own. The 
 Wesleyan ministers found a kindly welcome and an 
 open field." 
 
 K0RANGAMITE LAKE, a remarkable lake in 
 the western district of V. fifty miles west of 
 Geelong. It is about eighteen miles in length 
 from north to south and eight miles across in its 
 widest part, covering an area of seventy-two 
 square miles. It is estimated, with lake Gnarpurt 
 or Little Korangamite which makes its area up to 
 eighty square miles, to have an average depth of 
 five feet and to contain 413,000,000 cubic yards 
 of water. It is fed by the Perrin Yaloak Creek, 
 the Woady Yaloak and its tributaries and the 
 Gnarkeet Ponds. It has no visible means of outlet
 
 kos— Lac] 
 
 rVI'l.nl>.l-:i>IA Of At'STHAJ.ASIA. 
 
 i:.;, 
 
 and is supplied by freshwater creeks only. It is 
 extremely salt ; the reason of this is supposed by 
 F. Acheson, C.E., author of a prize essay on the 
 collection and storage of water in V., to be due to 
 the accumulation of salt in solution passed into 
 them by drainage from out of the basalt rock, and 
 not to any inherent saline matter, and to the fact 
 of its having no outlet whereby the inappreciable 
 amount received yearly remains therein and con- 
 tinually accumulates, whilst the amount of water 
 being kept down by vaporisation remains approxi- 
 mately the same and thus contains a constantly 
 increasing percentage of salt. He contends that if 
 this and the other salt lakes in the neighbourhood, 
 which lie in the centre of a gentle depression in 
 the midst of basalt plains, could be drained of 
 their present contents and their saline accumula- 
 tions thus removed, the smaller lakes having been 
 first drained into Korangamite, this series of lakes 
 now comparatively useless could be made into a 
 vast reservoir of fresh water. In the summer the 
 lake falls from evaporation considerably below its 
 winter level, leaving on the banks large quantities 
 of native salt in crystals. The gathering of this 
 salt forms a remunerative occupation during the 
 summer months for many persons residing upon 
 its banks. The country round is agricultural and 
 pastoral, the geological formation being basaltic 
 lava on tertiary rocks. When first discovered the 
 lake was supposed to be an arm of the sea, but its 
 true character was determined by Dr. Thomson of 
 Geelong. 
 
 KOSCIUSKO, MOUNT, a mountain of V., is 
 the most prominent of the Australian Alps at 
 the head of the river Murray, dividing the district 
 of Murray from the district of Monaroo. Its height 
 is 6500 feet above the level of the sea. It was 
 named by Strzelecki after the celebrated Polish 
 patriot. 
 
 KREFFT, JOHANN LOUIS GERHARD 
 (1830—) naturalist, is a native of Brunswick in 
 North Germany. He was first clerk in a business 
 house in Halberstadt where he remained till 1850 
 and shortly afterwards went to the United States 
 where he was engaged as clerk and draughtsman. 
 Having perused the magnificently illustrated work 
 of Audubon in the New York Mercantile Library 
 he asked and obtained permission to copy some of 
 the plates, his copios selling at prices that enabled 
 him to save sufficient money for a passage to A. 
 where he imagined that he would find a wide field 
 open to him as a painter and naturalist. He 
 landed in Melbourne in November 1852 and went 
 to the diggings where he worked with much suc- 
 cess till 1857, and after a stay in Melbourne to 
 recover from previous hardships Krefft was selected 
 to accompany the collecting expedition fitted out 
 by the V. Government in 1858. Having succeeded 
 the leader in command of the party he returned to 
 Melbourne with a large collection of specimens and 
 a well -filled portfolio, and was engaged by Professor 
 M'Coy as assistant in the Museum. He gave a 
 report upon the animals obtained and an account 
 
 .of the manners and habits of the aboriginals, illus- 
 trated by numerous sketches. He then resigned 
 his position and returned to Germany. In 1859 he 
 again left home for foreign lands and after a two 
 months sojourn in South Africa he took up his 
 quarters in Sydney, being appointed Secretary to the 
 Australian Museum and assistant to Dr. Pittard 
 its curator. On the death of that gentleman 
 Krefft succeeded to the vacant curatorship in 1861. 
 During the latter years of his appointment he had 
 a scries of disagreements with the Trustees of the 
 Museum which eventuated in his leaving that insti- 
 tution in September 1874, and in an appeal to the 
 law, which upheld him in the views taken by him 
 throughout the dispute. Krefft holds the honorary 
 degree of Doctor of Philosophy, and has published 
 numerous papers in the pages of English and Colonial 
 scientific journals. He was for many years a regular 
 contributor to some of the leading newspapers. 
 Krefft was the first man who thoroughly studied 
 the reptiles of Australia. The Snakes of Aus- 
 tralia (now out of print) was the first book of the 
 kind ever published here,. It is written in a 
 clear and comprehensive style ; as are also his 
 subsequent work Mammals of Australia, and 
 another on the fossil remains unearthed by him at 
 the celebrated Wellington caves. A mountain has 
 been named in his honour : on account of the 
 services Krefft has rendered to geographical 
 science, Count Von Heuglin the Austrian explorer 
 has named that grand rocky prominence of Barento 
 Island, Spitzbergen, some sixty miles wide at its 
 base, Mount Krefft. He has an extensive corre- 
 spondence with eminent scientists in every part of 
 the world. Krefft made a very extraordinary 
 scientific discovery of the fish which he named 
 the Ceratodus Forsteri after William Forster, at 
 that time a member of the Ministry of N.S.W. 
 With unerring exactitude Krefft gave in a leading 
 journal a preliminary description of the fish, 
 assigned its proper position in the system, and 
 had the satisfaction to find his description con- 
 firmed by the best naturalists of the day including 
 Professor Agassiz, who wrote to him a very candid 
 acknowledgment of his own previous errors on the 
 subject, remarking in his letter " My fossil sharks 
 are sharks no longer." 
 
 LACEPEDE ISLANDS, a group of islands m 
 W.A. lying off the coast about five miles west of 
 Beagle Bay in Dampier Land. There are large 
 deposits of guano on the islands, which have been 
 worked for some years with profitable results. 
 
 LACHLAN RIVER (or Calare ;) a river of 
 N.S.W. having its origin in the Cullarin range of 
 mountains. After running a north-westerly course 
 it loses itself in a marsh like the Macquarie, but 
 passing through this marsh it joins the Murrum- 
 bidgee. In the parallel of 148° the Lachlan, at 200
 
 196 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Lac— Lan 
 
 yards above the level of the sea, is forty yards wide 
 and navigable for large boats ; it divides the 
 district of Lachlan from the district of Wellington. 
 It was discovered by Evans, and named after 
 Governor Lachlan Macquarie. 
 
 LACKEY, JOHN (1830—) is a native of Sydney. 
 In 1858 he contested unsuccessfully the Electorate 
 of Central Cumberland. Two years afterwards he 
 was returned for Parramatta, and remained in 
 Parliament until 1865. In June 1867 the retire- 
 ment of Hay caused a vacancy for Central Cumber- 
 land, and Lackey was elected and has ever since 
 then continued to represent that electorate. He 
 ■was twice elected Chairman of Committees. He 
 was Minister for Works in the Robertson Ministry 
 from February 1875 to March 1877, and again 
 Minister for Works in the Parkes-Robertson 
 Administration of December 1878. 
 
 LADY JULIA PERCY ISLAND, an island of 
 V., about two miles long by one mile broad, lying 
 eight miles from the mainland E. of Portland Ba} r , 
 and twenty -two miles E. of Portland. It was dis- 
 covered by Grant, and named by him in honour of 
 Lady Julia Percy, one of the Northumberland 
 family. The island consists of amass of precipitous 
 rock, and rises to the height of about 300 feet above 
 the sea level. 
 
 LALOR, PETER (1827—) is son of Patrick 
 Lalor, who represented Queen's County in Ireland 
 in the House of Commons. He was educated 
 at Trinity College, Dublin, and became a civil 
 engineer. He arrived in Melbourne in 1852 
 and went to the Ovens, where he remained until 
 the outbreak of the miners took place at Bal- 
 larat in 1854. It having been determined not 
 to take out any more licenses to mine, the miners 
 publicly burned those official documents at a 
 meeting held at Bakery Hill on 29th November 
 1854. On the Sunday morning, 3rd December 
 1854, the attack was made by a party of troops and 
 pi dice. The miners in the Stockade made a vigorous 
 resistance, and Lalor who had been chosen leader 
 received a ball near the shoulder of the left arm, 
 and ultimately lost his limb. Although large 
 rewards were offered for his apprehension, his 
 friends proved true, and preserved him till all 
 trouble was past. Subsequent to the outbreak, 
 representation was given to the gold-fields under 
 the old Constitution, and Lalor was without opposi- 
 tion elected one of the representatives for Ballarat 
 in the Legislative Council. Shortly after taking 
 his scat the Government appointed him Inspector 
 of Railways, a position which he occupied until 
 the passage of the I >ffieials in Parliament Act. At 
 the next election he was returned for South Grant) 
 which he continuously represented until 1871, 
 win ')i he suffered defeat by about twenty votes, 
 iiinl was also unsuccessful in contesting North Mel- 
 bourne at the same election. When first elected for 
 South Grant, in 1856, he was appointed Chairman 
 of Committees by the Legislative Assembly, ami 
 it is generally admitted that he evinced much 
 
 firmness, decision of character, and an intimate 
 acquaintance with constitutional law whilst he 
 filled that position, which he did until 1868. In 
 1875 he was again returned for South Grant, and in 
 August of that year accepted office as Commissioner 
 of Customs in Berry's first administration. After 
 the general election in May 1877 Berry again became 
 Chief Secretary, bringing back Lalor to his former 
 position. He was always more or less connected 
 with mining in the New North Clunes and the 
 Australasian Mines. He was chairman of the 
 Chines Water Commission, and a director of the 
 New North Clunes Company. In' 1880 he was 
 elected Speaker of the Assembly. 
 
 LANDSB0R0UGH, WILLIAM, explorer, is a 
 native of Scotland, and was engaged in squatting 
 pursuits in Q. in 1856, when he undertook explor- 
 ing expeditions in search of new country. He 
 discovered Mount Nebo and Fort Cooper, and in 
 1859 explored Peak Downs and Nagoa. In 1860 
 he discovered the head of the Thomson ; in 1861 
 he traced the Gregory and the Herbert Rivers to 
 their sources. He was chosen by the Royal Society 
 of V. in 1861 to lead an expedition from the 
 Albert River in search of Burke and Wills. The 
 party consisted of Landsborough, commander, 
 H. M. Campbell, G. Bourne, W. Allison, W. Leeson 
 two native police troopers and two Australian 
 blacks. They started from Brisbane in the trans- 
 port Firefly, which was wrecked in Torres Straits, 
 but by great exertion Captain Norman towed her 
 round with the Victoria to the Albert River and 
 landed twenty-five horses. A depot having been 
 formed the party started on 16th November in 
 the direction of Central Mount Stuart and made 
 some 200 miles, and then returned to the depot 
 where news of Burke's tracks had been brought 
 by Walker from Rockhampton. They arrived on 
 the 19th January 1862, and on 10th February 
 a second start was made from the depot. They 
 journeyed southward and discovered a well grassed 
 and watered country, composed for the most part 
 of rich pastoral land extending along the waters of 
 the Flinders to the Dividing Range ; thence along 
 the Thomson from its source to the Victoria River 
 (or Barcoo) and thence to the Warrego, where on 
 the 21st May they stopped at the station of the 
 Messrs. Williams and were hospitably received. 
 They travelled by way of the Darling and Menindie 
 to Melbourne, which they reached in June. For 
 his services on this occasion Landsborough was 
 presented by the Victorian people with a ser- 
 vice of plate valued at £500. A diary of the 
 expedition was published by Bourne, second in 
 command. He then went on a voyage to Europe 
 and was presented with a gold watch by the 
 Royal Geographical Society of London. After two 
 years absence he returned to Q. and was elected 
 member of the Assembly. But finding the demands 
 on his time too onerous he obtained the situation 
 nl I rovernment Resident in Burke district at the 
 end of 1865. At the Belyando, in conjunction 
 with G. Phillips, he discovered the Western River,
 
 LanJ 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 197 
 
 and traced the Diamantina to its source. He 
 found at Burketown the whole population pros- 
 trated by fever, and removed them to Sweers 
 Island. There he continued actively to explore 
 the Gulf. In 1868 he was removed from his situa- 
 tion, but accepted the office of Inspector of Brands 
 for East Moreton, which he now holds. A river 
 in N.A. discovered in the course of his search for 
 Burke is named after him. 
 
 LANG, JOHN DUN-MORE (1799-1878) was a 
 native of Scotland, graduate of Glasgow University 
 and D.D. in 1825. His attention being early 
 directed to Australia, then almost a terra incognita, 
 he determined to leave Scotland, and in Septem- 
 ber 1822 was ordained by the Irvine Presbytery 
 minister for the Scots National Church in Sydney. 
 He arrived in Sydney in 1823 and met with a warm 
 welcome from his fellow-countrymen. The court- 
 house was placed at his disposal to hold service in, 
 and the energy and ability displayed in his preach- 
 ing attracted what in those days might be styled 
 large congregations. Subscriptions were liberally 
 promised towards the erection of a church, the 
 Governor Sir Thomas Brisbane heading the list. 
 But in consequence of a quarrel the Governor 
 declined to assent to a request for endowment and 
 withdrew his name from the list of subscribers. 
 Dr. Lang undaunted by the want of official 
 patronage proceeded to build his church, and went 
 to England to lay his complaint before the 
 Secretary of State for the Colonies. He was 
 successful, and in 1826 returned to Sydney with 
 a direction from Earl Bathurst to the authorities 
 in N.S.W. that one-third of the cost of the Pres- 
 byterian Church should be paid by the State, 
 and a salary of ,£300 a year paid to Dr. Lang out 
 of colonial funds. To him belongs the real honour 
 of introducing the Presbyterian system of church 
 and schools into Australia. He was instrumental 
 in establishing the Australian College in 1832 and 
 to effect this object made considerable personal 
 sacrifices, -Shortly after a visit to England in 1841 
 he joined the Presbyterian Synod of Australia, but 
 in the following year pursued a course adverse to 
 the views of the majority of the synod, and was 
 censured for disregard of the authority of the 
 church by refusing to appear when cited to answer 
 charges made against him. He was deposed from 
 his ministerial office, and the deposition was con- 
 firmed by the church courts in Scotland. He 
 applied for relief to the Court of Session and the 
 Lord Ordinary held that the decision was illegal. 
 The Sydney Presbytery endeavoured to oust him 
 from the possession of church property, but after a 
 long course of litigation the matter was finally 
 decided in the year 1862 in his favour. He held 
 the ministry of the Scots Church Sydney from 
 1823 until his death. On 17th December 1872 
 he celebrated the jubilee of his ministry, and 
 on that occasion received an address from 
 the Presbytery of Sydney and testimonials from 
 a number of subscribers. He likewise received 
 from members of different religious denominations 
 
 expressions ■ of their esteem and goodwill. The 
 position of Dr. Lang as a politician in a great 
 measure overshadowed his calling as a minister of 
 religion. From his arrival in the colony he took 
 an active interest in social and public questions, 
 while his representative career lasted with a brief 
 interval from 1843 until 1869. In 1835 dissatisfied 
 with the colonial press which then existed he 
 started the Colonist, a weekly journal, in which he 
 advocated the discontinuance of the system of 
 granting waste lands to settlers, and urged the 
 adoption of the Wakefield principle of selling the 
 lands at an upset price and devoting the proceeds 
 to immigration. He maintained that the waste 
 lands were not the property of the inhabitants, 
 but of the people of the British Empire, and ought 
 to be administered in that spirit. His proposal 
 met with some acceptance, was recommended by a 
 select committee of the Legislative Council and 
 received the approval of Lord Glenelg, then 
 Secretary of State for the Colonies ; but a land 
 system on a different basis was afterwards 
 established by Wentworth. Dr. Lang was an 
 ardent supporter of immigration. In 1830 he 
 addressed a letter to Viscount Goderich, point- 
 ing out the means of conveying thousands of 
 the distressed agricultural population of Great 
 Britain to the plenty of N.S.W. without expense 
 to the mother country. His idea was to obtain 
 the necessary funds by sales of building allot- 
 ments in Sydney, and by resuming and selling 
 land granted on conditions unfulfilled to the 
 Church and School Corporation of N.S.W. He 
 published this letter in the colony and his pro- 
 posal gave offence to the possessors of the land 
 he proposed to resume. A wordy warfare fol- 
 lowed lasting for years, and the struggle entailed 
 on him much expense and annoyance. He was 
 censured by Lord Goderich for the indiscreet pub- 
 lication of the letter, and the Legislative Council 
 also punished him by a vote of censure. In 1836 
 he brought out from England a supply of suitable 
 ministers for the church, a number of school- 
 masters and others, numbering with their families 
 about 300 persons. He lectured on immigration 
 during his frequent visits to England and used his 
 influence to promote the settlement of Protestant 
 people in the colony. The bounty system he con- 
 demned as calculated to unduly encourage the 
 introduction of Roman Catholics at the expense of 
 the State. In 1843 Dr. Lang was elected one of 
 the representatives of the first Legislative Council 
 under the constitution of 1842. He was returned 
 for the district of Port Phillip, now the colony 
 of V. His principal aims in entering political 
 life were to put a stop to the preponderance of 
 Irish Roman Catholic immigrants and to secure 
 for the colony a general system of education 
 adapted to its wants. On the latter question he 
 had been opposed to the Irish National system, 
 but after a visit to Ireland he changed his views 
 and advocated its adoption. A select committee 
 of the Legislative Council of which Robert Lowe
 
 i58 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ttatt 
 
 was chairman recommended the system. He 
 was a foremost actor in the movement for the 
 separation of Port Phillip from N.S.W. He 
 broached the idea to the residents of Port Phillip, 
 who were labouring under a sense of dissatisfaction 
 at the neglect they experienced from the Central 
 Government, and he received such encourage- 
 ment that in 1844 he proposed in the Council the 
 separation of Port Phillip and its erection into 
 a distinct and separate colony. The six Port 
 Phillip representatives voted for the motion, but 
 the only member among the thirty representa- 
 tives of N. S. W. who gave in his adhesion 
 was Lowe. Not discouraged Dr. Lang drew 
 up a petition which was numerously signed and 
 sent home to Her Majesty. Lord Stanley gave a 
 favourable reply, but separation was not consum- 
 mated until the year 1851. The services rendered 
 by Dr. Lang were recognised by the Victorian 
 Parliament, who in 1872 voted him a sum of 
 j£1000. He was also a warm advocate of the 
 separation of Q. from N.S.W. His interest in the 
 Moreton Bay district dated back to the years 
 1848 and 1849, when he introduced there at con- 
 siderable personal expense about 600 immigrants. 
 His services in the cause of separation were 
 acknowledged by the Q. Legislature. He was also 
 the promoter of the land order system established in 
 that colony. He was always strongly opposed to the 
 transportation system. The agitation lasted from 
 1846 to 1851, Earl Grey, then Secretary of State 
 for the Colonies, persisting in his determination to 
 force the system on the colony. Ultimately how- 
 ever the Order in Council declaring N.S.W. a place 
 where convicts might be sent was revoked. Lang 
 was elected member for Sydney in 1850, defeating 
 the transportation candidate. He presented a 
 petition to the Legislature against transportation 
 signed by 36,589 persons. In 1849 he addressed a 
 letter to Earl Grey on the subject of his mis- 
 government of the Australian Colonies during the 
 three years he held office, couched in language 
 which gave great offence. In September 1851 he 
 was elected at the head of the poll for Sydney, 
 John Lamb and W. C. Wentworth being his col- 
 leagues, but he resigned almost immediately and 
 went to England. During his absence a new 
 Constitution Act was passed containing a clause 
 rendering ministers of religion ineligible for Parlia- 
 ment, and he was thus precluded from entering the 
 Legislature for a time. This clause was repealed 
 in 1857, and at the general election in 1859 he was 
 again returned for Sydney. After the introduction 
 of responsible government he was elected three 
 times for Sydney West — twice at the head of the 
 poll. He retired from the Parliamentary arena in 
 November 1869. Among other measures advo- 
 cated by him during his political career were the 
 extension and equalising of the representation (in 
 184:!,) the establishment of a uniform postage rate 
 of 2d. (in 1844,) triennial Parliaments, a single 
 Chamber Legislature, cheap and efficient railway 
 communication, and permanent discontinuance of 
 
 State aid to religion. In 1839 he visited N.Z. 
 and wrote to Lord Durham urging the Govern- 
 ment to take possession of those islands. Dur- 
 ing his long connection with Australia he visited 
 England nine times. In 1846 he was examined 
 before a committee of the House of Commons on 
 the question of transportation. Dr. Lang was a 
 voluminous writer. He is the author of a history 
 of N.S.W. which ran through four editions, the 
 first issued in 1834, the latest in 1875. His other 
 works are Origin and Migration of the Polynesian 
 Natives, 1834 ; Transportation and Colonisation, 
 1837 ; Neiv Zealand in 1839, Position and Pros- 
 pects of its inhabitants; Religion and Education 
 in America, 1840 ; Cook's Land, Australia, 1847 ; 
 Phillip's Land, 1847 ; Freedom and Independence 
 for Australia, 1852 ; The Coming Event, 1870; 
 Aurora Austmlis, a series of poems, 1826. He 
 was also a ready pamphleteer and wrote on a 
 variety of subjects. He was an honorary member 
 of the African Institute of France, of the American 
 Oriental Society, and of the Literary Institute of 
 the University of Olinda in Brazil. The career of 
 Dr. Lang embraces a period of very great interest 
 to Australians. He saw the foundations of a 
 nation laid and was an instrument in the work. 
 He was a witness of the wonderful progress and 
 prosperity of the colonies, and did not pass away 
 until he had seen the handful of settlers ripen into 
 a community numbering nearly two millions and 
 the continent explored and settled throughout the 
 eastern half. He lived through the vice-royalties 
 of nine Governors of N.S.W., commencing with Sir 
 Thomas Brisbane and ending with Sir Hercules 
 Robinson. He was a man of indomitable energy, of 
 liberal views, of considerable ability, of great public 
 spirit, and utterly careless about pecuniary advan- 
 tage. He achieved a position among the early 
 colonists of A. which will not readily be for- 
 gotten. 
 
 LANGTON, EDWARD (1828—) came to V. in 
 1852. In January 1866 he was elected to repre- 
 sent East Melbourne in the Assembly. He sat for 
 that constituency for one Parliament and at the 
 general election in 1868 contested West Melbourne, 
 for which constituency he was elected. He 
 represented this constituency from 1868 until 1877, 
 when at the general election he was defeated. 
 Langton has been twice in office ; in 1868 he was 
 Treasurer of the short-lived Sladen administra- 
 tion, and in 1872 he filled the same office in the 
 Francis government, retiring from it when Francis 
 resigned, and declining to be a member of the 
 succeeding government under Kerferd. In 1874 
 Langton was elected an honorary member of the 
 Cobden Club. He was for some time connected 
 with the Press, having been on the literary staff of 
 the Argus, and was proprietor and editor of the 
 weeklyjournal, the Spectator, originated in 1865 as 
 the organ of the Free-trade party in Melbourne. 
 He was the first Secretary of the Free-trade 
 League of Victoria, a position which he resigned 
 on being elected to Parliament in 1806.
 
 Lan— La T] 
 
 CYCLOP.EDIA OF Al'STUALASIA. 
 
 199 
 
 LANIGAN, WILLIAM (1820- •) Roman Catholic 
 Bishop of Gonlburn N.S.W., is a native of 
 Tipperary in Ireland. He received his education 
 at Thurles College, and completed his ecclesias- 
 tical studies at the College of Maynooth. He was 
 ordained priest at Maynooth in 1848, and came to 
 Sydney 1859. After seven years of missionary 
 labour in Goulbum and Berrima he was con- 
 secrated Bishop of Goulbum on 9th June 1867. 
 
 LANNES CAPE (Cape Dombey of the 
 Admiralty charts) is the S. head of Guichen Bay, 
 S.A., and has a reef of rocks running out one-and- 
 a-quarter miles. There is an obelisk on its 
 extremity forty feet high, visible twelve miles 
 in clear weather. The coast to the S. is composed 
 of sandy hillocks lightly timbered, and breakers 
 extend off the coast for fully two miles. In a 
 small inlet at the S. side of this cape the rocks are 
 seen in bold section, the cliffs being nearly loo feet 
 high. The little bay is very deep so that the 
 water washes the cliffs nearly all round. In some 
 places the action of the surf has undermined them 
 and caused them to fall, and the spray has eaten 
 into its soft friable texture, giving parts a wild and 
 jagged outline. 
 
 LA PEROUSE, JEAN FRANCOIS DE 
 GALAUP, COUNT DE, French navigator. An 
 expedition was fitted out in 1785 and put under 
 his direction, consisting of two frigates, the 
 Botissole and the Astrolabe, with full complements 
 of men. The ships sailed from the harbour of 
 Brest in August. After passing through many 
 adventures and making some valuable discoveries, 
 the fleet reached N.S.W. and cast anchor in Botany 
 Bay in February 1788. The astonishment of 
 Governor Phillip on finding the ships there was 
 very great, and the kindliest interchanges of 
 friendship passed between the commanders. On 
 10th March 1788, having supplied his ship with 
 water and wood, La Perouse sailed away from the 
 shores of Australia. He had lost several officers 
 and seamen in an encounter with the savages at 
 Navigators Islands, and it was for the purpose of 
 refitting that he put into Botany Bay. At this 
 point occurs a sad blank in the story of the brave 
 and gallant but unfortunate La Perouse. No 
 tidings of the expedition arrived in France for 
 three years. No European eye had ever seen any 
 of the voyagers in the Botissole and Astrolabe after 
 their departure from Australia. The King and 
 the people of France began to grow uneasy, and at 
 length another expedition was fitted out in 1792 
 under the command of Admiral D'Entrecasteaux, 
 to go in search of the lost navigators. It was 
 unsuccessful. For thirty-five years no traces of 
 La Perouse's fleet were discovered in any quarter. 
 At last Captain Dillon, an English seaman in the 
 service of the East India Company, accidentally 
 found the key of the dread secret which the ocean 
 had held for forty years. He was cruising about 
 the New Hebrides in 1827, when he came upon 
 traces of the wrecks of two large French ships 
 
 strewed about the reef that surrounds the Island 
 of Manicolo. These were fragments of La Perouse's 
 frigates. By converse with the natives Captain 
 Dillon got the main incidents of the melancholy 
 story. One stormy night the ships struck upon 
 the treacherous reef and went to pieces. Some of 
 the seamen managed to escape the billows and 
 reach the shore. One or two had chosen to 
 remain amongst the savages, but the others 
 perished in an unsuccessful attempt to l'each some 
 civilised land. Captain Dillon brought back in 
 the Research the fragments of the shipwrecked 
 vessels, and the sad story of the lost expedition 
 became classic in the history of maritime adven- 
 tures. A monument to the memory of La Perouse 
 and his crew, with an inscription in French, stands 
 on the shores of Botany Bay. It was erected by 
 the French Government in 1825. 
 
 LARCOM, MOUNT, a mountain on the N.E. 
 coast of the continent near Port Curtis, named 
 in honour of Sir Thomas Larcom, director of the 
 Ordnance Survey of Ireland and Under-Secretary 
 for Ireland. 
 
 "LARRIKIN," a name given to young vaga- 
 bonds in Victoria. The term was first applied in 
 the Melbourne Police Court by an Irish police 
 officer (Dalton,) who, in reply to the magistrates, 
 said the youths before the Court were " larrikin," 
 meaning larking. 
 
 LA TR0BE,CHARLES JOSEPH, firstgovernor 
 of V., was the son of a Moravian clergyman 
 and a native of Yorkshire in England. He was 
 descended from a Swiss family which emigrated 
 from the south of France at the Revocation of the 
 Edict of Nantes, and first settled in Ireland. He 
 was educated amongst the Moravians and intended 
 for the ministry. He spent some years in travel- 
 ling in America and on the continent of Europe. 
 In 1837 he was appointed to make a tour of the 
 West India Islands, to report on the application of 
 the funds voted by the British Parliament for the 
 education of the emancipated negroes. He accom- 
 panied Washington Irving in his tour on the 
 prairies, so graphically narrated by the cele- 
 brated American writer. He was chosen by 
 Lord Glenelg as first superintendent of Port 
 Phillip in 1839, and arrived at Melbourne 
 on 30th September. His first public reception 
 was held at the Australian Auction Company's 
 rooms in Collins-street on 2nd October. His 
 salary was only £800 a year, but was subse- 
 quently increased to £1500. At the outset of his 
 rule there was a disposition on the part of 
 the colonists to think highly of La Trobe ; 
 but his popularity was very short-lived. He 
 threw all his influence into the agitation against 
 transportation to Port Phillip ; and when certain 
 residents in the Western District clamoured for 
 convict labour he firmly refused to sustain their 
 demand to the Imperial Government. But on all 
 other public questions of importance to the colony 
 the Superintendent was uniformly adverse to the
 
 200 
 
 CYCLOl'.KDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [LaT 
 
 popular wishes. He impeded the advancement 
 of the colony both materially and politically to 
 the full extent of his power ; his steadfast convic- 
 tion apparently being that Port Phillip was 
 destined to remain for ever the outlying depen- 
 dency of a penal settlement. In October 1846 
 La Trobe was commissioned to proceed to V.D.L. 
 in consequence of the suspension of Sir Eardley 
 Wilmot, the Governor. He was directed to 
 inquire minutely into the state of that colony 
 and to report to the Home Government. During 
 his absence the government of Port Phillip was 
 placed under the direction of Captain Lonsdale, 
 Sub-Treasurer of the district, whose place was 
 supplied by James Simpson, formerly Police 
 Magistrate of Melbourne. Meantime the breach 
 between the Superintendent and the colonists was 
 daily growing wider, aggravated by what was 
 deemed his treacherous conduct towards them in 
 the matter of separation from N.S.W. At length 
 things came to a climax. An imperial Parliamen- 
 tary paper reached the colony which contained 
 a copy of a private dispatch, dated 10th August 
 1848, written by La Trobe for the Secretary of 
 State, and in which were the following obser- 
 vations : — " No doubt the erection of the Port 
 Phillip District into a distinct colony will at once 
 remedy much that is anomalous in the present 
 state of things ; but one fact, if not clear before, 
 seems to be demonstrated beyond dispute by the 
 past proceedings in the district — that any form of 
 constitution which may be proposed for the 
 colony, for some years to come at least, which 
 takes the government out of the hands of a 
 governor, executive and nominee council, and 
 substitutes for the latter a representative body, 
 will be ill-suited to its real state and position, 
 and will render the administration of its govern- 
 ment as a distinct colony, upon whomsoever it may 
 devolve, a task of exceedingly great difficulty 
 and responsibility." The publication of this 
 dispatch excited feelings of the warmest indigna- 
 tion in the breasts of all classes. The Melbourne 
 City Council, as the only representative institution 
 existing in the colony, unanimously passed a reso- 
 lution denouncing the representations made by the 
 Superintendent as utterly unfounded. TheCounoil 
 had previously placed themselves in an attitude of 
 hostility towards La Trobe, in consequence of his 
 endeavour privately to contravene their request to 
 the Sydney Government that the unused funds 
 granted for Port Phillip should be entrusted to 
 their care for purposes of public improvements. 
 In June 1848, on the motion of T. McCombie, they 
 agreed to the following resolution : — "That the 
 Legislative Committee be instructed to prepare an 
 humble petition to Her Most Gracious Majesty 
 the Queen, praying for the removal of His Honor 
 Charles Joseph La Trobe, Esq., from the office of 
 Superintendent ol the District of Port Phillip on 
 account of his systematic mismanagement of the 
 money voted for the service of the province, his 
 neglect of public works of paramount consequence, 
 
 and his repeated breaches of faith in his official 
 transactions with this Council in matters of high 
 public importance." In order to back up this reso- 
 lution a public meeting was held opposite the 
 Court House, attended by 3000 persons, and pre- 
 sided over by McCombie, and a petition for the 
 recall of the Superintendent was carried by acclama- 
 tion. The Secretary of State acknowledged both 
 memorials, but refused the request of the colonists. 
 When separation was granted La Trobe was sworn 
 in first Lieutenant-Governor — the fiction of the 
 supremacy of N.S.W. being still maintained. At 
 length the gold discoveries broke out, and the 
 capacity of La Trobe for governing was put to the 
 severest test. He failed signally, and his failure 
 was the cause of the saddest consequences to the 
 colony and of irreparable disgrace to himself. 
 From the first the sole policy he adopted was to 
 prevent, if possible, the influx of gold seekers. 
 Failing in this he attempted to drive them away, 
 from the gold fields by the imposition of an oppres- 
 sive license fee, fixed at first at £3 per man per 
 month. Again failing he most unwisely called in 
 the aid of the military to dragoon the diggers into 
 submission. Then, frightened at the alarming and 
 dangerous condition of things this perverse policy 
 had created, he forwarded his resignation to the 
 Secretary of State. For many months previously 
 to his departure the Arcjus had daily inserted 
 among its advertisements the announcement : 
 " Wanted a Governor !" Nothing could exceed in 
 bitter severity the opposition which that journal 
 maintained against La Trobe all through his 
 career. But it must be added that any journal 
 which held it to be its first duty to maintain 
 the rights and privileges of the colonists could not 
 have honestly taken any other course. La Trobe 
 left Melbourne on 5th May 1854, and returned 
 to England. He died in London on 2nd Decem- 
 ber 1875. McCombie's estimate of La Trobe's 
 character and career is, of course, extremely 
 unfavourable, but its substantial justice cannot be 
 controverted. He describes him as a gentleman 
 of prepossessing manners, amiable and conciliating 
 disposition and cultivated taste. " He was gifted 
 with considerable literary ability, and many of 
 his public documents displayed no little power; 
 but it was unfortunate that he was not endowed 
 with greater firmness and more independence of 
 character. He cannot be accused of having ever 
 acted in a tyrannical manner, and he did his best 
 to conciliate all classes ; the charge that may with 
 justice be brought forward against him is that of 
 insincerity. He was too free with his professions, 
 and too tardy in fulfilling them ; he avowed too 
 eagerly his desire to satisfy such suitors as were 
 compelled to wait upon him, without having the 
 slightest wish or intention of granting their requests. 
 Many of the colonists were plain men of business, 
 unused to courtly modes of address, who, consider- 
 ing his sedulous attention and insinuating manner 
 equivalent to a direct promise, left his presence in 
 full expectation of having their requests granted.
 
 LaTl 
 
 OYCLOPJEIHA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 201 
 
 It is more than probable that La Trobe forgot they 
 were in existence an hour after they had left his 
 room of audience. And the neglect or opposition 
 of the head of the Government to what suitors 
 deemed their fair demands was no doubt in 
 many instances contrasted with his specious and 
 insinuating manner, which had led them to regard 
 him as their friend. The disappointed were more 
 deeply irritated than if he had refused their 
 requests and plainly informed them of the reasons 
 which prevented him from granting them. The 
 great cause of La Trobe's unpopularity however 
 was the line of conduct he followed during the 
 period he held office as Superintendent. In the 
 first phase of its political existence Port Phillip 
 was a dependency of a dependency, the form 
 of government being an irresponsible despotism. 
 Whatever was done amiss was unwillingly borne 
 by the colonists, because the blame could not be 
 placed at the door of any officer of the Govern- 
 ment. La Trobe disavowed all responsibility, 
 declaring that he was only the nominee of the 
 Governor and Executive Council of N.S.W. There 
 is little doubt however that he was allowed to 
 govern Port Phillip according to the dictates of his 
 own judgment ; for whatever faults may have 
 been attributed to Sir George Gipps he has never 
 been accused of duplicity, and he stated that he 
 was glad when La Trobe arrived, and since then the 
 administration of the affairs of Port Phillip might 
 be truly said to be the administration of La Trobe ; 
 the Governor had acceded to all his wishes as far 
 as he could, and on no occasion had he found 
 it necessary to interfere with or censure any of 
 his proceedings. This assurance was given by 
 the Governor in the Legislative Council in the 
 most solemn manner. The line of policy which 
 La Trobe thought proper to pursue was calculated 
 to stop the progress and injure the prosperity of the 
 district. During the extended period that he 
 administered the Government as Superintendent 
 he never assisted the struggling colonists to obtain 
 that justice to which they were entitled and for 
 which they were earnestly fighting. While public 
 meetings and agitations of momentous importance 
 to the district were being held in Melbourne, the 
 Superintendent either kept aloof or assumed an 
 attitude of direct hostility. The public documents 
 connected with Port Phillip, which by the over- 
 sight or rashness of the Imperial Government 
 were permitted to see the light, exhibited to the 
 colonists the sad spectacle of the head of the local 
 government arrayed against them. In no fewer 
 than three instances was he thus found using his 
 position to misrepresent the feelings and wishes of 
 the colonists. He never during his extended term 
 of Government, except in one instance— the land- 
 ing of the convicts by the Randolph— incurred any 
 responsibility or did one solitary act deserving of 
 commendation ; even after his elevation to the 
 rank of Lieutenant-Governor, at the era of separa- 
 tion, he displayed few qualities likely to inspire 
 confidence. His administration was notoriously 
 
 vacillating and pusillanimous. His proclamations 
 were treated with derision by the people ; rash 
 and bold up to the very point when resistance 
 seemed probable, he succumbed to the dictation 
 of the diggers when they assumed an attitude 
 of hostility or defiance towards his Govern- 
 ment. Overbearing towards the people when he 
 ought to have been conciliating, no sooner did 
 symptoms of insurrection appear and it was neces- 
 sary for him to exhibit firmness than he sank into 
 a state half-way between timidity and imbecility. 
 To his conduct in weakening the authority of the 
 Government may be attributed the outrages which 
 burst forth during the administration of his suc- 
 cessor, and which helped to hurry that gentleman 
 to an untimely grave. To hi< maladministration 
 of the public lands may in a great measure be 
 traced the terrible financial crisis of 1853-4, in 
 which so many persons had their hopes blasted and 
 their fortunes ruined. He shut up the whole of 
 the lands during the first years of the gold diggings, 
 not alone in the country but also in the suburbs 
 of Melbourne, and the inevitable consequence was 
 that there being no legitimate outlet for surplus 
 capital in Crown lands it went into other invest- 
 ments, such as lands already alienated — which were 
 thus raised to an exorbitant price — and merchan- 
 dise and other property. Private landowners 
 occupied themselves in subdividing their suburban 
 lots into very small pieces, and enormous specula- 
 tion went on in them. In the very midst of this 
 the Government began a new line of conduct, and 
 threw great quantities of suburban land into the 
 market, thus reducing it again to its legitimate 
 price. But those who had been speculating at the 
 fictitious rates were ruined, and they involved 
 many others ; then came the scarcity of money, 
 which was increased by the drain from the 
 enormous Government land sales. Many of the 
 old colonists of. standing had at one period a 
 portion of their capital embarked in squatting 
 pursuits, and La Trobe went as far as he possibly 
 could in favour of this powerful body, who uni- 
 formly adhered to him. He supported all religious 
 and charitable institutions, not only from the public 
 funds, but also as his friends asserted from his 
 private purse. There was moreover a particular 
 clique who had received many favours from him, 
 and who were constantly sounding his praise ; but 
 however La Trobe was lauded or tolerated by 
 many in the colony there were few reflecting 
 minds who had not long earnestly desired his 
 recall. This was so long deferred upon one frivolous 
 pretence after another that the public mind 
 became quiescent ; and the people began to con- 
 sider him as a fixture. When his departure was 
 at length announced he was deeply sympathised 
 with in consequence of a severe family bereave- 
 ment which he had just experienced. Those who 
 condemned the Governor could not help feeling for 
 the man who had grown grey amongst them and 
 who was now quitting their shores in trouble and 
 distress. The Press had moreover commented 
 
 c2
 
 202 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [La T— Lau 
 
 pretty freely upon his public conduct, and not a few 
 who did not enter very deeply into the great public 
 question which had been at issue between the 
 Governor and the people looked upon the former 
 as a martyr to editorial vindictiveness. There can 
 be no doubt that with his fair abilities and unim- 
 l>eachable private character, he might have acquired 
 very great popularity had he been unequivocally 
 honest and straightforward in his public capacity, 
 and even if he had not joined the people in obtain- 
 ing justice, had only acted an impartial part in 
 the struggle. It must be admitted that Port 
 Phillip was at this time in a very peculiar 
 position ; and perhaps, had La Trobe been in the 
 first instance sent out as Governor he would have 
 given much more general satisfaction, and the 
 historian might have been spared the disagreeable 
 task of severely censuring his public actions. He 
 was not perhaps worse than the majority of 
 officials who in former days, previous to the era 
 of responsible government, held an almost irres- 
 ponsible power from Downing street ; indeed he 
 was not so haughty and overbearing as many of 
 the order who were to be met with in the colonies. 
 He was accessible and generally courteous, as has 
 already been stated. That he sacrificed the dearest 
 interests of Y. to please his superiors in Sydney can 
 be too easily demonstrated. It is probable that had 
 the interests of his people and those of the author- 
 ities in N.S.W. been identical, he would have been 
 pleased, but the contrary being the case he devoted 
 himself heart and mind to gratify the hostile view of 
 the latter without any compunction of conscience. 
 The Governor of N.S.W. at an early period in his 
 career was not so inimical to the interests of Port 
 Phillip as the other members of the Executive 
 Council who wished to plunder its revenues, in 
 order that - they might use them in improving the 
 middle district, and they found La Trobe willing 
 to aid them in this system of national spoliation. 
 It will thus be evident that any impartial historian 
 must condemn La Trobe and his system of 
 government. He displayed an almost undisguised 
 antagonism to free institutions and social progress 
 — he retarded the separation of the southern 
 district from N.S.AV. as long as possible, he pre- 
 vented money actually voted by the Legisla- 
 ture of N.S.W. for public works urgently required 
 from being expended ; and this moreover at a 
 period of great distress, when many families 
 were out of employment and had to seek for 
 it in other countries." On the other hand the 
 colonists ow r e to La Trobe the reservation of the 
 fine parks and gardens around Melbourne, and 
 the initiation of the Yan Yean Water Supply 
 Scheme. In early life he published two books 
 of travel entitled, The Alpenstock and the Rambler 
 in Mexico. 
 
 LA TROBE RIVER, in the district of Gipps 
 Land, V., rises near Mount Baw P>aw T and, dividing 
 the Australian Alps from Strzelecki's range falls 
 into Lake Wellington. It was named after 
 Governor La Trobe. 
 
 LAUGHING JACKASS, the Australian king- 
 fisher, a bird well-known in the forests by its 
 peculiar harsh and mocking note. The name it 
 vulgarly bears is a corruption of the French word 
 Jacasser, " to chatter," and the correct form is the 
 "Laughing Jacasse." In works on natural history 
 it is described as the Great Brown Kingfisher. It 
 agrees very nearly with the kingfishers in its form 
 and character, but differs from them in its habits, 
 not frequenting waters nor feeding on fish, but 
 preying on beetles, reptiles and small mammalia. 
 It is about eighteen inches long and mostly of a 
 brown colour. The natives call it Gogobera, 
 apparently in imitation of its cry. It is of great 
 use in preventing the excessive multiplication of 
 reptiles and other pests. Its bill is powerful 
 enough to crush the heads of snakes. It is easily 
 tamed and is sometimes kept in gardens, from 
 which it does not seek to escape. 
 
 LAUNCESTON, the second town in T. and the 
 principal one on the northern coast, is situated on 
 the River Tamar, about forty miles from its mouth, 
 at the conflux of the North and South Esk Rivers, 
 here about fifty yards across. It lies in a valley 
 enclosed by hills. It is distant 120 miles N. from 
 Hobart Town, with which there is communication 
 by railway. The first settlement on the northern 
 side of the island was formed in the year 1804 by 
 Colonel Paterson, who when in charge of a small 
 party of prisoners took up his abode at York Town 
 on the western arm of the River Tamar. In 1806 
 he removed to the country above the North Esk 
 which flows into the Tamar, where he found exten- 
 sive plains suitable for pasturage and tillage, now 
 known as Patterson's Plains or St. Leonards. The 
 northern settlement was at first called Port Dal- 
 rymple, but it being deemed advisable to form a 
 seaport town for the convenience of the northern 
 portion of the island, the valley on which Launces- 
 ton now stands was chosen as a site. The name of 
 Launceston was given to the place from a town of 
 that name in Cornwall in England, and that of 
 Tamar to the river on which it is situated from the 
 English river of that name which divides Cornwall 
 from Devonshire ; both names being given no doubt 
 as a compliment to Captain King, Governor of 
 N.S.W., whose father was a native of Launceston in 
 England. The appearance of the town as seen on 
 entering it riverwards, with its profusely wooded 
 background, its hills studded with pretty villa 
 residences, and the majestic mountains in the far 
 distance, is picturesque in the extreme. The prin- 
 cipal streets run E. and W. or N. and S., and are 
 intersected by cross streets. The population is 
 about 10,000. The streets are well lighted with 
 gas by a local company, and water is laid on 
 to every house in the town proper. For the 
 simple mode which has been adopted to convey the 
 water to Launceston, the inhabitants are indebted 
 to the late John Lamont, who knowing the country 
 and having great power of observation saw that at a 
 particular point on the St. Patrick Biver there was 
 a natural fall to Launceston. Although not an
 
 Lau— Lei] 
 
 <Y< un'.lJUA Hi- Al slRAl.ASlA. 
 
 203 
 
 engineer he convinced the authorities ; a simple 
 diversion was made, a small tunnel formed, when 
 a continuous stream flowed to within a couple of 
 miles of the town. From this point, the elevation 
 being still higher than the town, it is conveyed by 
 pipes to the several reservoirs ; and that which at 
 one time appeared so difficult was ultimately 
 effected with the greatest ease. The town was 
 incorporated on 1st November 1858 and isgoverned 
 by a Mayor and eight Aldermen. There are many 
 tine public buildings, public gardens and a public 
 library. The principal ecclesiastical building is 
 St. John's Episcopal Church, the foundation of 
 which was laid on 28th December 1824. Laun- 
 ceston is noted for its salubrity as well as its 
 picturesque situation, and the scenery of the Esk 
 River in the neighbourhood is extremely fine, there 
 being a deep gorge aud a fine cataract. 
 
 LAURENCE ISLANDS are situated off Cape 
 Sir William Grant, in V., near the town of Portland. 
 They were discovered by Grant and named after 
 Captain Laurence, one of the elder brethren of the 
 Trinity House. These islands bear from Cape Sir 
 William Grant S.E. twelve miles distant. 
 
 LAWSON, LIEUTENANT, in 1813, with 
 Blaxland and Wentworth, led an expedition into 
 the Blue Mountains in N.S.W. which was very 
 successful, for the long-sought pass was discovered. 
 Crossing the Nepean River at Emu Plains they 
 ascended the first range of mountains and speedily 
 got entangled in its deep ravines ; but continuing 
 their search they at length found a spur trending 
 westward, which they climbed, and from the 
 summit of it looked down upon a valley of beau- 
 tiful richness, well grassed and well watered. 
 Descending into the valley down the slopes of 
 Mount York they found the country improving as 
 they went on, and after a toilsome march of eight 
 or ten miles they found that the worst difficulties 
 had all been surmounted ; but as their provisions 
 were expended they were obliged to return to 
 Sydney after an absence of little more than a 
 month. 
 
 LEAKY, JOSEPH (1831—) an attorney of the 
 Supreme Court of N.S.W., entered the Assembly 
 as representative for Narellan in 1861, and with the 
 exception of three years has sat in the house ever 
 since. He was elected for the Murrumbidgee in 
 1874, and in December 1877 accepted office as 
 Minister of Justice in the Farnell Government, 
 retiring with his party in December 1878. 
 
 LEEUWIN CAPE, the south westernmost 
 point of the continent, was discovered in 1622 
 and named Landt de Leeuwin, or the Land of 
 Lions, after the ship of the Dutch discoverer. It 
 lies 136 miles from Swan River, the distance to 
 King George's Sound being 150 miles. 
 
 LEFROY, SIR J. H. (1817) Acting-Governor of 
 T., is a lieutenant-general in the British army. 
 He entered the Royal Artillery in 1834 ; was 
 director of the magnetical and meteorological 
 observatory at St. Helena in 1840-1 ; made a 
 
 magnetic survey of the continent of North America, 
 from Montreal to the Arctic Circle in 1843-4 ; was 
 appointed to the War Office as scientific adviser to 
 the Duke of Newcastle on subjects of artillery and 
 inventions in December 1854 ; and was sent on a 
 special mission to the seat of war in the Crimea in 
 1 855, and to the Mediterranean fortresses in 1859. 
 He has also filled the position of Inspector-general 
 of Army Schools, aud Secretary to the Ordnance 
 Select Committee. He was afterwards president 
 of the same committee, and Director-general of 
 Ordnance, as well as a member of the Royal Com- 
 mission on National Defences and on military 
 education. General Lefroy was Governor of Ber- 
 muda from 1870 to 1877. 
 
 LEFROY, H. M., explorer, superintendent of 
 convicts, and Robinson, with a party of four men 
 equipped by the W.A. Government in May 1863, 
 penetrated eastward from York district to long. 
 122° 40' to the lake which bears the leader's name. 
 They were three months in the field, and much 
 valuable pastoral and agricultural land was found. 
 The distance traversed was about 400 miles. 
 
 LEIGH, SAMUEL (1785-1851) first Wesleyan 
 Methodist missionary in Australia, was a native 
 of England, and came to N.S.W in 1815. On his 
 arrival the Governor discouraged him, but he 
 enlisted the patronage of the Rev. Samuel 
 Marsden. On 16th March 1816 he held his first 
 service, and had a total congregation of forty-four 
 members; his first sermon was preached in a 
 private house in Sydney. Leigh visited England 
 in 1818 and returned to the colonies in 1820, 
 settling in N.Z., where he founded the mission of 
 the Wesleyan body. When Marsden visited N.Z. 
 in 1823 he found Leigh at Wangaroa very ill, and 
 he invited him to accompany him in a voyage 
 to Sydney for the benefit of his health. They 
 embarked on 6th September. On the following day 
 their vessel was wrecked in Kororarika Bay, but 
 the missionaries escaped with their lives, and 
 Leigh reached the station in safety. In conse- 
 quence of failing health he left N.Z. for N.S.W., 
 but after a few years in Sydney he retired in 1831, 
 and for a time resumed circuit employment in 
 England, where he died in 1851. 
 
 LE GRAND'S BAY, on the south coast of the 
 continent, was named after the seaman who dis- 
 covered it in D'Entrecasteaux's expedition. 
 
 LEICHHARDT, LUDWIG (1814-1848) 
 explorer, a native of Prussia, was educated in Paris, 
 and came to N.S.W. in 1840. He passed some time 
 in the Moreton Bay District making exploratory 
 journeys, which eventually laid the foundation of 
 Q. In 1844 Sir Thomas Mitchell invited Leich- 
 hardt to accompany him in an expedition to the 
 shores of Carpentaria. As Mitchell was unable to 
 leave Sydney that year Leichhardt accepted the 
 command of the expedition, and started from 
 Sydney on 13th August 1844. The party con- 
 sisted of, besides Leichhardt as leader, J. S. Calvert, 
 J. Gilbert naturalist, J. Murphy a lad of sixteen,
 
 204 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Lei 
 
 Pemberton, Hodgson, an American negro and two 
 aboriginals. The journey was entirely a coast 
 route. The eastern slope of the coast range con- 
 sists of extensive terraces of pastoral land. Along 
 these slopes Leichhardt led his party with abund- 
 ance of water for the cattle, but the party 
 suffered much from the natives, and on one 
 occasion the naturalist Gilbert was killed and 
 two others were dangerously wounded. The suffer- 
 ings of the party also from want of provisions 
 and water were very great. In a letter addressed 
 to Professor Owen, read at the annual meeting 
 of the British Association in July 1845, and 
 which accompanied a box of fossil bones from 
 Darling Downs, Leichhardt describes his life in 
 terms which sound sadly and strangely affecting 
 now that after succeeding in his first he perished 
 in his second enterprise : — "Living here as the bird 
 who lives from tree to tree — living on the kindness 
 of a friend fond of my science, or on the hospi- 
 tality of the settler and squatter, with a little 
 mare I travelled more than 2500 miles zigzag from 
 Newcastle to Wide Bay, being often my own groom, 
 cook, washerwoman, geologist and botanist at the 
 same time ; and I delighted in this life. When 
 next you hear of me it will be either that I am 
 lost and dead or that I have succeeded in pene- 
 trating through the interior to Port Essington." 
 More than once the bronze-winged pigeon flying to 
 water saved them from dying of thirst. After a 
 journey of fifteen months the expedition reached 
 Port Essington on 17th December 1845, nearly 
 famished and naked, and with no stores left nor 
 any animals except the horses which they rode 
 upon. After a month's stay at the settlement the 
 party returned by sea to Port Jackson. The people 
 of Sydney were overjoyed to see them again, as it 
 was thought they had perished in the wilder- 
 ness. To the parties engaged in this expedition 
 the Legislative Council voted £1000, and £1500 
 was raised by private subscription for the same 
 purpose. Of these two sums £1450 were presented 
 to Leichhardt. He lost no time in preparing a 
 second expedition for the purpose of " exploring 
 the interior of A., the extent of Sturt's desert, 
 and the character of the western and north- 
 western coast, and to observe the gradual change 
 in vegetation and animal life from one side of the 
 continent to the other." This expedition set out 
 in December 1846. On this occasion however he 
 was not so successful. He had taken with him 
 great flocks of sheep and goats and they impeded 
 his progress so much that, after wandering over the 
 Fitzroy Downs for about seven months, he was 
 forced to return. In 1848 he organised a third 
 expedition to cross the whole continent from E. 
 to W. He proposed to start from Moreton Bay 
 and to take two years in traversing the centre of 
 the continent and reaching the Swan River settle- 
 ment. He started with a large party and soon 
 reached the Cogoon River, a tributary of the Con- 
 'I inline. From this point he sent to a friend in 
 Sydney the following letter :— " I take the last 
 
 opportunity of giving you an account of my 
 progress. For eleven days we travelled from 
 Mr. Birell's station on the Condamine to Mr. 
 Macpherson's on the Fitzroy Downs. Though the 
 country was occasionally very difficult yet every- 
 thing went on well. My mules are in excellent 
 order, my companions in excellent spirits. Three 
 of my cattle are footsore, but I shall kill one of them 
 to-night to lay in our necessary stock of dried beef. 
 The Fitzroy Downs over which we travelled, or 
 about twenty-two miles from east to west, is 
 indeed a splendid region, and Sir Thomas Mitchell 
 has not exaggerated their beauty in his account. 
 The soil is pebbly and sound, richly grassed, and 
 to judge from the myall, of most fattening quality. 
 I came right on Mount Abundance and passed 
 over a gap of it with my whole train. My latitude 
 agreed well with Mitchells. I fear that the 
 absence of water on Fitzroy Downs will render 
 this fine country to a great degree unavailable. I 
 observe the thermometer daily at six a.m. and 
 p.m., which are the only convenient hours. I 
 have tried the wet thermometer, but I am afraid 
 my observations will be very deficient. I shall 
 however improve on them as I proceed. The only 
 serious accident that has happened was the loss of 
 a spado ; but we are fortunate enough to make it 
 up on this station, where the superintendent is 
 going to spare us one of his. Though the days 
 are still very hot the beautiful clear nights are 
 cool, and benumb the mosquitoes, which have 
 ceased to trouble us. Myriads of flies are the 
 only annoyance we have. Seeing how much I 
 have been favoured in my present progress, I am 
 full of hope that our Almighty Protector will allow 
 me to bring my darling scheme to a successful 
 termination. — Your most sincere friend, Ludwig 
 Leichiiardt. Mr. Macpherson's Station, Cogoon, 
 3rd April 1848." Of the fateof himself and his party 
 nothing is certainly known. It is certai n that he made 
 direct for the banks of the Barcoo. Gregory some 
 ten years afterwards started from Sydney to dis- 
 cover if possible some traces of the lost expedition. 
 So far into the interior as the 146th meridian 
 Gregory found a tree marked L., after which no 
 further trace could be found on the Barcoo, and he 
 arrived at the conclusion that the expedition had at 
 this point abandoned the Barcoo and passed up the 
 Thomson. Shortly after Leichhardt left the settled 
 districts a rumour gained currency that he had 
 been murdered by the blacks at Cooper's Creek. 
 Many believed this rumour, as from the time he 
 left the Darling Downs no tidings were ever heard 
 of him, but there were others who held a contrary 
 opinion. For eighteen years he was never heard 
 of, and it was not until the year 1866 or there- 
 abouts that it was discovered that Leichhardt had 
 penetrated the country as far as the upper waters 
 of the Flinders Eiver. In this neighbourhood 
 several trees marked with the letter "L" were 
 found and also a number of horses. The discovery 
 induced the ladies of Victoria to send Mclntyre 
 and a party in search of Leichhardt, but the
 
 LidJ 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 205 
 
 expedition failed through the death of the leader. 
 It was a strange fact that Mclntyre reached 
 Leichhardt's marked trees on the Upper Flinders, 
 and then through the drought succumbed to fever 
 and died. From that time to the present nothing 
 bad been heard of the celebrated explorer, until an 
 explorer named Hume made a doubtful statement 
 to the Sydney authorities. It will be interesting 
 to read the last letter written by Leichhardt pre- 
 vious to his leaving the settled districts. It is 
 dated from Darling Downs on the 22nd February 
 1848, and is addressed to his brother-in-law 
 C. Schmalfuss, Cotbu's, Prussia. It is written in 
 German and the translation is from the pen of 
 Leiclihardt's old companion and friend, Baron Von 
 Mueller, who has never ceased to hope against 
 hope and to preserve with an affectionate 
 reverence every record of the expedition : — 
 "Darling Downs, 22nd February, 1848. — Four 
 months have passed since I announced to you my 
 return from the Peak Ranges I have used this 
 time to prepare the outfit for a new expedition, 
 and shall be ready in a few days to penetrate once 
 more into the interior of Australia, and — if Provi- 
 dence grants me strength — to cross the whole 
 continent. I have endeavoured to find good and 
 able followers, and believe that Classen will be 
 adapted for my enterprise, although a land journey 
 is very essentially different from the most difficult 
 sea voyage. Another friend, Mr. Hentig, has 
 joined my party. I have engaged three working 
 men and take with me also two aborigines, one of 
 whom accompanied me in my last expedition. 
 The whole party (of my companions) consists 
 therefore of seven and these I hope will be com- 
 pletely sufficient. I have at present twenty mules, 
 seven horses and fifty oxen ; twenty of the latter 
 are a present from Mr. Robinson and thirty are 
 presented to me by the government of New South 
 Wales. I informed you that Mr. Kennedy had 
 been sent out by the government to trace the 
 Victoria River of Sir Thomas Mitchell, which had 
 not yet been fully explored. Mr. Kennedy has 
 returned and found that this river trends to the 
 south and is lost in the desert, and that it is pro- 
 bably identical with Cooper's Creek of Captain 
 Start. I am therefore again alone in the field 
 and believe to be able to solve many interesting 
 problems if I succeed in skirting the northern 
 
 limits of the desert 
 
 The change (after the season of drought and 
 returning rains) from almost a cessation of vegetable 
 life and a desolate, joyless state of nature to a fresh 
 and luxuriant growth of plants, and to an every- 
 where active insect life, reminds of Humbuldt's 
 description of the Savannahs on the commence- 
 ment of the rainy season. I was rejoiced to learn 
 that the Royal Geographical Society of London 
 honoured me with the bestowal of one of its 
 medals, and that the Geographic Society of Paris 
 has distinguished me in a similar manner. I am 
 of course grateful that gentlemen so learned have 
 deemed me worthy of such an honour, but I have 
 
 striven not for reward but for science, and for 
 science only, and shall do SO also in future, even if 
 no one cared about me. I should fear to lose the 
 blessing of Providence wore I to yield to vanity, 
 and should the pure, unostentatious and toilsome 
 search for truth become mixed with strivings for 
 acknowledgments or renown. .... 
 Although I feel strong enough for this new long 
 journey yet I cannot suppress the fact that my 
 constitution has suffered much, particularly during 
 my last explorings, and that I possess far less 
 muscular strength than four years ago, when I 
 commenced my first extensive wanderings. I 
 suffer particularly from palpitations of the heart, 
 which render me frequently not a little uneasy." 
 The Legislative Council of N.S.W. voted a pension 
 of £100 per annum to Madame Leichhardt, the 
 mother of the explorer; and the sum of £2000 
 was voted to fit out an expedition for the search. 
 An expedition under Hovenden Hely was under- 
 taken in January 1852. The party consisted of seven 
 white men and three blacks, was provided with 
 sixteen horses and fifteen mules, and supplied with 
 provisions for nine months. But very little informa- 
 tion of the fate of the explorer was obtained. 
 
 LIDDELL, JAMES (1807-76) a native of Scot- 
 land, arrived when nineteen years of age in Sydney 
 as chief officer of a brig. In 1830 he had charge 
 of the brig Admiral Gifford bound on a trading 
 voyage to N.Z. She was one of the first vessels 
 sent on such an expedition from Sydney, and from 
 his kindly disposition he succeeded so well with 
 the natives that he was induced to undertake 
 several other voyages thither in the Hannah. In 
 1832 he arrived in Launceston as sailing master 
 of the Jolly Rambler, and there first made the 
 acquaintance of the Messrs. Henty, who gave him 
 charge of their schooner Thistle engaged in the 
 trade to Swan River. Whilst prosecuting one of 
 these voyages he put into Portland Bay, and was 
 so much struck with the beauty and fertility of the 
 soil that he recommended the place to his owners 
 as a desirable locality for settlement. After making 
 other voyages to Portland the Thistle was sent on 
 a trading voyage to N.Z. Just prior to starting, 
 news came to hand that Captain McLean and the 
 crew of the John Dunscombe were in the hands 
 of the natives there, and Captain Liddell had orders 
 from the Messrs. Henty to rescue them at all cost. 
 He succeeded in relieving the crew and supplying 
 them with articles for trade. About this time he 
 purchased the schooner Industry, and amongst 
 other ventures she was chartered by J. P. Fawkner 
 to bring stock to Melbourne. In 1838 Captain 
 Liddell was whaling out of Hobart Town, and in 
 one voyage he filled his vessel up in less than six 
 weeks with whales killed between Cape Sehank 
 and Wilson's Promontory. Being much impressed 
 with N.Z. he in 1842 settled at Kawhia where he 
 cultivated a tract of land purchased from the 
 natives, with whom he soon established friendly 
 relations, and built himself a small vessel to convey 
 produce to Taranaki, Auckland and other ports.
 
 206 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Lig— Liii 
 
 After some time his homestead was destroyed by 
 fire, and that event induced him to break up his 
 N.Z. home and returned to Melbourne, where he 
 eventually joined the Victorian pilot service. 
 
 LIGHT, COLONEL WILLIAM (1784-1838) 
 first Surveyor-General of S.A., was of mixed 
 European and Malayan race. His father, a cap- 
 tain of a trader to India, married the daughter 
 of the sovereign of the Malacca Territory, King 
 Tuedah, who gave as his daughter's dowry the 
 Island of Penang, afterwards called Prince of 
 Wales Island, when the sovereignty of the island 
 was made over to the British Crown, at the 
 instance of Captain Light. William Light received 
 a good education and made many distinguished 
 friends, being occasionally a guest at Carlton 
 House. He entered the military service as a 
 cavalry officer, and served in the Peninsular war 
 as lieutenant of the Fourth Light Dragoons. He 
 spoke several languages fluently, amongst others 
 French and Spanish, and was employed in the 
 intelligence department of the army, mixing with 
 Spanish families, and obtaining valuable informa- 
 tion of the movements of the French, which on 
 several occasions was of signal service to Lord 
 Wellesley. After the peace Light returned to Eng- 
 land, and when news arrived of the escape of 
 Napoleon from Elba, he was appointed brigade- 
 major to the Heavy Brigade. Shortly after he 
 was promoted to the rank of captain, but subse- 
 quently left the army. He accompanied Sir Robert 
 Wilton however to Spain, to aid in the Spanish 
 revolutionary war, and received the rank of colonel 
 in the Spanish forces. After this he accepted 
 service in the navy of the Pasha of Egypt, when 
 he became acquainted with Captain Hindmarsh, 
 who was also in the Pasha's service, and negotiat- 
 ing to obtain the command of the Egyptian fleet. 
 Hindmarsh then accepted the Governorship of 
 S.A., and Light was appointed Surveyor-General. 
 He was entrusted with full authority to select and 
 survey the site for the City of Adelaide. Early in 
 1837 these duties were completed, and the first 
 selection and sale of lands took place in March of 
 that year. Shortly after this, owing to a disagree- 
 ment with the then ruling Commissioners, Light 
 resigned his appointment as Surveyor-General and 
 became the head of the firm of Light, Finniss and 
 Co., undertaking the survey of Port Adelaide, 
 the brig Rapid being placed at his disposal for 
 that purpose. In the following year his health, 
 which had been for some time failing, broke down, 
 and he died shortly after the arrival in the colony 
 of Governor Gawler. His remains lie interred in 
 a vault under an obelisk, erected to his memory 1 iy 
 a few of his friends, the earliest colonists of S.A. 
 
 LIGHT RIVER, a river of S.A. flowing into 
 St. Vincent's Gulf. It receives the Gilbert and 
 Wakefield, and was named after Colonel Light 
 the first Surveyor of S.A. 
 
 LILLEY, CHARLES, jurist, is a native of 
 Newcastle-on-Tyne in England, and was educated 
 at University College, London. He arrived in 
 
 N.S.W. in 185U ; after a short stay in Sydney he 
 proceeded to Moreton Bay the same year and was 
 articled to Robert Little, Crown Solicitor. He 
 took an active part as a writer and speaker in the 
 agitation for the separation of Moreton Bay from 
 N.S.W. ; became editor (and joint lessee with 
 W. C. Belbridge) of the Moreton Bay Courier; was 
 elected in 1860, on the foundation of the colony, to 
 the first Parliament of Q. as member for Fortitude 
 Valley, which electorate he continued to represent 
 until 1874, having been nine times elected. He 
 was called to the Bar of Q. in 1861 ; and accepted 
 office in 1865 as Attorney-General in the Adminis- 
 tration of Herbert then Premier of the colony and 
 now permanent Under-Secretary for the colonies. 
 He was also Attorney-General in the Macalister 
 Administration in 1866 ; Premier and Attorney- 
 General on the defeat of the Mackenzie-Palmer 
 Administration in November 1868 ; and Colonial 
 Secretary in November 1869. He established free 
 education in all the Primary Schools of Q., com- 
 mencing from 1st January 1870 ; a reform which 
 has from that time continued. This was the first 
 establishment of free education as a public right 
 in Australia, and the example was followed by V. 
 in 1872. In consequence of the A. S. N. Company's 
 demanding a high subsidy with privileges for 
 carrying the Q. mails, Lilley ordered in 1869 from 
 Mort and Co. three ocean steamers ; the Governor 
 Blachall, one of the three, being the first ocean 
 steamer completely built and fitted in the colonies. 
 The Company then accepted a subsidy of one-third 
 of their previous demand. Lilley was also mainly 
 instrumental in establishing the Brisbane Grammar 
 School. He is Chairman of the Trustees, and has 
 founded gold and silver medals for competition. 
 He obtained from the University of London con- 
 sent to hold matriculation examination in Bris- 
 bane. He had previously obtained from Parlia- 
 ment a statute to promote this object in connec- 
 tion with the London and Colonial Universities. 
 Whilst in office he insisted on retrenchment and 
 economy, refusing to borrow until 1870. This 
 policy was of course not popular. In 1870 the 
 Parliament disapproving his action in building the 
 Governor Blackall without Parliamentary vote, 
 he resigned office and was succeeded by Palmer, 
 After the general election under the new Act, the 
 Palmer Ministry were defeated on the election of 
 the Speaker and resigned. Lilley refused office in 
 the succeeding Macalister Ministry. In February 
 1874 he was appointed acting Judge of the 
 Supreme Court. In July he was permanently 
 appointed Judge, a position he still holds. Lilley 
 has always taken an active interest in education 
 and law reform. He was Chairman of the Royal 
 Commission on Education in 1874, which resulted 
 in the free system being embodied in the Statute 
 Law. He was also Chairman of a Royal Commis- 
 sion on Law Reform in 1872, which led to the 
 adoption of the English Judicature Act in Q. 
 
 LINCOLN, PORT, in S.A., is a large indenta- 
 tion in the land lying on the S.W. coast of
 
 Lin— Llol 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 207 
 
 Spencer's Gulf, and having an entrance five and 
 a-half miles wide between Cape Donnington and 
 Boston Point. It affords shelter from all winds. 
 Port Lincoln consists of three bays or branches 
 — Port Lincoln proper, Spalding Cove and Boston 
 Bay — and has alarge island just within its entrance 
 (Boston Island) and forming the entrance into two 
 channels. There are also some small islands called 
 the Bicker Islands lying between Boston Island 
 and Cape Donnington. Its name was given to it 
 by Flinders the discoverer, who called it after his 
 native county, and who spent his time from the 
 latter end of February until the Gth March in 
 surveying and naming the various places in and near 
 it. He describes the land in the neighbourhood 
 as exceedingly rich and the scenery beautiful, an 
 opinion shared by Peron and Freycinet in their 
 account of Bandin's Expedition. They describe it 
 as having " shores of gently rising slopes covered 
 with umbrageous forests," and as bearing certain 
 indications of rivulets and copious springs, com- 
 paring it in appearance and capacity with Port 
 Jackson in N.S.W. Notwithstanding this, and 
 although in the words of Eyre, " Port Lincoln 
 possesses a beautiful, secure and spacious harbour, 
 with a convenient and pretty site for a town, and 
 immediately contiguous to which there exists some 
 extent of fine and fertile soil, with several good 
 grassy patches of country beyond," yet from its 
 comparative isolation and the limited nature of its 
 resources it is not likely to become more than a 
 settlement available for grazing, and certainly never 
 important, as both Flinders and the French 
 explorers thought probable. Near the entrance to 
 this port is a small hill, upon the summit of which 
 stands a white obelisk erected by Sir John Franklin 
 in memory of Flinders, under whom Franklin served 
 in the Terra Australis voyages of discovery. It 
 is much weather-worn and is encased in colonial 
 marble in order to preserve it. The following 
 inscription is engraved upon it : — " This place, 
 from which the gulf and its shores were first 
 surveyed, on the 2<3th Feb. 1802, by Matthew 
 Flinders B.N., commander of H.M.S. Investigator, 
 and the discoverer of the country now called 
 South Australia, was, on the 12th January 1841, 
 with the sanction of Lieut. -Colonel Oawler K.H., 
 the governor of the country, set apart for, and in 
 the first year of the government of Captain G. 
 Grey, adorned with this monument to the per- 
 petual memory of the illustrious navigator, by 
 John Franklin, Captain R.N., Lieutenant-Governor 
 of Van Diemen's Land." 
 
 LINDESAY, COLONEL SIR PATRICK, 
 was Acting-Governor of N.S.W. after the depar- 
 ture of Sir Ralph Darling, from 22nd October to 
 2nd December 1831. 
 
 LINDESAY, MOUNT, a mountain of N.S.W. 
 in the district of Clarence River. It is at the 
 head of the Tweed River. Its elevation above the 
 level of the sea is 5700 feet. It was named by 
 Oxley after Colonel Lindesay. 
 
 LINDESAY RIVER, in N.S.W., flows into the 
 Lower Murray, and was named by Sturt after 
 Colonel Lindesay. 
 
 LIVERPOOL, one of the earliest Government 
 settlements in N.S.W., is situated on the George's 
 River, 22 miles S. from Sydney. The population 
 is about 2000. The surrounding district is mainly 
 taken tip in dairy farms. Moore College in 
 connection with the Episcopal Church is situated 
 here. There is also an extensive paper mill 
 belonging to Williams and Murray, which was 
 enlarged in 1878 and supplied with the newest 
 machinery, together with water-supply ponds at an 
 outlay which brings the total cost of the works to 
 ,£80,000. It was started in 1869 and came under 
 the present proprietary in 1874 and is the largest 
 establishment of the kind in Australia. News, 
 printing, writing and the better class of wrappings 
 are manufactured. The firm has an extensive con- 
 nection in the colonies, and supplies many of the 
 principal newspapers in Australia and N.Z. It is 
 known as the Collingwood paper mill. A smaller 
 paper mill is at work on the opposite bank of the 
 George River. The river is navigable for vessels 
 of 400 tons as far as the paper mills. There are 
 also two large woolwashing establishments, a fell- 
 mongery, a saw mill and a tannery. Liverpool 
 was proclaimed a municipality on the 27th June 
 1872. The district was settled in 1810. 
 
 LIVERPOOL PLAINS (native name Cobbon 
 Comleroy) is the name given to a tract of pastoral 
 land containing 10,000,000 of acres in the N.E. 
 part of N.S.W. It was discovered by Oxley in 
 1818 and named after Lord Liverpool. It is sup- 
 posed to have been at one time the bed of an 
 immense inland lake. Much of the land is under 
 cultivation, and the district contains the following 
 diggings — Hanging Rock, Nundle, Peel River, 
 Wood's Reef, Ironbarks and Barraba. The estate 
 of the Australian Agricultural Company within 
 the boundaries of this district comprise 562,896 
 acres, together with 437,102 acres in the county 
 of Gloucester, altogether 1,000,000 acres. This 
 district contains the greatest extent of pastoral 
 country of any in N.S.W., and is bounded by two 
 parallel ranges of mountains, from which narrow 
 belts of forest traverse the plains at irregular 
 intervals and divide them into a series of natural 
 parallelograms. The principal ranges and moun- 
 tains are the Great Liverpool Range, from which 
 all the rivers run eastward and westward, and the 
 source of nearly all the leading streams to 
 the northward of Sydney ; Warrabungle, or the 
 Arbuthnot Range, dividing this district from the 
 district of Bligh ; Mount Exmouth whose elevation 
 is 3000 feet. Tamworth is the chief town in this 
 district, situated on the river Peel, in the estate 
 of the Australian Agricultural Company, at the 
 distance of about 254 miles from Sydney. 
 
 LLOYD, GEORGE ALFRED, a native of 
 London, came to N.S.W. in 1833 and settled as 
 a farmer on the Williams River; in 1840 he settled
 
 208 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Loc— Log 
 
 in Sydney and began business as general merchant. 
 He was one of the first buyers of gold-dust in 1851. 
 He first entered into political life in 1869 when he 
 defeated Martin at Newcastle, and took his seat 
 for that constituency in the Assembly. He was 
 several times re-elected ; was Postmaster-General 
 and afterwards Colonial Treasurer in the Parkes 
 Ministry, which lasted from May 1872 to February 
 1875 ; and Minister for Mines in the Parkes 
 Ministry of 1877, but was defeated for Newcastle 
 at the general election in 1877. 
 
 LOCKYER, MAJOR. The alarm caused in 
 1827 by the reported intention of the French to 
 found a settlement on the Australian shores 
 induced Governor Darling to send from Sydney a 
 detachment of soldiers, under Major Lockyer and 
 Captain Barker of the 39th Regiment, to King 
 George's Sound, where a site for a township was 
 chosen at Albany. This military post was main- 
 tained for four years, when in 1830 after the founda- 
 tion of the colony of W.A., it was transferred to 
 the Government at Swan River. The French 
 Government on hearing of the settlement aban- 
 doned all intentions of taking possession of any 
 part of Australia. 
 
 L0DD0N RIVER, a river of V. which rises 
 near Mount Alexander and flows into the Murray 
 near Swan Hill. It was called the Yarrayne by 
 Mitchell, but was afterwards named from an 
 English river which in some respects it resembles. 
 
 LOETTIS, VISCOUNT (1817—) Governor of 
 N.S.W., is fourth son of the second Marquis of Ely. 
 He was educated at Cambridge. Entering the 
 Diplomatic Service he became Attache at Berlin in 
 1837 ; paid Attache at Stuttgart in 1844 ; served 
 with the special missions at Berlin and Vienna in 
 1848 ; was appointed Secretary of the Legation at 
 Stuttgart in 1852 ; transferred to Berlin in 1853 ; 
 acted as Charge d' Affaires there during portions 
 of the years 1853, 1855, 1857 ; appointed Envoy at 
 Vienna in March 1858; transferred to Berlin in 1860; 
 to Munich in 1862 ; returned to Berlin in 1865 ; 
 accredited to the North German Confederation in 
 1868. In July 1871 he was appointed to replace 
 Sir Andrew Buchanan as Ambassador at St. 
 Petersburgh, and during the whole period of the 
 Russo-Turkish war, when the relations between 
 England and Russia were strained to the utmost 
 tension so that much tact and coolness was 
 necessary, Lord Loftus represented England at the 
 Russian Court. Having expressed a wish to retire 
 from this position in order to recruit his health, he 
 was appointed Governor of N.S.W. on 7th Feb- 
 ruary 1879. 
 
 LOFTY, MOUNT, a conspicuous mountain in 
 S. A., is the highest peak of that part of the main or 
 Adelaide Ranges known as the Mount Lofty Ranges. 
 It attains an elevation of 2400 feet above the level 
 of the sea. It lies about twelve miles from Adelaide 
 in an E.S.E. direction, there being a good carriage 
 road to the summit, whence a magnificent view 
 over the fertile Adelaide Flat and the intervening 
 
 ranges and far out into the Gulf of St. Vincent 
 may be had on a clear day. The drive is one of 
 the prettiest in the colonies, the road being good 
 although steep in one or two places, and the views 
 from the angles and windings of the route are 
 charming. 
 
 LOGAN, CAPTAIN, was commandant of the 
 settlement at Moreton Bay in 1830. Towards the 
 close of that year he was killed by the blacks under 
 circumstances which stamped the aborigines of the 
 northern colony with that character of ferocious 
 cruelty which they have since maintained. The 
 commandant had been for some time engaged in 
 surveying and making a chart of the northern part 
 of the territory for the public service. He had 
 nearly completed his labours, and proceeded on the 
 expedition in which he met his death for the pur- 
 pose of making his final survey. Having proceeded 
 about seventy miles from the coast, in the direction 
 of a height called Mount Irwin, his party consist- 
 ing of six men, he was encountered by a group of 
 natives, who from the first manifested no 
 friendly feeling. The blacks having gone away 
 and the party having camped for the day, the 
 captain proceeded to take a solitary ride, say- 
 ing that he would return in time for dinner 
 The men, who had a great dread of the blacks, 
 remonstrated with their leader against exposing 
 himself alone to the dangers by which they were 
 surrounded. He made light of their fears, remark- 
 ing that he had frequently put to flight numbers of 
 blacks by merely presenting a bottle instead of a 
 pistol, and went his way. The afternoon passed, 
 the sun set, and night found the party at the camp 
 still vainly straining their eyes in the direction 
 whence they expected their leader to come. A 
 night of anxious gloom passed over and morning- 
 came, but the captain came not. The men pro- 
 ceeded to search the surrounding woods, and 
 having spent the whole of that day in fruitless 
 wanderings, they hastened back to the settlement 
 and reported the distressing circumstances under 
 which they had been separated from their leader. 
 Captain Clunie, the next in command, lost no time 
 in adopting measures likely to lead to the recovery 
 of his friend and fellow-officer. A strong party 
 was dispatched in the direction of the camp with 
 instructions to traverse the forest far and near. 
 On the fifth day after the commencement of the 
 search traces of the missing soldier were discovered. 
 Ten miles from the camp a saddle was found hang- 
 ing on a tree with the stirrup leather cut away, 
 apparently by an aboriginal tumahawk. The men 
 redoubled their efforts and at some distance from 
 the saddle was found, stained with blood, the vest 
 of the captain. Scattered around and broken were 
 a pocket compass and other instruments. Not far 
 off in a creek was the carcase of a horse, and a little 
 further on the lifeless body of Captain Logan, the 
 side pierced with a spear and the head beaten in 
 with waddies. His murderers had covered up the 
 bodywith leaves. Aminute inspection of the indica- 
 tions presented around enabled the men to glean
 
 Log— Low] 
 
 i \< LOPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 209 
 
 the circumstances under which the murder fcooi 
 place. It appeared that Captain Logan having 
 tied his horse to a tree at the spot where the 
 saddle was found, slept on some grass in a bark 
 hut close by ; subsequently while engaged roasting 
 nuts for a scanty meal he was surprised by the 
 blacks, when flying to his horse he mounted without 
 either saddle or bridle. The horse thus accoutred 
 being unmanageable soon stuck in the creek, and 
 the pursuing blacks coming up despatched the 
 rider, now completely at their mercy. The 
 remains were conveyed to Sydney in the same 
 vessel that bore the wife and two children of the 
 deceased. The Government did honour to the 
 memory of a skilful, active, and faithful officer by 
 giving his remains a public funeral. 
 
 LOGAN RIVER, a river of N.S.W. which rises 
 in Mount Lindesay, in the district of Clarence 
 River, and flows through the county of Stanley, 
 emptying itself into the southern passage to 
 Moreton Bay. 
 
 L0NGB0TT0M, WILLIAM (1799-1849) first 
 Wesleyan Minister in S.A., was sent as a Mission- 
 ary to India in 1827 and after a few years returned 
 to England. He left England for V.D.L. in 1838 
 in the barque Fanny, which was wrecked near the 
 Murray mouth on the southern shore of S.A., the 
 passengers and crew escaping safe to land. The 
 Wesleyans in the colony having at this time no 
 minister induced Longbottom to settle amongst 
 them, and with the exception of about four years 
 spent in T. he remained there until his death on 
 30th July 1849. 
 
 LONSDALE, WILLIAM, first Chief Magis- 
 trate of the Port Phillip District, was a Captain in 
 the 4th Regiment. He came to N.S.W. and entered 
 the civil service, holding the position of police 
 magistrate for several years. He was selected by 
 Sir Richard Bourke as resident magistrate of the 
 new settlement in September 1836, and held this 
 positioo until the arrival of La Trobe as superin- 
 tendent, when he was appointed sub-treasurer. 
 On his elevation to the rank- of Governor, La 
 Trobe appointed Lonsdale first Colonial Secretary 
 of the colony of V. He held this post from 16th 
 July 1850 till the arrival of Forster with tin' 
 appointment from Downing-street on 30th August 
 1853. "He was allowed," says McCombie, "to 
 have been actuated by the purest motives, and 
 was, notwithstanding his strict attachment to 
 La Trobe, always a favourite with the people." 
 
 LORD, GEORGE WILLIAM (1818 -) a native 
 of Sydney, was elected to Parliament in L856 for 
 the Bogan district which he continued to represent 
 until 1S77, a period of twenty-one years, when he 
 resigned, and accepted a seat in the Legislative 
 Council which he still holds. He was Treasurer 
 in Martin's Ministry from 1870 to 1872. 
 
 LORD HOWE'S ISLAND, an island in the S. 
 Pacific Ocean lying between Port Jackson and 
 Norfolk Island. It is remarkable as a haunt of 
 
 birds and for the quantity of turtle upon its shores. 
 It was discovered and named by Lieutenant Ball 
 after Admiral Lord Howe in 1788. 
 
 LOTOPHAGIANS COUNTRY (or Valley of 
 Lagoons.) This extensive country was discovered 
 byLeichhardt,andlies between the rivers Burdekin 
 and Lynd. It is well adapted for cattle and sheep 
 stations ; the elevation of it from 2000 to 2800 
 feet above the level of the sea rendering it cool and 
 fit for sheep. The ground is sound and the forest 
 very open. It lies in the centre of York Peninsula 
 equally distant from the E. coast and from the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria. 
 
 LOWE, ROBERT, (1811—) is a native of 
 Nottinghamshire in England, where his father was 
 rector of Bingham. He was educated at Win- 
 chester Grammar School and University College, 
 Oxford, and was elected a fellow of Magdalen 
 College in 1835. In the summer of 1842, having 
 been admitted a member of Lincoln's Inn, he threw 
 up his Oxford appointment and embarked for 
 N.S.W. On the 18th October on the motion of the 
 Attorney-General, Lowe was admitted a barrister 
 of the Supreme Court of the colony. He lost no 
 time in securing the right to practise, but the briefs 
 came so slowly that it was rumoured he would 
 give up the profession altogether. No public 
 notice was taken of his arrival, and for fourteen 
 months he remained in complete obscurity. Then, 
 to the surprise of everyone, he was nominated by the 
 Governor as a member of the Legislative Council. 
 At this period the struggle for obtaining repre- 
 sentative Government was proceeding vigorously 
 under the powerful leadership of Wentworth. 
 Lowe subsequently spoke in high terms of the 
 ability and character of the members of that body, 
 which then contained several remarkable men. 
 His first speech was made on the Monetary Confi- 
 dence Bill brought in by Windeyer to alleviate the 
 financial depression by circulating land debentures. 
 It was against the measure, and excited universal 
 admiration by its brilliancy and wit. This success 
 was followed up by another speech on the third 
 reading of the same measure, which passed the 
 ( Jouncil in spite of the vigorous opposition it met 
 with, but never received the assent of the Crown. 
 Lowe's words called up Wentworth the leader of 
 the Opposition, who taunted him with his support 
 of J;he authority which had given him legislative 
 power. He acknowledged " the efforts of the hon. 
 member from Horbnry-terraee, smelling of the 
 lamp as they did, and highly considered as they 
 were, were nevertheless efforts of no small merit." 
 Then he alluded to his antagonist's want of experi- 
 ence : -" All the opposition emanated from persons 
 who were comparative strangers to the land, 
 ignorant of its wants, ignorant of its history, and 
 ignorant, in short, of everything connected with 
 it." Dr. Nicholson said : "The peroration of the 
 speech of the member from Borbury-terrace was 
 very beautiful ;" and the Morning fferaMthe next 
 day wrote:— "Mr. Lowe spoke in a strain of 
 
 1)2
 
 210 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Low 
 
 eloquence to -which even the learned member for 
 Sydney was constrained to ascribe no small merit." 
 On 16th December of the same year Lowe brought 
 up the report of a committee on the Insolvency Law, 
 and earnestly and eloquently urged the abolition of 
 imprisonment for debt, a measure which subse- 
 quently became law and was the chief distinction 
 of the first session of the Council. He vigorously 
 opposed Wentworth's proposal to increase the duty 
 on flour from Is. to 2s 6d., and also the proposal to 
 admit natives as witnesses in criminal cases. His 
 oration in the latter debate was a masterpiece of 
 oratory. Soon afterwards a debate arose which 
 brought Lowe still more prominently butless favour- 
 ably before the public. Dr. Lang, who had been 
 ejected by the local Presbyterian Synod, brought 
 the temporalities of the Presbyterian Church 
 under review in connection with the recent disrup- 
 tion of the Church of Scotland. In discussing 
 this question of ecclesiastical law Lowe thought 
 proper to give loose to all the personal bitterness 
 pent up in his bosom. In sarcasm and invective 
 his tongue, at all times sufficiently fluent, literally 
 ran riot. In his speech Lowe had jeered at Dr. 
 Lang for announcing his intention of bringing 
 under the notice of the House the Australian 
 Library, which though aided by Government funds 
 had blackballed a certain Alderman Macdermott. 
 This unlucky allusion was the cause of much 
 trouble, for Macdermott after reading the speech 
 sent a friend, Dr. Macfarlane, asking for an 
 explanation. This Lowe refused to give as he 
 considered himself privileged as a member of the 
 Legislature. Next day the same gentleman reap- 
 peared at his chambers with Captain Moore, and 
 demanded an apology or satisfaction. He refused 
 to apologise, and declined a duel on three grounds 
 — 1. That he was not responsible for his words in 
 the Council except to the Council. 2. He did not 
 consider Macdermott his equal. 3. He was already 
 bound to keep the peace. He at once filed an 
 affidavit detailing these circumstances, and ap- 
 peared at the police court, where Macdermott, 
 Dr. Macfarlane, and Captain Moore were bound 
 over to keep the peace. These disagreeable inci- 
 dents were brought before the Council at its next 
 sitting, and a committee was appointed to consider 
 them. This was the first case of privilege, and it 
 was a source of great perplexity. The committee 
 were of opinion that the Council had not power to 
 deal directly with the offender, but recommended 
 that an Act should bo passed securing this right. 
 In the present case they proposed that the 
 Attorney-General should prosecute Macdermott 
 and his friends in the courts of law. These 
 recommendations were carried after a long dis- 
 cussion by fifteen votes to thirteen, Lowe voting in 
 the majority, and the prosecution accordingly was 
 commenced, but fell through on technical grounds. 
 Meanwhile public opinion was roused on the sub- 
 ject. At the request of a large number of citizens 
 the Mayor called a public meeting, and resolutions 
 were passed against the appropriation of public 
 
 money for the purpose of the prosecution and 
 condemning the proposed legislation as op- 
 pressive and unjust. For the 'time Lowe was 
 the most unpopular man in the colony, and 
 the Council for the action it had taken shared 
 the opprobrium. On the 21st August 1844 Dr. 
 Lang, then one of the members for the Port Phillip 
 district, moved a resolution affirming the desir- 
 ability of separation. This secured the unani- 
 mous adhesion of the six members for the district, 
 but Lowe was the only other member who gave 
 them his support and vote. He sounded the key- 
 note of the policy that the best and wisest of 
 Australians still desire : — " He hoped the time 
 was not remote when Great Britain would give up 
 the idea of treating the dependencies of the Crown 
 as children who were to be cast adrift from their 
 parent as soon as they arrived at manhood, and 
 substitute for it the far truer and nobler policy of 
 knitting herself and her colonies into one mighty 
 confederacy, confident against the world in arts 
 and arms." The most important task before the 
 Council was the assertion of constitutional rights 
 in connection with the lands of the colony. 
 Cowper had obtained a committee on Crown lands 
 grievances of which Lowe was a member. Their 
 report was a most able document, and it is not 
 difficult to see traces of Lowe's logic in the argu- 
 ment against the Governor's right to levy charges 
 upon the squatters and to appropriate the proceeds 
 without the consent of the Council. The Council, 
 ably led by Wentworth, Lowe and Cowper, never 
 rested until it obtained the distinct declaration 
 that the Crown lands should be under the control 
 of the local Legislature. A subject more par- 
 ticularly connected at this time with Lowe's name 
 was popular education. He had obtained a com- 
 mittee and brought up a report recommending the 
 introduction of Lord Stanley's Irish scheme. This 
 report at once raised a storm. The Anglican bishop 
 summoned a meeting of Churchmen, which was 
 adjourned and lasted over two nights. The clergy 
 were opposed to anything but a denominational 
 system, pure and simple. The friends of a general 
 system induced the Mayor to convene a town meet- 
 ing. Lowe on coming forward to move the 
 first resolution was howled down with cries of 
 "privilege, privilege." The meeting was so dis- 
 orderly that the Mayor adjourned it until next 
 day. This adjourned meeting was quite as bad, 
 but at length on a third day the opponents of 
 Lowe's views stayed away and able speeches were 
 delivered in support of the recommendations of 
 the committee. The Catholics held a meeting under 
 the presidency of their bishop at which the pro- 
 posals were temperately discussed, but they were 
 adverse to the new scheme. The Council in spite of 
 the clamour on the part of the denominationalists 
 approved the committee's report. In successive 
 sessions Lowe continued to press forward the sub- 
 ject, and in 1846 lie succeededin passing a resolution 
 authorising the formation of a National Board. 
 After Lowe had completed his education report he
 
 I Luc 
 
 f'Yrr/'PJEDU OF AUSTRALASIA 
 
 211 
 
 resigned his seat as nominee member of the 
 Council. When he was first appointed he was inex- 
 perienced in colonial politics, and his sympathies 
 were with the Colonial Office. He expected that he 
 could give a general support to the Government, 
 though he was in no way pledged to do so. The 
 colonial office had authorised the formation of dis- 
 trict councils with powers of taxation for local 
 objects. Sir George Gipps thoroughly approved of 
 this, and in spite of the objection that the popula- 
 tion of the colony was then too sparsely scattered 
 for the councils to be anything but an intolerable 
 burden, he endeavoured to force them on an 
 unwilling people. Lowe soon became one of the 
 bitterest opponents of this pet scheme of Sir 
 George Gipps. He also had a personal difference 
 with the Governor respecting the admission to his 
 entertainments by the latter of some one with a 
 very shady reputation. Lowe's opponents subse- 
 quently connected the two differences together, but 
 without justification, for his conduct from the first 
 day he took his seat was thoroughly independent, 
 and he voted as often against the Government as 
 with it. Before the commencement of the next 
 session Lowe was again a member, this time as the 
 representative of the district of St. Vincent. His 
 opposition to the unconstitutional actions of the 
 Governor, and his condemnation of the squatting 
 regulations, had won him the support of squatters 
 and settlers alike. His oratorical triumphs in the 
 Assembly had brought him a considerable practice 
 at the bar. In defending the prisoner Knatchbull 
 he made use of an argument which drew upon him 
 the charge of fatalism, and the Press attacked him 
 for this somewhat unfairly. He defended himself 
 with great spirit. In conjunction with William 
 Forster and others he started a weekly paper, the 
 Atlas, which waged incessant war against the 
 Government, and particularly against the Governor. 
 Article after article full of constitutional learning, 
 enriched with classical and historical allusions, 
 assailed with relentless logic the unconstitu- 
 tional position of the Governor and the colonial 
 office. At length Sir George Gipps left the 
 colony. Lowe in opposing him had allied 
 himself with the squatting party ; but when the 
 new Governor arrived, the independent party 
 who in the first session of the Council had joined 
 with the squatters in demanding for them fixity 
 of tenure as a protection from the encroachments 
 and impositions of the Crown, were now equally 
 loud in denouncing their threatened monopoly of 
 the land of the colony. In truth, on the land 
 question he altered his views more than once, and 
 thus incurred the charge of inconsistency. But he 
 steadfastly opposed the squatting monopoly. Were 
 the broad lands that could support millions to 
 become a mere sheep-walk for the benefit of the few > 
 This was the question which, supported by a small 
 minority in the House and amid the indifference 
 of the people outside he propounded to his fellow- 
 colonists with a vehemence, a persistency, and an 
 eloquence that have never been surpassed. These 
 
 efforts did not by any means absorb all Lowe's 
 energies during the session of 1847. At its com- 
 mencement he spoke with great effect on a bill for 
 abolishing the division of the legal profession. 
 At the conclusion of the sessii in he called attention 
 to the incipient slave trade with tho islands of the 
 Pacific. Already employers of labour had begun 
 the system of importing Polynesians which has 
 since led in some instances to deplorable results, 
 at length calling for the intervention of the Imperial 
 Government. In 1848 he opposed Earl Grey's 
 proposal to constitute the Assemby by the election 
 of local corporations or councils ; and supported 
 the plan of two houses of legislature. At the 
 general election he was triumphantly returned for 
 Sydney as colleague to Wentworth and amidst 
 great rejoicings at the success of the popular party, 
 of which he was now the acknowledged leader. In 
 1849 he strenuously opposed Earl Grey's malign 
 project of renewing transportation, and also the 
 base conduct of Sir Charles Fitzroy in seconding 
 Earl Grey's efforts in spite of the repeated and 
 passionate remonstrances of the people. On 1st 
 August Lowe spoke at great length on the Budget, 
 urging the House to use finance as the lever with 
 which to force the British Parliament to grant 
 them responsible government. A week later he 
 brought the case of a clergyman, who had been 
 suspended by the bishop, before the Council. The 
 bishop's course was open to objection, and Lowe 
 indulged his powers of sarcasm and invective to an 
 unwarrantable extent. In the next month he 
 brought up a report of the committee on the 
 Sydney Corporation. The report proposed its 
 abolition, and the speech in which Lowe moved 
 the adoption of this recommendation manifested 
 hostility not merely to this specimen but to 
 corporate institutions generally. The land com- 
 mittee's report was also drawn up during the 
 session, ably combating the views expressed in 
 Downing-street and pointing out that many of 
 the positions taken up by the advisers of the 
 Government were simply due to their absolute 
 ignorance of all local conditions. During the 
 session Lowe had given his support to Wentworth's 
 proposals to establish a university in Sydney, but 
 on the last day of the session he combated certain 
 proposals and suggested further consideration until 
 the beginning of the next session. This led to 
 a challenge from Dr. Bland, which however 
 ended harmlessly. During the debates on the 
 constitution Lowe had given no indications of 
 any intention to leave his adopted country, but 
 in the spring he determined to return to the 
 old land and to seek power and distinction 
 in tho broader fields of English political life. 
 He leftN.S.W. in 1850. His subsequent career as 
 an English statesman, till his elevation to the peer- 
 age as Lord Sherbrooke in 1880, forms no part of 
 Australian history. 
 
 LUCAS, JOHN (1818— ) is a native of Sydney. 
 He entered Parliament for Canterbury in 1859, and 
 in 1863 was elected for Hartley. He was Minister
 
 212 
 
 r'YOLOPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ILus— Mac 
 
 for Klines in the Robertson Ministry in 1875-77. 
 He again represents Canterbury in the Legislative 
 Assembly. 
 
 LTJSHINGTON VALLEY, in N.S.W. at the 
 head of the York River in the District of Liver- 
 pool Plains. It was named by Oxley after the 
 Secretary to His Majesty's Treasury. 
 
 LUTWYCHE, ALFRED JAMES PETER 
 (1810—) Jurist, was called to the English Bar 
 in 1840, and came to N.S.W. in 1853. In 1855 
 he was appointed Solicitor-General, and in 1858 
 became Attorney-General. In October 1859 he 
 was appointed Judge resident in Moreton Bay 
 district. In December he became sole Judge of 
 Q., and so continued until the arrival in February 
 1863 of the Chief Justice Sir James Cockle. 
 
 LYND RIVER, a river of N.A., discovered by 
 Leichhardt and named by him in acknowledgment 
 of the kindness which Mr. Lynd of Sydney bestowed 
 on him. This river works its way in a N. W. course 
 through a very mountainous country. There is 
 plenty of grass along its banks. 
 
 LYRE BIRD, the Menurq Superba of natural- 
 ists, is a native of N.S.W., and is also found in the 
 highlands of Gippsland, V. It is about the size of 
 a pheasant, frequenting the brush or sparsely 
 wooded country in the unsettled parts, but retreat- 
 ing from the more inhabited districts. It is 
 extremely shy and difficult to approach. It is by 
 far the largest of the song birds, and possesses the 
 power of imitating the songs of other birds. The 
 tail of the male bird is very remarkable and 
 splendid, the twelve feathers being very long and 
 having very fine and widely separated barbs ; 
 whilst beside these there are two long middle 
 feathers, each of which has a vane only on one side 
 and two exterior feathers curved like the sides of an 
 ancient lyre. The Lyre bird makes a domed nest. 
 A second species recently discovered is named in 
 honour of the late Prince Albert. This bird was 
 first found in N.S.W. in February 1798 by three 
 runaway prisoners about 140 miles west of Sydney. 
 
 LYTTLETON, a seaport town at the E. side of 
 the provincial district of Canterbury, N.Z., walled 
 in by precipitous hills nearly in the coast centre of 
 the Middle Island. It was formerly known by the 
 name of Port Cooper. It is 174 miles by sea from 
 Wellington and 190 from Otago, and lies in the 
 N.W. of Banks peninsula. The entrance to the 
 harbour is about two miles wide between Godley 
 Head on the N.W. — which is lighted by a fixed 
 white dioptric light of the second order, shown 
 from a white lighthouse 450 feet above sea-level — 
 and Belenie Point on the S.E. It is connected with 
 Christchurch 8 miles E., of which place it is the 
 port, by a railway tunnelled through the hills- 
 There is every facility for the loading of vessels, 
 and ships drawing under 15 feet can lie alongside 
 the jetties and wharves ; the deepening of the har- 
 bour is still going on, and tenders were called in 
 October 1879 for a graving dock 400 feet in length. 
 The bank of N.Z. and Union Bank of Australia 
 
 have branches, so have the principal insurance 
 companies, and there are chapels belonging to the 
 Presbyterian and Wesleyan persuasions, also an 
 Anglican church. The population numbers 3476. 
 The harbour of Lyttleton is being improved at con- 
 siderable cost by the erection of a breakwater from 
 Officer's Point 2010 feet long ; this will afford pro- 
 tection during the S.W. gales. The Naval Point 
 breakwater is 1434 feet long ; the two breakwaters 
 when completed will enclose an area of about 112 
 acres. The water supply is derived from artesian 
 wells on the Christchurch side of the river. 
 
 M. 
 
 MAATZUYKER ISLANDS, a group of islands 
 situated a few miles to the S.E. of the South West 
 Cape of T. The name was given by Tasman. 
 
 MACALISTER, ARTHUR, is a native of Scot- 
 land and was educated for the law. After spending 
 some years in N.S.W., in 1850 he went to Q. and 
 took a leading part in advocating separation. He 
 was subsequently returned for Ipswich, for which he 
 sat until Q. became a separate colony. He declined 
 a seat in the Council and was elected member for 
 Ipswich in the Assembly. In 186S he was Chair- 
 man of Committees. Two years afterwards he took 
 office as Secretary for Lands and Works. In 1870 
 he was elected Speaker, but in 1871 he lost his 
 seat in the House; in 1873 he was returned for 
 Ipswich and immediately afterwards became 
 Premier. He resigned this post and became Agent- 
 General for Q. in London in 1876. 
 
 MAC ANDREW, JAMES, a native of Scotland, 
 came to Otago, N.Z., in 1S50. He at once took 
 a prominent position and originated many schemes 
 of public utility. He has been a member of every 
 N.Z. Parliament since the establishment of respon- 
 sible government, and was four times elected 
 Superintendent of the Otago Province. He is at 
 present Minister for Public Works. 
 
 MACARTHUR, EDWARD, MAJOR-GEN. 
 (1789-1872) accompanied his father, John Mic- 
 arthur in 1790 to N.S.W. His early days were 
 spent at Parramatta. In 1808 at the age of eighteen 
 he entered the Army; in 1809 he became a lieu- 
 tenant and served with honour in the Peninsular 
 War ; was present at the battles of Corunna, Vit- 
 toria, the Pyrenees, Nive, Nivclle, Orthes and 
 Toulouse. He received a war medal and seven clasps 
 for these services ; was with the 39th Regiment in 
 Sicily, Canada, Spain and France; in ls2o was 
 promoted to the rank of Captain, and in 1826 was 
 made Major. After his return to England he was 
 fur several years in charge of the Lord High 
 Chamberlain's department; in 1837 was on the 
 Staff in Ireland ; in 1841 was made Lieutenant- 
 Colonel, and then sent to Australia as Deputy 
 Adjutant-General ; in 1854 was made a Colonel, 
 and in 1855 he succeeded to the command
 
 Mac] 
 
 CYCLorllKI V Or AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 213 
 
 of the Forces in Australia. On the death of 
 Sir Charles Hothaiu he assumed the position, in 
 accordance with Imperial instructions, of Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor of V., and his administration 
 continued from 1st January 1856 to 31st December 
 1856. Shortly after he was rewarded with the 
 title of C.B., and in 1862 was made a K.C.B. ; in 
 the same year lie was appointed Colonel of the 
 100th Foot, and in 1856 was made Lieutenant- 
 Ceneral. He in common with his father and 
 brothers always manifested great interest in the 
 advancement of Australia. He died in England 
 in 18V2. 
 
 MACARTHUR, JOHN (1767-1834) was a 
 native of Plymouth, in Devonshire, England. He 
 arrived in N.S.W. in 1 791 as a captain of the N.S. W. 
 Corps. He appears to have been struck with the 
 great pastoral capabilities of the country almost on 
 his landing, and forthwith determined to be a settler. 
 He soon commenced to improve the breed of sheep 
 witli the intention of introducing the growing of 
 line wool for exportation to England. The first 
 attempts made by him and others who were 
 induced to follow his example consisted in crossing 
 the small Bengal sheep with the larger Cape breed. 
 The success which attended this experiment was 
 so encouraging that specimens of woollen cloth 
 manufactured from the improved staple were 
 sent to England so early as 1798. Macarthur's 
 far-seeing intelligence and enlightened ambition 
 were by no means satisfied with the result. He 
 endeavoured shortly afterwards to procure from 
 England sheep of the best Spanish merino breed, 
 and ultimately succeeded in obtaining from the 
 King's farm at Kew some very choice animals of 
 that description. The immediate success of his 
 experiment exceeded all reasonable expectations ; 
 but the full extent and ultimate consequences 
 were neither seen nor expected until many years 
 afterwards. Sheep-farming in 1802 had made 
 great strides and the increase in the quantity of 
 the fleece was as remarkable as the improvement 
 in its quality. " As a proof," says Macarthur, " of 
 the extraordinary and rapid improvement in my 
 flocks, I have exhibited the fleece of a coarse- 
 woolled ewe that has been valued at ninepence 
 a-pound, and the fleece of her lamb begotten by a 
 Spanish ram which is allowed to be worth three 
 shillings a-pound. When I left Port Jackson the 
 heaviest fleece that had then been shorn weighed 
 only three pounds and a-half, but I have received 
 an account of the shearing of 1802, from which 
 I learn that the fleece of my sheep had increased 
 to five pounds each and was softer than the 
 wool of 1801. The beauty of it indeed is such 
 as to cause it to be estimated at six shillings 
 the pound." The number of sheep in Macarthur's 
 flocks amounted in 1802 to upwards of 4000. The 
 Rev. Mr. Marsden had about 2000, Mr. Palmer 
 about 1000, and several colonists flocks of 300 to 
 800. Agriculture was by no means lost sight of in 
 the desire for extending pastoral pursuits. Palmer 
 had 320 acres in wheat ; Macarthur, Marsden and 
 
 others had also considerable quantities of land 
 under tillage. Wool to some extent but of a coarse 
 description was sent to England prior to 1806, but 
 the export of the fine merino fleece for which the 
 colony afterwards became so famous had hardly 
 assumed sufficient importance to attract attention. 
 In 1810 the produce of Macarthur's fine-woolled 
 flock w-as only 167 lbs. The best of the other 
 flocks were largely mixed with the progeny of the 
 Irish, the Southdowns, and the Leicesters, which 
 had been brought in the early ships, while many 
 were principally derived from the yet coarser 
 animals from the Cape and India. Bligh on the 
 first day of his landing is said to have manifested 
 a violent dislike to Macarthur, who was probably 
 regarded by him as the moving spirit of the official 
 incubus by which the settlers complained of being 
 overridden. Macarthur when sworn as a witness 
 on Colonel Johnston's trial by court-martial, at 
 Chelsea Hospital in 1811, gave an extraordinary 
 account of Bligh's conduct towards him on his 
 first arrival. One of the circumstances which 
 brought the disarrangement to a crisis was a dis- 
 pute about an allotment of land on Church Hill, 
 Sydney. Macarthur and other officers had obtained 
 from Captain King grants of portions of land 
 within limits which had been reserved by previous 
 governors for public use. These grants Bligh 
 determined to cancel, offering the holders laud in 
 other parts of the town in lieu of that which he 
 wished them to give up. Most of the lease- 
 holders fell in with this arrangement either through 
 fear of Bligh's displeasure or because it suited their 
 interest to do so. Macarthur offered some oppo- 
 sition and Bligh ordered Nicholas Devine, the 
 superintendent of convicts, to pull down the fence 
 enclosing the land in dispute, but offered Macarthur 
 in lieu of it an allotment which the latter described 
 as " at the end of Pitt's Row, a place where the 
 common gallows stood and which was surrounded 
 lay all the vile and infamous characters of the town 
 of Sydney." A short time afterwards other circum- 
 stances took place which rendered the relations of 
 Bligh and Macarthur still more complicated. The 
 latter had a vessel called th9 Parramatta in which 
 some prisoners were employed. One of them 
 escaped. The Government always demanded a 
 bond when prisoners were employed on board such 
 ships. In the case of the Parramatta a bond for 
 £900 had been given. This security, on the escape 
 of the prisoner in question becoming known, Bligh 
 declared forfeited ; and in consequence of proceed- 
 ings arising out of the alleged forfeiture Macarthur 
 was arrested. Nearly the whole of the civil and 
 military officers of N.S.W. appear to have sided 
 against the Governor in this matter, and Macarthur 
 was liberated from gaol in spite of all that Bligh 
 could do to keep him there. Major Johnston, then 
 commanding the N.S.W. Corps, does not appear up 
 to this time to have had any quarrel with Bligh, or 
 to have been mixed up in any way with the spirit 
 of monopoly or any other of the questionable 
 practices relative to trade in which most of the
 
 21] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 I Mac 
 
 others were engaged. On 26th January 1808 
 the quarrel between Bligh and Macarthur and 
 his friends was brought to a crisis. What 
 then took place, Bligh in his evidence on Major 
 Johnston's trial stated as follows: — "About sun- 
 set, soon after the magistrates had dined with me, 
 information was brought that Macarthur had been 
 liberated from gaol; and almost immediately the 
 provost marshal confirmed the account, delivering 
 tn me at the same time an order from Major 
 Johnston, as lieutenant-governor and major com- 
 manding the troops, to the keeper of the gaol 
 requiring him to give up the body of John 
 Macarthur." Brought before the highest court 
 Macarthur objected to the Judge Advocate, and 
 the officers composing the Court sustained the 
 objection. Bligh summoned the officers before 
 him, and the military combined with the bulk of 
 the civil population in releasing Macarthur and 
 deposing Bligh. Colonel Johnston who reported 
 the event to the Secretary of State availed himself 
 of Macarthur's services as Secretary to the colony. 
 When Johnston was subsequently tried in England 
 by a court-martial for his share in the deposition 
 of Bligh, Macarthur deplored the mode of defence 
 adopted, as it did not answer the purpose he 
 expected. He was not allowed to return to the 
 colony for some years, and he employed part of 
 the time in travelling on the Continent with his 
 sons .lames and William, studying the culture of 
 the vine, olive, and other industries. Besolutely 
 refusing to confess having done wrong in assist- 
 ing to depose Bligh, and averring that it was a 
 righteous act essential to the safety of the colony, 
 he declined to purchase by submission the power 
 to return to his family and his possessions. Even- 
 tually the Secretary of State withdrew his objec- 
 tions and placed at Macarthur's disposal free of 
 cost considerable space in a vessel, which carried 
 the exile home in 1817 with stores of plants of 
 various kinds. In 1825 he was appointed Member 
 of the Legislative Council, but after the death of 
 his second son John, a rising equity barrister in 
 London in 1831, he passed his time chiefly in 
 retirement on his Camden estate, where he died 
 loth April 1834. But before his death the expec- 
 tations that he had formed of the wool-trade of 
 the colony had been crowned with complete 
 success, and the wines from the vineyard which 
 he formed at Camden have since then taken the 
 first rank at International Exhibitions. Memorial 
 windows in honour of his parents John Macarthur 
 and Mrs. Macarthur have been placed in St. 
 Andrew's Cathedral, Sydney, by their son General 
 Sir Edward Macarthur. 
 
 MACARTHUR, JAMES (1798-1867) third son 
 of the foregoing, was a native of Parramatta. He 
 was educated by a French refugee (Huon de 
 Kerillan) until 1809, when he and his brother 
 William accompanied their father to England, 
 where the two boys wore placed at school. In 
 1815 he with his father and brother travelled 
 through France, Italy ami Switzerland, acquiring 
 
 information about the cultivation of the vine, 
 olive and mulberry, and in 1817 returned with 
 them to N.S.W. For several years he was engaged 
 in assisting his father in managing the Camden 
 Estate ; in 1828 he went to England to communi- 
 cate with the directors of the Australian Agricul- 
 tural Company and remained for some years in 
 Europe, returning in 1830. Whilst absent he took 
 occasion to examine the wool establishments of 
 Germany and Saxony. With his brother and, Mr. 
 Harrington he opened the first Court of Petty 
 Sessions at "The Cowpastures," now Camden. 
 In 1830 he again went to England, taking petitions 
 to the King and Parliament on transportation, 
 immigration and representative institutions. He 
 then published Xew South Wales, its Present 
 State and Future Prospects. He returned to 
 Sydney in 1839, when he became a member of the 
 Legislative Council. In 1843 he was rejected by 
 the electors of Cumberland. He refused to accept 
 a nominee seat which was immediately afterwards 
 offered him. In 1848 he was elected for Camden, 
 and again under the new Constitution in 1851, 
 continuing to serve until 1856 ; in 1859 he was 
 returned for West Camden, but in the same year 
 declined re-election on account of ill health. At 
 this time he was offered knighthood as the colonist 
 on whom such an honour could most appropriately 
 be conferred, but declined it. Sir W. Denison 
 made the offer in a highly eulogistic letter. In 
 1860 he again left the colony for England with his 
 family. There he was a member of the Inter- 
 national Statistical Congress, and also one of the 
 Commissioners of the Exhibition of 1862. He 
 returned to the colony in 1864, and died 2 1st 
 April 1867. 
 
 MACARTHUR, WILLI Ail (1800—) fourth 
 son of John Macarthur, was a native of Parramatta. 
 In 1809 he and his brother James were taken by 
 their father to England for their education ; and 
 returned in 1817. Macarthur was elected to the 
 Legislative Council from 1849 to 1855, but princi- 
 pally devoted himself to agricultural pursuits, and 
 took little part in politics. In 1854 he was 
 appointed a Commissioner to represent the colony 
 at the Paris Exhibition of the following year. 
 At the close of the Exhibition he received the 
 honour of knighthood and the decoration of the 
 Legion of Honour. He returned to the colony in 
 November 1857. In 1861 he exerted himself in 
 collecting exhibits in the colony for the London 
 Exhibition of 1862 and proceeded to England, 
 but declined the appointment of Assistant-Com- 
 missioner. He returned to the colony in March 
 1864, and was appointed to a seat in the Legislative 
 Council. 
 
 MACARTHUR, LEV. A. was ordained a Mis- 
 sionary minister by the United Associate Synod 
 of Scotland and arrived in V.D.L. in 1823. He 
 was the first Presbyterian clergyman established in 
 Australasia. 
 
 MACARTHUR'S ISLES, four low bushy islets 
 off the X.E. coast of the continent, encompassed
 
 Mac I 
 
 • \< i.nl'.KKIA Of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 215 
 
 by a reef of more than three miles long, and 
 separated from the Bird [slea by a channel three 
 
 and a-lialf miles wide. 
 
 MACARTHUR RIVER, in X.A., Bowing into 
 the Gulf of Carpentaria. It was named by Leich- 
 hardt its discoverer after James and William 
 Macarthur in acknowledgment of their support of 
 his expedition. The country along this river is 
 well grassed and openly timbered for a half to one 
 and a half miles of its banks. There is another 
 river of the same name in Gippsland, V. 
 
 MACARTNEY, HUSSEY BURGH, D.D. 
 
 (1799 — ) is the son of Sir John Macartney, a 
 Member of the Irish House of Commons, and 
 was born in Dublin. Educated for the Church he 
 accepted an appointment from Bishop Perry whom 
 he accompanied in his voyage to his diocese, landing 
 in Melbourne in January 1848. His life from that 
 date is the history of the English Church in this 
 colony. Soon after landing he commenced his 
 ministration at Heidelberg, where he held Divine 
 service in the Scotch Church on alternate Sundays, 
 when the Presbyterian minister was absent attend- 
 ing another cure. On the other Sundays he held 
 services under great difficulties at Broadmeadows, 
 at Whittlesea, and the Lower Plenty. In November 
 of the same year he was appointed Archdeacon of 
 Geelong ; there he remained till the end of 1851. 
 During this time schools were opened and services 
 begun at many of the surrounding localities. St. 
 Paul's parsonage was built and St. Paul's Church 
 and the enlargement of Christ Church were begun, 
 but these last were stopped for the time by the 
 scarcity of labour and the sudden rise in the price 
 of building materials consequent on the discovery 
 of gold in the colony. In 1852 Dr. Macartney was 
 appointed Dean of Melbourne and Incumbent of 
 St. James' Cathedral Church. The parish of St. 
 James was at that time bounded by Elizabeth- 
 street on the east ; but there was no church or 
 minister between it and Kyneton in one direction, 
 Geelong in another, and the ocean in a third. 
 Many congregations were however formed and 
 school-houses built under his active supervision. 
 St. John's Church and St. James parsonage were 
 also built and St. James' schools greatly enlarged. 
 During the absence of the Bishop from January 
 1855 till his return in April the following year the 
 Dean administered the affairs of the diocese. He 
 was in 1857 appointed to the Archdiaconate of 
 Melbourne, which involved the oversight of all the 
 deacons and readers who were not under a clergy- 
 man in full orders, and the care as far as possible 
 of all parts of the diocese that had no other 
 minister. In 1860 finding all those offices more 
 than he could properly fill he resigned St. James' 
 and gave himself exclusively to the work of 
 his Archdeaconry, since that time readers have 
 been appointed and services begun in between 
 thirty and forty places in and around Melbourne, 
 in twenty-five of which churches have been built 
 and in all of which congregations continue to 
 
 assemble. < m tin' Bishop's second visit to England 
 In- was again placed in charge of the diocese from 
 January 1863 to September in the following year, 
 and in November be 3ailed with his family for a 
 visit to Europe. On going away lir was presented 
 with a purse of 300 sovereigns with some valuable 
 presents together with an address from the clergy 
 of the diocese. In August 1866 he returned to 
 Melbourne and to his usual duties, [n February 
 IS74 Bishop Perry left Australia and the Dean 
 was again left in charge of the diocese. Sub e 
 fluently a heavy domestic affliction fell upon him 
 and when the exertion was over he sank into a 
 serious illness, and has never since been erjual to 
 the performance as hitherto of the active dutie 
 of his office ; but assistance has been given him 
 by the Bishop so as to enable him to retain his 
 position. The Dean was chosen as one of the 
 representative clergymen for his diocese in both 
 the ( ieneral Synods that have been held in Sydney. 
 When the Melbourne Bishopric was vacant he was 
 pressed by some leading members of the Church 
 to allow himself to be named for the office, but 
 being then upwards of seventy years of age he 
 felt he was too old to undertake such a responsi- 
 bility unless he had been called to it by the 
 unanimous voice of the Church, and consequently 
 refused to allow his name to be mentioned. On 
 the Dean attaining his eightieth year an address 
 from the public of Melbourne and a purse of 1000 
 guineas were presented to him in the presence of 
 2000 ladies and gentlemen at the Town Hall. 
 The Bishop of Melbourne presided. On the plat- 
 form there was a large representation of the 
 clergy not only of the Church of England but of 
 Protestant denominations generally. 
 
 MACEDON, MOUNT, in V., about thirty miles 
 to the N.W. of Melbourne, is a fine bold mass, the 
 commencement of a. wooded range extending 
 easterly. It is about 3000 feet above the level of 
 the sea, and covered with trees to the summit ; it 
 commands a beautiful view of Port Philip. Mounl 
 Campbell and Mount Byng are two conspicuous 
 mountains to the northward, which with Mount 
 Macedon form the figure of a triangle — the latter 
 being the apex, the former marking the extreme 
 points of the base line to the N.E. and N.W. It 
 was named by .Mitchell after the Greek Macedon, 
 and is a favourite summer resort for the citizens of 
 Melbourne. 
 
 MACD0NALD MOUNTAINS, a remarkable 
 range of mountains in W.A. near Port George the 
 Fourth, about 400 feet high. 
 
 MACDONNELL, POBT, on the S. coast of S..\ . 
 was discovered by Lieutenant (.'rant in L800 and 
 subsequently named after < rovernor Maid lonnell. 
 
 MACKAY, ANGUS (1825 (journalist, a nativi 
 of Scotland, came to N.S.W. in early life, his 
 father being an early settler in Sydney. Mackaj 
 was educated at the Australian College ami 
 intended for the Church ; but his predilections 
 were of a literary character, and in 1847 he became
 
 •J 16 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 (Mac 
 
 editor of the Atlas, holding that position during two 
 
 or three years until the discovery of gold, when he 
 went to Ophir and Turon as special correspondent 
 for the Empire. Early in 1853 he arrived in V., 
 settling on the diggings and taking an active part 
 in the endeavour to procure the abolition of the 
 license fees. From his experience on the gold- 
 fields he was invited to give evidence before the 
 Select Committee appointed to inquire into the 
 grievances of the diggers. He next went to 
 Sandhurst as special correspondent for the Argus, 
 and assisted the people in getting a voice in the 
 government of the country. Shortly afterwards in 
 conjunction with J. J. Casey and James Henderson, 
 Mackay purchased the Bendigo Advertiser, of 
 which lie is still proprietor. A little later with 
 Casey and K. R. Haverfield he founded thsRivi rine 
 Herald, and still retains an interest in that journal, 
 lie was frequently invited to contest one of the 
 seats for the Sandhurst Boroughs, but always 
 refused until 18C8 when he was elected by a large 
 majority. In April 1870 he accepted office as 
 Minister for Mines under Sir James McCulloch, 
 and subsequently acted as Minister for Education. 
 He held his seat for Sandhurst until May 1877, 
 when he was defeated by Blackham ; but the 
 election being upset on petition, another contest 
 took place and Mackay gained the seat. In 1878 
 he went to Sydney and established the Daily 
 Ti legraph. 
 
 MACKENZIE RIVER in N. A., was discovered 
 by Leichhardt. This river comes from the westward 
 and winds through a peculiar country ; its valley 
 is deep and narrow. Several layers of fine coal 
 were found by him identical with the formation of 
 the Newcastle coal ; bonded pieces of coal were 
 found in its bed. A high level country extends 
 near the river on its left with belts of scrub, and 
 further off with plains and open forest — generally 
 box forest. 
 
 MACLEAY, ALEXANDER (1767-1848) natur- 
 alist, was a native of Scotland. He was secretary 
 to the Transport Board during the war with France 
 under the first Napoleon, and was also well known 
 
 [appreciated by the scientific world as honorary 
 
 secretary to the Linnean Society. He was one of 
 Ihr six gentlemen to whom George IV. granted a 
 charter for the purpose of founding this society. 
 In 1825 he was selected by the Earl of Bathurst 
 to proceed to N.S.W. as Colonial Secretary, an 
 appointment which he filled Tip to the date of his 
 resignation in 1837. When in his 77th year lie was 
 elected Speaker df the first representative Legisla- 
 tive Council, AugUSl 1843; of this appointment he 
 fulfilled the, duties until May 1846, when he 
 resigned, lie was devotedly attached to the 
 pursuit of science, and used every exertion to 
 encourage it in the colonies. He laid the f ounda- 
 
 I tone of the first Free Library in N.S.W. in 
 
 February 1843. In this year Moreton Bay was 
 formed into an electorate and Macleay was made 
 its first representative in the Sydney Legislature. 
 
 MACLEAY, WILLIAM (1820—) a native of 
 Scotland, came to N.S.W. in 1839 at the 
 invitation of his uncle, Alexander Macleay, and 
 passed some years in squatting pursuits on the 
 Murrumbidgee. He was elected member of the 
 Legislative Council for the Lachlan and Lower 
 Darling in 1854, and then for the Murrumbidgee, 
 and was for twenty years in succession member of 
 the Legislative Assembly, until he resigned his 
 seat. During his career in the Assembly his 
 exertions were unwearied to improve inland com- 
 munication and the construction of railways, 
 particularly the Great Southern trunk line. In 
 1874 he fitted out at his own expense a barque, the 
 Ckevert, and accompanied by Captain Onslow 
 conducted an expedition to New Guinea, bringing 
 back much valuable information and many new 
 specimens. On his return he accepted a seat in 
 the Legislative Council. He was the first Presi- 
 dent of the Australian Linnean Society, and 
 formerly of the Entomological Society ; and in 
 previous years did good service as one of the 
 trustees of the Australian Museum. Macleay has 
 devoted considerable attention to the pursuit of 
 science, especially to the subject of entomology, 
 in which branch he has formed collections perhaps 
 unrivalled in Australia. He possesses a fine 
 private museum of insects, which he has declared 
 his intention of bequeathing to the University. 
 
 MACLEAY, WILLIAM SHARP (1792-1865) 
 naturalist, was the eldest son of Alexander 
 Macleay, and a native of London. He was edu- 
 cated at Westminster and Cambridge, and on 
 leaving the L T niversity received the appointment 
 of Secretary to the Board of British Claims, on 
 the restoration of the French Government at the 
 Peace of 1815. In the performance of his duty 
 he passed several years in Paris, during which 
 period he became the friend of Cuvier and other 
 celebrated men of science. Having successfully 
 performed the duties intrusted to him, he was on 
 his return to England in 1825 promoted to the 
 office of H.B.M. Commissioner and Judge in the 
 mixed Tribunal of Justice at the Havannah. He 
 remained there for ten years, and on relinquishing 
 the office retired from the public service on a 
 pension of ,£900 a year. In 1839 ho arrived in 
 N.S.W., where he resided until his death. After 
 his arrival he was appointed one of the trustees of 
 the Australian Museum, and until the state of his 
 health compelled him reluctantly to retire he was 
 the life and soul of that institution. It was under 
 his advice and with his co-operation that the Act 
 for Establishing and Endowing the Australian 
 Museum was introduced and subsequently passed 
 into law. Macleay also acted for several years as 
 a member of the National Hoard of Education, 
 and lor a short time as member of the Executive 
 Council during Sir William Denison's adminis- 
 tration and before the inauguration of responsible 
 government. He possessed great ability and a 
 highly-cultivated mind, to which he continued to 
 the very last to add fresh stores as well from the
 
 Mac] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 217 
 
 recorded labours of others as from his own keen 
 observance of Nature in all her various aspects. 
 He ranked deservedly high as a naturalist, and his 
 collection of insects, especially those belonging to 
 Australia and the other portions of the Southern 
 Hemisphere, is the finest, most extensive and 
 valuable extant. To him we are indebted for 
 numerous additions to the catalogue of insects 
 previously known, and for clearing up many 
 doubts and difficulties respecting them which had 
 baffled the penetration of other observers. Yet 
 it was by no means in entomology alone he 
 delighted ; his knowledge and acquirements in 
 almost every branch of zoology and geology and 
 especially of botany were very considerable— a 
 proof of which exists in the number of works 
 written by him on these branches of science. 
 
 MACLEAY, SIR GEORGE, another son of 
 Alexander Macleay, accompanied Mitchell in his 
 exploring expeditions down the Murray and Mur- 
 rumbidgee in 1836. Subsequently he was for some 
 years a member of the Legislature of N.S.W. and 
 was knighted for his public services. 
 
 MACLEAY RIVER, in N.S.W., falls into the 
 Pacific Ocean about eighty miles to the northward 
 of Port Macquarie. This river divides the District 
 of Macleay from the County of Macquarie, and on 
 its banks the extent of available land is very 
 considerable. It was named after Macleay the 
 celebrated naturalist. 
 
 MACMAHON, SIR CHARLES, (1824—) is a 
 native of Ireland and son of Sir William Macmahon, 
 late Master of the Rolls in that country. He began 
 life as an Ensign in the 71st Highlanders, from 
 which he exchanged into the 10th Hussars. Shortly 
 after retiring from the army with the rank of 
 captain, he emigrated to V. in 1859. He was soon 
 afterwards appointed Assistant Commissioner of 
 Police under Sir W. H. F. Mitchell, and succeeded 
 that officer as Chief Commissioner. Macmahon 
 was elected Member of the Assembly for West 
 Bourke in August 1861, represented that district 
 during the session of the third Parliament of 
 Victoria, and held office without a portfolio in the 
 third O'Shannassy Ministry. In the fourth Par- 
 liament Macmahon did not hold a seat, but in 
 January 1866 he was returned as member for 
 West Melbourne, which electorate he continued 
 to represent for twelve years. He was elected 
 speaker by the Assembly in April 1871, re-elected 
 in May 1874, and vacated the chair in May 1877, 
 being superseded by Sir C. G. Duffy, who con- 
 tested the seat. Macmahon was created Knight- 
 Bachelor in 1875. He visited England in 1877, 
 and on his return to the colony was once more 
 elected for West Melbourne. 
 
 MACPHERSON, JOHN ALEXANDER, is a 
 native of V. and a barrister by profession. He has 
 never practised at the bar, being a large land- 
 owner and having interests in pastoral pursuits. 
 He was returned to the Legislative Assembly 
 for Portland in November 1854 in the fourth 
 
 Parliament under the new Constitution ; in 1865 
 he was returned for Dundas and again in 1868. 
 He accepted office as Chief Secretary and was 
 re-elected in October 1869; and in 1870 on the 
 defeat of his Ministry and the formation of an 
 administration under Sir James McCulloch he 
 became Commissioner for Crown Lands. He was 
 returned for Dundas in 1871 and 1874. In 
 October 1875 he accepted office as Chief Secretary, 
 with Sir James McCulloch as Treasurer and 
 leader of the House, and was again returned by 
 the same constituency, holding office until the 
 general election in May 1877, when he was 
 re-elected for the same constituency, but retired 
 from office with his chief, an overwhelming 
 majority in favour of their opponents having been 
 returned. Subsequently Macpherson went with 
 his family to Europe. 
 
 MACaUARIE HARBOUR, a beautiful and 
 extensive harbour of T. It receives the waters of 
 the Gordon and King Rivers and is situated on the 
 W. coast. It was named by Captain Kelly after 
 Governor Macquarie in 1826. 
 
 MACQUARIE, LACHL AN, fifth Governor of 
 N.S.W., arrived at Sydney in December 1809, with 
 instructions if Bligh was still in the colony to 
 reinstate him in his position as Governor for 
 twenty-four hours, upon which he was to resign 
 and return to England leaving the Government to 
 Macquarie. Finding on his arrival that Bligh 
 had left Port Jackson several months previously, 
 Macquarie assumed the Government and issued a 
 proclamation (dated 1st January 1810) setting 
 forth the instructions he had received as to the 
 wishes of His Majesty George III. with respect to 
 Bligh's temporary reinstatement and the King's 
 strong disapproval of the " mutinous and outrageous 
 conduct displayed in the forcible and unwarrant- 
 able removal of his late representative." Three 
 days afterwards he issued a further proclamation 
 declaring all appointments made by Major 
 Johnston and Colonels Furneaux and Paterson 
 null and void, and all trials, grants and investiga- 
 tions had or made under their authority invalid. 
 Macquarie arrived in the Hindostan, a fifty-gun 
 frigate, which was accompanied by another ship, 
 the Dromedary, having on board a large detach- 
 ment of the 73rd Regiment, of which he was 
 Lieutenant-Colonel, so that on assuming his duties 
 he found himself in so strong a position as to be 
 able to set all opposition at defiance if any had 
 been attempted. Macquarie's name is classed 
 with that of John Howard as a philanthropist 
 and prison reformer. He was a very different 
 man from his predecessor. Macquarie was most 
 courteous, politic and wary in his dealings with 
 men ; Bligh was rash, impulsive and violent. 
 He entered on his duties as Governor under most 
 favourable circumstances. The small settlers upon 
 whom King and Bligh had depended for support 
 when placing themselves in antagonism to the 
 official monopolists were neither numerous nor 
 
 £2
 
 218 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Mac 
 
 wealthy to back them up effectually, while the 
 power of the little oligarchy remained unbroken. 
 The former had been gradually acquiring wealth 
 and influence, and now that most of the N.S.W. 
 Corps were removed, and the Governor as Colonel 
 of the Regiment of the Line which formed the 
 garrison was ruler in fact as well as in name, 
 Macarthur prohibited from setting foot in the 
 colony, and many of the other members of the 
 once dominant clique were under a cloud in con- 
 sequence of the steps they had taken in connection 
 with Bligh's arrest, the small settlers and emanci- 
 pists were able to assert their claims to considera- 
 tion, and in return for the Vice-Regal patronage 
 extended to them were willing to give effectual 
 support to a Governor who showed himself disposed 
 to recognise their rights and to free himself from 
 the shackles which had proved too strong for his 
 predecessors. Macquarie was far too just, politic 
 and far-seeing a man to thwart intentionally the 
 designs of those who were endeavouring to enrich 
 themselves by developing in a legitimate manner 
 the natural resources of the country. Whilst 
 protecting the industrious and rewarding the 
 thrifty, he desired to encourage capitalists and men 
 of energy in the prosecution of their enterprises. 
 In order to raise the condition of the settlers, to 
 bring them within reach of a market and under 
 the protection of the laws, Macquarie set about 
 improving the roads and other means of commu- 
 nication which had been allowed to fall into a 
 state of dilapidation. To encourage a better class 
 of buildings he set the example by erecting in 
 Sydney and other places many substantial and 
 convenient public structures — barracks, stores, 
 hospitals, public offices, churches, school-houses, 
 watch-houses, gaols, bridges, wharves and other 
 buildings. The number of these places built during 
 his administration, a period of about twelve years, 
 was upwards of 200 in N.S.W. and fifty in V.D.L. 
 Almost from the first Macquarie seems to have 
 discouraged as much as possible the influx of free 
 settlers. He was fond of power and fearful of 
 strengthening by numbers the influence of a class 
 that could not be ruled by general orders and 
 prison regulations. Macquarie succeeded at length 
 in breaking down all legal barriers between the 
 two classes ; but the social barriers were too strong 
 for him ; and the more he endeavoured to destroy 
 them the more jealously were they guarded by the 
 wealthy free settlers, officers and civil servants 
 who formed the exclusive class. In his administra- 
 tion of affairs Macquarie displayed great personal 
 activity and energy. His excursions and journeys 
 were frequent and sometimes long and fatiguing. 
 In the second year of his rule he made a voyage 
 to V.D.L. Colonel Collins, the founder of the 
 Hobart Town settlement and the first Lieutenant- 
 Governor of the colony, had died suddenly in March 
 1810 about three months after Macquarie's arrival 
 in N.S.W. and the latter took the earliest oppor- 
 tunity, after he had surmounted the first difficulties 
 of his position, to visit the Derwent and personally 
 
 inspect the progress and resources of the country. 
 Collins had administered the Government at 
 Hobart Town for upwards of six years. His rule 
 was perhaps the most absolute despotism at that 
 time in existence, and under a man deficient in 
 benevolence and tact the condition of the settlers 
 would have been intolerable. But with all its 
 drawbacks the rule of a benevolent despot was 
 perhaps more suitable for the state of society 
 which then prevailed there than a more compli- 
 cated system of Government. In the promotion 
 of benevolent objects and in supplying means for 
 assuaging the sufferings of the unfortunate victims 
 of poverty, accident or sickness, Macquarie and 
 his wife seem to have been ever ready to set a 
 good example. The Sydney Benevolent Asylum 
 and other institutions of a similar character, still 
 in existence, which date from this period were 
 greatly indebted to their efforts and liberal 
 patronage. Mrs. Macquarie was generally called 
 Lady Macquarie by the colonists, although she had 
 no claim to that title except such as arose from 
 popular gratitude and a warm appreciation of her 
 character. She took great delight in beautifying 
 and improving the town and neighbourhood of 
 Sydney, and her name will be long remembered in 
 connection with the delightful public walk, con- 
 structed under her orders and from her plans, 
 around the Domain near the water's edge. The 
 intelligence of Macquarie's intended recall reached 
 the colony in the latter part of 1821. Sir Thomas 
 Brisbane his successor arrived shortly afterwards 
 and on the 1st December his commission as 
 Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of the 
 Colony was read with the most impressive 
 formalities in Hyde Park, Sydney, where the 
 military were drawn up under arms and fired a 
 salute in honour of the occasion. Macquarie did 
 not quit the colony until nearly three months 
 after the arrival of his successor. He had come 
 to look upon the evidences of wealth and advance- 
 ment which he saw around him as if they were the 
 work of his own hands, and he regarded the 
 improved condition of the colony with feelings of 
 honest pride. Under such circumstances it is not 
 to be wondered at that he was loth to leave the 
 scene where for twelve years he had exercised 
 more than regal power. On his departure a gold 
 cup valued at 150 guineas was presented to him 
 by the colonists, and that the present might be 
 esteemed the more honourable each person's sub- 
 scription was limited to a small amount. D'Arcy 
 Wentworth and John Piper were the originators of 
 the proposal to make the present. Macquarie left 
 the colony with his family in February 1822. He 
 died in London on 1st July 1824. 
 
 MACQUARIE RIVER, in T, rises on the 
 eastern tier and receiving in its course the waters 
 of the rivers Blackmail, Elizabeth and Isis, disem- 
 bogues its waters into the Lake River. 
 
 MACQUARIE RIVER (native name Wam- 
 bool) a river of N.S.W. named after Governor 
 Macquarie, is formed by the junction of the Fish
 
 Mac— Mai] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AT'STRALASIA. 
 
 219 
 
 and Campbell rivers after they issue from the 
 Blue Mountains. It is like the Darling River, one 
 of those large inland streams which have their 
 origin in the torrents which descend from the 
 western ridges of the dividing range of mountains 
 that skirt the east coast of the continent. The 
 Macquarie takes a winding course through the 
 plains to the N.W. ; in some places it is deep, 
 broad and navigable for large boats, in others 
 rapid and obstructed by falls ; and expanding over 
 the surrounding country, which declines rapidly 
 towards the N.W., the whole area becoming at last 
 a perfect sea, or after a dry season covered with 
 weeds. For twenty-four miles further the course, 
 as observed by Oxley in 1818, was through a 
 similar country, he had lost sight of land and 
 trees, the channel of the Macquarie winding 
 through reeds among which the water was about 
 three feet deep ; suddenly however without any 
 previous change in the breadth, depth, or rapidity 
 of the stream the Macquarie eluded all further 
 pursuit by spreading at all points from N.W. to 
 N.E. over the plain, the river decreasing in depth 
 from twenty to less than five feet, flowing over a 
 bottom of tenacious mud clay, the current still 
 running with the same rapidity as when the water 
 was confined within narrow banks. This point of 
 junction with what Oxley supposed to be the 
 interior waters, or rather where the Macquarie 
 ceased to be a river, was in 30° 45' S. and 147° 10' 
 E. Mitchell fixed the termination of this river by 
 following its course to the river Darling, which 
 junction he made to be in lat. 30° 6' 11" S. and 
 long. 147° 33' E. The Darling at this spot is 
 called the Barwon. The river was discovered and 
 named by Evans in 1813 in honour of Governor 
 Macquarie. 
 
 MACQU ABIE'S TOWER is situated on Cape 
 Banks in the parish of Botany, N.S.W. It is the 
 most classic spot on the shores of A. The tower 
 originally built by Governor Macquarie for the 
 prevention of smuggling is a picturesque object, 
 but the scene is connected with associations of too 
 deep an interest to satisfy the eye with what it 
 now presents. There is a charm about the spot 
 where Cook first landed, which is marked by a 
 brass plate on the opposite cliffs, and in the fore- 
 ground a handsome monument to the memory of 
 La Perouse surmounted by a gilt sphere contributes 
 much to the interest of the scene. 
 
 MACROSSAN, JOHN MURTAGH (1832—) 
 came to Melbourne in 1853 and went to Q. in 
 1865. In 1873 he was chosen Member for the 
 Kennedy electorate by the miners of Charters 
 Towers, and in January 1879 accepted office as 
 Secretary for Public Works on the formation of 
 the M 'II wraith Ministry. He now represents 
 Townsville in the Legislative Assembly. 
 
 MAGALHAENS, FERNANDO DE, the great 
 Portuguese navigator of the sixteenth century. 
 The life of this distinguished mariner was a suc- 
 cession of the wildest and most romantic adventures. 
 
 An English and incorrect version of his name 
 lives in the well-known Straits of Magellan which 
 he was the first to explore. It was he who dis- 
 covered and gave the name of the Pacific to the 
 Southern Ocean from the delightful weather he 
 first experienced in its waters. He it was also 
 that discovered the Philippine Islands which have 
 ever since remained a possession of Spain. He 
 perished in a petty quarrel between two hostile 
 tribes in those islands on the 26th April 1521. 
 His imperishable bequests to the world are — the 
 discovery of the communication between the 
 Atlantic and Pacific Oceans ; the opening up of 
 the Southern Ocean to European enterprise ; and 
 the demonstration as a certain fact of the spherical 
 form of the earth. The ship in which he sailed 
 was brought safely back to Spain, and thus com- 
 pleted on the 6th September 1522 the first voyage 
 ever made round the world. 
 
 MAGNETICAL ISLAND, situated off the N.E. 
 coast of the continent between Halifax Bay and 
 Cape Cleveland. This island was so named by 
 Cook because he fancied it affected the compass of 
 the Endeavour as he passed it. There is good 
 anchorage on the west side. 
 
 MAINGON BAY, a beautiful bay situated on 
 the southern shores of Tasman's Peninsula, lies 
 between Cape Baoul and Cape Pillar. 
 
 MAITLAND is the second town in N.S.W. and 
 comprises both East and West Maitland. It lies 
 ninety-three miles N. of Sydney, and is situated on 
 the Hunter River ; its proximity to this has been 
 the cause of the numerous disastrous floods which 
 have from time to time devastated the town and 
 district. At the same time it owes to this river 
 much of its prosperity, the alluvial flats which 
 fringe it being among the most productive soils in 
 the world and yielding in favourable seasons such 
 prodigious crops as to cause the district to be 
 called "The Granary of N.S.W." In 1879, 
 3,940 acres of land were under cultivation, the 
 crops ranking in the following order : — Maize, 
 oats, barley, wheat, lucerne and tobacco. The 
 grape is widely cultivated and large quantities of 
 wine were produced. Coal of excellent quality 
 and unlimited supply is found in the neighbour- 
 hood, and five or six pits are constantly at work. 
 A seam of kerosene shale has lately been found. 
 The Great Northern Railway connects the town 
 with Newcastle and also links it with the neigh- 
 bouring towns of Singleton, Muswellbrook, Scone, 
 Murrui'imdi, Quirindi, Tamworth and Gunnedah ; 
 further extension of the line northwards to the 
 Queensland border is now going on. There is also 
 a branch line to Morpeth three miles distant. A 
 very large trade is done with the inland townships. 
 The two parts of Maitland are distinct municipali- 
 ties. The streets are wide and well made and 
 contain numerous stores and many substantial- 
 looking private residences. It is the see of a 
 Roman Catholic bishop ( Dr. Murray. ) The 
 population is about 7500. Property in this
 
 220 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Mai— Mao 
 
 district has within the last few years nearly 
 doubled in value. 
 
 MALDON, a township in V., is situated at the 
 foot of Mount Tarrangower on the main road 
 from Castlemaine and Melbourne, eighty-four 
 miles from the metropolis. The population of 
 the town is about 3800. Pastoral and agricultural 
 operations are largely carried on in the neighbour- 
 hood, and the district is noted for its auriferous 
 wealth. The gold reefs, seventy-five in number, 
 are of great extent and likely to be long before 
 worked out. The deepest mine is at present 1020 
 feet. The extent of land under cultivation is 
 14,183 acres. 
 
 MALLEE SCRUB, in the S.E. district of 
 S.A., about 9000 square miles in extent, is 
 one uninterrupted waving prairie of Eucalyptus 
 dicmosa (by the natives termed mallee) some- 
 thing like a bushy willow in appearance. It 
 commences about 100 miles from the southern 
 extremity of the coast and extends to the Murray. 
 One road passes across it for about 100 miles 
 from the Tatiara country to Wellington ferry or 
 the crossing-place of the Murray. There is also 
 a small patch of grassy country on some ranges 
 about twenty-six miles within its edge, but beyond 
 this it is considered impenetrable. Occasionally 
 however an adventurous settler has taken a few 
 days supply of water and provisions and has gone 
 fifty or sixty miles beyond the nearest settle- 
 ment, but such journeys have only confirmed 
 the idea that the scrub is totally unfit for 
 any purpose. There are but few places how- 
 ever where it can be even explored. The trees 
 grow close together like reeds, not thicker, with- 
 out a branch until about fourteen feet from the 
 ground and are so dense that ten and twelve 
 sterns may be counted springing from one root, 
 and occupy little more than a square foot of 
 ground. Where a road has been cut through, it 
 appears as though there were a high wall on each 
 side ; the effect is not unlike that produced by a 
 road through a trench. 
 
 MANLY COVE, is one of the numerous coves of 
 Port Jackson, N.S.W. This cove was so named by 
 Governor Phillip on the 23rd January 1788. In 
 passing near a point of land in the harbour the 
 boats were observed by many of the natives, twenty 
 of whom waded unarmed into the water, received 
 what was offered them and minutely examined 
 the boat; their manly behaviour induced Phillip 
 who was highly pleased with it to give the place 
 the name it bears. 
 
 MANN, CHARLES (1800-1860) jurist and 
 member of the English Bar, was appointed to the 
 office of Advocate-General of S.A. in 1836, before 
 any vessel had left for that colony, and arrived at 
 Adelaide in January 1837. He resigned his 
 appointment in December of the same year in con- 
 sequence of differences with Governor Hindmarsh. 
 He was appointed to the office of Master of the 
 Supreme Court in April 1844 ; was made Acting 
 
 Judge of the same in February 1849 ; appointed 
 Crown Solicitor in January 1850 ; Police Magistrate 
 and Supreme Court Insolvency Commissioner in 
 April 1856 ; and Commissioner of the Court of 
 Insolvency and Stipendiary Magistrate in August 
 1858. In the early days of S.A. Mann employed 
 his pen as a writer for the local press, and on 
 subsequent occasions evinced a lively interest 
 in the various questions agitating his adopted 
 country. He was father of Charles Mann, some- 
 time Attorney-General and now Treasurer of the 
 South Australian Government. 
 
 MANNING- RIVER, in N.S.W., divides the 
 counties of Gloucester and Macquarie and empties 
 itself into the Pacific Ocean by several mouths, 
 but without offering any harbour except for boats, 
 to which the navigation of the river is confined. 
 There is good soil on the Manning River, which 
 together with the beauty of the scenery has led to 
 extensive settlement. The Manning has a long 
 course westerly to the dividing range of hills from 
 the opposite side of which the Peel River is given 
 off to flow towards the interior. This river was so 
 named by Robert Dawson in honour of the 
 Deputy Governor of the Australian Agricultural 
 Company. It is 225 miles north from Sydney. 
 
 MANNING, WILLIAM MONTAGU (1811— ) 
 was called to the English Bar in 1832, and was 
 for some time on the Western Circuit. In 1837 he 
 came to Sydney and was soon after made Chair- 
 man of Quarter Sessions. In 1844 he was 
 appointed Solicitor General; in 1848 appointed act- 
 ing Judge of the Supreme Court in the absence of 
 Justice Therry ; and in 1849 resumed his duties as 
 Solicitor General. In 1851 he was appointed a 
 nominee Member of the Legislative Council ; in 
 1856 was elected for South Cumberland to the 
 Legislative Assembly, and became Attorney 
 General ; but in May 1857 ill-health compelled 
 his retirement. He received at this time for his 
 services a portrait by Sir Watson Gordon R.A., a 
 piece of plate and a purse of £1000. He visited 
 England, and in March 1858 was knighted. He 
 returned to the colony in 1859 ; in 1860 was made 
 Attorney-General, and in 1861 a Member of the 
 Legislative Council. In 1876 he was elevated to 
 a Judgeship in the Supreme Court. In 1877 he 
 was chosen Chancellor of the Sydney University. 
 
 MANT0N, J. F., engineer and surveyor, was 
 sent with the first party under Finniss to found 
 the Northern Territory Settlement in 1864. He 
 was left in charge for some time after the recall of 
 Finniss in 1868. 
 
 MAORIS, the aboriginal inhabitants of N.Z. 
 The ethnological characteristics of the race are 
 thus described by Wallace : — " The Maoris are 
 one of the most important families of the brown 
 Polynesian stock, being those which have developed 
 its peculiar mental and physical characteristics to 
 the highest degree. This is due in part to their 
 having to maintain themselves in a far less 
 favourable climate than their fellows of the
 
 Maol 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA 
 
 221 
 
 tropical islands. They have no bread-fruits, 
 bananas and cocoa-nuts to supply food almost 
 without labour, and they have to protect them- 
 selves against the vicissitudes of a boisterous and 
 comparatively ungenial climate. They had not 
 even the pig, which furnished such an unfailing 
 supply of food in the other islands, but had 
 probably at first to hunt the now extinct moas as 
 their only animal food till when these became 
 scarce they were obliged to feed on their dogs, the 
 only domestic animal they appear to have brought 
 with them. Their only cultivated plants were the 
 sweet potato, the taro, and the gourd ; the fern 
 and several other plants supplied edible roots ; and 
 these with a few berries and fruits and fish of 
 various kinds made up their means of subsistence. 
 They thus became skilful hunters and fishers and 
 good agriculturalists ; and the amount of skill and 
 energy necessitated in these pursuits, in building 
 houses and canoes, in making clothing, and in 
 forming the various weapons and implements 
 which they required from stone, wood or shell, 
 furnished the needful stimulus for an active and 
 healthy existence. War too, as among all savage 
 tribes, occupied them greatly, and the construction 
 of forts and defences was added to the regular 
 labours of every community. The earliest Euro- 
 pean settlers thus found the Maoris in a state of 
 civilisation not often to be met with among a 
 barbarous and savage people. They lived together 
 in villages, in huts well constructed of wood and 
 reeds, ornamented with ingenious and fanciful 
 carvings, and painted with gay-coloured arabesques. 
 They protected their villages with ditches and 
 palisades and surrounded them with extensive 
 plantations. They manufactured flax from a 
 native plant, and from it wove mats and clothing 
 which they dyed with various kinds of bark and 
 roots, and ornamented with the bright feathers of 
 birds ; and they made cloaks of great value 
 from the dressed skins of their dogs. Their 
 faces and some parts of their bodies were elabor- 
 ately and elegantly tattooed, more largely in the 
 men than the women, and the heads of great chiefs 
 were skilfully embalmed and preserved, either 
 as trophies of the fight or in affectionate remem- 
 brance of the dead. Although they had no written 
 language they had numerous songs and proverbs, 
 legends and traditions, transmitted orally from 
 generation to generation. They knew every plant 
 and bird and insect of the country they inhabited 
 and designated them by distinctive names ; and 
 they distinguished the various kinds of rock with 
 a keen talent of observation. They had words in 
 their language for the four seasons and they 
 divided the year into thirteen months all of which 
 had appropriate names, the year commencing with 
 the first new moon after a particular star called 
 Puanga began to be visible in the morning. They 
 had names for all the chief stars, and also for 
 many constellations which were called after their 
 resemblance to canoes, houses, garments, weapons, 
 &c. They had measures derived from the human 
 
 body as the span, the stride, and the fathom. 
 They had no regular barter, but whatever a friend 
 asked for was given on the understanding that the 
 giver might in his turn have anything he took a 
 fancy to ; but all valuable property appears to 
 have been held by the tribe and could only be 
 exchanged in this way with other friendly tribes. 
 They had numerous games of skill or chance, 
 many of them exactly similar to our own as flying 
 kites, skipping-ropes, cat's-cradle, gymnastic poles, 
 wrestling, hide-and-seek, stilts; as well as dancing, 
 diving, and many others. They had a firm belief 
 in a future state and an elaborate mythology and 
 system of temples, priests, omens and sacrifices. 
 They were great orators, and a son of every chief 
 had to learn the traditions, laws, and rites of his 
 tribe and to be an orator and a poet as well as a 
 warrior, a hunter and a seaman. The dark side 
 of their character was the practice of cannibalism 
 which prevailed extensively at the time when 
 Europeans first visited them. But this vile practice 
 seems always to have been associated with a super- 
 stitious belief in the transfer of the qualities of the 
 victim to his devourer. This became one of the 
 chief incentives to war, as to eat the bodies of the 
 slain was supposed to impart courage and ferocity 
 to those who partook of them and likewise to 
 make their triumph over their enemies complete. 
 War was also carried on as a means of obtaining 
 plunder— valuable jade weapons and ornaments, 
 beautiful mats, food and wives, just as in Europe 
 in the middle ages." 
 
 Civilisation.— Missionaries of various denomi- 
 nations have been at work in N. Z. for more than 
 sixty years and have now converted the whole 
 population except a few of the older chiefs to 
 Christianity. Cannibalism, tribal wars, polygamy, 
 slavery, and most of their superstitious practices 
 have been abolished ; they have become to a con- 
 siderable extent educated and civilised ; many of 
 them have farms and ships or are successful 
 traders. But with this apparently beneficial change 
 their old elasticity of spirit and enjoyment of life 
 seems to have left them. They cannot as a body com- 
 pete with Europeans. Our habits are not suited to 
 them ; our diseases and vices decimate them ; their 
 numbers diminish year by year; and as in so many 
 other cases we seem to civilise and Christianise 
 only to destroy. When first taken possession of 
 in 1840 N. Z. is supposed to have contained 
 near 100,000 Maoris. In 1856 there were but 
 65,000 ; in 1874 they had decreased to 45,740, and 
 it is believed that they are now diminishing still 
 more rapidly. Should however the present rate 
 of decrease continue it will not take more than 
 150 years to bring about the total extinction of 
 this interesting race. A recent N.Z. journal states 
 that " the census of the Maori population which 
 was made last year presents very many points of 
 interest. The condition of an aboriginal people 
 in the transitory stage between barbarism and 
 civilisation is at all times an interesting and 
 suggestive study, and it is particularly so just now
 
 222 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Mao 
 
 when the Government has on hand the delicate 
 task of adjusting such difficulties as still exist in 
 the relations of the aborigines and the colonists. 
 The Maori has not yet reached the turning point 
 at which a primitive race in its contact with 
 civilisation ceases to decline. The Maori popula- 
 tion, if we may rely upon the figures, in 1878 was 
 found to be 42,819 ; in 1874 it was 46,016, making 
 a decrease in four years of 3197. As is usual in 
 these returns the males considerably exceed the 
 females, the former being 23,533 and the latter 
 only 19,286. But the most characteristic feature 
 of these estimates for many years is the enormous 
 disparity in the proportion of adults and children. 
 Of the total of 42,819 souls last year no less than 
 14,533 were males over fifteen years, and females 
 of the same age 11,802. In European countries 
 the men usually average a fifth or sixth of the 
 population, while at present among the Maoris 
 they constitute a third." Wallace adds : — " The 
 Maoris are fully conscious of their approaching 
 fate — a fate in which not only the people them- 
 selves but also the native fauna and flora seem 
 involved. The inevitable process of extinction 
 is vividly described by Peschel, who remarks that 
 even the English grasses are spreading with 
 astonishing rapidity and supplanting the indi- 
 genous vegetation. Vernal grass, sorrel, docks, the 
 sow-thistle and water-cresses are triumphantly 
 invading the domain of the native growths, which 
 are fain to yield before the younger and more 
 vigorous ' conquistadores.' ' Make room for your 
 betters ' is the watchword in all these wars between 
 races. Swine as already stated have increased to 
 an alarming extent and commit great havoc by 
 uprooting the ground in search after roots. Yet 
 even this contributes towards the introduction of 
 new plants, for the freshly turned-up soil is 
 quickly occupied by the hardy species intimately 
 associated with European culture which follow 
 the white man in all his wanderings, and which 
 already victorious over so many older species soon 
 displace the last feeble survivors of former geolo- 
 gical epochs. The native Polynesian rat which 
 entered N.Z. with the Maoris is now being also 
 extirpated by the Norway variety which has been 
 introduced into the island by ships arriving from 
 England. The European mouse following closely 
 on its track is reported to be in its turn displacing 
 the Norway rodent. The European house fly 
 which presented itself originally as an uninvited 
 guest is now sent far and wide in boxes and 
 bottles by the settlers themselves, who have 
 observed that its company is declined and its 
 presence carefully shunned by the far more 
 noxious native blue blow-fly. Hence the Maoris 
 rightly say, 'As the white man's rat has extirpated 
 our rat, so the European fly is driving out our 
 fly ; the foreign clover is killing our ferns, and so 
 the Maori himself will disappear before the white 
 man.' " 
 
 Traditions.— " The traditions of these people 
 lead to the conclusion that they first came to N.Z. 
 
 about 600 years ago from some of the islands 
 between Samoa and Tahiti ; but some ethnologists 
 put the migration as far back as 3000 years. 
 Their language is a dialect of the Polynesian most 
 resembling that of Earotonga, but their physical 
 characters vary greatly. Some are fair, with 
 straight hair, and with the best type of Polynesian 
 features ; others are dusky-brown, with curly or 
 almost frizzly hair, and with the long and broad 
 arched nose of the Papuan ; while others have the 
 coarse thick features of the lower Melanesian 
 races. Now these variations of type cannot be 
 explained unless we suppose the Maoris to have 
 found in the islands an indigenous Melanesian 
 people, of which they exterminated the men 
 but took the better-looking of the women for 
 wives ; and as their traditions decidedly state that 
 they did find such a race when they first arrived 
 at N.Z. there seems no reason whatever for 
 rejecting these traditions, which accord with actual 
 physical facts, just as the tradition of a migration 
 from Hawaiki, a Polynesian island, accords with 
 linguistic facts." 
 
 Present Condition. — Sir D. McLean, some- 
 time Native Minister in N.Z., gives the following 
 account of the present condition of the Maori 
 race : — " As a rule Maoris are middle-sized and 
 well-formed, the average height of the man being 
 5ft. 6in. ; the bodies and arms being longer than 
 those of the average Englishmen, but the leg 
 bones being shorter and the calves largely 
 developed. The skin is of an olive-brown colour 
 and the hair generally black ; the teeth are good, 
 except among the tribes who live in the sulphurous 
 regions about the Hot Lakes near the centre of 
 the North Island ; but the eyes are bleared, 
 possibly from the amount of smoke to which they 
 are exposed in ' whares ' or cabins destitute of 
 chimneys. The voice is pleasant, and when war- 
 like excitement has not roused him to frenzy 
 every gesture of the Maori is graceful. Nothing 
 can be more dignified than the bearing of chiefs 
 assembled at a ' runanga ' or council, and this 
 peculiar composure they preserve when they adopt 
 European habits and customs, always appearing 
 at ease even in the midst of what would seem a 
 most incongruous assembly. In bodily powers the 
 Englishman has the advantage. As a carrier of 
 heavy burdens the native is the superior, but in 
 exercises of strength and endurance the average 
 Englishman surpasses the average Maori. As to 
 the character of the natives it must be remem- 
 bered — if most opposite and contradictory qualities 
 are ascribed to them — that they are in a transition 
 state. Some of the chiefs are, with the exception 
 of colour and language, almost Europeans ; others 
 conform when in towns to the dress and the 
 customs of white men, but resume native ways 
 and the blanket as the sole garment as soon as 
 they return to the ' kainga ' or native village. The 
 great majority have ideas partly European, partly 
 Maori ; while a small section professing to adhere 
 to old Maori ways depart from them so far as to
 
 Mao] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 buy or to procure articles of European manu- 
 facture whenever they can do so. They are 
 excitable and superstitious, easily worked upon at 
 times by any one who holds the key to their 
 inclinations and who can influence them by 
 appeals to their traditional legends, while at 
 other times they are obstinate and self-willed 
 whether for good or for evil. As is usual with 
 races that have not a written language they possess 
 wonderful memories ; and when discussing any sub- 
 ject they cite or refer to precedent after precedent. 
 They are fond of such discussions, for many a 
 Maori is a natural orator with an easy flow of 
 words, and a delight in allegories which are often 
 highly poetical. They are brave yet are liable to 
 groundless panics. They are by turns open-handed 
 and most liberal and shamelessly mean and stingy. 
 They have no word or phrase equivalent to grati- 
 tude yet they possess the quality. Grief is with 
 them reduced to a ceremony and tears are pro- 
 duced at will. In their persons they are slovenly 
 or clean according to humour ; and they are fond 
 of finely, chiefly of the gaudiest kind. They are 
 indolent or energetic by turns. During planting 
 time men, women, and children labour energetically, 
 but during the rest of the year they will work or 
 idle as the mood takes them. When they do com- 
 mence a piece of work they go through with it 
 well ; and in roadmaking they exhibit a fair 
 amount of engineering skill. It has been already 
 stated that the Northern Island of N. Z. contains 
 a native population of about 37,000, but it must 
 not be imagined that these are in one district or 
 that any considerable number are assembled in 
 one place. In fact they are divided into many 
 tribes and are scattered over an area of 28,890,000 
 acres or 45,156 square miles, giving less than one 
 native to the square mile. The most important 
 tribe is that of Ngapuhi which inhabits the 
 northern portion of the North Island within the 
 Province of Auckland. It was among the Ngapuhi 
 that the seeds of Christianity and of civilisation 
 were first sown, and among them are found the 
 best evidences of the progress which the Maori 
 can make. Forty years ago the only town in 
 N. Z., Kororareka, on the Bay of Islands, existed 
 within their territories. Their chiefs assembled in 
 February 1840 near the 'Waitangi' or 'weeping 
 water ' Falls, were the first to sign the treaty by 
 which the Maoris acknowledged themselves to be 
 subjects of Her Majesty ; and although under the 
 leadership of an ambitious chief Hone Heke, a 
 portion of them in 1845 disputed the English 
 supremacy, yet when subdued by English troops 
 and native allies (their own kinsmen) they adhered 
 implicitly to the pledges they gave, and siuce then 
 not a shadow of a doubt has been cast on the 
 fidelity of the ' Loyal Ngapuhi.' Their leading 
 chief died lately. He was a man to whom the 
 colony owed much and who may be taken as a 
 type of the Maori gentleman of rank. Tamati 
 Waka Nene (Thomas Walker Nene) was in his 
 youth a distinguished warrior and assisted in the 
 
 raids made by his people on the tribes to the 
 southward. Converted to Christianity by the 
 missionaries he was one of the first chiefs to sign 
 the Treaty of Waitangi, and by his arguments he 
 was instrumental in inducing others to sign, and 
 he remained faithful to the engagements into 
 which he entered that day. He adhered to the 
 Government in every difficulty and trouble which 
 arose and to the day of his death he was a stanch 
 supporter of English rule, setting to his people an 
 example which they have honourably followed. 
 His funeral was attended by a large number of 
 both races and according to his desire his body 
 was buried in the church cemetery at the Bay of 
 Islands, thus breaking through one of the most 
 honoured of Maori customs, namely, that a chief's 
 remains should be secretly interred in some remote 
 spot known to but a few trusty followers. During 
 his lifetime he was honoured by special marks 
 of distinction from Her Majesty, and after his 
 death the Government of N. Z. erected a hand- 
 some monument to his memory. Since then the 
 Ngapuhi have given another proof of the good 
 feeling which the N. Z. Government have caused. 
 In 1845 the British forces lost heavily before a 
 ' pa ' or native fort called Ohaeawae, then held by 
 a section of Ngapuhi in arms, and the slain were 
 buried near the spot where they fell. Recently 
 however the natives in their desire to prove 
 their friendship have erected a small memorial 
 church, in the grave-yard of which they have 
 with due honour reinterred the exhumed remains 
 of their former foes, thus giving additional 
 evidence of the complete extinguishment of old 
 animosities and jealousies. A glance at the map 
 will show the progress which is being made with 
 road-works in this part of the Island. Many 
 of the roads are being constructed by native 
 labour under the management and superintendence 
 of a native gentleman holding a seat in the House 
 of Representatives. In travelling through this 
 district it is not uncommon to see comfortable 
 weatherboard houses adopted by the natives 
 instead of the ' whare ;' and European dress is 
 found to have to a great extent supplanted the 
 primitive attire of olden days. Indeed, the profits 
 realised by digging kauri gum and by disposing of 
 produce, stock, &c., with the high prices obtained 
 for labour on public works or in the kauri-pine 
 forests which constitute the timber wealth of the 
 district, enable the natives to procure the comforts 
 of dress and of living to which they have now 
 become accustomed. To the north of Auckland 
 the two races have approached nearer to each 
 other than in any other parts of the island, and 
 ' half-castes — a handsome and powerfully-built race 
 — are numerous. The present generation of British 
 settlers has grown up side by side with the Maori 
 youth, and true friendship exists between the 
 | settler and the native. Throughout the colony 
 | the social condition of the natives is a trustworthy 
 indication of the intercourse which they have had 
 with Europeans. Among the Ngapuhi, at places
 
 224 
 
 CYCLOPjEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Mar 
 
 like the Thames Gold Fields, near Auckland, 
 about Napier, and on the west coast of the 
 Province of Wellington, where the Maori has been 
 brought into close contact with Europeans, there 
 are the same evidences of an upward progress. 
 The style of living is changed ; the whare has 
 given way to the substantial house ; the blanket 
 or flax mat is replaced by broadcloth ; and as a 
 matter of course improvement in living induces 
 improvement in mind. In the out districts where 
 settlements have been established only a few years 
 the Maori is still in a half-and-half state. In his 
 own village he conforms in his habitation his food 
 and his clothing to the ways of his fathers ; but 
 poor or careless must the Maori be, especially if a 
 young man, who cannot appear neat and smart in 
 English dress when on a visit to the neighbouring 
 township. In such wild districts as the moun- 
 tainous inland regions ancestral habits have full 
 sway ; and at one locality between the English 
 settlements on the Waikato Eiver and Lake Taupo, 
 there exists a remnant of what may be termed the 
 ' National party ; ' who however though they 
 may be inveigh against ' pakeha ' customs, are not 
 the less ready to dispose of their produce to the 
 nearest trader, and to invest the proceeds in the 
 purchase of English manufactures. The Middle 
 Island natives number about 3000 and are spread 
 over an immense extent of country, living in 
 groups of a few families on the reserves made for 
 them when the lands were purchased — for the 
 whole of the Middle Island has been bought from 
 the native owners by the Government. Whatever 
 may be the cause it is a fact that the natives of 
 the Middle Island are apathetic and careless as 
 compared with their brethren in the North. There 
 are two special features apparent in the condition 
 of the Natives. The first is the energetic revival 
 of agriculture, to which a stop has been put during 
 the troublous times. On such a subject it is 
 impossible to collect statistics ; but the evidence 
 of persons well acquainted with the race goes .to 
 prove that every year greater breadths of land are 
 brought under cultivation ; that strenuous exer- 
 tions are made to obtain the best implements ; and 
 that the labours of every tribe is directed to 
 recouping the losses sustained during times of 
 agricultural inaction. The second feature is the 
 anxiety displayed for the education of children, 
 and for their instruction in the English language. 
 Nothing has more largely contributed to this than 
 the admission of natives, not only to the Legisla- 
 tive Council and the House of Representatives, 
 but also into the ranks of the Executive Govern- 
 ment. The natives have thus been induced to take 
 a deep interest in the proceedings in Parliament, 
 and they make it their business to become well 
 acquainted with all that goes on in each House. 
 The discussions which take place in Parliament 
 are criticised in even remote villages. The 
 ignorance of our language by the Maori members 
 is seen to be to their disadvantage ; and so 
 the Maoris of the present day are constant 
 
 in their applications for schools. For the support 
 of them a sum is granted annually by the 
 Legislature, which has to be supplemented by 
 the natives, who give lands as endowments for 
 the schools, procure timber for the buildings, 
 assist in their erection and contribute towards the 
 salaries of the teachers. The system adopted is 
 one of numerous day-schools established wherever 
 children are found in some numbers, and a strict 
 rule is that the Maori tongue is not to be used 
 within the school. The children are taught reading, 
 writing, arithmetic, geography and history ; the 
 girls learning also to sew, to wash, &c. They all 
 receive lessons in tidiness, cleanliness and order, 
 which cannot but be salutary. In addition to the 
 village schools there are a few establishments, 
 chiefly founded by religious bodies, but mainly 
 supported by the State, where native children are 
 boarded. There are already forty-nine of these 
 native schools, with 1268 scholars. Others are 
 contemplated. There has not yet been time for 
 any visible results, but the progress made by the 
 pupils generally is such as to give good hopes for 
 the future. It has been said that the whole of 
 the Middle Island has been purchased from the 
 natives, but this cannot be said of the Northern 
 Island. Here the Maoris still possess a vast 
 extent of country — too vast for them to make any 
 use of. It was by purchase that the lands were 
 acquired on which are situated the flourishing 
 settlements of the North Island, and it is by 
 purchase from the native owners that fresh lands 
 are being obtained whether by the Government or 
 by private persons. In many instances also large 
 tracts are leased from the natives and are occupied 
 by settlers as sheep or cattle runs. It is however 
 one of the laws of the colony that whatever areas 
 of land a tribe may desire to sell or lease it shall 
 retain a sufficiency to enable it to maintain itself, 
 and consequently large reserves made in the 
 interest of native sellers are to be found in each 
 island. As the immigration and public works 
 undertaken by the colony proceed additional value 
 is given year by year to the land still held by the 
 natives, who are aiding largely in the opening up 
 of the country. By the Maoris generally the 
 scheme of intersecting the Northern Island by 
 railways and by roads has been hailed with 
 pleasure. They have taken readily to road-making, 
 and by their labour highways have been opened 
 into the interior along which coaches now run, 
 passing over country which but a short time ago 
 was accessible only by the roughest horse tracks. 
 The foregoing brief sketch shows the difference 
 between the N.Z. native as he now is and the wild 
 savage he is too often falsely represented to be." 
 
 MARANON RIVER, a beautiful and large 
 river of N.A. which falls into the river Balonne at 
 its junction with the Cogoon. It was discovered 
 by Mitchell in 1838. 
 
 MARIA ISLAND, in T., is situated on the 
 E. coast ; its two principal bays are Oyster Bay
 
 Marl 
 
 CyCLOr^EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Tl., 
 
 on the W. coast, and Riddle Bay on the E. 
 coast ; its capes are Cape Mistaken or Coxcomb 
 Head, Cape Bald, Deturn Boint and Cape Benin. 
 It was named by Tasman after the wife of 
 Governor Van Diemen. 
 
 MARION DU FRESNE, French navigator, 
 was the first visitor to V.D.L. after Tasman. The 
 French Government fitted out an expedition in 
 1771 with the object of exploring the Southern 
 Ocean, consisting of two vessels, the Masearin 
 and the Marquis de Castries, and the command 
 was given to Marion. On the 3rd March 1772 he 
 first sighted the W. coast of V.D.L. and next 
 day anchored in Frederik Hendrik's Bay. The 
 fires and smoke seen by day and night bespoke 
 the country to be well inhabited ; and on anchoring 
 there were about thirty natives assembled on the 
 shore. On the boats being sent next morning the 
 natives went to them without distrust ; presented 
 a lighted stick to the new-comers and seemed to 
 ask them to set fire to the pile. Not knowing 
 what this ceremony meant they complied and the 
 act seemed neither to excite surprise nor to cause 
 any alteration in the conduct of the natives ; they 
 continued to remain about the French party with 
 their wives and children as before. The French 
 tried to win them by presents, but they rejected 
 with disdain everything that was offered, even iron, 
 looking glasses, handkerchiefs and cloth. The 
 party had been about an hour on shore with the 
 savages when Marion went on shore. One of the 
 natives stepped forward and offered him a fire- 
 brand to be applied to a small bit of wood, and 
 Marion supposing it was a ceremony necessary to 
 prove that he came with friendly intentions set 
 fire to the heap without hesitation. This was no 
 sooner done than they retired to a small hill and 
 threw a shower of stones by which Marion and 
 the commander of the Castries were both wounded. 
 .Some shots were then fired and the French return- 
 ing to their boats coasted along the beach to an 
 open place in the middle of the bay, where there 
 was no hill from whence they could be annoyed. 
 The savages sent their women and children into 
 the woods and followed the boats along shore, 
 and on their putting into land one of the natives 
 set up a hideous cry and immediately a shower of 
 spears was discharged. A black servant was hurt 
 in the leg ; and firing then commenced by 
 which several of the natives were wounded and 
 one was killed. They fled to the woods making a 
 frightful howling, but carried off such of the 
 wounded as were unable to follow. Fifteen men 
 armed with muskets pursued them, and on entering 
 amongst the trees they found a dying savage. 
 The spears which it was feared might have been 
 poisoned were proved not to be so by the facility 
 with which the wound of the black servant was 
 healed. 'After the flight of the savages Marion 
 sent two officers with detachments to search for 
 water and trees to make a foremast and bowsprit 
 for the Castries, but after traversing two leagues 
 of country without meeting an inhabitant they 
 
 returned unsuccessful, nor could any fresh water 
 be found during the six days the ships remained 
 in the bay. Finding he was losing time in searching 
 for water in this wild country Marion determined 
 to make sail for N.Z. He left V.D.L. on 10th 
 March and on 11th May anchored his two 
 ships in the Bay of Islands. Next day the sick 
 were landed on Te Wai-iti Island. The New 
 Zealanders brought the ships crews abundance of 
 fish and the French in return loaded them with 
 presents. Friendship and confidence rapidly sprung 
 up ; the French often slept on shore and the natives 
 on shipboard. Marion, whose authority over all 
 was soon perceived, was the object of universal 
 attention, and he placed in the aborigines such 
 unbounded confidence that Crozet, the second in 
 command of the expedition, took the liberty of 
 pointing out to him the imprudence of his conduct. 
 In this happy state Marion and his crew passed 
 their time at the Bay of Islands until the 8th 
 June. On that day Marion landed, and after the 
 natives had decorated his head with four long 
 white flowers he returned to the ship more delighted 
 than ever with his new friends. But it was 
 remarked that the natives had ceased to visit the 
 ships, and one girl on leaving gave signs of sorrow 
 which none could explain. On 12th June Marion 
 went on shore to enjoy a day's fishing in Mana- 
 waoroa Bay. When evening came it caused some 
 surprise on board the ships that Marion did not 
 return, although no evil was suspected. Early 
 next morning the boat of the Marquis de Castries 
 with twelve men was sent for food and water to 
 Orokawa. Four hours after its departure one of 
 the sailors from this boat swam off to the vessel 
 almost dead with terror, and related that the boat's 
 crew on landing were received by the natives in 
 the usual friendly manner, but while dispersed 
 collecting firewood each man was suddenly attacked 
 by six New Zealanders and all were killed save 
 himself. From a concealed thicket he beheld 
 his comrades' bodies cut into pieces and divided 
 among the murderers who immediately left the 
 spot. The Mascarin's long-boat was at once 
 launched with a strongly-armed crew. As it 
 approached the land Marion's boat was seen sur- 
 rounded by natives near the bottom of Manawaoroa 
 Bay. It was not thought advisable to inquire for 
 Marion but to go and warn Crozet, who with 
 sixty men were felling a tree two miles inland. 
 Crozet on hearing what had happened ordered the 
 men to collect their tools and march to the beach. 
 Fart of the cut-down tree and the road made to 
 drag it along still remain and are pointed out as 
 the road of Marion. Crozet did not communicate 
 to his party the bloody transactions which had 
 occurred, lest they might endanger their safety by 
 an unseasonable revenge. During the march of 
 the party to the beach they were met and followed 
 by crowds of natives, who shouted that Tacouri 
 had killed and eaten Marion. On reaching the 
 strand Crozet seized a musket, drew a line on the 
 sand and cried that he would shoot the first native 
 
 F2
 
 226 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Mar 
 
 who crossed it. This bold bearing enabled his 
 party to embark safely in the boats. Then came 
 the hour for vengeance. Volley after volley of 
 musketry was fired among the solid body of the 
 New Zealanders on the beach, who stupefied by 
 terror stood like sheep to be slaughtered. That 
 night the sick were embarked on board the ships 
 and the next day a party sent for wood and water 
 destroyed the village of Motu Arohia and killed 
 many of the inhabitants. Some days after several 
 natives were seen dressed in the murdered sailors' 
 clothes and were shot. A party sent to ascertain 
 Marion's fate found Tacouri's village deserted and 
 saw that chief decamp with Marion's mantle. In 
 one house pieces of human flesh were seen in 
 baskets. After setting fire to this and another 
 village the ships weighed anchor and stood out of 
 the Bay of Islands, which they named the Bay of 
 Treachery. Crozet in his narrative repeatedly 
 states that the French gave no cause of offence ; 
 that up to the fatal day nothing could exceed the 
 apparent harmony in which both races lived. 
 "They treated us (says Crozet,) with every show of 
 friendship for thirty-three days with the inten- 
 tion of eating us on the thirty-fourth." Such is 
 the French account of Marion's massacre ; the 
 native version Dr. Thomson accidentally heard 
 on a singular occasion. He gathered that long 
 ago two vessels commanded by Marion visited 
 the Bay of Islands, and that a strong friendship 
 sprung up between the two races ; and that they 
 planted the garlic which flavours the milk, butter 
 and flesh of cows fed in that district. Before the 
 Wewis, as the French are now called, departed, 
 they violated sacred places, cooked food with 
 tapued wood and put two chiefs in irons ; that in 
 revenge the natives killed Marion and several of 
 his crew, and in the same spirit the French burned 
 villages and shot many New Zealanders. 
 
 MARLOW RIVER, in N.A., was discovered by 
 
 Leichhardt ; it falls into the Gulf of Carpentaria, 
 and was named after Captain Marlow of the Royal 
 Engineers for his kind contribution to his expedi- 
 tion. He crossed it in lat. 17° S. 
 
 MARSDEN, SAMUEL (1764—1858) senior 
 chaplain of N.S.W., was a native of Horsforth, 
 a village near Leeds in England. He received his 
 education in the Free Grammar School at Hull of 
 which the celebrated Joseph Milner, the ecclesias- 
 tical historian, was then head master. On his 
 removal from school he took part for a while in 
 his father's business ; but being a lad of ability 
 and of exemplary character he was adopted by the 
 Elland Society, and placed at St. John's College, 
 Cambridge, to study for the ministry of the 
 Church of England. Whilst at the University 
 Marsden gained the friendship of the Fiev. Charles 
 Simeon. He was not however permitted to com- 
 plete the University course or take any degree; 
 as through the influence of Mr. Wilberforce he 
 was induced to accept a. chaplaincy in what was 
 then called His Majesty's Territorj of New South 
 
 Wales. In 1794 Marsden arrived at Port Jackson, 
 and entered on his sacred duties, being stationed 
 at Parramatta. For a short time the Rev. Mr. 
 Johnson, who had accepted the office of first 
 chaplain in the colony, assisted him in his labours ; 
 but that gentleman feeling himself unequal to the 
 office conferred on him returned to England, and 
 left his colleague with a heavy charge. Considering 
 the state of the colony at the time and the places 
 under his care, Marsden had an arduous task to 
 perform and needed an extraordinary amount of 
 physical and mental endurance. As far as can be 
 judged from the published records, he discharged 
 his duties conscientiously and with great benefit 
 to the community; but the office of Magistrate 
 which was forced upon him by the Government, 
 frequently placed him in a position somewhat 
 inconsistent with his sacred profession. Owing 
 to political circumstances arising between the 
 Governor and the officers of the N.S.W. Corps, 
 Marsden obtained leave of absence and returned 
 to England in 1807. During the two years he 
 remained in Europe he used his influence with the 
 Government to effect several moral and social 
 reforms in the colony, and to direct the attention 
 of the religious world to the evangelisation of 
 N.Z. and the Society Islands. On his return to 
 the Colony in 1809, Marsden brought with him 
 some eminent missionary clergymen, whose names 
 are held in grateful memory in N.S.W., amongst 
 them being Archdeacon Cowper and the Rev. R. 
 Cartwright. He took almost immediate steps to 
 establish a mission in N.Z. under the auspices of 
 the Church Missionary Society. In pursuance of 
 this design he made seven missionary voyages to 
 N.Z., the dangers he encountered in vessels not 
 always seaworthy, and the extraordinary fortitude 
 which he manifested in travelling amongst the 
 savages being both very remarkable. In those 
 days a voyage from Sydney to N.Z. was considered 
 a great undertaking, and few persons ventured to 
 land on a coast where so many massacres had 
 been committed. Marsden impressed the N.Z. 
 chiefs with the benevolence of his intentions, and 
 gained a surprising influence over them. He died 
 in May 1858 at the parsonage, Windsor, then 
 occupied by his friend the Rev. H. T. Styles. 
 His last days were calm and peaceful, and though 
 he spoke but little, " yet in his conscious moments 
 he said quite enough to show that the Saviour 
 whom he served through life was with him in the 
 time of trial." He was buried at Parramatta, his 
 remains being followed to the grave by representa- 
 tives from all classes of the community. Two 
 tablets have been placed in memory of him in 
 St. John's church, Parramatta. The church of 
 All Saint's, Marsfield, was intended as a kind of 
 monument to perpetuate his name ; and some 
 elegant windows have been presented to tire church 
 of his native village to do honour to one "whose 
 praise is in all the churches." Marsden's long 
 life was one of extraordinary struggles with 
 powerful ami bitter opponents. But the presence
 
 Mar] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AfSTRALASIA. 
 
 227 
 
 of a faithful and tearless minister in a society 
 thoroughly corrupt explains the grounds and 
 motives of the enmity he excited. The Rev. D. 
 Wools says of Marsden : — " We are perhaps living 
 too near the days of Samuel Marsden to form a 
 just estimate of his life, character and labours. 
 Though not distinguished for literary and scientific 
 attainments, or tor the eloquence and pathos of 
 his preaching, he was a man of no ordinary type. 
 Smiie nf his papers and letters display a consider- 
 able amount of good sense and clearness of 
 expression, whilst his speeches and sermons were 
 sound and practical, designed rather to enlighten 
 the understanding and to improve the heart than 
 to electrify by the wisdom of words. In private 
 life he was characterised by simplicity, kindness 
 and liberality, always ready to listen to the tale 
 of woe, and glad to distribute to the poor and 
 needy." There were elements of greatness in 
 Marsden's character, and he is certainly deserving 
 of being held in everlasting remembrance as the 
 Apostle of N.Z. 
 
 MARSDEN, SAMUEL EDWAKD (1832—) a 
 native of Sydney, and grandson of the foregoing, 
 was educated at Trinity College, Cambridge ; he 
 was ordained in 1855, and having been curate 
 in two parishes was made Vicar of Berysworth, 
 Worcestershire. In 1869 he was consecrated first 
 Bishop of Bathurst, N.S.W. 
 
 MARTHA, MOUNT, in V., on the eastern 
 shore of Port Phillip to the northward of Arthur's 
 Seat. It was named by Murray in 1802. 
 
 MARTIN, SIR JAMES (1820-) Chief Justice 
 of N.S.W., came to Sydney in 1821. The early 
 years of his life were spent at Parramatta. In 
 1834 his parents removed to Sydney, and Martin 
 was sent to the Sydney College, of which W. T. 
 Cope was head master. After leaving school he 
 entered the office of Robert Nichols, attorney and 
 solicitor. He was admitted as an attorney of the 
 Supreme Court in May 1845 and continued to 
 practise in that branch of the profession for some 
 years. In 1848- he began to write for the Atlas 
 newspaper ; and in 1851 contributed to the Empire 
 recently started by Parkes. In 1848 Martin was 
 elected to represent Cook and Westmoreland. 
 His opponent petitioned against the election and 
 he was unseated ; but when the new election came 
 on Martin was re-elected without having to go to 
 the poll. In 1851 he was again elected for Cook 
 and Westmoreland, and continued for several 
 years to represent that electorate. During this 
 period of his parliamentary career he initiated the 
 discussion which led to the establishment of a 
 branch of the Royal Mint in Sydney, and per- 
 severed in that design until it came to a successful 
 issue. His favourite railway policy was very 
 characteristic. In order to drive back the Mel- 
 bourne merchants from Riverina he urged the 
 extension without delay of the Southern Railway 
 to the Murrumbidgee at Narrandera, leaving the 
 Western and Northern lines without extension 
 
 until X.S.W. should triumph over V. and secure 
 the trade of the South. In 1850 when the first 
 Parliament under Responsible Government was 
 summoned, Martin was again elected for Cookand 
 Westmoreland. Finding himself opposed by the 
 principal conservatives of the day he threw his 
 talents into the scale of the liberal party then led by 
 Cowper ; and when the Donaldson Ministry was 
 defeated in August 1856 Cowper appointed him 
 Attorney-General in his first Administration. So 
 strong however was the personal opposition to 
 Martin, that a vote of censure was carried against 
 the Cowper Ministry on the ground of his being a 
 member of it. Shortly after this event he was 
 called to the Bar, and speedily attained a position 
 equal to that of his seniors in the profession. When 
 the Parker-Donaldson Ministry was defeated in 
 September 1857, and Cowper returned to office, 
 Martin went witli him as Attorney-General; and 
 those who had before objected to his appoint- 
 ment no longer refused to recognise his title to that 
 position. His achievement in that Administration 
 was in securing the passing of the new Assessment 
 Act, which made the squatters contribute more 
 to the revenue. He resigned in November 1858. 
 In the third Legislative Assembly, which was 
 elected by manhood suffrage under the Electoral 
 Law of 1858 and met in August 1859, Martin was 
 one of the four representatives elected by East 
 Sydney, his colleagues being Cowper, John Black 
 and Henry Parkes. Martin came into office as 
 Premier for the first time in October 1863. He 
 associated with himself W. Forster as Colonial 
 Secretary, Geoffrey Eagar as Treasurer, J. B. Wilson 
 as Minister for Lands, A. T. Holroyd as Minister 
 for Works, and Peter Faucett as Solicitor-General. 
 Plunket,thena Member of the Legislative Council, 
 accepted the office of Vice-President of the Execu- 
 tive Council. The chief work undertaken by this 
 Ministry was to place the finances of the country 
 on a better footing ; as shortly before they came 
 into power it was announced by the Treasurer 
 that there was a deficiency of some £400,000. To 
 meet this emergency the Treasurer in 1864 proposed 
 a financial scheme of a protective character; it 
 was with a few alterations passed by the Assembly, 
 but rejected by the Council, and a dissolution of 
 Parliament followed. The cry of "Free Trade 
 /', rsus Protection" was raised throughout the 
 country. Martin was returned for the Lachlan 
 Electorate, but a large majority of the new mem- 
 bers were elected as representatives of the Free 
 Trade party. The new Parliament met in Jan- 
 uary 1865; a Want of Confidence motion was 
 moved by Cowper, and carried by a large 
 majority. The Cowper Ministry which succeeded 
 failed to overcome the financial difficulties of the 
 country in a manner satisfactory to Parliament ; 
 and in less than twelve months Martin was again 
 called upon to form an Administration. The pre- 
 vious Ministry had been defeated on a motion by 
 Parkes ; and although that gentleman had been 
 opposed to Martin they agreed to associate in the
 
 228 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I Mar— McC 
 
 formation of a Government. Martin brought in 
 his former colleagues Eagar and Wilson ; and 
 Parkes brought in Byrnes, with whom he had 
 co-operated on most public questions ever since 
 they had been in the political arena. To these 
 were added Isaacs as Solicitor-General, and Docker 
 as Postmaster-General. This was considered the 
 strongest Ministry ever formed under Responsible 
 Government in the colony. It came into office in 
 January 1866, and for two years was successful in 
 maintaining a large majority, carrying measures of 
 great importance. The principal of these was the 
 Public Schools Act, which introduced a new era in 
 general education throughout the colony. The 
 amended Municipalities Act also yielded salutary 
 results. The leading idea of this Administration 
 was to abate the evils of popular ignorance, idle- 
 ness, intemperance and pauperism. Having by 
 the Public Schools Act made provision for the 
 extension of elementary education amongst all 
 classes, they brought in measures for the establish- 
 ment of Industrial Schools and Reformatories in 
 order to meet the wants of neglected children and 
 juvenile offenders. The Vernon Training School 
 and the Reformatory at Newcastle are the fruits 
 of these measures. The Martin-Parkes Ministry 
 had the honour of receiving H.R.H. Prince Alfred 
 when he visited these colonies, and in commemora- 
 tion of this event Martin as Premier received the 
 honour of knighthood. During Martin's Ministry, 
 and through his determination, the idea of fortify- 
 ing the harbour effectually was first entertained. 
 In the session of 1868 the Ministry resigned and a 
 new Government was formed by Robertson. Sir 
 James Martin was again Premier and Attorney- 
 General in 1870-2, when he associated Robertson 
 with himself. In November 1873 he retired from 
 Parliament and was appointed Chief Justice of the 
 Supreme Court, the position he now occupies. 
 
 MARTIN CAPE, in S.A., is the N. point of 
 Rivoli Bay, in which there is anchorage in five or 
 six fathoms. The coast between the two capes 
 is sandy and sterile, with hummocks visible at the 
 distance of four leagues. From Cape Martin an 
 extensive ledge of rocks with heavy breakers 
 stretches off to the S., leaving a passage of one- 
 and-a-half miles wide between it and a short reef 
 from Cape Buffon (of Flinders) into the anchorage 
 of Rivoli Bay. The tide is uncertain on this part 
 of the coast, as the sea is heavy, and rises quickly. 
 
 MARYBOROUGH, a township of V., 112 miles 
 N.W. of Melbourne, and the principal town of the 
 N.W. gold-fields. The population is about 3500. 
 The diggings in the Maryborough mining district 
 are of great extent and richness, there being 122^ 
 square miles of auriferous ground and 602 distinct 
 quartz reefs. 
 
 MARYBOROUGH, a municipal township in Q., 
 
 cm the north bank of the river Mary, twenty-five 
 
 miles from its mouth, about 180 miles N. of 
 
 Brisbane. It is the port of shipment for the 
 
 [•eater portion of the produce of the Wide Bay 
 
 and Burnett district, and is also the principal town 
 in the district. The population numbers about 
 6600 in the municipality, inclusive of the suburbs 
 and agricultural settlements. The town was pro- 
 claimed a municipality on 23rd March 1861, and 
 re-incorporated on 8th June 1875. It contains 
 many substantial public buildings, eight places of 
 worship, an abundant water supply, and is lighted 
 with gas. The banks of the Mary from the town- 
 ship up consist chiefly of rich scrub-lands under 
 cultivation for sugar, which gives employment to 
 several large sugar factories. Timber suitable for 
 building and other purposes abounds in the 
 neighbourhood and is largely exported. In its 
 preparation for shipment seven mills in the 
 vicinity of the town are employed. Two iron- 
 foundries are at work, with one of which is 
 connected a shipbuilding yard ; other industries 
 being two distilleries, one tannery, two breweries, 
 and two soap manufactories. Maryborough is one 
 of the outports of the Mount Perry copper mine, 
 and also of the Gympie goldfield. The stations in 
 the neighbourhood are principally engaged in 
 raising cattle, and are in a flourishing state. 
 
 MARY RIVER, in Q., falling into Wide Bay. 
 The town of Maryborough stands on its banks. 
 It was so named by Governor Fitzroy after his 
 wife Lady Mary. 
 
 MeCLUER, JOHN, Lieutenant in the Bombay 
 Marines, was in 1791 engaged in making a survey 
 of the coast of New Guinea and touched on the 
 coast of Arnheim's Land, sailing west when the 
 coast was found to turn southward. This was the 
 Cape Van Diemen of the old Dutch navigators. 
 
 McCOY, FREDERICK, Professor of Natural 
 Science in the University of Melbourne, is a native 
 of Dublin, and was educated for the medical pro- 
 fession, partly in that city and subsequently at 
 Cambridge. Whilst yet too young to be admitted 
 to the profession, he accepted the offer of Sir 
 Richard Griffith to make the palasontological 
 investigations required for the Geological Map of 
 Ireland for the Boundary Survey, and published 
 the results of his examinations in two quarto 
 volumes illustrated with numerous plates, chiefly 
 from his own drawings ; the one entitled " Synop- 
 sis of the Carboniferous Limestone Fossils of 
 Ireland," and the other, " Synopsis of the Silurian 
 Fossils of Ireland," containing many hundreds of 
 new discoveries. He was then invited by Sir 
 Henry James and Sir Henry de la Beche to join 
 the British Geological Survey ; and after complet- 
 ing the maps of the districts geologically surveyed 
 by him in the field, was appointed by Sir Robert 
 Peel's Government one of the first professors of 
 the Queen's University of Ireland, the Chair of 
 Geology in the Northern College being assigned 
 him. During the vacations he undertook in con- 
 junction with Professor Sedgwick the large work 
 on " British Palaeozoic Rocks ami Fossils," based 
 on the materials in the Woodwardian Collection 
 at Cambridge. M 'Coy's portion of this work was
 
 McC-McGl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AVSTRALASIA. 
 
 229 
 
 published in a quarto volume. He was chosen by 
 a committee, of which Sir John Herschel was 
 chairman, the first professor of natural science in 
 the University of Melbourne, where he continued 
 to lecture on chemistry and mineralogy, botany, 
 zoology, comparative anatomy and geology ; 
 besides filling the offices of Director of the 
 National Museum of Natural Science and palaeon- 
 tologist to the geological survey. His original 
 discoveries in every branch of natural science 
 form upwards of 100 essays, printed in the Annuls 
 of Natural History and the proceedings of 
 various scientific societies. He is an honorary 
 member of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 
 and of various other scientific bodies in different 
 parts of the world. He was also created a Knight 
 (or Chevalier) of the Royal Order of the Crown of 
 Italy by King Victor Emmanuel. His Prodrom us 
 of the Zoology and Palaeontology of Victoria is 
 now in course of publication. 
 
 McCULLOCH, SIR JAMES (1819— )is a native 
 of Glasgow, and at an early age entered the 
 office of Messrs. J. Dennistoun and Co., eminent 
 merchants there. He was chosen as the repre- 
 sentative of the firm to establish a branch of their 
 business in Melbourne. He came to V. in 1853 
 by the steamship Adelaide. The passage was one 
 of unusual peril ; for in the Bay of Biscay the 
 vessel was found to be on fire. By great exertions 
 the fire was subdued. The passage occupied Ki3 
 days. On his arrival McCulloch opened a branch 
 of the business in Melbourne, with the title of 
 Dennistoun Brothers and Company. In 1854 he 
 entered political life as a nominee Member of the 
 Legislative Council, before the introduction of 
 Responsible Government. When the new Con- 
 stitution was introduced he was elected to the first 
 Legislative Assembly for the Wimmera. So great 
 an influence did he gain that, on the defeat of the 
 first O'Shanassy Ministry, he was sent for by the 
 Governor to form a new Administration. He 
 succeeded in his task, and took for himself the 
 office of Commissioner for Customs. That Ministry 
 retained office for two years. At the general 
 election of 1858 he was returned for East 
 Melbourne ; and when the second O'Shanassy 
 Ministry was defeated in 1859 M'Culloch again 
 1 i ink office in the Nicholson Ministry. This time 
 he held the position of Treasurer. When the 
 Nicholson Ministry was overthrown he left V. for 
 a visit to the mother country. On his return he 
 was elected for Mornington, and on several sub- 
 sequent occasions by the same constituency. 
 When the O'Shanassy-Duffy Ministry was defeated 
 in June 1863 McCulloch was once more called on 
 to form a Ministry. He made a coalition with 
 I kales, who had been his opponent in 1859 ; and 
 waiving minor differences they formed the strongest 
 Ministry hitherto known in Victoria. He was 
 associated with Higinbotham, Michie, Francis, 
 and other men of influence in the advocacy of 
 Protection. Admitting the general principles of 
 Free-Trade as a cosmopolitan system, they held 
 
 that for a time new countries require the aid of a 
 protective system. During the visit of the Duke 
 of Edinburgh to Australia, McCulloch was Premier, 
 and received the honour of knighthood. In April 
 1870 McCulloch formed his third Ministry, which 
 lasted until June 1871, when they were defeated, 
 and Duffy became Premier. Soon after that event 
 McCulloch visited the mother country ; and shortly 
 after his return, on the defeat of the Berry Govern- 
 ment in October 1875, he formed a Ministry which 
 lasted from October in that year to May 1877, 
 when, at the general election the verdict of the 
 country was given against it. McCulloch retired 
 from public life at the dissolution of the Assembly. 
 
 McDONNEL, RICHARD GRAVES, was 
 educated at Trinity College, Dublin, graduated 
 B.A. in 1835, M.A. in 1838 and LL.D. in 1844. 
 He was called to the Irish Bar in 1838 and to 
 the English Bar in 1840. He was appointed 
 Chief Justice of the Gambia in 1843 and held 
 the post until 1847 and was Governor until 1851 ; 
 appointed Governor of St. Lucia 1852 and trans- 
 ferred to St. Vincent the same year. In 1855 
 he was appointed Governor of S.A. ; in 1864 of 
 Nova Scotia, and in 1865 of Hong Kong. He 
 retired on a pension in 1872, and received the 
 honour of knighthood for his services. 
 
 McFARLAND, ALFRED (1824—) jurist, is a 
 native of Londonderry in Ireland. He was called 
 to the Bar of Ireland in 1847, joined the north-east 
 circuit and practised for ten years in the superior 
 courts at Dublin as a conveyancer and real property 
 lawyer. He published a book on the " Principles 
 and Practice of Pleading in Equity," which pro- 
 cured his first judicial appointment. He was 
 nominated by the Lord Chancellor of Ireland, and 
 appointed by the Government, judge of the principal 
 Civil and Criminal Courts of W.A. He remained 
 in that colony for three years, but resigned in 
 March 1861, and came to N.S.W. where he was 
 appointed Acting District Court Judge. He was 
 made Chief Commissioner of Insolvent Estates 
 the same year ; in 1865 became one of the Metro- 
 politan District Court Judges and Chairman of 
 Quarter Sessions — a position which he exchanged 
 in 1869 for the office of Judge of the Southern 
 1 (istrict Courts and Courts of Quarter Sessions. 
 Whilst holding these various offices he consolidated 
 and amended the Insolvency Acts, District Court 
 Acts and Mining Acts, and has been an earnest 
 advocate of reform in the various departments of 
 the legal and judicial systems. He is also the 
 author of a work descriptive of the districts of 
 Illawarra and Manaro, and a contributor to the 
 literary columns of the journals. 
 
 McGOWAN, SAMUEL WALKER (1829—) 
 was in the service of different Telegraph Com- 
 panies in America until the end of 1852, when he 
 emigrated to Australia and landed in Melbourne 
 in 1853, with the design of establishing private 
 telegraphs ; but the Government determining 
 to assume the proprietary he tendered for the
 
 •23ii 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LMd 
 
 construction of a telegraph line between Melbourne 
 and Williamstown in September 1853. In 1854 
 the Telegraph Statute was passed, and the Electric 
 Telegraph department thus established was placed 
 under his charge and during the next fifteen years 
 he introduced the existing Telegraphic system. In 
 1869 the Telegraph and Postal departments were 
 amalgamated and he was made Inspector of Post 
 and Telegraph Service. He is now Deputy 
 Postmaster-General. 
 
 McILWRAITH, THOMAS (1835—) came to 
 Melbourne in 1855 and was appointed Civil 
 Engineer to the Government Railways. In 1861 
 he went to Q., engaged in squatting pursuits and 
 settled there in 1870. He represented for many 
 years the Maranoa in the Legislative Assembly 
 and joined the Maealister Government as Minister 
 for Works, but shortly afterwards resigned. In 
 1878 he was elected for Mulgrave and on the 
 defeat of the Douglas Ministry in January 1879, 
 formed a new Government of which he is Premier. 
 
 McINTYEE, DUNCAN, explorer. Sometime 
 after all the Burke and Wills searching expeditions 
 had returned, in looking for pastoral country on 
 their routes, Mclntyre found that several stations 
 had already been formed in the Carpentaria 
 country, and when on the Flinders Paver was 
 informed by a shepherd that at a place about five 
 or six miles from his hut there was a tree, if not 
 two trees, marked with an L, and that two old 
 horses were running at large there. These 
 Mclntyre surmised to be traces of Leichhardt, and 
 forthwith communicated with Baron von Mueller 
 in Melbourne. The locality in which the supposed 
 traces were found was certainly a puzzle. It was 
 not in the position where Leichhardt had crossed 
 the Flinders on his expedition from Moreton Bay 
 to Port Essington in 1844, and to imagine that he 
 had come there again upon his last and fatal 
 journey, which was to be across the continent from 
 Brisbane to Swan River was hardly credible, as it 
 would have carried him at least six degrees of 
 latitude clear out of his intended course for 
 no conceivable purpose. The importunity of 
 Mclntyre, and the public anxiety to learn the fate 
 of the lost explorer, however, set these doubts 
 aside. The ladies of V. took the matter in hand. 
 Lectures and concerts were given in aid, municipal 
 bodies contributed, and at length the sum of 
 i 1000 was raised, which was unreservedly handed 
 over to Mclntyre. The committee of the 
 Ladies' Leichhardt Search Expedition made one 
 recommendation. They suggested the appoint- 
 ment of Dr. James Patrick Murray as second in 
 command and medical man to the party ; and to 
 his gross misconduct is largely to be attributed 
 the catastrophe which followed. Dr. Murray had 
 been out with Eowitfs party. He lived to figure 
 as a principal in a slaving voyage in the South 
 Seas, commonly known as "the Carlca.se," from 
 the name of the vessel in winch he and his 
 B jociate carried out their kidnapping of the 
 
 islanders. Mclntyre's party consisted of his 
 brother, Barnes, and five others, one of whom was 
 an Afghan in charge of the camels lent by the 
 Victorian Government. He had also fifty or sixty 
 horses. From the Darling he made for a former 
 depot on the Paroo, whence he intended to push 
 across to the Flinders, where he had originally 
 seen the marked trees and captured the two horses. 
 The season was very dry, but knowing the country 
 ahead of him he pushed forward and reached the 
 desired waterhole. From this depot was a stretch 
 of seventy-five miles to the next waterhole on 
 Cooper's Creek. The whole party were ordered to 
 move across it. All the animals were heavily 
 laden and suffered greatly, and to Mclntyre's 
 terrible distress on reaching it they found the great 
 hollow, which eighteen months previously had 
 been full, now utterly dry. There were but two 
 courses open — to advance or retreat. The latter 
 was determined on. The leader and a black boy 
 went back with the camels in advance of the main 
 party intending to return with a supply. Murray 
 was to bring the rest on their back tracks. 
 Mclntyre got the water, loaded up, and returned 
 to meet them. Meantime this is what had 
 happened. Scarcely had the leader turned his 
 back when Murray called a halt, and knife in 
 hand ripped up the bags of flour, in which were 
 concealed several bottles of brandy. All excepting 
 Barnes drank of the spirit until they were 
 delirious. The fifty or sixty horses were aban- 
 doned en masse and wandered away with their 
 packs and saddles on to die in agonies of thirst. 
 Only two or three were saved. Such was the 
 scene that met the view of the leader. He got 
 them at length back to the water, where one man 
 died. Thus ended the last Leichhardt search. It 
 was an ignominious failure, the result of want of 
 judgment and experience. It is very certain that 
 the marked trees on the Flinders were done by 
 Landsborough, and the horses had been left by 
 McKinlay. There was no reason to suppose that 
 Leichhardt had gone a second time to Carpentaria 
 when he wanted to go to Perth, and as Mclntyre's 
 work was to commence when he reached the Gulf 
 country, he would have saved his party and his 
 animals had he travelled up the settled river 
 Warrego, and not have gone to the more westerly 
 Paroo, which at that time was unsettled. There 
 was nothing to be gained by it, and when he had 
 determined to travel over unsettled country he 
 should have felt his way before him and not pushed 
 a mob of heavily loaded pack-horses in the heat of 
 summer into a waterless region. Mclntyre sub- 
 sequently got over to Carpentaria, and died there 
 from fever. 
 
 McIVOR ROBBERY. On 20th July 1853 
 the private escort from the Mclvor diggings to 
 Melbourne was attacked by a gang of bush- 
 rangers who were planted in ambush near the 
 road and who shot down the troopers before they 
 were even aware of the danger. They were 
 discovered through one of the gang having been
 
 McK-Mell 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 231 
 
 detected on board the skip Madagascar in 
 Hobson's Bay on the eve of her departure. He 
 turned Queen's evidence and then committed 
 suicide ; but his brother who belonged to the 
 same gang Inul also been apprehended and turned 
 Queen's evidence, and three of the ruffians— 
 George Melville, George Wilson and W. Atkins— 
 were hanged. 
 
 McKINLAY, JOHN, explorer, was sent out by 
 the S.A. Government in 1861 to search for Burke 
 and Wills. The party started from Adelaide on 
 1 6th August 1861, and arrived at Lake Pando on 
 6th October, where they heard reports from the 
 Lake Torrens blacks of white men travelling with 
 camels. On 20th October they reached Lake 
 Kadhi-baerri (Lake Massacre) and found tracks of 
 camels and horses and a white man's grave. They 
 picked up a canteen, an exploded Eley's cartridge 
 and a piece of the Nautical Almanac, horsehair, 
 i&c. The body was that of a European enveloped 
 in a flannel jacket with short sleeves. This was 
 Gray's grave. Here McKinlay had a brush with 
 the natives. Having as he thought found traces 
 of the destruction of Burke's party, McKinlay sent 
 the news back to Adelaide, and establishing a 
 depot in lat. 27 41' long. 139 30' waited the return 
 of llodgkinson, who brought from Adelaide the 
 news of the rescue of King by Howitt. In an 
 excursion to the eastward he visited the graves of 
 Burke and Wills. Starting from his depot, he got 
 into a country of lakes, where they camped from 
 the 6th to the 18th January 1862. The lakes were 
 covered with wild fowl and the country was very 
 good. On 14th February they found the remains 
 of Burke's horse and saddle. Near this McKinlay 
 left his cart and sundry things. Several of his 
 I arty were very ill and the heat was intense. Some 
 of the bullocks were killed by it, but the sheep 
 throve wonderfully. At the beginning of March 
 the rain fell, and the country became flooded and 
 difficult to travel. On 5th May 1862 the party 
 were on Gregory's track twenty miles east of where 
 he crossed the Leichhardt, which river they struck 
 next day. At Rowdy Creek Camp on 17th May 
 he killed one of his remaining bullocks, which only 
 gave them seventy pounds weight of meat without 
 a particle of fat. They were now surrounded by 
 salt water creeks and the river and within four or 
 five miles of the coast. On 21st May they com- 
 menced their return journey towards Port Denison. 
 Through very rough country, in which the horses 
 knocked up, provisions failing, flavouring their 
 soup with the pickled green-hide reserved for the 
 camels' boots, the party travelled slowly towards 
 the station on the Burkekin till on 11th July they 
 reached the Campbell and Bowen Livers. On the 
 20th they reached the McKeachie Creek and two 
 days after the Burdekin. Only two pack horses 
 and one camel left Forster's Peak and River. On 
 30th July they killed and boiled down their last 
 camel. On 2nd August, with only the horses they 
 rode and one pack horse they struck ETawey and 
 Somers's out-station on the Bowen. Finally, the 
 
 party reached Port Denison and Melbourne, where 
 a great ovation was given to McKinlay and his 
 partj 
 
 McMILLAN, ANGUS, explorer, and the dis- 
 coverer of Gippsland. He came to Sydney in 1830, 
 and resided on various stations in the interior till 
 May 183D, at which time he was superintendent on 
 Macalister's station in the Maneroo district. He 
 had won the confidence of the blacks in the neigh- 
 borhood, who had traditions of a fine country to 
 the south ; and with the intention of finding a 
 station for himself he started with one of them 
 from Carrywong on the 28th of that month, with 
 four weeks provisions. From the top of Mount 
 M'Leod he had a view of Corner Inlet, and of the 
 long Ninety-mile Beach. On a second expedition, 
 on the 20th December 1839, he reach the Glen- 
 garry on the 23rd January 1840, formed a party, 
 and finally starting on 9th February 1841 from the 
 station he had formed at Nunton on the Avon, 
 reached the sea-coast on the 14th, and supped the 
 saltwater at Port Albert out of his Highland 
 bonnet. A sun-dial, affixed to a gum-tree stump, 
 was erected by public subscription, and now marks 
 the spot. Strzelecki, who bad walked over 7000 
 miles of Australian ground in his valuable scientific 
 travels, joined in Sydney in January 1840 James 
 Macarthur and James Riley, who had formed 
 the idea of travelling in search of country available 
 for grazing to the sea-coast at Western Port ; this 
 after suffering great hardships they reached on 
 11th May. On the 7th March 1840 Strzelecki and 
 his companions camedown and called at McMillan's 
 camp on Bowman's River, and were supplied with 
 provisions, a camp kettle, and a guide, who went 
 | a day's journey with them over the tracks into 
 what McMillan had called Caledonia Australis, 
 but which, at the suggestion of the Count, was 
 named after the Governor of N.S.W. Without 
 ! detracting from the eminent services of Strzelecki, 
 there can be no doubt that the honour of the first 
 exploration of "the Arcadian beauties of this 
 noble province," and the marking of a road to a 
 seaport, belongs to McMillan. 
 MEANDER RIVER, a beautiful river of T. 
 i falling into the South Esk. 
 
 MEEHAN, JAMES, Government Surveyor, 
 accompanied the Cumberland schooner in its 
 survey of Port Phillip in 1802 and subsequently 
 was with Hume in several successful exploring 
 expeditions in N.S.W. in 1817, in the course of 
 which the Goulburn Plains and a great part of 
 the country of Argyle, as far as Lake Bathurst, 
 were discovered. 
 
 MELBOURNE, the capital of V., ranks ninth 
 amongst the cities of the British Empire, and is 
 one of the finest cities in the world. It lies in 
 37° 49' 28" S. lat., 144 58' 35" E. long., the mag 
 netic variation as decided in 1857 being So'33'. 
 It is situated on the north bank of the river 
 Yarra Yarra in the county of Bourke. It forms, 
 with its suburbs, a police district of itself, and is
 
 232 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA Of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 IMei 
 
 divided into three electoral districts, Melbourne 
 E., Melbourne W., and Melbourne N., each repre- 
 sented by two members. It is divided for muni- 
 cipal purposes into seven wards, each having an 
 alderman and three councillors — Lonsdale, Bourke, 
 Gipps, Latrobe, Smith, Victoria and Albert wards. 
 Melbourne is so named after Lord Melbourne who 
 was Premier of Great Britain at the time it was 
 founded. When it is considered that the city is 
 not more than about forty -four years old, it stands 
 almost alone in the rapidity of its growth and 
 development from a habitation of savages to the 
 position of one of the chief cities of the British 
 Empire ; affording a striking proof of and being 
 a remarkable monument to what the enterprise of 
 man and the power of wealth can effect in a short 
 time. It abounds in edifices which rival those of 
 the older capitals of Europe, and which, though of 
 recent and rapid construction, are as substantial 
 and enduring as those of any place in the world, 
 the material (bluestoue) of which most of the 
 warehouses and many of the public buildings are 
 in whole or in part constructed being, so to speak, 
 of an imperishable nature. The churches are 
 numerous, conspicuous among them being the 
 Scots Church, built of brown freestone and the 
 white Kakanui stone, in the Early English style of 
 architecture and having an elegantly proportioned 
 steeple 211 feet in height. The new Bank of Austral- 
 asia is also a commanding building of the Italian 
 Doric order. The public and Government build- 
 ings exceed perhaps those of any other city of the 
 same size in any part of the world, although some 
 of them — the Parliament Houses for example — 
 are yet unfinished. The most noteworthy edifices 
 are the Treasury ; Houses of Parliament, with a 
 library of 35,000 vols. ; the new Law Courts ; Free 
 Library, containing 101,035 vols. ; Post Office ; 
 Government Printing Office ; an immense building 
 at the back of the Treasury for the Land, Mining 
 and other Departments ; Custom House, having 
 a fine frontage to Queen's Wharf, and being near 
 the spot where Fawkner moored the little craft that 
 was the pioneer of the fleets of merchantmen that 
 have ploughed the waters of Hobson'a Bay ; the 
 Mint ; the University, with the admirable museum 
 attached and the Wilson Hall ; the new Town 
 Hall with one of the largest and finest organs in 
 the world ; the various places of worship already 
 alluded to, other prominent ones being St. Patrick's 
 Cathedral (Roman Catholic) which has for many 
 years been in course of erection ; Wesley Church 
 in Lonsdale-street, with a lofty spire ; the Inde- 
 pendent Church, a large building of brick and 
 freestone of the Saracenic style with a massive 
 square campanile ; Baptist Church in Collins- 
 street ; the insurance offices, the theatres in 
 Bourke-street, and many large and handsomely 
 built hotels. Conspicuous from every part 
 of the city is the new Government House, a 
 palatial building with a square tower 145 feet 
 high, from whose summit a magnificent pano- 
 rama of the land and sea is obtainable, and in 
 
 which the representative of royalty is fittingly 
 lodged. A cathedral for the Church of England 
 is being erected ; large sums have already been 
 contributed towards it ; the site being at the 
 corner of Swanston and Flinders streets. Its length 
 will be 242 feet, with a width of sixty-five feet, 
 and will afford accommodation for 1700 persons. 
 The port of Melbourne is at Sandridge, a small 
 township two and a-half miles distant, situated on 
 Hobson's Bay and connected with the metropolis 
 by road and railway. Sandridge has two large 
 and commodious piers jutting out a long way into 
 the bay, affording accommodation for a large fleet 
 and allowing vessels of almost any tonnage to 
 berth alongside. There is also access for steamers 
 and vessels of moderate size to the heart of the 
 city by means of the Yarra Yarra, which is navig- 
 able to Melbourne and no farther, the fairway 
 being then impeded by a dyke of basaltic rock 
 known as the Falls. Immediately below the Falls 
 are the Queen's, Cole's and Australian wharves, 
 extending for about a mile along the north bank 
 of the river, and used almost solely by intercolonial 
 trading vessels and steamers, and the Australian 
 wharf especially by colliers. A new dry dock has 
 just been opened, which will admit ships of 1100 
 tons, and a wet dock of large area is proposed, 
 with which the railway from Spencer-street would 
 be connected. On the opposite bank of the river 
 are ship-repairing yards, foundries, and many 
 other manufactories ; also a newly-constructed 
 stone wharf built at great cost, alongside which 
 large vessels can be accommodated, and having a 
 very large steam crane capable of lifting up to 
 fifty tons from the ships that berth there. Between 
 this and the Queen's Wharf opposite is the Pool, 
 an expansion of the river where the largest vessels 
 using this navigation can turn with ease. A canal 
 to Sandridge has for some time been under con- 
 sideration, but was not favourably reported on by 
 Sir John Coode, who has submitted plans for the 
 improvement of the Yarra, which will be acted upon. 
 Melbourne is plentifully supplied with omnibuses 
 similar to those in use in New York, cars, cabs 
 waggonettes and other facilities for suburban and 
 street conveyance, which are as a rule commodious, 
 clean, and run at cheap fares. There are two 
 railway stations, one in Spencer-street near the 
 S.W. angle of the city, being the starting and 
 terminus of the up-country lines to the S., W., 
 X.W., N. and N.E. The other is in Flinders-street 
 about midway on the S. boundary line of the city, 
 and from it the trains to Sandridge, St. Hilda, 
 Hawthorn, Brighton, and the trains to Gippsland 
 run. The principal streets in Melbourne proper 
 are one mile in length, ninety-nine feet in width 
 and run at right angles to each other ; they are 
 intersected by smaller streets which bear the name 
 of the larger streets with the prefix of " Little." 
 These leading thoroughfares are named respectively 
 alter Australian notabilities— Flinders, Collins. 
 Bourke, Lonsdale and Latrobe, running nearly E. 
 and W. ; and cross streets called Spencer, King,
 
 Mel I 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 233 
 
 William, Queen, Elizabeth, Swanston, Russell, 
 Stephen and Spring, running nearly X. and S. 
 Elizabeth-street runs in the valley of the two 
 principal hills on which the city is situated and 
 divides it into E. and W. This street is very low, 
 and in rainy weather becomes, an angry torrent 
 impassable for foot passengers. At the intersection 
 of Collins and Russell streets is a colossal group 
 of statuary commemorating the explorers Burke 
 and Wills. There are numerous other streets in 
 the outskirts of the city, while the important 
 suburbs of Collingwood, North Melbourne, Fitzroy, 
 Carlton, Brunswick, Emerald Hill, South Yarra, 
 Prahran, Richmond, &c.-, almost abutting on the 
 city, can boast of fine thoroughfares with well- 
 built business premises as well as private houses. 
 A recent mayor inaugurated a system of planting 
 trees in the main thoroughfares, which in a town 
 where the heat is intense and the dust trouble- 
 some in summer will be productive of valuable 
 results in the way of comfort and ornament. The 
 city is well lighted and paved and provided 
 with an abundant supply of water from the Yan 
 Yean reservoir. The drainage is however open to 
 considerable improvement. Gas is supplied by the 
 Metropolitan Gas Company, an amalgamation of 
 the three older gas companies. The Melbourne 
 Hospital is a commodious brick building more 
 useful than ornamental. The Gaol is an extensive 
 range of buildings, the Milestone with which it is 
 built intensifying its gloomy character. It is 
 intended to remove the gaol and sell the site on 
 which it stands. The Athenreum has a library of 
 16,ooo volumes and a large hall capable of seating 
 1000 persons. The Melbourne Club in Collins- 
 street is a substantial building with excellent 
 appointments, and the Athenajum Club, on a less 
 extensive scale, has all the appliances of a good 
 clubhouse. The Barracks on the St. Kilda-road 
 are a useful and roomy pile. Prince's Bridge 
 spans the river on the S. ; it is a stone structure 
 of one arch of 150 feet in width, being but a few 
 feet short of the widest of arches of London Bridge. 
 A larger bridge, owing to the increase of the traffic, 
 is about being built with three spans of 100 feet 
 over the river and two land openings at each end. 
 A wooden bridge crosses what is known as " the 
 Falls," before spoken of, and connects with 
 Emerald Hill and Sandridge. At the northern 
 end of the city in the suburb of Carlton lies the 
 Melbourne Cemetery, an extensive block of 
 ground ; it is divided into several parts, according 
 to the religious denominations of those buried 
 there, and contains very many monuments, some 
 exceedingly handsome. The buildings devoted 
 to the purposes of trade are many of them 
 of a superior order and some will vie with 
 similar places in the cities and towns of 
 Great Britain in their fittings and general 
 appointment, particularly those occupied by the 
 warehousemen. The extensive wool stores of 
 Messrs. Goldsbrough and Co. are conspicuous by 
 their magnitude. The hotels of Melbourne are 
 
 very numerous, well conducted and replete with 
 the conveniences of similar establishments in 
 Europe. The markets are the Eastern, rebuilt at a 
 cost of .£77,223, the Western, the Victoria Market, 
 the Fish Market, and the Hay Market at North 
 Melbourne. The four theatres are the new Theatre 
 Royal, the Bijou, the Opera House and the Prin- 
 cess, sometimes called the People's Theatre, at all 
 of which talent of a high order may be seen and 
 heard, and operatic performances by competent 
 artistes are occasionally given ; there are several 
 minor places of amusement, including St. George's 
 and Temperance Halls. Nearly every society or 
 company is more or less represented in Melbourne. 
 The charitable institutions are very numerous ; 
 the principal are the Hospital mentioned before, 
 having 400 beds, the Benevolent Asylum for aged 
 and infirm people, the Orphan Asylum, the Immi- 
 grants Home, Sailors Home and Servants Home, 
 the Lunatic Asylum, Blind Asylum, Lying-in 
 Hospital, Alfred Hospital, Children's Hospital 
 and others. There are several parks and reserves 
 for the recreation of the inhabitants : Studley, 
 Royal (with a good zoological collection,) and 
 Fawkner Parks, and Fitzroy (area 70 acres,) 
 Carlton, the Botanical Gardens (area 100 acres,) 
 the Treasury and the Flagstaff Gardens, being the 
 principal. Of these the Botanical Gardens lying on 
 the S. side of the Yarra, and distant about a mile 
 from the city, are by far the most extensive ; and 
 whether as a piece of landscape gardening or as a 
 valuable collection of choice plants and trees, 
 reflect the highest credit on the curator. Next to 
 this may be classed the Fitzroy Gardens (which 
 are beautifully laid out) and the Carlton Gardens. 
 In the central portion of the gardens, about twenty 
 acres, stands the International Exhibition. The 
 buildings have cost some £250,000 and cover an 
 area of five and a half acres of ground. The main 
 building is cruciform, and consists of a nave 
 500 feet long running from E. to W., and cut 
 through its centre by a transept 270 feet deep, the 
 ends of which are N. and S. At the S. end is the 
 chief portal, a tall arch 40 feet wide and 60 feet 
 high, reached by a flight of broad stone steps. On 
 each side are square towers 105 feet high. Some 
 50 feet behind the portico and at the point where 
 the transept intersects the nave rises the dome, 
 octagonal in form and reaching the height of 
 223 feet, some 130 feet above the main roof. At 
 its base the central tower is 100 feet square. The 
 Exhibition was opened on 1st October 1880. 
 Among the places of recreation and amusement 
 may be mentioned the new Picture and Statuary 
 Gallery at the rear of the Public Library. The 
 Melbourne Observatory is provided with appli- 
 ances of the first order, and the telescope ranks 
 among the largest now in use. The Melbourne 
 Racecourse with a handsome grand stand situated 
 at Flemington, and the Melbourne Cricket Ground 
 in the Richmond Reserve also possessing an ele- 
 gant and roomy stand, are nowhere surpassed if 
 even equalled for suitability and surroundings.
 
 234 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Mel 
 
 The former on Cup and other principal race days 
 is thronged by a concourse of people rivalling 
 that on the Epsom Downs. The inhabitants of 
 Melbourne are proud of their city and have good 
 grounds for being so. Melbourne was incorporated 
 on 12th August 1842 and erected into an Episcopal 
 See on 3rd August 1849, the present bishop being 
 the Right Rev. J. Moorhouse. The Roman Catholic 
 archbishop is the Most Rev. J. A. Goold, D.D. 
 The population by the last census was 191,254 
 persons, or inclusive of a ten-mile radius 205,000 ; 
 on 31st December 1878 it was estimated to have 
 increased to 256,477. In Melbourne proper there 
 are about 62,500 inhabitants ; the rateable pro- 
 perty is valued at nearly ten millions sterling, and 
 the net annual value in 1879 was nearly one 
 million sterling. Few cities in the British empire 
 are so well supplied with newspapers. There are 
 three dailies, the Argus, Age and Daily Telegraph, 
 and an evening journal, the Herald; also several 
 weeklies and monthlies ; these comprise the Illus- 
 trated Australian News and Illustrated Sketcher, 
 published monthly, and the Australasian, Leader, 
 Weekly Times, Punch, Australian Medical Journal, 
 Advocate, Australian Journal, Church of England 
 Messenger, Victoria Independent, Temperance JVews, 
 Australian Jurist, Spectator, Southern Cross, Aus- 
 tralasia?!. Trade Review, ABC Travellers' Railway 
 and Road Guide, Bi-adshaw's Guide, Insurance 
 Record, and some others. 
 
 History. — The history of Melbourne, for a 
 considerable period after its foundation, is the 
 history of V. In the articles " Henty," " Batman," 
 and "Fawkner," is given the narrative of the 
 beginnings both of the colony and its capital city ; 
 and only some additional details require to be 
 given here. Batman landed in Fort Phillip on 
 29th May 1835. He made a general survey of the 
 shores, and on 6th June he made his famous 
 purchase from the natives of the land on which 
 Melbourne now stands. On returning to his vessel 
 after completing this transaction he records in his 
 diary that he " crossed, on the banks of the river, 
 a large marsh, one mile and a half broad by three 
 or four long, of the richest diluvium : not a tree 
 was to be seen. Upon the borders of this exten- 
 sive marsh or swamp we disturbed large flocks of 
 quails. In one flock the birds were so numerous 
 as to form a dense cloud. I shot two very large 
 ones. At the upper part of this swamp is an 
 extensive lagoon, at least a mile across ; its surface 
 was covered with swans, geese, ducks and other 
 aquatic fowl. Having crossed this marsh we 
 passed through a dense ti-tree scrub, very high, 
 expecting to make the vessel in the course of an 
 hour or two ; but to our great surprise when we 
 got through we found ourselves on the banks of a 
 much larger river than the one we had originally 
 gone up. As it was now near sundown, and at 
 least two days would be required to head the 
 river, I decided upon allowing two of my Sydney 
 natives to swim across it, and to go to the vessel, 
 distant about seven miles, to fetch the boat. 
 
 Bullet and Bungit started on this enterprise, and 
 returned in about three hours from the time of 
 their departure. Their return with the boat was 
 most opportune, as we had got on the point of 
 junction of the two rivers, where the tide had 
 set in, and was already up to my ankles. I first 
 despatched the party with the dogs in the boat to 
 the opposite bank, and on the return of the boat 
 myself and old Bull, who had cut his foot, 
 went in first-rate style to the vessel." The 
 point struck by Batman was the junction of 
 the Yarra and Saltwater Rivers ; he had crossed 
 what is now the West Melbourne Swamp. Next 
 day he ascended the Yarra in a boat, and 
 when he came to the Falls he wrote in his 
 diary, " This will be the place for a village." 
 He then returned to Indented Head where his 
 party were stationed. Fawkner's party landed in 
 what is now Hobson's Bay on 20th August 1835. 
 The master of the vessel here found the fresh- 
 water river seen by Batman in June and laid down 
 in his chart, and which he was certain must 
 disembogue into this inlet. On the following 
 morning he sent Moor, Lancy, Evans, and W. 
 Jackson in a whale-boat to explore. They found 
 little difficulty in ascending the Saltwater River, 
 but were distressed for water, and returned at 
 night completely exhausted. They again started 
 on the following morning, taking care to provide 
 water and provisions, and ascending the river 
 reached the basin of the Yarra where Melbourne 
 now stands. A most enchanting view here greeted 
 their longing eyes. The river was fringed with 
 the mimosa whose yellow tassels hung over its 
 clear waters ; from its north banks rose green 
 slopes of great beauty and fertility. To the north- 
 west were long rolling plains with low hills here 
 and there rising abruptly from the surface, their 
 brows lightly covered with casuarina and eucalyp- 
 tus, whose dusky hues contrasted well with the 
 deep green tint of the luxuriant grass which 
 everywhere grew around in this sylvan wilderness ; 
 for it was the season of the year when nature is 
 clothed in her fairest and most attractive drapery. 
 The party unanimously hailed this spot as fit to 
 be the township of the settlement they proposed 
 to found ; and having made a careful survey of 
 Batman's Hill and the surrounding country 
 wended their way back to the vessel. The party 
 under the direction of Captain Hunter sounded 
 the channel, placing beacons where they were 
 required, and in ten days managed to take the 
 Enterprise up to the basin at Melbourne where 
 she lay moored to a tree opposite the spot which 
 now forms the junction of Flinders and William 
 streets. The horses and cattle were disembarked 
 and the party erected huts and fenced in a garden 
 on the ground between William and Spencer 
 streets. The first land was ploughed by Fawkner's 
 servant George Wise. The Enterprise now 
 returned to Launceston, Captain Lancy and 
 George Evans remaining in charge of the settle- 
 ment. In October Fawkner arrived and removed
 
 Mel] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 235 
 
 the tents from Batman's Hill to the rise opposite 
 the Falls where he erected his own house. The 
 spot on which it stood is to the rear of the 
 Custom-house, near where the Police-office formerly 
 stood. This building was afterwards removed to 
 the opposite side of Market-square to the allot- 
 ment on which Fawkner's hotel was erected in 
 1838, He formed a cultivation paddock of eighty 
 acres on the opposite side of the river. He opened 
 a public-house or hotel and supplied those who 
 now began to arrive with such accommodation as 
 they required. He had a garden of considerable 
 extent planted out, even at this early period, with 
 fruit trees and shrubs which he had sent over in 
 the Enterprise. He had made considerable 
 exertions to forward the settlement, and expected 
 that the party would receive a small grant of land, 
 but in this he was disappointed. Sir Richard 
 Bourke approved their selection by adopting what 
 is now Melbourne as the site for the Government 
 township, but he refused to grant the moderate 
 demand for sixty acres preferred by the six 
 individuals who at some risk and trouble had 
 discovered it ; he even refused to lease Fawkner 
 a ten-acre paddock to secure his horses in. 
 John Hilder Wedge visited the new settlement 
 towards the end of July. He had made a sketch 
 map of Batman's journeyings all round by Toorak 
 and Hawthorn to the neighbourhood of the Merri 
 Creek which corresponds exactly with the survey 
 of Grimes. This sketch map Batman and Wedge 
 sent to Governor Arthur on 25th June 1835, 
 four months before Fawkner landed. On the 
 copy of it printed in a House of Commons 
 Report in 1836, the present site of Melbourne, 
 Emerald Hill and Sandridge is marked by Batman, 
 " Reserved for a Common, a Township and other 
 Public purposes." But Fawkner turned the first 
 sod, built the first house, opened the first church 
 and started the first newspaper in the settlement. 
 The little township grew apace. John Aitken in 
 the Endeavour followed Fawkner ; and Cowie, 
 Stead, Steiglitz and Ferguson also arrived. At 
 the end of October Batman's party had landed 500 
 sheep at Gellibrand's Point (Williamstown.) On 
 New Year's Day 1838 Fawkner published the first 
 number of the Melbourne Advertiser, a written 
 sheet of four foolscap pages, and thus continued 
 for nine weeks ; after which it was printed and 
 existed for thirty-two numbers. This was the 
 beginning of the Victorian Press. In April 1836 
 Batman returned with his family, and bringing 
 the rest of his party from the Indented Head 
 established himself on a hill at the western end of 
 Collins-street, which until it was levelled in 1870 
 for the purpose of increasing the accommodation 
 of the Government Railways bore his name, and 
 was the site from which the latitude aud longitude 
 of Melbourne was determined until the erection of 
 the Observatory. The want of some person having 
 authority to act as arbitrator was so much felt that 
 James Simpson was elected to that post until 
 the arrival in June of George Stewart, a police 
 
 magistrate from Goulburn, who was sent down to 
 report on the place and to act in an official capacity. 
 At a meeting of the settlement it was found that 
 117 persons had emigrated from Tasmania and had 
 imported live stock and property to the value of 
 £110,000. In December a few log huts and turf 
 houses had been built. These with three public- 
 houses and a shoemaker's shop formed the nucleus 
 of the future city. Mr. Franks who had been one 
 of the free emigrants in 1803 and now had a station 
 at Cotterell's Sugar Loaf near the Werribee, was 
 with his shepherd killed by the Goulburn blacks 
 early in the year. A party led on their traces by 
 some of the Melbourne natives took summary ven- 
 geance on the tribe to which the treacherous 
 blacks belonged. This was the first of many 
 hostile encounters between the first settlers and 
 the blacks in which Buckley proved of service. 
 The whole settlement attended the funeral of 
 Franks and his shepherd. They were interred 
 near the Flagstaff Hill, where already one 
 little grave had been opened — that of the 
 child of a man named Goodman, which was 
 the first grave in the first burial ground. 
 In response to a memorial from the settlers, Sir 
 Richard Bourke sent down from Sydney Captain 
 Lonsdale as permanent Police Magistrate with 
 thirty soldiers. With him came Robert Sanders 
 Webb, clerk in the Sydney custom-house, who rose 
 ultimately to be Collector of Customs in Melbourne. 
 He was dismissed from this situation by LaTrobe, 
 but appealed to the heads of the department in 
 England, and was appointed chief clerk in the 
 Sydney custom-house, which situation he held 
 until his death. The first Chief Constable of the 
 Settlement was Joseph William Hooson, a person 
 well known to the early colonists. He had been a 
 soldier and received a wound in the head, which 
 appeared to have deranged his intellect. He 
 obtained some property in Melbourne and left the 
 police, but lost his property and was appointed 
 street-keeper by the corporation ; he died in 
 Melbourne about the year 1849. In November 
 1836 Batman had a son born to him who was 
 subsequently drowned in the Yarra. A census 
 of the population of the settlement showed 186 
 males and 38 females. So fast did the new settle- 
 ment advance that Sir Richard Bourke resolved 
 to visit it. He embarked on board the Rattle- 
 snake, and arrived in the bay in April 1837. Port 
 Phillip in the short space it had been in existence 
 had made extraordinary progress, and when his 
 Excellency landed boasted a population of nearly 
 500. The stock amounted to 140,000 sheep, 2500 
 head of cattle and 150 horses. The plans of three 
 towns had been laid out by the surveyors and were 
 approved of by the Governor, who named them — 
 Williamstown, Melbourne and Geelong. The first 
 bears the name of the reigning sovereign, the second 
 of Lord Melbourne, and the latter is the native 
 name. Captain Hobson of the Rattlesnake who 
 on his previous voyage had surveyed the inlet 
 which bears his name was in attendance upon
 
 23G 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LMel 
 
 His Excellency, and had the honour of having it 
 named after him. He also surveyed the Bay of 
 Geelong, and soon afterward issued a chart of 
 Port Phillip. An address was presented to the 
 Governor by the residents ; and having made a 
 trip into the interior under the guidance of Buckley, 
 Sir Richard Bourke returned to Sydney. In May 
 1837 George Hamilton with a party of seven 
 prisoners of the Crown arrived in Melbourne by 
 land. On 1st June 1837 the first Government land 
 sale was held, Robert Hoddle, first Surveyor- 
 General of the colony, acting as Government 
 auctioneer. The land offered was mostly situated 
 in Melbourne and brought moderate prices, the 
 half-acre allotments selling at from £18 to £78, 
 Even this was considered high at the time. The 
 residents in Melbourne were aware that if the land 
 were offered at Sydney they would not only be 
 compelled to undertake a serious journey but to 
 compete with the capital and enterprise at that 
 period abundant in the Australian metropolis, and 
 would have but a poor chance of obtaining lots. 
 The Governor granted their request that more 
 town lots should be put up on the spot ; and in 
 accordance with a notice in the Sydney Government 
 Gazette a second sale took place at Melbourne on 
 1st November 1837. The climate of Victoria is 
 acknowledged to be the most salubrious in the 
 world, but during the early years of the settlement 
 an extraordinary amount of sickness prevailed in 
 Melbourne. The excitement of change of country, 
 the extreme heat of the summer months and the 
 unwholesomeness of the water previous to the 
 erection of the sieve above the Falls, induced a 
 class of diseases which have not yet wholly dis- 
 appeared. The most fatal diseases were fever and 
 dysentery. The former (known as colonial fever) 
 was most dangerous at this period ; but when the 
 doctors began to use stimulants in considerable 
 quantities they were able to bring the great 
 majority of their patients through. At one period 
 the deaths in Melbourne were from fifteen to 
 twenty a week. James Backhouse, the Quaker 
 missionary, visited Port Phillip in 1837. The 
 following is his description of the infant City of 
 Melbourne :— " 13th November. The Yarra Yarra 
 is deep but is difficult to navigate for boats on 
 account of the quantity of sunken timber. It is 
 about sixty feet wide margined with trees and 
 scrubs. The river is fresh to Melbourne where 
 there is a rapid. The country on its banks is 
 open grassy forest, rising into low hills. The town 
 of Melbourne though scarcejy more than fifteen 
 months old consists of about 100 houses, amongst 
 which are stores, inns, a jail, a barrack and a 
 school-house. Some of the dwelling-houses are 
 tolerable structures of brick. A few of the inhabi- 
 tants are living in tents or in hovels resembling 
 thatched roofs till they can provide themselves 
 with better accommodation. There is much bustle 
 and traffic in the place and a gang of prisoners are 
 employed in levelling the streets. The town 
 allotments (of half an acre each) were put up here 
 
 a short time since at £5 each, the surveyor think- 
 ing £7 too much to ask for them. But the fineness 
 of the country has excited such a mania for 
 settling here that they sold for from £25 to £ 100 each. 
 Business was at this time conducted on a very dis- 
 agreeable and unsound plan. Almost everything, 
 including labour, was paid for by orders on Sydney 
 or V.D.L. ; the discount required by the few persons 
 who had cash was from £20 to £40 per cent. A 
 mechanic received half his wages in goods, charged 
 at about 30 per cent, profit, and the rest in an order 
 whichhe paid his employer 10 per cent, to discount." 
 Latrobe arrived in Melbourne as Superinten- 
 dent of Port Phillip on 1st October 1839. The 
 same year, the old Police Office, built of mud, was 
 replaced by one of wood. Petty Sessions were 
 established in July 1838, and Quarter Sessions in 
 May 1839. The Post Office was removed from 
 the Police Office to Mr. Bagster's care, in a little 
 place in Flinders-street. Mr. Kelsh, the first real 
 postmaster, lived in Chancery-lane. The Custom 
 House was a rude dirty-looking shed ; it received 
 £2000 duties in 1837! The export of wool for the 
 year 1838 was £53,000; in twelve years it became 
 nearly a million pounds. Tradesmen were few in 
 the early times. The labour was required for the 
 flocks of the country. When Latrobe came there 
 were in Melbourne but four tailors, four black- 
 smiths, three bakers and four butchers ; there was 
 no watchmaker. The price of provisions was high, 
 especially when sheep were two or three guineas 
 a head ; and all flour had to be imported. Banks 
 soon arose. D. C. Macarthur from Sydney estab- 
 lished a branch of the Bank of Australasia at the 
 close of 1837, in a little two-roomed brick house 
 in Little Collins-street. After the coming of 
 Latrobe the colony made rapid progress. A severe 
 trial happened on Christmas Day 1839. A heavy 
 flood caused an overflow of the Yarra, which 
 destroyed many farms, greatly injured Melbourne 
 warehouses, and carried away whole kilns from 
 the brick-field at the southern side of Prince's 
 Bridge. About the same time an explosion took 
 place in a house by Market-square which killed 
 four persons. Toward the close of 1839 the first 
 emigrant ship, the David Clarke, brought 200 
 passengers. In 1840 there was no post delivery of 
 letters in town, and no fence around the Burying 
 Ground. Melbourne was not very extensive, for 
 parties lost themselves in the bush going from 
 town across the present Carlton Gardens. It was 
 not until 1841 that a Market was established 
 and placed under commissioners, elected by the 
 four wards of the city. The Post Office was 
 removed to its present site in August 1841. 
 A public meeting was held in Melbourne at 
 Isaac Hind's store, on 30th December 1840, to 
 petition the Queen for the separation of Port 
 Phillip from N.S.W. The chair was occupied by 
 William Verner first Commissioner of Insolvent 
 Estates. A second meeting for a like purpose was 
 held on 1st March 1841 at the store of T. McCabe. 
 Judge Willis, one of the puisne judges of N.S.W,,
 
 Mel] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 237 
 
 arrived in Melbourne as Resident Judge for 
 Port Phillip on 10th March 1841. In this year the 
 population of Melbourne was 4479, living in 769 
 houses. Dr. Wilmotthe first coroner was appointed 
 on 2nd February 1841. On 23rd October 1841 
 the Seahorse steamer having on board Sir 
 George Gipps with his aid-de-camp and private 
 secretary, arrived in Hobson's Bay. The Governor 
 landed at Williamstown and examined the public 
 buildings and government works in and around 
 the place. He returned to the steamer and started 
 for Melbourne. At the old Punt— where Prince's 
 Bridge has since been built — he was met by a 
 number of citizens who accompanied him in a 
 perambulation of the leading streets of the town. 
 He then retired to Kelly's Northumberland Hotel 
 in Flinders-street (between Swanston and Elizabeth 
 Streets,) where apartments had been made ready 
 for him. On the following day he attended divine 
 service in the Episcopalian place of worship (now 
 St. James's Cathedral) in Collins-street. On 
 Monday his Excellency proceeded to Heidelberg, 
 where Judge Willis resided, and examined the 
 country around that locality. At one o'clock he 
 received the deputation appointed to deliver the 
 Melbourne address, to which he returned a 
 courteous answer. He then held a levee, which 
 was attended by a great number of the leading 
 colonists. In the evening he visited the govern- 
 ment institutions, and rode out as far as the 
 Moonee Ponds and the Saltwater River. He next 
 visited Geelong, and returning to Melbourne took 
 his departure for Sydney on the following Friday. 
 The foundation-stone of the first place of Christian 
 worship erected in the colony, the Independent 
 Chapel in Collins-street, was laid in September 
 1839 ; and in the following November the Church 
 of England Cathedral, St. James's, was commenced. 
 In January 1841 the Scots Church was established ; 
 followed in October by the erection of the Roman 
 Catholic Church of St. Francis. The first Baptist 
 chapel was organised by J. J. Mouritz, and the 
 following year the Rev. John Ham, on his way to 
 Sydney, touched at Melbourne, where he was 
 induced to remain by the Baptist body. 
 The first court in Port Phillip was held in 
 1841 in a small brick building at the corner of 
 King and Bourke streets ; Judge Willis presiding. 
 So late as 1842 the streets were often impassable. 
 Paragraphs appeared in the newspapers headed, 
 "Another child drowned in the streets of Mel- 
 bourne !" Gum-tree stumps, deep ruts and 
 reservoirs of mud marked the line of Collins-street, 
 and a piece of board nailed to a tree bore the 
 inscription — " This is Bourke-street." A waggon 
 and a train of horses were swallowed up in 
 Elizabeth-street ; and at one time there was a 
 talk of using stilts ! Cabbages grew on the site 
 of the present Treasury, and Lonsdale ran his 
 flock of sheep, for which he had given two guineas 
 each, over Emerald Hill. The police-office, post- 
 office and hospital was a two-roomed wattle and 
 daub building, which was it is said knocked down 
 
 by Batman's bull. On 1st December 1842 Mel- 
 bourne was incorporated a municipality. The 
 town had been divided into four wards, and the 
 citizens were called on to elect councillors. The 
 first Mayor and Aldermen were— Mayor, Henry 
 Condell ; Aldermen, Henry Condell, Andrew 
 Russell, H. W. Mortimer, William Kerr, D. S. 
 Campbell, G. James, J. Orr, J. P. Fawkner, J. T. 
 Smith, Dickson, Beaver, and Patterson ; J. C. 
 King was elected Town Clerk. The 10th December 
 was named Lord Mayor's Day, and the Council 
 walked in procession from the Council Chamber 
 in Collins-street to the temporary Court-house in 
 King-street, where the Resident Judge adminis- 
 tered the oaths of office and addressed the 
 councillors in an appropriate speech. Subse- 
 quently an official visit was made to the 
 superintendent who expressed his congratulations. 
 The General Election for the Legislative Council 
 was held in June 1843. Henry Condell, Mayor of 
 Melbourne, and Edmund Curr, were the opposing 
 candidates for the city. McCombie thus narrates 
 the circumstances of the contest : — " Edward Curr 
 was a Roman Catholic of very considerable 
 experience, and had held a respectable position in 
 the adjoining colony of V.D.L. The return of 
 Curr was until the last moment considered certain, 
 as he had in the early part of the contest the good 
 wishes of a large majority of the intelligent and 
 respectable classes of the community ; and it did 
 not seem likely that he would be opposed by the 
 Mayor or any person of character. The unguarded 
 remarks however that he made use of in public, 
 and the violence of his adherents, excited so great 
 an opposition to him, that when the suffrages of 
 the citizens were taken he was rejected by a narrow 
 majority. The mob who appeared perfectly frantic 
 at this result became clamorous, and refused to 
 disperse. The riot act was read by the police 
 magistrate, and a violent effort made by the troopers 
 on duty to disperse an assemblage who occupied 
 the space of ground in front of the hustings, close 
 to the Mechanics' Institution, where the Town 
 Hall now stands. After nightfall parties of about 
 200 paraded the streets, breaking the windows of 
 such citizens as had made themselves most con- 
 spicuous in supporting Condell. The premises of 
 a respectable and brave citizen, Thomas Green, 
 carrying on business in Elizabeth-street opposite 
 the Post-office were violently assaulted, and every 
 effort made to burst the doors. Green kept the 
 mob at bay, and in the scuffle two men were 
 severely wounded. It seemed impossible to say 
 how far this riot might have proceeded, but a 
 detachment of the 80th regiment under Captain 
 Lewis appeared on the scene of action, and with 
 the assistance of the police succeeded in clearing 
 the streets of the rioters. From this conflict may 
 be dated the beginning of those religious feuds which 
 so long disturbed the peace of Melbourne, and 
 which have been regretted by respectable and intel- 
 ligent colonists of every creed and country." Mel- 
 bourne suffered severely through the depreciation
 
 238 
 
 cyclopedia of Australasia. 
 
 LMel 
 
 of property in 1842-3 and the town was deserted 
 by the artisan and labouring classes. The 
 " Squatters' Meeting " was held in the open air in 
 front of the Mechanics' Institution on 4th June 
 1844, A. P. Mollison presiding. This meeting was 
 held to condemn Sir George Gipps' squatting 
 regulations. In October 1844 the Yarra was 
 flooded to a greater height than was ever known 
 before even by the aborigines. All the lower part 
 of the city was submerged and much damage was 
 done to property. Several persons were missing 
 who were supposed to have been swept away in 
 the inundation. On 16th November 1844 the 
 Royal George arrived in Hobson's Bay with a 
 cargo of English prisoners. The Town Council 
 passed a resolution condemning this threatened 
 inundation of criminals. A public meeting 
 was held at the Royal Hotel in favour of 
 the introduction of this class, but popular meetings 
 against the proposal were at once convened and 
 the feeling expressed was so strong that the Imperial 
 Government ordered the ships to be sent to V.D.L. 
 On 11th September 1845 a public meeting was 
 held to petition the Imperial Parliament to allow 
 the importation of Australian grain into British ports 
 on the same terms as Canadian grain. On the 28th 
 of the same month another public meeting was held 
 to protest against the proposal to pledge the Crown 
 lands in order to raise a loan for immigration pur- 
 poses. The 20th of March 1846 was a day worthy 
 of commemoration, as the bridge across the Yarra 
 and the Hospital — two great public works — were 
 commenced. The foundation stone of Prince's 
 Bridge was laid by Superintendent La Trobe under 
 the direction of the Freemasons, an oration having 
 been delivered by E. J. Brewster, M.C., on behalf 
 of that ancient fraternity. Immediately after- 
 wards the foundation stone of the Hospital was 
 laid by the Mayor, Dr. Palmer. With the solitary 
 exceptions of the procession on Separation Day, 
 and that to welcome Sir Charles Hotham, never 
 has so imposing a spectacle been witnessed in 
 Collins-street, which in the language of the Gazette, 
 " presented to the imagination one of those enchant- 
 ing scenes so vividly described in the Arabian 
 Nights : bands playing, fifty banners fluttering in 
 the breeze, the splendid costumes of the masons 
 and public bodies with the dense crowds of people 
 made up a perfect fairy scene. The shops were 
 shut and everything betokened that it was a gala 
 day." On the 17th April a meeting was held in 
 the Royal Hotel for the purpose of testifying the 
 admiration of the colonists of the enterprise and 
 resolution of Dr. Leichhardt, who had just returned 
 from his exploring expedition through the northern 
 portion of the Australian continent. The first 
 number of the Argus was issued on 2nd June 1846. 
 On the 12th July 1846 an alarming riot occurred 
 between the Orangemen and Roman Catholic 
 party. Shots were fired, and three or four persons 
 were severely wounded. The aid of the military 
 was called in and the town was placed under 
 martial law for one night, and the soldiers 
 
 bivouacked in Collins-street. Next morning a 
 number of persons were bound over to keep the 
 peace and quiet was restored. It was resolved by 
 the Orangemen from this disturbance that they 
 should build a Protestant Hall. On 28th April 
 1847 a severe shock of earthquake was felt in 
 Melbourne. On 15th July 1848 the Mel- 
 bourne Hospital was opened. The city was 
 constituted an English episcopal see in 1847, 
 and the Rev. Dr. Perry, the first English bishop, 
 arrived on 23rd January 1848. Anti-transportation 
 meetings were held in the early part of 1849, 
 which completely prevented the influx of English 
 criminals into the colony. On the 8th August 
 the Randolph with a cargo of prisoners arrived 
 in Hobson's Bay ; but the remonstrances of the 
 citizens induced the superintendent to order the 
 vessel to proceed to Sydney. In March 1849 
 Governor Fitzroy visited Port Phillip in the 
 Havaniiah, Captain Erskine. He met with an 
 enthusiastic welcome from the citizens, and 
 remained ten days. On 11th November 1850 
 intelligence arrived that separation from N.S.W. 
 had been granted, and that Port Phillip was 
 erected into an independent colony under the 
 name of Victoria, after Her Most Gracious Majesty. 
 The vessel which brought the news was the 
 Li/sander. On the 13th the city was illuminated. 
 McCombie says :— " In no part of the world, at 
 any period has any community been more gratified. 
 It appeared as if each individual had received 
 some inestimable present, and was unable to 
 conceal his gratification. The decorations in the 
 windows expressed the triumph which had been 
 gained over Sydney, and the gratitude that the 
 colonists felt to the Queen and the Home Govern- 
 ment for affording them even a tardy release from 
 political oppression. The separation rejoicings 
 were extended over four days, during which period 
 no work was done, all classes even the printers 
 keeping the j ubilee. Arrangements had previously 
 been made for lighting beacons throughout the 
 colony on the arrival of the intelligence. An 
 enormous heap of firewood had been collected 
 at the flagstaff hill, and the Mayor of the city set 
 fire to it at sunset, as the signal for the commence- 
 ment of the bonfires and fireworks which soon 
 enlivened the whole of the country. Enormous 
 heaps of wood had been prepared on all the 
 commanding eminences of the colony. In Mel- 
 bourne everything went off in an orderly and 
 rational manner, and the people enjoyed themselves 
 without giving way to the orgies of a Saturnalia." 
 On 15th November 1850 the Prince's Bridge 
 was opened. The day was beautiful, and the 
 whole of the inhabitants turned out to behold the 
 ceremony, which was one of the most imposing 
 that had hitherto been witnessed in the colony. 
 The public societies and trades walked, and the 
 printers had a waggon in the procession, on which 
 a Columbian press beautifully decorated with 
 flags and ribbons was mounted, the men on the 
 platform printing a sheet containing a short
 
 Mell 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 239 
 
 historical notice of the Tress of the colony, which 
 was distributed amongst the crowd. The gym- 
 nastic games concluded the rejoicings ; the spot 
 selected for this display was near Emerald Hill, 
 and above 5000 persons were present to witness 
 the scene. During the five days that were 
 appropriated to the festivities in commemoration 
 of the greatest event which ever happened in V., 
 not one accident occurred to damp the ardour of 
 the people for rational amusement. The death of 
 Edward Curr, who had taken a part in the great 
 fight and had been a leading politician in the 
 district, on the very day that the intelligence 
 arrived, was regarded by all the colonists as a 
 melancholy coincidence. The people had intended 
 to subscribe money to raise some lasting testi- 
 mony of the event, and public meetings were held 
 to carry out this object. It unfortunately occurred 
 however that a division of opinion took place in 
 reference to the character of the contemplated 
 monument, and the intention was abandoned. 
 The suggestion of a public library was however 
 given ; and the idea was so popular that the 
 government took it up, and some years afterwards 
 the magnificent public library in Swanston- 
 street was erected at the public cost. The 6th 
 February 1851 was the date of Black Thursday. 
 Melbourne was not a healthy place of residence 
 during the first few years ; the inhabitants and 
 the City Council made every exertion in their 
 power to remedy this evil, and public meetings 
 were held in order to consider the matter. In 1848 
 the City Council appointed a committee which 
 took evidence and brought up a report ; this 
 document had a considerable effect in raising the 
 sanitary condition of the city and thereby pro- 
 moting the health of the citizens. The various 
 recommendations of the committee were success- 
 fully carried out ; a Building Act was obtained in 
 1848 ; the filthy lanes in the city were formed and 
 drained, and the City Council placed the sum of 
 three hundred pounds at the disposal of their 
 surveyor to enable him to have the country sur- 
 rounding Melbourne properly surveyed, and a 
 committee was appointed to superintend and 
 direct the operation. On the 7th of January 1851 
 James Blackburn, the City Surveyor, sent in an 
 elaborate report in which he entered fully into the 
 whole subject and recommended the plan which 
 was soon afterwards adopted. The advantages of 
 this scheme were not quite new to the colonists as 
 public attention had been drawn to them some 
 years previously by Patrick Reid of the Plenty, 
 at one period a member of the City Council of 
 Melbourne. This public work as well as the 
 improvement of the health of the city was 
 materially benefited by the labours of J. C. King, the 
 Town Clerk, a faithful and zealous public servant 
 who had held office from the inauguration of the 
 Corporation until 1851 when he was appointed by 
 the Victorian branch of the Anti-Transportation 
 League to proceed to England as its accredited 
 agent. The communication between Melbourne and 
 
 the Bay had also attracted a very considerable 
 amount of attention, and urged on by the City 
 Council the local Government had caused a survey 
 of the Yarra to be made by Messrs. Gerrard and 
 Manton ; but notwithstanding that the subject 
 was most pertinaciously urged upon the attention 
 of the officer administering the government, no 
 steps were taken beyond the occasional use of the 
 dredging machine to improve the river. In 1851 
 a great improvement was effected in the north-east 
 portion of the city now named Colliugwood. The 
 land on which this populous district stands was 
 originally s*old in large blocks as suburban lots, 
 and was cut up by private persons into small 
 building lots. There were however no main 
 thoroughfares, Brunswick-street being in various 
 places impeded by buildings which had been 
 erected across or along its superfices as the taste 
 of the owners had dictated. The Corporation by 
 means of legislative measures cleared the main 
 streets, and extended them in regular order through 
 the whole of the district. This was a very 
 important improvement, and rendered Colling- 
 wood an elegant and healthy part of the city. 
 The great influx of people attracted from Europe 
 by the gold discovery set in about September 1852. 
 The accommodation of Melbourne was tried to its 
 utmost extent ; every house was filled to over- 
 flowing and many respectable families were under 
 the necessity of living in tents or sleeping in the 
 open air. A large city named Canvas Town sprang 
 into existence on the south side of the Yarra ; it 
 commenced on the slope of the hill just beyond 
 the approach to Prince's Bridge and extended 
 nearly to St. Kilda. It was laid off in streets and 
 lanes but the immigrants were not allowed to 
 occupy even the small space necessary to stretch 
 their limbs upon without paying for it, as the 
 Government charged five shillings per week for 
 this accommodation — an unnecessary infliction on 
 the really distressed, but which tended to operate 
 beneficially in preventing speculators from erecting 
 tents and leasing them out and deriving a profit 
 from the necessities of the immigrants. Persons 
 of all ranks, of all countries, and of all creeds were 
 there huddled together in grotesque confusion ; 
 the main streets were crowded with boarding- 
 houses and stores — all of canvas ; and it was said 
 to afford a harbour for the most vicious criminals 
 with which the colony abounded. The Corporation 
 leased out the two market reserves for similar pur- 
 poses, and there were therefore two small Canvas 
 Towns in the centre of the city. The erections on 
 the market reserves fronted good streets and had 
 a great value for business purposes. It was 
 positively discreditable to the Corporation thus 
 to endanger the health of the citizens and also the 
 safety of the property around these reserves ; the 
 revenue which they wrung out of the wants of 
 the poor distressed immigrants was apparently the 
 only object they had in thus deforming the city. 
 The necessities of those extraordinary times also 
 brought into existence a mart for a peculiar kind
 
 210 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I Mel 
 
 of traffic ; it was held daily on the line of Flinders- 
 street opposite the Custom-house and was desig- 
 nated " Rag Fair." Here immigrants who had not 
 means to start for the diggings, or who had a 
 superabundance of articles of wearing apparel, 
 congregated to expose their property for sale ; 
 they spread their wares on the ground or held 
 them in their hands and offered them to the 
 passengers at prices so low as to entice them to 
 become purchasers : the alarming sacrifices here 
 made day after day and all day long excited 
 astonishment. Every article from a needle to an 
 anchor could be purchased on this spot. Some 
 went with a large amount of valuable property 
 which they were under the necessity of disposing 
 of ; others had perhaps only one or two super- 
 fluities that they were positively compelled to 
 turn into money to buy bread. There were every 
 variety of characters engaged in this singular 
 traffic : the handsome and distinguished-looking 
 scion of good family anxious to sell the best por- 
 tions of his valuable outfit bought at Silver's, and 
 which his fond mother or sister had taken so 
 much pains about ; the care-worn broken-down 
 gentleman or tradesman, or his wife, endeavouring 
 to dispose of a silver tea-pot or gold snuff-box, or 
 some other carefully -hoarded-up family relic, which 
 only actual want would have compelled any of 
 them to part with ; the stalwart farmer's son from 
 Cumberland or some other inland county offering 
 a gun or a watch which he found useless in a 
 country like Australia in the golden era ; some 
 with a book, an umbrella, or a pair of boots , 
 in a word, there were every class of sellers with 
 every kind of article to dispose of. The traffic 
 in Rag Fair became at last so considerable as 
 to interfere with the interests of the legitimate 
 shopkeepers, and a memorial on the subject 
 having been forwarded to the City Council 
 that body thought it necessary to suppress it. 
 Land had begun to increase considerably in 
 value about the end of 1852 ; but it advanced at 
 railroad speed and reached fabulous prices in the 
 beginning of 1853. Never before in periods of 
 the most feverish speculation did sections of 
 building land in the neighbourhood of Melbourne 
 bring such enormous sums. Land in parts of the 
 city which could hardly ever become good business 
 stands, but must always remain mere suburban 
 property, sold at from two to three thousand 
 pounds an acre. It was actually higher in price 
 than sections in the neighbourhood of the first- 
 class cities of Europe, where every element of 
 stability existed, and all the appliances of civilisa- 
 tion were t<> be found. Land manias have been 
 always hazardous ; they are generally succeeded 
 by a crisis ; in this instance the Government was 
 the occasion of the fictitious rise : it positively 
 refused to bring land into the market to meet the 
 great demand consequent upon the influx of people 
 and the vast accumulation of money. Private 
 owners rut up their land and sold it to speculators 
 at extravagant profits ; it passed from hand to 
 
 hand at enormous rates ; all who heard of the 
 fortunes made rushed to buy it at any price. The 
 Government then at the eleventh hour brought 
 unlimited quantities into the market and the 
 prices immediately fell. The reaction was severe; 
 and the consequences to very many persons were 
 ruinous. On 12th September 1854 the Hobson's Bay 
 Railway was formally opened by the Governor, in 
 the presence of an immense concourse of spectators. 
 The Gas Works were similarly inaugurated about 
 the same date and opened in January 1857. The 
 supply of water from the Yan Yean which 
 Melbourne and suburbs enjoys owes its origin to 
 the suggestion of James Blackburn the city sur- 
 veyor, who made the preliminary survey in 1851, 
 and was the first consulting engineer. Governor 
 Latrobe turned the first sod in December 1853, and 
 the water was turned on by General Macarthur, 
 acting Governor, in December 1857. The first 
 Melbourne Exhibition of Arts and Industry was 
 held in a building erected specially for the 
 purpose, and modelled upon that constructed by 
 Sir Joseph Paxton in London three years pre- 
 viously, when the infant city of Melbourne was 
 little better than a village. The novelty of the 
 project caused it to be received with the utmost 
 enthusiasm, but in comparison with later exhibi- 
 tions it partook rather of the character of a bazaar, 
 and the greater number of its exhibits were fur- 
 nished by the importers of fancy goods. Out of 
 the entire list of 428 exhibitors only thirty-six 
 were in a position to contribute to the Australian 
 Court at the Paris International gathering of 1855. 
 Two institutions, the existence of which is of 
 almost incalculable importance in a nation growing 
 up in a part of the world remote from the influence 
 of older civilisations, were founded in 1854 and 
 each may be said to owe its being to Sir Redmond 
 Barry. The foundation stones of the Melbourne 
 University and the Public Library were laid on 
 the same day, 3rd July, by the Governor. The 
 latter institution was opened in February 1857 
 by General Macarthur, the Acting-Governor. The 
 Parliament Houses were opened in November of 
 the same year. The Church of England Grammar 
 School was opened in April 1858 under the super- 
 intendence of the Rev. Dr. Bromby ; in June a 
 similar institution was opened at Geelong under 
 the Rev. G. O. Vance. The Scotch College had 
 been established in 1851 with Dr. A. Morrison as 
 the principal, and St. Patrick's Diocesan College 
 the same year. The second Exhibition was held 
 in 1861 and was a great improvement on its prede- 
 cessor. It resulted in the Victorian Court at the 
 London gathering of 1862, which was declared to 
 be " a more extensive and varied collection than 
 had ever before been sent from any British colony 
 to Europe." There were in all 703 exhibitors 
 catalogued and an area of 19,000 superficial feet. 
 It was open for ten weeks. The receipts were 
 £3400 and the number of persons admitted was 
 67,4ii5. The third Victorian Exhibition was held 
 in 1866 with triumphant success. The initiatory
 
 Mel-Mey] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 '241 
 
 steps were taken in Parliament the previous year, 
 and a Royal Commission with Sir Redmond Barry 
 as President was issued. All the colonies took 
 part in the scheme, and the Australian contribution 
 to the following Paris Exhibition of 1867 was a 
 marked success. A fine hall 220 feet long and 83 
 feet wide was built adjoining the Public Library, 
 and the Exhibition was opened by Governor 
 Manners-Sutton on 23rd October I860. Among 
 the exhibits was a gilt wooden pyramid constructed 
 by J. G. Knight, secretary to the Royal Commis- 
 sion, which illustrated the gold production of 
 Victoria from 1851, and formed a striking attraction 
 at Paris. It represented 36,514,361 ounces of gold 
 amounting in value to £146,057,444, and was sixty- 
 two feet in height. The area of exhibit space was 
 56,240 feet, or nearly three times the area of the last 
 exhibition. The receipts for 105 days amounted 
 to £9634 and the number of admissions was 268,634. 
 In 1867 the arrival of the Duke of Edinburgh 
 gave cause for great rejoicings in Melbourne. 
 The new Post Office was opened the same year. 
 The foundation-stone of the New Town Hall at 
 Melbourne was laid on 29th November 1867 by 
 the Duke of Edinburgh, in the mayoralty of J. S. 
 Butters. Prince Alfred's Tower was completed in 
 the following year, T. Moubray being mayor ; and 
 the top stone of the tower was placed on 29th 
 December 1869, or two years and three months 
 from the commencement, S. Aniess being then 
 chief magistrate. The cost was £100,000. A great 
 organ was erected in this fine hall at a cost of 
 £5000. In 1873 a clock for the tower was presented 
 to the corporation, at the cost of £350 (towhich that 
 body added £720) by W. V. Condell, son of the first 
 mayor of the city. At the opening on 9th August 
 1870 a ball was given by the mayor, Amess, to 
 4000 of the citizens, and a musical festival at 
 which was produced a cantata written by C. E. 
 Horsley with words by H. Kendall. The Post- 
 office clock was also erected this year, of which one 
 bell weighs thirty cwt. The first blow of the 
 hammer marks exact mean time, and the sound is 
 heard for miles around. The unexampled progress 
 of Melbourne from 1855 to the present time is 
 recorded in such details as the preceding, or melts 
 into the general history of V. Special credit must 
 be given to E. G. Fitzgibbon, town clerk for nearly 
 the whole of that period, under whose able guid- 
 ance the Corporation has been enabled to raise 
 large loans for city improvements, and carry 
 on the civic administration in a manner that 
 reflects the highest credit on the intelligence 
 and enterprise of that body. It may safely be 
 affirmed that for the past quarter of a century 
 Melbourne has been governed as efficiently and as 
 honestly as any other city in Her Majesty's 
 dominions. The Mayors of Melbourne have been 
 in succession as follow : — Henry Condell 1842-4 ; 
 Henry Moor 1844-5 and 1846-7; J. F. Palmer 
 1845-6; Andrew Russell 1847-8; W. M. Bell 
 1848-9; A. F. A. Greeves 1849-50; W. Nicholson 
 1850-1 ; J. T. Smith, 1851-3, 1854-6, 1857-8, 1860-1, 
 
 1863-4; J. Hodgson 1853-4; Peter Davis 1*56-7; 
 H. S. Walsh 1858-9 ; R. Eades 1859-60 ; R. Bennett 
 1861-2; E. Cohen 1862-3; G. Wragge 1864-5; 
 W. Bayles 1865-6; W. Williams 1866-7; J. S. 
 Butters 1867-8; T. Moubray 1868-9; S. Amess 
 1869-70; T. Macpherson 1870-71; O. Fenwick 
 1871-2; T. O'Grady 1872-3 ; J. Mcllwraith 1873-4 ; 
 J. Gatehouse 1874-5; J. Patterson 1876-7; J. Pigdon 
 1877-8; J. Story 1878-9; G. Meares 1879-81. 
 
 MELVILLE HILLS in the district of Liver- 
 pool Plains N.S.W., were named by Oxley in 
 honour of Lord Melville, first Lord of the 
 Admiralty. 
 
 MELVILLE ISLAND, on the N.W. coast of 
 the continent, is about 100 miles in circumference. 
 It lies 370 miles from Cape Aruheim and is 
 separated from Bathurst Island by Apsley Strait. 
 The principal points are Capes Van Diemen, 
 Jahleel, Fleming, Keith and Gambier. The bays 
 are Breton and Lethbridge. It is separated on 
 the E. from the mainland by Dundas Strait, and 
 on the S. by Clarence Strait. It was named by 
 King after Lord Melville. 
 
 MEMORY COVE, in S. A., is a small sandy bay 
 about three-quarters of a mile across, at the foot 
 of a rocky range, near Cape Catastrophe, at the 
 entrance to Spencer's gulf. It affords shelter in 
 ten fathoms, sandy bottom in all winds except 
 those between N. and E. and even then is some- 
 what sheltered by islands from two to five miles 
 distant. It was so called by Flinders in memory 
 of a sad catastrophe which occurred there on the 
 18th Feb. 1802, he having lost two of his officers, 
 Thistle and Taylor, and a boat's crew of six men, 
 by the upsetting of a boat in which they had gone 
 to find an anchorage. Flinders left an engraved 
 copper-plate at this cove, informing future visitors 
 of the disaster. 
 
 MENDANA DE NEYRA, ALVARODE, 
 Spanish navigator, who in 1567 sailed from Callao 
 in Peru and held a course due west for nearly 
 4500 miles, when he discovered the Solomon and 
 other groups of islands in the latitude of Torres 
 Straits, within a few days sail of the Australian 
 Continent. He carried back to Spain glowing 
 accounts of his discoveries, and endeavoured to 
 persuade Philip II. to provide him with means 
 for prosecuting a second exploration to the South. 
 His urgent representations were unheeded for a 
 long period, but at length in 1595 an expedition 
 was fitted out and Mendana sailed into the 
 Pacific, where he fell in with the Marquesas, but 
 failed to find his way to the islands he formerly 
 discovered. He suffered many hardships and 
 finally died in October of that year, at Santa 
 Cruz, from anxiety and disappointment. His 
 pilot on this last voyage was De Quiros. 
 
 MERSEY RIVER, in T., is a branch of the river 
 Meander and was named after the English Mersey. 
 
 MEYM0TT, FREDERICK WILLIAM, (1808—) 
 jurist, is a native of England, and studied for the. 
 
 H2
 
 242 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LMic-Mit 
 
 bar under Joseph C'hitty. He commenced practice 
 as a Special Pleader in 1831, and was called to the 
 bar in 1847, and went the Home Circuit. In 1850 
 he left England for N.S.W., where he commenced 
 practice as a barrister. In August 1850 he was 
 appointed Parliamentary Draftsman, in conjunc- 
 tion with C. K. Murray. In January 1859 he was 
 appointed Crown Prosecutor for the Southern 
 District ; in December 1863 Judge of the Southern 
 District ; and in December 1865 Judge of the 
 Northern District of N.S.W. 
 
 MICHIE SIR ARCHIBALD (— ) jurist, was 
 called to the English Bar in 1838 and came to 
 Sydney in 1839. For some time he was employed 
 as law-reporter to the press. After paying a visit 
 to England in 1852 he came to Melbourne and 
 was nominated to a seat in the Legislative Council. 
 He purchased a share in the Herald newspaper in 
 1854 but sold out in 1856. In the same year he 
 was elected member of the Assembly for the City 
 of Melbourne, and in 1857 was appointed Attorney- 
 General. He retired from Parliament for a time 
 in 1861 but was elected forPolwarth and Grenville 
 in 1863 and took office as Minister for Justice. 
 He retired in 1866 but in 1870 was again made 
 Attorney-General, which post he held until the 
 following year. In 1872 he visited Europe, and 
 when he returned in 1873 was appointed Agent- 
 General for the colony with a salary of ,£2000 per 
 annum. He resigned this office in 1879. He was 
 knighted by Her Majesty for his public services. 
 
 MILES, WILLIAM (1817—) came to N.S.W. 
 in 1838 with promise of Government employment- 
 In 1865 he was returned for Maranoa, which he 
 continued to represent till 1874 when he was 
 elected for Carnarvon. He was Colonial Secretary 
 for Q. in the Thorn-Douglas Ministry of 1S76, and 
 was transferred on 7th November 1877 to the 
 charge of Public Works Department which he 
 resigned in February 1878. 
 
 MILF0RD, SAMUEL FREDERICK (1797- 
 1865) jurist, was a native of Devonshire, England 
 and was called to the English Bar in 1821. In 
 1842 he was appointed Master-in-Equity in N.S.W. 
 and came to Sydney in January 1843. He held 
 the office, together with that of Chief Commis- 
 sioner of Insolvent Estates, until his appointment 
 as Resident Judge in the district of Moreton Bay 
 in 1856. He returned to Sydney February 1859 
 and from that time until his death was engaged in 
 the active duties of a Judge of the Supreme Court. 
 He held also during this period the offices of Judge 
 of the Court of Vice-Admiralty and Primary Judge 
 in Equity. He was distinguished in the Equity 
 and other branches of the Court's jurisdiction 
 which were under his peculiar charge, and by dint 
 of close application he, so far as the system would 
 allow of it, relieved the Court of Equity from the 
 reproaches of delay and costliness which had 
 generally attached to it. 
 
 MITCHELL, Ml,' THOMAS LIVINGSTONE, 
 explorer, was Surveyor-General of N.S.W. In 
 
 November 1831 he started with a party to find a 
 passage to the interior of the continent. He 
 reached the Nammoy which he traced for some 
 distance, came upon the Gwydir and at length 
 reached the Darling. Here he waited for supplies 
 from a permanent depot which he had established 
 on the Nammoy. But when his assistant Finch 
 arrived he had no provisions with him, but only 
 a sad tale to tell how the camp had been surprised 
 by the blacks, the two men in charge murdered 
 and the cattle and most of the stores carried off. 
 This put an end to the expedition. Mitchell 
 returned to the depot, where he buried the bodies 
 of the two murdered assistants and then retraced 
 his steps to Sydney. Again in March 1835 
 Mitchell started with a strong party amongst whom 
 was Allan Cunningham, the botanist. When they 
 reached the Bogan Cunningham was missed. A 
 search was at once instituted, but he was never 
 found. His tracks were followed for seventy 
 miles, his horse was found dead ; his whip and 
 gloves were also found. Afterwards the melan- 
 choly facts were revealed. Cunningham had lost 
 his way and wandered about for five days when 
 he fell in with some natives. At first they treated 
 him kindly, but the horrible nature of his position 
 overpowered his strength and he became delirious. 
 This sealed the poor fellow's fate. The natives 
 became terrified at their strange guest and 
 murdered him. Such was the sad end of a brave 
 explorer, a good man and an eminent botanist. 
 After this Mitchell continued his exploration of 
 the Bogan for some time, but an unfortunate 
 encounter with the natives in which three of 
 them were killed induced the speedy return of 
 the expedition to Sydney. His next expedition 
 was into Australia Felix in 1836. Mitchell's 
 party started on 17th March and soon reached the 
 Lachlan which they explored for a considerable 
 distance. On the Murray an encounter with the 
 natives took place in which seven of them were 
 killed. On 20th June they reached the Loddon 
 Junction. On the third day they lost the Loddon 
 and then went through a pastoral country, past 
 the Avon and Avoca rivers, obtained a fine view 
 of the Grampians, named by Mitchell, fell in 
 with a deep creek, the Richardson River, and at 
 length came to the Wimmera. A few days after- 
 wards they came upon and named the Glenelg. 
 Striking southward they descried the sea and 
 came upon the settlement of the Hentys, formed 
 three years before as a whaling station. Here 
 they were hospitably received. After some 
 days of rest at the Hentys' station Mitchell set 
 out on his way home. The journey was on the 
 whole a pleasant one. The Australian Pyrenees 
 were crossed and named. When the party had 
 reached Sydney they had traversed 2400 miles 
 of the finest country that ever it was the lot 
 of discoverers to explore. Mitchell named it 
 Australia Felix or the Happy. He received 
 knighthood on the receipt of the news in England. 
 In 1845 he undertook another expedition to
 
 Mit-Mon] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 243 
 
 explore the Darling, The party included Mr. 
 E. B. Kennedy, a young surveyor in the Govern- 
 ment service, Dr. Stevenson and twenty-six men. 
 They had provisions for a year. The start 
 was made from Parramatta. They reached the 
 Macquarie and from thence crossed to the Upper 
 Darling. Advancing beyond the Darling and 
 making direct for the Tropic, he found himself 
 within a network of streams, taking their rise in 
 the Dividing Range and flowing through broad 
 table-lands. Mitchell's chief discovery was the 
 Barcoo River which he named the Victoria, but 
 wholly unconnected with ('apt. Stokes' Victoria. 
 In 1851 he was sent to report on the Bathurst 
 goldfields. On his first visit to England he had 
 taken with him a large collection of specimens, 
 amongst which was the first gold given him by 
 the shepherd Macgregor, and the first diamond 
 discovered in the country presentod to him by 
 Thomas Hale. In 1853 he again visited England 
 and patented the boomerang propeller for 
 steamers. He published a trigonometrical survey 
 of Port Jackson and a translation of " The 
 Lusiad " by Camoens. He died at his residence, 
 Carthona, Darling Point Sydney, 5th October 
 1855. 
 
 MITCHELL, SIR WILLIAM HENRY (-) 
 arrived in T. at a very early age and for a time filled 
 the office of Acting Colonial Secretary. He came 
 to Port Phillip about 1840 and engaged in squatting 
 pursuits, taking up country in the neighbourhood 
 of Kyneton. At the time of the first gold discoveries, 
 when the police were in a very disorganised state, 
 Lieutenant-Governor La Trobe offered him the 
 Chief Commissionership of Police, with almost 
 unlimited powers of action, and the result was that 
 after a time a tolerably efficient force was created. 
 He introduced the cadet system by promising a 
 number of young fellows commissions and outfits 
 as police cadets, on their passing through a 
 successful probation in hunting bushrangers and 
 doing escort duty, &c. Bushranging was by this 
 means to a great extent stamped out. Captain 
 (now Sir) Charles Macmahon was appointed by 
 the Chief Commissioner as head of the city 
 police, and Mitchell going home on leave of 
 absence, Macmahon succeeded him as Acting 
 Chief Commissioner. On his return, in September 
 1856, he entered political life and was elected to 
 the Legislative Council as one of the five original 
 Members for the North Western Province, and is 
 still a Member for the same province, having been 
 several times re-elected on acceptance of office 
 and on retirement by rotation. He was Post- 
 master-General from April 1857 to March 1858, 
 during which time his long official training and 
 experience enabled him to effect an almost total 
 reorganisation of the department. He was Com- 
 missioner for Railways from December 1861 until 
 June 1863. In March 1869 he was elected 
 Chairman of Committees of the Legislative 
 Council and retained that office until the retire- 
 ment of Sir James Palmer from the Presidency, 
 
 consequent on the vacation of his seat for the 
 Western Province by effluxion of time, and in 
 October 1870 when Mitchell was elected President. 
 In 1875 he received the honour of knighthood. 
 
 MITCHELL RIVER, in N. A., was discovered 
 and named by Leichhardt in honour of Sir T. L. 
 Mitchell. 
 
 MITTAGONG RANGE, a range of hills in 
 N.S.W., dividing the waters of the Nepean and 
 Wingecarribee rivers about 73 miles from Sydney. 
 This range terminates abruptly on the westward 
 at its highest point, vulgarly called Gibraltar, but 
 the native name is Bowrell. Eastward toward the 
 sea the height of the Mittagong range gradually 
 diminishes until it joins the coast mountain over- 
 looking the Illawarra district ; on the N. side of 
 it the Nepean rises amid deep gullies ; on the S. 
 lies an extensive swamp in a much higher level 
 and which is the head of the Wingecarribee River. 
 
 MITTAMITTA RIVER, in V., rises in the Ben- 
 ambra Mountains and flows into the Murray near 
 Albury. It is also called the Snowy River. 
 
 MOLESWORTH, ROBERT (1816— ) jurist, was 
 called to the Irish Bar in 1828 ; joined the Minister 
 circuit and practised in the courts until 1852, 
 when he came to Adelaide, and the following year 
 to Melbourne, and was admitted to the Victorian 
 Bar. In that year he was for a short time Acting 
 Chief Justice during the absence on leave of Sir 
 William A'Beckett, and became Solicitor-General 
 in 1854. He was created a Judge in 1856 and has 
 since presided over the equity side of the Supreme 
 Court of the colony. 
 
 MOLIAGUL, a mining township in V. 115 
 miles N.W. of Melbourne. Mining operations 
 were once carried on to a considerable extent 
 here, but the alluvial deposits are nearly exhausted 
 and only one of the numerous reefs is being worked. 
 This gold-field has been worked since 1852, and 
 large quantities of gold and many valuable nuggets 
 have from time to time been obtained from it. 
 On the 5th February 1869 the largest nugget 
 found in Australia (the "Welcome Stranger") was 
 discovered in Black Reef Gully a few inches from 
 the surface ; its weight was 2315 ozs. 17 dwts. 14 
 grs., and its value about .£9260. The population 
 of the district is about 500. 
 
 M0LLES PLAINS, on the south bank of the 
 Lachlan River in the district of Lachlan N.S.W., 
 were named by Oxley after Lieutenant-Governor 
 Molles. 
 
 M0NCUR ISLAND, in Bass Straits off the S. 
 Cape of Wilson's Promontory, was named by the 
 discoverer Lieutenant Grant in honour of Captain 
 Moncur R.N. 
 
 MONTAGUE ISLAND, in N.S.W. between 
 Barmouth creek and the mouth of the Mornya ; 
 the southernmost extreme of this land was named 
 Point Dromedary by Captain Cook. 
 
 MONTGOMERY ISLANDS are situated at 
 'the entrance of Collier Bay on the N.W. coast of
 
 244 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Moo— Mor 
 
 the continent. They consist of six small rocky 
 islets, resting in an extensive coral flat, dry at low 
 water. The eastern and largest of these islands 
 stands in the extreme of the coral flat ; it is seventy 
 feet high. 
 
 MOONTA MINES, in S.A., are situated in the 
 N. part of Yorke's Peninsula, to the S. of the 
 Wallaroo and Kadina mines. They are the great 
 rivals of the Burra Burra mines, and are described 
 as follows by Austin in his work on the mines of 
 S.A. : — "There are four distinct lodes in these 
 mines, all nearly parallel, within a space of half- 
 a-mile, and running about N. and S. The first 
 discovery of ore here was made about 1861, when 
 a quantity of small stones of green carbonate was 
 found upon the surface. Some holes were sunk 
 and a lode of fine ore cut at a small depth. This 
 lode was named after one of the proprietors 
 Taylor's lode. Four shafts have since been sunk 
 on it and named after proprietors; Elder's, the 
 deepest, is now 30 fathoms; and Smith's, 
 Waterhouse's, and Taylor's 20 fathoms each. 
 A house for an engine of 60-inch cylinder is now 
 in course of erection here for the purpose of 
 pumping the mine. In the drives from Smith's 
 shaft a fine lode of yellow ore from 18 inches to 
 2 feet wide is being worked at the 20-fathom level. 
 The lode is 4$ feet wide in Elder's shaft, in which 
 shaft, at the 10-fathom level, a splendid lode of 
 rich black ore, largely mixed with malleable 
 copper, has yielded great quantities of ore; at 
 one time it was being hauled up at the rate of 
 twenty tons a day. From the drives from Taylor's 
 shaft a quantity of rich ore has been raised, con- 
 sisting of black and grey sulphurets, red oxide 
 and malleable copper. The drives on the lode 
 extend altogether for a length of about 350 fathoms 
 at the 10-fathom levels, and for 250 fathoms at a 
 depth of 20. Two other lodes, Young's and 
 Macdonnell's — the latter named after the Governor 
 — have produced ore of a higher percentage than 
 that from other parts of these mines.; it is grey 
 sulphuret, some of which has given on assay 66 per 
 cent, of fine copper, and the average of the lodes 
 is estimated at nearly 60 per cent. Both lodes 
 have been driven on for a considerable distance at 
 the 10-fathom levels, Young's being 6 feet wide 
 and Macdonnell's varying from 6 inches to 12 feet, 
 but averaging a less width than Young's. At 
 Buchan's shaft a large deposit of malleable copper 
 and rich black ore was met with, and some 
 beautiful specimens of native dendritic and 
 foilated copper were found both here and on 
 Taylor's lode. Buchan's shaft has been lately 
 sunk to 20 fathoms, and a fine lode of black and 
 yellow ore cut. The buildings on this mine are 
 large and substantial, and besides offices, stables, 
 &.c, comprise a complete and well-furnished assay 
 office, under the management of Captain Hancock. 
 The wonderful richness of these mines will be 
 seen from the following approximate return of ore 
 raised during twenty months, viz., 8000 tons of 
 ore, averaging nearly 25 per cent, of pure copper; 
 
 and which had been raised at such a comparatively 
 small cost as to enable two dividends of £\0 per 
 share each (together £64,000) to be declared on 
 1st October last and 25th February this year. 
 The miners say the Moonta will be a mine when 
 the Burra is forgotten — because she has lodes and 
 the Burra has none ; but this remains to be proved. 
 When a large quantity of ore was required at Port 
 Wallaroo for shipment — a distance of about ten 
 miles from the Moonta — 1700 tons of ore were 
 delivered in nine days by means of drays. The 
 number of hands employed on these mines is 
 nearly 300; but until the last few months not 
 nearly so many were engaged. Ample provision 
 is made for a supply of w r ater by means of large 
 tanks holding many thousand gallons, collected 
 from galvanised iron roofs." Since the date of 
 that report (1863) the works at the Moonta mines 
 have been carried on with spirit, and the progress 
 of the mines has been satisfactory. 
 
 M00RAB00L RIVER, in V., falls into the 
 Barwon River at the town of Geelong. 
 
 MOORE RIVER, in W.A., rises near Mount 
 Yule and flows westerly and southerly, falling into 
 the sea at Breton Bay. 
 
 M00RH0USE, JAMES, D.D. (1826—) was 
 educated at St. John's College, Cambridge, gradu- 
 ated Senior Optime in 1853, and was ordained in 
 the same year. In 1875 he was appointed to 
 succeed Dr. Perry as Bishop of Melbourne. He 
 is the author of Nature and Revelation, Four 
 Sermons preached before the University of Cam- 
 bridge, Our Lord Jesus Christ the Subject of 
 Growth in Wisdom, Hulsean Lectures, Three Lec- 
 tures delivered before the Cambridge University, 
 and numerous other sermons and lectures. 
 
 MORETON BAY, in Q., was discovered by Cook 
 in 1770 and named after the Earl of Moreton. It 
 is an extensive sheet of water accessible for ships 
 of large size by two different channels, the one to 
 the north and the other to the south of Amity 
 Island, at the entrance of the bay. The River 
 Brisbane enters the bay from the westward towards 
 its southern extremity ; the entrances being both 
 guarded and concealed by a small island called 
 Bird Island. The four principal navigable streams 
 which flow into this bay are the Brisbane, Logan, 
 Tweed and Scott river. There is a bar at Amity 
 Point, at the mouth of the River Brisbane, which 
 a vessel of considerable draught of water cannot 
 pass. Moreton Bay is defended from the sea by 
 Stradbroke Island and a projecting headland ; on 
 each side there are eighteen feet of water over the 
 bar, and may be more in some places ; and though 
 there are many islands, shoals and banks in the 
 bay, there are numerous channels between them. 
 The extent of the bay from north to south is more 
 than sixty miles. The land on the shores of the 
 bay and on the banks of the river is fertile ; the 
 rocks in the interior for a considerable distance are 
 granite. The history of the first settlement at 
 Moreton Bay is part of the history of t^.
 
 Mori 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 245 
 
 MORGAN, WILLIAM, arrived in S.A. in 
 February 1849. He was first elected to the 
 Legislative Council in 1867, and has taken an 
 active part in the deliberations of that body and 
 had considerable influence in its conduct of busi- 
 ness. In 1871 he was appointed by the Govern- 
 ment one of the Conference to represent S.A. in 
 Melbourne, the object of the Conference being to 
 agree amongst the various Australian Colonies on 
 some united plan for a mail service with Great 
 Britain and to a treaty between N.S.W., V., and 
 S.A. on the subject of the Murray duties. On the 
 defeat of the Blythe Ministry in June 1875 he 
 joined Boucaut as Chief Secretary and took an 
 active part in propounding the public works 
 policy, which is still being advantageously carried 
 into effect. In consequence of the demands of 
 his private business Morgan resigned the Chief 
 Secretaryship of the first Boucaut Ministry in 
 March 1876. During the recent dispute between 
 the Chief Secretary (Sir Henry Ayers) and the 
 Legislative Council Morgan was appointed by the 
 Members leader of the House, and on the resigna- 
 tion of the Colton Ministry in consequence of an 
 adverse vote Morgan, after some deliberation, 
 joined Boucaut as Chief Secretary. On 27th 
 September 1878 Boucaut resigned and accepted 
 the office of Chief Justice, and the Ministry was 
 reconstructed, Morgan becoming Premier and 
 retaining the Chief Secretaryship. 
 
 MORNINGTON ISLAND, an island in the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria, one of the Wellesley islands ; 
 the S. extreme is called Point Bayley. It is 
 named in honour of Lord Mornington head of the 
 Wellesley family. 
 
 MORPETH, a thriving town in N.S.W. prettily 
 situated at the head of the navigation of the 
 Hunter about half a mile from its junction with 
 the Paterson, four miles from Maitland. The 
 trade of the town depends in large measure on the 
 coal, mining and agricultural interests. There are 
 several pits in active operation yielding large 
 quantities of the fuel, within four miles of the 
 town. The fertility of the river flats is very great ; 
 every kind of produce is grown but the staple 
 articles are maize and lucerne. The town has 
 many places of worship and is the residence of the 
 Bishop of Newcastle. The Episcopal Church is 
 one of the most English-looking in the colony. 
 The population is 1280. The site of Morpeth 
 belonged originally to E. C. Close, who gave the 
 land on which the English Church stands. 
 
 MORPHETT, SIR JOHN (1809—) is a native 
 of London. In 1836 he came to S.A. and was for 
 some time engaged in business. On the establish- 
 ment of the first Legislative Council for the colony 
 in June 1843, he was nominated by the Crown as 
 one of its Members. In 1851 under the change of 
 constitution, when the Council was formed partly 
 of elective members, Morphett again took his seat 
 as one of the nominees of the Crown and in the 
 same year was elected to the Speaker's Chair. On 
 
 the establishment of the new constitution giving 
 representative government to the colony in 1857, 
 he was elected Member of the Legislative Council 
 by the votes of the electors for eight years ; was 
 re-elected in 1865 and appointed President of the 
 Council on the retirement of Sir James Hurtle 
 Fisher. He held office until 1873, when he retired 
 by effluxion of time and did not seek re-election. 
 He received the honour of knighthood from Her 
 Majesty in 1870. 
 
 MORRISSETT PONDS, in the district of Bligh, 
 N.S.W., flowing into the river Darling, were named 
 by Oxley after Captain Morrissett of the 48th 
 regiment. 
 
 MORT, THOMAS SUTCLIFFE (1816-1878) 
 was a native of Lancashire, England. He came 
 to Sydney in 1838, and from that time till his 
 death he was more or less identified with nearly 
 every movement for the advancement of N.S.W. 
 In 1841 Mort ventured on his first speculation of 
 any consequence, becoming a shareholder in the 
 Hunter River Steam Navigation Company, which 
 afterwards became the Australasian Steam Navi- 
 gation Company. In 1843 the commercial crisis 
 which had set in proved fatal to his employers, 
 and Mort was left to face the world afresh. He 
 began business as an auctioneer, devoting all his 
 energies to his avocation, working fifteen and some- 
 eighteen hours a-day. Mort soon put his business 
 on a comprehensive basis, and to him belongs the 
 credit of establishing the first public wool sales 
 in A. In 1846 his success enabled him to buy 
 two or three sandhills at Darling Point, upon which 
 he began to try his talent for landscape gardening 
 and horticulture, then new to Sydney. In 1849 
 the project of making the first railway in the 
 colony— from Sydney to Parramatta— was mooted, 
 and Mort became one of the promoters. In 1851 
 the discovery of gold brought a great change in 
 affairs. Mort foresaw that eventually the staple 
 industry would command better markets than 
 ever. His advice saved the fortunes of many who 
 would have sold out at any price and made the 
 fortunes of many others whom he persuaded to 
 invest in pastoral properties. At the same time 
 he entered with energy into new openings for 
 enterprise. He formed the first company for the 
 working of auriferous lands, called the Great 
 Nugget Vein Mining Company. When the share- 
 holders became dissatisfied he called them together 
 and offered to take their shares off their hands. 
 Such was the confidence felt in him that those 
 present refused to be released from their liability. 
 Mort's commercial capability had now placed him 
 at the head of a business of the first magnitude. 
 His talents as a financier were in those eventful 
 times tasked to the utmost. In 1863 amongst 
 other useful projects he promoted the introduction 
 of steam vessels for the harbour and coasting- 
 trade. He also commenced excavations for a dock 
 which was extended until there was constructed 
 what is now the largest private dock in the
 
 246 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 [Mor 
 
 Southern Hemisphere. It is situated at the head 
 of Waterview Bay, Port Jackson, and is nearly 
 400 feet in length, being entirely cut out of the 
 solid rock. In connection with it there are exten- 
 sive engineering works with workshops covering 
 an area of five acres, in which when at full work 
 700 hands are employed. Most of the locomotives 
 supplied to the N.S.W. Government have come 
 out of this establishment. The steamer Governor 
 Blachall of 500 tons was also constructed and 
 entirely fitted out for the Government of Q., and 
 the steamers Thetis, Ajax and Captain Cook for 
 the N.S.W. Government. The property is now 
 vested in Mort's Dock and Engineering Company 
 Limited, in which the founder sunk nearly 
 £100,000 of his capital. In 1873 Mort endeavoured 
 to persuade his workmen to become his fellow- 
 shareholders on very favourable terms, his purpose 
 as expressed by himself being that capitalist and 
 workers should be bound together by a common 
 tie with the cords of a common interest. Nearly all 
 the foremen became shareholders. In 1856 in con- 
 junction with John Hawdon, whom he bought out 
 in 1860,Mort proceeded to grapple with the problem 
 of rural settlement, buying about 14,000 acres of 
 land in the district of Moruya, 212 miles south of 
 Sydney, near the coast. This estate, on which 
 Mort spent from time to time upwards of £100,000, 
 is called Bodalla. It carries on extensive dairying 
 operations and gives employment to the population 
 of a village on the property. The investment 
 yields a handsome profit. This model estate is 
 being imitated by many who make useful farmers 
 when a pioneer has shown them the way. The 
 beauty of Bodalla, which now includes an area of 
 38,000 acres, is extolled by visitors. This was the 
 favourite resort of Mort in the later years of his 
 life. The strain on Mort's powers during the six 
 or seven years after the gold discovery made it 
 necessary that" he should seek change of scene, 
 and in 1857 he sailed for England, where he 
 remained until 1859. During that visit he gathered 
 a collection of paintings by the old masters, which 
 on his return to the colony were arranged in the 
 picture gallery of Greenoaks and thrown open to 
 the public. He also devoted much attention to 
 the introduction of various rural industries, such 
 as the cultivation of silk, cotton and sugar. On 
 the last-named he spent nearly £20,000. From 
 1859 to 1863 he was much harassed by an action 
 at law which was known as the case of Wentworth 
 v. Lloyd, arising out of the sale of some stations 1 iy 
 plaintiff to defendant through Mort. Wentworth 
 moved to have the sale declared void on the 
 ground that the auctioneer took an interest in it 
 not previously known to the vendor. Mort's 
 defence was that his share in the purchase was 
 known tn Wentworth and publicly also at the time. 
 After close contention in the local courts the cause 
 came before the Master of the Bolls in England, 
 who in April 1863 delivered judgment for the 
 defendant Lloyd, entirely clearing Mort from the 
 imputation raised against him. During 1S62 and 
 
 1863 Mort took a leading part in the formation of 
 the Peak Downs (Q.) Copper Mining Company 
 and the Waratah Coal Mining Company (New- 
 castle, N.S.W.) The former has yielded copper 
 worth considerably more than £1,000,000 sterling, 
 and the latter is one of the largest collieries in A. 
 In 1867 Mort became a partner in Munn's maizena 
 factory. The last great project of his life was the 
 transport of fresh beef and mutton from Australian 
 pastures to the meat markets of Europe. In this 
 venture the capital of Mort was joined to the 
 scientific ability of E. D. Nicolle, with whom he 
 had previously established Ice-works in Sydney. 
 In 1843 Mort had tried to establish an export trade 
 in beef cured in the ordinary way. The project 
 now was to land the meat as sound and fresh, and 
 natural in appearance, as if it had been killed at 
 the place of delivery. Mort's knowledge of the 
 prospects of the pastoral industry enabled him to 
 forecast a magnificent future for a trade of this sort. 
 Nicolle's experiments were constant and he received 
 from Mort a confidence which placed all this gentle- 
 man's resources at his disposal. The first point 
 was to invent a cheap means of producing artificial 
 cold, and this difficulty was after many trials over- 
 come by the experimentalists in discovering the 
 possibility of the repeated use of the same ammonia. 
 In this respect also Mort and Nicolle went ahead 
 of European science. According to the first authori- 
 ties in the old world, '"meat frozen was meat 
 spoiled." But partial freezing it was found would 
 never do, the meat became so rapidly bad when 
 exposed. Nicolle at last demonstrated that in 
 Australia meat could be thoroughly frozen— that 
 its quality was not thus injured — and that it kept 
 longer after thawing than other meat after being 
 killed. Feeling convinced that the results of 
 Nicolle's experiments had made the project practic- 
 able, Mort entered on it with enthusiasm. A large 
 establishment rose on the margin of Darling 
 Harbour in Port Jackson, and was connected 
 with the Government railways. Costly machinery 
 in duplicate was erected, and the "freezing chamber" 
 was covered with five miles of iron piping, through 
 which the liquid ammonia was kept in circulation. 
 A series of interesting experiments showed that 
 the freezing power could be successfully applied to 
 game, fish, and various sorts of fruit, as well as 
 live stock. It was a novel sensation to find one- 
 self suddenly transferred from the sultry atmo- 
 sphere of an Australian summer's day into a 
 region of ice and snow, abounding in oxen 
 and sheep, poultry, wild game, and fish, butter 
 and milk, all as hard as rock, their natural 
 qualities kept in complete suspension until the time 
 should come to thaw, cook and consume them. 
 The belief that the process injured their quality 
 was shown over and over again to be unfounded. 
 Mort then erected slaughter-houses in the Lithgow 
 Valley, amongst the Blue Mountains, on the Great 
 Western Line of Railway, ninety-six miles from 
 Sydney. This site was chosen to save the cattle 
 the journey overthe mountains, which much injured
 
 Mou— Muel 
 
 I ¥CLOl>MDXA 6i Al'STUALAsi >. 
 
 247 
 
 their qtmlity. The buildings and yards wore on 
 the most complete plan. \Vhen both establish- 
 ments were finished Mort invited, on 2nd September 
 1R75, a large number of colonists to an excursion 
 to Lithgow Valley, beginning with an inspection 
 of the freezing works at Darling Harbour. The 
 party proceeded by special train from the freezing 
 works to the Valley and there sat down to a 
 luncheon composed of varieties of fish, game and 
 meat, all of which had been frozen for considerable 
 periods before being cooked. The whole repast 
 was a thorough success, and congratulations were 
 Bhowered from all sides. In replying to these 
 congratulatory speeches Mort said — "There shall 
 be no more waste ! Yes, gentlemen, I now feel 
 that the time has arrived, or at all events is not 
 far distant, when the various portions of the earth 
 will give forth their products for the use of each 
 and all ; that the over-abundance of one country 
 shall make up for the deficiency of another ; the 
 super-abundance of the year of plenty serving for 
 the scant harvests of its successor, for cold arrests 
 all change. Science has drawn aside the veil and 
 the plan stands revealed. Faraday's magic wand 
 gave the key-note and invention has done the rest. 
 Climate, seasons, plenty, scarcity, distance will all 
 shake hands and out of the commingling will 
 come enough for all ; for ' the earth is the Lord's 
 and the fulness thereof ' and it is certainly within 
 the compass of man to ensure that all His people 
 shall be partakers of that fulness." Some time 
 after the final stage was attempted, the ship Northam 
 being fitted up for the reception of a cargo of 
 frozen beef and mutton for the London market. 
 The squatters of the Colonies subscribed ,£20,000 
 towards the experiment, Mort having already sunk 
 in the enterprise about £80,000. Unfortunately 
 Nicolle failed for a time in the last of a brilliant 
 series of inventions, for the metal of the machinery 
 proved unable to withstand the action of the 
 chemical agent employed. The exhaustion of a 
 life of enormous activity, a previous severe illness 
 and this bitter disappointment, left Mort unable 
 t«i grapple again with the undertaking so near his 
 heart, which had been brought so near to the brink 
 of success. The works at Darling Harbour con- 
 tinue to supply Sydney with ice. M or t a l' s0 took 
 advantage of the connection of the works with the 
 railway to establish a daily supply of pure country 
 milk and this effected a great reform, reducing the 
 price and increasing the quality of this article of 
 daily necessity. He had also arranged for a depot 
 of " cooked dishes," that would bring the best 
 cookery, and a variety of wholesome food within 
 the reach of the working classes. Whilst staying 
 at Bodalla, a few months after the break-down of 
 the machinery put on board the Northam, Mort 
 caught cold at a funeral and after a severe illness 
 died peacefully on 9th May 1878, in his 63rd year. 
 He was buried at the beautiful homestead which 
 he had created amidst the wilds of Broulee. The 
 event inspired the whole community with sorrow. 
 At one of the most influential gatherings ever 
 
 assemblod in Sydney, it was decided to erect a 
 statue to his memory. Sufficient money was soon 
 raised and the work entrusted to Connolly of 
 Florence. The working men of Sydney also met 
 and resolved to subscribe for a memorial of their 
 own, in remembrance ssi "the greatest benefactor 
 the working classes in this country ever had." 
 Mort often wrote to the newspapers on matters of 
 general concern and was a good speaker, although 
 he avoided the platform. His sphere was rather 
 in deeds than in words, as many churches, schools, 
 public societies, charities and hundreds of grateful 
 families can testify. For a man of so much world- 
 wisdom, Mort showed remarkable confidence in the 
 integrity of others, and this with his affable 
 manners and unaffected zeal for their welfare, 
 endeared him to the large bodies of workmen 
 whom he employed. 
 
 MOUNT ELLIOT, an island at the mouth of 
 the river Hawkesbury at Broken Bay, N.S.W., 
 was so named by Governor Hunter from its simi- 
 liarity to the N. end of Gibraltar rock which bears 
 the same name. 
 
 MOUNT HOPE, in V., a hill of a singular 
 shape met with by Mitchell when he had advanced 
 about a day's journey southward from the banks 
 of the Hume and the Yarrane, and was so named 
 by him because from its brow he obtained the 
 first glimpses of that beautiful land which in his 
 enthusiasm and delight he named Australia Felix. 
 MOUNT NICHOLSON, a prominent peak of 
 Expedition Bange in N.A., was discovered by 
 Leichhardt and named after Sir Charles Nicholson. 
 It is an excellent land-mark and visible at a great 
 distance. It is near to Aldis Peak. 
 
 MOUNT P. P. KING, a pointed volcanic cone 
 in N.A., discovered by Mitchell in 1846 and named 
 after Governor King. 
 
 MUELLER (VON), Baron Ferdinand (1825—) 
 a native of Germany, emigrated to Australia in 
 1847, and from 1848 to 1852 devoted his time to 
 the practical study of botany whilst on a scientific 
 tour through the territory of S.A. In 1852 he was 
 appointed Government Botanist of V. From 1852 
 to 1855 he was engaged in exploring the colony 
 and joined as phytographic naturalist the expe- 
 dition sent out under Augustus Gregory by the 
 Duke of Newcastle to explore the river Victoria 
 and other portions of the north division of the 
 Continent. He was one of the four who reached 
 Termination Lake in 1856 and accompanied 
 Gregory's expedition overland to Moreton Bay. 
 In 1857 he accepted the directorship of the 
 Botanical Gardens at Melbourne but resigned 
 the position in 1873. He is the author of many 
 valuable works on botany ; eight volumes of his 
 Fragmenta Phytographice and two volumes of 
 Plants of Victoria have already appeared, and he 
 also contributed to Flora Australiensis of which 
 six volumes are (1879) completed. He was one 
 of the Commissioners for the Melbourne Industrial 
 Exhibitions of 1854, 1862 and 1867 ; was elected
 
 248 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Mur 
 
 Fellow of the Eoyal Society of London in 1861 ; 
 created an hereditary baron by the King of 
 Wurtemberg in 1871 ; received from Her Majesty 
 the Order of St. Michael and St. George ; and is a 
 Commander of the Order of St. Jago of Portugal 
 and of Isabella of Spain, and of the Danish Order 
 of the Dannebrog. He is also a Fellow of the 
 Royal Society. 
 
 MURCHISON RIVER, in W.A., flows into 
 Gantheaume Bay. It was named in honour of 
 Sir Roderick Murchison. 
 
 MURPHY, SIR FRANCIS (18—) came to 
 Sydney in 1836 and was appointed by Sir R. Bourke 
 on the staff of colonial surgeons. In 1847 he came 
 to V. ; in 1851 was returned for the Murray 
 Boroughs at the first election after the separation 
 of V. from N.S.W., and was chosen Chairman of 
 Committees to the first Legislative Assembly. In 
 1853 he was re-elected for the Murray Boroughs 
 and resigned the chairmanship of committees to 
 take the post of President of the Central Road 
 Board, during the tenure of which office he held 
 the position of Speaker in the Assembly during 
 the absence, on account of illness, of Dr. Palmer. 
 On the inauguration of the new Constitution he 
 was again elected for the Murray Boroughs and 
 unanimously appointed Speaker, which position 
 he held until 1871. In 1860 he was created a 
 knight bachelor. Being defeated in the following 
 electoral contest he retired for a short time from 
 political life. In 1872 he was returned for the 
 Council for the Eastern Province, which position 
 he held until 1876, when he resigned his seat and 
 went on a visit to England. 
 
 MURPHY, FRANCIS (1796-1858) was ordained 
 priest by Archbishop Murray, of Dublin, in 1826. 
 His first mission was at Bradford, Yorkshire, 
 where he laboured for three years and then took 
 charge of St. Patrick's district, Liverpool. Early 
 in 1838, hearing from Archbishop Polding the 
 great want of priests in N.S.W., he joined Dr. 
 Ullathorne and a few other priests for the mission 
 of New Holland. Shortly after his arrival Dr. 
 Ullathorne was recalled to England, and Arch- 
 bishop Polding appointed Dr. Francis Murphy to 
 succeed him as Vicar-General. In 1842 the sees of 
 Hobart Town, Adelaide and Perth were established, 
 and on 8th September 1844 Murphy was con- 
 secrated in St. Mary's Cathedral, Sydney, Bishop 
 of Adelaide. He was the first bishop consecrated 
 in New Holland. He took possession of his see 
 9th November of the same year. 
 
 MURRAY, JOHN, Lieutenant in the Royal 
 Navy, the discoverer of Port Phillip, which he 
 named Port King after the Governor of N.S.W. 
 The log of his voyage from Sydney has been dis- 
 interred from the Admiralty records by Mr. F. P. 
 Labilliere, and is printed in full in his Early 
 History of Victoria. The correct date of the dis- 
 covery is 6th January 1802. The Heads were 
 entered on the 1st or 2nd February by Bowen, 
 first mate of the Lady Nelson, who was sent round 
 
 from Western Port with five men in the launch to 
 examine the entrance. The weather was extremely 
 bad. Bowen's party lived on swans all the time 
 they were away. They saw no natives and did 
 not find any water. On Monday 15th February 
 at noon the Lady Nelson sailed into the new and 
 splendid port. Murray notes : — " The southern 
 shore of this noble harbour is bold high land in 
 general, and not clothed at all as the land of 
 Western Port is with thick brush but with stout 
 trees of various kinds, and in some places falls 
 nothing short in beauty and appearance from 
 Greenwich Park." He named Arthur's Seat, found 
 plenty of swans and pelicans ; landed at Point 
 Palmer, where he saw some native huts and a few 
 parrots ; and after walking through the bush for a 
 couple of miles returned to the ship. On Wednes- 
 day some natives were seen to whom some trifling 
 presents were made and " a friendly intercourse 
 took place with dancing on both sides." But in 
 spite of all this an encounter took place, the 
 natives making a treacherous attack on the party. 
 On Monday 8th March the party landed, hoisted 
 the national colours, fired three volleys of small 
 arms and artillery, and formally took possession 
 of Port Phillip in the name of His Majesty King 
 George III. On the 11th the Lady Nelson once 
 more put out to sea and anchored in Port Jackson 
 on the 24th. What became of Lieutenant Murray 
 and his first mate Bowen is not known. Yet these 
 two men were to all intents and purposes the 
 founders of the Colony of Victoria. 
 
 MURRAY RIVER (or Millewa) divides 
 N.S.W. from V. It was so called by Sturt in 
 compliment to Sir George Murray who then pre- 
 sided over the Colonial Department. This river 
 takes its rise in the Australian Alps at Forest Hill. 
 It flows in a N. direction for about sixty miles to 
 where it receives the waters of the Cudgewong 
 Creek, and thence N.W. for the remainder of its 
 course along the N. boundary. Measured circuit- 
 ously it has a course of about 1500 miles along the 
 border of the colony, and its width from Albury ■ 
 to the Campaspe at summer level varies from 200 
 to 240 feet ; it is supplied above the junction of 
 the Mitta Mitta to its source by permanent 
 streams from the Australian Alps which convey 
 spring water from the primitive rocks constantly, 
 and melted snow for three months in the year. 
 Below the junction of the Goulburn the Murray 
 does not receive any tributary waters from the 
 Victorian side during the dry season. It falls 
 into the sea in S.A. and is navigated by small 
 steamers as high up as Albury on the N.S.W. 
 bank. It was first ascended by Captain Cadell on 
 the 27th August 1853. The upper portion flows 
 amidst high rocky cliffs, particularly near its 
 source, where the celebrated Murray Gates (a 
 perpendicular chasm in the mountains) overhang 
 the stream 3000 feet. The lower portion however 
 has muddy banks and rapidly-flowing turbid 
 water. In the N.W. districts watered by the 
 Murray the myall grows abundantly, as does. also
 
 Mur-Nel] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 249 
 
 the wattle, a Lard, heavy wood, which is good for 
 the manufacture of ornamental furniture. The 
 mallee scrub a small tree whose roots spread 
 horizontally and retain water, often found useful 
 for travellers, and the quondong or native peach, 
 are also plentiful. The Murray is fed on its 
 Victorian side by the Lindsay, Loddon, Campaspe, 
 Goulburn, Ovens, Mitta Mitta and Limestone 
 Rivera, and by numerous creeks. It waters the 
 Murray, Loddon and Wimmera districts and flows 
 past the following towns in V. : — Swan Hill, 
 Ecliuca, Wahgunyah and Wodonga. The lower 
 part of the river, known as the Goolwa or Lower 
 Murray, is a narrow arm of Lake Alexandrina, 
 separating the mainland from the sandy island 
 known as Hind marsh Island. It is however 
 navigable, and the channel which the Murray 
 steamers use. Most of the land lying along the 
 river banks is reserved for agricultural purposes, 
 although taken up under pastoral leases at short 
 dates. The sea mouth of the Murray may be 
 recognised by Barker's Knoll, the first bare sand- 
 hill of any elevation to the eastward of Encounter 
 Bay. This extraordinary sand-hill which is ever- 
 changing in its form and appearance according to 
 the prevailing winds, and is fast receding to the 
 eastward, is about ninety feet high, and forms the 
 eastern side of the entrance of the Murray ; the 
 western side being the termination of the low 
 sand-hills of Sir Richard's peninsula. 
 
 MURRAY, TERENCE AUBREY (1810— 1873) 
 came to N.S.W. in 1827. In 1833 he was gazetted 
 a magistrate. In this capacity he proved himself 
 very active with Mr. Waddy commander of the 
 mounted police in repressing bushranging. In 
 1843 he was elected for the representation of 
 Murray, King and Georgiana, and continued to 
 sit till the enlarged Constitution of 1856 was 
 passed when he was elected for Argyle to the 
 Legislative Assembly, in which he sat until 1862 
 when he was appointed a Member of the Upper 
 House. In 1857 he was made Minister of Lands 
 and Works ; in 1860 was made Speaker of the 
 Assembly, and in 1862 President of the Council. 
 In 1869 he received the honour of knighthood. 
 
 MURRUMBIDGEE RIVER, in N.S.W;, has 
 its origin in the western ridge of the dividing 
 range of mountains in the district of Menaroo, 
 about 250 miles S.W. of the City of Sydney, at a 
 distance of about eighty miles from the sea. The 
 Murrumbidgee pursues a long and tortuous course 
 for upwards of 600 miles without deriving the 
 slightest increase from the country it waters. It 
 falls in a low level ; the hills of sandstone rock 
 which give a picturesque appearance to the land 
 on its banks disappear higher up the stream, and 
 Hats of alluvial deposit occupy their place. It 
 expands in the marshes of the Lachlan, the two 
 rivers uniting, flowing to the westward and joining 
 the Murray. This river traverses a great extent 
 of fine country adapted for pastoral settlement, 
 and is now occupied along its entire course by 
 sheep and cattle stations. 
 
 MUSGRAVE, SIR ANTHONY (18-) was in 
 1850 Private Secretary to the Governor of the 
 Leeward Islands ; was then appointed Treasury 
 Accountant in Antigua and afterwards Colonial 
 Secretary; in 1860 was made Governor of St. Nevis 
 and in 1861 was promoted to St. Vincent. In 1864 
 he was removed to Newfoundland and from there 
 in 1869 was made Governor of British Columbia. 
 He was then appointed Governor of Natal, and on 
 Sir James Fergusson being removed to N.Z. in 
 1873 was made Governor of S.A., which appoint- 
 ment he held until 1877. 
 
 1ST 
 
 NAHE, HOANI (1833—) a native member of 
 the Cabinet of N.Z., belongs to the Ngatimaru 
 tribe. He was taught his primary education by 
 Mr. Green, missionary catechist, and afterwards by 
 the Rev. Mr. Dudley. He w T as then removed 
 to St. John's College, Auckland, and placed 
 under Archdeacons Abrahams and Lloyd and Mr. 
 Greenwood. Not liking college discipline he ran 
 away and reached home. Bishop Selwyn however 
 had him brought back to college, where he acquired 
 a good English education. He took honours in 
 arithmetic and first prize for general knowledge. 
 It was intended that lie should take orders, but he 
 had no taste for theological studies. From his 
 first entry into Parliament, where he represents the 
 Western Maori district, he was a firm supporter of 
 Sir George Grey. His education enables him to 
 speak fluently and intelligently on all subjects 
 before the House. He is very astute, and his 
 behaviour does no discredit to the high office 
 bestowed upon him. 
 
 NARRAN SWAMP, a large swamp and river 
 of N.S.W., discovered by Mitchell in 1846. It is 
 situated twenty-six miles beyond the river Darling ; 
 the Narran River terminates in this extensive 
 swamp. Along the banks of this river the grass 
 is of the best description, growing on plains or in 
 open forests well adapted for cattle stations. 
 
 NEILD, JAMES EDWARD(1824— ) journalist, 
 studied at University College, London, and passed 
 his examination in 1848. In 1853 he came to V. ; 
 in 1855 he first began to write for the Age, and in 
 1857 for the Examiner under the signature of 
 " Christopher Sly." When the Australasian was 
 started he wrote for it under the signature of 
 " Jaques," and with some slight intermission has 
 continued to contribute to the Argus and Austral- 
 asian up to this time. Dr. Neild is a journalist 
 of first-class reputation and as a theatrical critic 
 stands unrivalled. He is also lecturer on Medical 
 Jurisprudence at the Melbourne University. He 
 is a man of singularly rich and varied intellectual 
 qualifications. 
 
 NELSON CAPE, the southernmost extreme of 
 the county of Normanby, V., was named by Lieu- 
 tenant Grant after his ship Lady Xelscm, 
 
 12
 
 250 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Nep— New 
 
 NEPEAN BAY, in S.A., is a wide opening on 
 the N. coast of Kangaroo Island lying between 
 Marsden Point and Cape St. Albans. It contains 
 Kingscote Harbour, and at its S. end is a shallow 
 channel leading into the Pelican Lagoon. Flinders 
 discovered this fine bay on the 20th May 1802 and 
 named it after Sir E. Nepean of the Admiralty. 
 
 NEPEAN POINT, in V., is a peninsula stretch- 
 ing from Cape Schanck on the E. to Port Phillip 
 Heads on the W. It is about twenty miles long 
 and is bounded on the N. by the shores of Port 
 Phillip and on the S. by Bass Strait. About 
 eight miles E. from the Heads near the Sisters 
 (two points of land so named) is remarkable as 
 being the place at which Collins landed on the 
 16th October 1803 and attempted to form a settle- 
 ment ; the line of streets as then marked out are 
 still visible in several places ; here it was that 
 Buckley made his escape. The nearest mountain 
 is Arthur's Seat twenty miles E. from the Heads. 
 The quarantine station of V. is situated at the W. 
 extremity of Point Nepean. It was named by 
 Flinders after Sir Evan Nepean. 
 
 NEWCASTLE, the principal shipping port on 
 the northern coast of N.S.W., the amount of 
 its tonnage being little below that of Sydney, 
 from which it is distant about seventy-five miles 
 N. During 1877 1065 vessels entered inwards 
 and 1328 vessels cleared outwards. It is situated 
 at the mouth of the river Hunter, on the S. bank, 
 and has many advantages for the shipment of 
 coal, of which it is the emporium. The entrance 
 to the harbour is dangerous in stormy weather and 
 several disastrous wrecks have from time to time 
 occurred. The construction of the Southern Break- 
 water will it is believed reduce the risk. The 
 latest wreck was the City of Neivcastle steamer in 
 September 1878, fortunately without loss of life. 
 Nearly all the produce of the Hunter Kiver district 
 finds its way to Newcastle for shipment ; but the 
 chief article of shipment is coal of which enormous 
 quantities are exported, now averaging 1,000,000 
 tons annually. In 1877 the output of the collieries 
 was 1,261,213 tons valued at .£711,172 17s. Id. It 
 is considered that the seams at present being 
 worked contain enough coal to keep up that rate 
 of production for 512 years. Previous to 1845 only 
 one mine and one shoot were in work, now there 
 are sixteen seams of coal varying in thickness from 
 five to twelve feet (the Greta coal seam is 21$ feet 
 thick) being worked in Newcastle or the immediate 
 neighbourhood. These give employment to about 
 2700 miners who are able to conduct their opera- 
 tions with considerable freedom from the dangers 
 which beset English pitmen ; explosions from fire- 
 damp being, until a few years ago, when a fatal 
 accident occurred, unknown. The deepest pits 
 are about 200 feet, some of them are worked by 
 adits or tunnels. The machinery for loading vessels 
 is very complete, consisting of eight steam cranes 
 and four shoots belonging to Government, five 
 shoots belonging to the A. A. Company, and two 
 
 shoots belonging to the Waratah Company, the 
 estimated capabilities of all being 11,400 tons per 
 day ; and these are being considerably increased 
 by the works on Bullock Island Dyke. A dock 
 for the accommodation of shipping is also being 
 made ; it will cover an area of ninety acres. The 
 accommodation for berthing vessels has been 
 largely increased ; there are now about five miles 
 of wharf frontage. The principal companies are 
 the Australian Agricultural, Co-operative, Walls- 
 end, Lambton, Waratah, Duckenfield, Minmi, New 
 Lambton, Greta, Anvil Creek, Newcastle and 
 Australasian. Several of the pits belonging to 
 these companies are connected by private lines 
 with the Great Northern Railway. Newcastle is 
 well laid out and has considerably improved of 
 late years, most of the principal streets now being 
 paved and lighted with gas. The ground upon 
 which the town is situated rises rather steeply 
 from the sea and some portions of the town are 
 therefore considerably elevated, a fact to which it 
 owes its comparatively low rate of sickness and 
 mortality. At Stockton on the northern side of 
 the harbour is a patent slip upon which vessels of 
 large tonnage can be taken up for repairs. The 
 Great Northern Railway has its starting point 
 here and connects Newcastle with the northern 
 towns as far as Tamworth. Newcastle was erected 
 into a municipality on 7th June 1859. The popu- 
 lation is about 8000 ; including the seamen of the 
 various ships it is nearly 1 1,000. Around Newcastle 
 there is much land under cultivation principally for 
 maize and lucerne. The native name of Newcastle 
 is Mulubinba. It was formerly called King's Town, 
 and the Hunter River the Coal River. 
 
 NEW ENGLAND is the name given to a 
 pastoral district in a vast tract of grazing country 
 in N.S.W., discovered by Oxley in 1818. It lies in 
 the N.E. part of the colony, and is traversed by 
 the great Dividing Range. It forms an immense 
 table-land at an elevation of about 3000 feet above 
 sea-level, and has an area of 13,100 square miles. 
 The climate is genial, but in winter rather severe, 
 frost, snow and sleet occurring, particularly on 
 the mountains, Ben Lomond, <tc, and much of the 
 soil is well adapted for agriculture. It contains 
 several gold diggings. 
 
 NEW GUINEA, the great island lying to the 
 north of the Australian continent, is the largest 
 island on our globe. It has of late years been 
 visited by many exploring expeditions and parties 
 of adventurous gold-seekers ; and the probability 
 of its being yet colonised by Australians and 
 annexed, at least in part, to the British Crown, 
 gives it extreme importance to the Australian 
 colonists. New Guinea lies wholly to the south of 
 the equator, extending between 0° 22' and 10° 42' 
 S. lat, and between 130' 50' and 150' 50' E. long. 
 Its extreme length according to the latest maps is 
 1490 miles, and its greatest breadth about 410 
 miles. Its area is about 300,000 statute miles, so 
 that it is very considerably larger than Borneo,
 
 New] 
 
 OYOLOPiEDTA OP AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 251 
 
 which has generally been thought to exceed it, and 
 undoubtedly holds the first place among the 
 islands of the globe. The form of New Guinea is 
 very irregular, but it has a large compact central 
 mass, with great prolongations at both extremities. 
 Its extensive north-western peninsula, formed by 
 the deep inlet of Great Geelvink Bay on the north, 
 is again almost cut into two portions by the deep 
 and narrow MacCluer's Inlet on the west coast. 
 The western extremity terminates in the two head- 
 lands called respectively Cape Spencer and English 
 Cape (by the natives Tanjong Ram and Tanjong 
 Sele) between which lies the large island of 
 Salwatty, separated from the mainland by the 
 island-strewn Galewo Straits. The southern exten- 
 sion is somewhat more elongated, terminating in a 
 kind of fork ; the northern portion very narrow, 
 forming East Cape, the southern more rounded 
 and named North Foreland, which is separated by 
 China Straits from a group of islands of which 
 the chief are Basilisk and Moresby Islands. Gener- 
 ally the outline is tolerably even, but there are a 
 good many inlets, bays, and harbours in various 
 parts of its extensive coasts. The best known are 
 Dorey Harbour, Humboldt Bay, Astrolabe Bay, 
 Huon Gulf, Collingwood Bay, and and Goodenough 
 Bay, on the north ; Milne Bay at the south-eastern 
 extremity ; Hood's Bay, Port Moresby, Redscar 
 Bay, Hall Sound, and the estuary of the Fly River 
 to the east of Torres Straits, with Triton Bay, 
 Kamrau Bay, and Van Goens Bay, on the west 
 coast of the northern peninsula. There are also 
 numerous islands all round the coast, which afford 
 shelter, and to some extent supply the want of 
 harbours. 
 
 Physical Features.— This great island appears 
 to be divided into a northern and southern moun- 
 tainous portion, with a vast extent of lowlands in 
 its centre ; but far too little is yet known to enable 
 us to determine whether these lowlands extend 
 quite across to the Pacific Ocean. The massive 
 peninsula north of MacCluer's Inlet appears to be 
 everywhere mountainous, a continuous series of 
 range behind range extending along the north 
 coast, culminating to the south of Dorey Harbour 
 in Mount Arfak, from 9000 to 10,000 feet high. 
 A considerable river enters the sea to the east of 
 Tanjong Ram, and is said to rise in the Arfak 
 mountains. In the narrow isthmus at the head of 
 the MacCluer Inlet there is a ridge about 1200 
 feet high, and the whole of the peninsula south of 
 the inlet appears to be equally mountainous. When 
 we pass into the great central mass of land to the 
 south and east of Geelvink Bay, the mountain 
 ranges increase in altitude. On the south coast, 
 east of Lakahia Island, are the Charles Louis 
 Mountains, beginning at Tanjong Bum with a 
 height of nearly 5000 feet, and increasing to the 
 eastward, till about 136° E. long, they reach a 
 height of 9500 feet. They then stretch further 
 inland in an easterly direction ; but their summits 
 have been seen in fine weather apparently snow- 
 covered, and their height has been estimated at 
 
 17,000 or 18,000 feet, by far the loftiest summits 
 in the archipelago, and even in the whole space 
 between the Himalayas and the Andes. This 
 great range appears to run approximately along 
 the fourth parallel of latitude, and it may thus 
 merge into the northern coast range of mountains. 
 That it does not extend farther south is proved by 
 the fact of the Fly River having been ascended to 
 lat. 4° 30', more than half-way across the island, 
 in a low country, with but very small hills. Every- 
 where on the S. of the island W. of Torres Straits the 
 coast is low and swampy and no hills are visible ; 
 a striking contrast to the N. coast which appears 
 to be everywhere hilly except at Point D'Urville 
 in long. 138°, where a great river delta breaks 
 the line of uplands. Passing through Torres Straits 
 to long. 144° hills commence, and soon increase 
 into a fine mountain range with Mount Yule 
 10,040 feet high in long. 147° 30', and Mount 
 Owen Stanley 13,205 feet high about sixty miles 
 farther S. and forty miles inland from Port Moresby. 
 This range continues in a series of peaks of 10,000, 
 8000, 11,000, 9000 and 6000 feet to the extremity 
 of the island, where it terminates in the North 
 Foreland about 1800 feet high. On the N. the 
 hills are not so high but they seem everywhere to 
 approach the shore, and give indications of a 
 mountainous interior. 
 
 Early History.— New Guinea has been an 
 object of curiosity to the civilised world from a 
 period of remote antiquity, and was probably well- 
 known to the mariners of the time of Ptolemy. 
 During the maritime inactivity of the Middle Ages 
 however it relapsed into oblivion, and it was not 
 till the early part of the sixteenth century that it 
 again emerged into notice. The first to penetrate 
 the veil of obscurity which enveloped it for so 
 many generations was Don Jorges Menenis, a 
 Portuguese sailor who visited the country in 1526. 
 He was proceeding from Malacca to the Moluccas, 
 and encountering a storm was driven out of his 
 course and had to seek shelter in a bay on the N. 
 of the island, where he remained a month to refit 
 his vessel. He called the country Papua on account 
 of the frizzled hair of the inhabitants ; and the 
 island first appears under that name in a chart 
 published at Venice by Tramezini in 1554. In 
 1528 Alvarez Saavedra followed in the wake of his 
 countryman Menenis, and believing that the vast 
 region abounded in the precious metals bestowed 
 on it the magnificent title of Isla del Oro. In 
 1545 Inigo de Retz a Spaniard traced the northern 
 coast for 240 miles, and gave the land the name it 
 still retains from some resemblance he fancied it 
 bore to Guinea on the African coast. The next 
 visitor was Torres, another distinguished Spanish 
 navigator, who in 1606 examined the southern coast 
 for many hundred miles in the sloop Almiranta, 
 on his way from the New Hebrides to Manilla. 
 He describes the natives as " dark in colour, naked 
 except having some clothing round the middle, and 
 armed with clubs and darts ornamented with tufts 
 of feathers." Torres was succeeded by Schouten in
 
 252 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 the Dutch ship Unity in 1616, when several volcanoes 
 were discovered in the island. Schouten landed 
 in search of food, and venturing into the interior 
 found plenty of cocoanuts growing in the forests. 
 In 1643 Abel Tasman, the greatest of all the Dutch 
 explorers, visited the island and minutely examined 
 a portion of the coast. " The west point of New 
 Guinea," he informs us, " is a remarkable broken 
 hilly land ; the coast is full of turnings with 
 innumerable bays and islands near it ; and the 
 currents in many places are as strong as the tide 
 before the pier-head at Flushing. On New Year's 
 Day 1700, the British adventurer Dampier in an 
 old leaky vessel called the Roebitch sighted the 
 shores of New Guinea, and did not conclude his 
 investigations until he had completely circum- 
 navigated it. "It is high even land," he says, 
 " very well clothed with tall flourishing trees which 
 appeared very green and gave us a very pleasant 
 prospect. Before night the men brought on board 
 several sorts of fruits that they found in the 
 woods such as I never saw before. One of our 
 crew killed a stately land-fowl as big as the largest 
 English goose ; it was of a sky colour ; on the 
 crown it had a large bunch of feathers which 
 appeared very pretty ; his bill was like a pigeon's, 
 and he had strong legs and feet. It lays an egg 
 as big as a large hen's egg, for our men climbed 
 the tree where it nested and brought off one egg. 
 They reported that the trees were large, tall and 
 very thick, and that they saw no sign of inhabitants. 
 Next day I sent the boatswain ashore a-fishing and 
 at one haul he caught 352 mackerels and twenty 
 other fishes. I sent also the gunner and chief 
 mate to search for a convenient anchoring near a 
 watering place ; by night they brought word that 
 they had found a fine stream of good water, where 
 the boat could come close to, and it was very easy 
 to be filled, and that the ship might anchor as 
 close to it as I pleased ; so I went thither." For 
 many days Dampier continued to cruise among the 
 innumerable little islands that lie around the 
 coast of New Guinea. The savages were friendly 
 in their demeanour ; their ornaments were blue and 
 yellow beads worn at the wrists ; they were armed 
 with bows and arrows, lances, and clubs ; they 
 excelled in the use of the oar, and their mode of 
 catching fish was very ingenious. " They have a 
 piece of wood shaped like a dolphin ; this they 
 lower into the water, and when it is down far 
 enough they haul it up very fast ; the fish rise up 
 after the figure, and the savages stand ready to 
 strike them when they appear. But their chief 
 livelihood is from their plantations, yet they have 
 large boats and carry slaves and parrots to Goram 
 where they get calico in exchange." Dampier 
 doubled Cape Maho the western extremity of New 
 Guinea on 9th February, and eighteen days later 
 was on the eastern side of the island. "The 
 mainland at this place," he continues, "is high 
 and mountainous, adorned with tall flourishing 
 trees ; the sides of the hills had many large plan- 
 tations and patches of clear land which together 
 
 with the smoke we saw, were certain signs of its 
 being well inhabited." The natives approached 
 the Boebticl- in great numbers with an air of friend- 
 ship, but the treachery of their intentions was 
 suspected and defeated. " The natives began to 
 fling stones at us as fast as they could, being pro- 
 vided with engines for that purpose, wherefore I 
 named this place Slingers Bay ; at the firing of one 
 gun they were all amazed, drew off and flung no 
 more stones." The adventurers shortly afterwards 
 touched at another small island densely peopled and 
 covered with sunny hills crowded with plantations. 
 Dampier thus concludes his description of the 
 New Guinea natives :— " They are very black ; 
 their short hair is dyed of various colours — red, 
 white and yellow ; they have broad round faces 
 with great bottle noses, yet agreeable enough 
 except that they disfigure themselves by painting 
 and wearing great things through their noses as 
 big as a man's thumb and about four inches long. 
 They have also great holes in their ears wherein 
 they stuff such ornaments as in their noses." 
 Dampier still continued his course, and having at 
 length circumnavigated the two large islands of 
 New Britain and New Ireland, by the end of 
 March again made the shores of New Guinea near 
 the N. E. cape, which he named King William's 
 Cape. He adds :— " The E. part of New Guinea 
 is high and mountainous ending on the N.E. with 
 a large promontory, which I named King William's 
 Cape in honour of his present Majesty William III. 
 We saw some smoke on it and leaving it on our 
 larboard side steered away near the E. land, which 
 ends with two remarkable capes or heads distant 
 from each other about six or seven leagues ; within 
 each head were two very remarkable mountains 
 ascending very gradually from the sea side, which 
 afforded a very pleasant and agreeable prospect. 
 The mountains and lower land were pleasantly 
 mixed with wood-land and savannahs, the trees 
 appeared very green and flourishing, and the 
 savannahs seemed to be very smooth and even ; 
 no meadow in England appears more green in the 
 spring than these. We saw smoke but did not 
 strive to anchor here, but rather chose to get under 
 one of the islands (where I thought I should 
 find few or no inhabitants,) that I might repair 
 my pinnace, which was so crazy that I could not 
 venture ashore anywhere with her. As we stood 
 over to the islands we looked out very well to the 
 N. but could see no land that way, by which I was 
 well assured that we were got through, and that 
 this E. land does not join to New Guinea, there- 
 fore I named it Nova Britannia. The N.W. cape 
 I called Cape Glocester, and the S.W. point Cape 
 Anne ; and the N.W. mountain, which is very 
 remarkable, I called Mount Glocester." In 1767 
 Philip Carteret, in the Swallow, visited New 
 Guinea and gave the name St. George's Channel 
 to the passage which separates it from New Britain. 
 In June 1768 M. de Bougainville, with two vessels 
 La Boudeuse and L'Etoile, after the unexpected 
 disci ivery of some detached reefs about 150 miles ott'
 
 New] 
 
 rYC'LoPyRDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 253 
 
 the E. coast of A., steered northward until he made 
 the S. coast of New Guinea, he then worked to wind- 
 ward along this new land (as it was then supposed 
 to be) until he doubled its eastern point, to which 
 the significant name of Cape Deliverance was 
 given. The Gulf of the Louisiade was the name 
 given to the space thus traversed by these vessels. 
 Up to the date of Cook's discovery of N.S.W. in 
 1770 it was generally believed that New Guinea 
 was part of New Holland. In the chart of 
 De Bougainville New Holland and New Guinea 
 are united. The result of Cook's investigations 
 however confirmed the previously reported exis- 
 tence of the straits which divide the two countries, 
 which were first discovered by the Spanish navi- 
 gator Torres in 1606. The distance between Cape 
 York and the coast of New Guinea is about 100 
 miles and the intervening sea, owing to the pro- 
 tection afforded by the barrier reefs and the 
 numerous islands to the eastward, is almost as 
 smooth as a mill pond. No part of the 
 island has ever been in the permanent occupation 
 of any civilised power, although the Dutch 
 appear to have made some attempts to 
 take possession of more than one part of the 
 coast. Two years afterwards Captain Cook in 
 the Endeavour passed through Torres Straits and 
 permitted his crew to land at several places along 
 the shore of New Guinea. " For the last few 
 days," says the illustrious explorer, "we had early 
 in the morning a slight breeze from the shore, 
 which was strongly impregnated with the fragrance 
 of the trees, shrubs and herbage that covered it, 
 the smell being something like that of Gum 
 Benjamin. Having landed we came to a grove of 
 cocoanut trees which stood upon the banks of a 
 little brook of water. When we had advanced 
 about a quarter of a mile from the boat, three 
 savages rushed out of the woods with a hideous 
 shout, and as they ran towards us the foremost 
 threw something out of his hand, which flew on 
 one side of him and burnt exactly like gunpowder 
 but made no report ; the other two instantly threw 
 their lances at us ; and as no time was now to be lost 
 we discharged our pieces which were loaded with 
 small shot. All this while they were shouting 
 defiance and letting off their fires at us. What 
 these fires were, or for what purpose intended, we 
 could not imagine ; those who discharged them 
 had in their hands a short piece of stick, probably 
 a hollow cane, which they swung sideways from 
 them and we immediately saw fire and smoke 
 exactly resembling those of a musket and of no 
 longer duration. This wonderful phenomenon 
 was observed from the ship and the deception was 
 so great that the people on board thought they had 
 firearms. The place where this occurred, like every 
 other part of the coast on this side is low, but 
 covered with a luxuriance of wood and herbage 
 that can scarcely be conceived. We saw the 
 cocoanut, the bread-fruit and the plaintain-tree, all 
 flourishing in a state of the highest perfection, 
 besides most of the trees, shrubs and plants that 
 
 are common to the South Sea Islands, N.Z. and 
 Australia." The British East India Company had 
 for many years been anxious to introduce the 
 cultivation of the nutmeg into their possessions, 
 but it was not till 1774 that they resolved to 
 carry their project into execution. A vessel called 
 the Tartar galley was equipped at Balambangan, 
 a little isle to the north of Borneo, to proceed to 
 New Guinea and obtain specimens of the nutmeg 
 plant. The control of the expedition was confided 
 to Thomas Forrest, an officer of high repute in the 
 Indian navy and a man of great energy, experience 
 and judgment. The little vessel was manned 
 almost exclusively by Malays, but among the crew 
 were two English sailors. Captain Forrest was 
 fortunate enough to secure the services of an 
 adventurer, named Tuan Hadjee, who knew the 
 coast of New Guinea well and was acquainted 
 with all the dialects spoken in the Eastern Archi- 
 pelago. Under the pilotage of this veteran, the 
 nutmeg-seekers quitted Balambangan on 9th 
 November 1774 and on the last week of the follow- 
 ing January were at anchor in a New Guinea bay. 
 " I perceived many clear spots on the hills which 
 were nearest the shore, with ascending smoke," 
 says Forrest. " Tuan Hadjee told me these were 
 the plantations of the Horaforas, or people who 
 lived inland and cidtivated the ground. While 
 anchored in Dorey harbour many Papuans came 
 on board ; all of them wore their hair bushed out 
 so much round their heads that its circumference 
 measured three feet and in this they stuck their 
 comb, consisting of four orfive long divergingteeth." 
 He thus describes the habits of the natives : — "We 
 anchored close to one of their great houses, which 
 is built on posts fixed several yards below low 
 water mark, so that the tenement is always below 
 low water. The tenement contains many families, 
 who live in cabins on each side of a wide com- 
 mon hall that goes through the middle of it, and 
 has two doors, one opening towards the sea and 
 the other towards the land. The married people, 
 unmarried women, and children live in these large 
 tenements. A few yards away are built, in still 
 deeper water and on stronger posts, houses where 
 only bachelors live. This is like the custom of the 
 Battaks of Sumatra and the Moroots of Borneo, 
 where, I am told, the bachelors are separated from 
 the young women and the married people. At 
 Dorey there were two tenements of this kind, in 
 one of which there were fourteen cabins, seven 
 on a side ; and in the other twelve, six on a side. 
 In the common hall I saw the women sometimes 
 making mats, at other times forming pieces of clay 
 into earthern pots, which they burned with dry 
 grass or light brushwood. The men in general 
 wore a thin stuff that comes from the cocoanut 
 tree, and resembles a coarse kind of cloth tied 
 forward round the middle and up behind between 
 the thighs. The women wore in general coarse 
 blue Surat baftas round the middle, not as a petti- 
 coat, but tucked behind like the men ; the children 
 went entirely naked. I have often observed the
 
 254 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New- 
 
 women with an axe chopping wood, whilst the 
 men were sauntering about idle. Early in the 
 mornings I have seen the men setting out in their 
 boats with a few fox-looking dogs for certain places 
 to hunt the wild hog." In 1791 Captain Edwards 
 visited New Guinea in H.M.S. Pandora, shortly 
 before the wreck of that ship on the Great Barrier 
 Eeef of Australia. Bampton and Alt visited the 
 island in 1793. The Dutch navigators from time 
 to time sailed along the shores of the island, and 
 some knowledge of the coast was obtained ; but not 
 a single attempt was made to penetrate the interior. 
 The earliest attempt at settlement in New Guinea 
 by Europeans of which there is any record was 
 made by Captain Steenboom of the Dutch ship 
 Triton, who in 1828 took possession in the name 
 of the Dutch Government of all the territory 
 from 141° E. long, westward to the sea. He built 
 a fort at a place he called Triton Bay in the N.W., 
 the scenery around which was very beautiful ; but 
 the alleged rankness of the vegetation caused the 
 place to be so unhealthy that after a few years 
 the settlement had to be abandoned. A Dutch 
 gentleman at Macassar however told Wallace that 
 the officer in charge of this settlement, finding the 
 life there insufferably monotonous, killed the 
 cattle and other live stock, and reported that they 
 had died and that the place was unhealthy and the 
 natives intractable. During these voyages a con- 
 siderable number of men belonging to the several 
 ships were murdered by the natives, who have 
 hence acquired an exceptionally bad reputation. 
 But the narratives of many of the voyagers show 
 ample reason for such treatment. Very often the 
 Papuans were fired at because they appeared 
 armed to resist the landing of a boat's crew ; at 
 other times their houses were entered in their 
 absence, or cocoa-nut trees cut clown — both acts 
 of open hostility in the eyes of all these people. 
 The Malays and Goram men, who from time 
 immemorial have traded on the south-west coast 
 of New Guinea, have often attacked the natives 
 and carried away their women and children as 
 slaves ; and it is on this very coast that most of 
 the massacres of ship's crews have occurred. In 
 1835 the commander of another Dutch ship sur- 
 veyed what was then called the River Doorga, 
 finding it to be a strait ninety miles long, separat- 
 ing Frederick Henry Island from the south-west 
 mainland. The south-eastern coastsof New Guinea 
 have been mostly surveyed by British ships. In 
 1843 Captain Blackwood, in H.M.S.i<Y?/, discovered 
 the river named after that ship. Little or no 
 further information relative to the place was 
 given until Stanley in H.M.S. Rattlesnake ran 
 along the coast and made a rough survey of a por- 
 tion of it. In doing so he marked off one mountain 
 which he estimated at 13,205 feet in height, and 
 fifteen others, eight of which reached an altitude 
 of over 7000 feet. He describes the coast natives 
 as living in huts built on stages, constructed on 
 piles, for the purpose as he supposed of prevent- 
 ing the attacks of snakes and other venomous 
 
 reptiles. The aborigines were tolerably friendly 
 and ready to barter. The use of firearms they did 
 not understand, at first imagining the muskets of the 
 party to be utensils for carrying water. The length 
 of the island he estimated to be about 1200 miles, 
 and its breadth about 150 miles. In common with 
 all others who had visited it Stanley describes the 
 country to be a most magnificent one, growing pro- 
 fusely the most valuable products of the Moluccas. 
 It was not till 1873 that Captain Moresby in 
 H.M.S. Basilisk determined the form of the south- 
 eastern extremity, and thus completed our know- 
 ledge of the external form and dimensions of New 
 Guinea. 
 
 Exploration. — Till the present century nothing 
 was really known about New Guinea and its pro- 
 ductions, excepting that its inhabitants were 
 negroes, and that it produced beautiful " Birds of 
 Paradise." The French naturalist Lesson was the 
 first European who visited the island with a scien- 
 tific object, in the surveying ship Coquille, about 
 1824 ; but he only stayed a few days, and made 
 but scanty collections. Other discovery ships, 
 both French and Dutch, with naturalists on board, 
 touched at several points on the coast, and obtained 
 samples of the productions of the country. In 
 1858 Wallace visited Dorey, on the north-east 
 co#st, and remained there with four Malay servants 
 for three and a-half months ; and this was the 
 first time that any European had ventured to 
 reside alone and practically unprotected on the 
 mainland of the country. Extensive collections 
 of birds and insects were made ; but it was not 
 found practicable to penetrate more than a few 
 miles inland. Three years afterwards, therefore, 
 in 1861 he sent his assistant Charles Allen to 
 Sorong, near the north-western extremity, and he 
 succeeded in penetrating about fifteen or twenty 
 miles inland to a mountainous village, where he 
 stayed a month, and thus proved the possibility of 
 living in safety among these much-dreaded savages. 
 We next come to the bold and successful exploit 
 of Dr. Micklucho Maclay, who in September 1871 
 landed at Astrolabe Bay on the north-east coast, 
 with only two servants, a Swede and a Polynesian, 
 and remained there for fifteen months, for the sole 
 purpose of studying the native inhabitants in a 
 place where they had no communication whatever 
 with Europeans. The Polynesian died and the 
 doctor and his Swedish servant were found ill and 
 nearly starved when visited by a Russian vessel 
 fifteen months later. Next in time, as in import- 
 ance, are the explorations of two Italian natura- 
 lists, Dr. Beccari and Signor D'Albertis in 1872. 
 The account of his adventures and discoveries in 
 NewGuinea has been publishedbySignorD'Albertis 
 in two handsome volumes, beautifully illustrated. 
 He fell in with the Italian surveying ship Victor 
 Pisani, which carried a distiguished Italian expedi- 
 tion. No white man had as yet penetrated so far into 
 the interior of the country as he has done, or seen so 
 much of the natives. He lived for several periods 
 of many months together entirely among them, in
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 255 
 
 various parts of the island, and he regarded them 
 with the liveliest interest, observing all their 
 habits, ways and physical peculiarities with extra- 
 ordinary minuteness, and being greatly assisted by 
 a wonderful aptitude for picking up their lan- 
 guages. Nothing seems to have escaped his 
 attention, from the most important to the most 
 trivial features of their lives and personal appear- 
 ance, and he gives several curious measurements 
 of the heads and stature of the different tribes. 
 He made numerous and valuable collections, which 
 are all deposited in the museum at Genoa. He 
 collected an immense number of birds, many of 
 hitherto unknown species, which will henceforth 
 bear the name of the discoverer. The beasts, fishes, 
 and plants of the country were likewise closely 
 studied by Signor D'Albertis, and an annotated 
 catalogue of the latter was drawn up by Dr. Beccari. 
 The pluck, patience, and perseverance of the 
 explorer seemed only to grow with the difficulties 
 which he had to encounter and the obstacles which 
 he had to overthrow ; his sufferings wrung no 
 complaints from him, and he merely records them 
 in his simple matter-of-fact manner among the 
 facts and incidents of the time, and as affording 
 an insight into the ideas and ways of the natives 
 in view of such circumstances. For the dimly- 
 known great island he had a sort of fascinated 
 attachment, due to some extent to the admiration 
 and emulation with which Wallace's books had 
 inspired him. Again and again he recurs to that 
 phrase "Wallace's rare birds of Paradise," as 
 though a charm were in it, and even when he is 
 obliged to admit that the Papuan Paradise has 
 some drawbacks — serpents among the number — 
 he still glories in the beauties of the country, 
 exults in the free life of the people, and being of 
 the temperate and frugal habits of his nation was 
 c[iiite undeterred by such trifles as short commons 
 as a permanent condition, and the imminent danger 
 of actual famine as a recurrent casualty. He suffered 
 most during his first exploration of the mountains, 
 forests and islands of the north-west portion of 
 the island in 1872-3, and had to be taken away by 
 the Victor Pisani, being then in very bad health ; 
 but he visited the small islands to the southward 
 before he returned to Europe, and he went back 
 to New Guinea in 1874. In 1875 he explored the 
 Fly River, in company with Macfarlane, on board 
 the Mlangowan ; but on that occasion he only 
 went 150 miles down the river, an expedition 
 which by no means met his views. He therefore 
 set out in 1876 in a steam launch, and with a crew 
 destined to give him a great deal of trouble, and 
 succeeded under immense difficulties in reaching a 
 point not far from the source of the river. In the 
 course of this voyage he discovered a fine range of 
 mountains, on which he bestowed the name of 
 Victor Emmanuel ; and made minute observations 
 on the nature and condition of the land, and the 
 animal and vegetable products of the country. 
 He gives a rather melancholy description of the 
 deserted villages which met his eye upon the river 
 
 banks, and the occasional forsaken canoes in the 
 little creeks. The country is densely wooded, and 
 there is a great deal of swamp ; the river banks 
 are shifty and unsafe, and the climate is decidedly 
 unwholesome for foreigners in the far interior ; 
 but on the whole the explorer's report is favour- 
 able, and his account of the natives has many 
 attractive features, while it is not in any respect 
 so repulsive as that which travellers give us of 
 many better-known savage races. Of the scenery 
 he frequently speaks in terms of the greatest 
 admiration, and gives charming descriptions of 
 trees, flowers, and other natural objects ; but he 
 is very practical in his ideas, and except in favour 
 of the exquisite birds of Paradise which inspire 
 him with real rapture, he rarely departs from a 
 utilitarian treatment of his subject. When deal- 
 ing with the problem of the mixture of races in 
 New Guinea, Signor D'Albertis acknowledges that 
 it puzzles him. Of the natives of Orangerie Bay 
 he gives a pleasing description, adding that his 
 brief intercourse with them gave him a feeling of 
 sympathy for these people, "whose manner of life, 
 so different from ours that its simplicity almost 
 resembles that of our first parents, is nevertheless 
 far from being that of savages." He considers that 
 they belong to what we may call the Stone Age, 
 and are less savage than the inhabitants of the 
 north-west of the great island. They are a kindly- 
 natured, good-tempered, cheerful people, and the 
 explorer evidently made a most favourable impres- 
 sion upon them. Indeed he seems to have won 
 the hearts of the natives in all instances where he 
 succeeded in inducing them to come near him ; 
 when they resolutely held aloof he was reduced to 
 great straits, and on one occasion came terribly 
 near to starvation. He gives a picture of the 
 natives in another part, which contrasts sadly with 
 the author's description of the natives of Orangerie 
 Bay and Yule Island :— "At Bamio, a little village 
 on the coast of New Guinea, a few miles from the 
 sea, there is a small population which may be con- 
 sidered of almost pure blood. These people are 
 very dark in colour, of low stature, with woolly 
 hair, small eyes, and flattened noses. They seemed 
 to me the poorest people in the world, and the 
 gloomiest. I was there a fortnight, and never saw 
 one of them laugh. They cultivate the earth, and 
 hunt with the bow and spear, followed by numbers 
 of dogs. They wear wooden amulets on their 
 necks wrapped in a piece of cloth. They believe 
 in witchcraft and in the evil eye, and they have a 
 sacred place not far from the village into which I 
 was never able to penetrate. To dissuade me from 
 attempting it they told me that I should have died 
 had I entered, and as an instance they quoted Dr. 
 Bernstein, who died at Salwattee shortly after his 
 arrival at Sorong. They bury their dead in the 
 forest. On a grave I observed a broken jar, and I 
 asked a child who was acting as my guide what 
 was inside the grave / He replied, 'A man.' I 
 asked him what he did there, under the earth i 
 He answered that the man was sleeping ; then
 
 256 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 blowing on his hands he lifted them up, at the 
 same time raising his eyes towards the heavens. 
 Some people from the interior came to this village, 
 and they appeared to me to differ materially from 
 the Bamio men." Signor D'Albertis studied each 
 successive type among the natives whom he encoun- 
 tered in his journeyings with the deepest interest. 
 He let no differences, distinctions, or peculiarities 
 escape him ; and he made extensive collections of 
 skulls, ornaments, articles of household use, and 
 weapons. Some of the skulls are very hideous, 
 others have no more than the ordinary ugliness of 
 such relics of humanity when " to this favour it 
 has come at last ; " and many of the carvings and 
 ornaments are ingenious and pretty. The most 
 repulsive description in his book is that of the 
 " devil's house " at Moatta ; from this it seems cer- 
 tain that devil-worship prevails among certain of 
 the New Guinea tribes. The author does not give 
 a flourishing account of the actual state of mis- 
 sionary enterprise in the great island, and his 
 account of the religious notions of the natives is 
 very vague. He says, in reference to the Arfaks, 
 or dwellers in the Arfak Mountains — " They do 
 not seem to have any religious persuasion, but 
 they believe in a spirit of evil, and endeavour to 
 exorcise it by cries and cabalistic signs. After a 
 certain fashion they believe in the immortality of 
 the soul — at any rate, in the not total cessation of 
 existence after death. This may be inferred from 
 their custom of supplying the graves of the 
 departed with provisions, and from their exorcisms 
 of the spirits of the slain." Signor D'Albertis' 
 observations at Yule Island show that he found 
 the inhabitants of that part of the country a 
 superior race to the inhabitants of the other parts. 
 The section of his work in which he gives a 
 description of the fertility of the soil and the 
 resources of the island, concludes with the follow- 
 ing remarks :— " From what I have related of them 
 the reader will infer that they are a capable and 
 intelligent race, leading a quietly happy life, and 
 not prepared for the fatal word which will set 
 them on the way of civilisation, and change their 
 whole manner of life. The material for civilisa- 
 tion is in them ; but will the change better their 
 condition ? Will they be the happier for it i This 
 is a difficult problem, and one which cannot be 
 solved until the experiment has been made. I 
 however do not doubt that these, more readily than 
 any other savages whom I know, would answer to 
 the call of a civilised nation which, stretching out 
 a. fraternal hand, would lead them towards our 
 civilisation. I am also convinced that if well 
 treated and guided this people would repay any 
 sacrifices made for them with interest. To ensure 
 success however they should be treated as friends, 
 not as slaves; they should be cherished, not des- 
 troyed." In another journey in 1875 Dr. Beccari 
 explored the Aru and Ke islands, but it was during 
 his third voyage in 1875 that the greatest success 
 was achieved. In the meantime however Dr. A. B. 
 Meyer entered on the same ground and made some 
 
 important discoveries. In 1873 he chartered a 
 small schooner at Ternate and with it explored the 
 whole coast of Geelvink Bay and its islands. At 
 the southern extremity of the bay he marched 
 inland till he reached a height of 3000 feet and 
 saw the sea at a great distance beyond the western 
 shore of the island. The natives here were quiet 
 and friendly. There is said to be a large lake 
 near, with an outlet to the west coast and a large 
 population. Keturning northward he succeeded 
 in crossing the island to the head of MacCluer's 
 Inlet in four days, the intervening ridges being 
 2000 feet high. Going next to Andai, south of 
 Dorey, he ascended the Arfak mountains to a 
 height of 6000 feet and believes the summit to be 
 not more than 7000 feet high. This journey was 
 made rapidly, Dr. Meyer having left Ternate in 
 March and getting back to Vienna in November of 
 the same year. Dr. Beccari's journey of 1875 
 added considerably to our previous knowledge, 
 both in the domain of geography and natural 
 history. He first explored the mountains east of 
 Sorong and at a place called Dorey Hum ascended 
 a mountain called Morait, about 3000 feet high. 
 Going a little farther east to Has he again went 
 inland, crossing a ridge 1200 feet high, and then 
 descended to a river called Wa Samson, said by 
 the natives to rise in Mount Arfak and to pass 
 by a tunnel under a mountain on its way to the 
 sea, into which it falls from a great height among 
 rocks. The coast is dangerous to approach and 
 the mouth of the river has never been seen, which 
 is explained, if this curious account should be 
 true. The river is described as being only twenty 
 yards wide and ten or twelve feet deep with a 
 strong current, so that it can hardly have so long 
 a course as nearly 200 miles (the distance to Arfak) 
 in a mountainous forest country close to the 
 equator, unless its valley is very narrow and its 
 tributaries few. Returning to Dorey, Dr. Beccari 
 succeeded in reaching a height of 6700 feet on the 
 Arfak Mountains, which he believes reach to 
 nearly 10,000 feet. He stayed a month in the 
 mountains, first at a height of 5000 feet and after- 
 wards at Hatam 3500 feet high. He subsequently 
 explored other parts of the coast and visited all the 
 islands in Geelvink Bay. Immense collections in 
 zoology and botany were made and will doubtless 
 be of great interest when they have been carefully 
 examined. This must be considered by far the 
 most important exploration yet effected in New 
 Guinea, because it makes us acquainted with the 
 highlands and the mountains, always the most 
 interesting and characteristic portion of a new 
 country. In the meantime Signor D'Albertis, after 
 returning home in ill health, again went out to 
 explore the south-east portion of New Guinea. 
 He first established himself at Yule Island at the 
 entrance of Hall Sound, about 270 miles east of 
 Torres Straits. Here he had his head-quarters for 
 about two years, making numerous excursions into 
 the interior for about twenty miles, but never 
 being able to reach the lofty mountains which rise
 
 Newl 
 
 nTLOP.-fiTiTA OF AUSTRALASI \. 
 
 257 
 
 beyond. In September 187fi the steam launch 
 Neva was lent him by the N.S.W. Government in 
 order to explore the Fly Barer, which he had 
 already ascended a few miles in the missionary 
 steamer Ellanrjowau. He was now so fortunate 
 as to penetrate to the extreme limit of the naviga- 
 tion of this river, a distance of about 500 miles, 
 and to reach a point a little north of the centre of 
 New Guinea, in S. lat. 5" 36'; E. long. 141° 27'. 
 The river had numerous windings throughout its 
 course, and at the farthest point reached it was 
 rapid, with numerous sandbanks, and often not 
 more than thirty yards wide. The gravel was 
 composed of quartz, basalt, and limestone. The 
 country was generally rich, and the vegetation 
 very luxuriant, but it did not seem to be very 
 thickly inhabited except towards the mouth of 
 the river. This important exploration makes us 
 acquainted with the low-land region of New 
 Guinea to its very centre, but unfortunately to a 
 very short distance from the banks of the stream. 
 Gkology and Natural History.— "In such an 
 extensive country, with lofty mountain-ranges, we 
 may be sure that a large variety of sedimentary 
 and igneous rocks occur. Little however is yet 
 known, except that active volcanoes do not exist 
 on the mainland, nor are there any clear indica- 
 tions of extinct volcanoes such as occur in Aus- 
 tralia, unless Cyclops Mountain near Humbolt 
 Ray be one. Granite occurs on the north coast 
 and the Arfak Mountains, but elsewhere the rocks 
 are stratified. At Dorey there is much raised 
 coral limestone. On the south-east coast the hills 
 are sometimes of limestone covered with quartzose 
 sand which contains gold, while many of the 
 islands exhibit horizontal deposits of sandstone 
 often cut into pillars and cornices, so as to recall 
 the aspect of the well-known desert sandstone of 
 Australia. The soil is almost everywhere exceed- 
 ingly fertile, and is already known to be rich in 
 valuable natural products. The country is over- 
 grown with dense virgin forests, with the exception 
 of the few patches of land reclaimed by the natives. 
 There seem to be very few grassy and treeless 
 tracts of any extent. The woodlands however 
 have long been a source of wonder to the observer. 
 The trees, often of a gigantic size covered and 
 matted together with lianas, extend right into the 
 sea, while the dense foliage effectually shuts out the 
 rays of the sun, so that there is a great lack of the 
 smaller herbaceous plants. The character of vege- 
 tation is essentially Malayan, and not a few of the 
 New Guinea plants are identical with, or closely 
 related to, those of the Moluccas. The more 
 general prevalence of acacias, eucalypti, and some 
 other species, on the southern coast plains, doubt- 
 less recalls the neighbouring Australian mainland. 
 But it is remarkable that the vegetation retains its 
 Malayan character pure and unmixed even to the 
 southernmost islands in Torres Straits, where the 
 dense and shady foliage of the woodlands presents 
 a remarkable contrast to the light and almost 
 shadeless eucalyptus groves of the Prince of Wales 
 
 group near Cape York. But with all their beauty 
 these forests are not so varied as might be sup- 
 posed, nor is there such a diversity of species as in 
 the more westerly Indian Islands. Amongst the 
 prevailing genera are the ferns, everywhere as 
 abundant as they are varied ; upwards of ten 
 species of the palm ; orchids, which are very wide- 
 spread ; laurinea?, including the tree that produces 
 the massorinde (a species of cinnamon,) one of the 
 staples of trade in New Guinea ; myristiceae, pos- 
 sessing a special commercial value ; leguminous 
 plants, though not in such variety as might 
 be expected ; and many species of figs. The 
 Arfak Mountains have yielded a sub-alpine 
 vegetation of araucarias and rhododendrons, 
 and the antarctic genus Drimys, a sample of 
 the interesting flora that may be expected when 
 the summits of the Owen Stanley range and the 
 great interior snowy mountains shall be reached." 
 —(Wallace.) 
 
 Animal Life. — The zoology of New Guinea is 
 at present far better known than its botany, and 
 is exceedingly interesting, because it is evidently 
 the centre from which most of the animals of the 
 surrounding islands and many of those of North 
 Australia have been derived. Mammalia are very 
 scarce. The largest and almost the only placental 
 mammal is the wild pig of a peculiar species ; and 
 there are also a few peculiar mice. All the rest are 
 marsupials, the most remarkable being the tree- 
 kangaroos forming the genus Dendrolagus, while 
 some of those which are terrestrial are yet more 
 allied to the last than to the Australian kangaroos. 
 Seven other genera of marsupials inhabit New 
 Guinea, and of these four do not inhabit Australia, 
 and one more is only found in the adjacent northern 
 territory. A spiny ant-eater allied to the Echidna 
 of Australia has recently been discovered. In 
 birds the richness is as conspicuous as is the poverty 
 in mammals. Already nearly 400 species of land- 
 birds have been described, and they comprise a 
 larger proportion of beautiful and gorgeously 
 coloured species than are to be found in any other 
 country. About twenty species of birds-of-paradise 
 have now been discovered and an immense variety 
 of kingfishers, parrots, and pigeons, including the 
 most beautiful and remarkable of their respective 
 families. About forty genera of land-birds are 
 exclusively Papuan, as are considerably more than 
 300 of the species ; and we may be sure that the 
 great mountain ranges still contain many treasures 
 for the ornithologists. Reptiles are less known 
 but are undoubtedly very abundant. The snakes 
 are more allied to Malayan than to Australian 
 forms, while the lizards have equal affinities to 
 both but with a larger proportion of peculiar types. 
 The frogs are more Polynesian and Australian. 
 Insects vie in beauty and novelty with the birds 
 and offer an immense abundance of strange forms 
 and gorgeous hues, which are especially manifested 
 among the butterfly and beetle tribes. 
 
 Thr Papuan Rack. — The name of the Papuan 
 race is derived from the Malay word papua or 
 
 K2
 
 258 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 New! 
 
 papdwak, "woolly haired." Concerning them much 
 diversity of opinion prevails amongst the learned. 
 According to Wallace the typical Papuan is of a 
 deep sooty brown or black complexion which, 
 while often approaching, never quite reaches the 
 coal-black hue of some Negro races. The shades 
 vary however more than is the case with the Malays, 
 often exhibiting a dusky brown colour. On the 
 other hand Dr. A. B. Meyer insists on the great 
 diversity of complexion shown in the transitions 
 from the fair shades of the Malays to those 
 of the true black Papuans. The hair has 
 a peculiar roughness, is dry and woolly, grow- 
 ing in small locks or curls very short and close 
 in youth, but later on acquiring a considerable 
 length and forming the firm mass of curly 
 hair that constitutes the pride and glory of the 
 Papuan. The face is adorned with a beard of 
 the same curly character which also grows more 
 or less densely on arms, legs and breast. In 
 stature the Papuan decidedly surpasses the Malay, 
 being in this respect perhaps equal if not superior to 
 the average European. His legs are long and thin, 
 his hands and feet larger than those of the Malay, 
 the face somewhat oval, the forehead flat, the 
 brows very prominent, with large nose somewhat 
 curved and high with a thick base and broad 
 nostrils, their openings concealed behind the pro- 
 longed tip of the nose. The mouth is also large 
 with thick and pouting lips. Hence in conse- 
 quence of the large nose the features on the whole 
 resemble the European more than the Malay type ; 
 and the peculiar form of this organ, the prominent 
 brows and the character of the hair on the head, 
 face and body, enable us at a glance to distinguish 
 between the two races. Nor does the Papuan 
 appear to differ less from the Malay in his mental 
 qualities than in his figure and features. Impulsive 
 and demonstrative in speech and action, he gives 
 expression to his emotions and passions in cries 
 and laughter, in ejaculations and boisterous leaps 
 and gestures. Women and children take part in 
 all their dealings, and seem little disconcerted by 
 the presence of strangers or Europeans. In esti- 
 mating the intellectual powers of the Papuan, 
 Wallace places him above the Malay, attributing 
 his actual inferiority to the absence of the deeper 
 influences of more highly-cultured races with 
 whom the Malay has been repeatedly brought into 
 contact. He sums up his conclusions with the 
 following trenchant remarks : — " It appears there- 
 fore, that whether we consider their physical con- 
 formation, their moral characteristics or their 
 intellectual capacities, the Malay and Papuan 
 races offer remarkable differences and striking 
 contrasts. The Malay is of short stature, brown- 
 skinned, straight-haired, beardless and smooth- 
 bodied. The Papuan is taller, is black-skinned, 
 frizzly-haired, bearded and hairy-bodied. The 
 former is broad-faced, has a small nose, and flat 
 eyebrows ; the latter is long-faced, has a large and 
 prominent nose and projecting eyebrows. The 
 Malay is bashful, cold, undemonstrative and quiet ; 
 
 the Papuan is bold, impetuous, excitable and noisy. 
 The former is grave and seldom laughs ; the latter 
 is joyous and laughter-loving ; — the one conceals 
 his emotions, the other displays them." The New 
 Guinea Papuan generally goes naked, except a 
 a breech-cloth of bark for the men and a fringed 
 girdle of the same material for the women ; but 
 he pays great attention to his hair which is either 
 cropped short or else plaited in small tresses, or in 
 one large knot ornamented with bamboo combs, 
 bits of bone, plumes and other decorations. Nose, 
 ears, neck and arms are also adorned, the two first 
 with bones, bamboo sticks or feathers inserted in 
 the pierced cartilage or lobes of the nostrils. Two 
 boars' tusks joined together will even be attached 
 to the nose with their tips turned upwards, while 
 rings, bands and the like are reserved for the neck 
 and arms. Very general also is the practice of 
 scoring the skin so as to produce raised scars, and 
 painting the face, breast and arms with all sorts of 
 red and black marks and figures, either burnt in 
 with glowing coals or else rubbed in with various 
 kinds of earths. The teeth are filed to a point, 
 though this practice does not seem to possess 
 the same significance as with the Australians. 
 Amongst the dwellings of the Papuans especially 
 characteristic are those found along the coasts and 
 river banks and usually grouped together in a 
 " kampong." They are built of bamboo and raised 
 on stakes, so that they closely resemble the pile 
 villages which have been discovered in the lakes of 
 Central Europe. In Astrolabe Bay however they 
 have low walls and roof almost coming to the 
 ground, as with the Timorese. The Papuans also 
 build prdhus or canoes out of hollowed trunks of 
 trees, and as these are constantly liable to capsize, 
 the natives become familiar with the water and 
 expert swimmers from their very infancy. Their 
 domestic animals are the pig, dog and fowls, all 
 of which are eaten. They also eat the cuscus, 
 kangaroos, lizards, fish and molluscs, as well as 
 many kinds of large insects ; and in places where 
 they have no communication with Malays or 
 Europeans they use saltwater for cooking as a 
 substitute for salt. Everywhere they cultivate the 
 ground, fencing in their fields as a protection 
 against the wild pigs, and growing sweet potatoes, 
 yams, bananas and sugar-cane. They also have 
 cocoa-nuts, bread-fruit, the kanary nut, mango and 
 the fruit of the pandanus. At Astrolabe Bay, 
 Dr. Mieklucho Maclay tells us that they make an 
 intoxicating kava by chewing, as in the Pacific ; 
 but this is unusual, and in most places they have 
 no intoxicating drink, and are quite unacquainted 
 with the art of fermenting either palm-sap or cane- 
 juice. Amongst their arms may be mentioned the 
 dart, bow, lance and a kind of whirl-bat of hard 
 wood elegantly carved ; knives and axes are also 
 met with, both formed of sharply-chipped flints 
 resembling those of the stone age found in Europe. 
 Altogether peculiar to the Papuans are bamboo 
 blow-pipes of considerable length, which are used 
 for signalling by means of dust blown into the air
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 L'..0 
 
 after the fashion of the beacon fires of other 
 peoples. These however are rare and do not 
 appear to have been noticed by travellers since the 
 voyage of Lieutenant Kolff in 1828. The practice 
 was first observed by Captain Cook on the south- 
 west coast, where also the Dutch found it ; and the 
 more probable explanation seems to be that it was 
 an attempt to imitate the smoke of firearms, and 
 has been given up now that its uselessness has 
 been discovered. Social life centres entirely in 
 the family, the head of which may have as many 
 wives as he is able to support. The bride is 
 purchased by the payment of a fixed value in 
 slaves, goods and provisions, and handed over to 
 the husband with the accompaniment of much 
 feasting, at which sundry ear-splitting instruments 
 take the place of intoxicating drinks. Several 
 families live together in the so-called " kanipongs'' 
 or villages. In many places a certain authority is 
 exercised over these villages by some old member 
 of the tribe, but this is always of a very precarious 
 character. No tribute is paid to the headmen, nor 
 are they in any way distinguished from the rest 
 either by special personal ornaments or superior 
 dwellings. Trade in New Guinea is limited to a 
 few raw products, which are brought down from 
 the interior by the natives and bartered with the 
 Malay traders ; nevertheless it contributes materi- 
 ally to render the Papuan more alive to certain 
 wants of social life. In some districts, where this 
 exchange is more fully developed, the natives 
 dress in cotton clothes and have, however super- 
 fically, adopted Mahometanism. The Papuan has 
 a decided superiority over the Australian in a fairly 
 developed sense of form, asserting itself in the 
 plastic imitation of various objects. Amongst them 
 are found a number of carved figures, representing 
 both men and animals, though the first are executed 
 in a highly primitive and eccentric fashion. The 
 head, with its large thick nose and equally large 
 and unshapely mouth, is invariably out of all pro- 
 portion to the rest of the body. Our information 
 is very limited regarding the religious views of 
 the Papuans, though they certainly seem to 
 possess some definite ideas on the subject. At 
 least there exist large structures of peculiar form, 
 which can be nothing else but temples, besides 
 figures of various kinds, obviously associated with 
 certain religious conceptions. In some parts of 
 New Guinea we find evidence of a definite notion 
 of a Supreme Being supposed to dwell above the 
 clouds. Cases of cannibalism have been reported, 
 but are very far from being authenticated, and 
 may probably be traced to misapprehension. 
 Feastings are celebrated on various occasions, 
 such as marriages, burials, and the like, and here 
 a prominent part is played by music and song. 
 The former is generally produced by a drum, 
 while the latter consists of a loud chanting of 
 lays. Like other primitive peoples, the Papuans 
 have their national dances, for which they decorate 
 themselves somewhat peculiarly. The preceding 
 general account is intended to apply to the typical 
 
 Papuan as he exists over by far the larger part of 
 the island yet explored. A considerable margin 
 however must be allowed for individual and local 
 peculiarities. The tint of the skin, the stature, 
 the habits and even the character vary con- 
 siderably; but it is the opinion of the best and 
 most experienced observers that such variations 
 imply no difference of race. The people of New 
 Guinea, like all others, have undoubtedly been 
 subject to the intermixture of many surrounding 
 peoples. Malays have settled on the western and 
 northern coasts; Australians may have inter- 
 mingled with those living on the shores of 
 Torres Straits ; while brown Polynesians have 
 undoubtedly occupied some portion of the 
 south-eastern shores. But in every part of 
 New Guinea one physical character remains 
 nearly constant, the frizzled hair, and this alone 
 would suffice to refute the opinion of those 
 who have hastily declared the people of the 
 south-eastern extremity to be undoubted Malays. 
 Compared however with the few districts 
 inhabited by these mixed races, the area over 
 which the undoubted Papuan stock prevails is 
 overwhelmingly great. Nowhere in the whole island 
 does any other race exist in a pure or even nearly 
 pure state ; so that there is really no sufficient 
 ground for asserting that New Guinea is inhabited 
 by two or more races, but merely that at various 
 points of the coast the intermixture of Polynesian 
 or Malayan blood has modified the native Papuan 
 both physically and mentally, has introduced a 
 certain amount of civilisation, and has established 
 another class of languages. Adopting the nomen- 
 clature of Mr. Banken, who uses the native name 
 Mahori for the brown or eastern Polynesians, it 
 would be well to term the people of Eastern 
 New Guinea Mahori-Papuans, and entirely to avoid 
 the terms Malay or Malayo-Polynesian as being 
 erroneous both in theory and in fact. 
 
 Local Divisions.— The only great political 
 division of the island is that into a western or 
 Dutch and an eastern which will probably be an 
 English half. The Dutch claim from the western 
 extremity up to 141° E. long., and it is a claim 
 well supported by a continuous series of explora- 
 tions and surveys, and by the actual exercise of 
 jurisdiction over all such portions of the coast as 
 pay tribute to the Malay Sultan of Tidore. There 
 are several subdivisions recognised by the native 
 traders. The two great north-western peninsulas 
 go by the name of Papua Onin, the northern 
 peninsula being "Onin dibawa" (Lower Onin,) 
 and the south " Onin diatas " (Upper Onin.) The 
 natives of this part of New Guinea are fierce and 
 have a bad reputation ; and on the west coast the 
 Bugis and Goram men who trade with them never 
 go unarmed, and they say if they cannot agree on 
 a bargain they have to fight. Most of the recorded 
 murders by Papuans have occurred on this 
 western coast. The people of the north coast 
 and interior between Salwatty and Dorey are 
 called Karons or Karoans and are said to be
 
 260 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 cannibals. The south-western shore of Geelvink 
 Bay is called Wandamen or Vandamen, and 
 the people are a fine tall race. The extreme 
 south is Tarugo, and the eastern side Aropen 
 or Tana Aropen (Aropen Land.) Eastward 
 still to Humboldt Bay is Tana Koramba. 
 Returning to the south coast, the people of the 
 interior of the southern peninsula are also termed 
 Karons which is probably merely a name for 
 savages. The country about Triton Bay is called 
 Merkus-oord, and eastward to the Oetanata 
 Biver Kowayi. For about 100 miles east of 
 Oetanata River the country is called Timakowa, 
 and this seems to mark the eastward limit of the 
 Malay traders as beyond it no local names are 
 applied, and the same may be said of the country 
 to the east of Humboldt Bay. 
 
 Missionary Stations. — The only Europeans 
 now settled in any part of New Guinea are 
 missionaries. At Dorey Harbour German mission- 
 aries have been settled since 1856, first on the 
 small island of Mansinam, and lately also at Andai 
 on the mainland. In all this time, however, they 
 do not seem to have been very successful in 
 civilising the people. On the south-east coast the 
 London Missionary Society have established their 
 head-quarters at Somerset, Cape York ; and 
 by means of a small steamer, the Ellangawan, keep 
 up communication with a number of mission 
 stations on the islands in Torres Straits where 
 native teachers are established; and they have 
 also done good work in partially exploring the 
 coast and ascending the Katau, Baxter and Fly 
 rivers as far as their vessel would go in safety. 
 They have also one mission on the mainland at 
 Fort Moresby. This is a fine position from a 
 geographical point of view, having a mountainous 
 country immediately around it, and the lofty 
 Owen Stanley Range over 13,000 feet high only 
 forty miles distant. With this mission as a base 
 it would not be difficult to open a route to this 
 noble mountain, where the naturalist would almost 
 certainly be repaid by a rich harvest. The suc- 
 cess of Dr. Beccari and Dr. Meyer in the north- 
 west should encourage explorers to make the 
 attempt. It is in this direction also that the 
 Australian gold-miners are making partially suc- 
 cessful explorations. 
 
 Attempts at Australian Settlement. — The 
 first practical effort made on a comprehensive scale 
 towards the colonisation of New Guinea was the 
 formation of a provisional company in Sydney 
 about sixteen years ago. Within a very short 
 time of its object becoming known, a considerable 
 number of adventurers from all the colonies had 
 proposed to associate themselves with it, and large 
 funds were immediately forthcoming. But it was 
 found that they could not form themselves into a 
 British colony, nor exercise any jurisdiction or 
 authority without the express sanction of the 
 Imperial Government, and the result was that the 
 organisation was broken up. In July 1874 the 
 question of the colonisation of New Guinea was 
 
 again revived. The Colonial Secretary Sir Henry 
 Farkes wrote a minute to Governor Sir Hercules 
 Robinson advising that an effort should be made 
 towards its colonisation under British auspices, 
 which minute was duly forwarded to Lord 
 Carnarvon, the Secretary of State for the Colonies, 
 but no practical result came from it. In the 
 following year William Macleay determined to 
 attempt to explore the south-eastern portion of 
 this vast island, and in the interests of science to 
 find out some information of the flora and fauna, 
 the geological and geographical character, and the 
 vegetable and mineral products of the country. 
 To carry out this object he purchased the brig 
 Ghevert, fitted her out wdth ample stores and every 
 appliance that was likely to conduce to success. 
 On the 18th May 1875 the Chevert sailed on her 
 adventurous voyage from Port Jackson. Unfor- 
 tunately, notwithstanding the very favourable 
 auspices under which the expedition started, it 
 resulted in comparative failure, and was compelled 
 to return to Sydney after an absence of several 
 months. An immense collection of specimens in 
 all branches of Natural History was made during 
 the visit of the Chevert, and much information 
 obtained of great interest to naturalists. Macleay's 
 opinions w T ere altogether unfavourable to annexa- 
 tion and colonisation. He considered it as holding 
 out no inducement to the emigrant, that the 
 commercial prospects were not advantageous, that 
 the climate was not healthy, and further that the 
 country was already densely populated. Another 
 project for the annexation of New Guinea and one 
 in which the late Dr. Lang took an earnest interest 
 was mooted in 1874 by a number of persons who 
 had banded themselves together for the purpose of 
 emigrating thither. Their intentions were to form 
 a settlement on the coast with the view of opening 
 a trade with the Australian ports in the products 
 of the island, and to collect specimens of the 
 natural history and mineralogy of the country. 
 On the 11th May 1875 an influential meeting of 
 leading men connected with the trade and commerce 
 of Sydney was held in the Sydney Exchange in 
 favour of a similar project but on a more extensive 
 scale. Resolutions were passed affirming the 
 desirability of occupation of the island as a British 
 colony, and a copy of the resolutions with papers 
 showing the feeling in the colony were transmitted 
 to the Colonial Office, and the Legislatures of 
 some of the other Australian colonies passed reso- 
 lutions in favour of annexation. Meanwhile the 
 attention that the question was receiving had led 
 to the Royal Colonial Institute taking the matter 
 up; and in an audience had with the Earl of 
 Carnarvon a deputation headed by the Duke of 
 Manchester strongly urged upon his lordship the 
 advisability of annexation. The Earl's reply was 
 not favourable, but he suggested that the Australian 
 colonies should give expression to their views, and 
 this was done. Later on an association called the 
 New Guinea Colonisation Association was formed 
 in London; Lieutenant R. H. Armit, R.N., formerly
 
 Newl 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 261 
 
 engaged in surveying on the coasts, taking a 
 prominent part in establishing it ; but as the 
 Government declined to countenance its proposals 
 and plans the scheme fell through. Since then 
 various communications have passed between the 
 Colonial Office and the Governments of the 
 Australian colonies, but it has been intimated that 
 the Home Government is not inclined to take any 
 steps towards the annexation of the island, or even 
 the formation of a settlement on its coasts, unless 
 the Australian colonies are willing to pay a portion 
 of the cost that might be incurred. There is no 
 doubt that the discovery of payable gold-fields 
 woidd precipitate the question of annexation. 
 During 1878 the island was visited by several 
 parties of miners for the purpose of ascertaining 
 the existence of gold, one of the best organised 
 being that known as the Colonist Expedition. 
 Some of the members of this expedition succeeded 
 in getting to the Goldie River; they prospected it 
 for miles and also the branches at the head of the 
 river. They did not find even the colour of gold 
 for twelve miles at the head of the Goldie River, 
 nor did they ever come on any country worth 
 prospecting, and they returned after being out 
 thirty-two days. The natives carried their swags 
 and showed them to any point they wished to go 
 to. In the previous month another party of diggers 
 tried the Goldie River; they reported that the 
 colour of gold only was obtainable. The best 
 prospect was a grain to the dish, but for every dish 
 containing that prospect ten were washed without 
 any signs whatever of gold. In October nearly all 
 the prospectors returned to Port Moresby, their 
 reports being unfavourable. So far it may be said 
 little or no evidence has been forthcoming to prove 
 that New Guinea is a gold-producing country ; but 
 only the veriest outline of a small portion of its 
 immense territory has yet been tested, and judg- 
 ment may well be suspended on this point till 
 further knowledge has been gained of the interior. 
 A well equipped expedition in 1879 left Sydney for 
 New Guinea with commercial and scientific objects, 
 in the schooner Saddle F. Caller. The party 
 comprised Baron Maclay, the famous Russian 
 scientist and explorer ; Chevalier Bruno, and 
 Captain Leeman, who has had considerable 
 experience on the coast of New Guinea and else- 
 where northward. The vessel was provisioned for 
 a twelve months cruise, at the expiration of 
 which time she was expected to return to Port 
 Jackson. Astrolabe Bay was first to be visited, 
 and thence the coast all round would be examined, 
 and if possible arrangements made for opening up 
 a trade with the natives. New Guinea has for 
 some time past been a field of missionary enter- 
 prise, and many of the wild and savage inhabitants 
 have been reclaimed from their habits of ferocity 
 and bloodshed by the exertions of European 
 preachers and teachers — so long in the world's 
 history the pioneers of civilization. The London 
 Missionary Society commenced its operations in 
 1871 under the Revs. P. M'Farlane and Murray. 
 
 Port Moresby was first fixed upon as a centre, 
 though it would have been transferred if a more 
 healthy spot could have been found. Teste Island 
 is now the retreat and the sanatorium for the 
 stations on the mainland. The operations of the 
 mission had been much hindered by the general 
 unhealthiness of the visited parts of the island, a 
 fever that spared not even the natives being preva- 
 lent. Mission stations are established in various 
 parts of the south-eastern end of this land, the 
 principal ones being Port Moresby and Mill Island, 
 where the Rev. W. G. Lawes of the London 
 Missionary Society till lately was located. This 
 was believed to be a healthy spot, and the natives 
 hereabout appear to be a little more tractable than 
 in most other parts. Other visiting stations, most 
 of them having native schools and teachers, are at 
 Manumann, a village situated on a large sandbank 
 at the mouth of a fine broad sluggish river; Lea- 
 lea, a large village near Redscar Head, twenty-five 
 miles W. of Port Moresby, a fruitful but unhealthy 
 spot ; Fairfax Harbour, a large bay having three 
 villages on its shores, the most important of which 
 is called Barune; the Boera, a tolerably large 
 village on the coast where there are facilities for 
 ships to water ; Samoa, a healthy spot near the 
 coast with a scattered population ; and there are 
 also several other smaller places farther inland to 
 which the missionaries have penetrated. The Rev. 
 James Chalmers in May 1879 gave his experience 
 asunder: — "They (the missionaries) had only taken 
 up the peninsula or the south-east end of the island, 
 which was 1200 miles in length by 600 miles at its 
 extreme breadth. They had not been able to plant 
 mission stations inland, but they had established 
 up to the time he left, in the beginning of March 
 last, no fewer thau twenty-one mission station- 
 along the coast with thirty native teachers located 
 at them. When they first landed the natives 
 seemed to be friendly, but at some places they 
 caused a good deal of trouble, and at times the 
 lives of the mission party were placed in great 
 peril. The mission was not able to overtake the 
 whole of New Guinea, but they hoped the time 
 was drawing near when missionaries would be 
 found not only along the coastline but inland. He 
 did not think the country was ever likely to be 
 colonised, but his impression was that the south- 
 east peninsula would yet be a good field for 
 capitalists. They could grow a splendid sugar- 
 cane ; experienced men said it was far superior to 
 the sugar-cane of Queensland. Coffee too could 
 be grown there. But it woidd be impossible to 
 employ European labour, and he did not think the 
 natives would do the work unless they were to do 
 it on their own account. He did not think New 
 Guinea was at present a suitable field for European 
 settlement. As they all knew, gold-digging had 
 proved a failure. What he woidd suggest to any 
 Government that was sufficiently enterprising to 
 explore New Guinea would be this — to appoint a 
 man who understood travelling and give him a 
 thorough staff of scientific men, get carriers from
 
 262 
 
 CVCLOP.EHIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 (New 
 
 the South Pacific Islands, and land the party at 
 Port Moresby, back them well with money, and then 
 New Guinea would be explored and the civilised 
 world would know of it." In December 1877 
 Mr, Chester visited New Guinea. His instruc- 
 tions from the Colonial Secretary of Q. were to 
 visit that portion of the New Guinea coast lying 
 to the north of Thursday Island, for the purpose 
 of obtaining some additional information in con- 
 nection with the entrance to Mai-Cussar, or Baxter 
 River ; to cultivate friendly relations with the 
 natives ; and to endeavour to obtain samples of 
 the products of the island, specimens of natural 
 history, and some of the arms and implements and 
 other things in use among the islanders. Acting 
 on these instructions Mr. Chester with a party of 
 ten Europeans and sixteen South Sea Islanders 
 proceeded to New Guinea, reaching the mouth of 
 the Mai-Cussar on the 5th. He describes the 
 Mai-Cussar as a magnificent river, nearly a mile 
 wide at the mouth, without a shoal or sandbank 
 to obstruct the navigator, with nine fathoms of 
 water at the entrance, deep water to the very head, 
 and upwards of eighteen feet of water alongside 
 the banks. He returned to Thursday Island on 
 loth December. In July 1878 Mr. Chester, who 
 was appointed by Sir Arthur Gordon to represent 
 his commission among the natives, made another 
 voyage to New Guinea, visiting Port Moresby and 
 other settlements on the coast. He proceeded first 
 of all to Murray Island, where a native teacher 
 employed by the London Missionary Society has 
 been stationed since 1872, and where he found a 
 neat church well filled with worshippers and a 
 school, population being about 400. This island is 
 probably destined to play an important part in the 
 evangelisation and civilisation of New Guinea, as a 
 training institution for natives will probably be 
 established there. The first point of arrival on the 
 New Guinea coast was at Boera, a village of about 
 370 people, some twelve miles from Port Moresby, 
 where he had an interview with the chiefs and 
 gathered some interesting and" useful information 
 from them. He describes the village of Boera as 
 consisting of a number of thatched huts, each 
 accommodating a single family. These houses are 
 built on slender piles a short distance from high 
 water mark, without any regard to regularity. The 
 dead are buried in shallow graves in the very 
 street, close to their houses, which must seriously 
 affect their water supply. The women of the tribe 
 at the time of his visit were busily engaged in 
 the manufacture of pottery for their approaching 
 voyage. " The people are of a light copper colour, 
 below the middle stature, with straight hair frizzed 
 out like a mop, in which a bamboo comb is stuck; 
 they are well made, with rounded limbs, and both 
 in appearance and softness of disposition like the 
 Pelew Islanders. Many of the women are pleasing 
 looking, and some of the younger girls are even 
 pretty.' From Boera he went on to Port Moresby, 
 which may be considered the port of the island so far 
 sis A. is concerned, and has been the point of 
 
 departure of the mining parties who have been 
 prospecting the country. Mr. Ingham, who up to 
 the time of his murder by the natives was the 
 agent at Port Moresby for the Government of Q., 
 gives the following description of the locality and 
 surroundings : — " Port Moresby is situated about 
 lat. 9 - 20 S. and long. 147'30 E. and access to the 
 port is obtained through the Basilisk opening 
 in the New Guinea Barrier Reef. The distance 
 from the reef to the entrance of the harbour is 
 about five miles, and good anchorage is obtainable 
 under the south head in about six fathoms of water 
 at a distance of a mile-and-a-quarter from the shore. 
 Deep water is found close up to the eastern head 
 and this is the place lately occupied by the Saucy 
 Jwk cutter as a beche-de-mer station. The 
 entrance itself is about a mile and a half wide. 
 From the eastern head a native track runs round 
 the harbour to the village of Anuapata, and the 
 Colonist party in landing their horses availed 
 themselves of this portion of the harbour, the 
 vessel being warped to within 100 yards of the 
 beach, whence they were able to swim the horses 
 ashore and drive them round to the village. A 
 range of high mountains forms the backbone of 
 the peninsula, and between these and the Port 
 Moresby coast is first a stretch of level country and 
 then a series of low hills, which at some places run 
 down steeply to the sea and at others are succeeded 
 by a considerable stretch of comparatively level 
 ground. These hills skirt the harbour from the 
 eastern head to Anuapata, where they lie back from 
 the beach sufficiently far to give abundant room 
 for a township. Opposite to Anuapata a range of 
 hills dividing the harbour from the sea forms an 
 effectual barrier against the north-west monsoons 
 and renders Port Moresby absolutely land-locked, 
 Port Moresby will form an admirable position for 
 a European settlement so far as regards its healthi- 
 ness but until a proper road is made the range 
 will be an insurmountable barrier to dray traffic 
 with the iuterior. It was at one time supposed 
 that Bootless Inlet would be a more suitable 
 place for a township, as the land does not rise more 
 than sixty feet at the head of that harbour, besides 
 which it has a fine running stream of fresh w r ater ; 
 but unfortunately a coral reef extends right across 
 the opening of the bay and no available passage 
 has yet been discovered. The distance from this 
 place to the crossing of the Laloki would be about 
 two miles less than from Port Moresby. Another 
 objection to Port Moresby as a settlement is the 
 great scarcity of water, which can only be obtained 
 from two springs immediately at the foot of the hill 
 and about a mile distant from the village, so that 
 any European settlement would have to depend 
 upon storage for its water supply. So far as can 
 be ascertained the rainfall here is slightly less than 
 at Cooktown. Timber is very scarce at Port 
 Moresby, as the gum trees there are very small and 
 stunted, and none of the scrub woods are available 
 for building purposes. All wood has to be brought 
 from some distance. The road from Port Moresby
 
 New! 
 
 OYClOPiBDTA OP ArsTRALASIA. 
 
 263 
 
 inland is over the low range of hills at the back of 
 the town, through a gap, at a level of 560 feet 
 above the sea ; thence by a gentle descent into a 
 largo blacksoil plain which extends for about 
 twelve miles to the bank of the Laloki river. A 
 large portion of this plain is covered with good 
 kangaroo grass, and is admirably adapted for 
 grazing cattle ; on the other side of the river there 
 is about four miles of level country, after which a 
 dense scrub is reached, and then the lower spurs 
 of the main dividing range. The Laloki river 
 takes a course almost parallel to the coast, running 
 between the main range and the E. hills, and 
 empties itself into Bedscar Bay, about forty miles 
 from Port Moresby. The natives say that about 
 forty miles inland from Port Moresby, at a height 
 of 2000 feet above the sea, it is only five sleeps to 
 the big water on the other side, so that should it 
 ever be required there is little doubt that com- 
 munication could be obtained with the north-west 
 coast, through the great gap between Owen Stanley 
 on the W. and Mount Obree on the E. The 
 absence of ports on the north-west coast renders it 
 not unlikely that a large portion of it may have to 
 depend on Port Moresby for supplies. Westward 
 from Port Moresby are numerous little villages of 
 from 200 to 400 inhabitants, and these extend 
 along the coast as far as Cape Suckling. Eastward 
 from Port Moresby also are numerous small villages 
 until Hood Lagoon is reached, where there is a 
 village of 1000 inhabitants or more. Beyond Hood 
 Lagoon the villages are more populous, and in 
 Keppel Bay there is a village of about 4000 inhabi- 
 tants. Still further eastward the region of 
 cannibalism is reached." To return to Mr. Chester : 
 — He found the natives friendly ; the digging 
 population had suffered much from fever. He 
 visited the Laloki camp and interviewed the chiefs. 
 He particularly mentions in his report the kindly 
 acts of the natives to several of the sick diggers, 
 individualising the good deeds of the Baratongan 
 native teachers. He left Port Moresby for a coast 
 tour on 23rd July. The first village reached was 
 Kaile, eighteen miles distant, next the village of 
 Hula which is built on piles in the sea, then at 
 five miles distance a village called Kamari with 
 a population of about 1500 ; farther on was the 
 village of Kalo situated on the right bank of 
 the Kemp Weleh river with a population of about 
 2000 ; this river was crossed, and after a walk of 
 seven or eight miles along a sandy beach the dis- 
 trict of Kerepunu, consisting of seven detached 
 villages, each with a considerable and an industrious 
 population, was arrived at. Leaving here he pro- 
 ceeded to Kalo, where native festivities were going 
 on. MaOpa a village at Keppel point, was next 
 visited in company with the native chief ; the 
 houses here are two storied and built on piles, the 
 village lying between two sand hills a short dis- 
 tance from the beach. Kerepunu was left on 3rd 
 August, and thence to South Cape where Mr. 
 Chalmers lives, who wields great influence over 
 the natives, interviews were had with the natives 
 
 at several points on the coast, the intercourse in all 
 cases being of a friendly character. From here 
 the departure was taken for a walk across the 
 peninsula, which after some little trouble was 
 accomplished in about sLxty miles from South 
 Cape to Milne Bay, through a population of 
 cannibals, the progress throughout being described 
 as partaking more of a royal march with every 
 feeling of security. On 21st August Milne Bay 
 was crossed to East Cape, the next day China 
 Strait being steamed through to Dinner Island, 
 Snow being reached the same day. On the whole 
 trip twenty-six villages had been visited, at ten of 
 which Mr. Chester slept. On every occasion the 
 communications with the natives were satisfactory, 
 this good result being due in a veiy great measuro 
 to missionary influence. Mr. Chester strongly 
 urges the appointment of a Besident Judicial 
 Commissioner by whom disputes with the natives 
 could be properly adjusted. He further says, 
 " Our recent cruise will have dispelled the pre- 
 vailing idea that New Guinea is a country solely 
 inhabited by savage races with whom it is impos- 
 sible to hold intercourse, and that annexation is 
 an easy matter. These people cannot be dis- 
 possessed of their country as easily as the aborigines 
 of Australia. They have vested interests and 
 rights that cannot be disregarded ; but I am 
 sanguine that the day is not far distant when this 
 land will be opened up to the markets of 
 Manchester and Sheffield." Mr. Hanran who 
 formed one of the Colonist expedition has recently 
 made known his opinion of New Guinea. He 
 states : — " From the very little I know myself and 
 from what I could learn from others, I think it 
 will become a rich field for the planter. The 
 virgin soil of that country producing such rich 
 vegetation spontaneously, and the beautiful sugar- 
 cane and other tropical plants that are grown by 
 the natives, are inducements that will attract the 
 attention of men who will initiate and fertilise the 
 growth of rice, sugar, and other tropical produce 
 in that country. The planter may have dry 
 seasons to contend with in New Guinea, but when 
 we consider that (unlike N. A. where the river beds 
 are nearly dry during a great part of the year) the 
 rivers are always running and scarcely fordable 
 at any time, and that it is the damp sultry climate 
 and heavy atmosphere that causes so much ague 
 and fever in that country, there is not much 
 cause for apprehending that great evil. The 
 greatest difficulty the planter 'will have to con- 
 tend with in that country is in finding labour 
 to turn over the virgin soil at first. The South 
 Sea Islander or the negro who works in the rice 
 and sugar fields of Louisiana may lie suitable, the 
 New Guinea native certainly would." He further 
 goes on to say that " New Guinea is well known 
 to be auriferous, and I know of no country with 
 such indications as we found there without payable 
 gold being discovered in some part of it." 
 
 NEW HOLLAND. The name given to the 
 Australian continent by the early Dutch navigators.
 
 264 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 NEW SOUTH WALES— Geographical Out- 
 line. — N.S.W., the mother colony of the Austral- 
 asian group, was so called by Cook, who when first 
 exploring its rugged coast in 1770 thought that 
 some of its general outlines were not unlike those 
 of South Wales. It originally included the whole 
 of the eastern portion of Australia, but is now 
 restricted to the southern half of the eastern coast 
 — the northern half being distinguished since the 
 1st of December 1859 as the seaward boundary of 
 ,Q. The present N.S.W. lies between the 28th and 
 37th degrees of S. latitude and the 141st and 
 154th meridians of E. longitude. It extends over 
 about nine degrees of latitude and about twelve 
 and a-half degrees of longitude. Its northern- 
 most limit (Point Danger) is in 28° 10' S. and 
 153° 29' E. ; its easternmost point (Cape Byron) 
 being in 28° 27' S. and 157° 37' E. ; the most 
 southerly limit of the colony (Cape Howe) being 
 situated in latitude 37° 28' S. and longitude 150° 8' 
 E. It has well-defined natural boundaries on 
 every side, except the western border and part of 
 the northern boundary, W. of the Mclntyre River, 
 where the 29th parallel of latitude touches that 
 river. On the N. it is separated from Q. by the 
 Macpherson Eange, the Dividing Range, the 
 Dumaresq River, theKaraula (or Mclntyre) River, 
 and the 29th parallel of S. latitude. On the E. it 
 is bounded by the Pacific Ocean. On the W. it 
 is separated from the territory of S.A. by the 141st 
 meridian of E. longitude. On the S. it is separated 
 from V. by a line drawn from Cape Howe to the 
 nearest source of the Murray and by the westerly 
 course of that river. The position of N.S.W. in 
 S. latitude corresponds to that respectively occu- 
 pied by Cape Colony in Africa, and by the lower 
 portion of La Plata and Chili in South America ; 
 the South of Spain, Italy and Greece lying in a 
 corresponding zone of N. latitude. The boundaries 
 of N.S.W. constitute an irregularly-shaped four- 
 sided figure, the southern frontier deviating most 
 widely from a right line. The extreme length of 
 the country, measured diagonally, is 900 miles; 
 its greatest breadth something less than 850, and 
 its mean breadth about 500 miles. Its superficial 
 area is 323,437 square miles, or more nearly 
 198,626,143 acres. N.S.W. is about three times 
 the size of Great Britain and Ireland, and larger 
 than any State in Europe, except Russia. One of 
 its outlying pastoral districts within the frontier 
 — The Albert — is alone larger than England and 
 Wales together. Taken as a whole the colony is 
 nearly equal in extent to Canada. The entire 
 length of the coast-line is about 800 miles. The 
 seaboard presents twenty-two remarkable head- 
 lands or capes. Its bays and inlets, from Point 
 Danger to Cape Howe, are about eighteen in 
 number. Most of these are still known by names 
 given to them by Cook and other early discoverers. 
 On the coast-line there are eleven inlets, with 
 narrow openings, occasionally closed to navigation 
 after heavy gales from seaward. These salt-water 
 lagoons are generally but somewhat improperly 
 
 known as lakes. In the interior there are several 
 extensive fresh-water lakes. The islands on the 
 coast are few and unimportant. The principal 
 harbours are the ports of Sydney and Newcastle, 
 but at the mouths of several of the rivers there 
 are numerous roadsteads and inlets more or less 
 available for maritime purposes. The harbour 
 of Sydney (Port Jackson) is one of the best and 
 most extensive in the world. As regards the 
 physical features of the country the surface of 
 N.S.W. may be divided into three parts — (1) the 
 Coast District; (2) the Table -lands; and (3) the 
 Plains of the Interior. The coast district is a 
 comparatively narrow strip of undulating land 
 lying along the sea-coast, often not more than 
 thirty-five miles wide, and sometimes considerably 
 less. A high plateau or elevated district, furrowed 
 here and there with precipitous valleys, next 
 succeeds, frequently presenting on the seaward 
 side nearly perpendicular escarpments. The most 
 important series of these high lands traverses the 
 entire length of the colony. In width this elevated 
 region extends westward to about the 151st 
 meridian. Its shape is irregular, and its area is 
 not easily estimated. On this table-land, at the 
 distance of from sixty to seventy miles from the 
 coast, are found the loftiest mountains, while from 
 the 151st meridian to the westward there is a 
 gradual fall to the great inland plains. These 
 plains are for the most part thinly timbered, but 
 well watered, covered with luxuriant grass and 
 herbage, and forming admirable cattle and sheep 
 stations. They are the great pasture lands of 
 N.S.W. In the central district or table-land the 
 climate is cold in winter, particularly in the more 
 mountainous tracts. On the Muniong Range, in 
 the pastoral district of Monaro — a range generally 
 known as the Australian Alps — snow frequently 
 lies from May to October, but is however seldom 
 seen in summer, although sometimes known to 
 fall even in December and January. In these 
 Alpine districts tremendous storms not unfre- 
 quently occur, followed by very heavy rains. 
 Although in the table-land the winters are rather 
 severe, as a rule the climate of N.S.W. is warm 
 and dry, the difference of mean temperatures not 
 being more than twenty-five degrees. In the 
 coast region to the east of the Great Dividing 
 Range the mean annual temperature stands higher 
 than on the table-lands. The heat of the summer 
 is here however moderated by the proximity 
 of the ocean. In the vast plains of the interior 
 the alternations of heat and cold are always more 
 distinctly marked. Hot winds are more or less 
 prevalent throughout the low lands during the 
 summer, and whilst they last have been known to 
 raise the temperature to 120° F. Notwithstanding 
 this occasional inconvenience, the climate is univer- 
 sally regarded as both healthyand pleasant, and one 
 of its chief characteristics is a peculiar lightness and 
 purity of atmosphere seldom experienced elsewhere. 
 Physical Aspect.— Mountains. — The mountain 
 system of N.S.W. is sufficiently simple. The
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 265 
 
 mountains extend over an immense area, but their 
 average elevation is probably not more than 3500 
 feet, although some peaks are much higher. The 
 highest, Mount Kosciusko in the Muniong Range, 
 attains an altitude of 7308 feet — about 700 feet 
 below the line of perpetual snow. The Great 
 Dividing Chain or Cordillera separates the eastern 
 and western watersheds but does not constitute 
 the sole important feature of the system. The 
 mountains may be conveniently distinguished 
 under four different heads : — (1.) The Interior 
 Ranges. — The ranges of the interior near the 
 western boundary of the colony form the western 
 watershed of the Darling River. Of these the 
 principal are Grey Range and Stanley or Barrier 
 Range. In Grey Range the chief elevation is 
 Mount Arrowsmith 2000 feet high, and in Stanley 
 Range the chief elevation is Mount Lyell also 
 about 2000 feet high. (2.) The Great Dividing 
 chain has seven main branches, viz: — The New 
 England Range (highest point Ben Lomond 5000 
 feet ;) The Liverpool Range (highest point Oxley's 
 Peak 4500 feet ;) The Blue Mountain Range 
 (highest point Mount Beemarang 4100 feet ;) The 
 Cullarin Range (highest point Mundoonen 3000 
 feet ;) The Gourock Range (highest point Jindulian 
 4300 feet ;) The Monaro Range (highest point head 
 of Kybean River 4010 feet ;) and The Muniong 
 Range (highest point Mount Kosciusko 7308 feet.) 
 These seven main branches are again sub-divided 
 as follows : — (1.) The New England Range into five 
 lateral branches — MacPherson's Range, MacLeay 
 Range, Nandewar or Hard wick Range, Hastings 
 Range, Moonbi Range. (2.) The Liverpool Range 
 into three chief lateral branches — Peel Range, 
 Mount Royal Range and Warrumbungle Range. 
 (3.) The Blue Mountain Range is subdivided into 
 three chief lateral branches — Hunter Range, 
 Mittagong Range, and Macquarie Range. (4.) The 
 Cullarin Range is subdivided into the Western 
 Range and Mundoonen Range. (5.) The Gourock 
 Range, of a rugged and broken appearance, cannot 
 be easily subdivided. (6.) The Monaro Range, is 
 subdivided into the Western Range and the North- 
 western Range. (7.) The Muniong Range the 
 northern portion of the Warragong Mountains of 
 V., contains on the N. side of the frontier the 
 Murrumbidgee Range, the Tumut Range, and 
 the Murray Range. All this series is connected 
 with the Cordillera, dividing the eastern and 
 western watersheds. In one portion of it there is 
 an inland slope at Lake George to the S.W. of 
 Goulburn, where there is no outlet. Here an area 
 of 300 square miles is drained by the Turallo and 
 Butmaroo Creeks. From the Muniong, Monaro, 
 and the South Coast Ranges, the Margalong or 
 Snowy River — having for affluents the rivers 
 Eucumbene, Crackenback, Mowamba, Tongaro, 
 Moyengul, Ingeegoodbee, Wulwye, Bobundarra, 
 MacLaughlan, and lastly the Bombala with its 
 tributaries Cambolong, Columbookaand Maharatta, 
 flows away across the frontier to the S. With 
 these two exceptions all the waters of N.S.W. 
 
 either pass away into the ocean on the eastward, or 
 accumulating on the western side of the Great 
 Cordillera fall into the river Murray at Wentworth, 
 which itself reaches the ocean near Adelaide. 
 (3.) The Coast Ranges. — On the east side of the 
 Great Dividing Chain and parallel to it for a con- 
 siderable distance lie ranges which from their 
 situation are called the Coast Ranges. They 
 generally form the edge of the elevated table-land 
 upon which lies the Great Dividing Chain, and 
 are thus distinguished : -The Northern Coast 
 Range, The lllawarra Range, The Currockbilly 
 Range and the South Coast Range. The loftiest 
 peak is Mount Coolungera in the South Coast 
 Range which attains an elevation of 3712 feet. 
 (4.) Isolated Mountains and Groups. — The most 
 remarkable of these are Mount Doubleduke, 
 Whoman, Elanie, Yarrahappini, Kibbora, The 
 Three Brothers, Mount Talawah, Dromedary, 
 Mumbulla and Imlay or Baloon 2900 feet high. 
 Rivers. — With the comparatively trifling excep- 
 tion of the Snowy River (the Margalong) and its 
 affluents, and the two inconsiderable streams known 
 as Turallo and Butmaroo Creeks, all the rivers of 
 N.S.W. have their sources in the Great Dividing 
 Chain or Cordillera, and flow thence to the sea 
 with a curious variety of direction by the eastern 
 or the western watershed. The great rivers of the 
 western watershed are the Darling and its numerous 
 affluents ; the Lachlan and its affluents compara- 
 tively few in number ; the Murrumbidgee and its 
 affluents ; and the Murray or Hume and its 
 affluents. All these great western rivers eventually 
 unite their streams with the Murray, which receives 
 its last tributary the Darling at the frontier town 
 of Wentworth, passing which it flows away into 
 Lake Alexandrina, near Adelaide in S.A. The 
 drainage of the western watershed may be under- 
 stood by the following analysis :— (1.) The Darling. 
 —The Karaula, Calewatta or Maclntyre River rises 
 at the foot of Ben Lomond not far from Stone - 
 henge, in the pastoral district of New England. 
 It first flows in a N.W. direction for about 130 
 miles, and having received the Severn it reaches 
 the northern boundary of N.S.W. and runs for a 
 considerable distance westerly, receiving success- 
 ively the Dumaresq, Booini, Whalan and Gilgil 
 Rivers. Its course thenceforward is for the most 
 part southerly and south-westerly. The united 
 stream is here generally called the Barwon or 
 Upper Darling — almost down to the site of the 
 township of Breewarrina to the N.E. of Bourke. 
 The river then receives as tributaries the Mooni, 
 the Gwydir or Bundarra also called the Kindur, 
 the Namoi or Peel and its affluents, the Castle- 
 reagh, the Macquarie (the Wambool) and its num- 
 erous affluents, the Narran, Bokhara, the Culgoa, 
 the Bogan, the Warrego and several other large 
 streams or (as they are generally designated) creeks. 
 From Breewarrina down to Wentworth the main 
 stream is known as the Darling. The estimated 
 length of the Barwon is 510 miles ; that of the 
 Lower Darling or Darling properly so called is 
 
 L2
 
 266 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 fNew 
 
 650 miles ; giving a total of 1160 miles. The 
 Darling falls into the Murray at Wentworth in 
 latitude 34° 6' S. and longitude 142° 2' E. The 
 area of basin drained by the Darling and its 
 affluents is 198,000 square miles. The length of 
 the Maclntyre is 350 miles ; of the Gwydir 445 
 miles ; of the Namoi 600 miles ; of the Castlereagh 
 365 miles ; of the Macquarie 750 miles ; and of 
 the Bogan 450 miles. It has been supposed that 
 the River Paroo in the Albert District falls into 
 the Darling but this is somewhat doubtful. (2.) The 
 Lachlan. — The River Lachlan or Calare is the 
 next main stream, but much inferior in length and 
 extent of basin to the Darling. It rises on the 
 western side of the Cullarin Range. It receives first 
 the Jerrawa Creek and is then called the Narrawa 
 River and afterwards the Crookwell and Aber- 
 crombie, and the river then assumes the name of 
 the Lachlan. The Boorowa and Belubula rivers 
 are the last of its principal affluents. Sweeping 
 round to the W. and S.W. the Lachlan falls into 
 the Murrumbidgee, flowing in the latter portion of 
 its course through vast plains. The total length 
 of the Lachlan is 700 miles ; area of basin 27,000 
 square miles. (3.) The Murrumbidgee. — The 
 Murrumbidgee rises in the Muniong Range, and 
 in the neighbourhood of Cooma trends suddenly 
 to the northward. It receives the I T maralla, the 
 Queanbeyan, the Yass, the Goodradigbee, the 
 Tumut, the Adelong, the Nacka Nacka, and the 
 Tarcutta. After the first 300 miles it pursues a 
 westerly course, and joining the Lachlan W. of 
 Maude falls into the Murray twenty miles to the 
 S.W. of Balranald. The estimated length of the 
 Murrumbidgee is 1350 miles and it drains a basin 
 having an area of 25,000 square miles. The Mur- 
 rumbidgee is navigable for 500 miles. (4.) The 
 Murray. — The principal source of the Murray 
 (known also as the Millewa, Hume or Indi) is in 
 the Muniong Range near Mount Kosciusko, not 
 far distant from the head of the Murrumbidgee 
 waters. It flows westerly and north-westerly 
 through the entire breadth of N.S.W. and receives 
 almost all its western waters. The Murray and 
 Murrumbidgee are connected by ana-branches in 
 the lower part of their course. This river has 
 several considerable affluents in the upper portion 
 of its course, and it forms the southern frontier of 
 the colony from Monaro to the south-western limit. 
 Its length is 1120 miles and it drains an area of 
 270,000 square miles. The width of the stream 
 from Moama to Albury in the summer time is 
 about 240 feet, and it is navigable by small 
 steamers as far as the last-mentioned town. The 
 rivers of the eastern watershed drain an area of 
 not more than 50,000 square miles. They all flow 
 into the Pacific Ocean. The most considerable are 
 the Hawkesbury, the Hunter and the Clarence. The 
 length of the Hawkesbury is 330 miles and it 
 drains an area of about 8700 miles. The length 
 of the Hunter (Coquon) is 300 miles and the area 
 drained about 8000 square miles. The Shoalhaven 
 is 260 miles in length ; the Clarence 240 miles ; the 
 
 Macleay 190 miles ; and the Manning 100 miles. 
 The Hastings, the Karuah, the Clyde, the Moruya, 
 the Tuross, the Bega and the Towamba— all more 
 or less navigable — are all less than 100 miles in 
 length. Most of these eastern rivers have sand- 
 bars at their mouths, and their navigation is 
 attended with danger in tempestuous weather. 
 The Hawkesbury (Deerubbum) is remarkable for 
 its singularly tortuous course. Its basin has three 
 distinct slopes in the eastern watershed — a northern, 
 eastern and western slope. The main stream comes 
 from the northern slope and is first called the 
 WollondUly. It receives the Mulwarree, the 
 Cookbundoon and the Cox rivers, and is then 
 called the Warragamba. When the Cowpasture 
 River has contributed its waters the river is called 
 the Nepean, which name it bears until its junction 
 with the Grose, flowing from the Blue Mountains, 
 and thenceforth it is known as the Hawkesbury, 
 the name first bestowed in order of time upon this 
 stream of many aliases. After receiving the Colo 
 and MacDonald rivers and other minor tributaries 
 the Hawkesbury finally discharges itself into the 
 Pacific Ocean at Broken Bay. Owing to the 
 immense area which it drains and the flatness of 
 the country in the lower portion of its course, but 
 chiefly perhaps in consequence of the confined and 
 tortuous channel below Windsor through which the 
 enormous volume of flood-waters is not discharged 
 with sufficient rapidity, this river is liable to sudden 
 floods. The alluvial lands in the valleys of the 
 Hawkesbury and of the Hunter are renowned for 
 their extraordinary fertility. 
 
 Plains. — The western interior of the colony 
 almost to the boundary line of S.A. consists of 
 immense level tracts of country. The principal of 
 these are the Liverpool Plains lying between the 
 Liverpool and Nundawar Ranges. These plains, 
 the native name of which was Cobbon Comleroy, 
 contain about 10,000,000 acres or 16,901 square 
 miles of land. This tract was named by Oxley, the 
 discoverer (26th August 1818) after Lord Liverpool, 
 and is supposed to have been at one time the bed 
 of an immense inland lake, with hills and ridges 
 rising like islands, chiefly sandstone or basalt. It 
 is for the most part sparsely watered, and for this 
 reason unsuitable for the purposes of tillage. 
 Another extensive plain or series of plains is known 
 as the Monaro (Manaroo) Plains or Brisbane Downs, 
 consisting of a large tract of fine undulating pastoral 
 country lying between the Murrumbidgee River on 
 the west and the coast range on the east. These 
 plains were discovered by Captain Currie and 
 Brigadier-General Ovens in 1823. The Monaro 
 Plains are not properly speaking plains, but rather 
 a series of gently-swelling undulations, possessing 
 rich and fertile soil and remarkably well watered. 
 They form a plateau of 2000 feet above the level of 
 the sea and are over 70 miles in length. The 
 geological formation is generally made up of various 
 granite rocks disturbing quartz-bearing slates of 
 which the lower portions are partly overflowed by 
 fcrappean eruptions. There are also extensive plains
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 267 
 
 on the Hunter River known as South Park and 
 Jerry and Patrick's Plains, all in a high state of 
 cultivation but subject to severe floods, and other 
 plains near Bathurst (the Macquarie) and in the 
 north-western part of the colony, the latter mostly 
 taken up as cattle stations. 
 
 Lakes. — The largest lakes are : Lake George, 
 about twenty-five miles S.W. of Goulburn, twenty- 
 five miles in length by eight in breadth ; this is by 
 far the most important inland lake of N.S.W. ; it is 
 situated on the top of the table-land of the Dividing 
 Range 2129 feet above the level of the sea, and is 
 surrounded on its two sides by gigantic towering 
 mountains rising in grassy slopes from the water's 
 edge ; at the two ends of the lake the country is 
 grassy and more level ; there is no outlet for the 
 water, which is consequently saline from the 
 accumulation of salt held in solution, and although 
 unfit for human use is freely drunk by cattle ; for 
 a long time previous to 1852 the lake was dry, but 
 in that year— the year of the great Gundagai flood 
 — it filled up and has been wholly or partially full 
 ever since ; its surface teems with aquatic birds 
 and its waters abound with fish. Lake Bathurst, 
 about ten miles distant from Lake George, with an 
 area of eight square miles ; Tarrago Lake ; Burra 
 Burra Lake ; Lake Macquarie, more properly an 
 inlet of the sea, twenty miles long by three miles 
 wide ; and Lake Illawarra, also formed by the sea. 
 
 Capes and Bays. — The coast is fringed by 
 about twenty-two important capes or headlands 
 which are severally described under their respec- 
 tive heads. The bays and inlets are about eighteen 
 in number ; the largest and most important being 
 Twofold Bay, Jervis Bay, Botany Bay, Port 
 Jackson (on which Sydney is situated,) Middle 
 Harbour (a northerly elongation of Port Jackson 
 of capacious area but little depth of water,) 
 Broken Bay, Port Hunter (on which stands the 
 City of Newcastle,) and Port Stephens. 
 
 Pastoral Districts. — The first-settled portion 
 of N.S.W. was divided into twenty counties, con- 
 taining about a million acres each and being 
 generally about forty miles in width by sixty or 
 seventy in length. Nearly a hundred other coun- 
 ties have since been formed, some of which are 
 considerably larger, and there is a portion of the 
 Riverina and Albert districts in the W. still 
 undivided. Those portions of the country beyond 
 the original twenty counties are divided into 
 thirteen pastoral districts as follows : — (1) Albert, 
 comprising the extreme north-western portion of 
 the colony and consisting for the most part of arid 
 plains in which the streams from the mountain 
 ranges lose themselves ; it has an area of about 
 <i< h it in square miles. (2) Warrego, in the N., has 
 an area of about 10,000 square miles. (3) 
 Clarence, in the extreme N.E., contains about 5000 
 square miles. (4) Macleay, on the N.E. coast, is 
 small, containing only 3180 square miles. (5) 
 New England, in the N., is a fine and varied table- 
 land containing 13,100 square miles. (6) Bligh, 
 in the upper valley of the Macquarie River, has 
 
 7800 square miles. (7) Liverpool Plains, more to 
 the N., has an area of 16,910 square miles. (8) 
 Gwydir, on the northern boundary, has 11,075 
 square miles. ('.)) Wellington, to the W. of the 
 Macquarie River, has an area of 16,695 square 
 miles. (10) Lachlan, in the S.W., has an area of 
 22,800 square miles. (11) Murrumbidgee, on the 
 southern boundary, has 26,897 square miles. (12) 
 Darling, in the south-western corner of the colony, 
 extends to 50,000 square miles. (13) Monaro is a 
 high table-land in the S. and not far from the E. 
 coast ; it contains 8335 square miles. 
 
 Topography. — The topographical distribution 
 of the vast area of N.S.W. has not followed any 
 uniform system. There are old or proclaimed 
 counties with well-defined, and there are new 
 counties with very ill-defined, boundaries ; and 
 there are pastoral districts, provinces in dimen- 
 sions, lying beyond these old counties. The colony 
 has been subdivided into 118 counties, but this 
 mode of subdivision is of little topographical 
 importance, and is generally disregarded. Besides 
 the vast extent of country included in the rather 
 vaguely defined areas of some of the more distant 
 inland counties, there are also large unoccupied 
 tracts to be found (as in the Albert District, beyond 
 the River Darling), wherein few counties yet 
 appear even on the map. The old or proclaimed 
 counties near the coast are all more clearly defined, 
 and more densely inhabited, than the new counties 
 of the interior. Towns, villages, homesteads, 
 clearings, cultivated farms, plantations, and other 
 evidences of industry and progress, are of toler- 
 ably frequent occurrence, vigorous efforts having 
 been everywhere made to facilitate intercom- 
 munication by roads and railways, and by the 
 establishment at convenient distances of post- 
 towns and electric telegraph stations. The follow- 
 ing analysis may serve to give some idea of the 
 wide extent of the area embraced by the postal- 
 stations : — One of them, Mount Gipps, is 944 miles ; 
 another, Menindie, is 850 miles ; another, Went- 
 worth, is 835 miles, from Sydney. Two — Louth 
 and Pooncarie— are over 700 miles from the capital, 
 two are over 60C miles, twenty-five are over 500 
 miles, twenty-six are over 400 miles, and fifty-six 
 are over 300 miles. 
 
 Climate. — N.S.W. has the advantage of a climate 
 which with rare salubrity combines an extra- 
 ordinary variety of temperature. It is a common 
 error to suppose that the people live in a semi- 
 tropical climate, and that the temperature of 
 Sydney is the prevailing temperature of the colony. 
 There is as much difference in this respect between 
 Sydney and some parts of the interior, as between 
 the Midland Counties of England and the moors 
 of Scotland, except that in the colder parts of 
 the colony the winter is not so long in duration. 
 The climate of Sydney has been compared to that 
 of Naples, the difference being only five degrees of 
 greater summer heat and winter cold at Naples 
 than at Port Jackson. Although tropical plants 
 grow in the Sydney gardens, a five hours journey
 
 268 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALAMA. 
 
 I New 
 
 by rail is sufficient to reach a climate where British 
 fruits, flowers and grapes are cultivated with success. 
 Summer extends from the 1st of December to the 
 end of February, and its mean heat is about eighty 
 degrees ; but this great heat is moderated along the 
 coast by the sea breeze which blows regularly from 
 nine in the morning until five, six or seven in the 
 evening, when it is succeeded by the land breeze 
 from the mountains. The spring months are 
 September, October and November ; at this time 
 the nights are cold but the days warm and pleasant. 
 The three autumn months are March, April and 
 May. During the winter months of June, July 
 and August the morning and evenings are cold ; 
 hoar frosts are frequent, becoming more severe on 
 advancing into the interior. At Sydney the ther- 
 mometer is rarely below forty degrees. Snow does 
 not lie in the valleys, but in winter the loftiest of 
 the hills and mountains are covered, some of the 
 latter reaching the line of perpetual snow. The 
 healthy character of the climate is shown by the 
 returns of the Eegistrar, the percentage of deaths 
 comparing favourably with those of any country. 
 Regular observations of the weather have been 
 taken but for a comparatively few years, insufficient 
 to indicate all that is required to be known of the 
 climate of a large tract of country. It has been 
 proved however that the climate of N.S.W. approxi- 
 mates to that of Southern Europe, but so modified 
 by the physical features of different parts that all 
 varieties may be found from the cold of Kiandra, 
 where frost, snow and hail prevail for a considerable 
 portion of the year, to the heat of the inland plains, 
 where the thermometer sometimes reaches 140 
 degrees in the shade and is for the greater part of 
 the summer over 100 degrees, and where rain enough 
 to wet the ground is sometimes not seen for eighteen 
 months. The temperature of the coast districts is 
 influenced and equalised it is believed by one of 
 the great ocean currents which takes its rise to the 
 north of Australia, and has a steady set south at a 
 distance of four or five miles from the coast with a 
 velocity of one or two miles an hour. This antipo- 
 dean gulf stream of warm water is only occasionally 
 intercepted for a day or two at a time when there 
 is a strong southerly wind blowing. During the 
 year 1877 the thermometer, in the shade, at Sydney 
 showed the mean temperature to range from 50 - 5 
 to 82'9 ; the highest was 97"4, the lowest 41"6 ; the 
 mean temperature for the year being 63'8. The 
 total rainfall was 59'517 inches, rain fell on 147 
 days, the greatest fall in one day was 4'89 inches. 
 The rainfall was 7'996 inches above the average for 
 the preceding eighteen years. The highest reading 
 of the barometer was 30-508 in July, the lowest 
 29'201 in May. The prevailing wind was W. In 
 1878 the mean reading of the barometer was 29'831, 
 the highest shade temperature was 102'7 in 
 November, the mean being 83'3 ; the lowest shade 
 temperature was 38'7 in June, the mean being 49'9, 
 the highest in the sun was 146'2 in February. 
 Rain fell on 129 days, the greatest fall in one day 
 being 7'526 inches. 
 
 Soil.— Owing partly to climatic circumstances 
 and in part to the absence of water there is much 
 land useless for agricultural purposes, though much 
 of this is adapted for pastoral use and is so 
 employed. Of land rich in decayed vegetable 
 matter, containing in great profusion the ingredients 
 and constituents necessary for the formation of 
 plants, there is no great breadth away from the 
 river banks. The most fertile land in the colony, 
 perhaps in the world, is to be found on the margins 
 of the rivers, particularly the bottom lands of the 
 Clarence, Macleay, Manning, Hunter, Hawkesbury 
 and Shoalhaven. This fertility is almost counter- 
 balanced by the liability to inundation, when the 
 year's harvest may in a few hours be swept away. 
 The Northern district is suitable for the cultivation 
 of sugar, maize, the vine and semi-tropical fruits. 
 The area of land watered by the Macleay, Manning 
 and Hastings rivers is largely utilised for maize ; 
 the sugar-cane has been extensively cultivated but 
 not found to succeed. The Great Southern line of 
 Railway to Goulburn, 134 miles from Sydney, 
 passes through country much of which has long 
 been under cultivation and in which most of the 
 pursuits of agriculture and horticulture are success- 
 fully carried on. At Mittagong, 77 miles from 
 Sydney, rich and extensive deposits of coal and 
 iron exist in close proximity to the railway, and 
 some of the soil of the district is singularly fertile. 
 Indeed with some exceptions it may be said that 
 good arable land occurs nearly all the way to 
 Merulan, 114 miles, where excellent marble is 
 found. Goulburn and much of the country through 
 which the line runs possesses a mild and salubrious 
 climate in which English fruits, vegetables and 
 cereals thrive luxuriantly. The Great Northern 
 Railway in the first portion of its course passes over 
 coalfields of great extent and value, the produce of 
 which it conveys to Newcastle. In nearly its whole 
 length it intersects a good agricultural and grazing 
 country with a soil producing fine crops and 
 luxuriant pasturage. The Great Western line 
 passes by orangeries, vineyards and homesteads ; 
 but with the exception of a mile or two westward 
 of Penrith the land is too rugged and mountainous 
 for agricultural purposes until the Bathurst Plains 
 are reached. The land to the southward of Sydney 
 on the coast, the Illawarra district and beyond, is 
 employed for dairy farming purposes and supplies 
 the metropolis with much of its produce of milk, 
 butter and the other accompaniments of the 
 breakfast-table. Large areas are laid down with 
 English grasses which here flourish in all their 
 native luxuriance. 
 
 Floea. — Among the indigenous trees, shrubs and 
 plants of N.S.YV. are the Acacias, upwards of one 
 hundred varieties of which are known to flourish. 
 They bear a pretty yellow blossom and are more 
 generally known under the generic name of Wattle. 
 The wood is of little value, except the myall, which 
 has been utilised in the manufacture of pipes and 
 other small articles. The Eucalyptus or Gum-tree is 
 peculiar to A, and abounds in all parts ; there are
 
 New I 
 
 CYCLOP.EDtA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 269 
 
 in all twenty-seven varieties; it is a must valuable 
 wood for many purposes and the red-gum is almost 
 as imperishable as the jarrah wood of W.A. The 
 ironbark is noted for its hardness and in its very 
 dry state is scarcely workable ; it is used for ship- 
 building purposes and its life is estimated as exceed- 
 ing fifty years ; the blue and white gums are also 
 of value for constructive purposes. The most 
 valuable timber of all is the Cedar which is found 
 in the northern parts of the colony, its home being 
 principally the alluvial flats of the tributaries of 
 the eastern rivers. For all indoor uses, cabin 
 fittings and decorative purposes the wood is in 
 general requisition. The Casuarina tribe, more 
 popularly known under the name of the She Oak 
 (Shiak,) are very numerous as are also the Banksia 
 family which pass usually under the name of honey- 
 suckle. Fig-trees are plentiful and of great 
 variety ; the fruit is pleasant but the wood of little 
 use. The cabbage-tree palm is found in the Coast 
 districts ; its leaves or fronds are much used in the 
 manufacture of hats. Ferns of large size and endless 
 diversity grow in profusion in the mountain gullies. 
 On the plains the mesembryanthemum or salt bush 
 is largely found. It is a valuable grazing food for 
 both sheep and cattle. The mallee scrub covers 
 some portions of the plains ; it is a dense almost 
 impenetrable thicket. With the exception of the 
 quandong and the native cherry there are no 
 indigenous fruits of any kind in the colony; but 
 all the fruits of the temperate zone and many 
 semi-tropical, such as the orange, shaddock, banana, 
 loquat and pine-apple are now grown with abundant 
 residts. Wild flowers of great variety and beauty 
 adorn the landscape in the spring ; of these the 
 waratah or native tulip, the Christmas tree and 
 varieties of the lily, are the most striking. The 
 conditions necessary for the production of vege- 
 table mould are nearly all absent. The trees are 
 almost universally evergreen and there is conse- 
 quently no deposit of leaves in autumn. The leaves 
 are destitute for the most part of salts, and when 
 they fall their decomposition into mould is pre- 
 vented by the heat and dryness of the climate. 
 Thus it is that, as has been already said, there is a 
 large quantity of land of moderate fertility suitable 
 for grazing purposes with a considerable proportion 
 of the worst description (cold clay or loose sand,) 
 useless for either grazing or agricultural purposes. 
 Fauna. — Nearly all the larger animals found in 
 N.iS.W. are of the marsupial order, that is, having 
 a natural pouch in which they carry their young. 
 The kangaroo takes precedence in size. It is 
 found in various parts and occasionally in such 
 numbers as to seriously incommode the oper- 
 ations of the settlers, consuming the pasture that 
 would support many head of stock. Wallabys 
 and paddymelons are a. smaller species, and 
 still smaller varieties are found in the rat family. 
 The bandicoot, a small animal with a head and 
 snout like a pig, the wombat, the opossum, the 
 native bear — a small harmless creature in shape 
 like a bear — the native cat, a pretty but destructive 
 
 animal, and the platypus (Ornithorhynchut para- 
 doxus) and native hedgehog about exhaust the 
 number of the larger mammalia. Bats are very 
 numerous, from the flying foxes of large size to the 
 flying mouse ; like all this tribe they are nocturnal 
 in their habits and are very destructive to fruit 
 trees. Snakes are far too plentiful to be pleasant ; 
 five different families exist in N.S.W. The death- 
 adder and the yellow snake are the most dangerous 
 and their bite is frequently fatal. The lizard 
 tribes are well represented the largest of these 
 being the iguana. Birds are remarkable for their 
 variety and so far as the parrot tribe is concerned 
 the beauty of their plumage. The eagle tribe is 
 widely distributed ; there are also several species of 
 owls. The great kingfisher, or laughing jacasse, 
 can be met with in most parts, its strange hoot and 
 peculiar so-called laugh making the bush echo in 
 the early morning and at sundown. The magpie 
 is also common and its cry, heard as the clay breaks, 
 is very musical. Cockatoos, parrots and paroquets 
 are very plentiful in the coast district. Quails, 
 native pheasants and bush turkey are found. The 
 wild turkey and the emu, the latter the largest 
 biped found on the continent, are now confined to 
 the plains. Among water birds are the native 
 companion and several other species of crane and 
 heron, the black swan being the most graceful and 
 the largest of all. Leeches abound in most of the 
 creeks and lagoons. Insects are prolific almost 
 beyond belief ; the mosquito is the most numerous 
 and certainly the most annoying of all, but the 
 locusts are the most noisy and at sundown their 
 shrill whistling fills the air. Ants are of various 
 kinds, the species termed the bull ant being of 
 large size and dangerous to interfere with. Native 
 bees are plentiful. Spiders of all sizes from the 
 tarantula (or tri-antelope as it is more vulgarly 
 called) downwards flourish in all parts. Fish 
 swarm in the rivers that intersect and seas that 
 fringe the colony; among them are the bream, 
 mullet, whiting, schnapper, jewfish, flathead and 
 garfish ; crustaceans too abound, while the Sydney 
 oysters are luxuries that are prized throughout 
 the colonies. The oyster beds besides those in the 
 neighbourhood of Port Jackson are in the rivers 
 Hunter, Clarence, Manning and Clyde. Within 
 the last few years numerous animals have been 
 imported from Great Britain and elsewhere and 
 have been found to thrive in their new home ; 
 among these are deer, hares, rabbits (these have 
 now become a serious pest) and the familiar 
 songsters of the English hedgerows and fields. 
 Geology. — "The mountain ridges and table-lands 
 of N.S.W. consist mainly of the older Palasozoic 
 formations pierced and rent by intrusive igneous 
 rocks of various ages. The older settled districts 
 of the E. coast lie mostly on rocks of the carbon- 
 iferous formation or on newer deposits of Mesozoir 
 age ; while the great western plains and valleys 
 are iilmost wholly Tertiary sandstone or more 
 recent deposits, with intervening areas covered 
 by overflows of igneous trap rock. The oldest
 
 270 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 sedimentary rocks are Silurian, consisting of crys- 
 talline sandstones and limetones. Their strike is 
 in a meridional direction, and the quartz veins, or 
 " reefs " as they are locally termed, running N. 
 and S. for miles, serve as a guide to the wandering 
 bushman. These Silurian rocks form the bed on 
 which the gold-bearing gravels are deposited, 
 while its quartz veins or reefs form the matrix 
 from which the gold of the drifts has been derived. 
 These reefs are worked by means of deep mines, 
 and furnish the larger part of the gold now pro- 
 cured. Granitic rocks of various kinds are 
 abundant and are believed to be generally of later 
 date than the Palasozoic rocks. Syenite forms the 
 summit of Mount Kosciusko, the highest mountain 
 in the colony and in Australia. Gold occurs in 
 granite both in quartz veins and in beds of iron 
 pyrites ; while the tin of New England is all 
 derived from granite. The carboniferous rocks 
 cover an immense area and are largely coal-bear- 
 ing, so that the coal-fields of N.S.W. are among the 
 most extensive in the world. These deposits were 
 once thought to belong to the Secondary forma- 
 tion, but they are now ascertained to be Palaeozoic 
 and to correspond to the true coal of Britain. 
 Cannel coal and mineral oils are also produced by 
 these carboniferous rocks. The Secondary forma- 
 tion is scantily represented by small patches of 
 trias at the Clarence River, and by some coal- 
 bearing beds near the Parramatta. Tertiary 
 deposits are almost unknown in the E. while to 
 the W. of the Dividing Range they cover enor- 
 mous areas, forming in many places ranges of flat- 
 topped sandstone hills. There are also immense 
 deposits of sands, gravels, marls and clays of late 
 Tertiary or Post-tertiary age ; and these descend 
 far below the present level of the country, as shown 
 by a well sunk at Billebong on a tributary of the 
 Lachlan River, which passed for 160 feet through 
 such deposits without reaching any older rocks. 
 More recent still are the deposits of drifts and 
 boulders, with the red earth deposited in caves, 
 which has yielded abundance of remarkable fossils 
 as already described in our account of the geology 
 of Australia. Igneous rocks occur abundantly and 
 of all ages, from the basalt of the Palaeozoic forma- 
 tion to the products of volcanoes of Post-tertiary 
 age. In the southern part of the Dividing Range 
 columnar basalt is abundant and is found as high 
 as 5000 feet above the sea. Greenstone dykes cut 
 through granite at Naas Valley and alter sandstone 
 to Quartzite at Mount Tennant. Trachyte crowns 
 the summit of Mount Lindesay. Igneous dykes at 
 Illawarra, Murrundi and other places, have changed 
 coal into coke. Great outflows of basalt occur at 
 most of the goldfields. Volcanic ashes are found 
 at Mount Lindesay. The number of true volcanic 
 cones and craters is much fewer than in Victoria, 
 nor are there any so perfect. No active volcano is 
 known to exist in the colony."— f Wallace.) 
 
 Progress. — Originating as a penal settlement 
 in 1788 the colony at first made little progress, so 
 that in 1825 the total population was only 33,675. 
 
 In the next nine years it nearly doubled, being 
 66,212 in 1834, but fully one-third of this number 
 were prisoners. The early governors were often 
 despotic, and persons were liable to disabilities 
 and even to prosecution for the too free expression 
 of their religious or political opinions. In 1836 
 all such disabilities were abolished, the immigration 
 of free settlers was encouraged and the country 
 rapidly increased in prosperity. In 1840 transpor- 
 tation was abolished, at which time the population 
 had reached 129,463. In 1850 it was 265,503, and 
 the following year V. was established as a separate 
 colony, taking away more than a fourth part of the 
 total population. The gold discoveries at this time 
 diverted the stream of emigration to Melbourne, 
 and it took four years to bring up the numbers of 
 the population to that of the date of separation. 
 Notwithstanding the rivalry of the sister colony 
 and the superior attraction of its gold-fields N.S.W. 
 continued to increase ; and although in 1859 Q. 
 was taken from it with 28,000 inhabitants, its 
 population immediately afterwards in 1860 was 
 348,546. This has since increased with almost 
 equal rapidity, and at the last estimate at the end 
 of 1879 amounted to 734,282. Besides the colonies 
 which have been actually separated from N.S.W. 
 it has sent considerable portions of its population 
 to S.A. and N.Z., standing in some respects in the 
 place of a mother country to all the other Australian 
 colonies. When this is taken into account the 
 steady growth of its population must be considered 
 as highly satisfactory. There is no such mixture 
 of races here as in some of the other colonies. The 
 Chinese number about 7000 or 8000 many of 
 whom are market gardeners or domestic servants. 
 Polynesians have been introduced as labourers, 
 but the experiment was unsuccessful, and there are 
 at present very few in the colony. The indigenous 
 inhabitants are few in number, and are rapidly 
 dying out. 
 
 Productions. — The great staple productions of 
 N.S.W. are wool, gold and coal ; and in the first and 
 last it is pre-eminent over all the other colonies. 
 In 1879 the number of sheep was 23,967,053, very 
 nearly equal to the number in all the rest of 
 Australia. The wool of N.S.W. is perhaps the 
 finest in the world, the choicest breeds of Europe 
 having been introduced ; while the dry climate, 
 the peculiar vegetation, the genial temperature 
 and the absence of beasts of prey, all favour its 
 development. In 1 829 only 7 1 , 299 lbs. of wool were 
 exported, while in 1878 it reached the enormous 
 amount of 111,833,017 lbs., an increase of more 
 than a thousand-fold in forty-nine years. Acces- 
 sory products are tallow, skins and preserved meat. 
 In 1872 the export of tallow was 185,233 cwt., more 
 than 300,000 sheep being boiled down to produce 
 it. Hides and leather in the same year realised 
 £239,769. Meat-preserving was commenced only 
 in 1862 by salting ; the tinning process only 
 began in 1866 and the freezing still later. The 
 total exports of wool, tallow, meat and live stock 
 in 1871 amounted to £8,598,633. The devotion
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 271 
 
 to pastoral pursuits implied by these large figures 
 has led to the comparative neglect of agriculture. 
 Tobacco, sugar and wine are also produced in con- 
 siderable quantities ; and these articles will probably 
 soon show a great increase, as the climate and soil 
 seem eminently adapted to them all. In 1876 
 4700 tons of sugar were produced and 451,000 
 gallons of wine. The climate is equally suitable 
 to sericulture, and silk will soon be added to the 
 exports. Gold was found at Port Macquarie as 
 early as 1840 and subsequently at several other 
 places, but the first goldfield was announced in 
 1851 at Ophir on Summerhill Creek, not far from 
 P.athurst. Almost immediately other goldfields 
 were discovered all along the great central range 
 of mountains, and a period of the wildest excitement 
 followed. There are now about eighty goldfields 
 in the colony giving employment to 22,000 miners. 
 In 1852, 962,873 ounces were produced and the 
 yield has never since been so high. In 1873 it was 
 328,000 ounces. In 1871 there were in the colony 
 250 puddling machines, 22 hydraulic hoses and 80 
 crushing machines ; and the total yield of gold in 
 the twenty-nine years since 1851 has reached the 
 value of forty millions sterling. The goldfields are 
 most numerous and productive in the western 
 districts. Copper is found abundantly in the 
 Orange district, Monaro, and several other localities, 
 but is not yet extensively worked. Silver-lead is 
 found on the Yass River in the basin of the Upper 
 Murrumbidgee and in other places, and cinnabar 
 has been raised near the Cudgegong River. Iron 
 is abundant but is not much worked owing to the 
 cost of carriage. The Fitzroy mine on the Nattai 
 River in Camden County has however been sold 
 for .£60,000. Tin has recently been worked in New 
 England near the Q. border and has proved very 
 rich, and to the end of 1877 £2,376,066 worth was 
 exported. Diamonds are found in the tin streams 
 and in some places they average six to each ton of 
 wash-dirt. The most valuable of all the mineral 
 products of N.S.W. is undoubtedly the coal, which 
 occurs in great profusion and of excellent quality, 
 is capable of vast extension and is the needful basis 
 of so many other industries. The coalfields extend 
 over an area of ten million acres, and in 1878 the 
 coal raised was 1,575,497 tons of the value of 
 £915,228. There are also vast deposits of kerosene 
 shale at Maitland and in the Illawara district, and 
 £57,211 worth was raised in 1878. Plumbago and 
 meerschaum have also been discovered ; while 
 limestone, slate and granite are ' abundant. The 
 only manufactured articles exported from N.S.W. 
 are cheese and butter, sugar, tallow, preserved 
 meats and wine. In the year 1878 the exports 
 amounted to £10,716,511, but the total exports 
 were much mote, there being a very large trade with 
 the other colonies of Australia as well as with 
 India and foreign countries. The shipping consists 
 largely of steamers plying along the coasts and up 
 the rivers. The number of vessels registered in 
 N.S.W. is 573 with an aggregate measurement of 
 72,112 tons. Sixty vessels of 34G5 tons were built 
 
 in 1876. There is a considerable trade between 
 Sydney and the South Sea Islands as well as with 
 the Sandwich Islands and California. 
 
 Roads, Railways and Telegraphs. — Com- 
 pared with the vast extent of the colony and 
 the energy of its people the roads seem deficient. 
 There were in 1873 only 604 miles of properly 
 constructed roads, almost all of which were in the 
 vicinity of the towns, and in addition 1255 miles 
 in process of construction, most of which had 
 then been simply cleared of forest. Long journeys 
 are made over these cleared tracks with tolerable 
 speed and regularity in dry weather ; but where 
 there is much traffic these roads become a suc- 
 cession of mud-holes in the wet season, and where 
 possible de'tours have to be made through the 
 uncleared ground. Regular stage coaches travel 
 along these roads by day and night, passing in and 
 out through the trees, up and down across the 
 creeks, sticking here and there in the mud and 
 sometimes upsetting, in which case the passengers 
 often have to pass the night in the bush as best 
 they can. The average pace is about six miles an 
 hour. The deficiency of roads is due in part to 
 the high price of labour, and in part to the vast 
 distances to be traversed in every direction. It 
 must be considered also that till the gold dis- 
 coveries in 1851 the country was too thinly peopled 
 and the revenue too small to admit of much 
 expenditure on roads ; and during the excitement 
 of the gold fever it was found that an enormous 
 traffic could be maintained to the remotest diggings 
 often without any roads at all. Just at that time 
 too the Government had begun to construct rail- 
 ways, and in these a large amount of capital has 
 been invested. The first railway was commenced 
 in 1850, and by the end of 1877, 598 miles were in 
 operation, having been constructed at a cost of 
 over £9,000,000. On 30th June 1879 there were 
 718 miles in operation. The net earnings of these 
 lines produced 4j per cent, on the capital expended. 
 The most important line is that in a south-west 
 direction from Sydney through Goulburn to Wagga 
 Wagga at the head of the Murrumbidgee naviga- 
 gation, with a continuation to Albury on the 
 Victorian frontier which completes the railway 
 communication between Sydney and Melbourne. 
 Another line runs from Sydney across the Blue 
 Mountains to Bathurst with extensions to Blayney 
 and Orange, at heights of more than 2800 feet 
 above the sea. In the N. there is a line from 
 Newcastle to Murrurundi, now extended to Tam- 
 worth on the Peel River, in a fine pastoral agricul- 
 tural and mining district. This is intended to be 
 continued by a narrow-gauge line through the 
 table-land of New England to the Clarence River 
 to meet a line of corresponding gauge in Q. Lines 
 are also projected from Tamworth to Tenterfield 
 (220 miles) via Barraba, Bundarra, and Wellin- 
 grove ; and from Wagga Wagga to Deniliquin 
 (142 miles,) whence a line is already constructed 
 to Echuca on the Victorian frontier ; as well as 
 several others both along the coast and inland.
 
 272 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 The gauge of all the great lines is 4 feet 8| inches 
 like that of the British railways. The trunk line 
 from Sydney to Parramatta (14 miles) is double, 
 but from this point the western and southern 
 extensions are single lines. The western line over 
 the Blue Mountains was a great feat of engineering 
 as there is only one available route, and the line 
 has to be zigzagged up and down with gradients 
 sometimes of 1 in 30 ; and is often carried along 
 the face of precipices, necessitating countless 
 bridges, viaducts, and tunnels. The electric tele- 
 graph is also well developed in N.S.W., 11,700 
 miles having been constructed up to the end of 
 1878. It extends to every important place in the 
 colony, and there are 154 telegraph stations. 
 There is also communication with V. and S.A., 
 and a submarine cable to N.Z. 
 
 Agriculture. — The climate of the colony is 
 highly favourable to the development of the 
 productive properties of the soil. Everything 
 that is grown in England can be grown in N.S.W. 
 Wheat, maize, barley, oats and potatoes are the 
 articles most largely cultivated ; and it has been 
 found that tobacco also flourishes. Fruit of all 
 kinds common in England, as well as oranges, 
 lemons, bananas, figs, pine-apples and many other 
 semi-tropical products, are grown in abundance. 
 In the early days of the colony wheat was grown 
 extensively in the valleys of the Hunter and the 
 Hawkesbury and near Campbelltown and Camden ; 
 but it is now superseded largely by other crops. 
 It is on the high table-lands to the north that the 
 best wheat-growing districts occur. Orange also 
 in the west, Young in the south-west and Tumut 
 still further south, are centres of extensive tracts 
 of wheat-growing country. These districts are 
 from 2000 to 4000 feet above sea level, and rust 
 which often proves fatal on the coast is unknown 
 in the south. Maize or Indian corn is grown 
 nearly all over the colony, and is largely manu- 
 factured into maizena or corn-flour, for which 
 there is a great demand. Attention has lately 
 been directed in many parts of the country to 
 sugar-growing, but the results have not come up 
 to expectation except in the Clarence district. 
 The cultivation of the vine is largely carried on, 
 the wines of Albury on the Murray being famous 
 throughout Australia, and the produce of the 
 Hunter River and New England country having 
 been awarded many medals at the exhibitions of 
 London, Paris and Vienna. The grape flourishes 
 all along the Coast district and is to be found in 
 nearly every garden in the land. Tobacco is 
 grown in the Hunter River district and in small 
 areas on the Clarence and Murrumbidgee. It is 
 still, however, although a steady demand has risen 
 for smoking purposes, much inferior to the 
 Virginia leaf. Barley, oats, rye and other cereal 
 crops are grown on the table-lands, mainly for 
 fodder. Potato disease is unknown in the colony. 
 Arrowroot, olives and capers have been cultivated 
 in the north, but not to any great extent. The 
 orange groves around Sydney and Parramatta are 
 
 very prolific, but the finest fruit is perhaps grown 
 on the islands in the lower Hunter River. The 
 agricultural returns for the year ending 31st March 
 1879 show that there were 37,887 holders of land 
 over one acre (exclusive of those holding land for 
 pastoral purposes) holding 21,471,596 acres, of 
 which 613,642} acres were under cultivation ; 
 15,903,803^ acres were enclosed, but not under 
 cultivation, and 4,954,150} acres were unenclosed. 
 Compared with the previous year there is an 
 increase in land under cultivation of 67,086} acres, 
 and of land enclosed but not tilled 2,111,183} 
 acres. The area under crop and the yield are 
 reported as under : — Wheat 283,252i acres, yield 
 3,439,326 bushels; maize 130,582i acres, yield 
 4,420,580 bushels ; barley 6152 acres, yield 132,072 
 bushels ; oats 22,129 acres, yield 447,912 bushels ; 
 rye 1302 acres, yield 22,563 bushels ; millet 254 j 
 acres, yield 5023 bushels ; potatoes 16,724| acres, 
 yield 53,590 tons ; arrowroot 27i acres, yield 
 47,484 lbs. ; sorghum and imphee 47} acres, yield 
 1735 cwt. ; sugar-cane, productive, 2949| acres, 
 unproductive, 4489}- acres, yield 18,278,736 lbs. of 
 sugar ; tobacco 835 acres, yield 7932} cwt. ; vines 
 4237i acres, yield 6S4,733 gallons of wine, 1102 
 tons of grapes for table use, besides 2540 gallons 
 of brandy ; oranges 4287 acres, yield 3,398,445 
 doz. Compared with the previous year's returns 
 there is an increase in nearly every instance. The 
 areas under arrowroot and sorghum have been 
 reduced, and there is a consequent decrease in 
 the yield of both these crops. The wine manu- 
 factured was also less by 23,698 gallons. The 
 estimated acreage laid out as gardens and orchards 
 is 18,017|. The stock returns for the year ending 
 31st March 1878 were : — 35,661 stock owners, 
 holding 328,150 horses, 2,746,385 cattle, 20,962,244 
 sheep and 191,677 pigs. For the year 1879 
 the returns were : — 35,435 stock holders, possessing 
 336,468 horses, 2,771,583 cattle, 23,967,053 sheep, 
 220,320 pigs. Compared with the previous year's 
 return there is an increase of 8318 horses, 25,198 
 horned cattle, 3,004,809 sheep and 28,643 pigs. 
 
 Population. —The estimated population of the 
 colony on the 31st December 1879 showed a total 
 of 734,282 persons, giving an increase of 40,539 
 souls, or 5 '84 per cent, on the estimated population 
 for the previous year. Males were estimated at 
 409,665 and females at 324,616, or 55'79 per cent, 
 and 44'21 per cent, respectively, so that males 
 were 11 '58 per cent, in excess of females. These 
 figures show a much larger increase to our popu- 
 lation than has been recorded for many years past. 
 During the year 1879 there were 5391 marriages 
 celebrated in the colony. The births numbered 
 26,933 and the deaths 10,200. As compared -with 
 the previous year, we find that marriages were in 
 excess by 74, births by 1605, and deaths show a 
 decrease of 563. The number of persons who 
 arrived in the colony seaward during the year 
 1879 was 44,501, of whom 1979 were children. 
 For every year of the decade we find a steady 
 increase in the population by immigration, except
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 273 
 
 for the year 1873, when the number was nearly 
 the same as for the previous year. Immigrants at 
 the public expense from the United Kingdom 
 under the assisted regulations numbered 5731, 
 consisting of 2746 males and 2985 females. Of 
 this number adults form 70'61 per cent, and 
 children 29'39 per cent. The native countries and 
 religions persuasions of these immigrants are as 
 follows :— England 2808, Scotland 700, Ireland 
 2125, other countries 98; total 5731. Protestants 
 3697, Roman Catholics 2013, other religions 21 ; 
 total 5731. 
 
 Charitable Institutions. — The receipts for 
 the year 1879 on behalf of hospitals amounted to 
 .£62,247, and also the sum of £7947 on account of 
 new building at Bathurst, which gives a total of 
 £7o,]94. Of this amount the Colonial Treasury 
 supplied £44,480, and voluntary contributions and 
 other sources £25,714. The number of persons 
 admitted in the year was 6862, and 6046 persons 
 were discharged during the same period. The 
 deaths numbered 755, or 11 per cent, on the 
 admissions. Out-door relief was afforded to 9190 
 persons. St. Vincent's, in Sydney, was the only 
 hospital which was supported without aid from 
 the Government. Benevolent Asylums show 
 receipts for the year amounting to £25,076, the 
 whole of which, with the exception of £1627, was 
 obtained from the Public Treasury. The admis- 
 sions for the year were 2356, discharges 1867, and 
 384 deaths occurred. Belief was afforded in 2540 
 cases, and also to 16 persons. The returns from 
 these schools give their total receipts for the year 
 as £39,118, obtained as follows: — From Colonial 
 Treasury £30,815, from voluntary contributions, 
 ifec, £8303. Five of these institutions were sup- 
 ported entirely by the Government and two by 
 private contributions. The Inspector-General of 
 the Insane furnishes a list of nine establishments. 
 The cost of maintenance for the year, exclusive of 
 expenditure for buildings, repairs, etc., was £68,066. 
 The sum of £1966 was received from relatives and 
 friends for maintenance of patients, and paid into 
 the Treasury. There were 863 patients admitted 
 during the year and 644 discharged, &c The 
 number of deaths was 123, and there were 2015 
 inmates at the close of the year. Two other 
 institutions received assistance from the Govern- 
 ment to the amount of £1500. The general total 
 amount of receipts on behalf of charitable institu- 
 tions for the year 1879 was £210,545. 
 
 Belioion.— The number of Church of England 
 ministers for the year 1879 registered under 
 19 Vic. Nos. 30 and 34 was 219. Salaries and 
 allowances amounted to £8258, and the sum 
 of £3649 was received from church and school 
 estates, making a total of £11,907. The number 
 of churches and chapels was 440, with a total 
 of 70,706 individual sittings. The average 
 attendance is given as 54,855, and all other 
 places used for public worship show an average 
 attendance of 15,695. The ministers of the Roman 
 Catholic Church numbered 173, The amount 
 
 received during the year was £6408, viz., £4357 as 
 salaries and allowances, and £2051 from church 
 and school estates. The number of churches and 
 chapels was 282, of individual sittings 40,201, and 
 the average attendance is given as 57,343, exclusive 
 of 7640 at other places used for public worship. 
 There were 75 ministers of the Presbyterian Church 
 of N.S.W. The amount received as salaries and 
 allowances was £1702, and £654 from church 
 and school estates, making a total of £2356. 
 This denomination shows 142 as the number of 
 churches and chapels, with accommodation for 
 23,600 persons, and an average attendance of 
 13,355, and 4439 at other places used for public 
 worship. The Wesleyan Methodist Church had a 
 roll of 90 ministers. The amounts received as 
 salaries and allowances and from church and 
 school estates were £1372 and £361 respectively; 
 in all a total of £1733. There were 281 churches 
 and chapels with an average attendance of 24,777, 
 with 39,319 individual sittings. Other places used 
 for public worship show an average attendance of 
 8488. The remaining denominations received no 
 aid from the State. The total number of Sunday- 
 schools in the colony for the year 1879 was 1285. 
 The number of children on the registers was 
 92,082 and the average attendance was 69,512. 
 There were 8491 teachers employed. 
 
 Education. — The number of private schools in 
 the colony during the year 1879 was 538, with 
 18,592 pupils and 1062 teachers. Out of these 
 totals the metropolitan district is shown to have 
 254 schools, with 10,444 scholars and 562 teachers. 
 The totals of schools ifcc. under the Council of 
 Education were as follows : — Number of schools 
 1268, number of scholars 134,624. The total cost 
 for the year was £424,994, of which the sum of 
 £351,766 was paid from the Colonial Treasury 
 (including £2569 from clergy and school estates) 
 and £73,228 were received as fees &c. The total 
 number of scholars receiving instruction during 
 the year 1879 was 155,290. 
 
 Educational Institutions. — The number of 
 persons who visited the Museum during the year 
 1879 was 104,594 of which there were 67,990 on 
 week days and 36,604 on Sundays. The expendi- 
 ture amounted to £5467. The Beference Branch 
 of the Free Public Library received 124,702 visits 
 during the year, and the Lending Branch 27,334. 
 At the close of the year the number of volumes, 
 pamphlets, &c. was 31,701 and 9898 respectively. 
 The number of Schools of Art and institutions of 
 a kindred nature for the year 1879 was 81. 
 
 Crime. — The number of committals to Quarter 
 Sessions for the year was 1437, of trials 1185, of 
 convictions 848 and of acquittals 337. In the 
 Supreme and Circuit Courts there were 1090 con- 
 victions. Under the head of Felonies there were 
 748, and of Misdemeanors 342. The total number 
 of cases in the Magistrates' Courts during the year 
 was 53,870; of these 7611 were discharged for 
 want of prosecution or evidence, 5688 were dis- 
 missed on their merits, 38,828 were summarily 
 
 vs
 
 274 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 convicted and 1743 were committed for trial. The 
 total apprehensions for drunkenness were 17,715, 
 comprising 13,574 males and 4141 females. 
 
 Trade and Commerce. — The imports and 
 exports of the colony for the year 1879 were valued 
 at £27,285,666, of which amount imports formed 
 .£14,198,847 and exports £13,086,819. As com- 
 pared with the previous year imports show a 
 reduction of £570,026 and exports are in excess of 
 the previous year's figures by £120,940. Taking 
 the mean estimated population of the colony for 
 the year the value of imports was £19 17s. 8kl. 
 and of exports £18 6s. 6|d. per head. The value 
 of the principal export (wool) the produce and 
 manufacture of the colony for the year 1879 
 amounted to £6,491,198, which is an increase of 
 £767,882 on the figures of the previous year. The 
 value of wool exported to the Colony of V. was 
 £2,709,736, and to S.A. £449,803. This trade to 
 these colonies is for the greater part overland and 
 thence no doubt to the nearest port for shipment. 
 The total number of sailing and steam ships which 
 entered the ports of the colony during the year j 
 1879 was 2391 ; the former class numbering 1479, j 
 of an aggregate of 647,124 tons, and the latter 912, 
 with an aggregate of 621,253 tons ; the total 
 number of hands employed being 51,141. Out- 
 ward bound sailing vessels numbered 1500 and 
 steamships 896; in all 2396. The number of 
 vessels built in the colony in the year 1879 was 
 50; their total measurement being 2335 tons. 
 There were 90 vessels registered, of an aggregate 
 of 9431 tons. 
 
 Mills and Manufactures. — The number of 
 mills for grinding and dressing grain was 161, with 
 a total of 2580 horse power. By far the larger 
 number of these mills (147) used steam as the 
 motive power. There were 546 persons employed 
 in the mills. The number of mills has been nearly 
 stationery for the last six years, and much lower 
 than the figures of the first four years of the 
 period. The total number of manufactories, works, 
 itc, in the colony which were in operation during 
 the year 1879 was 2499, which gave employment 
 to 24,564 persons, consisting of 21,867 males and 
 2697 females. 
 
 Production. — The quantity of gold sent by 
 escort from the several gold-fields of the colony 
 to the mint for coinage during the year 1879 was 
 70,675 ounces, valued at £264,018. The Western 
 Gold-fields supplied 46,378 ounces, the Southern 
 18,714 ounces, and the Northern 5586 ounces. As 
 compared with the previous year we find a decrease 
 of 4818 ounces on the total quantity. The total 
 quantity of gold received for coinage amounted to 
 106,900 ounces, of the value of £396,353. There 
 were 1,583,381 tons of coal raised during the year 
 1879, valued at £950,879. This sum amounts to a 
 little over 12s. per ton, which is about 4ld. in 
 excess of the previous year's rate. This industry 
 employed 5034 persons. The quantity of shale 
 raised during the year was 32,519 tons, of the value 
 of £66,930, and employment was found for 181 
 
 , ,, . j For grain . . . 
 / Green fodder 
 
 persons. The value of ore and copper produced 
 in the year amounted to £128,246. The weight of 
 ore raised is given at 4572 tons, and there were 
 104 miners employed. The quantity of tin raised 
 in the year was 4759 tons, of the value of £169,470, 
 and 1992 persons were employed in this industry. 
 The production of iron gave employment to 200 
 persons, who turned out 200 tons, valued at £10,000. 
 Live Stock. — The live stock returns for the 
 year 1879 show that there were 360,038 horses, 
 2,914,210 horned cattle, 29,043,392 sheep and 
 256,026 pigs. As compared with the previous year 
 we find an increase in each kind of stock as 
 follows : — Horses, 23,570 ; horned cattle, 142,627 ; 
 sheep, 5,076,339 ; and pigs, 35,706. The returns 
 of agriculture show that there were 39,918 holders 
 of land of one acre and upwards. The total area 
 of holding was 22,721,603 acres, of which 20,579,079 
 acres were freehold and 2,142,524 acres leasehold. 
 The area of leaseholds is exclusive of land leased 
 from the Crown. The extent of land in cultivation 
 comprised 635,641 acres. Land enclosed but not 
 in cultivation embraced an area of 17,578,389 acres, 
 and unenclosed land an area of 4,507,573 acres. 
 The area set apart for each kind of crop under- 
 mentioned and the produce was as follows :— 
 
 Acres. Produce. 
 
 I For grain 233,368 3,613,266 bushels. 
 
 Wheat | por hay 25,280 32,943 tons. 
 
 135,034 4,761,856 bushels. 
 2,146 
 
 Forgrain 6,130 131,541 bushels. 
 
 Barley ^ For hay 1,838 2,395 tons. 
 
 For green fodder 2,784 
 
 Forgrain 23,883 516,937 bushels. 
 
 < For hay 67,876 84,915 tons. 
 
 For green fodder 1,933 
 
 (Forgrain 1,016 16,873 bushels. 
 
 ( For green fodder 793 
 
 Sown J For hay 17,418 42,510 tons. 
 
 grasses | For green fodder 53,671 
 The number of acres set apart for the cultivation 
 of the following crops was: — Potatoes, 19,271 
 acres ; tobacco, 592 acres ; sorghum and impb.ee, 
 2954 acres ; sugar-cane, 7778 acres ; arrowroot, 25 
 acres ; vineyards occupied 4266 acres , orangeries, 
 5106 acres ; gardens and orchards, 18,130 acres. 
 The yield of potatoes amounted to 62,228 tons, 
 and of tobacco to 696,793 lbs. The weight of 
 sugar-cane grown was 1,522,390 cwt., and arrow- 
 root produced 38,531 lbs. The quantity of wine 
 and brandy manufactured was 733,576 gallons and 
 4186 gallons respectively, being the produce of 
 3091 acres of vines. There are 764 acres of vines 
 used for table purposes, the quantity obtained 
 being 1017 tons. Orangeries yielded 2,763,811 
 dozens. 
 
 Monetary and Financial. — The rate of interest 
 allowed to depositors by the banks in the year 1879 
 varied from 4 to 4* and 5 per cent, for three 
 months ; for six months the rates ranged from 5 
 to 5i and 6 per cent. ; and for twelve months from 
 6 to 6i and 7 per cent. One banking institution 
 returns its rates for the year from 3 to 7 per cent 
 
 Rye
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOr-.EDlA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 275 
 
 The total amount of coin and I ml lion in the 
 Sydney branch of the Royal Mint and banks of 
 the colony on 31st December, 1879, was £3,177,583. 
 Of this sum coin represents £3,102,345, and the 
 value of bullion is given as £75,238. The value of 
 notes of the several banks of the colony in 
 circulation on the 31st December amounted to 
 £1,228,056. The return of the New South Wales 
 Savings Bank for the year 1879 shows a business 
 amounting to £1,590,000. The Sydney depositors 
 numbered 27,584, with a total amount of £1,125,556 
 to their credit. The amount to credit of 7105 
 country depositors was £285,349. The total amount 
 to credit of all depositors was £1,410,905. The 
 rate of interest paid to depositors on amounts not 
 exceeding £100 was 6 per cent, per annum, and 
 the same rate was charged for money lent on 
 mortgage. At the close of the year 1879 there 
 were 173 Government Savings Banks in the 
 colony. The total balance to credit of depositors 
 amounted to £511,357. 
 
 Railways. — The railway returns for the year 
 1879 show that the total length of miles of railway 
 was 734i. The total earnings for the year is 
 stated to have amounted to £952,366, and the 
 expenditure for working expenses, £604,721, which 
 leaves the net earnings at £347,645. The number 
 of passengers carried was 443,341 ; the total earn- 
 ings amounted to £4416, and the working expenses 
 were £2278, leaving the sum of £2138 as the net 
 amount earned. The number of telegraph stations 
 in the colony at the end of the year 1879 was 273. 
 Telegrams forwarded from these stations during 
 the year numbered 1,175,218, for which the sum of 
 £103,033 was received. The total number of miles 
 of wire constructed was 12,426. 
 
 Post-offices.— For the year 1879 the number 
 of post-offices was 884, and there were also 101 
 receiving-offices. The number of persons employed 
 was 1,452, and the extent of postal lines reached 
 21,368 miles. The number of letters which passed 
 through was 19,407,300, of which foreign letters 
 numbered 2,442,700; inland 13,772,600; and town 
 3,192,000. The figures for newspapers are as 
 follows :— Foreign 2,020,000 ; inland 9,447,100 ; 
 total 11,467,100. The number of packets and book 
 parcels carried was 595,500. The total income 
 amounted to £171,367, which sum includes the 
 amount of postage contributions of the United 
 Kingdom and the Australian Colonies to the cost 
 of Ocean Mail subsidy. The expenditure is set 
 down as £263,788, which includes the estimated 
 outstanding liabilities of the year. The business 
 of the money order department has been more 
 than doubled during the last ten years. The 
 number of orders issued in the year 1879 was 
 159,897, representing the sum of £582,423. 
 
 Immigration. — The number of immigrants 
 introduced by the Government and those who 
 arrived under the assisted immigration regulations 
 was 5731. The total outlay in the year on behalf 
 of immigration amounted to £103,765. The various 
 sums which make up this amount arc as follows ; — 
 
 Expenses in England in connection with immigra- 
 tion £38,5 16 ; gratuities to surgeon superintendents 
 and others £6073 ; lodging, maintenance and con- 
 veyance, and other expenses of immigrants after 
 arrival £2647 ; immigration remittances <fcc. 
 £21,982 ; passage money £34,187 ; quarantine 
 expenses £15 ; miscellaneous £315. 
 
 Military.— The general total amount expended 
 for military purposes in the year 1879 was £125,579, 
 which was distributed as follows : — Repairs to 
 buildings and completion of fortifications £40,718 ; 
 support of permanent and volunteer military 
 forces £76,272. For naval purposes £8589. 
 
 Miscellaneous. — The expenditure on railways 
 for the year 1879 amounted to £1,155,136. The 
 total cost of the railways of the colony to the 31st 
 December 1879 was £11,432,987. The sum of 
 £19,109 was expended during the year on telegraph 
 lines. The total sum expended on roads and 
 bridges amounted to £650,929. The harbours and 
 rivers department shows a total outlay of £247,110 
 for the year under review. The sum of £1,018,261 
 had been spent up to 31st December 1879. During 
 the year 1879 the colonial architect expended 
 £619,862 on the various public buildings of the 
 colony, and a further sum of £13,884 is shown to 
 have been expended on furniture. The return of 
 the number and amount of transactions in real and 
 leasehold estates &c. registered in the colony 
 during the year 1879 shows that there were 10,556 
 deeds registered. Of this number there were 9073 
 representing an amount of £5,275,402, also 402 
 leases for a period of over three years, the yearly 
 rental of which amounted to £68,599. Assignments 
 for creditors numbered 56, and other miscellaneous 
 deeds 1025. The number of mortgages registered 
 in the year was 2809, securing in the aggregate 
 the sum of £2,461,964. Discharges of mortgages 
 numbered 1235 and represented the sum of 
 £868,524, and there were 223 conveyances under 
 mortgage to the amount of £131,510. The number 
 of preferable liens on wool registered in the year 
 was 1246, securing the sum of £1,005,118, the 
 security consisting of 6,602,742 sheep. The regis- 
 tration of live stock mortgages shows that there 
 were 925 in the year, for which the security given 
 was 3,538,161 sheep, 128,685 cattle, and 9564 
 horses, the total amount lent being £2,268,850. 
 The discharges of mortgages on live stock were 161 
 in number for an amount of £1,247,708. The 
 decennial return of liens on growing crops show's 
 total transactions for the year 1879 were 778, which 
 secured the sum of £55,869. The number of 
 applications to bring land under the provisions of 
 the Real Property Act (26 Vic. No. 9) during the 
 year 1879 was 138, which is rather less than 
 one half of the number received ten years since. 
 The total amount of revenue was £8440, of which 
 sum £327 was received on account of the declared 
 value of properties described in applications. The 
 commissioners' fund received £200, and the balance 
 £7912 was paid into consolidated revenue. The 
 number of dealings registered under the Real
 
 '276 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 Froperty Act during the year was 6788, represent- 
 ing a value of £5,844,311. Crown grants to the 
 number of 19,655 were registered, the purchase 
 money for which amounted to £3,063,849. The 
 amount of consideration money for transfers under 
 the Real Property Act for the year 1879 was 
 £1,422,547, and the amount secured by mortgage 
 during the same period was £3,414,000. The 
 estimated total value of land under the provisions 
 of this Act to the end of the year 1879 was 
 £14,197,183. 
 
 Electors. — The number of electors on the rolls 
 of the several electoral districts at the general 
 election in 1877 was 158,787 exclusive of goldfield 
 electorates. The total number of electors and 
 voters in boroughs and municipal districts of the 
 colony for the municipal year ended 2nd February 
 1880 was 48,401. 
 
 Land Sales. — The amount received from lands 
 and goldfields of the colony for the year ended 
 31st December 1879 was £1,061,257. This sum 
 includes £124,162 as balances received on condi- 
 tional purchases, and £171,148 as interest received 
 on conditional purchases. The general total 
 receipts are stated to be as follows : — 
 
 Under Lands Alienation Act ... £1,061,257 
 Under Lands Occupation Act ... 212,576 
 
 Under Goldfields Act 18,701 
 
 Miscellaneous 21,906 
 
 £1,314,440 
 
 Governmental and Political.— The Consti- 
 tution of N.S.W. (Act 18 and 19 Vict. cap. 54) vests 
 the Government in a Governor representing the 
 Crown, and a Parliament of two Houses, the first 
 called the Legislative Council and the second the 
 Legislative Assembly. The Governor is appointed 
 by the Home authorities, his term of office being 
 seven years. As the vice-regal representative he 
 has the power of assenting to Acts of Parliament 
 or withholding his assent therefrom pending 
 reference to the Imperial authorities. He has 
 also the power of appointing the members of the 
 Upper Chamber, of proroguing and summoning 
 Parliament, and of dissolving the House of 
 Assembly. It is likewise his duty to sign pro- 
 clamations and to perform various offices minutely 
 set forth in his commission. The Legislative 
 Council consists of a limited number of members 
 nominated by the Crown, the tenure of office being 
 for life, subject to certain conditions (during the 
 session of 1879 resolutions were under discussion 
 for abolishing the nominee principle ;) and the 
 Assembly of seventy-three members elected from 
 sixty constituencies, and one from the University. 
 To be eligible for membership for the Lower 
 House a man must be of age, a natural-bom 
 subject of the Queen, or if an alien, then he must 
 have been naturalised for five years, and resident 
 for two years before election ; the same conditions 
 are recpjired for the voting qualification, which 
 practically amounts to universal suffrage. There 
 
 is no property qualification for electors, and the 
 votes are taken by ballot. The Executive is in 
 the hands of a Governor nominated by the Crown, 
 and a Council consisting of the Colonial Secretary, 
 Colonial Treasurer, Minister for Lands, Minister 
 for Mines, Minister for Public Works, and 
 Attorney-General. The Parliaments are triennial. 
 The Imperial laws have effect in the colony, unless 
 superseded by local Acts. All enactments passed 
 by the Houses of Legislature require the sanction 
 of the Queen before becoming legal. 
 
 Administration of Justice. — For the carrying 
 out of the laws and the settlement of disputes 
 there are a Supreme Court, District Courts, Courts 
 of Quarter Sessions, and Courts of Petty Sessions. 
 The Supreme Court is under the Jurisdiction of 
 four Judges, one being the Chief Justice. The 
 Divorce Court is presided over by the Senior 
 Puisne Judge, and the Admiralty Court by the 
 Chief Justice. Insolvency cases are adjudicated 
 on in the Insolvency Court, which is under the 
 jurisdiction of a Chief Commissioner. The District 
 Courts are presided over by six District Court 
 Judges, who are also Chairmen of the Courts of 
 Quarter Session ; in this they are assisted by 
 Justices of the Peace. In all the important towns 
 are stipendiary magistrates, before whom local 
 matters are heard. 
 
 History : (I.) Cool's Discovery. — The history 
 of N.S.W. begins with the discoveries of Cook. 
 This illustrious navigator sailed on his memorable 
 expedition to the Southern Ocean on 26th August 
 1768, in a barque named the Endeavour, to signify 
 the modesty of his intentions. After two years 
 cruising on the west coast of South America and 
 among the South Sea Islands, as they were then desig- 
 nated — during which time he observed the transit of 
 Venus across the disc of the sun and discovered 
 parts of the coast of N.Z. not visited by Tasman 
 — he steered westwards towards the terra incognita 
 Awtralis ; which had baffled for upwards of two 
 centuries the combined hydrographic skill of the 
 civilised world to ascertain its configuration. While 
 previous navigators had approached the land from 
 the west and the north, Cook was the first who 
 did so from the east. Hence he calculated his 
 longitude from Greenwich continually west of that 
 standard, until he had arrived at the meridian of 
 211° W. or as now computed 149° E. On the 
 morning of the 19th April 1770, being in latitude 
 38° S., his first lieutenant saw the land, which 
 Cook named after him Point Hicks. Steering 
 further west he saw nothing but a low sandy 
 beach which runs for 120 miles in that direction. 
 Turning to the south no land was visible after 
 sailing a considerable distance ; this caused him 
 to remark in his journal that he could not deter- 
 mine whether the shore he had discovered was 
 joined to V.D.L. or not. So he steered his course 
 easterly and northerly until he made the great 
 elbow of south-eastern A, where the coast trends 
 to the westward on the one side for 1800 miles 
 and northward on the other for 2000 miles.' He
 
 New] 
 
 • V< Lol\EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 277 
 
 named this point Cape Howe in honour of his 
 admiral. Cook's narrative proceeds : " We brought 
 to for the night and at four in the morning made 
 sail along shore to the northward. At six the 
 northernmost land in sight bore N.N.W. and we were 
 at this time about four leagues from the shore. At 
 noon we were in lat, 36° 51' S., long. 209° 53' W., 
 and about three leagues distant from the shore, 
 the weather being clear gave us a good view of the 
 country which has a very pleasing appearance ; it 
 is of a moderate height, diversified by hills and 
 valleys, ridges and plains, interspersed with a few 
 lawns of no great extent, but in general covered 
 with wood ; the ascent of the hills and ridges is 
 gentle and the summits are not high. We con- 
 tinued to sail along the shore to the northward 
 with a southerly wind and in the afternoon we 
 saw smoke in several places, by which we knew 
 the country to be inhabited. At six in the evening 
 we shortened sail and sounded ; we found forty- 
 four fathom water with a clear sandy bottom, and 
 stood on under an easy sail till twelve, when we 
 brought to for the night and had ninety fathom 
 water. At four in the morning we made sail again 
 at the distance of about five leagues from the land 
 and at six we were abreast of a high mountain 
 lying near the shore, which on account of its 
 figure I called Mount Dromedary. Under this 
 mountain the shore forms a point to which I gave 
 the name of Point Dromedary, and over it there 
 is a peaked hillock. At five in the evening we 
 were abreast of a point of land which rose in a 
 perpendicular cliff, and which for that reason I 
 called Point Upright. Our lat. was 35° 35' S. 
 when this point bore from us due west distant 
 about two leagues ; in this situation we had about 
 thirty-one fathom water with a sandy bottom. At 
 six in the evening, the wind falling, we hauled off 
 E.N.E. and at this time the northernmost land in 
 sight bore N. by E. i E. At midnight being in 
 seventy fathom water we brought to till four in the 
 morning when we made sail in for the land ; but 
 at daybreak found our situation nearly the same 
 as it had been at five the evening before, by 
 which it was apparent that we had been driven 
 about three leagues to the southward by a tide 
 or current during the night. After this we steered 
 along the shore N.N.E. with a gentle breeze at 
 S.W., and were so near the land as to distinguish 
 several of the natives upon the beach, who appeared 
 to be of a black or very dark colour. At noon our 
 latitude, by observation, was 35° 27' S. and longi- 
 tude 209° 23' W., Cape Dromedary bore S. 28 W., 
 distant nineteen leagues, a remarkable peaked 
 hill, which resembled a square dove-house, with a 
 dome at the top, and which for that reason I called 
 the Pigeon House, bore N. 32" 30' W., and a small 
 low island which lay close under the shore 
 bore N.W., distant about two or three leagues. 
 When I first discovered this island in the morning, 
 I was in hopes, from its appearance, that I should 
 have found shelter for the ship behind it; but 
 when we came near it did not promise security 
 
 even for the landing of a boat. I should however 
 have attempted to send a boat on shore if the 
 wind had not veered in that direction, with a large 
 hollow sea rolling in upon the land from the S.E., 
 which indeed had been the case ever since we had 
 been upon it. The coast still continued to be of a 
 moderate height, forming alternately rocky points 
 and sandy beaches ; but within, between Mount 
 Dromedary and the Pigeon House, we saw high 
 mountains which except two are covered with 
 wood; these two lie inland behind the Pigeon 
 House, and are remarkably flat at the top, with 
 steep rocky cliffs all round them as far as we could 
 see. The trees, which almost everywhere clothe 
 this country, appear to be large and lofty. We 
 stood to the N.E. till noon the next day, with a 
 gentle breeze at N.W., and then we tacked and 
 stood westward. At this time our lat. by 
 observation was 35° 10' S., and long. 208° 51' 
 W. A point of land which I had discovered on 
 St. George's Day, and which therefore I called 
 Cape George, bore W. distant nineteen miles, and 
 the Pigeon House (the lat. and long, of which J 
 found to be 35° 19' S. and 209° 42' W.) S. 75 W. 
 We had a fresh breeze at N.W. from noon till 
 three ; it then came to the W., when we tacked 
 and stood to the northward. At five in the 
 evening, being about five or six leagues from the 
 shore, with the Pigeon House bearing W.S.W. 
 distant about nine leagues, we had eighty-six 
 fathom water; and at eight, having thunder, and 
 lightning with heavy squalls, we brought to in 
 120 fathom. At three in the morning we made 
 sail again to the northward, having the advantage 
 of a fresh gale at S.W. At noon we were about 
 three or four leagues from the shore and in lat, 
 34° 22' S. long. 208° 36' W. In the course of this 
 day's run from the preceding noon, which was 
 forty-five miles N.E., we saw smoke in several 
 places near the beach. About two leagues to the 
 northward of Cape George the shore seemed to 
 form a bay, which promised shelter from the N.E. 
 winds, but as the wind was with us it was not 
 in my power to look into it without beating up, 
 which would have cost me more time than I was 
 willing to spare. The north point of this bay, on 
 account of its figure, I named Long Nose ; its lat. 
 is 35° 6' and about eight leagues N. of it there lies 
 a point, which from the colour of the land about 
 it I called Red Point ; its lat. is 34° 29' and long. 
 208° 45' W. To the N.W. of Red Point and a 
 little way inland stands a round hill, the top of 
 which looks like the crown of a hat. In the after- 
 noon of this day we had a light breeze at NNW. 
 till five in the evening when it fell calm. Before 
 it was dark we saw smoke in several places along 
 the shore, and a fire two or three times afterwards. 
 During the night we lay becalmed, driving in 
 before the sea till one in the morning, when we 
 got a breeze from the land, with which we steered 
 N.E., being then in thirty-eight fathom. At noon 
 it veered to N.E. by N, and we were then in lat. 
 34° 10' S. long. 208° 27' W. j the land was distant
 
 278 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [tiew 
 
 about five leagues and extended from S. 37 W. to 
 N. i E. In this latitude there are some white 
 cliffs which rise perpendicularly from the sea to a 
 considerable height. We stood off the shore till 
 two o'clock and then tacked and stood in till six, 
 when we were within four or five miles of it, and 
 at that distance had fifty fathom water. The 
 extremities of the land bore from S. 28 W. to N. 
 25° 30' E. We now tacked and stood off till twelve, 
 then tacked and stood in again till four in the 
 morning, when we made a trip off till daylight ; 
 and during all this time we lost ground owing to 
 the variableness of the winds. We continued at 
 the distance of between four and five miles from 
 the shore till the afternoon, when we came within 
 two miles, and I then hoisted out the pinnace 
 and yawl to attempt a landing, but the 
 pinnace proved to be so leaky that I was 
 obliged to hoist her in again. At this time we saw 
 several of the natives walking briskly along the 
 shore, four of whom carried a small canoe upon 
 their shoulders. We flattered ourselves that they 
 Aere going to put her into the water and come off 
 to the ship, but finding ourselves disappointed I 
 determined to go on shore in the yawl with as 
 many as it would carry. I embarked therefore 
 with only Mr. Banks, Dr. Solander, Tupia, and 
 four rowers ; we pulled for that part of the shore 
 where the Indians appeared, near which four small 
 canoes were lying at the water's edge. The Indians 
 sat down upon the rocks, and seemed to wait for 
 our landing ; but to our great regret, when we 
 came within about a quarter of a mile they ran 
 away into the woods. We determined however to 
 go ashore and endeavour to procure an interview ; 
 but in this we were again disappointed, for we 
 found so great a surf beating upon every part of 
 the beach that landing with our little boat was 
 altogether impracticable. We were therefore 
 obliged to be content with gazing at such objects 
 as presented themselves from the water. The 
 canoes from a near view seemed very much to 
 resemble those of the smaller sort at N.Z. We 
 observed that among the trees on shore, which 
 were not very large, there was no underwood, and 
 could distinguish that many of them were of the 
 palm kind, and some of them cabbage trees ; after 
 many a wishful look we were obliged to return 
 with our curiosity rather excited than satisfied, 
 and about five in the evening got on board the 
 ship. About this time it fell calm, and our 
 .situation was by no means agreeable. We were 
 now not more than a mile and a half from the 
 shore, and within some breakers which lay to the 
 southward ; but happily a light breeze came off the 
 land and carried us out of danger. With this breeze 
 we stood to the northward, and at daybreak we dis- 
 covered a bay which seemed to be well sheltered 
 from all winds, and into which therefore I deter- 
 mined to go with the ship. The pinnace being 
 repaired, I sent her with the master to sound the 
 entrance, while I kept turning up, having the 
 wind right out. At noon the mouth of the bay 
 
 bore N.N.W. distant about a mile, and seeing a 
 smoke on the shore we directed our glasses to the 
 spot, and soon discovered ten people who upon 
 our nearer approach left their fire and retired to a 
 little eminence whence they could conveniently 
 observe our motions. Soon after two canoes, each 
 having two men on board came to the shore just 
 under the eminence, and the men joined the rest 
 on the top of it. The pinnace which had been 
 sent ahead to sound now approached the place, 
 upon which all the Indians retired farther up the 
 hill except one who hid himself among some rocks 
 near the landing place. As the pinnace proceeded 
 along the shore most of the people took the same 
 route and kept abreast of her at a distance. When 
 she came back the master told us that in a cove a 
 little within the harbour some of them had come 
 down to the beach and invited him to land by 
 many signs and words of which he knew not the 
 meaning ; but that all of them were armed with 
 long pikes and a wooden weapon shaped somewhat 
 like a cimeter. The Indians who had not followed 
 the boat, seeing the ship approach, used many 
 threatening gestures and brandished their weapons, 
 particularly two who made a very singular 
 appearance, for their faces seemed to have been 
 dusted with a white powder and their bodies 
 painted with broad streaks of the same colour, 
 which passing obliquely over their breasts and 
 backs looked not unlike the cross-belts worn by 
 our soldiers ; the same kind of streaks were also 
 drawn round their legs and thighs like broad 
 garters. Each of these men held in his hand the 
 weapon that had been described to us as like a 
 cimeter, which appeared to be about two feet and 
 a half long ; and they seemed to talk to each other 
 with great earnestness. We continued to stand 
 into the bay and early in the afternoon anchored 
 under the south shore about two miles within the 
 entrance in six-fathom water, the south point 
 bearing S.E. and the north point E. As we came 
 in we saw on both points of the bay a few huts and 
 several of the natives, men, women and children. 
 Under the south head we saw four small canoes 
 with each one man on board, who were very busily 
 employed in striking fish with a long pike or spear. 
 They ventured almost into the surf and were so 
 intent upon what they were doing that although 
 the ship passed within a quarter of a mile of them 
 they scarcely turned their eyes toward her ; pos- 
 sibly being deafened by the surf, and their attention 
 wholly fixed upon their business or sport they 
 neither saw nor heard her go past them. The 
 place where the ship had anchored was abreast of 
 a small village consisting of about six or eight 
 houses, and while we were preparing to hoist out 
 the boat we saw an old woman followed by three 
 children come out of the wood ; she was loaded 
 with firewood, and each of the children had also 
 its little burden. When she came to the houses 
 three more children younger than the others 
 came out to meet her. She often looked at 
 the ship, but expressed neither fear nor surprise.
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 279 
 
 In a short time she kindled a fire and the 
 four canoes came in from fishing. The men 
 landed, and having hauled up their boats, began 
 to dress their dinner, to all appearance wholly 
 unconcerned about us, though we were within half 
 a mile of them. We thought it remarkable that 
 of all the people we had yet seen, not one had the 
 least appearance of clothing, the old woman her- 
 self being destitute even of a fig leaf." The 
 following is his account of Botany Bay and of 
 what took place there :— " After dinner the boats 
 were manned and we set out from the ship, having 
 Tupia of our party. We intended to land where 
 we saw the people and began to hope that as they 
 had so little regarded the ship's coining into the 
 bay they would as little regard our coming on 
 shore. In this however we were disappointed ; 
 for as soon as we approached the rocks two of the 
 men came down upon them to dispute our landing 
 and the rest ran away. Each of the two champions 
 was armed with a lance about ten feet long and a 
 short stick, which he seemed to handle as if it was 
 a machine to assist him in managing or throwing 
 the lance. They called to us in a very loud tone 
 and in a harsh dissonant language, of which neither 
 we nor Tupia understood a single word ; they 
 brandished their weapons and seemed resolved to 
 defend their coast to the uttermost, though they 
 were but two and we were forty. T could not but 
 admire their courage and being very unwilling 
 that hostilities should commence with such 
 inequality of force between us I ordered the boat 
 to lie upon her oars ; we then parlied by signs for 
 about a quarter of an hour, and to bespeak their 
 good-will I threw them nails, beads and other 
 trifles which they took up and seemed to be well 
 pleased with. I then made signs that I wanted 
 water, and by all the means I could devise endea- 
 voured to convince them that we would do them 
 no harm. They now waved to us and I was willing 
 to interpret it as an invitation ; but upon our 
 putting the boat in they came again to oppose us. 
 One appeared to be a youth about nineteen or 
 twenty and the other a man of middle age ; as I 
 had now no other resource I fired a musket between 
 them. Upon the report the youngest dropped a 
 bundle of lances upon the rock, but recollecting 
 himself in an instant he snatched them up again 
 with great haste. A stone was then thrown at us 
 upon which I ordered a musket to be fired with 
 small shot which struck the eldest upon the legs 
 and he immediately ran to one of the houses which 
 was distant about a hundred yards. I now hoped 
 that our contest was over and we immediately 
 landed ; but we had scarcely left the boat when 
 he returned, and we then perceived that he had 
 left the rock only to fetch a shield or target for 
 his defence. As soon as he came up he threw a 
 lance at us and his comrade another ; they fell 
 where we stood thickest, but happily hurt nobody. 
 A third musket with small shot was then fired 
 at them, upon which one of them threw another 
 lance and both immediately ran away ; if we had 
 
 pursued we might probably have taken one of them ; 
 but Mr. Banks suggesting that the lances might 
 be poisoned I thought it not prudent to venture 
 into the woods. We repaired immediately to the 
 huts in one of which we found the children who 
 had hidden themselves behind a shield and some 
 bark ; we peeped at them, but left them in their 
 retreat without their knowing that they had been 
 discovered, and we threw into the house when we 
 went away some beads, ribbons, pieces of cloth 
 and other presents which we hoped would procure 
 us the good-will of the inhabitants when they 
 should return ; but the lances which we found 
 lying about we took away with us to the number 
 of about fifty ; they were from six to fifteen feet 
 long and all of them had four prongs in the 
 manner of a fiss-gig each of which was pointed 
 with fish-bone and very sharp ; we observed that 
 they were smeared with a viscous substance of a 
 green colour which favoured the opinion of their 
 being poisoned though we afterwards discovered 
 that it was a mistake ; they appeared by the sea- 
 weed that we found sticking to them to have been 
 used in striking fish. Upon examining the canoes 
 that lay upon the beach we found them to be the 
 worst we had ever seen ; they were between twelve 
 and fourteen feet long and made of the bark of a 
 tree in one piece which was drawn together and 
 tied up at each end, the middle being kept open 
 by sticks, which were placed across them from 
 gunwale to gunwale as thwarts. We then searched 
 for fresh water but found none, except in a small 
 hole which had been dug in the sand. Having 
 re-embarked in our boat we deposited our lances 
 on board the ship, and then went over to the north 
 point of the bay where we had seen several of the 
 inhabitants when we were entering it, but which 
 we now found totally deserted. Here however we 
 found fresh water which trickled down from the 
 top of the rocks and stood in pools among the 
 hollows at the bottom ; but it was situated so as 
 not to be procured for our use without difficulty. 
 In the morning therefore I sent a party of men to 
 that part of the shore where we first landed, with 
 orders to dig holes in the sand where the water 
 might gather ; but going ashore myself with the 
 gentlemen soon afterwards we found, upon a more 
 diligent search, a small stream more than sufficient 
 for our purpose. Upon visiting the hut where we 
 had seen the children we were greatly mortified to 
 find that the beads and ribbons which we had left 
 there the night before had not been moved from 
 their places, and that not an Indian was to be 
 seen. Having sent some empty water casks on 
 shore and left a party of men to cut wood, I went 
 myself in the pinnace to sound and examine the 
 bay. During my excursion I saw several of the 
 natives, but they all fled at my approach. In one 
 of the places where I landed I found several small 
 fires and fresh muscles broiling upon them. Here 
 also I found some of the largest oyster shells I 
 had ever seen. As soon as the wooders and 
 waterers came on board to dinner, ten or twelve of
 
 280 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |New 
 
 the natives came down to the place and looked 
 with great attention and curiosity at the casks, 
 but did not touch them ; they took away however 
 the canoes which lay near the landing-place, and 
 again disappeared. In the afternoon, when our 
 people were again ashore, sixteen or eighteen 
 Indians, all armed, came boldly within about a 
 hundred yards of them and then stopped. Two 
 of them advanced somewhat nearer, and Mr. Hicks, 
 who co'mmanded the party on shore, with another, 
 advanced to meet them, holding out presents to 
 them as he approached and expressing kindness 
 and amity by every sign he could think of, but all 
 without effect ; for before he could get up with 
 them they retired, and it would have answered no 
 purpose to pursue. In the evening I went with 
 Mr. Banks and Dr. Solander to a sandy cove on 
 the north side of the bay, where in three or four 
 hauls with the seine we took about three hundred- 
 weight of fish, which was equally divided among 
 the ship's company. The next morning before 
 daybreak the Indians came down to the houses 
 that were abreast of the ship, and were heard 
 frequently to shout very loud. As soon as it was 
 light they were seen walking along the beach, and 
 soon after they retired to the woods, where at the 
 distance of about a mile from the shore they 
 kindled several fires. Our people went ashore as 
 usual, and with them Mr. Banks and Dr. Solander, 
 who in search of plants repaired to the woods. 
 Our men who were employed in cutting grass 
 being the farthest removed from the main body of 
 the people, a company of fourteen or fifteen 
 Indians advanced towards them, having sticks in 
 their hands, which according to the report of the 
 sergeant of marines shone like a musket. The 
 grass-cutters upon seeing them approach drew 
 together and repaired to the main body. The 
 Indians being encouraged by this appearance of a 
 flight pursued them. They stopped however when 
 they were within about a furlong of them, and 
 after shouting several times went back into the 
 woods. In the evening they came again in the 
 same manner, stopped at the same distance, shouted 
 and retired. I followed them myself alone and 
 unarmed for a considerable way along the shore, 
 but I could not prevail upon them to stop. This 
 day Mr. Green took the sun's meridian altitude a 
 little within the south entrance of the bay, which 
 gave the latitude 34° S. The variation of the 
 needle was 11° 3' E. Early the next morning the 
 body of Forby Sutherland, one of our seamen 
 who died the evening before, was buried near the 
 watering place, and from this incident I called the 
 south point of this bay Sutherland Point. This day 
 we resolved to make an excursion into the country. 
 Mr. Banks, Dr. Solander, myself and seven others 
 properly accoutred for the expedition, set out and 
 repaired first to the huts near the watering-place, 
 whither some of the natives continued every day 
 to resort; and though the little presents which we 
 had left there before had not yet been taken away, 
 we left others of somewhat more value, consisting 
 
 of cloth, looking-glasses, combs and beads, and 
 then went up into the country. We found the soil 
 to be either swamp or light sand, and the face of 
 the country finely diversified by wood and lawn. 
 The trees are tall, straight and without underwood, 
 standing at such a distance from each other that 
 the whole country, at least where the swamps do 
 not render it incapable of cultivation, might be 
 cultivated without cutting down one of them. 
 Between the trees the ground is covered with grass, 
 of which there is great abundance, growing in tufts 
 about as big as can well be grasped in the hand, 
 which stand very close to each other. We saw many 
 houses of the inhabitants and places where they 
 had slept upon the grass without any shelter ; but 
 we saw only one of the people, who the moment 
 he discovered us ran away. At all these places 
 we left presents, hoping that at length they might 
 produce confidence and good-will. We had a 
 transient and imperfect view of a quadruped about 
 as big as a rabbit. Mr. Banks' greyhound, which 
 was with us, got sight of it and would probably 
 have caught it, but the moment he set off he lamed 
 himself against a stump which lay concealed in 
 the long grass. We afterwards saw the dung of 
 an animal which fed upon grass, and which we 
 judged could not be less than a deer, and the foot- 
 steps of another which was clawed like a dog, and 
 seemed to be about as big as a wolf. We also 
 tracked a small animal whose foot resembled that 
 of a polecat or weasel. The trees over our head 
 abounded with birds of various kinds, among 
 which were many of exquisite beauty, particularly 
 loriquets and cockatoos, which flew in flocks of 
 several scores together. We found some wood 
 which had been felled by the natives with a blunt 
 instrument, and some that had been barked. The 
 trees were not of many species ; among others there 
 was a large one which yielded a gum not unlike 
 the snug nis draconis; and in some of them steps 
 had been cut at about three feet distance from 
 each other for the convenience of climbing them. 
 From this excursion we returned between three 
 and four o'clock, and having dined on board we 
 went ashore again at the watering-place, where a 
 party of men were filling casks. Mr. Gore, the 
 second lieutenant, had been sent out in the morn- 
 ing with a boat to dredge for oysters at the head 
 of the bay ; when he had performed this service he 
 went ashore, and having taken a midshipman with 
 him and sent the boat away, set out to join the 
 waterers by land. In this way he fell in with a 
 body of two-and-twenty Indians, who followed him 
 and were often not more than twenty yards distant. 
 When Mr. Gore perceived them so near he stopped 
 and faced about, upon which they stopped also, 
 and when he went on again continued their pursuit. 
 They did not however attack him, though they 
 were all armed with lances, and he and the mid- 
 shipman got in safety to the watering-place. The 
 Indians who had slackened their pursuit when they 
 came in sight of the main body of our people 
 halted at about the distance of a quarter of
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 281 
 
 a mile, where they stood still. Mr. Monk- 
 house and two or three of the waterers took it into 
 their heads to march up to them ; but seeing the 
 Indians keep their ground till they came pretty 
 near them, they were seized with a sudden fear 
 very common to the rash and foolhardy, and made 
 a hasty retreat. This step, which insured the 
 danger that it was taken to avoid encouraged the 
 Indians, and four of them running forward, dis- 
 charged their lances at the fugitives with such 
 force, that flying no less than forty yards, they 
 went beyond them. As the Indians did not 
 pursue, our people, recovering their spirits, stopped 
 to collect the lances when they come up to the 
 place where they lay ; upon which the Indians in 
 their turn began to retire. Just at this time I 
 came up with Mr. Banks, Dr. Solander, and Tupia ; 
 and being desirous to convince the Indians that 
 we were neither afraid of them, nor intended them 
 any mischief, we advanced towards them, making 
 signs of expostulation and entreaty ; but they 
 could not be persuaded to wait till we could come 
 up. Mr. Gore told us that he had seen some of 
 them up the bay, who had invited him by signs to 
 come on shore, which he, certainly with great 
 prudence, declined. The morning of the next day 
 was so rainy that we were all glad to stay on 
 board. In the afternoon however it cleared up, 
 and we made another excursion along the sea- 
 coast to the southward : we went ashore, and Mr. 
 Banks and Dr. Solander gathered many plants ; 
 but besides these we saw nothing worthy of notice. 
 At our first entering the woods we met with three 
 natives, who instantly ran away. More of them 
 were seen by some of the people, but they all dis- 
 appeared with great precipitation as soon as they 
 found that they were discovered. By the boldness 
 of these people at our first landing, and the terror 
 that seized them at the sight of us afterwards, it 
 appears that they were sufficiently intimidated by 
 our firearms ; not that we had any reason to think 
 the people much hurt by the small shot which we 
 were obliged to fire at them when they attacked 
 us at our coming out of the boat, but they had 
 probably seen the effects of them, from their 
 lurking-places, upon the birds that we had shot. 
 Tupia, who was now become a good marksman, 
 frequently strayed from us to shoot parrots ; and 
 he had told us that while he was thus employed 
 he had once met with nine Indians, who, as soon 
 as they perceived he saw them, ran from him in 
 great confusion and terror. The next day twelve 
 canoes, in each of which was a single Indian, came 
 towards the watering-place, and were within half 
 a mile of it a considerable time. They were 
 employed in striking fish, upon which, like others 
 that we had seen before, they were so intent that 
 they seemed to regard nothing else. It happened 
 however that a party of our people were out 
 shooting near the place, and one of the men, 
 whose curiosity might at length perhaps be roused 
 by the report of the fowling-pieces, was observed 
 to haul up his canoe upon the beach and go 
 
 towards the shooting party. In something more 
 than a quarter of an hour he returned, launched 
 his canoe, and went off in her to his companions. 
 This incident makes it probable that the natives 
 acquired a knowledge of the destructive power of 
 our firearms when we knew nothing of the matter, 
 for this man was not seen by any of the party 
 whose operations he had reconnoitred. While 
 Mr. Banks was gathering plants near the watering- 
 place, I went with Dr. Solander and Mr. Monk- 
 house to the head of the bay, that I might 
 examine that part of the country, and make 
 farther attempts to form some connection with 
 the natives. In our way we met with eleven or 
 twelve small canoes, with each a man in it, pro- 
 bably the same that were afterwards abreast of 
 the shore, who all made into shoal water upon our 
 approach. We met other Indians on shore the 
 first time we landed, who instantly took to their 
 canoes and paddled away. We went up the 
 country to some distance and found the face of it 
 nearly the same as that which has been described 
 already, but the soil was much richer ; for instead 
 of sand I found a deep black mould, which I 
 thought very fit for the production of grain of any 
 kind. In the woods we found a tree which bore 
 fruit that in colour and shape resembled a cherry : 
 the juice had an agreeable tartness though but 
 little flavour. We found also interspersed some 
 of the finest meadows in the world : some places 
 however were rocky, but these were comparatively 
 few : the stone is sandy and might be used with 
 advantage for building. When we returned to 
 the boat we saw some smoke upon another part of 
 the coast, and went thither in hopes of meeting 
 with the people, but at our approach these also 
 ran away. We found six small canoes and six 
 fires very near the beach with some muscles 
 roasting upon them and a few oysters lying near : 
 by this we. judged that there had been one man in 
 each canoe, who having picked up some shell fish 
 had come ashore to eat it and made his separate fire 
 for that purpose. We tasted of their cheer and left 
 them in return some strings of beads and other 
 things which we thought would please them. At the 
 foot of a tree in this place we found a small well of 
 fresh water supplied by a spring, and the day being 
 now far spent we returned to the ship. In the 
 evening Mr. Banks made a little excursion with 
 his gun and found such a number of quails 
 resembling those in England that he might have 
 shot as many as he pleased, but his object was 
 variety and not number. The next morning as 
 the wind would not permit me to sail I sent out 
 several parties into the country to try again whether 
 some intercourse could not be established with the 
 natives. A midshipman who belonged to one of 
 these parties having straggled a long way from his 
 companions met with a very old man and woman 
 and some little children ; they were sitting under 
 a tree by the water side, and neither party saw 
 the other till they were close together. The 
 Indians showed signs of fear but did not attempt 
 
 -N2
 
 2S2 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LXew 
 
 to run away. The man happened to have nothing 
 to give them but a parrot that he had shot ; this 
 he offered, but they refused to accept it, withdraw- 
 ing themselves from his hand either through fear 
 or aversion. His stay with them was but short, 
 for he saw several canoes near the beach fishing, 
 and being alone he feared they might come ashore 
 and attack him. He said that these people were 
 very dark-coloured but not black, that the man 
 and woman appeared to be very old, being both 
 grey-headed, that the hair of the man's head was 
 bushy and his beard long and rough, that the 
 woman's hair was cropped short, and both of them 
 were stark naked. Mr. Monkhouse the surgeon 
 and one of the men who were with another party 
 near the watering place also strayed from their 
 companions, and as they were coming out of a 
 thicket observed six Indians standing together at 
 the distance of about fifty yards. One of them 
 pronounced a word very loud which was supposed 
 to be a signal, for a lance was immediately thrown 
 at him out of the wood, which very narrowly 
 missed him. When the Indians saw that the 
 weapon had not taken effect they ran away with 
 the greatest precipitation ; but on turning about 
 towards the place whence the lance had been 
 thrown he saw a young Indian whom he judged 
 to be about nineteen or twenty years old come 
 down from a tree, and he also ran away with such 
 speed as made it hopeless to follow him. Mr. 
 Monkhouse was of opinion that he had been 
 watched by these Indians in his passage through 
 the thicket and that the youth had been stationed 
 in the tree to discharge the lance at him upon a 
 signal as he should come by ; but however this 
 may be there could be no doubt but that he was 
 the person who threw the lance. In the afternoon 
 I went myself with a party over to the north shore, 
 and while some of our people were hauling the 
 seine we made an excursion a few miles into the 
 country, proceeding afterwards in the direction of 
 the coast. We found this place without wood and 
 somewhat resembling our moors in England. The 
 surface of the ground however was covered with a 
 thin brush of plants about as high as the knees. 
 The hills near the coast are low, but others rise 
 behind them, increasing by a gradual ascent to a 
 considerable distance with marshes and morasses 
 between. When we returned to the boat we found 
 that our people had caught with the seine a great 
 number of small fish which are well known in the 
 West Indies, and which our sailors call leather- 
 jackets because their skin is remarkably thick, f 
 had sent the second lieutenant out in the yawl a 
 striking, and when we got back to the ship we 
 found that he also had been very successful. He 
 had observed that the large sting-rays, of which 
 there is great plenty in the bay, followed the 
 flowing tide into very shallow water ; he therefore 
 took the opportunity of flood and struck several in 
 not more than two or three feet water. One of 
 them weighed no less than two hundred and forty 
 pounds alter his entrails were taken out. The 
 
 next morning as the wind still continued northerly 
 I sent out the yawl again and the people struck 
 one still larger, for when his entrails were taken 
 out he weighed three hundred and thirty-six 
 pounds. The great quantity of plants which Mr. 
 Banks and Dr. Solander collected in this place 
 induced me to give it the name of Botany Bay. It 
 is situated in lat. 34° S., long. 208° 37' W. It is 
 capacious, safe and convenient, and may be known 
 by the land on the sea-coast which is nearly level 
 and of a moderate height ; in general higher than it 
 is farther inland with steep rocky cliffs next the sea, 
 which have the appearance of a long island lying 
 close under the shore. The harbour lies about the 
 middle of this land, and in approaching it from 
 the southward is discovered before the ship 
 comes abreast of it ; but from the northward it is 
 not discovered so soon ; the entrance is a little more 
 than a quarter of a mile broad and lies in W.N.W. 
 To sail into it the southern shore should be kept on 
 the larboard till the ship is within a small bare 
 island which lies close under the north shore ; 
 within this island the deepest water on that side is 
 seven fathom shallowing to five a good way up. 
 At a considerable distance from the south shore 
 there is a shoal reaching from the inner south 
 point quite to the head of the harbour ; but over 
 towards the north and north-west shore there is 
 a channel of twelve or fourteen feet at low water 
 for three or four leagues up to a place where there 
 is three or four fathom ; but here I found very 
 little fresh water. We anchored near the south 
 shore about a mile within the entrance for the 
 convenience of sailing with a southerly wind, 
 and because I thought it the best situation for 
 watering ; but I afterwards found a very fine 
 stream on the north shore in the first sandy cove 
 within the island, before which a ship might lie 
 almost land-locked and procure wood as well as 
 water in great abundance. Wood indeed is every- 
 where plenty, but I saw only two kinds which 
 may be considered as timber. These trees are as 
 large or larger than the English oak, and one of 
 them has not a very different appearance ; this is 
 the same that yields the reddish gum like sanguis 
 draconis, and the wood is heavy, hard and dark- 
 coloured like lignum vitae ; the other grows tall 
 and straight something like the pine, and the 
 wood of this, which has some resemblance to the 
 live oak of America, is also hard and heavy. 
 There are a few shrubs and several kinds of the 
 palm ; mangroves also grow in great plenty near 
 the head of the bay. The country in general is 
 level, low, and woody as far as we could see. The 
 woods as I have before observed abound with 
 birds of exquisite beauty, particularly of the 
 parrot kind ; we found also crows here exactly the 
 same as those in England. About the head of 
 the harbour where there are large flats of sand 
 and mud there is great plenty of water-fowl, most 
 of which were altogether unknown to us ; one of 
 the most remarkable was black and wdiite, much 
 larger than a swan and in shape somewhat
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 283 
 
 resembling a pelican. On these bank- of sand 
 and mud there are great quantities of oysters, 
 muscles, cockles and other shell-fish, which seem 
 to be the principal subsistence of the inhabitants 
 who go into shoal water with their little canoes 
 and pick them out with their hands. We did Dot 
 observe that they ate any of them raw, nor do 
 they always go on shore to dress them for they 
 have frequently fires in their canoes for that pur- 
 pose. They do not however subsist wholly upon 
 this food for they catch a variety of other fish, 
 some of which they strike with gigs and some they 
 take with hook and line. All the inhabitants that 
 we saw were stark naked ; they did not appear to 
 be numerous nor to live in societies, but like other 
 animals were scattered about along the coast and 
 in the woods. Of their manner of life however 
 we could know but little, as we were never able to 
 form the least connection with them ; after the 
 first contest at our landing they would never come 
 near enough to parley, nor did they touch a single 
 article of all that we had left at their huts and the 
 places they frequented on purpose for them to 
 take away. During my stay in this harbour I 
 caused the English colours to be displayed on 
 shore every day, and the ship's name and the date 
 of the year to be inscribed upon one of the trees 
 near the watering-place. It is high-water here at 
 the full and change of the moon about eight 
 o'clock, and the tide rises and falls perpendicularly 
 between four and five feet." The place where Cook 
 landed on the shores of Botany Bay, being one of 
 the few spots in Australia to which any historical 
 interest attaches, is worthy of being marked by 
 some appropriate memorial. About sixty years 
 ago an attempt was made on the part of a few 
 gentlemen of Sydney who called themselves the 
 Philosophical Society of Australasia, to com- 
 memorate Cook's discoveiy of the colony and to 
 mark the spot where he landed. At the place 
 where it was supposed Cook first stept on shore 
 they affixed to the rock a brass plate on which the 
 following singular inscription was engraved : — 
 " A.D. mdcclxx. Under the auspices of British 
 Science these shores were discovered by James 
 Cook and Joseph Banks, the Columbus and the 
 Maecenas of their time. This spot once saw them 
 ardent in the pursuit of knowledge. Now to their 
 memory this tablet is inscribed in the first year of 
 the Philosophical Society of Australasia. Sir 
 Thomas Brisbane, K.C.B., and F.ll.S.L. and E., 
 Corresponding Member of the Institute of France, 
 President." The plate on which this inscription 
 was engraved was fastened to the rock about 
 fifteen feet above high water mark and there it 
 still remains. The first year of the Philosophical 
 Society of Australasia means a.d. 1822. On 
 20th March in that year the brass plate was 
 placed at Botany Bay. An attempt was made 
 to find an aboriginal native who had seen and 
 remembered Cook's landing fifty-two years pre- 
 viously. And an old man was found who was 
 said to have been the very youth who opposed 
 
 Cook's landing so vigorously. But the ground., for 
 the belief thai the old man of L822 was identical 
 with the young man of 1770 were somewhat vague 
 and shadowy. A native of Sydney who had fre- 
 quent opportunities in his youth in the early part 
 of the present century of acquiring information 
 from the Botany Bay blacks, and who always took 
 much interest in all that related to them, was able 
 to glean some information from their old men on 
 the subject of Cook's landing. As the Endeavour 
 was the first ship, and Cook and his crew the first 
 white men they had ever seen, it is reasonable to 
 suppose that the circumstance must have made ?. 
 strong impression upon their memory. The gen- 
 tleman referred to states that the aborigines known 
 to have been contemporary with Captain Cook's 
 landing were Yadyer, Bullmayne, Dolmoik, Kurrul, 
 Bluitt and Potta (two brothers.) All agreed in 
 their statements respecting this great event. They 
 said that when the ship first appeared off the coast 
 they were on the north shore of the bay, at a spot 
 called by the aborigines Kooriwall, but afterwards 
 known to the colonists as the Frenchman's Gardens. 
 Yadyer said that on seeing the ship he went down 
 to a corner of the beach, where a portion of the 
 tribe were encamped, and told them what he had 
 seen. They all thereupon went up the hill to look. 
 Some of them thought the ship was a large bird. 
 But as the object of their amazement approached 
 the heads of the bay, they came to the conclusion 
 that it was a large canoe with people on board. 
 Shortly afterwards they saw two boats leave the 
 ship and go to the rocks at Kunclel, the point 
 where the brass plate was put up in 1822. Three 
 persons from one of the boats landed just below 
 that point. The boats went round the rock into a 
 little harbour, and the three persons who had 
 landed went round in the same direction to a spot 
 within forty yards of the run of water which flows 
 close to the south side of where Kundel House 
 now stands. The boats landed at a small gap 
 where there was a fine run of fresh water. After 
 staying there some time the boats came over to the 
 north side of Botany Bay, and landed on the 
 beach at Kooriwall. Three persons then landed 
 from one of the boats; one of these had on his 
 head something like a " bang-alle." [The bang-alle 
 is a vessel used by the blacks for carrying water, 
 made of bark drawn together at the ends and 
 fastened with thongs so as to resemble a cocked 
 hat.] These three men walked along the beach, 
 the boats pulling close to the land till they came 
 to Bumbera Point, half a mile from Kooriwall due 
 north. The blackfellows made their appearance 
 on the bank above the beach with spears and 
 wommeras, but made no attempt to throw a spear 
 at the strangers. When the aborigines appeared 
 the second time two guns were fired from the 
 boats, on which they drew back into the bush. 
 When the three persons who landed came to 
 Bumbera Point they got into the boat, and after 
 staying there a short time went back to the ship, 
 which was then anchored just inside the heads,
 
 284 
 
 CYCL0P.ED1A OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [IJew 
 
 Either that evening or the following morning two 
 boats came np again to the north side at Bumbera 
 Point, and hauled a seine twice and then returned 
 to the ships. Such is the report of the landing of 
 Captain Cook as told by the aborigines about forty 
 years afterwards. The Endeavour sailed from 
 Botany Bay on the 6th May, and at noon says 
 Cook " we were abreast the entrance of a bay or 
 harbour in which there appeared to be good an- 
 chorage, and which I called Port Jackson." They 
 did not enter but continued their voyage along the 
 coast, and at sunset discovered a bay, which from 
 the irregular and broken appearance of the land 
 was named Broken Bay. The next place named 
 was Port Stephens; the entrance to the Biver 
 Hunter, one of the largest streams of Eastern Aus- 
 tralia, having been passed without notice. Cape 
 Hawke, the hills called the Three Brothers, Smokey 
 Cape, Cape Byron, Mount Warning, and Point 
 Danger, were all seen and their present names con- 
 ferred by Cook within the next few days. Point 
 Danger, in 28° 8' south, is the northern extremity 
 of the present colony of N. S. W. On 16th May 
 the ships still keeping near to the coast, Cook 
 writes : — " The shore forms a wide open bay, which 
 1 called Moreton's Bay, in the bottom of which the 
 land is so low that I could but just see it from the 
 topmast head." The name of Cape Moreton was 
 also given, " it being the north point of Moreton's 
 Bay." The hills called the Glass-houses, Indian 
 Head, Breaksea Spit, Harvey's Bay, and Bustard 
 Bay were also seen and named during the next few 
 days. At the last bay they landed and shot a large 
 bird which weighed seventeen pounds and a half, 
 and was a species of bustard. " We all agreed," he 
 continues, " that this was the best bird we had 
 eaten since we left England ; and in honour of it 
 we called this inlet Bustard Bay." Standing along 
 the coast, Cape Capricorn, Cape Manifold, Kepple 
 Bay, Cape Townshend, Broad Sound, Cape 
 Palmerston, Cape Hillsborough, Repulse Bay, 
 Cape Gloucester, Cape Upstart, Edgecumbe Bay 
 (now Fort Denison,) Cape Cleaveland, Halifax 
 Bay, Rockingham Bay and other remarkable bays 
 and headlands were seen and the names given by 
 which they are still known. The part of the coast 
 which they were now on was a very dangerous one, 
 and the crew of the Endeavour met and surmounted 
 difficulties of no ordinary kind. Their ship on 
 one occasion struck suddenly upon a coral rock 
 and was in danger of sinking. Of the means by 
 which this was prevented Cook's narrative gives 
 the following interesting account : — " To those only 
 who have waited in a state of such suspense death 
 has approached in all his terrors, and as the 
 dreadful moment that was to determine our fate 
 came on every one saw his own sensations pictured 
 in the countenance of his companions ; however 
 the capstan and windlass were manned with as 
 lnany hands as could be spared from the pumps, 
 and the ship floating about twenty minutes after 
 ten o'clock the effort was made and she was heaved 
 Into deep water. It was however impossible long 
 
 to continue the labour by which the pumps had 
 been made to draw upon the leak, and as the 
 exact situation of it could not be discovered we 
 had no hope of stopping it within. In this situation 
 Mr. Monkhouse, one of my midshipmen, came to 
 me and proposed an experiment that he had once 
 used on board a merchant ship which sprung a 
 leak that admitted above four feet of water an 
 hour, and which by this experiment was brought 
 safely from Virginia to London ; the master having 
 such confidence in it that he took her out of the 
 harbour knowing her condition and did not think 
 it worth while to wait till the leak could be other- 
 wise stopped. To this man therefore the care of 
 the expedient, which is called fothering the ship, 
 was immediately committed, four or five of the 
 people being appointed to assist him, and he 
 performed it in this maimer : he took a lower 
 studding-sail, and having mixed together a large 
 quantity of oakum and wool chopped pretty small, 
 he stitched it down in handfuls upon the sail as 
 lightly as possible, and over this" he spread the 
 dung of our sheep and other filth. When the sail 
 was thus prepared it was hauled under the ship's 
 bottom by ropes, which kept it extended, and 
 when it came under the leak the suction which 
 carried in the water carried in with it the oakum 
 and wool from the surface of the sail which in 
 other parts the water was not sufficiently agitated 
 to wash off. By the success of this expedient our 
 leak was so far reduced that instead of gaining 
 upon three pumps it was easily kept under with 
 one. On the 17th June the ship having been run 
 aground in a harbour where the tide left her at 
 low water it was discovered that ' the rollers made 
 their way through four planks and even into the 
 timbers ; three more planks were much damaged, 
 and the appearance of these breaches was very 
 extraordinary ; there was not a splinter to be seen, 
 but all was as smooth as if the whole had been 
 cut away by an instrument. One of the holes, 
 which was big enough to have sunk us if we had 
 had eight pumps instead of four and been able to 
 keep them incessantly going, was in a great 
 measure plugged up by a fragment of the rock, 
 which after having made the hole was left sticking 
 in it ; so that the water which had at first gained 
 upon the pumps was what came in at the inter- 
 stices between the stone and the edges of the hole 
 that received it. AVe found also several pieces of 
 the fothering which had made their way between 
 the timbers and in a great measure stopped those 
 parts of the leak which the stone had left open." 
 To this harbour the name of Endeavour Bay was 
 given, and here Cook remained refitting and 
 obtaining information from June until the fol- 
 lowing August. During their stay here the first 
 kangaroos were seen, of which circumstance Cook 
 gives the following account : — " With the first 
 dawn they set out in search of game, and in a 
 walk of many miles they saw four animals of the 
 same kind, two of which Mr. Banks' greyhound 
 chased, but they threw him out at a great distance
 
 New I 
 
 ti LDP.fcMA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 liS.l 
 
 by leaping over the long thick grass which pre- 
 vented his running : this animal was observed not 
 to run upon four legs but to bound or hop forward 
 upon two. It is called by the natives kangaroo." 
 They had at first great difficulty in inducing the 
 natives to come near them, but at last they grew 
 bolder, and at length became mischievous. Cook's 
 narrative proceeds: — "On the 19th, in the 
 morning, we were visited by ten of the natives, 
 the greater part from the other side of the river, 
 where we saw six or seven more, most of them 
 women, and like all the rest of the people we had 
 seen in this country they were stark naked. Our 
 guests brought with them a greater number of 
 lances than they had ever done before, and having 
 laid them up in a tree they set a man and a boy to 
 watch them ; the rest then came on board and we 
 soon perceived that they had determined to get 
 one of our turtle, which was probably as great a 
 dainty to them as to us. They first asked us by 
 signs to give them one, and being refused they 
 expressed both" by looks and gestures great disap- 
 pointment and anger. At this time we happened 
 to have no victuals dressed ; but I offered one of 
 them some biscuit which he snatched and threw 
 overboard with great disdain. One of them 
 renewed his request to Mr. Banks, and upon a 
 refusal stamped with his foot and pushed him 
 from him in a transport of resentment and indig- 
 nation. Having applied by turns to almost every 
 person who appeared to have any command in the 
 ship without success they suddenly seized two of 
 the turtles and dragged them towards the side of 
 the ship where their canoe lay. Our people soon 
 forced them out of their hands and replaced them 
 with the rest. They would not however relinquish 
 their enterprise, but made several other attempts 
 of the same kind, in all which being equally disap- 
 pointed they suddenly leaped into their canoe in a 
 rage and began to paddle towards the shore. At 
 the same time I went into the boat with Mr. Banks 
 and five or six of the ship's crew, and we got 
 ashore before them, where many more of our 
 people were already engaged in various employ- 
 ments. As soon as they landed they seized their 
 arms, and before we were aware of their design 
 they snatched a brand from under a pitch-kettle 
 which was boiling, and making a circuit to the 
 windward of the few things we had on shore they 
 set fire to the grass in their way with surprising 
 quickness and dexterity. The grass which was 
 five or six feet high and as dry as stubble burnt 
 with amazing fury, and the fire made a rapid 
 progress towards a tent of Mr. Banks' which had 
 been set up for Tupia when he was sick, taking in 
 its course a sow and pigs, one of which it scorched 
 to death. Mr. Banks leaped into a boat and 
 fetched some people from on board just time 
 enough to save his tent by hauling it down upon 
 the beach ; but the smith's forge, at least such 
 part of it as would burn was consumed. While 
 this was doing the Indians went to a place at some 
 distance where several of our people were washing 
 
 and where our nets, among which was the seine 
 and a great quantity of linen were laid out to dry; 
 here they again set fire to the grass, entirely dis- 
 regarding both threats and entreaties. We were 
 therefore obliged to discharge a musket loaded 
 with small shot at one of them, which drew blood 
 at the distance of about forty yards, and thus 
 putting them to flight we extinguished the fire at 
 this place before it had made much progress ; but 
 where the grass had been first kindled it spread 
 into the woods to a great distance. As the Indians 
 were still in sight I fired a musket charged with 
 ball abreast of them among the mangroves to 
 convince them that they were not yet out of our 
 reach. Upon hearing the ball they quickened 
 their pace and we soon lost sight of them. We 
 thought they would now give us no more trouble ; 
 but soon after we heard their voices in the woods 
 and perceived that they came nearer and nearer. 
 I set out therefore with Mr. Banks and three or 
 four more to meet them. When our parties came 
 in sight of each other they halted, except one old 
 man who came forward to meet us ; at length he 
 stopped, and having uttered some words which we 
 were very sorry we could not understand he went 
 back to his companions and the whole body slowly 
 retreated. We found means however to seize some 
 of their darts and continued to follow them about 
 a mile. We then sat down upon some rocks, from 
 which we could observe their motions, and they 
 also sat down at about a hundred yards distance. 
 After a short time the old man again advanced 
 towards us carrying in his hand a lance without a 
 point ; he stopped several times at different dis- 
 tances and spoke ; we answered by beckoning and 
 making such signs of amity as we could devise, 
 upon which the messenger of peace as we supposed 
 him to be turned and spoke aloud to his com- 
 panions, who then set up their lances against a 
 tree and advanced towards us in a friendly manner. 
 When they came up we returned the darts or 
 lances that we had taken from them, and we 
 perceived with great satisfaction that this rendered 
 the reconciliation complete. We found in this 
 party four persons whom we had never seen before, 
 who as usual were introduced to us by name ; but 
 the man who had been wounded in the attempt 
 to burn our nets and linen was not among them ; 
 we knew however that he could not be dangerously 
 hurt by the distance at which the shot reached him. 
 We made all of them presents of such trinkets as we 
 had about us and they walked back with us towards 
 the ship. As we went along they told us by signs 
 that they would not set fire to the grass any more ; 
 and we distributed among them some musket-balls 
 and endeavoured to make them understand their 
 use and effect. When they came abreast of the 
 ship they sat down, but could not be prevailed 
 upon to come on board ; we therefore left them 
 and in about two hours they went away, soon 
 after which we perceived the woods on lire at 
 about two miles distance. If this accident 
 had happened a very little while sooner the
 
 286 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |New 
 
 consequence might have been dreadful, iur our 
 powder had been aboard but a few days, and the 
 store-tent with many valuable things which it 
 contained had not been removed many hours. 
 We had no idea of the fury with which grass 
 ■would burn in this hot climate, nor consequently 
 of the difficulty of extinguishing it ; but we deter- 
 mined that if it should ever again be necessary for 
 us to pitch our tents in such a situation our first 
 measure should be to clear the ground round us." 
 The aborigines could only be satisfied by actually 
 feeling the hands and faces of their visitors that 
 they were made of flesh and blood like themselves. 
 Respecting the natives of this part of the coast 
 Cook says : — " The men are well made, of the 
 middle size, and active in a high degree, but their 
 voices are soft even to effeminacy. Their colour 
 is chocolate, but they were so covered with dirt as 
 to look almost as black as negroes. The chief 
 ornament of these people is the bone that is thrust 
 through the nose which the sailors whimsically 
 termed the spritsail-yard. Some few of them had 
 an ornament of shells hanging across the breast. 
 Besides these ornaments they painted their bodies 
 and limbs white and red in stripes of different 
 dimensions, and they had a circle of white round 
 each eye and spots of it on the face. Their huts 
 were built with small rods, the two ends of which 
 were fixed into the ground so as to form the figure 
 of an oven, they are covered with pieces of bark 
 and palm leaves. The door of this building, which 
 is only high enough to sit upright in, is opposite 
 to the fire-place ; they sleep with their heels turned 
 up towards their heads, and even in this posture 
 the hut will not hold more than four people. 
 They produce fire and extend the flames in a very 
 singular manner ; they reduce one end of a stick 
 into an obtuse point, they place this point upon a 
 piece of dry wood and turning the upright stick 
 very fast backward and forward between their 
 hands the fire is soon produced, nor is it increased 
 with less celerity." The Endeavour sailed from 
 this place on 13th August 1770, and "succeeded 
 in getting into the open sea in safety after having 
 been surrounded by dreadful shoals and rocks for 
 three months." The explorers still continued their 
 voyage to the northward until the extreme point 
 of the Australian Continent, which they named 
 Cape York, was reached. They then steered west- 
 ward through Torres Straits naming the channel 
 through which they passed into the Indian Ocean 
 Endeavour Strait. Cook concludes his account of 
 N.S.W. as follows : — "As I was now about to quit 
 the eastern coast of New Holland, which 1 had 
 coasted from latitude 38° south to this place 
 (latitude 10J south,) and which 1 am confident no 
 European had ever seen before, I once more 
 hoisted English colours; and though I had already 
 taken possession of several particular parts 1 now 
 took possession of the whole eastern coast in right 
 of His Majesty King George the Third by the 
 name of IS'ew South Wales, with all the bays, 
 harbours, rivers, and islands situated upon it ; we 
 
 then fired three volleys of small arms which were 
 answered by the same number from the ship." 
 Cook, upon leaving the Australian coast, thus 
 speaks of the country and its aboriginal inhab- 
 itants : — " New Holland or, as I have now called 
 the eastern coast, New South Wales, is of a larger 
 extent than any other country in the known world 
 that does not bear the name of a continent. The 
 length of coast along which we sailed reduced to a 
 straight line is no less than twenty-seven degrees 
 of latitude, amounting to near 2000 miles, so that 
 its square surface must be much more than equal 
 to all Europe. To the southward of 33° or 34° the 
 land in general is low and level ; farther north- 
 ward it is hilly, but in no part can be called 
 mountainous ; and the hills and mountains taken 
 together make but a small part of the surface in 
 comparison with the valleys and plains. It is 
 upon the whole rather barren than fertile, yet the 
 rising ground is chequered by woods and lawns, 
 and the plains and valleys are in many places 
 covered with herbage ; the soil however is fre- 
 quently sandy, and many of the lawns or savannahs 
 are rocky and barren, especially to the northward, 
 where in the best spots vegetation was less vigorous 
 than in the southern part of the country ; the 
 trees were not so tall, nor was the herbage so rich. 
 The grass in general is high but thin, and the trees 
 where they are largest are seldom less than forty 
 feet asunder ; nor is the country inland, so far as 
 we could examine it, better clothed than the sea- 
 coast. The banks of the bays are covered with 
 mangroves to the distance of a mile within the 
 beach, under which the soil is a rank mud that is 
 always overflowed by a spring-tide. Farther in the 
 country we sometimes met with a bog upon which 
 the grass was very thick and luxuriant, and some- 
 times with a valley that was clothed with under- 
 wood. The soil in some parts seemed to be capable 
 of improvement, but the far greater part is such as 
 can admit of no cultivation. The coast, at least 
 that part of it which lies to the northward of 
 25° S., abounds with fine bays and harbours, where 
 vessels may lie in perfect security from all winds. 
 The number of inhabitants in this country appears 
 to be very small in proportion to its extent. We 
 never saw so many as thirty of them together but 
 once, and that was at Botany Bay, when men, 
 women and children assembled upon a rock to see 
 the ship pass by. When they manifestly formed 
 a resolution to engage us they never could muster 
 above fourteen or fifteen fighting men, and we 
 never saw a number of their sheds or houses 
 together that could accommodate a larger party. 
 It is true indeed that we saw only the sea-coast on 
 the eastern side, and that between this and the 
 western shore there is an immense tract of country 
 wholly unexplored, but there is great reason to 
 believe that this immense tract is either wholly 
 desolate or at least still more thinly inhabited than 
 the parts we visited. It is impossible that the 
 inland country should subsist inhabitants at all 
 seasons without cultivation ; it is extremely
 
 New] 
 
 PiF.DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 287 
 
 improbable that the inhabitants of the coast should 
 be totally ignorant of arts of cultivation which were 
 practised inland ; and it is equally improbable 
 that if they knew such arts there should be no 
 traces of them among them, [t is certain that we 
 did not see one foot of ground in a state of culti- 
 vation in the whole country, and therefore it may 
 well be concluded that where the sea does not 
 contribute to feed the inhabitants the country is 
 not inhabited. The only tribe with which we had 
 any intercourse we found where the ship was 
 careened. It consisted of one-and-twenty persons 
 — twelve men, seven women, one boy and one girl. 
 The women we never saw but at a distance, for 
 when the men came over the river they were 
 always left behind. The men here and in other 
 places were of a middle size, and in general well 
 made, clean limbed, and remarkably vigorous! 
 active and nimble. Their countenances were not 
 altogether without expression, and their voices 
 were remarkably soft and effeminate. They 
 appeared to have no fixed habitations, for we saw 
 nothing like a town or village in the whole country. 
 Their houses, if houses they may be called, seemed 
 to be formed with less art and industry than any 
 we had seen, except the wretched hovels at Tierra 
 del Fuego, and in some respects they are inferior 
 even to them. At Rotany Bay, where they were 
 best, they were just high enough for a man to sit 
 upright in, but not large enough for him to extend 
 himself in his whole length in any direction. 
 They are built with pliable rods about as thick as 
 a man's finger, in the form of an oven, by sticking 
 the two ends into the ground and then covering 
 them with palm leaves and broad pieces of bark. 
 The door is nothing but a large hole at one end, 
 opposite to which the fire is made, as we perceived 
 by the ashes. Under these houses or sheds they 
 sleep, coiled up with their heels to their head, and 
 in this position one of them will hold three or four 
 persons. As we advanced northward and the 
 climate became warmer we found these sheds still 
 more slight ; they were built, like the others, of 
 twigs and covered with bark, but none of them 
 were more than four feet deep, and one side was 
 entirely open. The close side was always opposed 
 to the course of the prevailing wind, and opposite 
 to the open side was the fire, probably more as a' 
 defence from the mosquitos than the cold. They 
 were set up occasionally by a wandering horde in 
 any place that would furnish them for a time with 
 subsistence, and left behind them when, after it 
 was exhausted, they went away ; but in places 
 where they remained only for a night or two they 
 slept without any shelter except the bushes or 
 grass, which is here near two feet high. The only 
 furniture belonging to these houses that fell under 
 our observation is a kind of oblong vessel made of 
 bark, by the simple contrivance of tying up the 
 two ends with a withy, which not being cut off 
 serves for a handle. These we imagined were 
 used as buckets to fetch water from the spring, 
 which may be supposed sometimes to be at a 
 
 considerable distance. They have however a small 
 bag about the size of a moderate cabbage net, 
 which is made by laying threads loop within loop 
 somewhat in the manner of knitting used by our 
 ladies to make purses. This bag the man carries 
 loose upon his back by a small string which passes 
 over his head. It generally contains a lump or 
 two of paint and resin, some fish-hooks and lines, 
 a shell or two out of which their hooks are made, 
 a few points of darts, and their usual ornaments, 
 which includes the whole worldly treasure of the 
 richest man among them. Their fish-hooks are 
 very neatly made, and some of them are exceed- 
 ingly small. For striking turtle they have a peg 
 of wood, which is about a foot long and very well 
 bearded; this fits into a socket at the end of a 
 staff of lightwood, about as thick as a man's wrist 
 and about seven or eight feet long. To the staff is 
 tied one end of a loose line about three or four 
 fathoms long, the other end of which is fastened 
 to the peg. To strike the turtle the peg is fixed 
 into the socket, and when it has entered his body 
 and is retained there by the barb the staff flies off, 
 and serves for a float to trace their victim in the 
 water ; it assists also to tire him till they can 
 overtake him with their canoes and haul him 
 ashore. One of these pegs, as I have mentioned 
 already, we found buried in the body of a turtle, 
 which had healed up over it. Their lines are from 
 the thickness of a half-inch rope to the fineness of 
 a hair, and are made of some vegetable substance, 
 but what in particular we had no opportunity to 
 learn. Their food is chiefly fish, though they 
 sometimes contrive to kill the kangaroo and even 
 birds of various kinds, notwithstanding they are 
 so shy that we found it difficult to get within 
 reach of them with a fowling-piece. The only 
 vegetable that can be considered as an article of 
 food is the yam, yet doubtless they eat the several 
 fruits which have been mentioned among other 
 productions of the country, and indeed we saw 
 the shells and hulls of several of them lying 
 about the places where they kindled their fire." 
 The further progress of the expedition belongs 
 rather to the history of navigation than to the 
 history of the colony. After many hair-breadth 
 escapes Cook and his officers piloted the crazy 
 Endeavour safely through the Great Barrier Reefs 
 of the Coral Sea and sailed round Cape York, 
 anchoring in safety among a cluster of isles to the 
 westward. On one of these they landed, as Cook 
 relates : — " We immediately climbed the highest 
 hill, which was not more than three times as high 
 as the mast head and the most barren of any we 
 had seen. From this hill no land could be seen 
 between the S.W. and W.S.W., so that I had no 
 doubt of finding a channel through. As I was now 
 about to quit the eastern coast of New Holland 
 (which I had coasted from lat. 38° to this place, 
 and which I am confident no European had ever 
 seen before) I once more hoisted English colours, 
 and though I had taken possession already of 
 several particular parts I now took possession of
 
 288 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |New 
 
 the whole eastern coast from lat. 38° to this 
 place 10° 30' south in right of His Majesty 
 King George III. by the name of New South 
 Wales with all its bays, harbours, rivers and 
 islands situated upon it. We then fired three 
 volleys of small arms, which were answered by the 
 same number from the ship. Having performed 
 this ceremony upon the island we called it Posses- 
 sion Island." When these facts were published in 
 London together with the long roll of discoveries, 
 accompanied by charts of the most correct charac- 
 ter, determining the great geographical problem 
 in which every maritime state was interested the 
 whole of Europe by tacit consent acknowledged 
 England's claim to the territory comprising 
 nearly one half of this vast island-continent. 
 
 (II.) The Firxt Fleet— After Cook's visit no 
 voyage was undertaken to the coast of Australia, 
 with which the history of N. S. W. is connected, 
 excepting that of La Perouse, to be mentioned 
 subsequently. Prior to Cook's discovery British 
 offenders against the laws were banished to the 
 American plantations. This system originated in 
 1619 during the reign of James I. of England. At 
 that time the exiles were sent to Virginia where 
 the planters during its first settlement were greatly 
 in want of labourers to clear away the impene- 
 trable forests which impeded cultivation. These 
 were chiefly criminals whom the courts of law 
 deemed not sufficiently guilty for capital punish- 
 ment, The planters hired their services for a 
 limited term, under the superintendence of con- 
 tractors who were obliged to prove that they were 
 properly disposed of ; they received a remunera- 
 tion of twenty pounds each convict from the 
 employer. This system with various modifications, 
 was continued among the other settlements as the 
 colonists required labour ; but there not being a 
 sufficient supply of labour of that class, the 
 colonists adopted the cruel system of enforced 
 negro slave labour. The contest between the 
 American colonies and the mother country issued 
 in their separation from Great Britain, and the 
 traffic in felons ceased after the declaration of 
 Independence on 4th July 1783. The mother 
 country having been relieved by this system of 
 transportation from the burthen of subjects who 
 were not only useless but pernicious at home, it 
 became an important object to know where they 
 should next be sent to. The British Parliament 
 discussed the question in much the same temper 
 and spirit as it has more recently discussed the 
 kindred question as to what should lie done with 
 incorrigible criminals. All kinds of expedients 
 were proposed and several tried, amongst which 
 was transportation to the coast of Africa ; but this 
 expedient was abandoned on the consideration 
 " that what was meant as an alleviation of punish- 
 ment too frequently ended in death." Conse- 
 quently one of the chief reasons that recommended 
 X.S.W. to the British Parliament and Government 
 was Cook's report of the salubrity of the climate 
 of that part of Australia. The proposition to 
 
 establish a penal colony there was strongly but 
 vainly opposed by John Howard, the eminent 
 philanthropist, and upon amply sufficient grounds. 
 The Order in Council for the establishment of the 
 settlement was dated 6th December 1786. At this 
 day when care for the health, education, and 
 religious instruction of criminals is carried to even 
 an extreme length, it is with amazement and 
 horror that we look back on the cool careless indif- 
 ference with which the ministers of George III. 
 in 1797 set about founding a penal settlement 
 at the opposite side of the world. Cook and 
 his companions had passed a few days on the 
 intended site of the proposed colony and had found 
 a small river, a profusion of curious plants, anil an 
 indifferent harbour. They had not seen any plains 
 of pasture fit to feed live stock ; they had found 
 no large edible animals such as deer, or buffaloes, 
 or pigs. They had no means of ascertaining 
 whether the soil was capable of carrying crops for 
 the support of a considerable population ; and the 
 nearest land at which live stock and dry stores 
 could be procured was the Cape of Good Hope, a 
 colony in the possession of the Dutch. As little 
 judgment, as little forethought, as little common 
 humanity were displayed in selecting the colonists 
 as the colony. The first detachment consisted of 
 the first Governor, Captain Arthur Phillip, R.N., 
 with a guard of marines, viz., a major-commandant, 
 twelve subalterns and twenty-four non-commis- 
 sioned officers, one hundred and sixty-eight rank 
 and file, with forty women, their wives. These 
 were the unconvicted section of the intended 
 colony. The prisoners were five hundred and forty- 
 eight men and two hundred and thirty women, the 
 latter being not only the most abandoned of their 
 sex, but many of them aged, infirm, and even idiotic 
 This disproportion of sexes was maintained, and 
 even increased, until the proportion of men to 
 women was as six to one, and the results became 
 too horrible to be recorded. This "goodly company" 
 was embarked in a frigate, the Sirius, an armed 
 tender, three store-ships, and six transports, under 
 the command of Captain Hunter. At the last 
 moment, by an afterthought, one chaplain .was sent 
 on board. There was no schoolmaster, no superin- 
 tendent, or gaolers, or overseers, except marines 
 with muskets loaded in case of revolt. No agri- 
 culturist was sent to teach the exiles to plough, 
 and delve, and sow. No system of discipline 
 was planned, nothing beyond mere coercion was 
 attempted. Even the supply of mechanics 
 required for erecting the needful houses and 
 stores was left a matter of chance dependent on 
 the trades of the six hundred felons, and as it 
 turned out there were not half a dozen carpenters, 
 only one bricklayer, and not one mechanic in the 
 whole settlement capable of erecting a corn-mill. 
 The First Fleet sailed on 13th May 1787, and after 
 a voyage of eight months, during which they 
 ti mihed at the Cape de Verd Islands, Rio de 
 Janeiro and the Cape of Good Hope, being every- 
 where received with the greatest attention and
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 2R9 
 
 courtesy, anchored in Botany Bay on 20th January 
 1 788. Collins writes thus : — " Under the blessing 
 of God was happily completed in eight months 
 and one week a voyage which, before it was under- 
 taken, the mind hardly dared venture to contem- 
 plate, and on which it was impossible to reflect 
 without some apprehension as to its termination. 
 Heavily in clouds came on the day which ushered 
 in our arrival." Tench remarks : — "To us it was 
 a great and important day, though I hope the 
 foundation, not the fall, of an empire will be dated 
 from it." The deaths in the fleet on the way out 
 were few, being one marine out of two hundred 
 and twelve, and twenty-four convicts out of the 
 seven hundred and seventy-eight which were put 
 on board in England. Within four-and-twenty 
 hours after landing Governor Phillip ascertained 
 that Botany Bay was quite unsuitable for the site 
 of a colony, that a sufficient quantity of cultivable 
 agricultural land and of fresh water were wanting, 
 and that the harbour was unsafe for ships of 
 burden. Without disembarking his charge he set 
 out with a party of three boats to explore the 
 coast to the northward, and particularly Broken 
 Bay, an inlet favourably mentioned by Cook, 
 distant about eighteen miles from Botany Bay ; 
 but as he sailed along the barrier of cliffs which 
 line the shore he decided to examine the narrow 
 cleft which Cook had named Port Jackson. The 
 day was mild and serene. The expedition sailed 
 along the coast near enough to see and hear the 
 wild cries of the astonished natives who followed 
 them as far as the rugged nature of the land would 
 permit. As they approached Port Jackson the 
 coast wore such an appearance that Phillip fully 
 expected to find Cook's unfavourable impressions 
 realised ; but he was destined to be most agreeably 
 disappointed. The first tack carried the expedition 
 out of the long heavy swell of the Pacific Ocean 
 into the smooth water of a canal protected by two 
 projecting "heads ;" and soon they came within 
 sight of a vast land-locked lake stretching as far 
 as the eye could reach dotted with small islands 
 whose shores sloped forest-covered down to the 
 water's edge. Black swans and other rare water- 
 birds fluttered up as the white strangers sailed on 
 charmed with a scene in which every feature was 
 beautiful yet strange. They had discovered one of 
 the finest harbours in the world. Coasting round 
 the shores of this great natural basin Phillip 
 determined to plant his colony on a promontory 
 where a small clear stream trickled into the salt 
 water. After three days spent in exploration he 
 returned to Botany Bay. On the morning of 
 2oth January as they were working out the English 
 fleet were astonished by seeing two strange ships 
 of war sailing into the bay. These were the 
 Houssole and Astrolabe, the French expedition of 
 discovery under the command of M. de la Perouse 
 which had left France in 1785. La Perouse "had 
 sailed into Botany Bay by Captain Cook's chart 
 which lay before him on the binnacle. Having 
 heard at Kamtschatka of the intended settlement 
 
 he had expected to have found a town built and 
 market established." Thus it was probably but 
 by a few days that the honour of discovering Port 
 Jackson fell to England. The French squadron 
 remained until 10th March to refresh and refit, 
 and then departing were never heard of more until 
 in 1826 Dillon discovered at the Manicolo Islands 
 traces of arms and ornaments which proved their 
 mournful fate — shipwrecked and murdered by 
 savages. A monument has been erected to the 
 memory of La Perouse and his crew in Botany 
 Bay. 
 
 III. Foundation of the Colony.— On the 26th 
 January the English fleet having been brought 
 round anchored in deep water close along the shore 
 of Sydney Cove, so called after Lord Sydney, one 
 of the lords of the Admiralty. A formal disem- 
 barkation took place — a detachment of marines 
 and blue jackets leaping from their boats into the 
 shades of a primeval forest. After hoisting British 
 colours "near where the colonnade in Bridge-street 
 now stands," the proclamation and commission 
 constituting the colony were read, a salute of small 
 arms was fired, and the career of the province of 
 N.S.W. commenced. The whole party landed 
 amounted to one thousand and thirty souls, who 
 encamped under tents and under and within hollow 
 trees " in a country resembling the more woody 
 parts of a deer park in England." Such were the 
 accidents of the foundation and such the founders 
 of the British colonial empire in Australia. Collins 
 describes the event in the following language :— 
 " The spot chosen for this purpose was at the head 
 of a cove near a run of fresh water which stole 
 silently through a very thick wood, the stillness of 
 which had then for the first time since the creation 
 been interrupted by the rude sound of the labourer's 
 axe and the downfall of its ancient inhabitants— a 
 stillness and tranquillity which from that day were 
 to give place to the noise of labour, the confusion 
 of camps and towns, and the busy hum of its new 
 possessors. That the greater part of these did not 
 bring with them 'minds not to be changed by time 
 or place ' was fervently to have been wished, and 
 if it were possible that on taking possession of 
 Nature in her simplest garb as they had thus done 
 they might not sully that purity by the introduc- 
 tion of vice. In the evening of this day the whole 
 of the party then present were assembled at the 
 point where they had first landed in the morning, 
 and on which a flagstaff had been purposely erected 
 and an union jack displayed ; when the marines 
 fired several volleys between which the healths of 
 His Majesty and the Koyal Family, with success 
 to the new colony, were most cordially drunk." 
 No sooner had the colonists been disembarked and 
 the erection of the necessary buildings commenced 
 than the want of a sufficient body of artificers was 
 experienced. The ships furnished sixteen, and the 
 prisoners twelve, carpenters; and by a piece of 
 unexpected good fortune which caused much 
 rejoicing "an experienced bricklayer was discovered 
 among the convicts. He was at once placed at the 
 
 02
 
 290 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 head of a party of labourers, with orders to con- 
 struct a number of brick huts ; in the meantime 
 the Governor occupied a tent." This first example 
 is a fair specimen of the manner in which the 
 penal discipline in the colony was conducted for a 
 long series of years. A useful man was placed in 
 authority and allowed a variety of indulgences 
 quite irrespective of his moral qualities. The 
 greatest ruffians became overseers and occupied 
 places of trust. Men of no use — mere drudges — 
 were treated worse than beasts of burden. In the 
 month of May the entire live stock of the colony 
 public and private consisted of two bulls, five cows, 
 one horse, three mares, three colts, twenty-nine 
 sheep, nineteen goats, seventy-four pigs, five rab- 
 bits, eighteen turkeys, twenty-nine geese, thirty- 
 five ducks, two hundred and ten fowls. The cattle 
 were of the Cape breed, humpy on the shoulders 
 and long-horned — a fact which it afterwards became 
 of consequence to remember. In the ensuing 
 month it is recorded as a public calamity that two 
 bulls and four cows wandered away from the herds- 
 man who had them in charge and were lost in the 
 woods. In the sequel it was shown that the cattle 
 were better colonists than their owners. The 
 entrance to Port Jackson is through projecting 
 capes, or two heads, which conceal and shelter the 
 far extent of the harbour. A channel about two 
 miles in breadth opens a land-locked harbour about 
 fifteen miles in length of irregular form, the shores 
 jagged with inlets, coves and creeks which, when 
 the first adventurers landed, were covered to the 
 water's edge with the finest timber. At the western 
 extremity a current of fresh water mingling with 
 the sea tide gave signs of the winding Parramatta 
 River, navigable for vessels of small burden for 
 eighteen miles. The settlement was planted on 
 the banks of an inlet or " cove," about half a mile 
 in length and a quarter in breadth, which received 
 a considerable stream of fresh water at the upper 
 end. The native blacks, who then swarmed along 
 the whole coast from Botany Bay and far beyond 
 in either direction, came to meet the white strangers 
 naked, armed with the shield, the spear, and the 
 boomerang, which the settlers at first took for a 
 wooden sword. From the circumstance of the 
 aborigines not being subject to the authority of 
 any sort of government except that of the strongest 
 man, from the imperfection of their arms and their 
 mental incapacity for combination, their communi- 
 cations and skirmishes with the white intruders do 
 not occupy that place in the history of the colony 
 which is filled by the Red Indian tribes in the 
 history of North America, or the semi-civilised 
 Peruvians and Mexicans in that of Spanish South 
 America. 
 
 TV. Governor Phillip— On 7th February 1788 
 the king's commission for the government of the 
 "territory of N.S.W. and its dependencies" was 
 read. By this instrument the colony was declared 
 "to extend from the northern extremity of tin- 
 coast called Cape York in the latitude of 10° 37' 
 to the southern extremity of South Cape in the 
 
 latitude of 43° 39' including all adjacent islands 
 within those latitudes and inland to the westward 
 as far as the 135th degree of east longitude." At 
 the same time were read the letters patent issued 
 under the 27th George III. cap. 50 for establishing 
 courts of civil and criminal judicature in the colony. 
 Under these the Governor — or in his absence, 
 the Lieutenant-Governor — was authorised when- 
 ever and only when he saw fit, to summon a court 
 of criminal jurisdiction, which was to be a court of 
 record and to consist of the Judge-Advocate and 
 six such officers of the sea or land service as the 
 Governor should nominate by presents under hand 
 and seal. This court was empowered to inquire 
 into and punish all crimes of whatever nature ; 
 the punishment to be inflicted according to the 
 laws of England as nearly as might be, considering 
 and allowing for the circumstances and situations 
 of the settlement and its inhabitants ; the charge 
 to be reduced to writing ; witnesses to be examined 
 upon oath ; the sentence of the court to be deter- 
 mined by the opinion of the majority ; but the 
 punishment not to be inflicted unless five members 
 of the court concurred, until the king's pleasure 
 should be known ; the Provost-Marshal to cause 
 the judgment under the Governor's warrant. In 
 this court the Judge-Advocate was president 
 (there was no provision that he should be a man 
 of legal education ;) he was also to frame and 
 exhibit the charge against the prisoner, to have a 
 vote in the court, and to be sworn like members of 
 it. The military officers were to appear in the 
 insignia of duty — sash and sword ; they had the 
 right to examine witnesses as well as the Judge- 
 Advocate ; he alone centred in his person the offices 
 of prosecutor, judge and jury. There was also a 
 civil court consisting of the Judge-Advocate and 
 two inhabitants of the settlement who were to be 
 appointed by the Governor, " empowered to decide 
 in a summary manner all pleas of lands, houses, 
 debts, contracts and all personal pleas with autho- 
 rity to summon parties upon complaint being 
 made, to examine the matter of such complaint by 
 the oath of witnesses, and to issue warrants of 
 execution under the hand and seal of the Judge- 
 Advocate." From this court an appeal might be 
 made to the Governor, and from him (where the 
 property exceeded the value of three hundred 
 pounds) to the King in Council. To this court 
 was likewise given authority to grant probates 
 of wills and administration of the personal estates 
 of intestate persons dying within the settlement. 
 A vice-admiralty court was also established for the 
 trial of offences committed on the high seas. The 
 ( lovernor was Captain-General and Vice-Admiral, 
 with authority to hold general courts-martial to 
 confirm and set aside sentences. Powers equal 
 to those of the first Governor of N.S.W. if held, 
 have never been exercised by any other official in 
 the British dominions. He could sentence to five 
 hundred lashes, fine five hundred pounds, regulate 
 customs and trade, fix prices and wages, remit 
 capital as well as other sentences, bestow grants of
 
 New! 
 
 i i.iil'.V.niA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 •291 
 
 land and create a monopoly of any article of 
 necessity. All the labour in the colony was at his 
 disposal ; all the land, all the stores, all the places 
 of honour and profit ; and virtually all the justice, 
 as the case of Governor Bligh afterwards proved. 
 The Governor's subjects consisted of his subordin- 
 ates, officers — for as Captain-General the com- 
 mandant of the troops was under his orders — of 
 the few who resorted to N.S.W. to trade (whose 
 profits were at his disposal.) and the convicts — 
 outcasts without civil rights. The distance from 
 England, the few means of communication, the 
 indifference of the English public to the fate of 
 the inhabitants of a penal or any other colony, 
 rendered the Governor so far as the control of law 
 extended actually irresponsible. As there was no 
 law so there was no publicity and no public opinion 
 to restrain the exercise of the despotism which was 
 the only possible government in such a penal settle- 
 ment. The chief officers were naval and military 
 of the old school ; not the school of Cook and 
 Kfippel, Nelson and Collingwood, Wolfe and 
 ( !oi nwallis, but of that school which, by its 
 tyranny, its abuse of power, its neglect of common 
 honesty, of common decency and common humanity 
 in the treatment, the wages, the clothing and the 
 food of the sailors, created the alarming mutinies 
 of Portsmouth and the Nore. The powers vested 
 in the Governor were exercised without the 
 restraining influence of council or law adviser 
 until 1822. Feelings of amazement and horror 
 overcome us when we look back on the early 
 days of N.S.W. Under the absolute government 
 described the settlers were crowded together on 
 a narrow space — a promontory cleared of a dense 
 forest. The soil was a barren sand ; every yard 
 required for cultivation had to be gained by 
 removing enormous trees of a hardness that tried 
 the temper of the best axes wielded in skilled 
 hands. On one side was an unknown shore 
 and a shipless sea ; on the other an apparently 
 limitless country inhabited by savages in which 
 not a step could be taken without danger of being 
 totally lost ; a country which produced no wild 
 fruit or root fit for the sustenance of man ; and 
 with the exception of a wandering kangaroo or a shy, 
 swift emu, no game of any size fit for food. The 
 want of enterprise which marked the early career of 
 the colonists and left them so long in ignorance of 
 the rich districts on which, after a long interval the 
 colony became self-supporting cannot but be attri- 
 buted to the form of government and to the moral 
 blight caused by the composition of the society. The 
 mass of the community were slaves — slaves without 
 the contented spirit of negroes or Russian serfs — 
 for they had been born in a free country and could 
 not learn to submit and be happy even if in the 
 matter of food and lodging they had been well 
 provided, instead of being burned with heat, 
 perished with cold, and always half starved. They 
 were slaves ttoo, labouring hard but scarcely pro- 
 ducing anything. The long voyage was a bad 
 preparation for useful labour. The convicts were 
 
 heaped on board ship without selection, the vilest 
 and most venial criminals chained together. No 
 classification of degrees of crime or for the purposes 
 of useful labour was attempted. The overseers 
 were prisoners selected by favouritism or for their 
 bodily strength, and the work was divided between 
 personal service on the officers, handicraft and 
 mere drudgery. One chaplain of the Church of 
 England enjoyed a salary for preaching occasionally 
 to an uninstructcd multitude, of whom one-third 
 were Roman Catholics transported for political or 
 agrarian offences. Far from all civilising human- 
 ising influences, in such society the finest natures 
 became brutalised into tyrants, while the criminals 
 under their command dragged on a miserable 
 existence or rebelled with all the recklessness of 
 despair. Although the chief records of the early 
 days of the colony are drawn from the writings 
 and reports of officials who were naturally inclined 
 to put the best face on a system of which they 
 were the paid instruments, and whose eyes, ears, 
 consciences were seared by constant contact with 
 misery and tyranny, yet there is more than enough 
 testimony of the cruel and stupid despotism which 
 prevailed. A singular succession of serious, 
 pitiable, ludicrous and disgraceful incidents mark 
 the history of the settlement from the day of pro- 
 claiming the king's commission to the end of the 
 year 1800, which has been minutely recorded by 
 Collins. At one time " a person named Smith on 
 his way to India professing some knowledge of 
 agriculture" is engaged by the government and 
 created a peace officer at Rosehill, the site of the 
 future town of Parramatta, the said Smith being 
 apparently the only freeman with any claims to 
 the kind of knowledge on which the subsistence of 
 the colony was likely to depend. At another time 
 one Bryant, a Devonshire prisoner employed in 
 his calling of a fisherman, is detected in secreting 
 and selling large quantities of fish and is severely 
 punished ; but " being too usefid a person to part 
 with and send to the Brick Cart" he is retained 
 to fish for the settlement. This man afterwards 
 escaped with his family and a party of other 
 prisoners in an open boat to the Island of Timor ; 
 he was there captured by a man-of-war and carried 
 to Batavia, where he died. His wife was conveyed 
 to England, tried and confined in Newgate until 
 the term of her original sentence expired. Then 
 we find convicts " when little more than two years 
 had elapsed" claiming their discharge on the 
 ground that the time of their sentence had expired, 
 which was possible, as it would date from the day 
 of their sentences. When in answer to these 
 claims inquiries are made for the documents 
 containing the particulars " it is found that they 
 have been left in England, and that therefore it is 
 impossible to affirm or deny the claims." Conse- 
 quently the prisoners are told they must wait for 
 an answer to a despatch to be sent by the first 
 opportunity to England, a period of two or three 
 years. One of the prisoners not very well pleased 
 with the prospect of such delay expressed himself
 
 202 
 
 CYCLOI\£DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 (New 
 
 disrespectfully of the Lieutenant-Governor in the 
 presence of the governor. Thereupon he was 
 seized, tried by a criminal court, found guilty and 
 sentenced to receive six hundred lashes and wear 
 irons for the space of six months. About the 
 same time a soldier having been found guilty of a 
 criminal assault on a female child, his sentence is 
 commuted to banishment for life to the auxiliary 
 agricultural settlement of Norfolk Island. These 
 are but a few specimens of the judicial system 
 by which N.S.W. was ruled for nearly the 
 first quarter of a century of its existence. The 
 sufferings of the first settlers as may well be 
 imagined were intense. More than a third of 
 their number were ill with scurvy and other 
 diseases — sixty-six lay in the little hospital which 
 had been set up, and many of them never recovered. 
 Those who were well enough to work began to 
 clear the land for cultivation, but as soon as 
 everything was ready for the ploughing to begin 
 the amazing fact was discovered that no one knew 
 anything of farming, and had it not been that 
 Phillip had with him a servant who had once 
 learnt something of agriculture their labour would 
 have been of little avail. As it was, the farming 
 was of the rudest kind ; one man even if he had 
 been a highly experienced person could do very 
 little to instruct so many. The officers and soldiers 
 were smart enough on parade but useless on a 
 farm ; the convicts instead of trying to learn 
 expended their ingenuity in picking each other's 
 pockets or in robbing the stores. They would do 
 no work unless an armed soldier was standing 
 behind them, and if he turned away for a moment 
 they would deliberately destroy the farm imple- 
 ments in their charge, or do whatever damage the 
 most stupid and purposeless malice could suggest. 
 Thus only a trifling amount of food was obtained 
 from the soil ; the provisions they had brought 
 with them were nearly finished, and when the 
 news came that the Guardian transport, on which 
 they were depending for fresh supplies, had struck 
 on an iceberg and had been lost the little com- 
 munity was filled with the deepest dismay. Soon 
 after a ship arrived with a number of fresh con- 
 victs but no provisions ; in great haste the Sirius 
 was sent to the Cape of Good Hope and the 
 Supply to Batavia ; these vessels brought back as 
 much as they could get, but it was all used in a 
 month or two. Starvation now lay before the 
 settlement ; every one, including the officers and 
 the Governor himself, was put on the lowest 
 rations which could keep the life in a man's body, 
 and yet there was not enough of food even at this 
 miserable rate to last for any length of time. 
 Numbers died of starvation ; the Governor stopped 
 all the works as the men were too weak to con- 
 tinue them. The cattle and sheep which they had 
 brought with so much trouble to become the origin 
 of herds and flocks were all killed for food, with 
 the exception of two or three which escaped to the 
 Woods and were lost from sight. On the 14th 
 February 1 788 Philip G id ley King, second lieutenant 
 
 of the Sirius, with twenty-five men, was sent to 
 Norfolk Island, a spot recommended by Cook as a 
 place of settlement. Phillip intended to use this 
 island both as a store-house and a place of banish- 
 ment for refractory prisoners. King landed and 
 at once commenced to grow cotton, corn, and flax. 
 The island was most fertile, and King's report was 
 so favourable that Phillip sent him a reinforce- 
 ment of sixty-nine people. Early in March the 
 French ships which had been waiting for favouring 
 breezes set sail. They left behind them a melan- 
 choly record of their visit in the shape of the 
 body of Father Le Receveur, who had come out in 
 the Astrolabe as naturalist to the expedition and 
 who died from the effects of wounds received in a 
 conflict with the natives of the Navigators Islands. 
 Phillip erected a memorial over his burial place. 
 His was the second white man's grave in Australia. 
 The coast to the northward of Sydney Heads was 
 speedily explored and friendly relations were 
 entered into with the natives. Two expeditions 
 into the interior confirmed the good opinion 
 formed of the land, but the natives having been 
 attacked by some of the settlers retaliated by 
 spearing some men who were cutting rushes. This 
 encounter, which was the first of a series of 
 hostilities between the colonists and aboriginals, 
 took place in the month of May at a place called 
 Rushcutters' Bay. The result of Phillip's explora- 
 tions was the settlement of the adjacent country. 
 The tract of land which he inspected he named 
 County Cumberland. It was bounded on the west 
 by Carmarthen and Lansdown Hills and on the 
 south by Botany Bay. A serious loss now occurred. 
 The whole of .the horned cattle — four cows and 
 two bulls — escaped into the bush and were lost. 
 It is necessary to note this fact because the event, 
 though the cause of much privation to the first 
 settlers, was afterwards the means whereby some 
 of the most fertile lands in the colony were dis- 
 covered and utilised. The rest of the year was 
 spent in the formation of the City of Sydney. 
 Streets were traced, sites appropriated for public 
 buildings, and a farm was established at Parramatta. 
 As no lime had been yet discovered the first houses 
 were built of cabbage-palm wood or of wattle 
 boughs interlaced and daubed with clay. In 
 December the keel of the first vessel built in the 
 colony was laid. She was designed for conveying 
 provisions to Parramatta and was called the 
 Rose Hill Packet A prisoner (one James Daley,) 
 at this time asserted that he had found gold on 
 the land between the settlement and the bay and 
 was severely punished for alleged deceit. The 
 month of July in the following year (1789) was 
 made remarkable by the discovery of a large river 
 named the Hawkesbury. The joy with which this 
 discovery was hailed soon disappeared before the 
 anxiety consequent upon a succession of misfor- 
 tunes. Sickness prostrated as many as 500 persons 
 at one time. In February a violent tornado had 
 occurred at Norfolk Island. Whole forests were 
 Uprooted. The public granary was levelled to the
 
 New| 
 
 OYCLOP.EPIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 293 
 
 ground and the vale which formed part of the 
 gardens flooded with water. The news of this 
 untoward event induced Phillip to nut the colony 
 on short allowance of food. Provision for two 
 years had been landed and stored but the 
 rats had destroyed much of the stock, and 
 the devastation at Norfolk Island gave reason- 
 able grounds for the apprehension of famine. 
 The entire live stock of the colony at this time 
 consisted of 2 bulls, 5 cows, 1 horse, 3 mares, 
 3 colts, 29 sheep, 19 goats, 74 pigs, 5 rabbits, 
 18 turkeys, 29 geese, 35 ducks, and 210 fowls. 
 It had been arranged in England before the 
 departure of the fleet that the settlement should 
 never be left without twelve months provisions in 
 the Government stores, so that the arrival of the 
 store-ship was daily looked for. The anxiety of 
 the colonists took visible form in the shape of the 
 first signal staff erected in the colony. No ship 
 arriving Phillip relieved the demand made upon 
 the stores at Sydney by despatching 280 person to 
 Norfolk Island in the Sit-ins. The voyage proved 
 fatal to the vessel which had borne the Governor 
 to the scene of his operations. The Sirius was 
 driven on the rocks and destroyed, passengers and 
 crew being saved. On hearing of this fresh disaster 
 Phillip sent the Supply to Batavia with orders to 
 purchase provisions from the Dutch. The voyage 
 was expected to last six months and there was in 
 the public store but provision for eight months. 
 A council was held. It was resolved that all live 
 stock be held the property of the State for the 
 common use ; that all private boats be surrendered 
 and employed in fishing ; that all suspected persons 
 be locked up from sunset to sunrise ; and that martial 
 law be proclaimed, justice being administered by 
 a court of officers, the concurrence of five being 
 necessary to pass sentence of death. Nor did 
 Phillip himself shrink from bearing his share of 
 the public calamity. He surrendered his private 
 stock of flour for public use, and when a visiting 
 officer went to dine at Government House 
 he was expected to bring his loaf with him ! 
 During the year 1V90 four ships arrived filled 
 with convicts, of whom the greater number were 
 in a dying state : 261 had died at sea ; 200 were 
 brought on shore in the last stage of exhaustion 
 from scurvy, dysentery, fever, bad food, and foul 
 air. In order to save the parties in charge trouble 
 the men had been chained together in rows and 
 confined below nearly throughout the voyage. On 
 board one of the ships, the Neptune, several of the 
 prisoners had died in irons ; their companions 
 concealed their deaths in order to share the extra 
 allowance of provisions, and so slight was the 
 supervision that the fact was not discovered until 
 betrayed by the offensiveness of putrefaction. 
 Many years elapsed before a system was adopted 
 by which the preservation of the health of prisoners 
 and troops became the interest as well as the duty 
 of the surgeon in charge. At that time the more 
 and the sooner prisoners died the more profitable 
 the transaction was to the contractor ; so they 
 
 commonly died like rotten sheep. Those were the 
 days in which transportation really was a punish- 
 ment almost as terrible as death. N.S.W. was 
 then an awful over-sea gaol offering no prospect of 
 advancement or liberation ; where the will of a 
 prisoner-turnkey was law, where death was the 
 punishment of the most trifling crimes, and a 
 reproachfid look was punished with the lash. A 
 few days before the four ships landed 1000 male, 
 and 250 female convicts the arrival of one store- 
 ship, the Justinian, saved the whole colony from 
 perishing of famine. The Guardian laden with a 
 great supply of provisions, stores, and live stock, 
 under the command of lliou, "the gallant good 
 lliou," of Campbell's " Battle of Copenhagen," had 
 struck on an iceberg, and after almost all the cargo 
 had been thrown overboard was with difficulty 
 carried into the Cape of Good Hope. For weeks 
 before the arrival of the Justinian the whole 
 settlement had been put on short allowance. "The 
 Governor," says Collins, " had thrown his store, 
 300 lbs. of flour, into the common stock." The 
 weekly allowance of each prisoner had been 
 reduced to 2 lbs. of salt pork, 2i lbs. of flour, and 
 2 lbs. of rice. Labour stood suspended for want 
 of energy to proceed ; the countenances of the 
 people plainly bespoke the hardships they under- 
 went. Garden-robbing became prevalent ; the 
 most severe measures were employed to repress 
 the crime caused by, and yet increasing, the effects 
 of the scarcity but in vain. A man caught by the 
 clergyman stealing potatoes was sentenced to 300 
 lashes, to have his rations of flour stopped for six 
 months, and to be chained for that period to two 
 others caught robbing the Governor's garden ; but 
 this and many similar punishments produced no 
 more effect than the clemency of the Governor 
 who remitted 300 out of 400 lashes to which one 
 man was sentenced. The proverb that " hunger 
 will break through stone walls," was exemplified 
 night and day. "So great was the villainy of the 
 people, or the necessity of the times, that a 
 prisoner lying at the hospital from the effects of 
 punishment, part of which he had received, con- 
 trived to get his irons off one leg and in that state 
 was caught robbing a farm ;" but the historian 
 reports that at Bosehill, where they had vegetables 
 in abundance, no thefts were committed. The 
 Justinian, which brought relief from this state of 
 destitution, was driven off Sydney Heads when 
 within hail : it was for some hours doubtful 
 whether she would not strike and become a total 
 wreck on the reefs of Broken Bay. Had that 
 event occurred, and the 1250 additional convicts 
 safely made the port, death by starvation or in a 
 struggle for food must have been the fate of the 
 whole settlement. Could it be wondered if — under 
 such a system of despotism, without discipline in 
 the colony, and in the face of such neglect at 
 home — the descendants of these men had grown 
 fiercely disloyal and anti-British ? But yet it is 
 not so. The Australians are a loyal, order-loving, 
 law-obeying race, as they have recently proved
 
 294 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I New 
 
 more than once. It was not until five years after 
 Governor Phillip's landing that a temporary church 
 was erected and divine service performed on 25th 
 August 1793. The founders of New England did 
 not let a week elapse without making permanent 
 arrangements for religious worship and education 
 which endure to this day, and have spread their 
 humanising influences all over the wide empire of 
 the American republic. In N.S.W. under the rule 
 of a Sovereign whom some are accustomed to 
 glorify as a specially Christian king the penalties 
 of the lash, the pillory, the gallows, were adminis- 
 tered as freely as teaching and preaching were 
 neglected. It sounds strangely in this age to 
 hear that " the clergyman complaining of non- 
 attendance at divine service," which was generally 
 performed in the open air, alike unsheltered from 
 wind and rain as from the fervour of the summer's 
 sun, " it was ordered that 3 lbs. of flour should be 
 deducted from the ration of each overseer and 2 lbs. 
 from each labouring convict who should not attend 
 prayers once on each Sunday, unless some reason- 
 able excuse for absence should be assigned." In 
 April 1791 Schaffer, a German, arrived from 
 England as superintendent of convicts ; but on 
 discovery that as he spoke no English he was 
 unable to discharge his duties, he retired and 
 accepted a grant of land of 140 acres at Rosehill. 
 One cannot help feeling curious to know under 
 whose patronage and for what services a German, 
 not speaking English, was sent as superintendent 
 of convicts at the antipodes. At the same time 
 James Ruse received a grant of a similar quantity 
 of land as a reward for being the first settler who 
 declared he was able to support himself on a farm 
 he had occupied fifteen months and to dispense with 
 an allowance from the Government stores. These 
 incidents, with the arrival in two detachments of 
 a regiment raised for the purpose of serving in 
 the colony under the title of the N.S.W. Corps, are 
 the most remarkable events during the latter 
 years of the reign of Governor Phillip. The 
 formation of this corps was both in a moral and 
 political sense a most ill-advised measure. In 
 process of time " owing to the system of traffic in 
 rum members of the corps were," says Dr. Lang, 
 "banded together on every suitable occasion to 
 maintain by violence or injustice what they had 
 obtained by the sacrifice of honour." This state- 
 ment may appear harsh but the corps necessarily 
 filled a large space in the public eye and it is well 
 known how patronage was at that time suffered to 
 disgrace the profession of arms. Relieved from 
 the prospect of death by hunger, Phillip had to 
 encounter other dangers. The prisoners and the 
 natives both became troublesome. The former 
 endeavoured to escape — not unfrequently succeed- 
 ing—and the latter displayed a marked hostility to 
 the settlers. Several skirmishes took place, and on 
 one occasion the Governor himself while attempt- 
 ing to pacify some turbulent blacks was wounded 
 in the neck by a spear. The work of settlement, 
 however, still progressed. Grants of land were 
 
 made to deserving persons. Several prisoners 
 were set free. The first freed received two acres 
 of cleared land and a house built at the Govern- 
 ment expense. Despite a brief season of privation 
 early in the year 1791, agriculture flourished ; 1000 
 bushels of wheat and 500 bushels of maize were 
 reaped at Norfolk Island, and at Parramatta 700 
 acres of land were under cultivation. At the end 
 of 1791 when the settlement had been established 
 four years the public live stock consisted of 1 aged 
 stallion, 1 mare, 2 young stallions, 2 colts, 16 cows, 
 2 calves, 1 ram, 50 ewes, 6 lambs, 1 boar, 14 sows 
 and 22 pigs. The cultivated ground at Sydney 
 and Parramatta amounted to nearly 1000 acres of 
 which 300 acres were under maize, 40 of wheat, 6 
 of barley, 1 of oats, 4 of vines and 86 of garden 
 ground, besides 1 7 under culture by the soldiers 
 of the colonial corps. An abundant harvest fol- 
 lowed in this year, and the first warrant of emanci- 
 pation was issued to the celebrated pickpocket 
 George Harrington, whose remarkable story has 
 made him the hero of more than one work of 
 fiction. At the end of 1 792 there were sixty -seven 
 settlers holding under grant three thousand four 
 hundred and seventy acres, of which four hundred 
 ancl seventeen acres were in cultivation and a 
 hundred more cleared. We have no means of 
 ascertaining where all these grants were situated 
 but the greater part is now occupied as building 
 land, and was miserably barren for agricultural 
 purposes, although covered with gigantic gum- 
 trees. This summary of the cultivation by free or 
 freedmen settlers is interesting because it marks 
 the first step towards rendering the colony self- 
 supporting. These settlers were if they required 
 victualled and clothed from the public store for 
 eighteen months from the time of their going on 
 their grants, furnished with tools and implements 
 of husbandry, grain to sow their grounds, such 
 stock as could be spared from the public, and at 
 the discretion of the Governor the use of as many 
 convicts as they would undertake to clothe, feed 
 and employ. Every free or freed man had a hut 
 erected on his farm at public expense. On ground 
 of ordinary fertility with settlers of average 
 industry, these terms would have insured early 
 independence ; but the greater part of the district 
 was and is as barren as the sea-shore, and the 
 majority of the settlers who were not idle were 
 perfectly ignorant of agriculture. The difficulties 
 of cutting down and removing the forest were so 
 great that without the use of compulsory convict 
 labour for a quarter of a century the Sydney 
 district never could have been cleared. During 
 this period the Government was obliged to carry 
 on cultivation as well as he could on public account, 
 although with indifferent success. A principle as 
 old as the first step the first tribes made toward 
 civilisation — which however many statesmen and 
 economists even now appear not to understand— 
 was forcibly illustrated in the answer of a settler 
 reproached with not having worked so well for the 
 joint-stock account as he did on his own grant of
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 293 
 
 land—" We are working for ourselves now." The 
 following were the prices of agricultural stock and 
 produce at the close of 1792 :— Flour 9d. per lb. ; 
 potatoes 3d. per lb. ; sheep (the Cape breed,) 
 £10 10s. each ; milk goats £8 8s. ; breeding sows 
 £7 7s. to £10 10s. ; laying fowls 10s. ; tea 8s to 16s. 
 per lb. ; sugar Is. 6d. per lb. ; spirits 12s. to 20s. 
 per gallon ; porter Is. per quart. At these 
 famine prices the mortality among the convict 
 population was fearful. Between the 1st January 
 and the 31st December 1792 there died two 
 persons of the civil department, six soldiers, 
 four hundred and eighteen male convicts, eighteen 
 female convicts and seventy-nine children. An 
 impression prevailed amongst the prisoners that 
 the nearest place to the colony was China, so 
 that if they could only get upon the right track to 
 it they would soon reach that land of tea. At one 
 time forty-four men and nine women were lost in 
 endeavouring to find this path or to seek for some 
 imaginary settlement. Many of these people after 
 wandering about the woods and existing on roots 
 or anything that would deaden the pangs of hunger 
 perished miserably. Others found their way back 
 to the settlement after being absent several weeks 
 and reported the fate of their wretched companions. 
 One instance is recorded of an Irish convict who 
 had wandered about for several days in search of 
 a road to China, or the colony where no labour 
 was required. On being questioned how he found 
 his way back he said : " That a paper compass which 
 had been given to him was of no use at all at all ; he 
 therefore kept his face towards the place where 
 the sun came from ; but if the Lord had not been 
 on his side he should have been lost." To show the 
 absurdity of this attempt the nearest point of 
 China to Sydney in a straight line is 4550 miles, 
 while Paddy's greatest distance was but fifteen .' 
 From this time forward the colony progressed with 
 rapidity and soon left its leading strings to walk 
 alone. Phillip who had nursed it from the cradle 
 with anxious solicitude was the first to rejoice at 
 the success of this infant dependency of the mother 
 country; and seeing that his presence was not 
 urgently required, while his health had suffered 
 from the cares and responsibilities of his post, 
 he determined after a service of five years in the 
 colony to return to England. Without detracting 
 from the merits of succeeding Governors, it is only 
 just to state that no one under the trying circum- 
 stances could so courageously yet kindly, so 
 strictly and yet so benevolently, have performed 
 the arduous task of founding the settlement, 
 Phillip was a man pre-eminently qualified for the 
 task by his superior natural abilities which had 
 raised him, like his great contemporary Cook, from 
 the forecastle to the command of the quarter-deck. 
 While displaying the higher qualities of adminis- 
 trative talent and decision he exhibited the rare 
 combination with it of a gentle and benevolent 
 disposition. The latter qualities were especially 
 manifested in his orders that the natives should 
 be treated with every kindness, their persons and 
 
 property, however trifling, respected, and that all 
 should endeavour to gain their confidence and 
 esteem. Notwithstanding his laudable attempts 
 to civilise these savages they shunned the spot 
 wherever the people went. Several collisions 
 between them and the convicts ended in disaster 
 to both parties, which on investigation showed 
 that the white men were the first offenders. At 
 last he adopted the expedient of capturing some 
 of them, and by kind treatment endeavoured to 
 show their fellows that no injury would be done 
 them. Out of three thus caught only one was 
 prevented from escaping, and he became so attached 
 to the Governor that he remained with him until 
 he went to England. But all efforts were fruitless 
 in the attempt to preserve amity between the 
 natives and the convicts; strifes constantly arose 
 which ended in many being killed on both sides. 
 On his departure on 11th December 1792 the 
 reins of government were handed over to Lieutenant 
 Grose, a son of Francis Grose the famous antiquary. 
 When Phillip arrived in England he represented 
 to the Government the necessity of sending out 
 free settlers, both as affording the best means of 
 controlling and superintending the convicts by the 
 formation of a magistracy and police, and likewise 
 of creating within the colony the first elements of 
 constitutional government. He showed that as 
 there were none but convicts to fill offices of trust, 
 in whose eyes property had never previously been 
 sacred, it was manifest that moral anarchy must 
 prevail. But many difficulties opposed themselves 
 to a compliance with Phillip's suggestions. Amongst 
 others may be enumerated the extreme length 
 of the voyage, which at that period frequently 
 occupied from eight to twelve months. Besides 
 this the unfavourable accounts of the soil around 
 Sydney, the failure of the crops, together with the 
 great hardships and privations, naturally operated 
 as serious discouragement to voluntary emigration. 
 Consequently while ship after ship discharged its 
 freight of convicts on the shores of Port Jackson 
 there was no counteracting force of honest and 
 industrious emigrants to share the work of colonisa- 
 tion, and by their presence to neutralise the evil 
 effects of the convict element. The only free 
 settlers who obtained grants of land for many 
 years were those transports who through lapse of 
 time or special good conduct had become emanci- 
 pated and a few of the military whose time of 
 service had expired. The latter accepted the 
 government offer to remain in the country on 
 advantageous terms to employ convict labour in 
 agriculture. 
 
 V. Lieutenant-Governor Grose. — Major Grose 
 was commandant of the N.S.W. corps; and one 
 of his first acts was to issue an order transferring 
 the authority hitherto held by the civil officers, 
 five in number, to the military officers. Collins 
 assigns this act to the partiality of a military man 
 for his own profession. In January 1793 the 
 Bellona arrived with a small number of immigrant 
 families, to whom grants of land were given in the
 
 296 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 neighbourhood of Sydney at a place named Liberty 
 Plains. On the 12th March two Spanish vessels 
 engaged in a scientific expedition arrived in Port 
 Jackson. These were the Descovierta and Atreuida 
 commanded by Don Alexandre Malaspina. They 
 remained about a month taking astronomical and 
 terrestrial observations. Grose administered the 
 affairs of the settlement during two years. Under 
 his rule the colony made steady progress, though 
 the uncertain arrival of store-ships on one or two 
 occasions reduced the ration issued from the 
 Government stores to starvation point, and the 
 fact that Great Britain was at war with France 
 rendered the seas dangerous for vessels flying the 
 English flag. Grose, baffled in an attempt to 
 despatch a ship to Bengal, succeeded in getting 
 supplies from Batavia ; and towards the end of the 
 year an American vessel from Rhode Island which 
 had brought a cargo of provisions and stores the 
 year previous returned with a consort similarly 
 laden. At the end of 1793 there had been 3470 
 acres of land transferred to settlers, and of this 
 area 1012 acres were under cultivation. In 
 January 1794 the first settlers established them- 
 selves on the Hawkesbury River. Unsuccessful 
 attempts were at various times made by Lieutenant 
 Dawes, Captain Trench, Captain Paterson, Hacking 
 and others to pass the Blue Mountains which 
 confined the colony to a limit of some forty miles. 
 It was reported to the Government in May that the 
 population had increased to 4414. In September 
 the four gentlemen generally known as the "Scotch 
 Martyrs" — Muir, Palmer, Skirving and Margarot 
 — arrived in the colony under sentence of the 
 law for sedition. Favourable intelligence was 
 received from Norfolk Island. Some skirmishes 
 on the Hawkesbury between the settlers and the 
 natives, in which several of the latter were killed, 
 occurred towards the close of the year. On 13th 
 December Grose embarked for Europe, having 
 received information that Captain John Hunter 
 had been appointed Governor of the colony. He 
 pardoned some prisoners in detention for light 
 offences and granted to several of them small 
 tracts of land. The duties of Lieutenant-Governor 
 were temporarily committed to Captain William 
 Patterson of the N.S.W. Corps, whom Lang 
 describes as a highly intelligent and amiable man, 
 who held the reins of Government with a slack 
 hand. No incident of moment occurred during 
 the few months that he administered the affairs of 
 the colony. 
 
 VI. Governor Hunter. — Governor Hunter arrived 
 on the 7th September 1795, bringing with him Bass 
 and Flinders. By this time affairs had passed 
 their crisis and were beginning to be favourable. 
 About sixty convicts whose sentences had expired 
 had received grants of land, and now that they 
 were working for themselves had become success- 
 ful farmers. Hunter brought out a number of 
 free settlers to whom he gave land near the Hawkes- 
 bury ; and after a time more than six thousand 
 acres were covered with crops of wheat and maize. 
 
 There was now no fear of famine, and the settle- 
 ment grew to be comfortable in most respects. 
 Unfortunately the more recent attempts to import 
 cattle with which to stock the farms had proved 
 more or less unsuccessful ; so that the discovery 
 of a fine herd of sixty wandering through the 
 meadows of the Hawkesbury was hailed with 
 great delight. These were the descendants of the 
 cattle which had been lost from Phillip's herd some 
 years before. But Hunter, with provident fore- 
 sight, gave orders that large stores of maize and 
 foreign grain should be husbanded to prevent the 
 recurrence of famine. Even in after years when 
 there was scarcely a chance of it (from the increase 
 of live stock) the dread of such an event caused 
 the Governors to increase the store of grain and 
 preserve it in deep pits excavated out of the solid 
 rock on an island in the harbour. These were 
 plastered round with compost and hermetically 
 sealed, after the manner in which the ancient 
 Egyptians constructed their siloes or underground 
 granaries. One of Hunter's first acts was to order 
 a general numbering of the population of Sydney, 
 Parramatta and the Hawkesbury. In November 
 a small printing press which had been brought to 
 the colony by Phillip was first made use of to print 
 official orders. The printer was a young man 
 named George Howe. The result of his labours — 
 the first book printed in the colony — is known 
 as the " Acts and Orders of Governor King." 
 At this period the price of a cow was about .£80 ; 
 a horse £90 ; a sheep of the Cape breed £1 10s. ; 
 a breeding sow £o ; geese and turkeys fetched 
 £1 Is. each ; ducks 10s. a couple ; mutton was 2s. 
 a pound, goats' flesh Is. 6d., butter 3s. ; wheat sold 
 for 12s. a bushel, barley for 10s. ; green tea was 
 16s. a pound, raw sugar Is. 6d., soap 2s. So late 
 as March 1798 22s. were paid at a public sale for a 
 common cup and saucer! In January 1796 the 
 first dramatic performance took place. Two 
 American vessels, one from Rhode Island and one 
 from Boston, brought provisions and merchandise, 
 which were eagerly purchased. Police arrange- 
 ments were perfected and a log prison erected. 
 The next year saw the first windmill and a strong 
 bridge over the Duck River. The year 1797 is 
 also notable for the foundation of the business of 
 sheep-breeding, to which A. owes so much of her 
 c< msideration and wealth. John Macarthur, who had 
 come to the colony in 1790 as paymaster of the 
 N.S.W. Corps, imported from the Cape three rams 
 and five ewes. His success induced him to shortly 
 afterwards seek and obtain the aid of the British 
 Government. In 1803 this " Father of the Colony," 
 as he was styled, brought to England packed in 
 casks the first sample of Australian wool. In 
 1811 only 167 lbs. were exported. In 1834, 
 when Macarthur died, the export had reached 
 4,347,610 lbs. The River Hunter was discovered 
 by Lieutenant Shortland, and a coalfield, after- 
 wards a source of great gain to its owners, was 
 named Newcastle. During the next two years 
 there is little to record of social interest, save
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 297 
 
 contests with the natives and the unceasing 
 but generally ineffectual efforts of some of the 
 prisoners to escape from confinement, under the 
 wild idea that they might reach China overland ! 
 Hitherto the convicts were chiefly employed in and 
 around the settlements of Sydney and Parramatta, 
 between which places there grew up considerable 
 traffic both by land and water. Passage boats 
 were used on the river, or rather inlet, leading 
 from the Cove ; and as the intervening lands 
 became settled it was found necessary to make a 
 good road. This was the main route into the 
 interior. Hence large parties were employed 
 laying out a turnpike road which in time equalled 
 that of any in the mother country. This was the 
 commencement of the road system in Australia 
 which, till the introduction of railways, was 
 deemed the most important and expensive of all 
 the public works. The construction of roads 
 throughout N.S.W. by convict labour, at the 
 expense of the parent state, prepared the way 
 for free colonisation. With roads came traffic ; 
 with traffic came commerce, industrial pursuits, 
 and manufactures. With roads came markets for 
 the sale of live stock and agricultural produce. 
 Towns sprung up from the facilities of com- 
 munication thus afforded. With roads came the 
 occupation of the far interior ; and the formidable 
 barrier of the Blue Mountain range at last 
 succumbed to the pick and hammer. The lines 
 of traffic were gradually rendered easy and safe ; 
 while they all converged to the first settlement 
 and made Sydney a flourishing city. Under 
 successive Governors this capital of the new 
 colony grew in importance ; edifices of elegant 
 structure arose, built of the native stone. For- 
 tunately its very site was a freestone quarry out 
 of which a vast metropolis could be reared. The 
 builder had only to excavate a foundation in the 
 rock to erect a house when he obtained the material 
 for half-a-dozen in doing so. Streets of white stone 
 buildings soon displaced the huts of the pioneers. 
 Warehouses and shops were opened and all the 
 bustle and traffic of an English city was seen in 
 Sydney. In 1797 the first school building was 
 erected for the benefit of 300 children, and 
 the chaplain, the Rev. Mr Johnson, began to 
 catechise them after the service on each Sunday. 
 The years 1796 to 1799 mark an important epoch 
 in the history of the settlement, the epoch of 
 maritime discovery by the colonists themselves. 
 The splendid achievements of Bass and Flinders, 
 culminating in the great discovery of the Straits 
 dividing the continent from V.D.L. need not be 
 recounted here. The full narrative of the labours 
 of these heroic men will be found under the 
 respective articles devoted to them. In the latter 
 part of 1799 and the early part of 1800 there had 
 arrived in the Colony of N.S.W. a great number 
 of persons who, though prisoners of the Crown, 
 were men of superior station guilty only of offences 
 against the Government policy as distinguished 
 from offences against social law. These men and 
 
 their descendants played so important a part in 
 the future career of the colony that their arrival 
 is a matter to be noted. Among them may be 
 singled out for recollection Henry Fulton, a clergy- 
 man of the Church of England ; William Harold, 
 a clergyman of the Church of Rome ; and Joseph 
 Holt, one of the leaders of an army of Irishmen 
 who, in 1797-8, had risen against the British rule in 
 Ireland. These banished men met with others 
 of their class, and together formed a society 
 superior to that of the convicts but inferior to that 
 of the military officers and free settlers. The 
 arrival of these men caused the establishment of 
 the first volunteer corps. Two companies of fifty 
 men each were embodied, one at Sydney and the 
 other at Parramatta. They were called the 
 Loyal Associated Corps, and a captain and 
 two lieutenants were appointed to each. At 
 this period, and for more than twenty years, 
 spirits were the ordinary currency of the colony. 
 Almost all extra work was paid for in spirits, and 
 it was thought quite proper to stimulate the dili- 
 gence of prisoners in unloading a vessel laden with 
 Government stores by giving half a pint of spirits 
 to each. Among free and bond drunkenness was 
 a prevailing vice. The tyranny of the overseers 
 was so great that the best-inclined convicts were 
 goaded to recklessness and crime. Criminal 
 assaults on women were so common that " the 
 poor unfortunate victims were designated by a 
 title expressive of the insults they had received." 
 Officers were allowed the use of ten prisoners for 
 agriculture and three for domestic services, and so 
 on in a diminishing scale to every description of 
 settler down to the emancipist, who was allowed 
 the use of one prisoner to assist in tilling his grant. 
 All these servants were fed and clothed by the 
 Crown. It is not surprising, taking these circum- 
 stances into account, that revolts of the prisoners 
 were frequent incidents during those early days. 
 But a detailed history of such occurrences would 
 serve no good purpose. Twelve years after the 
 foundation of the colony its population amounted 
 to between six and seven thousand persons. These 
 were all settled near Sydney, but attempts had 
 been made to penetrate to the west, though with- 
 out success. The rugged chain of the Blue 
 Mountains was an impassable barrier. The Hunter 
 had been discovered by Lieutenant Shortland 
 while in pursuit of some runaway convicts who 
 had stolen a boat. Signs of coal having been seen 
 near its mouth convicts were sent up to open 
 mines, and these proving successful the town 
 of Newcastle rapidly formed. In 1800 Hunter 
 returned to England on business, intending to 
 come out again ; but he was appointed to the 
 command of a war-ship, and Captain King was 
 appointed to take his place. Hunter was a man 
 of great practical ability, justice and humanity, 
 and his departure was much regretted by all classes 
 in the colony. 
 
 VII. Governor King. — Philip Gidley King was 
 a post-captain in the Royal Navy and had been 
 
 p2
 
 298 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 the first commandant of Norfolk Island in Phillip's 
 time. Lang asserts that the population he was 
 called upon to govern " consisted chiefly of those 
 who sold rum, and of those who drank it." The 
 chief traffickers in the liquor, and in the demoral- 
 isation it caused, were the officers of the N.S.W. 
 Corps, upon whose delinquencies Lang dwells at 
 needless length. King attempted at first to stem 
 the current of immorality ; but finding his efforts 
 useless he abandoned them in disgust. As one 
 result of the general dissolution of morals, bands 
 of bushrangers traversed the country in all direc- 
 tions, entering the houses of the defenceless settlers 
 in open day and perpetrating fearful atrocities. 
 At length, in March 1804, occurred the Castle Hill 
 Rebellion, an insurrection of the convicts stationed 
 at a Government agricultural establishment mid- 
 way between Windsor and Parramatta. They 
 numbered 233 men, and had armed themselves 
 with muskets, pikes, swords and other weapons 
 plundered from the settlers. They were headed 
 by a man named Cunningham, emboldened by 
 their numbers and inflamed by the oratory of a 
 number of political exiles. They flung away their 
 hoes and spades, removed their irons and marched 
 towards the Hawkesbury, expecting to be there 
 reinforced by so many additional convicts that 
 they would be able to overpower the military. 
 Major Johnstone with twenty-five men of the 
 N.S.W. Corps, and Lieutenants Davis and Brabyn 
 with sixty others were despatched by the Governor, 
 who had himself gone up to Parramatta on the 
 first alarm, to put down the revolt. The rebels 
 were met at a spot near Toongabbee named 
 Vinegar Hill, and after an attempt at parley, 
 were fired upon by the troops. The fire broke 
 their ranks and they fled in all directions. A 
 pursuit ensued : Cunningham their leader was 
 captured and hanged instantly ; about sixty others 
 were slain ; some were taken, tried and executed ; 
 many who surrendered were punished by flogging 
 or confinement in chain-gangs ; the remainder 
 were permitted to return to their employment. 
 Meantime, in 1801, a great flood had occurred in the 
 Hawkesbury destroying grain and other property 
 to the value of nearly £23,000. This was a serious 
 blow to the colony as provisions were very scarce 
 at the time. The following year Grimes was sent 
 to survey Port Phillip. The harbour of Western 
 Port was surveyed, and the first cargo of coal from 
 the Coal River, now the Hunter, was sent out of 
 the colony. It was sold at the Cape of Good 
 Hope and fetched £6 a ton. The year 1803 saw 
 the first issue of the Sydney Gazette. It was con- 
 ducted by George Howe, and was merely the 
 medium for the utterance of Government orders 
 and the publication of such intelligence as the 
 Government judged fit should be known. In this 
 year V.D.L. was colonised from Sydney, and 
 Collins attempted to make a settlement at Port 
 Phillip, but abandoned it after a time and sailed 
 with his expedition to V.D.L. Flinders, in the 
 Investigator, surveyed the southern and eastern 
 
 coasts of the continent in 1802-3. In 1805 the 
 settlement of Norfolk Island was abandoned and 
 the population, over 1000 in number, were much 
 against their will conveyed to V.D.L. Not- 
 withstanding a second disastrous flood on the 
 Hawkesbury, which destroyed crops and property 
 to the value of £35,000 and sent wheat up to 
 £6 the bushel, the prosperity of the colony con- 
 tinued. The population had largely increased ; 
 48,000 acres of land were settled and 1280 under 
 crop, while the live stock had accumulated to 
 37,400. Sealing and the whale fishery were carried 
 on with energy ; and several free Scotch immi- 
 grants had arrived and settled on the Hawkesbury. 
 The Hawkesbury district was the granary of the 
 colony. When therefore the great March flood 
 occurred this year and destroyed the crops, food 
 rose in Sydney to famine prices. The coarsest 
 maize and meal flour sold at 2s. 6d. a lb., and the 
 2-lb. loaf was 5s. For months together whole 
 families ate no bread. At a later period when the 
 settlers looked to " the King's Store " for every- 
 thing, the very dogs were destroyed that no useless 
 mouth should be maintained. " Kill your dog, sir," 
 said the Governor, "and I will order you a pig 
 from the store!" On 13th August 1806 King 
 resigned his office to his successor Bligh, and the 
 same day embarked for England. He reviewed the 
 local corps the previous day, and was attended 
 with military honours to the ship. The customary 
 valedictory address was presented to him, and 
 responded to in the usual formal manner. He 
 was a man of much ability, but of rather brusque 
 manners, and he lacked the force of character 
 requisite to control such a lawless and demoralised 
 community as he was sent to govern. His rule in 
 this respect must be pronounced a failure. One 
 anecdote illustrative of the state of things under 
 his rule may be mentioned. He had preferred 
 charges against a gentleman in the colony, and 
 prepared despatches to be forwarded to the 
 Secretary of State. The officer who had charge of 
 them incautiously mentioned the circumstance to 
 some friends of the gentleman in question, and 
 when he arrived in Downing-street the despatch- 
 box was found to contain only a bundle of news- 
 papers, the lock having been picked and the papers 
 abstracted. 
 
 VIII. Governor Bligh. — The selection of Bligh 
 as the successor of King was owing to the fortitude 
 which he displayed on the occasion of the mutiny on 
 board the Bonn ty. This vessel had been sent out by 
 the British Government in 1787 for the purpose of 
 transplanting the bread fruit of the South Sea 
 Islands to the West Indies, and examining during 
 the voyage the surrounding seas. The sailors 
 mutinied, seized the ship, and set Bligh and his 
 officers adrift in the launch. After a dangerous 
 voyage of nearly 4000 miles Bligh succeeded in 
 bringing himself and comrades safely to Timor, 
 whence they obtained a passage to England. But 
 his name is handed down with infamy to posterity 
 for his tyrannical treatment of Christian and his
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 299 
 
 comrades, which caused the mutiny. A man of so 
 arbitrary and cruel a disposition ought never to 
 have been placed in the responsible position of 
 Governor of a penal settlement. In appointing 
 him the Imperial Government spoiled an excellent 
 seaman to make a very inefficient Governor. Bligh 
 had not been long in the colony when he found 
 himself in bad odour with the colonists. It had 
 long been the custom for the leading citizens and 
 more especially the military officers of the settle- 
 ment to derive a profit from the sale, or rather the 
 exchange, of certain articles. Coined money was 
 exceedingly scarce," and the coinage of all nations 
 was indiscriminately used. A guinea passed 
 current at £1 2s. ; a Johannes at £-i ; a ducat at 
 9s. 6d. ; a gold mohur at £1 17s. 6d. ; a pagoda 8s. ; 
 and a Spanish dollar 5s. The settler could pur- 
 chase only from the Government stores or from 
 his neighbours, and the only neighbours rich 
 enough to have any superfluities were the military 
 officers and those whom they befriended. Bligh 
 on his arrival found the more needy among the 
 settlers suffering greatly from the high prices 
 which they were compelled to pay for necessaries, 
 while he discovered that it was the common prac- 
 tice to pay for labour in rum instead of in goods 
 or money. He therefore himself regulated the 
 prices at which articles should be sold from the 
 King's Stores, and prohibited the barter of rum 
 altogether. This measure gave great offence to 
 those settlers who were thus deprived of a means 
 to fortune, and a party consisting of the N.S.W. 
 Corps and the wealthy free citizens was formed in 
 opposition to the Governor. The leader of this 
 party was John Macarthur, who had established 
 himself as a sheep-breeder on the Cowpastures, 
 and who at the time of Bligh's arrival was 
 one of the most prosperous men in the colony. 
 Soon after Bligh landed King introduced him to 
 Macarthur, who invited the new Governor to visit 
 Camden and inspect his Mocks, the result of the 
 crosses from the King's merinos. The answer 
 was a refusal in the language of the forecastle, 
 expressive of Bligh's contempt for all such occu- 
 pations. This was characteristic of the man. When 
 the mother and uncle of young Heywood (a boy 
 midshipman on board the Bounty, who received a 
 free pardon and afterwards rose to distinction in 
 the navy,) entreated his aid in obtaining mercy 
 for one whose only crime had been not forcing his 
 way through and springing into the overladen 
 boat, he answered in a few lines : — " I very much 
 regret that so much baseness formed the character 
 of a young man I had a real regard for him, and 
 I hope to hear that his friends can bear his loss 
 without much concern." Macarthur, in common 
 with the rest, had trafficked in rum, and his 
 London agent, getting an order from Captain 
 Abbot for a still, bethought him of sending another 
 to Macarthur. These stills were ordered by the 
 Governor to be seized ; but the coppers being 
 found packed with medicine were conveyed to 
 Macarthur's store, who having got them refused to 
 
 give them up. The Governor directed that they 
 should be removed at all risks, and removed they 
 were. Macarthur prosecuted the officer who made 
 the capture and used violent language at the trial, 
 but to no purpose. About the same time a 
 schooner of which Macarthur was part owner 
 arrived from Tahiti. A convict had escaped in this 
 vessel, and some Englishmen at Tahiti sent a letter 
 to Bligh complaining that the man had been left 
 among them. A trial was had, and the court 
 ordered the customary penalty for harbouring 
 convicts to be enforced against the owners of the 
 vessel. Macarthur appealed to the Governor, but 
 Bligh refused to interfere, and in consequence of 
 the non-payment of the fine the cargo of the 
 schooner was seized. Macarthur sent notice to the 
 captain and crew that he abandoned the vessel 
 and would have nothing further to do with them. 
 It was forbidden to seamen to land, but the crew 
 went ashore and justified their proceeding by 
 asserting that the owner of the craft had ordered 
 them to leave her. The Judge-Advocate, Kichard 
 Atkins, by direction of the Governor, summoned 
 Macarthur to appear and explain his conduct. 
 Macarthur refused, and even disdained to obey a 
 formal warrant afterwards issued. On the 17th 
 December he was arrested, brought before a bench 
 of magistrates, and committed for trial. On the 
 25th January 1808 the trial took place. The court 
 was crowded, not only by the many partisans of 
 the Governor, but by many soldiers of the N.S.W. 
 Corps, eager to see what would befall their officer 
 and comrade. Macarthur was charged with retain- 
 ing the boilers of the stills in defiance of the strict 
 orders of the Governor, of raising a spirit of 
 sedition by inducing the crew of the schooner to 
 come ashore in violation of the regulations, and 
 showing contempt for the authority of the Governor 
 and the Judge-Advocate by the manner in which 
 he had treated the message and messengers sent 
 to him. Atkins, the Judge- Advocate, was a man 
 of indifferent character and a known personal 
 enemy to Macarthur, but it was a moot point 
 whether he could legally sit to try a case in 
 which he was at once judge, juror and prosecutor. 
 Macarthur therefore so soon as the six officers 
 who formed the court had been sworn, entered 
 a protest against Atkins; Atkins asserted that 
 there could be no court without him, and threatened 
 to commit Macarthur for contempt. The officers 
 however supported their old comrade. The pro- 
 test was read, and Atkins asserting that he 
 " adjourned the court " quitted the building. The 
 six officers then sent a letter to the Governor 
 requesting him to appoint another judge-advocate 
 in the place of Atkins. Bligh refused. The six 
 officers then declared the court adjourned until 
 the following day. Receiving intelligence at 
 5.30 p.m. of this determination Bligh despatched 
 a message to Major Johnston, commanding the 
 N.S.W. Corps, requesting that officer to come and 
 see him at once. Johnston was ill, and sent a 
 message that he could not come. The next
 
 300 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 morning Macarthur was apprehended on Atkins' 
 warrant as being illegally at large, and lodged in 
 jail. The six officers informed of this wrote 
 to the Governor enclosing an attested copy of 
 Macarthur's objections to the Judge- Advocate, and 
 requesting Macarthur's restoration to bail. No 
 answer being received, they adjourned again at 
 3 p.m. The Governor, in the meantime, on the 
 persuasion of Atkins, issued orders to each of the 
 six officers to appear before him at Government 
 House the next day to answer for their conduct, 
 and wrote again to Johnston suggesting the 
 prudence of his attendance to command the 
 troops. Upon the receipt of this letter Johnston, 
 who was suffering from a fall from his chaise, 
 came to town at 5 p.m., but went first to the 
 barracks. Here all was in commotion. The six 
 officers considered that the Governor intended 
 to set aside the criminal court altogether, and 
 urged their commander to usurp the government 
 and depose Bligb. Johnston resolved at all events 
 to liberate Macarthur, and sent an order to the 
 jail for his release. This order, signed George 
 Johnston J.P. Lieutenant-Governor, and Major 
 commanding the N.S.W. Corps, was obeyed. 
 Macarthur thus freed returned to the barracks, 
 drew up a requisition desiring Johnston to place 
 Bligh under arrest, signed his own name first at 
 the foot of it, and procured seven or eight more 
 signatures. Thus fortified with something which 
 might serve as an expression of the will of the 
 people, Johnston got his regiment under arms, 
 formed them in the barrack-square, and marched 
 down to Government House— a verandah cottage 
 in O'Connell-street — with bayonets fixed, band 
 playing, and colours displayed. It was then about 
 half-past six in the evening and quite light. 
 Lieutenant Bell, who commanded the Governor's 
 guard, ordered his men to prime and load. They 
 did so, but immediately afterwards joined their 
 comrades. The Governor's daughter, the widow of 
 Lieutenant Putland of the navy, alone attempted 
 to resist the entrance of the officers, and in a few 
 minutes Johnston was in possession of the build- 
 ing. All who were in the house were arrested— 
 the Provost-Marshal, the Governor's secretary, 
 the chaplain, and several magistrates. After 
 some time Bligh himself was found in his 
 bedroom, whither he had gone to fetch papers 
 of importance, intending to evade his pursuers 
 and take horse for the Hawkesbury, believing 
 that the settlers there would remain loyal to his 
 person. He was brought down into the drawing- 
 room, presented with a letter announcing the fact 
 of his arrest and confronted with Johnston himself. 
 Johnston confirmed the letter, proclaimed martial 
 law, locked up Bligh's papers and the great seal 
 of the colony, and stationed a guard round the 
 house to prevent escape. The deposition of Bligh 
 occurred on the 26th January 1808, the twentieth 
 anniversary of the founding of the colony. The 
 next morning a proclamation announced the change 
 of government, Bligh was kept under close arrest, 
 
 Atkins was suspended from his office as judge- 
 advocate and Captain Abbott appointed in his 
 stead. The magistrates were replaced by gentle- 
 men known to be unfriendly to the deposed 
 Governor ; the Provost-Marshal and others who 
 had assisted Atkins in his proceedings were 
 punished by imprisonment ; and bonfires and 
 illuminations were made by a large number of 
 the townspeople. On the second of February 
 Macarthur was tried before a tribunal composed 
 of his own friends, Grimes the surveyor-general 
 acting as judge-advocate. He was unanimously 
 acquitted, and ten days afterwards made a 
 magistrate and Secretary of the colony. Towards 
 the end of July, Lieutenant-Colonel Joseph 
 Foveaux who had been absent on leave returned 
 from England and superseded Major Johnston. 
 Foveaux upon being informed of the rebellion 
 determined to take no steps until he should hear 
 from the British Government, to whom he trans- 
 mitted full accounts of the proceedings of all 
 concerned. Bligh was still kept under arrest, 
 but next year Colonel Paterson returned from 
 Port Dalrymple in T. and superseded Foveaux. 
 Paterson considered it desirable that Bligh should 
 go to England as soon as possible, and as Major 
 Johnston, by recent promotion lieutenant-colonel, 
 accompanied by Macarthur were about to proceed 
 thither to justify themselves as best they might in 
 the inquiry which they knew would be made, 
 Paterson was for sending Bligh in the same vessel. 
 To this Bligh objected, and in deference to his 
 feelings Paterson allowed Johnston and his friend 
 to go alone, and consented to place the Porpoise 
 at the late Governor's disposal on certain con- 
 ditions. These conditions were that Bligh should 
 embark with his family, put to sea and go straight 
 to England without touching at any part of the 
 territory until he received the instructions of the 
 British Government, and that while he remained 
 he would not interfere in the government of the 
 colony. Bligh pledged himself to these conditions 
 but did not keep his word. He not only sent about 
 letters and papers calling on his friends in the 
 town to rise and aid him, but so soon as the vessel 
 was out of Sydney Harbour he had her taken 
 straight to T. where was the new settlement under 
 Collins. Having solemnly pledged his honour as an 
 officer and a gentleman to the unequivocal observance 
 of the stipulations made by Lieutenant-Governor 
 Paterson, Bligh no sooner put foot on the deck of the 
 Porpoise than he threw his promises to the winds. 
 Lieutenant Kent was the commander of that vessel, 
 and Bligh instantly ordered him to batter down 
 the town of Sydney, and to direct his guns against 
 the merchant ship Admiral Gambier, then ready 
 for sea, and in which Johnston and Macarthur had 
 taken passage for England. Kent refused to obey 
 these shameful orders and was placed by Bligh 
 under arrest, ostensibly for having taken the 
 Porpoise to Hobart Town to fetch Paterson to 
 Sydney. Kent was in confinement for two years 
 before his trial by court martial took place in
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 30t 
 
 England, when he was acquitted. When the 
 Porpoise first reached Hobart Town, Collins went 
 on board and urged Bligh to perform his engage- 
 ment to put to sea and proceed to England. He 
 also urged him not to interfere in the government 
 of T. This last Bligh promised not to do. Collins 
 vacated Government House and gave it up to 
 Bligh, leaving the usual guard over it. When the 
 deposed Governor had been on shore some daysi 
 he caused to be posted on the stumps of some old 
 trees on the parade ground near Government 
 House written papers, inviting all persons who felt 
 themselves in any way aggrieved to apply to him. 
 Collins hearing of this, withdrew the guard from 
 Government House, when Bligh left it, went back 
 on board the Porpoise and so remained in the 
 Derwent, or on the coast, till the arrival of 
 Macquarie in December 1809. In the middle of 
 January 1810 Bligh returned and was received 
 with due honours. The colonists seemed glad to 
 have got out of the difficulty into which they had 
 hastily plunged, and the town was given up to 
 feasting and gaiety of all kinds. In May Bligh 
 left for England. Before leaving, his daughter 
 Mrs. Putland was married to Lieutenant O'Connell 
 of the 73rd Regiment (afterwards Sir Maurice 
 O'Connell, and in 1846 Acting Governor of N.S. W.,) 
 and a congratulatory address from 460 colonists 
 and subsequent promotion to the rank of Admiral, 
 served to console him in some degree for the con- 
 tempt in which his authority had been held. 
 The official inquiry into the circumstances of the 
 rebellion was held in 1811. Colonel Johnston was 
 tried by court-martial and cashiered. He died 
 at his estate, Annandale, near Sydney in 1823. 
 Macarthur who had long quitted the service was 
 interdicted from returning to the colony for eight 
 years. Each party had its supporters, and the 
 publicity given by the trial to the condition and 
 prospects of the colony contributed to bring about 
 a great change in its government and social con- 
 dition. This change was inaugurated under the 
 rule of Macquarie. Lang takes a more lenient 
 view than the other historians of the colony do of 
 Bligh's character. He insists on it that Bligh was 
 not without kindly feeling ; his generous treat- 
 ment of the Hawkesbury farmers who were ruined 
 by a flood in 1806 showed him to have been warm- 
 hearted in his way ; he exerted himself to the 
 utmost both with time and money to alleviate 
 their distress, and he received the special thanks 
 of the English Government for his humanity. 
 But his arbitrary and unamiable manners and his 
 frequent cruelties completely obscured all these 
 better qualities. He caused the convicts to be 
 flogged without mercy for faults which existed 
 only in his own imagination ; he bullied his 
 officers, and throughout the colony repeated the 
 same mistakes which had led to the mutiny of the 
 Bounty. Lang asserts that Bligh died of a broken 
 heart, worn down by the incessant persecution of 
 his enemies who had "exhausted all the means 
 that the ingenuity of malignity could desire to 
 
 ruin his character and render him an object of 
 universal detestation." During the temporary rule 
 of Foveaux and Paterson no incident of any con- 
 sequence occurred, excepting two floods in the 
 Hawkesbury in May and August 1809, by which 
 great damage was done to property and several 
 lives were lost. 
 
 IX. Governor Macquarie. — Colonel Lachlan 
 Macquarie arrived on 28th December 1809, accom- 
 panied by Ellis Bent, the new Judge-Advocate, and 
 Lieutenant O'Connell with a detachment of the 
 "3rd Regiment. The following extract from his 
 first despatch describes the state of the colony on 
 his arrival :— " I found the colony barely emerging 
 from infantine imbecility, suffering from various 
 privations and disabilities ; the country impene- 
 trable beyond forty miles from Sydney ; agriculture 
 in a yet languishing state, commerce in its early 
 dawn, revenue unknown ; threatened with famine, 
 distracted by faction ; the public buildings in a 
 state of dilapidation, the few roads and bridges 
 almost impassable ; the population in general 
 depressed by poverty ; no credit, public or private ; 
 the morals of the great mass of the population in 
 the lowest state of debasement, and religious 
 worship almost totally neglected." Macquarie was 
 the first man of decided talent appointed to office 
 in Australia. The Imperial Government had 
 instructed him to re-instate Bligh for a period of 
 twenty-four hours, in order to indicate that the 
 authorities in England would not suffer the 
 colonists to dictate to them in these matters ; but 
 that they reserved completely to themselves the 
 right to appoint and dismiss the Governors. 
 However, as Bligh had by this time gone to T., 
 Macquarie was forced to content himself on his 
 arrival with merely proclaiming what had been 
 his intentions. He at once applied himself with 
 energy and determination to the much-needed 
 reforms and improvements. It was his foible to 
 have his name attached to public works and 
 buildings, but they remain a lasting memorial of 
 his good service to the colony. He insisted on a 
 muster of all the convicts in the Government 
 service in the market-place every Sunday, and 
 marching them attended by their superintendents 
 to church. He commenced an hospital and caused 
 proper burial places to be set apart. The Courts 
 of Law were re-modelled, the town divided into 
 police districts, and tolls were levied to keep the 
 country roads in repair. The great floods which 
 had occurred in 1806 and 1809 had devastated 
 the country ; but inducements were held out to 
 foster agriculture and cattle-breeding, and various 
 townships on the Hawkesbury were established 
 during a tour he made in the district. An ardent 
 feeling of philanthropy gave a kindly turn to his 
 restless activity. He built churches and schools ; 
 he took the warmest interest in the progress of 
 education and religion ; he neglected nothing that 
 could serve to elevate the moral tone of the commu- 
 nity. Hehadsarcastically remarked on oneoccasion 
 soon after his arrival that the colony consisted of
 
 302 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 those " who had been transported and those who 
 ought to have been." Yet Macquarie uniformly 
 showed a kindly disposition towards the convicts. 
 He settled great numbers of them as free men on 
 little farms of their own, and if they did not 
 succeed as well as they might have done it was 
 not for want of advice and assistance from the 
 Governor. The most important result of all this 
 activity was the opening up of new country. He 
 had quite a passion for road-making, and though 
 on his arrival in the colony he found only forty- 
 five miles of what were little better than bush 
 tracks, yet when he left there were over three 
 hundred miles of excellent and substantial roads 
 spreading in all directions from Sydney. He 
 marked out towns — such as Windsor, Richmond 
 and Castlereagh — in suitable places ; then by 
 making roads to them he encouraged the freed 
 convicts to leave Sydney and form little commu- 
 nities inland. But his greatest achievement in the 
 way of road-making was the highway across the 
 Blue Mountains. This range had for years pre- 
 sented an insurmountable barrier. Many persons, 
 including the intrepid Bass, had attempted to 
 cross it, but in vain. The only one who succeeded 
 even in penetrating far into that wild and rugged 
 country was a gentleman called Cayley, who 
 stopped at the edge of an enormous precipice, 
 where he could see no way of descending. He 
 erected a pile of stones at this place, which is now 
 called Cayley's Repulse. But in 1813 Wentworth, 
 Lawson and Blaxland succeeded in crossing. After 
 laboriously piercing through the dense timber 
 which covers some of the ranges they traversed a 
 wild and desolate country, sometimes crawling along 
 naked precipices and sometimes lost in stem and 
 bleak ravines, but at length emerging on the beauti- 
 ful plains to the west. On their return Macquarie 
 sent Surveyor Evans to examine the pass, and the 
 report being favourable he lost no time in com- 
 mencing to construct a road over the mountains. 
 The difficulties in his way were immense ; for 
 fifty miles the road lay through the most rugged 
 country where yawning chasms had to be bridged, 
 and oftentimes the solid rock had to be cut away. 
 Yet in less than fifteen months a good carriage 
 highway stretched from Sydney across the moun- 
 tains, and the Governor was able to take Mrs. 
 Macquarie on a trip to the fine pasture lands 
 beyond, where he founded a town and named it 
 Bathurst after Lord Bathurst the Secretary of 
 State. This was a measure of great importance to 
 the colony, for the country between the mountains 
 and the sea was too limited and too much subject 
 to droughts to maintain the two hundred and fifty 
 thousand sheep which the prosperous colonists 
 possessed. By his energy new life was infused 
 into all ranks. The port-dues of Sydney rose in 
 the period of his administration — 1810 to 1822 — 
 from £8000 to £30,000 per annum. Public 
 buildings falling into ruin and a few wretch ed roads 
 gave place to commodious and substantial works. 
 The corner was turned. Men went home with 
 
 fortunes made in much-maligned Botany Bay. 
 People who had gone out poor emigrants counted 
 their acres and their flocks by thousands, and the 
 colonists generally were comparatively opulent and 
 happy. The first church erected in Australia by 
 voluntary subscriptions, at a cost of more than 
 £400, was the work of a dozen free-emigrant 
 families of Presbyterians who had settled in 1809 
 on their hundred-acre grants at Portland Head on 
 the banks of the Hawkesbury. It was situated on 
 a rising ground on the edge of the forest, and over- 
 looking a beautiful and romantic reach of the noble 
 river, and the fertile fields around for thirty years 
 after gave successive crops of wheat every year. In 
 November 1811 Macquarie paid a visit to Hobart 
 Town and marked out the site of George Town 
 at Port Dalrymple, as Launceston was then called. 
 On his return he landed at Port Stephens and 
 Newcastle. In the month of March another destruc- 
 tive flood occurred at the Hawkesbury, which 
 destroyed the maize crops ; and great storms 
 also prevailed in the following year by which 
 several small coasting craft were lost. The trade 
 in seal skins, which had risen to an important item 
 of revenue, falling off, some temporary inconveni- 
 ence in the currency was felt, owing to the constant 
 drain on the sterling coin caused by the necessary 
 purchase of supplies for the colony. This scarcity 
 of money depreciated the currency as low as 15s. 
 in the pound, and as an expedient five shilling 
 promissory notes, payable in copper coin were 
 issued ; a circular piece punched out of the centre 
 of the Spanish dollar and known as a " dumps," 
 passing current at lod. — the remainder of the 
 coin known as the " holey dollar " representing 5s. 
 In 1814 some convicts employed in cutting a road 
 to Bathurst are said to have found a considerable 
 quantity of gold, and were only compelled to keep 
 silence on the point by menaces and flogging, such 
 was the horror of the anticipated effects of a gold 
 mania under the circumstances of the colony. At 
 this time the colony was divided into two parties, 
 who hated each other with an intense bitterness. 
 Macquarie gave great offence to the free settlers 
 (or "Pure Merinos") by his encouragement of 
 deserving individuals amongst the emancipist 
 class. The first individual selected for favour was 
 a Scotchman, Andrew Thompson, transported at 
 sixteen years of age, probably for some trifling 
 offence. He had not only attained wealth and 
 developed new sources of commerce for the colony 
 by building coasting vessels, by establishing salt- 
 works and other useful enterprises, but had dis- 
 tinguished himself by his humanity and general 
 good conduct. In the Sydney Gazette of 11th May 
 1806 we find Thompson permitted to purchase 
 brewing utensils from the Government stores at 
 the usual advance of fifty per cent, on the invoice 
 price, with the privilege of brewing beer, in con- 
 sideration of his useful and humane conduct in 
 saving the lives and much of the property of 
 sufferers by repeated floods of the Hawkesbury, 
 as well as of his general demeanour. Macquarie
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 303 
 
 within two months after his arrival created 
 Thompson a magistrate, and repeatedly invited 
 him and other emancipists of similar success and 
 conduct to dine at Government House, in spite of 
 the remonstrances of the free inhabitants, of the 
 officers of the 43rd Regiment (which succeeded 
 the 73rd,) and hints from the Colonial Office. 
 Macquarie commenced by employing the convict 
 labourers not required by settlers in making roads 
 and erecting and repairing public buildings. On 
 the first harvest after his arrival, to the horror of 
 the martinets, he permitted the privates of the 
 73rd Regiment to hire themselves out as reapers, 
 to be paid in grain or money, the price of wheat 
 at that time being £1 3s. 6d. a bushel. At the 
 same time he patronised amusements which the high 
 price of provisions did not prevent the wealthier 
 classes from establishing. The Neiv South Wales 
 Gazette of October contains an account of three 
 days' racing, conducted in Newmarket style, fol- 
 lowed by an ordinary and two balls, the principal 
 prize, a lady's cup, being " presented to the winner 
 by Mrs. Macquarie." The whole proceedings are 
 related in a style which would leave nothing to be 
 desired in the Little Pedlington Gazette. For 
 instance : — " The subscribers' ball on Tuesday and 
 Thursday night was honoured with the presence 
 of His Excellency the Governor and his lady, 
 His Honor the Lieutenant-Governor and lady, the 
 Judge-Advocate and lady, the magistrates and 
 other officers, civil and military, and all the beauty 
 and fashion of the colony. The business of the 
 meeting could not fail of diffusing a glow of 
 satisfaction — the celebration of the first liberal 
 amusement instituted in the colony in the presence 
 of its patron and founder." A supper followed the 
 ball : — " After the cloth was removed the rosy 
 deity asserted his pre-eminence, and with the 
 zealous aid of Momus and Apollo chased pale 
 Cynthia down into the Western World ; the 
 blazing orb of day announced his near approach, 
 and the god of the chariot reluctantly forsook his 
 company ; Bacchus dropped his head, Momus 
 could no longer animate. The bons vivants, no 
 longer relishing the tired deities, left them to them- 
 selves !" In December 1810 the first brick church 
 built in Sydney (St. Philip's) was consecrated on 
 Christmas Day by the Rev. Samuel Marsden — a 
 name from that time forward constantly occupying 
 a conspicuous place in the annals of the colony. 
 In 1812 a committee of the House of Commons, 
 appointed to inquire into the state of the colony, 
 after examining a number of witnesses, including 
 the ex-Governors King and Bligh, printed a report 
 from which it appears that the population 
 amounted to 10,454, distributed in the following 
 proportions :— The Sydney district 6158 ; Parra- 
 matta 1807 ; Hawkesbury 2389 ; Newcastle 100 ; 
 of these 5513 were men, and 2200 women ; 
 military 1100; of the remainder one-fourth to 
 one- fifth was actually bond ; the rest being free 
 or freed by servitude or pardon. In addition 
 1321 were living in V.D.L., and 177 in Norfolk 
 
 Island, but orders had been sent out to compel 
 the voluntary settlers who had adhered to that 
 island after the government establishment had 
 been removed to withdraw. The ground in actual 
 cultivation was 21,000 acres and 74,000 were held 
 in pasture. The stock in the hands chiefly of the 
 settlers was considerable, but it was still necessary 
 to continue the importation of salt provisions. 
 The currency of the colony was in government 
 paper and copper money, but barter was the 
 principal medium of sale ; and wheat and cattle 
 had been recognised by the court of justice as 
 legal tenders in payment of debts. The exporta- 
 tions of the colony consisted principally of whale 
 oil, seal skins, coals and wool. The iron ore of 
 which there was abundance had not been worked. 
 The trade in skins and coal was limited by the 
 monopoly of the East India Company. Sheep were 
 not sufficiently numerous to make wool an article 
 of large exportation. The culture of hemp had 
 been less attended to than might have been 
 expected. An illegal trade in sandal-wood had at 
 times been carried on with the South Sea Islands 
 and China. Mercantile speculation had been 
 discouraged by impolitic regulations. For many 
 years a maximum price was imposed by the 
 Governor upon all imported merchandise, often too 
 low to afford a fair profit to the trader ; at this price 
 the whole cargo was distributed amongst the civil 
 and military officers of the settlement who alone 
 had liberty to purchase ; and articles of the first 
 necessity were afterwards retailed by them at an 
 enormous profit to the poorer settlers. The 
 imposition of a maximum price on imported 
 articles, and on the price of grain and butcher's 
 meat had been discontinued, and the attempt to 
 limit the price of labour had failed. The trade in 
 spirits was reported as a great difficulty. The 
 defects of the system of criminal jurisdiction by 
 court-martial, and civil jurisdiction without legal 
 assistance or juries are described ; and the report 
 states that the Governor uncontrolled by any 
 council had power to pardon all offences except 
 treason and murder ; to impose customs duties, to 
 grant lands, and to issue colonial regulations ; and 
 for the breach of these regulations to inflict a 
 punishment of 500 lashes and a fine of ,£100. The 
 Committee recommended that a council should 
 be given to the Governor. With regard to grants 
 of land they reported that, according to evidence, 
 a retiring Governor had granted 1000 acres to his 
 successor, who had returned the compliment by a 
 similar grant immediately after being installed 
 in office. Free settlers latterly had not been 
 permitted to emigrate to N.S.W. without giving 
 proof that they were possessed of a certain 
 capital. On their arrival they usually received 
 a grant of land in proportion to their means. 
 This report, which also entered at considerable 
 length into the treatment of convicts, directed 
 public attention to the colony, and the result was 
 to induce the Imperial Government to appoint a 
 judge, with two magistrates chosen in rotation,
 
 304 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTBALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 who composed a supreme court *in civil and 
 criminal cases ; and in V.D.L., as well as N.S.W., 
 a fifty-pound civil court with appeal was formed, 
 with the Judge-Advocate as sole judge. This was 
 the first step toward meliorating the absolute 
 despotism under which the free settlers had 
 hitherto lived. Measures were also taken for 
 removing the restrictions on commerce with 
 V.D.L., and abolishing trade monopolies ; but 
 Macquarie's protests against the interference or 
 assistance of a council prevailed, and he was 
 enabled to pursue his plans with that concentrated 
 vigour which is the one advantage of an enlightened 
 despotism. To enumerate all the public works 
 which Macquarie executed would be tedious. It 
 is sufficient to state that while he erected many 
 substantial if not elegant buildings in Sydney, 
 he took care by well-devised roads to render 
 available all the cultivable land and pastures to 
 be found within as much of the territory as had 
 been explored. The settlers imbibed his spirit of 
 progress and imitated his energy ; flocks and herds 
 increased to a great extent, although the sheep 
 were for the greater part of an inferior breed, a 
 mixture of the hairy Bengal and heavy-tailed 
 Cape, whose wool was worthless for export. But 
 Macartlmr, whose efforts had been neglected and 
 repressed by previous Governors, was steadily 
 pursuing his great idea of naturalising the " noble 
 race," or Spanish merino on the plains of A. In 
 December 1812 the Sydney Gazette reports that ten 
 rams of the merino breed, lately sold by auction 
 from the flocks of John Macarthur, produced 
 upwards of 200 guineas ; and that " several coats 
 made entirely of the wool of N.S.W. are now in 
 this country, and are of most excellent quality.'' 
 He also established in 1816 the almost equally 
 profitable pursuit of vine-growing. Having visited 
 France in 1815, he acquired information as to the 
 rural economy of the provinces of Southern 
 Europe, particularly as regards the cultivation of 
 the vine and olive. He collected cuttings from 
 the most celebrated vineyards of Burgundy, 
 Champagne and Languedoc, as well as olive trees 
 of the finest varieties, and planted the first 
 Australian vineyard in his estate at Camden Park. 
 Australian wine soon became favourably known, 
 and says Therry, "at the great exhibition in Paris in 
 1851 wine made from the muscat grape of Camden 
 ranked high among the best wines of the continent." 
 The successful expeditions of Evans across the 
 Blue Mountains inspired the colonists to undertake 
 similar enterprises in other directions. Hamilton 
 Hume and his brother in 1814 and Oxley in 1817 
 and 1818 opened up large breadths of new territory 
 to settlement. In 1816 the lighthouse at South 
 Head, Sydney, was commenced. The same year 
 the Bank of New South Wales was established. 
 The natives were very troublesome, and a law was 
 passed prohibiting their approach to any town in 
 larger numbers than six at one time. From the 
 foundation of the colony to the end of Macquarie's 
 administration about 400,000 acres of land were 
 
 granted to private individuals. Of these, in course 
 of time, many town lots became of enormous 
 value, as likewise some of the country land ; but 
 much was barren and not worth cultivation when 
 better land was rendered accessible by roads. In 
 1817 the first Judge, Baron Field, arrived ; a 
 branch of the Bible Society was established ; and 
 a Roman Catholic priest, Father O'Flynn, landed 
 and spent some time in the colony, but not having 
 been duly authorised by the Home Government he 
 was compelled to return. In 1819 arrived a com- 
 missioner of inquiry, John Thomas Bigge and his 
 secretary, Thomas Hobbs Scott. He remained 
 until February 1821, having collected a body of 
 evidence, which was afterwards printed for the use 
 of the House of Commons. It contains many 
 curious stories. The publication of this report 
 had a considerable effect in directing the attention 
 of the British public to the resources of Australia, 
 and eventually caused the influx of a superior 
 class of emigrants. But it was not until Governor 
 Darling's time that the demand for convict 
 labourers on terms then in force began to exceed 
 the supply. Colonists, chiefly the Scotchmen, 
 discovered the advantage of agricultural pursuits 
 in a colony in which, with a grant of land, they 
 became entitled to rations for twelve months 
 for themselves and their wives, and convict 
 labourers at the rate of one for each thirty acres, 
 who were also rationed by the government for the 
 space of eighteen months. The inquiry by 
 Commissioner Bigge was partly owing to the 
 representations made in the work published by 
 William Wentworth during a visit paid to England 
 for the purpose of being called to the bar. Among 
 other subjects that came under the notice of the 
 commissioner was the ecclesiastical government 
 of N.S.W. The report of Bigge recommended the 
 appointment of an archdeacon. Mr. Scott, the 
 secretary, lost no time in taking orders, and in 
 1825 reappeared in the colony as Archdeacon 
 Scott. In the year that the royal commissioner 
 quitted the colony a Wesleyan chapel was opened 
 and the foundation stone of a Roman Catholic 
 cathedral was laid by the Governor at the request 
 of Father Therry, who shared with Parson Cowper 
 the respect and affection of the poorer colonists, and 
 of the prisoner population whom they faithfully 
 tended. The clement policy of Macquarie had 
 borne fruit, and the colonists still kept up their 
 two factions. It has been said that he found a gar- 
 rison, and left the deep and broad foundations of an 
 empire. Before his time the settlements were 
 hutted camps. At the close of his administration 
 in December 1821, after a government of twelve 
 years, the weight of his personal influence and his 
 unceasing efforts had carried the day against the 
 opponents of his more merciful views. His con- 
 duct in the appointment of magistrates has already 
 been noticed. The case of Redfern illustrates the 
 difficulties he encountered in giving effect to his 
 policy. Redfern was a young surgeon on board a 
 ship at the Mutiny at the Nore. He had expressed
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 305 
 
 some sympathy with the mutineers, was tried, and 
 sent out for life. His breeding and attainments 
 entitled him to favourable consideration, and his 
 conduct in the colony had been exemplary. 
 Macquarie made him a magistrate and invited 
 him to his table, as also did the Colonel of the 
 48th Regiment. But some of the young officers 
 refused to sit at mess with him. Hence arose a 
 bitter feud, in which the Rev. Samuel Marsden 
 took a leading part against the Governor. So 
 deeply were party feelings aroused that the 
 bitterest things were said on both sides. 
 The feud resulted in the Governor striking 
 Marsden's name out of the commission of the 
 peace, to the great joy of his opponents. In 1821 
 there was a population in the colony of nearly 
 3C,000, of whom the great proportion had been 
 expatriated for offences against the law. This 
 class had now become possessed of property to a 
 large amount. In 1820 the Emancipists had nearly 
 93,000 acres of land under cultivation and owned 
 40,000 head of horned cattle and 221,000 sheep. 
 In short, to them the Governor said N.S.W. "owed 
 its existence as a colony." But the general state 
 of morals in the colony it must be added was 
 shocking, almost beyond description. Macquarie 
 was superseded by Sir Thomas Brisbane in 
 December 1821. Towards the end of his govern- 
 ment he was beset with the incessant efforts of 
 Marsden and others to depreciate his capacity as 
 a ruler. The causes of his removal are stated to 
 have been his excessive expenditure on what was 
 called " the ornamental architecture of Botany 
 Bay" — the waste in the public stores, and the 
 disregard of cleanliness, propriety and decency 
 in prison management. The public works of Mac- 
 quarie in Sydney and inV.D.L. excite astonishment. 
 In his administration 276 miles of roads were con- 
 structed, and along these substantial wooden 
 bridges were placed where required. The list of 
 works includes barracks for troops, stores for 
 provisions, hospitals, public offices, churches, 
 school-houses, quays, wharfs, watch-houses and 
 police-offices. It fills ten closely-printed pages of 
 a Parliamentary Report and includes not fewer 
 than 250 items. " In short," says Lang, " if bricks 
 and mortar could have insured immortality 
 Macquarie erected public buildings enough to 
 render his colonial fame imperishable." The 
 rapidly-increasing wealth of the colony and its 
 vast resources became the theme of constant allusion 
 in the mother country. Bigge's reports ; an able 
 history of N.S.W. written by W. C. Wentworth ; 
 speeches in the House of Commons ; and the 
 brilliant writings of the Rev. Sydney Smith, con- 
 tributed to this not a little. On 1st December 
 1821 Major-General Sir Thomas Brisbane, who had 
 arrived in the Royal George, read his commission 
 as Governor in Hyde Park, Sydney, and Macquarie 
 bade the colonists farewell in a speech that showed 
 his regret at leaving a country for which he had 
 done so much, and the wound his pride had 
 received in the manner of leaving it. He departed 
 
 in February 1822, and died in Scotland in 1824 
 apparently never having recovered his equanimity. 
 Macquarie was distinguished by his self-reliance 
 and constant energetic actiou. If the comparison 
 had not been vulgarised, one might liken him, 
 comparing small with great, to Napoleon. His 
 was the same order of mind — views narrow but 
 clear — essentially a materialist in politics. In 
 N.S.W. wealth was the visible sign of success, and 
 Macquarie rewarded success wherever he found it. 
 He made roads, erected public buildings, and again 
 and again traversed the whole length and breadth 
 of the colony, following closely on the footsteps of 
 new explorers, distributing grants to skilful settlers, 
 planning townships, and pardoning industrious 
 prisoners. His activity was untiring, his vanity 
 boundless. He seldom condescended to ask advice, 
 and when he did generally followed his own 
 opinion. With charming naivete he observes, in 
 answer to a despatch from the Secretary of State, 
 informing him that it was not the intention of the 
 Government to appoint a council to assist the 
 Governor, as had been recommended : " I entertain 
 a fond hope that such an institution will never be 
 extended to this colony." Even the recommenda- 
 tions of Secretaries of State he disregarded ; and 
 as he was successful he was permitted to pursue 
 his own course. He infused his own active spirit 
 into the settlers, and under its influence the 
 material progress of the colony was extraordinary. 
 But the moral, not to say the religious tone of the 
 settlement owed little to his care. One instance 
 will suffice. He requested in one of his despatches 
 that as many men convicts as possible should be 
 transported, as they were useful for labour, but as 
 few women, as they were costly and troublesome ; 
 thus losing sight altogether of the inevitable 
 demoralisation which must be the result of a 
 community of men. 
 
 X. Governor Brisbane. — The successor of Mac- 
 quarie was Major-General Sir Thomas Brisbane, 
 K.C.B., who assumed the reins of Government on 
 the 1st December 1821. Sprung from an ancient 
 family of high standing in the west of Scotland, 
 of approved valour and ability as a General officer 
 in the army, and distinguished amongst military 
 men and men of rank by the fame of his scientific 
 acquirements in the department of astronomy, his 
 appointment was universally regarded as a circum- 
 stance of the happiest omen in the colony, and the 
 most sanguine anticipations were formed of its 
 rapid progress and general advancement under his 
 administration. Dr. Lang remarks that he was 
 a sharer in these anticipations, all the more that 
 his forefathers had been possessed of a property 
 which had originally formed a part of the estate 
 of the Brisbane family. He adds that he is 
 reluctantly compelled to acknowledge that his 
 high anticipations of the blessing to follow from 
 Brisbane's rule .were but indifferently realised. 
 Under any circumstances the task before the new 
 Governor would have been a difficult one. The 
 division of classes in the colony was broadly 
 
 Q2
 
 306 
 
 fYCLOP^IMA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 marked, and the mutual hatred of the two factions 
 was more intense than ever. The colonists besides 
 were beginning to feel the desire for freedom from 
 the bonds that held them in political slavery. 
 From the day of Macquarie's departure a struggle 
 commenced between the people and the Govern- 
 ment, which was carried on until the concession of 
 full powers of self-government and self-taxation 
 to the Australian colonists. The epoch of purely 
 military despotism was fast passing away. Even 
 commercial liberty yet remained to be gained. 
 The East India Company claimed the monopoly of 
 trading in the Indian seas, and repeatedly asserted 
 their right by confiscating vessels loaded with 
 produce for Port Jackson. In 1824 the captaimof 
 a man-of-war actually seized the ship Almorah, 
 with a valuable cargo of tea and rice, at anchor in 
 Sydney Cove, and sent her as a prize to Calcutta 
 in charge of his lieutenant. Brisbane had acquired 
 a high reputation as a soldier in the Peninsula ; 
 but his government, which lasted four years, was 
 unpopular, and the political concessions made 
 rendered further concessions inevitable. To this 
 fire was added the fuel of grievances which went 
 home to the pockets of almost all the settlers and 
 traders ; and an insult which deeply offended a 
 powerful, united and intelligent religious com- 
 munity. The Scotch Presbyterians applied in 1823 
 for assistance to build a Presbyterian Church in 
 Sydney, and referred pointedly to the support 
 afforded the Eoman Catholics. The tone of 
 the application appears not to have pleased 
 either the Governor or his secretary, and he 
 returned a bitter reply, of which the following 
 is the concluding paragraph :— " When there- 
 fore the Presbyterians of the colony shall have 
 advanced by private donations in the erection of 
 a temple worthy of religion ; when in the choice 
 of their teachers they shall have discovered a 
 judgment equal to that which has presided at the 
 selection of the Roman Catholic clergymen ; when 
 they shall have practised what they propose, ' To 
 instruct the people to fear God and honour the 
 king ; ' when by endeavouring to ' keep the unity 
 of the spirit in the bond of peace' in a colony 
 requiring it more than all others, they shall have 
 shown through their lives the influence of the holy 
 religion they profess, then assuredly will the 
 colonial executive step forward to extend its 
 countenance and support to those who are follow- 
 ing the Presbyterian Creed." The Governor it is 
 said acted under the advice of his secretary a 
 gentleman of the old Tory school. The Scotch 
 gentlemen applied to the Hume Government, and 
 the Governor received a severe reprimand and the 
 Presbyterians the aid they required. Brisbane's 
 financial measures were equally unfortunate, yet 
 there is no reason to question the purity of his 
 motives. It had been usual under previous 
 Governors to purchase the surplus grain from 
 farmers at the current price of tho day. The 
 colonial Government was almost the only 
 purchaser, and to Government the corn-growers 
 
 looked for a certain share of their profits. Among 
 the smaller settlers, the only cash they received 
 in the course of the year was from the commissariat. 
 This was the latter phase of a system which began 
 with rationing the whole community, and gave 
 liberty to prisoners who undertook to support 
 themselves, which in its second stage willingly 
 provided a free and emancipated settler with land 
 and prisoner labour, and purchased the produce of 
 land so tilled to feed the prisoners whom the 
 settlers could not employ. Brisbane, who arrived 
 with Commissioner Bigge's report hanging over 
 him, adopted the ordinary contract system and 
 invited tenders for the quantity required at the 
 lowest price. The small farmers unused to 
 calculate the effects of open competition, rushed 
 forward to the stores with such eagerness that 
 wheat fell from 10s. and 7s. 6d. a bushel to 3s. 9d. 
 Abstractly Brisbane was right, practically he was 
 wrong ; so serious a change required care and time. 
 About the same time the Governor established a 
 colonial currency which raised the pound sterling 
 twenty-five per cent., and proceeded to pay 
 Government debts in colonial money to parties 
 who had contracted debts in sterling currency ; — a 
 revival of the system of depreciating the circulating 
 [ medium obsolete in England, but still practised by 
 continental monarchs. The colonists seeing the 
 price at which wheat was transferred to the 
 Government stores took it for granted that the 
 harvest had been redundant, proceeded to feed 
 pigs, and otherwise expended the unsold proceeds 
 of their harvest. As the season advanced it was 
 discovered that the harvest so far from being 
 plentiful was deficient. Wheat rose to £1 4s. a 
 bushel. Those who had sold cheap had to buy at 
 a high price. The tampering with the currency 
 added to the severity of the crisis. A great flood 
 swept away the finest crops on the Hawkesbury. 
 A famine followed : the Government by proclama- 
 tion required that cabbage-stalks should not be 
 rooted up. A large body of small farmers 
 became so insolvent that their farms were sold to 
 pay their debts, and passed into the hatids of 
 money-lenders and grogshopkeepers. The discon- 
 tent of the colonists reacted on the Home 
 Government, and Brisbane was recalled on the 
 1st December 1825. Four very important discoveries 
 were made during his administration. In 1823 the 
 Maneroo Plains, situated between two and three 
 thousand feet above the level of the sea, separated 
 from Twofold Bay by a lofty range of mountains 
 over which there is now a dray-track, were 
 explored by Captain Currie R.N. who named them 
 Brisbane Downs, but they have since reverted to 
 their native name. In the same year Oxley the 
 Surveyor-General by order of Brisbane explored 
 Moreton Bay and discovered the navigable river 
 Brisbane. In the following year Hovell and 
 Hume made their overland journey to Port Phillip ; 
 and in 1825 Allan Cunningham, one of the most 
 enterprising and accomplished of Australian 
 explorers, discovered Pandora's Pass, a cleft than
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 307 
 
 which the Alps offer nothing more wild, more 
 imposing or more picturesque, affording the 
 only practicable road from the Upper Hunter 
 to the pastoral uplands of Liverpool Plains. 
 But during the rule of Brisbane great strides were 
 made. The export in wool, which in 1820 amounted 
 to less than 100,000 lbs. weight, rose in two and 
 a-half years to nearly half a million of pounds. 
 The free settlers who now began to pour into the 
 colony, allured by the cheapness of labour and the 
 grants of land commensurate with the capital 
 brought with them, clustered on the country 
 adjoining the Cowpastures, on the Bathurst plains, 
 or along the rich banks of the Hunter and its 
 tributaries. The very distance from the old 
 country brought out a more enterprising class of 
 colonists than those who flocked to America. Ten 
 ships left the ports of N.S.W. this year freighted 
 with colonial produce. At Sydney the Agricul- 
 tural Society and the Sydney Institution were 
 founded, and the Governor, as President of the 
 Philosophical Institute, affixed a tablet at Botany 
 Bay commemorative of the landing of Cook and 
 Banks. A pair of merino rams were sold for 
 £500. The net cost of the colony to the Crown, 
 including the transportation account, was £366,000. 
 The year after his arrival Brisbane gave effect to 
 his taste in the foundation of the Parramatta 
 Observatory, of which Carl M. Riimker was the 
 first director ; the Governor himself assisting at 
 the catalogue of the stars in the clear southern 
 skies, a work which gained him the medal of the 
 Astronomical Society and the warm commendation 
 of Herschel. The Observatory was dismantled in 
 1847, and astronomy received little attention till 
 Governor Denison, in 1855, brought the matter 
 before the Legislature. A liberal sum was voted, 
 a National Observatory erected, and the Rev. 
 W. Scott, M.A., was appointed the first astronomer. 
 In 1858 a transit circle was obtained from England, 
 and regular observations commenced in June 1859. 
 The reports of the cedar-log woodcutters had 
 induced the Government in 1822 to form a small 
 settlement for doubly-convicted offenders at Port 
 Maequarie, at the mouth of the Hastings, where at 
 present there is a thriving sugar-growing industry; 
 but subsequently the establishment was removed. 
 In searching for a suitable place, Oxley in December 
 1823 met at Moreton Bay with a white man 
 among the natives named Pamphlet, who had been 
 cast away eight months previously. From him 
 lie learned of the existence of the fine river which 
 he proceeded to explore, and named the Brisbane. 
 In the August following a detachment under 
 Lieutenant Miller, and a large number of prisoners, 
 formed the intended penal settlement at that 
 place. A new settlement was formed in February 
 at Wellington Valley. In October 1823 the Royal 
 Veterans — a remnant of the old N.S.W. Corps — 
 were disbanded and replaced by the 3rd Regiment, 
 only four soldiers of the old corps availing them- 
 selves of the offer to return home. Several vine- 
 yards were planted. In July the old court with 
 
 its military functions was superseded, and the great 
 boon of a Supreme Court and trial by jury was 
 granted by an Imperial Act (4 Geo. IV., c. 96.) 
 In the following year Mr. Forbes, afterwards Sir 
 Francis Forbes, arrived to carry out its provisions. 
 Bannister the new Attorney-General ; Balcombe 
 the new Colonial Treasurer; and Sir. T. L. Pedder, 
 andGellibrandthe new Chief Justice and Attorney- 
 General for Hobart Town, arrived this year ; as 
 also the Rev. Dr. Lang. In September 1824 a 
 settlement was formed, with Captain Barlow as 
 Commandant, by Captain Sir Gordon Bremer of 
 H.M.S. Tamar on Melville Island, which after a 
 languid existence had to be abandoned from the 
 unhealthiness of the locality in 1829. Meantime 
 another settlement had been made in Raffles Bay 
 under Captain Barker, which after a struggle of 
 three years against terrible difficulties, had to be 
 given up, and in 1829 the whole north coast of 
 Australia was abandoned, and so remained until 
 a recent date. An important step towards con- 
 stitutional freedom in N.S.W. was made by the 
 institution of a Legislative Council in August 
 1824. The members nominated were Stewart, 
 Lieutenant - Governor ; Forbes, Chief Justice ; 
 Goulbourn, Colonial Secretary ; Bowman, Prin- 
 cipal Surgeon ; Oxley, Surveyor-General ; and 
 John Macarthur, in compliment to the civilians. 
 In the following October another important event 
 took place in the formal concession of the liberty 
 of the Press ; and Howe's journal, the Sydney 
 Gazette, was speedily rivalled by the Australian, 
 edited by Dr. Warded and W. C. Wentworth ; and 
 the Monitor, conducted by Mr. Hall. Brisbane 
 being desirous of ascertaining if any large rivers 
 disembogued on the eastern coast, an expedi- 
 tion was planned with the purpose of reaching 
 Western Port. Thus began the first Overlanders. 
 Brisbane's four years term of office having expired, 
 the reins of government were temporarily trans- 
 ferred to Colonel Stewart of the 3rd Regiment, 
 and arrangements were made to bid him farewell 
 by some of the leading civil and military colonists, 
 known in those days as the " exclusionists," 
 "aristocrats," or "pure merinos." Offended at 
 their exclusion, the other party also invited him, 
 and the first banquet fell through. Brisbane 
 sailed in December 1825, and three weeks later 
 his successor, Lieutenant-Geneiul Ralph Darling, 
 arrived. Lang credits Brisbane with good inten- 
 tions, but adds that he was constitutionally disin- 
 clined to business and singularly deficient of that 
 energy of mind which was requisite to carry his 
 purposes into action. The blame of the acts of 
 injustice and oppression that occurred during his 
 rule is ascribed to his having entrusted the business 
 of administration to irresponsible inferiors, desti- 
 tute of integrity. A despicable system of espionage 
 sprung up. Servility and treachery were fostered 
 and encouraged. In every respect, it must be admit- 
 ted, the administration of Brisbane was a failure. 
 
 XL Governor Barling. — Lieutenant-General Sir 
 Ralph Darling, seventh Governor, assumed office
 
 303 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 on 19th December 1825. His administration lasted 
 six years, and was singularly and deservedly 
 unpopular. He was a man of forms and prece- 
 dents, of the true red-tape school, exact, punctual, 
 industrious, arbitrary, commonplace. He laboured 
 hard to reduce into order the confusion he found 
 in the public offices of the colony, and substituted 
 a system which became quite as corrupt and more 
 dilatory. It was like changing from the court of 
 a Turkish cadi to the Court of Chancery. He 
 obstinately evaded the control intended to be 
 imposed on him by the secret official and nominee 
 council, and perpetrated one act of tyranny which 
 has no parallel in English history since the time of 
 Charles I. and the Star Chamber. The red-tape 
 tendencies of Darling were shown in his manage- 
 ment of the waste lands of the colony. N.S.W. 
 became in the last year of Brisbane's rule the sub- 
 ject of the operations of a great company, incor- 
 porated by charter and by Act of Parliament, with 
 a directorate including the " best men " of the city 
 of London, a capital of a million sterling, a grant 
 of a million acres, and various other privileges 
 and pre-emptions, of which a monopoly of the 
 working and sale of coal eventually proved the 
 most profitable to the shareholders and offensive 
 to the colonists. Under Darling the agents of this 
 Australian Agricultural Company selected, took 
 possession, and commenced operations on their 
 grant. The directors of the company, in their 
 original prospectus, represented N.S.W. as well 
 calculated for the growth of " timber, wheat, 
 tobacco, hemp, flax and fruits, amongst which are 
 the olive, grape, fig, mulberry, guava, almond, 
 peach, citron and orange." They derived their 
 information chiefly from the reports of Commis- 
 sioner Bigge ; and from the same source rested 
 great hopes of profit from the growth of fine merino 
 wool, the breeding of cattle and other live stock, 
 and the raising corn, tobacco, (fee, for the supply 
 of persons resident in the colony ; the production 
 at a more distant time of wine, olive oil, hemp, 
 flax, silk, opium, &c., as articles of export to Great 
 Britain ; a progressive advance in the value of 
 land as it becomes improved, and by an increased 
 population. The grant of land was made on the 
 ground that the colony would derive advantage 
 from the importation of so large a capital invested 
 in cattle, horses, and sheep of the Cheviot breeds ; 
 in the cultivation of the produce of southern 
 Europe ; and that the mother country would be 
 saved the cost of maintaining a certain number of 
 convicts. At that period it was still so much an 
 object with the Government to relieve itself of the 
 cost of the maintenance of criminals, that it was 
 agreed that the company should be relieved of 
 quit-rent on condition of their employing a certain 
 number of prisoners. But from the period of the 
 grant to the company the value of convict labour 
 rose so rapidly that they were never able to obtain 
 the stipulated number of servants. In 1830 the 
 editor of the Sydney Monitor proposed that con- 
 victs should be sold on arrival to the highest 
 
 bidder, and anticipated that they would realise, in 
 lots of two hundred, £100 a-year each for five or 
 ten years ! In the course of the correspondence 
 with the company, the Secretary of State for the 
 Colonies announced that in future, "instead of 
 giving grants of land free, lands were to be put up 
 to sale according to a valuation of the Surveyor- 
 General, similar in many respects to the system 
 adopted in the United States of America." This 
 plan had been suggested by Commissioner Bigge, 
 with a price of 10s. an acre for lands near towns 
 and 5s. an acre in the country. Unfortunately the 
 example of the company infected many Members 
 of Parliament and other persons of influence, who 
 hastened to obtain grants which cost the minister 
 nothing and appeared to the granters of immense 
 value — a delusion on both sides. The precedent 
 became most embarrassing to the Government, 
 while many of the huge blocks were of very little 
 money value to the absentees and of great disad- 
 vantage to the colony. As to the company, their 
 proceedings created, in the then state of the colony, 
 a financial revolution. They sent out from England 
 a numerous staff of officers, with cargoes of imple- 
 ments and breeding stock on a most costly scale, 
 nnd purchased ewes and heifers in the colony so 
 largely that prices were raised nearly two hundred 
 per cent. " The company with the long pocket " 
 was a popular toast at colonial dinners, and sellers 
 were never wanting as long as they had any 
 money to invest. A reaction followed ; but the 
 colony derived advantage from the introduction of 
 the Company's capital and superior stock in sheep, 
 horses, and cattle. The grand ideas of vineyards, 
 olive oil, opium, silkworm cultivation and orange 
 groves, which formed applauded passages in 
 speeches in the House of Commons and the court- 
 room of the company, were never extended beyond 
 the resident manager's gardens. Unfortunately 
 the beneficial influences were neutralised by a 
 further grant which not only handed over the 
 large tract of coal seams which had been unprofit- 
 ably worked by the Government, but actually 
 created a monopoly which precluded the colonists 
 from working on any terms any coal which might 
 happen to be found under their estates. In the 
 same perverse spirit the authorities and merchants 
 at Sydney up to 1826 compelled every ship to 
 enter and break bulk at Sydney before calling at the 
 ports of V.D.L. Under Darling emigration from 
 England of persons of moderate capital increased. 
 But a vicious system was established in the sur- 
 veyor's office for the benefit of favoured or feeing 
 parties, by which surveys of waste land were kept 
 secret from the uninitiated. In 1830 the author 
 of "A Letter of Advice to Emigrants" recom- 
 mends "every settler to bring out an order from 
 the Secretary of State to be allowed to inspect 
 charts and maps in the surveyor's office;" and 
 adds, "from being denied such inspection emi- 
 grants wander about the interior of the colony at 
 great expense but to little purpose." Darling 
 ruled the convicts with a rod of iron. The times
 
 Newi 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 S05 
 
 of the "first fleeter*," with flogging and short 
 allowances of food, were revived. A penal settle- 
 ment was formed at Moreton Bay ; and there it 
 is affirmed the prisoners were so badly treated 
 that they committed murder in order to be sent 
 for trial to Sydney. County magistrates were 
 permitted to award any number of lashes for 
 insolence, idleness, or other indefinite offences. 
 As it was not lawful for a man to flog his own 
 assigned servants he exchanged compliments with 
 a neighbour. Considering the class of persons who 
 were then frequently selected for magistrates in 
 the colonies it may easily be conceived to what 
 brutal excesses such irresponsible authority led. 
 But year by year the civilising elements of society 
 made way. In 1826 a dispensary was opened ; 
 in the following year a great public meeting was 
 held, with the sheriff in the chair, to petition the 
 King and both Houses of Parliament for the civil 
 rights of trial by jury and a House of Assembly ; 
 and the next year a general post-office throughout 
 the colony, and an Australian jockey club, were 
 established. The editor of a newspaper was found 
 guilty of libel, and two gentlemen fought a blood- 
 •^.Jess duel. The two last years of Governor Darling 
 present events and contrasts still more remarkable. 
 A Legislative Council, being a step in advance of 
 the Executive Council established by the charter 
 of 1824, held its first meeting in 1829. This was 
 the check against which Macquarie so earnestly 
 protested. The Council consisted of Archdeacon 
 (the late Bishop) Bronghton, who superseded Mr. 
 Scott, the Commander of the Forces, the Chief 
 Justice, Attorney-General, and Colonial Treasurer, 
 Alexander Macleay, afterwards (at eighty years of 
 age) the first speaker of the first Australian Legis- 
 lative Assembly, and four members selected by 
 the Governor. The proceedings of this Council 
 were secret, under an oath administered to that 
 intent ; and the Governor had an absolute veto. 
 The majority were officials totally unacquainted 
 with the colony ; and looking at the minority in 
 which the nominees of the Government were con- 
 stantly found in the subsequent open Legislative 
 Assembly, it is not extraordinary that this Council 
 gave no satisfaction to the colony. It must how- 
 ever be confessed that in 1829 N.S.W. did not 
 possess the materials for representative institu- 
 tions. The first act of the Council was to 
 establish trial by jury in civil cases. In the 
 following year, on 31st March 1831, the first 
 steam-boat in Australia was launched ; two other 
 steam-boats came into use within a few months. 
 The revenue of the colony had reached in 1825, 
 the sum of £71,682 and the expenditure £82,000. 
 Sixteen ships of 5500 tons had cleared out during 
 the previous year from Sydney and Hobart Town 
 for Great Britain, with cargoes of produce valued 
 at £100,000. The imports in 1825 reached £300,000. 
 The population was 33,675. The number of sheep 
 was 237,622, and of horned cattle 134,519. The 
 land in cultivation was 45,514 acres and the wool 
 exported was 411,600 lbs. Nearly thirty whalers 
 
 sailed out of Sydney, and many others were 
 employed in collecting sandal-wood, pearl-shells, 
 beche-de- j mer and other produce of the islands of 
 the Pacific. On assuming the government of the 
 colony Darling's first act was to re-model and 
 re-organise all departments of the public service. 
 He was perhaps harsh in his proceedings and this 
 and many other acts were viewed with disfavour 
 by the " emancipists." In 1825 the mania for 
 joint-stock companies occurred in England, and 
 its effects were felt in the colony in an eager desire 
 to enter into speculations in stock. "The soldier 
 unbuckled his belt to become a keeper of sheep, 
 and the priest forsook his altar to become a herds- 
 man of cattle." A drought of three years ensued, 
 a financial crash followed, and cattle fell from 
 pounds to shillings. The Governor reduced the 
 compulsory scale of rations issued to assigned 
 servants, in consequence of the scarcity, and of 
 course became still more unpopular. The history 
 of Darling's administration reads more like that 
 of one of Napoleon's pro-consuls than that of an 
 Englishman reigning over Englishmen. The case 
 of Sudds and Thompson is an instance which 
 stands out in the history of the colony as a sort of 
 landmark indicating the termination of theAlgerine 
 system of government, and affording a singular 
 example of the state of society in which such an 
 outrage on law, justice and constitutional rights 
 could be not only done but defended. These were 
 two soldiers of the 57th Regiment who committed 
 a theft for the express purpose of getting them- 
 selves convicted, thinking thus to better their 
 condition. They were sentenced to seven years at 
 Moreton Bay. Darling fearing that the example 
 of insubordination might spread ordered them to 
 be taken from the civil power, changed their 
 sentence to seven years hard labour in irons, 
 and directed that they should be sent back to 
 the regiment at the expiration of their term of 
 imprisonment. They were then stripped of their 
 uniform before their assembled comrades, dressed 
 in prison clothes, and iron collars with projecting 
 spikes riveted round their necks attached to 
 fetters and chains on their legs. " The projecting 
 irons," says Thompson, " would not allow me to 
 stretch at full length on my back — I could only 
 sleep on my back and sides by contracting my legs. 
 I could not stand upright with the irons on — the 
 chains were too short — Sudds' collar was too small 
 for his neck." Under this treatment Sudds died, 
 to the consternation of all concerned. It was 
 endeavoured to account for his death by attributing 
 it to dropsy. A medical examination disclosed no 
 disease. The irons were not to be found when the 
 public inquiry took place. Wentworth drew up a 
 formal impeachment against the Governor, and 
 repeated attempts were made to bring the 
 matter before the House of Commons. At length, 
 in 1835, a committee of inquiry was granted and 
 Darling was acquitted. Darling was never popular. 
 During the greater part of his period of office 
 I intrigues were continually on foot to obtain his
 
 310 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 recall ; and from this state of feeling there arose what 
 was called the newspaper war, which lasted for 
 four years with great violence. The first Australian 
 newspaper, established in 1803 by Howe, was in a 
 great measure supported by the patronage of the 
 Government, and the Governors always exercised 
 the right of forbidding the insertion of what they 
 disliked. Hence this paper, the Sydney Gazette, 
 was considered to be the Government organ, and 
 accordingly its opinions of the Governors and 
 their acts were greatly mistrusted. But during 
 the time of Brisbane an independent newspaper, 
 the A ustralian, was established by Wentworth and 
 Wardell ; and a second of the same kind soon 
 followed, named the Monitor. These papers found 
 it to their advantage during the unpopularity of 
 Darling to criticise severely the acts of the Gover- 
 nor, who was defended by the Gazette with intem- 
 perate zeal. This altercation had lasted for some 
 time, when the case of Sudds and Thompson 
 occurred, and a fierce warfare was waged over it 
 by the two parties. Darling's whole system was 
 a compound of military despotism and bureau- 
 cracy ; but it would be unjust to consider his 
 sentence in this case by the light of public opinion 
 in England. He was Governor of a colony in 
 which more than half the community were 
 criminals ; he had to punish and to arrest the 
 progress of a dangerous crime ; but he fell into 
 the error of exercising, by ex post facto decree, as 
 the representative of the Sovereign, powers which 
 no Sovereign has exercised since the time of 
 Henry VIII. ; and he violated one of the cardinal 
 principles of the British constitution by re-judging 
 and aggravating the punishment of men who had 
 already been judged. The next error of the 
 Governor was an attempt to restrict the liberty of 
 the press, in which he was foiled by the firmness 
 of Chief Justice Forbes. His despotic character 
 embroiled him further in a large number of prose- 
 cutions against newspapers for libel, and his chief 
 adviser, Archdeacon Scott, who had been called 
 by one journal " not a man of peace," resented the 
 remark by ordering the pew of the offending editor 
 to be " decked over " to prevent its being occupied. 
 In 1826 a Chamber of Commerce was established ; 
 the first regular inland mail service was started ; 
 and the first steps were taken towards colonising 
 N.Z. by an English company under the protection 
 of the Sydney Government. The Bank of Aus- 
 tralasia was this year established. In 1827 the 
 important work of supplying the city with fresh 
 water from Botany was commenced by Mr. Busby, 
 and the question of entirely civil trial by jury and 
 a representative House of Assembly was much 
 agitated. The former privilege was not obtained 
 until 1832, but the abolition of military juries was 
 a great stride to political freedom. The alarm 
 caused by the reported intention of the French to 
 found a settlement on the Australian shores induced 
 Darling to send a detachment of soldiers under 
 Major Lockyer to King George's Sound, where a 
 site for a township was chosen at Albany. This 
 
 military post was maintained for four years, when 
 in 1830, after the foundation of the colony of W. A., 
 it was transferred to the Government at Swan 
 River. Another establishment was also formed 
 under Captain Bishop in the fine district of Illa- 
 warra. In addition to the five new settlements — 
 at Port Macquarie, Moreton Bay, Melville Island, 
 King George's Sound and Western Port — formed 
 in the years 1824-5-6, the Penal settlement at 
 Norfolk Island was also revived. A census taken 
 in 1828 gave the population of the colony as 
 36,598 ; horned cattle, 262,868 ; sheep, 536,391 ; 
 land in cultivation, 71,523 acres ; value of wool 
 exported, ,£40,851 ; whale oil ditto, £26,431. 
 In 1830 the increase in the stock beyond the 
 demand became a source of anxiety, and sug- 
 gestions were made to export cargoes to the West 
 India Islands in exchange for sugar, rum and 
 coffee. The export of horses to India was also 
 commenced. An abundant harvest proved the 
 difficulty in the supply of labour. The settlers on 
 the Hawkesbury required 400 labourers and the 
 Government could only supply 112. Troubles 
 with the bushrangers, in which the Bathurst 
 settlers under the command of W. H. Suttor and 
 the mounted police under Lieutenant Macalister 
 distinguished themselves, were frequent ; and the 
 murder of Captain Logan by the blacks near 
 Moreton Bay, where he was engaged in surveying, 
 strongly stirred popular feeling. The Sydney 
 College was founded, and the important work of 
 cutting a road over the mountains to the Hunter 
 river was carried out. On the accession of King 
 William IV, occasion was taken to lay before the 
 English Government in an address of congratula- 
 tion, the hope of the colonists that they might 
 participate in the full benefits and privileges of 
 the British Constitution. The two first immigrant 
 ships arrived with fifty young women from an 
 orphan school in Cork, most of whom speedily 
 became wives ; and also a number of mechanics. 
 These latter came out under the care of Dr. Lang, 
 to whom Lord Goderich, the Secretary of State, 
 advanced the sum of £1500 for the experiment. 
 A further loan of £3500 was procured from the 
 Treasury by the reverend gentleman to assist in 
 founding the Presbyterian (Australian) College. 
 An alteration was also made in the disposal of the 
 public lands. Grants were abolished and the 
 lowest price was fixed at 5s. an acre. During 
 Darling's government further successful explora- 
 tions of the interior were made both by private 
 individuals and officials. Among the latter were 
 Mitchell, Allan Cunningham, Oxley, and Sturt, 
 the most fortunate of all. In his second expedi- 
 tion in 1829 Sturt embarked with a party in a boat 
 on the Murrumbidgee (which receives the waters 
 of the Macquarie, the Lachlan and Darling,) until 
 he came to its junction with the Murray, an 
 apparently noble stream. Pursuing his voyage, in 
 spite of many impediments, hardships and dangers 
 from rucks, snags, sandbanks and hostile savages, 
 he reached Lake Alexandria and discovered the
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 311 
 
 future Colony of S.A. Lang takes a more favour- 
 able view of Darling's ability and motives than is 
 taken by some other analysts of those early 
 days ; but he invariably takes sides against the 
 emancipist class, who to the last were Darling's 
 bitter enemies. On the day of his departure 
 Wentworth gave a picnic party at his residence on 
 the harbour, and the party assembled gave full 
 vent to their rejoicings at the event, in the presence 
 of the Governor and his family. " His great defi- 
 ciency," says Flanagan "was a want of magna- 
 nimity. This defect deprived him of the warm 
 sympathy of his friends, while, combined with a 
 large amount of rigour, it gained him the unrelent- 
 ing hatred of his enemies. The Sydney aqueduct 
 relieves his Government from the imputation of 
 being altogether useless." The reins of Govern- 
 ment, during an interregnum of two months, were 
 held by Colonel Patrick Lindesay. 
 
 XII. Governor Bourke. — Major - General Sir 
 Richard Bourke, eighth Governor, landed on 3rd 
 December 1831. His arrival was hailed as the 
 dawn of a happier era, and the colonists in an 
 address of welcome indulged a well-founded 
 hope that with the termination of unfavourable 
 seasons the reign of discord and insecurity had 
 also passed away, and that with the return of 
 plenty a wise and fostering Government might 
 restore concord and fellowship and reproduce in 
 the colony that confidence which had been so long 
 wanting. His Excellency was earnestly requested 
 in the same address, the tenor of which was a 
 mixture of compliment and dictation, to judge for 
 himself of the character and wants of the people, 
 and to place no reliance upon the reports of others. 
 Macleay, the Colonial Secretary, was alluded to 
 with severe disapprobation as the last individual 
 by whose opinions the colonists would like to be 
 judged. The Governor in reply recommended a 
 total oblivion of past dissensions, and a sacrifice 
 of resentments, public and private in the inter- 
 ests of their adopted country. Bourke was 
 without question the ablest man who had as yet 
 occupied that office ; equal in zeal, energy and 
 plain common sense to Macquarie ; superior in 
 the liberality, humanity and statesmanlike far- 
 sightedness of his views. With wise self-reliance 
 he resisted the blandishments of the oificial clique 
 who had been the curse of the colony, and the 
 opposition of the faction of the white slave-drivers, 
 who looked upon the colony as a farm to be 
 administered for their sole benefit. He had 
 courage of a rare quality, for he dared to differ 
 from his chief, the Secretary of State for the 
 Colonies, on a vital point of administration. His 
 recorded objections to the Wakefield land system 
 are remarkable for their prophetic wisdom. Bourke 
 was, and his memory still is, deservedly popular 
 among the humble or the wealthy sons of the once 
 humble settlers — a rare merit, and not a qualifi- 
 cation for favour at the Colonial Office. The six 
 years of his reign were crowded with measures 
 and events of the utmost importance in the history 
 
 of N.S.W. :— (1) The discussions of the Legislative 
 Council became public and the financial estimates 
 were regularly submitted and discussed. (2) The 
 Church and School Corporation (which had become 
 a gross job) was abolished, and religious equality 
 established by an Act of the Legislative Council. 
 (3) An attempt was made to introduce the Irish 
 national school system ; which the opponents of 
 education defeated. (4) Free grants of land were 
 abolished and sale by auction at a minimum price 
 of 5s. substituted. (5) The despatch was received 
 from Lord Glenelg and steps were adopted which, 
 in 1840, finally abolished transportation to N.S.W. 
 (6) The squatting system was legalised and systema- 
 tised on a plan which produced a large revenue. (7) 
 Rules for regulating the number of convict servants 
 to which each settler should be entitled (without 
 favour,) and the number of lashes which should be 
 inflicted on a convict servant by a single magis- 
 trate, were framed and promulgated. (8) Port 
 Phillip was peopled by settlers from V.D.L. ; and 
 S.A. by colonists from England. The powers of 
 the Executive Council imposed on the Governor 
 in the last year of Brisbane's administration were, 
 under Darling, almost nominal. Not only were 
 its deliberations secret and its dissent powerless, 
 but Darling systematically exercised authority in 
 the only matter entrusted to the Council— the 
 distribution of the revenues. Towards the close 
 of his administration he introduced a bill indemni- 
 fying himself and legalising his illegal assumptions. 
 Bourke, on the contrary, earnestly co-operated in 
 raising the character of the Council, treated the 
 non-official members with the utmost respect, 
 and endeavoured to give the Council as far 
 as possible the tone and functions of a repre- 
 sentative assembly. It is very much to be 
 regretted that Bourke had not been permitted 
 to govern with as little interference from Secre- 
 taries of State as Macquarie, and to remain long 
 enough to initiate the party elective council which 
 fell into the unhappy hands of his successor. 
 The Legislative Council met on 19th January 1832. 
 The best feeling existed between the Governor and 
 the Council. His recommendation that some por- 
 tion of the land revenue should be appropriated for 
 the introduction of free labour won golden opinions, 
 and £3600 was set apart for this purpose. From 
 this time also dates the publication in the news- 
 papers of proceedings in the Legislature, and 
 their columns were speedily full of a formal 
 censure passed on Dr. Lang for certain charges 
 made against some of his fellow-colonists. In 
 May two ships arrived bringing out forty-eight 
 military pensioners with their families. The 
 questions of a Legislative Assembly and trial by 
 jury in civil as well as criminal cases, were debated 
 in the House of Commons, but rejected. This 
 year the Sydney aqueduct was completed and 
 opened. On 8th May the wife of the Governor 
 died and was buried at Parramatta. Sir Edward 
 I 'any, the famous Arctic navigator became the 
 director of the Australian Agricultural Company.
 
 312 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 In his new sphere of usefulness at the Company's 
 depot at Tahlee, this admirable man diplayed 
 those qualities which have endeared his name to 
 the seamen of all nations. The necessity for 
 establishing a corporation for the city was also 
 much discussed. The revenue had reached 
 £135,000. The population numbered 45,000 free 
 and 25,000 bond. The beginning of 1833 was 
 signalised by large public meetings of the colonists, 
 with a view to achieve a Legislative Assembly and 
 the power to impose their own taxes and spend 
 their own money. The large expenditure, the 
 pension list, and civil establishment, and the 
 patronage of the Colonial Office, were severely 
 criticised, especially by Wentworth. The address 
 presented to the House of Commons noticed 
 the fact that there were 120 magistrates and at 
 least twice that number of other colonists of 
 wealth, intelligence and respectability, qualified 
 to become members of a House of Assembly. 
 The same year Sydney was declared a free port. 
 The Rev. W. Ullathorne arrived as the Vicar- 
 General of the Roman Catholic Church in A. 
 Justice Stephen retired from the Bench ; and 2685 
 free persons arrived in the colony. The matter of 
 a regular postal communication with England was 
 mooted and discussed in 1834 on a proposition 
 made by Montgomery Martin. Dr. Wardell, an 
 eminent lawyer and valued colonist, met his death 
 at the hands of bushrangers. The honey bee was 
 introduced into V.D.L.by Dr. T. B. Wilson, and 
 "the freeborn wanderer" has since spread over all 
 the colonies. At the request of the Imperial 
 Government further exploration of the interior 
 was determined on, to ascertain the course of the 
 Darling. Mitchell accordingly started on the 
 exploring expedition in which Cunningham the 
 botanist lost his life. In 1834 also the settlement 
 of the Port Phillip district was commenced by the 
 Hentys. But the occupation of the new territory 
 was viewed with disfavour by the Governor, who 
 went the length of proclaiming that settlers would 
 be considered as trespassers, liable to be dealt with 
 as other intruders on vacant lands of the Crown. 
 The first stone bridge built in N.S.W. was opened 
 in 1836 by Governor Bourke, on the forty-eighth 
 anniversary of the colony. It was called Lans- 
 downe Bridge, and spans the (leorge River, 
 connecting the main road that leads from Sydney 
 to the pastoral districts of the south. Judge 
 Therry describes the opening day, which is inter- 
 esting, as affording a tide-mark of the vast progress 
 which has since been made in colonial industries 
 then in their infancy. The Governor and the 
 military and civil officers, attended by a numer- 
 ous body of the citizens of Sydney, rode out 
 to the spot twenty miles distant, and a pro- 
 cession was formed over the bridge. First a 
 herd of fat oxen crossed the bridge, some 
 fine horses of colonial breed came next, sheep 
 rivalling in weight and fleece some of the best 
 Southdown sheep and others of Saxon origin 
 followed. A dray laden with wool then took its 
 
 place in the procession. Cases of preserved hams 
 borne on trucks succeeded. Next came a dray 
 laden with tanned ox-hides. Riley of Raby drove 
 over the bridge a fine flock of Angora goats which 
 he had just imported. Sir John Jamieson 
 contributed a butt of colonial-made wine ; the 
 Macarthurs of Camden, besides wheat and wool, 
 exhibited wine and oil made from grapes and 
 olives grown on their estate ; they further supplied 
 a display of fruits — the grape, the orange, the 
 peach, the almond, the cherry, the fig — and in short 
 every fruit and flower cultivated in England with 
 the exception of the gooseberry and the currant, 
 and many fruits peculiar to tropical climates. 
 The second archdeacon of the English Church in 
 N.S.W. was William Grant Broughton. He was 
 appointed by the Duke of Wellington on the 
 resignation of Scott, and in Feburary 1836 became 
 the first bishop. Public feeling ran high against 
 Bourke in consequence of the alleged increase of 
 bushranging. However, the passing by the Council 
 of the Church Act by which religious equality was 
 firmly and permanently established, gained him 
 great credit. But a circumstance arose which led 
 to his retirement. The position of Chairman of 
 Quarter Sessions was sought by two persons — 
 Roger Therry, Commissioner of the Court of 
 Requests, and C. D. Riddell, Treasurer. The 
 latter wasputup fortheoffice by certain magistrates, 
 of whom Mudie, who had been dismissed from the 
 commission of the peace, was one. Mudie's treat- 
 ment of his assigned servants had been severely 
 condemned by Watt, a clever prisoner editor, in 
 his newspaper. Watt wrote a pamphlet which 
 Mudie attributed to Therry, and Therry was 
 defeated in his candidature. The Governor, to 
 mark his sense of the impropriety, suspended 
 Riddell from the Executive Council but not from 
 the office of Treasurer. The Colonial Minister 
 did not confirm the suspension, but advised that 
 Riddell should apologise to the Governor before 
 the Council for permitting his name to be used as 
 a candidate and should then resume his seat. The 
 Governor replied that the insult to himself had 
 been public, and that an apology given before 
 three Executive Councillors sworn to secrecy as to 
 what passed was no satisfaction, and thereupon 
 sent home his resignation. Before its acceptance 
 was known the Governor visited Port Phillip in 
 H.M.S. Rattlesnake in March 1837. He laid out 
 and named Melbourne, Williamstown and Geelong. 
 In 1836 a committee of the House of Commons, 
 appointed under the influence of Gibbon Wake- 
 field's parliamentary disciples, made a report in 
 favour of that gentleman's principles of colonis- 
 ation, after hearing evidence which consisted 
 almost entirely of witnesses interested in the 
 South Australian speculation and which did not 
 include a single colonist from N.S.W. After this 
 report, Lord (llenelg, then Colonial Secretary, 
 authorised the Governor of N.S.W. to raise the 
 price of land to 12s. if he thought fit. The replies 
 of Sir Richard Bourke on the two questions of
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AT'sTRALASIA. 
 
 313 
 
 " dispersion " and price of land, place him in the 
 first rank of colonising statesmen ; they display a 
 degree of foresight which we can now duly appre- 
 ciate : — " Admitting," he said in answer to Lord 
 Aberdeen, " as every reasonable person must, that 
 a certain degree of concentration is necessary for 
 the advancement of wealth and civilisation, and 
 that it enables government to become at once 
 more efficient and more economical, I cannot avoid 
 perceiving the peculiarities which in this colony 
 render it impolitic, and even impossible, to restrain 
 dispersion within limits that would be expedient 
 elsewhere. The wool of N.S.W. forms at present 
 its chief wealth. The proprietors of thousands of 
 acres find it necessary equally with the poorer 
 settlers to send large flocks beyond the boundaries 
 of location, to preserve them in health throughout 
 the year. The colonists must otherwise restrain 
 the increase or endeavour to raise artificial food 
 for their stock. Whilst nature presents all around 
 an unlimited supply of wholesome pasture, either 
 course would seem a perverse rejection of the 
 bounty of Providence. Independently of these 
 powerful reasons for allowing dispersion, it is not 
 to be disguised that government is unable to pre- 
 vent it. . . . The question I beg leave to submit is 
 simply this : How may government turn to the 
 best advantage a state of things which it cannot 
 wholly interdict ? It may be found practicable, 
 by means of the sale of land in situations pecu- 
 liarly advantageous, however distant from other 
 locations, by establishing townships and ports, and 
 facilitating the intercourse between remote and 
 more settled districts of this vast territory, to 
 provide centres of civilisation and government, 
 and thus gradually extend the power of social 
 order to the most distant parts of the wilderness." 
 Bourke divided the wild land or bush, beyond the 
 boundaries of the settled districts, into " squatting 
 districts," each under the charge of a " Commis- 
 sioner of Crown Lands." An annual licensing fee 
 was charged to each squatter for his occupation, 
 and a poll-tax on his stock. Advantages of pre- 
 emption were by custom conceded to the dis- 
 coverers of new pastures. In arranging this 
 system it seems Bourke did not expect to obtain a 
 greater revenue than would defray the expenses of 
 the machinery which superseded club law by 
 magistrates and police. Thus it will be observed 
 that under Bourke the means of obtaining either 
 the absolute possession of land in fee-simple or the 
 use for pastoral purposes were systematised and 
 simplified. It ceased to be a matter of favour, of 
 complicated form, or of bribery to subordinates ; 
 and what was still more important, and directly 
 reverse to the policy of his successor, the admin- 
 istration was conducted on the principle that the 
 possession of land could not be made too easy to 
 those who were disposed to occupy or cultivate it. 
 Bourke believed that he was best serving the 
 interests of his Sovereign by promoting the pros- 
 perity of colonists of all classes, by permitting 
 them to follow their pursuits in their own way so 
 
 long as they did not injure each other. He did 
 not think a few acres more or less were of the least 
 consequence to the Crown ; he thought capital 
 would be better employed in the hands of the 
 colonists than in the treasury of the colony ; there- 
 fore he never attempted to extract the uttermost 
 farthing by haggling at land sales or dreamed of 
 treating worthless, limitless forests as if they were 
 plantations of English oaks, or of laying claim to 
 such waifs as " Australian guano." In fact he 
 believed that he was serving the Crown by 
 administering the colony for the benefit of the 
 colonists ; he did not pretend, like Cyrus, to 
 force upon them a garment they did not like, or 
 to teach them how to transact their own business. 
 In 1836 the Legislative Council passed an act 
 under which, whenever £300 had been raised by 
 private contributions toward the building of a 
 church or chapel, the Governor, with the advice 
 of his Executive Council, might issue from the 
 colonial treasury in aid of the subscribers any sum 
 not exceeding £1000. And for any minister of 
 church or chapel with 100 adult attendants £100 
 per annum ; if 200 adults £150 per annum ; if 
 500 adults £200 per annum. Under special 
 circumstances the Governor and Council could 
 grant a salary of £100 per annum where the con- 
 gregation amounted to less than 100. Where there 
 was no place of worship £100 might be granted 
 from the colonial treasury if £50 a year were raised 
 by private contributions. Under this act £3000 a 
 year was divided between the Church of England, 
 the Church of Scotland, and the Church of Home, 
 and subsequently the Wesleyan Methodists shared 
 part of the grant. In his attempt to introduce an 
 improved system of education Bourke was defeated 
 by religious jealousies, but his despatches and his 
 Act will remain monuments of his patriotism and 
 statesmanship. In December 1837 Bourke retired 
 deeply regretted by all the colony, except a small 
 section of exclusionist magistrates and officials of 
 the old colonial school. N.S.W. had attained the 
 highest state of prosperity ; Port Jackson was 
 crowded with shipping bringing free labourers and 
 capitalists, the banks overflowing with money, and 
 the whole population full of the happiest excite- 
 ment. The discussions of the Council, although 
 still secret and irresponsible, had assumed a real 
 character and prepared the way for representa- 
 tive institutions. Restrictions placed upon the 
 summary conviction of prisoners by magistrates 
 and preparations for the abolition of the assign- 
 ment system, concurrently with the introduction 
 of free emigrants by funds derived from the sale 
 of lands, had laid the foundation of a free colony. 
 The colonisation of Port Phillip and S.A. by emi- 
 grants of a superior class had done much towards 
 directing the attention of this country to a con- 
 tinent which had previously been only considered 
 a receptacle for criminals ; while the discovery of 
 vast tracts of fine land in the interior, with an 
 overland communication between the three dis- 
 tricts and the establishment of the squatting 
 
 R2
 
 514 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 system on a legal basis, greatly stimulated the 
 increase of live stock, the growth of wool, and the 
 general value of colonial exports. The Australian 
 colonists began to think they could walk alone 
 without the aid of convict labour and the money 
 of the commissariat. After his return fiom Port 
 Phillip Bourke handed the Government over to 
 Colonel Snodgrass, and took his departure from 
 Sydney on 5th June 1837. A fine statue in bronze, 
 by Bailey, erected in Sydney at a cost of £3500, 
 commemorates the public services of as able, 
 honest and upright a Governor as the colony has 
 ever possessed. 
 
 XIII. Governor Gipps. — Sir Richard Rourke was 
 succeeded by Sir George Gipps who was sworn in 
 on 2nd February 1838 ; the government, during 
 an interregnum of ten weeks, having been admin- 
 istered by the Lieutenant-Governor Snodgrass. 
 Gipps, who was a captain in the Royal Engineer 
 Corps, owed his appointment to the talent he had 
 displayed while acting as secretary to the com- 
 mission issued for inquiring into the grievances of 
 rebellious Canada. During his residence in that 
 colony he had devised and published a plan for 
 educating colonists to the use of representative 
 institutions by " district councils " for the adminis- 
 tration of local affairs. It was an ingenious 
 theory, but no more suited for the state of society 
 in pastoral Australia than an American river 
 steamboat for crossing the Atlantic. Nevertheless 
 the forcing this district council scheme on the 
 unwilling colonists was the one great idea of Gipps' 
 colonial career, to which he sacrificed them and 
 himself. He was a man of abilities far above the 
 average ; an eloquent speaker, a nervous writer ; 
 with industry, energy, and a special aptitude for 
 the details of administrative business ; but haughty 
 and narrow-minded ; impenetrable to reasoning 
 which did not square with his preconceived views ; 
 filled with inordinate ideas of his own importance 
 as " the representative of Majesty ;" with a violent 
 temper, which in dealing with the colonists he took 
 little pains to control, although his communications 
 with the Colonial Office displayed a pliability 
 almost amounting to subservience. He claimed to 
 receive the deference clue to a Viceroy, and at the 
 same time to exercise the duties of an English 
 Prime Minister. With sharp and ready tongue 
 he introduced and pressed legislative measures for 
 carrying into effect theories most distasteful and 
 unsuitable to his colonial "subjects;" but opposi- 
 tion, or even that fair criticism and discussion 
 which a British Premier would expect and invite, 
 he treated as personal insult to his authority ; 
 almost as high treason. The period of his acces- 
 sion to power was in every respect most inoppor- 
 tune. Backed by a Secretary of State as fiery arid 
 obstinate as himself, with the sanction of a House 
 of Commons utterly ignorant of the condition of 
 A., Gipps came determined to govern on high 
 prerogative principles, at a time when the colony 
 had advanced from the Algerine rule of Phillip 
 and Darling to enjoy the externals of a free state. 
 
 A Legislative Council no longer secret, although 
 not elective, had superseded the irresponsible 
 decrees of the Governor. Courts regularly consti- 
 tuted with juries in political cases had taken the 
 place of courts martial. The press was free ; the 
 liberty of assembling to discuss political questions 
 had been sanctioned and exercised. A rapid, 
 enormous immigration from the mother country 
 swelled the ranks of the thousands who, however 
 descended, were born free ; and under the guid- 
 ance of the burning eloquence of a native-born 
 Australian, claimed to exercise those rights of 
 representation and self-taxation which they had 
 forfeited by becoming colonists. Yet Gipps was 
 not without noble as well as brilliant qualities. 
 His hands were clean. He took no share in the 
 jobs of the servile crew whom he used and despised. 
 But he was intoxicated by the greatness thrust 
 upon him. At one stride he passed from a subor- 
 dinate military rank to the government of a great 
 province of wealthy and discontented men ; having 
 in his hands authority which could make or mar a 
 whole class or a whole district. In a different sphere, 
 and subdued by the even competition of English 
 parliamentary life, he might have done himself 
 honour and the State service. In this temper of 
 the Governor and the governed questions of differ- 
 ence were not long in arising. Under Bourke the 
 Legislative Council, although composed of salaried 
 officials and an equal number of the colonists 
 nominated by the Governor, had nurtured enough 
 of the spirit of independence to occasionally dissent 
 from the views of the Home Government or 
 its representative. But Bourke took a colonial 
 view of colonial subjects ; he did not hesitate 
 to dissent from the views of a Secretary of 
 State ; he treated the opinions of his Council 
 with deliberate consideration and respect, even 
 where he came to a contrary conclusion. Gipps 
 adopted an opposite course. Nothing could equal 
 the contempt with which he treated colonial 
 opinions, except the zeal with which he echoed 
 and carried out the instructions issued by the 
 Secretary of State. The following were among the 
 more prominent political questions which formed 
 the subject of contention and agitation on the part 
 of the colonists against the Governor : — (1.) The 
 appropriation of the revenue of the colony ; 
 (2.) the extent to which the colonists were taxed 
 for gaols, police etc., rendered necessary by the 
 transportation system ; (3.) the manner in which the 
 Home Government exercised the patronage of the 
 Crown, passing over colonial claims and appointing 
 unfit persons at high salaries paid by the colonists ; 
 (4.) the price of land and the arbitrary manner in 
 which it was raised, lowered and raised again at 
 the will of the Governor. These four grievances 
 were discussed in one or more distinct cases. On 
 each the Governor took up the position of " high 
 prerogative" in the most offensive manner, and 
 found his policy approved by the Home Govern- 
 ment. It is certain that whether Whigs or Tories 
 held office the most obnoxious regulations issued,
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 315 
 
 the most discreditable rights of patronage were 
 exercised and defended under the plea of asserting 
 " the sacred rights of the Crown " in the colonies. 
 When a few acres of waste land were not granted 
 as the Legislative Council prayed to the worthy 
 captain who had saved a shipwrecked crew; or 
 when a place-hunter was sent out to fill a useless 
 office at an extravagant salary, the ungracious 
 refusal and disgraceful job were both the effect 
 of the "Queen's Prerogative." No sooner had 
 Gipps commenced his government than he became 
 involved in discussions involving important prin- 
 ciples, which were carried on with such feeble 
 means of attack as the colonists possessed, until in 
 1842 an act of the Imperial Parliament bestowed 
 en N.S.W. a Legislative Council, which consisted 
 of twenty-four elective members and twelve who 
 held their seats either in an official capacity or on 
 the recommendation of the Governor. The open- 
 ing of the Colonial Parliament took place on 3rd 
 August 1843, and in his "speech from the throne " 
 Gipps described the Council as " composed of three 
 elements or three different classes of persons — the 
 representatives of the people — the official servants 
 of Her Majesty and of gentlemen of independence 
 — the unofficial nominees of the Crown." The 
 nominees were soon taught that so far from being 
 independent, they were expected to follow the 
 lead of the Governor without discussion or hesita- 
 tion. The questions which had already occupied 
 the attention of the colonial press and the nominee 
 council afforded ample employment for the elective 
 chamber ; among the first and most important of 
 these was the revenue dispute commenced in 1832, 
 when Lord Goderich, Secretary of State for the 
 Colonies, directed Governor Bourke to submit 
 annually to the Legislative Council an estimate of 
 the expenditure proposed to be charged on the 
 colonial revenues. This estimate if passed by the 
 Council was to be embodied in an ordinance, 
 and forwarded to the Home Government for His 
 Majesty's approval. If rejected the majority were 
 to be requested to furnish their estimate, and the 
 two were to be forwarded for " His Majesty's 
 approval." With this illusory control the non- 
 official but nominee members and the colonists 
 were obliged to be content. It was not of much 
 use to object to an estimate that had to travel 
 round the world ; and although the non-official 
 councillors sometimes protested against any par- 
 ticular job, their protests were received and laid 
 up with other dusty papers. At this period the 
 administrative powers of the Governor had been 
 so clipped, without addition to the legislative 
 powers of the colonies, that he could scarcely erect 
 a pair of stocks without first reporting to Downing- 
 street, with plan and estimate. No wonder that 
 almost all the non-official party in the colony were 
 republicans. In 1835 the expense of maintaining 
 the police establishment and gaols was made 
 a colonial charge. Every non-official and two 
 official members of the Council protested against 
 this heavy burden, on the ground that these 
 
 expenses were largely increased by the presence of 
 the transported criminals of Great Britain, either 
 as prisoners or freedmen. To this it was answered 
 that the colony had had the benefit of their work. 
 However, as a /»/■ contra, the surplus of the fund 
 derived from the sale or lease of Crown lands was 
 allowed to be taken to assist the colonial revenues 
 after defraying the expenses of emigration. The 
 truth seems to be that, while the returns from the 
 land revenue were trifling, the officers of the Crown 
 did not care to have the spending of them, having 
 admitted that it was "just and reasonable that 
 the revenues should be applied wholly and exclu- 
 sively for the benefit of the colony." But when 
 the land revenues rose to hundreds of thousands of 
 pounds annually, the question assumed a different 
 aspect in the eyes of a bureaucrat like Governor 
 Gipps. Bourke believed that the Legislative 
 Council had the complete control of the land 
 revenue. He seems to have been always anxious 
 to extend the legislative powers of the colonies. 
 Gipps commenced what may be called his reaction- 
 ary course of policy, by repudiating the assumed 
 contract in a despatch dated November 1838, 
 which affords a key to the favour in which he was 
 held at the Colonial Office, and his unpopularity 
 in the colony : — " It is asserted in the colony that 
 the right to appropriate this revenue was conceded 
 to the Governor and Council by a despatch &c, 
 and that this right was recognised by Bourke. 
 Notwithstanding the strength of these expressions, 
 I must say that I very much doubt whether by 
 the Treasury letter of the 24th September 1834, it 
 was intended to give up unreservedly, and forever, 
 the right to select the objects on which the Crown 
 revenue (viz., from colonial land) should be 
 expended ; and I therefore, whenever occasion 
 required, maintained during the last session of the 
 Council that the Crown has still power to do so — 
 feeling that, if wrong in this opinion, I could easily 
 set myself right with the Council ; but if I com- 
 mitted an error the other way, I might involve 
 myself in difficulties from which there would be 
 no escape." Whether the contract existed or not, 
 it is clear that the powers claimed and exer- 
 cised by the Governor and the Colonial Secretary 
 in the name of the Sovereign, amounted to 
 despotism under a pretext of free discussion. The 
 colonists were expected to defray the cost of their 
 own government with all the addition of police 
 and gaol expenses incident to a periodical inunda- 
 tion of British criminals, while all sources of 
 revenue, except additional taxation, were removed 
 from their control. As to the Crown or waste 
 lands, the price, the management, and the expen- 
 diture of the funds arising from them in emigra- 
 tion, were settled by English commissioners ; the 
 surplus was appropriated by the Crown. The 
 Custom-house tariff and the rules for levying it 
 were settled, and the officers appointed, by the 
 English Custom-house. As to the funds raised by 
 local taxation, the Colonial Secretary, in the name 
 of the Crown, created offices, fixed fines, salaries,
 
 316 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 and appointed officers, without the slightest regard 
 to the wants or wishes of the colonists. The 
 grievance with respect to the appropriation of the 
 land revenues became more unbearable in conse- 
 quence of the orders and acts of the Home 
 Government in respect to the land question, which 
 were in direct opposition to the feelings and 
 interests of the colonists. It was with the repre- 
 sentative members of the Legislative Council, 
 while the colony was in a state of insolvency, that 
 Gipps' battles commenced and were carried on 
 with much acerbity on both sides. The new 
 Council lost no time in investigating the griev- 
 ances of the colony, and soon collected a formidable 
 list, although the most oppressed class of all, the 
 small settlers, were entirely unrepresented. The 
 revenues, the price of Crown lands, the assess- 
 ments on the pastoral proprietors, the abuses in 
 the exercise of Crown patronage, successively 
 attracted the attention of the opposition, vigor- 
 ously led by AVentworth, a man of brilliant talents 
 and great oratorical powers, but whose influence 
 was to a certain extent impaired by a violent 
 temper and want of tact. Without the evidence 
 printed by these Legislative Councils of N.S.AV. 
 it would be impossible to credit that a govern- 
 ment at home, professed to be formed on "reform'' 
 and " retrenchment," could have perpetrated and 
 maintained powers so oppressive and jobs so 
 corrupt. The following cases, gathered from the 
 reports of the committee appointed to inquire into 
 certain gross cases of embezzlement and mis- 
 management, afford examples of the "patronage 
 grievance," of the sort of persons selected for 
 colonial office, the nature of the powers they 
 assumed on the strength of holding a home instead 
 of a colonial appointment, and the manner in 
 which they performed their duties. In 1841 the 
 Registrar of the Supreme Court became a defaulter; 
 in the following year he took the benefit of the 
 Insolvent Act, and eventually paid a dividend of 
 sixpence in the pound. The committee which 
 investigated his case, with the view of obtaining 
 redress from the Home Government for the 
 sufferers by his malversation, reported that the 
 first registrar Colonel Mills, had no knowledge of 
 business, and therefore left what there was to be 
 done to other officers. On his death the Governor 
 and Council recommended that the office, in the 
 then state of the colony not needed, should be 
 abolished ; but before receiving or without attend- 
 ing to this recommendation the defaulter in 
 question was appointed. His antecedents were 
 not encouraging. In 1811 he had executed a deed 
 of assignment of all his property for the benefit of 
 his creditors; and in 1823, after returning from an 
 eight years residence on the Continent, he had 
 taken the benefit of the Insolvent Act; in 1828 he 
 had been appointed Chief Justice of Nova Scotia, 
 and had been permitted to exchange the appoint- 
 ment for that of Registrar of the Supreme Court 
 of N.S.W., with the duty of collecting the effects 
 of intestates, and, according t.i his own account, 
 
 the privilege of investing the money for his own 
 benefit pending its distribution.' On arrival at 
 the colony he took up a high position. That part 
 of his duty which related to registering deeds of 
 grants of Crown land he entirely neglected and 
 suffered to fall into an arrear, which eventually 
 involved great numbers of the humbler class in 
 litigation and ruin. But the collection of the 
 estates of intestates he entered on as zealously as 
 any wrecker on the spoils of storms. The presence 
 of near relatives was no protection for the moneys 
 of the deceased; in defiance of son, brother, or 
 father, the Registrar grasped all the estate; invested 
 it in his own name for his own benefit, and from 
 1828 to 1838 kept neither day-book, cash-book, nor 
 ledger, but one account at his banker's, rendered 
 no statement for audit to any one, and paid over 
 what balance, if any, to the next of kin of 
 intestates when and how he pleased. In 1838 
 the Judges made rules of court requiring the 
 Registrar to pass his accounts and pay the balance 
 into the savings bank. He remonstrated against 
 these rules in an indignant tone, " as threatening 
 to take from him a source of legitimate income, 
 on the faith of which he immigrated to the colony," 
 and intimated that " unless he was permitted to 
 retain and make use of the money himself, he 
 would use no exertions to obtain it." At this 
 audit he reported himself to be in possession of 
 £1980 17s. 0£d., but the court after argument 
 found £3085 18s. 2d. due, compelled him to pay it 
 into court, and in spite of violent resistance in 
 which he was supported by one of the official legal 
 advisers of the Governor, had a set of rules of 
 court sanctioned by the Governor-in-council, 
 under which the registrar w'as bound to account 
 regularly and pay in the proceeds of every 
 intestate estate within a certain fixed time (three 
 months from the period of the intestacy ;) the 
 injured Registrar all the time protesting that "the 
 Judges were reflecting on his honour by calling 
 for accounts and depriving him of the legitimate 
 profits to be derived from the employment of 
 other men's money which had induced him to 
 settle in the colony." The Judges being firm and 
 supported by the Council, the Registrar in the 
 course of two years became possessed of £9000, 
 and when no longer able to conceal his appropri- 
 ations he announced his insolvency in a much 
 injured style. The sufferers by his insolvency 
 petitioned for compensation from the Home Govern- 
 ment, which rejected the prayer of tho petitioners. 
 The next case was that of the Prothonotary. Chief 
 Justice Dowling, finding it needful to recommend 
 that certain offices included in the charter of 
 justice should be filled up, especially that of Pro- 
 thonotary, at a salary of £800 per annum, recom- 
 mended John Grover, late chief clerk, "who from 
 his long services, indefatigable industry, and 
 experience, is admirably qualified for the office." 
 Governor Gipps entered into a correspondence 
 with the judges, in which he instructed them how 
 to manage the business of their courts and to save
 
 New! 
 
 I Vi l.oP.KDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 M 
 
 £50 a-year. The judges demurred aud the ques- 
 tion was referred to the Colonial Secretary, Lord 
 Stanley, who settled it without loss of time. He 
 did not appoint the gentleman recommended by 
 the Judge. In other respects he followed out 
 their recommendations, but sent out two new 
 officers, one at £1000 a-year and the other at £850, 
 and created a third appointment at £650 to be 
 filled up by the Governor ; thus saddling the 
 colony with increased salaries to the extent of 
 £400 a-year on the ground that in England com- 
 petent persons could not be induced to accept 
 these offices for less. An inquiry into the manage- 
 ment of the Colonial Lunatic Asylum brought out 
 facts equally characteristic of the independence 
 and irresponsibility of all officials up to the time 
 that the elected members of the Legislative 
 Council began to exercise their privilege of inquiry. 
 In 1846 a select committee of the Council investi- 
 gated the condition of Tarban Creek, the only 
 lunatic asylum in the colony. In the course of 
 this inquiry it appeared that the head keeper and 
 his wife, the matron, in consequence of having 
 received their appointment direct from the Secre- 
 tary of State, habitually resisted all attempts to 
 control or even investigate the performance of 
 their duties by the visiting magistratesor colonially- 
 appointed physician. The committee found "no 
 books or registers such as ought to be kept in a 
 public establishment, no record of cases, no written 
 statement of the appearance of any patient at the 
 time of his admission, or of the progress of the 
 disease, or of the treatment, medical and moral." 
 The next matter in dispute was the Land Question. 
 The question of the terms on which the waste 
 lands of the colony were to be sold, and until sold 
 occupied by flock-owners and stock-owners, formed 
 the subject of bitter contest between Gipps and 
 the colonists. To the colonists the question was 
 one of existence ; it involved not only the 
 liberties so dear to every English-speaking race, 
 but the means of existence. Just before the 
 departure of Bourke, the pastoral proprietors, as 
 well as all the merchants, capitalists and every one 
 else possessed of money or credit, were seized with 
 a land mania, which may be compared to those 
 stock-jobbing manias which, from the period of 
 the Mississippi scheme have, from time to time, 
 carried bankruptcy and ruin through the length 
 and breadth of the British nation. The mania 
 arose in S.A. and received a great stimulus from 
 the foundation of Port Phillip, where a consider- 
 able extent of more than ordinarily fertile land, 
 easy of access from the port, became the object of 
 competition among colonists with more money than 
 colonial experience. Gibbon Wakefield's theories 
 seemed to receive in one important respect confir- 
 mation from the large sums paid into the Colonial 
 Treasuries by colonists bidding one against another 
 for land at Government auctions. These large 
 funds were placed in the colonial banks. The 
 banks in order to employ the Government deposits, 
 gave unusual accommodation to their customers, 
 
 until the whole colony dreamed of growing rich 
 by selling to each other land which produced 
 nothing. The Secretaries of State for the colonies 
 from Lord Aberdeen to Lord Stanley, who held 
 office until 1845, seem all to have taken the pro- 
 mised results of the Wakefield theory for granted 
 — assumed that it was the duty of the Government 
 to obtain the highest price for Crown land — that a 
 high price of land would keep down wages and 
 check dispersion ; and to this notion their suc- 
 cessor, Lord Grey, adhered, in face of an unbroken 
 line of colonial evidence of the most practical 
 character. Thus, in August 1838 Lord Glenelg 
 instructed Gipps to substitute 12s. for 5s. an acre 
 as the upset price of ordinary land, adding, " If 
 you should observe that the extension of the 
 population should still proceed with a rapidity 
 beyond what is desirable, and that the want of 
 labour still continues to be seriously felt, you will 
 take measures for checking the sale of land even 
 at 12s." Gipps no doubt was as well aware of 
 the fallacy of this idea as his predecessor, but he 
 came out with the fixed principle of earning the 
 approbation of his official chiefs by zealously and 
 actively carrying out their desires and orders. As 
 he once answered a colonial remonstrant : — " I 
 was sent here to carry out the Wakefield system 
 of land sales, and whether it suits the colony or 
 not it must be done." Animated by this spirit he 
 adopted two measures which soon transferred the 
 greater part of the ready money of the colonists, 
 new and old, into the Colonial Treasury. He 
 limited the quantity of land offered for sale so as 
 to raise the competition between new arrivals to 
 the highest pitch, and he successively raised the 
 upset price to the last sum given by the last land- 
 lunatic under the excitement of an auction. Thus, 
 at a land auction on 10th June 1840 at Port 
 Phillip, the price was run up by emulation and 
 competition to such a height that shipmates of 
 Richard Howitt, with a capital among them of 
 £20,000, only ventured to invest £600. Land was 
 sold at £30 and £40 per acre which, for years 
 afterwards, remained in a state of nature. In 
 N.S.W. Gipps offered and sold land at Illawarra 
 at 12s. and £1 an acre; when raised to £10 an 
 acre it remained unsold ; it was then reduced to £1, 
 and being worthless refuse, still remained unsold. 
 In a second and third district, the upset price was 
 raised to £10 in one instance, and £100 in another, 
 and afterwards reduced to £2 an acre. And all 
 this was done repeatedly against the advice of the 
 official surveyors, on the principle that it was the 
 duty of the Governor to wring the uttermost 
 farthing from the settler. The land mania was 
 followed by a crash of universal insolvency. Land 
 became unsaleable, live stock fell to nominal 
 prices, and the importers of British and foreign 
 luxuries had nothing better to offer their creditors 
 than the dishonoured bills of their customers. In 
 1841, at the commencement of this crisis of insol- 
 vency, the British Parliament, in utter ignorance 
 of colonial affairs, attempted to prop up the
 
 318 
 
 CYCLOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I New 
 
 insolvent colony of S.A. by an Act which fixed 
 the minimum price of land in A. at £\ an acre. 
 In 1843, when the elective Legislative Council 
 commenced its labours, the dissatisfaction of the 
 colonists with the fixed minimum price of .£1 an 
 acre had become universal. The wealthy parties 
 who had expected their free grants and their 
 purchases at five shillings an acre to be augmented 
 in value by the increased price were disappointed; 
 the speculators who, following the example of the 
 South Australians, had purchased large estates in 
 the hope of realising large profits by laying out 
 paper towns and villages were either insolvent or 
 encumbered with tracts of useless waste land, 
 unsaleable and unprofitable ; the small settlers 
 were deeply discontented with the impediments 
 thrown in the way of purchasing small farms in 
 good agricultural districts ; while the pastoral 
 proprietors, who were many of them also land- 
 owners in the settled districts, were worried 
 by taxes, regulations and restrictions imposed, 
 repealed and re-imposed in a most arbitrary 
 manner, with a view of compelling the purchase of 
 their occupations at the ruinous price of £1 per 
 acre. Live stock became absolutely valueless; 
 cattle were allowed to rove wild, unbranded on 
 the hills ; and sheep which had cost 30s. a-piece 
 were unsaleable at Is. 6d. until it occurred to an 
 ingenious gentleman to boil them down for 
 tallow, by which the minimum price was raised to 
 3s. Land sales had ceased ; the fund which had 
 previously imported labouring emigrants to take 
 the place of convicts was exhausted. The pastoral 
 interest, whose fortunes had already been seriously 
 injured by the depreciation of their stock, deter- 
 mined to resist the Governor in his attempt to 
 regulate their taxation, and to virtually confiscate 
 their property on the fiat of himself and his 
 irresponsible representatives, the Crown Commis- 
 sioners. In the same year Lord Stanley's despatch, 
 accompanying the Act of Parliament which gave 
 legislative fixity to the land system, arrived in the 
 colony, and damped the expectations of those who 
 had hoped that the failure of the £\ an acre 
 panacea for promoting concentration, regulating 
 wages, and encouraging cultivation, would induce 
 the Home Government to consult a little more the 
 wishes and interests of actual colonists. Under 
 these circumstances the first of six committees of 
 the Legislative Council which examined and 
 reported on this question — two in 1843, one in 
 1844, one in 1845, and two in 1847 — was appointed, 
 held its sittings, examined witnesses and made its 
 report. The committee of 1843 on the Crown 
 land sales examined amongst others the Surveyor- 
 General, Sir Thos. Mitchell, one of the Macarthnrs, 
 and several landed and pastoral proprietors. They 
 reported that " the Act of Parliament under their 
 consideration cannot but be injurious in its 
 operation ; that it is calculated to prevent the 
 emigration of small capitalists, to withdraw capital, 
 and to prevent the permanent occupancy of the 
 soil." In the same year the select committee on 
 
 immigration also reported "that the measure of Her 
 Majesty's Government for raising the upset price 
 of land from 5s. to 12s., and subsequently to 20s. 
 an acre had completely annihilated the land fund, 
 which in six years previous to the change had pro- 
 duced one million sterling;" and they recommended, 
 in a series of resolutions, one for "rescinding 
 the present land regulations and effecting a return 
 of the old system of sales by auction at an upset 
 rate not exceeding 5s. an acre for pastoral land." 
 In 1844 a select committee on grievances con- 
 nected with land in the colony examined twenty- 
 six witnesses, and received answers to a printed 
 circular of questions from one hundred and twenty- 
 two justices of the peace. The attention of the com- 
 mittee was directed among other subjects to the 
 minimum price of land and to the attempts to harass 
 the squatter, not being a purchaser of land, by ren- 
 dering his tenure of Crown lands as uncertain and 
 onerous as possible. All the witnesses and all 
 the replies to the circulars, except three, expressed 
 decided opinions against the measure which 
 raised the minimum price of Crown land from 
 5s. to £1 ; all justly taking it for granted that 
 at £1 an acre the purchase of pastoral lands 
 was impossible, claimed fixity of tenure by lease, 
 and right of pre-emption for the squatter. The 
 latter was the grand point with the squatters ; that 
 gained, their interest in the land question, except 
 in promoting sales to create an emigration fund, 
 ceased. The report of the committee on Crown 
 land grievances was the foundation of a fierce 
 agitation on the part of the pastoral interests for 
 the suppression of the obnoxious regulations as to 
 the pastoral occupations, and for fixity of tenure. In 
 this agitation, which was also directed against the 
 £1 per acre minimum, the whole colony joined. 
 Public meetings were held in every part of the 
 colony, petitions and memorials addressed to the 
 Home Government were sent to England, and 
 placed in the hands of political men of influence, 
 and influential organs of the English press were 
 enlisted in defence of the great pastoral interest. 
 In the same year the Council adopted resolutions 
 condemning the high price of land in the terms 
 suggested by the committee. In 1845 a fourth 
 select committee reported against the ,£1 an acre 
 Act, supporting their opinions with a great body 
 of facts and statistics, and concluded by observing 
 that "the practical evils resulting from the augmen- 
 tation of the upset price of land had already been 
 fully developed in the report on Immigration and 
 the Report on Waste Lands in 1843, and in the 
 Land Grievance Report of 1844, and in the 
 opinions of your honourable Council distinctly 
 pronounced on the same subject in the resolutions 
 of the whole Council of the 17th September, 1R44." 
 To complete the history of the land question it 
 may be added that in 1847 under the administra- 
 tion of Gipps' successor, a select committee on 
 immigration reported "the disastrous results and 
 impolicy of the high upset price," and also that a 
 select committee, presided over by Robert Lowe,
 
 New I 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 319 
 
 made au elaborate report against the high upset 
 price of land. But Governor Gipps stood firm ; 
 determined to make war on the squatters, deter- 
 mined to maintain the obnoxious £1 per acre, and 
 to carry out the spirit of the act which imposed 
 it by throwing as he was instructed all possible 
 obstacles in the way of men of small capital 
 investing their savings in land ; and lie was sup- 
 ported by the British Colonial Office. For while 
 the Governor was courageously attacking the most 
 wealthy and powerful body in the colony, he took 
 no pains to foster that class of yeomanry which were 
 the object of Bourke's peculiar care. He divided 
 the land into large lots, discouraged small holdings, 
 whether of land or stock ; and treated emigrants 
 as merchandise or live stock consigned for the 
 benefit of the purchasers of the land. It certainly 
 was most unfortunate for the colony that the 
 initiation of a representative government, the 
 substitution of free emigrant for prisoner labour 
 and the attempt to establish local self-government 
 should have fallen under the direction of one who 
 with great talents was obstinately determined not 
 to learn anything from experience and not to 
 permit any measure of reform he did not originate. 
 His want of pliability was strikingly displayed in 
 the conduct of emigration. When grants of land 
 ceased altogether and were superseded by sales, the 
 character of emigration to A. and even the motives 
 which directed it were materially changed. The 
 distance and the then little known capabilities of 
 A. would have made it under any circumstances a 
 difficult task to direct towards its shores a similar 
 stream of colonists ; but the system of raising the 
 price and quantity of land sold, so as to discourage 
 the purchasers of all but the wealthy and of 
 devoting the proceeds to the importation of able- 
 bodied labourers for their use, altered the whole 
 character of the free colonisation. The new system 
 was not without merits as a temporary expedient 
 for supplying as rapidly as possible the demand for 
 shepherd servants, occasioned by the abolition of the 
 assignment system. But as a permanent measure 
 the moral and social defects were very serious. 
 Committees on emigration were appointed by the 
 Legislative Council in 1839 when the bounty 
 system was in operation, in 1842, 1843 and 1845 ; 
 and in 1843 and 1844 committees on the "distressed 
 labourers " of Sydney collected important evidence 
 bearing on the same subject. The committee of 
 1839 reported that emigrants were being introduced 
 at the rate of 12,500 souls a year, at a cost of about 
 .£17 per adult, expressed a decided preference for 
 bounty over Government emigrants, and recom- 
 mended a loan to be raised on the security of the 
 land fund, and devoted to emigration a bounty at 
 J19 a head for adults only, excluding children, 
 and very humbly prayed that the Crown would 
 devote the land fund which they calculated at not 
 less than £ 150,000 a year to emigration purposes. 
 In 1842 the committee repeated their preference 
 for the bounty system, announcing that in the 
 preceding twelve months 23,000 emigrants had 
 
 been introduced, and the cessation of emigration 
 in consequence of the falling off of the land fund 
 to an extent unexpected by the Home Govern- 
 ment. They hinted at the propriety of a reduction 
 of the price of land to five shillings an acre. The 
 committee of 1843 represented the squatting class, 
 and the majority took an entirely pastoral view of 
 the labour question. They wanted shepherds as 
 quickly and as cheaply as possible, and nothing 
 else. To resist the aggressions of Gipps on the 
 pastoral interest the squatters had formed them- 
 selves into a protective association, and this asso- 
 ciation branched off into a combination for per- 
 manently lowering wages. At the head of the 
 association was Benjamin Boyd. He nad arrived 
 with the express purpose of making investments 
 at the time (1841) that the colony was in a general 
 state of insolvency. His aim was the possession 
 of a million sheep. He was the chief of the 
 squatters with whom he combined to obtain fixity 
 of tenure for their pastures, to put down small 
 settlers and to reduce wages. At this period (from 
 1841 to 1844) the colonial labour market presented 
 some curious contradictions. The bounty agents 
 were pouring in a crowd of unsuitable persons, 
 who once landed were left to shift for themselves. 
 Among the merchants of Sydney distress pre- 
 vailed in consequence of the cessation of building 
 and other works ; the wages of mechanics were 
 depressed to a rate before unknown ; and newly- 
 arrived immigrants were astonished at the low 
 rate of pay for town labour. But in the country 
 districts and especially in the bush where sheep and 
 cattle were breeding, while their proprietors were 
 going through the insolvent process wages were 
 maintained ; and the anomaly was presented of 
 large bodies of men being employed at the 
 expense of Government, at high wages at public 
 works while flocks were wanting shepherds in the 
 interior. Several causes supported this anomaly : 
 There was no government machinery for distribut- 
 ing newly-arrived emigrants ; the preference of the 
 squatters for single men left families on the hands 
 of the Government ; the squatters were not sorry 
 to see the Government embarrassed by the presence 
 of a large body of unemployed labourers in Sydney ; 
 the dishonest conduct of certain masters in with- 
 holding or unfairly deducting wages promised had 
 given the bush a bad name ; many of the emigrants 
 were of a class who, having left parish aid behind, 
 liked to keep close to Government rations and 
 wages. Boyd's evidence before the immigration 
 committee of 1843 affords a fair specimen of the 
 class he represented. He despaired of the pro- 
 sperity of the colony "unless the wages of a 
 shepherd could be brought to £10 a year, or about 
 3s. lOd. a week, with meat and flour, without tea 
 and sugar." The two last had been previously 
 universally allowed; but he expressed his inten- 
 tion of doing away with them, " being of very 
 questionable utility and necessity, although such 
 is the waste and extravagance here that 8 lbs. of 
 tea and 90 lbs. of sugar are consumed per head."
 
 320 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |New 
 
 He states, further, that he " had no difficulty in 
 engaging shepherds at £10 with these rations, but 
 much difficulty in getting men engaged at these 
 low wages forwarded to stations, as they were 
 generally picked up on the road. Any money 
 advanced for travelling expenses was usually spent 
 in public-houses ;" and it is his decided opinion 
 that " more than £10 a year only does harm to 
 shepherds, by sending them to public-houses." 
 Fortunately all squatters were not like Boyd, and 
 the productiveness of the land defeated the com- 
 bination. Had it been otherwise, a very few years 
 would have produced a servile war of men against 
 masters. Another order of men, chiefly perma- 
 nent colonists residing on their own property, 
 were represented by Charles Campbell as employ- 
 ing from fifty to sixty shepherds and watchmen. 
 " He had been obliged by pressure of the times to 
 reduce his old servants to £18 for shepherds and 
 £16 for watchmen, and had not found them so 
 reluctant to accept the reduction as he expected. 
 He would hardly like to see wages lower." He 
 thought a great oversight had been committed by 
 settlers in neglecting to form villages on their 
 estates. He says, " Many of those who now com- 
 plain of want of employment in Sydney might 
 have been comfortably settled up the country in 
 small villages, containing from ten to twelve men, 
 heads of families, in various callings. In the 
 present state of things we employ, at sheepshearing 
 and reaping, men who wander through the country 
 from one place to another, in quest of occasional 
 employment. Many of these are handy, clever 
 fellows, but unmarried, and of irregular and 
 dissolute habits. All these men earn is frequently 
 spent in the first public-houses they come to after 
 leaving the station where they have been employed. 
 If, instead of employing men of this class, the 
 flockmasters and landowners had invited married 
 emigrants to settle in small villages, by allowing 
 them land at a low rent, and not attempting to 
 monopolise their labour, permitting them to choose 
 their own employer in the neighbourhood, we 
 should have our reaping, mowing, and shearing 
 done at a cheaper rate ; and the emigrants by 
 means of the money made during the busy season, 
 added to their earnings, would maintain their 
 families well, and their children from not being 
 scattered, might have opportunities of learning to 
 read and write, and of receiving religious instruc- 
 tion. Many would in a few years become small 
 farmers — first as tenants, then as landholders, and 
 in either capacity would increase the demand for 
 Labour." This was sound sense as contrasted with 
 the views of Boyd ; but although Campbell's views 
 were afterwards enforced and illustrated with a 
 large collection of facts, yet 1851 found the pastoral 
 interests as ill provided with permanent labour as 
 1843. The selfish maxims of Boyd prevailed after 
 the ruin and death of the founder. The successful 
 efforts to retain good land as sheepwalks only — to 
 encourage the growth of sheep and discourage the 
 rearing of children — found Australia when the gold 
 
 revolution broke out, largely dependent on wan- 
 dering shepherds, bound by no ties, either moral 
 or local, social or domestic to the district or the 
 land of which they had no share. At this point 
 the history of the emigration question passes into 
 that of Mrs. Chisholm's philanthropic labours, a 
 full account of which will be found under the 
 proper heading. It is but justice to Gipps to add 
 that he gave Mrs. Chisholm all the assistance in a 
 private way that he could ; but in his administra- 
 tive capacity he adhered in all things to his 
 arbitrary official course. A characteristic anecdote 
 is on record in reference to the privilege of frank- 
 ing letters, which the Governor had given to Mrs. 
 Chisholm. A few days after the permission had 
 been granted he sent for her in a great hurry. She 
 found him much excited, and the table covered with 
 her own letters. " Mrs. Chisholm," he exclaimed, 
 " when I gave you the privilege of franking, I 
 presumed you would address yourself to the magis- 
 trates, the clergy, the principal settlers ; but who, 
 pray, are these John Varleys and Dick Hogans, 
 and other people, of whom I have never heard 
 since I have been in the colony ? " " If," replied 
 Mrs. Chisholm, "I had required to know the 
 opinions of those respectable gentlemen on the 
 subject of the demand for labour, and the rate of 
 wages they could afford, I need not have written ; 
 I can turn to half-a-dozen blue-books and find 
 there shepherds always wanting, and wages always 
 too high ; besides, to have answered me they must 
 have gone to their overseers, and then answered 
 me vaguely. I want to know, as nearly as possible, 
 what number of labourers each district can absorb, 
 and of what class and what wages. If your Excel- 
 lency will wait until I get my answers, you will 
 admit that I have applied to men humble but 
 intelligent, and able to afford exactly the informa- 
 tion I require." Sir George Gipps was satisfied 
 with the explanation, and still more with the 
 replies of the bush settlers, so that the sub-officials 
 were on this occasion discomfited. Mrs. Chisholm 
 first taught the squatters that property had its 
 duties as well as its rights. She tapped the springs 
 of spontaneous self-supporting emigration, and 
 showed how closely the extension of national 
 power is connected with the social and domestic 
 virtues inseparable from family colonisation. 
 Beside the questions involved in the price of land, 
 the tenure and tax on pastures, the abolition of 
 assignment of prisoners, and cessation of trans- 
 portation — on all of which the Governor and his 
 chiefs were at issue with the colonists, from the 
 day of the opening of the Legislative Council 
 when the word "humble" was struck out of 
 the motion for an address in answer to the 
 Governor's speech — certain constitutional questions 
 of great importance were at issue between Gipps 
 and the Legislative Council. The Council was 
 justly incensed at finding that the new constitution 
 gave them nothing more than the liberty of 
 talking and taxing themselves. Three schedules 
 appropriated upwards of £80,000 to the payment
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 321 
 
 of officials, over whose appointment from the 
 Colonial Secretary down to the Prothonotary 
 they had no sort of control. The Council 
 attempted to regulate the distribution of the 
 funds secured by the schedules, by taking from 
 those who did nothing to give to those who 
 worked hard. The Governor successfully resisted 
 the attempt and in effect told them to protest and 
 go about their business. The Council, being 
 unable to cut down the sinecure salaries included 
 in the schedules, retaliated by refusing to vote 
 the supplementary estimates. The Governor 
 responded by cutting down 1 that part of the public 
 service which was most needed by the colonists. 
 He retained the Prothonotary and Master in 
 Equity, but closed the office of Registrar of Deeds 
 who regulated all titles and mortgages in the 
 colony. From that time forward the struggle 
 between the Governor and that part of the Council 
 which was not official became relentless. A battle 
 was fought upon the "District Councils." The 
 idea of district councils had made Gipps Governor 
 of N.S.W. He had influence enough to have the 
 scheme embodied in the Act of Parliament (5 
 and 6 Vict. cap. 79, sect. 47,) which gave the 
 colony representative institutions. The theory 
 was plausible ; it met the approval of Lords 
 Stanley and John Russell. Gipps during the few 
 years of his administration postponed measures 
 for establishing schools, for repairing and con- 
 structing roads and other practical works of the 
 utmost importance to the colony, at first, in order 
 that his district councils might reap a harvest of 
 glory, and afterwards, to spite the colonists for 
 rejecting so admirable an institution. It was 
 admirable on paper, but impracticable in a pastoral 
 colony. According to Gipps' plan the inhabitants 
 of each district were empowered to elect, and if 
 they neglected to elect, the Governor had power 
 to appoint a council which should decide on the 
 sum required for a year for the district. Half 
 such sum was to be contributed from the colonial 
 treasury and the other half to be levied on the 
 property in the district. If no local treasurer was 
 elected, the Colonial Treasurer could issue his 
 warrant and sell up as much of the property of 
 the district as would raise the requisite sum. But 
 the scheme would not work. In the first place, 
 there was no population sufficiently dense to work 
 it ; there were very few electors and no councillors ; 
 in the second place, there was no ready money 
 to pay the taxes. When Gipps attempted to 
 introduce his district councils he found the colonists 
 unprepared to travel for miles to elect a councillor, 
 or pay five or ten pounds per annum for roads 
 over which they never travelled and bridges 
 a hundred miles from their farms, and indignant 
 at suddenly finding their property at the mercy 
 of the Colonial Treasurer, and the irresponsible 
 officer of the Government. They determined to 
 resist the district scheme. The Governor was 
 determined to enforce it. He thus answered a 
 deputation of the Legislative Council and other 
 
 influential colonists, who waited on him to point 
 out the practical difficulties in the way of executing 
 his district council scheme :— " Whether it ruins 
 the colony or not, an Act of Parliament must and 
 shall be carried out." On this question the battle 
 began. The inhabitants, except in one district, 
 neglected to elect committees. The Governor 
 appointed them. Then came the question of 
 levying, after assessing, a rate. A flaw was dis- 
 covered in the Act of Parliament. It was decided 
 that the word " levy " did not empower the Council 
 to distrain. The Governor applied to the Legis- 
 lative Council for an Act to amend the flaw. The 
 Legislative Council refused to help him. He was 
 thrown back on the powers vested in the Colonial 
 Treasurer ; the " Algerine clause," as it was called 
 in the colony, he threatened, but dared not put in 
 force. The struggle was carried on for years. The 
 Governor was supported by the approval of the 
 Home authorities ; but the passive resistance of 
 the colonists was too much for him. At length in 
 1846 Earl Grey called for a report from the princi- 
 pal officials, and they reported in a manner which 
 effectually and for ever shelved Gipps' district 
 councils. In 1844 before the district councils had 
 been shelved, a select committee of the Legislative 
 Council investigated "grievances unconnected 
 with land," and drew up a report, which was a 
 kind of Australian declaration of rights. These 
 grievances, of which the following is a summary, 
 remained unredressed until the advent of Sir 
 John Pakington and the Duke of Newcastle to 
 the Colonial Office opened up " unrestricted com- 
 petition" in colonial concessions. The colonists' 
 committee complained of "being saddled with 
 taxation for a civil list which they were not 
 empowered to discuss, to the extent of .£81,000 ;" — 
 by the Act of 1850 this civil list was increased;— 
 of the total failure of the district councils, which 
 " created municipalities where the sparse popula- 
 tion render popular election and local taxation 
 impossible, and which placed in the hands of the 
 Governors the nomination of an officer with powers 
 of taxation ;" and of the want of a " responsible 
 Government ;" the Governor being, in fact, merely 
 a subordinate officer of the Colonial Secretary of 
 State for the time being ; and his official advisers 
 being in a position which made them practically 
 as independent of the Legislative Council as if 
 they had been merely his private friends. Thus, 
 so long as the Governor and his official advisers 
 satisfied the Home authorities, the colonists were 
 without remedy for any illegality committed by 
 the colonial Government, however flagrant. As 
 an instance of the working of the system, the 
 report cites .£127,000 applied to various illegal 
 purposes by the Governor in the course of seven 
 years ; "and a sum of i,'30,743 15s., which was not 
 only expended by His Excellency without any 
 authority of the Legislative Council, but applied, 
 by the Governor's mere fiat, to the payment of 
 debentures and other purposes to which the 
 ordinary revenue was not applicable by law," They 
 
 s2
 
 322 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I New 
 
 further protested against the expense in police, 
 gaols, and judicial expenditure inflicted upon the 
 colonists in consequence of N.S.W. being made a 
 receptacle for the criminals of England, after it 
 had ceased to derive the profits of their labour on 
 the assignment system ; and of the violation of 
 the compact by which the surplus land revenues 
 and other casual revenues of the Crown had been 
 ceded to the Colonial Treasuries. Under this 
 head the committee claimed a large sum — 
 £831,742 3s. 7d., and for the future an annual pay- 
 ment towards police, gaols, and courts of assize of 
 £74,195 6s. 8d. And finally, they requested that 
 persons having claims of any description against 
 the local government should, by special Act of 
 Parliament, be enabled to sue a public officer as 
 nominal defendant, and that the judges of the 
 Supreme Court should be placed in the same 
 position as to tenure of office and security of 
 salary as the judges of the mother country, and 
 no longer be liable to be suspended by the fiat 
 and removed by the report of the Governor. Ses- 
 sion after session it was a game at cross purposes 
 between the representatives of the colonists, the 
 Governor and his patrons in Downing-street. For 
 instance, the colonists proposed to reduce the 
 salaries of certain colonial custom-house officers ; 
 in the next session of the British Parliament the 
 Colonial Secretary passed a special Act, taking 
 that department from the control of the colonial 
 Parliament. The colonists proposed to spend 
 £9000 of their own money in building a light- 
 house in Bass Straits ; they were informed that 
 they must first consult the Home Government on 
 its situation— a matter of two years delay. The 
 colonists passed an Act establishing mortgage 
 and register for mortgages on wool ; the Colonial 
 Secretary of State without consulting the colonists 
 disallowed the Act as repugnant to the laws of 
 England. But after long delay and great loss of 
 property the Home Government was obliged to 
 yield and sanction a measure indispensable in a 
 pastoral country. The colonists unanimously pro- 
 tested against a land system established by the 
 Imperial Parliament and against the ordinances 
 affecting pastoral occupation. Lord Stanley with- 
 out regarding petitions which as Gipps admitted 
 expressed the almost unanimous opinions of the 
 colonists, sent out a despatch stating " his deter- 
 mination to uphold the land system and his perfect 
 approval of the arbitrary powers exercised by the 
 Governor against the squatting interest." A bill 
 was introduced into the British Parliament for 
 establishing the new system of pastoral occupation 
 —the ex-Governor was consulted— but the Legis- 
 lative Council were left in ignorance of the 
 provisions of the bill. In fact the records of tho 
 Legislative Council are largely occupied with 
 discussions between the Governor and the elected 
 members on every possible subject, the Governor 
 constantly adopting a line of defiance, always 
 treating the opposition as if it were rebellion. 
 On the one side were the colonists, on the other 
 
 the Governor backed by the Home Government, 
 concentrating in his own person all power and 
 patronage, supported by the official members and 
 the nominees who were plainly instructed that 
 unless prepared to support the Governor " right 
 or wrong" they must resign. The ability and 
 integrity of the Colonial Secretaries of State 
 during the administration of Gipps and of Gipps 
 himself are indisputable ; but they obstinately 
 insisted on knowing whether shoes fitted or not 
 better than the people who wore them, and insisted 
 too that they should wear them whether they 
 pinched or not. Fortunately the prosperity of the 
 colony did not entirely depend on the crotchets of 
 a Colonial Minister or of a Governor, although 
 both could and did seriously retard its progress. 
 But while the Legislative Council were contesting 
 inch by inch the "elementary rights of Englishmen" 
 the grass was growing, the sheep were breeding, 
 the stockmen were exploring new pastures, and 
 the frugal industry of settlers was replacing and 
 increasing the capital lost by wild speculations. 
 And in 1845-46 Gipps was able to announce that 
 the revenue exceeded the expenditure and the 
 exports the imports, while the glut of labour which 
 followed his arrival had been succeeded by a 
 demand which the squatters termed a dearth. In 
 July 1846 Gipps retired from the Government of 
 New South Wales and embarked for England, 
 worn out in body and mind by the excitement of 
 perpetual contests with colonists as unscrupulous 
 in their attacks as he was obstinate and haughty 
 in maintaining his opinions and position. It was 
 a war to the knife on both sides. The last measure 
 he presented to the Legislative Council (a bill 
 to renew the border police) was rejected and an 
 address voted by a large majority after two nights 
 debate, which was virtually a vote of censure on 
 his Government, after which the council adjourned 
 itself for a month. During an administration of 
 eight years distinguished by unusual official and 
 literary aptitude Gipps succeeded in earning the 
 approbation of the Downing-street chiefs and the 
 detestation of the members of every colonial class 
 and interest except his immediate dependents. The 
 squatters, the mercantile and the settler class were 
 equally opposed to him. Yet even with the same 
 political and economical views, erroneous and 
 baneful as many of them were, with much less 
 talent but with a more conciliatory temper he 
 might have been a happy, a popular and a useful 
 Governor. Had he been a man of less mark or a 
 Governor of less power his faults and foibles 
 should have been buried with him ; but they form 
 an important part of the history of the colony he 
 misgoverned. His administration must always be 
 considered one of the most important epochs in 
 the history of Australia. The permanent inflic- 
 tion of the £1 an acre monopoly — the consequent 
 triumph of the great pastoral over the freehold 
 interest — the development of the wonderful pastoral 
 resources of Australia — the abolition of assignment 
 and transportation of criniiuals— the rise of a free
 
 Newl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 323 
 
 population— the introduction of the elective ele- 
 ment into the Legislature — the commencement of 
 a legitimate parliamentary struggle for the estab- 
 lishment of responsible government, and a crowd 
 of events of great local but minor national import- 
 ance—all these date back to the period during 
 which Gipps " reigned and governed too," contest- 
 ing every possible question with the Legislative 
 Council, with the judges, with the crown land 
 commissioners, with the clergy of all denomina- 
 tions, with squatters, with settlers, with every 
 colonist who dared to have any other opinion than 
 the opinion of the Governor. In 1844 the colony 
 was visited by severe floods. The water was from 
 four to five feet deep in the township of Gundagai, 
 which had been laid out and sold in building lots 
 by the Government some time previously. The 
 Commissioner of Crown Lands in the district 
 addressed a letter to the Colonial Secretary (Deas 
 Thomson) suggesting that, " in consequence of the 
 late floods it would be highly essential to the 
 future welfare of the township of Gundagai to 
 have part of the township laid out on the south 
 bank of the Murrumbidgee River, on moderately 
 high ground well adapted for building, giving the 
 parties who have now allotments in the recently- 
 flooded land others on the high land." The sug- 
 gestion of the Crown Commissioner as to laying 
 out allotments was adopted ; but in conveying this 
 information Mr. Thomson adds: — " His Excellency 
 further directs me to inform you that he cannot 
 sanction the proposed exchange of the flooded 
 allotments, as he considers that what a man huys 
 he buys for better or tuorse." In 1843 the distress 
 in the colony had reached such a height that no 
 less than 700 persons left for Valparaiso and else- 
 where. In the first years of the government of 
 Gipps, as has been stated already, a large immi- 
 gration and extraordinary influx of British capital 
 produced the establishment of several loan and 
 trust companies, and this facility for obtaining 
 credit stimulated the rage for speculation and 
 extravagance of living to a greater height than 
 even the sheep and cattle mania of Darling's 
 administration. When the unsoundness of this 
 system produced its natural result all but universal 
 bankruptcy followed. A flock of sheep was sold 
 by the sheriff for sixpence a head. Cattle which 
 had been bought at six guineas a head realised 
 7s. 6d., and horses the produce of Persian and 
 Arabian sires were sold for 18s. A house in 
 Sydney for which £5000 had been refused was 
 sold for £1200, and sugar which had been shipped 
 at Manilla at £15 a ton sold in Sydney for £10. 
 The hackney coachmen bought their old masters' 
 curricles for £3, and occasionally " took up " their 
 previous employers " when they were able to pay 
 them a fare." " So extensive," says Lang, " was 
 the insolvency of this period that it was calculated 
 by the ablest financiers of the colony, that nearly 
 two millions sterling was lost to the English and 
 colonial creditors through this all but universal 
 crash." 
 
 XIV. Governor Fitoroy.—Ste Charles Fitzroy, 
 a younger son of the Grafton family and brother- 
 in-law of the Duke of Richmond, who had pre- 
 viously been Lieutenant - Governor of Prince 
 Edward's Island and Governor of Antigua in the 
 West Indies, succeeded Sir George Gipps in 
 August 1846 ; Sir Charles M. O'Connell, Com- 
 mander of the Forces in N.S.W., having adminis- 
 tered the colony during the intermediate space of 
 a month. Fitzroy, who retained the office as 
 Governor-General under the Australian Reform 
 Bill, was in every respect the reverse of Gipps. 
 His talents were not above mediocrity, and his 
 manners were conciliatory. On colonial politics 
 he had no opinions and no prejudices ; apparently 
 his chief object being to lead an easy life. It is 
 said that on landing he exclaimed : " I cannot 
 conceive how Sir George Gipps could permit 
 himself to be bored by anything in this delicious 
 climate." Fitzroy was in fact an eminent example 
 of how far good temper and the impartiality of 
 indifference, in the absence of higher qualities, 
 may make a very respectable colonial Governor. 
 By placing himself unreservedly in the hands of 
 men of colonial experience ; by yielding every 
 point left to his own discretion by the Home 
 Government to the wishes of the majority of the 
 Legislative Council ; and in fact by never taking 
 the trouble to have any opinion on any colonial 
 subject, he glided over difficulties on which men 
 of more intellect and obstinacy would have made 
 shipwreck. Lord Stanley had held the seals of 
 the Colonial Office during nearly the whole period 
 of Gipps' government, and sustained him in all 
 his despotic assertions of the royal prerogative. 
 He had earned too considerable personal unpopu- 
 larity by disallowing several important acts of the 
 Legislative Council, by the exercise of his patron- 
 age in an arbitrary manner in favour of improper 
 objects, and by a general course of conduct both 
 negligent and defiant. In 1845 Lord Stanley 
 resigned, and was succeeded by William Gladstone, 
 who retired with Sir Robert Peel's Government in 
 June 1846. Transportation to N.S.W. had been 
 discontinued in 1840, in consequence of the report 
 of a committee of the House of Commons made 
 in 1838. The class of convicts who had previously 
 been distributed over N.S.W. and V.D.L. as 
 assigned servants, following agricultural and pas- 
 toral occupations, were all poured into the latter 
 island, and there massed into what were called 
 probation gangs. Without separate cells or trust- 
 worthy gaolers, they festered into the foulest 
 community that ever poisoned the population of a 
 civilised State. The gentlemen of the House of 
 Commons who forced the sudden abolition of the 
 assignment system on the Government, were the 
 cat's-paws of certain land-jobbers. By a coup de 
 main they compelled the Government to do that 
 in a day which required the preparation of years. 
 For the consequent mistakes and failures which 
 occurred between 1840 and 1845 the Colonial Office 
 is scarcely answerable. The experiment was new,
 
 324 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 it was suddenly forced upon them by a powerful 
 political combination, and at that period the means 
 of obtaining authentic information from the 
 colonies were few and far between. In 1845 
 Secretary Gladstone's attention was directed to 
 two serious facts in regard to convictism. On the 
 one hand the gang and probation system in 
 V. D. L. had produced a state of crime and 
 danger fatal to the progress of the colony 
 which could no longer remain unnoticed. On 
 the other, on the rich pastoral plains of the 
 Port Phillip district the increase of flocks and 
 herds had been so rapid as to place the proprietary 
 of squatting runs in great difficulties for want of 
 labourers, and they had consequently formed an 
 association, made a subscription and imported 
 about two thousand expirees and ticket-of-leave 
 holders from V.D.L. to supply their demand for 
 pastoral servants. With the view of controlling 
 these imported criminals, the Legislature of N.S.W. 
 (which until 1850 extended over Port Phillip) 
 proposed to subject them to a system of registra- 
 tion and surveillance similar to that to which 
 the ticket-of-leave men were subjected who had 
 originally been sentenced to N.S.W. The Home 
 Government declined to sanction a colonial legisla- 
 tive act which would have made such a registration 
 legal. But although the pastoral proprietors were 
 willing to accept the services of convicts, there 
 was a large free population in the towns which 
 was satisfied to depend on free emigrants for the 
 supply of labour and determined to resist the 
 return to convictism. With the educated and 
 wealthy opponents of white slavery were banded 
 the labouring classes, who naturally were just as 
 anxious to keep wages up as their employers were 
 to keep them down. It was then — in the com- 
 mencement of a contest between that portion of 
 the population resident in towns or engaged in 
 agriculture, which on moral and political grounds 
 objected to the renewal of transportation, backed 
 by the labouring classes who were equally averse 
 to the reduction of wages and to the vexatious 
 police regulations incident to the system of prisoner 
 labour which affected all labouring men, and the 
 squatters to whom cheap and obedient labour was 
 essential if they were to retain their wealthy and 
 dominant position— while the respective parties 
 had scarcely marshalled their forces that a despatch 
 arrived from Mr. Gladstone, in which he requested 
 the Governor "to submit to the consideration of 
 the Council whether they would not accept in part 
 supply of the labour market a renewal of a 
 modified system of transportation." Mr. Gladstone 
 had already determined to discontinue transporta- 
 tion to V.D.L. for two years pending the arrange- 
 ment of a better system, and also to found on 
 northern Australia a now penal settlement. On 
 13th October a committee of the Legislative 
 Council was appointed on the motion of Wentworth, 
 which contained, of ten members, five squatters and 
 two colonial officials. The first act of this com- 
 mittee was to meet and decide that it was not 
 
 expedient at that late period of the session to take 
 any evidence as to the question in Mr. Gladstone's 
 letter, "Whether a modified and carefully-regulated 
 introduction of convict labourers will be in 
 accordance with the general sense of the colony." 
 Accordingly they confined their labours to inquiring 
 from the employers of labour whether they would 
 like a renewal of transportation — that is to say 
 of cheap labour — and they were unanimously 
 answered in the affirmative, provided the transpor- 
 tation was accompanied with certain precautions 
 which they mentioned — and inquiring from the 
 police magistrates in what manner and on what 
 terms such transportation ought to be renewed. 
 Although while the committee was sitting a 
 number of petitions against the renewal of trans- 
 portation were presented, no witnesses holding the 
 opinions of the petitioners were examined. Among 
 other witnesses called was Captain J. Innes, 
 stipendiary magistrate at the convict barracks, a 
 gentleman whose office and position alike secured 
 him from any sentimental terror of convictism, 
 and induced him to acquiesce as much as possible 
 in the views of those home authorities from whom 
 he received his appointment. But Captain Innes 
 only ventured to propose as the terms on which 
 the colony should consent to receive a limited 
 number of prisoners, "that the colonial government 
 should have the power of settling the rules for the 
 management and discipline of the prisoners ; 
 that the Home Government should pay half the 
 police and gaol and administration of justice 
 expenditure, the cost of the penal establishments 
 in the colony and send out one male and one 
 female immigrant for each prisoner and all the 
 female convicts so as to keep a parity of sexes." 
 From the same evidence we learn that at that 
 period (1846) there were about fifteen hundred old 
 convicts — "the very worst class of men imaginable" 
 — still remaining in the gangs and gaols, and that 
 in the colony there were 13,400 ticket-of-leave 
 holders. The Committee reported too late for the 
 council to take their recommendations into con- 
 sideration to the following effect. They commence 
 by observing that — "They are sufficiently cognizant 
 of the state of public feeling among their fellow- 
 colonists to be satisfied that if the proposed renewal 
 of transportation were any longer practically and 
 substantially an open question, if it rested on the 
 colonists themselves to decide whether the depor- 
 tation of convicts to this hemisphere should cease 
 or continue — whether they should at once and for 
 over free themselves and their posterity from the 
 further taint of the convict system, doubtless a 
 large majority especially of the operative classes 
 would give the proposal for renewed transportation 
 an unhesitating veto ; nor do your committee feel 
 by any means certain that the decision of the 
 majority of the upper and middle classes of society 
 would now also be in accordance with the report 
 of the General Grievance Committee of 1844, 'that 
 the moral and social influences of the convict 
 system, the contamination and the vice which are
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 325 
 
 inseparable from it, are evils for which no mere 
 pecuniary benefits would serve as ac ounterpoise ; ' 
 and if the Secretary of State be prepared to dis- 
 continue the transportation of the convicts of the 
 British empire to all of the Australian Colonies, 
 and thus practically as well as nominally free this 
 continent from their presence, such a course would 
 be more generally ' conducive to the interests and 
 agreeable to the inclinations of those whom it will 
 ultimately concern.' Seeing however that in the 
 view of your committee transportation is no longer 
 an open question — that transportation is still to go 
 on to V.D.L. — seeing moreover that a new penal 
 settlement is immediately to be formed on the 
 very northern boundary of the colony — that thus 
 this colony already inundated on the south with 
 the outpourings of the probation system in V.D.L. , 
 the most demoralising that ever was invented, is 
 soon to have poured upon it from the north the 
 exiles of the mother country as well as the expirees 
 from that colony ; and that to augment the volume 
 of this double stream of felonry, a system of con- 
 ditional pardons confining the holders of them 
 practically to the Australian Colonies has been 
 resorted to, with the effect of relieving the British 
 treasury from the cost of maintaining this class of 
 criminals in reality although free men in name ; 
 seeing this your committee consider the question 
 narrowed down to whether transportation should 
 exist in the indirect and polluted shape which it 
 has already assumed ; whether in short we are to 
 have this double tide of moral contamination flow- 
 ing upon us without restraint or check ; or whether 
 along with whatever compensation transportation 
 can be surrounded, we are to have the additional 
 advantage of modifying and regulating its intro- 
 duction into the colony by the knowledge which 
 fifty years' experience of its working has given us, 
 which will at all events enable us to combine with 
 the greatest possible good derivable from it the 
 least possible admixture of evil." The committee, 
 after arguing in a very forcible manner against 
 anything in the nature of probation gangs or other 
 aggregation of criminals, " whether for the execu- 
 tion of public works generally or making and 
 repair of roads," proceeded to report : — "As a mere 
 choice of evils which whatever may be the general 
 desire this community has no power to escape 
 from, we are willing to submit to a renewal of 
 transportation upon the following terms and upon 
 no other :— (1st.) That no alteration shall be made 
 in the Constitutional Act 5 and 6 Vict. c. 76, 
 except with a view to the extension of the elective 
 principle. (2nd.) That the transportation of male 
 convicts be accompanied as a simultaneous measure 
 with the importation of an equal number of females, 
 to consist of female convicts as far as they exist 
 and the balance to be made up of female immi- 
 grants. (3rd.) That as a further simultaneous 
 measure such transportation be accompanied with 
 an equal importation of free immigrants, as nearly 
 as possible in equal proportions as to sexes. (4th.) 
 That the wives and families of all convicts receiving 
 
 permanent or temporary indulgences should be 
 brought out and count as part of this free immi- 
 gration, (otb.) That no fewer than five thousand 
 male convicts be annually deported. (6th.) That 
 the ironed or road gangs of criminals under colonial 
 sentence and the convict establishments of Norfolk 
 Island and Cockatoo Islands should be maintained 
 as heretofore at the cost of the British treasury. 
 (7th.) That two-thirds of the expense of police, 
 gaols and the criminal administration of justice be 
 paid by the Home Government ; but that on the 
 relinquishment of the land fund and all other 
 revenues or droits of the Crown to the appropria- 
 tion of the Governor and Legislative Council, the 
 whole of this branch of convict expenditure be 
 assumed by the colony with a view to aid the 
 British Government in defraying the cost of the 
 free emigration stipulated for in the second and 
 third conditions. (8th.) That in order to insure 
 due permanency and efficiency in the regulations 
 to be provided for the government and discipline 
 of convicts, the sole power of making such regula- 
 tions be vested in the Governor and Legislative 
 Council, saving entire the royal prerogative of 
 mercy." With respect to the ticket-of -leave men 
 the committee state that they would rather not 
 receive them at all, but that a system of granting 
 conditional pardons indiscriminately having been 
 extensively practised, they would prefer receiv- 
 ing men subject to registry muster and the 
 surveillance of the police to receiving them with- 
 out any restraint at all In another part of their 
 report the committee observed, " The secret to 
 disarm transportation of its evil influences is 
 to increase the free population," that it may 
 always maintain a decided ascendency, and to 
 keep up the equality of the sexes that the colony 
 may never more be subjected to the horrors 
 of a popidus virorum. It seems that at that 
 period the males of the colony were 114,000 to 
 74,000 females. This report having been issued 
 too late to be discussed by the Legislative Council 
 was forwarded by the Government to the Colonial 
 Office and fell into the hands of Mr. Gladstone's 
 successor, Earl Grey. Fitzroy warned by the 
 error of Governor Gipps in his first address to 
 the Legislative Council assured them that he 
 should defer any legislative action on his own 
 part until he had made such a stay and such 
 investigations as were "necessary to acquire per- 
 sonal experience upon several momentous questions 
 upon which it would be presumptuous to offer any 
 opinion at so early a period of our intercourse ;" 
 and he added :— "I take this opportunity of publicly 
 declaring in perfect sincerity that I have assumed 
 the responsible trust with which our Sovereign 
 has honoured me unfettered hy any preconceived 
 opinions on every subject affecting the interests 
 of any class of her Majesty's subjects in this 
 territory." Among the important subjects affected 
 by this timely and sagacious declaration stood 
 foremost the renewal of transportation ; the upset 
 price of crown lands ; the terms on which those
 
 .;■_■(, 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |New 
 
 lands were to be temporarily occupied by pastoral 
 proprietors ; the control and appropriation of the 
 colonial revenues and the establishment of steam 
 communication. On all these and many other 
 colonial subjects, as we learn from a work subse- 
 quently published by Lord Grey, he had fully 
 made up his mind with that instinctive intuition 
 peculiar to those who are " swaddled, and rocked 
 and dandled into legislators." In reply to the 
 Governor Earl Grey declined to accede to any of 
 the conditions suggested by the Transportation 
 Committee except that which stipulated for the 
 emigration at the expense of the mother country 
 of a number of free emigrants equal in number to 
 the convicts sent ; but he suspended any action 
 until the decision of the Legislative Council should 
 be pronounced. In the meantime the Legislative 
 Council in the session of 1847 had considered 
 Went worth's report and rejected it. In the same 
 year Earl Grey wrote to the Governor of Y.D.L., 
 Sir William Denison, "that it was not the inten- 
 tion of her Majesty's government that trans- 
 portation to V.D.L. should be resumed at the 
 expiration of the two years for which it has 
 already been decided that it should be discon- 
 tinued." Denison took the sentence in its literal 
 sense and announced the good news in terms 
 which caused general rejoicing. But although it 
 appeared in the sequel that Earl Grey had never 
 meant to discontinue transportation, but only to 
 have convicts on the shores of V.D.L. as exiles — 
 that is to say convicted emigrants or ticket-of-leave 
 men instead of concentrating crime in probation 
 gangs — he took no measures to disabuse to correct 
 the mistaken reading of the Governor until the 
 time came when transportation was openly renewed. 
 In actual fact although the number of criminals 
 sent to V.D.L. was diminished transportation 
 never was discontinued during the proposed two 
 years, but prisoners who had passed through 
 a course of penal discipline in English gaols 
 were landed and almost immediately set at 
 liberty either as exiles or " ticket-of-leavers " 
 to the extent of 3154 between 1846 and 1848. 
 The despatch from Sir William Denison informing 
 the Colonial Office that he had announced the 
 abolition of transportation and that to revive it in 
 any form would be a breach of faith was received 
 at the Colonial Office on the 5th February 1848. 
 The receipt was acknowledged by Earl Grey, by a 
 despatch on the 27th April 1848, in which, with- 
 out reprimanding the Governor for the alleged 
 misconstruction of the despatch, which seemed to 
 announce that transportation was to be discon- 
 tinucd,hc thanked him for liis valuable information 
 and without preamble announced that prisoners 
 would be sent out with tickets of leave. The 
 free colonists of V.D.L. never ceased to agitate 
 and protest against the system with such unan- 
 imity that at the first general election under the 
 new constitution no single member was returned 
 who did nut pledge himself to resist to the utter- 
 most the continuance of transportation ; and this 
 
 in the face of opposition from candidates who 
 were supported by all the influence of a Govern- 
 ment expending upwards of .£100,000 a-year. In 
 1S48 the Legislative Council received some acces- 
 sion of strength from the . squatter party ; the 
 colony was in straits from the cessation of immi- 
 gration, which had fallen from some six thousand 
 in 1842 to barely three thousand two hundred 
 during the whole five years of 1843-7, and ventured 
 to pass a resolution assenting to a proposition made 
 by Earl Grey by which he undertook to forward a 
 certain number of criminals who had passed 
 through a course of discipline in British peniten- 
 tiaries, to be landed with tickets of leave, and 
 further to accompany their immigration with that 
 of an equal number of free immigrants to be sent, 
 not at the cost of the Colonial Land Fund, but of 
 the British Exchequer. The passing of this 
 resolution was the signal for the organisation of 
 a fierce agitation against the renewal of transporta- 
 tion, which was kept alive by the arrival from 
 time to time of small bands of felons under the 
 new name of exiles. Fitzroy's despatch, enclosing 
 Wentworth's resolution in favour of the renewal 
 of transportation, reached England in August 1848. 
 The financial state of the country deterred the 
 English Government from proposing the vote 
 needful for defraying the expenses of the free 
 emigrants promised to the colony in consideration 
 of their receiving the convicts. But Earl Grey, in 
 defiance of public opinion in the colonies, as 
 exhibited in a crowd of petitions, resolutions and 
 reports of public meetings forwarded to him, as 
 well as in the universal tone of the colonial news- 
 papers, adopted that part of the bargain which 
 suited the mother country and neglected to fulfil 
 the colonial conditions on which the concession 
 was made. He decided to send out prisoners but 
 no free emigrants ; revoked the Order in Council 
 of 1840 by which N.S.W. had ceased to be a place 
 for the reception of convicts ; and commenced to 
 send out the inmates of Pentonville and Parkhurst. 
 The publication of this despatch in the colony 
 was received with one universal outburst of 
 indignation. A passage at the conclusion of 
 the communication, in which Fitzroy was told that 
 "if the Legislative Council should object to 
 receive convicts without free immigration at the 
 expense of the Home Government according to 
 the stipulation of the compromise, the transmission 
 of convicts would be stopped, and application 
 made to Parliament for the means of fulfilling the 
 original promise," was considered as approaching 
 insult, because it was evident that during at least 
 nearly twelve months between the penning of that 
 despatch to the receipt of an answer, transporta- 
 tion must flow on. From that time compromise 
 was impossible ; the breach of faith became a 
 potent rhetorical weapon in the hands of political 
 agitators. The excitement and fury of all parties 
 was such, that it only needed the presence of an 
 obstinate and haughty Governor to provoke a rebel- 
 lious outburst. Fortunately Fitzroy preferred a
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 327 
 
 pleasant day on the race-course to any assertion of 
 vice-regal attributes. In 1849 the Hashemi/ convict- 
 ship arrived in Sydney Harbour. At one of the 
 largest meetings ever held in that city speeches of 
 the most violent character were delivered, and 
 resolutions passed calling upon the Governor to 
 send back the cargo of criminals to England. At 
 the same time certain of the great flockowncrs 
 eagerly engaged the ticket-of-leave men at lower 
 wages, in preference to a thousand free emigrants, 
 consisting of men, women and children, who 
 arrived at the same time. In the latter end of 
 1848 the results of distress in England and famine 
 in Ireland were felt in A., in the shape of an 
 inflowing of free emigrants more numerous than 
 had been received since the frantic mania of 1841 ; 
 and this was increased to such an extent in 1849, 
 that little short of thirteen thousand labouring- 
 people were landed in Sydney and an equal number 
 at Port Phillip. An addition of many thousand 
 free emigrants to the population could not fail to 
 produce au effect on the anti-transportation 
 feelings of the colony. When emigrants began to 
 flock freely into the colonies the period for employ- 
 ing convict labour had passed. In 1849 the 
 Legislative Council answered Earl Grey's extra- 
 ordinary reading of the compromise offered him 
 in 1848, by voting an address to the Queen in 
 which they protested against the adoption of any 
 measure by which the colony would be degraded 
 into a penal settlement, "and entreated Her 
 Majesty to revoke the order in Council by which 
 N.S.W. had been again made a place to which 
 British offenders may be transported." That in 
 this address they only echoed the feelings ot the 
 great majority of the colonists was proved in the 
 next election, when gentlemen with the highest 
 claims to the honours of Legislation were rejected 
 on the one ground of having supported the trans- 
 portation compromise. It is worthy of note that 
 the dearth of labour which had prevailed in 
 previous years, was owing entirely to Earl Grey's 
 refusal to adopt the measures pressed upon 
 him by " the most intelligent and enterprising 
 colonists," and that the supply of labour was 
 due, not to his commissioners, but to the 
 English distress and Irish famine. The obnoxious 
 Order in Council making N.S.W. a penal colony 
 was after a brief contest withdrawn, but the seed 
 of agitation had been sown, the anti-transportation 
 league, embracing all the Australian Colonies, had 
 been organised. The gold discoveries proved to 
 every one, except to Earl Grey, that transportation 
 was not only odious to the colonists but absurd as 
 a punishment. In 1853 it was abolished by the 
 Duke of Newcastle. Such are the leading facts of 
 the Anti-Transportation Question, one of several 
 which formed the subjects of bitter contests 
 between the colonists and Earl Grey during the 
 administration of Fitzroy. The state of public 
 opinion on all the important points which formed 
 the subject of discussion between the Colonial Office 
 and the colonists is shown in the correspondence 
 
 which took place between a committee of the 
 Legislative Council, over which the Speaker of 
 the Council presided, and Francis Scott, M.P. So 
 early as 1844 the Council, in the height of their 
 contest with the Governor and Secretary of State 
 on "the grievances connected with Crown lands," 
 turned their attention to the propriety of securing 
 the services, as paid agent, of some member of the 
 British Parliament, who would fill for N.S.W. the 
 post occupied by Edmund Burke, as representative 
 of the State of New York before the breaking out 
 of the War of Independence. With this view 
 Benjamin Boyd, who was urging with indefatigable 
 energy and zeal the cause of his brother squatters 
 in England, selected Francis Scott, M.P., a barrister 
 and a Consevative, with a good political connec- 
 tion among his party, and business habits. But 
 when the scheme was laid before Lord Stanley, 
 the Colonial Minister he declined to give it his 
 sanction unless the Council would consent that 
 one-third of the Committee of Correspondence 
 should consist of nominee members — that is to 
 say in the same proportion as the Council. To 
 this the elective councillors would by no means 
 agree, and the official appointment of Scott and 
 his salary remained in abeyance with many other 
 questions of greater importance ; but in the mean- 
 time Scott exerted himself with considerable 
 success to oppose the Bill prepared by Lord 
 Stanley, on the information of Sir George Gipps, 
 for settling the tenure of pastoral lands. Eventually 
 Scott was able to organise an opposition among 
 the aristocratic and wealthy relatives of the 
 squatters more formidable than had been antici- 
 pated. Amongst the other questions he was 
 instructed to urge was the concession of the 
 control of the casual revenues of the colony 
 claimed by the Council and refused by Sir George 
 Gipps ; and assistance for establishing steam com- 
 munication — a subject which had occupied the 
 Council since 1845. Earl Grey commenced by 
 ceding the point as to the casual revenues. On 
 the land question he adhered to the opinions of 
 Gibbon Wakefield and addressed a despatch to 
 Fitzroy containing a report to that effect prepared 
 by his subordinates, the Colonial Land and Emi- 
 gration Commissioners. When the colonists 
 learned the terms on which the contest between 
 the pastoral interest and the Colonial Office had 
 been settled, thay saw at once that the interest of 
 all those who were not squatters with 4000 sheep 
 had been sacrificed; and that to maintain a high 
 price of land on sale, land on lease had been 
 handed over in perpetuity. Many of those who 
 had supported the squatters so long as Gipps 
 attempted to confiscate their property and had 
 encouraged them to resist a system of taxation 
 based on the royal prerogative now saw that the 
 compromise sacrificed everything to the pastoral 
 interest, and seriously checked the extension of 
 that class of yeoman freeholders on whom the 
 colonisation of the colony chiefly depended — for 
 without farms there would be few wives and
 
 328 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 |New 
 
 children in the bush. Among these was Robert 
 Lowe, who as chairman of the committee appointed 
 "to consider the minimum upset price of land," 
 drew up a report in which on the evidence of all 
 the most distinguished men in the colony the whole 
 legislation of the mother country on the subject 
 of land was shown to be opposed to the feelings 
 of the colonists, to the needs of the colonies, and 
 in fact to the colonisation of such a country as 
 Australia. In the same year Lowe issued a pam- 
 phlet, entitled Address to the Colonists of Neiv 
 South Wales, on the proposed Land Orders, 
 ■which shortly and clearly explained the defects 
 of the compromise with the squatters. This 
 protest, supported as it was by the public 
 opinion of the great majority of the colonists, had 
 no effect on the Home Government. Earl Grey 
 assigned to the Land and Emigration Commis- 
 sioners the task of replying to the report of a 
 committee which had embodied the opinions of a 
 large body of experienced and intelligent colonists, 
 and these gentlemen, whose lives had been passed 
 in the study and practice of official routine, settled 
 to the satisfaction of themselves and their chief, 
 and in direct contradiction to the opinions of the 
 Legislative Council, how land was to be sold and 
 grazed at the antipodes. This was adding insult 
 to injury. In 1848 a committee of the House of 
 Lords on colonisation examined a number of 
 Australian colonists. With one exception— a 
 gentleman engaged in promoting a land specula- 
 tion in W.A. — all the witnesses agreed on the 
 impolicy of the land system which had been 
 fastened on the Australian Colonies. Before the 
 same committee William Bradley, a native Aus- 
 tralian and member of the Legislative Council, 
 a landed proprietor, a magistrate and holder of a 
 run of 300,000 acres ; Captain Coghill, member of 
 the Legislative Council and a proprietor of 30,000 
 acres of freehold; and W. Verner, Chief Com- 
 missioner of the Insolvent Court and a settler in 
 Port Phillip, gave strong evidence to the same 
 effect. But as in 1848 the squatters had obtained 
 all and more than they had ever hoped to obtain, 
 as Earl Grey was still at the head of the Colonial 
 Office, as emigration was rendered brisk by the 
 distress at home, no change was made towards 
 multiplying freeholders in Australia. The result 
 of the policy inaugurated by Lord Stanley and 
 carried out by Earl Grey was to make the humbler 
 class of the Australian population as loose as 
 possible on the land, vagrants instead of settlers. 
 The condition of the country would have been 
 infinitely less critical if the successful emigrants 
 had been encouraged to settle as much as possible 
 on land instead of investing their savings 
 in drink, in stock, or in tours on the coast. 
 Freeholds easily obtained would have stimu- 
 lated marriage, and those who resorted to 
 the gold-fields would have returned successful 
 or unsuccessful to their homesteads. While 
 the Transportation Question was unsettled and 
 the Land Question in hot dispute, a third question, 
 
 that of a new Constitution, with more extended 
 powers, from time to time occupied the attention 
 of the politicians of the three colonies. The 
 South Australian people looked forward anxiously 
 to the enjoyment of representative institutions 
 having, up to 1850 been ruled by a Governor with 
 an official and nominee council. Port Phillip 
 desired separation from N.S.W., and a represen- 
 tative legislature of its own. The distance of 
 Melbourne from Sydney was so great that it was 
 found impossible, in a limited and dispersed popu- 
 lation, to find gentlemen able and willing to 
 abandon their pursuits and property to pass the 
 Legislative sessions in so distant a city as Sydney. 
 In N.S.W. it was confidently expected that the 
 new Constitution would bestow rights similar to 
 those enjoyed by the Canadians — that is to say, 
 an executive responsible to the Legislative Council, 
 with full control over their revenues and the 
 disposal of the waste lands. In 1847 Earl Grey 
 prepared a scheme by which the district councils, 
 which were held throughout the colony in contempt 
 were to form electoral colleges, and by double 
 election return a representative assembly, while a 
 second superior chamber was to be composed of 
 nominees. The publication in the colony of the 
 despatch containing a sketch of this scheme was 
 followed by such a manifestation of opposition, 
 and by petitions so numerously signed, requesting 
 that no change should be made in the Constitution 
 without the colonists being first permitted to 
 express their opinion upon it, that the Colonial 
 Minister withdrew his project. In 1849 a com- 
 mittee of the Board of Trade, to whom Earl Grey 
 entrusted the task, prepared a report suggesting a 
 form of constitution to be bestowed on the three 
 colonies. A bill for carrying into effect this report 
 was introduced into, but not carried through the 
 British Parliament. Under this bill the three 
 colonies would have had the power of settling the 
 land and several other questions, by a sort of 
 congress. In the meantime the Report was sent 
 out to the colonies. In V. and S.A. the concession 
 of representative institutions was considered so 
 great a boon that the other parts of the scheme 
 were not too closely criticised. In V. especially, 
 where an ancient contest had been carried on to 
 obtain separation from N.S.W. the new constitu- 
 tion was received with the utmost enthusiasm. In 
 N.S.W. where a representative council had existed 
 for several years, the sections of the Report which 
 gave most satisfaction were those that appeared 
 to give control over the expenditure of the land, 
 revenues, and the power of fixing the price of laud. 
 On 13th January 1851 the Governor issued a 
 proclamation announcing the receipt of the 
 Imperial Acts (13 and 14 Vict, cap. 59) establish- 
 ing constitutional Government in the Australian 
 Colonies and the separation of V. from N.S.W. 
 The Acts were hailed in V. and S.A. with universal 
 satisfaction. These colonies had obtained at least 
 as much as they expected; but when the colonists 
 of N.S.W. found that the clauses as to land and
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPjEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 329 
 
 revenue for which they were most anxious had 
 been excised their discontent was embodied in a 
 remonstrance, and passed as almost their last act 
 by the expiring Legislative Council. The hand of 
 the author Wentworth is visible in every line :— 
 " We, the Legislative Council of New South Wales, 
 in council assembled, feel it a solemn duty which 
 we owe to ourselves, our constituents, and our 
 posterity, before we give place to the new legislature 
 established by the 13 and 14 Vict., cap. 59, to 
 record our deep disappointment and dissatisfac- 
 tion at the constitution conferred by that act 
 on the colony we represent. After the reiterated 
 reports, resolutions, addresses and petitions 
 which have proceeded from us during the 
 whole course of our legislative career against 
 the schedules appended to the 5 and 6 Vict., cap. 
 70, and the appropriations of our ordinary revenue 
 therein made, by the sole authority of Parliament 
 —against the administration of our waste lands, 
 and our territorial revenue thence arising — against 
 the withholding of the Customs department from 
 our control — against the dispensation of the 
 patronage of the colony by or at the nomination 
 of the minister for the colonies— and against the 
 veto reserved and exercised by the same minister, 
 in the name of the Crown, in all matters of local 
 legislation ; we feel that we had a right to expect 
 that these undoubted grievances would have been 
 redressed by the 13 and 14 Vict, cap. 59 ; or else 
 that power to redress them would have been con- 
 ferred on the constituent bodies thereby created, 
 with the avowed intention of establishing an 
 authority more competent than Parliament itself 
 to frame suitable constitutions for the whole 
 group of the Australian Colonies. These our 
 resonable expectations have been utterly frus- 
 trated. The schedules, instead of being abolished, 
 have been increased. The powers of altering the 
 appropriations in these schedules, conferred on the 
 colonial legislature by this new enactment, limited 
 as these powers are have been, in effect, nullified 
 by the subsequent instructions of the colonial 
 minister. The exploded fallacies of the Wakefield 
 theory are still clung to ; the pernicious Land 
 Sales Act is still maintained in all its integrity ; 
 and thousands of our fellow-countrymen (in conse- 
 quence of the undue price put by that mischievous 
 and impolitic enactment upon our waste lands, in 
 defiance of the precedents of the United States, of 
 Canada, and the other North American colonies, 
 and even of the neighbouring colony of the Cape 
 of Good Hope) are annually diverted from our 
 shores, and thus forced against their will to seek a 
 home for themselves and their children in the 
 backwoods of America. Nor is this all. Our 
 territorial revenue, diminished as it is by this 
 insane policy, is in a great measure confined to the 
 introduction among us of people unsuited to our 
 wants, in many instances the outpourings of the 
 poorhouses and unions of the United Kingdom ; 
 instead of being applied, as it ought to be, in 
 directing to our colony a stream of vigorous and 
 
 efficient labour, calculated to elevate the character 
 of our industrial population. The bestowal of 
 offices among us, with but partial exceptions, is still 
 exercised by or at the nomination of the colonial 
 minister, and without reference to the just and 
 paramount claims of the colonists, as if the colony 
 itself were but the fief of that Minister. The 
 salaries of the officers of the Customs and all 
 other departments of Government mentioned in 
 the schedules are placed beyond our control ; and 
 the only result of this new enactment, ushered as 
 it was into Parliament by the Prime Minister 
 himself with so much parade, and under the 
 pretence of conferring upon us enlarged powers of 
 self-government and treating us at last as an 
 integral portion of the British Empire is, that all 
 the material powers exercised for centuries by the 
 House of Commons are still withheld from us. 
 That our loyalty and our desire for the main- 
 tenance of proper order are so far distrusted that 
 we are not permitted to vote our own civil list 
 lest it might prove inadequate to the necessities 
 of the public service. That our waste lands and 
 our territorial revenue, for which Her Majesty is 
 but a trustee, instead of being spontaneously 
 surrendered as an equivalent for such civil list is 
 still reserved, to our great detriment, to swell the 
 patronage and power of the Ministers of the 
 Crown. Thus circumstanced, we feel that on the 
 eve of this Council's dissolution, and as the closing 
 act of our legislative existence, no other course is 
 open to us but to enter on our journals our solemn 
 declaration, protest and remonstrance, as well 
 against the Act of Parliament itself (13 and 14 
 Vict., cap. 59) as against the instruction of the 
 Minister by which the small power of retrench- 
 ment that Act confers on the Colonial Legislature 
 has been thus overridden ; and to bequeath the 
 redress of the grievances, which we have been 
 unable to effect by Constitutional means, to the 
 Legislative Council by which we are about to be 
 succeeded." It is quite certain that the colonists 
 were not always in the right ; but to form an 
 apology for Earl Grey's unpopularity it must be 
 assumed that he was infallible — that he knew 
 better than any colonist what was good for the 
 colony, and that therefore he was justified in 
 ruling an important British dependency, peopled 
 by an English race, on principles that no Minister 
 dare apply to Yorkshire or Lancashire. In the 
 midst of the first session of the new Colonial 
 Parliaments all political contests, internal and 
 external, were cast into the shade by the gold 
 discoveries ; land question, convict question, taxa- 
 tion question, all were absorbed by the digging up 
 of gold over which flocks and herds had long been 
 carelessly driven. The year 1850 found N.S.W. 
 with 200,000 free people ; an export of £2,899,600 ; 
 an import of £2,078,300; 7,000,000 sheep; a 
 surplus revenue, and an annual demand for 
 labour ; nominal freedom of self-government ; and 
 actual restriction from legislation on every vital 
 interest. The colony commenced a new career. 
 
 12
 
 330 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 It had been, as Wentworth graphically expressed 
 it, "precipitated into a nation." 
 
 XV. The Gold Discoveries. — The history of the 
 Gold Discoveries is narrated under its proper 
 heading. It will be necessary to give here only a 
 short summary of the events preceding and follow- 
 ing this revolutionising incident in the history of 
 the colony. The account of the first indications of 
 auriferous mines in the Blue Mountain regions 
 around the Bathurst Plains dates many years 
 before 1851 ; but these are too general or too vague 
 to command much attention in recording the prac- 
 tical development of this discovery by Hargreaves. 
 He had been resident for some time in the 
 Bathurst country when the announcement in 1848 
 of the gold discovery in California reached him. 
 The accounts were so attractive to young men 
 bent on bettering their fortunes that a great many 
 went for this purpose to the "diggings," as the 
 American miners familiarly named the alluvial 
 workings. Among these was Hargreaves. While 
 working among the hills and valleys of the Sierra 
 Nevada he observed that the peculiar soil in which 
 the gold dust was found very much resembled 
 what he had often seen on the banks of the 
 streams near Bathurst, and that the adjacent rocks 
 presented a familiar structure to his eye. It does 
 not appear that he was at all versed in geology or 
 mineralogy, but from his intuitive faculties of 
 observation he concluded that where there was so 
 great a similarity there might also be auriferous 
 deposits. With this impression strong in his mind 
 he made his way back to N.S.W. about the end of 
 1850, and at once proceeded, but with great caution 
 and reticence, to "prospect" the localities he 
 deemed the most likely to contain the coveted 
 metal. This was on the banks of a small stream 
 about twenty miles inland from Bathurst named 
 Summer Hill Creek. Here his most sanguine 
 anticipations were realised by finding some grains 
 of gold after trying a few pans of the soil, which 
 he knew from his Californian experience was that 
 in which it existed. How to divulge the secret to 
 the best advantage was his next consideration. As 
 he did not over-estimate the importance of the 
 discovery, as likely to affect injuriously the social 
 and settled condition of the colony, from what he 
 had witnessed in California, he judiciously made 
 it known privately at first to the local Govern- 
 ment. At that time Deas Thomson, the Colonial 
 Secretary, an official of long standing in the colony, 
 was acquainted with some previous communica- 
 tions on the subject that ended in no practical 
 result ; consequently he advised the Governor to 
 decline giving any special benefit or premium to 
 Hargreaves until the value of the discovery should 
 be ascertained. Under these circumstances he 
 proceeded to Bathurst, where he assembled the 
 inhabitants of that secluded pastoral township 
 and exhibited the gold he had washed from the 
 banks of Summer Hill Creek, offering to escort a 
 properly equipped party to the spot to prove his 
 assertions. This was done by a number of the 
 
 more enterprising settlers, and in a few days 
 they were enabled to affirm the truth of the 
 discovery, which had the effect of attracting every 
 man in the place who could leave to seek his 
 fortune at the diggings. These pioneers of the 
 gold-fields, impressed with a sense of wonder 
 at the astounding fact called the picturesque spot 
 the Valley of Ophir, after the region mentioned 
 in Scripture as a place from whence gold was 
 extracted. Other localities in this vicinity were 
 examined and several of them found to be richer 
 in the size and quantity of the gold — pieces weigh- 
 ing one, two, three and four ounces being dug up, 
 which were named "nuggets," a term in use at 
 California. This mode of working continued for 
 some time until at last the richness and extent of 
 the deposits were evidenced by the discovery of a 
 mass of quartz containing 106 lbs. of gold, by a 
 native who knew nothing previously of its value. 
 The news of the discovery and richness of the 
 Bathurst goldnelds spread through the colony 
 with the most exciting effect upon all classes of 
 the community. As predicted and dreaded by the 
 Government, should a discovery occur, the whole 
 fabric of society was unhinged. The male popula- 
 tion hitherto plodding at their steady vocations in 
 the office or the fields, whether in town or country, 
 with almost one accord ceased to work and pre- 
 pared to join the gold-diggers in their exciting 
 occupation, each desirous of becoming the for- 
 tunate owner of a lump of gold that would render 
 him independent for life. Those who first left 
 their old employment were the shepherds tending 
 the sheep that produced the " golden fleece," which 
 had advanced the colony to its prosperity. It may 
 well be supposed that the squatters who owned 
 these flocks saw with dismay their desertion by 
 the shepherds. They considered that ruin must 
 inevitably follow to the pastoral interests by this 
 "accursed discovery of the gifts of Mammon." 
 Like many other shortsighted calculations of man, 
 not only was such an evil averted but it proved 
 in the end an increased source of wealth. Before 
 this period the flock-master was obliged to boil 
 down his surplus stock for the sake of the tallow, 
 skin, and wool, which realised not more than 
 3s. 6d. ; while large flocks of sheep were sold at 
 2s. 6d. per head, and legs of mutton sold at less 
 than Id. per pound. The influx of new comers to 
 the goldfields, which yielded the means to pay for 
 supplies, soon raised the value of a sheep double, 
 treble,— until it became ten-fold, and the frightened 
 squatters thus became the wealthiest and most 
 independent colonists. In the towns the social 
 confusion was more apparent than in the country. 
 Labourers and mechanics left off work, and he 
 who had some previous knowledge of mining was 
 looked up to as the leader of a party. Clerks left 
 their countinghouses and shopmen their employers' 
 shops, heedless of warning that they would lose 
 their situations. Many civil servants in Govern- 
 ment offices, and the book-keepers of bankers and 
 merchants, threw up good appointments ranging
 
 Newl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 331 
 
 from £200 to £500 and even £1000 a-year for the 
 glittering chances of the goldfields. Even trades- 
 men closed their places of business, and however 
 unfitted for a life in the bush equipped themselves 
 with pick and spade for their new pursuit. While 
 the trade in ordinary merchandise was at a stand- 
 still, ironmongers and storekeepers having a stock 
 of implements suitable for gold-digging obtained 
 fabulous prices for them in consequence of the 
 demand. Those also who dealt in flour, sugar, 
 tea, and portable provisions, benefited likewise 
 by the rush to the diggings ; and consequently 
 they remained at home to lay in fresh sup- 
 plies. On the other hand, the traders in com- 
 modities not in request shut up their shops 
 and went to participate in the general scramble. 
 Nor did the mania seize alone the people on shore ; 
 the sailors deserted the ships afloat in the harbour, 
 leaving their pay behind, and made their journey 
 on foot across the Blue Mountains, over which 
 throngs of travellers passed by day and night, 
 making the solitude for the time a populous 
 thoroughfare. A large population of a most 
 miscellaneous character was thus collected in the 
 region where the precious metal was to be found. 
 In this emergency the utmost promptitude and 
 judgment was required to prevent a state of law- 
 lessness and anarchy such as prevailed at California 
 during the first years of its gold discovery. At 
 once a proclamation was published, according to 
 the old English laws relating to the precious metals 
 on Crown lands which were declared to be the 
 property of Her Majesty ; but these were modified 
 so that only a royalty of thirty shillings per month 
 was demanded from every person on the gold- 
 fields, each one having a license to that effect. To 
 collect this license fee and maintain order among 
 the diggers all the available police and military 
 forces were sent up the country. Although there 
 were greater causes than usual for people com- 
 mitting breaches of the peace amidst the confusion 
 that prevailed, yet it is satisfactory to state that 
 during the subsequent eighteen months the returns 
 of crime show no increase on the previous ratio. 
 The licensing system however proved to be unfair 
 for the diggers who were not successful, and 
 obnoxious to them generally ; consequently it was 
 rescinded and a duty on the export of gold was 
 substituted. When the fact of these auriferous 
 deposits was made patent to the world, credible 
 statements were put forth that the local authorities 
 had been apprised of the existence of gold in the 
 Australian mountains at various periods anterior 
 to Hargreaves' discovery, and that they suppressed 
 the information fearful of its consequences on the 
 industrial progress of the colony. These pruden- 
 tial motives on the part of the earlier local 
 Governments are commendable, for the colony was 
 not then prepared to receive intelligence of such 
 boundless treasure lying open to their hands. The 
 gradual increase of live stock which furnished 
 animal food to the people at the time of the 
 discovery was in itself a fortunate circumstance, 
 
 when so little of other kinds of provisions could 
 be had upon that emergency. Thus, although late 
 in the history of the southern continent, the dis- 
 covery of its auriferous deposits could not have 
 been made at a more propitious time. Notwith- 
 standing these favourable circumstances of time 
 and place, much social and commercial confusion 
 prevailed during the first year or two; but no 
 extraordinary increase of crime resulted from the 
 discovery. In a few years the first excitement had 
 not only subsided, cooling the fevered imagina- 
 tions of the colonists, but many, especially among 
 the educated classes, returned to their former 
 occupations. They were lucky men whose services 
 were again engaged at the salaries they had thrown 
 up ; the greater number had to work up the ladder 
 of promotion once more as "wiser but sadder men." 
 In like manner shepherds, stockmen, and bullock- 
 drivers, gradually returned to their old employ- 
 ments, as they found that large gold nuggets were 
 as rare as prizes in a lottery. They preferred 
 steady pastoral pursuits, with increased wages, to 
 the fickle freaks of fortune at the gold-fields. To 
 those unaccustomed to hard labour the romance of 
 gold-mining was soon dissipated when they found 
 that the most arduous toil was necessary in pro- 
 curing the coveted metal, and when obtained 
 rapidly disappeared in paying extravagant prices 
 for the most ordinary necessaries of life. A 
 reaction in favour of industrial occupations was 
 the consequence ; and there was a want of hands 
 to develop the numerous fresh discoveries of gold 
 all over the country. Moreover the greater attrac- 
 tions of Ballarat and Bendigo drew away the most 
 skilful miners from the Bathurst and other diggings. 
 " It is not yet quite 200 years," writes Therry, 
 " since the squadron of a British Admiral (Anson) 
 swept the seas in search of Spanish galleons ; and 
 if a cruiser then came home with a prize of 
 500,000 dollars after a three months cruise it was 
 hailed as an event that created quite a national 
 joy. Now, ship after ship monthly arrives from 
 Australia freighted with from a quarter to half a 
 million of pounds sterling in gold, and does not 
 attract attention beyond a passing notice in the 
 Money-market article of The Times." The first 
 account of the gold-discovery that was sent to 
 Europe was taken down from the lips of Hargreaves 
 by David Blair, and was printed in the Empire 
 newspaper, then owned and edited by Henry 
 Parkes. 
 
 XVI. Close of Fitzroy's Administration. — The 
 first sod of the Sydney and Goulburn Railway 
 was turned by the daughter of Governor Fitzroy 
 on 3rd July 1851, in the presence of 10,000 per- 
 sons. The introduction of the alpaca was suggested 
 the same year ; but it was not till November 
 1859 that a flock of 292 alpacas, llamas and vicunas 
 were successfully introduced by C. Ledger, with 
 great trouble, from Peru. After an existence of 
 eight years the Sydney Legislative Council termin- 
 ated on the 2nd May 1852 and the new Constitu- 
 tion Act came into force. The new House of.
 
 332 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 Assembly met on the 16th October, with Sir 
 Charles Nicholson, for the third time, as the 
 Speaker. A most important point in respect to 
 the gold discoveries, namely, the settlement of the 
 vexed question as to the management of the gold- 
 fields, was raised by Wentworth ; but by a happy 
 coincidence the Australian R, M. steamer arrived 
 the same afternoon, having on board despatches 
 from Sir J. Pakington announcing that Her 
 Majesty's Government had determined to place at 
 the disposal of the Governor and Legislature of 
 N.S.W. (and also of V.) the fund arising from 
 license fees and royalty on gold, with the power of 
 framing the necessary regulations. Thus this 
 long-contested point was satisfactorily adjusted 
 and the Executive and Legislative Councils were 
 enabled to proceed together in harmony. In June 
 the town of Gundagai was almost destroyed by 
 floods. Only seven buildings out of seventy- 
 eight were left standing and eighty-nine people 
 perished. In January the first mail steamer, the 
 Chusan, arrived at Sydney, having called at 
 Melbourne on the voyage, after a passage of 
 seventy-nine days, or sixty-seven days actual 
 sailing. The formal opening of the Sydney 
 University took place on 11th October. Its 
 foundation is the most meritorious measure passed 
 during Fitzroy's administration. The University 
 was established under an Act introduced by 
 Wentworth in 1847. It is modelled on those of 
 Oxford and Cambridge ; no religious test how- 
 ever is applied to students. Its government is 
 vested in a senate of sixteen Fellows, four of whom 
 may be clergymen. A provost and vice-provost 
 (now called chancellor and vice-chancellor) are 
 chosen by the Fellows out of their own body. 
 Vacancies are filled by the remaining Fellows until 
 there are 100 graduates, Masters of Arts, &c, 
 entitled to vote, when the vacancies are filled by 
 candidates elected by the graduates duly convened. 
 The Act of Council provides an endowment of 
 .£5000 a-year ; out of this fund provision has been 
 made for eighteen scholarships of the annual 
 value of £50, to be held for periods not exceeding 
 three years. An additional scholarship has since 
 been founded by Thomas Barker. The degree of 
 B.A. was first conferred in 1857 on A. Renwick, 
 G. Salting and W. Salting. The degree of M.A. 
 was first conferred in 1859 on M. Burdekin, W. C. 
 Curtis, 11 M. Fitzgerald, E. Lee, D. S. Mitchell, 
 W. C. Wyndeyer, T. W. Johnson and T. Kinloch. 
 The degree of LL.D. was first conferred in 1866 
 on J. S. Patterson and G. H. Stanley. The degree 
 of LL.B. was first conferred in 1867 on F. E. 
 Rogers. The degree of M.B. was first conferred 
 in 1867 on P. Smith ; and the degree of M.D. in 
 1868 on C. F. Goldsborough. The selection of 
 professors for the several chairs was entrusted to 
 a committee of gentlemen in England and the 
 professors arrived in 1852. E. T. Hamilton, 
 M.A., late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, 
 was the first provost. By Royal Charter issued 
 7th February 1858 the same rank, style and 
 
 precedence are granted to graduates of the 
 University of Sydney as are enjoyed by gradu- 
 ates of universities within the United Kingdom. 
 The question of Federation and the defective 
 powers of the Council was raised in the Legis- 
 lature, and a Constitution Committee which 
 played an important part in local politics was 
 formed. After a debate of seven days on the 
 new Constitution Bill it was committed on the 
 6th December 1853 and followed by a series of 
 resolutions proposed by Wentworth. In July a 
 branch of the Royal Mint, which had been under 
 discussion two years before, was established in 
 Sydney with Colonel E. W. Ward as Deputy 
 Master. The necessary buildings were erected 
 the following year. New defence works were also 
 commenced and £100,000 was voted for immigra- 
 tion. Irresponsible government ceased this year ; 
 and Wentworth and Deas Thomson were sent 
 home to watch the new constitution through the 
 Imperial Parliament. Fitzroy left Sydney on 
 28th January 1855. A series of resolutions moved 
 by James Macarthur had been previously carried 
 in the Legislative Council expressing that body's 
 cordial approval of the practical ability, sound 
 judgment, and eminent success by which his 
 administration had been characterised ; and also 
 of the frank and constitutional spirit which he 
 had manifested on all occasions in his dealings with 
 it. An amendment, couched in terms strongly 
 condemnatory of the policy and personal character 
 of Fitzroy, was moved by Dr. Lang but rejected 
 by twenty-eight votes to six. He received on 
 leaving farewell addresses from the various 
 religious bodies and from the colonists at large, 
 the latter accompanied with a testimonial of 
 2000 sovereigns in gold. Lang represents Fitzroy 
 as a man with neither head nor heart, whose 
 influence on the community both socially and 
 politically was unspeakably evil ; and to heighten 
 the colour of the portrait the savage bitter- 
 ness of the attacks of "Junius" upon the 
 ducal house of Grafton, from which he sprang, 
 are quoted by Lang with grim satisfaction as the 
 consistent and hereditary traditions of the family. 
 Flanagan states that he was far from being that 
 indolent pleasure-seeking man whom his enemies 
 depicted ; and it should be remembered that he 
 acted with great tact at the time of the gold-fields 
 discovery, and that during his administration the 
 twopenny postage rate was introduced for the first 
 time in an Australian colony, which conferred 
 great benefits on the public. Fitzroy was an 
 industrious worker in the Cabinet, and never 
 allowed a paper to pass through his office without 
 reading and minuting it with his own hand. After 
 the fatal accident to Lady Mary Fitzroy, the 
 conduct of the Governor and his sons gave 
 rise to very many scandals. He was the last 
 of the old order of Governors. With his suc- 
 cessor an entirely new system came in which 
 required an entirely different class of men to 
 administer it.
 
 New! 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 333 
 
 XVII. Governor Denison.—Sh- William Denkon 
 had been Governor of V.D.L. since 1846, and his 
 administration there was not of a kind to warrant 
 hopeful anticipations of his rule in N.S.W. He 
 was at issue with the colonists of the island on 
 nearly all penal questions, and had predicted that 
 the cessation of transportation would turn Hobart 
 Town into a mere fishing village. He had the 
 reputation of being an able, though severe admin- 
 istrator, strictly obedient to the orders he received 
 from Downing-street. He met the Council in 
 June, and at once pressed on their attention the 
 importance of providing ample means for a per- 
 fect and comprehensive system of education for 
 the whole mass of the population. On 31st 
 October the new Constitution arrived in Sydney 
 and on 19th December the Council was prorogued 
 for the last time and the new Legislature inaugu- 
 rated. The colonists had obtained a boon " which, 
 according as it was used, might be the source of 
 degradation or the medium of the highest honour." 
 The old Council had entrusted the framing of the 
 new Constitution to a committee, which decided 
 to adopt the English system of government by two 
 Houses ; the one to represent the people as a 
 whole, the other to watch over the interests of 
 those who by their superior wealth might be 
 supposed to have more than an ordinary stake in 
 the welfare of the country. It was quickly 
 arranged that the popular House should consist of 
 not less than fifty-four members to be elected by 
 men who paid a small rental or possessed property 
 of a certain annual value. But with regard to the 
 nature of the Upper House it was much more 
 difficult to come to a decision. Wentworth pro- 
 posed that the Queen should establish a colonial 
 peerage to form a small House of Lords, holding 
 their seats by hereditary right ; but this idea 
 raised so great an outcry that he made haste to 
 abandon it. Several of the committee were in 
 favour of the scheme (afterwards adopted in V.) 
 of making the Upper House elective, while limit- 
 ing the choice of members to those who possessed 
 at least £5000 worth of real property. After much 
 discussion however it was decided to give to the 
 Governor the power of nominating the members 
 of this Chamber, which was to consist of not less 
 than twenty-one persons. The Council adopted 
 this scheme and sent it home for the assent of the 
 Queen ; they also requested that their constitution 
 might be still further assimilated to that of Great 
 Britain by the introduction of responsible govern- 
 ment, so that the Ministers who controlled the 
 affairs of the colony should be no longer officials 
 appointed or dismissed by the Governor and 
 Secretary of State, but should in future be chosen 
 by the Parliament to advise the Governor on all 
 matters of public interest and should be liable to 
 dismissal from office as soon as the Parliament 
 lost confidence in their ability or prudence. The 
 British Government at once gave its assent to this 
 Constitution, which was accordingly inaugurated 
 in 1856 ; and from that date onward N.S.W. has 
 
 been, in political matters, an imitation in miniature 
 of the British Empire. In 1858 two small modifi- 
 cations were introduced ; the Lower House was 
 increased in numbers to sixty-eight members and 
 the privilege of voting for it was extended to every 
 male person over twenty-one years of age who had 
 dwelt not less than six months in the colony. 
 The first Ministry under the system of Responsi- 
 ble Government met in May. The inauguration 
 of the Constitution Act was celebrated by a 
 national banquet, at which the Governor, the 
 judges, the former ministers and those of the 
 day, the foreign consuls, and James Macarthur 
 attended ; Dr. Bland, one of the earliest champions 
 of Responsible Government, presided. In 1854 
 great excitement had been caused in Sydney by 
 the outbreak of the Crimean war, and the people 
 in their fear lest they might suddenly receive an 
 unwelcome visit from Russian cruisers, hastened 
 to complete a system of fortifications for the 
 harbour. Denison, who had in youth been trained 
 as an officer of the Royal Engineers in England, 
 took a warm interest in the operations. He built 
 a small fortress on an islet in the middle of the 
 harbour and placed batteries of guns at suitable 
 spots along the shores. The advance of the science 
 of warfare in recent times has left these little 
 fortifications but sorry defences against modern 
 iron-clads ; but they have since been supplemented 
 by some of those improvements in defence which 
 have accompanied the invention of new methods 
 of attack. A great gloom was cast over the colony 
 in 1857 by the loss of a fine ship within seven 
 miles of the centre of Sydney. The Dunbar sailed 
 from Plymouth in that year with about 120 people 
 on board, many of them well-known colonists who 
 had visited England and were now on their way 
 homewards. As the vessel approached the coast a 
 heavy gale came clown from the north-east, and ere 
 they could reach the entrance to Port Jackson 
 night had closed around them. In the deep and 
 stormy gloom they beat to and fro for some time ; 
 but at length the captain thought it safer to make 
 for Sydney Heads than to toss about on so wild a 
 sea. He brought the vessel close in to the shore 
 in order to search for the entrance, and when 
 against the stormy sky he perceived a break in 
 the black cliffs he steered for the opening. 
 This however was not the entrance but only a 
 hollow in the cliffs, called by the Sydney people 
 " The Gap." The vessel was standing straight in 
 for the rocks when a mass of boiling surf was 
 observed in the space where they thought the 
 opening was, and ere she could be put about she 
 crashed violently upon the foot of a cliff that 
 frowned ninety feet above ; there was a shriek, 
 and then the surf rolled back the fragments and 
 the drowning men. At daybreak the word was 
 given that a ship had been wrecked at the Gap, 
 and during the day thousands of people poured 
 forth from Sydney to view the scene of the 
 disaster. On the following morning it was dis- 
 covered that there was a solitary survivor, who
 
 3S4 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 having been washed into a hollow in the face of 
 the rock lay concealed in his place of refuge 
 throughout that dreadful night and all the suc- 
 ceeding day. A young man was found who 
 volunteered to let himself down by a rope and 
 rescue the half-dead seaman. To prevent the 
 repetition of so sad an occurrence lighthouses were 
 erected for the guidance of ship-captains entering 
 the harbour. In 1857 the Australian Museum was 
 opened and formed the nucleus of the present 
 collection of specimens. During this period 
 several newspapers sprang into existence, rail- 
 ways began to stretch out from the metropolis, 
 and lines of telegraph united Sydney with 
 the leading cities of the other colonies. In 
 September 1855 the first railway was opened 
 from Sydney to Parramatta by the Governor. The 
 revenue for the year was ,£1,643,403, and the 
 estimated expenditure .£1,660,688. In 1859 the 
 district of Moreton Bay was separated from 
 N.S.W. and erected into the colony of Q. The 
 political history of N.S.W. from the establishment 
 of responsible Government onwards becomes little 
 more than a record of the rise and fall of succes- 
 sive Ministries, and is not fitted to be told in a 
 condensed style. That portion of the annals of 
 •the colony has yet to be written ; but sufficient is 
 told of it in the present volume in the articles 
 under the names of the successive Chief Ministers 
 of the Crown. In 1860 great floods occurred, 
 chiefly in the southern district, occasioning vast 
 losses of both life and property. The Assembly 
 voted a sum of £3000 for the relief of the sufferers, 
 and a private subscription was set on foot by some 
 public-spirited individuals. Denison's adminis- 
 tration closed on the 22nd January 1861. For an 
 interval of two months the Government was admin- 
 istered by Lieut.-Colonel J. F. Kempt. Denison's 
 rule closed well. The ancient causes of strife had 
 all died out, and the Governor, relieved from 
 the duty of obeying the instructions sent from 
 Downing-street, devoted his attention to matters 
 of practical improvement. In various departments 
 — religious, educational, scientific, literary and 
 social — his administration was one of marked 
 progress ; new churches, colleges, schools and 
 scientific institutions and societies rapidly sprung 
 up. His lectures before the Philosophical and the 
 Agricultural and the Horticultural Societies, and 
 the Young Men's Christian Association, together 
 with his visits to Norfolk Island to inquire into 
 the condition of the Pitcairn Islanders and to 
 confer on them a political constitution, were proofs 
 of his desire to subserve the cause of moral and 
 social progress in every effectual way. 
 
 XVIII. Governor Young. — Sit John Young 
 arrived in Sydney as Denison's successor on 22nd 
 March 1861. He was a man of statesmanlike 
 abilities and polished manners, a worthy successor 
 of Sir Richard Bourke, of whom he was a fellow- 
 countryman. But the administrative capacity of 
 the Governor had become, under responsible 
 government, a matter of comparatively small 
 
 importance. The political power was chiefly in 
 the hands of responsible Ministers, and without 
 their advice the Governor could do nothing. The 
 Ministry of the period — headed by Charles Cowper 
 and John Robertson — prepared a bill to alter the 
 regulations for the sale of land, and to give to the 
 poor man an opportunity of obtaining a small 
 farm on easy terms. Any person who declared his 
 readiness to live on his land and to cultivate it, 
 was to be allowed to select a portion not exceeding 
 a certain size, in any part of the colony which he 
 thought most convenient. The land was not to be 
 given gratuitously ; but although the selector was 
 to pay for it at the rate of one pound per acre, yet 
 he was not expected to give more than a quarter 
 of the price on taking possession. Three years 
 afterwards he had the option of either paying at 
 once for the remaining three-quarters, or if this 
 were beyond his means, of continuing to hold the 
 land at a yearly rental of one shilling an acre. 
 This was an excellent scheme for the poorer class 
 of farmers ; but it was not looked upon with 
 favour by most of the squatters, whose runs were 
 only rented from the State and were therefore 
 liable under this new Act to be invaded by 
 selectors, who would pick out all the more fertile 
 portions, break up the runs in an awkward 
 manner and cause many annoyances. Hence, 
 though the Legislative Assembly passed the bill, 
 the Upper House, whose members were mostly 
 squatters, promptly rejected it ; and upon this 
 there arose a struggle, the Ministry being deter- 
 mined to carry the bill and the Council quite as 
 resolute never to pass it. Acting on the advice of 
 his Ministers, the Governor entreated the Upper 
 House to give way ; but it was deaf to all persua- 
 sions, and the Ministers determined to coerce it 
 by adopting extreme measures. Its members had 
 been nominated by a previous Governor for a 
 period of five years as a preliminary trial before 
 the nominations for life ; the term of their 
 appointment was now drawing to a close, and 
 Young, by waiting some little time, might easily 
 have appointed a new Council of his own way of 
 thinking. But the Ministers were impatient to 
 have their measure passed, and instead of waiting 
 they advised the Governor to nominate twenty- 
 one new Members of Council, who being all sup- 
 porters of the bill would give them a majority in 
 the Upper House ; so that on the very last night of 
 its existence it would be obliged to pass the measure 
 and make it law. But when the opponents of the 
 liill saw the trick which was being played upon 
 them they rose from their seats and resigned in a 
 body. The President himself vacated his chair, 
 and as no business could then be carried on the 
 Land Bill was delayed until the Council came 
 to an end, and the Ministers thus found them- 
 selves outwitted. They were able somewhat later 
 to effect their purpose ; but this little episode in 
 responsible government caused no little stir at the 
 time, and Sir John Young subsequently received a 
 rebuke from the Colonial Secretary for his share
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 335 
 
 in it. Robertson's Land Act still remains in force, 
 and was amended in 1875. In 1862 an Act was 
 passed abolishing State aid to religion. In 1863 
 there occurred destructive floods on the Hunter. 
 In 1865 there were in the colony 396 registered 
 clergymen of all denominations, 576 churches and 
 chapels, 922 dwellings or public buildings used for 
 public worship and 588 Sunday-schools attended 
 by 35,500 children. There were also 1069 ordinary 
 schools throughout the colony, at which 53,500 
 scholars received instruction daily. Nearly five 
 millions sterling had been produced by the mines 
 within ten years ; nearly 73,000 acres of additional 
 land were brought under cultivation in this year ; 
 410,608 acres were under wheat giving two and a- 
 quarter acres to each person in the colony ; 400,000 
 people travelled by railways ; and in the ten years 
 during which electric telegraphs had been in exist- 
 ence forty-five of the principal townships had been 
 placed in connection by 855 miles of wire. In 
 January 1866 the English mails were first sent 
 from Brisbane vid Torres Straits. In July great 
 storms were felt all over the colonies especially in 
 N.S.W., the Caivarra foundering with all hands 
 off the mouth of the Hunter River at Newcastle. 
 Sir Trevor Chute, K.C.B., the commander of the 
 forces, administered the Government from the 
 departure of Governor Young on 24th December 
 1867 till the arrival of the Earl of Belmore on 7th 
 January 1868. 
 
 XIX. Governor the Earl of Belmore. — The Earl 
 of Belmore succeeded. His administration was not 
 popular, nor does he appear to have possessed 
 many of the qualifications needful in the Governor 
 of a colony enjoying representative institutions. 
 In March 1868 occurred the murderous attack of 
 O'Farrell on the Duke of Edinburgh. The con- 
 struction of the railway line across the Blue 
 Mountains was vigorously prosecuted during this 
 period. The first difficulty which had to be 
 encountered was at a long valley named Knapsack 
 Gully. Here the rails had to be laid on a great 
 viaduct, where the trains run above the tops of the 
 tallest trees. The engineers had next to undertake 
 the formidable task of conducting the line up a 
 steep and rocky incline, seven hundred feet in 
 height. This was effected by cutting a " zig-zag " 
 in the rock ; the trains run first to the left, rising 
 upon a slight incline ; then reversing they go to 
 the right, still mounting slightly upwards ; then 
 again to the left; and so on till the summit is 
 reached. By these means the short distance is 
 rendered long, but the abrupt steepness of the hill 
 is reduced to a gentle inclination. The trains 
 afterwards run along the top of the ridge, gradually 
 rising till at the highest point they are three 
 thousand five hundred feet above the level of 
 the Sydney station. The passengers look down 
 from the mountain tops on the forest-clad valleys 
 far below ; they speed along vast embankments or 
 dash through passages cut in the solid rock, whose 
 sides tower above them to the height of an ordinary 
 steeple. Iu some places long tunnels were bored, 
 
 so that the trains now enter a hill at one side 
 and emerge from the other. One of these tunnels 
 was thought to be unsafe, the immense mass of rock 
 above it seemed likely to crush downwards upon 
 the passage, and the engineers thought that their 
 best course would be to remove the hill from 
 above it. Three and a-half tons of gunpowder 
 were placed at intervals in the tunnel and con- 
 nected by wires with a galvanic battery placed a 
 long distance off. The operation of firing the 
 mine was made a public occasion, and Lady 
 Belmore agreed to go up to the mountains and 
 perform the ceremony of removing the hill. When 
 all was ready she touched the knob which brought 
 the two ends of the wire together ; a dull and 
 rumbling sound was heard, the solid rock heaved 
 slowly upward and then settled back to its place 
 broken in a thousand pieces and covered with 
 rolling clouds of dust and smoke. All that the 
 workmen had then to do was to carry away the 
 immense pile of stone and the course was clear 
 for laying the rails. When the line reached the 
 other side of the Blue Mountains there were the 
 same difficulties in the descent ; but similar con- 
 trivances overcame them and the trains now run 
 along precipices where the surveyors and first 
 workmen had to be lowered by ropes to com- 
 mence operations. By the southern railway to 
 Yass crowds of people are daily whirled in a few 
 hours to places which forty years ago were reached 
 by Stuart and Hume and Mitchell only after 
 weeks of patient toil, through unknown lands that 
 were far removed from civilisation. 
 
 XX. Governor Robinson. — The Earl of Belmore 
 was succeeded by Sir Hercules George Robert 
 Robinson, K.G.C.M.G., who arrived in the colony 
 and was sworn in on 3rd June, 1872. He had been 
 previously Governor of Ceylon, and this fact, 
 coupled with the circumstance that most of his 
 official experience had been gained in Crown colonies 
 where the system of government is far less free 
 and popular than that which is enjoyed by the 
 people of N.S.W., gave rise to some doubts respect- 
 ing the success with which he was likely to preside 
 over the destinies of a vigorous and democratic 
 community. But all doubt in this regard was soon 
 set at rest ; and although in one or two instances 
 when it was necessary for him to express an 
 opinion on some matter connected with the action 
 of Parliament it was thought he had gone some- 
 what beyond the duty of a Governor in a colony 
 with a free constitution, yet it may truly be said 
 no Governor ever enjoyed more popularity, no one 
 ever was more successful in the performance of 
 the general duties of his position, and even his 
 mistakes appear to have been characterised by an 
 earnest desire to do what he believed was for the 
 good of the country. No better evidence could be 
 obtained of the success with which he filled the 
 vice-regal position, than the fact that the people 
 from one end of the colony to the other would 
 have gladly hailed his re-appointment. Sir 
 Hercules Robinson is a man of considerable
 
 336 
 
 CYCLOPjEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 ability, of careful judgment, prompt and vigorous 
 action and unflinching courage. On several occa- 
 sions he brought his energetic mind to bear upon 
 questions which vitally affected the interests of 
 the colony, and by the use of his happy talent for 
 public speaking just at the right moment and in 
 the right way accomplished a large amount of 
 good. His speeches on railway progress, on Aus- 
 tralian federation, on the position and duties of a 
 Governor of an Australian colony, and at the 
 Sydney University on mental and physical train- 
 ing, were remarkable instances of a penetrating 
 intellect, a thoughtful expression of liberal views, 
 and a clear understanding of what is necessary for 
 the vigour and prosperity of a community like 
 that of Australia. His thoughtfulness and tact in 
 this direction were instanced in connection with 
 the project for holding an International Exhibition 
 (in 1879,) when, coming to the front and urging upon 
 the Agricultural Society and the public the abso- 
 lute necessity for carrying out the intended 
 Exhibition in order to save the colony from dis- 
 grace, he influenced public opinion to such an 
 extent that new life was infused into the move- 
 ment at once. Even the youth of the colony were 
 not passed over in silence, and his speech at the 
 Sydney Grammar School examination at Christ- 
 mas 1877 will long be remembered. His period of 
 office was conspicuous for political crises. In conse- 
 quence of the state of parties in Parliament for some 
 years past it had been impossible for any Govern- 
 ment to remain in office for any length of time, and 
 in fulfilling the duties of his position as a repre- 
 sentative of the Crown seeking new advisers 
 the Governor had many difficulties to contend 
 with. Generally he exercised a wise discretion on 
 these occasions ; but he was responsible for intro- 
 ducing a practice which met with some condem- 
 nation, known as that of "conditional dissolutions," 
 or the promise of the Governor to grant a dissolu- 
 tion of Parliament on condition that the outgoing 
 Ministers are able to obtain supply. In two 
 instances, the Gardiner and Rossi cases, Robinson 
 came into collision with the Legislative Assembly ; 
 but if Ministers had been more attentive to their 
 responsibility as the advisers of the Crown, and 
 Parliament more alive to the great principle of 
 responsible government, there need not have been 
 any unpleasantness between the Parliament and 
 the Governor. In the early part of his govern- 
 ment he was called on to proceed to Levuka and 
 effect the annexation of Fiji. Accompanied by 
 Sir J. G. L. Innes, Attorney-General in the first 
 Parkes Ministry, the Governor visited Fiji and 
 completed the annexation of the Islands to Great 
 Britain, on terms advantageous to England and 
 satisfactory to Thakombau, the reputed King 
 of Fiji, and to the great chiefs of the country. 
 For his services upon this occasion he received the 
 Grand Cross of the Order of St. Michael and 
 St. George, and Innes was knighted. Out of the 
 mission to Fiji arose a sharp correspondence 
 between the Governor and the Chief Justice 
 
 (Sir James Martin) on the non-appointment of an 
 administrator of the Government during the 
 absence of His Excellency from the colony, and 
 the subsequent appointment of Sir Alfred Stephen 
 as Lieutenant-Governor. Robinson made several 
 tours into the interior, becoming personally 
 acquainted with most of the evidences of progress 
 amongst the people and with the vast resources of 
 the colony ; and on more than one occasion he 
 visited V. His fondness for field sports gave an 
 impetus to this kind of amusement which it never 
 before possessed in the colony ; but while he gave 
 countenance and support to horse-racing, he always 
 endeavoured by counsel and example to purify the 
 turf from the vicious practices which surround it, 
 and to make it a means of pleasure that may be 
 enjoyed with safety and benefit by the most 
 respectable and the most innocent in the land. 
 The history of the colony from the time he 
 landed on its shores was marked by several 
 important events, and on the whole by general 
 prosperity and progress. The year of his arrival 
 was conspicuous for the enthusiasm and specula- 
 tion among all classes of the people, which produced 
 an extraordinary revival of mining enterprise, and 
 raised sanguine expectations that N.S.W. would 
 more than ever prove to the world that she was 
 immensely rich in mineral treasures, and capable 
 of maintaining a great mining population. The 
 discovery of wonderfully rich veins of gold at 
 Hawkins Hill was followed by discoveries of 
 extensive and valuable deposits of tin and copper 
 in various parts of the colony, and many claims 
 being taken up, numbers of mining companies 
 were started, and everybody was in a fever of 
 excitement to secure shares. But, as at previous 
 times when a mania to become rapidly rich has 
 seized the people, the unhealthy mining excite- 
 ment was followed within a few months by depres- 
 sion and a general collapse. Legitimate enterprise 
 gave way to share-jobbing and dishonest specula- 
 tion ; and while a few persons by these practices 
 acquired large amounts of money, hundreds lost 
 the savings of years, and many were completely 
 ruined. Nothing however occurred to show that 
 the country is not very rich in mineral deposits, 
 and since the period of the mining mania a 
 judicious application of capital and steady con- 
 tinuous industry have produced results on the gold- 
 fields which have furnished in many cases very 
 satisfactory dividends. Not only for the excite- 
 ment produced by the discoveries of valuable 
 minerals is the year 1872 remarkable. In that 
 year the spread of knowledge through the length 
 and breadth of the land was assisted by the receipt 
 and despatch, for the first time, of direct telegrams 
 between N.S.W. and England, across the continent 
 of Australia, and by a movement in the Legis- 
 lative Assembly to abolish the postage rates 
 on newspapers. But the year did not close 
 without a serious Parliamentary mistake ; for 
 a majority of the House, led by the Govern- 
 ment of the day, objecting to the existence of
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 337 
 
 the Permanent Infantry Force, a body of men as 
 tine and well trained as a regiment of British 
 regulars, the force was disbanded at the end of 
 the year, Parliament voting a sum of money to 
 compensate the men and their officers for loss of 
 service. In January of the following year an 
 Intercolonial Conference was held, the principal 
 result of its deliberations being the reorganisation 
 of the ocean mail services; and the month of 
 December witnessed the arrival of the first steamer 
 by the Torres Straits mail route, the departure of 
 the first steamer by the reorganised San Francisco 
 route, and the departure of the last steamer 
 belonging to the P. and O. Company, under the 
 old Suez contract. Not only did the colony 
 exhibit a highly commendable spirit of enterprise 
 with regard to ocean mail services, but circum- 
 stances being favourable for a reconstruction of the 
 fiscal system, the ad valorem duties were repealed 
 and the tariff was further amended by the abolition 
 of several specific duties which were but slightly 
 productive of revenue. The flourishing state of 
 the revenue enabled the Colonial Treasurer not 
 only to clear off the deficit that had so long 
 hampered his accounts, but to get rid of some of 
 the taxation that had been imposed for the purpose 
 of putting the public accounts in a healthy con- 
 dition. In 1873 a public funeral was given to the 
 remains of William Charles Wentworth ; Sir James 
 Martin retired from public life and was appointed 
 Chief Justice ; the abolition of postage on news- 
 papers was completed ; and a series of resolutions 
 were moved in the Assembly providing for a 
 Department of Justice and Public Instruction, 
 with a responsible Minister at its head ; for the 
 abolition of the office of Solicitor-General ; and for 
 a change in the status of the Attorney-General, by 
 which that Minister of the Crown ceased to be a 
 member of the Executive Council. The year is 
 noticeable also because it witnessed a decided rise 
 in the rate of wages and a shortening of the 
 hours of labour. The collapse of the mining 
 mania of 1872-3 led capitalists to invest con- 
 siderable sums of money in the purchase of land ; 
 and in 1874 the land revenue had increased so 
 considerably that the Treasurer in making his 
 financial statement was able to show a large surplus, 
 and to announce that the Government were in a 
 position to clear off the last remnant of the old 
 deficiency debt, and to put the finances of the 
 colony on a perfectly sound basis. One important 
 measure of the session of Parliament was the 
 Mining Act, which provided for a Minister for 
 Mines and a Mining Board. But the chief political 
 event of the year was the trouble over the release 
 of the bushranger Gardiner, and the consequent 
 fall of the Government. Some objectionable pro- 
 ceedings in Denominational schools raised an out- 
 cry in favour of secular, free, and compulsory 
 education, and led to the formation of the Public 
 Schools League, which was soon afterwards met 
 by an organisation formed under the name of the 
 Defence Association and in the interests of the 
 
 Denominational schools. But beyond an agitation 
 which lasted for a considerable time and aroused 
 a good deal of bitter feeling between the supporters 
 of the rival school systems, nothing resulted from 
 the movement until 1875, when the Assembly 
 agreed to resolutions repealing the regulation 
 which required one-third of the cost of public 
 schools to be raised by the inhabitants of the 
 locality where the schools were wanted. While 
 these matters were transpiring preparations were 
 being made for carefully watching an expected 
 transit of Venus, and the arrangements of the 
 Government Astronomer were so complete that he 
 was able to make very satisfactory observations of 
 the transit, and convey to England a valuable 
 contribution to the information collected from all 
 parts of the world respecting this important 
 astronomical event. The year 1875 had not closed 
 when the colony learned with profound regret 
 the death of Commodore Goodenough from the 
 effects of an arrow wound received from the 
 natives of Santa Cruz Island ; and a few days 
 after he had breathed his last the citizens of 
 Sydney witnessed the burial of his remains in a 
 quiet and secluded cemetery at North Shore. 
 During the following year the colony passed 
 through such a trying period of drought that at one 
 time it was threatened with a water famine, and a 
 day of humiliation and prayer for rain was fixed; 
 but before the appointed day came round the 
 drought broke up, and the clay of prayer for rain was 
 changed into one of thanksgiving. The appointment 
 of a Board under the name of the City and Subur- 
 ban Sewage and Health Board, led to a lengthy 
 inquiry into the sanitary condition of Sydney 
 and its suburbs, to important recommendations 
 for the improvement of our sewerage system, and 
 to the formation of a Health Society. The year 
 is notable also for the opening of a public exhibi- 
 tion in connection with the Academy of Art, which 
 may be considered the nucleus of an Art Gallery 
 for N.S.W. ; for important discoveries in New 
 Guinea by the Bev. Mr. Macfarlane and by Signor 
 D'Albertis ; the laying of the foundation-stone of 
 the Prince Alfred Hospital ; the opening of the 
 Kiama Basin ; the opening of the Lending Branch 
 of the Free Public Library ; and for the visit of a 
 team of N.S.W. riflemen to Philadelphia, where 
 they secured a good position among the competing 
 national teams. But the two great events of the 
 year were the highly successful representation of 
 N.S.W. at the Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition, 
 and the victory of Edward Trickett on the Thames, 
 which secured for him and for the colony the rowing 
 championship of the world. These two important 
 matters did more than anything had done for 
 many years to bring the colony into notice in the 
 Mother Country and in America ; and its success 
 in athletic contests on the water was accompanied 
 by a victory in the cricket field over an eleven 
 from England, the N.S.W. team playing with a 
 smaller number of men than had ever before been 
 placed as opponents to English cricketers. The 
 
 U2
 
 333 
 
 CYCLOPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 defeat of the "Third Party" in the Assembly 
 brought about a coalition of Sir Henry Parkes 
 and Sir John Robertson, and the formation of 
 the present Government. Immigration has been 
 carried on from America as well as from England ; 
 efforts have been made to extend the advantages 
 of education by providing for the establishment of 
 Grammar schools in connection with the Public 
 schools, and for the higher education of girls. 
 On the 25th February 1879 the ceremony of 
 unveiling the statue erected in honour of Cook in 
 Sydney took place. The day was proclaimed a 
 public holiday. It was estimated that about 
 100,000 persons were present to witness the cere- 
 mony. The Governor delivered an extremely 
 eloquent address on the occasion, setting forth the 
 chief incidents in the life and career of the immortal 
 navigator. The concluding passages of this oration 
 are worthy of permanent record. " And now," said 
 His Excellency, " although but little more than a 
 century has passed away since the great navigator 
 sailed on an autumn day in May past the Sydney 
 Heads in the little Endeavour, what a marvellous 
 change has since then taken place ! The condition 
 of the whole world has in that period been trans- 
 formed mainly through the increased application 
 of science to social life ; but in no part of the globe 
 has this transformation been more complete and 
 striking than it has in Australia. Cook found 
 this land a desolate waste inhabited only by a few 
 naked and hostile savages, and what is the prospect 
 which meets the eye to-day ? A country covered 
 with flocks and herds — dotted over with cornfields 
 and vineyards — with busy cities and peaceful ham- 
 lets—with churches and schools— with railways 
 and telegraphs — the harbours and coasts alive with 
 steam vessels and other craft — and the land the 
 happy home of over two millions of our own race, 
 who are in the enjoyment of civil and religious 
 liberty to as full an extent as any people upon the 
 face of the earth, and who under these invigorating 
 influences have already so far advanced in all the 
 outward and visible signs of civilisation as to be 
 about to collect this year examples of the products 
 of labour, art and wealth from every known country 
 in the world into an International Exhibition ! 
 But great as has been the progress of Australia in 
 the last hundred years, it is I believe as nothing 
 compared to what we may look for in the future. 
 The resources of the country are almost boundless 
 — its capacity for expansion practically unlimited 
 — and at the next centenary of Cook's discovery 
 the population will probably not be less than forty 
 millions. Such a prospect is almost dazzling but 
 at the same time it gives rise to reflections which 
 are not altogether free from anxiety ; for it is 
 impossible for any thoughtful mind to contemplate 
 the future of this land without perceiving that there 
 are difficulties to be encountered which it will tax 
 all your wisdom and prudence and fairness to 
 surmount. You have the problem before you— 
 how to provide for the homestead settlement of 
 this vast country without giving rise to class 
 
 animosities and without stimulating unduly the 
 isolation of individual families, which would 
 result in the deterioration of the rising genera- 
 tion. You will have to adjust too the relations 
 between capital and labour with fairness to each, 
 both being essential factors in the continued 
 development and prosperity of the country. You 
 will some clay, unless one-half of this great conti- 
 nent is to remain for ever a waste, have to face 
 the question of the colonisation and cultivation of 
 tropical Australia, which can, I believe, only be 
 accomplished by tropical labour of some kind 
 under European supervision. You have yet to 
 establish that Parliamentary Government — a 
 machine of the most exquisite delicacy — can be 
 made a permanent success with a Legislature 
 formed upon the strict principles of popular 
 representation, and that the checks and safeguards 
 of our mixed and nicely-balanced constitution 
 can withstand the predominating influence and 
 encroaching tendency of universal suffrage. You 
 will have some day, and I hope before long, to 
 provide for the federation of the Australian 
 Provinces into one Dominion, and above all to 
 arrange eventually for that closer political associ- 
 ation with the Mother Country which will admit 
 of many millions of self-governing Anglo-Saxons 
 at the antipodes advancing in national life, while 
 still remaining an integral portion of the Empire 
 of which it is now their pride and privilege to 
 form a part. These and other problems of a 
 similar character will have to be worked out in the 
 future, and I can only repeat the conviction which 
 I have before expressed that the key to their 
 successful solution depends entirely upon the 
 intellectual clearness and moral worth of the 
 individual citizen. One of the greatest of living 
 constitutional authorities has observed that ' it is 
 a great truth which cannot be too constantly borne 
 in mind that the success of all free constitutions 
 depends far less on their particular form than on 
 the spirit and public virtue of the people to be 
 governed by them. When a strong sense of public 
 duty, respect for the constituted authorities and 
 for the law, and a high standard of political 
 right and wrong, prevail in a nation, even very 
 defective institutions will produce the fruits of 
 good government ; while with a people of an oppo- 
 site character the best constitution which the wit of 
 man could devise would fail to prevent the worst 
 abuses, and to guard against the ultimate estab- 
 lishment of tyranny in the hands of a mob, of an 
 oligarchy, or of a single despot.' It becomes there- 
 fore of the utmost importance that the rising 
 generation here 'should be brought up to admire 
 and imitate true nobility of character, and it 
 would I belive be impossible to set before them as 
 an example a higher human standard than that 
 of the earnest, modest, brave, self-denying, just, 
 humane and God-fearing man to whose enter- 
 prise we owe the discovery of this land, and to 
 whose memory a statue is this day about to be 
 unveiled in our midst. It is, I think, peculiarly
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOt'&DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 33ft 
 
 fitting, having regard to Cook's identity with the 
 masses of the English nation, that the idea of 
 a statue of the great navigator should have 
 originated not with the Government or any 
 scientific society, but with the people of this 
 colony themselves. A monument of the kind 
 cannot in any degree enhance the reputation of 
 Captain Cook, whose name and fame will be 
 remembered so long as the English language and 
 history shall continue in the earth. But such a 
 statue is creditable to ourselves as marking our 
 admiration of the character and services of the 
 man, and our gratitude for the benefits which his 
 discoveries have conferred not only on Australia 
 but also on the world at large. It will serve also 
 to bring home to all the lesson that great deeds 
 and a great reputation can be achieved by those 
 in the humblest station and with the slenderest 
 opportunities. There is scarcely a lad born in this 
 country who has not within his reach educational 
 advantages superior to those which were available 
 to the poor Yorkshire peasant boy, and I hope 
 that the history of his early life may not be thrown 
 away upon the young but that many a child in the 
 future will learn at the foot of this statue how a 
 faithful, patient, cheerful attention to the details 
 of daily duty, however monotonous and common- 
 place, will bring its own reward, and may per- 
 chance, as in the case of James Cook, leave behind 
 a noble and imperishable memory." On 13th March 
 1879 Robinson took his departure for his new 
 Government in N.Z. amidst the respectful fare- 
 wells of an immense throng of colonists. No 
 Governor that N.S.W. has ever had was more 
 personally liked by all classes of the population. 
 During the interval accruing until the arrival of 
 Lord Loftus, his successor, the Government was 
 administered by Sir Alfred Stephen. 
 
 XXI. Governor Lord Loftus. — Lord Loftus 
 arrived in August 1879. The period of his admin- 
 istration has not yet passed into the domain of 
 history, and at this point therefore the general 
 record concludes for the present. But special 
 mention must be made of the first public cere- 
 monial in which the new Governor took part — 
 the opening of the Great International Exhibition. 
 This event was celebrated on 17th September 1879. 
 The Governors of V., S.A. and T. were present, 
 and the ceremony was one of unprecedented 
 splendour. The address presented to the Governor 
 on this occasion, and His Excellency's reply may 
 fitly form the last paragraphs in the eventful story 
 of the Colony of N.S.W. Sir Patrick Jennings, 
 Director - General of the Exhibition, read as 
 follows : — " I have the honour, on behalf of the 
 gentlemen commissioned in the Government of 
 New South Wales, to ask your Excellency to 
 declare the Sydney International Exhibition of 
 1879 open to the public in the name of Her Most 
 Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria. The original 
 commission which I have the honour to lay before 
 your Excellency was issued on the 3rd day of 
 January of this present year, and is signed by your 
 
 lordship's distinguished predecessor, Sir Hercules 
 Robinson. In virtue of its provisions, the com- 
 missioners who assemble here to greet your 
 Excellency and your distinguished guests, under- 
 took the duty of bringing to a practical issue the 
 great project of an international exhibition in 
 Australia. Two hundred and fifty-seven days 
 have elapsed since the issue of this commission, 
 and during that time the members of the com- 
 mission and its officers have endeavoured to the 
 best of their ability to carry out the high trust 
 committed to their charge. Many circumstances 
 have contributed to enhance the importance of this 
 great project, which growing from small beginnings 
 has attained a magnitude unforeseen by its most 
 sanguine supporters. The generous response and 
 active sympathy accorded by the great nations of 
 Europe, by the United States of America, by the 
 Empire of Japan, by the Indian Empire, and our 
 own colonies, has largely contributed to add to 
 the importance of the Exhibition ; and it is our 
 pleasing duty to-day to assist your Excellency in 
 welcoming the distinguished representatives of the 
 participating countries and colonies who honour 
 us by their presence on this important occasion. 
 Since the Exhibition of 1851 in London, held 
 under the presidency of the illustrious Prince 
 Consort, whose memory is nowhere more deeply 
 revered than in this colony, universal expositions 
 or world's fairs have been held in Paris, in London, 
 in Vienna and in Philadelphia, and the beneficial 
 consequences of these 'festivals of peace' become 
 more apparent the more their effects are studied. It 
 has remained for the City of Sydney, the metropolis 
 of the parent colony of Australia, to sustain its posi- 
 tion by inviting all flags of the world to range them- 
 selves in peaceful concord to-day, and we cannot but 
 feel that we are largely indebted to His Royal 
 Highness the Prince of Wales, not only for giving 
 us the great prestige of his Royal name, but also 
 for the lively interest that His Royal Highness 
 has manifested in this great undertaking. The 
 liberality of the Legislature has permitted the 
 structure which your Lordship is about to throw 
 open to the public to be erected in full accordance 
 with the noble design of the colonial architect, and 
 the generous surrender of the private park of the 
 Governors of New South Wales has provided a 
 site unequalled in beauty and convenience of 
 position. The energy and skill of the contractors 
 for the works of the garden palace, and the valued 
 assistance of the director of the public parks and 
 gardens, have further contributed to bring to a 
 successful issue the Exhibition which we are 
 assembled to-day to inaugurate. It will be the 
 duty of judges, hereafter to be appointed, to 
 examine and report upon the exhibits submitted 
 for competition, which will remain open for the 
 inspection of the public for the next six months. 
 The art collection brought together is on a scale 
 heretofore unknown in Australasia. The Queen's 
 and Prince of Wales' valuable paintings, and the 
 South Kensington collection, will further give aa
 
 340 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 opportunity to study specimens of all that is best 
 in the arts and sciences of the old country, and 
 tend to elevate and refine the tastes and educate 
 the minds of our fellow-colonists. I have now the 
 honour, on behalf of the Commissioners of the 
 Sydney International Exhibition of 1879, to ask 
 of your Excellency to duly declare the Exhibition 
 opened to the public." Lord Loftus delivered his 
 speech in reply : — "Mr. Jennings and Gentlemen, — 
 I receive your congratulations with deep gratifica- 
 tion, and on behalf of the gracious Sovereign 
 whom I represent I congratulate the colony 
 of New South Wales on the success of her 
 efforts to gather in her capital a fair represen- 
 tation of the art achievements and the industrial 
 forces of the globe. The event which we 
 assemble to celebrate is an era in Australian 
 progress, the influence of which like the dews of 
 heaven will hereafter gladden with its forms of 
 beauty the hearts of thousands whose thoughts 
 will never trace the delicate and subtle processes 
 between cause and effect. The source of the 
 teaching may not be recognised, but the lessons 
 will not be less abiding and precious in their 
 value. Here in Australia, as in other parts of the 
 world where invention and skill apply the principles 
 of nature to the mechanical creations of man, it 
 will be found that 'emulation hath a thousand 
 sons.' In this fair building which has arisen 
 within a few months as by the wand of an 
 enchanter the most renowned and enlightened 
 nations of Europe, the great English-speaking 
 republic of America, and those countries of Asia 
 which are the abodes of an immemorial civilisation 
 unite in the radiant bonds of brotherhood in 
 laying at our feet the rich and ever-varying stores 
 of their conceptive genius and creative power. 
 With them are associated the young and aspiring 
 sister colonies of Australasia, each upturned gaze 
 fixed upon the sun, and forming a glorious purpose 
 to achieve in the highest walks of civilisation. In 
 the name of New South Wales the elder colony of 
 the Australian group, and once despised, and may 
 I not say the now honoured, I welcome the repre- 
 sentatives of the bright daughter lands of England. 
 I welcome all of human brotherhood to our newly- 
 raised temple of industry and peace in a new 
 world. It is not my purpose to detain the brilliant 
 company around me by any review of the progress 
 of this colony. The occasion is too auspicious for 
 its triumphs. The pride I feel, in common with 
 all classes of the people, in New South Wales 
 being the seat of this international assemblage, is 
 a pride unmingled with any local or self-congratu- 
 latory feeling ; and in contemplating the great 
 work we are met to inaugurate and the noble 
 display of material treasures before us, I hope we 
 shall be led in a spirit of thankfulness to discern 
 the merciful hand of a higher power. It is to the 
 Almighty Giver of all Goodness that the wonderful 
 progress of human industry and art in our age is 
 to be ascribed. To Mis illimitable power and all- 
 searching wisdom, and only to the marvellous 
 
 ingenuity of man as overruled by His beneficent 
 attributes, is due the completion of the beautiful 
 structure we have so successfully raised. With 
 humble and thankful hearts let us on this solemn 
 occasion reverently recognise the hand of our 
 Maker, and while we invoke His all-powerful 
 blessing, to Him alone give praise and thanks, 
 giving, in the holy words of the angels, ' Glory to 
 God in the highest, and on earth peace and good- 
 will towards men.' In the name of Her Majesty 
 the Queen I declare the Sydney International 
 Exhibition of 1879 opened to the public." 
 
 NEW ZEALAND.— Geographical Position. 
 — The Colony of N.Z. consists of two islands 
 called the North and South Islands, and a small 
 island at the southern extremity called Stewart 
 Island. There are also several small islets such 
 as the Chatham and Auckland Isles that are 
 dependents of the colony. The entire group lies 
 between 3-f and 48° S. lat. and 165° and 179° E. 
 long. The two principal islands, with Stewart 
 Island, extend in length 1100 miles, but their 
 breadth is extremely variable, ranging from 46 
 miles to 250 miles, the average being about 140 
 miles, but no part is anywhere more distant than 
 75 miles from the coast. 
 
 The total area of — Sq. miles Acres. 
 
 New Zealand is about ... 100,000 or 64,640,000 
 the North Island being ... 44,000 „ 28,000,000 
 the South Island being ... 55,000 „ 36,000,000 
 Stewart's Island being ... 1000 „ 640,000 
 
 It will thus be seen that the total area is some- 
 what less than that of Great Britain and Ireland. 
 The North and South Islands are separated by a 
 strait only thirteen miles across at the narrowest 
 part, presenting a feature of the greatest importance 
 to the colony, from its facilitating intercommuni- 
 cation between the different coasts without the 
 necessity of sailing right round the colony. The 
 North Island was, up to the year 1876, divided into 
 four provinces, viz., Auckland, Taranaki, Hawke's 
 Bay and Wellington ; Taranaki and Hawke's Bay 
 lie on the W. and E. coasts respectively, 
 between the two more important provinces of 
 Auckland on the N. and Wellington on the 
 S. The South Island was divided into five 
 provinces, viz., Nelson, Marlborough, Canterbury, 
 Otago and Westland (Southland was for a short 
 time an independent province ;) Nelson and 
 Marlborough are in the N., Canterbury in the 
 centre, Otago in the S. and Westland to the 
 W. of Canterbury. These provinces however in 
 1877 were abolished and divided into sixty-three 
 counties — thirty-two in the, North Island and 
 thirty-one in the South Island — and Provincial 
 Government ceased to exist. But besides these 
 and the few islands near the coasts, there are 
 several outlying groups and islands, which though 
 situated at a considerable distance in the ocean, 
 yet both by their natural productions and geo- 
 graphical position, may most conveniently be 
 classed as forming part of the N.Z. group of 
 islands. To the S. are the Auckland, Campbell
 
 ftewl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 341 
 
 and Macquarie Islands ; to the E. Chatham and 
 the small Bounty and Antipodes Islands ; to the 
 N. the Kermadec group and Norfolk with 
 Phillip Islands; and to the N.W. Lord Howe's 
 Island. 
 
 Physical Features and Scenery.— The two 
 large islands of N.Z. are marked by striking 
 physical differences which cannot fail to react 
 upon their economical and social relations. North 
 Island, with its varied outlines, consists of two 
 sections— the already mentioned North-western 
 Peninsula, abounding in fertile and well-watered 
 valleys, and the main body of the island, charac- 
 terised by gently-sloping hilly ranges and low- 
 lying table-lands, varied here and there by volcanic 
 peaks. The country is everywhere covered with 
 a luxuriant growth of timber, except in the 
 heart of the island, which is full of lakes, hot 
 springs and geysers, depositing silica and sulphur, 
 like those of the Yellowstone Park in the United 
 States. South of this point and not far from the 
 centre of North Island is situated Lake Taupo, 
 whose secluded and romantic waters are furrowed 
 only by the canoes of the natives, here more 
 numerous than elsewhere. Still farther to the S. 
 is a very wild highland region but little visited by 
 Europeans. Here are Mount Puiapehu and the 
 extinct volcano of Tongariro, rising to a height of 
 9195 and 7000 feet respectively. In this district 
 lie the sources of the river Waikato, which flows 
 northwards through Lake Taupo, watering one of 
 the finest regions in the country. Here also are the 
 sources of many other streams, flowing some east- 
 wards to Hawke Bay, others in a south-westerly 
 course to Cook Strait. Besides Mount Tongariro, 
 N.Z. possesses a second active volcano in Mount 
 Wakari, in White Island, a small rock in the Bay 
 of Plenty ; besides a large number of extinct 
 craters, tufa and lava cones, beds of slag and 
 scoria, of which as many as sixty-three are found 
 in the isthmus of Auckland alone. At the western 
 entrance of Cook Strait rises in solitary grandeur 
 the snowy Taranaki, or Mount Egmont, 8270 feet 
 high. South Island which is the longer and more 
 extensive of the two presents a very different 
 physical aspect. Its western side is traversed in 
 its entire length by the so-called Southern Alps, a 
 massive range from 10,000 to 13,000 feet high, 
 whose slopes up to the snow-line are densely 
 wooded. Towards the west they contain vast 
 snow-fields and glaciers, extensive tracts filled with 
 stony detritus, moraines, clefts and fissures of 
 enormous depth, whence flow icy streams to the 
 lakes of the table-land. Parallel with the upland 
 plateau and about the centre of the island runs a 
 low range intersected by many mountain streams, 
 which make their way over a series of terraces 
 down to the south-east coast. The lower terraces 
 from the elevation of about 1500 feet down to and 
 inclusive of the narrow coast strip, form the 
 so-called Canterbury Plains. This province of 
 Canterbury is separated from Otago, its southern 
 neighbour, by the broad-flowing Waitaki, which is 
 
 fed by three lakes lying at the foot of the Central 
 group of hills. The outlines of the coast are very 
 remarkable. The south-western corner of the 
 island is indented, doubtless through glacier action, 
 by deep fiords, similar to those of Norway; the 
 north-eastern sea-board, on Cook Strait, is diversi- 
 fied by countless little inlets and bights ; while the 
 east coast forms, with two exceptions, a low and 
 perfectly straight shingly beach. The exceptions 
 are Port Littleton and Port Chalmers, the two 
 narrow channels at Dunedin and Christchurch 
 whose peculiar formation is due to masses of 
 volcanic rock disposed in crescent form and 
 encircling small water basins. 
 
 Lakes, Hot Springs, and Glaciers.— The lakes 
 of N.Z. deserve especial notice as they present many 
 interesting features. They may be generally classed 
 as due either to volcanic or to glacial action, the 
 former being the case in the North, the latter in 
 the South Island. Taupo, the largest lake in the 
 North Island, is a veritable inland sea, twenty-five 
 miles long and twenty wide, and of an enormous 
 depth, which has not yet been ascertained. It is 
 situated 1250 feet above the level of the sea, and 
 is surrounded by volcanic deposits forming a table- 
 land 1000 feet above its surface. From this rise 
 numerous volcanic cones, while the active volcano 
 Tongariro is only a few miles to the south. On 
 the western side the lake is bounded by vertical 
 precipices 1000 feet high, and here the water is 
 believed to be deepest. Its colour is a dark blue, 
 like that of the deep ocean, and from its centre 
 rises a single small but very beautiful island. This 
 lake has evidently been formed by a great sub- 
 sidence of the volcanic plateau. Nine miles south 
 of Taupo, behind a group of volcanic cones, is the 
 small lake Roto-aira, at an elevation of more than 
 1700 feet. The Waikato, about twenty-five miles 
 from its exit from the lake, passes through a 
 remarkable group of hot springs, extending for 
 more than a mile along its banks. The river here 
 plunges through a deep valley, and its floods 
 whirling and foaming around rocky islets dash 
 with a loud uproar through the defile. Along 
 its banks white clouds of steam ascend from 
 hot cascades falling into the river, and from 
 basins full of boiling water shut in by white 
 masses of stone. Steaming fountains rise at short 
 intervals, sometimes two or more playing simul- 
 taneously, and producing endless changes, as 
 though experiments were being made with a grand 
 system of waterworks. Dr. Hochstetter counted 
 seventy -six separate clouds of steam visible from a 
 single station, and among them were numerous 
 intermittent geyser-like fountains, with periodical 
 water eruptions. About forty miles N.N.E. from 
 Lake Taupo, and nearly the same distance from 
 the shores of the Bay of Plenty, is the lake 
 district — a cluster of more than sixteen lakes of 
 various sizes, occupying a tract of country about 
 twenty miles long by twelve wide, and covering 
 about the same area as the large lake itself. The 
 district around all these lakes, and extending
 
 345 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 between the Volcano of Tongariro and the sea, is 
 a zone of hot springs, solfataras, fumeroles and 
 mud volcanoes, more than a thousand in number, 
 which according to Dr. Hochstetter far exceeds 
 all others in the world in variety and extent. The 
 largest as well as the most irregular and picturesque 
 of the group of lakes is Tarawera, surrounded by 
 rugged rocky bluffs, shaded by fine woods, and 
 bounded on the E. by the rock-crowned Tarawera 
 mountain. Next in size is the Eotorua lake, six 
 miles across and nearly circular, with a conical 
 island almost exactly in its centre. Clouds of 
 steam ascend from the numerous hot springs about 
 the shores of this lake, and with its circular form 
 and the conical peak in its centre give it all the 
 appearance of a large volcanic crater ; but its 
 depth is but small, and Dr. Hochstetter is of 
 opinion that, like all the other lakes in this 
 district, its origin is due to the sinking of part of 
 the volcanic table-land in which they are situated. 
 But the most wonderful part of the lake region is 
 the small Rotomahana, or Warm Lake, with its 
 boiling springs and siliceous terraces. The first 
 appearance of the lake itself is disappointing, 
 as it wants all the elements of beautiful scenery 
 possessed by the other lakes ; but the clouds of 
 steam ascending everywhere around it show that 
 there is something else to be seen. Almost every- 
 where around the lake there is a seething, hissing 
 and boiling sound from the numerous escapes of 
 steam, boiling water or hot mud, while in the lake 
 itself hot springs are so numerous that the whole 
 body of water is kept at a temperature of 90° or 
 upwards. The chief sight however is the Te 
 Tarata, at the N.E. end of the lake. At eighty 
 feet above its surface, on the fern-clad slope of 
 a hill, there lies an immense boiling cauldron 
 in a crater-like excavation with steep sides, 
 thirty or forty feet high, and only open on the 
 side towards the lake. The basin itself is about 
 eighty feet long by sixty wide, full to the brim 
 of perfectly transparent water, which in the snow- 
 white incrustated basin appears of a beautiful 
 turquoise-blue. Even at the margin it has a 
 temperature of 180° Fahr., but towards the centre, 
 where it is in a state of constant ebiillition to the 
 height of several feet, it is probably at the boiling 
 point. The surplus water flowing down the hill- 
 side into the lake has formed a pure white siliceous 
 deposit in a series of ridges or steps covering a 
 surface of about three acres. At the bottom the 
 terraces are low, but further up they are two, 
 three, or even four and six feet high, each with a 
 raised rim from which slender stalactites hang 
 down, and enclosing on its platform one or more 
 basins resplendent with the most beautiful blue 
 water. These basins are of every size and depth, 
 the upper ones warmer and the lower cooler; and 
 they form a series of exquisite baths such as the 
 most refined luxury could not surpass. The pure 
 white of the siliceous deposit, in contrast with the 
 blue of the water and the green of the surrounding 
 vegetation ; the intense red of the bare earth-walls 
 
 of the water-crater ; the whirling clouds of steam — 
 altogether present a scene unequalled of its kind in 
 any other part of the globe. Passing by numerous 
 mud-springs, fiercely boiling fountains, acid lakes 
 and spouting geysers, we come, on the S.W. side 
 of the lake, to another terrace-fountain called 
 Otukapuarangi, not quite so large and grand as 
 Te Tarata, but surpassing it in the finish and 
 regularity of the terraces, their delicate pinky hue 
 contrasting with the transparent sky-blue water, 
 while the water-crater is shut in by bare walls 
 variously tinged with red, white, and yellow. If 
 now we transfer our view from the Northern to 
 the Southern island, we find, in the magnificent 
 range of the southern mountains, a series of true 
 alpine lakes, fed by huge glaciers, and dependent 
 for their very existence on ancient glaciers of still 
 greater extent. These glacier lakes commence 
 about lat. 42i° S., but they become larger and 
 more numerous as we approach Mount Cook, the 
 giant of N.Z. mountains, 13,200 feet high, where 
 we find Lake Tekapo, fifteen miles long and three 
 wide, and two others, Lakes Tukaki and Oahau, 
 forming the sources of the Waitaki river. The 
 great Godley glacier, which extends above Lake 
 Tekapo, is very extensive, and the view from its 
 middle moraine over the snow-fields of Mount 
 Tyndall, Mount Petermann, and the Keith John- 
 ston range, is said by Dr. Haast to form the 
 grandest scenery he ever beheld in the Alps. Lake 
 Pukaki is ten miles long and four wide, and is 
 shut in by an old terminal moraine, which attains 
 a height of 186 feet above the lake. The view 
 from the outlet towards the Southern Alps, with 
 Mount Cook in the centre, and a wooded islet in 
 the foreground, is described as sublime in the 
 extreme, and, if we imagine villas and parks 
 around its shores, the Lago di Como or Lago 
 Maggiore would not bear comparison with it. It 
 is supplied by the Tasman river, which has its 
 source in the great Tasman glacier, eighteen miles 
 long, and the largest in N.Z. Farther S. the 
 glaciers descend lower, and the lakes increase in 
 size. Lake Wanaku is thirty-five miles long, and 
 Lake Wakatipu fifty miles, while Lake Te Anau, 
 still farther S. is forty miles long, and has 
 numerous extensive branches. The bottoms of 
 many of these lakes are far below the sea-level, 
 though they must have been filling up for ages by 
 the sediment carried into them, a proof either that 
 the entire land was once much higher, or that the 
 lakes have been ground out by glaciers, as supposed 
 by Professor Ramsay. The fact that the lakes 
 increase in size and depth as we go S., while on 
 the W. side of the island it is only towards the S. 
 that the coast is indented by long and winding 
 fiords, whose inner waters are deeper than near 
 their mouths, is strongly in favour of the glacial 
 theory of their origin. On the western side of 
 the mountains there are also numerous glaciers, 
 and one of these, descending from Mount Cook, 
 terminates within 705 feet of the sea-level, and 
 for a long distance is bordered by a magnificent
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 343 
 
 vegetation of metrosideros, tree-ferns, and fuchsias. 
 This is in lat. 43° 35' S., corresponding to Mont- 
 pellier and Marseilles in France, and Leghorn in 
 Italy. The general character of the N.Z. scenery, 
 as contrasted with that of A., is well expressed by 
 Anthony Trollope. He says : " In N.Z. everything 
 is English. The scenery, the colour and general 
 appearance of the waters, and the shape of the 
 hills, are altogether un-Australian, and very like 
 that with which we are familiar in the west of 
 Ireland and the Highlands of Scotland. The 
 mountains are brown, and sharp, and serrated, the 
 rivers are bright and rapid, and the lakes are deep 
 and blue, and bosomed among the mountains. If 
 a long-sleeping Briton could be set down among 
 the Otago hills, and on awaking be told he was 
 travelling in Galway or the west of Scotland, he 
 might be easily deceived, though he knew those 
 countries well ; but he would feel at once that he 
 was being hoaxed, if he were told in any part of 
 A. that he was travelling among Irish or British 
 scenery." 
 
 Climate. — N.Z. has of course a very varied 
 climate, extending as it does through fourteen 
 degrees of latitude. No part of the islands suffer 
 from hot winds, and the temperature is generally 
 equable, especially in the North Island, where frost 
 and snow are almost unknown, except on elevated 
 plateaus, and where, towards the extreme north, 
 the climate becomes semi-tropical. The western 
 shores are moister and more agreeable than the 
 eastern, and the Canterbury Plains on the east side 
 of the South Island experience the greatest vicis- 
 situdes of temperature, the annual range of the 
 thermometer being 62°, while at Wellington it is 
 45°, and at Hokotika, on the west coast of South 
 Island, 48°. The climate of the Canterbury Plains 
 has been said to be a mixture of the climates of 
 the south of France and the Shetland Islands. 
 The rainfall varies between 28 inches at Christ- 
 church and 122 at Hokotika. The coasts of N.Z. 
 are very windy, especially in the straits between 
 the islands ; thus Invercargill on Foveaux Straits, 
 and Nelson and Wellington on Cook Straits, have 
 hardly a calm day in the year. Dunedin seems 
 the least windy place on the coast, having had 
 98 calm days in J 873, while Queenstown, on the 
 Wakatipu Lake, had 142. On the whole the 
 climate is at once mild and bracing ; combining 
 a large amount of variety with comparatively few 
 extremes ; and it is well fitted for the average 
 English constitution, though less adapted to those 
 in delicate health or with unsound lungs than the 
 brighter skies of A. 
 
 Geology. — The geological formation of the two 
 islands of N.Z. differs remarkably. The North 
 Island is essentially volcanic, the South sedimen- 
 tary. The North is full of volcanic cones, extinct 
 and active craters, boiling springs, lava fields, 
 sulphur, and lakes formed by subsidence. The 
 South has lofty ranges of slate and granite, with 
 Silurian sandstones and limestones, and the valu- 
 able green jade, so much prized by the natives for 
 
 making their choicest weapons ; snowy ranges, 
 enormous glaciers, deep alpine lakes, and wide 
 glacial deposits. Of course these distinctions are 
 not absolute ; there are some primary rocks in 
 the North, and some volcanic formations in the 
 South. Gold and coal are found in both islands, but 
 far more abundantly in the South, while deposits 
 of secondary age cover but a small area in both 
 islands. Volcanic formations occupy fully one-third 
 of the area of the North Island. Within a dozen 
 miles of Auckland City there are more than sixty 
 cones and craters, from 300 to 900 feet high. For 
 hundreds of miles volcanic conglomerates, cinder- 
 heaps, and lava-streams spread over the country ; 
 the thousands of hot springs, solfataras, and mud- 
 volcanoes, have already been referred to, while the 
 three lofty volcanoes — Tongariro active, Ruapahu 
 and Mount Egmont quiescent, vie in grandeur 
 with those of most of the great continents. Coal, 
 both palsozoic and tertiary, covers a wide area in 
 the South Island. Good coal is also worked at 
 the Bay of Islands, and near Auckland in the 
 North. Gold has been found to occur almost 
 as abundantly as in V., and in many different 
 localities. Till 1860 little was found, when rich 
 fields were discovered in Otago, and subsequently 
 in Westland, Nelson, and Marlborough, while the 
 Thames- Valley gold-field, in the North Island, 
 surpassed all in richness. Much of the gold is 
 found under glacial drifts, and on the west coast 
 the sands of the sea-shore produce it in paying 
 quantities, especially when a gale of wind brings 
 down fresh deposits from farther north. The 
 same wonderfully lucky finds occurred here as in A. 
 At the Havelock diggings in Marlborough, three 
 men in felling a tree at the edge of a river, found 
 a pocket under it from which in a few hours they 
 washed thirty ounces of gold. In the Taupeka 
 diggings in Otago one party obtained thirty-eight 
 ounces in a day, and it was said that any who 
 could stand the work could gather from one to two 
 ounces a day. In a few months 16,000 persons 
 were collected at these diggings among wild 
 mountain gullies, and all the phenomena of the 
 Australian " gold-fever " were reproduced. At 
 one time the emigrants arriving at Dunedin from 
 Melbourne amounted to a thousand a day. Besides 
 gold, other metals are worked more or less success- 
 fully. Silver is abundant at Mount Bangitoto ; 
 copper occurs at Barrier Island, and tin at the 
 Buller. Chrome iron-ore and iron-sand are also 
 abundant, and will no doubt one day be largely 
 worked. Fossil remains are rather scarce in N.Z., 
 and throw little light on its past history. No 
 fossil mammals have been found, and no birds or 
 reptiles except such as are allied to forms still 
 living on the island. The few tertiary shells are 
 closely allied to living species ; while the cretaceous 
 and Jurassic marine deposits contain ammonites, 
 belemnites, and allied groups bearing a striking 
 resemblance to European forms of the same period ; 
 and in the Jurassic beds of the Waiparu species 
 of plesjosaurus and ichthyosaurus have been
 
 344 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 discovered, showing that these ancient saurians 
 had an almost world-wide distribution. 
 
 Natural History.— N.Z. is the largest truly- 
 oceanic group of islands in the temperate zone, 
 and, as might be expected, presents a large amount 
 of specialty in all its natural productions. Its 
 flora, when compared with that of other islands of 
 equal extent, is poor in species, since it possesses 
 only about half as many flowering plants as Great 
 Britain. It is, however, wonderfully peculiar, about 
 two-thirds of the species being entirely confined to 
 the group, and even twenty-six of the genera are 
 found nowhere else. The relations of the flora are 
 with A. and with the Antarctic lands, including 
 temperate South America. A large number of species 
 and genera are common to N.Z. and A., but in many 
 cases it is the N.Z. forms which have migrated to 
 A and not vice versd. There is also the extra- 
 ordinary fact of the total absence of some of the 
 most common and widespread of the Australian 
 groups of plants ; for not a single species of 
 Eucalyptus or Acacia is found in N.Z., a fact 
 which absolutely negatives the idea of any former 
 union or even any recent near approach of the 
 two lands as the cause of the similarities of their 
 floras. No less than eighty-nine species and 
 seventy-six genera are common to N.Z. and South 
 America, but the larger part of these are also 
 found on the Alps of T. and A. There are also 
 fifty species common to N.Z. and the Antarctic 
 islands, and only a few of these are found on the 
 mountains of T. The great characteristics of 
 N.Z. scenery as dependent on vegetation are the 
 forests, the ferns and the grassy plains. The 
 forests chiefly clothe the mountain ranges ; the 
 lower hills are covered with fern ; while extensive 
 tracts, chiefly on the west in the North Island and 
 on the east in the South, are covered with grass 
 and bushes. In the forests there are scarcely any 
 gay flowers and few herbaceous plants — nothing 
 but shrubs and trees, mostly with obscure green 
 flowers and as destitute of scent as of beauty. 
 Pines belonging to the genera Podocarpus, Dac- 
 rydium, Phyllocladus, and Bammara abound ; 
 but generally the forests are much intermixed, 
 and their chief distinctive feature is the abund- 
 ance and variety of the ferns that grow beneath 
 their shade. Here are splendid tree-ferns thirty or 
 forty feet high, equalling those of the tropics ; 
 exquisitely beautiful filmy ferns growing on trunks 
 of trees ; while rocks and shady banks and often 
 the whole surface of the ground are covered with 
 them in great variety. There are about 130 
 different kinds of ferns and Lycopods, while the 
 mosses and Hepatica; are also wonderfully luxu- 
 riant, amounting to nearly 900 different species. 
 A few of the trees bear handsome flowers, such as 
 the Edioardsia microphylla, with its magnificent 
 yellow pea-like blossoms ; the Metrosideros robusta, 
 crowned with scarlet flowers ; and the large crim- 
 son blossoms of the shrubby Clianthus punicens. 
 But these and the few other showy plants are not 
 enough to compensate for the general poverty of 
 
 the flora which has led one writer to remark that 
 " there is no indigenous flower equal to England's 
 dog-rose, no indigenous fruit equal to Scotland's 
 cranberry," a statement which though not literally 
 exact well serves to show the poverty in fruits 
 and flowers of the N.Z. vegetation. Sir Joseph 
 Hooker, in the introduction to his " New Zealand 
 Flora," speaks of its monotonous and uninteresting 
 aspect in comparison with that of T., where 
 " Orchidia* of many kinds carpet the ground in 
 spring with their beautiful blossoms ; the heaths 
 are gay with Epacridece ; herbs, trees and shrubs 
 of Compositor meet the eye in every direction ; 
 whilst the My rt a ceo? and Lerpiminosce are charac- 
 teristics both of the arboreous and shrubby vege- 
 tion." And he adds : " The difference is so marked 
 that I retain the most vivid recollection of the 
 physiognomy of Tasmanian mountains and valleys, 
 but a very indifferent one of the New Zealand 
 forest, where all is comparatively speaking blended 
 into one green mass, relieved at the Bay of Islands 
 by the symmetrical crown of the tree-fern, the 
 pale green fountain of foliage of the Dacrydium 
 cupressinum and the poplar-like Knightia over- 
 topping all." One of the most valuable and 
 abundant of the forest trees of N.Z. is the Kauri 
 pine (Bammara Australis,) which grows to the 
 height of 180 or 200 feet and furnishes splendid 
 timber. Whole towns have been built of it ; 
 it is largely exported, and has been recklessly 
 destroyed by settlers. Dr. Hochstetter so long ago 
 as 1867 stated his belief that the extermination of 
 the Kauri pine is as certain as that of the Maori 
 race. Amongst the smaller plants the Phormium 
 tenax or N.Z. flax is of especial value. When the 
 colonists first arrived the valuable qualities of the 
 phormium fibre were well known as it was in 
 constant use by the natives, and a very considerable 
 trade in the article existed as early as 1828, when 
 the islands were only visited by whalers and Sydney 
 traders. .£50,000 worth of the fibre was sold in 
 Sydney alone between 1828 and 1832. At Grimsby, 
 in Lincolnshire, a manufactory was also established 
 in the latter year for the production of articles 
 from the fibre, which failed from some unexplained 
 cause notwithstanding that the results were not 
 considered at the time unsatisfactory. From 1853 
 to 1860 the average annual value of the fibre 
 exported was nearly .£2500 reaching as high as 
 .£5500 in 1855, but up to this time the only fibre 
 exported was that prepared by native labour, no 
 machinery of any kind being employed in producing 
 the exported article. In 1860 therefore when the 
 native disturbances affected the Waikato and other 
 interior districts in the North Island, the pre- 
 paration was confined to the native tribes N. of 
 Auckland, so that the average export value was 
 only £\ 50 per annum. Attention was then directed 
 towards the contrivance of machinery with the aid 
 of which the fibre could be profitably extracted by 
 European labour. In 1861 the increasing demand 
 for white rope and the limited quantity of manilla, 
 which fibre depends for its production on native
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AURTKALASIA. 
 
 345 
 
 manual labour in the Philippine Islands, led to a 
 rise in its value from £21 to £56 per ton and even 
 to £76 per ton in America during the civil war. 
 These high prices stimulated the endeavour to 
 introduce phormium fibre to compete with manilla, 
 and several machines were invented for rapidly 
 producing the fibre from the green leaf. With 
 these machines the export trade again increased, 
 so that from 1866 to 1871 the yearly average was 
 valued at £56,000. [The further descriptive details 
 of the Natural History of N.Z. will be found under 
 the articles "Flora" and "Fauna" of N.Z.] 
 
 Past Geological History.— "Taking into 
 consideration the peculiarities of the flora and 
 fauna of these islands, and the entire absence of 
 any fossil remains indicating a former connection 
 with other continents, we are justified in con- 
 cluding that during the whole tertiary period at 
 least, if not for much longer, N.Z. has maintained 
 its isolation from all other extensive tracts of land. 
 We know that A. was formerly richer in mammals 
 than it is now, and we may be sure that it 
 possessed an abundance of species and individuals 
 during the entire range of the tertiary period. If 
 therefore there had been any land connection 
 between the two countries during this lapse of 
 time, it is incredible that no mammals should be 
 found in N.Z., a country so well adapted to 
 support them. The very existence and develop- 
 ment of the huge wingless moas is also an indirect 
 proof that no extensive mammalian fauna ever 
 inhabited the country; for such birds take the 
 place of mammals, and they are never abundant 
 except where the latter are absent, as in the case 
 of the dodo and other flightless birds of the 
 Mascarene Islands. But though N.Z. may never 
 have been directly connected with Australia or 
 South America, it has probably been much more 
 extensive than it is now, and has included the 
 Auckland and Chatham Islands, and perhaps even 
 at some remote period the Kermadec group and 
 Norfolk Island. At a much more recent epoch 
 the two large islands have certainly been con- 
 nected, since an elevation of only 1000 feet would 
 change the submarine bank on which they stand 
 into dry land and form a single island more than 
 double the area of the existing group. This 
 greater extent and greater elevation would have 
 added enormously to the area of the snow-fields of 
 the Southern Alps, and to this was no doubt 
 due that great extension of the glaciers, the effects 
 of which are visible far below their present range 
 in huge moraines and excavated lake-basins. Our 
 conclusion is therefore that N.Z. is the remains of 
 one of the most ancient, if not the most ancient, 
 of the islands of the globe ; that it has undergone 
 many fluctuations in area; that the two islands 
 have been quite recently united, and that at some 
 remote epoch it was many times more extensive 
 than it is now; but that through all these 
 changes it has never, during the tertiary epoch at 
 least, been united to any other extensive land." 
 (Wallace.) 
 
 Native Race.— The physiological and ethno- 
 logical peculiarities of the Maori race are detailed 
 under the article " Maories." 
 
 Stewart Island. — Stewart Island (formerly 
 called South Island) is the third island of the N.Z. 
 group, but is of insignificant size, being only about 
 forty miles in extreme length, and of such an irre- 
 gular form that its area is less than 500 square miles. 
 It is mountainous and well-wooded with valuable 
 timber-trees. It has also several good harbours, 
 and there are many fertile valleys. It was 
 originally uninhabited, but is now occupied by a 
 few whalers and sealers, with some natives and 
 their half-breed descendants. The seas around 
 swarm with fish, and there are said to be large 
 deposits of iron-sand equal to that of Taranaki. 
 
 Agriculture. — The climate of N.Z. is through- 
 out favourable to agriculture and there is every- 
 where a fair proportion of rich land, although this 
 is more abundant in the North Island owing to the 
 greater extent of decomposed volcanic rocks. In 
 the whole colony there are about 12,000,000 acres 
 of land fitted for agriculture wherein the form of 
 surface is suitable, and about 50,000,000 which are 
 better adapted for pasturage ; but from these esti- 
 mates allowance must be made for about 20,000,000 
 acres of surface at present covered by forest. In 
 the N. of Auckland including the lower portion of 
 the Waikato valley light volcanic soils prevail, 
 interspersed with areas of clay marl, which in the 
 natural state is cold and uninviting to the agri- 
 culturist, but which under proper drainage and 
 cultivation can be brought to a high state of 
 productiveness. The latter are however almost 
 universally neglected at the present time by the 
 settlers, who prefer the more easily worked and 
 more rapidly remunerative soils derived from the 
 volcanic rocks. In the western district which extends 
 round Taranaki and Wanganui the soil is all that 
 can be desired, and is probably one of the richest 
 areas in the southern hemisphere. The surface 
 soil is formed by the decomposition of calcareous 
 marls which underlie the whole country, intermixed 
 with the debris from the lava-streams and tufaceous 
 rocks of the extinct volcanic mountains. The noble 
 character of the forest growth which generally 
 covers the area proves the productiveness of its 
 soil, although at the same time it greatly impedes 
 the progress of settlement. In the central district 
 of the North Island from Taupo towards the Bay 
 of Plenty, the surface soil is derived from rocks of 
 a highly siliceous character, and large areas are 
 covered with little else than loose friable pumice- 
 stone. Towards the coast and in some limited 
 areas near the larger valleys, such as the Waikato 
 and the Thames, and also when volcanic rocks of 
 a less arid description appear at the surface great 
 fertility prevails, and any deficiencies in the 
 character of the soil are amply compensated for by 
 the magnificence of the climate of this part of N.Z. 
 On the eastern side of the slate range, which 
 extends through the North Island, the surface of 
 the country is generally formed of clay marl and
 
 346 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 calcareous rocks, the valleys being occupied by 
 shingle deposits derived from the slate and sand- 
 stone rocks of the back ranges, with occasional 
 areas of fertile alluvium of considerable extent. 
 It is only the latter portions of this district which 
 can be considered as adapted for agriculture, while 
 the remainder affords some of the finest pastoral 
 land to be met with in any part of the colony. In 
 the South Island the chief agricultural areas are 
 in the vicinity of the sea coast, but there are also 
 small areas in the interior in the vicinity of the 
 Lake districts where agriculture can be profitably 
 followed. The alluvial soil of the lower part of 
 the Canterbury Plains and of Southland are the 
 most remarkable for their fertility; but scarcely 
 less important are the low rolling downs, formed 
 by the calcareous rocks of the tertiary formation, 
 which skirt the higher mountain masses, and 
 frequently have their quality improved by the 
 disintegration of interspersed basaltic rocks. On 
 the western side of the island the rapid fall of 
 the rivers carries the material derived from the 
 mountain ranges almost to the sea coast, so that 
 comparatively small areas are occupied by good 
 alluvial soil ; but these, favoured by the humidity 
 of the climate, possess a remarkable degree of 
 fertility. By the proper selection of soil, and with 
 a system of agriculture modified to suit the great 
 variety of climate which necessarily prevails in a 
 country extending over 12° of temperate latitude, 
 every variety of cereal and root crop may be 
 successfully raised ; and with due care in these 
 respects N.Z. will not fail to become a great 
 producing and exporting country of all the chief 
 food staples. The progress made in agriculture 
 has been very rapid, and the number of persons 
 engaged in this pursuit is, as compared with other 
 countries, very large, about one in every five of 
 the adult male population being in this way 
 possessed of a permanent stake in the country. 
 The exports of agriculture and farm produce 
 increased from .£262,930 in 1875 to ,£763,635 in 
 1879. The pursuit of farming has, at any rate in 
 the South Island, been one of the most steadily 
 prosperous industries of the colony ; and although 
 in the course of time the value of first-class land 
 has naturally much increased, it is a question 
 whether such enhancement of price is not more 
 than counterbalanced by the improved and 
 cheaper facilities of access to market now 
 offered. Compared with the published accounts 
 of the condition of agricultural affairs in Britain, 
 the prospect offered by N.Z. farming presents 
 a tempting aspect to those engaged in struggling 
 along in the same pursuit in the old country. 
 The average yield of wheat for the year 1878-9 
 was 22-9-1 bushels per acre for the whole colony, 
 the average for the last five years being 27 # 62 
 bushels per acre. 
 
 Per acre. 
 For Otago the average yield was 28-18 bushels. 
 „ Canterbury ... ... ... 20-83 
 
 „ Wellington 24,47 „ 
 
 The average yield of other produce for the same 
 year (1878-9) for the whole colony was — 
 
 Per acre. 
 
 Oats 30-11 bushels. 
 
 Barley 24-76 „ 
 
 Potatoes 4-98 tons. 
 
 The agricultural returns for the year ending 31st 
 March 1879 were 23,129 holdings, of which 15,326 
 were freehold, 5363 rented, part freehold and part 
 rented 2440. The extent of land broken up but 
 not under crop 251,826 acres. Land under crop 
 213,764 acres. Wheat 270,198 acres, produce 
 7,610,012 bushels; oats 330,208 acres, produce 
 12,062,607 bushels ; barley 57,484 acres, produce 
 1,751,432 bushels ; potatoes 21,260 acres, produce 
 119,523 tons; other crops 186,030 acres; hay 
 71,911 acres, produce 108,833 tons. The average 
 yield per acre was wheat 281 bushels, oats 36'5 
 bushels, barley 30'4 bushels. The area of the whole 
 colony is estimated approximately at 67,419,107 
 acres ; of this superficies there have been sold or 
 otherwise disposed of from the foundation of the 
 colony to 31st December 1878 (including confis- 
 cated lands sold prior to 1877, 1,371,470 acres) 
 15,241,639 acres ; leaving an area of 52,177,468 
 acres for disposal ; a considerable portion of this, 
 particularly in the provisional districts of Auck- 
 land, Taranaki, Hawkes Bay and Wellington, is in 
 the hands of native proprietors. In the other 
 districts the native title has become extinct. Of 
 the area of the islands 12,000,000 acres are fitted 
 for agriculture and 50,000,000 for pasturage, but 
 of this area upwards of two-thirds is at present 
 covered by forest. The total area still open for 
 selection was 13,483,679 acres, with 20,828,885 
 acres held by Land Boards or under lease, and 
 16,500,000 acres of native territory or of lands sold 
 to Europeans by natives. On 1st January 1880 
 the number of runs in the colony was 997 of the 
 aggregate area of 12,025,013 acres; the yearly 
 assessment at from a half -penny to twopence per 
 acre rent amounted to .£102,215 7s. 3d. There are 
 held under agricultural lease 125,813 acres 2r. 31p., 
 the yearly rents being £10,772 5s. 3d. The 
 land held for mineral and other purposes was 
 111,287 acres lr. 33p., the yearly rent being 
 .£5517 13s. 9d. The stock returns were 137,768 
 horses, 578,430 horned cattle, 13,069,338 sheep, 
 12,243 goats, 207,337 pigs, and 1,323,542 poultry. 
 The agricultural machinery was 985 thrashing 
 machines, 4829 reaping machines, 34 steam ploughs 
 and 32 steam harrows, besides many minor imple- 
 ments. 
 
 Pastoral Occupation.— The mildness of the 
 winter season, which does not require that any 
 special provision for the keep of stock during that 
 period should be made, and the general suitability 
 of the country for grazing purposes and the 
 growth of a superior class of wool, caused the 
 attention of the early settlers to be much given to 
 pastoral pursuits ; grass lands were looked up as 
 sheep or cattle runs. The success attending the 
 pursuit enabled the runholders to a large extent
 
 New! 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 317 
 
 to purclia.se the freehold of their runs or the best 
 portions of them ; and by improvements in fencing 
 and sowing with English grasses, which thrive 
 remarkably well in the colony, the bearing capa- 
 bilities of the land were increased many fold. 
 While for the North Island there are considerable 
 tracts of grazing ground with natural herbage, a 
 large extent of the country consists of hill land of 
 varying quality covered with forest or bush, as it 
 is called in the colony. This land, after the bush 
 has been cut down and set fire to, if grass seed be 
 sown upon the ashes is converted in a few weeks 
 into good grazing land. Much forest has already 
 been destroyed in this manner and the land 
 supports large flocks and herds, and the same 
 system will doubtless be extensively followed, as 
 a large portion of country that would be so used 
 is not available for agricultural pursuits. In the 
 Middle Island the bush is chiefly confined to the 
 western slopes of the dividing range ; the open 
 hills, plains and downs to the east of the range 
 being available for grazing purposes. Wool is the 
 most important product of the colony, the annual 
 export being more than double in value that of gold. 
 The merino is the most valuable and important 
 breed cultivated in N.Z., and of sheep of this 
 class the flocks of the colony are chiefly composed ; 
 they are of the Australian merino variety, improved 
 through the importation of pure Saxon merino 
 rams from Germany. The merinos adapt them- 
 selves to every change of climate, and thrive and 
 retain, with common care, all their fineness of wool 
 under a burning tropical sun, and in cold moun- 
 tain regions. In N.Z. the length of staple and 
 weight of fleeces have been increased, without any 
 deterioration in the quality of the wool. Up to 
 the present time the weaving industry in N.Z. has 
 been confined to tweeds, plaiding, and blankets, 
 and various woollen underclothing. The value of 
 wool exported in 1878 amounted to £3,292,80". 
 
 Fisheries. — N.Z. is the chief centre of the 
 southern whale fisheries, and at certain seasons the 
 less frequented harbours are visited by whalers for 
 the purpose of refitting and carrying on shore- 
 fishing and barrelling their oil. These are gene- 
 rally American ships, but Otago and Auckland 
 whaling ships are also equipped by N.Z. owners. 
 The sperm whale abounds in the region of the 
 ocean lying to the N.E., but stragglers are found 
 all round the coast. In the open sea and to the S. 
 the most prized whale next to the sperm is the 
 black whale, or tohoro, which is like the right 
 whale of the North Sea, but with baleen of less 
 value. Along the shores the chief whales captured 
 are the humpback and Rorquals, which become 
 very abundant when not disturbed for a few years. 
 In 1875 20,845 gallons of black oil were exported, 
 valued at £4100, and 7775 gallons of sperm, valued 
 at £2894. In 1877 15,047 gallons of sperm whale 
 oil were exported, valued at £4032. The sea bear, 
 or fur seal, is found in the remote parts of the 
 coasts, about a thousand skins being taken every 
 year by boating parties. In 1875 there were 
 
 exported 2767 seal skins, valued at £4050 ; and in 
 1877 there were exported 1503 seal skins, valued 
 at £1652. The fishes which are found in the N.Z. 
 seas, on the whole, represent the characteristic 
 forms of the southern or Lusitanian province of 
 the Mediterranean coasts ; or, in other words, they 
 resemble those found on the coast between Madeira 
 and the Bay of Biscay more than those caught 
 about the N. of Scotland. Of thirty-three sea 
 fish used as food, the constant residents on all 
 parts of the coast, are the Hapuku, Tarakihi, 
 Trevally, Moki, Aua, Rock Cod, Wrasse, and 
 Patiki ; and while the Snapper, Mullet, and Gurnet 
 are only met with in the N., the Trumpeter, Butter 
 Fish, and Red Cod are confined to the S. But, 
 with the exception of the Patiki, or Flounder, and 
 the Red Cod, none of these are representatives of 
 fishes common even in the S. of Britain, while 
 from the more northern seas similar fishes are 
 altogether absent. In addition to those which 
 remain throughout the year a very large number 
 of the fishes on the N.Z. coast, owing to its 
 geographical position, are pelagic in their habits, and 
 roam over a wide range of ocean, visiting our shores 
 only irregularly in pursuit of food. Of the edible 
 fishes of this class, by far the largest number are 
 visitors from warmer latitudes, such as the Frost 
 Fish, Barracoota, Horse Mackerel, King Fish, Dory, 
 Warehou, Mackerel, and Gar Fish, while only the 
 Ling, Hake, Haddock, and a few other fishes, 
 which are rare and worthless as food, are among 
 those of more southern types which reach the 
 N.Z. coast in their migrations. 
 
 Metals and Minerals. — Gold was discovered 
 in 1842, less than three years from the foundation 
 of the colony, but it was not practically worked 
 until 1852, when the mines of Coromandel first 
 attracted attention to the district of Cape Colville 
 peninsula, which at the present time forms the 
 chief seat of true mining operations in N.Z. The 
 yield from those mines has up to the present time 
 been over four and a half millions sterling, but is 
 small when compared with the quantity of alluvial 
 gold obtained in the South Island subsequent to 
 1861, at which date the gold-fields of Otago 
 became prominently known. The principal quartz 
 mines in the North are in Coromandel and in the 
 Thames districts, about thirty miles apart. In 
 these localities the reefs have been "proved" to a 
 depth of over 600 feet below sea level; but the 
 best mines have as yet been principally confined 
 to the decomposed and comparatively superficial 
 rock. Veins have been discovered and gold 
 obtained at all levels on the ranges, from the sea 
 level to an altitude of 2000 feet. The quantity of 
 gold that has been obtained from some of these 
 quartz reefs is very great; and for considerable 
 distances the quartz has yielded very uniformly at 
 the rate of 600 ounces to the ton. Such reefs are 
 however very exceptional in N.Z., as elsewhere. 
 Auriferous reefs are also extensively worked in 
 the schistoze rocks of Otago, and occur at all alti- 
 1 tudes, from sea level to a height of 7400 feet ; the.
 
 34& 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 most elevated gold mine in the Australasian 
 colonies being that opened during 1878 on the 
 summit of Advance Peak, near the Wakatipu 
 Lake. Several promising reefs have also been 
 found in the Westland gold-fields, amongst which 
 may be mentioned a reef of auriferous Stibnite at 
 Langdon's Creek, near Greymouth, which yields 
 from a few ounces to ninety-nine ounces of gold 
 per ton ; but up to the present time these reefs 
 have not received the attention they deserve, 
 except at Reefton and a few other localities. 
 Reefton is a well-established mining district, and 
 nine mining companies, during the year ending 
 31st March 1878, divided as profit, the sum of 
 .£63,508 among the shareholders. Alluvial gold is 
 chiefly found in the South Island, in the districts of 
 Otago, Westland and Nelson, in which mining 
 operations are carried on overanareaof almost 20,000 
 square miles. The auriferous sand, or gold drift 
 as it is usually termed, is of three distinct kinds : — 
 (1.) That found in the beds of rivers and worked 
 by small parties of miners, the process requiring 
 no large expenditure of capital to effect the sepa- 
 ration of the gold. (2.) Immensely thick deposits 
 of gravel of more ancient date occupying the 
 wider valleys and the flat country, from which the 
 gold can only be obtained by means of considerable 
 expenditure and large engineering works for the 
 purpose of bringing a supply of water for under- 
 mining and working the auriferous deposits. This 
 description of mining is of a more permanent 
 character than the former, and provision has been 
 made by the Government for assisting the miners 
 by the construction of water races, which will 
 supply the means of profitable employment to a 
 much larger number of persons. Some of these 
 deposits are of considerable age, the cements of 
 Tuapeka being certainly not younger than the 
 lowest tertiary deposits of the colony. They occur 
 in beds from 300 feet to 500 feet thick and cover 
 a considerable area of country. These cements 
 are treated in a different way from ordinary 
 alluvial deposits, being crushed and washed in the 
 same manner that a quartz reef is worked ; about 
 150 tons of stone is thus put through the batteries 
 in one day. They consist of coarse gravels and 
 silts cemented together and carrying variable 
 quantities of gold, and were first found at the 
 Blue Spur in Otago, and subsequently at a number 
 of other places in the same district ; at Charleston 
 and elsewhere on the West Coast auriferous 
 cements are also worked, but the localities first cited 
 are those which to the present time have received 
 the greatest attention. The yield of gold from the 
 cement claims is small, but in consequence of the 
 large amount of material which can be operated 
 upon, the value of the deposits is considerable, 
 and their extent guarantees that they will afford 
 remunerative returns for some time to come. (3.) 
 Along the sea coast tho continued wash of the 
 waves produces a shifting action on the sands 
 brought down by the rivers and drifted along the 
 shore, thus producing fine deposits of gold, which 
 
 by the aid of simple mechanical contrivances afford 
 employment to a large number of diggers, who can 
 labour without incurring the hardships attending 
 the occupation of the miner in the more inland 
 districts. The alluvial diggings at Collingwood 
 | were discovered in 1858 ; those of Otago in 1861 ; 
 and in 186-1 the gold-fields near Hokitika proved 
 a great attraction to the mining population. In 
 Otago the gold drifts rest on the denuded surface 
 of their parent rocks. The auriferous gravels in 
 the western district, on the other hand, as a 
 general rule, rest on the surface of tertiary rocks 
 of marine origin, and they have a general distribu- 
 tion parallel to whatever was the western shore of 
 the island at the time of their deposit. The richest 
 alluvial diggings in Westland usually occur in 
 places inaccessible for water supply, the streams 
 having cut their channels much below the surface 
 of the country, so that an organised system of 
 irrigation is necessary to obtain the required 
 amount of water for the gold washing. The total 
 quantity of gold entered for exportation up to 
 31st December 1879 amounted to 9,246,946 ounces, 
 valued at ,£36,110,490. The silver exported from 
 the colony has been chiefly extracted from the gold 
 obtained at the Thames, which is alloyed with about 
 30 per cent, of the less valuable metal. Within 
 the last two years several mines have been opened 
 where the ore is argentiferous galena that yields 
 twenty to fifty ounces of silver to the ton. In 
 some cases the galena is mixed with iron pyrites 
 that yields a fair percentage of gold. A mine has 
 recently been opened in Nelson, at Richmond Hill, 
 where the ore is a form of tetrahedrite, a mixed 
 ore, containing silver, antimony, zinc, bismuth and 
 copper, the silver being at the rate of from twenty 
 ounces to 1792 ounces per ton. The total quantity 
 of silver entered for exportation from the year 
 1869, when it was first exported, up to the 31st 
 December 1879, amounted to 338,581 ounces, 
 valued at i'90,457. No iron mines are at present 
 worked, though almost every known variety of 
 iron ore has been discovered in the colony, the 
 workings being limited to the black sands which 
 occur plentifully on the coasts. There are also 
 few soils or stream gravels that will not yield a 
 considerable quantity when washed ; the chief 
 deposits are however on the sea shore of the W. 
 coast of both islands, the best known being that 
 at Taranaki. Several companies have been formed 
 both in England and the colony to manufacture 
 steel direct from this iron sand ; they have not 
 however succeeded, but a partial success has been 
 attained lately by a new company by smelting in 
 furnaces bricks formed of the ore with calcareous 
 clay and carbonaceous matter. It remains to be 
 proved however if it can be treated in large 
 quantities by this process. At Parapara, Nelson, 
 immense quantities of brown hematite ore occurs 
 on the surface of the ground. Some of this was 
 converted into iron at Melbourne in 1873, and 
 gave on analysis 977 per cent, of iron. Deposits 
 of a similar kind have been found in other localities.
 
 New] 
 
 CYfiLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 349 
 
 Copper mines have been worked in Auckland 
 on Great Barrier Island and in Kawau Island, and 
 to a small extent in Doubtless Bay. It has been 
 found associated with the metamorphic rocks in 
 Otago and at Waipori, where a four-foot sulphide 
 of copper (pyrites) lode exists. An attempt to 
 trace this lode was made for a short time and then 
 abandoned. A carbonate of copper is found in the 
 same locality, but only in rolled fragments. Copper 
 has also been found in the form of cuprite and 
 copper glance in the Dun Mountain, Nelson, and 
 on D'Urville Island, at which latter place the ore 
 has been traced to a depth of 100 feet; some of the 
 better samples from this place yielding as much as 
 forty-five per cent, of copper. A lode of copper 
 pyrites mixed with pyrrhotine has also been dis- 
 covered in Dusky Sound, Otago, and a mine is 
 being opened up at that place. Deposits of lead 
 ore, zinc, chrome, antimony and manganese have 
 been found in small quantities in various localities. 
 Coal mines are being worked in the districts of 
 Auckland, Nelson, Canterbury, Otago and South- 
 land. Bituminous coal is worked chiefly in Nelson 
 Province. At Mount Bochfort or Buller mines the 
 seams are on a high plateau and are ten to forty 
 feet thick, and from 900 to 3000 feet above the 
 sea level ; accurate surveys of this coal field show 
 it to contain 140,000,000 tons of bituminous coal 
 of the best quality and easily accessible. A rail- 
 way seventeen miles in length is completed along 
 the level country at the base of the ranges in 
 which the coal occurs. At the Brunner coal mine 
 on the Grey River, Nelson, the working face of the 
 seam is eighteen feet, and it has been proved to 
 extend one-third of a mile on the strike without 
 disturbance, and to be available for working in an 
 area of thirty acres ; the estimated amount of coal 
 being 4,000,000 tons, most of which can be worked 
 above the water level. The coal from the Brunner 
 Mine has been worked for twelve years ; it yields 
 vitreous coke, with brilliant metallic lustre. A 
 railway has been constructed by Government to 
 connect the mine with the port, and harbour 
 improvements are in progress, whereby a larger 
 class of vessels will be enabled to enter the river. 
 The small quantity of this coal hitherto obtainable 
 in N.Z. and Australian markets has been eagerly 
 bought up for gas works and iron foundries. 
 Engineers of local steamers esteem it 20 per cent, 
 better than the best N.S.W. coal for steam pur- 
 poses. Coke made from it is valued at £3 per ton. 
 The first export of coal from N.Z. was made in 
 1866, amounting to 261 tons. At Kawa Kawa the 
 average output is now 3500 tons per month. The 
 Taupiri Company's monthly output is upwards ot 
 2000 tons. Mining of brown coal or lignite, 
 deposits of which are scattered over all parts of 
 the colony, though not likely, except in a few 
 instances, to support such large mining communi- 
 ties as the black coal, will afford in time extensive 
 employment. As a natural product derived from 
 the decomposition of coal seams, there occur 
 petroleum or rock-oil springs in various parts of 
 
 the colony, particularly at Taranaki, on the W. 
 coast, and in the vicinity of Poverty Bay, near the 
 East Cape, in the North Island. The quality of 
 the petroleum in the latter place is said to be equal 
 to that obtained in Canada and the United States, 
 as it yields, by a simple refining process, 60 to 75 
 per cent, of commercial kerosene. Sulphur is 
 found in several parts of the North Island.— 
 Building stone of superior character, also marble 
 and granite, are regularly quarried in several 
 localities. Marble is said to be in unlimited 
 quantities at Caswell Sound. Graphite or 
 blacklead has been found in large quantities at 
 Wellington, and antimony near Greymouth. 
 From the 1st April 1857 to 31st December 1879 
 the quantities of gold exported from the following 
 districts were:— From Auckland, 1,249,104 ozs., 
 valued .£4,567,915 ; Wellington, 30 ozs., valued at 
 £120 ; Marlborough, 46,840 ozs., valued at£181,730 ; 
 Nelson, 1,622,587 ozs., valued at £6,442,709 ; West 
 Coast, 2,423,166 ozs., valued at £9,599,663 ; Otago 
 and Southland, 3,905,219ozs.,valuedat£15,361,243; 
 making a total of 9,246,946 ozs., valued at 
 £36,153,380. To 31st March 1880 the total exports 
 of gold were 9,326,248 ozs., valued at £36,471,588. 
 The number of miners on 31st March 1879 was 
 14,297 ; the average earning of each miner for the 
 year was £75 10s. Of the miners 3000 are Chinese, 
 of whom about three-fourths are in Otago. During 
 the year ending 31st March 1879 there were 
 crushed 79,005 tons of stone ; the yield being 
 98,052 ounces ; beside which 20,000 ozs. were 
 obtained from cement at Lawrence ; making a 
 total of 118,052 ozs. On 31st March 1880 the 
 number of miners was 14,409 ; the average earnings 
 of each miner was £81 2s. During the previous 
 year 75,713 tons of quartz were crushed, yielding 
 92,344 ozs., which with 23,000 ozs. from cement at 
 Lawrence made a total result of 115,344 ozs. 
 
 Population. — By the census taken 3rd March 
 1880 the population was 230,998 males and 183,414 
 females ; total 414,412. Of these 4438 were 
 Chinese, 9 being females. The number of native- 
 born whites was 174,126. The estimated population 
 on 31st March 1880 was 470,000. In March 1878 
 there were 79"40 females to every 100 males; but 
 exclusive of Chinese the proportion would be 
 100 males to 80"98 females. There were 82,588 
 inhabited dwellings, 5296 unoccupied dwellings, 
 and 497 houses being built. Of the total 85,450 
 dwellings 3001 were built of brick or stone ; 
 68,771 of wood and iron ; 2748 of sod or similar 
 material ; 453 of raupo (a framework thatched with 
 raupo or bulrush ;) 2202 were described as huts 
 of sod clay, wood or stone, and 2931 were tents or 
 dwellings with canvas roofs. 4401 buildings were 
 returned as stores, warehouses, workshops, business 
 premises, and buildings used for offices only. The 
 population was most dense in the Province of 
 Canterbury, amounting there to 6'769 persons to a 
 square mile ; and least dense in the Province of 
 Marlborough, where it only amounted to T778 
 persons to a square mile. Of the population 69'52
 
 350 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 per cent, could read and write; 676 could read 
 only ; and 2372 could not read. The number of 
 births in 1878 was 17,770; of marriages 3377; and 
 of deaths 4645. Maori Population. — The total 
 number of Maoris and of half-castes living as 
 Maoris was in 1878 estimated at 42,819, the 
 greater part being in the North Island, only a few 
 living in the South and its adjacent Islands. The 
 number of the principal tribes is 19. Of the 
 Maoris 24,363 were stated to be males and 20,335 
 to be females. The sex of 772 was not given. 
 Much difference of opinion exists as to whether 
 the decline of the Maori race has not been, at any 
 rate in certain districts, arrested, and it may be 
 interesting to compare, so far as they are given, 
 the ages of the Maoris with the ages of the settled 
 and steadily increasing population of England. 
 The numbers and sexes of some of the Maori 
 tribes have been imperfectly given. It is therefore 
 necessary to deal only with those tribes for which 
 full information as to numbers, ages, and sexes is 
 given. This was the case in respect of 13 of the 
 principal tribes, amounting in the whole to 31,645, 
 according to an account taken in 1874. Of these 
 6079 were males under 15 and 5225 females under 
 15. The males over 15 amounted to 11,209 and 
 the females over 15 to 9132. There was a total 
 excess of males over females of 2931, or to every 
 100 males there were 83 '05 females. In England 
 in 1871 the males under 15 amounted to 37'15 per 
 cent, of the whole male population ; the Maori 
 males under the age of 15 amounted to 35'16 per 
 cent, of the male population. The females of 
 similar ages were respectively in England 35'12 
 per cent, of the whole female population, and 
 among the Maoris 36'39 per cent. The existence 
 among the Maoris of a higher proportion of females 
 under 15 to the total female population than 
 obtains in England might at first lead to the 
 belief that the decline in the numbers of the race 
 had been arrested, and that even an increase 
 might be expected. It will however be manifest 
 that if there are causes in operation which increase 
 the mortality of the adult Maoris without 
 increasing the mortality of the children the actual 
 proportion of children to the whole population 
 would be thereby much greater, and an appearance 
 of productiveness shown which did not really 
 exist. Do such causes exist 1 Does the fact of 
 the partial adoption by the adult Maori of 
 civilised habits and costume, and the continual 
 reversion to the habits and costume of barbarism, 
 with a system rendered more susceptible to 
 external influences, especially those of a humid 
 and changeable climate, tend to promote the 
 spread of disease, notably of tubercular diseases, 
 and consequent mortality I Does the spread of 
 drinking habits tend to shorten the life of the 
 adult Maori ( These and other similar questions 
 have an important bearing on the subject. The 
 examination of the numbers of some of the tribes 
 points rather to the conclusion that some such 
 causes of mortality among the adults do exist. 
 
 The Ngatikahungunu show 41 "91 per cent, of the 
 males and 41 '21 per cent, of the females as being 
 under 15 years of age. The Rarawa show 40'58 
 per cent, of the males and 48 '30 per cent, of the 
 females as being under 15. It is hardly con- 
 ceivable that the women of these tribes should 
 have been so exceedingly prolific, and that, as in 
 the case of the Rawa, nearly one half of the female 
 population should have been under 15, unless a 
 large number of adult women had died before 
 reaching middle age, thereby increasing the pro- 
 portion of younger females by reducing the 
 proportion of the adults. It is to be noticed in 
 connection with this subject that in 1871 the 
 Maoris were estimated at 37,502, and in 1867 at 
 38,540, while in 1874 they were estimated at 
 45,470, and in 1878 at 42,819. The estimates 
 formerly made were, however, from the then state 
 of feeling in the Maori population, necessarily 
 much more imperfect and unreliable than those 
 recently made. 
 
 Education. — The system of education is now 
 regulated by the Education Act which came into 
 operation on 1st January 1878. The whole colony 
 has been divided into twelve education districts, 
 not corresponding with the former educational 
 divisions, nor with the Provincial Districts. The 
 present districts are subdivided into school districts 
 each being under an Education Board. The 
 teaching is entirely secular and free : the subjects 
 embraced being reading, writing, arithmetic, 
 English grammar and composition, geography, 
 history, elementary science, drawing, object lessons, 
 vocal music, needlework, domestic economy and 
 drill. Religious teaching during prescribed hours 
 is entirely forbidden, but may be given after school 
 hours under certain conditions. There is a statu- 
 tory grant to the Education Boards of £3 15s. per 
 annum for every child in average attendance at the 
 Public Schools, and in addition a grant at the rate 
 of 10s. per annum for every child in average daily 
 attendance, for distribution among the School Com- 
 mittees for local educational purposes, and a further 
 sum of Is. 6d. per child for the support of scholar- 
 ships ; and there are also additional grants for the 
 training of teachers and school inspection. During 
 1 879 the number of schools open was 8 1 7, as compared 
 with 748 in the previous year. In the number are 
 included 47 half-time, and 39 aided or subsidised 
 schools. The average number of scholars in 
 attendance at all the schools was 58,738, as against 
 50,639 in the previous year, showing an increase of 
 8099 scholars ; the attendance having risen from 
 an average of 677 per cent., to an average of 71 '9 
 for each school. The number of teachers employed 
 was, 1773, classified thus : — Head masters 659, 
 male assistants 113, male pupil teachers 113, head 
 mistresses 278, assistant mistresses 265, female 
 pupil teachers 345. In addition to the literary 
 staff may be added 110 work mistresses or teachers 
 of sewing. The total expenditure on public 
 schools was £417,849 7s. 5d., the cost per scholar 
 including management, school inspection, and
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 351 
 
 maintenance was £3 3s. 2d. ; if the cost of new 
 school buildings be included the average per 
 scholar would be £7 10s. 10d., against .£6 3s. 9d. 
 for 1878. The expenditure on school biddings in 
 1879 was £172,867 14s. 3d. In connection with 
 the school system are Public Libraries and Savings 
 Banks for the use of the children. In 1879 the 
 sum of £6074 0s. 7d. was expended on the former. 
 The Savings Banks have not proved a success. 
 Excluding the Universities and the Theological 
 Colleges the average daily attendance at the 
 Secondary Schools was 679 boys and 483 girls, 
 who were taught by 21 male, and 23 female teachers 
 there being also 29 visiting teachers. 96 scholar- 
 ships were held from one to three years tenure, 
 varying in value from £20 to £40, the total cost 
 amounting to £2834 14s. 4d. On 1st January 
 1879 there were 236 private schools, with 526 
 teachers, and an average attendance of 8138 
 scholars. For Higher and Secondary Education 
 there are the University of N.Z., the University 
 of Otago and Canterbury College ; and Auckland 
 College and Grammar School, Auckland Girls' 
 High School, Wellington College, Canterbury Girls' 
 High School, Otago Boys' High School and Otago 
 Girls' High School, Nelson College, and Christ 
 College and Grammar School, Christchurch, with 
 some other institutions of a less public character. 
 The University of N.Z. is empowered to confer 
 the same degrees as the Universities of Oxford 
 and Cambridge. According to a recent return the 
 number of undergraduates was 158. The income 
 for the year 1879, including the Government grant 
 of £3000, was £3551 8s. 3d., the expenditure was 
 £2885 12s. 5d. At the Otago University for the 
 year ending 31st March 1880 there were 111 
 students, of whom 15 matriculated. The total 
 number attending the classes was 188. The 
 income for the year was £12,704 5s. lid.; the 
 expenditure was £13,759 2s. lid. 
 
 Native Schools. — The number of schools 
 established for the education of the Maori race 
 was during 1877, 56. The number of pupils was 
 1088 males and 711 females, an increase as com- 
 pared with the previous year of 94 males and 135 
 females. The number of instructors was 103, of 
 whom 55 were males and 48 were females ; of 
 these four males and three females were of the 
 Native race. The grants by the Government on 
 account of these schools amounted to £10,740. 
 Thirty-six European schools also received subsidies 
 from the Government for the support of Maori 
 pupils. 436 Maoris— viz., 231 males and 205 
 females, attended these schools, an increase on 
 the previous year of 71 males and 85 females. 
 The total number of Maori children thus receiving 
 education in 1877 amounted to 2235. 
 
 Public Works.— The rugged character of the 
 country generally, and the natural difficulties 
 appertaining to many of the sites on which the 
 chief towns were built, very early necessitated a 
 large outlay on roads and public works. This 
 necessity was fully recognised, and to some extent 
 
 met by most of the Provincial Governments, who 
 have justly received great credit for their far- 
 seeing and liberal exertions in that direction. A 
 great deal of road-making, often of a very costly 
 character, was accomplished ; harbour and other 
 improvements were begun, and immigration was 
 encouraged. Something was also done in the way 
 of making railways, notably in Canterbury, where 
 a line unusually difficult and expensive in con- 
 struction, involving some heavy tunnelling, was 
 successfully carried through by the Provincial 
 Government in order to provide easy means of 
 communication between Christchurch and the 
 Port of Lyttleton. Some advance towards the 
 construction of a main trunk line had also been 
 made in the same province. In Otago the City 
 of Dunedin had been connected with Port Chalmers 
 by a railway, constructed under the guarantee of 
 the Otago Provincial Government, and some miles 
 of railway had been made in Southland. But the 
 work to be done in the colony generally was too 
 vast to be grappled with by the exertions of local 
 governments. It was therefore proposed that the 
 General Government should take in hand the 
 execution of all public works of a colonial character 
 on an extensive and well-defined system, and a 
 loan of ten millions raised to provide funds for 
 that purpose. The objects to be accomplished 
 were defined to be : — (1) Systematic immigration 
 on a large scale. (2) Construction of a main 
 trunk railway throughout each Island. (3) Con- 
 struction of roads through the interior of the North 
 Island. (4) The purchase of native land in the 
 North Island. (5) The supply of water on gold- 
 fields. (6) The extension of telegraph works. In 
 accordance with the plan thus laid down, the 
 Immigration and Public Works Act of 1870 was 
 passed by the Legislature, and many who were 
 greatly alarmed when the scheme was first pro- 
 pounded to the country by Sir Julius Vogel, and 
 thought it wild and extravagant, have since 
 admitted that the step taken was as wise as it was 
 bold. A considerable extent of country has been 
 opened up and settled by a large and thriving 
 population in a surprisingly short space of time. 
 As facilities were offered for the conveyance of 
 the products of agriculture the value of land greatly 
 increased — not its nominal value merely, but its 
 actual value. Hundreds of thousands of acres 
 worth, before the advent of railways, from £1 to 
 £3 an acre, were afterwards sold at prices ranging 
 from £10 to £20 per acre, and for the most part 
 were bought by experienced farmers who had 
 made their money in the colony and knew the 
 real capability and value of the land so purchased. 
 It may also be said that in addition to the 
 reproductive indirect results of the public works 
 policy, the outlay incurred, at least in the case of 
 the railways constructed, is likely to prove a 
 capital investment, and so be directly reproductive, 
 many of the principal lines already yielding a fair 
 interest on the money expended in their construc- 
 tion. The total amount expended on public
 
 352 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New- 
 
 works by the General Government from the date 
 of the Immigration and Public Works Act of 1870, 
 and similar subsequent Acts, and under their 
 authority up to 31st March 1880, was ,£15,286,621, 
 which with the addition of the advances in the 
 hands of officers of the Government (£315,763) 
 and an estimated sum of £200,000 for discount 
 and charges of raising the last loan, makes together 
 £15,802,384, leaving a balance of £3,262,410 out of 
 loans raised under the authority of the Act, 
 amounting in the aggregate to £19,000,000 sterling. 
 
 Immigration and Emigration. — Up to the 
 end of the year 1870 the conduct of immigration 
 was entirely in the hands of the different Pro- 
 vincial Governments. The Public works and 
 Immigration Act of 1870 provided a sum of 
 £1,000,000 out of the loan then authorised, to be 
 expended upon the introduction of immigrants 
 into the colony. The liberal system under which 
 immigration had been conducted, and which 
 allowed residents in the colony to nominate 
 suitable persons for free passages, has been modi- 
 fied for a time owing to the presence of a super- 
 abundance of labour coupled with the fact that 
 more than the average number of the most 
 desirable class of immigrants — small farmers and 
 others with means — were coming forward and 
 paying their own passages to the colony. The 
 immigrants who have arrived, taken as a whole, 
 may be said to be of a superior class. The total 
 arrivals during 1879-80 amounted to 7413 persons. 
 The number of immigrants brought to the colony 
 at the public expense up till the 30th June 1880 
 was 84,499 statute adults. 
 
 Revenue.— The total ordinary revenue for the 
 colony in 1878 was : — Ordinary Revenue, raised 
 by taxation, £1,533,393 ; Territorial Revenue, not 
 raised by taxation, £2,634,496 ; Total revenue, 
 £4,167,889. According to the Treasurer's state- 
 ment the deficit on 30th June 1879 was £133,790 ; 
 the expenditure for the nine months ending 31st 
 March was £2,772,276 ; the liabilities on the same 
 date £272,774 ; making a total of £3,178,840. The 
 receipts for the same period were £2,133,758 ; 
 land tax due 1st April £50,000 ; assets £5000 ; 
 total revenue £2,188,758. Taking the total revenue 
 from the total expenditure, there was a deficit of 
 £990,081 for the period ended 31st March 1880, to 
 meet which Treasury and deficiency bills were 
 issued to the amount of £1,000,000. To equalise 
 expenditure and revenue in the future it was pro- 
 proposed to reduce the salaries of ministers twenty 
 per cent., to make expensive curtailments in the 
 Civil Service, to reduce all salaries ten per cent., to 
 impose an excise tax of three-pence per gallon on 
 beer, and to increase the Succession Duties. 
 
 Public Debt.— The public debt amounted on 
 31st March 1880 to £27,422,611 ; or, deducting 
 the accrued sinking funds, £25,617,112 16s. 4d. 
 This amount is exclusive of Treasury and deficiency 
 bills for £992,000 held by the Public Works Fund 
 and the £800,000 unsold debentures of the loan of 
 1870 guaranteed by the Imperial Government" 
 
 When these are disposed of the gross debt will 
 amount to £29,214,611 ; or, deducting the accumu- 
 lated sinking fund, £27,409,113, subject to an 
 annual charge of about £1,535,000 for interest. 
 
 Imports and Exports.— The exports for the 
 year 1878 (excluding imported goods exported) 
 were £6,015,700. The imports were £8,755,663. 
 The export of wool was 59,270,256lbs., valued at 
 £3,392,807; tallow 100,380 cwt., value £178,502; 
 hides 10,203, value £9,571 ; sheepskins 184,123, 
 value £16,239 ; gold 311,437 ozs., value £1,244,190 ; 
 coal 6362 tons, value £5139 ; flour 4031 tons, wheat 
 1,701,011 bushels, barley 102,476 bushels, oats 
 302,776 bushels, the whole valued at £555,071 ; 
 preserved meats 28,188 cwt., value £74,225 ; Kauri 
 gum 3,445 tons, value £132,975 ; hemp 622 tons, 
 value £10,666 ; timber £183,618 ; sealskins £1245 ; 
 sperm oil £5041. The imports comprised all kinds 
 of manufactures and articles in daily use and con- 
 sumption, £5,333,170 being from the United 
 Kingdom. For 1879 the exports were £5,473,126; 
 the imports £8,374,585. Between 1860 and 1865 
 the imports rose from £1,188,000 to £5,352,000, 
 and the exports from £438,000 to £2,718,000. This 
 advance was due to the gold discoveries. 
 
 Banks. — On 30th June 1880 the aggregate 
 average assets of the six banks doing business in 
 the colony were £14,310,636 12s. 9d.; the average 
 liabilities £9,424,825 15s. 2d. The dividends 
 ranged from 6 per cent. (National) to 17i per cent. 
 (New South Wales,) the average being 12£ per 
 cent., and the aggregate £382,514 5s. 5d. The 
 total amount of reserved funds when the dividends 
 were declared was £2,679,341 13s. lid. The note 
 circulation amounted to £907,084 Is. 7d. The 
 deposits bearing interest were £4,457,230 18s.; 
 not bearing interest, £3,140,522 10s. lid. The 
 total paid-up capital was £5,450,000. 
 
 Government Insurance. — An extensive system 
 of life-assurance is carried on by the Government. 
 During the nine and a half years it has been in 
 existence the policies issued number 12,896, 
 assuring the sum of £4,533,733. The accumu- 
 lated funds on 30th June 1880 amounted to 
 £372,654 14s. 5d. 
 
 Mills and Manufactories. — In 1879 there 
 were 102 flour mills, 87 breweries, 31 flax mills. 
 In addition to these there are 657 manufactories, 
 works, &c., employing 7999 male hands and 195 
 female hands, and machinery of the aggregate of 
 4203 horse-power. The principal of these factories 
 are 8 agricultural implement, 6 biscuit, 32 boiling 
 down and meat preserving, 124 potteries, 13 candle 
 and soap works, 49 coach building, 2 distilleries, 
 100 fellmongeries and tanneries, 11 furniture, 
 2 glue, 28 iron and brass foundries, 19 rope, 
 cordage, and mat, 204 saw mills, sash and door, 
 43 ship and boat building, 3 woollen cloth. 
 Railway trucks are made in the colony both at 
 Government and private works. 
 
 Public Libraries. — There are 161 institu- 
 tions variously denominated as public libraries, 
 mechanics' institutes, and literary institutes:
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 353 
 
 these had, on 1st January 1879, 98,039 volumes 
 and 9411 members. 
 
 Crown Lands. — Prior to the abolition of Pro- 
 vincial Government the control and management 
 of the Crown lands in each province was vested in 
 the respective Provincial Governments, and the 
 laws and regulations relating thereto were very 
 various. In 1877 a general Land Act applicable 
 to the whole colony was passed. Under this Act 
 the supreme administration of all Crown lands 
 was vested in the Minister of Lands ; the colony 
 being divided into ten land districts, each having 
 a Crown Lands Commissioner, one or more 
 Receivers of Land Revenue, and a Board of Com- 
 missioners. Land not sold by auction may, by 
 special proclamation of the Governor, remain open 
 for selection, at the upset price, on a system of 
 deferred payments extending over a period of ten 
 years. Although the Act applies generally to the 
 whole colony, the Commissioners have authority 
 to modify some of its provisions so as to meet 
 certain exceptional cases. The Amendment Act 
 which came into operation on 1st January 1880 
 contains some important provisions, not the least 
 being the repeal of the Act of 1877. It gives 
 power to the Governor to declare residence optional 
 on bush land taken up on deferred payments ; also 
 to fix the price at which any allotments of rural or 
 suburban land open for sale on deferred payment 
 may be disposed of, the price being not less in any 
 case than twenty shillings per acre for rural land 
 and ninety shillings per acre for suburban lands. 
 The Governor may increase the price of any allot- 
 ments which he may consider to be of special 
 value. The Act also provides that several small 
 sections contiguous to one another may be grouped 
 into one allotment. The total area of Crown land 
 sold or otherwise disposed of from the first return 
 in 1856 to 30th June 1879 amounted to 14,014,632 
 acres; of which 11,672,651 acres were sold for 
 cash, realising the sum of ,£11,210,412. A total 
 estimated area of 34,304,550 acres (exclusive of 
 Native lands) still remains open for settlement. 
 The total area of Crown lands held for depasturing 
 purposes on 30th June 1879 was 12,253,876 acres, 
 in the hands of 918 holders, the rents and assess- 
 ments of which amounted to ,£111,000. 
 
 Railways and Roads.— Soon after the passing 
 of the Immigration and Public Works Act in 1870 
 the construction of railways on a large and syste- 
 matic scale was commenced, and has proceeded 
 vigorously since that time. The total length of 
 lines open for traffic on the 30th June 1879 was 
 1140 miles ; and there were under construction 
 142 miles. The total amount expended in the 
 construction of railways to that date was £'8,05 7, 188. 
 The district roads are undertaken by the various 
 Road Boards. The total number of these boards 
 in 1877 was 320, and their expenditure for the 
 year amounted to £387,534. Much road making- 
 has also been done by the General Government, 
 especially in the North Island. During the 
 period from June 1869 to June 1879 the General 
 
 Government expenditure in this department 
 amounted to the sum of £975,552, the roads con- 
 structed being about 3000 miles. 
 
 Administration of Justice. — This is under the 
 care of a Chief Justice and four puisne Judges of 
 the Supreme Court, besides Judges of the district 
 courts and Resident or Stipendiary Magistrates. 
 A Court of Appeal, at which all the Judges sit, is 
 held annually at Wellington. 
 
 Constitution.— In 1853 Constitutional Govern- 
 ment was conferred on N.Z. (Act 15 and 16 Viet, 
 cap. 72.) It is represented by a Governor appointed 
 by the Crown, a Ministry who form the executive, 
 and a Parliament of two chambers. The Legis- 
 lative Council consists of forty-five members 
 appointed by the Crown for life, of whom two are 
 Maoris. The House of Representatives consists 
 of eighty-eight members, thirty-two for the North 
 Island, fifty-two for the South Island, and four 
 Maori members, whose term of office is limited to 
 three years. The members of both Houses receive 
 £157 10s. each for every session, to cover travelling 
 and other expenses, less a reduction of ten per 
 cent. Every man twenty-one years of age, who 
 has been resident in the colony one year, and 
 six months in one electoral district, or any 
 person who has for six months preceding the day 
 of registration owned a property of £25 value, is 
 qualified both to vote for, or to be a member of, 
 the House of Representatives. The Maori quali- 
 fication is possession of a freehold of the value 
 of £25, or being a ratepayer within an electoral 
 district. In 1879, 6686 Maoris were on the elec- 
 toral roll. Each province till recently had its own 
 separate local government, being in this respect 
 similar to each State in the United States ; the 
 governing power was vested in a Provincial Council 
 consisting of twenty to forty councillors, presided 
 over by a Superintendent ; both Council and 
 Superintendent being chosen for four years : the 
 provincial system was abolished by an Act of the 
 General Assembly (39 Vict. No. xxi.) passed in 
 1875, the powers previously exercised by the 
 Superintendents and other provincial officers being 
 delegated to local boards, called County Councils, 
 or vested in the Governor. A detailed description 
 of each Provincial District is given under the 
 several heads. 
 
 History.— I. First Settlement. — N. ,Z. appears to 
 have been discovered and first peopled by the 
 Maori race, a remnant of which still inhabits parts 
 of the Islands. At what time the discovery was 
 made or from what place the discoverers came are 
 matters which are lost in the obscurity which 
 envelopes the history of a people without letters. 
 Little more can now be gathered from then- 
 traditions than that they were immigrants, not 
 indigenous ; and that when they came there were 
 probably no other inhabitants of the country. 
 Similarity of language indicates a northern origin, 
 probably Malay, and proves that they advanced to 
 N.Z. through various groups of the Pacific Islands 
 in which they left deposits of the same race, who 
 
 W2
 
 354 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 to this day speak the same or nearly the same 
 tongue. When Cook first visited the country he 
 availed himself of the assistance of a native from 
 Tahiti, whose language proved to be almost iden- 
 tical with that of the New Zealanders, and through 
 the medium of whose interpretation a large amount 
 of information respecting the country and its 
 inhabitants was obtained, which could not have 
 been had without it. The first European who 
 made the existence of N.Z. known to the civilised 
 world, and who gave it the name it bears was 
 Tasman, the Dutch navigator, who visited it in 1642. 
 Claims to earlier discovery by other European 
 explorers have been raised, but they are unsup- 
 ported by any sufficient evidence. Tasman did not 
 land on any part of the islands, but having had a 
 boat's crew cut off by the natives in the bay now 
 known as Massacre Bay, he contented himself with 
 sailing along the western coast of the North 
 Island and quitted its shores without taking 
 possession of the country in the name of the 
 Government he served ; a formality which, accord- 
 ing to the law of nations (which regards the 
 occupation of savages as a thing of small account,) 
 would have entitled the Dutch to call N.Z. theirs 
 — at least so far as to exclude other civilised 
 nations from colonising it and conferring on them- 
 selves the right to do so. From the date of 
 Tasman's flying visit to 1769 no stranger is known 
 to have visited the islands. In the latter year 
 Cook reached them in the course of the first of 
 those voyages of great enterprise which have made 
 his name illustrious. 
 
 II. Cook's Discoveries. — The first of Cook's 
 voyages of discovery began in August 1768 when 
 he was sent to Tahiti to observe the transit of 
 Venus. Having performed this duty his instruc- 
 tions directed him to visit N.Z., of which nothing 
 more was known than the little that Tasman had 
 told. After a run of eighty -six days from Tahiti, 
 having touched at some other places, he sighted 
 the coast of N.Z. on 6th October 1769. On the 
 8th he landed in Poverty Bay on the east coast of 
 the North Island. It is interesting to know what 
 appearance it presented at the time of Cook's 
 arrival. The aspect of most countries from the 
 sea is less prepossessing than their internal features, 
 and this holds good of the greater part of the 
 east coast of both islands of N.Z. Portions of the 
 west coast of both, however, present views from 
 the deck of a ship unsurpassed in any part of the 
 world. For instance, the hundred miles of Southern 
 Alps whose snowy peaks pierce the sky at a height 
 of nearly 14,000 feet, their sides clothed with dense 
 evergreen forests in the very bosom of which lie 
 gigantic glaciers, and their base chafed by the 
 resounding surf of the Pacific Ocean. Then there 
 is the stately cone of Mount Egmont, rising near 
 10,000 feet in solitary grandeur from an undulating 
 wooded plateau almost on the margin of the sea. 
 There are also the stupendous precipices of Milford 
 Sound shooting up sheer many hundreds of feet 
 from an almost fathomless depth of ocean frowned 
 
 down upon by the snowy summits of the great 
 Alpine range, while cascades of nearly 1000 feet 
 fall headlong down their sides. These great features 
 remain to this day as they were at the period of 
 Cook's arrival. Nor has the general character of 
 the country as a whole been much changed in its 
 principal features by the progress of colonisation. 
 More of it no doubt was then in a state of nature ; 
 but much of it is so still. Dense forests exhibiting 
 new and beautiful forms of vegetation, including 
 the gigantic scarlet flowering myrtle (one of the 
 largest forest trees,) the graceful tree-fern, and 
 the bright eastern-like Nikau palm, clothed the 
 mountain slopes and much of the undulating lower 
 country. Elsewhere vast plains of brown fern, or 
 coarse yellow and hay-coloured grasses, or big 
 swamps bearing the farinaceous raupo and the 
 native flax of the country, the well-known Phor- 
 mium of commerce. Then there was the feature 
 with which the voyagers from their long visits to 
 Queen Charlotte's Sound would be so familiar — 
 the little retiring cove with its sandy or pebbly 
 beach, its few acres of level green backed up by 
 steep hills covered with lofty trees, and an under- 
 brush of velvety shrubs arranged by the hand of 
 nature far more tastefully than could have been 
 done by the Loudons or Paxtons of the civilised 
 world. Ship Cove, Cook's favourite rendezvous, 
 was one of these beautiful nooks — a spot where as 
 he observed if a man could live without friends, 
 he might make a model home of perfect isolated 
 happiness. To every Englishman, whose colonis- 
 ing taste has been inspired by his boyish reading 
 of Eobinson Crusoe, these charming little bays 
 seem to realise the exact idea of his imagination. 
 While there are large tracts of country in N.Z. 
 which present no pleasant feature except to the 
 mind of the sheep-farmer or agriculturist, there 
 are others which combine all the grandeur and 
 beauty that can delight the eye of the most 
 fastidious lover of nature, the painter or the poet. 
 And much of this must have lain under Cook's eye 
 during his visits to the country. The spot where 
 Cook landed, however, though by no means repul- 
 sive, was not one of the most inviting portions to 
 look at. Hills of no great height or grandeur, 
 backing a moderate-sized flat at the head of a bay, 
 whose horns were two not very commanding white 
 cliffs did not afford a prospect either very imposing 
 or very inviting. At the present time it is the 
 site of a prosperous and flourishing European 
 settlement ; but at the time of Cook's visit it was 
 barren and unoccupied, except by a few natives of 
 unfriendly character. No fields of waving corn, 
 no cattle luxuriating on meadows of the now 
 celebrated Poverty Bay rye-grass, no hamlet, no 
 church spire, no cottages with children running 
 in and out, no sign of civilisation, of material 
 plenty or social life. It required an eye of faith 
 to see it as it now is, and to believe that in a 
 hundred years it would exhibit the picture it 
 does. The circumstances of Cook's first landing 
 were unfortunate. " We landed,'' he says, "abreast
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 355 
 
 of the ship on the east side of the river, 
 which was here about forty yards broad; but 
 seeing some natives on the west side with whom I 
 wished to speak, and finding the river not fordable, 
 I ordered the yawl to carry us over, and left the 
 pinnace at the entrance. When we came near the 
 place where the people were assembled they all 
 ran away ; however we landed, and leaving some 
 boys to take care of the yawl we walked up to 
 some huts which were about 200 or 300 yards from 
 the waterside. When we had got some distance 
 from the boat four men armed with long lances 
 rushed out of the woods, and running up to attack 
 the boat, would certainly have cut her off if the 
 people in the pinnace had not discovered them and 
 called to the boys to drop down the stream. The 
 boys instantly obeyed, but being closely pursued, 
 the coxswain of the pinnace, who had charge of 
 the boats, fired a musket over their heads. At 
 this they stopped and looked round them, but in 
 a few minutes renewed the pursuit, brandishing 
 their lances in a threatening manner. The coxswain 
 then fired a second musket over their heads, but 
 of this they took no notice, and one of them lifting 
 up his spear to dart it at the boat, another piece 
 was fired, which shot him dead. When he fell the 
 other three stood motionless, as if petrified with 
 astonishment. As soon as they recovered they 
 went back, dragging the dead body, which how- 
 ever they soon left that it might not encumber 
 their flight. At the report of the musket we drew 
 together, having straggled to a little distance from 
 each other, and made the best of our way back to 
 the boat, and crossing the river we soon saw the 
 native lying dead on the ground." The account 
 which the natives themselves gave of their impres- 
 sions on Cook's arrival is recorded by Polack, who 
 had it from the mouths of their children in 1836: — 
 "They took the ship at first for a gigantic bird, 
 and were struck with the beauty and size of its 
 wings, as they supposed the sails to be. But on 
 seeing a smaller bird, unfledged, descending into 
 the water, and a number of parti-coloured beings, 
 apparently in human shape, the bird was regarded 
 as a houseful of divinities. Nothing could exceed 
 their astonishment. The sudden death of their 
 chief (it proved to be their great fighting general) 
 was regarded as a thunderbolt of these new gods, 
 and the noise made by the muskets was represented 
 as thunder. To revenge themselves was the 
 dearest wish of the tribe, but how to accomplish 
 it with divinities who could kill them at a distance 
 was difficult to determine. Many of them observed 
 that they felt themselves ill by being only looked 
 upon by these atuas (gods,) and it was therefore 
 agreed that as the new comers could bewitch with 
 a look the sooner their society was dismissed the 
 better for their general welfare." It was not much 
 to be wondered at that any further intercourse 
 with the natives at this point should become 
 impossible. Other collisions attended with similar 
 fatal results followed on succeeding clays ; and on 
 the 11th, three days after his first landing, Cook 
 
 weighed anchor and stood away from this "unfor- 
 tunate and inhospitable place," as he calls it, and 
 on which he bestowed the name of Poverty Bay, 
 as it did not afford a single article they wanted, 
 except a little firewood. Had his subsequent 
 experiences been as unpropitious he would 
 probably not have reported to his countrymen at 
 home so favourably of N.Z. There is no doubt 
 that the problem of initiating intercourse with a 
 people of the temper exhibited by the Maoris, and 
 so little civilised as they were, was one difficult of 
 solution. As strangers had never but once before 
 visited the country in the hasty manner in which 
 Tasman came and departed, and at a place remote 
 from that at which Cook arrived, the Maoris could 
 hardly be expected to appreciate the relations 
 which ought to exist between themselves and their 
 visitors. It must have been a new sensation to 
 most of them to know that there were such things 
 as strangers ; still more strangers resembling them- 
 selves so little and differing of themselves so 
 much. It is not surprising that the first impulse 
 of the Maoris of Poverty Bay should be to hurl 
 their spears at the strangers. Cook's idea of meeting 
 such a hostile greeting was, as he tells, first by the 
 use of firearms to convince the savage of the 
 superior power of the white man, and then to 
 conciliate him by kindness and liberal dealing. 
 Whether any other method were possible he does 
 not seem to have been allowed by the natives time 
 to consider, the first collision being in a manner 
 forced upon him within five minutes of his arrival, 
 though the challenge was perhaps too hastily 
 accepted. He soon however discovered that the 
 country was not all made up of " Poverty Bays," 
 nor were the natives, when wooed w T ith a less 
 rough courtship, altogether incapable of access 
 or entirely obnoxious to strangers. In Tolago 
 Bay, Mercury Bay, Hawke's Bay, the Bay of 
 Plenty, the estuary of the Thames, the harbour 
 of Waitemata, in Whangarei, and at the Bay of 
 Islands, and lastly at his favourite rendezvous of 
 Queen Charlotte's Sound, he was able to procure 
 the refreshments which Poverty Bay had failed to 
 supply, and he established a footing with the 
 natives which, if it had in it more of the spirit of 
 barter than of hospitality, was less deterrent than 
 the attitude taken up by those who greeted him 
 on his first arrival, and which ended in the unfor- 
 tunate events to which we have before referred. 
 There was no object of greater interest to him than 
 the newly-discovered Maori race, with whose 
 habits and character he was specially instructed to 
 make himself acquainted. He found them savages 
 in the fullest sense of the word. Some writers 
 who have given the reins to their imagination have 
 pictured savage life as a state of Arcadian sim- 
 plicity, and savage character as a field on which 
 are displayed all the virtues which adorned 
 humanity before civilisation brought vice, confu- 
 sion, and trouble into the world. More truly has 
 it been observed that " the peaceful life and gentle 
 disposition, the freedom from oppression, the
 
 356 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 (New 
 
 exemption from selfishness and from evil passions, 
 and the simplicity of character of savages have no 
 existence except in the fictions of poets and the 
 fancies of vain speculators, nor can their mode of 
 life be called with propriety the natural state of 
 man." Cook's experience fully verified these views. 
 He found the Maoris almost entirely unacquainted 
 with mechanic arts, their skill limited to the ability 
 to scoop a canoe out of a tree, to weave coarse 
 clothing out of the fibres of the native flax, to 
 fabricate fishing nets, to make spears, clubs, and 
 other rude weapons of war, or still ruder ornaments 
 for the adornment of their persons, their huts, or 
 their canoes. Beasts of burden they had none — 
 the women supplied their place. Stone hatchets 
 were the substitute for axes and all cutting tools. 
 The country is full of iron ore, but the use of the 
 metal was entirely unknown. They had no 
 wheeled carriages. Their agriculture was limited 
 to the cultivation apparently of two roots — the 
 kumera or sweet potato, and the taro, another 
 esculent plant. Their food consisted of those plants, 
 of eels and sea-fish, rats, occasional dogs, wild fowl 
 and human flesh ; and their nearest approach to 
 bread was the root of the wild edible fern, a not 
 very wholesome or palatable substitute. Cereals 
 they were without. Their religious notions were 
 of a confused order, involving good and evil 
 demons, but without any idea of worship or prayer. 
 Their priests wielded a sort of half moral and half 
 political power in the institution of the taboo, to 
 which they subjected whom they pleased, and the 
 infringement of which involved punishments of 
 the severest sorts. But the one absorbing idea of 
 the race was war. Every tribe and almost every 
 family was at war with every other. Their time 
 was almost wholly spent in planning or awaiting 
 invasions of their neighbours, or in the bloody 
 struggles which resulted; the consequence being, 
 as Cook observes, a habit of personal watchfulness 
 which was never for a moment relaxed. Female 
 infanticide was a common and established practice, 
 which appears to have reduced the proportion of 
 females to males to something like seven to ten. 
 Female virtue was entirely disregarded before 
 marriage and not much valued afterwards ; while 
 to crown the whole, cannibalism was the universal 
 practice of the race. Cook had been specially 
 instructed to institute inquiries on this point. 
 There were many persons at home who were scep- 
 tical on the existence of cannibalism among any 
 people. The result of his daily observations was 
 to leave no doubt of its existence, and to establish 
 the fact that it was not merely an occasional 
 excess to which those who practised it were 
 impelled by fury and the spirit of revenge against 
 an enemy, but that human flesh was their almost 
 daily habitual food. A provision-basket was 
 seldom seen without having in it a human head or 
 other evidence of the fact. It is true that they 
 told him that they ate only their enemies; but so 
 incessant were their invasions of each other that 
 enemies were never wanting, or if the supply 
 
 failed, slaves taken in former raids were substitutes 
 at hand, and constantly killed in cold blood for 
 the purpose. Much has been said and written of 
 the deplorable fact that the foot of civilised man 
 treads out the life of the savage; and there are 
 not wanting those who impute to colonisation the 
 extinction of the Maori race. A moment's reflec- 
 tion on their habits of life as described by Cook, and 
 stil more what we have since learned, must convince 
 anyone that their decadence had set in long before 
 his arrival ; for it was impossible that any people 
 whose habits of life were such as theirs, and who 
 lived within a circumscribed area, could long con- 
 tinue to exist. Cook did what little was possible 
 towards improving the condition of the New 
 Zealanders. He tried, but failed, to acclimatise the 
 sheep and goat: neither long survived the attempt. 
 He was more successful with the pig, which rapidly 
 increased, till at the time of arrival of the colonists 
 nearly the whole Islands were found thickly stocked 
 with wild herds, the descendants of his original 
 importation. He also left the potato behind him, 
 which succeeded well, and to a great extent sup- 
 plemented the kumera, taro, and fern root. He 
 also planted and gave to the natives the seeds of 
 other vegetables and garden plants ; but though 
 their remains may be seen in the wild cabbage or 
 turnip, and some other degenerated plants, the 
 natives appear not to have succeeded in their culti- 
 vation. He also scattered among them a good many 
 English tools and implements, and some articles 
 of clothing, which, though no doubt soon wore 
 out, gave the Maori a taste for European luxuries 
 and necessaries of life. Cook visited N.Z. several 
 times during his three voyages of discovery, and 
 altogether spent 327 days in the country or circum- 
 navigating its coasts. He quitted it for the last 
 time in February 1777, just two years before his 
 melancholy death at Hawaii in the Sandwich 
 Islands. Within a few years afterwards, N.Z. 
 began to be occasionally visited by whaling 
 ships ; but, with the solitary exception of a ship- 
 wrecked sailor, who records his adventures in the 
 two volumes entitled "The New Zealanders," 
 published in " Knight's Library of Entertaining 
 Knowledge," there is no English account of the 
 state of the island from the time of Cook's 
 departure until the arrival of the first missionaries. 
 Soon after Cook's first visit the French Navigator 
 De Surville, of the ship tit. Jean Baptiste, anchored 
 at Mongonui (in December 1769) while searching 
 for an island of gold which it was believed the 
 English had just discovered in the Pacific Ocean. 
 He held friendly relations with the natives at first, 
 but in the belief that they had stolen one of his 
 boats he burned a village and carried away a 
 chief. Three years later, on 11th May 1772 his 
 countryman Marion du Fresne, with Crozet second 
 in command, in the ships the Mascarin and the 
 Miii-'iuix t!e Cus/rex, anchored near the same spot. 
 Friendly intercourse was maintained with the 
 natives till the thirty-fourth day, when Marion 
 and fourteen of his company were enticed on
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 357 
 
 land and murdered ; a terrible retaliation followed, 
 many natives were shot down and their villages 
 burned. 
 
 III. The Firs/ European Settlers.— The first 
 rough pioneers of civilisation among the Mauris 
 were undoubtedly the English whalers and sealers 
 from N.S.W. Others of the same craft but of 
 different nations followed, who locating themselves 
 on the coast of Cook Straits gradually improved 
 their communications with the natives, and 
 pursued a rude but lucrative trade in what is 
 called shore-whaling, in contradistinction from 
 deep sea-fishing— the whalers merely following 
 the fishing boats from their settlements, where 
 the buildings and implements for " cutting 
 in " and " trying out " were established. The 
 Sydney merchants gave employment to these 
 land whalers, their vessels carrying away the oil 
 and leaving money, clothes, arms and rum in 
 payment. These rough-and-ready settlers amal- 
 gamated in some degree with the Maoris — half 
 warriors, half fishermen — of the coasts. Some of 
 them married the daughters and sisters of native 
 chiefs, thereby securing the powerful protection of 
 the latter ; others contracted alliances of a less 
 formal nature with native women, and a half-caste 
 breed sprang up to cement the alliance between 
 the races. In the numerous conflicts between 
 native tribes the Englishmen sometimes sided with 
 that which had shown them" favour or was con- 
 nected with them by marriage or traffic ; and their 
 furious bravery, their firearms — then rare in the 
 country — and the formidable weapons of their 
 trade, the harpoon, the axe, the lance and the 
 whale-spade, caused the fortunes of the party 
 agaiust which they fought to kick the beam. They 
 themselves sometimes suffered no trifling reverses. 
 When absent in their boats in pursuit of fish some 
 foraging party of hostile Maoris would rush upon 
 the settlements, burn down the huts and whaling 
 stages and carry off property, women and children, 
 not perhaps so much out of enmity to the whites 
 as in blind retaliation on the tribe among which 
 they resided. The utter want, or rather absence 
 of law or of any superior example of conduct, and 
 the periodical plenty of strong waters, gave rise to 
 and perpetuated scenes of drunken riot such as, 
 knowing the actors, one can easily conceive, but 
 which to describe would be impossible. Such 
 being the European actors in the first scene of 
 N.Z. civilised, there follows a straggling host of 
 runaway sailors, military deserters, escaped con- 
 victs from N.S.W. and V.D.L., sawyers and 
 lumberers, adventurers and evasives of every sort. 
 The Maori's impressions of the European scale of 
 morals and polite arts as furnished by these speci- 
 mens could not by possibility rise high. Indeed 
 the drunkenness and reckless debauchery of the 
 Pakehas (foreigners) actually revolted the natives ; 
 for they are sober by nature and by practice even 
 now. Moreover on those especial points on which 
 the New Zealander was supposed to excel, 
 namely merciless onslaughts on the unarmed and 
 
 unsuspecting adversary where neither sex nor age 
 was a shield, there were not wanting instances in 
 which Englishmen distinguished themselves above 
 the savage, lending their vessels, boats, arms and 
 personal aid through every stage of enormity. A 
 certain master of a vessel named Stewart has been 
 convicted by notoriety of furnishing means of trans- 
 port, arms, ammunition, and his own countenance 
 and assistance in the most truculent and destruc- 
 tive descent of one tribe upon another that ever 
 was heard of— even to cooking the bodies of the 
 slain, to which purpose he devoted his ship's coppers. 
 This man met with a mockery of a trial at Sydney, 
 and escaped through some flaw in the proceedings. 
 But if the natives were not impressed with exalted 
 notions of the white man's purity of conduct, nor 
 of the code that ruled his morals, there was no 
 mistake about the respect they entertained for the 
 thews and sinews, the powers of endurance, the 
 pluck and spirit, as well as the skill and perse- 
 verance of their foreign visitors. These rough 
 denizens of the coast and wave were a race of men 
 bronzed and bloated by sun, wind, sea, and rum, 
 to a shade of red-brown that, were it not for the 
 wicked blue eyes and wickeder oath, and for the 
 rolling gait acquired on the sea and retained on 
 land by seamen, a traveller might easily mistake 
 one of them for an untattooed Maori. In some of 
 their whale-chases the Englishmen were assisted 
 by young natives, not only in pulling the boats, 
 but occasionally in " fastening " to a fish ; and 
 oftentimes, when one of these giants of the deep 
 got embayed on a lee shore near the native settle- 
 ments, a boat entirely manned by them would 
 harpoon him, and make signals for the English 
 fishermen to come up and do the most difficult and 
 dangerous part of the business ; for which good 
 service they were liberally rewarded with cash or 
 goods to the amount sometimes of .£20 or £25. 
 With all their personal strength, courage, and 
 desire of gain, it is affirmed that in- no instance 
 were the native fisherman known to have per- 
 formed the feat of killing the whale with the 
 lance, — the exclusive duty, and a most onerous 
 and riskf ul one, of the " headsman " of the boat. 
 Whaling, like all other sports, has its season ; and 
 during the intervals of idleness forced upon the 
 rough society of Queen Charlotte's Sound and its 
 neighbouring fishing bays, its pursuits and pastimes 
 were not of an orderly or intellectual character. 
 The most turbulent of the natives, many of them 
 chiefs of rank and note, tolerated however, and 
 associated familiarly with the whites for the sake 
 of the traffic of fire-arms, ammunition, and other 
 coveted European goods, — each race, with the 
 natural proneness of humanity to evil, picking up 
 the most prominent and peculiar vices of the other. 
 If ever there was an earthly Pandemonium, it 
 existed at that time and place. To complete this 
 fortuitous aggregation of the wildest elements of 
 society, nothing was wanting but to engraft upon 
 it a convict penal settlement ; and from this fate 
 N.Z. was saved only by the character of ferocity
 
 35fi 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I New 
 
 and treachery attributed generally to the natives. 
 Among the numerous schemes of the English 
 Government for the disposal and punishment of 
 their criminals, that of exposing them in this 
 lion's den of cannibalism either never occurred to 
 them, or was considered too severe as a secondary 
 punishment even in those times. This doom, 
 happily, the land of the Maori escaped. 
 
 IV. The First Missionaries. — During a visit 
 to England in 1808, the Kev. Samuel Marsden, 
 Colonial Chaplain of N.S.W., laid the foundation of 
 the Church of England Mission to N.Z. This was 
 the great enterprise of his life ; he will be for ever 
 remembered as the Apostle of N.Z. Not that he 
 had the exclusive honour of being the only one, 
 although he was in point of time the first who 
 began, about this period, to project the mission. 
 The Wesleyans were early in the same field. The 
 Rev. Samuel Leigh, a man whose history and 
 natural character bore a marked resemblance to 
 those of Marsden, was the pioneer of Methodism, 
 and proved himself a worthy herald of the Cross 
 amongst the New Zealanders. A warm friendship 
 existed between the two. On his passage home- 
 wards he was a guest at Parramatta ; and no tinge 
 of jealousy ever appears to have shaded their inter- 
 course, each rejoicing in the triumphs of the other. 
 Marsden's position afforded him peculiar facilities, 
 and having once undertaken it, the superintendence 
 of the N.Z. mission became, without design on his 
 part, the great business of his life. He had formed 
 a high estimate of the Maori tribes. " They are a 
 noble race," he writes to his friend John Terry of 
 Hull, " vastly superior in understanding to any- 
 thing you can imagine in a savage nation." This 
 was before the mission was begun. But he did 
 not speak merely from hearsay ; several of their 
 chieftains and enterprising warriors had visited 
 Australia, and they ever found a welcome at the 
 hospitable parsonage at Parramatta. Sometimes, it 
 is true, they were but awkward guests, as the fol- 
 lowing anecdote will show, furnished by one of 
 Marsden's daughters : — " My father had sometimes 
 as many as thirty New Zealanders staying at the 
 parsonage. He possessed extraordinary influence 
 over them. On one occasion a young lad, the 
 nephew of a chief, died, and his uncle immediately 
 made preparations to sacrifice a slave to attend his 
 spirit into the other world. Mr. Marsden was 
 from home at the moment, and his family were 
 only able to preserve the life of the young 
 New Zealander by hiding him in one of the 
 rooms. Mr. Marsden no sooner returned and 
 reasoned with the chief, than he consented to 
 spare his life. No further attempt was made 
 upon it, though the uncle frequently deplored 
 that his nephew had no attendant in the next 
 world, and seemed afraid to return to New Zealand 
 lest the Father of the young man should reproach 
 him I'nr having given up this, to them, important 
 point." The Church Missionary Society, which 
 had been established about seven years, seemed 
 fully disposed to co-operate with him ; and at their 
 
 request he drew up a memorial on the subject of a 
 mission. He lays great stress on the necessity of 
 civilisation going first as the pioneer of the Gospel ; 
 " commerce and the arts having a natural tendency 
 to inculcate industrious and moral habits, open a 
 way for the introduction of the Gospel, and lay the 
 foundation for its continuance when once received." 
 Again, " Nothing, in my opinion, can pave the way 
 for the introduction of the Gospel but civilisation." 
 The missionaries he thought " might employ a cer- 
 tain portion of their time in manual labour, and 
 that this neither would nor ought to prevent them 
 from constantly endeavouring to instruct the 
 natives in the great doctrines of the Gospel." He 
 adds, " The arts and religion should go together. 
 I do not mean a native should learn to build a hut 
 or make an axe before he should be told anything 
 of man's fall and redemption, but that these grand 
 subjects should be introduced at every favourable 
 opportunity, while the natives are learning any of 
 the simple arts." The founders of the Church Mis- 
 sionary Society listened gratefully and with respect 
 to the opinion of one so well entitled to advise ; 
 they determined on the mission, and they gave a 
 high proof of their confidence in the wisdom and 
 piety of their friend by consulting him in the 
 choice of their first agents. But they did not 
 adopt his views with regard to the importance of 
 civilisation as the necessary pioneer to the Gospel. 
 "It has been stated," they subsequently wrote, 
 " that the mission was originally established, and 
 for a long time systematically conducted on the 
 principle of first civilising and then christianising 
 the natives. This is wholly a mistake. The agents 
 employed in establishing the mission were laymen 
 because clergymen could not be had; and the 
 instructions given to them necessarily correspond 
 with their lay character. The foremost object of 
 the mission has from the first been to bring the 
 natives by the use of all suitable means under the 
 saving influences of the grace of the Gospel, adding 
 indeed the communication to them of such useful 
 arts and knowledge as might improve their social 
 condition." The committee's instructions to their 
 first agents in the mission sustain these assertions. 
 William Hall and John King were the two single- 
 hearted laymen to whom the honour was com- 
 mitted of first making known the Gospel in N.Z. 
 They bore with them these instructions ere they 
 embarked in the same vessel in which their friend 
 and guide Marsden himself returned to Australia : — 
 " Ever bear in mind that the only object of the 
 Society in sending you to N.Z. is to introduce 
 the knowledge of Christ among the natives, and 
 in order to this, the arts of civilised life." Thomas 
 Kendall followed ; a third layman, for no ordained 
 clergyman of the Church of England could yet be 
 found. The same instructions were repeated, and 
 in December 1815 when the llev. John Butler, 
 their first clerical missionary, entered on his 
 labours, he and his companions were exhorted 
 thus: " The committee would observe that they 
 wisli in all the missions of the Society that the
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 359 
 
 missionaries should give their time as much as 
 possible, and wholly if practicable, first to the 
 acquisition of the native language and then to the 
 constant and faithful preaching to the natives." 
 Before he left England Marsden formed or renewed 
 an acquaintance with Wilberforce, Sir George Grey, 
 Rev. Daniel Wilson (late Bishop of Calcutta,) Rev. 
 Charles Simeon, Rev. Josiah Pratt, Dr. Olinthus 
 Gregory and Dr. Mason Good. The hitter's 
 introduction to Marsden much impressed him. He 
 saw and wondered at his self-denial ; he admired 
 the true sublimity of his humble, unassuming, but 
 unquestionable and active piety. " The first time 
 I saw Mr. Marsden," says his biographer, " was in 
 January 1808. He had just returned from Hull 
 and had travelled nearly the whole journey on 
 the outside of a coach in a heavy fall of snow, 
 being unable to secure an inside place. He seemed 
 scarcely conscious of the inclemency of the season, 
 and declared that he felt no inconvenience from 
 the journey. He had accomplished his object and 
 that was enough. And what was that object, 
 which could raise him above the exhaustion of 
 fatigue and the sense of severe cold ? He had 
 engaged a ropemaker who was willing at his 
 (Mr. Marsden's) own expense to go and teach his 
 art to the New Zealanders." Marsden left England 
 in August 1809. The ship Ann, in which he sailed, 
 carried with her one who subsequently played a 
 part only less important than his own in the con- 
 version of N.Z. The ship had been some time at 
 sea before Marsden observed on the forecastle 
 amongst the common sailors a man whose darker 
 skin and wretched appearance awakened his sym- 
 pathy. He was wrapped in an old great coat, 
 very sick and weak, had a violent cough accom- 
 panied with profuse bleeding. He was much 
 dejected and appeared as though a few days would 
 close his life. This was Duaterra, a N.Z. chieftain, 
 whose story as related by Marsden himself is 
 almost too strange for fiction. And as this 
 young chief became, as he tells, "one of the 
 principal instruments in preparing the way for 
 the introduction of the arts of civilisation and 
 the knowledge of Christianity into his native 
 country," a brief sketch of his marvellous adven- 
 tures will not be out of place : When the 
 existence of N.Z. was yet scarcely known to 
 Europeans, it was occasionally visited by a 
 South Sea whaler distressed for provisions, or in 
 want of water. One of these, the Arr/o, put into 
 the Bay of Islands in 1805, and Duaterra, fired 
 with the spirit of adventure, embarked on board 
 with two of his companions. The Argo remained 
 on the coast for above five months, and then sailed 
 for Port Jackson, Duaterra sailing with her. She 
 then went to fish on the coast of New Holland for 
 six months, again returning to Port Jackson. 
 Duaterra had been six months on board, working 
 in general as a common sailor, and passionately 
 fond of this roving life. He then experienced 
 that unkindness and foul play of which the New 
 Zealander has always had sad reason to complain. 
 
 He was left on shore without a friend and without 
 the slightest remuneration. He now shipped himself 
 on board the Albion whaler, Captain Richardson, 
 whose name deserves honourable mention ; he 
 behaved very kindly to Duaterra, repaid him for 
 his services in various European articles, and 
 after six months cruising on the fisheries, put him 
 on shore in the Bay of Islands, where his tribe 
 dwelt. Here he remained six months, when the 
 Stintti Anna anchored in the bay, on her way to 
 Norfolk Island and other islets of the South Sea 
 in quest of seal skins. Duaterra again embarked ; 
 he was put on shore on Norfolk Island at the head 
 of a party of fourteen sailors, provided with a 
 very scanty supply of water, bread, and salt pro- 
 visions, to kill seals, while the ship sailed, intending 
 to be absent but a short time, to procure potatoes 
 and pork in N.Z. On her return she was blown 
 off the coast in a storm, and did not make the 
 land for a month. The sealing party were now in 
 the greatest distress, and accustomed as he was to 
 hardship, Duaterra often spoke of the extreme 
 suffering which he and his party had endured, 
 while, for upwards of three months, they existed 
 on a desert island with no other food than seals 
 and sea fowls, and no water except when a shower 
 of rain happened to fall. Three of his companions, 
 two Europeans and one Tahitian, died under these 
 distresses. At length the Santa Anna returned, 
 having procured a valuable cargo of seal skins, 
 and prepared to take her departure homewards. 
 Duaterra had now an opportunity of gratifying a 
 desire he had for some time entertained of visiting 
 that remote country from which so many vast 
 ships were sent, and to see with his own eyes the 
 great chief of so wonderful a people. He willingly 
 risked the voyage, as a common sailor, to visit 
 England and see King George. The Santa Anna 
 arrived in the Thames in July 1809, and Duaterra 
 requested that the captain would make good his 
 promise, and indulge him with a sight of the King. 
 Again he had proof of the perfidiousness of 
 Europeans. Sometimes he was told that no one 
 was allowed to see King George ; sometimes that 
 his house could not be found. This distressed 
 him exceedingly ; he saw little of London, was 
 ill-used, and seldom permitted to go on shore. In 
 about fifteen days, the vessel had discharged her 
 cargo, when the captain told him that he should 
 be put onboard the Ann, which had been taken 
 up by the Government to convey convicts to 
 N.S.W. The Ann had already dropped down to 
 Gravesend, and Duaterra asked the master of the 
 Santa Anna for some wages and clothing. He 
 refused to give him any, telling him that the 
 owners at Port Jackson would pay him in two 
 muskets for his services on his arrival there ; but 
 even these he never received. Marsden was at 
 this time in London, ignorant of the fact that the 
 son of a N.Z. chief in circumstances so pitiable 
 lay on board a South Sea whaler near London 
 Bridge. Their first meeting was on board the 
 Ann when she had been some days at sea. His
 
 360 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 sympathies were roused and also his indignation. 
 He inquired of the master where he met with him, 
 and also of Duaterra what had brought him to 
 England and how he came to be so wretched and 
 miserable. 'He answered that the hardships and 
 wrongs he had endured on board the Santa Anna 
 were exceedingly great and that the English sailors 
 had beaten him very much, which was the cause 
 of his spitting blood, and that the master had 
 defrauded him of all his wages and prevented his 
 seeing the King. Marsden soothed his afflictions 
 and assured him that he should be protected from 
 insults and that his wants should be supplied. By 
 the kindness of those on board Duaterra recovered, 
 and was ever after truly grateful for the attention 
 shown him. On their arrival at Sydney Marsden 
 took him into his house for six months, during 
 which time he applied himself to agriculture ; he 
 then wished to return home, and embarked for 
 N.Z. The two laymen, Hall and King, sailed from 
 England with Marsden in 1810 and were soon 
 after followed by Kendall ; and the three assembled 
 at N.S.W. intending to sail thence without delay 
 for the scene of their future work. But fresh 
 difficulties arose. Marsden's intention was to 
 accompany them and in person to meet the first 
 dangers, and lay as it were the first stone. But 
 this the Governor absolutely forbade. To him the 
 whole scheme seemed utterly preposterous. The 
 idea of converting the savages of N.Z. was the 
 chimera of a pious enthusiast — a good and useful 
 man in his way, but one who was not to be allowed 
 thus idly to squander the lives of others, to say 
 nothing of his own. Nor were the Governor's objec- 
 tions altogether without foundation. The last news 
 from N.Z. was that an English ship, the Boyd, had 
 been seized and burned by the cannibals in the Bay 
 of Islands, and every soul on board, seventy in all, 
 killed and eaten. The report was true, save only 
 that out of the whole of the ship's company, two 
 women and a boy had been spared to live in 
 slavery with the savages. A N.Z. chief had sailed 
 on board and had been treated with brutal indigni- 
 ties similar to those which Duaterra suffered from 
 the captain of the Santa Anna. He smothered 
 his resentment, and waiting the return of the 
 Boyd to the Bay of Islands summoned his tribe, 
 who on various pretences crowded the deck of the 
 ship, and at a given signal rushed upon the crew, 
 dispatched them with their clubs and hatchets, 
 and then gorged themselves and their followers on 
 the horrible repast. All that Marsden could 
 obtain at present was permission to charter a 
 vessel if a captain could be found sufficiently 
 courageous to risk his life and ship in such an 
 enterprise, and to send out the three missionaries 
 as pioneers ; with a reluctant promise from the 
 Governor that if on the ship's return all had turned 
 out well, he should not be hindered from following. 
 For some time no such adventurous captain could 
 be found. At length for the sum of £600 for a 
 single voyage an offer was made, but Marsden 
 looked upon the sum as too much ; and this with 
 
 other considerations induced him to purchase his 
 own missionary brig the Active, in which Hall and 
 Kendall finally set sail for the Bay of Islands. 
 They carried a message to Duaterra entreating him 
 to receive them kindly, and inviting him to return 
 with them to Parramatta, bringing along with him 
 two or three friendly chiefs. Duaterra after his 
 visit to Marsden had again suffered great hardships 
 from the perfidy of the master of the Frederick, 
 with whom he had embarked from N.S.W. under 
 an agreement to be set on shore at the Bay of 
 Islands where his tribe dwelt. He was carried to 
 Norfolk Island and there left ; and to aggravate 
 his wrongs and sorrows the vessel passed within 
 two miles of his own shores and in sight of his 
 home. He was defrauded too of his share of the 
 oil he had procured with his companions, worth 
 ,£100. A whaler found him on Norfolk Island 
 almost naked and in the last stage of want, and 
 brought him once more to Australia and to his 
 friend and patron Marsden. A short stay sufficed ; 
 he sailed again from Sydney and soon found 
 himself to his great joy amongst his friends in 
 N.Z. On the arrival of the Active with its 
 missionaries he was there to greet them and to 
 repay the kindness of his friend in the welcome he 
 secured for these defenceless strangers. They 
 carried with them a present which, trifling as it 
 may seem, was not without its share of influence 
 in the great work. Duaterra had been provided 
 by Marsden with a supply of wheat for sowing on 
 his return to N.Z. To this accomplished savage 
 the honour belongs of first introducing agriculture 
 into an island destined, within forty years, to 
 rival the best farms of England in the value 
 of its crops and the variety of its produce. 
 The neighbouring chiefs and their tribes viewed 
 with wonder first the green ears and then the 
 growing corn. The wild potato, the fern, and 
 a few other roots were the only produce of the 
 earth they were yet acquainted with, and when 
 Duaterra assured them that his field of wheat was 
 to yield the flour out of which the bread and 
 biscuits they had tasted on board English ships 
 were made, they tore up several plants, expecting 
 to find something resembling their own potato at 
 the root. That the ears themselves should furnish 
 the materials for a loaf was not to be believed. 
 Duaterra meant to impose upon them, or else he 
 had been duped, but they were not to be cajoled 
 with the tales of a traveller. The field was reaped 
 and the corn threshed out, when Duaterra was 
 mortified with the discovery that he was not pro- 
 vided with a mill. He made several attempts to 
 grind his corn with the help of a coffee-mill bor- 
 rowed from a trading ship, but without success ; 
 and he was laughed at for his simplicity. At 
 length the Active brought the important present 
 of a hand-mill for grinding corn. Duaterra's 
 friends assembled to watch the experiment, still 
 incredulous of the promised result ; but when the 
 meal began to stream out beneath the machine 
 their astonishment was unbounded ; and when a
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 86 1 
 
 cake was produced, hastily baked in a frying-pan, 
 they shouted and danced for joy. Duaterra was 
 now to be trusted when he told them that the mis- 
 sionaries were good men. And thus the first 
 favourable impression was made upon the Maoris, 
 whose race was in the next generation to become 
 a civilised and Christian people. Hall and Kendall 
 having introduced themselves and their mission in 
 N.Z. returned to Sydney, accompanied by Duaterra 
 and six other chiefs, amongst whom was Duaterra's 
 uncle the famous Shunghie, or Hongi, the most 
 powerful of N.Z. Chieftains ; such was the con- 
 fidence Marsden's name and the good conduct of 
 the missionaries had inspired. The Active reached 
 Sydney on 22nd August 1814. Marsden experienced 
 great joy on the successful termination of the 
 voyage, and having obtained the Governor's per- 
 mission, he determined to accompany the mission- 
 aries on their return to the Bay of Islands. He 
 wrote just before he sailed : — " It is my intention 
 to visit N.Z. and see what can be done to promote 
 the eternal welfare of the inhabitants of that 
 island. I have now several of the chiefs living 
 with me at Parramatta. They are as noble a 
 race of men as are to be met with in any part 
 of the world. I trust I shall be able, in some 
 measure, to put a stop to those dreadful mur- 
 ders which have been committed upon the island 
 for some years past, both by the Europeans and 
 the natives. They are a much injured people, 
 notwithstanding all that has been advanced 
 against them." On 19th November 1814 he em- 
 barked on his mission with a motley crew of 
 savages and Christian teachers and enterprising 
 mechanics, their wives and children, besides cattle 
 and horses. Of this strangely assorted company 
 he gives the following description : — "The number 
 of persons on board the Active, including women 
 and children was thirty-five ; the master, his wife 
 and son, Messrs. Kendall, Hall and King, with 
 their wives and children, eight New Zealanders, 
 (including Duaterra and his uncle the great warrior 
 Shunghie or Hongi) two Otaheitans, and four 
 Europeans belonging to the vessel, besides Mr. 
 John Lydiard Nicholas and myself; there were 
 also two sawyers, one smith and a runaway convict 
 whom we afterwards found on board, a horse and 
 two mares, one bull and two cows, with a few 
 sheep and poultry. The bull and cows have been 
 presented by Governor Macquarie from his 
 Majesty's herd." On 15th December, they were 
 in sight of land ; the next day the chiefs were sent 
 on shore, and a friendly communication was at 
 once opened with the natives. But even before 
 they had landed a canoe came alongside the Active 
 with plenty of fish, and shortly afterwards a chief 
 followed from the shore, who immediately came 
 on board. Marsden's fame, as the friend of the 
 New Zealanders, had arrived before him. "I told 
 them my name with which they were all well 
 acquainted. We were now quite free from all fear, 
 as the natives seemed desirous to show us attention 
 by every possible means in their power." The 
 
 Active dropped her anchor a few days after at 
 Wangaroa, near the Bay of Islands, the scene of 
 the massacre of the Boyd's crew, and there amongst 
 the very cannibals by whose hands their country- 
 men had fallen so recently the first Christian 
 mission to N. Z. was opened. A fierce and unholy 
 revenge had been taken in the murder of Tippahee, 
 a native chieftain, and all his family by an English 
 crew who had visited Wangaroa after the Boyd'/s 
 destruction, and Tippahee as Marsden always 
 maintained suffered unjustly, having had no 
 share in the dreadful massacre. Amongst a 
 people so exasperated did these first mission- 
 aries venture forth as the heralds of the Gospel. 
 Marsden's journal of his first visit to N.Z. is a 
 document of singular interest, and when published 
 at the time in England made a deep impression. 
 It is written in plain and forcible language and is 
 characterised by that vein of good sense and prac- 
 tical wisdom which distinguished him. Duaterra 
 and Shunghie had often told of the war arising 
 out of the affair of the Boyd that was raging while 
 they were at Parramatta between the people of 
 Wangaroa (the tribe of Tippahee) and the inhabit- 
 ants of the Bay of Islands, who were their own 
 friends and followers ; the Wangaroans accusing 
 the people of the Bay of Islands of having con- 
 spired with the English in the murder of Tippahee. 
 When the Active arrived several desperate battles 
 had been fought, and the war was likely to con- 
 tinue. Marsden determined to establish peace 
 amongst the contending tribes. He was known 
 already as the friend of Duaterra and Shunghie ; 
 he felt that he must oonvince the other party of 
 his good intentions. He did not come amongst 
 them as an ally of either, but as the friend of both ; 
 he resolved therefore to pass some time with the 
 Wangaroans ; and with a degree of intrepidity 
 astonishing even in him, not only ventured on 
 shore but passed the night accompanied by his 
 friend Nicholas alone with the savages who had 
 killed and eaten his countrymen. After a supper 
 of fish and potatoes in the camp of Shunghie, they 
 walked over to the hostile camp distant about 
 a mile. They received the two white strangers 
 very cordially. He sat down amongst them and 
 the chiefs surrounded them. Marsden introduced 
 the subject of his embassy, explained the object of 
 the missionaries in coming to live amongst them, 
 and showed how much peace would conduce in 
 every way to the welfare of all parties. A chief 
 to whom the Europeans gave the name of George 
 acted as interpreter ; he had sailed on board an 
 English ship and spoke English well. Marsden 
 tells us how the first night was passed : " As the 
 evening advanced the people began to retire to rest 
 in different groups. About eleven o'clock Mr. 
 Nicholas and I wrapped ourselves in our great coats 
 and prepared for rest. George directed me to lie by 
 his side. His wife and child lay on the right hand 
 and Mr. Nicholas close by. The night was clear, 
 the stars shone bright and the sea in our front was 
 smooth, around us were innumerable spears stuck 
 
 X2
 
 362 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 upright in the ground, and groups of natives lying 
 in all directions, like a flock of sheep upon the 
 grass, as there were neither tents nor huts to cover 
 them. I viewed our present situation with sensa- 
 tions and feelings that I cannot express, surrounded 
 by cannibals who had massacred and devoured our 
 countrymen. I wondered much at the mysteries of 
 Providence, and how these things could be. Never 
 did I behold the blessed advantage of civilisation 
 in a more grateful light than now. I did not sleep 
 much during the night. My mind was too seriously 
 occupied by the present scene, and the new and 
 strange ideas it naturally excited. About three in 
 the morning I rose and walked about the camp, 
 surveying the different groups of natives. When 
 the morning light returned we beheld men, women 
 and children asleep in all directions like the beasts 
 of the field. I had ordered the boat to come on 
 shore for us at daylight ; and soon after Duaterra 
 arrived in the camp." In the morning he gave an 
 invitation to the chiefs to breakfast on board the 
 Active, which they readily accepted. " At first 1 
 entertained doubts whether the chiefs would trust 
 themselves with us or not, on account of the Boyd, 
 lest we should detain them when we had them in 
 our power ; but they showed no signs of fear, and 
 went on board with apparent confidence. The 
 axes, billhooks, prints, <fec, I intended to give them 
 were all got ready after breakfast ; the chiefs were 
 seated in the cabin in great form to receive the 
 presents, I sat on the one side, and they on the 
 other side of the table ; Duaterra stood and handed 
 me each article separately that I was to give them. 
 Messrs. Kendall, Hall, and King, with the master 
 of the Active and his son, were all one after the 
 other introduced to the chiefs. The chiefs were 
 at the same time informed what duty each of the 
 three persons were appointed to do. Kendall to 
 instruct their children, Hall to build houses, boats, 
 ike, King to make fishing lines, and Hanson to 
 command the Active, which would be employed in 
 bringing axes and such things as were wanted from 
 Sydney, to enable them to cultivate their lands 
 and improve their country. When these cere- 
 monies were over, I expressed my hope that they 
 would have no more wars, but from that time 
 would be reconciled to each other. Duaterra, 
 Shunghie, and Koro Koro shook hands with the 
 chiefs of Wangaroa, and saluted each other as a 
 token of reconciliation by joining their noses 
 together. I was much gratified to see these men 
 at amity once more." The chiefs then took their 
 leave, much pleased with the attention of Marsden, 
 and still more with his presents ; and they pro- 
 mised for the future to protect the missionaries 
 and never to injure the European traders. Some 
 of the presents excited no little wonder ; no New 
 Zealander, except the few who like Duaterra had 
 been on foreign travel, had ever seen either cows 
 or horses, for the largest quadruped yet naturalised 
 in the island was the pig, and even that had been 
 introduced but recently. Duaterra had often told 
 his wondering countrymen of the horse and its 
 
 rider, and in return was always laughed at ; but 
 when the horses were now landed and Marsden 
 actually mounted one of them, they stood in 
 crowds and gazed in mute astonishment. The 
 first Sunday on which Christian worship was 
 held in N.Z. was Christmas Day 1815. Marsden 
 thus describes it : — "Duaterra passed the remaining 
 part of the previous day in preparing for the 
 Sabbath. He enclosed about half an acre of land 
 with a fence, erected a pulpit and reading-desk in 
 the centre, and covered the whole either with 
 black native cloth or with some duck which he 
 had brought with him from Port Jackson. He 
 also procured some bottoms of old canoes and 
 fixed them up as seats on each side of the pulpit 
 for the Europeans to sit upon, intending to have 
 Divine worship performed there the next day. 
 These preparations he made of his own accord, and 
 in the evening informed me that everything was 
 ready for Divine service. I was much pleased 
 with this singular mark of his attention. The 
 reading-desk was about three feet from the ground 
 and the pulpit about six feet. The black cloth 
 covered the top of the pulpit and hung over the 
 sides; the bottom of the pulpit, as well as the 
 reading-desk, was part of a canoe. The whole 
 was becoming and had a solemn appearance. He 
 had also erected a flagstaff on the highest hill in 
 the village, which had a very commanding view. 
 On Sunday morning when I was upon deck I saw 
 the English flag flying, which, was a pleasing sight 
 in N.Z. I considered it as the signal and the 
 dawn of civilisation, liberty, and religion in that 
 dark and benighted land. I never viewed the 
 British colours with more gratification, and 
 flattered myself they would never be removed till 
 the natives of that island enjoyed all the happiness 
 of British subjects. About ten o'clock we pre- 
 pared to go ashore to publish for the first time the 
 glad tidings of the Gospel. I was under no 
 apprehension for the safety of the vessel, and 
 therefore ordered all on board to go on shore to 
 attend Divine service, except the master and one 
 man. When we landed we found Koro Koro, 
 Duaterra and Shunghie, dressed in regimentals 
 which Governor Macquarie had given them, with 
 their men drawn up ready to be marched into the 
 enclosure to attend Divine service. They had 
 their swords by their sides and switches in their 
 hands. We entered the enclosure and were placed 
 on the seats on each side of the pulpit. Koro 
 Koro marched his men and placed them on my 
 right hand in the rear of the Europeans, and 
 Duaterra placed his men on the left. The 
 inhabitants of the town, with the women and 
 children and a number of other chiefs, formed a 
 circle round the whole. A very solemn silence 
 prevailed — the sight was truly impressive. I rose 
 up and began the service with singing the Old 
 Hundredth Psalm, and felt my very soul melt 
 within me when I viewed my congregation and 
 considered the state they were in. After reading 
 the service, during which the natives stood up and
 
 New] 
 
 OYCLOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 363 
 
 sat down at the signals given by Koro Koro's 
 switch, which was regulated by the movements of 
 the Europeans, it being Christinas Day, I preached 
 from the second chapter of St. Luke's Gospel and 
 tenth verse, 'Behold, I bring you glad tidings of 
 great joy,' &c. The natives told Duaterra that 
 they could not understand what I meant. He 
 replied that they were not to mind that now, for 
 they would understand by-and-by, and that he 
 would explain my meaning as far as he could. 
 When I had done preaching he informed them 
 what I had been talking about. Duaterra was 
 very much pleased that he had been able to make 
 all the necessary preparations for the performance 
 of divine worship in so short a time, and we felt 
 much obliged to him for his attention. He was 
 extremely anxious to convince us that he would do 
 everything in his power, and that the good of his 
 country was his principal consideration. In this 
 manner the Gospel has been introduced into N.Z. ; 
 and I fervently pray that the glory of it may never 
 depart from its inhabitants till time shall be no 
 more." The confidence of the natives in Marsden 
 was now unbounded and scarcely less was the 
 confidence he reposed in them ; and he resolved 
 upon a short coasting voyage with the view of 
 exploring their different harbours and making 
 arrangements for the future extension of the 
 mission. Many of the chiefs and warriors, led by 
 Duaterra, wished to sail with him, and without the 
 slightestmisgivingtwenty-eight savagesfully armed 
 after the fashion of their country were invited on 
 board the Active, manned as she was by only seven 
 Europeans. Their leave of absence having nearly 
 expired Marsden and his companions were obliged 
 to prepare for their voyage homeward. They had 
 laid the foundations of a great work — how great 
 none of them could tell. As patriots they exulted 
 in the prospect of extending the renown of England. 
 Marsden, in his conversations with the natives, 
 explained to them the nature of the English 
 government and the form of trial by jury ; he dis- 
 coursed with them upon the evils of polygamy and 
 showed his marked abhorrence of their darling 
 vices — theft and lying. A chisel being lost from 
 the Active a boat was sent on shore, manned by 
 Duaterra and other chiefs, to demand restitu- 
 tion ; the culprit was not found nor the implement 
 restored ; but a whole village was aroused from its 
 slumbers at midnight, and the inhabitants literally 
 trembled with fear of the consequences when they 
 saw the angry chiefs, though no harm was permitted 
 to ensue. An example of high integrity was always 
 set. Marsden might have obtained land or timber 
 or whatever he required in exchange for ammu- 
 nition and muskets ; but he interdicted the sale 
 or barter of these article upon any terms what- 
 ever, and to this resolution he always adhered. 
 And he took an opportunity upon all occasions 
 to impress upon their minds the horrors their 
 cannibalism excited ; how much their nation was 
 disgraced by it and dreaded on this account. One 
 thing still remained to be done. The missionaries 
 
 possessed ho land, and were liable after his depar- 
 ture to be removed or driven out at the mere 
 caprice of the tribes amongst whom they settled. 
 He therefore determined if possible to purchase 
 for them a small estate. It consisted of about 200 
 acres ; and the first plot of ground to which 
 England can lay claim in N.Z. was formerly made 
 over in a deed of which Nicholas preserved a 
 transcript. It was executed in the presence of a 
 number of chiefs who were assembled to take leave 
 of the Active on the day before she sailed, and ran 
 as follows : — " Know all men to whom these 
 presents shall come that I, Anodee O Gunna, king 
 of Kangheehoo, in the island of N.Z., have in 
 consideration of twelve axes to me in hand now 
 paid and delivered by the Reverend Samuel 
 Marsden of Parramatta, in the territory of N.S.W. 
 given, granted, bargained and sold ; and by this 
 present instrument do give, grant, bargain, and 
 sell, unto the committee of the Church Missionary 
 Society for Africa and the East, instituted in 
 London in the kingdom of Great Britain, and to 
 their heirs and successors, all that piece and parcel 
 of land situate in the district of Hoshee in the 
 island of N.Z., bounded on the south side by the 
 bay of Lippouna and the town of Rangheehoo, on 
 the north side by a creek of fresh water, and on 
 the west by a public road into the interior, together 
 with all the rights, members, privileges and appur- 
 tenances thereto belonging ; to have and to hold to 
 the aforesaid committee of the Church Missionary 
 Society for Africa and the East, instituted in 
 London in the kingdom of Great Britain, their 
 heirs, successors, and assigns for ever, clear and 
 freed from all taxes, charges, impositions and con- 
 tributions whatsoever, as and for their own 
 absolute and proper estate for ever. 
 
 " In testimony whereof I have to these presents 
 thus done and given, set my hand at 
 Hoshee in the island of N.Z., this twenty- 
 fourth day of February, in the year of 
 Christ, one thousand eight hundred and 
 fifteen. 
 (Signatures to the grant.) " Thomas Kendall. 
 " J. L. Nicholas." 
 To this was affixed a complete drawing of the 
 "amoco" or tattooing of Gunna's face, done by 
 Shunghie, on one side of which he set his mark. 
 Marsden returned from his first voyage to N.Z. 
 accompanied by ten chiefs, landing at Sydney on 
 23rd March 1815. He and Nicholas immediately 
 presented themselves to the Governor who con- 
 gratulated them on their safe return from what he 
 regarded as a most perilous and rash adventure. 
 Duaterra had been left sick, and four days after 
 Marsden's departure he died. He was a noble 
 specimen of human nature in its savage state. 
 His character was cast in the mould of heroes. 
 At the very period of his death after ten years of 
 as much privation, danger, and hardship as nature 
 could well bear, his courage was unsubdued and 
 his patriotism and enterprise unabated. He told 
 Marsden with an air of triumph, " I have now
 
 364 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 introduced the cultivation of wheat into New 
 Zealand ; New Zealand will become a great 
 country ; in two years more I shall be able to 
 export wheat to Port Jackson in exchange for 
 hoes, axes, spades, tea and sugar." He had made 
 arrangements for farming on a large scale and had 
 formed his plan for building a new town with 
 regular streets after the European mode, on a 
 beautiful situation which commanded a view 
 of the harbour and the adjacent country. " I 
 accompanied him to the spot," says Marsden ; 
 " we examined the ground fixed on for the town 
 and the situation where the church was to stand." 
 Other trials followed the death of Duaterra. Fresh 
 wars broke out. One hostile tribe encamped in 
 sight of the mission premises, and, no longer 
 restrained by Marsden's presence, threatened, not 
 indeed to expel the missionaries, but to kill and 
 eat them. For months together the affrighted 
 band kept watch night and day ; their children 
 were laid to sleep in their cots dressed, to be ready 
 for instant flight, and the boat was always kept 
 afloat, with its oars and sail in readiness. The 
 storm blew over, and they remained steadfast at 
 their posts. Soon afterwards the Wesleyan Metho- 
 dists established their mission in the island, and 
 the missionaries gained strength from each other 
 in society and mutual counsel. The first Wesleyan 
 missionary, Samuel Leigh, was well known at 
 Parramatta, and Marsden viewed his labours with 
 thankfulness and hope ; but the reports which 
 reached him from time to time of the difficulties 
 to which the missions were exposed still added 
 much to his anxieties. His thoughts seem to 
 have been always alert, turning every hint to 
 account, seizing every occasion and employing 
 every likely instrument to promote the grand 
 design. The excellent quality of the N.Z. flax 
 had not escaped him. He induced two young 
 natives whom he had brought with him to Parra- 
 matta, to visit England, which they did in H.M. 
 ship Kangaroo, and were placed under the care of 
 his friends in London. " I wish on no account," 
 he writes, " that they should be idle ; if they 
 cannot be useful in forming a vocabulary 
 (of the Maori language of which he was now 
 anxious that a grammar should be prepared) 
 let them be put into a rope walk, and be kept 
 close to labour while they remain in England. 
 They were both chieftains, Tooi and Teterree. 
 When their English education was completed the 
 young chieftains returned to Parramatta, and 
 Marsden embarked a second time for N.Z. taking 
 them with him, with several missionaries, three 
 mechanics and their families. They landed in the 
 Pay of Islands on 12th August 1819. The rival 
 chiefs Shunghie and Koro-Koro now contended 
 for the site of the new missionary settlement which 
 Marsden contemplated, each being anxious that 
 his own domain should be preferred, and offering 
 a grant of land. The spot was selected at Kiddee 
 Kiddee (or Keri-Keri) a district in the territory of 
 Shunghie, at the head of a fine harbour; but such 
 
 was the distress of the disappointed chieftain that 
 Marsden almost relented : — " He made strong 
 appeals to our feelings and urged his request by 
 every argument that he could advance, so that we 
 were obliged to promise to accompany him on the 
 next day to Parroa, and that we would build him 
 and Tooi a house if the situation pleased us, and 
 send one or two Europeans to reside amongst 
 them." The stores were landed, and all the beach 
 exhibited 'a scene of busy civilisation ; fourteen 
 natives sawing timber, others cutting knees, <tc. 
 "A sight more grateful to a benevolent mind could 
 not possibly have been seen ; our hearts overflowed 
 with gratitude. We viewed the various operations 
 with delight, and considered them the dawn of 
 civil and religious liberty to this land of darkness, 
 superstition, and cruelty." On the next Sabbath 
 day the work was consecrated with prayer and 
 praise. Marsden's language best describes the 
 scene : — "We assembled on the beach for public 
 worship, as there was no place sufficiently spacious 
 to hold the people. We were surrounded with 
 natives and a number of chiefs from different 
 districts. It was gratifying to be able to perform 
 worship to the true God in the open air without 
 fear or danger when surrounded by cannibals with 
 their spears stuck in the ground, and their pattoo- 
 pattoos and daggers concealed under their mats." 
 During a three months sojourn, besides the atten- 
 tion which Marsden gave to the missions in the 
 Bay of Islands, he made a circuitous journey of 
 700 miles, exploring the country with a view 
 to more extensive operations. His arrival overland 
 and in health at the Bay of Islands on his return 
 relieved the minds of the missionaries. " There is 
 not one in ten thousand, I think," writes Hall, 
 " who could or would have borne the privations, 
 difficulties and dangers which he has undergone." 
 He landed during a coasting voyage, with young 
 Tooi, on the small island of Motooroa. The first 
 object that struck his eye was a man's head stuck 
 on a pole near the hut where they were to sleep ; 
 the face appeared beautifully tattooed ; it was the 
 head of a chief who was killed by Shunghie's 
 people. Shunghie, the greatest of the N.Z. war- 
 riors, was a striking instance of that union of 
 gentleness and ferocity which characterised this 
 people. To the missionaries his kindness was 
 always great, and his respect for Marsden knew 
 no bounds. An instance of his good feeling may 
 be noticed. In the beginning of 1817 a naval 
 expedition under his command sailed from the 
 Bay of Islands. It consisted of thirty canoes and 
 about eight hundred men. Its object was to obtain 
 peace with his enemies at the North Cape. The 
 chief took an affectionate leave of the settlers and 
 told them that if he fell they must be kind to his 
 children, and if he survived he would take care of 
 their families when they should die. The expedi- 
 tion returned however in about a fortnight, his 
 people having quarelled with those of Wangaroa, 
 into which place they had put for refreshment ; 
 and being afraid, he said, that the Wangaroa
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 365 
 
 people would attack the settlers in his absence, 
 he for the present abandoned the expedition. 
 Shunghie was again preparing for war when 
 Marsden paid his second visit to N.Z. ; his army, 
 to the number of several thousand men, were 
 already assembled ; his war-canoes were ready, 
 and all his preparations complete ; yet in deference 
 to the remonstrances of Marsden he again aban- 
 doned his scheme of conquest or revenge and 
 dismissed his followers. Shunghie paid a visit 
 to England about the year 1820. His majestic 
 person, graceful manners and gentle yet manly 
 disposition were much admired. He was one of 
 Nature's nobles ; what might not be expected 
 from such a man when he returned home again ? 
 George the Fourth invited him to Carlton Palace 
 and received him with marked attention, present- 
 ing him with some military accoutrements and 
 costly lire-arms. Yet the heart of a savage never 
 ceased to beat beneath this polished exterior, while 
 his pride was fanned to madness by the con- 
 sideration he received in England. " There is," he 
 exclaimed, " but one king in England ; there shall 
 be only one king in New Zealand." Returning by 
 way of Sydney he there happened to meet with 
 Inacki, another chief, with whom he had an 
 ancient feud. He told him that when they got 
 back to N.Z. he would fight him. Inacki accepted 
 the challenge and Shunghie accordingly assembled 
 on his return no fewer than two thousand men to 
 attack Inacki. The latter was prepared to receive 
 him, and for some time the event of the battle 
 that ensued was doubtful. At length Shunghie, 
 who had the greatest number of muskets and 
 who had arranged his men in the form called in 
 Roman tactics the cuneus or wedge, placing him- 
 self at the apex and directing those behind him to 
 wheel round the enemy from the right and left, 
 or to fall back into their original position as 
 opportunity offered, shot Inacki. The savage 
 Shunghie immediately sprang forward, scooped 
 out the eye of the dying man with his knife and 
 swallowed it ; and then holding his hands to his 
 'throat into which he had plunged his knife, and 
 from which the blood flowed copiously, drank as 
 much of the horrid beverage as the two hands 
 could hold. Amongst the horrible superstitions 
 of the Maoris, one was that the eye of a victim 
 thus devoured became a star in the firmament, 
 and thus the ferocious Shunghie sought for honour 
 and immortality. With the sword which he had 
 received as a present from King George in Eng- 
 land, he immediately cut off the heads of sixteen 
 of his captives in cold blood ; this was done to 
 appease the spirit of his son-in-law who had fallen 
 in battle. In this battle Shunghie and his tribe 
 were armed with muskets, his opponents only 
 with the native weapons, the club and spear. His 
 victory therefore was an easy one, but his revenge 
 was cruel. Amongst the few who escaped the 
 general slaughter was Koromona, a chief who 
 became blind soon afterwards, but hearing 
 Archdeacon Williams preach at Matamata, was 
 
 converted. Amidst such scenes the missionaries 
 dwelt in peace. War and cannibalism showed 
 themselves at their gates but were not allowed 
 to hurt them. Under God, their security was 
 owing in a great measure to the prudence 
 and courage with which Marsden planned and 
 carried out his projects. Himself a stranger to 
 fear he infused courage into those around him. 
 He arrived at home after this second visit in 
 November 1819. In February 1820 he was once 
 more on his way back to N.Z. The Governor had 
 consented to his recent visit with reluctance, and 
 had limited the period of his absence with military 
 precision, threatening at the same time to deprive 
 him of his chaplaincy unless he returned within 
 the given time. The last day arrived, and the 
 expected vessel was not in sight. The Governor 
 repeated his determination to those around him, 
 and Marsden's friends were filled with anxiety, 
 and his wife and family at length gave up all hope. 
 Towards evening the long-wished-for sail appeared 
 in the offing, and at eight o'clock in the evening 
 Marsden quietly walked into the Governor's 
 drawing room with the laconic and yet respectful 
 address, " Sir, I am here to report myself." H.M.S. 
 Dromedary, Captain Skinner, was directed by the 
 Government to proceed from Sydney to the Bay 
 of Islands to receive a cargo of N.Z. timber for 
 trial in the dockyards of England ; and Sir Byam 
 Martin, controller of the navy, knowing some- 
 thing of the energy of Marsden's character, and 
 his great acquaintance with the islands, requested 
 that he would accompany the Dromedary, which 
 was joined by the Coromandel, in order to facili- 
 tate the object of their visit. With this request 
 he felt it his duty to comply. He arrived in N.Z. 
 on 20th February, and embarked on board the 
 Dromedary to return on 25th of November. 
 Thus nearly the whole year was given to the 
 service of N.Z., travelling amongst the natives 
 teaching them the first elements of civilisation. In 
 July 1823 Marsden again embarked for N.Z. ; his 
 intention being to visit the stations of the Church 
 Missionary Society and to arrange its affairs. Since 
 his previous visit fresh causes for anxiety had 
 appeared. In consequence of Shunghie's mis- 
 conduct, the natives were now alienated from the 
 missionaries ; they had become indifferent to 
 education and agricultural improvements ; and 
 the gospel it was too evident had made little pro- 
 gress hitherto. Shunghie declared that as to 
 himself " he wanted his children to learn to fight 
 and not to read." The Maoris about the settle- 
 ment insisted upon being paid for their services in 
 fire-arms and ammunition. " Since Shunghie's 
 return" writes one of the missionaries, "the natives, 
 one and all have treated us with contempt. They 
 are almost past bearing ; coming into our houses 
 when they please, demanding food, thieving what- 
 ever they can lay their hands on, breaking down 
 our garden fences, stripping the ship's boats of 
 everything they can. They seem in fact ripe for 
 any mischief ; had Mr. Marsden himself been
 
 366 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 amongst us, much as he deserves their esteem, I 
 believe he would not escape without insult ; but 
 the Lord is a very present help in time of trouble." 
 Amongst the missionaries themselves certain evils 
 had appeared, the growth of a secular and com- 
 mercial spirit which had injured their cause and 
 threatened to frustrate the end for which the 
 mission was projected. Marsden heard of these 
 untoward events, and hastened his departure full 
 of anxiety but not abating one jot of his confidence 
 in the final triumph of the cause. He was accom- 
 panied on his voyage by the Eev. Henry Williams 
 and his family, who went to strengthen the mission, 
 of which he soon became one of the most effective 
 leaders. One of Bishop Selwyn's first steps when 
 he was appointed bishop of N.Z., was to make 
 Williams one of his archdeacons, and he was 
 subsequently designated to a bishopric in a district 
 inhabited exclusively by Christianised Maoris. 
 This was his fourth visit, and though in some 
 respects it was painful, yet in others there was 
 ground for joy. At length, after nine years toil, 
 hopeful symptoms appeared amongst the Maoris. 
 Their visitor observed with much pleasure, he says, 
 that since his last visit the natives in general were 
 much improved in their appearance and manners ; 
 and now for the first time he heard them sing 
 hymns and repeat prayers in their own language. 
 This convinced him that, notwithstanding the mis- 
 conduct of a few of the Europeans the work was 
 gradually going on, and the way preparing for the 
 Gospel. Yet he had a painful duty to discharge. 
 He had to rebuke some of the missionaries, and 
 even to dismiss one of them. Several chiefs, 
 among whom was Tooi, warmly took up the 
 cause of the missionary who had been dismissed. 
 Marsden writes :— " Tooi, addressing me, said a 
 missionary had informed him that day that he was 
 going to leave N.Z., and the chiefs wished to know 
 whether this person had been dismissed for Belling 
 muskets and powder to the natives. To this I 
 replied that he was directed, by the gentlemen in 
 England who had sent him out as a missionary, 
 not to sell muskets and powder ; that it was not 
 the custom in England far clergymen to sell 
 muskets and powder ; and that no missionary 
 could be allowed to sell them. As several of the 
 chiefs present had been at Port Jackson, I observed 
 that they knew that the clergymen there did not 
 sell muskets and powder. They knew that I had 
 not one musket in my house, and that they had 
 never seen any when they were with me. They 
 replied, they knew what I said was true. I further 
 added we did not interfere with the Government 
 of N.Z. , they did what they pleased, and the mis- 
 sionaries should be allowed to do what they pleased. 
 Tooi said that this was but just, and observed, 
 ' We are at present in the same state as the Otahei- 
 tans were some time back. The Otaheitans wanted 
 i mly muskets and powder, and would have nothing 
 else, and now as they knew better they wanted 
 none ; and the New Zealanders would care nothing 
 about muskets when thuy knew better, which they 
 
 would in time.' All the chiefs acquiesced in the 
 observations Tooi made. I said, Tooi's remarks 
 on the conduct of the Otaheitans were very just, 
 and told them that the Queen Charlotte brig, which 
 had sailed from the bay the preceding day, 
 belonged to the young king Pomare; that the 
 Otaheitans had sent oil and various other articles 
 to Port Jackson, and that they had received in 
 return tea, sugar, and flour, and clothing, as they 
 wanted these articles, and that the New Zealanders 
 might in time have a ship of their own to procure 
 sperm oil, spars, (fee, which they might sell at Port 
 Jackson, and many of them were able to kill the 
 whales, having been employed on board the whalers. 
 When they got a vessel of their own, they would 
 soon be equal to the Otaheitans, and give over 
 their cruel wars. They expressed much pleasure 
 at having a vessel of their own. After some fur- 
 ther explanation the chiefs were satisfied that Mr. 
 
 had violated our laws and had brought all his 
 
 distress upon himself." The conduct of the natives 
 confirmed the impression which Marsden had pre- 
 viously formed, that they are a race of men of 
 considerable mental capacity, of great perseverance 
 and enterprise, who never lose sight of an object 
 upon which they have once set their minds ; power- 
 ful reasoners on any subject within their knowledge; 
 possessed of quick perception and natural sagacity, 
 which enables them to form a just acquaintance 
 with human nature as it presents itself before them. 
 Marsden paid a visit at Wangaroa to the Wesleyan 
 missionary station. He found Leigh, founder of 
 their mission, very ill, and invited him to return 
 with him on a voyage of health and recreation to 
 Port Jackson ; and having taken leave of the 
 Church Missionary brethren he re-embarked on 
 the 6th of September 1823. Like the first and 
 greatest of missionaries, it was ordained that he, 
 too, should suffer shipwreck and be cast upon a 
 desert island. His journal gives us the story of 
 his danger and deliverance : — " Sunday 7th. — This 
 morning we weighed anchor. The weather was 
 very threatening and stormy ; the wind from the 
 eastward and strong, blowing directly into the 
 mouth of the harbour. We lay in Kororarika 
 Bay, on the S. side of the harbour, and had to sail 
 along a lee rocky shore. In working out with the 
 wind dead on the land, the ship being light and 
 high out of the water she would not answer her 
 helm, and twice missed stays. The lead was kept 
 continually sounding, and we soon found ourselves 
 in little more than three fathoms of water, with a 
 rocky bottom and a shoal of rocks on our lee, and 
 it was then high water. When the captain found 
 the situation we were in, he immediately ordered 
 to let go the anchor, which was done. When the 
 tide turned the ship struck, the gale increased, and 
 the sea with it ; a shipwreck was now more than 
 probable ; there appeared no possible way to 
 prevent it. Mr. Leigh was very ill, and felt the 
 disturbance much, Mrs. Leigh also being very ill. 
 I requested the captain to lend me the boat to take 
 . Mr. and Mrs. Leigh to the nearest island, where
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 367 
 
 we arrived very safely, the island being but two 
 miles distant. The natives expressed much con- 
 cern for us, made a fire, prepared the best hut 
 they could, which was made of bulrushes, for our 
 reception. I requested them to send a canoe to 
 Eungheehe, to inform Mr. and Mrs. Hall of the 
 loss of the ship, and to bring their boat to assist 
 in bringing the people to land. At the same time, 
 I desired they would tell the natives to bring a 
 large war canoe. The natives for some time alleged 
 that their canoe would be dashed to pieces by the 
 waves, but at length I prevailed upon them. They 
 had between five and six miles to go through a very 
 rough sea. About three o'clock Messrs. Hall, King, 
 and Hanson arrived in Mr. Hall's boat, and a large 
 war canoe with natives ; they immediately pro- 
 ceeded to the ship, and we had the satisfaction to 
 see them arrive safe, and waited until dark with 
 the greatest anxiety for their return. The rain 
 fell in torrents, the gale increased, and they had 
 not returned ; we lay down in our little hut full 
 of fear for the safety of all on board. The night 
 appeared very long, dark, and dreary. As we 
 could not rest we most anxiously wished for the 
 morning light to learn some account of them. 
 When the day arrived we had the happiness to 
 see the vessel still upright, but driven nearer the 
 shore. No boat or canoe from her ; the gale still 
 increased ; about mid-day we saw the mainmast 
 go overboard. The natives on the island screamed 
 aloud when the mast fell. I concluded they had 
 cut away the mast to relieve the vessel. We 
 spent the rest of this day in great suspense as we 
 could not conjecture why all the passengers should 
 remain on board in the state the ship was in. 
 At dark in the evening Mr. Hall returned and 
 informed us that the bottom of the vessel was 
 beaten out, and that both her chain and best bower 
 cable were parted, and that she beat with such 
 violence upon the rocks when the tide was in that 
 it was impossible to stand upon the deck ; at the 
 same time he said there was no danger of any lives 
 being lost as he did not think the vessel would go 
 to pieces, as she stood firm upon the rock when 
 the tide was out. He said the passengers on board 
 had not determined what they would do or where 
 they would land as yet ; they wished to wait till 
 the gale was abated. Mr. Hall's information 
 relieved us much ; as it was now dark, the wind 
 high, and the sea rough, we could not leave the 
 island, and therefore took up our lodgings in our 
 little hut. The natives supplied us with a few 
 potatoes and some fish. My pleasing prospect of 
 returning to Port Jackson was at an end, for some 
 time at least. I was exceedingly concerned for the 
 loss of so fine a vessel on many accounts, as indi- 
 viduals who are interested in her must suffer as 
 well as the passengers on board, and spent the 
 night in reflections on the difficulties with which 
 I was surrounded ; while the raging of the storm 
 continued without intermission. At the return of 
 day we discovered the ship still upright, but she 
 appeared to be higher on the reef. I now determined 
 
 to return to Kiddee-Kiddee in Mr. Hall's boat 
 with Mr. and Mrs. Leigh. We left the island 
 for the missionary settlement where we arrived 
 about nine o'clock. Our friends had not heard of 
 the loss of the ship until our arrival as there had 
 not been any communication between the different 
 settlements in consequence of the severe weather. 
 We were very kindly received by the brethren ; I 
 informed them in what situation we had left the 
 ship and requested that every assistance might be 
 given to land the passengers and luggage. The 
 wreck was about twelve or fourteen miles from 
 the settlement. Four boats were immediately 
 sent off ; Mr. Hall's boat took the women and 
 children to Eungheehe, and two of the boats 
 returned with part of our luggage, and we went 
 to the station of the Eev. Henry Williams. All 
 the brethren rendered every aid in their power. 
 The boats on their return brought the welcome 
 news that all was well on board, and Mr. Leigh 
 did not appear to have suffered much injury 
 from the wet and cold he endured on the island, 
 though in so weak a state." The shipwreck of the 
 Brampton — which was the vessel's name — occurred 
 on 7th September, and in consequence Marsden 
 was detained in N.Z. until the 14th November, 
 when he returned home in the Dragon and arrived 
 at Sydney in the beginning of December 1823. 
 He drew up rules for the guidance of the mis- 
 sionaries and Christian settlers in their intercourse 
 with the shipping which now began to visit the 
 Bay of Islands. He encouraged the erection of a 
 school-house for the natives. "The foundation," 
 he says, "must be laid in the education of the 
 rising generation. The children possess strong 
 minds, are well-behaved and teachable. They are 
 capable of learning anything we wish to teach 
 them." During his detention he also addressed a 
 circular letter to the missionaries respecting a 
 grammar in the Maori language, pointing out 
 the necessity of adopting some more systematic 
 method for its arrangement and pronunciation. 
 This led to a new vocabulary of the native lan- 
 guage, and in a short time to a new method 
 of spelling. Shunghie became E'Hongi; Kiddee 
 Kiddee, Keri Keri; and so in other instances. 
 A political object also occupied Marsden's 
 thoughts. The incessant and desolating wars 
 which the native tribes waged against each 
 other were he saw the great obstacle to the 
 progress of N.Z. The missions were always inse- 
 cure, for the country was always more or less 
 disturbed. Add the ferocity of N.Z. warfare, its 
 cannibalism and its undying spirit of revenge, and 
 nothing more was wanted to degrade the country 
 into a very pit of darkness. Marsden conceived 
 that if he could succeed in establishing some one 
 chief as supreme, a plan of government might be 
 drawn up securing life and property throughout 
 the island. He consulted Shunghie, Wyatto, 
 Riva, and other powerful chiefs. Shunghie's 
 ambitious spirit would have embraced the pro- 
 , posal, the condition being, of course, that he should
 
 368 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 be the sovereign; but the jealousy of the rest 
 prevented anything like unanimity. Riva justly 
 remarked that to have any superior would degrade 
 them; yet all the chiefs appeared tired of war 
 and the unsettled state consequent upon it. So 
 the project failed. At length he returned home, 
 accompanied by six N.Z. youths, whose eagerness 
 was such that they gladly promised to sleep upon 
 the deck rather than miss the opportunity. Mr. 
 Leigh was also his fellow voyager. Leigh writes : — 
 "The shipwreck which we have experienced 
 will, I have no doubt, prove favourable to the 
 reputation of the New Zealanders. For several 
 days we were in their power, and they might 
 have taken all that we had with the greatest 
 ease; but instead of oppressing and robbing us, 
 they actually sympathised with us in our trials 
 and afflictions. Mr. Marsden, myself, and Mrs. 
 Leigh were at a native village for several days and 
 nights without any food but what the natives 
 brought us ; what they had they gave us willingly, 
 and said, 'Poor creatures! you have nothing to 
 eat, and you are not accustomed to our kind of 
 food.' I shall never forget the sympathy and 
 kindness of these poor heathens. I do hope that 
 the Eev. S. Marsden will be successful in his 
 endeavours to put an end to the frequent wars in 
 N.Z. I have heard many natives and chiefs say, 
 ' It is no good to go to fight and eat men ; we wish 
 to cease from war and retire to some peaceful 
 place.' I pray that this object may soon be effected 
 among this people. The Christian world, and 
 especially the Church Missionary Society, will 
 never be able fully to appreciate the valuable 
 labours of the Rev. Samuel Marsden. His fervent 
 zeal, his abundant toil and extensive charity in 
 the cause of missions are beyond estimation." In 
 1826 Marsden made his fifth voyage to N.Z. A 
 great change had just taken place in the conduct 
 of several chiefs towards the missionaries in con- 
 sequence of their fierce intestine wars. At Wan- 
 garoa the whole of the Wesleyan missionary 
 premises had been destroyed ; the property of all 
 the missionaries was frequently plundered and 
 their lives were exposed to the greatest clanger. 
 The worst consequences were apprehended, and 
 the missionaries, warned of their danger by the 
 friendly natives, were in daily expectation of being 
 at least stripped of everything they possessed, 
 according to the N.Z. custom. For a time the Wes- 
 leyan mission was suspended, and their pious and 
 zealous missionary, Turner, took refuge at Sydney, 
 and found a home at the parsonage of Parramatta. 
 The clergy of the Church mission deeply sym- 
 pathised with him. Williams writes : — " The 
 return of Mr. Turner will be a convincing proof of 
 our feelings on this point. In the present unsettled 
 state of things wo consider ourselves merely as 
 tenants for the time being, who may receive our 
 discharge at any hour." As soon as the painful 
 intelligence reached him Marsden determined to 
 proceed to the Bay of Islands and use his utmost 
 exertions to prevent the abandonment of the 
 
 mission. He was under no apprehension of 
 suffering injury from the natives, and his long 
 acquaintance with their character and habits led 
 him to anticipate that the storm would soon pass 
 away. He sailed in H.M.S. Rainbow and arrived 
 in the Bay of Islands on 5th April 1827. He found 
 the state of things improved, peace had been 
 restored, and the missionaries were once more out 
 of danger. He conferred with them and gave them 
 counsel ; reasoned with the chiefs on the baneful 
 consequences of the late war, and at the end 
 of five days from his arrival he was again 
 upon the ocean on his way back to Sydney. 
 Brief as the visit was, it confirmed his confidence 
 in the speedy conversion of N.Z. In consequence 
 of his co-operation with the missionaries, the 
 labours of the press now for the first time reached 
 the Maori tribes. During a visit to Sydney Mr. 
 Davis had carried through the press a translation 
 of parts of Genesis and Exodus and parts of St. 
 Matthew and St. John, and some hymns. These 
 prepared the way for the translation of the New 
 Testament into Maori, which was printed a few 
 years afterwards at the expense of the British and 
 Foreign Bible Society. In 1830 Marsden perceived 
 that N.Z. was about to undergo a great change. 
 His efforts to induce the chiefs to unite under one 
 head or sovereign elected by themselves had totally 
 failed. Shunghie had been slain in battle and his 
 ambitious projects of gaining a N.Z. throne by 
 conquest were at an end. War was the natural 
 condition of all the Maori tribes, and this, rendered 
 more deadly, though possibly less ferocious by the 
 introduction of fire-arms, was fearfully thinning 
 their numbers from year to year. They were 
 subject also to periodical returns of a terrible 
 scourge, a disease resembling the influenza, which 
 cut off multitudes. On the whole it was calcu- 
 lated that not more than a hundred thousand 
 Maoris now survived ; while twenty years before, 
 when the island was first visited, the numbers 
 were at least two hundred thousand. It was 
 evident that they could not long maintain their 
 independence as a nation. European ships began 
 to crowd the Bay of Islands. English settlers 
 were already making their way into their choice 
 and fertile lands. To minds less sagacious than 
 Marsden's the result could be no longer doubtful 
 — N.Z. must become an English colony. He fore- 
 saw the necessity, and though at first with 
 reluctance, cordially acquiesced in it even for the 
 sake of the Maoris themselves His concern now 
 was to prepare them for a measure which must 
 sooner or later take place. Everything was in a 
 lawless state ; the progress of the missions was 
 greatly interrupted, and his presence was once more 
 highly necessary. His own anxiety was great, first 
 on behalf of the missions which had so long been 
 the especial objects of his care, and then for N.Z. at 
 large that the policy of Great Britain should respect 
 the rights of the native tribes and pledge itself to 
 their protection. On his arrival in March 1830 he 
 was greeted before the ship had cast anchor by
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 SG9 
 
 Williams and others of the missionary band, who 
 hastened on board and expressed their joy at his 
 unexpected appearance among them. It was a 
 critical moment, for they were in greater anxiety 
 and difficulty than they had experienced at any 
 former period of the mission- The natives were 
 at open war, and but a day or two before a great 
 battle had been fought on the opposite beach of 
 the Bay of Islands, in which about 1400 had been 
 engaged. The alleged cause of the war was the 
 misconduct of an English captain who had offered 
 indignities to some native women on board his 
 vessel. One tribe espoused his cause, while another 
 came forward to avenge the insult. Six chiefs had 
 fallen in the battle, and LOO lives were lost ; 
 several whaling vessels were lying in the Bay, and 
 their crews as well as the missionary stations were 
 in the utmost peril from the revenge of the 
 victorious tribe, which now lay encamped at Keri- 
 Keri. There was not an hour to be lost. Marsden 
 crossed the bay with Henry Williams early the 
 next morning to visit the camp as a mediator. 
 The chiefs, many of whom from different parts of 
 the island had formerly been acquainted with 
 Marsden, all expressed their gratification at meet- 
 ing him again. After conversing with them on 
 different points connected with proposals of peace, 
 the two friendly mediators crossed over to the 
 camp of their opponents, and entered at once on 
 the subject of their mission. They spoke to them 
 of the evils of war, and more particularly of the 
 civil war in which they were engaged. " They 
 heard all we had to say," he writes, " with great 
 attention, and several of them replied to the 
 different arguments we had used. They contended 
 that we were answerable for the lives of those who 
 had fallen in the battle, as the war had been 
 occasioned by the misconduct of the captain of a 
 vessel, one of our own countrymen ; they wished 
 to know what satisfaction we would give them for 
 the loss of their friends who had been slain. We 
 replied that we would give them no satisfaction, 
 that we condemned his conduct, and were sorry 
 that any of our countrymen had behaved so badly, 
 and that we would write to England and prevent 
 his return." This the savages requested that 
 Marsden would not do ; they longed for his return 
 that they might take their own revenge. Marsden 
 then proceeded to inform them that he had had an 
 interview with the chiefs on the other side who 
 were willing to come to terms of peace, and wished 
 him to assist in settling their quarrel. This 
 information was received in a friendly way by the 
 greater part ; one or two still wished to fight. The 
 mediators returned to the beach which they found 
 covered with war canoes and armed men. A war 
 council was held, and Henry Williams stated the 
 business upon which they had come amongst them. 
 The natives listened attentively. Many of the 
 chiefs gave their opinion in turn, with much force 
 and dignity of address. These orations continued 
 from an early hour in the morning till the shades 
 of evening were closing. It was finally agreed 
 
 that the mediating party should proceed next 
 morning to the opposite camp and repeat what had 
 taken place. After a long discussion it was con- 
 cluded that two commissioners from each party 
 should be appointed along with Marsden and 
 Williams to conclude terms of peace. Having urged 
 all that was in their power to bring about a recon- 
 ciliation they walked over the ground where the 
 battle had been fought ; a dreadful scene under any 
 circumstances, unutterably loathsome where canni- 
 bals were the contending parties. The remains of 
 some of the bodies that had been slain were lying 
 unconsumed on the fires ; the air was extremely 
 offensive and the scene most disgusting. The 
 next day- (Sunday) was spent by Williams at the 
 camp, for it was not considered safe to leave the 
 savage warriors whose angry passions smouldered. 
 Marsden proceeded to the station and preached to 
 the infant church. He thus describes the scene as 
 ho sketched it upon the spot : — " The contrast 
 between the state of the east and west side of the 
 bay was very striking. Though only two miles 
 distant the east shore was crowded with different 
 tribes of fighting men in a wild savage state, many 
 of them nearly naked and when exercising entirely 
 naked ; nothing was to be heard but the firing of 
 muskets, the noise, din, and commotion of a savage 
 military camp ; some mourning the death of their 
 friends, others suffering from their wounds, and 
 not one but whose mind was involved in heathen 
 darkness without one ray of divine knowledge. 
 On the other side was the pleasant sound of the 
 church-going bell ; the natives assembling together 
 for divine worship, clean, orderly and decently 
 dressed, most of them in European clothing ; they 
 were carrying the litany and the greatest part of 
 the church service, written in their own language, 
 in their hands with their hymns. The church 
 service, as far as it has been translated, they can 
 write and read. Their conduct and the general 
 appearance of the whole settlement reminded me 
 of a well-regulated English country parish. In 
 the chapel the natives behaved with the greatest 
 propriety and joined in the church service. Here 
 might be viewed at one glance the blessings of the 
 Christian religion, and the miseries of heathenism 
 with respect to the present life ; but when we 
 extend one thought over the eternal world how 
 infinite is the difference !" These were trying 
 times. The missions had existed fifteen years, and 
 yet paganism raged in all the horrors of cannibal 
 warfare close to the doors of the missionary 
 premises. On the following Tuesday Marsden 
 was aroused from his bed by a chief calling at his 
 window to tell him that the army was in motion 
 and that a battle seemed to be at hand. He arose 
 immediately and was informed that thirty-six 
 canoes had been counted passing between the main- 
 land and the island. He immediately launched the 
 missionary boat and proceeded to meet them. 
 When he came up to them he found they had left 
 their women and children on the island, and that 
 they were all fighting men well armed and ready 
 
 Y2
 
 370 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA Of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 for action in a moment's notice. He counted more 
 than forty men in one war canoe. Yet amongst 
 these infuriated savages the missionaries felt no 
 alarm : — " We were under no apprehension of 
 danger ; both parties placed the utmost confidence 
 in us, and we were fully persuaded the com- 
 missioners would be cordially received." If the 
 event had turned out otherwise Marsden and 
 his friends had notice given them by the native 
 commissioners that they would be seen alive 
 no more. The missionaries' confidence was not 
 misplaced. " The whole day was spent in 
 deliberation ; at night, after a long oration, 
 the great chief on one side clove a stick in 
 two to signify that his anger was broken. The 
 terms of peace were ratified, and both sides joined 
 in a hideous war-dance together, repeatedly firing 
 their muskets. The missionaries then took their 
 departure from these savage scenes with much 
 satisfaction, as they had attained the object they 
 were labouring for." Even then the " Day-spring 
 from on high " had visited this savage race. In 
 no part of the world was the Sabbath-day more 
 sacredly observed than by the converts in the mis- 
 sionary settlements ; their lives gave evidence that 
 their hearts were changed. Marsden was waited 
 on one evening by several native young men and 
 women who wished to converse on religious 
 subjects ; when they came in their anxious coun- 
 tenances explained the inward working of their 
 minds. "When I had addressed them at some 
 length," he adds, " a young native woman begun to 
 pray. I never heard any address offered up to 
 heaven with such feelings of reverence and piety, 
 so much sweetness and freedom of expression, 
 with such humility and heavenly mindedness." 
 Amongst the audience in the room were the 
 widow and two daughters of Shunghie. When 
 they rose from their knees the ex-queen exclaimed, 
 " Astonishing, astonishing !" and then retired ; 
 " and I confess," adds Marsden, " I was not less 
 astonished than she was." A few days after 
 Marsden married an Englishman to a native 
 Christian woman, who repeated the responses 
 very correctly in English which she well under- 
 stood ; she conducted herself with the greatest 
 propriety and appeared neatly dressed in Euro- 
 pean clothing of her own making, for she was 
 a good sempstress. Marsden considered this 
 marriage to be of the first importance, and the 
 New Zealanders appear to have been of the same 
 mind and to have done due honour to the occasion, 
 for the company came in a war canoe and brought 
 their provisions with them, a pig and plenty of 
 potatoes. Shortly afterwards he united a young 
 native man and woman in marriage ; they were both 
 Christians, domestic servants to one of the mis- 
 sionaries, and seemed to have a great affection for 
 each other. The young man was free and of a 
 good family ; the young woman was a slave, 
 having become such by capture ; for all their 
 prisoners of war if not massacred were reduced to 
 slavery. Clarke therefore redeemed her from her 
 
 master for five blankets, an axe and an iron pot. 
 So confident was Marsden in the good feeling of 
 the natives towards himself that he had taken one 
 of his daughters with him, and she accompanied 
 him in his visits to the chiefs, one of whom, known 
 by the title of King George, demanded her in 
 marriage for his son, "an honour," writes her 
 father, "which I begged permission to decline." 
 Fearful indeed had been the condition of females 
 hitherto amongst these savages, as the following 
 extract attests. He is describing the great change 
 which Christianity had effected among the New 
 Zealanders : — " On one of my former visits, sitting 
 in the room I am at present in, the natives killed 
 and ate a poor young woman just behind 
 the house. In this little spot, where so late 
 hellish songs were sung and heathen rites 
 performed, I now hear the songs of Zion, 
 and the voice of prayer offered up." Marsden's 
 seventh and last visit to N.Z. was made in 
 February 1837. He sailed in the Pyramus and 
 landed on the southern side of the island at the 
 river Hokianga. He remained amongst the Wes- 
 leyan missionaries for about a fortnight; after 
 which he crossed over to the Bay of Islands, carried 
 all the way in a litter by the natives. In this way 
 he visited the whole of the missionary stations in 
 the neighbourhood of the Bay of Islands, as well 
 as Kaitaia, a station at the North Cape. On the 
 arrival of H.M.S. Rattlesnake he accompanied 
 Captain Hobson (afterwards Governor of N.Z.) to 
 the river Thames and the East Cape, returning at 
 length to Sydney in that ship, where he arrived on 
 27th July, after an absence of five months. When 
 entering the heads of Port Jackson one of the 
 officers of the ship observed, "I think Mr. Marsden 
 you may look upon this as your last visit to N.Z." 
 He replied, "No I don't, for I intend to be off again 
 in about six weeks. The people in this colony are 
 becoming too fine for me. I am too old to preach 
 to them, but I can talk to the New Zealanders." 
 An English barque had lately been wrecked on 
 the coast, but fortunately Guard the captain, his 
 wife, two children and the crew, twenty-eight in 
 all, escaped to land. At first the natives treated 
 them with kindness, which they soon exchanged, 
 in consequence of what provocations on either side 
 it would be useless to ask, for open hostilities. A 
 quarrel was got up between two tribes and an 
 engagement followed in which twelve Europeans 
 and about forty Maoris fell. Guard and his party 
 were taken prisoners. On condition of returning 
 with a cask of powder as a ransom for himself and 
 the rest, Guard and five of his men were allowed 
 to proceed to Sydney, where he laid the matter 
 before Sir Richard Bourke. Relying on the accu- 
 racy of Guard's narrative, the Governor requested 
 Captain Lambert to proceed with H.M.S. Alligator, 
 which happened to be lying in Port Jackson, to 
 obtain the restoration of the British subjects then 
 in the hands of the New Zealanders. He was 
 instructed to abstain from any act of retaliation 
 and to obtain the restoration of the captives by
 
 New I 
 
 CYCLOP^blA OF AUSTRALAsiA. 
 
 371 
 
 amicable means, and Guard and his five men 
 returned in the same ship. Soon after the arrival 
 of the party Guard recognised tho chief who was 
 now the proprietor of the shipwrecked women and 
 children, and the unsuspicious native rubbed noses 
 with him in token of amity, at the same time 
 expressing his readiness to give up hi.s prisoners 
 on receiving the "payment" guaranteed to him. 
 This however was not the way in which the affair 
 was to be settled ; Guard and his sailors seized 
 him as a prisoner and dragged him into the whale 
 boat in which the party had gone ashore. Great 
 cruelty was practised towards this unfortunate 
 man and fearful havoc committed by the English. 
 The British subjects were restored, as indeed 
 they might have been without the loss of a 
 single life, through the intervention of the mis- 
 sionaries and of the British resident at the Bay 
 of Islands, and the expedition having gained 
 its object by force and stratagem, returned to 
 Sydney with the troops and the liberated captives. 
 The native tribes were still at war with each other 
 and with the European settlers — the miserable 
 effect of Guard's conduct. From the missionary 
 station at Pahia, Marsden's daughter counted one 
 morning twenty-one canoes passing up the bay. 
 A battle followed, which she witnessed at a 
 distance, and the Europeans all around fled to the 
 missionary station. In the engagement three 
 chiefs fell ; a second fight occurred soon after- 
 wards. "We have heard firing all day," she 
 writes; "many have been killed: we saw the 
 canoes pass down the river containing the bodies 
 of the slain." Marsden himself was absent on a 
 visit to the southward, or his presence might 
 possibly have prevented these scenes of blood. 
 Wherever he appeared he was received by the 
 converted natives with salutations and tears of 
 joy ; the heathen population welcomed him with 
 the firing of muskets and their rude war dances. 
 Wherever he went he was greeted with acclama- 
 tions as the friend and father of . the New 
 Zealanders. One chieftain sat down upon the 
 ground before him gazing upon him in silence, 
 without moving a limb or uttering a single word, 
 for several hours. He was gently reproved by 
 Williams for what seemed a rudeness. "Let me 
 alone," said he, "let me take a last look; I shall 
 never see him again." "One principal chief," 
 writes Marsden, "who had embraced the Gospel 
 and been baptised, accompanied us all the way. 
 We had to travel about forty miles by land and 
 water. He told me he was so unhappy at 
 Hokianga that he could not get to converse with 
 me from the crowds that attended, and that he 
 had come to Waimate to speak with me. I found 
 him to be a very intelligent man and anxious to 
 know the way to heaven." While at Kaitai he 
 held a constant levee, sitting in an arm chair in an 
 open field before the mission house; it was 
 attended by upwards of a thousand Maoris, who 
 poured in from every quarter ; many coming a 
 distance of twenty or thirty miles, contented to sit 
 
 down and gaze on his venerable features ; and so 
 they continued to come and go until his departure. 
 He presented each with a pipe and fig of tobacco ; 
 and when he was to embark at last, they 
 carried him to the ship, a distance of six miles. 
 The state of things in those parts of the islands 
 where depraved Europeans had settled is graphi- 
 cally described by Marsden. Contrasting the happy 
 state of the mission settlement at Waimate, he 
 proceeds : — " On the opposite side of the harbour 
 a number of Europeans have settled along with 
 the natives. Several keep public-houses and 
 encourage every kind of crime. Here drunken- 
 ness, adultery, murder, &c, are committed. There 
 are no laws, judges, nor magistrates ; so that 
 Satan maintains his dominion without molesta- 
 tion. Some civilised Government must take New 
 Zealand under its protection or the most dreadful 
 evils will be committed by runaway convicts, 
 sailors and publicans. There are no laws here to 
 punish crimes. When I return to N.S.W. I pur- 
 pose to lay the state of N.Z. before the Colonial 
 Government to see if anything can be done to 
 remedy these public evils. I hope in time the 
 chiefs will get a Governor. I shall inform the 
 Europeans in authority how much they are dis- 
 tressed for want of a Governor with power to 
 punish crime. The Bay of Islands is now in a 
 dreadful state." The venerable founder of the 
 missions — advocate of its native population and 
 friend of all that concerned its welfare — took 
 his last leave of the shores of N.Z. in H.M.S. 
 Rattlesnake. The signal gun was fired and all the 
 friends from Waimate and Keri-Keri arrived to 
 accompany their revered father to the beach. 
 
 V. The New Zealand Company. — For a period 
 of more than fifty years after its discovery by 
 Cook N.Z. continued to be the scene of unceasing 
 savage warfare ; and it was left in the occupation 
 of its aboriginal native race. It was not until the 
 great natural advantages of the country and its 
 political importance were prominently brought 
 before the public by the N.Z. Association that 
 the true value of the islands was fully under- 
 stood. Believing that the occupation of the 
 country would prove injurious to the natives 
 and a hindrance to the mission, the Com- 
 mittee of the Church Missionary Society opposed 
 the project put forward by the N.Z. Company 
 for planting settlements in the islands ; and the 
 Government, averse to new projects, refused to 
 sanction the scheme. In vain was it represented by 
 the promoters of the undertaking that the French 
 were contemplating the establishment of a settle- 
 ment in the country, and that unless British right 
 to the sovereignty was openly maintained and 
 immediately acted on, the French would gain a 
 footing in the country and the sovereign rights of 
 Great Britain would be lost. It was maintained 
 by the Government that any right of sovereignty 
 obtained from Cook's discoveries had already been 
 abandoned ; that it had in various legislative 
 enactments admitted that N.Z. was no part of the
 
 372 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 (New 
 
 British dominions, and that His Majesty King 
 William the Fourth had made the most solemn 
 declaration that it was a substantive and inde- 
 pendent State. While this controversy was in pro- 
 gress adventurers from the neighbouring colonies 
 were flocking to N.Z. to purchase land from the 
 natives, and a joint stock company was formed in 
 England for colonising the country ; and while 
 the Government were demonstrating the theo- 
 retical difficulties which prevented the occupation 
 of the country English adventurers were engaged 
 in practically effecting its colonisation. The com- 
 pany formed for colonising N.Z. had Lord Durham 
 at its head and consisted of political economists, 
 colonial reformers, influential shipowners, bankers 
 and merchants connected with London ; and in 
 political influence it was one of the most powerful 
 joint stock associations of the clay. Amongst the 
 directors were men of high character who were 
 influenced in becoming members of the association 
 solely by patriotic and disinterested motives ; but 
 there were also some who had a stronger interest 
 in their individual advantage than in the success 
 of an undertaking formed to promote a great 
 national object ; and although men of rank and 
 high character were made to appear before the 
 public as taking an influential part in their pro- 
 ceedings, those gentlemen were frequently but the 
 instruments of more able but less disinterested 
 colleagues. Gibbon Wakefield wrote : " I was the 
 principal founder of the Company and its prin- 
 cipal managing director from the time of its 
 formation till the summer of 1846, allowing for 
 intervals of absence occasioned by illness and 
 other occupation at a distance from England. My 
 incapacity changed the whole character of the 
 direction of the Company's affairs, which then fell 
 into the hands of a few persons in whose minds 
 sound principles of colonisation and colonial 
 government were as nothing compared with pounds, 
 shillings and pence." Referring to the Company 
 in his speech on the second reading of the New 
 Zealand Bill, Earl Grey said : "They did not dis- 
 play that judgment that might have been expected 
 from them in conducting the great enterprise 
 into which they had somewhat rashly entered." 
 According to Sir William Molesworth who was for 
 some time connected with them, " the Company 
 was founded for two objects : the one was to put 
 in practice certain views with regard to colonisa- 
 tion ; the other was to make money. Some of 
 these views proved correct ; others erroneous. 
 The pecuniary speculation utterly failed; partly 
 in consequence of the obstacles put in the way by 
 the Colonial Office, in defiance of whom it had 
 been undertaken ; but it had chiefly failed in con- 
 sequence of great mismanagement." The first 
 object of the Company was to induce the Govern- 
 ment to erect the islands into a British colony ; but 
 disappointed in their endeavours they themselves 
 fitted out and dispatched a preliminary expedition 
 for the purpose of making purchases of land 
 from the natives, for selecting suitable localities 
 
 for the sites of settlements, and to prepare for 
 the reception of emigrants on their arrival in the 
 country. And calculating on the success of their 
 agent they proceeded at once to offer for sale by 
 lottery in England the right of selection amongst 
 the lands thus anticipated to be acquired by them ; 
 and though the country was at that time almost a 
 byword for barbarism — without law or government 
 and inhabited by a wild and warlike native race — 
 and though officially warned that their proceedings 
 could not be sanctioned by the Government, the 
 Company found purchasers in England to the 
 amount of more than .£100,000. Without waiting 
 to hear what locality had been procured by their 
 agent for the site of a settlement, or whether he 
 had succeeded in making the purchase of a single 
 acre of land, they sent out several ships filled with 
 emigrants to be located on that spot, wherever it 
 might be, which on their arrival in the country 
 they might find to have been procured for that 
 purpose. Yet at that time and for several years 
 after N.Z. became a dependency of the Crown, 
 little was known of the common law of real 
 property in force amongst the native owners of the 
 soil ; few were aware of the accurate knowledge 
 they have of boundaries; of the use they make 
 and the value they attach to tracts of country 
 which appear waste and worthless ; of the tenacity 
 with which they defend their territorial rights ; of 
 the number of individuals who on different grounds 
 have various degrees of interest in the same piece 
 of land ; of the necessity in order to make a safe 
 purchase of any particidar tract of country of ascer- 
 taining who have individual rights to particular 
 portions as well as who are the chiefs and others 
 who have general rights on the whole ; and par- 
 ticularly of haviug well ascertained and clearly 
 defined the sacred places, eel-fisheries, and other 
 favourite localities which the owners may desire 
 to have reserved for themselves. It was not 
 then known in fact that to complete a safe 
 and satisfactory purchase of land from the natives 
 is a work of as much difficulty, requires as 
 much time, careful investigation, and know- 
 ledge of native law and custom as to complete 
 the purchase of an English baronial estate. 
 The majority of the Select Committee of the 
 House of Commons appointed in 1844 to inquire 
 into the proceedings of the Company had 
 assuredly no desire to deal hardly with that body ; 
 but they were compelled to report — " That the 
 conduct of the Company in sending out emigrants, 
 not only without the sanction, but in direct 
 defiance of the authority of the Crown, was highly 
 irregular and improper." In most of the localities 
 best adapted for the sites of settlements, purchases 
 of land from the natives had already been made 
 by the old residents, by absentee Sydney specu- 
 lators, and by a host of laud-jobbing adventurers. 
 Thus limited in his range of choice, and daily 
 expecting the arrival of some hundreds of the 
 Company's emigrants from England, their agent, 
 Wakefield, had little time or opportunity for a
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOP.EIHA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 373 
 
 careful examination of the country. Masting with 
 natives asserting themselves to be the sole owners 
 of the land in the neighbourhood of Cook Straits, 
 and but imperfectly acquainted with the native 
 law of real property, Wakefield proceeded to deal 
 with them as if they were its sole and rightful 
 owners ; and within a short time after his arrival, 
 he reported to the Company that he had completed 
 the purchase of the harbour of Port Nicholson 
 and a large tract of the surrounding country, 
 together with a considerable portion of the northern 
 part of the Southern Island. The colonisation of 
 N.Z. was thus forced on the British Government ; 
 and to protect the natives, to avert a war of races, 
 and to rescue the emigrants themselves from the 
 evils of a lawless state of society, it was now 
 resolved " to adopt the most effectual measures for 
 establishing amongst them a settled form of civil 
 government." Captain Hobson, who had recently 
 visited N.Z. for the purpose of affording protection 
 to English subjects there, and who had shown 
 great ability and judgment in his report on the 
 state of the country and its people, was selected 
 to conduct the undertaking. All claim to sover- 
 eignty on the ground of discovery having been 
 abandoned, Hobsoii was instructed to urge upon 
 the native chiefs the impossibility of extending to 
 them any effectual protection, unless the Queen 
 were acknowledged as the Sovereign of their 
 country ; and he was commissioned to enter into 
 a treaty with them for the formal cession of the 
 sovereignty to the Crown. 
 
 VI. Governor Hobson. — On his arrival in the 
 country in the character of British consul, N.Z. 
 was an independent State ; its native inhabitants 
 were a wild and lawless race ; its European occu- 
 pants were unrestrained by any law and amenable 
 to no tribunal, and had been alternately the authors 
 and victims of every species of crime and outrage. 
 Before a British colony could be founded, every- 
 thing was yet to be done. The sovereignty over 
 the country had to be obtained by treaty from 
 the natives ; territory for the occupation of British 
 settlers had to be acquired ; and the machinery of 
 civil government was to be organised and set in 
 motion. Nor was the establishment of British 
 authority an easy or popular task. Its native 
 inhabitants were a high-spirited, well-armed, 
 warlike race. A large portion of the European 
 population had long been living in a state of 
 utter lawlessness. To curb and restrain, where 
 all restraint had been unknown — where every 
 man had been a law unto himself — and to 
 put a atop to all private dealings with the 
 natives for the purchase of their lands could be 
 no popular duty for the Minister of the Crown. 
 His first great object was to obtain the concurrence 
 of the principal chiefs to a treaty ceding to the 
 Crown all their rights and powers of sovereignty ; 
 yet no inconsiderable difficulty was experienced 
 by him in prevailing on them to become parties to 
 the treaty from a jealous fear lest by ceding the 
 sovereignty they might be deemed to have parted 
 
 with the property in the soil ; and at the outset 
 of his proceedings the project had nearly been 
 defeated. After announcing to the chiefs assembled 
 at Waitangi the object of his mission, he carefully 
 explained to them that it was the sovereignty and 
 not the land that would pass to Her Majesty by 
 virtue of the proposed treaty ; that, to use their 
 own figure, " the shadow would go to the Queen, 
 but that the substance woidd remain ;" and he 
 assured theni that they might rely implicitly on 
 the good faith of Her Majesty's Government in 
 the transaction. Many of the assembled chiefs 
 addressed the meeting on the subject, and a pro- 
 tracted and stormy discussion ensued. Several of 
 them, having been instigated into opposition by 
 disaffected Europeans, opposed the cession of 
 the sovereignty with so much skill and ability 
 that apprehensions were for a time entertained as 
 to the result of the negotiation. " Send the man 
 away " said one of the opposing chiefs turning to 
 Hobson. " Don't sign the paper. If you do you 
 will be reduced to the condition of slaves and be 
 obliged to break stones for the roads and your 
 lands will be taken from you." And but for 
 the timely interference of one of the most influen- 
 tial of the northern chiefs it is probable that the 
 project would have been completely defeated ; 
 but the eloquence of this faithful ally ultimately 
 turned the scale. " You must be our father " said 
 Tamati Waka, turning to Hobson in concluding 
 his address. " You must not allow us to become 
 slaves ; you must preserve our customs and never 
 permit our lands to be wrested from us." With 
 this touching confidence in British honour did the 
 native inhabitants of the islands consent to place 
 themselves under the dominion of the British 
 Crown. The example of Tamati Waka decided 
 the waverers, and a large number of the most 
 influential chiefs of the north became parties to 
 the treaty of Waitangi ; the adherence of many 
 powerful chiefs in other parts of the Northern 
 Island was afterwards secured. Many however 
 steadily refused, believing that if they put their 
 signatures to the treaty their laud would be taken 
 from them. They had heard, they said, of the 
 history of America, of New South Wales, and of 
 many countries taken possession of by the English, 
 and they could not bjat be jealous of the intentions 
 of the British Government. In some instances those 
 who signed the treaty refused to accept any present 
 lest it might be construed as a payment for 
 their land ; and many influential chiefs in 
 various parts of the country, though strongly 
 urged to give in their adherence, to the last con- 
 tinued steadily to refuse. Before the negotiations 
 were brought to a conclusion, and while agents 
 were still engaged in various parts of the country 
 in endeavouring to obtain signatures, intelligence 
 reached Hobson that the settlers sent out by the 
 Company had organised a system of government 
 under the authority of the Port Nicholson chiefs ; 
 and deeming the proceeding to be of a treasonable 
 character he at once (February 1840,) and without
 
 374 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 waiting for the completion of the cession, pro- 
 claimed the Queen's sovereignty over both islands. 
 For a few months they were annexed as a 
 dependency to N.S.W.; but on the 16th November 
 following, by a Charter under the Great Seal of 
 the United Kingdom, the islands of N.Z. were 
 erected into a separate and independent colony. 
 One of the earliest duties which devolved on 
 Hobson was to select a suitable site for the seat of 
 Government. Having migrated from a warmer 
 climate, the Maori race had settled themselves for 
 the most part in the more congenial latitudes of 
 the N.Z. group ; and they were chiefly to be found 
 congregated in the northern part of the Northern 
 Island, nineteen-twentieths of the whole native 
 population being settled in that island alone. 
 And as the principal object of the Government in 
 establishing British authority in the country was 
 to promote their civilisation and advancement, 
 other considerations besides the natural advantages 
 of the locality had to be taken into consideration 
 in deciding upon the most suitable situation for 
 establishing the capitals of the colony. When the 
 Company sent out their exploring expedition they 
 explained to Wakefield that there was probably 
 some one part of N.Z. better suited than any other 
 to become the centre of its trade. The shores of 
 safe and commodious harbours, the sheltered 
 embouchures of extensive rivers communicating 
 with a fertile country, were the situations to which 
 his attention was directed ; and he was especially 
 instructed to make purchases of land on the shores 
 of that harbour which should appear to offer the 
 greatest facilities as a general trading depot and 
 port of export and import for all parts of the 
 islands. But closely followed unfortunately by 
 several hundred intending settlers, Wakefield had 
 no time to spare in selecting a site for their 
 location. Many harbours, in other respects suitable 
 for extensive settlement, were already occupied by 
 claimants still earlier in the field ; and in the 
 selection of a site for their first and principal 
 settlement the Company were confined to unoccu- 
 pied localities ; while Hobson, as the representative 
 of the Crown, had all before him where to choose. 
 There are many good harbours in N.Z., and many 
 districts abounding in rich and fertile land, 
 and not a few where the- facilities of internal 
 water communication are considerable ; but 
 the difficulty was to find these natural advan- 
 tages in combination. The Bay of Islands 
 as a harbour is second to none; but the 
 country in the immediate neighbourhood is 
 hilly and broken with but a limited extent of 
 open country available for agricultural purposes. 
 Taranaki has a large extent of excellent land, well 
 watered and beautifully wooded ; but it has no 
 harbour and abuts upon an open roadstead. 
 Wellington has a spacious harbour surrounded by 
 beautiful scenery, but owing to the broken and 
 li illy character of the neighbouring country there 
 is little available land within a radius of eight or 
 ten miles of the port. The harbour of Nelson is 
 
 of second-rate character ; and there also the avail- 
 able land in the neighbourhood is of limited 
 extent ; and both at Wellington and Nelson the 
 facilities of internal water-communication are 
 inconsiderable. At Canterbury the harbour is 
 not of first-rate character, but the district 
 possesses a vast extent of open available fertile 
 land, covered throughout its whole extent with 
 fine natural grass ; though the plains are separated 
 from the harbour by a lofty ridge. The Otago 
 district comprises a large extent of fine open grassy 
 country ; but its harbour, although sufficiently 
 good for the purposes of the settlement, is not by 
 any means of a first-rate character. The district 
 of Auckland, however, in addition to its excellent 
 harbour, with a second port within six miles on 
 the opposite coast and extensive natural facilities 
 of internal communication, has its town, suburban, 
 and country lands in a compact and convenient 
 area ; and all impartial testimony is united in 
 favour of the wisdom of Hobson's choice. With- 
 out the aid of a map it is difficult to convey a 
 clear impression of the position selected for the 
 capital of N.Z. ; begirt as it is by harbours, and 
 forming a centre from which water-communication 
 radiates inland in every direction. It is the centre 
 of the great bulk of the native population ; it 
 possesses unusual facilities for internal water- 
 communication ; it has a safe and commodious 
 harbour and several smaller ports in its immediate 
 neighbourhood abounding with valuable timber ; 
 and it is surrounded by a considerable extent of 
 available land. " With my present knowledge of 
 N.Z.," wrote Hobson, addressing the Secretary of 
 State, " having for some time resided at the Bay 
 Islands ; having visited Cook Straits and Banks 
 Peninsula ; and after seeing the Company's settle- 
 ment formed at Port Nicholson, 1 do not hesitate 
 to state my opinion that the neighbourhood of 
 Auckland combines advantages for a very exten- 
 sive and prosperous settlement not to be found in 
 any other part of this colony." " There can be no 
 question," also wrote Dieffenbach, the naturalist 
 who accompanied the Company's preliminary 
 expedition and who had a personal knowledge of 
 the locality, "that the place has been judiciously 
 chosen for the site of a town ; as commanding a 
 great extent of cultivable land in its neighbour- 
 hood, great facility of communication with the 
 coast and the interior of the Northern Island, 
 and as being a central point for the most 
 powerful native tribes — the Nga-Puhi to the 
 northward, the Waikato to the southward, and 
 the Nga-te-haua to the eastward ; — separating 
 them in a military point of view, but uniting them 
 for the purposes of civilisation and commerce.'' 
 It was not until some weeks after Hobson's death 
 that the intelligence reached the colony that his 
 choice had been confirmed. " In reference to your 
 selection of Auckland in preference to Port 
 Nicholson as the site of the capital of N.Z., I am 
 happy to acknowledge," wrote the Secretary of 
 State, " that the grounds on which you proceeded
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 873 
 
 appear to me satisfactory. On a subject so pecu- 
 liarly local and to the right understanding of which 
 so much topographical knowledge is essential, my 
 opinion must of course be guided by the com- 
 parison of the statements transmitted to me and 
 by balancing the weight of conflicting authorities- 
 Approaching the question in that manner, and 
 unaided by any personal acquaintance with the 
 localities, I have thought there is such a clear 
 prepared course of motives in favour of your 
 choice as to justify me in advising the Queen to 
 decide that Auckland should be the seat of Govern- 
 ment of the new colony, and I have received Her 
 Majesty's commands to acquaint you that such is 
 Her Majesty's pleasure." In fixing the seat of 
 Government amidst the great bulk of the native 
 population in the north Hobson drew on himself 
 the hostility both of the Company and their 
 settlers, who were disappointed that the settle- 
 ment planted by the Company at Wellington was 
 not selected by Hobson for the capital, over- 
 looking the fact that Auckland was chosen with 
 reference to the permanent interests of the country, 
 while Wellington was selected by a private com- 
 pany with reference to the private interests, limited 
 means and present views of a trading association 
 whose proceedings had not then received either 
 the sanction or recognition of the Crown ; their 
 intending emigrants having in fact, before leaving 
 England, been officially informed that the Govern- 
 ment had no connection with the Company nor 
 any knowledge of their proceedings, and could 
 hold out no expectation that her Majesty would 
 be advised to recognise or sanction them. Knowing 
 the great natural advantages of the northern por- 
 tion of the islands as a field for colonisation, and 
 foreseeing the prestige which would attach to the 
 locality fixed upon as the capital, the Company 
 from the first regarded the settlement founded at 
 Auckland by Hobson with undisguised jealousy, 
 and at the outset of his proceedings the first 
 Governor drew on himself and upon his govern- 
 ment their bitter and increasing hostility. Seeing 
 that the country was already inhabited by a 
 powerful native race it was especially desirable that 
 the Government should have the power of direct- 
 ing the course of colonisation, determining the 
 localities to be from time to time occupied by 
 settlers, and prescribing the limits within which 
 their colonising operations should in the first 
 instance be confined. But systematic colonisation 
 had been rendered almost impossible by the delay 
 which had taken place in commencing the under- 
 taking. Without the sanction and in direct defiance 
 of the authority of the Crown, the Company had 
 sent out a large body of emigrants from England ; 
 and while the controversy between the Government 
 and the Company was still pending, and during 
 the two years immediately preceding Hobson's 
 arrival in the country, large numbers of speculators 
 and adventurers had flocked over from N.S.W. 
 with ready-made deeds in English common form, 
 in the expectation that they would be able speedily 
 
 to make valid purchases of land from the natives 
 for little more than a nominal consideration. And 
 by the time British authority was proclaimed in 
 the country, the claims to land were so numerous 
 and extensive as to make it at once obvious how 
 essential it was to the systematic colonisation of 
 the country, not only that no land should in future 
 be ceded by the natives except to the Crown, but 
 that the purchases alleged to have been already 
 made from them should be subjected to investiga- 
 tion ; the basis of the enquiry being the assertion 
 on the part of the Crown of a title to all lands in 
 N.Z. which had been granted by the chiefs in 
 accordance with the customs of the country, and 
 in return for some adequate consideration. Accord- 
 ingly during the short period that N.Z. continued 
 in the relation of a dependency of the neighbour- 
 ing colony, the Legislature of N.S.W. in accordance 
 with instruction from the British Government, 
 passed an Act providing that all claims to land 
 alleged to have been purchased from the natives 
 before the establishment of British authority, 
 should be submitted to the investigation of a 
 commission of enquiry ; that in case it should be 
 proved by the claimant that he had made a pur- 
 chase, that the quantity of land to be granted to 
 him should be regulated by the sum expended in 
 the purchase ; and that as a general rule no 
 claimant should have granted to him more than 
 2560 acres. At that time nearly the whole Euro- 
 pean population of the North Tsland were claimants 
 of land alleged to have been purchased from the 
 natives before the proclamation of the Queen's 
 authority : the number of claims, in addition to 
 the gigantic claims of the Company, amounted to 
 upwards of twelve hundred ; and in extent they 
 varied from a single rood to more than a million 
 and a quarter of acres. Three of these claims 
 exceeded a million of acres each ; three of them 
 comprised more than half a million of acres each, 
 three others exceeded a quarter of a million of acres, 
 and upwards of thirty of the claims comprised more 
 than twenty thousand acres each. For some of 
 these claims, the claimants had nothing to show but 
 the ornamental scrawl or signature of one or more 
 chiefs to a deed which in its terms and phraseology 
 must have been utterly unintelligible to those 
 who signed it; comprising a description of the 
 boundaries purporting to be conveyed by it so 
 vague and indefinite as to render it void for 
 uncertainty. Some of the most extravagant of 
 the claims were never actually prosecuted before 
 the Commissioners ; many were ultimately com- 
 muted for scrip credit at the sale of land by the 
 Government ; and for several hundreds of them 
 Crown grants were issued, after a lengthened but 
 unavoidable period of delay. In carrying out 
 a measure almost universally regarded by the 
 claimants as an act of general confiscation, the 
 Local Government, though but the instruments of 
 superior authority, was involved in the most 
 unfriendly relations with the whole of the 
 European population of the north; and for many
 
 376 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 years the country was kept in a state of unprofit- 
 able agitation by their angry and determined 
 opposition. After a lapse of eighteen years a few 
 of these old claims remained unsettled ; and the 
 question which so long and so vexatiously agitated 
 the country had hardly been entirely set at rest. 
 Having large families growing up around them, 
 and having no reasonable expectation that N.Z. 
 would shortly become a regularly settled English 
 colony affording a profitable field for the industry 
 and enterprise of their children, it is hardly sur- 
 prising that some of the missionaries and catechists 
 stationed in the country availed themselves of the 
 permission given them by the Church Missionary 
 Society to purchase land from the natives for the 
 use and benefit of their families ; but these mis- 
 sionary claims eventually proved to the parent 
 society a source of painful interest. The Roman 
 Catholic and Wesleyan missionary bodies prohi- 
 bited the purchase of land by their missionaries 
 from the people they are commissioned to convert. 
 The Church missionary body were placed in a 
 false position when it could be said, with but the 
 slightest appearance of the truth, that unlike the 
 self-denying members of other denominations their 
 missionaries had taken advantage of their position 
 to secure their own aggrandisement. A few only of 
 the members of the Church missionary body had 
 made purchases exceeding what might fairly be 
 considered a reasonable provision for their families ; 
 and some were not purchasers of so much as a 
 single acre. The real evil indeed was not so much 
 in the extent of the land purchased as in the 
 fact of the purchase itself : the error of the society 
 consisted in giving any sanction to the purchase 
 of land from the natives by their missionaries even 
 to a moderate extent. The prejudice however 
 which in the first instance was studiously excited 
 amongst the colonists against the members of the 
 missionary body was soon seen by them to be 
 unfounded and unjust ; and whatever difference 
 of opinion were entertained by the settlers of the 
 extent of missionary influence amongst the natives, 
 all agreed that the missionaries had rendered 
 important services to both races, and that but for 
 their labours a British colony would not have been 
 established in the country. For the few months 
 during which N.Z. continued to be a dependency 
 of N.S.W. the newly-founded colony was subject 
 to a code of laws enacted for a penal settlement ; 
 and even after it had been erected into a separate 
 and independent colony, in November 1840, N.Z. 
 continued for a while to be subject to the laws of 
 the convict colony ; for by an early Act of the 
 Legislature it was provided that, until the laws 
 necessary for its government conld be specially 
 framed with that object by the local Legis- 
 lature, all such laws of N.S.W. as were applic- 
 able to the colony should continue to be in 
 force. Happily the period of bondage was of 
 short duration. Soon came English lawyers, 
 imbued with English spirit, and eager to relieve 
 the colony from the baneful influence of a convict 
 
 code; and measures were speedily enacted for 
 establishing courts of judicature and for providing 
 for the administration of justice, for the establish- 
 ment of municipalities, for the transfer of real 
 property, for the regulation of marriages and a 
 variety of other important subjects. In the 
 structure of the laws themselves the precedent was 
 established of framing them in simple, concise and 
 intelligible language; of confining the matter of 
 each clause to a single subject ; of arranging the 
 clauses methodically under appropriate heads, and 
 of avoiding the prolixity and tautology by which 
 English legislative enactments are usually distin- 
 guished. And not being hampered by any com- 
 plicated pre-existing system, nor impeded by the 
 opposing influence of a powerful profession, the 
 lawgivers of the colony were also enabled to effect 
 amendments in the law which the British Legis- 
 lature has hardly yet succeeded in accomplishing. 
 A simple system of oral pleading suited to the 
 primitive condition of the community was estab- 
 lished for eliciting the issue in civil actions ; and 
 the form and language of indictments in criminal 
 proceedings were materially amended. Of enact- 
 ments of a more permanent character, that relating 
 to real property is perhaps the most conspicuous 
 for the boldness of its alterations. Many useless 
 forms and subtleties in this abstruse branch of the 
 law were abolished ; not a few of its rules were 
 amended. Many doubtful points not even yet 
 well settled in England were set at rest by declara- 
 tory enactment, and to reduce the length of 
 purchase-deeds, mortgages and other conveyances 
 it was provided that a single, short and simple 
 deed should be sufficient ; and the more certainly 
 to provide against unnecessary prolixity, that pro- 
 fessional men should be remunerated according to 
 a prescribed scale of charges irrespective of the 
 length of the instrument itself. By this means 
 and by the further enactment that they shall 
 imply the lengthy covenants and provisions in 
 common use, instruments for mortgaging and con- 
 veying land in N.Z. have in practice been kept 
 within a moderate compass. These alterations in 
 the law of real property, complemented by a 
 system of registration affording to an intending 
 purchaser or mortgagee an easy means of ascer- 
 taining the true state of the title, have done much 
 to render the dealing with real property a com- 
 paratively simple and easy transaction. The 
 changes effected in this important branch of the 
 law were of so sweeping a character as even to 
 attract the attention of the authorities at home. 
 " Her Majesty would have been advised to confirm 
 and allow the ordinance for facilitating the transfer 
 of real property and simplifying the law relating 
 thereto," wrote the Colonial Minister, Lord Stanley, 
 " had it not been that this enactment introduces 
 innovations of such magnitude and importance 
 that no opinion of its probable effects antecedently 
 to the actual trial of the experiment would seem 
 entitled to much weight. I am gratified in 
 observing how large a range of knowledge and
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOP.EDU OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 977 
 
 how much diligence have been brought to bear in 
 the structure of this Ordinance ; nor do I dissent 
 from the learned framer of it in the general 
 opinion that it is an object of inestimable import- 
 ance to relieve a new society in its infancy, when 
 alone it can be relieved, from thraldom to that 
 complex and artificial system of law regarding the 
 acquisition and transfer of real property which has 
 grown up in this country. I therefore do not 
 object to this experiment, venturous as it is. But 
 neither am I willing to advise the Queen to sanction 
 it until I shall be able to lay before Her Majesty 
 some surer proof than I can at present command 
 of the real wisdom of the fundamental changes." 
 Although the seat of Government was established 
 in the centre of the great bulk of the native race 
 and of the European population settled in the 
 north, it soon became obvious that one general 
 central authority could not satisfactorily legislate 
 in detail for the several settlements almost contem- 
 poraneously planted in the country. In addition 
 to the settlement founded by the Crown at 
 Auckland, three settlements were planted by 
 the Company at Wellington, Nelson, and New 
 Plymouth ; all widely separated from each other, 
 and some of them at that time distant from the 
 capital a four weeks journey or a fortnight's sail : 
 and one of the earliest enactments of the Colonial 
 Legislature was a comprehensive measure of a 
 Municipal character, empowering the colonists to 
 manage their own local affairs and to provide for 
 the good order, health, and convenience of the 
 public. The measure was based upon the principle 
 that the people themselves are best qualified to 
 provide for the management of their own local 
 affairs. It was so framed as to entitle any then 
 existing or future settlement, whenever its popula- 
 tion should amount to 2000 souls, to be erected into 
 a separate Municipality ; and if cordially accepted 
 by the colonists it was expected that it would 
 relieve the general Government from a duty which 
 it could but ill perform, and that the progress of 
 the colony generally would be promoted by the 
 honourable rivalry which might be expected to 
 spring up amongst the various settlements when 
 entrusted to their own local management. The 
 duties which devolved on the local Government 
 in founding the colony, arduous as they would 
 have been under any circumstances, had to be 
 performed amidst the angry opposition of an 
 irritated community ; and the most strenuous 
 efforts were made, not only by land claimants in 
 the north and by the disappointed settlers in the 
 south, but by a powerful English Joint-stock 
 Association, to effect Hobson's recall. Almost 
 alone — looking in vain for despatches from home, 
 failing in health, surrounded by angry opponents 
 and assailed by the bitterest abuse, uncertain 
 whether his proceedings would be approved by 
 the Ministers of the Crown— the last few months 
 of Hobson's life were passed in a state of painful 
 and harassing suspense. Had he lived but a few 
 weeks longer he would have been cheered by the 
 
 knowledge that his general administration of the 
 affairs of N.Z. was approved by Her Majesty's 
 Government ; that his selection of the site of the 
 capital had received the sanction of the Crown ; 
 and that in all his transactions with the Company 
 he might rely upon the support of Her Majesty's 
 Government against the " exaggerated pretensions" 
 of that Company and their agents. Hobson had 
 a novel and arduous duty to perform ; he laboured 
 honestly and assiduously to discharge it, and his 
 services entitled him to the favourable considera- 
 tion of his country. " Mother Victoria," wrote one 
 of their greatest chiefs, addressing Her Majesty 
 after Hobson's death, "my subject is a Governor 
 for us and for the strangers of this island. Let 
 him be good man. Look out for a good man : a 
 man of judgment. Let not a troubler come here. 
 Let not a boy come here, or one puffed up. Let 
 him be a good man as the Governor who has just 
 died." Brief as it was Hobson's career as the first 
 Governor and founder of the colony will always 
 deserve a prominent place in the history of N.Z. 
 Between January 1840 and September 1842, 
 during his administration of affairs in the several 
 characters of Consul, Lieutenant-Governor, and 
 Governor, the sovereignty over the country was 
 obtained by treaty from the native chiefs ; con- 
 siderable tracts of land became by purchase the 
 demesne land of the Crown ; the machinery of 
 Government was organised and put in motion ; 
 the purchase of land from the natives by private 
 individuals was put down ; the seat of Govern- 
 ment was established on a well-chosen site ; an 
 important body of laws was devised and enacted 
 for the peace, order, and good government of the 
 colony ; and almost for the first time colonising 
 operations excited the interest and attention of 
 the British public. It was now seen however that 
 an experiment was about to be tried deeply affect- 
 ing the interests of humanity ; that a pledge was 
 given by the Ministers of the Crown that the 
 natives of the islands should if possible be saved 
 from that process of extermination under which 
 uncivilised tribes had hitherto disappeared when 
 brought into contact with civilisation ; and that 
 the British Government was for the first time in 
 earnest about to try the experiment whether a 
 fragment of the great human family, long sunk in 
 heathen darkness, could be raised from its state of 
 social degradation and maintained and preserved as 
 a civilised people : whether it were possible to bring 
 two distinct portions of the human race in the 
 opposite conditions of civilisation and barbarism 
 into immediate contact without the destruction of 
 the uncivilised race ; and whether in rendering 
 the colonisation of a barbarous country possible 
 by his religious teaching the Christian missionary 
 is not also at the same time the pioneer of the des- 
 truction of its heathen people. Such were the 
 grave issues involved in the proceedings taken by 
 Great Britain for the colonisation of the country. 
 
 VII. The Wairau Massacre.— -Early in the year 
 1840, and before British authority was established 
 
 z2
 
 378 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 in the country, the N.Z. Company's first fleet 
 reached Wellington ; and no sooner had the 
 emigrants disembarked than the want of authority 
 for the preservation of order amongst them began 
 to be felt. Ignorant of the difficulties of the 
 enterprise into which they had hastily engaged, 
 the Company had made it their boast that they 
 had undertaken the colonisation of the country in 
 defiance of the authority of the Crown ; but their 
 first body of colonists soon found that, whatever 
 may be its form, some governing power is the first 
 necessity of the social state. Before leaving Eng- 
 land the emigrants had entered into a compact 
 amongst themselves that, when they reached their 
 adopted country, every offender should be punished 
 in the same manner as if the offence had been 
 committed against the law and within the realm 
 of England ; that certain members of the colon- 
 ising body should constitute a council of govern- 
 ment ; and that in all criminal proceedings, an 
 umpire, assjsted by assessors, should decide on the 
 guilt or innocence of the party accused. Hardly 
 had their first body of settlers reached the 
 country, when they were officially warned from 
 England, not only that any act of coercion or 
 authority done by them under the agreement 
 would be illegal, but that they would be liable to 
 a prosecution for usurping the functions of the 
 Crown and Parliament in setting up an indepen- 
 dent jurisdiction, and that it was the intention of 
 the Government to enforce the strict letter of the 
 law. A serious difficulty was thus experienced at 
 a critical period of their adventurous undertaking ; 
 and without some controlling power the community 
 must soon have been broken up. A prompt and 
 efficient remedy was essential to its very existence. 
 The colonists, however, were Englishmen, practised 
 in the exercise of political functions : not a few of 
 them equal to any emergency ; able, energetic, 
 and determined. Self-preservation was the para- 
 mount consideration. They could not carry 
 British law into effect, even by mutual consent ; 
 but there was no law to prevent them living in an 
 independent State, enjoying its protection and 
 subject to its laws. A constitution and laws 
 adapted to the habits of an enterprising body of 
 Englishmen were not, it is true, at that time to 
 be found amongst the wild tribes of N.Z. ; this, 
 however, was a small difficulty ; for the country 
 had at all events long since been officially declared 
 by the Government to be an independent State. 
 Some years previously, the British residents, for 
 the purpose of providing some means of regulating 
 their increasing commerce, had collected together 
 a number of the northern chiefs who agreed to 
 meet in congress at Waitangi, in the autumn of 
 each year, for the purpose of framing laws for the 
 dispensation of justice, the preservation of peace 
 and good order, and the regulation of trade. 
 Although this attempted confederation failed to 
 effect the object of its author, it served as a useful 
 hint to the newly-arrived settlers at Port Nichol- 
 son ; and they at once perceived a means of 
 
 obtaining the protection of laws of their own 
 framing, without any violation of the laws of their 
 own country. Following the example of the British 
 residents, the Port Nicholson settlers called together 
 the " sovereign chiefs " of the district, and went 
 through the form of obtaining from them the 
 adoption and ratification of the Contract of Govern- 
 ment entered into by themselves before leaving 
 England. Besides ratifying the agreement, these 
 sovereign chiefs conferred upon the council of 
 government which had been established by the 
 settlers all such powers of legislation as they might 
 themselves exercise and perform. In resorting to 
 these proceedings the southern colonists had no 
 intention of establishing a permanent independent 
 Republic : it was simply an act of self-preservation, 
 to enable them to maintain order amongst them- 
 selves without violating the law of their own parent 
 State. And this ephemeral constitution answered 
 the object of its founders : it gave them the appear- 
 ance at least of legitimate authority ; and it had the 
 effect of hastening the establishment of British rule. 
 But the Wellington settlers had yet no conception 
 of the helpless position in which they had been 
 placed by the precipitate proceedings of the Com- 
 pany by whom they had been sent out. For a 
 short time after their arrival they continued to 
 live on the most friendly terms with the natives, 
 and anticipated no opposition to their peaceful 
 occupation of the country. But the defects in the 
 Company's title soon became apparent. When 
 their surveying parties began to cut the boundary 
 lines, or when their purchasers proceeded to take 
 actual possession of the land, natives from various 
 parts of the country who had not been parties to 
 the sale came forward to assert their rights, and 
 regarding the Company's settlers as unauthorised 
 intruders actively opposed their occupation of the 
 land ; while the colonists, ignorant of the native 
 law of property, naturally viewed the claims put 
 forward by the natives as but a pretext for acts of 
 violence and for making extortionate demands. 
 And thus, prevented from occupying the soil, the 
 intending settlers were confined in a state of com- 
 plete inactivity to the strip of land forming the 
 site of the projected town of Wellington. From 
 an early period of the settlement angry relations 
 sprung up between the Company's settlers and the 
 natives, and during a long period of unprofitable 
 inaction capital remained idle or was unprofitably 
 expended, labour remained unemployed and the 
 best energies of a numerous body of enterprising 
 colonists were wasted on the Wellington beach. 
 No long time elapsed however before the settlers 
 had reason to believe that the Company had sold 
 land to them which they had never in fact pur- 
 chased from the natives, and the question arose, 
 What were the rights, the claims and the obliga- 
 tions of the several parties ( As to land which 
 they had not sold to the Company, it was clear 
 that the natives not only continued to have an 
 undoubted right to it, but that they had also 
 a claim upon the British Government to be
 
 New! 
 
 CYCLOPjEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 379 
 
 supported in the peaceable possession of it. Before 
 the country was colonised repeated disclaimers 
 were made by the Queen and Her Majesty's pre- 
 decessor of every pretension to seize upon it. By 
 the treaty of Waitangi too, " Her Majesty the 
 Queen of England confirmed and guaranteed to 
 the chiefs and tribes of N.Z. the exclusive and 
 undisturbed possession of their lands." By the 
 Royal instructions the Governor was directed 
 especially to protect them in their persons and in 
 the free enjoyment of their possessions, and the 
 Secretary of State declared that " Her Majesty 
 had distinctly established the general principle 
 that the territorial rights of the natives as owners 
 of the soil must be recognised and respected." 
 Thus the rights of the natives and their claims on 
 the British Government did not admit of a ques- 
 tion. If the Company had been even tacitly 
 allowed to colonise N.Z. they might have had some 
 claims upon the Government for consideration, but 
 they were informed by Lord Normanby before 
 the sailing of their preliminary expedition, that 
 " Her Majesty could not recognise the authority of 
 the agents whom the Company might employ," and 
 that "no pledge could be given for the future 
 recognition by Her Majesty of any proprietary 
 titles to land within N.Z. which the Company or 
 any other persons might obtain by grant or pur- 
 chase from the natives." So far from the Company's 
 operations having been conducted under the 
 sanction or with the permission of the Government 
 it was made a boast by the Company that they 
 colonised N. Z. in spite of the Government. 
 Neither against the natives nor against the Govern- 
 ment therefore could the Company have any claims 
 to land which they had not purchased. But the 
 settlers themselves, it was urged, had claims either 
 against the Government or against the natives, 
 because "upon the faith of an Agreement between 
 the Company and the English Government which 
 seemingly recognised and adopted the Compa ny's 
 title many of the settlers had expended sums of 
 money." Unfortunately for the Port Nicholson 
 settlers this agreement contained an express 
 declaration on the part of the Government that 
 " the Company having sold or contracted to sell 
 land to various persons, Her Majesty's Government 
 disclaim all liability for making good any such 
 sales or contracts ; " and to make the case stronger, 
 in answer to an enquiry made on behalf of a 
 number of purchasers of land in the Company's 
 first or principal settlement, and before the first 
 body of settlers sailed from England, the Colonial 
 Minister replied that Her Majesty's Government 
 had no connection with that Society and that he 
 "could not hold out any expectation that Her 
 Majesty would be advised to recognise or sanction 
 them." To a similar enquiry made on behalf of a 
 small community of intending emigrants, it was 
 replied that Her Majesty's Government had not in 
 any manner recognised the proceedings of the 
 Association, and could enter into no engagement 
 as to the validity of any titles to land which might 
 
 be derived from that body. On the British 
 Government therefore it was clear that the Com- 
 pany's settlers had no claim. Neither had they 
 any equitable claim against the natives. It is true 
 that according to English notions of equity, if the 
 owner permits a stranger without warning or inter- 
 ruption to erect buildings or to expend money on 
 his land, the stranger acquires a right to some con- 
 sideration ; but in the present instance the natives 
 by no means acquiesced ; they constantly protested ; 
 they did more ; they in some cases pulled down 
 the buildings erected on the land, and drove off 
 the intruder by force. The first really serious 
 collision between the two races occurred not where 
 many hundreds had settled in the vicinity of a 
 populous native settlement, but in the thinly 
 peopled Southern Island, and in a district not 
 permanently occupied by the natives. About the 
 middle of July 1843 the startling intelligence 
 reached the seat of Government that a party of 
 colonists belonging to the settlement founded by 
 the Company at Nelson had come into collision 
 with the natives, and had been cut off almost to a 
 man ; and that upwards of twenty of them, 
 including nearly all the leading members of the 
 Nelson Settlement had been tomahawked or shot. 
 The claims of the Company to land amounted to 
 some millions of acres ; partly in the Northern 
 Island and partly in the northern part of the 
 Southern Island: in many instances these claims 
 had been denied, and in some cases openly resisted 
 by the natives, on the ground that the land had 
 never in fact been sold by them to the agents of 
 the Company. In order to carry out the plan on 
 which the Nelson settlement was founded, it 
 became necessary, for want of land in the neigh- 
 bourhood, after putting the settlers into the pos- 
 session of their town and suburban sections, to 
 resort to the Wairau valley, a fine district in 
 Cloudy Bay, about seventy miles from Nelson, for 
 the purpose of finding land to supply the original 
 purchasers with their 150 acre sections of country 
 land; and in April preceding, several surveying 
 parties were despatched on the part of the 
 Company to survey the district. Almost imme- 
 diately on their commencing work, the natives 
 who disputed the sale of that district ordered off 
 the surveyors, pulled up their ranging rods and 
 stakes and did everything in their power to 
 prevent the survey from proceeding. Whilst this 
 was being done by some of their people, Rauparaha 
 and Rangiaiata, two of the most powerful and 
 least civilised chiefs of that part of N.Z., who 
 were the original native owners of the district, 
 were at Porirua, on the other side of Cook Straits, 
 urging the Land Claims Commissioner, Spain, 
 to hasten over to settle the land claims at Wairau, 
 as they wished the surveyors to be withdrawn; 
 and the commissioner agreed to hear these claims 
 towards the end of June. In the meantime both 
 the chiefs crossed the Straits to Cloudy Bay, went 
 up the Wairau with their party, found the 
 surveyors still there, collected a number of them.
 
 380 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 together, their tents and provisions, and told them 
 that they intended to send them all off the land 
 together. Previous to this they had set fire to 
 Cotterell's (one of the surveyors) hut, having first 
 assisted him to move all property of value to 
 prevent its destruction. Early in June, Cotterell 
 proceeded to Nelson to inform Captain Arthur 
 Wakefield, the Company's agent there, of what 
 had taken place : Tuckett, the Company's chief 
 surveyor attempting, but in vain, during Cotterell's 
 absence to obtain permission of the chiefs for 
 the survey to proceed. On arriving at Nelson, 
 Cotterell (on 12th June) laid an information before 
 the police magistrate, Thompson, who issued a 
 warrant against Rauparaha and Rangiaiata for 
 burning Cotterell's hut; and accompanied by 
 Wakefield and several other officers and men in 
 their employment, shortly afterwards started for 
 the Wairau, with the intention of executing it. 
 Distinguished for his high character, humanity 
 and courage, Wakefield, the leader of the Nelson 
 settlement, was esteemed and respected by all who 
 knew him ; and the last lines he ever wrote record 
 his belief that in engaging in the ill-fated under- 
 taking he was acting for the benefit of all. "We 
 heard on Sunday," he wrote to his brother, "that 
 Te Rauparaha and Rangi have commenced opera- 
 tions on the Wairau, and have burned one of the 
 surveyors' houses. The magistrates have granted 
 a warrant on the information, and Thompson 
 accompanied by myself, England, and a lot of 
 constables are off immediately in the Government 
 brig to execute it. We shall muster about sixty, 
 so I think we shall overcome these travelling 
 bullies. I never felt more convinced of being 
 about to act right for the benefit of all, and not 
 less especially so for the native race." On the 13th 
 June Thompson, the police magistrate, Wakefield, 
 Richardson, Captain England (late of H.M. 12th 
 Foot,) Howard, the Company's storekeeper, 
 Patchett, merchant, Cotterell, Company's surveyor, 
 Brooke, who acted as interpreter, the Chief Con- 
 stable of Nelson, three constables, and about 
 twenty-five other persons, mostly labourers and 
 others connected with the Company's survey 
 department, started on the expedition. Before 
 reaching the Wairau they were joined by one of 
 the Company's boats having on board Tuckett and 
 ten or twelve men who joined the party. On 
 Thursday evening they anchored at the mouth of 
 the Wairau, and remained there ; and at a Pah at 
 the entrance of the river Howard served out arms 
 to the men (about thirty-five in number) consist- 
 ing of muskets, bayonets, pistols, swords, cut- 
 lasses, and several rounds of ball-cartridge ; the 
 constables were also armed with guns, muskets 
 and pistols. One or two of the men were sworn 
 in as special constables ; some were told they were 
 going to take Rauparaha and Rangiaiata on a 
 warrant ; few knew that they were on a hostile 
 service, and many of the party expressed their 
 intention not to use their arms. In the course of 
 their progress they were joined by Barnicoat, 
 
 another of the Company's surveyors, and his man. 
 Early on Saturday morning the party who had left 
 their boats when the river became shallow and 
 marched up the banks, came up to the place where 
 they expected to find Rauparaha and Rangiaiata 
 and their party ; and found them encamped on the 
 opposite bank of a narrow creek. By the direc- 
 tions of Thompson and Wakefield the European 
 party was now formed into two bodies under 
 England and Howard, who gave orders to their 
 men not to interfere until directed. As a means 
 of communication with the other side of the creek 
 where the chiefs were encamped a canoe was 
 placed across the water to serve as a bridge. 
 Thompson, Wakefield, Chief Constable Brooke, and 
 some others then crossed over. Thompson, 
 Wakefield and Cotterell walked backwards and 
 forwards for nearly half an hour with the natives, 
 and apparently in a friendly manner. Three 
 women, the wives of Rauparaha, Rangiaiata, and 
 Puaha, sat in the centre ; the party of resident 
 natives on one side and the armed natives of the 
 northern island on the other side of the group. 
 Puaha stood in the centre with a Testament in his 
 hand reading to the natives and exhorting both 
 parties to peace. Rangiaiata was in the back-ground 
 out of sight. Thompson then showed his warrant, 
 directed the constable to execute it on Rauparaha, 
 and instructed Brooke to explain the meaning of 
 it. Thompson also stated that he was the Queen's 
 representative and that (pointing to the warrant) 
 was the Queen's book ; that Rauparaha must go 
 on board the brig with the constable and that it 
 was for burning Cotterell's house, and had nothing 
 to do with the land question. Rauparaha told 
 them to sit down and talk and not make a fight, 
 and to wait till Spain and Clarke came and hear 
 what they would say. Thompson then inquired of 
 Rauparaha whether he would come or not / to 
 which he replied he would not ; but that if Clarke 
 or Spain was there he would. Thompson then 
 said if he would not go he would make him. 
 Rauparaha still refusing, Thompson, pointing to 
 the Europeans, said : " There is the armed force 
 and they shall fire upon you all if you won't go." 
 Thompson it appears then became " exasperated " 
 and the discussion violent. Rangiaiata called on 
 him not to fire. " For God's sake, Thompson, mind 
 what you are about ! " also shouted Richardson from 
 the other side. Thompson however called to the 
 armed party to fix bayonets and advance, Wake- 
 field placing the canoe across the stream for a 
 bridge gave the word, " Englishmen, forward !" A 
 few of them had entered the canoe when a shot 
 was fired — whether by accident or design is not 
 quite clear — on the side of the Europeans. Upon 
 this the firing immediately became general on both 
 sides and several fell. Three of their party having 
 fallen, the Maoris hesitated whether they should 
 run away, but Rauparaha urged them to pursue. 
 When the firing commenced Thompson, Wakefield 
 and the rest of the party who had been in com- 
 munication with the chiefs re-crossed the creek to
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 381 
 
 join their own party, who were now retreating up 
 the hill pursued by the natives. At each step in 
 the ascent Wakefield again and again attempted 
 to rally the men and entreated them to make a 
 stand, to fix bayonets and charge. An irregular 
 firing was still kept up, but the European party 
 continued retreating. " For God's sake, come back, 
 men ! " cried Thompson, " the Maoris are coming 
 upon us." But the greater number made good 
 their retreat, and there was running in all direc- 
 tions. Wakefield finding it impossible to rally the 
 men ordered those who remained to lay down their 
 arms and surrender. Brooke, the interpreter, 
 called to the Maoris : " Leave off, enough ! " But 
 after this some shots were fired by those in retreat 
 who had reached the top of the hill and were toi i 
 far distant to know what was going on below. 
 When signals of surrender had been made one or 
 two Maoris also threw down their arms, and 
 advanced with their arms stretched out in token 
 of reconciliation. It seems that while the sur- 
 render was taking place by the gentlemen below, 
 and the firing by the stragglers above, Kangiaiata 
 came up enraged. He had discovered that his 
 wife had been shot. " Rauparaha," said he, 
 " remember your daughter ! " The dreadful car- 
 nage then commenced, and Kangiaiata alone with 
 his own hand, it is said, destroyed the greater 
 number. " Puaha, Puaha !" cried out the wife of 
 a chief from a distance, "save some of the chiefs 
 (gentlemen) that you may have it to say that you 
 have saved some." But it was then too late. On 
 the European side the number of armed men was 
 forty-five men ; on the Maori side about forty 
 were engaged : their loss was four killed and 
 five wounded. On the Wednesday following Mr. 
 Ironsides, Wesleyan missionary, having heard of 
 the fatal conflict hastened to the spot, where he 
 found nineteen European bodies, including those 
 of Wakefield and Thompson. On Thursday they 
 were buried : Ironsides reading at the grave the 
 funeral service of the Church of England. On his 
 way to the fatal spot Ironsides met Rauparaha 
 and Kangiaiata and obtained permission to go and 
 bury the dead. They told him that they had no 
 intention to fight : that it was the wrath of the 
 Europeans that made them fight ; that the Euro- 
 peans had fired upon them and one or two of their 
 number had fallen before they began to fight ; and 
 that it was not until the wife of Kangiaiata was 
 shot that " they began to seek for payment." In 
 addition to the nineteen bodies found dead on the 
 field five of the party were severely wounded and 
 four were missing. In defence of the survivors 
 who tied early in the conflict it was urged that 
 many of them were common labourers on the 
 Survey-staff of the Company, not hired to risk 
 their lives in fighting with the natives ; that they 
 had no interest in the contest ; and that they had 
 wives and families depending on them for support. 
 But in answer, it was said that they ought in the 
 first instance to have refused to take up arms ; 
 or, having taken them up, to have manfully used 
 
 them ; but that they took up arms, advanced, and 
 fired, and entered into the conflict under the 
 direction of leaders, and thus undertook to Buppi irt 
 and obey them ; and that if they had done so, the 
 most revolting features of the case would have 
 been spared, and many valuable lives; but that, 
 as far as it was possible for them to do so, they 
 damaged the British character in the estimation of 
 the Maoris ; and having entered so far into the 
 conflict as to fire upon a body of people guilty of 
 no offence as far as they were concerned, they 
 then, heedless of the rallying cry of Wakefield, 
 and deaf to the entreaties of Thompson for support, 
 left their comrades in the hour of need to the 
 savage fury of those whom they had themselves 
 provoked. Before the affray commenced the 
 prestige of the English stood high ; and if they 
 had shown a steady front and made a determined 
 stand the natives would probably have given way. 
 Immediately after the fatal conflict Rauparaha 
 and Kangiaiata crossed over Cook Straits, and with 
 a strong party took up their position at Waikanae 
 and Otaki, about fifty miles from Wellington. 
 Anticipating retaliation from the English they were 
 meditating an attack on the town ; and the Wel- 
 lington people, not without reason, became seriously 
 alarmed. At that time no troops were stationed 
 there : the whole military force in the colony, 
 stationed at Auckland nearly five hundred miles 
 distant, did not exceed one hundred men ; and 
 they could not be brought down to Wellington in 
 less than a month. As a precautionary measure it 
 was resolved, at a meeting of the magistrates in 
 Wellington, that Spain, Commissioner of Land 
 Claims, should be requested to go and communi- 
 cate to the native chiefs their determination not to 
 make or sanction any attempt to take vengeance 
 for the death of the white men at the Wairau, but 
 to leave the whole matter to the decision of the 
 Queen's Government. Few men at that moment 
 would have sought the commission ; but Spain 
 was not the man to shrink from the honour thus 
 conferred upon him by his brother magistrates ; 
 and he at once proceeded up the coast, when he 
 met Rauparaha himself, and addressed a large 
 assemblage of the natives, informing them that it 
 was not the policy of the English law to punish 
 the innocent for the guilty ; that the statements 
 both of the Maoris and the white men engaged in 
 the conflict had been sent to Auckland to the 
 Governor who would decide upon the steps to be 
 taken ; and that in the meantime, no act of aggres- 
 sion would be committed upon them by the English. 
 At the conclusion of his address, Spain was asked 
 by Rauparaha if his object in coming amongst 
 them was not, first to quiet them, in order that the 
 English might have time to get troops, and when 
 they came, if the English did not intend to attack 
 them I " Rauparaha," says Spain, " seemed to feel 
 the difficulty of my situation. 'I hope, at all 
 events,' said he, ' you will act as gentlemen, and 
 that if the Governor should decide upon sending 
 soldiers to take me and Rangiaiata that you will
 
 382 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 send and let us know when they arrive : you need I 
 not take the trouble to send up here for us. If 
 you will only send, I will come down to Welling- 
 ton with 1000 Maoris, and have a fight with the 
 white men ; if they beat us they shall have N.Z., 
 and we will be their slaves ; but if we beat them, I 
 then they must stand clear.' " Kauparaha, whose ' 
 name had for many years been a terror to the 
 country, was a most powerful speaker, and a crafty, 1 
 able man. He told the natives that the English j 
 in retaliation would certainly make an attempt to 
 kill all the Maoris ; that they had already sent for 
 soldiers, and were preparing at Port Nicholson ; I 
 and that now was the time to attack the white I 
 people before they were prepared. Happily for ! 
 the peace of the country, the people of the district ' 
 had for some time been living under the ministra- | 
 tion of one of the most devoted and influential 
 missionaries in N.Z. ; and it is hardly too much to i 
 affirm that Wellington owed its safety at that 
 moment to a single individual, the Rev. Octavius 
 Hadfield. He had arrived in December 1838 with 
 the Bishop of Australia, by whom he had recently 
 been admitted to deacon's orders. Five years 
 afterwards, he was appointed, by the Bishop of 
 N.Z., Rural Dean of the district of Wellington 
 and Taranaki ; then Archdeacon of Kapiti ; and 
 he was subsequently nominated first Bishop of 
 the See of Wellington ; an office which, from ill 
 health, he was unable to accept. Yet a single false 
 step on the part of the Government would have 
 been fatal. If the natives had then attacked Wel- 
 lington in force, probably not even the patrimony 
 of God would have been spared; but "the smoke 
 of the town would have gone up like the smoke of a 
 furnace," and like Kororarika, the Company's 
 "first and principal settlement," would have been 
 totally destroyed. On the side of the Maoris it 
 was complained by Rauparaha that the attack 
 made on them was unjust ; that the English first 
 took away his land and then wanted to take 
 himself and Rangiaiata into custody, for having 
 destroyed a hut built on his own land of toe-toe 
 and wood grown upon it: and "is this," he asked, 
 "the justice the Queen of England promised to 
 the Maoris i " The Nelson people on the other 
 hand sent a deputation to wait on the Government 
 to express their views of the catastrophe. "We 
 have no hesitation in stating," said the deputation, 
 "that it is the general opinion of the settlers at 
 Nelson that our countrymen who were killed at 
 the Wairau plain lost their lives in endeavouring 
 to discharge their duties as magistrates and 
 British subjects, obedient to British law ; and that 
 the persons by whom they were killed are 
 murderers in the eyes of common sense and 
 justice." On the part of the Colonial Government 
 it was replied that for the recent bloodshed an 
 awful responsibility had been incurred ; but what 
 was the degree of criminality of those concerned 
 in the fatal conflict, and on whom that criminality 
 chiefly rested, were questions on which no opinion 
 could then be given, as the transaction might 
 
 become the subject of judicial enquiry; but what- 
 ever might be the crime and whoever might be 
 the criminals, it was clear that the event had 
 arisen in consequence of some of the Company's 
 surveyors, without the knowledge or concurrence 
 of the Government, proceeding to take possession 
 of and to survey a tract of land in opposition to 
 the original native owners, who had uniformly 
 denied the sale of it. Fortunately for the safety of 
 the country, the Government were so far removed 
 from the scene of action as to be able to form a 
 dispassionate judgment. After careful considera- 
 tion of the evidence before them they arrived at 
 the conclusion that the proceeding, so far as 
 Thompson the police magistrate was concerned, 
 was illegal in its inception, and in every step in its 
 execution, up to the moment of the attack itself ; 
 that it was unjustifiable in the magistrate and the 
 four constables, and that it was criminal on the 
 part of the rest of the attacking party. The 
 British Government, still further removed from all 
 disturbing influences, arrived at the same con- 
 clusion. "So manifestly illegal," wrote the 
 Secretary of State, "unjust and unwise were the 
 martial array and the command to advance, that I 
 fear the authors of that order must be held respon- 
 sible for all that followed in natural and immediate 
 sequence upon it . . . Whether I try the pro- 
 ceedings of Mr. Thompson and his followers by 
 general principles, or the narrow rules of the law 
 of England, I am compelled to adopt the same con- 
 clusion: I adopt and I record it with that serious 
 concern with which alone we can contemplate the 
 errors of our fellow-countrymen, when expiated 
 by the most lamentable sufferings, and even, as 
 unhappily in this case, by death. But my regard 
 for the memory of the deceased (among whom were 
 several gallant and meritorious men, and eminent 
 benefactors of the colony,) does not acquit me of 
 the obligation of stating explicitly my judgment of 
 their proceedings. It is a painful duty : but that 
 judgment is that they needlessly violated the rules 
 of the law of England, the maxims of prudence, 
 and the principles of justice." The attempt was 
 made by the Company to fix on the local Govern- 
 ment " the massacre of the Wairau, and the crime 
 of having, by unjust and ill-judged proceedings, 
 involved first the Northern and then the Southern 
 districts in insurrection and bloodshed." But ten 
 years after the fatal event, when all excitement 
 had entirely passed away, a committee of the 
 House of Representatives, composed of the leading 
 members from every province, and having cer- 
 tainly no leaning in favour of the executive 
 authorities by whom the colony had been governed, 
 thus recorded their judgment on the subject: — "It 
 is with great pain and reluctance that your Com- 
 mittee refer to the melancholy affair at Wairau in 
 1843 ; nor is it with the smallest intention of cast- 
 ing any reflection upon the memories of the men 
 who fell there : whom they believe to have been 
 men of high and generous character, and actuated 
 by honest motives ; although, from their ignorance
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 3.S3 
 
 of the native character, almost necessarily mis- 
 taken. But your committee cannot admit that the 
 responsibility of the massacre of the Wairau rests 
 with the local Government, or that it has any 
 necessary connection with the selection of the site 
 of the Nelson settlement. There can be no doubt 
 of the fact that the Massacre of the Wairau was 
 caused by the agents of the Company attempting 
 to take possession of a district with regard to 
 which the natives always denied that they had 
 sold it ; and although the local Government may 
 seem to be implicated in the matter, inasmuch as 
 its representative, the Police Magistrate, headed 
 the expedition, it is nevertheless perfectly notorious 
 that the Company's agent was the real instigator 
 of that expedition which led to such lamentable 
 results. The native war in the North there is 
 every reason to believe was occasioned by the suc- 
 cess of the natives in the conflict with the white 
 men at the Wairau. In consequence of that 
 success, the superstitious feeling with which the 
 natives had previously regarded the power and the 
 law of the white man was destroyed ; the jealousy 
 of the natives on the subject of their territorial 
 possessions was indefinitely stimulated, and a feel- 
 ing was created which prompted the restless and 
 turbulent among a race of savages fond of the 
 excitement of war to seek to emulate in another field 
 what they considered to be the triumph of their 
 countrymen. In fact instead of deducing the 
 native wars from the proceedings of the Local 
 Government as their sole or principal cause (the 
 position assumed by the Company) there appears 
 to your committee greater reason to say that the 
 first conflict between the settlers and the natives 
 was precipitated by the conduct of the Company 
 and its agents." This first collision between the 
 natives and the colonists is commemorated as 
 " The Wairau Massacre," and a column to the 
 memory of the victims has been erected on the 
 spot where they fell. 
 
 VIII. Joint Stock Colonisation. — Having in the 
 first instance been taught to regard the natives and 
 the Colonial Government as the cause of their 
 misfortunes, the Wellington settlers for some time 
 made common cause with the Company ; but the 
 proceedings in the Court of Commissioners of 
 Land Claims brought to light the fact that the 
 Company had received from their settlers money 
 for land which the Company had never purchased 
 and of which the native title had never been 
 extinguished, and the southern settlers now directed 
 their complaints against the Company themselves. 
 " It is distressing," said Charles Buller, a leading 
 member of the directors of the Company, writing 
 to the Secretary of State, "to hear the tales of 
 individual disappointments and woe which reach 
 us every day. All emigration to N.Z. is stopped ; 
 the first colonists are quitting it as fast as 
 they can." " These returned colonists," said 
 the directors themselves addressing their share- 
 holders, " come straight to us and afflict us with 
 their complaints of disappointment and ruin. 
 
 We tell you," they add, " that it is our deliberate 
 conviction that unless a great change takes place 
 immediately, your settlements will not be worth 
 preserving. We come here to fritter away borrowed 
 money, to consider claims we have no means of 
 satisfying, and to hear the most distressing com- 
 plaints without being able to assist the sufferers." 
 Such was the account given by the Company 
 themselves of the result of their colonising opera- 
 tions as regards their first and principal settlement. 
 Having discovered the real authors of their mis- 
 fortunes, the whole body of resident landholders 
 in the settlement of Wellington and Wanganui 
 claimed compensation from the Company who had 
 sent them out from England. "We address you," 
 said they, " not as supplicants for your bounty — 
 not as men suing for favour at your hands — but as 
 parties deeply and grievously injured; as men pro- 
 testing against great wrongs inflicted by you ; and 
 as such demanding redress. And to what causes 
 are the disasters which have befallen us attri- 
 butable ] You cannot and dare not deny that the 
 immediate and proximate cause of our ruin has 
 been the non-fulfilment by you of the contract 
 formed with us seven years ago." No great length 
 of time elapsed before the unhappy situation of 
 the Company's settlers became known in England ; 
 with what result may be readily imagined. " The 
 accounts which have reached home," wrote their 
 chairman addressing the Secretary of State, "have 
 produced a like cessation of income from land 
 sales here ; for the Commissioners Court has 
 rendered them unmarketable, and the Company 
 has altogether ceased to obtain any return from its 
 lands. These difficulties must we think be ascribed 
 to one cause; namely, the dispute respecting the 
 Company's titles to land. This is the one thing 
 which appears to have led to all the bad blood 
 between the natives and the settlers. It was the 
 direct cause of the unhappy business at Cloudy 
 Bay (the Wairau,) and of the subsequent disastrous 
 state of feeling." Although the attempt was made 
 by the Company to impute the misfortunes of 
 themselves and their settlers to the bad faith of 
 the natives, the Keport of the Land Claims Com- 
 missioner, soon afterwards made public, showed 
 that they had sent out settlers to occupy land 
 which they had never purchased, and had sold to 
 them land to which they never had a claim. " I 
 am of opinion," reported the Commissioner of 
 Land Claims, " that the greater portion of the land 
 claimed by the Company in the Port Nicholson 
 district, and also in the district between Port 
 Nicholson and Wanganui, including the latter 
 place, has not been alienated by the natives to the 
 Company; and that other portions of the same 
 district have been only partially alienated by the 
 natives to that body ; and it appears to me so far as 
 the evidence has gone that all the Company's pur- 
 chases were made in a very loose and careless 
 manner." To the precipitate proceedings of the 
 Company, in a second time sending out a body of 
 emigrants before it was known that a suitable
 
 384 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 locality had been secured for their reception, is to 
 be attributed the catastrophe at the Wairau. 
 However plausible it might have been in theory, 
 their scheme of the Nelson settlement failed also 
 in bringing together the three necessary elements 
 of land, capital and labour, in the prescribed ratios. 
 Formed in England, upon paper, the plan was 
 attempted to be carried out in a locality unsuited 
 to the purpose. A sufficient price had been paid 
 for the land by the settlers before leaving England ; 
 but on arriving on the site of the settlement, the 
 land itself was not to be found : and in the attempt 
 to obtain the greater portion of the quantity 
 required, and that at a distance of seventy miles, 
 more than twenty valuable lives were thrown away. 
 Labour, it is true, was carried out ; but no adequate 
 amount of capital was sent out to employ it ; and 
 failing to find employment amongst the settlers, a 
 large number of labourers fell back upon the 
 Company who had sent them out, and for a time 
 about three hundred were employed by them upon 
 public works. Disappointed in the expectations 
 they had been led to entertain, finding themselves 
 employed almost out of charity by the Company, at 
 what they believed to be an inadequate rate of wages, 
 the labouring class broke out into open mutiny, 
 and threatened to plunder the Company's stores. 
 Nor were the land-purchasers themselves better 
 satisfied with their lot : the failure of the Company 
 to put them in possession of land, naturally occa- 
 sioned them much disappointment and loss ; and, 
 like the Wellington settlers, they also claimed 
 compensation from the Company, for breach of 
 their agreement. For some time these claims 
 were strenuously resisted by the Company : even- 
 tually, however, they announced to the Nelson 
 land-purchasers that they had submitted to 
 counsel a case for a legal opinion as to the respec- 
 tive rights and liabilities of themselves and their 
 settlers ; that they had authorised their agent at 
 Nelson to act in behalf of the Company, taking 
 the opinion which might be given on the case as 
 the basis of the arrangement ; and promising that 
 the opinion itself should be sent out by the earliest 
 opportunity. Shortly after a legal opinion to the 
 effect that the Company were not liable to their 
 settlers, either for breach of contract or for the 
 losses sustained by them, was sent out and made 
 known to its Nelson settlers by the Nelson agent : 
 and believing this to be the legal opinion referred 
 to, having no knowledge of any second or different 
 opinion, and finding that they had no legal rights 
 against the Company, the Nelson land-purchasers 
 agreed to acompromiseon the most favourable terms 
 they could procure. It was publicly charged against 
 the Company that the " opinion " sent out by them 
 for the guidance of the settlers at Nelson was 
 a changeling: that the opinion of their own 
 counsel (a member of their own body and a man 
 of character and standing) was that the Company 
 were not only liable to return to the Nelson land- 
 purchasers their original purchase-money with 
 interest, but to make compensation also for their j 
 
 losses ; and that suppressing this opinion they 
 submitted a case to another counsel, little known 
 in the profession, from whom they obtained an 
 opinion that the land-purchasers had no claims 
 against them, and had sent out this second opinion 
 as the one to which they had originally referred as 
 the basis of the proposed arrangement, thereby 
 entrapping the settlers into making a compromise 
 disadvantageous to themselves. It must have been 
 mortifying to many honourable men who joined 
 the association with no other object than to aid 
 and take part in what they believed to be a 
 laudable undertaking, to find its governing body 
 afterwards charged before Parliament with 
 deceiving their own colonists by means of a 
 deliberate suppression of the truth. With refer- 
 ence to the settlement of Nelson itself, the 
 Chairman of the Company, in his place in Parlia- 
 ment, made the candid admission that it did not 
 fulfil the strict letter of the law ; that the scheme 
 of it was not well advised ; and that it had not 
 answered the expectations either of the Company 
 or of the settlers. " In so far as that field of 
 settlement extended," said the Report of the 
 Committee of the House of Representatives, 
 " the Company was entirely unobstructed in 
 its operations, and its failure there, and the 
 misery of its settlers are mainly charge- 
 able upon its own mismanagement and the 
 utter unfitness of the scheme of colonisation 
 attempted to be carried out as applicable to the 
 peculiar features of the colony. So long as the 
 Company attempted to carry out that scheme and 
 actively interfered in the affairs of the settlement 
 money was squandered, labour was misapplied, 
 there was no production and no vitality ; and the 
 dawn of progress, healthfulness and production 
 dates from the day when the Company's works 
 were suspended, the Company's system of coloni- 
 sation was abandoned and working men placed 
 upon allotments of land." With respect to the 
 class of labouring emigrants sent out by them, it 
 would be unjust to the Company not to acknow- 
 ledge that eventually, and as a body, their 
 emigrants bettered their condition by going out. 
 But in their case, as well as in that of the land 
 purchasers, it would not be difficult to point to 
 instances of promises unfulfilled or sought to be 
 evaded. The case of the labourers at Taranaki 
 on any other evidence than the admission of the 
 parties implicated would be incredible ; but that 
 case rests on the written statement of the Com- 
 pany's agent, published in the Appendix to their 
 12th Report. "You are aware," he writes, "that 
 the emigrants in this settlement hold what they 
 call embarkation orders, being a sort of handbill 
 in which it is distinctly stated that the Company's 
 agent will at all times give them employment in 
 the service of the Company, if from any cause 
 they should be unable to obtain it elsewhere. 
 Being unable to give any other interpretation to 
 this promise than the words quoted seemed to 
 imply, and yet bearing in mind that the court of
 
 New] 
 
 0YCLOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 385 
 
 directors view their engagement in a different 
 light, I endeavoured to evade it by sending the 
 applicants for employment a long distance from 
 home, making no allowance for time spent in the 
 journey or for time lost in bad weather. The 
 necessities of the men and their families were such 
 as compelled them to submit for several weeks to 
 these conditions ; but many came home sick and 
 claimed the promised medical aid, and others 
 commenced the trade of pig and sheep stealing, 
 not having yet had time to raise potatoes for 
 themselves." Nor were the Company more suc- 
 cessful in establishing for themselves a high 
 character for straightforward honesty of purpose 
 in the conduct of their proceedings in England. 
 When N.Z. first became a British Colony the Chat- 
 ham Islands, lying about 500 miles to the eastward 
 of the group, were not included in the Governor's 
 commission. In the year 1841 but little was 
 known of the Company beyond the fact that they 
 were an influential association, comprising amongst 
 their directors men of name and reputation, and it 
 was thought inexplicable that the Under-Secretary 
 of State for the Colonial Department should have 
 sought and obtained permission from Lord John 
 Russell (then Colonial Minister) to be relieved 
 from the duty of ever again receiving any of the 
 directors at any interview relating to their affairs. 
 Sir James Stephen must have had good reasons 
 for resorting to so significant a proceeding. The 
 correspondence which soon aftewards took place 
 between the Company and the Government on the 
 subject of the Chatham Islands makes it probable 
 that his apprehensions of the danger of transacting 
 business with them, in the absence of documentary 
 evidence, were not without foundation. After 
 entering into negotiations with a German Coloni- 
 sation Company for the sale of the Chatham 
 Islands, they commenced a correspondence with 
 the Government on the subject ; and the governor 
 of the Company wrote to the Secretary of State 
 (Lord Stanley) informing him that the directors 
 being in treaty for the sale of the Chatham Islands 
 to a German Company, they considered it right to 
 inform his lordship of the circumstance. To give 
 useful neighbours to the settlement which they 
 had founded in N.Z. was, they affirmed, the motive 
 which principally induced them to dispose of their 
 property in these islands. In reply, Mr. G. W. 
 Hope was directed to state that Lord Stanley 
 could not discover on what grounds the Company 
 could claim a right to enter into negotiations with 
 the diplomatic agents of a foreign State for 
 creating a foreign colony in the neighbourhood of 
 the British settlements and the protection of the 
 commerce and navigation of Great Britain with 
 the proposed colony ; and that the opinions of the 
 Attorney and Solicitor-General would be taken as 
 to the consequences in point of law of the assump- 
 tion and exercise by the Company of such powers. 
 To escape this dilemma, it was stated by Somes 
 (governor of the Company) that the Company had 
 not entered into any contract in their capacity of 
 
 directors ; that in fact the Chatham Islands were 
 not claimed by them at all, but belonged to the 
 old Company ; and they trusted that the circum- 
 stance of their having, perhaps rather unguardedly, 
 stated that the directors were in treaty, would not 
 prejudice them in his lordship's judgment. Lord 
 Stanley then informed them that as it appeared 
 from their own statement that they had no pro- 
 perty in the Chatham Islands, he thought it 
 unnecessary to pursue any correspondence with 
 them on the subject. Three weeks later Hope was 
 directed to inform the directors that the law officers 
 had reported their opinion that the purchase of the 
 Chatham Islands and the proposed sale of them by 
 the directors were unauthorised by their Charter; 
 that their proceedings in the transaction were an 
 interference with the Royal prerogative and there- 
 fore unlawful ; and that an abuse of their powers 
 might be the forfeiture of their Charter. The 
 Company in reply stated that no act had been 
 done between them and the parties with reference 
 to the projected arrangements. But three months 
 later they were informed that Lord Stanley had 
 received the copy of a despatch from Her Majesty's 
 Charge d' Affaires at Hamburgh, enclosing the copy 
 of an agreement for the sale of the Chatham 
 Islands, purporting to be made between Mr, 
 Sieveking of the one part, and John Ward Esq., 
 acting on behalf of the N.Z. Company of London 
 incorporated by Royal Charter, of the other part. 
 The Company were informed that thenceforward 
 the Chatham Islands would form part of the colony 
 of N.Z., and that no claimant would be allowed a 
 greater quantity of land than 2500 acres. Nothing 
 now remained for the directors but to disavow 
 Ward's proceedings ; and Lord Stanley was assured 
 that the steps taken by Ward in his communication 
 with Sieveking were not taken in pursuance of 
 instructions from the Company ! The proceedings 
 of the Company as a colonising body had now come 
 to a dead lock. They had expended a considerable 
 amount of capital in fitting out their preliminary 
 expedition in sending out emigrants and in pay- 
 ments to natives for land. But they hardly 
 succeeded in a single instance in making a really 
 valid purchase ; on the contrary, the proceedings 
 in the Land Commission Court proved that in 
 almost every instance their claims were either 
 defective or wholly without foundation. This 
 discovery led to a lengthened and angry discussion 
 between them and the Government. The Company 
 having represented themselves to be the purchasers 
 of large tracts of land from the natives, the Govern- 
 ment had agreed to grant to them, not the whole 
 quantity claimed to have been purchased, but four 
 times as many acres as they had expended pounds 
 in the work of colonisation. According to the 
 terms of this agreement they would have been 
 entitled to a grant of upwards of a million acres. 
 The agreement however was based throughout on 
 the assertion of the Company that they really had 
 made large purchases of land. Failing however to 
 prove a valid purchase of the land claimed by 
 
 a3
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 them, the Company nevertheless maintained that 
 it was immaterial to them whether or not they 
 had in fact extinguished the native title to the 
 land, as the Government were bound under any 
 circumstances to put them in possession, if not of 
 the particular land itself, at least of the stipulated 
 quantity. As this claim could only be satisfied by 
 making a purchase of upwards of a million acres 
 from the native owners of the soil out of the public 
 funds and at the expense of the British nation, it 
 was strongly resisted, so long as Lord Stanley con- 
 tinued to administer the government of the colonies. 
 The affairs of the Company were now in an utterly 
 hopeless condition. They had not only sold land 
 to their settlers to which they had no title, but 
 they were unable to put them in possession. On 
 all sides they were beset with claims for compensa- 
 tion and redress ; their capital was expended, and 
 the native owners of the soil, exasperated by their 
 attempts to take possession of the land by force, 
 were now unwilling to deal with them for the sale 
 of it on reasonable terms. In bringing before the 
 public their project for colonising the islands, they 
 in the first instance expressed the most considerate 
 regard for the rights of the native race, and avowed 
 their desire to promote their permanent interests ; 
 but their colonising operations were beset with 
 difficulties, and there appeared to them to be but 
 one mode of surmounting them, and that was by 
 urging the British Government to set aside the 
 treaty with the natives by which the sovereignty 
 over N.Z. had been gained. "We have always 
 had very serious doubts," urged the Company, 
 addressing the minister, "whether the treaty of 
 Waitangi, made with naked savages by a consul 
 invested with no plenipotentiary powers, without 
 ratification by the Crown, could be treated by 
 lawyers as anything but a praiseworthy device for 
 amusing and pacifying savages for the moment." 
 Happily the honour of the Crown and of the 
 country was in honourable keeping, and the sugges- 
 tion to set aside the treaty was met by a reply which 
 cannot be more fitly characterised than as being 
 worthy of a Minister of the British Crown. "Lord 
 Stanley is not prepared, as Her Majesty's Secretary 
 of State, to join with the N.Z. Company in setting 
 aside the treaty of Waitangi, after obtaining the 
 advantages guaranteed by it ; even though it 
 might be made with 'naked savages,' or though 'it 
 might be treated by lawyers as a praiseworthy 
 device for amusing and pacifying savages for the 
 moment.' Lord Stanley entertains* a different 
 view of the respect due to the obligations con- 
 tracted by the Crown of England ; and his final 
 answer to the demands of the N.Z. Company must 
 be that, so long as he has the honour of serving 
 the Crown, he will not admit that any person, or 
 any Government acting in the name of Her Majesty, 
 can contract a legal, moral, or honorary obligation 
 to despoil others of their lawful or equitable rights." 
 Failing in the attempt to induce the Government 
 to break faith with the natives the Company as 
 a last resource claimed compensation from the 
 
 Government, and a Committee of the House of 
 Commons was appointed to examine into the com- 
 plaints made by them of losses sustained by them 
 in consequence, as they alleged, of the proceedings 
 of the Colonial Office and of the local Govern- 
 ment. Lord Howick, who had taken an active part 
 in supporting the case of the Company before the 
 House, was appointed chairman ; and the Com- 
 mittee reported their opinion that the Company 
 had sustained injury from the Government and 
 were entitled to redress. But the Committee 
 appointed some years afterwards by the House of 
 Representatives itself, to inquire into the subject 
 of the Company's debt, arrived at a different con- 
 clusion. When Lord Grey came into office as 
 Colonial Minister he was appealed to by the Com- 
 pany for that redress which his predecessor had 
 steadily refused. Nor was the appeal in vain 
 Lord Grey not only reversed the policy of his 
 predecessor, and admitted to be valid claims 
 which Lord Stanley had resisted as unjust, but 
 notwithstanding the antecedents of the Company 
 he passed a measure through Parliament vesting 
 in that body the whole of the demesne lands of the 
 Crown in the province of New Munster ; granting 
 to them, in addition to a previous loan of £100,000, 
 a further loan of £136,000 ; and finally, providing 
 that if they should find themselves unable to con- 
 tinue their proceedings with profit to themselves 
 and benefit to the colony, they might wind up their 
 affairs, freed from all liability to repay the loan of 
 £236,000, and with a charge in their own favour of 
 the sum of £268,370 15s. on all future sales of 
 the demesne lands of the Crown throughout N.Z. : 
 the Government agreeing to accept as an equiva- 
 lent the lands which the Company merely claimed 
 to have acquired or to have become entitled to. 
 Of the terms of the agreement entered into 
 between the Government and the Company there 
 is but one opinion. It is only just to Lord Grey 
 to believe that in being a party to such an agree- 
 ment he was himself mistaken and deceived ; and 
 that, notwithstanding their antecedents and the 
 ill success which had attended the colonising 
 operations of the Company, he still believed they 
 might be turned to useful account, as instruments 
 in promoting a great scheme of emigration for the 
 benefit not only of N.Z., but of the kingdom at 
 large. If such were Lord Grey's expectations, no 
 one could be more grievously disappointed than 
 himself. Out of the large sums of public money 
 placed at their disposal for the purpose of restoring 
 the prosperity of the existing settlements of the 
 Company, and to promote efficient colonisation, 
 less than £30,000 was expended in emigration ; 
 and instead of being applied to its legitimate 
 objects a considerable sum was lent by the 
 Company to its own shareholders, and lost. Other 
 large sums were laid out, ostensibly in the purchase 
 of private estates, but really to buy up trouble- 
 some claims for compensation ; and further sums 
 of considerable magnitude were appropriated by the 
 directors of the Company amongst themselves on
 
 Newl 
 
 CYCLOP.EDU OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 387 
 
 account of past fees. Notwithstanding the ample 
 means which had been placed at their disposal by- 
 Earl Grey they still found themselves unable to 
 continue their proceedings either with profit to 
 themselves or with benefit to the colony ; and, 
 taking advantage of the very favourable arrange- 
 ment obtained from Parliament on their behalf, 
 they surrendered their Charter, and as a colonizing 
 association ended their career without having 
 given a single legal title to a single individual of 
 a single piece of land ; leaving the whole of their 
 engagements in respect of the disposal of land, 
 during a period of twelve years unfulfilled and 
 uncompleted, and leaving the whole colony bur- 
 dened with a debt of £268,000. Despairing of 
 obtaining the active interference either of the 
 Government or of Parliament, the Colonial Legis- 
 lature ultimately authorised a compromise to be 
 made. It was agreed that the colony should pay 
 to the Company the sum of £200,000 in full of all 
 demands ; and in order to raise the amount 
 application was made to Parliament to guarantee 
 a loan to be raised by the colony for the liquida- 
 tion of the debt. " This proposed loau," said Sir 
 J. Trelawny in the course of the debate," is in 
 fact nothing but hush-money in order that all 
 discussion about past transactions may be put an 
 end to." " It has been my misfortune," said Sir 
 James Graham, " to see the commencement of the 
 proceedings connected with this subject, to watch 
 them and to resist them ; but I do not think it 
 expedient now to revive the discussion of those 
 proceedings. Much light was thrown upon the 
 transactions to which I refer in 1852, when the 
 late Sir William Molesworth called the attention 
 of the House to the subject. The House then 
 obtained from the Colonial Office detailed infor- 
 mation with respect to the occurrences that had 
 taken place ; and although I do not think they 
 will bear very close investigation, I cannot but 
 regard the Act of 1852 as a condonation of them." 
 Without re-opening the discussion Parliament 
 ugreed to guarantee the loan. So far as the com- 
 pany are concerned the debt is now but a matter 
 of curious history. 
 
 IX. Native Insurrection. — Having neither 
 money nor men — charged with the duty of govern- 
 ing a semi-barbarous race, who as a body had not 
 even professed submission to British ride — and 
 responsible for the safety of several isolated English 
 settlements, the local authorities were placed in a 
 painful and anomalous position. Some time how- 
 ever elapsed after British authority had been 
 formally proclaimed, before the natives had any 
 conception of the consequences of ceding to us the 
 sovereignty of the country. Before the colonists 
 came into actual collision with them, the prestige 
 of British power stood high and they were disposed 
 to regard the Government with respect ; but from 
 the want of firmness displayed on the occasion of 
 the conflict at the Wairau, they soon conceived a 
 low estimate of the warlike prowess of the 
 British: and in their first conflict with regular 
 
 troops they were unfortunately victorious. From 
 time immemorial land had been the principal 
 cause of quarrel amongst them ; and -with their 
 independent spirit and sensitive jealousy as to 
 their territorial rights they soon began to regard 
 with mistrust the introduction of British rule. 
 Their territorial claims were not confined to the 
 land they had brought into actual cultivation but 
 they claimed and exercised ownership over the 
 whole surface of the country, and there is no part 
 of it however lonely of which they did not know 
 the owiiers. Forests in the wildest part of the 
 country had their claimants. Land apparently 
 waste was highly valued by them. Forests were 
 preserved for birds ; swamps and streams for eel- 
 weirs and fisheries. Trees, rocks and stones were 
 used to define the well-known boundaries. Land 
 was held by them either by the whole tribe or by 
 some family of it, or sometimes by an individual 
 member of a tribe. Over the uncultivated portions 
 of territory held by a tribe in common every 
 individual member had the right of fishing and 
 shooting. When any member of a tribe cultivated 
 a portion of the common waste he acquired an 
 individual right to what he had subdued by his 
 labour ; and in case of a sale he was recognised by 
 the tribe as the sole proprietor. If undisposed of 
 by sale it generally descended from father to son. 
 And even the power of disposing of land by will 
 orally expressed at the point of death was recog- 
 nised amongst them. A certain man had a male 
 child born to him ; then another male child ; and 
 then a third male child. He also had daughters. 
 At last the father of this family being at the point 
 of death the sons and daughters and all his relations 
 assembled to hear his last words and to see him 
 die. And the sons said to their father : " Let thy 
 mouth speak O father that we may hear your will, 
 for you have not long to live." Then the old man 
 turned towards his younger brothers and spoke 
 thus: "Hereafter O my brothers be kind to my 
 children. My cultivations are for my sons. Such 
 or such a piece of land is for such or such a 
 nephew. My eel-weirs, my potato- gardens, my 
 potatoes, my pigs, my male slaves, and my female 
 are all for my sons only. My wives are for my 
 younger brother." Such was the disposition of a 
 man's property; it related only to the male chil- 
 dren. The custom as to the female children was 
 not to give them any land ; for their father bore 
 in mind that they would not abide on the land. 
 They might marry husbands belonging to another 
 tribe not at all connected with their parent's family ; 
 therefore no portion of land was given to them. 
 Not so the male children ; they stand fast always 
 on the land. Such was the account given by 
 an intelligent New- Zealander of the custom 
 amongst them as to the disposal of landed 
 property. The natives who w r ere parties to the 
 treaty of Waitangi were by no means aware of the 
 important consequences to themselves of ceding 
 Sovereign authority to a foreign power ; but the 
 practical effect of the proceeding soon began to be
 
 3S8 
 
 UYCLOP.EDU OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I New 
 
 experienced by them. As early as the year 1843 
 an attempt was made by a party of settlers in the 
 south to gain forcible possession of their land. 
 For some time previously immigrants had been 
 rapidly flocking into the country ; and seeing their 
 independence threatened, and fearing that when 
 the European population became sufficiently 
 powerful the attempt would be made to ignore 
 their title to the soil, some of the Northern tribes 
 only arrayed themselves against the Queen's 
 authority. The New Zealanders were in the 
 zenith of their power — independent of all other 
 nations — the uncontrolled masters of the country 
 — and looked up to and conciliated by the strangers 
 whom they had permitted to reside amongst them. 
 Early in 1840 Captain Hobson arrived in the 
 character of British Consul, commissioned to treat 
 with the chiefs for the cession to Her Majesty of 
 the sovereignty over the whole or any part of the 
 country which they might be willing to place 
 under the dominion of the British Crown. The 
 treaty of Waitangi which formed the basis of his 
 negotiations, provided that the chiefs should still 
 continue to exercise their " chieftainship" with 
 its incidents ; the chiefs on their part giving to 
 the Crown the exclusive right of pre-emption over 
 such lands as they might be disposed to alienate. 
 The terms made use of in the native language were 
 such as would clearly convey to the natives 
 who signed the treaty, the idea that their chieftain- 
 ship with whatever might be incident to it was to 
 remain unaltered ; but the terms did not and could 
 not convey to them a distinct understanding of 
 what was understood and intended to be under- 
 stood by the language made use of to cede to the 
 Crown of England the sovereignty over the 
 country ; there being no word in the native 
 language by which that term could be clearly 
 expressed. Thus they had but a very imperfect 
 knowledge of the force and effect of the terms of 
 the agreement ; and throughout the whole of the 
 negotiations it was held out to them by the agents 
 of the Crown that their cession of the sovereignty 
 would at all events be productive of signal and 
 substantial advantages to themselves : indeed, the 
 only clear idea which they formed of the con- 
 sequences of ceding the sovereignty over the 
 country was, that they should be the immediate 
 gainers. Those who became parties to the treaty 
 looked forward with eager expectation for the 
 promised fruits ; but they were doomed to speedy 
 disappointment. Instead of receiving immediate 
 advantage from the change, the natives— especially 
 those of the northern district who were the first and 
 principal parties to the treaty— found their con- 
 dition suddenly and in almost every respect altered 
 for the worse. For no sooner were the negotiations 
 concluded and the Queen's Sovereignty proclaimed 
 in the north, than Hobson having now assumed 
 the office of Lieutenant-Governor removed his 
 head-quarters from the Bay of Islands and fixed 
 the it of Government at Auckland. This pro- 
 ceeding had the effect of withdrawing a large 
 
 portion of the European population from the 
 northern district ; and the immediate consequence 
 was the very reverse of that expected by the 
 natives in the north in becoming parties to the 
 treaty. The influx of immigrants to the Bay of 
 Islands immediately ceased ; the greater part of 
 those who had originally settled there, while N.Z. 
 was acknowledged as an independent State, followed 
 the Lieutenant-Governor to the newly-chosen site 
 of the capital. The trade with the natives at the 
 Bay gradually decreased; many of the whalers 
 which had frequented the harbour ceased to do so, 
 now that law and authority was established there 
 and customs regulations brought into force. The 
 free intercourse with the shipping, which the 
 natives had enjoyed while in their state of 
 independence, was restrained by custom-house 
 regulations ; the prices of their favourite articles 
 of consumption were increased by the duties levied 
 on imported goods. The natives themselves were 
 now no longer regarded by the settlers as the all- 
 powerful chiefs of former times, but were sometimes 
 addressed with curses, foul language and abuse. 
 A large portion of their land they now saw in the 
 possession of strangers, greatly increased in value, 
 while the consideration they had received in 
 exchange for it had been long since expended. 
 And in consequence of the treaty, they found they 
 could no longer dispose of their land as heretofore 
 to the European settlers ; neither did the Crown 
 become the purchaser of a single acre in that part of 
 the country. So many unexpected results, following 
 so closely upon the establishment of British 
 authority, could scarcely fail to excite in the minds 
 of the natives serious misgivings ; and there were 
 not wanting amongst the European settlers men 
 mischievous enough, for the sake of gratifying 
 their own disappointed hopes, to endeavour to stir 
 up in the minds of the natives feelings of hatred 
 and distrust of British rule. They were told that 
 by-and-by all their lands would be seized by the 
 Government, and that they would themselves be 
 made slaves ; that N.Z. was not the first country 
 which had been taken from its native inhabitants ; 
 that in other countries, as in N.Z., Englishmen 
 had first arrived in small numbers with missionaries 
 among them, then in greater numbers, then a 
 Governor and soldiers were sent, and at last the 
 natives were hunted like wild beasts and driven 
 off their lands. Such being the circumstances 
 under which N.Z. was colonised, it is not remark- 
 able that Heki, the first to sign, should be the first 
 to break the treaty ; and that after the lapse of a 
 few years, some unruly spirits should have risen 
 into rebellion against the authority of the Crown ; 
 but it is remarkable that the natives of the north 
 did not immediately rise to a man, to throw off 
 what to them would naturally appear to be the 
 baneful dominion of a treacherous foreign sway. 
 Nor were their jealous apprehensions altogether 
 without foundation. The Company had already 
 urged the British Government to set aside the 
 Treaty of Waitangi ; and a Committee of the British
 
 New! 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 389 
 
 Parliament — ignorant probably of the territorial 
 rights of the natives, and of their power to defend 
 them ; ignorant also it maybe hoped, of the extent 
 to which the honour of the Crown and of the nation 
 had been pledged to them that their rights should 
 be recognised and respected — agreed to a resolu- 
 tion that " means ought to be forthwith adopted 
 for establishing the exclusive title of the Crown to 
 land not actually occupied and enjoyed by the 
 natives ; " overlooking the fact that in undertaking 
 the colonisation of the country the Government 
 expressly disclaimed all intention to acquire any 
 right to the soil in acquiring the sovereignty, and 
 especially instructed Hobson "to obtain by fair 
 and equal contracts with the natives such waste 
 lands as may be progressively required for the 
 occupation of settlers resorting to N.Z." But 
 almost at the moment the Committee were urging 
 the propriety of the measure, the natives were 
 demonstrating its impracticability. When the two 
 races first came into collision the settlers were the 
 aggressors ; but the natives, emboldened by their 
 success at the Wairau, and utterly disabused of the 
 opinion they had previously entertained of the 
 prowess of the British, now boldly ventured to try 
 their strength in the open field against disciplined 
 English troops. And as if to give a decisive illus- 
 tration of the practical unsoundness of the theory, 
 that the uncivilised inhabitants of any country 
 have but a qualified dominion or a right of 
 occupancy only ; and as if practically to establish 
 the opposite axiom, that the civilised inhabitants 
 of a country can have but a qualified dominion 
 over any other country, or a right of occupancy 
 over so much of it only as they can take and keep 
 by force of arms, the oldest settlement in the 
 country, under the protection of a sloop of war and 
 a small detachment of troops, was openly attacked. 
 Despite the efforts of the soldiers, seamen, and 
 armed settlers, the royal flag-staff was cut down — 
 the military blockhouse was taken — the soldiers, 
 seamen, and the whole population of the settlement 
 abandoned it and took refuge on board ship ; the 
 habitations of the people, with scarcely an excep- 
 tion, were sacked, plundered, and destroyed ; and, 
 to increase the humiliation, the whole of this pain- 
 ful and disastrous scene was enacted within range 
 of the silent guns, and in the unmoved presence of a 
 foreign ship of war. The destruction of Kororarika, 
 and the threat of Heki to march his victorious 
 forces to the south, spread alarm throughout the 
 country. The northern district of the colony was 
 declared by proclamation to be subject to martial 
 law; and as soon as the troops were reinforced 
 a series of military operations was undertaken, but 
 with little effect in restoring the prestige of the 
 British power: instead of being put down, the 
 disaffection spread from north to south. Hardly 
 had the troops taken the field when they were three 
 times attacked by the insurgents ; and though they 
 always gallantly repulsed them at the point of the 
 bayonet, the officer in command had to report 
 that the attempt made by the troops to carry 
 
 Heki's fortified pah had failed ; that they had been 
 repidsed with heavy loss; and that one-third of 
 the men actually engaged had fallen in the attack. 
 And when he again took the field with a force 
 of more than 1000 men (soldiers, seamen, and 
 marines,) together with an auxiliary body of 
 several hundred native allies, he with difficulty 
 gained possession of the fortified pah at lluapeka- 
 peka, occupied by less than half the number of 
 the attacking force. In the south, too, the settlers 
 were driven from the valley of the Hutt ; in the 
 town of Wellington the colonists were in arms for 
 weeks together, keeping watch and ward in daily 
 expectation of attack; at Whanganui, the out- 
 settlers were driven in, houses in the settlement 
 itself and within gunshot of a strongly fortified 
 military post were plundered and destroyed ; and 
 the Queen's troops during a period of several weeks 
 could only show themselves outside of their own 
 stockade at the hazard of being shot. The loss 
 sustained by the natives during the insurrectionary 
 struggle was never correctly ascertained, but there 
 is reason to believe that it was less considerable 
 than that of the British. In their various encoun- 
 ters with the insurgents, the loss of the troops 
 between March 1845 and July 1847 was 65 killed 
 and 165 wounded. During the same period martial 
 law was six times proclaimed ; of the five natives 
 executed under its authority, four were the mur- 
 derers of an unoffending woman and her children : 
 one was condemned to execution as a rebel ; and 
 the few who were transported under the authority 
 of martial law were soon afterwards sent back from 
 V.D.L. and shortly set at liberty. A more 
 unprovoked and cold-blooded murder than that 
 for which the four natives suffered death was 
 never committed in a civilised country ; and as 
 their guilt was clearly proved and afterwards con- 
 fessed, there could be no hesitation as to what 
 should be their fate, and they promptly met with 
 the punishment they deserved. But on another 
 occasion when some natives had been taken and 
 tried as rebels by court-martial, the military 
 authorities found themselves in an embarrassing 
 position. An example had already been made, 
 and a native had been put to death under martial 
 law for rebellion against the Queen's authority ; 
 and considering the circumstances under which 
 the sovereignty had been acquired, and that the 
 natives for the most part had not undertaken any 
 special allegiance to the Crown, the court were 
 naturally unwilling to condemn them to an igno- 
 minious death; so not knowing that the punish- 
 ment could not be carried into effect they sentenced 
 them to transportation, and they were accordingly 
 sent out of the country: but the authorities in 
 V.D.L. having no legal warrant to receive or 
 detain them they were soon afterwards returned to 
 N.Z. and restored to their friends. In this par- 
 ticular instance it is not improbable that several 
 lives were saved in consequence of the ignorance 
 of the military tribunal of the nature and extent 
 of their powers : but it is to be regretted that no
 
 390 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OK AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 work of authority was ever published, showing the 
 circumstances under which it is held justifiable to 
 bring martial law into operation ; by whom it may 
 be proclaimed ; how it is to be administered ; and 
 what are the powers and jurisdiction of those 
 who carry it into effect. For some time after the 
 British authority had been proclaimed, the difficulty 
 of carrying it into practical effect was not fully 
 comprehended even by the Colonists themselves ; 
 and the anomalous position of the Local Govern- 
 ment at that time has hardly been fully understood. 
 With an inadequate military force and an empty 
 treasury; surrounded by powerful native tribes 
 suddenly conscious of their strength and respon- 
 sible for the safety of several distant and isolated 
 settlements ; the local authorities were for some 
 time left unaided, to contend as best they might 
 with the difficulties of their perilous position. 
 Governor FitzRoy, than whom no man has ever 
 come to N.Z. with a more ardent desire to benefit 
 its native people, was hastily condemned and 
 suddenly re-called ; but as the difficulties he had 
 to contend with have become known, Governor 
 FitzRoy's proceedings have been more justly 
 appreciated. Whether the proceedings taken by 
 the Government for establishing British authority 
 in N.Z. were the most judicious that could have 
 been adopted is a point on which opinions may 
 differ. It may even be good international law, 
 according to the law of the strongest, and as main- 
 tained by the Parliamentary Committee, "that the 
 uncivilised inhabitants of any country have but a 
 qualified dominion or a right of occupancy only." 
 But seeing that whether wisely or not the acknow- 
 ledgment of their right to the soil of the country 
 had been repeatedly made to its native inhabitants ; 
 that the honour of the Crown and of the nation 
 had repeatedly been pledged to them by the 
 Queen's representative by the officers of the New 
 Zealand Government, and by various missionaries 
 and ministers of religion, that Great Britain would 
 not and did not intend to acquire territorial rights 
 by the acquisition of the sovereignty ; seeing too 
 that it was on the faith of these solemn assurances 
 alone that the New Zealanders were induced 
 to cede to Great Britain the sovereignty over their 
 country, it is difficult to understand on what prin- 
 ciple it was suggested that England should after- 
 wards set up a claim on the part of the Crown to 
 the whole of the unoccupied soil of the country. 
 The attempted encroachments of the Company and 
 the suggestions of the Parliamentary Committee 
 no doubt tended to awaken the jealousy of the 
 natives ; yet so far as f he local authorities were 
 concerned, no occasion was ever given to them to 
 lead them to doubt that their territorial rights, as 
 guaranteed by the treaty of Waitangi, would be 
 faithfully respected. Formidable as it was the 
 disaffection was by no means general ; seeing how- 
 ever that an insignificant minority of the native 
 population kept the country for upwards of two 
 years in a constant state of disturbance — putting a 
 stop to emigration, driving the settlers from their 
 
 homesteads and affording inadequate, harassing 
 and unprofitable occupation to Her Majesty's 
 troops — it is not easy to exaggerate the catastrophe 
 which would have followed any attempt on the 
 part of those in authority to violate the treaty and 
 rob them of their lands. Happily the errors of 
 the Parliamentary Committee were neither shared 
 in nor acted upon by the Minister of the Crown. 
 Lord Stanley simply forwarded to the Govern- 
 ment of N.Z. a copy of their proceedings, 
 accompanied by an expression of his appre- 
 hension that their views thus publicly put 
 forward, might add to the difficulties of the 
 Governor's already embarrassing position. Nor 
 was the apprehension without foundation, for a 
 copy of the Parliamentary report reached N.Z. at 
 the moment when the insurrection first broke out 
 in the northern part of the colony; and the recom- 
 mendation contained in it was communicated to 
 the natives, already ripe for mischief, with an 
 effect that may be readily imagined. If the 
 attempt had been made to carry into effect the 
 recommendation of the Parliamentary Committee 
 of 1844, it would hardly have been recorded in 
 1853 that "actively engaged as are its inhabitants 
 in productive industry — raising already a large 
 excess of food, with a ready market close at hand 
 for all their surplus produce — with no rivalry 
 between the races but the pursuit of peaceful 
 industry — with an improving revenue and rapidly 
 increasing trade, it may be doubted whether any 
 portion of Her Majesty's subjects enjoy in more 
 abundant measure the blessings of peace and 
 plenty, or have before them a more certain 
 prospect of a prosperous career." Fortunately no 
 attempt has ever been made to establish without 
 purchase the title of the Crown to the waste lands 
 of N.Z. Cognisant of the extent to which the 
 credit of the nation had been pledged to the 
 natives, and not unmindful of the respect due to 
 the obligations contracted by the Crown of 
 England, the local Government have uniformly 
 acted on the instructions originally addressed to 
 its first Governor, and have always been able to 
 obtain on reasonable terms, by fair and equal 
 contract with the natives, such waste lands as 
 have been required for the occupation of the 
 settlers resorting to the country. And the 
 Sovereign and Her Majesty's representatives in 
 N.Z. have continued to enjoy the respect and 
 confidence of the native race. 
 
 X. The Rebellion of Iloni Held. — The interreg- 
 num of Mr. Shortland, the Colonial Secretary, 
 who administered the government for a year and 
 a-half after Captain Hobson's death, was no bed 
 of roses ; and in the midst of it (June 1843) 
 occurred the Massacre of the Wairau. The pas- 
 sions of the two races, roused by this frightful 
 event and by the measures which occasioned it, 
 had lost little of their exasperation when Captain 
 FitzRoy in the latter end of 1843 assumed the 
 reins of government. The disaffected natives, 
 indeed, had evidently gained encouragement for
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOP.V.TtTA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 391 
 
 further outbreak from the easy victory of their 
 brethren over an equal number of armed white men. 
 The celebrated Honi Held had about this time com- 
 menced his crusade against the British flag, which 
 certain foreigners, hostile to English supremacy, 
 and certain English scoundrels adverse to the 
 establishment of law and order, persuaded him to 
 consider as the symbol of the slavery and degra- 
 dation of his countrymen. Governor FitzRoy had 
 stepped into a hornet's nest. No attempt at 
 creating fortified posts had been made, such as 
 with any nation but Englishmen would have been 
 the first care after gaining possession of an acre 
 of land amongst a people of such doubtful friend- 
 ship. The Governor had no power to draw on the 
 Home treasury. There was an empty exchequer 
 in the colony, with unpaid public servants, and a 
 standing army of some 150 soldiers. This poverty 
 in money, troops, and other resources requisite for 
 vigorous retaliatory measures, compelled him to 
 temporise with the rebels when wholesome correc- 
 tion was most necessary. In March 1845 a season- 
 able reinforcement, consisting of 250 soldiers, 
 arrived at Auckland ; and, pressed on all hands 
 by bellicose advisers, the Governor was induced to 
 send against Heki a force which, utterly destitute 
 of equipment for the siege of a strong stockade, 
 was unsuccessful. The following month a second 
 expedition, with augmented numbers, and a poor 
 supply of munitions of war, once more beleagured 
 the rebel chief. Attack by assault failed ; but, 
 after a short blockade, the garrison evacuated the 
 pah, which was entered and destroyed, — an advan- 
 tage gained at a sadly disproportionate expense of 
 life on the British side. Heki, severely wounded, 
 was quieted for a time, and his adherents dispersed. 
 His fierce old ally, Kawiti, retired to a distant 
 post, where he occupied himself in fortifying 
 the most formidable pah ever erected in N.Z. 
 The Governor's anxious and unremitting efforts, 
 with insufficient means to control and amalgamate 
 the discordant elements with which he found him- 
 self surrounded, were but partially successful ; and 
 certain of the measures which he was impelled by 
 dire necessity to adopt meetingwith the disapproval 
 of the Home Government, he was recalled ; and 
 in November 1845 was succeeded by Captain Grey, 
 late of the 83rd Regiment. Happier had it been 
 perhaps for FitzRoys comfort if, preferring ease 
 to an honourable but " a laborious, responsible and 
 ill-remunerated office in a very distant colony," he 
 had declined the post, with its adjuncts of a few 
 hundreds a-year salary, an empty Home treasury, 
 and a company of infantry to enforce the law 
 amongst a mixed and hitherto lawless white popu- 
 lation, and 30,000 or 40,000 proud, suspicious, 
 sanguinary, and well-armed natives. Colonel 
 Mundy's spirited narrative of these first Maori 
 wars is mainly followed in the ensuing narrative : — 
 An apt instrument in the hands of the enemies of 
 order and the British Government was found in 
 Honi Heki. This turbulent warrior was not a 
 chief by descent, and had never been liked or 
 
 much respected by the majority of the real chiefs. 
 He lived as a boy in the capacity of servant at the 
 Church of England missionary station at Pahia. 
 Accompanying Marsden to N.S.W. and residing in 
 his service at Parramatta, he was continually found 
 absent from his duties and was as constantly dis- 
 covered in the barrack-yard looking on at the drill. 
 His missionary education so far profited him that 
 he had read as well as heard of battles, and had 
 longed " to follow to the field some warlike lord," 
 — but to be himself that lord. The exterminator 
 E'Hongi gave him his first lessons in war and his 
 daughter in marriage. At length his longings took 
 the peculiar form of cutting down the British flag- 
 staff which designing persons had taught him to 
 regard as the symbol of Maori subjugation and 
 slavery. This desire seems to have amounted to 
 a kind of monomania. Heki commenced opera- 
 tions by depredations on the white settlers — 
 carrying off horses, cattle, boats, &c. ; and in July 
 1844, on a trivial plea of having been insulted by 
 a native woman married to an Englishman of 
 Kororarika, he made his appearance at that settle- 
 ment with a strong armed party of wild young 
 men, who remained there for two days bullying 
 and plundering the men and brutally insulting the 
 women. After. performing prayers with arms in 
 their hands, they proceeded in a body to the signal- 
 hill and cut down the flag-staff with great ceremony. 
 The police magistrate on this occasion dissuaded 
 the male inhabitants from armed resistance to this 
 savage inroad, although there were it is said a 
 hundred men ready and willing to turn out under 
 his orders. It was evidently Heki's main object 
 to excite the whites to hostilities, in order to afford 
 him and his associates some show of pretext for 
 the commission of every horror whereof a savage 
 is capable. This first crusade against the standard 
 of England by Heki was in fact a deliberate 
 declaration of war; for it was undertaken by 
 previous and open arrangement, and in spite 
 1 4' the remonstrances of the missionaries, the 
 Protector of Aborigines, and the Police Magistrate. 
 " Is Te Rauperaha to have all the honour of killing 
 the Pakihas?" exclaimed the pseudo-Christian 
 chief, adverting to the massacre of the Wairau 
 which occurred some ten months before— a toler- 
 ably plain avowal of his intentions and furnishing 
 a motive for the evidently premeditated insults 
 inflicted on the settlers of Kororarika. The flag- 
 staff of Russell, on which the Government chose 
 to hoist the red cross of England, was situated on 
 the top of a high and rugged hill surrounded by 
 tangled ravines half a-mile from the town ; and 
 was in fact so placed as a signal-mast for tele- 
 graphing shipping outside the bay. The proper 
 place for the standard would have been within the 
 town stockade ; and on the first occupation of a 
 country where welcome was so doubtful and 
 partial obstruction absolutely certain, no settle- 
 ment ought to have been left without such a place 
 of refuge for the inhabitants in case of need, and 
 where a few soldiers might have defied any Maori
 
 392 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I New 
 
 attempt. A few such temporary strongholds with 
 some vigilant ships of war would have given a 
 sense of security which was in fact far from being 
 enjoyed at this time by the European settlers. At 
 the time of the first fall of the flag at Kororarika 
 the military force at Auckland, the new seat of 
 Government, amounted to about 180 soldiers of 
 all ranks belonging to the 80th and 96th regiments. 
 Governor FitzRoy on hearing of Heki's outrages 
 immediately detached a small party — one officer 
 and thirty men — to the scene of riot, and wrote a 
 pressing requisition for a strong reinforcement to 
 the Governor of N.S.W., who so promptly acted 
 on it that on the 14th of the following month a 
 detachment of 150 men of the 99th regiment, 
 with two light guns, field equipage, stores and 
 provisions, were disembarked at Kororarika 
 and encamped there. The Governor himself soon 
 afterwards arrived at the Bay of Islands in Her 
 Majesty's ship Hazard and instantly caused to 
 be put on board this ship and some other 
 vessels a party of 210 soldiers, with which force, 
 together with a body of armed seamen, he pro- 
 posed to follow Heki into his fastnesses on the 
 opposite shore of the bay and to punish him for 
 his misdeeds. The expedition accordingly arrived 
 off the Kiri-Kiri River, where" the Governor 
 received a message from a number of chiefs, many 
 of them being of Heki's tribe, praying that the 
 troops might not be landed in their district, and 
 offering to make atonement, and to be responsible 
 for the future good behaviour of the rebel. The 
 force therefore returned to Kororarika, and the 
 reinforcement from N.S.W. was in the following 
 September sent back to Sydney pursuant to the 
 desire of Governor Gipps. This sudden demon- 
 stration of force, its encampment at Kororarika, 
 and its rapid descent on the enemy's coast, had 
 a good effect upon the wiser and less warlike native 
 leaders, whose consequent mediation between the 
 Governor and Heki prevented a collision which, 
 considering the weakness of the English force, and 
 the determined character of the natives— not then 
 fully appreciated,— with the strong and difficult 
 country through which the invasion was to be carried 
 might have proved disastrous for the British. 
 Prior to sending back the troops to N.S.W. the 
 Governor called a convocation of the neighbouring 
 chiefs, and met them at Waimate, the church mis- 
 sionary settlement in the bay. The conference 
 between the Governor and his officials, civil and 
 military, the missionary clergy, the Maori leaders 
 and their adherents, must have been a singular 
 and interesting spectacle. His Excellency addressed 
 the assembly in a speech full of indignation. He 
 reminded them of the benefits wrought among 
 them by the missionaries, and explained to them 
 that the Queen of England assumed the govern- 
 ment of their islands for their own good, and to 
 protect them from aggression by other nations ; 
 that the flag was thfe sacred symbol of that protec- 
 tinn. He laboured, in short, to prove that, in 
 cutting down the Sag-Staff they were felling the 
 
 tree of liberty rather than the emblem of slavery, 
 as it suited Heki's plans to consider it. His Excel- 
 lency closed his speech by a demand for a number 
 of fire-arms to be given up by the assembled natives 
 as an atonement of Heki's misconduct. Thereupon 
 several chiefs sprung up, and, bringing about 
 twenty guns, laid them at the Governor's feet. 
 These he accepted in acknowledgment of Honi's 
 errors, and immediately restored them to the 
 Maoris. In return, His Excellency had to listen, 
 through his interpreter, to some very long speeches 
 (not devoid of wild eloquence and even of good 
 feeling,) from the native chiefs, among whom the 
 passion for oratory is very strong. No fewer than 
 twenty-four men of note got upon their legs 
 on this occasion. Moses Tawhai, a brave warrior, 
 and staunch ally of the British afterwards, said — 
 " Welcome Governor ! your kindness is great. 
 My heart has been roasted and cooked on 
 account of this circumstance of Heki's. Don't 
 imagine that evil will entirely cease. It will 
 not. You must expect more troubles from us ; but 
 when they come settle them in this way and not 
 with guns and soldiers. Governor, I give you my 
 first welcome fully acknowledging you as Governor 
 of this country." Hihiatoto then sprang up and 
 said, " I am the man who cut the staff down. Do 
 not look after that man, Heki. Take me as pay- 
 ment. Who is Heki % — who is Heki ? Take me !" 
 The self-sacrifice does not appear to have been 
 accepted. Before leaving Waimate His Excellency 
 received the following characteristic letter from 
 Heki : — " Friend Governor, — This is my speech to 
 you. My disobedience and my rudeness is no new 
 thing. I inherit it from my parents, from my 
 ancestors. Do not imagine that it is a new feature 
 in my character. But I am thinking of leaving off 
 my rude conduct towards the Europeans. Now I 
 say that I will prepare a new pole inland at 
 Waimate, and I will erect it in its proper place 
 at Kororarika in order to put an end to our present 
 quarrel. Let your soldiers remain beyond sea and 
 at Auckland. Do not send them here. The pole 
 that was cut down belonged to me. I made it for 
 the Maori flag and it was never paid for by the 
 English. — From your friend, (signed) Honi Heki 
 Pokai." The hollow truce effected by this confer- 
 ence was of short duration. Enemies of England 
 and order were active in perverting the minds of 
 the Maoris by every means— among which the 
 practice of translating according to their views and 
 garbling passages from the local and English 
 newspapers was very effective. In January 1845 
 accordingly, Hicky (as the soldiers called him) 
 made another gathering of the wild young men at 
 his beck for any deed of mischief, and paid a 
 noctural visit to the old object of his antipathy 
 the flag-staff which had been duly re-erected 
 and was guarded by friendly natives. These 
 recreant guardians being connected with Honi's 
 tribe, and unwilling as they afterwards said to 
 shed blood for a bit of wood, made but a faint 
 resistance. The axe was once more laid to the
 
 New] 
 
 nTLOP.FJttA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 393 
 
 root of the staff; the red cross kissed the dust; 
 and the rebel chief sent his compliments to the 
 resident magistrate to say that he would return 
 in a couple of months or so to burn the Govern- 
 ment buildings and eject the Government officers 
 from the settlement. The Governor, now con- 
 vinced that the disaffected party had gained 
 strength and were bent on coming into actual 
 collision with the authorities, again applied to 
 N.S.W. for an accession of force. Owing to the 
 difficulty of obtaining tonnage for its transport, 
 and stress of weather, the force did not leave 
 Sydney until 11th March, the very day on which 
 the third visitation of Heki to the doomed settle- 
 ment of Kororarika occurred, when it was 
 effectually surprised, taken, sacked and burnt ! 
 In the previous month H.M.S. Hazard had con- 
 veyed to that place from Auckland a detachment 
 of fifty men of the 96th Regiment with two 
 subaltern officers' — all that could be spared from 
 the weak garrison of the capital ; and they carried 
 with them the materials for a musket-proof block- 
 house to protect the already twice dishonoured 
 flagstaff. "The settlers," relates Captain FitzRoy, 
 "were armed and drilled, although very reluctantly 
 on their part. A strong stockade was erected as a 
 place of safety for the women and children, and 
 some light guns were mounted. No anxiety as to 
 the result of any attack was entertained, but on 
 the contrary, there was rather over-confidence and 
 far too low an opinion of the native enterprise and 
 valour." During the first days of March armed 
 parties of natives collected in the neighbourhood 
 of Russell carrying off horses and destroying 
 property. An armed boat followed the plunderers 
 and was fired upon by them. This was the first 
 shot of the war. It was returned from the boat 
 carronade. Another foray was attempted close to 
 the village, but was prevented by a few shots from 
 a party from the Hazard. These preliminaries 
 prepared the English, or ought to have prepared 
 them, for further troubles ; but no one expected, 
 no Englishman had a right to expect, the disas- 
 trous and disgraceful results of 11th March 1845. 
 On the night of 10th March, Heki and his veteran 
 associate in arms, Kawiti, with a force variously 
 computed at from 1200 to 500 men (the former 
 chief afterwards declared that not more than 200 
 were in the attack, although 1000 joined in the 
 sacking,) landed their respective parties in the 
 two coves of Onoroa and Matavia. The former 
 disposed his men in close ambush among the ferny 
 ravines in rear of the Signal Hill ; and so favour- 
 able is the ground for such an operation that the 
 chief and his foremost men lay undiscovered and 
 unsuspected within a few yards of the block-house, 
 biding their time with all the patience and motion- 
 less silence of the savage. So well matured were 
 their plans to make the surprise complete, that 
 they were not tempted to deviate from them by 
 killing or capturing the junior of the two officers, 
 who late that night passed close to one of their 
 bands little thinking of the fierce eyes that were 
 
 glaring on him through the underwood skirting his 
 path. Kawiti placed his followers in concealment 
 close to the opposite flank of the settlement. 
 Although Heki in accordance with Maori custom 
 had given the authorities of Kororarika a bluster- 
 ing promise of attack, and various preparations to 
 meet it had been made on the night in question, 
 no person, civil, naval or military, dreamed of the 
 cordon of lurking savages by which they were 
 compassed round. Instead of lynx-eyed vigilance, 
 careless carousing was the order of the day in 
 many of the houses of the town. The soldiers 
 were perfectly on the alert— the little detachment 
 disposed in the upper block-house and the barrack 
 sleeping with their loaded arms by their sides, and 
 an armed body of seamen and marines under 
 the command of the acting commander of the 
 Hazard being stationed on shore for the night. 
 The lower block-house was occupied by some 
 twenty of the towns-folk, with three small guns 
 mounted on a platform in front of it. The weather 
 favoured the assailants, for the morning of 11th 
 March broke in clouds and haze. At the first 
 gleam of day the young ensign in charge of the 
 block-house started with a few men, with more 
 zeal than prudence, to finish a breast-work on a 
 height looking into Onoroa Bay, where a picquet 
 had been posted during the day at a distance and 
 separated by rugged ground from his post. This 
 working party carried with them their entrenching 
 tools and arms. Fifteen men were left under a 
 corporal in the signal block-house. The lieutenant 
 in command had repaired to the barrack to turn 
 out his detachment, and the commander of the 
 Hazard had proceeded with an armed party to 
 complete a little field work for a gun on the spur of 
 a hill commanding the road to Matavia Bay. 
 The ensign had just broken ground when several 
 shots from the side of Matavia attracted his notice, 
 and he immediately fell back towards the block- 
 house. Instead of re-entering it he remained on 
 a brow of the declivity overlooking the town about 
 200 yards distant from the flagstaff. The same 
 shots which had drawn the attention of the officer 
 towards Matavia Bay, shots probably agreed upon 
 as a signal of readiness for co-operation from 
 Kawiti to Heki, attracted also the notice of the 
 men at the upper or flagstaff block-house. Under 
 the impression that his officer had been attacked, 
 the corporal got his men under arms, and with as 
 little forethought as his superior had shown, 
 advanced towards the brow of the hill, leaving only 
 three or four men at the post. But finding that 
 the firing was from the further side of the town, 
 he was in the act of returning to his little fortress 
 when suddenly and as if from the bowels of the 
 earth a strong body of well-armed Maoris sprung 
 with loud yells out of the gullys on its flanks and 
 rear, one party of them rushing into the block- 
 house and instantly destroying its few defenders, 
 another opening on the soldiers a heavy fire which 
 as the corporal reported "repelled them back." 
 Firing and retiring, he retreated on the officer's 
 
 b3
 
 394 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 party, who re-forming the whole of his men 
 attempted to retake the lost block-house. In this 
 he was frustrated by the fire of a cloud of native 
 sharpshooters spread unseen among the brushwood, 
 as well as from the captors of the post, when find- 
 ing that these were striving to throw a force 
 between him and the lower block-house, his only 
 rallying point, he retreated on and took possession 
 and command of it. And lucky it was he did so, 
 for there were only a few civilians within it, and it 
 was Heki himself with a chosen body that was 
 about to attempt to take it by a rush. Indeed he 
 made more than one effort to do so after it was 
 thus reinforced. Meanwhile the Lieutenant of the 
 96th and the Naval Commander had barely reached 
 their posts when the latter was attacked by about 
 200 men, who taking advantage of the darkness, 
 their knowledge of the ground, and the cover 
 afforded by the brushwood and flax tussocks, out- 
 flanking and outnumbering the English, gradually 
 drove them, fighting hand to hand, back upon the 
 town, killing and wounding several, but suffering 
 severely themselves. Near an angle of the church- 
 yard-fence was the spot where the gallant Captain 
 Robertson cut down a stalwart chief, and received 
 five desperate wounds while dealing sturdy blows 
 right and left among the swarthy foes by whom 
 he was encompassed. Advancing at double pace 
 from the barrack across the fiat to the succour of 
 the marine force, Lieutenant Barclay with his 
 detachment was so briskly attacked from the front 
 and from his left flank as to bring him to a check, 
 and finally to compel him to retire, with the 
 naval party, whose ammunition had failed them, 
 through the town and along the beach to the 
 stockaded house, where he left a few men, and 
 thence to the lower block -house into which he 
 threw his people just as its beleaguers, becom- 
 ing more audacious, had pressed close up to 
 its walls. Indeed the junior officer had to call 
 out from the top of the work to his friends on 
 the gun-platform below, that some of the savages 
 had crawled through the brushwood to within 
 fifteen paces of the guns. Meanwhile a consider- 
 able reinforcement of Maoris came pouring over 
 the hills, a large party rushing down a gully 
 seized the barracks of which, always indefensible 
 and now deserted, they took possession. A gun 
 on the platform opened on the barrack to dislodge 
 them, while the two others blazed away among the 
 thickets in front filled with skirmishing natives ; 
 and their missiles were distributed so indiscrimi- 
 nately as to endanger friend and foe equally. The 
 gallant Philpotts, an officer of the Hazard, who 
 fell afterwards at Ohaiowai, proposed to " rush 
 the hills " if supported by the soldiers and drive 
 off these daring savages ; and although this 
 measure was not acceded to by the lieutenant 
 in command a few soldiers and sailors dashed out 
 without orders, and cleared the front of the block- 
 house. An attempt to retake the upper block-house 
 was also proposed by a civilian, but his proposal 
 was not seconded. Nor could it possibly have 
 
 succeeded, the fern being filled with outlying 
 savages close upon the work and ready to cross 
 their fire with their friends within it. It was now 
 mid-day. The women and children had been 
 removed from the crowded rooms and cellars of 
 the stockade to the shipping ; and this fortunate 
 migration had barely been completed when, to put 
 a climax to the confusion, the magazine within 
 this building exploded, wounding several persons 
 and entirely destroying the place, the last refuge 
 of the non-combatants. In consequence of this 
 mishap, whereby the greater part of the spare 
 ammunition was lost, a council of war was held 
 on board the Hazard, and the resolution to 
 evacuate and abandon at sundown the settle- 
 ment of Kororarika was passed and adopted. 
 Accordingly during a truce which had been 
 demanded by the chiefs to carry off their 
 killed and wounded, the military and civilians 
 were embarked on board H.M.S. Hazard, the 
 United States corvette St. Lovis (which was 
 present during the conflict but remained neutral) 
 the whale-ship Matilda, and the Dolphin schooner. 
 The party of military in the block-house were the 
 last to embark. During the embarkation the 
 natives surrounded the heights commanding the 
 town but without making any movement. A 
 random shot was occasionally fired by them. 
 During the evening a few of the townspeople who 
 were most popular with the natives were employed 
 in bringing off portions of their property. Aston- 
 ished at their own success the Maoris performed 
 the usual rites over the dead, danced war-dances, 
 indulged in long-winded koriros (or boasting 
 speeches) over their pipes, and then came down 
 from the hills in a body, and plundered the stores 
 and dwelling-houses ceded to them. On the after- 
 noon of the following day they burnt the town to 
 the ground ; " and a settlement of very early days, 
 but of great iniquity," reported Colonel Hulme, 
 " is now a mass of ruins." The 96th's loss was 
 four men killed and five wounded. The Hazard 
 lost six men killed and eight wounded ; and 
 Captain Robertson's hurts were so severe that his 
 life was for some time despaired of. The signal 
 man, Tupper, was severely wounded while gallantly 
 fighting for his flag ; and two old discharged 
 soldiers distinguished themselves in working the 
 guns. The loss of the natives was put down at 
 about eighty killed and wounded, but they acknow- 
 ledged to no such amount. It is a matter of surprise 
 that the casualties were not more numerous, con- 
 sidering that the affair lasted some eight hours, 
 and that a vast quantity of ammunition on both 
 sides was fired away. The officers lost the greater 
 part of their baggage and about £40 of public 
 money ; and the soldiers the whole of their great- 
 coats and kits, barrack-bedding and utensils. 
 Oh the 13th the shipping got under weigh from 
 the Cove on its way to Auckland, and Korora- 
 rika ceased to exist as a British settlement. Two 
 Christian Bishops (Dr. Selwyn and M. Pompalier, 
 head of the Jesuit mission) were present at this
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 395 
 
 unblessed conflict. The former, who had arrived 
 in his yacht, employed himself with the greatest 
 assiduity in assisting the wounded and helpless in 
 embarking. " Was it not a terrible scene V the 
 good prelate was asked by some one striving to 
 elicit his opinion of the affair. " It was a painful, 
 a very painful, sight !" was the grave reply. He 
 added that the plundering was conducted with 
 the utmost moderation, the savages pillaging from 
 one door of a house whilst the owners were 
 removing goods by the other. Both Bishops did 
 their duty. There were not wanting those who 
 read in the destruction of Kororarika a judgment 
 on its crimes. On the arrival of the ships in 
 Auckland great was the tumult and panic, for 
 Honi had boasted that he would attack the 
 capital next. The late inhabitants of Kororarika, 
 who had lost all their property, were loud 
 in their reproaches against the military and the 
 Government officials, making such gross impu- 
 tations against the two young officers as com- 
 pelled the Lieutenant-Colonel commanding in 
 N.Z. to convene a court-martial for the investiga- 
 tion of the charges. The Lieutenant was " most 
 fully and most honourably acquitted" by the court. 
 The Ensign was arraigned " for that he did heed- 
 lessly and carelessly guard the block-house com- 
 mitted to his charge, and evacuate the same 
 without sufficient cause and without orders from 
 his superior officer." He was found guilty, with 
 the exception of the word " evacuating," and sen- 
 tenced to be severely reprimanded. His were 
 merely the errors of inexperience. The destitute 
 refugees were so hospitably received at Auckland 
 that, as Captain FitzRoy writes, "all the most 
 necessitous were placed in comparative comfort 
 before they had been two days in the town." A 
 sentence of outlawry was passed against Heki and 
 his ally Kawiti ; and the Governor was assailed 
 by writers in the papers, burning for vengeance 
 and blind to all risk from its hasty indulgence, who 
 urged him to fit out a retributive expedition against 
 the rebel chiefs. Sorely against his own judgment 
 and expressed opinion, he therefore gave directions 
 for the ill-fated expedition under Lieut.-Colonel 
 Hulme. A rumour was rife in Auckland that 
 Heki, elated with his success, intended to attack 
 the capital with 2000 men at the next full moon. 
 Fortunately however a considerable accession of 
 force reached that station towards the end of 
 March in H.M.S. North Star, which, together 
 with a small transport, brought six officers and 
 200 men of the 58th Regiment to restore confidence 
 to the desponding colonists, many of whom were 
 leaving N.Z. for more tranquil quarters. Civil 
 warfare moreover operated pretty strenuously to 
 divert Heki's attention from his object ; for the 
 brave and loyal chief of Hokianga, Tomati Waka, 
 with his brother, raised his tribe, and true to his 
 promise at the Waimate convention attacked the 
 conqueror of Kororarika and enemy of the British 
 flag on his own territory. Finding himself how- 
 ever unable to cope with superior numbers, Waka 
 
 urged the Governor to hasten to his assistance ; 
 and accordingly his Excellency, conceiving that 
 the case admitted of no delay, despatched all the 
 force he could muster to the Bay of Islands, with 
 discretionary orders to its leaders, Lieut.-Colonel 
 Hulme and Captain Sir E. Home, to attack Heki 
 in conjunction with Waka, whenever fit occasion 
 might occur. 
 
 XL The Second Expedition against Heki. — The 
 expedition embarking at Auckland reached Korora- 
 rika on 28th April, and found the North Star in the 
 bay. The gallant captain and colonel, in order to 
 re-establish the authority of the Queen at that 
 place, landed immediately with a guard of honour, 
 and once more with every ceremony hoisted the 
 British flag. The first hostile movement was under- 
 taken against a disaffected chief named Pomare, 
 whose pah was situated a few miles up the harbour. 
 His garrison consisting of not more than sixty 
 armed men, no resistance was made by them. As 
 for the chief himself, he was outdone in craft by 
 the military commander, who getting possession of 
 his person sent him on board the North Star as a 
 prisoner — acting thus under superior orders. His 
 myrmidoms escaped into the bush. As was 
 expected, much of the property plundered from 
 Kororarika was found in the stockade, which was 
 fired by the troops and destroyed. The expedition 
 anchored off the missionary station of Pahia, 
 across the bay, where Tomati Waka and suite 
 came on board and held a conference with the 
 British commanders, urging instant action against 
 Heki, whose force he rated at 1200 men. This 
 sagacious and loyal chief indicated the best route 
 for the march, and promised to co-operate with 
 800 of his tribe. H.M.S. Hazard having mean- 
 while joined the expedition, at daylight on the 3rd 
 of May the force, consisting of the small-armed 
 seamen, the marines and the military, in all about 
 400 men, disembarked at a point about thirty miles 
 distant from Waka's pah, which they hoped to reach 
 in two days, carrying five days' biscuit and two days' 
 cooked meat. There was no means of transport 
 for spare ammunition, camp equipage, cooking 
 utensils, or the spirit ration. So dreadful was the 
 weather and the state of the roads that the colonel 
 was driven two miles out of his road to seek 
 shelter for his men in the church and missionary 
 buildings on the Kiri Kiri River, where they were 
 rain-bound for two days. Nearly the whole of the 
 extra ammunition which the men were compelled 
 to carry in their haversacks was saturated with 
 wet. On the 5th they reached Waka's pah, 
 once more well drenched, and found but 
 wretched shelter there. The following morning 
 the colonel as he reported "had a koriro 
 with Waka ; and when he found that I intended 
 to assault Heki's pah, and force an entrance 
 by pulling down the palisades, he smiled, and 
 said we were all madmen, and that every man 
 would be sacrificed in the attempt ; and to 
 impress his opinions more forcibly he declared that 
 we could not easily take his pah, which was not
 
 396 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 half so strong as Heki's." At noon the colonel 
 from the top of a hill about a mile distant recon- 
 noitred Heki's position, and became aware of its 
 great strength. White persons who had been there 
 informed him, " that it had three rows of palisades 
 all round it ; that there was a deep ditch inside ; 
 that large stones had been piled up against the 
 inner palisades ; and that traverses had been cut 
 from side to side, and deep holes dug, in which 
 the rebels would shelter themselves from our fire 
 and destroy the troops as they advanced. From 
 what I had seen and heard, I returned to camp 
 quite convinced that it was impracticable to take 
 Heki's pah without first breaching it." He had 
 no artillery, but he possessed a few rockets, the 
 effect of which he was resolved to try ; and feeling 
 " that the chances of war are many," the gallant 
 officer placed his force in position near that of the 
 enemy, formed in three parties of assault and a 
 reserve, prepared to seize an opportunity for 
 storming it should acccident offer one. On the 
 morning of the 8th May, the English force, 
 accompanied by about 300 of Waka's tribe, marched 
 from that chief's stockade towards Heki's camp — 
 the friendly natives wearing a white head-band to 
 distinguish them from the foe. The reserve halted 
 in rear of a ridge about 300 paces from the rebel 
 pah ; while the three assaulting parties — one com- 
 posed of armed seamen, another of the 58th Light 
 Company, and the third of detachments of the 
 marines and 96th Regiment — advanced and occu- 
 pied under a heavy fire the positions previously 
 arranged, within two hundred yards of the work, 
 driving some natives from a small breast-work. 
 " And now," wrote the colonel in his despatch, 
 " more closely examining Heki's pah, I was con- 
 vinced that it was impossible to take it by assault, 
 until it was first breached, without a great sacrifice 
 of life and with uncertain success, for the pah had 
 been unusually strengthened, the flax leaf having 
 been forced into the interstices of the outer 
 palisades to turn the musket balls. The rocket 
 party, under command of Lieutenant Egerton, of 
 H.M.S. North Star, took up a position, and fired 
 several rockets, but in consequence of Heki having 
 covered the roofs of the huts with flax leaf, they 
 did not set them on fire. A few of the rebels left 
 the pah on the first rockets exploding, but they 
 afterwards returned to it — the affair of Kororarika 
 having accustomed Heki and his main body to the 
 operation of shells." Meanwhile the besieged 
 were not idle, nor did they show themselves igno- 
 rant of that very effective method of protracting 
 defence — the sortie ; for a strong body under 
 Kawiti, stealing through the bush, were in the act 
 of falling upon the unprotected flank of the 
 advanced posts— when the ambush was detected 
 by the sharp and practised eye of a friendly 
 native. Warned of the impending danger these 
 parties, directing a heavy fire upon the spot, 
 made a spirited charge, driving the enemy in 
 confusion before them, and killing many at 
 close quarters — the British bayonet did its work 
 
 in its usual style when fairly brought to bear on 
 its object. Soon afterwards some signalising by 
 means of flags took place between Heki within 
 the fortress and Kawiti without. The result 
 was a combined attack by these leaders on the 
 advanced position. The reserve opened a smart 
 though distant fire, from which they recoiled ; yet 
 many of the boldest reached the entrenchment 
 previously taken and were there killed. Kawiti 
 was again repulsed by the bayonet with some loss. 
 Yet this was not the last effort of the hoary 
 warrior, who was much more liberal of his person 
 than his younger and stronger associate — a tall 
 and athletic man, while Kawiti was small and 
 decrepit — for when the advanced posts were 
 ordered to retire on the reserve and were bringing 
 off their wounded, unsupported by Heki he made 
 a third and fierce attack upon the British, which 
 was checked and finally repulsed by the skir- 
 mishers. The British loss was fourteen soldiers, 
 seamen and marines, killed ; two officers, four 
 sergeants, thirty-two soldiers, seamen and marines, 
 and one private servant, wounded. The loss of 
 the rebels could not be correctly ascertained. 
 Several chiefs were slain. Kawiti was rendered 
 childless, two of his sons being killed. Besides 
 which several near relatives, and nearly the whole 
 of his tribe that were present, fell in the skir- 
 mishes. Having collected the wounded the English 
 leader commenced a retrograde movement, and 
 reached on the evening of the 8th Waka's stockade, 
 where he was detained twenty-four hours by heavy 
 rain ; but on the 10th he fell back to the settle- 
 ment at Kiri Kiri, the effective men carrying the 
 litters with their wounded comrades, natives in 
 sufficient numbers for that purpose not being 
 procurable. In this manner half the force was 
 employed from eleven a.m. until nine at night ; 
 but all, seamen and soldiers, performed this 
 unusual duty with a cheerfulness that can never 
 be surpassed. The distance was not less than 
 eighteen miles. Rumours having reached the 
 English camp that Heki had disappeared from his 
 pah, the Colonel thought it probable that his aim 
 was to harass the line of retreat, passing as it did 
 through a hilly country covered with fern and 
 brushwood. He therefore continued his march to 
 Tarsia's river, where the Hazard lay at anchor, 
 and before night the troops were on board of that 
 ship. On the 12th they were transhipped to the 
 hired vessels and returned to Pahia, where the 
 Colonel awaited further orders from the Governor. 
 During the absence of the land expedition the 
 naval Commander amused himself by destroying 
 some half-dozen small villages on the coast 
 belonging to Heki's tribe, in breaking up their 
 war-canoes, and retrieving several boats the pro- 
 perty of Englishmen. The wounded men were 
 sent to Auckland in one of the men-of-war. 
 Thus ended the first series of operations under- 
 taken against Honi Heki in his fortress of 
 Okaehau. The unsuccessful issue of this expe- 
 dition is attributable to the want of battering
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOP.EDTA OP AI'STRALASIA. 
 
 397 
 
 artillery. The troops suffered under a multitude 
 of minor difficulties, most of them rendered 
 unavoidable by the public indigence ; among 
 which were the absence of carriages or beasts of 
 burthen, of camp equipment, and of hospital, 
 commissariat, and store departments. The weather 
 was most inclement. Moreover, by some means 
 or other, the enemy were well informed of every 
 movement and intended movement of the British. 
 A few days after the affair of Okaehau Archdeacon 
 Williams had an interview with Heki — once his 
 mission servant, now a great rebel chieftain, suc- 
 cessful in two battles in both attack and 
 defence against English disciplined forces ; and 
 the missionary proposed terms of peace to him. 
 Certain places were to be vacated by the natives 
 and ceded to the English ; horses, boats, and other 
 property belonging to Europeans to be restored ; 
 the flag-staff to be paid for, "staff for staff;" the 
 rebel leader himself to retire to Wangaroa for two 
 years ; after which, if he remained quiet, the 
 Governor would receive him. On the subject of 
 this proposal Honi addressed a letter to the 
 Governor, of which the following are characteristic 
 passages: — " May 21st 1845. Friend the Governor : 
 I have no opinion to offer in this affair, because 
 a death's door has been opened. Where is the 
 correctness of the protection offered in the Treaty ? 
 Where is the correctness of the good-will of Eng- 
 land ? Is it in her great guns '. Is it in her 
 Congreve rockets ? Is the good-will of England 
 shown in the curses of Englishmen and in their 
 adulteries .' Is it shown in their calling us slaves? 
 or is it shown in their regard for our sacred places? 
 The Europeans taunt us. They say, ' Look at Port 
 Jackson, look at China, and all the islands ; they 
 are but a precedent for this country. That flag of 
 England which takes your country is the com- 
 mencement.' After this the French, and after 
 them the Americans, told us the same. Well, I 
 assented to these speeches, and in the fifth year 
 (of these speeches) we interfered with the flag-staff 
 for the first time. We cut it down and it fell. It 
 was re-erected ; and then we said, ' All this we 
 have heard is true, because they persist in having 
 the flag-staff up. And we said, We will die for 
 our country which God has given us.' If you 
 demand our land where are we to go to ? To 
 Port Jackson I to England 1 If you will consider 
 about giving us a vessel it will be very good. 
 Many people — (here he enumerates tribes) — took 
 a part in the plunder of Kororarika. There were 
 but 200 at the fight, but there were 1000 at 
 the plundering of the town. Waka's fighting is 
 nothing at all. He is coaxing you, his friend, for 
 property, that you may say he is faithful. I shall 
 not act so. He did not consider that some of his 
 people were at the plunder of the town. It was 
 through me alone that the missionaries and other 
 Europeans were not molested. Were anything to 
 happen to me all would be confusion. The natives 
 would not consider them harmless Europeans, but 
 would kill in all directions. It is I alone who 
 
 restrain them. If you say we are to fight, I am 
 quite agreeable ; if you say you will make peace 
 with your enemy, I am equally agreeable. I now 
 say to you, leave Waka and myself to fight. We 
 are both Maoris. You turn and fight with your 
 own colour. It was Waka who called the soldiers 
 to Okaehau, and therefore they were killed ; that 
 is all. Peace must be determined by you the 
 Governor. — From me, John William Pokai 
 (Heki)." A few days after writing the above 
 letter Heki in making an attack upon the pah of 
 his old foe Waka, who nothing daunted by the 
 retreat of the British held his ground, received a 
 bad wound from a musket shot in the thigh, from 
 the effects of which he never entirely recovered, 
 and which partly caused his death in the year 
 1850. Heki was more of a diplomatist than a 
 sabreur — not possessing much personal courage. 
 His person and features were fine, with a small 
 cunning eye and a massive obstinate chin. 
 
 XII. Third Expedition against Heki. — The 
 expedition under Colonel Hulme — a most intrepid 
 and experienced soldier — although in the main 
 unsuccessful, caused the dispersion of the rebels 
 for a time at least as well as the loss of some of 
 their bravest men. But scarcely had the ships and 
 troops returned to Auckland when information was 
 received that Heki was again collecting men, and 
 was actively engaged in building a new pah which 
 would be stronger than any yet constructed in 
 N.Z. Reinforcements continued to arrive from 
 Sydney where Sir George Gipps and the Com- 
 mander of the Forces were making every exertion 
 in their power to assist the local government of 
 N.Z. It was of the utmost importance to prevent 
 the rebels from making head, and collecting the 
 disaffected from other parts of the island ; there- 
 fore without delay another expedition was prepared 
 on a larger scale. Lieut. -General Sir M. O'Connell 
 sent to N.Z. in the course of April and May in 
 augmentation of the former force a detachment of 
 530 men of all ranks of the 58th regiment under 
 Major Bridge, followed by Colonel Despard of the 
 99th regiment, the flank companies of the 99th 
 regiment, and a company of the 96th ; also Major 
 Marlow of the Royal Engineers, and some light 
 guns and ordnance stores from Sydney and Hobart 
 Town. The gallant fellows engaged in the first 
 expedition expected to carry all before them, 
 and failed. The second expedition, prepared with 
 greater foresight and with the experience afforded 
 by past disaster, was more sanguine, and had 
 better cause to be so ; yet the attempt to storm 
 Heki's new stronghold was frustrated with a 
 deplorable loss of life on the British side. Colonel 
 Despard having heard on the 13th June from an 
 Englishman who had seen Heki that his wound 
 was very severe, and that the ball had only been 
 cut out the day before, resolved to hasten his 
 movements. The vessels accordingly got under 
 weigh from Karorarika at daybreak on the 16th, 
 crossed the Bay of Islands quickly, and the troops 
 being landed reached the Station at Waimate the
 
 398 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 following morning early. By a return dated 15th 
 June the force (not including the armed seamen and 
 marines) consisted in round numbers of twenty-four 
 officers and 510 men of all ranks of the 58th, 96th 
 and 99th regiments ; one officer of engineers, one 
 of artillery, two of the commissariat ; volunteers 
 from the Auckland Militia for the service of the 
 Royal Artillery and Engineers, two officers and 
 seventy-five men. The ordnance was two 12-lb. 
 howitzers and two six -pounders. Nearly the same 
 difficulties which harassed the former expedition 
 beset the present one — rainy weather and almost 
 impassable roads ; paucity of means of transport, 
 and consequent short supply of military and com- 
 missariat stores ; a difficult country, covered in 
 some parts with brushwood seven or eight feet 
 high, with only a footpath traversing it, and inter- 
 sected with high-banked and swampy streams ; 
 guns without tumbrils or limbers, having ship 
 carriages with wheels fifteen inches high, little 
 suited to N.Z. mud, famous for depth and tenacity. 
 Such were a few of the impediments in the way 
 of the troops on the road to Waimate. Detained 
 by scarcity of provisions and bad weather until 
 23rd June, the force was at an early hour put in 
 motion towards Heki's pah of Ohaiowai, distant 
 six miles ; and so great were the difficulties on the 
 road that ten hours were consumed in performing 
 that short distance. Arriving within a mile of 
 the pah firing was heard and seen, and the 
 advanced guard pushing on was met by Tomati 
 Waka, who had just driven in a picquet of the 
 enemy. The day being by this time far spent, the 
 commandant employed what remained of it in 
 encamping his force about 350 yards from the 
 stockade, covered by an eminence. From Waka's 
 position he obtained a bird's-eye view of the pah. 
 It was situated in a hollow plain, in form of a 
 parallelogram, about 150 to 200 yards long by 
 100 broad each face. On two angles there were 
 projecting outworks, but the others had none. 
 There was an outer barricade of timber about 
 ten feet high, and each upright piece from six 
 to eight inches in thickness, and fixed in the 
 ground close to each other. On the outside 
 of this barricade a quantity of native flax 
 was tied, so as to make it more ball proof. 
 Within this barricade there was a ditch from 
 four to five feet deep and about the same broad. 
 Within the ditch there was a second barricade, 
 similar to the outer one ; and the whole place 
 was divided into three parts by two other barri- 
 cades crossing it, of similar height and strength to 
 the outer one. During the night of Monday, a 
 battery of four guns was erected for the purpose 
 of breaching the face opposite where the troops 
 were encamped, which opened at 7 o'clock a.m. on 
 Tuesday, but not with the effect anticipated, as 
 the shot frequently passed between the timbers, 
 without displacing any of them. After firing a 
 short time it was discontinued, and during the 
 night the battery was removed to a better position 
 not more than 250 yards distant. Still little 
 
 impression was made, although one gun was taken 
 to the top of the before-mentioned hill, and fired 
 from thence, where it commanded the whole place, 
 and was within musket-shot. The shells plumped 
 right into the midst of the stockade, the six- 
 pounders whistled right through its wooden walls 
 from one side to the other, yet the besieged made 
 no sign. They slipped into their burrows under- 
 ground when a match was laid to a touch-hole, and 
 kept up a brisk fusillade from their dangerous 
 and well-contrived loopholes a. flew de terre. After 
 some time the small brass guns tumbled off their 
 platforms into the soft mud. A battery at closer 
 quarters was next tried, but with no better success, 
 for the breastwork being shaken down, it was soon 
 silenced by musketry, and the guns were with- 
 drawn after the enemy had made an unsuccessful 
 attempt to take them by a rush. On 30th June, 
 with infinite labour and difficulty, a thirty-two- 
 pound gun was brought up to the camp from the 
 Hi card — a distance of fifteen miles, and was posted 
 on the hill occupied by Waka's tribe, where a light 
 gun had already been posted under a guard to 
 enfilade the defences. At 10 a.m. on 1st July the 
 great guns opened fire. Great were the expecta- 
 tions raised by this formidable acquisition ; and 
 whilst the attention of every one was occupied in 
 observing its effects, Kawiti once more tried his 
 favourite trick of flank attack. Rushing from a 
 thick wood close in rear of the battery, he drove 
 Tomati's force in confusion from the hill, and 
 would undoubtedly have overpowered the guard 
 and taken the two guns but for a timely and 
 spirited charge of a party of the 58th under Major 
 Bridge, who recovered the position and drove away 
 the enemy with loss. Yet they succeeded in carry- 
 ing off a small union jack, which shortly afterwards 
 was seen flying below the rebel standard in the 
 stockade. This sortie induced Colonel Despard — 
 not having a heavy shot in his locker, for the 
 thirty-two-pound shot brought from the Hazard 
 were by this time expended — to resolve on assault- 
 ing the place by escalade. He had been prepared 
 since the morning for this bold measure ; and the 
 orders issued for the distribution and direction of 
 the storming parties were so detailed and so 
 suitable to circumstances, and the troops under his 
 command so admirable in every way, that had the 
 breaching battery been tolerably effective no 
 reasonable doubt can be entertained of his perfect 
 success. Soon after three o'clock all was prepared ; 
 the English soldiers ready to rush on their savage 
 enemy ; the Maoris awaiting in grim silence their 
 onset. Not a shot was fired, not a sound heard ; 
 when suddenly a bugle-blast, the signal for advance, 
 rang through the forest. Its notes were instantly 
 drowned by a deafening cheer from the British ; 
 and the wild yells of the savages joined in the 
 fierce concert, with the shouts of the officers and 
 the rattling of musketry. In ten minutes all 
 was over. One third of the English force had bitten 
 the dust. The remainder recoiled, baffled from the 
 absolutely impregnable stockade I " The troops,"
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 399 
 
 says the Colonel commanding, " rushed forward in 
 the most gallant and daring manner, and every 
 endeavour was made to pull the stockade down ; 
 they partially succeeded in opening the outward 
 one ; but the inward one resisted all their efforts, 
 and being lined with men firing through loopholes 
 on a level with the ground, and from others half 
 way up, our men were falling so fast that notwith- 
 standing the most daring acts of bravery and the 
 greatest perseverance, they were obliged to retire. 
 This could not be effected without additional loss 
 of life in the endeavour to bring off the wounded 
 men, in which they were generally successful. 
 The retreat was covered by a party under Lieut- 
 Colonel Hulme of the 96th Regiment, and too 
 much praise cannot be given to that officer for the 
 coolness and steadiness with which he conducted 
 it under a very heavy fire." Immediately after 
 this disastrous repulse the troops were withdrawn 
 to their original position, not more than 400 yards 
 from the pah, but sheltered from its fire by an 
 intervening height. Then came the melancholy 
 task of counting the killed and wounded ; and 
 the following is the list of the British loss before 
 the stockaded den of the savage at Ohaiowai : — 
 " Killed : Officers 2 ; sergeants 4 ; rank and file 
 29 ; seamen 2. Wounded : Officers 5 ; sergeants 
 3 ; rank and file 75 ; seamen 3. Names of officers 
 killed: Lieutenant Philpotts, H.M.S. Hazard; 
 Captain Grant, 58th Regiment. Names of officers 
 wounded : 99th Regiment, Brevet Major McPherson 
 severely ; Lieutenant Beattie, severely ; Lieutenant 
 Johnstone, slightly ; Ensign O'Reilly, severely ; 
 W. Clarke, interpreter, severely. Since dead 
 of their wounds : Lieutenant Beattie and 4 
 privates." The Commandant states in his despatch 
 of 2nd July, that "one-fourth of the whole 
 strength of the British soldiers under my com- 
 mand have been either killed or wounded." 
 During the night after the assault the shrieks 
 of a tortured prisoner of the 99th, mingling 
 with the yells and roars of the war-dance within 
 the pah, harrowed the souls of his comrades. This 
 unfortunate man was never again heard of ! All 
 the shot and shells being expended and no 
 transport for further supplies being available the 
 Colonel contented himself with holding his posi- 
 tion, directing his chief attention to the conveyance 
 of the wounded to Waimate. Meanwhile the 
 rain fell in torrents night and day. The men were 
 harassed by rumours of night attacks. The native 
 allies rendered no assistance ; for although they 
 admired the determined hardihood of the attempt 
 upon that impregnable stockade, they condemned, 
 even ridiculed it as the act of mere madmen ; and 
 appeared to have lost all interest in the business 
 so soon as the British took the lead and the 
 operations lost that stealthy and desultory 
 character which suited their tactics. Yet they 
 were both alarmed and irritated when they heard 
 that the English force was about to retire; and 
 some of the chiefs at a conference with the senior 
 officer delivered themselves of such violent speeches 
 
 on the subject, that the gallant Colonel was com- 
 pelled to silence them by reminding them that 
 they had been but sleeping partners in this bloody 
 affair, and had therefore no right to bluster about 
 the result. Preparations were accordingly in 
 progress for a general retreat to Waimate, there to 
 await fresh supplies and reinforcements ; when 
 early on the morning of the 10th July it was 
 discovered that the enemy had evacuated the pah, 
 leaving behind them four iron guns on ship 
 carriages, which do not appear to have been used 
 during the siege, immense quantities of provisions 
 above and under ground, and many Maori valuables, 
 such as muskets, axes, saws and suchlike— intended 
 probably to engage the cupidity and to prevent the 
 pursuit of their countrymen under Waka. They 
 had no fear — could have none of the redcoat in 
 the bush. They had already seen enough of him 
 to know that it was only on open ground he was 
 their superior, and they took very good care not to 
 meet him there. On taking possession of the pah 
 active search was made for the body of the gallant 
 Grant, Grenadier Captain of the 58th, and after 
 disturbing several Maori graves it was found. On 
 stripping in order to wash the corpse, what was 
 the horror of the officers, his comrades, to find that 
 it had been brutally mutilated ! There is some 
 consolation in knowing that no tortures could have 
 been inflicted on his living body, for the death-shot 
 had passed through his gallant heart. The deceased 
 it was said had the strongest presentiment of 
 death. In the old church at Parramatta in 
 N.S.W. is a tablet, raised by his brother officers 
 to commemorate the loss "of a good soldier and 
 a warm friend." Philpotts was shot dead whilst 
 bravely but vainly striving to force his way 
 through the palisades, and was scalped by the 
 barbarian enemy. Beattie, a fine young officer, 
 and much beloved by his brethren in arms, died 
 of his wound; and these two lamented officers 
 of the sister professions, buried with military 
 honours, lie side by side in the mission church- 
 yard at Waimate, " The River of Tears." Major 
 McPherson and Ensign O'Reilly were desperately 
 wounded, the former in the act of heading the 
 storming parties, the latter while hacking the flax- 
 withes that bound the palisades with that mockery 
 of a weapon called the " regulation sword." His 
 right arm being shattered the naked sword fell 
 into the enemy's hands, and two years and a half 
 after the battle Colonel Mundy had the pleasure 
 of returning it to him at Sydney, the blade 
 having been redeemed by old Tomate Waka and 
 delivered to the Colonel at the Bay of Islands. 
 On the 11th and 12th the pah of Ohaiowai was 
 burnt. The strength of the place struck every one 
 with astonishment. From Waimate on the 16th 
 a detachment of 200 men were led by the com- 
 mandant to attack a strong pah of another rebel 
 chief about six miles distant. The garrison 
 deserted the place, putting a burning bridge over 
 a deep creek between themselves and their pur- 
 suers. This stockade was then dismantled by the
 
 400 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 troops. The enemy was now dispersed in different 
 directions ; the winter was fairly set in ; there 
 were not seventy effective soldiers at Auckland. 
 No choice therefore remained but to wait for 
 better weather and reinforcements from Sydney 
 before operations could be recommenced. Colonel 
 Despard, in a letter to the Governor, concluded 
 with the remark that " whatever has been the real 
 cause of our want of success, it is not to be 
 attributed to the officers or men under my com- 
 mand, for a braver or more intrepid body never 
 wore the British uniform " — an indisputable truth, 
 for there were present at this disastrous combat 
 portions of three fine regiments and a picked body 
 of man-o'-war's men, all eager for distinction, 
 working well together, and led by zealous, able 
 and dashing officers. They did all that could be 
 done by human strength and courage, unassisted 
 by those appliances and inventions of war which 
 alone give advantage to the civilised over the 
 savage combatant. That Englishman must be a 
 stoic indeed — that English soldier a stock and a 
 stone — whose heart swells not with a mingled 
 feeling of grief and rage as he contemplates scenes 
 where such reverses as those of Kororarika, 
 Okaiehau and Ohaiowai befel the British arms. 
 Nor did the military feeling derive much unction 
 from the fact that Kororarika was resumed as a 
 British settlement almost immediately after its 
 sacking, and that the two pahs of the confederate 
 rebel chiefs were evacuated and destroyed ere 
 the troops were withdrawn. The building of the 
 strongest pah, where the materials for stockading 
 are growing on the spot, and where there are plenty 
 of willing hands and sharp axes, is but the work of 
 a month or so. The burning timbers of Ohaiowai 
 accordingly had scarcely ceased to smoke before the 
 veteran Kawiti, now upwards of seventy years of 
 age, was heard of, thirty or forty miles distant, 
 busily engaged in erecting the most formidable 
 work ever attempted in N.Z., — namely, the Rua 
 Peka Peka, or the Bat's-nest. There is something 
 of the prophetic spirit in the following passage of 
 a letter addressed to Governor Hobson in June 
 1840, by Major Bunbury of the 80th Regiment, 
 when employed in carrying out the treaty of 
 Waitangi in the Middle Island : — " The military, 
 I conceive, ought rarely to be required to act or to 
 appear, as the slightest check they might receive 
 would be attended with the most disastrous con- 
 sequences. It is true that the natives are not 
 prepared to cope with the courage aud discipline 
 of British troops, but if the former are ever 
 unadvisedly pent uj> in their />ahs or forts, despair 
 may supply the place of both." How literally did 
 the writer foresee coming events — now passed 
 beyond recall ! When the troops were withdrawn 
 shortly afterwards to Kororarika, some uneasiness 
 was felt on the score of Waimate ; but the Maoris 
 respected the place for the sake of the "just men" 
 it contained. They warred, as they said, against 
 the soldiers and the flag, not against the mission- 
 ary and the settler. The operations appeared to 
 
 have impressed the natives with a shrewd notion 
 that, although the British soldier was merely 
 human, the eventual success of the British arms 
 was beyond doubt. Accordingly when, in Novem- 
 ber 1845, Colonel Despard lay encamped at 
 Kororarika on the site of the ruined settlement, 
 several influential chiefs with their adherents came 
 and pitched their warrees close to his camp. 
 Tomati Waka, Nopera (or noble) Macquarie Taunui 
 and Moses Tawai, with other notables and their 
 tribes, amounting to many hundreds, constituted 
 themselves military neighbours and allies of the 
 British force, and were on excellent terms with 
 the soldiers. Whilst encamped at Kororarika, the 
 commandant employed himself and his men in 
 clearing around the town; he selected posts for 
 fortification, to defend the re-nascent settlement ; 
 practised his few artillerists in throwing empty 
 shells which were recovered for more serious work ; 
 and waited patiently until a better campaigning 
 season and reinforcements in men and munitions 
 should arrive. In the middle of November Gover- 
 nor Grey reached Kororarika, and gave the rebels 
 a few days to consider the terms of peace dictated 
 by his predecessor. Honi Heki, still smarting 
 under his wound and from an attack on the lungs, 
 sued for peace in tolerably humble terms. " Give 
 me a ship and I will leave the country altogether," 
 he cried. However, he held aloof from his old 
 ally Kawiti, whose overtures to the Governor, 
 couched as follows, evinced no great humility : — 
 "Rua Peka Peka, September 24, 1845.— Sir the 
 Governor, — How do you do ? I am willing to 
 make peace — that peace should be made. Many 
 Europeans have been killed, and many natives 
 also have been killed. You have said that I must 
 be the first to begin peace-making. Now this is 
 it. Now I agree to it. This is all I have to say. 
 It ends here. From me, Kawiti." The old warrior 
 was only gaining time to strengthen his new 
 fortress, the Bat's-nest. The Governor however 
 put an end to his evasions and to the negotiations 
 of the missionaries by giving orders for the recom- 
 mencement of hostilities, and no time was lost in 
 carrying them into effect. 
 
 XIII. Expedition against Kawiti. — It was 
 towards the middle of December that Colonel 
 Despard, with a force and with means infinitely 
 more commensurate with his undertaking than 
 had hitherto been employed in N.Z. advanced 
 from Kororarika towards the rebel stronghold. 
 His route lay about ten miles by water up the 
 Bay and the Kawa-Kawa River to a point on the 
 latter, where stood the pah of a friendly chief 
 named Puku-Tutu, beyond which some twelve or 
 thirteen miles of difficult country lay between 
 him and the Bat's-nest. One half of the force 
 performed the first portion of the distance in 
 boats supplied by the squadron in harbour, while 
 the Colonel himself with the other half forced his 
 way over a rough hilly country, moving on the 
 flank of the water expedition and thus protecting 
 them from attack from the shore. The chief
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 401 
 
 Puku-Tutu, alive like most Maoris to the main 
 features of war movements, had volunteered to 
 keep the banks of the river clear of enemies ; for 
 Kawiti had been foraging among his potato 
 gardens, and he owed him therefore a grudge — a 
 kind of debt that the Maori is always ready to 
 pay without being dunned. In spite of the active 
 co-operation of the naval people two days were 
 expended in getting to the house of this chief. 
 Here was a fine spot for an encampment ; and the 
 force accordingly halted, awaiting guns, stores, 
 provisions, and teams, while the staff reconnoitred 
 the country in their front almost up to the 
 embrasures of the Bat's-nest. On the 22nd the 
 Colonel pushed on with the greater part of his 
 little army, and overcoming a thousand difficulties 
 by dint of extraordinary exertion, was soon 
 enabled to take up a fine position about 1 200 
 yards from his enemy, where the rest of the force 
 quickly joined him, and where they had to halt in 
 their bivouacs under heavy rain on the 24th and 
 25th. On the 29th December the force before 
 Kawiti's pah was, in rough numbers, as follows : — 
 Staff: 1 Acting Colonel, and 1 Acting Major of 
 Brigade. Artillery and Engineers : 1 Captain and 
 1 Subaltern. Small-armed seamen : 10 officers 
 and 211 seamen. Royal Marines : 3 officers and 
 79 men of all ranks. Detachments of the 58th 
 and 99th Regiments : 27 officers and 750 men. 
 East India Company's Artillery: 3 officers and 21 
 men. Volunteers as pioneers : 1 officer and 48 
 men. Artillery : Two medium 32-pounders ; one 
 18-pounder; two 12-pounders brass howitzers; 
 two 6-pounders; and four Si-inch mortars, with 
 shot, shell and rockets. The veteran chief must 
 have felt flattered by the armament assembled 
 for his subjugation. On a commanding eminence 
 1200 yards from the pah, batteries for shells and 
 rockets were thrown up. The insurgent chief had 
 shown no little shrewdness in the choice of his new 
 position. The general aspect of the country 
 between Puku-Tutu's village and the Rua Peka 
 Peka is that of bare and steep downs, intersected 
 by occasional strips of bush, through several of 
 which the troops had to pioneer their way by axe- 
 work. The pah itself was erected on a rising spur 
 of land, about a quarter of a mile within the 
 margin of an extensive tract of the heaviest timber 
 and brushwood, which screened its fronts and 
 flanks, and stretched away interminably in its 
 rear. About 200 yards of cleared glacis surrounded 
 it. The chief strength of the pah lay in its diffi- 
 culty of approach and the massiveness of its 
 palisading. The commander of the incursion, 
 warned by foregone events, resolved to proceed 
 against the work by regular trench — a method 
 which, if ever contemplated inthe affairof Ohaiowai 
 would probably have failed owing to the excessive 
 wetness of the ground. The first batteries were 
 thrown up on the summit of the hill, from whence 
 the enemy were treated to a specimen of shelling 
 and rocketing which must have surprised them 
 not a little, for the very first bomb cut Kawiti's 
 
 flag-staff in two — not a bad shot, and, to a super- 
 stitious race, no very encouraging omen. A rocket, 
 also, falling short of the pah, set fire to the fern 
 and underwood, laying bare an extensive patch 
 which was afterwards made available for more 
 advanced works. From the position of the first 
 batteries the prospect was very striking. In front 
 a profound, rocky, and thickly wooded gully pre- 
 sented an impassable barrier to the artillery. 
 Beyond this gully a small plain opened to the 
 sight, and was terminated by the dense bush, 
 within whose verge lay the Bat's-nest, almost 
 entirely masked by high trees. The troops were 
 compelled to turn the head of the ravine by 
 carving their way with the utmost difficulty and 
 labour through a thick wood, absolutely laced 
 together with a network of creepers. The old 
 rebel was as hard to get at as the "Sleeping 
 Beauty " in the fairy tale. The English commander 
 had to cut a path through an almost impervious 
 forest to reach the object of his enterprise. About 
 a quarter of a mile through a kind of cloister of 
 foliage— the result of the pioneers' labours — stands 
 the small plain in the centre of which a temporary 
 stockade was erected by the native ally. Moses 
 Tawhai, just before daylight on 29th Decem- 
 ber, pushed silently through the bush with some 
 picked men of his tribe, and seizing his forward 
 position, quickly ran up some palisades and breast- 
 work, sufficient to cover his party from musketry 
 and from a sudden rash of the enemy. The Colonel 
 promptly joined him with 200 men and a couple of 
 guns ; and the position, 600 yards from the pah, was 
 secured before the enemy were aware of the move- 
 ment. The pah of Rua Peka Peka was solidly con- 
 structed; nor was there less ingenuity displayed 
 in the formation of the trenches and covered ways, 
 between a double row of palisades and within 
 both, from whence the defenders could take 
 deadly aim along the glacis at the exposed stormers. 
 Most of the loopholes for musketry were on the 
 ground level, and across the trenches in which the 
 musketeers stood or crouched were erected regular 
 traverses, with narrow passages for one person, to 
 guard against the ricochet of the British shot. The 
 interior was subdivided into many compartments, 
 so that the loss of one of them would not neces- 
 sarily prevent the next from holding out. How 
 these rude savages had contrived in a few weeks, 
 and without mechanical appliances, to prepare the 
 massive materials of their stockade, and to place 
 them in their proper positions, deeply sunk in the 
 earth and firmly bound together, is inconceivable. 
 To be sure the timber and flax grew on the spot, 
 and the labourers engaged in the work were 
 working and preparing to fight for their native 
 land and for liberty— what more need be said? 
 The pah was studded with subterranean cells, into 
 which the more timid or prudent ran when they 
 heard the whizz of a shell or a rocket, or had 
 reason to expect a salvo from the guns. These 
 war-crypts were about eight or nine feet deep and 
 large enough to contain a party of four men. The 
 
 C3
 
 402 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I New 
 
 mouth was defended by a bomb-proof roof and 
 breastwork of logs and earth. The resolution of 
 the British leader to approach by regular trench 
 and to effect a practicable breach before storming, 
 leaves no doubt as to what would have been the 
 result had the affair proceeded to the length of a 
 regular assault, which it can scarcely be said to 
 have done. It was apparent that the stout wooden 
 walls were no match for the heavy guns. Many of 
 the huge pickets, eighteen or twenty feet high by 
 two feet thick, were knocked into splinters, and 
 more than one of them was regularly bowled 
 out of the ground by the thirty-two-pounders 
 like a wicket stump. A concentrated fire 
 would therefore have soon made a good breach. 
 The actual capture of the Rua Peka Peka occurred 
 somewhat fortuitously on Sunday 11th January 
 1846. The "Mihonari" or Christian portion of 
 the garrison had assembled for church service on 
 the outside of the rear face of the fortress under 
 cover of some rising ground. A party of loyal 
 natives approached under command of Wiremu 
 Waka, brother of Tomati, and reconnoitred the 
 breaches. Discovering the employment of the 
 defenders a message was sent back to the English 
 reporting the circumstance. It led to the almost 
 instantaneous defeat of the natives ; but it also 
 saved them and the English from the tenfold 
 carnage which a more vigilant and disciplined 
 resistance from within their walls would have 
 infallibly caused. An officer or two with a small 
 party of soldiers and seamen stole quietly into the 
 almost deserted pah, and further reinforcements 
 followed quickly from the trenches. The Maoris, 
 too late discovering their error and the movements 
 of their foes, rushed tumultuously back into the 
 work and made a fierce but futile attempt to 
 retake it. Hand to hand and unfavoured by 
 position they had no chance against the British 
 bayonet and cutlass.' Baffled and overpowered 
 they fled by the rear of the stockade, and the 
 Bat's-nest was taken. "The enemy," reported 
 Colonel Despard, " was obliged to retreat and 
 shelter himself in a wood opposite the east face 
 of the pah where, the trees being extremely large 
 and forming complete breast-works, many of them 
 having been cut down previously, and evidently 
 purposely placed in a defensive position he was 
 enabled to maintain a heavy fire against us for a 
 considerable time, until a doorway in that face 
 being forced open, the seaman and troops rushed 
 out and dislodged him from his position. He 
 however still continued to keep up a fire from the 
 woods, but more with a view to cover his retreat 
 and enable him to carry away his wounded men 
 than with any expectation of renewing the contest. 
 The attack commenced about ten o'clock a.m., and 
 all firing had ceased at two p.m. The enemy's 
 loss has been severe, and several chiefs on their 
 side have fallen. The numbers I have not been 
 able to ascertain as they invariably carry off both 
 killed and wounded when possible." Thus fell on 
 11th January 1846 Kawiti's pah of Rua Peka Peka; 
 
 and with its fall ended the active resistance of that 
 chief and Heki, and British military operations in 
 the northern district. The brave Maori was not 
 only fairly defeated but fairly outwitted. The 
 lesson was salutary ; for this people are sagacious 
 enough to " know when they are beaten," a branch 
 of knowledge which that great preceptor in 
 the art of war, Napoleon, was disgusted to find 
 he could never instil into the English armies. 
 The rebel chieftain must have had a bold heart to 
 hold out against a force of nearly a thousand 
 British seamen and sailors arrayed against him, 
 while H.M.'s ships Castor, Calliope, North Star, 
 and Racehorse, with the Honourable East India 
 Company's sloop Elphinstone, lay at the mouth of 
 the Kawa Kawa River, within fifteen miles of his 
 wooden fortress. The British loss during the 
 assault was : — Seamen and marines : killed, 9 ; 
 wounded, 1 midshipman and 17. Soldiers : Killed, 
 3 ; wounded, 11 ; and 2 volunteers wounded. The 
 pah was dismantled by the troops, and the natives 
 deserted and avoided the place as a spot accursed. 
 The paths leading to it are now grown up and 
 nearly obliterated. The Genius of the wilderness, 
 true to her children, is fast erasing every trace of 
 the Maoris' defeat at Rua Peka Peka ! Kawiti, 
 who had made his escape on the capture of his 
 fortress, was in the May following received by the 
 Governor on board H.M.S. Driver in the Bay of 
 Islands, and there and then gave in his allegiance 
 to the British. Government, expressing regret for 
 " the trouble he had given," and gratitude for the 
 treatment he had received. The old warrior, it is 
 said, appeared deeply humiliated in making such 
 concessions in the presence of other chiefs, who 
 had fought on the English side and had eventually 
 triumphed over him after a long and stout resis- 
 tance. His letter, written a week after his defeat, 
 and expressing a desire for peace, is a rich specimen 
 of Maori diplomacy: — "January 19th 1846. Friend, 
 — Oh my esteemed friend, the Governor, I salute 
 you. Great is my regard for you. Friend Governor, 
 I say, let us have peace between you and me— 
 because I am filled (satisfied, have had enough,) of 
 your riches (cannon balls.) Therefore I say let 
 you and I make peace. Will you not ? Yes ! — 
 This is the termination of my war against you, 
 Friend Governor. This is the end of mine to you. 
 It is finished. — To my esteemed Friend. To the 
 Governor.— (signed) Kawiti." Heki, it is said, 
 arrived at the Bat's-nest on the day it fell. He 
 seems to have laid aside the name by which he 
 was known as a great warrior — his signature at 
 this time being Honi Wiremu Pokai. 
 
 XIV. Coventor Crey. — On 14th November 1845 
 Sir George Grey arrived at Auckland as successor 
 to Captain FitzRoy. While a young man, Grey 
 had explored the unknown tract of territory lying 
 betwixt Adelaide and the Swan River settlement, 
 and had written a sketch of his journey, in which 
 he suggested and described a system of policy 
 considered to be well adapted for ameliorating the 
 condition of the aborigines of that country. He
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 103 
 
 dedicated this book to Lord Glenelg, at that time 
 Colonial Minister. The work was favourably 
 received, and shortly after its publication Grey 
 was appointed Governor of S.A. He was then 
 selected to administer the affairs of N.Z. in a 
 period of difficulty and emergency ; and a ship of 
 war was despatched from India in order to take 
 him as early as possible to his destination. Grey 
 was admitted to be a man with abilities of a 
 high order, his capacity for administration was 
 undoubted ; and if he had devoted his energies 
 faithfully and fearlessly, with justice and magnan- 
 imity, to the adjudication of the conflicting claims 
 and affairs of the two races which he was 
 sent to govern, he would have retired, after his 
 long and eventful service in N.Z., with the 
 character of a great man and the reputation of 
 an enlightened statesman. The measures of his 
 government were in many ways statesmanlike, but 
 shaped and shaded with such strong tendencies to 
 arbitrary power that their practical importance 
 was impaired, and they failed to inspire confi- 
 dence in either the Maoris or the colonists. 
 When Grey arrived he found that the Maoris had 
 begun to "pale their ineffectual fires" before the 
 power and endurance of British troops, and 
 although they had experienced no defeat of 
 importance, still the loss they had sustained at 
 the storming of Eussell and in their encounter 
 with M'Lerie convinced them that they were no 
 match for us in arms. The constant harassment 
 to which they were exposed by the British system 
 of conducting military operations had completely 
 worn out their strength and endurance. From 
 this cause, as well as from that want of discipline 
 and organisation which characterises the warfare 
 of all uncivilised people, the insurrection had in a 
 great measure lost its vigour. The new Governor, 
 after a short stay at Auckland, proceeded to the 
 north in order to quench the expiring embers of 
 the insurrection, but previous to his departure he 
 made arrangements for taking up the debentures 
 in circulation with Imperial funds, as he had 
 received from the Lords of the Treasury authority 
 to obtain from the commissariat any amount of 
 treasure he might require in conducting the 
 Government. Possessed of such authority, and 
 provided with ample funds, he saw the difficulties 
 hitherto experienced in administering the affairs 
 of the colony disappear like winter snows at the 
 approach of summer. The two chiefs, Heki and 
 Kawiti, with their followers, having offered terms 
 of peace and submission, Grey behaved in a 
 generous manner to the Maoris. In the first 
 instance he confiscated their territory, but shortly 
 afterwards restored it to them. This was sound 
 and judicious policy and was not thrown away, 
 for this tribe, the Gnapui, one of the most 
 numerous and warlike in the country, have con- 
 tinued ever since to be distinguished for their 
 loyalty and allegiance to the Government. The 
 Governor remained a short time at Auckland 
 before proceeding to Wellington to quell the spirit 
 
 of insurrection which had manifested itself in the 
 south ever since the unfortunate defeat at the 
 Wairau. Before his departure however he 
 abolished the system of direct purchase of lands 
 from the natives by the colonists which had been 
 introduced so successfully in the north by his 
 predecessor. This false step in his policy was no 
 doubt taken with the view of conciliating by a 
 peace-offering to their cupidity the N.Z. Company, 
 whose influence, although on the wane, was still 
 great in England. As they had always denied 
 the claims of the natives to the rights of British 
 subjects, he supported them in this measure in 
 opposition to his judgment ; but Grey was an 
 ambitious man, and in order to ingratiate himself 
 with this powerful Company he forsook the right 
 and adopted the expedient in his policy. The 
 Company at that time owned a considerable extent 
 of territory, and the exclusion of the natives from 
 the field of competition in the sale of lands was 
 an important object gained. Governor FitzRoy's 
 aim was to abolish the disgraceful land-jobbing 
 monopoly carried on both by the Company and 
 Government in order to establish a just and sound 
 system of policy, and at the same time to act fairly 
 towards the natives. Grey's object was to re- 
 establish both, and conciliate the natives by a 
 system of gifts and presents out of funds drawn 
 from the Imperial Treasury in the first instance, 
 and subsequently from colonial revenues. This 
 was merely postponing the settlement of the ques- 
 tion instead of grappling with it in a statesmanlike 
 manner. The Government then was as completely 
 despotic as can be imagined, and the Governor 
 was in the habit of quoting Carlyle's theory of 
 a pure despotism as the best of all systems of 
 colonial government. He held in his hand for a 
 time, for good or for evil, the destiny of the 
 colony ; but he trusted to cleverness and expe- 
 diency instead of erecting his system of policy on 
 the principle and basis of fair play and justice to 
 both races. His policy laid the foundation for the 
 subsequent wars in N.Z., although during his first 
 tenure of office he made everything pleasant to 
 the Government, the Company and the natives. 
 It was however a policy which could not last, as it 
 was founded solely on expediency and personal 
 influence. The Governor invited the great chief 
 Te Whero Whero to accompany him to the south. 
 This chief had the reputation of being the greatest 
 warrior in N.Z., and some years previously had 
 conquered the tribes which had now risen in 
 rebellion against the Government. The war in 
 the south was however of short duration, as the 
 troops had acquired experience in the field as well 
 as in the mountain and forest warfare peculiar to 
 N.Z. Frequent skirmishes took place, and occa- 
 sionally the troops suffered rather severely, but 
 their skill and gallantry were irresistible, and 
 the capture by stratagem of Te Rauparaha, 
 the notorious intriguing chief, on 24th July 1846, 
 terminated hostilities and completed the subjuga- 
 tion of the insurgent natives in the south, who
 
 464 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 I New 
 
 quietly submitted to the British supremacy. Con- 
 spicuous for gallantry and indefatigable activity 
 was Captain Stanley, with the officers and 
 crew of H.M.S. Calliope, whose services con- 
 tributed greatly to the success of the British 
 arms. The services of Colonel Henderson, 
 R.A., will likewise be long remembered, as 
 he was on all occasions distinguished for skill 
 and gallantry, while his capacity for command 
 was no less conspicuous. The suppression of the 
 insurrection being accomplished, the Governor 
 went to work vigorously to arrange the various 
 and complicated land claims of the N.Z. Company. 
 This was no easy matter, as the natives in many 
 instances stoutly maintained that they were still 
 the rightful owners of much of the territory 
 claimed by the Company. The Governor, how- 
 ever, lent his aid and influence to the Company 
 in the settlement of these disputes, and even 
 advanced funds on behalf of the Government to 
 buy out the natives in order to give the Company 
 undisputed possession of some valuable lands. 
 At the same time he conducted himself in a hostile 
 manner towards all who had obtained land under 
 Governor FitzRoy's direct purchase proclamations 
 in the north, and although Lord Grey, Secretary 
 of State for the colonies, had instructed him in 
 direct terms that all purchases sanctioned by his 
 predecessor were to be respected, he treated many of 
 them arbitrarily and even with injustice. In the 
 south he permitted the natives to lease their lands 
 direct to the colonists, while in the north he not 
 only prohibited such a system,but inflicted the full 
 penalty of the law on all colonists who trans- 
 gressed. In this manner Governor FitzRoy's 
 system was practically sanctioned in the south, 
 while the same system was prohibited in the north 
 The old rivalry between the Company's settlements 
 in the south and the Government settlements in 
 the north still existed, but Grey, instead of acting 
 fairly towards both, cast his weight and influence 
 into one of the scales of the contending parties, 
 and favoured the Company and the south. Many 
 important and useful measures were enacted by 
 the first Legislative Council held under the presi- 
 dency of Grey in September 1846. No measures 
 of policy could, however, be introduced or dis- 
 cussed except by the Government, which conse- 
 quently restricted all legislation merely to the will 
 and pleasure of the Governor. This system 
 afforded an opportunity to a clever man to display 
 his abilities for administration, as well as his 
 talents for debate, as he was his own Prime Minister 
 and Colonial Secretary, as well as Governor. One 
 peculiar feature of Grey's character was developed 
 on this occasion, and distinguished him during his 
 whole career. When any sound suggestions or 
 practical observations were made by independent 
 members, either in support of or in opposition to 
 the Government, he never openly at the time 
 accepted them, but on some future occasion he 
 would adopt and embody them as his own, in 
 measures introduced by himself. He displayed 
 
 wonderful talent in seizing and appropriating 
 the valuable information, original ideas, and 
 practical views of others. Not possessed of great 
 intellectual powers, nor rich in original con- 
 ceptions and ideas, in the application to practical 
 purposes of the knowledge and experience of 
 others, as well as in the faculty of observing and 
 waiting the development of events, then attributing 
 their natural operations to his personal inter- 
 ference, and claiming the whole as the result of 
 his own foresight and policy, he was unrivalled. 
 At this period he was eminently successful in 
 conciliating the natives if he did not inspire them 
 with confidence in his measures. He made frequent 
 tours through the country, visiting their pahs and 
 villages, as well as receiving them at Government 
 House on all occasions with the greatest hospitality 
 and kindness. In this way he soon acquired a 
 complete knowledge of their language and 
 character, appreciated their display of patriotism, 
 expressed a genuine pleasure in listening to their 
 animated rehearsals of their traditions and legends, 
 and was amused at the troubadour style in which 
 they recited their ballads and poetry; while he 
 stimulated them by every means to educate their 
 young chiefs, and many of them attended the 
 schools and were fairly educated. At this time 
 they could for the most part read and write their 
 own language fluently, and a party consisting of 
 sixty-five Maoris who were employed in building 
 the barrack wall at Auckland, sixty-four could 
 write their own language and sixty-five could read 
 it. They were now, except in a few instances, 
 entirely denuded of arms and munitions of war, 
 and the importation of such articles was prohibited, 
 ruinous penalties being inflicted by legislative 
 enactment on all who violated this law. From 
 this circumstance they had in a great measure 
 abandoned their warlike and predatory habits. 
 But as they were endowed with great energy of 
 character, mental as well as physical, and aware 
 of the great property they possessed in the country, 
 and were ambitious of maintaining that rank 
 and distinction which they formerly held, they 
 preferred a life of occupation to idleness and 
 repose. They were on all occasions anxious to 
 imitate the colonists in their pursuits and amuse- 
 ments, and were animated with the ambition to 
 excel and compete with them and share the prizes 
 of civilised life. Stimulated by a justifiable desire 
 for wealth, they adopted and persevered in peaceful 
 and industrious pursuits, became the possessors of 
 numerous coasting vessels, which they navigated 
 themselves, and cultivated their lands, growing 
 and reaping their crops of grain, as well as 
 planting, hoeing and digging their potatoes. They 
 employed skilled mechanics to erect mills on their 
 property, and were recompensed by the ability 
 not only to supply themselves with food of 
 their own production, but to realise considerable 
 sums by the sale of their surplus stock in the 
 markets ; while their self-love was gratified in 
 owning sheep, cattle, and horses. In all parts of
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 405 
 
 the country, north and south, they often rode in 
 troops well mounted from their villages to the 
 towns and settlements ; and at race meetings, 
 would enter their horses and sometimes succeed 
 in winning the race and stakes. These habits and 
 pursuits having been adopted, the country might 
 with advantage have remained a Crown colony, 
 under a Governor observing discretion and exer- 
 cising prudent forbearance, undisturbed for some 
 length of time. Under any circumstances it would 
 have been only just that, previous to the intro- 
 duction of constitutional and responsible govern- 
 ment, the political condition, rights, and privileges 
 of the natives, as British subjects, should be 
 clearly defined by the Imperial Parliament. In 
 India, as well as in every country where colonies 
 have been founded by England, the aboriginal 
 inhabitants had either been conquered or treated 
 as a conquered race. N.Z. is the only exception 
 to this rule. The Maori chiefs in good faith ceded 
 the sovereignty of their country to the Queen, and 
 in consideration she guaranteed to them all the 
 rights and privileges of British subjects. At this 
 time Lord Grey was Colonial Minister, and with 
 his special views on all colonial questions, con- 
 firmed by Lord Durham's famous report on the 
 affairs of Canada, he had introduced a bill into 
 the Imperial Parliament to provide N.Z. with 
 constitutional and representative government. 
 Some of the provisions of this charter were 
 however not only framed expressly to exclude the 
 natives from all political rights, but it contained a 
 clause providing that all their unoccupied lands 
 should be forfeited to the Crown. The measure was 
 consequently received in the colony by influen- 
 tial people of both races with disappointment, 
 dissatisfaction and alarm. Amongst those who 
 were dissatisfied were Bishop Selwyn and the 
 Church of England missionaries, on behalf of the 
 natives. The following protest against the intro- 
 duction of this charter was therefore sent to the 
 Governor by Bishop Selwyn, with the usual request 
 that it should be forwarded to the Secretary of 
 State for the Colonies : — " St. John's College, 
 Bishop's Auckland, 1st July 1847. — May it please 
 Your Excellency, — I, George Augustus, by Divine 
 permission Bishop of New Zealand, on my own 
 behalf and on behalf of the clergymen of this 
 diocese employed by Captain Hobson to interpret 
 and explain the Treaty of Waitangi to the native 
 chiefs of New Zealand, do hereby record my 
 deliberate and formal protest against the princi- 
 ples expressed in a letter of instructions addressed 
 by the Right Hon. the Earl Grey to your Excel- 
 lency, bearing date Downing-street, 23rd December 
 1846, to the effect that the savage inhabitants of 
 New Zealand have no right of property in land 
 which they do not occupy, and which has remained 
 unsubdued to the purposes of man. Against this 
 doctrine I feel myself called upon to protest as the 
 head of the missionary body, by whose influence 
 and representations the native chiefs were induced 
 to sign the Treaty of Waitangi, not one of whom 
 
 would have consented to act as an agent of the 
 British Government if the assurances given to 
 them by Captain Hobson had not been directly 
 contrary to the principles now avowed by the 
 Right Hon. the Earl Grey. It is my duty also to 
 inform your Excellency that I am resolved, God 
 being my helper, to use all legal and constitutional 
 measures befitting my station, to inform the 
 natives of New Zealand of their rights and 
 privileges as British subjects, and to assist them 
 in asserting and maintaining them, whether by 
 petition to the Imperial Parliament or other loyal 
 or peaceful methods, but that in so doing I shall 
 not forget the respect which I owe to your Excel- 
 lency, nor do anything which can be considered 
 likely to add to the difficulties of the colony. I 
 have further to request that this communication 
 may be forwarded to the Right Hon. the Earl Grey, 
 Secretary of State for the Colonies, with whom 
 I am privileged to communicate through your 
 Excellency. I have, &c, — G. A. New Zealand." 
 When this protest was laid before Parliament 
 some members of the House of Commons viewed 
 several passages in it as very strong, if not 
 insolent, and were disposed to resent them. 
 At the same time Grey not only considered the 
 introduction of such a measure as altogether 
 premature, but condemned in unequivocal terms 
 that portion of it which ignored the claims of the 
 natives to the rights of British subjects, and 
 despoiled them of their lands. He therefore 
 succeeded in prevailing on Lord Grey to suspend 
 for a time the introduction of this charter, if not 
 in convincing him of the prudence of abandoning 
 it altogether. The following extract from Grey's 
 despatches to Earl Grey in reference to this mea- 
 sure convey a lucid and faithfid sketch of the 
 condition and character of the natives at that 
 period : — " Before stating the reasons on which 
 these views are founded, I think it proper to 
 mention that Her Majesty's native subjects in this 
 country will certainly be exceedingly indignant at 
 finding that they are placed in a position of 
 inferiority to the European population. They 
 wiO undoubtedly argue, as they now frequently 
 do, that they not only cheerfully ceded the 
 sovereignty of the country to the Queen, but that 
 when attempts have been made by some discon- 
 tented tribes to throw off the sovereignty of 
 Great Britain, and that at a period when from the 
 smallness of the British force in the country they 
 had apparently some hopes of success, the prin- 
 cipal chiefs came forward, and freely gave the 
 services of themselves and their people, and shed 
 their blood in assisting to maintain for Her Majesty 
 that sovereignty which they had yielded to her. 
 Then it must be borne in mind, that the great 
 majority of the native population can all read and 
 write their own language fluently; that they are a 
 people quite equal in natural sense and ability to 
 the mass of the European population ; that they 
 are jealous and suspicious; that they now own 
 many vessels, horses and cattle ; that they have
 
 406 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 in some instances considerable sums of money 
 at their disposal, and are altogether possessed 
 of a great amount of property in the country, 
 of the value of which they are fully aware ; 
 that there is no nation in the world more sensi- 
 tive upon the subject of money matters, or the 
 disposal of their property, and no people that I 
 am acquainted with less likely to sit down quietly 
 under what they may regard as injustice. At 
 present the natives are quite satisfied with the form 
 of Government now existing, and as the chiefs have 
 always ready access to the Governor, and their repre- 
 sentations are carefully heard and considered, they 
 have practically a voice in the Government, and of 
 this they are well aware ; but under the proposed 
 Constitution they would lose their power and the 
 Governor would lose his influence over them ; in 
 fact the position of the two races would become 
 wholly altered, and the Governor would I fear 
 lose that power which I do not see he could well 
 dispense with in a country circumstanced as this." 
 During this period of tranquility and prosperity 
 among all classes, including the natives, one of 
 those incidental outrages characteristic of their 
 condition as a fierce and semi-barbarous race 
 occurred, and but for the sound judgment and 
 intrepidity of Colonel Laye of the 58th Eegiment, 
 it would have involved the country in a formidable 
 insurrection. The disturbance originated in the 
 circumstance of a midshipman of H.M.S. Calliope 
 having accidently shot a native with a pistol. 
 The wound being of a serious description, appre- 
 hensions were entertained of its proving fatal. 
 The natives became excited, and it was found 
 impossible to convince them that a deliberate 
 attempt had not been made to murder their 
 relation. In accordance with their former customs, 
 and their thirst for retaliation when exasperated, 
 they demanded that blood should be taken for 
 blood. Whilst in this state of excitement six of 
 them attacked the house of Gilfillan, a settler 
 living about six miles from the township of 
 Wanganui. Gilfillan escaped slightly wounded, 
 but his wife, daughter, and two sons were bar- 
 barously murdered by the infuriated natives. 
 Some of the native allies went in pursuit of the 
 murderers and apprehended five of them, who 
 were delivered to the officer in command of the 
 detachment at Wanganui. This officer likewise 
 held the appointment of civil resident magistrate, 
 but as Laye had only a small force under his 
 command, 170 men all told, and was satisfied that 
 the prisoners would be rescued by their friends if 
 he attempted to forward them to Wellington, 
 ninety miles distant, and that it would be impolitic 
 to divide his small force and forward them under 
 an escort altogether insufficient, he resolved on 
 his own responsibility to try them by military law, 
 and make their immediate punishment a striking 
 example of the inexorable justice and supremacy 
 of British law. An inquest was therefore held on 
 the mutilated bodies of the Gilfillans, and the 
 coroner and jury returned a verdict of wilful 
 
 murder against the prisoners. A court-martial 
 was assembled immediately, consisting of seven 
 officers ; the prisoners, upon the clearest evidence, 
 were found guilty. Four were sentenced to be 
 hanged ; but the fifth, a boy, was in consideration 
 of his youthful years sentenced to be transported 
 for life. The finding and sentence of the court 
 were confirmed by Laye, and the murderers were 
 hanged the following morning. In the meantime 
 their friends and a number of dissatisfied natives, 
 relying on the assurance of assistance from Ran- 
 gahaita, a notorious rebel chief, had assembled in 
 large force in order to rescue the prisoners, and took 
 possession of the hills surrounding the settlement. 
 They attacked the stockade, and for five hours kept 
 up an incessant fire on the place, but eventually were 
 in the most gallant manner repulsed and driven 
 off with considerable loss by the detachment of the 
 58th Regiment, aided by a few armed settlers. In 
 this manner the sound judgment and intrepid 
 behaviour of Laye dispirited the natives, and 
 impaired the force of the insurrection. In a few 
 weeks, as the natives were really sensible fellows, 
 peace was restored. Laye's behaviour in this crisis 
 evinced the possession of high qualities, valuable 
 in a soldier, a capacity for command as well as 
 intrepidity in action. The Governor, in despatches 
 to Earl Grey respecting this disturbance, wrote — 
 "I should add that the speedy and satisfactory 
 termination of these disturbances must be in a 
 great measure attributed to the firm and vigorous 
 manner in which Captain Laye acted. There is 
 every reason to suppose that, had Captain Laye 
 not acted in the firm and decided manner he did, 
 a much more formidable and lengthened rebellion 
 might have ensued in the southern portion of the 
 island." Lord Grey, in reply to Governor Grey, 
 wrote : — " I have it especially in command to 
 assure you of the sense which Her Majesty enter- 
 tains of the firmness with which Captain Laye 
 acted upon the occasion of the attack of the 
 natives on the town of Wanganui, and of the 
 gallant conduct of himself and detachment under 
 his orders." The colony in all the settlements now 
 made rapid advance in wealth and popidation, and 
 the south was distinguished for the enterprise and 
 success of the colonists, and began to take the 
 lead of the northern settlements in the growth of 
 wool and production of grain, which it has main- 
 tained ever since. The fine climate and abundant 
 pastures of the Hawke's Bay district had attracted 
 numerous settlers, while the Nelson settlement in 
 the South Island, having recovered from the sad 
 disaster at the Wairau, was making rapid progress, 
 not only in pastoral pursuits but in agriculture. 
 Enterprising colonists even found their way further 
 south, to the remote settlement of Otago, hitherto 
 viewed as the Ultima Thule of the colony, where 
 only a few whalers and sealers had formerly taken 
 up their residence. If the power of the N.Z. 
 Company had been broken in the struggle witli 
 the Government, the mantle of their enterprise 
 had fallen on the colonists, who from that day
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 407 
 
 have never faltered in thoir colonising spirit, 
 amidst unparalleled disasters and difficulties. In 
 the north, at Auckland, which was still the seat of 
 Government, a greater degree of security was 
 afforded by the introduction from England of a 
 number of military pensioners, with their families, 
 who were located in villages round, on sites 
 selected as salient points of defence, so as to 
 afford complete protection to the settlements. 
 Law and order were established on a firm 
 basis, life and property rendered as secure as in 
 any part of England, and in a short time the 
 country within a radius of ten miles was 
 enclosed, partitioned and cultivated, abounding 
 in parks, cornfields and gardens, as well as studded 
 with villas and hamlets. The head-quarters of 
 the 58th Regiment had likewise returned to N.Z., 
 and there were two regiments stationed in the 
 country, one in the north and the other in the 
 south. In order to complete the military arrange- 
 ments, N.Z. was erected into a separate command, 
 and Major-General George Dean Pitt, K.H., was 
 sent from England with a head-quarters staff to 
 take command of all the forces in the colony. At 
 this time St. John's College, situated about six 
 miles from Auckland, where Bishop Sehvyn resided 
 was a place of interest and attraction. With 
 private funds the Bishop had purchased many 
 hundred acres of land, and in a rather bleak but 
 conspicuous situation had built the college, where 
 a number of boys of both races, sons of colonists 
 and Maori chiefs, were domiciled and educated. 
 The Bishop's residence, unpretending in appear- 
 ance, with few comforts — among them his library 
 — was built of stone, but there were erected in an 
 irregular manner numerous detached wooden build- 
 ings, for the accommodation of the masters and 
 scholars, as well as for the convenience of all 
 attached to the establishment. These were built 
 in the Gothic style, with traceried windows, and 
 included a small chapel, ecclesiastical in structure 
 and sacerdotal in character, but in good taste, 
 where all assembled every morning at seven o'clock 
 to prayers. The aspect of this cluster of build- 
 ings, from the Gothic style of architecture, the 
 traceried windows, gables and pinnacles, cloisters 
 and stiles, was Middle Age and abbey-like, and from 
 its monastic repose highly ecclesiastical and charac- 
 teristic. Around this collection of dwellings was 
 the college demesne or farm, where cattle, sheep, 
 and poultry were seen grazing undisturbed in pro- 
 fuse and luxuriant pastures. The aspect of an 
 English rural landscape was about the place, 
 indicating primitive comfort and abundance. 
 Situated on an eminence, it looked down on a 
 scene as fair as can well be imagined. On one 
 side the Gulf of Shouraki, studded with islands, 
 was displayed in all its captivating loveliness ; and 
 although the college was situated in a secluded 
 spot, not a ship or vessel of any kind could arrive 
 or depart from the Auckland Harbour without 
 being observed. On the other side the view 
 extended over the whole isthmus, to the shores of 
 
 the west coast, including the numerous villages 
 and hamlets, volcanic hills, woods, lakes, and 
 streams in the Auckland district, forming a diver- 
 sified and magnificent landscape. In those primi- 
 tive times the Bishop was hospitable to all in a 
 simple and cordial style. He was then young, 
 full of life, vigorous and hopeful, and he was 
 animated with the fervour of religion, as well 
 as with a sentiment of chivalry, which united 
 with his indefatigable and self-imposed labours 
 to make him highly esteemed by both races. 
 The Roman Catholic prelate, Bishop Pompallier, 
 a Frenchman, who had been in early life an officer 
 in a dragoon regiment, was courteous and well- 
 bred, after the fashion of his countrymen. Cosmo- 
 politan in manners, sacerdotal in appearance, 
 faithful to his order, and a devoted servant to the 
 Church ; he was the first of the bishops who resided 
 in the colony, having been in N.Z. before it became 
 British territory. The Wesleyans had likewise 
 built a college, a little more ambitious in style, and 
 perhaps a shade more practical in its management 
 than the others. In the early times their mis- 
 sionaries had contributed much to that civilisation 
 which led the way to its settlement as a British 
 dependency. Many of them were conspicuous for 
 practical good sense, and some displayed fair 
 abilities. The Rev. Mr. Buller was specially dis- 
 tinguished for his talents and accomplishments. 
 The Scotch Presbyterians at the same time had 
 performed their part in the cause of religion and 
 education. They erected a capacious kirk in the 
 Greek order of architecture. The natives had 
 likewise done their part, and with their own funds 
 had built churches as well as aided in erecting and 
 establishing schools for the education of their 
 children. In this manner the two races were brought 
 to live together in harmony and prosperity — the 
 Englishman and New Zealander, the civilised man 
 of the nineteenth century and the Maori lately 
 emerged from a state of barbarism, who were 
 never viewed or treated nor would submit to be 
 treated as a conquered race, and who during the 
 war in 1845-6 had joined with us in suppressing 
 a formidable insurrection, freely giving their 
 services and sacrificing their lives in maintaining 
 the Queen's authority, and in support of that 
 sovereignty which they had frankly bestowed on 
 condition of receiving the rights of British subjects. 
 Governor Grey, who in the order of things which 
 had sprung from the disturbed condition of N.Z. 
 had become distinguished, was created a Knight 
 of the Bath. Unaided by the advantages of high 
 birth or family influence, he was at this early 
 period of his life rewarded for his meritorious 
 services, and deservedly stood high in public esti- 
 mation. The ceremony of his installation took 
 place on the lawn in front of Government House 
 in presence of a large party of ladies, a great 
 number of civilians, all the military, and many of 
 the Maori chiefs, who viewed the ceremony with 
 characteristic gravity and dignified demeanour. 
 There were some circumstances connected with
 
 408 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTKALAS1A. 
 
 [New 
 
 this ceremony which rendered it more than usually 
 attractive. Grey was not only the youngest knight, 
 but the most youthful man of the Order, and had 
 won his spurs by his own merit and personal 
 achievement. He was ambitious and self-reliant, 
 his career successful and brilliant, and he was 
 justly proud of this mark of royal approbation. 
 Among the early colonists there were many accom- 
 plished gentlemen, distinguished for intelligence 
 and enterprise, who from having been exposed 
 from time to time to all the perils and vicissitudes 
 of N.Z. colonisation had acquired great experi- 
 ence and knowledge in its State affairs, and the 
 characters of some of the present colonial repre- 
 sentative men were formed and developed in those 
 stirring and eventful times. Colonel William 
 Wakefield and Captain Arthur Wakefield, who 
 represented the N.Z. Company, cannot be for- 
 gotten for their practical talents and good sense. 
 At that time Sir Charles Clifford, first Speaker 
 of the General Assembly, Mr. Stafford, Mr. 
 Fitzherbert, Dr. Featherston and Mr. Fox had 
 distinguished themselves in colonial politics, and 
 Sir David Munro was remarkable for his intel- 
 lectual accomplishments, besides the gifted Sir 
 Francis Dillon Bell, and a host of others all 
 famous in the annals of the colony. The name of 
 Dr. Martin, of Auckland, must be added as that 
 of a colonial representative man of great literary 
 attainments. 
 
 XV. The Native Difficulty— Long before N.Z. 
 was colonised it was known that the natives were 
 a powerful and warlike race ; and some account 
 has been given of the formidable opposition which 
 an insignificant minority of them were able to 
 offer to disciplined English troops. But until they 
 rose into open rebellion it appears to have been 
 thought that British authority might easily be 
 established amongst them by moral influence alone. 
 Hobson's urgent solicitations that an adequate 
 military force should be stationed in N.Z. were 
 met on the part of the Imperial Government by a 
 positive refusal. It was not considered that a few 
 individuals composing the staff of the civil govern- 
 ment must be powerless to govern and control not 
 only their own countrymen but nearly a hundred 
 thousand of the most barbarous and warlike people 
 on the face of the earth ; and that a single act of 
 injustice, or a single rash step on the part of the 
 colonists, would endanger the life and property of 
 every British-born subject in the country. So for 
 several years the local authorities were placed in 
 an anomalous and humiliating position ; and from 
 an imperfect appreciation of the difficulty of the 
 undertaking the attempt to colonise had been 
 followed by most disastrous consequences. The 
 natives were not a conquered people, nor did a 
 majority of them give an intelligent and unqualified 
 submission to British rule ; yet the moment the 
 Queen's sovereignty was officially proclaimed, the 
 whole of the inhabitants, native and European, at 
 once became — in theory at least — amenable to 
 British laws ; and the authorities were expected 
 
 to carry the theory into execution. The settlers 
 not only looked to the Local Government for pro- 
 tection from native aggression ; but if an offence 
 against the law of England was committed even 
 amongst the natives themselves, and in the interior 
 of the country, the authorities were expected to 
 apprehend and punish the offenders ! And 
 because native offenders went unpunished — 
 because acts of cannibalism were committed, and 
 native warfare was allowed to go on unchecked — 
 the Local Government were reproached with 
 culpable inefficiency, and the Queen's sovereignty 
 was described as a delusion and a snare ! In seeking 
 to govern and control a wild and barbarous 
 people, impatient of restraint and accustomed every 
 man to take the law into his own hands in a 
 rude and summary way, the principal difficulty 
 was to induce them to have recourse to the 
 British tribunals and to yield obedience to their 
 decisions. But when these tribunals were found 
 to be unable to carry out their own awards, and 
 when a judicial decision was frequently but an 
 empty name, it was not easy to satisfy them that 
 the mode of administering justice was practically 
 superior to their own. The local authorities were 
 for several years powerless, both in civil and 
 criminal proceedings, effectually to carry out 
 the law. When the British first undertook the 
 colonisation of the country its trade was not con- 
 fined to the settlers, but for some time previously 
 a considerable amount of commercial intercourse 
 had been carried on between the two races. Nor 
 were dealings with the natives confined to the 
 English settlements and the di tricts immediately 
 around them, but were extended over the whole 
 country, carried on partly by straggling settlers, 
 by travelling traders, and by persons engaged in 
 occupations in which native labour was found to 
 be available. Many dealings between the two 
 races took place in districts so remote from settle- 
 ments as to be practically beyond the operations 
 of the courts of law, and the difficulty of adminis- 
 tering justice between the settlers and the natives 
 in civil cases alone soon became apparent. Before 
 the establishment of British authority, the con- 
 tracts and engagements entered into between the 
 two had for the most part been faithfully fulfilled. 
 The English settler, living upon sufferance amongst 
 the natives, was bound to good behaviour ; the 
 native, valuing the advantage of trading with the 
 Englishman, had also a direct interest in keeping 
 faith in his transactions. But when the country 
 became a British colony contracts made between 
 the two races were less faithfully observed. The 
 courts of law it is true were open to all, without 
 distinction of race ; but what remedy was prac- 
 tically open to the New Zealander \ He was 
 unacquainted with the mode of procedure, living 
 it might be at a distance of fifty miles from any 
 settlement, unable probably to procure the attend- 
 ance of witnesses, and without the means of paying 
 the fees of court. Assuming these difficulties to 
 be overcome, and that a Maori complainant had
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOP/RUIA OF AT'STR.UASTA. 
 
 409 
 
 recourse to the courts of law and obtained a 
 verdict in his favour, yet the English defendant, 
 living in the bush, might be practically beyond 
 the reach of law for any useful purpose. His 
 property, if he had any, could not be profitably 
 brought to market from a distance and converted 
 into money under legal process, and to imprison 
 the person of the debtor was small satisfaction 
 to the successful native plaintiff. If, on the 
 other hand, the Maori failed in the performance 
 of his contract, what power had the colonial 
 tribunals to compel the native defendant even to 
 appear I Even if the settler succeeded in gain- 
 ing a verdict, what probability was there of 
 the sheriff being able to levy from the native 
 the amount of damages awarded by the court ? 
 Instead of diminishing, the number of cases in dis- 
 pute between the two races largely increased ; for, 
 relying on the Government for redress, the natives, 
 after British authority was proclaimed, more 
 readily than formerly entered into contracts with 
 the settler ; and relying on the power of the 
 Government for protection from personal violence, 
 the settler was less careful than before in fulfilling 
 his engagements. The difficulty of carrying Eng- 
 lish law into operation amongst the natives, so far 
 as it arose from the technical character of the 
 ordinary legal proceedings, was remedied by the 
 appointment of magistrates empowered, by a law 
 specially framed for the purpose, to arbitrate in a 
 summary way between the two races, according to 
 equity and good conscience, and without being 
 bound by the technicalities of ordinary legal 
 tribunals ; so that without cost, without legal 
 knowledge or assistance, the complainant, whether 
 native or European, might personally go before 
 the magistrate, state his case, and obtain a judg- 
 ment in his favour. But the main difficulty still 
 remained : it was easy for the magistrate to give 
 his judgment, but how was he to enforce its 
 execution? Assuming the decision to be against 
 the native, by what means could he compel pay- 
 ment of the damages awarded 1 The efficient 
 administration of the criminal law presented a 
 still more formidable difficulty. A short expe- 
 rience of the independent character of the natives, 
 and of the difficult nature of the country, soon 
 proved to the local authorities the difficulty of 
 preserving peace, or of securing the person and 
 property of the English settler ; and so powerless 
 were the Government to afford protection to the 
 public, that aggression could be committed by the 
 natives almost with impunity. The difficulty of 
 seizing the offender, and the danger of punishing 
 him, if he should happen to be a person of 
 importance belonging to an important tribe, were 
 the principal obstacles to the punishment of crime. 
 To meet the difficulty and to avoid the danger, a 
 temporary enactment was passed, providing that 
 no native offender should be arrested except 
 through the instrumentality of the chiefs of his 
 tribe ; and thus in cases when the chief arrested 
 the offender, the danger was avoided. But the 
 
 difficulty in most cases still remained, for the sum 
 authorised by law to be paid to the chiefs, to 
 secure their co-operation, was not sufficient to 
 induce them to exert themselves in favour of the 
 law ; and the provisions of the law could not, 
 of course, meet the case of the misconduct of 
 the chiefs themselves. Even as between the 
 natives and the colonists, when a native was the 
 offender, his countrymen were not always willing 
 that he should be dealt with in accordance with 
 our law. On one occasion, in the early history 
 of the colony, a native was put on his trial for 
 theft ; a " protector of Aborigines " was present 
 watchingthe proceedings, and counsel was employed 
 by the Government for his defence. On the 
 clearest evidence the jury convicted him, his own 
 counsel was satisfied with the justice of the 
 verdict, and he was sentenced to a term of 
 imprisonment. His native friends who were 
 present at the trial were by no means satisfied 
 that their countryman should be thus ignomini- 
 ously punished ; and before he could be removed 
 from the dock — in the face of the sheriff and 
 gaolers, in spite of the efforts of constables and 
 turnkeys — they started up and brandishing their 
 tomahawks rushed on the prisoner and dragged 
 him out of the court. Thus in the face of day — in 
 the heart of the capital of the colony— was the 
 majesty of the Law branded by the natives, and the 
 administration of justice defeated by brute force. 
 When a native committed an offence against a 
 colonist it was generally admitted by them that 
 he should be punished for the offence ; but even 
 amongst those most favourable to the establish- 
 ment of British rule a strong feeling was entertained 
 against the degradation of imprisonment. They 
 were willing to acquiesce in the Scripture rule that 
 he who stole should restore fourfold ; but they 
 were unwilling to lend active aid in the apprehen- 
 sion of a thief so long as he was subject to the 
 degrading punishment of imprisonment. A law 
 was accordingly enacted that any native charged 
 with theft who should plead guilty to the charge 
 might pay into court four times the value of the 
 goods stolen, and so become entitled to his dis- 
 charge. If the friends of the offender were 
 unwilling that he should undergo imprisonment, 
 they assisted him to comply with the requirement 
 of the law in order to save him from indignity. 
 If on the other hand he was a man of low degree, 
 he was left to suffer the punishment of his offence. 
 Thus by adapting the law to the feelings of the 
 native people, many offenders were allowed to be 
 taken who would otherwise have set all law at 
 defiance and have altogether escaped unpunished. 
 As it was also provided that the property stolen, 
 or the value of it, should be restored to the 
 owner, the settlers were not dissatisfied with 
 the exceptional character of the law. In 1846 
 the Government was authorised by Parliament 
 to proclaim districts in which the natives might 
 be allowed to continue the exercise of their 
 own laws and customs. But this power was never 
 
 u3
 
 410 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 carried into practice ; the authorities steadily set 
 themselves to obliterate, rather than perpetuate, 
 social and political differences between the two 
 races, and by degrees to extend the laws to the 
 natives, and to govern the country without distinc- 
 tion of race. The efforts of the Government were 
 not altogether without success. An increasing 
 desire was shown by the natives for a more active 
 and efficient power to control them in their 
 relations with each other. In the session of 1858 
 measures were passed by the Legislative Assembly 
 to extend the operation of English law amongst 
 them, with a view to improve their social condition, 
 and for the administration of justice amongst 
 them by native juries and assessors. The local 
 Government was directed to organise a special 
 department for protecting the natives in their 
 persons and property; and it was not until they had 
 risen in rebellion in the north, and the settlement 
 at Kororarika had been attacked and destroyed, 
 that more than one hundred men were stationed 
 in the country to maintain British supremacy, 
 to afford protection to the settlements, and to 
 vindicate the law. Being hardly pressed for several 
 years to maintain its own existence, the Govern- 
 ment was for some time unable to undertake 
 measures of a permanent character for promoting 
 the civilisation of the natives. It soon became 
 evident that the department maintained at con- 
 siderable expense for the protection of the natives 
 was unnecessary ; and when the settlers had been 
 stripped, their houses plundered, their cattle stolen, 
 their enclosures destroyed, it became a mockery, 
 and if it had not been speedily abolished would 
 have proved fatally injurious to the cause it was 
 intended to serve. To the Government however 
 the "native protectors" were invaluable in the 
 character of political agents, and they virtually 
 became the protectors of the colonists themselves. 
 They were employed in negotiating purchases of 
 land from the natives ; as interpreters in the Land 
 Commissioners' Court ; sometimes as interpreters 
 to Her Majesty's forces when engaged in the 
 field ; conducting official correspondence with the 
 natives ; in endeavouring to disabuse their minds 
 of unfavourable impressions conveyed to them by 
 disaffected people; keepingthe authorities informed 
 of the sentiments and proceedings of the natives 
 in the interior ; and generally in the performance 
 of services of a purely political character ; useful 
 and essential to the Government, but of no direct 
 advantage to the natives, for whom and at whose 
 expense the department was maintained. It soon 
 became apparent that the"protection"of the natives 
 was unnecessary ; that even the name of " native 
 protector " was offensive to the settlers, so that the 
 maintenance of the Protectorate was calculated 
 to create a bad feeling, rather than to promote 
 friendly relations between the two races ; and 
 that the cost of the department, if expended in the 
 education and civilisation of the natives, would be 
 productive of unmixed good to the colony. With 
 a view of applying the funds to education, an 
 
 ordinance was passed by the Legislature providing 
 that the funds applicable to native purposes should 
 be expended in the establishment of schools for 
 the instruction of the natives in the English 
 language; for a course of industrial training in 
 English usages and arts ; and in promoting their 
 advancement in the social and political scale. 
 The Church of England, the Roman Catholics, 
 and the Wesleyans were already engaged in the 
 work of native education, and all had schools in 
 operation capable of extension and requiring aid. 
 There existed amongst them an amount of zeal 
 which no Government could purchase and which 
 no money could procure ; and it was decided that 
 instead of establishing new schools under the 
 management of the Government, aid should be 
 afforded to these religious bodies. During 
 Grey's administration an ordinance was passed 
 authorising the appropriation of a portion of ihe 
 public funds for the encouragement of native 
 education. By the Constitution Act it was after- 
 wards provided that a sum of .£7000 a year should 
 be appropriated to "native purposes." Grey pro- 
 posed that nearly the whole of that sum should bo 
 devoted to the consolidation and extension of the 
 system of education prescribed by the local Act ; 
 which after the experience of several years had 
 been found to be satisfactory and successful. The 
 course pursued by Grey was cordially accepted by 
 the managers of native schools and approved of by 
 the Government at home, and was attended with 
 considerable success. 
 
 XVI. Incidents of the Maori War. — Besides 
 more than one cruel murder of settlers, several 
 British soldiers fell under the musket and toma- 
 hawk of the Maoris at Boulcott's Farm in the Hutt 
 Valley. This was one of the boldest attacks on an 
 English regular force ever attempted by the Maoris. 
 The farm consisted of a wooden cottage and offices 
 with a barn hard by. This latter building had 
 been partially stockaded by the officer in command 
 thereby making it bullet-proof, which was by no 
 means the case with the other tenements. The 
 garrison consisted of a single officer and fifty men 
 of the 58th — one-half of them occupying the barn. 
 The premises were surrounded by a rough clearing 
 of no great extent shut in by the primeval forest. 
 The River Hutt, fordable in ordinary seasons, but 
 impassable except by boats or canoes during flood, 
 runs at half-musket shot distance from the post. 
 At the time of the attack the opposite shore, 
 covered with thick scrub, was in the hands of the 
 enemy. Just before dawn on 16th May 1846 the 
 sentry in front of the inlying picquet observed a 
 dark object crawling towards him. He fired at it ; 
 and in an instant the air was rent with a chorus 
 of yells, as fifty naked savages, springing up from 
 the herbage, rushed on him and overpowered 
 and slew both the men of the picquet and him- 
 self before any effectual resistance could be 
 offered ; while a general onslaught was made on 
 the post from all parts of the surrounding bush, 
 and a heavy fire was poured on the building in
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 411 
 
 which the officer and a section of his people were 
 housed. The Lieutenant hurried from his quarters 
 with two men, intent on joining the party in the 
 stockade, but was immediately driven back by a 
 rush from the Maoris. The sergeant got a few 
 men together and checked the furious assailants, 
 and in a second attempt — with only six men carry- 
 ing three others wounded — the officer succeeded 
 in reaching the barn, whence, leaving a sufficient 
 force to protect it, he sallied against the enemy 
 with the rest, and advancing and firing in extended 
 order soon drove them across the river. There 
 they danced a war dance, showing their numbers 
 to be about two hundred, within view of the 
 British post. " But for the alertness of all in 
 turning out," says the officer in his report, " and 
 the determination of the men, we should all have 
 fallen." The British loss was six killed and four 
 severely wounded. The bugler, quite a lad, was 
 struck by a tomahawk on the right arm, while in 
 the act of sounding the alarm ; the brave boy 
 changed the bugle to the other hand and continued 
 to blow, when the savage split his skull with a 
 second stroke of his weapon. It was fortunate 
 that a sergeant had come that morning from 
 Wellington with reports that made the officer 
 suspect some intended enterprise by the rebels. 
 All were prepared, and the soldiers in the stock- 
 aded barn were canvassing the probability of an 
 attack, when the sentry's shot, followed by a 
 volley from the enemy, was heard. The Maoris 
 had good right to be satisfied with the havoc they 
 had committed, without pushing their audacity 
 further. As to the loss on their side, if there was 
 any, both killed and wounded were carried off as 
 usual. The affair of Boulcott's Farm was a suc- 
 cessful surprise of a British picquet on the part of 
 the natives ; — a gallant repulse of a superior force 
 in a night attack, on that of the British. The 
 Maoris did not want the post — they wanted blood, 
 as they afterwards boasted, and they got it. 
 The force in the valley was immediately aug- 
 mented by Major Last of the 99th, commanding 
 in the southern district, who drove the still 
 hovering rebels from their woodland position 
 on the right bank of the river, with some loss. 
 About a month after the combat at the farm, 
 which had subsequently been reinforced and 
 placed under charge of a captain, that officer, with 
 a view to acquaint himself with the roads in the 
 vicinity of his post, the fords of the river, and the 
 position of the enemy — who were reported to be 
 encamped not far distant — and perhaps with a 
 desire to avenge the loss inflicted by them on 
 16th May, marched out to his front with forty 
 soldiers, a small party of loyal natives under the 
 chief Waiderapa, and a few militiamen ; accom- 
 panied also by a young officer of the 58th, a 
 volunteer on the occasion. The main road along 
 which they proceeded was at that time extremely 
 narrow, full of deep holes, and in some places up 
 to the knees in mud, the bush so thick that the 
 view of the advancing party hardly extended 
 
 beyond a few paces to their front and flanks. On 
 reaching a piece of cleared land, or rather land 
 with felled timber lying on it, where there was a 
 potato patch, one of Waiderapa's natives, who was 
 acting as a scout, springing on a log to look out 
 a-head saw several men lying close below him, 
 and shouting out " Bangihaieta's Maoris," threw 
 himself flat on his face. A smart volley delivered 
 at fifteen paces from among the logs on the left of 
 the road informed the captain that he had fallen 
 into an ambuscade. The loyal natives threw 
 themselves into cover and returned the fire from 
 the same side of the road as the enemy. The 
 English, in skirmishing order, answered it briskly 
 from among the trees on the opposite side. In 
 about ten minutes some of the Maoris were seen 
 crossing the road so as to obtain a flanking fire on 
 the right of the soldiers, while a strong party were 
 observed to move swiftly towards the road in their 
 rear so as to cut them off from the stockade. This 
 display of tactics induced the officer to sound the 
 retreat, which movement was effected without 
 further loss of time or blood. Indeed the casualties 
 had already been pretty severe ; four soldiers were 
 severely wounded, of whom one died, and two were 
 missing ; while the young officer of the 58th was 
 severely hurt, maimed perhaps for life, by a shot 
 through the arm. This gentleman was left for some 
 time to the mercy of the savages, who fortunately 
 were too much alarmed themselves to perceive him 
 as he lay concealed in the underwood. The captain, 
 enquiring anxiously for his comrade, was informed 
 that he had gone wounded to the camp in charge 
 of a soldier ; nor was he missed by anyone until 
 the party had nearly reached the stockade. 
 Making the best of his way in that direction he 
 came on a party of natives, and thought his last 
 hour had come ; but they proved to be friends 
 and assisted him in his retreat. The two missing 
 men also found their way to the stockade in the 
 course of the evening. Meanwhile the subaltern 
 of the stockade hearing the firing promptly armed 
 his men, who were working on the defences, and 
 inviting the co-operation of a friendly tribe 
 encamped hard by, advanced with forty soldiers 
 and a hundred aborigines, under their veteran 
 chief, E Funi, to the support of his superior. 
 Meeting him half way on his retreat he was, after 
 a short consultation, directed to form an advance 
 guard in the direction of the camp, to which the 
 entire British party accordingly retired. The two 
 native chiefs on meeting held a brief koriro, when 
 Waiderapa and E Puni joining their forces 
 determined to return to the scene of action. An 
 English interpreter who accompanied the allied 
 warriors reported that, after throwing forward 
 their scouts, who ascertained that the rebels had 
 made off, they came up just in time to see some of 
 them retreating to the river across the clearing, 
 and dropping blankets, cartridges, and potatoes in 
 their track. The account of the action given by 
 Waiderapa affords an amusing specimen of the 
 vain-glorious bombast of the Maori warrior. Ha
 
 41 -J 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 appears to have behaved with the utmost coolness 
 in the affair; to have particularly requested that 
 none of the soldiers should mix with his men, and 
 that they should not " fire from behind them," as 
 a half-drunken militiaman was seen to do ; and 
 he took up his position on the enemy's side of the 
 road, quite independently of his white allies, 
 although his force amounted to but fifteen men. 
 "The reason why we retreated," said the chief in 
 his evidence before a court of enquiry, "was 
 because we were partly composed of soldiers and 
 partly of natives. Had we been all natives we 
 would have driven away Rangihaieta's people. 
 The soldiers retreated because they thought 
 the enemy were dividing into two parties to cut 
 them off. I did not think so because they, the 
 enemy, had seen the position / had taken up !" 
 But the strangest part of this affair remains to be 
 told. About a mile and a half further up the 
 valley, at a part called the Taitai, stands a spot 
 where, at the time of these operations, stood a 
 stockade by the wayside occupied by a party of 
 militia. The ambushed natives had therefore 
 boldly placed themselves between two British 
 posts, with a flooded river between them and their 
 resources. The militia subaltern hearing the 
 musketry proceeded with a sergeant and twelve 
 men towards the spot; was, according to his 
 official report, fired upon by the rebels ; was briskly 
 engaged with them for an hour and a half, checking 
 their progress, and did not return to his stockade 
 until night was coming on. By this singular incident 
 the Governor was misled into the belief that these 
 few had not only held their ground against, but had 
 twice repelled the very party from whom the 
 regulars, under a captain of foot, with a strong body 
 of native allies, and a reinforcement under his sub- 
 altern, had been compelled to retreat ! It proved 
 afterwards that if they did indeed exchange shots 
 with the hostile Maoris, their main efforts were with 
 more gallantry than propriety directed against the 
 friendly natives under E Puni, who advancing 
 towards the Taitai, was fired upon by the militia 
 in mistake until the interpreter approaching the 
 post claimed exemption for his companions. The 
 leader of the reconnaissance having fallen into the 
 snare deliberately laid for him had the choice of 
 two alternatives — to fight his way through it, or 
 extricate himself by retreat. All the evidence 
 collected by the inquiry held to investigate the 
 details agreed that the commander was justified 
 in retiring when he was satisfied that the enemy, 
 whom he supposed to be the whole of Rangihaieta's 
 disposable force, had turned one of his flanks and 
 were menacing to cut him off from his reserve ; 
 that the retreat was conducted slowly and with 
 regularity ; and that the captain was the last man 
 to retire — himself taking charge of the rear-guard. 
 The officer was acting under superior orders, 
 induced by the numerous murders lately committed 
 by the rebels in the immediate vicinity of the 
 British post to devise — in conjunction with the 
 officers of militia and loyal chiefs — some plan for 
 
 discovering the fords by which the murderers were 
 in the habit -of crossing the river. But a recon- 
 naissance in so impracticable a country with so 
 small a force could hardly meet with a happy 
 result ; and the requisite information could have 
 been better gained by native spies in their stealthy 
 manner than by any operation so ostentatiously 
 conducted. The affair of the 16th June must be 
 classed as a decided defeat, and a very unlucky 
 one at a moment when disaffection was fast spread- 
 ing among the natives, and when risk of failure 
 should have been avoided with peculiar caution. 
 Within a mile or two of the camp of Porirua is 
 the pah of Taupo belonging to Rauperaha, where 
 he was cleverly captured in the following manner : 
 This old chief, pretending friendship towards 
 the English during the rebellion, was found to be 
 secretly supplying his old ally, Rangihaieta, then 
 in hostility against them, with provisions and 
 intelligence across the rear of the British position 
 at Porirua, from Taupo to Pahatanui, Rangi's 
 stronghold ; and suspicions existed that he and 
 other disaffected chiefs were conniving at the 
 movement of a hostile body from the Wanganui 
 tribes down the coast, to form a junction with the 
 latter rebel leader. Preparations had already 
 been made for attacking Rangihaieta in his pah, 
 only three miles from Porirua, but it was judged 
 best to arrest Te Rauperaha, and thus prevent his 
 co-operating with his friend, before Pahatanui was 
 invested. A combined naval and military force 
 was accordingly put on board H.M.S. Driver, with 
 the double intent of attacking the rebels moving 
 down the coast, and of seizing the veteran tiger in 
 his lair. Adverse gales prevented the performance 
 of the former service, which however was almost 
 as well accomplished by the missionary natives of 
 Otako, who opposed and stopped the intended 
 inroad of the northern barbarians. On 23rd 
 July 1846 Major Last of the 99th, with Captain 
 Stanley of the Calliope, and a party of about 130> 
 landed before daylight with such perfect silence 
 and order, that the stockade of Taupo was sur- 
 rounded and entered before the inmates caught 
 the alarm. Te Rauperaha was seized in his bed 
 by a band of seamen, and, struggling, biting, and 
 shouting, " Ngatitoa — Ngatitoa — to the rescue !" 
 he was safely carried off to the ship without any 
 casualty. A considerable quantity of muskets 
 and ammunition and a small iron gun were also 
 taken in the stockade. This capture was neatly 
 effected. The " old serpent " (one of his nick- 
 names) was always hatching mischief — his talent 
 lying more in plots than in exploits. His was the 
 treacherous head and Rangihaieta's the bloody 
 hand that together perpetrated against their 
 countrymen in former days, and against the 
 whites more lately, a catalogue of crimes such as 
 would make the Newgate Calendar a record of 
 trifling incidents. The attention of "the fighting 
 Governor" — thus was Grey styled by the Maoris 
 — was now turned to Rangihaieta. A combined 
 movement from Wellington, Porirua, and the Hutt
 
 Newl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 US 
 
 Valley across the hills, was planned. The arch- 
 rebel's courage failed him, and he lied from 
 Pahatanui with his followers before the force had 
 assembled ; and a party of militia, guided by 
 friendly Maoris along a native path from the Hutt, 
 slipped in, and secured the evacuated fortress. 
 Had he remained and fought well, there would 
 unquestionably been severe fighting, for the 
 position and construction of the pah were remark- 
 ably strong. Rangihaieta, however, was aware 
 that there were cannon at Porirua that would 
 soon have levelled his wooded walls ; and an 
 artillery officer, by a bold nocturnal reconnais- 
 ance, had discovered a hill commanding the 
 place, whence some well-directed salvos would 
 have quickly dislodged the enemy. Perhaps his 
 conscience made a coward of the once bold warrior. 
 Hotly pressed, the rebel chief soon turned to bay 
 on a spot which had been previously prepared for 
 a stand — a rough breastwork of horizontal logs 
 pierced for musketry having been drawn across a 
 narrow and steep spur of a thickly-wooded hill — 
 so narrow that but few men could approach abreast, 
 and flanked by steep ravines. On the morning of 
 6th August 1846 this strong position was attacked, 
 with little effect, and with the loss of a promising 
 officer, Ensign Blackburn of the !)9th Regiment, 
 and tw T o privates killed and nine wounded. 
 Blackburn was shot dead by a Maori concealed in 
 a tree, who was instantly brought to the ground by 
 an artilleryman. Two small mortars having mean- 
 while arrived, the position was again attacked on 
 the 8th. The height and thickness of the trees 
 prevented the efficient practice of the shells ; and 
 the inaccessible nature of the country, with the 
 evident intention of the enemy to abandon post 
 after post, firing a few destructive volleys and then 
 flying from their valueless positions with little or 
 no loss to themselves — were considerations which 
 together with the difficulty of subsisting so 
 numerous a force, induced the officer commanding 
 the expedition to desist from further pursuit of 
 his slippery foe. The troops were accordingly 
 withdrawn into the stockades, and the loyal natives 
 in pursuance of their gallant offer were left to 
 watch the enemy, to cut oft* his supply of provisions 
 and water, and thus eventually to capture or drive 
 him back. Servantes, the military interpreter, 
 who in a short time had rendered himself perfect 
 master of the Maori language, remained with the 
 natives and reported progress. On the 13th the 
 rebels opening a brisk fire on the loyalists, Puaha 
 the leading chief of the latter rushed with his 
 followers to meet them, and finding that the others 
 retreated pressed forward and entered their works 
 by the front as the rebels passed out by the rear. 
 The poor wretches had been fairly starved out — 
 no remains nor signs of provisions having been 
 found in the camp except the mamuka, or edible 
 fern. A day or two later the Christian chief Wiremu 
 Kingi (William King) issuing from Waikanae, 
 a missionary station on the sea coast, fell upon 
 the rear of the discomfited rebels capturing a 
 
 few half-famished creatures who had been driven 
 by hunger to approach the coast. Harassed on 
 all sides Rangihaieta thought himself fortunate 
 in making his escape to the mountains, almost 
 totally denuded of his " tail." Had the friendly 
 .Maoris stuck with more constancy to the pursuit 
 he must have been caught ; for the captain 
 of the Calliope who was on the coast near at 
 hand had formed a plan for a joint attack upon 
 him with these allies — which could hardly have 
 failed. The troops returned from the bush- 
 fight with their clothes and accoutrements so 
 shredded by the rough underwood, and their 
 persons so besmirched with rain, mud, and the 
 smoke of bivouac fires, as to be in little better 
 condition than Rangihaieta's hunted and ragged 
 regiment of the Horokiwi. This turbulent chief 
 was much humbled by these events, and never 
 again appeared openly in arms against the British 
 Government. In December 1846, soon after the 
 defeat and dispersion of Rangihaieta and his 
 " Taua " in the Horokiwi valley, in consequence of 
 apprehensions entertained by the Governor for the 
 safety of the settlement, the officer commanding 
 the southern district, Lieut. -Colonel McCleverty, 
 despatched for its protection from Wellington a 
 force consisting of 185 men of all arms, including 
 a few artillery, with nine officers. Sites were 
 quickly selected for stockades and block-houses, 
 officers and men were soon hutted in temporary 
 warrees of reeds, the position was entrenched and 
 surrounded with double palisades bullet-proof, 
 and a few light guns and mortars were mounted. 
 Rangihaieta was not far off, among his relations 
 and friends at Manawatu. He does not appear to 
 have co-operated directly with the revolted party 
 at Wanganui ; but he did not fail to divert himself 
 according to his peculiar tastes — now plundering 
 some poor unarmed settler, now levying tolls upon 
 cattle on the coast road and driving them off. In 
 April 1847, with thirty or forty wild hands in a 
 single war-canoe, he made a descent on the island 
 of Kapiti, where he laid under contribution an 
 Englishman residing there — securing among other 
 plunder some fire-arms and fifty pounds of gun- 
 powder, with a supply of lead and bullet-moulds, 
 doubtless the especial objects of his marauding visit. 
 On the same day, and in suspicious connection 
 with this expedition, occurred near Wanganui the 
 appalling and sweeping massacre of the peaceful 
 household of the Gifillan family, already narrated. 
 In forty-eight hours after the receipt at Wellington 
 of the news of the murder of the Gilfillan family, 
 the Lieut. -Colonel commanding had hired vessels 
 and embarked for Wanganui a strong reinforce- 
 ment. Captain Laye, assured that the execution 
 of the murderers would exasperate to the utmost 
 the passions of the ill-disposed natives, set to 
 work to strengthen his position, clearing the glacis 
 of brushwood, stockading two of the strongest 
 houses at the extremities of the village, and 
 levelling after a council of war the residence of a 
 settler in the close vicinity of the camp which the
 
 414 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 enemy, now assembled within two miles of the 
 place, showed evident signs of occupying. He 
 enrolled some of the gentlemen of the village as a 
 volunteer corps, formed rallying places for the 
 townsfolk, completed his supplies, and inspired all 
 hands, civil, military, and naval (for from the first 
 there was a gunboat at Wanganui under the 
 orders of a most active officer) with a reliance on 
 his forethought and determination which made 
 them encounter cheerfully the privations insepar- 
 able from their position. First blood was drawn 
 by the scouts of the enemy catching and toma- 
 hawking a soldier of the 58th, who in breach of 
 orders had strayed away from the camp. The 
 policy of the Maoris was to draw the garrison into 
 a fight on ground chosen by themselves. Posting 
 their forces on a hill about two miles off they tried 
 every manoeuvre to lure the British from their 
 works — sometimes pushing skirmishers within one 
 or two hundred yards of the palisades. The com- 
 mander however, aware of the ambuscading habits 
 of the Maoris, stood fast; and on one occasion, 
 after a small party had played off until they were 
 tired a multiplicity of insulting pranks without 
 any success, he saw a body of about 150 men rise 
 suddenly from among the fern where they were 
 concealed and retire to the camp on the hill. 
 Other parties of the enemy showed themselves on 
 the opposite bank of the river, and the guns of 
 the fort tried their range upon them with some 
 effect. The chief, Mamuka, had about 400 or 500 
 men encamped; 300 more were reported to be 
 coming down the river ; and worse than all, the 
 Christian natives of the district — with the excep- 
 tion of those belonging to the Missionary pah of 
 Putiki, under the spiritual charge of the Rev. 
 Mr. Taylor — arose in a mass and joined the hostile 
 Taua. On 18th May large bodies of the insurgents 
 were seen approaching the place from all direc- 
 tions. They took possession of the surrounding 
 hills and of several houses on the outskirts of the 
 town, and keeping well under cover opened a 
 harassing fire on the stockades, the village, and 
 the gunboat in the river. Too weak in numbers 
 to move out by daylight to attack the enemy, the 
 captain despatched at night two strong parties to 
 seize the buildings occupied by the foe — a duty 
 which they gallantly performed — the Maoris 
 plundering and evacuating them at the first onset. 
 The troops suffered no loss, but the rebels, in 
 addition to some thirty men wounded, lost a great 
 fighting chief, Maketu by name, who was killed 
 by a musket-shot in a house at a distant extremity 
 of the village. Some hills rising just beyond this 
 point were strongly occupied by the rebels, and a 
 building immediately opposite the house before 
 mentioned was stockaded and held by a captain's 
 detachment — by one of whose men this shot 
 was fired. At 150 paces the ball had passed 
 through five planks, including the garden paling, 
 as well as through the skull of the chief as 
 he crouched on the floor fancying his person 
 quite secure. Another minor chief was also 
 
 slain. After the fight their friends retired for 
 a time to bake the bodies of the slain and to vow 
 vengeance. They were seen the following morning 
 sitting disconsolate on the hills lamenting their 
 loss, and soon afterwards all had disappeared. On 
 4th June Colonel McCleverty arrived at Wanganui 
 in the Inflexible with a strong reinforcement — 
 raising the numbers in the camp to about 550 
 men, and assuming the command. During the 
 week he made reconnaissances three or four miles 
 up each bank of the river, thereby ascertaining 
 that the enemy's camp which was posted on the 
 right bank was covered by a series of entrenched 
 ravines stretching from a swamp to the river ; but 
 that there was no regular pah. The Governor, 
 who had repaired to Wanganui, took active 
 interest in these movements as well as others. 
 On the first occasion a naval party co-operating 
 with the troops moving along the shore pushed up 
 the river in boats, and landing in rear of these 
 entrenchments, without any communication with 
 their friends on land, burnt some of the huts of 
 the hostile camp ; and their leaders were dis- 
 pleased that the sister service did not turn the 
 reconnaissance into an attack, and storm the 
 breastworks and entrenched gulleys. The Colonel 
 however feeling that a direct assault on so strong 
 a position would be to play his adversary's game, 
 resolved not to throw away his men for the poor 
 result of winning a barren post — only taken up by 
 the rebels to be abandoned after a double volley 
 or two at the exposed soldiers — the utmost pro- 
 bable loss to themselves being a few kumeras and 
 a cluster of raupo huts built in two or three hours. 
 There was no particular end to be gained in pre- 
 cipitating an engagement on the enemy's ground. 
 The lapse of every day would cause starvation, 
 discontent, and the gradual dispersion of adver- 
 saries unprovided with stores and greatly in want 
 of ammunition. On 1st July he beat up the 
 quarters of a marauding party who were destroy- 
 ing property and driving away stock beyond the 
 heights of St. John's Wood to the northward of 
 the English camp, and succeeded in recovering 
 some of the settlers' cattle. A few days after- 
 wards the rebel tribes seemed to be gradually 
 closing round the settlement — considerable num- 
 bers showing themselves on either side of the 
 river as well as on the heights, distant about a 
 mile and a-half from the town. So insolently 
 bold were some of the native scouts in an 
 attempt to cut off a herdsman and his charge 
 under the very guns of the fortress, that two 
 parties under active subalterns were sent to drive 
 them off. The scouts fled — doubtless according 
 to pre-arrangement — towards the hill of St. John's 
 Wood, and up a steep ravine which had been 
 strongly entrenched, and behind which among 
 the trees a body of the rebels lay concealed. The 
 soldiers dashing after the runaways were received 
 with a heavy fire, which they of course returned, 
 and an action was commenced. The Colonel having 
 come up sent to the camp for reinforcements
 
 New] 
 
 CYCL0P7RDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 415 
 
 the insurgents were strengthened from their sup- 
 ports in rear of the wooded heights ; and in 
 a short time about 400 men on either side 
 were briskly engaged. The enemy had the 
 advantage of strong earthen breastworks drawn 
 across the narrow and rough ascent, with flanking 
 entrenchments on the sides of the gully, while the 
 troops were wholly exposed. Indeed no ground 
 could well be more unfavourable for the attacking 
 force. The only approach from the British 
 stockades to the heights of St. John's Wood was 
 along a narrow ridge of dry sand scarcely passable 
 by three abreast, and hemmed in on either hand 
 by deep swampy land, broken, yet affording no 
 cover, for the long reeds were worse than none. 
 A subaltern's party thrown out to the left for the 
 purpose of turning the flank of the rebels, and 
 diverting their attention from the main attack, 
 found themselves suddenly over their knees in 
 water and mud, whilst the tall and strong flags 
 almost overtopped their heads — a helpless pre- 
 dicament in which an equal number of the more 
 active and lighter-armed foe might have easily 
 destroyed them. Had they not been promptly 
 extricated such must have been their fate ; for 
 the enemy had marked their vulnerable position 
 and were preparing to take advantage of it. This 
 party reached the terra firma of a sand hillock 
 trending into the morass, and were reinforced 
 from the town just as a strong body of Maoris 
 issued against them from the entrenchments. 
 The small party of artillery, with a brass three- 
 pounder and a field howitzer, pushing gallantly 
 along the natural causeway, opened a fire on the 
 fortified ravine, which was answered by a volley 
 of musketry that put two of that corps hors de 
 combat. A second subaltern's party, better posted, 
 connected the right flank of the troops with the 
 river, where the gunboat, under a lieutenant of 
 the Calliope, confronted and drove back the chief 
 Mamaku himself, who with a numerous band made 
 an attempt to get into the rear of the British by the 
 bank of the stream. In the hope of tempting the 
 enemy from their cover the Colonel now tried the 
 effect of a partial retreat, withdrawing and altering 
 the position of the guns ; which movement was no 
 sooner observed by the Maoris than with a 
 deafening shout they rushed boldly down the hill, 
 and musket and tomahawk in hand fell upon the 
 nearest of their white opponents. Then the 
 soldiers, turning upon their savage assailants, 
 charged the foremost at the distance of fifteen 
 paces, overthrowing those who waited for the 
 touch of the bayonet, and driving the others in 
 hot haste back to their breastworks and reserves. 
 On the British side one officer was wounded ; 
 and one of the 65th narrowly escaped being 
 tomahawked by a warrior, who sprung on him 
 while stumbling among the fern, but who was 
 shot through the head by a soldier of the 58th, 
 just in time to arrest the stroke. Two privates 
 were killed and eleven wounded, one of whom 
 died subsequently. Nothing but the well-known 
 
 awkwardness of the New Zealanders in the use 
 of fire-arms can account for the small execution 
 done by them during this skirmish. After the 
 brisk brush just related, the rebels stuck fast to 
 their works, which were admirably though only 
 temporarily constructed — all approach to them 
 being impossible except under a front and flank 
 fire. The swampy nature of the ground at the 
 foot of the range rendered abortive any attempt to 
 turn the position, except by a long detour from 
 the right — a detour which the Colonel would have 
 seen right to attempt had the Maoris given him 
 another opportunity of attacking them in the same 
 position. The affair of the 19th, brought on by the 
 rebels themselves, commenced too late in the day to 
 admit of any circuitous mancouvering before action. 
 It was difficult to obtain trustworthy information 
 as to the enemy's loss. Three men are known to 
 have been killed and ten wounded, of one clan — 
 the Ngatiruaka — which, being connected with the 
 Christian pah of Putiki, communicated to them 
 the loss of their friends. The chief of this tribe, 
 Paore te Hotite by name, was slain in a single 
 combat, by a soldier of the 58th, who after 
 bayonetting his antagonist, coolly walked off with 
 his double-barrelled fowling-piece. Of the damage 
 sustained by the various tribes headed by Mamaku, 
 Te Hapua, Te Pehe, Ngopera, and others, little 
 was heard ; and great care, as usual, was taken by 
 them to conceal its amount. In this action there 
 were but two or three natives fighting on the side 
 of the British ; one of whom was wounded. Yet 
 in none of the N.Z. battles would a strong band of 
 native allies under an enterprising leader, acting 
 on the flanks of the enemy in ground impractible 
 for the heavy soldier, have been more useful. On 
 the side of the rebels there were many hitherto 
 loyal Maoris ; and among the wounded and the 
 foremost assailants of the soldiers was a native 
 teacher, one of a party who surprised and wounded 
 Mr. McGregor of Wanganui in an attempt to 
 reconnoitre from the top of Shakespeare's Cliff, 
 He was chased down the hill and severely hurt by 
 a shot ; but his life was saved by the intrepidity 
 of Mr. Middleton of the 58th, who, with the 
 master of the schooner Edward Stanley, crossed 
 the river, under a sharp fusillade, and picked him 
 out of the water into which he had thrown him- 
 self. After the affair of St. John's Wood there 
 occured a singular scene. The natives of Putiki 
 pah, anxious to know it had fared with their 
 relatives in the enemy's camp, got permission 
 from the colonel to visit them on the hills ; 
 and accordingly an animated bout of hand- 
 shaking, nose-rubbing, and kororoing took place 
 according to Maori custom in like cases. Two 
 or three days later the hostile natives who still 
 displayed considerable numbers on the heights 
 and who occasionally exchanged shots with the 
 British picquets returned the greetings of the 
 Putikis. A chief named Te Hapua ran forward 
 towards the English post with a piece of white 
 paper on his ramrod and called for Hori Kingi
 
 416 
 
 CYCLOP/RDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 (George King) the chief of the Christian natives. 
 A crowd of the Putikis, with the colonel's sanction, 
 rushed into the plain beneath the stockades, and 
 about a hundred of the rebel warriors came down 
 to them and performed a war-dance in a dense 
 body within easy reach of the guns. As a point 
 of honour these were silent for a time ; the crowd 
 retired, and shortly afterwards a series of dances 
 took place in succession along the whole crest of 
 the ridge occupied by the enemy, showing that 
 they were still there in considerable force. Their 
 yells and roars resounded through the hills and 
 were distinctly audible in the camp. The Putiki 
 renegades were the first to desert the rebel ranks ; 
 and shortly afterwards the Taua broke up altogether 
 from the British front and dispersed into winter 
 quarters — a movement to which their desultory 
 mode of warfare, the scarcity of ammunition and 
 provisions (for these wild warriors had hitherto 
 lived from hand to mouth by plundering the cattle 
 and swine of the settlers and loyal natives,) the 
 severe cold of the season, and perhaps the taste of 
 the bayonet they had received, all contributed to 
 incline them. A long-threatened assault on the 
 British stockades never took effect, though it is 
 said the storming parties for each with the chiefs 
 to lead them had all been regularly "told off." 
 Their plan was to set fire to the reed huts of the 
 cantonments within the palisades by throwing fire- 
 sticks on them, and to rush to the attack during 
 the confusion occasioned by the conflagration. 
 Had they made this attempt with real determina- 
 tion to do or die, few of them would have escaped 
 the latter fate. The grass roofs of the warrees had 
 been rendered fire-proof by a covering of bread- 
 bags steeped in lime-water, and there were upwards 
 of 500 British soldiers within the forts with artil- 
 lery, while the enemy, but little more numerous, 
 had no guns. Superstition was one potential cause 
 of the abandonment of the projected onslaught. 
 On the evening of the night fixed for its execution 
 the priests or seers consulted the relative positions 
 of the moon and of a certain star — the former 
 being considered to represent the beleaguering 
 Taua, and the latter the British camp. These 
 diplomatic horoscopists did not fail to discover that 
 the aspect of the two luminaries was unpropitious 
 to Maori success ; for the crescent of the half 
 moon had its back turned towards the flash- 
 ing rays of the star, instead of threatening 
 it with its horns, which would have been the 
 favourable augury. The sustained blockade of 
 the river, and other stringent measures enforced 
 by the English, reduced the natives residing on its 
 banks to the greatest straits ; and, under the 
 pressure of famine, a numerous deputation of men 
 of note came down to the camp and tendered their 
 submission to the officer in command. He assured 
 them of the pardon of the Governor on certain 
 conditions. In reviewing the Wanganui campaign 
 there is found much to admire— many individual 
 instances of gallantry, firmness, and self-devotion ; 
 much cheerfulness under hardship and privation. 
 
 The consummate tact of Governor Grey in the 
 management of the Maoris was of good service 
 subsequently in securing the co-operation of the 
 friendly chiefs and their followers, as well as in 
 deterring from active hostilities against the 
 British the doubtful and wavering. With the 
 skirmishes at Wanganui terminated the first N.Z. 
 war. When Honi Heki first cut down the British 
 standard and unfurled that of revolt in the 
 country, there was no vessel of war on its seas, 
 and only one company of soldiers on its soil. At 
 the close of the Wanganui campaign in August 
 1847 there were two splendid regiments, full 900 
 strong each, a powerful naval force, including a 
 steamship of 1200 tons, and a strong band of 
 Pensioner Fencibles, gradually increasing in num- 
 bers. The elder chieftains, not ignorant of English 
 tenacity of purpose, well knew that from whence 
 these came more "hippas" and "hoias" — ships 
 and soldiers — would be forthcoming if necessary. 
 With such odds against them, the Maoris discovered 
 that peaceable pursuits were more profitable than 
 warfare. In January 1848 Governor Grey held a 
 conference at Wanganui with the leaders of the 
 Taua from the river districts, who had demanded 
 an audience. Mamaku, the friend of Kangihaieta, 
 and the head chief of the rebels, together with the 
 main body of the tribes implicated in the late out- 
 break stayed away — perhaps because they were not 
 permitted to treat with arms in their hands. But 
 a fleet of large canoes was seen gliding with pro- 
 digious speed down the stream, and was quickly 
 moored under Shakspeare's Cliff. A few of the 
 chiefs then came across and were admitted to the 
 Governor's presence in a room of one of the 
 deserted houses. The Christian native Dawson, 
 dressed in European costume, came forward boldly, 
 though his loyalty was by no means beyond doubt, 
 and spoke in behalf of his rebel brother Te Pehe. 
 This man and Ngopera were at first extremely 
 nervous, striving vainly for many minutes to 
 recover their self-command. At length each spoke 
 to the purpose of the conference, both acknow- 
 ledging that they had joined in the war party 
 against Wanganui, but averring that Mamaku had 
 originated and was at the head of it. The koriro 
 ended by their promising that certain cattle, 
 sheep, ifec, the property of settlers which had been 
 "lifted" during the rebellion should be restored, 
 and that a murderer who had taken refuge up 
 the river should be delivered up to British justice 
 if he could be found. The Governor's pardon 
 was guaranteed to them on the performance of 
 their promise. 
 
 XVII. The New Constitution. — Limited in 
 numbers and occupied with the immediate exigen- 
 cies of their daily life, it is not easy to find 
 amongst the first body of settlers just landed in a 
 new country a sufficient number of men having 
 the leisure, experience, and public spirit necessary 
 for devising its fundamental laws ; and following 
 the course usually pursued on founding an English 
 colony, the Executive and Legislative branches of
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 417 
 
 the Government of N.Z. were in the first instance 
 composed of persons appointed by and responsible 
 to the Crown. The political tutelage of the colony 
 however was of short duration, and no other 
 British dependency has ever been deemed fit for 
 the enjoyment of free institutions at so early a 
 period in its history. But to devise political insti- 
 tutions suited to the peculiar circumstances was 
 no easy task. If the country had been colonised 
 at only a single point there would have been little 
 difficulty in framing for it a Constitution which, 
 while securing Imperial interest, conferred on the 
 settlers ample powers of representative self- 
 government. But the task of governing N.Z. 
 was complicated by serious practical difficulties. 
 Instead of colonising from a single centre, several 
 settlements were almost simultaneously planted at 
 wide intervals on both the principal islands. 
 These settlements were separated from each other 
 by great distances, and communication even for 
 persons on horseback existed only between three 
 of them. The wide intervals between them were 
 occupied by a native race estimated to consist of 
 120,000 souls, a very large proportion of whom 
 were males capable of bearing arms. As early as 
 1842 a measure based on the principle of repre- 
 sentative self-government was passed by the 
 Legislature for the local government of the 
 various settlements— a measure declared by the 
 directors of the Company, to whom it was sub- 
 mitted for consideration, to be excellent and 
 " admirably calculated in the main for carrying 
 out the beneficial public objects for which it 
 purports to be framed." It was well received by 
 the colonists, but on trifling and technical grounds 
 disallowed by the Crown. The attempt thus made 
 to prepare the settlers to take part in the manage- 
 ment of public affairs was attended with small 
 success. Nor was the measure subsequently 
 passed with the same object during the adminis- 
 trations of Governors FitzKoy and Grey much 
 more successful. More than once the settlers 
 were again incorporated for purposes of local 
 self-government. By charter conferred on the 
 people of Auckland during Grey's administration, 
 the various hundreds into which the neighbouring 
 country had been divided were erected into a 
 municipality, and the settlers had conferred on 
 them, not only the ordinary powers of an English 
 town council, but extensive powers of self- 
 government in all matters of local interest. But 
 the opponents of the measure persuaded the 
 settlers that the general revenues of the Province 
 were sufficient, not only for the general Govern- 
 ment, but also for purposes of local improvement ; 
 the burgesses became indifferent to the retention 
 of the political power conferred on them ; and in 
 the course of a little more than a year they allowed 
 it to expire. In all those measures the necessary 
 powers of taxation were granted to the colonists 
 for the purpose of promoting local improvements. 
 For upwards of ten years after it was colonised 
 N.Z. continued to form one undivided colony ; 
 
 and a Legislative Council composed of Crown 
 nominees, without any admixture of the popular 
 element, was the sole depository of legislative 
 power. In the year 1846 it was believed by the 
 Home authorities that the time had arrived when 
 a representative constitution might safely be 
 granted. The measure devised for that object was 
 framed by men who had paid great attention to 
 colonial affairs, and who had access to all the 
 information on the subject of N.Z. which the 
 records of the Colonial Office could afford. But 
 no sooner were its provisions made known in the 
 colony than it was seen to be unfit for the country 
 and the circumstances, and it was represented by 
 the local authorities that the attempt to give effect 
 to its provisions would endanger the peace of the 
 country by exciting the fears of the native race 
 for the preservation of their territorial rights. 
 The Secretary of State promptly took measures 
 for suspending its operation ; and it is but an act 
 of justice to Lord Grey to declare that few men 
 would have had the good sense and the moral 
 courage so readily to abandon a favourite measure 
 in deference to the opinion of the local authorities. 
 When the subject again came under consideration 
 in 1852 the Imperial Government were in posses- 
 sion of Grey's exposition of the circumstances of 
 the country, and of the condition and character of 
 its native people. The measure introduced by the 
 Colonial Minister, Sir John Pakington, was dis- 
 cussed in both Houses of Parliament at consider- 
 able length : leading men of all parties taking 
 part in the debate. The heads of the bill had been 
 prepared while Lord Grey was Colonial Minister, 
 and its general outlines were adopted by his suc- 
 cessor. The greater number of its clauses however 
 were taken from an ordinance passed in the colony 
 itself for establishing Provincial Legislatures. In 
 its progress through Parliament it underwent con- 
 siderable alterations. Under these circumstances 
 it can hardly be surprising that the new Constitu- 
 tion was found to be defective, and evinced on the 
 part of its framers neither certainty of purpose nor 
 unity of design. But whatever were its faults it 
 conferred on the colonists almost unfettered 
 powers of self-government ; gave them the power 
 of regulating the sale and disposal of the waste 
 lands, and of moulding their political institu- 
 tions to the circumstances of the country. By 
 this Act the Islands were divided into six 
 Provinces, and placed under the jurisdiction of one 
 Supreme Legislature, composed of the Governor, a 
 Legislative Council and House of Representatives, 
 who formed the Colonial Parliament. The 
 Governor represented the Queen ; the Council, 
 the Lords ; and the House of Representatives, the 
 Commons. The Upper House was to consist of 
 twenty Members. No property qualification was 
 prescribed for its Members ; they were appointed 
 by the Crown, held their offices for life, and were 
 presided over by a Speaker appointed by the 
 Governor. The House of Representatives con- 
 sisted of thirty-seven Members elected by the 
 
 E3
 
 419 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 people for a period of five years, subject to the 
 power of the Governor to dissolve the Assembly. 
 No qualification was required for the Members 
 other than that of being an elector ; and the 
 Speaker was chosen by the Members themselves. 
 Thus constituted the General Assembly of New 
 Zealand was authorised to legislate for the peace, 
 order, and good government of the colony at large. 
 But all its acts were liable to disallowance by the 
 Crown. But as, with its numerous and widely- 
 detached settlements, it was obvious that the 
 colony could not be governed in detail by a single 
 central authority, it was provided by the Constitu- 
 tion that for the local government of each of the 
 Provinces there should be a Superintendent and 
 a Provincial Legislative Council. The Superin- 
 tendent was to be elected by the people of the 
 Province, and his term of office, if not sooner dis- 
 possessed, was four years. The Members of the 
 Provincial Councils were also elected by the 
 people for the like period ; but any Council was 
 at any time liable to bo dissolved by the Governor. 
 The Superintendent and Council of each Province 
 was authorised to make all such laws as might be 
 required for the government of the Province — 
 excepting on matters relating to the customs, courts 
 of judicature, currency, weights and measures, 
 post-office, bankruptcy, lighthouses, shipping dues, 
 marriage, crown lands and native land, inflicting 
 disabilities or restrictions on the native race, 
 criminal law, and the law relating to inheritance. 
 All laws made by the Provincial Legislatures were 
 subject to the veto of the Governor, and might at 
 any time be repealed by the General Assembly. 
 The Elective Franchise was without distinction of 
 race. Every man of the age of twenty-one or 
 upwards who owned land of the value of ,£50, or 
 a lease of the value of £10 a year, or being a 
 householder occupying a tenement in a town of 
 the annual value of £10, or in the country of the 
 annual value of £o, if duly registered, was qualified 
 to vote at the election of a Member of the House 
 of Representatives and of the Provincial Council, 
 and also of the Superintendent of the Province, and 
 also to be himself eligible for the office of Super- 
 intendent, or of Member of the Provincial or 
 General Legislature, or both. The Franchise was 
 virtually equivalent to Universal Suffrage, and 
 was the same as that prescribed by the Local 
 Legislature in providing for the establishment of 
 Provincial Councils. But the Local Legislature 
 had provided that one-third of the members of 
 the proposed councils should be appointed by the 
 Crown. In one important particular the new 
 Constitution was certainly the most liberal ever 
 granted to a British colony; the possession of 
 property not being prescribed as a qualification 
 either for the office of Superintendent or for a 
 seat in the General or Provincial Legislatures. 
 As soon as the several Provincial Councils had 
 met and held a session the General Assembly was 
 convened. It soon became apparent that instead 
 of drawing together and uniting the colonists in 
 
 the various and widely separated settlements, the 
 new Constitution rather tended to perpetuate 
 their isolation; and the Government took the 
 earliest opportunity of pointing out the evil. 
 "Seeing," said the Acting-Governor on opening 
 the first session of the Assembly, "that the colony 
 is composed of six detached settlements, each 
 from another more than a hundred miles apart ; 
 with no facilities of intercommunication ; planted 
 by various founders, on different systems, each 
 independent of the other; with little intercourse 
 between them, either social or commercial ; with 
 no common sympathy ; and heretofore without 
 the slightest bond of union : seeing too that each 
 of its several Provinces has been invested with 
 larger powers of local legislation, it will rest with 
 the General Assembly of these Islands whether 
 N.Z. shall become one great nation, exercising a 
 commanding influence in the Southern seas, or a 
 collection of insignificant, divided and powerless 
 petty States." But the inhabitants of the various 
 Provinces having already been so long and so com- 
 pletely separated from each other, it soon became 
 evident that the leaning of the majority of the 
 members of the General Assembly itself was 
 altogether provincial ; that a provincial rather 
 than a national feeling prevailed amongst them ; 
 and that their views and sympathies hardly 
 extended beyond the Province they had been 
 returned to represent. The tendency to provincial 
 independence had shown itself in the whole of the 
 Provincial Councils ; and foreseeing that if some 
 controlling check were not promptly interposed 
 there would shortly be as many different kinds of 
 law as there were Provinces in the colony, the 
 Government continued urgently to direct the 
 attention of the Assembly to the subject. It 
 recommended that some guiding principle should 
 be adopted whereby it might be determined 
 on which of the subjects within the common 
 jurisdiction of the General and Provincial Legis- 
 latures the superior authority should initiate 
 legislation. This view gradually gained acceptance 
 and was afterwards partially carried into effect ; 
 but the first session of the Assembly closed with- 
 out any attempt to embody it in a substantial Act, 
 and instead of controlling, the Assembly was in 
 fact itself controlled by the Local Councils. At 
 the second General Election the House of Repre- 
 sentatives became still more provincial in its 
 character ; the superintendents of all the Provinces 
 and many of the members of the Provincial 
 Councils being elected to the House of Represen- 
 tatives. Comprising so many members interested 
 in maintaining the importance of provincial 
 institutions, the General Assembly failed to prove 
 an efficient check on the growth of the mischievous 
 multiplicity and diversity of provincial legislation. 
 The whole of the six Provincial Councils thus left 
 unchecked, passed during the first three years 
 of their existence upwards of 200 provincial 
 ordinances ; and it was not until the Upper House 
 in the Session of 1856 appointed a committee to
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 419 
 
 inquire into the subject that the Assembly appeared 
 to be alive to the growing evil. In 1857 an Act 
 was passed to enlarge the constituent power of the 
 General Assembly, and designed to mould the 
 Constitution in conformity with the wishes of the 
 people. 
 
 XVIII. The First General Assembly.— The first 
 session of the General Assembly will long be 
 memorable in the constitutional history of N.Z. 
 Liberal as were its provisions, the Constitution 
 made no change in the principles on which the 
 Executive Government of the colony had pre- 
 viously been conducted ; nor did it make provision 
 for securing to the Executive any medium of com- 
 munication with the House of Assembly. By the 
 Royal Letters Patent issued to the Governor sub- 
 sequently to the passing of the Constitution Act, 
 it was provided as before that the Government 
 should be administered by the Governor himself 
 under instructions from the Crown, with the advice 
 and assistance of the Executive Council, consist- 
 ing of the Senior Military Officer in command of 
 Her Majesty's forces, the Colonial" Secretary, the 
 Attorney-General, and the Colonial Treasurer. 
 The Governor was authorised to add to the Execu- 
 tive Council such other persons as he might deem 
 to be capable and qualified to advise him ; but 
 such appointments were to be provisional only, 
 and subject to be confirmed or disallowed by the 
 Crown. Both by the terms of his commission and 
 by the royal instructions the Governor was made 
 directly responsible to the Crown ; and no discre- 
 tion was left him to delegate his authority or to 
 relieve himself from responsibility in the conduct 
 of the duties of his office. By the same instru- 
 ments the members of the Executive Council were 
 made responsible to Her Majesty ; and no pro- 
 vision was made for enabling the Governor to 
 establish the system of Ministerial responsibility. 
 Hardly had the Assembly met, when the absence 
 of any provision for securing that the Executive 
 should be represented in the Legislature was seen 
 to be a serious defect. When the necessary 
 measures for bringing the Constitution into opera- 
 tion had been completed, and after the Provincial 
 Councils had all met for the despatch of business, 
 Governor Grey proceeded to England on leave of 
 absence ; and Colonel Wynyard of the 58th Regi- 
 ment, senior officer in command of the troops, 
 became the temporary administrator of the Govern- 
 ment. When he entered on the duties of office, 
 the crowning act for giving effect to the Constitu- 
 tion was still to be performed. Wynyard would 
 gladly have allowed the Assembly to continue in 
 abeyance, and left the responsibility of convening 
 that body to the permanent Governor of the colony. 
 It was uncertain however when Grey would return, 
 or when his successor would be appointed ; and 
 acting the bolder part Wynyard promptly sum- 
 moned the Assembly to meet at Auckland on 24th 
 May 1854. Grey left N.Z. on 31st December 1853, 
 and soon after his arrival in England was pro- 
 moted by the Duke of Newcastle to the Government 
 
 of the Cape of Good Hope. His successor, 
 Colonel Thomas Gore Browne, did not reach the 
 colony until 4th September 1855. If Wynyard 
 had not undertaken the responsibility of conven- 
 ing the Assembly, the supreme legislature of the 
 colony must have remained in abeyance for a 
 period of two years longer. Amongst the mem- 
 bers returned to the House of Representatives at 
 the first general election were several experienced 
 and able men. Conspicuous amongst them was 
 Edward Gibbon Wakefield. Possessing acknow- 
 ledged ability, the chief promoter of the colonisa- 
 tion of N.Z., the founder of the modern school of 
 colonial politicians, and justly described as " one 
 of the shrewdest of mankind," Wakefield naturally 
 filled a large space in the colonial Parliament. 
 Although assembled from all parts of the colony — 
 some of them from a distance of more than seven 
 hundred miles — thirty-three of the thirty-seven 
 members attended the summons, two seats being 
 vacant. The formal preliminaries having been 
 completed, the Acting-Governor proceeded to open 
 the business of the Assembly on 27th May, in an 
 elaborate address, prefaced by a statement of the 
 considerations which had induced him to summon 
 the Assembly : — " Possessing the necessary legal 
 authority, and seeing that Her Majesty's sub- 
 jects in N.Z. have a right to the exercise of 
 the powers conferred on them by the British 
 Parliament, I felt that I ought not to allow 
 considerations personal to myself to disappoint 
 their expectations, and to delay them indefinitely 
 in the enjoyment of their Constitutional privi- 
 leges. Trusting that under the circumstances 
 under which the government of the country has 
 devolved upon myself, I may rely on your friendly 
 co-operation and cordial support, I determined to 
 summon, and I have this day been allowed the 
 memorable privilege of opening, the First Parlia- 
 ment of New Zealand." This prompt action was 
 gratefully appreciated by the House of Represen- 
 tatives, who recorded their sense of the benefit 
 which Wynyard conferred on the colony by con- 
 vening the Assembly at the earliest period after it 
 became his duty to assume the Government of the 
 country. It soon became obvious however that 
 the popular branch of the Legislature was rather 
 intent on increasing its power over the Executive 
 Government than on securing the country from an 
 accumulating mass of conflicting provincial legisla- 
 tion. Immediately after the adoption of the 
 answer to the opening address, a resolution was 
 moved by Wakefield, " That amongst the objects 
 which the House desires to see accomplished 
 without delay, the most important is the establish- 
 ment of Ministerial Responsibility in the conduct 
 of Legislative and Executive proceedings by the 
 Governor." The subject was discussed in a debate 
 of three days' continuance— if debate it may be 
 called in which no difference of opinion was 
 expressed. By many of the members the subject 
 was imperfectly understood ; but the way having 
 been opened by the mover's explanatory speech,
 
 420 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LNew 
 
 every other member followed the lead and delivered 
 to the House his sentiments on the subject. An 
 amendment for a select committee to report on 
 the time and mode in which the principle of 
 responsible Government should be brought into 
 operation, so as to guard the interests of both 
 races, was negatived by a majority of twenty-nine 
 to one ; and the original motion having been 
 carried by acclamation, was followed up by an 
 address to the officer administering the Govern- 
 ment, praying him to take the previous resolution 
 into his serious and early consideration. An 
 amendment was moved that the Crown was the 
 only proper and competent authority to be appealed 
 to on the subject ; but the delay even of a few 
 months for reference to England was distasteful 
 to the House, and the motion was rejected by 
 twenty -five to two. The proceedings of the House 
 of Representatives, thus united almost to a man, 
 were no doubt calculated, even if not intended, 
 to coerce the Government into compliance with 
 their views. The demand thus made on the 
 Head of the Executive — for the all but unanimous 
 resolutions of the representative body could 
 hardly be regarded in any other light — was that 
 the senior officer in command of the troops, 
 taking advantage of the absence of the Governor, 
 and without waiting for the sanction of the Crown, 
 should alter the fundamental principles on which 
 the Government of the colony was conducted ; 
 that he should take on himself the responsibility 
 of accepting the resignations of the advisers 
 appointed by the Crown ; that instead of adminis- 
 tering the Government under instructions from 
 the Crown, with the advice and assistance of a 
 Council appointed by and responsible to the Crown, 
 he should appoint to the principal offices of the 
 Government members of the General Assembly 
 responsible to the Assembly, and should carry on 
 the Government of the country in obedience to 
 their commands ; that he should subject the native 
 race to the dominion of their European fellow- 
 subjects ; and virtually surrender the powers of 
 the Crown to the representatives of the people. 
 It was not within the power of the Acting- 
 Governor to carry out these demands; nor had it 
 been so was it in the power of the House to 
 enforce them ; for by an oversight in the Consti- 
 tution Act, the House of Representatives had not 
 at that time the power of "stopping supplies." 
 On establishing representative institutions it 
 would no doubt have been desirable that the 
 Governor should be in a position to call to his 
 Councils, and to appoint to the principal offices of 
 the Government, persons in whom the colonists 
 would confide to give free scope to the develop- 
 ment of the new Constitution. The difficulty in 
 the way of this arrangement arose from the fact 
 that the holders of those offices held virtually 
 permanent appointments from the Crown, which 
 in the absence of misconduct on their parts they 
 could not be called on by the Acting-Governor to 
 resign. It was not in Wynyard's power to change 
 
 either the principles of the Government or the 
 persons by whom it was administered. It was 
 however competent for him under the provisions 
 of the Charter to add to the Executive Council 
 such persons as he might deem qualified to advise 
 him ; and this was the only Constitutional means 
 in his power of establishing a medium of com- 
 munication with and securing the representation 
 of the Government in the two Houses. The 
 mover and seconder of the address in answer to 
 the opening speech were accordingly " sent for " 
 by the Acting-Governor and made acquainted 
 with the course which, as a temporary expe- 
 dient, he was prepared to pursue. "The officer 
 administering the Government has acquainted 
 us," said the member who undertook to form 
 the new Government, in communicating the 
 result of their interview to the House of 
 Representatives, "that he is prepared to carry 
 out immediately the principle lately assented to 
 by the House with respect to responsible govern- 
 ment, so far as he is advised that it is in his 
 power to do so ; that is to say, to appoint some 
 additional members of the Executive Council, 
 ■who shall be charged with the policy of the Govern- 
 ment, but who shall hold their seats in the Execu- 
 tive Council only so long as they shall command 
 the confidence of the Houses of the Legislature." 
 Four leading members of the Assembly were 
 accordingly added to the Executive Council. 
 Without being appointed to specific offices, they 
 were entrusted with the duty of conducting the 
 Government business through the two chambers, 
 and of preparing and superintending in their pro- 
 gress the measures necessary for giving effect to 
 the policy of the Government ; and they took 
 office on the condition of holding their appoint- 
 ments so long only as they should retain the 
 confidence of the Legislature. The official mem- 
 bers of the Executive — the Colonial Secretary, 
 the Attorney-General, and the Colonial Treasurer 
 — continued to hold office until — consistently with 
 a due regard to the public convenience, their duty 
 as the appointed advisers of the Acting-Governor, 
 and the servants of the Crown — they could with 
 propriety retire. Wynyard had the satisfaction 
 to find that the course pursued by him, in 
 thus giving effect as far as it was in his power 
 to do so, to the principle of responsible Govern- 
 ment, proved satisfactory to the Assembly. 
 For a period of several weeks the business of 
 the session was carried on without difficulty in 
 both Houses ; and the most harmonious rela- 
 tions were established between the Executive 
 and Legislative branches of the Government. 
 The newly-appointed members of the Executive 
 received the entire confidence of the Acting- 
 Governor and the support of the working majority 
 in the House of Representatives. But they soon 
 became dissatisfied with their anomalous position ; 
 and before they had been two months in office 
 they pressed the Acting-Governor to make further 
 concessions ; urging that the Colonial Secretary,
 
 NewJ 
 
 I \i l.nl'.KDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 421 
 
 Attorney-General and Colonial Treasurer (proper 
 pensions being provided for them) should immedi- 
 ately retire, and that the Government should be 
 reconstituted on the ordinary responsible basis. 
 In support of their views they urged that a 
 formidable opposition had been formed in the 
 House ; that the Assembly would be unwilling to 
 place in the hands of a government over whom 
 they had no control the large powers proposed to 
 be conferred on the Executive by measures at that 
 time before the House ; and that there was reason 
 to believe that the House would not grant the 
 supplies, except on the security that the Govern- 
 ment would for the future be conducted in accord- 
 ance with the will of the Assembly. Satisfied 
 that he had no power to establish Responsible 
 Government in a complete form, and that he 
 could not, without a violation of the Charter, 
 undertake that the Government of the colony 
 should be conducted in accordance with the will 
 of the Legislature, the Acting-Governor refused 
 to comply with their demands. Neither on his 
 own part however nor on that of his advisers was 
 there manifested any disposition personally to 
 stand in the way of arrangements for increasing 
 the strength of the general government, and for 
 establishing harmonious relations with the Houses 
 of Assembly. But the members of the Executive 
 were not prepared to advise the head of the 
 Government to comply with those new demands. 
 Nor were the time and circumstances favourable 
 for making so sudden and complete a change in 
 the administration of public affairs. The native 
 race were still sensitivelyjealous of being governed 
 otherwise than directly by the representative of 
 the Crown ; the Governor himself was absent 
 from the colony ; and a single false step or an ill- 
 considered measure on the part of the Executive 
 might again involve the country in a destructive 
 native war. Wynyard's constitutional advisers 
 therefore, who had been in office almost from the 
 foundation of the colony, and on whose prudence 
 and experience he would naturally be disposed to 
 rely, felt that in the midst of a threatening political 
 crisis they could not leave the temporary adminis- 
 trator of the Government to a council of new and 
 untried men without incurring the imputation of 
 abandoning their posts, bartering their places for 
 a pension, and deserting the Acting-Governor in 
 the hour of need. They all declared their readi- 
 ness to retire from office if called upon to do so 
 by Her Majesty's representative; but under the 
 circumstances of his position they refused to advise 
 him either to call on them for or even to accept 
 their resignations. Failing to move him "from 
 his original position, Wynyard's new advisers 
 resigned their seats in the Executive Council ; 
 and the new cloth which had been let into the 
 old Government being thus torn away the rent 
 was made worse. A long and angry altercation 
 ensued between the Acting-Governor and the 
 Assembly. At length matters came to a crisis. 
 The House of Representatives passed a series 
 
 of resolutions daring the Government either to 
 prorogue or dissolve the Assembly without 
 asking for supplies; directing the Speaker to 
 wain all receivers of public revenues that the 
 penalties of the law would be enforced against 
 them if they expended the revenues without the 
 sanction of the Assembly ; and resolving that Her 
 Majesty be addressed forthwith to remove the 
 members of the old Executive. The minority left 
 the House or took no part; all pretence of 
 deliberation was thrown aside ; and before the ink 
 was dry with which they were recorded, these and 
 several other resolutions of a like character, were 
 put and carried . In the midst of the proceedings 
 a member entered the House and announced that 
 the Assembly had been prorogued. A scene of 
 uproar and confusion immediately ensued, little 
 befitting the character of a deliberative assembly. 
 Order having at length been restored, and the 
 defiant resolutions having been hurriedly passed, 
 a message from the Acting-Governor was read ; it 
 was found to convey official information that the 
 Assembly was prorogued for a fortnight. During 
 the period for which the Assembly had been in 
 session not a single enactment had been added to 
 the Statute Book, and the labours of the first 
 session of the General Assembly were thus brought 
 to an untimely and unprofitable end. The general 
 excitement was so great that for several days after 
 the temporary prorogation all prospect of a 
 peaceable termination of the struggle appeared 
 hopeless; and it was probable that to allow the 
 Assembly to meet again at the end of the fort- 
 night would be simply to provoke a renewal of 
 unseemly strife; indeed for a while there seemed 
 no course open to the Government but to prorogue 
 the Assembly sine die, and in the meantime — 
 the existing revenues by an oversight in the Con- 
 stitution not having been placed at the disposal of 
 the Assembly — to carry on the strictly necessary 
 expenditure, subject to their responsibility to the 
 Crown. Wakefield, though declaring his own 
 unwillingness to become a member of the Executive 
 Council, endeavoured but in vain to strengthen 
 the Government. But it was evident that any 
 Government in which he was even supposed to 
 have an influence would be distasteful to a 
 majority of the House ; and amongst the minority 
 it was impossible to find members for the several 
 provinces of sufficient weight and influence to 
 secure for the General Government the confidence 
 of the country. Finding himself powerless, and 
 believing that the Government was about to act 
 independently of his advice, Wakefield retired 
 from his anomalous position as temporary adviser 
 of the Government, which he had retained even 
 after his resignation as a responsible Minister. 
 The prompt action of the Government in proroguing 
 the Assembly took the majority by surprise ; but 
 it was evident that so long as the members could 
 meet in the House, irritation and excitement would 
 be kept alive, without a moment's time for cool 
 reflection. The course pursued by the Executive
 
 422 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 was followed by the most complete success. At 
 first the members could hardly realise the power- 
 less condition to which they had been suddenly 
 reduced by having the doors of the House closed 
 against them. The most influential portion of the 
 press denounced their violent proceedings ; the 
 general community were indifferent, if not actually 
 hostile to them ; not a single expression of public 
 sympathy was given in their favour, nor was a 
 single public meeting got up in their behalf. With 
 reflection came the unwelcome conviction that 
 the Government were in fact masters of the 
 situation ; that the sinews of war were in their 
 hands ; that the revenues of the colony were 
 neither de jure nor de facto subject to the appro- 
 bation of the Assembly ; and that if the Assembly 
 refused to proceed with the business of the session, 
 the Government were prepared to incur the 
 responsibility of applying the public revenues to 
 the maintenance of the public service. Under 
 these circumstances, and with time for reflection, 
 the members of the House could hardly avoid the 
 conclusion that they were engaged in a hopeless 
 contest. Private and personal considerations, too, 
 with many of them were not without their weight. 
 It had always been intended that a sum to defray 
 the expenses of the members should be placed on 
 the estimates ; but the supplies had not been 
 voted, and not one measure of public utility had 
 been passed. Their travelling expenses and the 
 cost of living three months from home amounted 
 to no inconsiderable sum, to many of them a 
 matter of serious consideration. The prospect of 
 returning to their constituencies at their own 
 charges, and without being able to point to a single 
 useful measure as the result of their deliberations, 
 was not without its sobering effect. Their fear 
 also of Wakefield's ascendency had been removed, 
 and his retirement had the effect of paving the 
 way for the restoration of a better feeling towards 
 the Government on the part of the majority ; so 
 that before the end of the short recess all idea of 
 further contest was abandoned, and how to retrieve 
 themselves from the dilemma became the subject 
 of common thought. Having ascertained through 
 various channels that, if allowed to meet again, 
 the House would proceed with the business of 
 legislation, and vote the necessary supplies, the 
 Government determined that the Parliament should 
 re-assemble at the expiration of the period for 
 which the Assembly had been prorogued. Wake- 
 field had ceased to act as adviser in the emergency ; 
 but the party who acknowledged him as their 
 leader still believed that a mixed Government 
 might be formed which could successfully conduct 
 the government of the country ; and that if repre- 
 sented in the Executive Council, they could 
 themselves devise and carry out a course of policy 
 so obviously beneficial to the colony as to secure 
 for the Government the support of a working 
 majority in the Assembly. The Government 
 however were not prepared to retain permanently 
 in the Executive Council members who should 
 
 be proved to want the confidence of the 
 Assembly. Four members of the minority were 
 however appointed to the Executive Council, on 
 condition that if the course of policy to be at once 
 announced by them should be met by a vote of 
 want of confidence on the part of the House, they 
 should immediately retire. Hardly had their 
 appointments been gazetted than their resigna- 
 tions were announced. On the re-assembling of 
 the House at the termination of the recess their 
 policy was formally announced to the Assembly ; 
 if it had been the perfection of human wisdom it 
 would have been, under the circumstances, no less 
 summarily rejected. Almost without discussion 
 it was put to the vote and negatived by a decisive 
 majority — the House agreeing to an amendment, 
 " That a mixed Executive, as then constituted, 
 composed in part of irresponsible officers, and in 
 part of members drawn from a small minority of 
 the House— a Ministry constructed on a delusive 
 theory of representation of provincial interests- 
 was a form of government in which the House 
 declared its absolute want of confidence." Nothing 
 therefore remained for the Ministers of a day but to 
 tender their resignations ; which were immediately 
 accepted. Thus the majority, Wakefield, and the 
 minority, had each in turn made the attempt ; and 
 it had been demonstrated by a kind of exhaustive 
 process, that consistently with the powers of the 
 Acting-Governor no better form of Government 
 could at present be established than that which 
 was in existence when the Assembly first met. 
 The same majority of twenty-two to ten, who on 
 15th August had denounced the Government as 
 weak and incompetent ; had discussed whether 
 the Acting-Governor would deem it wise to return 
 to the original state of things, and to attempt to 
 carry on the government with his present officers ; 
 had resolved to pray Her Majesty forthwith to dis- 
 miss them ; and had all but threatened to stop the 
 supplies ; agreed on the 1st of September to a mild, 
 conciliatory address, recording the opinion (which 
 the Government entertained from the outset) that 
 until Eesponsible Government in a complete form 
 should be established by competent authority, the 
 Executive Government should be continued as 
 formerly under the exclusive management of those 
 public officers who derived their authority from and 
 were responsible to Her Majesty ; at the same time 
 declaring their readiness to grant supplies to a 
 Government conducted by the old Executive officers. 
 Wynyard had always been ready to bury past dif- 
 ferences in oblivion, and the pacific overtures of 
 the House were met by him in a conciliatory reply. 
 The eld regime having been restored by common 
 consent, all parties set themselves assiduously to 
 the real business of legislation ; and on proroguing 
 the Assembly the Acting-Governor was able to 
 congratulate its members on the amount of useful 
 legislation they had accomplished during the brief 
 period which had elapsed since the commencement 
 of the session. In the course of little more than 
 six months Wynyard was enabled to inform the
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 423 
 
 colonists that Her Majesty's ministers had sanc- 
 tioned the establishment of responsible government, 
 subject to the single condition that provision should 
 be made for those officers of the Executive who 
 had accepted their appointments on the under- 
 standing of their permanence. But the House of 
 Representatives had become less eager on the sub- 
 ject. A year before the House had negatived by 
 a majority of twenty-five to two a motion for the 
 short delay for a reference to England. Now that 
 competent authority had been obtained, the House 
 by a majority of sixteen to three put a stop to the 
 progress of a necessary preliminary measure for 
 bringing the principle of responsible government 
 into operation, and agreed to a resolution, " That 
 seeing that it is intended to defer the introduction 
 of responsible government until after a dissolution 
 of the Assembly and a re-election, this House is 
 of opinion that it is desirable to refer the question 
 of providing compensation for retiring officers for 
 the next Assembly." The eagerness for responsible 
 government seemed to have changed sides, the 
 Government pressing forward, the House making 
 difficulties and suggestions for delay. At the com- 
 mencement of the session however the Acting- 
 Governor informed the House that it only rested 
 with themselves to take the necessary steps ; and 
 at the conclusion of the sesssion Governor Browne, 
 who had just arrived in the colony, announced that 
 he should hereafter defer all subjects of importance 
 not requiring immediate attention, until the con- 
 templated change in the Government should have 
 taken place. With the old Executive still in office, 
 without any official medium of communication 
 between the Government and the Legislature, the 
 business of the Assembly was easily conducted 
 through the two chambers, and the short session 
 of 1855, without being fruitful of much actual 
 legislation, was brought to a peaceful close. 
 
 XIX. Responsible Government. — The measure 
 providing for their retirement having become law 
 on 7th May 1856 the Members of the old Execu- 
 tive were superseded by Members of the Assembly 
 who were appointed to office on the responsible 
 system. Unfortunately no special provision was 
 made for the government of the native race ; and 
 because, with few exceptions, they take no part in the 
 exercise of the elective franchise nor exercise any 
 influence on party combinations, it appears to have 
 been assumed that they could form no difficulty 
 in conducting the government of the country. 
 Without imposing any limitation or restriction, or 
 securing adequate funds and providing guarantee 
 for the special government of the native race, it 
 was declared by the Colonial Minister, in answer 
 to the petition of the Legislature, that Her 
 Majesty's Government had no objection whatever 
 to offer to the establishment of the system known 
 as Responsible Government ; and the Governor, 
 then recently appointed to succeed Sir George 
 Grey, left England with full authority to carry the 
 principle into effect. On his arrival in the colony 
 Governor Browne was very earnest in his desire to 
 
 see tho Representative Constitution carried to the 
 utmost limits of its development ; but he had 
 hardly completed the tour of the Islands before 
 he was satisfied that the New Zealanders were 
 not only warlike and well armed, but a still 
 unconquered race ; more numerous by far than 
 the colonists, and hardly inferior to them as con- 
 sumers of British manufactures and as contributors 
 to the revenue and exports of the colony ; 
 the acknowledged owners of the soil, jealous of 
 their territorial rights, impatient of control, and 
 by no means prepared to see themselves handed 
 over to a Government composed of unknown 
 individuals, not chosen by themselves and irrespon- 
 sible to the Crown. Her Majesty's native subjects, 
 not the colonists, were the real "difficulty" in the 
 government of N.Z. While on a visit to the 
 Waikato district, several of the chiefs formally 
 addressed the Governor on the subject of the 
 rumoured changes by which their minds had been 
 disturbed. The main purport of their speeches 
 was to urge that no alteration should be made in 
 the administration of native affairs. That they 
 preferred being under the direct management of 
 the Governor ; and that it was not just that the 
 Maoris should be placed entirely in the power of 
 the white man ; that salt water and fresh water 
 do not exist well together ; and that if their affairs 
 were to be put into the hands of any Assembly, 
 they should be placed in the hands of one con- 
 sisting of their own race. Convinced that with 
 reference to the government of the natives, the 
 tranquillity of the country would be endangered 
 by changes of opinions consequent on changes of 
 advisers, Browne, while undertaking in all matters 
 under the control of the Assembly to be guided 
 by the advice of ministers responsible to it, found 
 it necessary to limit the application of the prin- 
 ciple of responsibility with reference to the native 
 race, and especially in the purchase of native lands. 
 He proposed to retain in his own hands the direc- 
 tion of native affairs. He was fortified in this 
 resolve by the opinions of the best-informed per- 
 sons in the country. He addressed a circular to 
 different persons in various parts of the colony, of 
 various political opinions, but all having more than 
 ordinary knowledge of the native character, desir- 
 ing their opinion : — Whether the management of 
 native affairs could be entrusted to a Ministry 
 liable to be changed at frequent intervals on 
 political grounds ? Or whether the management 
 of native affairs, including the appointment of per- 
 sons employed and the disposal of funds sufficient 
 for the purpose, should be reserved to Her Majesty's 
 Representative ] The reasons and arguments of 
 those to whom the questions had been addressed 
 were various ; their conclusions however were all 
 but unanimous. More than forty gave a decided 
 opinion that the management of native affairs 
 could not safely be left to a Ministry not responsi- 
 ble to the Crown ; and that the government of the 
 native race should continue to be administered by 
 the Queen's Representative ; two only, subject to
 
 424 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 qualification, arrived at a different conclusion. It 
 was urged that native races look more to the persons 
 governing than to the principles on which the 
 government is formed ; that they value permanence 
 and stability ; and are sensitive on the point of 
 being allowed to deal directly with the principal, 
 rather than with subaltern officers ; that the general 
 animus of the colonists was not favourable to the 
 race, and it was not probable that the members of 
 any Responsible Ministry would be especially 
 acquainted with the native habits and feelings, or 
 personally known to and respected by them ; that 
 special attention to native rights and interests 
 would be by no means popular, and Ministers 
 would not be induced to give any personal 
 influence amongst them ; and that, being left to 
 be dealt with by subordinates, the Chiefs would 
 gradually secede from communication with the 
 authorities, forming leagues and schemes in 
 secret of which the Government would have 
 no cognisance. That they would thus become 
 estranged, and when they came to be feared and 
 suspected there would be constant risk of the 
 Governor being driven by the Ministers to use the 
 troops against them ; and that the country would 
 not be safe for six months after the question of 
 peace and war had been entrusted to a Ministry 
 who had virtually the command of the Queen's 
 troops, but who were themselves irresponsible to 
 the Crown. It was represented also that the natives 
 being very susceptible of personal attachment, if 
 the officers employed in the department were 
 appointed and subject to removal by the Ministry 
 for the time being, few would remain in office long 
 enough to obtain an influence over them. That a 
 nation just emerging from barbarism cannot be 
 advanced in the scale of social life by mere negation 
 of evil, and that a veto on the part of the Governor 
 could only enable him to prevent injustice but not 
 to do good. That a Ministry chosen by and from 
 the elected representatives could have no claims to 
 absolute authority over the Maori race ; and that 
 while the colonists claimed for themselves represen- 
 tative institutions and an irresponsible Ministry, 
 they could not in reason refuse to the natives that 
 formof Government which they preferred. And that 
 the just and generous course would be to ascertain 
 what amount of annual revenue was contributed 
 by the native race ; to pay into the General 
 Treasury the proportion of income due to works 
 and objects in which both races had a common 
 interest, and to place the surplus at the disposal of 
 the Governor for strictly native purposes ; thus 
 placing the native race in the position of a distant 
 province paying a certain portion of the general 
 revenue, and retaining the remainder for its own 
 local expenditure. The course proposed by the 
 Governor received the approval of Her Majesty ; 
 but no permanent provision was made for the 
 efficient maintenance of this divided rule. It 
 is well known what great influence, during his 
 lengthened administration of affairs, Sir George 
 Grey obtained amongst the natives, and with what 
 
 ability that influence was exercised ; but Grey 
 could not have acquired that influence nor have 
 exercised it with so much advantage to the 
 country if his powejs had been restricted, and if 
 his prestige had been impaired by the control of a 
 board of officers subordinate to himself. Yet 
 under all the difficulties arising out of the peculiar 
 circumstances of the country the experiment of 
 Responsible Government would bear comparison 
 with that of the Australian Colonies, both as 
 regards its practical success, and for the prudence, 
 judgment, and moderation with which the change 
 had been effected. Henceforward political office 
 could only be filled by members of the Assembly ; 
 and every colonist was a possible minister, superin- 
 tendent, or member of Parliament. To quote the 
 words of the Acting-Governor in his opening 
 address : — " To preserve and advance in the scale 
 of civilisation the native inhabitants of these 
 islands — to develop the resources of a country rich 
 in all the elements of future national greatness — 
 to be the pioneers for its colonisation by the Anglo- 
 Saxon race — to lay the foundation of its religious, 
 political and social institutions — to give laws to the 
 present, and to influence the character of a future, 
 generation — became henceforward the rare duty 
 and the noble privilege of the Parliament of New 
 Zealand." 
 
 XX. The Maori King Movement. — The attempt 
 made by certain of the tribes in 1857 to unite 
 themselves under a king, whether for the purpose 
 of maintaining their nationality, consolidating 
 their power, or raising themselves from barbarism 
 by means of laws and institutions made and 
 administered by themselves, showed a remarkable 
 feature in the character of the race. When the 
 movement for setting up a Maori King first 
 attracted attention it was viewed by the autho- 
 rities not only without apprehension, but as offer- 
 ing under wise guidance an opening for good. 
 " If the Government," wrote Governor Browne, 
 " does not take the lead and direction of the 
 native movement into its own hands, the time 
 will pass when it will be possible to do so. The 
 influence of oratory, and perhaps evil counsel, 
 aided by the actual excitement of the natives, may 
 incline them to make laws of their own at these 
 meetings, and thus add to the present difficulty ; 
 but they will probably refrain from doing so 
 if they see that the Government is actually doing 
 what they wish." But in the following year the 
 Governor entertained a different view. " I trust," 
 he said, "that time and absolute indifference and 
 neglect on the part of the Government will teach the 
 natives the folly of proceedings undertaken only 
 at the promptings of vanity, and instigated by 
 disappointed advisers." And until a general 
 feeling of apprehension had been excited in the 
 native mind by the military occupation of the 
 Waitara, the movement had little or no vitality 
 which, by prudent guidance, might not have been 
 turned to valuable account. The object of a large 
 section of the natives was distinctly expressed at
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 425 
 
 a great meeting held at the Waikato in April 1857, 
 at which the Governor was present. It was under- 
 stood by them that His Excellency promised 
 to introduce amongst them institutions of law 
 founded on the principle of self-government, 
 analogous to British institutions and presided 
 over by the British Government. " I was present," 
 says the Kev. Mr. Ashwell, referring to that meet- 
 ing, " when Te Wharepu, Paehia, with Potatau, 
 asked the Governor for a magistrate, laws, and 
 runangas, which he assented to ; and some of the 
 natives took off their hats and cried ' Hurrah 1' I 
 want order and laws," were in fact the first words 
 of the leading member of the movement for 
 establishing a Maori King : " The King woidd 
 give us these better than the Governor, for the 
 Governor has never done anything except when a 
 Pakeha was killed ; he lets us kill each other and 
 fight. A king would stop these evils." The two 
 most active leaders of the movement were repre- 
 sentative men of the new generation of Maori 
 chiefs. William Thompson was remarkably silent 
 and reserved ; listened patiently to what was said, 
 but thought and decided for himself. He spent a 
 great part of his time in writing; noting down 
 everything remarkable he saw, heard, or read ; 
 and engaged in constant correspondence with all 
 parts of the country. He was well versed in 
 Scripture history ; — a fluent speaker and a for- 
 midable antagonist in debate. Though the son of 
 a celebrated warrior he prided himself on his 
 character as a peacemaker. When several hundred 
 armed natives descended the Waikato Kiver in a 
 state of dangerous excitement, to enquire into the 
 violent death of one of their countrymen in the 
 neighbourhood of Auckland, he formed one of 
 the party for the purpose of restraining them, 
 and was largely influential in keeping them 
 from mischief. Several unruly and headstrong 
 members of his tribe went to Taranaki to the 
 support of William King, but it was without his 
 sanction or authority ; and he afterwards pro- 
 ceeded to the seat of war, and succeeded, though 
 not without great difficulty, in withdrawing them, 
 and in bringing about a general cessation of hosti- 
 lities. " I thought," he said, describing his own 
 share in the movement, " about building a large 
 house as a house of meeting for the tribes who 
 were living at variance in N.Z., and who would 
 not become united. That house was erected, and 
 was called Babel. I then sent my thoughts to 
 seek some plan by which the Maori tribes should 
 become united, that they should assemble together 
 and the people become one, like the Pakehas. 
 Evil still manifested itself ; the river of blood 
 was not yet stopped. The ministers acted bravely, 
 and so did I, but the flow of blood did not cease. 
 When you came, the river of blood was still 
 open, and I therefore sought for some thought to 
 cause it to cease, as the ministers had long per- 
 severed. I considered how this blood could be 
 made to diminish in this Island. I looked into 
 your books where Israel cried to have a kiug for 
 
 themselves, to be a judge over them, and I looked 
 at the words of Moses in Deuteronomy xvii. 15, 
 and in 1 Samuel viii. 4, and I kept these words 
 in my memory through all the years ; — the land 
 feuds continuing all the time, and blood still 
 being spilt, I still meditating upon the matters, 
 when we arrived at the year 1857. Te Heuheu 
 called a meeting at Taupo. Twice 800 were 
 assembled there, when the news of that meeting 
 reached me. I said, I will consent to this to 
 assist my work, that the religion of those tribes 
 that had not yet united might have time to 
 breathe. I commenced at those words in the 
 Book of Samuel viii. 5 : ' Give us a King to 
 judge us.' This was why I set up Potatau in 
 the year 1857. On his being set up, the blood 
 at once ceased, and has so remained up to the 
 present year. The reason why I set up Potatau 
 as a king for me was, he was a man of extended 
 influence, and one who was respected by the 
 tribes of this Island. That, O friend ! was why 
 I set him up ; to put down my troubles, to hold 
 the land of the slave, and to judge the offences of 
 the chiefs. The King was set up ; the Runangas 
 were set up ; the Kai-whakawas were set up, and 
 religion was set up. The works of my ancestors 
 have ceased, they are diminishing at the present 
 time ; what I say is, that the blood of the Maoris 
 has ceased to flow. I don't allude to this blood 
 (lately shed.) It was your hasty work caused 
 that blood. I do not desire to cast the Queen 
 from this Island, but from my piece of land. I 
 am to be the person to overlook my piece." A 
 similar account of the origin of the movement 
 was given by Renata, another of its earliest and 
 most influential supporters. After passing some 
 time in captivity in the North, where he received 
 (in 1842-3) some teaching at the Waimate school, 
 Renata returned to his own people in the Hawkes 
 Bay district, where both with the settlers and 
 the natives he established a high character for 
 ability and integrity. For several years he was 
 engaged in promoting the building of native 
 churches, schools and flour mills ; for some time 
 he employed at his own cost an English teacher 
 to instruct the native children. "It was my 
 wrongs unredressed by you," he said, "that 
 induced me to set about to work out an idea of 
 my own : that is, Waikato, the tribe who set it 
 going. They were in doubt whether to term 
 chief or governor, and neither suited, and they 
 established him as the Maori King ; it was tried 
 experimentally, and proved as a means of redress 
 for wrongs not settled by you, by the Govern- 
 ment. The only wrongs you redressed were those 
 against yourselves ; but as for those all over the 
 breadth of the country, you left them unnoticed. 
 Sir, the enemies he (the Maori King) had to 
 fight with were the crimes of the Maori ; his 
 murders, his thefts, his adulteries, his drunken- 
 ness, his selling land by stealth. These were 
 what he had to deal with. Did I set up any 
 king in secret .' As I view it, Waikato wished 
 
 i'3
 
 426 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 that his authority should emanate from the 
 Governor. And then it was that we tried to 
 do the best we could for ourselves. When it 
 was seen that evil was partly put down by 
 the Kunanga, and the stupid drunkards became 
 men once more, then the work (the King move- 
 ment) became general. But is this (King move- 
 ment) indeed to cause a division between us 1 No, 
 it will be caused by secret purchases of land, 
 the thing which has been going on for years." 
 And Kenata was careful to make it clear that the 
 promoters of the movement had no intention to 
 subvert the Queen's authority. " You say, ' The 
 Maoris are not able to fight against the Queen of 
 England, and kill (prevail against) her. 1 This is 
 my answer. Sir, you know perfectly well that the 
 Maori will be beaten ; though it be said that this 
 war is for sovereignty, the fault of the Governor 
 can never be concealed by that. Who is the Maori 
 that is such a fool as to be mistaken about the 
 sovereignty or supremacy of the Queen of England I 
 Or who will throw himself away in fighting for 
 such a cause 1 No, it is for land ; for land has 
 been the prime cause of war amongst the Maoris 
 from time immemorial down to the arrival of 
 Pakehas in this island of ours. The Maori will 
 not be daunted by his weakness, by his inferiority, 
 or the smallness of his tribe ; he sees his land 
 going, and will he sit still \ No ; but he will take 
 himself off (to resist.) The Queen's sovereignty 
 has been acknowledged long ago ; had it been to 
 fight for supremacy, probably every man in this 
 island would have been up in arms ; but in the 
 present case the fighting is confined to the land 
 which is being taken possession of. There is a 
 letter of William King's lying here, in which he 
 says that if his land is evacuated he will put a 
 stop to the fighting. It was proposed to leave it 
 to the Queen to judge between the Governor and 
 William King ; you witnessed the general assent 
 of all to that proposal that the Queen should be 
 the judge. Well, does this look in your opinion 
 like a rebellious word in regard to the Queen, that 
 you have left it out of sight, and taken up that 
 word of your own invention about the Maori 
 making war against the Queen ] Sir, the Maori 
 does not consider that he is fighting against the 
 Queen ; I beg therefore that you will cease to 
 pervert words, and rather consent to our proposal 
 that we should all join in writing a letter to the 
 Governor (to propose) that the war may be stopped, 
 and that it may be left for the Queen to decide in 
 this quarrel ; and then let us write a letter to the 
 Queen (to pray) that she will send a Commissioner 
 (Kainhakawa) to stand between us, and let us 
 all join together in inquiring into this dispute. 
 Cease (arbitration) by guns, and now let it be 
 left to inquiry, that a remnant of men be left." 
 After a careful inquiry into the subject a Com- 
 mittee of the House of Representatives, comprising 
 several of its leading members, reported their 
 opinion in 1860 that a great movement had been 
 going on amongst the native people, having for its 
 
 main object the establishment of some settled 
 authority amongst themselves ; that such move- 
 ment need not have been the subject of alarm ; 
 that its objects were not necessarily inconsistent 
 with the recognition of the Queen's supreme 
 authority or with the progress of colonisation ; 
 and that it would have been from the first, and 
 would then be, unwise to contradict it by positive 
 resistance. Before the commencement of the 
 Taranaki insurrection the colony was in a state 
 of profound peace. For a period of several years 
 friendly relations had been maintained between 
 the settlers and the natives, and the colony had 
 been making steady progress in agriculture, 
 commerce, population, and wealth. Upwards of 
 thirty millions of acres had been obtained from 
 the native owners for purposes of colonisation ; 
 internal feuds had almost ceased ; a growing 
 desire for the establishment of law and order 
 amongst them was showing itself amongst the 
 natives in all parts of the country ; and with 
 wise government and prudent conduct on the 
 part of the settlers there appeared to be a fair 
 prospect of uninterrupted prosperity and peace. 
 The new Governor had not been many months in 
 the colony before he discovered, and like his 
 predecessors pointed out, the danger of provoking 
 a conflict with the natives. " In any real trial of 
 strength between the natives and Europeans," he 
 reported, " there can be no possible doubt as to 
 the result. But it is not less certain that pending 
 its duration a vast amount of life and property 
 would be destroyed ; numbers of thriving settlers 
 would abandon their houses ; immigration would 
 entirely cease ; and a great expense would be 
 entailed on the Mother Country. In other words 
 the prosperity of the colony would be annihilated 
 for years after the termination of a struggle as 
 successful as could be desired." Six years pre- 
 viously the Native Secretary had recorded his 
 opinion, " that military operations in the Taranaki 
 district would prove fatal to the prosperity of the 
 settlement for some time to come, as the settlers 
 would have to concentrate themselves in town for 
 the protection of their wives and families, and 
 their properties in the meantime would go to ruin." 
 More recently the Governor had informed the 
 Colonial Minister, " that the immediate conse- 
 quences of any attempt to acquire Maori lands, 
 without previously extinguishing the native title 
 to the satisfaction of all having an immediate 
 interest in them, would be an universal outbreak, 
 in which many innocent Europeans would perish, 
 and colonisation would be indefinitely retarded." 
 Yet after having acquired more than thirty millions 
 of acres of land under a system satisfactory, in 
 the main, both to the buyer and the sellers, a new 
 policy was believed by the natives to have been 
 attempted, and the Province of Taranaki was 
 plunged into a civil war, by an attempt to obtain 
 possession by military force of native land with a 
 doubtful or disputed title. When the British first 
 became acquainted with N.Z., the whole country
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 427 
 
 from the North Cape to Stewart's Island was par- 
 celled out by natural or other well-known landmarks 
 amongst the numerous tribes and families of the 
 Maori race. Each community held its land in 
 common ; but every individual member, besides 
 having a general interest in the tribal property, 
 might acquire by inheritance, by his own labour, 
 or otherwise, a possessory or holding title to a 
 specific portion, but was not allowed to exercise a 
 disposing power over it. " It is right," said an 
 intelligent chief, "that every individual should 
 be free to sell his own bushel of wheat, potatoes 
 and corn, for they are produced by the labour 
 of his hands ; but the land is an inheritance 
 from our ancestors, — the Father of us all." And 
 so general was the tribal system, that in the 
 opinion of the Head of the Native Department 
 in 1856, no native could claim an individual 
 title to land in the Northern Island. There 
 was really no such thing as individual title that 
 was not entangled with the general interest of 
 the tribe ; and often with the claims of other 
 tribes, who may have emigrated from the locality. 
 Early in 1860 an attempt to purchase land with- 
 out obtaining the consent of all who claimed to 
 be entitled to a voice in the disposal of it, pro- 
 voked the natives of Taranaki to take up arms in 
 defence of their territorial rights, and led to a 
 formidable insurrection. The Province in which 
 the outbreak occurred was the smallest of the nine 
 Provinces into which the colony had been divided ; 
 but no one can speak of the soil or scenery of the 
 colony till he had seen both the natural beauties 
 and the ripening harvests of Taranaki, which by 
 concurrent testimony is described as the garden of 
 N.Z. From the beginning of March 1860 to the 
 end of March in the following year this beautiful 
 district was visited by the scourge of war. Its 
 once fruitful fields and pleasant homesteads were 
 abandoned and laid waste ; the ploughshare was 
 exchanged for the sword ; and the settlers, separated 
 from their wives and families, and shut up in an 
 entrenched camp, within sight of the wasted 
 labours of nearly twenty years, were for many 
 months doing military duty under the iron des- 
 potism of martial law. With a seaboard of about 
 100 miles, of which Cape Egmont is the centre, 
 the Province extends inland from twenty to forty 
 miles, and comprises an area of about two millions 
 of acres. With the exception of a narrow and 
 irregular strip of open fern-land near the sea, the 
 country is heavily timbered. At the commence- 
 ment of the outbreak the English population of 
 the Province amounted to 2700 souls ; and the 
 native population was estimated to amount to 
 about an equal number. But not having a harbour, 
 being difficult of access, hemmed in between an 
 open roadstead and a dense forest, and being 
 almost impracticable for military operations, the 
 Taranaki district— where the question of native 
 title had always been unusually complicated — 
 was not well chosen, with all its natural beau- 
 ties, for the site of an English settlement. 
 
 The N.Z. Company, acting with their usual pre- 
 cipitancy, and ignorant as to who were the real 
 owners of the land, dealt with a few natives 
 who represented themselves to have the right 
 to dispose of it, and hardly made the shadow 
 of a purchase before the settlement was founded. 
 The first difficulty with which the early settlers 
 had to contend, as at Wellington and Nelson, was 
 the want of a clear title to the land ; and it was 
 only by the exertions of the Government that the 
 native title to a few blocks of land of limited 
 extent was afterwards extinguished, and the 
 settlers after a period of ruinous delay were ulti- 
 mately put into peaceable possession of their 
 homesteads. The Waitara, a fertile, open district, 
 watered by a small river, ten miles to the north of 
 the town, and navigable at high water by small 
 coasting craft, was the locality which in the first 
 instance was fixed on for the site of the settle- 
 ment ; and it was represented by their surveyor 
 to the New Plymouth Company, by whom the 
 settlement was originally founded, that if they 
 were deprived of that river they would lose the 
 only harbour in the neighbourhood and the most 
 valuable district for agriculture. But this much 
 coveted spot was not to be obtained from its 
 native owners ; so the Company were compelled 
 with great reluctance to lay out the town upon a 
 less eligible site ; and for nearly twenty years the 
 open land at the Waitara had, with the Taranaki 
 settlers, been an object of almost passionate 
 desire. When they first landed at Taranaki the 
 neighbouring country was almost uninhabited. 
 Ten or twelve years previously a large body of the 
 Waitara natives, led by Rere, the father of William 
 King, the so-called rebel chief, had formed an 
 expedition to the south ; and taking advantage of 
 their absence their northern neighbours, the Wai- 
 katos, under Te Whero Whero (afterwards better 
 known as Potatou, the Maori King,) made a raid 
 on Taranaki, attacked, defeated, and dispersed 
 the remnant of the natives, and having overrun 
 the country and taken many prisoners returned 
 with them to the north. After the marauders had 
 retired a few of the original occupants of the 
 country ventured to return and take possession of 
 their houses, and their captive relations, most of 
 whom were afterwards released, gradually flocked 
 back into the district and again settled on the land. 
 The Waikato raid greatly complicated the question 
 of native title, and the difficulty of providing for 
 the unfortunate immigrants sent out by the 
 Company before land had been procured for them 
 became daily more apparent. The chief of the 
 Waikatos claimed a certain right over the country 
 by right of conquest ; and so far as he took actual 
 possession, his claim according to native usage 
 would be valid. It appeared however that he did 
 not permanently occupy the soil ; but being a 
 chief of great influence, with might if not right 
 on his side, it was deemed expedient by the 
 Government to buy up his interest and satisfy his 
 claim. The members of the Waitara tribe who
 
 428 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 INew 
 
 happened to be in the south at the time of the 
 Waikato invasion maintained that they had not 
 forfeited their right to the land by their temporary 
 absence. "The Europeans were wrong," said 
 William King and other Ngatiawa chiefs, address- 
 ing Governor FitzRoy in the year 1844, "in striving 
 for this land, which was never sold by its owners, 
 the men of Ngatiawa. Now when the Ngatiawa 
 tribe went to Kapiti they left some men behind 
 on our lands, who were surprised by the Waikatos 
 and led away captive, who having arrived at 
 Waikato were afterwards returned to Waitara to 
 dwell there. Others came back from Kapiti. 
 We love the land of our ancestors. We did not 
 receive any of the goods of Colonel Wakefield. 
 It was wrong to buy the land which belonged 
 to other men. There are many chiefs to whom 
 the land belongs who are now at Waikanae 
 and Arapoa. It was love for the lands of our 
 forefathers that brought us back to those lands. 
 Friend Governor, our thoughts are that the lands 
 were never settled by the Waikatos." And the 
 claims of those members of the tribe who were 
 absent in the south when the Waikatos overran 
 the country, of those who had been carried away 
 captive, and of the remnant left in the district (if 
 they Lad ever been forfeited) were afterwards 
 re-admitted by the Government and the tribe was 
 recognised and dealt with as the owners of the 
 soil. But amongst the tribe itself the Waitara had 
 many claimants, and it was not without difficulty 
 that they could for a length of time be prevailed 
 upon to alienate any part of it. Seeing the many 
 disadvantages of the site fixed upon by the 
 Company for their settlement, and no peaceable 
 solution of the difficulties by which the settlers 
 were surrounded, the expediency of breaking up 
 the settlement was seriously entertained by the 
 authorities more than fifteen years before the 
 commencement of the outbreak. As land for the 
 purposes of the settlement had only been obtained 
 in detached blocks, the settlers and the natives were 
 settled together in closer proximity at Taranaki 
 than in any other of the settlements. Relieved 
 from all fear of a second Waikato raid, and follow- 
 ing the example of their English neighbours, the 
 natives of Taranaki soon became extensive culti- 
 vators of the soil and the proprietors of a large 
 amount of valuable farming stock and agricultural 
 implements. Comparing the condition of the 
 resident natives with that of their countrymen in 
 the north, the Bishop of N.Z. remarked that " the 
 coasting craft and canoes of Auckland may here 
 be represented by the almost innumerable carts 
 which may be seen on market days coming from 
 north and south into the settlement." William 
 King and his people, then occupying the Waitara, 
 alone possessed 150 horses, 300 head of cattle, 40 
 carts, 35 ploughs, 3 winnowing machines, and 20 
 pairs of harrows ; and in the year 1855 they exported 
 agricultural produce to the amount of upwards of 
 i'si ii ii i. But in the midst of this general prosperity 
 the peace of the district was disturbed by native, 
 
 feuds, and the district was soon studded over with 
 numerous native pahs. The earliest and most 
 serious of these disturbances arose out of an attempt 
 to purchase land without the consent of all who 
 claimed a voice in the disposal of it. Being 
 exposed to continual pressure from the settlers to 
 acquire land from the natives, the Taranaki Land 
 Commissioner was always in danger of being urged 
 into undue haste in conducting his negociations. 
 A piece of land was offered for sale to the local 
 commissioner (Cooper) by a native assessor named 
 Rawiri ; but Katatore, a man of the same tribe 
 and a near relation, had always expressed his 
 intention to retain it, and threatened to oppose 
 any one who should offer it for sale. To test 
 Rawiri's power to dispose of the land, the 
 Commissioner desired him to cut the boundary 
 line ; and while he and his party were engaged in 
 the work, Katatore and his followers cautioned 
 them to desist ; firing twice into the ground by 
 way of warning to deter them. But still they 
 persisted, until Katatore and his people aiming a 
 deadly volley at them shot Rawiri and six of his 
 followers and wounded several others. For a 
 length of time afterwards the relations and 
 followers of the contending parties were engaged 
 in a deadly fued ; and two years afterwards 
 Katatore himself was killed. Other causes of 
 quarrel also arose amongst them ; and for a period 
 of two or three years their progress in industrial 
 pursuits was brought entirely to a stand. Up to 
 this time the settlement had never been occupied 
 as a military post ; yet throughout those native 
 disturbances the settlers suffered little direct or 
 immediate injury. But being closely intermixed 
 with the resident natives who were all well armed, 
 who occupied numerous defensible positions, and 
 who were not unfrequently engaged in deadly 
 strife, they naturally felt their situation to be 
 painfully insecure ; and they made repeated and 
 urgent appeals to the Government to garrison the 
 settlement with troops. But it was believed by 
 the authorities that the presence of a military 
 force would excite a feeling of jealousy and irrita- 
 tion in the mind of the natives, and would tend 
 to increase rather than to obviate the danger ; 
 that so long as they exercised ordinary caution 
 and forbearance the settlers would remain 
 uninjured, while the presence of the small 
 force at the disposal of the Government would be 
 insufficient to overawe and preserve peace amongst 
 the natives, calculated to give a false confidence to 
 the settlers, and would lead them to be less careful 
 to maintain peaceful relations with their Maori 
 neighbours ; and that military operations once 
 commenced would end in the total destruction of 
 the settlement. This opinion was confirmed by 
 the Native Secretary, who being a military man 
 was commissioned to make a careful examination of 
 the ground. " The country about New Plymouth,' 
 reported Major Nugent, " is very favourable for 
 the desultory warfare of the natives. With the 
 exception of a narrow strip of land from one to
 
 Newl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 429 
 
 five miles in breadth, extending along the coast, 
 the country is a dense forest intersected with 
 numerous ravines ; and except on this strip of 
 land the country is most unsuited for the operation 
 of English troops against a hostile native force. 
 The settlement extends along the coast for twenty 
 miles ; some of the settlers have penetrated eight 
 miles into the forest ; and a much larger force 
 than Great Britain could spare for the whole 
 colony woidd be insufficient for the protection of 
 the settlement ; and in case of a collision between 
 the troops and the natives the settlement would 
 dwindle into a mere military post." The Executive 
 Council advised that looking to the unfavourable 
 nature of that part of the country for military 
 operations, every effort should be made to avoid 
 the risk of hostilities with the natives in the 
 Taranaki district ; and that as the recent distur- 
 bances had their origin in the attempt to purchase 
 land from the natives with a disputed title, the 
 Land Purchase Department should use great 
 caution in entering into any negotiations for the 
 purchase of land until the views of the various 
 claimants shoidd have been ascertained. Governor 
 Browne soon afterwards arriving in the colony, and 
 having before him so significant an illustration 
 of the danger of attempting to purchase land 
 with a doubtful or disputed title, condemned 
 the conduct of the local commissioner in com- 
 mencing a survey before he was assured that 
 all who had even a disputed claim to the land 
 desired it should be sold ; and he declined to 
 make a demand for reparation, on the ground that 
 it could only be enforced at the expense of a 
 general war, including sooner or later all the tribes 
 in the Northern Island. After the settlers had 
 long been kept in a state of ruinous uncertainty, 
 the Government succeeded in completing the 
 purchase of detached blocks of land of consider- 
 able extent for their occupation. In one instance 
 30,000 acres were obtained at the rate of lOd. per 
 acre. But the land being for the most part heavily 
 timbered, the open country at the Waitara con- 
 tinued to be regarded by the Taranaki settlers as 
 essential to the extension of the settlement. This 
 favoured spot however was highly valued by its 
 original native occupants, many of whom were at 
 that time still absent in the south. " This also is 
 the determination of our people," wrote William 
 King to Governor FitzBoy. " Waitara shall not 
 be given up, the men to whom it belongs will hold 
 it for themselves ; the Ngatiawa are constantly 
 returning to their land on account of their attach- 
 ment to the land of our birth— the land which we 
 have cultivated and which our ancestors marked 
 out by boundaries and delivered to us. Friend 
 Governor 1 do not you love your land England, 
 the land of your fathers, as we also love our land 
 at Waitara t Friend, let your thought be good 
 towards us. We desire not to strive with the 
 Europeans ; but at the same time we do 
 not wish to have our land settled by them ; 
 let them be returned to the places which 
 
 have been paid for by them lest a root of 
 quarrel remain between us and the Europeans." 
 It was not until further disturbance had occurred 
 amongst the natives of the district, that the 
 Acting-Governor Wynyard reluctantly gave way 
 to the importunities of the settlers, and occupied 
 Taranaki with a military force ; but as appears to 
 have been anticipated, the arrival of the troops in 
 1855, intended simply as a protection to the 
 settlers, was regarded with suspicion by the 
 natives. Soon after Governor Browne's arrival, 
 the Government was informed that it was strongly 
 apprehended by the Taranaki tribe that he would 
 differ in his views and measures from Governor 
 Wynyard, and that in all probability ere long his 
 word would go forth to put the troops, sent down 
 as a protecting force by the latter, into aggressive 
 motion, and thus a war between the Europeans 
 and the Aborigines would be commenced. Being 
 still continually urged to part with the land, the 
 Waitara natives were troubled by similar appre- 
 hensions, until they were visited by the officer in 
 command of the troops, who went amongst them 
 for the purpose of explaining the reasons for which 
 a military force had been stationed in the district. 
 The chief himself appears even to have had some 
 fear of being seized suddenly like Te Rauparaha. 
 "I assured him," said Major Nugent, "that 
 nothing was further from my intention than to 
 seize him treacherously in the night. He com- 
 plained much of false statements which had been 
 made against him in the local papers ; and in 
 proof that he had some ground for his complaints, 
 I enclose copies of the last numbers which do not 
 disguise the wish of some of the writers to drive 
 William King and his party away from the 
 Waitara. Now independently of the illegality of 
 such a proceeding the people of the tribe have 
 exported produce this year to the amount of 
 between J8000 and ,£9000, the greater part of the 
 proceeds of which is spent in British manufactured 
 goods ; and consequently the natives contribute 
 indirectly a considerable sum to the revenue 
 of the country. I have no hesitation in saying 
 that these people, who in their position are 
 useful and beneficial occupiers of the soil, have 
 been on the point of being driven to become 
 our declared enemies, and compelled to take a 
 position in the forest, where all the discontented 
 and troublesome characters would have assembled, 
 and from which it would have required consider- 
 able force and a large expenditure of money to 
 drive them. In the meantime the authorities 
 would have been harassed by constant alarms, and 
 New Plymouth might have been thrown back a 
 generation. I think that for the present the natives 
 are re-assured ; but I cannot answer for the con- 
 tinuance of tranquillity between the races, so long 
 as inflammatory articles are published in the news- 
 papers, in which people of much local influence do 
 not disguise their wishes to seize on the land of 
 the natives." These suspicions however still con- 
 tinued. The old suspicion had been revived
 
 430 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 amongst the natives, that the Europeans would not 
 rest until they had slain and taken possession of 
 that which the Maoris likened toNaboth's vineyard. 
 As it was found impossible to obtain the assent of 
 all who had an interest in the Waitara, it was 
 thought that individual members having a special 
 interest in particular portions of the land might 
 be induced to sell. The Council of the Province 
 presented a memorial to the General Assembly in 
 the Session of 1858, in which they complained that 
 the system commonly adopted by the Government 
 of acquiring the assent of every claimant to a 
 piece of land before a purchase was made had been 
 found to operate injuriously to the settlement ; 
 and they urged the expediency of setting aside the 
 tribal right — expressing their opinion that such of 
 the natives as were willing to dispose of their pro- 
 portion of any common land should be permitted 
 to do so ; and that the Government should compel 
 an equitable division of such land amongst the 
 respective claimants on the petition of a certain 
 proportion of them. They added their opinion 
 that "no danger of a war between the Govern- 
 ment and the natives need be apprehended from 
 the prosecution of a vigorous policy, inasmuch as 
 a large proportion of the natives themselves would 
 cordially support it, and the remainder would 
 from the smallness of their number be incapable 
 of offering an effectual resistance." But these 
 suggestions received no countenance either from 
 the Government or the Assembly. " I will never," 
 wrote the Governor, " permit land to be taken 
 without the consent of those to whom it belongs ; 
 nor will I interfere to compel an equitable division 
 of common land amongst the respective claimants. 
 This decision is not less one of expediency 
 than of justice, for the whole of the Maori 
 race maintain the right of the minority to pre- 
 vent the sale of land held in common with 
 the utmost jealousy. Wi Kingi has no sort of 
 influence with me or the Colonial Government. 
 We believe him to be an infamous character, but 
 I will not permit the purchase of land over which 
 he has any right without his consent." Early in 
 the following year (1859) the Governor paid a visit 
 to the settlement ; and although the settlers had 
 not cultivated more than 13,000 of the 43,000 acres 
 of land in their possession, and of the territory 
 already ceded by the natives 20,000 acres of heavily 
 timbered land still remained in the hands of the 
 Provincial Government open for selection, the 
 Governor was again pressed to obtain additional 
 land for the extension of the settlement. " I found 
 them," he wrote, "dissatisfied with the Govern- 
 ment and ill pleased with the Maoris, who although 
 they possess large tracts of land which they cannot 
 occupy refuse to sell any part of it. They com- 
 plain that they had not sufficient pasturage for 
 their flocks, and that immigrants and capitalists 
 are driven to seek in other provinces the accom- 
 modation which Taranaki could not under present 
 circumstances afford." He made the declaration 
 to the natives, in which he was unfortunately 
 
 understood by them to announce his intention to 
 adopt a new policy in the purchase of native land, 
 viz., to treat with individual claimants, to disre- 
 gard the influence of the chiefs, and to set aside 
 the tribal right. The Governor stated that he 
 never would consent to buy land without an 
 undisputed title ; would not permit anyone to 
 interfere in the sale of land unless he owned part 
 of it ; and would buy no man's land without his 
 consent. Te Teira, a Waitara native, then stated 
 that he was anxious to sell land belonging to him ; 
 that he heard with satisfaction the declaration of 
 the Governor referring to individual claims, and 
 the assurance of protection that would be afforded 
 by His Excellency. He minutely defined the 
 boundaries of his claim, repeated that he was 
 anxious to sell, and that he was the owner of the 
 land he offered for sale. He repeatedly asked if 
 the Governor would buy his land. Mr, McLean, 
 on behalf of His Excellency, replied that he 
 would. Te Teira then placed a parawai (bordered 
 mat) at the Governor's feet, which His Excellency 
 accepted. This ceremony, according to native 
 custom, virtually placed Teira's land in the hands 
 of the Governor. Paora then informed the Governor 
 that Te Teira could not sell the land he had 
 offered without the consent of Weteriki and him- 
 self, as they had a joint interest in a portion of it. 
 Te Teira replied to him, and was immediately 
 followed by William King, who, before addressing 
 the Governor, said to his people, " I will only say 
 a few words and then we will depart," to which 
 they assented. He then said, " Listen, Governor. 
 Notwithstanding Teira's offer, I will not permit 
 the sale of Waitara to the Pakeha. Waitara is in 
 my hands ; I will not give it up, ekore, ekore 
 ekore (i.e., I will not, I will not, I will not.) I 
 have spoken." And turning to his tribe added, 
 " Arise, let us go." Whereupon he and his followers 
 abruptly withdrew, and it is said that some of the 
 natives present at the meeting cautioned Teira not 
 to embroil the country by attempting to effect the 
 sale. It soon appeared that the native by whom 
 the land was offered for sale had great difficulty 
 in making a satisfactory title. William King, chief 
 of the Waitara, acting as the representative of the 
 tribe and guardian of the common property, reso- 
 lutely opposed the sale. Members of the tribe, 
 including several who were residing in the south and 
 claiming to have an interest in specific portions of 
 the block, also refused to dispose of their respective 
 shares ; and denied the right of Te Teira to deal 
 with any of the land comprised within the boun- 
 daries of the block, except the specific portion to 
 which he was himself individually entitled. But 
 it appears to have been determined from the 
 outset, that this interference of the chief of the 
 Waitara was a mere assumption, which should be 
 set aside in case of need by force. " I have little 
 fear," wrote Governor Browne, " that William 
 King will continue to maintain his assumed right, 
 and I have made every preparation to enforce 
 obedience, should he presume to do so." The
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 431 
 
 chief of the Waiters however did venture to 
 maintain his right ; and in the course of the 
 following month, acting as the mouthpiece of the 
 community and guardian of the rights of those 
 who, besides Te Teira, claimed various portions of 
 land within the block and had not consented to 
 the sale, he addressed a remonstrance to the 
 Governor, claiming to be heard in their behalf. 
 " Your letter," he wrote, " reached me about Te 
 Teira and Te Ritemana's thoughts : I will not 
 agree to our bedroom being sold (I mean Waitara 
 here,) for this bed belongs to the whole of us. You 
 may insist, but I will never agree to it. All 1 have 
 to say to you, O Governor, is that none of this 
 land will be given to you ; never— never, not till 
 I die. I have heard it said that I am to be 
 imprisoned because of this land. I am very sad 
 because of this word. Why is it ? You should 
 remember that the Maoris and Pakehas are 
 living quietly on their pieces of land, and there- 
 fore do not you disturb them." In his letters 
 addressed to the Archdeacon of Kapiti some 
 months afterwards King used much the same 
 language. " I am not willing," he wrote, " that 
 this land should be disposed of ; you must bear in 
 mind the word of Rere (his father,) which he 
 spoke to you and Mr. Williams. You know that 
 word about Waitara. I will not dispose of it to 
 the Governor and Mr. McLean. Let your word 
 to the Governor and Mr. McLean be strong, that 
 they may cease their importunity for Waitara 
 here, that we and the Pakeha may live in peace. 
 I will not give up the land. The Governor may 
 strike me, and without cause, and I shall die ! 
 In that case there will be no help for it, because 
 it is an old saying, ' The man first, and then the 
 land.' They say that Teira's piece of land belongs 
 to him alone. No ; that piece of land belongs to 
 us all ; it belongs to the orphan, it belongs to the 
 widow. If the Governor should come to where 
 you are, do you say a word to him." From the 
 moment he offered the land for sale, Te Teira's 
 power to dispose of it was steadily contested. The 
 duty of inquiring into the validity of his title was 
 entrusted to the District Land Purchaser, who 
 reported that, in the face of opposing claims, the 
 purchase could not be safely completed. Some 
 months elapsed without his being able to make 
 any satisfactory report ; but he was informed by 
 the native minister that the Governor felt that 
 it was impossible for him, as Her Majesty's repre- 
 sentative, to withdraw from the position he had 
 deliberately assumed ; and the Governor directed 
 that the purchase should if possible be closed 
 without delay. " The Governor," wrote the native 
 minister, " is very anxious about the completion 
 of the purchase from Teira. I am sure you will 
 press the matter as fast as appears prudent. It 
 will satisfy his Excellency if, without writing offi- 
 cially, you will let me hear privately how things 
 stand." The local land purchaser, who appears 
 to have exercised prudence and caution, and 
 to have fairly set before the Government the 
 
 difficulties in the way of a peaceable purchase of 
 the land, was still unable to hold out any 
 hope of a speedy and satisfactory settlement 
 of the question. But a few days afterwards he 
 received authority from the Governor to make an 
 immediate advance in part payment for the land. 
 Two months afterwards an instalment was paid. 
 " I do not wish," said the chief, who still persisted 
 in his opposition, " that the land should be dis- 
 turbed ; and though they (Teira and others) have 
 floated it, I will not let it go to sea. It is enough, 
 Parris ; their bellies are full with the sight of the 
 money you have promised them ; but don't give it 
 to them ; if you do, I won't let you have the land, 
 but will take it and cultivate it myself." Finding 
 himself committed to effect the purchase the 
 Governor consulted the Executive Council on the 
 subject (25th January I860,) who advised thatshould 
 William King or any other native endeavour to pre- 
 vent the survey, or in any way interfere with the 
 prosecution of the work, the surveyor's party should 
 be protected during the whole performance of the 
 work by military force ; that the Commanding 
 Officer should be empowered to subject the Pro- 
 vince to martial law ; and that he should be 
 instructed to keep possession of the debateable 
 land, if necessary, by force of arms. Before 
 attempting a survey of the land the District 
 Commissioner made a last ineffectual effort to 
 obtain William King's concurrence in the sale. A 
 young man named Hemi Te Koro spoke favour- 
 ably ; but before he had finished William King, 
 perceiving the tendency of his views, got up and 
 said, " I will not consent to divide the land 
 because my father's dying words and instructions 
 were to hold it." A few days afterwards (20th 
 February) the survey was commenced ; but being 
 obstructed, though without violence, the attempt 
 was for the time abandoned. " It was the wife 
 of Wiremu Patukakawiki and their own two 
 daughters, and some other women of their 'hapus,'" 
 said Rewai Te Ahan, " who drew off the Governor's 
 surveyors from their own pieces of land." In 
 reporting the obstruction to the Secretary of State 
 the Governor stated that no more violence was 
 offered by the natives than was necessary to 
 prevent the extension of the chain. Ten days 
 afterwards, although there was no disturbance of 
 the public peace, martial law was proclaimed, and 
 a manifesto was published by the authorities in 
 the Maori language, and widely circulated by 
 special agents amongst all the tribes of the 
 Northern Island, declaring that Te Teira's title 
 had been carefully investigated and found to be 
 good ; that it was not disputed by any one ; that 
 payment for the land had been received by 
 Te Teira ; and that the land now belonged to the 
 Queen. On 5th March the Queen's troops were 
 marched out to the Waitara, and themselves 
 or their native allies destroyed the home- 
 steads of William King and his people, took 
 military possession of the ground, and thus 
 dispossessed by force the occupants of the soil
 
 432 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTKALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 Before military occupation was taken of the 
 Waitara, an appeal was made to the Governor by- 
 one of the settlers showing that William King 
 being chief of the Waitara, it was no mere assump- 
 tion on his part to claim to have a voice as to the 
 disposal of the land, especially as many who had 
 never been consulted had claims to specific portions 
 of the block ; urging at the same time that a 
 complete public and impartial investigation should 
 be made, and deprecating in the most earnest 
 manner the employment of military force. It was 
 not until nearly a year after the war commenced that 
 it was publicly known that such an appeal had 
 been addressed to the Governor before the troops 
 were marched into the field. The appeal however 
 was in vain. Before it reached the Governor 
 martial law had been proclaimed, and it was 
 probably thought that it was too late to recede 
 without compromising the dignity of the repre- 
 sentative of the Crown. A few days after the 
 troops had taken possession, a party of about 
 seventy natives who had been driven from the 
 land returned ; and for the purpose of assert- 
 ing their title, and of keeping alive their 
 claim, built a stockade within the limits of 
 the debateable land. It was afterwards admitted 
 by the local authorities that no one had decided 
 that the pah was not built on ground belonging to 
 persons who built it ; but the officer in command 
 of the troops immediately (17th March) took up a 
 position before it and sent a summons to its 
 occupants to surrender, which however they would 
 neither read nor receive. " The guns and rockets," 
 he reported, " now opened fire on the pah at about 
 seven hundred yards, and in half -an-hour I moved to 
 the right to batter another face at shorter range, 
 when the natives opened fire on us." Thus hosti- 
 lities commenced, the first shot being fired by the 
 troops. A heavy fire was afterwards kept up 
 against the stockade with shot and shell. The 
 consequences of this proceeding soon became 
 apparent, and the error of those who urged the 
 Governor to resort to force was visited on the 
 settlers in a manner painful and humiliating. 
 Within less than a fortnight after the adoption of 
 the "vigorous policy" recommended by the 
 Council of the Province, and which they declared 
 would be attended by no danger of an outbreak, 
 the Superintendent reported that with the excep- 
 tion of about ninety persons, the whole of the 
 settlers had abandoned their homesteads, and were 
 concentrated in the town ; that into a small town 
 intended for a population of 1000 upwards of 
 2500 were crowded, and that nearly 500 of them 
 were living on rations supplied at the public 
 expense ; and he suggested that in point of 
 economy and for other reasons, it would be expe- 
 dient to deport women and children to the number 
 of about 600 from the Province. Whether or not 
 their claims were valid, it was evident that the 
 natives who had been forcibly dispossessed would 
 not submit to see them set aside by force, and 
 since blood on both sides had been shed, the 
 
 Governor became alive to the dangerous conse- 
 quences of commencing a survey before he was 
 assured that all who had even a disputed claim to 
 the land desired that it should be sold. He 
 reported to the Duke of Newcastle that a much 
 larger number of troops than had hitherto been 
 asked for would be necessary to maintain posses- 
 sion of the colony ; that he had written to the 
 Governors of the Australian Colonies requesting 
 them to send him such support as they were able ; 
 and that hitherto he had considered that 2000 men 
 with a strong company of artillery would have 
 enabled him to bring such a force into the field 
 suddenly as would extinguish the first sparks of 
 rebellion ; but he was now compelled to say that he 
 believed 3000 men, a steam gun-boat and a steamer 
 of war, would be necessary for some time to come 
 to ensure the maintenance of peace. Following 
 closely on repeated assurances that the purchase 
 of the land had been completed fairly — that 
 it was not disputed by any one — that the chief 
 of the Waitara had never asserted any title to it 
 — and that no real opposition was expected from 
 him — this startling intelligence surprised the 
 British Cabinet, and drew from Sir Cornewall 
 Lewis, then acting as Colonial Minister, a grave 
 and significant reply. Months elapsed before the 
 public generally was aware how little could be 
 effected by military force ; aud with the insignifi- 
 cant number of troops at his disposal, the situation 
 of the officer in command was painfully embar- 
 rassing. The pahs of the insurgents were invariably 
 taken, but the occupants as certainly succeeded in 
 making their escape ; and instead of gaining 
 credit for capturing their strongholds, Colonel 
 Gould, after being involved in an unequal contest 
 with a formidable enemy in an impracticable 
 country, was given to understand that the Maoris 
 construe escape into victory; that they must be 
 made to feel British power both to protect and to 
 avenge ; and that it was expected he would find 
 some means of striking an effective blow against 
 them. At the same time the Governor was anxious 
 to avoid unnecessary bloodshed ; and two months 
 after the commencement of hostilities he requested 
 that Colonel Gould would abstain from all inter- 
 ference with William King, unless he should 
 himself commence hostilities. He afterwards 
 repeated the request, and for some time there was 
 an almost total cessation of active operations. But, 
 unfortunately for the officer in command, it was 
 not generally known that he had been prohibited 
 from taking the offensive and attacking William 
 King ; his unexplained inaction naturally bore the 
 appearance of a want of energy and enterprise : 
 and failing to gain any decided advantage over the 
 insurgents, Colonel Gould was assailed on all sides 
 with abuse. The danger of arousing the natives 
 into armed resistance was now sufficiently apparent ; 
 for with more than 2000 British troops in the 
 province, with the sea close at hand for the base 
 of operations, and with five ships of war on the 
 N.Z. Station, the insurgents, although inferior in
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOP.EDU OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 433 
 
 arms, numbers, and equipment, soon had the whole 
 district in their power. The settlers, who bore 
 their accumulated misfortunes with wonderful 
 spirit, and who for several months were crowded 
 together in a state of helpless inactivity within 
 the narrow limits of the town, had the mortification 
 to see their homesteads set on fire and their cattle 
 driven away, within less than a mile of the military 
 post. Those who ventured beyond the limits of 
 the lines were liable to be waylaid and shot ; the 
 road to the Waitara, not more than twelve miles 
 distant, could only be traversed in safety with a 
 powerful military escort ; and instead of convincing 
 the natives of the power of the Government "to 
 protect and avenge," its protecting power was seen 
 to be practically limited within gunshot of the camp. 
 In the attack on Puketekauere, both officers and 
 men, who had only just landed in the colony, found 
 that they had to deal with no despicable antago- 
 nists. Armed with the rifle and bayonet and 
 supported by artillery the troops were driven from 
 the field, to the astonishment of the insurgents 
 themselves, by a Maori force not more than double 
 the number, having no artillery, without a single 
 bayonet, and armed only with common muskets, 
 fowling-pieces and double-barrelled guns. During 
 their retreat the troops were so closely pressed by 
 the insurgents that the dead were left upon the 
 field, and a number of the wounded also were 
 abandoned to their fate. The clay but one follow- 
 ing the dead were buried by the enemy within a 
 mile of the British camp, and within range of its 
 guns. From that day all who were engaged in 
 this untoward affair were taught that both in point 
 of generalship, as well as on account of their 
 energy and courage, the Maories even in com- 
 paratively open ground are a formidable enemy — 
 a conviction which they carried with them unim- 
 paired through the whole campaign. Even before 
 the conflict, it had become an axiom that the sure 
 way to have a settlement destroyed was to 
 garrison it with troops. General Pratt, on suc- 
 ceeding Colonel Gould in command, found the 
 settlers driven in from their farms, their cattle 
 seized, and other property destroyed, many of 
 their houses burnt, the enemy in the immediate 
 vicinity round the town, an attack on it avow- 
 edly threatened, and the place crowded with 
 women and children, whose only safety was 
 the presence of the troops. He was not long in 
 discovering that he was engaged in a novel 
 species of warfare, in an impracticable country, 
 and against an active, daring and formidable 
 enemy ; and that in superseding Colonel Gould, 
 he had succeeded to a thankless office and a difficult 
 command. As soon as he had made provision for 
 the safety of the settlers, who were all crowded 
 together within the entrenched portion of the 
 town, General Pratt commenced operations in the 
 field. But the moving of a body of regular troops, 
 with heavy guns and a long line of bullock drays 
 laden with supplies, through a rugged country 
 without roads or bridges, and intersected in every 
 
 direction by forest and swamp-gullies and streams 
 was a difficult, expensive and unprofitable under- 
 taking. Whenever they were attacked the natives 
 abandoned their defences as soon as they became 
 untenable and always succeeded in securing their 
 retreat ; and notwithstanding his exertions the 
 General was unable to bring them to a decisive 
 encounter. Though he drove them from their 
 strongholds in every direction, and in the course 
 of a few weeks captured and destroyed nearly 
 thirty pahs, his services were by no means grate- 
 fully acknowledged. Like Colonel Gould, he had 
 the mortification to be reminded that by the 
 Maoris their escape would certainly bo rogarded 
 as a victory. In urging the Government to ignore 
 the tribal right and to pursue a " vigorous policy," 
 the Provincial authorities of Taranaki had repre- 
 sented that a large proportion of the natives 
 would cordially support the British, and that the 
 remainder would from the smallness of their 
 number be incapable of offering any effectual 
 resistance. But the adherents of William King, 
 including reinforcements from Waikato and the 
 South, already amounted to about 1700 men ; 
 while Teira's supporters, who received rations and 
 a shilling a day each from the Government, never 
 exceeded 300. Nor had they the spirit of 
 the insurgents ; finding themselves in a false 
 position, they were for the most part unable 
 to act with much cordiality in the cause. In 
 addition to 300 native allies the British forces 
 amounted to 2300 men, but the difficulty of carry- 
 ing on war either with honour or profit in a wild 
 country abounding with natural fastnesses, began 
 to dawn on a few minds. The Governor saw 
 that even with a body of the Queen's troops con- 
 siderably outnumbering the insurgents, unless 
 some decisive advantage were speedily gained the 
 war might be continued indefinitely. Seeing how 
 disastrous the war had proved to the settlers, the 
 local authorities became impatient for some unmis- 
 takeable success ; and they were urgent that the 
 General should adopt a system of guerilla warfare. 
 " I have no doubt," wrote the Governor, " that a 
 system of sudden, Secret and constant attacks, when 
 and where they least expect it, will so distress the 
 natives in your neighbourhood that, when their 
 allies return, both parties will be disheartened 
 and glad to end their trouble by submission." 
 The General was of a different opinion. He had 
 seen enough to know that it was in vain to 
 attempt to distress the Maoris by a system of 
 guerilla warfare carried on upon their own ground 
 by regular troops, dependent on a regular commis- 
 sariat, and no match for their enemy in their local 
 knowledge or in their power of moving through the 
 bush. As regards the capture of the uatives, the 
 General reported that the attempts he had made to 
 surprise them had convinced him of the hopeless- 
 ness of all endeavours to prevent their escape 
 from any place which they did not intend to 
 defend. The only course which remained for tho 
 General was to show the natives that their 
 
 g3
 
 434 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 strongest position could be approached, turned, 
 and captured with little loss to the invaders. 
 The contest had now continued for upwards of 
 eight months. At its commencement it was gene- 
 rally expected that a few months of active warfare 
 would exhaust the ammunition and supplies of the 
 insurgents ; but excepting a few, who had had an 
 opportunity of witnessing the difficulty of military 
 operations in former Maori wars, the public were 
 ignorant of their resources. In common with the 
 natives throughout the country — partly through 
 an evasion of the law, and partly through the 
 operation of the relaxed regulations of the Govern- 
 ment — they had recently been abundantly supplied 
 with arms and ammunition. Besides what had 
 been supplied to them in contravention of the law, 
 eight thousand pounds weight of gunpowder, more 
 than 300 double-barrelled guns, and nearly 500 
 single-barrelled guns, had in the short space of 
 nine months been sold to the natives with the 
 sanction of the authorities. If lead ran short 
 amongst them, they made use of puriri or other 
 hard-wood bullets ; and to economise percussion- 
 caps, they used them over and over again, pressing 
 the broken edges together, and reloading them 
 with the detonating matter on the tip of a vesta 
 match. Being in possession of the country, living 
 at free quarters, and following Napoleon's plan of 
 making the war support itself, the insurgents were 
 thus enabled to continue to keep the field, and 
 without incurring any serious loss to give the 
 troops no small amount of harrassing and unpro- 
 fitable occupation. Foiled by their skilful and 
 cautious tactics, the General had long to wait for 
 an opportunity of meeting them on equal terms. 
 At the commencement of the outbreak it was 
 declared by the provincial authorities that the 
 insurgents would soon be starved out, and that 
 shut up in the forest by an overpowering force 
 in the open land, and harrassed by irregulars in 
 their retreats, they could hardly be supposed 
 to have subsistence for a longer time than twelve 
 months. It was not the natives however, but 
 the troops and the settlers, who were really 
 harassed and shut up ; and so far from wanting 
 the means of subsistence, it was reported nearly 
 a year after the commencement of hostilities that 
 since the rebels were located at Waireka (a few 
 miles distance from the town) they had collected 
 a large number of cattle and horses, which were 
 sent from time to time to the Ngatiruanui country ; 
 that they were living in clover, had plenty of 
 potatoes, which were taken from the settlers' culti- 
 vations, and as much beef and mutton as they 
 could eat. More than a year after martial law 
 had been proclaimed, and when there was a 
 military force in the Frovince of more than 3000 
 men, exceeding the number of natives in arms, 
 the settlers of Taranaki addressed a memorial to 
 the Governor stating that the position of the 
 settlement was very critical, and the results of the 
 system of carrying on the war most unsatisfactory. 
 That notwithstanding the presence of a veiy 
 
 considerable military force in the Province it was 
 unsafe for any person to venture beyond the out- 
 posts in consequence of the country being con- 
 tinually overrun by small bands of marauding 
 natives within rifleshot of the barracks. That 
 within the last fortnight a large number of houses 
 belonging to the settlers had been burned, great 
 numbers of horses and 'cattle carried off, and an 
 estimable settler waylaid and butchered. The 
 position of the Governor had for some time been 
 most embarrassing. From the first the justice and 
 the policy of the war had been called in question. 
 It was seen that the ground had been ill-chosen 
 for a contest by regular troops ; and after a 
 struggle, protracted for upwards of a year, it was 
 obvious that little progress had been made, and 
 there appeared to be little prospect of reducing the 
 insurgents to submission. The Governor was told 
 by the Duke of Newcastle that, instead of being 
 an Imperial question, the contest was regarded by 
 Her Majesty's Government as peculiarly a settlers' 
 war, or as a quarrel with William King ; and 
 finding himself involved in a protracted and fruit- 
 less contest for the attainment of an object which 
 a large body of Maoris regarded as unjust, it 
 was not surprising that the Governor seized the 
 earliest opportunity of bringing the contest to 
 an end. Nor had the insurgents anything to 
 gain by prolonging it. It was beginning to be 
 apparent to them that they were unable to 
 make an effectual stand before the troops, and 
 that General Pratt was able with little loss 
 to dislodge them from any position they might 
 attempt to defend. They were also advised 
 by their friends that they might appeal with 
 confidence to the justice of the Crown, but that 
 it was in vain to defy its power ; that while 
 they were in arms their complaints would not 
 be listened to ; and that they must first cease 
 fighting before their wrongs could be redressed. 
 After a period of great suffering to the Taranaki 
 settlers, the war came suddenly to an end, without 
 an agreement between the contending parties or 
 any decided advantage on either side. Terms of 
 peace were talked of and offered by both, but 
 hostilities were allowed to cease before any con- 
 ditions were finally agreed on. A few weeks before 
 the termination of the war, William Thompson, a 
 Waikato chief, who prided himself on being a peace- 
 maker, went down to Taranaki in the character of 
 mediator with the view of inducing the contending 
 parties to leave their differences to be determined 
 by the judgment of the law. On arriving at the 
 seat of war, he applied to General Pratt to grant 
 a truce for three days that he might confer with 
 King and his allies ; but as no satisfactory terms 
 were afterwards proposed to the General, the 
 fighting was resumed on the fourth day. A few 
 days after the head of the Native Land Purchase 
 Department arrived from Auckland, instructed 
 by the Governor to hear what terms the insur- 
 gents had to offer ; and he had a meeting 
 with William Thompson and about 100 of
 
 New) 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 435 
 
 William King's Waikato allies. The meeting 
 however broke off without any agreement 
 having been arrived at. At the conference held 
 between William Thompson and William King, a 
 number of the Waitara natives and the leading men 
 of their Waikato and Ngatiruanui allies were pre- 
 sent. After an interchange of diplomatic courtesies 
 between the two chiefs, it was agreed by all present 
 that the subject of dispute — the land at the 
 Waitara, and the question of peace or the continu- 
 ance of war — should be left to the decision of 
 William Thompson. In little more than half-a- 
 dozen words, and with the air of brevity and 
 decision of the head of a grand army, the chief of 
 Ngatiawa dismissed the allies to their respective 
 homes, and so far as Taranaki was concerned 
 almost instantly brought the contest to an end. 
 The public, not knowing what had taken place, 
 were astonished to see the Waikatos suddenly 
 break up and disappear like a dissolving view. 
 Shortly afterwards, the Governor having heard 
 that the Waitara natives were willing to make 
 peace, and having determined to treat separately 
 with the several bodies of insurgents, proceeded to 
 Taranaki ; but either because they could not 
 agree as to the place of meeting, or for some other 
 reason, William King and the Governor never met, 
 and the chief of the Waitara and a number of his 
 people soon afterwards retired inland, without 
 having come to any terms. The terms proposed 
 by the Governor were accepted by a remnant of 
 the Waitara natives who remained on the ground, 
 and peace was hastily concluded with them. The 
 troops were withdrawn from the various redoubts 
 and marched into the town ; and shortly after- 
 wards, to the astonishment of the Taranaki settlers, 
 three-fourths of the military were suddenly removed 
 from the Province. To satisfy the settlers — who 
 were unable to see what advantage they were likely 
 to obtain, after all their sufferings, from a war thus 
 suddenly brought to an end, leaving many of their 
 cultivated farms in the possession of the insurgents, 
 who now claimed them by right of conquest ; 
 without indemnity for the past, security for the 
 future, or any guarantee for the continuance of 
 peace — the Governor informed them that " the 
 terms granted to the Ngatiawa were determined 
 on with a view to simplify the issue in the present 
 struggle ; that it had been called a land quarrel, 
 but though it arose out of a land quarrel, it was 
 itself a question of jurisdiction ; that it was 
 thought right by himself and his Executive Council 
 to rid the issue of this extraneous matter at once, 
 and that he thought the settlers would shortly see 
 that this was right. The land league he believed 
 was broken up for ever in Taranaki ; and as the 
 natives, now that its pressure was gone, were 
 desirous to sell land, all that was necessary for the 
 consolidation of the settlement would, he had great 
 hopes, be very soon obtained." During the con- 
 tinuance of the war, the productive industry of 
 the Province was brought entirely to a stand, and 
 the whole European population, crowded together 
 
 within the narrow limits of a small portion of the 
 town, suffered severely from sickness, anxiety, and 
 harrassing suspense. Both in men and money, 
 and in the destruction of property, the cost of the 
 war was by no means inconsiderable. The British 
 casualties amounted to 210, 67 killed and 143 
 wounded, several of whom afterwards died of 
 their wounds ; and the extraordinary amount of 
 sickness, the result of over-crowding and other 
 causes, carried off upwards of 100 of the Taranaki 
 settlers. The loss of life on the side of the natives 
 was not clearly ascertained, but there is reason to 
 believe that it amounted-to about 150. In addition 
 to the ordinary cost of the ships and troops 
 employed, the expenses of the war paid by the 
 Imperial Commissariat amounted at least to half 
 a million sterling. To the colony itself for militia, 
 volunteers, relief, and other expenses, the cost 
 amounted to more than £200,000. The neighbouring 
 Province of Auckland also suffered severely from 
 the sudden and complete check put to immi- 
 gration, which was yearly adding some thousands 
 to the population. But it was the unfortunate 
 settlers of Taranaki by whom the sufferings of 
 the war were most severely felt. Their losses 
 it was stated in the memorial addressed by 
 them to the General Assembly were variously 
 estimated at from £150,000 to a quarter of a 
 million sterling. Two hundred houses had been 
 burned ; horses, cattle and sheep killed or driven 
 off; fencing destroyed ; noxious weeds had over- 
 run the cultivated lands, and the agricultural part 
 of the community were deprived of their means 
 of subsistence. In its indirect effects, the war 
 was still more disastrous. A feeling of antagonism 
 was excited between the natives and the settlers. 
 At the end of nearly a year of war an official 
 notification was published in the N.Z. Gazette 
 stating that " dissatisfaction was spreading through 
 the Maori population ;" complaining that the 
 "justice and legality " of the policy of the Govern- 
 ment had been impugned by persons of " high 
 authority" in various parts of the colony ; and 
 warning the colonists that an Englishman's privi- 
 lege of freedom of speech could not any longer be 
 exercised without danger to the State. But as 
 the facts of the case gradually came to light, public 
 opinion underwent a change ; and before the war 
 was brought to an end its justice appeared less 
 clear, its policy was called in question, and the 
 opinion was becoming general that it had been 
 blindly commenced, feebly conducted, and after a 
 fruitless waste of life and property had been 
 brought to a hasty and unsatisfactory conclusion. 
 The Ministers who had advised the Governor to 
 risk the war, finding that it had been productive 
 of nothing but disastrous results, and that the 
 Home authorities regarded it simply as a settlers' 
 war, appeared by no means unwilling, so far as 
 the original cause of quarrel was concerned, to bring 
 the war at the Waitara to an end, and to hazard an 
 imperial contest at the Waikato for the suppression 
 of the Maori King. But in addition to the virtual
 
 43G 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 INew 
 
 destruction of the settlement, the war had cost 
 three quarters of a million. The settlers in other 
 parts, with the experience of Taranaki before them, 
 and believing that the Government were prepared 
 to take up a new ground of quarrel in another 
 Province, and to march the troops into the 
 interior to enforce the submission of the Waikato 
 tribes and to put down the Maori King, became 
 alarmed lest war might be brought to their own 
 doors and find them unprepared. A committee 
 was therefore appointed by the Assembly to report 
 on the military defence of the colony; and a 
 deputation of representatives of the Province of 
 Wellington warned the Governor not to risk 
 war a second time without making timely provi- 
 sion for the safety of the principal settlements. 
 The Governor informed the deputation that 20,000 
 soldiers could not protect all the out-settlers ; that 
 in the event of an attack they would have to take 
 refuge in the centres of population — build block- 
 houses as the settlers at Taranaki had done, and 
 defend them ; and that war carried on in a country 
 where wealth and property are scattered broad- 
 cast must be attended with great loss and very 
 serious consequences. That the terms he had 
 proposed to the Waikatos he intended should be 
 insisted on ; and that he believed at the first shot 
 fired in the Waikato there would be a general 
 rising of the tribes connected with the King move- 
 ment in the several provinces. But the Govern- 
 ment, who had already burdened the colony with 
 a heavy debt for a disastrous war, were prevented 
 from provoking a second war on a far more costly 
 scale, being shortly afterwards defeated on a vote 
 of want of confidence, and displaced by a ministry 
 desirous of avoiding a renewal of the war. The 
 home authorities also being satisfied at length that 
 little effect had really been produced by the 
 military operations at Taranaki, and that disaffec- 
 tion was spreading throughout the country, and 
 feeling that no expedient shoidd be left untried to 
 arrest the growing evil, determined for the second 
 time to avail themselves of the peculiar qualifica- 
 tions and experience of Sir George Grey ; and 
 commissioned him to proceed at once to N.Z. to 
 take the place of Governor Browne. The colony 
 was thus opportunely relieved from the imminent 
 risk of a still more general war. 
 
 XXI. Governor Grey's Second Term. — So far the 
 war had settled nothing. About 200 soldiers had 
 been killed ; New Plymouth was all but destroyed ; 
 Kingism was rife and ready to appeal to arms. 
 There was peace, but it was a hollow peace : the 
 fire only smouldered ; it was not put out. In the 
 event of war in Waikato the settlers, warned by 
 the experience of Taranaki, trembled for their 
 unprotected homes. When Governor Grey arrived 
 in September 1861 there was a breathing time ; hope 
 was revived ; the hatchet might be buried. The 
 new Governor came with no common prestige ; his 
 mission was not war but peace ; his advent was 
 hailed as the morning light ; and if any man could 
 have restored the confidence of the disaffected 
 
 tribes it was he. But it was too late. Had the 
 measures he now initiated been taken in time, 
 there would have been no war. Years of woful 
 neglect were working out their results. It was 
 easy to evoke the evil spirit ; not so to allay it. 
 The attitude of the Taranaki natives was hostile, 
 while the powerful Waikatos had thrown off their 
 allegiance and chosen a king of their own. To 
 conciliate them was important, not merely on 
 account of their number, their intelligence, their 
 influence, but because of their proximity to 
 Auckland. With all their personal respect for the 
 Governor they were sharp enough to detect his 
 diplomatic genius, and listened to his overtures, 
 not without mistrust. Comparing him with his 
 predecessor, they were wont to say that the latter 
 was like the hawk which hovered overhead, and 
 though a bird of prey could be always seen ; while 
 the plans of his successor were not so evident ; he 
 was like a rat which worked underground, so that 
 it could not be told where it went in or where it 
 would come out. This feeling was strengthened 
 by an unfortunate expression about Kingism, when 
 he told them that he woidd not fight against it 
 but would dig around its roots until it fell. Grey 
 soon found that he had taken upon himself a huge 
 task. Governor Browne had threatened Waikato 
 with war if they did not give up their King. They 
 firmly but peacefully refused. The new Governor 
 said he would not make war ; still they held fast 
 to their King. He was in a dilemma. A new 
 policy was framed. Civil institutions were to 
 extinguish the war spirit. The whole Maori terri- 
 tory was divided into twenty districts ; an English 
 Commissioner was to preside over each one. There 
 was a subdivision into hundreds, and two native 
 magistrates, a warder and five constables were to 
 be appointed for each hundred. The magistrates 
 were to receive from the Government salaries 
 ranging from £30 to £50, the warder £30 and the 
 constables £10, together with a suit of uniform 
 every year. The magistrates were to form the 
 district Runanga (or Council) over which the 
 Commissioner would preside. The Assembly had 
 invested the Governor and his Executive with 
 power to make by-laws for these native districts. 
 Grey showed his wonted energy in seeking to 
 make the new regime successful. By the natives 
 who were friendly it was accepted with acclama- 
 tion ; but it failed after all. The first tribe to 
 which it was offered was the Ngapuhi at the Bay 
 of Islands. They received the Governor with joy 
 and were charmed with his policy. On one 
 occasion the welcome characteristic of true Maori 
 style might have tried the nerves of a less 
 experienced man. " A crazy old chief made a 
 violent and hostile oration, dancing with excite- 
 ment and declaring that he would separate from 
 the Governor and fight him that very day. He 
 ended his speech by jumping upon the verandah 
 where the Governor was seated, and offering to 
 stab him with a long steel-pointed rod which he 
 had brandished while speaking. He then abruptly
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRAI-AMA. 
 
 437 
 
 burst out laughing, shook hands and said that he 
 was only joking, and was really very glad to see 
 his old friend Grey." The Waikatos were cautious ; 
 they were willing to consider the proposal, but 
 their King they would not forsake. It was agreed 
 to hold a great meeting at Taupiri. This took 
 place on the 12th December 1861 and lasted 
 several days. But before the meeting the natives 
 discussed the matter among themselves. Tamilian;! 
 Tarapipi was the prime mover in those meetings ; 
 he was a remarkable man ; and if his great 
 influence had been secured on the Government 
 side, he would have been to it a tower of strength. 
 He has been variously described as a patriot and 
 a traitor, as a peacemaker and a disturber, as a 
 man of honour and one not to be trusted. But 
 those who knew him best admired him most. 
 Could he have spoken for himself, justice would 
 have been done to his superior character ; but it 
 was the misfortune of such men to be reviled 
 without any medium of defending their reputation. 
 As an instance of the suspicion with which the 
 Governor's plans were regarded, Te Oriori said : 
 " The usual way of catching owls was for one man 
 to shake some object before the bird to attract 
 attention, while his mate slipt a noose over its 
 head from behind. So Sir G. Grey had sent his 
 mate to dazzle them with laws and institutions, 
 while he was watching his chance of entangling 
 them in the meshes of the Queen's sovereignty." 
 They were however generally agreed that if some 
 such plan had been carried out five or six years 
 before, they should not have thought of a Maori 
 king. They had sought in vain help from the 
 Government ; and had therefore tried to set up a 
 government of their own. " If a toeka (landrail) 
 escape from the snare, you never catch that same 
 bird again." So they reasoned. Their conclusion 
 was that if their King and their Hag were permitted 
 to stand, they would try to work with His 
 Excellency for the common good. At the Taupiri 
 meeting Grey made a long speech. Tipene was 
 chosen as the spokesman on the Maori side. 
 After long discussion they could obtain no 
 pledge that their King would be recognised. They 
 believed that the Governor would try to depose 
 him ; and this was confirmed by his proceeding to 
 employ the troops to make a road through the 
 Hunua forest. At this time native legislation was 
 remitted to a responsible Minister. W. Fox, an 
 old colonist and an able man, accepted this office, 
 and had several interviews with the alien chiefs. 
 At the Maori court he was received with marked 
 honour and respect, but was not permitted to see 
 the King. A guard of honour turned out to receive 
 him. Forty young Maoris, dressed in white 
 breeches and blue coats, with stiff military stocks 
 of cardboard, lined the road on either side, and 
 presented arms as Fox rode between. His horse 
 was taken from him by a Maori lad ; he was 
 ushered into the best house in the village, and 
 asked by a handsome young woman, in good 
 English, whether he chose roast fowl or sucking-pig 
 
 for supper. For eighteen months the Governor 
 
 and his responsible advisers were most untiring 
 in their endeavours, but failed to persuade any 
 but the "friendlies" to adopt the new institutions. 
 General Cameron had a large force at his com- 
 mand. To utilise them as well as to be prepared 
 for any ulterior measures, they were employed in 
 forming a road through the wood leading to the 
 Waikato. The natives took this as a sign of war- 
 like intention ; and they said that if the troops 
 crossed the Maungatawiri, a creek which marked 
 the boundary dividing the Crown land from their 
 own, they should regard it as a declaration of war, 
 and act accordingly. It was a necessary work, 
 but it made a peaceful solution all but impossible. 
 Nothing could persuade the natives but that, while 
 the words of the Governor were " smoother than 
 butter, war was in his heart." The Waitara ques- 
 tion was still unsettled. A fine block of land on 
 the south side of New Plymouth, called Tatara- 
 maika, was in the hands of the Maoris. This 
 block was purchased many years before by the 
 Government, and the title was undisputed. The 
 natives, after driving off the settlers, held posses- 
 sion of it. The Governor made known his inten- 
 tion of retaking it, and with this view he repaired 
 to Taranaki in April 1863 accompanied by General 
 Cameron. He had found on enquiry that Te Teira's 
 title to the Waitara was not sound, and he resolved 
 to give it up. By a fatal blunder he sent troops 
 to occupy Tataramaika, without a word of his 
 purpose as to Waitara. Had he announced that 
 he would deliver up Waitara and resume Tatara- 
 maika, the natives would have raised no objection ; 
 as it was, they prepared to retaliate. On 4th May 
 an ambuscade cut off two officers and eight troopers 
 who were in charge of stores. Then the Governor 
 was betrayed into another and even greater blunder 
 — he at once made known his decision to restore 
 Waitara. This coming on the heels of the assault 
 was taken as a proof of conscious weakness, 
 and the result of fear. It was a serious error, 
 giving boldness to the disaffected, and apprehension 
 to the loyal natives. The war was renewed. 
 
 XXII. The Maori Wars of 1868— To strengthen 
 the frontier between the King party and Auckland, 
 and for the purpose of asserting the Queen's 
 authority, a court-house and a police barracks were 
 to be built on land belonging to a loyal chief in 
 Lower Waikato. The Kingites declared it should 
 not be done. When all the materials were on the 
 ground they came in force, and overpowering the 
 friendly natives threw all into the river. At the 
 same time they forcibly expelled from their 
 territory the English magistrate, Mr. Gorst. All 
 this happened while the Governor was at Taranaki ; 
 and it hastened his return. Satisfied that the 
 Waikato tribes had instigated the Taranaki people 
 to resistance ; that their overt acts were evidence 
 of a determination to fight ; and that a plan 
 of attack upon Auckland was already formed ; he 
 recalled General Cameron with all the soldiers he 
 could spare from Taranaki. And now began the
 
 438 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 Waikato campaign. A number of Waikato natives 
 were living peacefully on their own land at 
 Mangarei, near Auckland. The Governor believed 
 that they were implicated in the design for 
 attacking the city ; he required them to take the 
 oath of allegiance or remove to the interior. A 
 day was fixed, after which failing of their submis- 
 sion they were to be dealt with as enemies. 
 Whether there was solid ground for the suspicion 
 is by no means clear. If there was just reason 
 for mistrust the mode adopted was surely wrong. 
 It was calculated to exasperate even friendly 
 natives into foes ; it had that effect on them. On 
 a Sunday morning a mob of Europeans repaired 
 to their settlements with carts and took away 
 all they could lay hands upon, rifling their 
 houses and destroying their crops. From their 
 concealment in the bush the owners beheld 
 the reckless spoliation of their homes. By an 
 oversight, due perhaps to alarm, they were 
 allowed to take their arms with them, and falling 
 back into the forest they took the lives of several 
 settlers. On the occasion of a public holiday the 
 town was illuminated ; seen from the distance it 
 looked like so many bonfires. By the natives who 
 saw it this was construed into a war token. On 
 12th July General Cameron crossed the boundary 
 creek. A fight took place in the open on the 
 Koheroa range ; several engagements followed. 
 The Maori warriors against great odds defended 
 their positions with admitted valour, obstinacy 
 and strategy. They had thrown up strong earth- 
 works and dug rows of rifle-pits. On the river the 
 General had two bullet-proof steamboats. After 
 severe fighting the natives were compelled to fall 
 back upon Rangiriri. The successes of the troops 
 would have been more complete but for the slow, 
 methodical routine of military tactics. The battle 
 of Koheroa was fought on the 17th. Had the 
 victory been promptly followed up the natives 
 would have been disheartened ; as it was, time 
 was allowed them to rally ; no forward movement 
 was made for fifteen weeks. The Waikato plain 
 resembles an equilateral triangle, the sides being 
 from forty to fifty miles long. It lies between 
 two rivers, the Horotiu and the Waipa. It is 
 open and level — good ground for military opera- 
 tions. From the boundary creek to the plain the 
 Waikato river flows for about thirty miles. The 
 forts of Mere-mere and Rangiriri were on the left 
 bank of this river. The former of these after a 
 stout resistance was evacuated as soon as the 
 troops were ready to assault. The attacking force 
 numbered 1300 including 200 of the naval 
 brigade. The Maoris opposed to them were from 
 400 to 500. Several attempts were made to storm 
 the Rangiriri, from which the besiegers were 
 mowed down by a heavy fire. At last, getting to 
 the rear of the fort, it was seen that the occupants 
 were escaping by a lake and a swamp. This was 
 at dusk. Further exit was prevented. At day- 
 light there remained 183 men and two women, all 
 of whom surrendered themselves as prisoners of 
 
 war and were marched to Auckland. Ngaruawahia 
 was taken without opposition. Peace could then 
 have been made, — the natives expected it. Dis- 
 appointed, they resolved to fight to the bitter end. 
 Fierce battles were fought at Te Awamutu, 
 Rangiaohia and Orakau. The last of these was a 
 strong stockade. Surrounded by 2000 troops, a 
 sap was begun, the guns were brought into play 
 and hand-grenades were thrown in. The 300 
 natives were now at the mercy of the assailants. 
 There were women and children among them. 
 For three days they had been without water and 
 had only a few potatoes among them. An 
 interpreter was sent to tell them their lives would 
 be spared if they would surrender. They answered, 
 "We will fight for ever and ever and ever." It 
 was urged upon them to send out the women 
 and children. Again they replied, " The women 
 will fight as well as we." The firing was 
 renewed. It was now all but a hand-to- 
 hand contest — there was only a parapet between 
 them. A private threw his cap over a breached 
 place and rushed after it ; about twenty more 
 — colonial troops led by Captain Hertford — 
 followed. The Maoris dealt a withering volley 
 and ran for the inner works. Ten of the twenty 
 men were down. On the opposite side of the pah 
 some men of the 65th and the militia made a 
 similar attempt. It was four o'clock p.m. ; the 
 whole Maori force was escaping. A double line of 
 the 40th, under Colonel Leslie, invested that side. 
 The first line was stationed under a slight bank, 
 which had sheltered it from the fire of the pah. 
 Before they knew that the Maoris were out they 
 had jumped over their heads, and passing on 
 walked through the second line. They formed in 
 a solid column — the women, the children, and the 
 great chiefs in the centre ; and they marched out 
 as cool and steady as if they had been going to 
 church. When the troops had recovered from 
 their surprise they were got together, and with 
 loud yells started in pursuit, firing at the fugitives 
 as with quickened pace they made for a swamp 
 and scrub. They would all have escaped but for a 
 corps of colonial cavalry, which got ahead of them 
 and shot them down as they were getting out of 
 the swamp. About 200 of them were killed, while 
 the casualties on the British side were sixteen 
 killed and fifty-two wounded. Thus ended the 
 Waikato campaign. The war was now carried to 
 Tauranga, divided from Waikato by a range of 
 hills. The Maoris had strongly fortified them- 
 selves in the Gate Pah. It was on a narrow neck 
 of land with a swamp on either side. On a gentle 
 rise a redoubt was constructed. It was oblong, 
 about seventy yards wide by thirty deep. It was 
 well palisaded and defended by lines of rifle-pits. 
 These were in zigzag tiers thatched with fern, and 
 the eaves of the roofs so raised that the garrison 
 could fire out on their besiegers. Some of the 
 roofs were covered with earth. There were not 
 more than 300 natives in these works. The forces 
 were five times that number, with nine or ten
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 439 
 
 Armstrong guns. The Maoris had no artillery 
 and were without water in the pah. It was com- 
 pletely surrounded after dark on the 27th. Early 
 in the morning the besieged opened fire, and the 
 four batteries responded. One who was present 
 said that the fire of shot and shell that was poured 
 into the redoubt was enough to have smothered 
 Sebastopol. The natives endured this cannonad- 
 ing with stolid indifference. " Imagine," says Fox, 
 " the position of Maoris lying still in their grass- 
 roofed and wattled burrows, excavated in the 
 banks of their rifle-pits, listening hour after hour 
 to the roar of the big guns and the hurtling sounds 
 of the projectiles, feeling the terrible concussions 
 of the shells as they struck close by or just over 
 them, or scattered in fragments and carrying 
 death among them, with the certain conviction 
 that before night they would be assailed by the 
 bayonets of an overwhelming force of trained 
 soldiers. It must have required something more 
 than a dogged disregard of death in untutored 
 men to enable them patiently to await their 
 apparently inevitable end amidst such a terrible 
 scene." By four p.m. a breach was made and 
 an assault ordered ; and seamen, marines, and 
 soldiers entered the pah. The natives could not 
 escape. The pah was all but taken when a 
 sudden panic seized the troops, who rushed pell- 
 mell out of the breach in headlong flight cry- 
 ing out, " There's thousands of them ! — there's 
 thousands of them ! " The officers did their best 
 to rally the terrified men, but it was too 
 late. The natives took advantage of the cause- 
 less alarm, concentrated their fire on the flying 
 column, and committed fearful execution. The 
 British lost several valuable officers in this 
 untoward affair. The General did not renew the 
 assault, but directed a line of entrenchments to 
 be thrown up within a hundred yards of the work, 
 intending to resume operations next day. But the 
 pah was abandoned by the Maoris during the night. 
 Their loss was between thirty and forty men, and 
 on the British side the loss was twenty-seven 
 killed and sixty-six wounded. Three miles distant 
 Te Banga, another Maori entrenchment, was in 
 course of construction. An attack was made on 
 it by Lieutenant-Colonel Greer with complete suc- 
 cess. The engagement was over in a few moments 
 — the enemy leaving 109 dead bodies on the spot, 
 while on the British side only eight were killed. 
 While these events were taking place at Tauranga 
 the native allies, the Arawa, under Captain Mair, 
 were doing good service against the Taupo tribes, 
 thereby preventing them from joining the Waikato 
 insurgents. Skirmishes between the troops and 
 the Maoris were also frequent at Taranaki, but 
 nothing on an extended scale was attempted there. 
 But no sooner was the Tauranga campaign ended, 
 than news arrived that Wanganui was in danger. 
 A reinforcement of 300 men was sent down. Ere 
 they arrived the Maori allies had done the work. 
 In 1868 fighting was resumed in that district, and 
 Titokowaru with his warriors swept the country 
 
 to within a few miles of the town, which was 
 threatened with an assault. There he was repulsed, 
 and driven back by a body of volunteer cavalry. 
 During this period heavy losses were inflicted on 
 the Maoris by the European and native forces. 
 Disputes arose between the Governor and the 
 General which stood in the way of more signal 
 success. Colonel M'Donnell, at the head of native 
 allies whom he commanded, as well as some 
 volunteers, distinguished himself both here and 
 on the south-eastern coast. He was trained to 
 bush-work on the Hokianga, and was a dashing 
 officer. Through the impatience of ministers to 
 have something done quickly he led his men, 
 against his own judgment, to the fatal attack on 
 the Ngutu-o-te-manu (bird's beak) forest. Here 
 the gallant Von Tempsky lost his life. The 
 natives fired from the tops of the trees. With 
 much difficulty, and not without serious loss, the 
 Colonel effected a retreat from that perilous posi- 
 tion. Gradually the war died out. It had dragged 
 along its slow length for ten weary years, evoking 
 heroic exploits. It was marked by woful blunders, 
 and was the cause of a frightful loss of blood and 
 treasure. 
 
 XXIII. Incidents of (he War. — In the course of 
 the war many prisoners were taken. General 
 Cameron handed them over to the Government 
 for safe custody. They numbered 214, and included 
 many chiefs of high rank. They were placed on 
 board a hulk in the Auckland Harbour, and were 
 well satisfied with the treatment they received. 
 Very soon a difference of opinion was manifest 
 between the Governor and his Ministers. The 
 former wished them to be released on parole ; the 
 latter wished to bring them all to trial, and refused 
 to release them except after trial ; but they had no 
 objection to be relieved from all responsibility in 
 the matter. Grey proposed to send the prisoners 
 to the Island of Kawau, his private property. He 
 had his country seat there, and besides his own 
 servants there were no inhabitants. It lies about 
 thirty miles from Auckland. To this the Ministers 
 agreed and placed them under the personal charge 
 of the Governor, who employed them in clearing 
 land and building houses. They had been there 
 six weeks when news was brought to Auckland 
 that they had made their escape and gone no one 
 knew whither. Left without a guard, they util- 
 ised an old canoe, paddled themselves across to 
 the mainland, and planted themselves on the top 
 of a circular hill called Omaha in the midst of a 
 district occupied by small farmers. By some 
 means they obtained a supply of arms and food— 
 the neighbouring natives must have given them 
 these. The Governor tried to coax them back, 
 and sent several officials to them ; but they were 
 not to be so taken. To use force would bo to risk 
 a war in the north and to expose the scattered 
 settlers to danger. At last the Governor said he 
 would allow them to return to Waikato. They 
 said they would not move until after they had 
 eaten their Christmas dinner. In the end they
 
 440 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 broke up their party and went each to his own 
 company. In 1866 the Governor confined sixty 
 prisoners on board a vessel in the Wellington 
 Harbour. These were captured when the Wereroa 
 pah fell. They were guarded by an escort of the 
 50th Kegiment. At night the prisoners were kept 
 below, a sentry being on deck over the hatch. 
 One night when it was blowing a gale of wind, a 
 heavy sea running and the sky pitch-dark, the 
 Maoris, with a screw-key, opened one of the bow 
 ports, and before daylight all but three had gone. 
 The darkness of the night and the roaring of the 
 wind and sea prevented the sentry from seeing or 
 hearing anything. The officer in charge was 
 ashore ; it was so rough that no boatman would take 
 him to the ship, which was about three-fourths of 
 a mile from land. Four Maoris were drowned in 
 trying to swim ashore, three came back pressed by 
 hunger, two were shot by parties sent out in pur- 
 suit, but the greater number were not seen again. 
 The most serious escape was that of the Chatham 
 Islands prisoners. They were taken in the east 
 coast campaign, and numbered 187. They were 
 well treated. After some time the guard of 
 twenty-five men was reduced to fifteen. Among 
 the prisoners was a man called Te Kooti. He 
 composed a poem in which he claimed to be 
 inspired. In this capacity he acquired an ascend- 
 ancy over his companions in exile. A plan was 
 matured for escape. On the 3rd July 1868 the 
 schooner Rifleman arrived with stores. The next 
 day the prisoners rose upon the guard and clove 
 the skull of the only one who offered resistance ; 
 then they secured the Resident Magistrate, Captain 
 Thomas, and all the male Europeans, leaving the 
 women and children free. They boarded the 
 schooner and bound the crew ; they shipped their 
 own wives and children, plundered the island, cut 
 the cable of the only other vessel to prevent 
 pursuit, and set sail for Poverty Bay on 5th July. 
 They left the captain ashore, and the mate was 
 compelled to navigate them on pain of death. 
 During the voyage armed guards paraded the deck 
 day and night ; the crew were forbidden to cook, 
 and a sentry with a drawn cutlass stood by the 
 man at the wheel, to see that the right course was 
 kept. When in sight of N.Z. Te Kooti ordered his 
 uncle to be thrown overboard. He was one of the 
 three who objected to the escape, and had informed 
 the authorities, who took no notice of the warning. 
 On the evening of the 10th the Rifleman arrived 
 at Whareongaonga, six miles from Turanganui. 
 That night and the following day were occupied 
 in landing the cargo, women and children. They 
 shipped two casks of water for the use of the 
 crew, and the mate was told to go where he liked. 
 The escaped prisoners made their way over a very 
 rough country towards the interior. If unmolested 
 they meant quietly to retire into the fastnesses 
 and enjoy their freedom ; it would have been well 
 had they been allowed to do so. Major Biggs, 
 however, collected all available forces, European 
 and native, and gave chase ; his zeal cost him his 
 
 life. The fugitives were brought to bay and 
 offered fight. At the first brush the Europeans were 
 defeated with the loss of seven men. Thus began 
 another guerilla warfare which lasted two years. 
 
 XXIV. The Han ffan Rebellion. — On more 
 than one occasion an attempt was made to revive 
 old superstitions. But those cases of fanaticism 
 were limited in their extent and short in their 
 duration. It was during the war of 1864 that a 
 wide-spread and furious spirit of infatuation laid 
 hold of the tribes that were in rebellion against 
 the Government. It was first known as the Pai- 
 Marire ("good and peaceful") movement, but it 
 soon took the name of Hau Hau (" to deal blows 
 to") from an exhaustive process of bellowing as 
 they danced round a pole which they called Niu. 
 This new faith, if it can be so called, was a com- 
 pound of Judaism, Mormonism, and Spiritualism ; 
 and its rites were bloody, sensual, and devilish. It 
 had a political rather than a religious meaning, so 
 that the terms "Hau Hau" and " Kingite" became 
 all but synonymous, although they were not all 
 equally violent. It began in Taranaki in 1864. A 
 man called Te Ua, who had been looked upon as 
 little less than a maniac, believed that he had a 
 revelation from the angel Gabriel, and he was 
 raised to the dignity of a prophet. He said they 
 had been wanting in homage to the Virgin Mary, 
 that the priests had superhuman power, and that 
 Gabriel would send legions to fight for them, if 
 they obeyed his behests. About that time, a 
 detachment of the 57th Kegiment under Captain 
 Lloyd was surprised and defeated with heavy loss ; 
 Captain Lloyd was among the slain. The fanatics 
 drank the blood of those who fell, cut off their 
 heads, and buried them separately from the bodies. 
 A few days afterwards they said the angel Gabriel 
 had appeared to those who had quaffed the blood 
 of their victims, and by the medium of Captain 
 Lloyd's spirit ordered his head to be exhumed, 
 cured in their own way, and carried throughout the 
 length and breadth of N.Z. From that time the 
 head of Captain Lloyd was to be the medium of 
 communication with heaven. Te Ua was made 
 the high-priest, and Hepaniah and Rangitauira his 
 assistants. Then the head, in the most solemn 
 manner, made known the tenets of the new reli- 
 gion, which were as follows : — (1) All its followers 
 to be called " Pai-Marire." (2) Gabriel with his 
 legions will protect them. (3) The Virgin Mary 
 will be always with them. (4) The religion of 
 England, as taught in the Bible, is false. (5) 
 The Scriptures must all be burnt. (6) No notice 
 must be taken of the Christian Sabbath. (7) 
 Men and women to live promiscuously. (8) Com- 
 plete victory to follow the vigorous " Hau." 
 (9) The European population to be driven out of 
 N.Z. (10) This will be done when the head has 
 made its circuit of the land. (11) Men will 
 then come from heaven to teach them know- 
 ledge. (12) The priests have the power to teach 
 the Maoris English. The minds of the people 
 were prepared for any extravagance that would
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 441 
 
 promise success against the Europeans by their 
 previous disaffection. This new-fangled belief 
 spread rapidly among the belligerent tribes. 
 They had already renounced the sovereignty 
 of the Queen ; and required all Europeans, includ- 
 ing missionaries, who would not promise allegiance 
 to their King to quit their territory. Now they 
 renounced Christianity and threatened the extir- 
 pation of all the white people. At Sentry Hill, 
 about six miles north of New Plymouth, there 
 was a redoubt occupied by seventy-five soldiers. 
 About eight o'clock one moonlight night the men 
 saw a Maori coming across the flat, throwing his 
 arms about in a wild manner, and singing what 
 sounded like a native hymn. He walked boldly 
 up to the parapet and sat down on the edge of the 
 ditch. The officers would not let the men shoot 
 him. A sergeant with ten men went out to him ; 
 and as they came near the Maori jumped up, threw 
 a stone which hit the sergeant on the throat, and 
 ran away. They fired a volley, on which he sat 
 down on a large stone and went on with his song. 
 After another volley he took to his heels. A few 
 days after, at early morn, the soldiers heard the 
 Maoris in their pah chanting their war-song. In 
 a while the sound changed to the barking of dogs 
 and fierce yells. Very soon they saw a force of 
 300 armed Maoris at a distance of 800 yards, com- 
 ing slowly towards the redoubt in fours. At 
 150 yards they halted. Order was then given to 
 fire. The Maoris stood as if they did not expect 
 to be hit ; but they broke and fled, leaving thirty- 
 four dead and wounded behind them. As the 
 Maoris were advancing, the same man that pre- 
 viously came alone was a few yards in front of 
 them, again singing and throwing his arms about. 
 This was Hepaniah, one of the prophets of the 
 new superstition. But this time he was killed. 
 The surviving prophets said that the cause of their 
 disaster was that the angel Gabriel had been 
 offended by some neglect on the part of Hepaniah. 
 They still believed in their invulnerability. Cap- 
 tain Lloyd's head was now in the hands of a 
 prophet called Matene. He -went with a large 
 party to Upper Wanganui, and having obtained 
 many adherents to the new faith decided on an 
 attempt on the town of Wanganui, at the mouth 
 of the river, about 100 miles lower down. The 
 river is broad and rapid and rushes between lofty 
 crags, through a country that can be traversed only 
 by Maoris or trained bushrangers. The settle- 
 ment could be reached in a few hours by canoes. 
 The town was defended by 300 soldiers and a few 
 militia. All they could have done was to protect 
 their own position, while the hamlets and home- 
 steads, scattered over fifty miles, were exposed to 
 the ravages of the enemy. It was a perilous 
 crisis. A party of 300 friendly natives undertook 
 to oppose the progress of the invaders. At break 
 of day on 13th May 1865 a battle took place on a 
 small island called Moutua, about twelve feet 
 above the level of the river. The loyal natives 
 were victorious ; the Prophet Matene was killed 
 
 and the remnant of his forces dispersed. In this 
 fight Hoani Wiremu Hipango, a brave Christian 
 chief, met his death-wound. He died the next 
 morning in the town and was followed to his 
 grave by all the civic and military authorities. 
 A public monument was built in Wanganui in 
 memory of this heroic man and those who fell 
 with him in defence of their English friends. 
 The rebels were not dismayed at their reverses ; a 
 potent spell bound them ; all that befell them only 
 added fuel to the fire of a fierce spirit. They sent 
 out their messengers to every part of the islands. 
 Their creed— framed on the principle of taking 
 something from all creeds— spread like wildfire, 
 new articles being added to it from time to time, 
 to keep pace with the growing furore of their 
 disciples. They wielded a kind of mesmerism 
 which proved infectious. The least objectionable 
 of their practices was that of running round a 
 pole stuck into the ground, howling and yelling 
 until sometimes they would fall senseless to the 
 ground. Their bitterest hatred was reserved for 
 the missionaries. Before this they had forced 
 many of them to abandon their stations, but now 
 they thirsted for their blood. An attack was made 
 on Bishop Williams at Waiapu. His life was 
 saved by a timely flight, but his house was plun- 
 dered and the labour of years destroyed. But two 
 useful lives were sacrificed — the Rev. C. S. 
 Volkner of the Episcopalian, and the Rev. J. 
 Whitely of the Wesleyan mission. The former 
 was a Lutheran who for six years had lived among 
 the rudest tribes of the Bay of Plenty. He was a 
 devoted man and gradually won his way till he 
 had around him a large body of converts, who 
 built for him a handsome church and parsonage. 
 There was no sign of disaffection among them 
 until one day Father Garavel brought them letters 
 from the hostile tribes at Waikato ; then a change 
 came over them. Volkner told the priest that he 
 felt it his duty to inform the Government of the 
 character of the said letters, which he did. The 
 result was that Garavel was sent away to Sydney 
 by Bishop Pompalier. Going to Auckland the 
 missionary thought it prudent to take his wife 
 w-ith him and leave her there for a while, owing to 
 the altered disposition of the natives. He returned 
 to his station in company with the Rev. T. Grace ; 
 but meanwhile a body of Hau Haus, headed by 
 Kereopa, had arrived. Volkner's property had 
 been seized by them, and on the arrival of the two 
 brethren in a small schooner called the Eclipse 
 they were dragged ashore and shut up together in 
 a large house. The captain and his brother, being 
 Jews, were allowed to go about as they pleased. 
 Next morning, 2nd March 1865, a party of armed 
 men came for Volkner. He was taken to a large 
 willow tree near his own church ; a block and 
 tackle brought from the vessel was fastened to one 
 of the branches ; he was told to prepare for death. 
 Kneeling down he prayed for his murderers, and 
 then rising up and shaking hands with them he 
 said he was ready. They bade him take off his 
 
 H3
 
 442 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Nf-w 
 
 coat and waistcoat ; the rope was placed round 
 his neck and he was hauled up. Life was scarcely 
 extinct when they let him down and cut off his 
 head. His companion, Grace, was allowed to bury 
 the mutilated corpse, which he did in the chancel 
 of the church. His head was stuck on the pulpit 
 in the Koman Catholic Church, as though it was 
 meant as a payment for his having caused the 
 removal of Father Garavel. Grace was kept a 
 prisoner for a fortnight, expecting every day to 
 share the fate of his friend. At the end of that 
 time Her Majesty's ship Eclipse arrived off the 
 river, when Captain Levy — who owned the little 
 schooner — at the risk of his own life, got him into 
 his boat and pulled him off to the man-of-war. An 
 attempt was made by the commander of the man- 
 of-war to capture the murderers, but without 
 success. Four months after, a small vessel arrived 
 at Wakatane, not far from Opotiki, and a party of 
 Hau Hau natives boarded her, and killed the 
 captain and crew, together with Fulloon, a half- 
 caste interpreter. These foul murders and others 
 that were committed by the fanatics excited strong 
 public indignation. A colonial force and native 
 allies, altogether nearly 900, were sent to Opotiki. 
 The Hau Hau rebels, having the heads of the 
 murdered with them, were entrenched in strong 
 pahs and in great numbers. Several sharp engage- 
 ments followed. The rebels fled through a most 
 difficult country. They were pursued and over- 
 taken ; about 500 of them surrendered, including 
 women and children. At the same time Major 
 W. Mair was gallantly commanding a native con- 
 tingent, the Arawa, and compelled the remainder 
 of the Hau Hau combatants to an unconditional 
 surrender. Te Ua, the prophet, and twenty-eight 
 of the men implicated in the atrocious murders of 
 Volkner, Fulloon, and others, were among the 
 number. They were tried by a court-martial, and 
 sixteen of them were pronounced guilty. These 
 were sent to Auckland, where the trial was re-heard, 
 and five of them were hanged. A great blow was 
 inflicted on the Hau Hau, but the snake was not 
 destroyed. The more moderate of the native 
 insurgents were greatly shocked at the excesses 
 which had been committed, and Tamihana Tarapipi, 
 one of the highest, ablest and best of the chiefs on 
 that side, volunteered his submission to Colonel 
 Greer, saying, "We consent that the laws of the 
 Queen be laws for the King, to be a protection for 
 us all for ever and ever. This is the sign of making 
 peace, my coming into the presence of my fighting 
 friend, Colonel Greer." Bloodshed left its trail 
 from year to year — sometimes in one part of the 
 country, then in another, and often in several 
 places at the same time. No settlement had 
 suffered so much as Taranaki, where the war 
 began. A lull had come over it, and some of the 
 settlers had ventured to return to their farms. The 
 Rev. John Whiteley had lived there for many 
 years, in charge of the Grey Institution for the 
 education of Maori youth. He came to the country 
 in 1832, and had been a laborious missionary. He 
 
 took up his abode at Taranaki in 1856. He was a 
 good Maori linguist, and had great influence. All 
 through the war he rendered valuable service to 
 the Government by his counsels. He laid himself 
 out for the good of all, whether Maori or European. 
 On Saturday 13th February 1869 he set out on 
 horseback, according to his wont, along the coast. 
 His destination was at Puke-aruhe (Fern -root Hill) 
 better known as the White Cliffs, about thirty miles 
 north of the town. This was the remotest dwell- 
 ing in that direction. An officer and his family, 
 with a small body of men, were in charge of a 
 redoubt. It was Wkiteley's plan to sleep there, hold 
 a short service on Sunday morning, then visit each 
 hamlet in turn for service, and to preach at New 
 Plymouth in the evening. The weather proved 
 stormy on the Sunday, so that his non-return did not 
 create alarm. On Monday morning, while a settler 
 was looking for his cows he came upon the dead body 
 of Whiteley, and that of his horse beside him. As 
 far as could be learnt, when he reached the place 
 on Saturday afternoon he found it in possession of 
 an armed party of natives from Mokau, an all-but- 
 inaccessible part of the country further north. 
 They had already murdered every one in the 
 redoubt. As the missionary came in sight they 
 beckoned to him to return. He knew those natives 
 well, and thought he had their confidence. It 
 would be patent to him that they were bent on 
 mischief, although he could not know what they 
 had done. No doubt he hoped, by his presence, 
 to prevent them ; he therefore pushed on. Then 
 several shots were fired at him ; his horse dropped 
 first, and then himself, pierced with five bullets. 
 He was found a little way from the horse, with one 
 leg doubled under the other, as though he had 
 been upon his knees when he fell dead. Constern- 
 ation filled the town when the sad tidings reached 
 it. All classes attended the funeral. Letters of 
 condolence reached his widow, written by chiefs in 
 the extreme north ; and in acknowledgment of the 
 services her husband had given to the country, 
 the Parliament voted her an annuity of .£100. 
 Whiteley was so generally respected by the nativesi 
 that he was the last man any one would think 
 they would injure ; nor would they, except under 
 the influence of frenzy. Perhaps his death saved 
 the town, or at least the outlying places, from a 
 calamity. It would seem that their intention was 
 to destroy and kill in all those places seriatim ; 
 and they could have done so. They had not 
 expected to see their old missionary come upon the 
 scene of blood. When he did so, and would not 
 go back at their bidding, some fiery spirits shot 
 him. Others would denounce the act ; that they 
 were ashamed of it was clear by their fabricating 
 and circulating a report that the deed was that of 
 some white men who were among them. At all 
 events, instead of proceeding with their work of 
 death, they returned to their own fastnesses, and 
 the Government were unable to follow and arrest 
 the criminals. Hau Hauism is not yet dead, but it 
 exists in a greatly modified form.
 
 New] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 443 
 
 XXV. The Ilau Hau Massacres. — At Poverty 
 Bay there were about 450 natives and 200 Euro- 
 peans. Some of the latter manned a redoubt, but 
 most of them lived in their own houses, more or 
 less scattered. About midnight on 9th November 
 1868, they were surprised by an attack from Te 
 Kooti and his followers, the Hau Haus. Some 
 escaped by flight, and owed their safety to a faith- 
 ful old chief, called Tutari ; Te Kooti and some of 
 his party were in hot pursuit of them. In an 
 hour after they had left the old man's village, the 
 pursuers were on their track. Tutari was promised 
 his life if he would only say by what route the 
 settlers had gone. Neither threats nor entreaties 
 could prevail. He and his two children were 
 taken a few yards away from the house and killed 
 by Te Kooti's orders. Tutari's wife was compelled 
 to witness the murder of husband and children. 
 When they were dead, she was asked to say by 
 what road the white men had gone ; she would 
 not betray them, and pointed out a track which 
 they had not taken. Twenty-nine Europeans and 
 thirty-two loyal natives lost their lives in that 
 massacre. The settlement was destroyed. The 
 tidings were everywhere received with a thrill 
 of horror. The unhappy survivors found homes 
 in Auckland and other places ; and substan- 
 tial tokens of sympathy poured in from every part 
 of the colony. Many an exciting story could be 
 evoked from that awful tragedy ; the following 
 account was given by one of the survivors. 
 Captain Wilson's family had gone to bed, except- 
 ing himself, who sat up late writing letters for the 
 English mail, which was to leave next day. The 
 Hau Haus knocked at his door, saying they had 
 brought him a letter from Hirini-te-kani, the 
 principal chief of Poverty Bay. He suspected 
 treachery, and told them to put the letter under 
 the door. Looking out he saw many natives 
 flitting about. He called his man-servant, who 
 was asleep in an outbuilding, and told him the 
 Hau Haus were upon them. As the man ran across 
 the open space between the two buildings the 
 natives tried to catch him, but failed ; they per- 
 haps did not wish to awaken other families by 
 firing. As they could not induce Wilson to open 
 the door, they burst it in with a log of wood ; they 
 hesitated to enter, knowing it would cost some of 
 them their lives. For a while they were kept at 
 bay, but at last they set fire to both ends of the 
 house. Wilson defended it to the last, and left it 
 only when the flames had singed his wife's hair 
 and scorched his children's feet ; then he headed 
 his family in their retreat from the burning build- 
 ing, with his revolver in his hand. His courage 
 at that terrible crisis seemed to cow his murderers. 
 The family consisted of Mrs. Wilson, four little 
 children, himself, and the servant Moran. As they 
 left the house the Hau Haus declared that they had 
 agreed not to kill him or his family ; and as if to 
 prove their sincerity one of them took up one of 
 the children to carry ; Wilson, his wife, and Moran 
 carried the others. Some of the natives went with 
 
 them towards Goldsmith's houses, about a quarter 
 of a mile away. When they had gone about two 
 hundred yards a Hau Hau rushed on Moran and 
 knocked him down ; another stabbed Wilson with 
 a bayonet in his back. He fell, with his little son 
 James, whom he carried, uttering a dying cry. His 
 little boy extricated himself from the death-grasp 
 of his father, and got away in the dark to some 
 scrub. Mrs. Wilson, hearing her husband's death- 
 cry, turned round with an exclamation of horror ; 
 the same instant she was thrust through with a 
 bayonet, her arm beinglikewise pierced whilst trying 
 to defend her baby. She fell insensible, and received 
 four or five more bayonet wounds, and was beaten 
 on the breast with the butt-end of a rifle ; yet she 
 survived for several weeks, and related how when 
 she regained consciousness she saw all her family 
 lying dead around her with the exception of her 
 boy James. All that day (Tuesday) she was 
 unable to rise, with the murderers in sight busy 
 at their dreadful work. While she lay helpless a 
 native came and robbed her of her shawl, leaving 
 her attired only in her night-dress. On Wednesday 
 she managed to crawl to what had been her home, 
 and found some water. Still the Hau Haus were 
 about, and many buildings were being fired. She 
 contrived to reach an outhouse left standing on 
 her grounds, and hid herself. Meanwhile her little 
 James, eight years old, after escaping from the 
 murderers, wandered about unseen by them, 
 although one night he slept in a house to which 
 they came. He kept himself supplied with food 
 he found in the houses not yet destroyed. He 
 told his mother that he " did not think it would 
 be exactly stealing," as "everybody had run 
 away." He saw he thought as many Hau Haus as 
 would fill the redoubt. One day he went back to 
 his old home, and found his father and brother 
 and sisters with Moran all dead, and " wondered 
 what the Hau Haus had done with his mother. He 
 thought they must have eaten her." At last he 
 found his mother in the little outhouse to their 
 mutual surprise and delight. Here he sustained 
 her for several days upon eggs, and whatever else 
 he could forage. The poor lady got a card and a 
 pencil from her dead husband's coat pocket, and 
 after four hours' labour and many failures, she 
 contrived to write the following : — " Could some 
 kind friend come to our help for God's sake. I am 
 very much wounded, lying in a little house at our 
 place. My poor son James is with me. Come 
 quickly.— Alice Wilson. We have little or no 
 clothing, and are in dreadful suffering." This note 
 was placed in the hands of the little boy, that he 
 might carry it to Turauganui six miles distant. 
 He was not far from it when he was picked up by 
 a party who were scouring the country in search 
 of any missing settlers. The same day Major 
 Westrupp sent a party of men who brought Mrs. 
 Wilson in a litter to the redoubt. She was tended 
 with the greatest care and rallied for a time ; it 
 was hoped she would recover, but she succumbed 
 to the terrible injuries she received a few weeks
 
 444 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 later. She died at Napier, whither she was con- 
 veyed in the Sturt steamer. Her orphan boy was 
 sent to England to his grand-parents. For some 
 time Te Kooti kept the country in alarm. 
 His successes brought many wild spirits to his 
 standard. He planted his fortress at Ngatapa, 
 a wooded mountain whose summit is about 
 2500 feet above the level of the sea: it was sup- 
 posed to be the strongest in N.Z. He had above 400 
 followers. From the altitude of his pah, he com- 
 manded a view of a wide extent of country by the 
 aid of field glasses. He gave no quarter to either 
 European or native found in arms against him. 
 Under the command of Captain Mair, the native 
 troops followed him from place to place after they 
 had driven him from his stronghold. Often he 
 was nearly captured, but he managed to elude all 
 pursuit. No rest was given him ; he was hunted 
 down. Gradually his followers forsook him. At 
 last tired of his wandering, perilous and murderous 
 life, he threw himself upon the protection of the 
 Maori King, and there he lived "a wiser and a 
 sadder man" for all the brutal butcheries of his 
 bloodthirsty career. He justly forfeited his own 
 life to the claims of justice, yet no man dared to 
 lay hands on him but at the risk of another dis- 
 turbance. The Kingites sheltered the blood-guilty 
 freebooter only on "good behaviour." Te Kooti 
 bore a good character in his youth, and had some 
 cause of complaint of the deception practised on 
 him and his companions when they were taken 
 prisoners and sent to the Chatham Islands. 
 
 XXVI. Governor Bowen. — Sir George Bowen 
 succeeded Grey in May 1868. The colony was 
 emerging from its troubles on his arrival ; and in 
 1872 he was able to make a viceregal tour through 
 districts in the interior which had been previously 
 closed to European visitors. On 2nd April he 
 went from Wellington to Napier— thence by the 
 great inland lake of Taupo. From that point he 
 visited many parts of the Lake District, and on to 
 Tauranga. From Ohinemuri he went down the 
 Waiho (Thames) in the Luna, and reached 
 Grahamatown on 23rd April. In all places he 
 was warmly greeted, and numerous speeches of 
 welcome were addressed to His Excellency. He 
 held meetings with the natives. At Napier he 
 found that the large sums paid to the natives as 
 rents had enabled the chiefs to build good houses 
 in the English style, and to live in English 
 comfort. They had good carriages, horses, cattle, 
 and well-cultivated farms. At Tapuaeharuru 
 (" resounding footsteps ") on the Taupo Lake 
 a great assembly was gathered together, and 
 numerous speeches followed — all of them on the 
 side of loyalty. On the picturesque Lake of 
 Rotokakahi was a small pah held by a detach- 
 ment of the native militia under the command of 
 Captain Mair. The Arawas composing this force 
 were fine young men, well drilled according to 
 English discipline, and had done good service in 
 the war against their rebel countrymen. From 
 Ohinemuri to Tauranga the road for eighteen 
 
 miles lies through a forest. In the very heart of it 
 the Governor found triumphal arches in his 
 honour erected by the Maoris who were at work 
 on the road ; they were most demonstrative in 
 their welcome, and the volleys of musketry they 
 fired echoed like cannon-shots through the prim- 
 eval forest. Five miles from Tauranga the 
 Governor was met by the Volunteer Cavalry of 
 that town and district. They escorted him past 
 the famous Gate Pah to the wharf, where the Luna 
 lay at anchor, and where he was received by Mr. 
 M'Lean and a guard of honour of the Rifle 
 Volunteers. The volunteers of Tauranga at that 
 time comprised one-fifth of the entire population 
 of the district— men, women, and children. Bowen 
 was a popular Governor ; he well understood his 
 position. It was to " do the ornamental," and he 
 could do it. He very wisely confined himself to 
 his own province, which was to represent royalty 
 and to write glowing despatches. Avoiding all 
 party bias he blended the bonhommie of the Irish 
 gentleman with the dignity of his office, and so 
 found favour with all classes of the community, 
 including both races. Sir James Fergusson suc- 
 ceeded him in June 1873, but resigned in 1874. 
 Short as his stay was he saw enough of the country 
 to have an exalted idea of its importance. He 
 was succeeded by the Marquis of Normanby. 
 
 XXVII. The Troubles in 1879.— The first chief, 
 Potatau, who received the designation of King 
 from the Maoris when he was dying, enjoined the 
 avoidance of war with the settlers. But his son 
 Tawhiao is a man of limited intelligence and is 
 under the influence of those immediately around 
 him. He raised a point of difficulty with the 
 colonists about the railway which is to run across 
 the island from Auckland to New Plymouth. 
 The " King country " lies between, and Tawhiao 
 was unfavourable to the project. He was opposed 
 however by his powerful ally and host Rewi, chief 
 of the Ngatimaniapotos, an allied section of the 
 Waikatos. When by the war in 1865 the Waikatos 
 were driven from the region of the great river 
 which bears their name they took refuge in the 
 remoter upper country belonging to the Ngati- 
 maniapotos, whose chief, Rewi, had been their 
 ablest leader in the campaign. They found homes 
 there, and that district now constitutes the prin- 
 cipal part of the King country. Rewi was in favour 
 of the railroad, as calculated to raise the value of 
 his own possessions and of the other lands through 
 which it will pass. Differing from Tawhiao on 
 this point, he had been further estranged by 
 discovering that some of his chief opponents 
 among the King's advisers had been privately 
 selling for their personal behoof lands returned to 
 them from the confiscated territory, without 
 acquainting their Ngatimaniapoto hosts w y ith 
 the fact. Rewi's tribes composed nearly a third 
 of the inhabitants of the King country, but they 
 did not appear to be wholly in favour of their 
 chief's policy, some of them leaning to Tawhiao. 
 Tawhiao was sullen. Rewi however had not
 
 New] 
 
 i Yi.XOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 445 
 
 broken with his titular leader, and seemed equally- 
 anxious to uphold the Maori King and to cultivate 
 cordial relations with the Pakeha. When he visited 
 Auckland for the first time since the.war he was 
 received with much attention by the citizens, for 
 he was an honourable as well as formidable 
 antagonist in the old times, and like many of the 
 great Maori chiefs a man of much personal dignity. 
 But it was from the state of things in Taranaki 
 that there was real danger of the spark that would 
 fire the train. An outbreak there would very 
 likely be followed by war on the east coast, and 
 perhaps the King country. There are three tribes 
 in that quarter — the Ngatiawas, Ngatiruanuis and 
 Taranakis. But it was the influence of Te Whiti, 
 which was not confined to the district, which made 
 the state of things dangerous. He assumed to be 
 a Mahomet or Zoroaster in his miniature way. He 
 is described as a man of considerable powers of 
 observation and intelligence, with great oratorical 
 talent, ascetic habits, and an implicit belief in his 
 own inspiration. The township which he estab- 
 lished on the skirts of Mount Egniont is described 
 by medical men who have visited it as the cleanest 
 and largest native settlement in N.Z. The prophet 
 comprehends the importance of sanatory regula- 
 lations, and insists on their being observed. A 
 stream runs through the place, which is laid out 
 in regular streets, and every whare (or hut) has a 
 cookhouse attached. Te Whiti would do his people 
 much good if he had confined himself to such 
 matters ; but egotism and his secluded mode of 
 life turned his head. He had been making 
 fools of himself and his followers in the plough- 
 ing operations, and only succeeded in alarming 
 and thoroughly arousing the whites. Though 
 he only talked of testing in some peaceful and 
 legal way the right of the tribes to certain disputed 
 lands, there was really no knowing what turn 
 things might take under the influence of his own 
 fanaticism and the impatience or disappointment of 
 his followers. The most considerable of the native 
 allies are the tribes inhabiting the peninsula 
 north of Auckland — the Ngapuhis, Rarewas, and 
 Hapouris. They number 8396 persons. From 
 among these and the friendly tribes near Lake 
 Taupo, and in other parts of the east and south 
 the colonists could certainly obtain the help of 
 1200 or 1500 fighting men if occasion should have 
 arisen. At the date of these pages going to press 
 the troubles were not wholly ended. Large forces 
 both of the volunteers and police had to be stationed 
 in the disaffected quarters, and fears of another 
 Maori war were imminent, but peaceable counsels 
 would appear to be prevailing with the natives, or 
 that they had been convinced of the hopelessness 
 nf the conflict with the colonists. It was expected 
 a satisfactory settlement of the land dispute would 
 be made ; towards this end a Royal Commission 
 was appointed to deal with the native question ; 
 they recommended liberal concession to the Maoris 
 and that the disturbed district should be adminis- 
 tered under special law, intimation being given to 
 
 Te Whiti of the proposed method of dealing with 
 the disputed districts and inviting his concurrence 
 in the proposed sharing the land between the natives 
 and Europeans. In October 1880 upwards of 51 " I 
 Maoris had been arrested and imprisoned for fencing 
 in and trespassing on the lands of the settlers. At 
 that date Te Whiti still continued to send his fol- 
 lowers daily to fence across the road which the troops 
 were constructing across the disturbed district, and 
 the constabulary generally arrested them. Once 
 or twice the experiment was tried of simply 
 preventing their re-erecting the fence and turning 
 them oft' instead of detaining them in custody. 
 Te Whiti was deeply outraged and indignant at 
 this slight, and sent down word that unless the 
 fencers were arrested every day, according to his 
 word, he should vary his tactics by sending down 
 fifty for them to arrest, and if that would not do 
 he would send 100 men. It was believed that 
 Te Whiti woidd not offer further opposition re 
 the Waimate Plains. These plains are being 
 rapidly surveyed for sale and settlement. Te Whiti 
 was evidently resolved to keep the peace. The 
 " King of Peace " is the title he most proudly 
 affects, and by sending all his best warriors to be 
 arrested first, he gave a guarantee of his pacific 
 intentions, because by depriving himself of these 
 men he put it out of his power to offer armed 
 resistance, even were he disposed to do so. He 
 wished to be a martyr, and by defiantly fencing to 
 compel the attendance of the constabulary at 
 Parihaka. As to the native policy of the Govern- 
 ment the plan is to arrest all the able-bodied 
 native fencers as fast as they come down, and to 
 stow them away safely in the different gaols in 
 the South Island. These out of the way, the 
 reserves recommended by the commissioners and 
 sanctioned by the Legislature will be set apart 
 and carefully marked off. The rest of the land 
 will be surveyed, sold, and settled, roads being 
 made through it and all necessary defensive pre- 
 cautions taken. Then the prisoners will be released 
 by degrees, a few at a time, care being taken to 
 ensure their good behaviour. The Governor 
 recently sent a note to Te Whiti requesting an 
 interview for the discussion of native affairs. 
 This request was declined by the Maori prophet 
 in metaphorical language : " The potato is cooked." 
 Even in N.Z., where the whites are familiar with 
 the prophet's style, they have been unable to 
 agree as to what this expression meant. It is 
 supposed that Te Whiti really meant to say that 
 the colonial Government had taken possession of 
 the land in dispute, and that it was no use to 
 argue the point further. 
 
 XXVIII. Political Progress.— la 1865 the seat 
 of Government was transferred from Auckland to 
 Wellington, the latter city being more central. !-jj r 
 George Grey retired from the Governorship on 5th 
 February 1868 ; he was succeeded by Sir George 
 Bowen, who held office till March 1873. About 
 this time the "Public WorksPolicy" associated with 
 the name of Sir Julius Vogel was initiated by the
 
 446 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Nic— Non 
 
 passing of the Immigration and Public Works and 
 Allied Acts. These provided for the expenditure 
 of ten millions of money for the introduction of 
 immigrants, the acquisition of land from the 
 Maoris in the North Island, the supply of water 
 to the gold-fields, and the construction of railways, 
 roads, and telegraphs. From 21st March the 
 Government was administered by Sir George A. 
 Arney, Chief Justice, till 14th June, when he was 
 superseded by Sir James Fergusson. Sir James 
 Fergusson was Governor till 3rd December 1874, 
 when he was succeeded by the Marquis of Nor- 
 manby. During the interregnum Chief Justice 
 Prendergast acted as Administrator. Sir Hercules 
 Robinson assumed office on 27th March 1879, and 
 during his short term of office was as successful in 
 the administration of N.Z. affairs as he had been in 
 those of N.S. W. He was promoted to the Cape in 
 succession to Sir Bartle Frere in August 1880, and 
 was succeeded by Sir Arthur Gordon, late Governor 
 of the Fiji Islands. The cloud of depression which 
 has spread over the other colonies has not missed 
 N.Z., and a check in its progress has occurred, 
 which however is believed will be but a temporary 
 one. In 1880 it was found necessary to enter on a 
 policy of general retrenchment, the Public Works 
 scheme was partially suspended, a reduction of 
 ten per cent was made on all salaries and wages, 
 the civil service was curtailed, and in various 
 directions efforts were made to bring the expendi- 
 ture of the colony within the limits of its income. 
 Within the abundant resources of the colony it is 
 scarcely possible that there can be either permanent 
 standing still or retrogression. Some account of the 
 political changes that have occurred during the 
 constitutional period will be found under the 
 articles devoted to the leading public men. It 
 remains to mention briefly the order in which the 
 various settlements were formed : — 
 
 1. Wellington, as already stated, was founded 
 by the N.Z. Company in 1840. Preliminary 
 expedition for selection of site, August 1839. 
 
 2. Auckland, established by the first Governor, 
 Captain Hobson, in the same year. It remained 
 the seat of Government till 1865, when by Act of 
 the Colonial Parliament, and the selection of 
 certain commissioners appointed at its request by 
 the Australian Governors, Wellington became the 
 capital. 
 
 3. New Plymouth, also founded by the N.Z. 
 Company in September 1841. Preliminary expe- 
 dition, August 1840. 
 
 4. Nelson, founded by the Company in October 
 1841. 
 
 5. Otago, founded in March 1848 by a Scotch 
 company working in connection with the N.Z. 
 Company, and by means of its machinery, under 
 the auspices of the Free Church of Scotland, and 
 with an appropriation of a portion of its lands 
 and pecuniary resources to Free Church purposes. 
 
 G. Canterbury, similarly founded in December 
 
 1850, in connection with the Church of England. 
 
 7. HAWEE'3 Ba? was originally a part of 
 
 Wellington Province, but was separated from it 
 and created a province of itself in 1858. 
 
 8. Marlborough, originally part of Nelson, 
 separated in the same manner in 1860. 
 
 NICHOLSON, SIR CHARLES (1808-) is a 
 native of Scotland and was educated at the Uni- 
 versity of Edinburgh. After graduating M.D. he 
 came to Australia in May 1834. He was chosen 
 Member of the first Legislative Council of N.S.W. 
 in 1843, and was three times elected Speaker. He 
 championed in the Legislature the cause of popular 
 education. He filled the post of Vice-Chancellor 
 of Sydney University in 1853, and was raised to 
 the office of Chancellor in 1854. In 1859 when Q. 
 was made a separate colony he was appointed the 
 first Speaker of its first Legislature. Having been 
 knighted by patent in March 1852, he was created 
 a Baronet in April 1859 as a reward for his public 
 services ; and received the honorary titles of D.C.L. 
 from the University of Oxford in 1857, and of 
 LL.D. from the University of Cambridge in 1868. 
 He returned to Europe in 1862. 
 
 NICHOLSON, WILLIAM, came to V. in 1842, 
 and established himself in business in Melbourne. 
 In 1850 he was chosen Mayor. In 1855 he was 
 elected member of the Legislative Council for 
 North Bourke. He introduced and carried the 
 principle of voting by ballot at all political elections. 
 In December 1855, on the defeat of the O'Shanassy 
 Government on this question, he took office ; but 
 shortly afterwards left the colony for England and 
 was absent for two years. He returned in 1858> 
 and in August 1859 was elected member of the 
 Assembly for Sandridge. On 17th November he 
 moved an amendment on the address, which was 
 carried, and on 27th October he formed a Ministry, 
 which remained in office until 26th November 1860. 
 He retired from politics, and died in 1870. 
 
 NICHOLSON RIVER, in N.A., was discovered 
 by Leichhardt during his journey overland from 
 Moreton Bay to Port Essington ; it flows into the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria to the westward of the Albert, 
 and was so named in honour of Dr. William A. 
 Nicholson, of Bristol, England, who had enabled 
 Leichhardt to come to Australia to explore it, and 
 to study its nature. The river is 100 yards wide 
 where he crossed it. 
 
 NIXON, FRANCIS RUSSELL (1803—) first 
 Bishop of T., studied at Oxford and was Fellow 
 of his College there. He had been Chaplain to 
 the Embassy at Naples, and in 1843 came out to 
 T. as the first Church of England Bishop of that 
 Diocese. Shortly afterwards he went to England 
 on Church affairs. In 1851 he attended the first 
 Synod of the Colonial Bishops in Sydney. Dr. 
 Nixon, whose health was always bad, left in 1862, 
 and not improving in health in 1864 resigned his 
 see. He published a volume of Lectures on the 
 Church Catechism. 
 
 NONDA COUNTRY, in N.A., was discovered 
 by Leichhardt. It lies to the westward of the 
 river Lynd and between the rivers Mitchell and
 
 Nor] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 447 
 
 Van Diemens, near the Gulf of Carpentaria, and 
 was named by the discoverer from a fine shady 
 tree with a yellow eatable fruit which he and his 
 companions very much enjoyed. 
 
 NOKFOLK ISLAND, is situated nearly midway 
 between N.Z. and New Caledonia, about 900 miles 
 east of Brisbane. It is not quite five miles long, 
 with an average width of two and a-half miles. 
 Mount Pitt at the N.W. corner is 1050 feet high. 
 There are precipitous cliffs round the greater part 
 of the coast, and many small streams fall in 
 cascades into the sea. There are no harbours, but 
 tolerable landing places in fine weather. The 
 surface is generally a table-land with numerous 
 gulleys, and is covered with grass sprinkled in 
 beautiful park-like fashion with white oaks, and 
 the handsome Norfolk Island pine, which often 
 exceeds 200 feet high. The gulleys and slopes of 
 Mount Pitt are covered with a thick scrub, with 
 tree-ferns and guavas. Phillip Island, a mile and 
 a quarter long, lies three and a-half miles south 
 of the main island, is nearly as high, very preci- 
 pitous, and densely wooded ; and there are two 
 or three other small rocky islets. Norfolk Island 
 was discovered by Cook in 1774, and now forms 
 part of the Colony of N.S.W. It is a beautiful 
 island, and its climate is mild and uniform when 
 compared with the excessive vicissitudes of tem- 
 perature experienced in continental Australia. 
 Norfolk Island is interesting to naturalists for its 
 peculiar birds. It has fifteen species of land-birds, 
 eight of which are Australian, while three are 
 peculiar species of Australian genera ; but there 
 are three others which connect the island unmis- 
 takably with N.Z. These are the Nestor proditctus, 
 which formerly inhabited Phillip Island but are 
 now said to be extinct ; a fine parroquet, and a 
 remarkable white rail. All these are peculiar 
 N.Z. forms, and two of them would be quite 
 unable to pass over any great width of ocean, 
 while the Australian birds are mostly such as fly 
 well, and might easily have migrated to the island. 
 This sufficiently explains why, although the great 
 majority of its birds are Australian, yet naturalists 
 consider this group of islands to belong really to 
 the N.Z. zoological district. 
 
 History. — On 14th February 1788 Governor 
 Phillip despatched Lieutenant Philip Gidley King 
 in H.M.S. Supply, from Sydney, with Lieut. Ball, 
 to form a penal settlement at Norfolk Island. The 
 party consisted of Lieut. King, with the title of 
 Superintendent and Commandant of the Settle- 
 ment, James Cunningham subaltern officer, Surgeon 
 T. Jamieson, Assistant-surgeon John Alltree, Roger 
 Morley, William Westbrooke, J. Sawyer, John 
 Batcheldor and Charles Heritage, with nine men 
 and six women convicts, twenty-four in all. King 
 arrived at the island on 5th March, and named the 
 bay at which he landed Anson's Bay, in honour of 
 Admiral Anson the circumnavigator. On the 
 following day he took possession of the island in 
 the name of the Sovereign of Great Britain. The 
 party celebrated the occasion by hoisting the 
 
 British colours and drinking the healths of His 
 Majesty the King, the Queen, the Princess of 
 Wales, and success to the settlement. King was 
 instructed to commence at once the cultivation of 
 corn, flax and cotton. It was the intention of 
 Phillip to use the island both as a storehouse and 
 as a receptacle for refractory convicts. Immediately 
 after landing the party began clearing the land and 
 sowing the seed they had brought with them. On 
 the 19th March Ball returned to Sydney, bringing 
 with him a glowing account from the commandant 
 of the fertility of the soil and the fine climate. 
 Phillip in consequence sent a reinforcement <if 
 sixty-nine persons. Hardly had the party estab- 
 lished themselves than a conspiracy was formed 
 by the convicts to overpower their officers, take 
 possession of the ship Sirius, and leaving the 
 settlement sail for Norfolk Island. The plot was 
 defeated through the fidelity of a female prisoner. 
 On 26th February 1789 a tremendous hurricane 
 swept over the island, destroying nearly all 
 the property possessed by the settlers. The 
 wheat harvest in December was fortunately very 
 abundant. In March 1790 Governor Phillip, in 
 order to relieve the settlement at Sydney, then 
 very much in want of provisions, sent another 
 party of 280 persons, including two companies of 
 marines, under the command of Lieut.-Governor 
 Ross, in the Sirius, to Norfolk Island. The voyage 
 thither was prosperous, but when making pre- 
 parations for the return voyage the Sirius was 
 wrecked on the rocky shore of the island, 
 and all the stores intended for the Sydney 
 settlers were lost. Lieut.-Governor Ross relieved 
 King in the command, whilst the latter pro- 
 ceeded to England to report to His Majesty's 
 Ministers on the new settlement. The inhabi- 
 tants of Norfolk Island then numbered 498, 
 of whom 191 men and 100 women were convicts. 
 In December 1791 King returned and resumed 
 command of the settlement. The wheat harvest 
 was again abundant for several years in succession. 
 In 1793 the population had risen to 1008 souls. 
 In June 1800 Major Foveaux was appointed 
 Lieutenant-Governor in succession to King. In 
 March 1803 Lieut. James Bowen of H.M.S. Glutton 
 was appointed to take charge as Deputy Lieutenant- 
 Governor during the absence of Foveaux. The 
 latter resigned in September and left the Island, 
 leaving the command of the settlement to Captain 
 Wilson. Governor Hunter, on his return to 
 England in 1800, visited the settlement, and formed 
 the conviction that having served its purpose, the 
 place ought to be abandoned on grounds of 
 economy. The Imperial Government accordingly, 
 upon Hunter's recommendation, issued an order 
 for its abandonment, but the order was not exe- 
 cuted till 1805. The settlers were then mostly 
 emancipists, and had farms of from thirty-three 
 to forty acres each. These settlers were conveyed 
 either to V.D.L. or N.S.W. at the public expense, 
 and had grants of land given to them double the 
 amount of their former possessions, with cattle
 
 448 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 [Nor 
 
 on loan, and were rationed at the public stores 
 as new settlers. The majority of the settlers 
 went to V.D.L. and there founded a settlement 
 naming the place where they located New Nor- 
 folk and Norfolk Plains, after the name of the 
 island they had been compelled to leave. In 
 1826 an order was issued to re-establish the 
 penal settlement on the island. The following 
 year a vessel bound to the island with prisoners 
 was piratically seized by the passengers when 
 within one day's sail of the destined port. The 
 leader of the mutiny was a desperado named 
 Walton, who had long been notorious as a felon of 
 the most audacious description. So well was the 
 scheme devised and executed that no blood was 
 shed, a few slight wounds inflicted in a scuffle 
 which took place after the seizure excepted. The 
 pirates resolved upon seeking South America ; but 
 being destitute of a nautical almanack, and short 
 of water, they steered towards N. Z., where they 
 hoped to obtain from one of the whaling vessels 
 which frequented that country the appliances 
 necessary for navigating their ship, as well as such 
 other necessaries as they required. The master, 
 Harwood, and the crew were compelled to navigate 
 the ship under the directions of Walton and his 
 associates, who had assumed the arms and uniforms 
 of the military guard. Arriving at the Bay of 
 Islands they found two whalers anchored in that 
 port, and to the inquiries of the commanders they 
 replied that they were bound for the River Thames 
 with troops and provisions ; but the awkward 
 appearance which the ship and crew presented, and 
 the lax discipline everywhere observable, aroused 
 the suspicions of the whaling captains, and after a 
 little time the true character of the newly arrived 
 vessel became apparent, and the whalers resolved 
 to make an effort to retake the vessel. For this 
 purpose Duke and Clark, the whaling masters, 
 communicated with the missionaries on shore ; 
 these exercised their influence in assembling a 
 large number of the natives, armed and accoutred 
 for war ; and everything being in readiness for an 
 attack, both from the shore and the ships, the 
 pirates were summoned to surrender. To the first 
 summons they gave a refusal ; but the whalers 
 discharging their guns, and some shots striking 
 the vessel, the pirates fled into the hold and 
 concealed themselves wherever there was a 
 hiding place, whilst some leapt overboard in 
 their terror and confusion. Walton now par- 
 leyed, and after a few more shots had been 
 discharged, and a threat having been held out 
 that the natives, who all this time were spectators 
 on the shore, would be let loose on the refractory 
 ship, the pirates surrendered, making no other 
 condition than that they should be protected from 
 the fury of the New Zealanders. The prisoners 
 were now landed, not without considerable danger 
 from the natives, who disappointed in their anti- 
 cipations of a battle, resolved not to miss the 
 profits which they expected from a victory ; for 
 they stript several of the prisoners and plundered 
 
 the vessel of many valuable articles before they 
 could be restrained. The damage done to the 
 captured ship having been repaired, and several 
 of the convicts who escaped into the woods having 
 been brought back by the natives, the pirates 
 were carried to Sydney by Duke in his own vessel 
 and in the captured brig. A new conspiracy 
 among the prisoners to repeat their piracy was 
 frustrated by the fidelity of one of the crew, 
 with whom the pirate leader tampered during the 
 passage. While these events were transpiring at 
 sea, a still more serious mutiny broke out on land. 
 At the island in September, a gang of fifty-one 
 prisoners on being mustered in the morning 
 previous to commencing their daily labour, sud- 
 denly rushed, according to a preconcerted plan, 
 on their guards and overseers, and having 
 disarmed them after a struggle in which one of 
 the guards was killed and another wounded, they 
 placed them in close confinement in various cells, 
 so that tidings of the outbreak could not be con- 
 veyed to the barracks. It was the intention of the 
 mutineers to have suddenly attacked the garrison, 
 after having secured all the remaining officers 
 who were to be found in the stockades, and having 
 taken the fort by surprise, to have made them- 
 selves masters of the island ; but chance luckily 
 frustrated these schemes. Four soldiers having 
 occasion to go from their quarters to the hospital 
 early in the morning, saw what was going on in 
 the town, and made all haste back to communicate 
 the alarming intelligence to their commanding 
 officers. They were pursued and fired at by a 
 party of the insurgents, who killed one, wounded 
 another, and captured a third ; but the fourth, 
 fortunately escaping, gave the alarm to his com- 
 panions. Finding themselves frustrated in their 
 secret arrangements, the mutineers now betook 
 themselves to the boats, which they had previously 
 loaded with provisions, arms, ammunition, and 
 such other articles as they deemed of use or value. 
 The commandant, Captain Donaldson, in the mean- 
 time hastened to Kingston with all the troops under 
 his command, and arrived at the sea-shore just as 
 two of the three boats which the insurgents seized 
 had passed the reef which ran round the island, 
 at a short distance from the shore, while the third 
 had just been got under weigh preparatory to 
 following. The troops discharged their muskets 
 at the fugitives, but without effect ; and the boats 
 proceeded to Phillip Island, distant about seven 
 miles from the main settlement. One boat still 
 remained at Kingston, but this the mutineers had 
 disabled before leaving, and still more to delay if 
 not prevent pursuit, they carried away the boat- 
 builder. The disabled craft was repaired ; and on 
 the morning after the day which witnessed the 
 transactions, Captain Donaldson, with Lieutenant 
 Donnellan, the second in command, and twenty- 
 two of the military, proceeded towards Phillip 
 Island starting before daybreak in the hope of 
 taking the fugitives by surprise, but wind and 
 tide being adverse they did not arrive until after
 
 Nor] 
 
 CYCLOP/KDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 449 
 
 sunrise. They were received with a cheer and a 
 volley of musketry from the insurgents, who 
 occupied an advantageous position behind the 
 rocks. The military landed without sustaining 
 loss, and after some firing the convicts fled, leaving 
 three of their number killed, and eleven prisoners. 
 Satisfied for the present with this victory, the 
 commandant returned to the settlement, taking 
 back the prisoners, the three boats, and the plun- 
 dered property, leaving the remaining mutineers, 
 not without means of escape, to subsist as best they 
 could on the goats and swine which luckily for them 
 were numerous in their fastness. A few days later 
 the military again visited the island, when ten more 
 of the fugitives were captured. The remainder, now 
 reduced to twenty-five, continued for some time in 
 the island, but were eventually glad to surrender 
 to the authorities, their resolution to hold out 
 completely giving way on the capture of their 
 leader — one Goff — who was surprised by the 
 military while sleeping under the shelter of a 
 rock. In June 1839 Captain Wakefield of the 39th 
 Regiment resigned his position as commandant, 
 and was succeeded by Lieut.-Colonel Morissett, 
 late Superintendent of Police at Sydney. In 1842 
 the Governor Phillip, a vessel employed by 
 Government to carry supplies to and from Norfolk 
 Island, was piratically seized by the prisoners of 
 that island. The boat's crew, numbering twelve 
 men, all prisoners, who were employed between 
 the island and the vessel, by a preconcerted plan 
 disarmed the sentry on board, compelled such of 
 the crew as were on deck to jump overboard, 
 and secured the captain, mate and soldiers below 
 deck. The captain and mate, by breaking through 
 a partition got into communication with the soldiers 
 and commenced an attack by firing through the 
 crevices, which took effect, when they rushed on 
 deck, and after a brief struggle with the pirates 
 recaptured the vessel. The soldiers lost one man, 
 and five others were wounded ; of the convicts five 
 were killed and two wounded. The others were 
 tried, and four of them were convicted and executed. 
 At this time Captain Maconochie was commandant ; 
 and this and other incidents did not testify 
 favourably to his celebrated "humane" system of 
 applying mild persuasion rather than severity in 
 the treatment of even the most desperate criminals. 
 Maconochie had come out with Sir John Franklin, 
 who was favourably inclined to his new system 
 of discipline. In his estimate of prisoners 
 Maconochie, it is said, was equally deceived by a 
 generous confidence, or by his pity for human 
 suffering. He embodied the results in a report 
 and sent it home to the Colonial Office, without 
 having fully explained the contents of the despatch 
 to Franklin. On its publication he was dismissed 
 by the Governor, and stormy discussions followed 
 the charges made against the settlers. A select 
 committee of the House of Commons, presided 
 over by Sir W. Molesworth, recommended that 
 transportation to N.S.W. and T. should cease. It 
 was determined to adopt a middle course, and 
 
 Norfolk Island was selected for the new experi- 
 ment. Maconochie was appointed by Governor 
 Gipps Commandant of the island, " to test the 
 ideas he had propounded, and to seek the success 
 he had foretold." At once he removed all outward 
 signs of the severest discipline. The gaol doors 
 were thrown open, the gaoler loitered before the 
 deserted prison, and the prisoners " yielded to the 
 spell of a transient enchantment." The "mark" 
 or reward system, by which they could obtain free- 
 dom by good behaviour, was explained to them, 
 and they were exhorted and entreated in tones 
 humane even to tenderness. In May 1840, 1800 
 prisoners were set for one day (the Queen's Birth- 
 day) absolutely free to join in a general festivity, 
 at which sports and a theatrical performance took 
 place. Glees and songs were sung, tobacco and 
 rum were served out, and three cheers for Her 
 Majesty, and three for the Commandant, rent the 
 air. No accident occurred — the goal was entirely 
 unoccupied— no theft or disorder had disgraced 
 the day. "Its novelty gave to Maconochie's system 
 the air of delirium ; the disciplinarians of the 
 ancient regime raised their hands with astonish- 
 ment." The reaction was brought about by the 
 daring attempt of the conspirators to capture the 
 Governor Phillip. The condemned men met their 
 fate with fortitude, and their last words were in 
 grateful remembrance of Maconochie. But his 
 recall had been determined on. The colonial press 
 teemed with ludicrous allusions to a system sup- 
 ported by plays, rum and tobacco. His adminis- 
 tration was however prolonged till 1844, from the 
 difficulty of finding a qualified successor. Mean- 
 while a new scheme (the probation system) was 
 launched on the sea of penal speculation. " Norfolk 
 Island was again to be made the lowest deep of 
 transportation, and well has its destiny been ful- 
 filled." It may be urged that Maconochie's plan 
 did not receive a fair and sustained trial, and 
 human sympathy, shuddering at the cruelties of 
 other systems, not unnaturally turned to one which 
 was by many laughed at and stigmatised as "senti- 
 mental." This new system succeeded no better 
 than the old one. The prisoners were not reclaimed ; 
 and Norfolk Island became a perfect hell of crime 
 and rigorous punishment. The place was visited 
 by Governor Gipps in 1843, and the following year 
 the Government of it was transferred from N.S.W. 
 to T. The convict establishment was finally broken 
 up in 1855, and in the following year the Pitcairn 
 Island community of 194 persons were landed 
 there. The island, with its buildings, 2000 sheep, 
 as well as horses, pigs, and poultry, was given to 
 them by the British Government. They were 
 allotted land for cultivation, and supplies for a 
 limited period ; they were also supplied with seeds 
 and implements of husbandry. A magistrate and 
 chaplain were appointed. The instructions from 
 the Secretary of State were that the islanders 
 should be as little interfered with as possible, and 
 that their existing social system was to be main- 
 tained. They inhabit the old convict town. 
 
 13
 
 150 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Nor 
 
 occupying themselves with agriculture and with 
 whale -fishing. Forty of them returned to Pitcairn 
 Island and the remainder have increased to about 
 300 souls. The island has been again placed under 
 the Government of N.S.W., and is visited occa- 
 sionally by the Governors of the colony. 
 
 NORMANBY, MARQUIS OF (1819—) Gover- 
 nor of V. He joined the Regiment of Coldstream 
 Guards, and became Lieutenant in 1838. In 1844 
 he was made Deputy-Lieutenant of Yorkshire. In 
 1847 he was elected member of Parliament for 
 Scarborough, but relinquished his seat in 1851 on 
 accepting the office of Comptroller of the Queen's 
 Household. In 1853 he was advanced to be Trea- 
 surer of the Household ; in 1858 he was made 
 Governor of Nova Scotia, and in 1863 he succeeded 
 to the peerage on the death of his father. In 1866 
 he delivered his maiden speech in the House of 
 Lords as mover of the Address in reply to the 
 Throne. In 1 871 he was appointed Governor of Q. ; 
 in 1875 Governor of N.Z. ; and in 1879 Governor 
 of V. 
 
 NORTHERN TERRITORY. -The Northern 
 Territory, or Alexandra Land, comprises the 
 immense tract of country made over to S.A. 
 as one of the results of the explorations of 
 McDouall Stuart. It contains an area of 531,402 
 square miles, or 340,097,280 acres. It is bounded 
 on the N. by the Indian Ocean ; on the S. by the 
 26th parallel of S. latitude ; on the E. by the 
 138th meridian of E. longitude ; and on the W. 
 by the 129th meridian of E. longitude. 
 
 History.— When Stuart returned from his last 
 journey across the continent after having shown 
 the practicability of the overland route, the 
 Government entered into successful negotiations 
 with the Imperial Government for the cession of 
 the newly-discovered territory to S.A. It was 
 resolved to survey and offer for sale a considerable 
 quantity of land on the north-western portion of 
 the continent. The land sales took place in 
 Adelaide in March 1864, before the surveys had 
 commenced. The land was readily taken up and 
 preparations were made for despatching a party to 
 carry on the survey, and to protect life and pro- 
 perty. Lieut. -Colonel Boyle Travers Finniss was 
 appointed first Resident Commissioner. He was 
 an old colonist of large experience in public life, 
 and had been Treasurer of the colony and Acting- 
 Governor. He was an officer in the volunteer 
 force and a surveyor by profession. He set to 
 work immediately to prepare for the departure of 
 the first expedition and was liberally assisted by the 
 Government. The Government chartered the Henry 
 Ellis and well supplied it with stores, instruments 
 and weapons for the protection of the party. In 
 the instructions to the Government Resident, 
 Adam Bay was suggested as a likely place for the 
 first town ; but he was left with full discretion to 
 select another site if after examination he found 
 that unsuitable. He was also to cultivate friendly 
 relations with his party and to see that no injustice 
 was done to the natives. A few days afterwards 
 
 the expedition sailed and in June 1864 the Henry 
 Ellis cast anchor in Adam Bay, and the party 
 landed. The first river camp was fixed on 1st 
 July and the men celebrated the commencement 
 of their work by broaching a barrel of beer. The 
 expedition resulted in failure. Quarrels between 
 the Government Resident and his officers led to a 
 state of disorganisation. Finniss selected Escape 
 Cliffs as the site of the town, against the remon- 
 strances of some of his officers and gentlemen 
 who represented the selectors. But little progress 
 was made with the survey. Quarrels took place 
 with the natives, who stole the stores and who 
 were punished without discrimination. The reports 
 which reached Adelaide were of the most dis- 
 heartening character. The Government Resident 
 complained of his officers, and his officers com- 
 plained of him. Meanwhile precious time was 
 wasted, and little was being done towards the 
 survey. Some of the settlers purchased a small 
 boat — the Forlorn Hope — with which to leave the 
 settlement. In this boat they sailed 1600 miles 
 to Champion Bay, and proceeded thence to Ade- 
 laide where they brought before the Government 
 what they averred to be the state of things at 
 Adam Bay. Finniss was called upon for explan- 
 ations, which being deemed unsatisfactory, he was 
 recalled in 1868 and Mauton was left in command. 
 A Court of Inquiry was appointed which reported 
 that the Government Resident was wanting in 
 tact in the management of his men, had not 
 shown skill in organising their labour, and had 
 not taken sufficient care to protect the stores. 
 They also blamed Finniss for selecting such an 
 unsuitable site as Escape Cliffs for the township. 
 The result of the inquiry was the removal of the 
 Government Resident. Under Manton there was 
 not much improvement. The impression became 
 stronger that Adam Bay was not the proper place 
 for the settlement. The next step was to find if 
 possible a better site, and Captain Cadell was 
 dispatched to the Gulf of Carpentaria to see what 
 advantages offered there ; but his report of his 
 explorations was received with ridicule. The 
 state of things was becoming serious. The five 
 years within which the Government had pledged 
 themselves to have the surveys completed and the 
 land open for selection were passing, and nothing 
 had been done. Escape Cliffs was abandoned and 
 the party recalled. The London selectors demanded 
 back their money with interest. This demand was 
 resisted by the Government who still hoped to 
 finish the survey. They passed a Bill through 
 Parliament to give the original selectors a greatly 
 increased area over that to which they were 
 entitled, in consideration of the delay which had 
 taken place in the surveys ; but this offer was 
 limited to those who undertook to withdraw the 
 threatened legal action against the Government. 
 Many of the selectors accepted this offer, but the 
 bulk of those in London refused it and persisted 
 in their demand for a return of their money. In 
 1869 G. W, Goyder, Surveyor-General, was
 
 Nor— Oam] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 451 
 
 requested to go to the Northern Territory with a 
 competent party to select a site and complete the 
 survey. He undertook this responsible work, got 
 a party together, and started. He selected Port 
 Darwin for the site and laid the foundation of 
 Palmerston as the chief town. He set his band of 
 surveyors to work, and under the controlling 
 spirit of one energetic man the task was completed 
 in a few months. The Northern Territory, not- 
 withstanding its disastrous early history, is a rich 
 country and destined to become a great settlement. 
 One melancholy incident has marked its brief 
 history. In 1876 the Government determined to 
 hold a Circuit Court at Palmerston, presided over 
 by one of the Judges of the Supreme Court. Mr. 
 Justice Wearing was dispatched, attended by the 
 necessary officers. The party reached Port Darwin 
 in safety ; the Court was held, and they embarked 
 in the steamer Gothenburg for the return voyage. 
 Unfortunately the steamer ran on a reef lying off 
 the coast of Queensland, and in the course of a 
 few hours became a total wreck— the greater 
 portion of her passengers and crew thus meeting 
 with an untimely death. Over a hundred persons 
 — men, women, and children— were swept from the 
 deck of the ill-fated vessel. A few escaped in 
 boats, but the great majority went down, and 
 amongst them Judge Wearing ; his associate, 
 Mr. Pelham ; Mr. Whitby, acting Crown Prose- 
 cutor ; T. Reynolds, a leading politician of the 
 Province, and his wife ; and the Captain and 
 his chief officers. No calamity that ever befel 
 the Colony produced such a feeling of sorrow or 
 such an expression of heartfelt sympathy as this. 
 The Parliament made liberal provision for the 
 families of those who died in the service of the 
 Government, and the benevolence of the public 
 took charge of the rest. Between £9,000 and 
 £10,000 was at once contributed and distributed 
 amongst the sufferers. Captain Douglas was nest 
 appointed Government Resident of the Northern 
 Territory with a permanent staff. He retired in 
 May 1874 ; and till the following October Dr. 
 Millner took charge of the settlement, when 
 G. B. Scott arrived to succeed Douglas. 
 
 Description of the CountFvY. — Tropical in 
 its character the climate is not very different from 
 that of Northern Queensland. A great deal of the 
 land is good, cattle thrive well upon the pastures, 
 pearl and beche-de-mer can be established, while 
 mines of gold and other metals are being opened 
 up. Contiguity to Java and other Indian islands 
 will promote the success of the settlement. Con- 
 scious that the rich flats near the sea will one day 
 have plantations of rice, sugar, cotton, See., while 
 horses, cattle and sheep can be raised on the 
 pastures for the Indian market, the Government 
 of S. A. has made use of a wise and liberal policy 
 to attract emigrants and secure a permanent estab- 
 lishment. The land bounding the coast is in a 
 great measure low and uninteresting, in very few 
 instances being more than 100 feet above the sea 
 level ; wherever the coast is high it is generally 
 
 cliffs composed of sandstone, marl and ironstone ; 
 the lower portions are partly sandy beaches, but 
 principally mud flats thickly fringed with man- 
 groves. The country inland is generally speaking 
 of a level character over which railways could be 
 easily constructed, and is in a great measure desti- 
 tute of conspicuous land marks. At a distance of 
 from 30 to 100 miles from the coast a tableland 
 is met with varying in height from 300 to 900 feet, 
 and near the Victoria River it attains a height of 
 nearly 1700 feet. The rivers must not be over- 
 looked : many of them— the Roper, Adelaide, 
 South Alligator, Liverpool and Victoria— will 
 hereafter prove to be of considerable importance 
 for inland navigation. The character of the soil 
 in so large an area is necessarily variable ; but its 
 general fertility is unquestionable, and nearly all 
 tropical plants, including maize, cotton, and the 
 sugar-cane, have been grown successfully in the 
 Botanic Garden at Palmerston. About 200,000 
 square miles of country have been taken up for 
 pastoral purposes, and liberal regulations have 
 been framed to encourage pastoral settlement. 
 Gold-mining has hitherto been the only industry 
 carried on to any extent. Some splendid nuggets 
 —recently one of forty-two pound weight— have 
 been obtained from the alluvial diggings, and the 
 quartz-crushing returns have in many cases shown 
 from four ounces to six ounces to one ton. The 
 population of the settlement is estimated at about 
 400 whites, 30 Malays, and 2040 Chinese. 
 
 NORTHUMBERLAND CAPE, a headland at 
 the south-easternmost extreme of S. A. to the 
 westward of the river Glenelg, named by Grant 
 after the Duke of Northumberland. 
 
 NORTHUMBERLAND ISLES are situated off 
 the N.E. coast of A about ten miles from the W. 
 end of Percy Isles. 
 
 NUYTS ARCHIPELAGO. An assemblage of 
 islands off the western coast of S.A. at Eyria 
 Peninsula. The principal islands of the group are 
 St. Francis, St. Peter and Lounds islands. 
 
 NUYTS CAPE is situated on the southern 
 shore of S.A. near Point Fowler. 
 
 NUYTS LAND comprises that portion of the 
 southern coast of the continent extending from 
 Leeuwen's Land to the meridian of 124 deg. E. 
 and was discovered by Peter Van Nuyts in 1627. 
 
 o. 
 
 0AK0VER. River in W.A., was discovered and 
 named by Frank Gregory in 1861. 
 
 0AMARU, a township in N.Z., is the most 
 northern township in Otago, ranking next to 
 Dunedin, from which it is distant seventy-eight 
 miles. It is connected with that city and Christ- 
 church (152 miles) by railway. The district sur- 
 rounding the town is the largest grain-producing 
 district in the Middle Island, producing more than
 
 452 
 
 CYCLOIMODIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 10'Co 
 
 a third of the entire produce of Otago. It abounds 
 in building stone of magnificent quality, a pure white 
 limestone, of which the town is principally built. 
 Originally an open roadstead, an artificial harbour, 
 rendered necessary by the large export of agricul- 
 tural produce, is in course of construction, a break- 
 water and wharves having been built of concrete, 
 the works being now sufficiently advanced to 
 shelter vessels drawing fifteen feet of water. The 
 Oamaru harbour works are probably the most sub- 
 stantial in Australasia. The population is about 
 5000. 
 
 O'CONNELL, SIR MAURICE CHARLES, 
 formerly Commander of the Forces in N.S.W., 
 was a cousin of the celebrated Daniel O'Connell. 
 He came to Sydney in 1809 in command of the 
 73rd Regiment, and bearing a commission as 
 Lieutenant-Governor of N.S.W. and its Depen- 
 dencies. After his arrival he married the daughter 
 of Governor Bligh. Sir Maurice remained in the 
 colony till 1814, when the regiment was ordered to 
 Ceylon. In 1838 he again returned to the colony as 
 Commander of the Forces, and continued to hold 
 that appointment till relieved by Major-General 
 Wynyard. He was Acting-Governor of N.S.W. 
 from 12th July to 2nd August 1846. He never 
 took an active part in public affairs, but in private 
 life was much esteemed by all under his command, 
 especially by the private soldiers. He died in 
 Sydney 25th May 1848. 
 
 O'CONNELL, SIR MAURICE CHARLES 
 (1812 — 1879) son of the preceding, was a native of 
 Sydney. He accompanied his parents to Ceylon, 
 and in 1819 was sent to England. He was educated 
 at the High School of Edinburgh, and special 
 studies were subsequently pursued at Dublin and 
 Paris, where he was for some time a student of the 
 College of Charlemagne. Destined for the mili- 
 tary profession he entered the army as Ensign at 
 the age of sixteen, and joined the 73rd Infantry at 
 Gibraltar. During the prevalence of yellow fever 
 at " the Rock," he was subject to quarantine for six 
 months. Afterwards he served at Malta, and 
 proceeded thence in 1831 to Jersey, remaining 
 with the depot of his regiment as Adjutant until 
 1835. At twen ty -three he went to Spain ; and 
 under the Orders in Council of King William IV. 
 permitting British subjects to volunteer for foreign 
 service, the young soldier raised in the county of 
 Cork and other parts of Munster a regiment of the 
 British Legion, and embarked for the Peninsula to 
 fight for the Queen and Constitution. O'Connell, 
 with the rank of Colonel, headed his regiment, the 
 10th Munster Light Infantry, in the stirring times 
 which ensued. During the campaign he was present 
 in several engagements between the Christinos and 
 the Carlists, and for his gallantry in action was 
 repeatedly mentioned with distinction in general 
 orders and despatches. On the retirement of Sir 
 Gaspard Lc Marchant, Colonel O'Connell was 
 :i )>i" lintci 1 Deputy Adjutant-General ; afterwards, 
 on the return to England of Sir De Lacy Evans, 
 he succeeded to the rank of General of Brigade in 
 
 command of the New British Auxiliary Legion in 
 Spain ; and shared in the vicissitudes which pre- 
 ceded and the triumphs which succeeded the close 
 of the Spanish civil war. Amongst the honours 
 conferred on him were those of Knight Commander 
 of Isabella the Catholic, Knight of San Fernando, 
 and Knight Extraordinary of Charles III. At the 
 end of 1837 at San Sebastian the dissolution of 
 the Legion was promulgated in general orders. 
 Shortly after O'Connell returned to England and 
 was re-appointed to the 51st Regiment ; he was 
 next promoted to a Captaincy in the 28th, and 
 as military secretary on the staff of his father 
 returned to N.S.W. in 1835. When his regiment 
 was recalled home O'Connell sold out of the army 
 and settled down in the colony, connecting himself 
 with pastoral pursuits. In the social and political 
 changes of the succeeding ten years he took 
 an active part. He was a candidate for the 
 representation of his native city in the first Legis- 
 lative Council of N.S.W., but was not successful, 
 owing to his connection with what was then 
 regarded as the " exclusive " party. At a subse- 
 quent election he was returned without personal 
 canvass for the district of Port Phillip. In 1848 
 he was appointed Commissioner for Crown Lands 
 for the Burnett district, then a squatting district, 
 and in 1854 was made Government Resident at 
 Port Curtis, which office he held until the north- 
 eastern territory was separated from N.S.W., and 
 erected into the colony of Q. O'Connell was called 
 to the Legislative Council of Q. on the assumption 
 of the Government by Sir George Bowen. He 
 took his seat as one of the Commissioners to open 
 the first Parliament in May 1860, and represented 
 the Ministry throughout the session. During this 
 period his name became identified with some of 
 the most important measures of legislation — nota- 
 bly the Primary Education Act and the Grammar 
 Schools Act. At the close of the year he was 
 appointed President of the Council, on the retire- 
 ment of Sir Charles Nicholson. He also held the 
 command of the local military force as Colonel of 
 the Q. Volunteer Brigade. When Sir George 
 Bowen left the colony, O'Connell administered 
 the Government, and during his occupation of 
 Government House had as a guest the Duke of 
 Edinburgh. Following the death of Governor 
 Blackall, and until the arrival of the Man pi is 
 of Normanby, O'Connell a second time admin- 
 istered the Government, and again during the 
 period that elapsed between the departure of 
 Lord Normanby and the arrival of Governor 
 Cairns. The honour of knighthood was con- 
 ferred on him in 1868. He was four times 
 Acting-Governor of Q., and this office he was, 
 under sign-manual of the Queen, entitled to bear 
 on all occasions of necessity. He was President 
 of the Q. Legislative Council at the time of his 
 death on 23rd March 1879. Sir Maurice stood 
 high in the craft of Freemasons, having been up 
 to the time of his decease Provincial Grand Master 
 under the Irish constitution. He was also President
 
 O'Co-OTl] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 458 
 
 of the Australasian Association and of the Q. Turf 
 Club, and Vice-President of the National Agri- 
 cultural Association. His remains were accorded 
 the honour of a public funeral. 
 
 O'CONNOR and BRADLEY, noted bushrangers 
 who escaped in a whaleboat from V.D.L. in 1853 
 and crossing Bass Straits landed in V. The first act 
 of bushranging these villains perpetrated in V. 
 was to walk up to a ploughman of Mr. King's near 
 Brighton and order him to deliver up his team. 
 He declined, upon which he was shot dead by one 
 of them, and they rode off with the horses. They 
 committed many other robberies and excited the 
 utmost terror amongst the settlers. They were at 
 last discovered at the farm of a person named Cain, 
 near Kilmore, and a smart skirmish took place 
 between them and three mounted troopers, in 
 which one of the latter was dangerously and one 
 mortally wounded. They were overpowered and 
 brought to Melbourne, tried before Justice Williams, 
 convicted and sentenced to death. 
 
 OFFICER, SIR ROBERT (1800-1880) a native 
 of Scotland, came to T. in 1821. He had obtained 
 his diploma as Member of the Royal College of 
 Surgeons, England, and he was at once appointed 
 by Governor Sorell Government medical officer for 
 New Norfolk and adjacent districts, this office 
 including the surgeonship of the old Hobart Town 
 Hospital. He acquired a considerable private 
 practice which ultimately induced him to resign 
 his Government connection, and he went into 
 partnership with Dr. Agnew, which he continued 
 for about a year. When the gold fever broke out 
 in V. like many others he was induced to try his 
 fortune over the straits, but after a few months 
 stay he returned to his island home and resumed 
 his private practice. After holding successfully 
 the appointments of Assistant Colonial Surgeon, 
 Surgeon Superintendent of the New Norfolk 
 Hospital, and Principal Medical Officer and Presi- 
 dent of the Medical Court of Examiners, he retired 
 from the active duties of his profession and went 
 to live at his residence, Hall-green, near New 
 Norfolk. He resigned his private practice to Dr. 
 Agnew, but he was not long allowed to remain in 
 seclusion. In the election for the Legislative 
 Council of 1853— then the only Chamber in the 
 colony — he was prevailed on to come forward for 
 the constituency of Buckingham. He was opposed 
 by Dr. Crook, but defeated his opponent by a 
 substantial majority. He took his seat for the 
 first time on the assembling of the Council on 
 18th April 1854. During that session the new 
 Constitution Act was passed, and the measure 
 having received the Royal Assent on being 
 transmitted to England, the Council was dissolved 
 for the election of two Houses of Parliament under 
 the present form of representative government. 
 This election took place in September 1856, on 
 which occasion Dr. Officer was elected member for 
 the district of Glenorchy for the Assembly. He 
 was chosen Chairman of Committees, an office 
 which he continued to fill with such ability and 
 
 tact that on the Speakership becoming vacant in 
 August 1861, by the retirement of Fenton, he was 
 chosen by the House to fill this important office. 
 He filled the chair with credit to himself and the 
 Assembly uninterruptedly until 1877, having been 
 elected five times : namely in August 1861 ; 
 January 1863 ; November 1866 ; November 1871 ; 
 and October 1872. All this time he was member 
 for Glenorchy, having been elected for the con- 
 stituency without opposition on each occasion that 
 he sought its suffrages. In 1869 he received the 
 honour of knighthood from the Queen for his 
 services as Speaker, and when failing health 
 compelled him to retire from the post he 
 had long and honourably filled, the House 
 unanimously expressed its grateful sense of the 
 manner in which he had discharged his duties 
 and the loss entailed by his resignation. He sent 
 in his resignation on 20th April 1877, and at the 
 same sitting (on the 24th) at which it was read to 
 the House, the Colonial Secretary, Reibey, without 
 notice moved as follows : " That the thanks of the 
 House be given to its late Speaker, Sir Robert 
 Officer, for his able services during the period of 
 nearly sixteen years in which he filled the chair of 
 the House ; that this House fully appreciates the 
 zeal and ability with which he discharged his 
 duties of Speaker and the iirbanity and kindness 
 which have uniformly marked his conduct in the 
 chair, and which have secured to him the esteem 
 and respect of every member of this House." The 
 motion was seconded by F. M. Innes and supported 
 by W. R. Giblin and Balfe. On 4th May the 
 newly-elected Speaker (Dr. Butler) in accordance 
 with the resolution of the House presented to Sir 
 Robert Officer, in the presence of the House, the 
 address ; and the ex-Speaker, standing for the last 
 time on the dais which he had occupied so long, 
 replied in the words of farewell to the political 
 arena in which he had held a distinguished place. 
 From that date his health rapidly declined. Of 
 all the enterprises calculated to benefit the colony 
 on which Sir Robert entered with indefatigable 
 energy— and they were many — none received such 
 an enthusiastic support at his hands as the accli- 
 matisation of salmon, the success of which is 
 largely due to his efforts. He was the leader of 
 this movement in Parliament and out of it, and by 
 his earnest pleading ofttimes saved the acclimati- 
 sation vote from being sacrificed as a wasteful 
 expenditure. He took pride in showing visitors 
 the salmon ponds above New Norfolk, and among 
 these was the Duke of Edinburgh. He was 
 extremely benevolent and a staunch patron of 
 education. He was himself a master of arts of 
 Aberdeen College, and almost to the end of his 
 life kept up his classical and other studies. His 
 sons are engaged in pastoral pursuits in Victoria. 
 
 O'FLYNN, REV. WILLIAM (1828—) a clergy- 
 man of the Roman Catholic Church, arrived in 
 N.S.W. in 1817. Although not the first Catholic 
 priest who had visited the colony, he was the 
 first deputed expressly to minister to the spiritual
 
 454 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Oha-Ord 
 
 wants of the members of his communion of whom 
 there were probably at that time ten thousand in 
 N.S.W. and V.D.L. 
 
 OHAEAWAI, a native village of N.Z., halfway 
 between Russell and Hokianga, is a place of con- 
 siderable historical interest, having been the scene 
 of an action disastrous to the British troops during 
 the first Maori war. It is celebrated for its hot 
 springs, which find vent in numerous places, 
 extending over an area of five or six square miles. 
 The most important are situated two miles from 
 the village, and range in temperature from 90° to 
 150°. They are strong in mineral properties, and 
 are famous for their beneficial effect in rheumatism 
 and skin diseases, while to invalids benefiting 
 by change of air a short residence within the 
 influence of the strong gases issuing from the 
 ground in the vicinity acts as a powerful tonic. 
 Important mineral indications are also found, par- 
 ticularly sulphide of mercury, native mercury, 
 sulphur, iron, <fcc. The village is fifteen miles from 
 Auckland overland, 120 by sea; it has a Govern- 
 ment and native school and a native Episcopal 
 church. 
 
 O'HALLORAN, THOMAS SHULDHAM, 
 (1797 — ) after an eventful military career retired 
 from the army in 1838, and came to S.A. in 1839. 
 In February 1840 he was gazetted Commandant 
 of the S.A. Militia, and in June Commissioner of 
 Police. In 1840, when the ship Maria was 
 wrecked in Lacepede Bay and the crew were 
 murdered by the blacks, O'Halloran went down to 
 investigate the matter. The result of the investi- 
 gation was that he hanged two or three of the 
 natives. This proceeding was severely condemned 
 by a number of colonists who made strong repre- 
 sentations on the subject to both the local and 
 Home Governments. The result showed however 
 that the summary measures adopted were the wisest 
 and safest. On 17th August of the same year he 
 was sent in command of an expedition against the 
 Milmenura (Murray) blacks ; in April 1841 he 
 commanded an expedition against the Murray and 
 Rufus blacks ; in May he was again sent against 
 the same tribes ; in November he was in command 
 of an expedition to Port Lincoln against the 
 Battara blacks. In April 1843 he resigned his 
 appointment as Commissioner of Police. In June 
 of the same year he was nominated a non-official 
 Member of the Council, which position he held 
 for eight years, until the establishment of Repre- 
 sentative Government. He was returned for the 
 Legislative Council at the first election in March 
 1857. In 1863 he resigned. He was the principal 
 founder and supporter of Christ Church, O'Halloran 
 Hill, and one of the original Governors of St. 
 Peter's Collegiate School. 
 
 O'LOGHLEN, SIR BRYAN (1828—) was edu- 
 cated at St. Clement's School, Oxford, then at 
 Ascot College, Birmingham, and in 1846 at Trinity 
 College, Dublin. He was called to the Irish Bar in 
 1856 and joined the Munster Circuit for five years. 
 
 He came to V. in 1862 and was admitted to the 
 Victorian Bar in 1863, when he was appointed 
 Crown Prosecutor which office he resigned in 1877, 
 and in 1878 was elected a member of the Assembly. 
 On the death of his uncle Sir Coleman O'Loghlen, 
 in 1879, Sir Bryan was elected, though absent, 
 member for Clare, Ireland, in the House of Com- 
 mons but did not take his seat ; and the Com- 
 mittee of Elections of the House of Commons 
 declared the seat for Clare vacant by reason of 
 Sir Bryan O'Loghlen's acceptance of an office of 
 emolument (the Attorney-Generalship of V.) in 
 the Berry Ministry. He acted as Chief Secretary 
 during the absence of Berry on the embassy to 
 England ; he was defeated at the general elections 
 in February 1880, and went out of office with the 
 Berry Ministry. 
 
 0ME0. a mining township in V. on Livingstone 
 Creek about 250 miles E.N.E. of Melbourne. 
 The diggings are of a rich character, and likely to 
 last ior many years to come, especially the quartz 
 reefs on which little has been done for want of 
 capital. Some portion of the district which is 
 mountainous is parcelled out in runs. A large 
 extent of valuable land suitable for grazing and 
 cultivation is still unoccupied, although much has 
 been taken up during the past two years. Selec- 
 tion is steadily progressing. The gold-field extends 
 over eleven square miles of ground ; there are 
 twenty-three distinct quartz reefs. 
 
 ONSLOW, ARTHUR, (1833—) a Captain in 
 the Royal Navy, came to A. in March 1857 as 
 officer on board the Herald surveying vessel on 
 the Australian station. He was employed sur- 
 veying Shark's Bay and the numerous detached 
 coral reefs outside the Great Barrier Reefs, and in 
 Torres Straits. He returned to England in 1861, 
 but came to Sydney on sick leave in 1863. He 
 was elected member for Camden in the Legislative 
 Assembly in 1870, which constituency he has since 
 uninterruptedly represented. In 1874 he accom- 
 panied William Macleay in his expedition to New 
 Guinea in the Ohcvert. 
 
 0PHIR, a township in N.S.W. contiguous to 
 the Summerhill Creek, 154 miles W. of Sydney. 
 It is famous as being the first gold-field in N.S.W. 
 having been discovered by Hargreaves on 14th 
 February 1851. It has now very few marks left 
 of its former greatness, and the population from 
 thousands has dwindled away to about 150 persons. 
 The land in the vicinity of the town is taken up 
 by sheep and cattle stations. 
 
 0'QJJINN, JAMES (1820—) Roman Catholic 
 Bishop of Brisbane, is a native of Ireland. He 
 was ordained priest in 1843 and took charge of an 
 academical institution in Dublin. On 29th June 
 L859 he was consecrated first Roman Catholic 
 Bishop of Brisbane, where he arrived in 1861. 
 
 0RD, SIR HARRY ST. GEORGE, Governor 
 
 of W.A., entered the Royal Engineers in 1850 ; 
 
 in 1854 served in the Baltic under Sir Henry 
 
 I Jones, and distinguished himself by his courage
 
 O'Sh-Ove] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 455 
 
 and ability. He also took part in several engage- 
 ments in the Baltic resulting in the capture of 
 Bomarsund. In 1861 he was appointed Governor of 
 Bermuda and held that position for five years. 
 He was also employed in diplomatic functions on 
 several occasions on the W. coast of Africa. In 
 1867 when Singapore, Penang, and Malacca were 
 separated from the Government of India and 
 formed into a Crown Colony under the title of the 
 Straits Settlement, he was selected by the Colonial 
 Office as the first Governor of the new colony. He 
 was also Commander-in-chief of the forces there. 
 In 1877 he was appointed Governor of W. A. 
 
 O'SHANASSY, SIR JOHN (1818—) a native 
 of Ireland, came to Port Phillip in 1839. He 
 settled ultimately in business in Melbourne, and 
 from the first devoted himself to public affairs. 
 He took an active part in the agitation in favour 
 of the separation of Port Phillip from N.S.W. and 
 also in the formation of the Anti-Transportation 
 League in 1851. In that year he was elected to 
 the first Legislative Chamber of V.; in 1856 he 
 was elected for Kilmore ; and in 1857 became 
 Chief Secretary, but only held office for six weeks. 
 In 1858 he again came into power, and retained it 
 until the end of 1859. In October 1861 he returned 
 to office for the third time. His Government 
 passed several important measures, amongst others 
 the Electoral Law Amendment Act and the Land 
 Act of 1862. In 1863 they retired, and he remained 
 in opposition until 1866, when he paid a visit to 
 Europe. He returned in 1867, and was elected to 
 the Upper House for the Central Province in 1868. 
 In 1874 he resigned his seat, intending to re-enter 
 the Lower House, but was twice defeated. In 
 1877 he was elected for Belfast. He has always 
 been an unwavering free-trader, for immigration, 
 and supporter of a united form of government for 
 the Australian Colonies rather than the Federal 
 system. In 1870 he was made Companion of the 
 Order of Sts. Michael and George, and in 1874 was 
 created K.C.M.G. and Knight-Bachelor, by special 
 warrant. 
 
 OTWAY, CAPE, the southernmost point of 
 Portland Bay district in V., was discovered by 
 Lieutenant Grant and named in honour of William 
 Albany Otway, Captain in the Royal Navy and 
 one of the Commissioners of the Transport Board. 
 It is a bold headland and has a lighthouse 500 feet 
 above high-water mark. 
 
 OVENS RIVER, in V., was discovered by 
 Hume and Hovell in 1824, and named after 
 Major Ovens, Private Secretary to Governor 
 Brisbane, who in company with Captain Currie 
 had in 1823 explored the country around Lake 
 George and discovered the Mnrrumbidgee River. 
 
 OVERLAND TELEGRAPH. On the return 
 of John Macdouall Stuart to Adelaide in 1862 
 after having successfully crossed the continent and 
 proved the existence of a practicable route, inter- 
 spersed with tracts of valuable country in a region 
 hitherto considered an impassable desert, the idea 
 
 of constructing a line of telegraph two thousand 
 miles in length to the northern coast, and so 
 opening up the country discovered, and also to 
 connect with an Anglo-Australian cable to be 
 brought down to meet it from Singapore or 
 Java, was formed by Charles Todd, Postmaster- 
 General of S.A., and laid before the Govern, 
 ment. The measure, though generally approved 
 of, was considered too large for the resources of 
 the colony ; so the question was postponed from 
 year to year although Todd never lost sight of it, 
 and frequently urged its importance on the 
 Government. In the meantime the colony had 
 formed the settlement on the northern coast at 
 Escape Cliffs, which after two or three years had 
 to be abandoned in favour of another at Port 
 Darwin. These settlements suffered from their 
 isolated position and want of communication with 
 the settled districts in the southern portion of 
 Australia, and the idea of a line of telegraph from 
 Adelaide to Port Darwin gained favour till 1870, 
 when the successful working of the Atlantic 
 and Anglo-Indian cables gave an impetus to 
 telegraph extension all over the world, resulting 
 in the formation of the British-Australian Tele- 
 graph Company, for the purpose of putting down 
 a cable from Singapore to Port Darwin vid Java. 
 The South Australian Government, under the 
 advice of Governor Sir James Fergusson, decided 
 to carry out the scheme of the telegraph recom- 
 mended by Todd, and undertook to complete and 
 have it ready to meet the cable on 1st January 
 1872, a period of about twenty months. The work 
 was placed in the hands of Todd, who with an 
 admirable system of organisation and ingenuity 
 tided it over many unforeseen difficulties, and 
 brought it to a successful completion. Six 
 hundred miles of the work at each end were let to 
 public contractors acting under Government super- 
 intendents, but Todd reserved the section in the 
 centre extending to nearly eight hundred miles — 
 which had hitherto only been traversed by one 
 lightly equipped party of white men — to be con- 
 structed under his own immediate supervision. 
 He divided the work on this central portion into 
 five different parts and organised parties for each 
 section ; five officers of ability and experience, 
 Knuckey, McMinn, Mills, Woods and Harvey — all 
 of whom had taken leading parts in the pioneer 
 expedition to the Northern Territory — being 
 selected to take command of the different parties. 
 The region was so unproductive of game and other 
 articles of sustenance that every ounce of food 
 required until the completion of the work and also 
 for the return journey had to be taken with them. 
 The parties proved to be so well organised that 
 they arrived on the ground without any hitch, 
 completed their portion of the line within the 
 estimated time, and also erected one hundred miles 
 extra of poles and finished in all about two hundred 
 miles of line in addition. Great difficulty was 
 experienced throughout the sections owing to the 
 scarcity of suitable timber for poles, but by
 
 456 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LOxl 
 
 traversing the country in every direction and cart- 
 ing the poles great distances — sometimes over one 
 hundred miles — the requisite number was at last 
 obtained. While everything was progressing satis- 
 factorily on the most difficult portion of the work 
 the contractors at both ends were encountering 
 difficulties. Assistance was promptly rendered to 
 the southern contractor which enabled him to 
 complete the works within a few weeks after time ; 
 but the expedition of the northern contractor, 
 after erecting about 220 miles of poles, collapsed 
 entirely — most of the draught stock required for 
 transit having died and nearly all the men 
 returned to Adelaide. The Government imme- 
 diately sent round to Port Darwin by sea a large 
 and well equipped expedition under the command 
 of K. C. Patterson, Assistant Engineer-in-Chief of 
 the colony, to finish off the work, offering him a 
 bonus of £1500 if he managed to get the work 
 done in time ; but this party also encountered 
 difficulties which rendered the completion of the 
 work within the specified time hopeless. The 
 Government therefore sent Todd himself with 
 reinforcements, and he wisely took his steamers 
 100 miles up the River Roper in the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria and made that place the base of 
 operations instead of Port Darwin, thus saving 
 about 300 miles of carting and obtaining a better 
 road. An unprecedentedly wet season was 
 encountered immediately after his arrival, render- 
 ing the country impassable for loaded teams for 
 some time ; but as soon as the weather improved 
 great activity took place and Todd completed the 
 line on 22nd August 1872, being a little over eight 
 months after time. The British Australian cable 
 after being successfully laid broke, and was not 
 repaired until 22nd October 1872, when telegraphic 
 communication was established between Australia 
 and all parts of the world — the first recipient of 
 a message from London being Messrs. James 
 McEwan and Co. of Melbourne. The beneficial 
 results of this great work became apparent at 
 once. Within six months after the opening of the 
 line the colony gained nearly a quarter of a 
 million sterling extra on its wheat harvest, through 
 the telegraph enabling sales to be made in foreign 
 markets. Gold discovered in payable quantities 
 by the northern contractors' party led to the 
 opening up of valuable goldfields and the settle- 
 ment of the Northern territory. Deposits of 
 copper, lead and iron have since been discovered, 
 and will no doubt at some future time prove 
 remunerative. Stockholders quickly pushed their 
 herds out along the line and the country near the 
 centre of Australia was rapidly taken up for 
 pastoral purposes. All classes were directly or 
 indirectly benefited and all saw the utility of this 
 great work, which it is to be hoped will soon be 
 followed by a railway along the same route. 
 
 0XLEY, JOHN (1781-1828) explorer, a native 
 of England, whilst quite a youth entered the navy, 
 saw sonic active service in various parts of the 
 wi irld ; and rose to the rank of lieutenant. He came 
 
 out to Australia and was appointed Surveyor- 
 General of N.S.W. in January 1812. Beinga young 
 officer of great spirit and enterprise he was sent out 
 as a leader of an expedition from Sydney in 1817. 
 He had with him Allan Cunningham, botanist 
 and explorer ; Evans, Deputy Surveyor-General ; 
 C. Frazer, botanist ; and Parr, mineralogist. The 
 expedition started early in 1817, and on 14th 
 April arrived at Bathurst Plains, where they 
 found the young settlement formed by Governor 
 Macquarie in a flourishing condition. They 
 reached the Lachlan River on 26th, at a place 
 where it was about 100 feet wide, with deep 
 banks. Here a depot was established, and two 
 boats constructed to assist their progress down the 
 river. Numbers of natives were found encamped 
 on the banks, and behaved in a friendly manner. 
 They reached the settlement on 29th August, after 
 an absence of four and a-half months, having added 
 greatly to what was previously known of the 
 interior. In May 1818 Oxley again set out with 
 a party consisting of Dr. Harris, surgeon of the 
 N.S.W. Corps ; Evans, Deputy Surveyor-General; 
 G Frazer, botanist ; and twelve men, with nineteen 
 horses and six months' provisions. A lofty range 
 of hills, which in their outward journey they had 
 seen was the object to which they directed their 
 course. These hills had been named Arbuthnot's 
 Range, but were afterwards known as the Warrum- 
 bungle Range. On 27th July when they had 
 been out about two months they came to the 
 banks of a stream more than 500 feet wide, and 
 apparently in flood by the heavy rains which were 
 now falling. This was named the Castlereagh, in 
 honour of Lord Castlereagh, and after waiting on 
 its banks for a few days it fell so much that they 
 were able to cross it. Ascending Arbuthnot's 
 Range they ascertained that its loftiest point 
 (Mount Exmouth) was about 3000 feet high. 
 From this elevation they descried a lofty range of 
 hills, to which they gave the name of the Earl 
 of Hardwicke. Its highest elevations were named 
 Mounts Apsley and Shirley. On 2nd September 
 they reached a stream which they called the Peel, 
 after Sir Robert Peel, and they named another 
 fine stream the Hastings, after Lord Hastings. 
 They reached Port Stephens, and from thence 
 were conveyed to Newcastle on 5th November, 
 after an absence of more than five months. Oxley 
 was made a member of the Legislative Council in 
 1824, and died on 25th May 1828. 
 
 OXLEY, a township in Q., on the S. and W. 
 Railway, eight miles south of Brisbane. The river 
 at this point is spanned by a fine iron bridge called 
 the Albert. It consists of eight lengths — one of 
 40 feet, six of 80 feet, and the largest of 160 feet, 
 which is formed of bow-string girders of the 
 "hogback" type, the smaller ones being lattice 
 with parallel booms. The girders at either end 
 rest on massive freestone abutments, and are 
 supported by piers of cast-iron cylinders 8 feet in 
 diameter. The dimensions of the bridge are : 
 length 716 feet, width 22 feet, height above
 
 Oxl-Pal] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 457 
 
 high-water 43 feet. 1274 tons of iron were used 
 in its construction, and its cost was .£52,135. The 
 surrounding district is agricultural. 
 
 OXLEY'S PEAK. A mountain of N.S.W. in 
 the Liverpool range. 
 
 OXLEY'S TABLE LAND in N.S.W. consists of 
 two hills that appear to have been rent asunder by 
 some convulsii in of nature, since the passagebetween 
 them is narrow, and their inner faces are equally 
 perpendicular. The one named Mount Oxley is 
 steep on all sides, but the other gradually declines 
 from the south. It is from four to five miles in 
 length, and is picturesque in appearance, and 
 lightly wooded with cypresses. 
 
 P. 
 
 PALMER, ARTHUR HUNTER (1819-) a 
 native of Ireland, came to N.S.W. in 1838. In 
 1845 he went to Q. In 1866 he was returned to 
 Parliament, and in the following year became 
 Colonial Secretary in the Mackenzie Ministry, 
 and successively Minister for Public Works and 
 Minister for Lands in the same cabinet. After 
 holding office for eighteen months, his Ministry 
 resigned ; but Palmer again came into power in 
 1870, and funned the Palmer Ministry, which held 
 office for nearly five years. In January 1879 
 Palmer joined MTlwraith, and formed the Ministry 
 now in power, taking the office of Vice-President 
 of the Board of Lands and Works. 
 
 PALMER. A goldfield in the extreme north of 
 Q., named after the river of the same name, about 
 1250 miles N.W. of Brisbane, and 120 miles S.W. 
 of Cooktown. The diggings were discovered about 
 the middle of 1873 by James V. Mulligan. A 
 large digging population was drawn thither and 
 much gold raised. Tin is found on Granite Creek 
 waters, where in the form of stream tin it occurs 
 in association with gold. The gold in the alluvial 
 deposits is fast disappearing, but the quartz reefs 
 are proving remunerative. There are it is esti- 
 mated 119 well-defined reefs on the Palmer. Nine 
 crushing machines are at work and some of the 
 stone is very rich. The gold is pure, averaging an 
 assay value of £4 2s. 6d. to the ounce. In 1879, 
 4814 tons of quartz were crushed yielding 10,002 
 ounces of gold, an average of 2oz. ldwt. 23grs. to 
 the ton. The geological evidences betoken a 
 regular formation of gold-bearing rocks extending 
 in a northerly and southerly direction for some 
 hundreds of miles. During the year 1*79 the 
 population fell from 10,000 to 6500, of whom only 
 500 were Europeans, and the yield of gold from 
 120,233 ounces in 1878 to 90,000 ounces in 1879. 
 Reefing is not in a flourishing condition, as the 
 present appliances are not capable of overcoming 
 the water found in the lower levels. The popula- 
 tion is estimated at 300 Europeans and 5000 
 Chinese. 
 
 PALMER, SIR JAMES FREDERIC (1814- 
 1873) was a native of Devonshire in England, and 
 was educated for the medical profession. He came 
 to Port Phillip in 1839, and practised his profession. 
 In 1846 he was elected Mayor of Melbourne, and 
 Member for Normanby in the Legislative Council, 
 and in 1851 was chosen first Speaker of the Council. 
 In 1856 he was returned for the north-western 
 Province, and again elected President of the 
 Council. He was knighted for his public services 
 in 1857. 
 
 PALMER, REV. THOMAS FYSSHE, one of 
 the "Scotch Martyrs," was a native of Bedfordshire, 
 England, and descended from one of the oldest 
 families in that county. He was educated at the 
 University of Cambridge and was fellow of 
 Queen's College, but in consequence of perusing 
 the writings of Dr. Priestly he had embraced 
 Unitarian opinions, and in 1792 became minister 
 of a church of that denomination in Dundee, 
 Scotland. He was a man of excellent under- 
 standing, unimpeachable morals, and great sim- 
 plicity of character, but he incautiously took part 
 in republishing an old "Address to the people of 
 Scotland concerning the Reform of Parliament." 
 For this offence he was tried in Edinburgh in 
 August 1793, convicted and sentenced to seven 
 years transportation to Botany Bay, where he 
 arrived in September 1794. Palmer was volun- 
 tarily accompanied in his banishment by two 
 devoted friends, Ellis and Boston, who by instances 
 of devotion and self-sacrificing sympathy were the 
 means of saving his life, which had been threatened 
 by a plot laid by the captain of the Surprise, the 
 vessel which brought them to Australia. When 
 Palmer's sentence had expired in 1801 Ellis, who 
 had meanwhile established himself in Sydney as a 
 brewer, fitted out a small vessel to convey himself 
 and his friend and pastor to England, but they 
 were wrecked on one of the Ladrone Islands, where 
 they were taken prisoners by the Spaniards, and 
 Palmer debilitated by hardship and suffering 
 caught a fever and died in December 1801. 
 
 PALMERST0N, the metropolis of the South 
 Australian settlement in the Northern Territory, 
 is situated on the eastern side of Port Darwin, on 
 the peninsula dividing the main portion of the 
 harbour from Frances Bay, and terminating at 
 Fort Point. It is about 2000 miles N.N.W. of 
 Adelaide. The site of the city is eligible and 
 healthy for a tropical climate, being about sixty 
 feet above the level of the sea and almost sur- 
 rounded by it. From the nature of the ground 
 the heavy rains of the wet season run off into the 
 harbour immediately after falling, and so lessen 
 the danger of malaria. Cool breezes blow almost 
 constantly throughout the year and so temper an 
 otherwise unbearable climate. The town is 
 admirably laid out. Substantial buildings and 
 stores of wood and iron abound. The South 
 Australian Government has erected good stone 
 buildings for public purposes, comprising court- 
 house, post-office, land and survey office, and the 
 
 k; j j
 
 458 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Pal— Par 
 
 Government House or Residency which was com- 
 pleted in 1879. There is a large population of 
 Chinamen who have separate quarters. In June 
 1880 the greater portion of the town inhabited by 
 them was burned to the ground. The township was 
 selected as the site of the settlement by Goyder in 
 1869, and named after Lord Palmerston, Prime 
 Minister of England. The area as laid out covers 
 800 acres, each allotment occupying half-an-acre. 
 It is a station of the British- Australian Telegraph 
 Company, aud of the South Australian Overland 
 Telegraph. 
 
 PALM TREE CREEK, a beautiful stream of 
 fresh water in N.A., joining the River Dawson. 
 Fine corypha palms grow along its banks ; it was 
 discovered by Leichhardt in 1846. 
 
 PAMPHLET, THOMAS. When Oxley in his 
 expedition to Moreton Bay in 1823 anchored at 
 the mouth of the Pumice Stone River, scarcely 
 had the crew landed when a number of men, 
 supposed to be natives, were seen approaching the 
 vessel. When they got near however, the man 
 who was foremost was perceived to be of a much 
 lighter colour than the others, and so soon as he 
 was within speaking distance he hailed them in 
 English. He was so bewildered with joy that we 
 could make very little out of his story that night. 
 He said his name was Thomas Pamphlet, and that 
 with three other men he had left Sydney in a 
 small coasting vessel on 21st March — more than 
 eight months previous — to procure a cargo of 
 cedar at Illawarra. They were driven out to sea, 
 with very little water on board, by a heavy gale 
 shortly after leaving the port. They believed that 
 during the storm they had been driven south, and 
 that when it abated they were off V.D.L. They 
 steered north with the hope of reaching Port 
 Jackson. The water was soon exhausted, and on 
 the thirteenth day one of their number named 
 Thompson became raving mad and died a few 
 days after. A shower of rain at length partially 
 supplied their wants ; and steering north they 
 made the land, and in their eagerness to reach a 
 small stream of water they ran their boat on shore 
 at a place where, in a few minutes, it was dashed 
 to pieces. Some bags of flour were washed on 
 shore, and they secured from twenty to thirty 
 pounds each, being as much as in their exhausted 
 state they were able to carry. Still thinking they 
 were to the south of Sydney they set out along 
 the coast in a northerly direction, ami after 
 travelling for some distance fell in with a tribe of 
 friendly natives who treated them very kindly. 
 They continued their journey north for several 
 days, and at Length found they were on an island. 
 This must have been Stradbroke Island, whose 
 western shore forms the south-eastern boundary 
 of Moreton Bay. They were a month in crossing 
 a stream, and on arriving at its mouth struck nil' 
 northwards, but meeting with a large, party of 
 natives Pamphlet lived with them until he was 
 seen by Oxley. Whilst with the natives he and 
 his companions were frequently separated from 
 
 each other and were taken by their black friends 
 to engage in hostile encounters with other tribes. 
 Oxley and Lieut. Stirling learning from Pamphlet 
 that he and his companions had discovered a large 
 river set out to explore it, taking Finnegan, one 
 of the shipwrecked men, with them as guides. 
 This was on 1st December 1823. On the follow- 
 ing morning they reached the mouth of the river, 
 which was named the Brisbane in honour of 
 Governor Sir Thomas Brisbane. 
 
 PARKER, SIR HENRY WATSON, (1808- 
 1881) a native of Kent in England, came to N.S.W. 
 in 1843. He was Private Secretary during the 
 Government of Sir George Gipps, and was for 
 many years a member and Chairman of Com- 
 mittees of the Legislative Council. He was 
 Prime Minister and Colonial Secretary, and mem- 
 ber of the Executive Council of N.S.W. from 
 October 1856 to September 1857. He was knighted 
 for his public services, and for many of the latter 
 years of his life resided in England. 
 
 PARKES, Hox. SIR HENRY (1815—) Colonial 
 Secretary and Premier of N.S.W., came out to 
 N.S.W. in 1839. In 1848 he took an active part 
 in the election of Robert Lowe for Sydney. Sub- 
 sequently he took a leading part in the agitation 
 for the abolition of transportation, and was a 
 member of the Council of the Australasian 
 League. In December 1850 he started the Empire 
 newspaper, which he conducted for seven years. 
 By that time he had begun to make himself known 
 in Sydney as a public speaker ; and the establish- 
 ment of the paper as the leading organ of liberal 
 progressive views in the colony increased his 
 political influence. In 1853 he contested with 
 Thurlow the representation of Sydney, but was 
 defeated. In 1854 he was again brought forward 
 at a few days notice, and defeated Kemp by a 
 majority of more than two to one. In 1856 he 
 was elected one of the four representatives of 
 Sydney for the new Legislative Assembly. He 
 took an active part against the nominee principles 
 of Wentworth's Constitution Act. After the 
 introduction of the new Constitution he was 
 elected by a large majority, and in 1858 gave 
 effective aid in Parliament to the carrying of the 
 Electoral Act, and was returned at the head of the 
 poll for East Sydney at the first general election 
 under that Act. For some time, after twice 
 retiring from Parliament, he represented the 
 district of Kiama. In 1861 he proceeded to 
 England in company with Dalley as Immigration 
 Commissioner, and returned to the colony in 1863. 
 lie again entered Parliament, and first took office 
 in 1866, in Martin's Ministry, as Colonial Secre- 
 tary. The great work that he accomplished whilst 
 in that Ministry was the passing of the Public 
 Schools Act. He resinned in September 1868, in 
 quence of a difference of opinion with his 
 colleagues in reference to the treatment of Duncan 
 the Collector of Customs. Less than two years 
 afterwards he resigned his seat in Parliament, but 
 towards the end of the year 1871 was elected for
 
 Par] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 459 
 
 Mudgee. In May 1872 the Martin-Robertson 
 
 Ministry was defeated on the motion of William 
 Forster, on the subject of the Bonier duties. 
 Forster failed to forma Ministry; and the must 
 influential members of the Opposition baying 
 indicated their opinion that Parkes ought to Ik- a 
 member of t he new Ministry, he was sent for 
 and formed his first Administration. During 
 his Ministry he effected, with the sanction of 
 Parliament, a change and enlargement in the con- 
 stitution of the Ministry. The office of Solicitor- 
 General was abolished ; a new office, that of 
 Minister for Justice and Public Instruction, was 
 created, and also that of Minister for Mines. The 
 retirement of Sir Alfred Stephen from the office 
 of Chief Justice gave the Premier the opportunity 
 of naming a successor to the highest position 
 under the Governor. Butler, the Attorney- 
 General, had reason to expect that this high office 
 would be offered to him. When it was given to 
 Martin, Butler left the Ministry. About two 
 years and a half later the Parkes Ministry was 
 defeated on a motion of John Bobertson's, censur- 
 ing their conduct in relation to the release of the 
 prisoner Gardiner. From February 1875 to March 
 1877 Parkes was in opposition. He resigned the 
 position of leader of the Opposition, which was 
 successively taken up by Fitzpatrick, Farnell, 
 Piddington and Stephen Brown. Just as the 
 weakness of the Government came to a crisis he 
 again took the lead, and carried a vote of censure 
 by thirty-one to twenty-eight. The Governor, 
 after consenting to dissolve Parliament, on the 
 assumption that supplies would be granted for the 
 interval to be occupied by a general election, 
 refused to grant a dissolution when he found that 
 the Assembly withheld supplies. The Ministry 
 thereupon resigned, and Parkes was summoned a 
 second time to form an Administration, which he 
 did on 22nd March 1877. In 1877 Parkes, having 
 declined a previous offer of distinction from the 
 Crown, was offered the rank of Knight Com- 
 mander of the Order of St. Michael and St. 
 George, which he accepted. In the excitement of 
 the general election of December 1877, consequent 
 on the continued interchange of the two leaders 
 to opposite sides of the House, Parkes was defeated 
 for East Sydney (at the same time that the rival 
 leader, Sir John Robertson, was defeated for West 
 Sydney,) but was immediately afterwards elected 
 for Canterbury, which place he still represents. 
 On 17th August he resigned, and remained in 
 opposition until Decemher 1878, when he was 
 again sent for by the Governor. He formed a 
 coalition with Sir John Iiobertson, and now 
 occupies the post of Colonial Secretary and 
 Premier. Parkes is a man of great ability as a 
 writer and speaker on public subjects, and has 
 published a volume of his collected speeches, with 
 an introduction by David Blair. 
 
 PARRAMATTA is, next to Sydney, the oldest 
 town in N.S.W. It is situated on the Parramatta 
 River which in reality is an elongation of Port 
 
 Jackson. It is distant from Sydney fourteen 
 mile3 W., with which communication is by steamers 
 and the Great Southern I! nil way. It was originally 
 known under tin- hum.' of Rosehill which was 
 afterwards changed to its old aboriginal name. It 
 was established as early ns November 1788, the 
 year in which Phillip landed ; the natural beauty 
 of the country ami the fertility of the soil at once 
 attracting his attention and causing him to make 
 it his residence. Much of the early history of the 
 colony is bound up with Parramatta and the first 
 grain was grown and harvested here. The town 
 has many features of interest, it is well laid out 
 and is not altogether unlike an English town of 
 the same size. The public buildings are numerous 
 ami comprise the Government House, which how- 
 ever is not occupied by any of the authorities. 
 There are two tweed manufactories, and two 
 others outside the town, a brewery, a meat-pre- 
 serving factory, a drain and tile works, and five 
 public schools. A beautiful park is reserved for 
 the recreation of the inhabitants. The walks are 
 planted with oaks which are the largest in Aus- 
 tralia. The population is about 6103, the district 
 containing 11,560. The district is mainly devoted 
 to fruit-growing, and the orangeries and orchards of 
 Parramatta have an almost world-wide reputation. 
 The largest orange trees in the world are believed to 
 be here, the earliest having been planted soon 
 after the colony was founded. Upwards of 10,< H n I 
 oranges have been gathered in a season from one 
 tree. The town has been under municipal govern- 
 ment since 27th November 1861. It is lighted 
 with gas, contains thirty-six miles of street, and 
 the rateable property is valued at £235,000. 
 
 History. — Parramatta has a history. It was 
 originally known under the name of Rosehill, 
 which was afterwards changed to the aboriginal 
 name. It was established as early as November 
 1788, the year in which Phillip landed, the natural 
 beauty of the country and the fertility of the soil 
 at once attracting his attention and causing him 
 to make it his residence. Much of the early history 
 of the colony is bound up with Parramatta. The 
 first grain was grown and harvested here, and the 
 earliest grants of land to convicts who had served 
 their time were made. It was for a long time the 
 central penal station of the colony, and also the 
 country residence of the Governors. In January 
 1793 John Macarthur was appointed to the com- 
 mand of the settlement. St. John's Church of 
 England was completed in September 1796. In 
 September 1800 instructions were issued by 
 Governor King to the Rev. Samuel Marsden, 
 delegating to him the general superintendence of 
 the Police Convict Settlement and of Government 
 Affairs at Parramatta. St. John's Church was 
 opened for worship in April 1803. The first 
 Roman Catholic service was held by Rev. James 
 Dixon on 24th May 1803. The foundation-stone of 
 the Church of England parsonage was laid by the 
 daughter of Rev. Samuel Marsden on 5th May 1816. 
 The Observatory was built by Mr. Duulop, the
 
 11,11 
 
 I nXnl'.EDIA 0? AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Pat-Pel 
 
 Astronomer, in 182,2. The (School of Industry was 
 opened in July 1829. The annual conference with 
 the aboriginals was held in the Market Place by 
 Governor Darling in January 1830. The founda- 
 tion of the King's School by the Home Government 
 (Rev. Robert Forrest first Head Master) took place 
 in May 1831. Lady Bourke, wife of Sir Richard 
 Bourke, died at Parramatta and was buried in 
 the Church of England Cemetery, in May 1832. 
 The King's School (present building) was opened 
 in November 1856. 
 
 PATER SON, CAPTAIN, succeeded Major 
 Grose as Acting-Governor of N.S.W. from 13th 
 December 1794 to 1st September 1795. 
 
 PATERSON RIVER (or Yimmang) ; a river 
 of N.S.W., which flows into the river Hunter, at 
 the town of Hinton. It was named in honour of 
 Colonel William Paterson. 
 
 PATTESON, JOHN COLERIDGE (1826-1871) 
 first Bishop of Melanesia, was educated at Eton, 
 and graduated at Baliol College, Oxford. He came 
 out to N.Z. in 1855 to assist Bishop Selwyn in his 
 missionary work amongst the Solomon and other 
 islands ; and after spending five years in this work, 
 in 1860 was consecrated in N.Z. by the Bishops of 
 Nelson and Wellington, as Bishop of Melanesia. 
 He visited Sydney and Melbourne in 1864, and 
 established the head quarters of the mission in 
 Norfolk, where native youths of the islands were 
 educated and afterwards returned to impart to 
 their fellow-countrymen the blessings of Chris- 
 tianity and civilisation. It is supposed that he 
 owed his death to the ill-feeling engendered by 
 the coolie traffic, to which he was strongly 
 opposed. He was murdered at Nukapu in the 
 Santa Cruz group, 20th September 1871. 
 
 PEARSON, CHARLES HENRY, M.A., 
 (1830 — ) was lecturer on Modern History at 
 Trinity College, Cambridge, from 1869 to 1871. 
 He then came to S.A., where he remained till 
 1874, when he was appointed Lecturer on History 
 to the Melbourne University. After a few months 
 he accepted the head-mastership of the Presby- 
 terian Ladies College, which he resigned in 1877. 
 Entering public life he stood for the electorate of 
 Boroondara at the general election in that year, 
 but was unsuccessful. He was then appointed by 
 the Berry Government a commissioner to examine 
 into and report on the working of the State system 
 of education in V., for which duty he was paid 
 the sum of X1000. He was elected Member for 
 Castlemaine on the retirement of James Farrell, 
 who received in exchange for his seat the appoint- 
 ment of Parliamentary Librarian. He waa 
 chosen by theChief Secretary as his colleague in the 
 embassy to the Imperial Government in December 
 1878. Pearson is the author of — A History of 
 England (hiring the Early and Middh Ayes, and 
 Historical Maps of England during (he First 
 Thirteen Christian Centuries. He edited the 
 Vational Review in 1862-3. He is also author 
 of two works written in Australia — History of 
 
 England in the Fourteenth Century, and an 
 English Grammar written in conjunction with 
 Professor Strong. 
 
 PEDDER, SIR JOHN LEWIS (1784-1860) 
 first Chief Justice of Tasmania, arrived in the 
 colony in 1824, and retained office till 1855, when 
 he retired on his pension and returned to England. 
 
 PELSART, FRANCIS, Dutch navigator. In 
 1628 eleven vessels equipped for an expedition by 
 the Dutch East India Company, sailed from Texel 
 28th October. After they had passed the Cape of 
 Good Hope one of them, the Batavia, commanded 
 by PeLsart, became separated from the others in a 
 storm. While beating about for some time the 
 crew discovered Australia, but in a most dismal 
 manner. The vessel carried an enormous crew, 
 besides passengers, making a living freight of 
 human beings utterly unprovided for in case of 
 accident. The Batavia drifted about for many 
 days, the pilots fancying they were steering for 
 Bantam, but without the slightest idea where they 
 were. On 4th June 1629, fair and calm, while the 
 ship was going easily along, the master of the 
 vessel called attention to the white appearance of 
 the water beyond them. The steersman said it 
 was the moonlight reflection from the waters ; but 
 he was wrong. It was foam from breakers, and 
 when the ship got fairly into it she struck heavily. 
 The spot was the Abrolhos, or Rocks of Houtman, 
 lying off the west coast of the continent. The 
 people on board endeavoured to reach some islands 
 they saw not far off, and many succeeded. But 
 the weather was so stormy that it was nearly a 
 week before they could all leave the wreck, and 
 great numbers were drowned before they could 
 reach the shore. Those who escaped from the sea 
 seemed to be but little less miserable than they 
 were before, for the islands were quite bare and 
 afforded them neither shelter nor fresh water. 
 Water was found at last on one of the islands ; 
 but it was a long time before it was discovered, 
 because the holes in which it was were filled and 
 emptied at the rise and fall of the tide, and were 
 naturally concluded to be salt water. When things 
 were a little in order, Pelsart put a deck to one of 
 the ship's boats, and coasted along towards 
 Batavia. This he reached in safety. Those who 
 were left behind had a sad time of it. Half of 
 them mutinied, and tried to murder the other half 
 for the sake of getting control of the cargo. They 
 nearly succeeded, but the few survivors, fighting 
 resolutely for their lives, succeeded in escaping to 
 a neighbouring island. Here they were exposed 
 to daily attacks from the mutineers, until he 
 returned. The majority voted for the execution 
 of the mutineers, which was there and then 
 carried into effect. But two of them were spared 
 and were set ashore or marooned on the mainland. 
 In proceeding to Batavia Pelsart was enabled to 
 see a good deal of the western coast. The main- 
 land was about sixteen miles N. by W. from the 
 place where they suffered shipwreck. He landed
 
 Per -Phi] 
 
 CYl L'll'.V.UIA "F Al'iTRALAslA. 
 
 •161 
 
 above Shark's Bay on Utli June, and found that 
 there was in front of the coast a table of sand one 
 mile in breadth and none but brackish water to 
 be found on it. Beyond this the country was flat, 
 without vegetation or trees, with nothing in view- 
 but ant-hills, and these so large that from a dis- 
 tance they were taken to be the habitations of the 
 natives. Some of the savages were seen carrying 
 clubs, and apparently anxious to surprise and 
 massacre the boat's crew, as they crept towards the 
 seamen who were seeking for water, on their 
 hands and feet. One of the seamen stood up on 
 an eminence, and the savages perceiving him took 
 to hVht They are described as wild, black, and 
 altogether naked. On the 16th savages were 
 again seen in another part of the coast, but they 
 took to flight upon the Dutch sailors approaching 
 them. The voyagers reached Batavia in safety. 
 When Tasmau was sent out in 1642 it was part 
 of his instructions to inquire after the two Dutch- 
 men whom Pelsart had marooned ; but no account 
 of them was ever obtained. 
 
 PERRY, CHARLES, D.D. (180T-) was con- 
 secrated first Bishop of Melbourne in Westminster 
 Abbey in 1847, and the following year arrived in 
 Melbourne accompanied by Dr. Macartney, the 
 Rev. Messrs. Hales, Newenham, and Dr. Lear- 
 month. On 28th January 1848 he preached his 
 first sermon in Australia in St. James' Church 
 Melbourne. On landing he found only a few very 
 modest Anglican churches with a mere handful of 
 ministers ; and he left behind him in 1874 many 
 stately edifices with numerous clergymen of his 
 denomination scattered broadcast over the colony. 
 In 1872 the twenty-fifth anniversary of his arrival 
 was celebrated by special services in St. James' 
 Church, Melbourne. In 1874 he left Melbourne 
 for London, and resigned his charge ; and early 
 in the following year was succeeded by Dr. 
 Moorhouse. 
 
 PERTH, capital of W.A., was constituted a city 
 in September 1856. It is pleasantly and pictur- 
 esquely situated on the Swan River, about twelve 
 miles above Fremantle, with which there is 
 communication by the river and land, a well 
 macadamized road connecting the two towns. 
 Approached from Fremantle by road or water, 
 the city presents a striking appearance— a splendid 
 lake-like reach, known as Melville water, washing 
 the base of the slope on which it is built. 
 The city is, on the whole, well laid out ; the 
 streets are regular, and of sufficient width. 
 The principal building is the City Hall, an 
 imposing-looking structure, standing on a slight 
 eminence in the centre of the town. Of cathedrals 
 there are two, one Protestant and one Catholic. 
 Most of the houses are built of stone and 
 brick; very good samples of bricks are made 
 both in Perth and Fremantle. The population at 
 the last census was 5000 persons, inclusive of the 
 military. The city is under the control of a council 
 of wardens and a chairman. The site of Perth 
 
 possesses much natural beauty, and advantage has 
 been taken of the physical formation of the ground 
 in the alignment of the streets and in their width 
 t,, preserve an attractive character, lhe main 
 street from west to east comprises a distance ol 
 nearly two miles, and is planted with Cape lilac 
 and mulberry trees, which not only afford a gratulul 
 shade, but add to the beauty of the city. In the 
 district round Perth there are 1512 acres under 
 cultivation. 
 
 PHILLIP, CAPT. ARTHUR, first Governor 
 of N.S.W., was born in London in 1738. His 
 father, Jacob Phillip, was a native of Frankfort 
 in Germany, who having settled in England, main- 
 tained his family by teaching languages. Phillip 
 entered the navy at the age of sixteen, and was 
 present at the taking of Havaunah in 1761, when 
 he gained prize money and was made Lieutenant 
 on board the Stirling Castle by Admiral Sir 
 George Pococke. At the close of the Seven Years 
 War in 1763 he returned to England, and having 
 married, settled at Lyndhurst, in the New Forest. 
 A rupture taking place shortly after between 
 Portugal and Spain Phillip offered his services to 
 the Portuguese, and was employed in their navy 
 till 1778, when Great Britain being agaiu embroiled 
 with France, he returned to England. In 1779 he 
 was made master and commander, and appointed 
 to the Basilisk fireship. Two years after he 
 was promoted to the rank of post-captain, and 
 appointed first to the Ariadne frigate and subse- 
 quently to the Europe, sixty-four guns. In January 
 1783 he sailed with a reinforcement to the East 
 Indies, but returned to England shortly after. 
 He was not again in active service till he was 
 appointed first Governor of New South Wales in 
 1787. When the first fleet anchored in Botany 
 Bay on 20th January 1788, Phillip took three boats 
 and sailed out to search for some more convenient 
 harbour. As he passed along the coast he turned 
 to examine the opening which Cook called Port 
 Jackson, and soon found himself in a winding 
 channel with great cliffs frowning overhead. All 
 at once a magnificent prospect opened on his eyes. 
 A harbour, perhaps the most beautiful and perfect 
 in the world, stretched before him far to the west 
 till it was lost on the distant horizon. To Phillip, 
 whose mind had been filled with anxiety and 
 despondency as to the future prospects of his 
 charge, it opened out like the vision of a world of 
 new hope and promise. Three days were spent in 
 examining portions of this spacious harbour and in 
 exploring a few of its innumerable bays. Phillip 
 selected as the place most suitable for the settle- 
 ment a small inlet, which in honour of the Secretary 
 of State, Lord Sydney, he called Sydney Cove. 
 About daylight two strange ships were seen in the 
 offing showing French colours. Scarcely were the 
 anchors down when boats put off, and mutual 
 explanations followed on both sides. Phillip 
 learned with surprise that the vessels before him 
 were the exploring vessels, Boussole and Astrolabe, 
 on a voyage of discovery under the command of
 
 462 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 tiphi 
 
 La Perouse. After a mutual exchange of civilities 
 the two commanders proceeded to the work each 
 had in hand — the Frenchman to provide his fleet 
 with wood and water, the Englishman to establish 
 the settlement of the new colony. On 26th January 
 the fleet, having been brought round, anchored in 
 deep water close along the shore of Sydney Cove. 
 A formal disembarkation then took place. A 
 detachment of marines and bluejackets leaped 
 from their boats into the primeval forest. After 
 hoisting the British colours at a spot near where 
 the Colonnade in Bridge-street, Sydney, now 
 stands, the Royal Proclamation and Commission 
 constituting " The Colony of New South Wales ' 
 were read, a salute of small arms was fired, and 
 the career of the British Dominion in A. com- 
 menced. The whole party landed amounted to 
 1030 souls, who encamped under tents and under 
 and within hollow trees in a country which they 
 described as resembling the more woody parts of 
 a deer-park in England. Such were the circum- 
 stances of the foundation and such were the 
 founders of the magnificent colonial empire in the 
 Southern Ocean ! The ground had been cleared 
 and the work of erecting storehouses and other 
 buildings begun. All this was not easy. The 
 work of felling gigantic gum trees was in itself a 
 fearful task, and to remove them afterwards and 
 grub the stumps required the labour of all their 
 men for weeks together. When things began to 
 look a little orderly and the sickness which raged 
 among them had begun to abate, the Governor 
 went with the long-boat and cutter on an excur- 
 sion to Broken Bay. Continued rains prevented 
 the party from making a survey of their discoveries 
 upon this expedition, more especially as the 
 land was much higher here than Port Jackson, 
 more rocky, and equally covered with timber. 
 Above them soared the Blue Mountains in huge, 
 precipitous walls of red sand-stone, crowned on 
 the summit with trees, and quite inaccessible. 
 Upon the south side of the bay there was a head- 
 land, which seemed to obstruct the view, but on 
 rounding it the finest harbour of all was discovered, 
 and it received the name of Pittwater. The 
 solemn ceremony of establishing a regular Govern- 
 ment in the newly-founded colony was performed 
 on 7th February 1788. On that day, a sufficient 
 space having been cleared for the tents and stores, 
 the people were all landed on the shores of Sydney 
 Cove, and assembled on the western side of the 
 Cove, then named Point Maskelyne, but after- 
 wards known as Dawes Battery; the military 
 were drawn up under arms ; the prisoners stationed 
 apart ; and near the person of the Governor, the 
 gentlemen who were to fill the principal offices. 
 The Royal Commission was then read by the Judge- 
 Advocate ; afterwards the Act of Parliament 
 authorising the establishment of the courts of 
 judicature ; and lastly the patents under the Great 
 Seal empowering the proper officers to convene 
 and hold those courts. Three rounds of musketry 
 concluded this part of the ceremony. Governor 
 
 Phillip then advanced and addressed the soldiers, 
 thanking them for their steady good conduct. 
 Turning to the prisoners he explained to them the 
 nature of their position. He reminded them that 
 they were now so placed that by industry and good 
 behaviour they might soon regain the advantages 
 which for a time they had forfeited, and promised 
 that every encouragement should be held out to 
 induce them to make the effort to regain that 
 place in the estimation of society of which they 
 had deprived themselves by their offences. He 
 concluded by declaring his earnest desire to pro- 
 mote the welfare and happiness of all who were 
 placed under his control ; and his determination, 
 with the help of the Almighty, to render the 
 colonisation of N.S.W. advantageous and honour- 
 able to the country. The latter part of 1788 
 and the first four months of 1789 was one of 
 the darkest periods ever experienced in the 
 history of the settlement. The stock of provi- 
 sions brought out from England was well-nigh 
 exhausted ; the few head of cattle also brought 
 out had disappeared no one knew where, and 
 nothing eatable had yet been produced in the 
 colony with the exception of a few vegetables. 
 Governor Phillip at this time of depression and 
 anxiety set a noble example of disinterestedness 
 and self-sacrifice. He lived on the same rations as 
 was allowed from the public store to the meanest 
 person in the settlement. The weekly quantity 
 issued to every person indiscriminately at this 
 time was but two and a-half pounds of flour and 
 two pounds of pork. The latter, says Collins, when 
 boiled, from the length of time it had been in store 
 shrunk almost to nothing, and when divided barely 
 afforded three or four morsels. " The Governor," 
 continues Collins, " from a motive that did him 
 immortal honour in this season of general distress 
 gave up three hundredweight of flour which was his 
 own private property, declaring that he wished not 
 to see any more at his table than the ration which 
 was received from the public store, without any 
 distinction of persons ; and to this resolution he 
 rigidly adhered, wishing that if a prisoner com- 
 plained he might see that want was not unfelt even 
 in Government House." Phillip during the darkest 
 hour had never allowed a shadow of doubt to cross 
 his mind as to the ultimate success of the settle- 
 ment and the eventual greatness of the colony. 
 From the first he devoted most of his spare time 
 to making excursions in search of better land for 
 cultivation than was to be found on the shores of 
 Port Jackson. On (ith July 1789 he discovered a 
 large river, which he named the Hawkesbury, in 
 honour of Lord Hawkesbury. He sailed up this 
 fine stream for more than a hundred miles until he 
 came to the shallows near a hill, which he named 
 Richmond Hill. In 1790 Phillip had a very narrow 
 escape from being murdered by the natives. He 
 had educated and treated kindly two native youths 
 at Government House ; but they escaped to 
 their old companions. Phillip hearing that 
 they were amongst a tribe of natives camped
 
 Phi-Pla] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AtTSTRALA.sU. 
 
 4.,.: 
 
 on the Manly Beach proceeded thither. In the 
 course of the negotiations one of the blacks threw 
 a spear at Phillip, which pierced him in the 
 side. The wound was at first thought to be 
 mortal, but tho spear being carefully extracted 
 and the wound dressed, Phillip recovered in six 
 weeks. Phillip, whose health had suffered from 
 privation, exposure and anxiety, announced his 
 intention of proceeding to England. He sailed 
 on 11th December 171)2, six years having elapsed 
 since the date of his commission and nearly five 
 since his landing in the colony. Phillip was 
 undoubtedly one of the most remarkable men of 
 his day, and was admirably adapted both by 
 nature and education for the important duties 
 with which he was entrusted. Kind and con- 
 fiding under ordinary circumstances almost to a 
 fault, where firmness and decision were required, 
 where a warning was needed, where duty had been 
 neglected, deceit practised, or the public interest 
 jeopardised, he regarded leniency as a most 
 culpable weakness. His punishments were not 
 frequent, but prompt and terrible. With a man 
 of less self-sacrifice, less decision of character, or 
 less humanity, the shores of Sydney Cove would 
 probably have witnessed in the first year of the 
 existence of the colony more terrible scenes of 
 vice and crime than any which history has 
 recorded Under his rule public order was never 
 for a moment endangered ; and considering all the 
 circumstances by which the people under his 
 charge were surrounded, the offences were few 
 and insignificant. He left the colony loaded with 
 the blessings of those over whom he had ruled, 
 and followed by earnest wishes for his safe return 
 to England and speedy restoration to health. The 
 first Australian Governor in point of time, he 
 must also be regarded as the first in point of 
 character and ability. The limited and remote 
 sphere in which he exercised his talents, his 
 death in a short time after his return to 
 England, and the absorbing interest which 
 attached at that period to the great events 
 transpiring on the European Continent, prevented 
 that recognition of his services and that apprecia- 
 tion of his character which he certainly merited 
 from the British Government and people, and 
 which in more peaceable times and under other 
 circumstances he most assuredly would have 
 received. He brought to England two native 
 youths, Bennilong and Yemmerawannie. They 
 had acquired, from residing with the Governor, a 
 knowledge of the usages of civilised life, and both 
 were persons of more than ordinary sharpness and 
 address. The latter died in England, but the 
 former returned to the colony. 
 
 PHILLIP ISLAND, an island in V., situated 
 at the entrance of Western Port ; its principal 
 capes are Cape Wollamai and Point Grant. It was 
 named Snapper Island by Lieutenant Grant, from 
 its great resemblance to a snapper's head, or horse- 
 man's helmet ; but was subsequently named Phillip 
 Island after Governor Phillip. The greatest length. 
 
 E. and W. of the island, from Point Grant to Cape 
 Wollamai, is fourteen miles, and its greatest 
 breadth N. and S. six miles. Its S. portion is 
 swampy, and in the S.W. is a small marshy lake, 
 called Swan Lake. These Bwamps abound in fish 
 and waterfowl, and wallaby and other game in the 
 scrub to the X., which is well grassed. The Accli- 
 matisation Society has made this island a regular 
 depot, and has liberated a number of hares, Cape, 
 English, and Indian pheasants ; Ceylon, Indian, 
 and Chinese partridges : Chinese, Californian, and 
 Tasmanian quail ; starlings, Algerine sand grouse, 
 and wild ducks. 
 
 PIETERSEN, PETER, Dutch navigator, sailed 
 along the coast of Arnheim or Van Diemen's Land, 
 as the northern part of the continent was then 
 called by the Dutch, in 1636. 
 
 PIGEON HOUSE, a mountain and singular 
 land mark in the county of St. Vincent, N.S.W., 
 so named by Cook ; it resembles a cupola super- 
 imposed upon a large dome. 
 
 PINCHGUT ISLAND, (native name M.vr- 
 tewae ;) an island of N.S.W. situated in the 
 harbour of Port Jackson, near Sydney ; it was 
 named Rock Island by Governor Phillip, but the 
 prisoners gave it the name it bears in memory of 
 the physical privations they endured there. 
 
 PLATTER ISLAND, near Point Upright, is a 
 
 remarkable cliff to the northward of Bateman's 
 Bay, in N.S.W., 158 miles from Sydney. 
 
 PLATYPUS (or Water Mole.)— This strange 
 animal is described in the article " Fauna." 
 Sydney Smith humorously describes it as a 
 " quadruped as big as a large cat, with the eyes, 
 colour and skin of a mole, and the bill and web 
 feet of a duck." It is known to naturalists as the 
 Ornithorhynchus Paradoxus. The first complete 
 description of it printed in English was written by 
 Dr. George Bennett of Sydney, the eminent 
 naturalist, and contributed to an annual publica- 
 tion in 1828. Dr. Bennett writes :— " It was on a 
 beautiful evening in the month of October, the 
 commencement of summer in southern latitudes, 
 that, arrived in a district lying about two hundred 
 miles to the south-west of Sydney, I approached 
 the banks of the Yass River, in the interior of 
 Australia. The scenery here is of the most 
 picturesque description ; the open forest country 
 and wooded hills ; the neat cottages and gardens, 
 with the grain of a vivid green just bursting into 
 ear, — the tranquillity around being only occasion- 
 ally disturbed by the lowing of cattle, bleating of 
 sheep, or the gay and blithesome notes of the 
 feathered tribe. The silver stream of the Yass con- 
 tinued its silent course, its banks adorned by the 
 beautiful pendulous acacias, which at that season 
 were profusely covered by their rich golden and 
 fragrant blossoms ; while the lofty and majestic 
 gum-trees, the graceful manna, or the dark swamp- 
 oak, added to the variety and beauty of the land- 
 scape. The sun was near its setting, when up a 
 more quiet part of the river, I sought the burrows
 
 4C4 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Plu 
 
 of those shy animals the water moles, known also 
 to naturalists as the platypus or duck-billed 
 animal. Among the colonists it is known by the 
 name of water mole from some resemblance it bears 
 to the common European mole. By the aboriginal 
 tribes atBathurst,Goulbourn Plains, Yass,Murrum- 
 bidgee and Tumut countries, it is designated by the 
 two names, Mallangong and Tambreet, the latter 
 being more in use with them than the former. The 
 illustration may assist the reader in forming a 
 correct notion of the peculiar shape and character 
 of the animal. The body is depressed like the 
 otter, mole, and beaver. It is covered by long and 
 thick dark brown hair, underneath which is a short 
 and very soft fur, resembling the two distinct kinds 
 found on the seal and otter ; on the abdomen, breast, 
 and throat, the fur and hair is of much finer quality, 
 and more silky in its nature. In young specimens 
 the under surface of the tail is covered by hair of 
 a beautiful silvery white ; this is lost however in 
 the adult ; the under surface of the tail in such 
 having merely a few coarse hairs scattered over it. 
 This circumstance induced many to suppose that 
 the animal uses its tail as a trowel, in a manner 
 similar to the beaver ; but from an examination 
 of their burrows, I have no doubt that the hair is 
 rubbed off by the attrition of the tail on the 
 surface of the ground. The tail is flat, broad, and 
 inclining on each side abruptly oft' at the termi- 
 nation, beyond which the long hairs project. The 
 hair on the upper part of the tail is of a dark 
 colour, long and coarse, and destitute of the peculiar 
 glossy appearance of the other parts of the body. 
 There was no variation in the colour of the fur in 
 all the specimens I have seen ; the under short fur 
 is of a greyish hue. The whole of the under surface 
 of the body is of a ferruginous colour, varying in 
 intensity according to age. The legs are short, 
 feet five toes webbed, and in the fore feet the web 
 extends a short distance beyond the claws, is loose, 
 and falls back when the animal burrows. The head 
 is flat ; and from the mouth two lips, or mandibles, 
 project, resembling the beak of a Shoveller-duck ; 
 the lower mandible is shorter and narrower than 
 the upper, and its internal edges are channelled, 
 with numerous stride, resembling in some degree 
 those seen in the bill of the duck. The colour of 
 the superior mandible above, when seen in an 
 animal recently taken out of the water, is of a 
 dull, dirty, greyish black, covered with innumer- 
 able minute clots, and the cartilaginous continua- 
 tion around the mandible is uniformly smooth 
 and soft. The eyes are very small, but brilliant, 
 and of a light brown colour ; they are situated 
 rather high up the head. The ears are not visible, 
 but are perfectly formed within. The size of the 
 animals varies ; but the males are usually found 
 ti> lie, in a small degree, larger than the females. 
 The average length is from eighteen to twenty 
 inches. When the fur is wet the animal has a 
 soiled and far from attractive appearance, resem- 
 bling more a lump of dirty weeds which are often 
 seen Boating about the rivers, than an) - production 
 
 of the animal kingdom ; it would therefore often 
 escape observation, but for its paddling motion in 
 the water ; such was its appearance when lying 
 dead on the surface, or when drifted by the stream 
 against the stump of a tree, or among the reeds 
 and bulrushes growing profusely near and upon 
 the banks of the river. The animals are seen in 
 the Australian rivers at all seasons of the year, 
 but are most abundant during the spring and 
 summer months. The best time for seeing them 
 is very early in the morning or late in the evening. 
 During floods and freshes they are frequently 
 perceived travelling up and down the rivers ; when 
 going down they appear to allow themselves to be 
 carried by the force of the stream without making 
 any exertion, but when swimming against the 
 stream, all their muscular power is exerted to the 
 utmost to stem the force of the current." The 
 Platypus abounds in the rivers, creeks, and lagoons 
 of the S. and E. of the continent as well as T. 
 It makes burrows in the banks sometimes forty or 
 fifty feet long, in the extremity of which it forms 
 a nest. It is by excellence a lusus matures, — the 
 one unclassable anomaly of the animal kingdom. 
 
 PLUNKET, JOHN HUBERT, (1802—1869) 
 was a native of Ireland, and educated at Trinity 
 College, Dublin. He was called to the English 
 Bar, and in 1832 was appointed Solicitor-General 
 of N.S.W. by the Home Government. He landed 
 in the colony in June of that year. In 1837 he 
 became Attorney-General, with a seat in the 
 Executive and old Legislative Councils, which 
 office he held for nearly twenty years, whilst the 
 Government was under the control of the Home 
 authorities. He visited Europe in 1842. Whilst 
 Attorney-General he distinguished himself by 
 prosecuting ten Europeans for the massacre of a 
 number of aboriginals — men, women and children. 
 He procured their conviction, and seven of the 
 ringleaders were executed. Under the new Con- 
 stitution in 1856 he represented Argyle in the 
 Legislative Assembly. In 1857 he was appointed 
 President of the Upper House, on the resignation 
 of Sir Alfred Stephen. In 1858 he was removed 
 from the Chairmanship of the Board of Education, 
 an office he had held for several years, by the 
 Executive Council. This act gave rise to an angry 
 feud, in which sectarian feeling largely mingled, 
 Plunket being a Roman Catholic. He made his 
 dismissal the cause of a personal quarrel between 
 himself and Cowper the Premier. He resigned the 
 office of President of the Legislative Council, 
 together with his seat in that House. A public 
 meeting was held in Sydney, attended by influential 
 men of all denominations, at which resolutions 
 were unanimously carried expressing sympathy 
 with Plunket in his "abrupt and arbitrary dis- 
 missal" from the Chairmanship of the Board, and 
 a deep and grateful sense of his public services in 
 various official capacities during a period of more 
 than twenty years. Similar meetings were held 
 in many of the country districts. A vote of 
 Censure on the Ministry for their treatment of
 
 Poh-Pol] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF Al'STRAIASIA. 
 
 468 
 
 Plunket in the matter was moved in the Assembly 
 by James Macarthur. It was negatived, but a 
 milder resolution of the same general tenor was 
 carried. The Government offered to restore 
 Plunket if he would consent to withdraw certain 
 portions of a correspondence that had taken place 
 between him and them, and which they considered 
 offensive ; but this he refused to do. In 1866-68 
 he represented the Martin-Forster Government in 
 the Legislative Council. He died in Melbourne 
 on 9th May 1869, and was buried in Sydney. 
 Plunket was a man of considerable ability and of 
 undoubted integrity. His popularity with his 
 fellow-religionists was almost unbounded. He was 
 of a rather austere nature, and inclined to severity 
 in his administration of the law. Rut his private 
 charity was very large, and was motived by the 
 highest principles. 
 
 POHLMAN, ROBERT W. (1811-1877) was 
 educated for the legal profession and was called to 
 the English Bar. He arrived in Melbourne (the 
 Port Phillip settlement of those days,) in 184<), 
 and was admitted a member of the Colonial Bar 
 in 1841. He held a seat in the first nominee 
 Legislative Council of V. under the Government 
 of Sir Charles Hotham ; was the first County 
 Court Judge that ever sat on the bench of V. ; 
 and held office as Master in Equity, Commissioner 
 of Insolvency, and Chairman of the Board nf 
 Education. On the introduction of Parliamentary 
 Government he retired from political life, and 
 devoted himself to the exercise of his judicial 
 duties at the County Court. 
 
 POLDING, JOHN BEDE, D.D. (1794-1877) 
 first Roman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney, was 
 a native of Liverpool, England. At the age of 
 eleven he entered St. Gregory's College in Ireland, 
 and after eight years training for the priesthood 
 was ordained in March 1819. When in 1834 it 
 u as resolved to send out a Bishop, as chief pastor 
 of the Roman Catholics of Australia — who had 
 before been under the superintendence of the 
 Bishop of Mauritius — Dr. Polding was selected 
 for the office. He was consecrated Bishop of 
 Hiero-Cajsarea, with instructions to act as Vicar 
 Apostolic of New Holland and V.D.L. The Bull 
 of Pope Gregory XVI., appointing him to this 
 position, was dated 2nd May. He arrived in 
 Sydney in September 1835. In 1841 he visited 
 England, and thence proceeded to Rome. In April 
 1842 he was appointed Archbishop of the newly- 
 erected See of Sydney. During his stay in Rome he 
 was created by the Pope a Count of the Holy Roman 
 Empire, and a Bishop Assistant to the Papal 
 Throne. Much excitement arose on his return to the 
 colony with the title of Archbishop. The Bishop 
 of the Church of England publicly protested 
 against the assumption of such a title by any one 
 within the dominions of Her Majesty, without the 
 authority of the Crown. But the protest was 
 treated as a dead letter. The community in Aus- 
 tralia accepted without reserve the principle that 
 every religious denomination has perfect freedom 
 
 to carry out its own organisation, with whatever 
 titles it may see fit to use. Polding was remark- 
 able throughout the whole of his career in Aus- 
 tralia for a calm and conciliatory demeanour 
 towards those who differed from him in theological 
 views. In L848 he again visited Rome, and 
 brought with him on his return a number of priests 
 and sisters of charity. In 1854 he made a third 
 visit to Rome accompanied by Dr. Gregory ; and 
 as before brought out priests and sisters of charity. 
 He spent much of his time in traversing the 
 interior of the colony, and visiting the towns of 
 V., T., and Q. As the fruits of his labours nine 
 dioceses have been established within the arch- 
 diocese ; those of Melbourne, Hobart Town, 
 Adelaide, Perth, Maitland, Goulburn, Bathurst, 
 Brisbane, and Annidale. He was always ready to 
 acknowledge and honour the services of those who 
 lal mured with zeal and fidelity in the work of the 
 Church. His concern for the training nf the young 
 was unremitting. His large Sock held him in 
 deserved reverence and respect. In November 1.865 
 he left Sydney for Europe for the fourth time. 1 1 is 
 zeal in encountering when over three-score and ten 
 years of age the perils and hardships of a long 
 voyage elicited warm expressions of admiration. 
 This, it was supposed, would be the last time he 
 would venture on so arduous a journey. But five 
 years afterwards, when the Pope summoned the 
 bishops of the Church from all parts of the world 
 to meet in the (Ecumenical Council of the Vatican, 
 Polding would not be deterred, by any consideration 
 of the ease to which his advanced years might well 
 be supposed to entitle him, from setting out to 
 join the Assembly. This was the fifth time he left 
 Australia to visit Rome on the business of the 
 Church. Rut he was not able to bear the fatigues 
 of the journey, and after landing at Aden in the 
 Rod Sea, in compliance with the advice of those 
 who watched with anxiety the effects of the pas- 
 sage and the tropical heat on his frame, he 
 returned to Sydney. After that time he repeatedly 
 travelled long distances in the colony. He died 
 at Darlinghurst, Sydney, on 16th March 1877. 
 His remains were honoured with a public funeral. 
 POLO, MABCO, the famous Venetian traveller 
 of the thirteenth century. He brought back to 
 Europe on his return from China, glowing accounts 
 of the great wealth of the islands of the unknown 
 sea which formed the boundary of China on the 
 E. and S. It was reported to contain, he stated, 
 no fewer than 7440 islands, mostly inhabited, and 
 these abounded in gold, fragrant spices, precious 
 stones, and forests of perfumed trees. He was 
 careful to explain that this sea was not a mere 
 gulf or arm of the ocean, but a boundless expanse 
 of waters. At a distance of Ton miles in a direc- 
 tion between S. and S.W. from Lesser Java, lie 
 places two uninhabited islands; and fifty miles 
 S.E. from these he states that there existed 
 a country called Lochac, which formed part of a 
 great mainland of a wild and mountainous 
 character, little frequented by strangers, where 
 
 V6
 
 466 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 tPor 
 
 gold was abundant to a degree scarcely credible, 
 and whose inhabitants were idolaters, having a 
 language peculiar to themselves. They paid no 
 tribute to any power — the situation of then- 
 country protecting them from attack. Were it 
 assailable, he says, the Grand Khan would not 
 have delayed to bring it under his dominion. The 
 position assigned by Marco Polo to the two 
 uninhabited islands agrees with that of Barrow's 
 Islands in Dampier's Archipelago ; and Marsden 
 the translator of Marco Polo's "Travels," and, 
 after him Major, have shown that Lochac was 
 also an island in the Eastern Archipelago. 
 
 PORT ARTHUR, in T., is situated on Tasman's 
 Peninsula, 185 miles from Launceston, and sixty- 
 four miles S.E. of Hobart Town. It was formerly 
 the principal penal establishment of the colony, 
 and inhabited solely by convicts and the officers in 
 charge. It has ceased to be a prison since May 
 1877, and the establishment is now broken up. 
 
 PORT CHALMERS, in N.Z., lies at the entrance 
 of the Harbour of Otago, distant from Dunedin 
 about nine miles N.E., of which city it is the port. 
 The Otago Graving Dock, opened in May 1872, is 
 one of the largest in the southern hemisphere. The 
 floor is 328 feet long, and width forty-one feet ; the 
 length and width at the copings are respectively 
 342 feet and sixty-eight feet. There are extensive 
 workshops and machinery in connection with this 
 dock. There is also a floating dock 170 feet long 
 by forty-two feet broad. The Port Chalmers stone 
 is well known, and is extensively used for building 
 in Dunedin and other cities. The population is 
 about 1800. In the municipality are 320 dwellings, 
 and rateable property of the yearly value of ,£13,600. 
 The towm is lighted with gas. The place is named 
 in honour of the Rev. Dr. Chalmers, the Scottish 
 Divine. 
 
 PORT CURTIS is situated just on the verge of 
 the tropic of Capricorn, on the eastern coast of the 
 continent, and was so named by Flinders, in 
 honour of Admiral Sir Roger Curtis, who then 
 commanded at the Cape of Good Hope. He dis- 
 covered it in 1802. This port is nearly as large as 
 Port Jackson, and is protected from the sea by 
 Facing and Curtis Islands, the former being the 
 most southerly and the lesser island. There is a 
 channel separating these islands about a mile 
 wide. 
 
 PORT ESSINGTON lies on the northern coast 
 of the continent. In 1838 it was resolved by the 
 Home Government to found a settlement at this 
 point, and Captain Gordon Bremer was sent out 
 with II. M. ships Alligator and Britomart for that 
 purpose. A station was selected, and a town was 
 commenced and named after Queen Victoria. The 
 first impressions of the settlers regarding the 
 place were very favourable. They wrote of it in 
 this glowing strain : — " The port has a very fine 
 harbour. Victoria is the capital — a very admirable 
 little town. The position is on a considerable 
 piece of rising ground midway on the western side 
 
 of the inner harbour. The soil around is of the 
 finest description, and well supplied with fresh water. 
 On Point Record and Spear Point are wells where 
 ships can water most expeditiously, while around 
 the town are large ponds and many running 
 •streams, all excellent. The climate appears to be 
 as fine as any tropical one, but there may be reason 
 to doubt whether it is not equally subject to 
 drought as the rest of Australia. This town being 
 in the vicinity of New Guinea and several other 
 islands where slavery prevails, promises the inha- 
 bitants a supply of free labour from the runaway 
 slaves, and it will afford an asylum to many 
 islanders driven from their homes, and who will, 
 as at Singapore, find protection under the British 
 flag." Notwithstanding these advantages the 
 settlement was abandoned, as being too unhealthy, 
 in 1850. Leichhardt's overland expedition reached 
 Port Essington on 17th December 1845. 
 
 PORT FAIRY, in V., was discovered and named 
 by Wishart in 1827, after his vessel, the Fair;/. 
 He had been driven into the port by stress of 
 weather. 
 
 PORT JACKSON, the harbour in N.S.W. on 
 which stands Sydney, the capital of the colony. 
 The entrance to it was descried by a seaman from 
 the mast-head of Cook's ship, the Endeavour, on 
 6th May 1770. Cook named it after Sir George 
 Jackson, who afterwards took the name of Duckett. 
 In the parish church of Bishop's Stortford, in 
 Hertfordshire, England, there is a monument to 
 this gentleman, with the following inscription : — 
 "To the memory of Sir George Jackson, Bart., 
 afterwards Sir George Duckett, Bart., Judge 
 Advocate of the Fleet, who died loth December 
 1822, aged ninety -seven years. He was for many 
 years a Secretary of the Admiralty, and a mem- 
 ber of Parliament for Weymouth and Melcombe 
 Regis, and Colchester. Captain Cook, of whom 
 he was a zealous friend and an early patron, 
 named after him Point Jackson in New Zea- 
 land, and Port Jackson in New South Wales." 
 Phillip, on his arrival at Botany Bay in January 
 1788, finding its shores so wild and solitary, the 
 heat so great, the land beyond the circle of half a 
 mile from the sea so encumbered with sands, 
 swamps and heavy forests, and the anchorage so 
 unsafe when the weather was rough, and the 
 easterly winds prevailing, resolved to go north- 
 ward with an expedition or pioneering corps in 
 the ship's boats, for the purpose of examining 
 another harbour discovered, and called Broken 
 Ray by Cook ; and on his passage upward along 
 the coast curiosity led him to enter this harbour, 
 laid down as an "inlet" on the chart of Cook's 
 expeditions. His astonishment cannot be described 
 on his finding a harbour equal to any in the world ; 
 hither he at once proceeded and laid the founda- 
 tion of the City of Sydney. The approach to it 
 through Bass Straits is through striking scenery. 
 Cunningham thus describes it :— " The shore is 
 bold and picturesque, and the country behind, 
 gradually rising higher and higher into swelling
 
 for] 
 
 h 1,1 u' i;dia of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 467 
 
 hills of moderate elevation, to the utmost distance 
 the eye can reach, is covered with wide-branching, 
 evergreen forest trees and close brushwood, exhi- 
 biting a prospect of never-failing foliage, although 
 sadly monotonous and dull in tone compared with 
 the luxuriant summer foliage of Europe. Grey rocks 
 at intervals project among these endless forests, 
 while here and there some gigantic tree, scorched 
 dead by the summer fires, uplifts its blasted branches 
 above the green saplings around." Port Jackson, 
 if equalled, is certainly not surpassed by any other 
 natural harbour in the world, not even by the 
 magnificent haven of llio Janeiro. The bold coast 
 fronting the Pacific is suddenly broken, and the 
 giant cliffs form a portal to an estuary about a 
 mile in width, with an enormous perimeter, capa- 
 cious enough to shelter the navies of the world. 
 A vessel making the port sails in a few moments 
 out of the long swell of the ocean into calm deep 
 water, protected on every side by high lands. On 
 entering a splendid vista is presented to the 
 voyager, the elevated shore being broken into 
 innumerable bays and inlets, and the central 
 expanse of water relieved by many a picturesque 
 islet. The rocky shore on each side stretches from 
 heights of above 200 feet down to the water's edge, 
 disclosing at intervals in the distance the white 
 sandy beach of a bay which Staufield or Copley 
 Fielding would have loved to paint. The well- 
 wooded hills, clothed in the bright garb of spring, 
 or in the russet of summer, and bathed in the 
 glorious light of an Australian atmosphei'e, form 
 a charming margin to the bright blue waters they 
 enclose. As the city is approached, pretty villas 
 and imposing mansions, surrounded with gardens 
 and orchards, crown the heights or extend along 
 the shore. Trollope — a man not given to enthu- 
 siastic praise — speaks of it as "so inexpressibly 
 lovely that it makes a man ask himself whether it 
 would not be worth his while to move his house- 
 hold gods to the eastern coast of Australia, in 
 order that he might look on it as long as he can 
 look at anything." Some of the estates and 
 pleasure-grounds on its shores, he adds, are perfect. 
 They leave nothing for the imagination to add. 
 Mossman writes with equal enthusiasm : — " It is 
 the sailor's delight to be snugly moored in Sydney 
 Cove at the present day, as it was to the captains 
 of the first fleet that entered Port Jackson. As 
 the traveller or emigrant passes between the per- 
 pendicular and overhanging precipices that stand 
 at its entrance like the portals of some giant edifice, 
 he is struck with feelings of dread at the swell of 
 the Pacific Ocean and the rocky desolation around. 
 This is suddenly changed to pleasure, as the pic- 
 turesque scenery of the inner harbour opens up 
 its panoramic beauties, and he sails along a lake- 
 like inlet where the agitation of the sea ceases. 
 As the ship passes between a succession of bays 
 and coves, indented by picturesque points of land 
 and guarded by small islets, he is charmed with 
 the fairy-like aspect of the scenery ; and when 
 the captain informs him that each of these bays is 
 
 deep enough to float a line-of-battle ship, with 
 sufficient room to hold all the navies of Europe, 
 he cannot but marvel at the maritime advantages 
 of Sydney Harbour. Then, as the ship comes to 
 anchor in the cove, the city appears the perfection 
 of a great seaport. It has landing facilities at 
 quays where the largest merchantmen moor along- 
 side, and there is no current or impetuous tide to 
 endanger the shipping and boats. No dirty, muddy 
 stream around the ship, nor dingy-looking ware- 
 houses on shore to offend the eye and nostrils, as 
 too frequently happens in seaport towns. All is 
 bright, clean, and wholesome, spreading a cheerful 
 aspect around the haven. The clear waters below, 
 and the blue sky overhead, throw out in bold 
 relief the white freestone buildings that compose 
 the city. The public edifices are perched on the 
 surrounding heights, and the church spires arise 
 out of the densely-packed streets beyond. Sydney 
 is admirably situated for a city in a hot climate, 
 as it is built upon hills where the natural drainage 
 is flushed by the rains that clear the streets of 
 anything that otherwise would create malaria. 
 Extensive suburbs spread in every direction as far 
 as the eye can reach from any of these elevated 
 points, and numerous villas dot the landscape to 
 the extreme horizon. Within this area dwells a 
 population surrounded by all the luxuries, adorn- 
 ments, and amenities of life ; and the architectural 
 designs of Greece and Home have a habitation and 
 a name beneath a sky that surpasses in purity and 
 intensity of hue the far-famed skies of Italia." 
 Five miles from the Heads, on Sydney Cove, stands 
 Government House, looking down on a lovely 
 scene. The still waters, alive with steamers 
 passing and repassing, with ships of English 
 and American flags, and a crowd of small craft, 
 yachts, and pleasure-boats, betoken the approach 
 to a centre of busy commerce, even before the 
 church spires show themselves against the sky." 
 Sidney writes :— " The entrance to the port is 
 marked by the N. and S. Heads, about three 
 quarters of a mile apart. On the southern head 
 a stone lighthouse, bearing the often-repeated 
 name of Macquarie, affords a revolving flame at 
 night and a white landmark by day to the great 
 ships from distant quarters of the globe, and to 
 the crowd of large-sailed coasters which ply 
 between innumerable coast villages and Sydney. 
 Steering westerly, the great harbour, like a land- 
 locked lake, protected by the curving projecting 
 heads from the roll of the Pacific storms, opens 
 out until lost in the distance, where it joins the 
 Parramatta Kiver. The banks on either hand, 
 varying from two to five miles in breadth, are 
 sometimes steep, and sometimes sloping, but 
 repeatedly indented by coves and bays, which 
 fringed with green shrubs down to the white sandy 
 water-margin, when bathed in golden sunlight, 
 present dainty retreats as brilliant as Danby's 
 Enchanted Island. On one of the first and most 
 romantic coves stands Yaucluse, the marine villa 
 of William Wentworth." The harbour of Port
 
 468 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [For 
 
 Jackson proper has an area of 9 square miles- 
 Middle Harbour, one of its arms, 3 square miles ; 
 and the coast-line of the whole is 54 miles. From 
 the Heads to the city the distance is 4 miles, 
 beyond which the waters extend 8 miles into what 
 is called the Parramatta Liver, giving 15 miles as 
 the length of navigation. The average breadth of 
 the navigable waters is three-quarters of a mile, 
 though at some points they widen to 2 miles or 
 more. The shallowest part is between Middle 
 Head and George's Head, where the soundings 
 show 23 feet at low-water. Beyond this the depth 
 ranges between 5 and 18 fathoms. There are 
 miles of wharf frontage in use, and about 25 miles 
 of deep-water frontage in sheltered places that 
 may be made available for a like purpose. The 
 chief light-house is 76 feet high, erected on cliffs 
 268 feet above the sea-level. It is a white revolving 
 light, visible 25 miles to seaward. On a rocky 
 point, 60 feet high, situated immediately within 
 the South Head, stands a second light-house, 30 
 feet high from the base ; it has a bright fixed 
 light visible at 15 miles. Within the entrance 
 there is a light-ship with two fixed white lights ; 
 and at Fort Denison, nearer the city, there is a 
 red harbour light, beyond which ships are for- 
 bidden to proceed until they are boarded by the 
 Health Officer and other authorities. The Circular 
 Quay, at the head of Sydney Cove, has a length 
 of 3100 feet available for the largest vessels. 
 Cowper Wharf in Woolloomooloo Bay is 1200 feet 
 long. 
 
 History.— The history of Port Jackson is, in 
 fact, the history of the foundation and settlement 
 of the Colony of N.S.W. 
 
 PORT MACQUARIE, a town of N.S.W. 
 situated at the mouth of the river Hastings. It 
 was named by Oxley after Governor Macquarie . 
 The population is about 700. The surrounding 
 district is an agricultural one, the principal crops 
 being maize, wheat, barley, oats, and potatoes. 
 The vine is, next to maize, the principal object of 
 culture; soil and climate suit it well, and the quan- 
 tity of wine made is yearly increasing. Tobacco 
 also is largely grown. The cultivation of sugar, 
 after persevering efforts, has almost been aban- 
 doned, the seasons being too uncertain. 
 
 PORT PHILLIP, the original name of V., but 
 now restricted to the spacious harbour on which 
 Melbourne is situated. This magnificent sheet of 
 water is about forty miles long, with a breadth 
 varying from twenty to sixty miles, and embraces 
 a n extent of 875 square miles of open water. The 
 northern part is named Hobson's Bay, and a con- 
 siderable indentation into the land, formed by a 
 promontory to the S.W. called Bellarine, is named 
 Geelong Harbour. Port Phillip receives the waters 
 of numerous rivers, the principal of which are 
 the Werribee, Saltwater, and Yarra-Varra. Three- 
 fourths of Port Phillip is available for anchorage, 
 the depth nowhere within the lighthouses exceed- 
 ing fifteen fathoms : ships drawing twenty-six feet 
 
 of water can come up as far as Hobson's Bay at 
 the mouth of the Yarra-Yarra, but vessels requiring 
 more than thirteen and a-half feet of water 
 cannot get over the bar there. Although the dis- 
 tance from the Bay to Melbourne along the course 
 of the river is about seven miles, the distance by 
 land is not two miles. The Heads, or opening 
 connecting Port Phillip with Bass Straits is about 
 two miles wide, but the passage for ships is only 
 about a mile across. Through this narrow chaunel 
 the ebb and flood tides sweep over the uneven 
 bottom with great force, and raise a sea which, 
 particularly when the wind happens to be fresh 
 from the opposite direction, is extremely dangerous 
 to small craft. The rise and fall of the tide is 
 about three feet. The distance from the Heads, 
 Point Lonsdale on the W. and Point Nepean on 
 the E., to the anchorage in Hobson's Bay, is over 
 thirty miles, and the channel is obstructed part of 
 the way by sandbanks, which render the assistance 
 of experienced pilots necessary. Hobson's Bay is 
 the principal anchorage ; it is capable of affording 
 shelter to upwards of 800 sail, and has excellent 
 holding ground, the bottom being stiff clay and 
 mud, with a depth of from three to four fathoms 
 of water. Sandridge, the port of Melbourne, lies 
 at the head of this bay; it has two fine piers 
 capable of berthing the largest vessels alongside ; 
 a railway runs from the Railway Pier directly into 
 Melbourne. Williamstown lies on the W. of 
 Hobson's Bay, and has also two piers, several ship 
 building and repairing yards, and a large patent 
 slip capable of accommodating vessels of the 
 largest tonnage ; there is a railway from the town- 
 ship to Melbourne. Geelong Harbour lies on the 
 S.E. of Port Phillip, and consists of two parts : 
 the inner and outer harbours, and a smaller har- 
 bour, called Corio Bay ; there are four jetties in 
 this bay, with sufficient water to float vessels of 
 the largest tonnage visiting the port. There are 
 several small harbours on the E. coast, the principal 
 of which is Snapper Point. The traveller arriving 
 in Hobson's Bay is particularly struck with its 
 animated appearance, where a fleet of large mer- 
 chantmen may be seen at anchor or loading and 
 discharging at the railway pier and other jetties. 
 It looks more like a harbour in .England than one 
 at the other end of the globe, not yet fifty years in 
 existence. To the British emigrant there is nothing 
 strange about it; as he lands upon the pier there is 
 nothing foreign to his eye, all seems familiar, and 
 he may wonder how he has journeyed fifteen 
 thousand miles, during three or four long months, 
 finding at the end a place similar to that which he 
 left, and people speaking his own mother tongue. 
 From the pier he arrives in ten minutes by rail- 
 way at the city, and finds the streets just like 
 those in England. Melbourne is quite a smaller 
 London, with all the conveniences and luxuries of 
 the English metropolis. 
 
 History : I. Discovery,— It is only very recently 
 that the original materials for the early history of 
 Port Phillip have been dragged to light. It was
 
 Porl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 io'J 
 
 to be found in print that Bass had discovered and 
 spent a fortnight in Western Port during the early 
 part of 1798 ; as also that Lieutenant Grant of 
 the Government brig Lady Nelson had, in the 
 months of March and April 1801, in company 
 with Bareillier, an officer of the N.S.W. Corps, 
 made a tolerably accurate survey of it. Neither 
 Bass nor Grant however appear to have had the 
 slightest suspicion that another and far finer sheet 
 of water lay almost at their elbows. This discovery 
 was reserved for Lieutenant Murray, Grant's suc- 
 cessor in the command of the Lady Nelson, who 
 discovered it on 5th January 1802, but was pre- 
 vented by contrary winds from entering. On 15th 
 February he passed through the Heads, remaining 
 in the port until 11th March, but confining his 
 examinations entirely to the lower portion near 
 the entrance. Nothing was known of Murray's dis- 
 covery — beyond the bare facts that he made the 
 discovery in January 1802 ; that he named Arthur's 
 Seat from a fancied likeness to the hill of the 
 same name in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh ; 
 that he named Swan Bay and Point Nepean ; and 
 that some of the hill which surrounded the port 
 reminded him very strongly of Greenwich-park, — 
 until the publication of Labilliere's Early History 
 of the Colony of Victoria, in 1878. This author, 
 a native of the colony, whilst studying for the bar 
 in London, was bent on searching out the full 
 particulars of the discovery of Murray. An 
 application to the Admiralty for leave to examine 
 the log of the Lady Nelson, led to his being per- 
 mitted to make what use he pleased, in the way of 
 research, of many hundreds of volumes of des- 
 patches and letters, stored up in the National 
 Record office, relating to the earliest days of 
 Australian colonisation. The result of his search 
 was the discovery of many original documents of 
 extreme interest and value, that had never been 
 printed. Selecting the most important of these, 
 Labilliere, by inserting them in his work, has 
 placed them for ever beyond the chance of perishing 
 or being buried in oblivion. One document he 
 could not find — the journal kept by Grimes in his 
 exploration of Port Phillip in 1802 ; but the zeal 
 of John Shillrnglaw has brought that precious 
 record to light, after being hidden away for three- 
 quarters of a century. The only original docu- 
 ment of worth still remaining to be disinterred is 
 Bass's journal of his whale-boat expedition to 
 Western Port ; but the substance of this is 
 undoubtedly given by Flinders in his great work. 
 The labours of G. W. Eusden and of Gurner leave 
 nothing to be desired in respect of what may be 
 termed the archaeology of Port Phillip. The next 
 visitor to Port Phillip was Flinders, who made 
 another independent discovery of it on 26th April, 
 and remained in it until 3rd May, during which time 
 he made a close examination of all these parts which 
 lie between a line drawn from the You Yangs to 
 Arthur's Seat. Although doubtful of the suitability 
 uf Port Phillip for settlement, his report made 
 Governor King anxious to know more of the place. 
 
 II. First Survey. — The feats of King that France 
 had a design to establish herself somewhere in 
 Australia — to convert Western Port perhaps into 
 a second Pondicherry — lent weight to the con- 
 current testimony of Bass, Grant, Murray, and 
 Flinders, as to the suitability of the south coast 
 as a place for settlement ; and the expedition of 
 Collins was the prompt result determined on by 
 the British Government. But meantime King saw 
 fit to have a more particular survey made of Port 
 Phillip. For this purpose the colonial schooner 
 Cumberland of twenty-nine tons (the same in 
 which Flinders, twelve months afterwards, was 
 made prisoner in the Isle of France) was equipped 
 in Sydney, and placed in charge of Lieutenant 
 Charles Bobbins of H.M.S. Buffalo. Bobbins 
 carried despatches to the French Commodore 
 Baudin, then known to be on the coast, in case he 
 should fall in with him. Besides the crew, the 
 party consisted of Charles Grimes, Acting Sur- 
 veyor-General of N.S.W. ; Dr. McCallum, surgeon ; 
 James Meehan, surveyor ; and James Flemming, 
 a man in whom the Governor had great confidence, 
 who was to observe the nature of the country 
 explored. Their orders were to " walk round " 
 Port Phillip. A journal of the expedition was 
 kept by Flemming, and a chart of the survey made 
 by Grimes. The Cumberland sailed from Sydney 
 on 23rd November 1802, and on 8th December fell 
 in with Baudin at Sea Elephant Bay, on the east 
 coast of King Island. Peron, the naturalist of the 
 French Expedition, tells us what followed : — 
 " Just as we had made these arrangements for the 
 safety of our ship, we saw the little schooner, the 
 Cumberland, appear. She had come from Port 
 Jackson and had on board Mr. Grimes, Engineer- 
 in-Chief of the English establishment, who came 
 by order of the Government to make a declaration 
 to us which was as singular in form as remarkable 
 in its object. ' It being reported,' wrote Mr. King 
 to our commander, ' that you propose to leave some 
 men either in Y.D.L. or on the western coast of 
 N.S.W. in order to form there a French colony, I. 
 think it my duty to declare to you, M. le Com- 
 mandant, that in virtue of the Act of 1788 for 
 taking possession, solemnly proclaimed by England, 
 all these countries form an integral part of the 
 British Empire ; and that you cannot occupy any 
 part of them without breaking the bonds of friend- 
 ship which have been so recently re-established 
 between the two nations. I shall not even attempt 
 to dissemble, for such is the nature of my special 
 instructions with regard thereto, that I must 
 oppose by all means in my power the execution of 
 the project you are suspected of being about to exe- 
 cute. In consequence of which H.M.S. Cumberland 
 has received orders not to leave you until the 
 officer who commands her is satisfied that your 
 operations are foreign to any kind of invasion of 
 British territory in these parts.'" Having delivered 
 their message and made an exploration of King 
 Island, the Cumberland sailed on her mission to 
 Port Phillip, which it entered on 20th January
 
 4tO 
 
 CAXLOl'MDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 l$0t 
 
 1803. The journal and chart show how faithfully 
 Grimes carried out his instructions. He was 
 undoubtedly on this occasion the discoverer of the 
 river on which Melbourne stands ; but excepting 
 the notice of his survey by Flinders, his meritorious 
 services to A. have met with almost total neglect. 
 III. Collins s Expedition. — Grimes's report of the 
 nature of the country seen round Port l'hillip was 
 considered unfavourable, and was -sent home to 
 England by the Glatton. Before the information 
 reached the Government, however, Collins had 
 been despatched — 27th April 1803 — to form a 
 penal settlement at the place which had been 
 described by Murray as resembling the scenery of 
 Arthur's Seat and Greenwich Park. The expedi- 
 tion was embarked on board the 50-gun ship 
 Calcutta, Captain Daniel AVoodriff, and the char- 
 tered transport Ocean, John Mertho, master. 
 Labilliere gives a full and interesting narrative of 
 the objects and instructions of the British Govern- 
 ment, and of the reasons given by Collins for the 
 abandonment of the place. The prompt and 
 energetic action of the first Australian Governor 
 — Phillip — in searching for a more suitable spot 
 than Botany Bay, to which he had been despatched 
 by the British Government, had saved the eastern 
 sea-board of A. to Great Britain. But the bright 
 example was lost on Collins. King sent him the 
 report and survey of Grimes, which mentions the 
 Yarra. Indeed, Collins knew that the king's ship 
 which had brought him hither lay at her anchors 
 in Hobson's Bay for ten days, and filled up her 
 water-casks with fifty tons of fresh water obtained 
 from the river ; and also that one of her lieutenants 
 (M'Culloch) had actually walked from Saudridge 
 to the camp near Arthur's Seat, a distance of fifty 
 miles. But there can be no doubt of his having 
 had from the outset a personal preference for T. 
 The letters from Sir Joseph Banks to Governor 
 King, which llusden found in the papers of the 
 latter, clearly show that Collins before he left 
 London intended to go to V.D.L. During the 
 stay of Collins at Port Phillip Heads he issued 
 from time to time a number of orders. These 
 were printed at a small hand-press set up under a 
 gum tree on the beach, and a printed set has been 
 preserved in London. The original MSS. are 
 treasured in the Parliament Library of T. The 
 date of the first of these printed is 16th October 
 1803. An encampment was formed at the place 
 now known as Sorrento ; but disappointed at not 
 finding water at a spot which he regarded as being 
 sufficiently near the Heads, and an examination of 
 the port as far as Frankston on the E., and nearly 
 as far as the head of Corio Bay on the W., having 
 disclosed no good land, on 6th November he des- 
 patched an open boat to Sydney for the purpose 
 of informing Governor King of the unsuitability 
 of the place for the purposes of settlement, and 
 asking his permission to return to V.D.L. On 
 12th December he received King's answer, dated 
 26th November, granting the required permission, 
 and forwarding a copy of (Mmes's report with tiic 
 
 remarks, " The enclosure and accompanying survey 
 will inform you that your observations have been 
 fully anticipated. ... It appears as well by 
 Grimes' and Bobbins' survey as by your report 
 that Port Phillip is totally unfit in every point of 
 view to remain at without subjecting the Crown 
 to the certain expensive prospect of the soil not 
 being equal to raise anything for the support of 
 the settlement. Unless you should have made any 
 further observations to encourage you remaining 
 there — perhaps the upper part of the bay at the head 
 of the river may not have escaped your notice, as 
 that is the only part Grimes and those that were 
 with him speak the least favourably of." This was 
 the first intimation Collins had that there was a fresh 
 water river at the north of the Bay. It was brought 
 to him by the Ocean., one of the ships which 
 brought the party from England, and which had 
 been re-chartered to Sydney for the purpose of 
 removing the people and stores to the Kiver 
 Derwent. Shillinglaw however believes that the 
 Calcutta, the other of Collins's ships, and a man-of- 
 war, sailed up to Hobson's Bay on 18th November, 
 and lay there taking in fresh water from the Yarra, 
 after which she returned to the settlement on the 
 30th, and Labilliere has come to the same con- 
 clusion. There are grounds, however, for doubting 
 the statement. Tuckey, first-lieutenant to Collins, 
 wrote and published in London an account of the 
 voyage. This book bears internal evidence of not 
 being a log written from day to clay, but a nar- 
 rative of events and facts, some of which occurred 
 outside the sphere of his own observation, and 
 even after he had left the place. Thus he speaks 
 of the abandonment of the settlement, an event 
 which did not take place for four weeks after the 
 Calcutta had left the Bay for Sydney, and this fact 
 must be borne in mind as accounting for expressions 
 which might otherwise be taken to imply a 
 personal knowledge of certain facts on the dates 
 at which they are brought forward. On 16th 
 October Tuckey was sent with a party in two 
 boats in order to search the bay to the northward 
 to find, if possible, a more eligible site for settle- 
 ment. Oil the 21st he returned and reported that 
 he had discovered a stream of fresh water, which 
 appeared to be a branch from a large river at the 
 northern extremity of the port, and which, after 
 running through an extensive swamp, emptied 
 itself into the E. side of the port, about twenty- 
 eight miles from the entrance. He also said, " the 
 bed of the stream was covered with foliaceous 
 mica, which those in the boats at first conceived 
 to be gold dust, and thence expected they had 
 discovered an Elsatedorado." This description 
 can refer only to the Kananook Creek, which after 
 running through the Carrum Swamp empties 
 itself into the bay at the township of Frankston. 
 Knopwood, the chaplain to Collins's expedition, 
 kept a manuscript diary of the incidents of the 
 voyage to and first attempt at settlement on Port 
 Phillip. This diary is reprinted in Shillinglaw'a 
 Historical Records of Port l'hillip. The incidents
 
 Por] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 4T1 
 
 detailed are of very little interest taken separately. 
 Thus : On 25th November, Knopwood notes the 
 arrival at the settlement of Lieutenant M'Culloch, 
 of t lie Calcutta, who had walked round from the 
 watering-place during the day, — "not less than 
 forty or fifty miles, a very great undertaking." 
 The distance agrees with the distance round the 
 beach from Frankston to Sorrento, and this was 
 the only way a man would have dared to walk, 
 for the natives were gathering in large numbers — 
 so large that Collins feared an attack on the 
 settlement. On 28th November, M'Culloch 
 returned to the ship. His conveyance was Knop- 
 wood's boat ; and Knopwood and Humphries, the 
 mineralogist, accompanied him. His entry is as 
 follows: — "At 9 a.m. Lieut. M'Culloch, Mr. 
 Humphries and self, went in my boat to the Fresh 
 Water River, on the E.S.E. side of the Bay, where 
 H.M.S. Calcutta was watering; they were cutting- 
 wood. The distance across from the camp to the 
 ship is not less than thirty miles per water. At 
 seven we got on board ; at half-past it rained and 
 blew very hard, with thunder and lightning. 
 That eve Mr. Pattshall with the watering party 
 left the shore, having watered the ship." On 
 the 25th the first child was born in the settle- 
 ment and named William James Hobart Thorne. 
 On the 28th November the first marriage was 
 solemnised : "Richard Garratt, prisoner, to Hannah 
 Harvey, free." Tuckey grows poetical over the 
 circumstances of these first settlers. He writes : — 
 "Nothing could offer a more imposing picture of 
 reposing solitude than the wilds of Port Phillip on 
 our first arrival. Here Contemplation, with her 
 musing sister Melancholy, might find an undis- 
 turbed retreat. Often at the calm hour of evening 
 I have wandered through the woods — 
 
 Where the rude axe with heaved stroke, 
 Was never heard the nymphs to daunt, 
 Or fright them from their hallowed haunt. 
 
 The last hymn of the feathered choristers to the set- 
 ting sun, and the soft murmurs of the breeze, faintly 
 broke the death-like silence that reigned around ; 
 while the lightly trodden path of the solitary 
 savage, or the dead ashes of his fire, alone pointed 
 out the existence of human beings. In the course 
 of a very few weeks the scene was greatly altered ; 
 lanes were cut in the woods for the passage of the 
 timber carriages ; the huts of the woodmen were 
 erected beneath the sheltering branches of the 
 lofty trees ; the busy hum of their voices, and the 
 sound of their axes, reverberating through the 
 woods, denoted the exertions of social industry, 
 and the labours of civilisation. At other times, 
 sitting on the carriage of a gun, in front of the 
 camp, I have contemplated with succeeding emo- 
 tions of pity, laughter, and astonishment, the scene 
 before me. When I viewed so many of my fellow 
 men sunk, some of them, from a rank in life equal 
 or superior to my own, and by their crimes 
 degraded to a level with the basest of mankind ; 
 when I saw them naked, wading to their shoulders 
 in water to unload the boats, while a burning sun 
 
 struck its meridian rays upon their uncovered 
 heads, or yoked to and sweating under a timber 
 carriage, the wheels of which were sunk up to the 
 axle in sand, T only considered their hapless lot, 
 and the remembrance of their vices was for a 
 moment absorbed in the greatness of their punish- 
 ment." On 27th December four of the convicts 
 absconded. Their names were Buckley, Marmon, 
 Pye, and Gibson. The latter returned to the camp 
 in a very exhausted state on 24th January, and 
 reported having seen the river now called the Yarra 
 Yarra. Buckley's remarkable story is narrated 
 under his name. Pye and Marmon seem to have 
 perished in the bush, or, it may be, were murdered 
 by the blacks. On 24th January 1 81 >3 Collins, w ith 
 all the settlers and convicts, sailed for the settle- 
 ment formed by Bowen on the Derwent in Y.D.L. 
 McCombie says of Collins' abortive experiment : — 
 " In reading the history of the first effort to 
 colonise V., we may almost be inclined to believe 
 that an especial decree of All-wise Providence had 
 gone forth, that a colony so fair and fertile should 
 not be degraded by a convict origin. Nothing 
 prospered with the settlement ; and, as with the 
 Pilgrim Fathers on their landing at New Plymouth, 
 everything was found desolate and gloomy : sterile 
 soil, and distressing scarcity of fresh water, appear 
 to have given all connected with the expedition a 
 perfect dread of the country ; the whole of the 
 convicts, with the exception of a few (amongst 
 whom was the celebrated Buckley, who had 
 escaped and taken to the woods,) were re-embarked, 
 and the establishment removed to the Derwent 
 River. Tuckey has loft a history of this expedi- 
 tion. He seems to have had quite a literary turn, 
 as he gave to the world a narrative of an expedi- 
 tion to explore the River Zairee, or Congo, in 
 South Africa. He appears to have been an adven- 
 turous, brave, and ready-witted man ; and so 
 enthusiastically devoted to exploring, that like 
 many more of similar disposition he sacrificed his 
 life to his desire for the extension of geographical 
 and scientific knowledge. It seems however th \t 
 Collins had landed on the eastern shore of the 
 harbour, where the country is poor and sterile, and 
 water scarce in several spots. It is quite apparent 
 that no proper survey of the surrounding country 
 could have been made, as there are several tracts 
 of rich ground and excellent forest land at no 
 great distance from the shore. Collins seems to 
 have resolved to quit the shores of the bay with- 
 out making a proper survey of the inlet ; for, had 
 he examined its shores thoroughly with his boats, 
 he could not have helped discovering the Bay of 
 Corio, and many spots of great attraction. He 
 might have sailed up the Yarra and Saltwater 
 rivers and seen the beautiful and picturesque 
 scenery upon their banks." 
 
 IV. Hume and ffovell.— In October 1824 Hume 
 and Hovell succeeded in travelling overland from 
 Sydney, and struck the shores of Port Phillip on 
 t nth December, and camped near the present site 
 of Geelong. They learned this native name from
 
 472 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 IPor— Pr 
 
 the natives as denoting the inner harbour. The 
 picturesque eminence called by Flinders " Station 
 Peak " was named by the natives Willanmaneter, 
 and the Downs were called Iramoo. On the 18th 
 the party started on their return journey. In 1826 
 Hovell again saw Port Phillip, having come to 
 Western Port with the party under Wright. 
 
 V. Batman and Fawhier. — The foundation of 
 the colony by Batman and Baker in 1833 is fully 
 detailed under their respective names, and need 
 not be repeated here. From this point the history 
 of Port Phillip merges into that of Melbourne and 
 the colony. 
 
 PORT STEPHENS, a beautiful harbour of 
 N.S.W. The entrance points are named Yacaba 
 and Tomaree. Within the entrance are extensive 
 sand banks. It may be considered a large estuary 
 about fifteen miles in length, contracted near the 
 centre to the width of about a mile. The Karuah 
 River flows into this harbour at the north-west 
 corner, on which river stands Bourral, about twelve 
 miles up, it being the furthest point navigable. 
 The River Myall also discharges its waters into 
 this harbour. On the northern bank of Port 
 Stephens stands Carrington, a neat little town, 
 distant from Sydney by water 100 miles, and by 
 land 200 miles. 
 
 PORTLAND, a seaport town in V., on the west 
 coast of Portland Bay, 225 miles (277 postal) S.W. 
 of Melbourne, about the same distance E. from 
 Adelaide, fifty-five miles from Hamilton, to which 
 a railway line has been constructed. Portland 
 is in direct railway communication with the 
 metropolis. Portland was founded by the late 
 Edward Henty, who arrived on 19th November 
 1834 ; it is consequently the oldest settlement in V. 
 excepting Old Settlement Point on the shores of 
 Western Port Bay, where for nearly twelve months 
 detachments of the 3rd and 30th regiments, under 
 Captain Wright, were located in the year 1826. 
 It was first used as a whaling depot. The town, 
 on the high road to the west, overlooks the bay, 
 which is twenty-four by twelve miles, capable of 
 affording anchorage to the largest fleet in the 
 world. The bay is the natural outlet for an 
 immense tract of back country, comprehending 
 many millions of acres of agricultural and pastoral 
 land. There is jetty accommodation for the load- 
 ing and discharge of vessels, and the harbour 
 accommodation will eventually be much improved 
 by the construction of a breakwater. Portland 
 possessesa well-laid out botanical garden. The popu- 
 lation is about 2000. To the north-west of the town 
 lies the valley of the Wannon, which cultivated 
 with corn would produce as much annually as 
 would feed the whole population of Victoria; and 
 still further west, but within easy reach of the 
 buy, lies the Mount Gambier district, second to no 
 part of Australia for productiveness. The chief 
 exports are cattle, horses, sheep, wool, tallow, 
 hides, bark, butter, and recently wheat, corn, and 
 the different aorta of agricultural produce, 
 
 PORTLAND BAY, a fine harbour of V., was 
 discovered by Grant and named by him in honour 
 of the Duke of Portland. The principal rivers 
 which flow into this harbour are the Fitzroy, 
 Shaw, Hopkins, and Surrey rivers. 
 
 PORTUGUESE NAVIGATORS (EARLY.) In 
 1486 Bartholomew Diaz reached the southern 
 extremity of Africa, to which he first gave the 
 name of the Cape of Storms, subsequently changed 
 to the Cape of Good Hope. In 1497 Vasco di 
 Cama doubled the Cape and conducted a fleet to 
 India. In 1500 Pedro Alvarez de Cabral dis- 
 covered the coast of Brazil and took possession of 
 it in the name of the Portuguese Crown ; but 
 Brazil had been previously visited by Diego Lope 
 and Vicente Yonez Pinzon, who was the first to 
 cross the equator in the Atlantic. 
 
 POSSESSION POINT, in W.A., was discovered 
 and named by Vancouver in 1791. 
 
 POSSESSION ISLES are situated off the N.E. 
 coast of the continent. Possession Island, the 
 largest, was discovered by Cook in 1770, who says, 
 " As I am about to quit the eastern coast of New 
 Holland, which I have coasted from lat. 38° to 
 this place, and which I am confident no European 
 has ever seen before, I once more hoist English 
 colours, and though I have already taken posses- 
 sion of several parts, I now take possession of the 
 whole eastern coast in right of His Majesty King 
 George III." His men then fired three volleys 
 of small-arms, which were answered by the same 
 number from the ship and by three cheers from 
 the main shrouds. He re-embarked in the boat 
 and left this island, to which, from the ceremony 
 just performed, he gave the name of Possession 
 Island. 
 
 PRATT, SIR THOMAS SIMSON (—1879) 
 entered the Army as Ensign in February 1814 ; 
 served in Holland in the campaign of that year 
 with the 56th Regiment, and was present at the 
 attack on Merxein and the bombardment of 
 Antwerp ; served with the 26th Cameronians in 
 the China Expedition, for which he received the 
 medal ; commanded the land forces at the assault 
 and capture of the forts of Chuenpee in January 
 1841 ; again at the capture of the Bogue forts, 
 26th February. He commanded the 26th at the 
 attack on Canton ; also at the night attack on 
 Ningpo Woo Sung. He was Commander of the 
 Military Forces in Australia throughout the N.Z. 
 war in 1860 ; while thus employed in Australia 
 and N.Z. he held the rank of Major-General. 
 For his services he received the medal and was 
 created K.C.B. On 8th January 1860 he succeeded 
 Sir Edmund Macarthur in command of the 
 Military Forces of V. In May 1862 he was 
 appointed to the colonelcy of the 37th Regiment, 
 and retired from the active list under the pro- 
 visions of the Royal Warrant of May 1878, being 
 over the age of seventy years. 
 
 PRICE, JOHN, a native of Cornwall in Eng- 
 land, came to V.D.L. in 1835 and commenced
 
 Pri— Que] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 473 
 
 agricultural pursuits, but gave them up to enter 
 the service of the Government. He attracted 
 attention by his daring in the capture of bush- 
 rangers. In 1838 he was made Police Magistrate 
 of Hobart Town ; in 1848 he succeeded Captain 
 Mackonochie as Chief Superintendent at Norfolk 
 Island ; in 1853 he was appointed Chief Inspector 
 of Penal Establishments in V. On 26th March 
 1857 he was murderously attacked by eighty-two 
 of the convicts employed on the public works at 
 Williamstown, and received such severe injuries 
 that he died on the following day. 
 
 PRINCE OF "WALES ISLANDS, a cluster 
 of islands situated off the N.E. coast of the con- 
 tinent. They are much intersected by straits and 
 openings ; there is an appearance of a good port a 
 little to the S.W. of Horned Hill. 
 
 PRINCESS CHARLOTTE'S BAY, is an exten- 
 sive bight on the N.E. coast of the continent, 
 twenty-two miles deep and thirty-one broad. 
 There is, over the head of this bay, a remarkable 
 level topped hill, called by Cook, Jones' Table-land, 
 rendered conspicuous from the low nature of the 
 surrounding country. 
 
 PUDDING PAN HILL, on the N.E. coast of 
 the continent, is 384 feet high. It received this 
 appellation from Bligh, from a resemblance it has 
 to an inverted pudding-dish commonly used by 
 sailors. 
 
 PYRAMID HILL, a remarkable hill of granite, 
 in V., five and a half miles from Mount Hope. It 
 is a triangular pyramid, and stands quite isolated, 
 closely resembling the monuments of Egypt. 
 
 Q. 
 
 QUEENSCLIFF, a township at the entrance of 
 Port Phillip Bay, about thirty-two miles S. of 
 Melbourne — sixty-five miles by land. It is 
 situated on a small peninsula, connected with the 
 mainland by a narrow neck of land about 400 
 yards in width. Two lighthouses are here so 
 placed that when seen from seaward in one line 
 they form a leading mark for vessels entering. 
 The width of Port Phillip Heads, between Point 
 Nepean on the E. and Point Lonsdale on the W., 
 is about 4000 yards, but the navigable channel, 
 called the Rip, through which the tide rushes with 
 great velocity, is only about 1600 yards wide. The 
 entrance is protected by two batteries, one mount- 
 ing three 300-pounder guns, and the other three 
 80-pounders ; in case of war these would be 
 supplemented by lines of torpedoes laid across 
 the channels. A battery of seven guns is also 
 erected on Swan Island, which has been purchased 
 by the Government. Queenscliff is connected with 
 Geelong by railway. It is a fashionable watering 
 place, much frequented by Melbourne visitors in 
 summer. All vessels arriving from foreign ports 
 are here boarded by the Health Officer. 
 
 QUEENSLAND, the youngest of the Australian 
 Colonies, having been established in 1859, prior to 
 which date it formed the Moreton Bay district of 
 N.S.W. 
 
 Geographical Position and Area. — Q. occu- 
 pies the whole of the north-eastern portion of A., 
 commencing at a point of the E. coast about 4o0 
 miles N. of Sydney, called Point Danger. The 
 greater portion of the southern boundary-line is 
 formed by the 29th parallel of S. lat. The eastern 
 seaboard extends about 1300 miles to Cape York, 
 the extreme northern point of the continent. The 
 mean breadth of the territory is 900 miles from 
 the eastern coastline to the meridian of 138° E. 
 long., which forms the western boundary-line. 
 This includes the greater portion of the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria, which has a seaboard of about 900 
 miles. The whole of Q. comprises about 670,i H K I 
 square miles, nearly twelve times the area of 
 England and Wales. It is larger than the German 
 and Austrian empires with France and Belgium 
 added. It equals in size the united areas of Cali- 
 fornia, Oregon, Washington, Nevada and Utah. 
 
 Physical Features. — The physical features of 
 Q. are strongly marked. They consist (1) of a sea- 
 board from 50 to 100 miles broad ; (2) an elevated 
 table-land, or more strictly speaking, a succession 
 of undulating downs or plains, situated some 2i K K I 
 feet above the sea-level, and stretching back to 
 the W. for 400 or 500 miles, without continuous 
 rise or fall ; and (3) a succession of terraces 
 descending, generally with rapidity, but in some 
 places less perceptibly, until the more extended 
 level of the interior of the continent is reached. 
 There are thus three portions of territory, widely 
 differing in their peculiar capabilities. The sea- 
 board owes its origin to the action of a network 
 of streams issuing from the more elevated table- 
 land, and bringing down with them the disinte- 
 grated particles from the flanks of the Great Range. 
 Indeed the process may be still seen going on in 
 the immediate neighbourhood of the sea-shore, 
 and on a series of muddy and sandy islands lying 
 off the coast, which are thus yearly growing in 
 size. The more upland portions however, nearer 
 the Great Range, have long ceased to derive any 
 addition from this source, and now form excellent 
 districts for the growth of wheat, maize and other 
 cereals, which they produce in great luxuriance, 
 yielding generally two crops in the year, and as 
 much as 80 and 100 bushels to the acre. Indeed 
 the deep alluvial character of the soil and the 
 plentiful supply of warm showers, caused by the 
 influence of the Great Range, combine to produce 
 a very remarkable degree of fertility, while the 
 well-sustained slope of the whole seaboard prevents 
 that accumulation of stagnant waters which com- 
 municates so unhealthy a feature to many similarly 
 luxuriant regions within the tropics. The scenery 
 throughout the whole tract, and more especially 
 along the course of its numerous streams is of 
 the most delightful character. Lang writes : — 
 " Close to the water's edge rises a complete wall of 
 
 m3
 
 474 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Que 
 
 luxuriant foliage. Fig-trees, bean-trees, pines, and a 
 variety of other trees stand thickly set and over- 
 hung with a rich drapery of creepers, presenting 
 the forms of turrets, buttresses, festoons and 
 stalactites in endless variety, and bespangled with 
 flowers and fruit. There is a purple convolvulus, 
 wild roses, tulips and some yellow flowers scattered 
 high and low ; and close to the water's edge a pure 
 white lily. Cherries, figs and mulberries overhang 
 the water." More often however, the course of 
 these streams lies through a succession of thinly- 
 treed plains where the principal feature of the 
 day's journey is a series of beautiful flats or plains 
 of limited extent, each surrounded with an 
 amphitheatre of hills, with the river, flanked with 
 tall trees, and occasionally with lofty cedars, 
 stealing silently along in its deep bed. There is 
 nothing more remarkable in this part of the 
 territory than the way in which the fruits of the 
 temperate and torrid zones grow harmoniously 
 together in the same garden-plat, and fructify and 
 come to maturity each in its proper season. The 
 following almost incredible example of healthy 
 and rapid growth is reported by the same writer : — 
 " I may also mention, as a remarkable instance of 
 the extraordinary fertility of the district, that a 
 young peach tree, about eight feet high, and 
 covered with blossoms, happened to attract my 
 notice in the garden of the Eev. James Collins, 
 near Grafton ; and Mr. Collins informed me that 
 the peach-stone from which that tree had grown 
 had been planted by himself in the month of 
 January preceding, only eight months before." As 
 we descend this slope, however, to the immediate 
 borders of the sea-coast, much of the land assumes 
 a more dreary aspect, consisting chiefly of man- 
 grove-swamps, sand-banks and " drowned land," 
 in actual process of formation. But though less 
 refreshing to the eye, there is reason to suppose 
 that these tracts will prove highly valuable for the 
 cultivation of those varieties of the cotton plant 
 which love "salt swamp." The shore is well 
 supplied with bays, some of very considerable 
 extent, as Moreton Bay, Wide Bay, Port Curtis 
 and numerous others. These bays however are 
 not so much indentations of the coast-line as 
 enclosures formed by the islands we have already 
 mentioned. Moreton Bay itself is some 60 miles 
 long and 20 wide ; and they are all supplied with 
 rivers navigable for 50, 60 and 100 miles inland. 
 Moreton Bay possesses no less than five such 
 valuable rivers besides some smaller ones. One 
 of these, the Brisbane, gives its name to the 
 capital city of the colony, situated twenty-two miles 
 from its mouth. At this distance the mangrove- 
 swamps are entirely passed, and the city stands 
 upon a scene of surprising beauty. The noble 
 river which winds almost under foot, and appears 
 and disappears, and appears again, as it pursues 
 its tortuous course through the dark forest to the 
 bay, or is traced upwards to its sources, presents, 
 ever and anon, points of view surpassingly beauti- 
 ful ; the thick brushes on its banks, with the 
 
 majestic Moreton Bay pine overtopping all the 
 other giants of the forest, merely indicating the 
 spots of extraordinary fertility where the hand of 
 man is perhaps erecting his future dwelling, and 
 transforming the wilderness into smiling farms 
 and fruitful fields. The river here is a quarter of 
 a mile wide — a width which it preserves for several 
 miles upwards : indeed the Brisbane is navigable 
 for 150 miles inland, and steamers daily ply up its 
 course. The population of the city amounts to 
 about 35,000. Numerous handsome villas on a 
 succession of terraces overlook the town and 
 command splendid views of the surrounding 
 country. The city itself stands considerably 
 above sea-level, and is distinguished for its very 
 healthy climate, both during the summer and 
 winter months. Excepting the neighbourhood of 
 Sydney, which is perhaps the most beautiful city- 
 site in the world, it would be difficult to select a 
 more charming scene. The bays abound with 
 fish, turtle (of an excellence long known through- 
 out the neighbouring colonies,) crabs of three and 
 four pounds weight and very superior quality, and 
 the deep fisheries off the coast team with several 
 varieties of large fish of peculiar and most delicate 
 flavour. The next great physical feature of Q. is 
 the table-land constituting the flat back of the 
 Great Coast Bange. This range attains to its 
 mean elevation, or almost to its mean elevation, 
 at a distance of from 50 to 100 miles from the 
 sea-shore. Nor does it begin to descend into the 
 interior with any marked or continuous depression 
 until the sources of Mitchell's Victoria River, 
 about the 147th meridian, are passed. Thus, 
 commencing from the southern bounds of the 
 colony, an elevated region some 400 or 500 miles 
 broad stretches away thence to the shores of the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria — a distance of over 1000 miles, 
 giving an area of more than 400,000 square mOes. 
 The whole of this area, with the exception of the 
 two partial interruptions already mentioned, may 
 be described as a succession of wide open downs, 
 enclosed each within small subsidiary basaltic 
 ranges traversing the great plateau. These downs 
 are each of immense extent, and contain deep and 
 excellent agricultural soil, clothed with the richest 
 grasses, growing in wonderful luxuriance. They 
 are in a great measure destitute of trees, but the 
 bases of their enclosing ranges are furnished with 
 a handsome and stately description of pine, 
 behind which, and retiring into their recesses, 
 are found some valuable cedar trees. These 
 recesses are plentifully supplied with numerous 
 springs and rills, which, trickling down the slopes 
 of the raDges and traversing the enclosed plains, 
 unite and form the abundant network of rivers by 
 which this immense plateau is watered. Some of 
 the rivers — as the Clarence, the Richmond, the 
 Brisbane, the Fitzroy, the Burdekin, the Maranoa, 
 the Balonne, the Warrego, the Victoria — are of 
 considerable extent, and traverse in their windings, 
 peculiar to all Australian watercourses, immense 
 tracts of country. The Victoria, without taking
 
 Unci 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 17/. 
 
 into consideration its windings at all, possesses 
 a curiously protracted length of some 1500 miles. 
 These streams, according as their main course 
 tends to the east or the west, discharge themselves 
 into the Pacific or the interior of the continent, 
 and hence the term, " Great Dividing Range," 
 applied to this vast table-land, as parting the 
 eastern and western waters of the continent ; 
 though, as the range is entirely confined to the 
 eastern seaboard, the term itself is somewhat 
 misleading. Lang writes of this extensive river 
 system :— "Notwithstanding the generally received 
 calumny to which the great South Land has 
 hitherto been subjected in Europe, as being desti- 
 tute of springs of water, and to a vast extent 
 hopelessly barren and unavailable for the purposes 
 of man, it would perhaps be difficult to point to 
 any tract of country of equal extent, and within 
 the same parallels of latitude in either hemisphere, 
 in which there is a greater number either of 
 streams of water or of rivers available for naviga- 
 tion." Travellers throughout these vast plains all 
 concur in their admiration of the luxuriance of 
 the soil, the coolness and salubrity of the climate, 
 and the loveliness of the entire landscape. They 
 describe its countless rills issuing cool and limpid 
 from their pine-clad slopes — deep rivers stealing 
 through waving meadows — the golden sunlight 
 the rosy atmosphere and the songs of innumerable 
 birds which give an additional charm to each scene, 
 Sir George Bowen, in a speech delivered on the 
 occasion of his visit to the Darling Downs, said : — 
 " I wish to avail myself of this opportunity to 
 state publicly that my recent journey over the 
 Darling Downs has filled me with surprise and 
 admiration. Even before I left England, I knew 
 by report the rich natural resources and the 
 picturesque beauty of this district, the scenery of 
 which vividly recalls to my mind the general 
 aspect of the classic plains of Thessaly. But I 
 confess that I was not fully prepared for so won- 
 derfully rapid an advance in all that can promote 
 and adorn civilisation — an advance which has 
 taken place during the fourth part of an average 
 lifetime. Not only have I seen vast herds of 
 horses and cattle and countless flocks of sheep 
 overspreading the valleys and forests which, 
 within the memory of persons who have yet 
 scarcely attained to the age of manhood, were 
 tenanted only by wild animals and by a few 
 wandering tribes of savages; not only have I 
 travelled over roads beyond all comparison superior 
 to the means of communication which existed less 
 than a century ago in many parts of the United 
 Kingdom ; not only have I beheld flourishing- 
 towns arising in spots where, hardly twenty years 
 back, the foot of a white man had never yet 
 trodden the primeval wilderness ; not only have I 
 admired these and other proofs of material progress, 
 but I have also found in the houses of the long 
 chain of settlers who have entertained me with 
 such cordial hospitality all the comforts and most 
 of the luxuries and refinements of the houses of 
 
 country gentlemen in England. The wonderful 
 advance of this portion of the colony during the 
 last ten years is due to no sudden and fortuitous 
 discovery of the precious metals ; it is derived 
 wholly from the blessing of Providence on the 
 skill and energy of its inhabitants in subduing 
 and replenishing the earth. Assuredly I have 
 observed during the past week very remarkable 
 illustrations of the proverbial genius of the Anglo- 
 Saxon race for the noble and truly imperial art of 
 colonisation." The whole of this almost boundless 
 plateau — extending within the tropics, but elevated 
 2000 feet above sea-level — is peculiarly fitted for a 
 wide range of crops. Indeed, as vegetation is 
 continued during the whole year, the farmer has 
 only to choose his various seasons for bringing 
 most of the productions of the temperate and 
 tropical zones to maturity. Thus wheat, oats, 
 barley, maize, potatoes (and more especially the 
 sweet potato, which here grows to the weight of 
 twenty and even thirty pounds,) arrowroot, indigo, 
 and more generally, all the productions of the 
 kitchen garden, have already been cultivated with 
 great success. At present however, with the 
 exception of some townships and their surrounding 
 farms, these table-lands are clothed throughout 
 their vast extent with the rich and luxuriant 
 natural grasses of the country, and are roamed 
 over by the flocks and herds of some widely- 
 scattered sheep and cattle owners. 
 
 Mountains. — The highest mountains are the 
 Bellenden Ker peaks, not far from the coast, to the 
 north of Rockingham Bay, while Mount Dalrymple, 
 about 100 miles farther south, is over 4000 feet. 
 The ranges in the southern part of the colony are 
 not very lofty, but they contain the " Glasshouses" 
 and other singular volcanic peaks. 
 
 Rivers. — The principal rivers are the Burnett, 
 the Fitzroy and the Buidekin, emptying themselves 
 into the Pacific ; the Flinders, the Albert, the 
 Mitchell, the Gilbert and Norman emptying them- 
 selves into the Gulf of Carpentaria ; the Victoria 
 or Barcoo flowing through Cooper's Creek to Lake 
 Eyre ; the Dumaresque, Condamine and Warrego 
 flowing towards the Darling. 
 
 Bays. — The coast has many good harbours. 
 Besides the fine and extensive harbour of Moreton 
 Bay it has Hervey Bay, Keppel Bay, Port Curtis, 
 Port Bowen, Port Denison, Rockingham Bay, and 
 Port Albany, near Cape York. 
 
 Districts. — (1) The East and West Moreton 
 District lies between the Main Dividing Range 
 and the sea, and almost encircled by a rough 
 semicircle of hills. This tract of country, of which 
 Brisbane and Ipswich are the chief towns, was the 
 site of the original settlement of Moreton Bay. It 
 is watered by several rivers descending from the 
 ranges, of which the most important are the 
 Brisbane and Bremer, which uniting form a 
 navigable stream. Two long-shaped sandy islands 
 lie off the coast, forming the sheltered harbour of 
 Moreton Bay, into which, besides the Brisbane, 
 several smaller rivers rising in the mountain ranges
 
 476 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Lttue 
 
 also fall. In this tract of country the soil is of 
 better average quality near the ranges, and worse 
 near the sea, where the only really good land is 
 on the banks of the rivers and creeks. But that 
 good land is nearly all in the hands of selectors, 
 who profit by the remarkable range of production 
 rendered possible by the mild climate of the 
 district, and its moderate, well-distributed rainfall. 
 In no part of Q. and in few parts of the world is 
 it possible to grow such an infinite variety of 
 plants, vegetables and shrubs as in these districts. 
 Turnips, potatoes and cauliflower are grown within 
 sight of fields of cane, which mature and yield 
 excellent sugar. Bananas, oranges, pineapples 
 and peaches are the fruits most commonly grown ; 
 but a wonderful variety of trees indigenous to 
 the tropical and temperate zones are growing and 
 thriving in experimental gardens. Sugar cane is 
 cultivated in localities where the soil is suitable, 
 generally on the bank of a river, which also serves 
 as a waterway for the transport of canes from the 
 field to the mill. Besides sugar, arrowroot of fine 
 quality is produced. The settlers also grow maize, 
 potatoes — English and sweet — oats for hay, lucerne, 
 sorghum and tobacco. There are a number of 
 vineyards, and the cultivation of the grape vine 
 is increasing, especially in the country around 
 Ipswich and near the range. The winter frosts, 
 especially near the coast, are seldom severe enough 
 to injure any but the more delicate tropical 
 plants, while the cool season is sufficiently pro- 
 longed to give those from the temperate zone an 
 opportunity of gathering vigour and strength. 
 As in all the coast districts the country is pretty 
 thickly covered with trees, and on the banks of 
 some of the rivers the pencil cedar is found. The 
 local pine furnishes employment to sawmills in 
 Brisbane and several townships of the districts. 
 The Moreton districts are not so rich in minerals 
 as some parts of the colony. Gold has been found 
 in reefs in different places, and has been worked 
 in the immediate neighbourhood of Brisbane ; but 
 the finds have not been important. But the 
 Brisbane and its tributaries intersect an important 
 coal basin from which large and increasing quan- 
 tities of the mineral are being raised. (2) The 
 Darling Downs District, although on the western 
 side of the watershed of the Main Dividing 
 Bange, enjoys many of the advantages of the 
 coast districts. The atmosphere is fairly charged 
 with moisture, and the rainfall frequent ; run- 
 ning streams are numerous, and the high average 
 fertility of the soil has gained for it the name 
 of the Garden of Q. Agricultural settlement 
 has made considerable progress, especially in 
 the eastern portion, and several important 
 towns, as Toowoomba, Warwick and Dalby, 
 have grown up as centres for the pastoral and 
 agricultural population. Originally the Darling 
 Downs was the best known and most highly 
 esteemed pastoral district in Q. It possessed 
 unusual advantages, having to a great extent the 
 same open grassy plains as the interior, fertile 
 
 soil growing a thick sward of sweet aud very 
 nutritious pasturage, as well as an abundant rain- 
 fall. These advantages attracted the attention of 
 the land selectors and agriculturists, to whom, after 
 a prolonged struggle, the pastoral occupiers had 
 partly to give way. The construction of the 
 railway from Brisbane to Toowomba, and thence 
 towards the N.S.W. border, gave a great impetus 
 to settlement. Still the district, though appearing 
 as a small patch on the map of Q., is a large tract 
 of country containing some millions of acres not 
 yet alienated from the Crown. The grazier finds 
 the Darling Downs equally suitable for sheep or 
 cattle, and climate and natural pasturage are of 
 the kind that suit either the merino or the coarser 
 woolled sheep. The sharp winter frosts, however, 
 debar the agriculturist from attempting the 
 cultivation of tropical plants or trees, but they 
 enable him to cultivate with marked success all 
 the products of the temperate zone. There is 
 reason to hope that this will become a great wheat 
 district. The principal mineral in this district is 
 tin, found near the southern border. The dis- 
 covery of stream tin in that locality led to the 
 foundation of the town of Stanthorpe. Gold has 
 been found in one or two places and some 
 promising reefs are being worked near Warwick. 
 But the district is so rich in the fertility of the 
 surface soil that, with its regular rainfall, temperate 
 and bracing climate, it would be certain to maintain 
 an important position even without the tin on its 
 borders, its reefing patches, or the coal seams in 
 more than one locality. (3) The Wide Bay and 
 Burnett Districts. The first of these lies nearest 
 to the coast, and takes its name from a sheltered 
 sheet of water somewhat similar to Moreton Bay, 
 enclosed by a large island known as Frazer's 
 Island. Into this bay the Mary Biver, running 
 from S. to N. and draining the larger half of the 
 district, falls. Maryborough, the chief seaport 
 town, is built on the navigable part of it, about 
 twenty-five miles from the mouth. The northern 
 end of the district is crossed by the Burnett River, 
 on which the seaport of Bundaberg is built. 
 Other smaller streams, of which the Burrum 
 is the most considerable, fall into the sea 
 within the limits of the Wide Bay district. 
 The remarks made concerning the soil in the 
 Moreton district apply to Wide Bay, and it enjoys 
 a similar climate, though perhaps warmer. The 
 banks of the Mary and its tributary creeks were 
 originally clothed with thick scrub, but on the 
 lower reaches these have been nearly all cleared, 
 and sugar-growing as well as general cultivation is 
 carried on. On the Upper Mary the prevalence of 
 frost and the absence of water carriage has pre- 
 vented settlers from growing cane ; but the rich 
 lauds which flank the mountain ranges that form 
 the western watershed of the Mary have been 
 largely selected, and are being used for depasturing 
 stock, and some cultivation. In the northern end 
 of the district traversed by the Burnett Biver the 
 soil is of more uniformly good character, even close
 
 Que] 
 
 t:VUL()l\El>IA Oi' AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 477 
 
 to the sea coast, and is becoming an important 
 agricultural centre. At present the farmers con- 
 fine themselves mainly to maize, but steps are 
 being taken to establish sugar cultivation, for 
 which soil and climate are both suitable. The 
 Wide Bay district is extremely rich in minerals. 
 On the Upper Mary is the goldfield of Gympie, 
 the first of any importance discovered in Q. 
 Although not so extensive as the auriferous areas 
 of the North, Gympie maintains a high average 
 of productiveness as a reefing-field. It was dis- 
 covered in 1867, and the exceedingly rich alluvial 
 field attracted a great "rush" from all the colonies. 
 The reefs were speedily found, and after the alluvial 
 had been partly exhausted were vigorously attacked. 
 The output of gold has averaged about 40,000 
 ounces for many years, and the reefs show no sign 
 of deteriorating in the lower levels of the mines. 
 Besides gold, the ores of a variety of other metals 
 are found in this district. The ranges that form 
 the northern watershed of the Mary are seamed 
 with metallic veins. Of these a large proportion 
 are copper lodes which were worked some years 
 ago, when the high price of the metal enabled the 
 miners to overcome the disadvantages of land 
 carriage and inadequate mining plant. Galena has 
 been found in the same locality ; and veins of 
 cinnabar, which have been superficially worked to 
 extract quicksilver for the use of the Gympie 
 machines. Antimony has been mined at Neardie, 
 and exists in large accessible lodes. Zinc and 
 other ores have been found — bismuth and cobalt 
 among the number. Coal abounds. According to 
 surface indications the whole country from the 
 Lower Mary to the Burnett River appears to be 
 more or less of a coal basin. A number of pits 
 have been sunk on the seams, and several thousand 
 tons of excellent coal raised. The timber forests 
 of Wide Bay have always been a considerable 
 source of wealth to the district. They contain 
 cedar, immense quantities of pine, and excellent 
 hardwood, consisting of iron-bark and other 
 timbers. Noosa, the timber scrubs, are found 
 in the neighbourhood of a connected string of 
 picturesque shallow lakes, separated from the 
 coast by a narrow strip of land. The timber is 
 cut up on the spot and sent around by sea 
 to Brisbane. The Maryborough saw mills are 
 supplied with logs from the timber scrubs of 
 Frazer's Island, and the opposite mainland as 
 well as the upper reaches of the Mary River. 
 Those at Bundaberg draw their supplies from the 
 extensive coast scrubs. Both Wide Bay and 
 Moreton Bay abound with fish. In their sheltered 
 waters a number of men find employment in 
 capturing the dugong, and preparing a valuable 
 medicinal oil from its fat, and thick tough leather 
 from its hide. The pasturage of Wide Bay 
 resembles that of the Moreton district, and is 
 more suitable for cattle than sheep ; but in the 
 Burnett district which lies directly west of it, the 
 pastoral country is of higher average quality. 
 This district is as yet mainly pastoral. It includes 
 
 the whole watershed of the Upper Burnett and its 
 numerous tributaries. About 10,000 square miles 
 of country are held under pastoral lease in tho 
 district, and a good deal of land has been selected, 
 but the selections are almost exclusively used for 
 depasturing stock. Its climate is drier and colder 
 than that of Wide Bay, but moist enough for 
 agriculture, and the district resembles the Darling 
 Downs in this respect and in the fertility of the 
 soil, suitable both for sheep and cattle, but the 
 latter are preferred. In the north-eastern portion 
 of the district valuable copper deposits occur. 
 One mine was worked for some time, yielding a 
 profit in three or four years equal to about five 
 times its capital. A sudden fall in the price of 
 copper led to the abandonment of most of the 
 mining operations. (4) The Port Curtis and 
 Leichhardt districts embrace the whole water- 
 shed of all the numerous tributaries of the 
 Fitzroy River, which falls into the .sea in Keppel 
 Bay at the point where the tropic of Capricorn 
 intersects the coast line of Q. Port Curtis is a 
 comparatively narrow strip of country occupying 
 the whole seaboard. The Leichhardt is two or 
 three times as large, stretching westward to the 
 watershed of the Main Dividing Range, which at 
 this point is about two hundred miles from the 
 coast. Port Curtis is crossed by the Fitzroy 
 River, which is for the last twenty or thirty miles 
 of its course a broad navigable stream. The 
 seaport of Rockhampton, built on it, is the out- 
 port for the central districts of Q., and the 
 terminus of one of the trunk lines of railway now 
 being extended westward from the coast. A 
 number of small streams rising in broken and hilly 
 country in various parts of the district fall into 
 the sea at several points on the coast. Near the 
 southern end of the district is the sheltered 
 harbour of Port Curtis, which has given its name 
 to it. But although this is the finest harbour in 
 southern or central Q., and Gladstone, which is 
 built on it, is one of the oldest settlements in the 
 colony, it has never grown beyond the size of a 
 township ; the trade current having set entirely to 
 Rockhampton. That portion of the district of 
 which it is the natural outport is full of metalli- 
 ferous veins and gold reefs ; but mining of all 
 sorts has been carried on only in a fitful manner. 
 Small gold reefing areas have been worked near 
 Rockhampton, but none have attained any impor- 
 tance as mining centres. Copper mines have been 
 opened and worked in the district, but are now all 
 abandoned. There is little agriculture carried on 
 in the Port Curtis district, though a good deal of 
 land has been taken up in the neighbourhood of 
 Rockhampton. The selectors confine themselves 
 mainly to stock-keeping and dairy work. The 
 soil of the district is on the whole good, it is 
 pretty thickly wooded, although with the 
 exception of the ordinary hardwood there is not 
 much marketable timber. But the rainfall is 
 unevenly distributed, and prolonged intervals of 
 dry weather militate against agriculture. As
 
 478 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Clue 
 
 to climate it occupies an intermediate position 
 between the temperate and tropical portions of the 
 coast country, and the temperature is decidedly 
 high. For pastoral purposes Port Curtis is -well 
 adapted, though atockowners are compelled to 
 confine their attention to cattle. But the native 
 grasses are of higher average quality than in Wide 
 Bay. The large district of Leichhardt is distinctly 
 pastoral country, the area of available country 
 held under lease in 1879 amounting to 18,732 
 square miles. Although portions of it are sandy 
 and scrubby, others are exceedingly fertile land. 
 The blacksoil volcanic plains and downs of the 
 Comet were considered at one time to be equal to 
 the finest pastoral country in Q., but a few of the 
 stations have deteriorated, owing mainly to over- 
 stocking. The Leichhardt is well watered, and 
 contains a fair proportion of running streams and 
 brooks. The country is adapted either for sheeiJ 
 or cattle, but the latter are chiefly depastured on 
 it. (5) The North and South Kennedy Districts 
 consist of the extensive watershed of the Burdekin, 
 embracing an even larger area of country than the 
 affluents of the Fitzroy. They form two irregular 
 triangles, joined by a base line running about east 
 and west. Of the South Kennedy district little 
 more than an angle touches the sea ; of the North 
 Kennedy, a whole side is seaboard. The western 
 boundary of both districts is the Main Dividing 
 Eange, which forks opposite their connecting 
 point, one division of the great watershed stretch- 
 ing westward, the other forming the boundary of 
 the North Kennedy, trending rapidly towards the 
 sea. The small seaboard of the South Kennedy 
 includes the sugar-growing district of Maekay, 
 formed on the rich lands of the Pioneer river. 
 The town of that name situated on the navigable 
 portion of the river owes its rise entirely to the 
 establishment of sugar-growing, which prospered 
 almost from the beginning. Not only is the soil 
 very fertile, and of the character most suitable for 
 cane-growing, but the climate is unusually favour- 
 able for the manufacture of sugar. It is tropical 
 and free from frost, and while there is a sufficient 
 rainfall to ensure the growth of the cane, the 
 planter can nearly always reckon on a prolonged 
 spell of dry weather when he requires to turn his 
 crop into sugar, and rain would interfere with 
 crushing operations. It is estimated that over 
 100,000 acres of excellent sugar land are to be 
 found in this locality ; and about 12,000 acres are 
 actually under crop. In the southern inland angle 
 of South Kennedy, on the watershed of the 
 Belyando, one of the tributaries of the Burdekin, 
 is the pastoral and mineral district of Peak 
 Downs. The surface of the country is covered 
 with fertile black soil clothed with a fine sward 
 of .mass and herbage. The Peak Downs sheep 
 stations are reckoned among the finest pastoral 
 properties in the colony, and immense sums of 
 money have been spent on improving them. A 
 small goldfield near Clermont, the chief centre of 
 population, has been worked since the separation 
 
 of Q. from N.S.W., and still continues to yield 
 small quantities of gold. But the most important 
 mine has been the Peak Downs copper mine. 
 This rich mineral deposit, discovered in 1860, was 
 taken in hand by a N.S.W. company and worked 
 with vigour. The lodes were large and produced 
 immense quantities of rich ore, so that in 
 spite of the cost of wood fuel, and the land 
 cartage of 180 miles to port, the operations were 
 profitable. During the years that copper was high 
 priced the mine gave dividends nearly equal to its 
 whole capital. The fall in price of copper threw 
 the affairs of the company into confusion from 
 which they did not recover. The mine is still 
 being worked, though on a small scale, by tributors, 
 and appears to be far from exhausted. Several 
 un worked copper lodes exist in the district. North 
 Kennedy is eminently a mineral and above all a 
 gold producing country. The reefing districts, of 
 which Charters Towers is the centre, produced in 
 1879, 8.3,275 ozs. gold, and the neighbouring reef- 
 ing centre of Kavenswood 15,744 ozs. But the 
 actual gold production of this district gives no idea 
 of its capabilities. There is practically no alluvial 
 mining, and the quartz reefs extend over an area 
 of about 120 square miles of proclaimed auriferous 
 ground, besides a great deal of country not yet 
 included in any official proclamation. Besides 
 gold, the silver lodes of Kavenswood are attracting 
 attention and are likely to prove profitable. 
 Copper lodes are also found in several localities. 
 The mining centre of Charters Towers having 
 assumed a settled and permanent character, atten- 
 tion is being paid to the surface soil in its neigh- 
 bourhood. Homesteads embracing an aggregate 
 area of about 3000 acres have been taken up ; the 
 holders, though but mainly engaged in stock- 
 keeping and dairying, practise a little agriculture. 
 Although close on the 20th parallel of south 
 latitude, the country lying at a considerable eleva- 
 tion above the sea has a climate rather sub-tropical 
 than tropical, and grapes have been found to 
 thrive and mature. The summer though hot is 
 distinctly healthy, and there is a pleasant cool 
 season. The interior of the district contains some 
 excellent pastoral country, but unsuited for sheep. 
 On the coast of North Kennedy lies the beautiful 
 harbour of Port Dennison, a land-locked sheet of 
 water, unequalled for shipping purposes by any 
 other natural port north of Port Jackson. But 
 the town of Bowen, built on it, has been com- 
 mercially unfortunate. Possessing this noble 
 harbour, a climate so temperate and equable that 
 the place is used as a sanitarium by those who 
 have to endure the fiercer heat of the far north, it 
 has been deprived of its inland trade by the 
 newer settlement of Townsville on Cleveland Bay. 
 Nevetheless, Bowen is a prosperous little place. 
 It is the main centre of general agriculture — as 
 distinct from sugar-planting— in the north. A 
 number of settlers have formed homesteads and 
 cultivated maize, potatoes, <&c, besides planting 
 orchards in which oranges, mangoes, custard
 
 Que] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 479 
 
 apples, lemons, citrons, pineapples, limes, &c, 
 grow with marked success. There is excellent 
 agricultural land in the neighbourhood, and much 
 of the soil is said to bo quite suitable for sugar 
 cultivation. Gold is found at no great dis- 
 tance, galena exists, and tin has been dis- 
 covered. The Government geologist speaking 
 of the coal measures on the Bowen River 
 says : — "The coalfield is the geological equivalent of 
 tho most valuable part of the N.S.W. measures." 
 At the extreme northern end of the seaboard of 
 the district, where the Main Dividing Range sends 
 down its spurs to the sea, lies the port of Cardwell, 
 near which, on the rich alluvial flats of the Herbert 
 River, sugar-growing has been long established. 
 Although both soil and climate are suitable for 
 cane cultivation the industry has not advanced; its 
 progress being delayed by the isolated position of 
 the settlement. Some plantations however seem 
 tn have overcome the initiatory difficulties. (6) The 
 Cook District occupies the whole of the Cape 
 York Peninsula, having on its seaboard on one 
 side the ocean— the coast here being sheltered 
 throughout its length by the Great Barrier Reef — 
 and on the other the Gulf of Carpentaria. This 
 large district— the largest in the colony — is hardly 
 yet thoroughly explored, and was almost unknown 
 till the Palmer "rush" of 1874 ; but so far as it 
 has been examined it appears to possess in unusual 
 variety and abundance all the sources of natural 
 wealth with which Q. is so richly endowed. The 
 Main Range running parallel to the east coast from 
 south to north is visible for several hundred miles 
 from the sea. In some places it runs to lofty 
 crests such as the Bellenden Kerr Mountains, of 
 which some peaks are 6000 feet high ; in others it 
 forms a mountain wall which viewed from the sea 
 appears to forbid access to the interior. But the 
 mountains themselves are clothed to their summits 
 with luxuriant vegetation ; in the belt of coast 
 land at their feet are tracts of good land ; they are 
 pierced by valleys carved out by swift rivers, 
 enshrouded by dense forests of pine, cedar and 
 other valuable timbers growing in the richest soil ; 
 and in places they fall back and encircle large 
 tracts of the richest agricultural country. From 
 the western slopes of the range descend rivers 
 which fall into the Gulf of Carpentaria. The 
 head waters and tributaries of these rivers have all 
 given names to gold workings, such as the Gilbert 
 and Etheridge, the Hodgkinson, including the 
 Tate and Walsh, and the Palmer, which with its 
 tributaries form the well-known goldfield of that 
 name. It is the range which is auriferous, or 
 rather metalliferous, for even on the narrow belt of 
 country between it and the east coast gold and tin 
 have been found ; and where further north it 
 trends more towards the centre of the peninsula 
 the rivers descending from it and falling into the 
 ocean, such as the Normanby and Coleman, also 
 traverse auriferous country. It may almost be said 
 of the Cook District so far as it is known that it 
 is one vast goldfield. The extensive but shallow 
 
 alluvial deposits of the Palmer attracted the first 
 great "rush" of miners, Eur< ipean and Chinese ; but 
 the former soon discovered reefs in all directions. 
 The Palmer, Hodgkinson and Etheridge are names 
 applied generally to what are really provinces 
 seamed with gold reefs. The extent of auriferous 
 ground actually included in the proclaimed gold- 
 fields is 14,600 square miles ; but there are 
 thousands of square miles of gold-bearing country 
 on which no discovery of a sufficiently startling 
 nature has attracted a "rush" of miners, and which 
 has not therefore been formally proclaimed. Tho 
 latest official report of the Mines Department gives 
 the number of lines of reef proved to be auriferous 
 in the proclaimed fields as 854, but these constitute 
 only a small percentage of the reefs known to exist. 
 But the workings being in the hands almost 
 exclusively of the Chinese, they add little or 
 nothing to the capital stock of the colony. Only 
 about a third of the coast line on the eastern sido 
 of the district has been partly occupied, and tho 
 western or Gulf side has hardly been even 
 examined. On the east coast the principal sea- 
 port is Cooktown, founded by the rush to the 
 Palmer, of which field it is the outport. To the 
 south of Cooktown are Port Douglass and Cairns, 
 smaller ports originally opened as outlets for tho 
 Hodgkinson. There is a good deal of agricultural 
 land in the neighbourhood of these places, which 
 is leading to some permanent settlement. Tin is 
 found in the mountainous country at the back of 
 the two last-named ports. In the southern part of 
 the district a fine tract of agricultural country on 
 tho banks of the Johnstone River has been taken 
 up for sugar-growing. Large quantities of cedar 
 are cut on the river side scrubs of the Daintree 
 and Mossman Rivers, and shipped south in log. 
 In describing the east coast its peculiar formation 
 should be mentioned. It is everywhere sheltered 
 by the line of the Barrier Reef, which with a few 
 breaks extends as far as Cape York. Inside the 
 Reef are archipelagos of islands of all sizes and 
 shapes, for the most part rocky and unfertile, but 
 of the most picturesque form. The coasting 
 steamers follow a deep wide channel between the 
 mainland and the reef and among the islands. 
 No more pleasant pleasure trip can be taken in 
 Australia than a coasting voyago along the north 
 coast of Q. The sheltered water, stirred only into 
 a gentle ripple by the fresh cool trade wind, is 
 seldom rough enough to discompose the most 
 sensitive traveller. As the boat pursues its journey 
 every mile discloses a new combination of mountain 
 and island scenery; the grand outlines of the 
 former softened by their mantle of luxuriant green, 
 and the fantastic shapes of the latter, rendered 
 attractive by the contrast of grey rock, dazzling 
 white sand, and blue sparkling water. The pearl 
 shell and beche-de-mer fishery, carried on among 
 the islands off the coast, especially in or near the 
 Torres Straits, must be mentioned. This industry 
 gives employment to a number of boats and men. 
 The Chinese have engaged in the collection of
 
 480 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Que 
 
 the beche-de-mer, and a junk built by them in 
 Cooktown trades among their fishing stations. 
 (7) The Interior District includes the districts of 
 Maranoa, Warrego, Mitchell, North Gregory and 
 South Gregory. According to the last report of 
 the Lands Department the extent of country held 
 under pastoral lease was, of available pasturage 
 178,433 square miles, and of unvailable 72,360; in 
 all a territory about one-fourth larger than the 
 colony of N.S.W. There is some country not yet 
 taken up, so that the gross area of this division is 
 larger than the total amount of land held under 
 pastoral lease. It may fairly be calculated that 
 the interior of Q. contains at least 200,000 square 
 miles of good pastoral country. As a rule it is all 
 open, there is very little of what is known as 
 "forest." Enormous plains stretching to a van- 
 ishing point on the horizon, or undulating 
 downs over which, from an elevation, the eye 
 can range forty or fifty miles without a 
 check, and the whole sheeted with grass or 
 nutritious herbs; such is the general descrip- 
 tion of the interior. Belts of timber fringe the 
 watercourses, and there are in places extensive 
 scrubs comprised mainly of short gnarled trees 
 with no entangling creepers or vines, but often 
 filled with saline shrubs or plants which are eaten 
 greedily by the stock. The watercourses are mere 
 channels connecting pools of greater or less magni- 
 tude ; there are very few springs, and no running 
 water, and the whole unite to form one or two 
 main channels leading into the huge shallow lakes 
 of S.A. The scarcity of surface water is the 
 main defect of the country, but is easily remedied 
 by the construction of dams and reservoirs, for 
 which the formation of the water channels is 
 generally suitable. The air is pure and exceedingly 
 dry, there is seldom any dew at night, and the 
 rainfall is scanty and irregular. Naturally under 
 these climatic conditions the temperature is 
 variable and apt to be in extremes. The sun's 
 heat in the daytime is very great, but by no means 
 so oppressive as the thermometer readings would 
 lead one to suppose, for the air is always elastic 
 and the fresh breeze that plays incessantly over 
 the downs and plains is singularly invigorating. 
 When the sun sets the temperature falls rapidly, 
 and it is rarely that the bushman is inclined to 
 dispense with his blanket even in the midst of 
 summer. In winter the cold is severe, and four, 
 five and six degrees of frost during the night or 
 early morning are not uncommon. It is a decidedly 
 healthy climate, and Europeans preserve their 
 vigour undiminished through a great deal of 
 hardship. For persons having a tendency to 
 phthisis the interior is one of the best climates in 
 the world — its dry, pure, invigorating atmosphere 
 is a more efficacious remedy for this disease than 
 any medicine in the pharmacopoeia. It is essentially 
 a pastoral country, and peculiarly suited for rearing 
 merino sheep. At present it is mainly occupied 
 by cattle, but the fact is due to its recent occupa- 
 tion, as pioneers prefer this description of stock 
 
 when pushing out into the wilderness. However 
 in all directions the squatters are preparing their 
 runs for sheep, and it is probable that in a few 
 years the wool production of these districts will 
 be very considerable. Already Queenslanders are 
 apt to speak of this territory as their Riverina, 
 but a Riverina on a gigantic scale. It is, however, 
 doubtful whether it can be used for any but 
 pastoral purposes, as the dry climate seems to 
 preclude the possibility of growing anything but 
 wheat, and perhaps in places grapes and deep 
 rooting fruit trees. Nor does it seem to possess 
 any great store of minerals. Indications of coal 
 have been seen in some places, and at one locality 
 a number of very beautiful opals have been found. 
 (8) The Burke District is hardly yet thoroughly 
 explored, although 31,542 square miles of available 
 and 7315 square miles of unavailable country are 
 at present held under pastoral lease. This how- 
 ever is only a portion of the area included within 
 its boundaries. The southern part of the district 
 resembles, in its general character, the interior ; 
 but as the shores of the Gulf of Carpentaria are 
 approached its appearance changes, and it becomes 
 more thoroughly tropical. The northern part of the 
 district is well watered by numerous rivers falling 
 into the Gulf, and on one of these the small town 
 of Normanton is built. When the project of a trans- 
 continental railway is carried out there will, of 
 course, be a large commercial town formed on the 
 Gulf. At present the population of the country 
 is scanty, and is only partly occupied even by 
 pastoral settlers. For pastoral purposes the 
 greater part of the Burke is very good. It is 
 mainly cattle country, although sheep have been 
 put on runs near its southern boundary. It is rich 
 in minerals, the Dividing Range and spurs leading 
 from it showing indications of gold and other 
 metals in many places. One remarkable deposit 
 of virgin copper and rich ores of the same metal 
 was discovered many years ago near the upper 
 part of the Cloncurry River, but its great distance 
 from port and the absence of roads have up to 
 the present time prevented its utilization. For 
 the same reason there has been little regular 
 exploration for metals, which could not in such a 
 remote country, be profitably worked. Enough 
 however has been discovered to make it certain 
 that the Burke district possesses a good deal 
 of mineral wealth in addition to its excellent 
 pastoral country. 
 
 Climate. — In addition to the remarks made on 
 the climate of the several districts of Q., the 
 following general observations are quoted from 
 Wallace : — "As Q. extends only five degrees beyond 
 the tropic, it of course possesses a more uniformly 
 hot climate than the more southern settlements 
 wholly in the temperate zone. It may however be 
 doubted whether the heat is so oppressive as 
 farther south, since Q. is almost wholly free from 
 the exceptional hot winds from which the other 
 colonies suffer ; while their sudden and extreme 
 changes of temperature are equally unknown here.
 
 Que] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 481 
 
 During a large part of the year the weather is 
 fine, the sky cloudless, the atmosphere dry and 
 exhilarating. The three summer months — Decem- 
 ber, January and February— are hot, and as much 
 rain falls at this time tropical moisture and heat 
 are combined. In all the coast districts the rain- 
 fall is great, being about 50 inches at Brisbane 
 and Rockhampton, while at Rockingham Bay it 
 is 90 inches. Inland it decreases rapidly. At 
 Gympie, about 30 miles from the coast, it is 44 
 inches ; at Nebo, 70 miles, 21 inches ; while at 
 Springsure, 160 miles inland, it is only 17 inches. 
 At greater distances inland it is much less and 
 altogether uncertain ; the Alice Downs, on the 
 Thompson and Barcoo rivers, having about 10 
 inches, with excessive evaporation. The north 
 coast has the regular tropical monsoons, giving 
 about seven months dry and five months wet 
 weather. The mean temperature at Brisbane is 
 69° Fahr., and the changes of the thermometer are 
 far less extreme than at Sydney or Melbourne, 
 while cool southerly breezes prevail throughout 
 the year, so that the heat is rarely felt to be 
 oppressive. Over by far the larger part of the 
 colony frost and ice are unknown, while at Brisbane 
 the winter is a most delightful season, with cool 
 mornings and evenings, bright and warm days, the 
 sky always blue, and the air wonderfully trans- 
 parent. This colony is almost entirely free from 
 epidemic diseases, and is very favourable to the 
 European constitution, especially to those with a 
 tendency to consumption. Although most of the 
 mining districts are well within the tropics, the 
 dryness and purity of the air are such that 
 Europeans pursue the laborious occupation of 
 gold-mining as easily as in other parts of A." 
 
 Natural History. — " The natural products of 
 Q. differ chiefly from those of N.S.W. by the 
 presence of a number of tropical forms, which 
 everywhere intermingle with the usual Australian 
 types. Thus in the vegetation of A. we first meet 
 with the screw-pines at Moreton Island, in latitude 
 27° S., and Araucarias at Port Bowen, just within 
 the tropic. The sea-coasts are chiefly tenanted by 
 an Indian vegetation, including mangroves and 
 pandani. Farther inland we have many Indian 
 genera of leafy trees, very different from the usual 
 Australian type. This is hence called the ' brush- 
 wood' or 'cedar' country, and it also contains 
 numerous Malayan forms, especially palms of the 
 genera Cycas, Areca, Caryota and Calamus 
 Bamboos and epiphytic orchids are however rare, 
 and everywhere Eucalypti, Acacia' and other 
 specially Australian forms make up the bulk of 
 the vegetation. Farther inland, over the elevated 
 sandstone plains, is found a peculiar vegetation of 
 small trees and shrubs and the curious bottle-trees 
 with swollen trunks. It is very singular that in 
 tropical A. the number of genera and species of 
 plants is much less than in the temperate parts of 
 the continent. Only about 2200 tropical species 
 are known, and Sir Joseph Hooker thinks that 
 the total number will not exceed 3000. The known 
 
 species are therefore hardly more than a third of 
 the numbers found in temperate A. It is to be 
 noted too that about 500 species are quite identical 
 with those of India and Malaya. Another peculiar 
 feature of the tropical Australian flora is that 
 several important families, abundant in the trojiics 
 of other parts of the world and also found in 
 temperate A., are either scarce or altogether absent. 
 In the animal world there is no such striking 
 difference. There are no peculiarly tropical forms 
 of mammals in A., except a Cuscus allied to those 
 found in the Moluccas and New Guinea, and a sea- 
 cow allied to that of India. In birds however several 
 forms allied to the Paradise birds of New Guinea 
 occur near the northern coasts. In insects, too, 
 there is a great change in the numbers, size, and 
 colour of the butterflies. The golden-green bird- 
 winged butterfly is found all through Q,, and even 
 as far south as Richmond River in N.S.W. ; but 
 its small size, in comparison with its Papuan 
 relatives, betrays the inferiority in climate and 
 vegetation ; and on the whole, the butterflies of 
 Northern Australia are far inferior in variety and 
 beauty to those of the Moluccas and New Guinea. 
 In beetles Australia is very rich, and differs 
 greatly from the Austro-Malayan fauna ; and this 
 difference appears to pervade the tropical as well 
 as the temperate regions. The Australian weevils 
 abound in large and peculiar forms, while the 
 allied Anthribidie, which abound in Austro- 
 Malaya, are almost unknown even in the most 
 tropical parts of Australia." — Wallace. 
 
 Geology. — " The geology of Q. has been 
 tolerably explored by travellers and colonial 
 geologists. The eastern and northern portions 
 consist of ancient formations, producing coal, gold, 
 granite, slate, and basalt ; while the western 
 interior is largely covered with the Tertiary desert 
 sandstone, alike unproductive of minerals and 
 deficient in water and vegetation. The ranges 
 next the coast are granitic, those farther inland of 
 Palaeozoic rocks, and it is in the intervening 
 country that the coal formations are developed. 
 Granite extends with little interruption from Cape 
 York in the extreme north to Broad Sound in lat. 
 22° S., with patches farther south. It rises to 
 2500 feet high on Hinchinbrook Island in lat. 
 18i° S. At the Ravenswood gold-field (200 miles 
 west of Repulse Bay, in the upper valley of the 
 Burdekin River) the formation is described as 
 syenitic granite. Mr. Daintree estimates that 
 one-sixth of the area of the colony is granitic. 
 Metamorphic rocks occur near Brisbane, and at 
 the gold-mines to the north. Palaeozoic rocks are 
 very extensive. The carboniferous cover 14,000 
 square miles and the Devonian 40,000, the latter 
 extending 200 miles inland between lat. 18° and 
 29°. They are found at the Gympie goldfields on 
 the Mary River, and are of immense thickness 
 from the Burdekin to the Gilbert rivers. The 
 Mesozoic formations are better developed in Q. 
 than in any other part of Australia. In the 
 southern part of the colony there is an Oolitic 
 
 N3
 
 482 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Clue 
 
 coalfield, with fresh water and estuarine deposits. 
 Eocks of similar age occur on the Barcoo and 
 Thomson rivers far in the interior ; while in the 
 west and north-west are vast cretaceous beds, 
 believed to extend over an area of 200,000 miles, 
 or one-third of the entire colony. Both deposits 
 contain numerous marine shells of the same genera 
 as occur in the Oolitic and chalk formation of 
 Britain. We have here a probable explanation of 
 the curious fact of the poverty and want of 
 specialty in the tropical fauna and flora of 
 Australia ; for if so much of the tropics was 
 beneath the sea during the cretaceous period, 
 there may have been no room for special tropical 
 forms to be developed ; and when the area in 
 question became dry land it was at once overrun 
 by such of the specialised temperate forms as 
 were suited to it, and by a number of waifs and 
 strays from the tropical lands to the north, thus 
 producing that intermixture of types and want of 
 special character which are now its most pro- 
 minent features. The coal formations of Q. are 
 very extensive and of great prospective value, 
 some of the coal having been proved to be of good 
 quality. It consists of Pakeozoic or true coal, 
 found in the central parts of the colony about the 
 Mackenzie and Dawson rivers ; while farther 
 south, near Brisbane, and on the Upper 
 Darling, there are almost equally extensive 
 and valuable deposits of Mesozoic age. Vol- 
 canic rocks abound, covering more than 30,000 
 square miles, and forming open basaltic downs, 
 dome-shaped hills, peaks, or tabular ranges, with 
 precipitous ravines and prismatic columns. True 
 volcanic cones also abound in the Dividing Range, 
 extending as far north as the York Peninsula. 
 Well-defined craters and ancient lava-streams are 
 often found, especially about lat. 20° near the 
 Burdekin River. Signs of very recent volcanic 
 action are to be seen in the Murray Isles off Cape 
 York. Tertiary formations cover about one-fourth 
 of the colony, consisting of conglomerates and 
 desert sandstone. The latter often renders a 
 country uninhabitable, the loose surface being 
 blown or washed into parallel ridges, sometimes 
 forming hilly undulations, at others furrow-like 
 ripples, and almost wholly barren. This sandstone 
 is usually conformable to the cretaceous rocks 
 beneath. When ferruginous it forms the singular 
 flat-topped hills of Central Australia, and near the 
 Cloneurry River in the north reaches 3000 feet 
 above the sea. These sandstone hills are often 
 very picturesque, and have been compared by the 
 explorers to ruined castles or the wild pictures of 
 Salvator Rosa. Gorges and precipitous escarp- 
 ments abound, with vertical walls 600 or 1000 feet 
 deep, and occasionally even 1800 feet, according to 
 Leichhardt's estimate. The Great Barrier Reef of 
 Australia belongs entirely to Q., and is one of 
 the most remarkable geological and geographical 
 phenomena in the world. It is 1200 miles in 
 length, and extends along the whole eastern coast 
 from opposite Port Bowen in lat. 23° to Torres 
 
 Straits. Near its southern end it is seventy miles 
 wide, and nearly 100 miles from the coast ; but it 
 is generally of much less width, and the channel 
 between it and the shore from five to fifteen miles 
 wide. The navigation is dangerous for ships owing 
 to the numerous sunken reefs. Here and there are 
 openings to the ocean, some very narrow, some ten 
 or twelve miles wide ; and it contains examples of 
 all the various kinds of reefs — atolls, fringing reefs 
 and other coral formations. The portion of the 
 reef above water with its numerous islands is 
 estimated to cover an area of 30,000 square miles. 
 Its outer margin probably indicates the position of 
 the ancient coast-line of Australia. This was 
 fringed with coral reefs ; but as the land sank the 
 coral animals continued to build upwards to the 
 level of the sea, and thus a great ridge was formed, 
 which broken and heaped up by the waves of the 
 Pacific forms the present huge barrier. Fresh 
 water is very inimical to coral, and openings are 
 thus formed in all fringing reefs at the mouths 
 of rivers. These openings remain in the Barrier 
 Reef, the largest being opposite the mouth of 
 the Burdekin River, which drains a considerable 
 portion of tropical Eastern Australia." — Wallace. 
 Population. — Owing to its fine climate and the 
 mixture of mining adventure with the culture of 
 tropical products, Q. has attracted to itself a more 
 varied population than most of the other colonies ; 
 and this may be said to consist of four distinct 
 races — the White, the Yellow, the Brown and the 
 Black. The White, or Europeans and Americans, 
 are by far the most numerous, forming about nine- 
 tenths of the whole ; then come the Yellow, or 
 Chinese and Japanese, about two-thirds of the 
 remainder ; the Brown or Polynesian labourers 
 (most of whom are, however, Melanesians, and 
 nearly black,) forming the other third. This is 
 exclusive of the Black, or aboriginal Australians, 
 whose numbers are unknown, but which are pro- 
 bably more numerous than the Chinese and Polyne- 
 sians combined. The rate of increase has been very 
 rapid. Soon after the formation of the colony in 
 1860 the population was 28,056; in 1876 it had 
 reached 173,283. Of these about 16,000 were of 
 various non-European races. Of the 157,000 
 Europeans about 71,000 were native-born Aus- 
 tralians, 70,500 British, 900 Americans, 10,000 
 Germans, and 4000 of other European nationalties. 
 The estimated population on 31st December 1879 
 was 217,851, of whom 130,867 were males, and 
 86,984 females. Unfortunately the difference in 
 the numbers of the two sexes still continues very 
 great. The Chinese may be said to be all males ; 
 the Polynesians nearly all ; and even among the 
 population of European race there is a surplus of 
 21,000 males. In 1879 there were 7870 births to 
 3207 deaths, while the increase due to emigration 
 was 13,828. 
 
 Agriculture and Stock. — Agriculture has 
 not as yet made progress commensurate with the 
 wide possibilities of soil and climate. In other 
 new countries a large proportion of settlers have
 
 Unci 
 
 CYCLOP.>Et)iA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 483 
 
 attached themselves to the soil because it offered 
 the surest and most certain hope of a home and 
 pecuniary independence. In Q. so many chances 
 have been offered to the adventurous of reaching 
 fortune by a shorter cut than the slow track opened 
 by the plough, that the fertility of the soil has 
 not received its due attention. Chief among 
 these for men of means has been the pastoral 
 industry. The whole colony is one great pasture- 
 ground, its capabilities varying according to the 
 climate. Cattle can be kept in every part of it. 
 In the southern coast districts the grass is not so 
 rich in nutritive properties as in the interior ; but 
 on the other hand, the more frequent showers 
 cause it to spring oftener, and grow more thickly. 
 On some of the black -soil basaltic plateaux of 
 tropical Q. the cattle are almost hidden in the 
 tall, thick-springing, sweet grasses. For sheep 
 only a portion of the colony is suitable, equal in 
 area to about 300,000 square miles of good country. 
 The sheep country is on the interior high lands ; 
 but it is impossible to define exactly the division 
 between it and that which is only suitable for 
 cattle. The true sheep districts include the North 
 and South Gregory, Mitchell, Warrego, Maranoa, 
 Leichhardt, Darling Downs, South Kennedy and 
 part of the Burnett, besides portions of other 
 districts. In the divisions named the amount of 
 country held under pastoral lease at the close of 
 1878, according to the report of the Under-Secre- 
 tary of Lands, was— available 235,280 square 
 miles ; unavailable 83,624 square miles. Much 
 country taken up as " unavailable " — i.e. unfitted 
 for pasturage, and therefore subject to a reduction 
 of rent — proves on official examination to be very 
 good indeed. It is at least certain that the good 
 sheep country largely exceeds in extent the whole 
 Colony of N.S.W., and most of it is of a quality 
 not to be surpassed in A. Nearly the whole of it 
 is occupied up to the border line of the S.A. terri- 
 tory. Except in tropical Q., and more especially 
 in the huge Burke district, which includes the 
 watershed of most of the rivers falling into 
 the Gulf of Carpentaria, there is not very much 
 good country not already included in the 
 existing pastoral leases. The cattle stock of 
 the colony is proportionately very much larger 
 than that of sheep : official reports giving the 
 number of the former at 2,469,555 in 1878, and 
 of the latter 5,796,742 at the close of 1879. The 
 disproportion is due to several causes. Of these 
 the simplest is the fact that while the whole 
 colony is suitable for cattle-breeding, only a portion 
 is fitted for sheep. But a good deal of the sheep 
 country has been occupied with cattle. Its occu- 
 pation has been quite recent, and cattle are pre- 
 ferred by pioneers for many reasons : they are 
 more easily managed, fewer hands are required— 
 a great consideration when land-carriage is long 
 and costly— and less expensive improvements are 
 needed. Consequently during the year that the 
 great movement for the occupation of western 
 country was in progress, there was a constant 
 
 demand for store cattle. This constant demand 
 increased the prices, and stimulated production. 
 Much of the capital and energy available for 
 pastoral enterprise was therefore diverted from 
 sheep to cattle during the last decade. This 
 diversion was the more marked because during the 
 preceding ten years a great many mistakes had 
 been made in sheep-breeding. Unsuitable country 
 had been stocked with sheep, and the proper 
 attention to breeding and appliances for getting 
 up wool in good marketable condition had been 
 neglected. The financial difficulties of 1866, 
 followed by some bad seasons, came with disastrous 
 effect on an industry which had not been firmly 
 established on a sound basis, and brought about 
 something like a collapse, followed by a regular 
 rush into cattle-breeding. But this branch of the 
 pastoral industry has quite recovered itself, and 
 sheep are increasing in numbers. The pitfalls into 
 which the early breeders fell are well known and 
 marked now, and capitalists, both in the colony 
 and from other parts of Australia, are preparing to 
 stock with sheep great tracts of suitable country, 
 on which they are storing water and making other 
 provisions for their maintenance. The agricul- 
 tural returns for the year ending 31st March 1880 
 were: — Total extent of land under cultivation 
 during the year 106,864 acres ; total extent of land 
 under crop 101,052 acres. Wheat 3607 acres, 
 produce 29,259 bushels; for hay 1197 acres, 
 produce 1774 tons ; oats for grain 175 acres, 
 produce 4330 bushels ; for hay 4430 acres, produce 
 8180 tons ; for green food for cattle 624 acres ; 
 barley 1789 acres, produce 44,160 bushels ; for 
 hay 242 acres, produce 374 tons : for green food 
 for cattle 488 acres ; maize 48,365 acres, produce 
 1,511,006 bushels; for green food for cattle 554 
 acres ; rye, bere, millet 259 acres ; potatoes 4760 
 acres, produce 14,404 tons ; cotton 105 acres, 
 produce 30,423 lbs. of ginned cotton ; sugar-cane, 
 total area under crop 17,652 acres ; area crushed 
 (included in crops) 12,029 acres, produce 18,714 
 tons of sugar made ; Arrowroot 132 acres, produce 
 258,057 lbs. made ; tobacco 35 acres, produce 
 284 cwt. of dried leaf ; sorghum, for green food for 
 cattle 197 acres ; sown grasses, lucerne, rye-grass, 
 &c, for hay 5776 acres, produce 12,526 tons ; for 
 green food for cattle 5919 acres ; vines for wine- 
 making 399 acres, produce 104,674 gallons of wine 
 made ; for table use 205 acres, produce 480,230 lbs. 
 of grapes ; unproductive 138f acres ; bananas 
 443 acres, produce 297,443 dozen ; pine-apples 
 180 acres, produce 55,877 dozen ; oranges 219 
 acres, produce 92,140 dozen ; other crops 787 acres ; 
 garden and orchard 2370 acres ; land in fallow 
 5812 acres. The return of live stock for the year 
 was : — Horses, including foals, 163,083 ; cattle, 
 including calves, 2,800,633 ; sheep, including lambs, 
 6,065,034; pigs 64,686. The area selected as home- 
 steads and conditional purchases during the year 
 1879 amounted to 278,609 acres. Of this area 
 67,723 acres were comprised in homesteads and 
 210,886 acres in conditional purchases. There are
 
 484 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Que 
 
 still open for general selection 23,130,774 acres 
 and 1,798,118 acres for homestead areas. The gross 
 area held under conditional purchase and home- 
 stead selection on 31st December 1879 amounted 
 to 3,720,000 acres. The area of land sold at 
 auction during 1879 was 12,617 acres, the amount 
 realised being .£23,195 10s. 4d. The statistics of 
 the sugar industry for the season 1879-80 were — 
 sugar manufactured 18,714 tons ; molasses pro- 
 duced 641,486 gallons ; rum distilled 238,710 
 gallons; sugar exported 12,001 tons; rum exported 
 92,629 gallons ; 70 sugar mills and 9 distilleries. 
 
 Mineral Resources. — The first important dis- 
 covery of gold was made at Canoona, about thirty- 
 five miles from Rockhampton. In the year 1867 
 the Government offered rewards varying from 
 £200 to £1000 for the discovery of new and paying 
 goldfields. This led to the discovery early in the 
 year of several goldfields, and in September of 
 Gympie, where a nugget weighing nearly 100 lbs. 
 and valued at £4000 was found near the surface. 
 The gold-bearing quartz at Gympie is very rich, 
 and numerous claims are being profitably worked. 
 There are at present upwards of twenty goldfields 
 in the colony, comprising the Palmer, Etheridge, 
 Gilbert, Cape River, Charters Towers, Ravenswood, 
 Normanby, Marengo and Mount Wyatt, Mulgrave, 
 and Barron Rivers, Cloncurry and the Hodgkinson. 
 The last-named was discovered by Mulligan and 
 Warner towards the end of 1875, and has proved 
 to be of superior reefing qualities. The last report 
 of the Department of Mines stated that there are 
 1453 distinct lines of reefs " proved " on the various 
 goldfields, and these include an area of auriferous 
 ground amounting to 14,878 square miles. The 
 returns given by the crushing mills amounted to a 
 total for the year of 110,032 tons of stone, yielding 
 165,786 oz. of gold, or an average all round of 
 1 oz. lOdwt. 3gr. The lowest average return for each 
 miner working on any field was 29 oz. 8 dwt. 23 gr. 
 of gold, worth £97 3s. 7d. ; and the highest was 
 68 oz. 7 dwt. 8 gr., worth £239 5s. 9d. The appli- 
 ances on some of the outside fields are very rough 
 and wasteful, and in the year for which the figures 
 are quoted (1878) the miners were hindered by a 
 severe drought. In quartz-mining the poorest 
 miner can ensure not only good wages (reaching 
 in the N. £3 10s. and £4 a week,) but can take a 
 chance in the golden lottery, often drawing sudden 
 wealth as a prize. Copper, tin and coal are the 
 other chief mineral products of Q., so far as is 
 at present known. The former is found in various 
 parts, but the richest mines are at Claremont, 
 Mount Perry and Cloncurry. Antimony is found 
 at Tiaro. In 1878 three mines only were at work, 
 the product being 7405 tons of ore, value £23,030, 
 and 642 tons of smelted copper, value £35,810. 
 Tin kept three mines at work, the yield being 
 1178 tons of ore, valued at £35,340. Iron has also 
 been found in various parts, and a bonus of £5000 
 has been offered for the production of the first 
 500 tons of good marketable iron from ores raised 
 and smelted in Q. Since 1872 tin has been found 
 
 in almost exhaustless quantities. It was first 
 discovered at Stanthorpe, afterwards at several 
 places on the border, and extensive deposits have 
 also been laid bare on the Palmer and other 
 northern goldfields. During 1880 extensive deposits 
 were found not far from Gladstone, and still larger 
 at the Wild River in the N. Coal is extensively 
 diffused throughout the colony, and has yet to take 
 its place among its leading products. It is found 
 on the banks of the Brisbane and Bremer rivers, 
 and in other parts of the West Moreton district, on 
 the Darling Downs, at Burrum near Maryborough, 
 at Bowen, at Cooktown, and other places in the N. 
 As yet comparatively surface coal only has been 
 got out, but the deposits at greater depths are 
 believed to be a true coal of much better quality. 
 It is estimated that the coal beds underlie a sur- 
 face of nearly 24,000 square miles. During 1878 
 ten mines were at work, producing 52,580 tons, 
 valued at £21,272. The stone quarried and raised 
 during 1878 was : — blue stone 54,000 tons valued 
 at £11,000, from three quarries at Ipswich, Too- 
 woomba and Rockhampton ; sandstone 2958 tons, 
 value £2958, from four quarries at Gatton and 
 Toowoomba ; freestone 5149 tons, value £2658, 
 from nine quarries, one at Brisbane, one at Goodna 
 and seven at Warwick ; felstone porphyry, 11,870 
 tons valued at £3916, from four quarries in the 
 Brisbane district ; limestone 1280 tons of the value 
 of £318. 
 
 Pearl Fishery. — In the extreme north con- 
 siderable attention is paid to the pearl fishery. A 
 large number of schooners are engaged in the 
 trade ; the work is carried on partly by the 
 employment of the aboriginals as divers (South 
 Sea Islanders, Malays, and a few Lascars and 
 Chinese assisting,) and partly by improved diving 
 apparatus. The localties of the pearl fisheries are 
 Wai Weer, Albany Island, Jervis Island, Somerset, 
 Goode Island, Endeavour Strait, Friday Island, 
 Prince of Wales Island, Possession Island, and 
 Thursday Island. The beche-de-mer fishery is 
 carried on at the Barrier Reef, Murray Island and 
 Darnley Island. The dugong fishery has for years 
 been carried on ; the oil extracted is said to have 
 medicinal virtues not far below those of cod-liver 
 oil. The collection of the beche-de-mer, a kind 
 of sea-slug used in Chinese cookery, employs a 
 large number of hands, and is a profitable source 
 of revenue. The produce of the fisheries was : 
 pearl shell (live) 418 tons 18 cwt. ; pearl shell (dead) 
 3 tons 14 cwt. ; beche-de-mer 50 tons 16 cwt. 1 qr. 
 10 lbs. Live shell is valued at £130 per ton; 
 beche-de-mer at from £40 to £90 according to the 
 quality. 
 
 Railways and Telegraphs.— There were 428 
 miles of railway open for traffic in the colony in 
 1878, and 5718 miles of telegraph line. In 1878 
 the total length of railway open was increased by 
 110 miles, and the lines are being rapidly pushed 
 forward. The whole system of roads in the colony 
 has been placed under the charge of local bodies, 
 who have the power of rating property-owners,
 
 Que] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 485 
 
 and receive grants from the general revenue in 
 the proportion of two pounds for one raised by 
 assessment. The estimated value of rateable 
 property in corporate towns is given in the official 
 statistics for 1878 at £5,124,352. 
 
 Imports and Exports. — In 1879 the exports 
 amounted in value to £3,434,034 ; the imports to 
 £3,080,889. The principal exports in name and 
 value were : — Tin ore, 50,264 cwts. ; value, 
 £96,448 ; smelted tin, 6570 cwts., value, £23,868 ; 
 tin slag, 35 tons, value, £35 ; copper ore, 560 
 cwts., value, £900 ; copper smelted, 9994 cwts., 
 value, £32,641 ; cotton, £664 ; gold, £1,023,237 ; 
 rum, £9814 ; sugar, £275,769 ; wool, £1,238,518 ; 
 tallow, £72,366 ; hides, £50,690 ; preserved meats, 
 £22,391 ; skins, £20,566 ; maize, £14,777 ; green 
 fruit, £3,736 ; shell fish (oysters), £2729 ; arrow- 
 root, £2802. The imports comprise every des- 
 cription of manufactured goods, the bulk coming 
 from Great Britain. A large trade in American 
 manufactures, particularly agricultural imple- 
 ments, tools, and articles for domestic use has 
 lately sprung up. Among the exports the pearl 
 shells from the Strait fisheries, and cedar from the 
 Northern district, form no inconsiderable items. 
 The shipping entered inwards iucluded 1261 
 vessels of all nationalities, with an aggregate 
 tonnage of 637,695 ; the clearances were 1251 
 vessels, with an aggregate tonnage of 618,699. 
 There were registered 28 ocean steamers of 14,077 
 tonnage ; and 38 river steamers, with 1314 tonnage. 
 
 Mills and Manufactories. — There are seven 
 steam-mills, two water-mills, sixty-eight sugar- 
 mills, thirty-eight steam saw-mills, sixteen soap 
 works, twelve distilleries, five tobacco and cigar 
 manufactories, twenty-three tanneries, nine arrow- 
 root manufactories, two steam biscuit manufac- 
 tories, one salt works, twenty-two agricultural 
 implement manufactories, six fellmongeries, nine 
 breweries, fifty-seven cordial manufactories, sixty- 
 four brick -yards, thirteen lime-kilns, seven pot- 
 teries, twenty-two iron and tin works, fifteen 
 foundries, thirty-eight coach manufactories, ten 
 cooperages, fifty printing establishments, three ice 
 works, seven ship and boat-building yards, four 
 smelting works, and numerous other works, for 
 the manufacture of articles of general requirement. 
 At Ipswich an extensive tweed factory has for 
 some little time been in operation. 
 
 Revenue. — The revenue for the year ending 
 30th June 188A was £1,483,090 13s. Id., being an 
 increase on the previous year of £20,955 9s. Id., 
 or if the balance of Railway Reserve Fund 
 (£129,821 Is. 4d.,) transferred to revenue be 
 included, an increase of £150,776 10s. 5d. The 
 expenditure for the year was £1,673,695 5s. 2d. 
 The estimated revenue for the financial year 1880-1 
 is £1,722,500, and the estimated expenditure 
 £1,689,982. The public debt is £10,192,086, and 
 the annual interest £476,851 ; to this will have 
 to be added the loan floated in 1880. 
 
 Savings Banks, &c. — On 31st December 1879 
 there were eighty-one branches of the Government 
 
 Savings Banks in operation, the amount to the 
 credit of 15,922 depositors being £684,444 6s. 
 There are also numerous friendly and benefit 
 societies in operation. 
 
 Education. — The system of education in 
 Queensland has, since January 1876, when the 
 new Education Act came into operation, been 
 placed under a special department called the 
 Department of Public Instruction, under the 
 control of the Minister for Education. Education 
 is free and secular, the children finding the dupli- 
 cate text books and slates for home use, copy books 
 and exercise books, and such minor requisites 
 as pens and pencils. Under certain conditions 
 religious instruction may be given to the children 
 out of school hours by ministers or others (of this 
 provision very little use is made.) The primary 
 schools are of three kinds — State-schools main- 
 tained wholly at the public expense ; provisional 
 schools only partially maintained by the public 
 funds, and non-vested schools. The State also 
 assists the formation and maintenance of educa- 
 tional establishments of a more advanced character 
 than the primary schools. Upon the inhabitants 
 of any district raising by subscription a sum 
 of £1000 for the purpose of establishing a 
 grammar school in that district the Government 
 supplements it by double the amount for the 
 erection of the necessary buildings ; and if the 
 sum of £250 per annum be guaranteed for three 
 years as school fees by responsible parties the 
 Government gives £500 per annum for the salaries 
 of masters and current expenses. Brisbane, Ipswich 
 and Toowoomba have availed themselves of this 
 grant, and Maryborough and Rockhampton are 
 about doing so. The pupils from the Brisbane 
 Grammar School have greatly distinguished 
 themselves in the competitive examinations for 
 University honours. Scholarships entitling the 
 holders to three years' instruction in any one of 
 the grammar schools are annually competed for 
 by children attending the primary schools. In 
 December 1879 sixty scholarships, fifty for boys 
 and ten for girls, were offered by competitive 
 examination ; and 121 candidates presented them- 
 selves — 96 boys and 25 girls, of whom 24 boys and 
 8 girls were successful. A girls' grammar school 
 has been established in Brisbane, and is well 
 attended. On 31st December 1878 there were in 
 all 314 primary schools in operation, 210 State or 
 vested schools, 82 provisional schools and 21 non- 
 vested schools. All of the latter save one are in 
 connection with the Church of Rome. The number 
 of teachers employed was 478 males and 446 
 females ; of these 312 were classified, 230 unclas- 
 sified, and 382 were pupil-teachers. The number 
 of children on the roll during the year was 41,380. 
 The average daily attendance was 21,418. The 
 gross expenditure on primary education during the 
 year was £101,253 14s. 5d., or exclusive of propor- 
 tionate share of departmental expenditure charge- 
 able to non-vested schools, £loo,441 6s. 2d.; the 
 average cost of the education of each child, on the
 
 486 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Que 
 
 basis of annual enrolment, was ,£2 15s. VJd. The 
 value of the school buildings exclusive of the sites 
 was estimated at £142,170. The private schools 
 numbered 65, with an aggregate attendance of 848 
 boys and 1569 girls. In the three grammar schools 
 there were 25 teachers, 312 day pupils and 78 
 boarders. Inclusive of Government aid the total 
 receipts of these institutions were £12,815 7s. 2d., 
 the expenditure being £8882 18s. 9d. There are 
 27 schools of art, two free libraries and two miners' 
 institutes, having an aggregate of 3684 subscribers 
 at rates averaging £1 per annum, and 41,282 books 
 in the libraries. 
 
 Kelioion.— There is no State Church in Q. 
 The voluntary system has prevailed since 1860, in 
 which year an act was passed abolishing State aid 
 to religion. Those ministers who at the time this 
 act was passed were receiving stipends annually 
 from the public treasury continue to receive them 
 so long as they officiate in the colony. The only 
 connection between Church and State is in the 
 annual registration of ministers of religion to 
 enable them to legally celebrate marriages. The 
 voluntary system has hitherto worked satisfac- 
 torily, the members of the various denominations 
 as a rule subscribing liberally to the funds for 
 providing salaries for the ministers and church 
 accommodation. In the towns ample means exist 
 for public worship for all denominations. Nearly 
 all the leading religious denominations are repre- 
 sented in the population. 
 
 Banking.— On 30th June 1880 six banking com- 
 panies were in business, having seventy-eight 
 branches or agencies throughout the colony. Of 
 these one only, the Queensland National Bank, is 
 a local institution. This corporation does now 
 the Government banking business. Their total 
 assets were £5,386,446 7s. 4d., the liabilities being 
 £3,934,816 9s. 2d. The paid-up capital of these 
 companies amounted to £5,200,570 ; the aggregate 
 of the last dividend to £401,903 10s. The lowest 
 dividend was that of the Queensland National 
 Bank, which was 10 per cent. ; the highest was 
 that of the Commercial Bank, which was 25 per 
 cent. The average dividend was 15| per cent. 
 The deposits not bearing interest amounted to 
 £1,146,359 3s. 6d. ; the deposits bearing interest to 
 £2,324,021 7s. 3d. The note circulation amounted 
 to £315,174 Os. lOd. In addition to the dividends 
 declared and paid, the aggregate amount reserved 
 for contingencies was £2,725,388 14s. lOd. 
 
 Constitution. — The form of Government is 
 vested in a Governor (the Queen's representative,) 
 an Executive Council, and a Parliament of two 
 Houses, the Legislative Council and the Legislative 
 Assembly. The Council consists of thirty mem- 
 bers, nominated by the Crown for life, presided 
 over by a President elected by themselves. The 
 House of Assembly comprises fifty-five members, 
 elected for five years, representing forty-two elec- 
 torates. The number of registered electors is 
 35,197. To exercise the franchise a person must 
 be of the age of twenty-one years ; he must also 
 
 possess a freehold worth £100, or pay rent for a 
 house or land of not less than £10 per annum, or 
 hold a pastoral license from the Crown, or be in 
 receipt of £100 per annum as a salary, or pay £40 
 per annum for board and lodging, or £10 for 
 lodging alone. He must also be a natural-born or 
 naturalised subject of the Queen, and have resided 
 in the colony six months before voting. Persons 
 having property, either leasehold or freehold, or a 
 license to depasture land in any electoral district 
 in which they do not reside, have the right of a 
 vote in any district in which such property is 
 situated as well as in the district for which they 
 claim as residents. The administration of justice 
 is carried on by a Supreme Court, composed of a 
 Chief Justice and three puisne Judges, and by 
 District Courts, each presided over by one of three 
 Judges. 
 
 History — I. First Discoveries. — Q. was origin- 
 ally the Moreton Bay District of N.S.W. The 
 bay was discovered by Cook in 1770 and named 
 after the Earl of Moreton. It is supposed that 
 this portion of the continent was visited by Dutch 
 and Portuguese navigators in the early part of the 
 seventeenth century : but there are no accounts 
 available of these voyages, if they ever were made. 
 The history of the settlement begins with Cook's 
 visit. The great navigator made only a cursory 
 survey of the north-eastern coast, naming the 
 several conspicuous features as he sailed along. 
 His journal contains little or no information 
 respecting the character or capabilities of the 
 territory, and is therefore only interesting from a 
 maritime point of view. 
 
 II. Minders' Expedition. — In August 1799 
 Governor Hunter, being an enthusiast in the 
 prosecution of maritime discovery, despatched 
 Flinders from Sydney in the Norfolk, a small 
 colonial vessel, to examine Moreton Bay, and also 
 another opening considerably to the northward 
 which Cook had also indicated on the chart and 
 named Hervey's Bay, leaving it uncertain whether 
 either afforded any navigable inlet into the interior. 
 The period allotted to the voyage was six weeks, 
 and Flinders was directed, if he had sufficient 
 time to spare for the purpose, to enter and examine 
 the river Hunter, and observe the coal country 
 there, as well as the general character of the 
 adjacent territory. The vessel was manned with 
 volunteers from the King's ships in port, and the 
 commander was accompanied by Bongaree, an 
 aboriginal from Broken Bay, who had become 
 noted for his ingenuous disposition and manly 
 conduct. To guard against accidents provisions 
 for eleven weeks were put on board. Sailing out 
 of Port Jackson on the 8th August, on the third 
 day after the voyagers found that their ship had 
 unfortunately sprung a leak which admitted as 
 much water as one pump constantly going could 
 keep under. Next day the vessel was opposite a 
 bay which it was resolved to enter, with the two- 
 fold object of examining the place and of stopping 
 the leak. Casting anchor, Flinders and a party
 
 ttue] 
 
 CYCLOP.EDU OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 487 
 
 of the crew landed. The first object which met 
 their view were three huts of the Aborigines, 
 superior in construction to those hitherto seen. 
 They were circular in form and about eight 
 feet in diameter. The frame was composed of the 
 stronger tendrils of vine, crossing each other in all 
 directions, and bound together by strong grass. The 
 covering was of bark of a soft texture, so com- 
 pactly laid on as to keep out the wind and rain. 
 The entrance was by a small avenue, not leading 
 directly into the hut, but turning sufficiently to 
 prevent the rain beating in. The height of the 
 hut inside was about five feet, and the interior of 
 the roof was covered with a coating of soot. One 
 was a double hut, comprising two recesses under 
 one entrance, and was large enough for twelve or 
 fifteen persons. A small basket made of some 
 kind of leaf, and capable of containing five or six 
 pints of water, was found in one of the huts. The 
 leak having been temporarily repaired, the voyage 
 was resumed, and on the 10th the voyagers passed 
 Moreton Bay. They now sailed close to the shore, 
 and observed numerous aboriginals as they pro- 
 ceeded. The blacks made many antic gestures 
 towards the vessel. One would wave to and fro 
 a green branch — among those untutored savages, 
 as well as among civilised people, the symbol of 
 peace ; while others would from time to time run 
 into the water and beat the surf with their 
 sticks, as though they would chasten the rolling 
 waves into making a passage for the boat, 
 which they appeared to hope would visit the 
 shore. Sailing along the shore in the day and 
 anchoring at night, on the morning of the 16th 
 the vessel was brought to anchor at the head of 
 Glass-House Bay. Flinders proceeded in a boat 
 towards the shore, accompanied by Bongaree. As 
 they neared the shore several aborigines, each 
 having a fishing-net over his shoulder, came down 
 to the beach. After a parley of some duration, 
 Bongaree jumped ashore unarmed, as the others 
 seemed to be. He quickly made an exchange of 
 the yarn belt from his waist for a fillet made of 
 kangaroo hair. Flinders soon joined his black 
 companion, taking his gun with him. Making 
 friendly signs, laying down his gun, and offering a 
 woollen cap as a present, he was suffered to 
 approach. One of the blacks took the cap, but 
 on Flinders making signs that he intended to get 
 a net in return, the black indicated that he must 
 also have the cabbage-tree hat which the former 
 wore ; and the aborigines becoming importunate, 
 Flinders and Bongaree now retreated slowly 
 towards the boat, the blacks pressing closely 
 behind. When the Europeans pushed off from 
 the shore the blacks evinced great displeasure, 
 and tried to persuade their visitors to land again. 
 Failing in this one of them threw a piece of wood 
 at the boat, but the missile fell short, and the 
 matter was treated as a joke, the blacks laughing 
 heartily. Another running up to his middle in 
 the water threw a spear. The dart passed over 
 the centre of the boat a little above the gunwale, 
 
 but luckily did no injury. Flinders now rightly 
 judging that further forbearance would be im- 
 proper snapped his gun at the thrower of the spear, 
 but it missed fire. Another attempt to wound or 
 frighten the more forward of the assailants proved 
 successful, the contents of the gun which was 
 loaded with buckshot, striking the man in the 
 water on the back. The merriment, if indeed 
 mirth longer prevailed, was now transferred from 
 the aborigines to the Europeans, for no sooner had 
 the former heard the report of the gun, to them 
 apparently a new sound, than every man fell flat 
 where he stood. Recovering from their surprise, 
 they rose up, however, almost instantaneously, and 
 proceeded to scramble behind a bank, some 
 crawling on their hands and feet, others running 
 in a stooping attitude, and all presenting a ludic- 
 rous spectacle. One of the men in the boat now 
 fired among the group, when they all fell a second 
 time on their faces ; but getting up immediately, 
 they fled into the woods beyond the reach of 
 further injury or fright. The man in the water 
 also rose up after the second shot and made off ; 
 but his progress was much slower than that of the 
 others, and he stooped considerably, evidently 
 from the effects of his wound, and carried one 
 hand behind him on his back. As he went he 
 frequently looked over his shoulder as if expecting 
 to see the weapon which inflicted his wound 
 standing out like the shaft of a spear. As the 
 bay was to be examined, and the leak which the 
 vessel had sprung was to be more completely 
 repaired in this place, the lesson which the blacks 
 had received on this occasion was not to be 
 regretted, inasmuch as it was likely to have a 
 salutary effect in preventing future hostility. 
 From this place, which was named Point Skirmish, 
 the voyagers proceeded up an opening, which 
 proved to be a river leading to the peaks 
 resembling glass-houses, which gave its name to 
 the bay. In exploring the surrounding country 
 they met with some clusters of huts, which showed 
 that the aborigines hereabout paid considerable 
 regard to comfort. They were shaped like an 
 arch, rounded at the end opposite the opening, 
 and were about fifteen feet long. In one of 
 the houses was found a net or seine, about 
 fourteen fathoms in length, the meshes of which 
 were much larger than those of any English seine, 
 and the twine much stronger. To each end was 
 affixed a pointed stick. Upon a shoal near the 
 house there was more than one enclosure of a 
 semi-circular form, and the sticks and branches 
 of which it was made were set and interwoven so 
 that a fish could not pass between. It was con- 
 jectured that the seine was employed in connection 
 with those enclosures. While passing through a 
 group of islands, the voyagers were thrown into 
 some alarm by the appearance of a party of the 
 aborigines in what appeared to be an aggressive 
 attitude. About twenty blacks were counted, who 
 seemed to be standing in their canoes and pulling 
 toward the vessel with all their strength, and in
 
 488 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Clue 
 
 very regular order. Each seemed to hold a long 
 spear in his hands, which also appeared to be used 
 in paddling ; the whole number shifting their 
 hands and striking the water at the same instant. 
 As they seemed to be coming on with great resolu- 
 tion, the people on board prepared to encounter an 
 attack of a formidable character. The sloop was 
 put under easy sail, the decks cleared of every 
 incumbrance, and each man was provided with 
 a musket and pistol. Thus prepared the vessel 
 bore towards the apparently hostile force, but 
 great was the surprise and satisfaction of the 
 Europeans to find that instead of advancing in 
 canoes to attack them the blacks were standing 
 on a large flat that surrounded one of the islands 
 and were engaged in the peaceable work of driving 
 fish into their nets. They were ranged in a line 
 splashing in the water with long sticks first on one 
 side and then on the other. Instead of twenty 
 canoes they had but two among them, and so far 
 were they from evincing a warlike or hostile spirit, 
 that they sank their frail bark on the approach 
 of the vessel, and retreated to the shore, where 
 they kindled a fire to cook the meal which 
 they were previously engaged in providing. Pro- 
 ceeding into the river the sloop was laid ashore 
 and the leak, which was found to have been 
 occasioned by the starting of a plank, was per- 
 manently repaired. The depth of the water in 
 the deepest part of the river was from four to six 
 fathoms ; but the channel was narrow. Large 
 quantities of pumice-stone were found lying on 
 the shores, and the stream was named the Pumice- 
 stone River. The country was for the most part 
 low and swampy ; and beside the trees usually 
 met with, a quantity of pine and some cedar grew 
 in the vicinity of the river and the bay. Numbers 
 of the natives were met with, whose conciliatory 
 and timid demeanour seemed to show that they had 
 heard of the punishment inflicted on their country- 
 men at the mouth of the river. They constantly 
 invited the Europeans ashore by calls and signs, 
 frequently giving proofs of their goodwill by enter- 
 taining their visitors with singing and dancing, 
 in both of which accomplishments they displayed 
 a large amount of rude skill and taste. The strain 
 of their songs was melancholy and soothing. Their 
 singing was accompanied by slow and not ungrace- 
 ful motions of the body ; their hands being held 
 up in a supplicating posture. On one occasion, 
 observing the attention with which they were 
 listened to, each of the singers selected a European, 
 near to whose ear he placed his mouth, either with 
 the view of producing greater musical effect, or of 
 teaching the stranger the song. Nor was their 
 singing confined to one air, for they favoured their 
 visitors with several, more or less pleasing. They 
 appeared not to be so warlike as the aborigines of 
 Port Jackson, their weapons of offence and defence 
 being inferior to those of the latter. They excelled 
 however in the arts of peace. Besides the large 
 and well-made seine before described, they were 
 possessed of scoop nets, which they used with skill 
 
 and dexterity in drawing fish from the river. On 
 31st of the month the sloop was got under weigh, 
 and proceeded to Hervey's Bay. Here Flinders 
 remained till the 7th September. He found the 
 bay deep and extensive, but with very irregular 
 soundings, and in several places the breakers 
 prevented an approach to the shore. The fires 
 of the aborigines were observed in several places, 
 but none of the people themselves were encoun- 
 tered. Flinders now resolved to return, and on 
 the 8th the vessel proceeded on her voyage towards 
 Port Jackson. On the evening of the 20th the 
 voyage was completed and the vessel anchored in 
 Sydney Harbour. The results of this voyage, the 
 first that had been made in this part of the coast 
 since the establishment of the colony, were two- 
 fold. In the first place the observations of Cook 
 respecting the currents and the shoals and islands 
 along the coast, were either confirmed or corrected ; 
 so that the navigation of those parts was per- 
 manently facilitated, to the great advantage of 
 colonisation and commerce. Next, the capabili- 
 ties and resources of an extensive section of the 
 country were to a grea.t extent ascertained. 
 Harbours and rivers were discovered and explored, 
 which hereafter could be made the centres of those 
 settlements which might either be established by 
 the parent country or emanate from the chief 
 colony, while at the same time the researches of 
 Flinders formed the groundwork on which might 
 be based the investigations of future voyagers 
 and explorers. Lang, narrating this expedition of 
 Flinders, says : — " The result of this voyage must 
 have greatly disappointed the sanguine but not 
 unreasonable hopes of Hunter ; but it affords one 
 of the most instructive lessons for the guidance of 
 future Governments, whether imperial or colonial, 
 in the department of geographical discovery, that 
 perhaps the whole annals of British maritime 
 enterprise afford. In running to the northward 
 Flinders discovered and lay at anchor for nearly 
 twenty-four hours in Shoal Bay, into which the 
 Clarence River disembogues, and which he exam- 
 ined in a cursory manner, but without discovering 
 that important river, although he was close to its 
 entrance. In times of flood the rivers of A. bring 
 down vast quantities of earthy matter, which they 
 deposit along the bottom of any bay or other 
 expanse of salt water at their mouth ; and these 
 bays or lakes, if at all sheltered from the full 
 sweep of the ocean waves, are gradually filled up, 
 and become at length solid land, leaving a deep 
 water channel for the flow of the river. Had 
 Flinders happened to hit upon the channel in this 
 instance he would doubtless have followed it up 
 through all its windings till he had found the 
 mouth of the river ; but he merely found a shoal 
 bay with a fringe of gloomy mangrove trees along 
 its shores, and reported accordingly that all was 
 barren ! In like manner, in pursuance of Hunter's 
 instructions, Flinders entered Moreton Bay by 
 what is called the Northern Passage, and passing 
 several of the low islands with which it is studded
 
 Quel 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 489 
 
 got right abreast of the entrance of the Brisbane 
 River, which however being concealed from his 
 view from the vessel's deck by two low flat islands 
 at its month, which he named the Fishermen's 
 Islands, he deemed the bay unworthy of any 
 further examination, and reported to the Governor 
 on his return that it afforded no inlet into the 
 land. So confident on this point was Flinders 
 that he summed up his report to Hunter in the 
 following words : — ' I must acknowledge myself 
 to have been disappointed in not being able to 
 penetrate into the interior of N.S.W. by either 
 of the openings examined in this expedition ; but 
 however mortifying the conviction might be, it was 
 then an ascertained fact that no river of importance 
 intersects the east coast between the 24th and 39th 
 degrees of south latitude.' This assertion of so 
 high an authority in all matters relating to mari- 
 time discovery was but indifferent encouragement 
 for exploratory expeditions along the coast to the 
 northward ; and accordingly the Brisbane and the 
 Boyne Rivers — the latter of which empties itself 
 within a mile of the northern limit of the line of 
 coast indicated by Flinders — were only discovered 
 accidentally by Oxley when searching for some- 
 thing else still farther north in 1823, while the 
 Clarence River was not discovered till 1838, when 
 some sawyers happened to light upon it unex- 
 pectedly when searching for cedar for the Sydney 
 market along the rivers to the northward. In 
 explanation however of what might otherwise be 
 regarded as a strange instance (or rather three such 
 instances) of inadvertency on the part of Flinders, 
 it must be observed that it is quite impossible to 
 discover the outlets of many of the Australian 
 rivers or even the entrances of some of the best 
 harbours from the deck of a vessel off the coast. 
 A minute examination must be made— of course 
 in a whale-boat — of every nook and corner 
 along the coast before the navigator can ven- 
 ture upon so sweeping an assertion as that of 
 Flinders in the instance in question." To the 
 northward of Moreton Bay there is a long 
 island called Frazer's Island, parallel to the coast- 
 line, about sixty-five miles in length, with an 
 average breadth of ten miles ; the northern half 
 of which, being abreast of a bight in the mainland, 
 gave the latter the appearance of a deep bay, and 
 induced Cook to designate it Hervey's Bay, anti- 
 cipating, doubtless, that a river would be discovered 
 at its head. In this anticipation Governor Hunter 
 concurred ; but when it was ascertained that the 
 land forming the east side of the bay was merely 
 an island, the idea of finding a river on that part 
 of the coast was at once adandoned. The southern 
 half of Frazer's Island forms a long narrow sound 
 available for coasting navigation ; and Wide Bay, 
 into which the river Mary empties itself, is 
 situated at its southern extremity. Frazer's 
 Island received its name from Captain Frazer, of 
 the ship Stirling Castle, a Scotch vessel, which 
 brought to N.S.W. a number of Scotch mechanics 
 (the first free immigrants of this class who had 
 
 ever arrived in that colony,) to erect the buildings 
 for an academical institution in Sydney in 1831. 
 On a subsequent voyage to the colony Frazer was 
 unfortunately wrecked on the Barrier Reef on his 
 way to India. He reached the coast however in 
 his boat ; but it was only to experience a more 
 awful fate, for he was seized by the natives on hi3 
 landing and inhumanly murdered with most of his 
 crew. The next inlet to the northward of Frazer's 
 Island is Port Curtis. It was discovered and 
 partially surveyed by Flinders, and the following 
 is the account given of it by him : — " This part of 
 the east coast had been passed in the night by 
 Captain Cook, so that both the openings escaped 
 his notice, and the discovery of the port fell to our 
 lot. In honour of Admiral Sir Roger Curtis, who 
 had commanded at the Cape of Good Hope, and 
 been so attentive to our wants, I gave to it the 
 name of Port Curtis, and the island which protects 
 it from the sea, in fact forms the port, was called 
 Facing Island. It is a slip of rather low land 
 eight miles in length and from two to half a 
 mile in breadth, having Gatcombe Head for its 
 southern extremity. The northern entrance to 
 Port Curtis is accessible only to boats ; but ships 
 of any size may enter the port by the southern 
 opening." 
 
 IV. Oxley's Expedition.— In 1817 Lieutenant 
 King, by order of the Home authorities, examined 
 and charted the eastern shores of Q., and added 
 considerably to the gradually accumulating stock 
 of knowledge of North-Eastern Australia. On 
 23rd October 1823 the Mermaid, the vessel 
 employed by Lieutenant King, having on board 
 Surveyor -General Oxley, left Sydney for the 
 purposes of exploration, and particularly for 
 ascertaining the fitness or otherwise of the new 
 land for a convict settlement. After examining 
 the coast line north of Cape Moreton the expedi- 
 tion returned to Moreton Bay, and on 2nd 
 December the river Brisbane was discovered 
 through the information given by Pamphlet and 
 Finnegan, as narrated under that heading. The 
 suitability of the place as a penal settlement was 
 recognised by the Governor, and in August 1824 
 a detachment of the 40th Regiment, under the 
 command of Lieutenant Miller, was despatched 
 with a batch of convicts of the most desperate and 
 incorrigible character. They landed at Eagle 
 Farm, near the present site of Brisbane, in the 
 belief that there was but little chance of their 
 returning to the head station in N.S.W. From 
 this unpromising beginning rapid progress in any 
 direction could not be expected. The convicts 
 were principally employed in making roads and 
 improving the communication inland, and in this 
 respect alone their presence was valuable. Oxley, 
 during his expedition, had also discovered the 
 Boyne River, of which discovery the following 
 account is taken from the observations of Mr. 
 Uniacke, a gentleman of great promise, who had 
 accompanied Oxley on his expedition to the 
 northward, but who died shortly alter Ms return 
 
 o3
 
 490 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Que 
 
 in Sydney. During the examination of Port 
 Curtis, Uniacke observes : — " On our arrival on 
 board, the master reported that he had discovered 
 a fine fresh-water river emptying itself by an 
 outlet which was visible astern of the vessel to the 
 southward. From his account Oxley was induced 
 to defer our departure to Port Bowen for another 
 day, in order to have an opportunity of viewing it 
 himself. Accordingly Stirling and he started 
 early the next day, while I remained behind to 
 collect specimens of minerals on Facing Island for 
 the Governor. Late in the evening they returned, 
 having proceeded up the river to about where the 
 tide reached, and Oxley deemed it of sufficient con- 
 sequence to remain three or four days more, in order 
 to examine the country more minutely. Accordingly 
 the next morning early we again left the vessel, 
 taking three days provisions, and proceeded with 
 our boat about twelve miles up the river, where 
 we pitched our tent on a bank about forty feet above 
 the level of the water. The soil was of the richest 
 description, and calculated to grow cotton, sugar, 
 indigo, and all other Indian productions. There 
 were, however, marks of the flood having reached 
 at least fifteen feet higher than the level of our 
 encampment, owing to which the whole surface 
 was covered about two inches deep with drift sand. 
 Indeed the floods here in the rainy seasons must 
 be tremendous, as we observed in many of the 
 trees, at least sixty feet above the level of the 
 water, the wrack which had been deposited by 
 successive inundations. On the banks we saw 
 three or four different kinds of timber, but the 
 small quantity rendered them unimportant. The 
 river was covered with multitudes of teals, 
 widgeons and wild ducks, and on the banks I shot 
 two swamp pheasants (a pretty black bird not 
 unlike the English pheasant in shape,) a very 
 beautiful species of small deer not known in 
 Sydney, and a kind of owl that none of us had 
 seen before. Shortly after dinner we proposed to 
 go to rest, with an intention of proceeding farther 
 up the river at a very early hour the next morning. 
 We turned out the moment it was light, dispatched 
 our breakfast, and getting into the boat proceeded 
 about six miles further up the river. The country 
 through which we passed this day was similar to 
 what we had seen the day before. The timber 
 however was becoming larger and more plentiful. 
 In many places the right bank of the river was 
 composed of a remarkably fine slate, while the left 
 was a hard close-grained grey granite, and the soil 
 everywhere rich and fertile. Before we returned 
 we ascended a high hill, on the left from which 
 we had a beautiful and extensive view of the river 
 for many miles, through a rich brush country, the 
 banks in many parts well clothed with timber. 
 To the river which we discovered here Oxley gave 
 the name of the Boyne. It empties itself into 
 Elodd's Bay, Port Curtis, and its mouth is in lat. 
 23° 59J' S, long. 151° 34' 45" E." 
 
 V. Lockper'a Expedition in 1825. — The earliest 
 notice of the character of the country on the 
 
 Bremer River, at the head of the navigation of 
 which the town of Ipswich is situated, was con- 
 tained in the " Journal of an Excursion to Moreton 
 Bay and up the River Brisbane in the year 1825," 
 by Edmund Lockyer, Major in the 57th Regiment, 
 and afterwards Usher of the Black Rod in the 
 Upper House of Parliament in N.S.W. It is in 
 the following terms : — " Took one of the boats 
 and went up this branch above three miles ; then 
 landed, and on ascending the banks found a large 
 open country, with scarcely any wood of conse- 
 quence to impede cultivation on it — the trees, 
 chiefly blue-gums, being at least an acre or more 
 apart, and more ornamental than otherwise. The 
 natives had lately set fire to the long grass, and 
 the new grass was just above ground, making this 
 plain appear like a bowling-green ; the soil rich 
 beyond any idea, and from its being easily flooded 
 it would be particularly adapted for the cultivation 
 of rice, sugar-cane, cotton and coffee. I saw plenty 
 of kangaroos and wild turkeys. After traversing 
 this fine piece of land, which was at least six or 
 seven thousand acres in extent, I returned to our 
 encampment." The vessel in which this expedi- 
 tion was made by Lockyer was the cutter Mermaid, 
 probably the identical vessel used by King and 
 Oxley. She left Sydney on 2nd September 1825, 
 called at and landed a detachment of the Buffs at 
 what is now Newcastle, and on the 6th anchored 
 in Moreton Bay. The exploration of the river 
 was commenced on the following day, the party 
 embarking in a boat and leaving the Mermaid at 
 the bar. The first landing took place at what is 
 called in the journal "Den Glassie" (supposed to 
 be Eagle Farm,) where Captain Bishop of the 
 40th Regiment was commandant. Here the boats 
 were provisioned and further equipped, and the 
 ascent of the river continued. On the 11th a 
 " large branch called the Bremer Creek," joining 
 the main river, was reached. It would appear 
 from the narrative that Oxley had ascended the 
 river about seventeen miles beyond this point. 
 Many natives were met with, who it is stated had 
 never before seen Europeans. From here fallen 
 trees and numerous falls greatly impeded the 
 progress of the party, and finally navigation had 
 to be given up, it being found impossible even to 
 tow the boat against the stream, which was greatly 
 swollen by floods. Some of the party walked to 
 Mount Brisbane, which was the terminal point of 
 the journey. The land on both sides of the river, 
 and particularly the fine timber, frequently calls 
 forth the praises of Lockyer. A rapid journey 
 was made down the river, and the settlement 
 was arrived at on 6th October, the party having 
 been away twenty-seven days. The cutter was 
 joined at Moreton Bay, and on 16th October 
 anchor was again cast in Sydney Cove. Lockyer 
 gives it as his opinion that " Moreton Bay is well 
 calculated to become a place of trade when once 
 settled." Of the aboriginals, he writes : — " The 
 attachment of these people to their dogs is worthy of 
 notice ; I was very anxious to get one of the wild
 
 Que] 
 
 OYCLOl'/KMA OF AUSTBALAStA. 
 
 491 
 
 native breed of a black colour, a very handsome 
 puppy which one of the men had in his arms. I 
 offered a small axe for it ; his companion urged 
 him to take it, and he was about to do so when he 
 looked at his dog, and the animal licked his face, 
 which settled the business ; he shook his head, 
 determined to keep it. 1 tried him afterwards 
 with handkerchiefs of glaring colours and other 
 things, but it would not do — he would not part 
 with his dog. I gave him however the axe and 
 the handkerchief." — In 1827 Captain Logan, also 
 of the 57th Regiment, Commandant of Moreton 
 Bay, in tracing the Bremer from its junction with 
 the Brisbane, discovered at ten miles through its 
 many windings from that point the calcareous 
 hummocks on its right bank now named the 
 Limestone Hills. Landing, he was much struck 
 with the singular appearance of the lofty grass- 
 tree which abounds on the open flats, low hills 
 and forest grounds at this particular part, and 
 which the Commandant had not inaptly compared 
 to bee-hives elevated on stools. Some months 
 after this discovery a kiln was built, and a party 
 of convicts, consisting of an overseer (acquainted 
 with the operations of sapping and mining) and 
 five men were stationed at these hills to commence 
 lime-burning. It was from this small beginning that 
 the town of Ipswich, which now contains a busy com- 
 mercial population, of upwards of 7000 inhabitants, 
 has since arisen. — Lieutenant Miller was the first 
 commandant of the penal settlement; after him were 
 successively Captains Bishop, Logan, Clunie, Fyans, 
 Major Cottoii and Lieutenants Gravett and Gorman. 
 Partly from the turbulent character of the convicts 
 over whom they ruled, and in part from the almost 
 unlimited power entrusted to the officers in charge, 
 this period of the history of the settlement is not 
 of the most satisfactory character, and will not 
 bear dwelling upon. In August 1837 the first 
 steamer, the James Wait, anchored in Moreton 
 Bay. In 1839 the first direct steamer from England, 
 the Sophia Jam', ploughed the waters of Q. The 
 first steamship of the Australasian Steam Navi- 
 gation Company arrived on 27th January 1842. 
 
 VI. Exploration. — The first exploration of Q. 
 was made by Oxley in 1823. The beautiful tract 
 of country called the Darling Downs, situated to the 
 westward of the coast range of mountains which 
 divides the eastern from the western waters, was 
 discovered in 1827 by Alan Cunningham, botanical 
 collector for the Royal Gardens at Kew, a man of 
 superior ability and indefatigable zeal in the depart- 
 ment of geographical discovery. On crossing the 
 parallel of 30' south lat, at an elevation of 1900 feet 
 above the level of the sea, Cunningham descended 
 to " a beautiful and well-watered valley, affording 
 abundance of the richest pasturage, and bounded 
 on either side by a bold and elevated rocky range.' 1 
 This valley terminated sixteen miles farther north, 
 on the left bank of a stream flowing north-west, in 
 lat. 29° 51' S. at an elevation of 911 feet above the 
 sea. This stream Cunningham named the Gwydir. 
 Proceeding northward, between the meridians of 
 
 150° and 151° E., and passing through rather an 
 indifferent country, the scene was found gradually 
 to improve ; and in lat. 29° S. long. 150° 40' E. he 
 came upon the Dumaresq River running westward, 
 80 or 90 yards wide and very deep, at an elevation 
 of 840 feet above the sea and 170 miles from the 
 coast. Travelling from thence northward and 
 eastward 80 miles through an arid country to 151° 
 E. he discovered a beautiful tract of country at an 
 elevation of 900 or 1000 feet above that of the 
 Dumaresq River, which he called the Darling 
 Downs. " These extensive tracts of clear pastoral 
 country," observes Cunningham, "commence about 
 the parallel of 28' S.,and stretch to 150° E. Deep 
 ponds supported by streams from the highlands 
 immediately to the eastward extend along their 
 central lower flats. The lower grounds thus per- 
 manently watered present flats which furnish an 
 almost inexhaustible range of cattle pasture at all 
 seasons of the year, the grass and herbage generally 
 exhibiting in the depth of winter an extreme 
 luxuriance of growth. From these central grounds 
 rise downs of a rich black and dry soil, and very 
 ample surface ; and as they furnish abundance of 
 grass and are conveniently watered, yet perfectly 
 beyond the reach of those floods which take place 
 on the flats in a season of rain, they constitute a 
 valuable and sound sheep pasture." In an article 
 on this journey which he communicated to a 
 colonial journal in the year 1828, Cunningham 
 adds the following particulars :— " The elevation of 
 the dividing range above the level of the ocean may 
 be considered about 4100 feet. The forest ridges, 
 which were heavily timbered with stringy-bark of 
 great bulk, were found clothed to their summits 
 with grasses of the most luxuriant growth ; and 
 being well watered by numerous trickling rills that 
 appeared to originate between the shoulders of the 
 hills constitute a very spacious range of the richest 
 cattle pasture. The summits and flanks of the 
 ranges produce great abundance of well-grown 
 stringy-bark, whilst their lower ridges furnish 
 stately pine of the species already well known on 
 the Brisbane from sixty to eighty feet in height ; 
 and as small saplings of the red cedar were observed 
 on the skirts of the brushes that invest the base of 
 the hills large trees of this valuable wood are 
 doubtless to be met with in their more distant 
 recesses. The base of these mountains is of a 
 compact whinstone ; on the higher ridges was 
 observed amygdaloid, or the trap formation, with 
 nodules of quartz, whilst the summit exhibited a 
 porphyritic rock, very porous, and containing 
 numerous minute quartzose crystallisations." In 
 a private letter addressed to the late Robert 
 Lyud, Sydney, Leichhardt describes this beautiful 
 tract of country as follows : — '"German Mission 
 Station, 23rd June 1843. —From the Coudamine 
 River (the western limit of the Darling Downs,) 
 the country rises very gently, almost imperceptibly, 
 till the road passes between two hills or ranges, 
 when the basaltic rock reappears again. Very 
 extensive shallow valleys or plains, generally with
 
 492 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AOSTKALASIA. 
 
 [Que 
 
 a creek, overgrown with reeds, covered with high 
 rich grass, were spread before my eyes when I had 
 passed these hills, the right of which goes under 
 the name of Rubislaw and the left under that of 
 Sugar-loaf. Here and there the grass-tree is seen, 
 either single or in groups and groves. It is one 
 foot and more in diameter and eight to ten feet 
 high. Till then I had never seen the grass-tree 
 in rich soil ; on the contrary, it was the sign of the 
 poorest sandstone rock and sand. Here the case 
 is reversed ; the grass-tree grows in the finest soil, 
 and generally in plains. The ranges which border 
 the plains are covered with box, with a gum tree 
 called the Moreton Bay ash, with a different 
 species of angaphora, and with another white gum. 
 The trees are generally very scattered, and the 
 forest becomes only denser, the vegetation more 
 powerful, as we approach the range of its eastern 
 slopes. All this country, from the Condamine to 
 the range, is called the Darling Downs. There is 
 no equal to them over all the colony for sheep 
 rearing, for the fatness and tenderness of the 
 mutton, for the excellent qualities of the wool 
 (which however is not generally admitted,) and for 
 the cheap rate for which flocks can be managed. 
 One shepherd can look after 2000 to 3000 sheep, 
 which would require four shepherds in other 
 parts." Leichhardt gave the following additional 
 notices of this very interesting region in com- 
 mencing his famous overland expedition to Port 
 Essington the following year : — " These stations 
 (the sheep and cattle stations on the Darling 
 Downs) are established on creeks which come 
 down from the western slopes of the coast range — 
 here extending in a N. and S. direction — and 
 meander through plains of more or less extent to 
 .join the Condamine River, which also rising in 
 the coast range where the latter expands into the 
 table-land of New England, sweeps round to the 
 northward, and flowing parallel to the coast range, 
 receives the whole drainage from the country to 
 the westward of the range. The Condamine forms 
 for a great distance the separation of the sandstone 
 country to the westward from the rich basaltic 
 plains to the eastward. These plains, so famous 
 for the richness of their pasture, and for the 
 excellence of the sheep and cattle depastured upon 
 them, have become equally remarkable as the 
 depositaries of the remains of extinct species of 
 animals, several of which must have been of a 
 gigantic size, being the Marsupial representatives 
 of the Pachydermal order of other continents. 
 Mr. Isaacs' station is particularly rich in these 
 fossil remains. At Isaacs Creek they occur together 
 with recent freshwater shells of species still living 
 in the neighbouring ponds, and with marly and 
 calcareous concretions ; which induces me to 
 suppose that those plains were covered with large 
 sheets of water, fed probably by calcareous springs 
 connected with the basaltic range, and that huge 
 animals, fond of water, were living either on the 
 rich herbage surrounding these ponds or lakes, or 
 browsing upon the leaves and branches of trees 
 
 forming thick brushes on the slopes of the neigh- 
 bouring hills. The rise of the country, which is 
 very generally supposed to have taken place, was 
 probably the cause of the disappearance of the 
 water, and of the animals becoming extinct, when 
 its necessary supply ceased to exist. The elevation 
 of Darling Downs— about 1800 to 2000 feet accord- 
 ing to the barometrical observations of Cunningham 
 renders the climate much cooler than its latitude 
 would lead one to suppose ; indeed ice has fre- 
 quently been found during the calm clear nights 
 of winter. The plains as we passed were covered 
 with the most luxuriant grass and herbage." 
 The explorations of Mitchell and Leichhardt are 
 narrated under their proper headings. The process 
 of inland discovery concluded with the simul- 
 taneous expeditions of Macdouall Stuart and 
 Burke and Wills. Immediately after the return 
 of Stuart, the three colonies of S.A., V. and Q., 
 alarmed for the safety of Burke and Wills, 
 despatched three independent expeditions in 
 search of them. Walker's party started from Port 
 Curtis, and crossing over the Great Coast Range 
 successfully crossed through to the shores of the 
 Gulf of Carpentaria. Landsborough about the 
 same time left the shores of the Gulf, and descend- 
 ing through the whole of the tract, reached its 
 southern boundary in June 1862. McKinlay 
 starting from the north of the Torrens Basin 
 entered it from the south-west, and was equally 
 successful in effecting a northern passage, return- 
 ing in the following August. Thus, strangely 
 enough, a region which for years had defied the 
 attacks of such persistent and daring explorers as 
 Sturt, Mitchell and Leichhardt, was crossed almost 
 simultaneously, by no less than five separate and 
 wholly independent routes. More strangely and 
 more lamentably, ere any of the searching parties 
 had left their starting-points, Burke and Wills 
 had already solved the great problem of crossing the 
 continent, and had returned to their depot to find it 
 abandoned by those they had left in charge of it. 
 Kennedy's fatal expedition, and the successful 
 exploration of Cape York Peninsula by theJardiiie 
 Brothers must be mentioned here. Minor and 
 more recent expeditions made by adventurous 
 bushmen and gold seekers in various directions 
 have laid bare the most secluded spots of this vast 
 territory. 
 
 VII. Pastoral Settlement. — In course of time 
 the solitude of the penal settlement was broken 
 by the approach of neighbours ; for after the dis- 
 coveries made by Allan Cunningham in 1825, the 
 squatters of N.S.W. had hastened northwards in 
 order to depasture their flocks on the fine lands of 
 the Darling Downs. They founded many little 
 towns, such as Ipswich, Drayton and Toowoomba ; 
 and when in 1829 a pass leading across the 
 Dividing Range from the Darling Downs to 
 Moreton Bay was discovered by Cunningham, the 
 squatters on the west of the mountains began to 
 hold frequent communication with the settlement 
 at Moreton Bay, from which they obtained convicts
 
 Quel 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AI'STRALASIA. 
 
 193 
 
 to act as shepherds on their runs. In these early 
 years the squatters of the district were scattered 
 at wide intervals throughout a great extent of 
 country, and being in the midst of native tribes 
 who were not only numerous but of a peculiarly 
 hostile disposition, they often found themselves in 
 a very precarious situation. The blacks swarmed 
 on the runs, killing the sheep and stealing the 
 property of the squatters, who had many annoy- 
 ances to suffer and injuries to guard against. But 
 their retaliation oftentimes exhibited a ferocity 
 and inhumanity almost incredible in civilised men. 
 The Government troopers showed little compunc- 
 tion in destroying scores of natives, and the most 
 inhuman atrocities were committed by the blacks 
 who were employed to act as troopers. On one 
 occasion, after the murder of a white man by two 
 blacks, a band of troopers in the dead of night 
 stealthily surrounded the tribe to which the 
 murderers belonged whilst it was holding a corro- 
 boree, and at a given signal fired a volley into the 
 midst of the dancing crowd — a blind and ruthless 
 revenge, from which however the two murderers 
 escaped. When the new land regulations were 
 proclaimed in 1840 by Governor Gipps, who had 
 visited the district, the country around Moreton 
 Bay was entitled the " Northern District of New 
 South Wales," and land was thrown open for sale 
 at twelve shillings per acre. A considerable 
 number of free immigrants shortly afterwards 
 settled on the banks of the Brisbane River, and as 
 they found the soil well adapted for the culti- 
 vation of wheat and maize they made rapid 
 progress, and others soon followed to share their 
 prosperity. In 1841, after transportation to N.S.W. 
 had been discontinued, the remaining convicts 
 were all removed from Moreton Bay, and two 
 years later the free settlers of the district began to 
 send representatives to the Legislative Council at 
 Sydney. 
 
 VIII. The Separation Movement. — Lang gives 
 the following account of the rise and progress of 
 the movement for the separation of Q. from N.S. W., 
 in which he was unquestionably an able and 
 effective leader : — " I happened to visit the district 
 of Moreton Bay, now the Colony of Queeensland, 
 for the first time in the month of November 1845. 
 Struck with the general capabilities of the country 
 I was strongly impressed at the same time with the 
 idea that the great inlet of Moreton Bay was as 
 well fitted to become the head-quarters of a 
 separate and independent colony as either Port 
 Phillip or Port Jackson; and I was strongly of 
 opinion that the welfare and advancement of 
 that important portion of our Australian territory 
 could never otherwise be effectually promoted 
 or secured. Well knowing however that such an 
 idea — which was regarded at the time even at 
 Moreton Bay as utterly hopeless and chimerical — 
 would be still more distasteful to our Sydney 
 Legislature than the separation of Port Phillip, I 
 embraced the opportunity of my being in England 
 during the years 1847, 1848 and 1849 to address 
 
 a series of letters on the subject to Earl Grey, 
 Secretary of State for the Colonies ; recommend- 
 ing, for various reasons which I stated at length, 
 that in the future Act of Parliament, which was 
 then announced as under consideration for the 
 better government of the Australian Colonies, 
 there should be inserted a clause enabling Her 
 Majesty to separate from N.S.W., and to erect 
 into a distinct and independent colony the terri- 
 tory situated to the northward of the 30th parallel 
 of latitude, which I showed was the only proper 
 point nf separation between the two conterminous 
 colonies. And when the Act was finally passed in 
 the year 1850 I found to my great gratification, 
 although to the surprise and mortification of most 
 of our Sydney legislators, that it did contain a 
 clause to the effect I had recommended. That 
 clause, I am happy to add, providing as it did for 
 the separation of Moreton Bay, has proved the 
 Magna Charta of Q. It is a saying of the great 
 Martin Luther, that wherever God plants a church 
 the devil is sure to have a public-house erected 
 right opposite. In accordance with this principle, 
 no sooner was the boon of separation obtained in 
 prospectu for the future colony of Q., than a great 
 effort was made by the principal squatters — gentle- 
 men who considered themselves the veritable 
 aristocracy of the country — to get that colony estab- 
 lished as a penal settlement or convict colony, in 
 order to enable them to procure cheap labour for 
 their flocks and herds. L had succeeded however, 
 in the face of much unexpected discouragement 
 during the three years I spent in England, in 
 directing a stream of emigration, consisting of 
 three shiploads of emigrants — about six hundred 
 persons in all — to Moreton Bay. These emigrants, 
 whom 1 had collected and selected myself, were 
 all persons of reputable character and industrious 
 habits, and almost all members of evangelical 
 churches in the mother-country ; and settling as 
 they did in and around the only two towns then 
 in the country — Brisbane and Ipswich — they set 
 themselves vigorously from the first to oppose this 
 movement of the squatters, and to prevent if 
 possible the degradation of their adopted country 
 into a mere convict colony. And I am happy to 
 be enabled to add that through the incessant 
 agitation they kept up on the subject, by public 
 meetings, addresses and petitions, &c, they 
 succeeded at length in defeating the foul con- 
 spiracy. It was stated before a Select Committee 
 of the House of Lords on Transportation in the 
 year 1856, by Arthur Hodgson, late member for 
 Newcastle in the Parliament of N S.W., and one 
 of the two gentlemen who had taken the lead in 
 endeavouring to get the new colony transformed 
 into a penal settlement, that it was owing entirely 
 to the emigrants I had sent out to Moreton Bay 
 that the proposal of the colonial aristocracy of the 
 time, which was well received and would have 
 been strongly supported by influential parties in 
 the mother-country, proved unsuccessful. Opposi- 
 tion however to the best interests of the future
 
 494 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 lUue 
 
 colony, although of a somewhat different character, 
 speedily arose from a different quarter. Finding 
 that they could not prevent the separation of the 
 Moreton Bay district, certain of the leading 
 colonists of N.S.W., backed by majorities in both 
 Houses of the Colonial Parliament, endeavoured 
 to curtail the dimensions of the new colony to the 
 southward, by getting the boundary, which the 
 Act of the Imperial Parliament had fixed at the 
 30th parallel of latitude, moved to the 28th and 
 29th parallels, so as to retain the Clarence and 
 Richmond rivers district, which is situated imme- 
 diately to the northward of the 30th parallel, in 
 the colony of N.S.W. The means that were used 
 to effect this object were sufficiently discreditable. 
 In the first place Mr. Hargrave, member of the 
 Legislative Assembly of N.S.W. for the district 
 of New England, got up and presented to the 
 Assembly a petition, which a few of the residents 
 in the Clarence and Richmond River districts had 
 been unwittingly induced to sign, against the 
 annexation of that district to the new colony. 
 This petition purported to have been signed by 
 upwards of fifteen hundred persons, and there was 
 a great flourish of trumpets on the occasion in 
 both Houses of the Colonial Parliament at the 
 prevention of the dismemberment of the colony 
 which had thus been so happily effected ; but by 
 far the greater number of the signatures attached 
 to that petition were notoriously those of persons 
 who had no right whatever to sign it, as they were 
 residing to the southward of the thirtieth parallel 
 and not within the parliamentary limits at all. 
 Undue influence was used at the same time by the 
 Government of the day to induce persons residing 
 in the Clarence district to sign Mr. Hargrave's 
 petition, and thereby to protest against the separa- 
 tion of their district from N.S.W. Mr. E. Deas 
 Thomson, for many years Colonial Secretary of 
 N.S.W., who in a letter addressed to Sir William 
 Molesworth, of date London, 27th September 1855, 
 had expressed himself strongly in favour of the 
 thirtieth parallel as the only proper boundary 
 between the two colonies, was induced by the 
 strong colonial pressure from without to eat his 
 own words on his return to the colony, and to 
 vote as a member of the Legislative Council of 
 N.S.W. for a different boundary from the one he 
 had himself recommended in England. Alluding 
 in his letter to Sir William Molesworth to the 
 efforts of certain parties to have the boundary line 
 struck still farther S. than the thirtieth parallel, 
 Mr. Thomson says :— ' I should greatly prefer the 
 thirtieth parallel of S. latitude as the frontier line 
 between the two colonies ; first, because it was 
 the most southern boundary line contemplated by 
 the Act of Parliament 13 and 14 Victoria, cap. lix. ; 
 and secondly, because any encroachment upon that 
 line would be received with great jealousy and 
 discontent by the colonists of N.S.W. I believe 
 also that it would form an appropriate geogra- 
 phical boundary, having reference to the natural 
 outlet of produce and the reception of supplies, 
 
 whilst for this reason its adoption would probably 
 secure to each colony the collection of its appro- 
 priate revenue.' This was doubtless an honest 
 opinion on the part of Mr. Thomson. It is pitiful 
 however to think that he should afterwards have 
 turned his back upon himself by voting against 
 the thirtieth parallel when he had got out again to 
 N.S.W. Sir William Denison, Governor of N.S.W., 
 who having two brothers holding nearly a quarter 
 of a million of acres of land as squatters on the 
 northern frontier of that colony, at a merely 
 nominal rental of a twentieth of a penny per acre, 
 could scarcely be supposed to be a disinterested 
 referee in such a case, fixed the boundary for the 
 present, when the question was very improperly I 
 conceive referred to him for his decision by Mr. 
 Labouchere, Secretary of State for the Colonies, 
 at the twenty-eighth parallel on the coast and the 
 twenty-ninth in the interior— with what propriety 
 or justice a numerously signed petition to Her 
 Majesty from the resident householders of the 
 Clarence and Richmond Rivers district will suffi- 
 ciently show. In short, every effort was made in 
 N.S.W., first to prevent separation, which it was 
 kindly alleged by its opponents would be ruinous to 
 the new colony, and afterwards to get the parliamen- 
 tary boundary changed, so as to leave an extensive 
 and important district of the proposed colony of Q. 
 in N.S.W.; the interests, convenience and wishes of 
 the inhabitants of that district being entirely dis- 
 regarded. The whole period, indeed, from the 
 passing of the Imperial Act of 1850 till the separa- 
 tion of Q. was finally consummated on 10th Decem- 
 ber 1859 by the arrival of Sir George Ferguson 
 Bowen as Governor, and the proclamation of the 
 colony amid the rejoicings of the inhabitants 
 was the close of a protracted struggle in all the 
 various forms of agitation for the accomplishment 
 of an object which that Act was supposed to have 
 secured ; in this struggle I had the honour to 
 bear no inconsiderable part. This indeed has been 
 fully acknowledged in a very gratifying manner as 
 the following letter from Sir George Bowen trans- 
 mitting a copy of the unanimous vote of the first 
 Parliament of Q. will show :— "Government House, 
 Brisbane, Queensland, 17th September, 1860. Sir,— 
 At the request of the Legislative Assembly of 
 Queensland I have the honour to transmit here- 
 with a copy of the resolutions unanimously adopted 
 by the House on the 14th inst, thanking you for 
 your able and successful efforts to effect the separa- 
 tion of Moreton Bay from New South Wales, and 
 to found the Colony of Queensland. I beg further 
 to assure you on behalf of myself and of my 
 Government of our full and cordial concurrence in 
 the sentiments of the Assembly as recorded in 
 the enclosed resolutions. I have the honour to be, 
 Sir, your most obedient servant — G. F. Bowen." 
 The separation of Moreton Bay and its erection 
 into a separate colony occupied the attention of 
 the Legislature at Sydney. A copy of the London, 
 Gazette of 3rd January containing the official 
 announcement of that event having been received
 
 Que] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ■195 
 
 there, the colonists were led to reflect seriously on 
 the bearing which the separation of a large por- 
 tion of their territory would have on the parent 
 colony, more especially in reference to the debt 
 which had been contracted on the security of the 
 waste lands, including that portion of the public 
 domain which was about to be taken away. In 
 October the matter was formally brought before 
 the Legislature. Darvall moved a resolution to 
 the effect, " That the proposed separation of 
 Moreton Bay from N.S.W. was premature and 
 inexpedient — (1) Because the power reserved to 
 Her Majesty by the Constitution Act to alter the 
 boundary of N.S.W. to the north in such a manner 
 as to Her Majesty might seem fit had not been 
 generally invoked by the people of the colony nor 
 by their representatives. (2) Because the assent 
 of the Legislature of the colony to the proposed 
 separation had not been obtained, and it was 
 manifestly harsh and inconsistent to split into 
 fragments without their own consent a community 
 possessing responsible government and absolute 
 control over their local affairs. (8) Because the 
 population of the proposed colony of Q. was so 
 small and scattered as to be unable to discharge 
 the duties of self-government economically or 
 efficiently." In the discussion which followed the 
 chief point dwelt on was the public lands. On 
 these was secured a debt of £800,000, and it was 
 contended that the matter should be settled before 
 separation took place, otherwise its adjustment 
 would sow the seeds of dissension between the two 
 colonies. Some even argued that as the Constitu- 
 tion made over all the public lands to the Govern- 
 ment of N.S.W., the waste lands of Moreton 
 Bay would still be the property of the 
 parent colony even after separation took place. 
 The affirmatory part of the proposition having 
 been adopted the first reason was withdrawn, 
 and, as an amendment on the second, a propo- 
 sition moved by Hay was adopted. It was to 
 the effect, " That such arrangements as had been 
 made, either by the Imperial Government or that 
 of N.S.W., seem calculated to establish the metro- 
 politan predominance of the country of Stanley 
 and the town of Brisbane — a predominance which 
 was not justified by natural advantages, and was 
 opposed to the interests of the districts further 
 N." The third of the original reasons was with- 
 drawn. The measure of separation was warmly 
 defended by some even among the representatives 
 of N.S.W. proper. It was contended that to 
 establish a colony to the northward would, by giving 
 the elder colony a central position, enable her to 
 maintain that pre-eminence which by her seniority 
 and her achievements in the sphere of colonisation 
 was her right, at the same time to establish a new 
 colony was a step towards that Australian federa- 
 tion which was now eagerly looked for as an event 
 that would have the effect of consolidating a great 
 Anglo-Saxon nation in the southern hemisphere. 
 
 IX. Responsible Government. — Sir Geo. Ferguson 
 Bowen, first Governor, arrived on 10th December 
 
 1859. For some time previous the colonists had 
 been anticipating his arrival with great eager- 
 ness, and his coming was accordingly hailed with 
 general rejoicing. The form of government for the 
 new colony was to be precisely similar to that of 
 the older colony of N.S.W., from which it had just 
 been dissevered — an Elective Assembly and a 
 Nominee Upper House. There was one particular, 
 indeed, in which the constitution of Q. differed 
 from that of N.S.W. ; for as the imperial arrange- 
 ments for the separation of the Moreton Bay 
 country and its erection into a distinct colony had 
 been made previous to the passing of the Electoral 
 Reform Act of N.S.W., it was decided by the 
 judges that the new colony could only be established 
 under the previously existing colonial constitution. 
 This however was merely a question of time ; for 
 an Act similar to the Electoral Reform Act of 
 N.S.W. was passed by the Parliament of Q. during 
 its present session. It was earnestly desired by 
 all parties concerned that the first parliament 
 should be constituted and assembled as speedily as 
 possible ; but in consequence of some technical 
 difficulties the writs for the election of mem- 
 bers to serve in the Legislative Assembly 
 could not be issued till the close of April 
 
 1860, and the Parliament did not meet till 
 June. The Assembly consisted of twenty-six 
 members, and the first President of the Legislative 
 Council was Sir Charles Nicholson. " For a whole 
 twelvemonth before the first meeting of the Par- 
 liament," writes Lang, " there had been no end to 
 the predictions of certain prophets of evil in the 
 Parliament of N.S.W. that the whole scheme of a 
 separate government for Q. would prove an utter 
 failure and that the unhappy people whose interests 
 had been compromised and sacrificed by certain 
 visionary speculators, in separating them from the 
 parent stock, would themselves very speedily come 
 back to solicit readmission into the parental bosom. 
 T had occasion to visit Q. shortly after the opening 
 of the new parliament ; and being somewhat con- 
 cerned to know whether these predictions were 
 likely to be fulfilled, I embodied the result of my 
 observations on what I saw and heard on the spot 
 in the following letter to the Empire one of the 
 Sydney daily papers : — 'Two Days in the Queens- 
 land Parliament. Sir, — When the prophets of 
 evil in our House of Assembly were predicting 
 night after night, a few months ago, that the fatal 
 experiment of a separate government for this 
 insignificant community would soon prove a 
 miserable failure, and that the people of Q. would 
 shortly be coming back to us weeping and wailing, 
 praying us to govern them from Sydney, T main- 
 tained that there was a larger amount both of 
 intelligence and general ability in matters of 
 government in this colony, in proportion to its 
 population, than there is in N.S.W. and that the 
 truth of this statement would soon be exhibited in 
 the result of the experiment that was then about 
 to be made. Let the proceedings of the Q. Parlia- 
 ment for theso two days past bear witness to the
 
 496 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Que 
 
 soundness of my views in regard to their general 
 ability for the important work of legislation, and 
 the propriety of my anticipations in regard to their 
 noble future. I must premise however by 
 observing that they have managed most adroitly 
 to form the Legislative Chambers out of the old 
 Convict Barracks, which you will bear in mind 
 were erected in the olden time with British money 
 and not with ours ; for certainly no part of our 
 three or four millions of debt was incurred in the 
 erection of public buildings or other improvements 
 here. The Chambers are both plainly but neatly 
 fitted up, commodious and in every respect suited 
 to the wants of the country. Without any pre- 
 tensions to such eminent talents as unquestionably 
 characterised our first Legislative Council, they 
 have certainly, from anything I can either see or 
 hear, got the right men in the right places here. 
 The Premier or Colonial Secretary (R. G. W. 
 Herbert) is a first-class man from one of the English 
 universities, but without the slightest assumption 
 or pretension of any kind. I would not say that 
 he is either eloquent or impressive ; but he is 
 remarkably fluent, putting the right words in the 
 ricrht places, saying all that is requisite to elucidate 
 his subject, but nothing more, and saying it in the 
 shortest possible time ; exhibiting a perfect 
 acquaintance with anything he speaks about, calm 
 and self-possessed, knowing how and when to yield 
 when he cannot carry his point, and doing it with 
 the best possible grace, so as to deprive an opponent 
 of the vulgar triumph over an imaginary victory, 
 such as is so frequently exhibited on the boards of 
 our own political Theatre Royal in Macquarie 
 Street, Sydney. Without mentioning particularly 
 the other members of the Ministry — the Attorney- 
 General and Treasurer — I would observe that both 
 the Speaker (Mr. Elliott) and the Chairman of 
 Committees (Mr. Macalister) — who were both 
 members of our Legislative Assembly till that 
 untoward event, Separation, sent them over the 
 border — are remarkably well fitted for their res- 
 pective places and fill their respective chairs 
 uncommonly well. And although there are no 
 Rnrkes or Sheridans among the members generally, 
 I am happy to say that there is no talking for 
 talking's sake, no opposition for opposition's sake, 
 no such factious bidding for office as to have 
 become perfect nuisances with us, and almost 
 complete obstructions to the business of the 
 country. I have seldom indeed heard so much 
 plain common sense, delivered in plain unassuming 
 and sometimes forcible English, as I have heard 
 these two days, in the same space of time, in 
 any other deliberative body with which I have 
 become acquainted. To the proof therefore : — 
 The House of Assembly meets on the first floor 
 tip the broad stair of the old barracks ; the Upper 
 House strangely enough meets on the ground 
 floor, as if they meant to enact the comedy of ' High 
 Life Below Stairs.' The hour of meeting for the 
 former is three p.m. and for the latter half-past 
 four. They both commence with prayer, a practice 
 
 which even the American Republicans observe, 
 but which our Legislature has uniformly repudi- 
 ated ever since I first moved in the matter 
 seventeen years ago. After some preliminary 
 business had been gone through in the Assembly 
 (which I am happy to observe— for it is right and 
 proper to take notice of the manners and customs 
 of one's betters just to try to imitate them if one 
 can — meets exactly at the hour) the Colonial 
 Secretary, in a speech remarkably characterised 
 by the qualities I have mentioned, moved the 
 second reading of a bill for the establishment of 
 grammar schools throughout this colony, which I 
 may observe embodies a plan somewhat similar to 
 the one I had sketched out in a series of resolu- 
 tions which was some time on the Notice Paper 
 of our House of Assembly shortly before the late 
 prorogation of Parliament. A short debate ensued, 
 in which the principle of the bill was assented to 
 most cordially on all sides while a few short but 
 sensible speeches were made suggesting improve- 
 ments and stating objections to one or two of the 
 details. In the course of his speech the Colonial 
 Secretary observed that the Sydney Grammar 
 School had proved a failure, which he ascribed to 
 the too high pitch and mediasval character of the 
 education it gave. If he had imputed the failure 
 rather to the expenditure of £29,000 on the 
 building, with an endowment of £1500 a-year 
 (which he rightly thought excessive and unneces- 
 sary) and £18 a-year from each pupil or student 
 notwithstanding, I should have been more inclined 
 to join with him. At all events the second reading 
 of an admirable bill was agreed to by half-past 
 four yesterday, when the House adjourned for the 
 day and I was in time for the meeting of the 
 Upper House downstairs. How long should we 
 have been with our slow coach about such a job > 
 As long I suppose as a bullock dray would take 
 with a load of flour from Barker's mills to Kiandra 
 with perhaps an overturn, not of the dray but of 
 the Ministry, in the meantime. To-day after several 
 other matters of minor importance, including the 
 passing through committee of the Census Bill the 
 Anti-State-aid Bill was also got safe through com- 
 mittee after a debate of the character I have 
 mentioned of several hours. That matter there- 
 fore of transcendent importance is now settled 
 here and settled well. When shall we be able to 
 follow these sensible people in N.S.W. 1 Not, I 
 fear, till the Greek kalends, which are a long way 
 off. I was examined to-day before Captain 
 O'Connell's Select Committee of the Legislative 
 Council on the propriety of forming a settlement 
 at the head of the Gulf of Carpentaria, as also of 
 establishing an overland telegraphic line from 
 Rockhampton to the head of that gulf, and a steam 
 communication from Sydney and Queensland by 
 Torres' Straits to Singapore. They are strongly 
 in favour of this line here but totally disinclined 
 towards supporting a line to Panama, which they 
 think is impracticable and will prove a failure. 
 In one word, separation has unquestionably
 
 Que] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 497 
 
 created a soul under the ribs of death here, and 
 I venture to predict that, if it has not the effect of 
 stimulating our colonial Legislature into some- 
 thing like vigorous action in the right direction, 
 the example of our brethren in Q. will very soon 
 lead to other chapters in the great drama of 
 separation, Messrs. Darvall, Piddington and Martin 
 notwithstanding. It is nowhere written in the 
 Fates that there shall be no more separation ; let 
 those whom it concerns therefore beware of 
 putting their heavy drag upon the wheels of the 
 State carriage as they have already done so often, 
 so long and so fatally for their adopted country. — 
 I am, sir, yours, &c, John Dunmore Lang. 
 Brisbane, 8th July, 1860." The following list of 
 the Acts and Ordinances of the first Parliament 
 will show the amount of business transacted 
 by that body during their first session, and 
 their fitness for the work assigned them : — 
 1. An Act to indemnify the Collector and Officers 
 of Customs in respect to the omitting to collect 
 the Duty payable upon Gold in the Colony of 
 Queensland, and to repeal an Act of the Legisla- 
 tive Council and Legislative Assembly of New 
 South Wales, intituled " An Act for granting a 
 Duty upon Gold." 2. An Act to limit the Number 
 of Persons holding Office under the Crown, who, 
 under the Constitution Act, 17 Vic, No. 41, may 
 be declared capable of being elected Members of 
 the Legislative Assembly. 3. An Act to discon- 
 tinue Grants from the Revenue in Aid of Religion. 
 4. An Act to appoint Commissioners for the 
 Adjustment of Accounts with the Colony of New 
 South Wales. 5. An Act for taking an Account 
 of the Population in 1861. 6. An Act to provide 
 for Primary Education in Queensland. 7. An Act 
 to provide for the Establishment of Grammar 
 Schools in Queensland. 8. An Act to authorise 
 the Appropriation out of the Consolidated Revenue 
 Fund of Queensland of certain Sums to make 
 good the Supplies granted for the Service of the 
 Year 1860. 9. An Act to abolish the Collection of 
 Electoral Lists. 10. An Act to give a Lien on 
 Wool, and to make Mortgages of Sheep, Cattle 
 and Horses. 11. An Act for regulating the Occu- 
 pation of Unoccupied Crown Lands in the 
 Unsettled Districts. 12. An Act to regulate the 
 Occupations of Land applied for by Tender. 13. 
 An Act for the Prevention of Scab and other 
 Diseases in Sheep. 14. An Act to regulate the 
 Exportation of Gunpowder and Warlike Stores 
 from the Colony of Queensland. 15. An Act to 
 provide for the Alienation of Crown Lands. 16. 
 An Act to provide for the leasing of Crown Lands 
 previously occupied. 17. An Act to authorise the 
 Appropriation out of the Consolidated Revenue 
 Fund of Queensland of certain Sums to make 
 good the Supplies granted for the Service of 
 the Year 1860-61. "The first of these Acts 
 and Ordinances that requires to be noticed," 
 writes Lang, " is the Act to discontinue grants 
 from the revenue in aid of religion. Fortunately 
 this important question presented itself to the 
 
 Legislature of Q. in a very simple form. The whole 
 burden on the revenue, under the previously 
 existing system of N.S.W., for the salaries of 
 ministers of the Episcopalian, Presbyterian, Roman 
 Catholic and Wesleyan Methodist communions, 
 did not exceed £750 a year ; and while all were 
 willing that the recipients of that amount should 
 retain the salaries they were respectively receiving 
 under the previous system during their lives, the 
 voice of the public strongly demanded the entire 
 discontinuance of State support for religion for the 
 future. A preliminary motion had been made by 
 one of the members who advocated the system of 
 State support, to the effect that the sum appro- 
 priated for distribution among the clergy of the 
 different communions should be increased to 
 £4000 a year; but this motion having been lost by 
 a large majority, the Government having thus felt 
 the pulse of the Assembly, made a virtue of neces- 
 sity and introduced the bill, which was passed almost 
 without opposition as a Government measure. 
 The Government were anxious to retain the power 
 which was still left them in the Act to discontinue 
 grants from the revenue in aid of religion, to give 
 grants of land for ecclesiastical purposes — for the 
 erection of places of worship and ministers' dwell- 
 ings ; but as it was seen and felt that this power 
 would give rise to the charge, or at least the 
 suspicion, of favouritism and occasion jealousies 
 and heartburnings in the community, it was judi- 
 ciously taken away. The Anglican bishop (Dr. 
 Tuffnell) arrived in the colony with seven clergy- 
 men of the Church of England very shortly after 
 this virtual revolution, at which he was much 
 displeased, had been effected. The Acts to provide 
 for primary education and for the establishment 
 of grammar schools provided that a Board, to be 
 presided over by a minister of the Crown, was to 
 be incorporated, to carry out a system of national 
 education similar to the one established in N.S.W., 
 with a provision however for the assistance of 
 schools under denominational management and of 
 which the property may not be vested in the 
 Board. For the establishment of grammar schools 
 it was enacted that, in the event of not less than 
 i!1000 being raised in any locality for the estab- 
 lishment of such a school, the Government should 
 grant for the purpose double that amount ; and 
 that when fees for three years should have been 
 pledged to an amount not less than £250 per 
 annum the Government should grant for the 
 general support of the school £500 a year. Under 
 these arrangements there was established a pri- 
 mary school, partially endowed by the State, for 
 the common branches of an English education, in 
 every small centre of population throughout the 
 territory ; and in every town with a population of 
 from 2000 to 4000 souls, in due time, a grammar 
 school for superior education, under popular 
 management." Lang concludes by stating:— "It 
 will be abundantly evident from these notices 
 and statements that popular and responsible 
 government has hitherto been a great success, and 
 
 p3
 
 498 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Que 
 
 no failure, in Q. Where is there a single instance 
 in the whole history of British colonisation, of 
 any colonial legislature passing so many acts of 
 the highest importance and of such incalculable 
 value to the community, and effecting so many 
 and such sweeping reforms during its first session? 
 The case is altogether unparalleled in the annals 
 of the empire." The Treasurer's Estimates of 
 Ways and Means for the year 1861 show an 
 anticipated revenue of .£182,200, with a probable 
 expenditure of £1 97,663. The amount expected 
 to be realised from Land sales was £55,000 ; 
 from Customs £70,000 ; and from Kents and 
 Assessment £30,000. The items of probable 
 expenditure contained a sum for the Department 
 of Public Lands and Works of £73,431, including 
 £39,592 for roads, bridges and public buildings. 
 
 X. The Gold Discoveries. — In 1858 it was 
 reported that gold had been discovered far to the 
 north, on the banks of the Fitzroy River, and in a 
 short time many vessels arrived in Keppel Bay, 
 their holds and decks crowded with men, who 
 eagerly landed and hastened to Canoona, about 
 sixty or seventy miles up the river. Ere long 
 there were about 15,000 diggers on the scene ; but 
 it was soon discovered that the gold was confined 
 to a small area, and by no means plentiful ; and 
 those who had spent all their money in getting to 
 the place were in a wretched plight. A large 
 population had been hurriedly gathered in an 
 isolated region, without provisions or the possibility 
 of obtaining them ; their expectations of the gold- 
 field had been disappointed, and for some time the 
 Fitzroy River was one great scene of misery and 
 starvation, till the Governments of N.S.W. and V. 
 sent vessels to convey the unfortunate diggers from 
 the place. Some however in the extremity of the 
 famine had selected portions of the fertile land on 
 the banks of the river and had begun to cultivate 
 them as farms. They were pleased with the district, 
 and having settled down on their land they formed 
 the thriving town of Rockhampton. A greater 
 amount of success attended a subsequent effort 
 in 1867. The Government of Q. offered rewards 
 varying from £200 to £1000 for the discovery 
 of payable gold-fields ; and during the course 
 of the next two or three years many districts 
 were opened up to the miner. Towards the 
 end of 1867 a man named Nash, who had been 
 wandering in an idle way over the country, found 
 an auriferous region of great extent at Gympie, 
 about 130 miles from Brisbane. He concealed his 
 discovery for a time, and set to work to collect as 
 much of the gold as possible, before attracting 
 others to the spot. In the course of a clay or two 
 he gathered several hundred pounds' worth of 
 gold, being however often disturbed in his opera- 
 tions by the approach of travellers on the adjacent 
 road, when he had to crouch among the bushes 
 until the footsteps died away and he could again 
 pursue his solitary task. After some time it 
 sinned impossible to avoid discovery, and lest 
 any one should forestall him in making known the 
 
 district he entered Maryborough, announced his 
 discovery, and received the reward. A rush took 
 place to the Gympie, which was found to be 
 exceedingly rich, and it was not long before a 
 nugget worth about four thousand pounds was 
 met with close to the surface. Far to the north, 
 on the Palmer River, a tributary of the Mitchell, 
 there have been discovered rich gold-fields, where 
 in spite of the great heat and dangers from the 
 blacks there are crowds of diggers at work. Many 
 thousands of Chinamen have settled down in the 
 district, and to these the natives seem to have a 
 special antipathy, as they spear them on every 
 possible occasion. 
 XI. The Cotton Industry. — Throughout most of its 
 territory, Q. possesses a climate of tropical warmth, 
 and it is therefore, in its more fertile parts, well 
 suited for the growth of cotton and sugar. About 
 1861 the cultivation of the cotton-plant was com- 
 menced on a small scale ; but although the planta- 
 tions were found to thrive, the high wages of labour, 
 and the low price of cotton in Europe, caused 
 these first attempts to be altogether unprofitable. 
 Matters were changed however in 1863, for then 
 the civil war was raging in America, and as the 
 people of the Southern States were prevented by 
 a long chain of blockading vessels from sending 
 their cotton to Europe, there was a great scarcity 
 of cotton in England and its price rose to be 
 exceedingly high. This was a favourable oppor- 
 tunity for Q. ; the plantations were of course 
 still as expensive as ever, but the prices obtained 
 for the cotton not only covered the increased 
 expense but left considerable profits. The culti- 
 vation of the sugar-cane was introduced in 1865, 
 and after a few years had passed away great fields 
 of waving cane were to be seen in various parts of 
 the country growing ripe and juicy beneath the 
 tropical sun. The prices of cotton and sugar 
 remained high for some years, but when the war 
 was over they fell to their former rates and the 
 planters of Q. found it necessary to find some 
 cheaper substitute for their white labourers. At 
 first it was proposed to bring over Hindoos from 
 India, but nothing came of this idea, and after- 
 wards when Chinese were introduced they were 
 not found to give the satisfaction expected. But 
 it happened that Robert Towns, one of the 
 planters, was owner of a number of ships which 
 traded to the South Sea Islands, and having per- 
 suaded a few of the islanders to cross to Q. he 
 employed them on his sugar plantation. He took 
 some trouble in teaching them the work he wished 
 them to do and found that they soon became 
 expert at it. As the remuneration they required 
 was very small they served admirably to supply 
 the necessary cheap labour. The practice of 
 employing these South Sea Islanders or " Kanakas " 
 as they were called soon became general, and parts 
 of Q. had all the appearance of an American plant- 
 ation where crowds of dusky figures decked in the 
 brightest of colours plied their labours with 
 laughter and with song, among the tall cane brakes
 
 Que] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 499 
 
 or the bursting pods of cotton. The Kanakas 
 generally worked for a year or two in the colony, 
 then having received a bundle of goods — consist- 
 ing of cloth, knives, hatchets, beads, and so forth, 
 to the value of about ,£10 — they were again 
 conveyed to their palm-clad islands. A system of 
 this kind was apt to give rise to abuses ; and 
 accordingly it was found that a few of the more 
 unscrupulous planters, not content with the 
 ordinary profits, stooped to the shameful meanness 
 of cheating the poor islander out of his hard- 
 earned reward. They hurried him on board a 
 vessel, and sent after him a parcel containing a 
 few shillings worth of property ; then, when he 
 reached his home, he found that all his toil and 
 his years of absence from his friends had procured 
 him only so much trash. Happily this was not of 
 very frequent occurrence ; but there was another 
 abuse both common and glaring. As the planta- 
 tions in Q. increased they required more labourers 
 than were willing to leave their homes ; and as 
 the captains of vessels were paid by the planters 
 so much for every Kanaka they brought over, 
 there was a strong temptation to carry off the 
 natives by force, when by other means a sufficient 
 number could not be obtained. There were fre- 
 quent conflicts between the crews of labour vessels 
 and the inhabitants of the islands. The white 
 men burnt the native villages and carried off 
 crowds of men and women ; while in revenge the 
 islanders often surprised a vessel and massacred 
 its crew ; and in such cases the innocent suffered 
 for the guilty. The sailors often had the baseness 
 to disguise themselves as missionaries, in order 
 the more easily to effect their purpose ; and 
 when the true missionaries, suspecting nothing, 
 approached the natives on their errand of good 
 will, they were speared or clubbed to death by the 
 unfortunate islanders. But as a rule the Kanakas 
 were themselves the sufferers ; the English vessels 
 pursued their frail canoes, ran them down and 
 sank them ; then, whilst the men were struggling 
 in the sea, they were seized and thrust into the 
 hold, and the hatches were fastened down ; and 
 when in this dastardly manner a sufficient number 
 had been gathered, aud the dark interior of the 
 ship was filled with a steaming mass of human 
 beings densely huddled together, the captains set 
 sail for Q., where they landed those of their living 
 cargoes who had escaped the deadly pestilence 
 which filth and confinement always engendered in 
 such cases. These were the deeds of a few ruth- 
 less and disreputable seamen ; but the people of 
 Q. as a whole had no sympathy with such barbari- 
 ties, and in 1868 they passed a law to regulate the 
 labour traffic. It enacted that no South Sea 
 Islanders were to be brought into the colony, 
 unless the captain of the vessel could show a 
 document signed by a missionary or British con- 
 sul, stating that they had left the islands of their 
 own free will ; Government agents were to accom- 
 pany every vessel, in order to see that the Kanakas 
 were well treated on the voyage ; and on leaving 
 
 the colony no labourer was to receive less than six 
 pounds worth of goods for every year he had 
 worked. These regulations were of great use, but 
 they were often evaded ; for by giving a present 
 to the king of an island the sailors could bribe 
 him to force his people to express their willingness 
 before the missionary. The trembling men were 
 brought forward, and under the fear of their chiefs 
 revenge they declared their perfect readiness to 
 sail. Sometimes the Government agents on board 
 the vessels were bribed not to report the misdeeds 
 of the sailors ; and in the case of the Jason, on 
 which the agent was too honest to be so bribed, he 
 was chained below by the captain on the pretence 
 that he was mad. When the ship arrived in Q. 
 the unfortunate man was found in a miserable 
 state of filth and starvation. For this offence the 
 captain was arrested, tried and imprisoned. The 
 Imperial authorities have recently given their 
 assistance to the Colonial Government to suppress 
 this traffic and British cruisers now sail among all 
 the islands to prevent the perpetration of such 
 enormities. 
 
 XL Constitutional Progress. — When in Decem- 
 ber 1859 in deference to the repeated petition of 
 the leading settlers the Moreton Bay district was 
 erected into an independent colony, the name of 
 Queensland was given to it in honour of the 
 august lady who has so long presided over the 
 interests of the vast British Empire. From the 
 date of the separation the colony advanced by 
 rapid strides and soon began to take a place 
 among the Australian group. The first Governor 
 was Sir George Ferguson Bowen. In December 
 1861 the population had increased to 34,367, in 
 the following year to 45,077, and in 1864 the census 
 returns gave 74,036 persons. In 1860 the returns 
 of stock were 23,504 horses, 432,890 horned cattle, 
 3,166,802 sheep, 7,147 pigs. In 1864 the exports 
 had increased to £1,247,054, of which wool formed 
 the chief item. In 1866 the shadows of adversity 
 fell upon the young colony, and a season of dis - 
 aster was experienced which is not even yet 
 forgotten. The failure of the local bank, the 
 depression in the pastoral interests, and bank- 
 ruptcies in all quarters mark this as the black- 
 letter year in the colony's history. In 1869 the 
 population was enumerated at 109,897. In the 
 same year the revenue from all sources was 
 estimated at £772,851 and the expenditure at 
 ^784,356. On 31st December 1873 the popula- 
 tion had increased to 146,690 and the revenue for 
 the year was £1,120,034 13s. 8d., the expenditure 
 being £154,856 9s. 6d. Sir George Bowen was 
 succeeded in the governorship in August 1868 by 
 Colonel Blackall, who however did not hold office 
 for long, as he was seized with sickness in the 
 latter part of 1870, to which he succumbed on 
 2nd January 1871. During his term of office he 
 won the respect of all classes. The system of 
 immigration at the expense of the colony now 
 began to exert an influence on its fortunes, and 
 the influx of large bodies of carefully-selected,
 
 500 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Qui 
 
 immigrants has done much to develop the resources 
 of the country. The Marquis of Normanby suc- 
 ceeded Colonel Blackall in August 1871 ; he was 
 transferred to N.Z. in 1874, and was followed by 
 Sir W. W. Cairns, who was appointed to the 
 Governorship in August 1874, and was sworn in 
 on 23rd January 1875. He did not stay out his 
 full term of office, being transferred to S.A. in the 
 early part of 1877. His successor was Sir Arthur 
 Kennedy, late Governor of Hong Kong, who was 
 sworn in on 10th April 1877. In the intervals 
 between the departures and arrivals of Governors, 
 the Government was ably administered by Colonel 
 Sir Maurice Charles O'Connell. At the end of 
 1877 the population had increased to 203,084, the 
 land under cultivation to 105,049 acres, sugar- 
 cane covering 15,220 acres — evidences that the 
 industry had established itself ; the live stock was 
 enumerated at 140,174 horses, 2,299,582 cattle, 
 6,272,766 sheep (the last figures showing a decrease 
 owing to the drought and to more attention being 
 paid to the rearing of cattle ;) the yield of gold 
 amounted to 234,851 ozs., of the value of .£838,544, 
 being the largest amount produced since the 
 discovery ; the exports had risen to £4,613,275, 
 and the revenue to £1,436,581. During 1877-78 
 the colony suffered from a severe drought; a 
 serious falling off in the gold returns from the far 
 northern gold-fields, from which so much was 
 expected ; and a great depression in trade arising 
 from the foregoing and other causes. Though 
 both the grain and sugar harvests of 1878 were 
 good, and the seasons for the pastoral interests 
 very favourable, the improvement in the prospects 
 of the colony had not been so great as was antici- 
 pated. Owing to the overcrowding of the labour 
 market, free immigration was suspended in the 
 early part of 1878 ; it is now resumed on a limited 
 scale. The copper industry, for some little time 
 has been in a depressed, if not moribund, state, 
 owing to the low prices ruling in England, but 
 there are some appearances of a revival. The 
 gold returns have fallen off, though the decrease 
 is believed to be attributable in a great measure 
 to the decreased number of gold getters, as in some 
 of the districts the yield shows an advance on the 
 figures of 1878. On every account, from its vast 
 extent, from its fertile soil, from its delicious 
 climate, from its extensive seaboard and abundant 
 watercourses, from its judicious institutions, and 
 from the wise and temperate spirit which has 
 hitherto prevailed in its administration, Q. 
 deserves to be regarded as one of the most inter- 
 esting and promising of those youthful States 
 with which the maritime and colonial genius of 
 r.n-];ii,. I has studded the globe. It ranks fourth 
 amongst the Australasian Colonies, and already 
 high amongst the freest and most prosperous com- 
 munities on the face of the earth. 
 
 QUIN, MATTHEW (1821—) Roman Catholic 
 Bi Imp of Bathurst, N.S.W., is a native of Kildaro 
 in Ireland, and was educated in Rome at the 
 Propaganda and Irish Colleges, where he studied 
 
 from 1837 to 1847. He was ordained a priest in 
 February 1845, and consecrated Bishop in Dublin 
 by Cardinal Cullen in November 1865. There are 
 twenty-nine priests in his diocese, which extends 
 to the borders of S.A. and Q., being divided from 
 the diocese of Maitland by the Macquarie, and 
 from the diocese of Goulburn by the Lachlan, 
 Murrumbidgee and Murray. 
 
 aUIROS, PEDRO FERNANDEZ DE, Spanish 
 navigator, was chief pilot to Mendana's expedition 
 in 1595, and took command of it after the death 
 of the leader and his brother-in-law, Lorenzo 
 Berreto. After bringing the expedition back to 
 Peru, Quiros made urgent applications to the 
 Spanish Government to be allowed means "to 
 plough up the waters of the unknown sea, and to 
 seek out the undiscovered lands around the 
 antarctic pole — the centre of that horizon." He 
 expressed his determination to devote the remain-, 
 der of his life to that object, and brought forward 
 abstruse scientific arguments to prove the truth of 
 the popular belief in the existence of a Great 
 South Land. Phillip III. supplied funds to build 
 three ships for another expedition, of which the 
 chief command was entrusted to Quiros, Luis Vaez 
 de Torres being appointed to the second place. 
 Quiros sailed from Lima in 1605 and steered a 
 course west-by-south. On the 10th of February 
 1606 he discovered the island now known as 
 Tahiti, and on 26th April, having kept on in the 
 same course, sighted laud which he believed to be 
 part of the new continent of which he was in 
 search. He gave it the name of Tiekea Austral 
 del Espiritu Santo (the South Land of the Holy 
 Spirit.) It is now generally believed that the land 
 so named by Quiros was not in reality part of the 
 Australian continent, but one of the islands of the 
 group afterwards named the New Hebrides. The 
 separation of the vessels forming the expedition, 
 disputes with his officers, and the loss by sickness 
 and accidents of many of his companions, pre- 
 vented Quiros from ascertaining the extent and 
 character of the land he had found, and soon 
 after the officers and crew of his vessel determined 
 to proceed no further. But two of the ships of 
 the expedition under the command of Torres, after 
 being separated from their consort, and not know- 
 ing of Quiros' determination to return, continued 
 their course to the westward, and in a few days 
 passed safely through the straits dividing the 
 continent of A. from New Guinea. Torres sighted 
 the mainland at its most northern point, but took 
 it for a group of small islands. Quiros returned 
 to Acapulco nine months after his departure, and 
 soon afterwards presented a memorial to the King 
 of Spain, in which he enumerated twenty-three 
 islands he had discovered, besides certain parts of 
 a country which he believed was portion of the 
 Australian mainland. He attempted with extra- 
 ordinary perseverance to induce the King to grant 
 him funds for another expedition. For many 
 years he was unsuccessful, but at length in 1614 
 a commission was granted, and Quiros set out for
 
 Raf-Ric] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTKALAmA. 
 
 ,,01 
 
 Lima to fit out his vessels. He died at Panama 
 on his journey thither. He was the last of the 
 illustrious line of great Spanish navigators. 
 
 RAFFLES BAY, an indentation of Coburg 
 Peninsula on the N.W. side of the continent, a 
 little to the E. of Port Essington. It is named 
 after Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles. Here a 
 settlement was attempted, with Captain Barker as 
 Superintendent, in 1823 ; but after a terrible 
 struggle of three years was abandoned. In June 
 1827 Captain Sterling arrived in H.M.S. Locust 
 and formed a small settlement at Fort Wellington 
 on the N.E. coast of Raffles Bay. The colonists 
 had a visit from one of the Malay vessels having 
 a Dutch commander with a crew of fourteen men. 
 She belonged to a fleet of fifty-two vessels which 
 had left Macassar in company, with the object of 
 fishing for trepang. They annually visit the 
 northern coast of New Holland for that purpose. 
 
 RAM HEAR, a headland in Gippsland, V., a 
 few miles to the S.W. of Cape Howe. It was the 
 second point of land on the continent seen by 
 Cook in 1770, and was named by him from its 
 resemblance to Ram Head at the entrance to 
 Plymouth Sound in England. 
 
 RANDELL, WILLIAM RICHARD (1824-) 
 explorer, is a native of Devonshire in England. 
 He came to S.A. in 1837, and was for some years 
 engaged in pastoral pursuits. In 1853 he planned 
 and built a steamer, the Mary Ann, for the River 
 Murray navigation, and took her up to Maiden's 
 Punt before Cadell, who was assisted by the 
 Government. Randell in the Mary Ann pushed 
 on to Maiden's Punt (Moama,) and on returning 
 overtook at Euston the Lady Atu/usta with the 
 Governor on board, and brought her despatches 
 down to Adelaide. Two years after thus opening 
 the Murray trade Randell constructed a more 
 powerful twin steamer, which he named the 
 Gemini, and in this he proceeded up the Mur- 
 rumbidgee as far as where the township of Hay 
 now stands, then known as Lang's Crossing. The 
 following year he took the Gemini up the Darling, 
 which had been previously navigated by Cadell as 
 far as Mount Murchison. Randell went about 
 1000 miles further up the river to where the town- 
 ship of Brewarrina now stands, but the water 
 being low a rapid prevented further progress. The 
 next trip, the river being higher, he was enabled 
 to go about 250 miles further up to Walgett on 
 the Namoi, a tributary of the Darling, and then 
 the farthest post-town in Riverina. Since then 
 Randell has been constantly engaged in the 
 Murray trade and has three steamers and six 
 barges on the river. Great credit is due to him 
 for having, unassisted, displayed so much perse- 
 verance in opening up a trade of such importance 
 to S.A. and to the settlers on the river. He worked 
 
 with most untiring energy at the building of his 
 steamers, though he had never been on board a 
 steam-vessel in his life until he built the Mary 
 Ann. His enterprise deserved substantial public 
 recognition, and he received a bonus of £300 from 
 the Government and a purse of £400 with a testi- 
 monial from the public. 
 
 RECHERCHE ARCHIPELAGO, a group of 
 islands lying off the S.W. corner of the Continent, 
 was so named from one of the ships in the expedi- 
 tion of D'Entrecasteaux, the French navigator, in 
 1792. 
 
 RECHERCHE ISLAND, in T., was similarly 
 named. 
 
 REGENT'S LAKE, (Or Cudjallagong,) in 
 the district of Lachlan, N.S.W., near the Lachlan 
 River, between the Baloon or Taylor's range and 
 Peel's range, was named by Oxley in honour of 
 the Prince Regent, afterwards George the Fourth. 
 REID, GEORGE HOUSTON (1845—) is a 
 native of Scotland, and came to V. in 1852. In 
 1864 he received a junior appointment in the 
 Civil Service of N.S.W. ; in September 1869 was 
 appointed Clerk of Correspondence in the Treasury 
 department : and in 1878 Secretary to the Attorney- 
 General. He is the author of Five Free-Trade 
 Essays, and of a work entitled New South Wales, 
 the Mother Colony of the Australia*. For his 
 Essays Reid was elected an Honorary Member of 
 the Cobden Club in London. 
 
 RESTORATION ISLAND, an island of Q., 
 lying off the N.E. coast of the continent a little to 
 the S. of Cape Weymouth, and within the Great 
 Barrier Reef. It is of some interest from having 
 been first visited by Bligh in 1789, during his 
 unparalleled voyage in the Bounty from the Society 
 Islands. The name was given to it by Bligh from 
 his having made it on the anniversary of the 
 recall of Charles II. to the throne of England. It 
 is a mass of granite. 
 
 RICHARDSON CREEK, in V., was discovered 
 and named after one of Mitchell's party in 1836. 
 
 RICHARDSON, SIR JOHN LARKIXS 
 CHEESE (1810-1878) was a native of England, 
 but born in Bengal. He was educated for the 
 military profession, and in 1829 went to India as 
 an artillery cadet. He entered the East India 
 Company's Service in 1830, and for twenty -two 
 years was engaged in active military service in 
 India. In the Afghan and Sikh wars he was 
 aide-de-camp to Sir H. Smith, and was wounded 
 at Ferozeshah. He was engaged in Cabul in 1842, 
 and received medals and clasps for these services. 
 In 1851 he retired from the service, and in 1852 
 visited N.Z. and published an account of it entitled 
 A Summer's Excursion, and also a volume in blank 
 verse entitled The First Christian Martyr in N.Z. 
 He returned to England the same year, but came 
 to Otago in 1856 and settled in the Molyneaux 
 district. He was elected Member and Speaker 
 of the Provincial Council, and in 1861 was chosen 
 Superintendent of the Otago district, but in 1863
 
 ,',(i2 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Ric— Rin 
 
 was defeated by Harris. He was again elected 
 Member and Speaker of the Council, which post 
 he held till 1865, when he resigned on taking office 
 in the Stafford Government. From 1861 he was 
 a Member of the General Assembly of N.Z. until 
 he was elevated to the Upper House, of which he 
 became Speaker. He was knighted for his public 
 services in 1875. 
 
 RICHMOND, a river in N.S.W., falling into 
 the Pacific about 500 miles N. of Sydney, and 12 
 miles to the southward of Cape Byron, discovered 
 in 1842. For the first 20 miles of its course 
 upward from the ocean, the Richmond runs 
 parallel to the coast at the distance of from three 
 to five miles from it, and the country on both 
 sides is a mangrove swamp worthless for the 
 purposes of man. Higher up the land begins to 
 improve, and there is much brush land on both 
 banks of the first quality for cultivation. Higher 
 up still the river is found to divide itself into two 
 streams — the main river, or South Arm, coming 
 from the westward, and the North Arm, by far 
 the larger of the two, from the northward. The 
 North Arm is navigable a long way above 
 Lismore, and a series of tributary streams or 
 creeks fall into it. On these creeks, as well as on 
 various others that fall into the main river below 
 the junction, there are numerous extensive and 
 rich cedar brushes, which afford constant and 
 remunerative employment to a comparatively 
 numerous population of cedar-cutters, many of 
 whom have wives and large families, as also to 
 various colonial vessels and their crews. It is 
 principally as a field for the collection of cedar 
 and other valuable timber for the colonial market 
 that the North Arm of the Eichmond, with its 
 various creeks and tributaries, has hitherto been 
 occupied. The land on the Eichmond is too rich 
 for sheep and gives them the foot-rot, and is 
 therefore occupied almost exclusively as cattle 
 stations. The Eev. W. Ridley visited the Eichmond 
 district in December 1857, and gives the following 
 description of the scenery along the river : — " The 
 scenery on both sides of the Eichmond is truly 
 enchanting. Close to the water's edge rises a com- 
 plete wall of luxuriant foliage ; fig trees, bean 
 trees, pines, and a variety of other trees, stand 
 thickly set and overhung with a rich drapery of 
 creepers, presenting the forms of turrets, but- 
 tresses, festoons, and stalactites in endless variety, 
 and bespangled with flowers and fruit. There is a 
 purple convolvolus, wild roses, tulips, and some 
 yellow flowers scattered high and low ; and close 
 to the water's edge a pure white lily. Cherries, 
 figs, and mulberries overhang the water. The 
 extensive brush land along the lower part of this 
 river is more suitable for the culture of such pro- 
 dace as is expected at a future day to form the 
 staple export of the district (cotton, sugar, maize, 
 coffee, ifcc.,) than the swamps higher up ; and the 
 ease with which any produce can be conveyed 
 clown by barges to shipping at the Heads will of 
 course enhance the value of the land for such 
 
 purposes. But the vast outlay necessary in the first 
 instance for clearing will probably postpone the 
 occupation of the brush land until the most suit- 
 able swamps and plains have been brought into 
 cultivation." The principal townships on this 
 river are Lismore ; Wyrallah, where there is a 
 large saw-mill ; Coraki, a rising township situated 
 at the junction of the north and south arms of the 
 Eichmond, where there is a large ship-building 
 yard ; Woodbum, the seat of the sugar trade, 
 where there are two large sugar-mills ; and Ballina, 
 the seaport town at the entrance of the river. 
 The population of Lismore and vicinity is about 
 600, and the district is partly pastoral and agri- 
 cultural, fine stock being raised, while sugar, 
 maize, potatoes, &c, are grown, the land being 
 well suited for cultivation. The main exports of 
 Lismore are pine and cedar timber — of the former 
 large quantities are exported, while maize and 
 other colonial produce is rapidly increasing. The 
 municipal district of Lismore was proclaimed on 
 4th March 1879. 
 
 RIDLEY, WILLIAM, M.A. (1819-1878) was a 
 native of Hartford End in Essex, England, and 
 was educated at King's College and London 
 University. In 1850 he came with Dr. Lang to 
 Sydney and was ordained a minister of the Pres- 
 byterian Church and appointed Professor of Greek, 
 Latin and Hebrew in the Australian College. He 
 then took pastoral charge at Portland Bay, Bris- 
 bane, and the Manning Eiver ; and afterwards 
 devoted himself to missionary work amongst the 
 aborigines. The care of his family caused him to 
 relinquish this occupation and to come to Sydney, 
 where he became connected with the Empire news- 
 paper, and continued on that journal until its 
 discontinuance. For the last five years of his life 
 he was the principal editor of the Evening Neivs 
 and wrote for the Toivn and Country Journal. 
 In 1877, at the request of the Presbyterian Synod, 
 he acquired the Chinese language in order to take 
 charge of the Chinese mission in Sydney. He 
 gave much of his time to this task. Eidley was 
 a man of extraordinary attainments as a linguist, 
 and of a singularly pure and upright character. 
 Whilst labouring as a missionary amongst the 
 blacks in N.S.W. he studied their language and 
 customs, and subsequently published a work on 
 the Kamilaroi and other native dialects, which 
 was printed at the expense of the Government, 
 and is accounted of great value by ethnologists 
 and philologists. 
 
 RINTEL, MOSES, S.J.M. (1824-1880) the first 
 duly authorised Jewish minister in V., arrived in 
 Sydney in 1844 where he established the Sydney 
 Hebrew Society, of which he became the principal. 
 In 1849 he accepted the office of minister to the 
 newly-established Jewish Congregation of Mel- 
 bourne. Circumstances compelled him to resign 
 this charge, but he was invited to assist in the 
 formation of a new Synagogue in East Melbourne. 
 In 1864, mainly through his exertions, a duly con- 
 stituted Beth Din, (Hebrew Court of Justice)—
 
 Rio— Robl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 503 
 
 the only one out of London— was established, of 
 which he acted as chairman ; and in 1868 the 
 Chief Rabbi of Great Britain and its dependencies 
 assigned to him the position of Senior Minister of 
 the Melbourne Hebrew community. 
 
 RIOTT, EDWARD, Lieutenant in the Royal 
 Navy, was despatched from England in November 
 1790, in H.M.S. Guardian, with supplies of two 
 years provision for the settlement at Sydney, 
 together with clothing, bedding, sails and cordage 
 for the ships, implements of agriculture and other 
 stores. The ship arrived safely at the Cape of 
 Good Hope where Riou took on board a quantity 
 of live stock and a number of valuable fruit trees. 
 Resuming her voyage on 23rd December the 
 Guardian struck against an iceberg to the S. and 
 E. of the Cape of Good Hope and was so much 
 injured that the greater part of her valuable cargo 
 was thrown overboard ; most of the passengers and 
 crew left her in five boats when they thought she 
 was sinking. Riou remained with his ship but 
 gave them despatches for the Admiralty and 
 entreated that the country would protect and pro- 
 vide for his sister. Four of the boats were never 
 heard of ; the fifth crew after suffering great priva- 
 tions reached the Mauritius ; but meanwhile the 
 Guardian was fallen in with by a French frigate, 
 towed into Table Bay, and Riou was saved to 
 perish by a more glorious death, having been after- 
 wards killed at the battle before Copenhagen in 
 1801. Nelson in his despatches styled Riou "the 
 gallant and the good ; " and Campbell has immor- 
 talised him in these terms in his famous ode on the 
 " Battle of the Baltic." 
 
 RISDON COVE (Or Restdown) is situated 
 on the eastern bank of the Derwent River in T., a 
 few miles from its mouth. It was the first settle- 
 ment fixed on by Lieutenant Bowenin 1803, when 
 sent with a detachment from Sydney to establish 
 a penal settlement in V.D.L. The Cove was first 
 seen and named by Hayes in 1794, and was 
 visited by Flinders and Bass four years after- 
 wards. When Collins arrived with his party 
 from Port Phillip, Risdon Cove was found to be 
 an unsuitable place for the settlement, and 
 Sullivan's Cove, higher up the river — the site of 
 Hobart Town — was selected instead. 
 
 RIVERINA. The name commonly given to 
 the extensive region lying between the Murray 
 and Darling rivers in N.S.W. of which Deniliquin 
 is the capital. It is a purely pastoral region, and 
 the description of it falls within the general 
 description of the colony. Discontent with the 
 treatment they receive from the Government at 
 Sydney has sometimes induced the settlers to 
 moot the question of separation from N.S.W. and 
 annexation to V. ; but nothing has ever yet come 
 of these discussions. In V. the term "Riverina" 
 is usually held to apply only to the district 
 between the Murray and the Murrumbidgee, which 
 from its geographical position, is more closely 
 connected with that colony than with N.S.W. 
 
 ROBERTSON, SIR JOHN (1816—) is a native 
 of Essex in England, and came to N.S.W. in 
 1820. The family lived for some years in Sydney 
 where Robertson became one of Dr. Lang's first 
 pupils, and this early relationship was by both 
 remembered with pleasant reflections. The family 
 removed to the Hunter River district in 1835. At 
 the age of sixteen Robertson, having a desire to 
 see the world, and having made good use of the 
 opportunities offered for nautical practice on a 
 small scale in Sydney harbour, entered on board the 
 ship Sovereign and worked his way to England as 
 one of the ship's company. Whilst in England he 
 received an invitation from Lord Palmerston to 
 accompany him on a visit to his country seat at 
 Broadlands in Hampshire. He had carried home 
 a letter from a young man, an assigned servant 
 of his father's, to his relatives in England, who 
 happened to be neighbours of Lord Palmerston's, 
 and naturally wished information in reference to 
 their banished son. Robertson was received most 
 cordially and was asked about the affairs of the 
 colony. He was absent for two years, and during that 
 time visited different parts of England, Scotland 
 and France, and then proceeded to Brazil and 
 other parts of South America. On his return to 
 N.S.W. he was persuaded to leave the sea, though 
 he was in a fair way to success in that profession, 
 and joined his father in the Northern district. 
 He continued for many years in the management 
 of stations and engaged in squatting and farming 
 enterprises. He was while young called upon to 
 undertake a duty of an important public nature 
 on behalf of the squatters of the north. It had 
 been reported to Governor Gipps that some of the 
 squatters in the west had been destroying the 
 natives by putting poison in the waterholes, and 
 to prevent the repetition of the alleged crime 
 Gipps refused to allow the squatters to take their 
 cattle beyond the then limits. This was felt to 
 be a hardship, and Robertson was deputed 
 to wait on the Governor to represent the matter 
 to him. He called a meeting at the Exchange in 
 Sydney — the first squatters' meeting held in A.— 
 at which he moved the first resolution. He had 
 become a squatter before the commencement 
 of the system of licenses, and held one of the 
 first sets of licenses issued. This meeting was 
 successful ; the prohibition was withdrawn so far 
 as the northern squatters were concerned, and on 
 his return he received the thanks of his fellow- 
 squatters. For several years before the introduc- 
 tion of responsible Government he was regarded 
 by the settlers of the Upper Hunter and sur- 
 rounding districts as the man who was marked 
 out by his public spirit and ability as entitled to 
 receive the expression of their confidence, so soon 
 as the new Constitution should place them in a 
 position to choose their representative. He first 
 became known as a politician in the discussion of 
 Responsible Government, National Education, and 
 the Administration of the Lands. His views on 
 these questions approved themselves to the minds
 
 504 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Rob 
 
 of his fellow-colonists in that quarter, and when 
 the new Constitution came into operation in 1856 
 he was the first in the colony who received a 
 requisition to offer himself as a candidate. In his 
 reply — the first published by a candidate under the 
 new Constitution — he set forth the line of action 
 which he would pursue if elected. The chief 
 objects which he pledged himself to pursue were, — 
 Manhood Suffrage, Vote by Ballot, the Division of 
 Electoral Districts on a Population Basis, the 
 Abolition of State-aid to Religion, National Edu- 
 cation, and Free Selection over the Public Lands 
 of the Colony. To the attainment of these 
 objects he devoted his best energies, and had 
 the satisfaction of seeing all of them accomplished, 
 having taken a prominent part in carrying 
 all of them into effect. From the time of 
 his first candidature until now he has been 
 remarkable for the consistency with which he has 
 adhered to the principles he announced at the outset 
 of his career. He was elected for the district of 
 Phillip, Brisbane, and Bligh. When the Ministry 
 of the day brought forward their Land Bill, he 
 proposed to insert clauses providing for free selec- 
 tion over the public lands "surveyed or unsur- 
 veyed." This clause met so little favour that only 
 nine Members voted with him. Upon the defeat 
 of his amendment, he moved that the Bill be con- 
 sidered in Committee that day six months. The 
 squatters now joined the advocates of free selec- 
 tion in opposition to the Ministers, and the Bill 
 was thrown out. The Government brought in 
 another Bill, with clauses increasing the rental of 
 runs. This Bill Robertson supported ; but the 
 measure was defeated by the squatters, and Par- 
 liament was dissolved. Cowper invited Robertson 
 to join his Ministry, and he became Minister for 
 Lands and Works in January 1858. On 22nd 
 February he issued regulations providing that all 
 future pastoral leases should be made subject to 
 whatever conditions Parliament might impose 
 when they came to legislate on the subject ; so 
 that when legislation took place in 1861 Parliament 
 dealt with the subject from the previous date. 
 He next gave his assistance in carrying an 
 Electoral Act. But before the second reading of 
 the Bill came on, the Government were defeated 
 on their Education Bill, and resigned in October 
 1859. A few weeks previously the department of 
 Lands and Works was divided, and Robertson 
 became Minister for Lands. The Forster Ministry 
 succeeded ; and Black, Minister for Lands, with 
 Flood, Minister for Works, prepared a Bill the 
 main feature of which was a limited right of 
 selection over proclaimed agricultural areas. This 
 measure however never came to a Parliamentary 
 decision, as the Government was defeated on its 
 Elective Upper House Bill, and compelled to retire 
 by a vote of want of confidence. Cowper having 
 retired from Parliament, Robertson was left at the 
 head of the party in the Assembly, and was there- 
 fore called on to form an Administration, which 
 he did in March 1860. His first business was the 
 
 introduction of his Land Bill. The main principle 
 of the Crown Lands Alienation Bill was, on a 
 motion by Hay, rejected by a small majority. 
 The result was an appeal to the people on the 
 question of " Free Selection before Survey," or 
 rather (according to the purport and effect of the 
 Bill itself) " Free Selection over the Public Lands 
 Surveyed and Unsurveyed." The new Parliament 
 assembled on 10th January 1861, and passed 
 Robertson's Land Bill ; though, in order to secure 
 the result, he himself retired from the Assembly 
 and entered the Council as a nominee, to assist 
 in passing the measure through the Upper House. 
 This Parliament also passed the Act to prohibit 
 future grants for Public Worship. In 1866 Parkes 
 brought in his Public Schools Bill ; and notwith- 
 standing the usual opposition between the two 
 leaders and their respective parties, Parkes 
 received the cordial support of Robertson, who 
 has thus taken part in the accomplishment of 
 all the chief measures comprised in the political 
 creed he put forth on his first appeal to the 
 electors in 1856. In October 1868 he again 
 became Premier and Colonial Secretary ; but in 
 January 1870 he gave up the Premiership to 
 Cowper, himself taking the Lands department ; 
 from December 1870 to May 1872 he was Colonial 
 Secretary in the Martin Ministry. On 9th 
 February 1875 he formed another Ministry, in 
 which he took the Colonial Secretary's depart- 
 ment ; this Government lasted until March 1877. 
 After receiving several offers of distinction, which 
 were however declined, he was in 1877 created a 
 K.C.M.G. On 17th August he again became 
 Colonial Secretary ; but the Government retired 
 in December. At the general election following 
 the agitation that prevailed in consequence of 
 the frequent changes of government producing 
 so small an amount of legislation, resulted in 
 the defeat of Robertson in West Sydney, (his rival 
 Parkes, being defeated in East Sydney ;) but he 
 was immediately chosen afterwards to represent 
 two constituencies — Mudgee and the Bogan. When 
 the House met, Robertson elected to take his seat 
 for Mudgee. On the defeat of the Farnell Ministry 
 Robertson was sent for to form a Government, 
 but being unsuccessful he resigned his seat in 
 the Assembly ; and the Farnell Ministry attempt- 
 ing to continue to carry on the Government, was 
 again defeated and Robertson joined Parkes in 
 December 1878, in forming the present Adminis- 
 tration (1879,) taking his seat in the Upper House 
 as Vice-President of the Executive Council and 
 Representative of the Government. 
 
 ROBE, FREDERICK HOLT, Governor of 
 S.A. from October 1845 to August 1848, in suc- 
 cession to Sir George Grey. He is described as 
 " a military gentleman of what is called the old 
 school, honourable and upright, but inclined to 
 think that everything ought always to be as it has 
 been. He disliked all innovation, and did what 
 he could to prevent it, much to the discontent of 
 the young and thriving colony, which was of
 
 Rob! 
 
 CYC] OPiEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 505 
 
 necessity the scene of constant and rapid changes. 
 He passed a very troublous time for three years, 
 and in 1848 was heartily glad to be re-called." 
 
 ROBINSON, — , the Protector of the Aborigines 
 in V.D.L., was in 1820 appointed to take charge 
 of Brand Island, where twelve natives captured in 
 the " Black War" were confined and mixed with 
 others who had attained to some degree of civili- 
 sation. Robinson acquired the native language 
 and endeavoured to civilise the blacks by humane 
 treatment and persuasion. They became strongly 
 attached to him and called him their marmanah 
 or father. On the failure of the Black War he 
 offered to go alone and on foot to the savage 
 tribes, explain to them that the intentions of the 
 settlers were peaceful and offer them the friend- 
 ship of the white nation. After many adventures 
 he succeeded. By the aid of interpreters and 
 friendly natives the aboriginal population were 
 made to understand that it was useless for them 
 to contend against the power of the white race, 
 and the tragic story of murder and revenge 
 ended in the founding of a native village at 
 Flinders Island, where the remnant of the con- 
 quered race might find an asylum and a grave. 
 West gives a graphic account of the dangers and 
 intrepidity of Bobinson. On one occasion he was 
 following a tribe who had fled in the direction of 
 the Peak of Teneriffe : — " He saw them first to 
 the east of the Barn Bluff Mountain, and was not 
 more than two miles distant. He hailed his 
 people and selected a few of his friendly natives 
 who, together with the women present at the 
 murder of Captain Thomas, were sent to meet 
 them. The party of Robinson were concealed by 
 a scrub. In less than half-an-hour he heard the 
 war-whoop and perceived that they were advancing 
 by the rattling of their spears. This was an awful 
 moment to their pacificator. On their approach 
 the chief, Manalanga, leaped on his feet in great 
 alarm, saying that the natives were coming to spear 
 them ; he urged Robinson to run, and finding he 
 would not took up his rug and spears and went 
 away. The rest of the allies prepared to follow him 
 but were prevailed on by Robinson to remain. 
 They inferred that the natives sent on the embassy 
 of peace were either killed, or that they had joined 
 the hostile tribe. As these advanced the friendly 
 emissaries were unseen, being hidden by the large 
 number of strangers who still raised their cry and 
 approached in warlike array. At length Robinson 
 saw his own people ; he then went up to the chiefs 
 and shook hands with them. He explained the 
 object of his visit ; distributed trinkets among 
 thorn, and sat down and partook of refreshments 
 with them. From that time they placed themselves 
 under his control, and as they advanced towards 
 Hobart Town, he encouraged them to make excur- 
 sions, which left their own actions free and pre- 
 vented suspicion and distrust. With their wives 
 and children, this party consisted of thirtj six, 
 and at length they were safely lodged on Swan 
 Island. They were fine muscular men and excited 
 
 great sympathy and interest. This incident sug- 
 gested to the venerable artist Duterreau the idea 
 of a national picture; he depicts the interview, 
 and delineates the various circumstances drawn 
 from life with great energy and effect. Robinson 
 is seen in expostulation with a listening chief; a 
 woman behind him is endeavouring to pour dis- 
 trust into his ear. Others are looking on in 
 expectation or in doubt. The grouping is skilful 
 and expressive ; and this picture which has the 
 great merit of minutely representing the attitudes 
 and customs of the natives, will be an interesting 
 memorial, in another age, of the most honourable 
 passage in Tasmanian history. The results of his 
 enterprise produced a strong impression in favour 
 of Robinson. He had been thought rash and 
 fanatical ; his death had been predicted a hundred 
 times ; his success was attributed, half in jest and 
 half in earnest, to some species of animal enchant- 
 ment. The Government, at the suggestion of the 
 committee, acknowledged his exertions, not only 
 with warm eulogy but substantial reward." He 
 received a maximum grant of land, and pensions 
 were provided for his wife and children in case of 
 his death. Robinson had been a carpenter at 
 Hobart Town, and a man of indomitable courage 
 and bravery. He lived to see the last of the 
 Aboriginal race leave the shores of T. "His 
 name (writes West) will be held in everlasting 
 remembrance." 
 
 ROBINSON, SIR HERCULES GEORGE 
 ROBERT (1824—) is a native of Ireland, and 
 second son of Admiral Robinson. He was educated 
 at Sandhurst, and entered the 87th regiment ; but 
 in 1846 retired from the army, and was employed 
 under the Poor Law Board in Ireland on the 
 public works undertaken during the famine. In 
 1852 he was made Chief Commissioner to inquire 
 into the fairs and markets of Ireland ; in 1854 he 
 was made President of Montserrat, and in 1856 
 Lieutenant-Governor of St. Christopher in the 
 West Indies. In 1859 he received the honour of 
 knighthood, and was appointed Governor of Hong 
 Kong. In 1865 he was appointed Governor of 
 Ceylon, and in 1872 was transferred to N.S.W. 
 In 1874 he visited Fiji, and obtained the cession 
 of these islands to Great Britain. He was 
 Acting Governor of them until the arrival of Sir 
 Arthur Gordon; and in March 1879 he was 
 appointed Governor of N.Z. Hardly had he 
 assumed the government there than he was 
 appointed by the Imperial Government to take 
 the Government of the Cape of Good Hope. 
 Robinson is an eloquent speaker, and his speeches 
 on a variety of subjects delivered during his term 
 of office as ( tovernor of N.S.W. merit preservation 
 in the annals of oratory. He possesses a power- 
 ful intellect added to great determination of 
 character. 
 
 ROBINSON, WM. CLEAVER FRANCIS 
 (1834—) brother of the foregoing, is the fourth son 
 of Admiral Robinson and a native of Ireland. In 
 1856 he accompanied his brother to St. Kitts, and 
 
 Q3
 
 506 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Rob— Rop 
 
 in 1859 to Hong Kong as his Private Secretary. 
 In 1S62 he was appointed President of Montserrat. 
 During 1865 he was Acting-Governor of Dominica. 
 In 1866 he was made Governor of the Falkland 
 Islands, and in 1870 of Prince Edward Island, 
 until its incorporation with the Dominion of 
 Canada in 1873. In November 1874 he was 
 appointed Governor of W.A., and in 1877 Governor 
 of the Straits Settlement. 
 
 ROBINSON'S CREEK, a beautiful stream of 
 water in Q., was discovered by Leichhardt during 
 his wanderings overland to Port Essington. It is a 
 branch of the Palmtree Creek, and was named in 
 gratitude towards J. P. Robinson for his support 
 of the expedition. 
 
 ROCKHAMPTON, a town in Q., on the south 
 bank of the Fitzroy Paver, forty-five miles from 
 its mouth, at the head of Navigation, and about 
 420 miles N.W. of Brisbane. It owes its origin to 
 the "Port Curtis rush." It is the port of shipment 
 for a large extent of back country, and also for 
 some of the produce of the Peak Downs copper 
 and gold mines. It is also the starting point of 
 the Great Northern Railway. The number of 
 inhabitants is about 7000. The town was pro- 
 claimed a municipality on 15th December 1860. 
 It is well supplied with water, brought from 
 extensive lagoons some two miles distant, and 
 pumped by steam power into an artificial reservoir 
 at the summit of an intervening range 150 feet in 
 height. The Fitzroy bridge, a fine structure, rest- 
 ing on piers with five spans of 232 feet each, 
 connects with the north side. The gold-fields in 
 the vicinity of Rockhampton give employment to 
 a large number of miners. Minerals are widely 
 diffused ; gold, copper and silver deposits being 
 now worked in various places within a radius of 
 forty miles of the town. About four miles from 
 Rockhampton is an establishment for meat-pre- 
 serving, which employs when in full work 100 
 hands. Other works or factories near the town 
 are a tannery, two soap factories, a machine boot 
 factory, and two or three boiling-down establish- 
 ments. Rockhampton is surrounded by land of 
 good quality, especially suitable for grazing pur- 
 poses. The Barcoo, Thompson, Darr, Diamantina, 
 Hamilton and Herbert Rivers to the westward run 
 through some of the finest pastoral country in Q. 
 It is being rapidly stocked, and adds much to the 
 importance of Rockhampton, the town being its 
 natural outlet. 
 
 R0D0ND0 ISLAND lies off the southernmost 
 point of Wilson's Promontory in V., in Bass 
 Straits. It was named by its discoverer, Grant, 
 from its resemblance to a rock bearing that name 
 well known to all seamen in the West Indies. 
 
 ROE, J. S., explorer, accompanied King in his 
 expedition to survey the N. and N.W. coasts of 
 the continent in 1818, and again in 1821 in King's 
 fourth expedition. He was subsequently appointed 
 Surveyor General of W.A., and took part in nearly 
 every exploring expedition sent forth in that 
 
 colony. He started from York in September 
 1848 with a party of six persons, eleven horses 
 and provisions for four months. In October they 
 reached the Pallinup, the last water crossed by 
 Eyre, and steering N.E. crossed several good 
 streams. Then succeeded dense scrubs, dry water- 
 courses and salt lakes, till they reached the Bremer 
 Range. No better view could be obtained from 
 the Fitzgerald Peaks at a thousand feet above the 
 level of the plains. " In every direction lay spread 
 out one vast sea of dark scrub and thicket inter- 
 sected by broad belts of salt lakes and samphire 
 marshes." A retreat to the south towards Mount 
 Ridley showed no better country. Four days and 
 three nights they were without water, and the 
 flashes of the Aurora Australis added to the horrors 
 of the scene. Still struggling to attain the Russell 
 Mountains, cutting their way with axes through 
 thickets fifteen feet high, they at length reached 
 the range in lat. 33° 27' and found further progress 
 impossible. The party returned by Esperance Bay. 
 On the Phillips River they found extensive coal 
 deposits, and on 2nd February returned to Perth 
 after an exploration of 1800 miles. Roe is styled 
 the " Father of Modern Explorers." 
 
 R0LLEST0N, CHRISTOPHER (1817—) a 
 native of Nottinghamshire in England, came to 
 N.S.W. in 1838, and was for some years engaged 
 in farming on the Hunter River. In 1843 he was 
 appointed Commissioner for Crown Lands for the 
 Darling Downs district. In 1855 he was appointed 
 Private Secretary to Governor Dennison, and in 
 1856 Registrar-General of N.S.W. In this office 
 he framed and introduced the existing system of 
 registration. The Statistical branch of the Colonial 
 Secretary's Department was transferred to the 
 Registrar-General's Department in 1858, and in 
 that year the Statistical Register for N.S.W. was 
 first issued. The Registration of Deeds was 
 transferred to his department at the same time ; 
 and in 1863 the Real Property Act was passed, 
 and its introduction devolved upon Rolleston. In 
 November 1864 he was appointed Auditor-General. 
 In 1870 the present Audit Act was passed, under 
 which the finances are now administered, the 
 value of this measure being evidenced by the 
 order and regularity shown in the annual accounts 
 laid before Parliament. 
 
 ROPER, JOHN (1824—) explorer, is a native of 
 Norfolk in England and came to N.S.W. in 1843. 
 The following year he joined Leichhardt's expe- 
 dition overland to Port Essington. On 28th June 
 1845 the party was attacked by the natives near 
 the Gulf of Carpentaria, and Russell received 
 several dangerous spear wounds, but happily sur- 
 vived. Gilbert the naturalist of the party was 
 killed, and Calvert dangerously wounded. Roper 
 discovered the river which was named after him. 
 In 1847 he was appointed Clerk of Petty Sessions 
 at Albury, a Magistrate in 1854, and Mayor of 
 Albury in 1862. In 1868 he was made Inspector 
 of Stock for the district, which office he still holds.
 
 Rop— RusJ 
 
 I 1- l.olM.lUA OF Al sIHALASlA. 
 
 
 
 ROPER RIVER, a beautiful river of Q. It 
 was discovered by Roper of Leichkardt's party 
 during his overland journey to Port Essiugton. It 
 empties its waters into the Gulf of Carpentaria 
 opposite to Maria Island. 
 
 ROSEMARY ISLAND lies off the N.W. coast 
 of the Continent between the Islands of Legendre 
 and Enderby ; it is one of Dampier's Archipelago. 
 It was discovered and named by Dampier on 
 14th August 1699. Having anchored he found on 
 this island a shrub resembling rosemary but 
 without smell. 
 
 ROUS, HENRY JOHN (1T95-J877) Admiral 
 in the British Navy, was a son of the Earl of 
 Stradbroke. He was educated at Dr. Burney's 
 academy in Gosport, and joined H.M.S. Repulse 
 as a midshipman in 1808. From this he went to 
 the Bacchante and distinguished himself in several 
 boat actions. In 1823 he obtained his first com- 
 mand, and in 1825 came to Sydney in the Rainbow 
 and was stationed in Australian waters for four 
 years. During this period he imported the horse 
 Emigrant, the sire of some of the best Australian 
 horses. In August 1829 he discovered the Rich- 
 mond and the Clarence Rivers. In 1830 he went 
 on half -pay until 1835, when he brought the Pique 
 home from Quebec to Spithead after she had been 
 on the rocks on the Labrador coast. He was for 
 many years of the latter part of his life President 
 of the London Jockey Club, and famous as a 
 patron of field sports. Rous's character as a 
 gentleman of the highest honour and integrity 
 stood very high. 
 
 RTJATARA, a native of N.Z., and an intelligent 
 traveller. In 1805, when a lad, he shipped on 
 board a whaler, and after many adventures reached 
 London in 1809. He returned to Australia with 
 the Rev. Mr. Marsden, and resided for a year with 
 that gentleman at Parramatta, learning agriculture. 
 From Sydney he proceeded to N.Z., which he 
 reached after a long detention at Norfolk Island. 
 In 1814 he again visited Sydney accompanied by 
 Hongi ; and returned with Marsden and the mis- 
 sionaries to N.Z., where he died a few days after- 
 wards. He was the first native who cultivated 
 wheat, and was instrumental in introducing Chris- 
 tianity and letters among his countrymen. 
 
 RUFUS RIVER, a river of N.S.W. running 
 into the Murray below its junction with the 
 Murrumbidgee and Darling Rivers ; it is distant 
 240 miles from Adelaide. It was humorously 
 named by Sturt after Mr. Macleay's (one of his 
 party) red hair. 
 
 RUSDEN, GEORGE WILLIAM (1819—) 
 came to N.S.W. in 1834. In 1849 he was appointed 
 agent for National Schools, first in Port Phillip, 
 afterwards in Moreton Bay and N.S.W. In 1851 
 he accepted the post of chief clerk in the Colonial 
 Secretary's Office in V., and in 1856 was appointed 
 Clerk of the Parliaments. In 1860 Rusden origi- 
 nated the fund for the Shakespeare Statue and 
 Scholarship in the University of Melbourne. He 
 
 is the author of a work on National Education; 
 Moyarra, a poem ; a translation of Let Propos of 
 Labienus ; The Discovery, Sun meiU 
 
 of Port Phillip : Curiosities of Colonisation ; and 
 various other pamphlets. 
 
 RUSSELL, HENRY CHAMBERLAIN, 
 
 Government Astronomer of N.S.W., is a native of 
 the colony, born at West Maitland in March 1836. 
 He was educated at the Grammar School of West 
 Maitland and the Sydney University, where he 
 graduated B.A. in 1858, took a scholarship for 
 general proficiency and the Deas-Thomson scholar- 
 ship for chemistry and physics. In January 1859 
 he was appointed assistant in the Sydney Observa- 
 tory, and Government Astronomer in August 1870. 
 In 1872 he was elected Fellow of the Royal Astro- 
 nomical Society of London ; in 1874 Fellow of the 
 Meteorological Society of London ; and in 1875 
 Honorary Member of the South Australian Philo- 
 sophical Society, and Member of the Royal Colonial 
 Institute of London. Under his directions an 
 extensive set of meteorological observations has 
 been collected from all parts of the colony, which 
 throws much light on the climate and rainfall of 
 A. In 1874 he organised four distinct parties for 
 observing the transit of Venus, and obtained more 
 photographs than were taken in any other country. 
 The results were used with great advantage by 
 the Astronomer Royal of England in the deter- 
 mination of the sun's true distance from the earth. 
 He has published numerous papers on subjects 
 connected with astronomy and meteorology. An 
 unsuccessful attempt was made upon his life by 
 means of a kind of infernal machine on the 8th 
 September 1877. 
 
 RUSSELL, a township in N.Z., the native name 
 of which is Kororareka. It is the capital of the 
 Bay of Islands County and situated about 140 
 miles N. of Auckland. It is the principal shipping 
 port in the north and possesses one of the finest 
 harbours in the world, completely sheltered from 
 every storm and wind by the numerous islands— 
 nearly one hundred — that give the bay its appro- 
 priate name. The bay is eleven miles across and 
 is all deep water. Vessels of any draught can go 
 in and out in all weathers and at any state of tide. 
 It is a port of entry and a large number of vessels 
 use the port. Russell has been termed, from its 
 coal deposits and exports, the Newcastle of N.Z. 
 The Rev. S. Marsden, father of the mission in 
 N.Z., first landed here in 1814 and found the 
 natives numerous and warlike. His mission was 
 a successful one. Other missionaries came, followed 
 by a goodly number of settlers. Russell rapidly 
 grew in importance, and in 1839 was proclaimed the 
 capital of the colony, having a resident Governor 
 (Hobson) who resided here from January 1840 to 
 March 1841, a garrison, ships of war, Government 
 buildings, a newspaper, bank and other institu- 
 tions, and numbered over 2<«»i inhabitants. This 
 peaceful state of things was disturbed by the 
 native war in 1842, when the famous chief Heki
 
 508 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA in AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LSaa— Sam 
 
 and his numerous followers devastated the district, 
 dispersed the settlers, and caused the removal of 
 the seat of government to Auckland, then only a 
 native village and plantation. On the conclusion 
 of peace the present town rose from the ashes of 
 the previous one. It now numbers about 320 
 European inhabitants, but this does not give any 
 idea of the district, which is very scattered, and 
 there are numerous other settlements in the county, 
 inland and on the coast. The principal one is 
 Kawakawa, a mining town about fourteen miles up 
 the river of the same name. The coal of the 
 district has good steaming qualities and the ship- 
 ments are very large. The seam in work at the 
 Coal Company's mine is twelve feet in thickness, 
 employs 120 hands when in full work, and the 
 out-put is estimated at 6000 tons a month. Russell 
 is the chief whaling station in the South Pacific- 
 The American whalers call as a rule twice a year 
 and remain about a month while taking in water 
 and provisions. There are several whaling stations 
 established in and about the bay, which are a 
 source of profit to the enterprising natives and 
 others engaged in the business. Manganese 
 mining is also carried on near the township. The 
 exports are coal, gum, timber, oil, wool, flax, 
 manganese, oysters and fish. Around the town 
 the land is poor and broken. Inland are rich 
 plains mostly in native hands. The principal 
 rivers falling into the bay are the Kawakawa, 
 Waikare and Kerikeri, all of which have deep 
 water some miles up at all times of the tide. The 
 hills are densely wooded with the useful timbers so 
 well known in N.Z. and the Australian Colonies. 
 Salt is also manufactured in limited quantities. 
 
 s. 
 
 SAAVEDRA, ALVAREZ DE, Portuguese navi- 
 gator, was the second European navigator who 
 touched New Guinea, on his homeward voyage 
 from the Moluccas in 1528, from New Spain ; and 
 from an idea that the country abounded in gold 
 he gave it the name of Isla del Oro. He 
 stayed a month and obtained provisions, but some 
 Portuguese deserted with the only boat the ship 
 had and were left behind. They found their way 
 to Gilolo, and reported that Saavedra had been 
 wrecked ; but on his subsequent arrival they were 
 tried, condemned and executed. In 1529 he sailed 
 a second time from New Spain, and followed the 
 coast of Papua eastwards above 500 leagues. 
 
 SALAMANCA HILL, in the district of Wim- 
 mera,V.,near Mitre Lake, was ascended by Mitchell 
 on the anniversary of the battle of Salamanca in 
 1836. Hence the name. 
 
 SALVATOR RIVER, in Q., was discovered by 
 Mitchell in July 1846, and named after the cele- 
 brated Italian painter, Salvator Rosa. He writes 
 in his journal : — "Travelling along the bank of 
 this stream we found it flowing and full of 
 
 sparkling water to the margin. The reeds had 
 disappeared, and we could only account for the 
 supply of such a current in such a country at such 
 a season by the support of many springs. We 
 made sure of water now for the rest of our journey, 
 and that we might say of the river, Labitur et 
 labetur in omne volubilis cevum. The hills over- 
 hanging it surpassed any I had ever seen in 
 picturesque outline. Some resembled Gothic 
 cathedrals in ruins, others forts ; other masses 
 were perforated, and being mixed and contrasted 
 with the flowing outlines of evergreen woods, and 
 having a fine stream in the foreground, gave a 
 charming appearance to the whole country. It 
 was a discovery worthy of the toils of a pilgrimage. 
 These beautiful recesses of unpeopled earth could 
 no longer remain unknown. The better to mark 
 them out on my map I gave to the valley the 
 name of Salvator Rosa." 
 
 SANDY CAPE, on the east coast of Q., was so 
 named by Cook from his having observed two 
 large patches of white sand on it. The cape is 
 sufficiently high to be seen at the distance of 
 twelve leagues in clear weather. 
 
 SALE, the principal town in the Gippsland 
 district, V., is 127 miles E.S.E. from Melbourne, 
 with which it is connected by railway. It stands 
 thirty-two feet above the level of the sea. It 
 possesses a mechanics' institute with free library, 
 an hospital, and churches for all the religious 
 denominations. Three breweries, a flour-mill and 
 a tanneiy are in operation. The population is 
 about 3000 ; the district, which is a pastoral, agri- 
 cultural and mining one, numbering 22,500. The 
 town is under municipal government. Sale is 
 the head of the Gippsland Lakes navigation. A 
 steamer plies regularly on the lakes, and a large 
 trade in fish has recently been opened with Mel- 
 bourne. There are large tracts of rich agricultural 
 land, much of it densely covered with scrub, and 
 requiring capital for its clearance and preparation 
 for tillage. About fifteen miles from Sale is the 
 Ramahyuck Aboriginal Station, on the River 
 Avon. It consists of thirteen cottages, missionary's 
 house, church, school-house, and boarding-house 
 for children, arranged so as to form three sides of 
 a quadrangle. Arrowroot, hops and vegetables are 
 grown here, and the first-named is a decided 
 success. The school has a high percentage of 
 marks, and at a recent visitation the children 
 answered questions promptly and intelligently, 
 and sang tunes to an harmonium accompaniment 
 played by a native girl. 
 
 SAMUEL, SAUL (1820—) a native of London, 
 came to N.S.W. in 1832. In 1854 he was elected 
 to the Legislative Council for Roxburgh and 
 Wellington. With one short interval he repre- 
 sented the same part of the country until 1872, 
 being for several years Member of the Assembly 
 for Orange. He was made Treasurer in Forster's 
 Administration in 1859 ; he was also Treasurer in 
 Cowper's Ministry in 1865, and in Robertson's
 
 San— Saul 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 sera 
 
 Ministry in 1868, and again in Cowper's Ministry 
 in 1870. In 1872 having been elected for East 
 Sydney he joined the Ministry of Parkes as Vice- 
 President of the Executive Council. He resigned 
 his seat in the Assembly, and was made a Member 
 of the Legislative Council to represent the Govern- 
 ment in that chamber. When Piddington was 
 disabled through illness for his duties as Treasurer, 
 Samuel undertook to discharge them. When 
 Piddington retired from office Lloyd was appointed 
 his successor, and Samuel took the office of Post- 
 master-General. In this position he had the 
 honour of opening the new General Post-office, 
 and on that occasion gave the citizens an enter- 
 tainment memorable in the history of the country. 
 In 1873 Samuel was specially delegated by the 
 Government to visit Europe and America, to make 
 arrangements for the establishment of the Pacific 
 Mail Service. This he succeeded in doing, and 
 was entertained at a public dinner on his return 
 to the colony in 1874, besides having the distinction 
 of C.M.G. conferred upon him by Her Majesty. 
 He again in 1877 became a Member of the Parkes 
 Ministry, in which he held the office of Postmaster- 
 General. With Charles Cowper he represented 
 N.S.W. at the Conference held in Melbourne in 
 1870, for the purpose of endeavouring to bring 
 about a settlement of the Border Customs Duties 
 and other matters affecting the interests of the 
 colonies. He was also a member of the Conference 
 held in Sydney in 1873, representing N.S.W. in 
 conjunction with Parkes. During his absence from 
 the colony in 1873 Samuel visited the United 
 States and made a Postal Convention with that 
 Government. He is the author of several measures 
 which have become law ; amongst others the 
 Navigation Act and the Government Savings Bank 
 Act ; and has been for many years prominently 
 connected with the mining, commercial, manu- 
 facturing and pastoral enterprises of the colony, 
 and has contributed largely to the development 
 of its industries. 
 
 SANDHURST, a mining township in V., more 
 familiarly known as Bendigo (a corruption and 
 abbreviation of Bandicoot Creek.) It is 100 miles 
 N.N.W. of Melbourne, and is on the main line of 
 railway from Melbourne to Echuca, It takes rank 
 among the leading towns — or rather cities, for it 
 lias been proclaimed one since 18th June 1871 — 
 nf V., and is in fact considered to be second only 
 to Melbourne. It is the head-quarters of a rich 
 auriferous country, consisting principally of quartz 
 ranges, which from their most inexhaustible cha- 
 racter will doubtless be a source of profitable 
 industry for many years to come. It may fairly 
 be considered to be the premier goldfield, having 
 since the spur given to quartz-reefing enterprise in 
 1872 greatly extended in every direction, and deep 
 sinking receiving a far greater share of attention 
 than heretofore. The discovery of rich alluvial 
 deposits of gold in 1851 was the first cause of the 
 population of the district, but it was not until the 
 opening up of the quart/, reefs that it began to 
 
 develop into a town of some dimensions. The 
 main street, named Pall Mall, has on one side 
 handsome brick and stone shops and stores, the 
 opposite side being a reserve known as Rosalind 
 Park. The city is lighted with gas, and supplied 
 with water from the Victoria Water Supply, the 
 principal reservoir being the Crusoe Reservoir, 
 situated about six miles distant south. Besides 
 the Crusoe there are two other large reservoirs — 
 the Big Hill and the Spring Gully — all in con- 
 nection with what is called the "Coliban scheme." 
 There are two recreation reserves — the Camp 
 Reserve and the Botanical Gardens ; the latter 
 beautifully laid out and planted with choice and 
 rare shrubs, and having a fair collection of foreign 
 animals and birds. The industries of Sandhurst 
 besides that of gold mining are numerous, the 
 most important being several breweries, iron- 
 foundries, coach-building, pottery, stone-cutting, 
 tanning, brick and tile making works, cordial 
 manufacture, and in addition farming and vine- 
 growing. The wines from the Axe Creek district 
 in the vicinity have attracted attention in the 
 foreign markets. The district has been created a 
 bishopric in connection with the Roman Catholic 
 denomination, the Rev. Martin Crane, D.D., having 
 been appointed first Bishop. The mining opera- 
 tions in the entire Sandhurst district give employ- 
 ment to 5560 miners, of whom 780 are Chinese, 
 and to 217 steam engines, of which six are used 
 for alluvial purposes. There are fifty-six horse 
 puddling machines, 1260 stamp-heads, and numer- 
 ous smaller appliances, the value of the whole being 
 estimated at .£454,000. Mining operations extend 
 over 144 square miles of country, and there are 775 
 distinct auriferous quartz reefs. The yield of gold 
 from the Sandhurst mines for the half-year ending 
 3oth June 1879 was 79,040ozs.l2dwt.24grs. Acom- 
 pany working a chlorination process here has been 
 very successful in its treatment of pyrites tailings 
 and the extraction of gold. Of late the area of 
 land under cultivation has extended ; wheat is the 
 principal crop. The total population of the city 
 is about 27,ooii. 
 
 SANDRIDGE, the port of Melbourne, \ '., is 
 situated on Hobson's Bay, one and a-half miles S. 
 of the city, of which it really forms a suburb. It 
 is connected with Melbourne by the Hobson's Bay 
 Railway, which, originally built by a private com- 
 pany, was bought by the Government in June 
 1878. The bushier of the town is almost entirely 
 dependent on the shipping. There are two piers, 
 the railway and the town pier, jutting a long way 
 into the bay, alongside which ships of almost any 
 tonnage can lie and be rapidly loaded or discharged, 
 there being numerous steam cranes for that pur- 
 pose. The population is about 8000. Sandridge 
 lias a sugar-refining works and a biscuit factory. 
 
 SAUNDERS, JOHN, the first Baptist minister 
 in A., was a native of London, of which city he 
 was a Liveryman. He was originally articled to 
 an attorney, in which profession he remained for 
 fourteen years. During that period he devoted
 
 510 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Saw— Sco 
 
 himself to the study of the Scriptures and to 
 prepare himself for the ministry of the Gospel. 
 Soon after his ordination as a minister of the 
 Baptist Church he left England for N.S.W. as 
 chaplain to a female convict ship, which arrived in 
 Port Jackson in December 1834. During his stay 
 in the colony Saunders was one of the earliest and 
 most earnest advocates of total abstinence and of 
 the formation of societies for the suppression of 
 the liquor traffic. He returned in 184S to England, 
 where he died. 
 
 SAWYER, WILLIAM COLLINSON (1831- 
 1867) first Bishop of Grafton and Armidale, was 
 consecrated Bishop of that See in February 1867- 
 He had only taken charge of the diocese about 
 three months when on Sunday night, 15th March 
 1868, he was drowned with his son and servant in 
 the Clarence River. After holding Divine service 
 he had started with five others in a boat for his 
 home. They had proceeded about two miles when 
 a sudden gust of wind capsized the boat, and the 
 whole six were precipitated into the river. His 
 body was recovered on the Tuesday following. 
 His energy, self-denial, ability, and friendly 
 demeanour had secured to him many attached 
 friends besides those connected with his Church. 
 He was a man admirably qualified for the work 
 for which he had been selected, and was universally 
 respected and loved. 
 
 SCHANCK, CAPE, oe Daeeinguek, is a bold 
 rocky promontory standing out into Bass Straits, 
 between Port Phillip and Western Port Bay, in V. 
 There is a small rock lying off the point of the 
 Cape, called from its shape Pulpit Rock ; on the 
 highest portion of the Cape is a lighthouse. The 
 Bay is known as Barker's Watering-place. It was 
 discovered by Grant in 1800, and named by him 
 after Admiral Schanck. 
 
 SCHNAPPER ISLAND, in Western Port Bay, 
 V., was discovered by Grant in 1801, and named 
 from its fancied resemblance to a schnapper's head. 
 
 SCHOMBURGK, RICHARD VON (181 1-) 
 director of the Botanic Gardens of Adelaide, S.A., 
 is a native of Fribault in Saxony. His brother 
 Sir Robert Schomburgk has made himself a name 
 as a traveller, in connection with the discoveries 
 of Alexander von Humboldt, the greatest scientific 
 traveller of his time. Richard Schomburgk after 
 passing through his elementary education studied 
 botany in Berlin, and was for some time in the 
 Royal Gardens at Potsdam. As a young man he 
 gave practical proof of his capability under the 
 supervision of his brother, and was his companion 
 in some of his perilous voyages. After a series of 
 expeditions in the pursuit of science Schomburgk 
 returned to Germany, and being concerned in the 
 political troubles of the day, with some difficulty 
 and by the assistance of his friends Humboldt and 
 Leopold von Buch, he fled with his brother Otto 
 from his native land and embarked for Australia. 
 They arrived at Adelaide, purchased land at 
 Gambier River and cultivated a farm and large 
 
 vineyard which they called Buchfeld, in honour of 
 their friend and patron. The wines of Buchfeld 
 soon obtained a splendid reputation. But after 
 they had been in the colony some ten years Otto 
 Schomburgk died. On the death of Francis, 
 Director of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens, the 
 appointment was offered to Schomburgk and 
 accepted in 1866. Nature had done little for the 
 Adelaide Botanic Gardens. The site was nothing 
 but a waste flat. The result of the management 
 of Schomburgk is a magnificent work of art, the 
 admiration of visitors. Since taking the manage- 
 ment of the gardens, Schomburgk has devoted a 
 considerable portion of his time to the task of 
 creating a taste for floriculture amongst all classes, 
 and to the introduction of valuable plants and 
 seeds which he deemed likely to prove of value as 
 articles of commerce. He has written many papers 
 on the culture of tobacco, the sugar-cane, sericul- 
 ture, flax and hemp, beet-root, hops, and many 
 other valuable plants. So valuable in the view of 
 the S. A. Government were the information and 
 instructions thus given that they published several 
 of these papers as supplements to the Government 
 Gazette of that colony. Nor was Schomburgk con- 
 tent with giving information by means of his 
 writings. He also gave practical proofs and 
 lessons, and largely distributed seed amongst the 
 farmers of S. A. Honours of all kinds have 
 unsolicited been conferred on him. He is a Knight 
 of the Imperial Order of the Crown ; of the Order 
 of Merit of Philippe the Magnanimous, first class ; 
 Member of the Imperial Carol. Leopold. Academy ; 
 Honorary Member of the Botanical Society, Mag- 
 deburg ; of the Horticultural Society, Frankfort ; 
 of the Horticultural Society of Victoria; of the 
 Agricultural and Horticultural Society of Adelaide ; 
 of the Chamber of Manufactures, Adelaide; also 
 Corresponding Member of the Zoological Society, 
 London ; of the Royal Botanical Society, London ; 
 of the Botanical Society, Edinburgh ; of the 
 Geographical Society, Berlin ; and of the Horti- 
 cultural Society, Berlin. He holds an order and 
 medals from the Emperor of Germany, and another 
 order of merit from the Duke of Hesse. 
 
 SCOTCH MARTYRS (THE.) In September 
 1794 four gentlemen, generally known as the Scotch 
 Martyrs — Muir, Palmer, Skirving and Margarot 
 — arrived in the colony of N.S.W. as political 
 prisoners ; and a few months afterwards another 
 named Gerrold was sent to bear them company. 
 The British Government had taken alarm at the 
 progress of what were then thought to be revo- 
 lutionary doctrines, and had put into operation 
 repressive laws which were a disgrace to any 
 country. These five gentlemen were men of peace- 
 able lives and most estimable characters, but were 
 amongst the earliest victims of the terror into 
 which the English governing classes were thrown 
 by the French Revolution. They were trans- 
 ported for the crime of advocating reform. The 
 fate of four out of five of these Scotch Martyrs 
 was very melancholy. Gerrold died within about
 
 Sco— Sel] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF 1USTRALASIA. 
 
 511 
 
 a year of his landing in the colony, having never 
 recovered from the shock his constitution had 
 suffered when his sentence was pronounced. Three 
 days after him Skirving also died of a broken 
 heart. Palmer, who was a clergyman, lingered 
 until the expiration of his sentence, but died on 
 his homeward voyage. Muir, who had been an 
 advocate at the Scotch bar, made his escape from 
 the colony in a vessel called the Otter, and was 
 wrecked on the west coast of America. He was 
 saved, but suffered great hardships in reaching 
 Mexico, from which country he obtained a passage 
 to Europe in a Spanish frigate, and died in Paris. 
 Margarot was the only one of the five who lived 
 to return to his native country, which he did in 
 1813, after the expiration of his sentence. 
 
 SCOTT, THOMAS (1787—) was a native of 
 Glasgow and came to N.S.W. in 1817. He had 
 some previous experience in sugar-growing in the 
 West Indies, and being convinced that N.S.W 
 w oukl prove a good sugar country he resolved to 
 give up his prospects in Calcutta (whither he was 
 going) and devote himself to that industry. But 
 not having sufficient means, after an attempt at 
 tobacco culture, he entered the Commissariat as a 
 Clerk. He was then invited to undertake the 
 management of the sugar works in Tahiti. But 
 he found that appliances were not forthcoming, 
 and returned to Sydney. He then went to 
 Roiatea and established sugar works there. On 
 his return he went to Port Macquarie and estab- 
 lished a sugar plantation near the coast. At the 
 end of three years he obtained the first crop, but 
 from the inefficiency of the plant supplied to him 
 he could make but seven tons, when it gave way, 
 and it was only after forty years delay that it has 
 again been taken up. Scott's first attempts con- 
 tinued on a small scale demonstrated the capabi- 
 lities of the colonies for growing the cane, and he 
 deserves the title of " Father of the Sugar Industry 
 in Australia." 
 
 SEA- VIEW MOUNTAIN, a mountain of 
 N.S.W., situated between the county of Macquarie 
 and the New England district ; it is a very promi- 
 nent feature in that part of the country being 
 6000 feet above the level of the sea, and may be 
 considered the highest of the Cordilleras of 
 Eastern Australia. 
 
 SEAL ISLANDS, a cluster of islands lying off 
 the east coast of Gipps Land, V., to the westward 
 of Babbit Island, named by Grant, from their 
 being covered with seals. 
 
 SELWYN, GEOBGE AUGUSTUS [1809- 
 1878] was a native of England, and educated at 
 Eton and St. John's College, Cambridge, where he 
 graduated Junior Optime in mathematics and 
 Senior Optime in classics. He was tutor at Eton 
 and curate of Windsor in 1841 when he was chosen 
 as first Bishop of N. Z. Here whilst superintend- 
 ing the spiritual wants of the colonists, he sought 
 to impart the blessings of the Gospel to the natives 
 also, and extended his labours to the Melanesian 
 
 Islands, himself navigating his own vessel the 
 Southern Cross for that purpose. He brought 
 some youths from there, and after instruction took 
 them back to teach their countrymen the civilisa- 
 tion and religion they had acquired, He established 
 a mission school for their instruction near Auckland 
 (afterwards removed to Norfolk Island) and found 
 a kindred spirit to carry on this branch of his 
 work in Bishop Patteson. In 1850 ho was one of 
 the six bishops who met in Sydney to initiate 
 Synods in the Church of the colonies ; in 1857 he 
 obtained the division of his diocese, and in 1867 
 he was appointed to the Bishopric of Lichfield. 
 His son succeeded Patteson as Bishop of Melanesia. 
 The l!ev. James Buller gives the following 
 graphic description of Selwyn and his labours : — 
 ''Another phase of mission-life in N.Z. turned up 
 by the advent of Bishop Selwyn in 1842. In 1838 
 Bishop Broughton of Sydney visited the Bay of 
 Islands and fulfilled certain episcopal duties. The 
 new Bishop was a young man for that office, yet 
 not too young for the special work that was before 
 him. He was about thirty-three years old. Of 
 an athletic frame, a cultured mind, and apostolic 
 zeal, he was well gifted for his position. He 
 brought with him several clergymen and students, 
 and took up his first abode at the Waimate. He 
 had with him a large and valuable library ; for 
 this he fitted up a room in a spacious stone build- 
 ing at the Kerikeri ; that was ten miles from his 
 residence, over a rough, hilly pathway, but it was 
 only a ' constitutional ' before breakfast for the 
 young Bishop. He was a first-class pedestrian. 
 Few could equal him in threading forests, scaling 
 mountains, or swimming rivers. In his palmy days 
 he did not care to ride, even where there was a road 
 for a horse. It is said that on one occasion when 
 the Bishop of Newcastle was visiting him they 
 took a short journey together. It was over a plain. 
 Selwyn was on foot, the other on horseback. The 
 latter, cantering forward, was brought up at the 
 bank of a broad stream. Not knowing the ford 
 he waited for his companion. ' Follow me,' cried 
 Selwyn, as he dashed through the river, somewhat 
 to the surprise of his right reverend brother. 
 There was, I think, a slight touch of asceticism 
 about Bishop Selwyn which longer experience 
 rubbed off. Certainly he taxed his iron constitu- 
 tion to a severe degree ; for a quarter of a century 
 he laboured like an apostle. His published 
 journals, never exceeding the truth, read almost 
 like romance. He was willing to endure hardness. 
 The man must be without judgment, or feeling, or 
 both, that can withhold esteem for his work's sake, 
 however he might differ from his views. He had 
 been scarcely two months in the country before he 
 set out on a visitation tour. Alter six months of 
 the roughest travel, by land and sea, lie returned 
 to Auckland i u route lor the Waimate. His clothes 
 were torn to tatters. ' My last pair of thick shoes 
 were worn out, and my feet much blistered with 
 walking on the stumps, which T was obliged to tie 
 to my insteps with pieces of native flax.' Such
 
 512 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sel 
 
 was the record in his journal. He thus describes 
 his arrival at Onelmnga : — ' I landed there with 
 my faithful Maori, Rota (Lot,) who had steadily 
 accompanied me from Kapiti, carrying my bag 
 of gown and cassock, the only remaining article 
 in my possession of the least value. The suit 
 which I wore was kept sufficiently decent by much 
 care to enable me to enter Auckland by daylight ; 
 and my last remaining pair of shoes (thin ones) 
 were strong enough for the light and sandy 
 walk of six miles which remained from Manukau 
 to Auckland. At two p.m. I reached the Judge's 
 house by a path, avoiding the town and passing 
 over land which I have bought for the site of the 
 cathedral — a spot which I hope may hereafter be 
 traversed by the feet of many bishops better shod 
 and far less ragged than myself.' Throughout his 
 whole career he embodied in his own example the 
 sentiments contained in his first charge to his 
 clergy in 1847 : — 'You have heard already the 
 definition of the Venerable Bede, that the epis- 
 copate is a title, not of honour, but of work ; and 
 in that spirit I trust to be enabled to exercise my 
 office. No earthly dignity, either in Church or 
 State, can equal the moral grandeur of the leathern 
 girdle and the raiment of camel's hair, or the 
 going forth without purse or scrip and yet lacking 
 nothing.' The Bishop's diocese reached to latitude 
 33° S., but by a mistake in his letters patent it 
 was extended to latitude 33° N. instead of S. 
 This took in a portion of Japan. AVhen the mis- 
 take was discovered he would not allow it to be 
 rectified, regarding it as being God's providence 
 that had given him this great extent of diocese. 
 In a little vessel, the Undine, less than twenty- 
 two tons, which I believe he navigated himself, lie 
 visited many of the South Sea Islands ; and so 
 began the Melanesian mission, for the charge of 
 which he afterwards consecrated a man as sin- 
 gularly gifted as he was intensely devoted to his 
 great work — the martyred and lamented Patteson, 
 who is now succeeded by Selwyn's eldest son. 
 Bishop Selwyn had a versatile genius. He neg- 
 lected no part of his wide diocese. Both races 
 were alike the objects of his care. If he had any 
 preference it was for those who wanted it most — 
 the natives. The Europeans sometimes complained 
 of this. By many he was said to be imperious, 
 ambitious, designing. I can only say that if lie 
 was imperious he was also kind ; if he was ambi- 
 tious it was to do good, and he was ready to 
 divest himself of power as soon as others could be 
 found to share authority with him; if he was 
 designing it was not for himself but for the inter- 
 ests of the Church, on whose altar he laid down 
 his gifts, his fortune and his life. By a judicious 
 foresight he secured by gift or purchase convenient 
 sites and valuable endowments all over the land, 
 before they had acquired a high market price. By 
 dint df greal labour, involving more than one 
 voyage to England, he framed and set in motion 
 a constitution for his Church in N.Z. by which 
 his own power was reduced to a fraction, 
 
 Moreover there was hardly a settlement however 
 remote, a Maori village however small, or a mission 
 station however distant, that he did not personally 
 visit. He spared not himself. But with all that 
 was excellent he did not escape censure. He made 
 mistakes, for he was fallible. Plans that were some- 
 what visionary melted into thin air, and in some 
 well-meant efforts to do good he was misunder- 
 stood and at times grossly misrepresented. This 
 was especially the case during the unhappy war. 
 He had the misfortune to incur blame from both 
 sides. But there was no room to call in question 
 his stern integrity, his moral courage, or his good 
 intentions. The first outcome of his zeal was to 
 throw the people back upon unprofitable questions. 
 Up to that time, the converts of the two mission- 
 ary societies looked on each other as belonging to 
 one body, and held intercommunion. But unhappily 
 this was now forbidden. This gave rise to severe 
 strictures, and even more was said than was meet. 
 I think no one regretted the result more than the 
 Bishop himself. In his journal he notes with deep 
 concern that the minds of the natives were dis- 
 tracted with inquiries respecting the Hahi and 
 Wetere (the Church and Wesley ;) and he must 
 have felt that he was responsible for this. I fancy 
 that some feeling of self-reproach was on his mind 
 when he said to his clergy,in 1847, that the divisions 
 of Christian men are a hindrance to the faith at all 
 times. When I asked a N.Z. chief why he refused 
 to become a Christian, he stretched out three 
 fingers and said, ' I have come to the cross-road, 
 and I see three ways — the English, the Wesleyan, 
 and the Roman. Each teacher says his own way 
 is the best. I am sitting down and doubting 
 which guide I shall follow. 1 No one can deny that 
 his exclusive pretensions did harm. But he was 
 often condemned on mere hearsay, and never 
 attempted a reply to his critics. I believe that 
 many of his early mistakes were due to unavoid- 
 able inexperience. Personally he was courteous 
 to all, and evidently wished to avoid giving offence 
 to any. When he was leaving for England in 1867 
 I heard him publicly say that it was to him a 
 matter of great satisfaction, that from the time of 
 his first coming to N.Z. he had had no personal 
 difference with a minister of any denomination. I 
 know that, in one case, he deferred the ceremony 
 of consecrating a church, where there was no 
 resident clergyman, in order that anyone might 
 preach in it, and more than once I had the oppor- 
 tunity of officiating therein. When at last the 
 good Bishop bade farewell to N.Z. to enter on the 
 see of Lichfield in England, all parties united to 
 do him honour. It was to the Pan-Anglican 
 Synod at Lambeth that he went home in 1867. He 
 had no expectation or desire to take office in 
 England. It was only when the Queen pressed it 
 upon his acceptance, that he felt it his duty to yield. 
 On his leaving Auckland for the said Synod, a great 
 demonstration was held in Brunswick Hall. John 
 Williamson, Superintendent of the Auckland Pro- 
 vince, and a Wesleyan, was in the chair. The
 
 Sep— Shol 
 
 I \vi..j|\i;m \ of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 513 
 
 committee invited the Rev. ]). Brace of the Pres- 
 byterian Church, and myself, as representing the 
 Wesleyan, to take part in the proceedings. 1 did 
 so with great pleasure, and was glad of such an 
 opportunity of giving my testimony to the untiring 
 and self-denying labours of Bishop Selwyn. When 
 the future historian of N.Z. shall recount the 
 names of her early benefactors that of Selwyn 
 will not be the least among them. If Samuel 
 Marsden was the father of the N.Z. Mission, 
 George Augustus Selwyn was the father of the 
 Church of England in N.Z." 
 
 SEPARATION CREEK is situated in N.A. 
 It was discovered by Leichhardt, and named by 
 him as it separated the basaltic from the primitive 
 formations. 
 
 SERVICE, JAMES (1823—) came to Melbourne 
 in 1853 and commenced business as a merchant. 
 In 1857 he was elected Member of the Legislative 
 Assembly for Melbourne ; in 1859 was Minister 
 for Lands and President of the Board of Land and 
 Works, but ten months afterwards he resigned. 
 In 1862 he resigned his seat in order to visit 
 England, whence he returned in 1865. In 1S74 
 he was elected for Maldon, and took office as 
 Treasurer, which post he held until 1875. When 
 the Berry Ministry went out of office as the result 
 of the general election in 1879 Service became 
 Chief Secretary. His Ileform Bill being rejected 
 by the Assembly he dissolved Parliament and 
 appealed to the country, but was left in a minority 
 and resigned accordingly. 
 
 SEVEN EMU RIVER, a river of N.A, dis- 
 covered by Leichhardt, and named by him from 
 the numerous flocks of emus seen there, seven of 
 which were hunted down as he travelled eight 
 miles along its banks. It flows into the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria to the eastward of the Roper River. 
 
 SEYMOUR, a township in V. situated on the 
 River Goulburn in the north-eastern district sixty- 
 five miles N. of Melbourne by the north-eastern 
 railway. Adjoining the shire of Seymour is the 
 Goulburn shire, the chief town of which is 
 Nagambie, seventeen miles from Seymour, and 
 famed for the richness of its soil and its extensive 
 vineyards ; the two districts combined contain 
 some 3(H) farmers, and promise to become a densely 
 populated portion of the colony. The Goulburn 
 which runs through the township is navigable for 
 steamboats from Echuca. A brewery, two steam 
 flour mills, saw mills, and other works are in full 
 operation. The country along the course of the 
 Goulburn valley is of a fertile character, and well 
 adapted for agriculture. 
 
 SHARK'S BAY, in W.A., was discovered by 
 Dampier on 6th August 1699, and so named from 
 the abundance of sharks which his people found 
 there. It is now a pearl-fishing station. 
 
 SHAW'S PEAK, is one of the largest islands 
 of Sir James Smith's group, off the N.E. coast of 
 the Continent ; it is 1600 feet high. 
 
 SHEEHAN, JOHN (1845—) is a native ol 
 Auckland, N.Z. In 1S62 he entered the legal 
 profession and passed with credit in 1867. In 
 L863 he was engaged in tin.' Waikato war. After 
 a preliminary training in the Auckland Provincial 
 Council he was elected to Parliament for the 
 Rodney district in 1872. He is at present Native 
 .Minister in N.Z. 
 
 SHEIL, LAURENCE BONAVENTURE 
 
 (1817-1873) third Roman Catholic Bishop of 
 Adelaide, was a native of Wexford in Ireland, ami 
 received his education in the Franciscan Schools 
 at Enniscorthy and at Rome. He came to the 
 Diocese of Melbourne in 1856 and was for some 
 time President of St. Patrick's College and 
 subsequently Arch-Deacon of Ballarat. He was 
 appointed Bishop of Adelaide in 1865 ; conse- 
 crated in August 1866, and took possession of his 
 diocese on 14th September the same year. 
 
 SHILLINGLAW, JOHN JOSEPH (1830—) is 
 a native of London. In 1844 he was with Admiral 
 Washington, Hydrographer to the navy, but 
 resigned his appointment to emigrate to V. in 1852. 
 He was appointed Chief Clerk of the Bench at 
 Williamstown, and in 1854 had charge of the 
 Water Police. In 1856 he was Government Ship- 
 ping Master, and remained in this office until 1869, 
 when he retired from the Civil Service. In 1853 
 he first brought forward the project of a Sailors 
 Home in Melbourne. He has contributed largely 
 to various Home and Colonial magazines. He 
 edited Cast Away on the Auckland^ and a Ship- 
 master's Guide, and was proprietor and editor of 
 the Colonial Monthly. He is at present engaged 
 on a Life oj Flinders, to which work he has 
 devoted years of study and research. His contri- 
 butions to the early history of the colonies of V. 
 and N.S.W. are numerous and valuable, especially 
 his Historical Records of Port Phillip, the docu- 
 ments contained in which work Shillinglaw disen- 
 tombed from the archives of N.S.W. and T., which 
 was published by the Government of V. in 1879. 
 
 SHOALHAVEN is a large agricultural, dairy 
 and mining district in N.S.W., situated on the 
 river of that name 110 miles from Sydney by steam 
 to Greenwell Point, or 126 by road and rail. The 
 sea frontage of the district is about sixty miles. 
 The population of the district is about 9600. The 
 district is very extensively under farms, the Messrs. 
 Berry alone having 120,000 acres, and between 500 
 and 600 tenants. The haven was named by Bass 
 from its shallowness, on his voyage of discovery 
 through the Straits. 
 
 SHOALHAVEN RIVER, in N.S.W., rises in 
 the district of Menaroo, in a swamp under a hill 
 called Corrumbwroo, 100 miles from Sydney ; and 
 flows into the sea at Cooloomgatta, thirty-five 
 miles below Wollongoug, passing through one of 
 the Shoalhaven gullies. These gullies are distant 
 twenty-six miles from Lake Bathurst. They are 
 ravines of great depth, from 500 to 1200 feet, and 
 of tremendous appearance. 
 
 KJ
 
 514 
 
 <.'Y< LOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LSho-Ske 
 
 SHORT, EYHKEN AUGUSTUS (1803—) 
 Bishop of Adelaide, is a native of Exeter in 
 England, and was educated at Westminster and 
 Christchurch College, Oxford, where he took his 
 degree of B.A. in 1823 and M.A. in 1826. In 
 1835 he was made Vicar of Ravensthorpe in 
 Northamptonshire. He was appointed Bampton 
 Lecturer in 1846, and next year was consecrated 
 first Bishop of Adelaide. In 1858 when the 
 Governor and others wished th^t the Eev. Thomas 
 Binney might be allowed to preach in a Church of 
 England church, Bishop Short stated that he felt 
 compelled to refuse his permission. 
 
 SHORTLAND, LIEUT. JOHN (1739-) 
 explorer. In 1755 he entered the Navy and saw 
 active service in Newfoundland, the Mediter- 
 ranean and the West Indies, being present at the 
 reduction of several of the islands. In 1763 he 
 was made a Lieutenant. During the war of 
 American Independence he was actively employed 
 in the Atlantic ; in 1782 he commanded the trans- 
 ports with the 97th Eegiment for the relief of 
 Gibraltar ; in 1786 he was appointed agent to the 
 transports sent to N.S.W., and arrived with the 
 "First Fleet" in January 1788. He left six 
 months afterwards via Batavia, with the Frit nd- 
 ship (abandoned October 28th,) the Alexander, 
 Borrowdale and the Prince^of Wales, and reached 
 England on 29th May 17S9 after a most adven- 
 turous voyage. He returned to the colony in 1792. 
 About the middle of September 1797 the Hawkes- 
 bury River in N.S.W. was discovered by Shorthand. 
 He had been sent in pursuit of a party of prisoners 
 who had absconded with the best boat in the 
 colony whilst on her passage to the Hawkesbury. 
 He was unsuccessful in his pursuit of the pirates, 
 but more than compensated for that misfortune 
 by the discovery of one of the finest streams of 
 eastern A., which he named the Hunter in honour 
 of Governor Hunter. 
 
 SHORTLAND'S BLUFF is a cliffy projection 
 situated about two miles within Point Lonsdale 
 in the harbour of Fort Phillip, V. It was named 
 by Murray after Lieutenant Shortland. 
 
 SINNETT, FPvEDERICK. (1831-1866) 
 journalist ; was a son of Mrs. Percy Sinnctt a 
 well-known English authoress, and was educated 
 for the profession of civil engineer. He came to 
 S.A. in 1849 as engineer to the Adelaide and Port 
 Piailway Company, but the scheme was never 
 carried out. He contributed regularly to the 
 Mining Journal, edited by George Stevenson, at 
 that time the best conducted paper in S.A. At 
 the time of the Victoria gold discoveries in 185] 
 Sinnett left S.A. for Melbourne, and accepted an 
 i ii igemenl as contributor to the //cm/,/, of which 
 paper In: became eventually editor and part pro- 
 prietor. About 1855 lie severed his connection 
 with that paper and became a contributor to the 
 Melboui •»< Argus, with which journal he remained 
 till 1859, with tin exception of a short time spent 
 in editing the Daily AVjos at Geelong. About the 
 
 same date that he joined the Argus was com- 
 menced Melbourne Punch, of which journal he 
 was one of the founders, and to the success of 
 which his facile pen and humorous fancy con- 
 tributed in great measure. In 1859 Sinnett again 
 returned to S.A. to take the management of the 
 Adelaide Ice Works. During his sojourn in S.A. 
 from 1859 to 1865 he edited the Daily Telwraph 
 and was Parliamentry Reporter for //./ nsard. 
 He returned to Melbourne in 1865, where he 
 resumed his connection with the Argus and was 
 retained on the literary staff of that paper as 
 contributor and leader-writer until within a short 
 time of his death on 23rd November 1866. At all 
 times from its foundation and both whilst he was 
 in Adelaide and Melbourne he continued his 
 contributions to Melbourne Punch. The Melbourm 
 Herald of 24th November wrote :—" His death 
 will be a void in the ranks of Australian journal- 
 ism not readily to be filled ; and his loss will long 
 be keenly felt by a large circle of private friends 
 by whom he was beloved for his kindness of heart 
 and admired for his brilliancy of intellect and 
 conversation." 
 
 SIR CHARLES HARDY'S ISLAND. A 
 
 cluster of Islands, situated off the N.E. coast of 
 the continent. They are high and rocky and may 
 be seen five or six leagues off. They were named 
 by King after Admiral Sir Charles Hardy. 
 
 SIR EVERARD HOMES -ISLANDS. A 
 
 cluster of islands lying off the N.E. coast of the 
 continent, extending about four miles from Cape 
 Grenville. They were named by King after 
 Admiral Sir Everard Home. 
 
 SIR JAMES SMITH' S GROUP. A group of 
 ten or twelve islands, situated off the N.E. coast of 
 the continent. The principal island contains 
 Linne Peak. They were named by King after 
 Sir James Smith, an eminent man of science. 
 
 SIR JOSEPH BANKS' GROUP. A group of 
 islands in Spencer's Gulf, S.A. They consist of the 
 islands named Winceby, Turnby, Parsney, Kirkley, 
 Lusby, Hareby, Spilsby, Stickney, Sibsey, and 
 Langton ; and were named by Flinders after Sir 
 Joseph Banks. 
 
 SIR WILLIAM GRANT CAPE (or Solicitor 
 Cape,) a cape or headland in A'. It is not unlike 
 the Dedman in the English Channel ; it runs a 
 considerable way into the Straits ; when to the 
 west it appears like a large barn arched on the top 
 with a high bluff, and next the sea resembling the 
 gable-end of a house. It was discovered by Grant 
 and named by him after the celebrated lawyer and 
 Judge Advocate General of England. 
 
 SKENE, JOHN ALEXANDER (1820—) Sur- 
 veyor-General of V. ; arrived in the colony in 1839. 
 He followed his profession till 1868 when he suc- 
 ceeded C. W. Ligar as Surveyor-General. He has 
 a remarkable knowledge of the physical features 
 of V. and has won distinction for his production 
 of maps of the colony to the construction of which
 
 Ski-Smil 
 
 CYCLOP.ED] \ OF V Til I 
 
 lie has paid special attention. Bis large map of 
 the continent i-, by far the best that has yet 
 appeared. 
 
 SKIRMISH POINT, the uorthernmost point 
 ot Moreton Hay, Q., so named by Flinders from a 
 
 skirmish he had there with the natives. 
 
 SLADEN, SIB CHARLES (1816 ) is an 
 Englishman by birth and was educated at Cam- 
 bridge, where he graduated in Law in is:;; as 
 S.C.L., in ism LI. H., and in 1867 LL.D. (although 
 at the time in Victoria.) He arrived in Port 
 Phillip in 1842, and practiced as an attorney in 
 Geelong until 1854 when he retired from business. 
 In December of the same year ho was offered by 
 Sir Charles Hotham the post of acting Colonial 
 Treasurer in the place of Captain Lonsdale, absent 
 on leave. He was Treasurer in the first Ministry 
 under the new Constitution formed by Haines in 
 1855, when he was elected one of the Members 
 to, Geelong. At the first general election under 
 the new Constitution in 1857, he again sought 
 election for Geelong, but was defeated, and was 
 not in Parliament again till 1864 when he was 
 elected to the Legislative Council for the \V> 
 Province. In May 1868, during a protracted 
 political crisis, arising out of the tack of a Custom i 
 Duties Bill to the Annual Appropriation Rill in 
 1865, and at last culminating in the inclusion in 
 the Annual Appropriation Bill for 1807 of a grant 
 of ^20,000 to Lady Darling, Sladen accepted office 
 as Chief Secretary, with Fellows as Minister for 
 Justice and Leader in the Legislative Assembly. 
 His Ministry only retained office until 11th July 
 of the same year. In August the term for which 
 he had been elected Member for the Western 
 Province expired, and he did not seek re-election. 
 In 1876 he was again elected without a contest for 
 the same province. He has always taken an 
 active part in the debates and business of the 
 Council, and is regarded by both friends and 
 opponents as a high-minded and able politician. 
 
 SMITH, SIP FRANCIS (1819—) is eldest son 
 of the late Francis Smith of Campania, in T., and 
 was educated at University College, London, where 
 he gained the first prize in the class of Jurispru- 
 dence and the second prize in that of English 
 Equity ; graduated B.A. in 1840, and was called to 
 the Par at Middle Temple in May 1842. He was 
 admitted a banister in T. in October 1844. He 
 was appointed Solicitor-General in 1848 ; nomin- 
 ated by Sir William Denison an ex officio member 
 of the Legislative Council 1851 ; appointed Attor- 
 ney-General in 1854, and a member of the 
 Executive Council in 1855. On the discussion in 
 the Legislative Council of the proposal to adopt 
 Responsible Government in 1855, Smith declared 
 himself unfavourable to a system which was likely 
 to involve frequent changes of administration, as 
 being unsuitable to a new country in which there 
 did not exist, as in England, a sufficiently numerous 
 class of gentlemen possessing the requisite wealth, 
 leisure, culture and experience; and he thought 
 
 that the then existing Constitution might be so 
 modified a due weight to the will of the 
 
 people in the I ien1 of the country, by 
 
 restricting the nominee element in the Legislative 
 Council to a limited number of ex officio members 
 only. He was a member of the first House of 
 Assembly and of the first Administration under 
 the new Constitution, holding office as Atton 
 General from November 1856 to February 1857 ; 
 again appointed Attorney-General in April 1857, 
 and Premierin May following. This office he held 
 until appointed Puisne Judge of the Supreme 
 Court in November lsoo. He became Chief 
 Justice in February 1870, and was Administrator 
 of the Government of T. from November 1874 to 
 January 1875. 
 
 SMITH, JOHN, is a native of Scotland, and 
 was educated at the University of Aberdeen, 
 where he took the degrees of M.A. and M.D. For 
 five years he conducted the class of chemistry 
 at Marischal College. In 1852, when Sir John 
 Herschel, Professor Airy (Astronomer Royal,) 
 Professor Maldon and Alfred Denison were com- 
 missioned by the Sydney University to select 
 Professors, Dr. Smith was chosen Professor of 
 Chemistry and Experimental Physics. He accepted 
 the office, and during the years that have elapsed 
 since the opening of the University he has exer- 
 cised the duties of the Professorship. Early in L853 
 he was appointed by the Government a member 
 of the Board of National Education, and continued 
 to serve on that Board till its dissolution in L866 
 by the passing of the Public Schools Act. When 
 that Act came into operation he was appointed a 
 member of the Council of Education. He ha 
 ever since continued to fulfil the duties of that 
 position. For twenty-six years he has been i 
 zealous promoter of public elementary education, 
 and for a number of years has been President of 
 the Council of Education. lie has served on 
 numerous Government Hoards and Royal Coin- 
 missions, and was President oi tie- Commission on 
 Water Supply. He has been an active member of 
 the Royal Society of N.S.W., and is one of its 
 Vice-Presidents. Smith has travelled over a great 
 part of the Australasian Colonies, and has made 
 himself acquainted with their characteristics and 
 resources. Since his appointment to the Professor- 
 ship in the University he has twice re-visited 
 England. On his return from these voyages he 
 gave lectures on the scenes through which he had 
 travelled and the historical ami antiquarian topics 
 associated with them. He was appointed a Mem- 
 ber of the Legislative Council in 1874. He 
 obtained from Aberdeen the honorary degree of 
 LL.D. in 1870. lie was made C.M.G. in ls77 
 (for services in the cause of education,) and he 
 continues to be President of the Council of 
 Education, having been re-elected nine times in 
 
 ucce ioii. 
 
 SMITH, JOHN THOMAS (1816—78) was a 
 native of Australia and born in Sydney. In 1837 
 he went to Melbourne a- assistant-teacher at the
 
 516 
 
 PYOLOP.'EmA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Smo— Sol 
 
 Aboriginal Station belonging to the Church of 
 England. Subsequently he became a publican and 
 built the Queen's Theatre, which he held as pro- 
 prietor for some years. In 1842 Melbourne was 
 incorporated a city and Smith was one of the first 
 councillors— a position he continued to fill without 
 intermission until his death. He held the office of 
 Mayor of Melbourne no less than seven times, but 
 the majority of his elections to that post took 
 place in the earlier years of the City Council when 
 there was not much rivalry for the distinction. 
 During the Ballarat riots the mayoralty of Mel- 
 bourne was no sinecure owing to the excitement 
 which prevailed and the rumours flying about of 
 intended assaults on the Treasury and banks. 
 Smith did good service in restoring the confidence 
 of the population by organising a system of special 
 constables, and for his energy on the occasion he 
 received the thanks of Governor Sir Charles 
 Hotham. When Mayor in 1858 he was delegated 
 by the City Council to go to England for the pur- 
 pose of presenting an address of congratulation to 
 the Queen on the occasion of the marriage of the 
 Princess Royal to the Crown Prince of Prussia. 
 From the establishment of constitutional govern- 
 ment in the colony he had been a member of the 
 Legislative Assembly. At the time of his death 
 he was entitled to the name of Father of the 
 Assembly, as since his first election for North 
 Bourke in 1851 to the old nominee-elective 
 Assembly he had never been out of Parliament. 
 He had a seat in one Government as Minister of 
 Mines in the Macpherson Administration in 1809. 
 1 1 is shrewdness and good humour and knowledge 
 of colonial life made him a useful magistrate, and 
 for many years he was a constant attendant at the 
 City Bench, where his delight was to talk to the 
 persons to the suit in a private room and induce 
 them to settle their disputes out of court. He was 
 an official visitor at the lunatic asylums and paid 
 assiduous attention to his duties as a member of 
 the Central Board of Health. In the establish- 
 ment of the principal charities such as the 
 Melbourne Hospital, the Benevolent and Orphan 
 Asylums and others, he took an active part. He 
 also took great interest in the initiation and pro- 
 gress of the friendly societies, and was a leading 
 member of several of them besides being a 
 prominent Freemason. For many years he was 
 Provincial Grand Master under the Irish Consti- 
 tution. 
 
 SMOKY CAPE, in N.S.W., lies between Trial 
 Bay and Korogoro Point and was named by Cook 
 from his having there seen fires of the natives 
 u f i i . ■ 1 1 produced a great quantity of smoke. 
 
 SMYTH, KOBEBT BROUGH (1830—) is a 
 native of England and came to V. in 1852, where 
 he entered the Survey Department as draughtsman. 
 Whilst acting as Director of Observatories he was 
 appointed in 1858 secretary to the Board of Science, 
 which position required him to take charge of the 
 mining surveys of the colony. He was in 18(10 
 appointed Secretary for Mines and held office 
 
 until the beginning of 1876, when he resigned his 
 several offices under Government and went to 
 India. He acted for some time as Chief Inspector 
 of Alines and re-organised the Geological Survey 
 of which he was director until his retirement from 
 official life. He is the compiler of two works 
 published by the Government on the Gold Mines 
 of Victoria and on the Aborigines of Victoria : 
 and the author of a large number of occasional 
 papers and pamphlets on scientific subjects. 
 
 SMYTHESDALE. a mining township in V. 
 situated in a valley through which flows Smythe's 
 Creek, 12 miles S.W. from Ballarat and 108 miles 
 \V. by N. of Melbourne. The population of the 
 borough numbers 750 exclusive of the miners 
 (Chinese and European) at work in the vicinity. 
 The district is principally a mining one, with a 
 population of about 14,000. The mines consist 
 principally of deep alluvial leads of considerable 
 extent ; 1447 miners were at work on 30th June 
 1880, the steam machinery was forty-two engines. 
 Value of total mining plant £22,000 ; yearly 
 produce of the mines 40,000 ozs. to 50,000 ozs. 
 More attention is being given than heretofore to 
 quartz-mining. There are eighteen square miles 
 of ground worked and twelve reefs have been 
 found to be auriferous. 
 
 SNODGRASS, KENNETH (1784-1853) was 
 a native of Scotland. At an early age he entered 
 the British Army in the 52nd Regiment ; and led 
 the " forlorn hope " at the siege of St. Sebastian. 
 He was twice wounded during the Peninsular war, 
 for which he received a pension. When Sir John 
 Franklin left T., Snodgrass administered the Civil 
 Government for a time, as he did also that of 
 N.S.W. previous to the arrival of Sir George 
 Gipps. He died at his residence on the Hunter 
 Biver in N.S.W. in October 1853. 
 
 SOFALA, a mining township in N.S.W. on the 
 Turon River 149 miles N.W. of Sydney and thirty 
 miles from Bathurst N. The district in which it 
 is situated is altogether a mining one, the workings 
 being both alluvial and quartz ; the former how- 
 ever are now nearly worked out. The reefs give 
 employment to several crushing machines. The 
 population is 644 ; a large number of Chinamen 
 dwell in and around the township. Sofala was the 
 scene of a great rush in 1851 and large quantities 
 of gold were found there. It was named after the 
 auriferous country in South Africa which belongs 
 to the Portuguese and which is supposed to have 
 been the Ophir of Scripture. 
 
 SOLANDER, DANIEL CHARLES (1736- 
 1782) an eminent naturalist and pupil of Linnaeus, 
 was :i native of Sweden and took his degree as a 
 doctor of medicine at Upsal, and in 1760 visited 
 England. At the request of Sir Joseph Banks he 
 accompanied that botanist in the voyage round 
 the world with Cook. In 1773 he was appointed 
 under-librarian of the British Museum. He wrote 
 a Description of the Collection, of Petrifactions 
 found in Hampshire which had been given to the
 
 Sor— Soul 
 
 lYCLOP.V.DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 517 
 
 British Museum, and Observations on Natural 
 History in Cook's Voyage. He left a mass of 
 valuable manuscripts which are now in the British 
 Museum. 
 
 SORELL. COLONEL WILLIAM, (1775-1848) 
 Governor of V.D.L., was a native of England. He 
 was Colonel of the 48th regiment when in April 
 1817 he was appointed Governor of the settlement. 
 He held the office until May 1824, and retired on 
 a pension in 1825. West says of Sorell : — "His 
 administration was successful in colonial estima- 
 tion. His habits were familiar without rudeness, 
 and his fine countenance attracted the confidence 
 of the stranger. He was accustomed to linger 
 about the gate of Government House chatting 
 with the passers-by, and a slight excuse entitled 
 the humblest ranks to prefer their solicitations. 
 The admiration expressed by the settlers for his 
 character was partly the result of their relative 
 positions. He was a dispenser of Crown favours, 
 and when compelled ft> refuse an immoderate 
 suitor he could refer his request to the Govemor- 
 in-Chief. The rigour of the King's Commissioner 
 was softened by his official worth ; nor is it 
 necessary to search for a censure amidst such con- 
 currence of praise. The settlers to express their 
 regard agreed to offer Sorell a testimonial of J750 
 value. They deprecated his recall by petition, a 
 rare instance of popular favour ; there was but one 
 dissentient. A result so unusual might, perhaps, 
 have been successful had it not been too late." 
 
 SOUTH AUSTRALIA. I. Position. — The 
 colony of S.A. as originally defined comprised 
 that portion of the Continent situated between 
 132° and 141° of E. longitude, and between the 
 Southern Ocean and 26° S. latitude amounting 
 to nearly 300,000 square miles. Since then the 
 boundaries have been greatly extended. In 1861 
 a strip of territory known as " No Man's Land," 
 occupying 80,000 square miles and lying between 
 the W. boundary of S.A. and the E. boundary of 
 W.A. was added, the W. boundary of the colony 
 being now 129° E. longitude. In 1863 a still 
 further extent of territory was added, the Govern 
 ment having undertaken the task of founding a 
 new colony in the N. ; and the country from 26 
 S. latitude to the Indian Ocean and from 129° to 
 138" E. longitude was annexed for the purpose. 
 This tract is known as the Northern Territory. 
 S.A. was erected into a British province by Act 4 
 and 5 William IV. c. 95 ; No Man's Land was 
 annexed by Act 24 and 25 Vic. c. 44 ; and the 
 Northern Territory by Her Maiesty's letters patent 
 of 6th June 1863. The original name of the 
 colony was only imperfectly descriptive of its 
 position, since Port Phillip lay still more to the 
 south and W.A. occupied a large extent of the 
 southern portion of the continent. At present the 
 name is positively misleading, and " Central 
 Australia" would be much more appropriate. 
 
 II. Area. — At first the extent of territory 
 possessed by S.A. was about 300,000 square miles 
 including Kangaroo Island, containing 2,500,000 
 
 acres. Its present area is 903,690 square miles or 
 578,361,000 acres. It is about 1850 miles in length 
 from south to north with an extreme width of 
 650 miles. 
 
 III. Physical Features. — S.A. has no such 
 well-marked and easily described physical features 
 as the eastern colonies. It has no great mountain 
 range dividing up the country into distinct 
 regions, no great system of river valleys, and no 
 great geological contrasts of ancient and recent 
 deposits. Yet it is sufficiently diversified in its 
 outlines, having magnificent plains of fertile land, 
 mountain ranges well wooded with giant Eucalyptus, 
 lovely valleys, and arid plains, tiiuberless, water- 
 less, and desolate, yet often teeming with metallic 
 wealth beneath the surface. The character of the 
 interior has been sufficiently indicated in the 
 article " Australia." A sketch of the more 
 prominent physical features of the settled districts 
 will suffice here. The old colony of S.A. is 
 generally flat as compared with V. or N.S.W. A 
 range of mountains of no great height commences 
 at. Cape Jervis on the eastern extremity of St. 
 Vincent's Gulf, and extends northward at the 
 back of Adelaide to the Lake Torrens country. It 
 is called the Lofty Range near Adelaide, farther on 
 the Barossa, the Belvidere, the Bryan, and the 
 Flinders Ranges. The highest point does not 
 much exceed 3000 feet. In the southern portion 
 of the colony are Mount Gambier and other 
 extinct volcanoes, while in the unsettled country of 
 tli ■ Eyre Peninsula are the rugged Gawler ranges 
 about 2000 feet high. With the exception of the 
 Murray, which runs across the southern portion of 
 the colony, there are no rivers of importance in 
 S.A. ; the Gawler, Torrens and other streams that 
 flow into St. Vincent's Gulf, being very insignificant, 
 and almost or quite dry for a large portion of the 
 year. None of the Australian Colonies have so 
 many large lakes as S.A. ; but unfortunately none 
 of these seem calculated to benefit the country, 
 being either salt, or liable to be dried up, or 
 unfitted for navigation. Lake Torrens is often a 
 muddy swamp ; Lake Gardiner, to the north of 
 Eyre Peninsula, is an immense salt lake in a 
 desert region, though situated 366 feet above the 
 sea level. Lake Eyre and a cluster of smaller 
 lakes are also salt and liable to become changed 
 into plains of saline mud, as is the still more 
 extensive Lake Amadeus in the centre of the 
 continent. Lake Alexandrina, forming the mouth 
 of the Murray, is fresh, but by dispersing the 
 waters of that large river it renders its entrance 
 from the ocean unnavigablo. The only lakes 
 associated with picturesque scenery and fertile 
 country are those of the Mount Gambier region, 
 which are situated in the craters of extinct 
 volcanoes. One of these — the Blue Lake— is of an 
 oval shape, surrounded by precipitous walls covered 
 with verdure and several hundred feet high. It is 
 240 feet deep, and the water is of a deep blue 
 colour. Although without any very prominent 
 features S.A. contains a great variety of soils and
 
 518 
 
 OYCLnP.'F.DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ISon 
 
 scenery. Extensive plains, comprising many mil- 
 lions of acres of arable land for the most part 
 free from timber, extend from twenty miles S. of 
 Adelaide to beyond Mount Remarkable, about 170 
 miles N. of the city. These plains are bounded on 
 the eastern side by the mountain chain already 
 described. Beyond this range to the E. and X.E. 
 the country is broken and hilly, with much timber 
 and a large extent of very rich land. The valley of 
 the Murray, itself from half a mile to a mile wide, 
 bounded by cliffs of recent shell-limestone, is a 
 rich alluvial deposit covered in places with large 
 gum-trees ; but between this valley and the 
 eastern boundary of the colony as well as for 
 some distance on the west, extend vast waterless 
 scrubs such as have already been described, till 
 farther south we come to the rich agricultural and 
 pastoral district of Mount Gambier. Much of the 
 scenery is park-like and beautiful, with alternations 
 of hill and valley presenting every variety of 
 landscape ; but large areas are sterile and uninvit- 
 ing, and apparently doomed to perpetual aridity 
 and barrenness. Yet much of the scrub land is 
 now found to be well adapted for growing wheat, 
 and considerable tracts, once thought to be wholly 
 unsuited to agriculture, are now returning 
 abundant harvests. 
 
 IV. Climate. — Although so far south, and there- 
 fore farther from the tropics and geographically 
 more temperate, yet S.A. is very hot, and perhaps 
 suffers more from excessive heat and drought 
 during the summer months than any of the other 
 colonies. This is no doubt largely due to the 
 absence of a lofty mountain range to cut off the 
 hot winds from the interior — the South Australian 
 range having a north and south direction — and 
 also to its coast being concave instead of convex, 
 and therefore less open to the cool sea-breezes 
 from the south and south-east. December, January, 
 and February are very trying months, the ther- 
 mometer often rising at Adelaide to 110' or 115° 
 in the shade ; but the rest of the year is 
 pleasant and the winter is mild and rainy. The 
 usual rainfall is small, only averaging twenty-two 
 inches, but it is often as low as fifteen, and in 
 1869 was only thirteen and a-half inches. The 
 wettest year was 1851 when there were thirty 
 and a-half inches. The amount of rainfall varies 
 greatly in different parts of the colony. In the 
 wet year 1861, when there were twenty-four inches 
 at Adelaide, there were only seven inches at Port 
 Augusta at the head of Spencer's Gulf, forty-five 
 and a-half at Mount Lofty, and fifty-five and a-half 
 inches at Mount Barker. In the same year the 
 thermometer rose above 90° on forty-five days at 
 Adelaide, but only on five days at Guichen Bay 
 in the Southern put of the colony. The variations 
 of the barometer indicate changes of wind rather 
 than rain. It always falls with a north-east wind 
 and continues to fall as the wind changes to north 
 and north-west ; but whenever there is southing 
 in tin- wind the barometer rises even during steady 
 and copious rains. _ 
 
 V. Natural History.— The natural history of 
 S.A. presents hardly any distinctive features, 
 while in almost every department it is far poorer 
 than the other colonies. In botany this is especially 
 the case. It contains a mixture of eastern, western, 
 and tropical forms — the presence of the latter 
 being due to the proximity of the great central 
 desert ; but the eastern types abound. The 
 northern territory has of course a wholly tropical 
 flora, and it has produced many new species both 
 of plants and animals ; but these in almost all 
 cases extend to one of the adjoining colonies, W.A. 
 or Q. whose northern portions are equally tropical. 
 
 V I . Geology. — The geological structure of extra- 
 tropical S.A. is comparatively simple. It consists 
 of an immense formation of Tertiary sandstones 
 and limestones extending over the whole country 
 except where interrupted by Palaeozoic or volcanic 
 mountains. The backbone of the colony running 
 from Cape Jervis northwards is Silurian, and con- 
 sists of sandstones, slates, and limestones, with 
 intruding granites of diversified character. Fine 
 red granites occur at Barossa and Port Lincoln 
 and there are lofty granite mountains in the 
 interior. Basalt occurs at Mount Arden, north of 
 Port Augusta, and also farther north in the central 
 lake country ; but it is more common in the south- 
 east near the remarkable group of extinct volcanoes 
 in the Mount Gambier district. A little to the 
 north in the Tertiary limestone country of the 
 Mosquito Plains are some very curious and 
 interesting caves, which have been thus described 
 by the Rev. J. T. Woods in his Gt ological Observa- 
 tions in South Australia : — " In the midst of a 
 swampy, sandy country, plentifully covered with 
 stringy-bark trees, a series of caverns is found 
 whose internal beauty is at strange variance with 
 the wildness of the scenery around. The entrance 
 is merely a round hole on the top of a hill, which 
 leads to a small sloping path under a shelf of rock. 
 Descending this for about twenty-five feet, one 
 gets a first glimpse of the magnificence enshrined 
 below. The observer finds himself at the entrance 
 of a large oblong square chamber, low, but perfectly 
 lighted by an aperture at the opposite end, and all 
 around, above and below, the eye is bewildered by 
 a profusion of ornaments and decorations, of 
 nature's own devising. It resembles an immense 
 ( Jotliic cathedral, and the numbers of half-finished 
 stalagmites which rise from the ground, like 
 kneeling or prostrate forms, seem worshippers in 
 that silent and solemn place. At the farther end 
 is an immense stalactite which appears like a 
 support to the whole roof; not the least beautiful 
 part of it being that it is tinted by almost every 
 variety of colour, one side being of a delicate 
 azure, with passages of blue, green, and pink, 
 intermingled ; and again it is snowy white, finally 
 merging into a golden yellow. The second cave or 
 chamber is so thickly studded with stalactites that 
 it seems like a carefully arranged scene, which, 
 from the interminable variety of form and magic 
 ell'ect of light and shade, might easily be taken to
 
 Sou) 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 519 
 
 represent some fairy palace. Very soon the cavern 
 becomes as dark as night, and further exploration 
 
 to the numerous chambers and lissures beyond lias 
 tn be made by the assistance of torches. On 
 leaving the last chamber we returned to the light : 
 a narrow passage richly wreathed with liniestnne 
 is observed on the right hand going out. Proceed- 
 ing a little way down a large vaulted chamber is 
 reached, so perfectly dark and obscure that even 
 torches can do but faint justice to its beauty. 
 Here, above all other portions of the caves, has 
 nature been prodigal of the fantastic ornament 
 with which the whole place abounds. There are 
 pillars so finely formed and covered with such 
 delicate trellis-work, there are droppings of lime 
 making such scroll-work, that the eye is bewildered 
 with the extent and variety of the adornment. It 
 is like a palace of ice with frozen cascades and 
 fountains all around." The Palreozoic limestones 
 of S.A. are very rich in copper, and this metal has 
 really determined the success of the colony. It 
 was first discovered in the hills near Adelaide ; 
 but the most important mine, the Burra-Burra, 
 is about ninety miles to the north. Another still 
 more extensive deposit of copper ore is at Wollaroo, 
 at the head of Yorke's Peninsula, and there are in 
 all twenty-seven copper mines in the colony. 
 Silver-lead has been found and worked near Cape 
 Jervis, and bismuth in the mountains east of 
 Adelaide. Gold also occurs at Echunga ; but the 
 mines are unimportant as compared with those of 
 V. Iron is also known to exist in large quantities ; 
 but as there is no coal it has not yet been worked. 
 
 VII. Population. — The population on 31st 
 December 1879 was estimated at 136,000 males 
 and 124,000 females -a total of 260,000. The 
 average birth rate of 1878 was 38'22 per thousand 
 of the population ; the marriage rate is 9'47 and 
 the death rate 15'44 per thousand. During 1879 
 there were registered 9902 births — 5013 males, 
 4889 females ; 3580 deaths and 2238 marriages ; 
 averaging 38'81 births per thousand of the popula- 
 tion ; 14'04 per thousand deaths and 8'77 per 
 thousand marriages. The foregoing applies to the 
 white population ; of the aboriginal race little 
 can be said further than that their ultimate 
 extinction is a matter of a few years only, as 
 whatever their numbers were originally each 
 successive year has seen a rapid diminution and 
 the end is not very far off. Infanticide, disease, 
 and, more than all, strong drink have tended to 
 this result. Some efforts have been made to 
 ameliorate their condition, and in this work the 
 Bishop of Brisbane (Dr. Hale) has taken a promi- 
 nent part. His labours were not altogether 
 unfruitful. In 1876 the number of natives was 
 computed at 3953 of all ages and both sexes. 
 
 VIII. Imposts and Exports.— In 1838 the value 
 nt the exports did not exceed £5000 ; in 1869 it 
 amounted to £2,993,035 ; by 1878 it had advanced 
 to £5,355,021 or £22 0s. 3d. per head of the popula- 
 tion. The imports which in 1869 were £2,754,770 
 reached .£5,719,611 in 1878, or £23 10s. 3d. per 
 
 head of the population. The total value of the 
 import and export trade increased from £5,747,805 
 in LS69 to £11,071,632 in 1*7*, tile average rate 
 per head having gone up from £32 3a 2d. to 
 £45 los. 6d. For 1879 the total imports amounted 
 to £5,01 1,149; the exports amounted to .£4,762,727; 
 the, excess of imports over exports being £251,422. 
 Among the staple exports were :— Wheat and Hour 
 £1,627,707; other agricultural produce £25,549; 
 horticultural produce £38,799; dairy produce 
 £12,006 ; wool £1,984,879, other animal produc- 
 tions £129,061 ; copper ore and regulus £407,587 ; 
 other minerals £2162 ; colonial manufactures 
 £23,796. Of the imports there were from Great 
 Britain £2,718,788 consisting of drapery, iron- 
 mongery, and miscellaneous manufactures. From 
 the British possessions the imports amounted to 
 .£2,016,083. The Foreign imports amounting to 
 £279,278 comprised tea, coffee, sugar, tobacco, 
 timber, mineral oil, and spices. The total imports 
 per head of the population during 1879 was 
 £19 13s. 2d. ; of the exports it was £18 13s. 5d. 
 
 IX. Shipping. — The shipping returns during 
 the year 1879 were: inward entries 1092 vessels 
 of 467,729 tons ; outward entries were 1039 vessels 
 of 465,162 tons. During the proper season several 
 steamers specially constructed navigate the rivers 
 Murray, Murrumbidgee, and Darling, upwards of 
 forty steamers and fifty barges being employed in 
 the trade. 
 
 X. Intercommunication. — There are under 
 the jurisdiction of the Central Board of Main 
 Roads 3331 miles of main roads, of which about 
 1140 miles were thoroughly formed and metalled 
 at the close of 1878. The total expenditure in the 
 construction of these roads since the year 1850 has 
 been over £2,000,000. During the financial year 
 1878-79 £85,000 were expended in their mainten- 
 ance. At the close of 1879 there were 559 miles of 
 railway open for traffic constructed at a cost of 
 £4,103,501. 
 
 XL Revenue. — The revenue for the year ending 
 30th June 1880 was £1,831,164 with a deficit 
 balance of £61,583 from the previous year 
 deducted made a total of £1,769,581, and the 
 expenditure £1,853,1 12, leaving a deficit of £83,531, 
 Towards the revenue the Customs contributed 
 £510,796; rents and licences of Crown lands 
 £92,135; postal Telegraph receipts, £130,929; 
 railways and tramways £364,855 ; land sales 
 £469,330 ; the remainder being made up of various 
 miscellaneous items. The colonial debt on 
 30th June 1879 was £7,593,943. The revenue for 
 1879-80 was estimated at £1,855,587 ; and the 
 expenditure at £1,854,345. With the deficit from 
 the previous year and the unexpended balances, 
 the total deficit on 30th June L880 was expected to 
 be £234,722. 
 
 XII. Manufactories. — Among the leading 
 manufactories (according to the census of 1876) 
 are 43 for agricultural implements, at which the 
 majority of the reapers or snippers used in the 
 colony are made, 3 for soap and candles, 20
 
 ..2<l 
 
 ' Y( l,ol>.Kl>lA <>K AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 for couch unci carriage building, 6 for jam, 1 for 
 meat-preserving, 4 for ship-building, 1 tweed fac- 
 tory, 13 clothing factories, 24 boot and shoe 
 factories, 1 rope walk, 1 brush manufactory, 3 
 biscuit bakeries, 4 confectionery manufactories, 
 9 dried fruits, and 2 olive oil factories. A late 
 return enumerates 25 breweries, 28 distilleries, 8 
 foundries, 5 gas-works, 5 potteries, 21 saw-mills, 
 22 tanneries, 102 wine-presses, 20 soda-water fac- 
 tories, 2 dye-works, 1 fuse factory, 25 brick-yards, 
 and 1 ice-works. Flour-mills are very numerous, 
 there being, on 31st March 1880, 117 driven by 
 .steam machinery, of the aggregate horse-power of 
 2291, and employing 875 hands. During 1878 
 458,183 gallons of wine were manufactured, of 
 which 49,691 gallons were exported, and during 
 1879, 459,308 gallons were manufactured, and 
 46,908 exported. 
 
 XIII. Material Progress. — The three sources 
 of wealth — mineral, pastoral, and agricultural — 
 have developed trade and commerce to an extent 
 that appears surprising when set against the 
 population. Remembering that the entire num- 
 ber of inhabitants barely exceeds a quarter of a 
 million, the fact that the total exports and 
 imports for 1879 amounted to nearly .£10,000,000 
 speaks well for the general prosperity. Of the. 
 staple exports of the colony, wool, copper, and 
 wheat hold the most prominent position. Not- 
 withstanding the falling-off in copper, the combined 
 value of these exports amounted in 1878 to close 
 on ^4,000,000 sterling. Comparing the returns 
 for 1878 with those for 1868 it is found that the 
 exports of wheat and flour have increased more 
 than a million, and of wool more than half a 
 million sterling. Nor is there any ground for 
 apprehension that the limit has been reached. 
 Of late years, through more liberal land legisla- 
 tion, vast areas have been brought under cultivation 
 which a short time ago were believed unfit for the 
 plough. As lines of railway are being constructed 
 the produce of the interior is more quickly and 
 economically conveyed to ports of shipment, and 
 the boundary of agricultural settlement is receding 
 still further from the seaboard. The colony has 
 an extensive coastline, and the land which will 
 ultimately prove available for cultivation is 
 practically unlimited. Some of the foregoing 
 remarks apply to mining pursuits. Rich and 
 valuable mineral properties in the interior have 
 hitherto proved comparatively valueless on account 
 of the cost of conveying the ore to market, but 
 the lines of railway that are being pushed on with 
 vigour will materially lessen this drawback. With 
 regard to pastoral pursuits the opening of the vast 
 interior by the construction of the telegraph line 
 to Port Darwin, the results of the researches of 
 various exploring parties, and the construction of 
 a transcontinental railway— the first link of which 
 is in progress— are destined to facilitate their 
 expansion to an extent which it is at present 
 impossible to estimate. When it is borne in mind 
 that the area of the colony (including the Northern 
 
 Territory) is upwards of 900,000 square miles, of 
 which only about 1 per cent, is alienated from the 
 Crown, and less than one-third held under pastoral 
 leases, the undeveloped resources of the colony 
 will be seen to justify sanguine anticipations. 
 When regarding the progress of S.A. the initial 
 difficulties it had to contend with and its slow 
 growth for the first twenty years should not be 
 forgotten. Twenty years ago the interior was 
 comparatively unknown. What were then scat- 
 tered sheep-runs are now immense stretches of 
 waving corn. The trackless wilderness of those 
 days is occupied by the squatter with his countless 
 Mocks and herds ; it is traversed by the electric 
 wire, and will soon be startled by the shriek of the 
 locomotive. Then the shipping trade of the 
 colony was confined to vessels of small capacity 
 and for the most part limited to Port Adelaide ; 
 but now lines of magnificent ocean steamers take 
 S.A. in their way, while up the Gulf and along 
 the coastline outports are opened to which traffic 
 converges and which are being continually 
 improved. Twenty years ago there were only 
 264,462 acres of land under cultivation ; now there 
 are over two millions. At that time the population 
 was 113,340 ; now it exceeds a quarter of a million. 
 The revenue of the colony in 1858 was ,£469,637 ; 
 in 1878 it was .£1,592,635. 
 
 XIV. Products.— Though nearly all the fruits 
 and vegetables that are produced in England grow 
 in S.A. it is principally remarkable as a wheat and 
 grape-growing country. In some years sufficient 
 grain has been grown to supply not only the wants 
 of the colony and of neighbouring colonies but to 
 export many cargoes to England, where the wheat 
 is held in high estimation and invariably realises 
 high prices, on account of its dryness and weight. 
 The colony has justly been termed the Granary of 
 A. As a wine producing country it already takes 
 high rank and bids fair to take a much higher 
 position. Hop-growing is attracting some atten- 
 tion ; the olive is also being systematically culti- 
 vated and a comparatively large area is now under 
 planting. The manufacture of preserved fruits is 
 also carried on, as is also the drying of raisins and 
 currants. Some attention has been given to seri- 
 culture, both the silkworm and the mulberry trees 
 upon which it feeds have done well, but no very 
 substantial results have been obtained though the 
 silk produced has been pronounced by Marseilles 
 merchants to be equal to any ever wound by 
 them. 
 
 XV. Agricultural Statistics.— The extent of 
 land under cultivation for the year ending 31st 
 March 1880 was 2,271,058 acres. 1,458,096 were 
 cropped with wheat, the produce being 14,260,964 
 bushels ; hay 265,067 acres, total produce 296,141 
 tons ; barley 15,107 acres, produce 202,166 bushels ; 
 oats 4117 acres, produce 61,818 bushels ; peas 3963 
 acres, produce 58,547 bushels ; potatoes 7320 acres, 
 produce 27,832 tons ; flax 208 acres ; permanent 
 artificial grass 21,121 acres ; gardens and orchards 
 9148 acres ; vines 4114 acres. Products: 459,308
 
 Sou] 
 
 I Y< -l.-iP.EDU OF AUSTBALASU 
 
 521 
 
 gallons of wine, 34,240 cwt. of grapes, 699 cwt of 
 raisins. Live stock returns were : horses 130,052, 
 horned cattle 266,217, sheep 6,140,396, goats 11,277, 
 pigs 90,540, poultry 698,863. At the same date 
 there were 35,839,818 acres enclosed, of whicli 
 33,568,760 acres were not cultivated ; 5,702, :?S7 
 acres were in the hands of freeholders, and 8,477,820 
 acres were purchased lands. The average produce 
 per acre of the leading crops was — wheat 7 bushels 
 49 lbs. per acre, hay 22 cwt., barley 13 bushels 
 19lbs., oats 15 bushels 1 lb., peas 14bushels 46 lbs., 
 potatoes 76 cwt. The extent of land alienated 
 during the year 1879 was 604,246 acres, of which 
 428,114 acres were selected under the system of 
 deferred payments and 176,132 acres were pur- 
 chased for cash. The total area of land leased for 
 pastoral purposes in 1879 was 177,200 square miles, 
 the annual rent of which was £47,814. 
 
 XVI. Electric Telegraphs. — An extensive 
 system of electric telegraphs is in operation, com- 
 munication being had with all the leading places 
 in the other colonies, including W.A. The South 
 Australian portion of the telegraph line to W.A. 
 was completed to Eucla on 16th July 1877, the 
 total cost being £75,214. Great difficulties were 
 experienced in erecting the section between 
 Fowler's Bay and Eucla, owing to the extreme 
 scarcity of feed and water, the country traversed 
 being mostly sandy desert, and the long distances 
 that materials had to be carted, but these obstacles 
 were effectually overcome and the line was com- 
 pleted in a thoroughly substantial manner. The 
 Western Australian line is 800 miles long and 
 the South Australian portion, including the line 
 from Adelaide, about 971 miles long. 
 
 XVII. Education.— Within the last few years 
 educational affairs have been completely revolu- 
 tionised, and the Public School system, which 
 previously was the worst in the colonies, is now 
 one of the best. The object kept steadily in view 
 is the education up to a certain standard of every 
 child in the colony. The standard is a low one, 
 the only compulsory subjects being reading, writing, 
 and arithmetic, but instruction is also given in 
 other branches. The ages during which children 
 are obliged to attend school are from seven to 
 thirteen, and the rule is made imperative except 
 as regards those who are able to show that they 
 are being otherwise educated or have attained the 
 standard. The Act establishing the present system 
 was passed in 1875. Under it the public schools 
 were placed under the charge of a Council with a 
 permanent President, the Council being subject to 
 the Minister of Education, who however rarely 
 interfered except on matters of policy. This plan 
 of administration had a three years trial, and 
 under it a great impetus was given to the erection 
 of new schools, the appointment and classification 
 of competent teachers, and the weeding-out of 
 those who might have been considered competent 
 under the old regime, but were no longer regarded 
 as suitable instructors for the youth of the colony. 
 But the Council did not do as much as had been 
 
 expected of it, and the system of divided responsi- 
 bility was condemned. In 1878 an Act was passed 
 abolishing the Council and entrusting the entire 
 management of the schools to the Minister, who 
 alone is responsible to Parliament. The Secretary 
 of the Council has been made the accountant 
 under the new arrangement. The central depart- 
 ment is assisted by Local Boards of Advice, who 
 are appointed in all parts of the colony, and 
 perform their duties without fee or reward. There 
 are five school inspectors, each of whom has a 
 certain district apportioned to him. About a year 
 and a-half ago the compulsory powers of the Act 
 were brought into operation, and school visitors 
 were appointed to wait on the parents and induce 
 them to send their children to school. There are 
 now a superintendent and seven school visitors. 
 Uniform fees of 4d. per week for children under 
 seven years of age and 6d. for older children are 
 charged in all schools ; but in cases where the 
 parents are too poor to pay for the education of 
 their children that duty is taken upon itself by 
 the State. During 1878 the fees paid by parents 
 amounted to £16,717 and by the State to £770. 
 The education given is entirely secular, though 
 the teacher is allowed to read the Bible before 
 school hours if the parents of his scholars wish 
 him to do so. Large grants have been made by 
 the Legislature for school buildings, teachers' 
 salaries, -fee, in order to aid in the development of 
 a thorough and comprehensive system. To foster 
 and encourage higher education, there is an annual 
 grant from the public funds of five per cent, on all 
 private contributions, and also an endowment of 
 50,000 acres of land. In connection with the 
 schools six exhibitions of the annual value of £30, 
 tenable for three years, are offered ; also three 
 University scholarships of the annual value of 
 £50, tenable for three years. The number of 
 schools in operation on 31st December 1878 is 
 stated at 310. Of these 234 were public schools 
 and the remainder provisional. The attendance 
 during the year was 31,230 in the public and 3261 
 in the provisional schools ; the average daily 
 attendance was 16,755, being a proportion of 72'67 
 per cent, of the roll attendance. The number of 
 head teachers was 230, and the total number 
 engaged in teaching 699. The total expenditure 
 for 1878, including payment for buildings, was 
 £152,718 10s. 2d. The cost to the State of each 
 child under instruction was £1 10s Ojd. ; the cost 
 of each child in average attendance, £3 Is. lOd. 
 A University is established, towards the building 
 and endowment of which a well-known colonist, 
 Captain Hughes, contributed £20,000 and Thomas 
 Elder £20,000. It is under the control of a Council, 
 of whom the Bishop is the Chancellor, and is 
 provided with a complete staff of professors. Its 
 degrees rank with those of any other University. 
 The students are lodged in a handsome building 
 which cost £25,000 in its erection. In connection 
 with the Church of England there is the collegiate 
 school of St. Peter's, which is endowed and has
 
 .122 
 
 TYCLOP-EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 several scholarships and exhibitions attached to 
 it. The curriculum is similar to that of the 
 public schools of Great Britain. In connection 
 with the Wesleyan body is the Prince Alfred 
 College. Five scholarships are annually competed 
 for, the two highest being of the value of £15 15s. 
 XIX.— Government and Legislation.— The 
 privilege of Constitutional Government was not 
 conferred on S.A. until many years after the 
 foundation of the colony. Its affairs were origin- 
 ally under the control of a Board of Commissioners 
 resident in London, represented in the colony by 
 a Commissioner of Public Lands. The powers 
 given to the Board by Act of Parliament in 1834 
 were to borrow money to carry on the Government 
 of the colony, and to defray the cost of transport- 
 ing emigrants. The Board had but a brief exis- 
 tence. The Act provided that a form of local 
 Government should be granted to the province as 
 soon as its population reached 50,000 persons, but 
 it was some years before this had been effected. 
 The Commissioners did not at first find their task 
 one easy of accomplishment. In order to assist 
 them in their endeavour to found the colony the 
 South Australian Company was formed, mainly 
 through the exertions of George Fife Angas, who 
 relinquished his post of Commissioner and became 
 Chairman of the Company. Under the operations 
 of this Association the work of colonisation pro- 
 ceeded, and from the appointment of Captain 
 John Hindmarsh as Governor in 1836 until the 
 year 1851 the work of local legislation was carried 
 on by the Governor and a Legislative Council, 
 consisting of four non- official members, all 
 appointed by the Governor. In 1851 the first 
 Constitution was granted to the province. A new 
 Legislative Council was authorised, which was to 
 consist of twenty-four members, one-third to be 
 nominated by the Crown, and two-thirds to be 
 elected by the people every five years. Members 
 of this Council were required to possess freehold 
 property of not less than £200 annual or £2000 
 total value. Voting was based on a small property 
 or household qualification, and persons holding 
 property in more than one district were allowed to 
 vote for members in each district in which their 
 property was situated. This Council however had 
 no control over the land revenue, which was 
 expended by the authority of the Governor alone. 
 The new Council was no sooner formed than the 
 colonists began to agitate for Responsible Govern- 
 ment in its entirety, and in 1856 the present 
 Constitution Act was passed, and having received 
 the Royal sanction was proclaimed in the colony 
 in October of that year. By this Act the Govern- 
 ment is vested in a Governor and two Houses of 
 Parliament. Tbe Parliament is triennial, and the 
 sessions are generally held annually. The two 
 Houses are called respectively the Legislative 
 Council and the House of Assembly. For elect- 
 ing members to the former the whole province is 
 one electoral district. A member must be thirty 
 years of age, and have resided in the colony for 
 
 three years. Electors for the Legislative Council 
 must be twenty-one years of age, and have a free- 
 hold estate of £50 value, or a leasehold of £20 
 annual value with three years unexpired, or must 
 occupy a dwelling-house of £20 annual value. 
 There are eighteen members of the Legislative 
 Council, one-third of whom retire at the end of 
 every fourth year. This House cannot be dissolved 
 by the Governor. The House of Assembly at 
 first consisted of thirty-six members, elected by 
 seventeen districts, two of which returned only 
 one member, while Adelaide returned six. In 
 1861 a redistribution of seats was made, based on 
 population. The colony was divided into eighteen 
 districts, each electing two members. In the 
 session of 1874 a further alteration was made, by 
 which the colony was divided into twenty-two 
 electoral districts, three returning threa members 
 each, one returning one, and the remainder two 
 each, so that the Parliament now consists of forty- 
 six members. Under the present Constitution Act 
 all persons qualified to vote are eligible to become 
 members of the Assembly, which is elected by 
 manhood suffrage, the only requirements being 
 that the voter shall be twenty-one years of age, 
 that his name shall have been on the electoral-roll 
 six months, and that he be untainted with felony. 
 Aliens not naturalised are incapable of voting ; 
 but all that is required to become a naturalised 
 subject is to take an oath of allegiance and to pay 
 a small fee. All elections are conducted by ballot. 
 Judges, ministers of religion, and aliens who have 
 not lived five years in the colony are ineligible for 
 election to either House. The Executive Govern- 
 ment is, as in England, dependent on Parliamentary 
 majorities. The Governor is the President of the 
 Executive Council. Members accepting office in 
 the Administration are not required to go to their 
 constituencies for re-election. The Government 
 first appointed under the present Constitution Act 
 consisted of five Ministers, who were all required 
 to be members of the Legislature. Recently a 
 sixth Minister has been added, and the Ministry 
 is now composed of the Chief Secretary, Attorney- 
 General, Treasurer, Commissioner of Crown Lands 
 and Immigration, Commissioner of Public Works, 
 and Minister of Education. Any member of the 
 Legislature renders his seat vacant by accepting 
 any office of emolument under the Crown excepting 
 those abovementioned. All the affairs of the 
 colony, including the management of the Crown 
 lands, the proceeds of which have been placed 
 entirely at the disposal of the colonists, are under 
 the control of the two Houses of the Legislature. 
 Each House is vested with equal powers, with the 
 exception that the Legislative Council cannot 
 originate any measure for appropriating any part 
 of the revenue, or for imposing, altering, or repeal- 
 ing any rate, tax, duty or impost. The financial 
 affairs are dealt with by the Assembly, and the 
 only part taken in the matter by the Council is 
 the consideration of such measures as are des- 
 cribed above after they have been passed by the
 
 Soul 
 
 I ?( l.nP.KDIA OF AUSTRAL \M V. 
 
 523 
 
 Assembly. Several taxation hills have been 
 vetoed by the Council in the exercise of this 
 power. The public expenditure is entirely regu- 
 lated by the House of Assembly, in whose hands 
 rests the power of making and unmaking Ministries- 
 
 XX. Real Property Act. — This measure, of 
 which S.A. may justly feel proud, inaugurated 
 a new and simple mode of conveyancing which 
 swept away the heavy expenses and evils attendant 
 on the old system of transferring real property. 
 The author of the measure, which came into force 
 in 1858, was R. R. Torrens, afterwards Registrar- 
 General. The principles of the Act are thus set 
 forth by a Commission appointed to enquire into 
 its provisions and working : — " The objects of the 
 Heal Property Act are to give security and 
 simplicity to all dealings with land, by providing 
 that the title shall depend upon registration, that 
 all interests shall be capable of appearing or being 
 protected upon the face of the registry, and that 
 a registered title or interest shall never be affected 
 by any claim or charge which is not registered. 
 By this system every one who acquires any estate 
 or interest in land, upon being registered as owner 
 thereof, obtains a title absolutely secure as against 
 every one whose claim does not appear upon the 
 registry ; and the two elements of simplicity and 
 security as regards the acquisition of land appear 
 to be effectually attained." All land alienated 
 from the Crown since 1858 is declared to be under 
 the Real Property Act ; and land acquired before 
 that date may be brought under its operation on 
 application after certain precautionary public 
 notices have been given. Several amendments, 
 found necessary by experience, have been made in 
 the Act, and a certain amount of protection is 
 now definitely given to equities arising in connec- 
 tion with properties ; but the main principle has 
 always betn successfully maintained, and the value 
 of property brought under the Act amounts to 
 several millions sterling. The fees on transfers 
 are small, and transactions under the Act are so 
 simple as rarely to call for the intervention of a 
 solicitor. Where a block of land is subdivided 
 separate certificates of title are issued by the 
 department for each allotment, and the greatest 
 care is taken in defining the measurements and 
 boundaries. Thus sources of error or opportu- 
 nities for fraud seldom occur, and costly " abstracts 
 of title " are unknown. In fact, the title embodied 
 in the certificate issued from the Lands Titles 
 Office is to all intents and purposes indefeasible. 
 The South Australian Act slightly altered has been 
 adopted by all the Australian Colonies. 
 
 History. — I. Flinders' Discoveries. — When 
 Flinders returned to England in 1800 the charts 
 of the new discoveries, which Arrowsmith pro- 
 nounced the most perfect that had come before 
 him, were published, and a plan proposed to Sir 
 Joseph Banks for completing the investigation of 
 the coasts of Terra Australis was approved by him 
 and Earl Spencer, First Lord of the Admiralty. 
 In February 1801 Flinders was promoted to the 
 
 rank of commander, and appointed to the Tiivesti- 
 gator sloop. A proof of the popularity of his 
 character and the adventurous spirit of the 
 British sailor was given, when eleven men being 
 required to complete his crew, out of three hun- 
 dred seamen on board the Vice-Admiral's ship 
 ZeUland, two hundred and fifty volunteered. On 
 18th July he sailed from Spithead, furnished with 
 a passport from the French Government, which 
 was granted after precedents of similar protection 
 afforded to La Pcrouse and to Cook by the 
 respective authorities in France and England. 
 Among the gentlemen who accompanied the expe- 
 dition was William Westall the landscape-painter. 
 A passport was also applied for by the French and 
 granted by the English Government to Captain 
 Baudin, who was said to be going round the world 
 on a voyage of discovery. In November 1801 
 Flinders sighted the coast of A., and proceeded to 
 examine the coast-line hitherto unexplored. In 
 the course of his investigations he discovered and 
 surveyed King George's Sound, on which the 
 settlement of Swan River was planted in 1829. 
 Sailing slowly eastwards along the barren coast 
 which is now traversed by the electric wire con- 
 necting South and Western Australia, Flinders in 
 January 1802 reached and duly named the Great 
 Australian Bight, Fowler's Bay, Smoky Bay, 
 Streaky Bay, Anxious Bay, Coffin's Bay, and other 
 physical features, all of which are still beyond the 
 principal settlements of S.A. His first important 
 discovery was the magnificent harbour of Port 
 Lincoln, which, to use the words of one of the 
 French navigators who subsequently visited it, is 
 " worthy to rival Port Jackson and is one of the 
 finest harbours of the world." Owing to the nature 
 of the land around it the founders of S.A. were 
 unable to fix on Port Lincoln as the principal port 
 of the colony. Proceeding northwards up what 
 proved to be Spencer's Gulf, Flinders was extremely 
 disappointed at the appearance of the laud forming 
 the western boundary of the inlet at the head of 
 which now stands Port Augusta — the sea terminus 
 of a railway line the first link in an iron road to 
 span the continent from north to south. Coming 
 back towards the ocean along the low-lying coast 
 of Yorke's Peninsula — the site of the famous 
 Wallaroo and Moonta and other rich copper 
 mines, and which besides skirts an important 
 agricultural territory — the appearance of the 
 country was still barren and forbidding. Having 
 got safely out of Spencer's Gulf the corner of 
 Yorke's Peninsula was turned, and being then 
 overtaken by a storm he found Nepean Bay a 
 harbour of refuge, and the island of which it is a 
 prominent feature was named Kangaroo Island 
 after the numerous kangaroos or wallabys dis- 
 covered in great nunibi'i's mi it. From this place 
 Mount Lofty, the highest eminence in the range 
 which forms a background to the Adelaide plains, 
 was sighted, and a visit to the mainland disclosed 
 the richness and beauty of the country that 
 surrounds what is now the capital of S.A. Passing
 
 52 l 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 out through Backstairs Passage lying between 
 the main coast line and Kangaroo Island the 
 Investigator sailed into Encounter Bay, so named 
 because of the meeting with the French vessel 
 of discovery Geographe under Captain Baudin, 
 with whom, notwithstanding the hostile terms 
 on which the English and French nations then 
 stood, Flinders exchanged friendly greetings. 
 Recording this meeting, Flinders notes in his 
 diary : — " The situation of the Investigator when 
 I hove to for the purpose of speaking Captain 
 Baudin was 35° 40' S. and 138° 58' E. At the 
 above situation, the discoveries by Captain Baudin 
 upon the S. coast have their termination to the 
 W., as mine in the Investigator have to the east- 
 ward ; yet Monsieur Peron, naturalist to the 
 French expedition, has laid a claim for his nation 
 to the discovery of all parts between Western Port, 
 in Bass Straits and Nuyts Archipelago ; and this 
 part of N.S.W. is called Terre Napoleon ; my 
 Kangaroo Island which they openly adopted in the 
 expedition, has been converted into L'Isle Decres; 
 Spencer's Gulf is named Golfe Bonaparte ; the 
 Gulf of St. Vincent, Golfe Josephine ; and so on 
 along the whole coast to Cape Nuyts, not even the 
 smallest island being without some similar stamp 
 of French discovery." Freycinet, first-lieutenant 
 of the Geographe, said, subsequently, at the house 
 of Governor King, to Flinders, " Captain, if we 
 had not been kept so long picking up shells and 
 catching butterflies at V.D.L.,you would not have 
 discovered the south coast before us." "I believe 
 (adds Flinders,) M. Peron wrote from overruling 
 authority, and that it smote him to the heart." 
 Proceeding onwards, Flinders noted that remark- 
 able saltwater channel which runs a short distance 
 inland along a large part of the south-eastern 
 coast— the Coorong— and, passing Lacepede Bay, 
 Guichen Bay and other inlets now well known, 
 sighted the mountains already referred to as having 
 been discovered by Grant. Thence he continued 
 his voyage along the coastline that bounds the 
 adjoining colony of V. 
 
 II. Start's Explorations. — Thus far the explora- 
 tion of the sea boundary was accomplished. The 
 information thus acquired was useful but the 
 examinations made necessarily failed to give any 
 real idea of the value of this part of Australia. So 
 mistaken was the opinion held of it that in 1822 it 
 was stated by a Captain of His Majesty's Navy, 
 who read a paper before the Philosophical Society 
 of N.S W., that " The south coast of Australia is 
 barren and in every respect useless and unfavour- 
 able for colonisation." For Sturt was reserved the 
 discovery that the character of this part of the 
 continent was not by any means so bad as had 
 been made out. Sturt was an ardent believer in 
 the theory held in the early days of N.S.W. that 
 the rivers of Australia terminated in a vast inland 
 lake. Determined to put his theory to the test, 
 and having already discovered the Darling River, 
 he made up his mind to trace it to the point where 
 its waters were emptied. In 1830 with a small 
 
 party in two boats Sturt found his way from the 
 Murrumbidgee into the Murray, and traced the 
 latter river to its mouth in Encounter Bay. The 
 journey was made under difficulties that would 
 have appalled men of ordinary mettle ; but this 
 brave man and his trusty followers proceeded 
 undaunted, suffering from want of food, in con- 
 stant danger from natives, and wearied with work 
 until the discovery was complete, and then 
 gradually made their way back up-stream, 
 arriving in Sydney after an absence of six 
 months. There is no doubt that Sturt was dis- 
 appointed with the country through which he 
 passed, and particularly with the discovery that 
 the mouth of the Murray was not easily navigable. 
 But that he was not altogether unfavourably 
 impressed is shown by these few words which we 
 quote from his own records : — " Hurried as my 
 view of it was my eye never fell on a country of 
 more promising aspect or of more favourable 
 position than that which occupies the space 
 between the Lake (Alexandrina) and the Ranges 
 of St. Vincent's Gulf, and continuing northerly 
 stretches away without any visible boundary." 
 Governor Darling who had dispatched Sturt on 
 his expedition, afterwards sent Captain Barker by 
 sea to St. Vincent's Gulf ; and one who accom- 
 panied that party writes — " The soil was rich, 
 there was abundance of the finest pasturage, no 
 lack of fresh water ;" and then becoming poetical 
 in his enthusiasm he remarks that " it was a spot 
 in whose valleys the exile might hope to build for 
 himself and for his family a peaceful and pros- 
 perous retreat." 
 
 III. Colonisation,— About 1829 Edward Gibbon 
 Wakefield, an advanced political economist for 
 those days, had thought out a system of colonisa- 
 tion which he maintained was the only true one 
 possessing the elements of stability and success. 
 His system was based on two principles — in all 
 cases to sell the land for a fair and reasonable 
 value, and to devote the proceeds to the introduc- 
 tion of labour from the Mother Country. He 
 maintained that the worst thing that could happen 
 to a new country was to give the land away in 
 large blocks ; and he found a striking illustration 
 of this in the history of W.A. where grants of 
 land of 20,000 or 50,000 acres had been made to 
 favoured individuals, but they had turned out to 
 be utterly worthless. Wakefield's theory, with its 
 really ingenious theory and really desirable aims — 
 good wages, large profits, and complete civilisation 
 — took the active world by storm ; and no sooner 
 was the serious business of carrying the Reform 
 Bill completed than a society was formed for 
 carrying it into practical effect. The extraordinary 
 success with which this theory was received at 
 Home, although opposed by every intelligent 
 colonist, may be traced to the skilful manner in 
 which it combined the interests and conciliated 
 the prejudices of the legislative as well as the 
 executive class. The capitalist for the first time 
 saw himself painted as an injured victim, and
 
 Sou] 
 
 I 1 1 LuP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ..-.'.> 
 
 presented with a new field for ample profits ; the 
 ratepayer was charmed at the idea of getting rid 
 of an unlimited number of paupers ; the educated 
 gentleman hoped to live on his .£20,000 with all 
 the state, dignity, and luxury, physical and intel- 
 lectual, that a landed estate of .£100,000 confers 
 in England or Scotland. The adventurous of the 
 middle class dwelt on the charms of distinction 
 which would be open to them in a new colony ; 
 while to ardent politicians and essayists, who in 
 1830 were for the most part deeply dissatisfied 
 with the ancient English institutions, the idea of 
 becoming founders and modellers of a model 
 commonwealth was truly delightful. Even the 
 Government was eventually conciliated by the 
 prospect of additional patronage which a new 
 colony presented. In 1831 Major Bacon, a fellow- 
 soldier in the Spanish Legion with Colonel 
 Wakefield, brother to the theorist, appears to have 
 opened negotiations at the Colonial Office, then 
 under Lord Goderich, for establishing a chartered 
 colony in some part of A. ; and in 1832 these 
 negotiations had so far progressed that a provi- 
 sional committee of the S.A. Land Company had 
 been formed, with Colonel Torrens, one of the 
 proprietors of the Globe newspaper, as its chair- 
 man, with a proposed capital of £50,000. In a 
 letter dated 9th July 1832 Torrens transmitted a 
 draft of the charter suggested by his committee, 
 and drawn under the instructions of Wakefield. 
 On perusing this draft Lord Goderich curtly closed 
 the negotiation, on the ground that "it would 
 virtually transfer to the company the sovereignty 
 of a vast unexplored territory ; that it would 
 encroach upon the limits of the existing colonies 
 of N.S.W. and W.A. ; that the charter would 
 invest the company with powers of legislation, 
 of erecting courts, of appointing judges, of 
 raising and commanding militia ; that all the 
 powers of the company involving in their practical 
 effects the sovereign dominion of the whole terri- 
 tory would be transferred to a popular assembly 
 which would be to erect within the British 
 monarchy a government purely republican ; and 
 that the company would be receivers of large 
 sums of money for the due application of which 
 they do not propose to give any specific security.'' 
 When the promoters offered to modify their plan 
 they were informed " that the views entertained 
 by the proposed company are not sufficiently 
 precise and determined to lead his lordship to 
 apprehend that any advantage will arise from 
 continuing a correspondence that has for some 
 time been going on." In 1833 another association 
 was formed and the chairman, W. W. Whitmore, 
 M.P., opened negotiations with the Earl of 
 Derby, then Under Secretary for the Colonies. 
 He proposed to found a colony on the site 
 where it was eventually planted, to sell land 
 at 5s. an acre ("this will ensure the concentra- 
 tion of settlers in proportion to the price at which 
 land is sold,") and devote the proceeds to the 
 conveyance of young pauper labourers of both 
 
 sexes in equal numbers. The company to have a 
 million acres at 5s. an acre. " On this land they 
 will perform such works as they may deem expe- 
 dient, with a view to attract population thereto, 
 while Government will sell in an entirely unim- 
 proved state the land not purchased by the 
 company to any individuals desirous of purchasing 
 it." This association, which contemplated fame 
 and patronage rather than profit, included George 
 Grote, the eminent historian of Greece ; William 
 Hutt, afterwards Governor of W.A. ; Henry 
 Bulwer, afterwards Ambassador and K.C.B. ; 
 Colonel Torrens ; H. O. Ward, afterwards Gover- 
 nor of the Ionian Islands and K.C.B. ; J. A. 
 Roebuck ; Sir William Molesworth ; Benjamin 
 Hawes, afterwards Colonial Under-Secretary ; and 
 Edward Strutt, Chief Commissioner of Railways. 
 This negotiation also failed. Gibbon Wakefield's 
 charter was not approved. While approving of 
 the plan of colonisation suggested as regarded the 
 disposal of land, Secretary Stanley insisted that 
 the government of the colony should be left in the 
 hands of the Crown until such time as it was able 
 to govern itself. After receiving this communi- 
 cation the S.A. Association decided to continue 
 their operations for the purpose of forming a 
 Crown colony, provided that by Act of Parliament 
 provision were made for the permanent establish- 
 ment of the mode of disposing of waste land, and 
 of the purchase-money of such land devised by 
 Gibbon Wakefield. Before the negotiation was con- 
 cluded Secretary Stanley resigned. Spring Rice 
 (afterwards Lord Monteagle) became Secretary for 
 the Colonies. Under his administration an act 
 was passed in the session of 1834 substantially 
 embodying the terms agreed upon with Secretary 
 Stanley by which the province of S.A. was estab- 
 lished, the minimum price of land fixed at 12s. an 
 acre, and the business of colonisation was placed 
 in the hands of a body of commissioners. Lord 
 Aberdeen having become Secretary for the 
 Colonies, eight commissioners were selected from 
 the members of the S.A. Association and gazetted 
 in May 1835 ; Torrens being appointed chairman, 
 because, as he stated in his letter of applica- 
 tion, he had "more knowledge of the object 
 and principles of the proposed colony than 
 any of the other gentlemen willing to act." It 
 is important to note that although the Colonial 
 Office refused to permit the foundation of a 
 chartered colony in which the government and 
 responsibility would have been in the hands 
 of the colonisers, from first to last the personal 
 friends and pupils of Wakefield had the sole 
 control of every arrangement and the selection of 
 every officer, and that every step was taken under 
 the advice of Wakefield who was a constant 
 attendant at the rooms of the association. The 
 commissioners first offered the post of Governor 
 to the distinguished General, Charles James 
 Napier ; but on being refused a small body of 
 troops as police, and power to draw on the British 
 Government for money in case of need, he
 
 526 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 declined the dangerous honour, observing with 
 wise prescience, "While sufficient security exists 
 for the supply of labour in the colony, and even 
 forces that supply, there does not appear to be any 
 security that the supply of capital will be sufficient 
 to employ that labour." Thus S.A. lost an active 
 Governor, and India obtained a great General. 
 Of two Governors subsequently appointed, one 
 was compelled to overdraw £400,000, and the 
 next obtained a company of soldiers in lieu 
 of an expensive police. The commissioners 
 then selected as Governor Captain Hindmarsh, 
 K.N., a distinguished naval-officer, Governor of 
 Heligoland, and Colonel Light as chief officer 
 of the survey department ; Fisher as resident 
 commissioner ; Robert Gouger, editor of the 
 Letter from Sydney and secretary of the S.A. 
 Association, as colonial secretary — in all seventeen 
 appointments, including two attorneys, and an 
 unsuccessful merchant, "who had been found 
 useful to the commission in selling land and raising 
 money." The parties selected seem to have been 
 studiously chosen for their innocence of all colonial, 
 official and agricultural experience. While the 
 political steps for founding the model colony were 
 progressing, means for agitating the public mind 
 in favour of emigration on the new principle, to 
 the unknown territory selected by the S.A. Asso- 
 ciation had not been neglected. The theory pro- 
 pounded in the Letter from Sydney had been 
 repeated and enlarged on in a work called England 
 and America, and in a multitude of pamphlets, 
 reviews in newspapers, speeches and lectures. The 
 active world began to believe that a political 
 philosopher's stone had been discovered. A news- 
 paper, the South A ustralian Gazette, was published 
 in London, with the view of being transplanted to 
 the new colony as soon as a hut could be found for 
 its reception ; while the most influential daily and 
 weekly organs re-echoed the statements and con- 
 clusions which received the admiring assent of 
 all parties. Anything in the shape of opposition, 
 or even doubtful criticism, from persons of colonial 
 experience, was greeted with the utmost degree of 
 scorn and contempt. They were hissed down, 
 unheard, as the most stupid or jealously envious 
 of mortals. The friends of Wakefield's theory 
 had from the first taken it for granted that 
 nothing but the basest motives could induce any 
 one to hesitate in accepting their panacea for 
 colonial ills, and they had the same advantage in 
 attacking the Colonial Office that a quack has in 
 ridiculing a practitioner of the old school. A 
 small book, published in 1834, entitled The New 
 British Province of South Australia with an 
 account of the Principles, Objects, Plan, and 
 Prospects of the colony, one of scores of the same 
 tendency which appeared about the same time, is 
 a favourable and temperate specimen and the 
 literary agitation which Wakefield perfected, if he 
 did not invent. This work, adorned with maps, 
 a picture of a bay, with palm trees and an 
 emn, commences with an extract from one of 
 
 Archbishop Whately's speeches, which was then 
 received with enthusiasm . — " A colony so founded 
 would fairly represent English society ; every 
 new comer would have his own class to fall 
 into, and to whatever class he belonged he 
 would find its relation to the others, and the 
 support derived from the others much the same as 
 in the parent country. There would be little more 
 revolting to the feelings of an emigrant than if he 
 had merely shifted his residence from Sussex to 
 Cumberland or Devonshire." And then, after 
 devoting many pages to disparaging all other 
 colonies and systems of colonisation, and promis- 
 ing a supply of labour and a state of refinement 
 equal to that of an old colony, a considerable 
 space is devoted to a description of the proposed 
 country, particularly of Kangaroo Island, and its 
 resources, with a list of probable exports. Seldom 
 have more errors been propagated in so few pages, 
 in so formal, so positive and so pompous a manner. 
 The means of communication promised by the 
 sea-coast remains unused to this hour, and Kan- 
 garoo Island is still a solitary waste.' A day in 
 Adelaide at any time from the founding of the 
 city downwards would show how absurd were the 
 following premisses : — " The price of land will take 
 out the labourers free of cost to their employer, and 
 will enable him to retain their services. It will be the 
 first colony combining plenty of labour and plenty 
 of land. The large produce of industry, divided in 
 the shape of high profits and high wages, will not 
 only make living high, but will cause the interest 
 of money to be high, and will thus enable persons 
 owning money, without engaging in any work, to 
 obtain much larger and more effective incomes 
 than their property yields in England ; and will 
 furnish a demand for such persons as surveyors, 
 architects, engineers, clerks, teachers, lawyers, and 
 clergymen." These were the inducements held out 
 with eminent success to tempt men unfit for the 
 toil of early colonisation to emigrate to a colony 
 which was to be founded, not by slow degrees, 
 but complete. The land was to be sold in England 
 at such a fixed price as would, by preventing 
 labourers from becoming landowners " too soon," 
 preserve a " hired labour price," and secure high 
 profits on good wages. The proceeds of the land 
 sold were to be applied to supplying labourers 
 with free passages, and thus a complete section of 
 all the ranks and classes composing the parent 
 State was to be transplanted, full grown, to the 
 antipodes. In the commencement the commis- 
 sioners found difficulty in selling the quantity of 
 land, and raising a sufficient amount of the loan 
 of i,'200,000, at ten per cent, authorised by the 
 Government. But eventually these difficulties were 
 overcome by the active assistance of G. F. Angas 
 and John Wright, banker. Angas resigned his post 
 as commissioner, and formed the S.A. Company, 
 which commenced operations by purchasing a large 
 quantity of land from the commissioners with 
 certain special privileges. A sum of £30,000 com- 
 pleted the preliminary financial operations and
 
 Sou] 
 
 f'YCLOP/RDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 527 
 
 the first part of the colonising career of S.A. 
 commenced. The company, which had obtained 
 special privileges in consideration of their large 
 and early purchase, lost no time in sending out 
 a pioneer expedition with emigrants and officers 
 to make preparations for carrying on every kind of 
 pursuit considered likely to be profitable in a 
 colony— farming, sheep-feeding, banking, building 
 and whaling. After an experience of some years 
 the company found reason to adopt the more 
 profitable position of absentee landholders and 
 land jobbers. Colonel Light was despatched by 
 the commissioners in March 1836 with a surveying 
 staff and a few emigrants ; and when he arrived 
 at the appointed rendezvous in Nepean Bay on 
 19th August he found three vessels of the S.A. 
 Company, which had brought a body of emigrants 
 who were settled on Kangaroo Island ; and in 
 November the Africaine arrived with the Colonial 
 Secretary, a banking association and a news- 
 paper. In July Captain Hindmarsh, the Governor, 
 sailed from London in the Buffalo, a vessel of 
 war, with a number of emigrants. All this was 
 done before the commissioners had received any 
 report as to the suitability of the district selected 
 for supporting emigrants. Kangaroo Island, which 
 had figured largely in prospectuses and speeches, 
 was found to be unfit for colonisation, after time 
 and money had been wasted by emigrants and the 
 company in building and clearing. Colonel Light 
 landed in the Gulf of St. Vincent, and after a 
 survey fixed upon the site of the present city of 
 Adelaide for the capital, and the present Port 
 Adelaide for its harbour. It was then a narrow, 
 rather shallow, creek, leading out of St. Vincent's 
 Gulf. The landing was in a mangrove swamp, 
 seven miles from the intended capital. Wharves, 
 deep dredging, a solid road, and other improve- 
 ments, have transformed the mangrove creek into 
 a good harbour, not inconveniently distant from 
 the capital, with which it is united by a railway. 
 Governor Hindmarsh arrived on 28th December 
 1836 ; read his commission under a gum tree, in 
 presence of about 200 emigrants and officials ; and 
 then, looking round, felt extremely dissatisfied 
 with the selection made by the Resident Com- 
 missioner and the Surveyor-General. That he 
 should have been dissatisfied with a selection 
 which placed the capital in a picturesque but hot 
 valley far from a port, and without the use of a 
 navigable river, and that he should as a sailor have 
 been forcibly impressed with the fearful cost of 
 landing and conveying cargoes to the interior 
 from such a harbour is not extraordinary ; never- 
 theless experience has proved that the site was as 
 good as any that could have been chosen, and art 
 has corrected the defects of nature. Hindmarsh 
 attempted to change the site of Adelaide. Differ- 
 ences of a serious character arose between him and 
 the Resident Commissioner — the colony became 
 divided into two parties, one of which supported 
 the Governor and the other the Resident Commis- 
 sioner. Both parties were greatly to blame. 
 
 Lord Glenelg settled the question by acceding to 
 the request of the commissioners and recalling 
 Hindmarsh. In the sequel the site of the capital 
 to which Hindmarsh had objected was retained 
 and almost all the officials, from whom he had 
 experienced most vexatious and insolent opposi- 
 tion, were found either incompetent or corrupt 
 and dismissed by his successor. The most serious 
 evils that befel the S.A. colonists arose from the 
 precipitancy with which emigrants were sent out 
 before the Surveyor-General had reported whether 
 the country was fit for settlement and before any 
 preparation had been made, by roads, wharves, 
 barracks, conveyances, surveys and importation of 
 live stock, for employing or feeding emigrants. 
 To replace Hindmarsh the commissioners recom- 
 mended and secured the appointment of Lieut- 
 Colonel George Gawler. At the same time Gawler 
 was also made resident commissioner — vice Fisher 
 dismissed — and thusunited in his own personallthe 
 administrative powers of the colony. In order to 
 obtain money to commence operations, before the 
 colony had been surveyed or even settled, the com- 
 missioners issued "preliminary orders" as a bonus 
 to the first purchasers and colonists at £12 12s. each, 
 which entitled the purchaser to select, in a rotation 
 settled by lottery, 120 acres of country land and 
 one acre in the intended capital of the intended 
 colony. This capital city before discovery or 
 survey was settled by the commissioners to consist 
 of 1200 acres or nearly nine square miles. As soon 
 as the capital, Adelaide, had been selected and 
 mapped the holders of preliminary orders forming 
 the first body of colonists selected their sections, 
 and the whole surplus was put up for auction to 
 the colonists "as a reward for their enterprise," 
 and sold at an average rate of £2 per acre. Thus, 
 more than ten times the space that has ever 
 been required was turned into and perpetually 
 dedicated to building land. From that moment 
 the great object of the first colonists became 
 to magnify and sell to future colonists their 
 building land in Adelaide. No crop was so 
 profitable as land left in a state of nature, 
 but called and sold for a street. The first opera- 
 tion having been performed, by which the future 
 site of what was intended to be a great city had 
 been transferred into the hands of a few persons, 
 chiefly consisting of the friends of the commis- 
 sioners and the officials of the S.A. Company, the 
 next was to sell as much land as possible in 
 England by giving English purchasers a decided 
 advantage over those who, nevertheless intending 
 to emigrate, declined to buy a pig in a poke. 
 Accordingly land orders were issued at .£80 each, 
 which entitled the holder to select eighty acres of 
 country land in the order dictated by the date of 
 payment. Thus, when any particularly desirable 
 plot of land was brought into the market, a specu- 
 lation arose to discover and purchase the oldest 
 "order" in the colony. A class of Adelaide brokers 
 arose who dealt in and professed to put a value on 
 these "scrip," according to their respective dates.
 
 528 
 
 OYOLOPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 Sometimes an emigrant who had been months in 
 the colony would be superseded by the holder of 
 the land order of an absentee sent at the latest 
 moment by ship letter. On one occasion the 
 supposed discovery of a lead mine under an eighty- 
 acre section sent up the earliest-dated order to a 
 premium of ,£500. After all there was no lead 
 mine ; but the lucky purchaser being in command 
 of the market made use of a later order, and 
 reserved his £500 prize for future use. After five 
 days of the week had been consumed by those who 
 purchased "land orders" in England in selecting 
 the best sections, on the sixth the colonising 
 emigrant who had preferred seeing before invest- 
 ing, or the frugal labourer who had saved enough 
 to work for himself on his own land, was allowed 
 to take his pick of the refuse. Such parties were 
 required to send in a sealed tender. A person 
 tendering for several adjoining sections had the pre- 
 ference over a person tendering for a single section. 
 Thus, in every way the cultivating colonist was 
 discouraged and land-jobbing speculation invited. 
 That no element of confusion might be wanting in 
 the land arrangements of the model colony the 
 commissioners devised, and Wakefield approved, 
 the "special survey system," which enabled them 
 to raise large sums of money, by offering special 
 privileges to capitalists ; and it proved most effec- 
 tive in England. Under this system a capitalist 
 was entitled to have 15,000 acres surveyed in 
 any part of the province on condition that he 
 purchased not less than 4000 acres at £1 an 
 acre. In S.A. there is a great scarcity of water, 
 and good cultivable land lies only in patches 
 surrounded by other land which is at best only fit 
 for pasture. By judicious management the pur- 
 chaser of a special survey could command all the 
 water, and all the pastoral advantages of 15,000 
 acres, by purchasing 4000; the remainder, 11,000 
 acres, being useless to anyone else, fell naturally 
 in his occupation at an average of 5s. 4d. an acre. 
 To increase the mischief, purchasers of special 
 surveys were permitted to establish secondary 
 towns in addition to Adelaide, which was twenty 
 times too large for the population ; while the staff 
 of surveyors were continually interrupted in their 
 regular work, to the great injury of cultivating 
 emigrants, in order to make these special surveys, 
 at an expense often exceeding the total value of 
 the purchase-money. In a very short time all the 
 good land in the neighbourhood of Adelaide was 
 monopolised by the absentee capitalists and pro- 
 prietors of the S.A. Company. In a word, the 
 whole system discouraged the proper pursuits 
 of colonists, and propagated a spirit of land- 
 jobbing which, by its apparent profits, very soon 
 infected the neighbouring colonies and deceived 
 the merchants, the legislature, and the colonial 
 department of Great Britain. At an epoch in the 
 existence of an infant state, when the first settlers 
 ought to consist of a few gardeners, a few shep- 
 herds, a few farmers, and a few mechanics, with 
 half-a-dozen men of superior attainments and 
 
 energy, and plenty of sheep and cattle, and when 
 a village with a wharf was all the town needed, 
 S.A. had nine square miles of building land, a 
 bank, two newspapers, and a population of 
 speculative gentlemen. In England, paragraphs 
 carefully culled from S.A. land sellers' news- 
 papers were circulated as accompaniments to 
 advertisements in the English press, with the 
 lectures and speeches of well-paid agents of the 
 S.A. interest, combined to raise the colonising 
 speculations and movements to fever pitch about 
 the time that Colonel Gawler anchored in 
 St. Vincent's Gulf. 
 
 IV. Governor Gawler. — Colonel Gawler arrived 
 in S.A. on 13th October 1838, and was recalled in 
 May 1841. Under his administration the colony 
 attained the highest state of external prosperity ; 
 the population quadrupled, the port was filled 
 with ships bringing imports and emigrants ; public 
 buildings, shops, mansions, and paved roads were 
 constructed on land which four years previously 
 had been a desert ; wharves and warehouses on a 
 swampy creek, which was converted into a con- 
 venient port ; ornamental gardens were laid out, 
 farms were cultivated, live stock was imported by 
 thousands, the interior was explored, and the 
 whole colony rendered more familiarly and 
 favourably known to the intellectual portion of 
 the British community than any other colony. 
 But on the other hand, the land sales ceased, 
 capital and labour emigrated, insolvency was 
 universal, and the colony loaded with public and 
 private debt, collapsed more rapidly than it had 
 risen. The powerful party whose pecuniary 
 interests as colonising philosophers were con- 
 cerned in upholding the system on which S.A. 
 was founded attributed the rise of the colony to 
 the merits of their system, and its fall to the 
 extravagance of Gawler. A slight examination 
 shows that it was what is called the extravagance 
 of Gawler which caused those sales of land, that 
 export of emigrants, that speculation in building 
 lots and houses, which was supposed to be pros- 
 perity. If a million sterling had been at the 
 disposal of the Governor at the time when, to 
 speak commercially, the Government stopped 
 payment, the mania for land-buying might have 
 been continued some time longer, but it must 
 have stopped sooner or later, because the pur- 
 chasers and sellers were producing nothing ; and 
 no amount of imported population and capital 
 could have made the colony produce enough to 
 pay for its consumption until time had been given 
 to raise some staple article saleable in a foreign 
 market. Wool cannot be produced, like calico or 
 cloth, by steam power ; for agricultural produce 
 there was no foreign demand worth mentioning ; 
 the existence of mineral wealth was not suspected. 
 When Gawler resigned his office into the hands 
 of his successor, S.A. was in debt about 
 £400,000, on account of the Government ; the 
 private debts of the colonists to English merchants 
 were at least as much more. The utmost extent
 
 Sou] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 529 
 
 of excess in Gawler's expenditure was ,£20,000, or 
 five per cent, on the expenses. It always takes a 
 considerable time to inoculate the English people 
 with new ideas. About the time that Hindmarsh 
 was recalled and Gawler sailed, the fruits of skilful 
 agitation began to be reaped by the S.A. Commis- 
 sioners. No unfavourable accounts of the new 
 colony were allowed to appear in any organ of 
 influence ; flourishing reports of the beauty, the 
 fertility, and the commercial importance of the 
 new city were industriously circulated. Torrens, 
 in lectures he delivered, stated and believed that 
 the situation of the city of Adelaide would give it 
 the same importance with respect to the valley of 
 the Murray that New Orleans holds with respect 
 to the valley of the Mississippi ; the Murray, 
 which in 1851 had not yet been navigated by any- 
 thing beyond a whaleboat, and which a range of 
 lofty mountains divides from Adelaide ! An 
 influential agent in the South Australian interest 
 not only produced a magnificently-coloured plan 
 of the new city, divided into streets and squares, 
 but by a further stroke of imagination anchored a 
 400-ton ship in the Torrens opposite Government 
 House — the River Torrens being a chain of pools 
 in which the most desperate suicide would 
 ordinarily have difficulty in drowning himself, 
 and across which a child may generally step dry- 
 shod ! Thus land was sold, and emigrants were 
 shipped off before the commissioners had time to 
 receive further accounts from their new and 
 trusted Governor and commissioner. Gawler 
 being an amiable, enthusiastic, simple-minded, yet 
 ambitious man, was dazzled with the idea of 
 becoming the founder of a great, civilised, self- 
 supporting community. He accepted the theories 
 of Wakefield as immutable truths, and the 
 calculations of the commissioners as the emana- 
 tions of the highest financial ability. Confiding 
 in the private assurances of the commissioners, 
 he was cruelly deceived. Under the original 
 plan of the colony the commissioners had calcu- 
 lated that an annual sum of £10,000, over aud 
 above any revenue to be derived'from customs or 
 local taxation, would be sufficient to defray all the 
 governmental expenses of S.A. This calculation 
 was founded on what they hoped to be able to 
 raise, and not on the necessities of the case. In 
 order to make it fit they fixed on an arbitrary 
 number of officials at arbitrary salaries. The state- 
 ments made in a despatch written by Gawler 
 immediately after his arrival show that if he had 
 been less zealous to carry out the views of the 
 commissioners, and more cautious about his own 
 personal interests, he would have at once brought 
 the progress of colonisation to a stand-still, strictly 
 followed his written instructions, and retired with 
 his private fortune uninjured to his own profession. 
 He found the treasury empty — the accounts in 
 confusion. £12,000, being £2000 more than the 
 whole amount authorised to be drawn for in 
 England in the year, had been drawn in the first 
 six months ; a large expense was required for the 
 
 support of emigrants sick of fever and dysentery . 
 provisions, wages and house rent were enormously 
 high ; custom-houses, police-stations, a gaol, and 
 offices for transaction of public business were 
 urgpntly required ; a police establishment at 
 colonial wages in the absence of a military force 
 was indispensable ; the commissioners in their 
 calculations had omitted to provide for a post- 
 master, a sheriff, or a gaoler — for letters, debtors, 
 or criminals ; the surveys were seriously in arrear ; 
 the head of the staff and all his attendants had 
 resigned ; the late Resident Commissioner and 
 Accountant-general, the Colonial Treasurer, and 
 several other officers were found insubordinate, 
 irregular in their accounts, and grossly inefficient ; 
 it was necessary to supersede two of them 
 peremptorily — almost immediately ; all officials 
 were dissatisfied with low salaries in the face of 
 the high prices of provisions, house rent, &c. The 
 Governor himself, with Mrs. Gawler, his children, 
 private secretary, and servants were compelled to 
 occupy a small hut and expend £1800 a year 
 whilst receiving a salary of £800. With this 
 imperfect machinery, and an empty treasury, a 
 population of some four or five thousand, souls, 
 partly encamped on the site of the city of Adelaide 
 and partly dispersed in pastoral pursuits over a 
 tract of country one hundred miles long by forty 
 miles broad, instead of being, according to the 
 theories of the commissioners, concentrated on ten 
 square miles engaged in reproducing English 
 agriculture, had to be governed, customs dues and 
 debts had to be levied, criminals imprisoned, 
 and aborigines repressed. As to the prospects 
 of the colony and the character of pursuits of the 
 colonists, the inspector of the Australasian Bank 
 at Sydney wrote to his directors in October 1848, 
 about the time Gawler landed : — " I venture to 
 express my fears that the price received for the 
 sale of land will be found insufficient to pay for 
 the transplantation and government of emigrants ; 
 and unless funds be provided by the British 
 Government it will be impossible to provide for 
 the administration of police and law. There 
 appears also to have been a great want of 
 experience and decision in directing the energies 
 of the colonists to that source from which alone 
 they can hope to rise to wealth or prevent them- 
 selves from sinking into poverty until an article of 
 export be produced in considerable quantity ; as 
 otherwise the funds of the colonists must be 
 expended in paying for articles of import and 
 luxuries considered as necessaries of life. Wool is 
 the only article of export that can be produced, 
 and on this subject the colonists seem as supine as 
 they have been eager to purchase town allotments 
 and build houses, giving the place what seems to 
 me a false appearance of commercial prosperity. 
 Had it been left to me I should have delayed 
 establishing a branch bank until I could be sure 
 there were at least 100,000 sheep in the settlement, 
 and that provision was made for the efficient 
 administration of the law," The new Governor, 
 
 T3
 
 330 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA 01' AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 full of colonising enthusiasm and innocent of 
 colonial or commercial experience, was dazzled 
 by the building activity which had excited the 
 serious apprehensions of the experienced bank 
 manager. He found a large body of educated 
 and intelligent men, who had encamped on the 
 site of the city of Adelaide, all hopeful, active, 
 speculating, dealing with each other and with 
 each party of newly-arrived emigrants, full of 
 magnificent plans for every sort of investment, in 
 markets, warehouses, arcades, ship-building and 
 whaling. A bit of painted board nailed to a tree 
 created a Wakefield, a Torrens, an Angas, or 
 AVhitmore-street. All the notabilities of the S,A. 
 interest were thus immortalised. Each speculator 
 having so large a space to deal with, endeavoured 
 to draw the tide of trade or fashion into his own 
 locality, and thus, instead of one compact village, 
 as near as possible to the port, tents, wooden huts, 
 pise huts, wooden houses imported from England, 
 shops of slabs, brick, and stone, and elegant 
 cottages, surrounded by iron rails, were scattered 
 over a vast park of 1130 acres. Those who had 
 not been able to secure town lots at prices to their 
 mind proceeded into the suburbs, where at one 
 time, with the aid of surveyors' pegged lines, not 
 less than thirty villages were founded for sale to 
 those who could not afford to give the city price ; 
 others were building mansions, laying out plea- 
 sure grounds, and even contemplating deer parks. 
 The climate was delightful, the valley of the Torrens 
 fertile ; and emigrants of capital poured in, burning 
 to commence realising the golden dreams they had 
 enjoyed during a three mouths voyage. Gawler 
 was carried away by the stream. The very con- 
 fusion in which he found public business, the 
 inefficiency of all the officers selected by the com- 
 missioners, the backward state of the surveys, 
 were to a certain extent an encouragement, 
 because he sanguinely contemplated that if so 
 much had been done under no system or the 
 worst possible system of administration, when no 
 accounts were kept— when the Governor and the 
 Resident Commissioner held rival public meetings, 
 and the Colonial Secretary and Colonial Treasurer 
 fought in the streets— how much more might be 
 done under an orderly, regular Government such 
 as he lost no time in establishing ! He proceeded 
 to supersede the incompetent officials, to bring all 
 the Government business into a regular form, to 
 press on the surveys, and to make proper arrange- 
 ments for the reception of the emigrants into 
 barracks and the numerous sick of ship-fever and 
 dysentery into an hospital. In order to obtain a 
 revenue from customs dues, to keep down illicit 
 distillation and protect the public from criminals, 
 it was necessary, as Colonel Napier had foreseen, 
 to raise a police. As labourers were worth 
 from 10s. to 15s. a day and indifferent horses 
 cost £50 each this was an expensive affair, 
 but by giving a tasteful uniform and making 
 th. appointment rather honourable he succeeded 
 in obtaining a highly respectable body of men, 
 
 including some poor gentlemen, at 5s. a day. The 
 port on Gawler's arrival was a narrow swamp, 
 through which for seven miles emigrants dragged 
 their luggage and merchandise. Under his 
 arrangements a road was constructed, and wharves 
 and warehouses erected. He built a Government 
 House of no extravagant pretensions, but which 
 nevertheless cost from the price of labour and 
 materials, £20,000 ; and he also built custom- 
 houses, police-stations, and other public buildings, 
 which were indispensable for transacting public 
 business. He expended a large sum in protecting 
 and endeavouring to civilise the aborigines. He 
 contributed to two expeditions which were unsuc- 
 cessfully made by Eyre in search of tracts of 
 fertile country. To every charitable claim his 
 purse was open ; while his hospitalities were on a 
 liberal scale. The result of his measures was to 
 give an extraordinary impetus to the apparent 
 prosperity of the colony. The brilliant reports of 
 public and private buildings in progress, building 
 land sold at £500 and even £1000 an acre, of balls, 
 fetes, pic-nics, horticultural shows, reproduced in 
 England, tempted men of fortune to emigrate, 
 capitalists to invest and merchants and manufac- 
 turers to forward goods of all kinds on credit. Port 
 Adelaide was crowded with shipping which dis- 
 charged living and dead cargoes and departed in 
 ballast. When 14,000 colonists had arrived, in 
 the fourth year after the foundation, scarcely a 
 vestige of an export had been produced. The 
 land sales and the custom-house receipts rose to 
 enormous amounts. In the midst of a career of 
 infatuation by which some money lenders realised 
 fortunes and hundreds were entirely ruined, there 
 were men of considerable fortune who endeavoured 
 to realise the Utopia they had been taught to 
 dream of in England and introduce the comforts 
 and the scientific cultivation of an English country 
 gentleman as sketched in Wakefield's letter from 
 Sydney. These gentlemen purchased what in 
 English eyes appeared considerable tracts of land ; 
 loaded ships with furniture, with curious, useless 
 agricultural implements, with live stock of choice 
 breeds ; brought domestic servants, labourers, and 
 even tenants, and landed intent on making, 
 according to the cry of the hour, the " desert 
 blossom like the rose." The example of one 
 gentleman will exemplify the case of scores 
 of his class, although less wealthy, who sank 
 and died without notice in other colonies or 
 in England. He possessed an English estate 
 which brought him in about £1000 a year. 
 Fascinated by Gibbon Wakefield's writings he 
 sold his estate, and landed in S.A. with an 
 extensive land order, built a house of no great size 
 or comfort at a vast expense, fenced in a farm, and 
 began to cultivate ; but the cheap labour promised 
 in the commissioners' pamphlets was no more 
 forthcoming than the roads. He soon found that 
 he was sowing shillings to reap halfpence. After 
 spending a great deal of capital he gave up farming 
 in disgust, and went to live in Adelaide ; there,
 
 Sou] 
 
 I Vi l.olM'.IHA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 531 
 
 thrown constantly among the company of specu- 
 lators, having a considerable balance at his banker's, 
 he was inclined to do as everybody did, and specu- 
 late. He lost everything, at middle age returned 
 home with his family penniless, and, after living a 
 few years dependent on the bounty of his relations, 
 died broken-hearted, a victim of the "sufficient 
 price" delusion. Among the successful there were 
 scarcely any of the head-working, white-handed 
 class, but a number of hard-working, frugal men, 
 who, landing without a penny, accumulated enough 
 by labour to purchase a good eighty-acre section, 
 and there, by growing vegetables and wheat, 
 rearing pigs and poultry, with the help of their 
 wives and families, throve steadily, and made 
 money, in spite of the system which was intended 
 to retain them for an indefinite time as labourers 
 at some three shillings a day. These people often 
 derived considerable advantage from sections of 
 land adjoining their own being the property of 
 absentees. On these sections they were able to 
 pasture their live stock without expense. Where 
 labourers could not afford to buy a whole section 
 they clubbed together and divided one ; for free 
 men will have land whenever agriculture is the 
 only manufacture, and no protective laws can 
 prevent them. It was these cottier farmers and a 
 few sheep squatters who saved the colony from 
 being totally abandoned when the inevitable crisis 
 came. A Scotch gentleman of ancient lineage and 
 no fortune afforded an instance of what may be 
 done in a colony by industrious hard work, with 
 the help of a large family, without that capital 
 which, according to theorists, it is indispensable 
 that a landowner should possess. He arrived in 
 the colony very early, the owner of a single eighty- 
 acre section, with twelve children, one half of 
 whom were stout well-grown lads and lasses : his 
 whole property consisting of a little furniture, a 
 few Highland implements, a gun or two, a very 
 little ready money, and several barrels of oat- 
 meal and biscuit. His section had been selected 
 for him previous to his arrival. It lay on the 
 other side of a steep range of hills, over 
 which no road had then been made, ten miles 
 from the town. He lost no time and spent no 
 money in refreshing or relaxing in Adelaide ; he 
 found out a fellow-countryman who lent him a 
 team of oxen, dragged his goods over the hills to 
 his land, and encamped the first night on the 
 ground, under a few blankets and canvass spread 
 on the brush. The next and successive days the 
 family worked at cutting trees ; there was timber 
 plenty for building a house. This house, situated 
 on the slope of a hill, consisted of one loug, low, 
 wooden room, surrounded by a dry ditch to drain 
 off the rain, and divided into partitions by 
 blankets. The river lay below ; any water needed 
 was fetched in a bucket by one of the young ladies. 
 A garden, in which all manner of vegetables, 
 including tobacco and water melons, soon grew, 
 was laid out almost as soon as the house ; an early 
 investment was made in poultry, they requiring 
 
 no other food than the grasshoppers and grass- 
 seeds on the waste land round. Until the poultry 
 gave a crop of eggs and chickens the guns of the 
 lads supplied plenty of quail, ducks, and parrots. 
 In due time a crop of maize, of wheat, and of 
 oats was got in. Before the barrels of oatmeal 
 were exhausted, eggs, chickens, potatoes, kale, and 
 maize, afforded ample sustenance, and something 
 to send to market. Labour cost nothing, fuel 
 nothing, rent nothing, keeping up appearances 
 nothing ; no one dressed on week days in broad- 
 cloth, except the head of the house. First a few 
 goats, and then a cow, eventually a fair herd of 
 stock were accumulated. Butter and vegetables 
 found their way to Adelaide ; and while the 
 kid-glove gentiy were ruining themselves, the 
 bare-legged boys of the Highland gentleman were 
 independent, if not rich. It is certain that every 
 shilling taken from industrious settlers like this 
 Scotch family under pretence of supplying labour, 
 was money unprofitably invested, as it would have 
 fructified more rapidly in their own hard hands. 
 A lady who landed at Port Adelaide a few months 
 after the Governor, in a letter describes the then 
 " dreary appearance of the shores ; the anchoring 
 of the ship in a narrow creek where, as far as the 
 eye could reach, a mangrove swamp extended ; 
 disembarking from a small boat into the arms of 
 long shoremen upon a damp mudbank under a 
 persecuting assault of mosquitoes." On this mud- 
 bank lay heaps of goods of all descriptions half 
 covered with sand and saturated with salt water, 
 broken chests of tea and barrels of flour, cases 
 of hardware, furniture of all kinds, pianos and 
 empty plate - chests, ploughs and thrashing- 
 machines. A little further at the commence- 
 ment of the " muddy track which led to 
 Adelaide, bullock - drays stood ready to hire 
 for conveying our baggage. The lowest charge for 
 a load was £10. All along the side of the track 
 were strewn baggage and broken conveyances, 
 abandoned in despair by their owners. We stopped 
 at a small public-house to get a little refreshment. 
 For a cup of tea, with brown sugar, bread, and 
 oily butter full of insects, we paid 4s. 6d. each. 
 The butter seemed spread with a thumb. Our 
 troubles partly vanished when we reached the 
 beautiful site of Adelaide, where it almost seemed 
 as if a large party of ladies and gentlemen playing 
 at gipsying had encamped. This was the third 
 removal of some who had pitched tents on Kan- 
 garoo Island, then built huts in Holdfast Bay, and 
 finally took up their abode in the city of Adelaide. 
 Several times, before the small, bright green, 
 highly ornamented wooden summer house which 
 had been engaged for us, our carriage had like to 
 have been upset over stumps and logs. Every one 
 we met seemed in the highest spirits ; and it was 
 more like a walk in Kensington Gardens than in 
 a colony scarcely two years old." This contempo- 
 rary description affords a key to much that is 
 singular and contradictory in the early accounts 
 of the foundation of S.A. There was a charm
 
 532 
 
 < 1 1 ].< iP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LSou 
 
 about the gipsy encampment of Adelaide, with 
 its wild speculation, perpetual excitement, liberal 
 hospitality and charity, constant succession of new 
 faces, splendid luxuries and curious shifts, to which 
 the survivors look back with the feelings of a 
 mariner to the months he spent with jolly com- 
 panions on a desert island, the difference being 
 that in the one case the shipwreck preceded, and 
 in the other followed the jollification. Gawler 
 held a little court, which was graced by the 
 uniforms of the officers of the volunteer corps, 
 a corps which consisted of some two dozen officers, 
 from a cornet to a brigade-major, and four or five 
 privates. There were courtiers, too, and ladies in 
 plumes ; there were fashionables and exclusives 
 held to be the creme de la creme; there was an 
 aristocracy composed of the principal officials ; 
 there were balls, to be invited to which great 
 manoeuvres were practised. It was a life like that 
 of one of the little courts of Germany with more 
 heartiness, in consequence of the constant arrival 
 of friends from England. The town lots of 
 Adelaide formed the great rouge-et-noir table. 
 The climate rendered out-of-door life delightful, 
 the imaginary streets swarmed with well-dressed 
 crowds ; so much really good society, so many 
 fashionable men, had never before been found in 
 a colony ; everyone fancied himself the hero of a 
 great enterprise, and enjoyed all the pleasures of 
 gambling, while dreaming that he was helping to 
 found an empire. In the morning the men dashed 
 about on horses, in dog-carts, barouches and four- 
 in-hands, which cost fabulous sums, in search of 
 eligible sections and sites for villages. In the 
 evenings grand dinners were given in tents and 
 huts, where champagne and every luxury that 
 could be preserved in a tin case abounded ; fashion- 
 able dance music and the songs of Kossini and 
 Donizetti resounded from the cottages of the 
 " great world ;" and at cock-crow beaux in beards 
 and white waistcoats, "half savage, half soft," 
 might be met picking their way, in the thinnest, 
 shiniest boots, through the dust or mud of a 
 projected crescent or arcade. There was scandal 
 written and spoken ; political intrigue ; a court 
 party and an opposition, with each a newspaper ; 
 and everybody flattered everybody else that 
 building, dining, dancing, drinking, writing and 
 speechifyiug " was doing the heroic work of colon- 
 isation." Young men of spirit were not satisfied 
 to retire into the bush and look after a flock of 
 sheep while it was possible to buy a section of land 
 at £1 an acre, give it a fine name as a village site, 
 sell the same thing at .£10 an acre, for a bill the 
 bank would discount, and live in style at the 
 Southern Cross Hotel ; for when a man had made 
 such a speculation he could not and did not do 
 less than invite a party of new-made friends to 
 celebrate his good fortune by a dinner, a ball, or a 
 picnic, with a few cases of champagne imported by 
 the merchant on credit. At this period a romantic 
 air was infused into the simplest transactions. For 
 :e, in the old colony exploring expeditions 
 
 had been undertaken either by a government 
 surveyor who marched out from some remote 
 station without any special demonstration, or by a 
 squatter who, with a friend or two, a stockman, 
 and perhaps a couple of black boys, all on horse- 
 back, set out as quickly as possible to find new 
 pastures for his stock. In S.A. they managed 
 things very differently. Eyre having undertaken 
 to explore the interior of the province, on the day 
 appointed for his setting out a grand entertainment 
 was given, over which the Governor presided. At 
 the close of an affecting speech a band of young 
 ladies clothed in white garments marched up the 
 room and presented, amid the cheers of the men 
 and the sobs of the women, a banner which they 
 worked to be planted on the limits of his proposed 
 discovery. Eyre's journey and a second expedi- 
 tion proved the hopeless barrenness of a great 
 part of the province. He afterwards became 
 Lieutenant-Governor of the settlement of Nelson 
 in N.Z. During the administration of Gawler 
 important assistance was afforded to the colonists 
 by the arrival of the overlanders who, led by love 
 of adventure and hope of gain, found their way 
 from the bush of N.S.W. and Port Phillip across 
 inhospitable deserts, over precipitous hills, through 
 dense forests, rivers, and swamps, and in spite of 
 tribes of fiercely hostile savages, brought flocks 
 of sheep and mobs of cattle and horses to the 
 South Australians at a time when butchers' meat 
 was rising to famine price, when a good pair of 
 bullocks could earn £60 a week in working from 
 the port to the city, and horses which had arrived 
 from V.D.L. after a long voyage of alternate 
 calms and adverse winds, mere skeletons covered 
 with sores, were sold as a favour at £100 each. 
 The overlanders saved the colony from total 
 abandonment during the first crash of insol- 
 vency. The strength of Australia is in her 
 pastures ; sheep to the Australian, before the 
 discovery of copper and gold, were what the 
 pine-tree was to the Highland laird, who on his 
 death-bed said to his son, "Jock, be aye putting in 
 a tree; it will be growing while ye are sleeping." 
 The natural pastures and the climate grow the 
 wool, and men can be shepherds who have neither 
 strength to fell timber, nor power or skill to plough, 
 to sow or thrash. Besides, a pack of wool is always 
 worth cash, while a bushel of wheat may be worth 
 ten shillings one year and nothing the next ; in 
 the worst of times ewes go on breeding and 
 increasing, while a field allowed to go out of 
 cultivation under an Australian climate, after 
 devouring all the capital spent on reclamation, 
 very soon becomes as much waste as before the 
 plough turned the first furrow. The overlanders 
 who brought these invaluable animals were many 
 of them men of education ; the enormous profits 
 reaped by the first parties, in spite of the loss of 
 both men and beasts by drought and skirmishes 
 with the blacks, made the overland route a 
 favourite adventure with the young bushmen. 
 They brought with them, as well as live stock,
 
 SouJ 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AfSTRALASIA. 
 
 533 
 
 "old hands," who taught the cockneys how to fell 
 a tree and make a fence, and sometimes gave the 
 Gawler police a good deal of trouble. The 
 gentlemen overlanders affected a banditti style of 
 hair and costume. They rode blood or half- 
 bred Arab horses, wore broad-brimmed sombreros 
 trimmed with fur and eagle plumes, scarlet flannel 
 shirts, broad belts filled with pistols, knives, and 
 tomahawks, tremendous beards and moustachios. 
 They generally encamped and let their stock 
 refresh about 100 miles from Adelaide, and then 
 rode on to strike a bargain with their anxious 
 customers. Before the journey became a matter 
 of course, the arrival of a band of these banditti- 
 looking gentlemen created quite a sensation — 
 something like the arrival of a party of successful 
 buccaneers in a quiet seaport, with a cargo to sell, 
 in old Dampier's time. In a few days the stock 
 was sold ; the overland garments were exchanged 
 for the most fashionable costume which the best 
 Hindley-street tailor could supply ; and with 
 hair brushed, oiled, and arranged after Raphael 
 or Vandyke, the overlander proceeded to spend 
 freely the money he had so hardly gained, and, as 
 one of the lions of the place, to cast into the shade 
 the smooth political economists and model colonists 
 fresh from London. New arrivals from England, 
 fortunate enough to be admitted to the delightful 
 evening parties given by a lady of the " highest 
 ton," the leader of the Adelaidean fashion, were 
 astonished when, to fill up basso in an Italian piece, 
 she called on a huge man with brown hands, brown 
 face, and a flowing beard, magnificently attired, 
 in whom they recognised the individual they had 
 met the day before in a torn flannel jersey, with a 
 short black pipe in his mouth. The overlanders 
 included every rank, from the emancipist to the 
 first-class Oxford man. By the end of 1840 they 
 had introduced nearly 50,000 sheep into the colony, 
 and taught the wiser colonists the necessity of 
 looking to pastoral pursuits for the safe invest- 
 ment of capital. The trade of turning wild land 
 worth a few shillings an acre into building sections, 
 to be sold at from four or five pounds to one 
 thousand pounds an acre, by the simple expedient 
 of a few pegs and a coloured plan, was too good to 
 be monopolised by S.A. The Government and 
 private speculators followed the ingenious example 
 inN.S.VV. and Port Phillip; while in England a 
 dozen schemes were started under the patronage 
 of names as respectable as those who patronised 
 the South American mines of 1824, for colonising 
 N.Z., the Chatham Islands, New Caledonia, the 
 Falkland Islands, and other countries having 
 the advantage of being very distant and almost 
 unknown ; all to be divided into " town, 
 suburban and country lots," to be sold in 
 England at a " sufficient price." The competition 
 of these new bubbles, home and colonial, diverted 
 the attention of intending colonists from S.A., 
 where the high price of town lots left but small 
 margin for profits or premiums. Besides, in those 
 epochs of speculative frenzy which periodically 
 
 recur in England, unknown schemes have a certain 
 advantage. About the end of the second year of 
 Gawler's administration, the resources of S.A. as 
 an investment for capital were partly known, 
 while, as nothing was known about the resources 
 of N.Z., not even whether there was any available 
 land there at all, it became an excellentand fashion- 
 able subject for speculation. Gawler piteously 
 complained in some of his despatches of the mis- 
 representations of rival colonists, and of parties 
 who, after a very partial inspection of the port and 
 coast, had departed, exclaiming, "All is barren!" 
 But the fact was, that the capitalists who had landed 
 found no advantageous opening for the investment 
 of capital ; town lots had been driven up to an 
 enormous premium ; the cultivation of land did not 
 pay, and has never paid the employer of labour on a 
 large scale in any new country. Wool-growing 
 and other pastoral pursuits were more profitable in 
 Port Phillip and the new districts of N.S.W.; 
 besides, under the forcing system enough land, 
 supposing it all fertile, had been sold to support a 
 population of 200,000. The population of the 
 colony was 15,000, of whom 8000 were settled in 
 Adelaide gambling with each other. As for the 
 labourers they were partly employed in waiting 
 and working for the white-handed emigrants who 
 had come out under Wakefield's advice " to labour 
 with their heads, not with their hands," and who 
 therefore required more work done for them than 
 old-fashioned colonists who were not ashamed to 
 mend their own tools or carry their own packages, 
 and partly in executing works for the Government 
 and for the S.A. Company. A considerable number 
 were in the hospital and others were working at 
 such sham labour tests as drawing fallen timber 
 from the park to be used for fuel in the Govern- 
 ment offices. It had been found impracticable 
 then, as in all subsequent attempts, to carry out 
 the scheme of obtaining recruits for free passages 
 " exclusively of young married couples not exceed- 
 ing twenty-four years of age." The parties charged 
 with supplying the quota of labourers required 
 for the ships so recklessly despatched to S.A. 
 completed the number by a per centage who from 
 age, feebleness, or unfitness for colonial labour 
 became almost immediately chargeable on the 
 Government. All who were shipped, if able to 
 work, claimed under their shipping order a mini- 
 mum of five shillings a day. When more houses 
 had been built than could be let — when the 
 capital, of which a large portion was exported for 
 the importation of labour which it was impossible 
 to employ profitably, began to grow scarce — the 
 price of land orders fell, and the rate of wages. 
 Then the frugal labourers began to retire from 
 service, to settle down on purchased sections, and 
 combine to purchase and divide sections of eighty 
 acres, to the disgust of the hired-labour and 
 sufficient-price theorists. In England the large 
 draughts of the Governor, in conjunction with the 
 falling-off in land sales, had driven the commis- 
 sioners to endeavour without success to negotiate
 
 ,S34 
 
 CYCL0P.T3DIA OF AUSTRALA-1.\. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 the remainder of the loan authorised by their two 
 Acts of Parliament, and then to apply for assistance 
 from the Treasury, which was in the first instance 
 granted to a limited extent. In the colony Gawler 
 was travelling down a declivity,and could not arrest 
 his course. When he found the commissioners 
 could no longer meet his bills he drew upon the 
 Treasury for the expenses of government. The first 
 bills were met ; but eventually a series of draughts, 
 to the amount of .£69,000, were dishonoured. 
 The commissioners, who had been perfectly con- 
 tent with Gawler as long as the public continued 
 to purchase land, fell upon him like a herd upon a 
 stricken deer, repudiated acts to which they had 
 given tacit approval, and tried to throw the failure 
 due to their absurd plan and improvident conduct 
 on " the Governor's extravagance." He was recalled 
 abruptly and left to hear of the dishonour of his 
 bills by a circuitous private source. The commis- 
 sioners themselves were soon after dismissed. 
 When the news of the dishonour of the Governor's 
 bills reached the colony the bubble burst, land 
 became unsaleable, insolvency all but universal 
 followed, from which the banks, from early private 
 intelligence, were able to protect themselves. The 
 chief sufferers were English merchants, shippers, 
 and manufacturers. The colonial speculators had 
 long been trading on fictitious capital. A certain 
 number of colonists of fortune were reduced to 
 absolute beggary. A rapid re-emigration of capital 
 and labour took place. Many labourers were 
 thrown on the Government for support. The price 
 of food, rent, and wages fell rapidly. Adelaide 
 became almost a deserted village. The only 
 persons busy were officials whom the commis- 
 sioners had forgotten to appoint, viz. the sheriff 
 and his officers engaged in pursuing beggared 
 debtors, and the Judge of the Insolvent Court, 
 by whom they were rapidly " whitewashed." 
 Gawler retired, after having sacrificed a consider- 
 able private fortune to his faith in an impracticable 
 system, and became the scapegoat for the errors of 
 the colonising theorists in London. But his 
 hospitality, his charity, his truthfulness, his 
 genuine kindness of heart, rendered him respected 
 and beloved in S. A., especially among the working 
 classes. He was succeeded by Captain Grey who, 
 happening to be in London at the time Gawler 
 was recalled, and able to afford the Colonial Office 
 some information about the colony, received and 
 accepted the office of Governor. From that day 
 it has been the endeavour of the theorists to 
 charge to the extravagance of Gawler the inevit- 
 able result of an attempt to plant a colony without 
 the preparations dictated by common prudence — 
 to regulate the flow of capital and labour — and to 
 raise revenue and profits from the application of 
 capital and labour to unproductive works. The 
 commissioners sent shiploads of colonists, where 
 had they been wise they would have sent sheep. 
 
 V. Governor Grey.- When Gawler retired land 
 became unsaleable, emigrants ceased to arrive, and 
 of those who were in thecolonj a large percentage 
 
 re-emigrated to colonies where there were more 
 cattle and fewer town lots. The population of 
 Adelaide diminished in twelve months to the 
 extent of 4000 souls. The price of everything 
 fell fifty per cent. ; whole streets of Gouger's 
 and Stephens's cottages stood empty; the S.A. 
 merchants who had paid their English creditors in 
 the Insolvent Court ceased to be trusted with 
 speculative shipments ; the police horses were 
 turned to graze on the beautiful gardens con- 
 structed by Gawler on the banks of the Torreus ; 
 Government House, late the scene of the Vice- 
 royal entertainments, was closed ; the little world 
 of Adelaide recovered its senses and lost some of 
 its conceit ; and the sober and industrious were 
 able to survey and take stock of the true position 
 of the colony. The raw materials of colonisation 
 had been provided, a road had been constructed 
 from the port, others toward the interior had been 
 marked out and made practicable. Land suitable 
 for cultivation had been discovered, surveyed, and 
 handed over to land purchasers, who had now no 
 temptation to stay in town if they meant to remain 
 in the colony ; labourers were willing to take 
 reasonable wages, or ready to set to work for them- 
 selves with hearty good will ; and what was most 
 satisfactory of all, live stock by importation, by 
 overland, and by natural increase, afforded an 
 ample supply of meat at reasonable prices, with a 
 certain and increasing quantity of wool and tallow 
 for exportation. Impoverished gentry were now 
 happy to fall back from imported fresh salmon, or 
 ducks and green peas in tin cases at fifty per cent, 
 above the Piccadilly tariff, upon native poultry, at 
 almost nominal prices. During the land mania 
 geese imported from V.D.L. sold at 12s. 6d. each, 
 fowls 5s. a head, and everything else in proportion. 
 In 1842 country people used to drive a cart filled 
 with live poultry, fowls, ducks, geese, turkeys, in 
 fair condition, covered over with a sheet, and sell 
 the whole lot at from fourteen to sixteen shillings. 
 Under the bountiful, genial climate of S.A. actual 
 want was unknown and industry produced imme- 
 diate results. Grey's task was easy. The famine 
 or speculative prices of labour and provisions 
 had fallen to reasonable rates, the emigration 
 of paupers had ceased, and with the immigration 
 the cost of maintaining the infirm, the sick, and 
 the lazy. The unhired were set to work at such 
 bare wages as induced them to seek private 
 employers as soon as possible ; the surveys were 
 carried on steadily without pressure, and without 
 exorbitant expenses for stores and hire of drays ; 
 and the police expenses were partly superseded by 
 the arrival of a company of soldiers granted to 
 Grey, although indignantly • refused to Napier. 
 With these reductions of expenditure, and power 
 to draw upon the Home Government for a limited 
 sum, Grey was still unable, in homely phrase, to 
 make both ends meet ; but the colony survived 
 and vegetated in a sort of obscurity, which con- 
 trasted painfully with the brilliancy of its early, 
 brief, blooming hothouse career. In the meantime
 
 Sou] 
 
 CVCLOPJEMA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 535 
 
 the model colonists were not idle ' in England. 
 On 7th July 1840 the colonisation commissioners 
 for S.A. brought under the notice of the Colonial 
 Secretary (Lord J. Russell) the embarrassed state 
 of the finances of the colony ; and in August they 
 reported that the revenue of the colony did not 
 much exceed £20,000 per annum, and the current 
 expenditure had risen to £140,000. Under these 
 circumstances the Secretary of State, by letter 
 dated 5th November 1840, undertook to guarantee 
 a loan of £120,000 to be raised by the commis- 
 sioners ; but negotiations to raise this loan failed. 
 In the same year the original commissioners were 
 dismissed. In February 1841 a select committee 
 of the House of Commons was appointed to con- 
 sider the South Australian acts and the actual 
 condition of the colony. The inquiry lasted until 
 10th June. A long array of witnesses were called 
 on behalf of the Colonial Office and the S.A. interest. 
 Personal and documentary evidence proved in the 
 clearest manner that the Colonial Office had given 
 every reasonable assistance to the commissioners 
 and were in no manner responsible for the blunders 
 of the commissioners or the commissioners' agents. 
 The S.A interest, including non-resident pur- 
 chasers of vast tracts of land and Gibbon 
 Wakefield and his disciples, were examined at 
 great length, but not a single representative or 
 settler from any of the colonies whose interests 
 were likely to be affected by the decisions of the 
 committee was called. The case for S.A. was 
 " got up and worked," in railway phrase, by 
 Wakefield and Torrens,and all the colonial evidence 
 was made to fit their peculiar views. The com- 
 mittee made two reports. In the first, on 9th 
 March 1840, they stated " that at the present 
 moment the sales by the colonisation commissioners 
 of land in the colony are suspended, emigration has 
 ceased since the month of August, the bills drawn by 
 the Governor have been protested, the estimated 
 amount of such bills already due and in progress 
 is £97,000, the amount due to parties in England 
 for services performed is £56,000 ; the debt from 
 the revenue to the emigration fund is £56,000 ; 
 making a total deficiency of about £210,000." In 
 the second report they entered into the history of 
 the colony in detail, in the course of which they 
 said—" With regard to Colonel Gawler, it is impos- 
 sible to doubt that when he entered on the duties 
 of his office, they were in a state of the greatest 
 confusion, and that the difficulties he had to con- 
 tend with were most embarrassing ; that shortly 
 after his arrival in the colony he represented these 
 circumstances, and gave the commissioners reason 
 to expect a considerable excess of expenditure 
 above what had been provided ; that among those 
 witnesses who have most decidedly pronounced 
 his expenditure excessive, none have been able 
 to point out any specific items which could 
 have been reduced without great public inconve- 
 nience, while the chief item of expenditure, 
 incurred on account of the government house 
 and public offices, was one that the late board 
 
 had authorised. The commissioners had ori- 
 ginally set apart a sum of £10,000 annually 
 over and above the revenue, out of which 
 they intended that all the ordinary expenditure 
 should be defrayed. It is now calculated that 
 after spending the whole local revenue and pro- 
 viding otherwise for the charge of surveys, which 
 has hitherto been defrayed by drafts upon the 
 commissioners, and without making any allowance 
 for public works there will still remain to be pro- 
 vided for an annual deficit of about £40, ■' 
 
 But the committee, as experience proved, were 
 more correct in their statement of facts than fortu- 
 nate and sagacious in proposing a remedy. Having 
 unsuspectingly received all Gibbon Wakefield's 
 assumptions and assertions as incontrovertible 
 economical truths they proceeded to recommend 
 by resolutions, amongst other things, that all land 
 be sold by auction at a minimum upset price, 
 except special surveys of 20,000 acres ; that " the 
 minimum price of land in S.A. may safely be 
 raised above the present amount of £1 an acre ; and 
 that in fixing such amount it is desirable to keep 
 in view the principle of maintaining such an 
 amount as may tend to remedy the evils arising 
 out of a too great facility of obtaining landed 
 property, and a consequently disproportionate 
 supply of labour and exorbitant rate of wages. 
 At that time the committee were firmly convinced 
 that they could regulate the rate of wages by the 
 price of land ; and Lord Howick (afterward 
 Colonial Secretary as Earl Grey) then a pupil of 
 Wakefield's, moved as an amendment to the above- 
 quoted resolution, " That one minimum price for 
 land in all the Australian Colonies ought to be 
 established, and that this price ought not to be 
 lower than £2 per acre, and that it ought to be 
 progressively increased until it is found that the 
 great scarcity of labour now complained of in 
 these colonies no longer exists." The fallacy of 
 these assumptions has been rendered as patent as 
 another favourite assumption of the same period 
 — that the price of corn in England regulated the 
 rate of wages. Ten years' experience proved that 
 the highest rate of wages may exist in the face of 
 a price of land so high as to exclude all but a very 
 small number of purchasers ; and in that ten 
 years the Home Government, in the face of a 
 ruinous rate of wages, were unable, although 
 willing, to raise the price of land in Australia. 
 The sale of land ceased, except in the immediate 
 neighbourhood of towns, in choice situations, and 
 where mines were supposed to exist. But in 1841 
 colonial opinions were treated with contempt. 
 Lord Stanley and Lord Grey, dazzled by the land 
 purchases of speculators in N.S.W., Port Phillip 
 and S.A. fancied that the Government had an 
 inexhaustible treasure for emigration and pat- 
 ronage in the waste lands of every colony in the 
 British dominions, from the Sugar Loaf Hills of 
 N.Z. to the wild wintry moors of the Falkland 
 Islands. Two acts brought in and carried by 
 Lord Stanley, Colonial Secretary in the session of
 
 53G 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 1842, embodied the recommendations of the com- 
 mittee and arranged for the future government of 
 S.A. By one a minimum price of £1 an acre, with 
 sale by auction, except in the case of special 
 surveys of 20,000 acres, was imposed on all the 
 Australian Colonies, including V.D.L. Against 
 this act the colonists, who were never consulted, 
 never ceased to protest. By the other act S.A. 
 was transferred from the management of commis- 
 sioners to the Colonial Office, and its debts were 
 arranged in the following manner :— The whole 
 debt amounted to £405,433 ; of this, £155,000, 
 which had been granted by Parliament in 1841 
 for passing exigencies was made a free gift ; 
 £45,936, of which £17,646 had been incurred by 
 Governor Grey in maintaining unemployed emi- 
 grants was to be paid by the Treasury ; and the 
 remainder was converted into debentures, partly 
 guaranteed by the Government and partly charged 
 on the colonial revenues. It may be convenient 
 to state here that renewed sales of land, after the 
 discovery of copper mines, paid off the greater 
 part of these debts, with interest, between 1845 
 and 1849, with the exception of the £155,000. On 
 the passing of this Act S.A. sank into obscurity, 
 and in spite of the vigorous efforts of the company, 
 which found itself in possession of large tracts of 
 land that could neither be sold nor let to rent- 
 paying tenants, ceased to attract the attention of 
 emigrants. Great bankers and capitalists who 
 had been induced to purchase lots of land wrote 
 them out in their books as value nil. So late as 
 1850 there were parties in the city of London who 
 had forgotten that they held some thousand acres 
 in S.A until reminded by an application to 
 purchase from returned colonists. In very rare 
 cases had the investment in rural land at 
 £1 an acre turned out profitable. Dover, the 
 quietest and least enterprising of towns, contri- 
 buted by public subscription, in 1837-8, one 
 emigrant to S.A. The fortunate man no sooner 
 arrived, with nothing to lose than, carried away 
 by enthusiasm and the persuasions of the Colonial 
 Secretary, he became the purchaser of a thousand 
 acres of land, and boldly drew upon two of the 
 gentlemen who had charitably sent him out, 
 advising them of the favour he had done them and 
 promising to remit in due course the title-deeds. 
 The good Doverians on the arrival of the tre- 
 mendous bill, held a consultation, learned the 
 total ruin that would fall on the drawer if it were 
 returned protested, wishing too not to have the 
 one Dover emigrant disgraced, and perhaps a little 
 dazzled by the brilliant reports of fortunes daily 
 realised in Australian land, made a round robin of 
 £100 apiece, met the bill, in due course received 
 the grant, and from that time forward never heard 
 a word of the emigrant or the land. The following 
 figures will show the results of the self-supporting, 
 sufficient-price colony : — 
 
 REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE. 
 Government Expenditure. Revenue. 
 
 In 1840 ... £169,966 ... £30,199 11 1 
 
 Government Expenditure. 
 In 1841 ... £104,471 
 
 1842 ... 54,444 
 
 1843 ... 29,842 
 
 Revenue. 
 £26,720 15 11 
 22,074 4 6 
 24,142 1 2 
 
 STATISTICAL SUMMARY OF SEVEN YEARS OF THE 
 SOUTH AUSTRALIAN COMMISSION. 
 
 South Australian Act, 4 and 5 Wm. IV., cap. 
 
 95, Royal Assent 1834 
 
 Commissioners Gazetted ... 5th May, 1835 
 
 Colonel Light & Surveying Staff March, 1836 
 Governor Hindmarsh and first party of 
 
 Emigrants sailed 30th July, 1836 
 
 Governor Gawler ... ... ... ... 1838 
 
 Area of Adelaide, 4i miles N.E. to 8.W., 4 
 
 miles N.W. to S.E., 700 acres, 432 acres. 
 
 Population 8000 1839 
 
 Port opened 17th May, 1840 
 
 Governor Gawler recalled 1841 
 
 Acres. € s. d. 
 
 1835 Land sold 58,995 at 35,417 5 
 
 1836 „ 1,680 „ 1,378 
 
 1837 „ 3,120 „ 3,140 
 
 1838 „ 37,960 „ 37,960 
 
 1839 „ 48,336 „ 48,336 
 
 Emigrants 
 Landed. 
 
 941 
 1,279 
 1,938 
 5,797 
 
 1840 
 
 1841 
 
 i,040 
 160 
 
 i,040 
 160 ... 
 
 5,025 
 
 157,291 £133,431 5 15,030 
 Shipping, 1839—190 ; Ships tonnage, 40,000. 
 
 ACRES IN CULTIVATION. 
 
 Year. No. of Proprietors. Acres. 
 
 1840 — 2503 
 
 1841 — 6722 
 
 1842 873 19,790 
 
 1843 1300 28,690 
 
 In 1844 the sheep in S.A. were about 400,000 
 
 „ Cattle 30,000 
 
 „ "Horses 2000 
 
 In 1840, writs from S.A. sheriffs office 154 
 
 1844, only 10 
 
 1842, fiats of insolvency 37 
 
 1844 10 
 
 Thus it appears that between 1837 and 1840, 
 15,000 inhabitants who were importing provisions 
 at the rate of £200,000 per annum only cultivated 
 2000 acres ; but in three years after they had 
 abandoned land-gambling, and lost all credit in 
 the English market, they had 28,000 acres in cul- 
 tivation, of which 23,000 were in wheat, and the 
 number of landed proprietors had nearly doubled. 
 But the result of this industry proved that, 
 although much misery would have been saved the 
 colony had agriculture occupied the colonists 
 instead of land-gambling, still agriculture could 
 not be carried on with profit with hired labour 
 in the colony, for in 1843-4 wheat fell to 3s. 6d. 
 and even 2s. 6d. a bushel, with wages at least 3s. a 
 day; while V.D.L. with better soil and climate 
 for wheat growing, and cheaper labour, could not 
 afford to grow wheat for less than 4s. or 5s. a 
 bushel. In fact the South Australians found
 
 Sou] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 537 
 
 themselves in possession of 200,000 bushels of 
 wheat which was absolutely unsaleable although 
 of admirable quality ; and in June 1845, after 
 exporting 200,000 bushels, chiefly sold at a loss, a 
 surplus of 156,000 bushels remained. Of wool 
 there were only 5000 bales to export in 1843. 
 Port Phillip, colonised with sheep and shepherds 
 at the time that model colonists were forwarded 
 to Port Adelaide in thousands, exported 9000 
 bales in 1841 ; and in 1843 enjoyed exports to the 
 amount of .£307,000 without a shilling of debt, 
 against S.A. exports of £46,000 and £400,000 debt. 
 In 1843 the results of the erroneous system on 
 which S.A. was colonised began to disappear. 
 The ruined capitalists were forgotten, so too 
 were the debts due to the Home Government 
 and home creditors. Those who had been able 
 to weather the storm of insolvency and keep a 
 few sheep had retired towards the interior : there 
 dispersed, they were able to live cheaply, to carry on 
 their business with little hired labour, and to look 
 forward with confidence to an annual income from 
 the clip of wool, and annual increase of wealth 
 by the natural increase of their flocks. Thus in 
 1843 S.A., formed with so much preparation, the 
 subject of so much printing, colonised by a 
 superior class, forced forward by an enormous 
 expenditure of public and private capital, instead 
 of presenting a picture of a contented population, 
 divided into capitalists and labourers engaged in 
 scientific agriculture, owed all its exports to dis- 
 persion after the manner of neighbouring colonies, 
 whose " barbarous manners " had been so much 
 contemned, and presented a picture of cottier 
 farmers, vegetating in obscurity, content to live 
 with few comforts, without rent or taxes. Some 
 squatted on land the property of absentees, many 
 more as tenants not paying any rent, whom the 
 landlords were glad to retain in order to keep 
 their land in condition. The tenants of the 
 company were in this state. Looking back at 
 the condition of S.A. after it had ceased to 
 attract the importation of capital, there can be 
 no doubt that if it had been as far from the 
 old ports of the colonies as Swan Kiver, and 
 out of the reach of expeditions of overlanders, 
 it would have sunk even to a lower ebb than W.A. 
 When land-jobbing had been exhausted, and all 
 the schemes hatched in England for employing 
 capital had been tried and found wanting, an 
 accident revealed to the colonists the existence of 
 a treasure which even the sanguine promoters of 
 the colony had never suspected or suggested. 
 They had placed coals, marble, slate, and precious 
 stones among the probable exports ; but copper 
 and lead had not entered into their calculations. 
 In 1841 a little lead ore was discovered and sent 
 to England. In 1843 Mr. Dutton, the brother of 
 a gentleman of some means, but who had himself 
 been compelled by the general depression to 
 accept the situation of sheep overseer, accidentally 
 discovered, and in partnership with Captain 
 Bagot became the purchaser of the eighty-acre 
 
 section which included the Kapunda mine. Other 
 mines were subsequently discovered but the 
 great event, the turning-point of the fortunes 
 of S.A., was the discovery of the Burra Buna 
 mine, which alone furnished for five years 
 more than four-fifths of the S.A. exports. The 
 discovery of the Kapunda Mine set all the colony 
 hunting for mineral outcrops ; the residue of the 
 land jobbers took up the geologist's hammer ; 
 but by a singular fortune the investigations of 
 Mengs, a practised geologist, were fruitless, while 
 a mine of wealth was turned up by the wheel of a 
 bullock-dray. In 1845 the existence of a remark- 
 able and promising outcrop on the Burra Hills 
 became well known in the colony — rumours on the 
 subject had been afloat in 1840. In order to secure 
 the whole district without the unlimited competi- 
 tion, application was made to the Governor for a 
 special survey of 20,000 acres. At the same time 
 a party of speculators arrived from Sydney intent 
 on securing the great prize if possible. The survey 
 was ordered, a day and hour was fixed for the pay- 
 ment of the £20,000, the Governor decided not to 
 accept bills of the local bank or anything but cash. 
 Cash in 1845 was a scarce commodity in Adelaide 
 although corn was plentiful. The retailers and all 
 not within a certain indescribable line were dubbed 
 the " snobs," the officials and self-elected aris- 
 tocracy the "nobs." To raise the £20,000 a 
 union between the nobs and snobs became indis- 
 pensable, but even that was not enough, for 
 there was scarcely so much gold in the possession 
 of all the colonists, and the Sydney speculators 
 were waiting ready to bear off the prize. On the 
 last day of payment a hunt for gold was com- 
 menced by half-a-dozen men of good credit. Cash- 
 boxes in hand they traversed the streets and 
 suburbs of Adelaide, offering with ample security 
 a handsome premium for sovereigns. On that 
 day many secret hoards were dug out ; husbands 
 learned that prudent wives had unknown stores, 
 and old women were tempted to draw their £1 and 
 £2 from old stockings. Almost at the last minute 
 the money was collected, counted, and paid, and 
 the richest copper-mine in the world rewarded the 
 long-sufferings of the South Australians, and 
 awakened all their old spirit. The purchase 
 effected, the class spirit, which forms so absurd an 
 element in the English character, broke out, and a 
 division of the 20,000 acres was decided on. The 
 toss-up of a coin gave the " snobs " the first choice ; 
 they took 10,000 acres, to which they gave a native 
 name, the Burra Burra. The nobs named their 
 10,000 acres the Princess Royal. The outcroppings 
 on the hills of the Princess Royal were magnificent ; 
 nevertheless in 1850 their £50 scrip was not sale- 
 able at £12. The history of this mine is the 
 history of the commercial progress of S.A. Farms, 
 land sales, emigration, wharves, warehouses, pro- 
 jected railways, imports, rents, wages, have all 
 rested on the yield of the Burra Burra. The 
 Government was vested in the Governor and 
 Commander-in-Chief, assisted by an Executive 
 
 u3
 
 S3S 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 and Legislative Council composed of the Governor, 
 the Colonial Secretary, the Advocate-General, the 
 Surveyor-General and the Assistant Commissioner, 
 to whom were subsequently added four nominees 
 from among the non-official colonists. Of the 
 progress of S.A. subsequent to the discovery of 
 the mines and the dissolution of the commission 
 the following figures will afford some idea: — The 
 exports of the year ending April 1850 amounted 
 to .£453,668 12s. Of this sum .£11,212 was in 
 wheat, .£20,279 in flour,£G3,729 in copper in ingots, 
 £211,361 in copper ore, £8188 in tallow, and 
 £113,259 in wool. The imports for the same 
 period were £887,423, part of the excess arising 
 from imports of railway and mining machinery 
 and other productive investments. In the same 
 year 64,728 acres were in cultivation — wheat 
 41,807 acres, potatoes 1780, gardens 1370, vine- 
 yards 282, hay 13,000. The population was 
 63,900 of which 7000 were Germans. Live stock — 
 Cattle 100,000, sheep 1,200,000, horses 6000. The 
 total failure of the Wakefield theory of colo- 
 nisation, and the beneficial effects of Grey's 
 vigorous policy in repairing the effect of that 
 failure, are thus described by a resident colonist of 
 that time : — " To the colony this reduction in the 
 expenditure was for a time necessarily full of 
 trial. It may well be likened to a young fruit 
 tree, which had been allowed to shoot up with 
 straggling branches of luxuriant growth, but 
 barren of fruit. The careful gardener saw that to 
 make it produce fruit, it was absolutely necessary 
 to apply the pruning knife with an unsparing 
 though kindly hand. Stripped of its gaudy and 
 unprofitable branches, the spectator looked with 
 pity and contempt upon the bare stump that was 
 left ; he, not knowing the power left in the roots, 
 thought the poor tree ruined by such treatment, 
 and was inclined to think ill of the gardener for 
 his reckless destruction of the leafy branches. 
 But behold that self-same tree once more, the 
 resources concentrated in its healthy roots, in time 
 throw forth branches as luxuriant as ever, covered 
 with smiling blossoms and golden fruit, whilst the 
 gardener, to whom this result appeared as a matter 
 of course, now received praise for his foresight 
 from him who at first felt inclined to censure 
 him." Even so it was when Grey was leaving 
 • S.A. to conduct the still more difficult administra- 
 tion of N.Z., which was also a colony based on the 
 Wakefield system, and the history of whose settle- 
 ment had been no less disastrous. On the occasion 
 of his departure, a deputation of the colonists 
 waited on him and gratefully thanked him for 
 inaugurating a new and prosperous era, by his able, 
 zealous, and diligent administration, not forgetting 
 the cares, anxieties, and responsibilities, in his 
 conscientious discharge of the functions of a 
 1 tovernorand a worthy delegate of sovereign power. 
 Of Grey's administration Harcus says : — "Grey 
 began his administration by the display of those 
 high qualities of prudence, firmness, and decision 
 which he subsequently exhibited at the Cape and 
 
 in N.Z. He commenced a policy of retrenchment, 
 which, as a matter of course, exposed him to a 
 great deal of obloquy and misrepresentation. The 
 wages of those employed by the Government were 
 cut down to the lowest point ; and this forced the 
 labour, which was far too much concentrated in 
 the city, into the hands of private employers. The 
 effect of this wholesome action was soon seen. 
 Working men who had been hanging about the 
 city went into the country, and the land was 
 brought under cultivation. One important improve- 
 ment in the government of the colony was made 
 at the time Grey became Governor. The com- 
 missioners were dispensed with, and the Home 
 Government undertook the direct management of 
 the colony. A new direction was given to the 
 industry of the colonists ; and when they became 
 convinced that their success lay in subduing the 
 earth, in cultivating the soil, and in pastoral 
 pursuits, a new impulse was given to their energies. 
 The necessaries of life became cheap ; and although 
 money was not too plentiful, beef, mutton, and 
 flour were cheap, and there was neither want nor 
 complaining amongst the people. Grey's adminis- 
 tration will always be remembered with satisfaction 
 and gratitude. He first inspired the people with 
 a feeling of self-reliance, and taught them to live 
 within their means." He held office from May 
 1841 till October 1845, and was succeeded by 
 Governor Eobe. 
 
 VI. The Copper Discoveries. — The discovery of 
 copper in S.A. was but the precursor of the still 
 more important gold discovery in N.S.W., which 
 led to a complete revolution in the destinies of 
 Australia, forming a new and permanent era in the 
 annals of her history. From a sparse population 
 scattered over the pasture lands, shunning the 
 rocky regions in their selection of spots for 
 farms and agricultural pursuits the colonists were 
 changed into a mining community, concentrating 
 round the metalliferous strata they had discovered 
 and forming centres of population on localities 
 hitherto neglected because barren. To this cause 
 must be ascribed in a great measure the length of 
 time that elapsed before the mineral wealth of the 
 country was discovered. Those who had come to 
 settle on the lands looked for fertile soil and good 
 pasture ; moreover, few if any of the English 
 immigrants and capitalists knew much about 
 mineral ores. They followed their flocks over 
 plains and valleys from sunrise to sunset, avoiding 
 the rocky places, and if perchance a shepherd saw 
 a stone more curious than usual he would probably 
 pick it up and throw it away as only a plaything, 
 although it might have led to the discovery of the 
 metallic riches of this inexhaustible region of 
 mines. The first discovery of its metalliferous 
 resources may be attributed to the German immi- 
 grants who form an important section of the 
 inhabitants. The first body of these people were 
 religious refugees from Prussia, belonging to the 
 Evangelical Lutheran persuasion, who had expa- 
 triated themselves from their beloved Fatherland
 
 Sou] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 .l.'iO 
 
 on account of persecution. They arrived at the 
 end of 1838 in two ships, one of which, the 
 Zebra, was commanded by Captain Halm, who 
 behaved with so much kindness to his passengers 
 on the voyage that the settlement formed by them 
 was named Hahndorf, now one of the prettiest and 
 most flourishing towns in the country, about four- 
 teen miles S.E. from Adelaide across the Mount 
 Lofty range. In the lap of those mountains these 
 persecuted believers worshipped God in the wilder- 
 ness under the care of their spiritual pastor, the 
 Rev. Mr. Kavel ; thankful to their Maker for the 
 religious liberty they possessed in that free though 
 far-off land. To those who visited that simple 
 industrious community in the early days of S.A. 
 nothing was more striking than the condition of this 
 noble-hearted pastor and his God-fearing, law- 
 abiding flock. While the people in Adelaide were 
 rebelling against the authorities or living in riot 
 and dissipation, those in Hahndorf obeyed their 
 minister as children their father, without the 
 interference of any legal authority in their few 
 disputes, and the greatest punishment was a 
 rebuke from the pulpit after divine service. And 
 while the improvident immigrants were wasting 
 their substance in buying imported provisions and 
 strong drinks, these abstemious people grew their 
 own food and supplied the Adelaide market with 
 garden and dairy produce. Hahndorf, with its 
 little primitive church and the trim gardens of the 
 inhabitants, appeared then an oasis of industry 
 and piety to the traveller coming from the desert 
 plain and riot of Adelaide. Among these German 
 immigrants were some men who had worked in 
 the mines of their native country, and consequently 
 had a knowledge of minerals and metalliferous 
 rocks. As they frequently crossed the rocky 
 mountains on their way to and from Adelaide 
 with their produce they naturally cast inquisitive 
 glances at them. In this way some were led to 
 explore the sides of Mount lofty, which slopes up 
 from the plain to a height of 2334 feet, and the 
 result was that near its base pieces of lead ore 
 (galena) were found. Whether these indications 
 of the metalliferous nature of the rocks induced 
 one of their number to devote his time to the 
 pursuit, or whether the accounts transmitted by 
 these people to their friends in Germany prompted 
 an experienced mineralogist to emigrate is not 
 certain, but the fact that a German named Mengs 
 was engaged in mineralogical explorations as early 
 as the latter part of 1839 shows that they were 
 alive to something of the kind, and he even 
 publicly affirmed his conviction that there was 
 abundance of mineral wealth in the colony. His 
 opinions were pooh-poohed by the land-jobbers 
 and speculators, who were too busy with their 
 bubble paper-system to heed the substantial indi- 
 cations of metallic treasure. However, some more 
 acute than their neighbours purchased a section 
 where these specimens of lead ore were most 
 abundant, and sent to England in 1841 a quantity 
 for analysis. The returns were most favourable as 
 
 some of the ore (Argentiferous Galena) was found 
 to contain silver. They raised two or three tuns, 
 but the times were so bad, and they being without 
 means to prosecute the working of this mine it was 
 left in abeyance for better days. No doubt this 
 discovery of lead caused many of the people living 
 in the interior to look about them in hopes that 
 some more valuable metal might be found. Many 
 brilliant specimens of iron pyrites were picked 
 up in this way, in expectation that the nobler 
 metals might be part of the ore, but these only 
 proved the great extent of iron ore in the country. 
 This could not be profitably worked without coal, 
 capital, and cheap labour ; none of which they had. 
 Other discoveries of silver-lead have since been 
 made, but none have proved of a permanently 
 remunerative character. The ores have yielded as 
 much as from fifty-five to seventy-five per cent, of 
 lead, and from fifty-five to sixty-five ounces of 
 silver to the ton, but have not been found profitable 
 to smelt, and the industry has been abandoned for 
 many years. In 1842 the first discovery of copper 
 was made at the Kapunda Station, about forty 
 miles north-west of Adelaide, occupied by Captain 
 Bagot. One day he sent his overseer, Button, to 
 search for a number of sheep which had strayed 
 into the bush. After spending some time in fruit- 
 less efforts, Dutton ascended a small hill in order 
 to have a more extensive view of the country, but 
 still he saw nothing of the lost sheep. On turning 
 to descend, his attention was attracted by a bright 
 green rock jutting from the earth. It seemed to 
 him peculiar, so he broke a small piece off and 
 carried it down to Bagot's house, where he and the 
 Captain examined the specimen, and came to the 
 conclusion that it consisted of the mineral mala- 
 chite, containing copper in combination with water 
 and carbonic dioxide. They let no one know of 
 the discovery, but proceeded to apply for the land 
 in the usual manner, without breathing a word as 
 to their purpose. The section of eighty acres was 
 advertised for a month, and then put up to auction ; 
 but as no one was anxious for this barren piece of 
 ground, they had no competitors, and the land 
 fell to them for the price of eighty pounds. 
 As soon as they became possessed of it they 
 threw off all appearance of mystery, and com- 
 menced operations. During the first year the 
 mines yielded i,'400O ; during the next il0,000j 
 and for several years they continued to enrich 
 the two proprietors, until each had realised a 
 handsome fortune, when the land was bought by an 
 English company. When it was fully ascertained 
 beyond a doubt that the despised stony ridges 
 contained so much wealth, there was a general 
 search for copper and lead mines, and those who 
 had previously laughed at the suggestion, were the 
 most zealous with their hammers among the rocks. 
 Toiling up hill and down dale with heavy bags of 
 stones, in their anxiety to hit upon malachite or 
 green carbonate, they heeded neither the scorching 
 sun, the hot blast, nor the cold rains. Some were 
 lucky, but the mass of explorers were unsuccessful,
 
 540 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 Others less honest strewed specimens of good 
 ore in places where none was to be found, and 
 claimed the rewards offered by a mining asso- 
 ciation. Of course the land where these were 
 found rose to fabulous prices. The Kapunda pro- 
 prietors had bought their lot at the upset price of 
 £\ per acre, although it was kept open for one 
 month after selection, and might have been 
 pounced on by the holder of a land order of 
 previous date. At length a report was spread- 
 that a rich lode of copper had been discovered by 
 the accidental turning up of a specimen by the 
 wheel of a bullock dray at a place called Burra 
 Burra, about 100 miles north of Adelaide. The 
 land on which these were discovered had not yet 
 been sold by the C4overnment, and in great haste a 
 company was formed to purchase it. This company 
 consisted of the merchants, professional men and 
 officials of Adelaide ; but a rival company was 
 immediately started, consisting of shopkeepers 
 and tradesmen, together with the farmers of the 
 country districts. The former always maintained 
 a haughty air, and soon came to be known through- 
 out the colony as the " nobs ;" while they, in their 
 turn, fixed on their rivals the nick-name of the 
 " snobs." For a week or two the jealousies of the 
 companies ran high, but they were soon forced to 
 make a temporary union ; for according to the 
 land-laws of the colony, if any one wished to buy 
 a piece of land, he had to apply for it and have it 
 advertised for a month ; it was then put up for 
 auction, and he who offered the highest price 
 became the purchaser. But a month was a long 
 time to wait, and it was rumoured that a number 
 of speculators were on their way from Sydney to 
 offer a large sum for the land, as soon as it should 
 be put up at auction. It was therefore necessary 
 to take immediate action. There was another 
 regulation in the land-laws, according to which, if 
 a person applied for 20,000 acres, and paid down 
 ,£20,000 in cash, he became at once the proprietor 
 of the land. The "nobs" determined to avail 
 themselves of this arrangement ; but when they 
 put their money together, they found they had not 
 enough to pay so large a sum. They therefore asked 
 the "snobs" to join them, on the understanding that 
 after the land had been purchased the two com- 
 panies would make a fair division. By uniting 
 their funds they raised the required amount and 
 proceeded with great exultation to lodge the money. 
 But part of it was in the form of bills on the 
 Adelaide banks, and as the Governor refused to 
 accept anything but cash the companies were 
 almost in despair, until a few active members 
 hunted up their friends in Adelaide and succeeded 
 in borrowing the number of sovereigns required to 
 make up the deficiency. The money was paid 
 into the Treasury, the two companies were the 
 possessors of the land, and the Sydney speculators 
 arrived a few days too late. Now came the division 
 of the 20,000 acres. A line was drawn across the 
 middle, a coin was tossed up to decide which of 
 the two should have the first choice, and fortune 
 
 favoured the " snobs," who selected the northern 
 half, called by the natives Burra Burra. To the 
 southern part the "nobs" gave the name of 
 " Princess Royal." The companies soon began 
 operations ; but though the two districts appeared 
 on the surface to be of almost equal riches, yet 
 on being laid open the Princess Royal was soon 
 found to be in reality poor, while the Burra Burra 
 mines provided fortunes for each of the fortu- 
 nate " snobs." During the three years after their 
 discovery they yielded copper to the value of 
 £700,000. Miners were brought from England 
 and a town of about 5000 inhabitants rapidly 
 sprang into existence. The houses of the Cornish 
 miners were of a peculiar kind. A creek runs 
 through the district, with high and precipitous 
 banks of solid rock ; and into the face of these 
 cliffs the miners cut large chambers to serve for 
 dwellings ; holes bored through the rock, and 
 emerging upon the surface of the ground abovej 
 formed the chimneys, which were capped by small 
 beer barrels instead of chimney-pots. The fronts 
 of the houses were of weatherboard, in which doors 
 were left ; and for two miles along each side these 
 primitive dwellings looked out upon the almost 
 dry bed of the creek, which formed the main street 
 of the village. Here the miners dwelt for years, 
 until the waters rose one night into a foaming 
 flood, which destroyed the houses and swept away 
 several of their inhabitants. In 1845 Burra Burra 
 was a lonely moor ; in 1850 it was bustling with 
 men, and noisy with the sounds of engines and 
 pumps, and forges. Acres of land were covered 
 with the company's warehouses and offices, and the 
 handsome residences of its officers ; behind these 
 there rose great mounds of blue, green, and dark- 
 red ores of copper, worth enormous sums of money. 
 Along the roads 800 teams, each consisting of eight 
 bullocks, passed constantly to and fro, while scores 
 of ships were employed in conveying the ore to 
 England. From this great activity the whole com- 
 munity could not but derive the utmost benefit, 
 and for a time S.A. had every prospect of 
 taking the foremost place among the colonies. 
 The discovery of the Burra Burra gave a vivid 
 impulse to mineral exploration, and in 1850 not 
 less than thirty-nine mining adventures were 
 before the colonial and British public, in various 
 stages of progress, most of which depended on 
 English capital for their working. Nearly all, 
 according to the reports of the promoters, " only 
 needed the expenditure of a little more capital to 
 become most flourishing investments." Not one, 
 with the exception of the Burra Burra, had ever paid 
 a public dividend ; and when the gold discoveries 
 brought them all to a stand-still by the abstrac- 
 tion of labour, several new schemes were being 
 urged on the attention of English capitalists. At 
 that time the following mines, in addition to nearly 
 sixty other schemes which had never gone beyond 
 a prospectus, were in the market at a discount : — 
 The Wheal Gawler silver lead was the first mine 
 discovered in the province ; opened in 1841 ;
 
 Sou] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 541 
 
 abandoned, and re-opened by a company without 
 success; nevertheless the directors in 1850 boasted 
 their good prospects. The Adelaide Mining Com- 
 pany, near Montacute, " with a capital of ,£1000 ; 
 the Australian Mining Company with an English 
 capital of ,£400,000, and a special survey of Reedy 
 Creek, forty-six miles from Adelaide, other lots at 
 Tungkill" and at Kapunda,'' founded in L845 the 
 outlay had been enormous — no dividends ; the 
 Barossa Mining Company with a capital of £30,000, 
 formed in England, with a view of prosecuting 
 mineral explorations on the property of G. F. T, 
 Angas ; the Glen Osmond, another English Com- 
 pany, with a capital of £30,000, founded in 1845 ; 
 the Tort Lincoln, with a capital of £10,000 ; the 
 Mount Remarkable, with a capital of £25,000 in 
 1846 ; the North Kapunda, a capital of £22,200 in 
 1846 ; the Paringa, capital £20,000 in 1845 ; the 
 Port Lincoln capital £4000 in 1848 ; the Princess 
 Royal, capital £20,000 in 1845 ; this was the 
 unlucky half of the Burra Burra. By March 1848 
 the original £5 shares in the Burra Burra mine 
 had advanced to £150 ; a sixth and seventh 
 dividend of £10 each in June and September 
 raised the prices to £200 and £210 for cash. A fall 
 afterwards took place in consequence of the 
 depreciation of the value of copper in Europe. 
 But an important discovery was made of a valuable 
 lode in the thirty-fathom level leading from 
 Kingston to Graham's shaft. The lode was cut 
 four fathoms below the water level, was solid, and 
 from ten to eleven feet wide, composed of a compact 
 green carbonate or malachite, producing upwards of 
 40 per cent, of copper. The lode was described as 
 clearly defined, in easy working order, and dipping 
 well into the mine. In the half-year ending 30th 
 September 1848, 10,163 tons were raised, making a 
 sum total for the ore raised during the first three 
 years' working of the mine of 33,386 tons, equal to 
 upwards of 10,000 tons of fine copper ore (at £70 
 per ton) £700,000. In the latter part of 1848 the 
 miners struck for higher wages. The workings of 
 the mine were suspended from November until 
 February 1849. In March the miners resumed 
 work. Further important discoveries were made 
 — one of a lode in the thirty-fathom level south- 
 west from Graham's shaft, consisting of red oxide 
 and malachite in great abundance ; and the other 
 of a lode two fathoms wide, yielding malachite 
 of high produce. Only two pitches were set on 
 these lodes, and twelve men produced in the first 
 week eighty tons of the richest ores. In 1850 
 the £10 quarterly dividends were regularly paid. 
 Up till 1876 the total amount paid in dividends 
 was £782,320 ; the total yield of copper was about 
 £4,000,000 sterling. An English and Australian 
 Copper Company, which has been long associated 
 with this mine, owns fine smelting works at Port 
 Adelaide. Of late the yield of the Burra Burra 
 has diminished, and although some four or five 
 years ago an attempt was made to utilise the low- 
 class ores that had formerly been rejected, and 
 expensive machinery was procured for the purpose, 
 
 the mine succumbed to the blow struck at the 
 copper trade by the depreciation of prices and at 
 present it exists only in name. The Burra Burra 
 discovery, great as it was, falls into the shade when 
 compared with the more marvellous discoveiy of 
 the Wallaroo Mines, on Yorke's Peninsula, in I860. 
 A shepherd employed at W. W. Hughes's station 
 found a specimen on the run some time about 
 the beginning of that year. At once a private 
 company was established, and within a year the 
 mine was being worked. For two years success 
 seemed doubtful, but the proprietors were amply 
 rewarded at the end of that period for their enter- 
 prise. For the first five years the average out- 
 turn was somewhat under 8000 tons, but it 
 increased rapidly, and in 1869 had risen to 26,000 
 tons per annum, at which it remained for over five 
 years. During the last year or two the low price 
 of copper has rendered it necessary to reduce the 
 output, and in 1878 the proprietors desisted from 
 bringing ore to the surface, and contented them- 
 selves with merely developing the mine. Ulti- 
 mately they found it expedient to leave this work 
 off partially, and the operations are now princi- 
 pally confined to keeping the levels free of water. 
 In the neighbourhood of this mine is a flourishing 
 township, which it has called into existence, but 
 which is not entirely dependent on the mining 
 industry, as it is in close proximity to a rich agri- 
 cultural district. Some seven miles from the 
 property, and connected with it by tramway at 
 Port Wallaroo, are the smelting works established 
 by the proprietors of the Wallaroo Mines, 
 which are the largest and most complete in A. 
 In 1861 a still more valuable discovery than even 
 the Wallaroo Mines was made by another shepherd 
 at a spot distant eleven miles from them. This 
 property is situated about two miles from the 
 coast, and is known all over the world as the 
 Moonta. At the expiration of twenty months 
 from its opening 8000 tons of ore had been raised, 
 and dividends paid amounting to £64,000. The 
 average yearly return of the mine until the depre- 
 ciation of the copper market checked the outturn 
 was 18,200 tons of ore, of the average value of 
 £197,270. The total quantity of ore raised to 
 March 1879 was 328,123 tons ; and there was paid 
 in dividends £1,024,000. The mine gave employ- 
 ment for many years to over 1500 persons. The 
 Moonta continues to be worked, although oper- 
 ations have been discontinued at nearly all the 
 other mines ; but the production of ore has been 
 very much reduced, and as a consequence compa- 
 ratively few men are now employed. The latest 
 reports on the condition of the property are 
 favourable, and there is little doubt that when 
 copper mining revives the Moonta will yield as 
 large profits to its shareholders as it has done in 
 the past. Since the first mine was discovered 
 the total value of the copper, copper ore and 
 regulus exported from the colony up to the end 
 of 1878 was £15,754,680, and of other minerals 
 £293,185.
 
 542 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 l&ou 
 
 VII. Governor Robe.— In October 1845 Grey 
 was succeeded by Lieutenant-Colonel F. H. Robe, 
 who held office till August 1848. Of Robe's 
 personal character and administration Harcus 
 states : — " He was a man of very different stamp 
 from his predecessor. He was a respectable, 
 honourable, upright English Tory. All his pre- 
 possessions and traditions were on the side of 
 authority, which his military training had deepened 
 and intensified. He looked with something of 
 contempt, which he took no pains to disguise, at 
 the Liberal tendencies of the handful of people 
 he had been sent to govern in the Queen's name. 
 He tried to govern by a small clique of men who 
 had but little sympathy with the bulk of the 
 colonists. The poor Governor lived in hot water 
 during the whole of his administration. The 
 colonists refused to be treated as children ; and 
 as he did not respect their rights, they paid no 
 attention to his feelings. He was very weary of 
 his office before he was relieved by the Home 
 Government." 
 
 VIII. Governor Young.— Sir H. E. F. Young 
 succeeded Robe in August 1848. His personal 
 character and policy were in all respects the 
 reverse of those of his predecessor. Young sought 
 by every means in his power to encourage the 
 ceaseless activity of the people. His failing was 
 an injudicious zeal for too rapid progress. In his 
 desire to open up the Murray to navigation he 
 wasted large sums of money in schemes that proved 
 altogether useless. He made an effort to remove 
 the bar at the mouth of the river, but fresh deposits 
 of sand were constantly being brought down by 
 the current and lashed up into a new bar by the 
 waves that rolled ceaselessly in from the Southern 
 Ocean. He spent about £20,000 in tryiug to 
 construct a harbour called Port Elliot, near the 
 entrance to the Murray ; but there are now only a 
 few surf -beaten stones to indicate the scene of this 
 fruitless attempt. He offered a bonus of £4000 to 
 the first person who should ascend the Murray in 
 an iron steamer as far as the River Darling. 
 Cadell made the effort and succeeded. He obtained 
 the reward, but it was not enough to pay his heavy 
 expenses ; and when he endeavoured afterwards 
 to carry on a trade by transporting wool to the 
 sea in flat-bottomed steamers, he found that the 
 traffic on the river was not sufficiently great to 
 repay his heavy outlay, and in a short time he was 
 almost ruined. The attempt was premature ; and 
 though in after years the navigation of the Murray 
 was successfully carried on, yet at this time it led 
 to nothing but loss. The gold discoveries in N.S.W. 
 and V. in 1851 gave a serious check to the pros- 
 perity of the colony. A large proportion of the 
 adult population abandoned their occupations in 
 town, at the mines, and on the farms and pastures, 
 for the goldfields of Ballarat, Mount Alexander 
 and Bendigo, within six months. The majority 
 were married men with families ; they considered 
 that it was only a temporary removal and that 
 they should return soon to spend their earnings 
 
 in their own colony. A large proportion being 
 practical miners they considered that they were 
 best able to work the gold diggings. The result 
 was just as they calculated. The Cornish and 
 German miners were quite at home in their new 
 operations, and it was in a great measure to their 
 superior skill and knowledge of mining that the 
 deep-sinking and quartz-crushing at Ballarat came 
 to such perfection. While others were wasting 
 their time and means upon barren ground these 
 men were rarely mistaken, and struck the richest 
 Lodes in the mines. When they were successful in 
 " making their pile " they returned to S.A. and 
 spent their rich gains liberally. The Government 
 with a judgment that does them credit never 
 attempted to throw any obstacle in the way of this 
 migration. On the contrary, they appointed an 
 efficient officer to strike through the country by 
 the shortest route to the goldfields, making wells 
 and bridges by the way, so that an easy communi- 
 cation could be kept up to and fro. This had the 
 desired effect, many returned who otherwise would 
 have remained away. Meanwhile the copper- 
 mines were with difficulty worked for want 
 of men ; the fields were uncultivated, the sheep 
 untended, and the colony experienced a short 
 period of rapid decline. However the results 
 obtained on the goldfields by most of these fortune- 
 seekers were hardly to be compared with the 
 steady yield of the fertile cornfields and rich 
 copper-mines of S.A., and most of those who had 
 thus abandoned the colony returned in a short 
 time to their families and their former employ- 
 ments. Governor Young adroitly turned the 
 discovery of gold to the advantage of his own 
 colony by establishing an escort between Ballarat 
 and Adelaide ; and as this was remarkably well 
 equipped, many of the diggers preferred to send 
 their gold by this route rather than to Melbourne, 
 thus giving to S.A. some of the advantages of a 
 gold-producing country. The crowds of people 
 rushing to the goldfields had carried with them 
 nearly all the coin of the colony ; and the banks, 
 although they had plenty of rough gold, were yet 
 unable, from scarcity of coined money, to meet the 
 demands upon them. In this emergency Young 
 took the extreme step of instituting a new cur- 
 rency, consisting of gold cast into small bars or 
 ingots ; and although afterwards mildly censured 
 by the Home Government for exceeding his 
 powers, yet he could justly assert that this 
 measure had saved the colony from serious disaster. 
 By this time the colony had a Legislative Council, 
 preparatory to the constitution of an elected parlia- 
 ment on the same basis as those in the neighbouring 
 colonies. That body promptly aided the Govern- 
 ment in their measures to maintain the prosperity 
 of the country during this emergency, by passing 
 resolutions offering a reward of £1000 to the first 
 discoverer of gold within the territory of S.A. in 
 sufficient quantity to become a valuable export : 
 in the event of success the auriferous ground was 
 to be rented at the rate of ten shillings per acre in
 
 Sou] 
 
 OYCLOPjEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 543 
 
 advance in leases not exceeding fourteen years. 
 These resolutions were assented to by Governor 
 Young and immediately carried into effect, which 
 partially assisted in checking the migration. In 
 hopes of securing the reward numbers roamed 
 through the country " prospecting " for gold, and 
 there were scientific grounds for success, as the 
 Mount Lofty range trends in a general north and 
 south direction over five or six degrees of latitude, 
 bearing out the principle laid down by geologists 
 that all gold-bearing mountains trend along the 
 meridian lines. Several alleged discoveries were 
 soon reported ; but when the officers appointed to 
 examine them reached the places they pronounced 
 the reports to be attempts to mislead the Govern- 
 ment and public, and that the particles of gold 
 first produced were not the natural deposits of the 
 soil. The government explorers however succeeded 
 in January 1852 in finding some genuine specks 
 of gold near the Onkaparinga River, at its 
 embouchure some twenty miles south of Adelaide, 
 but the discovery was considered not of sufficient 
 importance to render necessary the issuing of 
 licences to dig. Six months after this a spot was 
 found sufficiently promising for the issue of these 
 at Echunga, a pastoral station about twenty miles 
 south-east from Adelaide. For several months a 
 number of diggers ventured their time and means 
 in digging for the precious metal, but their labours 
 were so poorly rewarded that most of them soon 
 left for the V. goldfields, while the Government, 
 seeing that it was not found in paying quanti- 
 ties, did not consider themselves warranted in 
 giving the reward, as the resolution had a pro- 
 viso that there should be " bond fide, raised 
 and produced from the said tract or field within 
 two months of the date of the issue of the 
 same licences an amount in gold equal in value 
 to not less than £10,000." From time to time 
 further explorations were made by the government 
 officers and private individuals, who succeeded in 
 discovering indications of auriferous ground, but 
 on close examination and a large expenditure of 
 time and means none proved sufficiently remuner- 
 ative to attract either people from their ordinary 
 industrial pursuits, or the practised miners from 
 the rich eastern goldfields. This went on for 
 twelve years without any spot being found richer 
 than Echunga. At last the Government invited 
 Hargreaves in 1864 to survey the northern as well 
 as the southern parts of the colony, hoping that the 
 first discoverer of gold in N.S.W. might be as 
 fortunate in S.A. After a careful examination of 
 many promising localities during half a year, for 
 which he was handsomely remunerated, he brought 
 his abortive labours to a close in June 1864. From 
 that time the search for gold has been abandoned. 
 The want of a remunerative gold-field, although in 
 one sense retarding the expansion of the colony, 
 benefited the colonists in another way by fixing 
 their attention on the productions and fertility of 
 the soil. While every branch of agriculture pro- 
 gressed satisfactorily from year to year, the new 
 
 source of profit derived from the vintage at once 
 exhibited the numerous resources of the colony 
 and the enterprise of the South Australian colon- 
 ists. The attention of the farmers was first drawn 
 to planting vineyards by the splendid grapes grown 
 on the few vines brought from Germany by the 
 Hahndorf colonists. Their size and flavour were 
 fully appreciated in the Adelaide market, where 
 they brought a good price for the consumption of 
 the table. Some of these Germans had been 
 acquainted with wine production in their own 
 country, and it was natural for them to try and 
 produce some of their favourite beverage, if only 
 to remind themselves of the famous Rhine wines. 
 So many of these industrious settlers began to 
 extend their little vineyards and to press the grape 
 in the simplest manner ; they found that they pro- 
 duced a wine not much inferior to the light wines 
 of Germany and France. Their English fellow- 
 colonists soon followed their example, prompted 
 by the fact that the best ground for a vineyard 
 was the least suitable for growing cereals, conse- 
 quently they profited by what was otherwise waste 
 land. At first the kinds of grape they cultivated 
 were chiefly for the table, but the supply increased 
 so far beyond the demand that their value was 
 reduced below the cost of production ; they there- 
 fore turned their attention to the growth of the 
 choicest wine-grapes. Already the colonists of 
 N.S.W. had shown that good wine could be pro- 
 duced in localities corresponding to those in S.A., 
 and James Macarthur had produced a wine at the 
 Great Exhibition of 1851 nearly equal in strength 
 and flavour to the rich Hungarian Tokay. With 
 these facts before them the planting of vineyards 
 was prosecuted with great energy, until there was 
 scarcely a farm in the colony without its vineyard 
 and wine -press, and when flour and wheat barely 
 remunerated the farmer for his outlay he supple- 
 mented his income by a few hogsheads of wine sold 
 in Adelaide. In that city merchants conversant 
 with the quality of these growths pronounced them 
 to be superior to the best Catawba wines in Sydney, 
 and to compare favourably with Sauterne, Chablis, 
 Ma<^on and other favourite wines of Europe. 
 Indeed they surpassed these white and red light 
 wines, as they possessed greater body from being 
 the pure juice of the grape, unadulterated and 
 unsophisticated by any artificial means. Some soils 
 and localities were found to produce better wines 
 than others. These were selected by the wine 
 merchants, some of whom went into the vatting 
 of wines extensively, classifying the growths 
 according to the grape from which they were 
 produced, or the locality of the vineyard ; one 
 merchant called several sorts after his own name. 
 Other branches of agriculture progressed steadily 
 during the period subsequent to the gold dis- 
 covery. As the cultivation of wheat was almost 
 abandoned in V. that colony proved the best market 
 for flour and grain, enriching the farmers beyond 
 their most sanguine expectations. As the Govern- 
 ment found that without a continuous stream of
 
 544 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 well-selected emigrants from the mother country 
 the working power of the population could not be 
 maintained, a large portion of the revenue was 
 voted to pay for their passages. During the five 
 years 1853-7, 38,457 persons were added to the 
 population by immigration, of whom 33,420 were 
 introduced at the public expense. In 1862 the 
 population numbered 135,329, composed of 69,608 
 males and 65,721 females. In this respect S.A. 
 showed the least disproportion of the sexes among 
 the whole Australian Colonies. Governor Young 
 was transferred to T. in December 1854. A short 
 interregnum took place, and in June 1855 Sir 
 R. G. Macdonnell arrived to take the reins of 
 Government. 
 
 IX. Governor Macdonnell. — Macdonnell was a 
 man of considerable ability and great energy of 
 character. More than any Governor who had 
 preceded him he came into close contact with the 
 colonists as a whole. He had a pleasant manner, 
 tact, and warm sympathy with all the interests of 
 the colony, public and private. He was exceed- 
 ingly popular during the whole of his adminis- 
 tration, and left the colony amidst the regrets of 
 those who knew him. During his rule Constitu- 
 tional Government was established, with two 
 branches of Legislature, both elective. The colony 
 made rapid progress materially ; railways were 
 formed and roads were improved, so as quite to 
 change the character of inland travelling for 
 hundreds of miles ; the coast was lighted ; 
 numerous buildings were erected, amongst which 
 were a new hospital, Parliament House, a new 
 Government House, Government offices, mounted 
 police barracks, town hall, literary institute and 
 free library, and post-office ; telegraphic communi- 
 cation was opened with all the leading towns 
 and neighbouring colonies ; a large extent of 
 country was surveyed, river navigation was opened 
 up, the city of Adelaide was supplied with 
 water, and the Far North was explored by Stuart, 
 Goyder, Freeling, Babbage, Macdonnell (the 
 Governor himself,) Warburton and others. The 
 proclamation of the Constitution was made on 
 24th October 1856, the elections for the two 
 Houses of Legislature taking place in March 
 of the following year ; the session of the first 
 Parliament began on 22nd April, the first respon- 
 sible Ministry having Finnis for Chief Secretary. 
 In 1858 S.A. took the lead in a reform which is 
 now being adopted by nearly all the civilised 
 nations of the world. According to English law, 
 each time an estate was transferred from one 
 person to another, a deed had to be made out for 
 the purpose ; and if changes in its ownership had 
 been frequent, it would be held by the last pur- 
 chaser in virtue of a long series of documents. 
 Now if any one wished to buy a piece of land, he 
 was obliged for safety to examine all the preceding 
 deeds in order to be quite certain that they were 
 valid ; even then if he bought the land, and 
 another person, for any reason whatever, laid 
 claim to it, the owner had to prove the validity of 
 
 each of a long series of documents, going back 
 perhaps for centuries. A flaw in any one of 
 these would give rise to a contest which could 
 be settled only after a very tedious investigation ; 
 and thus arose the long and ruinous chancery suits 
 which were the disgrace of English law. When 
 a man's title to his estate was disputed, it often 
 happened that he had to spend a fortune and 
 waste half a lifetime in protracted litigation before 
 all the antecedent deeds could be proved correct. 
 Torrens had his attention drawn to this unsatis- 
 factory state of things by the ruin of one of his 
 relatives in a Chancery suit. He thought long and 
 carefully over a scheme to prevent the occurrence 
 of such injustice, and drafted a bill for a new 
 method of transferring property. He proposed to 
 lay this before the S.A. Parliament, but his 
 friends discouraged him by declaring it was 
 impossible to make so sweeping a change ; and 
 the lawyers actively opposed any innovation. But 
 Torrens brought forward the bill ; its simplicity 
 and justice commended themselves to the people 
 and to the House of Assembly, and it was carried 
 by a large majority. According to the new scheme 
 all transferences of land were to be registered in a 
 public office called the Lands Titles Office, the 
 purchaser's name was to be recorded and a certifi- 
 cate of title given to him ; after this his right to 
 the property was indisputable. If his possession 
 was challenged he had simply to go to the Lands 
 Titles Office and produce his certificate to the 
 officer in charge, who could turn to the register 
 and at once decide the question of ownership. 
 After this no dispute was possible. Torrens 
 was appointed first registrar of the office, and 
 soon made the new system a great success ; 
 it is now adopted in all the other colonies 
 of Australia. It was recently introduced into 
 Ireland, and a system of a somewhat similar 
 nature is now at work in Great Britain. Sinnett 
 thus sums up the material progress made 
 by the colony during Macdounell's administra- 
 tion : — " The history of the last six years in S.A. 
 has been the history of steady industrial and 
 political progress. The introduction of the new 
 constitution has been the most remarkable event 
 of this epoch, and the change thus produced will 
 elsewhere be found described in detail. It is over 
 the whole face of the country that the history of 
 this period has been written. Roads have been 
 improved and bridges formed, so as quite to 
 change the character of inland travelling for 
 hundreds of miles from Adelaide ; surveys for 
 railways have been carried on to a large extent ; 
 the railway of eight and a quarter miles to the 
 port in one direction, and the N. line to Kapunda 
 (fifty-two miles) in another direction, has been 
 opened ; telegraphic lines throughout the country 
 have been established, as well as telegraphic com- 
 munication with Sydney and Melbourne ; the city 
 of Adelaide has been supplied with water ; a large 
 extent of country has been surveyed for purchase 
 in sections ; the coast has been lighted where
 
 Sou] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 545 
 
 necessary ; numerous buildings for public pur- 
 poses have been constructed by the Executive, 
 including a new hospital, Parliament house. Govern- 
 ment house, Government offices, mounted police 
 barracks, and the Institute with its free library ; 
 the Murray has been navigated as far as Albury, 
 and the first steamer taken a considerable distance 
 up the Darling by Captain Cadell, with whom 
 were Sir Richard Macdonnell and four others. 
 Nearer home the new mining district of Wallaroo 
 on Yorke's Peninsula has been discovered and 
 fairly tested, so that what was two years ago a 
 sheep run now exhibits townships, mines, and all 
 the customary adjuncts, including the commence- 
 ment of a railway and a system of drainage. 
 Further from Adelaide, the far north has been 
 explored by Stuart, Goyder, Major Freeling, 
 Babbage, Sir Richard Macdonnell, Major Warbur- 
 ton and others." 
 
 X. Land Legislation. — Sir Charles Wentworth 
 Dilke, in his Greater Britain, describes S.A. as 
 " The widest of all British colonies, and nearly as 
 large as English Hindostan." Very early in the 
 history of the colony land was taken up in what 
 were then considered very remote districts for 
 pastoral pursuits, including the breeding of sheep 
 and cattle. The settlement of the country in this 
 way was closely connected with that daring 
 exploration for which the colony has obtained a 
 high and deserved reputation. The beginning of 
 this industry was simple and unpretentious. Young 
 men with just capital sufficient to purchase a few 
 hundreds or thousands of sheep, a dozen horses, 
 a year or two's rations, and to hire a shepherd or 
 two, sallied out into what was then a terra incognita 
 to seek their fortune. They settled on suitable 
 country, erected a rude hut, and thus laid the 
 foundation of their fortunes. The life at first was 
 a hard and rough one, involving many privations ; 
 but it was not altogether without its compensating 
 pleasures. There was plenty of work, and that of 
 itself keeps life from stagnating. There was the 
 pleasure of seeing the flocks and herds increase. 
 The lambing season brings a pressure of work 
 which requires the best energies of all hands on 
 the station. Shearing too is always a scene of 
 busy activity, and getting the wool to the market 
 before roads were known taxed the ingenuity of 
 the cleverest of the " squatters." The squatter's 
 life in the beginning was not without a spice of 
 danger, which required continual vigilance and 
 activity to guard against, and a brave heart and a 
 strong arm to meet when it actually came. In 
 those days the natives were enemies not to be 
 despised, and before they learnt to fear or trust 
 the white man they were not slow to resent his 
 intrusion upon their hunting grounds. They 
 plundered his huts, killed his sheep and cattle, 
 and sometimes attacked himself or his shepherds. 
 He had therefore to be always on the watch to 
 protect himself and his property. The aborigines 
 had been accustomed to kill for food all the 
 indigenous animals found in their country, and it 
 
 was hard to teach them that they had no right to 
 touch the sheep and cattle of the squatter. They 
 learned this in the end by a rough and bitter kind 
 of experience ; but in the early days of squatting 
 they were a constant dread and annoyance to the 
 settler. As the flocks increased the squatter had 
 to push out into new country, and runs were 
 extended farther and farther inland. Leases of 
 wide stretches of country comprehending in some 
 cases hundreds of square miles were granted on a 
 mere nominal payment, and many of the squatters 
 grew rich rapidly. All pastoral leases are held 
 with the condition that whenever the land is 
 required for agricultural purposes the squatter 
 must turn out on receiving six months notice — he 
 being paid for the substantial improvements made 
 on his run. The squatter is therefore the pioneer 
 of the agriculturist. When the land is wanted for 
 agriculture he has to retire farther into the interior. 
 Many of the wealthiest men in the colony at the 
 present time, and several who have returned to 
 spend their fortunes and to end their days in the 
 old country, began thus in a very humble way. 
 Some of them went out with a few hundreds or 
 thousands of sheep and lived far from the abodes 
 of men for years, only occasionally visiting Adelaide 
 to purchase rations or dispose of their wool : and 
 some did not even do that but trusted all to agents 
 in town. Others were only shepherds, and by 
 saving their earnings — there were neither tempta- 
 tions nor means of spending them at first — they 
 got a few sheep together and were eventually 
 enabled to take up a small run for themselves ; 
 and the first start made, in many cases success 
 came rapidly. Shepherds who knew all about the 
 management of sheep made good squatters ; they 
 went on increasing their flocks and taking up new 
 country, and their wealth increased in geometrical 
 ratio. They lived in the quietest possible way — 
 spending but a mere fraction of their income. 
 Many of them made large fortunes — handed over 
 the hard work of the station to their sons and 
 retired to enjoy their well-earned leisure. A few 
 years ago the leases which the squatters had held 
 on exceedingly low terms were subjected to a new 
 valuation on their renewal. The Surveyor-General, 
 G. W. Goyder, a highly competent man, was 
 appointed valuator, and he performed this onerous 
 and unpleasant duty with great impartiality. His 
 increased valuations astonished some of the 
 squatters and made them indignant ; but he was 
 supported by public opinion throughout the 
 colony and the result showed that the oppressed 
 squatters, as they represented themselves, were 
 very well able to pay the increased assessment. 
 Unfortunately for the squatters, the valuations 
 were succeeded by two years of drought which 
 tried the lessees severely, and under which some 
 of them fell poor and almost hopeless. Some of 
 them fell from the drought, but those who were 
 able to live over the bad times became wealthier 
 than ever. At present the pastoral interest is in a 
 highly prosperous state. When the first colonists 
 
 v3
 
 546 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sou 
 
 arrived the country was parched up, the ground 
 hard baked and apparently unworkable. For some 
 time the early settlers were content to sit down 
 with the conviction that agriculture on such a soil 
 and with such a climate was impossible. A great 
 deal of suffering resulted from this false inference. 
 The most important of all the necessaries of life 
 had to be imported at a ruinous cost from T., and 
 flour was actually sold in Adelaide at .£100 per 
 ton. Some daring colonists however thought they 
 would try whether wheat could not be produced 
 on the Adelaide plains. The land was tilled, the 
 seed deposited, and the result anxiously looked 
 for. Happily wheat-growing became a success 
 from the beginning. For a long time agriculture 
 was confined within a radius of about twenty 
 miles round Adelaide, and some persons asserted 
 that beyond that radius agriculture was impossi- 
 ble. These persons however proved to be false 
 prophets. During the harvest of 1875, country 150 
 miles and more to the north of the metropolis, 
 without the cultivation necessary in England, pro- 
 duced splendid wheat averaging from fifteen to 
 eighteen bushels to the acre. Along the whole 
 distance from Adelaide to these northern areas the 
 land is covered with industrious and prosperous 
 farmers. One principle on which the colony was 
 started was the sale of Crown lands at a price not 
 under one pound per acre, the proceeds from the 
 sale to be devoted to the introduction of immi- 
 grants. This principle however was soon modified, 
 and a large portion of the money obtained for the 
 lands was devoted to the construction of roads and 
 other public works, and subsequently to meeting 
 the claims of the National Debt. The minimum 
 price of one pound per acre has been strenuously 
 adhered to. Waste lands, as the unsold Govern- 
 ment lands are called, divided into hundreds, and 
 subdivided into sections of about eighty acres 
 each, were offered at auction at the upset price of 
 one pound. Competition often ran up the price 
 much beyond this amount, and hard-working 
 farmers had but little chance in competition with 
 mere speculators, who bought the land at a price 
 which the farmer could not afford to give in cash, 
 and subsequently let it to him at a good rental, 
 with a right of purchase at twice or three times 
 the amount of what it had originally cost. On 
 the fall of the hammer, twenty per cent, of the 
 purchase-money had to be paid down, and the 
 remainder in one month from the sale. Lands 
 that had been offered at auction and passed the 
 hammer could be taken up at any time at one 
 pound per acre. Several attempts were made to 
 alter the whole system of the land laws, which 
 had been worked so as to benefit only a very small 
 class of speculators at the expense of the agricul- 
 turists. The average price per acre which the 
 Government had received for the large territory 
 alienated from the Crown was under 25s., but the 
 price to the farmer, who had in many instances to 
 
 purchs id-hand, was 60s. or 60s., or more — 
 
 the difference between the two prices going into 
 
 the hands of the speculators, for the accommoda- 
 tion they gave to the agriculturists who had no 
 money. Objectionable as the system was many 
 farmers grew under it, and several speculators 
 have done both themselves and the farmers good 
 by rendering assistance to poor men who wanted 
 to get on the land. It was felt however that the 
 Government might do for moneyless farmers 
 what the speculators had been doing, and might 
 do it on much more reasonable terms. Instead of 
 demanding cash, it was resolved to sell the lands 
 on credit, with deferred payments, taking suffi- 
 cient precautions of course that the land so 
 disposed of should be occupied and cultivated. 
 After great consideration a measure was at last 
 carried through the Legislature for this purpose, 
 and became law. It is known as " Strangways' 
 Act," but has been set aside for one more liberal 
 and better adapted to the requirements of the 
 smaller capitalists. Under the Land Act of 1872 
 (amended in 1874) the whole of the waste lands of 
 the colony south of the 26th parallel of S. latitude 
 forms one area, from which, as fast as it is surveyed 
 and declared open to the public, intending pur- 
 chasers can make their selections. There is no 
 selection before survey, but an efficient staff of 
 survey officers is always at work surveying the 
 land as fast as it is required. Hundreds of thou- 
 sands of acres are always open for selection, and 
 the work of the surveyors is still going forward. 
 All waste lands other than township and suburban 
 have a fixed value put on them by the Commis- 
 sioner of Crown Lands, not less than £\ per acre. 
 In improved or reclaimed lands the cost per acre 
 of the improvements and reclamation is added to 
 the upset price of £1 per acre. Those lands which 
 have been open for selection, or which have been 
 offered at auction and neither selected nor sold, 
 may at the end of five years be offered for sale in 
 blocks of not more than 3000 acres, on lease for 
 ten years at an annual rental of not less than 6d. 
 per acre, with a right of purchase at any time 
 during the currency of the lease at £1 per acre. 
 
 XL Governor Daly. — In March 1862 Sir Kichard 
 Macdonnell was succeeded by Sir Dominic Daly, 
 a man of great official experience, an excellent 
 administrator, and a very popular Governor. He 
 was accessible to all classes of the community, and 
 identified himself with everything likely to pro- 
 mote the welfare of the colonists. He died in the 
 colony on 19th February 1868, and was deeply 
 mourned by all classes, whose esteem he had won 
 by his urbanity and hospitality. During his 
 administration the colony was visited by H.K.H. 
 the Duke of Edinburgh. In the interregnum 
 between Sir Dominic's death and the arrival of 
 his successor, the Government was administered 
 by Lieutenant-Colonel Hamley, senior officer in 
 command of Her Majesty's forces in the colony at 
 the time. In 1864 the Northern Territory was 
 added to the colony, and from Adelaide an expedi- 
 tion was despatched by sea to the shores of Van 
 Diemen's Gulf, in order to form a new settlement.
 
 Sou] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALAMA. 
 
 547 
 
 After many difficulties, caused chiefly by the dis- 
 putes between the first Government Resident or 
 Superintendent, and the officers under him, a 
 branch colony was successfully founded at Port 
 Darwin, opposite to Melville Island. In 186!) 
 the representations of Charles Todd led to the 
 formation of the British-Australian Telegraph 
 Company, which engaged to lay a submarine 
 cable from Singapore to Van Diemen's Gulf, and 
 the S.A. Government pledged itself to connect 
 Port Darwin with Adelaide by an overland line, 
 and undertook to have the work finished by the 
 1st of January 1872. Todd was appointed super- 
 intendent, and divided the whole length into three 
 sections, reserving the central portion for his own 
 immediate direction, and entrusting the sections 
 at the two ends to contractors. It was a daring 
 undertaking for so young a colony. For thirteen 
 hundred miles the line would have to be carried 
 through country which had never been before 
 traversed by any white man but Stuart's party. 
 Great tracts of this land were utterly destitute of 
 trees, and all the posts required for the line had to be 
 carted through rocky deserts and over treacherous 
 sand hills. Todd had, with wonderful skill and 
 energy, completed his difficult portion of the task, 
 and the part nearest to Adelaide had also been 
 finished before the time agreed upon ; but it fared 
 differently with those who had undertaken to 
 construct the northern section. Their horses died, 
 their provisions failed, and the whole attempt 
 proved a miserable collapse. The Government 
 sent a party to the north in order to make a fresh 
 effort. Wells were dug at intervals along the 
 route, and great teams of bullocks were employed 
 to carry the necessary provisions and materials to 
 the stations ; and yet in spite of every precaution 
 the result was a failure. Meanwhile the cable 
 had been laid, and the first message sent from 
 Port Darwin to England announced that the over- 
 land telegraph was not nearly finished. The 
 1st January 1872 being now close at hand, Mr. 
 Todd was hastily sent to complete the work. But 
 the time agreed upon had expired before he had 
 even made a commencement, and the company 
 threatened to sue the Government for damages, on 
 account of the losses sustained by its failure to 
 perform its share of the contract. For the next 
 eight months the work was energetically carried 
 forward ; Todd rode all along the line to see that 
 its construction was satisfactory throughout. He 
 was at Central Mount Stuart in the month of 
 August, when the two ends of the wire were 
 joined, and the first telegraphic message flashed 
 across the Australian Continent. But meantime 
 a flaw had occurred in the submarine cable, and it 
 was not until October that communication was 
 established with England. On the second day of 
 that month, the Lord Mayor of London, standing 
 at one end of the line, sent his hearty congratula- 
 tions .through 12,500 miles of wire to the Mayor 
 of Adelaide, who conversed with him at the other 
 extremity. The whole work was undertaken 
 
 and accomplished within two years ; and all the 
 colonies are now reaping the greatest benefits from 
 this enterprising effort. Another undertaking of 
 a similar character has been completed by the 
 efforts of both S. and W.A. ; along the barren 
 coast on which Eyre so nearly perished there 
 stretches a long line of posts, which carry a tele- 
 graph line from Perth to Adelaide. 
 
 XII. From 1869 till 1880— Sir James Fergusson 
 was appointed Governor in February 1869. He 
 had held office as Under-Secretary for India and 
 the Home Department, and for several years 
 represented Ayrshire in the House of Commons. 
 He was liberal in all his personal dealings with 
 the colony, a man of ability, a clear thinker and 
 an effective speaker. He was regarded as an 
 intelligent and high-minded gentleman, who main- 
 tained the dignity of his responsible position and 
 creditably represented Her Majesty by his liberal 
 administration. The establishment of telegraphic 
 communication between Australia and Europe was 
 carried out during his term of office ; his efforts 
 to aid in the accomplishment of this work were 
 fully recognised ; and shortly after its completion 
 he was promoted to the governorship of N.Z. in 
 1873. In the interval between his departure and 
 the arrival of his successor the administration was 
 in the hands of the Chief Justice, Sir R. D. 
 Hanson, whose long residence in the colony and 
 thorough acquaintance with its public affairs and 
 history eminently qualified him for the position 
 he temporarily occupied. Sir Anthony Musgrave, 
 K.C.M.G., late of Natal, was sworn in as Governor 
 on 9th June 1873. He was succeeded in March 
 1877 by Sir William Cairns ; his tenure of office 
 was very brief, as ill-health necessitated his resig- 
 nation a few weeks after being sworn in. The 
 present Governor, Sir William Francis Drummond 
 Jervois, took the oaths of office on 2nd October 
 1877. He is one of the ablest and most useful 
 riders the colony has had, and has made himself 
 very popular with the colonists. The condition 
 of S.A. is still of a satisfactory character, though 
 the continued depression of the copper industry 
 and the cessation of work at most of the mines is 
 having a detrimental effect on some parts. As the 
 granary of the Australias, the colony can always 
 command to some extent the elements of prosperity. 
 
 SOUTHLAND, a former province of N.Z. 
 When Otago was settled, the advantage of opening 
 up the southern portion of the province, in which 
 there were large tracts of splendid land both clear 
 and timbered, was early recognised, and sites for 
 the towns of Campbelltown and Invercargill being 
 fixed, the country was surveyed, and very soon a 
 large number of sections were bought and settlers 
 located thereon. Complaints were made by the 
 inhabitants that this outlying district was not 
 receiving its due share of attention from the 
 authorities; and a memorial, in terms of "The 
 New Provinces Act 1858," was presented to the 
 central Government, requesting that the district 
 might be detached from Otago and erected into
 
 548 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Spe— Squ 
 
 a new province. This was granted, and in 1861 
 the Province of Southland was created, with an 
 area of 2,300,000 acres. Embarrassments however 
 so accumulated on the little province, that in 1870 
 it was found advisable to reunite it to Otago. 
 
 SPECTACLE ISLAND, an island lying adja- 
 cent to Frederick Hendrik Bay in T., so named 
 because of its resembling a pair of spectacles in 
 shape, with an archway through the centre. 
 
 SPENCER'S GULF, in S.A., is a wide inlet of 
 the sea running in a N. direction into the main 
 land from the sea at about the middle of the coast 
 of the colony. Its W. shore is the Port Lincoln 
 District and its E. is the W. coast of Yorke's 
 Peninsula. The N. part of the gulf is shallow, and 
 has many sandy flats dry at low water. At the 
 head of the gulf is the township and harbour of 
 Port Augusta and on its E. side are Ports Wallaroo, 
 Peri and Ferguson. On its S.W. coast is Port 
 Lincoln. The entrance to this gulf is from forty- 
 five to forty-eight miles wide between Cape Spencer 
 and Cape Catastrophe, its E. and W. heads, but 
 this space is partly occupied by clusters of islands, 
 of which Thistle Island, near the W. shore, is the 
 largest. Another cluster lying near to the W. is 
 called the Gambier Isles. With respect to the 
 tides in the gulf, it has been remarked as some- 
 what singular that at Port Lincoln there is only 
 one tidal flood in twenty-four hours, whereas in all 
 other parts of the gulf there are two. It was 
 named by Flinders after Earl Spencer. 
 
 SQUATTER. The word is formed from the verb 
 " to squat," and is used both in England and the 
 United States of America to designate a person 
 who settles on land — whether belonging to another 
 person or to the State — to which he has no title. 
 Webster adds to the definition, " without pretence 
 of title." The term was applied in England to 
 the gipsies and other wandering tribes who roamed 
 over the country, taking temporary possession of 
 commons and waste lands whereon to pitch their 
 tents. In the United States its application was 
 always obvious. As respects Australian pastoral 
 settlers, the name is a self -assumed one. In the 
 early days of N.S.W. the pioneers of settlement, 
 as they took possession of their runs by rule of 
 thumb and without the leave of any authority, 
 they called themselves "squatters," and their 
 homesteads "stations." Afterwards when the 
 government staff of officials was strong enough to 
 carry out the regulations these runs were defined, 
 and their occupants received licenses to depasture 
 live stock, by paying ten pounds for 4000 sheep or 
 400 head of cattle, so that they were " grazier " 
 tenants of the Crown and "stockholders." But they 
 preferred their own cognomen and have retained it 
 to the present day ; and the most aristocratic title an 
 Australian colonist aspires to is that of "squatter." 
 A writer in the Edinburgh Review for October 
 1863, in an article on Queensland, states that the 
 term was " originally applied to a class of men — 
 Donald Beans of the antipodes — who, chiefly 
 
 escaped convicts and outlaws, dwelt on the out- 
 skirts of the runs of the more legitimate pastoral 
 tenants of the Crown, and committed depredations 
 on their sheep and cattle, thus accumulating flocks 
 and herds of their own. When these tenants of 
 the Crown lost their early popularity, the term 
 was transferred to themselves, and gradually crept 
 into the phraseology of colonial legislative enact- 
 ments." The writer proceeds to give a brief 
 historical account of the rise and progress of pas- 
 toral settlement in Australia. Referring to the 
 old penal system he says : — " Each Governor 
 generally succeeded in bringing out in his own 
 ship a few of his family adherents or more humble 
 fellow townsmen. Yet though a free passage and 
 various other encouragements were offered to all 
 such persons, and though those who availed them- 
 selves of them rapidly rose to affluence, still the 
 distance, then immense — a ship seldom making 
 the voyage in less than six months — and above all, 
 the black pall of crime which hung over the new 
 settlement in European eyes, made the number of 
 these free settlers exceedingly limited. About the 
 year 1821, however, Australian society began to be 
 supplied from a widely different source. Unex- 
 pected discoveries in exploration were then 
 opening large tracts in the more inland districts, 
 scantily supplied with trees, but bearing natural 
 crops of luxuriant and most nutritious grasses. 
 On these sheep were found to thrive wonderfully, 
 and even to improve in their wool. The great 
 salubrity of the climate, with perhaps the Arcadian 
 beauty of the scenery — the failure in inducing 
 agricultural labourers to emigrate to Australia — 
 and the little prospect there was of a near market 
 for perishable agricultural produce, pointed out 
 these plains as naturally suitable for sheepwalks ; 
 and into sheepwalks the Colonial Executive, under 
 the guidance of Governor Brisbane, made an 
 effort to turn them. A statement of their advan- 
 tages was drawn up and sent home, free use of 
 lands proportioned in extent to the amounts of 
 real and available capital to be used in stocking 
 them, being offered to all intending sheep-farmers. 
 The minimum sum was fixed at .£500, sufficient 
 proof of the possession of which was to be the 
 sole condition of the transfer of 'a run,' or sheep- 
 station. Small as the sum was, it fixed, at an 
 early period, the respectability of the class which 
 availed itself of the offer. Officers retiring from 
 the army and navy, younger sons of wealthy and 
 even titled families, university graduates who had 
 not yet selected professions, with a sprinkling of 
 those already dissatisfied with the professions they 
 had selected, flocked into Sydney, and began to 
 compose chiefly the new pastoral tenants of the 
 Crown — the term squatter being then wholly 
 unknown. The Colonial Government made no 
 deduction from their capital for the use of the 
 lands, nor was any rent charged until a later 
 period ; but the lands were still to be Crown lands, 
 merely placed in the temporary possession of the 
 tenant, until needed for other public purposes.
 
 Squ] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 549 
 
 In other words, the Colonial Executive 'let the 
 grass,' and made no charge for the use of it. A 
 few years afterwards, this movement received a 
 great and somewhat novel accession of strength. 
 Among the plentiful crop of joint-stock com- 
 panies which distinguished the first quarter of the 
 present century, there was one started in 1825, 
 under the name of the Australian Agricultural 
 and Wool-growing Company, which received a 
 grant of a million of acres, in the immediate neigh- 
 bourhood of Sydney, from the Imperial Govern- 
 ment, and commenced operations under other and 
 very attractive circumstances. These operations 
 necessitated, in the first instance, the purchase of 
 a large quantity of stock ; and the demand arising 
 unexpectedly among a small community forced up 
 the price of cattle and sheep to a most prepos- 
 terous amount. Sheep which in ordinary years — 
 such was the rapidity of their multiplication- 
 were worth little more than the couple of pounds 
 of wool on their backs, suddenly rose to five 
 guineas a head, and the prices of horses and 
 working bullocks received a proportional increase. 
 Nevertheless the manager and his agents, 
 undaunted by such difficulties, purchased all that 
 came in their way. Though settlement in the 
 interior was still slow, the seaport of Sydney had 
 already risen to the proportions of a large and 
 flourishing city, and the calculations put forward 
 by the new company were now more minutely 
 examined by its inhabitants. If shareholders 
 residing at the other side of the globe could find 
 profit from an outlay at first appearance so extra- 
 vagant, it was not unreasonable to suppose that a 
 private capitalist superintending his own affairs 
 might obtain equally favourable returns. A sheep 
 and cattle mania seized the whole population of 
 N.S.W. The citizens of Sydney walked about with 
 their pockets stuffed with samples of colonial wools. 
 Barristers, doctors, and even clergymen, fought in 
 the cattle markets for the possession of a tottering 
 calf or a broken-kneed horse. Sheep became as 
 valuable as Dutch tulips, and sheep-farming took 
 the position of Roman usury. To possess ' a run ' 
 became the essential qualification of every one 
 aspiring to the rank of an Australian gentleman. 
 Nor, owing to the overwhelming pressure upon 
 him, was the Governor long able to maintain the 
 proposed condition of £500. From £500 it gradually 
 dwindled to the more vague condition of 'sufficient 
 capital ; ' from sufficient capital it fell to the still 
 more vague condition of ' respectability.' It was 
 loudly complained that Government officers and 
 the personal friends of the Governor each pos- 
 sessed several runs in various separate districts ; 
 while the Governor himself was subjected to insult 
 and even violence in the public streets, from 
 rejected claimants for land. The gambling too 
 quickly extended from the sheep and cattle to the 
 runs. Every available territory was soon appro- 
 priated, and the scene of each new discovery in 
 exploration was overrun as quickly as it became 
 known. With occasional interruptions from drought, 
 
 disease, overtrading in paper currency, ifcc, the 
 new sheep-farmers met with a success scarcely to 
 be expected from the early rashness of their 
 speculations. Sheep multiplied wonderfully ; their 
 wool was eagerly sought in Europe, and fetched 
 the highest price in the market ; and the nature 
 of the country rendered necessary no preliminary, 
 and very little current, expense. Indeed we may 
 learn somewhat of the profits of this pursuit 
 from one of the earliest debates in the Parliament 
 of Q. On a motion to raise the Governor's salary 
 from £2500, as originally proposed by the Secretary 
 of State, to £4000, a member observed that '£2500 
 a-year was only equal to the income of a second- 
 rate squatter.' The new class too which thus so 
 rapidly overran the Australian Colonies was com- 
 posed of men of considerable energy and intelli- 
 gence, untiring in their efforts to forward their 
 interests, and ever ready and willing to fight their 
 own battles against the landless classes which were 
 now beginning to grow on Australian soil. But, 
 above all, their education naturally brought them 
 to form an overwhelming portion, if not the whole, 
 of each of the various ' nominee ' councils and 
 legislative assemblies which assisted the Colonial 
 Governors up to the formation of Australian repre- 
 sentative constitutions in later years. The rapid 
 growth of so powerful a class, practically holding 
 every known territory, necessitated the issue of 
 various ' squatting regulations ' from time to time. 
 By these the squatter was to hold his run under a 
 yearly licence ; he was to be limited to the pos- 
 session of one single run proportioned in extent to 
 the number of his stock— a regulation however 
 which was notoriously set at nought, many per- 
 sons holding several runs in various districts, and 
 all runs being vastly larger than the amount of 
 stock on them absolutely required. He was also 
 to pay a yearly license-fee of £10 — a merely 
 nominal sum, as in many instances it did not 
 amount to the tithe of a farthing per acre. Indeed 
 the liberality with which the public domain was 
 appropriated to this, the only landholding class, 
 was extravagant in the extreme. It was asserted 
 that ten acres were necessary to the support of 
 each sheep ; and though it has since been abun- 
 dantly demonstrated that sheep can thrive on less 
 than one acre per head, yet instances were rare 
 indeed in which the squatter had not a very ample 
 margin for the future multiplication of his flocks. 
 When it is borne in mind that the squatter num- 
 bers his sheep by fifties and even hundreds of 
 thousands, some idea may be formed of the vast 
 principalities passing under the humble appellation 
 of 'runs.' Yet the squatters were by no means 
 satisfied with their many advantages, and their 
 efforts with the Imperial Government to obtain 
 more firm possession of the public domain were 
 unceasing. They complained that their tenure was 
 insecure ; that they were denied the ordinary advan- 
 tages of traders and capitalists in pledging their 
 holdings as security in the purchase of stock, the 
 raising of loans, and other means of improving the
 
 556 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 tSqu 
 
 position of themselves and the Australian Colonies 
 — that they had no inducement to execute various 
 desirable improvements on their runs — and that 
 they were even debarred from developing the 
 agricultural and mineral resources of the land. 
 These arguments, skilfully and persistently urged, 
 were not without their effect on the Home Govern- 
 ment, and at length, in 1846, resulted, to the 
 astonishment of the Australian Colonies and 
 somewhat to the surprise of the squatters them- 
 selves, in the famous Orders in Council. These 
 Orders may be summed up in two most important 
 concessions to the squatters. Their tenure from 
 year to year was to be changed into Crown leases 
 of fourteen years duration, renewable at the option 
 of the Colonial Governors — which meant, of course, 
 their own option ; and they were to possess a 
 pre-emptive right entitling them to purchase the 
 fee-simple of the whole or any portion of their runs 
 at the fixed price of £1 per acre. It is almost 
 unnecessary to draw attention to the immense 
 importance of these changes. Virtually they handed 
 over the Australian Colonies to a mere handful 
 of gentlemen farmers. Yet the Home Government 
 was not without its show of argument against the 
 charge of a too ready compliance. Wool had 
 become the staple commodity of the Australian 
 Colonies, and wool-growers were, beyond dispute, 
 the leading and most successful class of colonists. 
 Commissions (unfortunately for the argument, 
 appointed by squatters and composed of squatters) 
 had pronounced the Australian lands unfit for any 
 other purpose, ' and not worth the smallest coin in 
 the realm per acre.' It was, too, carefully kept 
 from the knowledge of the British Ministers that 
 the claims of the squatters had already begun to 
 excite strong indignation among their fellow- 
 colonists, whom they hemmed in within a few 
 towns, and whose want of success they turned into 
 a very plausible argument in their own favour. 
 But, above all, the gold, which was to mark a new 
 era in the world's settlement, still lay undisturbed 
 in the Californian millstream. Yet we cannot but 
 think that even then the Australian Colonies 
 promised a brighter future than the Home Govern- 
 ment thus marked out for them. So certainly it 
 appeared to the Australian Governors, who received 
 these Orders in Council with dismay, and hesi- 
 tated from month to month ere they issued the 
 fourteen years leases which their tenure imposed 
 upon them. Indeed these leases have never been 
 issued up to the present day (1863,) though the 
 terms of the orders leave no doubt but that the 
 squatters were legally entitled to them. More 
 mature reflection and personal inquiry convinced 
 the Governors that their issue, without any 
 sufficient provision for the growing wants of the 
 agricultural and small-farmer class, would raise a 
 storm of opposition, if not an actual rebellion, 
 throughout their vice-royalties; and while they 
 temporised with the squatters, and expostulated, in 
 a necessarily tedious correspondence, with the 
 Home Government, the Californian discoveries of 
 
 1849 took place, and were followed by Hargreaves 
 announcement of gold on Bathurst Plains. Of 
 the thousands who daily poured into the ports of 
 Sydney and Melbourne — most indeed to dig for 
 gold, but all with some ulterior hope of obtain- 
 ing that desire of the human breast, a freehold 
 home— few were prepared for the astounding dis- 
 covery that the whole of the Australian Colonies 
 were held in firm possession by the squatters and 
 their flocks. The discovery, when it was made, 
 was not without imminent danger to the peace 
 and order of that portion of the British Empire ; 
 though it is no small proof of the fitness of the 
 Australian colonists for their most liberal powers of 
 self-government, that the long and tedious struggle 
 on which they then entered has been conducted 
 on strictly constitutional principles. Gold-digging, 
 though not unprofitable during its earlier years, was 
 soon found to be a laborious and peculiarly comfort- 
 tless employment. Thousands of diggers, who had 
 saved some two or three hundred pounds apiece at 
 the mines, sought to purchase farms and to become 
 permanent colonists. But there was no land to be 
 had. Many left the shores of Australia, and obtained 
 what they sought under the more fortunate land 
 laws of the United States of America. Many drank 
 themselves to death. Many listened to the windy 
 orators who harangued them from every stump 
 and market place, and overlooked bad grammar 
 and worse logic in a keen sense of their own 
 injury. The efforts of the various new represen- 
 tative Colonial Parliaments were incessant to 
 remedy so unsatisfactory a state of things. Land 
 bill after land bill was introduced, discussed and 
 quashed. Ministry after Ministry took the helm, 
 and abandoned it in despair. The 'squatting 
 members ' in the House (whose constituencies con- 
 sisted of little more than themselves and their 
 shepherds) insisted on the fulfilment of ' their 
 rights;' the anti-squatters insisted that hanging 
 was too good for them. It is almost incredible that 
 the fourteen years originally named in the Orders 
 in Council dragged their slow length along without 
 one single land bill for the sale and settlement of 
 the waste lands of the colonies making its way 
 successfully through any one of the new Colonial 
 Parliaments. In the meantime the various Execu- 
 tives did almost nothing, hoping that each proposed 
 measure would confer on them more ample powers. 
 The original land regulations did indeed enable 
 the Governor to enter on a squatter's run for public 
 purposes ; and this provision was made use of in 
 the construction of roads and townships, and, 
 though to a much more limited extent, in the pro- 
 clamation of building and suburban allotments 
 opened for public sale. Miserable as was the 
 driblet of land which this occasionally brought 
 into the market, its benefits were much restricted. 
 The squatter could always avail himself of his pre- 
 emptive right if he had the money. And where 
 the land came into the market the Government 
 were strictly obliged to sell by auction at an upset 
 price not lower than £i per acre. Practically
 
 Squ] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 551 
 
 therefore pre-emptive right, competition, and the 
 extreme hesitation with which Government availed 
 itself of a provision by no means clearly worded 
 (and indeed pressing most unequally on individual 
 squatters,) raised the price of building and subur- 
 ban allotments to extravagant amounts, and all 
 but excluded small farms and country home- 
 steads from the soil. The position of the 
 Australian colonists during those years, more 
 especially as regards the great centres of popu- 
 lation assembled on the various gold-fields of 
 N.S.W. and V., was most unsatisfactory. In a 
 country practically boundless in its supply of 
 excellent land, the gold-fields digger, shopkeeper 
 or mechanic could not obtain the smallest patch to 
 cultivate a few vegetables for himself or his 
 family, and if his horse strayed a few yards from 
 his tent it was impounded by the neighbouring 
 squatter. But indeed these evils were not by any 
 means restricted to more crowded localities, but 
 spread themselves throughout the whole of the 
 Australian Colonies. And to confine ourselves 
 more particularly to the Colony of Q., we extract 
 the following remarks of Dr. Lang, suggested 
 during a visit made to some of its districts most 
 favoured by nature no longer ago than 1856. They 
 will serve to show that these evils had already 
 extended themselves to territories whose vast 
 extent would seem to set all land difficulties at 
 defiance : — ' One should have thought that, with 
 so numerous a population as there has been for 
 so many years past on the Lower Richmond and 
 North Arm, some interest would have been taken 
 by a paternal Government (that of N.S.W., Q. 
 being then its Moreton Bay dependency) in their 
 welfare and some efforts made for their social 
 advancement. Here were hundreds of people, 
 many of them earning for years together from £5 
 to £1 a week, and not a few of them with wives 
 and children, leading a sort of vagabond life, 
 like gipsies, in this naturally rich district. Surely 
 in such circumstances the first duty of a govern- 
 ment would have been to provide these people 
 with the first requisite of civilisation — a home — 
 by laying off townships for them in suitable 
 localities, and holding out to them the opportunity 
 of purchasing town and suburban allotments, and 
 of thereby settling themselves as reputable and 
 industrious citizens, bringing up their families like 
 a civilised Christian people. A surveyor might 
 have done all this in a few months, and his surveys 
 of particular towns and villages might easily have 
 been wrought into a more general survey at any 
 time thereafter. What then will be thought of 
 the absentee Government of the Richmond River 
 district when I state it as a positive fact that up 
 to the period of my visit to the Richmond River, 
 in the month of August 1856, there had never 
 been one town or suburban allotment sold on the 
 river 1 Land for purchase had been applied for, 
 both by squatters under their pre-emptive rights 
 and by the better class of cedar-cutters for many 
 years past ; but to no purpose. Not one town 
 
 allotment was sold, not one acre of land wa3 
 measured for years and years in succession ! And 
 what has been the consequence 1 Why hundreds 
 of people who would gladly have purchased town 
 allotments and built good houses for their families 
 if they could, and hundreds of others who would 
 have purchased small portions of land to rear a 
 few head of cattle or a horse or two for their 
 households, were denied every opportunity of 
 doing so, and as their only resource in the circum- 
 stances, were driven perforce to the public-house to 
 expend their earnings there in riotous dissipation 
 and to reduce their wives and families to misery 
 and ruin. Cases of this kind — of cedar-cutters 
 who had saved up one, two, three, and even five 
 hundred pounds, and who in a fit of desperation 
 had spent the whole of it in the public-house — 
 were mentioned to me as having been of frequent 
 occurrence ; and a respectable inhabitant of the 
 district mentioned to me the case of a person who 
 had saved up eight hundred pounds in this way 
 and had spent the whole of it at one bout of 
 frenzied dissipation simply because he coidd get 
 no opportunity of purchasing even a town allot- 
 ment in the district, and because the squatter on 
 whose run he had erected his hut had been 
 threatening to dispossess him as a trespasser.' We 
 are happy to state that owing to more improved 
 land regulations, to which we shall presently revert, 
 no less than four townships have been thrown open 
 within this district on the Lower Richmond, and 
 under a more healthy system we may naturally 
 expect it to assume those evidences of progress so 
 favourably described by Sir George Bowen in his 
 late visit to the Darling Downs. Indeed, more 
 generally, our task in thus sketching this curious 
 episode in the history of Australian colonisation 
 would be but an ungracious one were we not also 
 able to add the steps which are now being taken 
 to bring the squatter element within more moderate 
 bounds, and to facilitate the more permanent 
 settlement of all classes on the lands. To the 
 Parliament of Q. is due the merit of having first 
 carried a Land Bill successfully through its several 
 stages. The Land Act or rather Acts (for the 
 whole subject affecting the occupation and pur- 
 chase of Crown Lands is dealt with in four 
 separate measures,) received the royal assent in 
 September 1860. And as the example of Q. was 
 soon followed by similar measures of the other 
 Australian Parliaments, it may not be uninteresting 
 to examine the position of ' the Land Question, 1 
 at the present moment throughout the Australian 
 continent. It will be borne in mind that all Acts 
 of the parent Colony of N.S.W. are in force 
 throughout each Australian Colony until repealed 
 by its own Parliament ; and also that under the 
 Constitution granted to each of these colonies, 
 the Crown transferred all ownership in the soil to 
 the colonists themselves. In using the term 
 ' Crown Lauds,' therefore, we apply the shortest 
 as hitherto the more general name to all Aus- 
 tralian soil undiscovered, lying absolutely waste, or
 
 552 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [St. A 
 
 occupied by squatters, in contradistinction to all 
 portions of the public domain already sold or 
 otherwise alienated to private individuals. We 
 may also state that while the extreme squatter 
 party demanded the complete fulfilment of the 
 Orders in Council, the extreme opposite party of 
 anti-squatters insisted on the right of all colonists 
 to free selection from Crown lands prior to their 
 actual survey by the Government at a fixed price 
 per acre. These remarks may enable the reader 
 to see with what success the several colonies have 
 now endeavoured to steer a mean course between 
 two parties which for some years comprehended 
 abnost every Australian colonist. The chief 
 features of the Queensland Acts may be thus 
 summed up : — The Orders in Council are repealed. 
 All land open for purchase must be previously 
 surveyed and delineated on the public maps of the 
 colony. The auction system, with its upset price 
 of £\ per acre, is still allowed to be in force. But 
 — and here is the distinguishing feature of these 
 regulations — from the auction system are excluded 
 certain agricultural reserves which the Govern- 
 ment is to proclaim in all suitable places at its 
 discretion, with a guarantee however that half the 
 extent of each reserve shall be continuously kept 
 in excess of the demand ; such reserves being of 
 course proclaimed over runs, waste lands, and 
 generally wheresoever population may show a 
 tendency to extend itself. On these reserves the 
 intending settler may purchase farms of from 
 forty to 320 acres at a fixed price of £1 per 
 acre ; the purchaser of each farm being allowed 
 to rent a contiguous allotment of three times 
 its extent at 6d. per acre, with right to pur- 
 chase such allotment at £1 per acre within five 
 years. In general therefore the agricultural farmer 
 can rent land at something equivalent to 5s. per 
 acre, and purchase it at £1 per acre. Subject to 
 these chances of dispossession, the squatters are 
 thus dealt with. Squatters actually in occupa- 
 tion shall obtain leases of five years duration, 
 at a yearly rent to be fixed by valuation. 
 Where such valuation is objected to, the vacated 
 run is to be let to the highest bidder at public 
 auction, the new lessee paying over (through 
 the medium of the treasury) to the out-going 
 occupant the value of all actual and real improve- 
 ments, under Government appraisement. Squatters 
 taking up new rims in outlying or unexplored 
 districts, are to be allowed leases of fourteen 
 years duration. These new runs are not to be less 
 than twenty-five square miles, nor greater than 
 100 square miles in extent, and they are to be 
 subjected to the yearly rent of 10s. per square 
 mile (640 acres) for the first four years, with a 
 slight increase during the succeeding years As a 
 strong counterbalance however the squatters lose 
 all power of pre-emptive right, which is now 
 wholly abolished within the colony of Queensland, 
 liesides these provisions for the agricultural classes, 
 each immigrant, unless arriving at the expense 
 of the colony, receives a land order entitling him 
 
 to a free grant of thirty acres. British soldiers 
 and s ailors are also entitled to land orders of fifty 
 acres apiece ; and commissioned officers of the 
 British army and navy continue to receive the 
 same remission (one-third) of purchase-money 
 originally established under the old colony of 
 N.S.W., but since abolished in it and its other 
 offshoots. The neighbouring colonies of N.S.W. 
 and V. succeeded in passing nearly similar Acts 
 shortly afterwards. The colony of S.A. had, with 
 her foundation, introduced a somewhat more 
 liberal land system ; while the exodus which took 
 place from her territories during the earlier period 
 of the gold discoveries relieved her from all 
 pressure for some years. More lately, the large 
 tracts thrown open within her boundaries by 
 recent explorations have given a very consider- 
 able impetus to squatting pursuits ; and the S.A. 
 squatter still continues, to a great extent, to enjoy 
 — with the free consent of his fellow-colonists — the 
 easy regulations of the old colony of N.S.W. ere 
 " Free Selection before Survey " came to be 
 agitated by its landless classes. The colony of 
 W. A.however stands alone for its rigid maintenance 
 of the squatting system in all its early arrogance, 
 and this huge wilderness, with an area of a 
 million square miles, and its handful of squatters 
 and their convict stockmen, still continues to 
 be locked up to all intending purchasers. To 
 sum up then the present position of the land 
 question throughout the whole of these colonies : — 
 The upset price of land has been maintained at £1 
 per acre throughout the whole continent. The 
 auction system has been abolished throughout 
 N.S.W., V., and practically in Q. ; and the 
 intending purchaser is subject to no competition . 
 In these colonies a supply of agricultural land, 
 probably sufficient for several years to come, is 
 now placed in the market. The tendency of legis- 
 lation has been (1) to exact from the squatters a 
 return in the shape of rent or assessment on stock 
 more commensurate with the value of their runs ; 
 and (2) to confer on them a security of tenure 
 increasing with their distance from the chief 
 centres of population. Both these elements are 
 conducing to the occupancy of large tracts of more 
 distant and unexplored country by this class of 
 settlers; and generally the termination of this 
 long strife appears to have given a very con- 
 siderable stimulus to squatting pursuits, while 
 relieving the more crowded districts of their 
 pressure." 
 
 ST. ARNAUD, a mining township in V., 158 
 miles N.W. of Melbourne, with which it is con- 
 nected by railway. The district is a mining, 
 pastoral and agricultural one, the workings being 
 principally quartz. The alluvial ground is esti- 
 mated to cover an area of seven square miles, and 
 the reefs to number seventy. Silver has also been 
 found in the locality, and considerable quantities 
 have been raised. To the N.W. of the town large 
 tracts of some of the finest agricultural lands in 
 the colony are to be met with, immense areas of
 
 St. G-Sta] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA 01 AT'STRALASIA. 
 
 553 
 
 which have been selected and occupied, and a 
 favourable report is given of fanning operations 
 and the appearance of the district generally. 
 Wheat has been largely grown, but droughts seri- 
 ously affected the crops. St. Arnaud came into 
 note as a goldfield during the Crimean war, and 
 was named aftor the celebrated French General 
 St. Arnaud. 
 
 ST. GEORGE'S HEAD is the most easterly 
 point of Sussex Haven in N.S.W., and was so 
 named by Cook from the circumstance of his 
 having first seen it on St. George's Day in the 
 year 1770. 
 
 ST. JULIAN, CHARLES JAMES HERBERT 
 (1819-1874) journalist, was a native of France, 
 and came to S.A. in 1837. Two years after he 
 went to Sydney, and became connected with the 
 Australian Chronicle, and subsequently with the 
 Commercial Journal, afterwards known as the 
 Free Press. In 1843 he joined the Sydney 
 Morning Herald, but left it in 1847 to join E. J. 
 Hawksley in the Sydney Chronicle. In 1849 he 
 again joined the Herald, and remained with it as 
 law reporter until 1872, when he received the 
 appointment of Chief Justice of Fiji from King 
 Thakombau. He had been for some years pre- 
 viously consul for Fiji in Sydney. He died at 
 Levuka in November 1874. He was the author 
 of several works, of which the most noteworthy 
 was a treatise on the Municipal Law of N.S.W. 
 
 ST. VINCENT'S GULF, in S.A., on which 
 Adelaide stands, is a deep indentation of the sea 
 running in a north direction in to the mainland. 
 The harbour known as Port Wakefield lies at its 
 head, and on its east shore are Ports Gawler, 
 Adelaide, Willunga, Noarlunga, and Rapid Bay. 
 The gulf is formed between the east shore of 
 Yorke's Peninsula and a range of moderately- 
 elevated hills which extend to the northward, in 
 continuation of those over Cape Jervis. The 
 breadth of its entrance is nearly thirteen leagues. 
 The gulf was discovered by Flinders in 1802, 
 and named by him after Admiral the Earl of 
 St. Vincent. When Colonel Light in 183G found 
 the site of Kingscote in Kangaroo Island (the 
 Arcadian El Dorado of the London prospectuses) 
 unfit for colonisation, after time and money had 
 been wasted by the immigrants and the company 
 in building and clearing, he landed in St. Vincent's 
 Gulf and explored a creek or estuary of the sea 
 seven miles inland, from which, on a large fertile 
 plain bounded on the east by the Mount Lofty 
 Range, and on the banks of a small river named 
 after Torrens, he fixed the site of the capital. 
 
 STANDISH, FREDERIC CHARLES(1824— ) 
 is a native of Lancashire, England, and was 
 educated at Prior Park College, and then entered 
 the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich. He 
 obtained a commission in the Royal Artillery, in 
 which he served for nine years, and retired with 
 the rank of Captain. He came to V. in 1852, 
 and was appointed to the Government service in 
 
 185 1, as Assistant Commissioner of Gold-fields at 
 Sandhurst. He was afterwards Chinese Protector 
 till 1858. He was appointed Chief Commissioner of 
 Police on the resignation of Captain Macmalnm 
 in 1860, and held the office till 1880, when he 
 resigned. Standish was in 1861 installed District 
 Grand Master of the Freemasons of V. under the 
 English constitution. 
 
 STANTON, GEORGE HENRY, first Bishop 
 of Northern Q., was educated at Magdalen Hall, 
 Oxford, and took his degree of B.A. in 1859 and 
 M. A. in 1862. He laboured as curate at Maid- 
 stone, and afterwards in London. In 1867 he was 
 made Rector of Holborn. He was consecrated 
 Bishop of Northern Q. in June 1878, and took 
 charge of his diocese in May 1879. 
 
 STATION PEAK, a prominent hill on the 
 western shore of Port Phillip Bay 1154 feet high. 
 It was ascended and named by Flinders on 28th 
 April 1802. The native name is Wurdi Youang. 
 From the top of this hill there is a splendid view 
 of the entire extent of Port Phillip Bay. 
 
 STAWELL, SIR WILLIAM FOSTER (1815—) 
 Chief Justice of V, is a native of the County 
 Cork, Ireland, and was educated at Trinity College, 
 Dublin. He studied law in London under the 
 celebrated Chitty and the learned George Long, 
 and was called to the English Bar in 1839. In 1842 
 he came to V and commenced the practice of his 
 profession. On the separation of Port Phillip 
 from N.S.W. Stawell was appointed Attorney- 
 General of the first nominee Ministry, with Barry 
 as Solicitor-General, and continued to hold that 
 office until the introduction of responsible govern- 
 ment in 1855. He then retired with the rest of 
 the Haines Ministry, but returned with them as 
 Attorney-General on their re-appointment by Sir 
 Charles Hotham. In 1857, on the retirement of 
 Sir William A'Beckett, Stawell became Chief 
 Justice. He was chairman of the Royal Society of 
 V when Ambrose Kyte placed in his hands the 
 donation of .£1000 towards the expenses of an 
 expedition to the Gulf of Carpentaria. In 1881, 
 on the death of Sir Redmond Barry, Stawell 
 was elected Chancellor of the University of 
 Melbourne. He was knighted on his elevation 
 to the judicial bench, and has on two occasious 
 filled the office of Acting-Governor of the Colony, 
 once after the departure of Viscount Canterbury 
 in 1873, and again during the absence in Europe 
 of Sir George Bo wen in 1875. Stawell is held in 
 universal esteem for his great legal abilities, his 
 elevation of character, energy of mind, and unbend- 
 ing impartiality of judgment. During his tenure 
 of the office of Chief Justice he has laboured 
 earnestly and unceasingly so to improve the system 
 of penal and prison discipline that it may aid 
 towards the reclamation of the criminal, and also 
 to the extinction of crime in the colony. His 
 labours as judge have been unremitting from the 
 first, with the exception of a two years holiday in 
 Europe from 1873-5. In the course of that tour 
 
 W3
 
 554 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sta— Ste 
 
 he made careful and minute inquiries into the 
 working of the penal and prison systems of various 
 European countries. 
 
 STAWELL, formerly Pleasant Creek, a mining 
 township in V., 176 miles W. of Melbourne, with 
 which it is connected by railway. Gold was first 
 discovered here in May 1853 by a shepherd named 
 William McLachlan. The great rush however 
 did not take place till July 1857. An immense 
 number of miners then found their way to the 
 creek, and throughout the two following years it 
 was worked with great success by from 20,000 to 
 30,000 men. Very rich yields of gold were dis- 
 covered during that period, and more "piles" were 
 then made on Pleasant Creek than on any other 
 known rush. Its celebrity and progressive pros- 
 perity are mainly due to the enterprise of Edmund 
 and William Grant, who were the first to open up 
 its rich quartz- reefs, which have been proved to 
 be payable at great depths. The four deepest 
 progressive mines in the colony are here : these 
 are the Magdala, 2396 feet, the Newington, 1940 
 feet, the Prince Patrick, 1830 feet, and the South 
 Scotchman, 1262 feet. The richest mine in V. is 
 reputed to be that of the Pleasant Creek Cross 
 Company, 1220 feet in depth. From this claim 
 alone from January 1870 to the middle of 1875 the 
 dividends declared amounted to ,£467,242 Is. 9d- 
 The Oriental claim has also yielded large returns. 
 In June 1878, 300 lbs. troy weight of stone procured 
 from the 1160-foot level produced 343 ounces of 
 gold, equivalent to 2561 ounces to the ton. The 
 yield of gold from the quartz mines, and their 
 permanent character, cause the constant employ- 
 ment of a large body of miners and numerous 
 others, and ensure a market for the produce of a 
 large agricultural population which during the 
 last seven years has settled on the lands in the 
 surrounding district. About 13,436 acres are under 
 cultivation in the district, of which wheat and oats 
 absorb nearly one half, 3196 acres being under 
 hay, 378 under artificial grass, and 242 in vines. 
 Vine culture is reported to have given satisfactory 
 results. The land generally is a stiff poor clay 
 heavily timbered. Late mining returns show 
 machinery and other appliances of the estimated 
 value of .£156,359. The auriferous ground is esti- 
 mated to cover an area of twenty-seven square 
 miles. Stawell is a very well laid out town, and 
 contains several handsome churches and other 
 public buildings. It is named after Chief Justice 
 Stawell. 
 
 STENHOUSE, NICOL DRYSDALE (1803-76) 
 the " Maecenas of Australian literature," for many 
 years occupied a prominent position in the legal, 
 scientific and literary circles of N.S.W. He was 
 a patron of literature and the arts, and many 
 experienced his kindly encouragement. He had 
 been clerk to the celebrated Sir William Hamilton 
 when the latter was practising as an advocate in 
 the ( lourt of Sessions at Edinburgh, and was after- 
 wards enrolled as an attorney. Stenhouse was a 
 correspondent and intimate friend of Thomas 
 
 De Quincy, and a pupil of Professors Pillans, 
 Dunbar, and Brunton. He was for about forty- 
 six years in N.S.W., during which time he was 
 engaged in extensive practice as an attorney. At 
 an election of officers of the University, the last 
 that occurred before his death, Stenhouse was, 
 on the motion of Dr. Badham, admitted as an 
 Examiner in the faculty of Law and made a 
 member of the Senate. For many years he evinced 
 deep interest in the Sydney Mechanics School of 
 Arts, as its President, in which position he suc- 
 ceeded Dr. Woolley. The strongest friendship 
 existed between these two literary brethren. He 
 was well known as a scholar and fosterer of colonial 
 literature, and his published works show great 
 power and refined taste, as well as a profound 
 acquaintance with classical, German, and English 
 literature. He was one of the first appointed 
 trustees of the Sydney Free Public Library, and 
 was the proprietor of a splendid private library of 
 the rarest and choicest works. 
 
 STEPHEN, SIR ALFRED (1802-) Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor and ex-Chief Justice of N.S.W., 
 is the fourth son of Mr. Justice Stephen, judge of 
 the Supreme Court of N.S.W., who died in Sydney 
 in 1833. He was born in the West Indies, and 
 received his education in England. In 1815 he 
 accompanied his father, then Solicitor-General of 
 the Leeward Islands, to the West Indies. They 
 landed at Barbadoes in June, and visited all the 
 islands westward of Barbadoes to St. Thomas. In 
 1817 Colonel Thomson, President of the Council 
 of St. Christopher, called on all above sixteen to 
 serve in the militia formed under his command 
 for the defence of the island, and Stephen was 
 appointed second lieutenant in the Corps of 
 Fusileers. He returned to England and studied 
 for the Bar, first as pupil of Sergeant Stephen and 
 then of Sir James Stephen. In November 1823 
 he was Called to the Bar at Lincoln's Inn, and 
 commenced practice as an equity draftsman. In 
 1824 he came to V.D.L. In April 1825 he was 
 appointed Crown-Solicitor and Solicitor-General ; 
 and in April 1832, whilst on his passage to England 
 with his family, was gazetted Attorney-General of 
 the colony. He entered on the duties of that 
 office in the following year, and held it until 1838. 
 In April 1839 Sir George Gipps appointed him to 
 a vacant judgeship in N.S.W. ; and in October 
 1844, on the death of Sir James Dowling, he 
 became Chief Justice. In August 1846 he was 
 knighted, in recognition of his services. In 1856, 
 on the initiation of Parliamentary Government, he 
 was appointed President of the Legislative Council, 
 but he resigned this post the following year, and 
 in 1858 his seat also. In 1862 he was made a C.B. 
 On the departure of Earl Belmore in February 
 1872, Stephen was Administrator of the Govern- 
 ment until the arrival of Sir Hercules Robinson. 
 In 1873 he resigned the Chief Justiceship. He 
 was made K.C.M.G. in 1874, and Lieutenant- 
 Governor of N.S.W. in 1875, this latter appointment 
 having been decided by the Home Government
 
 Ste] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 555 
 
 in consequence of a claim to that office having 
 been made by Sir James Martin as Chief Justice 
 on the departure of Sir Hercules Robinson for 
 Fiji. In March the same year Stephen was 
 appointed to a seat in the Legislative Council. 
 This seat he resigned in March 1879, in conse- 
 quence of having entered on his duties as Acting- 
 Governor, consequent on the departure of Sir 
 Hercules Robinson. He has been for many years 
 a member of the Council of Education, and has 
 always been distinguished by his advocacy and 
 support of benevolent and charitable institutions. 
 Stephen throughout his career as a judge has 
 always been noted for his indefatigable diligence 
 and zeal in the discharge of his duties, by his 
 strict impartiality of judgment, and his perfect 
 courtesy of manners. 
 
 STEPHEN, SIR GEORGE (1794-1880) brother 
 of the foregoing, was born at St. Kitts, one of the 
 West Indian Islands, where his father, James 
 Stephen, held at the time a Government appoint- 
 ment. James Stephen was an able and distin- 
 guished writer, and is credited with being the real 
 author of the celebrated Orders in Council. He 
 was for some time member of Parliament for 
 Tralee, and afterwards for East Grimstead. He 
 received the appointment of a master in Chancery, 
 an office which he held for twenty years. George 
 Stephen received a careful education, and was sent 
 to the University of Cambridge. In an autobio- 
 graphy published by him for the use of his relatives 
 he relates one or two interesting incidents of his 
 school career. He was prematurely flogged through 
 the Eton Latin and Greek grammars in a way, he 
 remarks, that would now be regarded as cruel 
 and scandalous. While at the private school of 
 Mr. Greaves, at Clapham Common, he became 
 acquainted with Macaulay, who was many years 
 younger than himself, and that school acquaintance 
 continued to the end of life. His opinion of 
 Macaulay is interesting, though its justice may 
 perhaps be doubted. Macaulay, he states, was 
 destitute as a boy of all the fire of sentiment, 
 though memory supplied him with its language ; 
 he was almost an alien from those who ought to 
 have been his companions, and never associated in 
 their games, much less in their wild frolics when 
 school hours were over. This coldness of tempera- 
 ment marked him in all his intercourse with the 
 world. As an orator his coldness and formality 
 prevented his obtaining the highest success, though 
 the " political essays " which he delivered on the 
 Reform Bill were a brilliant exhibition of talent. 
 These views are at variance with the character of 
 Lord Macaulay as set forth in the biography 
 written by his nephew. George Stephen was 
 intended originally for the medical department of 
 the army, when — England at the time being 
 engaged with the terrible struggle with Napoleon — 
 occupation was certain and promotion rapid. 
 With this view he was at the age of fifteen placed 
 under the instruction of James Briggs, a skilful 
 anatomist. He remained in this occupation for 
 
 about three years, when his education in this 
 direction was stopped. The crushing defeat sus- 
 tained by Napoleon at Leipsic opened out a 
 prospect of peace, and hundreds of young men on 
 the medical staff of the army were thrown out of 
 employment. James Stephen therefore altered 
 his plans concerning his son, and sent him to 
 Cambridge with the view of becoming a physician. 
 He was, he states in his autobiography, successful 
 in obtaining all the college prizes with one excep- 
 tion, but he learned nothing else except the 
 art of riding and hunting, and of inventing mischief 
 for the special service of the under-graduates. His 
 father coming to the conclusion that he wanted 
 steadiness to acquire successfully the gravity 
 becoming a physician, removed him from college, 
 and entered him in the office of Mr. Freshfield, the 
 solicitor of the Bank of England, to study the law. 
 He served his five years apprenticeship, and then 
 commenced to practise for himself. George Stephen 
 was concerned in an indirect manner with the trial 
 of Queen Caroline. He was selected, though only 
 five-and-twenty years of age, to collect on the con- 
 tinent evidence of the Queen's conduct during the 
 last six months of her connection with Bergami, 
 so as to carry the inquiry then proceeding in 
 the House of Lords down to her arrival in Eng- 
 land. The inquiry was adjourned for a time, and 
 for a month he was incessantly engaged on this 
 work. He followed the route previously taken by 
 the Queen, and made it his habit at every hotel to 
 occupy while there the same apartments that had 
 been occupied by the Queen. Stephen was naturally 
 from his connection with the case a firm believer 
 in the guilt of the Queen. He states that the 
 evidence he obtained was perfectly consistent with 
 all that had been given in the House of Lords, 
 and the facts were so gross that the Government 
 thought it impossible to enter publicly on them, 
 It will be from his connection with the anti-slavery 
 agitation, in which he took a prominent part, that 
 Stephen will be principally remembered. His father 
 had for years been actively engaged in the same 
 work, and the son was naturally induced to take 
 a warm interest in the matter. He became inti- 
 mate with Zachary Macaulay, Wilberforce and 
 other eminent men who displayed their zeal in 
 this cause. With Wilberforce he was connected 
 by family ties, his father having married as his 
 second wife the sister of Wilberforce— Mrs. Clarke, 
 widow of a clergyman. The slave trade, as far as 
 regarded the legitimate shipment of slaves from 
 Africa to the British Colonies, was abolished in 
 the year 1807, and through the activity of 
 Brougham a still stronger measure was passed in 
 1811, when slave-trading was declared to be felo- 
 nious. Slavery however still existed in the British 
 Colonies, and it was in the abolition of this remnant 
 of England's participation in the trade that Stephen 
 was actively engaged. There were many societies 
 existing at the time having for their avowed object 
 slave emancipation, of which the Anti-slavery 
 Society in London was the principal. Wilberforce,
 
 556 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Ste 
 
 Clarkson, Z. Macaulay, and James Stephen were 
 the leading spirits in the movement, but they 
 were growing old, and in 1824 Wilberforce 
 resigned the lead of the party into the hands of 
 Sir Fowell Buxton. During 1826 facts were brought 
 to light concerning slavery in the Mauritius which 
 justified Buxton in demanding an enquiry, and 
 the House of Commons acceded to the motion. 
 Stephen was appointed to conduct this inquiry, 
 and immediately entered on the work. The 56th 
 Regiment, which had been stationed in the 
 Mauritius, had returned to England, and from the 
 evidence given by the men sufficient was elicited 
 to satisfy the Government of the truth of the 
 charges. Commissioners were despatched to the 
 Mauritius to prosecute the inquiry there, and in 
 the meantime Stephen examined all the witnesses 
 that could be discovered in England. The number 
 of slaves in the Mauritius was, on the average, 
 60,000, and proof was obtained that this number 
 had been replaced three times by the Seychelles 
 trade since the colony came into the possession of 
 England. The Mauritius inquiry lasted for some 
 time, and eventually terminated in the emancipa- 
 tion of every slave who could establish the date 
 of his arrival to be subsequent to the surrender of 
 the colony. Eventually all slaves were emanci- 
 pated by the abolition of slavery in the British 
 dominions. About this time Stephen became 
 acquainted with O'Connell, from whom he desired 
 to learn some lessons in the art of political 
 agitation. Concerned at the slow progress of the 
 movement for the emancipation of the slaves, he 
 wished to organise a national agitation on the 
 subject. He prepared an anti-slavery creed, laying 
 down the principle that " to uphold slavery was 
 a crime before God, and that every Christian was 
 called upon to aid in its suppression." He submitted 
 his scheme to the Anti-Slavery Committee hoping 
 to obtain their adoption of it, but to his great dis- 
 appointment they decided that the proposal was 
 too radical in its character to be expedient in the 
 then temper of the public and would tend to 
 alienate much of the Parliamentary support on 
 which they relied. He received help however 
 from an unexpected quarter. He was invited by 
 Mr. Cropper of Liverpool to dine with him and 
 some friends, and to give a further explanation 
 of the scheme. The company comprised about 
 twenty Quakers, to whom he again explained his 
 proposals. Cropper asked him what he intended 
 to do. " I shall go on to the end," he replied, 
 " and do my best to carry it through if I can raise 
 £1000." " All right," was immediately exclaimed 
 by everyone round the table, and was followed by 
 a subscription of £500 from Cropper and £250 
 from Joseph Sturge. Such was the commence- 
 ment of the Agency Committee, and thus supported 
 Stephen was enabled to carry out his plan, which 
 proved successful beyond his hopes. Popular 
 excitement was aroused, and when the bill dealing 
 with the subject of slavery was brought before 
 Parliament an anti-slavery petition with 187,000 
 
 signatures, obtained in less than ten days, was 
 presented. Warned by the exhibitions of public 
 feeling the West Indian party changed their 
 policy and offered to withdraw their opposition to 
 the measure on payment of £20,000,000 to the 
 planters and their mortgagees. The views of 
 Stephen as the representative of the Agency party 
 were asked, and he was given to understand that 
 his answer would determine the fate of the bill, as 
 except on those terms a majority was hopeless. 
 He felt himself to be in an embarrassing position, 
 for according to the views he had circulated, the 
 proposal amounted to a purchase of negro liberty, 
 and therefore to an absolute abandonment of 
 principle, but under stress of circumstances he 
 decided to accept the compromise on condition 
 that the bill should contain an absolute prohibition 
 of all slavery in the British dominions for ever. 
 This was conceded, the bill passed, and received 
 the Royal assent. Stephen received the honour 
 of knighthood in 1838 in recognition of his services 
 in the cause of negro emancipation. For some 
 years he practised in London as a solicitor, but 
 afterwards felt an inclination to join the higher 
 branch of the profession. The rules then in force 
 required that for two years previously to the call 
 to the bar he should abstain from all remunera- 
 tive occupation of a professional character, and 
 in 1847 he quitted London, and resided in 
 the country for the two years. He was thus not 
 called until June 1849, making him junior at the 
 bar to his eldest son, who had been called a few 
 months previously. He practised for about five 
 years at Liverpool and at the Northern Circuit, 
 and his experience in bankruptcy law soon gained 
 him the lead in that business. Two of his sons 
 had previously migrated to V., and the bankruptcy 
 business having fallen off in Liverpool, Stephen 
 determined to join them. In 1855 he and his 
 family came to Melbourne, a step which he says in 
 his autobiography he never ceased to regret. He 
 practised as a barrister, for the most part in the 
 Insolvency Court, and was appointed a Queen's 
 Counsel. In J 866 he acted for a short time as 
 Commissioner of Insolvent Estates at Geelong. 
 He was elected first President of the Melbourne 
 Chess Club, founded in August 1866. Stephen 
 was a prolific writer, and some of his productions 
 attained more than momentary success. He was 
 the author of Adventures of a Gentleman in Search 
 of a Horse, a work intended to illustrate in an 
 amusing form the operation of the laws relating 
 to horse warranty. The book ran through as 
 many as six editions. He published several 
 pamphlets on legal subjects, and also a work 
 entitled Life of Christ. 
 
 STEPHEN, JAMES WILBERFORCE (1822— ) 
 jurist, is a son of the foregoing and a native of 
 England, and was educated at the University of 
 Cambridge, where he graduated fourth Wrangler 
 in 1846, and shortly afterwards took his degree 
 of M.A. After leaving college he studied for the 
 bar, and was called in 1848. He came to V. in
 
 Ste-Sti] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 557 
 
 1854, and obtained a very large practice as an 
 equity barrister. In 1871 lie was elected member 
 of the Assembly for St. Kilda, and shortly after- 
 wards became Attorney-General in the Francis 
 Ministry. He framed and carried the Act for 
 establishing the existing system of free education. 
 In 1872, on the retirement of Mr. Justice Williams, 
 he was raised to the bench as Judge of the 
 Supreme Court. 
 
 STEPHENS, T. B. (1819— 1877) journalist, was a 
 native of Rochdale, in England, and came to Sydney 
 in 1849, but removed a few years afterwards to 
 Brisbane. About the time of the separation of Q. 
 from N.S.W. Stephens became proprietor of the 
 Brisbane Courier, the oldest newspaper in the 
 colony, and held it until 1869, when it passed into 
 the hands of a company, of which he was a share- 
 holder. Stephens' connection with the Courier 
 terminated about 1873, when the property was 
 sold to the present proprietors. The achievement 
 however on which he most prided himself in the 
 work of journalism, and in the success of which 
 he took the deepest personal interest, was the 
 establishment of the Queenslander. For a num- 
 ber of years he wrote a considerable portion of the 
 leading matter of this journal. Stephens was 
 elected an alderman of Brisbane soon after the 
 town became a municipality, and held the office 
 for several years. In 1862 he was elected mayor. 
 He represented South Brisbane in the Legislative 
 Assembly of Q. from the time of separation until 
 his retirement from public life. 
 
 STEWART ISLAND (native name Rakiura,) 
 is a small island belonging to N.Z. lying to the 
 south of the Southern Island, from which it is 
 separated by Foveaux Strait. It is of irregular 
 form, about thirty miles long by twenty-five miles 
 broad, and contains an area of about 1000 square 
 miles. It is mountainous and well wooded with 
 valuable timber trees. It has also several good 
 harbours, and there are many fertile valleys. It 
 was originally uninhabited, but is now occupied 
 by a few whalers and sealers, with some natives 
 and their half-breed descendants. The seas around 
 swarm with fish, and there are said to be large 
 deposits of iron- sand equal to that of Taranaki. 
 
 STIRLING, SIR JAMES (1791-1868) navigator, 
 was a native of Lanarkshire in Scotland, and 
 entered the navy at an early age. He served 
 throughout the war against France, and com- 
 manded H.M.S. Brazen in the American war of 
 1812. Subsequently he was engaged in the survey 
 of the coast of Australia, and was the first to 
 'cross the Monaro plains in N.S.W. He was sent 
 from Sydney by Governor Darling in 1827 in 
 command of H.M.S. Success to survey the western 
 coast of the continent, and to select a suitable 
 site for a penal settlement at some place on the 
 banks of the Swan River. A report had got 
 abroad that the French Government were about 
 to take possession of the western portion of Aus- 
 tralia, and the expedition was designed to forestall 
 
 that purpose. The Success dropped anchor on 
 6th March, and the next day two boats crews well 
 armed were sent to explore the river. Stirling 
 commanded the exploring party, and was accom- 
 panied by Mr. Frazer, colonial botanist. Their 
 report on the capabilities of the region, made to 
 Governor Darling on the return of the Success to 
 Sydney, induced him to recommend to the Home 
 Government that a settlement should be formed 
 there. The despatch containing this recommend- 
 ation was taken to England by Stirling. It was 
 resolved to act on the suggestion, and Stirling was 
 appointed first Governor of the settlement, with 
 a grant of 100,000 acres of land for his services in 
 surveying and exploring. Accordingly H.M.S. 
 Challenge); commanded by Captain Fremantle, 
 was despatched from London in 1829, and was 
 followed by the Parmelia, commanded by Stirling. 
 When Fremantle arrived at Swan River he found 
 that a nearer view of the country was far from 
 realising the expectations formed by those who 
 had viewed it merely from the open sea. He 
 began to have forebodings, but it was too late ; 
 the ships containing eight hundred of the first 
 settlers were already close at hand ; and on 1st 
 June, after narrowly escaping shipwreck on the 
 reefs along the shore, Stirling landed with his 
 little band on the wilderness of Garden Island. 
 Here in this temporary abode the colonists 
 remained for several months, sheltering them- 
 selves in fragile tents or in brushwood huts from 
 the rough blasts and the rains that beat in from 
 the winter storms of the Indian Ocean. Explor- 
 ing parties set out from time to time to examine 
 the adjoining mainland ; but however fair it 
 seemed from a distance, they found it to be merely 
 a sandy region covered with dense and scrubby 
 thickets. The only port was at Fremantle, where 
 there was but little shelter from the storms of the 
 open ocean ; and the only place suitable for a 
 town was several miles up the Swan River, 
 where the waters expand into broad but shallow 
 lagoons. Here the colonists determined to build 
 their city, to which they gave the name of 
 Perth ; but the site was not favourable to 
 enterprise, an impassable bar stretched across 
 the mouth of the river, which was therefore iiiaces- 
 sible to vessels. The goods of the colonists had 
 to be landed on an exposed beach at Fremantle 
 and then carried overland through miles of sand 
 and scrub. In 1830 about a thousand new immi- 
 grants arrived ; and towards the end of this year 
 the colonists succeeded in settling down in their 
 new homes at Perth. The work of exploration 
 was at once proceeded with, Stirling himself taking 
 a leading part in the expeditions. From circum- 
 stances which the Governor was powerless to 
 control, the settlement proved a disastrous failure. 
 Stirling left the colony in September 1832 for the 
 purpose of rendering an account of the causes of 
 the failure to the Home Government, which he 
 appears to have done satisfactorily for himself, as he 
 received the honour of knighthood. He was absent
 
 558 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sto 
 
 two years, during which the 'Government of the 
 settlement devolved on Captain Irwin of the 63rd 
 Regiment, in the first year, and Captain Daniel of 
 the 21st Regiment, in the second. Stirling returned 
 in August 1834, and infused new vigour into the 
 colonists by surmounting the errors committed in 
 the early proceedings of the settlement. But for 
 him the colony would have been abandoned ; and 
 it made satisfactory progress during his further 
 tenure of office, when he again left in 1838. On 
 his return to England, Stirling resumed his pro- 
 fession, and was commander-in-chief of the fleet 
 in China during the Russian war. In 1852 he 
 held for a short time the post of a Lord of the 
 Admiralty. 
 
 STONY DESERT is the name given to the 
 vast tract of perfectly level desert, without a tree, 
 a blade of grass, or the slightest sign of vegetation, 
 crossed by Sturt in 1845, and by Burke and 
 Wills in 1860. It is described by Sturt as a 
 stony desert, into which the sand-hills abut like 
 cliffs upon the ocean. The ground is strewn as 
 thickly as possible with rounded fragments of 
 quartz and sandstone, just like a shingle beach. 
 This tract however has been found by subsequent 
 explorations to consist of dotted patches, or a 
 series of plains rather than one vast desert, and is 
 not all equally strewn with stones or destitute of 
 vegetation. Howitt found in 1862 a part where 
 it was not more than seventeen miles wide, of 
 which eight miles only were bad travelling, and 
 all more or less grassed. These patches of stony 
 desert appear only dotted here and there amidst 
 the plains for a considerable distance N., S. and 
 W. of the Barcoo River. Many theories have 
 been advanced to account for these singular tracts 
 of sterile desert ; the favourite one is that they 
 are the remains left by some long continued current 
 of water flowing through the centre of the conti- 
 nent. The Rev. J. E. T. AVoods, however, gives it 
 as his opinion that they are the remains of a 
 decomposed highly ferruginous tertiary sandstone 
 which abounds in other parts of the continent. 
 Where the strata contained a great deal of iron, 
 they formed siliceous concretions which resisted 
 decomposition, while the rest of the rock fell 
 away. Or it may have been that the strata itself 
 was composed in places of a sandstone breccia 
 like that found on the N. coast, where each 
 ferruginous nodule is glazed round with quartz. 
 The red sand is certainly derived from a ferru- 
 ginous sandstone, and if it be asked how the 
 ridges should be so high and uneven, and the plains 
 so low and flat, he answers that when the strata 
 decomposed, the lighter portions drifted away into 
 ridges, leaving the heavier remains scattered below 
 on the plains. The impression which prevailed 
 for so long a time that the whole extent of the 
 interior of the continent was a desert of this 
 description has been completely dissipated by the 
 researches of recent explorers. Ernest Favenc 
 reports that fat cattle now find their way to Sydney 
 and Melbourne from the scorched plains and bare 
 
 hot sandhills that turned back the veteran Sturt. 
 Did Sturt allow himself to be daunted by illusory 
 or exaggerated dangers, or has the aspect of the 
 country changed since his time ? Neither. Other 
 and more recent explorers have confirmed the 
 accuracy of his statements ; and the severe hard- 
 ships undergone by Giles, Warburton and Forrest 
 in their gallant expeditions offered the strongest 
 possible testimony to the truth of the early 
 explorer's descriptions of the intense aridity of the 
 soil and climate. But it is now ascertained that 
 the regions of the interior which it has been the 
 custom to designate deserts are only deserts by 
 comparison with the fertile and fruitful fringe of 
 country lying on each side of the coast ranges. 
 The central plain of A. it now appears has beeii 
 as wonderfully fitted by nature to sustain animal 
 life as other seemingly desolate areas of the earth's 
 surface have been. Every bush and shrub, nay, 
 almost every tree is edible ; and the long months 
 of drought that would shrivel the coast grasses 
 into dry dust make no impression on the hardy 
 shrubs of the great plain ; while such are their 
 fattening properties that stock subsisting on them 
 can travel long distances in and out to water 
 without losing flesh as they would do under 
 different conditions. According to Favenc the 
 only real desert is that which strictly speaking is 
 no desert at all because it is covered with 
 permanent vegetation ; that is to say, with the 
 treacherous and useless spinifex, intermingled 
 with shady bauhinia trees and bright-looking 
 desert-apple trees. Yet even these may be tran- 
 sitional forms of plant-life which are preparing 
 the soil out of which they grow for higher and 
 better kinds of flora. Sturt's stony desert was 
 nothing of this kind, but consisted of a long 
 stretch of downs covered with limestone nodules 
 and dry plains upon which the grass had perished 
 from long-continued dry weather ; and the 
 explorers were too inexperienced in this description 
 of country to properly appreciate the shrubs and 
 herbage which supplied the place of grass. 
 " There is," writes Favenc, " actually no desert 
 country in the interior excepting spinifex country; 
 that is, if we accept the term ' desert ' as meaning 
 country unfit to support animal life. There are 
 flooded plains subject to inundation that during a 
 great portion of the year are barren ; that is to 
 say, the grass that grows on them is of a kind 
 that will not last longer than a few months ; but 
 these cannot come under the denomination 'desert,' 
 as the watercourses that intersect them gene- 
 rally contain plenty of feed about their banks, 
 and the plains themselves terminate in higher 
 country, carrying grass, bushes, <fcc., all the year 
 round." Hence what was formerly condemned as 
 hopelessly dry country is now affording pasturage 
 to thousands of sheep, and the only question that 
 arises is that which is pertinently asked by Favenc : 
 Will country subject to such long and constant 
 periods of dry weather stand the drain upon it 
 caused by close stocking; and, if any of the
 
 Sto-Strl 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 559 
 
 vegetation disappears, will other growth take its 
 place ? This must depend, to a considerable extent, 
 on the possibility of storing the annual rainfall or of 
 finding a subterranean supply of water, and if we 
 are to be guided by analogy, it may be confidently 
 anticipated that beneath the great central plain of 
 A., as beneath other depressions of the earth's 
 surface, exhibiting similar geological, climatic, 
 and meteorological conditions, will be found 
 large deposits of the precious fluid. The heavy 
 tropical rains of the interior, which often suffice 
 to transform extensive plains into wide-spreading 
 lakes, do not disappear by evaporation exclusively, 
 except in the case of those clay-pans which offer 
 an impermeable surface to the water. Wherever 
 the soil is arenaceous, or otherwise porous, there 
 must be a large amount of infiltration going on, 
 and where this is the case, the water would descend 
 until it reached an impenetrable stratum, where 
 it would form a reservoir or flow off in the direction 
 of the trend of the underlying rock. At present 
 nothing is known of the sources of those streams 
 — from which living fish have been brought up— 
 that are met with at considerable depths by miners 
 in different parts of this colony. One thing only 
 is certain, that they are of such a magnitude and 
 force as to necessitate expensive pumping power 
 to keep them from flooding the shafts and adits ; 
 and they not merely provoke inquiry as to their 
 origin, but suggest plausible hypotheses concerning 
 the hidden and undeveloped water supply of 
 the continent, and encourage the hope that this 
 may one day enable enterprise to make even "the 
 dessert " bloom like a garden. 
 
 STORM BAY, a harbour in T, the principal 
 portion of which is included between the land 
 extending from Cape Pillar to the entrance of the 
 Derwent and Brune Island, between which and 
 the S.E. part of the main land is D'Entrecasteaux 
 Channel, where there is a passage for large vessels. 
 Storm Bay contains several islands, and has excel- 
 lent holding ground, but is not well sheltered from 
 the winds and tides of the ocean. 
 
 STOUT, ROBERT (1845— ) jurist, is a native of 
 the Shetland Isles in Scotland. He came to N.Z. 
 in 1863, and was engaged for some time as second 
 master in the Dunedin Grammar School. In 1867 
 he began the study of the law, and was articled in 
 1868. He was a constant contributor to the press, 
 and edited for three years a weekly journal in 
 Otago. He was admitted a barrister in July 1871; 
 and was elected to the General Assembly in 1875 
 for Caversham, and in 1876 for Dunedin. In 1878 
 he was appointed Attorney-General. 
 
 STOW, THOMAS QUINTON (1801 — 1862) 
 was a native of England, and at an early age 
 adopted the ministerial profession. For some 
 years he studied at the Missionary College, Gos- 
 port, under the direction of Dr. Bogue. His first 
 pastoral charge was at Huntingdon in Hertford- 
 shire, whence he removed to Halstead in Essex, 
 where he laboured with much .success for many 
 
 years, respected for his ability and consistency, 
 and beloved for his kindness. In 1837 Stow was 
 sent out by the Colonial Missionary Society to the 
 newly-established colony of S.A. At first he 
 preached in a tent brought with him from England, 
 and pitched in the park lands. The first church 
 was an unpretending building of pine and reeds, 
 partly erected by Stew's own hands, which stood 
 in North Terrace. This was the first religious 
 edifice built in S.A In 1840 the Independent 
 Church in Freeman-street was opened for workup, 
 and there Stow laboured with much devoled- 
 ness and success for several years, until he was 
 seized by severe illness, and a successor (the Rev. 
 ( '. W. Evan,) was obtained. Though prevented 
 from regular official duties, he still continued to 
 serve the churches of his denomination, and whilst 
 fulfilling a temporary engagement in Sydney ho 
 was overtaken by his last and fatal attack of 
 illness. He died on 19th July 1862 at the house 
 of John Fairfax in Sydney. Stow was universally 
 beloved and respected, a true patriot, an urbane 
 gentleman, a faithful minister, and a kind friend. 
 
 STOW, JEFFERSON PICKMAN (1830-) 
 journalist, son of the foregoing, came to S.A. 
 with his father in 1837. In 1864 he went to the 
 Northern Territory, and was one of the brave 
 little party that purchased a small boat, which 
 they named the Forlorn Hope, and in which they 
 accomplished a perilous voyage around the West 
 Coast and back to S.A. Stow published au 
 interesting account of this expedition, and shortly 
 afterwards joined the staff of the S.A. Advertiser, 
 of which he was appointed editor in 1876. 
 
 STOW, RANDOLPH ISHAM (1829-1878) 
 jurist, son of the Rev. T. Q. Stow, came with his 
 father to S.A. in 1837. He studied law, and con- 
 tinued the practice of his professsion as solicitor 
 for many years. He was elected to the Legislative 
 Assembly as member for West Torrens in 1861, 
 and became Attorney-General in the Reynolds 
 Ministry, and subsequently in the Waterhouse, 
 Ayres and Blythe Ministries. He was raised to 
 the Judicial Bench in 1875. 
 
 STRZELECKI, COUNT PAUL E., explorer, 
 a distinguished Polish refugee who emigrated to 
 Australia in 1831 in consequence of the oppression 
 practised by the Russians on his native land. He 
 was noted in his own country for his proficiency 
 in the practical sciences, especially geology and 
 mineralogy. Immediately succeeding the explora- 
 tions of Sir Thomas Mitchell, Count Strzelecki 
 entered on an examination of the Great Dividing 
 Range and its branches, which extended over 
 several years, and entailed au immense amount of 
 labour and hardship. The various summits of 
 the chain within the two colonies of N.S.W. and 
 V.D.L. were named by him ; their heights ascer- 
 tained ; their mountain streams traced ; the 
 geology and mineralogy, the terrestrial magnetism, 
 the climate, the fossil and existing fauna, the 
 fossil and existing flora, the state and prospects
 
 5G0 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Str-Stu 
 
 of agriculture ; the physical, moral, and social con- 
 dition of the aborigines investigated ; and the whole 
 of this vast district was brought within a geological 
 map of great scientific value. We have now to 
 follow him into what has not unfairly been called 
 the garden of Australia Felix. The Great Dividing 
 Range runs from north to south of the east coast 
 and buries itself in the Southern Ocean at Wilson's 
 Promontory. Before however reaching Wilson's 
 Promontory it throws off a spur which traverses 
 the whole of Victoria, from east to west, and on 
 these slopes the rich goldfields of Sandhurst, 
 Ballarat, Mount Alexander, the Ovens, Omeo, 
 Mclvor, and several others now cluster. Coming 
 down this spur, and on the slope of it, opposite to 
 that traversed by Mitchell, Strzelecki found him- 
 self within a beautiful district whose existence 
 had not been even suspected. Enclosed between 
 the sea and the snow-clad summits of this alpine 
 barrier, sheltered by it from the hot blasts of 
 the interior, and watered by numerous unfailing 
 streams fed from its snows, a large district not 
 many degrees from the tropics possesses an almost 
 English climate. Tourists from Melbourne and 
 Sydney are loud in their praises of the Arcadian 
 beauty of Gippsland. Its lowlands are inter- 
 spersed with some splendid lakes ; while its rivers, 
 navigable for sixty and eighty miles from their 
 junction with the lakes, are the finest and most 
 valuable within the Australian Colonies. Flowers 
 in endless variety and of great beauty form a 
 wide-spread carpet. The tall fern trees with their 
 gigantic leaves droop into natural bell-shape 
 tents. A hundred deep pellucid streams dis- 
 play the crystal quartz and sharp clean sand 
 and gravel which compose their beds. Every- 
 where the traveller comes upon opening glades 
 leading up to the ranges and clothed with many 
 varieties of flowering heaths and acacias. Nor is 
 the soil less profitable than gay. All the pro- 
 ductions of a temperate climate attain to absolute 
 luxuriance there. Gippsland, under a proper 
 system of cultivation, might in a few years become 
 the granary of Australia. From this garden how- 
 ever Strzelecki was obliged to make a hasty retreat, 
 and found himself almost hopelessly entangled 
 in the dense hedge which forms its north-west 
 boundary. With provisions running short, and suf- 
 fering from the fatigues of their previous labours, 
 the Count and his men attempted to reach Mel- 
 bourne by a short cut across the ranges. The 
 skirts of these ranges are closed with a dense and 
 almost impenetrable scrub. They had to abandon 
 their packhorses, and all the botanical and geolo- 
 gical specimens collected on the way. For twenty- 
 two days they literally cut their way through the 
 scrub, seldom advancing more than two miles a 
 day, and being in a state of complete starvation. 
 Their clothes were tmn piecemeal away, and their 
 flesh lacerated by the sharp, lancet-like brambles 
 of the scrub, was exposed to the keen air of these 
 snow-crowned ranges. With difficulty Strzelecki 
 and his men reached Melbourne, but the horses, 
 
 with all his valuable collections, were never 
 recovered. Iu his report of this expedition to Sir 
 George Gipps occurs the first official notice of the 
 discovery of gold. It stands thus among an enum- 
 eration of the mineralogical specimens collected in 
 the district, in the report dated 1839, the dispatch 
 of Gipps to the Secretary of State for the Colonies, 
 with which it was forwarded, bearing date 1840 : — 
 " Gold.— An auriferous sulphuret of iron, partly 
 decomposed, yielding a very small quantity or pro- 
 portion of gold, sufficient to attest its presence." 
 Thus was lying, for twelve years, entombed among 
 the Parliamentary papers, that important discovery 
 which was to effect such changes in the Aus- 
 tralian Colonies, until at length, in 1851, another 
 Governor of N.S.W., taught by the prosperity 
 of California, consented to make more publicly 
 known Hargreaves' fresh discoveries of gold. 
 But to Strzelecki the first discovery on the 
 spot was unquestionably due in 1839 ; which 
 was corroborated by Sir Eoderick Murchison's 
 scientific precognitions in 1846 and 1848. In 
 1839, in the district of Wellington, Strzelecki 
 had discovered gold-bearing quartz, specimens of 
 which he sent to Berlin for analysis ; he exhibited 
 some to James Macarthur and other gentlemen, 
 and mentioned to Governor Gipps the existence of 
 a gold-field in the Bathurst district ; but he was 
 requested not to make the matter generally known, 
 for fear of the serious consequences which, con- 
 sidering the condition and population of the 
 colony, were to be apprehended from the fact 
 being likely to arouse the cupidity of the prisoners 
 and labourers. He subsequently published his work 
 — though without mentioning in it (in fulfilment 
 of his promise) his actual discovery of gold in the 
 Bathurst district — entitled A Physical Description 
 of New South Wales and Van Diemen's Land, 
 accompanied by maps, sections, and specimens of 
 rocks, the examination of which in London, and 
 subsequent comparison with analogous evidence 
 from the Ural Mountains, led to the scientific con- 
 clusion that gold existed, and probably abounded, 
 in certain districts of A. Strzelecki returned to 
 Europe in 1846, and died in London in 1878. 
 
 STRZELECKI RANGE, a range of mountains 
 in the district of Western Port, V., to the south- 
 ward of the Great Swamp. It was discovered and 
 named by the explorer. 
 
 STUART, ALEXANDER (1825—) is a native 
 of Scotland, and was educated at the Edinburgh 
 Academy and Edinburgh University. In 1851 he 
 came to N.S.W. In 1874 he was elected member 
 of the Assembly for East Sydney. In 1876 he 
 accepted office as Colonial Treasurer in the 
 Robertson Ministry, and retired with his party in 
 1877. 
 
 STUART, JOHN MACDOUALL, explorer, a 
 native of Scotland, came to S.A. in 1839. The 
 first who ever crossed the Australian Continent 
 were Burke and Wills ; but for several years 
 before they set out, another traveller had, with
 
 Stui 
 
 n'OLOPtflDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 361 
 
 wonderful perseverance, repeatedly attempted this 
 feat. John Macdouall Stuart served as draughts- 
 man in Sturt's expedition to the Stony Desert in 
 1844, and had been well trained in that school of 
 adversity and sufferings. Up till 1858 the Colony 
 of S.A. was still little more than the Adelaide 
 district in an immense and unknown wilderness. 
 At length, in 1858, Stuart made some discoveries 
 of great importance to the colonists. Penetrating 
 to the west of Lake Torrens, with one white man 
 and a native — who treacherously deserted them — 
 he came upon an extensive district of country 
 abounding in natural springs, and clothed with the 
 kangaroo grass so highly prized by the Australian 
 fiockowners. For this discovery the Government 
 presented him with a large tract of land within the 
 district. Next year the S.A. Government offered 
 .£2000 as a reward to the first person who should 
 succeed in crossing the continent from south to 
 north, and Stuart set out from Adelaide to attempt 
 the exploit. With only two men he travelled to the 
 north towards Van Diemen's Gulf, and penetrated 
 much further than Start had done in 1844. The 
 party had commenced their exploration on 1st 
 March from Chambers' Creek and journeyed in 
 the direction of the centre of the Continent. On 
 22nd April Stuart found from his observations of 
 the sun that he was encamped in the very centre 
 of A. On a high mount about two miles to the 
 northward he planted the British flag, naming the 
 spot Central Mount Stuart. The country around 
 the central station was found to be of a very 
 different character from what had been supposed. 
 Instead of a great desert the land was well 
 grassed, rich and fertile, with an abundance of 
 water — as fine a country, wrote Stuart, " as a man 
 would wish to possess." Beyond the centre 
 however the difficulties of the party commenced. 
 Stuart made three efforts to reach the coast by a 
 north-west course, and each time was driven back 
 on the centre by dense belts of scrub and scarcity 
 of water, both men and horses suffering severely 
 from illness and fatigue. A north-west passage to 
 the sea was at length abandoned and the party 
 attempted to reach the coast by a north-east 
 course from the centre. On this course they were 
 attacked by savages and obliged to retire to 
 Adelaide. Stuart had arrived in a district already 
 marked by the routes of Gregory, Stokes and 
 Leichhardt. The attack by the natives occurred 
 in June 1860, when the exploring expedition under 
 Burke and Wills was still in Melbourne. On the 
 first day of the year 1861 Stuart again started from 
 Adelaide with a party of twelve men under his 
 command for the purpose of actually reaching the 
 sea-coast. And now the two expeditions were in the 
 field. Burke's expedition had left Melbourne in 
 August 1860, but Burke and Wills did not start from 
 Cooper's Creek on their journey to the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria until 14th December, just a fortnight 
 before Stuart left Chambers' Creek. The two routes 
 through Central Australia are pretty parallel — the 
 distance of Cooper's Creek from Chambers' Creek 
 
 about 300 miles being mainly adhered to. On this 
 occasion Stuart found no difficulty in making good 
 his former route, and was able to advance nearly 
 two degrees beyond its extremity. The continua- 
 tion of his former route also opened up some fine 
 country. This fine country however towards the 
 north was backed by belts of dense scrub, and 
 from it attempts were made in no less than fourteen 
 directions to force a passage to the coast. In June 
 1861 the task was abandoned ; while in February 
 Burke and Wills had actually visited the shores of 
 the Gulf of Carpentaria by a more easterly and 
 entirely independent course. But a third attempt 
 made the following year was completely successful. 
 Stuart started from Adelaide with an excellent party 
 fitted out at the expense of the Government, con- 
 sisting of himself in command ; W. Kek wick, second ; 
 F. G. Waterhouse, naturalist ; F. W. Thring, third 
 officer ; W. P. Auld, assistant ; S. King, J. Billiat, 
 J. Frew, H. Nash and J. McGorgery. They pushed 
 on from the terminus of Stuart's former journey, 
 and on the whole the difficulties were fewer than 
 they anticipated. On 10th July 1862 they struck 
 the Adelaide River, and Stuart then knew that his 
 triumph was near. In his journal he writes : — 
 " July 24. Started twenty minutes to eight o'clock, 
 course north. I have taken this course in order 
 to make the sea-coast as soon as possible, which I 
 suppose to be distant about eight and a-half miles ; 
 by this I hope to avoid the marsh. I shall travel 
 along the beach to the north of the Adelaide. I 
 did not inform any of the party except Thring and 
 Auld that I was so near the sea, as I wished to 
 give them a surprise on reaching it. . . . At 
 eight and a-half miles came up in a broad valley 
 of black alluvial soil, covered with long grass ; from 
 this I can hear the wash of the sea. . . . Stopped 
 the horses to clear the way whilst I advanced a 
 few yards on to the beach, and was delighted and 
 gratified to behold the water of the Indian Ocean 
 in Van Diemen's Gulf, before the party with the 
 horses knew anything of its proximity. Thring 
 who rode in advance of me called out ' The sea !' 
 which so took them all by surprise that he had to 
 repeat the call before they understood what was 
 meant ; hearing which they immediately gave three 
 long and hearty cheers. . . . Thus have I 
 through the instrumentality of Divine Providence 
 been led to accomplish the great object of the 
 expedition, and to take the whole party through 
 as witnesses to the fact, and through one of 
 the finest countries man would wish to pass — 
 good to the coast and with a stream of run- 
 ning water close to the sea." This was Stuart's 
 sixth journey. The return journey was very 
 severe, owing to many of the waterholes having 
 dried up, and on several occasions they suf- 
 fered much from thirst. Stuart was attacked by 
 scurvy, which induced almost total blindness. On 
 18th December Stuart arrived at Adelaide, and 
 received the reward of .£2000 from the S.A. Govern- 
 ment, and shortly afterwards the Boyal Geogra- 
 phical Society awarded him their gold medal and 
 
 x3
 
 562 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Stu 
 
 a watch. His triumphal entry into Adelaide took 
 place on the very day when Howitt's mournful 
 party entered that city bearing the remains of 
 Burke and Wills on their way to Melbourne. 
 Harcus writes of Stuart's discoveries : — "It is 
 impossible to over-estimate the value of Stuart's 
 last and crowning expedition. It threw daylight 
 upon a country of which little or nothing was 
 previously known ; it showed that it was possible 
 to cross this country, and in ordinary seasons to 
 find water at easy distances ; and it led to the 
 commencement of the great work of the transcon- 
 tinental telegraph line, which has brought the 
 whole of the Anstralias into daily communication 
 with the old world. Stuart was rewarded by the 
 Government and the Parliament for the magnifi- 
 cent work be had accomplished ; and full of 
 honours he returned to the old country to end 
 his days. But he did not live long to enjoy his 
 honours and rewards. The hardships he suffered 
 told eventually even on his iron constitution. His 
 name however is imperishably connected with 
 exploration in Australia. He led the way which 
 it is comparatively easy now to follow. He was 
 the pioneer in a land which had never before been 
 trodden by the foot of a white man ; and to-day 
 there are thriving cattle-stations where a dozen 
 years ago Stuart urged his weary way amidst the 
 unbroken stillness of Nature, when it was doubt- 
 ful whether he would succeed or lie down in the 
 desert to die." He died in England in June 1869. 
 
 STURT, CHARLES (18—1869) the greatest 
 of all the Australian explorers. 
 
 I. First Journey. — In 1828 it was resolved by 
 the Government of N.S.W. to send an expedition 
 to take up the task of exploration on the swamps 
 of the Macquarie. The leader chosen by Governor 
 Darling for this expedition was Captain Charles 
 Sturt, an officerof the 39th Regiment, then stationed 
 in Sydney. Hamilton Hume was selected to accom- 
 pany Sturt on this expedition. The other members 
 of the party were McLeod, an army surgeon, two 
 soldiers of the 39th Regiment and eight prisoners 
 of the Crown. The animals were thirteen horses, 
 and two draught and eight pack bullocks. The 
 expedition left Sydney on 10th September 1828. 
 They reached the Macquarie and sailed down it to 
 the point marked on Oxley's chart — to find that 
 all trace of sea or lake had disappeared ! The 
 channel which had promised so well, without 
 any change in its breadth or depth, ceased alto- 
 gether, and while the explorers were yet lost in 
 astonishment at so abrupt a termination, the boat 
 grounded. The reeds were still there, but the 
 whole country beyond, as far as the party could 
 travel, contained not a drop of water. Abandon- 
 ing all hope of taking up the Macquarie again, 
 Sturt struck into a more northern course, and on 
 4th February 1829 came upon the Darling, a river 
 far exceeding in size the Lachlan or the Macquarie. 
 From a sloping bank on which his party stood, 
 stretched, some forty feet below them, a magnifi- 
 cent stream, seventy or eighty yards broad, 
 
 evidently very deep, and literally covered with 
 pelicans and other wild fowl. Eagerly the men, 
 parched under an almost tropical sun, and after 
 several days toil, rushed down its green bank to 
 taste its waters. " Nor shall I ever forget," wrote 
 Sturt, " the cry of amazement that followed their 
 doing so, or the looks of terror and disappoint- 
 ment with which they called out to inform me that 
 the water was so salt as to be unfit to drink. " 
 Lower down they found that the Darling received 
 a tributary, which Sturt named New Year's Creek. 
 It was afterwards named the Bogan, by which 
 name it was known by the natives. They traced 
 it up for sixty miles, and then proceeded towards 
 the Castlereagh. Sturt's discovery of the Darling 
 proved the mistaken nature of the opinions that 
 the Castlereagh, the Macquarie, and other north- 
 western rivers were tributaries of the Brisbane, 
 and found their outlet in Moreton Bay. The party 
 retraced their steps to Sydney to announce their 
 great discovery. 
 
 II. Second Journey. — It was not quite so certain 
 now that there was an inland sea. Many aban- 
 doned the theory altogether. Yet how was a dis- 
 trict, larger than Spain and Portugal put together, 
 drained ? Every settler could tell of the mighty 
 floods which had swept away his sheep, his cattle, 
 his farmyards, and not seldom his farm servants 
 and shepherds. Where did these mighty floods go 
 to or how were they carried off 1 The freshwater 
 streams had been found to disappear altogether 
 after a short course inland. The Darling, which 
 was quite large enough for a main drain, was salt. 
 Yet whole seas went somewhere, for Oxley's sea 
 had disappeared before Sturt could overtake it. 
 Nothing was to be discovered by following the 
 course of the ordinary sluggish freshwater streams. 
 Creeping through a vast extent of level country, 
 more like canals than rivers, they were stopped 
 by the first impediment that came in their way. 
 Sturt could trace their cessation to nothing stronger 
 than a bank of more than ordinary stiff soil. To 
 solve the mystery it was necessary to follow the 
 course of some more impetuous stream. The 
 Australian Alps lying to the south of the settle- 
 ment supplied such a stream. A thousand rills 
 fed by its snows joined themselves into one 
 impetuous torrent and dashed down a steep and 
 rocky channel. No ordinary impediment was 
 likely to stop the Murrumbidgee, and Sturt 
 determined to trace its stream whither it might 
 lead. The settlers who had already secured its 
 green banks reported that it made directly for the 
 interior and showed no signs of abated strength. 
 They would have followed its course themselves 
 but that it exhibited unmistakable symptoms of 
 leaving behind it the rich fertility which marked 
 its early progress. In 1829 Sturt started on a 
 journey with which may be said to commence 
 the history of the Australian Colonies. He was 
 accompanied by George Macleay and a party of 
 men. Striking the Murrumbidgee at Yass Plains, 
 about 200 miles from Sydney, he proceeded along
 
 Stu] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 563 
 
 its banks with a large and well equipped party. 
 The stream continued to gain in breadth and body 
 of water, but all appearance of fertility was fast 
 disappearing from its course. In little more than 
 a week after its departure from Yass Plains the 
 expedition found itself in an absolute desert. The 
 drays loaded with provisions and other necessaries 
 had caused immense labour to the men from the 
 shifting sandy nature of the soil and the dense 
 patches of scrub which grew down to the water's 
 edge ; but now neither horses nor men could bring 
 them any further. Yet a stream so impetuous in 
 its course was not to be abandoned. A friend, 
 who still held fast to the theory of an inland sea, 
 had prevailed on the leader of the expedition to 
 add the timbers of an old whaleboat, which had 
 already seen service at the South Pole, to his 
 equipments on leaving Sydney. They were nailed 
 together, and a small raft, capable of carrying a 
 few bags of flour, was constructed from the fallen 
 timber on the river's bank. Half a dozen picked 
 men were retained. The remainder, with the 
 drays, were sent back to Sydney. And next 
 morning at break of day this small boat's crew 
 dropped down the stream bound for that mys- 
 terious and unknown interior which the European 
 and the savage of the coast alike regarded with 
 curiosity and awe. The Murrumbidgee is com- 
 posed of alternate deep and broad reaches of water 
 and steep rapids. In these rapids the stream, con- 
 tracted within a narrow channel, hurries through 
 a dark and gloomy gorge, deep down between 
 frowning and precipitous rocks, hid from the sun 
 by dense overhanging woods. Successive ages 
 had almost choked up these sunless chasms with 
 fallen trees, whose branches pointing up stream 
 threatened to rip up the boat. On the seventh 
 day of the voyage from one of these sunless rapids 
 the boat unexpectedly shot out into a broad and 
 noble river, the Murray, running at right angles to 
 its tributary, the Murrumbidgee. In a country 
 singularly deficient and uncertain in its means of 
 communication by water, they had discovered a 
 river not unworthy to be classed with the greatest 
 watercourses of Europe, and doubtless owing its 
 broad stream to the unfailing snows of the Aus- 
 tralian Alps. Wherever the Murray might lead 
 them, at least it solved a very important portion of 
 their inquiry. It was certainly the main artery of 
 N.S.W. "I directed," says Sturt, "the Union 
 Jack to be hoisted, and giving way to our 
 satisfaction we all stood up in the boat and gave 
 three distinct cheers." More safely the whaleboat 
 now dropped down the even tide of the Murray, 
 and on the thirty-third day of the voyage on its 
 stream the banks retired on each side and then 
 were lost in the distance. The explorers found 
 themselves floating on the bosom of an extensive 
 lake, becoming slightly brackish as they advanced, 
 while over its waters was borne the distant 
 thunder of the great Southern Ocean. To this 
 was given the name of Lake Alexandrina, and 
 Sturt's observations showed him that he had cut 
 
 off the south-eastern corner of the continent. 
 Indeed Lake Alexandrina is separated from the 
 Southern Ocean merely by a narrow bar of shifting 
 sand. The shores of the lake were clothed with 
 green pastures and the whole surrounding country 
 seemed excellently adapted for agriculture — a 
 want beginning to be severely felt by the colonists 
 of N.S. VV., who were already getting their wheat 
 and potatoes from V.D.L. and even from N.Z. 
 But time permitted only a hasty view of these 
 new discoveries. The explorers had a long and 
 weary row up stream before them. They were 
 already on famine allowance and even famine 
 allowance would last them only on condition that 
 they rowed up the stream in the same number of 
 days in which they had rowed down. This they 
 accomplished after great exertion and suffering, 
 prolonging their journey into each night until 
 they had reached their former camping-ground. 
 When relieved from Sydney they had divided 
 their last morsel of food, and owing to privation 
 and incessant toiling at the oar symptoms of 
 insanity had already appeared among the men. 
 Wheat lands and fresh waters had been the two 
 wants of N.S.W. If they were not now brought 
 to the very door they were at all events near 
 enough to relieve the colonists from serious 
 apprehensions. Flocks and herds had increased 
 with extraordinary rapidity, and all the available 
 districts had already been taken possession of. 
 Whether flocks and herds could be driven to 
 the shores of the Southern Ocean was indeed 
 questioned, for Sturt reported portions of the bank 
 of the Murray to be little better than a desert. 
 But a new class of men known as " overlanders " 
 now appeared. The loud stockwhip of the 
 overlander resounded through these dark woods. 
 Many thousands of horned hoofs daily thundered 
 over its banks or plunged into its tide to cut off 
 some tedious bend of the river. Down the 
 Murray poured the overflowing flocks and herds 
 of N.S.W., and spread themselves over the new 
 pastures round Lake Alexandrina. The fame of 
 the new settlement reached Europe, and the 
 English and the German immigrant were soon 
 sowing their wheat fields and tending their vines 
 on the shores of Spencer's Gulf. In a few years 
 more the district was erected into an independent 
 colony under the title of South Australia, and the 
 foundations were laid of the present City of 
 Adelaide. 
 
 III. Third Journey. — The narrative takes us 
 back to the City of Adelaide, now hemmed in by 
 Eyre's gloomy Lake Torrens and the terrible South 
 Coast which he had just traversed. The settlers 
 of the Adelaide district had abandoned all hope 
 of finding an outlet to the west. What was the 
 nature of the great interior which lay to the north 
 of them was now the most important inquiry. 
 Sturt had been the most successful of Australian 
 explorers ; and he was choseii to settle this ques- 
 tion for them. In 1844 he started from Adelaide 
 with a strong and well-equipped party, consisting
 
 obi 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Stu 
 
 of sixteen men ; the officers of the expedition 
 being Poole, as second in command and surveyor, 
 Macdouall Stuart as draughtsman, and Brown as 
 surgeon. Desirous to escape from the meshes of 
 Lake Torrens he left that district on his left hand, 
 and passed up the Murray and the Darling, merely 
 making a descent at intervals on the Torrens 
 Basin, to ascertain the existence of an eastern arm. 
 Leaving the Darling, which was taking him too 
 much out of his northern course, at its junction 
 with a small tributary, called by the natives the 
 Williorara (the Menindie of the expedition under 
 Burke and Wills,) he endeavoured to pass up the 
 Williorara. But its waters quickly failed him, 
 and pasture was becoming daily more 'scarce. The 
 expedition had started in winter, so as by help of 
 the spring showers to push to the north. The sun 
 was beginning to dry up the pools, and no time 
 was to be lost. By means of forced marches Start 
 and his men passed over a very inhospitable tract 
 of country and reached as high as lat. 29£°, when 
 they unexpectedly came upon a picturesque spot, 
 well watered and supplied with food for the cattle. 
 To this was given the name of the Rocky Glen 
 Depot ; and here Sturt determined to allow both 
 men and horses to recruit for some time, while he 
 explored the country beyond, for the purpose of 
 selecting the most safe northern route. With 
 dismay he gradually ascertained that no northern 
 route was to be found. The Rocky Glen ceased 
 as suddenly towards the north as it had opened, 
 and the country beyond became an absolute desert. 
 In vain Sturt and the officers under his command 
 followed the course of every creek, and made 
 long and harassing excursions into the district 
 around. Neither water nor pasture was to be 
 found beyond the Rocky Glen. Retreat too was 
 cut off. The summer's sun had dried up every 
 pond and creek which had supplied them on their 
 line of march, and six months imprisonment in 
 the Rocky Glen Depot became certain. For six 
 months no rain fell. The violence of the sun 
 became insupportable. To escape from its rays a 
 large underground chamber was excavated, to 
 which the men retired during the heat of the day. 
 Gradually the surrounding desert closed in on 
 them. The whole vegetation of the Rocky Glen 
 became mere snuff, and was carried away by the 
 hot blast. Nothing was left but the naked rocks 
 and the pool of water on which their lives 
 depended. Day by day it, too, yielded to the fury 
 of the sun. "Under its effects," wrote Sturt, 
 " every screw in our boxes had been drawn, and 
 the horn handles of our instruments, as well as of 
 our combs, were split in fine laminae. The lead 
 dropped out of our pencils ; our signal rockets 
 were entirely spoiled ; our hair, as well as the wool 
 on the sheep, ceased to grow ; and our nails had 
 become as brittle as glass." Scurvy now attacked 
 the whole party. Some of the men would be 
 unable to proceed with the expedition, and Poole 
 whs dying. In this condition, the winter months 
 oame slowly round, and the first refreshing shower 
 
 fell. The way was again open, and it might be 
 possible to save Poole. A litter of boughs and 
 dried leaves was already prepared, and with Poole 
 six of the men endeavoured to make a retreat on 
 Adelaide. But the winter had been too long in 
 coming. Poole died a few hours after his attendants 
 had quitted the camp, and his body was brought 
 back just as Sturt and the remainder of the 
 expedition were about to start on their northern 
 course. His companions raised a rude pyramid of 
 stones on a neighbouring hill to mark the place of 
 his interment ; and Mount Poole is all that is left 
 to tell of the weary days spent in the Rocky Glen 
 Depot. "That rude structure," writes Sturt, " looks 
 over his lonely grave, and will stand for ages, as 
 a record of all we suffered in the dreary regions to 
 which we were so long confined." About fifty miles 
 further on a fresh halting place was discovered, 
 and called Park Depot. Accompanied by Brown 
 and three men, Sturt started from Park Depot, 
 bearing right down on the centre of the con- 
 tinent. In a short time the country assumed 
 all the appearance of a desert. Neither grass 
 nor water was any longer visible, and the eye 
 rested on nothing, to the brink of the horizon, 
 but reddish-brown sand. Gradually as they 
 advanced, this sand swelled into long parallel 
 ridges, running from east to west and rising higher 
 and higher, until at length the explorers found 
 themselves toiling over a very ocean of solid 
 billows, some fifty or sixty feet high, and succeeding 
 each other in endless uniformity. At the distance 
 of about 200 miles from Park Depot, this singular 
 country came to an abrupt termination, and the 
 explorers stood before what is now known as 
 Sturt's Stony Desert. The parallel sand ridges, 
 running from east to west, were suddenly chopped 
 off at right angles, and in their stead stretched an 
 immense level plain, uninterrupted all round the 
 horizon from south to north, and thickly strewn 
 with small fragments of quartz, firmly packed 
 together, and rounded as if waterworn. Neither 
 herb nor shrub protruded through the firmly- 
 wedged quartz fragments. No sound or movement 
 could be heard or seen all round them, and the 
 dray wheels and hoofs of the horses left not the 
 least impression.on the surface of the plain. All 
 that could attract or sustain animal or vegetable 
 life nature seemed to have rigidly excluded from 
 this scene of desolation. Thus the sun went 
 down, and Sturt and his men encamped for the 
 night in the Stony Desert. With the morning the 
 party was again under weigh ; and at the distance 
 of about thirty miles from its commencement the 
 Stony Desert was found to come to an equally 
 abrupt termination. An immense plain of clay, 
 or dried mud, lay before them, entirely destitute 
 of vegetation. No water could be found, and the 
 earth, cracked by the heat of the sun, abounded in 
 immense fissures, which were avoided only by 
 extreme watchfulness and care. Still maintaining 
 their original course, the party arrived at the termi- 
 nation of this plain also, and found the tall sand
 
 Stu] 
 
 c Vi Liil'.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 565 
 
 ridges re-appear, precisely as they had left them 
 on the eastern shore of the Stony Desert- Again 
 the explorers toiled over this solid ocean of red 
 billows — an ocean seen as it were under the glare of 
 some great conflagration, lashed into waves running 
 mountains high, and then suddenly frozen all round 
 from centre to horizon. At length a small creek 
 appeared ahead and revived the hopes of the 
 party. It received the name of Eyre's Creek. It 
 contained some good water and communicated 
 sufficient fertility to its neighbourhood to furnish 
 a meal for the horses. On following it down how- 
 ever it soon died out on the desert, leaving merely 
 a few incrustations of salt, and leading to a country 
 as destitute of vegetation as that they had already 
 traversed. They were now more than 400 miles 
 from Park Depot; and with the exception of Eyre's 
 Creek, some fifty miles behind, had nothing in the 
 intermediate region to fall back upon. They had 
 advanced 200 miles beyond the Stony Desert, with- 
 out meeting any indication of a permanent change 
 in the nature of the country. Both men and 
 horses were so weak that any further advance 
 would greatly endanger their retreat. Under these 
 circumstances Sturt decided to fall back on Eyre's 
 Creek, and by its assistance to regain the Depot. 
 The party regained the main expedition with 
 considerable difficulty, and in a most exhausted 
 condition. Having taken some short rest at Park 
 Depot, Sturt again started with Stuart and two 
 men. After some days travelling, the explorers 
 were agreeably surprised by increasing signs of 
 fertility, and they came upon the banks of a fine 
 creek flowing through an extensive and picturesque 
 tract of pastoral country. This is Cooper's Creek, 
 so sadly associated with the melancholy fate of 
 Burke and Wills. Returning to their original 
 course, after some examination of the district, they 
 were soon again toiling over a sea of red sand 
 ridges, exactly similar to those met with in the 
 first excursion. At the end of another week's 
 travelling, the Stony Desert again appeared in all 
 its awful stillness. For half-an-hour Sturt sat on 
 the summit of one of those quartz-clad hills sweep- 
 ing the horizon with his telescope, hoping to find 
 some encouragement to advance. But no change 
 in the nature of the country could be detected. 
 Reluctantly the horses' heads were turned, and the 
 most protracted effort yet witnessed to reach the 
 centre of the continent was finally abandoned. 
 The party hastened to throw themselves back on 
 Cooper's Creek, some 200 miles distant, and the 
 nearest halting-place. It was a journey for life or 
 death. The horses that refused to proceed w : ere 
 abandoned on the way. When a horse fell, his 
 light baggage was hastily distributed among the 
 rest, and the retreat continued. Uninterruptedly, 
 night and day, they retreated. At night one of the 
 men went before them with a lantern ; and thus 
 assisted in their course over the vast sand ridges 
 and through the unbroken solitude of the Stony 
 Desert, the explorers ' safely reached Cooper's 
 Creek. Over these regions the hot winds blew 
 
 with unusual violence. On the morning of their 
 arrival a hot wind began to blow, and towards 
 midday raged with great fury. The leaves of the 
 trees along the creek became crisp in a few 
 moments, and fell like a snow shower around them. 
 The wastes of sand ridges from which they had 
 just escaped seemed a very ocean. The crests of 
 the sand billows were cut otf and whirled on high 
 in thick spray. Blinding torrents of fine sand, 
 driven before the wind, were poured over the 
 Cooper's Creek district, smarting and blistering 
 the feverish skin. Towards the horizon sea and 
 sky were mingled in one red mass. Every living 
 thing turned from the glow. An all-pervading 
 relaxation seized man and beast. The horses were 
 unable to bear the weight of their own heads. 
 Propped against trees, and turned from the hot 
 winds, they let their heads fall to the ground, as if 
 the muscles of the neck had been severed. A ther- 
 mometer, graduated to 127', burst from the exces- 
 sive heat, though placed in the fork of a large tree. 
 In all probability had this tempest overtaken the 
 party in the desert they would have all perished. 
 Passing through Cooper's Creek district, Sturt 
 with his men again joined the main expedition 
 at Park Depot, greatly weakened by sickness, 
 and scarcely capable of any further exertion. 
 On the following day he found himself unable 
 to walk. In a day or two more his muscles 
 became rigid and his limbs contracted. Gradu- 
 ally also his skin blackened. The least movement 
 put him to torture, and he was reduced to 
 a state of perfect prostration. But Park Depot 
 was many hundreds of miles from Adelaide, 
 and an immediate retreat was now necessary. 
 Already another summer had come round, 
 and the sun was drying up all the pools and 
 watercourses on the way. It was doubtful indeed 
 whether the way was still open. Brown proposed 
 to go and ascertain, lest the expedition should be 
 again caught in the desert. Unless Flood's Creek, 
 about 150 miles nearer Adelaide, contained suffi- 
 cient water it would be dangerous to move the 
 expedition ; and Brown determined to learn the 
 condition of Flood's Creek. The hide of a bullock 
 was sewn together, so as to form a water-tight bag. 
 This filled with water was placed on the way some 
 seventy miles in advance, and on the following 
 morning Brown started with a light spring cart 
 containing about thirty gallons of water. By this 
 contrivance he was enabled to supply himself and 
 his horse with water halfway on his journey, with- 
 out encroaching on the store which he carried with 
 him. Anxiously the men watched for his return. 
 On his report depended another six months 
 imprisonment in Rocky Glen Depot, and both 
 officers and men recalled Rocky Glen Depot with 
 honor. On the eighth day they came to Sturt's 
 lent to tell him that Brown had appeared in sight, 
 and in a few minutes he stood before hiiu. "Well, 
 Brown," said he, "what news? Is is to be good 
 or bad?" "There is still water in the creek," he 
 answered, " but that is all I can say. What there
 
 566 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sto— Sug 
 
 is is as black as ink ; and we must make haste, for 
 in a week it will be all gone." A bed of leaves 
 was placed in one of the carts, into which 
 Sturt was lifted and the whole expedition com- 
 menced its retreat from Central Australia. Flood's 
 Creek was safely reached, and it enabled them to 
 push on to the Murray. The news was carried 
 down the Murray that Sturt, now nineteen months 
 absent and supposed dead, was returning. The 
 settlers along its banks hastened to place their 
 carriages at the service of himself and his exhausted 
 men. Under the light of an Australian moon 
 they again passed the clustering vines and 
 golden wheat-fields which surrounded Adelaide. 
 Exactly six months after their departure Sturt 
 returned to Sydney to his well-won triumph. 
 Charles Sturt died at Cheltenham England, on 
 16th June 1869. It was well said of him— "He 
 never strove for what the vulgarly-ambitious call 
 fame ; he was a most modest, simple-minded and 
 retiring gentleman ; and the world passed him by, 
 shouting out praises to more boisterous heroes and 
 worthies of a rougher cast. Brave as a paladin, 
 gentle as a girl, this man went into the wilderness, 
 and by his genius and valour laid the foundation 
 of a new English State which is rapidly growing 
 into greatness. Had he won an Indian battle — no 
 matter whether by his own strategy or by the 
 sheer dogged courage of his troops — he would 
 have received a peerage. He discovered the River 
 Murray — the Australian Nile — he opened up the 
 whole interior of A. to. English settlement and 
 enterprise ; and he dies untitled, undecorated, 
 unrewarded, a simple gentleman retired from the 
 army, like a hundred others who doze away the 
 quiet evening of their lives at a provincial 
 watering-place." 
 
 STOKES, J. L., Commander in the Royal Navy, 
 accompanied Wickham in the expedition of the 
 Beagle in 1837 to explore and survey such portions 
 of the northern coast of the continent as were left 
 by Flinders and King, and especially the space 
 between Cape York and the southern shores of 
 New Guinea. When Wickham retired through 
 ill-health in March 1841, the command devolved 
 on Stokes, who continued the survey until 1843. 
 The surveys of the Beagle were followed up in the 
 Fly by Captain Blackwood, between the years 
 1842 and 1845. Wickham and Stokes twice circum- 
 navigated Australia, and discovered and explored 
 the Fitzroy, the Adelaide, the Victoria, the Albert 
 and the Flinders Rivers. Blackwood accomplished 
 a minute survey of the unexplored portion of the 
 Great Barrier Reef and the eastern part of Torres 
 Straits, besides 140 miles of the south coast of 
 New Guinea. 
 
 SUDDS and THOMPSON. These names are 
 connected with the early history of N.S.W. Two 
 soldiers of the 57th Regiment in 1826, think- 
 ing the lot of prisoners preferable to their own, 
 committed a felony by stealing a piece of cloth 
 from a shop in George-street, Sydney, for the 
 purpose of getting themselves convicted, hoping 
 
 thus to escape the irksomeness of military service. 
 They were convicted and sentenced to seven years 
 transportation to one of the northern settlements 
 of N.S.W. This of course was just what they 
 wanted and expected. But Governor Darling, 
 fearing the consequences of such an example, 
 determined to take the men out of the custody of 
 the civil power and punish them in a manner 
 calculated to deter others from committing offences 
 of a similar kind. In pursuance of a general 
 order which he issued, they were taken from the 
 custody of the gaoler, brought back to the Barrack 
 Square in Sydney, and in the presence of the 
 assembled military it was announced that their sen- 
 tence had been changed to seven years hard labour 
 in irons on the roads, and that at the expiration of 
 that period of punishment they were to be returned 
 to their regiment. They were then stripped of 
 their uniforms, and having been dressed in prison 
 clothes, iron collars with long projecting spikes were 
 riveted round their necks, and fetters and chains 
 on their legs. They were then marched off to the 
 gaol, with the band playing the Rogue's March. 
 Sudds was a well-conducted man, but Thompson's 
 character was not so good, and it is believed that 
 it was owing to his evil advice that Sudds engaged 
 in the scheme. Sudds took ill and was taken to 
 the hospital, where he died. Thompson alone sur- 
 vived. "The projecting irons," says Thompson, 
 " would not allow me to stretch at full length on 
 my back — I could only sleep on my back and sides 
 by contracting my legs. I could not stand upright 
 with the irons on — the chains were too short — 
 Sudds' collar was too small for his neck." It was 
 endeavoured to account for Sudds' death by attri- 
 buting it to dropsy. A medical examination dis- 
 closed no disease. The irons were not to be found 
 when the public inquiry took place. Wentworth 
 drew up a formal impeachment against the 
 Governor, and repeated attempts were made to 
 bring the matter before the House of Commons. 
 When at length, years afterwards (in 1835) a com- 
 mittee was granted, the charges fell through for 
 want of evidence. Darling was declared honour- 
 ably acquitted, and immediately afterwards was 
 knighted. The best his apologists can say in his 
 defence is that he erred with good intentions. 
 
 SUGAR-GROWING IN AUSTRALIA. -The 
 
 first attempt at sugar-growing in Australia was 
 made in N.S.W. in 1824. Six hundred acres at 
 Port Macquarie were planted with canes by order 
 of the Governor, under the superintendence of 
 Thomas Scott ; and it was stated that the sugar 
 and rum produced repaid the Government for the 
 outlay. Lang however states that it had been 
 alleged that the sugar manufactured from the 
 canes was characterised by a degree of acidity, 
 which indicated the necessity of resorting to a sjtill 
 lower latitude, in order to develop the saccharine 
 principle of the plant with complete success. Lang 
 when visiting the Clarence River District in 1856 
 heard that a French gentleman, M. Adam, from the 
 Isle of Bourbon and the Mauritius, had purchased
 
 Sug] 
 
 i'YI'LipP.ICHI \ OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 567 
 
 an estate of about 350 acres of land, on a fresh- 
 water creek communicating with the river, a few 
 miles from Grafton, on which he had for some 
 time been forming a sugar plantation. " I rode 
 out with a friend," he continues, " during my stay, 
 to ascertain what success was likely to attend his 
 interesting labours. I found M. Adam and his 
 two sons, one of whom had been one of my fellow- 
 passengers from Sydney, on the plantation ; and 
 he showed me his canes, of which he had a con- 
 siderable extent growing, and which were then 
 ready for cutting. They were larger considerably, 
 he observed — that is, of greater diameter — and 
 would yield more saccharine matter than those of 
 the Mauritius and Reunion. He had been some- 
 what doubtful of his success the previous year ; 
 but he was then quite confident as to the result. 
 He told me his canes would yield four tons of 
 sugar to the acre, and that a hundred acres of such 
 produce would ensure him a return of £1 2,000 
 a year. As I have always regarded the produc- 
 tion of sugar and cotton by European free labour 
 — an operation which, from all I have myself seen 
 and heard, I believe to be perfectly practicable — 
 as one of the most important achievements of the 
 future for our wronged and oppressed humanity, 
 I was naturally greatly interested in M. Adam's 
 undertaking, and I cordially wished him all suc- 
 cess." In 1863 only two acres of canes were under 
 cultivation in N.S.W. The industry was not in 
 favour with the settlers ; there was a prejudice 
 against it ; and it was not until 1867 that a marked 
 change in public opinion with reference to this 
 subject began to be manifested. Since then the 
 settlers on the eastern rivers, from the Manning 
 upwards, have engaged in the industry with energy 
 and success. In 1867 there were about 116 acres 
 of cane crushed, and 17,786 pounds of sugar made ; 
 in 1868, 646 acres of cane were crushed, and 
 134,740 pounds of sugar made ; in 1869, 2548 acres 
 were crushed, and 3,264,824 pounds of sugar made ; 
 in March 1870 there were 3917 acres under cane. 
 The area in 1880 was 3675 acres, and the yield 
 6,342,896 pounds of sugar. The Colonial Sugar 
 Refining Company have three powerful mills at 
 work, each capable of crushing from four to four 
 and a-half acres of cane per day. A small area 
 (about twenty-six acres,) is devoted to the growth 
 of sorghum and imphee. 
 
 Queensland. — The official report on the Q. 
 exhibits in the Melbourne International Exhibi- 
 tion of 1880 states : — " The suitability of the soil 
 in many parts of the colony, and its tropical and 
 semi-tropical climate, directed the attention of 
 the colonists at an early period of its history 
 to the growth of sugar cane as a promising industry. 
 As far back as 1862, an experimental patch of 
 twenty acres is noticed in the official records, 
 planted in the neighbourhood of Brisbane. The 
 experiment gave good hope of success, and the atten- 
 tion of cultivators was attracted by it. Regular 
 plantations were formed in the Brisbane district, 
 and near Maryborough, which in 1865 returned 31G 
 
 and 112 acres respectively under cane. Experi- 
 mental patches were tried elsewhere, some in 
 places where the industry has not since taken 
 root. But in that year twenty acres were tried 
 near Mackay, a locality which to-day is the 
 main centre of sugar cultivation. The industry 
 showed signs of vitality and the Legislature 
 encouraged it by granting land on easy terms 
 to sugar cultivators. In the year 1866 sugar 
 mills first appear in the official returns ; two 
 in the Brisbane district, one on the Mary 
 River. As a consequence there is an actual 
 recorded production in the statistics of 1867 to the 
 amount of 338 tons of sugar and 13,509 gallons of 
 rum. The cautious hesitation with which the 
 new industry was at first regarded began now to 
 be thrown aside. Planters sought for cheap 
 coloured labourers, it being considered that the 
 constant petty work which had to be performed 
 in the sweltering heat that prevails between the 
 tall rows of cane would be too trying for the 
 constitution of Europeans. South Sea Islanders 
 were accordingly brought to the colony, and 
 the trade in kanaka " recruits " (as they are 
 called) became so considerable that the Legis- 
 lature passed an enactment to check the abuses 
 which had sprung up in connection with it. 
 In the year 1868, the recorded production of the 
 plantations amounted to 619 tons of sugar and 
 35,599 gallons of rum ; in 1869, 5165 acres of 
 land were put under cane. By 1871 the produc- 
 tion of sugar had reached 3762 tons, of rum 
 112,979 gallons, and the staple was exported to 
 the value of J16,262. It was also recorded that 
 55 sugar mills were in existence. The progress 
 was rapid. In the next year, 1872, ten more 
 mills were added to the number, the production 
 of sugar was 6266 tons, of rum 161,473 gallons, 
 and the export had reached a value of ^36,803. 
 But the industry was about to receive a check. 
 The hesitation with which Its first introduction 
 had been received yielded to a headlong rush of 
 cultivators eager to share the fortune it seemed to 
 promise. Farmers in some districts abandoned 
 every other kind of cultivation and planted cane 
 right up to the walls of their cottages. On the 
 Mary particularly, the settlers threw themselves 
 entirely into the new cultivation. It appeared to 
 them to be exempt from the limitations that 
 bound every other kind of agriculture. The cane 
 was planted in newly cleared land, by making 
 holes in the unbroken surface and laying the 
 "sets" in them to grow. Very little weeding 
 was done, and the cane, left almost to itself, 
 grew luxuriantly and apparently free from any 
 disease. And while the small settlers went on in 
 apparent confidence that the ordinary laws of 
 nature would be suspended in favour of sugar 
 growers, the planters and millowners proceeded in 
 many cases on a not much wiser plan. Money 
 was borrowed for the purchase of expensive plant, 
 on a scale and on terms which no industry how- 
 ever profitable would justify. The money was
 
 568 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sug 
 
 expended also with very little knowledge ; almost 
 any man who had lived on a plantation in the 
 older sugar-prodncing colonies obtained ready 
 employment from the Queensland sugar growers, 
 and was entrusted with the direction of work 
 that sometimes involved large expenditure. In 
 reality it was a continuation of the experi- 
 ment of sugar growing on a large scale and 
 in a costly manner. The relations between 
 millowners, who in all cases had plantations 
 of their own, and the neighbouring farmers who 
 looked to them for the disposal of their cane 
 became also very unsatisfactory. Both parties 
 had rushed into the enterprise with a vague 
 confidence that it would come out right, and 
 it failed to do so. Quarrels and misunder- 
 standings arose between the two and there 
 appeared to be a strong probability of a reaction. 
 And to add to the difficulties of cane growers a 
 new disease made its appearance among the cane. 
 Up to that time one variety, the Bourbon, had 
 mainly been grown. It was a large, rather soft 
 cane, that grew freely and yielded great quantities 
 of juice. But exposed in the southern districts to 
 the rather violent variations of our subtropical 
 climate and cultivated in the rough and ready 
 manner described it succumbed in many places to 
 the attack of a kind of rust which entirely 
 puzzled the cane growers and defied any attempt 
 at cure. The lesson was a sharp one but the 
 industry had become too firmly rooted to be 
 overthrown. A number of speculative men 
 who had overstrained their means in order 
 to embark in it had to succumb, but cane 
 growers found a way out of their difficulties. 
 The practical experience gained during the years 
 in which cane growing had actually been carried 
 on in Q. served to put the industry on a sound 
 footing. There were plenty of men by that time 
 who had learned the business in the actual field, 
 and sugar mill, and on Q. soil. The cultivation of 
 the cane was better understood, and although the 
 introduction of new varieties of it did not actually 
 banish rust from the fields, it at least served to 
 reduce it from an evil of the first magnitude to the 
 rank of one of those minor difficulties which all 
 cultivators have to encounter and overcome. Con- 
 tinual progress was made in the art of manufactur- 
 ing sugar, till it equalled in appearance and value 
 the best production of Mauritius and the West 
 Indies. The progress of the industry has since 
 been very satisfactory. In 1877 the number of 
 acres actually put under crop was 15,220, and there 
 were 12,243 tons of sugar and 196,662 gallons of 
 rum manufactured. The production, it must be 
 remembered, is confined to the higher grades of 
 sugar, so that the average value of the product is 
 high. In the year mentioned the value of sugar 
 exported was .£180,668. Of that amount the value 
 of raw sugar — almost entirely of the highest grades 
 —was £'133,297, that of refined sugar .£47,371. In 
 is;*, a year of general drought, the export of 
 sugar was valued at ,£119,018 and of rum £6,208 ; 
 
 in 1879 the value was ,£275,769 and £10,453. To 
 these values must of course be added the amount 
 consumed in the colony itself. The export of 
 sugar for the years 1878 and 1879 averaged a value 
 of a little over £12,000. In a carefully compiled 
 report on the sugar industry of Q., published by 
 H. Ling Both, he calculates the average local con- 
 sumption of sugar and molasses at 9213 per head of 
 population, which was in 1879 about 220,000 souls. 
 In the same work the crop of 1879 is estimated at 
 about 18,200 tons of sugar, and the probable 
 output for this year 1880 at about 21,000 tons. 
 The sugar industry of the colony is now firmly 
 established. Its main centres are the Pioneer 
 Biver, of which the port is Mackay, the Mary 
 Biver with Maryborough as the port, and the 
 rivers emptying into Moreton Bay. Of these the 
 relative importance can be seen by the following 
 division of the 1879 crops, which is given in the 
 work already quoted at 9500 tons for Mackay, 
 5750 tons for Maryborough and 22oo tons for 
 Brisbane. Sugar is also grown on the Herbert 
 Biver near Cardwell, and the yield for last year 
 was estimated at about 750 tons. The industry is 
 about to be established on the lower Burnett near 
 Bundaberg. But it is in the far north that the 
 most promising development of sugar cultivation 
 seems likely to take place. A pioneer party are 
 now at work on a splendid piece of country on 
 the Johnstone Biver near Mourilyan Harbour, 
 north of Cardwell. It is calculated that in this 
 locality there are 300,000 acres of good sugar land 
 watered by several navigable rivers, and near to 
 an excellent harbour. Cane is being grown on a 
 small scale near Cairns, and is found to thrive. 
 But the sugar lands on the Q. coast must amount 
 to many million acres. Even in the established 
 centres of the industry only a fraction of the 
 available soil has yet been broken up for cane. 
 At Mackay where the greatest progress has been 
 made, there are only about 12,000 acres actually 
 cultivated, and it is estimated that there are at 
 least 70,000 acres of good sugar land untouched. 
 Not only is a particular kind of soil needed, but 
 many other additions must be present before a 
 settler can profitably grow sugar cane. No appar- 
 atus has yet been brought into actual use which 
 gives satisfactory results on a small scale, and 
 extensive sugar factories can only be erected by 
 settlers having the command of a good deal of 
 capital. Cane also is a bulky crop and cannot be 
 profitably carted any great distance to a mill. Its 
 cultivation therefore was at first confined to the 
 banks of rivers where punts could ply between the 
 mills and the cane fields. The difficulty of carriage 
 is now being overcome by the use of tramways, 
 but they also are expensive works. In short, cane 
 growing has hitherto been an industry which only 
 capitalists have been able to engage with a hope of 
 profit Even under this restriction it has made 
 and is making great progress. There is however 
 some prospect that by the establishment of central 
 factories and the introduction of a proper system
 
 Sul-Sut] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 569 
 
 of co-operation between grower and manufacturer, 
 cane growing will again be widely attempted by 
 small farmers. If this should happen, and there is 
 no valid reason why an arrangement successful in 
 other sugar producing countries should not succeed 
 in Q., a great stimulus will be given to an industry 
 which even now is fast rising in importance and 
 which promises to add enormously to the future 
 wealth of the colony." 
 
 SULLIVAN'S COVE, a beautiful inlet near 
 the mouth of the Derwent River in T., and the 
 site on which Hobart is situated. It w T as dis- 
 covered by Bass and Flinders in 1798, and was 
 named by Collins in honour of John Sullivan, 
 Under-Secretary for the Colonies. This fine and 
 perfectly land-locked harbour is everywhere deep, 
 even close in shore, where there are four or five 
 fathoms of water, and which according to the 
 Admiralty chart deepens to ten or twelve in the 
 stream. The harbour and also the great inlet by 
 which it is approached, namely Storm Bay, is 
 without rock, shoal, or impediment of any kind 
 whatever to navigation, unless the Iron Pot rock 
 be taken as an exception to this statement ; but 
 as this rock lies very close in shore, and is more- 
 over guarded by its own lighthouse, it is rather an 
 advantage than otherwise to the mariner. 
 
 SUMMERS, CHARLES (1828-1878) sculptor, 
 was a native of England, and at an early period of 
 his life adopted the profession. He took several 
 prizes at the exhibitions of the Royal Academy in 
 London, including the silver medal for modelling. 
 He came to V. about 1855, and followed his pro- 
 fession in Melbourne till 1866, when he returned 
 to Europe. He executed the design and casting 
 for the bronze statue to commemorate the Burke 
 and Wills expedition, which stands in Collins-street, 
 Melbourne. The work is universally admitted to 
 be one of great originality of design and artistic 
 merit. He also executed the four statues of the 
 Queen, Prince Albert, and the Prince and Princess 
 of Wales, which were presented by W. J. Clarke 
 to the National Gallery in Melbourne, and also a 
 fine bust of Sir Redmond Barry. Summers died 
 in Rome, where he had been settled for many 
 years. 
 
 SURVILLE, CAPTAIN DE, French navi- 
 gator. When Cook's ship, the Endeavoto; on his 
 first voyage, was working out of Doubtless Bay in 
 the North Island of N.Z. another vessel was 
 sailing in, and neither navigator was aware of the 
 other's vicinity. The new visitor was the St. Jean 
 Baptiste, a French vessel, commanded by Captain 
 De Surville. He had been despatched from France 
 on a secret expedition, fitted out at great expense, 
 from which extraordinary results were anticipated. 
 He sailed from Pondicherry on 2nd June 1769. 
 His vessel, of several hundred tons burthen, carried 
 twenty-six twelve-pounders and six smaller guns. 
 After many adventures and making some important 
 discoveries he arrived at N.Z. and cast anchor in 
 Doubtless Bay on 16th December 1769. The 
 
 Frenchmen immediately landed at Mangonui 
 where they were received by crowds of natives, 
 who were delighted at the confidence reposed 
 in them ; and in return supplied the strangers 
 with food and water. One day a storm arose 
 whilst a party of invalids were endeavouring 
 to reach the ship from the shore ; being driven 
 back the sick were detained by the inclemency 
 of the weather for two days in the house of 
 a chief named Naginoui, and by his people 
 were fed and carefully attended. When the 
 storm had subsided one of the ship's boats was 
 missing, and De Surville, without any evidence of 
 their so doing, believed that the New Zealanders 
 had stolen it. Under the guise of friendship, he 
 invited Naginoui on board, accused him of the 
 theft, and put him in irons. Not satisfied with 
 this treacherous revenge, he burned the village 
 where his sick had found an asylum in the hour 
 of need, and carried the chief away a prisoner 
 from his native land. Naginoui did not survive 
 his capture long ; he pined for the land and 
 children he would never again behold, and died of 
 a broken heart eighty days after his seizure. All 
 hopes of finding the new El Dorado having now 
 been dispelled, De Surville left N.Z. on 1st January 
 1770. Death and disease made sad havoc of his 
 crew. The remainder were hardly able, even with 
 the assistance of the officers, to handle the sails. 
 Their only hope was to reach some European 
 settlement to save the survivors. In April they 
 arrived at Callao in Peru. Anxious for an inter- 
 view with the Spanish governor to solicit the 
 assistance he so much needed, De Surville put off 
 in a boat and was drowned in the surf, eleven days 
 after the death of Naginoui. 
 
 SUTHERLAND, JOHN (1816—) is a native of 
 Scotland. He came to Sydney in 1838. In April 
 1857, on the restoration of the City Council after 
 the period of the Commissioners, he was elected 
 Alderman, and held that office for many years. In 
 1861 he was chosen Mayor of Sydney. At the 
 general election in November 1860 he became a 
 candidate for the electorate of Paddington, and 
 was returned by that constituency, which he has 
 ever since represented. When Robertson formed 
 his Ministry in October 1868 he offered Sutherland 
 the position of Secretary for Public Works ; he 
 accepted the office, remaining in that Government 
 for nearly two years. When Parkes formed his 
 Administration in 1872 he offered the same position 
 to Sutherland, who again became Secretary for 
 Public Works. He was appointed for the third 
 time Minister for the same department in the 
 Farnell Ministry of 1877-8. 
 
 SUTHERLAND POINT, a point of land 
 situated on the shores of Botany Bay, JN'.S.W., was 
 the first spot of land ever cleared in A. It was ' 
 named after Forby Sutherland, a seaman in Cook's 
 fleet, whose death was the first amongst British 
 subjects that occurred in the Australian waters, 
 and who was buried there. 
 
 V3
 
 570 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Sut-Swa 
 
 SUTTON, SIR J. H. MANNERS (1814-1877) 
 Viscount Canterbury, was Governor of V. from 
 August 1866 to March 1873. He had previously- 
 held the office of Governor of New Brunswick 
 and of Trinidad in the West Indies. He was 
 appointed to V. on the recall of Darling, and when 
 he arrived in the colony the " Darling dead-lock " 
 was at its most critical stage. The circumstances 
 were therefore unfavourable to the new Governor, 
 and they were not improved through the attempt 
 made by the Sladen Ministry to carry on the 
 Government in the face of a vote of want of confi- 
 dence carried by the Assembly. The Governor did 
 not disguise the fact that his sympathies were 
 entirely with the Minority Ministry. He gained 
 popularity, however, by his courteous manners and 
 lavish hospitality, when the political troubles 
 passed over. He had the honour of entertaining 
 the Duke of Edinburgh on his first visit to V. in 
 1867. The administration of Viscount Canter- 
 bury — a title to which he succeeded in 1869 on 
 the death of his elder brother — was not marked 
 by any later incident of special importance ; and 
 he took his departure from the colony amidst the 
 respect and regret of the population. 
 
 SUTTOR, G. The name of G. Sutter is asso- 
 ciated with an incident in the history of the 
 colony during the revolt against Bligh, which is 
 thus narrated by Flanagan : " Certain proceedings 
 which show how incompatible with the enjoyment 
 of complete freedom is the condition of a penal 
 settlement occurred about this time. In Novem- 
 ber 1808, in pursuance of a colonial regulation, a 
 general order was issued announcing that the 
 ' settlers and every other description of persons 
 occupying or cultivating grounds either by grant, 
 lease, rental, or permission, were to attend and 
 be mustered by the Lieutenant-Governor ' at the 
 times and places specified in the order. The 
 regulation in compliance with which this order 
 was issued, although in itself sufficiently objection- 
 able in the eyes of free men, had not hitherto been 
 resisted. The people of the colony were already 
 however beginning to outgrow those measures 
 which were originally framed for a community 
 nearly altogether destitute of the elements of civil 
 liberty. The recent revolution in the government 
 too, afforded a pretext for the disobedience of an 
 order already hateful to many on its own account. 
 On the day appointed for the muster a few of 
 the settlers failed to make their appearance 
 at the appointed places, and to send in an 
 account of their stock as prescribed. Among 
 these were Martin Mason, a person who, arriving 
 in the colony as surgeon of a merchant ship, was 
 appointed assistant-surgeon and a magistrate, 
 both which offices he lost through misconduct ; 
 G. Suttor, A. M'Dougall, J. Smith, and John 
 Hillus, settlers. Mason, who alleged as his reason 
 for not attending the muster that he had been 
 oppressively dealt with by the Government, was 
 punished by a month's imprisonment ; M'Dougall, 
 Smith, and Hillus were similarly disposed of, the 
 
 last-mentioned giving as a reason for his non- 
 attendance, that he had taken the oath of allegi- 
 ance to Governor Bligh. Suttor, who assigned a 
 similar reason, added that it was highly disagree- 
 able to his feelings to comply with the order, and 
 he was sent before the criminal court. On 15th 
 December, Suttor was arraigned on an indict- 
 ment charging him with having directed to the 
 Lieutenant-Governor, a letter containing certain 
 contumelious expressions, with intent to bring into 
 contempt His Honour's authority. Having been 
 called upon to plead, he replied that 'he denied 
 the legality of the court ; his allegiance was due 
 to Governor Bligh, and Governor Bligh alone ; and 
 every drop of blood in his veins prevented him 
 from ever acknowledging the legality of that court. 
 They might do with him as they thought proper.' 
 Persisting in his refusal to plead, he was held to be 
 guilty, and was sentenced to six months' imprison- 
 ment and to pay a nominal fine. Had these 
 proceedings occurred a few months previously, 
 when Major Johnston was at the head of the 
 Government, the adherence of Suttor and the 
 others to the fallen fortunes of Bligh might have 
 been deemed worthy of admiration, even by those 
 who did not concur in their views. The authority 
 which they resisted, however, was that of the duly- 
 appointed Lieutenant-Governor, and this fact 
 deprives their resistance of the appearance of 
 heroism which otherwise it would possess." 
 
 SUTTOR, FRANCIS BATHURST (1839—) 
 is a native of Bathurst, N.S.W., and was educated 
 at the King's School, Parramatta. He was elected 
 Member for Bathurst in 1875, and in 1877 became 
 Minister for Justice and Public Instruction in the 
 Parkes Administration, retiring in the same year 
 with the Ministry. He took the same department 
 in the Parkes Government on the retirement of 
 the Farnell Ministry in December 1878. 
 
 SUTTOR, WILLIAM HENRY (1834—) is a 
 native of N.S.W., and eldest son of W. H. Suttor, 
 a settler who distinguished himself by his courage- 
 ous conduct in the suppression of the revolt of the 
 convicts at Bathurst in September 1830. W. H. 
 Suttor, junior, was elected Member of the Assembly 
 for the district of East Macquarie at the general 
 election in January 1875. The same district had 
 been previously represented for some years by his 
 father, and also by his uncle, J. B. Suttor. He 
 was again elected in 1877, and took office as 
 Minister for Mines on the formation of the Farnell 
 Administration in December 1877, which office he 
 held till the resignation of that Ministry in 
 December 1878. He was appointed in January 
 1879 a Commissioner of the International Exhi- 
 bition. 
 
 SWAN ISLAND, a narrow strip of land, one 
 and a-half miles long, in Banks Strait, to the 
 north of Cape Portland, in T. 
 
 SWAN RIVER, in W.A. on which Perth, the 
 capital stands, was discovered and named by 
 Vlaming in 1697. He found there the black swan
 
 SwaJ 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRAL AM A. 
 
 571 
 
 and brouglit specimens of it with him to Europe. 
 The first settlement on the western coast of the 
 continent was made here in 1829, and the name 
 " Swan River Settlement " was the one by which 
 W.A. was first and for a long time known. The 
 river flows into Melville Harbour. The following 
 description of it is given by the Rev. G. C. Nicolay : 
 — " The first land usually made by vessels on the 
 W. coast of A. is Rottnest (i.e., Rat-nest) island. 
 This is of irregular shape, having its greatest 
 length on the transverse axis, from W. to E., i.e., 
 from Cape Ylaming to Port Phillip, seven and 
 a-half miles in length, and being from Port Parker 
 to North Point two and a-half miles in breadth ; 
 it is ten miles from the coast. The W. point forms 
 a small peninsula ; and on the E. there are lagoons 
 from which salt is extracted by native aboriginal 
 convicts, who are confined on the island. Their 
 prison, the superintendent's house and other build- 
 ings have been erected, and a small farm is culti- 
 vated by them. There is also on the E. side, on 
 the shore of Thomson's Bay, a marine residence for 
 the Governor of the Colony. A lighthouse stands 
 on a hill 154 feet high, the lanthorn being 211 feet 
 above the sea and the light visible twenty-one miles. 
 To the S. of the island in a line on the main axis 
 of elevation, two miles from its eastern extremity, 
 a series of rocks and reefs extends for seven miles 
 to Carnac, a rocky islet, and is continued from 
 thence for two miles to Garden Island, which has 
 its greatest length of five and a-half miles to within 
 one mile of John's Point to the N. of Cape Peron, 
 from which the mainland is continuous to the E. 
 and N., thus forming apparently an extensive and 
 sheltered harbour seventeen miles in length from 
 N. to S. The southern portion, Cockburn Sound, 
 is indeed a spacious basin eight miles long by three 
 and a-half wide, having seven fathoms water within 
 less than a cable's length of the E. shore, but it is 
 rendered inaccessible from the N. by Parmelia 
 bank stretching from Woodman's Point to Carnac, 
 which although it affords protection from that 
 quarter has only one and a-half fathoms water on 
 its crest. To the N. of this Owen's Anchorage has 
 four fathoms water close to the shore, but this is 
 again covered to the N. by Success bank, which 
 however has a channel between it and the Stragglers 
 to the W. with three and a-quarter fathoms. The 
 entrances between the reefs into these anchorages 
 from the sea are narrow, tortuous and difficult, 
 which makes them at present inaccessible to large 
 vessels in bad weather. The entrance between 
 Garden Island and John's Point is barred by the 
 S. flats with only about one and a-half fathoms 
 water on the crest. The N. Channel has been 
 recommended by the Admiralty Surveyor as afford- 
 ing entrance to the largest vessels if properly 
 lighted and buoyed and with the removal of one 
 rock. The Challenger passage however he entirely 
 condemns. Owen's Anchorage and Cockburn 
 Sound are however resorted to by vessels drawing 
 sixteen feet when detained during winter months 
 at Fremantle ; the latter, besides its extensive area 
 
 of some twenty-eight square miles with from nine 
 to twelve fathoms water, having the snug anchorage 
 of Careening Cove at the S.E. point of Garden 
 Island, three-quarters of a mile in width and with 
 five fathoms close to the N. shore ; and Mangles 
 Bay to the S. one mile and a-half broad, with seven 
 fathoms within less than half a cable's length of 
 the shore. Between Rottnest and the main are 
 Gage's Roads, but the reefs which extend to the 
 N. from Carnac on the line to Rottnest limit their 
 breadth to five miles from thence to the shoal 
 water on the coast ; they are from nine to thirteen 
 fathoms deep and are a safe anchorage for vessels 
 excepting, possibly, in very strong gales from the 
 N., and with the sounds and harbours to the S. 
 naturally appertain to the embouchure of the Swan. 
 The river itself however is only about 400 yards 
 wide at the mouth which was closed all but a very 
 narrow channel to the south under Arthur's Head 
 by a reef until a similar channel was opened under 
 Rous' Head to the north. As these are seldom 
 accessible to vessels drawing more than six feet, 
 and as the rise of the tide does not commonly 
 exceed eighteen inches, the trade of the port at 
 Fremantle has at present to be carried on by means 
 of lighters which either discharge their cargoes 
 from vessels in the roads, at the jetty, or take 
 them up the river to Perth and Guildford. Out- 
 ward-bound vessels have to be loaded in the 
 same manner. For the first two miles the river is 
 narrow, and for the most part shallow, ledges of 
 rock projecting into it from the shores on which 
 sandbanks have been formed ; but beyond it opens 
 into a series of broad lake-like reaches for some 
 eleven miles to the narrows above Perth, which 
 should perhaps be considered more properly the 
 real mouth of the river. Perth water is nearly land- 
 locked and shallow, but from thence to Rocky 
 Bay there are some eight square miles of water, a 
 large portion of which is deep, carrying a channel 
 of six fathoms, affording access to a coastline of 
 twenty-five miles. The country about these waters 
 has an undulating surface of limestone, the greatest 
 elevations of which do not much exceed 250 feet. 
 It has been for the most part covered with large 
 timber trees, of which however but few remain. 
 Perth Water forms a pretty lake, on the west of 
 which Mount Eliza rises about 180 feet in a steep 
 escarpment ; it is about one mile and a half in 
 length, and a mile in breadth. Perth, the capital 
 of the colony, is built on its north bank. Below 
 Perth Water the Canning, a small river rising in 
 the face of the Darling Range, has its outlet in 
 Melville Water. It is navigable for boats and 
 barges for some twelve miles, and affords means 
 for taking the timber brought down by tramway 
 to Perth or to Fremantle for shipment. Above 
 the islands to the east of Perth Water the river 
 has a tortuous course, forming a succession of broad 
 reaches to the confluence of the Helena, a small 
 stream from the east, above which it bends to the 
 east round the town of Guildford, and thence, 
 ascending the stream northward to Ellen's Brook,
 
 572 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Swe— Syd 
 
 a distance of about twenty miles direct from Perth 
 which drains the base of the range to the north, 
 whence the valley trends north-east to Toodyay, 
 where it is joined by the Avon from the south- 
 east. This is indeed the main river, but had been 
 so named at York before its connection with the 
 Swan was known. The lateral valley of the Avon 
 and its affluent the Dale from the south extend 
 about sixty miles in a direct line, and the main 
 river about fifty miles from Toodyay to Perth. 
 The upper basins of the river present, as is usual 
 in W.A., chains of pools, for the most part formed 
 in rock, connected only in times of flood by water, 
 at others by deposits of sand. Granite is largely 
 developed in the surface of the hills about the 
 Avon valley, which is one of the most fertile, as 
 well as beautiful, parts of the colony. Throughout 
 the whole course of the river the flats on the banks 
 are very rich with springs of fresh water from the 
 drainage of the ground above them ; some are still 
 uncultivated, but it is occupied nearly throughout 
 its entire length, the land having been taken up in 
 the early days of the colony. The banks have been 
 throughout well wooded, and are so now in many 
 places." 
 
 SWEERS ISLAND, an island in the Gulf of 
 Carpentaria, separated from Bentinck Island by 
 Investigator Roads. It is very woody, and there 
 is a hill about 150 feet high named Mount 
 Inspection. A township named Carnarvon, after 
 the Earl of Carnarvon, Secretary of State for the 
 Colonies, was founded here in 1865, with Lands- 
 borough the explorer as superintendent. At one 
 time the population was considerable, but it now 
 consists only of the Custom House officials and 
 their families. 
 
 SYDNEY, the capital and seat of Government 
 of N.S.W. and also the parent city of Australia. 
 It is situated on the southern shore of Port Jack- 
 son — named after Sir George Jackson, Secretary 
 to the Lords of the Admiralty. The situation of 
 the city is unrivalled in the world for picturesque 
 beauty. Lang rises into poetry when describing- 
 it:— "The city of Sydney is beautifully situated 
 on Sydney Cove, one of the numerous and romantic 
 inlets of Port Jackson, about seven miles from the 
 entrance of the harbour. The heads of Port 
 Jackson, or the headlands at the mouth of the 
 harbour, constitute one of the grandest and most 
 interesting features in the natural scenery of the 
 country. To a person approaching the land from 
 the eastward, the coast presents an apparently 
 unbroken line of lofty, precipitous, sand-stone 
 cliffs, along the base of which the big waves of 
 the vast Pacific Ocean dash fearfully when the 
 wind blows strongly from the south-eastward ; 
 causing dense volumes of spray and whitish 
 vapour to ascend to the summits of the highest 
 cliffy all along the coast. The entrance is desig- 
 nated, at a considerable distance at sea, by the 
 light house, or Macquarie Tower— a circular build- 
 ing of cut stone surmounted by a lantern with a 
 
 revolving light situated on the South Head ; but 
 no opening of any kind can be perceived till you 
 come close in with the land. At a small distance 
 from the Heads however an opening is at length 
 perceived in the iron-bound coast ; and the idea 
 you naturally form of it is, that the cliffs on either 
 side have been violently rent asunder by some 
 mighty convulsion of nature, to afford a passage 
 for vessels into some place of security. The 
 entrance at the Heads is about a mile and three 
 quarters wide ; but the height of the cliffs and the 
 idea of boundlessness which the ocean scenery has 
 previously impressed upon the mind make it 
 appear much narrower. On getting round Middle 
 Head, a point of land stretching out from the 
 northern side of the harbour, and completely con- 
 cealing the opening from the eye of an observer 
 at a few miles distance at sea, the scene surpasses 
 description. You immediately find yourself on 
 the bosom of a large lake, extending to a great 
 distance in a westerly direction, with innumerable 
 coves or inlets stretching inland to the right and 
 left ; some presenting sandy beaches and grassy 
 lawns ; others lined with a barrier of grey rocks 
 cast in the most fantastic moulds, and surmounted 
 in all directions with outlandish but most beautiful 
 shrubbery. Many of the best localities on the 
 shores of Port Jackson, between Sydney and the 
 Heads, are in the hands of private proprietors ; 
 and the richly and endlessly diversified beauties 
 of nature, which they uniformly exhibit, are in 
 some instances enhanced by the manner in which 
 they appear contrasted with the tasteful habita- 
 tions of men. Several neat cottages have been 
 erected by the pilots of Sydney, on a sandy beach 
 immediately behind the South Head, called 
 Watson's Bay. On the opposite side of the 
 harbour, an inlet leading to the northward conducts 
 to Spring Cove, which is now the quarantine 
 station, immediately behind the North Head. A 
 little nearer the city is the mansion of Vaucluse, 
 and somewhat nearer still is the handsome villa 
 of Point Piper. On Woolloomoolloo Hill, an 
 elevated projection of the land, situated between 
 Woolloomoolloo and Elizabeth Bays, about a mile 
 from Sydney on the south side of the harbour, a 
 series of handsome villas have been erected, chiefly 
 of cut stone, the view of which from the water is 
 highly interesting and enlivening ; and on the oppo- 
 site side of the harbour, or what is called the North 
 Shore, handsome cottages have also been erected, in 
 many commanding situations, besides wharves and 
 stores belonging to merchants in Sydney. The 
 poet Campbell speaks of "The long isles of Sydney 
 Cove ;'' but there happen to be no isles of any 
 kind in that particular inlet. The only islands in 
 the harbour are Sharks Island, a small island near 
 Point Piper, towards the Heads ; Garden Island, a 
 highly picturesque and beautiful wooded island at 
 the entrance of Woolloomoolloo Bay, and Cockatoo 
 Island, a few miles farther up the harbour, to the 
 westward of the city. There was a remarkable 
 rock or islet however which from time immemorial
 
 Sydl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 573 
 
 had occupied a prominent position in the harbour 
 in the approach to Sydney, about two miles from 
 the city, and which formed a striking object in 
 the field of view from all the surrounding heights ; 
 consisting as it did of a vast mass of grey weather- 
 beaten sandstone rock rising perpendicularly to a 
 considerable elevation from the deep water. It 
 was known by the name of Pinchgut, from having 
 been the place of temporary banishment for some 
 evil-doer, shortly after the original settlement of 
 the colony, who had been condemned to live on it 
 for a certain number of days on very reduced 
 rations. This natural ornament of the harbour, 
 however, which no art could have equalled, which 
 had stood like a sentinel keeping watch upon the 
 harbour for thousands of years, has at length been 
 destroyed by the folly of man ; some official Goth 
 or Hun, who must surely have had the organ of 
 destructiveness largely developed, having persuaded 
 the Government to quarry down the rock nearly to 
 the water's edge, with the viewof its being converted 
 into a battery for the protection of the colony. 
 The city, which received its name in honour of 
 Lord Viscount Sydney, who first suggested the idea 
 of establishing a colony in N.S.W., and who was 
 Principal Secretary of State for the Colonies at the 
 time when the territory was taken possession of 
 for Great Britain, was originally confined to the 
 immediate neighbourhood of the cove of the same 
 name, which extends only a short distance inland 
 in a southerly direction from the main harbour. 
 At the entrance of the cove there are two forts on 
 the extremities of the two ridges that form its 
 eastern and western shores — the one called Dawes 
 Battery and the other Fort Macquarie. At the 
 head of the cove these ridges attain a considerable 
 elevation ; and on their sloping sides and towering- 
 summits, as well as in the valley between, the city 
 of Sydney now extends at least two miles from 
 Dawes Battery to the southward, the ridges gradu- 
 ally subsiding till the ground becomes nearly a 
 dead level. The principal streets run in a northerly 
 and southerly direction, parallel to that of the 
 ridges, and are crossed nearly at right angles by 
 other streets, that terminate in a second and much 
 more extensive cove to the westward, called Cockle 
 Bay or Darling Harbour. In short, there can 
 scarcely be imagined a finer situation for a large 
 mercantile city ; and it is deeply to be regretted that 
 so little advantage was taken, in the earlier years of 
 the colony of its admirable locality, and so little 
 attention evinced in laying down a proper plan for 
 its gradual extension. It seems indeed as if the 
 Genius of Incapacity had seated himself in the 
 chair of state in Australia from the very first, and 
 extended his baneful influence to everything under 
 the Australian sun. The last of the British 
 colonies in America planted previous to the 
 American war was that of Georgia, founded by 
 the celebrated General Oglethorpe in the year 
 1732, that is fifty-six years before the next great 
 colonising effort was made by Great Britain 
 in founding the colony of N.S.W. But while 
 
 admirable foresight and a singularly correct judg- 
 ment were evinced by Oglethorpe in forming 
 plans of the principal cities of his colony, which 
 have been acted on with incalculable benefit to 
 the inhabitants to the present day — broad streets 
 intersecting each other at right angles, with the 
 carriage-way flanked on either side with orna- 
 mental and umbrageous trees, and spacious 
 squares disposed at proper intervals all over the 
 city — everything of this kind in the very capital 
 of Australia was left to mere chance and accident ; 
 and the result has been that one of the finest sites 
 in the world for a great metropolitan city has in 
 great measure been irrecoverably spoiled, either 
 through the utter want of ordinary foresight on 
 the part of the Imperial Authorities in not sending 
 out the proper officers for such a work, or in the 
 utter unfitness of those to whom it was entrusted. 
 Government House occupies a magnificent situa- 
 tion overlooking the harbour to the eastward of 
 Sydney Cove, and forms a fine object on the left 
 in passing up the harbour to the city. It was 
 erected in 1837 and the following years from the 
 plans of E. Blore, architect, at a cost of .£25,000. 
 It was first occupied by Governor Gipps in 1845. 
 To those who are addicted to botanical researches, 
 or to those who like myself merely delight to 
 contemplate the wonderful works of God without 
 being very inquisitive about the genus and species 
 of each, the Botanic Garden and the romantic 
 walks of the Government Domain in the imme- 
 diate neighbourhood of Sydney cannot fail to 
 afford a never-failing source of far higher gratifi- 
 cation. To wander alone on serpentine walks 
 traced with the utmost taste along the margin of 
 beautifully romantic bays, and through woodland 
 scenes untraversed so lately save by the naked 
 savage and the solitary kangaroo ; to behold 
 innumerable shrubs of innumerable species, each 
 of which would grace the choicest spots in the 
 garden of a European prince, growing wildly and 
 luxuriantly, and shedding their beautiful flowers 
 unregarded ; to sit on the summit of a grey rock 
 overhanging the silent waters of Port Jackson, 
 while the glorious sun descends behind the distant 
 mountains to the westward and pours forth a 
 deluge of light on rock and wood and water ; — in 
 such scenes, when the poet asks, " O Solitude, 
 where are thy charms 1" one is almost tempted 
 to reply, "Here! here!" The principal walks 
 in the Government Domain were planned by 
 Mrs. Macquarie, and formed under her immediate 
 superintendence. Various others have been added 
 since, and the gardens generally greatly improved. 
 The South Head Road runs along what the 
 colonists would call "the dividing range" between 
 Botany Bay and Port J ackson ; and the series of 
 views, which it successively presents, is as inter- 
 esting and diversified as can well be imagined. On 
 reaching the highest land on the line, the vast 
 Pacific — the broad highway to England — stretches 
 far and wide in front ; while the roar of its 
 breakers, as they dash incessantly on the shores of
 
 574 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Syd 
 
 Bundy Bay, a small inlet to the southward of the 
 Heads, is heard almost under foot. To the right, 
 the noble inlet of Botany Bay, with its white sandy 
 beach and its dark-looking heads — standing erect 
 like two negro sentinels — is seen at a moderate 
 distance, athwart a series of swamps and sand- 
 hills, the picture of absolute sterility. To the left, 
 the harbour of Port Jackson, with its hundred 
 arms, appears like a series of highland lakes, 
 changing their aspect, and assuming more and more 
 interesting forms at every step ; while the North 
 Head, now seen towering in solitary grandeur, 
 seems like the ruins of some vast fortress built in 
 the ages of fable, to guard the entrance of the 
 harbour. In the rear, the city of Sydney, covered 
 no longer as of yore, with a thin transparent cloud 
 of whitish smoke, curling slowly upwards from its 
 numerous wood fires, but with a regular blackish 
 cloud from the smoke of Newcastle coal, like that 
 which overshadows most English towns, occupies 
 a considerable portion of the field of vision ; while 
 the Blue Mountains in the distance stretch along 
 the western horizon, and terminate the view. The 
 light-house on the South Head is about seven 
 miles from Sydney ; but the usual termination of 
 the afternoon's drive is on the summit of a hill 
 called Belle Vue, about four miles from the town, 
 the carriages generally making a circular sweep on 
 the top of the hill, and returning to town in nearly 
 the same order as they left it. A ride or drive 
 across the sand-hills and barren swamps inter- 
 vening between Sydney and Botany Bay, is a 
 favourite pleasure excursion for the inhabitants of 
 the colonial capital. The country around the 
 bay is flat and uninteresting; and the bay is gene- 
 rally shallow for a great distance from the shore." 
 There are some features of the city of Sydney 
 which bear a striking resemblance to an English 
 town. Some of the streets are narrow, tortuous, 
 and without any pretentions to modern architec- 
 ture. The houses have what is best described by 
 the term " an old-fashioned look," although of late 
 years much of this has been done away with and 
 the older portions of the town pulled down to 
 make way for more modern structures. Some of 
 the business premises recently erected in Pitt- 
 street, in George-street, in Bridge-street, in York- 
 street and Wynyard-square are capacious, elegant, 
 and rank in a high order of architectural merit. 
 The principal streets are laid out to the cardinal 
 points of the compass and intersect each other at 
 right angles. They are designated George, Pitt, 
 Market, King and Hunter, the leading one being 
 the first-named, which starts from the water's 
 edge Dawes Point and runs completely through 
 the city into the country, being called George- 
 street West, when it passes beyond the railway 
 station. The length of streetage in all is about 
 1B0 miles, and the number of houses 19,000. _The 
 greatest length of the city is 3$ miles north and 
 south, and breadth 2£ miles east and west, the total 
 area being about 2000 acres. The modern public 
 buildings of Sydney as well as the warehouses, 
 
 banks, and churches, are for the most part elegantly 
 designed and substantially erected edifices. The 
 city and suburbs abound in sand-stone, which 
 is easily quarried, capable of being worked into 
 the most ornate designs at little expense, hardens 
 on exposure to the weather and is of a sub- 
 stantial nature. The Sydney University which 
 is built of this stone in the Gothic style of 
 the 15th century, is an elegant building. The 
 great hall is described by Anthony Trollope in the 
 following words : " I think no one will dispute the 
 assertion when I say that the college hall is the 
 finest chamber in the colonies ; If I were to say 
 that no college, either at Oxford or Cambridge, 
 possesses so fine a one, I might perhaps be contra- 
 dicted. I certainly remember none of which the 
 proportions are so good." Its dimensions are 135 
 feet long, 45 feet wide, and 73 feet high. The 
 building is on a gentle acclivity, and commands a 
 magnificent view ; it has a frontage of nearly 400 
 feet. The two affiliated colleges, St. Paul's and 
 St. John's (R.C.,) are of the Gothic of the 14th 
 century, and the whole of the University buildings 
 are surrounded by a large park to which the public 
 have access. St. Andrew's Cathedral, the founda- 
 tion of which was first laid in July 1819 has been 
 pulled down and re-erected thrice ; now it is a 
 very handsome building with two towers, and also 
 belongs to the Gothic of the 14th century. It is 
 provided with a fine organ. The Jewish Syna- 
 gogue, which was completed in 1878, belonging to 
 the Byzantine Order of Architecture, is also an 
 elegant edifice. The new buildings for Govern- 
 ment offices — the Colonial Secretary's and Public 
 Works forming one lofty massive building facing 
 Macquarie and Bridge-streets, and the Crown 
 Lands Offices fronting Bridge-street — are speci- 
 mens of the skill of the architect which are rarely 
 surpassed for elegance and comprehensiveness of 
 construction. Then there are St. Mary's Cathedral 
 (R.C.) which, after being twice burned, is now in 
 process of re-erection on grander proportions than 
 ever, its projected dimensions being 350 feet long, 
 width within transepts 118 feet, width of nave 
 and aisles 74 feet, height about 90 feet ; a central 
 tower will be 120 feet high, and two towers 
 with spires at the southern end will rise to an 
 altitude of 260 feet. Other places of worship 
 are :— St. Patrick's (R.C.,) St. George's, St. John's, 
 St. Philip's, one of the oldest in Sydney, though 
 the present structure is not altogether the original 
 building, and St. James's, the old Cathedral 
 Church opened in January 1822. Besides these 
 there are about 120 other ecclesiastical buildings, 
 some of which would not suffer much by compari- 
 son with the edifices of older countries. Govern- 
 ment House, which belongs to the Tudor style, is 
 delightfully situated and overlooks Farm Cove or 
 Man-of-War Bay. The building is surrounded by 
 the domain and botanical garden and is a delightful 
 place for a vice-regal residence. It is overtopped 
 by " The Garden Palace," where the first Inter- 
 national Exhibition of Australia was inaugurated
 
 SydJ 
 
 OYOLUP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 575 
 
 on 17th September 1879. This immense building 
 commands from its dome and its balconies a view 
 of the grand scenery which meets the eye at 
 every point in and around the metropolis of 
 N.S.W. The Exhibition was open a little over six 
 months, during which time it was visited by 
 1,045,898 persons, the receipts amounting to £45, < H H >. 
 The largest attendance on one day was on 26th 
 January 1880 (Separation Day) when 27,500 visitors 
 thronged its courts. To the Exhibition of 1851 
 in Hyde Park the number of visitors was 6, 170,000; 
 so the percentage of visitors to population was very 
 much larger, being about 150 to 22|. The Banks 
 also are imposing buildings and may be said to 
 belong to the Florentine, Roman, Italian and 
 Greek orders of architecture ; they comprise- the 
 N. S. Wales, Commercial, Australian Joint-Stock, 
 City, English and Scottish, Australasian, the 
 London Chartered, the Oriental and the Mercantile 
 Banks. In addition to these the Bank of New Zea- 
 land has very creditable premises, and the Queens- 
 land National Bank has premises in Pitt-street, 
 All these, as well as the Savings Bank, would reflect 
 credit on many of the towns in the mother country. 
 The Exchange buildings are also admired for their 
 beauty and substance of construction. They belong 
 to the Roman Corinthian order. Among other 
 commercial buildings which attract the attention 
 of visitors are the offices of the Australian Mutual 
 Provident Society, the Sydney Morning Herald 
 office, which is replete with all the appliances of 
 the best London offices, the paper being printed on a 
 Walter machine, similar to that in use in the London 
 Times office. The Sydney Mail, published and 
 printed in the same building, is a weekly illustrated 
 journal of a superior character. The structure 
 where the Town and Country Journal and the 
 Evening Neics are issued is a roomy one, with 
 elegant front. The Totvn and Country Journal 
 office is fitted with one of the Victory printing and 
 folding machines, the only one in N.S.W., which 
 folds as it prints. This machine is capable of 
 printing and folding 20,000 four-page copies per 
 hour, or 10,000 eight-pages, and was introduced by 
 the late Samuel Bennett to meet the growing 
 circulation of the Town, and Country Journal. 
 Another Victory has been added for the Evening 
 Neivs. The buildings of the Sydney Daily Tele- 
 graph at the corner of Barrack and York Streets 
 are also substantial and well-designed. There are 
 also magnificent warehouses occupied by importers 
 and manufacturers. The Post-office is of the 
 Venetian and Florentine Italian order ; it is an 
 imposing edifice, colonnaded on two sides, and 
 described as well adapted for its purpose. It is 
 built of Pyrmont stone, the colonnade being 
 formed of pillars of polished grey granite. It 
 was opened in September 1874. The Town Hall 
 is of great size, with a tower 200 feet high, 
 and an architectural ornament to the city ; a 
 hall to be used for public entertainments forms 
 part of the design, 132 feet long by 62 feet wide, 
 and 66 feet high. The museum on the eastern side 
 
 of the city overlooking Hyde Park is a fine 
 structure, with a bold Grecian front, and is exten- 
 sively patronised, some 100,000 persons visiting it 
 annually. The Treasury is a very good building, 
 of the usual freestone ; the Colonial Secretary's 
 office on the opposite side of the street is one of 
 the most elegant in Australia. In the same street 
 is the Crown Lands Office, an elegant addition to 
 the other architectural structures of the city. Then 
 there is the Exhibition building — in the Paxtonian 
 style— which has been found admirably adapted 
 for local exhibitions— Prince Alfred Hospital, the 
 new Guildhall in Castlereagh-street, the Protestant 
 Hall, the Parliament Houses, Custom House, the 
 Mint, and others which though not of elegant 
 design remind one of the days when George HI. 
 was King and Colonel Macquarie Governor. Turn- 
 ing to the private residences, many of them have 
 been erected at enormous expense and are sur- 
 rounded with pleasure grounds and gardens, which 
 with the natural beauty of the scenery lends them 
 a charm denied to those of other places. The 
 public traffic of the city and suburbs is carried on 
 by hansom cabs, omnibuses and hackney carriages. 
 American omnibuses afford communication with 
 the extremities of the city and the suburbs, and 
 the water communication between the city and its 
 transmarine suburbs, Balmain, North Shore, and 
 other localities is maintained by numerous steam 
 ferryboats which ply at frequent intervals during 
 the day till midnight. Street cars convey parcels 
 and passengers from the Redfern railway terminus 
 to the heart of the city in King-street. The streets 
 are lighted with gas at a cost of upwards of 
 £7154 per annum to the corporation. Sydney has 
 spacious markets in its main thoroughfare, 
 Elizabeth-street and George-street ; and they are 
 usually well-stocked with fruits and vegetables 
 of every kind. There are three theatres — the 
 Royal, the Queen's and the Opera House. Not- 
 withstanding the distance from the great centre 
 of high civilisation, Sydney is not only well sup- 
 ported with theatrical stars of all kinds but 
 with English and Italian opera singers. Besides 
 the theatres, the Guild Hall, the Masonic Hall, 
 Protestant Hall, and the Temperance Hall are 
 used as places of public entertainment. Although 
 Sydney has few reserves answering to the shrub- 
 beried squares of most of the large towns of Great 
 Britain, it has excellent park lands and gardens 
 within its boundaries, easily accessible to the 
 citizens. Hyde Park is a beautiful plateau of 
 forty acres, nearly in the centre of the city, with 
 a statute to " Albert the Good" and another one to 
 Captain Cook. The Domain, a charming expanse 
 of park land of 138 acres, is on the north-eastern 
 side of Sydney, surrounding the pretty inlet called 
 Farm Cove. Near the main entrance is an excel- 
 lent bronze statue of Sir Richard Bourke, by 
 Westmacott. The Botanical Gardens embrace 
 thirty-eight acres, and are considered as among 
 the finest in the colonies ; as in addition to the 
 immense collection of exotics from every clime,
 
 376 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Syd 
 
 the locality is one of great beauty, the grounds 
 encircling the waters of Farm Cove, where the 
 men-of-war belonging to the Australian station are 
 anchored. Here in the Inner Domain, adjoining 
 the Botanical Garden, is situated " The Garden 
 Palace" which was used for the International 
 Exhibition, as already observed. More recently- 
 formed preserves are Prince Alfred Park, eighteen 
 acres, and Belmore Park in the south, ten acres, 
 and a tract of 600 acres on the south-east side 
 named Moore Park. Adjoining the latter ground 
 is the Metropolitan racecourse (Randwick,) which 
 has an area of about 202 acres. The course is 
 about one and a quarter mile in circumference 
 and is considered the best running ground in the 
 southern hemisphere. In addition to the above 
 reserves there are others of a less extensive area 
 in different parts of the suburbs. The Circular 
 Quay at the head of Sydney Cove has a length 
 of 1300 feet available for the largest vessels. The 
 Government are expending a large sum of 
 money in extending the wharfage accommodation, 
 which will add much to the convenience of 
 shipping and improve the appearance of the quay. 
 The Australasian Steam Navigation Company 
 have expended large sums of money in making 
 offices, wharves, and warehouses on Circular 
 Quay, and a part of the shipping business of 
 this extensive association is now carried on there 
 as also that of the P. and O. The vessels of the 
 Orient Line discharge at Circular Quay, and the 
 mail steamers of the P. and O. Company berth at 
 the wharf. Woolloomooloo Wharf to the east is 
 1200 feet long and was constructed at a cost of 
 £26,000, a large tract of valuable land being 
 reclaimed, the water is however too shallow and 
 unsuited for large sea-going shipping. The eastern 
 side of Darling Harbour which skirts the western 
 side of the city has its frontage entirely occupied 
 with wharves and quays. Here several steam 
 companies have their stations, and the gas com- 
 pany its large works. On the north from Miller's 
 Point to Dawes Point (which includes all one end 
 of the city) and thence round the largest headland 
 of the port, the waterside is also fully taken Tip by 
 commercial premises with the exception of the 
 site at Dawes Point on which there is a battery. 
 The' floating dock offers facility for vessels not 
 exceeding 160 feet in length and from 500 to 600 
 tons burden. The Fitzroy Dry Dock at Cockatoo 
 Island, some few miles to the west of the city, is 
 a Government establishment and was originally 
 intended for the repair and overhauling of vessels 
 of the Royal Navy. Vessels of the largest capacity 
 can be taken in without difficulty, its dimensions 
 being — length 450 feet, width 60 feet, depth of 
 water over sill 21 feet. The establishment is 
 provided with the largest, most powerful, and 
 recently improved kinds of machinery. Other 
 dock works are those of Mort and Co., at 
 Waterview Bay. The dock is 409 feet long, with 
 an entrance 68 feet wide, and a depth of water 
 over the sill of 19 feet 6 inches. It is fitted with 
 
 patent keel blocks. It is partly cut out of the 
 rock, and partly built up compactly with stone 
 masonry. This dock has taken in vessels of the 
 largest size visiting the port, including the C'him- 
 borazo. The workshops cover a large area, with a 
 bay frontage of 1500 feet, employing when in full 
 work 700 hands. A substantial patent slip is also 
 here available for vessels of 1000 tons. The 
 Australian Steam Navigation Company have very 
 extensive works, with most of the modern appli- 
 ances for shipbuilding and repairing, on the western 
 shore of Darling harbour. The slip attached to 
 the works can be used for vessels of 1500 tons 
 burthen, and can take up two steamers at the 
 same time. There have been constructed at these 
 works several steam vessels. The large fleet of the 
 company gives constant employment to the estab- 
 lishment, it being kept in efficient order and 
 thorough repair. For some time past steps have 
 been taken to place the city in a state of defence, 
 and batteries carrying Armstrong guns of large 
 calibre now protect it in a great measure from 
 attacks from a hostile fleet. These defences have 
 been still further augmented under Colonel 
 Scratchley's designs, which were adopted by the 
 Government. The conformation of the shores 
 affords the best facilities for the erection of fortifi- 
 cations, and seawards there is nothing to prevent 
 the city being made practically impregnable. A 
 military road now connects all the forts on the 
 northern side of the harbour. Even now it would 
 be a difficult matter for any ship to run the gauntlet 
 of the numerous guns that could be brought to 
 bear upon it even before entering the Heads. A 
 torpedo corps has been established, and an electric 
 light apparatus placed at the South Heads, which 
 will throw a light a radius of fifteen miles. The 
 trade of Sydney is considerable, and gives employ- 
 ment to a large fleet of steamers. It is the head- 
 quarters of the Australian Steam Navigation 
 Company, the Pacific mail steamers, the E. and A. 
 steamers, the P. and O. steamers, the vessels of the 
 Orient line, and others ; besides there are always 
 four or five men-of-war anchored in the harbour. 
 During the year 1879 the number of British and 
 foreign vessels which entered Port Jackson was 
 1288 — 614 sailing and 674 steam. The aggregate 
 tonnage was 759,980 tons. The population of the city 
 properis estimated at 1 10,603; of the suburbs 90,226. 
 The water supply of the city is obtained from the 
 Botany and Lachlan swamps ; but arrangements 
 are being made for a more effective and superior 
 supply of water. The number of houses in the 
 city and suburbs was estimated in August 1879 as 
 28,000. In 1879 the annual value of rateable 
 property was £1,037,000 at 2s. in the pound ; 
 revenue, £108,237 15s. 5d. ; estimated extent of 
 roads and streets, 100 miles ; number of ratepayers, 
 18,062. The public vehicles are under the control 
 of a body called the Metropolitan Transit Company. 
 The charitable institutions of the capital are 
 numerous, and are partly supported at the expense 
 of Government, aided by private benevolence,
 
 Sydl 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 577 
 
 Some of the leading institutions are the Infirmary 
 in Macquarie-street, the Prince Alfred Memorial 
 Hospital, the Good Samaritan Institution, Sydney 
 Female Refuge, the Shaftesbury Reformatory, the 
 St. Vincent Hospital, the Benevolent Asylum, and 
 the Children's Asylum at Randwiek. The suburbs 
 of Sydney comprise Balmain, on the opposite 
 side of Darling Harbour ; the Glebe, adjoining the 
 city, on the south-west ; Newtown, Warrickville, 
 Redfern, Waterloo, all to the south ; Paddington, 
 on the east ; Concord on the south-west ; St. 
 George and St. Leonard's on the north shore of 
 the harbour. Each of these is an independent 
 municipality, and there are other places within a 
 radius of ten miles, and usually considered as 
 suburban to the metropolis. Sydney is the seat 
 of an Anglican Bishop and a Roman Catholic 
 Archbishop, both metropolitans. The city is under 
 municipal government, being divided into eight 
 wards, named respectively Bourke, Brisbane, Cook, 
 Denison, Fitzroy, Gipps, Macqnarie, and Phillip, 
 some of which return two aldermen and others 
 three, and for Parliamentary purposes is divided 
 into three districts, viz., East, West, and South 
 Sydney, each returning four members. It has a 
 fine School of Arts in Pitt-street, with a library of 
 about 30,oiii) volumes. A commodious hall is 
 attached which is a popular place for holding 
 entertainments. A Technological College with 
 laboratory is now connected with the institution. 
 The Public Library in Bent-street is largely 
 patronised, and now open on Sundays. To 
 this library is now attached a lending branch. 
 Numerous factories are in full work. There 
 are thirty-two clothing factories, employing from 
 50 to 400 hands each. There are two large 
 steam joinery establishments, the larger of which 
 has 250 men and boys in their employ. The coach 
 factories are also extensive, and splendid cloths are 
 turned out at Vicar's Tweed Mill. There are also 
 several large foundries and engineering works in 
 which large castings and every description of 
 mechanical appliances are turned out, even up to 
 locomotive engines for the government railways. 
 The geological formation of Sydney is sandstone, 
 overlying part of an immense carboniferous deposit 
 extending from beyond Newcastle to Jervis Bay. 
 Borings for coal have been made and great depth 
 reached, but no practical results have followed 
 as yet. 
 
 History. — The early history of Sydney is in 
 fact that of the settlement at Port Jackson, which 
 forms the first chapter in the history of N.S.W. 
 The growth of the city was the growth of the 
 colony until the discovery of the passage across 
 the Blue Mountains. The ceremony of taking 
 possession of the colony was performed by 
 Governor Phillip on 2Cth January 1788. The 7th 
 February was the day set apart for the proclama- 
 tion of the King's warrant for establishing a 
 regular form of government in the new settlement, 
 which was made with all due ceremony by the 
 Governor. On a space previously cleared the 
 
 whole population were assembled, the military 
 drawn up under arms, the prisoners stationed 
 apart, and around the Governor those who were 
 appointed to hold the principal offices in the new 
 British settlement. The Royal Commission estab- 
 lishing a regular form of government on the coast 
 of N.S.W. was read by David Collins, the Judge 
 Advocate. By this instrument Arthur Phillip 
 was constituted Captain-General and Governor-in- 
 Chief over the territory called New South Wales 
 (thus named by Captain Cook,) including all the 
 islands adjacent thereto. The office of Lieutenant- 
 Governor was conferred on Major Ross of the 
 Marines. The Act of Parliament establishing the 
 Courts of Judicature was also read, and lastly 
 the patents under the Great Seal. This was the 
 foundation of the city of Sydney. By the end of 
 June some progress had been made towards the 
 formation of a town. Lines were traced out which 
 distinguished the principal street terminated by 
 the Governor's house and the Criminal Court. 
 Other streets were marked out as the sites for 
 houses as the town came to be enlarged. A tem- 
 porary barrack had been erected. The huts were 
 composed some of the soft wood of the cabbage 
 palm, others of upright posts wattled with twigs 
 and plastered with clay. The want of lime, for 
 the making of which no suitable material could be 
 discovered, prevented the erection of stone houses. 
 One of the most substantial buildings was the 
 hospital, erected at the west side of the town. 
 A small observatory was set up by Lieutenant 
 Dawes on the point of land forming the western 
 boundary of Sydney Cove, for the purpose of 
 observing the movements of an expected comet. 
 A farm of about nine acres was cleared in the 
 vicinity of the Cove, next to the town in an 
 easterly direction — the spot now partially occupied 
 by the Botanical Gardens — and was sown with corn 
 of various kinds. While the buildings were pro- 
 ceeding (in March) an emu, seven feet four inches 
 in height, was shot in the streets. A proposal was 
 made on the 4th June, the anniversary of King 
 George the Third's birthday, to change the name 
 of the city to Albion, but was not adopted. Rush- 
 cutter's Bay was named by persons frequenting it 
 to cut rushes for stable use instead of straw. Two 
 men so employed were speared by the natives at 
 the spot, in May. The inhabitants of the rising 
 city suffered great privations from want of pro- 
 visions for the first two years, their whole stock of 
 horned cattle, four cows and two bulls, having 
 escaped into the bush. A farm was established at 
 Parramatta, and named Rose Hill. In December 
 the keel of the first vessel built in the colony was 
 laid. She was designed for conveying provisions 
 to Parramatta, and was called the Rose Hill Packet. 
 A prisoner, James Daley, at this time asserted that 
 he had found gold on the land between the settle- 
 ment and the bay, and was severely punished for 
 deceit. The month of July in the following year 
 (1789) was made remarkable by the discovery of the 
 Hawkesbury. The joy with which this discovery 
 
 z3
 
 578 
 
 > Yt I.op/HDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Syd 
 
 was hailed soon disappeared before the anxiety 
 consequent on a succession of misfortunes. Sick- 
 ness prostrated as many as 500 persons at one 
 time. In July 1790 the Governor laid down the 
 lines of a regular town. The principal street 
 extended one mile from the landing place, and ran 
 in a westerly direction. Its width was 200 feet, 
 and on either side huts were to be erected capable 
 of containing ten persons each. The dwellings 
 were to be at the distance of sixty feet from each 
 other, and garden ground for each was allotted at 
 the rear. The month of February 1791 was 
 marked by excessive heat and hot winds ; the 
 thermometer usually standing at 105°. Immense 
 numbers of birds, flying foxes, and other animals, 
 were killed by the heat in the surrounding district. 
 In November of the same year the work of hewing 
 out the tanks for water-supply was commenced. 
 In February 1792 eight men of the corps of Royal 
 Marines received grants of land in the neighbour- 
 hood of the town, and established themselves as 
 settlers. During the first half of this year scarcity 
 of provisions amounting to famine prevailed, only 
 partially relieved from time to time by the arrival 
 of transports with supplies. This year the first 
 free immigrant, a German named Schiiffer, obtained 
 a grant of land. He had come out to cultivate 
 tobacco. His grant of fifty acres in the town of 
 Sydney was surrendered for twenty gallons of rum 
 in 1807. Had he retained it for a few years he 
 could have sold it for at least ,£100,000. In 1793 
 3470 acres of land had been transferred to settlers, 
 and 1012 acres were under cultivation for the 
 Government. Transports arrived with free citizens, 
 agriculturists, farm implements and seed. An 
 American vessel, sent down from Rhode Island by 
 her speculative owners with miscellaneous cargo, 
 opened the first trade with a foreign nation. In 
 August the first church was built. It was made 
 of wattle and daub, and cost ,£40. The erection 
 of this building was due to Mr. Johnson, the 
 Church of England chaplain to the First Fleet. 
 This gentleman was the first to introduce the 
 orange tree at Kissing Point. When on 11th 
 December 1792 Phillip took leave of the city 
 which he had founded, he had the satisfaction to 
 leave behind him a prosperous people and an 
 honoured name. In March 1793 two Spanish 
 vessels, the Descovierta and Atrevida, arrived in 
 Port Jackson from Manilla. Their object was to 
 take scientific observations. They calculated the 
 longitude of Sydney as being 151° 18' 18" E. from 
 Greenwich, and the latitude 33° 51' 28" S. An 
 extraordinary phenomenon was about this time 
 observed in the heavens near Sydney. At dusk, 
 in the N.W., there was visible a brilliant meteor, 
 having the appearance of a ray of forked lightning, 
 which continued visible for about a quarter of an 
 hour. In 1 795 Governor Hunter ordered a general 
 numbering of the population of Sydney, Parramatta 
 and the Bawkesbury. In November the first print- 
 ing press was set up, and ( ! ge Bowe printed the 
 
 'Acts and Orders of the < lovemor, In December 
 
 1795 the first civil action was tried in Sydney. It 
 arose out of the shooting of a hog belonging to 
 Mr. Boston by a soldier, for trespassing. On 
 Boston remonstrating the soldier struck him with 
 a loaded musket. Damages of £500 were claimed 
 by Boston, and the Court awarded him forty 
 shillings. The decision was sustained on appeal 
 to the Governor. On 16th January 1796 the first 
 dramatic performance took place under Sparrow's 
 management. The play was The Bevenge, and the 
 cast included six male and female performers. In 
 February a military riot occurred, when the cottage 
 of one Bangham, a carpenter, was burnt down by 
 the soldiery. Amongst the deaths of this year 
 were those of Benry Brewer, Provost-Marshal of 
 the settlement, and Richard Bodson, an officer of 
 the N.S.W. corps. The first licenses to sell spirits 
 were issued by the Governor, the period included 
 in them being twelve months. In May, D'Arcy 
 Wentworth was appointed assistant-surgeon to the 
 settlement. Two American vessels, one from Rhode 
 Island and one from Boston brought down provisions 
 and merchandise, which were eagerly purchased. 
 Police arrangements were perfected, and a log 
 prison was erected. The next year saw the first 
 windmill, and a strong bridge was built over 
 the Duck River. Thomas Smith was appointed 
 Provost-Marshal, and Thomas Moore Master Boat- 
 builder. A log prison was erected this year " to 
 the great annoyance of the worthless." At the 
 close of 1797 there were 300 native-born children 
 in Sydney, one-half of whom were attending school. 
 In May 1798 four families of free settlers arrived, 
 and were lodged on ground in the vicinity of the 
 town at the expense of the Government. Towards 
 the end of the year the church was burned to the 
 ground by the act of an incendiary. The first 
 emancipist, Stephenson, a man of good character, 
 died. The half-moon battery at the eastern point 
 of the Cove was completed in December and 
 mounted with guns brought out by the First Fleet. 
 Early in 1799 the wooden gaol was burned clown, 
 and a stone building to supply its place was 
 commenced. The intelligence of Nelson's victory 
 at the Nile was brought by a vessel from the Cape 
 of Good Bope, and the fact was proclaimed amidst 
 public rejoicings. Two Spanish ships captured 
 by whalers off the coast of Peru were brought 
 into the harbour, and were declared by the 
 Court of Vice -Admiralty to be a war-prize. 
 Great storms of rain occurred in Sydney in June, 
 causing much damage, and putting back the pro- 
 gress of the town by at least twelve months. 
 Great distress occurred in consequence for some 
 months. In August the erection of a second 
 battery for the defence of the harbour was com- 
 pleted, and a third battery was erected on Garden 
 Island. At the beginning of 1800 an import duty 
 was imposed on spirits, wine, and beer ; the 
 revenue derived from this source being applied to 
 the building of the gaol. Rumours of meditated 
 revolt amongst the Irish prisoners, led to the 
 formation of the Sydney and Parramatta Loyal
 
 Syd] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 579 
 
 Associated Corps, each of fifty volunteers. Intelli- 
 gence of the union between Great Britain and 
 Ireland was received in June 1801, and the event 
 was celebrated by the hoisting of the new union 
 flag at Sydney, and the remission of the sentences 
 of some of the political prisoners. At this time 
 the circulating currency was of a very miscel- 
 laneous kind, embracing guineas, gold Johannes, 
 ducats, mohurs, pagodas, dollars, rupees, Dutch 
 guilders, English shillings, and copper ounces. 
 On Saturday, 5th March 1803, the first number of 
 the Sydney Gazette, the official organ, was issued. 
 It consisted of four small pages printed on inferior 
 paper in type very much defaced. In March 1806 a 
 flood in the Hawkesbury caused great distress 
 through the destruction of the farmers' produce, 
 and a committee was formed in Sydney to super- 
 vise the consumption of bread. Food rose to 
 famine prices, flour being half-a-crown a pound, 
 and the two-pound loaf was five shillings. The 
 intelligence of Nelson's great victory at Trafalgar 
 was received with great rejoicing. In August 
 Bligh arrived, and the troubles which marked his 
 entire period of rule began. The details do not 
 require to be repeated here. The troubles ended 
 on the day the colony had completed the twentieth 
 year of its existence (26th January 1808.) In May 
 1809 another flood on the Hawkesbury threatened 
 the Sydney people with another famine. In 
 August Archdeacon Cowper arrived, with the 
 appointment of assistant chaplain — the fourth 
 clergyman who had come to the colony. In 
 December Governor Macquarie arrived. He was 
 an enthusiast for improvement. The town of 
 Sydney first occupied his attention. Its disorgan- 
 ised and irregular condition he saw to be utterly 
 inconsistent with a well-ordered and permanent 
 state of society. He divided the town into five 
 districts, and in each erected a watch-house, where 
 a police guard was stationed. He named the 
 several streets and established regulations for 
 preserving regularity in the erection of houses, and 
 drew up rules for the regulation of the markets. 
 The ordinances of religious attention to Divine 
 worship and a due observance of the Sabbath next 
 attracted his attention. Previous to this time it 
 would seem that but little difference was made 
 between the Sabbath and other days of the week ; 
 for besides prohibiting manual labour on the 
 seventh day he issued an order that on Sundays 
 public houses should be closed from ten in the 
 morning till half-past twelve o'clock in the day. 
 That no class of the community might have an 
 excuse for neglecting the offices of religion he at 
 once enlarged the church and otherwise increased 
 the accommodation for those who attended Divine 
 worship. He ordered that every Sunday at a fixed 
 hour all the convicts in the Government service 
 should be mustered in the market place in their 
 best apparel, and thence marched to church, 
 attended by the principal superintendent ; and the 
 more effectually to enforce this regulation he 
 inspected in person the men so assembled. The 
 
 administration of justice was not forgotten. A 
 court of civil judicature, to be held during the 
 first month of each quarter of the year was estab- 
 lished ; and two magistrates, the Judge- Advocate 
 and another, were constituted a court for the 
 recovery of small debts. In November 1811 the 
 first horse-races held in the colony took place at 
 (Sydney, the sports continuing three days. In 
 October 1812 the foundation of the General 
 Hospital was laid. The general aspect of the 
 city at this period is thus sketched by a vigorous 
 writer : — " A thriving town had grown up on the 
 shores of Port Jackson. The Governor's house 
 was of stone. The judge and a few Govern- 
 ment officers had houses of brick, but the main 
 portion of the inhabitants were content with 
 plastered logs and shingled roofs. Yet the people 
 of Sydney felt no small pride in their town. They 
 would have liked a little more land for their few 
 sheep and cows. But the flocks on which they 
 relied roamed through far different pastures. 
 When the season came round they sailed away 
 down the Great Southern Ocean, and came back 
 laden with black oil and sperm. Their harbour 
 was the finest in the world, sending its arms in 
 among their cottages and town gardens, and 
 capable of containing the whole British navy; 
 their long huts were bathed in everlasting sun- 
 shine ; and business was good. From the sparkling 
 waters of the bay to the Blue Mountains behind, 
 all was bustle and activity. Whalers from Europe 
 and America refitting, immigrants landing, new 
 houses building, and vineyards and orange-groves 
 creeping round the bay. Such as it was, it com- 
 prehended all the English in A. Through those 
 Blue Mountains no man could find a way to the 
 boundless regions which lay beyond. Kewards 
 were offered for the discovery of a mere sheep 
 track. The more adventurous citizens risked 
 life and limb — not always without fatal results — 
 in clambering up and down their craggy sides, 
 and peeping into their black fissures. Three gen- 
 tlemen, Lieutenant Lawson of the 104th Regiment, 
 with Messrs. Blaxlaud and Wentworth, led an 
 expedition into the mountains, which was very 
 successful, for at length the long-sought pass 
 was discovered. In 1813 Mr. Evans, a Govern- 
 ment surveyor, also found himself, after repeated 
 attempts, on the other side of the Blue Mountains, 
 and with care and great labour retraced his steps 
 to Sydney. Immediately the pent-up flocks and 
 herds of the colonists poured themselves out over 
 Bathurst Plains and the western districts of 
 N.S.W. ; and the people of Sydney began to desert 
 their town gardens for sheep-feeding and wool- 
 growing." In July 1816 the foundation of the 
 South Head lighthouse was laid. In December a 
 meeting was held to establish the Bank of N.S.W. 
 The next three years were uneventful for the 
 inhabitants of the rising city. In 1819 an orphan 
 school for male children was opened in Sydney ; 
 Hyde Park Barracks was completed ; the founda- 
 tions of the Supreme Court buildings were laid,
 
 580 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LSyd 
 
 and the N.8.W. Savings Bank was instituted. 
 Early in 1820 the foundation of the Georgian 
 Public School was laid ; and a meeting was held 
 to devise measures for the erection of a Roman 
 Catholic Church. At the criminal sessions, held 
 in March 1821, twenty -five men were sentenced 
 to death. In November the foundation-stone of 
 St. Mary's (R.C.) Cathedral — the first church of 
 that denomination in Australia— was laid by the 
 Governor. On 1st December, at a grand review 
 in Hyde Park, Governor Macquarie read his fare- 
 well address to the colonists, and announced the 
 appointment of Sir Thomas Brisbane as his 
 successor. The Sydney Philosophical Society was 
 instituted this year. The Riley Estate, containing 
 100 acres now included within the city, was pur- 
 chased in May 1822 by Mrs. Ann Riley for £2200. 
 The Agricultural Society and Sydney Institution 
 were founded the same year. In 1826 the first 
 Scotch Church was opened ; and the Chamber of 
 Commerce was founded. In this year the mania 
 of joint-stock companies occurred in England, and 
 its effects were felt in the colony in an eager desire 
 to enter into speculations in stock. " The soldier 
 unbuckled his belt to become a keeper of sheep, 
 and the priest forsook his altar to become a herds- 
 man of cattle." A drought of three years ensued, 
 a financial crash followed, and the value of cattle 
 fell from pounds to shillings. In September the 
 aqueduct for supplying Sydney with water from 
 the Botany swamp was commenced. In 1830 the 
 Sydney College was founded, superseding the 
 Sydney Free Grammar School. The new institu- 
 tion was established by a company with a capital 
 of £10,000. The foundation of the College build- 
 ings was laid in Hyde Park by Chief Justice 
 Forbes on 26th January. The arrival of Governor 
 Bourke was celebrated with much rejoicing and a 
 general illumination of the town on 2nd December 
 1831. The first steam vessel set afloat in Port 
 Jackson — the Sophia Jane of 256 tons — arrived 
 from England this year, brought out by Lieutenant 
 Biddulph of the Royal Navy, one of her owners. 
 The steamer plied between Sydney and Newcastle. 
 The Government Domain was for the first time 
 thrown open to the public the same year. In 
 
 1832 the Australian College was opened. In 
 
 1833 the Mechanics School of Arts was formed ; 
 the Australian Steam Navigation Board was 
 appointed ; and the Port of Sydney was 
 declared a free port by order of the Lords 
 Commissioners of the Admiralty ; under this 
 privilege vessels of foreign nations were allowed 
 to land and warehouse cargoes for exportation. 
 In 1834 the estate of Wooloomooloo, the property 
 of Sir James Dowling, was laid out in streets. 
 Victoria-street was so named after Queen Victoria, 
 Brougham-street after Lord Brougham, Dowling- 
 street after himself, and Forbes-street after Sir 
 Francis Forbes. Some land sold in Sydney at the 
 rate of £10,000 per acre. The Proprietary Sydney 
 College was opened under the superintendence of 
 W. T. Cape in 1830. On 13th April 1836 the 
 
 Sydney Gas Light Company was established ; and 
 the same year the Australian Museum. A great 
 fall of snow occurred near Sydney, known as 
 "Snowy Monday," on 28th June 1837. The 
 aqueduct from Botany to Sydney, which was com- 
 menced in 1827, was completed in 1837. The 
 length of the tunnel was 12,000 feet, its average 
 depth five, and its width four feet. The total cost 
 of the aqueduct was £22,000. The work was done 
 entirely by prison labour, which was estimated to 
 be two-thirds less than free labour. The Victoria 
 Theatre was opened on 17th March 1838. The 
 same year the Sydney Botanic Gardens were 
 thrown open to the public. The first show of the 
 Floral and Horticultural Society took place on 
 19th September; and the foundation stone of 
 Christ Church was laid 1st January 1840. The 
 foundation stone of Trinity Church was laid on 
 23rd June. Gas was first used for lighting the shops, 
 and the Company gave a brilliant illumination on 
 Church Hill on the occasion, 24th May 1841. The 
 city was lighted with gas for the first time on 26th 
 January 1842. The 11th April of that year was 
 observed as a public holiday, to celebrate the 
 unveiling of the statue to Sir Richard Bourke. 
 The same year the bill for incorporating Sydney 
 passed the Legislature. In November the first 
 municipal elections took place. The first alder- 
 men chosen were : — Robert Owen, John Hosking, 
 George Allen, Thomas Broughton, Francis Mitchell, 
 and J. R. Wilshire. Hosking was elected mayor. 
 On 24th May 1843 Government House was first 
 occupied and specially fitted up for the celebra- 
 tion of Her Majesty's birthday. Great distress 
 prevailed in Sydney amongst the working classes 
 for want of employment this year. £1000 was 
 voted by the Council for the purpose of sending a 
 portion of the unemployed into the interior. The 
 first peal of bells heard in Australia ushered in 
 the new year from the tower of St. Mary's (R.C. 
 Cathedral) on 1st January 1844. The foundation 
 stone of the first Bethel Chapel was laid on 24th 
 April. The first meeting of the subscribers to 
 the Sydney Dispensary after its extension as an 
 infirmary, when Drs. Macfarlane and Fullerton 
 were elected the first physicians, and Nathan and 
 McCrae the first surgeons of that institution, was 
 held on 26th March 1845. The first anti -trans- 
 portation meeting was held in Sydney on 22nd 
 Octi il ler 1846, Charles Cowper presiding. Towards 
 the latter part of 1848 the first ship load of 
 Chinese immigrants arrived. A great anti-trans- 
 portation demonstration took place at the Victoria 
 Theatre in March 1849, the Mayor presiding. 
 Amongst the speakers were Robert Lowe, Charles 
 Cowper, and Dean McEncroe. In June the ship 
 Harkaway arrived with 212 male prisoners on 
 board — and another grand demonstration took 
 place. A deputation was appointed to wait on 
 Governor Fitzroy to remonstrate, and were received 
 with haughty coldness and premeditated incivility. 
 In 18,49 a select committee of the Legislative 
 Council was appointed to inquire into the working
 
 Sydl 
 
 c Yt ■Lul'.KDIA 1.1F AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 581 
 
 of the corporation of Sydney, the efficiency of 
 which had long been doubted, while its proceedings 
 were conducted on the part of the councilmen in 
 such a manner as to excite the contempt of the 
 citizens. Those who were still favourable to the 
 corporation attributed its unsuccessful working, 
 1st, to the cumbersome machinery by which it had 
 been surrounded, including the numbers of its 
 members, which was said to be too large ; 2nd, the 
 absence of legitimate endowments. The com- 
 mittee reported " that whatever might be the 
 defects of the machinery, and how inadequate 
 soever the means of the corporation, these were 
 but secondary and minor defects, compared with 
 the gross and palpable misconduct of the corpora- 
 tion itself, which had neither used ordinary care 
 in collecting, ordinary fairness in expending, nor 
 ordinary diligence in improving its revenues, and 
 that, while to give additional endowment to such 
 a body would be manifestly improper, to allow it 
 to remain in its present position would be to 
 declare that the citizens should derive as little 
 benefit as possible for the sums they contributed. 
 The committee was perfectly satisfied, from the 
 evidence they had taken, that the body had 
 entirely lost the confidence of the citizens, and was 
 regarded as an impediment to the improvements 
 of the city." They proceeded to add however, 
 having reference to the demand so often made 
 from responsible governments, that " they did not 
 think the failure of the corporation could fairly 
 be urged against the colony as a proof of its unfit- 
 ness for representative government. It was the 
 existence of representative assemblies that was 
 fatal to the successful working of corporations. 
 Under arbitrary governments they enlisted those 
 ardent spirits whose energies had no other vent ; 
 under free governments the higher order of 
 public men were employed elsewhere, and muni- 
 cipal politics lost their attraction. Among the 
 causes of failure mentioned by the committee 
 was the practice of creating Aldermen Justices 
 of the Peace, by which a spurious ambition was 
 generated, and men sought a seat in the City 
 Council not to devote themselves to business but 
 to become Magistrates. The manner in which the 
 Council performed its business was also highly 
 objectionable. Their discussions were prolix and 
 disorderly ; their proceedings dilatory and incon- 
 sistent ; epithets of the most offensive nature and 
 even oaths were employed in their deliberations ; 
 and they indulged in debates on the most trivial 
 matters, such as reception of a petition or a point 
 of order, which were almost interminable. The 
 consequence was that their business fell into 
 arrear ; it was very difficult to know when the 
 Council would arrive at a decision, and when they 
 decided how long they would adhere to it. The 
 committee concluded by recommending — 1st, That 
 the Acts of Council incorporating the citizens of 
 Sydney should be repealed ; 2nd, That an Act 
 should be passed appointing three commissioners 
 in whom should be vested all the powers at present 
 
 exercised by the Corporation ; 3rd, That the local 
 revenues then vested in the Corporation should be 
 vested in those commissioners ; and 4th, That a 
 uniform rate for the purposes of civic improve- 
 ments should be imposed by Act of Council. A 
 series of resolutions for abolishing the Corporation 
 were subsequently introduced by Lowe, but were 
 negatived by a majority of fifteen to six. An 
 amendment, moved by George Robert Nichols, to 
 the effect that it was the opinion of the Council 
 that the Corporation ought to be amended but not 
 abolished was adopted, and the Government were 
 left to pursue whatever measures might seem to 
 them desirable on the matter. The year 1849 
 was signalised by Wentworth's bringing in and 
 carrying through the Legislature the Bill for the 
 founding of the University of Sydney. The Bill 
 incorporating the Sydney Railway Company was 
 also passed about the same time. The intelligence 
 of the discovery of gold in California reached 
 Sydney early in the year, and by June about 
 300 persons had left the colony for that country. 
 The exodus subsequently grew to very large pro- 
 portions, and the value of the property in the city 
 was considerably depreciated in consequence. In 
 July 1850 the first sod of the Sydney and Goulburn 
 Railway was turned by the Governor's daughter, 
 Mrs. Keith Stuart, in the presence of about 10,000 
 spectators. The terminus of the proposed line 
 was in Parramatta -street. A great indignation 
 meeting to denounce the conduct of Governor 
 Fitzroy in reference to the Transportation Question 
 was held about the same time at the Circular 
 Quay. A second meeting of a similar character 
 was held in the Barrack Square in September, 
 when 6000 persons were present. In December 
 the Act granting responsible government to the 
 colony arrived. In May 1851 the announcement 
 of Hargreaves' discovery of gold caused a rush 
 of the population from Sydney which almost 
 depopulated it of the male adults. A great meet- 
 ing to petition the Queen for the dismissal of Earl 
 Grey from her councils was held in July. A duel 
 was fought between Sir Thomas Mitchell and 
 Stuart Alexander Donaldson in September, fortu- 
 nately without serious result. In 1852 Port Jackson 
 became a free port by an Act abolishing harbour 
 dues, entry and clearance fees, and lighthouse and 
 water police dues. In October of that year the 
 Sydney University was instituted. The inaugural 
 addresses were delivered by Sir Charles Nicholson, 
 Vice-Provost, and Rev. John Woolley, the Principal. 
 The first members of the Senate were :— Provost : 
 A. J. Hamilton, M.A. ; Vice-Provost : Sir Charles 
 Nicholson ; Fellows : Rev. W. B. Boyce, Edward 
 Broadhurst, B.A., John Bayley Darvall, M.A., 
 Stuart A. Donaldson, Right Rev. C. H. Davis, D.D., 
 Alfred Denison, M.A., J. Macarthur, F. L. S. 
 Merewether, B.A., Bartholomew O'Brien, M.D., 
 J. H. Plunkett, M.A., Justice Therry, E. Deas- 
 Thomson, and William Charles Wentworth. The 
 first Chancellor was Sir Charles Nicholson, 1854. 
 In 1853 an Act was passed abolishing the Municipal
 
 582 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tam-Tar 
 
 Corporation of Sydney, substituting in its stead 
 three paid commissioners to carry out the works 
 necessary for draining the city and supplying it 
 with water. The commissioners commenced their 
 duties in January 1854. The foundation-stone of 
 the Sydney Exchange was laid by Governor Fitzroy 
 in 1853 ; and the works for the defence of the 
 harbour were commenced at Pinchgut (now Fort 
 Denison,) Lady Macquarie's Chair, and other 
 places in the harbour. Dr. Cuthill, a gentleman 
 noted for his philanthropy, was shot by a lunatic 
 towards the middle of 1854. The following year 
 the railway to Parramatta was opened ; the Mint 
 was opened in May ; and in the same month Bishop 
 Barker arrived as successor to Bishop Broughton. 
 In 1857 an Act for the re-establishment of the 
 Corporation was passed. The population of the 
 city was shown by the census to be 81,327 souls, 
 including the suburbs. On 21st August of that 
 year occurred the wreck of the Dunbar, and a 
 short time after that of the Catharine Adamson. 
 The Exchange was opened by Governor Denison 
 on 30th December. About the middle of 1858 
 occurred the rush to Port Curtis, with disastrous 
 results to many of the eager goldseekers. On 29th 
 October communication by means of the electric 
 wire was completed between Sydney, Melbourne 
 and Adelaide. For several years succeeding the 
 annals of the city are comparatively uneventful. 
 In April 1868 the foundation-stone of the Town 
 Hall was laid by the Duke of Edinburgh. The 
 foundation-stone of the Protestant Hall was laid 
 by Bishop Barker in November 1875. In that 
 year the Municipal Council was unable to meet 
 its liabilities, and half of the employes were dis- 
 charged. The Government advanced £10,000. 
 The following year the estate of the Corpora- 
 tion was sequestrated by order of the Chief 
 Commissioner of Insolvency. A similar event 
 happened in 1879, and the Government again 
 came to the assistance of the Corporation. The 
 foundation stone of the new Crown Lands Office 
 was laid by T. Garrett, Minister of Lands, in 
 October 1878. The details of the Sydney Inter- 
 national Exhibition of 1879 have already been 
 given. The . Mayors of Sydney have been in 
 succession as follows : — John Hosking, 1843 ; 
 J. K. Wilshire, 1844 ; George Allen, 1845 ; Henry 
 McDermott, 1846 ; Thomas Broughton, 1847 ; 
 J. F. Josephson, 1848 ; Edward Flood, 1849 ; 
 George Hill, 1850 ; William Thurlow, 1851-2 ; 
 Daniel Egan, 1853 ; Council abrogated and Com- 
 missioners in office, 1854, -55, -56 ; Corporation 
 again established — George Thornton, 1857 ; John 
 Williams, 1858; George Smith, 1859; James 
 Murphy, I860 ; John Sutherland, 1861 ; James 
 Oatley, 1862; Thomas Spence, 1863; William 
 Speer, 1864; John Woods, 1865; John Sutton, 
 1866; Charles Moore, 1867-9 ; Walter Kenny (from 
 March) 1869 ; Walter Kenny, 1870 ; Michael 
 Chapman, 1871-2 ; James Merriman, 1873 and 
 1877-8 ; Benjamin Palmer, 1875-6 ; C. J. Roberts, 
 1879. 
 
 T 
 
 TAMAR RIVER, in T., empties itself into Port 
 
 Dalrymple. Launceston is situated on this river. 
 
 j The North and South Esk, two fine streams, unite 
 
 j at Launceston and fall into the Tamar about thirty 
 
 i miles from its mouth. The valley through which 
 
 the Tamar flows is narrow, with sides steep and 
 
 woody, in some places the reaches are wide, and 
 
 the hills recede. George Town is situated on this 
 
 river, about four miles from its mouth. It was 
 
 discovered by Bass and Flinders in 1798, and 
 
 named by Colonel Paterson in 1806. 
 
 TAMBAR00RA, a mining township in N.S.W. 
 situated on the Tambaroora Creek, 168 miles N.W. 
 of Sydney, twenty-five miles W. from Sofala. The 
 district is hilly, and is principally taken up for 
 gold-mining, the workings being both alluvial and 
 quartz. The country is clay-slate with quartz 
 veins, and including Hill End, has been one of the 
 richest gold-reefing districts in A. It has been a 
 gold-field since 1851. But though large quantities 
 of gold have been obtained, the early promise of 
 the locality has not been fulfilled The town is 
 situated on a rugged table-laud, through which 
 the water-courses have cut deep channels. Popu- 
 lation was about 1000, and with vicinity 3265, but 
 it has fallen off considerably. 
 
 TAMW0RTH, an agricultural township in 
 N.S.W. 251 miles N. of Sydney, situated on the 
 Peel and Cockburn Rivers. It stands on low 
 ground surrounded by a range of undulating 
 mountains, in the midst of a fine pastoral, 
 agricultural and mining district, and is gradually 
 growing into importance as these interests become 
 developed. The principal goldfields in the neigh- 
 bourhood are at Bowling Alley Point (28 miles,) 
 Nundle (37,) Hanging Rock near Barraba (60,) 
 and at Bingera (110 miles.) Near the latter 
 place diamonds in large quantities have been 
 obtained. The town of Tarn worth was incorporated 
 on 17th March 1876. A large area of land in the 
 vicinity of Tamworth is held by the Peel River 
 Land and Mineral Company. This land com- 
 prising about 300,000 acres, was originally pur- 
 chased for £500,000, and large sums of money have 
 been spent in improving it. A considerable town- 
 ship exists on the Company's side of the river, and 
 lots amounting to nearly 500 acres have been 
 alienated for building and other purposes at 
 moderate rates. The population is about 4,000. 
 
 TAIERI, an extensive agricultural district in 
 N.Z., lying about six miles S. of Dunedin, mostly 
 occupied by Scotch farmers. There are several 
 mines of lignite in the district, which are worked 
 to advantage. In the neighbourhood of Taieri is 
 Mosgiel, where extensive woollen factories are at 
 work. Population of district about 5000. 
 
 TARANAKI, a province of N.Z., which takes 
 its name from the lofty, snow-clad mountain called 
 by Europeans " Egmont," and by the natives 
 " Taranaki." According to Native tradition, a
 
 Tar] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 583 
 
 great chief named Turi, who came from Hawaiiki 
 in a canoe named Antra, gave names to all the 
 rivers and mountains in this part of the country. 
 From the same source we also learn that the 
 principal tribe of this district came from the same 
 place in a canoe called Tokomaru, commanded by 
 a chief named Manaia, who was compelled to flee 
 from his native country on account of a murder 
 which he had committed. Members of this tribe 
 state that when their ancestors arrived in Taranaki 
 they found it inhabited by an unwarlike race whom 
 they easily subdued. How long ago this happened 
 they cannot tell ; but from the names of their 
 ancestors, which some of them have committed to 
 memory, and from the many traces of ancient 
 fortifications upon the hills, it was probably some 
 hundreds of years. 
 
 History. — The history of this people is one of 
 incessant warfare. The warlike spirit of the race 
 reached its height shortly after the introduction of 
 firearms in 1820. In the fierce intertribal struggles 
 that took place in the twelve years following that 
 event, the tribe of the Taranaki district was broken, 
 thousands of its warriors slain, and many of its 
 people taken into captivity and reduced to slavery. 
 The first Europeans who beheld Taranaki were 
 probably Tasman and his companions, in December 
 1G42. On 10th January 1772, Cook first sighted 
 the mountain which he named " Egmont," in 
 honour of the Earl bearing that title. On the 
 10th February 1772, Marion du Fresne made the 
 land here and named the mountain "Le Pic 
 Mascarin" after his ship. From this time to 1839 
 Taranaki was occasionally visited by whalers, some 
 of whom established a station at the Sugar Loaf 
 Islands. In 1831, when the AVaikatos, under their 
 great chief Te Wherowhero, made their memorable 
 descent on the district to punish the Ngatiawa for 
 having assisted the fighting chief Rauparaha — and 
 also because Kaeaea, one of their chiefs had, in 
 a preceding war, crucified the Waikato chief 
 Taiporutu in the gateway of his pa, after taking 
 the pa at Pukerangiora, and killing and devouring 
 several hundreds of its occupants — they proceeded 
 to attack Ngamotu Pa, near the Sugar Loaves. 
 This was garrisoned by 350 Ngatiawa, under their 
 chief AVarepori, and six English whalers and 
 traders, whose names have been preserved by the 
 Maoris. These were Barrett, Love, Oliver, Wright, 
 Akers, and Phillips. The besieged, armed with 
 muskets and four small merchant-ship guns, made 
 such a heroic defence that the AVaikatos at last 
 retreated with great loss ; but after the victory, 
 the Ngamotu defenders, with the other natives of 
 the district, fled to the south, leaving the country 
 almost entirely without inhabitants. On 29th 
 April 1834 the barque Harriet, Captain Hall 
 commander, bound from Sydney to Port Under- 
 wood, with a whaling party under a man named 
 Guard, ran ashore on the coast of Taranaki proper, 
 a little to the south of Cape Egmont. For six 
 days the shipwrecked sailors were treated as 
 friends, but on the seventh day a quarrel arose, in 
 
 which twelve sailors and twenty-five natives were 
 slain, and Guard, his wife, two children, and ten 
 seamen were made prisoners. Guard and several 
 sailors wore allowed to depart on promising to 
 return with powder as a ransom for the others, 
 and he proceeded to N.S.AV. Arrived there Guard 
 prevailed on the Governor to send H.M.S. Alligator, 
 Captain Lambert, with a company of the 50th 
 Regiment, to Taranaki, with the object of rescuing 
 the prisoners. Two villages were destroyed, many 
 of the natives slain, and the women, children, 
 and other captives were recovered. Among the 
 stores of the Harriet was a quantity of soap : this 
 was taken from the vessel by the natives, baked 
 in their ovens, and eaten by the Maoris (who were 
 totally ignorant of its nature,) with what result to 
 them may be more easily imagined than described. 
 In the year 1839 a company was formed in England, 
 called the Plymouth Company, the object of which 
 was the establishment of a colony in N.Z. It was 
 a joint-stock association, which invested £10,000 
 in the purchase of 50,000 acres of land from the 
 N.Z.C. Colonel AVakefield, acting for the company 
 in 1839 found many fugitives from Taranaki on 
 the shores of Cook Strait, and from them he 
 purchased the land of their fathers, from which 
 they had been driven, and to which the dread of 
 their victorious foes prevented their return. 
 About the end of the same year the company's 
 naturalist, Ernst Dieffenbach, proceeded to Tara- 
 naki. He found a handful of wretched natives 
 there living stealthily on obscure plantations 
 hidden deep in the recesses of the forest, while 
 the rest of the beautiful country was completely 
 desolate. He travelled for miles without meeting 
 a single person, and seeing no trace of man except 
 some deserted plantations. AVhile there he inves- 
 tigated the geology, botany, and natural history 
 of the place, and succeeded in scaling the lofty 
 mountain. He also, in conjunction with an agent 
 of the company, succeeded in purchasing from the 
 few natives in possession their rights in the soil. 
 In February 1841 Mr. Carrington, the company's 
 surveyor, having previously explored the coast 
 for a site for the new settlement, and fixed on the 
 Taranaki district, in January of the same year 
 arrived, accompanied by his staff, and the survey 
 of the district was commenced. On 31st March 
 of that year, the barque William Bryon, arrived 
 with the first batch of immigrants. This vessel 
 was followed by the Amelia Thompson, which 
 arrived on 3rd September, and by her tender, a 
 small vessel destined for coasting, called the 
 Regina, which was unfortunately wrecked on the 
 Taranaki beach shortly after her arrival. The 
 Oriental arrived on 7th November, 1841, and 
 the Timandara on 2nd February, 1842, and these 
 were followed at intervals by the Blenheim and 
 Essex. The immigrants were from the English 
 western counties — Cornwall, Devon, Dorset, and 
 Hants ; they numbered nearly 2000, and were 
 selected so carefully with regard to character, that 
 for many years crime was almost unknown in the
 
 584 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tar 
 
 Province. The majority were agricultural labourers 
 and miners, but there were some tradesmen and 
 professional men. The first work performed was 
 the erection of huts to live in ; these were chiefly 
 constructed of the broad rush of the country, 
 after the fashion of the natives, and were thatched 
 with sedge. Every able-bodied man was engaged 
 in making roads, constructing bridges, and cutting 
 lines through the fern and forest lands. When 
 the immigrants landed the few natives who greeted 
 them were miserable and dejected. Many of them 
 at times were absolutely naked. After a while, 
 gaining confidence, they came out of their hiding- 
 places in the forest, and from distant places on the 
 coast, in order to see the white man, to marvel at 
 his works, to trade with him, in fish, firewood, and 
 potatoes, and to share in the blankets and other 
 things which had been promised in payment for 
 the land. The first unpleasantness between the 
 races arose through a quantity of goods which had 
 been promised not being forthcoming. To rectify 
 this the Chief Surveyor, Carrington, wrote to 
 Colonel Wakefield, and that gentleman despatched 
 the schooner Jewess, freighted with the promised 
 articles. The vessel was unfortunately wrecked in 
 the Strait, and the natives never received the 
 goods, but they accepted the intention for the 
 deed. After this affair had been thus amicably 
 settled, the great chief of the Waikato tribe, who 
 had conquered the tribes of Taranaki, sent a sub- 
 ordinate chief named Te Kaka ( A nglid the Parrot) 
 with 200 men to claim the land by right of con- 
 quest. This claim was satisfied by Governor 
 Hobson paying the chief £150 in money, two 
 horses, two saddles, two bridles, and 100 red 
 blankets. A part of the bargain made with the 
 natives was, that one-tenth of the purchased land 
 should be returned to them when it was surveyed ; 
 and in order to expedite their civilisation, it was 
 judged prudent to give them their reserves in the 
 midst of the lands selected by the Europeans. As 
 soon as the surveys were completed, the immigrants 
 began to take up their allotments, to build, and 
 cultivate. A village was soon formed on a beautiful 
 and level tract of land, about six miles from 
 the township of New Plymouth. Scarcely had 
 this been done, when a number of slaves, the 
 original owners of the district, were set at liberty 
 through the entreaties of Rev. John Whitely, a 
 Wesleyan missionary, who has since fallen by the 
 hands of those to whose welfare he devoted his 
 life. These manumitted slaves, who of course had 
 not received any part of the payment for the land, 
 became insolent and tyrannical, and demanded 
 that the land should be given up to them. At 
 length a Commissioner, Mr. Spain, was sent by the 
 Borne Government to investigate their claims. 
 Hi; decided against them and made an award in 
 favour of the NX. Company; but discontent still 
 prevailing— being if anything rather increased by 
 this decision — Governor Fitzroy reversed the 
 award of the Imperial Commissioner, declared all 
 the Europeans trespassers for the time being, and 
 
 gave back all the country lands to the natives with 
 the understanding however that on the extinction 
 of the native title, by purchase or otherwise, the 
 dispossessed settlers should re-enter on their 
 original selections. This was a great blow to the 
 settlement ; many settlers left, and further to 
 reduce it, the Governor induced many of the 
 Cornish miners to go to the Government settle- 
 ment at Auckland to work a newly-discovered 
 mine yielding copper and manganese. Some of 
 the best settlers were compelled to go into the 
 heavily -timbered lands and hew out for themselves 
 farms with the axe, while thousands of acres of 
 fine open land were left a barren and totally 
 unproductive waste. The land was given back to 
 the natives in 1844, and during the succeeding ten 
 years a few small blocks were repurchased at 
 great expense and in the face of much opposition. 
 Then a land league was formed the outcome of 
 which was the great war of 1860. There were 
 however a few things that tended to cheer the 
 pioneers of the settlement in the midst of their 
 severe struggles. The country was very healthy — 
 the year would pass without a single death 
 occurring in the community. The earth also 
 yielded abundantly — wheat chipped in with a 
 mattock returned rich harvests of golden grain. 
 Mills were erected and quantities of fine flour 
 exported. Grass also flourished ; Dutch white 
 clover sprang up in all directions ; and butter soon 
 became an article of export. Poultry became 
 plentiful, and the bee produced great quantities of 
 honey. The settler found comfort, and if his farm 
 brought little cash to his pocket, he was amply 
 supplied by it with all the necessaries of life, and 
 was cheered by seeing the daisy, primrose and 
 other British flowers, and all the fruits of his 
 native land flourish in luxuriance round his 
 cottage. 
 
 General Description.— Situated on the west 
 coast of the North Island, between the 38th and 
 40th parallels of south latitude, with a population 
 of about 5400, the Province of Taranaki contains, 
 in proportion to its area, a greater extent of land 
 suitable for cultivation than any other province 
 in the colony ; while its bracing yet genial 
 atmosphere and the noted salubrity of its climate, 
 point it out as one of the most eligible settlements 
 for intending emigrants. Geologically, Taranaki 
 is a volcanic country. The underlying formation 
 is a bluish marl of the older tertiary series ; but 
 except for about twenty miles of the northern part 
 of the province, it is overlaid by a great mass of 
 trachytic rock. This is covered with a deposit of 
 yellow earth, consisting of ferruginous volcanic 
 tufa of varying depth, but sometimes extending 
 to ninety feet. In this tufa occurs the titanic iron 
 sand, which is likely very speedily to be utilised 
 and to become a considerable source of wealth to 
 the province. In addition to the peak of 
 Taranaki or Mount Egmont, which rises to the 
 height of 8270 feet, there are two considerable 
 mountain ranges of a picturesque character, also
 
 Tar] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AU3TB w, v-ia 
 
 58! 
 
 the cone-like Sugar Loaf Peak and Islands, and 
 many ridges and small detached hills, which are 
 composed of trachytic rock or trachytic breccia. 
 Where the marl rises to the surface, the land is 
 adapted to the production of European fruits. 
 The vine and the apple-tree thrive well upon it. 
 On the volcanic soils, grapes, root crops, wheat to 
 some extent, and the peach-tree flourish. The 
 area of the province is 2,137,000 acres, and of this 
 at least two-thirds or about 1,500,000 acres is good 
 agricultural land, suitable for settlement. There 
 are only 175,000 acres in the hands of settlers. 
 The balance is still in the hands of the General 
 Government and the natives ; the portion at the 
 disposal of the provincial authorities being insig- 
 nificant in quantity. The most noticeable features 
 of the country are these : Taking the coast line it 
 will be found that the central portion of the 
 province, from New Plymouth to the Kaipokonui 
 stream is circular in form, so much so that if one 
 leg of a gigantic pair of compasses were placed on 
 Mount Egmont, and a semicircle were described 
 with a radius of fifteen miles, it would aptly delineate 
 the coast for a distance of forty-five miles. For the 
 greater part of this distance the land — which on 
 the coast line is low and rocky to within a few 
 miles of Cape Egmont, while from that point it 
 rises and presents, as an ocean front, an unbroken 
 line of cliffs averaging 100 feet in height — rises 
 gradually inland in the direction of the mountain, 
 and is divided at intervals by valleys, most of them 
 containing rivers or streams, running more or less 
 in a direct line from the mountain to the coast. 
 Between these valleys are plateaux, generally very 
 level, and the soil consists of a rich, black, vege- 
 table mould, from nine to eighteen inches in 
 thickness, overlying the volcanic tufa. From New 
 Plymouth the coast trends in a north-easterly 
 direction to the Waitara River for a distance of 
 about eleven miles. The land here is less divided 
 by gullies, and the soil is of the richest description 
 — much of the same character as that between 
 New Plymouth and Kaipokonui. North of the 
 Waitara, the coast line runs for ten miles in an 
 easterly direction to the Urenui River, and thence 
 again in a north-easterly direction for about twenty- 
 five miles to the River Mokau, the northen 
 boundary of the province. From the Waitara 
 northwards the soil is stiffer, and well adapted to 
 grain crops; while between the Oneiro and Mimi 
 Rivers, and especially in the neighbourhood of the 
 Urenui, the soil consists to a great extent of a 
 heavy clay suited for brick making. From the 
 Mimi northward the soil is still a clayey loam, and 
 at and near Mokau the finest brick clay is found 
 in inexaustible quantities. Before the war of 1860 
 several English brickmakers lived at Mokau and 
 shipped large quantities of bricks, but on the out- 
 break of hostilities they were forced to leave, and 
 from that time no English vessel of any descrip- 
 tion has entered the river. In the vicinity of the 
 Urenui River the finest apples, peaches, and grapes 
 are produced, all of them growing luxuriantly 
 
 even in a wild and uncultivated state. The 
 banks of the river in many places are festooned 
 with vines which in the season are laden with 
 fruit. From the Kaipokonui River southward, the 
 coast line, forming a slight inward curve, trends 
 in a south-easterly direction for some thirty miles 
 to the mouth of the river Patea, which is the 
 southernmost boundary of the province on the 
 coast line, though not bounding it at any other 
 point except at its mouth, the river running its 
 whole length through Taranaki. This part of the 
 province, from the sea for several miles inland, is 
 as a rule level and mostly clothed with grass or 
 clover. The land adjacent to the coast is generally 
 open and covered with fern, phormium grass, 
 or clover for a distance varying from one to 
 fifteen miles inland, while the interior is 
 densely wooded. Between the Kaipokonui and 
 the southern boundary of Taranaki the soil 
 is generally a clayey loam and very productive. 
 There is a general similarity in the ruling indus- 
 tries of the several districts. The settlers in all 
 are engaged in agricultural and pastoral pursuits ; 
 in some the agricultural predominates and in others 
 the pastoral, though in all they are more or less 
 combined. The Petea district, extending from the 
 Petea to the Waingongoro River, is mainly a pas- 
 toral district, being for the whole distance of some 
 twenty-four miles perfectly level, except in the 
 river courses, and covered with grass and clover. 
 From the Waingongoro to the Stony River, about 
 fifty-four miles, the land is still in native hands, 
 with the exception of the small reserve for a town 
 at Opunake, and some 800 acres in private hands 
 at the same place. The country throughout the 
 whole of this distance is interspersed with vast 
 fields of phormium tenax. Extensive mills were 
 established at Opunake about four years ago, and 
 the work of manufacturing the fibre was continued 
 until the autumn of 1873, when the continued fall 
 in the market value of the article caused the stop- 
 page of the mills. The natives throughout the 
 district are willing to lease the right of cutting 
 the leaf from off their lands, and it is only the 
 instability of the market which caused the tem- 
 porary collapse. From Stony River to the Tapuae 
 River, a distance of ten miles, agriculture is the 
 rnling industry, as it is also of that next in order, 
 viz., from the Tapuae River to the Paritutu line, 
 the northern boundary of the Egmont electoral 
 district, a distance of about five miles, mostly 
 occupied by Europeans. With the Omata block, 
 about a mile and a-half beyond the Tapuae, com- 
 mences the old settlement (as distinguished from 
 the military settlements and the confiscated land,) 
 viz., the provincial estate previous to 1863, which 
 however also included the detached Tataraimaka 
 block of 4000 acres. The Grey and Bell district, 
 from the Paritutu line to the Mokau River, the 
 northern boundary of the province, has a coast 
 line of about forty-five miles. Of this at different 
 intervals, and on an average for two-thirds of the 
 distance, native lands abut on the coast. The 
 
 A4
 
 586 
 
 i":YiXOP.F,DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 remainder of the coast line bounds land owned by 
 the settlers. Agriculture is the principle industry 
 of this portion of the settlement. The general 
 features of the district have been already described. 
 The flax industry has received a check in the 
 remainder of the Egmont district and in the Grey 
 and Bell, as well as at Opunake ; and of nine fac- 
 tories for the manufacture of the fibre, which 
 were at one time at work in the province, not one 
 is at present in operation. In 1868 there was only 
 one town in Taranaki, viz., New Plymouth — the 
 spot on which the pilgrim fathers of the settle- 
 ment landed in 18-11, and which gave its name to 
 the province ; for, until 1858, it was known as the 
 Province of New Plymouth, an Ordinance passed 
 by the Legislative Council in 1858, altering the 
 title to " Taranaki." There were besides two 
 villages, viz., the Hua and Omata. New Plymouth 
 contains about 2800 inhabitants, and is the seat of 
 the Provincial Government. The aspect of the 
 town from the sea is charming, with the ground 
 gradually sloping upwards from the beach, and a 
 dark green belt of bush still rising in the middle 
 distance, until the landscape culminates in the 
 glorious background of the majestic snow-clad 
 cone of Mount Egmont. The central point of the 
 foreground is Marsland Hill, crowned with the 
 immigration barracks. In front and to the right 
 and left of this point, churches, chapels, and houses 
 are to be seen peeping from amidst the trees, which 
 have been plentifully planted by the settlers. 
 During the war, for a while, the whole of the 
 inhabitants of the Province, together with the 
 Imperial troops stationed in Taranaki, were 
 crowded into a portion of the town surrounded 
 with trenches. New Plymouth then for the first 
 time became unhealthy, consequent on some 5000 
 people being crowded into a space barely sufficient 
 for a quarter of that number. It is however a 
 very healthy place, and the dip of the land towards 
 the sea supplies it with efficient natural drainage. 
 Lying on the beach at New Plymouth and along 
 the coast of the whole of the province, but in 
 greater quantity in the vicinity of the town, is to 
 be seen in great quantities— constituting in fact 
 the principal part of its material— the famed 
 Taranaki iron sand. Two valuable seams of clay 
 have lately been discovered and are now being 
 worked in the immediate vicinity of the town 
 from which very good bricks are made. The town 
 also contains an ironfoundry, a boat-building 
 establishment, two breweries, and a soap and 
 candle manufactory. Two towns have been estab- 
 lished since the war, viz., Raleigh, more generally 
 known as Waitara, at the mouth of the river of 
 that name, and Carlyle on the Patea River ; the 
 former ten and the latter ninety-five miles from 
 New Plymouth. The land is generally suitable 
 for agricultural purposes, grasses well, and when 
 grassed carries from six to eight sheep per aciv. 
 With the exception of a strip of open land, varying 
 in breadth from one to seven miles, the wholo face 
 of the country is covered with heavy bush in 
 
 which there is much valuable timber. There is 
 at present very little land in the hands of the 
 provincial authorities and open for sale. Under 
 the N.Z. Settlements Acts all the confiscated 
 lands were vested in the General Government 
 for purposes specified in those Acts, and all 
 the sales lately made have been sales of con- 
 fiscated land. Lands which have been acquired 
 from the natives by purchase or over which 
 the native title has become extinguished other 
 than by confiscation, are known as waste lands 
 of the Crown, and the gross revenue arising 
 from the sale of such lands, after deducting 
 the salary of the Receiver of Land Revenue, is 
 handed over to the province and treated as 
 provincial revenue. A large tract of land has been 
 acquired by purchase from the natives on behalf 
 of the Government in the Ngatimaru district, 
 commencing some twenty miles from New Ply- 
 mouth, and situate on the north bank of the 
 River Waitara. A great part of this district is 
 suitable for agricultural purposes ; the remoter 
 portion of it is, however, principally valuable at 
 present for the totara growing on it. The soil of 
 Taranaki is, as a rule, admirably adapted for 
 root crops. Of the 90,000 acres held by residents, 
 about 30,000 acres are fenced, and about 35, 1 II « I 
 under cultivation, including land laid down in 
 permanent grasses. 
 
 TASMAN, ABEL JANSZ, Dutch navigator and 
 discoverer of T. and N.Z. In 1042 the Governor- 
 General of the Netherlands India was Antony 
 Van Diemen, and an expedition was fitted out by 
 him for the purpose of exploring the coast of the 
 Australian continent, which had been sighted by 
 previous adventurers. It consisted of two ships, 
 the Zeehaan and the Heemshirk. The command 
 was given to Tasman. The only account of thi s 
 memorable voyage — in the course of which T. and 
 N.Z. were discovered— that the world possessed 
 for more than a century after its termination 
 was an abridgment published at Amsterdam in 
 1674, and a more extended abstract included in 
 Valentyn's large work on the Dutch East Indian 
 possessions. About 1771 however a manuscript 
 journal of Tasman's, written by his own hand, was 
 brought to England by an unknown hand and 
 offered for sale to Sir Joseph Banks, who perceiving 
 its value purchased it and deposited it amongst 
 the treasures of his magnificent library. He also 
 caused an English translation of it to be made by 
 the Rev. Charles Godfrey Woide, chaplain to the 
 Dutch Chapel at St. James's Palace. At Banks's 
 death his library was bequeathed to the British 
 Museum in London, where Tasman's journal is 
 still deposited. The original document and trans- 
 lation were lent by Banks to Flinders, and also to 
 Captain Burney, who was engaged in compiling 
 his chronological history of the discoveries in the 
 Smith Sea (5 vols. 4to, London 1803-7.) It con- 
 tains the entire text of Tasman's manuscript, 
 with the exception of some nautical details of no 
 importance. The journal commences in thu old
 
 Tas] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 .-.S7 
 
 fashion of three centuries ago: — "Journal or 
 description by me, Abel Jansz Tasman, of a 
 voyage from Batavia, for making discoveries of 
 the Unknown South Land, in the year 1642. 
 Way God Almighty be pleased to give His bles- 
 sing to this voyage ! Amen." The voyagers 
 sailed from Batavia on 14th August 164-2, and 
 stood out south-eastward to sea. On the 27th 
 October, after leaving Mauritius, a council was 
 held, when it was resolved to keep a man con- 
 stantly at the topmast-head to look out, and that 
 whosoever first discovered land, sands, or banks 
 under water, should receive a reward of three 
 reals and a pot of arrack. On 24th November at 
 
 4 p.m. very high land was sighted, bearing E. 
 by JN., distant about ten miles; high mountains 
 were also seen to the E.S.E., and to the N.E. two 
 smaller mountains. Next morning the ships stood 
 in for shore. "As this land," continues the journal, 
 " has not before been known to any European we 
 called it Anthony Van Diemen's Land, in honour 
 of our high magistrate the Governor-General, who 
 sent us out to make discoveries. The islands near 
 us we named in honour of the Council of India, as 
 you may see by the little map we made." The 
 voyagers did not land, but continued cruising 
 along the shore. On the 28th they came near 
 three small islands, one of which (Mewstone) 
 has the shape of a lion's head, and is about 
 three miles from the mainland. Next day at 
 
 5 p.m. they came near a bay which seemed 
 to be a good roadstead, and resolved to make 
 for it ; but a storm arose which obliged them 
 to take in sail and stand out to sea again. To 
 this bay Tasman gave the name of Storm Bay. 
 The anchorage he aimed at is that where Captain 
 Fumeaux stopped at in 1773 and named Adventure 
 Bay. On 3rd December the ceremony of planting 
 a .standard and taking possession of the new terri- 
 tory in the Prince's name was performed by the 
 carpenter Francis Jacobsz, who swam through the 
 surf to reach the shore. To this bay Tasman gave 
 the name of Frederik Hendrik's Bay. He also 
 marks the South Cape of Storm Bay with 
 Tasman's Island lying just south of it ; and the 
 larger island near it he named Maria's Island " in 
 honour of the excellent lady of the honourable 
 the Governor-General." On the 5th the voyagers 
 quitted Van Diemen's Land, the point last seen 
 being the round mountain (St. Patrick's Head) 
 " like a huge misshapen tower," then about six 
 miles to the westward. Calculating his latitude 
 and longitude by the new notation it would 
 appear that the land first seen was Point Hibbs, 
 and that had Tasman run up Storm Bay he would 
 have reached the present site of Hobart Town. If 
 instead of sailing eastward he had continued his 
 course northerly about four degrees lie would have 
 struck the continent about three degrees east of 
 the present site of Melbourne, midway between 
 Wilson's Promontory and Cape Howe, while less 
 than a degree north from his point of divergence 
 would have brought him into what are now Bas 
 
 Mills. It is probable that his instructions were 
 to sail for the south, where it was believed islands 
 existed as rich in spices as those of the Japanese 
 Archipelago. On 13th December he discovered a 
 mountainous country, which he named Staaten 
 Land, in honour of the States-General of Holland. 
 I le anchored in a " fine bay," which is really the 
 strait between the Northern and Middle Islands 
 of N.Z. While thus at anchor a disturbance took 
 place with the natives, who, approaching in 
 their canoes, surrounded the two vessels. Seven 
 canoes full of Maoris in war costume lay off 
 the Zeehaau, and five canoes, each containing 
 seventeen men, put off for the Heemshirh. An 
 affray took place in which the islanders upset 
 the boat of the Zeehaan, killing three men and 
 forcing others to swim for their lives. The weather 
 being rough Tasman thought it prudent to depart 
 without risking further combat ; so naming the 
 spot Murderer's Bay he sailed to the eastward. 
 Here again the Dutch navigator was on the point 
 of anticipating the discovery of Cook Straits. He 
 sailed to the north to Three Kings Island, naming 
 a cape to the eastward — on the north-west coast of 
 the present Auckland — Cape Maria Van Diemen, 
 in honour of the wife of the Governor-General. 
 Being in want of provisions he sailed northwards 
 for the islands of Cocos and Hoorn, discovered by 
 Schouten in 1G16, to lay in supplies. On 19th 
 January 1G43 he passed a high island, two or three 
 miles in circumference, to which the name of 
 Pylstaart or Tropic Bird Island was given from 
 the number of those birds which frequented it. 
 After meeting with many other adventures and 
 making many discoveries, the expedition arrived 
 at Batavia on the 16th June, after an absence of 
 ten months and one day. In 1644 a second expedi- 
 tion was fitted out under the command of Tasman. 
 The three vessels composing it were named the 
 I/immem, the Zeemeuw, and the Brah. There can 
 be no doubt that the navigator fulfilled his mission 
 with honour and credit, and brought back numerous 
 drawings and plans. These were carefully con- 
 cealed, perhaps destroyed, by the company. The 
 only fragment that looks like an authentic record 
 is four paragraphs of a journal published in 1705 
 by Witsen, and purporting to have been written 
 by Tasman. Better evidence of Tasman's fortune 
 are the maps of 1648-60. In 1648 the map of 
 Australia was inscribed on the floor of the Stadt- 
 house in Amsterdam ; and Turquet published at 
 Paris a mappemonde, evidently based upon obser- 
 vations similar to those which Tasman was directed 
 to make. So in the edition of Jansen's atlas in 
 1650, in the atlas of Klencke of Amsterdam, and 
 in the sixteenth chart of Thevenot's Relation Be 
 Divers Voyages Curieux (1663,) distinct reference is 
 made to discoveries which it is most reasonable to 
 suppose were made by Tasman. In one of the 
 early maps of Van Kuelen a portion of Tasman's 
 track with soundings is given; and in the British 
 M useum there is a chart which is regarded as an 
 absolute copy of Tasman's own. If all this be so
 
 588 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LTas 
 
 it is clear that Tasman missed the discovery that 
 New Guinea and New Holland are separated by 
 sea, and that he sounded down the Gulf of Car- 
 pentaria, gave the names to Van Diemen's Gulf 
 and Cape Van Diemen, and continued sounding 
 all the way to De Witt's Land and then returned 
 in a direct line north-west for Java. Nothing 
 seems to be known with certainty of this great 
 navigator's latter days. The obscurity that hangs 
 around his name and the concealment of his 
 journals and charts are a standing reproach to the 
 Dutch nation. 
 
 TASMANIA, formerly Van Diemen's Land, the 
 name given to it by Tasman, its discoverer, in 
 honour of Anthony Van Diemen, Governor-General 
 of Netherlands India. The name was changed to 
 Tasmania, from Tasman's own name, by Royal 
 Warrant, on the establishment of representative 
 Government. 
 
 Geographical Features.— T. is an island 
 nearly equal in size to Ireland, or Ceylon, or the 
 Netherlands — i.e., the kingdoms of Belgium and 
 Holland together. Its length is 170 miles, its 
 breadth 160 miles, and the area about 24,330 
 square miles, or 15,571,500 acres, exclusive of lakes 
 and islands which belong to the colony, the aggre- 
 gate of these being 1,206,500 acres, making a total 
 of 16,778,000 acres, or 26,215 square miles. It is 
 in the form of a triangle, or more nearly of a 
 heart. T. is situated between the parallels of 
 40° 33' and 43" 39' S. latitude, and 144° 39' and 
 148° 23' meridians of longitude E., at the southern 
 extremity of the Australian mainland, from which 
 it is divided by Bass Straits, about 120 miles wide. 
 It is conjectured that it was once part of the 
 mainland, the islands in the straits being, it is 
 supposed, part of a mountain range that connected 
 the two lands. Indeed, it has been asserted that in 
 remote ages Tasmania, Australia and New Zealand 
 all formed part of one immense continent, that 
 extended to Madagascar, Andaman and Ceylon. 
 The botanical researches and comparisons of Drs. 
 Hooker and Mueller go to confirm the supposition 
 of the connection of the islands of T. and N.Z. 
 with the mainland ; the analogy of the flora of 
 N.Z. and A., and of T. with both, being it is said 
 almost complete. T. has been described as a 
 "beautiful, well-watered island, rich in harbours 
 and inlets, traversed by high mountain chains, 
 full of craigs, glens and ravines of commanding 
 appearance, the basaltic cliffs of some being several 
 hundred feet in perpendicular height. Everywhere 
 there are good anchorages and many excellent 
 harbours. Altogether the coast offers the most 
 manifold changes and generally charming scenery, 
 being for the most part of a bold and rocky 
 character. The interior especially is delightful, 
 and here are united, so to speak, the climate of 
 Italy, the beauty of the Apennines and the fer- 
 tility of England. Mountain and valley, hill 
 and dale, crowned with high forests, and rich 
 pasture grounds in the plains, afford the most 
 pleasing variety." 
 
 Islands. — The principal islands belonging to T. 
 are fifty-five in number. The Furneaux group at 
 the east end of Bass Straits, including Flinders 
 Island, comprise an area of 513,000 acres ; Cape 
 Barren Island has 110,000 acres, and Clarke Island 
 20,000 acres ; beside these are Chappell Island and 
 Kent's Group. These islands are inhabited by 
 persons who procure a living by seal-fishing and 
 preserving mutton-birds. They number about 
 242 souls. Many of them are "half-castes," the 
 offspring of marriages between the sealers and 
 aboriginal women. At the west end of Bass 
 Straits are : — King's Island, 272,000 acres ( this 
 island has acquired an evil reputation from the 
 numerous fatal wrecks that have taken place on 
 its shores ; ) Robbin's Island, 24,000 acres ; and 
 Hunter's Islands. Other islands of importance 
 are, Waterhouse Island, Swan Island, Scouten 
 Island, 7000 acres ; Maria Island, 24,000 acres ; 
 Brun6 Island (north and south,) 90,000 acres 
 (South Brune Island was the locality where the 
 Aborigines collected by Robinson were placed ; ) 
 Slopen, Franklin, and Huon Islands. 
 
 Mountains. — T. may be described as having 
 two mountain chains, separated by the central 
 district, through which is the communication 
 between the north and south of the island. That 
 to the east, or the dividing range, winding in its 
 course in the form of a Z through the island has 
 an average height of 3750 feet and an average 
 distance of forty miles from the sea. It runs 
 nearly north and south parallel with the E. coast, 
 and among the peaks are Row Tor, 3895 feet ; 
 Mount Barrow, 4644 feet ; Mount Victoria, 3964 
 feet ; Ben Nevis, 3910 feet ; Ben Lomond, 5010 
 feet; Mount Nicholas, 2812 feet; and Brown 
 Mountain, 2598 feet. The western chain consists 
 of an elevated table-land averaging 3000 feet in 
 height in the centre of the island, which contains 
 all the large lakes and from which diverge 
 numerous ranges in all directions except to the 
 eastward. From the table-land spring the follow- 
 ing peaks : — Table Mountain, 3596 feet ; Miller's 
 Bluff, 3977 feet ; Dry's Bluff, 4257 feet ; Quamby 
 Bluff, 4000 feet ; Ironstone Mountain, 4736 feet ; 
 Cradle Mountain, 5069 feet (the highest in the 
 colony ;) the Du Cane Range ; Mount Olympus ; 
 Mount Humboldt ; Mount Hugel, 4700 feet ; Mount 
 William, 4360 feet; and Mount Hobhouse, 4031 
 feet. Among the other diverging ranges and 
 peaks are, to the north, Mount Roland, 4047 feet ; 
 Black Bluff, 4381 feet; Valentine's Peak, 3637 feet; 
 to the west, Mount Dundas, 3922 feet ; Mount Mur- 
 chison ; the Elden Range, 4789 feet ; the French- 
 man's Cap, 4756 feet ; to the south are Wyld's 
 Crag, 4399 feet ; Mount Field, 4721 feet ; Mount 
 Anne ; the Arthur Range, 3668 feet ; Mount Picton, 
 4340 feet ; Mount Wellington, 4166 feet ; Adamson's 
 Peak, 4017 feet ; and Mount La Perouse, 3800 feet. 
 Wallace writes as to the mountain peculiarities of 
 the island : — " T. may be called the Switzerland of 
 the south, and is perhaps the most thoroughly 
 mountainous island on the globe. It can hardly
 
 Tasl 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 589 
 
 be said to have any mountain ranges, but is one 
 continuous series of mountains and valleys, peaks 
 and glens. The highest mountains just exceed 
 51 W II • feet ; but there are more than twenty which 
 range between 4000 and 5000 feet, and these are 
 pretty evenly distributed over the whole island, 
 being found in the north-east, north-west, centre 
 and south. The south-eastern portion only is 
 somewhat lower, but is equally mountainous, the 
 heights ranging from one to three thousand feet. 
 We have here an admirable example of the effects 
 of sub-aerial denudation, or the eating away 
 of a country by atmospheric agencies — rain and 
 running water, frost and ice, assisted perhaps 
 by subterranean movements. The island was 
 once a vast undulating tableland, the surface 
 of which is generally indicated by the higher 
 mountain tops now dotted over its whole sur- 
 face. The valleys have been excavated in the 
 softer or more decomposable rocks. There has 
 probably been a subsidence towards the south- 
 east, indicated by the lower elevation of the 
 mountains, and by the islands, peninsulas, and 
 generally broken character of the coast. In this 
 direction is the great line of valleys, which affords 
 the means of communication between the north 
 and south of the island. In the north-east and 
 west-central portions are extensive tracts of high 
 table-land, from which rise the two highest of the 
 mountain-peaks — Cradle Mountain in the west, 
 5069 feet, and Ben Lomond in the east, 5010 
 feet." 
 
 Peninsulas.— On the east coast, Freycinet Penin- 
 sula, its western shore being washed by the waters 
 of Oyster Bay; on the south-east, Forrestier 
 Peninsula, connected to the mainland by East Bay 
 Neck. Tasman Peninsula is a continuation of 
 Forrestier, and is joined to it by Eagle Hawk Neck. 
 Ealph Bay Peninsula is also on the south-eastern 
 side of the Island jutting out into Storm Bay. 
 
 Capes. — On the northern coast from west to east 
 are: — Cape Grim, Circular Head, Eocky Head, 
 Table Cape, Port Sorell Point, Flinders Point. 
 Stony Head, Water-house Point, and Cape Port- 
 land ; on the eastern coast are : — Cape Naturaliste, 
 Eddystone Point, St. Helens Point, Long Point) 
 Cape Tourville, and Cape Bougainville ; on the 
 southern coast are: — Cape Pillar, Cape Eaoul, 
 Tasman Head, Cape Brune, South-East Cape, 
 South Cape, and South- West Cape ; on the 
 western coast are : — Eocky Cape, Point Hibbs, 
 Cape Sorrell, Sandy Cape, and West Point. 
 
 Eivers. — The island is well watered and abounds 
 in rivers, rivulets, and creeks, the average fall of 
 which may be estimated at ninety-three feet per 
 mile. The principal rivers are :— the Derwent, on 
 the estuary of which is Hobart Town, which issues 
 from Lake St. Clair, receiving in its course the 
 Nive, Dee, Ouse, Clyde, and Jordan from the 
 north, and the Florentine, Eussell, Styx, and 
 Plenty from the south ; the Huon, navigable and 
 running through a fertile country, which receives 
 the Cracroft, Picton, and other streams, and falls 
 
 into D'Entrecasteaux Channel ; the Coal River, 
 rising in the eastern chain of mountains and 
 running south into Pittwater. The mouths of 
 these three rivers are to the south-east of T. 
 To the south-west and west are — the Davy River, 
 running into Port Davy ; the Gordon, flowing from 
 Lake Richmond and receiving in its course the 
 "Wedge, Denison, Serpentine and Franklin Rivers, 
 fulling into Macquarie Harbour ; Ring River also 
 falls into Macquarie Harbour ; the Pieman River, 
 consisting of the rivers Mackintosh, Murchison, 
 Huskisson and Donaldson ; the Arthur River, 
 which receives the Hellyer— these two last falling 
 into the Southern Ocean. On the north, flowing 
 into Bass Straits, are — the Inglis, the Emu, the 
 Leven, the Forth, the Mersey, the Tamar — a tidal 
 river formed by the confluence of the North and 
 South Esk at Launceston, a considerable stream, 
 its sea mouth being practicable for vessels drawing 
 fourteen feet. Coasters can also enter the Don, 
 Forth, Leven, and some others on the northern 
 coast. The North Esk receives the St. Patrick's 
 River about fifteen miles up, and the South Esk 
 receives as tributaries the Meander, Lake River, 
 Macquarie River and St. Paul's River. Another 
 large river falling into Bass Straits is the 
 ltingarooma. On the east coast the only river 
 of importance is George's River, running into 
 George's Bay. 
 
 Bays and Harbours. — The west coast is bold, 
 rocky, and inhospitable ; but there are at least 
 three accessible ports. The principal harbours are, 
 on the west coast— Port Davy (much frequented 
 by whaling vessels,) Pieman River and Macquarie 
 Harbour. A steamer plies from Launceston to 
 the north-west coast ; a trade is safely carried on 
 at all seasons, and there is abundance of good soil 
 and fine timber yet awaiting the enterprise of man. 
 On the north coast Stanley at Circular Head, Emu 
 Bay, Port Frederick at the mouth of the Mersey, 
 Port Dalrymple at the mouth of the Tamar, and 
 Waterhouse Roads between Anderson and Ringa- 
 rooma Bays. On the east coast George's Bay, 
 Oyster Bay, Spring Bay and Fortescue Bay. The 
 south and south-east of the island is studded with 
 safe bays and harbours, the principal being Port 
 Arthur, Storm Bay, Norfolk Bay, D'Entrecasteaux 
 Channel, Port Esperance, Southport and Recherche 
 Bay. 
 
 Lakes. — There are numerous and extensive lakes 
 on the elevated table-lands, the largest being the 
 Great Lake in the county of Westmoreland, cover- 
 ing an area of upwards of 28,000 acres ; Lake 
 Sorell, in the county of Somerset, 17,000 acres ; 
 Lake St. Clair, in the county of Lincoln, 10,000 
 acres ; and Arthur Lake (county of Westmoreland) 
 and Lake Echo (county of Cumberland) occupying 
 8000 to 12,000 acres. These lakes form the head 
 waters of the principal streams flowing south, 
 west, and north. There are a great many smaller 
 lakes and mountain tarns. Most of these are very 
 deep, situated in rock-basins, and owing their 
 origin to the same causes which have produced
 
 V.HI 
 
 , I 'U'.KDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ITas 
 
 the beautiful lakes of the European Alps, of [Scot- 
 land, Cumberland, Wales, and other mountainous 
 countries in the temperate zone. 
 
 General Aspects. — The scenery of T. is pictu- 
 resque and varied. Its higher mountains are 
 snow-capped for a large part of the year, while 
 their slopes and valleys are clothed with evergreen 
 forests. Fine peaks, rocky precipices, rushing 
 streams, and foaming cataracts, alternate with 
 fertile plains and valleys or grassy uplands. The 
 central valley and its branches furnish much 
 fertile land, and it is here that the best cultivated 
 tracts are seen. Here are well-fenced fields, highly- 
 cultivated gardens, good roads, well-built home- 
 steads, and all the characteristics of the bests parts 
 of England. William Howitt, writing in 1854, 
 thus describes the portion of this valley between 
 Campbell Town and Hobart Town : — "The country, 
 the farther we advance towards Hobart Town, 
 increased in beauty. The valley along which we 
 drove became narrower, the hills more lofty, and 
 much more varied in their outline than any Aus- 
 tralian scenery which I had yet seen. The valleys 
 were rich, and for the most part as well cultivated 
 as in England. Owing to the difference of tenure 
 here and in Victoria a very different state of 
 things has been the result. Here the occupiers 
 of the land are the owners, and not mere squatters 
 who have no sure tenure of the land and therefore 
 do nothing to it. Here then, instead of mere 
 isolated wooden huts standing in the unappro- 
 priated forest, we have a constant succession of 
 towns and villages bearing the singular medley 
 of names which colonists delight in — Koss, Oat- 
 lands, Green Ponds, Brighton, Bagdad, Jericho, 
 Jerusalem, and of course the river Jordan. All 
 round these villages, which consist of substantial 
 and even elegant houses, extend the richest fields 
 enclosed with hedges generally of sweet-brier 
 or furze or broom, but also a good many of honest 
 English hawthorn. There you see cattle, sheep, 
 pigs enormously fat, and abundance of poultry 
 of all kinds feeding and flourishing in their 
 respective resorts — the meadows, the woodland 
 slopes or the farm-yards. It is England all 
 over. Everywhere you descry lovely country 
 bouses, with all the earthly blessings of fine 
 gardens well walled in, with their conservatories 
 and forcing-houses, their extensive shrubberies, 
 verdant parks and lawns, fields in pasture or 
 under the plough, and woods sloping clown 
 solemnly from the hills, with a very tempting 
 aspect. Many of these hills are remarkably steep, 
 yet so rich and smooth are they, that the farmers 
 have ploughed them to their very summits, and 
 grow splendid crops of corn where you would 
 hardly have supposed that a team could have 
 maintained its footing. 
 
 ( 'i.imate. — The climate of T. has many advan- 
 tages over that of any other put of A., and it is 
 hence termed the sanatorium of the south. Owing 
 to its small area and exceedingly uneven surface. 
 a cousid m with a corresponding 
 
 change of temperature is everywhere within reach 
 1 iy a journey of a few hours. It possesses the full 
 summer heat due to its latitude and even some 
 excess, for it feels the hot northern winds from 
 the Australian plains, but however hot the days 
 may be the nights are always cool and refreshing, 
 owing to the proximity of the lofty mountains and 
 the cool Antarctic seas. The mean temperature of 
 Hobart Town is 54i° Fahr. The mean summer 
 temperature is 62° with a maximum (rarely) of 
 100°, while the mean of winter is 47° with a mini- 
 mum rarely falling below 29°, though on the 
 uplands at an elevation of 2000 feet it often 
 sinks to 18° below the freezing point, producing 
 ice of a considerable thickness. Kain varies in 
 quantity in different parts of the island, Hobart 
 Town and the east coast having little more than 
 20 inches, Launceston about 30, while Macquarie 
 Harbour has over 100 inches. But it also varies 
 greatly at the same place, Hobart Town having a 
 range of from 14 to 40 inches. The rainfall though 
 small is well distributed over the year, the mean 
 number of days on which rain falls at Hobart 
 Town being 145, occurring more or less in every 
 season. There is abundance of wind, often 
 violent, but thunderstorms are rare. The atmos- 
 phere is rich in ozone, and epidemic diseases are 
 almost unknown. The climate is highly favour- 
 able to infant life, nine out of every ten born 
 surviving the first year ; and it is especially 
 restorative to enfeebled constitutions from warmer 
 countries. 
 
 Flora. — "Although the physical features and 
 climate of T. are so marked, and the island is 
 separated by so wide an area of the sea from the 
 Australian continent, yet its flora is essentially 
 Australian, and more especially allied to that 
 of the mountainous parts of V. Out of 
 Hit;;} species of flowering plants only 280 are not 
 Australian, while only 22 genera and 267 species 
 are peculiar to T. It is curious that, although 
 apparently so isolated from all the world except 
 A., this island possesses a considerably larger 
 number of European genera and species of plants, 
 as well as a larger proportion of plants charac- 
 teristic of N.Z. and the Antarctic lands than are 
 found in A. itself. The forests abound with valu- 
 able timbers, the blue-gum (Eucalyptus globulus) 
 often reaching a height of more than 300 feet, 
 while the celebrated Huon-pine (Daerydiwm 
 Franklini) is a most valuable timber for ship- 
 building. Beautiful flowers abound ; the Epacrises, 
 Composite, Kutaceaj and Leguminos;ie are rich in 
 species, and there are nearly eighty distinct kinds 
 of terrestrial orchide;e, many of them having the 
 most curious and elegant flowers." — Wallace. 
 
 Fauna. — "It is somewhat remarkable that the 
 animal life of T. offers more striking peculiarities 
 thin do its vegetable forms. It possesses two 
 remarkable mammals, each forming a distinct 
 genus, and both quite unknown on the mainland. 
 One is the "tiger wolf" of the colonists— the 
 Thylacinut cynocephalus of naturalists -tli^ largest
 
 Tasl 
 
 ■ \. I,i,lM:i,IA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 591 
 
 of the carnivorous marsupials. It is nearly as 
 large as a wolf, and is handsomely striped across 
 the back and hind quarters. It is exceedingly 
 bloodthirsty and commits great havoc among the 
 flocks of the settlers whose farms lie near the 
 wooded mountains in which it dwells. The other 
 animal is the Sarcophilus ursimts or "native 
 devil," a thick-set creature resembling an ugly 
 bear-like cat. It is black with white patches, and 
 considering its smaller size is even more destruc- 
 tive than the Thylacinus, and is exceedingly 
 savage and untamable. It was formerly very 
 abundant and destroyed great quantities of 
 poultry and sheep, but having been persistently 
 hunted and trapped, is now getting scarce in 
 most districts. Roth these animals are nocturnal. 
 It is a very singular fact that both these 
 species have recently become extinct in A.> 
 their remains being found in the post-tertiary 
 drifts and cave deposits. What causes can have 
 exterminated such hardy and ferocious creatures 
 in the one country and preserved them in the 
 other it is not easy to conjecture. There are no 
 other genera of mammals peculiar to T., but 
 several of the species are distinct from those of 
 the mainland, among them the Echidna, or porcu- 
 pine ant-eater, and the wombat ; but the latter, 
 though offering some differences, is not generally 
 admitted as a distinct species by naturalists. 
 Birds are abundant, but they are generally the 
 same as those of the adjacent parts of A., no 
 genera and comparatively few species being pecu- 
 liar. There are only three species of snakes, but 
 all are venomous." — Wallace. 
 
 G eology— " The extremely mountainous character 
 of the whole surface of T. leads us to anticipate 
 the wide prevalence of the ancient Palaeozoic and 
 metamorphic rocks, and the abundance of granite. 
 These formations constitute almost the whole of 
 the table-lands and lofty peaks. Mesozoic rocks 
 occur in the lower hills, and are more preva- 
 lent than in A. Sandstone, supposed to be of 
 Triassic age occurs near Hobart Town, forming 
 hills capped with basalt. Tertiary beds occupy 
 much of the larger valleys and plains, some of the 
 latter being basaltic ; beds of fresh-water limestone 
 occur in the south, and there are raised beaches on 
 both sides the Derwent River. Igneous and vol- 
 canic rocks abound. Porphyries and greenstones 
 occur on most of the plateaux, and form parts of 
 many of the highest mountains. Dykes or beds of 
 greenstone are the cause of most of the Tasmanian 
 waterfalls. These are probably all Palaeozoic, while 
 basalts occur of every age down to the Pliocene 
 Tertiary. There are no true volcanic cones or lava 
 streams as in Southern and Eastern Australia. 
 The islands in Bass Straits are granite, which 
 corresponds with that of the north-eastern corner 
 of T. and of Wilson's Promontory on the opposite 
 coast of V. The secondary sandstones produce 
 fine building material. Limestone occurs in a 
 longitudinal band in the Derwent Valley and on 
 the north coast, where are extensive caves. Coal 
 
 and lignite occur in many localities, and are 
 believed to be both of Palaeozoic and Mesozoic 
 age. Some of the coal is of good quality, but the 
 character of the country makes the mines difficult 
 of access, and little of it is yet worked. Gold also 
 occurs in quartz veins, as in A., but in no great 
 quantity, and the mining operations are of but 
 little importance. Rich iron ore occurs on the 
 north coast, and in many other localities. Tin, lead, 
 antimony, manganese and plumbago also occur, 
 but only the tin has been worked to any extent. 
 There are also some quarries of good roofing- 
 slates. T. has been described as a network of 
 ridges enclosing numerous small plains and valleys. 
 Many of these ridges are of greenstone, with 
 intervening valleys of Palaeozoic rocks, while some 
 of the higher peaks are capped with quartz or 
 syenite. When the geological structure of the 
 island is thoroughly worked out and the whole 
 surface accurately surveyed and mapped, we shall 
 have an admirable illustration of the effects of 
 denudation, controlled and modified by variations 
 in the texture and position of the rocky frame- 
 work, in producing a highly complex mountain 
 system with its intricate tracery of ravines and 
 river-valleys." — Wallace. 
 
 Aborigines.— The aboriginal population which 
 was never numerous has now become entirely 
 extinct, the last of the race, an old woman, having 
 died in 1876 at the age of seventy-three. At the 
 time of the colonisation of the island it is estimated 
 that they numbered six or seven thousand. These 
 people were in many respects a peculiar race, quite 
 distinct from the Australian natives, and more 
 resembling the races of Melanesia. They were 
 shorter and stouter than Australians, with flatter 
 noses, but the great difference was in the hair, 
 which instead of being fine and silky was rough 
 and woolly like that of most of the African and 
 Papuan tribes. Their distinctness from the 
 Australians is further proved by their total 
 ignorance of the two characteristic weapons of 
 that country— the boomerang and the throwing- 
 stick. They used no weapons but a spear 
 thrown by the hand, and a club. They had no 
 shields. Their huts were as rude as those of the 
 Australians — mere open shelters from the rain and 
 wind. They had no clothing, no pottery, and no 
 agriculture. Although living on an island and 
 everywhere near the sea or navigable rivers, they 
 had no boats, and only a few tribes on the south 
 and west coasts constructed rude rafts propelled 
 with common sticks in place of paddles or oars. 
 Their only other manufactures were baskets and 
 string. They were long believed to be ignorant of 
 the art of making fire, as they were so very careful 
 never to let it become extinguished ; but " fire- 
 sticks" similar to those used by most savages have 
 been found among them, and it is therefore more 
 probable that the women were made to keep up a 
 constant supply of fire, in order to save the men 
 from the considerable labour and delay of procuring 
 it by friction in a country where suitable, dry, and
 
 592 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 easily ignited wood was not always to be found. 
 They were not cannibals, and do not appear to have 
 treated their women with the same reckless bar- 
 barity as the Australians. They burnt their dead, 
 and are said to have had a distinct belief in a 
 future state. Although so low in all the material 
 indications of civilisation, there is reason to believe 
 that they were far higher than the Australians 
 both intellectually and morally. When the last 
 remnant of them were living on the islands in 
 Bass Straits, they showed not only an aptitude but 
 a positive love of learning. They became cleanly 
 in their habits and neat and orderly in their 
 dwellings. The men became industrious ; they 
 made roads and worked in the fields, and they 
 took great delight in games such as cricket, 
 dancing, swings and marbles. The women learnt 
 to sew, and made mat dresses for themselves and 
 their families ; and all this is said to have been 
 done without compulsion or pressure, but of their 
 own free will. Taking all these things into con- 
 sideration, we cannot but believe that here was a 
 race with capacities for advancement which never 
 had an opportunity of development till too late. 
 Their first introduction to civilisation was through 
 rude sealers who visited the coasts and the vilest 
 convicts who escaped into the interior. Their 
 country being occupied by white invaders, they 
 made war against them in vain. Even the mistaken 
 kindness of the more humane settlers and of the 
 Government became their ruin ; for the gifts of 
 clothing they received, in addition to that which 
 they captured in their numerous successful raids 
 on the houses of the early settlers, worn for a 
 time and then lost, bartered or thrown aside, 
 rendered them susceptible to cold, and thus 
 brought on the lung diseases that, more than any 
 others, proved fatal to them. Thus has passed 
 away an interesting race, whose affinities are a 
 puzzle to the anthropologist. Their origin will 
 probably ever remain an unsolved enigma. The 
 last man, William Hanne (King Billy,) died at 
 Hobart Town on 3rd March 1869, aged thirty-four 
 years. At the first settlement of the colony the 
 Aborigines numbered some thousands, but from 
 the time of the massacre at Risdon in 1803 till 
 1832 war was ruthlessly waged between them and 
 the colonists. In 1830 an attempt on a gigantic 
 scale called The Line was made to drive the 
 Aborigines into a corner of the island. It signally 
 failed, not one being captured, but the exhibition 
 of numbers and power is thought to have had 
 some influence on the blacks and to have led to 
 some extent to the success of the efforts of 
 Robinson. In the year 1830 he undertook the 
 part of conciliator or pacificator, and after five 
 years of untold dangers and hardships, with the 
 assistance of some friendly blacks, was successful 
 in gathering in the whole of the remains of the 
 T;i manian rare, who were placed on South l!rune 
 Island. Prom here they were transferred to Gun 
 Carriage Tsland, and eventually the remnant, 
 reduced to forty-four souls, was transported to 
 
 Oyster Cove, a few miles from Hobart Town. In 
 1854 they numbered but sixteen, and from that 
 time they gradually died off. At their several 
 settlements efforts were made to Christianise them 
 and teach them the arts of civilisation, but the 
 results were not very encouraging, and the change 
 of mode of living and other causes had a detri- 
 mental effect and considerably hastened their end. 
 The Soil. — In a well-written account of the 
 colony recently published it is stated that there is 
 much variety in the nature of the soil of T., 
 according to locality. In some places it is poor, 
 with hardly alluvium enough for cultivation ; in 
 others it is remarkably rich, yielding luxuriant 
 crops to a very indifferent style of farming. The 
 central plateau affords a great extent of fine 
 pasture, and the alluvial soil of the lower plains 
 and valleys, derived chiefly from the disintegration 
 of the trap rocks, is exceedingly fertile. As a 
 rule most of the European grains, fruits and 
 vegetables can be cultivated and brought to per- 
 fection, and some kinds of tropical plants also 
 thrive in certain localities. Tasmanian wheat and 
 barley have long held a high reputation, although, 
 in common with other Australian Colonies, the 
 farmers have of late years suffered severely from 
 the ravages of " rust," and in one or two uneven 
 seasons frost has very materially affected the crops. 
 Of the soil generally it may be said the basaltic 
 formation prevails in unbroken sections all over 
 the island, and as a rule is good friable land, easy 
 to work, dry lying, suitable for all kinds of crops 
 grown, and also a good soil for artificial grasses 
 and clover. Another and more lasting kind of 
 soil for repeated croppings is the alluvial clayey 
 nature overlying the numerous river flats, and in 
 some localities prevailing on the hill sides and 
 uplands of broken country in irregular patches. 
 This class of land gives a splendid permanent 
 pasture. A third variety is a sandy loam of a light 
 nature, easy to work, and is the best wheat- 
 growing soil, but does not hold grasses or clover 
 for a series of years. 
 
 Population. — The population of the colony by 
 the census of 7th February 1870 was 99,328— 
 52,853 males and 4(i,475 females, being more than 
 four times the population of W.A. and almost the 
 same as Q. in I860. On 31st December 1878 it 
 was calculated that the population was 109,947 — 
 males, 58,036 ; females, 51,911. During the year 
 there were registered 3502 births, 1700 deaths, and 
 866 marriages. The professions, trades, or occu- 
 pations of the people by the census of 1870 were 
 as follows : — Army and navy, 169 ; artisans and 
 mechanics, 4473 ; civil servants, 615 ; clergymen, 
 129 ; domestic servants, 4319 ; farmers, 4837 ; 
 farm labourers, 10,310 ; hawkers, 151 ; lawyers 
 (including barristers, solicitors, and attorneys), 71 ; 
 licensed victuallers, 408 ; labourers, other than 
 agricultural and mechanics, 3701 ; merchants and 
 liankers, 102 ; miners and gold-diggers, 179 ; 
 medical profession, 81 ; stockholders, 594 ; school- 
 masters and schoolmistresses, 558 ; shopkeepers,
 
 Tas] 
 
 CYCLOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 .93 
 
 1001 ; sailors and others connected with the sea, 
 879. The remainder are too numerous to be 
 classified, and comprise tradesmen of all kinds, 
 manufacturers, clerks, compositors, and others. 
 As regards birth and nationality, 59,119 were 
 native born, 1793 were born in other colonies, 
 37,145 claimed the United Kingdom as their 
 fatherland, 506 were Germans, 235 belonged to 
 the various European countries excepting Ger- 
 many, 143 were Americans, 128 were born in the 
 East Indies, the remainder for the most part 
 belonging to various British dependencies in both 
 hemispheres. The total number of houses or 
 dwellings was 20,304, of which 7844 were brick, 
 12,421 wood and iron, and 99 canvas, 18,048 being 
 occupied, 2146 being empty, and 170 in course of 
 erection. 
 
 Education. — The higher branches of education 
 are under the management of a Council ; the 
 lower under that of a Board. There are seven 
 public schools in Hobart Town, three in Laun- 
 ceston, and at least one in every country township, 
 supported by the Government, and open to all, 
 under a Board, under whose supervision is the 
 distribution of all moneys voted by Parliament 
 for the purpose of public education. In 1878, 164 
 schools in all were in operation, the average 
 number of scholars on the roll being 8297, and the 
 average daily attendance being 0032. There were 
 on the rolls 12,458 scholars, taught by 112 male 
 teachers, 146 female teachers, and forty pupil 
 teachers and paid monitors ; the average cost to 
 Government of each scholar was £2 13s. 9jd., the 
 average expenditure per child being £3 16s. 4d. 
 The average cost to Government of each scholar 
 (including cost of administration) was £"2 17s. 6id. 
 From these schools exhibitions are attainable by 
 examinations in each year to one of the superior 
 schools, of which there are four — Horton College, 
 High School, Hutchins' School, and the Church 
 Grammar School. These exhibitions are thirty- 
 two in number and vary from .£16 13s. 4d. to .£20 
 a year. During 1879 thirteen in all were awarded. 
 The Council of Education annually confers two 
 scholarships and the degree of Associate of Arts 
 on such candidates as have attained the prescribed 
 standard. In 1879 there was one successful for 
 the scholarship ; twenty-two passed for the degree 
 of associate. To the successful candidates and to 
 them alone are open the Tasmanian scholarships 
 of which two of £200 per annum each, tenablo 
 for four years at a British university, are offered 
 for competition every year. The attendance of 
 children at school is compulsory under a fine of 
 £2, unless it can be shown that the child is being 
 privately educated, or is prevented by sickness or 
 other valid cause from being present. There are 
 four ragged schools, all in Hobart, with an average 
 attendance of 391. 
 
 Agriculture.— The leading crops are wheat, 
 oats, barley, potatoes, peas and beans. Hops are 
 also largely and profitably cultivated. Fruits of 
 all kinds grow luxuriantly, including cherries, 
 
 plums, quinces, mulberries, peaches, apricots, 
 walnuts, filberts, almonds, figs, gooseberries, straw- 
 berries, raspberries, currants and the grape. Fruit 
 preserving forms an important branch of industry. 
 The Tasmanian export of jams and preserved fruit 
 in 1879 amounted to 3,915,881 lbs., valued at 
 £100,000. 142,252 bushels of green fruit were 
 exported, valued at £51,519. The statistics for 
 the year 1879-80 show that the number of 
 acres under cultivation was 366,911, of which 
 45,191 were in wheat; 6571 in barley; 37,259 
 in oats ; 5958 in peas ; 353 in beans ; 186 in 
 tares ; 9762 in potatoes ; 2048 in turnips ; 124 in 
 carrots; 1120 in mangold- wurzel ; 78 in onions; 
 3553 in artificial grasses ; 35,638 in hay ; 578 in 
 hops ; 6559 in gardens and orchards; 1198 in green 
 forage; 117,666 in permanent artificial grasses; 
 26,287 under bare fallow, 66,399, all other culti- 
 vated land. The yield of the principal crops is 
 thus stated :— Wheat 1,042,999 bushels ; barley 
 182,753 bushels; oats 1,065,847 bushels; potatoes 
 31,103 tons ; hay 54,079 tons ; hops 738,616 lbs. 
 The average yield per acre was : — Wheat 23'08 
 bushels ; barley 27'82 bushels ; oats28 - 60 bushels ; 
 potatoes 3'18 tons ; hay 1"51 tons ; hops 1280 lbs. 
 The live stock was :— Horses 24,593 ; horned cattle 
 129,317 ; sheep 1,835,970 ; pigs 38,610 ; goats 2278 ; 
 mules 4 ; asses 11. The yield of fruit during 
 1879 was :— 140,277 bushels of apples, 19,340 
 bushels of pears. The agricultural machinery 
 employed on farms and stations comprised 102 
 engines of 775 h.-p., 94 clod-crushers, 150 culti- 
 vators, 11 hay elevators, 531 horse-hoes, grubbers 
 and scarifiers, 90 mowing machines, 162 subsoil 
 ploughs, 276 double-furrow ploughs, 133 reaping 
 machines, 157 reaper and mower combined, 29 
 sowing machines, and 187 threshing machines. 
 Of the total area of the colony 4,193,445 acres 
 have been alienated, either by sale or grant. 
 2,023,013 acres are held on depasturing leases ; 
 annual rental being £8360. 
 
 Mineral and other Resources. — The colony 
 is divided into two districts, called the " Western 
 Mining District" and the " Eastern Mining Dis- 
 trict." The mineral resources of the colony, which 
 had been neglected for many years, received a great 
 impetus at the end of 1872 by the discovery of 
 extensive deposits of tin ore at Mount Bischoff, in 
 the north-west quarter of the island ; and about 
 the same time attention was directed to the exten- 
 sive deposits of iron ore, especially on the banks 
 of the River Tamar. Tin has since been found 
 spread over a considerable extent of country in 
 the opposite, or north-east corner of the island, 
 and has now become one of the most important 
 products of the colony. Though during 1879 the 
 yield fell off, the yield of pure tin from the Mount 
 Bischoff ore is said to have been from seventy to 
 eighty per cent., the average being about seventy- 
 four per cent. In 1876 the value of tin in ore and 
 ingots exported was £100,000 ; in 1877 it was 
 £296,941 ; in 1878 it was £316,311. Gold mining 
 has become a recognised industry, and the returns 
 
 b4
 
 594 
 
 < V T/iP/KDlA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 from some of the lately-opened fields have 
 been very encouraging. The precious metal has 
 been found widely scattered over the northern 
 portion of the island, both in the alluvial and in 
 quartz veins. The auriferous region has been 
 described as embracing the following localities : — 
 The Pieman River, the Hellyer diggings in the 
 bed and on the banks of the river of that name, 
 Anderson's Creek, and Brandy Creek, Nine Mile 
 Springs, Den Diggings, Back Creek Diggings, 
 Leura, Pipers River, Denison Diggings, Thisle, 
 Waterhouse, and at Mangana and the Black 
 Boy goldfields. The first discovery of gold it 
 is said was on the Tullochgorum estate, near 
 Fingal shortly after the Victoria diggings were 
 opened. The gold mining statistics for 1878 were 
 as follows : — Number of miners 1050, of whom 
 545 were engaged in alluvial and 505 in quartz. 
 Value of plant £46,000, £2000 alluvial and £44,ono 
 quartz. Yield of gold from the alluvial 11,462 ozs. 
 of gold valued at £45,750, an average of 
 £3 19s. lOd. per oz. ; from quartz 13,787 ozs. from 
 15,085 tons of stone, valued at £54,250, an average 
 of £3 18s. 8d. per oz., average yield being 
 17 dwts. 12 grs. crushed, at an average cost of 
 about 9s. 6d. per ton. For the year 1879 the 
 statistics are 20GO miners of whom 1535 were 
 engaged in alluvial and 525 in quartz. Value of 
 plant £60,200, £5200 alluvial and £55,000 quartz. 
 Yield from the alluvial 37,750 ozs. of gold valued 
 at £146,500, an average of £3 17s. 7d. per oz. ; 
 from quartz 22,405 ozs. from 15,334 tons of stone 
 valued at £84,395, an average of £3 15s. 4d. per 
 oz., average yield being 1 oz. 18 dwts. 7 grs. per 
 ton. Up to 30th June 1879 the yield of gold from 
 the year 1866 is approximately estimated at 
 48,753 ozs. 15 dwts. 2 grs. of the value of 
 £191,181 14s. 5d. from the alluvial, and 72,181 ozs. 
 3 dwts. of the value of £285,816 14s. 5d. from the 
 quartz. A lode of bismuth of great extent has 
 been discovered at Mount Ramsay, and pronounced 
 by TTlrich to be one of the richest if not the very 
 richest in the world. Lodes of copper and lead 
 have also been discovered. A lode of antimony 
 two feet thick has been found at the 120-foot 
 level in the Waratah Company's claim. It 
 assayed 28"8 per cent, of antimony, 24 per 
 cent, of lead, and silver in the proportion of 
 7 ozs. 9 dwt. 8 gr. to the ton of ore. Diamonds have 
 been found at Flinders Island. Coal is abundant 
 at Mount Nicholas and Douglas River, in the 
 north-east of the colony; also at Hamilton in the 
 centre, at the Mersey in the north-west, at Jerusa- 
 lem and at Gardiner's Bay, a locality about fifty 
 miles S. of Hobart, where a four-feet seam is now 
 at work. It has analysed 61"4 per cent of pure 
 carbon. In addition to these there are extensive 
 coal mines at Port Seymour which are not now 
 worked: this is a bituminous coal. A seam of 
 bituminous coal has been found near the Sandfly 
 Rivulet and is now Vicing worked. There arc alsi i 
 extensive deposits of anthracite coal at Port Arthur 
 and New Town, with which the city of lb 
 
 Town is partially supplied. During 1878 there 
 were raised in all 12,311 tons. Limestone is abun- 
 dant and of excellent quality. Large quarries of 
 stone admirably suited for building purposes are 
 in work, and it is exported largely to Melbourne 
 where many of the principal public buildings are 
 constructed with it. It is a compact, fine-grained 
 white or brown freestone. The Law Courts, Mel- 
 bourne, are built with freestone from the Orford 
 and Okehampton quarries. During 1876 the 
 following mines or quarries were being worked : — 
 1 Milestone, 4 coal, 2 flagstone, 8 freestone, 1 iron 
 ore, 3 lime, 2 limestone, 1 slate, and 2 tin ore. 
 The quantities raised in 1879 were — 2500 tons of 
 ironstone, 9514 tons of coal, 8500 cubic feet of 
 flagstone, 123,221 cubic feet and 20 tons of free- 
 stone, 12,900 bushels of lime, 1824 tons of lime- 
 stone, and 5791 tons of tin ore. There are 57 
 companies engaged in mining pursuits, of which 
 24 are for gold, 1 for iron, 32 for tin, 1 (the Emu 
 Bay) is a prospecting company, and 1 is, for tin 
 smelting : the shares range from £1 to £50, and 
 the capital from £600 to £250,000. Timber is 
 plentiful, the wood of the Eucalyptus, or gum tree, 
 being of great value for ship-building purposes, 
 railway sleepers, and house work, and all purposes 
 where strength and endurance are required. The 
 pine and the wood of many other trees are well 
 adapted for furniture, fittings, and in-door work 
 generally. Wattle bark is largely exported for 
 tanning purposes. At the Melbourne Intercolonial 
 Exhibition in 1880 the exhibits from T, showing 
 the value and extent of its resources, received 
 marked attention. The Tasmanian iron has been 
 found to possess some remarkable properties, one 
 of which is that steel made from it is as malleable 
 as soft Swedish iron. It appears to be extensively 
 distributed, but has not been turned to practical 
 account owing to the ore being impregnated with 
 chromium, which has greatly depreciated its value 
 for manufacturing purposes. The slate quarries 
 are now turning out slates of excellent quality. 
 Near Brown's River is a shot tower, the manu- 
 facture of which is fast superseding the imported 
 article, and is in good demand in the neighbouring 
 colonies. 
 
 Electric Telegraphs. — A line of telegraph 
 exists between Hobart Town and Launceston, 
 between Launceston and Deloraine, and also 
 extends to Bothwell, to New Norfolk, and other 
 places. In April 1869 telegraphic communication 
 was established by means of a submarine cable 
 between T. and V. 
 
 Railways. — The lines of railway in working 
 are the Launceston and Western Bailway connect- 
 ing Deloraine, Westbury, Longford, Perth, and 
 Evandale with Launceston ; and the main line of 
 railway from Hobart Town to Launceston. The 
 Launceston and Western Line was constructed by 
 a company at a cost of £450,000 (or excluding 
 interest £429,604, being £9547 per mile,) of which 
 £50,000 was raised by shares, the remaining 
 £ n ii i,i ii k i by Government debentures bearing G per
 
 Tas] 
 
 OVCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 595 
 
 cent, interest, the interest partly re-guaranteed by 
 the railway district. A further sum of ,£60,000 at 
 5 per cent, was subsequently raised to complete it. 
 Tlie line was formally opened by the Governor on 
 10th February 1871. On 3rd August 1872 the 
 line was taken over by the Government of the 
 Colony and is now under the control of the 
 Minister of Lands and Works. The length 
 of the railway is forty-five miles, the gauge 
 being 4ft. 8in. The Main Line Railway extends 
 from Hobart Town to Launceston 133 miles. 
 The Mersey and Deloraino Railway, to connect 
 the Mersey River with Deloraine, was partially 
 opened on 1st January 1871 ; eighteen miles only 
 were completed, leaving twelve miles to connect 
 it with Deloraine. It was constructed by private 
 individuals ; but from insufficiency of capital and 
 other causes the undertaking collapsed. The ques- 
 tion of purchasing and completing the line was 
 under the consideration of the Legislature in Feb- 
 ruary 188(1, but the Bill to authorise the purchase 
 was thrown out. 
 
 Bevenue, Exports and Imports. — The revenue 
 for 1879 (not including loans) was £375,367. The 
 Customs realised in 1879 £199,688. The exports 
 for 1879 were £1,301,897. The exports of wool 
 alone for 1879 amounted to 7,385,002 lbs., of the 
 value of £407,227, and of tin £303,203. The 
 imports for 1879 were £1,267,475. The other 
 principal articles of export are bark, bran and 
 pollard, butter and cheese, flour, fruits (preserved 
 and green,) gold, wheat, oats, barley, hides, skins 
 and leather, hops, horses, sheep, sperm and black 
 oil, fruits, vegetables, and colonial brewed ale. 
 The export of hops amounted to £26,512, and of 
 fruit and jams to £151,802. In 1879 the exports 
 amounted to £11 14s. 10jd. per head of the popu- 
 lation, and the imports to £11 7s. lid. For the 
 first six months of 1880 the imports amounted to 
 £659,236, and the exports to £832,193. During 
 the same time there were exported £115,606 value 
 of gold, and tin to the value of £161,638. The 
 debt of the colony at the end of 1879 was 
 £1,786,800, which has been incurred for the 
 following purposes : — Public works, including rail- 
 way, £1,305,429 ; immigration, £194,000; to com- 
 mute .State aid to religion, £100,000 ; payment of 
 an old debt to Imperial Government, £30,500 ; 
 debentures for deficiency in revenue, £156,871. 
 The principal part of these debentures is issued at 
 6 per cent, per annum, payable half yearly, and 
 the remainder at 4 and 5 per cent. The amount 
 of interest paid during tho year was £91,338. The 
 indebtedness per head of the population is calcu- 
 lated at .£15 16s. llfd. The expenditure (exclud- 
 ing services provided for by loans) in 1879 was 
 £402,295. In his Financial Statement, made on 
 18th August 1880, the Treasurer stated that the 
 present year (1880) began with a deficiency of 
 £7712. The estimated revenue for the year was 
 £430,770, and the expenditure £418,192, leaving 
 a surplus of £12,578, and deducting the deficit at 
 the beginning of the year it would leave £4860 of 
 
 surplus to begin the year 1881. The revonue for 
 1881 was estimated at £435,070, and the expendi- 
 ture at £434,971, which would leave an estimated 
 surplus of £10,099. The amount proposed for 
 public works was £275,000, including £120,000 for 
 ili^ Mersey Railway. It was proposed to raise a 
 4 per cent, loan of £567,000 for works and the 
 redemption of debentures. 
 
 Manufactories and Industries. — The climate 
 is especially adapted to malting and brewing and 
 also to the growth of hops. The Tasmanian brewed 
 ale is that which is chiefly drunk in the colony, 
 and an export trade is carried on with N.S.W. 
 and V. There are eighteen breweries, twenty 
 tanneries, four soap and five candle manufactories, 
 eight jam-boiling establishments, fifty-two saw 
 mills, thirty-five agricultural implement works, 
 four brass foundries, fourteen coachbuilding fac- 
 tories, eighty-one fellmongeries, twenty-two steam 
 flour mills, thirty -seven water mills, three potteries, 
 two tin smelting works, and there is also now one 
 manufactory of cloth, tweeds, blankets, &c, from 
 Tasmanian wool, which has been stimulated by 
 the payment of a bonus of £1000 by Parliament. 
 The articles manufactured are of excellent quality. 
 
 Government. — The constitution was settled by 
 the local Act of 18 Vic, No. 17. By this Act a 
 Legislative Council and a House of Assembly 
 are constituted, called the " Parliament of Van 
 Diemen's Land. : ' In 1871 an alteration was made 
 by the addition of one member to the Council 
 and two members to the Assembly (Act 34 Vic, 
 No. 42.) The Legislative Council is composed of 
 sixteen members, who must be natural born or 
 naturalised subjects not holding offices of profit 
 or emolument from the Crown (except responsible 
 ministers,) and not less than thirty years of age, 
 elected for six years by all natural-born or 
 naturalised subjects of the Crown of full age, 
 who possess either a £30 freehold, a leasehold of 
 £200 yearly value, or are officers in the army or 
 navy not on active service, or have a degree of 
 some university, or are in holy orders, or are 
 medical practitioners. The House of Assembly 
 consists of thirty-two members for whom no 
 special qualification is required save that of being 
 of the age of twenty-one years and subjects of 
 the Queen, and who are elected for five years by 
 £7 householders or leaseholders, or freeholders 
 of estate of the value of £50, or selectors who 
 have paid up to the amount of £50, and all subjects 
 holding a commission in the army or navy, or 
 possessing a degree, or in holy orders, or receiving 
 a salary of £80 a year. The elections are con- 
 ducted on the ballot system. The legislative 
 authority rests in both Houses united, while the 
 executive power is vested in a Governor appointed 
 by the Crown. The Governor is by virtue of his 
 office Commander-in-Chief of the troops in the 
 colony. He is aided in the exercise of the 
 executive power by a Cabinet of responsible min- 
 isters, consisting of four official members — the 
 Colonial Secretary, the Colonial Treasurer, the
 
 596 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 Attorney-General, and the Minister of Lands and 
 Works. A Minister without a portfolio has 
 occasionally been included. The Members of the 
 Cabinet must have a seat in either House of 
 Parliament. 
 
 History — I. Early Navigators. — Tasmania, as 
 stated in the preceding article, was discovered by 
 Tasman in 1G42, and named after the Governor- 
 General of the Dutch East India possessions. 
 In 1772 its shores, left apparently untouched for 
 so many years after the first discovery, were 
 visited by Marion, the French navigator. He 
 anchored, as Tasman had done, in Frederik Hendrik 
 Bay, and landed with a party, but departed again 
 hastily after an encounter with natives ; and 
 recorded his being unable to procure water, or to 
 find a tree fit to make a mast of, thereby giving 
 ample proof that his search was very superficial. 
 In the same year Cook, in the Resolution, and 
 Furneaux, in the Adventure, on their voyage of 
 exploration towards the South Pole, became sepa- 
 rated during a fog. Cook sailed to N.Z. Furneaux 
 touched at V.D.L., discovered Adventure Bay, 
 sailed along the East Coast, and then also made 
 for N.Z. Cook, on his third and last voyage to 
 the Pacific, visited the island himself, anchoring 
 in Adventure Bay, where he left some pigs. The 
 edition of his voyages published in London in 
 the last century describes the delight of his officers 
 with the spot, and mentions " stately groves, rivers, 
 and lawns of vast extent," with " thickets full of 
 birds of the most beautiful plumage, and various 
 note." In 1789 John Henry Cox in the brig 
 Mercury attempted to enter Adventure Bay, but 
 being driven to the eastward, discovered Oyster 
 Bay. Bligh touched at V.D.L. in 1788, and again 
 in 1792, when he planted some fruit trees, fig, 
 pomegranates and quinces. In 1792 Bear- Admiral 
 Brune D'Entrecasteaux, in the ship Recherche, 
 accompanied by Captain Huon Kermadec in the 
 Esperance, having been sent out by the French 
 Government to ascertain the fate of La Perouse, 
 discovered the channel which bears the Admiral's 
 name, and found that it extended to the Storm Bay 
 of Tasman. They entered and named the Huon and 
 the " Riviere du Nord " (now the Derwent.) Their 
 charts are said to be the finest specimens of marine 
 surveying ever made in a new country. La 
 Billardiere, the renowned botanist, was naturalist 
 to this expedition. Up to this period the island 
 was believed to form part of the " Great South 
 Land," but in 1798 Bass made in a six-oared whale- 
 boat from Port Jackson, a voyage of exploration 
 lasting eleven weeks, during which he satisfied 
 himself of the existence of a dividing channel ; 
 and on his representations Governor Hunter 
 authorised Flinders to accompany him in the 
 Norfolk, a colonial sloop of twenty-five tons, for 
 the purpose of confirming the supposition. They 
 th.n discovered Port Dalrymple (named after 
 Alexander Dalrymple, hydrographer to the Admir- 
 alty,) and passing along the coast to a peculiar 
 headland "like a Christmas cake," which they cnlK'd 
 
 Circular Head. The extreme N.W. point they 
 named Cape Grim ; and observing the mountains 
 noticed by Tasman when he visited the coast, they 
 gave to two of them the names of his vessels, 
 Heemskirk and Zeehaan. Point Hibbs was named 
 after the master of their little sloop, and on their 
 return to Point Jackson, Governor Hunter, at the 
 desire of Flinders, bestowed the name of Bass on 
 the important strait which had become known 
 through Bass's intrepidity and enterprise. 
 
 II. First Settlers.— In 1803 Lieut. Bowen was 
 sent from Sydney in the Lady Nelson for the 
 purpose of making an auxiliary settlement in 
 V.D.L. connected with that of Port Jackson. 
 He selected the spot previously pointed out by 
 Flinders as especially suitable for such an under- 
 taking, and landed with his small party at Bisdon, 
 on the Derwent. This little pioneer band was 
 greatly augmented the following year by the 
 arrival of the comparatively numerous body of 
 civil and military officers, marines, and convicts 
 who removed from Port Phillip, ostensibly on 
 account of the unfitness of that country for occu- 
 pation ; but the fallacy of this assumption has 
 been fully proved. This second detachment on 
 arrival from Port Phillip landed at Sullivan's Cove, 
 now the port of Hobart, under the command of 
 Lieutenant-Governor Collins. The Lady Nelson 
 was then dispatched to Port Dalrymple, and sur- 
 veyed the entrance of the Tamar. In consequence 
 of the favourable report made, a small party was 
 sent thither from Port Jackson, under Colonel 
 Paterson, to form a settlement, in October 1804. 
 On the banks of a small stream called Humphrey's 
 Rivulet, about four miles north of Hobart, it was 
 that these first settlers planted their homesteads. 
 Four persons fixed themselves there, each receiving 
 from the Government 100 acres of land. The 
 names of these founders of the colony, as they 
 stand in the first page of the oldest land register 
 of the Survey Office, are Edward Miller, Leonard 
 Fosbrook, Mathew Bowden, and J. M. Johnson ; 
 some, if not all, of whom were persons holding 
 important posts in the Government establishment 
 of the day. From these small beginnings the 
 colonisation of the island progressed steadily, 
 though not rapidly. The new settlement on the 
 west bank of the Derwent was named by Collins 
 after his patron, Lord Hobart, but for many years 
 was usually spoken of as the "Camp." Subse- 
 quently the county, at first including half the 
 island, was called after the same nobleman. The 
 northern settlement, formed by Colonel Paterson, 
 was seated on the western shore of the Tamar, 
 and called York Town. From this spot the greater 
 part of the new establishment was removed in 
 1806 to the junction of the North and South 
 Esk Rivers. The Tamar was traced, and named by 
 Colonel Paterson after a Cornish river, and the 
 valley of Launceston after the chief town of 
 Cornwall, in honour of Governor King, whose 
 father was a draper in the latter place. Both as a 
 traveller and naturalist, but more particularly as a
 
 Tas] 
 
 CYClOPiEMA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 597 
 
 botanist, Paterson is remembered by the scientific 
 world. He directed the Government botanical 
 establishment at Parramatta, and the repository of 
 native shrubs intended for the gardens at Kew. 
 He planted trees at York Town, some of which 
 are said to have been growing there within the 
 past few years. Port Dalrymple, as the northern 
 settlement was called, was not under the govern- 
 ment of Hobart until 1812. The first communi- 
 cation between Hobart and Launceston was opened 
 by Lieutenant Laycock and his party ; they were 
 nine days on the route, and their arrival at Hobart 
 excited great astonishment. The orders issued by 
 the Home authorities in 1803 for the removal of 
 the settlers from Norfolk Island (which had been 
 colonised in 1788,) not having been complied 
 with, were peremptorily repeated in 1808 by Mr. 
 Windham, then Secretary of State, and Captain 
 Bligh, directed Captain Piper to compel the colo- 
 nists to evacuate the island, and even to shoot 
 anyone who might retreat to the woods to avoid 
 embarkation. They were conveyed to V.D.L. 
 chiefly in the Estramina, City of Edinburgh, 
 and Sydney ; 254 arrived on 15th October 1808. 
 On the determination of the Government being 
 announced, the settlers manifested great repug- 
 nance. The elder people declared they would not 
 quit the country ; it was, however, the decree of 
 an irresistible will. The inhabitants were offered 
 a settlement in V.D.L. or N.S.W. ; mostly they 
 chose the former country. They received from the 
 Government whatever would contribute towards 
 reconciling them to the change. Vessels were 
 provided for their removal, their possession in land 
 was doubled, and it was freed from all conditions 
 and reservations. They received cattle as loan, 
 and they were rationed as new settlers from the 
 public stores. That the change was beneficial to 
 the rising generation can hardly be doubted ; but 
 the effect on the parents was generally painful. 
 Time was required to equal the cultivation of the 
 spot they had left, compared with which even 
 V.D.L. seemed blank and barren. Years after, 
 they spoke of the change with regret and sadness. 
 On the arrival of the Sydney, Collins looked 
 narrowly into the probable resources at his dis- 
 posal, and sent Joseph Holt to examine the 
 land on the Derwent, with a view to future loca- 
 tion. He proceeded along its shores, until a 
 ledge of rocks obstructed the passage of his 
 boat ; then ascending an eminence not less in 
 apparent height than the Dromedary Mountain, 
 " I sat down," he writes, " on its top, and saw 
 the finest country eyes ever beheld." This was 
 that extensive district which, from the previous 
 residence of its occupiers, was named New Norfolk. 
 The spot whence he surveyed the subjacent land 
 he called Mount Casha. The settlement was early 
 involved in great difficulties. The hoe, the usual 
 implement of husbandry, effected but a slow and 
 discouraging progress ; supplies from Port Jackson 
 were forwarded in small quantities, and were soon 
 altogether interrupted. In 1806 a disaster occurred 
 
 which reduced the elder colony to severe privation. 
 The tempting fertility of the land bordering on 
 the Hawkesbury, the Nile of this hemisphere, 
 induced the petty farmers, whose homesteads 
 dotted its margin, to overlook its dangers. An 
 inundation, remembered as "the great flood," 
 exceeded all former devastations ; vast torrents, 
 of which the origin was unknown, descended from 
 the mountains, and pouring down with prodigious 
 violence, suddenly filled and overflowed the 
 channels of the river ; and rising to the height 
 of sixty and eighty feet in a few hours, swept 
 away the stacks of corn, the live stock, and 
 even the dwellings. A vessel approaching the 
 coast saw fragments of the floating ruins many 
 miles distant from the shore. Thus, lately 
 possessing a superabundant store, the poor suf- 
 fered extreme destitution, and the price of maize 
 and wheat rose to £5 and £6 per bushel. 
 Unable to succour the colony, the Government 
 left it to its own resources, and for several years 
 the scarcity continued with various intensity. 
 The kangaroo hunters were the chief purveyors of 
 food. The officers who were allowed servants sent 
 them to the woods and sold their spoil to the 
 Government. Considerable profits were made by 
 the more successful ; the commissariat allowed 
 one shilling and sixpence per pound ; and the 
 foundation of some fortunes were laid by persons 
 whose servants were faithful and expert. A 
 marine, assisted by two convicts, delivered to the 
 king's stores 1000 lbs. of kangaroo per month, and 
 continued in this occupation for several years. A 
 few coarse biscuits were distributed while they 
 lasted, but the substitute for bread was the dried 
 and pounded flesh of kangaroo. The Government, 
 unable to feed, could no longer task the prisoners; 
 to lessen the pressure they were sometimes per- 
 mitted to disperse in search of subsistence, and 
 thus laid the foundation of those lawless habits 
 which afterwards brought the colony to the verge 
 of ruin. The Sydney had been chartered to India 
 for wheat, but was lost, and the colony was 
 disappointed of the expected relief. When the 
 calamity became known a second effort was made. 
 Colonel Paterson while Acting-Governor of N.S.W. 
 contracted with Captain Bunker of the Venus to 
 bring a cargo of wheat from Bengal. It was not 
 until 1810 that she anchored in the Derwent; the 
 dread of famine was removed, and wheat was now 
 valued at twelve shillings a bushel. The change 
 of seed enabled farmers to clear their ground 
 of that mixed and inferior grain which had 
 disappointed all attompts at agricultural inde- 
 pendence. Whilst he was at Bengal, the captain 
 of the Venus received from the Governor two 
 prisoners, supposed to be castaways from a vessel 
 seized at Port Jackson. Stewart, formerly a lieu- 
 tenant in the navy, secretly contrived a plan to 
 take the Harrington, a vessel richly laden, and 
 provisioned for a long voyage. The wind blew 
 fair as she lay in Sydney harbour, a tempting 
 prize ; embracing the favourable movement,
 
 598 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LTas 
 
 Stewart called together several companions whom 
 he could trust, and submitted his project at the 
 instant proper for its execution — the first success- 
 fully attempted by prisoners. Thus, before 
 suspicion was awakened, he had seized a boat, 
 hurried on board, mastered the crew, and was 
 scudding before the breeze. But at sea his good 
 fortune forsook him ; the Harrington was recap- 
 tured by the Greyhound, and both ships were lost 
 on the coast of Luconia. These pirates were 
 permitted to land at the Derwent and were left 
 behind by the Venus. They were found at the 
 house of Garth, a settler, by soldiers sent to seize 
 spirits secretly landed from the vessel. Mistaking 
 the errand of the soldiers, one of these men called 
 on his comrades to resist them ; and being enraged 
 by a refusal, he fired and inflicted a mortal wound. 
 Such complicated crime was not extraordinary ; 
 but the kind of force necessary in the civil govern- 
 ment, and the shelter afforded to outlaws, were 
 symptoms of social disorder which soon after 
 assumed an alarming character. During the 
 administration of Collins the progress of the 
 colony was barely perceptible. There were no 
 roads in the interior ; no public buildings ; the 
 house of the Governor was a mere cottage, too 
 mean for the accommodation of a modern mechanic. 
 When the transfer from Norfolk Island commenced 
 at the close of 1805, stock belonging to the 
 Governor-in-Chief was purchased by George Guest 
 who sold the sheep at £5 per head, and was repaid 
 in cattle. The first Tasmanian house stood on 
 land adjoining the Macquarie Hotel ; it was built 
 by Lieutenant E. Lord, of wattle-and-dab ; its 
 windows were like the portholes of a vessel. That 
 it was the first constituted its chief claim to dis- 
 tinction ; it was considered as an achievement of 
 civilisation — a trophy gained upon the wilderness. 
 All were not so well lodged ; yet such houses 
 are soon reared. Posts, joined by wall-plates, 
 fixed in the ground, woven with wattle rods, 
 plastered with mingled clay, sand, and wiry 
 short grass, and whitened, a grass-thatched roof, 
 a chimney of turf piled on stone, a door and 
 a window, and the cottage is finished. A few 
 acres of land had been cultivated at New 
 Town by prisoners in charge of Clarke, the super- 
 intendent ; cattle had arrived from Bengal and 
 sheep from Port Jackson ; but the progress of the 
 settlement had hitherto been slow. In N.S.W. 
 gangs of men stripped to the waist laboured 
 together, and were exposed to rigorous discipline 
 common to slaves. These methods of tillage were 
 introduced into V.D.L., where as yet there were 
 no fields prepared for the plough, nor beast of 
 draught to facilitate human toil. The chief over- 
 seers were not skilled in cultivation ; one had been 
 a shoemaker, the other a tailor ; and while they 
 were expecting large returns, they were ignorant 
 that the full ears which promised an abundant 
 yield were smut, not grain. This early failure was 
 attended with disastrous results. In 1810 Collins 
 attempted to establish a newspaper, The Derwent 
 
 Star and Van Biemen's Land Intelligencer. 
 Though but a quarto leaf, with broad margin and 
 all the contrivances which dilate the substance of 
 a journal, it was much too large for the settlement, 
 where often there was nothing to sell ; where 
 a birth or marriage was published sooner than 
 a paragraph could be printed ; where a taste 
 for general literature had no existence, and 
 politics were excluded. The second number con- 
 tains a rather pompous account of Governor 
 Macquarie's inauguration at Sydney. The next 
 issue, besides a Government order or two, describes 
 the feat of Barclay the pedestrian, a thousand 
 miles in a thousand hours ; the wonderful longevity 
 of Joseph Bam, a black of Jamaica, who died in 
 his 140th year ; then the greatness of Daniel 
 Lambert, whose body weighed 52lbs. fourteen 
 times told, and who was sent by an inclined plane 
 into his grave. Then follow a eulogy on the 
 Governor's profession, one trial, one ship, two 
 births and one marriage. It was the misfortune 
 of Collins to be involved with the parties respon- 
 sible in the deposition of Governor Bligh. This 
 remarkable deviation from the ordinary conduct 
 of British soldiers has been attributed partly 
 to the composition of the military force raised for 
 that colony, and partly to the temper of Bligh. 
 The officers merged the military character in the 
 mercantile spirit, and were accustomed to enjoy pri- 
 vileges in virtue of their commissions which they 
 converted into a monopoly of trade. The distance 
 of N.S.W. from the centre of commerce induced 
 the Crown to provide for the settlers the miscella- 
 neous articles which are usually kept only by the 
 shopkeepers. At Port Jackson there were public 
 magazines stored with every requisite for domestic 
 use, such as potters' ware, utensils for the kitchen, 
 and the implements of farming. These were issued 
 at stated prices, rather less than such commodities 
 cost in Europe ; but to prevent them becoming the 
 objects of speculation an official order for every issue, 
 specifying the article was necessary. Such methods 
 of distribution gave satisfaction, notwithstanding 
 ample room for partiality and corruption. On the 
 arrival of Bligh he found the improvident settlers 
 discontented and poor, completely in the hands of 
 the martial dealers. Perhaps from a love of justice 
 he attempted to rescue them from the grasp of 
 these intermediate agents, who bought their pro- 
 duce at a narrow price and gave them in exchange 
 goods bearing an enormous percentage. Bligh 
 permitted the farmers to draw from the public 
 magazine whatever was necessary for private use, 
 and took their engagement to deliver their grain 
 to the stores at the close of the harvests. This 
 interruption to the customary dealings of the 
 officers naturally provoked them. Bligh recipro- 
 cated their aversion and resented their disrespect. 
 When Bligh arrived at Hobart Town he was 
 received by Collins with the respect due to his 
 station. He was, however, soon followed by dis- 
 p; it rhes, which informed the Lieutenant-Governor 
 of the movements at Sydney. Collins, as Bligh
 
 Tas] 
 
 VCMU'.KWA 'iF UNTKAI.AS1A. 
 
 599 
 
 stated, intended to arrest him ; at all events he 
 re-embarked, and the settlers were indicted from 
 holding communication. A free man, Belbin, 
 was flogged for the infraction of this order ; 
 but afterwards received a grant from the Crown 
 for his loyalty. George Guest espoused the same 
 side ; the vessel was ill-provisioned, and he 
 secretly drove down his cattle to the beach, where 
 some were slaughtered for the use of the Porpoise. 
 Bligh returned to Port Jackson, though the time 
 for his honorary restitution was passed ; he was 
 received with respectful formality. A proclamation 
 had already been issued, prohibiting suits of law 
 for injuries suffered from the usurping Govern- 
 ment, and giving indemnity and protection to all 
 who had acted under its authority ; but Bligh was 
 empowered to carry home all who might be able 
 to throw light on his deposition. This order must 
 have terminated the government of Collins had he 
 survived. This was the last important occurrence 
 in the eventful life of Collins. He died on the 
 24th March 1810, in the fifty-sixth year of his 
 age, having held the administration six years and 
 thirty-six days. His death was sudden ; except a 
 slight cold there was little warning of its approach. 
 He died whilst sitting in his chair and conversing 
 with his attendant. His funeral was celebrated 
 with all the pomp the colony could command, and 
 600 persons were present. The share he accepted 
 in the responsibility of the deposition of Bligh 
 disturbed his tranquillity, and it was thought 
 hastened his end. Collins was buried in the 
 church-yard of St. David's at Hobart Town. To 
 provide a temporary place for public worship, a 
 small wooden church was erected on the spot, and 
 its altar was reared over his grave. This building 
 was blown down in a tempest, and its materials 
 being carried off left the resting-place of Collins 
 long exposed to the careless tread of the stranger. 
 Sir John Franklin'always generous to the memory 
 of official worth, reared a monument bearing this 
 inscription : — " Sacred to the memory of David 
 Collins, Esq., Lieutenant-Governor of this colony, 
 and Lieutenant-Colonel of the Koyal Marine 
 Forces. On the first establishment of the colony 
 of New South Wales he was employed as Judge- 
 Advocate. And in the year 1803 he was entrusted 
 by His Majesty's Government with the command 
 of an expedition destined to form a settlement at 
 Port Phillip, on the south coast of New Holland, 
 but which was subsequently removed to Van 
 Diemen's Land. Under his direction as Lieutenant- 
 Governor the site of this town was chosen, and the 
 foundation of its first building laid in 1804. He 
 died here on the 28th March 1810, aged fifty-six 
 years. And this monument, long projected, was 
 erected to his memory in 1838 by direction of His 
 Excellency Sir John Franklin, K.C.H., K.R." 
 
 III. Governor Macquarie. — On the demise of 
 Collins, the government devolved on Lieutenant 
 Edward Lord, until the arrival of Captain Murray, 
 of the seventy-third regiment. The Govcrnor-in- 
 Chief (Macquarie) visited V.D.L. during Murray's 
 
 administration. This auspicious event was the 
 subject of great exultation. Macquarie was received 
 with all possible formality and tokens of gladness ; 
 a salute from a battery of no great power; an 
 illumination in the small windows of the scattered 
 cottages; and addresses delivered by the delegates, 
 not bound to declare the number of their constit- 
 uents. Nothing remarkable is remembered of this 
 visit, except that Macquarie traced the future city. 
 He complained of the utter neglect of right lines 
 in the erection of dwellings, which advanced or 
 retreated according to the whim of the builder. 
 The centre of the projected town he called St. 
 George's Square ; in this he intended to rear a 
 church and town hall, and the quarters of the 
 main guard ; the open space he designed for a 
 market. The streets which intersect each other 
 he called by the names which still distinguish them: 
 Liverpool-street, after the Prime Minister of that 
 name ; Macquarie-street, after himself ; Elizabeth- 
 street, in honour of his wife; Argyle-street, of 
 their native country ; and Murray-street, in com- 
 pliment to the officer in command. The plan 
 sketched by Macquarie has not been absolutely 
 followed, nor has it been improved. He ordered 
 the erection of a signal staff on Mount Nelson, 
 named after the vessel which brought him to port 
 and conveyed him safely to Port Jackson. The 
 settlers on the Derwent expressed a fervid admira- 
 tion of his devotedness in thus venturing to face 
 the dangers of the visit; especially accompanied 
 by his consort— so they distinguished Mrs. Mac- 
 quarie. The Governor merited their gratitude, for 
 his hand was liberal. In February 1812, Colonel 
 Geils became acting Lieutenant-Governor, and 
 remained until the arrival of Colonel Davey. 
 Geils devoted great attention to agricultural 
 pursuits, and first formed at Bisdon a considerable 
 farming establishment. Ordered to India with the 
 troops under his command, he forwarded his 
 youthful sons to the Cape of Good Hope, thence 
 to be conveyed to England. The colonists heard 
 soon after with deep commiseration, that the 
 vessel in which they re-embarked was lost. 
 
 IV. Governor Davey. — Colonel Thomas Davey, 
 the second Governor of V.D.L., arrived on 4th 
 February 1813. His manner of entrance indicated 
 somewhat of his peculiar character, for the weather 
 being warm he carried his coat on his arm. His 
 subsequent demeanour was characterised by great 
 eccentricity ; and on what principle he could 
 have been selected as the presiding power over 
 a reformatory settlement is one of those enigmas 
 which only an intimate knowledge of red tape 
 could solve. He took pleasure in practical jokes 
 and rough humour ; his countenance was strongly 
 marked, and by a peculiar motion of the scalp 
 he delighted to throw his forehead into comical 
 contortions. He shared in common a taste for 
 spirituous liquors, and was not unwilling to parti- 
 cipate wherever he was welcome as a guest. As a 
 marine he had been present in many important 
 actions, among the rest at the battle of Trafalgar.
 
 ,-,<>(. 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 His intended departure from Europe be concealed 
 from his family, by whom it was discovered 
 accidentally : tbey reached the vessel by extra- 
 ordinary exertions, and in neglect for all the usual 
 preparations for the voyage. The ship which 
 conveyed his luggage was taken by the Americans 
 during the war— for him a fortunate loss ; indem- 
 nified by the largest grant ever conferred in the 
 island (3000 acres,) for it was not intended that 
 the captors could have made an extensive prize. 
 Mrs. Davey, a lady of a meek and uncomplaining 
 spirit, is spoken of with respect, and the Governor 
 himself with kindness ; for under a rough exterior 
 was concealed a generous disposition. During 
 Davey's government 200 female prisoners were 
 brought down from Sydney in the brig Kangaroo ; 
 proclamation was made, and the settlers were 
 invited to receive them. There was little delicacy 
 of choice ; they landed and vanished ; and some car- 
 ried into the bush changed their destination before 
 they reached their homes. Yet such is the power 
 of the social affections, several of these unions 
 yielded all the ordinary consolations of domestic 
 life. The conveniences of civilisation were not 
 wholly neglected. The ports were opened for 
 general commerce in June 1813. Messrs. Kemp and 
 Gatehouse, E. Lord and J. H. Reibey supplied the 
 colony with English goods, which were disposed 
 of at great profits by the retailers. These also sent 
 carts through the country laden with such com- 
 modities as a cask of rum, basket of tobacco, chest 
 of tea, bag of sugar, and bales of slop clothing. 
 Sometimes the gain was enormous, as the goods 
 were often exchanged for sheep and cattle, and the 
 lucky hawker returned to camp with a flock worth 
 five times the value of his merchandise. Men 
 who have since counted their incomes by tens of 
 thousands and feasted princes at their tables 
 made their first money by shouldering a peddler's 
 pack through the Tasmanian bush. Before this 
 time the settlers were frequently without the 
 means of obtaining other covering than what they 
 made for themselves out of the skins of animals, 
 and coats of kangaroo and opossum fur continued 
 to be worn long after the absolute need of them 
 had ceased. The resources of the colony began to 
 be developed at this time. Birch, an enterprising 
 merchant, fitted out a vessel to survey the western 
 coast in 1816. The same year Captain Kelly, long 
 known as pilot and harbour-master in Hobart, 
 discovered Macquarie Harbour and Port Davey. 
 Captain Florence found a new species of pine, very 
 highly valued by artificers. Birch was rewarded 
 withoneyear's monopolyof the trade ho hadopened. 
 The whale fishery was considerably enlarged ; the 
 plough was introduced, and gradually superseded 
 the hoe ; corn was exported ; and a mill was 
 erected. In February 1817 the foundation of 
 St. David's Church was laid. Passage boats con- 
 nected the banks of the Derwent. A Civil Court 
 for the recovery of debts not exceeding £50 was 
 e i iblished. In the same year a third attempt at 
 the establishment of a newspaper succeeded ; a 
 
 second, made in 1814, having failed like its prede- 
 cessor. The rigorous censorship exercised by 
 Government rendered the publication but little, if 
 at all, more generally interesting than the Govern- 
 ment Gazette of the present time. Still the advent 
 of the Hobart Toivn Gazette and Southern Reporter 
 marked an era in colonial advancement, and 
 Andrew Bent, the publisher, when his first number 
 appeared on the 1st June 1816 must have felt 
 himself almost famous. When the severe restric- 
 tions at first imposed were removed by Sir Thomas 
 Brisbane in 1824, the stream of eloquence so long 
 pent up broke forth tumultuously, as a few 
 extracts from the first leading article of Bent's 
 emancipated paper will show : — "We esteem our- 
 selves a beacon placed by Divine graciousness on 
 the awfully perilous coast of human frailty." "We 
 view ourselves a a sentinel, bound by allegiance 
 to our country, our sovereign, and our God. We 
 contemplate ourselves as the winnoweks for the 
 public." " We desire to encourage the cloudless 
 flames of rectified communion, rejecting each 
 effusion, however splendid, of degenerated 
 curiosity and perverted genius, of misanthro- 
 pical acerbity and calumnious retrospection." 
 One feels almost overcome as one reads such 
 bitter words, until the modesty of the closing 
 paragraph restores self-possession. "The duties 
 of our typographical province are performed 
 by the proprietor and one assistant." The 
 welfare of V.D.L. was about this time greatly 
 retarded by the number, daring, and prolonged 
 depredations of the bushrangers. In some districts 
 the inhabitants offered a sanctuary to the criminals, 
 and, as their scouts, gave notice of the approach 
 of danger ; while in others the settlers were driven 
 before them. To check their ravages, Davey 
 declared the whole colony under martial law ; he 
 punished with floggings persons, whether free or 
 bond, who quitted their houses by night. Several 
 offenders were captured, and suffered death. The 
 inhabitants to the number of 600 expressed their 
 approval of this stretch of power, but it was 
 promptly disallowed by the Governor-in-Chief. 
 On many previous occasions the same course had 
 been pursued. To constitutional law the Lieuten- 
 ant-Governor was both indifferent and a stranger. 
 Davey, when he relinquished bis office, remained 
 for some time as a settler ; he was not however 
 successful. He returned to England, where he 
 died on 2nd May 1823. His contemporaries speak 
 of his charater in terms of eulogy. The modern 
 colonist will remember that the tastes of society 
 have since that period been modified, even in 
 Great Britain ; and that character can never be 
 fairly judged when separated from the circum- 
 Btances in which it is developed. Then the town 
 was a mere camp ; the etiquette of office necessary 
 when a community is advanced would be folly in 
 its infancy. 
 
 V. The Bushrangers. — Bushrangiug commenced 
 in 1813, but was suppressed pretty vigorously. By 
 1824 this practice had again attained a fearful
 
 Tas] 
 
 ryrT.np /tcpta of VTTSTRAT^ASTA. 
 
 r,oi 
 
 height. The insecurity of life and property, the 
 murders, burnings of houses, stacks and crops, the 
 robbery and destruction of live stock, must have 
 seriously impeded the advance of the colony. The 
 military officers and men took an active part in 
 hunting down the most desperate ringleaders, ami 
 some of them became famous as gallant and suc- 
 cessful thief-takers. Martial law made short work 
 with those who were captured. Michael Howe, a 
 merchant seaman, afterwards a man-of-war's-man, 
 a deserter and highwayman in England, had 
 escaped the gallows only by a legal flaw, and was 
 transported to V.D.L. Being assigned as servant 
 to a settler, he soon "took to the bush," joining 
 an armed gang of twenty-eight runaway convicts, 
 ot whom he became second in command under 
 one Whitehead, a desperado of the first water. 
 This band became the terror of the country. They 
 had good intelligence of any armed force in pur- 
 suit of them or of any property open to pillage ; 
 for the low settlers and convict stockmen, either 
 from fear or inclination, connived at and assisted 
 these outlaws. Whitehead being shot in an attack 
 on a house where a party of the 45th Regiment 
 were lying in ambush, Howe became the leader, 
 and he maintained his authority by his superiority 
 in mental and bodily vigour, and by cutting off 
 those of his followers who stood in his way. By 
 stealing horses, and performing flying night 
 marches, they pounced upon unprepared victims, 
 sometimes a hundred miles from the spot where 
 they had been heard of a day or two before. 
 Proclamations, offers of pardon and passages to 
 England, rewards of money, strenuous exertions 
 by the troops, the police, and the loyal inhabitants, 
 treachery among themselves, the bullet and the 
 gibbet, gradually thinned the ranks of Howe's 
 villainous retainers. One day, hotly pursued by a 
 party of the 4Gth, and accompanied only by a 
 faithful black girl who had been the partner of 
 his perils for some years, Howe — finding that she 
 retarded his flight — fired at and wounded the poor 
 creature, who in falling was captured by the 
 soldiers, the - ruffian escaping only by throwing 
 away his arms and his knapsack. Putting aside 
 the brutality of this act, its impolicy was very 
 soon apparent, for she, who had hitherto followed 
 his steps with the fidelity of a spaniel, now tracked 
 them with the fierce sagacity of the bloodhound ; 
 and, acting as a scout to the military, so harassed 
 the flying and solitary bandit, that he resolved to 
 surrender, on terms, to the authorities. His terms 
 were accepted, and giving himself up to an officer 
 of the 46th, he was imprisoned at Hobart Town. 
 This was his second surrender to Government. On 
 the first occasion he quickly broke his arrest, and 
 was off to the woods again. Meanwhile the gang 
 had been reinforced to about twenty men, and 
 several sharp encounters took place between them 
 and the soldiers, in one of which an officer was 
 badly wounded. Howe gave but little of the useful 
 information that he had promised to Government, 
 and yearning for a life of crime and excitment, he 
 
 once more escaped to the bush ; and once more 
 highway and house robberies, cattle lifting, extor- 
 tion of money and arms by threatening notices, 
 burnings, violence and murder were rife in the 
 land. At this time Howe, in his correspondence 
 with the authorities and others, styled His 
 Majesty's representative the Governor of the Town 
 —himself the Governor of the Rangers. A hundred 
 guineas reward was offered for his capture and that 
 of a brother bandit named Watts, and eighty and 
 fifty guineas were offered for the live or dead 
 bodies of seven or eight rogues of inferior degree. 
 In course of time all were killed or taken, except- 
 ing the two first. Watts then resolved to sacrifice 
 his comrade, and with a shepherd named Drewe, 
 who had been on friendly terms with Howe, laid 
 a plan for his capture. Accordingly, at daylight 
 one morning these men, well armed, approached 
 the spot wdiere Howe harboured. Drewe con- 
 cealed his musket in a thicket. Watts " cooey'd " 
 and Howe came up — but the villains so distrusted 
 each other as to stipulate that the priming of their 
 guns should be knocked out simultaneously. While 
 employed in making a fire to cook some food the 
 two traitors flung themselves upon Howe, threw him 
 down, tied his hands, and disarmed him of his gun 
 and two knives. They then marched their prisoner 
 — worth £50 a-piece to them — towards Hobart 
 Town — Watts in front, Drewe behind him, with 
 loaded arms. He was snug enough one would 
 have thought ; but suddenly Howe, who possessed 
 immense muscular strength, snapped his bonds 
 like tinder, and with a concealed dirk stabbed 
 Watts in the back. He fell, and Howe seizing 
 his firelock, shot Drewe through the head. The 
 wounded accomplice contrived to escape and hide 
 himself in the bush before the arch-ranger of 
 His Majesty's colonial woods and forests could 
 reload, for the purpose as he afterwards said — " of 
 finishing him." But his own race was well-nigh 
 run. An additional hundred guineas were offered 
 for the death or capture of the robber and 
 murderer. His existence was now like that of a 
 wild beast. Solitary and savage, clothed in kan- 
 garoo skins, and overgrown with hair like another 
 Orson, he obtained food and ammunition, his only 
 requirements, by robbing distant shepherds' huts. 
 In spite of the high rewards few relished the idea 
 of risking an encounter, either single or double- 
 handed, with such an antagonist. At length a 
 kangaroo hunter, named Warburton, and one 
 Worrall, a transport mutineer of the Nore, con- 
 cocted and carried into effect a plot for taking 
 him. A private soldier, named Pugh, a determined 
 fellow was selected to assist them. Warburton 
 was to induce Howe, by a promise of a supply of 
 ammunition, to come to his hut, where the two 
 others lay concealed. Driven by want, but under 
 strong suspicions of foul play, he entered the 
 door with musket cocked, observing which Pugh 
 instantly fired. " Is that your game I" said Howe 
 coolly, and returning the soldier's shot he ran for 
 his life. Neither shot had taken effect, nor wa.s 
 
 C4
 
 602 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF UTsTRAT.ASIA. 
 
 TTas 
 
 one fired by the mutineer at the flying outlaw 
 better aimed. Howe was trying to load his piece 
 as he ran, when his two foes overtook him, and 
 brought him to bay. A furious though unequal 
 combat with clubbed muskets then took place, and 
 resulted in the death of this famous brigand, who, 
 having his skull beaten in by the blows of his two 
 powerful assailants, dropped and expired without 
 a word or a groan. Thus fell Michael Howe, the 
 bushranger, and with him the practice of bush- 
 ranging itself, in V.D.L. Lest natural admiration 
 of brute courage should incite a feeling of pity for 
 his fate this notice may be closed with one 
 sentence of his history : — " During his long career 
 of guilt, Michael Howe was never known to 
 perform one humane act." On one occasion 
 fourteen of these men escaped from Macquarie 
 Harbour in a boat, and landed on the coast about 
 twelve miles from Hobart Town, where they formed 
 a secret retreat, from whence they could issue and 
 pounce on the settlers, whom they robbed, and in 
 many instances murdered. Two of the most daring 
 were selected as leaders, from whom they wore 
 known as Brady and McCabe's gang of bush- 
 rangers. Their first depredations were for the 
 purpose of obtaining arms and ammunition, which 
 they succeeded in doing, and soon became the 
 terror of the island. In their sanguinary career 
 they were most cruel towards those masters who 
 were severe upon their assigned servants and had 
 them flogged for misconduct ; consequently the 
 prisoner population sympathised with them, and 
 aided them with provisions and timely informa- 
 tion. There was a dash of romance about many 
 of their acts that showed an inclination to imitate 
 the exploits of famous highwaymen in England. 
 On another occasion a party of eight soldiers of 
 the 4nth regiment of infantry, quartered at Hobart 
 Town, were dispatched under the command of 
 Lieutenant Gunn, of the Madras infantry, to go 
 in quest of Brady and his gang. This appears to 
 have been known to that redoubtable bushranger, 
 for he had the effrontery to intimate that he 
 would be at Sorell Town on a certain day and a 
 certain hour. Lieutenant Gunn — who was a very 
 tall man, standing, it is said, six feet seven inches 
 — paid little heed to this piece of bravado, and on 
 that day scoured the neighbouring country with 
 his men but could not get a glimpse of his enemy. 
 The soldiers returned wet and weary to their 
 temporary quarters in the gaol, and Gunn went 
 to a friend's house. In less than an hour a man 
 came to the door and requested to see him con- 
 cerning the bushrangers. Suspicious of foul play, 
 he approached the man with a loaded musket in 
 his hand, when the villain discharged the contents 
 of a rifle at him, shattering his arm from the 
 wrist to the shoulder, and he fell apparently life- 
 less. The man, supposed to be Brady himself, 
 thereupon proceeded with his gang to a house 
 where a party of ten gentlemen were dining. They 
 marched in and captured them, ordering them, 
 upon pain of death to walk before them to the 
 
 gaol, where the soldiers were, calculating that they 
 would not fire upon their hostages. When they 
 reached the gaol the soldiers were taken by surprise, 
 their hands and legs tied, and the whole party kept . 
 in durance for two hours, under an armed sentinel 
 at the gate, who was told to shoot them if they 
 moved, while others of the gang robbed the stores. 
 This they effected, and decamped with several pack- 
 horses laden with supplies. One gentleman at last 
 ventured to the door, but on looking round observed 
 the armed bushranger. An hour afterwards one 
 of the townspeople, ignorant of the affair, was 
 passing, and walked up to the sentry asking him 
 what was the matter, but received no answer after 
 repeating the question. On closer examination of 
 this formidable-looking personage, he discovered 
 he had been addressing a post dressed up as a 
 dummy, standing "at ease," with musket and fixed 
 bayonet. The captives then ventured out, laughing 
 heartily at the bushrangers' exploit in so success- 
 fully deceiving them. The foregoing account of 
 an exploit by these lawless men illustrates the 
 better side of the picture ; but it is only fair to state 
 that many of the men became outlaws in conse- 
 quence of retaliation for cruelties they had suffered 
 at the hands of severe masters. In those days the 
 lash was the instrument of punishment resorted to, 
 often on the slightest occasion, for chastising 
 offenders, especially by the retired military and 
 naval officers, who were so accustomed to its use, 
 in keeping up discipline in the services to which 
 they belonged, that they did not spare it on the 
 prisoner population under their irresponsible con- 
 trol. The slightest provocation or saucy answer 
 from an assigned servant, was the signal for his 
 conveyance handcuffed to the adjoining magistrate, 
 who almost invariably sentenced the wretched 
 prisoner to twenty-five or fifty lashes there and 
 then, with a lasli of heavy-knotted whipcord, that 
 drew blood from his bare shoulders at every wale, 
 until the victim presented a sickening sight. As 
 there was seldom any discrimination in awarding 
 this punishment, frequently on the bare assertion 
 of the master, without enquiry into the cause of 
 offence, the educated and more intelligent class of 
 prisoners suffered equally with the boorish and 
 ignorant. It was men of the former stamp that 
 chiefly formed the gangs of bushrangers, and hence 
 they were a match for the cleverest of the police 
 and military, whose efforts to capture them they 
 eluded not only for months but for years. The 
 circumstance which chiefly favoured them was the 
 mountainous nature of the country, covered with 
 almost impenetrable forests, affording secure and 
 secret fastnesses for their abode, while the fears in 
 some cases and sympathies in others of the 
 prisoners, servants on the farms and stations, 
 secured them from their pursuers and furnished 
 them with food. Besides a feeling of revenge 
 against the free community generally, and a desire 
 to retaliate on certain task-masters, the motive 
 which first led many to become bushrangers was 
 that of trying to escape from the island altogether.
 
 Tasj 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 603 
 
 Very few, however, perhaps not one in fifty, suc- 
 ceeded in doing this, and many were given up by 
 the masters of the vessels on board of which they 
 managed to secrete themselves. The difficulty of 
 escaping, and the stringent laws of Arthur, which 
 empowered any settler to shoot down a prisoner 
 in arms, rendered these desperadoes utterly reck- 
 less ; so that for many years no one travelled 
 without being armed, and every farm throughout 
 the country was barricaded at night in case of 
 attack. Thus while on the one hand the free 
 colonists benefited from prison labour, on the 
 other the moral and personal evils counterbalanced 
 the material good. At the same time it is only 
 justice to state, that where the convict servant 
 of ordinary character was assigned as shepherd, 
 ploughman, or mechanic, to a discriminating 
 master of kindly disposition, no employer could 
 be better served ; and in case of danger he or his 
 family were protected by his people from the 
 depredations of the bushrangers. Many cases 
 have been recorded by such colonists of devotion 
 and disinterestedness, by both male and female 
 prisoners, to them in times of emergency, when 
 life and property were imperilled, not only at the 
 hands of bushrangers but hostile aborigines. 
 
 VI. Governor Sorell. — William Sorell, third 
 Lieutenant-Governor, lauded on 8th April 1817. 
 To restore safety to the colony was the first duty 
 of the Governor ; on his assumption of office he 
 called the inhabitants together and, enabled by 
 their subscriptions, he offered large rewards, and 
 thus inspirited both the soldiers and the constables. 
 In less than three months the greater portion 
 of the bushrangers were destroyed or captured. 
 During Sorell's administration, the colony suffered 
 no serious disturbance from outlaws. This display 
 of rigour was followed by judicious precautions ; 
 he ascertained more frequently the distribution 
 and employment of the prisoners of the Crown, 
 and removed many temptations to disorder and 
 crime. It was the practice, established first 
 a few months after his arrival, to muster the 
 whole population annually. Notice was sent 
 through the districts requiring the attendance of 
 the several classes, who accounted for their 
 families and their stock ; the name, the residence, 
 and civil condition of every inhabitant became 
 known. Sorell thus ascertained the increase of 
 cultivation and cattle, and whatever indicated 
 progress. The landing of settlers direct from 
 Great Britain was an important event : their efforts 
 were experiments, and their achievements were 
 prophetic. The political philosopher may trace 
 in their errors, trials, and successes, the lessons 
 afforded by experience for the instruction of 
 nations. The rapid advance of modern colonisation 
 tends to underrate the first efforts of our prede- 
 cessors. The first colonial boat-builder founded a 
 great commercial navy ; the first shepherd held in 
 his slender flock a treasure of unimaginable worth. 
 The arrival of many emigrants led to the explora- 
 tion of the country. The hunters were usually the 
 
 pioneers, but beyond the general features of the 
 scenery, they afforded little information ; wild 
 cattle were the better guides. To provide a 
 settlement for strangers, Sorell explored the region 
 lying between the Shannon and the Clyde to its 
 Junction with the Derwent; free from timber, and 
 within twenty miles of navigable waters. At this 
 district were located several distinguished settlers, 
 including many retired naval and military officers. 
 Here the same land regulations were in force that 
 prevailed in N.S. W. According to the means of the 
 person taking up land he was entitled to any quan- 
 tity not less than 320 acres, or half a square mile. 
 The ratio of capital to land was in the proportion 
 of one square mile, or 640 acres, for every ,£500 
 sterling. But an important clause in the act was 
 the definition of what was capital, namely : stock 
 of every description, implements of husbandry 
 and other articles which may be applicable to 
 agricultural purposes ; likewise any half-pay or 
 pension which the applicant received from the 
 Government. On these liberal terms many 
 retired officers in the army and navy availed them - 
 selves of the regulations, and became the leading 
 settlers in the work of colonisation. Indeed, long 
 after their pioneer labours were over, this element 
 in the body-politic preponderated above any other 
 in the colony, and distinguished its social condition 
 from that of N.S.W. From this circumstance also 
 the tone of the upper class of society was rigidly 
 maintained, especially where there was no medium 
 class to blend them with the prisoner community, 
 as in Australia. Between the ex-military or 
 ex-naval officer and the labourer there was a wide 
 gap. Hence the discipline of the one was intoler- 
 able to the other, which led ultimately to a state 
 of outlawry and brigandage among escaped felons 
 unexampled in the history of Australian colonisa- 
 tion. The manner in which these officers turned 
 their " swords into ploughshares " was very simple, 
 ami will be best described by one of themselves, 
 Lieutenant Jeffreys, R.N., in his account of the 
 country : — " The author, having fixed upon a spot, 
 was supplied by the Governor with three or four 
 convicts (labourers,) to whom were added a plough- 
 man and overseer, both free men. The site of 
 his intended farm was previously well-known to 
 his overseer. These men were provided with three 
 weeks provisions, and such tools and implements 
 as were necessary to their labour. Having a cart to 
 carry their tools, <tc, they arrived at the spot 
 about four o'clock in the afternoon. It was out of 
 the author's power to accompany them, but as 
 they themselves related the story, the ploughman 
 was appointed cook, and whilst he was making the 
 necessary arrangements for refreshment, the rest 
 with their axes cut down such timber as was 
 requisite to erect a temporary hut. This they 
 completed and rendered perfectly water-tight before 
 sunset, when they all sat down to such a repast as 
 the cook had provided for them. Their meal con- 
 sisted of the hind-quarters of a kangaroo cut into 
 mince-meat stewed in its own gravy, with a few
 
 604 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 rashers of salt pork — this dish is called a ' steamer. 1 
 They added to that a sufficient quantity of 
 potatoes and a large cake (damper) baked in the 
 wood-ashes of the fire. These people have often 
 declared that they never in their lives ate a meal 
 with greater relish and appetite than they did this 
 supper. Afterwards the grog went merrily round, 
 and the plains and valleys rang with three times 
 three, in ' Success to the Captain's farm ! ' A 
 small fire having been made at the foot of the hut 
 they retired to rest, and after a refreshing sleep 
 rose at daylight to renew their labours. In a few 
 days the plan and foundation of a garden were 
 laid out, after which they all set to work to build 
 a more commodious house for themselves and their 
 master. This house consisted of two rooms, 
 occupied by the overseer when his master was not 
 there, and a large kitchen and sleeping place 
 for themselves. In a very short time the 
 author had the satisfaction to see twenty 
 acres of land broken up, and about two hundred 
 acres fit for the plough. In doing this it was not 
 necessary to cut down more than 500 trees. In 
 this manner it is possible for hundreds of settlers, 
 at a very moderate expense, to establish themselves 
 in this delightful part of the globe, the abode of 
 peace, plenty, and rural happiness." Since this 
 incident occurred on the banks of Pittwater, 
 although the condition of the colony has gone 
 through many phases, social, political and material, 
 the farms have continued their progress without 
 alteration as the abodes of peace and plenty, with 
 a hospitable welcome to the traveller. While the 
 retired naval officers verified the proverbial saying 
 that "sailors being accustomed to plough the 
 deep invariably take to ploughing the land," so 
 the military officers seemed to prefer sheep and 
 cattle grazing. For these purposes they had to 
 import stock, at first from N.S.W., and afterwards 
 from Europe. The average temperature of V.D.L. 
 being colder than any part of A. (except on 
 the Maneroo Plains, near the Australian Alps,) 
 this consideration affected the quality of wool and 
 the breed of sheep. Consequently English bred 
 ewes — chiefly Teeswater — were crossed with 
 Spanish rams, producing a moderately fine wool, 
 with a larger fleece, which made up in quantity 
 for deterioration in quality. Although the climate 
 affected the wool in this manner, the increase was 
 not diminished ; if anything the sheep were more 
 prolific than on the mainland, as they regularly 
 dropped their lambs within the seven months, 
 seldom having less than two, frequently three at a 
 birth, but they were not allowed to rear more than 
 two. This rapidity of increase soon spread the 
 settlers' flocks over the limited pasture lands of T., 
 and notwithstanding the fact that the grass was 
 richer and denser than on the pastures of the 
 older colony thoy had to sow English grasses in 
 moist places to feed their stock. However well 
 adapted the Australian grasses are to the climate, 
 they afford but small nourishment in proportion 
 to the area as compared with those of Europe, 
 
 Where the latter may feed three sheep to an acre 
 the former often requires three acres to a sheep. 
 The result was that sheep fell in value and pasture 
 lands rose, until at last not an available spot was 
 to be found for increase on the -island. Hence the 
 settlers were forced to cross Bass Straits for new 
 pastures in A. As these pioneers of Tasmanian 
 colonisation penetrated into the interior they 
 were the discoverers of new streams, hills, 
 valleys and plains ; and like their more renowned 
 predecessors in exploration, they, each in his 
 way, gave these geographical features a "local 
 habitation and a name." There is much room 
 for criticising the incongruity of local names 
 in these countries, where there is no affinity 
 with the places they are named after. Native 
 names are preferable, which in A. are both 
 euphonious and characteristic of the indigenous 
 people. In T. it would appear that the early 
 settlers were sadly at a loss to find names for new 
 places. It is related in the country that within a 
 certain district they had recourse to the only two 
 books the community could boast. One of these 
 was the Bible, and from it they named the Plains 
 of Jericho, the River Jordan, and Jerusalem Plains. 
 The other book was the "Arabian Nights' Enter- 
 tainments," from which the valley of Bagdad was 
 named. So that the traveller in T. may traverse 
 the delightful Plains of Jericho until he comes to 
 the River Jordan, and passes through the Valley 
 of Bagdad on his way to Jerusalem. Besides the 
 " gentlemen farmers," as they were called, many 
 non-commissioned officers, free emigrant farmers 
 of small means, and emancipated prisoners settled 
 on small grants of land, and succeeded as well as 
 their wealthier neighbours. Those who had a 
 previous knowledge of agriculture or grazing not 
 only outstripped the amateur farmers, but many 
 laid the foundations of large fortunes by their 
 practical knowledge. As an instance : — For many 
 years the value of the wool was so depreciated, 
 from its bad condition and want of attention to 
 the sheep, that few thought it worth while to clip 
 the fleeces, often throwing skin and fleece away, 
 or using them as litter for pigs. At last one 
 practical sheep-farmer collected these skins, took 
 off the wool and washed it ; he was thus enabled 
 to give four-pence per pound for greasy wool. 
 When it was cleaned and properly packed in bales, 
 it fetched from a shilling to one shilling and six- 
 pence per lb. in the English market. This enter- 
 prising settler amassed a large fortune, and by his 
 example encouraged others to wash the fleece on 
 the sheep's back, after using medicine to cure the 
 cutaneous disease. This largely increased the 
 profit from stock, which previously had no value 
 save for the carcass. Even that value was only 
 comparative, as actual money in the shape of gold 
 or silver coin was rarely seen ; for a system of 
 barter prevailed in the early days of the colony. 
 So many sheep, bullocks or pigs, were bartered for 
 a horse, or served to liquidate a merchant's bills. 
 Six sheep at one time were equal to a gallon of rum,
 
 TasJ 
 
 OYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 605 
 
 and a horse was worth two or three hundred acres 
 of land, valued at half-a-crown an acre. During 
 this rude system of commerce, where the metallic 
 currency was scarce, a paper currency was in 
 circulation, of promissory notes from sixpence to 
 twenty shillings, issued by any person who thought 
 his credit good enough to warrant his attempt at 
 banking. This kind of money was called "currency," 
 to distinguish it from His Majesty King George III.'s 
 coin, and was of a depreciated standard, however 
 good the issuer's credit. From lack of specie 
 during the time of war with France, when gold 
 was at a high premium in England, Spanish dollars 
 became a standard currency both in notes and 
 metal, and at one time the latter became so scarce 
 that a piece was struck out of the middle, about 
 the size of a shilling, for which sum it passed, and 
 was called a "dump," while the mutilated coin 
 was called a " ring-dollar," as legal tender for four 
 shillings, both stamped with the king's head. This 
 bastard money was not plentiful, as the only source 
 from whence it could be obtained was at the 
 commissariat, where the supplies to that depart- 
 ment were monopolised by four or five contractors. 
 This was the largest and most lucrative business 
 in the colony, and it increased in proportion as the 
 prison population was augmented from the mother 
 country. It was through the fostering means sent 
 for the maintenance of her delinquent children 
 that the mercantile community of Hobart Town 
 became at one time the wealthiest in Australia, 
 As already pointed out, that locality had very 
 limited sources of wealth within itself ; it was the 
 government expenditure, derived from the British 
 treasury, that enriched the free settlers, while the 
 labour of the prison population made the streets 
 and roads of the capital of T. While the material 
 prosperity of the colony was thus advancing with 
 rapid strides, the moral and social condition of 
 the community was retrograding ; not only among 
 the felon portion, assigned or emancipated, but 
 amongst the free settlers, not excluding those who 
 had held the king's commission. Profligacy was 
 tolerated within the walls of the Government 
 House ; and as few of these retired officers were 
 married men, they selected mistresses from among 
 the female prisoners. No doubt the absence of 
 virtuous women, in their own station of life, led 
 to this state of demoralisation, for it is recorded 
 that Mrs. Fry, that good and benevolent woman, 
 hearing of the disparity of the sexes among the 
 free population, sent out twelve respectable, though 
 poor ladies, who were married immediately on 
 landing, and became the most exemplary wives 
 and mothers in the colony. This lax state of 
 society existed during the Governorship of Sorell. 
 His successor, Arthur, cleared out the Augean 
 Stables left by his predecessor, and restored the 
 character of the colony to a more respectable 
 status. In performing this task he encountered 
 much opposition from those who preferred a loose 
 state of society. Of these were many influential 
 individuals, who carried their opposition into 
 
 politics, and banded together to thwart Arthur in 
 carrying out his stringent measures for the better 
 government of the colony. About three years 
 previous to Arthur's accession to office, coal was 
 discovered on Tasrnan Peninsula, and it was deter- 
 mined to form a penal settlement at the spot, for 
 the purpose of working the coal, and at the same 
 time establish a place of secondary punishment 
 for crimes committed by transported offenders in 
 the colony. Another settlement of the same 
 character was formed at Macquarie Harbour 
 on the west coast, where these pioneers were 
 employed cutting timber for building purposes. 
 From these settlements it was that the prisoners 
 contrived to escape, and betook themselves to 
 the mountains as bushrangers. The narrow 
 grants and wretched homesteads of the eman- 
 cipist cotters, the sole farmers at that time of 
 this immigration presented but little to please. 
 The settler, whose imagination pictured the rustic 
 beauties aud quiet order of an English farm, saw 
 unfenced fields of grain, deformed with blackened 
 stumps ; a low cottage of the meanest structure, 
 surrounded by heaps of wool, bones and sheep- 
 skins ; harrows and water-carts amidst firewood ; 
 mutton and kangaroo strung on the branches of 
 trees ; idle and uncleanly men of different civil 
 condition but of one class ; tribes of dogs and 
 natives. No green hedges, or flowery meadows, or 
 notes of the thrush or nightingale ; but yet there 
 were the park-like lands, the brilliant skies, the 
 pure river ; and above all, the untainted breath of 
 the atmosphere. In 1820 there were only two 
 estates, those of E. Lord and Colonel Davey, 
 on which fences were erected ; and the destructive 
 incursions of cattle were subjects of many com- 
 plaints ; yet in that year ,£20,000 had been obtained 
 for wheat exported to Sydney. The first crops were 
 prolific ; the early settlers chose the more fertile 
 and open plains ; and many selected sites for their 
 dwellings on natural lawns of surpassing beauty. 
 The dispatch of vessels direct from England rapidly 
 increased the population; in one year (1822) 600 
 settlers entered the port, and by the capital which 
 they invested, and the habits of decency and enter- 
 prise they exhibited, gave a new tone to the colony. 
 A succession of publications drew attention at 
 home to the capabilities of V.D.L. It was described 
 in the Quarterly Review for May 1820 by a 
 friendly pen, which stated that during three years 
 a detatchment of 100 men had not lost three, and 
 that Hobart Town had been sixteen months without 
 a funeral. For several successive years new books 
 were published describing the fertility of the soil 
 and the beauty of the climate. These generally con- 
 tained a theory of pastoral increase — a geometrical 
 progression towards wealth. The increase was, 
 indeed, rapid beyond oriental precedent. Between 
 1810 and 1820 it was estimated at fifty-fold. The 
 adaptation of these colonies for the growth of 
 wool first drew the attention of several gentlemen 
 of Hamburgh, whose importation afterwards pro- 
 moted the improvement of our flocks. The position
 
 6<m 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LTas 
 
 of Y.D.L. favoured its settlement. Vessels bound 
 to Port Jackson often touched at the Derwent to 
 discharge portions of their cargo ; and weary with 
 the length of their voyage, emigrants listened to 
 the persuasions of the colonists, and the hints of the 
 Lieutenant-Governor himself. The advantages 
 offered to settlers, so late as 1818, included not 
 only grants of lands but loans of stock and seed ; 
 and a price for wheat, long standing at ten shillings 
 per bushel, and for meat sixpence per pound. The 
 settlers were entitled to rations for themselves 
 and their convict servants for six months. It was 
 stipulated that the stock should be replaced by 
 the increase, and the wheat repaid at the harvest. 
 Such engagements were, however, rarely fulfilled. 
 No suits could be prosecuted by the Crown in the 
 local court, and vague threats of disfavour were the 
 only means of recovery ; these were understood as 
 formalities. The Crown, by the prohibition of dis- 
 tillation, prevented a consumption of grain, and 
 until a fixed price was given corn had been some- 
 times of no value whatever. A partial market was 
 assured, to prevent the total neglect of agriculture. 
 The patronage, of course, led to official corruption ; 
 many officers received wheat from their servants in 
 commutation of labour, and some of more than 
 usual inferiority was thus admitted by a Laun- 
 ceston commandant, a refugee Frenchman, who 
 threatened to transport the storekeeper for calling 
 in question its quality. The commissioner Bigge 
 recommended the bounty should be entirely 
 abolished, distillation permitted, and supplies pur- 
 chased by tender. A deficiency could be no longer 
 apprehended. There were 7400 inhabitants at 
 the close of 1821, who possessed 15,000 cultivated 
 acres, 35,000 horned cattle, 170,000 sheep, 550 
 horses and 5000 swine. With such resources the 
 danger of famine finally disappeared. The herds 
 were composed chiefly of Bengal cattle, imported 
 an early period ; but the emigrants introduced the 
 most valued of the English breeds, which have 
 entirely supplanted the early stock. The herbage 
 and the climate are equally favourable to the 
 increase of cattle. The interior of the country 
 being quiet, tickets of occupation were granted to 
 settlers, who were enabled to establish large herds 
 and flocks on the lauds of the Crown. The scarcity 
 of provision in N.S.W. soon created a considerable 
 demand for the produce of this country, and in 
 1820, meat to the value of £10,000 was purchased 
 by the Crown for exportation. Macquarie, when 
 his administration was drawing to a close, came on 
 a tour of inspection to V.U.L. He arrived in the 
 Midas. The squally weather, which prevented his 
 immediate landing, gave time to prepare for his 
 reception. He disembarked on 24th April 1821, 
 saluted from the battery, and by the military, who 
 lined the road to the Goverment House. At 
 his former visit in 1810 the population did 
 not exceed 1600. A few scattered and miser- 
 able huts separated by thoroughfares but half 
 recovered from the forests, then constituted the 
 capital, which had now acquired something of 
 
 an English aspect. There were 426 houses and 
 2700 souls. Few scenes are more pleasing than 
 those which, assisted by memory, display the 
 growth and triumph of industry. The gratifica- 
 tion of all parties was visible ; and a general 
 illumination closed the day. It was a day of 
 pardons and bounty ; when the prisoner received 
 his liberty and the settler his heritage ; every 
 inhabitant who had no plaint to prefer, had yet 
 thanks to pay. The bachelors of Hobart Town 
 gave a public ball to the Governor. One hundred 
 and fifty sat down to supper, and the gentlemen 
 danced together till the morning. On 29th June 
 Macquarie sailed in the Caroline. He was 
 accompanied to the water's edge by a large con- 
 course of people, and carried with him applause 
 which his amiable vanity prized, and which his 
 beneficence desired. Macquarie inserted in the 
 Sydney Gazette the details of his progress and 
 observations. Whatever he described, he lauded ; 
 the architectural taste of the private buildings, 
 the handsome church, the commodious military 
 barracks, the strong gaol, the well-constructed 
 hospital, the enterprise and industry of the people, 
 their spacious harbour, their battery, signal post 
 and pier are all distinguished with the minute- 
 ness of an auctioneer's catalogue, and nearly in its 
 phrases. During his progress he gave names, 
 among which many remain memorials of his love of 
 country : Staffa, Ulva, and Olmaig, Perth, Camp- 
 bell Town, Oatlands, Strathallen Creek, Bose- 
 neath. The townships of Sorell, Brighton, and 
 Elizabeth were designated by him ; the last in 
 honour of his wife. His own name is found 
 everywhere. The wool of V.D.L. was not an 
 export until 1819. The original stock of sheep 
 were introduced by Colonel Peterson — a mixture 
 of Teeswater, Leicester, and Bengal breeds. Sorell 
 imported some Merino lambs from Macarthur's 
 Hock in N.S.W. These were distributed amongst 
 the settlers, and from that date the wool of the 
 island became known to commerce. In 1819 a 
 small quantity of wool sent home did not pay its 
 freight. Henry Hopkins saw it lying in the 
 London Docks in the worst possible condition. 
 But the success of Macarthur's enterprise in sheep- 
 breeding cheered him on. In 1821 he sent home 
 twelve bales, the whole export of that year, bought 
 at 4d. per lb. and sold in London at 7d. per lb. 
 The venture in 1821 only fetched £88. In 1823 
 wool was exported to the declared value of £4399. 
 In the third year of Sorell's administration £20,000 
 was obtained for wheat exported to Sydney, and 
 £1000 for salt meat. At the end of 1821 there 
 were 170,000 sheep in the colony, 550 horses, 
 35,000 head of cattle and 5000 swine. The 
 Britannia, a vessel the property of Messrs. 
 Enderby and Sons first discovered the whale 
 fishery. On doubling the south-west cape of 
 V.D.L. the crew saw sperm whales; in their pro- 
 gress to Port Jackson they fell in with prodigious 
 shoals as far as could be seen from the mast-head. 
 On arriving at Port Jackson the captain secretly
 
 Tas] 
 
 CTCLOVMDU OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 f>07 
 
 informed the Governor, who facilitated his pre- 
 paration for a cruise. The sailors however did not 
 conceal their observations, and two other vessels, 
 the Mary Ann and Matild a, sailed one day before 
 the Britannia and the Salamander, on 1st Novem- 
 ber 1791. On their departure they encountered 
 bad weather, but saw whales in great plenty. The 
 attempt was for the moment unsuccessful. Great 
 expectations were formed by the colonists, who 
 anticipated that the port of Hobart Town would 
 become a rendezvous of fishermen. This fishery 
 pursued subsequently with so much vigour, was 
 of little immediate value to V.D.L. The duties 
 payable on exports from the colonies were both 
 excessive and unequal ; especially in oil the differ- 
 ence amounting to almost absolute prohibition; 
 being twenty times greater than by London ships. 
 The settlers could only procure for their own con- 
 sumption or the Indian market. The whalers 
 often carried on their operations in sight of the 
 towns, and heaps of whalebone at that period lay 
 on the eastern shore. Of the first whale taken in 
 the Derwent, Jorgen Jorgenson declared himself 
 the captor. The trading pursuits of the inhabi- 
 tants were fettered by the privilege of the 
 East India Company. The act of Parliament 
 authorising its charter prohibited the employment 
 of vessels less than 350 tons between England and 
 N.S.W. ; the small coasting trade, was, therefore, 
 solely eligible to the people of these colonies 
 except in vessels unsuitable to the extent of their 
 commerce. Thus, even the Mauritius was closed 
 against the corn and the meat of the country. 
 This law was repealed in 1819, and thus vessels of 
 any Itonnage could be employed in the colonial 
 trade. In the islands of Bass Straits sealing was 
 pursued with such vigour, that it was compara- 
 tively exhausted at an early date : small vessels 
 were employed in the dangerous navigation and 
 were not unfreqnently lost. Few instances of 
 nautical disaster and personal misfortune have 
 surpassed the case of Captain Howard in 1819. 
 He was robbed of an iron chest containing money 
 and jewels to a large amount. Next, the Lachlan, 
 his property, was stolen by convicts. He freighted 
 the Daphne for India, and sailed with two women 
 and a boy besides the crew. They anchored at 
 Kent's group, and Howard landed. The brig, 
 some hours after, was observed to drift ; the wind 
 blowing hard on to the shore, her destruction was 
 inevitable. The long boat was laden, and leaving 
 behind the passengers and some seamen, Howard 
 after great efforts, reached the Derwent. Under 
 his direction, the Governor Sorell was dispatched 
 to receive the people left on the island. Mean- 
 while the John Palmer entered the group, 
 took off the women and the boy and a bag 
 of 400 dollars left in their charge, and was lost 
 with the whole of her cargo. Nor was the 
 Governor Sorell more fortunate. The seamen 
 of the Daphne, who left the island in a boat, 
 saw on the N.E. coast of Cape Barren the 
 binnacle and other fragments of that vessel, in 
 
 which Howard perished. The same fate seemed 
 to attend his property after his death. He had 
 freighted the Frederick and the Wellington with 
 sheep and cattle for the Isle of France, a market 
 which then offered large gains. After some delay 
 they reached the Northumberland Islands, off 
 which the stock all died from want of room and 
 the influence of the climate. Unwilling to proceed 
 without cargo, the captain detained the vessels 
 for spars. Here the Frederick was wrecked and 
 twenty-two of the crew were drowned ; but the 
 chief officer, one woman and a boy reached the 
 Wellington. They then proceeded to Timor, con- 
 strained on the passage to subsist on the preserved 
 hides of the cattle. From Timor they proceeded 
 to Batavia ; the captain died, the crew dispersed, 
 and the vessel was taken under charge by the 
 Orphan Chamber, her register being lost and her 
 owners unknown ! A calamity still more singular 
 is also worth recording. The Surrey, Captain 
 Raine, left the Derwent in 1820. Having heard 
 that men were detained at Ducie's Island, he 
 went there in search of them. The men came 
 to the beach, but they could scarcely articulate 
 from exhaustion. They had belonged to the 
 Essi x, a whaler. One day a whale of the 
 largest class struck the vessel, and broke off 
 part of her false keel ; she then went ahead of 
 them a quarter of a mile ; and turning back met 
 the vessel with such a tremendous velocity that 
 she was driven back at the rate of several knots ; 
 the sea rushed in at the cabin doors ; every man 
 on deck was knocked down, and the bows were 
 completely stove in. The sailors were obliged to 
 abandon the vessel, and after visiting several 
 islands were found by the Surrey as described. 
 The strong inclination to trade common to emi- 
 grants, was in these colonies a passion while the 
 settlers were of the lower class. The want of 
 coin induced the Government to pay the debts it 
 incurred in rum, which, commonly valued at £1 
 per bottle, passed from hand to hand. The com- 
 missariat receipts were however the chief medium 
 of exchange ; they were acknowledgments of the 
 delivery of goods for the use of the Crown. They 
 were paid by the settlers to the merchants, who on 
 the appointed days presented them for consolida- 
 tion, and received in return bills on the Lords of 
 the Treasury. Every trader issued his own 
 notes. In Hobart Town these were issued in 
 great profusion. Often of the lowest value, 
 both in amount and in credit, they kept afloat 
 by the risk which their refusal involved. When 
 presented in small quantities they were usually 
 paid. A trader rejecting his neighbour's bills 
 would be harassed by his revenge. This was 
 however done in some instances. A large issuer 
 of notes in Launceston was staggered by a sudden 
 demand for payment. To maintain his credit he 
 borrowed dollars, and gave additional notes as 
 security. A few days after they were returned, 
 and the same dollars were again borrowed by the 
 unfortunate financier. The run was devised by
 
 cm 
 
 CYCLOP.EDTA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 his clerk, who managed by such manoeuvres to 
 obtain a large bonus for negociating a loan of 
 coin. The credit of these notes depended greatly 
 on the Naval Officer, a sort of collector ; if admitted 
 in payment of duties they were current every- 
 where. The criminal courts continually exhibited 
 frauds consequent on these small issues. The 
 issuers however had many chances in their favour. 
 The issuers did not always know their own notes, 
 but great numbers were destroyed by persons 
 intoxicated or were lost or worn out. The meaning 
 of payment in currency they interpreted as giving 
 one note for another, or four shillings for five 
 shillings ! The colonial dollars were mutilated 
 to prevent their exportation. In 1810 dollars 
 were imported from Bengal. To make a smaller 
 coin the centre was struck out, and these were 
 valued at Is. 3d. ; the ring retaining its full current 
 value. The Crown paid the dollar as five shillings 
 and received it as four shillings, thus gaining 
 twenty per cent, in exchange for bills and in the 
 settlement of accounts. An injustice so shameful 
 became the subject of parliamentary reprobation, 
 and was ultimately suppressed. In 1824 the 
 Samara it(i imported ,£100,000 of British silver, and 
 the Lords of the Treasury directed that British coin 
 should be paid to the troops, and taken in exchange 
 for Treasury bills. The establishment of the 
 V.D.L. Bank (1823) was the most effectual remedy 
 for many financial difficulties. The traders 
 obtained a charter from Sir Thomas Brisbane ; 
 the capital was divided into shares of 200 dollars 
 each, and its direction was committed to a local 
 board. The issues of individuals were finally 
 suppressed by Act of Council. The detection of 
 many frauds enabled the dishonest, with a show of 
 right, to dispute payment. They were sometimes 
 recovered in the Court of Request. Justice was 
 once secured by Mr. Howe in the following 
 manner: — The defendant was requested to select 
 the notes he admitted to be genuine, and then to 
 hand both parcels to the bench ; these being 
 marked were dropped purposely, and the defend- 
 ant unsuccessfully attempting the same division 
 once more, showed that his repudiation was 
 fraudulent, and he lost the cause accordingly. 
 The manners of a people are seen in the law courts. 
 A series of trials arising from the same transaction 
 included a considerable portion of the settlers, and 
 illustrated the trading habits which prevailed. 
 Mr. Gunning being indebted to Mr. Loane, a mer- 
 chant, agreed to pay him in cattle; this agreement 
 was superseded. Fearing, notwithstanding, that 
 his claim would be damaged by a general insol- 
 vency, Loane took with him seven men and swept 
 from Gunning's premises a herd of various owner- 
 ship. For this he was called in question by the 
 police as a felon; in retaliation ho instituted actions 
 for malicious prosecution. Crossley, an emancipist 
 lawyer, issued summonses and instructed the 
 officer to arrest contrary to standing orders ; but 
 Timms the Provost-Marshal, to exhibit a spec- 
 tacle, captured the Police Magistrate proceeding 
 
 to Government House. The whole settlement 
 was involved in actions arising out of the debt, 
 rescue and criminal charge, either as parties or 
 witnesses. The Provost-Marshal was dismissed 
 for " drunken arrogance." These trials occurred 
 in 1821 during the circuit of Judge Barron 
 Field, who was induced by the representations 
 of Commissioner Bigge to hold a session in the 
 settlement. The first minister of religion resident 
 in the colony was Knopwood, who came out as 
 chaplain to Collins' expedition. In the absence 
 of clergymen it was customary for the magistrates 
 to conduct public worship, or where that was not 
 possible, to assemble the prisoners and accompany 
 the inspection with a few words of advice. About 
 1820 the attention of the London Committee of 
 the Wesleyan Mission was aroused by their agent 
 stationed at Port Jackson to the spiritually desti- 
 tute condition of "a settlement called the Derwent, 
 two weeks sail distant." In May of that year the 
 Rev. B. Carvosso on his voyage to N.S.W. touched 
 at Hobart Town, and was cordially received by 
 Knopwood, who introduced him to the Governor. 
 He preached from the steps of a dwelling-house, his 
 congregation being partly within and partly with- 
 out, and his wife leading the psalmody. His text was 
 the words : "Awake, thou that sleepest !" West adds 
 that the colony required such addresses. Carvosso's 
 description of the inhabitants is that they were 
 kindly but dissolute. "At New Norfolk," writes 
 West, "and at Pittwater, with a population of 
 several hundreds, no religious services had been 
 performed. A seriously-minded soldier, by dili- 
 gent inquiry, found out a settler said to be religious. 
 To converse with this person he took a journey of 
 fifteen miles, and found him swearing ! " Some 
 Methodist soldiers of the 58th Regiment obtained 
 a room for worship in Collins-street, Hobart Town, 
 where eight persons met on 29th October 1820. 
 Mr. Noakes and Sergeant Waddy were the leaders 
 of this little band of Christians. A mob without 
 assailed the house with fury, drowning their 
 prayers and hymns with shouts and hootings. But 
 the Governor interfered and intimidated the dis- 
 turbers. In a little time the congregation numbered 
 300 persons, and fourteen persons enrolled them- 
 selves as members. The first Sunday-school was 
 opened on 13th May 1821. Sergeant Waddy was 
 sent to India, where he died. A prisoner named 
 Donne — but whose real name was Cranmer, and a 
 lineal descendant of the great archbishop of Henry 
 the Eighth's time — much helped the rising Chris- 
 tian community. He is mentioned with respect in 
 the early records. In September 1821 the Bev. 
 Mr. Horton arrived. He found the settlement in 
 a miserably low moral condition. He writes : 
 " The wretchedness of Launceston is past descrip- 
 tion. Of the deaths at New Norfolk all except 
 two are attributed to drunkenness." David Lord 
 gave Horton a plot of ground to build a chapel. 
 Subscriptions to the amount of £400 were 
 obtained. But the money was all expended 
 on the walls, and for a long time the building
 
 Tasl 
 
 oyclop^dia of Australasia. 
 
 609 
 
 remained uncompleted. Two years afterwards 
 the Rev. Ralph Mansfield with some assist- 
 ance from the Government and the Wesleyan 
 society in England, finished the structure. Mans- 
 field remained in the colony until 1825. A 
 considerable immigration of religiously-disposed 
 persons took place in 1822, drawn to the island by 
 the accounts sent home by Carvosso. Knopwood 
 was superseded as principal chaplain by the Rev. 
 William Bedford, a zealous minister. The Pres- 
 byterian Church was founded in 1822 by the Rev. 
 Archibald Macarthur. About this time a branch 
 of the Bible society was founded. The Rev. John 
 Youl, formerly missionary at Tahiti, was appointed 
 chaplain at Port Dalrymple in 1819. Previous to 
 his arrival no minister of religion had ever visited 
 the district. Launceston had no resident minister 
 of religion till 1824. The first place of worship in 
 the town was used alternately as a court-house, a 
 sleeping place for prisoners and a stable. "The 
 disposition of Youl," writes West, "was amiable, 
 and his professional reputation unblemished. 
 Placed in a station of little promise, he cultivated 
 the minds and affections of the young, and dis- 
 countenanced vices he could not extirpate." The 
 first Roman Catholic priest established at Hobart 
 Town was the Rev. Philip Connolly. In spite 
 of the low state of religion and morals a hospitable 
 reception was generally accorded to ministers of 
 religion by the residents in the country districts. 
 At the time of the Emerald's arrival the landing- 
 place at Hobart Town was Hunter's Island (named 
 after Governor Hunter of N.S.W.,) now the " Old 
 Wharf," and at high tide people used to pull off 
 their shoes and stockings, tuck up their trousers, 
 and walk from the island, where ship's boats 
 landed them into " Camp." As an instance of the 
 small value attached to the possession of land in 
 these old days, we may cite the cases of Mr. 
 Meredith and Mr. Gregson,who having town allot- 
 ments of ten acres each, situated in Davey-street, 
 •given to them by Government, declined to take up 
 the grants, because, if they did so, they must 
 comply with the conditions, and erect paling fences 
 round the ground. At that time a town allot- 
 ment could often be bought for a keg of rum, and 
 the value of the property did not appear to 
 warrant the outlay. So limited at that time were 
 the supplies of the commoner articles, that eleven 
 poor wretches, condemned to death, remained 
 unhung for want of rope when the Emerald 
 arrived, from whose stores the necessary quantity 
 was obtained, and the awful sentence carried into 
 execution. From this period the history of T. 
 becomes more prosaic and business-like ; the 
 romance of discovery and early colonisation is 
 merged in the matters of fact which are found in 
 Blue Books and Parliamentary Records. 
 
 VII. The Separation Movement— In July 1823 
 the Imperial Parliament enacted a " Law for the 
 better Administration of Justice in New South 
 Wales and Van Diemen's Land, and for the better 
 Government thereof." This Act was to expire at 
 
 the close of the Parliamentary session of 1827. 
 By it the old courts, with their military functions 
 were superseded, and a Supreme Court was erected, 
 whose jurisdiction extended to causes criminal, 
 civil and ecclesiastical. It was also provided that 
 the King might erect V.D.L. into a separate colony. 
 The Act gave rise to a debate in the Imperial 
 Parliament, in which Wilberfore, Mackintosh and 
 Canning took part. The settlers generally were 
 desirous that the separation from N.S.W. should 
 take place. Governor Sorell however was opposed 
 to the proposal. He deemed the measure pre- 
 mature, as tending to augment the expenses of 
 government, and to deprive the people of the 
 advantages of an appeal to the older colony, and 
 of participation in that more liberal system of 
 government a larger community could demand. 
 A public meeting to petition for separation was 
 held at Hobart Town, at which the resolutions 
 were carried by acclamation, and the only dis- 
 sentient (R. L. Murray) was rather roughly handled. 
 The petition was forwarded to the King through 
 Edward Barnard, the Colonial Agent in London. 
 The petition failed of its object, doubtless because 
 of the Governor's opposition. Towards the close 
 of Sorell's administration the commerce of the 
 settlement was greatly aided by the establishment 
 of a company at Leith in Scotland, with a capital 
 of £100.000, for the purpose of exchanging British 
 commodities for colonial produce. The first vessel 
 despatched was the Greenock; it was followed by 
 others, including the Triton, Captain Crear. By 
 these ships a large number of highly respectable 
 immigrants arrived, " whose moral worth and 
 successful enterprise," writes West, "have estab- 
 lished their families amongst the chief of the 
 land." But the shipments provoked the anger and 
 broke up the monopoly of the local merchants. 
 Sorell's administration ended in May 1824. It 
 was in colonial estimation very successful. The 
 Governor was popular by reason of his familiar 
 manners and his easiness of access. His fine 
 countenance attracted the confidence of the 
 stranger. The settlers, to testify their regard for 
 him, petitioned against his recall, and presented 
 him with a testimonial of the value of £750. On 
 his return to England he received a pension charged 
 on the colonial revenue of £500 a year, which he 
 enjoyed from 1825 till his death in 1848 at the age 
 of seventy-four. The aspect of the island at this 
 time was not inviting to strangers ; but the cur- 
 rent of colonisation was set in, and the ultimate 
 superiority of the colony compared with all others 
 became an article of Tasmanian faith. On this 
 subject the agricultural societies maintained a war 
 of papers. Barron Field, chief justice of N.S W., 
 was the champion of that colony, and dwelt on its 
 vast forests, its wool, its boundless pastures and 
 rivers. The president of the Tasmanian agricul- 
 turists urged all which became his position 
 in defence of V.D.L. At that time protective 
 laws had furnished them with more formidable 
 weapons. 
 
 H
 
 610 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 VIII. Governor Arthur.— Colonel George Arthur, 
 fourth Governor, succeeded Sorell in May 1824. 
 He had been formerly Superintendent at Honduras 
 in the West Indies, and had acquired the reputation 
 of an officer of inflexible and energetic disposition. 
 He was a trusted associate of Wilberforce and 
 Stephen, and the other leaders in the great anti- 
 slavery movement. His arrival in V.D.L. did not 
 excite any enthusiasm. He replied coldly to the 
 customary address of welcome. He took occasion 
 to express his conviction that the moral example 
 of the free population was essential to the improve- 
 ment of a class less favoured, and that while 
 employing his authority for the general welfare he 
 was resolved to maintain the rights of the Crown. 
 These sentiments were not very acceptable to the 
 free colonists. The Governor resolved on dis- 
 countenancing all domestic immorality, and this 
 fact gave arise to much opposition to him. He 
 dismissed from the public service persons living 
 openly immoral lives, and placed all of that class 
 under a social ban. " However lasting the utility 
 of this rigour," West adds, " its immediate conse- 
 quences were irritation, resistance and contempt." 
 This reserve of manners and austerity of rule 
 contrasted unfavourably with the easy and unaf- 
 fected manners of Sorell. In truth, Arthur seems 
 to have regarded his position as simply that 
 of superintendent of a penal settlement, and 
 the mouthpiece of the Secretary of State. The 
 state of the prison population, though con- 
 siderably ameliorated by Sorell, was far from 
 satisfactory. Left much at their own disposal 
 from the hours of labour till their return, they 
 were masters of that portion of the time most 
 suitable for dissipation and crime. The extent of 
 their depredations and the deliberation with which 
 they were performed indicated an extensive con- 
 federacy. The subordinate police, prone to contrive 
 with offenders, was ill regulated and insufficient. 
 Goods were carried off in masses, bags of sugar and 
 chests of tea were abstracted from the stores, cart- 
 loads of property were swept off at once. The 
 habits of the populace were daring, profane and 
 intemperate, and to coerce such materials into 
 order required the utmost vigour and discretion. 
 The Chief Justice, John Lewis Pedder, brought from 
 Great Britain the charter of the Supreme Court, 
 which was proclaimed in the market-place on 
 the 7th May 1824. On the 24th the court 
 opened for business, and Joseph Tice Gellibrand 
 presented his commission as Attorney-General. 1 11 
 Ins opening speech he declared his resolution to 
 adopt the maxims of the illustrious Hale. Ho 
 eulogised the jurisprudence of his country and 
 especially trial by jury, but the military uniform 
 which appeared in court, if it did not lessen its 
 utility, deprived the institution of its grace. The 
 fust person tried was named Tibbs, for killing a 
 negro, who whilst watching for thieves was him- 
 self taken for a robber. The first prosecution for 
 libel was at the instance of R. L. Murray, formerly 
 a captain in the army. The establishment of a 
 
 Supreme Court seemed to be the signal for an out- 
 break of disorder and violence. Many prisoners 
 escaped from confinement, and for a long period 
 a succession of depredators alarmed and pillaged 
 the colony. The settlers promptly tendered their 
 assistance to the Government to garrison the town 
 or scour the bush. An account of the chief bush- 
 rangers and their deeds has been already given. 
 The unsparing sacrifice of the robbers captured 
 gradually terminated the practice of bushranging, 
 and the colony enjoyed a long period of compara- 
 tive repose. The duties levied by order of the 
 Government were collected by the Naval Officer, 
 who received a commission of five per cent, on the 
 amount. Dr. Bromley, surgeon to the First Fleet, 
 subsequently made seven voyages to the colonies, 
 when he obtained the appointment. The infrequent 
 examination of the accounts led to undetected 
 pilfering, and in 1824 a defalcation of .£8269 was 
 reported by a jury of merchants appointed to 
 make an audit. Dr. Bromley's integrity was not 
 impeached ; his servants had been guilty of almost 
 daily peculation. The percentage system was 
 abolished, and the offices of collector and treasurer 
 were separated ; Jocelyn Thomas was nominated 
 to the former and Mr. Hamilton to the latter. 
 Smuggling was still carried on to a large extent 
 despite increased activity on the part of the 
 customs officers. The merchants of Hobart Town 
 were deeply offended at the imposition of a duty 
 on their imports higher than that fixed by Governor 
 Brisbane at Port Jackson, and petitioned Arthur 
 to equalise the charges. The reply of the Governor 
 was a contemptuous refusal. A dispute between 
 Arthur and Gellibrand, the Attorney-General, led 
 to the dismissal of the latter by the Governor on 
 the alleged ground of unprofessional conduct. The 
 dispute excited much interest in legal circles, both 
 in the colony and in the old country. The appeal of 
 Gellibrand to the profession completely vindicated 
 his conduct, but he was not reinstated in his office. 
 His successor was Joseph Hone, brother of the cele- 
 brated William Hone, author of the Everday Bool, 
 Table Booh and Year Booh. Hone's gentleness 
 of disposition won him universal respect. In 
 December 1825 Governor Darling visited the 
 island and proclaimed the independence of the 
 colony. The announcement was followed by a 
 time of much festivity. While he was present 
 Darling was entitled to govern, but when he set 
 sail Arthur, who had been previously addressed 
 as "Your Honour," assumed the authority of 
 Governor-in-Chief and, responsible only to the 
 Eome Office, became "Your Excellency." The 
 Legislative and Executive Committees were 
 appointed In 1827 the island was divided 
 into police districts, so that the prisoner popula- 
 tion might be brought more directly under the 
 control of the Government. This was a great 
 improvement in the internal discipline of the 
 colony. Prior to that time instances of harsh and 
 unjust treatment of prisoners by their employers 
 were very frequent, and the lash was in incessant
 
 Tas] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 611 
 
 occupation. A proposal made by Commissioner 
 Bigge to change the site of Hobart Town to 
 Brighton was favoured by Arthur, but the protests 
 of the merchants, who had a large amount of 
 property invested there, prevented the removal. 
 Up till 1824 Georgetown had been the capital of 
 the northern side of the island ; but Bigge deter- 
 mined that Launceston should thenceforward be 
 the site, and the penal establishment was accord- 
 ingly removed thither. A grant of 250,000 acres 
 of land was made by the Home Government to 
 the Van Diemen's Land Company in 1825 ; and in 
 1826 their first settlement was formed under 
 Edward Curr at Circular Head. One of the 
 persons in the service of this company was a 
 convict named Jorgen Jorgeuson, whose life of 
 adventure was very remarkable. He had been a 
 seaman with Grant and Flinders. Sir William 
 J. Hooker, the celebrated botanist who, when a 
 young naturalist, met with Jorgenson in Iceland, 
 said that his talents were of the highest order, 
 but his moral and religious character was 
 of the lowest. "He was seaman, explorer, 
 traveller, adventurer, gambler, spy, man of 
 letters, man of fortune, political prisoner, dispen- 
 sing chemist, and King of Iceland — and was 
 transported for illegally pawning the property of 
 his lodging-house keeper." The adjustment of 
 titles to land granted by the various Governors 
 was a vexed question during the whole of Arthur's 
 administration. Many of the limits of the grants 
 had beeii defined by an expedient said to have 
 been practised in Ireland. A string was tied to a 
 dog's tail, and when the dog stopped running that 
 was taken to be a mile ! Thousands of acres had 
 been thus measured off and endless confusion 
 resulted, until finally, in 1831, the Caveat Board 
 rectified the claims made. In 1825 G. T. Howe 
 established the Tasmaninn newspaper in Launces- 
 ton, and in the same year, in connection with Dr. 
 Ross, started the Government Gazette in Hobart 
 Town as the official rival to Bent's paper, the 
 Uobart Town Gazette. The strife between Bent 
 and Arthur was long and fierce. The Governor 
 resolved to extinguish the liberty of the Press, and 
 in 1827 he got an Act passed by the Legislative 
 Council giving him unlimited power of suppression. 
 Bent was refused a license to publish his paper, the 
 title of which was the Colonial Times. Bent next 
 tried the publication of a monthly magazine at 
 the price of five shillings a number ; but this did 
 not succeed. The Governor's despotic conduct 
 roused the colonists to remonstrate, and the Secre- 
 tary of State (Lord Goderich) disallowed the Act 
 for suppressing the liberty of the Press. Bent 
 however was indicted for a libel on the Governor 
 and fined £500. In 1829 two journals were started 
 in Launceston — the Advertiser, by John Fawkuer, 
 and the Cornwall Press, by S. Dowsett. The 
 quarrels of Arthur with the Press was continued 
 till the end of his administration. He was charged 
 with employing spies, and some facts that trans- 
 pired in the courts favoured the charge. 
 
 IX. The Black War.— The incidents of the Black 
 War have been already narrated under that head 
 and that of " Robinson ; " but as forming a chapter 
 in V.D.L. history may be here briefly recapitulated. 
 When Arthur assumed the Government in 1823 it 
 was expected that among the stringent measures 
 he initiated something would be done to suppress 
 the war of races going on between the settlers, 
 convicts, and natives. But these expectations were 
 disappointed, and for seven years the colony con- 
 tinued to be in a state of anarchy. At last it 
 became necessary for the Government to take some 
 decisive measure for the suppression of this native 
 warfare and the restoration of peace to the island. 
 After consulting with his advisers, Arthur pro- 
 jected a scheme of a Quixotic character, to try 
 and drive the whole surviving native race from 
 the interior of the country to Tasman Peninsula 
 as if he were driving a battue of deer. For this 
 purpose he called on all the colonists capable of 
 bearing arms to join the available military and 
 police force, and form an army stretching across 
 the country inhabited by the natives and drive 
 them before it. By this means a force of about 
 4850 men was mustered, armed with guns and 
 ammunition from the public stores, while the 
 expenses of the expedition were to be disbursed 
 out of the commissariat treasury. This was in 
 1830, when the commercial affairs of the colony 
 were very dull. All the colonists readily engaged 
 in the affair, as it would circulate a good deal of 
 money amongst them. On 1st October the force was 
 marched into the interior of the island, sufficiently 
 far from Hobart Town to be north of the districts 
 occupied by the hostile natives. Here they were 
 formed into a Hue, stretching east and west, over 
 hill and dale, mountain and valley, forest and plain, 
 until they formed a complete cordon of military 
 posts moving towards a common centre. As they 
 advanced, this line extended sometimes to sixty 
 miles, where the country was sufficiently open to 
 admit of their spreading. At others it became 
 narrowed to half that width, when they had to pass 
 through dense forests and thickets. It was esti- 
 mated that there were at least 1800 natives in the 
 island, and that this mixed army had surrounded 
 nearly the whole of them. On they marched 
 towards their goal almost sure that the enemy 
 would be captured on the peninsula. Scattered 
 over such an extent of country it was no easy 
 matter to provision this motley army, while the 
 rough country they had to traverse wofuliy 
 damaged their boots and clothing. Excepting a 
 few faint-hearted volunteers, the colonists stuck 
 to the main body ; and after six weeks toil aud 
 privation by flood and fell, this cordon narrowed 
 to the rallying point at East Bay neck, where the 
 peninsula is only half-a-mile wide. Here the 
 regulars were sent on to secure their game aftei 
 such a formidable battue, which cost about 
 £30,000, never doubting but that they would find 
 the frightened aborigines crowded towards the 
 extreme point of land. They returned with one
 
 612 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 old woman and a sick man. Of course the natives 
 slipped through their lines while they advanced, 
 and returned to their camping grounds after the 
 grand army had passed on. Great ridicule was 
 bestowed on the result of this expedition, which 
 realised the old adage of the mountain labouring 
 and bringing forth a mouse. The ragged appear- 
 ance of the army, with toes and elbows peeping 
 out in their nakedness, caused much amusement. 
 But all agreed that it was a capital campaign, as 
 so much money had been spent, and the fortunes 
 of many previously needy colonists were laid. 
 The failure of this expedition rendered the abori- 
 gines bolder than before, and they committed 
 depredations on the settlers in the rear of the 
 army sent out to capture them. In this emer- 
 gency Robinson came forward and proposed a 
 scheme of winning over the natives by gentle 
 means, promising them food and clothing if they 
 would come into Hobart Town where they might 
 be safely guarded or sent to some place of security. 
 The success of Robinson's scheme, and the ulti- 
 mate extinction of the native race, have been 
 already narrated. 
 
 X. Close of Arthur's Administration. — When 
 the Constitutional Act approached its term the 
 colonists determined to seek not only for trial by 
 jury, but for a voice in the Legislature. A petition 
 adopted by a meeting held in 1827 was confided 
 to a deputation, who were instructed to forward it 
 through Arthur, and to entreat his concurrence 
 with its prayer. A time was fixed to receive 
 them ; but when at Government House they were 
 met by a blundering message postponing the 
 interview for one hour. Deeming themselves and 
 their constituents slighted, they declined a second 
 attendance. Arthur published a vindication of 
 himself. He stated that business of great import- 
 ance with Mr. Curr had prevented his examination 
 of the documents; he had requested the delay 
 only to prepare himself for the audience, and 
 regretted that the colony were deprived of his 
 friendly offices by an unreasonable caprice. This 
 paper fell into the hands of the deputation a few 
 hours after the vessel had sailed with despatches for 
 the Secretary of State. They considered this a 
 manoeuvre contrived to stifle their defence, and 
 instantly dispatched a fast sailing boat to pursue 
 the ship with an exculpatory letter. The hostility 
 of Arthur to the petition was well understood, and 
 there were many others who did not sympathise 
 with its object. Sir John Owen presented it to 
 the House of Commons without a word. The 
 Ministers expressed their desire to grant free 
 institutions so soon as the colony was ripe to enjoy 
 them, when Mr. A. Baring (Lord Ashburton) 
 remarked that colonies are never ripe for free 
 institutions until they get them. Mr. Marshall, 
 the shipping agent, attempted to form an associa- 
 tion in London in 1828 for the protection of these 
 colonies. All persons commercially or otherwise 
 interested were eligible for membership. A corres- 
 pondence was projected with the leading colonists, 
 
 and it was assumed the British Government would 
 readily attend to representations emanating from 
 such a course. The scheme did not obtain the 
 support it merited, and the scattered colonial 
 interests could never be combined for a joint 
 action. The partisans of Arthur ridiculed the 
 plan, and it came to nothing. The Constitution 
 Act, which became law on 25th July 1828, differed 
 in many of its provisions from the last. Under 
 the former Act the Attorney-General could refuse 
 to file a bill, and exercised this discretion in a case 
 of libel. The new law authorised the court to 
 permit an information to be exhibited by any 
 person, and the Attorney-General was bound to 
 indict except in felony or capital prosecutions. 
 Jennings, a solicitor, claimed the interference of 
 the court against the Attorney-General, Montagu. 
 One Savery, who had been transported for forgery, 
 was sued for a debt; but Montagu, who had 
 been a passenger with the debtor's wife and felt 
 interested in his welfare, stayed proceedings by 
 verbal guarantee. When Jennings attempted to 
 enforce the agreement Montagu replied that 
 he was more to be affected by the sun than 
 the wind, and added, " I know how to defend 
 myself against a person ten times more able 
 or wicked than yourself." The Judge decided 
 that the Attorney-General was not bound to 
 sign a bill of indictment against or to prosecute 
 himself. The indemnity due on a returned bill 
 of exchange was decided by the court (1826,) on a 
 friendly suit, "Cartwright v. Mulgrave," at the 
 expense of the merchants. It was deemed proper 
 to give a high compensation, both as solace for 
 disappointment and to discourage a careless issue 
 of bills. The plaintiff paid ,£112 currency for 
 ,£100 sterling, calculating that ,£120 currency 
 would be required in London for the ,£100 
 sterling. The assessors fixed 25 per cent, to 
 cover all losses, and the sum has been allowed 
 by the Supreme Court on all similar cases to 
 this day. In 1827 Captain Dillon of the Research, 
 an East India Company's ship, the discoverer 
 of the relics of La Perouse, visited Hobart 
 Town. He was prosecuted for assault and false 
 imprisonment by Dr. Tytler, a gentleman com- 
 missioned by the Asiatic Society to conduct 
 the scientific enquiries the voyage might favour. 
 He was seized, confined to his cabin, threatened 
 with the lash, and guarded by New Zealand 
 savages, among whom were two called by Dillon 
 " Prince Brian Boru," and " His Excellency 
 Morgan McMurrah," who espoused the quarrel 
 of the captain, and offered to grill and eat 
 the unfortunate physician. The jealousy and 
 violence of Dillon strongly indicated insanity, and 
 Dr. Tytler represented his fears to the second in 
 command. This opinion became known to the 
 captain, and led to the assault and imprisonment, 
 from which the doctor was released by a writ 
 of habeas corpus. The Chief Justice, in pro- 
 nouncing judgment, explained the absolute power 
 and stringent responsibility of a captain in the
 
 Tas] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 6l3 
 
 management of his ship's company, and sentenced 
 Dillon to fine and imprisonment ; but the latter 
 was remitted in consideration of his enterprise. 
 Tn 1827 the public treasury was robbed of .£1400. 
 The thieves entered at night, while the sentinel 
 was on guard, and the rifled chest was found 
 hidden under a tomb in the adjacent burial 
 ground. Three persons and the sentinel were 
 tried for the offence ; but on the second day the 
 Crown Prosecutor was not in his place. The 
 truant lawyer was enjoying a breakfast, while the 
 court and prisoners were watching the door of 
 entrance. The patience of the Judge gave way, and 
 he directed a verdict of " not guilty " to be entered. 
 The Crown relieved the Treasurer from his respon- 
 sibility for the loss. On the trial of Salmon and 
 Brown for murder at Macquarie Harbour in 1829, 
 a military jury exhibited that institution in no 
 pleasing form. They disagreed on their verdict ; 
 Lieutenant Matheson, conceiving that the facts 
 did not sustain the indictment, declined to convict. 
 His co-jurors were unanimous ; and after three 
 days and nights he submitted. On the Saturday 
 evening the men were sentenced, and executed on 
 the Monday following. Their confession left no 
 doubt of their guilt ; they had committed murder 
 that they might escape from misery ; but they 
 asserted that the principal was Browne, and 
 the accessory Salmon— the reverse of the indict- 
 ment. During their long consultation the jurors 
 were allowed refreshment; but on Friday evening 
 several resolved to elope. At a late hour they 
 broke past the astonished constables and returned 
 to their homes. They were however recalled by 
 the Sheriff and kept under stricter watch until the 
 trial ended. Amusements of the turf, officially 
 patronised in other countries, were discouraged 
 in this. From an early date occasional matches 
 were made for large stakes ; but in 1827 races 
 were regularly established at Ross. The course 
 was lined off, a stand erected, in which about 
 fifty well dressed people were spectators. The 
 riders were equipped in different coloured cloth- 
 ing, and as they darted along, obscured at inter- 
 vals by foliage, the scene was picturesque and 
 animated. A race was contested by Messrs. 
 Gregson and Hardwicke, which the latter lost. 
 Arthur probably had no great taste for such 
 pleasures ; but he ascribed his unwillingness to 
 support them to their tendency to excite the prison 
 population, and seduce them into disobedience and 
 crime. No regulations or punishments could 
 hinder their haunting the tents, or deter from 
 intemperance and consequent miseries. Happily, 
 dissension disappeared in the presence of distress. 
 Arthur's name is on the list of subscriptions for 
 the family of Captain Laughton who, having lost 
 his property by shipwreck and fraud, was drowned 
 on the coast. Arthur gave twenty guineas, and 
 thus fixed the high scale of colonial benevolence, 
 which no vicissitude of public affairs has abated. 
 The largest private subscriber was Captain Came 
 of the Cumberland, not less unfortunate than 
 
 Laughton. When no tidings were heard of the 
 vessel, it was supposed she had foundered ; but in 
 1828, Captain Duthie, of the Bengal Merchant, 
 threw light on her fate. He had found the 
 Clarinda, Captain Crew, at Rio, who had been 
 boarded in lat. 8° S. The pirates chained him 
 to the deck while they robbed the vessel ; he 
 saw a bucket on which he could trace the word 
 Cumberland. Some of the pirates proposed that 
 Crew should walk the plank, but were resisted by 
 the captain. A little black boy shipped by the 
 Clarinda at the Cape De Verde Islands remem- 
 bered the pirate vessel as often seen in that port. 
 In what form the Cumberland perished is not 
 certainly known. Pirates executed in England for 
 other crimes were supposed to be guilty of this ; 
 more than a hundred and fifty perished by their 
 violence. Some they cut down, and others they 
 cast overboard. They were driven to the port of 
 Cadiz by a storm, and attempting to negotiate a 
 bill they were detected. A ship of war conveyed 
 them to Gibraltar, where several suffered ; others 
 were forwarded to England and condemned there. 
 The story of the capture was long a standing topic 
 in the unarmed merchantmen that passed her 
 track. As the emigrant afterwards approached the 
 supposed latitude he heard with bated breath the 
 fate of the Cumberland whenever a strange sail 
 darkens the horizon. In 1828 the Government 
 determined to establish a school at New Nor- 
 folk, called the " King's Grammar School." The 
 members of the Government were the board of 
 guardians ; the master was in holy orders. This 
 effort was also frustrated. Such attempts were 
 not however lost ; they were in reality not only 
 the pledges, but the causes of final success. But 
 the establishment of the King's Orphan School in 
 1828 was successful. It was chiefly designed for 
 the numerous children whose parents were unable 
 to support them, who had deserted, or who were 
 dead. It was placed under the guidance of a com- 
 mittee, and afforded protection to many children 
 who must have sunk under the influence of a 
 vicious example. In the absence of natural ties 
 the settlers have often displayed a parental tender- 
 ness in educating the children of the outcast and 
 the stranger. The public institutions which multi- 
 plied at this period tended to mitigate the spirit of 
 party. In 1826 several tradesmen met to project 
 a Mechanics Institute. In 1827 they called a 
 meeting of the inhabitants, who having chosen 
 Gellibrand their chairman, organised the institu- 
 tion ; the Governor was invited to be patron ; the 
 Chief Justice was chosen president, and James 
 Wood appointed secretary. Dr. James Ross, 
 called the " Birkbeck of Tasmania," delivered the 
 first lecture on 17th July on the "Science of 
 Mechanics." The second was on "Astronomy," 
 by Gellibrand senior ; Hackett gave one on 
 " Steam Engines ; " Giblin, senior, one on 
 "Astronomy," and Dr. Turnbull on " Chemistry " 
 completed the course. James Thomson gave 
 lessons in geometry to a youthful class. These
 
 614 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 efforts languished during the absence of the 
 secretary in Great Britain ; but in September 
 1829 the former lecturers reappeared; contribu- 
 tions increased, and a library and apparatus were 
 obtained from England. In 1830 two hundred 
 members were enrolled, and the institution was 
 promoted by all classes of society. Among its 
 supporters Dr. Ross occupied the first place. He 
 was a man whose name will be ever mentioned 
 with respect. His political career does not receive 
 unqualified praise ; as a partizan of Arthur he 
 sometimes sanctioned by his pen what it is difficult 
 to vindicate ; but he contributed to the intellectual 
 advancement and external reputation of the colony 
 beyond any person of his day. Dr. Ross was the 
 son of a Scotch advocate ; educated at Aberdeen 
 University, he was some time employed as a 
 planter in Grenada, where he became an advocate 
 of negro freedom. He afterwards established a 
 school at Sevenoaks in Kent ; but his family kept 
 pace with his fortunes. He determined to emi- 
 grate and arrived in V.D.L. in 1822. Some error 
 in the shipment of his goods, upon the schedule 
 of which he claimed 2560 acres, deprived him of 
 one-half. He chose his location on the Shannon, 
 and called his cottage the " Hermitage." Here he 
 was vexed with the incursions of cattle, the per- 
 fidity of his servants, the dread of bushrangers, and 
 the visits of the blacks ; and he willingly accepted 
 the office of Government printer, which Bent had 
 lost. The Courier, his newspaper patronised by the 
 Governor, obtained a large circulation, and in 1830 
 published 750 copies. He wrote with great facility 
 and copiousness. In a letter to a friend, he said : 
 "I write my articles, engrave my vignettes, set the 
 types, adjust the press. Sometimes I set up a few 
 lines myself, and dictate at the same time to one 
 or two of my compositors. Sometimes I write 
 three lines of a sentence for one, three lines of a 
 sentence for another. I teach my own children, 
 nine in all, at the same time that I write para- 
 graphs." A genial spirit, except when troubled 
 by political anger, usually sparkles in the writings 
 of Dr. Ross, and in such they are rather unfair 
 than bitter. Wherever Arthur disliked, Ross 
 opposed. He denounced the emigration of the 
 poor, and Archbishop Whately charged him with 
 baseness in supporting the penal system of trans- 
 portation ; but no colonist would question his 
 sincerity. Dr. Ross retired from his literary 
 labours in 1837, and not long after closed his 
 earthly toils. In his last address to the public he 
 said, " independence of spirit has been my motto ; 
 freedom my watchword ; the hapi liness of my 
 fellow-men my object ; and the truth of our 
 religion my buckler and consolation." Such was 
 the account of himself ; and may be left as his 
 merited eulogium fur posterity. An association 
 with objects more extensive and more ambitious 
 in organisation was projected by John Henderson, 
 a surgeon from Calcutta, in 1829. It was 
 denominated the "Van Diemen's Land Society." 
 The members proposed to collect and diffuse 
 
 information respecting the natural history, pro- 
 duce, mineral wealth, statistics, condition and 
 capabilities of V.D.L. The Governor accepted 
 the office of patron of the society, and 
 its establishment was celebrated by a public 
 banquet. In his account of the institution, the 
 founder and president relates that, although it 
 enrolled the heads of departments and the most 
 respectable settlers, he found himself surrounded 
 by spectators rather than coadjutors, who, in 
 the absence of " selfish interests " and personal 
 advantage could not be stimulated to toil. Dr. 
 Henderson, whatever his science, was disqualified 
 by his censorious dogmatism to rule. His work 
 was an outline of projects which entered into every 
 imaginable department of political economy, and 
 contemplated a social revolution. The charter of 
 the V.D.L. Bank having expired, it became a joint 
 stock company and enlarged its capital to ,£50,000, 
 ten per cent, being charged upon discounts. The 
 Tasmanian Bank was a private one, of which the 
 Gellibrands were the proprietors. The limited 
 business carried large profits, and the purchase of 
 bills not passed in the regular course of discount 
 yielded large returns. The Derwent Bank, estab- 
 lished chiefly by persons connected with the 
 Government, was opened for business on 1st 
 January 1828 with a capital of £20,000. At the 
 same time the Cornwall Bank, with £10,000, was 
 established by the merchants of Launceston, and 
 the facility of monetary transactions increased 
 on every side. The arrival of considerable invest- 
 ments from India brought rupees into extensive 
 circulation, and they formed a great proportion of 
 the current coin. The large imports of English 
 goods, and the increase of promissory notes, 
 alarmed several persons connected with trade. 
 An advertisement signed by John Dunn offered a 
 quantity of shares in the Derwent Bank on liberal 
 terms. At a meeting of shareholders, Dunn main- 
 tained that the liabilities of the community were 
 dangerous, and twenty times greater than the 
 circulating medium. It was replied that bills were 
 chiefly multiplied by re-sales, and that the cash of 
 the consumer would be transmitted through the 
 whole mercantile chain. The V.D.L. Bank dis- 
 covered a singular fraud by the cashier in 1828. 
 Amongst the large accounts which were unlikely 
 to be drawn he debited the cash which he employed 
 as a private discounter of bills. The sudden 
 presentation of an unexpected draft led to an 
 examination, and £2000 were found deficient. 
 The money was refunded, except a trifling amount, 
 and prosecution waived. The interest of the 
 officers of the Government in the Derwent Bank 
 occasioned complaint. The risk, liabilities, and 
 antipathies of trade were deemed unsuited to their 
 duties. At the Governor's request the relation 
 was disguised, but it was not dissolved. The 
 state of trade at this time wore a deceptive aspect. 
 1 >r. Henderson reckoned the actual profit of the 
 colony at one and a-half per cent., while Prinsep, 
 a barrister of Calcutta, described every branch of
 
 Tas] 
 
 CYOLOPiEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 615 
 
 business as a path to opulence. In 1829 a merchant 
 sold £1500 worth of goods at an advance of fifty 
 per cent, and a credit over three years bearing 
 fifteen per cent., amounting to £2250 in all. A 
 glut sometimes reduced the value of merchandise 
 below London price. The increase of capital and the 
 opening of cash credits facilitated the operations 
 of the settlers, but tempted many to ruin. The 
 Government rewarded the rapid improvement of 
 estates, the erection of substantial dwellings, farm 
 buildings and fences, by grants of land in exten- 
 sion. To secure the proffered boon the settlers 
 accepted the assistance of money-lenders, whose 
 claims at length absorbed the proceeds of their 
 toil. During a progress through the colony the 
 Governor visited many establishments, and dis- 
 tinguished the enterprising agriculturist with 
 special favour. On his return to head-charters 
 he expressed the pleasure his inspection had 
 afforded ; and noticed in a public order Gatenby, 
 of the Isis, as a "good old English yeoman," and 
 an example of enterprise and skill. Well assured 
 that His Majesty was desirous that the character 
 of a plain, upright farmer should meet with 
 encouragement and reward, he added to the 
 settler's grant 1000 acres. The "Gatenby farmers" 
 were henceforth noted as a favoured class, and 
 many anxious for the same recompense borrowed, 
 enclosed and improved, until they had not a rood 
 of land to call their own. The most distinguished 
 money-lender was Sheriff Ferreday, whose ordi- 
 nary charge was thirty-five per cent., or less with 
 ample security. After a few years he returned to 
 Europe, having realised £20,000 by usury. At 
 his death he devised a portion of his wealth to 
 Oxford University to found a scholarship. He 
 suffered much vituperation, probably with little 
 comparative justice. " His Bible," said Gellibrand, 
 "is his bill-book and his gold his god," a i [nota- 
 tion from Burke highly relished at the time. The 
 Treasury was again robbed in 1832. It was 
 observed that the office papers were deranged ; 
 constables were stationed to watch, and a sentinel 
 was placed at the door. The sudden examination 
 of the chest by the Governor discovered a more 
 serious transaction. It appeared that capital had 
 been borrowed from the chest without authority 
 to the amount of some thousands ; the money was 
 however restored. No public care could reclaim 
 these funds from their tendency to escape, and 
 they were not deemed sure until out of the custody 
 of the Government. The Secretary of State 
 directed the public cash to be deposited with the 
 banks. The Treasurer was not authorised to 
 retain more than £10,000 of paper, and the V.D.L. 
 and Derwent Banks each received charge of 
 £10,000 in cash. During six years the revenue had 
 risen from £30,000 to £60,000. Notwithstanding 
 a very liberal official expenditure, the surplus 
 funds in 1831 amounted to nearly £40,000. 
 The interior communication was facilitated both 
 by the business of the police and the cheap 
 labour in the hands of the Crown. The post of 
 
 Sorell's time was a private speculation, conveyed 
 on foot, afterwards on horseback. On 19th June 
 1832 a "cheap and expeditious conveyance to and 
 from Launceston " was announced. The owner, 
 J. E. Cox, drove tandem, at the rate of forty 
 miles a-day ; only one passenger was accom- 
 modated, at a fare of £5. The practicability of 
 the journey was then the subject of considerable 
 betting. In 1827 and the two following seasons 
 N.S.W. suffered serious droughts, which increased 
 in severity. Bivers were exhausted, and their 
 beds left dry. Not only the want of rain was felt, 
 but a withering blight, travelling in a defined cur- 
 rent over the cultivated districts, cut off their 
 harvests. In two years the cultivation of wheat 
 in V.D.L. increased from 20,000 to 30,000 acres, 
 and the average price of wheat at Hobart Town 
 was eight shillings per bushel. This stimulated 
 further production, and tended to avert from 
 V.D.L. the distress which over-speculation and 
 scarcity produced in N.S.W. This dearth was 
 followed by two plentiful harvests and a depres- 
 sion of prices. The farmers of N.S.W. entreated 
 Governor Darling to establish a corn law, to check 
 importation. In declining the project he attributed 
 the successful competition of this country to the 
 superiority of its wheat and facility of transit ; 
 and hinted that the elder colony was indebted to 
 foreign supplies for its subsistence. The penal 
 character of the colony at this period was con- 
 stantly indicated in the entire spirit of legislation. 
 Thus a house could be broken into at night, when 
 a person suspected as an absconder was expected 
 to be found there ; whoever engaged a con- 
 vict, though in ignorance of his civil condition, 
 incurred the penalties of "harbouring." Pub- 
 licans were liable to fines for supplying such 
 persons even with common refreshment. Any 
 man might arrest another whom he chose to fancy 
 a prisoner at large. These deviations from the 
 practices of society in its regular state were occa- 
 sionally vexatious, but not commonly. The settlers 
 being acquainted with each other, and the servants 
 usually known to the constables, prevented those 
 practical evils, otherwise inevitable. At the 
 accession of Arthur the country about the Clyde 
 and Shannon was stocked with numerous herds, 
 and from their bulk the lands on which they fed 
 were then called the Plains of Bashan. The 
 herdsmen acquired great skill in tracking and 
 driving the cattle. Their stations were in advance 
 of the located districts, and opened many fine 
 patches of country. Their horsemanship was 
 celebrated ; they galloped amidst the trees, now 
 stopping, now leaning to the right or to the left ; 
 avoiding obstruction and escaping collision with 
 wonderful agility. They lived a half-savage 
 life ; were the reckless oppressors of the 
 natives ; often the accomplices of the bush- 
 rangers, and accused of many crimes. To 
 brand the cattle, they were driven within an 
 enclosure seven feet high, and when exhausted 
 by hunger, one man armed with a pole threw a
 
 616 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 loop round the horns, another entangled the legs, 
 and the beast was branded with a heated iron ; 
 then turned into the woods, or driven to market. 
 Little caution respecting the rights of ownership 
 was observed ; several were capitally convicted, 
 when probably they were careless rather than 
 deliberately criminal. The larger herds belonged 
 chiefly to gentlemen of different families but of 
 the name of Lord. In describing their depreda- 
 tions, it was said that a party of the E. L's, 
 D. L's or the R. L.'s had made an excursion. 
 The complaining 'farmer was told that he might 
 impound, but not maim them ; but a troop 
 of horsemen were required for this purpose. 
 " The glorious 23rd of May." Such was the day 
 and month of 1831, separated by those who wit- 
 nessed its achievements to everlasting renown. 
 The excitement of the campaign against the blacks 
 had absorbed political animosities, and brought all 
 parties together ; but by this time the popularity 
 of the Governor was spent. The struggle for 
 parliamentary reform agitated Great Britain, and 
 the colonists determined to attempt the recovery 
 of their rights as Englishmen. So lively was the 
 interest in the affairs of Europe, that the tricolour 
 was mounted by more ardent politicians. The 
 last wave of revolution, which had scattered 
 thrones, rippled on these shores. A meeting was 
 called by the Sheriff, and the principal speakers 
 were the Gellibrands, Crombie, Cartwright, Dunn, 
 Abbott, F. Smith, Meredith, Lascelles, Gregson, 
 Jennings, Kemp, Hewitt, and Lowes; of these none 
 were so conspicuous as Mr. Thos. Home) a relative 
 of the Great Home Tooke) afterwards puisne judge 
 and who was described as the " honest barrister " 
 by the admiring press. " If crushing," said the 
 learned civilian, " is to be brought into operation 
 no doubt I shall be crushed. Let them crush me 
 and they will associate my name with the record of 
 this meeting, which history will preserve to the 
 latest period of time." The object of the movement 
 was to bring under the royal notice the government 
 of the colony and to demand trial by jury and a 
 Legislative Assembly. The petition to the King 
 was entrusted to the custody of Mr. Sams, who 
 was proceeding to Great Britain. Whether it ever 
 reached the throne was a matter of dispute ; some 
 said it had been committed to the deep, with much 
 solemnity ; others that it had passed from the 
 messenger to the hands of a merchant, who dis- 
 regarded its fate. It obtained no reply. The 
 colony had just reason to complain at the time. 
 The Supreme Court had been closed for many 
 months ; the business of the Legislative Council 
 detained the Judge and Attorney-General from 
 their proper functions, and for nearly two years 
 no gaol delivery had occurred at Launceston. Two 
 persons, father and son, charged with cattle steal- 
 ing, had been two years awaiting trial, when they 
 were both acquitted. The evidence against them 
 was of the slightest description, yet during their 
 detention domestic calamities had overtaken them. 
 The delay was still further extended by the issue 
 
 of a new charter, and with the usual incaution of 
 the Secretary of State. This charter arrived 
 1831 ; it nominated Mr. Pedder chief justice and 
 Alexander Macduff Baxter puisne judge. It 
 made no provision for continuing process begun 
 in the late court, and required colonial legislation 
 to cure the defects of its details. Baxter, the 
 puisne judge elect, had been Attorney-General of 
 N.S.W. His relations with Darling had not been 
 cordial, and he was disgraced in the eyes of the 
 public by domestic differences ; his wife was 
 insane and he himself was intemperate. Just 
 before he left Sydney for V.D.L. he was bound 
 over to keep the peace and was declared insolvent. 
 On his arrival the royal warrant for his induction 
 had not reached the colony, and after some delay he 
 returned to N.S.W., and thence to Great Britain, 
 where he died. Baxter ascribed his ruin to his 
 grant from the Crown ; he employed persons to 
 look after his estate, and they conducted him to 
 beggary. The Lieutenant-Governor resolved, if 
 possible, to exclude Baxter from an office which he 
 could only dishonour, and passed an act pronounced 
 by the lawyers a piece of " doubtful and dangerous 
 legislation," by which the clause of the charter 
 requiring two judges was expunged, thus constitut- 
 ing the court of one. The Act of Parliament, 
 however, authorised the measure ; the Council had 
 power to repel or annul a patent until the pleasure 
 of the Crown was known. The Act was approved, 
 and remains among the laws. Occasions might 
 occur when the course of justice would be arrested 
 in a small community by requiring many officers to 
 constitute a court. The reformers were not dis- 
 heartened by their failure ; they assembled again 
 the following year at the request of the Homes, 
 Gellibrands and the Gregsons. The effort was 
 unavailing. In 1834 it was renewed with still more 
 earnestness ; the former parties re-enforcedby many 
 important accessions maintained the popular cause. 
 Repeated disappointments excited some bitterness, 
 which was expressed in strong terms. Mr. Thomas 
 Home reminded the Home Government that they 
 would make " a dissatisfied and turbulent people, 
 ready to use their power and assert their rights if 
 necessary by force of arms." He advised the oblivion 
 of minute grievances, and said "were the angel 
 Gabriel to propose one measure and Satan another, 
 if he considered Satan's the most politic he should 
 have the honourof adopting it." But neither impor- 
 tunity nor threatenings prevailed. These efforts 
 were renewed in the following year ; but in 1 835 some 
 of the chief advocates of a Legislative Assembly 
 deprecated the penal institutions of the colony, 
 and proposed that all convicts, on their arrival, 
 should be set free ; of this plan Mr. R, L. Murray 
 was a distinguished advocate. A case occurred in 
 which a young man, Robert Bryan, was tried 
 on two separate indictments, and such was the 
 evidence, that many unprejudiced persons con- 
 curred in the verdict ; yet the witnesses against 
 him were open to suspicion. It was commonly 
 asserted that he was sacrificed, if not by the
 
 Tas] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 G17 
 
 contrivance with the concurrence of the Govern- 
 ment. The trial was reported by the Colonial 
 Times. The editor, Henry Melville, pointed out 
 in strong language the suspicion of unfairness; 
 the dependence of the jury ; the presence of the 
 Governor at Launceston during the trial ; the 
 infamous character of certain of the witnesses ; 
 and the overruling a challenge of a juror by the 
 prisoner. The remarks of Melville were carried 
 beyond the tolerated bounds of public, criticism ; 
 the Attorney-General, Stephen, induced the court 
 to issue an attachment. The defendant was 
 required to admit the authorship ; this being done, 
 the judge whose conduct he had censured pro- 
 nounced the sentence. To judge, condemn, and 
 imprison, at once and by the party offended, 
 included all that tyranny could ask. Any reference 
 to the proceedings of a court which the judge 
 might choose to pronounce a libel might consign 
 to perpetual imprisonment. A similar case at 
 Newfoundland was discussed in the House of 
 Commons, and the ministers joined the opposition 
 in severely reprehending the practice. The papers 
 published the debate, and Arthur slowly obeyed 
 the signal and gave Melville his liberty. Motions 
 for attachment have not often disgraced the 
 administration of justice ; they are relics of bar- 
 barous times. This process was issued against 
 Fawkner, the editor of the Launceston Advertiser, 
 who escaped by an apology ; and it was moved 
 for by the Attorney-General (Stephen) against 
 Murray and Melville for calling an affidavit of the 
 Solicitor-General to the effect that a fair trial 
 could not be obtained in Bryant's case with a 
 colonial jury — " an extraordinary document ! " 
 The judges dismissed the application, when 
 Stephen remarked that he "thanked God he 
 despised the observations as well as scoundrel- 
 like motives which influenced them." A public 
 meeting demanding trial by jury was held in 
 1834 ; an address was presented to Arthur by 
 deputation. In urging the amendments of the law 
 they referred to the extraordinary powers possessed 
 by the Government. Arthur, in reply, professed 
 a liberal desire to gratify their wishes ; but 
 denied that he possessed extraordinary powers 
 or that " they required to be watched with more 
 than usual jealousy." He had however deferred 
 the establishment of British laws to the last 
 possible moment, and certainly possessed great 
 powers ; on the whole, more capable of perversion 
 than any ever known in a British colony. The 
 Attorney-General, Stephen, was desirous of substi- 
 tuting for the assessors a jury of seven instead of 
 twelve. His project was opposed by Mr. Kemp, 
 and indeed veiy generally disapproved. It was 
 argued that the chances of influence multiply as 
 the number of jurors are decreased, and that the 
 national practice was the only safe guide. The 
 amount of discussion that attended the dispute 
 was prodigious : pamphlets and letters without end. 
 The prejudice of the people was however on the 
 right side ; although there is nothing sacred in an 
 
 even number, the retrenchment must have increased 
 the facility of corruption. The law as it ultimately 
 passed removed the danger by giving either party 
 a right to demand a jury ; and to the party against 
 whom the application was made a choice between 
 a petty and special jury ; but three-fourths were 
 taken as the whole after six hours' deliberation. 
 This act was framed in virtue of an order of 
 council by the King in 1830. It provided that in 
 criminal prosecutions where the Governor, or any 
 inferior officer, civil or military, could be interested 
 in the result of a trial, a jury taken from the special 
 jury list should try the issue. Towards the close 
 of Arthur's administration many not prone to party 
 strife were anxious for its termination. The meet- 
 ings to petition were more frequent and assumed a 
 more genial character. As the causes of dis.sension 
 became better understood the patronage of the Gov- 
 ernor ceased to be considerable, and no colonist was 
 a lover of unprofitable despotism. These sentiments 
 prevailed in both penal colonies. A "political asso- 
 ciation" was formed in V.D.L. A standing Council 
 was organised under the auspices of certain leading 
 politicians, who discussed the measures deemed 
 necessary to amend their social and political con- 
 dition. Thomas Home, the secretary of this 
 body, opened a correspondence with the Gover- 
 nor, and endeavoured to direct his attention to 
 its complaints. Arthur declined recognising his 
 credentials without an express sanction from the 
 Crown. The association however carried on its 
 debates. The Council deliberated in public ; the 
 members were assembled in the body of the hall 
 and spectators were admitted to the gallery. Their 
 proceedings were reported in the newspapers, but 
 with party colouring. By Dr. Boss they were 
 turned into bitter ridicule ; his remarks were 
 retorted with cruelty and insult. A storm collected 
 around him he could not disperse, and he laid down 
 his pen soon after with expressions of ill-concealed 
 anguish. The recall of Arthur, long anticipated by 
 his enemies, at length arrived. Some months before 
 he had been informed by the Secretary of State 
 that " having continued him in his Government for 
 the unusual period of twelve years, the Crown 
 intended to name his successor." On the recom- 
 mendation of Mr. Huskisson the duration of an 
 ordinary Government was limited to six years. 
 Special reasons withdrew V.D.L. from the opera- 
 tion of this rule. The Ministerial changes at the 
 seat of empire left Arthur's influence unimpaired. 
 The variations of national policy rarely reached his 
 sphere. Unwelcome orders he managed to modify 
 or evade. The difficult nature of his duties, the 
 distance of his Government from supervision, and 
 the weakness of the free population enabled him 
 to assume and maintain for many years a discre- 
 tion all but unlimited. He repressed the outrages 
 of the lawless and restored comparative tranquillity. 
 Under his auspices the chief town, which he 
 found consisting of a few frail dwellings, assumed 
 the aspect of a commercial city. Many he received 
 in chainswere established in social happiness ; many 
 
 E4
 
 618 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 immigrants who arrived with slender resources 
 had risen to opulence. In 1836 the revenue had 
 increased from .£16,000 to £106,639 ; the imports 
 from £62,000 to £583,646 ; the exports from 
 £1 4,500 to 320,679 ; mills, from 5 to 47 ; colonial 
 vessels, from 1 to 71 ; churches, from 4 to 18 ; the 
 population had risen from 12,000 to 40,000 ; and 
 every branch of public and private enterprise 
 exhibited the same general aspect. It would be 
 absurd to ascribe to Arthur even the main credit 
 of these results ; they were the effect of that 
 spirit of industry which ever characterises the 
 native of Great Britain and which nothing can 
 wholly extinguish. Nor was this prosperity 
 without alloy. The unproductive improvement 
 encouraged was sometimes unhealthy. The settlers 
 were deeply involved : the valuation of property 
 was raised beyond reasonable calculation. The 
 pleasing delusion was cherished by the members 
 of the Government whose official and private 
 interests concurred to dupe them. Happy were 
 they who sold. Arthur left many who, acquiring 
 his favour by the extent of their outlay and the 
 vigour of their enterprise, were laden with debts 
 from which they never recovered, and a prey to 
 perpetual solicitude. West thus sums up his 
 estimate of Arthur's administration : — "A just 
 estimate of Arthur's administration must include 
 all the peculiarities of his position and the com- 
 plicated interests he held in trust, whether they 
 relate to the Imperial Government, the free, or 
 the bond. The measures best for the colony were 
 not always compatible with the design of its 
 establishment. Nor must we forget that, in sur- 
 veying the past we have lights which rarely attend 
 the present ; that much which experience may 
 amend it is not possible for wisdom to foresee. 
 The primary object of the Crown in colonising 
 this island was accepted by this Governor as the 
 chief aim of his policy. The settlement of free 
 men he considered but subsidiary to the control 
 and reform of the transported offender ; their 
 claims, their duties, and their political rights 
 were, in his view, determined by their peculiar 
 position. They were auxiliaries hired by royal 
 bounties, to co-operate with the great machinery 
 of punishment and reformation. As the repre- 
 sentative of the Crown, he stood off from the 
 colonies in their sympathies and ultimate views. 
 Employed not to build up a free community of 
 Englishmen, but to hold in check the criminality 
 of an empire, with him the settlement was an 
 institution requisite to the effective execution of 
 penal laws. Such he found it ; such he desired to 
 mould its growth, and to prolong its destination. 
 Thus, except in the capacity of employers, he 
 regretted the arrival of free men, and warned the 
 ministers of the Crown that by their encourage- 
 ment of emigration they were destroying the value 
 of bond labour, the dependence of the settlers, and 
 the adaptation of the island for the purposes of a 
 prison." In the course of his administration Arthur 
 had most places at his temporary disposal ; he 
 
 filled them wherever possible with his friends, and 
 he left his nephews in the highest appointments 
 within their professional capacity. Arthur drew 
 out a minute detail of official subordination. The 
 duties prescribed for his officers were defined with 
 laboured exactness, and the reins of control met in 
 his hands. Everything was referred to himself, 
 and his instructions were definite and generally 
 irrevocable. Many persons appointed by the 
 Crown were dismissed or thrown off by his con- 
 trivance. Accident placed many officers in his 
 provisional gift. Baxter, a judge elect ; Gellibrand, 
 an attorney -general ; Ferreday, a sheriff ; Thomas, 
 a treasurer; Burnett, a colonial secretary; O'Ferrall, 
 a collector of customs ; and many in lower station, 
 relinquished or lost their appointments by the 
 determination of his inflexible and unflinching 
 will. The forfeiture was sometimes obviously 
 just ; but it was a maxim of his Govern- 
 ment to fill the departments with persons who 
 knew no patronage except his own. Among them 
 were candidates for the same gifts who looked 
 for fortunes beyond the limits of their duties ; they 
 cultivated farms, became competitors for prison 
 labour, and speculators in commerce. The Supreme 
 Court and the newspapers were often occupied by 
 their recriminations ; sometimes they exchanged 
 challenges and sometimes writs. The colonists in 
 opposition saw, not without some gratification, 
 dissensions which seemed to weaken the common 
 enemy, and the press was often enriched by the 
 malice of official pens. Many were, however, too 
 wise to quarrel ; their quiet industry enabled them 
 to combine the public and private employments 
 without scandal and with success. They were 
 indeed accused of peculation ; but specific charges 
 were generally rebutted, and can now only be 
 noticed as a rumour, and dismissed as detrac- 
 tion. The industry of Arthur was constant ; 
 his attention to the details of his Government, 
 and his perseverance as a despatch-writer were 
 universally admitted ; a large proportion of his 
 time he spent in his office, and toiled with an 
 assiduity which would have been fatal to ordinary 
 men. It was commonly stated that he was not 
 very accessible ; but he willingly heard those 
 whose education and habits qualified them to 
 suggest. Persons of every rank were admitted to 
 an audience on a slight pretence. He was quick 
 in estimating the characters and capacities of all 
 who approached him. The great works of Arthur 
 were attributed by his opponents to sinister 
 motives ; those most frequently mentioned were 
 the new wharf at Hobart Town, the road to 
 Richmond, and the Bridgewater causeway. Arthur 
 benefited by his fore-knowledge. The imputa- 
 tions of personal injustice or corruption were 
 not unfounded ; what he gained, others did 
 not lose, except by the common risks of a 
 sale. Thus the property of the Rev. Robert 
 Knopwood whom he was said to defraud, 
 was several times in the market ; it was offered 
 by advertisement many years before ; its future
 
 Tas] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 619 
 
 appropriation to commerce was predicted, and 
 was described to enhance its price. It was offered 
 by Kuopwood to Mrs. Hodgson for £80o ■ it- 
 was purchased by H. Jennings, a nephew of 
 (iellibrand, a senior, without reference to Arthur ; 
 and was finally sold to his agent at a small 
 advance. The new wharf rendered the purchase 
 highly advantageous ; but there was neither 
 deceit nor oppression. But although many of 
 his works will perpetuate his memory while the 
 country lasts, they could only be justified by their 
 connection with penal arrangements. The discip- 
 line prescribed did not admit of rapid movement 
 or wide distribution. Huts were necessary for the 
 convicts, houses for their offices and various stores ; 
 and it was only on extensive exactions that labour 
 could be inspected with success. The waste of expen- 
 diture was rather apparent than real. The objects 
 contemplated were not colonial, and thus if the local 
 obligation is lessened the ground of complaint is 
 diminished. During his Government Arthur became 
 wealthy ; his estates were numerous and their sale 
 realised a large amount. That he acquired them 
 improperly is not even capable of suspicion, that 
 he applied clandestinely the means afforded by 
 his office to improve them is equally destitute of 
 evidence. Arthur held his last lev^e on the after- 
 noon of his departure. Several hundreds were 
 present, collected from all parts of his Government. 
 He proceeded with the chief officers, civil and 
 military, to the beach, where the 21st Fusiliers 
 awaited him. Multitudes attended his progress ; 
 the wharf was crowded with spectators ; a hundred 
 boats surrounded the Government barge and 
 followed him to the ship. The vessels in the 
 harbour were decorated, and his numerous friends 
 gave the usual demonstrations of favour. In these 
 feelings many did not participate. Some followed 
 him with hisses and groans, others illuminated 
 their houses in token of joy. Some fell into the 
 hands of the police, overpowered by their excessive 
 gladness. Having gone through the ceremony of 
 embarkation, he returned to his office, and spent 
 the night in completing his last labours. Adverse 
 winds detained the vessel, and he passed the 
 Sabbath in sight of that country where his name 
 can never be forgotten, and where monuments more 
 durable than brass, formed by his care, will remain 
 to the end of time." 
 
 X. Governor Franklin. — Before the departure 
 of Arthur the brigade-major of the military dis- 
 trict, Lieutenant-Colonel Kenneth Snodgrass, C.B., 
 arrived at Hobart Town from Sydney. He was 
 sworn in as Acting-Lieutenant-Governor on 31st 
 October 1836. He had attained a military reputa- 
 tion in the Burmese war, of which he published 
 a narrative. He was cordially received and his 
 temporary relations were too brief to leave any 
 impression on colonial affairs. The appointment 
 of Sir John Franklin, Captain in the Boyal Navy, 
 and Knight of the Guelphic Order of Hanover, 
 was announced by Sir George Grey in the House 
 of Commons on the 13th April 1836. He was 
 
 accompanied by Captain Maconochie.late Secretary 
 of the Geographical Society, and one of the Pro- 
 fessors of the London University ; and by the 
 Rev. William Hutchins, in whose favour V.D.L. 
 was erected into an archdeaconry. Franklin 
 assumed the government on 6th January 1837. 
 The nomination of Franklin was acceptable 
 to the colony. His profession, his career and 
 character, were considered auspicious. He had 
 accompanied the illustrious Flinders on his voyage 
 of discovery, and was at Sydney when the first 
 party left that colony to colonise the island. 
 During thirty-four years he had himself obtained 
 great nautical renown ; his intrepidity, his suffer- 
 ings, his humanity and piety, had been often the 
 theme of popular admiration, and were not 
 unknown in Tasmania. The colonists were 
 resolved to give him an appropriate welcome. 
 He saw with astonishment the signs of wealth and 
 activity in a country which he only remembered 
 as a wilderness. Crowds followed him with 
 acclamations ; addresses couched in language of 
 eulogy and hope poured in from every district. The 
 progress of the Governor through the colony was 
 attended with feasting, balls, and public festivities. 
 On his entrance into Launceston he was escorted by 
 three hundred horsemen and seventy carriages ; 
 the streets were thronged ; the windows were 
 crowded by fair spectators who shared the general 
 enthusiasm. The private settlers received him with 
 unsparing hospitality ; he was both oppressed and 
 delighted with the signs of popular joy. The 
 hearty frankness of his replies was contrasted with 
 the official coldness ascribed to his predecessor. 
 He repeatedly reminded the colonists that although 
 ambitious of their favour the duties of his station 
 would probably oblige him to disappoint their 
 desires. He assured them that he came among 
 them without prejudice, and determined to "see 
 with his own eyes, hear with his own ears 
 and judge with his own judgment." On his 
 return to the seat of Government Franklin 
 addressed a despatch to Lord Glenelg, containing 
 an exulting description of his tour. He had seen 
 the colony in its holiday dress, and all parties had 
 mingled their acclamations. He depicted with 
 expressions of astonishment the easy circumstances 
 and general intelligence of the settlers, and 
 especially noticed their exertions to acquire reli- 
 gious and educational advantages. His Lordship 
 replied that this report confirmed his estimate 
 of Franklin's predecessor. In his first minute 
 to the Legislative Council Franklin pronounced 
 an eulogium on Arthur's services, and laid on the 
 table a despatch of the Secretary of State of similar 
 import. The feelings of personal respect with which 
 the people regarded Franklin were greatly increased 
 by the amiable and high-spirited character of his 
 wife. Lady Franklin possessed in her own right 
 a large private fortune, which she employed in the 
 most generous and kindly manner ; her counsel 
 and her wealth were ever ready to promote pros- 
 perity and alleviate sufferings. And yet in spite
 
 620 
 
 < Y( L"1\KI>IA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 of all this personal esteem the experience of the 
 new Governor among the colonists was far from 
 being agreeable. Before the arrival of Franklin 
 two nephews of Governor Arthur had been raised 
 to very high positions. One of them, Montagu, 
 was Chief Secretary ; and during his uncle's 
 government he had contrived to appropriate to 
 himself so great a share of power that Franklin, 
 on assuming office, was forced to occupy quite a 
 secondary position. By some of the colonists the 
 Governor was blamed for permitting the arbitrary 
 acts of the Chief Secretary; while on the other 
 hand he was bitterly denounced as an intermeddler 
 by the numerous friends of the ambitious Montagu, 
 who himself lost no opportunity of bringing the 
 Governor's authority into contempt ; and at length 
 went so far as to write him a letter containing — 
 amid biting sarcasm and mock courtesy — a state- 
 ment equivalent to a charge of falsehood. In 
 consequence of this he was dismissed ; but 
 Franklin, who considered Montagu to be a man of 
 ability, magnanimously gave him a letter to Lord 
 Stanley, recommending him for employment in 
 some other important position. This letter, being 
 conveyed to Stanley, was adduced by Montagu 
 as a confession from the Governor of the superior 
 ability and special fitness of the Chief Secretary 
 for his post. Lord Stanley ordered his salary to be 
 paid from the date of his dismissal ; and Franklin 
 had to submit to this insult to his authority. 
 After the cessation of transportation to N.S.W. in 
 1840 hopes were entertained that T. would like- 
 wise cease to be a penal settlement ; and, under 
 this impression, great numbers of emigrants arrived 
 in the colony. But, ere long, it became known 
 that T. was not only to continue as before a 
 receptacle for British felons ; but was, in fact, to 
 be made the only convict settlement, and was 
 destined to receive the full stream of criminals 
 that had formerly been distributed over several 
 colonies. The result was immediately disastrous 
 to the free settlers, for convict labour could be 
 obtained at very little cost, and wages therefore 
 fell to a rate so miserable that free labourers, not 
 being able to earn enough for the support of their 
 families, were forced to leave the island. Thus in 
 1844 whilst the arrival of energetic and hard- 
 working emigrants was adding greatly to the 
 prosperity of the other colonies, T. was losing its 
 free population, and was sinking more and more 
 into the degraded position of a convict station. 
 Lord Stanley, Secretary of State in 1842, proposed 
 a new plan for the treatment of convicts, according 
 to which they were to pass through various stages, 
 from a condition of absolute confinement to one 
 of comparative freedom ; and again, instead of 
 being all collected into one town, it was arranged 
 that they should be scattered throughout the 
 colony in small gangs. By this system, it was 
 intended that the prisoners should pass through 
 several periods of probation before they were set 
 at liberty ; and it was therefore called the Probation 
 Scheme. The great objection to it was that the 
 
 men could scarcely be superintended with due 
 precaution when they were scattered in so many 
 separate groups, and many of them escaped, 
 either to the bush or to the adjacent colonies. 
 At the time of Franklin's first visit to the northern 
 part of the island the comparative resources of 
 the two districts were as follows : — Launceston, 
 11,734 acres under cultivation, and 95,852 sheep ; 
 Hobart Town, 2769 acres, and 3107 sheep. The 
 total live stock in the colony numbered 745,556 
 sheep, 82,249 cattle, and 6459 horses ; with 69,662 
 acres in crop. Immediately the resources of 
 Launceston were known, its trade increased so 
 rapidly that it exceeded that of Hobart Town, 
 notwithstanding its being the seat of Government. 
 In 1838 the shipping numbered 188 vessels of 
 22,135 tons, carrying imports valued at £230,399, 
 and exports, £262,183. At this time the popula- 
 tion of Launceston was upwards of 8000 ; the 
 town contained two English churches, one Scotch 
 church, one Wesleyan chapel, one Independent 
 chapel, and one Koman Catholic chapel, besides 
 two schools for boys, two for girls, and one infant 
 school. The total population of T. in the same 
 year was :— Free, 23,040 ; convicts, 16,000. The 
 former were classed religiously as : — Church 
 of England, 16,000 ; Church of Scotland, 2500 ; 
 Church of Rome, 2250; Wesleyans, 1280; Inde- 
 pendents, 630 ; Baptists, 1 70 ; Quakers, 80, and Jews 
 130. Franklin had brought out with him as private 
 secretary Captain Maconochie, who had a benevo- 
 lent theory of his own, founded on the " mark " 
 system, and set himself to collect facts. In his 
 estimate of prisoners Maconochie, it is said, was 
 equally deceived by a generous confidence and by 
 his pity for human suffering. He embodied the 
 results in a report and sent it home to the Colonial 
 Office without having fully explained the contents 
 of the despatch to Franklin. On its publication 
 he was dismissed by the Governor, and stormy 
 discussions followed the charges made against the 
 settlers. Sir William Molesworth's select com- 
 mittee of the House of Commons had recommended 
 that transportation to N.S.W. and T. should cease. 
 It was determined to adopt a middle course, and 
 Norfolk Island was selected for the new experi- 
 ment. Maconochie was appointed by Governor 
 Gipps Commandant of the Island, "to test the 
 ideas he had propounded and to seek the success 
 he had foretold." At once he removed all outward 
 signs of the severest discipline. The gaol doors 
 were thrown open, the gaoler loitered before the 
 deserted prison, and the prisoners " yielded to the 
 spell of a transient enchantment." The "mark" or 
 reward system by which they could obtain freedom 
 by good behaviour was explained to them, and 
 they were exhorted and entreated in tones humane 
 even to tenderness. In May 1840, 1800 prisoners 
 on Norfolk Island were set for one day (the 
 Queen's Birthday) absolutely free to join in a 
 general festivity, at which sports and a theatrical 
 performance took place. Glees and songs were sung, 
 tobacco and rum were served out and three cheers
 
 TasJ 
 
 CVCLOPjEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 621 
 
 for Her Majesty and three for the Commandant rent 
 the air. No accident occurred — the gaol was entirely 
 unoccupied — no theft or disorder had disgraced the 
 day. " Its novelty gave to Maconochie's system the 
 air of delirium ; the disciplinarians of the ancient 
 regime raised their hands with astonishment." 
 But Franklin's expectations of a peaceable and 
 prosperous rule were doomed to disappointment — 
 the system of Machiavelian complication and 
 intrigue which at that time pervaded the conduct 
 of the Government hampered and baffled the 
 simple-hearted honest sailor, and left him the 
 victim of designing officials until the closing years 
 of his sojourn in T.,when he finally saw and broke 
 through the entanglements drawn round him by 
 covetous and evil counsellors. " His administra- 
 tion was eminently disinterested. He had no 
 private speculations or secret agents, and his 
 measures were free from both the taint and the 
 reproach of corruption." A contemporary writer 
 remarks : — " The constant efforts of Sir John and 
 Lady Franklin to arouse and foster a taste for 
 science, literature, or art were more often pro- 
 ductive of annoyance to themselves than of benefit 
 to the unambitious multitude. The coarse and 
 unmanly attacks made in some of the public papers 
 on Lady Franklin, whose kindness and ability, 
 even if not appreciated at their full value, ought 
 at least to have met with gratitude and respect, 
 were most disgraceful. Lady Franklin's attempts 
 to introduce evening parties in the conversazione 
 style were highly unpopular with the pretty 
 Tasmanians, who asked, ' Why could not Lady 
 Franklin have the military band in and the carpets 
 out, and give dances, instead of such stupid 
 preaching about philosophy and science and a 
 parcel of stuff that nobody could understand ? ' " 
 Many efforts had been made to obtain admission 
 for the public during the sittings of the Legislature. 
 The members had been long released from the 
 oath of secrecy, and their votes, and even the 
 substance of their speeches, were occasionally 
 known. Franklin determined to throw open the 
 doors of the Council Chamber in 1837, and 
 expressed a conviction that the freedom of public 
 discussion, founded on accurate knowledge, would 
 confirm the measures or correct the wanderings of 
 the Legislature. As the first sittings of the 
 Council, the novelty of the privilege secured an 
 attendance at the debates ; but the desultory and 
 heavy discussions soon tired the patience, and 
 members pointed with exultation or regret to 
 those deserted benches, where patriots had vowed 
 to watch the course of legislation. A bill was 
 introduced by Franklin, and passed into law in 
 November 1837, which authorised the Governor to 
 grant £300 to any congregation to provide a 
 parsonage, and £700 for the erection of a church, 
 or a sum not greater than the amount subscribed 
 by the people. It directed the issue of a salary 
 of £200 to any minister of the three churches 
 whose congregation should be ecmal to eighty 
 adults, or in towns to two hundred. The discussion 
 
 of this bill created considerable controversy ; 
 the ministers of the Church of England were 
 especially opposed to its latitudinarian aspect, and 
 Archdeacon Hutchins represented that the prin- 
 ciple was wholly untenable on Christian grounds. 
 Archdeacon Hutchins died suddenly in June 1841. 
 His estimable private character and clerical zeal 
 endeared his memory to many. The Hutchins 
 Grammar School was erected as an appropriate 
 memorial of his worth. The vacancy occasioned 
 by his demise suggested the establishment of the 
 diocese of T. This was founded by letters patent on 
 27th August 1842, when Dr. Francis Russell Nixon 
 was constituted first Bishop. In 1840 the Legis- 
 lative Council sanctioned the establishment of a 
 college and the erection of buildings. The cost was 
 variously estimated from £12,000. The Queen's 
 School, intended to be afterwards a preparatory 
 institution, was first formed. The denominational 
 leaning of the college awakened considerable 
 opposition. G. P. Gell, of Cambridge University, 
 was nominated principal of the college. The 
 Government, by the advice of Gell and the Arch- 
 deacon, selected New Norfolk as the college site. 
 On 6th November 1840 the foundation-stone was 
 laid by Franklin, assisted by the Members of 
 Council and heads of departments and Captains 
 Ross and Crozier of the Antarctic Expedition. 
 The year 1840 was the most prosperous year in the 
 history of V.D.L. The revenue rose to £183,000. 
 The imports were £988,000, and the exports 
 £867,000. The chief difficulties in Franklin's 
 official career were in ameliorating the condition 
 of the prisoners and dealing with the vast numbers 
 of those who were poured into the colony. In the 
 five years subsequent to 1840 nearly 20,000 persons 
 were transported to the colony. The smiling 
 aspect of the settlement underwent an entire 
 change, and " the old free settlers," says Sir 
 Charles Dilke in his Greater Britain, " will tell 
 you that the deadly shade of slave labour has not 
 blighted Jamaica more thoroughly than that of 
 convict labour has Van Diemen's Land." During 
 the first year of Franklin's administration nearly 
 14,000 snakes were killed in the island, and Lady 
 Franklin paid nearly £700 for their destruction. 
 The extensive land sales, combined with the demand 
 for labour, induced Franklin to promote immigra- 
 tion. A vessel was dispatched to Adelaide, where 
 many were suffering severe distress. The N.Z. emi- 
 grants were also dissatisfied, and many found their 
 way to colonies where wages were high. This course 
 was inconvenient, and excited great indignation 
 among employers in S.A., who prevailed on the 
 Government to pass a law intended to check emi- 
 gration to V.D.L. Franklin disapproved of these 
 methods of supplying the labour market, and pro- 
 posed to devote £60,000 for the introduction of suit- 
 able working families from Great Britain. By many 
 this movement was hailed with strong expressions 
 of approbation as a pledge of social elevation of the 
 working classes. The greater part of the settlers 
 appointed Henry Dowliug their agent ; and
 
 622 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 shiploads of emigrants were sent out in rapid suc- 
 cession. On their arrival a financial crisis reduced 
 their wages. The Home Government changed its 
 views, and resolved to continue transportation ; 
 the land fund, which had reached £50,000 in 1841, 
 rapidly declined ; and in 1843 Lord Stanley was 
 informed that for years to come little revenue 
 could be expected from the sale of land. The local 
 officers, unable to pay the charge, were induced 
 to dispute it, and they attempted to cast on the 
 agents of immigration the failure of plans dis- 
 allowed by the Commissioners. They evaded the 
 payment for one year. The claims of the shippers 
 were instantly allowed by the Secretary of State 
 with the usual interest, and Dowling, who had 
 been aspersed by the Local Government, was 
 amply vindicated by the Commissioners. The 
 Colonial Secretary charged him with' collusive 
 sale of his agency to London shippers, and a 
 fraud on the Colonial Treasury. Dowling pro- 
 tected his character by an appeal to the Supreme 
 Court, when Home the attorney-general admitted 
 that the imputation was unfounded, but succeeded 
 in convincing the jury that no malice is to be 
 inferred from the tenor of a libel when the 
 writer cannot be supposed to be influenced by 
 mere personal animosity. Dowling lost by his 
 agency more than a thousand pounds. An exceed- 
 ing useful class of emigrants arrived under the 
 Commissioners, who readily sanctioned the appli- 
 cations, regard being had to the equality of 
 the sexes. The Commissioners defended their 
 opposition to the plans of the local Government. 
 They asserted that private agents could never 
 select labourers sufficient to freight a ship ; and 
 they inferred that transferable orders for the 
 payment of bounty on the arrival of emigrants 
 would be either matters of traffic, or that private 
 persons, discouraged by the difficulties of their 
 task, would abandon it in despair. For two or 
 three years the emigrants were satisfied and 
 moderately prosperous. The subdivision of town 
 property was rapid. On every side small brick 
 tenements multiplied. Every mechanic aspired to 
 possess a dwelling of his own. But Lord Stanley's 
 system of probation rapidly told on the condition 
 of the workman. He stood aghast ; he persevered 
 for a time ; he appealed to the Government for 
 protection against convict competition. For one- 
 fourth its actual cost his property passed into the 
 hands of others ; in Launceston especially many 
 suburban neighbourhoods were deserted. The 
 emigrants brought out at so much public and 
 private cost were expelled to the adjacent settle- 
 ments, to begin the world anew. One of those 
 seasons of general distress to which small com- 
 munities are especially liable pervaded the entire 
 colonies (1841-4.) A variety of causes contributed 
 to augment its pressure, and to involve the whole 
 in commercial embarrassment. The imports of 
 WS.W. and V.D. I j. exceeding £20 per head; the 
 high price of grain, reaching 28s. per bushel ; 
 the enormous rate of interest, and the boundless 
 
 extravagance of credit and expense, produced 
 a convulsion all but universal. The measures 
 of the Government increased the pressure of these 
 difficulties. The land sales by auction at Port 
 Phillip were succeeded by the system of selling 
 on special surveys at £1 per acre, and he who one 
 year before had competed for his purchase found 
 the next section in the hands of his neighbour at 
 half the price he had given. The settlers in the 
 elder colonies had speculated deeply. Stock and 
 implements were transferred to the new country 
 under cover of credit. Competition raised the 
 value of bullocks to £30 per pair, of horses to £60, 
 of sheep to £2, the wages of servants to £50 per 
 annum. The Government had raised the minimum 
 price of land, and thus those who were entitled to 
 take up their surveys under a lower denomination 
 hastened their purchases with borrowed money. 
 The London merchants consigned immense quan- 
 tities of goods on speculation, which were poured 
 into the market ; the promissory notes of irres- 
 ponsible persons were taken by their agents ; the 
 fraudulent laid up for the crisis ; insolvent estates 
 were crowded into auctions ; goods sunk below 
 the expenses of the factor ; dividends of a few 
 shillings in the pound represented the assets of 
 persons indebted from £50,000 to £100,000 ; and 
 had not the chief losses finally rested with the 
 London merchants and the English banks the 
 disasters of the times must have long retarded 
 colonial prosperity. The effects of this revulsion 
 were soon felt in V.D.L., where peddling traders 
 had thriven in momentary credit by the union 
 of worthless names on their bills. As an instance 
 — one hundred bushels of wheat, sold ulti- 
 mately for £40, were transferred to a succession 
 of speculating purchasers, who raised among 
 them £1000 on credit of the exchange from one 
 to another. The Governments of the colonies 
 had exhibited remarkable miscalculation. In all, 
 the Treasury failed to meet the expenses. The 
 deposits formerly realised by land sales were with- 
 drawn from the banks. Debentures were issued ; 
 new taxes were imposed. The commercial panic 
 was in full career when the Crown renewed trans- 
 portation to V.D.L. ; and thousands and tens of 
 thousands of British offenders were gathered on 
 the island. The expenditure of the Govern- 
 ment, though large, was chiefly confined to the 
 Capital or fell into the hands of the merchants ; 
 but it is worthy of remark that, except one house 
 all who could pretend to that rank maintained 
 their position. The settlers were, however, deeply 
 involved. They were mostly induced to purchase 
 at the land sales by borrowed capital. They 
 complained bitterly of the usury, to which their 
 produce bore no comparison, and incessantly 
 invoked the Legislature to limit the exactions of 
 money-lenders. To aggravate these evils American 
 Hour poured into the colonial markets, drawing 
 their cash and rendering agriculture profitless. 
 The declarations of insolvency were daily. Whole 
 streets of mechanics and traders followed each
 
 Tas] 
 
 OTOLOP.BDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 623 
 
 other. A common liability to the same ordeal 
 introduced a system of dangerous license ; and 
 men walked away with their creditors' property 
 without molestation and almost without reproach. 
 The statistics of these times afford a memorable 
 warning to all : to the Government, that by 
 enticing people to purchase the land the general 
 revenue will suffer by their imprudence ; to the 
 banks, that by reckless advances capital will be 
 sacrificed for nominal assets ; and to British 
 merchants, that by glutting every store with 
 speculative consignments they render their exports 
 of no value— that they ruin the shopkeeper, whose 
 capital they destroy by the competition and sacri- 
 fice of their own. But the great resources of the 
 colonies soon manifested themselves. A settler at 
 Port Phillip discovered or applied the art of 
 boiling down the surplus stock, so as to produce 
 the tallow of commerce ; and sheep worth 2s. 6d. 
 rose to 8s. The discovery of the Burra Mines 
 raised Adelaide from deep prostration. The open- 
 ing of new tracts of country offered a vast field 
 for successful enterprise ; wool once more rose 
 in price ; the banks lowered their discounts to 
 a reasonable level ; the goods saved from the 
 general wreck appeared in the shops of those who 
 took the tide at its flow ; and every colony exhibited 
 the sign of returning vigour — all but V.D.L. 
 The last three years of Franklin's administration 
 were chiefly employed in arranging the details 
 of the system of convict discipline, afterwards 
 expanded by Lord Stanley to gigantic proportions, 
 and described sufficiently already in this history. 
 Accompanied by Lady Franklin, the Governor pene- 
 trated the western district of V.D.L. to Macquarie 
 Harbour, formerly a penal station, to ascertain its 
 fitness for a similar purpose, and some of the perils 
 of his early life were renewed. His absence for 
 several weeks awakened great anxiety, and his 
 return was greeted with a general welcome (1842.) 
 The appointment of Franklin to this Government 
 was made at the instance of William IV., by whom 
 he was greatly esteemed. It was the expectation 
 of Franklin to find an easy retreat, like some of 
 the military governments, where veterans enjoy 
 the dignity of office without its toils. But he 
 found himself doomed to encounter all the responsi- 
 bilities of ordinary legislation and government, 
 with difficulties peculiar to a penal colony. For 
 this his former pursuits had not prepared him. 
 His manner was often embarrassed and hesitating, 
 and presented a contrast to the quiet vigour of 
 his more able but not more amiable predecessor. 
 The colony had attained that development when 
 the public institutions require construction, and the 
 popular will must in some measure regulate their 
 form and spirit. The administration of the Gover- 
 nor was eminently disinterested. He had no private 
 speculations or secret agents, and his measures were 
 free from both the taint and the reproach of corrup- 
 tion. Such faults were sometimes imputed, but they 
 were the staple slanders of writers without credit 
 or name. His expenditure greatly exceeded his 
 
 official income; and while the plainness of his 
 establishment and entertainments was the topic of 
 thoughtless censure, the charities of his family 
 were scattered with a liberal hand. The piety of 
 Franklin was ardent, and his conscience scrupulous. 
 His remarks in council on the sports of some idle 
 boys in the government domain on the Lord's-day 
 exposed him to the satire of scorners. An anecdote, 
 on the authority of Captain Back, shows his 
 harmless character in a striking light. The writer 
 observes — "As an illustration of the excellent 
 individual to whom it refers, I may be pardoned 
 for introducing it here. It was the custom of 
 Franklin never to kill a fly, and though teased 
 with them beyond expression, especially when 
 taking observations, he would gently desist from 
 his work, and patiently blowed the half-gorged 
 intruder from his hands, saying, 'the world is wide 
 enough for both.' Manfelly (an Indian chief) could 
 not refrain from expressing his surprise that I 
 should be so unlike the ' old chief ' who would not 
 destroy a single mosquito." The name of Franklin 
 is indissolubly connected with the great problem 
 of modern geography — the connection of the Polar 
 Seas with the North Pacific Ocean. In 1818 he 
 was first employed in this service, but returned 
 without success. In 1820 he conducted an overland 
 expedition to the Coppermine River. This party 
 suffered every kind of hardship, from the loss of 
 boats and the mutiny of their attendants : several 
 perished, having eaten their old shoes and scraps 
 of leather : yet Franklin recorded in his journal 
 the following grateful expressions : — " We looked 
 to the great Author and Giver of all good for the 
 continuance of the support hitherto supplied in 
 our greatest need." They completed a journey of 
 5550 miles. The narrative of this expedition 
 excited at the time much admiration, as a rare 
 example of intrepidity, perseverance, and elevated 
 piety. In 1824 Franklin was entrusted with the 
 charge of another expedition. They were attacked 
 by the Indians, and the party was saved from 
 destruction by the coolness and judgment of the 
 leaders: they encountered storms, fogs, and cold, 
 which prevented their reaching their destination. 
 The efforts considerably enlarged the scientific 
 knowledge of the icy region. On his return to 
 England in 1843, it was to confide to Franklin a 
 new effort to discover the north-west passage. 
 Accompanied by Captain Crozier, he sailed in May 
 1845. The vessels — the Erebus and Terror — were 
 furnished with provisions and artificial fuel for 
 four years. They were last seen by whalers in 
 Lancaster's Sound. In 1847 the long absence of 
 Franklin and the 136 persons under his command 
 awakened considerable alarm. English expeditions, 
 both by land and water, a reward of £20,000 
 offered by Parliament, and the earnest co-opera- 
 tion of foreign Powers, did all that money, or 
 daring, or affection could accomplish to solve the 
 mystery of their fate. Though these efforts were 
 not relinquished for years, the issue ceased to 
 be regarded with hope ; except by Lady Franklin,
 
 624 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 whose exertions to rouse and prolong the search 
 excited the sympathy and admiration uf nations. 
 XI. Governor Wilmot. — Sir John Eardley Eardley- 
 Wilmot, Bart., succeeded Sir John Franklin on 21st 
 August 1843. His short and troubled administra- 
 tion, although crowded with incident, presents few 
 events of permanent interest. Charged with the 
 development of a gigantic scheme of penal dis- 
 cipline, founded on erroneous data, and imperfectly 
 sustained by material resources, he was involved 
 in the discredit of its failure ; whilst some persons 
 whose vanity he had not cared to conciliate, and 
 others whose hypocrisy his ready wit had unveiled, 
 conspired for his undoing, and by covert innuendo 
 and malicious fabrications which obtained credu- 
 lous attention instead of indignant rebuke from 
 Mr. Gladstone, then Secretary for the Colonies, 
 the cruel scheme succeeded, and destroyed its 
 victim ere the truth could be declared. Wilmot 
 received his appointment from Lord Stanley, 
 whose political leadership he followed in his seces- 
 sion from the whigs, occasioned by the reduction 
 of the Irish church. During successive Parlia- 
 ments he represented Warwickshire, and for twenty 
 years was the Chairman of the Quarter Sessions 
 of that county — in England a post of some con- 
 sequence. He inclined rather to the Liberal than 
 the Tory section of the House, and supported most 
 measures favourable to civil and religious freedom. 
 On the question of negro slavery he was a coadjutor 
 of the decided abolitionists, and on his motion 
 apprenticeship, a milder form of slavery, was 
 finally terminated. He contributed papers on 
 prison discipline, and initiated a bill for the sum- 
 mary trial of juvenile offenders. Thus he appeared 
 not unqualified to preside in a colony where penal 
 institutions constituted the main business of 
 government, and where many religious opinions 
 divide the population. Wilmot landed at a dis- 
 tance from Hobart Town, and delayed his entrance 
 on office to afford time for removal of Franklin's 
 household. When he was sworn in, the town 
 illuminated, and the usual excitement of novelty, 
 wore the appearance of public welcome. The open 
 and affable address of the Governor attracted the 
 people. He rapidly traversed the island. The 
 agricultural knowledge he possessed, his prompti- 
 tude in forming and expressing opinions, contrasted 
 with the habits and manners of his predecessor. 
 Those who were experienced in official life foresaw 
 the dangers of a temper so free and of move- 
 ments so informal. The opponents of the late 
 Governor recommended the neglect of all the 
 distinctions which had limited intercourse, and 
 some persons never before seen at Government 
 House were admitted to the closet, and boasted 
 of their intimacy and influence. Scarcely had 
 Wilmot entered office when an exercise of mercy 
 brought him into collision with one of the 
 judges. Kavanagh, a notorious bushranger, was 
 condemned to death ; he had fired on a settler, 
 whose house he attempted to pillage. In giving 
 sentence the judge remarked that he had seldom 
 
 tried a culprit stained with so great an aggregate 
 of crime. Ten minutes before the time appointed 
 for his execution the Governor granted a reprieve. 
 Judge Montagu was indignant, and those who had 
 suffered by the depredations of the robber shared 
 in his feeling. The press, in commenting on 
 the commutation, predicted that the culprit would 
 not long escape the scaffold. He was implicated 
 in the murders of Norfolk Island, and suffered 
 death in 1846. Judge Montagu shortly after the 
 reprieve tried four men for a similar crime, and 
 instead of pronouncing sentence directed death 
 to be recorded. He stated that the sparing of 
 Kavanagh could only be justified by the almost 
 total abolition of capital punishment. At a meet- 
 ing of the Midland Agricultural Association 
 Wilmot noticed these reflections, and declared that 
 he would never inflict death in consideration of 
 offences not on the records of the court, and that 
 in this case robbery only had been proved. He 
 thus early complained of anonymous attacks, and 
 admitted that in offering these explanations he was 
 outstepping the line of his situation. Topics of a 
 far more agreeable nature were suggested by the 
 special business of the day. He dwelt with great 
 fluency on the advantages of agriculture, and dilated 
 on the importance of independent tenants and an 
 industrious peasantry. " You," he observed, " are to 
 consider yourselves as the column of a lofty pillar ; 
 but, depend upon it, a tenantry form the pedestal 
 — a virtuous, moral, and industrious peasantry the 
 foundation on which that pillar rests. I see around 
 me some of your largest proprietors, who this day 
 are lords of wastes and princes of deserts, but who, 
 if the system of tenantry be carried out as fully 
 as it deserves, will become patriarchs ; and the 
 future Russells, Cavendishes, and Percys of the 
 colony may be proud to date their ancestry from 
 any one of you." This strain of compliment was 
 returned by Mr. Kemp, the oldest of the settlers 
 — so many years before distinguished in the deposi- 
 tion of Governor Bligh. He congratulated the 
 meeting on the appointment of His Excellency, 
 whose presence he compared to "the vivifying 
 rays of the sun after a long cheerless winter, 
 encouraging the ploughman to resume his labours 
 with fresh spirit." The prevalence of bushranging, 
 though far less than at an earlier period, induced 
 the midlanders to project a yeomanry corps. They 
 were to provide weapons, meet for exercise, and 
 always stand prepared to answer a summons. 
 They proceeded to the choice of a treasurer and 
 secretary — Messrs. Reach and Leake, junior. They 
 were however informed that the levying of armed 
 men is the prerogative of the Queen. On reference 
 to the Governor he declined to sanction their 
 incorporation, while he praised their martial spirit. 
 Bushrangers rarely move in numbers, and a military 
 is not the kind of power best adapted to suppress 
 them. On meeting his council on 21st October 
 1843, Wilmot expressed his admiration of the 
 colony, its soil, its climate, and immense resources. 
 He promised to consider the pecuniary difficulties
 
 Tas] 
 
 r\CU>PMDl\ OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 625 
 
 of the settlers, with a view to their alleviation. 
 Referring to the appointment of a Comptroller- 
 General, the chief officer of the convict department, 
 he declared his cordial concurrence with the new 
 discipline as a reformatory system ; and, noticing 
 the recent arrival of a bishop, he avowed his 
 preference for the Episcopal Church, and in still 
 stronger terms his attachment to religious liberty 
 and equality. The salary of the Governor was 
 augmented to £4000 per annum ; the former 
 uncertain but expensive allowances were with- 
 drawn. Franklin had enjoyed £2000 per annum 
 as salary, and the Government houses of Hobart 
 Town, New Norfolk, and Launceston, a farm at 
 New Town, and a large garden in the domain. The 
 salary of the new Governor was given in full 
 discharge of all demands. The beautiful gardens 
 he determined to throw open to the public. 
 Having accepted the office of President, Wilmot 
 convened the Tasmanian Society, formed by 
 Franklin, and presented a series of alterations in 
 its organisation. He proposed that it should 
 consist of a president, four vice-presidents, and a 
 council of twelve, to be nominated by the Governor ; 
 and that at first it should be limited to fifty fellows. 
 The project was distasteful to the original members 
 of the Tasmanian Society, who objected to the 
 summary increase of their body. Wilmot pro- 
 ceeded to incorporate those who concurred with 
 his views as "The Horticultural and Botanical 
 Society of Van Diemen's Land." They were then 
 entrusted with the Government garden, and the 
 appropriation of a grant of £400 per annum 
 required for its cultivation. Wilmot received the 
 Government in a condition most unfavourable to 
 his tranquillity. The arrival of many thousands 
 of prisoners had for a time quickened trade, and 
 some months elapsed before they became competi- 
 tors for the bread of the free mechanics. The 
 universally low price of labour, the demand for 
 dwellings, and the closing of a local branch, which 
 liberated small capitals, occasioned a competition 
 for town allotments, and set all classes to building. 
 But this stimulus was soon exhausted, and work- 
 men of every grade began to suffer distress. They 
 found hundreds of passholders working at a price 
 to them indeed ample, but on which a family 
 would starve. The regulations introduced by Lord 
 John Russell discouraged employments of prisoners 
 in the towns, where they could easily indulge every 
 evil inclination, and where they abated the value 
 and respectability of labour ; but such was the 
 pressure of numbers on the colonial Government 
 that its officers were glad to abandon all reforma- 
 tory theories to get rid of the crowds which idled 
 their time and burdened the British treasury. The 
 free operative class appealed to the Government 
 for redress. Wilmot replied by appeals to their 
 humanity ; he said that many prisoners of the 
 Crown, influenced by bad example, ignorance, and 
 want, had lost their liberty ; that it would be 
 unkind and unjust to obstruct their progress to 
 competence and reformation. These excuses for a 
 
 policy which tended to depress honest workmen 
 only convinced them that it was time to retire 
 from the country. A more powerful class might 
 have shown that the proper office of mercy is to 
 shorten the duration of a sentence, and not to inflict 
 punishment on unoffending families of freemen. 
 A party of colonists chose Gilbert Robertson 
 as their secretary, and formed an association 
 to promote the amelioration of financial embar- 
 rassment. They nominated a "central committee," 
 to prepare information for the guidance of the 
 Government, and to watch over legislation. The 
 difficulties of the agriculturists from the low price 
 of grain 'induced them to look for artificial relief. 
 With too much facility Wilmot gave hopes which 
 he could not realise. The imposition of a heavy 
 duty on N.S.W. tobacco, amounting to prohibition, 
 and that just as it was reaching considerable per- 
 fection, led to the imposition of a duty on grain. 
 It was the wish of the Tasmanian settlers to 
 restore free-trade between the colonies, and to 
 impose discriminating duties on the produce of 
 foreign countries ; but the harsh and ridiculous 
 system of colonial Government, which discrimi- 
 nated between Australian and Canadian grain, 
 compelled one British colony to treat another, its 
 next neighbour, as an alien, and that while 
 England demanded free admittance for English 
 manufactures. The peremptory instructions of 
 Lord Stanley were conveyed to the local governors 
 in terms of intimidation. They were forbidden 
 to allow any kindred colony the least advantage 
 over foreigners, or to pass any Bill for that purpose, 
 and were told that any evasion of this restriction 
 would occasion the high displeasure of the Crown. 
 The reason alleged for this interference was that 
 colonies could not be expected to understand the 
 treaties and trading systems of the parent state ; 
 as if any treaty should have hindered a commerce 
 actually not more distant than the trade between 
 London and Liverpool. Wilmot warmly espoused 
 the claim of the Australian Colonies to share 
 in the privilege of Canada, in favour of which 
 the duties had been relaxed on colonial grain. 
 Mr. Hutt brought their petitions before the 
 attention of the Imperial Parliament ; but he 
 could not plead a political necessity, and the 
 ministers were able to resist without the risk 
 of a rebellion. They asserted that the dis- 
 tance made the concession of no practical value, 
 while it would tend to augment the alarm of the 
 English farmers. Thus, while they humoured the 
 empty fears of their own constituents, they afforded 
 another example of the futility of colonial petitions 
 which however just it is convenient to disregard. 
 To benefit the rural interest the Governor pro- 
 posed a grand scheme of irrigation. An eminent 
 engineer, Major Cotton, was employed to report 
 on the subject, and suggested the detention of the 
 waters of the vast lakes which overflow from the 
 heights of the western mountains. A rate to be 
 imposed on the various estates was to discharge 
 the cost. Thus in those seasons of drought which 
 
 fi
 
 626 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 sometimes occur the low lands would be most 
 increasingly fertile. The immediate object — the 
 employment of probation labour at the colonial 
 cost — detracted something from the charms of the 
 project. Nor did it seem just that the settlers 
 should risk the ultimate cost of an undertaking 
 they could not limit. Wilmot earnestly recom- 
 mended the scheme to the Home Government, but 
 Lord Stanley hesitated until the evils of the pro- 
 bation system enforced a change, and lessened the 
 labour at the disposal of the Crown. Had the 
 men been employed on a work so popular they 
 would have been withdrawn from the colonial eye, 
 and the interest of their new labours might have 
 extinguished the prevailing discontent. But while 
 the Governor waited for instructions the men 
 were idle, or employed in useless attempts at culti- 
 vation on barren land, of which the produce rarely 
 defrayed the cost of the implements destroyed. 
 In 1836 Mr. Spring Rice (afterwards Lord 
 Monteagle) took advantage of a considerable local 
 land fund to throw on the Council the police 
 establishment of the colony occasioned by trans- 
 portation. The sum then required (£14,000) was 
 comparatively unimportant, and it was urged that 
 the labour of convicts employed on public works 
 at the cost of Great Britain, except £4000 for 
 superintendence, was a sufficient compensation. 
 But the charge for constabulary and prisons 
 gradually increased to £36,000. The land fund, 
 after deducting £97,000 expended for emigration, 
 for the support of the aborigines, and the working 
 of the land office, yielded in ten years a surplus 
 of £207,000 carried to the general revenue ; but 
 during this time the charge for police and gaols 
 exceeded £311,000. The increase of judicial 
 expenses, and especially of witnesses, was propor- 
 tionately great ; and this last item in one year 
 (1846) although most lighter crimes were disposed 
 of in a summary way, rose to £6000. The 
 execution of public winks by the Crown had been 
 the sole vindication of these charges. From this 
 arrangement Lord Stanley departed, and in per- 
 emptory terms prohibited a spade to be moved 
 but on payment from the colonial treasury. 
 Thus at a season of commercial stagnation the 
 benefit of convict labour was withdrawn, while 
 the charges for police and gaols rose to one- 
 third of the entire revenue of the colony, and in 
 two years and a-half a debt accumulated to 
 £100,000. Notwithstanding the obvious injustice 
 of this burden, the treatment of the N.S.W. legis- 
 lature gave slighl hope of redress. Lord Stanley 
 directed SiiCroi-r < lipps to obviate the threatened 
 
 resistance of thai c icil by hastening pardons to 
 
 the prisoners, by withdrawing them from the ser- 
 vice of the settlers, and by sending those nol 
 arise disposable to V.D.L. He was forbidden 
 to relieve i Bnancial difficulties bj drafts on 
 
 iw fr the military chest, although 
 
 at the period an ii nse body of convicts remained 
 
 long aftei transportation had ceased. The dis- 
 ci "> 'e powerful colony led the people 
 
 of V.D.L. to infer that from a minister so unscru- 
 pulous no justice could be expected while evasion 
 was possible. Wilmot was deeply embarrassed, 
 but he determined to adhere to the instructions of 
 the Secretary for State, whose distance prevented 
 his perceiving the hopelessness of his project until 
 that discovery was unavailing. The positive nature 
 of these injunctions left no room for discretion. 
 The Governor was commanded not to adopt any 
 detailed regulations at variance with the scheme 
 prescribed by the Crown, or to depart from its 
 provisions without express authority. Wilmot 
 resolved that the utmost extent of taxation 
 should be tried rather than infringe the orders 
 of Lord Stanley. A bill to raise the duties on 
 sugar, teas, and foreign goods from £5 to £15 
 per cent, encountered an earnest but unavailing 
 opposition. The bill was still more obnoxious 
 from a clause, afterwards abandoned to levy the 
 duty on the current value of goods at the market 
 of consumption, instead of export, a mode which 
 taxed all the expenses of shipment. Mr. Gregson 
 proposed the rejection of an impost required 
 only by the extraordinary pressure of convictism. 
 Several of the non-official members voted with the 
 Governor for the last time. A committee of the 
 Council had been appointed to ascertain how the 
 expenditure could be reduced and the revenue 
 augmented. They enumerated various forms in 
 which further taxation might be practicable. These 
 were proposed by the Governor, Auctioneers, 
 pawnbrokers, publicans, butchers, eating-house 
 keepers, stage-coach and steam-boat proprietors, 
 cabmen, and watermen, were to be subject to 
 new or increased license fees. This project 
 aroused the people to an unusual degree. On 
 the day of public meeting a procession of cabs 
 and waggons, decorated with flags bearing the 
 inscription, " No taxation without representa- 
 tion," presented a novelty in colonial agitation. 
 Mr. Kemp the veteran politician presided. The 
 opposition prevailed, and the Governor resolved 
 to withdraw the obnoxious measure. It would 
 be difficult to discern a line beyond which 
 taxation might not pass, if every trade and 
 profession can be subject to arbitrary imposts 
 levied by a legislature at the mere dictation of the 
 Crown. So late as August 1844 the Secretary for 
 State refused to entertain the claim for relief. He 
 stated that the colony would be obliged to expend 
 a sum nearly equal although all the convicts were 
 withdrawn ; for their sakes, he said, the island 
 was colonised; they constituted the working popu- 
 lation ; and, he added, that in the military and 
 naval protection, the support of the unemployed 
 convict, and the capital and cheap labour poured 
 into the colony, a fair proportion of expenditure 
 was borne by the Crown. Pressed by extraordinary 
 difficulties Wilmot again urged the injustice of 
 tlese conclusions. He complained that not only 
 India, China, and the Cape of Good Hope, but 
 KT.S.W. were pouring in felons of the worst des- 
 cription, who as pass-holders occasioned a vast
 
 TasJ 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRAL AM L 
 
 (,_'-, 
 
 outlay for the suppression of crime. He told his 
 lordship that for several years the land fund had 
 totally failed, while the expenses of police and 
 gaols, of judges and witnesses, had risen to £3( 1,1 « H '. 
 At this time the number of arrivals was 5000 
 annually, sent from every colony and dependency 
 of the empire, as well as from the United Kingdom. 
 There were between 3000 and 4000 pass-holders 
 unemployed, 7000 in private service, 6000 about to 
 emerge from the gangs, 80( 10 with tickets-of-leave or 
 conditional pardons, and in all more than 3< >,' « * ' 
 unqualified to quit the island without the consent 
 of the Crown. It had been publicly rumoured that 
 rather than allow the Appropriation Act to pass, 
 several members had resolved to resign. Captain 
 Swanston, less prominent in opposition, waited on 
 the Governor and earnestly advised him to forward 
 another set of estimates prepared by Captain 
 Swanston for the approval of the Secretary of 
 State. He warned him that should he persevere 
 a rupture would inevitably follow. In this inter- 
 view the Governor expressed his determination to 
 proceed. He forgot, it would seem, some of those 
 forms of civility which no man can safely neglect, 
 and Captain Swanston left him with a sense of 
 personal affront — an immedicable wound. In this 
 temper the Council met on 3rd October. Gregson 
 called the attention of the members to a question 
 submitted to Mr. Francis Smith, a barrister : 
 Whether as chairman of a committee, the Governor 
 had a deliberative and casting vote, and whether 
 the quorum required by law at a meeting of the 
 Council was requisite in committee ; and thus 
 whether the estimates were legally passed through 
 the committee, the numbers present being less 
 than one-third, and the Governor giving his double 
 vote. Smith gave his opinion that the estimates 
 were in law rejected instead of carried ; but the 
 Chief Justice considered the sitting of committee 
 merely a convenient method to sift beforehand 
 items afterwards to receive a legal sanction in 
 the Council. The Attorney-General without notice 
 was unprepared to give an opinion, and a motion 
 of Gregson for delay was lost. The Colonial 
 Secretary then moved the third reading of the 
 obnoxious bill, when Dry rose to read a minute, 
 signed by the members in opposition, objecting to 
 the proceedings. This being rejected as irregular, 
 Gregson proposed that the third reading should 
 be delayed, that the members dissenting might 
 bring forward other estimates. In urging this 
 motion he rebutted the " disloyal " imputation, 
 and referred the Governor to the unity existing in 
 the country party in proof that inevitable necessity 
 alone had prompted the co-operation of persons 
 otherwise adverse. This motion being lost before 
 the Appropriation Act could be carried, the Oppo- 
 sition quitted the Council. Those remaining did 
 not constitute a quorum, and the legislative session 
 was abruptly terminated. The Q-azettt of the 
 4th November announced that Charles Swanston, 
 Michael Fenton, John Kerr, William Kermode, 
 Thomas G. Gregson, and Richard Dry had resigned 
 
 their seats. The cause of the " patriotic six," as 
 they were called, was eagerly espoused by the 
 colony. To supply the vacancies which were 
 occasioned by their retirement was the labour of 
 weeks. The Governor defended himself from 
 
 the charge of despotism, and declared that he 
 would never interrupt the freedom of debate or 
 attempt to force the compliance of the Council. 
 The opposition press held up to scorn those 
 disposed to accept a nomination, and gentle- 
 men who did so were assailed with scandalous 
 abuse — so easily is the noblest cause degraded by 
 its friends. A more suitable expression of popular 
 feeling was given on the return of Dry to his native 
 town. He was escorted by a large concourse of 
 people, and with all the usual tokens of public 
 esteem. The father of Dry was exiled during the 
 political troubles of Ireland in the last century, 
 and after a respectable career attained considerable 
 wealth. The son, the first legislator chosen from 
 the country born, the colonists saw with pleasure 
 consecrate himself to the cause of his native laud. 
 Gregson, the leader of the Opposition, was honoured 
 in a more substantial form. A body of his admirers 
 by contributions of large amounts raised a testi- 
 monial in the shape of 2000 guineas and plate with 
 a suitable inscription. On no previous occasion 
 had public sympathy so attended political contro- 
 versy ; and never was the legislative freedom of 
 the country more earnestly desired. A bill for 
 electing commissioners of paving and lighting for 
 the city of Hobart passed the Council in August 
 1846, and although disliked as an indirect scheme 
 of taxation, was not unpopular. The first election 
 under it occasioned a keen competition and con- 
 siderable excitement. It was the first instance of 
 representation, but the bill made no provision for 
 a scrutiny, and a returning officer declared the 
 poll against the protests of the defeated candidates. 
 In closing the session (September 1845) Wilmot 
 announced his recall. Although not usual then to 
 address the Council, he stated that he could not 
 permit the members to disperse without acknow- 
 ledging their assistance. A delusion for a time 
 might expose a public man to popular injustice; 
 but however misjudged, either during his lifetime, 
 or after death, his character would require no 
 other vindication than the truth would afford. He 
 informed them that his recall was not occasioned 
 by his differences with the late members, but was 
 ascribed to an imputed neglect of the moral and 
 religious welfare of the prisoners ; and he added 
 that the memory of their kindness would remain 
 with him during the short remainder of his life. 
 In his last address to the Council Wilmot alluded 
 to the benign influence of time on a slandered 
 reputation. This WES soon after explained. 
 Secretary Gladstone had accompanied the recall 
 with a private letter which stated that rumours 
 reflecting on the Governor's moral character had 
 reached the Colonial Office of a nature to hinder 
 his future employment. Nothing specific was 
 stated, and no clue to enquiry given. Rumours
 
 628 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTHALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 had long been current, and they were spread with 
 activity. The Atlas, a, Sydney journal, compared 
 the Governor to the Tyrant of Capreae, and 
 referred to his private habits with expressions 
 of disgust. Remarks of a similar tendency 
 appeared in a London periodical. It stated that 
 the conduct of Wilmot excluded the respectable 
 inhabitants of Hobart from his society, and made 
 it impossible for ladies to enter his house. This 
 was instantly rebutted by Sir John Pedder and 
 other official persons, who declared their entire 
 disbelief in these charges. Wilmot conjured 
 Gladstone to state the time, place, and circum- 
 stances, and the names of his accusers, and the 
 exact nature of their imputations. In reply, he 
 observed that the persons who mentioned these 
 rumours did not profess to support their credit by 
 any statement of particulars, but to found them 
 on general notoriety. He added, that it " was not 
 in his power to convey what he had not received." 
 No Governor was more unfortunate in his political 
 position. He could only tax and restrain. There 
 was nothing in his gift. To the substantial diffi- 
 culties of the people around him he was unable to 
 offer more than those general assurances which 
 often exasperate rather than console. The state 
 of religious parties increased his disquiet. He 
 had to adjust the claims of churches to spiritual 
 authority. In declining to erect ecclesiastical 
 courts, Wilmot not only gratified many, but he 
 followed the direction of his legal advisers. 
 Wilmot, like most governors, considered himself 
 the servant of the Crown, restrained in his dis- 
 cretion by absolute and specific instructions. Had 
 Lord Stanley acted with prudence he would have 
 left much to Wilmot's judgment; but just before 
 he had dilated with vast perspicacity on the 
 tendency of governors to act in behalf of the 
 colonists, to forget Imperial interests, to misapply 
 the funds and pervert the labour belonging to the 
 Crown. The precision of his injunctions left no 
 alternative but to obey. Had Wilmot at once 
 declared the impracticability of Lord Stanley's 
 schemes he might have been re-called, but the 
 responsibility of an utter failure would have rested 
 with his chief. The interested reports of his 
 subordinate officers unfortunately enabled him to 
 hold out hopes of success, which were never 
 realised, and to furnish an excuse for his con- 
 demnation. The Governor was impatient of con- 
 tradiction. He had been accustomed to debate ; 
 but the sarcasm which falls harmless on the floor 
 of St. Stephen's Chapel in a colony cut to the 
 bone. He forgot that the head of a government 
 can hardly say too little of men or measures. In 
 a conflict of words, to an executive chief victory 
 and defeat are alike pernicious. The usual order had 
 been given that the Governor, during his residence 
 in the colony, should enjoy the complimentary 
 distinctions of office. It was commonly understood 
 that his stay would bo prolonged ; but he died 
 soon after his retirement, on 3rd February 1847, 
 in the sixty-fourth year of his age. The treatment 
 
 he had received from the Colonial Office, and 
 his death far from the honoured sepulchre of 
 his fathers and the scenes of his early political 
 fame produced a general sentiment of regret. All 
 the houses of business showed marks of mourning. 
 A public funeral attended by the administrator and 
 the newly -arrived Governor was thronged by the 
 citizens. An ornamented Gothic tomb was erected 
 in St. David's Burial Ground to the memory of 
 Wilmot by subscription. It stands near the high- 
 way. His remains were interred close to the tomb 
 of Collins. Charles Joseph La Trobe, Esq., Super- 
 intendent of the Port Phillip district, and sub- 
 sequently first Governor of Victoria, superseded 
 Wilmot (13th October 1846.) During his short 
 stay as "administrator" he was employed in a 
 careful scrutiny of the probation department. 
 In performing this difficult duty he displayed 
 exemplary activity and decision. He resolved to 
 remove every officer chargeable with incapacity 
 or neglect, and thus many were dismissed. 
 This promptitude exposed him to imputations 
 of harshness ; but although it is probable he 
 did not wholly escape errors of judgment the 
 chief acts of his administration were amply vin- 
 dicated by the facts he saw. The opinions he 
 expressed sustained the colonial impressions 
 respecting the convict system. While he sug- 
 gested many improvements in its details he 
 concurred with the general wish for its extinction. 
 Latrobe never met the Legislative Council ; and 
 his Government being limited to the established 
 routine left nothing to record. 
 
 XL Governor Denison. — Sir William Denisou, 
 captain in the corps of Eoyal Engineers, succeeded 
 Wilmot on 26th January 1847. He brought with 
 him a high reputation for professional ability and 
 administrative capacity. His arrival was welcomed 
 by the better class of colonists as the inauguration 
 of a new state of society. From his profession as 
 an engineer acquainted with the construction of 
 public works, he directed his attention chiefly to 
 the improvement of Hobart Town and of the 
 penal establishments throughout the island so as 
 to employ the prisoner's labour, which was being 
 rejected by the free colonists for that of the immi- 
 grants who were arriving in great numbers. In 
 his effort he was most successful in utilising that 
 labour for the benefit of the colony and for the 
 convicts themselves. For example : — In Hobart 
 Town he planned some docks, to be cut out of the 
 government reserved lands and regulated the labour 
 of the prisoners so that the active and well disposed 
 men could lessen their term of punishment by 
 industry. For this purpose he estimated what 
 was a fair amount of work to be done in a day 
 under the old system and all above that went to 
 the credit of the labourer in reducing his time of 
 imprisonment or labour on government works. 
 Moreover he gave those men a certificate of good 
 character, if they were entitled to a ticket of leave, 
 so that they might the sooner obtain remunerative 
 employment. The effect of this system was to get
 
 Tas] 
 
 I'M 'Lol'.KKIA 'il AVSTKALAS1A. 
 
 629 
 
 on with such works as the docks quicker than it 
 could have been executed by free paid labour. 
 The material result was beneficial to the colony 
 at large and the government in particular, who 
 thereby sooner got rid of the men who were con- 
 suming the public stores. Soon after Denison's 
 arrival an order came out from the Home Govern- 
 ment for the re-instatement of the " Patriotic 
 Six." The colonists encouraged by this conces- 
 sion vigorously set to work to obtain their two 
 great desires — namely, government by elective 
 parliaments and the abolition of transportation. 
 It was found that between the years 1846 and 
 1850 more than 25,000 convicts had been brought 
 into the colony ; free immigration had ceased and 
 the number of convicts in the colony was nearly 
 double the number of free men. In all parts of 
 the world, if it became known that a man had 
 come from V.D.L., he was looked on with the 
 utmost distrust and suspicion, and he was shunned 
 as contaminated. On behalf of the colonists, a 
 gentleman named McLachlan went to London 
 for the purpose of laying before Gladstone the 
 grievances under which they suffered ; at the same 
 time, within the colony, Pitcairn strenuously 
 exerted himself to prepare petitions against trans- 
 portation, and to forward them to the Imperial 
 authorities. These representations were favourably 
 received, and in a short time Denison received 
 orders to inquire whether it was the unanimous 
 desire of the people of T. that transportation should 
 cease entirely. The question was put to all the 
 magistrates of the colony, who submitted it to the 
 people in public meetings. The discussion was 
 warm, and party feeling ran high. There were 
 some who had been benefited by the trade and the 
 English subsidies which convicts brought to the 
 colony, and there were others who desired, at all 
 hazards, to retain the cheap labour of the liberated 
 convicts. These exerted themselves to maintain 
 the system of transportation ; but the great body 
 of the people were determined on its abolition, and 
 the answer returned by every meeting expressed 
 the same unhesitating sentiment — transportation 
 ought to be abolished entirely. Accordingly, it 
 was not long before the colonists were informed by 
 the Governor that transportation should in a short 
 time be discontinued. But Earl Grey was now 
 preparing another scheme for the treatment of 
 convicts ; he wished to scatter them in small bands 
 over all the British colonies, instead of concen- 
 trating them into one small island. In this way 
 T. would receive a much smaller number ; whilst 
 he expected that the colonies would gladly avail 
 themselves of the proffered convict labour. Put 
 the promise which he had now given to the Tas- 
 manians was made before he had considered 
 whether it was possible to keep it. Ships filled 
 with convicts were sent out to the various colonies, 
 but the prisoners were not allowed to land. In 
 1849 the Randolph appeared at Port Phillip Heads ; 
 but the people of Melbourne forbade the captain 
 to enter. He paid no attention to the order, and 
 
 sailed up the Bay to Williamstown. But when he 
 was preparing to land the convicts he perceived 
 among the colonists signs of resistance so stern 
 and resolute that he was glad to take the advice of 
 Governor Latrobe and sail for Sydney. But in 
 Sydney also the arrival of the convicts was viewed 
 with the most intense disgust. The inhabitants 
 held a meeting on the Circular Quay, in which 
 they protested very vigorously against the renewal 
 of transportation to N.S.W. W.A. alone accepted 
 its share of the convicts ; and we have seen how 
 the reputation of that colony suffered in conse- 
 quence. The vigorous protest of the other colonies 
 had procured their immunity from this evil in its 
 direct form ; but many of the "ticket-of -leave men" 
 found their way to V. and N.S.W., which were 
 therefore all the more inclined to assist the Tas- 
 manians in likewise throwing off the burden. A 
 grand Anti-Transportation League was formed in 
 1851 ; and the inhabitants of all the colonies banded 
 themselves together to force the Home Govern- 
 ment to emancipate V.D.L. Immediately after 
 this, the discovery of gold greatly assisted the 
 efforts of the League, because the British Govern- 
 ment perceived that prisoners could never be con- 
 fined in the colony, when by escaping from it and 
 mixing with the crowds on the gold-fields they 
 might in a few days make their fortunes ; and there 
 was now reason to suppose that banishment to 
 Australia would be rather sought than shunned. 
 The gold discoveries in N.S.W. and V. attracted 
 both free and bond from the colony, which sub- 
 tracted further elements of capital and labour 
 from its resources. Many of the most wealthy 
 and enterprising merchants left Hobart Town and 
 Launceston for Melbourne, where they ultimately 
 became leading men in commercial circles. The 
 proximity of Launceston to Port Phillip rendered 
 the communication quicker and easier than with 
 the neighbouring chief ports on the mainland. 
 Moreover as it was the port of the grain districts 
 of T., and the demand increased in Melbourne 
 beyond all local supplies, the farmers in the sur- 
 rounding country obtained high prices for their 
 produce, and the traffic across Bass Straits was 
 daily increased, both by sailing vessels and steamers. 
 Besides agricultural produce, there was a large 
 traffic in timber for building purposes and the 
 construction of wharves, railways, and other works 
 going on in V., so that an unusual amount of 
 shipping was employed by the Tasmaniau traders. 
 In these vessels there was likewise a large passenger 
 traffic, and that almost exclusively in one direction, 
 towards the region of gold. From 1851 an exodus 
 of the population took place which continues up 
 to the present day. At first in the confusion 
 produced by that event, there was not much dis- 
 crimination in the class of people who migrated 
 and many prisoners escaped in vessels from want 
 of proper supervision. The respectable class who 
 remained behind did not object to their departure 
 or show any desire to direct the attention of the 
 authorities to the fact. Indeed there is reason to
 
 630 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTKALASIA. 
 
 [Tas 
 
 conclude that many ruffians were assisted in cross- 
 ing the straits by a liberal allowance of cheap or 
 free passages. Be that as it may, there are proofs 
 that tickets-of-leave were seldom refused to any 
 applicants who could show that they were eligible 
 for its extension to Port Phillip, a privilege that 
 was seldom granted in former times. Thus while 
 T. was lessening her population and her resources, 
 society was being purged of the convict leaven 
 that previously had poisoned it. But the Victorians 
 rebelled against the influx of these depraved 
 people, who carried rapine and bloodshed through 
 the province, and augmented the state of anarchy 
 which the gold discoveries had produced on her 
 quiet pastoral home. So frightful was the increase 
 of crime from this cause that the Victorian colonists 
 in defiance of the Imperial laws of the mother 
 country, refused to allow these Tasmanian felons 
 to land on their shores. Notwithstanding their 
 efforts in that direction, an immense number of 
 the most incorrigible prisoners left T. never to 
 return. The effects of this voluntary deportation 
 upon the social condition of that regenerated 
 colony has been of the most beneficial description. 
 A more peaceful and better behaved community 
 does not exist in the Australian Colonies. The 
 huge gaols and penitentiaries in Hobart and 
 Launceston are either empty or turned into 
 warehouses, while the interior of the country 
 is entirely free from bushrangers. This con- 
 tinued withdrawal of capital and labour in a 
 few years so impoverished the colony by reduc- 
 ing the value of landed property and raising 
 the rate of wages that a revulsion ensued in the 
 state of public feeling, and the loss of material 
 prosperity counteracted the moral advantages 
 obtained. Those who contended formerly for the 
 continuance of transportation as the chief source 
 of their wealth now pointed to the ruinous 
 condition of their once flourishing towns. Hobart 
 Town especially illustrated the altered state of 
 affairs. Whole streets of houses became un- 
 tenanted and deserted, and the splendid harbour 
 with its docks and jetties no longer presented the 
 bustle of commerce consequent on the arrival of 
 transport ships and vessels with supplies for the 
 government establishments. Launceston fared 
 better as it shipped its produce to the gold 
 colonies and kept up a profitable traffic with 
 Melbourne. In the interior " the thirst of gold " 
 withdrew many of the enterprising settlers from 
 their farms to try their fortunes in the neighbour- 
 ing colony. A stagnation prevailed in town and 
 country which affected the pecuniary interests of 
 every one who remained in the island ; so that 
 those who had rejoiced most at the circumstances 
 which had combined to purge the community of 
 its moral evils looked back with regret to the 
 "old times" when the cause of these evils had 
 enriched them, and us they had calculated, made 
 them independent for life. Now however house 
 property was a drug, and the small rents with 
 difficulty obtained could no longer meet their 
 
 expenditure. Many landlords not only had to 
 reduce their establishments but again to put their 
 shoulders to the wheel and work for a living. In 
 these days of humility many who had condemned 
 Denison for fostering the convict system now 
 withdrew their censures, and looked to him for 
 government assistance to restore prosperity to the 
 country. But his powers were no longer of that 
 irresponsible and unlimited character they had 
 been ; the advent of the gold discovery and the 
 cessation of transportation came at the time 
 when a new constitution had been granted to the 
 Australian Colonies conferring self-government 
 upon them. Consequently the real power of the 
 Governor was placed in the hands of his responsi- 
 ble advisers and the two houses of legislature 
 elected by popular suffrage and vote by ballot, in 
 whose power the control of the public purse and 
 framing of local laws was centred. This local 
 Parliament seeing the exodus of the colonists to 
 the Australian goldfields endeavoured to arrest it 
 by offering rewards for the discovery of the coveted 
 metal in Tasmania. They argued generally that as 
 the formation of the country approximated to that 
 of V. it was logical to suppose that some portion of 
 the island would prove to be auriferous. In order 
 to ascertain the exact geological character of the 
 districts which seemed to promise the existence of 
 gold-bearing rocks, an invitation was sent to the 
 Kev. Mr. Clarke of Sydney, a skilful geologist, 
 who had written a pamphlet to prove that he was 
 aware of the gold deposits in the Bathurst country 
 long before Hargreaves' discovery, who evidently 
 had profited by what Clarke had written about 
 it in his printed statements. After diligent 
 survey many places were pointed out as aurifer- 
 ous, and small specks of gold were washed out 
 of auriferous soil, but no sufficient quantity 
 was found to encourage people to venture work- 
 ing long at the diggings. For upwards of ten 
 years " prospecting " was carried on by parties 
 fitted out at the cost of the colony and their 
 exertions met with variable success. The most 
 promising district was found at Fingal, some 
 distance from Launceston, where a good many 
 ounces of gold have been washed out of the soil 
 and gold-bearing quartz found to yield a fair per- 
 centage on being crushed. But even these indica- 
 tions failed to rouse the settlers from their apathy. 
 At last Hargreaves was invited over from N.S.W. 
 to explore these regions and he arrived in 
 November 1864. On examining the districts 
 already " prospected," he reported favourably con- 
 cerning the quartz-mining resources and by experi- 
 ment showed that with proper machinery it might 
 yield a good profit. This buoyed up the hopes of 
 the Tasmanians that their island had its payable 
 gold mines and they looked forward to renewed 
 prosperity from that source. It was in 1850 
 that T., like the other colonies, received its 
 Legislative Council ; and when the people pro- 
 ceeded to elect their share of the members, no 
 candidate had the slightest hope of success who
 
 Tas] 
 
 fYCLOP/RPIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 631 
 
 was not an adherent of the Anti-Transportation 
 League. After this new and unmistakable expres- 
 sion of opinion, the English authorities no longer 
 hesitated and the new Secretary of State, the Duke 
 of Newcastle, directed that from the year 1853 
 transportation should cease. Up to this time the 
 island had been called Van Diemen's Land. But 
 the name was now so intimately associated with 
 ideas of crime, that it was gladly abandoned by 
 the colonists, who adopted from the name of its 
 discoverer, the present title of the colony, Tasmania. 
 West sums up his estimate of Denison's Adminis- 
 tration in the following terms : — " The opposition 
 of Denison to the colonial will on transportation, 
 his injustice to the Judges, and his sarcastic 
 delineations of colonial character, narrowed the 
 circle of his friends. In future times an opinion 
 more favourable to his reputation may be expected 
 to prevail. It will then be remembered that he pro- 
 moted the advancement of science, fostered liberal 
 education, increased the facilities of commerce, 
 abated the practical evils of the convict depart- 
 ment, advocated the principles of legislative 
 freedom, and by a respectable private character 
 sustained the moral dignity of Government. But 
 even then it will not be forgotten that in per- 
 petuating the convict curse he adopted any 
 argument, however false, and tolerated any ally, 
 however abject." In 1846-7 important additions 
 were made to the educational means of the colony. 
 An episcopal institution, called Christ's College, 
 was formed at Bishopboume. Scholarships were 
 founded by the medical, military and clerical 
 professions, and divinity scholarships endowed. 
 Lord Stanley recommended the establishment 
 of a proprietary high school, open on equal 
 terms to all denominations, and promised the 
 patronage of the Crown. The site reserved for 
 this purpose at Hobart Town was granted by 
 Denison to the Episcopalians for the Hutchin's 
 School. This alienation was deemed unjust. 
 Instead however of wasting time in unavail- 
 ing complaints, the friends of education were 
 convened by Henry Hopkins, an opulent mer- 
 chant, when a prospectus was submitted by 
 the Rev. Dr. Lillie and J. West. A thousand 
 pounds were subscribed in the room, and in five 
 weeks .£5000. The first conspicuous object seen 
 by the stranger on entering the river is the High 
 School of Hobart Town, an edifice erected amidst 
 enchanting scenery, on a site granted by the 
 Crown, and possessing architectural attractions 
 which have yet to be equalled in this hemisphere. 
 The institution is managed by a council of nine, 
 chosen by the shareholders. The rector, nominated 
 by the London University, was the Rev. J. A. 
 Fronde, author of the Nemesis of Faith — a publi- 
 cation which led to his instant resignation. James 
 Eccleston, appointed in his stead, survived the 
 opening of the school one month. A thousand 
 pounds were subscribed for his widow. 
 
 XIII. Responsible Government. — Governor Deni- 
 son held office till January 185.'), when his successor, 
 
 Sir Henry Young, arrived with the full powers of 
 Governor-in-Chief, and the new Constitution in 
 his possession. Denison was transferred to N.S.W. 
 On taking his departure he was presented with an 
 address by a section of the colonists, and a testi- 
 monial of the value of 2000 guineas. From this 
 period to the present time the history of the colony 
 is one of purely domestic politics. When the 
 Legislative Council undertook the task of draw- 
 ing up the new Constitution, it was arranged that 
 the nominee element, which had now become 
 extremely distasteful, should be entirely abolished, 
 and that both of the legislative bodies should be 
 elected by the people. Sir Henry Young filled 
 the office from January 1855 to December 1861. 
 During his time the electric telegraph was intro- 
 duced, the division of the colony into munici- 
 palities took place, and the metropolis was lit with 
 gas, and railway communication was initiated. 
 Colonel Gore Browne was the next vice-regal 
 representative, and remained in office till Decem- 
 ber 1868. In that month H.R.H. the Duke of 
 Edinburgh visited the colony. In January 1869 
 Sir Charles Ducane, K.C.M.G., arrived in the 
 colony. He mixed freely in the amusements and 
 movements generally of the colonists, and his 
 speeches on public occasions were always of the 
 practical character that might be expected from 
 his former position as a statesman and a country 
 gentleman of England. During his governorship 
 the opening of the Launceston and Western Rail- 
 way took place. In July 1874 Mr. Weld, Governor 
 of W.A., was gazetted to the Governorship of 
 the colony, being sworn in on 13th January 
 of the following year. He completed his term 
 of office in the early part of 1880, and was suc- 
 ceeded by Major C. G. Strahan, C.M.G., late 
 Governor of the Barbadoes and Windward Islands. 
 Pending his arrival the government was admin- 
 istered by Sir Francis Smith, the Chief Justice, 
 who was afterwards relieved by General Sir 
 H. J. Lefroy. The later Governors were all 
 men of ability, and very popular among the Tas- 
 manians. After the initiation of responsible 
 government in 1856 various reforms were intro- 
 duced. By the very liberal Land Act of 1863 
 inducements were offered to those who wished to 
 become farmers in the colony. For the purpose 
 of opening up the country by means of railways, 
 great facilities were given to companies who 
 undertook to construct lines through the country 
 districts ; and active search was made for gold and 
 other metals. But in spite of these reforms the 
 population was steadily decreasing, owing to the 
 attractions of the gold-producing colonies. No 
 great amount of land was occupied for farming 
 purposes, and even the squatters on the island 
 were contented with smaller runs than those in 
 the other colonies. They reared stock on the 
 English system, and their domains were rather 
 sheep farms than stations. Indeed the whole of 
 T. wore rather the quiet aspect of rural England 
 than the bustling appearance of an Australian
 
 632 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tas-The 
 
 colony. But the efforts to throw off the taint of 
 convictism were crowned with marked success; 
 and from being a gaol for the worst of criminals, 
 T. has become one of the most moral and respect- 
 able countries. In later years the population has 
 begun to show a small increase, and now that the 
 fortunes of all the colonies depend more on their 
 general sources and less on the yield of gold, T. 
 with its wonderfully varied facilities for produc- 
 tion, has been able to lay the foundations of solid 
 prosperity. 
 
 TASMAN'S HEAD is the southernmost point 
 of Brune' Island in T. 
 
 TASMAN'S ISLAND, an island of T., situated 
 off Cape Pillar in Tasman's Peninsula. 
 
 TASMAN'S PENINSULA, in T., is bounded 
 on the N. by Norfolk Bay ; on the W. by Storm 
 Bay; and E. and S. by the ocean. Its principal 
 capes are Cape Pillar and Cape Baoul. It has 
 several fine bays. There is a smaller peninsula 
 named Forrester's between it and the mainland. 
 Deposits of coal have been found here. 
 
 TAYAN MOUNTAIN, a remarkable mountain 
 of N.S.W., at the head of the Colo river; it is a 
 well-known point in Mitchell's trigonometrical 
 survey, being visible from the Wollombi hills and 
 also from Honeysuckle hill on the Bathurst road. 
 
 TAYLOR'S ISLAND, in S.A., is the largest 
 island in the N. part of Thorny Passage, and lies 
 two and a-half miles N.W. half N. from Grindal 
 Island. It is one and a-half miles long and has a 
 small islet off its N and another off its S. end. 
 This island was so called after Taylor, a midship- 
 man of Flinders ship, the Investigator, that 
 gentleman having been one of the boat's crew who 
 were lost near Thistle Island in February 1802. 
 
 TEBBUTT, JOHN (1834—) astronomer, is a 
 native of N.S.W. An aptitude for mathematical 
 studies turned his attention in early life to the 
 study of astronomy, and he became a self-taught 
 adept in that science. He constructed a small 
 observatory, took observations, and contributed 
 papers on astronomical subjects to the journals. 
 In 1862 he was elected member of the Philoso- 
 phical Society of N.S.W., and contributed to it 
 several papers on astronomical and meteorological 
 subjects. These are to be found in the published 
 " Transactions " of the Society. The last of these 
 papers contains a discussion of the longitude of 
 the Sydney Observatory, based on lunar occupa- 
 tions observed at Windsor, and points to the 
 conclusion that a considerable positive correction 
 is required to the previous determination of longi- 
 tude from moon culminations. On the resignation 
 of the Rev. W. Scott in 1862, the appointment of 
 Government Astronomer was offered to Tebbutt, 
 but declined by him. In 1867 he received the 
 Silver Medal of the Paris Exhibition Commis- 
 sioners for his paper on the Progress and Present 
 State of Astronomy in N.S.W. In 1869 the 
 astronomical work at Windsor was deemed of 
 sufficient importance to admit of Windsor being 
 
 adopted in the British Nautical Almanac as an 
 astronomical station. It was also placed in the 
 list of the " Astronomische Jahrbuch." Although 
 not connected with the Royal Astronomical Society, 
 that body continued to publish Tebbutt's contri- 
 butions ; and in 1873 conferred on him the 
 fellowship of the Society. He contributed his 
 share to the data furnished by the Australian 
 Colonies in 1874, for the solution of the problem 
 of the sun's mean distance from the earth. In 
 addition to his numerous contributions on astro- 
 nomical subjects, he is the author of Sixteen 
 Years Meteorological Observations, the greater 
 portion of which has been published and distri- 
 buted by him. 
 
 TERMINATION ISLAND, an island lying to 
 the S. of W. A., discovered and named by Vancouver 
 in 1791. 
 
 THAKOMBAU (Cakobau,) the War King of 
 Mbau in Fiji, has during his eventful career shown 
 himself a man of great resolution. In 1832 his 
 father, Tanoa, was driven from his throne, and 
 most of his family were murdered. He plotted in 
 secret until his plans were ripe, when he defeated 
 his enemies and revenged himself in the barbarous 
 manner of his country. He was up to this time 
 known as Thikinoru or the Centipede, but the 
 title was then changed to Thakombau (Evil to 
 Mbau,) Tui Vita and Vanni Valu. He then took 
 the management of affairs, but had many diffi- 
 culties to contend with. At one time he was 
 saved by the assistance of the King of the Friendly 
 Islands ; at another the American Government 
 demanded a fine for losses incurred by Americans, 
 and he only 'obtained the money from the Poly- 
 nesian Company by selling 200,000 acres of land. 
 After becoming a Christian he always protected 
 the converts. He ceded the whole of the Fiji 
 group to Great Britain for a pension in October 
 1874, when the Islands were formally taken pos- 
 session of in the name of the Queen by Sir 
 Hercules Robinson, who went over from Sydney 
 for that purpose, in company with the Attorney- 
 General Innes. In November 1874 he visited 
 Sydney in company with his two sons, Timotee 
 and Joseph Celua, the latter of whom had been 
 educated at Newington College, near Sydney. 
 They were the guests of Sir Hercules Robinson, at 
 Government House, and their presence in Sydney 
 created considerable excitement. 
 
 THERRY, SIR ROGER (1800-1874) jurist, 
 was a native of Ireland and was called to the, Irish 
 Bar in 1824. lie was acquainted with George 
 Canning, and edited the volumes of his parlia- 
 mentary speeches published after that statesman's 
 death. In 1832 he was appointed Commissioner 
 of the Court of Bequests in N.S.W. He was a 
 strong advocate of the claims of the Roman 
 Catholics to equal privileges with the other 
 denominations, being himself a member of that 
 communion. In 1835 the office of Chairman of 
 Quarter Sessions had become vacant by the
 
 Thi] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 633 
 
 resignation of Foster, its former occupant, and the 
 election of a new Chairman devolved on the 
 magistrates of the colony. The only candidate 
 was Therry. He was the favourite with the 
 Governor's immediate supporters, but besides this 
 circumstance, the Opposition party owed him a 
 grudge on his own account. In 1833 an act of insub- 
 ordination on the part of some assigned servants 
 took place on the station of Major Mudie, at 
 Hunter's River. A number of these men, deeming 
 themselves grievously ill-used by the overseer and 
 other persons in authority on the station, revolted 
 during the sheep-washing season, went to the 
 dwelling-place and seized the fire-arms there, 
 rushed to the place where their companions were 
 employed and discharged several shots towards 
 the overseer, who saved himself only by rushing 
 into the water and placing himself in the midst of 
 the assigned servants, who were there at work. 
 The refractory men made little effort to escape 
 and were soon apprehended. They were tried at 
 Sydney, and having been found guilty, and their 
 crime being capital, six of them suffered death. 
 The men did not attempt to deny their offence ; 
 but during their trial persisted in the statement 
 that they had been goaded on to their crime by 
 the tyranny and ill-treatment to which they had 
 been subject at Castle Forbes, the name of the 
 station. Therry defended the men on their trial, 
 and exerted all his forensic ability in supporting 
 the defence which the accused had unanimously 
 put forward. The men were executed, but while 
 the law exacted and received its due public 
 sympathy was in favour of the victims, and a 
 desire was generally manifested in the columns of 
 the press and elsewhere, that if not in consider- 
 ation of the memory of the six unhappy men who 
 had yielded their lives, at least in mercy to the 
 living and in justice to the character of the colony, 
 an investigation should take place with the view 
 to testing the truth of the allegations relative to 
 the system of discipline which obtained at 
 Mudie's establishment. The Governor yielded 
 to this desire, and a commission of enquiry 
 was appointed. The result of their investigation 
 was a condemnation of the mode in which assigned 
 servants were dealt with at Castle Forbes, and the 
 Governor struck Mudie out of the commission of the 
 peace. Then followed the usual amount of journal- 
 istic comment. The wordy warfare however was 
 not confined to the newspapers. A pamphlet 
 appeared bearing the signature of " Humanitas," 
 which gave a detailed account of the inquiry, and 
 commented in no mild terms on the owner of the 
 Castle Forbes property and on the minions whom 
 he employed in carrying out his system of discip- 
 line. This pamphlet was circulated in England as 
 well as in the colony, and in both places excited 
 considerable interest and discussion. In England 
 the papers stated that if no other good resulted 
 from the inquiry, and the subsequent publication 
 of the pamphlet, they had the effect of disabusing 
 the public mind of an idea generally entertained 
 
 at home that transportation to N.S.W. was no 
 longer a punishment. Therry was looked on as 
 being the author, or at least one of the concocters 
 of this pamphlet, whether or not on sufficient 
 grounds it is unnecessary to say. The Governor 
 had instituted the inquiry and for his reason, 
 besides this uniform protection of the poorer 
 population, he had aroused the antagonism of 
 the magisterial class. Therry was patronised 
 by the Governor, and on this ground alone 
 he was somewhat obnoxious to the magistrates; 
 he was, moreover, generally supposed to be 
 the author of a publication which had exposed, 
 not merely an individual, but the large em- 
 ployers of convict labour generally, including 
 the greater portion of the magistrates, to a certain 
 degree of obloquy, both in the colony and in 
 England. Hence on two grounds he had earned 
 the enmity of the class whose principal members 
 had now an opportunity of deciding for or against 
 him. They set up in opposition to him C. D. 
 Riddell, Colonial Treasurer, who was elected by a 
 bare majority of votes. Riddell's election was 
 duly gazetted, but the Governor resented the 
 departure from official propriety which the treasurer 
 had displayed, in allowing himself to be made the 
 instrument of a hostile faction, by removing him 
 from the seat in the Executive Council, which he 
 held by virtue of his official position. In May 
 1842 Therry assumed, temporarily, the office of 
 Attorney-general, on the occasion of Plunket paying 
 a visit to the mother country. A service of plate, 
 valued at £500, was presented to Therry by the 
 public, in acknowledgment of the justice and 
 efficiency with which he had administered the 
 office of Commissioner of the Court of Requests. 
 In 1845 he was appointed Resident Judge at Port 
 Phillip, and held the office for some time. In 1846 
 he was appointed Judge of the Supreme Court, 
 and Primary Judge in Equity in N.S.W. He 
 retired from the bench in 1859, and returned to 
 Europe. He published in England a book detail- 
 ing his recollections of N.S.W., containing many 
 anecdotes of families and private individuals. 
 This work caused much excitement in some 
 quarters, and the first edition of it was called in. 
 A second, edition with the objectionable portions 
 omitted was then issued. 
 
 THIERRY, BARON DE. Early in November 
 1837 a strange character arrived in N.Z. in the 
 Nimrod. This was the Baron de Thierry, an 
 Englishman with a French title. He was by birth 
 and education a gentleman, but a visionary. He 
 proclaimed himself as the "sovereign chief of 
 N.Z." He had met with Hongi at Cambridge in 
 1820, and Mr. Kendall received from him thirty- 
 six axes wherewith to buy land for him, on his 
 return to N.Z. In virtue of those axes, the Baron 
 claimed an estate 'of forty thousand acres. He 
 brought with him ninety-three persons, including 
 his secretary, master of stores and other officers. 
 The Rev. James Buller writes : — "I was present 
 at a conference he had with the native chiefs at 
 
 C-4
 
 034 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Thi-Tho 
 
 Otararau. They smiled at his demands. It ended 
 in the cession of about three hundred acres of 
 good forest land to him, on the part of Tomati 
 Waka and Taonui. They said they were sorry 
 they had not a good house to offer for the accom- 
 modation of himself, the Baroness and their 
 retinue. He built some fragile houses and began 
 the making of a road, wbich was, he said, to be 
 extended to the Bay of Islauds. But ere long the 
 poor Baron was deserted by all his followers. He 
 afterwards took up his abode at Auckland, where 
 he obtained a scanty living as a teacher of music, 
 and died in great poverty in 1864, at the age of 
 seventy-one. Airy as his scheme was, his claims 
 were recognised by the French Government. 
 Their ships of war that touched at Auckland had 
 orders to pay him great respect." 
 
 THIRSTY SOUND lies on the N.E. coast of 
 the Continent. In this inlet Cook lay and called 
 it Thirsty Sound because it afforded him no fresh 
 water. Here he landed for the third time on the 
 coast of N.S.W. 
 
 THISTLE ISLAND, in S.A, is a large island 
 lying from four to six miles E. of Cape Catastrophe, 
 and forming the E. side of Thorny Passage. It is 
 twelve miles in length, and from half-a-mile to two 
 miles wide. Off this point lies a small islet sur- 
 rounded by breakers. Near the middle of the 
 island the land rises to such a height as to be 
 visible at a distance of ten or twelve leagues from a 
 ship's deck. At the N.W. extremity are some white 
 cliffs, with a shoal bight between them and a sandy 
 beach at the bottom of it. This island was dis- 
 covered by Flinders on 17th February 1802, in his 
 exploration voyage along the S. coast. He at first 
 mistook it for the E. coast of the inlet (Spencer's 
 Gulf) into which he was sailing, but on landing 
 the following morning he discovered his error. 
 Its name was given from a melancholy circumstance 
 which occurred at the time. A number of small 
 islands having been seen to the N., a boat's crew 
 in charge of Thistle was sent to search for an 
 anchorage, but were lost by the upsetting of the 
 boat, caused by the strong ripple. Flinders there- 
 fore called the island after his unfortunate officer. 
 
 THOMAS, MESAC, D.D. (1816-) Bishop of 
 Goulburn, is a native of England, and was educated 
 at Trinity College, Cambridge, where he took the 
 degree of B.A. in 1840, and M.A. in 1843. Some 
 years afterwards he received the degree of D.D. 
 He commenced his career as a clergyman at 
 Birmingham, where he held a curacy ; was shortly 
 afterwards appointed Vicar of Tuddenham in 
 Suffolk, where he remained from 1843 to 1845 ; 
 became incumbent of Attleborough in Warwick- 
 shire, labouring there from 1845 to 1851. He 
 displayed a combination of zeal, perseverance and 
 ability which marked him out as fitted for more 
 extensive undertakings. In 1851 he became secre- 
 tary to the Colonial and Continental Church 
 Society, and hold this office until he was appointed 
 first Bishop of the diocese of Goulburn in 1803. 
 
 During the years of his sojourn in London as 
 secretary of this Society, Dr. Thomas organised 
 missions for the spiritual benefit of cabmen and 
 other classes. The diocese in N.S.W. committed 
 to the episcopal charge of Dr. Thomas extends 
 from the 34th parallel of S. longitude to the border 
 of V., and comprehends a widely-scattered popu- 
 lation, with some important centres of enterprise. 
 By the exercise of sagacious and considerate 
 activity and generous kindness which marked his 
 previous career, he has won for himself great 
 influence in the community. As a member of the 
 House of Bishops, in the Provincial Synod in the 
 General Conference, and in the General Synod, 
 Dr. Thomas has taken a conservative stand. Any- 
 thing that bears, to his mind, the semblance of a 
 departure from the principles of the Church of 
 England meets with his determined opposition. 
 He paid two visits to England, and on each 
 occasion obtained substantial assistance for the 
 Australian Church. He spends the greater part 
 of his time travelling from parish to parish through 
 his extensive diocese. 
 
 THOMAS, WILLIAM KYFFIN (1821—1878,) 
 journalist, was a native of London and was edu- 
 cated at the Grammar School in Rickmansworth. 
 He came with his father to S.A. at an early age. 
 Except for a short period in 1842 when he was 
 engaged in agriculture, and in 1852 when he was 
 for some months at the Victorian diggings, he 
 was always identified with the S.A. Gazette and 
 Colonial, Register, established by his father, to the 
 sole proprietorship of which journal he succeeded 
 shortly before his death. He joined the volunteer 
 force in 1860, and was a supporter of the Mission 
 to the Aboriginals, the Bushman's Club, and other 
 similar societies. 
 
 THOMSON, SIR EDWARD DEAS (1800—) 
 a native of England, was educated at Harrow, and 
 completed his studies at Caen in Normandy. On 
 his return to England he was for some time 
 engaged in acquiring a knowledge of mercantile 
 business, and assisted his father (who was 
 Accountant-General of the Navy) in introducing 
 the system of double entry into the accounts. In 
 1826 he went to the United States of America for 
 the settlement of some business connected with 
 the property of his deceased mother, and returned 
 to England in 1827. His observations coming 
 before Mr. Huskisson attracted so much attention 
 that he was appointed Registrar of the Orphan 
 Chambers at Demarara ; but the situation of Clerk 
 of the Council in N.S.W. having become vacant 
 he applied for and obtained an exchange, and 
 arrived in Sydney in December 1828. In 1833 he 
 married a daughter of General Sir Richard Bourke, 
 Governor of the colony. In 1837 he was appointed 
 Colonial Secretary and Registrar of Records and a 
 Member of the Executive and Legislative Councils. 
 Fn mi 1843 he represented the Government in the 
 Legislative Council until 1854, when he was com- 
 pelled to obtain leave of absence for two years 
 u n account of ill health. In May 1853 a select
 
 Tho] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 635 
 
 Committee of theLegislativeConncilwas appointed 
 to prepare a Constitution Bill; and this having been 
 passed shortly before his departure for England, 
 he was appointed conjointly with Wentworth to 
 watch its progress through the British Parliament. 
 He was also appointed one of the Commissioners 
 for the colony at the Paris Exhibition of 1855. 
 Thomson, on the occasion of his departure, was 
 presented with a testimonial by his personal 
 friends, and the admirers of his political conduct 
 as Colonial Secretary during a period of seventeen 
 years. For this purpose a sum of i,'2250 had been 
 collected. Of this sum £1000 was appropriated 
 to the purchase of a service of plate, the remainder 
 was devoted to founding the " Thomson Scholar- 
 ship" in the Sydney University, and to procuring 
 a portrait of the recipient. The testimonial was 
 presented in the theatre in the presence of a large 
 concourse of the citizens. In 1856 he retired from 
 the public service on the full pension acquired by 
 twenty-eight years service. At the election of 
 1856 he was asked to allow himself to be nomin- 
 ated for Sydney, but the state of his health 
 compelled him to decline. He represented the 
 Government in the Upper House as President of 
 the Council. In 1851 he was appointed a Fellow 
 of the Senate ; in 1862 he was Vice-Chancellor of 
 the University, and in 1865 Chancellor, which 
 position his increasing age induced him to resign 
 in 1878. He was made a K.C.M.G. in the same 
 year. 
 
 THOMPSON, JAMES MALBON (1830-) is 
 a native of N.S.W., and was educated at Cape's 
 Grammar School. He was admitted an attorney 
 and solicitor of the Supreme Court at Sydney in 
 1855 ; commenced practice in Ipswich in 1857 ; 
 entered Parliament as member for Ipswich in 1868 ; 
 and has ever since sat for the same constituency 
 almost without interruption. He has filled various 
 offices in Parliament ; was Chairman of Com- 
 mittees for two years; accepted a portfolio as 
 Minister for Lands in the Palmer Ministry of 1870, 
 and in July 1873 was transferred to the political 
 control of the Public Works Department till the 
 resignation of the Ministry in 1874. In January 
 187'J he again accepted office in the Mcllwraith 
 Palmer Ministry as Minister of Justice, which 
 position he still holds. 
 
 THOMSON RIVER, in Gippsland, V., is a fine 
 stream rising in the N. of the Albert range, in the 
 Australian Alps, near the Jordan gold-fields, and 
 Mowing S.E., about eighty miles into the Latrobe 
 river, which it joins two miles below the township 
 of Sale. The Thomson has its source by several 
 heads from springs, and is liable to floods from the 
 melting of snow at intervals the whole year round, 
 particularly in the spring of the year. Its upper 
 portion is through a rugged and precipitous 
 country, and its lower part through grassy forest 
 and tine rich open park-like plains, this portion of 
 the country being essentially the garden of A. 
 The town of Sale is situated on the river, which is 
 navigable for a few miles above the latter place, 
 
 having an average depth of about eighteen feet 
 and a width of about fifty yards. The Thomson 
 is fed by the Jordan, Aberfekly, and Macalister 
 rivers, and a dumber of small creeks. Many of 
 these creeks, particularly those near its source, are 
 auriferous, and in the lower part of the river fish 
 is plentiful ; the water is sweet and good. At a 
 distance of about fifty miles from Sale, and S.E. 
 of Mount Baw-Baw, near the bank of the river, 
 has been discovered a vein of copper ore, twelve 
 feet in thickness. A lode of copper has also been 
 found near the same place, in a dyke of decom- 
 posed greenstone, which has intruded into the 
 schistose rocks, about 100 feet wide. Grey copper 
 ore, blue and red carbonates, and ore thickly 
 studded with copper pyrites and red ore, are 
 reported to have been found in different places in 
 the neighbourhood. 
 
 THORN, GEORGE (1838—) is the son of 
 George Thorn, the oldest inhabitant and founder 
 of the town of Ipswich in Q., and was educated at 
 King's School, Parramatta, N.S.W., and Sydney 
 University, where in 1858 he obtained his degree 
 of B.A. Thorn followed pastoral pursuits for the 
 following nine years. His first appearance in 
 public life was at the general election in Q. in 
 1867, when he was returned one of the Members 
 for West Moreton. He continued to represent that 
 constituency in the next two Parliaments. At the 
 general election of 1873 when the whole colony 
 was split into single Electorates he stood for 
 Fassifern, which included part of the old Elec- 
 torate of West Moreton, and was returned by a 
 majority of nearly five to one over his opponent. 
 A new Ministry having been formed by Macalister 
 shortly after the meeting of Parliament, Thorn 
 accepted the portfolio of Postmaster-General and 
 a seat in the Legislative Council as Representative 
 of the Government in that Chamber. He entered 
 on his duties in January 1874. From his first 
 accession to office Thorn did good service in the 
 work of postal and telegraphic communication, 
 pushing on and establishing lines and stations 
 in Q. Thorn has shown great zeal on all occa- 
 sions to further the progress of that colony ; 
 and has not failed to give publicity to its 
 greatness in every mode that lay in his 
 power. In October 1874 he visited Sydney and 
 attended a conference for the laying of cables to 
 connect N.Z. with N.S.W., and extending the 
 communication to Singapore and Europe vid 
 Normanton. In 1876 he became Premier and 
 Minister for Works, but resigned in 1877 and 
 visited Europe in 1878. The following year he 
 returned, and was elected Member of the Legis- 
 lative Assembly for Dalby in April. 
 
 THORNTON, SAMUEL (1835—) Bishop of 
 liallarat, is son of the late Thomas Thornton, 
 K.K.A.S., who was for many years connected with 
 the London Times. Educated at Merchant Tailors 
 School, Thornton obtained at sixteen an open 
 exhibition at Queen's College, Oxford, and gradu- 
 ated there at twenty, having gained a first class in
 
 636 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Thu— Too 
 
 moderations and a double second in classics and 
 natural science. Proceeding to a fellowship, he 
 was ordained by Bishop Wilberforce in 1858, and 
 commenced duty in East London, where he was 
 appointed Diocesan Clerical Missionary by Bishop 
 Tait. In this office he preached in the open air 
 and amongst the masses of the people, and was 
 twice arrested by the police on the unfounded 
 charge of obstructing thoroughfares. In 1859 he 
 was appointed incumbent of St. Jude's, White- 
 chapel, in succession to the well-known Hugh 
 Allen. His evangelistic labours amongst the 
 criminal and poverty-stricken classes recom- 
 mended Thornton to the notice of the trustees of 
 St. George's, Birmingham, a leading parish, with a 
 population of 16,000 souls. He accepted the 
 rectory in 186-1 and laboured in this sphere until 
 1875, when he was selected for the new bishopric 
 of Ballarat by the Bishop of Melbourne and the 
 Chief Justice of V., then in England, in consulta- 
 tion with the two archbishops. He was conse- 
 crated by royal mandate at Westminster Abbey 
 on 1st May 1875 ; the new diocese of Ballarat 
 thereby coming into existence. It includes the 
 western half of V. and contains some 150,000 
 souls and forty-five parishes, with three arch- 
 deacons and forty-two other clergy, besides eleven 
 probationary clergy at work. The bishop belongs 
 to no religious party, possessing broad sympathies. 
 He has from time to time been a contributor to 
 periodical literature, and is an eloquent preacher, a 
 man of great energy of character, and exceedingly 
 zealous in his vocation. 
 
 THURSDAY ISLAND, in Q., is an island 
 in Torres Strait, off the extreme northern coast 
 of the colony, centrally situated between Prince 
 of Wales, Horn, Hamond, Friday, Wednesday, 
 and Goode islands, between one and two miles 
 from each. It is the new Government settle- 
 ment, superseding Somerset, and has been selected 
 on account of its advantageous position, being 
 in the track of all vessels sailing through the 
 Inner Channel, a harbour of refuge, and much 
 used for the pearl-fishing fleet. It is also within 
 easy distance of New Guinea. The Govern- 
 ment buildings comprise a court-house and offices, 
 a coxswain's cottage, a lock-up, two houses, and 
 barracks for water police, and the magistrate's 
 house, built on an eminence, all these buildings 
 being at the eastern end of the island. There 
 are numerous pearl-fishing stations within from 
 three to fifty miles of Thursday Island. The 
 climate is said to be salubrious, a cool S.E. wind 
 blowing the greater part of the year; the tem- 
 perature rarely exceeds 90°. 
 
 TODD, CHARLES (1826—) electrician, is a 
 native of London, where he was educated. On 
 leaving school he was engaged as assistant and 
 calculator at Greenwich Observatory, at the same 
 time continuing his studies under some of the 
 Professors of Cambridge University. In 1848 he 
 waa appointed Assistant Astronomer at Cambridge 
 Observatory, which position he held until 1854, 
 
 when he took charge of the Galvanic department 
 of the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, and was 
 also appointed by the Lords of the Admiralty one 
 of the Astronomers. In 1855 Lord John Russell, 
 Secretary of State for the Colonies, appointed 
 Todd to the position he now holds of Astronomer 
 and Superintendent of Telegraphs for S.A. In 
 1870 the Governor of the colony amalgamated the 
 Telegraph and Postal departments, and Todd was 
 appointed Postmaster-General. As far back as 
 1859 Todd pointed out the importance to England 
 of having an independent telegraph system, and 
 when the proposal was made to construct a line 
 of telegraph wire from Adelaide to Port Darwin, 
 to be there connected with a submarine cable 
 between Java and Singapore, he entered heartily 
 into the work, a large portion of which was done 
 under his personal superintendence. The line 
 which connected the Australian Colonies with 
 the rest of the world was completed on 22nd 
 August 1872, amidst great rejoicings. Todd con- 
 nected the wires in the centre of the continent, at 
 Mount Stuart, and received a great number of 
 congratulatory messages. For this important 
 national work he received from Her Majesty the 
 honour of the Companionship of the Order of 
 Saint Michael and Saint George. Henry Ayers, 
 who was at the head of the South Australian 
 Government at the time the line was completed, 
 also received the honour of Knighthood, as well 
 as that of C.M.G. Todd has since planned the 
 overland line to Eucla, 1000 miles in length, 
 connecting S. and W.A., which was carried out 
 under circumstances of peculiar difficulty, owing 
 to the desert nature of a large portion of the 
 country. The Port Darwin line is nearly 1900 
 miles in length, and the benefits which have 
 resulted from it to all the Australian Colonies are 
 immense. It has led to the pastoral settlement 
 of hundreds of thousands of square miles of 
 country which will eventually be of very great 
 value, and will probably be ultimately occupied 
 by a large population. The constant communica- 
 tion with Europe has greatly benefited the colonies 
 in a commercial point of view, and the heavy cost 
 of the line has in this way indirectly been more 
 than repaid. Todd has contributed to the scientific 
 world the results of some valuable astronomical 
 observations, amongst which may be mentioned 
 those on the Transit of Venus in 1874, the cloudy 
 haze over Jupiter first noticed in 1876, and others 
 during the two following years, and the Parallax 
 of Mars in 1878. He is a member of several 
 learned and scientific societies, including the 
 Royal Astronomical Society and the British 
 Meteorological Society. His services to the S.A. 
 Government in connection with the settlement 
 of the Northern Territory are above all com- 
 mendation. A statement of them will bo found 
 under that heading. 
 
 T00W00MBA, is the principal town of the 
 rich pastoral district called the Darling Downs, in 
 Q, It is situated on the summit of the main
 
 Tor] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 637 
 
 range, about 1950 feet above the sea level. It lies 
 102 miles W. of Brisbane, and about seventy-eight 
 miles (by rail) from Ipswich. It was erected into 
 a municipality on 24th November 1860. The 
 surrounding district is agricultural and pastoral. 
 
 TORRENS, SIR ROBT. RICHARD (1814—) 
 son of Colonel R. Torrens whose services in the 
 Walcheren Expedition are matter of history, was 
 educated at Trinity College, where he took the 
 degree of M.A. In 1841 he was made Collector 
 of Customs in S.A., with a seat in the Legislative 
 Council, and some time afterwards Treasurer and 
 Registrar-General. At the first election under 
 Responsible Government he became member for 
 Adelaide, and devoted himself to instituting a 
 new system for the transfer of lands, thenceforth 
 popularly known as " The Torrens Act." In 1863 
 he returned to England, and was a few years 
 afterward elected a member of Parliament for 
 the Borough of Cambridge. 
 
 TORRENS REAL PROPERTY ACT, the great 
 measure of legal reform devised by Sir R. R. Torrens. 
 He felt, as many more have done, the scandalous 
 delay and expense of transferring real property 
 under the old law of England. This system of trans- 
 ferring real estate by deed was brought from Eng- 
 land to Australia, where it was soon found to be 
 productive of the evils which attended it in the old 
 country. In every fresh transaction in real property 
 a new deed was necessary, which recapitulated all 
 the deeds that had gone before ; this was both 
 cumbrous and costly. It was thought that it 
 might be possible to invent a simpler, cheaper, 
 and safer system ; and the method of thinking out 
 and formulating this system belongs to Torrens. 
 He had been Collector of Customs at Port 
 Adelaide, and his official employment made him 
 familiar with the laws relating to shipping, having 
 "just such an acquaintance with the English Con- 
 stitution and laws as ordinarily entered into the 
 education of an English gentleman." His starting 
 point was to apply to the transfer of land the 
 principles which regulate the transfer of shipping 
 property by means of registration. The idea was 
 a correct one, but between its conception and its 
 formulation into a code of law there was a long 
 and painful interval. He consulted the then 
 Chief Justice, Sir Charles Cooper, and other legal 
 gentlemen, and they gave him but little encourage- 
 ment. He was not a lawyer. Many technical 
 difficulties would arise which would need a lawyer's 
 trained skill to surmount, and they warned him 
 that he might expect no help or support from the 
 profession. Torrens however was one of the few 
 men who are not to be discouraged by want of 
 sympathy, or beaten by opposition. The subject 
 was near his heart, and he pondered over it night 
 and day, until it assumed shape and form in his 
 mind. He drafted a Bill, submitted it to some of 
 his friends, listened to their suggestions, adopting 
 them where he thought it wise to do so, and then 
 brought it before Parliament. The Bill was 
 laughed to scorn by the profession, but it was 
 
 eagerly and enthusiastically welcomed by the 
 public. Most of the lawyers stood aloof. For a 
 layman to attempt to alter the whole system of 
 transferring real estate .by deed which had the 
 prestige of immemorial usage in its favour, and to 
 deal with real estate as if it were a mere chattel, 
 was as absurd as if a tailor were to invent a new 
 method of cutting for fistula, or an illiterate 
 ploughman a new method of calculating an eclipse. 
 Torrens however made light of both opposition 
 and ridicule. There was a crying evil to be 
 remedied ; he had undertaken to remedy the evil 
 and in spite of all opposition he would do it. 
 Torrens was returned to Parliament as one of the 
 members for the city of Adelaide for the express 
 purpose of carrying the Bill through the Assembly. 
 The legal members opposed him " tooth and nail," 
 but he had a large majority of willing supporters 
 at his back, and the Bill was literally forced through 
 the House by " the brute force of a tyrannical 
 majority." There was greater opposition in the 
 Legislative Council, which has always been found 
 more conservative of old institutions. But public 
 opinion and the sense of the community were too 
 strong to be resisted, and the Bill passed the 
 Council, was assented to by the Governor on 
 27th January 1858, and became law. At the 
 request of his friends Torrens resigned his seat 
 in Parliament and became the official head of 
 the department. He suggested or superintended 
 all the machinery required for practically working 
 the new system. He laboured at it unceasingly, 
 and when the Act came into operation, on 2nd July 
 1858, all the office machinery was ready to work 
 it. The first great principle of this Act is the 
 transferring of real property by registration of 
 title instead of by deeds ; the second is absolute 
 indefeasibility of title. The system is very simple 
 and very inexpensive. The certificate of title is 
 registered in the official registry at the Lands 
 Titles Office, the owner obtaining a duplicate 
 certificate. All transactions under the land appear 
 on the face of the certificate so that at a glance it 
 may be seen whether the property is encumbered 
 or any charges are made upon it. If an owner 
 wishes to mortgage his land he takes his certificate 
 to the office and has the transaction marked upon 
 it. If he wants to sell he passes over the certificate 
 to the purchaser and the transaction is registered. 
 Any man of ordinary intelligence can do all that is 
 necessary for himself when once his property is 
 brought under the Act. The only difficulty is in 
 getting the title registered at first. After that it 
 is all plain sailing. When a man holding property 
 under deed wishes to have it placed under the 
 Act he takes his deeds, which are his title to the 
 property, to the office. The deeds are carefully 
 examined by the solicitors to the Lands Titles 
 Commissioners ; and if there is no difficulty, 
 and after all due publicity is given and precau- 
 tions taken to prevent fraud or mistake a cer- 
 tificate is issued and the old deeds are cancelled. 
 From the moment the land is brought under
 
 638 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tor 
 
 the Act and a certificate is granted, the title 
 of the person holding the certificate becomes 
 indefeasible, unless it has been fraudulently 
 obtained ; and he can hold the property against 
 the world. Provision is made for errors that 
 may possibly occur, by which persons may be 
 damnified or deprived of their property. Even 
 though a wrong may have been done, yet an 
 innocent holder of a certificate cannot be dispos- 
 sessed of his property. But to compensate persons 
 who may through error or fraud have been deprived 
 of their property, an assurance fund has been 
 created by a percentage of one half-penny in the 
 pound being levied on all property brought under 
 the Act. This fund now amounts to between 
 .£30,000 and £40,000, and all the claims that have 
 been made upon it during the twenty-two years the 
 Act has been in operation amount to only a few 
 hundred pounds ; a sufficient proof of the careful- 
 ness exercised in the examination of old titles before 
 the certificate is issued in the first instance. Since 
 this Act came into operation all land grants issued 
 from the Crown have been registered under it, 
 and a large amount of property formerly held 
 under deed is now registered. Confidence in the 
 Act has gradually grown up. The lawyers very 
 soon withdrew active opposition, and the simplicity 
 of the scheme commended it even to the legal 
 mind. Up to the close of 1874 the value of the 
 property brought under the operation of the Act, 
 including land grants, was £9,260,186. The benefit 
 to the community of having a cheap, simple, and 
 expeditious method of dealing with land is incal- 
 culable. Dudley Field, the well-known American 
 jurist, recently on a visit to S.A., expressed his 
 great admiration at the simplicity of the Real 
 Property Act, which was much in advance of any 
 system of dealing with real estate with which he 
 was acquainted. The Act has been amended more 
 than once, to render it more workable, but its 
 essential principles have been jealously guarded. 
 Soon after it was set in operation, Torrens obtained 
 leave from the Government to visit the neigh- 
 bouring colonies at their request, to explain 
 and help to initiate this Act, and now all the 
 colonies have adopted the Torrens Act of registra- 
 tion of title. The principle of the Act has also 
 been accepted by the first jurists at home, where 
 several attempts have been made to get it into 
 operation. Lord Westbury's Act was a step 
 towards it, but it had some serious defects which 
 have prevented it being a success. There is no 
 doubt that it is much easier to introduce the 
 3 I'm into new colonies where titles are easily 
 traced, than into old countries where, during the 
 lapse of generations, they have become com- 
 plicated. 
 
 TORRENS LAKE is a vast inland salt lake in 
 S.A. discovered by Eyre, and is about ninety 
 miles N. of Spencer's Gulf. It was at first sup- 
 posed that this lake extended in a horseshoe form 
 all round the N. side of the E. part of the colony, 
 but more recent discoveries have dispelled this 
 
 illusion, and it is now found that good pastoral 
 country lies to the N. of the lake, and between it 
 and another similar sheet of water, known as Lake 
 Eyre. 
 
 TORRENS RIVER, in S.A, is the river on 
 which Adelaide is situated. It was named after 
 one of the first founders of the colony. 
 
 TORRES, LUIS VAEZ DE, a Spanish navi- 
 gator, was second in command in the expedition 
 of De Quiros in 1606. When Quiros was leaving 
 the Bay of Saints Phillip and James in his Aus- 
 tralian land, the ship commanded by Torres by 
 some unexplained mischance parted company with 
 its consort. Torres remained at anchor in the 
 bay for a fortnight afterwards. He then set sail 
 and steered along the west side of the territory, 
 which he found to be well watered and possessed 
 of many ports. He found it to be an island, not a 
 continent. It is now generally believed to have 
 been one of the islands belonging to the archi- 
 pelago of the New Hebrides, and geographers give 
 the name Espiritu Santo to the largest island in 
 that group. For two months Torres threaded his 
 course through the intricate navigation of the 
 region lying to the N.E. of the true Australian 
 continent. While sailing westwards, and in 1H° 
 S. latitude, he descried land which he rightly 
 believed to be the eastern extremity of New 
 Guinea. Still continuing his course, he at length 
 sighted land to the S. The daring navigator, 
 without knowing it, had in reality sailed through 
 the famous strait which now bears his name. He 
 had therefore perceived the north-eastern corner 
 of the continent now called Cape York. Pursuing 
 his devious course, Torres arrived at Manilla in 
 the Philippines, in May 1607. The record of 
 Torres' voyages was drawn up by his own hand, 
 under the title of "Relation of Luis Vaez de Torres 
 concerning the discoveries of Quiros as his admiral. 
 Dated Manilla, 12th of July 1607." This precious 
 document was allowed to lie unnoted amongst 
 the archives at Manilla until the capture of that 
 city by the English in 1762. The papers then 
 fell into the hands of a Scotchman named 
 Dalrymple, who kept possession of them, translated 
 them, and gave them to the world in an historical 
 work he subsequently published. Dalrymple, 
 zealous for the fame of the great Spanish navigator, 
 gave the name of Torres to the straits which he 
 was the first European to penetrate. 
 
 TORRES STRAITS. The straits which divide 
 A. from New Guinea; its distance across, from 
 Cape York, the northernmost point of A., to New 
 Guinea being about eighty miles. It took its 
 name from the Spanish navigator Torres, who 
 sailed in 1605 from Peru, with the object of dis- 
 covering the Tierra Austral. He passed through the 
 strait in 1606, but the great discovery of the strait 
 was kept unknown till 1762, through the jealousy 
 of the Spanish monarchy, which kept the reports 
 i if its navigators a secret from the world. It was not 
 until I77u that the world received full confirmation
 
 Tow— Tuf] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 639 
 
 of it — Cook passing through and settling the 
 question. It is a mass of islands, shoals and reefs, 
 of which the navigation is at all times difficult, 
 and with a contrary wind impracticable. The 
 water is nowhere deep. Towards the narrowest 
 part of the strait it is seldom more that twelve or 
 fourteen fathoms, and often not above half as 
 much. The bottom is everywhere seen, and in 
 clear weather, and with a vertical sun, the traver- 
 sing of those channels is a novel scene, even to 
 those who are familiar with the sea. This strait is 
 advantageous only as a passage from A. to China 
 and India. April, May and June, appear to be 
 the most agreeable months for passing through 
 the straits ; the east monsoon is then in its vigour ; 
 the nights are calm and serene ; the land wind 
 comes from the southward at day-break and 
 freshens for a part of the morning, but dies away 
 at noon, and is then succeeded by the sea wind, 
 which begins at the E. but shifts to the northward 
 and E. and dies away at night ; at this time the 
 E. wind is regular and steady at a distance from 
 the land. 
 
 TOWER HILL. A remarkable volcanic 
 mountain in V. with a perfect extinct crater, 
 standing in the Tower Lake nine miles N.N.E. 
 of Belfast, and entirely surrounded by water. It 
 has an exceedingly picturesque appearance and 
 is much visited by sightseers. The surrounding 
 country is very fertile, and potatoes of excellent 
 quality are grown over a large area. 
 
 TOWNS, ROBERT (1794-1873) was a native 
 of Northumberland in England. Having at an 
 early age a great desire to become a sailor he was 
 placed on board a collier running between Shields 
 and London. Whilst on board he diligently applied 
 himself to the work of getting a practical know- 
 ledge of his profession, and when the vessel was in 
 port used to attend a night-school kept by an old 
 mariner, from whom he learnt some of the elements 
 of navigation. At the age of sixteen Towns was 
 made mate, and the following year took command 
 of the vessel. A few years afterwards he was 
 entrusted with the command of a brig trading in 
 the Mediterranean. Towns made sufficient capital 
 whilst in this trade to enable him to build a vessel 
 for himself which he called The Brothers. In 1842 
 he retired from a seafaring life and settled in 
 Sydney, where he established the well-known 
 mercantile house which bears his name. Towns 
 employed many vessels in the "Island Trade," 
 collecting sandal wood, cocoa-nut oil, ifec. When 
 his business had largely increased he took into 
 partnership Alexander Stuart. In 1851 Towns took 
 an active part in re-organising the Bank of N.S.W., 
 increasing its capital and otherwise making it 
 suitable to the growing demands of the colony ; 
 he was from that time till his death connected 
 with the directory of the bank. Towns entered 
 largely into pastoral pursuits, and held a number 
 of stations in North Australia. Townsville, an 
 important township and electorate was named in 
 his honour. He was the first to introduce the 
 
 cotton cultivation on an extensive scale, for which 
 he, at an expense of £20,000, formed a plantation 
 of 2000 acres, and employed about 260 South Sea 
 Islanders. He was appointed to the Legislative 
 Council in 1856, and continued to take an active 
 part in mercantile marine and all matters affecting 
 the shipping interests to the end of his career. In 
 private life he was remarkable for generosity and 
 kindness ; during the Crimean War he contributed 
 largely to the "Patriotic Fund," and gave £500 for 
 the relief of the sufferers by the Lancashire cotton 
 famine. Towns was at one time connected with 
 John Robertson and Charles Cowper in taking up 
 the country known as the " Plains of Promise," on 
 the Albert and Norman rivers, Gulf of Car- 
 pentaria. 
 
 TOWNSVILLE, a town in Q., situated on the 
 shores of Cleveland Bay, about 870 miles N.W. of 
 Brisbane. It was found by John Medwin Black 
 in 1864, and named after his partner Captain 
 Towns. It is picturesquely built on the north 
 bank of the Ross creek, and partly on the slope of 
 a mountain, which rises to an altitude of 1000 feet. 
 There is a large shipping trade, Townsville being 
 the port for an immense territory to the W. and 
 N.W., including several gold-fields and much 
 pastoral country, even to the Diamantina, which 
 however is hampered by the openness of the 
 anchorage — large vessels, and even the inter- 
 colonial steamers, having to lie nearly three miles 
 off the shore. A magnificent stone breakwater is 
 in course of construction which will remedy this. 
 
 TRENCH, ROBERT LE POER, jurist, is a 
 native of Dublin, and was articled to the cele- 
 brated pleader and conveyancer Coventry, and 
 was called to the English Bar (Inner Temple) in 
 June 1842. After having spent several years 
 travelling in various parts of the world, he came 
 to V., and was appointed Clerk of Petty Sessions 
 in Kilmore, and shortly afterwards was promoted 
 to the office of Clerk of Petty Sessions in Ballarat. 
 In 1855 he was admitted to the Victorian Bar, in 
 the same year with Sir George Stephen, Judge 
 Bindon, and Robert Walsh. He soon became a 
 leading member of his profession, and has long 
 been looked upon as a high authority on mining 
 law. In the famous case of Learmonth v. Bailey 
 and others — perhaps the most important case that 
 was ever tried in Australia — he was retained for 
 the defence, and had the satisfaction of gaining 
 a verdict for his clients. On the formation of 
 Berry's first Government in August 1875, Trench 
 was appointed Attorney-General ; and when Berry 
 again became Chief Secretary, in May 1877, Trench 
 resumed his position in the Crown Law Offices, 
 and was subsequently appointed one of the Land 
 Tax Commissioners. 
 
 TUFNELL, EDWARD WYNDHAM (1814— ) 
 is a native of England, and was educated at Eton and 
 Wadham College, Oxford. In 1846 he was Rector 
 of Beechingstoke ; in 1850 he was made Prebendary 
 of Salisbury : in 1858 Rector of SS. Peter and
 
 640 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tut— Ull 
 
 Paul, Marlborough ; and was consecrated first 
 Bishop of Brisbane in 1859. He resigned the see 
 in 1875. 
 
 TURNER'S CREEK is a fine stream of water 
 in Q., flowing into the Gulf of Carpentaria; it 
 was discovered by Leichhardt during his journey- 
 overland to Port Essington. It lies to the west- 
 ward of the river Marlow, and is named in 
 acknowledgment of the support that Leichhardt's 
 expedition received from George Cooper Turner 
 of Sydney. 
 
 TWOFOLD BAY, in N.S.W., lies 240 miles to the 
 SW. of Sydney and thirty miles from Cape Howe. 
 It was discovered and named in January 1798 by 
 Bass, who obtained permission from Governor 
 Hunter to explore with Flinders, in an open whale- 
 boat, the coast to the S. of Botany Bay. It is a 
 good harbour, possessing good anchorage, protected 
 from all winds, excepting those from the eastward. 
 Snug Cove was so named by Flinders ; it is a very 
 small cove, and only large enough to afford moor- 
 ing room for about half-a-dozen vessels. A cove 
 situated on the south where stands the town of 
 Boyd, affords perfect shelter to vessels from every 
 wind. "From its proximity to the Menaroo country" 
 wrote Wells in 1848, "it is likely to become 
 a very thriving place. As a port it stands well 
 to compete with Port Jackson, and will very soon 
 be a place of considerable trade. The land in the 
 immediate vicinity of the town of Boyd is good, 
 and a vast extent of land of the first quality 
 stretches far and wide to the westward and 
 southward, inviting the agriculturist and grazier, 
 and holds out the fairest promise to persevering 
 industry. It is admirably situated for a commercial 
 town, being a sort of half-way house between 
 Sydney ; Hobart Town in T. ; Launceston in T. ; 
 and Sydney and Melbourne. It is the general 
 place-of-call for the steamboats regularly plying 
 along the coast between the metropolis and all the 
 settlements to the southward, both in A. and T. ; 
 and it is anticipated that every acre of available 
 land within a moderate distance of Boyd Town 
 will bear a high price in the land market. A 
 remarkable high peaked hill named Mount Imlay, 
 after the discoverer of the Menaroo country, lies 
 behind the head of the bay." It is needless to 
 add that these sanguine anticipations were never 
 realised. Twofold Bay is now a solitude. 
 
 TYRRELL, DR. WILLIAM (1807-1879) first 
 bishop of Newcastle, N.S.W., was son of a former 
 Remembrancer of the city of London ; his mother 
 was a daughter of the celebrated optician Dollond. 
 He was educated at the Charterhouse, in London, 
 and afterwards went to St. John's College, 
 Cambridge, where he gained a scholarship and 
 graduated as fourth senior optime. In 1847, when 
 it was resolved to divide the bishopric of Australia, 
 he left his English parish to undertake the duties 
 of Bishop of Newcastle. He was indefatigable in 
 visiting even the most remote parts of this vast 
 diocese, and must have travelled many thousands 
 
 of miles in this way ; he was a good horseman and 
 performed by far the greater part of his episcopal 
 visitations on horseback. Knowing that the 
 gradual withdrawal of State aid on the death of 
 the present incumbents would soon leave the 
 Church entirely dependent on the voluntary con- 
 tributions of its members, his main anxiety for 
 many years past had been to inaugurate a 
 scheme for the permanent endowment of the 
 diocese. His scheme provided endowments for 
 a bishop, an archdeacon, three canons, and a 
 number of licensed clergymen; also £10,000 to 
 provide incomes for superannuated clergy ; £5000 
 (towards which the bishop's sister promised £2000) 
 for the help of sick clergymen taking rest and air ; 
 £25,000 for the training of future clergy; and 
 £44,000 for the religious education of the young. 
 The entire scheme involved the investment of a 
 quarter of a million sterling for the benefit of the 
 Church in the Newcastle diocese. Of this amount 
 a portion, comparatively a very small portion, was 
 raised in his lifetime. The bulk of it was to be 
 provided, under the bishop's will, by the appropria- 
 tion of the annual profits of his valuable station 
 property. His name will be held in lasting 
 remembrance in the diocese. The particular 
 distribution of the half million of money he 
 bequeathed is given above. One of the Bishop's 
 greatest trials of late years (added to his paralysis) 
 was the long disastrous drought which existed in 
 that part of Australia and prevented his carrying 
 into effect his munificent scheme, his property 
 having been seriously injured by it. He lived just 
 long enough to see the long-wished-for rain set in, 
 and this much lightened his anxiety. He died at 
 last on 24th March from hernia, brought on by his 
 long and rapid journeys on horseback. At his 
 funeral there was an immense gathering of clergy 
 and laity. 
 
 u. 
 
 TILLATHORNE, WILLIAM BERNARD 
 (1806—) was a native of Yorkshire, and educated 
 at St. Gregory's College, Downside, England. 
 After being admitted to the priesthood he became a 
 missionary to Australia in 1832, and was appointed 
 Vicar-General, being well known for his zealous 
 labours amongst the prison population. Ullathorne 
 was the first Catholic priest who visited Norfolk 
 Island, and he succeeded in obtaining the appoint- 
 ment of a Catholic bishop for the colony. Through 
 giving evidence before a Parliamentary Committee 
 in 1838, he exercised great influence in putting a 
 stop to transportation to the penal settlements. 
 Having returned to England, he was stationed at 
 Coventry. He was appointed Vicar-Apostolic of 
 the Western district, and consecrated Bishop of 
 Hetalona, in partibus, in June 1846 ; was trans- 
 ferred to the Central District in July 1848 : and 
 translated to the See of Birmingham in September 
 1850, on the restoration by the Roman Catholic
 
 Van-Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 641 
 
 authorities of their hierarchy, in obtaining which 
 he bore a prominent part. Amongst his published 
 works are : A Reply to Judge Burton (1836) ; 
 Horrors of Transportation; and The Austra 
 Mission (1833.) 
 
 V. 
 
 VANCOUVER, GEORGE, British navigator, 
 sailed with Cook in his third voyage. Whilst on 
 an expedition to South America, in September 
 1791, he touched the S. coast of the Australian 
 continent at Cape Chatham, to which he gave 
 the name. Sailing eastward he came to a sound 
 in which he cast anchor on 28th, and named it 
 King George III.'s Sound. The first land he saw 
 was a high mountain, which he named Mount 
 Gardiner, and some islands off the mainland were 
 called Eclipse Isles. Tracing the shores of the 
 sound inland, he reached a high rocky point, which 
 he named Point Possession. He quitted the sound 
 on 11th October and proceeded eastward in the 
 examination of the coast ; but, baffled by unfavour- 
 able winds, he abandoned his design. He then 
 sailed away on his main expedition to the N.W. 
 coast of America. The last land seen by him was 
 named Termination Island. In sailing out of 
 King George's Sound, his vessel had struck on a 
 bank covered with oysters, to which the name 
 Oyster Harbour was given. This completed the 
 navigator's discoveries in Southern Australia. 
 
 VAN DIEMEN'S LAND, the early name of 
 Tasmania. A full account of the Island is given 
 under that heading. 
 
 VAN EDEL, JOHN, Dutch Navigator, dis- 
 covered and named Van Edel's Land, in 1619. 
 
 VAN NUYTS, PETER, Dutch Navigator, dis- 
 covered and named Van Nuyts' Land in 1627. 
 
 VANSITTART HILLS are situated in the 
 district of Liverpool Plains, N.S.W., near the 
 Yorke River. They were named by Oxley after 
 the Chancellor of the Exchequer, Sir Nicholas 
 Vansittart. 
 
 V AUG HAN, ROGER WILLIAM BEDE 
 
 (1834 — ) Roman Catholic Archbishop of Sydney, 
 is the son of Colonel Vaughan, of Courtfield, 
 Herefordshire. The family is one of the oldest 
 of the county families of England, having been 
 founded by Herbert, Count of Vermandois, who 
 came from Normandy with the Conqueror, and 
 was Chamberlain to William Rufus. The great- 
 uncle of the Archbishop was the celebrated Car- 
 dinal Weld. His eldest brother is Roman Catholic 
 Bishop of Salford. His uncle is Bishop of Ply- 
 mouth, and his cousin the Rev. Dr. Clifford is 
 Bishop of Clifton. He was educated by private 
 tutors until 1851, when he was sent to St. Gregory's 
 College, Downside, near Bath, an institution con- 
 ducted by Fathers of the English Benedictine 
 Congregation. In 1853 he entered on his novitiate, 
 
 was professed in the following year, and in 1856 
 went to Rome to complete his study of divinity. 
 In 1859 he was ordained priest by Cardinal Patrici, 
 in the Church of St. John Lateran. He returned 
 to Downside in the latter end of the same year, 
 and was made missionary priest of a large district. 
 His labours for two years were great and most 
 successful. In 1861 he was made Professor of 
 Philosophy in the Benedictine Institution at 
 St. Michael's, near Hereford ; and in 1862 was 
 elected, in spite of his youth, to the Cathedral 
 Priorship. This office he retained until his con- 
 secration as Archbishop of Sydney in 1879. 
 
 VERDON, SIR GEORGE FREDERIC 
 
 (1834—) is a native of England, and came to V. in 
 1851. He established himself at Wiliiamstown, 
 and in 1859 was elected to represent that con- 
 stituency in the Legislative Assembly. In 1860 
 he was chosen Treasurer in the Heales Ministry, 
 and occupied that position until the close of the 
 following year, when the third O'Shanassy admin- 
 istration was formed. He was called to the bar 
 in 1861. When the O'Shanassy Government 
 resigned in 1863, Verdon became Treasurer in the 
 McCulloch administration, and held that office 
 until 1868. In 1866 he was sent as commis- 
 sioner from the Government to England for the 
 purpose of bringing the subject of the defences 
 of the colony under the consideration of the 
 Imperial Government, and succeeded in obtaining 
 a contribution of £100,000 towards the construc- 
 tion of the ironclad Cerberus, as also the gift 
 of the Nelson. He also negotiated a loan for 
 public works, and was instrumental in establish- 
 ing the Melbourne Mint. On his return to V. he 
 was elected member for Emerald Hill, but soon 
 resigned his seat on accepting the appointment of 
 Agent-General for the colony. This position he 
 filled with great ability until 1872. He was 
 knighted by Her Majesty for his public services, 
 with the order of G.C.M.G. When he resigned 
 the Agent-Generalship, he accepted the office of 
 Colonial Inspector and General Manager of the 
 English, Scottish and Australian Chartered Bank, 
 a position which he now holds. Verdon is a Fellow 
 of the Royal Society, of the Royal Geographical 
 Society, and of other scientific societies. 
 
 VERVAIN PLAINS, are situated in Q. They 
 were discovered by Leichhardt, and named from 
 their being entirely grown over with Vervain. 
 
 VICTORIA, the smallest and most southerly of 
 all the continental colonies, was originally named 
 Port Phillip, and bore that name as a district of 
 N.S.W. until its separation from the parent colony 
 in 1851. On its erection into an independent 
 colony, it was named after Her Majesty Queen 
 Victoria. Mitchell, on his first exploring journey 
 southward from the Murray, proposed to call the 
 new province Australia Felix, from the mildness 
 of its climate, the fertility of its soil, and the 
 beauty of its scenery, but this name was never 
 adopted, 
 
 H-4
 
 642 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 I. Geographical Position, Area, and Boun- 
 daries. — V. is situated at the south-east of, and 
 is the southernmost colony on, the Australian con- 
 tinent. It lies between the 34th and 39th parallels 
 of S. latitude, and the 141st and 150th meridians 
 of E. longitude. Its extreme length from E. to W. 
 is about 420, its greatest breadth about 250, and its 
 extent of coast-line nearly 600 geographical miles. 
 According to the latest computation, the area of V. 
 is 88,198 square miles, or 56,446,720 acres. The 
 whole continent of A. is estimated to contain 
 2,9^3,264 square miles, and therefore V. occupies 
 about a thirty-fourth part of its surface. Great 
 Britain, exclusive of the islands in the British 
 seas, contains 89,644 square miles, and is therefore 
 slightly larger. V. is bounded on the N. by the 
 River Murray, and by a direct line running in a 
 south-easterly direction from a place near the 
 head waters of that stream, called the Springs, on 
 Forest Hill, to cape Howe. The positions of the 
 extremities of this line are as follow: — 
 
 Latitude S. Longitude E. 
 
 O I It 1 I II 
 
 The Springs ... 36 47 56'90 ... 148 1157-75 
 Cape Howe ... 37 30 23t)9 ... 149 58 35'50 
 The western boundary which divides it from S.A. 
 is a line about 242 geographical miles in length, 
 approximating to the position of the 141st meridian 
 of E. longitude, and extending from the Murray 
 to the sea. This line was, in 1847-9, marked upon 
 the ground as the 141st meridian, and was accepted 
 and proclaimed as such in the Government Gazettes 
 of the period in the two colonies ; but its true 
 position is now found to be 140° 58' 7'26", and it 
 therefore follows that V. exercises jurisdiction over 
 about 360 square miles of South Australian terri- 
 tory. The error was discovered in the course of the 
 Geodetic Survey of V., which was commenced in 
 1857, when according to the first observations made 
 by the surveying staff, the marked line appeared to 
 be two and a-half miles to the eastward of its proper 
 position, and it was consequently supposed thatS.A. 
 had encroached upon V. to that extent all along 
 the frontier. It was afterwards discovered that, 
 owing to errors in the Nautical Almanac, the 
 Victorian geodetic lines had been placed four 
 miles too far to the westward, the necessary result 
 being that, instead of S.A. having possession of 
 any portion of the territory of V., the latter was 
 in occupation of a strip of South Australian terri- 
 tory one and a-half miles broad and 242 miles 
 long. This fact the S.A. Government have sub- 
 mitted should be held to be sufficient reason for 
 the reconsideration and re-marking of the boundary 
 line ; but to this the V. Government object, more 
 especially as they made no demand for its altera- 
 tion when the error was supposed to be two and 
 a-half miles the other way, and also because in 
 the present state of science, it is admitted to be 
 impossible in these latitudes to lay down meridians 
 at very great distances from the primary within a 
 nearer approximation to their true position than a 
 quarter of a mile, so that, if the boundary were 
 
 readjusted now, improved methods in a few years 
 might indicate that the line was still wrong. It 
 may be observed that what is known of the 
 position of the marked boundary line is entirely 
 due to Victorian observers, and .S.A. has never, so 
 far as is known, taken any steps towards testing 
 the accuracy of their observations. The southern 
 boundary of V. is the Southern Ocean, Bass 
 Straits, and the Pacific Ocean. The Southern 
 Ocean is reckoned to extend as far east as a 
 line drawn from the north part of King's Island 
 to Cape Otway ; Bass Straits from that line to one 
 drawn from the north part of Flinders Island to 
 Wilson's Promontory ; and the Pacific Ocean from 
 the last-mentioned line eastward. The southern- 
 most point in V., and consequently in the whole 
 of A., is Wilson's Promontory, which lies in lat. 
 39° 8' S., long. 146° 26' E. ; the northernmost point 
 is the place where the western boundary of 
 the colony meets the Murray, lat. 34° 2' S., long. 
 140° 58' E. ; the point furthest east is Cape 
 Howe, situated in lat. 37° 31' S., long. 149° 
 59' E. ; the most westerly point is in the line of 
 the whole western frontier, which, according to 
 the latest correction, lies upon the meridian 
 140° 58' E., and extends from lat. 34° 2' S. to lat. 
 38° 4' S., or 242 geographical miles. The Melbourne 
 Observatory is a building specially erected for 
 observatory purposes on the Government reserve 
 on the south side of the River Yarra. According to 
 the latest computation, its lat. is 37° 49' 53" S., 
 and its long. 144° 58' 42" E. 
 
 II. Physical Features.— The surface of V. is 
 even more diversified, and less easy to describe, 
 than that of N.S.W. A broad and irregular range 
 of mountains runs through the colony from E. to 
 W., dividing it into two unequal parts, all the 
 truly Victorian rivers having their sources on the 
 southern side of the watershed and flowing to the 
 sea, while those rising on the northern slopes all 
 empty themselves into the Murray. The eastern 
 and loftiest portion of the mountain range is 
 known as the Australian Alps, while its extension 
 westwards is termed the Dividing Range. Farther 
 west it is called the Pyrenees, some of whose peaks 
 are incongruously named Ben Nevis and Mount 
 Ararat. Beyond these the range turns northward 
 and forms the Grampians, whose principal peak, 
 Mount William, is 5600 feet high. The highest 
 part of the Australian Alps in V. is Mount 
 Bogong (6508 feet,) forming part of a northerly 
 spur between the Mitta-mitta and Ovens Rivers 
 and about fifty miles west of the N.S.W. boun- 
 dary. Further west a few peaks rise above 
 6000 feet. All along the main chain are many 
 northern and southern spurs and short ranges, 
 as well as a number of outlying peaks and 
 mountains often extending to a width of fifty or a 
 hundred miles. In the central part of the Dividing 
 Range the hills vary from 2000 to 3500 feet, while 
 both here, and more especially in the country west 
 of Melbourne, are hundreds of volcanic mountains, 
 some with very perfect cones and craters. Thero
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 643 
 
 is no connected system of coast-ranges. To tho 
 east are the Wanderer Hills entering the colony 
 from N.S.W. The Strzelecki Range crosses the 
 southern promontory, while another crosses the 
 south-western promontory and terminates at 
 Moonlight Headland a little north-west of Capo 
 Otway. The larger portion of V. is mountainous 
 or hilly, and it is only in the north-western 
 portion that we meet with plains at all 
 equal in extent to those of N.S.W. This is 
 the Wimmera district, extending from the 
 Pyrenees and Grampians to the Murray, and 
 covering an area of more than 20,000 miles. Here 
 are vast sandy and sparsely grassed plains inter- 
 sected with belts of " myall scrub " and forests of 
 Casuarina, Banksia, and Eucalyptus. Occasionally 
 patches of land occur suitable for agriculture, but 
 by far the larger portion is only suited for pasture. 
 In some parts there are extensive swamps, and 
 the whole district is liable to severe droughts, so 
 that water has to be obtained by means of wells 
 from 80 to 140 feet deep. With the exception of 
 the Murray, V. has few navigable rivers. In 
 winter these rivers become angry torrents, carrying 
 devastation over much fertile country. During 
 the summer heats many of them dwindle down to 
 small streams or to detached pools of water, while 
 some entirely dry up in exceptionally dry seasons, 
 bringing terrible loss to the stock-owners, whose 
 cattle die by thousands from want of water. The 
 principal rivers in the order of their length are — 
 the Murray, the chief sources of which are in the 
 colony and whose main stream bounds it for 
 a distance of nearly 600 miles, its total length 
 measured along its course being 1400 miles ; 
 the Goulburn, 230 miles long, a tributary of the 
 Murray, having its source in the great Dividing 
 Range to the N.E. of Melbourne ; the Glenelg, 205 
 miles long, rising in the Grampians and flowing in 
 a westerly and southerly direction to the sea at 
 the S.W. corner of the colony ; the Loddon, 150 
 miles long, has its sources in the Dividing Range 
 N.W. of Melbourne and flows nearly due north to 
 the Murray ; the Wimmera has its sources in the 
 Pyrenees and Grampians, and flowing northward 
 loses itself in salt lakes and arid plains before 
 reaching the Murray ; the Avoca, 130 miles long, 
 rises on the eastern slopes of the Pyrenees and 
 also terminates in swamps and lakes ; the 
 Hopkins, 110 miles long, rises in the Pyrenees 
 and flows southward to the ocean ; the Ovens, 
 100 miles long, rises in the Australian Alps, 
 near Mounts Smyth and Selwyn, and flows in 
 a N.W. direction to the Murray ; and the Yarra 
 Yarra, 90 miles long, which rises among the 
 southern spurs of the Dividing Range, and flowing 
 west, enters the bay of Port Phillip at Melbourne. 
 There are numerous lakes in V., but many are 
 saline, and some are depressions near the shore, 
 only separated from the ocean by sandbanks. A 
 few are formed in ancient craters. The lakes of 
 the Wimmera district are mostly salt — as Lake 
 Hindmarsh which covers more than 25,ooo acres. 
 
 Lake Burrumbeet, near Ballarat, and some others 
 among the mountains, may be true alpine lakes, 
 but these interesting geographical features have 
 not been sufficiently examined. The scenery of 
 V. is diversified and pleasing. The hills and 
 mountains are mostly clothed with dense forests ; 
 and the ranges of the Australian Alps offer much 
 grand mountain scenery. Again in the west the 
 Pyrenees and Grampians are very picturesque, and 
 some of the rivers are broken by waterfalls of 
 great beauty. The whole country from Melbourne 
 westward is exceedingly rich in soil and varied 
 and beautiful in scenery. Here there is an 
 additional charm in the numerous extinct vol- 
 canoes which occur in extraordinary numbers. In 
 many instances the craters are perfectly defined, 
 leaving not the slightest doubt as to their former 
 character. In general they appear as isolated 
 cones such as Mounts Elephant, Eles, Napier and 
 others, standing out conspicuously from the sur- 
 rounding level ; in others, as the Warion Hills, 
 between the lakes Colac and Corangamite they 
 assume the form of a small chain comprising 
 about a dozen volcanic hills. Within and 
 around the craters are strewed rocks of pumice 
 and lava ; and the lower part is often occupied 
 by a small lake, sometimes of fresh water, 
 at others of salt, or nauseous to the taste 
 and smell, as from the presence of sulphuretted 
 hydrogen. This fine country is also variegated 
 with salt lakes and lagoons, some of which, by 
 their circular form, their peculiar mineral water, 
 and a sort of escarpment around them, have the 
 appearance of craters, although not in the cus- 
 tomary form of cones. Luxuriance of vegetation 
 everywhere accompanies the volcanic deposits, to 
 such an extent as sometimes to be injurious to the 
 animals that feed on it. Westgarth remarks : — 
 " The picture of the past, called up by geological 
 science, contrasts strikingly with the present 
 scenery. The most violent commotions of nature 
 have been succeeded by the opposite extreme of 
 tranquillity. Sheep fat for the shambles the 
 whole year round, horses in the highest spirit and 
 condition, oxen half a ton in weight, sport over the 
 verdant grass supported by the deep soil now 
 covering the once livid rocks that were vomited 
 over the country." Howitt also, in his Two Years 
 in Victoria, speaks of the "rich black volcanic earth 
 and the greenness of the luxuriant vegetation in 
 the country between Ballarat and Geelong, and 
 westward to the Glenelg River. He describes the 
 upper valley of the Moorabool as being exceed- 
 ingly picturesque, the river running through deep 
 glens enclosed by lofty precipices and hung with 
 fine forests. For miles the banks of the river dis- 
 play extreme beauty, winding about amid noble 
 promontories scattered with giant trees, and high 
 hollow combes as impressive in their seclusion 
 as they were rich in soil. Here and there mounds' 
 rise out of the bottom of the valley so rounded and 
 beautiful that one wonders not to see them seized 
 upon and crowned with picturesque mansions,
 
 644 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 Others run in low lines across the valley, looking 
 as if designed by some skilful landscape-gardener 
 to give effect to princely grounds, yet so draped 
 in delicate verdure as only nature could drape 
 them." 
 
 III. Climate. — Although V. is not so hot as 
 N.S.W. or Q., there is not much difference in the 
 maximum summer temperature, which often rises 
 to 100° or even to 108° Fahr. in the shade. There 
 is however a considerable amount of fine clear 
 weather not oppressively warm, and except when 
 the hot northerly winds blow, the climate is 
 exceedingly agreeable. In the lowlands frost is 
 almost unknown, but in the mountainous districts 
 it often freezes at night, although the days may be 
 of a summer temperature. The mean temperature 
 of Melbourne is 58°. The rainfall is very variable 
 in different years. The mean at Melbourne is 
 25 inches, but it has been so low as 14 inches and 
 as high as 48 inches. In the mountains, especially 
 towards the east, the rainfall is greater, while the 
 Wimmera district in the north-western interior is 
 very dry, having rarely above 14 inches, while the 
 soil is mostly sandy and the evaporation enormous. 
 On the whole V. has probably the most agreeable 
 climate of any part of the continent of Australia. 
 
 IV. Natural History. — Being (comparatively) 
 so small, and divided by no great natural barriers 
 from N.S.W. or S.A., it is not to be expected that V. 
 should present many peculiar forms of animals or 
 plants. Its varied surface and rich soil are how- 
 ever highly favourable to vegetable and animal 
 life, and the special Australian flora and fauna 
 are here developed with great luxuriance. Many 
 English quadrupeds and birds have now been 
 introduced and become naturalised ; such as hares, 
 rabbits, deer, goats, pheasants, partridges, quails, 
 white swans, foreign ducks, thrushes, larks, and 
 other song-birds ; and many of these are becom- 
 ing more or less plentiful. Rabbits have increased 
 in some of the scrubs to such an extent as to be a 
 nuisance. Deer may be found in some of the 
 mountain ranges ; and the Axis deer of India, of 
 which thirty-five were turned out in the Wimmera 
 district a few years since, now number herds of 
 some hundreds in the ranges of the Western Gram- 
 pians and in many of the surrounding mountains. 
 Angora goats have also been turned out, and many 
 of the birds have increased wonderfully, so that 
 the sweetest songsters of England may be often 
 heard in the woods of this remote colony. The 
 southern slopes and valleys of the Dividing Range 
 to the N.E. of Melbourne are clothed with magni- 
 ficent forests, and it is here that trees have been 
 found surpassing in height the famed giant trees 
 of California. Among the various tributaries of 
 the Watts River (a northern branch of the Yarra 
 Yai ra) several species of Eucalyptus attain gigantic 
 dimensions never met within any other forests. 
 There are large tracts near the sources of the 
 Watts where the trees average from 250 to 300 
 feet high, mostly straight as an arrow and with 
 very few branches. Many Mien trees measure 
 
 350 feet in length, and one huge specimen, which 
 lay prostrate across a stream, was found by actual 
 measurement with a tape to be 435 feet from its 
 roots to where its trunk had been broken off by 
 the fall. This broken end was three feet in 
 diameter, so that at the lowest estimate the 
 entire tree must have been over 500 feet high — 
 by far the loftiest tree as yet ascertained to 
 exist on the globe. At five feet from the ground 
 it measures eighteen feet in diameter. The tree 
 had been much burnt, and the broken top entirely 
 destroyed. This tree was a eucalyptus, probably 
 of the species named E. obliqua or E. amyydalina. 
 The tallest of the Wellingtonias of California do 
 not exceed 325 feet, but they are usually thicker 
 at the base. This huge fallen tree was however 
 eighteen feet in diameter at five feet from the 
 ground, and some are said to exceed twenty feet 
 in diameter, but these are rarely more than 300 
 feet high. It is therefore probable that not only 
 in height but also in the quantity of timber in a 
 single tree, these Victorian eucalypti far surpass 
 all other trees in the world. 
 
 V. Geology.— The geological formation of V. is 
 very varied, and this helps to give the country 
 much of its beautiful and romantic scenery. It 
 possesses far less of the barren tertiary sandstone 
 than the other colonies, and a larger proportion of 
 palaeozoic and volcanic rocks, to which it owes its 
 extreme fertility. The Dividing Range running 
 through the centre of the country from east to 
 west consists of granitic and Silurian rocks, which 
 extend also to the Grampians on the west and the 
 Australian Alps on the east. South of the moun- 
 tains to the sea was once an enormous deposit of 
 upper palajozoic or secondary rocks, which have 
 since been denuded. These rocks had a strike at 
 right angles to the mountain range, and the beds 
 of quartz and other hard rocks now stand up in 
 ridges running north and south across the country 
 so regularly that they are used as sure guides by 
 the wandering bushman. These more recent 
 deposits seldom produce much gold, and it is 
 owing to their extensive denudation that V. owes 
 much of its auriferous treasures. The mode in 
 which the gold occurs has already been described 
 in our chapter on the Geology of Australia, 
 and need not be repeated here. Devonian sand- 
 stones, slates and limestones, occur in Gipps Land. 
 Secondary rocks, though scanty, occur in the Cape 
 Otway country, and in the region east of Western 
 Port, as well as in the Wannon district east of the 
 Glenelg River. These regions are poor, and are 
 either uninhabited or pastoral. Coal is found at 
 Cape Otway and Western Port, but it is not of 
 great value, being of Mesozoic age. Tertiary 
 deposits cover one-third of the surface of the 
 colony. The calcareous or desert sandstone of 
 Pliocene age, which is so largely developed in W. 
 ami S.A., enters V. in the west and north-west, 
 ami forms much of the poor arid pastures of the 
 Wimmera country. To the south of the moun- 
 tains small patches of it only are found at Port
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 645 
 
 Phillip Heads and Western Port. The quartz, 
 gravel, clay, sandstone, and conglomerate, in which 
 alluvial gold is found, is Older Pliocene, while 
 the fresh-water sandstones of Geelong and of the 
 Loddon valley are Newer Pliocene. The coloured 
 clays of Warrnambool on the south-western coast 
 are Post-pliocene. Miocene beds occur in the 
 Moorabool valley west of Geelong and in the Cape 
 Otway region ; while the sandstone of Portland 
 in the west and the rough limestone of the Gipps- 
 land lakes are of the same age. The extinct 
 volcanoes of V. are very remarkable, and appar- 
 ently very recent, so that the traditions of eruptions 
 existing among the natives may be founded on fact. 
 Many of the plains, as those north and west of 
 Melbourne, are formed by outflows of basalt, as 
 are some very extensive plains in the western part 
 of the colony. The successive flows of basalt, 
 beneath which the "deep leads " of the gold-miners 
 are found, have already been described. The vol- 
 canic cones and craters which are so abundant in 
 the south-west of V. and in the Dividing Kange 
 have discharged basalt, lava, scoria;, cinders, mud, 
 and ashes. In many places, as about Ballarat, these 
 extinct volcanoes may be counted by the score. 
 Some are filled up at the summit, others are sur- 
 rounded by a rim miles in extent, while others again 
 have their craters filled with water. Several of the 
 western lakes appear to have been craters. Many 
 of these volcanoes were in eruption during the 
 Miocene period, others in Pliocene and Post-plio- 
 cene, or even in recent times. To the south-west, 
 near Lake Colac, are singular ridges of lava and 
 basalt forming a labyrinthine network of rock, 
 among which caverns of considerable extent have 
 been found. 
 
 VI. Mountains. — A range of mountains traverses 
 the entire length of the colony, dividing it into two 
 unequal parts. This range runs in an eastern and 
 western direction, generally at a distance of sixty 
 or seventy miles from the sea-coast. It is part 
 of the Australian Cordillera and is called the 
 Dividing Range"; all the Victorian rivers have 
 their sources in this range or in its spurs, those to 
 the north running towards the Murray and those 
 to the south flowing into the sea. Its eastern part, 
 which divides the Gipps Land district from the 
 Murray, is known as the Australian Alps. It 
 varies in height from 1000 to 7000 feet, the 
 principal peaks being Mount Smyth, Mount 
 Selwin, The Twins, Forest Hill and the Cobboras. 
 The range dividing the Wimmera district from 
 the county of Ripon is termed the Pyrenees ; the 
 principal peaks are the Coorong-Ageering, the 
 Jambour and Ben Nevis. The Grampians form 
 the west termination of the Great Dividing Range ! 
 the principal peak is Mount William, 5G00 feet 
 high. Other mountains are — the Benambras, the 
 Gibbo, Bogong, Buffalo and Futter ranges ; the 
 Delatite, Mount Wellington, Bawbaw, Hoddle, 
 Strzelecki, Dandenong, Victoria and Sierra ranges. 
 The ranges running at right angles to the main 
 dividing range are not very lofty, and consist 
 
 mostly of heavily-timbered hills, although in the 
 Geelong and Ballarat districts are numerous bald 
 hills the slopes of some of which are in a high 
 state of cultivation as vineyards and otherwise. 
 The highest peaks of the mountain system of 
 Victoria are the following :— Bogong 6508 feet, 
 Feathertop 6303 feet, Hotham 6100 feet, Cobboras 
 6025 feet, Cope 6015 feet, Buller 5911 feet, Gibbo 
 5764 feet, Wills 5758 feet, Howitt 5715 feet, 
 Buffalo 5645 feet, Twins 5575 feet, Wellington 
 5363 feet, Tamboritha 5381 feet, Cobbler 5342 feet, 
 Kent 5129 feet, Forest Hill 5000 feet, Benambra 
 4940 feet, Castle Hill 4860 feet, Ellery 4255 feet. 
 As far as is known at present there are at least 
 fifteen peaks over 5000 feet high, and fifteen 
 between 4000 and 5000 feet ; there are also many 
 peaks above 4000 feet whose actual height have 
 not yet been determined. 
 
 VII. Capes. — The principal headlands are — 
 Cape Bridgewater, Cape Nelson, and Cape Otway 
 (the last-named is at the south-western extremity 
 of the colony, and usually the first land sighted by 
 the emigrant,) Cape Volney, Point Flinders, Port 
 Phillip Heads, and Point Lonsdale on the south, 
 to the west of Port Phillip Bay; and Point Nepean, 
 Cape Schank, Cape Paterson, Cape Liptrap, and 
 Wilson's Promontory, also on the south, to the 
 east of Port Phillip Bay. 
 
 VIII. Rivers. — The absence of rivers of any 
 size is one of the greatest obstacles to the opening 
 up of the country ; with the exception of the 
 Murray, the Yarra-Yarra, and the Gippsland 
 streams, none are navigable in the English accepta- 
 tion of the term. The names of the principal 
 rivers, in the order of their length, are as follow : — 
 The Murray 2400 miles, 670 miles of which flows 
 along the Victorian border, Goulburn 230 miles, 
 Glenelg 205 miles, Loddon 150 miles, Wimmera 
 135 miles, Avoca 130 miles, Hopkins 110 miles, 
 Wannon 105 miles, Ovens 100 miles, Yarra-Yarra 
 90 miles, Latrobe 90 miles, Mitta-Mitta 90 
 miles. In winter time the rivers of A. are fre- 
 quently swollen by the heavy rains into angry 
 torrents, which carry all before them in their 
 resistless course, and, overflowing their banks, 
 devastate the country. Many of the smaller 
 streams, colonially called " creeks," and, indeed, 
 some of the larger rivers in the west, dwindle 
 down into mere threads of water, and occasional 
 pools, or water-holes, during the summer heats, 
 and sometimes dry up altogether ; a circumstance 
 which, when it occurs, is productive of terrible 
 loss to stockowners, cattle dying in thousands from 
 drought. 
 
 IX. Lakes. — There are numerous salt and fresh 
 water lakes, many of these being dry during the 
 summer months, and all of them more or less 
 shallow ; the largest of these is Lake Corangamite, 
 covering 48,640 acres. This lake, with a number 
 of small ones in its neighbourhood, has no outlet, 
 and is extremely saline, from the accumulation of 
 salt in solution passed into it by drainage from 
 the basalt rock, the water being kept down by
 
 646 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 vaporisation, while the quantity of salt continually 
 increases. In the summer the lake falls, by evap- 
 oration, considerably below its winter level, leaving 
 on the banks large quantities of native salt in 
 crystals, the gathering of which forms a remu- 
 nerative occupation to those residing in the district. 
 A few miles distant from this is Lake Colac (fresh 
 water,) 6400 acres in extent. Lake Burrumbeet, 
 in the county of Ripon (fresh water,) embraces an 
 area of 5440 acres. Lake Albacutya, in the Wim- 
 mera district, covers 13,440 acres ; Bolac, in the 
 same division, 8960 acres ; Lake Connewarre is 
 7680 acres in extent ; Lake Hindmarsh, 25,840 
 acres. The Gipps Land lakes, Victoria, King, Reeve, 
 and Wellington, are approachable from the sea at 
 certain times, a belt of sand only separating them 
 therefrom. This belt or bar is periodically opened 
 at a stated point by the neighbouring settlers, thus 
 setting free the accumulated waters, and opening 
 a channel for the vessels which ply to and from 
 the lakes. Works have been commenced with a 
 view to make the entrance permanent. The largest 
 of them is Lake Victoria, covering an area of 
 58,240 acres ; Lake Wellington occupies 46,080 
 acres. 
 
 X. Harbours. — The principal harbours are 
 Port Phillip Bay, 40 miles long and about the 
 same width at the widest part, area about 700 
 square miles, the head waters of which are called 
 Hobson's Bay and form the port of Melbourne ; 
 the south-western waters of Port Phillip Bay form 
 Corio Bay, on the shores of which Geelong is 
 located ; others being Portland Bay, Port Fairy, 
 Lady Bay, Western Port, and Port Albert. 
 
 XL Divisions.— V. is divided into four districts 
 — Gipps Land, the Murray, Wimmera and Loddon. 
 (1) Gipps Land, so named after one of the early 
 Governors of N.S.W., includes Gipps Land north 
 and Gipps Land south. This district occupies the 
 south-eastern portion of the colony and comprises 
 about one-fifth of the whole territory of V. ; much 
 of it, to the north and east particularly, is unavail- 
 able for agricultural or pastoral purposes from its 
 rugged and mountainous character, but there are 
 in other parts large tracts of grazing and tillable 
 country, rich deposits of alluvial soil predomi- 
 nating in some parts, rendering large returns for 
 the labour of cultivation. Owing however to the 
 heavy timber, gum, and ironbark that grow on it 
 in many places, its clearing is attended with con- 
 siderable toil and expense. In the south and west 
 portion a large quantity of land is occupied for 
 farming and cattle-grazing, for which its rich and 
 fertile soil peculiarly fits it. A large proportion 
 of the fat cattle supplied to the Melbourne market 
 during the winter months is received from here. 
 Its mineral resources are immense, comprising 
 gold, silver, copper, iron, tin, lead, coal, marble 
 and limestone. In the north-west portion of the 
 district quartz reefs are very numerous, and 
 these are now being systematically worked, 
 and in many cases with remunerative results. 
 The climate and soil are well fitted for the 
 
 growth of oranges, limes, hops, tobacco and opium, 
 and its rivers abound in fish. The population by 
 the last census was 20,000, and the railway which 
 now connects Melbourne with its chief town 
 Sale, will be likely to considerably increase that 
 number. The lakes are admittedly the finest in 
 V, and are a great source of attraction to tourists 
 and sportsmen ; tke fishing and shooting are 
 unsurpassed. The principal rivers are — the Avon, 
 Thompson, Tambo, Snowy, and Latrobe, all rising 
 in the dividing range or its spurs. The mountain 
 ranges are numerous, and most of them are 
 covered with snow for a considerable portion of 
 the year. The chief towns are — Sale, Stratford, Bru- 
 then, Alberton, Rosedale, Tarraville, Palmerston, 
 Bairnsdale, and Jericho. Gipps Land is a country 
 of colossal mountains, of magnificent streams, and 
 of fertile plains. The geological formation i3 
 chiefly volcanic, with large outcropping beds of 
 granite and trap rock to the north-east. In the south 
 it is carbonaceous, and contains lepidodendron, 
 and other fossil plants characteristic of the English 
 coal strata, and nearly all over the district auri- 
 ferous indications have been found. (2.) The 
 Murray District is a vast tract of country lying 
 in the north-east, aud comprising the Omeo, Ovens, 
 and Goulburn districts. It is well watered by 
 several streams, which flow through it north and 
 south, the principal of these being the Mitta-Mitta, 
 Kiewa, Ovens, Broken, and numerous tributary 
 creeks. It is generally a mountainous country, 
 the ranges being lofty, rugged, and thickly covered 
 with fine trees. The principal of these are — the 
 Bogongs, Benambras, Buffalo, Stathbogie, and 
 Delatite. The Ovens to the north, and the Omeo to 
 the south-east, the Buckland about the centre, and 
 the Woods Point diggings to the south-west, are 
 noted for their auriferous wealth ; and mining, both 
 alluvial and quartz, is extensively carried on, In 
 the north-east are vast plains of fine grass-land, 
 principally devoted to pastoral pursuits, most of the 
 land being held on lease from the Government by 
 squatters and sheep-farmers, some of whose runs are 
 as large as an English county. There is also some 
 good agricultural land in the district, which is 
 principally used for the culture of the vine and 
 tobacco, and the growth of wheat. The North - 
 Eastern line of railway cuts through a considerable 
 portion of this district, and the facilities afforded 
 to farmers and others for quickly and cheaply 
 transporting their stock and produce to a market 
 is doing much to develop the fine capabilities of 
 the country. The most important towns are — 
 Avenel, Euroa, Benalla, Wangaratta, Beechworth, 
 Chiltern, Belvoir, Yackandandah, Tarrawingee, 
 Rutherglen, Wahgunyah, Buckland, Bright, Mans- 
 field, Jamieson, and Woods Point. The geological 
 formation is varied, consisting of lower silurian 
 with recent surface drift, principally of shale and 
 slate, and occasional basaltic plains with vast out- 
 cropping beds of granite. (3.) The Wirmnera 
 District is a large extent of country, occupying 
 the whole of the north-west portion of V., and
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 647 
 
 covering an area of 25,000 miles. It is almost 
 exclusively pastoral, and consists for the most part 
 of vast sandy and sparsely-grassed plains, inter- 
 sected with belts of myall scrub and forests of 
 she-oak, box, honeysuckle, and stringy bark. 
 Occasional patches of land suitable for agricul- 
 tural purposes have however been found and taken 
 up by settlers. In the north-west are extensive 
 swamps, caused by the overflow of the Murray 
 River. There are some ranges of mountains in 
 the south, but generally the country is flat. The 
 principal rivers are — the Wimmera, Yarriambiack 
 Creek, and the Avon and Richardson ; they are 
 all however liable to dry up, and in the dry season 
 become mere chains of water-holes. The country 
 is badly watered, and in hot seasons suffers greatly 
 from drought. Water is obtained by the squatters 
 by digging wells, which at a depth of 80 to 140 
 feet almost invariably give fine fresh water. The 
 geological formation is pliocene tertiary, with 
 granite and porphyry dykes. Gypsum has been 
 found in a few places. (4.) The Loddon District, 
 occupying the north central part of the colony, is 
 also principally pastoral, but containing some 
 auriferous land towards the south. The Loddon, 
 whence the district takes it name, flows from south 
 to north directly through it. The leading towns 
 are — Sandhurst, formerly known as Bendigo, 
 Ravenswood, Dunolly, Inglewood, and Wedder- 
 burn. The geological formation is generally lower 
 silurian, with recent surface drift. 
 
 XII. Population.— On 15th August 1835 the 
 white population of Port Phillip was 14 ; in 1836 
 it was 234. By the census of 1871 the total 
 corrected returns were 731,528, of whom 401,050 
 were males and 330,478 females. The number of 
 inhabited dwellings in the colony was 158,481 ; 
 uninhabited, 6997 ; places building, 866 ; in all, 
 158,481. Among the population were 17,857 
 Chinese, only 31 of whom were females. The 
 aboriginal population of V. when the colony was 
 first settled numbered 5000. In 1851 their num- 
 bers were reduced to 2693; in 1863 they had 
 dwindled down to about 1908. At the date of the 
 census in 1871 they numbered 1330, viz., 784 males 
 and 546 females ; on 15th March 1877 their num- 
 bers were reduced to 1067 (in this were included 
 half-castes) — 633 males, 434 females ; children, 
 297, those entirely black numbered 774, and those 
 of mixed blood 293. On 1st January 1880 the 
 Registrar-General estimated the population on 
 that date as 899,333, of whom 489,559 were males 
 and 409,774 were females. The mining popula- 
 tion was 37,553. The increase during the year 
 being 11,243 males and 8648 females. The 
 births in 1879 numbered 26,839—11,327 males 
 and 13,112 females; the deaths numbered 12,120 
 — 7033 males and 5087 females. The marriages, 
 4986. In proportion to every thousand of the 
 population the births were 3021 ; marriages, 
 561 ; deaths, 1364. Of the deaths 4640 were 
 of children under five years of age. On 30th 
 June 1880 the population was estimated at 
 
 908,852 — 494,763 males 414,089 females. Total 
 908, 852. The census taken in 1881 gave the 
 population at 860,000 in round numbers. 
 
 XIII. Soil and Products.— The land available 
 fur pastoral and agricultural purposes has been 
 approximately classified thus :— of rich light loam, 
 generally distributed near the coast, there are 
 36,000 square miles, generally to be met with on 
 terraced flats along the river valleys and running 
 in narrow belts along the sea-coast ; it is also found 
 in extensive level plains with stunted timber and 
 thickly-grassed undulating forest country ; the 
 geological features of these stretches are clay, 
 sand, lime, gravel, tertiary, and superficial deposits, 
 including alluvial of cold sandy clays and loams, 
 occupying the central, north, north-east, and south- 
 east portions of the country, there are 28,000 square 
 miles in hilly and undulating country abounding 
 in iron-bark and stringy- bark trees growing on 
 clay, slate, schist, and sandstone : of rich black and 
 chocolate soils, eminently adapted for purposes of 
 tillage, distributed in the south-western and central 
 districts, there are about 12,000 square miles of 
 volcanic origin : of light and sandy soil of granitic 
 formation, in patches throughout the country, there 
 are about 8000 square miles : of rich sandy loams 
 near Geelong, and in the counties of Normanby 
 and Dundas, South Grenville and Polwarth, there 
 are about 3000 square miles showing shales and 
 soft sandstone. Nearly everything grown in Eng- 
 land flourishes in V., and very many things that 
 the cold uncertain climate of England will not 
 allow to attain to maturity thrive in the colony. 
 Wheat, barley, and oats — the latter cultivated more 
 as hay than for grain — are the farmers' leading 
 articles. Next come potatoes, rye, peas, beans, 
 maize, sorghum, mangold-wurtzels and beet, clover, 
 and various fodder grasses, which are largely grown. 
 Of tobacco too a large breadth has been devoted to 
 its cultivation. Among other things which have 
 been successfully tried are hemp, flax, hops, chicory, 
 sugar, beet, canary grass : and in fruit, all kinds 
 flourish, as do also olives, oranges, guavas, black 
 mulberries, and other fruits. The cereals do 
 remarkably well. The greatest weight recorded 
 of a bushel of wheat is 69 lbs. 4 oz., the average for 
 the last five years has been 61 lbs.; the average 
 weight of oats is 40 lbs., of barley 51 lbs., and of 
 maize 55 lbs. As many as 50 and 60 bushels of 
 wheat, 00 bushels of oats, and 42 bushels of barley 
 per acre have been obtained ; but these returns 
 are unusual. From the nature of the soils and 
 the favourable character of the climate, wine and 
 oil of good quality can be produced with ease in 
 V. Already the wines made in the colony have 
 taken a high place in the estimation of European 
 connoisseurs, and the cultivation of the grape will 
 form a source of great wealth. Large vineyards 
 have been planted, and while the quality of the 
 wines is such as to command a ready sale at a higli 
 price, the yield is large, the average being about 
 250 gallons per acre. The culture of the vine has 
 received a serious check through the ravages of
 
 648 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 the Phylloxera vastatrix ; but it is believed that 
 the ravages of the disease have been magnified. 
 The apple, pear, peach, and nectarine, apricot, 
 almond, gooseberry, currant, and fig, and the cab- 
 bage, cauliflower, turnip, carrot, parsnip, asparagus, 
 pea, bean, water-melon, rock-melon, and tomato, 
 may be seen all growing together luxuriantly in 
 the same plot of ground, while the borders blos- 
 som with the fuchsia, geranium, violet, daisy, and 
 other common flowers of the English garden. 
 
 XIV. Agriculture. — According to the statistics 
 for the year ending 31st March 1880 the following 
 figures show the state of land returned as in 
 occupation 16,615,000 acres. Number of holdings 
 exceeding one acre, 49,025. Extent of land in 
 occupation (purchased land) — Freehold, 8,991,033 
 acres; rented, 1,627,611 acres; total, 10,546,634 
 acres. Selected land (purchase not completed,) 
 6,068,283 acres. Total area in occupation, 16,614,917 
 acres. Extent of land under tillage, 1,687,400 
 acres. The area of land under wheat was 707,738 
 acres ; average yield, 13'3 bushels ; total yield, 
 9,407,503 bushels ; Maize, 2451 acres, produced 
 61,922 bushels. Oats, 167,721 acres; average yield, 
 24-0 bushels; total yield, 4,024,962 bushels. Barley, 
 43,208 acres ; total yield, 1,065,759 bushels. Hay, 
 201,169 acres ; average yield, 1'5 tons ; total yield, 
 291,781 tons. Potatoes, 41,600 acres; average yield, 
 4 '0 tons; total yield, 167,986 tons. Rye, 1243 acres; 
 produce, 18,479 bushels. Peas and beans, 21,454 
 acres ; produce, 574,815 bushels. Turnips, 193 
 acres ; produce, 2070 tons. Mangold-wurtzel, 1056 
 acres ; produce, 14,894 tons. Onions, 1040 acres ; 
 produce, 7347 tons. Tobacco, 531 acres ; produce, 
 1297. It may be mentioned that the tobacco crop 
 of 1879-80 has failed in most of the districts. Vines, 
 4285 acres ; produce, 106,185 cwt. Gardens, 12,841 
 acres. Orchards, 7464 acres. Beet, carrots, &c, 
 375 acres. Chicory, 392 acres. Hops, 260 acres. 
 The land under grain crops was 933,805 acres ; root 
 crops, 44,234 acres ; green forage, 508,644 acres ; 
 other crops, 8157 acres ; land in fallow, 162,245 
 acres. The breadth of land sown in wheat was 
 16,116 acres in excess of that in the previous year. 
 The grain crops, as compared with 1877-78, show 
 the following increases : — Wheat, 3,346,766 bushels ; 
 oats, 1,658,936 bushels ; barley, 648,602 bushels ; 
 maize, 21,168 bushels; peas, 326,379. Rye shows 
 a decrease of 2337 bushels. In root crops there 
 are these increases : — Potatoes, 69,028 bushels ; 
 turnips, 724 bushels ; mangold-wurtzel, 6619 tons ; 
 beet and parsnips, 1238 bushels ; onions, 3747 
 bushels. In chicory there is an increase of 1201 
 bushels, in hops of 1360 cwt., in tobacco there is 
 a decrease of 14,365 cwt., in grapes of 33,502 cwt., 
 in the wine, made 163,810 gallons. For the year 
 ending 31st March 1879 the value of the agricul- 
 tural implements and machinery on farms and 
 stations was estimated at £2,025,916, the improve- 
 ments at £16,845,527, a total of £18,871,443; 
 103,520 hands were employed on farms and 
 stations. The principal agricultural machinery 
 &c. on farms was comprised in 385 steam engines 
 
 of 2994 h.p. The other machinery in 1878 was 
 39,878 carts, 11,737 chaff-cutters, 14 cultivators, 
 564 earth scoops, 3 grubbers, 28,227 harrows, 293 
 hay elevators, 1418 horse hayrakes, 1093 mowing 
 machines, 34,808 ploughs, 8213 reaping machines, 
 9155 rollers, 3790 scarifiers, 830 thrashing machines, 
 8333 waggons, 123 windmills, 1922 winnowing 
 machines, and 608 wool presses. On stations 
 the returns were 24 steam engines of 193 
 h.p., 1059 carts, 337 chaff-cutters, 93 earth 
 scoops, 250 harrows, 102 horse works, 55 mowers, 
 8 patent pumps, 740 ploughs, 62 reapers, 184 
 rollers, 84 scarifiers, 8 stump extractors, 31 thrash- 
 ing machines, 285 waggons, 46 winnowers, and 376 
 wool presses. The number of live stock on land 
 unconnected with stations on 31st March 1878 was 
 — horses, 185,671 ; cattle, milch cows, 256,780 ; 
 exclusive of milch cows, 741,489 ; sheep, 5,611,964 ; 
 pigs, 179,209. On stations to same date — horses, 
 17,479; cattle, milch cows, 11,330; exclusive of 
 milch cows, 164,577 ; sheep, 4,502,303 ; pigs, 4182. 
 On farms and stations to same date — horses, 
 203,150 ; cattle, milch cows, 268,110 ; exclusive of 
 milch cows, 906,066 ; sheep, 10,114,267 ; pigs, 
 183,391. The returns of stock to 31st March 
 1879 were— horses, 210,015; milch cows, 290,407; 
 other horned cattle, 894,436 ; sheep, 9,379,276 ; 
 pigs, 177,373. The value of agricultural pro- 
 duce and live stock imported into and exported 
 during 1878 was as follows :— Imported in 1878, 
 £1,293,421 : and in 1879, £1,586,721. Exported 
 in 1878 (Victorian,) £1,091,834 ; other, £73,691 : 
 total exports for 1878, £1,165,526. Exports from 
 V, 1879, £810,715 ; other than Victorian, £85,245: 
 total exports, £895,960 for 1879. 
 
 XV. Lands. — The estimated area of the colony 
 is 56,446,720 acres, of which 23,000,000 acres are 
 unavailable for selection, being mallee scrub, moun- 
 tains, <fec, leaving the accessible area at 33,446,720 
 acres. Of this superficies there had been alienated 
 or reserved up to 31st December 1878, 24,073,835 
 acres, leaving yet unalienated 9,372,885, which 
 would be further increased by 2,050,000 acres of 
 lands which had reverted to the Crown, and mak- 
 ing the approximate area available for selection on 
 1st January 1879, 11,422,885 acres. The Land 
 Acts expire this year (1880,) but owing to the per- 
 turbed state of politics it is not likely that any 
 radical change will take place at present. The 
 stations or runs number 701, embracing 17,183,843 
 acres, the yearly rent being £104,843 8s. To 469 
 of the runs there are attached 1,690,317 acres of 
 purchased land. The average size of each run is 
 about 24,513 acres, the rental being about lid. per 
 acre. 
 
 XVI. Religion. — There are 28 15 churches, chapels 
 and other buildings used for public worship. The 
 denominations are now entirely self-supported — 
 the annual grant of £50,000 having terminated on 
 31st December 1875. 
 
 XVII. Education. — Thesystem of public primary 
 education in V. is free, secular, and compulsory, 
 the Act establishing it having come into force on
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 6i9 
 
 the 1st January 1873. The department is under 
 a Minister of Education, who is alone responsible 
 to Parliament and the country, in whom (or his 
 successors) all school properties are vested, and 
 virtually at whose disposal are the appointment 
 and dismissal of officers. Attendance at the 
 schools is compulsory between the ages of six and 
 fourteen years ; the attendance to amount to sixty 
 days in each half-year, any of the following reasons 
 only being a valid excuse for non-attendance : — 
 Efficient education elsewhere ; sickness, fear of 
 infection, or any unavoidable cause ; if there be 
 no State-school within two miles ; if a child be 
 educated up to the standard. This provision of 
 the Act is enforced by " truant officers," whose 
 special business is to hunt up defaulting parents 
 and compel them to have their children educated. 
 The instruction imparted is severed from all con- 
 nection or special arrangement with the religious 
 denominations, is secular in the sense of not being 
 distinctively religious, and is free in certain pre- 
 scribed subjects, other subjects being allowed to 
 be taught on the payment of small fees, fixed by 
 regulations. On 1st January 1879, in the 310 
 schools districts of the colony, there were in oper- 
 ation 1456 State day schools, 208 State night 
 schools, a total of 1664. The number of children 
 enrolled during the year was 231,169 — 121,471 
 boys, 109,698 girls. The average attendance was 
 61,279 boys, 55,329 girls, a total of 116,608, a 
 decrease on the previous year of 3350 on the rolls, 
 nearly half of which it is stated by the Education 
 Department is chargeable to the night schools. 
 The number of new school-houses opened during 
 the year was 154, affording accommodation for 
 15,193 children, and in addition 13 school-houses 
 were enlarged to the extent of accommodation 
 for 1668 children. The cost of the instruction 
 of each child in average attendance in 1878 was 
 £3 15s. lid. in day schools, £1 12s. 2kl. in night 
 schools, and £'i 13s. lid. for the two combined ; 
 these figures are somewhat higher than those of 
 the previous year. The teaching power was com- 
 prised in a total of 3906 persons as follows: — Head 
 teachers, 1278 males, 182 females ; assistants, 231 
 males, and 603 females ; workmistresses, 543 ; 
 pupil teachers, 315 males, 754 females. The num- 
 ber of school buildings belonging to the department 
 on 31st July 1878 was 1241, with accommodation 
 for 130,429 scholars, and 792 teachers' residences. 
 Between 1st July 1877 and 30th June 1878, prose- 
 cutions were instituted in 2172 cases by truant 
 officers against parents for neglecting to send their 
 children to school, resulting in 1547 convictions 
 and 625 dismissals. Penalties were inflicted vary- 
 ing in amount from Is. to £1, accompanied in some 
 instances with costs to the extent of 5s., amount- 
 ing in all to i'521 18s. 6d. The returns for 1879 
 have not yet been published by the Government. 
 On 1st January 1879, the private schools of all 
 kinds throughout the colony numbered 596, with 
 37,582 scholars, taught by 1700 teachers. This 
 number includes the college and grammar schools, 
 
 which number 6, with 57 masters and 1099 students, 
 and are as follows : — The Church of England 
 Grammar School, Melbourne, having 10 masters 
 or professors, and 226 pupils ; the Geelong Gram- 
 mar School, also connected with the Church of 
 England, having 9 masters, and 147 pupils ; the 
 Scotch College, Melbourne, in connection with the 
 Presbyterian Church, having 12 masters and 342 
 pupils ; the Wesley College, Melbourne, connected 
 with the Wesleyan body, with 11 masters and 216 
 pupils ; St. Patrick's College, Melbourne, belong- 
 ing to the Roman Catholic Church, having 7 
 masters and 147 pupils ; and St. Francis Xavier's 
 College, Kew, also connected with the Roman 
 Catholic Church, having 8 masters and 93 pupils. 
 In connection with the Melbourne Grammar School 
 there are three exhibitions of .£21, tenable for three 
 years, awarded annually to boys under fourteen 
 for education in the School; also two of equal 
 value given annually for two years to students 
 going to attend the University. In connection 
 with the Scotch College there is an exhibition of 
 £21, tenable for two years, annually open to com- 
 petition for boys under fourteen years of age ; the 
 successful candidate is required to attend the 
 classes of the College. In connection with the 
 Wesley College there is a scholarship called the 
 " Draper," established in memory of the Rev. 
 D. J. Draper, who was lost in the steamship 
 London. It is of the value of £25, and is tenable 
 for one year. Two other scholarships have also 
 been founded by Mrs. Powell called the " Walter 
 Powell Scholarships." They are of the value of 
 £40 each. In addition to the foregoing there are 
 a Presbyterian College at Geelong, a High School 
 at Sandhurst, a college at Ballarat, a college at 
 Hamilton, and two ladies' colleges, the Presbyterian 
 College at Melbourne, and the Alexandra College 
 at Hamilton. The Melbourne University was 
 incorporated by Act of Victorian Parliament (16 
 Vic, No. 34) in 1853, was begun in July 1854, and 
 opened 3rd October 1855, and takes a high rank 
 among kindred institutions. Its degrees and 
 diplomas (by virtue of Royal Letters Patent issued 
 in 1859) entitle the holder to the same rank, 
 precedence, and consideration as those of any Uni- 
 versity in the United Kingdom. The subjects taught 
 comprise Natural Science, Mathematics, Law, 
 Anatomy, Classics, History and Political Economy, 
 Logic and Natural Philosophy,Chemistry, Engineer- 
 ing, Medicine, Branches of Law and Mining, each 
 department being under professors or competent 
 masters. It is under the government and control 
 of a Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor selected out 
 of and assisted by a Council of twenty members, 
 of whom sixteen at least must be laymen, and of 
 a Senate presided over by a Warden. It is 
 endowed to the extent of £9000 annually out of 
 the general revenue. During the year 1878 it was 
 attended by 258 students, of whom 252 were 
 matriculated, and 6 were non-matriculated. 114 
 matriculated during the year, making a total of 
 1213 who passed this examination since the 
 
 14
 
 G50 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 establishment of the University. The graduates 
 were 30, of whom 10 took the degree of B.A., 6 of 
 M.A., 4 of M.B., 6 of LL.B., and 2 of LL.D. The 
 expenditure of the year amounted to .£15,293 ; 
 the income to £18,136; of this £1 1,250 was the 
 Government grant, £6694 was derived from College 
 fees, and £192 from other sources. The Church 
 of England has an affiliated college within its 
 boundaries ; the Presbyterian Church a similar 
 college, called the " Ormond," after the principal 
 contributor of the funds ; and kindred institutes 
 will be erected by other denominations. The 
 memorial stone of a new building called the 
 "Wilson" Hall was laid on 2nd October 1879. 
 It will cost in its erection upwards of £40,000, 
 nearly the whole of which has been given by Sir 
 Samuel Wilson, M.L.C. These are the latest 
 educational Statistics to be had at time of com- 
 piling. The object of these institutions is to 
 afford residence, domestic superintendence and 
 tutorial aid to students attending the University, 
 and also to serve for theological seminaries for 
 students who have matriculated at the University. 
 
 XVIII. Charitable Institutions.— There are 
 in all seventy-three institutions for the relief of the 
 sick, indigent, needy, orphans, refugees and unfor- 
 tunates. These institutions have 1376 dormitories, 
 wards, or rooms, and 9402 beds. They were 
 maintained during 1879 by £298,322 from the 
 State Funds, from private contributions and from 
 other sources, £219,506. The expenditure was 
 £296 068. 
 
 XIX. Industrial and Reformatory Schools. 
 — There are in various parts of the colony eleven 
 Industrial and Reformatory Schools, having forty- 
 six wards and 1018 beds. During the year 1879 
 1605 persons passed through these institutions, 
 the number of inmates on 1st January 1880, being 
 781—397 boys and 384 girls. The year's expendi- 
 ture amounted to £22,997. 
 
 XX. Mining. — The colony is justly celebrated 
 for the wealth, extent, and variety of its mineral 
 resources. Copper ore is found at St. Arnaud, 
 Specimen Gully, and on the River Thompson ; in 
 Gipps Land, where native copper is found asso- 
 ciated with other ores of copper in the form of 
 carbonates and pyrites ; it also occurs in small 
 quantities at Steiglitz, Castlemaine, the Blue 
 Mountains, Bendigo, &c. During 1879, 3862 tons 
 of copper ore were raised, and 4228 tons were 
 smelted, from which 388 tons 15 cwt. of regulus 
 were obtained, and there were exported 135 tons 
 19 cwt. of copper, and 225 tons 15 cwt. of regulus. 
 At St. Arnaud and Bethanga are silver mines. 
 During 1879 no ore was raised, but there were 
 smelted at the Mint and elsewhere, from gold, 
 22,680 ozs. 15 dwts. Tin occurs in numerous 
 places in the district of Reechworth, in the beds of 
 tributaries of the Yarra, Thompson, and Lit robe ; 
 also at Taradale, Franklin (Gipps Land,) and 
 Strathbogie. During 1879, 4 tons 11 cwt. were 
 raised. The smallness of the quantity raised as 
 compared with previous years is accounted for by 
 
 the closing of several of the principal mines, 
 especially the El Dorado. Antimony, in the form of 
 sulphuret and oxide, is found at Heathcote, Whroo, 
 Anderson's Creek, Rutherglen, Maryborough, Cos- 
 terfield, Ringwood, Merton near Mansfield, and 
 Nunawadding near Melbourne. During 1879, 495 
 tons 15 cwt. of antimony ore were raised, and there 
 were exported 153 tons of ore and 245 tons 17 cwt. 
 of regulus. Zinc has been found in Daylesford, 
 also in Gipps Land ; lead at Talbot, Avoca ; and 
 in Gipps Land, none was raised during 1879; 
 cobalt at Yea ; bismuth at Omeo and Tarrengower ; 
 manganese at Pleasant Creek, Daylesford, and 
 Gipps Land ; coal at Cape Paterson, Western Port, 
 Gipps Land, and Coleraine. No coal was raised 
 during 1879. 1353 tons 12 cwt. of lignite were 
 raised from the Victorian Brown Coal Company's 
 mine at Lai Lai. Kaolin has been discovered at 
 Bulla-Bulla, near Melbourne, and at Beechworth ; 
 bitumen near Portland ; iron is found at Lai Lai ; 
 during 1879, 120 tons were raised, which yielded 
 52 tons of metal ; gypsum has been found at 
 Kerang and Bridgewater ; during 1879 six tons 
 were raised. Limestone is now being worked at 
 Waratah Bay, and several shipments have already 
 been sent to the Melbourne market. Molybdenite 
 (sulphite of molybdenum) has been obtained at 
 Bulgoback (Gipps Land.) There were engaged 
 during 1879, 190 miners in mining for metals 
 and minerals other than gold. Diamonds and 
 sapphires have been found in the north-eastern 
 parts of the colony, or what is known as the 
 Ovens district, at or near El Dorado, the Wool- 
 shed and Pilot Creek near Beechworth. During 
 1879 10 mineral leases for mining for other 
 purposes than gold were issued, the extent of 
 ground taken up being 1899a. 1. lp. There were 
 also issued 13 licenses to search for metals or 
 minerals other than gold, the extent of ground 
 held being 8320 acres. The leases were for silver, 
 antimony, coal, and copper ; the licenses were for 
 coal and shale. The number of leases in force at 
 the end of the year was 56, the total extent of 
 ground held being 7785a. 26p. There are 9 smelt- 
 ing works, employing 121 men, with 45 furnaces 
 and 5 steam engines of 113 horse-power. Up to 
 31st December 1879 the quantities and values of the 
 principal metals and minerals raised since the dis- 
 covery of the goldfields were — gold, 48,719,930 ozs. 
 lldwts., value £194,879,722; silver ore, 20,060 tons, 
 producing 151,267 ozs. 10 dwts. 14 grs., valued at 
 £37,819 ; tin ore, raised, smelted, and exported, 
 in all, £345,541 ; copper ore, copper and regulus 
 exported, £72,764 ; antimony ore raised and 
 exported, value £156,390; lead, 600 tons of ore 
 raised, producing metal of the value of £4892 ; 
 iron, Rio tons, value £3666 ; coal, 8971 tons, valued 
 at £13,505 ; lignite, 5846 tons, of the value of 
 £2705 ; kaolin, 1832 tons, valued at £7444 ; slates, 
 £940 ; flagging, 80,160 square yards and 18,439 tons, 
 valued at £48,921 ; magnesite, 6£ tons, about £12 ; 
 gypsum, 28 tons, valued at about £12 ; ores, mineral 
 earths, &c., £4802; diamonds and sapphires, about
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 651 
 
 .£108. The total amount being £l95,f>8( ),066. But 
 V. is chiefly remarkable for its gold, to which it 
 owes its extraordinary rapid progression ; it has 
 been stated that one-third of the total area of the 
 colony may safely be considered as occupied by 
 gold-bearing rocks. The gold occurs in quartz and 
 alluvium ; the latter was of course the first worked, 
 surface mining being comparatively easy; this was 
 however quickly exhausted, and some of the sink- 
 ings are now carried on at considerable depths. 
 In addition to the quartz veins and the alluvial 
 deposits derived from these and the surrounding 
 rocks, gold is also found in the clay stone itself ; 
 and contrary to expectation flat bands of auriferous 
 quartz have been discovered in dykes of diorite, 
 which intersect the upper Silurian or lower 
 Devonian rocks. Quartz of quite extraordinary 
 richness has been obtained from these bands. 
 Numerous quartz veins are also found in all those 
 parts of the colony where the schist rocks appear 
 at the surface ; and they are met with too cutting 
 the older sedimentary rocks under the tertiaries. 
 The strata in which they occur present generally 
 a low degree of metamorphism, and in many places 
 are unaltered. The veins vary in thickness from 
 an eighth of an inch to 100 feet ; and some, almost 
 as thin as paper, intersect rocks containing palaeo- 
 zoic fossils, and in such a manner as almost to cut 
 the fossils ; but the delicate structure of the caste 
 is not altered, nor are any of the interspaces filled 
 with quartz. The older auriferous deposits are 
 reached by the sinking of deep shafts. In con- 
 sequence of the course of the lead not being appa- 
 rent on the surface, it frequently happens that the 
 shaft penetrates the bed rock at a considerable 
 distance from the gutter. In such a case the shaft 
 is sunk through the schist to a sufficient depth, 
 and exploring drifts are carried as far as 1200 or 
 1500 feet before the auriferous gravel is touched. 
 The quantity of auriferous drift overlying the 
 palaeozoic rocks at Ballarat is very considerable. 
 It is found not only in the main leads, but also in 
 the numerous tributaries of these, and in isolated 
 patches. The washdirt varies in thickness from 
 one to twelve feet, and the average yield of gold 
 has been from 10 dwts. to 2£ ozs. per cubic yard. 
 Quartz reefing is extensively followed, employing 
 much machinery and a large amount of capital ; 
 and, owing to the improvements in obtaining gold 
 from the quartz, a yield of a few dwts. to the ton 
 is found remunerative. The average yield per ton 
 of the quartz crushed in each of the seven mining 
 districts into which the colony is divided was as 
 follows during the year ending 31st December 
 1879 :— Ballarat, 6 dwts. 18'44 grs.; Beechworth, 
 10 dwts. 1T04 grs.; Sandhurst, 9 dwts. 8'09 grs.; 
 Maryborough, 11 dwts. 2267 grs.; Castlemaine, 
 6 dwts. 18'45 grs.; Ararat, 11 dwts. 1773 grs.; and 
 Gipps Land, 1 oz. 2 dwts. 18'66 grs. In all the 
 districts, with the exception of Gipps Land, there 
 is a falling off in the average yield per ton. The 
 average of all the districts was 8 dwts. 1877 grs. 
 The average yield to 31st December 1879, of all 
 
 the crushings since records have been published 
 have been 11 dwts. 1'08 grs. per ton. Some of the 
 quartz mines are now worked to a depth exceeding 
 2000 feet, and, so far as can be observed, there is 
 no diminution in the yield of gold in the higher 
 levels. From the deeper levels (850 to 1200 feet) 
 in the Stawell mines, 1 oz 2 dwts. 12 grs. to 6 oz. 
 17 dwts. 10 grs. of gold have been yielded to the 
 ton of quartz ; and at Sandhurst they show returns 
 varying from 11 dwts. to 1 oz. 16 dwts. 1 gr. per 
 ton ; at the Ballarat mines, from 200 to 1105 feet, 
 the yield has been from 7 dwts. to 1 oz. 2 grs. of 
 gold. From September to 20th December 1851 
 it was estimated that the total yield of the gold- 
 fields then known was 243,414 oz.; in the following 
 year 2,218,782 ozs., valued at £8,875,128, were 
 raised; in 1856 the yield was 2,985,991 ozs., of 
 the value of £11,943,964; in 1872 the yield was 
 1,331,337 ozs., in 1873, 1,170,397^ ozs., in 1874, 
 1,097,643 ozs., in 1875, 1,095,787 ozs-, in 1876, 
 963,760 ozs., in 1877, 809,653 ozs.; in 1878, 
 758,040 ozs., 15 dwts, 19 grs., in 1879, 772,302 
 ozs. 15 dwts. 20 grs. The diminished yield of 
 gold is mainly due to the gradual exhaustion 
 of the alluvial deposits in the drifts of the 
 first-discovered gold-fields. The alluvial gold 
 obtained in 1879 was nearly less than one-fourth 
 the quantity obtained in 1868. In the official 
 report it is stated that "for the first time for many 
 years the estimated yield of gold for the year (1879) 
 from the Victorian mines bears a favourable com- 
 parison with, and is slightly in excess of, the yield 
 for the preceding year. The gradual development 
 of the newly-discovered auriferous lodes at Bal- 
 larat, and the improved yields from lode-mines at 
 Maldon and other places, together with the assist- 
 ance rendered to prospecting by the Government 
 diamond drills, will it is hoped have a beneficial 
 effect upon mining enterprise and lead to a further 
 increase in the returns of gold for the current 
 year." Gold mining is of two kinds — quartz min- 
 ing and alluvial digging. The latter has already 
 been alluded to. In working a quartz vein a shaft 
 is sunk, either on the crown of the hill where the 
 vein is found, or the reef is penetrated by an adit 
 or tunnel. The quartz brought to the surface is 
 broken into pieces, and passed through inclined 
 spouts to the stampers, which resemble the ordinary 
 stamps used in other countries for dressing ores. 
 They weigh from two to nine hundredweight each, 
 and one stamp strikes from fifty to eighty blows 
 per minute, the fall of the stamp head being six to 
 fifteen inches. A ten-horse power engine will give 
 motion to sight stamps. The crushed quartz is 
 carried by water over copper ripples, where the 
 gold is brought in contact with mercury. Once 
 a-week, or oftener, the ripples are cleaned out, and 
 the amalgam retorted. The average yield of the 
 crushed quartz has already been given. From the 
 wash-dirt, which generally consists of quartz, gravel, 
 Band, and clay, the gold is separated by puddling 
 and washing, and from these, for the year ending 
 31st December 1879 the average was 1 dwt. 1684 grs.
 
 652 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 The yield from quartz-tailings and mullock was 
 
 1 dvvt. 14"96 grs. ; from pyrites and blanketings 
 
 2 ozs. 9 dwts. 175 grs. ; and from cement 3 dwts. 
 14'09 grs. Nuggets of gold of great size and value 
 have been found at various times in the colony. 
 During 1853 several large masses of gold varying 
 from 11 lbs. 11 ozs. 15 dwts. to 134 lbs. 11 ozs. 
 were brought to light at or in the neighbourhood 
 of Canadian Gully. The " Lady Hotham," found 
 in 1854 weighed 98 ozs. 1 dwt. 17 grs. In 1855 
 two large nuggets, weighing respectively 40 lbs. 
 and 47 lbs., were found at Bakery Hill ; and in 
 1858 the "Welcome" nugget, weighing 184 lbs. 
 9 ozs. 16 dwts., was unearthed at the same place. 
 On 5th February 1869, a nugget named the "Wel- 
 come Stranger," weighing 2280 ozs., was found at 
 Moliagul, about an inch from the surface. In 
 March of the same year a nugget was found at 
 Berlin weighing 893 ozs. ; and in the months of 
 May and October following, two others were found 
 in the same locality, quite near the surface. They 
 were named the " Viscount Canterbury " and the 
 " Viscountess Canterbury," and weighed respec- 
 tively 1105 ozs. and 884 ozs. During the year 
 1870 several large nuggets were found, the principal 
 of which were — one on 31st May at Berlin weighing 
 1121 ozs., another at the same place on 3rd October, 
 weighing 896 ozs., and a third on 11th November, 
 at Macintyre's diggings, and only a few inches 
 from the surface, weighing 452 ozs. During the 
 year 1871 also, large nuggets were found at Berlin. 
 Amongst the largest were the " Precious," found 
 on 5th January, weight 1621 ozs. ; the " Kum 
 Tow," 17th April, 718 ozs.; and the "Needful," 
 10th May, 247 ozs. These three nuggets were 
 discovered at a depth of about twelve feet from 
 the surface. A large number of nuggets have 
 been found on other gold-fields, varying in weight 
 from 20 ozs. to 200 ozs. In the year 1872 the 
 undermentioned large nuggets were discovered : — 
 On 2nd April, the " Crescent " was found at Berlin, 
 at a depth of two feet; it weighed 14 lbs. 11 ozs. 
 On 8th May a nugget weighing 477 ozs. was 
 got in the same locality, at a depth of nine 
 feet. At Dunolly the "Schleurm" nugget was 
 found, weighing 478 ozs., at a depth of three feet 
 from the surface. The " Spondulix " nugget was 
 found in a quartz reef at the same place, at a 
 depth of eight feet from the surface ; it weighed 
 130 ozs. Numerous other nuggets have been found, 
 varying in weight from 20 ozs. upwards, but none 
 of them call for special notice. The mining 
 returns for the year ending 31st December 1879 
 are as follows :— 22,769 alluvial miners, 14,784 
 quartz miners, a total of 37,553, of whom 9110 
 were Chinese. The average yield of gold per man 
 was £76 Is. 2'32d. ; these figures show an increase 
 in the number of miners of 917, and a decrease of 
 £6 lis. 9d. per man of gold raised. There were 
 1234 square miles of auriferous, alluvial, and 
 quartz ground worked upon; the number of 
 distinct reefs proved to be auriferous being 3592. 
 The mining plant used on the various fields of the 
 
 colony was valued at ill,899,788. The machinery 
 used in alluvial mining comprised 228 steam 
 engines of 6134 horse-power, used in winding and 
 pumping, 174 steam puddling machines, 2 buddies, 
 784 horse puddling machines, 178 whims, 219 
 whips or pulleys, 18,162 sluices, toms, and sluice- 
 boxes, 32 hydraulic hoses, 494 pumps, 220 water- 
 wheels, 158 quicksilver and compound cradles, 
 413 stamp heads (crushing cement,) and 11 boring 
 machines. The quartz mining machinery was 
 returned at 796 steam engines of 16,375 horse- 
 power, 67 crushing machines operated by other 
 than steam power, 6333 head of stamps, 52 buddies, 
 8 water-power winding and pumping machines, 
 517 whims, 427 whips or pulleys, and 12 boring 
 machines. Comparing the totals of machinery 
 employed on the goldfields in 1879 with the totals for 
 1878, the machinery used in alluvial mining shows a 
 decrease of 12 steam engines, 257 horse-power, 47 
 horse puddling machines, 9 whims, 7 quicksilver 
 and compound cradles, 25 stamp heads, and 3 
 boring machines, an increase of 3 steam puddling 
 machines, 10 whips or pulleys, 3556 sluices, &c, 9 
 hydraulic hoses, 43 pumps, and 16 water-wheels. 
 In quartz mining there is a decrease of 15 horse- 
 power, 10 whims, 4 crushing machines, 5 buddies, 
 and 37 whips or pulleys. There is an increase of 
 91 stamp heads crushing quartz, and 4 boring 
 machines. There is a decrease in the total value 
 of all mining plant on the gold-fields of £3706. 
 Of 849,324 tons 16 cwt. of quartz crushed, the total 
 produce was 374,926 ozs. 22 grs., the average yield 
 per ton being 8 dwts. 12'17 grs. The richest quartz 
 was from the Gippsland district, crushing 1 oz. 
 2 dwts. 18'66 grs. to the ton; the poorest was from 
 the Castlemaine district, the yield being only 
 5 dwts. 18'45 grs. to the ton. The estimated yield 
 of gold from the alluvial mines was 293,310 ozs., 
 from the quartz, 465,637 ozs., a total of 758,947 ozs., 
 an increase on the previous year of 907 ozs. The 
 value of gold per ounce varied from £2 10s. in the 
 Beechworth district to £4 3s. in the Ballarat dis- 
 trict. The prices charged per ton for crushing 
 quartz and cement ranged from 2s. 6d., the lowest, 
 in the Castlemaine district, to £1 in the Beech- 
 worth district. During the year 1879, 314 gold 
 mining leases were issued for an area of 5826 acres 
 2r. 8p. of land, the number in force at the end of 
 the year being 1226, and extent of ground leased 
 18,315 acres 3r. 2f p. Since the commencement of 
 gold mining, there have been issued in all leases 
 10,962, for an area of 199,528 acres 2r. 23 17-20p. 
 The total area of land held as claims under the 
 District Bye-Laws is 36,493 acres 2r. 20p. The 
 estimated value of claims and leased lands was 
 returned at £468,928. The length of water-races 
 was 1936 miles 13 chains, the approximate cost 
 being £242,196. There were registered during the 
 year 167 companies, having 2,277,276 shares, and 
 nominal capital of ill, 286,674. The total amount 
 of gold raised from the first discovery to 31st 
 December 1879, was 48,719,930 ozs. 11 dwts., valued 
 at £194,879,722. The total quantity of quartz
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOP*:iUA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 653 
 
 crushed to 31st December 1879 is stated at 
 16,092,530 tons 19 cwt., yielding 8,791,155 ozs. 
 5 dwts. 4 grains of gold, being an average of 10 d wts. 
 22'21 grs. per ton. There were nineteen shafts in 
 the colony at the end of the year sunk to a depth 
 of over 1000 feet, and one down 2032 feet. These 
 shafts were :— At Stawell, 3 shafts respectively, 
 Magdala, 2273 ft. ; Newington, 1940 ft. ; Prince 
 Patrick, 1544 ft. ; South Scotchman's, 1262 ft. ; 
 Crown Cross United, 1222 ft. ; Pleasant Creek 
 Cross, 1220 ft. ; Oriental, 1200 ft. ; Prince Alfred, 
 1280 ft. ; Extended Cross Reef, 1117 ft. At 
 Clunes.— New North Chines, 1114 ft.; Port 
 Philip, 1100 ft. At Sandhurst.— Victoria Reef, 
 1315 ft. ; Great Extended Hustler's Tribute, 
 1350 ft. ; Great Extended Hustler's, 1226 ft. ; 
 Lansell's No. 108, 1476 ft. ; Hercules and Energetic, 
 1218 ft. ; North Old Chum, 1190 ft. ; Carlisle, 
 1191 ft. The estimated yield of gold for the 
 quarter ending 31st March 1880 was 179,949 ozs. 
 12 dwts., from the alluvial, 66,174 ozs. 1 dwt. from 
 the quartz, a total of 113,755 ozs. 11 dwts., an 
 increase of 9399 ozs. on the returns of the corres- 
 ponding quarter of 1879. The average yield of 
 gold per ton of quartz was 9 dwts. HV017 grs. 
 For the following quarter ending 30th June, 1880, 
 the yield of gold was, alluvial 74,959 ozs. 9 dwts., 
 quartz 123,572 ozs. 18 dwts., a total of 198,528 ozs. 
 7 dwts. The average yield of gold to the ton of 
 quartz was 9 dwts. o - 35 grs. 
 
 XXI. Postal.— In 1879 there were 1069 post- 
 offices, employing 1210 officers of all grades. There 
 were received and despatched : — 23,215,648 letters, 
 an increase on the previous year's returns of 
 890,717 ; 3,091,364 book-packets, a decrease of 
 118,932; 10,075,407 newspapers, a decrease of 
 621,924. There were 273 money-order offices. 
 During the year 1879 there were issued 138,517 
 money-orders, of the value of £398,018 13s. 4d., 
 and there were paid 150,525, of the value of 
 £451,723 Is. 10d., the total transactions being 
 289,042 orders of the value of £851,741 15s. 2d. 
 issued and paid ; commission £5718 5s. 2d. The 
 income of the Postal Department, including money- 
 orders commission, for 1879 was £197,675 ; with 
 telegraph collections, £56,704; the total was 
 £254,379. The expenditure was £351,844. Alto- 
 gether the deficit amounted to £97,474 6s. 2d., 
 being £4754 15s. 3d. more than the previous year. 
 During the year 1879, 65 additional post-offices 
 and 25 additional telegraph offices (including -those 
 on the railway circuit) were opened, and 229 miles 
 of new telegraph lines were erected ; 20 new 
 money-order offices and 13 new savings banks 
 were opened. A resolution was adopted by the 
 Legislative Assembly to reduce inland letter 
 postage to one penny from 1st January 1 880, but 
 owing to the serious falling off this would cause in 
 the returns, it was expected the resolution would 
 not be acted upon. In connection with the Postal 
 Department, it is proposed to establish a system of 
 Government Life Insurance and Annuities, similar 
 to that in vogue in the United Kingdom. 
 
 XXII. Railways.— All the railways in V. belong 
 to the State. On 30th June 1878 the Government 
 completed the purchase of the Hobson's Bay 
 Railway. The purchase-money was £1,320,820, 
 being at the rate of £80 for each paid-up share of 
 £50. This line is now connected with the Gipps 
 Land Railway by a branch from South Yarra. 
 The railways— comprised under the name of the 
 Northern, the North-Eastern, the Eastern and 
 the Western Systems are as follows :— (1.) A 
 line from Melbourne to Echuca (a double line as 
 far as Sandhurst,) a distance of 156 miles. 
 (2.) A line from Melbourne to Geelong 45 miles, 
 and thence to Ballarat 55 miles, making 100 miles 
 in all. (3.) A line from Geelong to Colac 50 miles. 
 (4.) Aline from Ballarat to Stawell 75 miles. This 
 line is extended to Horsham. (5.) A line from 
 Ararat to Portland 119 miles. (6.) Aline from 
 Ballarat to Maryborough 42 miles. (7.) A line 
 from Wangaratta to Beechworth 26 miles. (8.) The 
 North-eastern line from Melbourne to Wodonga 
 187 miles. This line connects with the N.S.W. 
 line and thus places Sydney and Melbourne in 
 railway communication. (9.) A line from Mel- 
 bourne to Sale 125 miles ; there are besides minor 
 branches from these lines and the suburban lines 
 around Melbourne. On 31st December 1879 there 
 were 1108 miles of line open and 74 miles in pro- 
 gress, making in all 1182 miles. To the end of 
 1879 the railways had cost in construction and 
 maintenance a total of £17,739,016. 
 
 XXIII. Shipping.— At the end of 1879 there 
 were entered inwards 2084 vessels of 951,750 
 tons. The outward clearance were 2083 ships of 
 977,135 tons. 
 
 XXIV. Imports and Exports.— The Imports 
 for the year 1878 were £16,161,880, a decrease 
 on the previous year of £200,424 ; the Exports 
 amounted to £14,925,707, a decrease of £231,980. 
 The Imports for 1879 £15,035,538 ; the Exports 
 were £12,454,170; the excess of Imports over 
 Exports was £2,581,368 ; and the total value 
 of external trade was £27,489,708. The value 
 of Imports in 1879 was less than in 1878 by 
 £1,126,342. The value of Exports in 1879 was 
 less than the value in 1878 by £2,471,537. The 
 leading Imports and their value were cotton, 
 woollen, silk and linen piece goods £1,525,297, 
 manufactures of the same £163,663 ; boots 
 and shoes £179,830 ; metals including wire 
 £110,712 ; manufactures of metals including 
 machinery £211,136; glassware, earthenware and 
 porcelain £200,118 ; paper, books, stationery and 
 printing materials £414,256 ; building materials 
 £246,833; wool £2,494,573; gold and silver coin 
 and bullion £1,300,986; spirits, wine and beer 
 i'671,388; tobacco, cigars and snuff £177,682; 
 sugar £1,076,495 ; tea £513,271; oilmen's stores 
 £15,849; breadstutt's i'20,77:! ; grain and pulse 
 £563,517 ; live stock £891,249; bags, sacks and 
 cordage £188,702 ; sewing machines £67,962 ; 
 acids, chemicals, drugs £186,889; paints, glass and 
 paper-hangings £179,014; fancy goods £33,609 ;
 
 654 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 jewellery, clocks and watches, plate, etc., £58,748 : 
 tallow .£19,072. The leading Exports were gold 
 coin and bullion .£2,628,062 ; leather £243,766 ; 
 preserved meat £85,371 ; tallow £150,867 ; wool, 
 95,628,281 lbs., valued at £5,269,634 ; Victorian 
 lithofracteur £4,808 ; dynamite £10,208 ; fuse 
 £1669 ; powder £3826 ; bark £15,000 ; Victorian 
 cheese £33,297 ; Victorian cordage £15,711 ; copper 
 £29,158 ; Victorian-made wines £7837 ; Victorian- 
 made biscuits £26,779 ; agricultural implements 
 £13,126; boots and shoes £128,217; butter £26,417; 
 confectionery £14,549 ; flour £107,947 ; agricultural 
 machinery £9838 ; machinery undescribed £55,828. 
 The bulk of the foregoing articles were either 
 made or produced in the colony. The total value 
 of the products of the colony, comprising gold, 
 wool, tallow, hides, breadstuffs, minerals, bark and 
 timber, manufactures, >fcc., exported in 1879 was 
 £8,069,857. 
 
 XXV. Revenue. — The revenue for year ending 
 30th June 1880, was £4,621,519 14s. 3d; including 
 sums recouped, amounting to £69,206 19s. lid., 
 and the balance forward from the previous year of 
 £77,000. This sum was insufficient to meet the 
 deficiency on the year's transactions, viz., £212,000 
 and became necessary to carry forward to the 
 ensuing year a debit balance of £134,907 4s. 8d. ; 
 the grand total was £4,767,720 14s. 2d. The 
 expenditure was £4,833,378 13s. 3d., leaving a 
 deficit balance. 
 
 XXVI. Public Debt.— On 30th June 1879, the 
 public debt of the colony was £20,048,222, con- 
 tracted as follows :— Water supply to Melbourne 
 and suburbs, £554,571; Railways, £16,008,708; 
 Provincial Water Supply, Graving Dock, and other 
 public works, £2,664,943 ; School Buildings, 
 £720,000 ; Defences, £100,000. The yearly interest 
 on the debt is £1,104,314 5s. 6d., at four, five, and 
 nearly two-thirds of it at six per cent. The 
 payment of both principal and interest of this 
 debt are made primary charges ou the revenue of 
 the colony. The debt has since been further 
 increased by the Railway Loan of £5,000,000, 
 £3,000,000 of which was subscribed at £98 18s. 6d. 
 in 1879, and the remainder eighteen months later, 
 towards the close of last year, at an average of 
 £104 13s. 8£d. 
 
 XXVII. Public Works.-Oii Public Works 
 (exclusive of Railways and Water Supply) there 
 have been expended up to 1879, £8,521,484, and 
 on Roads and Bridges £6,906,039. 
 
 X X V I IT. Pu blic Libraries. — The Public Library 
 in Melbourne is the finest institution of this kind 
 in Australia. It possessed at the close of 1879, 
 86,995 printed books, 21,213 pamphlets or parts, 
 making a total of 108,208. It was visited during 
 the year 1879 by 260,839 readers ; and in 1878 by 
 256,400. The total cost of the building and 
 annexes to the end of 1879 was £185,789 16s. 9d., 
 and up to the present time £281,606 17s. lOd. 
 have been expended upon it. The National 
 Oallory under the same roof was patronised during 
 the year 1879 by #,000 visitors, contains 8:i oil 
 
 paintings, cost £17,000 ; 26 works in marble, cost 
 £5600 ; 166 statues and works of art, cost £2000, 
 making a total of £24,600, and 5943 drawings, 
 photographs and prints. The Supreme Court 
 Library, free to members of the legal profession, 
 contains 13,725 volumes, and the expenditure 
 from commencement has amounted to £15,427. 
 All the leading towns have either a public library 
 or a mechanics' institute. On 1st January 1879, 
 these numbered 181. The total number of volumes 
 in the various libraries, exclusive of those in the 
 Public Library in Melbourne, was 245,068 ; to 
 several of these local libraries books are period- 
 ically lent from the Public Library. The number 
 during 1878 was 6974 volumes. 
 
 XXIX. Schools of Art and Design. — In 
 1877 there were 22 Schools of Design, taught by 
 45 teachers, the total number of attendants being 
 1547. In the majority of these the instruction is 
 given at night. The subjects comprise practical 
 geometry, mechanical and architectural drawing, 
 isometrical, perspective and free-hand drawing, 
 both from models and from nature. Each school 
 receives 2s. 6d. from the State for every pupil who 
 attends eight times in one quarter. Fees varying 
 from 2s. to 10s. per quarter are paid by the pupils ; 
 the number of pupils on the roll 31st December 
 1879 was 1801 ; an exhibition of the work of 
 pupils is held yearly in Melbourne, and local 
 exhibitions are held in the other towns. There 
 are also schools of mines at Ballarat and Sand- 
 hurst, where among other things the students are 
 inducted into the mysteries of mining and the 
 treatment of ores. 
 
 XXX. Manufactures.— Very many things are 
 now manufactured in the colony that were formerly 
 exclusively imported, and these industries have 
 been materially aided by the heavy protective 
 tariff now in force. Among the articles and pre- 
 parations may be instanced account books, diaries, 
 and other manufactured stationery, dyes, glass, 
 cloth, paper, cigars, starch, pianos, oilmen's stores, 
 safes, brushware, soap, agricultural implements, 
 &c. ; in all the number of manufactories, large and 
 small, according to the returns made up to 31st 
 March 1880, exclusive of flour-mills, breweries, 
 woollen mills, brickyards, potteries, tanneries, fell- 
 mongeries, and wool-washing establishments, is 
 1709, employing in the aggregate 29,194 hands 
 and 709 engines, principally steam, of 8778 h.p. ; 
 the machinery and plant being of the value of 
 £2,156,759, the land £1,068,634, and the build- 
 ings £1,945,472— a total of £5,170,865. Among 
 the industries may be enumerated the following 
 manufactories, foundries, <tc. : — 7 account books, 
 56 printing establishments, 1 organ building, 
 6 pianoforte, 47 agricultural implement, 6 cutlery, 
 56 engine machine, 127 coach and waggon, 48 
 saddle and harness, 11 ship and boat, 4 graving 
 and floating docks, 21 cooperage, 10 basket, 
 9 blind, 11 malthouses, 1 sugar refinery, 2 whip, 
 1 patent slip, 16 bedding, 35 cabinet making, 17 
 chemical, dye, and essential oil works, 3 powder
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 655 
 
 dynamite, 1 fuse, 9 ink and blacking, 168 clothing 
 and boot and shoe, 1 1 distilleries, 1 .jute, 14 rope 
 and twine, 13 meat curing, 16 biscuit, 8 confec- 
 tionery, 24 cheese, 6 jam, 4 maziena, starch, Arc, 
 100 aerated waters, 10 coffee and spice, 5 sauce and 
 pickle, 15 tobacco and snuff, 9 brush, 1 curled 
 hair, 3 flock, 7 glue, 7 fancy leather, .34 soap, 
 candle, and tallow, 5 tar distilling, asphalte, 2 
 fancy box, 129 moulding, framing, and saw, 
 2 paper, 6 paper bag, 19 gas, 11 glass, 5 stone 
 sawing and polishing, 2 ice, 1 antimony smelting, 
 1 bell, 10 electro-plate, 70 iron, brass, and copper, 
 81 iron and tin works and 11 wire working. 
 Above returns only refer to manufactories of an 
 extensive character, similar manufactories limited 
 in operation not included. There are 122 tanneries, 
 39 engines steam of 467 h.p., number of hands 
 employed 1777 ; total value of machinery, land and 
 building £245,631. There are 2828 pits having 
 tanned during the year ending 31st March 1880 
 1,875,610 hides and skins, the leather produced 
 being valued at £737,354 ; wool washed 15.373,178 
 lbs. Flour-mills 139 with 134 engines 2571 h.p., 
 number of hands employed 770 ; total value 
 of machinery lands and buildings £439,596. 
 Breweries 89, number of hands employed 885 ; 
 66 engines steam 459 h. p., brewing 13,769,990 
 gallons ; value of machinery lands and buildings 
 £464,375. Woollen mills ten, with ten engines 
 steam, 596 h. p., number of hands employed 714, 
 value of machinery, lands, and buildings £218,322. 
 The cloth, tweed and flannel produced during the 
 year ending 31st March, 1880, was 1,105,116 yards 
 and 1838 blankets and sixty-two shawls, from 
 1,944,406 lbs of wool ; total value of which is 
 £173,239. Brickyards and potteries 170, with 
 fourteen steam engines, 265 h. p., number of hands 
 employed 807 ; total value of machinery, lands, 
 and buildings £172,929. Meat preserving will 
 shortly be conducted on an extensive scale, as 
 companies for carrying out the frozen meat process 
 have recently been formed, and this industry is 
 expected to be of great importance to the colony. 
 During the year 1879, 158 patents were applied for, 
 and 158 articles, of which seventy-three are 
 described under the head of " Literary, Dramatic, 
 and Musical productions," were copyrighted. 
 Since December 1869 a Copyright Act for the 
 protection of inventors' interests has been in force. 
 It applies to literary productions and works of art 
 as well. Up to 31st December, 1879, there had 
 been registered 2507 copyrights, of which 235 
 were for designs and manufactures in metal and 
 other materials, 857 were for books and other 
 literary compositions, including music, and 1415 
 were for photographs, paintings, drawings, and 
 engravings. By the returns for the year ending 
 31st March, 1880, the mills for grinding and 
 dressing grain number 139, of which 134 are 
 driven by steam and 5 by water ; estimated value 
 of machinery and plant and land, £439,596. 
 Three manufactories for the utilising and making 
 of the skins of the various indigenous birds and 
 
 animals of the colony have for three years been 
 established, and their operations have been 
 attended with considerable success ; also a silk 
 company, which has for its object the cultivation 
 of silk and grain. 
 
 XXXI. Mint.— A branch of the Royal Mint was 
 opened in 1872 ; it is provided with the best 
 machinery, combining all the latest improvements, 
 and its operations are extending, now that a more 
 reasonable charge is made for coining. Up to 
 30th June 1880, 3,768,147'70 ozs. of gold, valued at 
 £15,039,076 12s. 3d., had been received and 
 minted and issued as coin to the value of 
 £1,496,300, and bullion £90,901 5s. 9d. During 
 the year 1879 there were minted 656,555'84 ozs., 
 and l,740,276ozs.bullionissued value £6829 12s. lid. 
 in coin,£2,740,000;totalvalueof£2,746,829 12s. lid. 
 The average annual expenditure for the last five 
 years, 1875-9, has been £1.3,932 16s. 2d., and the 
 average annual receipts from the Mint during the 
 same period have been £8445 2s. lOd. 
 
 XXXII. Banking.— On 30th June 1880, there 
 were 11 principal banks of issue in Victoria, 
 having about 282 branches or agencies. Their 
 total assets on that date were 24,854,318 14s. 3d., 
 the liabilities being £17,750,896. The notes in 
 circulation amount to 1,127,393, the paid-up 
 capital was £9,122,250. The average rate of 
 dividend was about 10jV per cent., the highest 
 being the N.S.W Bank, 17i per cent. ; the lowest 
 the Oriental, 4 per cent. The aggregate amount 
 of dividends last declared was £482,800, the 
 amount of reserved profits at the time of declaring 
 such dividend being £2,686,909. 
 
 XXXIII. Savings Banks. — There are 12 ordin- 
 ary Savings Banks, having on 1st July 1880, 38,281 
 depositors with £905,362 2s. 2d. to credit. The 
 invested funds amount to £922,700. In 1879 
 there were 185 Post-office Savings Banks open. 
 The deposits received were £452,984 Is. 4d., and 
 the interest credited to depositors was £22,858 0s. 8d. 
 The balance on the 1st January 1880, was 
 £650,100 lis. 7d. The average balance to each of 
 the depositors, who numbered in all 49,233, was 
 £13 4s. Id. Interest at the rate of 4 per cent, is 
 allowed on deposit. Penny Savings Banks in 
 connection with the State-schools of the colony 
 have been introduced. 
 
 XXXIV. Lighthouses.— The principal lights 
 on the Victorian coast are : — At Portland on 
 Battery Hill, a fixed red and white dioptric ; at 
 Port Fairy a fixed and flashing dioptric light of 
 the fourth order, coloured red and flashing every 
 three minutes ; at Warrnambool a fixed white 
 light and a fixed red light ; at King's Island, on 
 Cape Wickham, a fixed white light ; at King's 
 Island, Currie Harbour, a light revolving every 
 twelve seconds, viz., five flashes and ellipses 
 alternately in a minute ; at Cape Otway a revolv- 
 ing white light flashing every minute; at Port 
 Phillip Heads a fixed red and green light on Point 
 Lonsdale ; at Queenscliff a fixed white light on 
 the High lighthouse, and a fixed red and white
 
 656 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 light on the Lower lighthouse, and on the Queens- 
 cliff jetty a fixed green light ; and on Swan Spit a 
 fixed red and white light ; also several leading 
 lights for navigating Port Phillip Bay ; at Cape 
 Schank a fixed and flashing white light showing a 
 bright flash every two minutes ; at Wilson's 
 Promontory a fixed white catoptric light ; at Port 
 Albert on Latrobe island a revolving dioptric 
 light, altered in May 1880 from white to red ; on 
 Gabo Island a fixed white light. 
 
 XXXV. Friendly Societies. — On 1st January 
 1879 there were 34 societies, having in various parts 
 of the colony 756 branches, with an average of 
 45,661 members ; the total income, including contri- 
 butions and entrance fees, for the year 1878 was 
 £161,880 ; the disbursements to members, with 
 the cost of management and other expenses, 
 brought up the total expenditure to ,£140,050. 
 The aggregate amount to the credit of these 
 societies at the end of 1878 was £372,384 ; the 
 amount invested was £348,429. There were 62 
 building societies in the colony on the permanent, 
 terminating and Star-Bowkett principles, having 
 21,404 members, with an income of £1,097,475 ; 
 their assets were £2,970,101 ; their liabilities 
 £2,594,786 ; and the moneys on deposit were 
 £703,463. The average rate of interest allowed to 
 depositors varied from 5j per cent, to 8 per cent. ; 
 the total amount of advances to members during 
 the previous year was £703,932. 
 
 XXXVI. Constitution.— Victoria is under the 
 control of a Governor appointed by the British 
 Government, whose term of office is seven years, 
 and of an Executive Council, and two Houses of 
 Legislature. The Executive consists of the 
 Governor of the colony, and the Ministry for the 
 time being. The Legislative Council at present 
 consists of forty-two members, representing the 
 fourteen provinces into which the colony is 
 divided, which contain 110,000 electors. The 
 qualification for a vote is a leasehold of £10 and 
 £25 a year, or freehold property of equivalent 
 value. The candidate's qualification is freehold, 
 or property of the annual value of £100 ; the 
 tenure of office is six years, one of the Members 
 of Council from each province retiring in rotation 
 at the expiration of every two years. The Legis- 
 lative Assembly consists of eighty-six members, 
 representing fifty-five electoral districts, containing 
 according to the latest return 176,022 electors, and 
 it is triennial in its duration. A member's qualifi- 
 cations are : — He must be of full age, have lived 
 in tho colony two years, and bo either a British 
 subject or a naturalised one. By an Act passed 
 in December 1870, which was to remain in force 
 for three years only, Members of Parliament arc 
 paid £300 per annum for "reimbursing their 
 expenses." This arrangement is still in force, a 
 continuing Act having been passed during the 
 Session of 1880 (on 8th June.) The qualifications 
 of a voter are so small that the system may be 
 considered one of universal suffrage. The would- 
 be voter must be a male person of twenty-one 
 
 years of age (not subject to any legal incapacity,) 
 a naturalised or denizen subject of the Queen, and 
 have resided in Victoria twelve months previous 
 to the first day of January or July in any year, or 
 have been naturalised at least three years. All 
 voting is done by ballot. 
 
 XXXVII. — History : — As the history of V. 
 includes also the history of the Port Phillip 
 Province of N.S.W., which has already been 
 narrated under the proper heading, all that will 
 be given here relating to that earlier period, for 
 the sake of preserving continuity and complete- 
 ness, will be a reprint slightly condensed of 
 Gurner's excellent and accurate " Chronicle of 
 Port Phillip." 
 
 1770. 
 
 In this year the first discovery of Port Phillip 
 was made by Cook in the Endeavour, 370 tons. 
 On 19th April he came upon the eastern coast at 
 a point afterwards within Port Phillip south of 
 Cape Howe, which he named Point Hicks in 
 honour of one of his lieutenants of that name who 
 first saw the land. This name is seldom to be 
 found on any modern chart. 
 1798. 
 
 4th June — Bass when on an exploring expedi- 
 tion in a whaleboat, along the coast to the south of 
 Sydney, entered Western Port, which he named. 
 Governor Hunter named Wilson's Promotory. 
 
 October. — Bass in company with Flinders in the 
 Norfolk discovered the straits between New 
 Holland and V.D.L., which Governor Hunter 
 named Bass Straits. 
 
 1800. 
 
 December — Grant in the Lady Nelson passed 
 through Bass Straits on a vovage from England to 
 Sydney, when he named Mount Gambier, Cape 
 Banks, Cape Northumberland, Cape Bridgewater, 
 Cape Nelson, The Lawrence Islands, Portland 
 Bay, Lady Julia Percy's Island, Cape Otway, 
 Cape Patton, Governor King's Bay (the curve in 
 the land at the entrance of Port Philip ;) Cape 
 Liptrap, The Rodondo Rock, The Glennie Islands, 
 The Hole in the Wall, Sir Roger Curtis Island, 
 Moncur Island, and the Devil's Tower. 
 1801. 
 
 21st March. — Grant returned to Bass Straits and 
 made a survey of the coast from Wilson's Promon- 
 tory to and including Western Port ; and returned 
 to Sydney having named Cape Paterson and Cape 
 Schank. 
 
 1802. 
 
 18th February. — Murray was sent by Governor 
 King in the Lady Nelson to examine the bay now 
 called Port Phillip Bay. He entered and named 
 it Port King, in honour of Governor King, at whose 
 request it was afterwards changed to Port Phillip, 
 in honour of Governor Phillip. Lieutenant Murray 
 also named Arthur's Seat and Point Nepean. 
 
 27th April. — Flinders in H.M.S. Investigator 
 on a voyage from England to Sydney entered Port 
 Phillip Bay. He named Indented Head ; landed 
 and ascended Station Peak and named it.
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 (157 
 
 1803. 
 
 Early in this year Grimes, Surveyor-General of 
 N.S.W., was sent by Governor King, in company 
 with Lieutenant Robbins, R.N.,and James Meehan, 
 surveyor, to walk round and survey Port Phillip 
 Bay. They reported having seen several streams 
 falling into the Bay, the finest of which was a 
 river at the northern end of the bay. Flinders 
 states that it was from Grimes' plan that he com- 
 pleted his chart of Port Phillip. 
 
 9th October.— H. M.S. Calcutta, fifty guns, 
 Captain Woodriff, and The Ocean, transport, 500 
 tons, Captain Matthews, arrived in Port Phillip 
 Bay. The Calcutta had on board Lieutenant- 
 Governor Collins, and the vessels contained free 
 settlers and convicts, for the purpose of forming a 
 settlement. John Pascoe Fawkner, then a boy, 
 was with his parents onboard one of these vessels. 
 The party landed on the shore between Arthur's 
 Seat and Point Nepean. The exact locality is a 
 spot between the two points named the Sisters 
 near Sorrento. Tuekey, first lieutenant of the 
 ( 'alcutta, published an account of this attempt to 
 form a settlement, in which he says : — " Though 
 the vicinity of the harbour's mouth afforded no 
 situation calculated for the establishment of the 
 colony, it was naturally expected from the extent 
 of the port that convenient spots might be found ; 
 and the first lieutenant of the Calcutta, with two 
 boats, was directed to ascertain this material 
 point by as careful a survey of the port as time 
 would permit." From the reports of this survey 
 Lieutenant Tuekey in his book gives the follow- 
 ing : — " On the eastern side of the port, twenty- 
 eight miles from the entrance, a stream of fresh 
 water empties itself into the port. The stream runs 
 through an extensive swamp, and appears to be a 
 branch from a large river at the northern extremity 
 of the port, which the shortness of. Jime and bad- 
 ness of the weather prevented our examining." 
 
 16th November. — The Ocean, transport, left Port 
 Phillip Bay for Port Jackson. 
 
 27th November. — A marriage was solemnised at 
 Sullivan's Bay Camp, Port Phillip, by the Rev. 
 Robert Knopwood, between Richard Garrett and 
 Hannah Harvey. 
 
 12th December. — The Ocean, transport, returned 
 to Port Phillip Bay from Port Jackson. 
 
 14th December. — The Francis, schooner, arrived 
 from Port Jackson. She was sent by Governor 
 King to assist at the removal of Lieutenant- 
 Governor Collins' party to V.D.L. 
 
 18th December. — H.M.S. Calcutta sailed for 
 Sydney. 
 
 27th December.— Four of the convicts (William 
 Buckley, David Marmon, — Pye, and David 
 Gibson) escaped from the settlement. One of 
 them (David Gibson) returned to the camp on 
 the 24th January in a very exhausted state, and 
 reported having seen the river now called the 
 Yarra Yarra. 
 
 1804. 
 
 12th January.— The schooner Edwin arrived 
 
 from Port Jackson in Port Phillip Bay. She sailed 
 for King's Island on the 17th inst. 
 
 20th January. — The Ann arrived from Port 
 Jackson in Port Phillip Bay. She brought des- 
 patches from Governor King to Lieutenant- 
 Governor Collins. 
 
 22nd January. — The Lady Nelson, from Port 
 Jackson, and Edwin, from King's Island, arrived 
 in Port Phillip Bay. 
 
 24th January. — In consequence of the reports of 
 Tuckey's exploration being unfavourable, the 
 settlement was abandoned. Collins, with all the 
 settlers and convicts, sailed for V.D.L., to a spot 
 on the left bank of the Derwent, called Restdown, 
 or Risdon Cove, where in July 1803 a small party 
 consisting of Lieutenant Bowen, a surgeon, three 
 soldiers and sixteen prisoners, had been sent from 
 Sydney to form a settlement. 
 1824. 
 
 October.— Hume and Hovell succeeded in travel- 
 ling overland from Sydney to the shores of Port 
 Phillip Bay ; they crossed and named the Hume 
 River (now the Murray) at Albury ; saw and 
 named Mount Disappointment ; crossed and named 
 the Ovens and the Hovell (now the Goulburn ;) 
 and reached Port Phillip Bay at a spot ten or 
 twelve miles to the eastward of Geelong, called 
 the Bird Rock Point. They saw and named Mount 
 Wentworth (now Mount Macedon.) When they 
 reached Port Phillip Bay, Hovell insisted that it 
 was Western Port, Hume maintained it was Port 
 Phillip, from the fact that there were no islands in 
 it, a circumstance of which he had been informed 
 by James Meehan, the surveyor who accompanied 
 Charles Grimes in 1803, when he made the survey 
 of the bay. 
 
 1826. 
 
 In this year, in consequence of reports that the 
 French had resolved to found settlements on some 
 parts of the Australian coast, and that King 
 George's Sound and Western Port, or some other 
 harbour in Bass Straits, were the places fixed upon 
 by them for that purpose, instructions were sent 
 from England to Governor Darling to lose no 
 time in taking possession of those places. An 
 expedition was accordingly sent from Sydney with 
 that object, consisting of H.M.S. Fly, Captain 
 Wetherall, and the brigs Dragon and Amity, with 
 detachments from the 3rd Regiment (Buffs) and 
 the 39th Regiment under Colonel Stewart. Captain 
 S. Wright and Lieutent Burchell were to remain 
 at Western Port, the former as commandant of 
 the settlement. Hovell accompanied this expedi- 
 tion, for the purpose of carrying out further 
 explorations. He made an extensive examination 
 of the country in the immediate vicinity, and 
 passed between Bass and Wright's Rivers, where 
 he found excellent land, and then tried to cross 
 the immense swamp at the north of the Port, but 
 found it quite impassable ; he however kept on 
 his journey until he arrived at that part of Port 
 Phillip which he, in company with Hume, had 
 previously explored, when he was obliged to turn 
 
 K4
 
 658 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 back. The authorities at Sydney seem to have 
 been inclined to endorse Hovell's opinion, that the 
 place he and Hume had visited two years before, 
 was Western Port. When Hovell got to Western 
 Port he was convinced of the mistake he had 
 made. This expedition reached Western Port, 
 and the officers and soldiers intended for that 
 place disembarked on its eastern side, and erected 
 a small fortification at the eastern end of Phillip 
 Island, which lies across the entrance. They 
 found a French expedition had been there before 
 them but that no steps had been taken to form a 
 settlement. Some short time afterwards, the 
 alarm about French occupation having subsided, 
 and it having been found that the shores of the 
 harbour were scrubby and far inferior to the land 
 seen by Hume and Hovell some twelve months 
 previously, the settlement was abandoned. 
 1827. 
 
 11th January. — Joseph Tice Gellibrand and 
 John Batman, understanding as they stated, "that 
 it was the intention of Sir Richard Bourke, 
 Governor of New South Wales, to establish a 
 permanent settlement at Western Port," made 
 application by letter to that officer "soliciting a 
 grant of land at that place proportionable to the 
 property which they intended to embark," and 
 stating that " they proposed to ship from Laun- 
 ceston 1500 to 2000 sheep and 30 head of superior 
 cows, horses, oxen, &c." 
 
 17th March. — Sir Richard Bourke replied to 
 Messrs. Gellibrand and Batman's letter, informing 
 them " that no determination had been come to 
 with respect to the settlement of Western Port, 
 and that it was not in his power to comply with 
 their request." 
 
 In this year the cutter Fairy, Wishart master, 
 on a sealing voyage from Sydney to Lady Julia 
 Percy Island, having been caught in a south- 
 westerly gale, put into a bay which was named 
 after this cutter Port Fairy. 
 1828. 
 
 In November or December of this year, Captain 
 Griffiths visited Port Fairy in the schooner Henry. 
 
 December. — William Dutton visited Portland 
 Bay in the schooner Madeira Packet on a 
 sealing voyage. He was one of a boat's crew that 
 landed at Blacknose Point and remained in the 
 neighbourhood until the middle of January 1829. 
 1829. 
 
 July. — Dutton again visited Portland Bay in 
 the schooner Henry, Captain McLean, on a sealing 
 voyage. He was captain of a boat's crew which 
 landed at Whaler's Point, or Single Corner (the 
 present site of Portland,) where he remained 
 sealing, and built a house and lived in it. 
 1830. 
 
 January. — Dutton again embarked in the schooner 
 //- /' /;/ on a sealing voyage. Sturt, accompanied 
 by George McLean, having led a party down the 
 Murrumbidgee river, reached a river which Hume 
 and Hovell had crossed in 1824 on their journey 
 to Port Phillip, and called the Hume. Sturt gave 
 
 it the name of the Murray, by which it has been 
 since known, and followed it down to Lake 
 Alexandrina (which he also named,) and thence to 
 its entrance into the sea. 
 
 1831. 
 
 March. — Dutton again visited Portland Bay 
 in the schooner Henry, then commanded by 
 Captain Griffiths. The vessel anchored off Black- 
 nose Point. Dutton landed and occupied for 
 some months the house he built in 1829. He then 
 left in the schooner Elizabeth. 
 1832. 
 
 November. — Dutton again visited Portland Bay 
 and resided there until March 1833. He subse- 
 quently returned to Portland Bay in command of 
 the schooner Henry and established a whaling 
 station. He erected buildings and grew vegetables 
 for his own use. 
 
 1833. 
 
 July. — Whilst there at this time, Edward Henty, 
 on his way from Swan River to Launceston in the 
 schooner Thistle, Captain Liddle, entered the bay. 
 1834. 
 
 19th November. — Edward Henty landed at 
 Portland Bay with stock, and also boats, &c, to 
 form a whaling establishment. This was the first 
 permanent settlement in Port Phillip. 
 1835. 
 
 In this year an association was formed in V.D.L. 
 consisting of John Batman, Joseph Tice Gellibrand, 
 James and William Robertson, Henry Arthur, 
 John Sinclair, Charles Swanston, James Simpson, 
 John Thomas Collicott, Anthony Cottrill, William 
 George Sams, Michael Connolly, Thos. Bannister, 
 and John Helder Wedge, to colonise Port Phillip. 
 It was determined by the association that Batman 
 should at once cross over to Port Phillip, with a 
 view, as Batman states in his journal, "Of secretly 
 ascertaining the general character and capabilities 
 of Port Phillip as a grazing and agricultural dis- 
 trict." Concerning this visit, there are two sources 
 of information, viz., Batman's journal, and his 
 letter of the 25th June 1835 to Governor Arthur 
 and the chart and copies of deeds accompanying 
 it. Between these two accounts many grave dis- 
 crepancies exist, concerning the details of the 
 undertaking. 
 
 10th May.— From the journal it appears that on 
 this day Batman embarked and left Launceston 
 in the Rebecca, a craft of thirty tons, on board of 
 which were, Harwood master, Robert Robson 
 mate, four seamen, three white men, James Gumm, 
 William Dodd, and Alexander Thomson, and 
 seven aboriginal natives of Sydney. 
 
 11th May. —The vessel reached George Town 
 and awaited a favourable wind. 
 
 18th May. — She put to sea, but in consequence 
 of contrary winds did not get clear of the coast 
 until the 27th, when a favourable wind springing 
 up, she proceeded on her voyage, reaching Port 
 Phillip Heads on the 29th, which she entered, 
 sailed some twelve miles inside, and anchored in 
 a small bay near indented Head. Batman, Captain
 
 Vicl 
 
 OYCLOP/EMA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 659 
 
 Harwood, and some of the natives landed at a 
 spot where a native dog was seen on the shore : 
 they made a tour in the interior, and came upon 
 the fresh tracks of some natives, leading to a 
 village of gunyahs, which apparently had not 
 been abandoned for more than a clay or two. 
 Batman returned to the vessel at night, highly 
 pleased with the country he had seen, after a 
 ramble in which the party had walked about 
 twenty miles. His natives preferred sleeping on 
 shore. 
 
 30th May.— The wind during the night having 
 increased considerably, and the vessel's boat being 
 unable in consequence to bring off the natives, 
 they were hailed and directed to go round to a 
 point of land some fifteen miles distant, and meet 
 the vessel at that spot, the present site of Geelong. 
 Batman again landed, and made another inspec- 
 tion of the country, and was highly pleased with 
 the prospect. 
 
 1835. 
 
 31st May. — Batman states that "the vessel was 
 last night anchored in a fine little bay to which he 
 gave the name of Gellibrand's Harbour," that he 
 again went on shore, and set out to open com- 
 munication with the Blacks, which after a march 
 of some twelve miles he succeeded in doing by 
 about one o'clock. The party he then met con- 
 sisted of twenty-four women and twenty-three 
 children. Whether from a similarity of language, 
 or freemasonry, Batman could not discover, but 
 his Sydney natives and these aborigines seemed to 
 understand each other. A corrobboree, with song, 
 was got up in quick time, in which all joined. 
 They informed Batman that the men of their tribe 
 had gone up the river. After the dance the 
 women and children accompanied Batman to the 
 coast where he presented them with blankets, 
 glass beads, <fcc., after which he arranged to meet 
 them again the next day, when they took their 
 departure. In the course of this day's journey he 
 travelled, going and returning, thirty miles, having 
 ascended a sugar-loaf hill, which he named Mount 
 Collicott. 
 
 1st June. — Batman again landed, and travelled 
 round the bay, and after crossing a neck of land 
 fell in with a small river or creek, which he 
 followed up for ten miles; ascended some hills 
 and saw plains which he named Arthur's plains. 
 He also states in his journal of this day that 
 adjoining Mount Collicott there are two other 
 hills, which he named Mount Cottrell and Mount 
 Connolly, and also that at a distance of fifteen 
 miles from Mount Cottrell, bearing N.W. from it, 
 there is another mount, which he named Mount 
 Solomon. 
 
 2nd June. — The vessel was taken to Hobson's 
 Bay, at the mouth of the Yarra Yarra, near where 
 Williamstown now stands, and endeavours were 
 made to sail up the river but it was too shallow. 
 
 3rd June. — Batman proceeded in a boat up the 
 Saltwater River some five miles. He there landed 
 and joined others of the party on shore, who had 
 
 walked seven miles to meet him. He then fol- 
 lowed the course of the river for twenty-six miles, 
 its water being salt for the whole distance. 
 
 4th June.— The journal of this date is somewhat 
 obscure. Batman would appear, from one portion 
 of it, to have been at Mount Cottrell on this day ; 
 whilst the whole entry makes it clear that he was 
 following up the Saltwater River, the distance 
 travelled being over twenty-six miles. 
 
 5th June. — Leaving the Saltwater River on a 
 W.N.W. course, he fell in with three freshwater 
 creeks, one of which he called Eliza Creek, and 
 ascended a hill about noon, which he estimated to 
 be fifty miles from the bay. From this hill was 
 discovered, in an easterly direction, the smoke of 
 a native encampment, towards which he bent his 
 steps, keeping on for some twenty miles over plains- 
 6th June. — The journal states, he made an early 
 start to reach the encampment, the smoke of which 
 had been seen the day previous. That shortly 
 after he came on a chief, his wife, and three 
 children. That this chief received some presents, 
 and took upon himself the office of guide, stating 
 he would conduct Batman to his tribe, of whose 
 chiefs he gave the names. After proceeding eight 
 miles Batman heard the voices of natives calling ; 
 looking round he saw six men armed with spears ; 
 he stopped and the natives threw aside their 
 spears, and coming up in a friendly manner they 
 all shook hands. The natives took Batman back 
 a mile to their camp where there were eight 
 chiefs belonging to the country over which he 
 had travelled. The three principal chiefs were 
 brothers. The object Batman had in view, viz., 
 the purchase of land, was then explained to the 
 eight chiefs ; they appeared to understand the 
 proposal, and agreed to grant "to him and his 
 heirs for ever," in consideration of blankets, knives, 
 looking-glasses, tomahawks, beads, scissors, flour, 
 &c, 600,000 acres of their land, and signed two 
 deeds to that effect, which the provident Batman 
 had ready prepared in his pocket, and " a tree " 
 (says Batman) " was marked in four different ways 
 to define the corner boundaries." The whole group 
 of natives consisted of forty-five — men, women, 
 and children. 
 
 7th June.— Batman busied himself in drawing 
 up triplicates of the deeds of the land he had 
 purchased; and in handing over to the natives 
 more property. He returned to his vessel, and in 
 doing so came to the Melbourne, or Batman's 
 swamp, between the Yarra Yarra and Saltwater 
 rivers. On rounding the swamp and getting 
 through the scrub, to his great surprise he came 
 upon the bank of the former river, which he 
 called " The Batman." Some of the natives he 
 had with him swam across the Saltwater River to 
 fetch a boat from the vessel, which was about 
 seven miles distant ; they returned in about three 
 hours to the junction of the two rivers, which 
 place Batman had reached. 
 
 8th June. — Batman went up the Yarra Yarra ill 
 a boat to the falls above the basin.
 
 660 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 9th June. — He determined to return to Van 
 Diemen's Land, and to this end proceeded in his 
 vessel to Indented Head, near Swan Point, about 
 twelve miles inside the Heads, where he left the 
 three white men he had brought with him, and 
 five of the aboriginal natives of Sydney, viz., 
 Pigeon, Joe the Marine, Bungit, Bullet, and Old 
 Bull ; also a supply of provisions for three months, 
 a quantity of garden seeds, stones and pips of 
 fruit for planting, and six dogs, and gave directions 
 to erect a hut and commence a garden. He also 
 gave to one of the white men, James Gumm, a 
 written authority to warn off all persons found 
 trespassing on the land he had purchased from the 
 natives. 
 
 14th June. — Batman quitted Port Phillip and 
 arrived at Launceston, after a passage of thirty- 
 six hours. 
 
 25th June. — Batman, on his arrival at Hobart 
 Town, addressed a letter to Governor Arthur, 
 reporting his proceedings at Port Phillip, describ- 
 ing the country he had traversed, and transmitting 
 a chart, in which were defined the limits of the 
 land obtained by him from the natives. The chart 
 Batman stated he constructed from personal 
 survey, and on it is partly traced the Yarra Yarra 
 River. He also enclosed with this letter a copy of 
 each of the deeds executed by the natives, dated 
 respectively 6th June 1835. 
 
 3rd July. — Governor Arthur (through his 
 Colonial Secretary, Montagu,) replied to Batman's 
 letter of 25th June, stating, " That Port Phillip is 
 not within the jurisdiction of this Government, 
 and His Excellency would therefore only observe 
 that the recognition of the rights, supposed to 
 have been acquired by the treaty into which you 
 have entered with the natives, would appear to be 
 a departure from the principle upon which a 
 Parliamentary sanction, without reference to the 
 aborigines, has been given to the settlement of 
 Southern Australia, as part of the possessions of 
 the Crown. I am also to observe, that in refer- 
 ence to the application of Mr. Henty to be allowed, 
 under certain conditions to locate, a grant of land 
 on the southern coast of New Holland, His 
 Majesty's Government declined to accede to his 
 proposal, (fee." 
 
 12th July. — William Buckley, one of the prisoners 
 who had escaped in 1803 from Governor Collins, 
 came to Batman's camp at Indented Head. He 
 was unable to account for the men who had left 
 the camp with him. J. H. Wedge however in a 
 communication to the Geographical Society of 
 London in 1836, mentions that Pye, one of them, 
 was left behind at the Yarra Yarra River through 
 exhaustion ; whilst the other, Marmon, parted 
 with Buckley at Indented Head, with the intention 
 of returning to the camp. Early in this year 
 John Pascoe Fawkner, then resident at Launceston, 
 V.D.L., contemplated a visit to Port Phillip, for 
 which purpose he purchased a schooner called the 
 Enterprise, then on a voyage to Newcastle, N.S.W. 
 On her return to Launceston, possession was given 
 
 to Fawkner on the 18th July 1835, when he 
 proceeded to purchase provisions, blankets, toma- 
 hawks, knives, handkerchiefs, a whaleboat, horses, 
 ploughs, grain for sowing, garden seeds, plants 
 and fruit trees. He also formed a party consisting 
 of Samuel and William Jackson, Captain J. 
 Lancey, Robert Hay Marr, and George Evans to 
 accompany him in the exploration of a reported 
 unoccupied country fit for pastoral purposes across 
 the straits. 
 
 27th July. — The Enterprise, Hunter master, put 
 to sea from George Town, having on board (with 
 the exception of Samuel Jackson) all the members 
 of the party ; as also Evan Evans, servant ; James 
 Gilbert, blacksmith, and his wife Mary ; and 
 Charles Wise, ploughman. After the vessel had 
 been at sea some days, and almost all the time in 
 sight of George Town heads, during which there 
 was very tempestuous weather, Fawkner became 
 ill from sea-sickness and other causes. In con- 
 sequence, he caused the vessel to put back to 
 George Town, where he landed, taking with him 
 one of the horses from on board, with which he 
 proceeded to Launceston. She again put to sea 
 and entered Western Port on 8th August 1835 ; the 
 weather being very rough and tempestuous during 
 the voyage, a great many things had to be thrown 
 overboard. The master of the Enterprise, Hunter, 
 had recommended Western Port as a fit place for 
 settlement, he being acquainted with it, having 
 been there some years before procuring wattle 
 bark. The party accordingly examined the land 
 around Western Port, and finding it unfavourable, 
 left. 
 
 15th August. — The Enterprise entered Port 
 Phillip Heads, when a whale boat came off to the 
 vessel, manned by some of Batman's Sydney 
 natives. She proceeded up the bay by the Southern 
 Channel, some of those on board landing each day 
 to examine the country, until the vessel arrived 
 opposite the Red Bluff, now Point Ormond, when 
 William Jackson and others of the party landed 
 made their way through the bush, and crossed the 
 Yarra Yarra River some distance above the falls. 
 Whilst on this journey they fell in with some 
 natives, and ultimately camped on the banks of 
 the Yarra Yarra, on the site of the future city of 
 Melbourne, to await the arrival up the river of 
 Captain Lancey, with the Enterprise. Directions 
 had been given to those on board the Enter/ /rise 
 not to settle down except on a river, and they 
 must have been aware of the existence of the 
 Yarra Yarra, as Robson, the mate of the Rebecca, 
 Batman's vessel, stated that on his return to 
 Launceston he told Captain Lancey of its existence. 
 The vessel proceeded to the mouth of the Yarra 
 Yarra River, where she arrived on the 20th August 
 1835, anchoring clear of the bar in the channel of 
 the river. 
 
 21st August.— Some of those on board proceeded 
 in a whale boat to examine the river ; they passed 
 the junction of the Yarra Yarra River with the 
 Saltwater River without hiking much notice of the
 
 Vic] 
 
 OYCLOI'.KDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 661 
 
 former, and went up the Saltwater River until 
 stopped by fallen trees. They then returned to 
 the vessel exhausted, examining on their way back 
 the junction of the two rivers. 
 
 22nd August. — The same party again went up 
 the Yarra Yarra River in the whale boat and 
 reached the basin ; returned to the vessel, and 
 brought it up the river to the present site of Mel- 
 bourne, which they reached on the 29th August 
 1835. The vessel was got close to the bank of the 
 river after cutting away some of the overhanging 
 timber. Those on board landed by means of a 
 plank, the horses (two) being hoisted out. There 
 were also brought in the vessel two pigs, three 
 kangaroo dogs, a cat, and provisions. 
 
 7th August.— J. H. Wedge landed at Indented 
 Head in company with Henry Batman and his 
 wife. Wedge made this visit to Port Phillip at 
 the request of some of the gentlemen associated 
 with John Batman, for the purpose of confirming 
 or otherwise, the glowing account given by 
 John Batman of that country. Wedge joined 
 the party left by John Batman at Indented 
 Head, around whom were encamped a tribe of 
 natives, having with them William Buckley, who 
 had joined the party prior to Wedge's arrival. 
 This was the William Buckley who had absconded 
 from the settlement near Point Nepean on 27th 
 December 1803. Wedge proceeded to examine 
 the country. His first examination was of Indented 
 Head, embracing the Bellarine Hills. His second 
 examination, accompanied by Buckley, extended 
 over the Barrabool Hills, and southward towards 
 Cape Otway. He discovered and named the 
 Barwon, and saw another river joining it. He also 
 saw and named the Leigh River, and saw a lake 
 named by the natives Modewarre. His third 
 examination, he states, was made " for the purpose 
 of ascertaining where the principal rivers dis- 
 charged themselves into Port Phillip Bay, with a 
 view to determine the most eligible site for a 
 permanent establishment." On this occasion he 
 left Indented Head in company with one white 
 man, James Gumm, two Sydney Blacks, and 
 a Port Phillip aboriginal boy, and proceeded 
 round by Geelong to the west of Station Peak, 
 crossing the Werribee a little to the south of 
 Mount Cottrell, and the Saltwater River about a 
 mile above the flow of the tide, and reached the 
 present site of Melbourne on the 2nd September, 
 where, with no little surprise, he observed in the 
 basin a vessel moored. For a moment he fancied 
 he had come upon an unknown settlement. 
 Wedge says, " She was certainly the first vessel 
 that had ever worked her way up to where the 
 Queen's Wharf has since been built." He advanced 
 to introduce himself to thoso in charge of the 
 vessel, which he found to be the Enterprise, 
 belonging to Fawkner, sent over in charge of 
 Captain Lancey. Wedge states that the vessel 
 had crept into the port, and proceeded up the 
 Yarra Yarra River, unobserved either by the 
 party left at Indented Head by Batman, or by the 
 
 tribe of natives who were encamped with them. 
 This statement differs from that of those on board 
 the Enterprise, from which it appears that when 
 she entered the Heads on the 15th August, a boat 
 put off from Batman's party to the vessel. Perhaps 
 this discrepancy may be accounted for on the 
 supposition that Wedge had left Indented Head 
 prior to the Enterprise entering. It is quite 
 clear he was not aware of her coming, up to the 
 time he arrived at the site of Melbourne. Wedge 
 also states that he communicated to Captain 
 Lancey, either verbally or in writing, that he, 
 Lancey, had encamped on a portion of the land 
 ceded, or at that time supposed to have been ceded, 
 to Batman's party, by virtue of his treaty with 
 the natives ; and in iloing so, he believes that he 
 expressed a hope that Lancey would not interfere 
 with Batman, and referred to the unoccupied land 
 on the opposite bank of the river, as affording 
 ample scope for the enterprise of Fawkner's 
 party ; that Lancey took this communication in 
 good part, and apparently assented to the propriety 
 of his suggestion ; and Wedge thinks he said he 
 would write to Fawkner on the subject, and asserts 
 that in making this communication he was actu- 
 ated by no unfriendly feeling towards Fawkner 
 and his coadjutors. It was on the occasion of this 
 visit that Wedge gave the river the name of the 
 Yarra Yarra, from the following circumstance : 
 On arriving in sight of it, the native boy who was 
 with him, pointing to the river, called out " Yarra 
 Yarra ;" which at the time he imagined was the 
 native name of the river, but he afterwards learnt 
 that the words were those the natives used to 
 designate a waterfall, as the boy afterwards used 
 the same expression to denote a small fall in the 
 River Werribee, when he crossed it on his way 
 back to Indented Head. On Wedge's return to 
 Indented Head, Henry Batman, by his directions, 
 conducted a portion of Batman's party to the north 
 bank of the Yarra Yarra, which encamped not far 
 from where St. James' Cathedral now stands. 
 Wedge left Port Phillip by the vessel in which he 
 came. After Jackson and Marr had satisfied them- 
 selves as to the capabilities of the country for 
 pastoral purposes, they returned in the Enterprise 
 to Launceston, where the party was broken up ; 
 each member of it being left to choose his future 
 line of action in reference to revisiting the dis- 
 covered land. Captain Lancey, George Evans, his 
 servant, Evan Evans, Charles Wise, James Gilbert 
 and his wife, remained behind on the Yarra Yarra, 
 and sowed with wheat five acres of land at the 
 south-western extremity of Melbourne, and erected 
 near Batman's Hill some tents or huts, as well as 
 a secure place for the stores. 
 
 26th August. — Sir Richard Bourke issued a pro- 
 clamation, notifying " that every treaty, bargain, 
 and contract, with the aboriginal natives, for the 
 possession, title, or claim to any Crown lands 
 within N.S.W., is void, as against the rights of 
 the Crown ; and that all persons found in posses- 
 sion of any such lands, without license or authority
 
 662 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 from Her Majesty's Government for such purpose, 
 first had and obtained, would be considered as 
 trespassers." 
 
 10th October. — Governor Bourke reported to 
 Lord Glenelg Batman's proceedings, as well as the 
 course he had pursued in reference to them. The 
 Enterprise again returned to Port Phillip, having 
 on board Fawkner and his servant Morgan. 
 Fawkner removed the tents or huts which had 
 been erected near Batman's Hill to the rise opposite 
 the falls, and formed a cultivation paddock of 
 eighty acres, on the opposite, or south side of the 
 river. It was on this last voyage of the Enterprise, 
 that the Endeavour, with John Aitken on board, 
 followed Fawkner's vessel, and arrived at Mel- 
 bourne some short time after it. 
 
 13th October. — John Batman addressed a letter 
 from Launceston to J. H. Wedge, in reference 
 to Fawkner's intrusion on the land, which he 
 (Batman) had obtained from the natives of Port 
 Phillip. 
 
 31st October. — The first publican's license was 
 issued in Melbourne. 
 
 26th October. — Five hundred sheep were im- 
 ported from Launceston, in the Norval, Captain 
 Coltish, for Batman's Association, and landed at 
 Point Gellibrand. This vessel also brought fifty 
 pure Hereford cows, belonging to Dr. Thomson. 
 Cowie, Stead, Steiglitz and Ferguson, also arrived 
 in her. 
 
 December. — About this time, — Smith, who had 
 been sent to Port Fairy early in the year in charge 
 of Baby and Penny's whaling party, left that place 
 in a whale-boat with a crew of five men, intending 
 to enter the Biver Hopkins. The boat was capsized 
 in the surf at the entrance of the river and all hands 
 drowned, with the exception of a man named 
 Gibbs. He swam to the shore in a state of nudity, 
 and made his way back naked and on foot to Port 
 Fairy. Baby and Penny sold the boats, whaling 
 plant, &c, to Griffiths and Connolly. 
 1836. 
 
 1st January.— The first newspaper was published 
 in Melbourne, by Fawkner, and was called the 
 Melbourne Advertiser. It consisted at first of a 
 written sheet ; was distributed weekly for nine 
 weeks ; and was afterwards continued in a printed 
 form to the extent of thirty-two numbers. 
 
 23rd January. — Lord Glenelg, in a despatch of 
 this date, in reply to Governor Arthur's despatch 
 of 4th July 1835, on the subject of the negotiations 
 which had been entered into by Batman for the 
 acquisition from some of the native tribes of a 
 large portion of land, consisting of 600,000 acres 
 in the vicinity of Port Phillip stated, " That all 
 schemes for making settlements by private indi- 
 viduals or companies in the unlocated districts of 
 Australia, have of late years been discouraged by 
 1 1 is Majesty's Government, as leading to fresh 
 establishments, involving the mother country in 
 an indefinite expense, and exposing both the 
 natives and the new settlers to many dangers and 
 calamities. And there is so much of prudence 
 
 and of justice, and I think I may add of humanity 
 in this policy, that I do not feel disposed to depart 
 from it in the present instance." 
 
 26th January. — George Duncan Mercer, as agent 
 for the Geelong and Doutagalla Association, 
 addressed a letter to Lord Glenelg, from Edin- 
 burgh, enclosing copies of Batman's Narrative of 
 his Excursion to and Proceedings at Port Phillip ; 
 the originals of two treaties (executed in triplicate) 
 entered into with the aboriginal chiefs, possessors 
 of the territory in the neighbourhood of Port 
 Phillip ; also a map of the territories ceded by the 
 head men of the Doutagalla tribe and other docu- 
 ments, in which letter he states, "The object of 
 the association is to obtain, in the exercise of the 
 Royal prerogative, a recognition and confirmation 
 by the Crown of the treaties executed by the 
 aboriginal chiefs, occupants of the soil ; or should 
 His Majesty's Ministers see any legal objection to 
 this recognition and confirmation, of which I am 
 not at present aware, a Boyal grant of the terri- 
 tories as feudatories of the British Crown." In 
 conclusion, Mercer says, "Under such circum- 
 stances, I trust I may, without presumption, flatter 
 myself that His Majesty's Ministers will be glad 
 to find it consistent with their duty to the Crown 
 and the country, to sanction and foster a colony 
 founded upon principles of humanity and civilisa- 
 tion, and opening a new field for emigration and 
 British industry." 
 
 15th February. — Lord Glenelg replied to Mercer's 
 letter of 26th January, informing him, " That the 
 territory on which it is proposed to form the settle- 
 ment in question, is a part of the Colony of New 
 South Wales, being comprised within the limits laid 
 down in the commission of Governor Sir Richard 
 Bourke ; and consequently, that it is impossible for 
 His Majesty's Government to acknowledge any 
 title to lands acquired there, except upon the 
 terms prescribed in that commission and the 
 accompanying instructions." 
 
 March.— Captain J. B. Mills left Launceston 
 and proceeded to Port Fairy in the cutter Sarah 
 Ann, to take delivery of the boats, whaling plant, 
 &c, for Griffiths and Connolly, which they had 
 purchased last year from Baby and Penny. He 
 took with him three boats and their crews. The 
 oil produced this season was put on board the 
 barque Arabin, Captain Cairns, and sent to 
 London. Dr. Thomson arrived at Melbourne with 
 his family. Mitchell left Sydney to explore Port 
 Phillip. He crossed the Murray Biver on the 15th 
 June, proceeded along its southern bank, and on 
 the 20th June passed Swan Hill, subsequently 
 Lake Boga, Mount Hope and Pyramid Hill ; he 
 crossed the Loddon and Avoca Rivers, explored 
 Lake Lonsdale and Mount William, sighted the 
 Grampians, crossed the Wimmera near Mount 
 Zero, discovered the McKenzie and Norton Bivers, 
 reached Greenhill Lake and Mount Arapiles ; 
 crossed the Glenelg, proceeded along its eastern 
 bank, crossing the Wando and Wannon Rivers 
 and leaving a depdt at a spot which he called Fort
 
 Vicl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AI'STRALASIA. 
 
 663 
 
 O'Hara, descended the Glenelg River in boats ; 
 saw Mount Gambier, and reached the mouth of 
 the river and Discovery Bay, all of which rivers 
 and hills he named. He then returned up the 
 River Glenelg, crossed the Crawford, and followed 
 it up ; proceeded by Mount Eckersley ; saw Mount 
 Napier, crossed the Fitzroy, all of which he also 
 named ; and on the 29th August 1836 reached 
 Portland Bay, where he saw a vessel, the Elizabeth, 
 of Launceston at anchor, and visited the establish- 
 ment of the Hentys. On his return he saw and 
 named Mounts Clay and Rouse, The Grange, 
 Mounts Sturgeon and Abrupt, Lake Linlithgow, 
 Mounts Stavely and Nicholson, the River Hopkins, 
 Mount Cole, Expedition Pass, Mount Byng, Mount 
 Alexander and Mount Macedon ; and from the 
 latter he obtained a view of Port Phillip Bay. 
 He then crossed the Campaspe, Violet Ponds, the 
 Ovens at its junction with the King River ; reached 
 the Murray, and crossed it at Mount Ochtertyre, 
 and returned to Sydney. The land which he had 
 explored on the south side of the Murray Riven 
 on this trip, he named Australia Felix. 
 
 13th April. — Lord Glenelg, in a despatch to 
 Governor Sir Richard Bourke, in reply to his of 
 the 10th October last, approved of the course he 
 had pursued in reference to Batman's proceedings 
 at Port Phillip. 
 
 Apiil.— Captain Mills visited from Port Fairy 
 the River Hopkins with two boats and their crews 
 for the purpose of recovering the whaleboat lost 
 the previous year by — Smith. He found the 
 boat about one mile and a-half to the eastward of 
 the entrance to the river, took it to the mouth of 
 the river, and after several efforts to get out to sea 
 on this and the following day (the party having no 
 provisions beyond the usual lunch which they 
 carried when on the look out for whales,) the 
 project was abandoned, as the surf had set in very 
 heavily, and filled the boats at every attempt. 
 The boats were then hauled up on shore, with the 
 intention of dragging them overland to Lady 
 Bay, a distance of two and a-half miles. The 
 crews began to suffer very much from hunger, 
 and wished to leave the boats and return to Port 
 Fairy. However, by alternate dragging and carry- 
 ing the gear, they succeeded in launching the 
 boats in Lady Bay, and reached Port Fairy very 
 much exhausted, having had to pull against a 
 strong westerly wind. Cattle were brought to 
 Port Fairy in the latter end of this year, in the 
 Thistle, by Captain Mills. At the latter end of 
 this month Batman returned to Port Phillip in the 
 Caledonia, accompanied by his wife and family 
 and Miss Newcombe, his governess. James 
 Simpson and the Rev. James Orton, a Wesleyan 
 minister, were passengers by the same vessel, as 
 also Major Wellman and his son, who were on 
 their way to India. Batman conducted the 
 remainder of his party from Indented Head to 
 the Yarra Yarra River, and fixed his abode on 
 a hill at the western extremity of Collins-street, 
 called from the circumstance Batman's Hill. He 
 
 built a house there and opened a general store. 
 His first sheep station was the present site of St. 
 James' Cathedral, in William-street, where he had 
 a shepherd's hut. Batman looked upon Fawkner 
 as an intruder, as ho (Batman) claimed a large 
 extent of ground on the north side of the Yarra 
 Yarra River, by right of his alleged purchase from 
 the natives. About this time, the Francis Freeling, 
 Captain Pollock, arrived from V.D.L., having been 
 chartered by Joseph Sutherland to convey to Port 
 Phillip 800 sheep, which he had purchased at 
 Hobart Town for two guineas a head. The sheep 
 were landed in Port Phillip Bay between Indented 
 Head and Point Henry. Some 400 of the number 
 after landing died from drinking salt water. The 
 remainder were seized and taken away by the 
 blacks, most of them being afterwards recovered 
 by Sutherland and Fred. Taylor. Sutherland 
 subsequently took up country and formed a station 
 beyond Geelong, at a place called after him, 
 Sutherland's Creek. He had visited Port Phillip 
 in March of this year to ascertain the capabilities 
 of the country. 
 
 1st June.— A public meeting of the residents in 
 Melbourne was held, at which seventy-seven per- 
 sons were present, amongst whom were James 
 Simpson (chairman,) D. R. Pitcairn, G. McKillop, 
 T. Roadknight, W. J. Sams, Jno. Aitken, W. Road- 
 knight, Fred. Taylor, — McLeod, John Batman, 
 Henry Batman, J. H. Wedge, J. P. Fawkner, J. C. 
 Darke, J. Sutherland, J. Solomon, Michael Carr, 
 Win. Buckley and David Thomas. A resolution 
 was passed, " That James Simpson be appointed 
 to arbitrate between individuals disputing, on all 
 questions excepting those relating to land, with 
 power to name two assistants when he may deem 
 fit." Other resolutions were also passed, including 
 one, " That a petition be prepared to Governor 
 Bourke, praying him to appoint a resident magis- 
 trate at Port Phillip, as well as other magistrates 
 from among the residents." The revenue cutter 
 Prince George arrived from Sydney, having on 
 board George Stewart, who was a Territorial Magis- 
 trate, and also Police Magistrate at Goulburn, 
 N.S.W. He was the first to exercise magisterial 
 authority in Port Phillip, and was ordered to 
 report on the place and on the condition of its 
 inhabitants. A meeting took place between 
 Stewart, as the representative of the Government, 
 and the inhabitants, when it appeared that 177 
 persons from V.D.L. had settled in the neighbour- 
 hood of Port Phillip Bay, and had imported live 
 stock and other property to the value of £110,000. 
 
 8th June.— Henry, Alexander, and James Brock 
 imported sheep from Y.D.L. and landed them at 
 Gellibrand Point, near Williamstown, which they 
 occupied for some few months as a station, remov- 
 ing afterwards to Emu Creek, beyond Sunbury. 
 
 10th July. — The brig Chili, Captain Nixon, 
 arrived at Port Phillip. This vessel had been 
 chartered at Launceston by Gellibrand, Swanston, 
 Geo. Evans, and S. and W. Jackson, to convey 
 stock to Port Phillip. Jackson and Evans on
 
 664 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 landing explored the Deep Creek, and reached a 
 place afterwards called Jackson's Creek, now 
 Sunbury, where they determined to form a station. 
 They then returned to Williamstown, and having 
 got together their sheep and provisions, etc., again 
 proceeded to Jackson's Creek, where they remained 
 some time in company. Finding afterwards their 
 sheep considerably increased they divided, and 
 Evans removed two and a half miles up the creek 
 to a place called Emu Bottom, where he formed a 
 station, and eventually obtained a pre-emptive 
 right of 640 acres. In this year stations were also 
 formed by Charles Franks at Mount Cotterell ; 
 by Cowie and Stead, at Cowie's Creek ; by David 
 Fisher, on the Barwon ; by Solomon, on the Salt- 
 water River, at Solomon's Ford ; by Boadknight, 
 at the Barrabool Hills ; by Simpson and Wedge, 
 on the Exe or Werribee ; by John Aitken, on the 
 Deep Creek, and subsequently at Mount Aitken ; 
 and by John Gardiner, on the Yarra Yarra. In 
 this year Charles Franks and his shepherd were 
 killed by blacks, supposed to be of the Goulburn 
 tribe of aborigines, at Franks' station at Mount 
 Cottrell, near the Biver Exe or Werribee. Their 
 remains were brought to Melbourne and interred 
 at the Flagstaff Hill, which had been already 
 selected as a burial place, where the child of a 
 man named Goodman had been interred previously, 
 the child being the first person buried by Euro- 
 peans at Melbourne. The funeral of Franks and 
 his shepherd was attended by all the residents of 
 Melbourne. 
 
 29th September. — Her Majesty's ship Rattle- 
 snake, Captain Hobson, R.N., arrived in Fort 
 Phillip Bay, having on board Captain William 
 Lonsdale, late of the 4th Regiment of Foot, as 
 resident magistrate. Captain Hobson surveyed 
 the inlet at the head of the bay, which now bears 
 his name. Mounts Martha and Eliza were named 
 by one of the Lieutenants of the Rattlesnake in 
 compliment to Mrs. Lonsdale and Mrs. Batman 
 respectively. 
 
 September. — C. H. Ebden formed a station on 
 the Murray. He first established a crossing place 
 at Albury. 
 
 5th October. — The brig Stirlingshire which left 
 Sydney on the 24th September, arrived in Port 
 Phillip Bay. This vessel had on board Bobert 
 Saunders Webb, officer in charge of the customs ; 
 Skene Craig, commissariat officer ; Bobert Russell, 
 and his assistants ; Fred. Robert Darcy and William 
 Wedge Darke, of the survey department ; Ensign 
 King, with a detachment of the 4th Regiment ; 
 thirty prisoners, and Joseph Hooson as chief con- 
 stable. Russell and his assistants were instructed 
 to survey the shores of Port Phillip Bay ; trace up 
 the banks of the Yarra, noting its breadth and 
 depth at various points ; the extent to which it is 
 navigable and affected by the tide ; the nature of 
 its banks and bed; the rapidity of its current; 
 the height to which the permanent water flows, 
 and that to which it rises in time of flood. Russell 
 also made a survey showing the site of the present 
 
 city of Melbourne and the buildings then standing 
 on the same. 
 
 October. — Charles Bonney, who had accom- 
 panied Ebden to his station on the Murray, left 
 the station, accompanied by two men, for the 
 purpose of exploring a road to Melbourne. He 
 crossed the Murray at Albury, and took a south- 
 west course to the Ovens Biver, which he struck a 
 few miles below the present crossing place. The 
 flooded state of the river and the peculiar nature 
 of its banks rendered it dangerous to attempt to 
 cross at that place. On tracing the river down he 
 came upon a newly-made track, which he found 
 to be that of Mitchell's party, who were known to 
 be out in that direction. He followed the track 
 to Howlong, on the Murray, where Mitchell had 
 crossed, hoping to overtake him, but was too late, 
 as Mitchell had gone on, and the river could not 
 be crossed at that spot. He then returned to 
 Ebden's station, intending to make a fresh start 
 when the floods had subsided. After Bonney's 
 return home, Hawdon's party passed Ebden's 
 station with stock on their way to Melbourne, 
 which they reached in safety. Gellibrand and 
 Swanston, accompanied by Dobson, a solicitor at 
 Hobart Town, proceeded to Sydney, to urge upon 
 the Government the claims of Batman's Associa- 
 tion, and ultimately obtained for the association as 
 compensation in respect of their claims an allow- 
 ance of ,£'7000 in the remission of the purchase of 
 land at Port Phillip. 
 
 27th October. — Joseph Hawdon and John 
 Gardiner, on their way overland from N.S.W. to 
 Port Phillip with cattle, met at McArthur's station 
 on the Murrumbidgee, called Nangus, Mitchell and 
 his party returning to Sydney from their explora- 
 tion of Port Phillip. Hawdon and Gardiner 
 reached Melbourne at the end of November or 
 beginning of December. 
 
 5th November.— Batman had a son born, who 
 "was subsequently drowned in the Yarra Yarra at 
 the Melbourne Falls. 
 
 8th November. — A census taken in Port Phillip 
 showed the population to be 186 males and 38 
 females. 
 
 December. — An aboriginal mission was estab- 
 lished at Port Phillip. The station was on the 
 banks of the Yarra, on the site of the present 
 Botanical Gardens. George Langhorne was ap- 
 pointed missionary to the aborigines, and was 
 joined by John Thomas Smith as his assistant. 
 The aboriginal population at this time, within a 
 circuit of about thirty miles round Melbourne, 
 numbered 700, including men, women, and chil- 
 dren, and were divided into three tribes, the 
 " Wawoorong," the "Boonoorong," and the " Watou- 
 rong." The Wawoorong inhabiting the district 
 extending from the Yarra Yarra to Western Port, 
 as far as the Dun Tin Bear Creek, now called the 
 Ginger Beer Creek. It was with Jika Jika (a tall 
 man and a member of this tribe) and his sons that 
 Batman made his treaty for the purchase of land. 
 The Watourongs inhabited the- Geelong district,
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 665 
 
 It was with this tribe that Buckley dwelt. The 
 Boonoorongs were a small tribe. 
 
 25th December. — Charles Bonney left Ebden's 
 station on the Murray, with a bullock dray and 
 several men, and proceeded to the Ovens river, the 
 track then made being afterwards used as the 
 main road. From the Ovens, Bonney kept 
 Mitchell's track to the River Goulburn, where he 
 waited for Ebden to come up with him. On the 
 arrival of the latter, he and Bonney (leaving the 
 dray at the Goulburn) rode on to Melbourne, 
 which they reached on the third day after leaving 
 that river. 
 
 1837. 
 In this year Thomas Bates imported from Laun- 
 ceston, in the vessels Indemnity and Henry, some 
 sheep which he landed at Point Henry. Bates 
 settled at Cowie's Creek, near the Bell Post Hill, 
 so called in consequence of Cowie and Stead having 
 erected a bell on a high sapling to give the alarm 
 in case of an attack from the aborigines. Bates 
 subsequently removed to the Duck Ponds near 
 Station Peak. He also occupied land at Batesford, 
 so named after him. 
 
 7th February. — Henry Batman was appointed a 
 district constable. 
 
 13th February. — Taylor, with John Ewart, 
 arrived in Melbourne with cattle. This party was 
 organised near Yass, by W. A. Brodribb, for John 
 Gardiner and J. T. Gellibrand. 
 
 2nd March. — Charles Bonney left Ebden's 
 station on the Murray with about 9000 of Ebden's 
 sheep, and took up a run which he had chosen, 
 south of the Goulburn. They were the first 
 sheep brought by land to Port Phillip. After 
 they were placed upon the run Bonney came to 
 Melbourne with two drays for supplies, on which 
 occasion he discovered the country forming the 
 present site of Carlsruhe, which Ebden afterwards 
 occupied. 
 
 4th March. — Governor Bourke arrived from 
 Sydney at the settlement on the Yarra Yarra, in 
 H.M.S. Rattlesnake, Captain Hobson. He was 
 accompanied by Captain Hunter, military secre- 
 tary ; George Kenyon Holden,his private secretary ; 
 Captain P. P. King, as his travelling companion ; 
 and Robert Hoddle, surveyor in charge. The 
 object of this visit was to fix the site for a town- 
 ship. Hunter placed the encampment of the 
 vice-regal party at the west end of Bourke-street, 
 near the present residence of Hoddle. One morn- 
 ing, shortly after their arrival, and whilst they 
 were in camp, the shock of an earthquake was felt. 
 Bourke expressed to King his apprehension that 
 it would be unsafe to build a town on the spot, as 
 it would be exposed to risks like those which then 
 made N.Z. so unpopular a country for settlement. 
 No repetition of the shock occurred, however, and 
 the Town of Melbourne was laid out by Hoddle. 
 The principal streets were marked to be 99ft. wide. 
 The Governor at first objected to this width, but 
 subsequently assented, and insisted that smaller 
 streets should be made 33ft. wide, to be called mews. 
 
 He named Melbourne after the then Prime Minister, 
 Lord Melbourne ; Collins-street, after Lieutenant 
 Governor Collins ; Flinders-street, after Captain 
 Flinders ; Bourke-street, after himself ; Lonsdale- 
 street, after Capt. Lonsdale ; Swanston-street, after 
 Captain Swanston ; and Russell -street, after Lord 
 John (now Earl) Russell. Hoddle also marked out 
 Williamstown and the Battery Reserve. Williams- 
 town was named after the reigning sovereign. 
 An address was presented to Sir Richard Bourke 
 by the inhabitants, to which he replied, and he 
 subsequently made a trip into the interior under 
 the guidance of Jackson and Buckley ; he visited 
 Mount Macedon and Geelong, the latter of which l 
 he named after the native name of the hill on 
 which it stands. 
 
 10th April. — Governor Bourke named Hobson's 
 Bay after Captain Hobson of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, 
 and officially ordered the sites of Melbourne and 
 Williamstown to be laid out. 
 
 30th April.— The first child baptised at Mel- 
 bourne was the son of James Gilbert, who arrived 
 with Fawkner's party at Port Phillip on the first 
 voyage of the Enterprise. He was named John 
 Melbourne Gilbert. 
 
 1st June. — The first land sale took place at 
 Melbourne, Robert Hoddle, surveyor in charge of 
 the district, acting as auctioneer. The average 
 price realised for each lot of about half an acre 
 was ,£35. Sylvester John Brown, Barry Alexander 
 and Robert William Sliadforth, arrived in Mel- 
 bourne by land from N.S.W. with sheep and cattle. 
 Brown and Sliadforth on their way to Melbourne 
 stopped at Ebden's station at Carlsruhe. 
 
 2nd June. — John Wood Fleming, who was 
 mayor of Brunswick in the year 1870, was born 
 on the site of the present fish market. 
 
 18th June. — The James Watt, steamer, Taggart 
 master, left Sydney for Launceston and Port 
 Phillip. Passenger, Langhorne. 
 
 July.— John and Joseph Hawdon brought cattle 
 from their station at Howlong on the Murray to 
 Melbourne, and took them to a station at Dande- 
 nong called Bigning, water holes adjoining, a 
 station which Alfred Langhorne had formed on 
 Dandenong Creek for Captain Lonsdale and him- 
 self. Langhorne was left in charge of these cattle 
 with John Bourke as stockman. 
 
 5th September.— Foster Fyans was appointed 
 police magistrate at Geelong. 
 
 12th September. — Patrick Cussen was appointed 
 colonial assistant-surgeon. 
 
 14th September.— The James Watt, steamer, 
 Parsons master, left Sydney for Port Phillip, having 
 on board Fyans, late a Captain in the 4th Regi- 
 ment ; Cussen, Dutton, Campbell and Hodgson. 
 
 1st November. — A second land sale was held 
 at Melbourne. Fawkner purchased the allotment 
 at the corner of Collins and Market-streets for J10. 
 10th November. — James Backhouse and George 
 Washington Walker, Quaker missionaries, arrived 
 at Port Phillip in the Edora, Stephen Addison, 
 master. They visited the aboriginal station on 
 
 L4
 
 666 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 the Yarra Yarra, then in charge of Geo. Langhorne ; 
 they also visited Captain Lonsdale and Batman, 
 and left Port Phillip on the 17th November of the 
 same year. About this time Gellibrand and Hesse 
 were lost in the bush at the Cape Otway ranges. 
 It is supposed that they were murdered by the 
 aborigines. A skeleton, discovered some time 
 after, was identified as that of Gellibrand, from 
 the fact of one of the teeth being filled with gold. 
 Two hills not far from Winchelsea were named 
 after these explorers. 
 
 30th December. — A fortnightly mail by land 
 was established between Sydney and Melbourne. 
 Joseph Hawdon contracted to convey it between 
 Melbourne and Yass. It was carried on horse- 
 back by his stock-man, John Bourke, who acted 
 as mailman. This venturous man, notwithstand- 
 ing the attack on Faithful's party in the course of 
 the following year, and the determined hostility of 
 the blacks, continued to carry the mail by himself 
 through the uninhabited country at the imminent 
 risk of his life, crossing his horses over the rivers 
 as best he might, and camping out at night 
 wherever he found it most convenient. On one 
 occasion he had a horse drowned in the Murray 
 River, and on another was surrounded by hostile 
 blacks, from whom he contrived to escape. A bush- 
 ranger named Cummerford having at Sydney 
 confessed that he and a shoemaker, name unknown, 
 and a man named Dignum, had murdered between 
 Melbourne and Portland Bay six bushrangers 
 whilst asleep, Governor Bourke sent Cummerford 
 to Port Phillip to point out the place where the 
 murder had been committed. On Cummerford's 
 arrival in Melbourne he was sent for this purpose 
 in charge of a sergeant, one soldier, and two 
 constables. On arriving at the spot indicated, 
 200 miles from Melbourne, the police found one 
 or two bushels of calcined human bones, some 
 human teeth, and hair unburnt, and some shoe 
 nails and buttons from the clothes of the murdered 
 men. On their return they found the bones of 
 a horse's head, which Cummerford stated had 
 belonged to Ebden, and which he and Dignum 
 had shot. One constable and the soldier having 
 turned back for some tea which they had left 
 behind, whilst the sergeant, the remaining con- 
 stable (Tompkins) and Cummerford went on. The 
 party stopped to cook, the sergeant giving his 
 musket to Tompkins whilst he made a fire. 
 Tompkins having left the fire-arms, Cummerford 
 seized a musket and shot him, and he died in 
 three hours, the ball having entered the left side 
 and passed out at the right breast. Cummerford 
 then plundered the pack-horse and escaped, though 
 pursued by the sergeant for some time. This took 
 place on 30th December, and on 1st January 1838 
 Cummerford, whilst trying to steal a horse, was 
 taken into custody by three of Wedge's men. 
 L838. 
 
 Early in this year tin' Rev. James (low, Pres- 
 iian clergyman, performed Divine service in 
 Melbourne. 
 
 16th January. — Benjamin Baxter was appointed 
 clerk of the bench of magistrates. 
 
 28th January. — The Rev. James Forbes, Pres- 
 byterian minister, arrived in Melbourne. Joseph 
 Hawdon, in company with Charles Bonney and a 
 party of nine men, started from his station on the 
 River Murray (at that time known as the Hume) 
 to drive to Adelaide about 300 head of cattle, 
 which he had, towards the end of the previous 
 year, brought from N.S.W. The cattle were first 
 driven to a mail establishment on the Goulburn 
 River, at which place they were met on the 23rd 
 January by some drays conveying from Port 
 Phillip supplies for the journey. Hawdon on this 
 journey discovered that the Goulburn joined the 
 Murray. He proceeded along the south bank of 
 the Murray to within three miles of its junc- 
 tion with the Darling, when he crossed over, 
 fording both rivers without difficulty. At the 
 junction of the Darling, he found a bottle, buried 
 by Mitchell on 30th June 1836. On the oth March 
 he came upon a lake, which he named Lake 
 Victoria. On the 12th March he passed another 
 lake, which he named Lake Bonney. The party 
 also passed near Mount Barker, and arrived in 
 Adelaide on 30th April 1838. 
 
 February. — Edward John Eyre and S. J. Brown 
 started from Port Phillip for Adelaide driving a 
 herd of cattle with them. Brown turned back ; 
 Eyre proceeded on to Adelaide, where he arrived 
 on 12th July 1838. He attempted to take a 
 direct route from Port Phillip to Adelaide, but 
 coming upon a country impassable for want of 
 water he abandoned that course, and getting on 
 Mitchell's track, continued along it to the River 
 Wimmera, which he followed down and discovered 
 that it flowed into a large lake which he called 
 Lake Hindmarsh. After a search of three weeks 
 and the loss of some horses, finding nothing but a 
 waterless scrub between the lake and the Murray, 
 he was obliged to return to the route followed by 
 Hawdon, and by which he reached Adelaide. 
 
 8th February. — Peter Snodgrass was appointed 
 Commissioner of Crown Lands for the Port Phillip 
 district. 
 
 24th February. — Governor Gipps assumed the 
 government of the colony. 
 
 March. — About this time Fawkner commenced 
 the printing and publication of a newspaper, which 
 was called The Melbourne Daily News and Port 
 Phillip Patriot. It wassome time after edited by 
 George Darly Boursiquot. 
 
 11th April. — A party of men in charge of 
 William P. Faithful's sheep, travelling from 
 N.S.W., were preparing to proceed from the 
 Broken River to the Goulburn Uiver in the Port 
 Phillip district, where it was understood good 
 sheep stations might be had. Whilst the bullocks 
 were being yoked, the men with the drays heard 
 the shepherds shouting for help ; these latter, who 
 were a short distance from the encampment herd- 
 ing the sheep, were presently seen running with 
 great speed towards the drays, pursued by a body
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 667 
 
 of blacks throwing spears at them. Their com- 
 panions at the encampment, three of whom were 
 armed with guns, immediately ran to their assis- 
 tance, with the intention of driving off the blacks, 
 who were at that time within three or four hundred 
 yards of the encampment. One of these men, 
 named Bentley, fired his gun into the air thinking 
 by this means to intimidate the Blacks, but the 
 shut had no effect; the blacks still pushed for- 
 ward, cautiously sheltering themselves in their 
 advance behind the trees. When very near the 
 whites, one came forward, and was in the act of 
 deliberately poising his spear when Bentley shot 
 him dead, and was himself immediately afterwards 
 pierced with three spears ; the contest then 
 became general, and Bentley was last seen wounded 
 and fighting desperately with the but end of his 
 musket ; the other men, at whom spears were 
 hurled from all directions, fired several shots 
 without effect, owing to the shelter of the trees 
 of which the blacks had availed themselves. The 
 blacks increased in numbers and pressed their 
 advance, until the whites were in clanger of com- 
 plete massacre. Seven of the party of fifteen were 
 killed, and one mortally wounded. The survivors 
 joined in a final rush for escape ; the blacks 
 opened in two lines, and speared at the Whites as 
 they fled between them. John Campbell, who 
 escaped, died of his wounds. Crossley, the 
 overseer of the party (subsequently a butcher at 
 Kilmore,) was one of those who escaped. The 
 attacking party appeared to the fugitives to be 
 about 150 in number, as seen ranged up in the two 
 lines through which they retreated. At about 100 
 yards distant another strong party of armed blacks 
 was drawn up; but took no part in the contest. 
 It is said there were not fewer than 300 fighting 
 men present, and that not one old man was seen 
 among them. The party in charge of the sheep 
 and cattle had been awaiting from the Saturday 
 previous to the arrival of George Faithful who was 
 only a day's stage behind, and was momentarily 
 expected. The sheep were dispersed, but with the 
 exception of 130 were all recovered ; some of the 
 cattle were lost. Faithful and Colonel White were 
 camped near the crossing place of the Ovens River, 
 where one of the men who had escaped from the 
 affray arrived some twenty-eight hours after, 
 reporting that he believed he was the only man 
 of the party saved. 
 
 April. — Alfred Langhorne left Melbourne for 
 Sydney overland ; on his way he fell in with the 
 remainder of Faithful's party near the Broken 
 River, on the morning after their affray with the 
 blacks, and on the night of the same day camped 
 with them near the Ovens River. John Murcliison 
 and Farquhar McKenzie brought sheep overland 
 from New South Wales to Port Phillip ; on the 
 route they were joined by Peter Snodgrass, Dr. 
 Dixon, Murdock, James Campbell, and Henry 
 Kent Hughes, who were also on their way to Port 
 PhiUip with sheep; they all camped on a creek 
 near Mount Piper. Some of the party fell in with 
 
 Colonel White and his son Edward, who had been 
 driven from the Ovens River by the blacks. They 
 all took up country on, or in the neighbourhood 
 of, the River Goulburn. McKenzie selected the 
 King Parrot Creek; Dr. Dixon, for McFarlane, the 
 Cheviot Hills ; Snodgrass, the Muddy Creek ; 
 Campbell, country on the north side of the Goul- 
 burn, and Hughes remained where they had all 
 originally camped on a little stream which obtained 
 the name of Hughes's Creek. Lady Franklin 
 visited Port Phillip from V.D.L., of which colony 
 her husband was Governor. 
 
 15th May. — A Government mail cart travelled 
 between Melbourne and Geelong, the Saltwater 
 River being crossed by a punt. The Rev. P. B. 
 Geoghegan, a cleryman of the Church of Rome, 
 arrived in Melbourne from Sydney. 
 
 5th August. — William Wright was appointed 
 chief constable at Melbourne, in place of Henry 
 Batman. 
 
 15th August. — A branch of the Bank of Aus- 
 tralasia was opened at Melbourne in a small brick 
 building on the north side of Little Collins-street, 
 near Elizabeth-street, with David C. McArthur as 
 manager. 
 
 September.— David Kelsh was appointed by the 
 Governor postmaster of Melbourne ; he opened a 
 post-office in a small brick building on the north 
 side of Little Collins-street, a little to the west- 
 ward of Temple Court. 
 
 2nd October.— An Act (2 Victoria, No. 20) was 
 passed by the Legislative Council of New South 
 Wales to enable the printer and publisher of a 
 newspaper to make the affidavit and enter into the 
 recognisance required by law, before the police 
 magistrate of the district in which such newspaper 
 was to be printed and published. 
 
 17th October. — A branch of the Pinion Bank 
 of Australia was opened at Melbourne in a weather- 
 board building in Queen-street, with William 
 Highett as manager. 
 
 27th October. — A second newspaper was printed 
 and published in Melbourne by Strode and Arden, 
 and was called The Port PhiUip Gazette. It was 
 issued twice a week. Strode had brought from 
 Sydney, by the Den Mark Hill, the type, and a 
 wooden press of very ancient construction, with 
 which this paper was printed. 
 
 2nd November. — A general fast was kept in 
 Port Phillip on account of the long-continued 
 drought. In this month Captain Tobin commenced 
 taking charge of vessels as a private pilot, and 
 brought the schooner Industry, drawing eight and 
 a-half feet of water, up to the Melbourne wharf. 
 
 11th December. — George Augustus Robinson 
 was appointed chief protector of aborigines, and 
 Edward Stone Parker, William Thomas, Charles 
 Wightman Sievwright, and James Dredge, assistant 
 protectors. In this year the Port Phillip Bank 
 was established in Melbourne, with a capital of 
 £120,000. John Gardiner, and subsequently 
 George Duncan Mercer, being successively the 
 managing director.
 
 668 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 1839. 
 
 1st January. — William Lonsdale was appointed 
 police magistrate at Melbourne. The Melbourne 
 Club was instituted. 
 
 3rd January. — The barque Hope arrived from 
 Sydney with 130 immigrants, 2 officers, and 34 
 rank and file, 30 women, and 50 children. Parker, 
 Thomas, Sievwright and Dredge, who had recently 
 arrived from England with the appointments of 
 assistant-protectors of aborigines, were on board. 
 
 17th January. — The minimum price of Crown 
 lands, which had theretofore been 5s. an acre, was 
 raised to 12s. an acre. In this month the barque 
 Thomas Laurie, 300 tons, W. B. Price, master, 
 sailed from Port Phillip direct for London, taking 
 the first mail, and 400 bales of wool, valued at 
 £6500. 
 
 13th February. — The members of the association 
 formed by Batman, called the Port Phillip Associa- 
 tion, having, as already stated, obtained an 
 allowance of .£7000, in the remission of the 
 purchase of land, in consideration of the expenses 
 they had incurred in the first formation of the settle- 
 ment, exercised this concession in the purchase of 
 9416 acres of land to the west of Geelong. 
 
 14th February.— The petition of W. H. Burnard 
 was printed by order of the House of Commons. 
 In this petition reference was made to a correspond- 
 ence which took place in October 1838 and 
 January 1839, between James Graham and Co., 
 and Lord Glenelg, in which the former solicited 
 permission to purchase 20,000 acres of land at or 
 near the Glenelg Biver, Australia Felix, with the 
 object of establishing a colony there. The 
 petitioner was informed that Australia Felix was 
 a part of N.S.W. and that it must rest with the 
 local Government, in the first instance, to determine 
 the expediency of putting up for sale lands in that 
 district. 
 
 26th February. — Charles Bonney left Port Phillip 
 for Adelaide, with cattle ; he proceeded by way of 
 Glenelg, following the coast line near Mount 
 Gambier. He was the first person who crossed to 
 that colony by this route. Alfred Langhorne 
 followed Bonney, keeping his track to the junction 
 of Lake Alexandrina with the Murray Biver. 
 
 24th March. — A stone jetty was completed at 
 Williamstown. 
 
 27th March. — Edward Jones Brewster, barrister- 
 at-law, was appointed chairman of quarter sessions 
 at Port Phillip. 
 
 31st March.— The first pound was established at 
 Port Phillip. 
 
 28th April.— The ship John Barry, J. Eobson, 
 master, arrived from Sydney with 200 immigrants; 
 E. J. Brewster, was a passenger. 
 
 6th May. — John Batman died at Melbourne, 
 aged thirty-nine years. 
 
 May. — John Hunter and James Biley brought 
 horses, by land, from N.S.W. to the Seven Creeks, 
 where Hunter remained, he having purchased 
 sheep of ltutledge, which the latter had brought 
 from N.S.W. 
 
 13th May. — The first Court of Quarters Session 
 was held at Melbourne, E. J. Brewster, chairman, 
 and Horatio Nelson Carrington, Crown Prosecutor. 
 
 19th May.— The Bev. P. B. Geoghegan (subse- 
 quently Boman Catholic Bishop of Adelaide) 
 celebrated mass in Melbourne. 
 
 17th June. — The barque Midlothian, George 
 Morrison, master, arrived from Leith. This was 
 the first merchant vessel direct from a British port 
 to Hobson's Bay. John Hunter Kerr, a relative 
 of Governor Hunter, came to the colony in her, as 
 also thirty-one cabin passengers. On the same 
 day, the barque William Bryan, Boman, master, 
 from London, via Circular Head and Launceston, 
 passed up the bay. Thomas Herbert Power was 
 on board. Both vessels grounded on the passage 
 up. 
 
 7th July. — A branch of the Colonial Treasury at 
 Sydney, was established at Melbourne. 
 
 11th July. — [Joseph Hawdon and Lieutenant 
 Alfred Mundy, with their servant John Bourke, 
 started from the Lamb Inn, Melbourne, on an 
 overland journey to Adelaide, Mundy in a 
 tandem, and Hawdon on horseback ; they had 
 six horses with them, and on the way overtook 
 Joseph Holloway, who had left a week before them, 
 in charge of cattle belonging to Hawdon. They 
 accompanied Holloway to the crossing place of 
 the Murray Biver, where they left him and drove 
 into Adelaide, which they reached in twenty-seven 
 days from the time of starting. 
 
 August. — Henry Fysche Gisborne who on the 
 21st May previously had been appointed Com- 
 missioner of Crown Lands for Port Phillip District, 
 arrived in Melbourne by land, from N.S.W., in 
 command of some police, and was accompanied 
 by James Stein. Edward Curr, afterwards known i 
 as "the Father of Separation," arrived from < 
 Circular Head, V.D.L., in the schooner Eagle, 
 bringing with him for sale some cattle descended 
 from some of the best herds in England. 
 
 6th September. — The foundation-stone was laid 
 of an Independent Chapel in Collins-street east, 
 Melbourne. 
 
 10th September. — Bobert Saunders Webb was 
 appointed sub-treasurer at Port Phillip. 
 
 14th September. — Three allotments in the town 
 of Melbourne, Nos. 5, 6 and 7, of block 14, situate 
 in Collins-street, near Queen-street, each contain- 
 ing about half an acre, and which had been 
 purchased by Charles H. Ebden at the Government 
 land sale on the 1st June 1837 for £136, were this 
 day sold by auction, and realised £10,224. 
 
 30th September. — Charles Joseph La Trobe, who 
 had been appointed Superintendent of Port 
 Phillip by the Home Government, with a salary 
 of £800 a year, arrived in Melbourne by the 
 /'//minus from Sydney, and landed under a salute 
 of nine guns. The district over which La Trobe 
 had jurisdiction was bounded on the north by the 
 36th degree of south latitude, and on the west and 
 east by the 141st and 146th degrees of east longi- 
 tude respectively.
 
 Vicl 
 
 I \< l.oP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 669 
 
 2nd October. — La Trobe met the inhabitants of 
 Melbourne in the Auction Company's Rooms, 
 Collins-street. His instructions were rend to the 
 public, and he was presented with addresses, to 
 which he replied. John Carre Riddell and Thomas 
 Ferrier Hamilton arrived in Melbourne from 
 N.S.W. by land. 
 
 8th October.— An Act (3 Victoria, No. 16) was 
 passed by the Legislative Council of N.S.W., by 
 which the evidence of the aborigines might be 
 taken under affirmation or declaration, and be 
 received as of such weight only as corroborative 
 circumstances might entitle it to, the witness to 
 be liable to the usual penalties and forfeitures as 
 in the case of perjury. The Act was not to take 
 effect until it received the royal assent. It was 
 subsequently disallowed by Lord John Russell's 
 Despatch of 10th July 1840. 
 
 12th October. — The Rev. James Coud Grylls, a 
 clergyman of the Church of England, arrived in 
 Melbourne from Sydney, in the Denmark Hill. 
 He had been appointed on the 5th September, 
 bishop's surrogate for granting marriage licenses. 
 
 20th October. — Jas. Montgomery was appointed 
 Clerk of the Peace at Port Phillip. 
 
 (ith November. — The foundation-stone of St. 
 James' Church, William-street, was laid by Super- 
 intendent La Trobe. 
 
 13th November. — James Croke who had been 
 appointed by the Home Government Clerk of the 
 Crown at Port Phillip, Sir Redmond Barry, J. B. 
 Brewer, barrister -at -law, James Montgomery, 
 Edward Sewell, Robert Dean and Richard O'Cock, 
 solicitors, and Neil Black, arrived in Melbourne 
 by the Pwrkfield. 
 
 22nd December. — Foster Fyans was appointed 
 police magistrate at Portland Bay, and Nicholas 
 A. Fenwick police magistrate at Geelong. 
 
 II. Early Settlement. — A writer in the record of 
 the International Exhibition of 1881 published by 
 the Argus gives the following picturesque descrip- 
 tion of the first settlement in Port Phillip in 1835: — 
 " 1 'pon one of the seven eminences spoken of above, 
 and in a neighbouring hollow, both abutting upon 
 the ever-flowing river which empties its waters into 
 a noble bay, an association of enterprising settlers 
 have founded a primitive village. Its population 
 numbers only fifty men, women, and children, 
 inhabiting eight or ten cabins, composed of sod 
 walls and bark roofs, and a couple of weatherboard 
 huts, which have achieved the distinction of pos- 
 sessing brick chimneys. The infant settlement 
 possesses half a dozen horses, about a hundred 
 head of cattle, 1400 sheep, and a few dogs, 
 rabbits, and poultry. Some land has been broken 
 up and placed under tillage upon the south 
 bank of the river, and excepting that here and 
 there some timber has been cut down for build- 
 ing purposes and fuel, the place retains its 
 sylvan aspect, and oxen graze and sheep browse 
 over what is little better than an extensive 
 commonage, sprinkled pretty abundantly with 
 trees. The villagers lead a rough life of it. They 
 
 have plenty of hard work, and a sense of insecurity, 
 inspired by apprehensions of an attack from the 
 aboriginal occupants of the soil, tends to promote 
 a feeling of common sympathy. Nevertheless 
 three adventurous settlers— Conolly, Swanston, 
 and Solomon by name — have established them- 
 selves as sheep-farmers at different points ten 
 miles distant from the little hamlet on the Yarra ; 
 and explorers who have pushed inland to the 
 extent of twenty miles have brought back glowing 
 accounts of the fine grazing qualities of the 
 natural pastures. One of the pioneers of settle- 
 ment, an active little man, with some tincture of 
 imagination in his composition, proposes that the 
 country shall be called Australia Felix ; and 
 prognosticates in moments of elation that it will 
 become celebrated in the annals of the English 
 nation some day, and that it was only necessary for 
 so fair and fertile a region to be known and talked 
 about in Great Britain to attract tens of thousands 
 of immigrants. But the bystanders, who have 
 gathered round a rude forge, erected under the 
 shadow, if shadow it can be called, of an enormous 
 eucalyptus, shake their heads at the enthusiasm 
 of "Johnny Fawkner," and offer to wager long 
 odds that at least a century will elapse before a 
 second Launceston shall have arisen on the banks 
 of the Yarra. But the enthusiast meets all such 
 chilly remarks with a sarcastic " Ho, ho ! " and 
 confidently predicts that the day will come when 
 a much larger town than that which stands at the 
 head of the Tamar will occupy the site upon which 
 they are then standing ; and when, instead of an 
 occasional barque, or brig, or schooner tacking up 
 the bay, large merchantmen will float upon its 
 waters, and warehouses— perhaps even docks — 
 will be constructed alongside the stream which 
 now flows so placidly at their feet. So extrava- 
 gant a forecast however only exposes the little 
 man to the banter of his neighbours, one of whom 
 suggests in an undertone that "Johnny is a shingle 
 short." Life is very dull and uneventful in this 
 secluded settlement, but fortunately these pioneers, 
 encamped on the edge of a wilderness, have so 
 much strenuous work to occupy them all day, that 
 when darkness settles down upon the little cluster 
 of hovels their inmates are much more inclined to 
 fall asleep than to sit down and while away the time 
 by ineffectual attempts to engage in conversation, 
 with an utter dearth of local materials, and with 
 none at all procurable from external sources ; and 
 so the current of existence flows on with a mono- 
 tony as unbroken as that of the sunshine in the 
 summer months, or as that of the steady down- 
 pour of tain at some periods of the winter, when 
 the narrow valleys are filled with turbid streams or 
 roaring torrents and the settlers stand at the doors 
 of their cabins gazing disconsolately upward at 
 the leaden sky and downward at the sodden earth." 
 Five yoars later " the Settlement, as it used to be 
 called by some, although others gave it the name 
 of Beargrass, has grown from a diminutive hamlet 
 into a straggling township, upon which the name
 
 670 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 of Melbourne has been bestowed, in honour of the 
 genial statesman who was Her Majesty's political 
 preceptor. There is only one street really worthy 
 of the name ; and this, running from east to west, 
 is as broad as if the surveyor who laid it out con- 
 jectured that it would one day become the leading 
 thoroughfare of a populous city. The houses 
 erected at irregular intervals upon its western 
 eminence are mostly of wattle and dab, and are 
 only one story high ; but here and there a brick 
 edifice, with an upper story, looks quite imposing 
 by comparison with its lowlier neighbours. Jagged 
 stumps of ancient gumtrees, that have been felled 
 for joists and beams and battens, still deface the 
 highway, and give a devious direction to the drays 
 which conduct the traffic between the township 
 and the interior ; and the immediate environs of 
 the place are almost as sylvan as they were five 
 years ago. There is a good deal of activity observ- 
 able among the inhabitants, for there have been 
 two shiploads of immigrants from Sydney, and 
 others are expected from England, to accommodate 
 whom wooden huts are going up in many direc- 
 tions, and the public-houses and stores are doing a 
 lively business. Melbourne has been declared a 
 free port, and pastoral settlement in the interior 
 covers a very wide area. In fact, the official 
 returns show that there are 2372 horses, 50,837 
 head of cattle, and 782,283 sheep in the district of 
 Port Phillip, which now numbers 10,291 inhabi- 
 tants, and produces about ,£70,000 worth of wool 
 per annum. The owners of these flocks and herds 
 lead a rough life in the bush, occupying slab huts, 
 feeding upon coarse fare, spending most of their 
 time on horseback in the open air, and sleeping at 
 night in rude bunks, copied apparently from those 
 to which they had been accustomed on ship-board. 
 At the close of the sheep-shearing season, when 
 the annual clip has been packed and forwarded by 
 lumbering bullock-drays to Melbourne for ship- 
 ment, and when the annual supply of stores has 
 to be purchased and sent back to the station, 
 the squatters come down to town, and some of 
 them indulge in what they call " a spree ;" so that 
 for a week or two perhaps the smooth monotony 
 of life in Melbourne is broken in upon by the 
 rough vivacity of its pastoral invaders, and the 
 publicans are very attentive to the old maxim 
 about making hay while the sun shines ; but 
 matters soon fall back into their former groove, 
 and the last of the drays winds away in the 
 distance, where its trail upon the bush track is 
 obscured by a cloud of dust, and the place relapses 
 into its normal condition. Judging from outward 
 appearances its inhabitants are on a footing of 
 social equality. The men wear blue serge shirts- 
 very much like the " jerseys " of the fashionable 
 ladies of 1880— moleskin trousers, confined at the 
 waist by a belt of glazed leather, cabbage-tree 
 hats, and boots resembling those affected by pirates 
 in a nautical melodrama. The women do not ruin 
 their husbands by the costly material or the 
 expensive workmanship of their dresses, which 
 
 are mostly of homely print and of equally homely 
 fabrication. A good many of the children run 
 about barefoot. Much of the domestic work of 
 the smaller households — washing, cooking, &c. — 
 is performed out of doors, and the general aspect 
 of Melbourne a.d. 1840 resembles that of a 
 straggling bush township in the present year of 
 grace. As for the townspeople, they might very 
 well address a visitor in the words of wel- 
 come with which Daniel Peggotty greeted little 
 David C'opperfield on his arrival at the quaint 
 habitation upon Yarmouth Sands — "You'll find 
 us rough, sir, but you'll find us ready." But 
 the settlement was not effected without great 
 opposition on the part of the Imperial Government. 
 When Batman was endeavouring to obtain a rati- 
 fication of his grant from the aborigines of Port 
 Phillip Governor Arthur was under the impression 
 that the newly-settled territory would be attached 
 to N.S.W.,to which it naturally belonged. He had 
 informed Batman, in reply to his first application, 
 that the purchase of land from the natives might 
 be confirmed, but that he did not consider Port 
 Phillip was within his jurisdiction. There can be 
 no doubt, however, that he took a considerable 
 interest in the new settlement, and forwarded 
 several despatches to the Secretary of State, in 
 which he indirectly hinted at the propriety of 
 attaching it to the V.D.L. Government. The 
 matter was quickly decided by Sir Richard 
 Bourke, who immediately issued the following 
 proclamation : — "By his Excellency Major- 
 General Sir Richard Bourke, K.C.B., command- 
 ing His Majesty's Forces, Captain-General and 
 Governor-in-Chief of the territory of New South 
 Wales and its dependencies, and Vice-Admiral of 
 the same. — Whereas it hath been represented to 
 me that divers of His Majesty's subjects have 
 taken possession of lands of the Crown within 
 the limits of the colony, under the pretence 
 of a treaty, bargain or contract, for the pur- 
 chase thereof, with the aboriginal natives : now 
 therefore I, the Governor, in virtue and in 
 exercise of the power and authority vested in me, 
 do hereby proclaim and notify to all His Majesty's 
 subjects and others whom it may concern, that 
 every such treaty, bargain, and contract •with the 
 aboriginal natives as aforesaid for the possession, 
 title, or claim to any lands lying and being within 
 the limits of the Government of the Colony of 
 New South Wales, as the same are laid down and 
 defined by His Majesty's commission — that is to 
 say, from the Northern Cape or extremity of the 
 coast called Cape York in the latitude of 10° 37' S. 
 to the southern extremity of the said territory of 
 New South Wales, or Wilson's Promontory, in the 
 latitude of 39° 30" S., and embracing all the country 
 into the westward as far as the 129th degree of 
 east longitude, reckoning from the meridian of 
 Greenwich, including all the islands adjacent to 
 the Pacific Ocean within the latitude aforesaid, 
 and including also Norfolk Island — is void, as 
 against the rights of the Crown ; and that all
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 G71 
 
 persons who shall be found in possession of any 
 such lands as aforesaid, without the license or 
 authority of His Majesty's Government for such 
 purpose first had and obtained, will be considered 
 as trespassers, and liable to be dealt with in like 
 manner as other intruders on the vacant lands of the 
 Crown within the said colony." This Proclamation 
 is dated from Government House, Sydney, 26th 
 August 1835. For a considerable period Bourke 
 seems to have taken no notice of the new settle- 
 ment, beyond the fulmiuation of the proclamation 
 which has been already quoted ; but hearing that 
 persons were still proceeding thither, he directed 
 Steward, a police magistrate, to proceed to Port 
 Phillip in the revenue cutter Prince George, in 
 order to report on the place and the condition of 
 the people. This gentleman was the first who had 
 legitimate magisterial authority in Port Phillip ; 
 but the people respected several colonists who had 
 been in the commission of the peace in T., and 
 obeyed them as implicitly as if they had been in 
 reality magistrates of the territory. At this time, 
 while people and stock were arriving almost daily 
 from V.D.L., the population of the new settlement 
 began to receive very important accessions from 
 N. S.W. Mitchell having spread a favourable report 
 of the country, many enterprising stockowners 
 took the road, and pouring across the Murrum- 
 bidgee and Murray llivers, occupied the fine 
 country on the Goulburn, Ovens, Campaspe and 
 Loddon Pivers. A fleet of small vessels were 
 busy plying between Williamstown and V.D.L., 
 engaged in transporting stock to the western dis- 
 tricts of Port Phillip ; so that by the month of 
 August 1836 it was computed that 38,000 sheep 
 had been imported from Launceston. The Secre- 
 tary of State, Lord Aberdeen, and his successor, 
 Lord Glenelg, followed the unfortunate course 
 which had till then almost invariably been adopted 
 by the Colonial Ministers. They began by saying 
 no, and in a very short period were obliged to say 
 pes — to acknowledge a fact ! Lord Aberdeen in 
 December 1834, and Lord Glenelg in July 1835, 
 wrote elaborate despatches, the one against the 
 occupation of Twofold Bay, the outlet to Brisbane 
 Downs, on the borders of Port Phillip, as recom- 
 mended by Sir Richard Bourke, and the other 
 against the occupation of Port Phillip, as recom- 
 mended by Colonel Arthur, objecting to measures 
 "the consequence of which would be to spread 
 over a still further extent of country a population 
 which it was the object of the land regulations to 
 concentrate," and declining on the ground of 
 " expense to the mother country and danger to the 
 natives and settlers," to sanction the proceedings 
 of Batman and his associates. But before the 
 despatches were unsealed the thing was done. 
 The settlement was accomplished. Until the 
 appointment of a Superintendent in 1839 there 
 was no official representing the Government at 
 Sydney of higher pretensions than the police 
 magistrate. So great was the advance of the 
 settlement however and so rapid the increase of 
 
 population, that the Imperial authorities were 
 convinced that it would be necessary to establish 
 a local administration, and in the early part of 
 1839 a Superintendent was nominated, into whose 
 hands the local government was to be entrusted. 
 The appointment of La Trobe was announced on 
 the 28th March 1839, and he arrived at Melbourne 
 in September of that year. It is at this period, 
 therefore, that the political history of the colony 
 may be said to commence. 
 
 III. Governor LaTrobe. — It was a great mis- 
 fortune to Port Phillip that it happened to be 
 nominally within the geographical limits of N.S.W., 
 and was consequently claimed by the Government 
 of that colony. But for this unfortunate circum- 
 stance it would have been at once established 
 an independent colony, like S.A. The Imperial 
 Government had no desire that Port Phillip 
 should be attached to N.S.W., but having been 
 lawfully taken possession of, the Ministers of the 
 Crown tacitly acquiesced in the act of Sir Bichard 
 Bourke. That Governor, indeed, considered he 
 was only exercising his legitimate powers, and was 
 little disposed to be either an oppressor or an 
 enemy. But his successor was surrounded by the 
 aristocracy of N.S.W., who viewed the fine lands 
 of Port Phillip as lawful spoil ; and he was to some 
 extent influenced by those views, and could not 
 act altogether according to his own judgment. A 
 few years later, when the new settlement was 
 rising into notice, an Order was issued, bearing the 
 royal signet and sign manual, dividing the colony 
 of N.S.W. for all purposes connected with the sale 
 of land. At this time Sir George Gipps, who had 
 succeeded Sir Bichard Bourke, was anxious to 
 become popular with the aristocratical Council of 
 Sydney, and at their desire made every effort to 
 retard or overturn the movement. The whole 
 influence of that wealthy colony was brought into 
 operation, and every effort was made by the 
 Legislature (composed at the time of nominees of 
 the Crown) to prevent even the territorial dismem- 
 berment of the colony. The Bishop of Australia, 
 (Dr. Broughton) was particularly energetic, and 
 his arguments evinced too clearly that the colonists 
 of the middle, or Sydney, district looked on the 
 revenues of Port Phillip as fair spoil. He said— 
 " The revenue arising from the district of the 
 colony, it must be remembered, would go into 
 other treasuries, and the emigrants would be 
 landed at other ports ; and where the emigrants 
 arrived there would be the greater demand for 
 produce of aU descriptions ; there stores would be 
 built and merchants congregate ; where ships 
 arrived there would the wool be carried for ship- 
 ment, and there would the supplies be purchased 
 for the stations, and there would the money 
 circulate." The Bishop had as great a fear of 
 Port Phillip receiving the benefit of her revenue, 
 and in consequence becoming prosperous, and 
 the rival of Sydney, as the temporal potentates. 
 Hannibal Macarthur, the ablest man perhaps next 
 to the Governor, in the Legislative Council at
 
 672 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LVic 
 
 this time, said the change had come upon them 
 like a thunderbolt, but they resembled more the 
 earthquake threatening to involve the colonists of 
 N.S.W. "in universal ruin." The Governor was 
 not only backed up by the Legislative Council, but 
 by a public meeting of the colonists, and nothing 
 loth, considered himself justified " in not obeying 
 his instructions in reference to Port Phillip." It 
 may not be out of place to glance briefly at the 
 financial position of Port Phillip, with reference 
 more particularly to her standing account with the 
 Treasury in N.S.W. The following is the official 
 return of revenue and expenditure from 1836 to 
 1842 :— 
 
 REVENUE. £ S. d. 
 
 1836 
 
 1837 2,358 15 10 
 
 1838 2,825 17 10 
 
 1839 14,703 5 10 
 
 1840 36,856 1 6 
 
 1841 81,673 10 4 
 
 1842 84,566 9 3 
 
 EXPENDITURE ON IMMIGRATION. 
 
 Total i'222,984 7 
 In this period the actual expenditure for the 
 Government of the Province of Port Phillip, exclu- 
 sive of that on immigration, was as follows : — 
 
 EXPENDITURE. £ S. d. 
 
 1836 2,164 16 8 
 
 1837 5,879 2 4| 
 
 1838 16,030 2 5$ 
 
 1839 24,034 10 4j 
 
 1840 41,374 18 4 
 
 1841 74,324 19 4| 
 
 1842 91,156 10 llf 
 
 Total £254,965 4 6j 
 This return exhibits a slight balance against Port 
 Phillip, but the territorial revenue is not included. 
 The following sums were obtained by the Sydney 
 Government for land, a great portion of which 
 (more particularly of the enormous sum realised 
 in 1840) was from the southern district : — 
 
 £ s. d. 
 
 1836 126,458 16 
 
 1837 120,427 5 
 
 1838 116,324 18 11 
 
 1839 152,962 16 4 
 
 1840 316,626 7 5 
 
 1841 90,387 16 10 
 
 1842 14,574 10 4 
 
 Total £937,762 6 3 
 Of this the following sums were derived from the 
 sale of land in Port Phillip : — 
 
 £ 8. d. 
 
 1838 25,287 17 9 
 
 1839 50,986 11 11 
 
 1840 134,584 6 3 
 
 1841 68,435 7 
 
 1842 2,000 
 
 1838 
 
 Paid by Colonial 
 Treasurer. 
 
 £ a. d. 
 
 29 4 
 
 By Colonial Agents 
 in London. 
 
 £ s. d. 
 555 
 
 1839 
 
 ... 11,474 11 4 
 
 350 
 
 1840 
 
 ... 23,296 15 4 
 
 ... 4,622 17 2 
 
 1841 
 1842 
 
 ... 121,979 4 9 
 ... 37,747 6 U 
 
 ... 3,986 8 1 
 145 2 3 
 
 
 Total Expenditure 
 
 i'204,446 5 Oi 
 
 £ s. d. 
 Total Revenue from all sources, 616,895 11 8 
 Total Expenditure ... 459,411 5 Oj 
 
 Total £393,911 11 1 
 
 Balance i'l 57,484 6 7i 
 This was the exact sum appropriated by N.S.W. 
 from the legitimate revenues of the Port Phillip 
 District. The following particulars of the census 
 of Melbourne in 1841 will give a tolerable picture 
 of the social condition of the people : — 
 
 Population — of Melbourne, 4479 ; of County of 
 Bourke, 3241 ; of the District of Western Port, 
 1391 ; of Geelong, 454 ; of County of Grant, 336 ; 
 of Portland, 597 ; and of County of Normanby, 
 1260.— Total, 11,728. 
 
 Houses — in Melbourne, 769 ; County of Bourke, 
 including Newtown and Williamstown, 432, besides 
 67 huts ; District of Western Port, 110; Geelong, 
 81 ; County and District of Portland Bay, 100.— 
 Total, 1559. 
 
 Religion. — Church of England, 6194 ; Church 
 of Scotland, 2294 ; Wesleyan Methodists, 651 ; 
 other Protestant Dissenters, 353 ; Roman Catholics, 
 1441 ; Jews, 59 ; Mahommedans and Pagans, 10. 
 Station in Life. — Employers of labour, including 
 professions and trades, 1767 ; labourers of every 
 description, 8926. Total, 10,693. 
 
 IV. The Separation Movement. — A public meeting 
 on the exciting subject of separation, took place in 
 Melbourne on 30th December 1840, in the store of 
 Isaac Hind. The chair was occupied by William 
 Verner, the first Commissioner of Insolvent 
 Estates, a gentleman much respected at this period 
 in Port Phillip, but who returned to England a 
 short time afterwards. The leading merchants of 
 Melbourne, as well as the lawyers, physicians, 
 stock and land owners of the district, were present, 
 and it was demonstrated in a gratifying degree 
 that there existed a strong political cohesion 
 amongst the colonists, and that public opinion 
 was aroused on the all-important topic — the 
 independence of Port Phillip. The best speaker 
 on this occasion was Dr. Bernard, the author 
 of The Voyage of the Nemesis, then resi- 
 dent in Melbourne ; he spoke about an hour. 
 A correspondent thus mentions his address : 
 " The language was good, pure, and energetic, 
 and embraced every topic under considera- 
 tion." The meeting was also addressed by 
 Messrs. Barry, Cunninghame, Mollison, Arden, and 
 one or two others, and the greatest unanimity pre- 
 vailed. A petition to Her Majesty to allow a
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 G73 
 
 separate Government for Port Phillip, and to pre- 
 serve intact the boundaries as appointed by an 
 Order in Council of 23rd May, was adopted and 
 numerously signed. A great deal of public spirit 
 was displayed by the colonists of Port Phillip at 
 this period, and a strong effort was made to coun- 
 teract the influence of the aristocracy of Sydney, 
 which had been brought to bear on the Colonial 
 Office in order to prevent the dismemberment of 
 the colony. On 1st March 1841 another meeting 
 was held in the store of T. MeCabe, and a memo- 
 randum was unanimously adopted for distribution 
 aiming Members of Parliament. It was carried to 
 -England by three colonists, Messrs. Yaldwin, 
 Mercer, and Gardiner. This document was com- 
 piled with considerable ability, and was fully 
 adequate for the intended purpose. It proceeded 
 to controvert the misstatements in fact, and the 
 fallacies in argument, which the inhabitants of the 
 middle district had put forth in the course of their 
 agitation for preventing the division of the colony. 
 Those persons had objected to the dismemberment 
 of the southern from the middle district of N.S.W. 
 " because it would deprive the colonists of the 
 advantages of social and political unity — they 
 being at present like one great family, bound 
 together by interest and sympathies." The Port 
 Phillipians replied to this argument very happily. 
 They said, "The inhabitants of the southern district 
 recognise no force in this objection, no truth in the 
 assertion which accompanies it ; for what advan- 
 tages can accrue to the inhabitants of a free 
 colony from social or political unity with a penal 
 settlement > Social unity does not now exist 
 between the two portions of the colony, and it 
 never can exist between two districts so widely 
 different in their social origin. With regard to 
 political unity, it is true that there is, de facto, a 
 political unity, inasmuch as the affairs of both divi- 
 sions of the colony are administered by the same 
 Governor, and in the same Legislative Council, yet 
 the political unity extends no further. It does not 
 exist in sentiment, in opinion, or in interest. The 
 colonists of Australia Felix care little for what has 
 long been considered the great question by the 
 elder colony that, viz., which respects the rights 
 and social position of the emancipist population ; 
 they wish for no share in the supply of convict 
 labour given to the middle district, and they are 
 happily free from the violent religious disputes 
 which disturb the peace of Sydney. The assertion 
 that there exists between the two portions of the 
 colony a community of interests and sympathies 
 is a mere begging of the question at issue, and 
 will not be conceded by the colonists of Port 
 Phillip, who know that with the older colony they 
 have few common interests, and no mutual sym- 
 pathies." Another objection which the Sydney 
 petitioners point out is "that the dismemberment 
 would, in reality, leave the parent colony all but 
 destitute of a land fund. The competing colonies 
 would demand the application of their respective 
 land funds to their own exclusive necessities : 
 
 immigration would therefore be drained from the 
 parent colony, and be absorbed by the urgent 
 necessities of her growing offspri ng." The colonists 
 of the southern district joined issue with their 
 opponents here, and showed the great injustice 
 of the claim of the middle district to have any 
 portion of the land fund of Port Phillip, particu- 
 larly when, at this very time, there was not a 
 single landowner and scarcely a single stockholder 
 in that middle district who had not a certain 
 number of convict servants assigned, while in the 
 southern district assignment to private individuals 
 was unknown, and there were so few on pub- 
 lic works that many large landowners on the 
 Sydney side had more prisoners of the Crown 
 assigned to them than was awarded to the whole 
 public service of Port Phillip. The middle district 
 had lamented over their scanty land fund ; in 
 reference to this the Port Phillipians pertinently 
 observed : " What, then, has become of those 
 immense tracts of land in the middle district which 
 were available as the source of a land fund 1 
 Partly they have been already sold and the pro- 
 ceeds applied to colonial purposes, and it seems 
 scarce reasonable to expect both to spend these 
 proceeds and to have them. Partly also they have 
 been alienated in grants to the individual settlers 
 of the middle district, and if this mode of disposal 
 has not swelled the public coffers, it has at least 
 served to enrich almost all the older settlers who 
 now seek, at the expense and by the assistance of 
 the southern district, to cultivate these very lands 
 the free grant of which to themselves has deprived 
 the older colony of these portions of its land 
 fund." The Sydney petitioners had further 
 attempted to show that the division of the colony 
 would be a source of great inconvenience to some 
 who resided in the middle district, but had sent 
 stock up to graze in the southern province ; they 
 had moreover asserted a parental claim. But the 
 Port Phillip memorial proves that they had nothing 
 to do with the settlement of Port Phillip, and that 
 the great bulk of the then colonists had not 
 arrived from Sydney, but either direct from Britain 
 or from V.D.L. It is of some consequence to 
 history that the dispute, even at this early stage, 
 should be set forth in its true colours. The Sydney 
 people had more influence in Britain, but the Port 
 Phillipians had the best of the argument. The 
 concluding portion of the memorandum seems 
 perfectly conclusive, and it is scarcely necessary to 
 offer any apology for extracting it : — "But there is 
 yet more to be said with regard to this question of 
 separation. The Sydney petitioners affect to be 
 taken by surprise by it, as if they had never before 
 heard of the probability of such an event, as if 
 they had seen no previous arrangements antici- 
 pative of such a course. Have they forgot that 
 at the first Government recognition of the settle- 
 ment of Port Phillip Governor Bourke announced 
 for this district a new system of survey and land 
 sales, viz., a system of continuous survey and 
 periodical land sales — a system which was not 
 
 M4
 
 674 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 extended to any other of the newly-opened dis- 
 tricts of the colony, but solely and peculiarly to 
 the southern or Port Phillip district 1 And fol- 
 lowing up this peculiarity of regulation, Sir Richard 
 Bourke announced, in repeated proclamations, that 
 there should be no assignment of convicts to the 
 new district, a proclamation which, with two or 
 three individual exceptions, has been strictly 
 adhered to. But if all this escaped their notice, 
 how could they be blind to the fact that from 
 the very outset the accounts of the provincial 
 revenue and expenditure were kept distinct 
 from the general revenue of the colony, and the 
 burden of supporting the province during the 
 first three years of its existence made a charge, 
 not upon the colonial treasury, but on the revenue 
 arising from the sale of the waste Crown lands ? Did 
 the petitioners, did the public of N.S.W., believe 
 that all this speciality of regulation with regard 
 to the new district was adopted without aim or 
 object ? or did they not perceive that this separated 
 system which marked the new district was indi- 
 cative and anticipative of a separated government, 
 and that the colonists of Port Phillip were deprived 
 of the advantages of convict labour only to save 
 them as a future colony from the stain of having 
 been a penal settlement ?" The cause of the 
 new settlement was warmly espoused by John 
 Richardson, M.P.,to whom the petition for separa- 
 tion had been entrusted. Lord John Russell 
 however, and other persons of rank and influence, 
 received the advances of the Port Phillip advo- 
 cates rather coldly, and it was too evident that 
 Sydney influence had been at work, and that 
 it would be a hard struggle to obtain the 
 boon so much longed for by the colonists of 
 Port Phillip. In the early part of 1841 it was 
 found necessary to appoint a resident judge to 
 the Port Phillip district. It was anticipated that 
 Mr. Stephen (afterwards Chief Justice of N.S.W.) 
 would have been selected, but the choice fell on 
 John Walpole Willis, at this time one of the 
 puisne judges of the Supreme Court of N.S.W., a 
 very accomplished gentlemen and an unusually 
 able lawyer. His father was the well-known Dr. 
 Willis, rector of Wapping, who attended George 
 the Third in his illness, and was celebrated for 
 his skill in treating the insane. Judge Willis had 
 been brought up to the legal profession, and had 
 practised for some time in the Court of Chancery. 
 He was afterwards nominated Puisne Judge of 
 the Supreme Court of Upper Canada, from which 
 office he was removed for expressing an opinion 
 which was contrary to the legality of the con- 
 stitution of that Court. The provincial Parlia- 
 ment of Upper Canada, after investigating the 
 win ile matter, adopted an address to the King, 
 praying that he might be re-instated in the office 
 of puisne judge. This document bears date 19th 
 March 1829. He did not return to Canada how- 
 ever, but was soon after appointed Vice-President 
 of tlic Court of Civil and Criminal Justice, and 
 afterwards first puisne judge of British Guiana. In 
 
 1836 Willis was compelled to go to England in 
 consequence of ill-health, and he was on the eve 
 of returning to Guiana when he received the 
 appointment of a puisne judgeship in N.S.W. 
 He bore a good character in Sydney, but not being 
 on the best of terms with his brother justices was 
 very happy to be removed to Port Phillip to 
 occupy the position of resident judge. Some indi- 
 cations of his peculiar temperament were received 
 from the valedictory address he delivered from 
 the Sydney Bench, of which the following will be 
 a tolerable specimen : — " Here I have no near 
 relation or connection whatever. I am not directly 
 or indirectly concerned in any land or commercial 
 speculation, or in any of the public companies of 
 the colony, nor have I any relative or connection 
 who is in any way interested in them. I have in 
 fact no local connection or interest, save that 
 which arises from a due sense of the sacred trust 
 of duly and impartially administering that justice 
 which I am sworn to discharge. I come not 
 within the scope of Mr. Bentham's apprehen- 
 sions. The danger and suspicion of. partiality 
 through private connections must cease when 
 such connection does not exist. Fearlessly do 
 I say, with Samuel, 'Behold, here I am, wit- 
 ness against me, before the Lord and before 
 His anointed. Whose ox have I taken, or whose 
 ass have I taken, or whom have I defrauded? 
 whom have I aggressed ? or of whose hand have I 
 received a bribe to blind mine eyes therewith ] 
 and I will return it.'" From this quaint mode of 
 expressing himself, it will be inferred that the 
 first judge of Port Phillip was slightly eccentric in 
 his behaviour. A writer in Sydney thus alludes 
 to the appointment of Willis : " I have to congratu- 
 late you on the appointment of Justice Willis as 
 Resident Judge at Port Phillip. His Honor is 
 not the nicest observer of the proprieties of the 
 world, but he is an able judge, and, what is still 
 better, an honest man. As an equity lawyer his 
 Honor has no equal in the Australian Colonies, 
 and, though his opinions in common law cases 
 have been frequently at variance with those 
 of his learned brethren on the bench, they 
 have always been such as to ensure the respect 
 of the bar for his legal abilities, and the 
 admiration of the public for his integrity." 
 The above appears to have been the general 
 impression entertained of the Judge in Sydney. He 
 arrived at Melbourne on loth March 1841 in the 
 Australasian Packet. The limits in which the 
 Supreme Court of Melbourne should exercise 
 jurisdiction were declared to be the same as those 
 in which La Trobe had been empowered to dis- 
 charge the functions of Lieutenant-Governor, 
 under the notice of 10th September 1839. Willis 
 was a judge in some respects well adapted for the 
 post for which he had been selected. The com- 
 munity had for some time been in existence 
 without any court, and an amount of lawlessness 
 had, as a matter of course, been engendered. A 
 certain number of persons had pushed themselves
 
 Vicl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Cu 
 
 into prominence who did not very much regard 
 either the law or the judge who administered it ; 
 money was beginning to be scarce, and those deeply 
 indebted to their fellow-colonists were not ajways 
 very scrupulous in their mode of evading payment ; 
 the lower orders had been drained from the neigh- 
 bouring penal settlements, and a majority were 
 expirees, until the large free immigration of 1841 
 and 1842 gave the freemen an enormous prepon- 
 derance ; and the settlement required a judge of 
 firm and resolute conduct. This Willis undoubtedly 
 was ; but he exhibited an unfortunate infirmity of 
 temper that increased tenfold the animosities 
 which, under any circumstances, would necessarily 
 have been raised up against him. He had no 
 sooner fairly entered on his duties and discharged 
 seme of the disagreeable functions of the bench 
 than the newspapers began to criticise his con- 
 duct. He seemed very much to forget his dignity 
 on such occasions, and condescended to enter into 
 personal altercations with the editors. It was not 
 unusual for his Honour to send for any delinquent 
 of this kind and reprimand him. It must how- 
 ever be kept in view that the settlement was in a 
 very peculiar condition at this period ; that Willis 
 saw a good deal of shuffling and knavery daily 
 brought forward, and was doubtless actuated by 
 the best motives. He was arbitrary, and disposed 
 occasionally to interfere with the private concerns 
 of individuals more than became a person of his 
 exalted station. He reprimanded one of the mem- 
 bers of the bar for keeping a stallion, and ridiculed 
 another for sporting incipient moustaches. When 
 he opened the Supreme Court he intimated that 
 he would insist upon the attendance of justices of 
 the peace at all future sittings of the Supreme 
 Court in its criminal jurisdiction. He did this 
 that they might learn something of their duties. 
 The magistrates not attending as suggested, the 
 Judge again stated that under the 9 Geo., 4 chap., 
 64 and 65, he had power to inflict a fine for non- 
 attendance. He declared he would enforce this 
 clause, and also have their names struck off the 
 commission of the peace and others appointed in 
 their stead if they did not obey him. In this 
 manner did the Judge proceed, until he aroused 
 a strong feeling of indignation against him amongst 
 the gentry of the district, and which eventually led 
 to his removal from the bench. The colony was 
 at this time in some danger of being dismembered 
 in a manner not very much in accordance with the 
 desires of the people who then inhabited it. The 
 Land and Emigration Commissioners, in a letter 
 dated Tth July 1840, recommended that the Port- 
 land Bay District, including the fertile valleys of 
 the Glenelg and the Wannon and the plain of the 
 Grange, should be added to S.A. As might well 
 be supposed, this proposition met with determined 
 opposition, and was not carried out. The argu- 
 ment made use of by the Commissioners was, that 
 unless the eastern boundary of S.A. was extended 
 that dependency would not be able to support 
 herself and pay off the debt she had already 
 
 contracted, and must come to be a burden on 
 Britain. On 15th September 1841 a meeting of 
 the colonists of Port Phillip was held in Melbourne, 
 and resolutions embodying the general feeling 
 against the proposed alteration were unanimously 
 adopted. In opening the Legislative Council of 
 X.S.W. in June 1841, the Governor said in his 
 address : " I am not quite able to lay before you 
 any documents respecting the separation of the 
 two colonies." Alluding to the very large sum of 
 ,£217,127 brought to the territorial revenue from 
 Port Phillip, he stated that " this afforded to the 
 older parts of the colony the means of replacing 
 the labour and capital which the opening of Port 
 Phillip had drained from them." The new settle- 
 ment was indeed progressing with great rapidity. 
 The Customs revenue for the first quarter of 1840 
 was £1597 ; for the first quarter of 1841 it was 
 ,£5609. The total amount of ordinary revenue for 
 the first quarter of 1840 was £3319 ; for the first 
 quarter of 1841, £10,490. Matters progressed 
 pretty much as usual with young countries till 
 1841, when its prosperity received a considerable 
 check through a monetary crisis taking place, 
 which operated injuriously on the colony, and 
 which may be said to have lasted till 1848. 
 At the same time the population continued to 
 increase, and land settlement to extend, much 
 greater attention being devoted to agriculture 
 than formerly; so that in 1843 there were 12,973 
 acres under cultivation. In 1842 (12th August) 
 Melbourne obtained a Municipal Corporation 
 under 5 and 6 Vict. c. 66, Henry Condell, a 
 brewer, being elected the first mayor. In 1841 an 
 accident occurred to the passenger ship Clonmel, 
 on her voyage from Sydney to Melbourne, which 
 had no little influence on the fortunes of the 
 rising colony. This ship left Sydney on 30th 
 December 1840, and on the 2nd January following 
 struck on the beach near Corner Inlet. There 
 were ninety passengers on board at the time, 
 including Goodwin, of the firm of Hamilton and 
 Goodwin, Elizabeth-street ; D. C. Simson, of the 
 firm of Dutton, Simson and Darlot ; Walker, an 
 extensive miller in Hobart Town ; and various 
 other persons engaged in the usual industrial pur- 
 suits of the colonies. A boat left the vessel with 
 the intention of proceeding to Melbourne, and 
 was fortunately perceived by Captain Lewis, 
 harbour master, who was returning from the 
 wreck of the Isabella in the cutter Sisters. The 
 circumstances which led to the wreck of the first- 
 named vessel were never exactly ascertained ; but 
 it must have been an error in the compass. The 
 Clonmel went ashore during a spring tide, and 
 became imbedded in the sand at some distance 
 from the outer edge of the sandspit. Several small 
 vessels were despatched to Corner Inlet, and a 
 regular communication by water was by this means 
 established with that fertile district of V. An asso- 
 ciation to settle this district was formed, contain- 
 ing the names of several influential stock-owners, 
 and a vessel named the Singapore was chartered
 
 676 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 to convey the pioneers to the new country. The 
 passage to Corner Inlet proved very tedious, and 
 it was not until 13th February that the vessel 
 arrived. The passengers attempted to effect a 
 landing on the north-west side of Corner Inlet, 
 but were unable to accomplish this ; and after 
 undergoing much fatigue were under the necessity 
 of abandoning the attempt. They effected a land- 
 ing in another quarter, and travelled along the 
 shore in quest of a desirable spot to form a settle- 
 ment, until they came to the wreck of the Clonmel. 
 They traced the channel in boats and explored the 
 country, which was discovered to be very favour- 
 able for settlement. The party, which consisted 
 of Dr. Stewart, Messrs. Kankin, Kirsopp, Broadrib, 
 Orr, Kinghorne, McLeod, and MacFarlane, landed 
 their stock, and formed an encampment. They 
 had a very narrow escape from the aborigines, but 
 were saved by the adroitness of their aboriginal 
 guide, Charlie, who had previously attended Count 
 Strzelecki on his perilous journeys through the 
 district. Gippsland had been discovered in 1839 
 by Angus Macmillan, who at a public dinner given 
 to him at Port Albert in March 1856, gave the fol- 
 lowing account of circumstances attending the 
 discovery : — "In February 1839 I arrived at 
 Carravong, Maneroo, having received instructions 
 from M'Alister to look out for stations. I heard 
 from the natives that there was to the south-west 
 of Buchan (a place discovered by Bayliss) a fine 
 country. I got Jemmy Gibber, chief of the Mane- 
 roo tribe, to obtain all the information he could 
 from the old black, who affirmed he was once there, 
 and on 26th May 1839, Jemmy voluntered to 
 accompany me. I provided myself with arms, 
 and also provisions for four weeks ; in four days 
 reached a hill, which I named Mount M'Leod, 
 now called the Haystack, from the summit of which 
 I had a bird's-eye view of the country lying between 
 me and Corner Inlet, and of the long beach stretch- 
 ing to the south-west. My friend was beginning to 
 get alarmed, and wished to return, but seeing me 
 determined to proceed he threatened to leave me. 
 On this night I was nearly paying dearly for 
 placing so much confidence in my companion. 
 Whilst lying at the camp-fire I was aroused by 
 the circumstance of his raising his club to strike 
 me. I had just time to present my pistol to his 
 breast. He begged hard for his life, saying he 
 dreamt a blackfellow was taking away his gin, and 
 he wanted to kill him. I was satisfied that he 
 intended to kill me, and report that I had been 
 killed by the blacks of the district. Next morn- 
 ing started for Orneo ; arrived there in six days. 
 It was a very rough journey : was more deter- 
 mined than ever to explore the country, and form 
 a station as near to it as possible. While at Omeo 
 gleaned the intelligence that Walter Mitchell, a 
 nephew of M'Farlane, had been as far as Bruthen, 
 but had discovered no country worth occupying. 
 I then started for Clifton, the station of M'Alister, 
 and received from that gentleman every encour- 
 agement to explore the country, and find my way 
 
 to Corner Inlet. After many unsuccessful attempts 
 I again, on 9th February 1841, formed a party, 
 with instructions from M'Alister to abandon the 
 country unless I could find a road to the Inlet ; 
 and we started from our station — which we had 
 formed on the Avon — this time with the deter- 
 mination to accomplish it or die in the attempt. 
 On the 10th crossed the Thompson, and the Glen- 
 garry on the 11th ; on the 14th discovered the Old 
 Port, and marked a road from thence to the Plains. 
 In May following came clown from the Avon with 
 a dray. Great credit is due to the driver, James 
 Lawrence, and in fact to all my companions, who 
 whenever an expedition was talked of were always 
 eager to accompany me. I am proud and happy 
 to see one of them here present, who shared with 
 me many hardships and privations. For sixteen 
 months, during two years, we never slept on a bed, 
 and were deprived of many comforts of life, even 
 the luxury of a tent. In my expeditions I had no 
 other guide than a pocket compass, and a copy of 
 Flinders' chart of the coast. With regard to the 
 natives, who at that time were numerous, I will 
 mention that at first they were very terrified at 
 the sight of white men. On one occasion some of 
 them approached our party, and as I dismounted 
 to salute them they all set up yelling, and ran 
 away. Since then I have learnt that they imagined 
 that the horse and rider were one. On another 
 occasion, after saluting us by a shake of the hand, 
 they conferred the same honour on the horse by 
 shaking his bridle. After we had been at the 
 station, which we formed on the Avon, some time, 
 they attacked us in a body, compelling us to leave 
 the district ; we however by force of arms again 
 regained our station, and kept possession. Count 
 Strzelecki, a Pole, has also claimed the discovery 
 of Gipps Land, but I leave it to the public to 
 decide. On March 7th 1840 he called at my 
 station, where he was supplied with provisions, 
 and a camp kettle. M'Alister went a day's journey 
 with him ; told him the name I gave the country 
 (Caledonia Australis)and described where he might 
 cross the rivers." Under the new regulations already 
 referred to, the special survey system, which had 
 until 1841 been confined to S.A., was incorporated 
 with the land regulations of Port Phillip. A 
 person paying £5120 into the Treasury might 
 fix upon any portion of the unreserved territory, 
 and require the authorities to survey eight square 
 miles, subject to the provisions as to extent of 
 water frontage, and depth of back run. On 8th 
 June of that year it was notified by the Superin- 
 tendent that eight special surveys, of the size 
 indicated, had been applied for in the Port Phillip 
 district ; and it shows the high opinion that the 
 colonists of that day had formed of Gipps Land, 
 when it is mentioned that three out of the eight 
 special surveys were applied for in that locality. 
 The whole eight were applied for between 17th 
 March and 1st May 1841, and their boundaries 
 were as follows : — (1.) F. W. Unwin, 5120 acres, 
 county of Bourke, parish of Bulleen ; bounded on
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 677 
 
 the north by the Yarra Yarra River ; on the west 
 by portion No. 1, containing loit) acres ; on the 
 south by Rooming Rooming Creek ; and on the 
 east by a line bearing north from the said creek to 
 the river. (2.) H. Dendy, 5J20 acres, county of 
 Bourke ; bounded on the west by the sea-coast of 
 the Port Phillip Bay ; on the north by the five- 
 mile Melbourne reserve, and on the east and south 
 by lines to include the quantity. (3.) W. Rutledge, 
 5120 acres, on Powlett and Green's runs, near the 
 Sydney-road ; bounded on one side by a creek, and 
 on all others by lines to include the quantity. (4.) 
 J. Orr, 5120 acres, about fourteen miles from 
 Corner Inlet, on the east bank of the River Albert, 
 to include the quantity. (5.) W. Rutledge, 5120 
 acres, near Corner Inlet ; bounded on the west 
 by the river known as the Albert by the gentlemen 
 who have lately explored the Gipps Land country. 
 (6.) H. Jamieson, 5120 acres, between Mount 
 Martha and Arthur's Seat, including Hobson's 
 Flats ; bounded on the west by Port Phillip Bay, 
 and on all other sides by lines to include the area. 
 (7.) H. Elgar, 5120 acres, county of Bourke, partly 
 in the parish of Boroondara ; bounded on the 
 north by Rooming Rooming Creek ; on the west 
 by the section line which divides portions Nos. 2 
 and 3 from portion 1, in the parish of Bulleen ; on 
 the east by the section line which divides portion 
 4 from portion 5, in the parish of Bulleen ; and on 
 the south by a line to include the quantity. (8.) 
 J. Reeve, 5102 acres, near Corner Inlet, situated 
 on the east bank of the Yarra. The various 
 localities where those special surveys were situated 
 are still at the present clay the chief sources of 
 agricultural production. Unwin's survey at Bul- 
 leen, Dendy's at Brighton, Elgar's at Boroondara, 
 and Rutledge's at Rilmore are all densely settled ; 
 and the like may be said of Atkinson's at Port 
 Fairy, and various other surveys taken up after 
 this date. The success which has attended the 
 efforts of capitalists to open up and civilise 
 the country demonstrate too clearly the impolicy 
 of the Government in long keeping the lands of 
 the colony shut up among a few monopolists. 
 Governor Gipps visited Port Phillip in October 
 1843. By this time a great change had come over 
 the settlement. It had gone through a crisis. The 
 land speculations by this time had all subsided, 
 leaving the place none the richer for the general 
 extravagance that accompanied them. The colon- 
 ists had boasted of endless profits by their 
 dealings with one another in land allotments. So 
 sure seemed the basis, that not a few could and 
 actually did clear out with the hard money, while 
 most of the remainder had been spending their 
 profits right nobly. But when the high prices 
 proved only temporary, and these profits to be 
 based on a fiction, the expenditure remained real 
 and irrevocable, and was simply the loss of so 
 much of the capital that had come into the place. 
 The colonists however were in good heart withal, 
 and they gave Sir George Gipps a public dinner, at 
 which they made as imposing and creditable an 
 
 appearance as the accommodations of their juvenile 
 capital would permit. The Governor commented 
 on the change that had come over a scene so 
 lately alive with speculation and reputed money- 
 making. He said that he found the outskirts of 
 Melbourne strewed with empty champagne bottles. 
 The colony nevertheless was improving socially 
 as well as materially. The writer in the Argus 
 thus describes it in 1845 : — "The population of Port 
 Phillip has risen to 31,280. Upwards of 25,000 
 acres of land have been brought into cultivation ; 
 the imports have increased in value, until they 
 have nearly reached a quarter of a million sterling ; 
 and the exports have also expanded to nearly half 
 a million. The pastoral tenants of the Crown 
 possess 9289 horses, 231,602 head of cattle and 
 1,792,527 sheep. The export of wool has attained 
 the respectable dimensions of 6,841,813 lbs., and 
 we have discovered that by boiling down a 
 portion of our redundant flocks we can produce 
 large quantities of valuable tallow, of which we 
 send away this year 846,155 lbs. There are 
 fourteen post-offices in the province, and we have 
 built three small vessels in the Yarra. On an 
 average as many as five craft of 100 tons each enter 
 the harbour every week, and altogether we are 
 getting on, although this is by no means a prosperous 
 year. There is more activity in the criminal court 
 than elsewhere, for a great many ticket-of-leave 
 holders have found their way to Melbourne from 
 N.S.W. and T., and their depreciations bring them 
 into contact with Justice Therry and the four 
 members of the local bar, Messrs. Staw T ell, Barry, 
 Williams, and Croke, three of whom are subse- 
 quently elevated to the bench. Superintendent 
 Latrobe occupies a cottage upon a pretty eminence 
 some distance from the town which he calls 
 Jolimont, and where he gives pleasant little dinner 
 parties to a necessarily small and select circle of 
 friends. One or two cottages have been erected 
 amidst the sylvan seclusion of the Eastern-hill, 
 and green paddocks stretch between it and the 
 courthouse. Sheep are grazing upon the thick 
 grass growing upon a portion of the town con- 
 taining a few isolated houses, and exhibiting a 
 signboard marked "This is Bourke-street." There 
 is a diminutive theatre which is open for perform- 
 ances twice a week. Two branches of Sydney 
 banks have established themselves in Melbourne) 
 and there is a solitary jeweller's shop in Collins- 
 street, furnished with " a scanty supply of second- 
 hand watches and pinchbeck brooches." There is 
 no cab-stand, but an enterprising townsman has 
 two carriages on hire, the use of either of which 
 may be had for a wedding or a funeral at the 
 rate of fifteen shillings a day. If you walk 
 down to Liardet's Beach, taking care not to tread 
 upon one of the venomous snakes with which the 
 ti-tree scrub abounds, you may see a couple of 
 merchantmen, three brigs, and some smaller craft 
 lying at anchor in the bay, and you may hear the 
 voices of a good many sailors in the one hotel 
 erected near the jetty. There is a little village
 
 678 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 opposite called Williamstown ; and there are the 
 beginnings of a seaside township further down the 
 bay on its north shore. Emerald Hill has also 
 been selected as an eligible site for building on by 
 persons to whom a low-priced allotment is an 
 object. The Market Commission, which formerly 
 controlled the town of Melbourne, has been 
 replaced for the last three years by a corporation ; 
 and there are three newspapers — the Herald, the 
 Patriot, and the Gazette, which contrive to fan the 
 flames of party feeling, and are conducted very 
 much in the spirit of the two journals in Eatans- 
 will. National and religious feuds divide the 
 small community, which has so little commerce 
 with the outer world that it is driven to concen- 
 trate its attention upon local matters, and these 
 naturally assume a disproportionate magnitude in 
 the estimation of the quarrelsome townsmen. 
 Fortunately, the two principal religious denomina- 
 tions are represented by exemplary and pacific 
 clergymen — the Eev. Mr. Thomson, who is the 
 minister of the Church of England, and the 
 Rev. Dr. Geogeghan, afterwards Roman Catholic 
 Bishop of Adelaide, and the latter divine more 
 particularly conciliates the respect and esteem of 
 men of all beliefs by the benevolence of his dis- 
 position, the suavity of his manners, and the 
 unaffected goodness of his daily life." 
 
 IV. The Separation Movement. — The Act 5 and 
 6 Victoria c. 76, which came into operation in 
 1843, provided that in N.S.W. there should be 
 a Legislative Council to consist of thirty-six 
 members ; twenty-four to be elected by the 
 colonists and twelve to be nominated by the 
 Crown. The Governor, with the advice and 
 consent of this body, had authority to make laws 
 for the peace, welfare and good government of the 
 colony, provided they were not repugnant to the 
 laws of England. The whole management of the 
 crown lands and the revenues derived from them 
 continued still under the sole control of the Crown. 
 It was provided by the new act that the inhabi- 
 tants of every county of N.S.W., or such divisions 
 or districts as the Governor should see fit, should 
 be incorporated, and that councils should be 
 established in every such district for the local 
 government thereof. The town of Melbourne and 
 city of Sydney were incorporated by Act of Council 
 in 1842, so that the people were called upon 
 nearly at the same moment to elect both legislative 
 and municipal representatives. The district of 
 Port Phillip was allowed six members, as its 
 proportion in a council composed of thirty-six. 
 "It would have been well for the people," says 
 McCombie, "if they had refused this sham 
 representation, which instead of being of the 
 slightest benefit, became actually the reverse, as 
 the northern district now plundered Port Phillip 
 with her own apparent consent" The first repre- 
 sentative members elected were Ebden, Dr. Lang, 
 CondeU, Walker, Thompson and Nicholson. The 
 first Town Council of Melbourne consisted of 
 the following members :— Henry CondeU, Mayor 
 
 and alderman ; A. Russell, II. W. Mortimer, and 
 W. Kerr, aldermen ; D. S. Campbell, G. James, 
 J. Orr, J. P. Fawkner, J. T. Smith, Dickson, 
 Beaver, and Patterson. J. C. King, Town Clerk. 
 The council was elected by £20 householders, and 
 the Mayor by the Council. " The Corporation," 
 writes Westgarth, " were excusably alarmed as 
 they, for the first time, with corporate official eyes, 
 glanced over their field of labour. For seven years 
 the streets of the capital had run riot in wear and 
 tear, natural and artificial, excepting where, here 
 and there, some small expenditure had been doled 
 out by the distant Sydney Government, The 
 stumps of huge gum trees still diversified the 
 thorouglif ares, and were the cause of many mishaps, 
 by day as well as by night. On occasions of 
 rain, a river coursed through the town, and meet- 
 ing no drains or other artifices of later times, it 
 tore up for itself a bed of most ominous dimen- 
 sions, which was the terror of topers and night- 
 larkers. Commencing its casual course about a 
 mile outside to the north, it careered unrestrained 
 to the river Yarra, along the entire length of 
 Elizabeth-street. This casual stream was of such 
 noticeable dimensions and doings as to be identi- 
 fied by a name of its own — the ' Williams.' The 
 streets generally were in a sad mess ; and from 
 the wharf at one side to the ' bush ' at the other 
 the ups and downs, the ruts and holes, were past 
 all counting. Without the town too the state of 
 things was in some directions worse than within, 
 for the circumambulations of the AVilliams and 
 several of its lesser rivals had so rent the surface 
 where the traffic had removed the original protect- 
 ing grass, that to ride or drive into or out of 
 Melbourne was as precarious a pilotage as that 
 of the most dangerous of seaports. From all this 
 confusion Melbourne soon emerged a most present- 
 able specimen of the successful result of municipal 
 labours, and a striking instance of the use and 
 value of municipal institutions. A moderate and 
 usual rating of from sixpence to one shilling per 
 pound on the yearly value of town property, 
 together with market and other customary dues, 
 had been sufficient to meet the demands upon the 
 corporation during the first eight years, until the 
 era of the gold-fields. Then indeed these ordinary 
 means were no longer adequate to keep pace with 
 the requirements arising from the sudden and 
 great expansion of population and business. The 
 traffic of the existing streets increased tenfold ; 
 while the town, expanding in every direction, 
 invaded the virgin grass outside with alignments 
 for additional streets, which, within a few weeks 
 or months of these preliminary projections, were 
 ploughed up with the traffic of an entirely new 
 district of Melbourne, occupied by a new roll of 
 citizens. A climax of difficulty was involved in 
 the fact that the riches of the mines, and the 
 scarcity of labouring hands, made money to be 
 comparatively powerless ; so that a pound sterling 
 could scarcely be computed at a value of five 
 shillings, when its present position was weighed
 
 VicJ 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 679 
 
 in the balance of its former power and considera- 
 tion. A wail of despair arose simultaneously from 
 a thousand draymen, carters, and cabmen, or 
 more properly from the public, that eventually 
 makes good from its pocket any disadvantage to 
 its servants. In the year is.", J, when the crisis 
 had reached its worst, the Government stepped 
 forth to the aid of the corporation, and a public 
 loan of £500,000 was negotiated on their behalf ; 
 at the same time there was a similar loan for 
 i'lii ii 1,000 procured for Geelong, which town, with 
 the great gold-field of P.allarat at its back, had 
 fallen into the same chequered category of riches, 
 expansion, and inconvenience. These large sums 
 in spite of all obstacles accomplished marvels Eor 
 the respective localities. In the neat and finished 
 condition of its streets Melbourne now rivals any 
 of the time-honoured capitals of the old world, 
 and it greatly surpasses not a few, and among 
 them most if not all the towns approaching 
 its own dimensions in the mother-country." The 
 battle of separation was a warm topic in its 
 day. No man was inclined, but at any rate none 
 dared, to talk lightly of it. Every elected member 
 of Council sent up to Sydney was sworn on the 
 altar of separation. Even Sydney residents could 
 not escape this ordeal. They well knew the terms, 
 and also that the Port Phillip doorway was an easy 
 entrance to the legislature if they were sound, or 
 passed as such, oil " the main question." In fact, 
 it very soon appeared that, owing to the incon- 
 venience and expense arising from the great 
 distance between the two parts of the colony, very 
 few Port Phillip residents would ever attempt the 
 representation of their District — a circumstance 
 that was one of the best arguments in the case. 
 Conversation and newspapers were daily replete 
 with the question. One leading Melbourne citizen 
 of the time literally gave up his life to it, and 
 found so many " reasons for separation," that it 
 was feared the Home Government would lose its 
 way in the mazes of so long a document, and thus 
 the case be lost through its very completeness. 
 Edward Curr, a gentleman of good abilities, freely 
 and disinterestedly devoted himself to public 
 objects, or rather to this one public object of the 
 time. He died but a short while before the 
 completion of the object he had so earnestly 
 toiled for. Although the colonists were thus 
 impatient on this question, its successive phases 
 were presented at no lingering pace. The separa- 
 tion movement was formally inaugurated by a 
 public meeting at Melbourne only five years after 
 Fawkner's party had inaugurated Melbourne itself; 
 and after eleven years more the whole business 
 was finally and successfully settled. The first 
 public meeting, as already stated, took place 
 in the year 1840, and was held in Hind's 
 store at the south-east corner of the Market 
 Square. The edifice, of enviable dimensions for 
 its day, was of wood like nearly all its contem- 
 poraries. With the aid of various props and 
 repairs, alterations and additions, the fragile 
 
 fabric lingered to a good old age far into the 
 colony's history, and outliving by some years the 
 controversy it had served to commence. It was 
 swept away to make room for Goldsborough's wool 
 warehouse. The next step of importance was 
 four years later and proceeded from a Sydney 
 resident, one of those who had been elected to 
 represent Port Phillip. This was the Rev. Dr. 
 Lang. Early in the session of 1844 Dr. Lang 
 moved :— " That an humble address be presented 
 to 1 l.-i- Majesty praying that she will be graciously 
 pleased to direct that the requisite steps may be 
 taken for the speedy and entire separation of the 
 district of Port Phillip from the territory of 
 N.S.W., and its erection into a separate and 
 independent colony." This motion was seconded 
 by Joseph Phelps Robertson, who had, on the 
 resignation of Condell, been elected without 
 opposition as member for Melbourne, and sup- 
 ported by all the Port Phillip members. On the 
 vote being taken it was lost by nineteen to six ; all 
 the members with one exception voting against 
 the motion, except those who represented Port 
 Phillip. The exception was rather a marked one ; 
 the member who recorded his vote in favour of 
 Port Phillip with the representatives of the 
 Southern District was Robert Lowe, then a 
 Government nominee and very little known, but 
 who was afterwards returned by the constituencies 
 of Cook, St. Vincent and Sydney as their repre- 
 sentative, and distinguished himself in the Legis- 
 lative Council of N.S.W. as the opponent of the 
 squatting system. This vote was unmistakable 
 evidence that the people of Port Phillip had 
 nothing to expect from the Legislative Council of 
 N.S.W. At the suggestion of Dr. Lang, a petition 
 was prepared and signed by the six representatives 
 of the district and early in January 1845 presented 
 by them to Sir George Gipps, in order that it 
 might be transmitted to the Secretary of State for 
 the Colonies for presentation to Her Majesty. A 
 letter was received from Lord Stanley in the 
 month of December of the same year, addressed 
 to the Governor, acknowledging the petition and 
 stating that Her Majesty had received it very 
 graciously ; but directing him to cause the Port 
 Phillip members to be examined before the 
 Executive Council, as well as any other witnesses 
 the Council might think tit to hear on the subject. 
 The Executive Council did as desired and reported 
 in favour of the separation. Port Phillip was 
 much indebted to Dr. Lang for his indefatigable 
 exertions on this occasion, and that gentleman 
 happening soon after to visit the district, he was 
 invited to a dinner, or " Separation Festival," as it 
 was termed, which came off in tho Queen's Theatre 
 in Queen-street on 11th February 1840'. In this 
 ovation, men of all classes, creeds and countries 
 willingly joined ; and no guest ever received a more 
 flattering reception than did Dr. Lang from both 
 his political friends and opponents. The chair 
 was occupied by Alderman Moor, and amongst 
 the company were observed all the clergy of the
 
 68(1 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 district and the editors of the local newspapers. 
 The colonists anticipated that no delay would 
 now prevent the consummation they so devoutly 
 wished for from taking place ; but time passed on 
 and separation appeared as far off as ever. The 
 petition of the Port Phillip members brought the 
 subject prominently before the Imperial authorities 
 at this time ; but Lord Stanley went out and was 
 succeeded by a Secretary of State to whom the 
 question was new; so that very little progress 
 was made until the non-election movement, several 
 years later, demonstrated to the inert politicians of 
 Downing-street that Port Phillip would not be any 
 longer trifled with, and that unless her just claims 
 to be formed into an independent colony were 
 recognised, and she were entrusted with the 
 direction of her own affairs, she would violently 
 rend asunder the ties which bound her, without 
 either the assent or assistance of the parent state. 
 About the time that the motion of Dr. Lang was 
 so rudely rejected by the Legislative Council of 
 N.S.W., a great public meeting was held in 
 Melbourne. This event took place on the 4th 
 June 1844, and was termed the " squatters' meet- 
 ing," because resolutions condemning Sir George 
 Gipps's squatting policy were carried unanimously, 
 and because the squatters mustered on horse- 
 back at Batman's Hill, headed by Captain John 
 Harrison (who at this period occupied a station 
 on the Plenty,) and as a demonstration rode in 
 procession to the meeting, which was held in front 
 of the Mechanics' Institution. The majority of 
 the speakers on the occasion were squatters, and a 
 gentleman who some years after violently opposed 
 the squatting system, seconded a resolution. 
 This meeting was remarkable, exhibiting that 
 up to that date nearly the whole influence 
 of Port Phillip, nay, of the colony of N.S.W. 
 was bound up in squatting. The persons who 
 took a part in the proceedings were Isaac Buchanan, 
 William Hull, Edward Curr, Adolphus Goldsmith, 
 Archibald Cuninghame, Claude Farie, Captain 
 Hepburn, John Aitken, John MacCready, C. H. 
 McKnight, Dr. Kilgour, Alexander Sproat, Henry 
 Kent Hughes, J. H. Pyke, Dr. Playne, Edmund 
 McNeil, J. Montgomery, Captain Webster, James 
 Johnstone, Captain Harrison, Laurence Rostron, 
 and Major Firebrace. It had been the original 
 intention of those who called the meeting that it 
 should have been held in the lecture room of the 
 Mechanics' Institution, but as a large number of 
 squatters rode to the meeting, and as the numbers 
 who attended far exceeded the limits of the 
 interior of the building it was held in the open 
 air, the speakers addressing the audience from the 
 low parapet which at this time stood in front of 
 the institution. The chair was occupied by 
 A. I'. Mollison, who desired that no display of 
 physical force should be made, but that they 
 should deliberate calmly upon their grievances. 
 It singularly exemplifies the public feeling at this 
 time, that the only opposition was from Kent 
 Hughes and Pyke, who moved an amendment 
 
 to the effect that the disposal of Crown lands 
 should be vested in the Legislature instead of the 
 Governor. This amendment, which was a step in 
 the direction of popular government, had scarcely 
 a solitary supporter. A very strong resolution in 
 favour of separation was carried unanimously. 
 In October 1844 the Yarra river was flooded to a 
 greater height than had ever been seen, even by 
 aborigines. On the first of that month the waters 
 were observed to rise very suddenly, and in the 
 course of the following night they swept over the 
 flats around the city. The utmost consternation 
 prevailed amongst those who resided in the 
 swamps on both sides of the river on finding their 
 abodes insulated from the city and surrounding 
 country. They began to remove such of their 
 property as was portable. The residences of the 
 settlers were swept away by the rush of water along 
 the banks of the river ; and the lower portions of 
 Melbourne adjoining the Yarra were submerged, 
 and all communication had to be carried on 
 by boats. The steps on the old Custom House 
 formed a jetty on which persons landed, and who 
 passing through the building arrived on terra 
 firma in a line with Flinders lane. The stores and 
 foundries were flooded, and much damage was 
 done to property. A boat starting from about 
 Flinders-lane in the city, could be steered across 
 the flats straight to Liardet's Beach, near where 
 the Railway Jetty now stands at Sandridge. 
 Several persons were missing, who it was supposed 
 were lost in this great inundation. The Ovens 
 and most of the other rivers overflowed their 
 banks, and many lives were lost. Towards the 
 close of 1849 Port Phillip was again subjected to 
 severe inundations. The floods in the various 
 rivers led to the loss of many valuable lives and 
 much property. The lower portions of Melbourne 
 and the flats and swamps around it were sub- 
 merged. A person could on this occasion take 
 his stand on the crest of Batman's Hill, and look 
 on little else than a vast sea, turn in whichever 
 direction he thought proper. Property of every 
 kind was swept away, and the damage done by 
 the Yarra alone was incalculable. The whole of 
 the small farmers on the banks of this river were 
 utterly ruined by the event. The following 
 statistics of the capital of the district of Port 
 Phillip in 1844 appeared in the Port Phillip 
 Gazette of 11th May of that year ; it is interesting 
 as exhibiting the progress that it had made from 
 its settlement to the period stated : — 
 12,073 acres land reclaimed, grubbed, 
 
 fenced and cultivated, at £10 £120,730 
 
 Crop on do., at £5 00,365 
 
 4,540 horses, at £15 68,100 
 
 92,493 horned cattle, at £3 277,479 
 
 2,840 pigs, at £1 2,840 
 
 1,417,422 sheep, at 7s 496,097 
 
 One year's clip of wool on its way to 
 
 England, say 3,500,000 lbs., at Is. per lb. 1 75,000 
 I iuildings, fences on farms, stations, includ- 
 ing Geelong, Portland, Richmond, &c. 600,000
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 681 
 
 Chattel property, goods, floating capital, 
 
 shares, stores on stations, &c £ 151 (,( H II < 
 
 Agricultural implements 3,000 
 
 Value of property in the town of Mel- 
 bourne 385,235 
 
 Making a total of £2,638,846 
 
 This calculation was based on sufficient data, with 
 the exception of the item " floating capital ; " 
 the stock, land in cultivation, wool, &c, were all 
 taken from official returns, and the prices were 
 fair at the period ; the property in the town of 
 Melbourne was taken from the valuation by the 
 Town Council. The Sydney press were astonished 
 at the wealth that a handful of settlers in the 
 new district had accumulated in a few years, and 
 endeavoured to make it appear a vainglorious 
 boast ; it was however undoubtedly as nearly 
 correct as it was possible to frame such a return. 
 In 1844 Port Phillip was selected as a proper field 
 for an experiment in " secondary punishments ; " 
 and in the latter part of that year a number of 
 exiles from the new model prison at Pentonville 
 were landed at Melbourne. The punishment of 
 criminals, by imprisonment in Britain in the first 
 instance, and banishment afterwards to some of 
 the colonies, was brought forward by Earl Grey, 
 and it had come to be considered a matter of 
 national importance, and was receiving the serious 
 attention of those who had taken an interest in 
 colonisation and the reformation of criminals. A 
 wide difference of feeling existed amongst the 
 colonists of Port Phillip as to the propriety of 
 allowing such persons to be introduced ; public 
 opinion for the first time divided, and two parties 
 started into existence ; it was clearly demonstrated 
 that the interests of the squatters and townspeople 
 were very far from being identical. Previous 
 to the considerable free immigration of 1841, 
 there were comparatively few who had come 
 to Port Phillip direct from Europe. The popula- 
 tion consisted mainly of adventurers from V.D.L. 
 and N.S.W. The tone of morality was pretty 
 much on a par with that of the two colonies from 
 which the first settlers had been drawn. A 
 number of young men — sons of respectable settlers 
 in N.S.W. and V.D.L.— had adopted Port Phillip 
 as their home ; and this class began early to 
 receive considerable accessions from England. In 
 1841 and 1842 the large free immigration at the 
 expense of the land fund took place ; the majority 
 of those who arrived at this period were of a 
 superior order ; they formed public opinion and 
 gave a tone to the society of the district. From 
 this time the decline of the influence of the expiree 
 order is to be dated. Indeed it was soon the 
 interest of all of them, who could conveniently 
 accomplish it, to throw a veil on their career in 
 the penal settlements. In 1842 the population 
 might be thus described : — The educated and 
 respectable classes, many of whom had settled on 
 the Crown domains and in some cases on purchased 
 lands ; the free working classes and tradesmen, 
 
 introduced at the cost of the land fund ; and the 
 expirees and their families who had come from 
 the neighbouring colonies. Many of the free 
 immigrants were settled in industrious pursuits, and 
 although originally introduced by the land fund 
 as labourers were already in a position to employ 
 workmen. There was at this time unlimited space 
 for stock ; and flocks and herds increased at an 
 amazing rate ; land was cultivated in favourable 
 situations ; and business was increasing in the 
 towns ; but the great want of manual labour began to 
 be very generally experienced, and as the land fund 
 had become so low as to be utterly inadequate 
 for supplying the district with any immigration, 
 there was no probability of any free labour 
 arriving from England. The settlers were once 
 more under the necessity of having resource to 
 the neighbouring convict colonies. There were 
 generally expirees arriving in considerable numbers 
 from V.D.L., but in several cases subscriptions 
 were raised in order to give them free passages 
 across Bass Straits. The population was again 
 deteriorated by this impure stream, but it was 
 found impossible to check the influx of felonry by 
 legislative influence. The Royal George anchored 
 in Hobson's Bay on 16th November 1844 with the 
 first exiles. This vessel had several respectable 
 colonists on board, who had carefully watched 
 these men and who gave them an excellent 
 character. No sooner however was it known that 
 they had actually been criminals than a portion of 
 the press denounced the system in the most 
 violent language, and the indignation of the 
 working classes was aroused to the highest pitch 
 at the prospect of a speedy reduction in the rates 
 of labour. The Town Council of Melbourne 
 commenced the agitation against the exiles by 
 passing a resolution in which it adopted a petition 
 to the Legislature praying protection from the 
 threatened inundation of convicts. There were 
 many of the most intelligent colonists however 
 who deemed this sudden condemnation of these 
 strangers quite unmerited. Messrs. Black and 
 Yaldwin, who had arrived from England in the 
 Royal George, and who had devoted some attention 
 to the subject, were disposed to view the exiles as 
 a far less objectionable class than the off-scourings 
 of the penal colonies. The former gentleman had 
 moreover an interview with Lord Stanley, the 
 Colonial Minister, and had urgently pressed him 
 to assist the colony with free labour until the land 
 sales could be resumed. That nobleman had 
 however replied that it was quite useless to ask 
 anything that required money from the Home 
 Government, as such requests could not be 
 granted. Acting upon these impressions, a public 
 meeting of the inhabitants was held on 17th 
 December in the Royal Hotel in order to induce the 
 Imperial Government to take such steps as were 
 necessary for forwarding exiles accustomed to rural 
 pursuits to the country districts of Port Phillip. The 
 chair was occupied by Major Firebace and the meet- 
 ing was addressed by Drs. Bernard and Palmer 
 
 M
 
 682 
 
 Ci'CLOP/KDJA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LVic 
 
 Messrs. Carr, Foster, Cunninghame, Black and 
 Hughes, who advocated the introduction of the 
 exiles, and by Kerr, Broadfoot and McCulla, who 
 opposed the measure. The following resolution 
 was carried : — " That in the absence of the ordinary- 
 means of obtaining free immigration and to check 
 the introduction of expiree convicts from Van 
 Diemen's Land, it will be beneficial to the province 
 of Port Phillip to receive the exiles." But the 
 opponents of the measure were not satisfied with 
 the result and resolved upon holding an opposition 
 meeting in the Boyal Exchange hotel. The work- 
 ing classes mustered in great numbers on that 
 occasion, and resolutions condemning the Govern- 
 ment for sending exiles were carried almost unani- 
 mously. It was remarked that no class were so 
 much against the introduction of exiles as the old 
 convicts, who could hardly be expected to be 
 actuated by purely moral motives ; indeed the 
 question assumed a good deal the character of a 
 dispute between the employers and the employed. 
 The Home authorities forwarded several vessels 
 with exiles in the early part of 1845, but finding 
 that the public feeling was still against the 
 experiment, they ordered them to be sent to 
 V.D.L. A sad catastrophe occurred in August 1845 
 in Bass Straits. The only emigrant ship that had 
 been despatched from Britain that season was 
 wrecked, and the whole of the emigrants amounting 
 to 423 were lost with the exception of nine. So 
 disastrous a shipwreck has seldom occurred, and 
 as the emigrants were urgently required in the 
 district the loss was incalculable, and the colonists 
 were overpowered with regret at the event, which 
 was instantly recognised as a great national mis- 
 fortune. In 1845 two public meetings were held in 
 Melbourne. The first took place on the 11th 
 September, and was held to consider the propriety 
 of petitioning the Imperial Parliament for the 
 admission of Australian grain into British ports 
 upon the same terms as had been conceded 
 to that produced in Canada. It was but thinly 
 attended, and all the resolutions were passed 
 unanimously. The other meeting which was 
 of very considerable importance, was held on 
 the 28th September, and was attended by all 
 the leading gentlemen of Port Phillip. It was 
 convened by the Mayor, pursuant to a requisition 
 signed by a number of influential colonists, and 
 was for the purpose of taking into consideration 
 the necessity of petitioning for separation from 
 N.S.W. A committee of the most respectable 
 colonists was formed to watch the progress of the 
 movement. The meeting appointed Archibald 
 Cunninghame as delegate, in order that he might 
 proceed to England to carry out the views of the 
 colonists ; and a committee was appointed to 
 frame the petition to Parliament, and instructions 
 for the guidance of the delegate. Before separating 
 the meeting instructed the chairman to forward a 
 copy of the proceedings to Lord Stanley, the 
 Secretary of State for the Colonies, with a request 
 that ho would not proceed to pledge the Crown 
 
 lands of Port Phillip jointly with those of the 
 middle districts until the arrival of the agent who 
 had that day been nominated to proceed to Britain. 
 Cunninghame was a barrister at Port Phillip, and 
 rather a prominent politician at this period. He 
 did not return to the colony, but died at Thornton, 
 in Ayrshire, Scotland, his native place, in 1856. 
 In July 1846, a riot occurred in Melbourne which 
 kept the citizens in a state of excitement for more 
 than a week. The members of the Orange Society 
 had resolved to celebrate the anniversary of the 
 battle of the Boyne by a festival in the Pastoral 
 Hotel. The building was decorated for the 
 occasion, and Orange flags projected from the 
 windows which fronted Queen-street. This display 
 aroused the ire of the Koman Catholic population 
 who assembled in hundreds round the hotel, many 
 arriving armed. The Mayor having been apprised 
 of the disturbance hastened to the spot. He 
 ordered the door of the hotel to be opened and 
 entered for the purpose of quelling the riot, but 
 the Roman Catholics now finding an entrance, 
 rushed through the hall-way towards the staircase, 
 where they were met by the Orangemen, and a 
 regular scuffle took place. Those in front fired 
 into the hotel and were quickly replied to from 
 the Orangemen in the building. At this moment 
 the Rev. Dr. Geoghegan arrived on the spot and 
 attempted to restrain the Roman Catholics. 
 Perceiving that the reverend gentleman was in 
 great danger, John O'Shanassy and Hurley went 
 towards him to get him out of the situation he was 
 in, when the latter was shot in the shoulder. 
 Another man, drinking a glass of ale in the St. 
 John's Tavern opposite, was wounded in the 
 cheek ; the shot having entered through the bar 
 window. The riot was now at its height ; the 
 doors, windows and furniture of the hotel were 
 demolished ; the one party attacking the building 
 and endeavouring to force an entrance, the other 
 defending every inch of ground. Fortunately the 
 military were obtained, and through their inter- 
 ference peace was restored ; the Roman Catholics 
 were induced to disperse by the promise of the 
 magistrates that the dinner should not be allowed 
 to take place that evening. There were three or 
 four persons severely wounded in the riot. A 
 number of Justices of the Peace assembled in the 
 Police office, and several of the Orange party were 
 taken into custody and were bound over to keep 
 the peace. William Hinds, who was charged with 
 firing the shot which wounded Hurley, was 
 committed to take his trial but admitted to bail. 
 The town was alarmed the whole of that night by 
 skirmishings between the individuals attached to 
 the various factions, and on the following day the 
 two parties were assembled in different quarters 
 of the city. The Superintendent and magistrates 
 consulted on the best line of conduct to be adopted 
 and agreed to disperse the rioters. The whole of 
 the hotels were ordered to be closed ; many of the 
 shops were shut, and as it was a dense fog the 
 town presented a dreary enough appearance. The
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 683 
 
 police and military were called out, and having 
 formed in Market-street, proceeded along Collins- 
 street and Elizabeth-street to a hotel in Flinders- 
 lane where fifty Orangemen were assembled, 
 who immediately dispersed. The cavalcade next 
 marched out to the top of Elizabeth-street where 
 the Roman Catholic party to the number of eighty 
 were drawn up ; after some hesitation, the whole 
 were prevailed upon to disband and go back to 
 their avocations. The town was put under martial 
 law for the night, and the soldiers bivouacked in 
 Collins-street opposite the Royal Exchange Hotel, 
 where the Bank of New South Wales now stands. 
 It was something new and striking to see their 
 watch-fires blazing in the middle of the main 
 street of the usually quiet town. Next morning a 
 number of persons who were ringleaders in the 
 riots were bound over to keep the peace ; and in a 
 few days Melbourne resumed its wonted quiet and 
 orderly aspect. The magistrates were censured 
 for their conduct upon the occasion, but probably 
 they acted as well as any other body of men who 
 had been so placed would have done. This fracas 
 was the occasion of the building of the Protestant 
 Hall, in which the Orange festivals are now held. 
 There were public meetings in 1846 for obtaining 
 a supply of labour from V.D.L. — against some 
 proposed squatting regulations — to extend the 
 jurisdiction of the Court of Requests to .£30 — for 
 promoting immigration by rendering ship-building 
 safer — and for the purpose of rescuing the white 
 woman supposed to be detained as a prisoner by 
 a tribe of aborigines in Gipps Land. The meeting 
 in connection with the supposed detention of a 
 white woman by the Gipps Land blacks resulted in 
 a party being sent there in quest of the supposed 
 prisoner. From an early period in the history 
 of Port Phillip this rumour had prevailed. By 
 many persons the unfortunate female was said to 
 be a Miss Lord, the eldest daughter of John Lord, 
 a merchant of Sydney, who in the course of a 
 voyage from Britain to N.S.W. had been wrecked 
 on the coast, and made a prisoner by the natives. 
 A reward of .£1000 was offered by her relations, 
 but no authentic intelligence could be learned of 
 her fate. As time wore on rumors were circulated 
 by the other tribes that a young lady, answering 
 to the description of Miss Lord, was a prisoner 
 with the blacks, and a native trooper announced 
 in 1836 that he had seen the lady, and that she 
 was kept a close prisoner. Many persons on the 
 other hand thought that the white woman was a 
 Miss M'Pherson, who also was wrecked on the 
 same coast about that period. The party however 
 did not discover any traces of the prisoner, as 
 unfortunately there arose a difference of opinion 
 amongst its leaders in reference to how far the 
 law would protect them in any engagement they 
 might have with the aborigines. This was a most 
 important point, which those who had organised 
 the expedition had apparently overlooked. In 
 consequence of having strong doubts about how 
 far the law would justify them, the party never 
 
 actually attempted to rescue the unfortunate 
 prisoner. On 28th April 1847 a severe shock of 
 earthquake was felt at Port Phillip, about four 
 o'clock in the afternoon. The sensation to those 
 inside their houses was exactly like that of a heavy 
 body being violently thrown down in the upper 
 portion of the buildings. It was less felt in the 
 open air. In the Supreme Court, where a 
 squatting boundary case — Taylor and McPherson v. 
 Sutherland — was being tried before the Resident 
 Judge and a special jury, the panic was consider- 
 able, and the Court was adjourned. The shock was 
 severely felt in the lower portions of Melbourne, 
 particularly about Elizabeth-street. There had been 
 a previous earthquake in this colony in April 1841. 
 In anticipation of separation it was announced in 
 the beginning of 1848 that Her Majesty had been 
 graciously pleased to allow Port Phillip, when 
 erected into an independent colony, to be named 
 after herself, and that instead of continuing to be 
 called Port Phillip the Southern District should 
 have the popular and world-wide name of Victoria 
 — a name endeared to every subject in her 
 dominions. In 1847 the Rev. Charles Perry D.D. 
 was appointed Bishop of Melbourne ; he arrived 
 in the Stag on 23rd January 1848, and was installed 
 on the 28th of the same month in the cathedral 
 church of St. James's, Melbourne. On 13th 
 February Her Majesty's letters patent were read 
 in St. Peter's Church, which constituted Melbourne 
 a Bishop's See. On 9th March 1847 the cele- 
 brated Orders in Council, under the authority of 
 an Act of Parliament (9 and 10 Victoria, c. 104,) 
 were issued. The early squatters had to contend 
 with many difficulties, dangers and privations. 
 To succeed they had to be adventurous and to 
 wander far away into the untrodden wilderness in 
 order to obtain ground which was still unoccupied 
 on which to graze their flocksand herds. They lived 
 in semi-barbarous regions far from civilisation ; 
 they had no society, and generally speaking saw no 
 person from year to year, with the exception of a 
 few ignorant shepherds ; their habitations were 
 usually miserable huts of bark, hardly a protection 
 from the intense heat of summer or the rains and 
 cold of winter ; they had to combat with the savage 
 tribes of aborigines, and to guard against the 
 depredations of the wild animals of the wilder- 
 ness ; they were ignorant of the character of the 
 country and climate ; they were unable to grapple 
 with the strange diseases to which their sheep 
 were liable, and often saw them die by thousands ; 
 they were on the verge of ruin from ignorance 
 of the system of business carried on in new 
 colonies, such as high rates, extended credits and 
 scarcity of flour and other stores ; and at last after 
 a hard struggle many of them were irretrievably 
 ruined by the severe financial derangements of 
 1842 and 1843. When the young settler had 
 wandered about the country for months with his 
 flocks, seeing abundance of fine country over 
 which they grazed but which was all claimed, and 
 after boundless trouble at last found a spot on
 
 684 
 
 OYCLOPiEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 which to rest his weary head, he found no dis- 
 position on the part of his distant neighbours to 
 befriend or oblige him. Instead of being gregarious 
 like most other civilised settlers, the Australian 
 squatters desired to be as far as possible from com- 
 panions. Instead of affording information they 
 were cool and uncivil, always jealous of new settlers 
 as occupying country which they had hoped to keep 
 and use when their flocks and herds increased. 
 Those who were fortunate by caution and industry 
 managed to overcome the preliminary difficulties, 
 but very few of those who were the real pioneers 
 of V. reaped much advantage from their exertions. 
 Most of them had bought their sheep at from 20s. 
 to 30s. and they started with the wool at 2s. a 
 pound ; in a few years sheep were at Is. 6d. 
 and wool had fallen to 9d. or lOd. Agents, 
 merchants, bankers, were all alike unable to 
 assist, and friendless and forlorn the great majority 
 of the poor squatters were left to their fate. 
 The pioneers of V. — the rough champions of the 
 bush, to whom society is indebted for a new field 
 for industry, who took the land and held it 
 against all comers, like the knights at tournaments 
 in ancient days, who opened and cleared the way 
 to fortune for thousands — are nearly all forgotten. 
 This country however is deeply indebted to them, 
 and their remembrance ought to be held in 
 honour. After the great crisis in 1843, and the 
 application of the boiling-down system, squatting 
 became a very lucrative branch of industry ; not 
 only did the boiling-down of the sheep into 
 tallow place a steady value upon them, but wool 
 again advanced ; the new squatters had none of 
 the incumbrances of the original settlers, who 
 had purchased their sheep partly on credit, 
 and at high prices ; they had become acquainted 
 with the climate and skilful in the manage- 
 ment of stock. When they had overcome 
 the preliminary difficulties of settlement they 
 succeeded beyond their most sanguine expectations. 
 The young man just from home and school, who 
 had been able to start with a solitary flock, soon 
 found himself the possessor of a large property in 
 stock, and began to make himself comfortable ; 
 he was now independent, with nothing in pros- 
 pective to alarm him, and in the possession of 
 all the solid comforts of life. If he could only 
 keep his flocks free from the three great scourges 
 of A. — scab, catarrh, and foot-rot — he was on 
 the high road to fortune. The squatters have 
 mostly been a highly respectable, well-educated, 
 and industrious class ; nor did they originally 
 betray the grasping disposition of the Sydney 
 squatters, however anxious they may have been 
 about the uncertain tenure on which they held 
 their lands. They claimed no rights in the soil, 
 otherwise than as squatters ; and it was not until 
 after Boyd, Wentworth, and other stock-owners in 
 N.S.W. had commenced their great crusade in 
 favour of fixity of tenure, that their compatriots 
 in Port Phillip began to reflect on their actual 
 position. The Orders in Council were not however 
 
 procured through any influence which the Port 
 Phillip squatters had brought to bear on the 
 subject ; and the majority were quite as much 
 astonished as the other classes of the community 
 when they first appeared in the London Gazette. 
 The Order in Council was hailed by the squatters 
 with no ordinary gratification ; but it in no way 
 altered the position of the occupier of Crown land 
 in reference to his tenure, nor was it intended that 
 it should. To the Crown he was a mere tenant at 
 will before the Order was issued, and his position 
 was very little altered afterwards, for, as the report 
 of the Select Committee of the Legislative Council 
 of N.S.W. remarked, " It is the singular anomaly 
 of these land orders that, while, as against his 
 fellow-subjects, the actual colonist, or intending 
 emigrant, they fortify the squatter with every 
 muniment which can give permanence to possession, 
 as against the Crown, they leave him as they 
 found him — utterly defenceless. 1 ' The official 
 notification of the Order in Council was received 
 by the Government about four months after it 
 had been agreed to ; and its provisions were par- 
 tially acted on. Applications for leases were 
 received at both Sydney and Melbourne ; and 
 regulations for the disposal of new and vacated 
 runs, and for the transfer of runs already occupied, 
 were issued. The Act 11 Victoria, No. 61, for 
 appointing Commissioners to examine and report 
 on disputes respecting boundaries of runs between 
 claimants of leases was passed. The recognised 
 claimants were allowed to occupy the Crown lands 
 in all cases where the general interests did 
 not demand their final appropriation for other 
 purposes, and they were allowed to purchase under 
 pre-emptive rights their homestead sections or 
 other portions of their runs, but both the local 
 and Imperial authorities were unwilling to issue 
 leases. There existed so many debatable points, 
 and the claims of the squatters had become so 
 extravagant that the matter was allowed to 
 continue in abeyance, both parties being unwilling 
 to risk all on a final issue. Then the discoveries 
 of auriferous wealth, and the great flow of popula- 
 tion which followed, demonstrated that the colony 
 must sustain a serious injury if the Orders in 
 Council should be interpreted in the way that the 
 squatters appeared to desire, which would in fact 
 shut up the public lands from legitimate occupation 
 by the people. At last an appeal was made to 
 the Imperial authorities and the reply of the Duke 
 of Newcastle virtually destroyed the sanguine hopes 
 in which the squatters had for years indulged. 
 Port Phillip was ready to assume her new name 
 and the responsibilities of self-government. The 
 material for forming a local legislature was at 
 hand, and the people had respectfully petitioned 
 the Throne and the Imperial Parliament for 
 separation from N.S.W. ; they had been amused by 
 vague promises, and the year 1848 had been long 
 entered upon without any definite arrangements 
 for admitting of the dismemberment of the country 
 and the erection of the southern district iuto an
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 685 
 
 independent colony. Nearly every class now 
 exhibited symptoms of dissatisfaction ; all the 
 true friends of the district perceived that its best 
 interests were being sacrificed, that its memorials 
 were trifled with, and that it was the recipient of 
 a much greater share of injustice than any other 
 community had ever experienced, much as Britain 
 had been in the habit of ill-treating and neglecting 
 her colonial possessions. The systematic mis- 
 appropriation of the revenues of the district was 
 in a particular manner calculated to irritate and 
 annoy the colonists, who were naturally most 
 indignant that they were drawn out of their local 
 treasury and forwarded to Sydney to be appropri- 
 ated towards the advancement of public works 
 there, while at the same time the money was most 
 urgently required in the locality where it had 
 been contributed to promote the development of 
 its resources . In the previous year the monstrous 
 injustice of this spoliation was more apparent, in 
 consequence of the Legislative Council having 
 refused a motion in the month of August for 
 separate returns of the revenue and expenditure 
 of Port Phillip ; and the colonists believed that 
 these documents were refused because they would 
 have exhibited a series of injustices to their 
 district which were unparalleled in the history of 
 British colonisation. But it must be observed, 
 that not only did the Legislative Council refuse 
 to vote funds for public works in Port Phillip, but 
 that even when sums were legally appropriated, 
 the executive Government declined upon one 
 pretext or another to expend them ; and as the 
 money did not lie over and accumulate for the 
 benefit of the district, as it ought in accordance 
 with constitutional law to have done, the impartial 
 reader will at once perceive the unfair means 
 adopted to plunder Port Phillip. The amount of 
 the money thus voted and not expended for public 
 works within the southern district may be correctly 
 quoted from official returns at about £60,000 sterling. 
 Superintendent LaTrobe was, for some time, 
 thought to be blameless in this system of injustice ; 
 and such an impression might have been enter- 
 tained to the present time had not certain official 
 papers been published, in which it was made 
 apparent that he had used his interest to prevent 
 many of those sums from being expended. In 
 1846 the City Council of Melbourne passed two 
 resolutions having reference to the unexpended 
 moneys due to the Port Phillip district. The 
 Superintendent in handing the petition of that body 
 into the hands of His Excellency, also gave ina letter 
 written by himself, in which he argued against their 
 prayer. This paper was dated Sydney, 22nd Sep- 
 tember 1846, and happening to be published in the 
 following year, excited the utmost indignation in 
 Melbourne. The following passage was particu- 
 larly censured : — " And, lastly, possessing within 
 herself, for the present, neither the experience nor 
 the means of prudently devising, or properly 
 executing, many important works highly conducive 
 to the prosperity and comfort of the inhabitants, 
 
 she has had necessarily to await a period of 
 greater maturity, and more settled and manageable 
 principles of internal government, before the 
 application of these funds, though actually at 
 command, could be undertaken." It could not be 
 expected that Port Phillip would rest satisfied with 
 La Trobe as the chief executive official, after this 
 letter had been made public. It was his duty, 
 when the money was voted for a particular purpose, 
 to appropriate it immediately ; instead of doing 
 this however he connived at the injustice of 
 allowing those grants to lapse, and recommended 
 that the illegal and unfair system should be perti- 
 naciously continued. The colonists saw clearly 
 that his mind and his policy were alike narrow, 
 and there were none in the district who did not 
 desire to see him removed from his office, unless, 
 perhaps, the few government officials and the little 
 clique who were countenanced and supported by 
 him. On 15th June 1848 the following motion was 
 submitted to the Town Council by T. M'Combie : — 
 " That the Legislative Committee be instructed to 
 prepare an humble petition to her Most Gracious 
 Majesty the Queen, praying for the removal of his 
 Honour Charles Joseph LaTrobe, Esq., from the 
 office of Superintendent of the District of Port 
 Phillip, on account of his systematic mismanage- 
 ment of the money voted for the service of the 
 province ; his neglect of public works of paramount 
 consequence ; and his repeated breaches of faith in 
 his official transactions with this Council in matters 
 of high public importance." A long and interesting 
 debate ensued ; and an amendment, moved by 
 Armstead, and seconded by Moor, that the motion 
 be considered that day six months was lost, and the 
 original motion affirmed by nine votes to five. A 
 full report of this interesting debate will be found 
 in the Port Phillip Gazette of 19th June 1848 ; 
 the charges on which the motion was founded 
 were substantiated ; and, although Moor, who was 
 a clever lawyer, made as able a defence as could, 
 perhaps, under the circumstances have been put 
 forth, yet his attempts to excuse and palliate the 
 conduct of La Trobe were unsuccessful. The 
 vote of the Town Council, which was at this period 
 the only representative body in the district, had 
 very great weight ; indeed, many of those who 
 subsequently became prominent politicians in V. 
 were at some period of their career members of that 
 board. So completely were the sympathies of the 
 people in unison with those of the majority of the 
 Town Council, that a requisition signed by seven 
 hundred colonists was presented about a week 
 afterwards bo the Mayor of Melbourne, requesting 
 him to convene a meeting, in order to lay a petition 
 for the removal of the Superintendent at the foot 
 of the Throne. In compliance with this requi- 
 sition, the Mayor convened a meeting for 3rd 
 August, to take place opposite the Court-house, 
 near La Trobe-street. This was the spot where 
 the elections were usually held ; and here a large 
 hustings was prepared for the occasion. It was 
 known beforehand that the meeting would be a
 
 686 
 
 CrCLOP^DIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 great success ; and it was remarked that the 
 Superintendent and his adherents should put up 
 prayers for rain in order to damp the ardour of 
 the indignant people. The day was all that could 
 be desired by the most ardent supporters of the 
 Superintendent ; for the rain fell in torrents. The 
 result was therefore the more mortifying to the 
 Government, for at least three thousand persons 
 arrived to take part in the proceedings of the day. 
 The Mayor was present but the chair was occupied 
 by T. M'Combie, and the following gentlemen 
 took part in the proceedings : — Newman, Fawkner, 
 Annand, Young, Johnston, Bobertson and Bingley. 
 The motion for the petition was carried unani- 
 mously ; only one solitary hand having been 
 held up against it. The meeting appointed a 
 Committee to obtain signatures and transmit the 
 document through the proper official channel to 
 Her Majesty, and quietly dispersed. The Secretary 
 of State for the Colonies returned a most courteous 
 reply to the petitioners ; but their prayer was 
 not granted. The Superintendent had made 
 himself so obsequious to his direct superiors in 
 Sydney that the Imperial Government threw its 
 protecting mantle over his shoulders. The only 
 official in the Colonial Office who took much 
 interest in the details of Australian affairs occupied 
 no higher position than that of a clerk ; he was an 
 able man, but partial to prerogative, and did not 
 understand that the vox populi could exist in a 
 colony sixteen thousand miles distant from Britain. 
 It was indeed impossible that a Secretary of State, 
 who was often but a brief period in office, could 
 make himself acquainted with colonial subjects. 
 He was a Cabinet Minister, and had to attend to 
 his parliamentary duties ; and it was not surprising 
 that the memorials from Port Phillip were treated 
 with neglect. At this crisis in the history of the 
 colony an event occurred, which aroused consider- 
 able interest in Britain, and hastened separation. 
 It has been already stated that many of the most 
 intelligent colonists were of opinion, at the time 
 the representation in the Legislative Council of 
 N.S.W. was granted to Port Phillip, that the 
 people ought not to have accepted it. Events 
 soon arose which demonstrated that this view was 
 correct ; when Port Phillip complained that she 
 had been systematically plundered, she was curtly 
 answered that the revenues of the entire colony 
 were appropriated by the representatives of the 
 people. The irritation of the public mind can be 
 easily imagined at this particular period ; the loss 
 of their revenues was not a financial question 
 alone— it was a social question as well. The 
 money going away to Sydney was that portion of 
 the hard-earned wages of the people which they 
 had contributed to the common weal ; and was 
 the price of education, and in fact of everything 
 that constitutes moral and physical progress. The 
 just indignation of the colonists at this system of 
 spoliation was further aggravated by rumours 
 which had prevailed for a long time, to the effect 
 that a considerable amount of corruption prevailed 
 
 amongst those who were connected with the 
 local government. This charge had been clearly 
 made by Fawkner, one of the speakers at the 
 public meeting already noticed ; and, upon a 
 notification appearing in the Government Ga:ette, 
 signed by the heads of the various departments, 
 denying the truth of the assertion, that gentleman 
 published a letter in the newspapers, asserting that 
 one of the persons signing the said document, who 
 had been Police Magistrate, and who was, at this 
 time, one of the Commissioners of Crown Lands, 
 was guilty of the charges. An action for libel was 
 commenced ; but, when it was tried, the charges 
 were so clearly substantiated that no verdict could 
 be obtained. The jury was divided in opinion, 
 eight being in favour of the defendant, and only 
 four for the plaintiff ; and even the minority were 
 only for giving nominal damages. The charges 
 were therefore morally proven ; and the official 
 — whose name we refrain, for the sake of his 
 family, from publishing — was compelled, by the 
 force of public opinion, to leave the colony. It 
 appeared that the Superintendent had been 
 made acquainted with some of the charges 
 previously to the meeting at which they were 
 reiterated, and referred to by Fawkner, as a 
 matter of notoriety ; and that he had made no 
 effort to stop such practices amongst his officials. 
 The general election for 1848 arrived, the Legis- 
 lative Council having been in existence the full 
 legal term of five years. With the solitary 
 exception of J. F. L. Foster there was no person 
 connected with Port Phillip who came forward as 
 a candidate for the honour of representing the 
 district. Indeed, there was but one other can- 
 didate really before the public ; and he had only 
 just landed from England, and was connected 
 with Sydney. The nomination took place on the 
 20th July ; there were about four hundred persons 
 present, when a great opposition was exhibited to 
 sending any members to Sydney. Ebden, who had 
 been returned as one of the first representatives 
 of Port Phillip, informed the electors that "he 
 would have again solicited their suffrages, but 
 that he could not any longer lend himself to the 
 perpetration of what was only a farce ; Port Phillip 
 was not, in fact, represented ; she was misrepre- 
 sented." The feeling was so strong against sending 
 up members to Sydney that Foster, who had been 
 nominated, was at the earnest solicitation of his 
 friends and supporters induced to withdraw, and 
 the meeting dissolved ; and the people at length 
 determined upon using every effort to break the 
 degrading tie which had up to this time bound 
 Port Phillip to the chariot-wheels of Sydney. The 
 nomination for the Borough of Melbourne was 
 advertised to come off on the 25th of the same 
 month ; but during the short interval that took 
 place, the friends and supporters of the local 
 Government had not been idle. It was resolved 
 to place Foster in nomination, as it was contended 
 by the friends of the local Executive that if only 
 half-a-dozen votes polled for that gentleman— nay,
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA Of AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 fi.HV 
 
 if he were only proposed and seconded — he must 
 of necessity be returned. A consultation was held 
 on the afternoon of the 24th, by one or two of the 
 friends of non-election, and it was agreed to place 
 some other person in nomination, in order to carry 
 out the nullification principle ; and Earl Grey was 
 selected, as being a nobleman in so elevated a 
 station that his nominal election must draw atten- 
 tion to the peculiar position of the settlement at 
 Port Phillip. He was, accordingly, placed in 
 nomination in opposition to Forster, and returned 
 by an overwhelming majority. The adherents 
 of the local Administration were very anxious to 
 carry Foster's election ; but every effort made was 
 fruitless. It is a curious fact, moreover, that nearly 
 every lawyer of eminence in the district stood 
 forth opposed to this movement ; and when the 
 Mayor, as Returning Officer, declared the state of 
 the poll, two protests were handed in against the 
 return of Earl Grey, which had attached to them 
 several eminent legal names. The reports circu- 
 lated by the supporters of Foster made it necessary 
 for the non-election party to clearly set forth their 
 reasons for returning Earl Grey ; and a meeting 
 was held at the Royal Hotel for that purpose. It 
 was agreed to forward a memorial to his Excellency 
 the Governor, praying that during the pending of 
 the reference made to the Secretary of State for 
 the colonies, the whole revenues of the district 
 be reserved for its own wants. The proceedings 
 in the metropolitan city were not only opposed by 
 Sydney, which under the circumstances might 
 have been anticipated, but they were repudiated 
 in Geelong, which was at this period next in 
 importance to Melbourne ; and a meeting was 
 called there for the purpose of giving the electors 
 an opportunity of expressing their disapprobation. 
 By this time a very important question in reference 
 to non-election had been raised ; for the Constitu- 
 tional Act was so worded that it was illegal for 
 the Council to proceed to business if the number 
 of members deficient by the non-return of writs 
 was more than two. It was an object of the 
 utmost importance to the Government to have 
 members returned for the district of Port Phillip ; 
 and it was most adroitly managed by delicately 
 flattering Geelong, and by taking advantage of its 
 jealousy of Melbourne. The writ had been already 
 returned without any names endorsed on it ; and 
 it was a considerable stretch of law to issue another, 
 but the responsibility was incurred, and Geelong 
 was appointed the place of nomination. Before 
 the writs were issued it was reported that five 
 residents would be found ready to go to Sydney 
 as real bond fid* representatives; but when the 
 time drew near that was to test this it was found 
 to be untrue, as only one or at most two residents 
 ready to undertake the duties were found. The 
 second writ having been received, a public meeting 
 was called by requisition to the Mayor on the 13th 
 September and about 150 electors met to consider 
 what steps should be adopted. This meeting was 
 addressed by Curr, O'Shanassy, M'Combio, Colin 
 
 Campbell, Johnston, Cole, Duerdin, Williamson, 
 Annand and M'Arthur. The resolutions agreed 
 upon by the majority were in substance that, 
 as representation in the Legislative Council of 
 N.S.W. was an utter mockery it ought to be 
 abandoned at once and for ever ; that in order to 
 prevent bond fide representatives from being 
 returned, the meeting approved of placing five 
 members of the British Cabinet in nomination 
 to complete the returns of the writ and enable 
 the Council to be legally constituted, and proceed 
 to the ordinary business of legislation, while it 
 would afford no pretext for oppression under the 
 colour of representative government. The meeting 
 appointed George Ward Cole, J. S. Johnston and 
 J. P. Fawkner a deputation to proceed to Geelong 
 for the purpose of supporting the election of five 
 cabinet ministers ; in the event of the non-election 
 principle not being unanimously carried out. On 
 21st September the nomination took place at 
 Geelong ; when Drs. Dixon and Palmer, James 
 Williamson, E. Curr, and Lauchlan Mackinnon, 
 were placed in nomination by the one party, 
 and the Duke of Wellington, Lords Palmerston, 
 Brougham, Russell and Sir Robert Peel by the 
 other ; and the show of hands being in favour of 
 the local candidates, the supporters of non-election 
 demanded a poll. A great public meeting was 
 also held in the theatre at which Capt. Fyans 
 presided. It was addressed by Fawkner, Johnston 
 and Curr in support of the non-election movement, 
 and Wright, Harrison and Duggan against it. The 
 meeting was discreditable to the opponents of 
 separation ; as, towards the conclusion, it became 
 riotous, and the lights having been extinguished 
 great confusion occurred. It is singular that Curr 
 should have been one of those nominated, as he 
 had up to this period been one of the most 
 strenuous supporters of non-election, and had 
 voted for Earl Grey for Melbourne. He certainly 
 displayed no little inconsistency in thus allowing 
 himself to be partially brought over to the side 
 of the pro-electionists ; at the same time it is 
 but just to remark that Curr was honest, but 
 vacillating and easily swayed by the arguments of 
 persons very much inferior to himself in mental 
 capacity. Another extraordinary circumstance 
 was that Foster drew back from the ranks of the 
 pro-electionists, and refused to be placed in 
 nomination; the reason assigned at a public meeting 
 held in Geelong by this gentleman was that he did 
 not think four bond fide representatives would be 
 found to proceed to the Council Chamber in 
 Sydney ; and that some gentlemen who had 
 promised to allow themselves to be nominated had 
 changed their minds, and found that their business 
 engagements would prevent them from being so 
 long absent from the district. The pro-electionists 
 triumphed in the district and the local candidates 
 were elected. This is not so very surprising when 
 all the circumstances of the case are taken into 
 account. The Government were anxious for many 
 reasons to carry this election ; the candidates were
 
 688 
 
 CYCLOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 anxious to be returned, with the exception of 
 Curr who was most probably indifferent to the 
 result ; those who voted for the peers used no 
 influence, and they were actuated to decline to 
 vote for local candidates solely from principle. 
 The district of Port Phillip however declared by 
 a majority of twenty-one of the gross poll, that 
 they were against misrepresentation in Sydney. 
 The following table exhibits the numbers for 
 election and non-election respectively : — 
 
 Pro-Election. Non-Election. 
 
 Melbourne ... 102 ... 295 
 Port Phillip ... 230 ... 58 
 
 332 353 
 
 V. The Anti-Transportation Movement. — In the 
 early part of 1849 the colonists of Port Phillip 
 were warned by Mr. Jackson, who was at that 
 period agent for the colony of V.D.L. in England, 
 that Port Phillip was about to be declared a 
 colony where ticket-of-leave men might be sent, 
 and that arrangements had already been completed 
 for forwarding the first cargo of them to Melbourne. 
 This information was soon found to be correct, 
 and the utmost indignation was immediately 
 expressed by all classes. It is only fair however 
 to state that the Legislative Council of N.S.W. 
 had in April 1848 passed resolutions accepting 
 the offer of the Home Government to send exiles 
 and ticket-of-leave holders, to be followed by 
 their wives and families, and an equal number of 
 free emigrants— all at the expense of the Imperial 
 Treasury. The members of the Council were led 
 to accept these exiles by dire necessity, from the 
 great scarcity of labour ; and it was understood 
 to have reference to the middle district, as Port 
 Phillip had at this time only nominal repre- 
 sentatives in the Legislative Council of N.S.W. — 
 her members being Sydney men, identified with 
 the northern portion of the colony. But while 
 the Minister for the Colonies determined on taking 
 the qualified consent given by the Council as an 
 excuse for again deluging A. with prisoners, 
 he seemed to have overlooked the other portion 
 of the compact, and did not send one free emigrant 
 at the expense of the British Treasury ; and no 
 attention whatever was paid to the resolutions of 
 the N.S.W. Legislature. A public meeting was 
 held in Melbourne a few days after the warning 
 had been received — on the site of the present Town 
 Hall — and a large number of citizens assembled to 
 condemn this invasion of the rights of the free 
 citizens of the district. The speakers were S. 
 Stephen, R. Balbirnie, B. Reynolds. W. Hull, 
 J. O'Shanassy, J. S. Johnston, W. Kerr, R. 
 Heales and J. P. Fawkner, and the resolutions 
 condemning the proposed introduction of felons 
 as a breach of faith with the great majority of the 
 inhabitants who emigrated on the distinct assurance 
 that Port Phillip should never be a convict settle- 
 ment, were carried ; a committee which was 
 appointed waited upon the Governor, who was at 
 this time on a visit to Port Phillip, and impressed 
 
 on his Excellency the imperative necessity — for the 
 preservation of the public peace— of prohibiting 
 the landing of any convicts that might approach 
 the shores of Port Phillip. A few days afterwards 
 a meeting of the magistrates of the city and 
 district was held, and very strong resolutions were 
 passed condemning the attempt about to be made 
 by Earl Grey, and a deputation waited upon his 
 Excellency with a memorial on the subject. 
 To both deputations his Excellency promised 
 that no convicts should be permitted to land 
 in Port Phillip until the feelings of the colonists 
 were made known to the Imperial Government ; 
 and he directed the Superintendent to order any 
 vessels arriving with felons of any class to proceed 
 to Sydney. La Trobe's friends attempted to raise 
 his character for patriotic feeling to Port Phillip 
 on the occasion of ordering the Randolph to 
 proceed to Sydney a few months later, but it was 
 to Governor Fitzroy that the colonists were in 
 reality indebted for the preservation of the fair 
 fame of their province ; and this forbearance 
 rendered him very unpopular in Sydney. On 
 8th August 1849 the Randolph approached the 
 Port Phillip Heads, where instructions had been 
 left by the authorities that the captain should not 
 allow her to enter, but at once proceed to Sydney. 
 He thought fit to disobey this order, alleging that 
 he was chartered for Hobson's Bay ; to that port 
 only was he insured, and there he was determined 
 to go. The excitement was considerable, and the 
 people resolved that if any attempt should be 
 made to violate the promise made to the people, 
 by landing the convicts on the shores of Port 
 Phillip, they would oppose it by physical force. 
 The Superintendent wisely averted bloodshed, 
 and in accordance with the arrangement which 
 had been entered into between the people and 
 the Governor, directed the Randolph to proceed 
 to Sydney. The Town Council of Melbourne, 
 although it had some months previously petitioned 
 for La Trobe's recall, at once passed a resolution 
 conveying the grateful thanks of that body to His 
 Honor for sending away the felons in the Randolph. 
 A public meeting was convened to consider the 
 steps rendered necessary by the issue of the Order 
 in Council permitting the deportation of convicts 
 in British colonies, in order to prevent the Home 
 Government from sending convicted offenders to 
 the district of Port Phillip. The Queen's Theatre 
 in Queen-street, in which the people assembled on 
 this occasion was densely crowded. The Mayor 
 was voted to the chair, and the following persons 
 took part in the proceedings:— L. McKiunon, C. 
 Campbell, Dr. Thompson, Messrs. Kerr, Willis, 
 Balbirnie, Ramsay, Marsden,Johnst<ine, McCombie, 
 Langlands, Dr. Greeves, and Captain Webster. 
 This meeting passed a resolution protesting against 
 the right asserted by the British Government 
 in the before-noticed Order in Council, dated 4th 
 September 1848, of sending convicts to any of 
 the British colonies contrary to the express wishes 
 of the inhabitants, and claiming the protection
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA 01 Al'STRALASIA. 
 
 689 
 
 of the great constitutional principle — that Britain 
 has no right to tax the people of the colonies 
 for imperial purposes, which it was now attempt- 
 ing to do by requiring them to maintain a portion 
 of its criminals. The second resolution declared 
 that Port Phillip although joined for a short time 
 to N.S.W., had never been in any sense a penal 
 colony ; and that the Secretary of State for the 
 colonies had on the first establishment of the pro- 
 vince, issued express instructions prohibiting the 
 introduction of convicts ; and that being a free 
 colony, the people were prepared to undergo any 
 extremity rather than submit to become the 
 receptacle of felons. The third resolution expressed 
 the sympathy of the meeting for the colonists of 
 the Cape of Good Hope, and declared that Port 
 Phillip would make common cause with it or any 
 other free British colony in resisting the unjust 
 and tyrannical edict. The fourth resolution 
 declared that the people of Port Phillip desired to 
 be free and virtuous ; and that no motives of 
 expediency would reconcile them to the moral 
 evils that must arise from the association of 
 the men, women, and children of Port Phillip, 
 with the convicted felons of the empire. The 
 fifth resolution declared, that the attempt to 
 introduce felons would disgrace the fair name that 
 Port Phillip had acquired in Europe, and deter the 
 most eligible classes of emigrants from coming out, 
 and thus cut off the main source of its future 
 greatness and prosperity. The sixth resolution 
 declared, that in carrying out their theories of 
 criminal punishment at the expense of the colonies 
 the Government was guilty of a gross breach of 
 faith ; that the meeting denounced those Ministers 
 of the Crown who would insist on this obnoxious 
 measure, and appeal to the Throne and the people 
 of England against a system of injustice that 
 would never be submitted to in Great Britain. A 
 petition embodying the resolutions was then 
 agreed upon and the meeting separated. The 
 Legislative Council of N.S.W. passed a resolution 
 about this time, which was brought forward by 
 Cowper, declining to receive convicts upon any 
 terms ; protesting against any measure by which 
 the colony would be degraded into a penal settle- 
 ment ; and earnestly entreating Her Majesty to 
 revoke the Order in Council, by which N.S.W. was 
 again made a place to which British criminals 
 might be transported. On 11th June a violent 
 meeting was held at the Circular Wharf, Sydney, 
 in consequence of the arrival of the Hashmey from 
 Port Phillip. A protest was solemnly made by the 
 people against the landing of the convicts, and a 
 deputation appointed to wait at once upon the 
 Governor. On arriving at Government house the 
 gates were shut, and the members were refused 
 admittance, but after a parley six of the number 
 were allowed to pass the gate. They found how- 
 ever that his Excellency was engaged with the 
 Executive Council, and could not be intruded upon 
 and they retired. The people severely censured 
 his Excellency and passed resolutions condemning 
 
 him ; on the other hand about six thousand 
 colonists signed addresses of confidence which were 
 presented to him ; party feeling ran high, and at 
 one period it was feared that the landing of the 
 convicts from the Hashmey would give rise to an 
 outburst of public indignation. The Imperial 
 authorities could hardly have been blind to the 
 danger which they ran in persisting in this course ; 
 indeed a new world of political thought seemed 
 to have opened. At the great public meeting held 
 in Melbourne, a clergyman openly talked about the 
 independence of Port Phillip, and the sentiment 
 was responded to and loudly applauded by 
 thousands. The speeches might not perhaps have 
 commanded much attention from their ability, but 
 the speakers dealt with facts, and the expression of 
 opinion upon them was unmistakable. They 
 expressed their utter detestation of the effort to 
 turn the fertile colony into a vast prison, and 
 their resolution to resist by physical force, and 
 rather die than submit to such dishonour — a 
 Demosthenes or a Chatham could have said no 
 more. The people were resolved to maintain the 
 good name of their province at any sacrifice. It is 
 only just to Earl Grey to state that in the beginning 
 of 1850 a despatch was published in the neighbour- 
 ing colony of V.D.L., addressed to Sir William 
 Denison, in which his lordship stated that Parlia- 
 ment had granted a sum of money in order to enable 
 the Government to send free emigrants to the colonies 
 which received convicts. It is doubtful however 
 if Earl Grey would have adopted this second 
 portion of the proposal if he had not perceived the 
 unpopularity of the intended deportation of exiles; 
 it is more generous to give his lordship credit for 
 good faith, but it cannot be denied that it was 
 very bad policy on the part of the Colonial Office 
 to send the bitter draught six months before the 
 sweet potion. The effect was the rejection of the 
 whole scheme by the colonies that were originally 
 favourable to it. The Secretary of State was 
 however wise enough not to drive the people to 
 extremities ; and in April 1850 a despatch was 
 received, dated 10th November 1849, in which it 
 was stated that, as the Imperial Government found 
 that convicts would be more willingly received in 
 Moreton Bay than in the other districts of the 
 colony, it had been determined to direct all sent 
 to N.S.W. to be landed there. The agitation had 
 now abated in Port Phillip, but it broke forth in 
 the middle of 1850 in V.D.L., in consequence of 
 the arrival at Hobart Town of the ship Neptune, 
 which had been unceremoniously driven from the 
 Cape colony ; thus demonstrating practically that 
 that colony still continued the " dust-hole," of the 
 empire. The colonists charged the[British Govern- 
 ment with a distinct breach of faith, having'in 1848 
 promised to discontinue transportation to their 
 shores ; and they declared that this resumption 
 of transportation was a positive violation of this 
 pledge. Port Phillip had a special interest in this 
 dispute; sending convicts to V.D.L. was indirectly 
 sending them to the neighbouring settlements, 
 
 <J±
 
 G90 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 LVic 
 
 where they could obtain higher wages, and she at 
 once expressed her sympathies with her neighbours 
 on the other side of Bass Straits. In August 1850 
 the question of transportation was once more 
 brought before the Legislative Council of N.S.W. 
 by Lamb, who moved a series of resolutions to the 
 effect that no more convicts ought, under any 
 circumstances, to be sent to the colony. An 
 amendment having been moved that the debate be 
 adjourned for a month, the votes were equal, and 
 the speaker gave his casting vote in favour of the 
 amendment. A public meeting was held in front 
 of the Police Office, Melbourne, on lDth September, 
 and resolutions were passed in favour of Lamb's 
 motion. A similar meeting was held at Sydney, 
 and very strong resolutions carried against trans- 
 portation in any shape. The result of the debate 
 on Lamb's motion surprised nearly every person, 
 for with the exception of Wentworth and Martin, 
 none of the members appeared in favour of the 
 resumption of transportation, and the motion was 
 carried without a division. The Legislature of 
 N.S.W. behaved with no little inconsistency on this 
 great social question for in half-a-dozen years it 
 gave nearly as many conflicting decisions. In 
 1846 it approved of the famous transportation 
 report ; the following year Cowper's resolutions 
 against transportation were passed ; in 1848 the 
 Council agreed to Earl Grey's offer to take exiles 
 if accompanied by their wives and families, and 
 an equal number of free emigrants ; and in 1850 
 Lamb's resolutions, declining to take convicts on 
 any terms were passed. The last resource of the 
 Imperial authorities was V.D.L., and here the 
 battle continued to rage as fiercely as ever. The 
 neighbouring colonies sympathised warmly with 
 the Tasmanians, and in the beginning of 1851 it 
 was resolved that all the Australian Colonies 
 should make common cause, and enter into a 
 league for the obtaining of the abolition of trans- 
 portation to any portion of Australasia. The 
 colonists of V.D.L. appointed delegates to proceed 
 to Melbourne, to confer with delegates to be 
 selected by the people of Victoria ; and Aitkenhead, 
 editor of the Launceston Examiner — Weston, a 
 gentleman of standing residing near Hobart Town 
 — and the Rev. John West, Independent minister, 
 residing in Launceston, came across in the Shamrock 
 steamer, and landed in Melbourne. They were 
 received with enthusiasm by the citizens, andafter a 
 series of protracted and anxious deliberations on 
 the partof the Tasmanian delegates and a sub-com- 
 mittee of the Anti-Transportation Association of 
 Victoria, the 1st February 1851 was fixed on for 
 the conference of delegates. An effort was made 
 to give the ceremony an imposing appearance 
 and a banner was unfurled in the old Queen's 
 Theatre, where the ceremony took place, bearing 
 four stars forming the southern cross. The object 
 of the league was declared to be " to secure, by 
 legal and moral means only, the abolition of trans- 
 portation to the Australian Colonies." It was 
 ugrecd that the league should be governed by 
 
 delegates from the various colonies, and that local 
 councils should be appointed in each of the colonies, 
 who should appoint the delegates, and manage 
 the local affairs, and the money contributed in the 
 particular colonies in which they were elected. 
 The Australasian League was then agreed to, and 
 a considerable number of persons came forward to 
 attach their names to it. A public meeting was 
 held immediately after the conference had been 
 brought to a termination, and resolutions were 
 passed strongly condemning transportation under 
 any form and enunciating the necessity of the 
 Australian Colonies uniting in a moral and legal 
 resistance to the influx of criminals into any of 
 them, and strongly recommending the objects of 
 the League to the colonists generally. A great 
 meeting was held in St. Patrick's Hall, Bourke- 
 street, on 13th February, and resolutions of a 
 similar character were carried unanimously. A 
 large number of persons subscribed what might be 
 termed munificent sums, considering the condition 
 of the colony at this period for the purposes of the 
 League. The Victorian branch of the League 
 resolved upon sending a delegate to Britain, 
 and the Council selected John Charles King, 
 Town Clerk of Melbourne, to fill this office ; and 
 so far as education and talent went the gentleman 
 was well qualified to discharge its important 
 duties. He sailed in the Sacramento on the 3rd 
 April for England, and was directed to endeavour 
 to procure the total cessation of transportation to 
 the Australian Colonies. On 7th April a great 
 public meeting was held in Sydney, at which the 
 people resolved to dissolve the N.S.W. Anti- 
 Transportation Association and join the Australian 
 League ; and the delegates from V. and V.D.L. 
 were received in that city with the greatest 
 enthusiasm. The unanimous feeling of the colonies 
 against transportation thus so plainly demon- 
 strated in the League, and the great discovery of 
 gold which immediately afterwards succeeded • 
 fortunately prevented any attempt to thrust con- 
 victs upon the three colonies, and Britain had to 
 look for other outlets for her felonry. 
 
 VI. — End of La Trobe's Administration.— The 
 treacherous conduct of the Superintendent of Port 
 Phillip was brought rather unexpectedly under the 
 observation of the public, in consequence of a 
 private despatch, dated 10th August 1848, which 
 was published amongst the documents attached to 
 the Report of the Committee of her Majesty's Privy 
 Council for Trade and Plantations, on the subject of 
 the proposed Bill for Separating Port Phillip from 
 N.S.W., and for other purposes. La Trobe's 
 despatch professed to set forth the position of Port 
 Phillip. It contained the following observations : 
 "No doubt the erection of the (Port Phillip) 
 District into a distinct colony will at once remedy 
 much that is anomalous in the present state of 
 things ; but one fact, if not clear before, seems to 
 be demonstrated beyond dispute by the past pro- 
 ceedings in the district that any form of constitu- 
 tion which may be proposed for the future colony
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 691 
 
 for some years to come, at least, which takes the 
 Government out of the hands of a Governor, 
 Executive, and Nominee Council, and substitutes 
 for the latter a representative body, will be ill- 
 suited to its real state and position, and will 
 render the administration of its Government as a 
 distinct colony upon whomsoever it may devolve 
 a task of exceedingly great difficulty and responsi- 
 bility." The indignation of all classes was aroused 
 by the publication of this untrue picture of the 
 position of the district emanating from its ruler. 
 The Melbourne City Council passed a resolution to 
 the following effect :— " This Council, as the only 
 representative institution existing in the province, 
 deem it in these circumstances to be a duty they 
 owe to the citizens of Melbourne, and to the body of 
 the colonists, to place on record their emphatic 
 denial of the existence of any unfitness on the 
 part of the inhabitants of this City and Province 
 for the full enjoyment of all the rights and priv- 
 ileges of free-born British subjects ; and they 
 cannot refrain from the expression of their extreme 
 astonishment and regret that an attempt should 
 have been made by the Chief Officer of the 
 Government to prevent the Colony of Victoria 
 from obtaining a Representative Legislature, and 
 such an extent of civil liberty as had previously 
 been promised to the colonists by her Majesty's 
 Government." In due course a reply was received 
 from the Secretary of State for the Colonies in 
 reference to the above resolution ; and the public 
 were again lost in astonishment at perceiving that 
 La Trobe had sheltered himself from the burst of 
 honest resentment which had been aroused against 
 him by allusions to the opinion of a public meeting 
 in Geelong as favourable to him, and inferring that 
 the City Council of Melbourne did not represent the 
 general feeling of the colonists. It wasevidentthata 
 deliberate deception had been practised, and that 
 his Lordship had been deceived ; a fact which spoke 
 pretty strongly as to the mode in which information 
 was in La Trobe's time conveyed from the Colonial 
 officials to the Home Government. There was no 
 public meeting held at Geelong ; and the only 
 ground that the Superintendent could have for 
 making such an allegation was that, at the period 
 alluded to, there happened to be a meeting of a 
 committee of inhabitants, who had been nominated 
 to watch over the Geelong Incorporation Bill 
 during its course through the Legislative Council; 
 and on one occasion about six or eight of these 
 committee-men felt injured in their dignity because 
 the City Council of Melbourne had refused to 
 recognise them as forming, at that stage, a duly 
 constituted municipal and representative institu- 
 tion. They did pass a resolution cavilling at this; 
 but it did not contain any expression of confidence 
 in La Trobe or any attempt to justify his calumny 
 against the people in his district. That gentleman, 
 when he found Melbourne rallying to a man 
 on the patriotic side, turned his attention to 
 Geelong ; ho changed the place of nomination for 
 the district from Melbourne to that town and 
 
 threw many little additional sops towards it ; 
 but the most he could obtain in return was 
 quiescence. The western metropolis continued, 
 under the system of misgovernment, subdued, 
 but not contented. One or two perhaps of the 
 natural leaders of the people had been bought ; 
 and La Trobe really exhibited a disposition to 
 oblige that district, so that its cordial co-operation 
 in any popular movement at this period was 
 hardly to be expected. But the people of Geelong, 
 notwithstanding their natural jealousy of Mel- 
 bourne were sound at heart, and a very large 
 number sympathised with the patriotic party in 
 the metropolis. Earl Grey was therefore either 
 deceived or he wilfully misrepresented the matter; 
 the people of Port Phillip believed the former to 
 be the true state of the matter. They arrived at 
 such a conclusion in this manner : — While Earl 
 Grey did not condemn La Trobe he certainly did 
 not condemn the people ; and in principle he 
 admitted that the nullification of their privileges 
 was not blameable. In one of his dispatches, 
 written about this period, he said — " Local self- 
 government if necessary for the good of the whole 
 colony is not less necessary for a particular district. 
 Port Phillip representation has become an unreal 
 and illusory — not a substantial — enjoyment of 
 representative institutions." Such language might 
 not have been out of place in the mouths of those 
 non-electionists so much condemned by La Trobe. 
 When the election of Earl Grey for Melbourne 
 was referred to in the House of Lords, the following 
 remarks were made : — Lord Monteagle — " There 
 was another point ; it was thought desirable that 
 Port Phillip should be divided from the main 
 colony of Australia. As the returned member for 
 Melbourne, in Port Phillip, he might ask the noble 
 earl, the Secretary for the Colonies, what his 
 views were on this question (laughter.) It appeared 
 that the electors were so dissatisfied with the 
 representation that although they had six candi- 
 dates they chose to elect the noble Earl (Grey) as 
 their sole representative" (laughter.) Earl Grey — 
 " They complained of the hardship of being 
 called on to elect representatives to an assembly 
 sitting at a distance of GOO miles from their own 
 habitations ; they called such a scheme of repre- 
 sentation 'a mockery,' and in order to show 
 that they deemed it a mockery in fact, they 
 had actually done him the honour to elect 
 him as one of their representatives" (laughter.) 
 Lord Stanley — "Are you going to sit I" (a laugh.) 
 Earl Grey — " No. As I have had the honour to 
 take my seat in this house I intend to decline" 
 (a laugh.) Now, with reference to the measure 
 then immediately under consideration, he objected 
 much to its postponement, although aware of the 
 difficulties which under present circumstances 
 might be interposed to its progress this year. He 
 was most anxious that it should be passed if 
 possible during the present session. The sensible 
 view which the Secretary took of the matter no 
 doubt startled La Trobe, who considered the,
 
 692 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 conduct of the people in making free with his 
 lordship's name as little, if anything, short of 
 treasonable. Sir Charles Fitzroy had also adopted 
 this impression, and had refused to insert the 
 return of Earl Grey in the Government Gazette ; 
 he had evon written a despatch to express his con- 
 currence in La Trobe's views, in which he said — 
 "Mr. La Trobe's remarks respecting the memorial, 
 and tho extraordinary course pursued by the electors 
 on tho occasion referred to, appear to me to be so 
 clear and judicious that I feel it unnecessary to 
 do more than express my entire concurrence with 
 them, and particularly with the concluding portion, 
 which throws a doubt on the expediency in uniting 
 [erecting (] Port Phillip into a separate colony, or 
 of granting it a representative Legislature." But 
 the more discerning Secretary of State saw the 
 affair in a very different aspect, and did not 
 condemn the course adopted by the people of Port 
 Phillip. Early in 1849 public meetings were held 
 in both Melbourne and Geelong in order to 
 petition the Queen and the Imperial Parliament 
 to extend the elective franchise to the licensed 
 occupiers of Crown lands and the tenant farmers. 
 The propriety of allowing a fair representation to 
 all classes of the community was unquestionable ; 
 but so great had the jealousy of all the other 
 classes of the squatters become, that the proposi- 
 tion to allow them the franchise .met with great 
 opposition. Indeed, in taking a retrospective 
 glance at the amount of ill feeling entertained 
 towards the squatters at this period, the future 
 historian or intelligent inquirer will be at fault in 
 arriving at tho true cause of such displays. No 
 person could deny that at this period squatting 
 was the main branch of industry, and that 
 the gains of those who followed it made the colony 
 what it was. Tho licensed occupiers did not, it 
 might be said, buy the land which imported the 
 labour, but they supported the merchants and 
 tradesmen who were the principal purchasers of 
 the land and the main contributors to the emigra- 
 tion fund ; their success had been doubly advan- 
 tageous, having enriched themselves and civilised 
 the country. This was not to be denied ; but the 
 other classes began to discover amongst them a 
 grasping spirit, and it appeared to be feared that 
 they would endeavour to confiscate the great 
 public domains which they occupied. In cases 
 where they had erected dwelling houses of the 
 annual valuo of £20 they already possessed the 
 franchise ; and many were opposed to allowing 
 every licensed occupier to vote simply as a Crown 
 tenant. The resolution was carried in the affir- 
 mative in Geelong, but lost in Melbourne, by 
 a considerable majority. In March 1849 tho 
 district was honoured with a visit from Sir 
 Chas. Fitzroy, who arrived in 1I.M.S. Havarmak, 
 Captain Erekine. He met with a most enthu- 
 siastic welcome ; the elite of the city turned out 
 to meet him on his landing at Sandridge 
 and escorted him to the Royal Hotel Collins- 
 street, where apartments had been fitted up for 
 
 his reception. Sir Charles remained ten days 
 in the district ; he received deputations from 
 all the public bodies of Port Phillip, and held 
 levees in Melbourne and Geelong which were most 
 respectably attended. He deserved the good 
 opinion of the future inhabitants of V. for the 
 concession he made to the colonists — that no 
 convicts should be allowed to land contrary to 
 their wishes. On his return to Sydney he was 
 severely censured for having made this promise ; 
 but Fitzroy probably saw that the people of Port 
 Phillip would resist the landing of felons, and 
 that they would repel any such attempt by force 
 of arms. He gave however as the ostensible 
 reason for his conduct that there would be a great 
 difficulty in the absence of the requisite machinery 
 for the registration and discipline of any convicts 
 which might be landed. The Sydney Executive 
 had been particularly niggardly in expending 
 any of the money collected in the Port Phillip 
 District on public works within its limits ; but 
 in 1849 it took advantage of the contemplated 
 dismemberment of the colony to refuse to spend 
 any more money on any public undertaking. The 
 Colonial Secretary wrote in July to the Super- 
 intendent " that His Excellency had desired him 
 to say that Her Majesty's Secretary of State for the 
 Colonies having, in a recent despatch, incidentally 
 intimated to him the immediate proposal of the 
 separation of Port Phillip from New South Wales, 
 it appears to His Excellency that the proper course 
 will be to leave the initiation of all new works in 
 that district for the consideration of the local 
 Government and Legislature after it has been con- 
 stituted a new colony." This would have been 
 unfair even if the money had been about to be 
 reserved for the use of the new colony. Such 
 however was not the intention, as not one farthing 
 of the surplus revenue thus wrung from the dis- 
 trict was ever returned. The course thus proposed 
 was flagrantly unjust. L. Mackinuon gave notice 
 of his intention to move a series of resolutions 
 upon the surplus revenue which Sydney had thus 
 taken by the strong hand ; and one of tho number 
 stated—" That, as well to do an act of common 
 justice to the inhabitants of Port Phillip, as to 
 vindicate the character of N.S.W. from imputations 
 of an unpleasant nature which under existing 
 circumstances may fairly attach to it, this Council 
 declares it to be its deliberate opinion that the sum 
 of £266,882 2s. 6id. shown by the said returns to 
 be the excess of revenue over expenditure in the 
 said district of Port Phillip, from its first settle- 
 ment in 1836 up to 31st December 1848, together 
 with all balances that may accrue from 1st January 
 1849 up to the final separation of Port Phillip 
 from N.S.W., be paid back to the said district of 
 Port 1'hillip out of the general and territorial 
 revenue of N.S.W. in the exact proportions in 
 which each of these has been benefited by the 
 surplus revenues of Port Phillip." The motion 
 was however withdrawn, and for very extraordinary 
 reasons. Mackinuon said—" At variance with his
 
 Vio] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 693 
 
 own feelings and at variance with what he was 
 sure must be the feelings of his constituents, he 
 was compelled to withdraw the notices of motion 
 standing in his name. He was forced to this 
 step because he had reason to know that one 
 of his colleagues would oppose him, and the 
 other had not made up his mind as to which 
 course he should take. What was the reason for 
 this course of proceeding he was at a loss to say ; 
 for he was sure they would have thought the 
 motions very proper ones while they resided in 
 Port Phillip; and it could only have been the 
 atmosphere of N.S.W. that had produced such a 
 change in their ideas. His object in placing these 
 motions on the paper was to elicit the opinion of 
 the House upon every one of the points raised." 
 A dispute, originating in this notice of motion, 
 arose between Mackinnon and Moor, another of 
 the representatives of the district, which occupied 
 the notice of the public; but it merely showed 
 that much ill feeling existed. Each of the members 
 had a pet plan of accomplishing the desired object ; 
 they agreed to differ in opinion, and nothing for 
 the benefit of Port Phillip was accomplished. 
 Indeed as the money had most probably all been 
 expended, Sydney had resolved not to pay back a 
 farthing. The amount which the absentee Govern- 
 ment of Sydney had squeezed out of Port Phillip 
 was calculated to be about £400,111)0; it had been 
 taken with the greatest effrontery, and every remon- 
 strance treated with neglect ; and the resolution 
 which was now taken to expend no money on public 
 works until separation irritated the public mind, 
 particularly as there seemed little probability of 
 securing any portion of the revenues which were 
 being collected. These substantial evils were 
 aggravated by others of a social character ; the 
 colonists were not represented ; their political 
 privileges were dormant ; for the representation in 
 the N.S.W. Council had at last come to be rated at 
 its true value. The social and political condition 
 of Port Phillip at this period was most unsatisfac- 
 tory ; the Executive department of the Government 
 was administered by an officer who was responsible, 
 not to the Imperial authorities, but to the Colonial 
 Secretary at Sydney ; the Superintendent had no 
 constitutional method of explaining his measures 
 to the people ; he was condemned, often justly, 
 and sometimes no doubt unjustly, without being 
 heard in his defence. The men of education and 
 influence felt that they had no means of explain- 
 ing their wants, and they would not take any 
 part in State affairs. The press of the district 
 however continued indefatigable in its exertions 
 to obtain justice ; the claims of Port Phillip were 
 urged ; her unfortunate position, as a dependency 
 of a dependency, daily commented upon ; the 
 weakness and wickedness of the Government was 
 exposed ; and although separation was delayed, 
 upon one pretext or another, it was at last wrung 
 from the reluctant authorities of Downing-street 
 very much to the private chagrin of N.S.W. whose 
 public writers could hardly speak in terms of 
 
 ordinary courtesy of the inhabitants of the 
 southern district, who only struggled for their inde- 
 pendence and just rights. The great boon so 
 earnestly longed for had been promised in 1849, as 
 the quotation from the letter of the Colonial Secre- 
 tary of N.S.W. will show ; but towards the close of 
 that year intelligence was received that, although 
 the principle had been conceded, there was great 
 danger that, upon one flimsy pretext or another, 
 it would not actually be granted for some years. 
 A Bill for the Better Government of the Australian 
 Colonies had it is true been introduced ; one of 
 the main features of that measure was the erection 
 of Port Phillip into an independent colony under 
 the name of Victoria ; but several of its clauses 
 provoked discussion, and the measure had to be 
 withdrawn in order that it might be so amended 
 as to meet the views of the various parties in the 
 House of Commons. In the course of the discus- 
 sion Earl Grey and Lord Stanley had expressed 
 their desire that Port Phillip should be at once 
 separated from N.S.W., and it was beyond measure 
 disheartening to the colonists that a matter of 
 such vital interest to their progress and prosperity 
 should be mixed up with many questions on 
 which those Whig and Conservative leaders could 
 scarcely be expected to agree in opinion. A 
 great meeting was held in the Mechanics' Institu- 
 tion on 2Gth November to consider the steps 
 necessary to be adopted in consequence of the 
 delay in separation. The chair was occupied 
 by the mayor of the city, and the speakers 
 were — Ebden, Moor, Foster, M'Combie, Haywood, 
 Hull, Fawkner, Aunand, Kerr, Stephen, Young, 
 Johnstone, Langlands and Captain Cole. The 
 resolutions pointed most indignantly at the 
 wrongs which Port Phillip continued to sutler, 
 and stated that in the event of separation not 
 being at once conceded the people would be 
 wound up to such a pitch of exasperation as must 
 be highly detrimental to those feelings of attach- 
 ment to the mother country and loyalty to the 
 Throne, which ought to distinguish a British 
 colony. So violent was the indignation that these 
 strong resolutions were carried by a large majority 
 over others of a milder character submitted to the 
 meeting. A division of opinion having unfor- 
 tunately arisen the meeting separated without 
 adopting a petition ; but a second meeting was 
 held (opposite the Court-house) on Gth December, 
 at which the greatest unanimity prevailed, and a 
 petition to the Throne was adopted setting forth 
 the injustice which Port Phillip had suffered, and 
 praying that irrespective of the general Bill for 
 the government of the Australian Colonies, a 
 separate measure might be introduced for the 
 separation of the Province from N.S.W. and its 
 erection into an independent colony, bearing the 
 royal name of Victoria. Meanwhile the trade of 
 Port Phillip had been steadily increasing ; the 
 exports for 1848 amounted to £737,067, and the 
 imports to £479,831. The ships inwards for 18^9 
 were 484 ; and her pastoral pursuits had expanded
 
 694 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 with great rapidity. The financial minute of his 
 Excellency for the year 1850 was laid before the 
 Council on 19th June, and in the estimated 
 revenue and expenditure Port Phillip and Sydney 
 were for the first time divided, in anticipation of 
 separation. The estimated revenue for the year was 
 —for Sydney, .£204,448 7s. 2d. ; for Port Phillip, 
 £123,650. The estimated expenditure was — 
 for Sydney, £242,886 6s. 7d. ; for Port Phillip, 
 £123,212 18s. lid. For the first time, Port Phillip 
 appeared, now, likely to reap the benefit of its 
 revenues ; instead of paring down the expenditure 
 to the lowest farthing for all the departmentSj 
 there was exhibited a judicious liberality, for 
 it was contemplated that separation would be 
 immediately granted, and the appropriation of 
 the revenue had become a merely nominal 
 act on the part of the Legislative Council of 
 N.S.W. The Australian Colonies Government 
 Bill went triumphantly through the second 
 reading, and the clause which provided for the 
 separation of Port Phillip from N.S.W. passed in 
 Committee on the 22nd March. A warm debate 
 arose on the constitution of the Legislature, and 
 an effort was made by Mr. Gladstone, Sir William 
 Molesworth, and several other colonial reformers, 
 to have the mixed House of Legislature altered 
 into two chambers. After an abortive attempt, on 
 the part of Sir William Molesworth, to have the 
 Bill recommitted, in order to change its character, 
 and give the colonists responsible government, the 
 Bill passed the Commons. It was discussed in 
 Committee on the 10th June in the House of 
 Lords ; and Lord Stanley opposed the federal 
 clauses, and had them erased. On the 11th of 
 that month an attempt was made by the Hon. 
 F. Scott and Robert Lowe to obstruct the 
 measure in its course in the Lords. The pro- 
 posal that counsel (Mr. Lowe, of course) should 
 be heard against the Bill, at the bar of the 
 House, was not however entertained. In pro- 
 roguing Parliament, a few days after the measure 
 had become law, Her Majesty said — " The Act for 
 the Better Government of the Australian Colonies 
 will, I trust, improve the condition of those rising 
 communities. It will always be gratifying to me 
 to extend the advantages of representative insti- 
 tutions, which form the glory and happiness of 
 my people, to colonies inhabited by men who are 
 capable of exercising with benefit to themselves 
 the privileges of freedom." The public mind in 
 Victoria, as the colony was after this officially 
 named, had been on the very tip-toe of expectation 
 watching for the intelligence of the passing of the 
 Bill. The people cared but little that it had been 
 materially altered by the Lords, that the clauses 
 which had reference to the Federal Assembly had 
 been expunged, that tho powers of the colonial 
 Legislatures had been abridged ; — they were so 
 happy at tho prospect of emancipation from the 
 thraldom of Sydney, that they would have welcomed 
 almost any Separation Hill, however objectionablo 
 some of its details might have been in principle. 
 
 The Act for the Better Government of the 
 Australian Colonies did not arrive until the 13th 
 January following. It came into force in N.S.W. 
 on that day ; but the independence of Victoria 
 actually dated from the day on which the first 
 writs for the election of members to serve in the 
 Legislative Council of Victoria issued, when, and 
 not before, the District of Port Phillip was by the 
 Act erected into and thenceforth formed a separate 
 colony, known and designated as the Colony of 
 Victoria. A great public meeting was held on 21st 
 March in the Mechanics' Institution for the 
 purpose of deliberating on the steps proper to be 
 taken for securing a fair and equitable represent- 
 ation and also for providing for purity of election 
 by means of the ballot. The following gentlemen 
 took part in the proceedings :— Drs. Palmer and 
 MacArthur, Messrs. Kerr, Johnston, O'Shanassy, 
 M'Combie, Hull, Fawkner, Westgarth, Tankard, 
 Bear, Watson, and Majoi Mercer. The discussion 
 on the first question continued so long that the 
 meeting could not entertain the second ; and an 
 adjournment was carried, in order that the ballot 
 might be fairly entered upon. Several resolutions 
 were put forward at the first meeting ; but the one 
 proposed by Kerr— "That this meeting regards 
 population as the only true and safe basis of 
 electoral power ; and is therefore of opinion that 
 the division of the Colony of Victoria into electoral 
 districts should be determined in accordance with 
 that principle, by the establishment of districts 
 containing as nearly as may be an equal extent of 
 population, each district to return one member 
 only," — was affirmed by a considerable major- 
 ity. Dr. Palmer argued in favour of giving 
 only one-half of the representation to two-thirds 
 of the population and wealth of the province ; he 
 proposed to accomplish this by giving the counties 
 of Bourke and Grant one-half of the representa- 
 tives, and to divide the remaining half amongst 
 the other parts of the colony. This proposal met 
 with little favour ; indeed, the only question on 
 which any real difference of opinion appeared to 
 exist was, as to whether the principle of equal 
 electoral districts should be applied, in the same 
 way, to the towns as to the country ; for some, 
 who were in favour. of tho principle in general, 
 were averse to cutting Melbourne, and other 
 towns, up into electoral districts. The members 
 who had been elected to represent Port Phillip 
 were present, in order to acquire a more accurate 
 knowledge of the wishes of the people, and took 
 their departure the day after, to be present at the 
 opening of the Council. The last session of a 
 N.S.W. Legislature, possessing any authority in 
 Port Phillip, was opened on 27th March by Sir 
 Charles Fitzroy, who stated that the object for 
 which he had called the members together was, 
 the enactment of the measures necessary to give 
 effect to the provisions of the Imperial Act for the 
 Better Government of the Australian Colonies ; 
 that the necessary bills had been prepared, and 
 would at once be submitted to the House. Tho
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 695 
 
 Victoria Electoral Districts Bill gave general dis- 
 satisfaction. The total number of members 
 proposed was thirty, ten of whom were to be 
 Government nominees, leaving twenty to be 
 elected by the people ; and Melbourne, with a 
 third of the population of the whole colony, 
 was only allowed three members. The people of 
 V. petitioned against the measure, but the Council 
 declined to make any alteration ; indeed, the 
 members did not wait for any remonstrance, but 
 entered on the consideration of the Bill in Com- 
 mittee on 22nd April, at a quarter to four o'clock 
 in the afternoon, and by seven in the evening they 
 had settled the distribution of the representation 
 of the colony. An amendment of Ebden's, to 
 give Melbourne four instead of three members, 
 was lost by sixteen votes to eight, although sup- 
 poi ted by all the Port Phillip representatives, as 
 well as by Dr. Lang, Lamb, and Oakes. A motion 
 to give three members to Bourke, and another, to 
 increase the members of the Legislative Council 
 to thirty-six, were both lost, and the Bill passed 
 without any material amendment. The Colonists 
 of V. regarded it as a very objectionable measure, 
 inasmuch as their desire to have population made 
 the main basis of representation was not taken 
 into account in the distribution. The electoral dis- 
 trict of Melbourne had only a member for every 
 7714 people, whereas Belfast and Warrnambool, 
 with a population of 1347, had one member, and 
 Portland one, with 1025 ; North Bourke had only 
 one member for 6546, and South Bourke but one for 
 5256, while Gipps Land had a member for 1770, 
 and the Loddon for 1127. The last act of tyranny 
 perpetrated by N.S.W. towards V. has now to be 
 considered. By the division between the middle 
 and southern districts, as settled by the Imperial 
 Government in 1840, and announced to the colonists 
 in a despatch from Lord John Kussell, of date 1st 
 May of that year, the large country known as the 
 Tumut and Murrumbidgee district formed a 
 portion of Port Phillip, and the Billibong Creek 
 was supposed to be the proper dividing line. The 
 Bishop of A. had moved an address to the Crown 
 against this boundary, and the Imperial authorities 
 were induced to adopt his Lordship's view in the 
 new Act. An attempt was now made by the Port 
 Phillip members, assisted by Dr. Lang, to have 
 the matter adjusted in an equitable manner, but 
 this Wentworth opposed, and the boundary for 
 the time was left as settled by the Act ; and 
 V. was unjustly deprived of one of her most 
 flourishing provinces. On 25th April 1851, a mes- 
 sage was sent down by Sir Charles Fitzroy to the 
 Legislative Council of N.S.W., transmitting the 
 draft of a Bill for extending the laws of N.S.W. 
 to the Colony of V. until they wore altered or 
 repealed by the Legislature of the latter colony ; 
 and on the 211th of the same month the Bill was 
 read a first time, read a second time on the 
 following day and passed without any discussion. 
 The last session in which Port Phillip formed a 
 part of N.S.W. immediately afterwards came to 
 
 an end. The Colonial Secretary of that colony 
 expressed the good wishes of his government 
 towards the new colony ; but no financial expla- 
 nation 'was given. During the long period that 
 Port Phillip had been plundered there had been 
 hopes continually held forth to the people that, 
 when separation was conceded, there would be 
 an account current made out between the two 
 colonies, and the balance owing Port Phillip 
 paid over to her ; indeed, the superintendent 
 had, upon several occasions, encouraged this 
 impression, and his partisans had urged that all 
 the surplus revenue taken to Sydney would be 
 repaid. The colonists of V. were rather disap- 
 pointed that the financial obligations of N.S.W. to 
 the new colony were not even alluded to, and were 
 apparently the very last thing which the Sydney 
 politicians had in view. The good wishes of the 
 Colonial Secretary were therefore taken at their 
 true value both in Melbourne and Sydney. On 
 1st July the Governor-General issued the writs 
 for the election of members to serve in the 
 Legislative Council of V. That act constituted 
 the legal separation of the'new colony from N.S.W. 
 and gave it a separate and independent existence. 
 The increase of population had now rendered it 
 necessary that squatting should be in some degree 
 checked. The lands of the colony had, for the 
 purposes of the Orders in Council, been divided 
 into three classes, viz., the settled, intermediate, 
 and unsettled. The first contained the lands most 
 accessible to the people ; and it was here that the 
 first direct blow was dealt to the squatters. The 
 orders had authorised the Governor in Council to 
 grant leases of land (exclusively for pastoral pur- 
 poses) for one year, and, if he deemed it expedient, 
 to make general rules under which the holders of 
 purchased lands within the settled districts might 
 be allowed to depasture stock, free of charge, on 
 any adjacent Crown lands. At this time the lands 
 within the settled districts were held by three 
 classes — the owners in fee, the holders of occupa- 
 tion licenses, and the holders under squatting 
 licenses. The total annihilation of the latter 
 interest at this period is an important event, and 
 forms a landmark in the history of the progress 
 of civilisation in the colony. The management of 
 the unsold lands is intimately connected with the 
 good government and prosperity of any new 
 colony. The local administration at this period 
 cannot be passed over without censure ; in the 
 management of the land it displayed a great deal 
 of vacillation and incompetency. In attempting 
 to carry out the spirit of the Orders in Council, a 
 code of regulations had necessarily to be framed, 
 and a considerable discretion had been left in 
 the hands of the Executive ; this power exhibited 
 to the world that it was very incompetent to deal 
 with the task which had been thus in all confid- 
 ence left to it by the Imperial authorities. During 
 the ten years that the province of Port Phillip had 
 been settled it had boon daily progressing in 
 population and wealth. Vast interests had been
 
 696 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ft 
 
 1C 
 
 silently growing up, and new classes were begin- 
 ning to emerge into importance. All depended 
 upon the land. The first wealth of Port Phillip 
 was acquired from pastoral pursuits, and nearly 
 every person was either directly 'or indirectly 
 engaged in squatting. The tenants of the Crown 
 had been informed that they only held the land 
 until required for a denser population, and that 
 so soon as sheep and cattle could be replaced by 
 people, it must be relinquished by the squatter in 
 favour of the bona fide cultivators ; but the evil 
 day appeared distant and those in actual possession 
 laid the flattering unction to their souls that a very 
 considerable period would in all probability elapse 
 before their right would be questioned. The first 
 victims to progress were the squatters within the 
 settled districts who had remained quietly in 
 possession without observing the course which 
 events were taking ; indeed they appeared not to 
 have reflected on their danger until threatened with 
 instant and utter annihilation. Many of the class 
 were amongst the first who had arrived with stock 
 who had settled in close proximity to the coast and 
 had not been so enterprising as some of their 
 neighbours. Being in comfortable circumstances 
 they had not desired to change their position, and 
 hoped that they might not be disturbed in their 
 life-time. They were however nearest to the 
 advancing tide of civilisation, and had first to be 
 swept away by it. The proclamation of 29th 
 March, cancelling the regulations of 21st August 
 1841, for settlement within the bounds of location, 
 and in pursuance of Her Majesty's Order in Council 
 of 9th March 1847, establishing new regulations 
 for occupying lands within the settled districts, 
 fell like a thunderbolt upon the unsuspecting 
 occupiers of squatting runs. By the new system 
 the owners of land in fee were to be permitted to 
 use the vacant Crown lands immediately contiguous 
 to their properties free of charge ; but this permis- 
 sion was not supposed to give any other than a right 
 of commonage. Those persons however who owned 
 a square mile of purchased land could demand 
 a lease of three adjoining sections of a similar 
 size, at the nominal rent of ten shillings a section ; 
 but no smaller quantity was, under any circum- 
 stances, to be let ; and the land held under squat- 
 ting license was to be immediately withdrawn on 
 being either required for sale or applied for under 
 the right of pre-emption. This may be regarded 
 as the commencement of the great conflict between 
 squatting and civilization, which divided colonial 
 society for years into two bitter and contending 
 factions — those who had got a share of the public 
 domain, and those who had not been so fortunate. 
 The Government found it necessary to introduce 
 a change of system, and the squatters within the 
 settled districts being, for the most part a weak 
 and friendless class, their ruin created no great 
 sensation. The rich and influential squatters in 
 tho intermediate and unsettled districts viewed 
 the immolation of their poorer brethren without 
 joining in any effort to avert it, deeming themselves 
 
 quite secure from molestation. It was anticipated 
 that the new code of regulations would be inaugu- 
 rated in the settled districts on 1st January 1849, 
 and it was not until 11th October 1848 that the 
 classes most interested aroused themselves, and 
 shaking off that apathetic feeling which had been 
 their distinguishing characteristic, entered the 
 arena of public life in order to delay if possible the 
 movement which threatened to engulph them. A 
 meeting was held and resolutions adopted to the 
 effect that the new regulations would depress the 
 value of stock and totally ruin a numerous class of 
 respectable colonists who had contributed large 
 sums of money to the public revenue, and who had 
 mostly been Crown tenants for the long space of 
 ten years. A memorial setting forth the injustice 
 and impolicy of the proposed measure was adopted 
 and presented to the Executive. This would not 
 perhaps have had much efficacy in that quarter 
 had it not happened that a large class in the 
 middle district was affected injuriously by these 
 regulations, and the rules were found ambiguous, 
 contradictory, inconclusive, and in some cases 
 incomprehensible, instead of being simple, com- 
 plete, and easily brought into operation. His 
 Excellency resolved to modify them and a second 
 notification appeared in the Gazette, dated 21st 
 November 1848, directing that persons in actual 
 licensed occupation of runs might purchase any 
 portion of them not less than thirty acres ; 
 and that they might continue to occupy their 
 stations as before. The new regulation was, in 
 fact, only applicable in practice to the class 
 who occupied land in the settled portions of 
 the middle district, but it answered well the 
 objects of the squatters in the Port Phillip 
 district, by prolonging their term of occupation. 
 They were allowed until January 1849 to forward 
 their applications. The Government had then 
 to send officials to mark out thirty acres, 
 which, considering the small staff of surveyors, 
 was a work of time. The land was applied for, 
 but in few cases actually purchased. The time 
 occupied in the surveys was very useful to those 
 interested, as it gave breathing time to look about 
 them, and decide upon the best course to pursue. 
 A class will meet with little sympathy under 
 oppression when the exigencies of a country 
 render them necessary victims. The squatters in 
 the settled districts had become exposed to ruin 
 from the very cause by which they intended to 
 make their fortunes. The land nearest markets 
 and the sea, and of course the most valuable, 
 was first required by the people, and there was no 
 man bold enough to stand forward and say they 
 should not have what was their own. The 
 Government allowed those about to be deprived of 
 their runs a period sufficient to enter into such 
 arrangements for their future support as they 
 could, and most of them were wise enough not to 
 neglect the opportunity. Finding that the new 
 system must ultimately be brought into opera- 
 tion, most of them managed to purchase sections
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOMTOIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 69t 
 
 which entitled the holders to large pre-emptive 
 rights. In the course of a few years when by 
 the discovery of gold real property advanced, 
 these purchases placed the whole of these 
 quasi -squatters in a most independent position. 
 The 6th February 1851 has obtained a place in 
 history as Black Thursday. For two months pre- 
 ceding the country had been under desiccating 
 winds, which appeared to be highly charged with 
 electricity. The herbage was parched up, and 
 everything that the eye could rest upon was dry, 
 dusty and disagreeable. The 6th February dawned 
 much as very hot days generally do : the roseate 
 tints of the horizon were rather brighter and more 
 lurid than usual — the glassed glare over the sky 
 more vividly perceptible. The north wind set 
 strongly in early in the morning, and by eleven 
 o'clock in the forenoon it had increased to almost 
 a hurricane. In the streets of Melbourne the heat 
 was intense and the atmosphere densely oppressive. 
 Clouds of smoke and dust hung over the city. The 
 fires which blazed in the surrounding country no 
 doubt increased the suffocating sensation which 
 was generally experienced. It was hardly possible 
 to go abroad ; the streets were nearly deserted ; 
 and the few persons who were compelled to make 
 the effort to traverse them stalked along with their 
 faces closely enveloped in cloth ; no man, however 
 bold, appeared able to face the furiously-suffocating 
 blast, which seemed to wither up their physical 
 energies. By noon the inhabitants generally had 
 shut themselves up in their various dwellings, too 
 happy to have got out of the reach of the over- 
 powering blast. They continued to sit until night 
 listening in terror to the howl of this real sirocco. 
 Had any portion of Melbourne ignited the whole 
 of the city must have been reduced to ashes, as no 
 effort of the inhabitants could have prevented 
 the conflagration from extending and becoming 
 general. The citizens were providentially pre- 
 served from so terrible a disaster. In the country 
 the scene could hardly be pourtrayed. Early in 
 the morning the wind increased to a hurricane, 
 and bush fires swept across whole districts with 
 the speed of lightning ; crossing roads and wide 
 streams ; destroying men, women and children, 
 cattle and sheep, crops, fences, houses, and in fact 
 everything that stood in its way. The devouring 
 Barnes spread everywhere, careering along the 
 dried herbage on the surface, dancing up the large 
 forest trees, and wantoning in the excess of devas- 
 tation. When the flames first appeared many 
 brave men attempted to impede their progress and 
 avert the ruin of their hopes. They endeavoured 
 to meet the devouring element and beat it back 
 with green boughs. But these attempts were 
 useless ; for the fire swept over them with a giant's 
 strength, as if in mockery of such puny efforts, 
 leaving them charred and lifeless tamps on the 
 ground where they had stood. The herds and 
 flocks, the wild beasts and birds of prey, the 
 reptiles, and other animals, endeavoured to flee, 
 but were speedily overtaken, and fell a prey to the 
 
 crackling and roaring flames. The Black Forest 
 was, on the morning, healthy and verdant (as 
 the leaves of the trees, even in the summer heats 
 seldom change their dusky green colour ;) in the 
 evening nothing could be seen for fifteen miles, 
 from Gisborne to Carlsrhue, but charred and 
 blackened trunks. In the majority of cases it was 
 impossible to know how these fires occurred. The 
 whole country far and wide was filled with dense 
 clouds of smoke ; the thermometer ranged from 
 118° to 119° in the shade throughout the day. The 
 settlers generally were not aware of their clanger 
 until the furious roar of the bush fires broke upon 
 their ears, when they had to fly and abandon the 
 whole of their property. Not a few escaped death 
 by taking shelter in creeks and water-holes until 
 the violence of the fire had abated and the atmos- 
 phere had become bearable. Some individuals 
 were eighteen hours in the water, and in one or 
 two instances died in consequence of this exposure, 
 notwithstanding the intense heat. There were many 
 persons travelling in the bush who had narrow 
 escapes, as they became suddenly enveloped in the 
 flames, and almost suffocated in the sweltering 
 fumes of the surging blast. The craving for liquid 
 in such circumstances was intense, and the thirst 
 almost intolerable. The wind suddenly changed 
 towards night-fall, and at ten o'clock the thermo- 
 meter had gone as low as 80°. What a scene did 
 the morning of the 7th present ? The most fertile 
 districts were utterly wasted : the flocks and herds 
 had, in many cases, been abandoned by their 
 keepers, who fled for their lives ; the inhabitants 
 of the country who had escaped were utterly des- 
 titute, and the greatest amount of suffering had 
 to be endured by the ruined colonists. The people 
 made very great exertions to alleviate the sufferings 
 of these unfortunate colonists ; a public meeting 
 was held in Melbourne, and attended by all the 
 leading men in the metropolitan district, and a 
 large sum of money subscribed, which, under the 
 direction of a committee, was distributed amongst 
 the unfortunate individuals who had been left in 
 a state of destitution. 
 
 VII. The Gold Discovery.— The history of the 
 gold discoveries in V. is given under the proper 
 heading. The first effects of the gold-mines pro- 
 duced the curiously abnormal effect of reducing 
 the value of real property. In and around 
 Melbourne and Geelong houses and land were for 
 a time very difficult to be disposed of, and were 
 actually falling to lower prices and rentals. There 
 was for the moment too much reason for this 
 effect. In the general impatience to be off to the 
 gold-fields, and to provide an adequate outfit for 
 the occasion, many were pressing their property 
 upon the market, glad to take anything they 
 could get. But this sudden depression soon 
 passed away, and a noble harvest was reaped by 
 all those who, having faith in the ultimate effects 
 of gold, laid out their money upon the tempting 
 bargains of that transition interval. But if one 
 kind of property fell iu value at the first, another 
 
 i'l
 
 m 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 kind took the opposite course. Various articles 
 of merchandise sprung at once into unwonted 
 prices, as speculators came in and cleared and 
 recleared the limited market. Beer and spirits 
 went up to double and treble rates. Flour took a 
 rapid rise from £25 to £45 per ton, but with 
 proverbial inconstancy went down again to £16, 
 and finally took with comparative steadiness, 
 an intermediate range. There was an extra- 
 ordinary pressure of demand for horse food, 
 so that a bushel of oats brought nearly the 
 old price of an entire quarter, while hay 
 rose in like proportion. The fitful market jump- 
 ing hither and thither in its wide quotations, 
 showed all sorts of curious and unusual relations 
 of price ; for at one time oats were dearer, 
 weight for weight, than oatmeal, and hay than the 
 finest flour. Canvas was everywhere bought up 
 at two or three prices for tarpaulings to endless 
 relays of carts and drays, and for tents to the ten 
 thousands at the mines. The towns were alive 
 with new industries, and unheard-of wages were 
 being earned at cradle-making and other novel 
 occupations introduced for the goldfields. The 
 first cargoes of American goods — mining tools, 
 stout cheap furniture, and that world of small ware 
 called "notions," brought fabulous prices and 
 profits. But as the outside world abounded with 
 all these goods, the colony soon abounded with 
 them too, for importation was indefatigable, and 
 as usual ended in a glut. Those kinds of colonial 
 property that could not be thus competed with 
 from outside, enjoyed a longer career in the 
 market. When many kinds of imported goods 
 were selling below cost price, the shops and ware- 
 houses that contained them were maintaining a 
 tenfold value, and the colonial land allotments 
 were still on the rise, after reaching in many cases 
 twenty, fifty, and even one hundred times the 
 prices that were current before the exciting days 
 of gold-mining. The first great accession of popu- 
 lation came of course from the adjacent colonies. 
 The earlier news from Ballarat had been fairly 
 resisted by the vis ineiiice in favour of home ; but 
 the reports from Mount Alexander were irresistible. 
 This swelling tide of arrivals commenced in 
 December. In October following the response to 
 Mount Alexander and Bendigo was received from 
 Britain in hundreds of ships and cargoes and ten 
 thousands of emigrants. For a considerable time 
 thenceforward the monthly immigration amounted 
 usually to from 10,000 to 20,000 persons. Mel- 
 bourne seemed pervaded by one continuous fair 
 that extended almost alike to all its streets. The 
 original citizens, a kind of antediluvian handful 
 of humanity, were everywhere elbowed off their 
 old familiar and peaceful pathways, or swept indis- 
 tinguishably along in the flood of a new world. 
 Strange indeed were many of these new acces- 
 sions. Tne eccentricities of the occasion might 
 have passed all but unnoticed, as they dribbled in 
 handf uls through the crowds of Melbourne or along 
 the great highways, but they were concentrated 
 
 in full force at the goldfields. Around these 
 were gathered the representatives of the four 
 quarters of the world. In many a busy and diver- 
 sified scene, within the compass of a single square 
 mile of her territory, might be heard the tongues 
 of nearly all European nations, as well as the 
 varied intonations of Anglo- America, a substantial 
 detachment of Asiatic speech, a sprinkling of 
 Polynesian, and even a representation of the 
 African ; for these negroes that we see here and 
 there, "surfacing" and "tailing," if they diversify 
 their mother-tongues by an attempt at English, 
 it is surely in a dialect that is all their own. 
 In the first few days of 1852 any tenement in 
 Melbourne might have been leased at next to a 
 nominal rent ; the great prizes had attracted the 
 attention of all classes, rich and poor, and persons 
 in trade left their shops and workshops because, 
 in the general confusion, trade was nearly para- 
 lysed. The amount of wealth which was obtained 
 on Ballarat and Mount Alexander, and which 
 rumour much exaggerated, induced many persons 
 from the neighbouring colonies to inter-emigrate, 
 and the streets of Melbourne soon again exhibited 
 the appearance of activity. Rents advanced as 
 the demand for dwellings recommenced, until, in 
 February, every house in Melbourne was let at a 
 very much advanced rate. Trade now rallied, and 
 as the crowd of diggers increased, the shops and 
 stores began to exhibit a bustle which was wonder- 
 ful to behold. Those who brought down gold 
 squandered the proceeds in the shops and hotels, 
 without sense or discrimination. The citizens who 
 had gone to the gold diggings, finding that they 
 could obtain fortunes more speedily in their usual 
 avocations than in searching for the precious metal, 
 returned, and abandoned the hard work and the 
 chance of lucky prizes to the working-men ; the mer- 
 chant returned to his counting-house, the grocer to 
 his counter, and the tradesman to his workshop. The 
 extent and vast richness of the gold-fields became 
 gradually developed ; the stream of population 
 flowed in upon the colony with increasing volume ; 
 the necessaries and luxuries of life were much in 
 demand, and, as money was abundant, the value 
 of every article advanced to a most exorbitant 
 price. Indeed, so high were the profits in trade, 
 that no rent was regarded as too extravagant for 
 business premises in first-rate positions in Mel- 
 bourne ; a long lease, at an ordinary rent, was a 
 considerable fortune, and the good-will of an hotel 
 often brought as much as five thousand pounds, 
 and this, too, in cases where the lease had only 
 two or three years to run. As wealth accumulated 
 the exchangeable value of real property increased 
 with unexampled rapidity ; and the colonists began 
 to make their calculations in thousands instead of 
 hundreds. The price of all kinds of mechanical 
 labour advanced in about the same ratio ; bricks, 
 which were wont to bring about fifteen to twenty 
 shillings, could not be purchased at this time below 
 from ten to fifteen pounds a thousand ; and other 
 building materials wore high in proportion. A
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 699 
 
 building which previously might have been com- 
 pleted for three hundred pounds, could scarcely be 
 finished for as many thousands. The limits of 
 Melbourne were too small to confine the people, 
 who began to scatter themselves over the adjoining 
 country. Land in eligible situations was greedily 
 purchased. The local authorities exhibited a 
 supineness and apathy upon the occasion which 
 cannot be too strongly censured. Instead of 
 meeting the mania for land, in the first instance, 
 with the proper antidote— viz., by putting up a 
 sufficient quantity for public sale — the Govern- 
 ment, by their injudicious conduct, which we have 
 already condemned, brought disaster upon the 
 trading portion of the community. The plethora 
 of gold, and the great increase of population, 
 combined to give this enormous value to land 
 and real property. The squatters did not at 
 first feel any of the good effects of the change, 
 for they had very great difficulty in procur- 
 ing servants, and they were unable to forward 
 the wool, on which they depended, to market. 
 After the first year however the demand for 
 meat became so great that cattle and sheep began 
 to advance with astonishing rapidity ; and meat 
 that had brought no more than lid. now advanced 
 to 7d. and 8d. per lb. The sheep and cattle farmers 
 were inclined, in the first instance, to believe that 
 thoy would be ruined by the gold ; but perhaps 
 no class of the community ultimately reaped so 
 great benefit from that event. Indeed, from L852 
 to 1857 stations and stock were the most lucrative 
 investments in the colony. The agriculturists, on 
 the contrary, were far from being equally bene- 
 fited ; the produce of their farms could easily be 
 imported from other countries, and the difficulty 
 of procuring a regular supply of labour compelled 
 the owners of many hundreds of acres to allow 
 them to lie untitled. It is true that, in the first 
 year or two after the discovery of gold, the supply 
 of flour and other articles was far beneath the 
 demand, and such as raised grain made small 
 fortunes ; but, for two or three years afterwards, 
 the colony was literally inundated with provisions 
 from every quarter of the globe, and the prices 
 of produce fell to a ruinously low rate ; many 
 farmers were unable to live, and were under the 
 necessity of abandoning the land wdrich had taken 
 them much capital to reclaim. The case was very 
 different with the Australian squatters ; the market 
 for fresh meat was secure from foreign competition, 
 and they were thus in a position to exact such 
 rates as they thought fit to impose. The position 
 of the trade of the colony at this period may not 
 be unworthy of a passing notice. The brauches of 
 the two great Anglo-Australian banks nearly 
 monopolised the exchanges, and did the greater 
 portion of the business, as the merchants generally 
 traded upon the resources of these establishments. 
 The branch of the Bank of New South Wales had 
 just been opened and was transacting a moderate 
 share of business. The resources of the banks and 
 merchants were well able to grapple with the 
 
 exports of the colony previous to the gold dis- 
 covery, which only amounted to .£700,000 per 
 annum ; but when, unexpectedly, and without any 
 warning, an amount of trade something like ten 
 times as great was thrown upon them, it was 
 not very surprising that all the resources at 
 the command of those classes were taxed to 
 the very utmost. The gold escort was estab- 
 lished in October 1851 and the suddenness with 
 which the vast wealth of the diggings was poured 
 into Melbourne will be gathered from the fact that 
 in 1852 there was produced in V. 173 tons 19 cwt. 
 1 qr. Ulbs. 3ozs., valued at 70s. an ounce, worth 
 i.14,163,364. The majority of those who dug out 
 large quantities of gold were most anxious to dis- 
 pose of their treasure ; some persons, there is little 
 doubt, forwarded it to England at their own risk ; 
 but they were few in comparison with those who 
 desired to sell on the spot. The means to purchase 
 were not at hand, and yet the banks were called 
 upon to buy ; and so extraordinary a position were 
 they forced into that one great bank could not 
 have paid its depositors by at least two millions 
 had there been a run upon it about this time ; 
 true, the establishment would ultimately have 
 been right enough, as in time this foreign balance 
 would have become reduced and the local creditors 
 would have been paid. In the early part of 1851 
 the value of the gold had not been ascertained, 
 and the merchants were very cautious in pur- 
 chasing until a correct assay could be obtained 
 from England. In January 1851 gold was dis- 
 posed of at Bendigo as low as fifty-shillings an 
 ounce ; and in Melbourne it ranged from fifty-six 
 to sixty-four shillings. About June of that year 
 it was ascertained that the real value of Ballarat 
 gold was from eighty-two to eighty-four shillings 
 an ounce ; Mount Alexander gold was not worth 
 so much by about four shillings. From that period 
 gold-dust has had nearly a fixed value in the 
 colony. In the first instance the banks refused to 
 purchase, but had no objection to advance at the 
 rate of fifty shillings an ounce ; and all those who 
 bought at the rates which prevailed in 1851, and 
 shipped to England by means of the money of the 
 banks, realised large fortunes. These establish- 
 ments soou perceived the golden opportunity 
 which they were allowing to slip through their 
 fingers ; they entered the market, and since that 
 time have nearly monopolised the gold trade. 
 The stores of the merchants were quickly 
 emptied, and even the supplies which could be 
 obtained from the neighbouring colonies were 
 found inadequate to meet the demand of the 
 large population now on the gold-fields ; indeed 
 many began to fear that provisions would become 
 scarce and that a famine would ensue. Those 
 who had stocks on hand or who operated 
 quickly in the market as importers, realised 
 fortunes ; but about 1852 supplies poured into the 
 colony from all quarters of the world, and the 
 merchandise increased so much in amount that in 
 July 1853 a glut appeared inevitable, Persons ia
 
 700 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vio 
 
 every part of the United Kingdom who could not 
 come to Australia to get gold engaged in a specula- 
 tion of some kind or other to the golden city of 
 Melbourne ; and as a vast quantity of the goods 
 were unfit for the market they threw agents and 
 merchants into great perplexity and confusion. 
 Many thousands of pounds worth of merchandise 
 were allowed to remain untouched on the wharf 
 at Melbourne, and must have become a total loss 
 to the owners ; the roads to the diggings and the 
 inland towns were completely cut up by the severe 
 winter ; indeed there appeared no outlet for any 
 kind of merchandise. The storage accommodation 
 of Melbourne was very limited, and the rates 
 charged most exorbitant ; the carriage was paid 
 at the rate of £160 a ton to the diggings, or Is. 6d. 
 upon every pound of flour or other article of con- 
 sumption ; and out of 60,000 persons, said to be 
 on Bendigo in the winter of 1852, at least a third 
 were not able to buy food sufficient to maintain 
 themselves. The lesson was not however lost 
 upon the population on the goldfields ; and the 
 succeeding winter found the people much better 
 prepared : not only the store-keepers, but even the 
 diggers, had laid in large stocks of provisions and 
 general stores. A marked alteration was, more- 
 over, visible about the end of 1852 in the social 
 organisation of the great mass of the diggers ; the 
 colonists had, as we have already mentioned, rushed 
 to the gold-fields expecting to pick up treasure in 
 masses, and return at once with sufficient fortunes. 
 Many set forth barely supplied with the neces- 
 saries of life, intending merely to be out campaign- 
 ing for a few weeks. They seemed to think that 
 it would be a hard case if the old colonists should 
 not obtain a share of the treasure, and with that 
 view they started. But when it became apparent 
 that digging was a pursuit which would only 
 remunerate those who followed it with steady 
 energy, they at once abandoned it and returned. 
 The majority of the original colonists had 
 some other mode of living, or were enriched by 
 the rise of property, and therefore independent 
 of so very laborious a pursuit. The gold fields 
 were abandoned to those who had no other 
 occupation, and who followed mining or gold- 
 hunting as a means of earning a livelihood. The 
 diggers formed a society independent of the other 
 classes, and in 1853 they commenced agitating for 
 the repeal of the license-fee, and, the Executive 
 declining to accede to their prayer at the time, the 
 foundation of that unfortunate spirit of discontent 
 was laid, the results of which were so much to be 
 deplored in the succeeding year. The fatal effects 
 of the blundering incapacity of the Government 
 at this period were exhibited in the Ballarat Riots, 
 a narrative of which is given under the proper 
 heading. The subsequent history of the gold- 
 fields does not need to be repeated here. 
 
 ■\ III. /„,/,/„ ,i,l, „t Government.— The separation 
 of the Tort Phillip District from N.S.W., and its 
 elevation into an independent colony under the 
 name of Victoria, was celebrated by the citizens 
 
 of Melbourne with rejoicings of three days. The 
 date is already stated as the 1st July 1851. On 
 the 16th Superintendent La Trobe was officially 
 installed as first Governor of Victoria. The pro- 
 ceedings on the occasion were rather imposing ; a 
 salute was fired, and the commission was read by 
 the Colonial Secretary, in front of the Government 
 office. The whole of the officers of the Govern- 
 ment were present, and His Excellency held a 
 levee immediately afterwards, which was attended 
 by a number of colonists. The former sub -treasurer, 
 Captain Lonsdale, was now nominated Colonial 
 Secretary, Ebden was appointed Auditor-General, 
 Stawell was Attorney-General, and Barry was 
 Solicitor-General. Some discussion had antece- 
 dently occurred in the colony as to the consistency 
 of British institutions and constitutional principles, 
 with the concession of the franchise to Crown 
 tenants. But as the colony could hardly be said 
 to possess political privileges, when its chief 
 interest did not participate in them, this discussion 
 was promptly settled. And now approached the 
 sounds of preparation for the first of the colony's 
 elections. There had been no little grumbling in 
 the chief centres of population at the stinted 
 share of political power doled out to them by the 
 electoral arrangements of the Sydney legislature. 
 There were to be thirty members in the Assembly, 
 of whom twenty were to be elective ; and of these 
 twenty, Melbourne, with nearly one-third of the 
 colonial population, had but three. The great 
 proportion of power had been thrown into the 
 thinly-peopled regions, especially where squatting 
 influences predominated, and with such good 
 effect, too, that it was feared the Assembly would 
 usually present a clear majority of members con- 
 sisting unitedly of Crown nominees and Crown 
 tenants. This anticipation, indeed, proved correct, 
 and the Imperial arrangements were, in conse- 
 quence, rendered somewhat illusory, if honestly 
 intended, as they doubtless were, as gradations 
 towards popular government. The position in the 
 meantime was further unfortunate in protracting 
 a settlement of the Land Question, and in arousing 
 against the squatting interest a strong popular 
 opposition which, when eventually victorious, 
 pressed rather hardly in turn upon its foe. The 
 Imperial authorities had already taken Conserva- 
 tive guarantees of the colonies in retaining the 
 one-third of the nominee element, and it was 
 reasonable to suppose that they had no intention 
 of any further action in the same direction by any 
 electoral manipulation in A., such as the local 
 Crown Governments further fortified themselves 
 with. The elections passed off with the pleasant 
 excitement that attends an interesting but novel 
 incident. The interest and the novelty alike con- 
 spired for the time to free them from those grosser 
 features of popular elections that are but too soon 
 superadded by partisan experiences and matured 
 arrangements. Party questions were not much 
 defined in the torrent of electoral addresses ; 
 in other words, the colonists had not as yet
 
 Viol 
 
 CYCLOP.EDU OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 701 
 
 sufficiently studied public affairs to be clear or 
 copious in their political views. There was a strong 
 denouncement against the transportation system to 
 A., which was at the time being actively opposed 
 by the Australasian League. The differences on 
 the squatting privileges had not risen to the 
 height which they shortly afterwards attained 
 when the colony was overspread with additional 
 population poured into it by the attractive influence 
 of the gold-fields. There was everywhere an 
 increased expression of loyalty to the parent state. 
 The. Council assembled on 11th November 1851, 
 and elected Dr. Palmer as its Speaker. On the 
 13th the Governor opened the session in due form, 
 and delivered his maiden speech ; he referred to 
 the great alteration which the discovery of gold 
 would effect, and the possible difficulties that 
 might arise in consequence. He informed the 
 Council that bills on education, and the judicial 
 arrangements of the colony, would be intro- 
 duced by the Executive Government; and congra- 
 tulated the House on the completed independence 
 of the colony, and the representative institutions 
 which it had received. On the 18th of the same 
 month a message was sent down by His Excel- 
 lency, with the Supplementary Estimate for 1851, 
 amounting to i,'19,014 18s. 6d., and announcing that 
 the estimated revenue for 1852 was .£175,350 ; 
 while the provision forservices was .£173,063 18s. Cd. 
 The session was short ; not only the Govern- 
 ment officials, but the popular members, were 
 rather inexperienced in their duties, and they 
 followed pretty nearly the example of the 
 Sydney House. The first question discussed 
 was the propriety of offering up prayers on each 
 occasion of meeting, which was supported by most 
 of the adherents of the Church of England, but 
 generally opposed by the members belonging to 
 the other sects. The motion was lost by one 
 vote ; and another subsequent effort met a similar 
 fate. This is a question upon which much differ- 
 ence of opinion has always existed in the colony ; 
 and after Responsible Government had been 
 introduced the discussion was again renewed. 
 The votes in favour of opening with prayer were 
 fewer in the Assembly than those against such a 
 course ; but in the Council the votes were about 
 equal ; and a proposition to open the proceedings 
 by reading the Lord's Prayer was subsequently 
 carried. The most important matters which came 
 on for discussion in this session were those arising 
 out of the increased expenditure consequent on 
 the rapid development of the gold diggings. On 
 the 26th November, on the motion for going into 
 committee on the Estimates being put, an amend- 
 ment — " That it be an instruction to the Com- 
 mittee, that the public expenditure originating in 
 the discovery of gold ought to be borne by the 
 territorial revenue, and that no part of such 
 expense should betaken from the general revenue" 
 — was carried. On the 2nd December a message 
 was received from the Governor, stating that the 
 Estimates were framed at a time when it was 
 
 impossible to calculate the influence of existing 
 circumstances on the price of labour ; and that 
 there should be such an advance of pay to subor- 
 dinate officers as to place the Executive Govern- 
 ment in a position to secure the public service 
 from embarrassment. A long discussion took 
 place on this message, as it was regarded as an 
 indirect attempt to nullify the former resolution ; 
 this objection was taken by the Speaker, and 
 criminal prosecution was even instituted, as the 
 secret was divulged in confidence, on the principle 
 of " telling the lawyer the whole truth : letting 
 him tell the lies afterwards." Four men, named 
 John Jones, James Morgan, James Duncan, and 
 John Roberts, were indicted for the offence, and 
 found guilty after a lengthened trial. The second 
 session of the Legislative Council was opened on 
 the 22nd June 1852, and extended over nearly 
 eight months. At the commencement abortive 
 efforts were made to have some settlement of the 
 accounts between V. and N.S.W., in order to 
 claim the balance due to the former, and to have 
 the boundary line between the two colonies 
 placed upon a more satisfactory footing. The 
 Executive was called on to sell land, both town 
 and suburban, for the use of the people near the 
 cities, and large quantities of agricultural land in 
 the neighbourhood of the gohlfields. On the 7th 
 September a most important despatch was laid 
 on the table of the Council from Sir John 
 Pakington, placing the gold revenue and the land 
 fund at the disposal of the Legislature. On the 
 17th of the same month the House passed a resolu- 
 tion conveying the thanks of the Council to him 
 for the kind and considerate tone of his despatch, 
 and for the concessions he had made to the colony. 
 In the course of this session a letter from J. C. 
 King, the delegate of the Anti-Transportation 
 League in England was published, announcing 
 that Earl Grey was still determined to continue 
 transportation to V.D.L., notwithstanding the 
 gold discovery ; the Council was petitioned to 
 introduce a bill for the prevention of convict immi- 
 gration. The measure was brought in, and not- 
 withstanding great opposition from some of the 
 officers of the Government, it passed the House, 
 and was assented to by the Governor. On the 4th 
 February 1853 the House carried a cordial vote of 
 thanks to His Excellency for his prompt assent to 
 this bill ; it also severely censured the conduct of 
 the Governor of V.D.L., and expressed its strong 
 feeling against transportation to the Australian 
 Colonies, and requested the Governor to transmit 
 the resolutions on the subject to Her Majesty. 
 The great influx of Chinese was first taken notice 
 of during the course of this session, and the social 
 evils which would flow from it appeared to have 
 been feared even at this period. The Government 
 promised to direct its attention to the subject. 
 The Act to facilitate the apprehension and prevent 
 the introduction into the colony of offenders 
 illegally at large, imposed a penalty of „£100, or 
 imprisonment for six months, on any master
 
 702 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 mariner conveying into V. any run-away convict, 
 or any one under conditional pardon, ticket-of- 
 leave, or indulgence of any kind other than a free 
 pardon. This Act was very stringent, and infor- 
 mations under it were laid in the Water Police 
 Office, Willianistown, against masters of passenger 
 vessels trading to V.D.L., and in not a few cases 
 convictions were obtained. The measure was 
 denounced and condemned as unconstitutional 
 by the Press of N.S.W. and V.D.L. ; but when 
 the peculiar circumstances of the colony at 
 this period are taken into consideration, any 
 impartial person will admit that the enormity of 
 the provocation demanded such an enactment, in 
 order that an intolerable nuisance might in some 
 degree be abated. On the occasion of opening the 
 first criminal sessions at Castlemaine, in the course 
 of his opening address to the jury Mr. Justice 
 Barry entered into various details respecting the 
 number and nature of the crimes which had been 
 previously brought before the courts of the colony ; 
 he stated that these crimes had been committed 
 chiefly by runaway convicts from V.D.L., and that 
 in one quarter there were no less than sixty-six 
 persons of this class tried and convicted in V. 
 And there appeared at this period every proba- 
 bility of the evil increasing to an almost unlimited 
 extent ; for a despatch from Sir William Denison 
 to Earl Grey had been published, in which that 
 perverse official actually attempted to argue that 
 so far from the gold discovery being a reason why 
 convicts should not be sent to A., it was exactly 
 the reverse. The free labourers, he argued, would 
 all desert to the diggings, and agricultural and 
 pastoral pursuits be left dependant on convict 
 labour. He observed, " In point of fact, for some 
 years to come at all events, we must rely upon 
 their labours to supply us with food ; and although 
 the temptations to the convicts to abscond would, 
 to a certain extent, be greater in such a case than 
 they are at present, yet I do not imagine that I 
 shall find any difficulty in maintaining such an 
 effective police as will check this tendency, or at 
 all events prevent the evil effects which might 
 arise from it." Of course, had Sir William 
 Denison confined his observations and recommen- 
 dations to V.D.L., he might have been excused on 
 the plea of public duty ; but he argued that con- 
 victs were necessary for the whole of the Australian 
 Colonies ; and he urged on Earl Grey the propriety 
 of sending out annually, in addition to the number 
 of convicts usually forwarded, two thousand pro- 
 bationers, and the like number of free emigrants. 
 No wonder that the people of V. should have 
 entered their protest against this scheme ; that they 
 should have condemned the proposal to inundate 
 their colony with hordes of wretches steeped in 
 crime. The Convicts Prevention Act was impera- 
 tively demanded to avert the threatened ruin of 
 the colony. On the 8th February the Legislative 
 Council was prorogued by the Governor, who 
 made a lengthened speech. He congratulated the 
 members on the success of the new tariff, which, 
 
 was likely to increase the customs' revenue. He 
 expressed his conviction that the establishment of 
 county courts and general sessions would materi- 
 ally assist those entrusted with the administration 
 of justice. In alluding to the Act to facilitate the 
 apprehension of offenders illegally at large, he said 
 he was satisfied that such a measure was impera- 
 tively necessary for self-protection. He alluded 
 briefly to the Harbour Regulation and Pilotage 
 Act, and the measure for general registration, 
 and expressed his conviction that the enactment 
 relating to the organisation of the constabulary 
 force would be the means of securing peace and 
 maintaining order in the cities and populous dis- 
 tricts. He said that he had given a ready assent 
 in Her Majesty's name to the bill proposing addi- 
 tional and liberal provision for public worship ; 
 and also to the bill for altering the Electoral Act 
 of 1851, and increasing the number of members 
 of the Legislative Council. He expressed his 
 regret that no general postage act had been intro- 
 duced ; and said that a serious inconvenience and 
 loss had resulted to masters and owners of vessels 
 by the desertion of seamen ; some measure to pre- 
 vent the continuance of this system was necessary. 
 There were forty-five bills passed duringthe session ; 
 the most important of these have been noticed in 
 the above review of His Excellency's address. The 
 Legislature had bestowed considerable attention 
 on many subjects ; but the most important, 
 perhaps, of all had been next to neglected. It had 
 blamed the Government freely enough when the 
 sole responsibility of the management of the gold- 
 fields rested with it ; but after the despatch from 
 Sir John Pakington had been received, and the 
 importance of the concession acknowledged, which 
 virtually, on behalf of the Queen, abandoned the 
 control of the goldfields, and invested the Legis- 
 lature of the colony with the privileges thus 
 voluntarily conceded, the Members of the Council 
 made no effort to reform the abuses which they 
 had so loudly condemned. The only attempt in 
 this direction was made by W. Campbell, Member 
 for the Loddon, who obtained a committee on the 
 state of the goldfields, which commenced its 
 labours towards the close of a very prolonged 
 session, and only had ten sittings ; the persons 
 who gave evidence before it were, the Colonial 
 Treasurer, S. J. Cooke, J. Harrison, G. Gilbert, 
 and W. H. Wright, Chief Commissioner of Gold- 
 fields. The report was unworthy of the chairman, 
 whose industry and intelligence were acknow- 
 ledged ; it was unconnected, inconclusive, and 
 worthless for any practical use ; it contained how- 
 ever a few interesting facts. It said, in reference 
 to the Government officials, " The present staff 
 of Gold Commissioners consists of eleven at 
 Mount Alexander ; seven at Bendigo ; one at 
 Korong ; one at Daisy Hill ; five at Ballarat ; and 
 two at the Ovens ; making, in the aggregate, 
 twenty-seven ; which staff is considered insufficient 
 for the collection of license fees, and a due 
 co-operation with the police," And it quoted the
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 703 
 
 Chief Commissioner's estimate of the number of 
 persons digging at about "15,000 at Mount Ales- 
 antler; 15,000 at Bendigo; 1500 at Korong; 1500 
 at Daisy Hill ; 10,000 at Ballarat ; and 3000 at 
 the Ovens ; making 46,000 in the aggregate ; and 
 that about one-fifth evade payment of the license 
 fee, which, under a more efficient system of sub- 
 division, would not be so easily evaded ; whereby 
 a greater revenue would be collected, and better 
 police protection afforded to the diggers." The 
 report referred to the necessity of preserving 
 water-holes, destroying butchers' offal, and com- 
 pelling the diggers to discharge their washing stuff 
 outwards from the water-holes, so that the muddy 
 water might filter back through a stratum of soil 
 or gravel. In treating of the license fee, the 
 report exhibited the greatest want of thought and 
 acquaintance with the subject ; recommended its 
 continuance, and stated "it was well adapted both 
 for the purpose of revenue and police supervision." 
 It concluded by recommending that an Act for the 
 regulation of the gold-fields be passed in the 
 course of the session. No action, however, was 
 taken on the report ; for the only measure intro- 
 duced was the Export Duty on Gold Bill, which 
 emanated from the Government, and was rejected 
 by the Council ; indeed, the popular representa- 
 tives separated, leaving the gold fields in the same 
 position as they were when Sir John Pakington's 
 despatch was received. The population had 
 doubled itself in 1852 ; those who arrived in that 
 year (77,661) being, as near as possible, equal to 
 the whole population in 1851. The number of 
 persons attracted from the neighbouring penal 
 colonies increased crimes against life and property, 
 and the highways and public streets were unsafe 
 at noon -day. The Police force was in a state of 
 disorganization ; and the members of it, which 
 really could be termed effective, were under 
 different heads. The new Act, which (in imitation 
 of the Metropolitan Police Act) placed the whole 
 body under one general chief, tended very much 
 to restore order and security. W. H. F. Mitchell 
 was appointed Commissioner ; the pay was raised, 
 and respectable men induced to enlist into the 
 constabulary ; the old adage, " set a thief to catch 
 a thief," having been found to work but very 
 indifferently. The Government, in their anxiety 
 to rectify the error of giving insufficient pay, fell 
 into the opposite extreme ; the Council, that had 
 previously found fault with the Executive for its 
 parsimony, now complained of its extravagance, 
 and cut down the estimate submitted for the 
 support of a police force. The Act to apprehend 
 offenders illegally at large had a most important 
 and beneficial effect. Its provisions applied to 
 escaped convicts, and even to those who had 
 obtained conditional pardons, not available in 
 England ; and numbers of felons found at large 
 were apprehended and punished. Amongst the 
 number was the notorious bushranger, Dalton, 
 who was fortunately arrested by the Melbourne 
 Detective Police in so extraordinary a manner that 
 
 the facts appear stranger than fiction. One of the 
 questions which early attracted a great amount of 
 attention was the necessity of establishing a mint 
 for the colony. At first the capital of the colony 
 was totally unable to grapple with so great an 
 export ; for a long time the price was much lower 
 than in Europe ; indeed, from October 1851 to 
 June 1852 it ranged from fifty-eight to sixty-three 
 shillings and sixpence for virgin gold, which was 
 worth about eighty shillings in London. This was 
 a mere accident, which must have rectified itself 
 in the course of events ; for, when British mer- 
 chants discovered that so great a return could be 
 obtained upon capital, it was next to a certainty 
 that the ordinary laws of supply and demand 
 would have caused a sufficient influx of capital to 
 buy all the gold there was to sell. The diggers 
 would uot, however, wait the effect of competition 
 on the price of bullion, but began to argue strongly 
 in favour of a local mint, in order that they might 
 turn their gold into standard coin. These views 
 were supported by several influential colonists, but 
 opposed by others. The Imperial Government 
 granted N.S.W. the privilege of having a mint in 
 Sydney ; but not till many years afterwards was a 
 similar privilege conceded to V. The Legislative 
 Council, which had been increased in numbers, in 
 accordance with the expansion of the wealth and 
 population of the colony, was opened in its third 
 session by the Governor. The St. Patrick's Hall, 
 where the members assembled, presented a more 
 than usually animated sight upon this occasion. 
 The new Colonial Secretary, J. V. F. L. Foster, 
 made his appearance as the leader of the Govern- 
 ment or official division of the House. He was one 
 of the early colonists of Port Phillip, and had been 
 returned as one of the members to represent the 
 colonists in the old N.S.W. Legislature. He had 
 after this returned to Britain, and by dint of 
 perseverance and the exertion of such interest as 
 he possessed, succeeded in obtaining the Colonial 
 Secretaryship of V. The Governor, having con- 
 gratulated the members of the Legislature on the 
 general prosperity of the Colony and the augment- 
 ation in their number under the act passed in the 
 former session, announced the intention of the 
 Imperial Government to grant enlarged constitu- 
 tional privileges to the Australian Colonies ; and 
 on proper safeguards being adopted, to make over 
 to them the power hitherto reserved for fixing a 
 civil list — controlling the Crown revenues — and 
 managing the waste lands of the Crown. The 
 only other matter of importance touched upon 
 was the proposition for abolishing the license on 
 gold diggers, and imposing merely a registration 
 fee. On 1st September the new Colonial Secretary 
 introduced the important question of this session, 
 by moving for a committee to prepare a constitu- 
 tion in order to submit the same to the Council. 
 The great point in dispute in reference to the 
 proposed constitution was the double chamber. 
 In the discussion on the former bill Earl Grey 
 had stood alone in maintaining that one House
 
 ?o4 
 
 cyclop*:pta of Australasia. 
 
 [Tic 
 
 would be sufficient. Sir William Molesworth, 
 Lord Monteagle, and Mr. Gladstone on the 
 contrary were all favourable to two chambers. 
 This was the opinion usually entertained in the 
 Colonies, the nominee system being generally 
 regarded as a partial if not a total failure. But a 
 wide diversity of opinion prevailed as to the exact 
 functions of the upper chamber and the basis 
 upon which it should be constituted; and there 
 can be no doubt this was a question of considerable 
 difficulty. It was very desirable to have a second 
 branch of the Legislature, less subject to influence 
 than the Assembly of popular representatives, in 
 order to guard against impulsive action and hasty 
 legislation, and yet to create such a chamber as 
 would possess puissance and influence was difficult. 
 If the Council were to be composed of nominees 
 of the Crown few men of respectability would 
 enter it, and seats in the other branch would be 
 held in so much greater estimation that the upper 
 chamber would not command the confidence of 
 the inhabitants of the colony or sufficiently 
 influence public opinion. In the discussions which 
 followed on the framing of the constitution under 
 which responsible government was introduced, 
 there were some who advocated the nominee and 
 others the elective principle, and there were one 
 or two who proposed a kind of compromise 
 between the two, by what was termed the 
 intermediate plan. This was simply that the 
 Assembly should nominate the members of the 
 Council and that they should not be members 
 of the Assembly. After the subject had been 
 discussed at some length, the elective principle 
 was adopted as the least liable to objection ; and 
 in the absence of materials from which to form a 
 chamber of hereditary legislators, it must be 
 evident that no other basis would have sufficed to 
 give the Upper House a sufficiently independent 
 standing with reference to the Executive Govern- 
 ment and the other branch of the Legislature. In 
 the course of his opening address the Governor 
 remarked on the probability that before the 
 close of the session he would have surrendered 
 the charge into other hands, and said that 
 he could not but entertain some degree of 
 personal pride in having being permitted to mark 
 and record the advance of V. for so many 
 successive years in importance and material pros- 
 perity ; that he entertained the confident belief 
 that the moral growth of the colony would be 
 found fully proportionate to her physical expansion. 
 The session extended over seven months, La Trobe 
 still continuing Governor. His administration, 
 disastrous for the colony in all respects, came to 
 an end on the 22nd June 18")4. 
 
 IX. Governor Hotham. — The arrival of Sir 
 Charles Hotham was hailed by the colonists with 
 extravagant demonstrations of delight. The most 
 sanguine anticipations — which were doomed to be 
 bitterly disappointed — were indulged in, of a firm, 
 temperate, and equable rule. At his first public 
 appearances the Governor, in reply to the addresses 
 
 of welcome he received, announced his intention 
 of conducting his Government on the most broadly 
 popular principles, adding — " In the present day 
 a Government cannot be conducted with satisfac- 
 tion to the people without the fullest and freest 
 communication with the people." The Governor 
 could scarcely have anticipated that the advanced 
 intelligence of the colony, and the owners of pro- 
 perty, would take alarm at such expressions. Such 
 however was the fact ; for Hotham was not in the 
 same position as when sent out on diplomatic 
 missions to foreign states, where what he said was 
 deemed mere compliments ; all his words were 
 now deeply weighed and regarded by the colonists 
 as an enunciation of his intended policy. The 
 heads of the Departments were perhaps less sorry 
 at the mistakes which His Excellency unfortu- 
 nately made than any other class, for they must 
 have at once perceived that he would have work 
 enough upon his hands without making unpleasant 
 investigations in the public offices, the result of 
 which no man could well foresee. Hotham desired 
 sincerely to do his duty to his sovereign, to govern 
 the people well, and to deserve their approbation. 
 No ruler could have been actuated by better 
 intentions ; he was far from deficient in ability, 
 but he wanted tact and experience. He had no 
 one to aid him, and he failed in accomplishing 
 what he intended. The Government departments 
 were at this period in a state of bewildering dis- 
 organisation. The high officials had been guilty of 
 conduct which an officer like Hotham, who had said 
 he would regard no man in his administration of 
 public affairs, would probably have visited with the 
 severest censure. The noble revenues of the colony 
 had been squandered under the imprest system. 
 The confusion in the public accounts occurred 
 after the resignation of Ebden, and the introduc- 
 tion of the imprest system. This was tolerated, 
 if at all, to a very limited extent, when Ebden 
 was in the Audit office ; but the money imprested 
 was small in amount, and had to be accounted for 
 to the Government before the department could 
 obtain any more funds. In the time of Ebden's 
 successor sums of enormous magnitude were 
 allowed to the heads of the departments, and 
 no correct account delivered for a long time 
 afterwards. No proper account had even been 
 kept of the manner in which they had been 
 swallowed up. Enormous amounts had thus 
 disappeared ; in one department, that of the 
 Civil Commissariat, a very large sum, amount- 
 ing to nearly three hundred thousand pounds, 
 was unvouched for. Kegular statements were 
 however prepared and submitted to the Legisla- 
 ture, which under the old system had no 
 means of obtaining correct information on the 
 state of the public accounts. La Trobe was plod- 
 ding enough in composing despatches to the 
 Colonial Office, but was wanting in the necessary 
 energy to grapple with such an accumulation 
 of abuses as had grown up within a few years. 
 Hotham found that the revenue for the six months
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 *0« 
 
 previous to his arrival was short of the estimate by 
 a sum that seemed incredible, and that his admin- 
 istration was plunged into monetary difficulties. 
 He at once instituted a rigorous personal enquiry 
 into the condition of the various public depart- 
 ments, and set about rectifying the manifold 
 abuses he discovered with an unsparing hand. 
 The result was that he found himself involved in 
 bitter personal enmities with the official heads of 
 the departments. With Foster in particular the 
 quarrel was open and avowed. It soon became 
 evident to those who reflected on public questions 
 that Hotham was not receiving the cordial support 
 of the officers under him, and that he must soon 
 be in a serious dilemma, acting, as he appeared to 
 be, on his own unaided judgment. He would 
 ha™ made a very good Governor had he found 
 responsible government in operation, for he really 
 had a warm desire to do justice to the people. 
 He soon discovered that all who were nominated 
 to governments in colonies under the despotic 
 administration of the Colonial Office had good 
 cause to know but too well that, in order to 
 comply with the wishes of Downing-street, they 
 would in some cases have to govern in direct 
 antagonism to the views of those over whom they 
 were placed, and who were alone interested in the 
 measures they were called on to carry out. A 
 short time after His Excellency had been enuncia- 
 ting the most liberal sentiments, and stating that 
 " all power proceeded from the people," a despatch 
 arrived from Sir George Grey in reference to the 
 re-enactment of the Convicts Prevention Act 
 during the preceding session. The Minister denied 
 the right of the colonists to pass any law interfering 
 with the Queen's prerogative, and instructed the 
 Governor to release the criminals who had been 
 imprisoned under the objectionable Act. There 
 was no subject on which the people and the 
 Legislature were so determined as the maintain- 
 ing of this law in its integrity ; and Sir Charles 
 must have had his mistake, as to his position, 
 corrected. He had acted as an independent ruler ; 
 he must have now seen he was but the nominee of 
 the British Cabinet. There were but few colonists 
 who understood this subject but would have spent 
 the last drop of blood in their veins rather than 
 admit the right of the British Crown to let felons 
 loose amongst the free population, already cursed 
 by too many of the refuse of society from the 
 adjoining penal settlements. The comparatively 
 small community of 1849 had solemnly declared 
 that they would resist the landing of convicts 
 even by an appeal to arms ; and now that the 
 population was quadrupled, and the people felt 
 their strength, it was not likely they would allow 
 the sanctity of their hearths to be violated. The 
 almost simultaneous expiration of the Convicts 
 Prevention Act by the effluxion of time with the 
 arrival of this ukase from the Colonial Minister 
 excited the public mind. The crisis had come, 
 and no compromise could be allowed ; indeed if 
 so odious an exercise of the prerogative had been 
 
 insisted upon, and the doors of the gaols had been 
 opened for those confined under the Act, the 
 colonists would have resisted, and the connection 
 between the colony and Britain would perhaps 
 have been severed. A great public meeting was 
 held in front of the Court House, at which 
 resolutions were carried strongly condemning the 
 measure, and protesting in the most solemn 
 manner against it. The speakers were Westgarth, 
 Michie, Ireland, Eades, Clowes, Blair, Marsden, 
 Owens, Kent, Mackinnon and Newton. The 
 meeting adopted a petition to the Legislature 
 praying, " That in order to the protection of the 
 colonists from further inundation with foreign 
 crime, and in vindication of their own right of 
 freedom of legislation, their Honourable House 
 would re-enact the Convicts Prevention Act with 
 such additional clauses as would prevent the 
 introduction to Victoria of the convicted criminals 
 of other countries or colonies under any pre- 
 text whatsoever." The popular indignation was 
 increased by the great favour shown to Sir 
 William Denison, the adviser of this unconstitu- 
 tional effort to set the felons of the mother 
 country loose on V., through the convenient 
 convict colony of V.D.L. He had been raised to 
 the rank of Governor-General of N.S.W., although 
 notoriously unpopular in all the Australian 
 Colonies, having almost excited the free people 
 in V.D.L. to revolt. He appeared indeed to 
 delight in advising the British Government to adopt 
 measures which he must have been aware would 
 raise the indignation of the Australian people. 
 The resolute language at the public meeting held 
 in Melbourne was re-echoed at another meeting 
 held in Geelong ; the people even pledged them- 
 selves at the latter to "go the length of extreme 
 means in order to avert the threatened plague." 
 Indeed, the Legislature scarcely kept pace with 
 public expectation, for the Convicts Prevention Act 
 had expired in October, and a measure of a more 
 lenient character introduced by the Attorney- 
 General had been referred to a select committee, 
 which did not report on it until the beginning of 
 November. The committee then simply stated 
 that there were so great difficulties in carrying out 
 the Government measure, and which was entitled 
 " A Bill to prevent the influx of unreformed 
 criminals," that it could not be adopted. The 
 great demonstration of the 23rd October and the 
 now unanimously expressed resolve of the people 
 to resist at all hazards — to throw the consideration 
 of all that was usually held sacred aside — the 
 honour of the Crown — the respect for the Govern- 
 ment — the desire for ease and social tranquillity — 
 the aversion to violent measures — and, in short, to 
 sacrifice all other considerations that they might 
 maintain their character as a free people, so that 
 the stigma might never be cast upon their offspring 
 that their fathers had suffered such an outrage 
 without displaying the indomitable spirit of the 
 race from which they were descended, now encou- 
 raged the Legislative Council to adopt decisive. 
 
 tel
 
 TOO 
 
 CyOLOPiEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vio 
 
 measures. The petition from the colonists was 
 presented by the Mayor to the Legislative Council 
 on the 24th October, and on 3rd November 
 Nicholson obtained leave to bring in a bill to pre- 
 vent the influx of criminals. This measure was 
 even more stringent in its provisions than the act 
 of the former year and it included the class of 
 persons objected to arriving from Britain as well as 
 from the neighbouring colonies. This important 
 enactment, which may be deemed the fixed and 
 inexorable resolve of the people of V. on the 
 question at issue, passed into law on 16th 
 November, and the Government, wisely perceiv- 
 ing the unalterable determination of the colonists, 
 did not attempt to interfere with the course of 
 legislation on this subject. The people were far 
 in advance of the Legislature in patriotic feeling, 
 and were indignant that their representatives did 
 not affirm by a solemn declaration the right of the 
 colony to enact whatever laws it deemed necessary 
 for the good of society. The officials of the 
 Government opposed the measure. This was 
 not much to be regretted, as had they condes- 
 cended to support the representative members 
 they would have no doubt endeavoured to soften 
 down its best, because its most decided, features. 
 The colony was now forbidden ground to all con- 
 victed persons, who were liable to be arrested, 
 and either confined or sent out of the colony. In 
 the fourth session of the Legislative Council a 
 bill was introduced by Captain Clarke, Surveyor- 
 General, for conferring municipal government on 
 country districts, with powers for levying rates 
 for public purposes. This measure, framed after 
 the American model, had a very beneficial effect 
 in ameliorating the condition of the suburban 
 towns and country districts, and has tended 
 almost more than any other towards social and 
 physical improvement. Hotham issued a com- 
 mission on 2nd November 1854 to inquire into 
 the laws and usages then existing by virtue of 
 which the waste lands of the colony were 
 occupied, and to ascertain what alterations in 
 such laws would be for the public advantage, and 
 the nature and extent of all claims which had 
 arisen, and how they were to be adjusted. 
 On 12th September 1854 the Hobson's Bay 
 Railway was opened, in the presence of His 
 Excellency and a large assemblage of the 
 most influential persons in the colony. The 
 Ballarat Riots which occurred in November 1854, 
 led to the forced resignation of Foster, the 
 Chief Secretary. They also ruined the popularity 
 of the Governor. The more experienced colonists 
 began to doubt his judgment and aptitude for 
 administering the government ; and totally unac- 
 quainted with the difficulties which he had then 
 to contend with, held aloof. He required advice, 
 for he had no cordial sympathy or assistance from 
 his constitutional advisers, and he had too little 
 knowledge of the state of affairs to govern without 
 such aid. His Excellency, however, displayed 
 considerable discrimination in selecting a successor 
 
 to Foster. W. Haines had been returned by the 
 popular voice to the Legislative Council, and was 
 an Englishman and a member of the Church of 
 England, and, therefore, likely to be acceptable to 
 a large portion of the community. Haines may 
 be regarded as a Minister called to power by the 
 favour of the Governor and the good opinion of 
 the people. The events which had passed had 
 taught Hotham a useful lesson ; and from this 
 time to his death he evinced a greater desire to 
 govern the colony in a constitutional manner, 
 and the consequence was that it continued pros- 
 perous and tranquil. Hotham had learned from 
 practical experience — what he might have learned 
 equally well from history, if he had bestowed any 
 share of attention on that most useful study — that 
 to administer the Government of any country in 
 accordance with the interests and wishes of the 
 community is comparatively easy and simple ; but 
 no authority can long exist without the confidence 
 of the people. On 13th December 1854 the new 
 Secretary was introduced to the Legislative 
 Council by the Attorney-General and the Collector 
 of Customs. In his first address he said that the 
 Government contemplated great changes in the 
 administration of the gold-fields, by conceding a 
 proper representation in the Legislature and intro- 
 ducing amongst the people institutions for local 
 self-government. The true method of tranquillising 
 the diggers was at last adopted by granting them 
 political privileges co-equal with the other classes 
 of the community. The insurrection at Ballarat 
 had a beneficial effect on the colony ; it promoted 
 social and political progress, and helped materially 
 to place the relations of the Government and the 
 people upon a proper and defined basis. The 
 two bills for carryiug into effect these necessary 
 and conciliatory measures towards the people on the 
 gold-fields passed the Legislative Council in May. 
 The number of members of the Council Increase 
 Bill gave Sandhurst, Castlemaine and Ballarat 
 two, and the Avoca and Ovens one representative, 
 being eight members, which gave His Excellency 
 the privilege of nominating four. The Gold- 
 fields Law Amendment Act provided for the issue 
 of a Miner's Right which should give the holder 
 power to work upon the Crown land for one year. 
 A local court was also called into existence before 
 which the miners were enabled to bring their 
 differences for adjustment. The miners could sit 
 as members of the local courts and vote at their 
 election. The Government was empowered to issue 
 leases for auriferous land subject to certain condi- 
 tions to be framed by local boards. These important 
 measures for extending the franchise to the diggers 
 and introducing self-government amongst them had 
 the desired effect. Tranquillity has ever since 
 reigned at the gold-fields. The close of the session 
 was marked by a partial vote of censure upon the 
 Government. J. F. Strachan moved "That this 
 House deems it inexpedient and impolitic in the 
 Government introducing any new mode of taxa- 
 tion during the present session." A long debate
 
 Vicl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 tot 
 
 occurred on the question and it was affirmed by 
 a majority of only one. In closing the session 
 Hotham spoke very briefly and merely alluded to 
 the ordinary topics ; in reference to the vote we 
 have just noticed he said, " I am compelled to 
 stop such of the public works as are not under 
 contract and to make further reductions in those 
 establishments which the Council have resolved 
 to be necessary for the performance of the public 
 service." The colonists were deeply grieved at 
 the death of Major-General Sir Robert Nickle, on 
 29th May 1855. This distinguished officer had 
 entered the army in 1798 and served throughout 
 the Peninsular war with great distinction. He 
 had afterwards been in the States of America and 
 Canada and in the East and West Indies, and was 
 at this time Commander-in-Chief in the Australian 
 Colonies. He had acquired some share of popularity 
 in Y. from the great temper and forbearance he had 
 exhibited towards the digging popularity after 
 the insurrection at Ballarat. Hotham had become 
 so unpopular that it was seriously in contempla- 
 tion to forward a requisition to the Governor- 
 General in Sydney to come and investigate the 
 position of the Government of V. The movement 
 was not ultimately acted on ; but it occasioned 
 some sensation. The powers of the Governor- 
 General were set forth at length in a despatch 
 from Earl Grey when Secretary of State for the 
 Colonies to Sir Charles Fitzroy, dated 1.3th 
 January 1851 and published in the Sydney 
 Government Gazette in the following June. The 
 agitation of the matter was far from being 
 agreeable to the Executive. Hotham, who appeared 
 to have deemed Commissions the only method of 
 attaining correct information on questions of public 
 interest, appointed a Committee of three to inquire 
 into the financial condition of the colony. Their 
 instructions referred to the large sums under the 
 head of imprests remaining unbalanced, the neces- 
 sity of a searching inquiry into the finances of the 
 colony, and also for devising a financial scheme 
 suitable for the future. The gentlemen who formed 
 this "Secret Commission" were the Auditor- 
 General, William Hamilton Hart, and David 
 Charteris MacArthur, and they reported on 11th 
 September 1854. The Committee exposed some 
 of the frightful effects of the imprest system ; by 
 returns they furnished it appeared that on the 28th 
 August the sum of £1, 082,328 had been imprested, 
 and no adjustment of it effected; and, deducting 
 £372,089, the accounts not due, there was the 
 balance of £1,310,238 unaccounted for ; of this 
 balance accounts for £8093 had been received and 
 passed for warrant ; accounts for £157,835 were in 
 course of examination ; accounts for £182,599 had 
 been received in the audit office ; accounts for 
 £677,964 had been received, but the authority for 
 the expenditure was insufficient, leaving the sum 
 of £283,745 wholly unaccounted for. Of the large 
 sum of £1,310,238, which remains unadjusted, the 
 Civil Commissariat, Police, and Public Works 
 departments, represent £883,250. The Committee 
 
 recommended that the imprest system should be 
 abolished, and accounts discharged after final audit 
 only at the Treasury. The New Constitutions, as 
 framed by the Legislatures of the different colonies, 
 were brought before the Imperial Parliament by 
 Lord John Russell, and passed with scarcely any 
 remark. Robert Lowe opposed the nominated 
 Upper House for N.S.W., but his opposition was 
 ineffectual. The New Constitution Act was received 
 by the Shalimar on the 16th October 1855. It 
 was officially proclaimed on 23rd November by 
 His Excellency, who had recommended a general 
 holiday in honour of the event. The Government 
 offices were closed, and business generally was 
 suspended, but there were no public'rejoicings. On 
 the same day the Legislative Council was opened 
 for its last session prior to dissolution, by a speech 
 very different from the Governor's former efforts. 
 This document evinced very considerable ability, 
 and a skill which is seldom met with in the 
 State papers of Hotham. He congratulated the 
 Council upon the working of the new Acts for 
 the regulation of the gold-fields, and upon his 
 own financial reforms, and the improved aspect 
 of public affairs generally. The new organ of 
 the Executive received considerable credit on 
 this occasion ; but a movement which he, in 
 conjunction with the other high officers of the 
 Government, thought themselves called upon to 
 make, in order to introduce responsible Government 
 into the colony, lost him much of the popularity 
 he appeared to be attaining. A wide difference 
 of opinion existed as to the exact period when 
 the various heads of departments should cease to 
 be responsible to the Crown and become respon- 
 sible to the popular Legislature. The officials 
 felt themselves in a difficult position in framing 
 the estimates ; the doubtful point was this : should 
 they regard the estimates as framed by his 
 Excellency, and the Ministry as being responsible 
 to him for the manner in which they carried them 
 out as had hitherto been the case, or should they 
 look upon the estimates of revenue and expendi- 
 ture as their own, and introduce them in the 
 approved budget fashion 1 The Colonial Secretary 
 asked the Governor in what position as to responsi- 
 bility he considered the officials to stand ( and, 
 after the subject had been duly considered, the 
 high officials received a circular releasing them 
 from office on " political grounds." Haines, the 
 ex-Chief Secretary, was then sent for in the most 
 approved form, and having been requested by 
 His Excellency to form a Ministry, immediately 
 appeared with the members of the Executive who 
 had just resigned. The Council and the people 
 concurred in thinking the members of the Ministry 
 were actuated by a desire to secure their pensions. 
 Under the 50th clause of the New Constitution 
 Act, persons released from office on political 
 grounds were entitled to pensions, but this clause 
 was qualified by the next clause, which provided 
 that pensions shall be granted subject to the 
 regulations in force in Britain, which shut out all
 
 '708 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 IVic 
 
 who may not have been two years in office. The 
 new Ministers only escaped a severe vote of censure 
 for thus prematurely assuming " responsibility" by 
 one vote. They had, moreover, anything but an 
 agreeable task before them with the great bulk of 
 the popular members decidedly hostile to their 
 policy, and the Governor inclined to exact com- 
 pliances hardly in accordance with their vaunted 
 responsibility. On the 18th December 1855, 
 William Nicholson proposed a motion for the 
 introduction of the ballot. The terms of the 
 motion were — •" that in the opinion of the House, 
 any new Electoral Act should provide for electors 
 recording their votes by secret ballot." This 
 resolution was not only opposed by the newly- 
 appointed responsible Government, who contrary 
 to Nicholson's express desire made it a Ministerial 
 question, but by Mollison, Smith, Fawkner, 
 Greeves, O'Shanassy, and O'Brien, who were 
 opposed to the Ministry. It was, notwithstanding, 
 affirmed by thirty-three votes to twenty-five, and the 
 Cabinet had of course no alternative but to resign. 
 They had made an error in consequence of their 
 having over-rated the influence of those popular 
 members who were notoriously antagonistic to the 
 measure. They became the victims of this mis- 
 placed confidence. The advocates of the ballot 
 had not anticipated this, and were scarcely prepared 
 for assuming the responsibility of forming an 
 administration. Hotham adopted the constitu- 
 tional course of sending for Nicholson, who rather 
 unwillingly accepted the task of forming a Ministry. 
 With some difficulty he obtained the services of 
 a gentleman competent to carry on the various 
 departments. But when he had organised a 
 Ministry he found that they were not likely to 
 have that political cohesion and unanimity of 
 sentiment which in his opinion were necessary to 
 carry on the official business of the country. He 
 therefore reluctantly abandoned the task and 
 assumed the whole responsibility of this failure. 
 In the short explanation he made to the House 
 he stated that if he had desired office he might 
 perhaps have got a Ministry together, but under 
 the present constitution he had thought it difficult 
 to find men capable of forming a Ministry ; and 
 the difficulty was this, that persons were not poli- 
 tically consistent, and it was hopeless to attempt 
 to form a Ministry differing from him on almost 
 every question." On a subsequent occasion he 
 interrupted Chapman, who was proceeding to 
 excuse the failure, and said " It would be better 
 not to enter on details ; he alone had failed and 
 he was willing to take the responsibility of it." 
 During the pending negotiations between Nichol- 
 son and the other supporters of the ballot in the 
 House, Sir Charles Hotham's death occurred ; and 
 Major-General Macarthur, the officer who assumed 
 the administration of the Government in- accord- 
 ance with the letters patent appointing the former 
 to be Governor-in-chief of the colony, recalled 
 Haines and the other members of his Ministry 
 back to office. Had Hotham lived there is little 
 
 doubt that he would have endeavoured to con- 
 struct a new Ministry out of such materials as 
 were within his reach. Like Lord Metcalf, when 
 Governor of Canada, he would have canvassed 
 the colonists to become Ministers rather than be 
 placed in a position which he deemed humiliating. 
 Perhaps under the circumstances Major-General 
 Macarthur adopted the wisest course which was 
 open to him, and at any rate it was a step 
 which relieved him from a considerable amount 
 of responsibility and annoyance. In his explana- 
 tory speech to the House Haines stated that 
 " Mr. Nicholson having had the opportunity of 
 forming a Ministry and not being able to succeed, 
 he thought the resolution which had been arrived 
 at by the House in reference to the ballot no 
 longer binding, and he should proceed as if it had 
 never been passed." The House however agreed 
 to the ballot clauses proposed by Nicholson, and 
 they were incorporated in the new Electoral Act ; 
 and so well did they answer the purpose that the 
 adjoining colonies adopted them. On 14th Decem- 
 ber Dr. Embling moved two resolutions in the 
 Legislative Council condemning State-aid to reli- 
 gion, and recommending his Excellency not to 
 take action on the 53rd clause of the Constitu- 
 tion Act until the colonists generally had had 
 an opportunity of expressing their views in the 
 forthcoming elections. These resolutions were 
 negatived by a large majority. Hotham had 
 commenced his career by enunciating the demo- 
 cratic principle, that power proceeds from the 
 people. He had not been long in office before 
 his opinions and measures were alike viewed as 
 tyrannical. The Governor, who had been received 
 with the most lavish demonstrations of satisfac- 
 tion ; who had been regarded as the model of 
 perfection, the most liberal of rulers ; was now 
 viewed as a narrow-minded martinet, whose 
 proper place was the quarter-deck. The people 
 who had over-rated him now fell into the opposite 
 extreme, and did not give him credit for the 
 abilities which he unquestionably possessed. 
 Hotham had under such adverse circumstances to 
 discharge the difficult duty of introducing Respon- 
 sible Government. There could hardly have been 
 a task requiring more judgment, temper and 
 discriminating firmness ; and as he did not possess 
 these in any eminent degree, it is not much to be 
 wondered at that he succeeded but indifferently 
 in his task. He was, by emphasis, the wrong man 
 in the wrong place. The progress of the colony, 
 meanwhile, had been unparalleled during the first 
 five years of its independent existence. The city 
 of Melbourne had been nearly rebuilt, and spacious 
 warehouses and handsome dwellings occupied 
 space which could previously boast little beyond 
 mere hovels. The commercial relations of the 
 colony had not, however, been by any means so 
 satisfactory as could have been desired. The 
 markets had been glutted with merchandise in 
 consequence of the high rates which had been 
 obtained in the first year of gold digging ; prices
 
 Vic] 
 
 i rctoWEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 W9 
 
 fell and severe losses were sustained. The pro- 
 gressive improvement of the colony, and the 
 expansion of its own resources, restricted business. 
 There were many persons engaging in supplying 
 and distributing produce which began to be 
 grown in the colony, and they soon found their 
 occupation gone. Credit had been carried to 
 an extent almost unprecedented. No merchant 
 refused goods to any trader, and the idea of 
 insolvent debtors had not startled them out of 
 their false security. In 1854 the crash fell with 
 great violence ; many traders became involved, 
 and there was wide-spread distress in the towns 
 and on the goldfields. The low prices of most 
 articles of foreign production ultimately tended to 
 the increase of the national wealth, as the great 
 proportion of the merchandise was sent out at the 
 risk of persons who were not connected with the 
 colony in business. It was now made apparent 
 that too many persons had embarked in commer- 
 cial pursuits, and that a considerable portion of 
 the trade was of a forced and unnatural kind ; and 
 that numbers of those who expected to obtain a 
 permanent footing as merchants must be disap- 
 pointed, and compelled ultimately to look out for 
 more legitimate pursuits as a means of living. The 
 banking interest had emerged into very consider- 
 able importance. There had been branches of the 
 two great Anglo-Australian establishments in 
 Melbourne from its very infancy ; and the Bank 
 of New South Wales had opened a branch just 
 before the date of separation. After the gold 
 diggings had become a fact, the want of another 
 bank became evident to many mercantile men, 
 and the first local institution for banking purposes 
 was launched into existence under the designation 
 of the Bank of Victoria. It has been skilfully and 
 carefully managed, and succeeded admirably, 
 giving the public confidence in domestic associa- 
 tions. The Colonial Bank was commenced in 
 1855, and promised to be quite as successful as its 
 predecessor. The London Chartered, the English, 
 Scottish and Australian and the Oriental Banks 
 opened branches in Melbourne. A considerable 
 amount of attention began to be bestowed upon 
 agriculture and stock-breeding. Several gentlemen 
 imported " blood " of the first character from 
 Europe. There had been two associations for the 
 promotion of those objects for some years in exis- 
 tence—the Port Phillip Farmers' Society and the 
 Industrial Association. Local societies began to 
 be formed throughout the various districts of the 
 colony, whose operations have been most beneficial. 
 The gold had been obtained in the first instance 
 from alluvial digging and by individual exertions. 
 It was found that the inexhaustible quartz-reefs 
 were all auriferous, and machinery and capital 
 were soon brought to bear upon them ; and a far 
 wider field was thus opened for industry in com- 
 bination with capital. The banks established 
 branches on all the principal gold-fields. In the 
 early phase of Victorian colonisation tho want of 
 a continuous stream of free immigration was 
 
 urgently felt. Such persons as arrived from the 
 mother country, with very few exceptions, were 
 agricultural labourers and tradesmen, with their 
 families, whose passages were defrayed from the 
 land fund of the colony. But the discovery of 
 gold made a marked change in this respect. 
 Vessels of the largest size crowded into Hobson's 
 Bay, crammed with living freights, until six 
 hundred ships lay at one period there together, 
 many of them destitute of their crews. The 
 sailors at this period usually deserted for the gold- 
 fields. The people arrived in such numbers that 
 no accommodation could be prepared for them, 
 and much suffering and discomfort ensued. Had 
 the government of the colony been better con- 
 ducted, and the Crown lands been more accessible, 
 the greater part of those persons would have 
 remained. But unfortunately the agricultural 
 lands were not easily purchased, and labour and 
 other appliances were unattainable, so that many 
 who acquired fortunes departed again with their 
 wealth to other countries. 
 
 X. Governor Barkly. — Sir Henry Barkly suc- 
 ceeded Sir Charles Hotham on the 26th December 
 1857. The first parliament under the New Con- 
 stitution had assembled on 21st November 1856. 
 By the 3rd March following a crisis had arisen, 
 and Haines and his friends resigned. The event 
 was interesting, as being the first of its kind 
 occurring after the New Constitution was fairly 
 under way. The stumbling-block arose out of a 
 vote for immigration purposes which had been 
 taken for the sum of £270,000, while, as it after- 
 wards came out, the Ministry's intention at the 
 time, and in fact the arrangements they had made, 
 involved an actual expenditure of only £1 20,000. 
 The larger sum looked better in the face of some 
 considerable expenses attending a new system of 
 immigration ; and besides the £150,000 of spare 
 money might prove convenient to the wants of 
 an uncertain future. But the House rebelled 
 forthwith at this laxity of principle, and on its 
 condemnatory vote Haines was succeeded by 
 O'Shanassy. The new Minister, although him- 
 self an able and well-informed public man, was 
 encumbered by a following of a miscellaneous 
 character in a political sense. There was indeed 
 a difficulty as yet in finding "workable" Ministries 
 in the new political field, as Nicholson had already 
 experienced. Public men, even if they had as yet 
 emerged with fixed principles of their own from 
 the race and agitation of the colony's politics, 
 were still little disciplined into mutual co-opera- 
 tion. The new Government lasted hardly six 
 weeks when Haines was again Premier ; and as 
 he was personally in general esteem and had 
 brought with him on the whole a better following 
 than his predecessor he succeeded in standing 
 longer. ■ In fact he held his ground, as his impa- 
 tient opponents of these restless days might have 
 said, for the unconscionable period of almost an 
 entire year, when at last he was in turn upset 
 upon a schedule of an Electoral Districts' Act,
 
 710 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 m 
 
 1C 
 
 and once more O'Shanassy " reigned in his 
 stead." This last proceeding brings us to the 
 24th February 1858. By this time much had been 
 accomplished in constitutional questions, notwith- 
 standing what might seem to outside observers 
 the slipshod aspect of the Government as indi- 
 dicated by the repeated ministerial changes. The 
 Legislature that had closed the past order had 
 been considerably pervaded by influences outside 
 the parliamentary walls, and with so much effect 
 that it passed with a fair majority a motion in 
 favour of the ballot— a thing it had never shown 
 any disposition to do previously. Indeed a large 
 proportion of this majority, including even the 
 mover himself, had formerly been opponents of 
 the ballot. But the searching political ordeal 
 of the new system had caused every one to 
 re-examine his political views and to test the 
 theoretical by the practical. In consequence the 
 accustomed anti-ballot theories mostly disap- 
 peared. Subsequent experience more than con- 
 firmed all the anticipations from this measure 
 both as to its nullifying effect upon bribery and 
 intimidation, and even more, its influence in 
 restraining disorderly excesses and violence during 
 the exciting times of political elections. The first 
 elections under the Ballot Act took place in 1856. 
 The effect was quite extraordinary, the elections 
 having passed off without the least confusion or 
 disturbance, although there was immense popular 
 interest felt in the results. The Ministry of that 
 day too as well as the Assembly were prone to 
 liberalities. Although they opposed the ballot 
 they introduced and passed an Electoral Act 
 which greatly equalised the previously imperfect 
 representations, and thus gave a fairer starting 
 ground for the new order. The Ministry continued 
 the Government during the transition interval ; 
 and its leading members having addressed the 
 new constituencies and been elected into the 
 Assembly of the new parliament, they prolonged 
 their administration into the new era. They 
 pleaded strongly for a fair trial being given to 
 the New Constitution, condemned although it 
 now was for its restrictions. They however 
 expressed themselves generally as disposed to 
 accept the new conditions and ideas ; and thus 
 the colony enjoyed the advantage of starting 
 on the new course with its old guides under 
 a reciprocity to some extent of confidence and 
 good-will. The development of the programme 
 of the colony's new political career was very 
 rapid. The manhood suffrage, a Government 
 measure, was passed in 1857 with a conservative 
 clause giving a non-residential vote in right of £50 
 of property or £5 of yearly rental. On the motion 
 of an opposition member (Mr. Duffy) the property 
 qualification as regards membership in the 
 Assembly was abolished. The numbers of this 
 body were increased from sixty to seventy-eight 
 members, and the electoral distribution received on 
 the occasion a further degree of accordance with 
 the population-basis principle. Other measures 
 
 of the democratic programme were tried but they 
 were less successfully dealt with. State-aid to 
 Religion after being lost by one vote of the 
 Assembly was still preserved by a majority of one 
 vote in the Council ; while all efforts to fuse the 
 two existing Educational boards, representing 
 respectively the rival national and denominational 
 systems, and to introduce some general and truly 
 national system, proved at that time futile although 
 accomplished at a later period. Such were the 
 attainments at the date alluded to. The colony 
 had entered on a democratic course already far in 
 advance of home example, and the proclivities (as 
 an American would express it) were strong. As 
 each Ministry was bowed out its successor braced 
 itself better up to the democratic regimen which 
 accordingly it administered with a more accustomed 
 and less irresolute hand. Three more years elapse 
 without any special results. But in 1861 there 
 seemed to be a reactionary movement. More than 
 one Premier had appeared and passed away in that 
 busy and shifting interval. The Heales Ministry 
 was in office ; but Heales' call to the premiership 
 was hardly announced ere the Assembly by a very 
 decided majority pronounced its want of confidence. 
 The House had its likes or dislikes to Heales and 
 his following, or rather to the latter, for that 
 was ever the high ministerial difficulty ; and 
 besides Heales was a protectionist. The democratic 
 development had sensibly increased the strength 
 of a colonial protection party which was previously 
 of no consideration, and confined mainly to certain 
 agricultural districts which had hoped for a reign 
 of high prices during the confused prospects of the 
 first years of gold-mining. Under these circum- 
 stances it was generally expected that the Governor, 
 Sir Henry Barkly, would have called another 
 Minister. He did not do so however but at 
 Heales' request granted him the chances of a 
 new Assembly. The new elections resulted 
 so far favourably that they diminished the 
 hostile majority ; but as they did not remove 
 it, the adverse votes being still forty against 
 thirty-four, Heales and his party quitted office. 
 The programme, as sketched by the Governor in 
 his opening speech to the new Assembly on 30th 
 August 1861, was more ample, perhaps, as well as 
 more precise, than any of its predecessors, and 
 illustrative of what may be called the advanced 
 democratic school of the colony. First, as to the 
 Crown Lands, which although termed "waste," 
 were occupied by squatters. A plan was to be 
 adopted by the Government of permitting occu- 
 pation of any waste lands by simple license to 
 persons who, with the purpose of settling and 
 cultivating, took 160 acres, on the condition of 
 paying 2s. 6d. per acre of rental. Next, the prin- 
 ciple of Protection was to be adopted, partly with 
 the view of increasing revenue by increased cus- 
 toms dues, partly to give the " incidental advan- 
 tages" to home industries by directing the taxation 
 of imports to those articles that competed with 
 home production. In the same spirit colonial
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTKALASIA. 
 
 ill 
 
 distillation was to be encouraged by levying a less 
 duty on colonial than on imported spirits. Thirdly, 
 it was proposed to adopt a system of payment of 
 members ; and the plan, as understood, was that 
 each member of parliament was to receive a salary 
 of £300 a year. The other chief propositions 
 were, a reduction of the export duty on gold from 
 2s. 6d. per ounce to Is. 6d. ; the introduction of 
 the Torrens Real Property Land Transfer Act ; 
 the substitution of one Education Board for the 
 present two divisions, with the twofold object of 
 economy, and of giving a sound secular education ; 
 the abolition of State-aid to religion ; and the 
 reform of the constitution of the Council or 
 Upper House. Regarding these proposed mea- 
 sures, the proposals generally were not unsuitable 
 to the colony's circumstances, and were in fact 
 likely for the most part to be carried out gradually 
 in the quieter political procedure that seemed 
 promised to the colony. Already the gold-duty 
 was reduced, and the Torrens Land Transfer Act 
 made law ; while a Crown Lands measure, with 
 greatly increased facilities to the purchasing 
 public, was passed by Heales' successors. The 
 State-aid and Education questions either had 
 already taken, or seemed on the eve of taking, the 
 issues indicated above ; and the constitution of 
 the second Chamber was to be reformed towards a 
 less restricted qualification, unless that body was 
 content to exist with a legal rather than an actual 
 influence and consideration in the colony. On the 
 other hand, there was evidently a strong prejudice 
 with many at the time against the proposition of 
 the payment of members, arising in the main from 
 a feeling that members should be possessed inde- 
 pendently of at least sufficient means of subsistence, 
 so as not to trust to their politics for a livelihood. 
 O'Shanassy succeeded Heales. This time he was 
 aided by more promising coadjutors, as they 
 included Haines and Nicholson ; and the Ministry 
 lived to the unprecedented term of nearly two 
 years. The wants and aims of the colony were 
 growing clearer, and thus permitted of more 
 extended co-operation among its public men. The 
 new Ministry applied at once a conservative check 
 to the momentum of change and progress insti- 
 tuted by its predecessor. The "re-arrangement 
 of the tariff" was to have operated protectively 
 by means of duties to be levied on imported 
 vehicles, furniture and other articles that com- 
 peted with colonial production. An array of 
 wharfage rates was, amongst other purposes, 
 designed to give a slight protection to agricul- 
 ture, which was not however to be otherwise 
 favoured — to the disappointment of many farmers 
 who themselves restricted in many things by the 
 proposed code, hoped that their interest above all 
 others would be reciprocally cherished. Borne 
 extra income derived from these arrangements 
 was to have permitted of a reduction of the tea 
 duty (Gd. per pound) and of the duty on the 
 Lower qualities of sugar (5s. per cwt.) £20,000 a 
 year was expected from a duty on bank-notes. 
 
 The new Ministry disowned all the protective 
 projects and would let the tariff and minuter 
 proposed changes alone for the present. Their 
 attention was given to a final settlement of the 
 long-protracted Public Lands question. That 
 question was complicated by the many interests 
 that had arisen under past and present systems. 
 There was also the difficulty of dealing with the 
 squatters, whoso slight and surface use of the 
 natural country, besides the comparatively large 
 area that each sheep and bullock required, sus- 
 pended that class in a sort of dubious mid-air as 
 to the question of its pertaining to a fixed and 
 permanent system of the colony. By the Imperial 
 Act of 1855 the colonial lands administration was 
 transferred to the colonial legislature. After five 
 years discussion both within and without the 
 parliamentary walls, Nicholson when Premier in 
 1860 ventured on the first exercise of the new 
 colonial authority on the contentious subject by 
 passing the Land Sales Act of that year, which 
 prevented any further operations of the " Orders 
 in Council," although not expressly repealing 
 them. The other provisions did not embrace the 
 whole land question. Heales' proposition too, 
 besides the same defect, was deemed of an unsuit- 
 able character for a colony already well peopled, full 
 of markets and municipal towns, and more or less 
 settled throughout. In laying open all the squat- 
 ting runs to the agricultural lessee as if they were 
 literally a waste or empty territory it did much 
 more than maintain the old doubts about the 
 relative value of squatting settlements — it really 
 excluded from consideration the very existence 
 of squatting. These discussions and tentative 
 efforts and propositions were not useless, and 
 prepared the way for a comprehensive measure, 
 the Land Law of 1862. The contention hitherto 
 about agricultural settlement being impeded by 
 the squatters must be set finally at rest. This 
 could only be done by the Government reap- 
 propriating, as it were, all the lands suitable 
 for agriculture. These the squatters must give 
 up, using them on mere sufferance till wanted. 
 On the other hand, they would enjoy the pastoral 
 use of the rest of the colony, with all the reason- 
 able security of possession that the public interests 
 could afford them. At the same time, even as to 
 these agricultural lands, the squatters were not to 
 be exposed to the casual inroad of any intending 
 purchaser or lessee ; for there were to be no sales 
 or settlements prior to the regular survey of the 
 lands, and their proclamation as open to purchase. 
 Regarding the rest of the public, the great object 
 was to promote the permanent settlement of the 
 country by giving encouragements and privileges 
 to a residential agricultural population. Great 
 exertions would be made with the surveys, so that 
 the widest area of choice might be given to 
 intending settlers. To such there would be no 
 delay or uncertainty such as attends the public 
 auction ordeal. Advanced as the colony now was, 
 the price must be maintained at twenty shillings
 
 712 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vio 
 
 an acre, but intending residents could select at 
 will over the area surveyed, and they were 
 facilitated in their payments by an option of 
 buying one half of their section, and leasing the 
 remainder at a yearly rent of 2s. 6d. an acre, with 
 the understanding that, after eight such yearly 
 instalments, the remainder was also their own. 
 The land was to be surveyed in sections of from 
 40 to 640 acres, and no one was entitled to pur- 
 chase under these regulations more than the latter 
 quantity in any one year. The condition of the 
 colonial lands had been ascertained to be as 
 follows : — There were altogether in round numbers 
 fifty-five and a-half millions of acres of colonial area. 
 Of this extent four and a-half millions had been 
 alienated from the Crown by sale, half a million 
 acres existed in worked gold-fields; there were 
 about two millions appropriated to commonage, and 
 thirteen millions were sterile. There remained ten 
 and a-half million acres suitable for agriculture, 
 and twenty-five millions more that, although not 
 suited to agriculture, were available for pasture. 
 The long lane of the land question seemed about 
 to be run to its final end under the O'Shanassy 
 Administration when there came once more a 
 change of Government. The Ministry had lasted 
 twenty-two months. What were things political 
 coming to ? How were all the many expectants 
 on either side the House to come in as Ministers 
 in their day and turn, if any one set takes such a 
 lease of the official seats 1 Even the fourteen 
 years leases after being demolished in one shape 
 might return in another on the colony at this rate. 
 Nevertheless it was a good sign of the colony's 
 political steadiness. But what caused the mishap I 
 A decided mishap it was, for it was indicated by 
 forty-two votes against twenty-six. It occurred 
 on the occasion of discussing amendments to the 
 New Land Act. The particular point was with 
 regard to the assessments on the squatters. These 
 dues as the Government had promised the Assembly 
 were to yield an increased income, by the adoption 
 of a system of arbitration for ascertaining the 
 depasturing capability of the runs, instead of the 
 previous plan of sworn returns from the respective 
 squatters themselves. The unexpected result was 
 however that the new mode yielded a less revenue, 
 and as the arbitrations had been rather a costly 
 business, the Ministry felt itself in an awkward 
 position before the House. To get out of their 
 difficulty Ministers preferred the course of 
 abandoning the new and reverting to the old mode. 
 This course was however opposed, as savouring 
 of repudiation towards those squatters whose 
 arbitration cases had resulted in the lesser amount. 
 The new system was law for the time and they 
 claimed their advantage accordingly. An opposi- 
 tion was organised in accordance with this view 
 of the case headed by McCulloch, one of the 
 principal merchants of the colony ; and when 
 O'Shanassy's Ministry after some consultation ou 
 on the subject had decided to resign, McCulloch was 
 entrusted by the Governor with the formation of a 
 
 Ministry. These occurrences were in June 1863. 
 McCulloch's Government was well supported, 
 including in more than usual measure the social 
 position, ability, and political experience of the 
 colony. The new Ministry amended the Electoral 
 Act of their predecessors by restoring the secrecy of 
 the ballot, which had been to some extent invaded 
 by a clause of the Act that connected the voter with 
 his voting-paper by means of a number to be 
 affixed to the paper by the returning officer upon 
 taking the vote. There were improved arrange- 
 ments made in the assisted immigration depart- 
 ment, chiefly with the view of introducing from 
 among the poorer classes of the mother country 
 persons of a training suited to the colony's wants, 
 and, in particular, female domestic servants. The 
 suspension of land sales under the new Act, pend- 
 ing an amendment of some of its clauses, left 
 comparatively small means at the Government's 
 disposal for immigration projects. The Land Sales 
 Act of 1860 had caused endless discussion both in 
 and out of Parliament. Ministerial difficulties 
 had occurred on the subject, and on the re-assem- 
 bling of Parliament after the adjournment usual 
 on such occasions, the excitement reached its 
 climax. This was on 28th August 1860. Large 
 public meetings had been^shortly before held, at 
 which several of the members of the Assembly 
 stirred up the populace, in effect, to make a phy- 
 sical demonstration in the open area around the 
 parliamentary buildings, in favour of a popular 
 and anti-squatting Land Act. In the afternoon 
 of the 28th an immense assemblage had come 
 together, who by degrees proceeded to violence, in 
 breaking windows, throwing stones, by which 
 many of the police were wounded, and shouting 
 for a rush into the Assembly, where the members 
 were at the time engaged in business. But at this 
 threatening stage the Riot Act was read, and the 
 area was cleared without difficulty by a small 
 party of mounted troopers. This very unusual 
 event in the capital greatly outraged the public 
 feeling, and accordingly, on the following day, 
 sixteen hundred of the citizens enrolled them- 
 selves as a special defensive force in case of 
 future need. All the military force of the colony 
 had shortly before been despatched to the aid 
 of the N.Z. Government in the war with the 
 Maories — a circumstance somewhat truculently 
 alluded to in the exciting speeches of some of the 
 leaders of the movement. A number of the rioters 
 had been laid hold of and were duly brought 
 before the magisterial bench of the Mayor. In 
 most of the cases, as often happens in such occur- 
 ences, there seemed no evil purpose, but a mere 
 excitement of the moment. The parties really 
 blameable were sure to be out of harm's way. 
 Those who had been arrested were only anxious to 
 make all kinds of excuses. One had an order for 
 admission to the Parliament House and merely 
 tried to put it in force ; while another was pushed 
 on by those behind ; and others had wives and 
 families to think about instead of disturbances to
 
 Vic] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 713 
 
 the peace. All were leniently enough dealt with, 
 but a legislative Act was immediately passed 
 which prohibited for the future any public meet- 
 ings or gatherings within certain distances of the 
 buildings of Parliament. One of the earliest 
 duties of the new Governor Barkly after his 
 arrival was to entertain an Act of the Colonial 
 Parliament by which the salary of his office was 
 reduced from ,£'15,000 to £10,000 a year. There 
 had been some disagreement between the home 
 authorities and the colony in the preceding year 
 on the subject of reducing the Governor's salary. 
 The large amount of £15,000 had been agreed to 
 eight years before, in consideration of the excessive 
 costliness of everything at the time in Melbourne. 
 Latterly however there had been such a complete 
 change in this respect that the expense of living 
 was now perhaps hardly more than one-third of 
 what it had previously been. The Colonial Parlia- 
 ment therefore decided at first on a reduction to 
 £7000 a year, with a proviso that the Act was to 
 take effect after the current tenure of the office 
 had run the customary term, understood to be 
 seven years. Exception however was taken to 
 this proceeding by the Imperial Government, and 
 for this reason, amongst others, that the Queen 
 might be pleased to prolong the Governor's vice- 
 royalty, in which case the reduction of salary 
 might be held as inconsistent with implied engage- 
 ments. The Act therefore was not ratified at 
 home, a circumstance that caused some slight dis- 
 satisfaction in the colony at the time. After an 
 interval however, during which it was understood 
 that Sir Henry Barkly was to be appointed else- 
 where after the usual term, the salary for the 
 future was fixed at £10,000, exclusive of course 
 of a Government house, provided and kept in 
 repair at the colony's expense. Sir Charles Darling 
 reserved this Act for Imperial approval, accord- 
 ing to the usual course in this question. The 
 death of Richard Heales in 1864 led to the 
 appointment of J. M. Grant as Minister of Lands. 
 The new Minister framed and succeeded in carrying 
 into law a popular Land Act, which still bears his 
 name, and which virtually put an end to the 
 squatting occupation, and threw the whole of the 
 territory open to agricultural free selection. This 
 Act has been since amended in some of its details, 
 but it practically continues still in operation. Sir 
 Henry Barkly's term of office, which had been 
 extended by the Imperial Government for two 
 years beyond the ordinary term, came to a close in 
 September 1863. He took his departure from the 
 colony amidst universal regrets. He was the first 
 popular Governor V. ever had. His rule was mild, 
 temperate, and just. He maintained the dignity 
 of the Crown, at the same time that ho was cour- 
 teous and affable in his bearing towards all classes. 
 A sharp contention on a point of constitutional 
 form arose between Sir Henry Barkly and the 
 Ministry of which O'Shanassy was chief. Popular 
 feeling ran very high on the matter, but went 
 entirely with the Governor, who received addresses 
 
 of sympathy from all parts of the 'colony. On 
 the other hand, O'Shanassy became so unpopular 
 that when his short-lived Ministry fell, he lost 
 all chance of regaining power, and was subse- 
 quently exiled from the political arena for several 
 years. During Sir Henry Barkly's Administration 
 the material progress of the colony steadily 
 increased. The yield of gold however had fallen 
 in 1862 to £6,685,192, which was a little more than 
 half the export of 1855. On 30th September, 
 1864, the total population was 596,529, of whom 
 343,525 were males and 253,004 females. 
 
 XL Governor Darling. — Sir Henry Barkly was 
 succeeded by Sir Charles Darling, who arrived in 
 September 1863 ; he was nephew of Sir Charles 
 Darling, who forty years before had been Governor 
 of N.S.W. He was destined to troublous times, 
 for he had not long arrived before another vexa- 
 tious hitch took place in the working of the 
 Constitution. A large part of the revenue in each 
 colony was raised by means of duties levied upon 
 certain goods on their entrance to the various 
 ports. Now the list of articles subject to such 
 duties was in 1864 shorter in V. than in any of the 
 other colonies ; but the Ministry then in power, 
 headed by McCulloch, desired to place a duty 
 on many articles previously admitted free. This 
 change was agreed to by the Assembly, but the 
 Council evinced a very decided hostility to the 
 proposal; the Ministers determined to coerce it, 
 and adopted a plan which had several times been 
 successfully employed in England. According to 
 the British Constitution — which was closely fol- 
 lowed by V. — all bills dealing with money matters 
 must be laid before the Upper House, which may 
 pass them or reject them according as it pleases 
 but has no power to make any alterations. Now 
 the money required by the Government each year 
 is voted by the two Houses in an Appropriation 
 Act, which is a bill prepared by the Government, 
 discussed and amended by the Lower House, and 
 then sent up to the Upper House for its assent, 
 which is seldom refused. But on this occasion 
 the Government inserted its Tariff Bill as one of 
 the clauses in the Appropriation Act for 1865. 
 The whole was agreed to by the Assembly and 
 passed on to the Council, which now found itself 
 in a difficult position. If it passed the Act it 
 would thereby give its assent to the obnoxious 
 Tariff Pill ; if it rejected the Act there would be 
 no money forthcoming for the payment of the 
 public debts ; and any intermediate course was 
 forbidden by the Constitution. It chose the alter- 
 native of throwing out the Act, and the affairs of 
 the colony were thrown into confusion ; all the 
 officers of government, clerks, customs officers, 
 gaol officials, policemen and seamen, together with 
 all the workmen on the railways or public build- 
 ings could receive no wages, and the contest of 
 the Upper House with the Ministry and the 
 Lower House was watched by the people with 
 intense interest. Matters were becoming serious 
 when the Ministry discovered an ingenious device 
 
 K4
 
 714 
 
 CYCtOP/F.riTA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vic 
 
 for obtaining money. According to British law if 
 a man is unable to obtain from the Government 
 what it owes him, he sues for it in the Supreme 
 Court, and then if this Court decides in his favour 
 it orders the money to be paid quite independently 
 of the Appropriation Act. In their emergency the 
 Ministry applied to the banks for a loan of money ; 
 five of them refused, but the sixth agreed to lend 
 .£40,000. "With this sum the Government servants 
 were paid, and then the bank demanded its money 
 from the Government ; but the Government had 
 now no money, and the bank then brought its legal 
 action. The Supreme Court gave its order, the 
 money was paid to the bank out of the Treasury ; 
 and thus a means had been discovered of obtain- 
 ing all the money that was required without 
 asking the consent of Parliament. Throughout the 
 year 1865 the salaries of officers were obtained 
 in this way ; but in 1866 the Upper and Lower 
 Houses agreed to hold a conference. Each made 
 concessions to the other, the Tariff Bill was 
 passed, the Appropriation Bill was then agreed 
 to in the ordinary way, and the "Deadlock" 
 came to an end. But in its train other troubles 
 followed ; for the English authorities were dis- 
 pleased with Darling for allowing such a state 
 of things. They showed how he might have 
 prevented it, and to mark their dissatisfaction 
 they recalled him in 1866. He bitterly com- 
 plained of the harsh treatment ; and the Assembly 
 regarding him as in some measure a martyr to 
 the cause of the people determined to recom- 
 pense him for his loss of salary. In the Appro 
 priation Act of 1867 they therefore placed a 
 grant of £20,000 to Lady Darling, intending it for 
 the use of her husband. The Upper House owed 
 no debt of gratitude to Sir Charles, and accord- 
 ingly it once more threw out the Appropriation 
 Bill. Again there was the same bitter dispute, 
 and again the public creditors were obliged to sue 
 for their money in the Supreme Court. In a 
 short time four thousand five hundred such 
 pretended actions were laid, the Government 
 making no defence, and the order being given in 
 each case that the money should be paid. Sir 
 Charles Darling died shortly after his return to 
 England ; and the Assembly, with the consent of 
 the Council, voted Lady Darling a pension of 
 £1000 a year for life. During his brief term of 
 office Darling was exceedingly popular, in fact the 
 idol of the people ; but his taking decided stand 
 with the Ministry in their efforts to force the 
 Tariff Bill through the Upper House incensed 
 against him the whole of the commercial and 
 trading classes, and Darling felt keenly their 
 opposition. In May 1866 he took his departure 
 from the colony amidst a tumultuous demonstra- 
 tion of popular sympathy. 
 
 XII. Governor Manners- Sutton. — Sir John 
 Henry Manners-Sutton (who subsequently became 
 Viscount Canterbury) took office in August 1866. 
 One of his first official acts was to refuse to sign 
 the judgments of the Supreme Court in favour of 
 
 Government creditors. The result was that the 
 McCulloch Ministry resigned. A new Ministry 
 was formed under Fellows and Sladen, which was 
 met at once by a vote of want of confidence, the 
 Ministry being in a very small minority in the 
 Assembly. An attempt by the Ministry, backed 
 up by the Governor, to carry on the business of 
 administration in the face of an adverse majority, 
 proved a complete failure. Eventually the " tack " 
 was taken off and the Estimates and the Tariff Bill 
 were passed separately by the Council. The Sladen 
 Ministry resigned, and the McCulloch Ministry 
 came back to power. The remainder of Viscount 
 Canterbury's term was a comparatively quiet one 
 for the Governor, who left the colony in March 1873. 
 
 XIII. Governor Bowen. — Sir George Bowen was 
 transferred from the Government of Q. to that of 
 V. on the retirement of Viscount Canterbury. He 
 held office for the full term of five years, and it 
 was well understood that he would have been 
 granted an extension of the term but for his com- 
 pliance with the act of his responsible advisers, in 
 the wholesale dismissal of civil servants which 
 signalised " Black Wednesday." The political 
 history of the colony, from the institution of 
 responsible Government to the present time, being 
 mainly a narrative of changes of Ministries, and 
 of political conflicts, is not capable of being con- 
 densed into a clear, continuous, and comprehen- 
 sive story. The drift of popular feeling, up till 
 the fall of the Berry Ministry in July 1881, may 
 be best indicated by the term ultra-democratic ; 
 but, on the other hand, the Upper House has 
 never shown a disposition obstinately to reject 
 measures of a genuinely liberal character, including 
 the reform of its own constitution. It has agreed 
 to pass more liberal Land legislation, payment 
 of members of the Assembly, the Education 
 Act of 1871 ; and it finally accepted a compromise 
 on the question of self-reform with the Berry 
 Ministry in June 1881. This last concession was 
 followed by the expulsion of the Berry Ministry 
 from office, upon a motion of want of confidence, 
 moved in the Assembly by Sir Bryan O'Loghlen. 
 The Ministry subsequently formed by the latter 
 gentleman was successful, with one exception, in 
 gaining their re-elections, and met Parliament for 
 the first time on 28th July 1881. The settlement 
 of the reform question ensures political peace to 
 the country for a long time to come. The strife 
 of parties can scarcely ever again be as fierce as it 
 has been in time past. All real causes of dis- 
 agreement have been, in fact, settled. The 
 material interests of the colony are at the 
 moment in a flourishing state, and there is every 
 reason to anticipate an extended period of both 
 political peace and material prosperity for the 
 Colony of Victoria. It only remains to add that 
 the present Governor is the Marquis of Normanby, 
 who succeeded Sir George Bowen in February 1879. 
 
 VICTORIA RIVER, a large river on the north- 
 west coast of the continent which empties itself 
 into Queen's Channel near the Cambridge Gulf.
 
 Vic— Vopl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 ris 
 
 It was discovered by Stokes in 1839. At its 
 confluence with the sea, between Turtle and Pearce 
 Points, it is 26 miles wide. It is guarded from the 
 sea at its month by Quoin, Drift-wood, Observation 
 and Clump Island.-;, and was named after Queen 
 Victoria. The land at the entrance of the river is 
 bold and well defined ; a remarkable rocky elevation 
 about 25 miles up the river is called the Fort, as 
 suggested by its bastion-like appearance, now called 
 Table-hill. Among the productions along the 
 banks of the Victoria are the silk, cotton tree and 
 the gouty stem tree. The principal reaches are 
 Whirlpool, Holdfast, Shoal and Long reaches ; it 
 is navigable for vessels of burden for 60 miles from 
 the entrance. This position is about 500 miles 
 from the centre of the continent. The valley 
 through which the river passes varies in its nature 
 from treeless, stony plains to rich alluvial flats 
 lightly timbered with a white stemmed gum ; the 
 banks are steep and high, thickly clothed with the 
 acacia, drooping eucalyptus and tall reeds. 
 
 VICTORIA MOUNTAIN, in N.S.W., 70 miles 
 from Sydney on the Bathurst-road. The passage 
 was named by Mitchell after the Princess Victoria 
 and was opened by Governor Bourke in 1832. 
 
 VLAMING, WILLEM DE, Dutch navigator. 
 On 28th December 1696 three ships commanded by 
 him reached the western coast of New Holland, and 
 next day anchored under the island of Rottenest. 
 On 5th January 1697 he went on shore on the main- 
 land, accompanied by eighty armed men and 
 proceeded inland. Nothing was at first seen but 
 gum-trees and cockatoos, but after a three-hours 
 march a small lake was reached where foot-prints 
 were observed, but no natives were seen. Another 
 expedition on the 6th was equally unsuccessful. 
 The ships left Rottenest Island on the 13th and 
 sailed away northward. On the 16th a landing was 
 again effected but nothing was found. On the 23rd, 
 when near Houtman's Abrolhos, some natives were 
 descried walking on the shore. On 3rd February 
 a boat landed on these rocks and found Dirk 
 Hartich's tin plate, with the inscription commemo- 
 rating his arrival and departure. Cruising about 
 for a time the ships discovered the North-west 
 Cape, and an opening which Vlaming called 
 Willem's River. On the 21st the ships sailed for 
 Batavia. 
 
 VOGEL, SIR JULIUS (1835—) is a native of 
 
 London and was educated at the London Univer- 
 sity School. He entered the office of his grand- 
 father, who was the head of a large house in the West 
 Indian and South American trade. It was intended 
 thatVogel should acquire aknowledge of mercantile 
 pursuits, with the view of proceeding to South 
 America, where through his connections good 
 prospects would have awaited him. But when 
 the Victorian goldfields became famous he was 
 seized with the desire to visit them, and against 
 the advice of his friends he proceeded to the new 
 El Dorado. Before leaving he went through a 
 course of study on the chemistry and metallurgy 
 
 of gold and silver at the Royal School of Mines in 
 Jermyn-street. He was Dr. Percy's first pupil in 
 the metallurgical laboratory of that institution, 
 and from that gentleman took with him to Mel- 
 bourne a certificate of proficiency in the art of 
 melting and assaying the precious metals. Some 
 time after his arrival Vogel was concerned in 
 various business pursuits in Melbourne and on 
 the goldfields. To oblige a friend who was ill he 
 wrote an article for an up-country newspaper, and 
 so first became connected with journalism, to 
 which he afterwards devoted himself. He became 
 editor of the Maryborough and Dunolly Adver- 
 tiser, proprietor of the Ingleieood Advertiser, and 
 part proprietor of the Talbot Leader. When the 
 rush to Otago, N.Z., commenced he went to 
 Dunedin, and purchasing an interest in the prin- 
 cipal weekly paper there, started the Otago Bail!/ 
 Times, the first daily paper in N.Z., and which for 
 some years he edited. Before he left V. however 
 he had contested an election for the Avoca district. 
 He polled 2000 votes, but was defeated by Grant 
 and Davies. Annoyance at this defeat did much to 
 influence his departure for N.Z. He studied closely 
 the politics of that colony, and within two years 
 became a member of the Colonial House of 
 Representatives, and of the Provincial Council of 
 Otago. For some years he was head of the 
 Provincial Executive, but in 1869 resigned, as, 
 having disposed of the Otago Daily Times, he 
 intended to reside in Auckland, where he became 
 proprietor of the Southern Cross and Weekly Netos 
 newspapers. In June 1869 Vogel joined the 
 Ministry formed by Fox, taking the portfolios of 
 Colonial Treasurer, Postmaster-General and Com- 
 missioner for Customs. He held these offices till 
 September 1872, when Fox's Government was 
 defeated. After the incoming Government had 
 held office for a month they were defeated on a 
 want of confidence motion, moved by Vogel. 
 The Governor refused them a dissolution, and 
 sent for Vogel, who formed a Ministry. Water- 
 house was offered and accepted the Premiership, 
 together with the leadership of the Upper House. 
 Vogel took the portfolios of Colonial Treasurer 
 and Postmaster-General, together with the leader- 
 ship of the Lower House. Early in 1870 Vogel 
 arranged in Sydney with Hall and the A.S.N. Co. 
 the first Calif omian service. During the session 
 of 1870, he introduced the Public Works and 
 Immigration proposals which were so warmly 
 adopted by the country, and to which vigorous 
 effect has been and is still being given. After the 
 session Vogel proceeded to Washington. He had 
 already negotiated a postal convention with the 
 United States, and he now visited America to 
 arrange for a through service to supersede Hall's. 
 The British Ambassador, Sir Edward Thornton, 
 was instructed by the Foreign Office to give every 
 assistance. After arranging the contract with 
 Webb, Vogel proceeded to London, where he 
 negotiated the first instalment of the Public Works 
 Loan, and concluded an engagement with a firm of.
 
 ?ic 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Vol-Wal 
 
 eminent contractors to send out representatives to 
 N.Z. Vogel's name is intimately identified with the 
 Government Life Insurance system which he 
 introduced, and which is working with very 
 great success, and with the Intercolonial Reci- 
 procity question, in which he has taken much 
 interest. Vogel has also strongly advocated the 
 confederation of the Australasian Colonies, and 
 has written several papers on the subject. He 
 ■was made Agent-General for N.Z. in London in 
 1876, received the honour of C.M.G. in 1872, and 
 was knighted in 1875. 
 
 VOLTAIRE CAPE, a cape on the north of 
 W.A., named by Baudin in 1801 after the famous 
 French writer. It was surveyed by King in 1820. 
 
 w. 
 
 WAGGA WAGGA, a pastoral township in 
 N.S.W., on the south bank of the Murrumbidgee, 
 about midway between Sydney and Melbourne. 
 It is 308 miles distant S.W. from Sydney, with 
 which it is connected by the Great Southern Rail- 
 way. The principal engineering difficulty has 
 been the bridge over the Murrumbidgee and its 
 approaches. On the north side there are 215 
 spans of 29ift., and on the south side 51 spans of 
 the same width, varying from 9ft. to 24ft. in height. 
 These are to allow for the escape of the flood 
 waters. The main channel of the river is spanned 
 by a bridge having two continuous wrought iron 
 lattice girders of 6.36ft. each in total length, 
 12ft. lin. deep, and placed 14ft. apart. These are 
 divided into four spans of 150ft., each span being 
 supported on two cast iron cylinders 9ft. in 
 diameter. The population is 4500. The town 
 does a large trade with the surrounding districts. 
 It has been a municipality since March 1870. It 
 has fifty miles of roads, and rateable property to 
 the amount of £326,000. The country round 
 Wagga Wagga is principally pastoral, though 
 experience has proved it to be well suited for 
 agricultural purposes, and a considerable area of 
 land has been free selected. Wagga Wagga has 
 become noted as having been the residence of the 
 " Claimant " in the Tichborne case. 
 
 WALCH, GARNET, journalist (1843—) is a 
 native of T., and son of Major Walch of the 54th 
 Regiment. He was educated in England and on 
 the Continent. On his return to A. he was 
 employed as a writer for the leading papers of 
 N.S.W. At Christmas 1871 he produced his 
 original extravaganza " Trookulentos," which was 
 very successful. A year afterwards he removed 
 to V., and has since written several successful 
 pantomimes and other dramatic works. In 1874 
 he published a volume of humorous verse and 
 prose, " Head over Heels," most of which had 
 appeared during the two preceding years in 
 Sydney Punch; and in the year following he 
 
 published " On the Cards." He was for six years 
 secretary of the Melbourne Athenaeum but 
 resigned the post in 1879. 
 
 WALHALLA, a mining township in V., 120 
 miles E. of Melbourne. It is situated in a valley 
 enclosed by steep hills. The quartz reefs in the 
 vicinity are very rich in gold, and Cohen's reef — 
 one of the best in the colony — runs north and 
 south through the hill to the west of the township. 
 Since its formation, about eight or nine years ago, 
 the Long Tunnel Company has paid £300,000 in 
 dividends, all of which has been accomplished 
 within five or six years. The Walhalla Company 
 has obtained in eight years 77,573 ozs. of the 
 precious metal, and paid £135,173 15s. in dividends. 
 Walhalla has been thus described by a correspon- 
 dent of the Argus : — " Walhalla — the Valhalla of 
 Scandinavian mythology, the place of immortality 
 for the souls of heroes slain in battle — and 
 certainly a more romantic spot could not well be 
 chosen for such a resting-place. The township is 
 situated in a gully on both banks of the creek, 
 closely surrounded and hemmed in on every side 
 by hills fringed with scrub and trees to the very 
 summit. The houses, perched on every conceivable 
 spot, some seeming to be almost inaccessible, give 
 a picturesque aspect to the place and bring to 
 one's mind the nestling chalets of Switzerland. 
 The gullies round Walhalla and along the creek 
 are a little different from the usual, truth to tell, 
 rather monotonous scenery of V. One does not 
 see such a sight every day. Lofty hills stretching 
 all round you— gum, eucalyptus and wattle growing 
 in profusion, and even now looking fresh and 
 green, while afar the wide-stretching azure slopes 
 of Baw-Baw and Mount Look-out rear their 
 massive forms to the sky. Here is a perfect feast 
 for the lover of nature's beauties. Innumerable 
 varieties of fern with their graceful fronds are 
 seen on every side, the tree-ferns spread out their 
 drooping leaves above your head, while on fallen 
 decaying stems, moss most exquisite in its bright- 
 ness of green, makes a study that would gladden 
 the heart of an artist. While heroes might wish to 
 find a resting-place in these romantic depths of cool 
 green shade, the spot should also possess a charm 
 for the many worshippers of Mammon. Could a 
 more appropriate spot be foundfor a miser'sbones to 
 rest than in ground permeated by the glittering 
 substance he loves, where he would literally be 
 encircled with gold >. For here, deep down in the 
 bowels of the earth are hidden treasures which 
 would satisfy the imagination of an Eastern 
 monarch, and remind one of the gorgeous magni- 
 ficence of the 'Arabian Nights.' The quartz reefs 
 are among the richest in the colony. One of the 
 mines, the Long Tunnel, since the working of it 
 began, ten years ago, has yielded over one million 
 sterling, and paid over three hundred thousand 
 pounds in dividends, and still looks as productive 
 as ever. Through the courtesy of the manager we 
 get permission to go through this wonderful mine. 
 Having donned an old coat and hat we take candle
 
 Wall 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 717 
 
 in hand and follow the underground manager 
 along the adit (some 700ft.) into the chamber. 
 Here we enter the cage which is to take us down 
 below. An improvement has been introduced in 
 this mine in the working of the cages, as when 
 they are lowered, the aperture is at once closed, 
 while should the rope or chain break arms at once 
 fly out from the cage and catch the sides of the 
 shaft, preventing further progress. Noiselessly 
 we descend to the third level 320ft. down (the 
 shaft is 723ft. deep,) and follow the manager as he 
 deftly leads the way through dark passages. Here 
 a miner comes along with a truck filled with 
 earth, and we stand aside till it passes. At 
 length we come to where two miners are drill- 
 ing holes in the quartz for the charge of powder. 
 We examine the lode, and see here and there 
 streaks of the precious metal and take up some of 
 the pieces of quartz lying at our feet, in which 
 also the golden gleam appears. We proceed along 
 another passage, crouching often to get underneath 
 the overhanging rock, and sometimes so low is the 
 aperture that we have only room to get through 
 stretched out at full length. And so on we go, 
 descending further and further into the earth, 
 seeing at each new drive a couple of miners hard 
 at work with huge hammers driving the drills 
 into the rock. No easy work this, as the sweat 
 pouring down their faces testifies. Now we come 
 to a place where they are prospecting for a fresh 
 reef, where the pathway is fidl of water and the 
 air close and heavy, though in the other parts of 
 the mine the ventilation is very good. We descend 
 ever so many feet by a ladder, and then after more 
 creeping and occasionally sliding through shoots 
 and going carefully over shafts, covered by a few 
 planks, we come to what is called a " pass." This 
 is a descent not very far removed from the perpen- 
 dicular and formed by wooden planks, where the 
 only hold is by inserting the foot a few inches at 
 each step, holding by the hand to the step above, 
 and where the least slip would result in a rapid 
 involuntary descent to the bottom of the " pass." 
 A muffled noise is now heard from a blast in one 
 of the drives, but this is a good way off. Having 
 at length reached the lower level of the mine, we 
 wait the descent of the cage, which at the signal 
 of the manager, is rapidly lowered (different 
 signals being used for each level of 100ft.) and into 
 this we step and noiselessly ascend to the chamber 
 and then pass along the adit into the outer air 
 again. The miners we find to be as a rule, brawny 
 powerful-looking men, who seem as if working 
 underground did not interfere with their health. 
 This mine is however well ventilated, and enjoys 
 great immunity from accidents. The miners work 
 in three shifts of eight hours each — 12 p.m. to 
 8 a.m., 8 a.m. to 4 p.m., and 4 p.m. to 12 p.m. 
 The machinery in use is of the most recent 
 invention, and we see the working of the pneumatic 
 engine, the quartz-crushing machine and the 
 various processes for extracting the gold. We 
 also see and admire the process of extracting the 
 
 pyrites from the tailings, by which a quantity of 
 gold is secured which would otherwise be lost. 
 The quartz in the Long Tunnel mine contains 
 silver as well as sulphur and arsenic, and the 
 tailings have to be roasted before the gold can be 
 eliminated from the mass. What a din there is in 
 the engine-room ! You might bawl your loudest 
 and not a word be heard. It is a relief to get into 
 the pure air of heaven again. Grand and almost 
 majestic as these hills around Walhalla looked in 
 the gloom of the evening, it was a more beautiful 
 sight to watch the sun gleaming on their crests 
 and the mist-wreaths curling from their slopes, 
 while far below rushed the turbid waters of the 
 creek. The two views were like the dark and 
 bright side of human nature ; though the shadows 
 may often have pathos and majesty in them, we 
 turn with a sense of relief to the rift in the cloud 
 through which the sunlight streams." 
 
 WALLAROO, the seaport town of the copper- 
 mining district of that name in S.A. near the 
 shores of Spencer's Gulf, 91 miles N.W. of 
 Adelaide. The famous Wallaroo mines were 
 discovered in 1860. They gave employment to 
 upwards of 833 men, but owing to the low price of 
 copper this number had to be reduced, and at the 
 end of August 1878 operations were altogether 
 stopped. Operations were resumed in April 1880. 
 Up to 1875 the total quantity of ore raised has 
 been 290,669 tons, the yearly average being 26,000; 
 the metal averaging about 15 per cent., being 
 lower than the Burra. The lodes were found to 
 increase in richness at lower depths. There are 
 several other very productive mines in the neigh- 
 bourhood. Smelting was carried on on a very 
 extensive scale at Wallaroo Bay ; the works are 
 the largest in the colony and include 36 furnaces 
 and 21 calcining kilns, at which 210 men were 
 employed. The same proprietary have another 
 smelting establishment at the Hunter River in 
 N.S.W. By this arrangement the vessels which 
 brought coal from N.S.W. to Wallaroo took back 
 copper ore to the Hunter River smelting works, so 
 that a saving of freight was effected. A railway 
 connects the mines with the port ; this gives ample 
 facilities for shipment. The leases under which 
 these mines were held expired a short time since, 
 but were renewed by the Government on payment 
 of a premium of £18,000. 
 
 WALLIS PONDS are situated in the district 
 of Bligh, N.S.W. ; they flow into the Macquarie 
 marshes, and were named by Oxley after Captain 
 Wallis of the 46th Regiment. 
 
 WALLSEND, the chief colliery township in 
 the coal district of Northumberland county in 
 N.S.W. ; lies in a valley running in a N.E. 
 direction from the head waters of Lake Macquarie 
 to the banks of the Hunter, about eight miles from 
 Newcastle. It is eighty-five miles W.N.W. of 
 Sydney. It is the site of the Newcastle and 
 Wallsend Coal Company's works, the pit being 
 situated about a quarter of a mile from the
 
 718 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA. OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wal-Waf 
 
 township. There is also a tunnel tapping the S.E. 
 portion of the field ; the seam is a continuation of 
 the Borehole seam. This colliery employs about 
 500 men and boys, and is capable of sending out 
 2000 tons of coal per diem. A private line connects 
 the collieries with the Great Northern near the 
 township of Waratah. During 1878 the output 
 was 114,908 tons. The Purified Coal and Coke 
 Company's works are situated close to the tunnel. 
 There is also an iron foundry situated in the 
 borough where extensive castings are frequently 
 done for the adjacent collieries. Wallsend was 
 proclaimed a municipality in February 1874. 
 
 WALSH, WILLIAM HENEY (1825—) came 
 to N.S.W. in 1844. In 1859 he was returned to 
 Parliament for one of the northern constituencies. 
 On the separation of Q. he retired into private 
 life, until 1865, when he was elected for Mary- 
 borough, Q. He accepted office in 1870 as Minister 
 for Works, but resigned in 1873 in consequence of 
 a difference of opinion between him and his col- 
 leagues on the subject of education. In 1874 he 
 was returned for the Warrego, and was elected 
 Speaker of the Legislative Assembly. In February 
 1879 he was appointed a member of the Legisla- 
 tive Council of Q. Walsh was regarded as one of 
 the best Ministers for Eailways and Works in that 
 colony ; he introduced many reforms and an excel- 
 lent system of organisation ; and effected a large 
 saving to the public. 
 
 WARATAH, a township in N.S.W., four miles 
 from Newcastle, and eighty miles N. of Sydney. 
 Coal mining is the industry of the district. The 
 Waratah Coal Colliery has been a prolific one, but 
 it is now nearly worked out. The Waratah Coal 
 Company now raise coal from the new colliery at 
 South Waratah, or Raspberry Gully, near Charles- 
 town. Population is about 400. Two copper and 
 one tin smelting works are in operation, and there 
 are stone quarries in the vicinity. Owing to the 
 large mining population, it is one of the busiest 
 stations on the Great Northern Railway, both as 
 regards passenger and goods traffic. Besides the 
 coal-mining, copper-mining, and smelting indus- 
 tries, large quantities of fruit— oranges, grapes, 
 bananas, <fcc. — are grown in and exported from the 
 gardens of North Waratah. The municipality was 
 proclaimed in February 1871. 
 
 WARBURTON, PETER EGERTON (1813—) 
 explorer, is a native of Cheshire, England, and 
 received his education at Orleans and Paris. He 
 entered the Royal Navy in 1825, and served on 
 board H.M.S. Windsor (JaMe. In 1829 he entered 
 the East India Company's Military College at 
 Addiscombe, and in 1831 sailed for India, where 
 he was in 1835 appointed Adjutant of the Marine 
 Battalion at Bombay. From that he was trans- 
 ferred to the General Staff in the Adjutant- 
 General's Department and rose to be Acting 
 Deputy Adjutant-General, which appointment he 
 held for two years. He retired from the service 
 in March 1853, with the rank of Major and the 
 
 pension of a Captain. In July of the same year 
 he landed in W.A., but came to Adelaide in 
 September. In December he was appointed Com- 
 missioner of Police and held that office until 
 February 1867. He was appointed Colonel Com- 
 mandant of the S.A. Volunteer Force in 1869 
 and resigned in 1877. Warburton started from 
 Adelaide on an expedition across the continent on 
 15th April 1873, with seventeen camels, three 
 Europeans and two Afghans. His route lay 
 across the sand-hills that baffled the brothers 
 Gregory; but with the aid of the camels, and 
 by his own indomitable energy he arrived 
 at length at a station belonging to some W.A. 
 squatters from whom the party received every 
 kindness and consideration. Nine months and 
 a-half had been occupied in making the terrible 
 journey of 900 miles. During the latter part of 
 their wanderings the party subsisted on worn-out 
 camel's flesh ; and upon rare occasions on a few 
 wallabies that they got from the natives. For his 
 services as an explorer, Warburton obtained the 
 Royal Society's medal, with a vote from the S.A. 
 Parliament of £1000 for himself and £500 for his 
 party. Sir Thomas Elder sent him to England 
 and published the narrative of his explorations. 
 Her Majesty created him a Knight Commander of 
 the Order of St. Michael and St. George. 
 
 WARRNAMBOOL, a seaport town in V., 
 pleasantly situated on an eminence on the shores 
 of Warrnambool or Lady Bay; it lies 170 miles to 
 the S.W. of Melbourne, and is the nearest port to 
 it on the Western sea-board. It was created a 
 municipality in 1855 and a borough in 1863. To 
 give facilities for loading and discharging vessels, 
 the construction of a breakwater was begun, but 
 owing to some doubts as to its answering the 
 intended purpose the work has been suspended. 
 It has since been condemned by Sir John Coode, 
 who has recommended a breakwater pier 1800ft. 
 in length ; the cost of this would be £280,900. 
 This scheme was highly approved of by the local 
 authorities, but as its cost was almost prohibitory 
 it has been suggested that a portion of the plan 
 should be carried out. The population of the 
 borough is about 5000. Warrnambool is situated 
 in a rich agricultural and pastoral district. A 
 trade in pigs and bacon is carried on, and pease 
 and barley are largely exported. The river 
 Hopkins flows within a mile of the town. 
 
 WARRABUNGLE MOUNTAIN is the most 
 prominent point of the Arbuthnot Range in 
 N.S.W., named by Oxley after the Right Honor- 
 able C. Arbuthnot of His Majesty's Treasury. 
 
 WARRAW0L0NG MOUNTAIN, a mountain 
 of N.S.W. about ninety-five miles from Sydney. 
 It is an important point in Mitchell's trigono- 
 metrical survey ; it is cleared, with the exception 
 of a few trees left on the summit which is 1700 
 feet above its immediate base. This mountain is 
 well known at sea by the name of Hat Hill. From 
 Warrawolong the mountain of Jellore, distant 
 ninety-eight miles, may be distinctly seen.
 
 Wat-Wei] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 719 
 
 WATSON, JAMES (1837—) is a native of 
 Portadown, in Ireland, and received his education 
 at the school attached to the Church of England 
 in his native town. He arrived in N.S.W. in 1856 
 and entered Parliament in 1869, being elected for 
 the Lachlan District in the general election of 
 that year and has sat for the same constituency 
 ever since. He was appointed Colonial Treasurer 
 in Parkes Administration in December 1878. 
 
 WAY, SIR SAMUEL JAMES (1836-) Chief 
 Justice of S.A., is a native of England. He 
 arrived in S.A. in March 1853 ; and was called to 
 the South Australian Bar in March 1861. He was 
 appointed Queen's Counsel in September 1871. 
 He was Member of the Education Board in 
 February 1874 ; was appointed Member of the 
 Council of the University of Adelaide in November 
 1874 ; elected Member of the Assembly for the 
 district of Sturt in February 1875 ; appointed 
 Attorney-General in June 1875 ; Chief Justice in 
 March 1876 ; and was elected Vice-Chancellor of 
 the University of Adelaide in April 1876. He has 
 been Acting-Governor or Administrator of the 
 Government of S.A. as follows :— 1877, 29th 
 January to 24th March; 17th May to 2nd October. 
 1878, 14th February to 15th August. 
 
 WEARING, WILLIAM (1816-1875) jurist, was 
 a native of London and studied at St. John's 
 College, Cambridge, where he took his degree of 
 B.A. He was called to the Bar at Lincoln's Inn 
 in May 1847, and arrived in Adelaide two years 
 later. The following year he was admitted to the 
 Bar in S.A. and was appointed a Notary Public. 
 In April 1856 he received the appointment of 
 Crown Solicitor, and in 1855 was made a Q.C. and 
 J.P. In August 1867 he was appointed third 
 Judge of the Supreme Court, and in the exercise 
 of the functions of his office he went on a circuit 
 to the Northern Territory, and was wrecked in 
 the steamer Gothenburg off the Q. coast on the 
 return voyage, on 25th February 1875. 
 
 WELD, FREDERICK ALOYSIUS (1823—) is 
 a native of England, and was educated at Stony- 
 hurst College, and at Freiburg in Switzerland. 
 He chose for himself a colonial career, and in 1844 
 arrived in N.Z. There he formed stations, 
 explored country previously unknown, and dis- 
 covered passes through the Kaikora Range. 
 Several of his explorations were undertaken on 
 foot, with only one companion ; and some of them 
 he prosecuted alone. In 1848 Sir George Grey, 
 then Governor of N.Z., offered Weld a place in the 
 Legislature, then entirely nominated. He declined 
 the honour, but took an active part in the move- 
 ment for representative institutions. As soon as 
 these were granted AVeld was elected and sat for 
 several years in the House of Representatives. In 
 1854 he was made a member of the Executive 
 Council. In 1860 he was Minister for Native 
 Affairs in the Stafford Ministry. That Ministry 
 was defeated in 1861. In 1864 Weld was made 
 Premier. When he came into office the country 
 
 was in a state of war ; the General of the army 
 and the Governor of the colony were at variance ; 
 escaped Maori prisoners held a fortified position 
 within sight of the capital ; Government deben- 
 tures were unsaleable, and the banks refused 
 advances, whilst the colony was exposed to what 
 seemed a ruinous war expenditure. In the face of 
 these troubles the Fox-Whittaker Government had 
 resigned without meeting Parliament. Weld 
 proposed to carry on the war without the aid of 
 regular troops, by small bodies of trained bush- 
 men, relying much on the effect of pushing roads 
 through the country. He thus succeeded in turn- 
 ing back the tide of war. He advised and carried 
 out the confiscation of the lands of the Waikato 
 tribe, as a mark of its defeat, and it has never since 
 taken up arms. He also sent an expedition of 
 colonial troops to punish the murderers of the 
 Rev. Mr. Volkner. His administration not only 
 dealt some effective strokes in war, but took good 
 measures for the establishment of peace. They 
 opened Native Land Courts ; carried the Native 
 Rights Bill (introduced by Fitzgerald, the Minister 
 for Native affairs;) and raised the question of 
 Native representation. To secure the unity of the 
 colony they brought about the removal of the 
 capital to Wellington, a more central position, 
 selected by Commissioners from the Australian 
 Colonies. The credit of the colony was restored ; 
 the finances, in the hands of Fitzherbert, the 
 Treasurer, were placed on a better footing; the 
 Panama line was subsidised ; an electric tele- 
 graphic cable was ordered so as to connect the two 
 islands of N.Z. ; and a scientific department was 
 established under Dr. Hector. In 1865 Weld's 
 Government was defeated on a vote for defence 
 purposes, and resigned. Though his administra- 
 tion had but a short duration, their policy was 
 emphatically approved by the Home Government. 
 Cardwell, then Secretary of State for the Colonies, 
 on receiving intelligence of the resignation of 
 Weld, said in a letter to the Governor that Her 
 Majesty's Government would continue to be 
 guided by the policy initiated by him. On resign- 
 ing the Government, AVeld whose health had been 
 broken down by over-work, went to England for 
 rest and change. Soon after his arrival there, the 
 Duke of Buckingham, then Secretary of State for 
 the Colonies, expressed his intention of offering 
 him a Colonial Governorship. A change of 
 Ministry took place ; and Earl Granville carried 
 out the avowed intention of his predecessor, by 
 appointing Weld Governor of W.A. At a public 
 dinner in London, Earl Granville gave as his 
 reason for selecting Weld for that appointment, 
 that he believed him to be just the man to infuse 
 a spirit of self-reliance into a colony in a state of 
 transition from a condition in which it was used 
 for the purposes of transportation and received 
 the aid of Imperial expenditure, to one of freedom 
 and self-support. During the period of Weld's 
 Government various industries were developed, 
 principally by concessions to capitalists from V.
 
 720 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wei— Wen 
 
 and other colonies. A partially representative 
 legislature was established ; municipal institutions 
 were introduced ; an Education Act was passed 
 which gave general satisfaction ; a system was 
 adopted which placed all religious denominations 
 on a footing of equality, grants of land being 
 made by the Governor to all of them, in propor- 
 tion to their numbers, for churches, schools, glebes 
 and charitable institutions ; telegraph lines were 
 constructed throughout the colony ; steam com- 
 munication was opened up along the coast, so as 
 to promote the settlement of various parts of the 
 territory ; and important explorations were succes- 
 fully carried out by John Forrest. Two of the 
 last acts of Weld's Government in that colony 
 were to cut the first sod of the first Government 
 railway, and to plant the first telegraph post 
 of a line which ultimately connected W.A. with 
 Adelaide and the whole of Eastern Australia. In 
 January 1875 Weld was appointed Governor of 
 T., where his administration was equally success- 
 ful. He filled the full term of five years, and in 
 1881 was succeeded by Colonel Strachan. 
 
 WELLINGTON, the capital of N.Z. and seat 
 of Government, is situated on the shores of Port 
 Nicholson, an inlet of Cook Strait. It is 180 
 miles by sea from New Plymouth, 150 miles from 
 Nelson, about 1200 miles S.E. of Sydney, and 1400 
 miles N.E. of Melbourne. With both these cities 
 there is steam communication. It was the first 
 and principal settlement of the New Zealand 
 Company ; its convenient harbour, a noble sheet 
 of water six miles in length by six in width, and 
 central position, giving it many advantages. There 
 are belonging to the port 37 sailing vessels of 5815 
 tonnage, and 18 steamers of 2035 tons. The prin- 
 cipal buildings are — Government House, the 
 Houses of Legislature, the Government Buildings 
 (an enormous building of wood covering nearly 
 two acres,) the Cathedral, and other churches and 
 chapels, comprising three Episcopal (St. Paul's, 
 St. Mark's and St. Peter's,) the last-named rebuilt 
 and opened during 1880. The Imperial Opera 
 House and many other buildings were destroyed 
 by fire on 15th June 1879. Nearly five acres of 
 buildings were devastated by this conflagration. 
 The city is lighted with gas. There is a substan- 
 tial wharf for the accommodation of shipping ; 
 also a patent slip, capable of taking up vessels of 
 2000 tons. The population of the city, with 
 suburbs, is estimated at 21,000. Large water- 
 works for the supply of the city have been con- 
 structed. A tramway extends from Adelaide-road 
 to Thornton railway station. A railway has been 
 formed to Greytown, a distance of fifty-three miles. 
 Wellington is a city under the Episcopal super- 
 vision of the Right Rev. O. Hadfield. There is 
 also a Roman Catholic Bishop, Right Rev. F. 
 Redwood. In the municipal boundaries are 1100 
 acres, and 37 miles of streets, with 3629 dwellings, 
 of the annual rateable value of £241,836. 
 
 WELLINGTON, FORT, on the north-east side 
 of Rallies Bay, on the Coburg Peninsula, in 
 
 Northern Australia. A settlement was formed 
 here by Captain Stirling in H.M.S. Success, on 
 17th June 1827, for the purpose of carrying on a 
 traffic with the Malays from Maccassar in the 
 Celebes, who frequent the coast of Northern 
 Australia, in quest of the trepang or sea-slug. 
 The settlement was named after the Duke of 
 Wellington. It was found however to be imprac- 
 ticable, and Captain Stirling removed his party 
 to Cape Leeuwin in 1829, and W.A. arose as a 
 new colony. 
 
 WELLINGTON, MOUNT, a mountain of T, 
 towering over Hobart, in T., and throwing its 
 strange square-headed shadow across the still 
 waters of Sullivan's Cove. It rises 4166 feet above 
 the level of the sea. It is a favourite resort for 
 summer tourists, and the grandeur of the view 
 from the summit has been thus described : — " The 
 vastness of the field of vision, the lucid trans- 
 parency of the atmosphere, and the interchange 
 of mountain, valley, sea, and river combine to 
 fascinate your gaze at the time, and to haunt your 
 memory for ever afterwards. And the very clouds 
 which occasionally blur the scene confer additional 
 beauties on it ; for sometimes as they break away 
 to seaward they disclose one of the islands in the 
 estuary so completely detached from the line of 
 the horizon as to appear as if suspended in the 
 heavens ; and sometimes a strong sunbeam striking 
 on the valley of the Huon, while all around is 
 mist and purple shadow, kindles the tract of 
 country it illuminates into such a lustre that it 
 appears to be absolutely transfigured, and recalls 
 to your recollection the light which abode upon 
 the Land of Goshen, when impenetrable darkness 
 had settled upon the rest of Egypt. As it flashes 
 in the sunlight, or fades in the shadow, the 
 Derwent gleams like a sheet of burnished silver, 
 or assumes the colour of a turquoise ; while the 
 undulating country inland seems to advance 
 towards, or to recede from you, according as it 
 vividly reveals itself in the light, or grows indis- 
 tinct in transitory gloom. The city itself, sloping 
 to the water's edge, looks like the collection of the 
 tiniest of toy houses dropped by a child in careless 
 play ; and the altitude at which you stand, coupled 
 with the amazing extent of country comprehended 
 in the view, enables you to realise the prospect 
 visible from a balloon." A waterfall of striking 
 grandeur, if seen after heavy rains, is reached by 
 following a track leading thither from the Springs, 
 about six miles along the mountain. 
 
 WENTW0RTH, WILLIAM CHARLES (1791 
 
 — 1872) " the Australian Patriot," was a native of 
 Norfolk Island. His father, D'Arcy Wentworth, 
 an Irishman, was Imperial surgeon on that island, 
 and afterwards held the position of principal 
 Superintendent of Police in Sydney, and was also 
 Magistrate of the Territory. Norfolk Island being 
 both geographically and politically a part of 
 Australasia, Wentworth was always regarded by 
 himself and his countrymen as a native of N.S.W. 
 At the age of seven he was sent to England for
 
 Wen] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 721 
 
 his education, and was for some time under the 
 care of Dr. Alexander Crombie, of Greenwich, 
 author of a standard work on etymology and 
 syntax. After a few years he returned to Sydney. 
 In the days of his early manhood, in 1813, ho 
 joined Blaxlaud and Lawson in an attempt to 
 cross the Blue Mountains, which had till then 
 bounded the enterprise of the colonists. They left 
 Blaxland's farm on South Creek on 11th May 1813, 
 and struck out for the westward. Having crossed 
 the Nepean and traversed several thickly-wooded 
 ridges and gullies they came on the 19th to the 
 furthest point reached by Bass in 1796. Next 
 day they went forward over a country entirely 
 new to Europeans. Through great difficulty and 
 danger they pushed on their way until the 31st. 
 They succeeded in finding a pass through the 
 mountains and descended a considerable distance 
 on the western slope. They had thus accom- 
 plished a great work ; they had marked out a 
 track over what had been regarded as an impass- 
 able barrier ; they had opened for their country- 
 men a way to new settlements of incalculable 
 resources. They were all three suffering from 
 dysentery ; their provisions were nearly exhausted ; 
 and their clothes and shoes were in a very bad 
 condition. They therefore determined to return, 
 and succeeded in reaching home on 6th June. In 
 1816 Wentworth went to England again and matri- 
 culated at Cambridge. There he spent several 
 years. In 1819 he published A Statistical, His- 
 torical, and Political Descri]>tion of the Colony of 
 New South Wales. This book was of much service 
 to his country by dispelling to some extent the 
 ignorance that had prevailed up to that time 
 in the mother country concerning Australia. 
 The work was well received, and as early as 1824 
 a third edition was called for and published. 
 Whilst at Cambridge Wentworth wrote his well- 
 known poem on Australia. The prize on that 
 occasion was awarded to his competitor, W. 
 Mackworth Praed, afterwards a distinguished 
 member of the House of Commons ; but it is now 
 universally admitted that Wentworth's poem is 
 the best. At the conclusion of his University 
 studies, he prepared himself for the legal pro- 
 fession, and in due time was called to the Bar. 
 He then returned to Sydney. In September 1824 
 he and his friend Dr. Wardell, also a barrister of 
 the English Bar, were admitted by the Supreme 
 Court of the colony to the practice of their 
 profession here. Wentworth was from the first 
 very successful in it. But he did not confine his 
 energies to one pursuit. The social and political 
 interests of the community early engaged his 
 attention ; and he took part, with much zeal, in 
 the squatting enterprise of the colony. When he 
 came out in 1824, he and his friend Dr. Wardell 
 brought with them the materials for starting a 
 newspaper in Sydney, and they succeeded in 
 establishing the Australian. As a journalist and 
 as a public orator he took up the cause of the 
 oppressed ; and one, imbued with sentiments of 
 
 humanity and justice, had no need to go far to 
 find instances of oppression. Both soldiers and 
 convicts were at the almost irresponsible disposal 
 of the civil and military authorities. Some 
 soldiers having sought to escape from the 
 restraints of military life by committing offences 
 which led to their being numbered with the 
 convicts — a change which seemed to them, in 
 prospect, desirable — the Government determined 
 to put a stop to a practice so destructive of 
 discipline. And in 1826 two soldiers, Sudds and 
 Thompson, who had committed theft in order 
 to be , transferred to the convict regime, were 
 sentenced to hard labour on the roads, with irons 
 of unusual weight. Sudds died under the inflic- 
 tion, and as it was generally believed that the 
 punishment was enormously severe, a cry of indig- 
 nation rose against Governor Darling. Wentworth 
 took the lead in the protestation, and in a pamphlet 
 known as The Impeachment said he would follow 
 General Darling to the gallows. From that time 
 he was regarded as the champion of the oppressed, 
 and many appealed to his powerful tongue and 
 pen for protection. After the death of his 
 friend Dr. Wardell, Wentworth withdrew in 
 some measure from his professional and literary 
 labours and entered into pastoral pursuits. 
 But he continued to take an active part in 
 political life. He was the leader of the Patriotic 
 Association which was formed to promote the 
 claims of the people of N.S.W. for civil and 
 political privileges, such as were enjoyed by their 
 fellow-subjects in other parts of the British 
 Empire. One of the first of these privileges for 
 which he struggled was Trial by Jury. On 1st 
 November 1824, the first civil jury was empanelled 
 in the Court of Quarter Sessions. This result 
 was due to the enlightened spirit and resolution 
 of Chief Justice Forbes. Wentworth took an 
 active part in the agitation that was carried on to 
 obtain a large increase of British rights. At a 
 public meeting held in Sydney in January 1827 
 for the adoption of a petition to the Imperial 
 Parliament, Wentworth said : — " The first topic 
 contained in the petition is a request for trial by 
 jury. We have already had in the Court of 
 Quarter Sessions a two years' experience of that 
 mode of trial, and notwithstanding a great part 
 of the population is held not eligible to sit as 
 jurors, it has gone on well and successfully; 
 therefore we urge that if it were more extended 
 in the colony its beneficial effects would be more 
 generally known." The petition was adopted 
 and entrusted to the hands of Sir James 
 Macintosh, who on presenting it to the House of 
 Commons, appealed to the evidence of Governor 
 Macquarie, Sir Thomas Brisbane, Chief Justice 
 Wilde and Chief Justice Forbes, in support of 
 the assurance that N.S.W. was "fully as ripe 
 for such a change as any other dependency of 
 the British Crown." But the Imperial Parlia- 
 ment was not willing to agree to these representa- 
 tions; and an Act which came into force on 
 
 S4
 
 722 
 
 CYCLOPffiDTA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wen 
 
 1st March 1829 again threw the power over the 
 liberty and property of the colonists into the 
 hands of military jurors in the Quarter Sessions 
 as well as in the Supreme Court. In this 
 untoward state of things, Wentworth nobly main- 
 tained his position in the van of the long-continued 
 contest to secure British rights and privileges for 
 his fellow-countrymen. On the accession of 
 William IV. in 1830, Wentworth seized the oppor- 
 tunity of making a new appeal to the Grown for 
 the concession of the rights so long withheld. An 
 address couched in the usual phrases of loyal 
 congratulation and prayers had been prepared, 
 and was moved in a public meeting convened for 
 the purpose by Sydney Stephen and seconded by 
 Sir Edward Parry. Wentworth came forward and 
 avowed his conviction that this was a fitting time 
 to urge on the King and his Council the just 
 demands of the colonists. He moved the insertion 
 of a paragraph expressing the hope that His 
 Majesty would "extend to the only colony of 
 Britain bereft of the right of Britons, a full 
 participation of the benefits and privileges of the 
 British Constitution." Lethbridge seconded the 
 amendment, which was adopted by the meeting. 
 Whilst various public and professional objects 
 engaged his attention, Wentworth did not neglect 
 science. He was from an early period a good 
 mathematician ; and on one important occasion 
 proved the accuracy of his knowledge in a practical 
 manner. He had gone on a voyage to Tahiti and 
 other islands ; and having lost their captain the 
 passengers and crew finding that the chief officer 
 was not competent to take charge of the ship, 
 entrusted the command to Wentworth, who suc- 
 cessfully navigated the vessel back to Port Jackson. 
 In private business, and in his own home, he was 
 remarkable for his generous consideration towards 
 all who were connected with him. All his servants, 
 overseers, and superintendents retained a warm 
 attachment to him. To many of them their 
 employment under him was the stepping stone to 
 success and independence. In public life he came 
 into hostile collision with men of different political 
 views and associations ; and when thus provoked 
 he was not sparing in his denunciations. But to 
 judge fairly of his mind and heart, one must hear 
 the terms in which all who served under him 
 speak of the generous treatment they uniformly 
 received at his hands. Wentworth generally sup- 
 ported the administration of Sir Kichard Bourke, 
 who went much beyond his predecessors in liberal 
 measures. He did not however spare the extrava- 
 gance of the Government in spending the money 
 of the people for purposes not conducive to the 
 public welfare. In 1833 he made a powerful speech 
 at a public meeting in Sydney on this subject, 
 lie severely criticised the expenditure, and urged 
 the adoption of a petition to the Governor which 
 waa resented as presumptuous, but produced some 
 salutary effect. With the next Governor, Sir 
 George Gipps, Wentworth came into collision on 
 the subject of his land purchases in N.Z. He had 
 
 bought of the native chiefs, for goods of the value 
 of ,£400 and a promise of a small annuity to each 
 of the vendors, the whole of the Middle Island- 
 that is the territory now comprised in Otago, 
 Southland, Canterbury, Nelson and Marlborough 
 —together with some 200,000 acres of the Northern 
 Island. Sir George Gipps regarded the attempt of 
 Wentworth and his partners to obtain this vast 
 domain as a monstrous perversion of the forms of 
 bargain and sale in taking advantage of the 
 ignorance of a barbarous people ; and all the 
 efforts of Wentworth by legal argument and 
 political influence to make good the purchase 
 proved unavailing. In 1843 a new political 
 Constitution with a representative element was 
 introduced, and Wentworth thenceforward occu- 
 pied a conspicuous part in the Legislature. The 
 general election took place in June 1843. He 
 was elected, together with Dr. William Bland, to 
 represent the City of Sydney. He was described 
 in a political journal of that day as one whose 
 " principles were liberal to the utmost latitude of 
 the term." One writer says : " Formerly indeed, 
 he was to all intents and purposes a Radical ; but 
 latterly he has been gradually approaching towards 
 Conservatism." If Wentworth had begun as early 
 as 1843 to recede from the democratic sentiments 
 to which he had given eloquent expression at an 
 earlier time, he certainly continued to move in the 
 same direction ; and just in proportion as the 
 people of N.S.W. came in the actual enjoyment of 
 the political rights which he had boldly claimed 
 for them, his ardour in support of those rights 
 cooled down and gave place at length to deep 
 aversion and earnest resistance to what he deemed 
 the excesses of democracy. And as he receded 
 from the standard of advanced Liberalism, the 
 confidence of those who most admired his noble 
 struggles for the rights of the people was naturally 
 more and more withdrawn. In 1849 Wentworth 
 took up the project of establishing a University 
 in Sydney. On 2nd October in that year he made a 
 most eloquent speech in support of a second read- 
 ing of a Bill for that object. The Bill was passed not 
 without much deliberation in Parliament and was 
 assented to by Sir Charles Fitzroy in October 1850. 
 His eminent services in the foundation of the Uni- 
 versity have been recognised by his fellow-country- 
 men in the erection of a statue in his honour in the 
 great hall of that institution. His portrait has 
 also been painted for the Chamber of the Legis- 
 lative Assembly. The earnest desire of those who 
 had watched his career to render him honour is 
 remarkably shown in the very unusual proceeding 
 of having placed, during the lifetime of Wentworth, 
 these works of art in the halls of learning and of 
 legislation. The next great subject of Wentworth 's 
 labours was the new Constitution, in which 
 Responsible Government was to be embodied. 
 Of course in seeking the privileges of Responsible 
 Government he was hailed as the leader of the 
 country. But when he came to the details of the 
 Constitution, he again differed widely from those
 
 Wes] 
 
 CYCLOP/EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 723 
 
 Liberal politicians who had been associated with 
 him up to a certain point. On 16th August 1853 he 
 moved in a speech of great ability the second reading 
 of the Constitution Bill which he had framed. The 
 Bill was passed early in 1854, and Wentworth was 
 appointed in association with Mr. E. Deas Thomson 
 Colonial Secretary, to proceed to England to 
 advocate the Bill before the Imperial Parliament. 
 Their mission was successful ; and in 1856 the new 
 Constitution became the law of the land. Whilst 
 the representatives of the people were engaged in 
 extending the basis of the constitution by the 
 Electoral Law of 1858, Wentworth was remaining 
 in England ; and from time to time expressed his 
 dissatisfaction at the treatment which the Con- 
 stitution he had drawn up received at the hands 
 of other politicians. But when he again came out 
 to his native country in 1861 all parties combined 
 to welcome him. His reception was a grand 
 demonstration of the high regard entertained for 
 him. After the sudden dissolution of the Legisla- 
 tive Council by the celebrated marching out of 
 Sir Wm. Burton and the whole House, Wentworth 
 consented to assist Mr. Cowper in the formation 
 of a new Council, and accepted the position of 
 President. Towards the end of 1862 he returned 
 to his family in England, and did not after- 
 wards visit this country. In accordance with 
 his own long expressed desire his remains were 
 brought to Vaucluse to rest by the waters of 
 Port Jackson. A public funeral was decreed 
 in his honour by the Parliament of his country. 
 
 WEST, JOHN (1808-1873) journalist, a native 
 of England, was brought up as an Independent 
 minister, and laboured for some years in this 
 capacity in England. In 1839 he came to T., and 
 was minister of the church in St. John's Square 
 for sixteen years. West became a conspicuous 
 writer against transportation. He wrote a History 
 of Tasmania, in two volumes, which is still 
 regarded as the standard work of reference on that 
 colony. In November 1855 he went to Sydney to 
 join the Sydney Morning He raid as chief of the 
 literary staff, and held the position of editor up to 
 the time of his death. West was an able writer, 
 and possessed considerable tact and judgment. 
 
 WESTALL MOUNTAIN, a remarkable land- 
 mark on the east coast of the continent, named by 
 Flinders after Westall, the artist, who accompanied 
 him. It forms the highest part of the eastern 
 shore of Shoalwater Bay. 
 
 WESTERN AUSTRALIA. I. Geographical 
 Position. — When Captain Fremantle hoisted the 
 British flag at the mouth of the Swan River he 
 took possession formally of all the land in the 
 great island continent now known as Australia 
 not included in the colony of N.S.W. Subsequently 
 the colony of W.A. had its eastern limit defined 
 by the 129th meridian of longitude east from 
 Greenwich, and in 1861 that also was made the 
 western boundary of the colony of S. A. ; the whole 
 area to the west of that meridian is therefore 
 
 within the limits of and subject to the Government 
 of this colony. By the supplementary commission 
 granted to the Governor in 1873 the boundaries 
 of the colony were defined "as extending from 
 the parallel of 13° 30' S. latitude to West Cape 
 Howe, in the parallel of 35° 8' S. latitude, and 
 from the Hartog's Island on the western coast in 
 longitude 112° 52' to 120° of E. longitude, reckoning 
 from the meridian of Greenwich, including all 
 the islands adjacent in the Indian and Southern 
 Oceans within the latitudes and longitudes afore- 
 said." The positions of the extreme points of the 
 colony are : — 
 
 S.Lat. E.Long. 
 
 On the North, Cape Londonderry ... 13-45 126-57 
 
 On the West, Dirk Hartog Island 
 
 (Cape Inscription) 2529 112-57 
 
 On the South, Peak Head, south of 
 
 King George's Sound 2513 11757 
 
 The extent and area of the colony as estimated in 
 the Office of the Surveyor General are : — 
 
 Length from North to South ... 1490 Eng. miles. 
 
 Breadth from East to West ... 865 „ 
 
 Length of line including the coaat 3500 „ 
 
 And in English square miles ... 1,060,000 
 
 „ acres 678,400,000 
 
 It is therefore the largest of the colonies of Aus- 
 tralia, and more than eighty times as large as the 
 United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland. 
 
 II. Geology and Physical Geography. — The 
 geology of W.A. is in its general features very 
 simple. Upon an undulating surface of granitoidal 
 rocks, passing, as is common elsewhere, into gneiss 
 and other forms of metamorphic rock, have been 
 deposited strata, for the most part horizontal, of 
 sandstones and limestones, the greatest thickness 
 of which does not probably in any place exceed 
 700 feet. These form flat-topped ranges, and by 
 process of denudation and consequent separation 
 from the mass, detached masses and peaked hills, 
 which are characteristic features of the country 
 over a large portion of its area. The arenaceous 
 and cretaceous deposits have, in process of denu- 
 dation, been cut into valleys and gullies, in the 
 courses of which the base rock is commonly laid 
 bare ; but as these deposits, even when obviously 
 similar in formation, are found at different eleva- 
 tions, and as science has recently confirmed the 
 possibility of similar deposits having been made 
 at different periods under similar conditions, it 
 will not follow that these are all of the same period 
 in time, or that they have even been continuous. 
 On the contrary, it would seem that the different 
 positions in which such deposits are found are due 
 to gradual or successive elevations of the land 
 from its western coast, but in addition to these 
 causes of the superficial formation, recent exami- 
 nation of the southern district of the colony has 
 shown that its area has been traversed by elevations 
 of eruptive rocks. The same features have been 
 observed in the upper basins of the Murchison 
 River, and the highest and most prominent hills 
 and ranges throughout the country have been sg
 
 m 
 
 UYCLOPJEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 formed ; those on the south being granitic or 
 schistose, while those to the north are described 
 as basaltic, trappean, or volcanic. Those erupted 
 rocks, both on the south and in the Murchison 
 district, form well-defined ranges culminating in 
 bold rocky peaks trending from east and north to 
 south and west, and about the sources of the 
 Murchison divide a series of parallel valleys form- 
 ing the basins of its affluents. True basalt has 
 been found in its crystalline forms in the south- 
 western angle of the colony at Buubury on the 
 north, and Cape Beaufort on the south, but con- 
 nection between these eruptive masses has not 
 been determined. Two geological maps of the 
 south-western part of the colony have been 
 published; one by F. H. Gregory (Arrowsmith, 
 London, 1860) including the Gascoigne Kiver, 
 which is now very scarce, and the other by H. Y. L. 
 Brown, giving the result of his surveys when 
 employed as Government Geologist during the 
 years 1870-73, which will be found with detailed 
 maps, sections, <fec, in the volumes of Council 
 papers published by the Government during the 
 years 1872-73. This of course is the more valuable, 
 as of later date, and the work of a professional 
 geologist, but Mr. Gregory's map, including 
 a much larger area both to the N. and 
 E., and marking the appearance of granitoid 
 rocks in the river courses and elsewhere, as 
 well as many erupted masses not included in 
 Mr. Brown's map, gives valuable assistance in 
 considering the general geological features of the 
 colony. Granitoid rocks appear in great masses, 
 forming capes and headlands on the Southern 
 coast, as also in dome-like elevations and bare 
 escarpments on the summits and sides of the 
 principal water-sheds of the country. These in 
 many places and more especially from Champion 
 Bay to the Murchison river, are traversed by 
 dykes of greenstone and similar rocks in which 
 rich lodes of copper and lead are found ; and on 
 the surface in other places, there are extensive 
 deposits of brown hasmatitic iron ore. Silver 
 exists in small quantities in the lead ores, and gold 
 has been found both in alluvium and quartz reefs, 
 but not as yet in quantities to make its working 
 remunerative. Among the erupted schistose rocks 
 on the Irwin, Phillips and Fitzgerald rivers have 
 been found, as probably there will be elsewhere, 
 strata containing a semi-bituminous deposit which 
 has been taken for coal. Tin and zinc have also 
 been reported as existing in several places, but have 
 not yet been discovered in workable quantities. 
 Brown attributes the argillaceous clays, shales and 
 schists to the silurian period, the bituminous 
 shales to the carboniferous, the sandstones and 
 limestones to the oolitic, but the coast limestone, 
 evidently a more recent concretion, must be 
 excepted, which, with its accompanying beds of 
 calcareous grit and sandstone, he attributes to the 
 tertiary period. Some of the fossils which these 
 limestones contain, differ but little from species 
 still existing on the shores of the colony; but 
 
 Brown seems to think that the clays and laminated 
 rocks found at the base of the hills may underlie 
 them. This outline sketch of the geology of W.A. 
 may be sufficient to account for its most apparent 
 physical features, but some further geological 
 notices will be required in considering them more 
 in detail. On examination, the coast line of W.A. 
 will be seen to present three deep indentations — 
 at King George's Sound on the S., Shark's Bay on 
 the W. and King's Sound on the N. coast, all 
 trending to the westward of N. To the W. of 
 King's Sound there is an extensive bight reaching 
 nearly to the N.W. angle of the colony, while on 
 the S. coast, the Great Australian Bight stretches 
 eastward from Cape Arid ; and lines drawn from 
 Fowler's Bay (beyond the eastern limit of the 
 colony) to King's Sound, and parallel to it, north- 
 ward from Cape Arid and southward from Shark's 
 Bay, will divide the Colony into three districts, 
 trending about N.N.W. and S.S.E. 
 
 1. The Desert district, continuous beyond the 
 
 eastern limit of the colony. 
 
 2. The Lake district, extending to the head 
 
 waters of the Greenough and Murchison. 
 
 3. The Coast district, including the basins of all 
 
 rivers south of the Greenough. 
 To these must be added the Coast districts of 
 the N. and S., including the basins of all rivers 
 falling into the sea in those directions. These 
 divisions accord well with what is known of the 
 geology of the colony, as a line drawn' N.N.W. 
 from Point Culver at the western end of the Great 
 Australian Bight will pass along the western limit 
 of the granitoid rocks on the edge of the great 
 desert, and strike the mountains at the head of 
 the Fortescue ; while a similar line drawn from 
 Fowler's Bay, at the head of the Bight, where 
 Delisser found granite, will pass between Mounts 
 Elvire and Fort Mueller granitic rocks, on Forrest's 
 track, near the eastern edge of the great desert. 
 It is also apparent that a similar line drawn from 
 the eastern shore of the Great Bight would come 
 out on the northern coast in the deep indentation 
 to the east of Cape Londonderry. These lines, 
 and others drawn at right angles to them, will 
 also be found to correspond generally with the 
 coast line, so that within a parallelogram of 1000 
 miles in length by 700 in breadth, which may form 
 the normal figure of the colony, its area to the 
 W. of a line drawn from King's Sound S.S.E. 
 would be included. If however the southern limit 
 of such a parallelogram were to be a line drawn 
 through Point Culver, the western coast limit of 
 surface granite in the desert district, it would pass 
 to the N. of that great mass of oolitic rock 
 . which appears on the shore of the Great Bight ; and 
 this exclusion would be consistent with the fact that 
 this formation is exceptional and differs from all 
 other known geological formations in the colony ; 
 the coast of the Great Bight extending at the foot 
 of a limestone range of perpendicular cliffs named 
 after Governor Hampton. The limestones here 
 found are of various qualities, and have never
 
 Wesj 
 
 O'YCLOIVEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 725 
 
 been sufficiently examined, but from the fossils 
 they contain, which in all are numerous, and of 
 which some entirely consist, they may probably 
 be classed as approximating to the great oolite of 
 England. They are too dense to contain water, 
 unless in fissures or caverns, which are common in 
 them. Their surface is grassed, but waterless, 
 though water fit for stock is found in Roe's 
 Plains, at their base near the sea. Their northern 
 limit has not been observed. They present mate- 
 rials for building, for lime burning, and for 
 such ornamental uses as marble is applied to. A 
 similar line drawn from N.W. Cape S.S.E. would 
 exclude the projecting mass to the E. of King's 
 Sound, which has also its own characteristic 
 difference. The Desert District, which had only 
 been entered from the E. and W. until it was 
 in the present decade crossed by Warburton, 
 Forrest, and Giles appears, so far as our present 
 knowledge extends, to be a level expanse of 
 sandstone with some granitic elevations and 
 depressions forming hills and pools, the surface 
 covered by what is locally known as spinifex, 
 thinly wooded with belts of mulga and other 
 shrubs, and with scattered white gum trees near 
 the pools of water. To the S. Giles found it 
 waterless, but Forrest found water nearly through- 
 out his whole route across the centre. It is there- 
 fore probable that water may exist in many places, 
 but the district, so far as is known, otters no induce- 
 ment even to further exploration ; yet Forrest, in 
 1853, found a sandstone range extending into it 
 under the parallel 28'30 S. latitude, and reports 
 many natives and much game in its interior ; it may 
 therefore possibly be more varied in character than 
 is commonly supposed. Of the Lake District more 
 is known, but by no means as much as is to be 
 desired. It presents an irregular undulating sur- 
 face of granitic rocks, very varied as is usual in 
 composition and structure, traversed by dykes of 
 dioritic quartzose and schistose rocks, the general 
 direction of which may be found to correspond to 
 the normal lines already indicated. Masses termed 
 indifferently trap or basalt by explorers, and cairns 
 of granite form isolated hills and ranges, the rela- 
 tions of which have yet to be determined. Quartzose 
 and schistose dykes in erupted masses appear to 
 be most common in the S., and trap or basalt 
 in the N. Upon the undulating surface of 
 the primitive rocks of this district horizontal 
 strata of sandstone, but of no great thickness 
 have been deposited ; the elevations are sepa- 
 rated by broad irregular shallow troughs, the 
 depressions in the surface of the primitive rocks, 
 in which are deposited clays and sands disin- 
 tegrated from them, which act as receptacles for 
 water, and form lakes of greater or smaller extent, 
 according to the amount of the rainfall, and which 
 uniting in very wet seasons may have giveu rise to 
 the report, once prevalent, of an inland sea. The 
 lakes or swamps thus formed may probably cover 
 one-third of the entire area of this district south 
 of the sources of the Murchison River. The 
 
 disintegration of the surface rocks, even of the 
 granite, from the quantity of feldspar contained in 
 it, but more especially of the sandstone and schis- 
 tose rocks, is effected with great rapidity both here 
 and elsewhere in the colony, and is not confined 
 to wet periods, but is continuous from atmo- 
 spheric action during the whole year ; and it 
 may be assumed that where sandstones predomi- 
 nate the process of evaporation, by which only 
 the surface waters are diminished there being 
 no known outfall for them, not only leaves in 
 deposition any saline matters that may be present in 
 them, but also may cause the formation of crystals 
 of gypsum as Mr. Brown supposes, and consequently 
 the lakes so formed are salt ; while those of which 
 the clay basins are formed by the disintegration 
 of granitic or erupted rocks are fresh, as are the 
 springs commonly found at the bases or elevations 
 of those rocks. A considerable portion of this 
 district is after rains richly grassed, and has been 
 utilised for grazing sheep and cattle ; but as rain 
 falls at very irregular periods and often at long 
 intervals, it is therefore unfit for agricultural pur- 
 poses. Long belts of a thick but low growth of 
 small Eucalypti are found traversing it at intervals. 
 It may probably be found hereafter rich in those 
 minerals which accompany or are contained in 
 granitic transition or erupted rocks. The lake 
 district may be considered as a shallow basin on a 
 plateau of 300 miles square, and is buttressed up 
 on three sides by elevations which form the water- 
 sheds of the rivers, the valleys of which open to 
 the coasts of the colony. The superior ranges, 
 which separate the river basins, commonly present 
 bare surfaces of granitoid rock ; the inferior are 
 for the most part covered with a concretionary 
 rock, frequently appearing as a conglomerate, 
 known in the colony as iron-stone, which is also 
 common in the valleys and on the flanks of the 
 ranges on the W. coast, while to the N. and 
 S. sandstones predominate. As is commonly 
 the case, the highest points project in front of 
 the main mass, but it is not probable that any 
 attain to 2000 feet above the level of the sea, 
 and the greatest elevations will be found in 
 the S.W. and N.W. ; in the former about the 
 middle of the river basins, and in the latter 
 near the sources of the rivers. As the basins 
 of the larger rivers naturally divide the coast 
 districts into areas having characteristic differ- 
 ences they may be best considered separately, 
 and as the principal settlements are on the W. 
 coast, it may claim priority in description. A line 
 of about 300 miles, from the sources of the Black- 
 wood to those of the Irwin, may represent the 
 south-western watershed of the colony. This great 
 mass of granitic rock — the western escarpment of 
 which is known as the Stirling Range, which forms 
 the watershed of the rivers of the S. as well as 
 W., and the spurs from which separate their 
 basins — has its greatest elevations to the S. 
 and W. The height of but few of these has 
 been correctly ascertained, but Mount William,
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 at the source of Meares River, to the S. of the 
 Murray, rises 1685 feet above the level of the 
 sea. To the W. and S. another range has been 
 thrown up, forming a sort of terrace below the 
 main range, and this is marked by Roe's Range, 
 of which Mount Lennard on the Collie is the 
 culminating point. Beneath this, as has been 
 noted, on the coast, both to the W. and S., 
 basaltic columns have been protruded at Bunbury 
 and at Cape Beaufort ; and beyond, about thirty 
 miles to the W., the Coast Range, some points 
 of which are nearly 800 feet above the sea, has by 
 its elevation directed the course of the Blackwood 
 to the S. This is also granitic, but has 
 deposits of limestone and saliferous sandstones 
 upon it. The former, probably of the same for- 
 mation as the coast limestone, are hollowed into 
 numerous caverns, containing fossils and fossili- 
 ferous deposits, while in the lowlands at the 
 base of the main range to the E., there are super- 
 ficial masses of gravel containing fossil bones of 
 large animals which have not yet been examined. 
 The line of this coast range is apparently continued 
 in the reefs which fringe the coast, the outer one 
 being known as the Five Fathom Bank, possibly 
 terminating in Houtman's Abrolhos. The great 
 granitic mass of the south-western ranges slopes 
 downward to the N., where the strata of 
 sandstones and limestones about Moore River 
 and the rivers of the Victoria district to the 
 N., and which rest upon it, give a distinct 
 character to that portion of the colony. The forma- 
 tion of these is not sufficiently well known, but 
 it would seem that they are related to the schis- 
 tose deposits on the Irwin and the S. coast. 
 The Blackwood, having had its lower course 
 directed southward by the interposition of the 
 rock masses on the W. coast, from Cape Leeuwin 
 to Cape Naturaliste, assumes an intermediate 
 position in the S., as the Gascoigne, falling 
 into Shark's Bay, does to the N. The rivers 
 Murchison, Greenough, Swan, and Murray, the 
 basins of which open to the W. coast, have their 
 sources in the main watershed, and mark the 
 principal divisions of the coast district ; while the 
 Hutt, Bowes, and Chapman, the Irwin, and Moore, 
 the Serpentine, Harvey, and Collie, have their 
 sources in the outer slopes of the ranges which 
 form the upper basins of the larger rivers, 
 as other inferior rivers, so called, have their 
 sources still nearer the coast line. The rivers of 
 the colony are indeed for the most part water 
 courses, down which torrents rush in wet sea- 
 sons, which occur only occasionally and some- 
 times at long intervals ; and their courses are 
 at other times marked by sand and gravel, 
 brought down by the floods, and pools formed in 
 the bottom rocks in which, as being below the 
 general level of the river bed, water remains after 
 a flood, and in some of which it is maintained by 
 natural springs ; these are fresh or saline — too 
 frequently the latter — according to the conditions 
 in which they are found. The lower course of the 
 
 rivers commonly opens into lakes, lagoons, or, as 
 they are termed, estuaries, often formed by eleva- 
 tions or depressions in the rocks near the coast, 
 and shut in from the sea by a bar of rock and 
 sand, a passage through the latter being opened in 
 time of flood, to be immediately closed by the 
 action of the sea, when the force of the current of 
 the river is no longer sufficient to keep it open. 
 Some few of the rivers have, however, a stream 
 continuous throughout the year, and of fresh 
 water ; these will be found on the south-western 
 and northern coasts of the colony. It will be seen 
 that the main, as well as the lateral valleys of the 
 river basins, are generally in the direction of the 
 normal lines already indicated. 
 
 III. Rivers. — The Swan River, as the centre of 
 the population and industry of the colony, and as 
 having on its banks the capital, Perth, and at its 
 mouth the principal port, Fremantle, may claim 
 precedence in description. Its name was, more- 
 over, that at first given to the new surface, broken 
 by small lakes, and crossed by numerous rivers. 
 The coast limestone ranges, which in some places 
 appear to have been deposited upon the tertiary 
 strata, in some others may be clearly perceived to 
 rest on granitic rocks. About the mouth of the 
 Swan they have been found below the bed of the 
 river resting on solid cretaceous sandstones. The 
 superficial limestones, however, form ranges of low 
 hills along the coast, between which are extensive 
 lagoons, two of which only, Peel and Leschenault 
 inlets, communicate with the sea, but neither are 
 accessible to vessels ; the former will not, but the 
 latter will, admit the entrance of boats. Peel Inlet 
 extends twenty miles to the S. in Harvey Inlet 
 and receives the waters of the Murray, with the 
 smaller streams of the Serpentine and Harvey, which 
 have their sources in the valleys in the face of the 
 Darling Range, and with other rivers of the same 
 class to the S., run a rapid course, broken by falls 
 before reaching the plain at the foot of the hills. 
 The falls of the Serpentine and Meares are most 
 remarkable for their height and the picturesque 
 scenery about them. The Murray has its northern 
 sources — the Bannister and Hotham — near those 
 of the Avon and Canning ; while its southern, 
 which unite in the Williams, interlock with the 
 Hillman and Arthur, the northern affluents of the 
 Blackwood. The lateral valleys of the Murray 
 extend about forty-five miles, and its main valley 
 is in a direct line from its watershed to the con- 
 fluence of the Williams and Hotham, about 
 fifty miles in length, and from thence to Peel 
 inlet about fifty more. It receives the N. and S. 
 Dandalup, from the base of the range on the N., 
 in its lower course. Upon these, as on all the rivers 
 of this coast, there is much fertile land which how- 
 ever has been in occupation since the early days of 
 the colony. The mouth of the Murray is obstructed 
 by sandbanks, but its lower course is navigable 
 for small craft to Pinjarrah. The area enclosed 
 between the Murray and Blackwood is drained by 
 the Collie, which receives the Brunswick and
 
 Wes] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 727 
 
 Wellesley from the foot of the range in its lower 
 course ; the Preston, with its affluent stream, the 
 Dardanup, flowing into Leschenault Inlet from 
 the S., as the Vasse and other small streams do 
 into Geographe Bay. The valley of the Margaret 
 opens the coast range to the W., as Turner's River 
 does to the S., the interior being accessible from 
 those points. The Blackwood drains the largest 
 area of all the rivers in the S. of the colony, but, in 
 consequence of the secondary elevation of the 
 ranges to the S.W., is confined to a narrow valley in 
 its middle course of some sixty miles in direct 
 distance, through a mountainous and well-wooded 
 country, in which there are, however, many fertile 
 flats and well-grassed banks. Its lower course for 
 forty miles is of the same character as the rivers 
 of the W. coast ; but it has a much greater 
 breadth and depth, and when in flood rises more 
 than twenty feet above its ordinary level. The 
 lateral valleys of the upper basin have an extent 
 of about seventy-five miles, and from the sources 
 of the Beaufort on the S., to its confluence with 
 the Arthur from the N., may be fifty miles ; 
 about fifteen miles below this it is joined by the 
 Balgarup, also from the >S., from whence to the 
 sea it has no affluent stream worthy of notice, 
 though it is fed by numerous torrents from the 
 mountains on either side. As the lateral valleys 
 of the Murray are separated from those of the 
 Swan, so the head waters of the Arthur and 
 Hillman are separated from those of the Murray 
 and Collie by narrow watersheds, thus dividing 
 the hill district of the S.W. into their several 
 basins, and, in like manner, the basins of the 
 rivers of the S. coast open from the reverse of 
 the watershed of the sources of the Blackwood. 
 These are the Gordon, formerly called the Frank- 
 land, the Kent or Macquoid, Hay, Kalgan, and 
 Palinup, which drain the area from Cape Chatham 
 to Point Henry at Dillon Bay on a coast line of 
 about 180 miles, all having their sources in the 
 flanks of the great granitic mass of the S.W. ; as 
 has the Warren between Cape Beaufort and Point 
 D'Entrecasteaux, near which are the smaller 
 rivers Donelly and Gardner, formerly known 
 as the Gordon, and the Shannon and Chesa- 
 peake, which fall into Broke's Inlet from the 
 N.W. On these there is much good land, and 
 the country about them is well grassed, and 
 consequently has been taken up by stock- 
 owners. The forests are from fifteen to twenty 
 miles from the coast, but there are groves of 
 peppermint and other trees on the low sandy 
 ranges between the inlets. The Gordon, rising 
 between the sources of the Palinup and Beaufort, 
 has a westerly course of sixty miles, when it is 
 joined by the Frankland from the N., which 
 formerly gave its name to the whole river ; from 
 thence it has its course through a narrow valley to 
 the rapids at the foot of the hills, and is from thence 
 navigable for small craft to its mouth in Nornalup 
 Inlet, which is, however, obstructed by sandbanks. 
 There are many fertile flats and well -grassed 
 
 slopes throughout the valley of this river. The 
 Kent and Kalgan have their rise in a district 
 of small lakes on the outer slopes of the basin of 
 the Gordon. The former has a course of about 
 seventy miles, with no considerable affluents, to 
 Irwin Inlet, and is on a smaller scale similar to 
 the Gordon ; as is the Hay, falling from the 
 southern slopes of its watershed, which is about 
 thirty-five miles from its source to its mouth in 
 Wilson's Inlet ; this also receives the smaller 
 streams of the Denmark on the W., and the 
 Sleeman and Teutor on the E. The Palinup 
 and Kalgan are intermediate in character, for on 
 their courses the granitic hills and forests die out; 
 the Porongurup extending in solitary grandeur to 
 the E. and culminating 2145 feet above the sea, 
 while between them the schistose peaks of the 
 Stirling Range rise in rugged masses for thirty 
 miles ; Tolbrunup near the centre rising 3341 feet; 
 Ellen's peak to the E. 3420 feet, and the highest 
 points between the two 3640 feet above the sea, 
 as recently estimated by Captain Archdeacon. 
 Across the lower course of the Palinup, a com- 
 paratively level plain extends to Doubtful Island 
 Bay, formed by sandstone deposits on the granitic 
 floor, which is apparent in the channels of the 
 rivers, and has its surface partly covered with 
 timber to the W., and numerous fresh water 
 lakes, those to the E. being marked by the belts 
 of yeat and tea-trees which surround them. The 
 Kalgan has its course of seventy-five miles round 
 Porongurup Range, and falls into Oyster Harbour, 
 which opens into King George's Sound. It is, 
 like the rivers to the W., a constantly flowing 
 water, but the Palinup is, except in rare seasons of 
 flood, marked only by occasional pools. It has 
 its outlet after a course of about 100 miles, during 
 which it receives only two small affluents from the 
 N., in an estuary of about five miles in length, 
 which lies in a very beautiful valley surrounded 
 by lofty hills, but it is closed from the sea by a 
 bank of sand. The sandstone rocks are well 
 developed on either side of the estuary of the 
 Palinup, presenting steep escarpments to the sea 
 of some sixty feet in height, but they attain their 
 greatest elevation on the Fitzgerald River, which 
 flows (when it does flow, which is at intervals of 
 several years) between lofty cliffs in its middle 
 course, having its sources beyond the granitic out- 
 crop to the S. of the district of the lakes which 
 crosses the Palinup in its middle course extending 
 towards Cape Arid. The sandstones occupy less 
 of the valley of the Phillips, and it is therefore 
 more fertile ; but the erupted schists, which are 
 so largely developed in parallel lines near the 
 coast of Doubtful Bay, cross the lower course of 
 both rivers, and culminate in the three Mounts 
 Barren. All the waters of the Fitzgerald are 
 saline, but Hamersley's River, an affluent of 
 the Phillips, on the north of Eyre's Range, 
 is fresh. There are also deep and large fresh 
 water pools on the Nicolay and Gardner 
 Rivers, which traverse the centre of the plain,
 
 728 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 and have their estuaries in Bremer and Doubt- 
 ful Island Bays. St. Mary's Kiver drains the 
 eastern and northern slopes of West Mount 
 Barren, and is remarkable for the beauty of its 
 estuary, and the romantic development of the 
 schistose rocks at St. Mary's crags, on its middle 
 course. There are also fresh water pools on the 
 lower course of the Palinup, where the granitic 
 rocks appear on the surface. Price's recent survey 
 of the coast from Bremer Bay to Eucla has given 
 accurate knowledge of its physical features. Gran- 
 itic rocks present themselves in ragged peaks at 
 intervals to Cape Arid and Cape Pasley. The 
 Steere falls into Cullum Inlet to the E. of the 
 Phillips, some twenty miles beyond which the 
 Judacup communicates with a chain of lakes ; 
 twenty-five miles further E. is the Oldfield. 
 The Young and Lort fall into Stoke's Inlet, 
 and here limestones begin to appear above the 
 granite floor. At Barker Inlet the limestone 
 cliffs are 250 feet in height, beyond which Gray's 
 Kiver communicates with the lake of the same 
 name ; and other lakes and lagoons, both salt and 
 fresh, are continued to the eastward. AtEsperance 
 Bay the granite is again developed in high peaks, 
 rising at Cape le Grand 1040 feet above the 
 sea level. Thomas Biver to the E. and the 
 Weeanenginup Creek are the last waters on 
 the S.E. coast of the colony, the latter being 
 between Capes Arid and Pasley. The limestone 
 cliffs of Hampden Bange extend to Wilson's Bluff 
 seven miles beyond the landing place at Eucla ; 
 and Boss Plains, beneath these, have an extreme 
 breadth of twenty-five miles ; they are covered 
 with samphire bushes and afford only water fit for 
 stock. The western coast of the colony presents 
 a range of low sandhills, varied with occasional 
 points of limestone rock, to beyond the Moore 
 Biver ; but the southern rises in bold granitic 
 headlands at Cape Chatham on the W., 820 feet 
 above the sea, and at Mount Manypeake, to the 
 E. of King George's Sound, 1855 feet ; Warricup 
 and Bald Island are both 1020 feet high ; Bennet's 
 Range to the N. of Parry's Inlet culminates in 
 Mount Lindsay, 1469 feet above the sea ; and 
 Kalganup to the N. of Nornalup at 1384 feet. 
 Between W. Cape Howe and Cape Chatham are 
 many extensive inlets, — Burke's 7| miles long, 
 Nornalup 2f, Irwin's and Parry's and Wilson's 
 8 miles long, of which Nornalup alone is accessible 
 to small craft. There are, however, at Point 
 D'Entrecasteux, Capes Leeuwin and Chatham, 
 the mouth of Nornalup and Point Hillier, as 
 well as in Tor Bay anchorages sheltered by islets 
 and reefs ; but as the Admirality survey now 
 in progress is complete only in the coast line 
 without soundings, nothing can be said certainly 
 respecting them. King George's Sound, how- 
 ever, in the centre of this coast, is accessible 
 to vessels of any class and at all times, and 
 has a circular area of some six miles in diam- 
 eter, protected to the east by Michaelmas and 
 Breaksea, rocky islands, and surrounded for the 
 
 most part by granitic hills ; on the N. it ter- 
 minates in a sandy beach of three miles in length, 
 on the E. of which is Oyster Harbour, accessible 
 to vessels drawing fourteen feet and carrying that 
 depth to the mouth of King River, having a small 
 area of deeper water within ; to the S.E. is an 
 inner harbour named Princess Royal, of which, 
 though a great portion to the W. is as in Oyster 
 Harbour, shallow, it is on the N. capable of 
 receiving the largest vessels ; and here, at the 
 town of Albany, at the base of Mount Gardner, 
 a granitic mass rising 860 feet above the sea, the 
 mail steamers deliver their mails and passengers, 
 and take in coal for their further voyage. This 
 harbour is entirely landlocked, a long point crossing 
 it to the E., rising in Quarantine Hill, 260 feeti 
 and the entrance being only three cables broad. 
 The survey of King George's Sound is completed 
 and published, as are those of the ports of Fre- 
 mantle and Champion Bay. A chain of fresh 
 water lakes stretches to the north of Perth Water 
 for thirty miles towards the Moore Biver ; and 
 from thence to the Bowes Biver, beyond Champion 
 Bay, the granite floor has a more even surface, and 
 the sandstones and limestones are more largely 
 and regularly developed, so that the ranges 
 throughout this district, of which the principal 
 near the coast are Gardner and Moresby's flat- 
 topped ranges, have a level surface, varied only by 
 the valleys of the rivers and by detached conical 
 hills. Granite, however, forms elevated masses to the 
 N. of Moore Biver in Mounts Peron and Lesueur, 
 which rise to more than 1000 feet above the sea, 
 and on the Greenough River, and forms the 
 surface of the greater portion of what is known as 
 the Mines district, to the N. of Champion Bay ; it 
 also appears in the Victoria Plains, where the 
 Moore and Arrowsmith Rivers take their rise 
 about fifty miles from the coast. The rivers of 
 this district are therefore mere watercourses, with 
 occasional deep pools in the rocks, but in rainy 
 seasons are filled with broad, deep, and rapid 
 torrents. On and about their banks occasional 
 flats of rich land are found, but the country is 
 obviously more fitted for pastoral than agricul- 
 tural pursuits. To this there are, however, two 
 marked exceptions ; one in the plains along the 
 base of the hills below the upper valleys of the 
 rivers, and the other in the lacustrine basins 
 between the Irwin and Greenough, in which 
 there is a large extent of rich alluvium, in the latter 
 mostly under cultivation . The Moore, Arrowsmith, 
 and Irwin have their sources in the western slopes 
 of the northern spurs of the Darling Range, but 
 the sources of the Greenough are in the N.W. 
 angle of the Lake district, and overlap those of 
 the Irwin. The Chapman has its sources in the 
 outer slopes of the basins of the Greenough, as 
 the smaller rivers of the coast, the Boiler, Oakagee, 
 and Bowes, have from without the valley of the 
 Chapman. The Greenough may have a direct 
 course of more than 150 miles, and its lateral 
 valleys may extend 100, but this part of the colony
 
 Wes] 
 
 CVCLUKKD1A OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 T29 
 
 has not been surveyed, although triangulations 
 have been carried from Perth to the Weld Range, 
 beyond the Murchison, under the direction of the 
 Surveyor-General, from which it appears that 
 the principal elevations are Mount Dalgeranger, 
 to the E. of the sources of the Greenough, 2100 
 feet, and Mount Lulworth, the culminating point 
 of Weld Range, 2330 feet above the sea. Forrest 
 found Mount Hale, under the 26th parallel, 
 composed of magnetic iron ore with brown haema- 
 tite, similar to the peak in consequence named 
 Mount Magnet by Austin ; and several other peaks 
 in this and the Lake district are of the same 
 formation. The Murchison River is exceptional 
 both in size, position, and character. It is the 
 longest river of the colony — has its upper basin 
 in the N.W. angle of the Lake district, to the 
 Greenough and Gascoigne, and on its banks the 
 first specimens of the fauna and flora of the north 
 coast are apparent. It has a deep channel above 
 its mouth. The river in its middle and lower 
 courses winds, through an irregular valley, rich in 
 minerals, for more than 100 miles in a direct line 
 without an affluent. The upper valleys of the 
 Murchison have not been mapped, but it has several 
 affluents, the Sanford, Impey, and Roderick, the 
 valleys of which have an extent of from 100 to 200 
 miles. Forrest found the eastern watershed underthe 
 120th meridian, after passing over some 100 miles 
 of undulating well-grassed country, traversed by 
 numerous watercourses, the most important lateral 
 valley being that of the Sandford, the waters of 
 those to the N. being fresh, and those to the S., 
 for the most part saline. Mounts Eartle and 
 Russel, at the eastern source, are in latitude 
 26° 5' S., and the valley lies to the S. of Robinson 
 Range. In ordinary seasons the course of this 
 river is only marked by its bed, either of rock or 
 sand, or by occasional pools ; but in times of flood 
 a vast volume of water is poured down to the sea, 
 into which it passes through cliffs of limestone. 
 The plains about the head waters of the Murchison 
 and to the E. of the Greenough are being rapidly 
 occupied by sheep farmers, especially those of the 
 Champion Ray district, to whom they have proved 
 a most valuable means of extending their runs and 
 increasing their flocks. Mr. Forrest discovered 
 large surfaces of well-grassed land and many pools 
 and fresh water springs on the main source of the 
 river. The Gascoigne and its affluent, the Lyons, 
 form the connecting links between the rivers 
 of the W. and those of the N. coasts, the head 
 waters of the one interlocking with those of the 
 Murchison, and of the other with those of the 
 Ashburton. The Lyons flows at the foot of the 
 S. face of Rarlee Range, as the Ashburton does at 
 the N. of Capricorn Range, under the southern 
 tropic, the Spinifex district of the coast line 
 extending to the eastward between them. The 
 basin of the Upper Gascoigne is marked by lofty 
 hills of erupted rock, trap, and basalt, as well as by 
 schists and slates. It is rich in minerals, has many 
 .available arable and pastoral locations ; it may 
 
 present an irregular curved area of 200 miles in 
 length by sixty in breadth. The Lyons joins the 
 Gascoigne about seventy-five miles from the sea, at 
 the base of the sandstones, which have here their 
 escarpment on the N. face of the Kennedy Range, 
 through which the course of the river passes to the 
 sea in Sharks Ray. About the mouth there is 
 much good pastoral land, which has been taken 
 up and is in course of occupation. The mouth of 
 the river covered by Babbage Island forms a 
 harbour accessible by the southern channel to 
 vessels drawing fourteen feet. Sharks Bay will 
 probably become the centre of the trade of the 
 Upper Murchison, as well as of the Gascoigne; it 
 is a vast sheet of water, having a low eastern coast 
 of about 130 miles, covered by mangrove flats on 
 the S.of the Gascoigne, and risingin thesandhills of 
 Lyell's Range to the N. unbroken, save by the mouth 
 of that river. This great gulf is divided at its 
 southern extremity into two large bays or sounds 
 by Peron Peninsula, extending seventy miles to 
 Cape Peron. The eastern is again divided into 
 two parts by Point Petit and Faure Island. 
 Durham Sound, on the west, is broken into several 
 deep inlets, and terminates in Freycinet Harbour. 
 Sharks Ray is covered to the west by Dirk 
 Hartog's Island, about seventy miles in length by 
 six in breadth, to the N. of which Doore and 
 Rernier Islands, with their connecting reefs, 
 extend fifty more. The Naturalists Channel, 
 between Dirk Hartog and Rernier Islands, is 
 fifteen miles broad, and the Geographe Channel, 
 to the N., fifty. There can be no doubt that this 
 must become hereafter an important naval station. 
 Dirk Hartog's Island has been long occupied 
 as a sheep station by Mr. F. von Ribra. These 
 islands are all rocky. Dirk Hartog's rises 435 
 feet above the sea at the northern extremity. 
 From the Murchison a barren sandstone plain 
 extends to the coast near the mouth of the Ash- 
 burton, broken only by the lower course of the 
 Gascoigne, and supposed to be waterless. With 
 the valley of the Ashburton the pastoral district 
 of the N.W. coast commences, and extends 
 for 300 miles to the DeGrey. Throughout this 
 district from Exmouth Gulf the coast is generally 
 low and covered with mangroves, while to the 
 W. it is bold and rocky, yet granitic rocks appear 
 in many places. The principal rivers — the Ash- 
 burton, Fortescue, and DeGrey — have their sources 
 among the granitic ranges of the interior, and 
 their middle in the sandstone ranges which flank 
 them, and from which the surface descends 
 gradually to the sea, and below which the inferior 
 rivers — the Cane, Robe, Maitland, Harding, and 
 Yule — have their rise. F. H. Gregory describes 
 three distinct terraces rising from the sea to the S. 
 Although much of the land is very fertile, yet, as 
 the rainfall is uncertain, and often at long 
 intervals, this district is not well fitted for agri- 
 culture ; but as there is water for stock, and the 
 natural grasses are permanent, it has become one 
 of the most important grazing districts in the 
 
 X4
 
 730 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 colony. The sources of the Gascoigne and Ash- 
 burton may be 1500 feet above the sea, and there 
 are many points of considerable elevation about 
 them. Mount Augustus, on the Lyons, was 
 estimated by Gregory to be 3480 feet in height ; 
 here he found porphyritic, schistose, and meta- 
 morphic sandstone rocks ; and the ridges, which 
 separate the head waters of all the rivers, are 
 commonly highly siliceous. Plutonic and erupted 
 rocks, diorite, trap and basalt have been also 
 noticed by explorers in many parts of their valleys. 
 The Ashburton has a course of nearly 200 miles to 
 the sea, and is 100 yards wide at the mouth with 
 deep water, but has no safe anchorage. It 
 receives two considerable affluents on the right, 
 Hardey River and Duck Creek, and has good 
 alluvial land and well-grassed plains throughout 
 its course. The upper basin may be seventy-five 
 miles in width. The Fortescue may be in extent 
 equal to the Ashburton, but has no considerable 
 affluent ; this river has much richly grassed country 
 throughout its course, especially below Hamersley 
 Range, which culminates in Mount Pyrton 2700 
 feet above the sea, and from the flanks of which a 
 stream of fresh water known as the Mill stream, 
 debouches through a gorge. Here first are 
 seen the palm-trees of the N. coast. To the 
 N.E. of this river, about the sources of the 
 Sherlock and Yule, plains covered with spinifex 
 are found, which again extend beyond the DeGrey, 
 limiting the area of the pastoral land ; but 
 Cowle saw splendid country to the S., and 
 there is good land in patches on the DeGrey and 
 its affluent, the Oakover ; but the valley of the 
 Strelly is closed in by granite ranges, with volcanic 
 ridges appearing through them (F. H. Gregory,) 
 and similar rocky hills limit the valley of the 
 Shaw to the W. On the Sherlock the sandstone 
 hills rise in bold bluffs 300 feet above the pools of 
 permanent water, and sandstone forms the surface 
 of the spinifex district towards the E. Throughout 
 this district scattered trees are found on the plains, 
 and white gums in many of the river valleys, as 
 well as about the sources of the Sherlock. The long 
 low coast-line is broken near the centre by the pro- 
 montory which forms Nickol Bay and its adjacent 
 islands ; but neither Cossack on its south-eastern 
 side nor Tien Tsin, beyond Cape Lambert its eastern 
 boundary, afford good accommodation for trade. 
 Port Robinson has however been recently opened 
 in Hampton Sound to the W. ; it is protected by 
 Enderby and other islands to the N., and is 
 accessible by Mermaid Passage, between them and 
 the Legendre Islands, to the N.W. of Nickol 
 Ray. Beyond Cape Latouche Treville, to which 
 the plains of spinifex extend, the face of the 
 country changes its character, presenting an aspect 
 totally different from that of any other part of the 
 colony. The coast becomes rocky ; the points and 
 headlands are extended in numerous islands, of 
 which also there are many outlying the coast, 
 which is indented with bays and harbours through- 
 out its entire length, many of the first class, with 
 
 deep water close to the shore. Beyond Cape 
 Leveque King Sound opens to the S.E., and is 
 about ninety miles in depth by twenty-five in 
 greatest breadth, and further eastward Prince 
 Regent's River and many other narrow but deep 
 inlets, with steep rocky sides stretch deep into the 
 land. This coast will be found clearly detailed on 
 the Admiralty chart, but is too intricate and 
 broken for general description. The only portion 
 of the interior at all known is the valley of the 
 Glenelg, which was examined by both Grey and 
 F. H. Gregory ; and if it may be taken as typical 
 of the rest the future importance of this part of 
 W.A. can hardly be over estimated. The Glenelg 
 has its sources in the sandstone precipices of 
 Stephen Range, the limit of Grey and Lushington's 
 explorations to the S. of the 16th parallel of S. 
 latitude, and has its final outlet to the sea in 
 Doubtful Ray, some thirty-five miles to the W. 
 under the same parallel ; and the line between 
 these points forms the chord of the irregular 
 arc of the course of the river. After descend- 
 ing from the rocky gorges of the sandstone 
 range it flows with a deep and rapid current for 
 about twenty miles in a N.W. direction, through 
 a valley rich with the disintegrations of the 
 basaltic hills which now bound its valley to the 
 E., and from which descend numerous streams of 
 fresh water, to the base of the hills of the same 
 character, rising at the foot of the sandstone range 
 which separates it from Prince Regent's River, 
 from which at this point it is distant only about 
 twelve miles. These ranges trend N.W. and S.E., 
 as do the inlets of the coast, showing a change 
 here in the axis of elevation, and in consequence 
 the valley widens to the N.W., so that its 
 affluent, the Gardner, which drains this part of the 
 valley, has an extent of fifteen miles, and the 
 northern portion is a net-work of running waters. 
 From its N.E. angle, where it falls over rocks, the 
 course of the Glenelg is westerly at the base of 
 Mounts Eyre, Sturt and Lyell, basaltic peaks rising 
 700 feet above the plain, which is everywhere fertile 
 and rich in vegetation, and for the most part thinly 
 wooded with large timber. This plain rises gradually 
 to the N. to Harrington Downs, which are well 
 grassed and watered. The sandstone ranges to the 
 N.E. are clothed with a forest of pine timber. 
 From the rapids at the N.E. angle the Glenelg is 
 broad and deep and navigable for twenty miles, but 
 its mouth in Maitland Ray is divided by an island 
 into two narrow channels, accessible only to vessels 
 of about 100 tons. It was entered by the Flying 
 Foam schooner, thirty-two tons, in 1864. George 
 water is about seven miles long and four broad, 
 and is probably connected with Rrecknock harbour 
 some fifteen miles to the N. ; it opens by two narrow 
 channels into Doubtful Bay which has an area eight 
 miles in length by six in breadth, with deep water 
 and sheltered to the W. by islands forming a 
 safe and commodious harbour. The eastern shores 
 are however formed of mangrove swamps, and 
 it is separated from the valley of the Glenelg
 
 Wes] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 731 
 
 by rugged sandstone hills rising 700 feet above 
 the sea. Prince Regent's River may be taken 
 as an example of others on this coast. It opens 
 to the sea in Brunswick Bay among numer- 
 ous islands which, with the indentations of 
 the coast, form many large and safe harbours. 
 Its entrance is covered to the N.W. by a group of 
 islands, which also protect Hanover Bay to the E. 
 Below these it is four miles wide with thirty 
 fathoms water ; about five miles further it narrows 
 to about three-quarters of a mile, and then expands 
 in St. George's Basin, a noble sheet of water ten 
 miles long and nearly seven broad, with two islands 
 to the N.W., and from eight to fourteen fathoms 
 water. Beyond the basins the river is continued 
 through a narrow gorge for fifteen miles, with 
 water shoaling gradually to two fathoms. From 
 the extremity, and from every gorge and ravine on 
 either side perennial streams of fresh water pour 
 down. These are clothed with luxuriant vegeta- 
 tion (forests of pine trees were found by Grey on 
 the hills on the S. side,) among which the pandanas 
 and fern are most notable ; and the whole country 
 is not less rich in animal than in vegetable life 
 both by land and water. The tides on this coast 
 rise from twenty-five to thirty-five feet. 
 
 III. Climate. — As the geological conformation 
 of the colony divides it into districts distinct in 
 character, so in connection with their position it 
 has determined their climate and productions. 
 The great granitic masses of the S.W. are covered 
 by forests, the trees to the S. being of gigantic 
 growth, showing not only the fertility of the soil 
 but the greater humidity of the climate, of which 
 also the greater abundance of fresh water gives 
 sufficient proof ; moreover, the forest growth pre- 
 vents the great rapidity of evaporation which is 
 experienced on the plains of the N., centre, and 
 S.E. of the colony ; these causes determine the dis- 
 tribution and occupations of the inhabitants. The 
 S.W. must ultimately prove the most populous and 
 generally productive portion of the colony, having 
 the most varied surface, the best climate, and afford- 
 ing agricultural as well as pastoral districts. No 
 country is capable of producing a greater abund- 
 ance of fruit and vegetables. It is, emphatically, 
 a land of corn, wine, oil, fruits, flowers, milk, and 
 honey. The more extensive pastoral districts 
 must necessarily prove less populous, yet in them 
 there are agricultural areas as at the mouths of 
 the Greenough and Irwin, and mineral districts 
 as at Northampton, near Champion Bay, which 
 can afford occupation for large numbers of people. 
 The agricultural areas of the pastoral districts, 
 although comparatively small and scattered, may 
 be estimated as sufficient to provide food for any 
 future population. The settled districts of the 
 colony are connected with the coasts by the rivers, 
 and it is of these only that the climate and 
 productions can be stated with any certainty. 
 The results of meteorological observations in the 
 different districts are given in the following 
 tables. The average temperature and atmospheric 
 
 pressure taken from the observations made by the 
 
 late W. H. Knight at Perth, are during the years 
 
 1867-8-9 :— 
 
 Barometer, Max. 3047 May, August, 1868, 
 
 and June 1869. 
 
 Do. Min. 30 13 January 1869. 
 
 Thermometer, Max. 107 March 1868. 
 
 ) day 40 July 1867, Aug. 1869. 
 Do. Min. ^ nigh( . 38 August 1867 . 6 9. 
 
 Daily Mean, Max. 79-8 February 1867. 
 Do. Min. 57-1 July 1869. 
 
 The greatest rainfall was in the month of June, 
 having been 13'91 inches in 1868, the average 
 of the three years being 1085 inches for that 
 month. The least rainfall was in December 
 1867 "01, and in January 1868 '01 inch ; in the 
 months of February and March no rains fell. 
 The average number of days of the year on which 
 rain falls is 102 '3, and the average total rainfall 
 34'57. The prevailing winds are on the S. coast 
 from S.E. to S.W., variable, but more easterly 
 during the summer. On the W. coast from 
 November to March ; easterly in the morning and 
 blowing fresh from the S.W. in the afternoon ; the 
 southerly winds are cold ; and during this period 
 the easterly winds are hot. A hot wind sometimes 
 blows from the E. for two or three days in suc- 
 cession. During the winter months the easterly 
 winds are cold, the winds are variable, calms 
 frequent, generally preceding gales with wind and 
 rain from the N.W. ; these commence in the E. 
 and die out when they have worked round to the 
 W. Exceptional gales are experienced from the 
 E. as well as from the W. On the N. coast 
 hurricanes have been experienced in December, 
 February, March and April. The most destructive 
 on record, that of 20th and 21st March 1872, 
 commenced from the S.E., and having veered to 
 N. there was a calm for about half-an-hour ; it 
 then began to blow from the N.W. and by W. to 
 S.E., when it dropped to a calm ; the greatest 
 force of the storm was at the middle points, E. 
 and W. The climate of the N.W. is for the most 
 part dry, with occasional tropical rains and strong 
 winds from December to April inclusive ; excep- 
 tional rains with moderate winds in June and July. 
 Ice has been seen on the Ashburton and from thence 
 to the S. coast, especially in the upper valley of the 
 Murchison River, but in no part of the colony has 
 it been observed to last many hours. Hail is rare, 
 but occasionally, even on the N. coast, severe. 
 Thunder storms are not frequent, more common 
 towards the N., where damage has occasionally 
 been done by lightning ; they are periodical in 
 the summer in the Murchison district. There are 
 of course in W.A., as elsewhere, the usual differ- 
 ences resulting from locality, but the healthfulness 
 of the climate of W.A. will appear from the 
 following facts :— In 1869 the population was 
 24,785 persons, the deaths only 334, or 1347 in 
 1000. This may be taken as a fair average year. 
 In 1875 the population was 26,709, and the deaths 
 473, or 210 in 1000. This was an unusually
 
 73-2 
 
 r-YCLOP.EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 unhealthy year. Comparing the death rates of 
 England and the other Australian Colonies with 
 that of W.A., it appears that — In England the 
 death rate is 22'40 in 1000 ; in N.Z., 1T38 ; in T., 
 1376 ; and in W.A., 13'47. Although exposure at 
 all seasons and for a long period must necessarily 
 prove more or less injurious to man, yet there are 
 few countries where less protection from the 
 elements is required. Disease has been almost 
 unknown among the explorers, who have traversed 
 the country in all directions, and who, in the early 
 days of the colony at least, seldom carried any 
 shelter with them. In the towns, as well as in 
 the country, the healthy appearance of the children 
 cannot escape notice. 
 
 IV. Productions. — The most important natural 
 productions of the vegetable kingdom are the 
 grasses and " scrub " which cover the plains, and 
 form the food of the kangaroo and of the sheep 
 and cattle pastured on them ; the timber, which 
 forms the forests of the S.W. ; the pine timber of 
 the N. ; sandalwood, which is found scattered 
 over the hilly districts in most parts of the colony ; 
 and lead and copper ore, which, abounding in 
 many other places, are at present worked only in 
 the Champion Bay district, the Murchison River, 
 and on the N.W. coast. The district of forests 
 is estimated by the Commissioner of Crown 
 Lands to have an area of 30,000 square miles, and 
 extends over the hill country from the N. of 
 the Moore River to the S. coast, as well as 
 on the plains to the S.W. and to the E. of King 
 George's Sound, where it dies out. The forest trees 
 are of the genus Eucalyptus ; the approximate 
 areas covered by the principal species are given 
 as follows :— White gum, 10,000 square miles ; 
 Jarrah, 14,000; Karri (blue gum,) mixed with 
 Jarrah, 2300; Tooart, 500; red gum, 800; York 
 gum, 2400. The York gum, though of smaller 
 size, is common as far N. as the Murchison River. 
 The Jarrah is becoming well known for its good 
 qualities, strength, durability, and especially for 
 its immunity from the attacks of submarine 
 animals and the white ant, if cut at the proper 
 age, and time of year, and well seasoned before 
 using. For ship building, bridges, wharfs, jetties, 
 <fec, it is therefore of great value, and the more so, 
 as iron bolts and nails driven into it do not loosen 
 from rust as in most other woods ; it is in conse- 
 quence one of the most important staples of the 
 trade of the colony. The Karri or Karrie tree is 
 confined to the extreme S. and W. ; its gigantic 
 proportions excite the admiration of all those who 
 see them ; indeed the Karri timber is so huge 
 that, though of much value, it is comparatively 
 little used. Captain Bannister in 1830 measured 
 trees eighteen feet in circumference, and estimated 
 the branches at 100 feet ; since then many of 
 much larger dimensions have been observed. 
 Governor Weld measured some 150 feet to the 
 branches ; they are commonly six feet in diameter, 
 and have been observed of double that size. 
 White gums are found for the most part in the 
 
 beds and on the banks of all the rivers of the colony. 
 The tea tree or paper bark is characteristic of 
 the water-courses and lake margins, as the yeat 
 is found in and about the shallow lakes to the E. 
 of King George's Sound ; belts of mulga and other 
 shrubs intersect the plains in the E. and centre of 
 the colony, and marlock thickets cover the flanks 
 of the sandstone ranges of the S.E. There are 
 many other smaller trees, the wood of which is 
 useful for the several purposes enumerated below, 
 and some yield valuable resins. At the Inter- 
 colonial Exhibition held in Sydney in the year 
 1873, Mr. George Whitfield exhibited specimens 
 of fourteen different sorts of Eucalypti found in 
 the Toodyay district, viz., Jarrah, twatta, a small 
 kind but very valuable for wheelwright's work; 
 coolan, growing in moist ground, a soft wood ; 
 morral, growing to three feet in diameter and 
 ninety feet in height, straight, heavy, close in 
 grain, and useful in house building and cabinet- 
 maker's work ; wandow grows to a large size, 
 splits well for fencing, is very hard, and does 
 not warp ; Worlock growing to three feet in 
 diameter and eighty feet in height, splits well for 
 fencing and hurdles ; dardeback is rather smaller, 
 tough, but does not split well ; mallet is light, 
 splits well, and is much used for making hurdles ; 
 melyerick grows to six feet in diameter and seventy 
 in height, and when seasoned is the hardest of the 
 timbers of the colony ; marlock is of small growth 
 but very tough ; of coorup, the largest of all, the 
 young timber is much used in coach building, and 
 the gum valuable as a powerful astringent ; this 
 is probably nearly related to the red gum, the gum 
 of which is very bitter to the taste and has the 
 same valuable medicinal property, as it is specific 
 in cases of dysentery and diarrhoea ; parral grows 
 to the height of 100 feet, is sound, light, and 
 splits well for fencing ; wanderock grows to 
 two feet in diameter and forty in height, splits 
 well, is long in the grain, and valuable especially 
 for dray shafts ; hardham forms large thickets 
 in the interior, seldom exceeds six inches in 
 diameter, is very tough, and said to be equal 
 to lance wood. The wood of the mangar or 
 raspberry jam tree, so named from its peculiar 
 scent, is extremely hard and excellent for turning, 
 and for furniture, as is the native pear ; the tea 
 tree, or paper bark, is useful for boat and carriage 
 building ; the peppermint and swamp banksia for 
 cabinet work ; shea oak and Jarrah are used for 
 shingles ; the latter will not easily take fire ; white 
 and red gum are most commonly used in carriage 
 and cart building, and the bark of the black wattle 
 for tanning. In 1873, a slab of Tooart, or white 
 gum, was exhibited, sawn from a log cut in 1862, 
 and which had been lying exposed to the sun and 
 rain near Capel Bridge from that time ; also four 
 plates, and four columns used in making a plat- 
 form for the exhibition of the ores of the colony : 
 these were cut from piles which had been thirty- 
 three years partly under water in the sea and 
 partly exposed, and all were still sound and had
 
 Wesl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 733 
 
 resisted the attacks of the sea worm. A baulk of 
 karri timber had been in the wash of the tide at 
 Augusta for twenty-six years and was still sound. 
 It may therefore be safely asserted that few, if 
 any, countries have a greater variety of valuable 
 natural woods than W.A. In addition to these 
 the pine timber of the N.E. coast is large and of 
 good quality, and would supply logs, boards, and 
 spars. Pine of smaller growth is also found in the 
 Murchison district. Jarrah timber is placed on 
 Lloyd's list of timbers for ship building in table A 
 line 3, and as it does not require sheathing, with 
 these two timbers ship-building might become one 
 of the most important and lucrative industries of the 
 colony. The timber trees of W.A. have less develop- 
 ment of leaf than those of most other countries, 
 and do not consequently afford the same amount of 
 shade, or beauty of outline, but some of the larger, 
 especially the karri, red gum and peppermint, are 
 very ornamental ; and the jam trees, when scat- 
 tered over pastures, are not only extremely pleasing 
 to the eye, but afford grateful shade. The black 
 boy, grass trees, and zamia are characteristic of the 
 vegetation of W.A. ; they are indigenous and 
 connect the present flora with that of the carboni- 
 ferous geological period, and may be described as 
 built up of the successive vegetation of every year. 
 The black boy, so named from its appearance, 
 has the thicker and shorter stem with tuft-like 
 rushes on the crown ; the grass tree is taller, 
 thinner, and the tuft more grass-like. The zamia 
 is like a gigantic pine apple, with a crown of 
 fronds like a palm tree. The black boy and grass 
 tree yield oils of carbon ; and their crowns, which 
 are composed of long rush-like grass, are used for 
 thatching. Black boy gum may be used with 
 advantage for the same purposes as pitch, and will 
 protect wood from the attack of the sea worm. 
 Arrowroot can be made from the zamia. Banksias 
 and wattles are also characteristic of Australian 
 vegetation. West Australia does not possess 
 native fruits of any importance, but there are some 
 roots used by the natives for food which might 
 prove worthy of cultivation if those introduced 
 from Europe did not supersede them. There are, 
 however, plants which must be noted as more or 
 less dangerous or fatal to sheep, cattle, horses, &c, 
 eating them, and which are commonly known as 
 the poison plants. Four of these are small shrubs 
 — the York road poison, which is the most common 
 and most dangerous, the box, heart leaf and rock 
 (the latter being found usually near granite,) and 
 the Kandinup poison, a small herbaceous plant 
 with a blue flower, common near the S. coast. 
 The former are most dangerous in the spring of 
 the year, especially after fires, when their green 
 shoots tempt the cattle, or when proper food 
 is scarce. They are easily distinguished from 
 other plants, and may be destroyed in enclosed 
 lands. The vegetation of the N. is of course 
 tropical, and has its own peculiar characteristics. 
 Of these the gouty stemmed tree, in this similar 
 to the Adansonia and to the Barriguda of Brazil, 
 
 is remarkable for the swelling of the trunk, 
 giving it a clumsy, deformed appearance, yet it 
 is valuable as affording fruit enclosed in a rind 
 about the size of a cocoanut ; the seeds closely 
 resembling almonds are very palatable, and com- 
 monly used by the natives for food ; the bark 
 yields a nutritious white gum which Grey says in 
 taste and appearance resembles maccheroni, and 
 which when soaked in hot water affords an agree- 
 able mucilaginous drink. Pine trees fit for spars 
 and timber grow on the hills and in the gorges and 
 ravines, through which the surface waters descend 
 from them in clear and rapid streams. Lofty 
 eucalypti with paper bark and graceful pendent 
 foliage rise from a matted undergrowth, above 
 which pandanas and wild nutmeg trees form a 
 dense forest with rich grasses and climbing plants. 
 The calamas or rattan is common on this coast 
 and leguminous plants are numerous, one at least 
 of which is well known and cultivated in other 
 parts of the colony. Grey describes the trees 
 in the valley of the Glenelg as the largest he 
 had seen in Australia ; and from the fertility 
 of the soil and abundance of water everywhere, 
 there can be no doubt that rice, cotton, coffee, 
 tobacco, and other valuable productions, with all 
 useful tropical fruits and vegetables, might be 
 cultivated there. The pine forests would afford 
 timber, boards and spars for use and exportation. 
 There are also in the N. vegetable fibres of bark 
 and grass, used by the natives for making lines 
 and nets for fishing, and which are remarkable for 
 toughness. The mangrove, which is found on 
 all the shallow parts of the coast, supplies 
 firewood, and is otherwise much utilised for 
 domestic purposes. All the fruits and vegetables 
 of sub-tropical and temperate regions flourish 
 when cultivated in the S.W. parts of the colony. 
 The stone-pine may be found by the side of 
 the araucaria, and the apple by the loquat ; 
 but the vine, fig tree, olive and orange, the 
 almond and its congeners, seem peculiarly adapted 
 to the soil and climate, as indeed are mulberry, 
 tobacco and cotton. The castor oil plant grows 
 freely on rubbish or in any neglected corner. The 
 melon tribe and all leguminous plants flourish in 
 great luxuriance. Of the cereals wheat will not 
 probably be found to flourish N. of the Murchison, 
 but maize may be cultivated throughout the colony ; 
 in the S. and W. the rose and geranium are natur- 
 alised. 
 
 V. Fauna.-- The native animals are the dog; 
 the kangaroo of which three species are found in 
 the open woods, the thickets and on the plains. 
 The red kangaroo, a smaller kind, is found only 
 among rocks so barren of vegetation as to make the 
 means of its subsistence doubtful ; the wallaby, 
 a still smaller species, is found in the thickets 
 near the coast and on the plains ; the existence 
 of wallaby on the Abrolhos, more than thirty 
 miles from the coast, suggests the probability of 
 depression as well as upheaval of the coast line ; 
 the opossum is plentiful in the woodland districts.
 
 734 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 IWes 
 
 Of reptiles the guana and lizard are found, with 
 several species of snakes, both land and water, the 
 bite of which is poisonous ; and some, especially 
 to the N. are constrictors. The principal land 
 birds are the emu, the bush turkey, a species of 
 bustard, the gnow, a gallinaceous bird remarkable 
 for piling its eggs in a conical heap with leaves, 
 and not sitting to hatch them. The great eagle- 
 hawk frequents the rocky cliffs and smaller birds 
 of prey the rocky plains, cockatoos, black and 
 white, parrots and paroquets, pigeons and quails are 
 common, and in the N. the pheasant cuckoo. The 
 birds of the colony are more remarkable for beauty 
 of plumage than for their powers of song, yet the 
 wattle birds and some others have melodious 
 notes, but the bush is more often disturbed by the 
 screeching of parrots, cockatoos, and magpies, and 
 at night by the sad note of the weelow. The 
 water birds are : the black swan, still numerous in 
 some of the southern waters of this colony, 
 formerly throughout it. The British officers who 
 first visited the Swan River were astonished at 
 their number, but suggested that the time might 
 come, as indeed it has already, when their absence 
 would make it doubtful why the river should have 
 been so named. The pelican, several species of duck, 
 and many sea fowl frequent the coast and islands ; 
 to the N. these are so numerous that there are large 
 deposits of guano. Gallineaux are abundant in 
 the Lake District, and sometimes migrate west- 
 ward, and there are several kinds of waders. 
 Fish are abundant in all the waters ; mullet, 
 bream, taylors, cobblers, schnappers, whiting, 
 herring on the coasts and in the estuaries of the 
 rivers; whales and seals are still found, though 
 not so abundant as formerly ; sharks are common, 
 especially on the N. coasts, where alligators are 
 also said to be found occasionally; crayfish are 
 abundant on all the coasts, and a small species in 
 the fresh waters ; oysters in many places ; pearl 
 oysters from Sharks Bay, northward, where also 
 the dugong is found, a marine animal yielding oil 
 of especially good quality, and having its skin of 
 great thickness, and very valuable for making 
 leather. The trepang or beche-de-mer is abundant 
 on the N. coast. 
 
 VI. Minerals.— The mineral wealth of the colony 
 is undoubtedly very great. The precious metals 
 have not yet been found in any considerable 
 quantities, though gold has been in many 
 places, as at Kendenup, in the upper valley 
 of the Palinup, and near Glengarry on the 
 Greenough in quartz reefs, and at Peterwangy on 
 the Upper Irwin in alluvial deposits. Silver is 
 found in some lead ores. Specimens of tin have 
 been found, and it may probably be discovered in 
 large quantities among the red granites of the 
 interior. Coal often searched for and still more 
 often reported has not yet been found though 
 veins of lignites and semi-bituminous substances 
 have. The most important metals are lead and 
 copper, the ores of which, especially the former, 
 are abundant and widely diffused over the surface 
 
 of the colony from N. to S., but are worked now 
 only in the Champion Bay district ; iron ores, 
 specular and hzematitic, are found in abundance 
 in many places ; salt is deposited in large quanti- 
 ties in the lakes of the interior and the lagoons of 
 the coast, and might be made a profitable article 
 of export. In these also gypsum is found, as it is 
 on the flats in the valleys of the sandstone ranges. 
 Materials for building are abundant everywhere ; 
 in some districts clays for brickmaking as well as 
 finer sorts for pottery and kaolin for porcelain, as 
 also fire clay in others ; various rocks, granitic, 
 gneissose, siliceous, calcareous, and cretaceous, the 
 latter for lime burning, are abundant on the coasts 
 and are found in many parts of the interior. 
 
 VII. Population.— On the 31st March 1870, 
 the population was 24,785, of whom 15,375 were 
 males, and 9410 females ; of this number Perth 
 and Fremantle contain, the former 20 '20 per cent., 
 and the latter 12'96 per cent., or together one-third 
 of the entire population. The houses numbered 
 5000. The number of births during the year 1879 
 was 977, the number of deaths was 411. The 
 departures from the colony during the same year 
 were 278, the arrivals numbering 214. During 
 1879 there were 215 marriages, and at the end of 
 that year the population numbered 16,628 males 
 and 12,040 females, making a total of 28,668. 
 
 VIII. Education. — The educational system is 
 framed under the clauses of the Education Act 
 passed in 1871, which is based upon the principles 
 of the Act now in operation in the mother country. 
 By this Act, schools are divided into Elementary 
 and Assisted. The former are largely subsidised 
 at the cost of the colony ; the latter are private, 
 but a capitation grant is given on condition of 
 submitting to Government inspection for secular 
 results, and to the observance of a strict conscience 
 clause during the four hours of secular instruc- 
 tion insisted upon by the Act. The Elementary 
 schools are under the control and supervision of a 
 Central Board and the Local District Boards. 
 The Central Board, consisting of five members 
 laymen, no two of whom can be of the same 
 religious denomination, is appointed by the 
 Governor, and the Local District Boards are 
 elected by the general body of electors every 
 three years. Compulsory attendance of children 
 can be enforced by the Local Boards and of 
 late has been, many of the parents being fined 
 for absence of their children from school. In 
 the Elementary schools four hours a day are 
 devoted to secular instruction, and half an hour, 
 under the provisions of a conscience clause, to 
 reading the Bible or other religious books approved 
 of by the Board ; but no catechism or religious 
 formulary of any kind may be used; and the 
 Bible, if read, must be read without note or 
 comment. The school fees vary from 2d. to Is. 
 per week, according to the circumstances of the 
 parents. On 31st December 1878 there were 62 
 Elementary schools, and 20 Assisted schools, and 
 18 Provisional schools, making 100 in all; the
 
 Wes] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 735 
 
 average attendance for the year being, Government 
 schools 2668, Assisted schools 1332, and Provi- 
 sional schools 325, making a total of 4325 children 
 attending school. A Government inspector makes 
 periodical visits to the schools, National, Assisted, 
 and Provisional, throughout the colony ; and the 
 salaries of teachers of the schools established and 
 conducted under the new system are dependent 
 upon his report of regularity of attendance and 
 proficiency on the part of the scholars. The Roman 
 Catholics have educational establishments through- 
 out the colony. Some of their schools coming 
 within the provisions of the Educational Act of 
 1872 are subsidised, or "assisted" by the Govern- 
 ment. A High school has also been established in 
 Perth by an Act of the local Legislature, and has 
 made as rapid a progress as could be expected. 
 The Right Rev. Dr. Parry has founded a Ladies' 
 College, which has proved most successful. An 
 Amended Education Bill was passed during the 
 second session of 1877, giving a more even distri- 
 bution of salaries to teachers, without interfering 
 with the principles of the original Act. Under 
 this new Act, no teacher in a minimum school will 
 receive less than £60 fixed salary, to which will 
 be added "results" increasing such salary to £80 
 or £90. 
 
 IX. Ageicultuke and Live Stock. — The 
 principle crops are wheat, barley, hay, and 
 potatoes. Vines are also extensively and success- 
 fully cultivated. Excellent wine is made in the 
 colony, and each year witnesses alike an increase 
 in the quantity manufactured, as well as an 
 improvement in the quality. The returns for the 
 year 1879 show that there were altogether 65,491f 
 acres of land under cultivation in the colony, 
 viz.:— 25,762 wheat, 7238 barley, 173-4 oats, 846 
 rye, 362| potatoes, 35 maize, 717£ vineyards, 608 
 kitchen gardens, 43$ beans and other pulse, 19,085 
 hay or green crop. The average yield of wheat 
 was 15 bushels to the acre, of barley 18, of oats 19, 
 and of maize 14. The number of live stock in the 
 colony in 1879 was: — horses, 32,411; horned cattle, 
 60,617; sheep, 1,109,860; pigs, 20,397; and goats, 
 4694. 
 
 X. The Pearl Fishery.— The pearl fishery year 
 by year becomes of more value to the colony. In 
 1874 fifty-four ships and 135 boats were engaged 
 in it. The value of shells exported in 1872 was 
 £25,890, against £12,895 worth exported in the 
 previous year, and the estimated value of pearls 
 and pearl shells sent from the colony in 1874, 
 representing the take of the season, is about 
 £72,162. The exports for the following years 
 were 1875, £65,000; 1876, £74,143; 1877, £12,450; 
 and 1878, £24,000 ; 1879, £96,525. But this is an 
 estimate from only very imperfect data. It is 
 probable that the value of pearls exported, £12,000, 
 far exceeded this amount. The value of the pearl 
 shells exported was £84,525. The aboriginal 
 natives are now almost exclusively employed in 
 diving, the cost of introducing the Malay divers 
 being too great. The value of shells in the colony 
 
 averages from £5 10s. to £8 per cwt., or even 
 higher. These shells, the home of the meleagrina 
 m«i-ijaritifera,v>'e\gh. on the average 2lbs. per pair, 
 and measure from six to ten inches in diameter. 
 It is to the intrinsic commercial value of the 
 shells, rather than to the pearls they contain, that 
 the N. W. fisheries owe their importance ; although, 
 occasionally, pearls of considerable value are 
 obtained— one supposed to be worth upwards of 
 £1500, was found in 1875 ; in 1878 one was found 
 weighing forty grains at Sharks Bay ; and another 
 weighing 234 grains, obtained at Nickol Bay, realised 
 £715. A lucrative pearl fishery exists in Sharks 
 Bay, a large inlet, extending in the south-easterly 
 direction from Dirk Hartog's Island, about the 
 25th degree of S. latitude, to a distance of 150 
 miles. The shells found in this region are those 
 of the true pearl oyster, the avirula margaritifera, 
 an oyster only slightly larger than its European 
 congener, and valuable from the pearls it bears. 
 The shells have been introduced to the European 
 and Indian markets, but have assumed no con- 
 siderable commercial value as yet. The fishing 
 season of 1879 was a very successful one, but no 
 returns have been received of the quantities 
 procured by vessels engaged in the pearl, whale 
 and other fisheries. The other fisheries, which 
 produced in 1877 value to the extent of £23,808 10s. 
 are the whale and miscellaneous fisheries. No 
 returns have been received of quantities procured 
 by vessels engaged in the pearl, whale and 
 other fisheries, but the following marine pro- 
 ducts were exported during 1879; whale oil, 
 £185, and mullet, &c, £139 ; hitherto the 
 whale fishery has been conducted by vessels 
 which come from Boston and other ports in the N. 
 of the United States. Lately however the 
 industry has been prosecuted with success by a 
 few vessels, the property of local speculators, in 
 consequence of the large results of American 
 enterprise in this industry. 
 
 XL Imports and Exports.— The value of the 
 imports into the colony during the year ending 
 31st December 1879 was £407,299 Os. 6d. The 
 exports during the same year were valued at 
 £494,883 10s. As usual wool was the largest item 
 of export ; the amount shipped was to the value 
 of £175,284 8s. Next to this come sandalwood 
 and pearl shells, the export value of which was 
 £119,525 12s. 6d. The value of the pearls sent 
 from the colony was estimated at £12,000, and 
 jarrah timber £63,901 15s. Horses, sheep, fish, 
 flour, gum, hides, leather, oil, ore, tallow, guano 
 and tortoiseshell, also figure among the articles of 
 export. 
 
 XII. The Revenue from all sources, including 
 Customs, for the year 1879 was £196,315 Os. lid., 
 the expenditure being £195,812 4s. 5d. In the 
 land sales there was an increase, owing to increased 
 occupation, and a small decrease in the postal and 
 telegraph receipts. The public debt was £361,000, 
 bearing interest at the rate of five and six per 
 cent.j the indebtedness per head of population being
 
 736 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 very nearly twelve guineas a head. The revenue 
 for the first quarter of 1880 was, including a 
 payment of £3000 from the Imperial Treasury, 
 £56,037 17s. 3d. Of this the Customs amounted 
 to £16,340, and the land revenue £25,143. The 
 expenditure during the quarter was £55,670 17s., 
 including a remittance of £10,000 to the Crown 
 agents. The revenue for 1881 is estimated at 
 £192,154, and the expenditure at £172,215. 
 
 XIII. Shipping.— In 1879 the number of vessels 
 which left the various ports was 162, tonnage 
 85,086, with crews of 5403 men ; 162 vessels, of a 
 total of 84,951 tons, with crews amounting to 5366 
 men, were entered inwards. 
 
 XIV. Savings Banks, &c— In 1878 the Post 
 Office Savings Banks numbered thirteen, with 
 twelve branch offices for the transmission of 
 money, with 1332 depositors. There are also twelve 
 Friendly Societies in existence, with which are 
 connected about 1000 persons. On June 30th 1879 
 the assets of the three banks doing business in the 
 colony were £518,489. Liabilities £352,092, the 
 deposits not bearing interest amounted to £108,362, 
 bearing interest to £126,125. 
 
 XV. Governmental. — The administration of 
 the colony is under a Governor appointed by the 
 Crown, who is assisted by an Executive Council 
 composed of certain office-holders, namely, — the 
 senior officer in command of the forces, the Colonial 
 Secretary, the Surveyor-General and the Attorney- 
 General. In the absence of the Governor the 
 Commandant is the Administrator. There is also 
 a Legislative Council composed of official and 
 nominee and elected members. The official mem- 
 bers are the Colonial Secretary, the Surveyor- 
 General and the Attorney-General. The nominee 
 members are four in number. The elected mem- 
 bers number fourteen. Two each are returned by 
 the electoral districts of Perth and Freemantle, 
 and one by the districts of York, Geraldton 
 Greenough, Wellington, Vasse, Swan, Albany, 
 Toodyay, Murray and Williams, and N. District- 
 The qualification for an elector is a householding 
 of £10 annual value. A member must be possessed 
 of landed property to the value of £1000 or of an 
 annual income of £250. 
 
 XVI. History : (1.) Governor Stirling. — The 
 history of a colony so isolated as W. A. is rather 
 that of social than of political change and progress. 
 Captain Stirling landed from the Parmelia on 
 1st June 1829 with a staff of eight persons and 
 ten artisans and mechanics, with their wives and 
 families and servants, 51 head of cattle, 200 sheep, 
 33 horses, some pigs and poultry. A large supply 
 of fruit trees, plants, and seeds had been con- 
 tributed by the Horticultural Society of London 
 and at the Cape of Good Hope, which were immc- 
 diately planted on Garden Island. The names and 
 offices of these founders of the colony were Captain 
 James Stirling, Lieut-Governor, and family of six 
 persons, and George Eliot aged eleven years ; 
 Pi ter Brown, Colonial Secretary; Mrs. Brown and 
 two children ; Lieut. J. S. Roe, R.N., surveyor, 
 
 and Mrs. Roe ; C. Sutherland, assistant-surveyor, 
 and Mrs. Sutherland ; H. Morgan, storekeeper, 
 and Mrs. Morgan ; W. Shilton, clerk to the 
 Secretary ; J. Drummond, agriculturist ; also the 
 widow and five children of Assistant-Surgeon 
 Tully Daley, 63rd Regiment, who had died on the 
 passage out. In July the Sulphur arrived with a 
 detachment of a light company of that regiment 
 and shortly after the Rev. J. B. Wittenoom, the 
 first colonial chaplain, landed. The first emigrant 
 ship the Calista arrived on the 5th of August, bring- 
 ing about 100 passengers of all classes, men, women, 
 and children, among whom the names of Leake, 
 Samson, and Scott have prominence ; and from that 
 time many vessels followed in rapid succession, 
 bringing immigrants of all classes and occupations, 
 stock and goods, so that in January 1830 the 
 Governor was able to report a population number- 
 ing 850 persons, property of the assessed value of 
 £41,550, 39 locations effected, 204 head of cattle, 
 57 horses, 1096 sheep, 106 pigs, &c. The year 
 1830 witnessed a still larger immigration. Captain 
 Stirling acted at first as Lieut. -Governor under 
 instructions but with almost unlimited authority. 
 On his return to England in 1831 however, a com- 
 mission under the Great Seal was issued appointing 
 him Governor and Commander-in-Chief of H.M. 
 Settlements on the west coast of Australia or New 
 Holland, and by letters patent Vice-Admiral ; the 
 limits of his authority being from Cape London- 
 derry lat. 13° 44'., to West Cape Howe lat. 35° 8' S., 
 and from the Hartog's Island long. 112° 52' to 
 129° E. from Greenough, thus including the small 
 settlement of military and convicts which had 
 been established at King George's Sound by 
 the Governor of N.S.W. in 1827. These limits as 
 already noted were corrected by a supplementary 
 commission granted to Governor Weld in 1873. 
 By his commission Governor Stirling had authority 
 to appoint an Executive Council, to make provi- 
 sion for the defence of the colony, to divide it 
 into districts, counties, and townships, to dispose 
 of the land according to instructions, in which 
 also those who might act for him in his absence, 
 according to seniority, were named ; any one 
 sitting as judge being excepted. At first a Board 
 of Council and Audit, to assist the Governor in 
 the assessment of property brought into the colony 
 as an equivalent for land was established, the 
 members of which were nominated by him from 
 time to time as might be convenient ; but the 
 Executive Council consisted of the officer com- 
 manding the troops (Captain Irwin,) the Colonial 
 Secretary, the Surveyor-General, and the Advocate- 
 General. This Council, with slight changes in its 
 constitution, has been continued to the present 
 time. The law was administered by W. H. Mackie, 
 a name still remembered with honour, as Com- 
 missioner of the Civil Court and Chairman of 
 Quarter Sessions, with G. F. Moore as Advocate- 
 General ; an arrangement continued against the 
 expressed opinion of the Commissioner as to the 
 validity of his jurisdiction in certaiu criminal
 
 Wes] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 737 
 
 cases until 1851, when his successor, now Sir A. P. 
 Burt, affirming that opinion, was appointed the 
 first Judge of the Supreme Court, and G. F. 
 Stone, Crown Solicitor and Attorney-General. 
 Governor Stirling also appointed resident magis- 
 trates in the more settled localities, as G. Leake 
 at Fremantle, H. Whitfield at Guildford, Colonel 
 J. Molloy at Augusta, and Sir R. Spencer at 
 Albany, aud these have been continued, and 
 their number from time to time increased, and 
 their functions extended, especially since the 
 introduction of couvicts in 1850. A mounted 
 police force was enrolled, which has been also 
 continued, and by its means the law enforced 
 throughout the colony. A Legislative Council 
 was formed of the members of the Executive 
 Council with two nominated members, the 
 Governor presiding. The nominated members 
 were afterwards increased to four, and ultimately 
 to six, but in 1870 the Legislative Council became 
 elective, and since then the official members have 
 been the Colonial Secretary, the Attorney-General, 
 and the Surveyor-General. A Speaker was at the 
 same time elected in the person of Sir L. S. Leake, 
 who still holds that office. 
 
 (2.) The Land Regulations. — The history of the 
 colony is at first principally that of the Land 
 Regulations and their consequences. The Imperial 
 Government being anxious for the settlement of 
 the country to anticipate any such measure being 
 taken by that of France, offered land in return for 
 property introduced at one shilling and sixpence 
 for an acre, as well as allotments for every immi- 
 grant ; and on these terms in the year 1832, 
 1,349,209 acres had been allotted, of which three 
 lots exceeded 100,000 ; ten 20,000 ; eighteen 
 10,000; and fifty-two 5000 acres each. Thomas 
 Peel and others had 250,000 acres ; Colonel Lateral 
 113,100, and Governor Stirling 100,000 in con- 
 sideration of his not having any salary attached to 
 his office, but his salary, afterwards fixed at .£800 
 a year, was ultimately paid from the date of his 
 appointment. The necessary consequence of this 
 extravagant distribution of land was that the 
 small population was widely scattered from 
 Albany and Augusta to the Avon Valley. Much 
 difficulty, confusion, aud waste of time by the sur- 
 veyors, also resulted from the instructions under 
 which the Surveyor-General had to divide the 
 country into counties, townships and sections of 
 equal fixed dimensions, and by the selection of 
 reserves for public purposes. Moreover, the 
 sparseness of the population soon provoked attacks 
 from the natives, who, though originally peaceable 
 and friendly, could not view with indifference the 
 occupation of their hunting grounds by strangers 
 without any compensation being made, and the 
 boldest soon found able and dangerous leaders, 
 so that the small military force in the colony was 
 found scarcely sufficient for the protection of life 
 and property. Very severe measures were there- 
 fore adopted — many natives were killed and some 
 executed. Besides these other causes operated 
 
 disadvantageous^, for although property had been 
 introduced to the value of i'94,281 of which £21,655 
 was in stock, very much was unsuited to the 
 wants of an infant colony. Mr. Peel, Colonel 
 Latour and others, had not been so careful as they 
 should have been in providing for the shelter, 
 maintenance, employment, and supervision of the 
 labourers introduced by them ; the selection of 
 sites for their residence was in some cases unwise, 
 and the consequences were in too many instances 
 distress and disorganisation, disease and death ; 
 hence arose disputes between master and men ; 
 and as hired labour was both scarce and dear, 
 there was every temptation for servants to free 
 themselves from their contracts, which indeed the 
 masters were not always able to fulfil. The rapid 
 increase of immigrants, and the general want of 
 system and providential arrangements for their 
 shelter and maintenance, exposed many to pri- 
 vation and hardships which they had not antici- 
 pated, and for which they were unprepared and 
 unfitted. Food became scarce and dear. For 
 the supply of animal food, flour, potatoes, &c, 
 the settlers were dependent principally on the Cape 
 of Good Hope and T. Kangaroo flesh was for many 
 years commonly sold and its provision became a 
 regular occupation ; and this again caused distress 
 among the natives for want of their ordinary food 
 and clothing which those animals had supplied. 
 Those families whose hunting grounds had been 
 occupied by the settlers, intruded on the territory 
 of others, and contests, retaliations and permanent 
 feuds were consequent among them. Kangaroo 
 meat sold for lOd. when beef was Is. 6d., and 
 mutton Is. 5d. the pound ; bread was at one time 
 2s. 2d. the 4-lb. loaf. The number of vessels 
 which arrived at Fremantle made proper mooring 
 and accommodation for them and their cargoes 
 impossible, and the loss of many in consequence 
 gave the port a bad name ; it ceased to be a place 
 of call for those trading to other ports, and ship- 
 owners in England became shy of sending vessels 
 there. These unhappy conditions tended not only 
 to check immigration, as did the price of land 
 (which had been raised to five shillings an acre,) 
 but led to the emigration of such as Henty and 
 many others, who sought elsewhere a better market 
 for their capital and labour, but who might have 
 been of the greatest service to the infant colony. 
 Henty had taken up 62,035 acres of land and 
 introduced, with his two brothers, twelve labourers 
 and mechanics, six women, and fifteen children, 
 with much valuable stock, as a first instalment on 
 his estate. Peel had claimed land on account of 
 17i i, and Colonel Latour on account of eighty-five 
 persons introduced by themselves. Governor 
 Stirling had commenced by making settlements at 
 Augusta, Leschenault, Kelmscott, Guildford, and 
 in the Avon Valley. He fixed on the N. instead of 
 the S. side of Perth water, as had been originally 
 intended, for the site of the capital of the colony, 
 thus placing the estuary of the river between it and 
 the port of Fremantle. There were as yet no roads, 
 
 Vi
 
 738 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 and though the river afforded a water-way, there 
 were no vessels or boats fitted for the transport of 
 cargo. The land on the Swan, and between the 
 Swan and the Vasse, had been for the most part 
 taken up, and the time and labour of an increasing 
 staff of surveyors, and even of the Governor him- 
 self, soon became occupied in finding new locations 
 for settlement and means of communication 
 between already inhabited places. The want of 
 system and concentration of strength tended 
 greatly to neutralise the strenuous and persevering 
 efforts of the colonists, who had to labour on for 
 many years under depressing circumstances. It is 
 not therefore surprising that in the early days of 
 the colony there should have been some discontent, 
 and a desire for change in the land laws, and for the 
 protection of colonial produce, which could be 
 undersold by that imported ; and these conditions 
 obtained more or less for many years. These 
 causes continued in operation, and the land in the 
 settled districts of the colony being all taken up, 
 and servants and labourers who had saved money 
 being unable to purchase, emigration increased ; 
 and as many as forty-two left the colony at one 
 time. Governor Stirling had discovered in the 
 course of his explorations that the greater part of 
 the land in the colony was more fitted for pas- 
 turage than agriculture ; and it soon became 
 necessary for the settlers who were sheep and 
 cattle owners to seek more extended runs for their 
 stock, beyond the settled districts of the colony. 
 This caused a still greater dispersion of the already 
 small population, which in 1840 amounted only to 
 2354 persons. The price of land had now been 
 raised to £1 an acre, in pursuance of the then 
 fashionable Wakefield system, which however was 
 not fully carried into effect ; and so during 
 Governor Hutt's tenure of office the attention of 
 the colonists was mainly directed to reducing the 
 price of land, making it more available for the 
 depasturing stock and the obtaining labour. Small 
 efforts at immigration were made, and in the 
 interest both of the settler and farmer, in 1841 
 remission on the purchase of land was granted to 
 anyone who succeeded in training a native to be 
 a useful farm servant. A society was also formed 
 for diffusing knowledge respecting the colony ; but 
 the most important effort to develop its resources 
 by increasing its population was made by the 
 W.A. Company at their settlement of Australind, 
 near Leschenault. The Company had purchased 
 Colonel Latour's property there, which they now 
 proposed to re-sell at £1 an acre, in farms of 100 
 acres, and M. W. Clifton was sent out with a 
 sufficient staff of surveyors, <fcc., to prepare for the 
 reception of the first immigrants. The Colonial 
 Government however proposed to resume those 
 lands in forfeiture, and Clifton sought another 
 location in the country discovered by Grey about 
 Champion Bay ; this proved in his estimation of 
 inferior value, and by agreement with the Local 
 Government he returned to his original location to 
 prepare for the reception of the new settlers who 
 
 arrived to the number of 457 : but the company 
 in London broke up, the work was stopped, and 
 the fair promise of the commencement was not 
 fulfilled. The settlement had been named Aus- 
 tralind, in anticipation of its becoming a place of 
 resort, if not residence, for invalids and others 
 from India. At this time also the application 
 of the Wakefield system on a large scale in 
 N.Z. and S.A., where it was carried out in 
 its integrity, directed the attention of intending 
 emigrants to those colonies, and as the depressed 
 state of the agricultural interest had caused a 
 corresponding collapse in trade (in 1848 there 
 was no sugar in the colony,) and there was 
 no hope of obtaining labour by immigration, on 
 the accession of Governor Fitzgerald to office, a 
 large number of the colonists petitioned for the 
 introduction of convicts to bring labour and money 
 into the colony, and supply a market for produce — 
 not however without opposition on the part of the 
 few, who thought that these benefits would be 
 more than neutralised by the evil influence which 
 the presence of a large number of convicted felons 
 might exercise on the morals of the people. To 
 this petition the Imperial Government, then in 
 want of a place to which they might transport 
 convicts, acceded, and the first body arrived on 
 the 1st June 1850. The result has proved the 
 correctness of the anticipations of both parties ; 
 the colony has profited much by convict labour 
 and by the money spent on the convict establish- 
 ment, and on the military and pensioners who 
 were sent out simultaneously. The criminal 
 calendar will show the less pleasing consequences 
 of this measure. During the ten years from 1860 
 to 1869, inclusive, the convictions in the Supreme 
 Court show 254 of the convict class against fifty- 
 three free persons ; in 1875 thirty expirees, eleven 
 free men, and two ticket-of -leave holders ; but 
 probably more evil influence was exercised at this 
 time by the sealers who had established their 
 head-quarters on Middle Island, at the Kecherche 
 Archipelago, in the Great Bight on the southern 
 coast, and who seem to have rivalled in their 
 habits those recorded of pirates and buccaneers. 
 It had been part of the agreement in making W.A. 
 a convict colony that free immigrants should be 
 sent from England in number equal to the con- 
 victs, and in July 1850 the first instalment of 219 
 persons arrived in the Sophia, and a detachment 
 of sappers and miners the next year, some of whom 
 remained in the colony and proved valuable 
 members of society. In this year also juvenile 
 immigrants, fifty-one in number, were first intro- 
 duced, some of whom afterwards proved adepts in 
 crime, though many became useful members of 
 society ; and 125 more were sent, but at the 
 request of the colonists that plan for immigration 
 was abandoned. Some Chinese were also intro- 
 duced, who proved as usual thrifty and industrious. 
 The depressed state of affairs in the colony had 
 not been less felt by those in the employ of the 
 Government than by the settlers, and many had
 
 Wes] 
 
 CVCtoMbix of Australasia. 
 
 73?) 
 
 supplemented their insufficient salaries by trading. 
 Notwithstanding all drawbacks the colony had 
 gradually increased in population and production. 
 The white inhabitants numbered 6661 persons ; 
 the area of land under cultivation in cereals was 
 4122 acres ; there were 141,123 sheep, 10,919 head 
 of cattle, 2095 horses, some 3000 pigs, and 1431 
 goats ; the imports had reached the sum of 
 £45,411 6s., and the exports of £29,598 9s. The 
 labours of the colonists had been most successful 
 in horticulture by the production of most of the 
 valuable fruits, vegetables and flowers now under 
 cultivation, most of which had been introduced by 
 the Government and by the first settlers. 
 
 (3.) The Penal Settlement.— The introduction of 
 convicts forms so important an era in the history 
 of the colony that the effects produced by it 
 require separate consideration, but, pursuing the 
 course of general history, the most important 
 event during Governor Fitzgerald's term of office 
 was the opening up of the Victoria district, now 
 so largely occupied by sheep stations and so pro- 
 ductive in mineral wealth ; a convict depot was 
 formed there and subsequently at Lynton, Port 
 Gregory. In visiting that district the Governor 
 was attacked and wounded by the natives near 
 White Peak. This district was also rendered 
 attractive by the report of coal having been dis- 
 covered on the Upper Irwin by Messrs. Gregory 
 (who in consequence received a grant of 2500 acres 
 of land) as well as by the lodes of lead and copper 
 also found by them on the Murchison River. 
 Guano was also discovered on the islands, and 
 exported from Shark's Bay, as also shells supposed, 
 and which proved to be, those of the pearl oyster. 
 The discovery of gold in other parts of Australia 
 induced the offer of rewards for its discovery in 
 the colony, but though claims have been made 
 from time to time they have never yet been 
 admitted. The goldfields of Victoria attracted 
 many emigrants to that colony from W.A., 
 but other sources of trade were opened. 1851 
 saw the first shipment of horses to India, and 
 the rich alluvial deposits about the lower 
 course of the Greenhough became known ; an 
 export trade in timber was also commenced. A 
 more regular and intimate intercourse with the 
 outer world was now established ; in August 1852 
 the first vessel of the Australian Royal Mail Com- 
 pany, the Australian, Captain Hoseason, arrived 
 in King George's Sound, and an overland mail 
 service was arranged from Perth to Albany. The 
 first steamboat was placed on the Swan River ; a 
 Savings Bank was established. The productions 
 of the colony did not however keep pace with the 
 requirements caused by the presence of the convicts 
 and military. In 1854 the cost of imported bread- 
 stuffs amounted to £40,000. 
 
 (4.) Governor Kennedy. — In 1855 Governor 
 Kennedy arrived. There had been for some time 
 a growing dissatisfaction on the part of the 
 colonists with the Executive — there was an out- 
 standing debt and an export of specie consequent 
 
 on difficulty in obtaining treasury bills; inter- 
 ference with magistrates and officials, and with 
 publicans' licenses was complained of ; and 
 the land regulations, especially the high price 
 for land, were thought to be detrimental to the 
 interests of the colony. It was spoken of as "a 
 land of corn, wine, and oil, copper, lead, iron, and 
 coal— held by few, but requiring occupation by 
 many." It was considered that the Legislative 
 Council did not represent the opinions of the 
 colonists, and that the natural and proper remedy 
 would be the establishment of a Representative 
 Council. The farmers in the eastern districts 
 also complained that they did not derive their 
 fair advantages from the introduction of the con- 
 vict system, the Commissariat having purchased 
 flour from S.A., and in consequence a protective 
 duty was desired. The Government claimed the 
 right to obtain supplies in the cheapest market. 
 One farmer however soon followed the example of 
 Government by purchasing flour to fulfil a con- 
 tract. The removal of convict depots from the 
 agricultural districts was also objected to ; but 
 the camps of the kangaroo hunters had become the 
 resort of vagabonds of all classes, and were a refuge 
 for runaway convicts. The demand for a Repre- 
 sentative Council was dropped for fear that it 
 might lead to the removal of convicts altogether. 
 Nevertheless the colony was progressing, the 
 imports of 1857 exceeded those of 1850 by double 
 the amount, and the income by £8498 ; yet there 
 was illicit trade carried on in the S.W., principally 
 with American whale ships. The Champion Bay 
 district was filling, and a cattle company had 
 located on the Irwin River ; surveys also in con- 
 templation of railroads, were made by Lieutenant 
 Chapman from Perth to King George's Sound, 
 and by Surveyor Evans in the mining district of 
 the N. In 1859 the regular troops were with- 
 drawn, and a force of enrolled pensioners organ- 
 ised. Volunteer companies were also formed at 
 Perth and Fremantle, and a corps of mounted 
 rifles at York. The corps at Pinjarrah was not 
 formed till 1864. 
 
 (5) Governor Hampton. — In 1862 Governor 
 Hampton succeeded Governor Kennedy. This 
 was a year of unprecedented floods, the Swan 
 River rising seven feet above its usual level ; many 
 bridges were destroyed, and the lowlands at the 
 back of Perth were inundated, causing much loss 
 and expense both to the Government and to 
 individuals, and Lieutenant Oliver was drowned 
 crossing the Causeway near the Swan at Perth. 
 Prospecting for gold was now commenced, and 
 Hargraves from V. was employed, but without 
 success. From V. also came a proposition to form 
 a settlement on the N.W. coast, but the Mystery 
 was first sent there with sheep and cattle by 
 Padbury. In 1864 the settlements were farther 
 extended ; Dempster took sheep to Esperance 
 Bay, on the S. coast ; a company was formed 
 which sent sheep and cattle to Camden Harbour 
 on the N.W., as Messrs. Brown did also to Sharks.
 
 740 
 
 CYCLOMDTA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 Ray and F. Von Bibra to Hartog's Island ; the 
 next year an attempt was made to form a station 
 on St. Magnus River, Doubtful Ray. The pearl 
 fishery which had been commenced in Sharks 
 Bay 'was now extended to Nickol Bay. Emigra- 
 tion had continued at intervals, but now many 
 mechanics left the colony unable to compete with 
 convict labour. Governor Hampton gave great 
 attention to public works and to economising the 
 cost of Government. By the former he obtained 
 a lasting reputation, and by the latter he secured 
 an excess of income. Among other important 
 works he commenced, what Governor Weld com- 
 pleted, the bushing the sand-hills to the S. of 
 Geraldton, which threatened in their northward 
 progress to overwhelm the houses. In 1867 he 
 was able to report that during the past year 371 
 miles of road had been repaired, 132 cleared, and 
 thirty-two made ; thirty-three bridges built, seven 
 repaired, and three in course of erection ; five 
 jetties constructed, two extended, and two repaired ; 
 besides the works on the Government House, 
 Perth, Residency at Champion Bay, Lunatic 
 Asylum, Post and Police Offices, Schools, <fec, in 
 many places. At this time a step was made 
 towards the representation of the people by per- 
 mitting the selection by vote of persons for 
 nomination by the Governor to the members of 
 the Legislative Council, and accordingly J. G. C. 
 Carr, J. G. Lee Steere, W. Bateman, S. Phillips, 
 and J. W. Hardey were so nominated. In 1868 
 the desire that the unofficial members should be 
 elected by the people was strongly expressed, and 
 this was followed by a report on the division of 
 the colony into electoral districts, and by a petition 
 for a Representative Constitution under 13th and 
 14th Vic. c. 59. In that year also the last convict 
 vessel arrived, having on board some Fenians, which 
 raised fears, subsequently proved to be just by the 
 escape of several so assisted in 1876, that the 
 " Yankee brotherhood " would endeavour to rescue 
 them. 1 869 was marked by efforts to ascertain the 
 existence of gold and coal ; borings were made near 
 Perth to the depth of 20.0 feet, as subsequently in 
 1874, but without success ; .£5000 were offered for 
 the discovery of a gold-field, and money voted for 
 a geologist to examine and report on the colony. 
 
 (6.) Governor Weld.— The arrival of Governor 
 Weld in September 1869 gave an impulse to further 
 efforts in favour of Representative Institutions, it 
 having been concluded from words spoken publicly 
 and officially in England that he was fully pre- 
 pared to further them with the consent of the 
 Imperial Government; and accordingly in ]87o 
 an Ordinance, No. 13, was issued for the division 
 of the colony into electoral districts and the election 
 of members to the Legislative Council under the 
 provisions of 13th and 14th Vic, c. 59, which 
 was accordingly constituted. It consisted of five 
 nominee members, three being official, viz. : the 
 Colonial Secretary, the Attorney -General, and 
 the Surveyor-General, and two unofficial ; the 
 number of elected members was ten ; subsequently 
 
 two were added and one nominee member. The 
 Council met the same year. It did not however 
 realise fully the anticipations which had been 
 formed respecting it, for although the control over 
 the finances and freedom of voting of nominee 
 members were conceded the ultimate decision in 
 all cases was still reserved to the Imperial Govern- 
 ment. An opposition was accordingly organised, 
 and the forms of the Imperial Parliament having 
 been adopted the Colonial Secretary assumed the 
 duties of Prime Minister and Chancellor of the 
 Exchequer. The constitution of elected Town 
 Trusts and Road Boards was another step towards 
 self-government made at this time. By the Educa- 
 tion Act all denominational religious teaching was 
 made optional in the Government Schools, and by 
 the transfer of the stipends of Colonial Chaplains 
 from the accounts of the establishment to the mis- 
 cellaneous services, the Church of England in the 
 colony was placed on the same footing as other 
 religious communities which led immediately to 
 Synodical action and government. The operation 
 of the Government at this time was very energetic ; 
 a loan for public works of £100,000 was proposed, 
 but only £25,000 permitted by the Imperial 
 Government ; a survey of the coast of the colony 
 was commenced at the joint expense of the 
 Imperial and Colonial Governments ; a steam 
 vessel was subsidised and placed on the coast 
 to carry mails and passengers ; an electric tele- 
 graph, which had been commenced between Perth 
 and Fremantle by a company, was bought up ; 
 and in 1873 a loan bill passed for £100,000 to be 
 employed in telegraph extension and a railway 
 in the mining district. Red rust having destroyed 
 the grain crops seed was procured and employment 
 on public works provided for those who were in 
 need. At the meeting of the Legislative Council 
 in 1874 the desire for Responsible Government 
 expressed itself by a petition, n.emine contradicente, 
 from the Council to the Governor, requesting that 
 he would bring forward a Bill for its institution, 
 in accordance with which a Bill was presented by 
 the Colonial Secretary, contemplating a Legisla- 
 ture of two houses, one to be nominated and the 
 other elected, with a civil list to provide for the 
 Executive. As however the Bill was not accepted 
 in its entirety the Governor dissolved the Council, 
 and on re-election three members were found in 
 opposition to the establishment of Responsible 
 Government in the colony, but the majority held 
 to their former opinion. The extension of the 
 timber trade by the formation of new companies 
 and by grants of land, the erection of crushing 
 machinery and working a quartz reef at Kendenup 
 by the Plantagonet Gold Mining Company, the 
 commencement of sericulture, the placing estab- 
 lishments on the Abrolhos for fishing, and on 
 Barrow Island for turtle catching, the commence- 
 ment of a system of assisted immigration and of 
 the mines railway, and of the extension of the 
 telegraph line to Eucla in connection with the 
 Government of South Australia mark this period.
 
 Wesl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 741 
 
 (7.) Governor Robinson.— Oti the arrival in 1875 
 of Governor Sir Wm. C. F. Robinson, K.C.M.G., 
 the Imperial Government decided against conced- 
 ing Responsible Government to the colony, con- 
 sidering that it was not prepared for so great 
 a change. The removal of the convict prisoners 
 from all other places to Fremantle had given 
 warning of further change in that department, and 
 in 1877 it was intimated that there would be a 
 reduction in the Imperial grant for police services. 
 The year 1876 witnessed the necessity for a further 
 loan of .£26,000 for the completion of the Mines 
 railway, in which great alterations and improve- 
 ments were obviously necessary. The appropria- 
 tion of £18,000 out of revenue for the completion 
 of the telegraph to Eucla was the more satisfactory, 
 because the line from Bremer Bay to Eucla was 
 in process of survey by Mr. Price and a sufficient 
 party, and was progressing rapidly. The decision 
 as to harbour works at Fremantle was now also 
 brought to an issue. From the earliest days of the 
 colony it had been in contemplation to make at the 
 principal port a more secure harbour for vessels than 
 nature had provided, and numerous suggestions 
 and plans had been made from time to time for 
 that purpose, but all resolving themselves into 
 four principles. The first in time, originating 
 indeed with the officers of the Success in 1827, 
 was to make the estuary of the Swan between 
 Perth and Fremantle accessible by cutting a canal 
 from Rocky Bay to the sea, a distance of about a 
 quarter of a mile ; the others were to enclose an 
 area by a breakwater to the south of the mouth of 
 the Swan ; at the mouth of the Swan ; or to 
 obtain access to the mouth of the river and make 
 it available as a dock or harbour, In 1871 
 Doyne, and in 1873 Wardell, had reported on 
 these, but unfavourably ; their different plans 
 were at last submitted to the judgment of Sir John 
 Coode, and his report is still under consideration. 
 Now also the schemes which had been ventilated 
 for a long time for a railway from Fremantle to 
 Perth and Guildford were formally brought for- 
 ward, and it was proposed to bring in a Bill for 
 providing a guarantee of six per cent, on the 
 amount of capital necessary for its construction ; 
 this was delayed till the next year that surveys 
 and estimates might be made which were accord- 
 ingly proceeded with, but the Bill was ultimately 
 withdrawn, pending the decision of the Imperial 
 Government on the question of guarantee. This 
 year, also, supplementary regulations were pub- 
 lished respecting grants to pensioners and volun- 
 teers ; and cutting timber and mining by which 
 the land regulations of the colony were completed ; 
 a Commissioner of Public Works was appointed ; 
 immigration continued ; Sunday diving forbidden 
 in the pearl fishery ; the money order system 
 extended ; the free list tariff extended to articles 
 necessary for food, ship chandlery, &c. ; the light- 
 house on Point Moore, at Champion Bay, contracted 
 for of iron instead of stone ; a deep sea telegraph 
 suggested from Point Galle to Western Australia 
 
 with Cocos Islands for an intermediate station ; a 
 vote taken for the establishment of a high school ; 
 the ballot proposed as a preventative against 
 bribery ; and a jetty at Owen's anchorage deter- 
 mined upon. These many and considerable works 
 occupied the period of Sir Wm. C. F. Robinson's 
 Government, who left the colony 1st September 
 1877 to proceed via Sydney to his new Govern- 
 ment at Singapore. He was succeeded by the 
 present Governor, Major-General Sir Harry Saint 
 George Ord, K.C.M.G.,C.B. 
 
 XVII. Exploration. — In 1801 the French cor- 
 vettes Geographe and Naturaliste, with the galliotte 
 Casuarinn, which had been attached to the expedi- 
 tion at Port Jackson, made Cape Leeuwin in the 
 month of June, and the names of the three vessels 
 and their officers still maintain, on the western 
 coast, many reminiscences of their visit. The 
 Vasse River was so named after a Dutch sailor who 
 accompanied the expedition and was drowned off 
 its mouth. The coasts of Endraght land, De Witt's 
 land, and Sharks Bay were examined and named ; 
 returning southward the Swan River was entered 
 by boats 17th June and explored as far as the 
 islands above Perth Water, which were named 
 after M. Hierrisen, Enseigne de Vaisseau. M. de 
 Peron, the historian of the expedition, gave a 
 very particular account of the river, which, 
 however, was not confirmed in its details by 
 the officers of the Success in 1827. A large 
 number of names given by the French are still 
 retained and familiar to the ears of Western 
 Australians, but some have been replaced by 
 English appellations, as the Moreau, now the 
 Canning, while others have undergone a process of 
 translation, as Port Two-people. The northern 
 coasts were surveyed by Captain King in 1820 to 
 1824, and his work was supplemented by Captains 
 Wickham and Stokes in the Beagle between the 
 years 1837 and 1843; the latter completing the 
 survey of Sharks Bay. The coasts of W.A. 
 being then sufficiently known, and it having 
 been ascertained that the French had determined 
 to establish themselves there, the Governor of 
 N.S.W. in 1826 sent a party of about seventy- 
 five persons, principally soldiers and convicts, to 
 occupy King George's Sound, and the next year 
 H.M.S. Success to select a place for a settlement 
 on the west coast, with special reference to the 
 Swan River, off the mouth of which that vessel 
 dropped her anchor on the 6th March, and the 
 next day the gig and cutter were sent with their 
 crews well armed and with provisions for a fort - 
 night, to examine the river, to proceed if possible 
 to its source, ascertain the nature and productions 
 of the country, and fix on an eligible sight for a 
 settlement. The boats having reached Hierrisen's 
 islands, were hauled over the flats, and ascended the 
 river until stopped by fallen timber. In returning 
 the gig was sent to examine the Canning River, and 
 during the absence of the boats the shores and 
 waters of Gage's Roads had been examined. Mr. 
 Frazer, the colonial botanist, accompanied the
 
 742 
 
 (iYCtOP^EDIA OF AtTSTRAtASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 expedition, and lie notices with much pleasure 
 the beauty of the scenery, the vivid green of 
 the foliage, and the astonishing luxuriance of the 
 herbaceous plants which he described as exceeding 
 anything he ever saw on the E. coast. Indeed 
 the river, still beautiful, must, before its banks 
 were denuded of the forest trees which then 
 clothed them " so magnificently" to use his own 
 expression, have afforded " a great treat" to one 
 accustomed to the ever brown eucalyptus of Port 
 Jackson." The reports made by Captain Stirling 
 and Mr. Frazer on the return of the Success to 
 Sydney, determined the Governor to recommend 
 that a settlement should be formed on the Swan 
 River, and Captain Stirling was, in consequence, 
 sent out in 1829 to give effect to his recom- 
 mendation. Hitherto, nothing had been known 
 of W.A. but the coast line, and that imperfectly, 
 with the lower course of the rivers Swan and 
 Canning, and the lake or estuary into which 
 they have their outlets. On his arrival, Captain 
 Stirling lost no time in obtaining further know- 
 ledge both of the coast and of the interior 
 of that country which it had become his duty to 
 develop for the advancement and future prosperity 
 of the colony of which he was the founder ; 
 indeed, even before Stirling's arrival, Captain 
 Fremantle (H.M.S. Challenger) had already hoisted 
 the British flag at the place which now bears his 
 name, and had explored the country lying between 
 Cockburn Sound and the Canning River. While 
 James Drummond, the botanist who accompanied 
 Captain Stirling, was at his work near the coast, 
 Ensign Robert Dale, of the 63rd, explored the 
 country to the Eastward, and reached the valley 
 of the Avon at Mount Bake well ; and afterwards, 
 starting from thence, proceeded eastward for 
 about sixty miles to Mounts Stirling and Caroline, 
 returning by a more southern route past the 
 mount which bears his name. Meanwhile Lieut. 
 William Preston, R.N., with Dr. Alexander Collie, 
 had reached Leschenault to the S. ; and Lieut. 
 Archibald Erskine examined the Darling Range. 
 Dale again in the end of the year 1830 went to 
 trace the course of the Helena River, and Captain 
 Thomas Bannister started from the Swan River 
 to cross the country to King George's Sound. On 
 the S., Captain John Molloy had discovered 
 the Blackwood, and Governor Stirling with the 
 Surveyor-General, Lieut. J. S. Roe, R.N., having 
 visited Leschenault and Augusta, military detach- 
 ments and settlers were established at both places. 
 Nor had those at King George's Sound been 
 idle, and the names of Lieut.-Col. Lockyer, 
 Captain Wakefield, Lieutenants Tollemache and 
 Kent, and especially that of Dr. Wilson, Resident 
 Magistrate at Albany, will not be forgotten. 
 In the work of exploration none were more active 
 than the Governor himself, who, with the Surveyor 
 General, examined the course of the Collie and 
 Preston Rivers, and the latter explored the country 
 beyond the range of hills, which the Governor 
 named after him, Roe's range ; but the first 
 
 exploration of any length, or presenting any serious 
 difficulty, was that made from the Swan to King 
 George's Sound, by Captain Thomas Bannister, 
 who, in consequence of the inaccuracy of the 
 calculations of the surveyor sent with him, only 
 succeeded in reaching, after much hardship, the 
 coast near the mouth of the Frankland, having 
 discovered in his journey the Bannister and other 
 affluents of the Murray, as well as those of the 
 Blackwood and Frankland. He first noticed the 
 gigantic growth of the trees near the S. coast. 
 The next year Collie and Dale, removed to King 
 George's Sound, proceeded to explore that district ; 
 Collie from Oyster Harbour, about the King and 
 Kalgan or French River, as it was then called, and 
 the Porongurup Range, while Dale was sent to 
 Tood-e-rup, a part of the Stirling Range, to search, 
 but without success, for a cereal plant said to be 
 used as food by the natives. This year also (1831) 
 J. G. Bussell examined the country between the 
 Blackwood and the Vasse, as well as the coast to 
 the W. of those rivers. In 1833 Alfred Hillman, 
 a surveyor in the employ of the Government, 
 explored the S. coast from Albany as far as 
 Nornalup Inlet. In 1834 G. F. Moore made 
 the junction of the Avon and Swan ; Thomas 
 Turner ascended the Blackwood ; John Butler 
 explored the Lake district to the N. of Perth ; 
 C. R. B. Norcott, Superintendent of Police, the 
 Murray River valley ; F. Ludlow traversed the 
 country between Augusta and the Swan River; 
 and W. K. Shenton, a draughtsman attached to 
 the office of the Surveyor-General, examined the 
 Collie River. In 1835 Hillman visited the Avon, 
 Hillman, and Williams Rivers ; Patrick Taylor 
 examined the upper course of the Kalgan and Hay ; 
 Surveyor Thomas Watson the Murray ; and Moore 
 the Upper Swan ; but that year is most notable 
 for the expedition under the command of the 
 Governor himself, attended by the Surveyor- 
 General, which, traversing the country about 
 the head waters of the Murray and Black- 
 wood, struck the course of the Palinup or Salt 
 River, and returning from the W. of the Stir- 
 ling Range (so named after Governor Stirling,) 
 descended the valley of the Kent and pro- 
 ceeded along the coast to King George's Sound. 
 From thence they went in H.M.S. Sulphur to 
 Cape Knob and Dillon Bay, and on their return 
 Roe went back by York to the Swan River. In 
 183(5 further exploration was made by Hillman 
 and Williams between the Avon and Williams 
 Rivers, by Moore and Drummond about the 
 sources of Moore River, and by Lieutenant 
 Bunbury in the valley of the Williams and between 
 the sources of the Dale and the Murray. In 1837 
 the Governor went by the valley of the Murray to 
 Kojonup ; and that year is notable for the landing 
 of Lieutenants Grey and Lushington on the N. 
 coast, and for the discovery by them of the beau- 
 tiful and fertile valley of the Glenelg River. Grey 
 however, having been severely wounded in a skir- 
 mish with the natives, returned with his party to
 
 Wes] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 743 
 
 Mauritius to restore his health and prepare for a 
 fresh descent on the N. coast. Meanwhile Hillman 
 with his party was surveying the country and lay- 
 ing out a road from Perth to King George's 
 Sound. It was indeed for the purpose of connect- 
 ing the scattered settlements in the new colony 
 that most explorations were now made. The 
 settlers in the S.W. very naturally desired that the 
 road from Perth to Albany should pass near their 
 locations, and the journeys of W. Nairn Clarke, 
 R. H. Bland (afterwards Colonial Secretary,) 
 F. C. Singleton, and Lieutenant Egerton Warbur- 
 ton, were continued for the three following years 
 with that object. At this time also Captain John 
 Scully made further exploration on the Moore 
 River, as did surveyor H. M. Ommaney (formerly 
 a lieutenant in the army,) on the coast to the W. 
 of Busselton, while Clarke examined the coast and 
 its inlets between King George's Sound and Point 
 D'Entrecasteaux. Grey, by the advice of Sir 
 William Nicolay, then Governor of Mauritius, had 
 come to the Swan River to re-organise his party 
 for further exploration on the N. coast ; but as it 
 was supposed that the main drainage of the 
 interior would prove to be to the W., the rivers of 
 the N. coast being apparently of sufficient magni- 
 tude, and the limits of the basin of the Glenelg 
 being known, he went by sea to Sharks Bay, into 
 which a considerable river had been reported to 
 flow from the E., and was landed with three 
 whale-boats and stores on Bernier Island, where 
 he made his depot, and from thence proceeded 
 across the bay, and after much danger and difficulty 
 succeeded in tracing its eastern shore and entering 
 the mouth of the Gascoigne River ; but returning to 
 his depot one of his boats was broken up, the others 
 shattered, and his stores destroyed in a violent 
 storm, so that he was obliged to attempt to return 
 to Swan River by sea in two boats, now unfit for 
 service, and with a very insufficient stock of pro- 
 visions. Attempting to land near the S. of 
 Gantheaume Bay, his boats were destroyed in the 
 surf on the beach, and it only remained to reach, 
 if possible, the Swan River, on foot. In this 
 terrible journey the party separated, but Grey and 
 a faithful native named Kaibor, having reached 
 Perth, sent back assistance to the rest, who, with 
 the exception of Frederick Smith, a young volun- 
 teer who had attached himself to Grey, and 
 Walker the surgeon, who had reached Fremantle 
 unassisted, were picked up by a party sent to their 
 relief under the Surveyor-General. Smith died 
 of exhaustion near the small river which bears 
 his name, after having shown himself, by his 
 courage and patient endurance of hardship and 
 famine, worthy of his cousin Florence Nightingale. 
 In this journey of nearly 300 miles, Grey discovered 
 and passed over all the rivers of the W. coast, 
 from the Murchison to the Swan, and his descrip- 
 tion of the country led ultimately to its settlement. 
 His accuracy was much disputed by some, but 
 subsequent knowledge has fully confirmed his 
 report. It was in this year that Eyre arrived at 
 
 King George's Sound, having lost all his party 
 except his native guide in his journey along the 
 coast from Port Lincoln. Captain Stokes in the 
 Beagle this year surveyed the Abrolhos and 
 Champion Bay, which had been previously entered 
 by Lieutenant Helpman in the colonial schooner 
 of that name. The views of the early settlers 
 had been directed principally to agricultural 
 pursuits ; but after this time, as it had appeared 
 from the explorations of Governor Stirling and 
 Roe and their followers that a large portion of the 
 interior country was more fitted for pasturage, 
 their attention was turned more especially to 
 that industry, and with this object Drummond 
 and Scully made explorations to the Victoria 
 Plains, as did Henry Landor to the S.E. of 
 Beverley, and in 1843, with H. Maxwell Lefroy, 
 he made an excursion into the Lake district to the 
 E. of York, where their names and discoveries are 
 still perpetuated. During 1847-8 Dr. F. Von 
 Sommer, who, having a reputation for knowledge 
 in natural science, had been taken into the employ 
 of Government, examined and reported on the 
 geology of the Victoria, Moore River, and Avon 
 districts, and the country about Capes Riche and 
 Naturaliste. In the latter year the Surveyor- 
 General, accompanied by Augustus Gregory, started 
 on a journey of exploration to the E. of the Stirling 
 Range. Gregory had just returned from an expedi- 
 tion to the Murchison, on which river he had dis- 
 covered lead and copper lodes (thus first directing 
 attention to the mineral wealth of the Champion 
 Bay district,) as also the small harbour which 
 bears his name ; and on the Irwin River his 
 brother, F. H. Gregory, had found what has since 
 been commonly known as the coal seam, and this 
 with the reports of Von Sommer led to the sup- 
 position that there were vast deposits of that 
 mineral extending from the Irwin along the base 
 of the Darling Range. Roe, descending the 
 Palinup, crossed to Cape Riche, and returning on 
 his track to the N.E. reached Bremer Range, 
 whence directing his course to the S. and E., 
 and crossing the sources of the Fitzgerald and 
 Phillips Rivers, he proceeded as far as Russell 
 Range, near Cape Arid, at the western extremity 
 of the Great Australian Bight ; and returning to 
 Cape Riche, he found on the middle course of the 
 Phillips, and lower course of the Fitzgerald, 
 deposits similar to those found by Gregory on the 
 Irwin, and in consequence, another discovery of 
 coal was proclaimed. On reaching Cape Riche, he 
 made a direct course to Bunbury and thence to 
 Perth. The same year Helpman and Gregory 
 returned by sea and land to make further examin- 
 ation of the reported coal measures, but the result 
 was not satisfactory. They were again very care- 
 fully examined in 1875 by the Rev. C. G. Nicolay, 
 who was sent by the Government for that purpose, 
 but without the least indication of coal measures 
 being perceptible. It will appear from this record 
 that before the year 1850 the coast of W.A., from 
 Sharks Bay to the Great Australian Bight,
 
 744 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wes 
 
 had been explored, and a general knowledge 
 obtained of the basins of the rivers from the 
 Moore to the Phillips. The names of the early 
 explorers, by whose labours this knowledge was 
 acquired (and to those given in the above list 
 several more might be added,) should be familiar 
 to those who enjoy the benefits resulting from 
 them. From 1850 exploration has been continued 
 on a more extended scale, in a more systematic 
 method, with more definite ends, at longer intervals, 
 and for the most part by professional surveyors. 
 A. Gregory was occupied during the years 1852 
 and 1853 in the valleys of the Blackwood and 
 Gordon, and made a short expedition from the 
 Murchison to Sharks Bay. In 1854 surveyor 
 Robert Austin with a large party, including 
 several young volunteers since well known in 
 the colony, left the valley of the Avon, and pro- 
 ceeding E. and N., reached Mount Magnet in the 
 Lake district, nearly 300 miles due E. from the 
 mouth of the Murchison, and thence by a N.W. 
 course entered the upper basins of that river, and 
 (after making vain attempts to reach the Gascoigne, 
 where G. Phillips, with supplies sent by sea, 
 awaited him) was obliged, with much suffering, to 
 return, and with great difficulty reached the river. 
 It was from this journey that some knowledge of 
 the country about the head waters of the Murchi- 
 son, now being so rapidly taken up for pastoral 
 purposes, was first obtained. F. H. Gregory was 
 on the Murchison in 1857, and the next year traced 
 the courses of the Lyons and Gascoigne rivers to 
 the sea, and by his discoveries, opened an easy 
 route overland to the N.W. coast, along which 
 both sheep and cattle were driven by E. T. Hooley 
 without difficulty in 1865. In 1861 F. H. Gregory, 
 landing with a party at Nickol Bay, explored the 
 valleys of the Fortescue, Ashburton, Shirlock, 
 Yule, and DeGrey rivers as far as Mount Mac- 
 pherson at the source of the Oakover ; this led 
 to the settlement of the N.W. coast, as it is still 
 called. This year also the brothers Dempster 
 made explorations to the E. of Northam, and from 
 the S. coast to the Lake district, in which H. M. 
 Lefroy made a still more extended exploration in 
 1863, in consequence of which Surveyor Hunt 
 was sent with a party organised for well-digging 
 and to make a road by which cattle might be 
 taken into it. Cook and Clarkson were exploring 
 its northern limits at the same time. In 1864 
 Austin, with Dr. Martin and others, entered the 
 mouth of the Glenelg and explored the western 
 portion of the basin of that river as Grey had the 
 eastern ; and a settlement having been formed at 
 Roebuck Bay, Surveyor James Cowle traversed 
 the country between that place and Nickol Bay. 
 In 1870 Surveyor John Forrest traced the coast 
 from Albany to Eucla, and proceeded from thence 
 to Adelaide, without suffering from want of water 
 as Eyre had done. Of the interior of the country 
 nothing was known as yet beyond the Lake dis- 
 trict, but in 185R A. Gregory, with a party from 
 Q., entered the territory of W.A. from the N.E., 
 
 and found Sturt's Creek in a sandy desert ; and 
 reports respecting white men, supposed to relate 
 to Leichhardt and his party, of whose fate nothing 
 is known, having been received from the natives 
 of the Lake district, in 1869 John Forrest extended 
 his search to the eastward of Champion Bay as 
 far as the 123rd meridian, and in 1871 his brother 
 Alexander somewhat further beyond Hampden 
 Plains. In 1872 Surveyor W. C. Gosse attempted 
 to cross from S.A., but was driven back by want 
 of water before reaching the 126th meridian. 
 Warburton however the year following succeeded 
 in reaching the Oakover, the northern branch of 
 the DeGrey River, by the assistance of camels. 
 It was reserved for John Forrest to cross the 
 centre of the colony from the Murchison, and 
 thence to the northern telegraph line of S.A., with 
 the ordinary equipment of a bushman. 
 
 WESTERN PORT is a beautiful harbour in V., 
 formed between two islands called Grant and 
 French islands, in rather a remarkable manner : 
 two great bays lie one within the other, the inner 
 being nearly filled up by French Island, whilst the 
 outer is sheltered by Grant Island stretching 
 across it almost from point to point, leaving a 
 wide channel on its west side. The east passage 
 is narrow and fit only for small vessels. On the 
 east shores of Western Port rises a range of woody 
 hills between 500 and 700 feet high. This harbour 
 presents a curious feature, a sort of canal that 
 fronts the east side of Grant Island ; its depth 
 varies from six to seven fathoms and the width is 
 half a mile. The most remarkable object is the 
 helmet-shaped headland rising 480 feet above the 
 sea, forming the southern extreme of Grant Island, 
 called Cape Wollamai, discovered and named by 
 Bass, " Western Port," from its relative situation ; 
 as from Sydney then it was the westernmost extent 
 of the straits known on the north side. An account 
 of the settlements attempted here in the early 
 days is given in the article " Port Phillip." 
 
 WESTPORT, a township in N.Z. at the mouth 
 of the river Buller, on the south-western coast of 
 the province of Nelson. It is the best port for 
 every class of vessel on the west coast of Middle 
 Island, there being deep water always on the bar 
 and easy entrance. The headland of Cape Foul- 
 wind lies about ten miles to the westward, the city 
 of Nelson about 140 miles to the N.E., and the 
 town of Greymouth about forty miles S.W. The 
 population of the town is about 1166. The West- 
 port and Mount Rochfort Railway Line is com- 
 pleted specially for bringing coal to the port from 
 the Rochfort and Ngakawhau coal-fields which 
 extend for miles. The Westport Colliery Company 
 has its operations here ; the ground they are work- 
 ing is believed to have an almost limitless supply 
 of the fuel which stands, for quality, high among 
 colonial coals. The Government has provided 
 commodious wharves, affording every facility for 
 loading and discharging vessels. Extensive river 
 protective stone works are also in progress.
 
 Wha-Wil] 
 
 CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 745 
 
 WHANGAREI HEADS, a headland in N.Z., 
 about seventy-five miles S.E. of Auckland and about 
 fifteen miles by the river from Whangarei town- 
 ship. The harbour of Whangarei is situated about 
 midway between Auckland and the Bay of Islands. 
 On the northern side the land is very moun- 
 tainous and capped in places with rocky peaks of 
 the most grotesque and fantastic appearance. 
 Especially so are those on the top of the Manaia 
 mountain as seen from the inside of the harbour, 
 which according to the Maori legend represents 
 the old chief Manaia, his wife, and two children 
 turned into stone. The residents are principally 
 Canadians who rear cattle and sheep, and live 
 partly by this occupation and the tillage of their 
 land, and partly by fishing. 
 
 WHANGAROA, a township in N.Z., 150 miles 
 
 N.W. of Auckland, situated on one of the most 
 
 magnificent harbours in N.Z., whether as regards 
 
 its anchorage accommodation or the beautiful 
 
 and picturesque scenery lining its shores. It is 
 
 approached by a narrow passage of about half a 
 
 mile iu length and opens into magnificent bays, 
 
 thoroughly land-locked on every side, presenting 
 
 to the view a wonderful range of varied and 
 
 beautiful scenery. The harbour is about five miles 
 
 in length, at the upper end of which is situated 
 
 the township. This place has had notoriety from 
 
 being the scene of the massacre in 1809 by the 
 
 natives of the crew and passengers (sixty-four in 
 
 number) of the Boyd, a large homeward-bound 
 
 ship that visited the port for a cargo of spars. 
 
 The vessel was burned to the water's edge, and 
 
 her remains still lie imbedded in the mud near the 
 
 upper end of the harbour. A number of the 
 
 natives who took part in the massacre were killed 
 
 by the explosion of the gunpowder when the Boyd 
 
 was burning. 
 
 WHITSUNDAY PASSAGE lies on the N.E. 
 coast of the continent, and was so named from its 
 having been discovered by Captain Cook on Whit- 
 sunday 1770. The islands which form it to the E. 
 were named Cumberland Islands in honour of the 
 Duke of Cumberland. 
 
 WICKHAM RIVER, in Q., was discovered by 
 Leichhardt. It is a branch of the Limnen Bight 
 River, and was named in honour of Captain 
 Wickham, the successful explorer of the N.W. 
 coast of A. 
 
 WIDE BAY, a deep indentation on the coast 
 of Q. to the N. of Moreton Bay. A river empties 
 its waters into this beautiful bay called the Mary, 
 after Lady Mary Fitzroy. The capital of the 
 district is Maryborough, and the Gympie gold- 
 mines are not far distant from the shores of the 
 bay. 
 
 WIGHT POINT, on the south coast of V., was 
 discovered by Grant in 1800, and was named from 
 its fancied resemblance to a point in the Isle of 
 Wight, England. 
 
 WIGHT'S LAND is that portion of V. lying 
 between Cape Danger and Cape Paton in the 
 
 district of Portland Bay. It was named by Grant 
 in honour of Captain Wight E.N., son-in-law to 
 Commissioner Schank. 
 
 WILLIAMS, SIR EDWARD EYRE (-1880) 
 jurist, a native of England, was admitted to the 
 bar in England in 1833, and shortly after -the 
 foundation of Port Phillip came to the colony. 
 For ten years he practised his profession in Mel- 
 bourne, having as contemporaries two gentlemen 
 who subsequently became his colleagues on the 
 bench, Sir William F. Stawell and Sir Redmond 
 Barry. In 1844 Williams was elected a member 
 of the Bourke District Council— a local body con- 
 stituted under the N.S.W. Act, 5th and 6th Vic. 
 c. 76 — with which he remained connected for some 
 seven or eight years. On the separation of Port 
 Phillip from N.S.W. Williams thought of obtain- 
 ing an elective seat in the Legislative Council of V. 
 With that view he solicited the suffrages of the 
 electors of the Loddon district, but his efforts to 
 obtain a seat did not extend beyond the publica- 
 tion of an address. Probably a reason for this may 
 be found in the fact that in the list of official 
 appointments rendered necessary by the realisation 
 of Victorian independence, and published on loth 
 July 1851, the name of Williams appeared as Com- 
 missioner of the Court of Bequests for the city of 
 Melbourne and the County of Bourke. Iu January 
 1852 he was created Chairman of Quarter Sessions. 
 This appointment he held in conjunction with 
 that of Commissioner of the Court of Requests, 
 but he was not debarred thereby from con- 
 tinuing practice in the Supreme Court of which 
 he appears to have had at that time the lion's 
 share. In April 1852 he took office as Solicitor- 
 General, by virtue of which position he became 
 a nominee member of the Legislative Council ; 
 but the time during which he was permitted to 
 enjoy these honours was too short to enable him 
 to leave any mark on the legislation of the 
 country. A greater distinction awaited him. The 
 increase of business in the Supreme Court ren- 
 dered the appointment of a third judge an 
 imperative necessity. The honour was conferred 
 on Williams, of whom nothing was afterwards 
 heard in public life save in connection with his 
 judicial duties. Early in 1859 having obtained 
 leave of absence, he visited England and returned 
 in 1801. From that date till 1874 he continued to 
 act as judge of the Supreme Court. For some 
 years before that he had not been in very good 
 health, and in the early part of 1874 his medical 
 advisers recommended that he should immediately 
 retire from the bench. He accordingly forwarded 
 his resignation to the Government which was 
 accepted. On the day when he last presided in 
 the Supreme Court there was a large attendance 
 of the members of the bar, and on their behalf 
 the Attorney-General, J. W. Stephen, expressed 
 regret on account of his Honour's retirement, 
 and referred to the courtesy with which he had 
 treated all the members of the profession. Judge 
 Williams shortly afterwards left the colony for 
 
 V4
 
 746 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Wil 
 
 England. In 1878 he was created a Knight Bachelor 
 in recognition of the services he had rendered to 
 the colony in the various public positions that he 
 had filled. As judge, Williams was patient and 
 assiduous, and his intimate knowledge of that 
 branch of the law known as pleading was especially 
 recognised by those who practised before him. 
 
 WILLIAMS, HARTLEY (1841—) jurist, is a 
 native of V., and son of Sir E. E. Williams, late 
 Supreme Court Judge. He was educated in 
 England, took the degree of B.A. at Trinity 
 College, Oxford, and was called to the bar in the 
 Inner Temple in April 1867. In the same year he 
 returned to V. and was admitted a barrister of the 
 Supreme Court on 4th April 1868, his admission 
 being moved by Mr. Ireland Q.C. The number 
 of what are known in the profession as common 
 law pleaders at the bar was at that time, owing to 
 a variety of circumstances, limited. Williams had 
 devoted himself as a student to this branch of the 
 law, and his ability in this respect was speedily 
 recognised. Briefs began to pour rapidly in upon 
 him. He took no part in public life till the year 
 1872, when he became a member of an education 
 league, whose objects were to establish free secular 
 and compulsory education. This league ceased to 
 exist when the present Education Act became 
 law. In 1874 the Francis Government proposed 
 a measure for altering the constitution under which 
 the Government of the country had previously 
 been carried on. This bill was popularly known 
 as the Norwegian Scheme. It was not generally 
 accepted by the Constitutional party, and at the 
 invitation of a number of electors Williams decided 
 to oppose the then Attorney-General (J. W. 
 Stephen.) Stephen's popularity in connection 
 with the Education Act however was such that 
 numbers who did not believe in the constitutional 
 alterations proposed by the Government voted for 
 the Attorney-General, and Williams was defeated 
 by a large majority. Shortly afterwards Mr. 
 Justice Williams retired from the bench, and the 
 office of Supreme Court judge was conferred on 
 Stephen. This left a vacancy in the representation 
 of St. Kilda in the Assembly, and again Williams 
 was brought forward to contest it. Webb also 
 determined to stand for the seat, and as no 
 arrangement could be arrived at by the friends of 
 these candidates for the retirement of one of them, 
 the result was that E. J. Dixon was elected. 
 After 1874 Williams took no part in politics, 
 though he had been asked several times by different 
 parties to allow himself to be nominated for 
 election. In 1881 he was appointed a Supreme 
 Court Judge. This appointment of a native of the 
 colony to the Judicial Bench gave universal satis- 
 faction to the Victorian people. 
 
 WILLIAMS, THOMAS (1815—) Wesleyan 
 Minister, was one of the first seven ministers 
 elected to commence the Fiji Mission. On reach- 
 ing the South Seas he divided his time between 
 Lakemba and Somosomo, and then opened the 
 
 mission at Mbua, where he had considerable suc- 
 cess. In 1854 he left Fiji and went to Adelaide, 
 where he remained until he left for V. in 1857. 
 In 1858 he published an illustrated book on Fiji 
 and the Fijians. At the Australian Wesleyan 
 Conference held in Melbourne in January 1872, he 
 was nominated president for 1873. His nomina- 
 tion was confirmed by the British Conference ; and 
 that over which he presided was remarkable as 
 being the last of its kind embracing the whole of 
 the colonies, N.Z. and the South Sea Islands ; 
 provision having since been made for holding 
 annual conferences in N.S.W. and Q., V. and T., 
 N.Z. and W.A., and one triennial conference 
 including all. 
 
 WILLIAMS, WILLIAM (1800—) Bishop of 
 Waiapu in N.Z., is a native of England, and was 
 educated at Magdalen Hall, Oxford, where he 
 graduated B.A. in 1824, and D.C.L. in 1851. He 
 became Archdeacon of Waiapu in 1842, and was 
 consecrated Bishop in 1859. He has compiled a 
 Dictionary of the N.Z. Language, and has 
 written Christianity among the New Zealanders. 
 
 WILLIAMSTOWN, a port and municipality 
 in V., on the S. point of estuary of the Yarra 
 Yarra River and S.W. shore of Hobsou's Bay, 
 immediately opposite Sandridge, eight miles from 
 Melbourne. Like Sandridge, the business of the 
 place is principally with the shipping. There are 
 commodious piers, alongside of which ships of the 
 largest burden can be berthed ; there is also ample 
 provision for the repairs of vessels, there being 
 patent slips and ship-building yards. The P. and O. 
 mail steamers berth here. The Alfred Graving 
 Dock, which was several years in construction, 
 was opened in March 1874, H.M.S. Nelson being 
 the first vessel to enter it. The dock is 450 feet 
 long, but will admit vessels of 500 feet. The 
 caisson, in the construction of which over 230 
 tons of ironwork were used, was manufactured at 
 Fulton's foundry. At the extreme end of the 
 peninsula on which Williamstown is situated, called 
 Gellibrand's Point, is a tower formerly used for 
 lighting vessels coming up the bay at night, but 
 which has been superseded by a light ship, placed 
 about a mile and a-half farther down the bay. 
 There is also a line of batteries mounted with 
 heavy guns, extending from the breakwater along 
 the shore facing St. Kilda. Several quarries of 
 superior basalt are worked within a short distance 
 of the town. The population of the town is 8300. 
 
 WILLIS, JOHN WALP0LE (— 1877) first 
 Resident Judge of the Port Phillip district, was 
 a son of the well-known Dr. Willis, who attended 
 George III. in his illness, and was celebrated for 
 his skill in treating the insane. Willis was a man 
 of eccentric character, and when he opened the 
 Supreme Court at Melbourne in 1841 he intimated 
 that he would insist upon the attendance of 
 justices of the peace at all future sittings of the 
 Supreme Court in its criminal jurisdiction. He 
 did this that they might learn something of their
 
 Will 
 
 CYCLOMDU OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 747 
 
 judicial duties ; the magistrates not attending as 
 suggested he threatened to fine them and have 
 their names struck oft" the Commission, and have 
 others appointed in their stead. In this manner 
 the Judge proceeded until he aroused a strong 
 feeling of indignation against himself amongst the 
 gentry of the district, which ultimately led to his 
 removal from the Bench in 1843. 
 
 WILSON, EDWARD (1814-1878) journalist, 
 was a native of London, and came to Melbourne 
 in 1842. He at first engaged in cattle grazing in 
 partnership with J. S. Johnston, but his disposi- 
 tion was strongly towards journalism. His first 
 contributions to the Press were a series of letters 
 criticising the administration of La Trobe. In 
 1847 he purchased the Argus newspaper, and also 
 the Port Phillip Patriot, which was merged into 
 the former. In 1852 he also purchased the Mel- 
 bourne Daily News, which was similarly merged 
 in the Argus. That journal thus became the 
 leading paper' in V., and as Wilson warmly advo- 
 cated the rights of the people as against the 
 blundering maladministration of La Trobe, and 
 the independence of the colony against the tyranny 
 of N.S.W. and the despotism of Downing-street, 
 his journal became a very powerful organ. When 
 the gold discoveries caused the great influx of 
 population in 1852-54, and the social condition of 
 the colony became thoroughly disorganised, Wilson 
 fought energetically on the side of good govern- 
 ment, law and order. The difficulties experienced in 
 carrying on the paper from day to day were almost 
 insurmountable, but Wilson's unflagging energy 
 carried him safely through all his troubles. For 
 nearly twelve months the Argus, as to its literary 
 department, was sustained by the united exertions 
 of Wilson and David Blair ; and in the mechanical 
 department by the unwearying diligence of Josiah 
 Frencham. It is almost incredible the amount of 
 personal labour, self-devotion and energy which 
 Wilson exhibited while carrying the journal 
 through this critical period. He was foremost 
 in the great movement for the separation of Port 
 Phillip and its erection into an independent 
 colony. He was an ardent advocate of the anti- 
 transportation movement. He was one of the 
 framers of the Convicts Prevention Act, and to 
 him more than to any other man it was owing 
 that this most beneficial measure was placed upon 
 the Statute Book, despite the strenuous opposition 
 of the local Government and the repeated refusals 
 of Downing-street. Wilson carried to an extreme 
 length his uncompromising denunciations of the 
 feeble and vacillating and most mischievous policy 
 of La Trobe. He was equally severe in his con- 
 demnation of the tyranny exercised both by 
 La Trobe and Hotham towards the miners, and 
 his powerful writing in the Argus was certainly 
 a strong incentive to the course of action which 
 culminated in the Ballarat revolt. But when 
 the riots actually broke out Wilson as strongly 
 supported the Governor in his measures to 
 restore peace and order. This change of front 
 
 was the turning point in Wilson's political career 
 and the fortunes of the Argus. But prior to 
 this time Wilson had always been the zealous 
 advocate of the popular interests against the 
 petty despotism of the Government and the 
 monopoly of the dominant section. He was 
 incessant in his demands for the introduction of 
 a popular land system, and for the overthrow of 
 the squatting monopoly. He it was who formu- 
 lated the popular demand in the famous watch- 
 word, " Unlock the lands !" It may be said of 
 him that there never was in any British colony 
 at any period a more thoroughly disinterested, 
 patriotic, high-minded journalist, or one of greater 
 earnestness of purpose and energy of character. 
 But this character of Wilson applies to his career 
 prior to the era of the Ballarat riots. At that 
 point he ceased to be a leader of the people, or 
 even an effective journalist ; he probably felt that 
 his work was in that line accomplished. But in 
 the meanwhile the character of the Argus as a 
 political organ had been completely changed. It 
 was now the organ of the rapidly- developing trade 
 and commerce of the colony, the exponent of the 
 free-trade principles, and the determined foe of 
 everything that savoured of Radical principles. 
 Its success as a commercial enterprise was assured, 
 and in a few years Wilson and his fellow-pro- 
 prietors became very wealthy men. In 1857 Wilson 
 visited England ; his health was declining and his 
 sight was failing. He established and superin- 
 tended the London agency of the Argus, the 
 supervision of which he maintained with some 
 intervals till his death. He returned to the colony in 
 a year or two, and travelled through the continent 
 and the adjacent island-colonies, embodying the 
 result of his observations in letters to the Argus, 
 which were subsequently published in a small 
 volume. He purchased the estate of Hayes in 
 Kent, where he chiefly passed the last years of 
 his life, taking an active interest in all matters 
 relating to the progress of the Australian Colonies, 
 and favourably influencing by his writings and 
 personal advocacy the action of the Colonial Office. 
 Wilson was a genuine philanthropist, a man of 
 large and liberal views, possessed of great abilities 
 for suggesting and advocating measures of social 
 and political improvement ; but he was wanting, 
 from personal temperament, in the faculty of 
 directing and guiding others. He was never 
 married, and at his death he bequeathed much 
 of his private fortune to purposes of private 
 benevolence and public charity. 
 
 WILSON, JOHN BOWIE (1820—) is a native 
 of Scotland, and was educated at the Edinburgh 
 and Aberdeen Universities. He arrived in A. in 
 June 1840. He first entered the Parliament of 
 N.S.W. in the session of 1859, representing the 
 southern goldfields ; was afterwards elected for 
 Patrick's Plains, and subsequently for East Sydney. 
 He first accepted office in the Martin Ministry as 
 Secretary for Lands in October 1863, and retired 
 with that Government in February 1865. Wilson.
 
 7 is 
 
 CtfCtOP&MA OF AT'STUALASIA. 
 
 [Wil-Win 
 
 again accepted office in the Martin Ministry in 
 January 1866, retiring in October 1868. For the 
 third time he accepted the portfolio of the Lands 
 Department in the Martin Ministry in December 
 1870, and retired when Martin went out of office 
 in 1872. Wilson distinguished himself by his 
 successful efforts to secure to the people of Sydney 
 extensive parks and recreation grounds, and voted 
 for the abolition of State-aid to religion. During 
 his administration of the Lands Department great 
 improvements were made in the Sydney Domain 
 and in Hyde Park. 
 
 WILSON, SIB SAMUEL (1832-) is a native 
 of the North of Ireland, and came to V. in 1852. 
 He worked for some time as a miner at Bendigo, 
 and had some success. At that time his brothers 
 had a sheep station on the Wimmera. Wilson 
 joined them, and was given the management of 
 Kewell station, with 20,000 sheep. Having obtained 
 a knowledge of sheep-farming, he sold a small 
 estate in Ireland and joined his brothers in the 
 purchase of Longerenong on the Wimmera for 
 £40,000. This purchase was so successful that in 
 about four years the profits paid for the station. 
 Afterwards the Yanko station on the Murrurn- 
 bidgee was bought, and in a few years so improved 
 that the clip of a single year exceeded the original 
 purchase money. He next bought the Ercildoune 
 estate, celebrated for its breed of merinos. He 
 extended his operations to the Darling district in 
 N.S.W. and Peak Downs in Q., and still further 
 W. in that colony, where he holds large cattle 
 stations. He was twice elected a member of the 
 Legislative Assembly for the Wimmera, and since 
 1875 has represented the Western Province in the 
 Upper House of Legislature. He has devoted 
 £1000 to the introduction of salmon into Victorian 
 waters. He has also been successful in introducing 
 the Californian salmon, and in the introduction 
 by him of sea fish into the salt waters of Lake 
 Corangamite. He has written a work on the 
 Angora goat and a paper on ostrich farming. In 
 1874 he presented the University of Melbourne 
 with a donation amounting with accumulated 
 interest to about £36,000. In 1875 he was knighted, 
 as an acknowledgment of the services rendered to 
 the colony. 
 
 WILSON'S PROMONTORY, the most southern 
 point of land in V. or in Australia. It consists of 
 a mass of granite rock, twenty-four miles in length 
 by nine miles wide, connected with the mainland 
 by a narrow sandy isthmus. It contains several 
 mountains of considerable height, the highest of 
 which, Mount Latrobe, attains an elevation of 2590 
 feet. The bases of these mountains, and nearly 
 the whole of the promontory, are covered with 
 timber, some of which grows to a considerable 
 size. There are several bays on the coast, the 
 principal of which is Waterloo Bay in the S.K. 
 The cliffs are however rocky and precipitous, and 
 these bays are only available in calm weather. 
 There are numerous rocky islets lying off the 
 
 coast. There is a lighthouse, burning a fixed 
 white light, at the extreme S. point of the promon- 
 tory. To the N. , and lying between the promontory 
 and the mainland, is the large harbour called 
 Corner Inlet, the entrance to which is by a narrow 
 channel between Mount Singapore in the N.E. of 
 the promontory, and Snake Island. The promon- 
 tory was seen and named by Grant in 1800 after 
 Admiral Wilson. 
 
 WINDEYER, RICHARD (1806-1847) jurist, 
 was a native of London, and began life in England 
 as a writer and parliamentary reporter for the 
 Morning Chronicle, Times, and other London 
 papers. He originated Todd's Parliamentary 
 Companion, and as a friend of Colonel Peronett 
 Thomson took part in the first agitation against 
 the Corn Laws. He was admitted a barrister of 
 the Middle Temple in 1834, and on the death of 
 Dr. Wardell and the retirement of Wentworth 
 from the Sydney bar he emigrated to N.S.W. 
 with the intention of permanent settlement. He 
 arrived in Sydney in 1835 and became a leading 
 barrister. He was elected to the first Legislative 
 Council as member for Durham in 1843. He took 
 an active part as a member of the popular party 
 in its struggles for political freedom and was the 
 intimate associate of Wentworth, Bland, Lowe 
 and Dr. Lang. He contested at law the right of 
 the Government to enforce the payment of quit- 
 rents, and suffered an execution to be put into his 
 house in his resistance. Windeyer was prominent 
 in questions of financial and educational interest, 
 and from his unflinching advocacy of retrench- 
 ment was regarded as the Joseph Hume of the 
 party. He introduced the present Libel Act and 
 other measures, and was the writer of the Monetary 
 Confusion Report of 1843. 
 
 WINDEYER, WILLIAM CHARLES (1834—) 
 jurist, is a native of London, and came to N.S.W. 
 with his parents in 1835. He was educated at 
 Cape's School, and at the King's School in Parra- 
 matta. He entered the University of Sydney 
 in its opening in 1852, and immediately took 
 a general scholarship and afterwards a special 
 scholarship for proficiency in classics. He won 
 every year the English essay prize first given by 
 Dr. Woolley and afterwards founded by Wentworth 
 as a medal. He graduated with distinction in 
 Classics at the head of his year in 1856, taking also 
 a first class in Mental Philosophy, and is the 
 senior of all Australian graduates, having taken 
 the degree of M.A. in 1859. He studied for the 
 Bar in the Chambers of Broadhurst, Q.C., and 
 was admitted in March 1857. He became a writer 
 ar.d law reporter for the Empire newspaper, then 
 conducted by Parkes. He was appointed Crown 
 Prosecutor for the whole of the country dis- 
 tricts in January 1859. At the call of a public 
 meeting Windeyer resigned his Crown Prose- 
 cutorship and contested the electorate of Padding- 
 ton with Sir D. Cooper, who defeated him by 
 forty-seven votes. At the same general election
 
 Win! 
 
 CtdtdpMtitA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 U9 
 
 he was elected for the Lower Hunter, defeating 
 the former Member, Captain Williamson, by a 
 large majority. He was elected to Parliament in 
 August 1859, as a Member of the first House 
 returned under the Electoral Actof 1858. Windeyer 
 advocated the abolition of State-aid to religion, 
 the limitation of Chinese Immigration, and the 
 introduction of the Free Selection principle. On 
 the dissolution of Parliament in 1860, he was 
 elected for West Sydney. In 1860 he initiated 
 the volunteer movement by calling a public 
 meeting at the Victoria Theatre at which resolu- 
 tions favourable to its formation were passed ; 
 and was afterwards elected Captain in the Force, 
 and gazetted Major in 1868. He was wrecked 
 in the City of Sydney whilst returning from 
 Melbourne, where he had shot as one of the 
 champion team of N.S.W., and falling into ill- 
 health resigned his seat for West Sydney. In 
 January 1866 he was against his wishes, and 
 in his absence from Sydney, elected for West 
 Sydney, defeating John Robertson on his seeking 
 re-election when takingofficeas Secretary for Lands. 
 He became a supporter of the Martin-Parkes 
 Administration, and warmly advocated the Public 
 Schools Act of 1866. Having declined six over- 
 tures of office made to him by Cowper, Plunkett, 
 Forster and Sir J. Robertson, on the formation of 
 different administrations, he accepted office as 
 Solicitor-General under Sir James Martin in 
 December 1870. He was defeated for West 
 Sydney on the dissolution of Parliament in 1872 ; 
 but was elected the first member for the University 
 of Sydney in September 1876. He accepted office 
 as Attorney-General in the administration of Sir 
 H. Parkes in March 1877, and was again elected 
 without opposition as member for the University. 
 He resigned office in August 1877, and was again 
 elected for the University without opposition on 
 the dissolution of Parliament in 1878. He took 
 office again as Attorney-General in the coalition 
 Government of Parkes and Robertson in Decem- 
 ber 1878. He was elected a member of the 
 University Senate at the first convocation in 1865, 
 and as a Senator carried resolutions on which the 
 public examinations of the University were estab- 
 lished. In 1878 he carried a resolution in the 
 Assembly for the establishment of Grammar 
 Schools in Bathurst, Maitland and Goulburn, 
 and the founding of the Public Exhibitions 
 enabling poor but clever boys to proceed from the 
 Public Schools to the Grammar Schools, and 
 thence to the University, and also carried resolu- 
 tions affirming the justice of extending the 
 advantages of higher education to girls, and the 
 expediency of founding a Girls High School in 
 Sydney. He was elected a trustee of the Sydney 
 Grammar School in 1873, and President of the 
 Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts, in 1874. He 
 was President and drew up the report of the 
 Public Charities Commission in 1873, and took an 
 active part as a member of the Commission 
 appointed to revise the Criminal Law in 1870. 
 
 He introduced the Act enabling members of the 
 Australian Bar to hold the judicial office, the 
 Carriers Act, the Married Women's Property Act, 
 and the Copyright Act. In 1862 he moved reso- 
 lutions in the Assembly preserving Belmore Park, 
 Church Hill, and Flagstaff Hill, as reserves for 
 public recreation, when the first was advertised 
 for sale by the Government; and in 1878 he moved 
 a similar resolution with regard to Clarke, Rodd 
 and Schnapper Islands, and all the land at the 
 head of Long Bay, on the destruction of timber 
 on Clarke Island being commenced. In 1874 he 
 originated the Discharged Prisoners' Aid Society, 
 and in 1876 was appointed an Acting Judge of 
 the Supreme Court for two circuits. 
 
 WINDSOR, a township in N.S.W. on the 
 Hawkesbury river, thirty-four miles N.W. from 
 Sydney, with which it is connected by railway. 
 It was proclaimed a municipality in March 1871. 
 It is one of the oldest settled places in the colony, 
 and but for the frequency of the floods in the 
 district would hold a much higher position than 
 it now does. The town itself is built on a hill 
 and is therefore not much affected by the floods 
 that occasionally sweep over the district. The 
 soil is of unrivalled fertility and produces the 
 cereals and other farm products to perfection. The 
 population is estimated at 1732. The Windsor 
 bridge, built on iron cylinders and spanning the 
 river Hawkesbury, is a fine substantial work. 
 
 WINE GROWING IN ATJSTRALIA.-I. 
 
 M. Peron, naturalist and historian of Baudin's expe- 
 dition in 1802, makes the following remarks :— "By 
 one of those chances that are scarcely conceivable 
 Great Britain is the only one of the great maritime 
 powers which does not cultivate the vine, either in 
 her own territory or in her colonies ; and yet the 
 consumption of that beverage is immense on board 
 her fleets, and throughout the whole extent of the 
 vast regions subject to her empire. Constrained 
 to draw that enormous quantity of alcoholic 
 liquors from France, from Spain, from Portugal, 
 and even from Holland, she sees with regret a 
 large portion of the capital of the nation annually 
 absorbed in purchases of this kind, and ardently 
 aspires for the means of freeing herself from this 
 burdensome tribute. It was principally with this 
 view that during last war she attempted the con- 
 quest of the Canary Isles ; and this was one of the 
 great motives that determined her twice to attack 
 the Cape of Hope. That which she has been unable 
 to obtain, or which, if she does obtain it, it will 
 only be momentarily by the force of her arms, she 
 solicits and hopes for from her Australian Colonies ; 
 and in spite of the obstacles I have just mentioned, 
 everything announces that she will obtain her 
 end." Whether M. Peron's historical deduction, 
 that it was the desire of Great Britain to obtain 
 a supply of wine for her fleets and armies, 
 that induced her to contemplate the conquest 
 of the Canary Isles and of the Cape of Good 
 Hope, it was certainly a remarkable instance
 
 rso 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Win 
 
 of the foresight of that gentleman to predict 
 with confidence so long as half a century ago 
 that the British colonies in A. would eventually 
 become wine growing countries. The first to intro- 
 duce this article into A. was Macarthur, to whom 
 the establishment of the great wool -growing 
 industry of A. is also to be attributed. In 1816 he 
 established the almost equally profitable pursuit of 
 vine-growing. Having visited France in 1815 he 
 acquired in formation as to the rural economy of the 
 provinces of Southern Europe, particularly as 
 regards the cultivation of the vine and olive. He 
 collected cuttings from the most celebrated vine- 
 yards of Burgundy, Champagne, and Languedoc, as 
 well as olive trees of the finest varieties, and planted 
 the first Australian vineyard in his estate at 
 Camden Park. Australian wine soon became 
 favourably known, and, says Therry, "at the 
 great exhibition in Paris in 1851 wine made 
 from the muscat grape of Camden ranked high 
 among the best wines of the continent." It is 
 stated that some Greek prisoners assigned to 
 Macarthur at Camden were the first to produce 
 this important article of commerce. In 1823 
 several vineyards were planted in N.S.W. In 
 1831 wine grown and made by Mr. Hawkins at 
 Bathurst was sold at Sydney. Dr. Lang, writing 
 in 1852, says : — " The district of Hunter's River 
 has taken the lead in this branch of cultivation. 
 There has been a Vineyard Association in that 
 district for years past, which has proved very 
 serviceable, not only to the district, but to the 
 colony generally, and the success of which has 
 recently called into existence another association 
 of a more ambitious character for the whole colony, 
 which has its head-quarters in Sydney ; the 
 Hunter's River Vineyard Association holding its 
 meetings annually in the provincial town of 
 Maitland. At these meetings papers — sometimes 
 of superior ability — on vine cultivation and wine 
 making are read, reports are received from the 
 different members, specimens of wine and brandy are 
 examined and tested, and premiums are adjudged, 
 the whole proceedings being duly reported in the 
 provincial papers. The County of Durham, which 
 is situated on the left bank of the Hunter, and 
 which includes the trap country of the Patterson 
 and William's Rivers, is the principal seat of this 
 branch of colonial industry. The following is a 
 statement of the produce of the three principal 
 Hunter's River counties, as compared with that 
 of the metropolitan County of Cumberland : — 
 Cumberland, 303$ acres of vines, yielding 19,710 
 gallons wine, 388 gallons brandy ; Durham, on 
 left bank of Hunter, 2054; acres of vines, yielding 
 34,148 gallons wine, 660 gallons brandy ; North- 
 umberland, on right bank of Hunter, 151] acres 
 of vines, yielding 16,299 gallons wine, 450 gallons 
 brandy ; Gloucester, on left bank of William, 104J, 
 acres of vines, yielding 9071 gallons wine. Cum- 
 berland being the metropolitan county of the 
 colony, a larger proportion of the grapes grown in 
 that county may find their way to the Sydney 
 
 market, for the supply of the capital ; but as there 
 is daily steam communication between Sydney 
 and Hunter's River, perhaps as large a quantity 
 may be disposed of in the same way from that 
 district. It is the character of the soil however 
 that constitutes the chief ground of difference, 
 the sandstone formation of the county of Cumber- 
 land being much less favourable for the growth of 
 the vine, and especially for the production of wine, 
 than the trap formation of Hunter's River. My 
 brother, Andrew Lang, whose estate abuts both 
 upon the Hunter and the Patterson, where both of 
 these rivers are large navigable streams, obtained 
 from the Horticultural Society of Sydney, of which 
 he was a member, the prize — a silver cup — for the 
 best grapes produced in the colony two or three 
 years in succession ; which proves sufficiently that 
 the soil and climate of Hunter's River are admir- 
 ably adapted to the growth of the vine. My 
 brother's vineyard, which has acquired some 
 celebrity in the colony from the extraordinary 
 results it has exhibited, not only as compared with 
 those of other vine growing countries, but with 
 those even of N.S.W. generally, is situated on the 
 banks of the Patterson River, and consists of 
 about eight acres. It was planned and formed by 
 George Schmid, a highly intelligent Wirtemburger, 
 from the neighbourhood of Stuttgardt, who still 
 superintends it. The soil consists entirely of 
 rich alluvial land which has been deposited from 
 the inundations of the river in the course of 
 many successive ages ; and as the country through 
 which the river flows is a trap country, the 
 general basis of the soil is decomposed trap. 
 In regard to the average produce of the vine in 
 other vine-growing countries I am not possessed 
 of the requisite information to speak confidently. 
 James Busby, a highly respectable colonist, who 
 has written on the subject, and who had previously 
 travelled in the South of Europe to make inquiries 
 respecting the cultivation of the vine and to pro- 
 cure a number of valuable cuttings for the colony 
 from the best vineyards of France and Spain, 
 states that in France the vintage yields on an 
 average 247 gallons per acre ; and adds that 
 W. Macarthur's produce had one year been 250 
 gallons, although a considerably larger quantity 
 was expected in future. Clement Hodgkinson 
 however thinks Busby's estimate much too low an 
 average for the central and western portions of 
 France, in which he had himself resided. The 
 Spanish vineyards around Xeres, where the wine 
 called ' Sherry ' is made, yield it seems from 300 
 to 800 gallons per acre ; and Hodgkinson assumes 
 400 gallons as a fair average for N.S.W. In a 
 published letter to Earl Grey, of date 26th 
 September 1849, by James King, of Irrawang, 
 William's River, one of the ablest and most suc- 
 cessful cultivators of the vine in N.S.W., that 
 gentleman observes : — ' As to the quantity, I may 
 mention that under ordinary circumstances the 
 produce of the vines whence my red wine has 
 been made averages from 250 to 300 gallons per
 
 Win] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 751 
 
 acre, that of those producing the white from 400 
 to 500 gallons per acre.' The following however 
 has been the produce of three different varieties 
 of wine in my brother's vineyard : — One acre of 
 Black Cluster or Burgundy has produced 500 
 gallons the first year of bearing, 500 the second, 
 and 400 the third. The Lambrusquat or Black 
 Spanish grape has produced 800 gallons per acre. 
 In regard to the third variety, the Black Ham- 
 burgh grape, I quote the following passage from 
 King's letter to Earl Grey : — ' It may not be 
 uninteresting for your Lordship to learn that 
 Mr. Lang's vineyard here, on the Patterson, has 
 this year (1849) produced 1800 gallons of wine and 
 a ton weight of fruit besides from a single acre of 
 that variety of grape called Black Hamburgh.' 
 The formation of a wine-growing population in a 
 country whose inhabitants have not been previously 
 accustomed to the culture of the vine, is a matter 
 of no small difficulty; and from what had actually 
 taken place in this respect in the colony of the 
 Cape of Good Hope, a few of the more respectable 
 colonists, including my brother — whose unsuccess- 
 ful attempt to introduce a colony of German vine- 
 dressers I have already related — were led to believe 
 that the introduction of a number of families from 
 one of the winegrowing districts in the south of 
 Europe and their settlement in some favourable 
 locality in the colony would tend more than any- 
 thing else to form such a population in N.S.W. A 
 few families, both of Portuguese from Madeira, 
 and of Germans from the Rhine, have accordingly 
 been at different times introduced into the colony, 
 and their influence has certainly been in so far 
 favourable." Iu his letter to Earl Grey Mr. King 
 writes: — "In August 1832 and the following year I 
 planted in this colony an experimental vineyard, of 
 a few acres extent, with vine cuttings of the most 
 approved varieties which I could then procure, 
 consisting of about 6000 plants. The soil (the 
 debris of pudding stone and porphyry,) was 
 trenched, broken, and turned over with the spade 
 to not less than thirty inches deep. The vines 
 grew vigorously ; some of them produced fruit 
 abundantly ; and all now in the vineyard are in 
 good health. I rooted up such varieties as did 
 not perfect their fruit or were in any way liable 
 materially to be injured by the peculiarities or 
 vicissitudes of the climate. I planted in 1834 a 
 greater variety of sorts, many of which had shortly 
 before been imported into this country from 
 France by Mr. Busby to whom the colony is 
 consequently much indebted. When they came 
 into bearing, I was thereby enabled to select those 
 particular varieties which appeared to be best 
 suited for this climate, as many of the kinds were 
 unfit for cultivation in the colony, at least in this 
 part of it. The sorts so selected were planted 
 more extensively ; and the samples of wine now 
 submitted to your lordship's examination are the 
 result. The process followed in the manufacture 
 of the wine is so simple that it need scarcely be 
 mentioned ; besides it would only be troubling 
 
 your lordship with irksome detail, unnecessary in 
 the present communication. The first wine pro- 
 duced by this vineyard was in February 1836 from 
 plants then only eighteen months old. A better 
 wine has not been produced since. A few bottles 
 of it are yet in my cellar, now upwards of thirteen 
 years old. Up to the present time it has continued 
 to improve iu quality, and is now a very superior 
 high-flavoured red wine, resembling first-growth 
 Burgundy, which good judges of wine say would 
 command a high price even in London or Paris. 
 Mr. Busby's valuable importation, consisting of 
 some hundred varieties of grape, many of them 
 only two cuttings of a sort, arrived here in such 
 excellent preservation that they nearly all grew on 
 being planted in the colony, while a case of fifty 
 cuttings each, of a few of the most select German 
 varieties of grape, which I afterwards imported 
 from Frankfort on the Maine, all perished during 
 the voyage to this country. From the experience 
 thus acquired as to the capabilities of this colony 
 for the production of wine, I have no hesitation in 
 predicting that N.S.W. will yet become a wine- 
 growing country on a very extensive scale, and be 
 enabled profitably to export its vinous product all 
 over the world. Even the time required for its 
 transit from here to Britain, or to any other distant 
 market is less a consideration than with any other 
 species of merchandise, since wine will be improv- 
 ing on the voyage, and even more rapidly on ship- 
 board than in the cellar. The soil and climate of 
 this colony are calculated to produce wine of 
 superior quality, and that to an almost unlimited 
 extent." The following is a translated extract from 
 a letter to Mr. King from the celebrated Professor 
 Liebig, of Giessen, to whose scientific researches 
 the science of agricultural chemistry is so highly 
 indebted. 
 
 "Giessen, 1st November 1849. 
 " Dear Sir — It is a long time since my thanks 
 are due to you for your friendly letter, which has 
 afforded me the more pleasure, as I have learnt 
 from it that even in the remote part of the world 
 which you inhabit, the scientific principles of 
 agriculture and of the cultivation of the vine, have 
 met with reception and extension. I wish that 
 all English colonies had the good fortune of 
 possessing men like yourself ; for then the mode 
 of extracting sugar for instance, would soon be 
 carried to that degree of perfection from which it 
 is so remote in Jamaica and elsewhere. Since the 
 time that our producers of wine have convinced 
 themselves that the best wine in France (the 
 Bordeaux wine or Claret) is obtained by fermenta- 
 tion in conjunction with the admission of atmos- 
 pheric air— since that time, our wine producers on 
 the Rhine have bestowed on open fermentation 
 that attention which it merits. Everywhere the 
 syphon has disappeared ; and in many places the 
 wine is allowed to ferment in casks in which an 
 opening of six inches square is cut — apertures 
 which, during fermentation, are lightly covered 
 with a coarse cloth. It has been experienced that
 
 752 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Win 
 
 these wines retain more sweetness and are sooner fit 
 for drinking. I have heard from Dr. Dieffenbach, 
 who spent two years in NZ. and now resides at 
 Giessen, that he has visited your estate, and that 
 the wine which you cultivate possesses an excellent 
 quality. If it were not so far I would request you 
 to send me a bottle to analyse, even on account of 
 the great singularity. I should wish to taste the 
 wine cultivated by our antipodes. Science and 
 your country are indebted to you for the ardent 
 zeal with which you have devoted yourself to its 
 true advancement. Sooner or later this must 
 bring forth the best of fruit. Do not allow 
 yourself to be deterred by the opposition you meet 
 with ; for a newly-discovered truth has ever to 
 contend with old-established errors ; but truth at 
 last obtains the victory. 
 
 " With the expression of the greatest regard, 
 " Entirely yours, 
 (Signed) " Dr. Just. Liebig." 
 
 In June 1828 Gregory Blaxland, whilst on a 
 visit to England, was presented with the Gold 
 Ceres Medal by the Society of Arts, London, for 
 wine the produce of his vineyard in N.S.W. In 
 18-16 some of the produce of the Macarthur's 
 vineyard was sold at Calcutta, being the first 
 appearance of that new Australian export in that 
 market. In 1860 Mr. Blake introduced N.S.W. 
 wine into V. In November 1875 the first real 
 champagne made in A. was exhibited at Fallon's 
 cellars at Albury. The extent of land under vines 
 in N.S.W. in 1879 was 4266 acres, and the total 
 produce 733,576 gallons. 
 
 II. Wine Growing in Victoria. — In 1846 
 vineyards began to be formed in the Geelong 
 district by French settlers, amongst whom the 
 name of Belperroud is celebrated. In 1849 a 
 number of German settlers came to the same 
 district and began the cultivation of the vine. 
 Several of them formed themselves into associa- 
 tions and carried on the cultivation on the 
 co-operative principle with much success, but 
 many circumstances combined prevented for a 
 time their rapid development and extension. In 
 1856 there were only 279 acres under the vine 
 in V., from which 11,000 gallons of wine and 340 
 gallons of brandy were obtained. In 1860 there 
 were 1138 acres, which five years later, in 1865, 
 had increased nearly four-fold, viz., to 4078 acres, 
 on which 8,199,618 vines had been planted, pro- 
 ducing 176,959 gallons of wine and 795 gallons 
 of brandy, as well as 18,063 cwt. of grapes sold as 
 fruit. It is worthy of remembrance as a fact, in 
 the early history of this important colonial product, 
 that the well-known poet, R. H. Home, planted 
 with his own hand the greater portion of the 
 vine cuttings at Tabilk vineyard on the Gonlburn. 
 Westgarth mentions that J. F. Bear was one of 
 the earliest wine producers in the colony, and in 
 1847 presented him with some bottles of still 
 champagne which were of excellent quality. The 
 Murray district had by 1862 become a scene of 
 yearly vintages, and in conjunction with the 
 
 district of the Murrumbidgee has commenced the 
 methodical plan of public auctions of the wine 
 produce. The first of these auctions took place 
 at the town of Albury, in November 1863, when 
 ten and a-half hogsheads were sold at prices vary- 
 ing from 5s. to 13s. per gallon. In Geelong also 
 regular auction sales began to be held in 1863. 
 The first sale came off in October, with the 
 encouragement of a good attendance, and the com- 
 paratively large stock of one hundred hogsheads 
 of wine. The prices of the occasion varied from 
 3s. lid. to 6s. 9d. per gallon, showing the advantage 
 of the Albury market due to its distance from the 
 seaports, and the competition of imported wines. 
 During the last fifteen years the progress of this 
 industry in V. has been very great. The produce 
 of the vineyards at Lilydale, Sunbury, Tabilk, the 
 Great Western and other localities are fast rising 
 into celebrity, and a large export trade is springing 
 up. There were in 1879 4284 acres under vines in 
 the colony which produced 574,143 gallons. The 
 fame of the Victorian wines was crowned by the 
 circumstance that, at the Melbourne International 
 Exhibition of 1881, the grand prize of the Emperor 
 of Germany for the most striking exhibit of 
 developed native industry was awarded to Messrs. 
 De Castella and Rowan of the Saint Hubert's 
 Vineyard, Lilydale, for their samples of Victorian 
 wines. 
 
 III. South Australia. — The extent and success 
 of vine-growing in S.A. is due, in a great measure, 
 to a considerable immigration of the Germans, who 
 began to arrive in the colony at an early period of 
 its history. The suitability of the soil and climate 
 to the growth of wine was soon discovered by the 
 early settlers, some of whom had brought from 
 Europe a variety of high-class vine-cuttings. The 
 slopes of the hills produce wines of a full-bodied 
 character similar to those of Spain and Portugal, 
 whilst those made in the more elevated districts 
 resemble the lighter wines of the Rhino. Whilst 
 the local demand is fully supplied at very cheap 
 rates, a considerable export trade in wines of a 
 higher character is carried on. In 1862 the 
 quantity shipped was 20,574 gallons, or sevenfold 
 that of the previous year. In 1863 it was 27,705 
 gallons. The acreage under vines is returned as 
 4777 acres, against 3918 in the previous season, 
 and the number of bearing vines, 2,929,756, with 
 2,920,941 not in bearing. The former produced 
 472,797 gallons of wine, and 26,551 cwt. of grapes 
 were disposed of in Adelaide or sent to Melbourne 
 and T. So abundant are grapes that they are 
 retailed during the height of the season at one 
 penny or twopence per pound. There were in 
 1875, 5050 acres of land devoted to this purpose, 
 the total number of vines being 5,155,988, of which 
 4,874,507 are in bearing. The produce of these 
 vineyards for the year ended March 1875 was 
 648,186 gallons of wine, about 130 gallons per acre. 
 That the wines of S.A are, as a rule, of a high 
 character, is proved by the fact that they have 
 always been awarded prizes at the several Great
 
 Wis-Woo] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 753 
 
 International Exhibitions. The extent of land 
 under culture of vines in 1879 was 4117 acres, and 
 the produce 459,468 gallons. Q. has not yet made 
 much progress in vine culture. In 1879 there were 
 743 acres under vines, producing 104,674 gallons. 
 
 WISDOM, ROBERT (1830—) jurist, is a 
 native of England, and arrived with his parents 
 in N.S.W. in 1834. He was educated at Maitland 
 and at the Sydney College. He studied for the 
 Bar and was admitted in 1861. He entered 
 Parliament in 1859 for the Western Goldfields, 
 being the first member for that electorate, after 
 the passing of the Act to give representatives to 
 gold-diggers, having for this purpose resigned his 
 office of Gold Commissioner (which he had held 
 only for a few months) in response to a numerously 
 signed requisition. Wisdom has been continuously 
 a member of the Legislative Assembly except 
 during one Parliament. He represented the 
 Western Goldfields in two Parliaments, the Lower 
 Hunter in two Parliaments, and also the Northern 
 Goldfields. He was for a short time Crown Prose- 
 cutor, but in response to a requisition he resigned 
 in 1874 for the purpose of contesting the elec- 
 tion for Morpeth, which he twice represented, 
 being at the latter election returned unopposed. 
 He held the office of Chairman of Committees 
 in the Assembly for nearly four years. In the 
 formation of Cabinets the offer of portfolios as 
 Attorney-General, Minister for Justice, Minister 
 for Lands, Minister for Works, and Colonial Trea- 
 surer were made to Mr. Wisdom on six occasions, 
 but he persistently refused acceptance, preferring 
 independence and attention to the duties of his 
 profession to the position of a Minister of the 
 Crown. He was proposed for the Speakership of 
 the House, but was defeated by one vote by Sir G. 
 Wigram Allen. In 1878 he was appointed a member 
 of the Council of Education. Wisdom joined the 
 Parkes Ministry as Attorney-General in 1879. 
 
 WISE, EDWARD (1818-1865) jurist, was a 
 native of the Isle of Wight and was educated at 
 Rugby Grammar School. He studied for the Bar 
 and was called in 1844. He travelled the Western 
 Circuit for several years, during which time he 
 edited the Law Reports of the Court of Queen's 
 Bench and a work on the Law of Riots and on 
 Bankruptcy. He came to Sydney in 1855 ; was 
 appointed Solicitor- General in 1857, Attorney- 
 General in 1859, and in February 1860 was made 
 a Judge of the Supreme Court. His health 
 giving way he went in September 1865 for change 
 to Melbourne, but too late to benefit by it. Wise 
 was an earnest promoter of the diffusion of litera- 
 ture amongst the working classes. He presented 
 his valuable collection of books to the Sydney 
 Free Public Library. 
 
 W0LL0NG0NG, a seaport town in N.S.W., 
 on the coast of Illawarra, ranks in tonnage and 
 number of shipping the third seaport of the 
 colony. It is distant sixty-four miles S. of Sydney. 
 The harbour has been greatly improved by the 
 
 construction of a breakwater and the excavation 
 of the Belmore Basin out of hard rock to fourteen 
 feet and under the coal staiths eighteen feet at low 
 water, and the enlargement and deepening the old 
 Basin. The area of both these basins which now 
 form one is about three acres, giving a wharfage 
 accommodation of 1700 feet. The Osborne- Walls- 
 end and Mount Pleasant collieries, about three 
 miles distant, are connected by railway with the 
 port and ship their coals there. These collieries are 
 situated 600 feet above sea level. A circular iron 
 lighthouse is erected at the end of the breakwater. 
 The town has a population of about 1500. It is 
 well built and prettily situated at the base of 
 Mount Keira (1450 feet high) one of the highest 
 points of the Illawarra range, and its environs for 
 beautiful scenery will compare with any part of 
 the world. The district has deposits of kerosene 
 shale worked by the Pioneer Company. Extensive 
 seams of fire clay and iron ore abound. There are 
 five seams of coal from five to seventeen feet thick 
 which collectively are estimated to yield market- 
 able coal at the rate of 52,000 tons per statute 
 acre. The mines are principally worked by adits 
 or tunnels. The population of the district is 
 about 6500 souls. It has long been noted for its 
 dairy farming and is one of the principal sources 
 whence the metropolis and the greater part of the 
 colony is supplied with butter. The town was 
 proclaimed a municipality 22nd February 1859. 
 
 WOODS, REV. JULIAN E. TENISON 
 (1832 — ) geologist, is a native of London, and 
 studied at Newington Grammar School. He 
 studied theology in France ; was ordained a priest 
 of the Roman Catholic Church in 1856. He 
 came to A. in consequence of ill health, and 
 was employed as travelling missionary from 1857 
 amongst his co-religionists and the then wild 
 natives in the little known country between S.A. 
 and V. Woods next became Vicar-General in 
 Adelaide. He is the author of Geological Observa- 
 tions in South Australia; History of the Discovery 
 and Exploration of Australia ; Geology of Port- 
 land ; Not Quite so Old as the Hills; North 
 Australia, and its Physical Geography ; A Geo- 
 graphy for Catholic Schools ; A Grammar for 
 Catholic Schools; Australian Essays; Australian 
 Bibliography; and has sent many papers to various 
 learned societies on the geology, botany, con- 
 chology, and natural history of A., and especially 
 of T. Woods has long been a contributor of 
 scientific reviews to the journals of N.S.W. and V. 
 He was editor of the Southern Cross and then of 
 the Chaplet, religious serials of his own denomi- 
 nation. He furnished geological plans and sections 
 to the Government eugiiieers of S.A. for railways 
 between V. and Adelaide. He is an Honorary 
 Member of the Royal Societies of N.S.W., V, T, 
 and the Adelaide Philosophical Society, Queens- 
 land Philosophical Society, and many others. 
 
 WOODS POINT, a mining township in V. on 
 the Goulburn River, 120 miles N,E, of Melbourne. 
 
 w4
 
 754 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 rwoo 
 
 The population numbers 550 persons. Much of 
 the carriage of goods over the mountains between 
 Melbourne and Woods Point is done by pack- 
 horses, the tracks being almost impassable for 
 wheeled vehicles. The whole district is very 
 mountainous and taken up for mining opera- 
 tions, the quartz reefs being numerous and rich. 
 Expensive machinery is employed in obtaining the 
 precious metal. The auriferous area is estimated 
 to be eighteen square miles in extent, and ninety- 
 five distinct gold-bearing reefs have been proved 
 in it. 
 
 WOOL-GROWING IN AUSTRALIA.—" The 
 
 first introduction of the domestic sheep into A. 
 naturally took place in N.S.W., the oldest of 
 all the Australian Colonies. There is no mention 
 of any British sheep having been brought out by 
 the first fleet of vessels, but as they touched on 
 their way at the Cape of Good Hope, and there 
 took in live stock, it is highly probable that some 
 of the hairy sheep of South Africa were landed at 
 Botany Bay when the first settlement was formed. 
 In an enumeration of the live stock, both private 
 and public, at Port Jackson in 1788, the number 
 of sheep is stated at twenty-nine head. The ship 
 Atlantic which arrived in June 1792 brought 
 twenty Indian sheep from Bengal, and at the end 
 of that year there were only 105 sheep in the 
 infant settlement, a fact which shows that the 
 importations of sheep must have been very small. 
 Sheep were then so highly valued that these hairy 
 cross-bred animals were sold at i,'10 10s. per 
 head. Captain Macarthur, whose fame as the first 
 sheep-farmer of A. will ever be held in remem- 
 brance by Australian sheep-breeders, commenced 
 stock-farming in 1793 with about thirty ewes of 
 the Indian breed. These he crossed with Cape 
 sheep, and thus effected considerable improvement 
 in the size of the progeny. After this he used 
 some woolly sheep which are said to have been 
 imported from Ireland, and it was from noticing 
 the great improvement in the stock from the 
 woolly rams and the mixed Cape and Indian 
 sheep that he was induced to turn his atten- 
 tion to breeding sheep for wool. At this time 
 and for many years afterwards sheep were bred 
 merely to supply the colonists with food, the 
 production of wool was entirely neglected, and no 
 one believed that wool would ever become an 
 article of export. The stock increased very rapidly, 
 and in 1796 the number of sheep in the colony 
 was 1531 head. The price of ewes was quoted at 
 from £6 to £8 per head, and mutton, when it 
 could be obtained, cost 2s. per lb. In 1797 there 
 occurred an event which will have an influence on 
 the production of wool throughout the Australian 
 Colonies for all time. This was the introduction 
 of the pure Spanish merino into N.S.W., which 
 occurred in the following manner : Captains Kent 
 and Waterhouse were despatched to the Cape of 
 Good Hope for supplies, and Macarthur being 
 anxious to secure wool-bearing sheep asked those 
 gentlemen to bring back 'any woolly sheep they 
 
 could obtain. On their arrival at the Cape they 
 were offered a small flock of pure Spanish merinos 
 which had been bred by Colonel Gordon, then 
 lately deceased. Acting on the request of Macarthur 
 they purchased the lot at what was considered a 
 very high price, and brought them on to Port 
 Jackson. A good many of these sheep died at the 
 Cape and on the voyage, so that at the distribution 
 of what remained only three rams and five ewes 
 fell to Macarthur's share. Macarthur had the 
 foresight to appreciate the immense benefit the 
 breed of merino sheep would prove to A., where 
 the conditions of life are so well suited to 
 rearing this breed of sheep in perfection. Kent 
 and Waterhouse also bred pure merino flocks. 
 We have no knowledge what became of the former 
 gentleman's flock, but it is known that Waterhouse 
 held his sheep till 1800, when he sold them on 
 leaving the colony to Cox, grandfather of the 
 gentleman of that name at Mudgee. His little 
 flock at the time of the sale only numbered about 
 100 in all. Macarthur kept a strict record of the 
 history of his flock. They were bred separately 
 from all other sheep till the year 1804, when a few 
 pure Spanish merinos purchased by Macarthur 
 at the first sale of sheep from George III.'s pure 
 merino flock were joined to them, and from that 
 time to the present day the celebrated Camden 
 flock has remained without the intermixture of 
 any foreign blood, and it is to this flock that the 
 high quality of many of the leading stud flocks of 
 V. is mainly due. The effect of the Australian 
 climate on the Spanish merino sheep appears to 
 have been strongly exhibited from the first, and 
 the few early settlers who took any interest in 
 such matters noticed with surprise that the pure 
 merino sheep which were born in the colony pro- 
 duced wool that differed greatly from that of their 
 parents. It was softer, brighter, and longer in 
 the staple, and already exhibited something of 
 that beauty which has since rendered the merino 
 wool of A. famous all over the world. In spite, 
 however, of the actual proof that merino wool 
 could be grown in the colony, no one or rather 
 only one person believed it would ever become 
 an article of export. The colonists preferred 
 the sheep of the mixed Indian and Cape breeds 
 to any other, and Macarthur, when in England 
 from 1802 till 1805, had the greatest difficulty in 
 inducing the British Government to believe that 
 merino wool equal to the very best that could 
 be obtained from Spain could be readily grown 
 in N.S.W., even though he produced samples 
 of such wool shorn from his own sheep, bred in 
 the colony, in support of his statement. During 
 his examination before a select committee of the 
 House of Commons, he incidentally mentioned 
 that his heaviest fleeces of merino wool weighed 
 three and a-half lbs. in the grease, which was 
 valued by experts in London at 4s. per lb. At 
 this time Macarthur was waited on by an eminent 
 manufacturer in the woollen trade, who produced 
 a sample of his wool, and asked him if it was
 
 Wool 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 755 
 
 really grown in the colony. On being assured 
 that such was the case, he urged Macarthur to 
 persevere, and in order to encourage him he 
 explained that when such wool as that sample 
 could be sent to England in quantity there would 
 be a great revolution in the woollen trade. He 
 stated that from such fine combing wool there 
 would arise a new class of fabrics of the most 
 delicate texture. This prediction was fully realised 
 about twenty years afterwards. Macarthur even- 
 tually succeeded in arousing the attention of the 
 British Government to the fact that fine merino 
 wool could be grown in large quantities in A., but 
 it was many years before the colonists could be 
 induced to abandon the worthless sheep of the 
 mixed Cape and Indian breeds. The first notice 
 we get of an export of wool from A. is in 1807, 
 when the English Custom-house returns show that 
 during that year 245 lbs. of wool were imported 
 from N.S.W. From this small beginning the 
 export of wool gradually increased till 1822, when 
 it had reached to 172,880 lbs. At last the colonists 
 became aware of the value of the merino sheep. 
 Macarthur's wool had been sold at auction for 
 7s. 6d. per lb., and on one occasion it reached as 
 high as 10s. per lb. The mongrel sheep hitherto 
 bred were abandoned for the merino, and A. wool 
 began to take that position in the estimation of 
 the wool manufacturers of England that had been 
 predicted of it so many years before. In this 
 year (1822) two large gold medals were voted to 
 Macarthur by the Society of Arts for importing 
 into Great Britain wool, the produce of his flocks, 
 equal to the finest Saxony. These medals were 
 presented to Macarthur by the Duke of Sussex at 
 a large meeting held in London. In order to still 
 further encourage the production of a commodity 
 which promised to be a source of wealth to the 
 whole empire, the Parliament enacted that no 
 higher duty than a penny per pound should be 
 charged on wool imported into England from 
 N.S.W. Of the quality of the merino wool grown 
 in N.S.W. at this early period, the following 
 instance will give some idea : — In 1828 T. Ebsworth, 
 a woolbroker, in giving evidence before a com- 
 mittee of the House of Lords on the state of the 
 British wool trade, stated that Macarthur's wool 
 had improved to such a degree that a portion of 
 it had made the finest cloths that had ever been 
 seen in England. But N.S.W. was not the only 
 portion of A. that was now supplying wool to 
 the English consumer. Adventurous pioneers had 
 crossed the sea, and established themselves in 
 the Island of V.D.L., whither they had been 
 attracted by the beauty of the country and the 
 perfect climate. In 1804 a permanent settlement 
 was made on the Biver Derwent, and with other 
 stock sheep were brought from the mainland. 
 These sheep consisted of the mongrel race 
 already described as the result of a cross between 
 the Cape and Indian breeds. Colonel Paterson, 
 observing how well these sheep throve and how 
 rapidly they increased, conceived the idea of 
 
 establishing a better breed in the island. He 
 imported some woolly sheep from Sydney, sup- 
 posed to be of the Teeswater breed, which are 
 said to have thriven remarkably well. Wool how- 
 ever was looked on by the colonists as of not the 
 slightest value. It was cut off the sheep merely 
 to relieve them of an encumbrance, and remained 
 where it was shorn for years, till in some instances 
 hillocks of wool were formed. Afterwards this 
 wool was collected and sent to England, but it 
 was in such a filthy and decayed condition that it 
 did not repay the cost of transit. The crossed 
 Cape and Indian sheep appear to have been to 
 some extent kept separate from the woolly sheep. 
 They were for many years known under the name 
 of "native" sheep. As the value of Australian 
 wool became more generally recognised, these 
 " native " sheep were abandoned for the more 
 profitable woolly breeds, among which the merino 
 held the first place in the estimation of the 
 farmers. According to the general muster-books 
 taken in November 1819 there were 172,079 sheep 
 in T., of which 116,074 were ewes. Governor 
 Sorell at this time became strongly impressed with 
 the necessity of improving the character of the 
 wool produced in the colony, and he communicated 
 with Macarthur as to the best means of effecting 
 his object. After some correspondence, an arrange- 
 ment was entered into by which Macarthur under- 
 took to deliver at Sydney 300 lambs of the 
 improved merino breed, for which he was to 
 receive in exchange a certain quantity of land in 
 N.S.W. The sheep were put on board ship, but 
 owing to long delay in port and to their being over- 
 crowded, a large proportion of them died on the 
 passage and soon after arriving at Hobart Town. 
 The sheep thus obtained were distributed among 
 the settlers in June 1820, the number then alive 
 being only 181. They were estimated at the value 
 of seven guineas per head, and security was taken 
 for repayment at that rate to extend over several 
 years. The quantity of wool exported from T. to 
 England up till 1827 cannot be definitely stated, as 
 in the Custom-house returns all the wool received 
 from the Australian Colonies wascredited to N.S.W. 
 In the year named we have the first notice of 
 Tasmanian wool being imported into England. 
 The quantity is stated at 192,075 lbs. In 1829 the 
 export had increased to 925,320 lbs., while the 
 export from Sydney in the same year was only 
 913,322 lbs. By this time T. had attracted the 
 attention of Englishmen as a suitable country for 
 colonisation. Many well-to-do farmers had arrived 
 in the country bringing with them the finest 
 domestic animals to be procured in Great Britain, 
 and what was of quite as much importance to the 
 country they possessed a knowledge of husbandry 
 of which the older colonists appear to have been 
 lamentably deficient. The greater number of these 
 colonists brought with them small shipments of 
 the finest British and German merinos, the latter 
 predominating. Among the earliest founders of 
 pure merino flocks may be mentioned Gilles,
 
 756 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OP AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Woo 
 
 Home, Willis, Archer, Wedge, Anstey, Bethune, 
 Leake and Cox, all of whom imported pure merino 
 sheep, mostly of the German type. The V.D.L. 
 Company made very large importations of the best 
 German merinos. This company was founded in 
 1825, the principal object being to relieve England 
 from dependence on foreign countries for fine 
 wool. By the year 1830 the company had expended 
 £30,000 in the purchase of high-class sheep for 
 the purpose of stocking their vast estate on the 
 north-west corner of the island. The introduc- 
 tion of such a large number of German merinos 
 into T. gave to the wool of T. a very pronounced 
 character which it still retains. In 1830 the clip 
 of the V.D.L. Company realised an average price 
 of Is. 7id. per lb. for brook-washed wool. The 
 fleeces of the company's merino sheep, though 
 beautifully fine, were very small as compared with 
 the fleeces of merino sheep of to-day. In the year 
 named they only realised 3s. 5d. per fleece. Soon 
 after this date it began to be rumoured in T. that 
 there was a boundless extent of magnificent pas- 
 ture-land on the other side of Bass Straits, and 
 as the best land in the island had been secured 
 and grants of land to colonists were abandoned, 
 the thoughts of adventurous pioneers were turned 
 to that unknown land now the colony of V. The 
 first to establish a sheep-farm on Victorian soil 
 was Thomas Henty. This gentleman was a farmer 
 at West Tarring in Sussex, where he bred a flock 
 of merinoes of such acknowledged merit that he 
 was paid the exceptional compliment of being 
 barred from competition at agricultural shows. In 
 1829 he sent three of his sons with a portion of 
 his merino flock to W.A., but as the sheep did not 
 thrive there they re-shipped them for T., where 
 they were joined by Henty in 1832 with another 
 draught of his celebrated flock. Being disap- 
 pointed in obtaining a grant of land he resolved 
 to seek a home on the mainland, and in Novem- 
 ber 1834 he landed at Portland Bay and estab- 
 lished the first sheep-farm on Victorian soil. 
 One of the earliest flocks brought to V. from T. 
 was a very celebrated lot of sheep imported by 
 John Aitken, which were long celebrated as the 
 best merino sheep in the colony, and the descend- 
 ants of which are even now among the finest in 
 the land. On one occasion he paid as much as 
 £250 for a ram bred by Prince Sichnowski in 
 Prussian Silesia, which was imported by J. P. 
 Rowe, of Mount Battery, who had searched Europe 
 to obtain the finest specimens of the merino breed 
 of sheep. Another famous flock in the early days 
 of the colony was that of Forlonge, the originals 
 of which were purchased from the Elector of 
 Saxony, whose flock had the reputation of being 
 the finest in the world. They were brought to 
 T. in 1829, and remained there for some years, 
 when they were imported into V, and with them 
 was founded the celebrated Ercildoune stud flock. 
 Daring the years from 1836 to 1839 many respect- 
 able emigrants arrived from England, bringing 
 with them capital and experience in stock 
 
 breeding. They first visited T., but not finding 
 the opening they expected the majority of them 
 settled in V. They brought with them drafts of 
 merinos from the finest flocks in T., and mostly 
 settled in the Western district. The sheep they 
 brought with them in some instances cost as high 
 as £2 per head, and it is to the introduction of 
 such highly-bred animals that we may attribute 
 the fame that the wool from this part of the 
 country has always enjoyed. It has been described 
 by those engaged in the trade at the time as being a 
 well-grown, healthy, fine-haired clothing wool. The 
 average weight was about 2 lbs. of cold-water-washed 
 wool to the fleece. The wool produced in V. was at 
 first sent to Hobart Town and Launceston for sale, 
 but as the produce increased ships were laid on for 
 London direct. The first direct export took place 
 in 1837, when 154,200 lbs. of wool was exported 
 from V. In 1840 the export had increased to 
 831,000 lbs., and in the next ten years it had risen 
 to 15,962,700 lbs. The climate had a considerable 
 effect on the fine-haired clothing wool of the sheep 
 from T. It became stronger, deeper stapled, and 
 more robust in character. The sheep in V. 
 increased so rapidly after its settlement that there 
 was soon no outlet for the surplus stock, and the 
 price of sheep rapidly declined from the high rates 
 ruling when stock was wanted to take up land, 
 till they were worth but little more than Is. per 
 head. The boiling-down of sheep for their tallow 
 altered the state of affairs by establishing a mini- 
 mum price for stock, and averted the ruin with 
 which the whole country was threatened. By this 
 time the Victorian wool had taken the first rank 
 in the European markets, not for its fineness, for 
 it was inferior in this respect to the Tasmanian 
 wool and to that from the Mudgee district of 
 N.S.W., but for its brightness, elasticity, length of 
 staple, and soundness — qualities in which it was 
 superior, not only to the wool of the other 
 Australian Colonies, but to that of any part of the 
 world. The sheep breeders in the Western district 
 had ceased importing rams from other colonies, 
 and they dignified their sheep with the name of 
 the "Australian merino," as if they were of a 
 distinct race, and the introduction of any European 
 merino, no matter how aristocratic might be its 
 pedigree or how beautifully fine its fleece, was 
 looked upon as a degradation. It must be 
 admitted that these enthusiastic sheep-breeders 
 had good reason to be proud of their sheep. 
 There was something extremely attractive in the 
 wool from these old flocks in the Western district ; 
 it was so bright and healthy, so soft, and of such 
 fine staple, that all other wools seemed poor in 
 comparison. It was the natural product of merino 
 sheep reared in a climate perfectly suited to them, 
 and in a pasture without stint, for the crime of 
 over-stocking the runs was then unknown in the 
 land. The steady progress that was being made 
 by the sheep-farmers of V. received a check 
 on the discovery of gold in A. The sudden rush 
 of thousands of people to the gold-fields, leaving
 
 Woo] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Y5i 
 
 no labour to work the sheep-farms, was productive 
 of the most disastrous consequences to the wool 
 production of the colony. New sheep-farmers 
 appeared who had no reverence for the "Australian 
 merino," and to the horror of the old settlers they 
 introduced German merinos with the view of giving 
 greater density to the wool. In some instances 
 the English breeds of sheep were used, and tempted 
 by the success of the first cross, some sheepowners 
 kept up the breed to the utter ruin of the character 
 of their flocks. The best sheep-farmers however 
 declined to have anything to do with either the 
 English or the German rams, and their judg- 
 ment has met with its reward, for their stud 
 flocks are now among the most celebrated in A. 
 Gradually the sheep-runs became converted into 
 freeholds, and as they were fenced in and subdi- 
 vided a change took place in the management of 
 the flocks. Tempted by the prospect of large 
 profits, many landholders overstocked their land, 
 to the great detriment of the character of the 
 wool. The fencing and subdivision of the runs 
 however led to greater improvement in some of the 
 leading flocks than had been attained previously. 
 The possession of numerous paddocks enabled the 
 sheepowners to pay more attention to selection 
 than had been possible when the country was 
 unenclosed, and the sheep were shepherded. The 
 improvements made by some of the leading stud 
 flock owners became so marked that sheep farmers 
 from all the Australian Colonies, except Tasmania, 
 sought to improve their sheep by the use of Vic- 
 torian rams. The last change that was made in 
 the breeding of merino sheep in V. was the large 
 infusion of merino rams from the leading stud 
 flocks in T. The breeders of merino sheep in T. 
 had been gradually lengthening the staple of their 
 wool, and at the same time retaining its fineness 
 and density. Several leading stud flock owners 
 had used Tasmanian rams with exceedingly good 
 effect, and at last they became so much the fashion 
 that the celebrated ram Sir Thomas, bred by James 
 Gibson, of Bellevue, T., was sold by auction in 
 Melbourne, in 1874, for the sum of £714, the 
 purchasers being Wm. dimming of Mount Fyans, 
 and T. F. Cumming of Stony Point. The success 
 of this grand ram at the stud has fully justified 
 the large outlay in his purchase. Many owners of 
 celebrated stud flocks in the Western district have 
 followed the example of the Messrs. Cumming, to 
 the great improvement of their sheep. At the 
 principal shows in V. nearly all the leading prizes 
 are taken by sheep having a large infusion of Tas- 
 manian blood. A few sheep-breeders, however, 
 still cling to the old " Australian merino," and 
 decline to follow the fashion and use Tasmanian 
 rams in their flocks. It is only fair to say that in 
 the sale-yards their sheep hold their own against 
 all comers, as witness the averages realised by the 
 rams bred by J. L. Currie, of Larra, at our annual 
 ram sales. Though British sheep were imported 
 into A. at a very early period in the history of the 
 colonies, they were not much fancied by Australian 
 
 sheep farmers. In T. flocks of Leicester sheep 
 were kept, and in a very few instances these sheep 
 were bred in V. In time it was found that the 
 rich soil, damp climate, and luxuriant herbage of 
 the country bordering on the S.W. coast were 
 unsuited to the merino, and about 1870 the sheep 
 farmers in that locality began to turn their 
 thoughts towards the long wool breeds of sheep, 
 as being more suitable to their country. The 
 Messrs. Austin led the way by importing high-class 
 Lincoln sheep. The fancy for these fine animals 
 soon became very pronounced, and in 1873 over 900 
 Lincoln sheep were imported from England, at a 
 cost of about £36,000. The export of long wool 
 from V. must now be very large, but it is difficult 
 to arrive at an approximate estimate of the 
 quantity. Victorian long-wool rams have been 
 sent to all the Australian Colonies, and are used 
 even in Riverina, where they succeed, notwith- 
 standing the heat of the climate. The pioneers 
 in the great stretch of country to the N. of V., 
 known as Riverina, experienced great difficulties 
 in acclimatising the merino sheep. These diffi- 
 culties were at first so great that many settlers 
 abandoned sheep-breeding, and stocked their runs 
 with cattle. A few resolute, patient men, struggled 
 on in spite of constant failure. The appearance of 
 Riverine wool, when sheep were first bred in that 
 country, was most disheartening. It was coarse 
 in fibre, fuzzy, impregnated with earthy particles 
 which absorbed the yolk and rendered the wool 
 tender, and it was entirely wanting in lustre. The 
 only advantage the sheep possessed was that they 
 were grandly developed, and always commanded 
 a good price in the market. The wool at first 
 realised about lOd. per lb. washed in cold water, and 
 its condition was as bad as its quality. Gradually 
 however by the use of first- class Victorian rams, 
 and judicious selection on the part of the flock- 
 owners, the Riverine sheep improved to such a 
 degree that a few years ago one flockowner exhi- 
 bited Riverine ewes at Skipton against the best 
 merinos in Victoria, and took an honourable 
 position in the prize-list. At the present time the 
 wool of Riverina can hardly be recognised by 
 those who knew what it was when sheep-breeding 
 was first attempted there. It is remarkably long 
 in staple, well-grown, and an eminently useful 
 wool ; more robust in character and less lustrous 
 than the Victorian wools. Within thirty years 
 they have added more than double the weight to 
 the fleece, and more than doubled the price per 
 pound. The success that has attended the efforts 
 of the Riverine sheep-breeders has stimulated the 
 pioneers in the far north in the endeavour to 
 acclimatise the sheep in the northern districts of 
 Q. Already the sheep-farmers have invaded the 
 tropics, and so well have they succeeded that the 
 line of sheep-walks now stretches from Bass 
 Straits to the head waters of the rivers that fall 
 into the Gulf of Carpentaria, a distance of over 
 1200 miles. From an experience of over three 
 years, we may fairly anticipate that the great
 
 ?5$ 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Woo 
 
 extent of elevated downs in this part of A. will 
 at no distant date produce immense quantities 
 of excellent wool. The most important exhibi- 
 tions of wool held in A. were given by two 
 firms of wool-brokers in Melbourne, the first by 
 R. Goldsbrough and Co. in 1878 ; the second 
 by Hastings Cuningham and Co. in 18V9. At 
 the former show the conditions under which 
 the wool was exhibited did not seem to be 
 thoroughly understood, and consequently many 
 flockmasters sent in wool for quality alone. The 
 prizes were for the greatest value per fleece, 
 and to the intense astonishment of all sheep- 
 breeders S.A. stood first in the list. W. E. Pitts, 
 of The Levels, exhibited fifty fleeces in the grease 
 unskirted, valued at £29 Os. 8id., being an aver- 
 age of lis. 7 Jd. per fleece. Riverina was placed 
 second, the exhibit of Lachlan McBean, of Woo- 
 rooma, being valued at £28 lis. 6d., equal to 10s. 
 5'9d. per fleece. J. L. Currie, Larra, V., was third, 
 his exhibit being valued at £26 18s. 7|d., equal to 
 10s. 2jd. per fleece. At H. Cuningham and Co.'s 
 show the conditions were better understood. Prizes 
 were given for the highest value per lb. as well 
 as the highest value per fleece. W. Gibson and 
 Son, of Scone, T., took first place for the most 
 valuable fifty fleeces of washed wool unskirted. It 
 was valued at 2s. 7d. per lb. and gave an average 
 value per fleece of 13s. ; when sold at auction 
 it realised 2s. 9d. per lb. Philip Russell, of 
 Carngham, V., took the prize for fifty fleeces in 
 the grease at the highest value per lb. His exhibit 
 was valued at 3s. 9d. per lb. and realised 4s. Id. at 
 auction. Thos. F. Cumming, of Stony Point, V., 
 was placed first for the most valuable fifty fleeces 
 in the grease unskirted. They averaged a little 
 over 8 lbs. 14 ozs., which was valued at Is. 4id. 
 per lb., averaging 12s. 2£d. per fleece. W. Gibson 
 and Son won the prize for the most valuable wool 
 per lb. in the grease. It was estimated by the 
 judges at Is. 7£d. per lb. and sold at Is. 6|d. 
 at auction. Rutledge Bros., of Farnham-park, V., 
 were placed first for the most valuable fifty 
 fleeces of long wool. This wool was valued at 
 7 id. and weighed 15 lbs. per fleece. The price 
 of long wool was at the time exceptionally low. 
 The wool trade 'of V. has advanced to the first 
 place in A. The position of Melbourne as a 
 central point offers many advantages that have 
 not been lost sight of by her enterprising business 
 men. European firms are always represented at 
 our wool sales, and the tendency to purchase wool 
 in Melbourne is becoming more pronounced every 
 year, and of late American buyers have been 
 among our best customers. Now that large 
 steamers are running to England via the Mediter- 
 ranean, it is expected that a considerable trade will 
 spring up with the ports in the south of Europe. 
 The warehouses erected in Melbourne for carrying 
 on this great trade are not surpassed, if indeed 
 they are equalled, in any part of the world. Fore- 
 most among these grand edifices stands the wool 
 warehouses of B, Goldsbrough and Co., possessing 
 
 a storage area of nearly five acres, and capable 
 of storing from 40,000 to 50,000 bales of wool, and 
 giving efficient access to the bales for inspection. 
 This substantial pile of buildings, constructed of 
 the everlasting bluestone, is one of the sights of 
 Melbourne. In the season of 1879 there were 
 78,000 bales of wool passed through these stores, 
 of which the firm sold 63,000 bales, and forwarded 
 the remainder to London and America for sale. 
 These warehouses have cost the proprietors about 
 £110,000, and have been fitted with every inven- 
 tion for carrying on the business with conveni- 
 ence and despatch. The other wool warehouses in 
 Melbourne are those of H. Cuningham and Co., 
 J. H. Clough and Co., and Monckton D. Synnot 
 P»ros., all of which are admirably constructed. The 
 sales of wool effected in 1879 in these warehouses 
 amounted to 125,000 bales, representing a value of 
 about £2,500,000. The annual wool sales in Geelong 
 also show an improvement during the past few 
 years. Last year 34,573 bales were catalogued, of 
 which 26,563 bales were sold. This vast business, 
 like the production of wool in V., has been 
 developed without the slighest encouragement on 
 the part of the Government of the country. In 
 fact, the restrictions imposed on the industry 
 would almost lead to the conclusion that the 
 various Governments had been averse to Melbourne 
 becoming the central wool mart of the Australian 
 Colonies. In 1879 the Australian Colonies exported 
 313,274,336 lbs. of wool, which was valued at 
 £15,901,789. This return includes N.Z., which 
 contributed 62,220,810 lbs. of wool, valued at 
 £3,126,439 — a good return from a country that 
 only commenced exporting wool in 1848. The 
 export from V. was 47,973,091 lbs., valued at 
 £2,653,528. It is not only by increasing the num- 
 ber of sheep that Australian sheep farmers have 
 increased their export of wool. The weight of 
 the fleeces has been nearly doubled by improve- 
 ments effected in the breed of sheep by the use of 
 high-class rams. In 1860 the average production 
 of wool per sheep in A. was 2 '94 lbs. greasy and 
 1'70 lbs. washed. In 1870 the yield per head had 
 increased to 3'52 lbs. per head greasy and 2'05 lbs. 
 per head washed. In 1877 the yield was 429 lbs. 
 per head greasy, and 2 '36 lbs. washed. So that in 
 less than twenty years the average yield of wool 
 per sheep throughout A. was nearly doubled, and 
 in connection with this increase in the yield it 
 must be taken into consideration that the fleeces, 
 both washed and greasy, were sent to market in 
 a much better condition in 1877 than in 1860. 
 With the enormously-increasing production of 
 wool that is going on in many parts of the world 
 it is feared that the time will soon arrive when 
 the markets of the world will be overstocked ; but 
 this fear appears to us a groundless one. Side by 
 side with the increased production of wool there 
 is not only an increase in the consumption but an 
 increase in the channels for its distribution. The 
 consumption of wool in the United Kingdom in 
 1860 was 8'6lbs. per head of the population. In
 
 Woo] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 759 
 
 1870 it had increased to 101 lbs. per head, and in 
 1877 it had risen to ll'llbs. per head. On the 
 continent of Europe the consumption of wool has 
 been steadily increasing, and countries that till a 
 dozen years ago hardly used this material, are 
 now becoming customers for woollen materials for 
 clothing. We may rest satisfied, therefore, that 
 there is no danger of the production of wool over- 
 taking for any length of time the demand ; while 
 on the other hand we may fairly look forward to 
 the time when the beautiful wools of A. will 
 be manufactured into equally beautiful cloths, 
 that will carry the fame of the great island con- 
 tinent to every part of the world. The Spaniards 
 have a proverb to the following effect : — ' Sheep 
 have golden feet, and wherever the print of their 
 footstep appears the land is turned to gold.' If 
 this proverb was applicable to old Spain it is a 
 thousand times more applicable to young Australia, 
 than which no country has gained more by the 
 cultivation of the sheep. Australia needs no other 
 blazon than the Golden Fleece to which she is 
 more justly entitled than any other land." 
 
 [The foregoing article is extracted from the Exhi- 
 bition Supplement (1881) of the A?-gus, to which 
 paper it was contributed by George Brown.] 
 
 W00LLEY, REV. JOHN (1816—1866,) was a 
 native of Hampshire in England, and entered the 
 London University in 1830. In 1832 he went to 
 Oxford, where he gained an open scholarship at 
 Exeter College. Whilst there he wrote a work on 
 logic which was for some years very generally 
 used, and was referred to by Sir William Hamilton 
 in one of his works. At Oxford a warm friendship 
 arose between him and Dean Stanley, who was 
 a contemporary Fellow of University College. 
 Amongst his pupils at Oxford was Rawlinson, 
 afterwards Camden Professor of Ancient History, 
 a man some years older than himself. In 1842 he 
 was appointed head-master of King Edward the 
 Sixth's Grammar School at Hereford. In 1844 he 
 was elected head-master of the Northern Church 
 of England School at Rossall, in Lancashire, 
 corresponding to Marlborough for the South. 
 Whilst at Rossall (in 1846) he applied for the 
 headship of the University at Corfu, and obtained 
 the appointment. The Greek priests, however, 
 petitioned against the appointment of an English 
 clergyman, and he therefore resigned it, Sir George 
 Bowen (who stood next on the list) succeeding 
 him. In 1849 he succeeded to the head-mastership 
 of Norwich Grammar School, and in January 1852 
 having been appointed Principal of the Sydney 
 University, he arrived in N.SW. colony in June 
 1852. He delivered an inaugural oration at the 
 opening of the University in October 1852, in the 
 hall of the new Sydney Grammar School ; and 
 from that time till his leaving the colony in 1865 
 on a visit to England, he discharged the duties of 
 Professor of Classics and Logic in the University. 
 In 1866 Dr. Woolley was elected President of the 
 Sydney Mechanics' School of Arts. In 1862 he 
 published a volume entitled Lectures delivered 
 
 in Australia. He was one of the original trustees 
 of the Sydney Grammar-school, in the organisation 
 of which he spent much time and labour. He was 
 the first propounder of a scheme for connecting the 
 primary schools of the colony with the University, 
 to which practical effect has since been given in 
 the establishment of the public examinations. 
 He was lost in the steamship London, which foun- 
 dered in the Bay of Biscay in January 1866. His 
 untimely death was greatly lamented, and a public 
 testimonial of .£2000 was raised as a tribute of 
 admiration for his services in the cause of education, 
 and presented to his widow. Portraits of Dr. 
 Woolley are in the University of Sydney and the 
 Mechanics' School of Arts. 
 
 W00LLS, REV. WILLIAM (1814—) botanist, 
 is a native of Hampshire, in England, and was 
 educated at the Grammar School of Bishop's 
 Waltham and at Winchester College. At an early 
 age, or about a year before he left England (in 
 1831,) he had published a poem on his native 
 city; a second juvenile effort, entitled The Country, 
 and a small volume of miscellaneous pieces in 
 prose and verse ; whilst on the passage to the 
 colony he composed a poem on The Voyage to New 
 South Wales. Having a taste for literary pursuits, 
 he was led to accept from the Rev. Robert Forrest, 
 first head-master of the King's School at Parra- 
 matta, the offer of an appointment in that institu- 
 tion in 1832. Whilst Dr. Woolls was at King's 
 School he published a poem on Australia, dedi- 
 cated to Sir Edward Parry, and a volume of 
 Miscellanies, dedicated to his brother-in-law, the 
 Rev. Peter Hall. On leaving King's School 
 Dr. Woolls was engaged for some time in private 
 tuition, which had been provided for him by the 
 Rev. R. Forrest, and in writing for the Sydney Press ; 
 but at the request of W. T. Cape, head-master of 
 the old Sydney College, he was induced to accept 
 the situation of classical master in that institution. 
 Whilst in that capacity Dr. Woolls wrote occasional 
 papers for the Colonist, the Temperance Magazine, 
 and other periodicals. Owing to some misunder- 
 standing with the Committee of the College, he 
 resigned the situation of classical master, and on 
 leaving the institution received from the boys a 
 handsome recognition of his services. From that 
 period until 1865 he had a scholastic establishment 
 of his own, which he carried on in Parramatta, 
 with the exception of two short removals to 
 Blacktown and the Glebe ; he also at that time 
 contributed occasional papers to the Atlas and the 
 Christian Standard, the latter of which was then 
 conducted by the Rev. W. Boyce. His claims to 
 public notice and sympathy rest principally on his 
 botanical works, by which he has laboured to 
 develop the vegetable resources of the colony, and 
 to make them known in Continental Europe. 
 Having become acquainted with the Rev. James 
 Walker, formerly Head Master of King's School, 
 an eminent naturalist as well as a classical scholar, 
 and subsequently with Baron F. von Mueller, 
 Dr. Woolls followed up their assistance and
 
 760 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Yan— Yas 
 
 co-operation so successfully that he published 
 from time to time many elaborate papers on the 
 botany of A. His work entitled A Contribution to 
 the Flora of Australia is well known in the scien- 
 tific world. As President of the Cumberland 
 Mutual Improvement Society, he delivered in 
 Parramatta numerous addresses on varied subjects, 
 and several before the Horticultural Society. A 
 paper on Introduced Plants was communicated to 
 the Linnsean Society by the President, and received 
 a flattering acknowledgment. Dr. Woolls was 
 elected Fellow of the Linnasan Society, and 
 through his brother-in-law, who transmitted his 
 work Species Plantarum Paramattensium and 
 other publications to Gottingen, that celebrated 
 University conferred on him the honorary 
 degrees of Doctor of Philosophy and Master of 
 the Liberal Arts, and printed the former work 
 for distribution amongst European botanists. 
 On the especial recommendation of the Eev. 
 Samuel Marsden, Dr. Woolls was offered ordina- 
 tion in the Church of England by Dr. Wilson, 
 Bishop of Calcutta, and subsequently by the first 
 Bishop of A., but for a long period preferred 
 scholastic duties. His Life and Character of 
 the Rev. Samuel Marsden was written for the 
 purpose of raising funds towards the building of 
 All Saints Church, Parramatta, of which he 
 became one of the first trustees in conjunction 
 with H. H. Macarthur, J. B. Bettington, and 
 Dr. Anderson. He wrote a poem on the subject 
 of the incorporation of the foundation of the Sydney 
 University, at the time a bill was introduced for 
 that purpose by the late W. C. Wentworth. In 
 1873 Woolls was induced to take holy orders 
 in the Church of England and was ordained 
 by Dr. Barker, Bishop of Sydney, being appointed 
 to the incumbency of Kichmond, and subse- 
 quently on the resignation of the Rev. C. F. 
 Garnsey to the rural deanery of the same 
 district, since when he has applied himself to 
 parochial duties. In his leisure hours he has 
 continued to devote himself to literary and scien- 
 tific pursuits, and has published a number of 
 sermons, lectures, and addresses on various local, 
 scientific, and philological subjects, including a 
 lecture on The Wonders of Australian Vegetation. 
 and another on The Variations of Species con- 
 sidered in reference to the Variations of Language. 
 The volumes of the Flora Auslraliensis and 
 Baron Mueller's Fragmenta Pliytographia' Aus- 
 tralia? show that Dr. Woolls has furnished many 
 specimens of Australian plants for description to 
 Mr. Bentham and Baron Mueller, and has further 
 contributed by his knowledge to the elucidation 
 of many points in connection with Australian 
 vegetation. 
 
 Y. 
 
 YAN YEAN is situated 19 miles N.E. of 
 Melbourne, at the base of the Plenty Ranges. It 
 is the locale of the reservoir supplied by the Plenty 
 
 River, whence Melbourne derives its supply of 
 water. The reservoir is formed by closing up the 
 south side of the valley with an embankment 3159 
 feet in length, 31 feet in height, and varying in 
 width from 170 feet at bottom to 20 feet at the 
 top. The water thus dammed up assumes the 
 proportion of a lake 1330 acres in area, 9 miles in 
 circumference, 2i miles in diameter, and 25 feet 
 in depth at the deepest part, with a capacity of 
 6,400,000,000 gallons of water. The water is con- 
 veyed to Melbourne by an open aqueduct about 
 7 miles long, and thence by a double service of 
 immense pipes, safety-valves being constructed at 
 suitable points to limit the enormous pressure. 
 The original design contemplated a supply of 40 
 gallons per head per day to a population of 70,000, 
 but since that, after mature deliberation, it was 
 decided that the supply shoidd be carried out 
 on the scale of 30 gallons per head per day for 
 200,000 persons, or 6,000,000 gallons in 24 hours. 
 G. Gordon characterises the Yan Yean Reservoir as 
 the most favourable for storage of any he had seen 
 in A. or England, containing when full a reserve 
 of 1060 days, or nearly three years' supply. The 
 average summer rate is about 640 days' supply. 
 Owing to the large demand for water in summer, 
 other mains have lately been laid down, and the 
 city is being additionally reticulated. The total 
 cost of the works, including maintenance, was 
 about .£1,500,000. 
 
 YARRA YARRA, a river of V. flowing into 
 Hobson's Bay. The city of Melbourne situated 
 five miles from its mouth is built along its banks. 
 This river, the largest that flows into the harbour 
 of Port Phillip is not navigable for boats far 
 above Melbourne on account of the numerous falls. 
 It rises near Mount Bawbaw in the district of 
 Western Port. 
 
 YASS, an important and still growing town on 
 the main southern road, on the banks of the River 
 Yass, 187 miles S.W. of Sydney, with which it is 
 connected by the Great Southern Railway. The 
 town consists of one main street, intersected by 
 numerous other streets which cross it at right 
 angles, all of them the sites of respectable business 
 and private buildings. North Yass, which forms 
 part of the town, and divided only by a handsome 
 iron lattice bridge of 285 feet span crossing the 
 Yass River, is well populated and the site of 
 numerous private residences as well as a few 
 business places. O'Connelltown is also included 
 within the boundaries of Yass. Both the public 
 edifices and the places of business are substantial 
 erections, and are tangible evidences of its growing 
 prosperity. The population numbered in 1871 1600 
 persons, the district 6600. A large and handsome 
 public school with pretty cottage residence for 
 teachers, built at a cost of over £5000, was opened 
 in January 1879. A court-house with necessary 
 offices erected at a cost of over £12,000 is the 
 most handsome edifice of the kind out of Sydney. 
 Very fine and commodious buildings for quarters
 
 Yas-You] 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 761 
 
 for inspector of police and for the force were 
 built in 1879 at a cost of £5000. The gaol build- 
 ings were also considerably enlarged in 1879. The 
 money has been voted for by Parliament for the 
 erection of a new post and telegraph office. One 
 member is returned to the Assembly. There 
 are about 2000 electors on the roll for 1880-8 1. 
 
 YASS PLAINS, in N.S.W., were discovered in 
 1828 by Hovell and Hume. They take their 
 name from the little river that flows along their 
 N. and N.W. boundaries, and are surrounded on 
 every side by forests. They are from nine to 
 twelve miles in length, and from five to seven in 
 breadth. To the W.N.W. of Yass Plains there is 
 a remarkable hill called Pouni. Yass Plains lie 
 170 miles to the S.W. of Sydney. 
 
 YORK MOUNTAIN, in N.S.W., seventy-two 
 miles from Sydney, on the Bathurst-road ; it is 
 3292 feet above the level of the sea, and was 
 named in honour of the Duke of York. 
 
 YORK PENINSULA is situated at the north- 
 easternmost extremity of the continent, between 
 the ocean and the Gulf of Carpentaria, and is 
 separated from New Guinea by Torres Straits, 
 which is, at Cape York, the. northern extremity of 
 the island, 80 miles wide. 
 
 YORK SOUND is situated on the N.W. coast 
 of the continent ; it is a very spacious bay, 
 receiving the waters of two rivers ; it is bounded 
 by precipitous rocks, from 100 to 200 feet in height. 
 
 Y0RKE RIVER, N.S.W., is a branch of the 
 Turrabeile, and was named by Oxley after Sir J. 
 Yorke. 
 
 YORKE'S PENINSULA, in S.A., is a tract of 
 land lying between the Gulf of St. Vincent on the 
 E. and Spencer's Gulf on the W., and running out 
 in a S. direction in the shape of a boot. It com- 
 prises a vast extent of pastoral country, most of 
 which is taken up as sheep runs. The entire 
 country is almost destitute of surface water, there 
 being no running streams worthy the name, but 
 numerous wells have been sunk by the stock-owners, 
 and water is obtained in the swamps, which abound 
 during and for a time afterwet seasons. Thecountry 
 generally comprises dry, scrubby, undulating sandy 
 rises, and salt lagoons and swamps, with sam- 
 phire, mesembryanthemum, tea-tree, and patches 
 of rank swamp vegetation ; also thinly-grassed 
 plains, lightly timbered with oak, cherry, tea-tree, 
 dwarf mallee, peppermint, spinifex, and black 
 grass. Parts of this district, along the coast espe- 
 cially, are almost unavailable for stock, on account 
 of the malarious exhalations which rise from the 
 mangrove swamps, and which cause a dangerous 
 malady known as the coast disease. The entire 
 area of the country may be described as a scrubby 
 flat, interspersed with open plains, covered with 
 scanty herbage. Underneath is a crust of lime- 
 stone extending over its entire area, and not a 
 rock nor hill, not a gully nor watercourse, is to be 
 seen for miles. By far the most important industry 
 
 connected with this part of the colony is the 
 copper mining, which is carried on to a very large 
 extent in its N. part at the Wallaroo, Moonta and 
 Kadina mines. Copper was first discovered at the 
 head of the peninsula upon a sheep run belonging 
 to Captain Hughes in 1860 by a shepherd, who 
 found amongst the earth and stones thrown up 
 by a wallaby in the operation of scratching a hole 
 in the ground a small green stone about the size 
 of a pea, which proved to be carbonate of copper. 
 A shaft was sunk upon the spot, and at the depth of 
 a few feet a magnificent lode of copper was found, 
 the workings giving rise to the celebrated Wallaroo 
 mines, and the shaft first sunk being known as the 
 Wombat shaft. Ore was also found near the 
 Tipara Springs, about ten miles S. of the Wombat, 
 and secured by Hughes, the workings being now 
 the great Moonta mine. The ores at Wallaro 
 and Moonta are chiefly sulphurets, those at the 
 latter being exceedingly rich. Railways have been 
 erected in this part of the country from the various 
 mines to Port Wallaroo, and smelting furnaces 
 are erected at that place, where the ores from all 
 the mines are smelted. The other mines on the 
 peninsula are the Yelta, Karkarilla, Mutta, New 
 Cornwall, and Kurilla, all in the N., although it is 
 highly probable that copper ore exists in most 
 parts. 
 
 YOUNG, a township in N.S.W., on the N. 
 side of the Burrangong or Main creek, 245 miles 
 S.W. of Sydney, with which the communication 
 is by coach to Yass, thence rail. Gold was acci- 
 dentally discovered in June 1860, and the gold- 
 fields in the immediate neighbourhood, known as 
 the Burrangong goldfields, principally alluvial, 
 have from time to time attracted large numbers of 
 miners ; but the promise of the early discoveries 
 has hardly been maintained, though for many 
 years to come the mines might be profitably worked. 
 It has however many other resources in mineral 
 wealth that have yet to be developed. 18,323 
 acres of land are under cultivation, the produce 
 for 1879 being 230,470 bushels of wheat, 24,076 of 
 maize, 2655 of barley, and 20,437 of oats; potatoes, 
 238 tons ; wine, 2600 gallons, besides green crops, 
 &C. Stock recurns for 1879 were 4299 horses, 
 17,431 cattle, 424,845 sheep, 2637 pigs. The land 
 in the district is fast being taken up for farming 
 purposes, for which it is eminently suited, and 
 surrounding Young are permanent homesteads, 
 settled populations, and cultivated soil. The 
 number of inhabitants in the town according to 
 the last census was 792, with 5924 in the district ; 
 the numbers are now stated at 1500 and 8500 
 respectively. During the last few years the town 
 has made considerable strides, and both it and the 
 district are fast rising in importance. Many new 
 buildings are going up, and brick structures on all 
 sides are fast superseding the wooden edifices of 
 the early time. The town is approached by 
 three different coaches, which await the arrival 
 of the mail train, and reach Young each morning 
 at about nine o'clock, The local Pastoral and 
 
 X4
 
 769 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [You 
 
 Agricultural Association holds one, and sometimes 
 two shows in the year, at which valuable prizes are 
 largely competed for. 
 
 YOTTNG, SIR HENRY EDWARD FOX 
 (1810-1870,) was third son of the late Colonel A. W. 
 Young, and was for some time Governor of Prince 
 Edward Island. He held the post of Lieutenant- 
 Governor of the Eastern Province, Cape of Good 
 Hope, from which he was transferred in 1848 to 
 the Governorship of S.A., where he assumed office 
 on 2nd August of that year ; held the reins of 
 government of the colony until 20th December 
 1854 ; and was then appointed successor to Sir 
 William Denison as Governor of T. in January 
 1855. Sir Henry Young remained in T. until 10th 
 December 1861, when he retired. 
 
 YOUNG, SIR JOHN (1807—) was for many 
 years a member of the British Parliament, for- 
 merly Secretary for Ireland, and afterwards Lord 
 High Commissioner of the Ionian Isles, was 
 appointed Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief 
 of N.S.W. on 18th January 1861. He landed in 
 the colony on 22nd March following, but as the 
 patent for his permanent title had not arrived, he 
 assumed the office of Administrator, and was not 
 installed as Governor-in-Chief till the 16th May. 
 The occasion was thought by the Imperial Govern- 
 ment to present a favourable opportunity for 
 cancelling the distinction primarily possessed by 
 Governors of N.S.W. as Governor-General. There 
 was no very good reason for retaining a title which 
 had lost its significance, but resolutions were sub- 
 mitted by Cowper in the Legislative Assembly, 
 protesting against the alteration after it was made. 
 Sir John Young had not been long in office before 
 what are known as the Lambing Flat riots occurred. 
 They originated in attempts by European diggers 
 on the Burrangong goldfields to expel the Chinese 
 who were there in large numbers, and they proved 
 so perplexing and formidable, that it was thought 
 wise to send troops to the assistance of the con- 
 stabulary. Those troops that were in the southern 
 districts were the first that were ordered to the 
 scene of disturbance, and they proving insuffi- 
 cient to cope with the difficulty, a party of 
 the Royal Artillery, with field pieces and 123 
 men of the 12th Regiment, together with the 
 mounted police, were dispatched to Lambing 
 Flat. All attempts to quell the rioting by 
 peaceful measures were ineffectual, and the troops 
 coming into collision with the rioters one man 
 was killed and a considerable number of others 
 wounded. It was not alleged that there had been 
 any provocation on the part of the Chinese, and 
 yet ferocious outrages were committed upon them. 
 While the troops were at Lambing Flat it became 
 necessary to call out the Volunteer Force to do 
 sentry duty in and about the metropolis. The 
 Volunteers accepted the task with great cheerful- 
 ness, and performed it with exemplary patience 
 and diligence. The circumstance is noticeable 
 chiefly as the first instance of actual service by 
 
 Volunteers within the Australian Colonies. An 
 intention was expressed at this time to proclaim 
 martial law, and so to place the trial and punish- 
 ment of offenders in the hands of the military, 
 but to this course the Governor, who was a man of 
 great constitutional knowledge, decidedly objected, 
 and pointed out its illegality as well as danger. 
 The outcry against the Chinese led to the passing 
 of a law to exclude them, except on a large pay- 
 ment, from the colony, but the Act was afterwards 
 repealed. During a large portion of Sir John 
 Young's Government the colony was greatly dis- 
 turbed by the combination, daring, and crimes of 
 bushrangers ; and the difficulty of coping effectu- 
 ally with the accumulation of violence and crime 
 at this period led to a suggestion to pass a law 
 more stringent than that in existence, and to bring 
 the provisions of crime under new responsibilities. 
 This was followed by the introduction and passing 
 of the Felons Appropriation Bill, which materi- 
 ally assisted the police in the suppression of 
 crime, and ultimately all the bushrangers were 
 hanged, shot, or condemned to long terms of 
 imprisonment. When Sir John Young arrived 
 here the country w T as agitated by questions of 
 great moment, embracing the reconstruction of 
 the Upper House and a new system of disposing 
 of public lands. The agitation with regard to 
 the latter question ended in the passing of Sir 
 John Robertson's Land Bill, which, with some 
 amendment, has been ever since the land law 
 of the colony, but several difficulties had to be 
 overcome before the bill was finally dealt with, 
 and among other plans to secure its passage 
 through Parliament was the attempt by the 
 Cowper Government to swamp the Upper House 
 in order to compel it to accept the bill. Sir 
 John Young, being at the time a stranger to 
 all local parties, was naturally inclined to receive 
 with deference the advice of his Ministers, and in 
 consenting to the attempt at coercing the Legisla- 
 tive Council he departed from the course, which 
 might have been anticipated from so experienced a 
 politician. The result of the proceedings connected 
 with the attempted swamping was an expression 
 of a strong opinion on the part of the Secretary of 
 State against the practice. While the Land Bill 
 was under discussion, Parkes moved a resolution 
 in the Assembly that it was desirable to send 
 lecturers to Great Britain in order to promote 
 immigration, and the resolution being carried, he 
 and Dalley were appointed lecturers, and in that 
 capacity visited Great Britain and held large meet- 
 ings in various parts of England and Ireland. In 
 August 1861 a serious disturbance in an important 
 branch of Colonial industry occurred through the 
 miners of Newcastle striking for increased wages, 
 but the mischief which threatened the colony was 
 obviated by efforts to open new mines, and by a 
 large addition to the number of coal-miners from 
 the general mining population. The question of 
 State-aid to religion for a long time occupied public 
 attention, and its settlement is regarded as one of
 
 Zaa— Zigl 
 
 CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 763 
 
 the happy incidents of Sir John Young's adminis- 
 tration. Ecclesiastical affairs generally assumed, 
 under Sir John Young's government, a more settled 
 form, for the various Protestant communities 
 established recognised organs for expressing their 
 opinions on all matters affecting the relations with 
 the State, and they acknowledged the Governor's 
 cordial co-operation in all that affected the moral 
 and religious well-being of the country. But 
 the most important event during Sir John Young's 
 tenure of office was the passing of the Public 
 Schools Act, and the immediate success of the 
 measure. The financial affairs of the colony 
 proved a difficulty in the way of satisfactory 
 government, but in this the Governor could 
 have but little influence or control. In pro- 
 moting the various benevolent institutions of the 
 colony Sir John Young showed an unwearied 
 activity, and led the people in the enterprise of 
 charity with eminent success. Never was he 
 found wanting either in personal liberality or in 
 the cordial and hearty advocacy of the cause of 
 the distressed. On the occasion of the death of 
 the Prince Consort the whole colony participated 
 in the regret and sorrow caused by the sad event, 
 and in 1866 a statue of Albert the Good, at the 
 cost of more than ten thousand contributors, was 
 erected at the entrance of Hyde Park ; Sir John 
 Young delivered an oration upon the character of 
 the Prince to an assemblage of people numbering 
 tens of thousands. As the head of a political 
 Government Sir John Young often had an 
 extremely delicate part to perform, and one in 
 which he would have been less successful but for his 
 previous training and his knowledge of public life. 
 The testimony on all sides seems to have been — 
 that in the office of representative of the Queen he 
 left to his Ministers that power which fairly 
 belonged to them, but that he maintained with 
 firmness the rights essential to his trust. It was 
 to the honour of His Excellency that his example 
 did not stimulate extravagance, or provoke the 
 people to habits of dangerous rivalry and minor 
 ruinous display. Expending for the most part his 
 revenue in the maintenance of the hospitalities 
 and dignity of his station, he sought an influence 
 in'promoting permanently the interests of the com- 
 munity rather than in gratifying the ephemeral 
 vanities and love of pleasure in those who had no 
 higher aim, and his departure from the colony left 
 to many persons the recollections of friendship, 
 and to thousands the more public, but not less 
 lasting, impression of official worth. 
 
 z. 
 
 ZAACHEN, Dutch navigator, discovered and 
 named the land of Amheim, from the N.W. Cape 
 to the fifteenth parallel of south latitude, in 1618. 
 
 ZIG ZAG. One of the greatest engineering 
 works in A., and is said to rank among the boldest 
 and most substantial railway constructions in the 
 world. The railway line is across the Blue Moun- 
 tains, N.S.W., and commences at Penrith, thirty- 
 four miles from Sydney. The line then ascends 
 155 feet, and crosses Knapsack Gully by the 
 viaduct, which is 388 feet long, and has a maximum 
 height of 126 feet. This crossing is 245 feet above 
 Emu Plains, and the line reaches the lower point 
 of the first Zig-zag at an elevation of 414 feet above 
 sea-level, and thence an elevation of 470 feet is 
 attained in a distance of thirty chains. After this 
 the line continues to ascend till it reaches the 
 summit of Lapstone Hill, and then it follows the 
 range dividing the tributaries of the Nepean and 
 Cox rivers from those of the Grose River, passing 
 Springwood, Blue Mountain, Weatherboard, Pul- 
 pit Hill, Blackheath, 3494 feet, to near Shepherd's 
 Toll-bar and Mount Victoria, 3422 feet above the 
 sea. Here the line commences to diverge to the 
 N. along Darling's Causeway, which divides the 
 waters of the Lett from the sources of the Grose 
 River to Bell's line of road, or the range dividing 
 the Lett River and Grose River tributaries from 
 those of the river Colo. Following this range 
 to Dargan's Creek the line passes through Mount 
 Clarence by a tunnel 539 yards in length, the rails 
 at the entrance of which are 3658 feet above the 
 sea-level. This is the summit level of the line, 88 
 miles from Sydney, and 52 miles from the com- 
 mencement of the ascent of the Blue Mountain 
 Ranges at Emu Plains. The line then descends 
 on a gradient of 1 in 42 towards Lithgow Valley 
 beyond, reaching the higher points of the Great 
 Zig-zag, 91 miles from Sydney, at an elevation of 
 3362 feet. At this point the line runs nearly 
 parallel with the main line, but in an opposite 
 direction, for a distance of 67 chains. After 
 passing two viaducts and through a short tunnel 
 it reaches the lower points of the Zig-zag at an 
 elevation of 3261 feet, and thence further descends 
 towards Bathurst, which is situated 145 miles from 
 Sydney, at an elevation of 2153 feet. Between 
 Mount Clarence, 88 miles from Sydney, and 
 Wallerawang, 105 miles, there are seven viaducts, 
 of 2225 feet in length, averaging in height from 
 10 to 70 feet, and in span from 10 to 54 feet — the 
 majority being 30 feet ; also three tunnels — one at 
 Lithgow Valley Zig-zag 77 yards in length, one at 
 Morangaroo 267 yards in length, and one under 
 the Mudgee Road 47 yards in length. The smallest 
 radius of a curve in this section is 528 feet, the 
 total length of such curves being 5 miles, including 
 those upon the two Zig-zags. There are also 20 
 miles of curves ranging from 8 chains to 12 chains 
 radius. In the whole work the number of viaducts 
 is 8, of tunnels 4, of bridges 8, and of culverts 
 268. The total excavations amounted to about 
 3,040,000 cubic yards, of which 1,783,000 were 
 through rock. The cost of construction alone was 
 about ^£812,000.
 
 SUPPLEMENT. 
 
 BARRY, SIR REDMOND. The death of 
 this distinguished man in November 1880, renders 
 necessary some further particulars respecting his 
 career. The Argus states that he "was the son 
 of General Barry, of Ballyclogher, in the county 
 of Cork, who intended his son to follow the same 
 profession as himself. For this purpose the boy 
 was placed, as soon as he was old enough, under 
 the tuition of a competent preceptor at Bexley, 
 in Kent, from whence he was to proceed to 
 Addiscombe College. But as the old general's 
 prospects of obtaining a commission for his son 
 were diminished by the death of influential 
 friends, the young man was induced to turn his 
 attention to the study of the law, and he had for 
 his fellow pupils in Dublin several persons like 
 the late Isaac Butt, who afterwards distinguished 
 themselves at the bar or in the senate. Having 
 entered himself at the Dublin University, young 
 Barry graduated as a B.A. in 1835, and was called 
 to the Irish Bar in 1838. Just then, the Austra- 
 lian Colonies were beginning to be spoken of in 
 the Mother Country as a land of promise to the 
 uneasy classes ; and equipped with a liberal out- 
 fit in the shape of good health, an excellent 
 education, an adventurous spirit, and a buoyant 
 disposition, young Barry determined to seek his 
 fortune in a new country. Admitted to the Bar 
 of N.S.W., of which colony Port Phillip was 
 then an outlying settlement, Barry landed on 
 these shores in November 1839. Melbourne 
 then went by the name of ' Bearbrass.' It was a 
 small, shabby, straggling township, a mere clearing 
 in the bush ; and the aspect of the place to any 
 one coming fresh from a metropolitan city must 
 have been depressing and discouraging in the 
 extreme. But the young Irish barrister, having 
 once put his hand to the plough, refused to look 
 back. He commenced the practice of his pro- 
 fession, and his business naturally expanded with 
 the growth of population in the settlement. A 
 Court of Requests— the first legal tribunal founded 
 here— was established, and he was appointed to 
 the chairmanship of it. A taste for literature had 
 to be fostered, and Barry gave lectures, and 
 assisted to organise a Mechanics' Institute. A 
 hospital was needed, and he was among the most 
 
 zealous of its promoters. In course of time the 
 separation of Port Phillip from N.S.W. began to 
 be agitated, and in this movement he took an 
 active part, as also in the strenuous opposition 
 offered by his fellow colonists to Earl Grey's 
 inconsiderate proposition for the revival of trans- 
 portation to the Australian Colonies. When the 
 Colony of V. was created in 1851, Barry was 
 appointed Solicitor-General, and in that capacity 
 drafted many Acts with so much care and ability 
 that, as a general rule, no subsequent amendment 
 of them was found to be necessary. In the year 
 following he was appointed judge, and, as he 
 recently stated, his occupancy of a seat on the 
 judicial bench has extended over a greater number 
 of years than any other judge in any portion 
 of the British Empire can lay claim to. When 
 society was revolutionised by the gold disco- 
 veries, and people's heads were turned by the 
 extraordinary events of 1851-2-3 ; when the thirst 
 for wealth was universal, and its acquisition so 
 easy ; and when all men's thoughts were absorbed 
 by their own selfish schemes, Barry devoted his 
 attention to the practical execution of carefully 
 considered schemes for the benefit of his own and 
 of future generations. The revenue of the colony 
 had decupled in the short space of two years, and 
 was still increasing. What a splendid opportunity 
 for founding two such noble institutions as the 
 Melbourne University and the Free Public Library. 
 He discerned it with the utmost clearness, and 
 resolved to embrace it with a pertinacious deter- 
 mination which insured success. Other circum- 
 stances conspired to this end. The Government 
 of the day was composed of educated gentlemen, 
 who warmly sympathised with and cheerfully 
 concurred in Barry's views. They granted forty 
 acres of land for the purposes of a University, and 
 sixty acres as the site for four colleges, to be 
 erected by the principal religious denominations. 
 They bestowed upon the former an annual endow- 
 ment of ,£9000, and passed an act of incorpora- 
 tion for it. In its infancy it was the butt of 
 trivial jesters, but its real founder lived to see it 
 take its place among the higher educational insti- 
 tutions of the British Empire, and to know that 
 its academic honours were highly prized by the 
 fortunate recipients of them. It was only a fitting 
 acknowledgment of the value of his services to the 
 U niversity that he should have been elected its
 
 766 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Bud-Kin 
 
 chancellor, an office which he sustained with appro- 
 priate suavity and dignity. The Public Library, 
 Museums, and Picture Gallery are also institutions 
 of which he might justly claim the paternity. By 
 his untiring energy he succeeded in obtaining the 
 large block of land, bounded by four streets, upon 
 which this pile of buildings stands, and upon which 
 has been expended nearly £120,000. It was in 
 deference to his earnestly-expressed convictions 
 that unreserved and unconditional access was per- 
 mitted to the books in the Library from the very 
 first, while his efforts have been unremittingly 
 directed to increase its value and extend its useful- 
 ness. Differences of opinion may have arisen 
 between himself and his co-trustees with respect 
 to matters of detail, but there can be no question 
 as to the singleness of purpose and the enthusiasm 
 by which he was actuated in all he thought and 
 did on behalf of the whole of the institutions thus 
 grouped together. As he was their founder, so he 
 continued to be their animating spirit ; and the 
 various officers who are engaged in them would 
 no doubt cheerfully acknowledge that in their 
 intercourse with him they found abundant occasion 
 to respect the firmness of his authority, tem- 
 pered as it was by the unvarying courtesy of his 
 demeanour." 
 
 BUDD, RICHARD HALE, is a native of 
 England, and was educated at Rugby under the 
 celebrated Dr. Arnold. He graduated at Cam- 
 bridge University in 1838. In 1840 he came to V. 
 and was appointed Head-master of the Melbourne 
 Diocesan Grammar School, the first public gram- 
 mar school established in the colony in 1849. He 
 was appointed Inspector under the Denominational 
 Board in 1854, and Secretary to the Board in the 
 following year. In 1856 he was Normal Inspector, 
 and in 185!) the offices were joined in one. When 
 Heales undertook the formation of a new system 
 of education in 1862 the framing of the Act for 
 that purpose was entrusted to Budd, who was 
 appointed Inspector-General of Schools when the 
 Act was passed. He retired on a pension when 
 the present Act was passed in 1873. To him 
 mainly is owing the organisation of the whole 
 system of inspection, enumeration, and training 
 established under the early boards, and which in 
 its main principles continues in existence under 
 the present system. Since his retirement from 
 the public service, Budd has been actively and 
 most efficiently engaged in the work of promoting 
 the higher female education. 
 
 c. 
 
 CLARKE, MARCUS (1847—1881) journalist, 
 was a native of London, and received the advan- 
 tages of an excellent education. At a very early 
 age he evinced signs of the ability which he 
 afterwards exhibited as a writer. Related to 
 Sir Andrew Clarke who was a member of the 
 
 first Administration under the Victorian Constitu- 
 tion, and to Judge Clarke, he came out to V. when 
 a very young man, saw something of life on a 
 squatting station, afterwards entered the Bank of 
 Australasia, and gradually drifted into journalism, 
 for which he seemed to feel a natural vocation. 
 He joined the reporting staff of the Argus, and 
 subsequently commenced and continued a series 
 of pungent contributions to the Australasian under 
 the signature of the "Peripatetic Philosopher." 
 These were marked by much vivacity of expression, 
 and by a style which, when it was at. its best, 
 resembled that of Alphonse Karr in caustic 
 remark and epigrammatic sparkle. His first 
 novel, entitled Long Odds, was published in 1868, 
 and viewed in connection with the fact that it was 
 the work of a man of only one-and-twenty, was a 
 remarkable performance and full of promise. Five 
 years later he produced His Natural Life, a work 
 of fiction founded on a solid groundwork of fact, 
 and illustrating the horrors of the old penal 
 settlement at Port Arthur. It was republished in 
 London, where it was most favourably reviewed 
 by many journals of high critical repute ; and it 
 received the additional compliment of being trans- 
 lated into German, and of being reprinted in the 
 United States. Clarke wrote many short stories, 
 some of which displayed a graceful fancy in com- 
 bination with stronger gifts ; and most of these 
 were afterwards issued in a collective shape. He 
 composed or adapted three or four pantomimes and 
 burlesques, and gave to the stage other dramatic 
 productions with varying success. His gift of 
 fluency and his facility of literary expression, 
 although valuable in themselves, were probably 
 antagonistic to him as regards his making for him- 
 self the enduring reputation which might have 
 been secured by works demanding greater deliber- 
 ation of purpose and execution, more sustained 
 thought and steadier application. There was in 
 his case a waste of intellectual power, owing to its 
 distribution over a wide surface instead of its 
 being concentrated on some important work, and 
 strengthened and disciplined by high endeavour. 
 But this was attributable perhaps to temperament, 
 and in part to the stress of circumstances. In 
 1875 he was appointed assistant librarian to the 
 Public Library, which he held till the time of hi 
 death. 
 
 KINGSTON, SIR GEORGE, (1808-1880) was 
 educated for the profession of surveyor and 
 architect. He arrived in S.A. in the Cygnet in 
 September 1836. With him were associated as 
 passengers many persons whose names afterwards 
 became familiar as household words, so intimately 
 have they been identified with the history of the 
 colony. When he came out in 1836 he was 
 attached to the survey staff of Colonel Light, who
 
 Mac— Mai] 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 7G7 
 
 was first Surveyor-General, and who laid out the 
 City of Adelaide. In the year 1837 he was 
 appointed Surveyor-General of S.A., and under 
 his supervision most of the local surveys in the 
 early days were conducted. He resigned his 
 position in 1838, and entered into business as a 
 surveyor and architect. The Roman Catholic 
 Cathedral in Wakefield -street, Adelaide, was 
 designed by Kingston, but has never been finished 
 in accordance with the original plans. In 1839 
 Kington was made Inspector of Public Works, 
 and about a year afterwards he accepted the 
 post of Town Surveyor. His duties were 
 discharged with characteristic energy and skill, 
 and he did not neglect other matters where his 
 services as a citizen and colonist could be useful, 
 assisting in public movements, and lending his 
 influence to effect social reforms in various direc- 
 tions. Not only in matters intimately affecting 
 the political interests of the province did Kingston 
 turn his mind to during his public career, but he was 
 prominent as a Freemason, and in 1837 he opened 
 the first Freemason's lodge established in S.A., of 
 which he was constituted R.W.M. In 1840 he 
 furnished an elaborate report on the subject of a 
 railway to Port Adelaide. In 1841 Kingston was 
 appointed member of the Statistical Society, and 
 contributed a full and authentic account of the 
 financial condition of the colony, its resources and 
 prospects. In 1844 he appeared as hon. secretary 
 to the Agricultural and Horticultural Society. 
 Kingston was opposed to the introduction of the 
 convict element, and took an active part in 1845 
 in the agitation raised against the proposed intro- 
 duction of Parkhurst Reformatory boys. He was 
 also against State-aid to religion. In 1849 he was 
 amongst the foremost in advancing the establish- 
 ment of responsible government ; and in March 
 1851 he came out as a candidate for the Legislative 
 Council under the new Constitution Act. He was 
 elected member for the Rurra in August of the 
 same year, and voted against the first reading of 
 the bill for State-aid to religion. He was elected 
 Speaker of the House of Assembly in 1857, and 
 held the office until 1860, when he was out of 
 Parliament for two years. Returned for the Burra 
 in 1863 he was re-elected Speaker, and retained 
 the office until the prorogation when he resigned 
 on account of failing health. Latterly he repre- 
 sented the district of Stanley, and the interests of 
 that constituency had certainly not suffered in his 
 hands. The well-merited honour of knighthood 
 was conferred upon him in 1870, as a reward for his 
 long and faithful public services. 
 
 M. 
 
 MACDONNELL, SIR RICHARD GRAVES. 
 
 —The death of this gentleman occurred in London 
 on 7th February 1881. 
 
 MALAY ARCHIPELAGO.— I. Geographical 
 Outline.— Of all the great island groups of the 
 
 globe, the richest in every respect is the Malay 
 Archipelago, lying between Southern Asia and A., 
 and made up of the fragments of two continents, 
 although now forming a distinct geographical 
 unit. There is every reason to believe that Asia 
 and A. were united during the latter part of the 
 Secondary epoch, while the processes of subsidence 
 and upheaval resulting in the present insular 
 formations were not fully developed till a much 
 later period. The Australian continent was pro- 
 bably first broken up, as indicated by the very 
 deep seas which now separate the several islands 
 of the Moluccas from each other ; while the Asiatic 
 continent may have remained longer entire, and its 
 comparative recent subsidence is equally well 
 shown by the very shallow sea— always under 
 fifty fathoms deep — which separates the great 
 islands of Java, Sumatra, and Borneo from each 
 other and from the mainland of Southern Asia. 
 The extensive submarine plateau comes to an 
 abrupt termination at the little island of Bali, 
 east of Java, there being a channel of great depth, 
 though very narrow, between it and the adjacent 
 island of Lombok. The same deep channel is 
 continued northwards through the straits of 
 Macassar and the Celebes Sea, and between the 
 islands of Mindanao and northern Celebes into the 
 Pacific Ocean. Hence one-half only of what is 
 sometimes called the East Indian Archipelago, 
 and included in Asia, is really connected with that 
 continent. The eastern half is essentially Austral- 
 asian, not only as regards the history of its origin, 
 but also in its fauna and flora. Even ethnically 
 this extensive insular system belongs to two clearly 
 distinct races — the Malay and the Papuan — so that 
 the current expression, " Malay Archipelago," hero 
 adopted, is deficient in thorough accuracy. The 
 line dividing the two typical races lies, however, 
 considerably to the E. of that which separates the 
 two zoological regions, the Malays extending to 
 Celebes, Sumbawa, and to most of the islands of 
 the Moluccas. But, while conforming to the 
 hitherto received custom of arbitrarily including 
 under one appellation the whole of the archipelago 
 as far as the Moluccas and Timor, we may here 
 still recognise several distinct groups traversed in 
 great waves by one of the mightiest and most 
 active volcanic systems on the globe. These groups 
 are — in the N. the Philippines, followed to the S. 
 by the Moluccas ; further westwards, by Celebes 
 and by the Lesser and the Greater Sunda Archi- 
 pelagoes, by the latter of which are understood 
 the three large islands of Sumatra, Java, and 
 Borneo. All these groups — of which the Philip- 
 pines, with Sumatra, Java, and Borneo, are pro- 
 perly Asiatic — are separated from each other by 
 straits or passages, each bearing a distinctive name. 
 By far the greater number belong politically to 
 Holland, which here possesses a colonial empire 
 with its seat in Java, rivalling in prosperity the 
 British East Indian possessions. Besides the 
 Dutch, we find the Portuguese established on the 
 Australasian island of Timor, while the Spaniard
 
 763 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Mai 
 
 rules almost exclusively in the Philippines. Some 
 islands or portions of islands are still independent, 
 or subject to native sultans. 
 
 II. Physical Features— Volcanoes.— The 
 Malay Archipelago is traversed throughout its 
 whole extent by one of the most extensive and 
 continuous volcanic belts upon the globe. Com- 
 mencing in the north-western part of Sumatra, 
 beyond the equator, it extends through that island 
 and Java, then through the Lesser Sunda Islands 
 to the E. end of Timor. Here it turns in a north- 
 easterly curve by Banda, Amboyna and Bouru to 
 Gilole and Ternate. Thence turning westward 
 to the northern extremity of Celebes it bends 
 abruptly to the N, and passes through the entire 
 range of the Philippines to the extreme N. of 
 Luzon. The number of true volcanic peaks and 
 craters in this belt is very great, and they form 
 a continuous chain, with seldom more than an 
 interval of a hundred miles from one to the other. 
 A very large proportion of them are in a state of 
 activity, and many have devastated the surround- 
 ing country within the historic era. In Sumatra 
 there are five active volcanoes, in Java twenty, in 
 the Lesser Sunda Isles seven, in the Banda and 
 Molucca groups about the same number, in 
 Northern Celebes and the adjacent islands four or 
 five, and in the Philippines more than a dozen. 
 Many of these are perpetually smoking, while 
 others have been frequently in eruption since the 
 occupation of the country by Europeans, and have 
 often been accompanied by disastrous earthquakes. 
 Hardly less remarkable than the extent and con- 
 tinuity of this belt of volcanoes is the complete 
 absence of all volcanic vents in the surrounding 
 districts. The great island of Borneo, and all of 
 Celebes except the extreme northern point, are 
 absolutely free from all signs of recent volcanic 
 action ; and the same may be said of every island 
 which lies on either side of the band — as the 
 Peninsula of Malacca, Madura, Sumba, Timor 
 Laut, Ceram, Mysol, New Guinea, and Palawan. 
 In all these countries we have ancient crystalline 
 rocks, granite and extensive tertiary beds, but 
 no indication of volcanic outbursts. From the 
 acknowledged fact of the very general vicinity of 
 active volcanoes to the ocean, we may perhaps 
 interpret this phenomenon as pointing out to us 
 in this great volcanic band the outer limits of 
 very ancient continents, while the lands on either 
 side have once formed inland portions of those 
 continents. This agrees sufficiently well with 
 what we know of the existing distribution of 
 animal life, if we suppose Celebes and the other 
 islands to the eastward as far as the volcanic belt 
 to have been separated from Asia at a very early 
 period, when its fauna assimilated much more 
 with that of A. than it does now ; while the 
 islands to the W. of Celebes were only separated 
 from the continent at a very much later epoch, 
 after they had participated in all the more recent 
 and higher developments of its flora and fauna. 
 This view will explain some of the great 
 
 peculiarities of the fauna of Celebes. In this 
 extensive chain of volcanic mountains many 
 attain great heights, especially in Sumatra and 
 Java. Each of these islands has one mountain 
 about 12,300 feet high, while the former has four 
 and the latter eight which exceed 10,000 feet. In 
 no other part of the chain, except in Bali and 
 Lombok, immediately E. of Java, are there 
 any heights which approach these. The vol- 
 canoes of the Philippines and Northern Celebes 
 do not appear to exceed 6000 or 7000 feet, and 
 those of the Moluccas from 4000 to 5000 feet. 
 There is only one mountain in the whole Malay 
 Archipelago that exceeds in height the lofty 
 peaks of Sumatra and Java, the isolated mass of 
 Kini Balou, near the northern extremity of Borneo, 
 which is said to be 13,608 feet high, and which is 
 probably far higher than any other mountain in 
 the island, or than any non-volcanic mountain in 
 the whole Archipelago. The summit of Kini 
 Balou is syenitic granite, and it probably repre- 
 sents a portion of the most ancient extension of 
 the Asiatic continent in Tertiary or Secondary 
 times, since it contains plants allied to some now 
 only found in temperate A From the position 
 of these Malayan islands between 19° N. and 
 10° S. of the equator, they all enjoy that equa- 
 bility of climate and abundance of moisture which 
 are so highly favourable to the growth of arboreal 
 vegetation, and which have produced the great 
 forest-belt everywhere girdling the earth in the 
 equatorial zone. Hence the general condition of 
 almost all the islands is to be covered with 
 luxuriant tropical forests where not destroyed by 
 man, and this forest-covering even spreads over 
 all except the very highest summits or precipitous 
 rocky slopes of the mountains. There is only one 
 portion of the region where there appears to be a 
 natural deficiency of forest, due to peculiarities 
 of climate caused by the vicinity of the heated 
 interior of A. From the east end of Java through 
 all the islands to Timor Laut, the dense forests 
 that everywhere cover the other islands are the 
 exception rather than the rule, occurring only in 
 valleys and on the moister slopes of the moun- 
 tains. The rest consists of grassy plains, dotted 
 with palms and thorny bushes, which latter often 
 form dense and impenetrable thickets. During 
 the prevalence of the S.E. monsoon, from April 
 to October, scarcely any rain falls in this area, 
 and towards the latter end of this dry season the 
 drought is so great that many small streams dry 
 up, and most of the trees lose their leaves. The 
 heat is then intense; and were it not that the 
 nights are cool and a breeze always blowing, the 
 climate would approach in severity that of A. 
 itself. As it is, the chief effect is seen in the long- 
 continued dryness of the atmosphere being inimical 
 to that luxuriant forest growth which elsewhere 
 in the equatorial zones clothes the earth with 
 perennial verdure, and affords a constant protec- 
 tion from the rays of the vertical sun. The only 
 other parts of the Archipelago where any extent
 
 Mai] 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA, 
 
 769 
 
 of open country occurs are in Northern Borneo, in 
 Southern Celebes, and some of the Philippine 
 Islands, but in these cases it is probably due to 
 human agency aided by the introduction of cattle 
 which have become wild. The densely-peopled 
 plains of Java and the elevated plateaus of 
 Sumatra are highly cultivated, and have been so 
 long the seat of an ancient civilisation that the 
 absence of forest is clearly not to be considered a 
 natural feature. 
 
 III. The Malay Race and Language.— Of 
 the two indigenous races of the Archipelago, the 
 Malays and the Papuans, the Malays are decidedly 
 the more highly developed, the more populous and 
 important. They have spread their language, 
 their domestic animals, and some of their customs, 
 widely throughout the Pacific and Indian Oceans, 
 in many instances to islands where they have 
 effected no sort of change in the physical or moral 
 characteristics of the indigenous inhabitants. This 
 wide diffusion of Malay influence is an extra- 
 ordinary phenomenon, for the Malay race itself 
 has by no means such an extensive range, although 
 it has been generally supposed that all the brown 
 tribes with straight or nearly straight hair, generally 
 termed Polynesians, which are widely scattered in 
 the tropical and sub-tropical South Sea Islands, 
 belong to this division of mankind. Since W. von 
 Humboldt's studies of the old Kawi language of 
 Java, we know that the dominantrace in Madagascar 
 and the Comoro group also belongs to the Malay 
 linguistic family. Hence the common statement 
 that this race has spread from the Comoros to 
 Easter Island, lying between the 45° E. long, and 
 110° W. long., or more than half the circumference 
 of the globe. But this view as to the extent of 
 the Malayan peoples is held by many modern 
 writers to be quite erroneous, and they accord- 
 ingly give the Malays a much more restricted 
 habitation. The editor of this volume has always 
 maintained that the brown Polynesians are really 
 quite distinct from the Malays, and except in 
 colour, seem to have more affinity with the dark 
 woolly-haired races of the Pacific ; or, which now 
 seems more probable, are equally distinct from 
 both. This view is supported by two writers 
 who have great knowledge of the races and 
 languages of the Pacific. W. S. W. Vaux, in a 
 paper on the Probable Origin of the Maoris, read 
 before the Anthropological Institute in 1876, 
 maintains that there was once a distinct Poly- 
 nesian language, and that the connection of the 
 modem languages of the brown Polynesians with 
 the Malay is by no means so intimate as many 
 able philologists have asserted. Still more import- 
 ant and weighty is the evidence of W. L. Ranken, 
 who, in a paper on the South Sea Islanders, read 
 before the same society a few months later, pro- 
 poses the native term " Mahori " for the brown Poly- 
 nesians, and shows that their language is totally 
 distinct from the Malay, has a different construc- 
 tion, has very few Malay roots, and only a few 
 quite recent Malay words. Though resembling 
 
 Malays both physically and mentally in some 
 respects, the Mahoris differ greatly from them in 
 others. They have a much greater average height, 
 their features are much more of the European 
 type, and their hair is typically wavy. He traces 
 this race to Samoa as their first home in the 
 Pacific, but primarily from some part of the 
 Asiatic Continent. He says — "We are thus led 
 to these conclusions : that they are of some 
 kindred race to the Malays, of Mongolian stock ; 
 that they have separated from that stock as 
 distinctly, and perhaps as early, as the Malays 
 themselves, and always had a distinct language ; 
 that they dwelt some time in Papua, and perhaps 
 in other lands of the Malay Archipelago, and there 
 learnt some new words from Malay traders ; 
 thence they migrated to Samoa, and have since 
 colonised the South Sea, sometimes displacing 
 Papuan settlers. In spreading northward from 
 Samoa they met another branch of their own 
 family in the Kingsmill Islands, who had probably 
 travelled along the Caroline Archipelago from the 
 Philippines, and show another exodus of the same 
 family about the same time." This convergence 
 of the views of three modern writers, each start- 
 ing from a different point and reasoning from a 
 distinct set of observations, as to the radical 
 distinctness of the Malays and brown Polynesians, 
 will justify us in giving up the term Malayo- 
 Polynesian as altogether misleading. We shall 
 therefore adopt Ranken's name " Mahoris " as 
 equivalent to that of " Brown Polynesians " used 
 by many authors. The Malays belong then, 
 undoubtedly, to the so-called Mongolian division 
 of mankind, and this is well illustrated by the 
 strong resemblance between some of the higher 
 types of each. In the Island of Bali, A. R. 
 Wallace was unable to distinguish them from 
 some Chinese immigrants, who had laid aside 
 their national dress. They are of a brown 
 complexion and somewhat small, the men being 
 on the average three or four inches below the 
 mean European height. The face is of a somewhat 
 square or rather rhomboid form, not much longer 
 than broad, with high and prominent cheek-bones ; 
 eyes black, but rarely oblique; mouth wide 
 and large, with thick well-cut lips ; broad lower 
 jaw, round and shapely chin, nose small and short 
 neither flat like the Negro nor prominent like the 
 European, nostrils very dilated, occiput flat and 
 square, with thick coarse black hair but with weak 
 and scanty beard, and that almost invariably 
 plucked out by the roots. The sexes resemble each 
 other so closely that strangers are often at first 
 puzzled to distinguish between the two- The Malay 
 is naturally of an easy-going, indolent character. 
 In his intercourse with others he betrays a certain 
 reserve, diffidence and even shyness, which has 
 induced many to suppose that there must be some 
 exaggeration in the current accounts of his savage 
 and bloodthirsty nature. He never gives open 
 expression to a sense of astonishment, surprise or 
 fear, and is probably little affected by such 
 
 Y4
 
 770 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [New 
 
 sentiments. Slow and deliberate of speech, lie leads 
 up in roundabout ways to the subject he may have 
 come expressly to inquire into. Both women and 
 children are timid, and shrink from the unexpected 
 sight of a European. In the society of the male 
 sex they are silent, and in general quiet and sub- 
 missive. When alone the Malay is gloomy and 
 taciturn, never either singing or talking to himself. 
 But when paddling together in canoes they will 
 occasionally chaunt a monotonous wailing song. 
 They seldom offend each other, nor are they prone 
 to wrangling over money matters, scarcely ventur- 
 ing even to claim what is lawfully their own- 
 Coarse horse-play is especially repugnant to them, 
 the Malay being extremely sensitive on all points 
 of etiquette and of encroachments on his personal 
 freedom. The upper classes are exceedingly cour- 
 teous, comporting themselves with all the quiet 
 dignity of a well-educated European. Yet this 
 outward refinement, strange to say, co-exists in 
 them with the most pitiless cruelty and contempt 
 of human life, traits which belong to the dark side 
 of their character. Herein lies the explanation of 
 the many diametrically opposed judgments, in the 
 various accounts given by observers of their mental 
 characteristics. Some tell us that these dwellers 
 by the sea are ever hospitable and trustworthy, 
 quiet and extremely indolent, but with an insatiable 
 passion for gambling which all prohibitive measures 
 have failed to suppress. Other accounts describe 
 them as impulsive, without self-control, little to 
 be relied upon and of fickle disposition. Improvi- 
 dent, lazy and averse to work they would gladly 
 assume the role of superior beings, whose lofty 
 aspirations and sense of freedom are degraded by 
 the menial occupations necessary to secure a liveli- 
 hood. They are however distinguished by greater 
 energy and acquisitiveness from the other races of 
 the Indian Archipelago, though Islam has deprived 
 even them of all higher aims in life, splitting up 
 their local communes and reducing their pursuits 
 mainly to navigation and piracy. Theft and kid- 
 napping are thought lightly of, while insults real 
 or imaginary are savagely avenged on the spot. 
 They are at the same time unforgetful of wrong, 
 false and wily, so that solemn oaths are uttered 
 with no intention of keeping them and poisonings 
 are very common. They are passionately fond of 
 opium-smoking, though this is a less common vice 
 than among the Chinese ; and of betting over their 
 cock-fights, often staking their very selves and 
 their personal freedom on the issue. On the other 
 hand they are very frugal ; and characteristic of 
 their contentedness is the current expression 
 asking for a present : " Kachil presentie, tuwan, 
 poer makan ;" that is " A little present, sir, to eat." 
 Hence the eating-houses take the place of our 
 drinking-houses, and are their chief places of resort. 
 Here they indulge in dry rice, capsicums, little 
 scraps of meat or fish, cooked vegetables and sweet 
 titbits handed round with a cup of hot water. The 
 Malays are nominally Moslems, but lack the fanati- 
 cism of that religion. The Javanese, especially, 
 
 consider they have done enough by observing the 
 rite of circumcision, the prescribed ablutions, and 
 the Ramadan fast, while at the same time retaining 
 many of the old Hindoo ideas. Some of them are 
 Christians, that is to say they attend the services 
 of the Dutch Church, abstain from shaving their 
 heads or filing down their teeth, and drink wine 
 and spirits. The lingua franca of the whole East 
 Indian Archipelago is the Low Malay, which 
 contains no rough or harsh gutturals or other 
 consonants difficult of utterance, but is soft and 
 musical in its liquid sounds somewhat resembling 
 the Italian. All Europeans in the Dutch and 
 English possessions speak this language, which is 
 easily and rapidly acquired. The Malays, to whom 
 the preceding description is generally applicable, 
 and who agree closely with those of the Malayan 
 Peninsula, inhabit all the islands from Sumatra to 
 Sumbawa, Celebes, the Philippines, Bouru and 
 Ternate, with outlying settlements in Gilolo, 
 Ceram, Amboyna, Banda, and at several points on 
 the Papuan islands. Only a small portion of 
 these speak the Malay language, which is found 
 chiefly in the central plateau of Sumatra, and 
 around the coast of Borneo. In every other part 
 of the Malayan area other languages are spoken, 
 some of which are dialects of Malay, others distinct 
 but allied languages ; while many, as the Bugis of 
 Macassar, and especially the languages of the 
 people of Ternate and Tidori, are totally unlike 
 Malay. Again the Malays may be divided into 
 two great groups — the savage and the semi- 
 civilised people. The Dyaks of Borneo are the 
 best example of the former. They have no writing 
 or literature, no regular government or religion, 
 and they wear only the scantiest clothing of the 
 usual savage type. But they are by no means a 
 low class of savages, for they build good houses, 
 they cultivate the ground, they make pottery and 
 canoes, they work in iron, and they even construct 
 roads and bridges. In the same stage are some of 
 the inland tribes of Sumatra, Celebes and Bouru. 
 The semi-civilised people comprise all the other 
 Malayan tribes. These possess written languages, 
 and many of them peculiar alphabets ; they have 
 some scanty literature, established governments, 
 and some form of religion ; they wear a regular 
 costume, they spin and weave cotton or other 
 textile fabrics, and make use of a considerable 
 variety of tools and weapons. — Wallace. 
 
 NEW CALEDONIA is the most southerly of 
 the Melanesian Islands. It lies in a N.W. and 
 S.E. direction, its northern extremity being on the 
 same parallel as the most southern island of the 
 New Hebrides, Aneiteurn, from which it is distant 
 about 250 miles to the S.S.W., and it is about 
 700 miles from the nearest point of the coast of 
 A. It is 200 miles long and 37 wide, with an area
 
 New1 
 
 srrm.MENT to cyclopedia ofc Australasia. 
 
 771 
 
 of about 6000 square miles. It lies in an almost 
 perfect straight line, and retains a width of twenty- 
 five miles and upwards to near both extremities. 
 It is almost entirely encircled by coral reefs, 
 which extend along the S. side at a distance of 
 from five to eighteen miles from the shore, but 
 approach somewhat nearer on the N., and extend 
 a long way beyond its two extremities, so that 
 if they indicate the former extent of the island, 
 it was once double its present length and width. 
 The island is very mountainous, with fine pictur- 
 esque valleys, and towards the N. a double range 
 with an extensive valley between them. The 
 mountains approach nearer the E. than the W. 
 coast, with many branches and isolated peaks, and 
 with an extensive plateau towards the centre. 
 Several of the peaks appear to have an elevation 
 of from 4000 to 5000 feet, but the highest point 
 has not been ascertained. The geological forma- 
 tion is chiefly sedimentary, consisting of schists, 
 limestones, serpentine, and gneiss, with ancient 
 plutonic rocks, but no volcanoes. It is rich in gold 
 but more so in nickel, a metal hitherto found in 
 comparatively small quantities only, there being 
 but few places in the world where its ores occur in 
 sufficient abundance to allow of its being worked 
 with profit. The most important nickel mines of 
 New Caledonia lie on the E. coast, and the most 
 productive are those of Kannala and Ballarod in 
 Ouailou. There is also abundance of copper ores, 
 and a copper mine is worked near Balade. New 
 Caledonia differs from all the other islands of 
 Melanesia in its drier and cooler climate, due to 
 its position between 20° and 23° 20' S. latitude. 
 It is thus outside the equatorial belt of forests, 
 and we find accordingly that much of its surface 
 is bare and arid-looking, or partially clothed 
 with bushes and mast-like pines. In the north 
 only, and on some of the mountain sides, is 
 there any extent of forest country. There are 
 however many fine timber trees, one of the most 
 valuable of which is the aromatic Niaouli. The 
 zoology of the island is little known, but seems to 
 be poor. Terrestrial mammals are probably want- 
 ing ; while the birds exhibit a mixture of Aus- 
 tralian and Polynesian forms, those characteristic 
 of the New Guinea fauna being quite absent. One 
 of the most remarkable birds is the Bhinochetus 
 jubatus or Kagu, allied to the herons, but forming 
 a distinct family. The natives of New Caledonia 
 are a well-made race, with frizzly hair, dark skins, 
 and pronounced features, the nose being large and 
 greatly depressed at the root, as with the New 
 Hebrideans. Cook described them as being inter- 
 mediate between the people of Tanna and Fiji, 
 and Erskine agrees that this accurately describes 
 their characteristics. Cook also described them as 
 being courteous and friendly, and not in the least 
 addicted to pilfering — a character which subse- 
 quent writers have denied them. Like many 
 other savages, they have probably been spoilt by 
 association with Europeans. They differ from 
 other Melanesians in having circular houses, well 
 
 and strongly built, with a high conical roof 
 surmounted with a carved post or finial. They 
 cultivate yams, bananas, and sugar-cane, and are 
 superior to every other race of the Pacific in their 
 agriculture, irrigating their land with almost as 
 much skill and care as the Balinese. Yet they use 
 no clothing, and are said to be as thorough canni- 
 bals as the New Hebrideans. They offered a brave 
 resistance to the French, and are far from con- 
 temptible opponents. Although possessing firearms 
 their chief tactics consist in falling on the enemy 
 from ingeniously devised ambuscades. Some tribes 
 still number as many as 2000, but the native 
 element is disappearing here no less rapidly than 
 elsewhere in Oceania, wherever it has come into 
 either friendly or hostile contact with the white 
 man. Various local causes combine to accelerate 
 the process in New Caledonia, where the natives 
 are as quarrelsome and cruel towards each other as 
 towards strangers. Family feuds are further 
 fomented by polygamy, and the female births are 
 far less numerous than the male, while the men 
 themselves perish in large numbers by internecine 
 warfare, intemperance, and domestic and foreign 
 vices. New Caledonia was taken possession of by 
 France in 1853, and is used as a penal settlement 
 as well as a colony. The chief town is Noumea or 
 Port de France, a place of about 5000 inhabitants ; 
 and the country around it is said to resemble some 
 parts of the Australian colony of V. The cultiva- 
 tion of sugar, coffee, cotton, tobacco and indigo has 
 been introduced. There are six sugar-mills in the 
 colony, and the coffee and cotton plantations are 
 said to be doing well. Cocoanut oil is also largely 
 manufactured. Cattle, sheep and horses do well, 
 and the wool is of superior quality, though as yet 
 only produced in small quantities by the mission- 
 aries. Cattle however thrive best and are most 
 profitable. Good roads, fortifications, public build- 
 ings and a lighthouse have been constructed by 
 convict labour. Notwithstanding the alleged pacifi- 
 cation of the island, the relations of the aborigines 
 and the colonists continue to be unsatisfactory. 
 They are mutually suspicious of each other, and 
 the whites have hitherto failed to render the 
 natives serviceable labourers by proper food, fair 
 wages, and humane treatment. 
 
 The Isle of Pines lies thirty miles from the 
 south-eastern extremity of New Caledonia and is 
 about eight miles across. It is a raised coral 
 island, the centre forming a plateau about 250 
 feet above the sea-level, and is remarkable for the 
 abundance of araucarias and sandal-wood. Many 
 massacres occurred here among the early traders, 
 but some Englishmen have long been settled there, 
 and found that with proper treatment it was not 
 difficult to obtain the goodwill of the natives. It 
 is now used by the French as the residence of 
 those prisoners who are not condemned to labour. 
 
 The Loyalty Islands form a small chain parallel 
 to New Caledonia, from which they are distant 
 about seventy miles. They consist of three 
 principal islands, Ouvca or Uea, Lifou, and Mar4
 
 7^2 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Orm-Pit 
 
 They are all coralline and comparatively sterile, 
 but they abound in sandal-wood, which has 
 caused them to be much visited. Araucarias also 
 abound here, as in the larger island. Lifou, the 
 largest and central island of the three, is thirty-five 
 miles long by about fifteen wide. Uea, the small- 
 est, consists really of two islands, and is not 
 above the sixth part the size of Lifou. Mar£, to 
 the south, is about half as large as Lifou. None 
 of them rise more than 300 feet above the sea, 
 and only Uea has a good harbour formed by a 
 surrounding reef. All the islands were once 
 thickly peopled, but they have now greatly 
 diminished. The inhabitants closely resemble 
 the natives of the New Hebrides, the " Chief of 
 Mard" and "Man of Tanna" figured in Captain 
 Erskine's book being so much alike that they 
 might be taken for brothers. Thirty years ago 
 they were cannibals and altogether thorough 
 savages, though they appear to have been more 
 moral and more kindly than the New Hebrideans. 
 Now they are, in Mard especially, the most 
 civilised of any Melanesians. On Mare most of 
 the people are Christians ; they build good houses, 
 work, trade, and save money. In the other 
 islands they are more backward. They all build 
 double canoes, and they use neither kava nor 
 betel. There is however a mixture of two races, 
 and in Uea especially there is a regular colony 
 of Polynesians who are said to have come from 
 Wallis Island not more than two generations 
 back. A similar immigration of the dark race 
 seems to have occurred from Mar<5 to Maer or 
 Murray Island in Torres Straits, the people of 
 which are said by Jukes to resemble those of the 
 Loyalty Islands and New Caledonia. — Wallace. 
 
 o. 
 
 ORMOND, FRANCIS. A colonist of V. and 
 the founder of the fine College in connection with 
 the Presbyterian body, affiliated to the Melbourne 
 University. Ormond contributed the sum of 
 ,£20,000 to the project, and other subscriptions to 
 the amount of about £12,000 were received, so that 
 when the College was opened on 14th November 
 1880 the building was entirely free from debt. 
 
 P. 
 
 PARKER, SIR HENRY WATSON. The 
 death of this gentleman took place in London in 
 February 1881. 
 
 PITCAIRN ISLAND. At the extreme south- 
 e i rtern limits of the Low Archipelago, and far out 
 of sight of any other land, lies the small and 
 mountainous Pitcairn Island, celebrated as having 
 been colonised by the " mutineers of the Bounty." 
 
 It is only two miles in extreme length and three- 
 quarters of a mile wide, with a fertile volcanic 
 soil, but rocky and mountainous, rising to a height 
 of 2500 feet, so that much of its surface must be 
 too precipitous for cultivation. It is situated in 
 25" 3' S. latitude, or just beyond the southern 
 tropic, and has a fine climate, producing all 
 tropical fruits and vegetables. It was in 1790 that 
 nine British sailors, six Tahitian men and twelve 
 women arrived at this speck in the ocean. By 
 discord and murder they were reduced in ten 
 years to one man (an English sailor named Adams,) 
 the Tahitian women and nineteen children. The 
 story of how this ignorant English sailor suddenly 
 rose to the responsibilities of his position, and 
 trained up this little community to habits of 
 industry and morality and the practice of true 
 religion, is one of the most wonderful and 
 encouraging episodes in the social history of man- 
 kind. The little colony was first discovered in 
 1808 by an American ship, the Topaie, which 
 brought the news to England. They were after- 
 wards visited by two frigates, the Briton and 
 the Tar/us, and in 1825 by Captain Beechy in the 
 discovery ship Blossom, who found a community 
 of sixty-six persons living in a state of uninter- 
 rupted peace and harmony, and in a veritable 
 Garden of Eden. Groves of cocoanut and bread- 
 fruit trees clothed the rocks down to the water's 
 edge, while in the deep valleys tropical fruits and 
 vegetables flourished luxuriantly. Their village 
 stood on a platform of rock shaded by plantains 
 and fig trees, and surrounded an open square 
 covered with grass. It was encircled by palisades 
 to keep out the hogs and goats which roamed over 
 the island, and which, with fowls, supplied abund- 
 ance of animal food. Their houses were clean and 
 comfortable. Their clothing, entirely made from 
 the bark of the paper-mulberry, was neat and 
 graceful. They all lived as one united family, and 
 crime or even dissension was unknown. Injudi- 
 ciously, as we think, this intensely interesting 
 social experiment was brought to an end by the 
 interference of well-meaning people. The Pitcairn 
 Islanders were removed, first to Tahiti, then back 
 again to Pitcairn Island. Then in 1856 they were 
 all removed to Norfolk Island, far inferior to their 
 own in climate and soil, though somewhat larger. 
 In 1858 some of them returned to Pitcairn, where 
 in 1869 they were visited by Sir Charles Dilke, and 
 were doing well. In 1873 Commander Mainwaring 
 found seventy-six inhabitants on the island, and 
 he remarks that epidemic or endemic diseases 
 were unknown among them. So recently as Sep- 
 tember 1878 they had been visited by Admiral 
 De Horsey, who found them to have increased to 
 ninety, all in good health and quite happy ; and 
 he adds that Beechey'a testimony to their good 
 qualities, given fifty-three years ago, holds good 
 to this day, since they still continue "to live 
 together in perfect harmony and contentment ; to 
 be virtuous, religious, cheerful and hospitable ; to 
 be patterns of conjugal and parental affection, and
 
 Res] 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 773 
 
 to have very few vices." De Horsey concludes 
 by saying that no one acquainted with these 
 islanders could fail to respect them, and that they 
 will lose rather than gain by contact with other 
 communities. Although the island was quite 
 uninhabited when the mutineers of the Bounty 
 arrived there, many remains show that a consider- 
 able population must once have lived on it. Burial- 
 places, large flat paving-stones, stone spear-heads 
 and axes, round stone balls, and even stone images, 
 sufficiently prove that this remote speck of land 
 had not only been visited by stray savages, but 
 had been the settled abode of a considerable popu- 
 lation, who yet had time to devote to the carving 
 of stone images with tools of the same material. — 
 Wallace. 
 
 PL 
 
 RESPONSIBLE GOVERNMENT IN AUS- 
 TRALIA. The Australian Colonies were founded 
 exclusively by natural-born subjects of the English 
 Crown. There was in them no question as to 
 native governments or as to the rights of a foreign 
 race. Certain Englishmen moved their residence 
 from one portion of their Sovereign's dominions 
 to another portion. They naturally took with 
 them all the rights and all the duties that are 
 personal to the subjects of the Crown. They did 
 not cease to be Englishmen because they were 
 colonists. So much of the law of their native 
 island as was merely local and peculiar to the 
 circumstances of that island they left behind. But 
 those free customs which form the birthright of 
 every Englishman accompanied them across the 
 sea and governed their conduct in their new 
 homes. Among these free customs is the right 
 of self-government. When a new community of 
 Englishmen is formed in any distant place, the 
 Crown may by its prerogative organise and 
 incorporate that community, just as it may incor- 
 porate any number of people for any lawful pur- 
 pose in England, and may prescribe the form 
 of their government and of their courts. But 
 that government must be representative; no tax 
 can be raised and no law can be enacted with- 
 out the consent of the community as expressed 
 by their representatives ; and the courts must 
 proceed according to the rules of the common 
 law, and by no other method. From these prin- 
 ciples the political organisation of the colonies 
 naturally follows. The colonists, like their fellow- 
 countrymen in the towns and the shires of the 
 old country, make their own rules for their own 
 affairs, but in all other respects remain subject to 
 the authority of the central Government. As 
 every municipality makes its own bye-laws, while 
 it is subject to the general law of the land, so 
 every colony makes its own laws for its own wants, 
 while in all matters of extra-colonial concern it 
 is governed by the Parliament of the empire. In 
 other words colonists are subject to two kinds of 
 
 law— one personal, the other territorial. To the 
 former they are subject by virtue of their allegi- 
 ance ; to the latter they are subject by the common 
 law right of self-government, and by the constitu- 
 tion given to them by the Imperial Parliament. 
 We do not propose here to trace the constitu- 
 tional history of the Australian Colonies. It 
 is sufficient to observe that, with the exception of 
 W.A., they all now possess what is known as 
 responsible government. Their Legislative Cham- 
 bers are not mere Legislatures, but are true 
 Parliaments. That is, these Chambers do not 
 merely enact laws and impose taxes, but also 
 superintend the administration of the Government 
 in all its details, and advise the Crown in the 
 exercise of its discretionary powers. The agency 
 by which this general supervision is practically 
 carried into effect is the institution familiarly 
 known as the Ministry. Her Majesty, of course, 
 controls and directs the conduct of all her servants. 
 In this duty she is advised by her principal 
 servants, who are at the head of the various great 
 departments of the State. These principal ser- 
 vants she habitually appoints or removes as they 
 possess, or do not possess, the general confidence 
 and support of Parliament, or at least of the 
 more popular House of Parliament. Such are the 
 principles on which, in the exercise of her great 
 discretionary powers, Her Majesty now invariably 
 acts ; and it is the duty of the Governors of her 
 colonies sedulously to follow in these respects her 
 Koyal example. The system of responsible govern- 
 ment in the colonies is of very recent date. It 
 was commenced in Canada in 1840, but was not 
 fully established in that country until several 
 years later. In V. and N.S.W. it was introduced 
 in 1855 simultaneously with the new constitution 
 of the Legislatures in these colonies. The exact 
 process of this double change was as follows : — 
 The former Legislature which had been established 
 by previous acts of the present reign consisted of 
 the Governor or Lieutenant-Governor and the 
 Legislative Council, a single Chamber composed 
 partly of representatives and partly of nominees. 
 These bodies prepared projects of law for con- 
 stitutions for their respective colonies. Under 
 these bills the legislative power was vested in 
 Her Majesty with the advice and counsel of 
 two houses, styled respectively the Legislative 
 Council and the Legislative Assembly. But 
 as the previous Legislatures were constituted 
 by Imperial legislation, and as other matters, 
 especially the control of the Crown lands over 
 which the colonists were anxious to possess 
 control, were also regulated by the same authority, 
 it became necessary to invite the assistance of the 
 mother country. In July 1855 two Acts of the 
 Imperial Parliament were accordingly passed 
 empowering Her Majesty to assent to the bills 
 prepared by the colonial Legislatures, which 
 bills were set out in schedules to the Acts 
 and repealing the Imperial laws inconsistent 
 with them. The colonial Legislatures in their
 
 774 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 matured form were thus called into existence 
 and thereupon the Crown proceeded to recognise 
 these Parliaments as its authorised advisers 
 not only in legislation, but in all the affairs 
 of state. The method by which this important 
 change was accomplished was very simple, but 
 very effective. Since it related to the exercise 
 of Her Majesty's discretion, it was obviously 
 unfit for legislation ; and accordingly no men- 
 tion of responsible Ministers is found in the 
 text of the Constitution Act. But an instruc- 
 tion was given to the Governor respecting the 
 tenure of certain officers. Previously all Her 
 Majesty's servants in the colony, although they 
 technically held office during pleasure, were per- 
 mitted to understand that they would not be 
 removed except for some sufficient cause. But 
 after the new constitution came into force, certain 
 heads of departments were apprised that in future 
 they must consider that political reasons would be 
 regarded as a sufficient cause for their dismissal. 
 This was all, anci this was enough. Although 
 the general features of the Australian Govern- 
 ments are thus alike, their details vary. This 
 difference shows itself chiefly in the construction 
 of the Upper House. In some colonies this 
 Chamber is nominated by the Crown ; in others 
 it is elective. Of the elective Chambers, again, 
 some are chosen from the entire colony, which 
 is regarded as a single constituency. Others 
 again are chosen by enlarged constituencies called 
 provinces. But these distinctions are only super- 
 ficial, and it will suffice for an acquaintance with 
 the whole group if we describe the structure of the 
 Parliament of V. In this colony the two Houses 
 are elective, and as established by the Constitution 
 Act presented a certain symmetry. The Council 
 contained half the number of members in the 
 Assembly, and was elected for twice as long a 
 term. The one House was composed of thirty 
 members elected for ten years ; the latter of sixty 
 members elected for five years. The Assembly 
 was dissoluble by the Governor ; the Council was 
 not dissoluble, but was recruited by the retirement 
 of its members according to a triennial rotation. 
 The main difference of the houses was in the 
 property qualification both of the electors and the 
 elected. Members of the Council were required to 
 have a property qualification in freehold estate to 
 the value of £5000 ; members of the Assembly a like 
 qualification to the value of i!2000. The franchise 
 for the Council was fixed for £100 a year, that for the 
 Assembly at £10. Some of the earliest acts of the 
 new Parliament were the repeal of these provisions 
 successively, so far as they related to the Assembly. 
 The property qualification of members was abol- 
 ished. The number of members was increased 
 until it attained its present number — eighty-six. 
 Manhood suffrage was adopted. While these great 
 changes were in progress the form of the Council 
 was unchanged. At length after a bitter contest 
 with the Assembly, a change was made in the 
 hope of obtaining a wider and a surer basis. The 
 
 property qualification both for members and for 
 electors was reduced one-half. A further change 
 in the same direction is now imminent, and the 
 Council has more than once passed a bill providing 
 for a restoration of the lost symmetry, for a pro- 
 portionate increase in the number of its members, 
 and for the proportionate decrease in their term of 
 office ; for a reduction in the size of the provinces, 
 and for a wide extension of the franchise. Two 
 co-ordinate bodies are naturally liable to occasional 
 misunderstandings. The House of Lords and the 
 House of Commons have had in their day fierce 
 conflicts. It is not therefore surprising that the 
 course of Australian Legislatures has not always 
 run smoothly ; but although in all the colonies the 
 dissensions have been sharp, none of them have 
 had such formidable differences as those which 
 have occurred in Victoria. With the view of 
 giving effect to the recognised practice of the two 
 Houses of the Imperial Parliament in financial mat- 
 ters, the Constitution Act provides in substance 
 that all bills for appropriating revenue and for 
 imposing taxation must originate in the Assembly, 
 and must not be amended, although they may be 
 rejected, by the Council. We cannot now enter 
 upon the questions how far this attempt to trans- 
 late into positive law a rule of practice of the 
 Imperial Parliament, and to give effect to a portion 
 of that practice without reference to other por- 
 tions, has fulfilled the intention of its framers. 
 We shall only observe that the Assembly made 
 use of the special power thus given to it as an 
 instrument for coercing the Council. It included 
 in the Appropriation Bill provisions which it 
 believed that the Council, if they were presented 
 in a separate form, would not pass. The only 
 remedy which in the circumstances the law allowed 
 to the Council was to lay the bill aside and refuse 
 to consider it. This course was adopted, and the 
 result was the temporary suspension of the supplies 
 for the public service, and great individual suffer- 
 ing and much public inconvenience. Four times 
 (once in relation to the protection tariff, twice in 
 relation to a proposed gratuity to the wife of a 
 recalled Governor, and once in relation to the 
 payment of members,) have deadlocks of this kind 
 occurred during the last fifteen years. Various 
 attempts have been made to make legal provision 
 against their recurrence, but hitherto without 
 success. Apart, however, from these deplorable 
 interruptions, the Legislature of V. has not been 
 inactive. During the three-and-twenty years that 
 have elapsed since its first meeting in 1857, 
 it has passed upwards of 600 Acts. Many of 
 these, it is true, are merely formal ; but many 
 others are of the highest public importance. 
 On some occasions too there have been grave 
 differences between the Colonial Ministry, sup- 
 ported by a large majority in the Assembly, 
 and the Imperial Government. It is, there- 
 fore, important to understand the arrangements 
 by which both the legislation and the adminis- 
 tration of the two countries, of the empire
 
 Tho] 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOP-EDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 775 
 
 and of the colony, are kept in harmony. We 
 have seen that in every colony there are two 
 legislative organs, namely, the local Legislature 
 and the Imperial Parliament. Both these organs 
 are in constant operation. The general rule is 
 that no Imperial Act binds the colonies, except by 
 express word or by necessary implication. There 
 s however a large body of colonial law derived 
 from this source. For an average of the last 
 twenty years about eight or ten Acts which bind 
 the colonies have been passed in England every 
 year. It is remarkable that in these colonies the 
 two Legislatures have so carefully observed the 
 boundaries of their respective provinces that 
 many persons seem not to be aware that any such 
 double legislative power exists. If however any 
 conflict of legislation were to take place, the rule 
 for settling it is thoroughly ascertained. The 
 judges have to administer the law from whatever 
 source it is derived ; and if two Acts conflict, the 
 weaker, that is the colonial, must give way. 
 Originally the rule ran much in the same form in 
 which power is usually given to corporations to 
 make bye-laws — that a colonial Act must not be 
 repugnant to the law of England ; but it is now 
 settled that repugnancy means not mere diversity 
 but actual conflict. We may make what laws 
 we like provided that they do not contradict 
 any statute which is distinctly applicable to 
 the colony ; but although the Imperial Parliament 
 possesses this power, the exercise of that power is, 
 in practice, vigorously limited. It is a funda- 
 mental maxim of Parliamentary practice that it is 
 unconstitutional for the Imperial Parliament to 
 legislate for the domestic affairs of a colony which 
 has a legislature of its own. It is strictly legal for 
 the Imperial Parliament to pass any such laws ; 
 and these laws, if they were enacted, would be 
 binding upon the colonists, and it would be the 
 duty of the courts and of the Government to 
 enforce them ; but such an exercise of power would 
 be contrary to usage, and would not be in pursu- 
 ance of a sound discretion. The Imperial Parlia- 
 ment therefore, while it reserves this power for 
 use in cases of grave emergency, sedulously abstains 
 from an unsolicited interference in matters of 
 purely local legislation. It is only on matters of 
 Imperial or of extra-colonial concern that it ordi- 
 narily uses its legislative rights. The principal 
 means by which the danger of collision between 
 the two Legislatures is practically avoided is the 
 authority and influence of the Crown. The consent 
 of the Governor, on behalf of Her Majesty, is 
 necessary for all colonial legislation ; but the 
 Governor, as the servant of the Queen, is bound 
 to obey her commands, and is removable at her 
 pleasure. There are certain classes of bills to which, 
 by his instructions, he is not permitted to give the 
 Royal assent, and which he is required to reserve for 
 her Majesty's special consideration. With such 
 cases — and they are, of course, those in respect 
 to which difficulties are most likely to arise — 
 Her Majesty is thus free to deal without any 
 
 embarrassment arising out of the action of the 
 Governor ; but in all cases, even after the Governor 
 has assented, whether rightly or wrongly, to a 
 Bill, the Crown retains the power of disallowing 
 it within a period of two years. This power how- 
 ever like that of Imperial legislation, is rarely 
 exercised. Generally if the Colonial Office objects 
 to a Bill on the ground of its being in excess of 
 the colonial powers, a new Bill, amended so as to 
 meet the objection, is passed without trouble. If 
 the objection be not of law but of policy, the 
 Secretary of State for the Colonies states the 
 ground of its objection. If the colonial Parlia- 
 ment admit the force of his arguments, the matter 
 is allowed to drop. If it remains unconvinced, 
 the Home Government is usually content with 
 having secured full discussion of the subject, and 
 when Imperial interests are not involved, with- 
 draws its opposition. Administrative collisions 
 are more frequent than legislative collisions. It 
 sometimes happens that a Ministry supported by 
 a large majority presses, in the interest of its 
 political party, a Governor to pursue some irregular 
 course. A Governor is of course often compelled 
 to sacrifice his own judgment, and if the irregu- 
 larity be not actually illegal he must sooner or 
 later give way. But his first duty is not to please 
 his Ministers, but to maintain the law; and conse- 
 quently if he is asked to do some unlawful act, he 
 must at all hazards refuse to comply. If the 
 colony really desire something forbidden by 
 Imperial law — for its own laws it can of course 
 alter at its pleasure — it must apply to the Imperial 
 Parliament for a change in that law. When that 
 change is made, but not before, the Governor is 
 free to act. Thus in such a conflict he shifts the 
 difficulty to his superior officer, and then the case 
 comes within the limits of legislative collision. 
 But such cases are very rare, if indeed they are 
 not in modern times entirely unknown. In this 
 way both in their legislation and in the adminis- 
 tration of their own affairs, the inhabitants of the 
 Australian Colonies have all the rights and all the 
 powers that their countrymen at home possess in 
 relation to purely domestic matters. The sole 
 condition of this power is that they shall obey the 
 laws which they have themselves made, or to 
 which, as parts of a great complex community 
 they are necessarily subject. — Argus. 
 
 T. 
 
 THOMSON, GORDON AUGUSTUS (1799—) 
 is a native of Belfast in Ireland, and came to V. 
 in 1836. He gives the following interesting account 
 of Melbourne at that period : — "At the time I am 
 now referring to, the principal residence, for so it 
 must be called, in view of its special pretensions, 
 which I will proceed to mention, was a small hut 
 on Batman's Hill in which Batman himself resided. 
 This hut had, as I remember, a brick chimney,
 
 776 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tho 
 
 and I mention this particularly because the brick 
 chimney was a conspicuous architectural feature 
 in those days. Batman possessed not only a brick 
 chimney, but a boarded floor in addition, an article 
 of special luxury, as may be well imagined. 
 Whether these things had anything to do with it, 
 or whether it was entirely as a mark of general 
 recognition of his comparative social standing in 
 the new colony, he used to be generally spoken 
 of and addressed as the Governor. A little further 
 up the bank of the River Yarra Yarra there were 
 a few wattle-and-daub huts, in which I remember 
 that Dr. Thomson and his wife, Fawkner, Gelli- 
 brand, Buckley and some others lived, each man 
 having a separate hut. As for myself I got my food 
 from Dr. Thomson and his wife on the agreement 
 to work for them, so that I used to call myself the 
 hewer of wood and drawer of water to Melbourne, 
 or rather, as we called it then, after the name of 
 the River Yarra Yarra. Buckley, the " wild white 
 man," who, as I have said was then living in the 
 settlement had his hut and gun to himself, and 
 could now speak English pretty well again — his 
 powers of memory being re-awakened. He was at 
 that time filling the post of interpreter between 
 the whites and blacks, and the way an acquaintance 
 was struck up between us was in this wise : — I was 
 introduced to him as the bearer of a message for 
 him from an hotelkeeper in Launceston who had 
 been his fellow-prisoner, the purport of the message 
 being a warm invitation to him to go over to 
 Launceston and spend the remainder of his days 
 (if he so pleased) in the house of his former mate 
 in distress free of expense. From the fact perhaps 
 of being the bearer of such an invitation and other 
 causes combined, he and I soon made up somewhat 
 of a bond of friendship, and often wandered out 
 in the bush together to shoot or what not. On 
 such occasions I used to draw him out as much as 
 I could on the subject of his reminiscences and 
 experiences of the native life. What he told 
 me of his earlier days was that he and two 
 other fellow-prisoners escaped from the ship 
 which had brought out, as we know, the batch 
 of convicts to these shores the evening before she 
 set sail again from here to Hobart Town. Buckley 
 and his two companions, who had appropriated a 
 stock of provisions and useful articles from the 
 ship's camp on shore, remained undiscovered — if 
 search was made for them, but they seem rather 
 not to have been missed, and appeared to have 
 subsisted for some time in the bush together ; but 
 of the ultimate fate of the two companions I am 
 ignorant. As regarded himself, Buckley told me 
 that after being here some length of time, he was 
 tired of life, and one day sitting down under a 
 sheoak tree, longed for death. While thus sitting 
 lie fell off into a dose, and was awoke by the noise 
 made by some native ginns, who, during his sleep, 
 had gathered around him, and were evincing their 
 curiosity to one another. When they saw him 
 awake they immediately scuttled off into the bush, 
 and by-and-bye, while he was still lying there, a 
 
 number of their male relatives, to whom they had 
 imparted the sight they had seen, came round 
 him and asked him by signs where he came from. 
 He, to make as favourable impression on them as 
 possible, rose up from the ground, and pointing up 
 to the sky, signified in the best pantomime that 
 he could, that he had come down expressly from 
 thence to visit them. They then made signs for 
 him to follow them, and he did so, but in ignorance 
 of their intentions towards him, although some- 
 what, in fact, expecting to be roasted, the more 
 especially when he was led up to a large fire they 
 had made. They merely, however, danced round the 
 fire, singing their native songs, and then gave him a 
 roasted possum to eat, which he told me was, without 
 exception, the sweetest thing he ever ate in his life. 
 With that same tribe he remained, becoming 
 connected to them by marrying the daughter of a 
 chief, and living more or less contentedly with 
 them after their fashion, but having no descendants 
 by his native bride. He told me that his general 
 place of abode whilst with the natives was the 
 trunk of a hollow tree, for house-building was not 
 an aboriginal acquirement — the mia-mia or break- 
 wind being the general extent of their efforts in 
 that direction. He told me that the time thus 
 passed by him amongst them was somewhere about 
 thirty years, and other details which I do not now 
 call to mind, and our intercourse remained on the 
 same friendly footing till my departure for Hobart 
 Town, when he came down to the vessel to say 
 ' good-bye,' and taking a stone axe from his belt 
 pressed it on me as a keepsake, telling me he had 
 carried it for two-thirds of the time he had been 
 among the natives. This was in the last week of 
 June, and the vessel I am speaking of as the one 
 that conveyed me in company with Gellibrand to 
 Hobart Town was a cutter named the Vansittart, 
 of about 80 tons burden, and besides us two there 
 were only the crew on board. While referring to 
 the aboriginal element I may as well mention here 
 that the natives used to visit the settlement while 
 I was staying there, and on one occasion I saw a 
 corroboree amongst them, the women keeping time 
 to the movements of the dance, or rather 
 call it posturing of the men, by striking on 
 opossum or other skins stretched across their 
 knees. The men were covered with streaks of 
 white paint in various patterns, and had girdles of 
 opossum tails round their loins. The natives 
 were very expert in the use of their spears, 
 which they threw with much increase of power 
 by aid of the leverage of a notched stick 
 called by them the " Yoummaru." The target 
 for these displays of skill was generally an old 
 hat, and much dexterity and precision were shown 
 in piercing its crown from sometimes consider- 
 able distances. Daring my stay in the settlement 
 a rough map or plan of it was given to me, on 
 which were marked out a number of allotments 
 of land ; the site of such allotments being 
 on the south side of the river Yarra, but at no 
 great distance, Some little time after this sketch
 
 Tra] 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 777 
 
 map was given to me I went down to Geelong by 
 water in the cutter with Gellibrand, taking the 
 map with me, and after surveying the harbour in 
 a general manner, I added some outlines of the 
 district to my map. To enable me to do so, in 
 addition to my inspection of the harbour — of 
 which, by-the-bye, I remarked at the time that it 
 would be of no use on account of the bar there, 
 which had then only about six feet of water on it. 
 I made a hasty tour of the district, visiting and 
 ascending amongst other places Station Peak. 
 From its summit I observed to the westward a 
 beautiful expanse of plain, which I entered on my 
 plan as Lowwood Plains, giving it that name 
 merely from old family association. I returned 
 from Geelong by water to Melbourne, or rather as 
 we used then to call the village— Yarra Yarra. 
 There were many sales of land took place while I 
 was here between the natives and Batman and the 
 other whites. As far as I can remember the white 
 purchasers were enrolled as or at all events called 
 themselves a company. There were various docu- 
 ments drawn up with reference to these transfers 
 or sales, and I remember that Gellibrand was the 
 draftsman. I also remember being much struck 
 at the time with the practical solution of the 
 difficulty that presented itself as to how the 
 natives should make their sign-manual of assent 
 to the deed or deeds. The way it was done was 
 this — Gellibrand having mixed up some lamp 
 black and grease, and explained as he best could 
 (through Buckley) the purport of his action to the 
 native landowner, proceeded to black that native's 
 hand with the mixture, and then placing the paper 
 on some convenient block or tree, he guided 
 the hand so prepared to the proper place on which 
 to stamp its imprint ; and thus did the native 
 acknowledge that as his act and deed. My 
 total stay in the settlement was about a month, 
 and when about half that time had elapsed, I 
 remember going out on an excursion with 
 Gellibrand, the object we proposed to ourselves 
 being to build a bridge over a river to the west- 
 ward. It would be either the Saltwater or the 
 Werribee, as I think, because it was only some 
 two or three hours' journey to it from the settle- 
 ment — as what is now Melbourne was then 
 generally called in speaking of it. I was on horse- 
 back, and Gellibrand took charge of the bullock 
 dray that conveyed our necessaries, two ticket-of- 
 leave men accompanying us. On the way I 
 cantered off from the party a little, and so lost 
 myself. I was much frightened, taking every bush 
 for a native, or something else objectionable ; but 
 fortunately for myself, by dint of riding about, I 
 came after a time across the tracks of the dray, 
 and followed in the direction they were leading 
 till I reached the banks of the river, and then 
 came upon my party. We did not progress very 
 far with the project we started out with, for as I 
 am inclined to think the morning's light found our 
 zeal frozen out of us. The excursion took place 
 in the cold weather, in the month of June, and on 
 
 the evening of our arrival when we had chosen 
 our camp we made our supper off damper and 
 Irish pork washed down with water, for other 
 liquor we had none in our canteen. At night-fall 
 we made up a fine fire, but had nothing to lie upon 
 but the bare ground, and very cold it was, with 
 only a tarpaulin from the dray to cover us. The 
 way Gellibrand and I contrived to get as much 
 warmth as possible was to lie close together in the 
 centre, and then flank ourselves with one of the 
 ticket-of-leave men on either side of us. I had 
 my saddle for a pillar, and for greater security 
 to the flour and comfort to myself, I put the 
 bag containing it inside the saddle. About the 
 middle of the night my prisoner as I may call 
 him got up — thinking as it appeared afterwards 
 that it was much later — to make the damper for 
 breakfast, and began looking for the flour-bag, 
 which of course he could not find. His searching 
 awoke me and hearing him muttering about the 
 having no damper if there was no flour to make it 
 with, I quickly handed over the flour-bag to him. 
 But he then blighted my hopes about its approach- 
 ing breakfast time by discovering from the face of 
 the sky that he had miscalculated the time, and 
 turning in again for another nap. When morning 
 did come, on getting up we found the ground all 
 covered with hoar frost, and as I have said some- 
 how or other our bridge-building propensity had 
 evaporated, and we returned as we came without 
 putting a stroke to it. As an instance of the 
 manner and mode of living in the settlement, I 
 may mention that in Batman's house there was on 
 the right hand of the hall door a small room which 
 he called his parlour by day, but which was con- 
 verted at night into a sleeping room by a feather 
 bed being thrown down on the floor. Then there 
 used to be a rush for tenancy, and the four or 
 five fortunate enough to get first into the room 
 flung themselves down in the clothes they stood 
 upright in, and so established their claim to the 
 dignities of civilisation while the others did with- 
 out. I cannot from recollection say anything about 
 the female part of the population, although of 
 course some of the settlers had their families with 
 them ; but I remember Dr. Thomson's wife quite 
 well, not only from as I have before said being 
 their 'hewer of wood and drawer of water,' but 
 also from the fact of a Scotch cousin relationship 
 between us." 
 
 TRADE AND COMMERCE OF AUSTRAL- 
 ASIA. The present century has been a time of 
 rapid progress all over the world, but amongst its 
 swiftest developments we question whether there 
 are any to compare with the almost magical growth 
 of Australasian commerce. Less than a hundred 
 years ago a little fleet set out from England to 
 found a convict settlement on the shores of New 
 Holland. It arrived in February 1788, and after a 
 short stay at Botany Bay moved on to Port Jackson, 
 where the present city of Sydney was founded. 
 Twelve years after the formation of the colony of 
 New South Wales its population amounted to 
 
 z4
 
 77« 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tra 
 
 between six and seven thousand people, but its 
 commercial transactions were still of a very limited 
 description, being mostly confined to the importa- 
 tion of the numerous articles required for the 
 supply of the Government establishments and 
 private wants. About that time steps were taken 
 to establish the industry of wool-growing— an 
 industry which, notwithstanding the great import- 
 ance of other pursuits, has formed the backbone of 
 Australasian trade. Never perhaps was the perse- 
 verance and energy of one man followed by greater 
 results than those which sprang from Captain 
 Macarthur's successful efforts to introduce merino 
 sheep to southern pastures. That gentleman had 
 the discerning eye which is genius of a certain 
 sort. Having quitted the N.S.W. corps in disgust 
 he turned settler, and within a very short time saw 
 plainly that the country was admirably adapted 
 to sheep. After some trouble he succeeded in 
 procuring a few merinos, and his enterprise has 
 borne the most astonishing fruit. It has been the 
 means of showing how the greater portion of a 
 territory almost as vast as Europe may be profit- 
 ably occupied, pending the spread of population 
 and of producing an article of commerce which 
 adds millions annually to the wealth of the world, 
 which keeps a considerable navy employed in its 
 transport, and provides work for the hands and 
 warm clothing for the backs of hundreds of 
 thousands. In 1878 the imports of wool into 
 Great Britain were valued at ,£23,128,234, and of 
 this total Australasia contributed considerably 
 over one-half. But while wool has been and must 
 continue to form the staple of the Australian 
 export trade many other articles are shipped in 
 large quantities. The list is of a very diversified 
 character and forms a marked contrast to the 
 returns to be found in the official records of 
 early days, before the discovery of gold had 
 attracted population and given an impetus to 
 enterprise. Amongst the products of pastoral 
 industry we export, in addition to wool, tallow, 
 hides, bones, horns, preserved meat, leather, 
 butter, cheese, and artificial manures ; agricul- 
 ture furnishes extra-colonial markets -with grain 
 and flour, fruit, vegetables, hay, and wine ; our 
 mines and forests give gold, copper, tin, coal, 
 kerosene shale, silver, antimony, building stone, 
 timber, and mimosa bark ; our seas produce pearl 
 shell in abundance and beche de mer; if there 
 were only energy enough to "cast in the net," we 
 might obtain fish in any quantity for preservation 
 as food or reduction to oil ; while our manufac- 
 tories yield a variety of things which are gradually 
 creating a moderate demand in various directions. 
 Some idea may be formed of the extent of the 
 Australian export trade apart from the great staple 
 wool, from the following figures, taken from a 
 return recently issued in Sydney. The total 
 exports of articles the produce of N.S.W. and V. 
 for the year 1879 is set down at £18,451,740. Of 
 this amount wool represented £10,055,919, so that 
 the other commodities we have mentioned were 
 
 valued at £8,396,823. In 1879 the total value 
 of the Australasian trade (including N.Z.) was 
 £88,655,639, the imports amounting to £47,378,783, 
 and the exports to £41,276,856. The figures show 
 a very considerable falling off from those of the 
 previous year. In 1878 they were £94,742,703, 
 £50,545,966, and £44,196,737 respectively. At 
 first sight, and after making allowances for profits, 
 these aggregates lead to the supposition that a 
 balance is accumulating against us ; but the excess 
 of imports over exports is in some measure 
 accounted for by the fact, that one or other of 
 the provinces is a borrower every year, and 
 the proceeds of the various loans have to be 
 obtained from England in some shape. There is 
 a considerable difference in the rate per head of 
 imports and exports between the various colonies. 
 As regards the former, N.S.W. heads the list with 
 £19 17s. 8kl. ; as regards the latter, S.A. with 
 £18 13s. 5d. T. is the lowest in both, her imports 
 per head being £11 7s. lljd., and her exports 
 £11 13s. lljd. Taking imports and exports per 
 head together, the colonies last year stood in the 
 following order :— S.A., N.S.W., N.Z., W.A., V., 
 Q., T. If, however, we ignore the element of 
 population and arrange the colonies according to 
 the total values of their trade, they stand thus : — 
 V., £27,489,708 ; N.S.W., £27,285,666 ; N.Z., 
 £14,117,711; S.A, £9,776,877; Q., £6,514,923; 
 T., £2,568,572 ; W.A., £902,182. One of the most 
 remarkable things about these figures is the rapid 
 progress of N.S.W. Her population is 714,000, as 
 against 888,000 in V., while her trade in 1879 was 
 only £204,042 less. The parent colony, under a 
 system of free trade, is advancing with giant strides, 
 and it cannot be doubted that she will soon out-strip 
 V. and all other Australasian competitors in the 
 extent of her commercial operations. A few figures 
 indicating the basis on which Australasian trade 
 rests may be interesting. The total area of the seven 
 colonies is 2,580,282 square miles, its mean popula- 
 tion in 1879, 2,659,779 ; revenue, £15,927,488 ; trade 
 import and export, £88,655,639 ; railways open, 
 4,338 miles, and in course of construction, 937 
 miles ; telegraphs open, 26,841 miles, in course of 
 erection, 1,388 miles ; area under crop, 7,136,483 
 acres ; horses, 1,064,640 ; cattle, 7,878,556 ; sheep, 
 65,914,236 ; pigs, 822,039 ; public debt, £77,896,183. 
 Average rate per head of public debt, £28 13s. 8|d. 
 According to the Statesman's Year Bool- the total 
 imports and exports of Great Britain during 1878 
 were valued at £614,254,600. Of this trade, 
 I'll i, 128,000, or about one-fifteenth was done with 
 the Australasian Colonies. We find that as regards 
 imports into Great Britain these colonies were 
 exceeded by the United States, France, British 
 India and Germany in the order we have given 
 them ; but British India alone surpassed these 
 colonics as a customer for British goods. The 
 total trade with Canada was only £15,878,000, so 
 that although the Dominion can boast a much 
 larger population, Australasia is much more valu- 
 able to England in a commercial sense. But vast
 
 Tral 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 779 
 
 as Australian commerce has become within a com- 
 paratively very brief space, it as yet a mere 
 trifle to what it must grow to in time. Taking 
 the colonies as a whole, they offer facilities for the 
 production of every article that will grow either 
 in tropical or temperate climes. In the northern 
 parts of W.A., S.A. and Q. there are millions of 
 acres that only need tillage in order to supply 
 unlimited quantities of those articles of commerce 
 which have hitherto been associated in the public 
 mind with that portion of the " gorgeous East " 
 which lies to the north of the equator. In future 
 years, when capital and labour shall have joined 
 hands with enterprise, the whole of the northern 
 seaboard of this island continent will be dotted 
 here and there with seaports, at which the mer- 
 chant navies of the world will collect the tropical 
 harvests of the back country in rich profusion — 
 sugar and rice, and tea, coffee, indigo, fibre, and a 
 multitude of other things which only flourish in 
 the glowing heat of a nearly vertical sun. Sugar- 
 growing is already carried on to a considerable 
 extent in Q. and the northern parts of N.S.W., 
 and w r e have little doubt that if some arrangement 
 be made whereby coolie labour at moderate wages 
 is brought within reach of the planters, A. will soon 
 supply a considerable proportion of the sugar con- 
 sumed in the world. The whole future of N. A. trade 
 is bound up with the labour question. Although 
 a few people of European descent can endure 
 the climate and do a fair share of work without 
 distress, it cannot be denied that the average 
 temperature is above the point at which a white 
 race can engage in field work with anything like 
 efficiency and comfort. The question, then, is — 
 shall tropical A. remain a mere grazing country, 
 wholly given over to flocks and herds and the few 
 bushmen needed to look after them, or shall it be 
 utilised by coolie labour under English manage- 
 ment, and made to yield its increase for the 
 enrichment and comfort of mankind? Surely it 
 would be selfish and short-sighted, not to say 
 suicidal, policy for the colonies that possess the 
 vast tropical regions alluded to, to condemn those 
 portions of the world's surface to comparative 
 sterility, because they cannot colonise them on 
 exactly the same plan which answers well in more 
 temperate climes. Under possible arrangements 
 there would be no fear of coolie labour coming 
 into competition with workmen of European 
 origin or descent, and if these arrangements 
 were once formulated in a way which effectually 
 removed any apprehension on this point, we do 
 not see why the development of N.A. should 
 be long delayed. There are thousands of men 
 in India and China fitted by Providence for 
 tropical field work whose condition in life would 
 be wonderfully improved could they find employ- 
 ment in N.A. under English planters. But though 
 the agricultural settlement of N.A. on the only 
 possible basis is likely to be delayed by ignor- 
 ance or prejudice, it must take place at last, 
 and within a few years of its becoming an 
 
 accomplished fact we shall see the trade of A. 
 going forward by " leaps and bounds." Ceasing 
 now to speak of tropical A. alone, we may say 
 that the commercial resources of the colonies 
 are not developed to the extent of one-thousandth 
 part of their capacity. In years to come wine will 
 be produced in immense quantities. Nowhere does 
 the vine flourish more luxuriantly than with us. 
 At present the quality of our vintages is by no 
 means all that could be desired, but improvement 
 will come with experience. Even now the bulk of 
 our produce would answer admirably for mixing 
 purposes, being far better than many of the common 
 wines of Europe, and we believe it would long since 
 have become an important article of commerce if 
 enterprise in this direction had not been checked 
 by the satisfactory nature of the profits obtainable 
 in connection with commodities more familiar to 
 English people. If the average value of labour 
 should ever decline, we may look to see oil and silk 
 also added to our exportable articles in commercial 
 quantities, as there is an immense extent of 
 country possessing all the natural qualities neces- 
 sary for their growth. But after eveiy acre shall 
 have been brought into cultivation throughout the 
 length and breadth of the land which labour and 
 capital, placed under the most advantageous con- 
 ditions by enlightened government, can possibly 
 occupy, there will still remain for generations to 
 come, millions of acres which the grazier alone can 
 turn to good account. In the Australian Colonies 
 at the present time there must be over eight 
 millions of horned cattle and some seventy millions 
 of sheep. These figures look large, but they will 
 seem insignificant in a few years. There are 
 enormous tracts of pastoral country in most of the 
 provinces which have been taken up for speculative 
 purposes but left untouched ; while in W.A., 
 S.A., and Q. there are whole districts of great 
 size which can hardly be said to be settled at all. 
 On one of his recent exploring expeditions Forrest 
 penetrated into a region previously unknown, and 
 added some twenty millions of acres to the 
 available pastoral lands of the great western 
 colony. If the process of transporting the carcases 
 of animals in a frozen state for long distances 
 should prove a mercantile success, an enormous 
 impetus will be given to the business of stock- 
 raising and the meat trade will be one of 
 the principal items in the Australasian commerce 
 of the future. But it is not only what can 
 be extracted from the earth in return for seed 
 and cultivation which will go hereafter to swell 
 the already goodly volume of Australian trade. 
 There can be no doubt that every colony of 
 the group is rich with mineral deposits of all 
 sorts. Gold-mining is carried on profitably in the 
 Northern Territory, Q., N.S.W., N.Z., T., and V. 
 In 1879 N.S.W. exported £400,000 worth of the 
 precious metal, and V. sent away .£2,210,477. 
 Neither of these sums, however, represents the 
 quantity raised. But it is in the commoner though 
 more useful metals that A. will find boundless
 
 780 
 
 SUPPLEMENT TO CYCLOPAEDIA OF AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 [Tra 
 
 wealth, and a variety of commodities leading to 
 an extension of interchange. Silver, copper, tin, 
 lead and antimony are now raised and exported, 
 but the mines from which the ores are extracted 
 are those which have as it were forced them- 
 selves upon public notice. Hereafter we believe 
 that A. will astonish the world by her contribu- 
 tions to its available mineral resources. Qualified 
 men who have visited the northern portions of 
 W.A. speak of them as abounding with mineral 
 riches. In T. the first beginnings of mining 
 enterprise have been rewarded by a large measure 
 of success. Valuable deposits of tin have been dis- 
 covered, and it is impossible to say what results may 
 follow a systematic exploration of the mountainous 
 country which has hitherto been neglected. In 
 N.S.W. coal and iron abound, and copper is pro- 
 duced in large quantities. N.Z. also can boast 
 possession of the two first-mentioned minerals, and 
 others also. Q. is a country of vast potentialities 
 in this respect. We can do no more than thus 
 hint at the materials of commerce which in all the 
 colonies lie hidden in the bowels of the earth. As 
 yet they can hardly be said to have received any- 
 thing like adequate attention. We have dwelt thus 
 at length on the natural resources of these colonies, 
 because on them of course depends the future of 
 Australasian trade. Production lies at the root of 
 all commerce — not that secondary production which 
 results from the application of human labour in 
 some form to the conversion of one article into 
 another — but the production which adds fresh 
 stores of raw material to the current wealth of the 
 world, wherewith industry may busy itself in a 
 thousand different ways. Nations at certain stages 
 oftheir growth may prosper by performingtheminor 
 operation— as the manufacturing England of to-day 
 is a proof— but we are not in a position to imitate her 
 example, even if it were desirable that we should 
 do so. As we cannot be a manufacturing people 
 at present except in a minor degree, it is evident 
 that the extent of our commercial dealings with 
 the rest of the world must depend on the measure 
 in which we are able to supply manufacturing 
 countries with the raw materials of their indus- 
 tries. Nature, as we have seen, has endowed these 
 colonies lavishly with natural resources, and has 
 so done her part towards furnishing them with the 
 primary requisites of trade. Nothing is needed to 
 render our natural riches actually available but 
 labour, capital, enterprise, and good government. 
 It is within our power to command all these, and 
 .just in proportion to the use we make of our 
 opportunities will be the growth and expansion of 
 our commerce. We have said that the develop- 
 ment of Australian trade as a whole has been 
 something almost magical, and this is especially 
 
 true as regards V. The Hentys formed a whaling 
 station at Portland in 1834, but the first attempt 
 at regular settlement was made by Batman and 
 Fawkner in the following year. In 1836 a census 
 showed the white population of the Port Phillip 
 district to be 186 males and 38 females, or 224 
 in all. In March 1837 Sir Eichard Bourke, the 
 Governor-General, arrived in H.M.S. Rattlesnake, 
 and four months after his appearance the first 
 land sale was held in Melbourne. In January 
 1839 the barque Thomas Laurie of 300 tons, 
 W. B. Price master, sailed for London. She was 
 the first vessel which left Port Phillip bound 
 direct for a European port ; and in addition to 
 a mail she took away 400 bales of wool, valued 
 at £6500. In the following June the barque 
 Midlothian, George Morrison master, from Leith 
 put in an appearance, being the first ship to 
 open a direct trade with the infant settlement. 
 On the same day the William Bryan, Roman 
 master, from London via Circular Head and 
 Launceston, passed up the bay ; and to show how 
 little then was known of the navigation, we may 
 mention that both vessels grounded. In the 
 second year of the existence of the colony 
 750,000lbs. of wool were exported, and we see 
 that at the same time the estimate formed of the 
 next clip was 15,000,000lbs.— a quantity said to be 
 sufficient to load fifteen ships of the size then 
 mostly employed in the trade. The customs 
 revenue collected in the Port Phillip district in 
 1838 was as follows : — 
 
 Duty on spirits imported ...£876 15 8 
 
 Do. on tobacco 801 2 
 
 Do. ad valorem on foreign goods, 
 
 5 percent 169 15 
 
 Wharfage 265 11 8 
 
 Fees on entry and clearance of 
 vessels 136 13 6 
 
 Total £2239 17 10 
 
 Passing over an interval of forty-one years we 
 come to a very different state of affairs. In 1879 
 the imports were valued at £15,035,538, the duty 
 on which amounted to £1,436,343 4s. 4d., while 
 the exports were put down at £12,454,170. The 
 transhipments in the same year (not included in 
 the imports or exports) were valued at £1,914,884. 
 The registered tonnage of the shipping inwards 
 was 963,087 ; of which 176,488 tons came from 
 the United Kingdom, 652,219 from Australian 
 ports, and 133,380 from other countries. The out- 
 ward tonnage was 977,135 tons, of which 126,481 
 tons were cleared for the United Kingdom, 
 729,631 for other Australian Colonies, and 121,023 
 for other ports. The pilotage paid was £21,530. 
 — Argus, 
 
 Fergnsson an. I Moore, Printers, 13 Flinders Lane East, Melbourne.
 
 INDEX.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Abbott, Major 
 A'Beokett, T. T. 
 A'Beckett, Sir W. 
 Aborigines 
 Acclimatisation Society 
 Adam Bay 
 Addison 
 Adelaide 
 Adelaide, Port 
 Adelaide River 
 Adelong River 
 Admiralty Gulf 
 Adventure Bay 
 Age, Newspaper 
 Agricultural Societies 
 Almriri Plains 
 Akaroa . 
 A 11 .any . 
 Albany Isles . 
 Albatross Islands 
 Albert River 
 Albert, Lake . 
 Albuera 
 Albury . 
 
 Aldis Peak 
 
 Alexander, Mount 
 
 Alexandra 
 
 Alexandra Land 
 
 Alexandrina, Lake 
 
 Alfred, Prince . 
 
 Allen, George . 
 
 Allen, Sir G. W. 
 
 Allen Island . 
 
 Alligator, East 
 
 Allman, Captain 
 
 Alma River 
 
 Alpacas 
 
 Alt 
 
 Amby River . 
 
 Anderson, Joseph 
 
 PAGE 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1-4 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 G 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Anderson's Inlet . 
 
 9 
 
 Andrews, E. W. . 
 
 9 
 
 Andrews, R. B. 
 Angas, G. F. . 
 
 9 
 9-11 
 
 Angora Goats . • • ■ 
 
 11 
 
 Ann Island . 
 
 11 
 
 Anti-Transportation League . 
 
 11 
 
 Antill Ponds . 
 
 11 
 
 Anxious Bay . 
 
 11 
 
 Apollo Bay . ■ • 
 
 11 
 
 Apsley River . 
 
 11 
 
 Arapiles, Mount 
 
 11 
 
 Ararat 
 
 11 
 
 Archer, W. H. 
 
 12 
 
 Argus, Newspaper 
 Armidale • 
 
 12 
 13 
 
 Arney, Sir G. • • ■ 
 
 13 
 
 Arnold, W. M. 
 
 13 
 
 Arnheim Land 
 
 13 
 
 Arthur, Sir G. 
 
 13 
 
 Arthur's Seat 
 
 14 
 
 Ashburton River 
 
 14 
 
 Aspinall, B. C. 
 
 14 
 
 Atkins, R. . 
 
 Auckland . • ■ • 
 
 14 
 
 14-16 
 
 Auckland . . • • 
 
 10 
 
 Auckland Islands 
 
 L6 
 
 Augusta, Port 
 Austin, R. 
 
 10 
 10 
 
 Australasia . 
 Australia 
 
 17 
 17-25 
 
 Australia Del Espiritu Santo 
 
 20 
 
 Australia Felix 
 
 20 
 
 Australian Agricultural Company . 
 
 20 
 
 Australian Alps 
 
 26 
 
 Australian Bight 
 
 26 
 
 Australian Pyrenees . 
 
 26 
 
 Australind 
 Avoca . 
 
 26 
 
 20 
 
 Avon, River . 
 
 20 
 
 Ayers, Sir H. . 
 
 27
 
 IV. 
 
 ISDEX. 
 
 ■R 
 
 
 
 
 Beanies Brook 
 
 
 
 
 ±J. 
 
 Bedout Island 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Bedont, Cape . 
 
 
 
 
 Babbage, B. H. 27 
 
 Beechworth 
 
 
 
 
 Backhouse, James 
 
 
 27 
 
 Beete, Captain 
 
 
 
 
 Backstairs Passage 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 Belangla, Mountain 
 
 
 
 
 Baird Plains . 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 Belfast 
 
 
 
 
 Baker, E. A. . 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 Bell River 
 
 
 
 
 Balboa, N. D. 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 Bell, J. P. 
 
 
 
 
 Ballan.ee, John 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 Belmore, Earl of 
 
 
 
 
 Ballarat 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 Belyando River 
 
 
 
 
 Ballarat Riots . 
 
 
 
 29-32 
 
 Benalla 
 
 
 
 
 Ballina 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 Bendigo Diggings 
 
 
 
 
 Balonne Biver 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 Bennett, George 
 
 
 
 
 Bampton and Alt 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 Bennett, Samuel 
 
 
 
 
 Banking in Australia 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Bent, J. H. . 
 
 
 
 
 Banks, Sir J . 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Bent, A. 
 
 
 
 
 Bannister, S. 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Berkley, George 
 
 
 
 
 Bargo River 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Berlin . 
 
 
 
 
 Barker, Captain C. 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Bernier Island 
 
 
 
 
 Barker, Dr. E. 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Bernier Cape . 
 
 
 
 
 Barker, Frederick 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Berrima 
 
 
 
 
 Barkly, Sir Henry 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 Berry, Alexander 
 
 
 
 
 Barlee, Frederick P. . 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Berry, Graham 
 
 
 
 
 Barlow, Captain 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Bethanga 
 
 
 
 
 Barmouth Bay 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Bickei'ton Island 
 
 
 
 
 Barnard Islands 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Bigge, J. T. . 
 
 
 
 
 Barnard Mount 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Billabong 
 
 
 
 
 Barney, Col. R. E. 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Bindon, S. H. 
 
 
 
 
 Barreiller, Lieut. 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Birds of Australia 
 
 
 
 
 Barrier Reef . 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Birds of New Zealanc 
 
 [ 
 
 
 
 Barrington, G. 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Bishop, Captain 
 
 
 
 
 Barrington River 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Black, George 
 
 
 
 
 Barrow Island 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Black, Neil . 
 
 
 
 
 Barrow's Valley 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Blackall, Col. S. W. 
 
 
 
 
 Barrow, Mount 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 Black Thursday 
 
 
 
 
 Barry, Sir R. . 
 
 
 34 
 
 and 765 
 
 Black War 
 
 
 
 
 Bass, George . 
 
 
 
 . 35-36 
 
 Black Wednesday 
 
 
 
 
 Bass Straits 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 Blackwood, Captain 
 
 
 
 
 Batavia River . 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 Blackwood River 
 
 
 
 
 Bateman Bay . 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 Black Pyramid 
 
 
 
 
 Bates, William 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 Blair, David . 
 
 
 
 
 Bathurst 
 
 
 
 37 
 
 Bland, William 
 
 
 
 
 Bathurst Bay . 
 
 
 
 37 
 
 Bland Plains . 
 
 
 
 
 Bathurst Island 
 
 
 
 37 
 
 Blaxland, G. . 
 
 
 
 
 Bathurst, Lake 
 
 
 
 37 
 
 Bligh, W. 
 
 
 
 
 Bathurst Plains 
 
 
 
 38 
 
 Blue Mountains 
 
 
 
 
 Batman, John 
 
 
 
 38-42 
 
 Blyth, Sir A. . 
 
 
 
 
 Baudin, Nicholas 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 Blythe River . 
 
 
 
 
 Baudin Rocks 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 Bogan River . 
 
 
 
 
 Bauer, Cape . 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 Bongaree, King 
 
 
 
 
 Baxter, John . 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 Bonwick, James 
 
 
 
 
 Hay of Inlets . 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 Booby Island . 
 
 
 
 
 Bay of Islands 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 Boomerang 
 
 
 
 
 Bayley, L. 11. 
 
 
 
 43 
 
 Boorowa River 
 
 
 
 
 Bayly, N. P. 
 
 
 43 
 
 Bora 
 
 
 
 
 Beagle Hank . 
 
 
 
 43 
 
 Borda Cape 
 
 
 , 

 
 INDEX. 
 
 V. 
 
 Boree .... 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 5G 
 
 Butler, Edmund 
 
 
 
 Botany Bay 
 Boucaut, J. P. 
 
 
 
 5G 
 57 
 
 Buzacott, C. H. . 
 
 Byrne, Robert .... 
 
 Bougainville, L. A. De 
 
 
 
 57 
 
 Byron, Cape ..... 
 
 Bountiful Islands 
 
 
 
 57 
 
 
 Bounty, Mutiny of the 
 
 
 
 57 
 
 c. 
 
 Bourke, Sir E. 
 
 
 
 57 
 
 Bourke .... 
 
 
 
 58 
 
 Cadell, Francis .... 
 
 Bowen, John 
 
 
 
 58 
 
 Cairns, Adam . 
 
 
 
 Bowen .... 
 
 
 
 59 
 
 Cairns, W. W. 
 
 
 
 Bowen, Sir G. F. . 
 
 
 
 59 
 
 Calvert, J. S. . 
 
 
 
 Bowenfels 
 
 
 
 59 
 
 Calvert River . 
 
 
 
 Bower Bird 
 
 
 
 59 
 
 Cambridge Gulf 
 
 
 
 Boyd, Benjamin 
 
 
 
 59 
 
 Camden 
 
 
 
 Boyd Town 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 Camden Haven 
 
 
 
 Boyne . . . . 
 
 
 
 GO 
 
 Camden Valley 
 
 
 
 Braidwood 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 Cameron, Sir D. 
 
 
 
 Bremer, Sir G. 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Campbell Lake 
 
 
 
 Bremer River 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Campbell, Murdoch . 
 
 
 
 Bremer Port 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Campbell, William 
 
 
 
 Bridgewater, Cape and Bay 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Canterbury 
 
 
 
 Brisbane 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Capes .... 
 
 
 
 Brisbane, Sir J. 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Carcoar 
 
 
 
 Brisbane River 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 Carey, Major-General 
 
 
 
 Brisbane, Sir T. M. . 
 
 
 
 62 
 
 Carnot Bay . 
 
 
 
 Brisbane Water 
 
 
 
 62 
 
 Carpentaria, Gulf of . 
 
 
 
 Brodribb, W. A. 
 
 
 
 62 
 
 Carpenter, Peter 
 
 
 
 Brogden 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Carstens, James 
 
 
 
 Brogden's River 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Casey, J. J. 
 
 
 
 Broken Bay 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Castlemaine 
 
 
 
 Brookdale 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Castlereagh Bay 
 
 
 
 Brooke's Island 
 
 
 
 C3 
 
 Castlereagh River 
 
 
 
 Bromby, C. H. 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Catastrophe Cape 
 
 
 
 Bromby, J. E. 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Cayley*s Repulse 
 
 
 
 Broughton, W. G. 
 
 
 
 G3 
 
 Central Mount Stuart 
 
 
 
 Browne, Sir T. G. . 
 
 
 
 63 
 
 Chambers River 
 
 
 
 Brace, Lieut.-Col. J. . 
 
 
 
 64 
 
 Champion Bay 
 
 
 
 Bruce, George 
 
 
 
 G4 
 
 Channel, Armstrong's 
 
 
 
 Bruni Island . 
 
 
 
 64 
 
 Chapman, H. S. 
 
 
 
 Brunswick Bay 
 
 
 
 64 
 
 Chapman, T. D. 
 
 
 
 Brush Turkey 
 
 
 
 64 
 
 Chappell Islands 
 
 
 
 Buccaneer's Archipelago 
 
 
 
 65 
 
 Charters Towers 
 
 
 
 Buckland 
 
 
 
 65 
 
 Chatham Islands 
 
 
 
 Buckley, William 
 
 
 
 65 
 
 Cheeke Alfred 
 
 
 
 Budd, R. H. . 
 
 
 
 766 
 
 Childers, H. C. E. . 
 
 
 
 Buninyong 
 
 
 
 66 
 
 Childs, Major . 
 
 
 
 Burdekin River 
 
 
 
 66 
 
 Chinese Immigrants . 
 
 
 
 Burke, R. O'Hara 
 
 
 
 66-69 
 
 Chinese in Carpentaria 
 
 
 
 Burnett, J. C. 
 
 
 
 69 
 
 Chisholm, Caroline 
 
 
 
 Burnett River 
 
 
 
 69 
 
 Christchurch . 
 
 
 
 Burns, J. F. . 
 
 
 
 69 
 
 Churchill Island 
 
 
 
 Burra Burra Mine 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 Chute, Sir Trevor 
 
 
 
 Burragorang Valley . 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 Circular Head 
 
 
 
 Burton, Sir W. W. . 
 
 
 
 70 
 
 Claremont Isles 
 
 
 . 
 
 Bush . 
 
 
 
 71 
 
 Clarence River 
 
 
 
 Bushranging . 
 
 
 
 71 
 
 Clarence Straits 
 
 
 
 Bustard Bay . 
 
 
 
 71 
 
 Clarke . 
 
 
 
 71 
 71 
 71 
 
 A5
 
 VI. 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 
 
 
 Clarke, Col. Andrew .... 81 
 
 Crane, Martin . 
 
 Clarke, Sir Andrew . 
 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 Creswick 
 
 
 
 
 Clarke, Marcus 
 
 
 
 
 76i3 
 
 Croker River . 
 
 
 
 
 Clarke, Rev. W. B. . 
 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 Crokers 
 
 
 
 
 Clarke, W. J. . 
 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 Crozet, Lieutenant 
 
 
 
 
 Claude River . 
 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 Cumberland Isles 
 
 
 
 
 Cleveland Bay 
 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 Cunningham, A. 
 
 
 
 
 Cleveland Cape 
 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 Cunningham, R. 
 
 
 
 
 Clifftown 
 
 
 
 
 82 
 
 Curr, Edward . 
 
 
 
 
 Cloncurry 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 Curtis Island . 
 
 
 
 
 Clunes . 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 Curtis, Port 
 
 
 
 
 Clyde Eiver 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 Cuthill, A. 
 
 
 
 
 Clwyd, Vale of 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 Cuvier, Cape . 
 
 
 
 
 Coburg Peninsula 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 
 Cockburn Mount 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 D. 
 
 Cockburn Eiver 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 Cockburn Isles 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 D'Aguuar's Ranoe . 
 
 Cockburn Sound 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 D'Albertis, Luigi M. 
 
 
 
 Cockle, Sir J. . 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 Dalley, W. B. 
 
 
 
 Coffin's Bay . 
 
 
 
 
 83 
 
 Dah-ymple 
 
 
 
 
 Cogoon River . 
 
 
 
 
 84 
 
 Dalrymple, A. 
 
 
 
 
 Cohen, Edward 
 
 
 
 
 84 
 
 Dalrymple, G. E. 
 
 
 
 
 Cohens H. E. . 
 
 
 
 
 84 
 
 Dalrymple, Port 
 
 
 
 
 Colac Lake 
 
 
 
 
 84 
 
 Dalton and Kelly 
 
 
 
 
 Colborne River 
 
 
 
 
 84 
 
 Daly, Sir D. . 
 
 
 
 
 Cole, George W. 
 
 
 
 
 84 
 
 Dampier, William 
 
 
 
 
 Cole, Mount . 
 
 
 
 
 84 
 
 Dampier Archipelago 
 
 
 
 
 Cole's Islands . 
 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 Dampier Land 
 
 
 
 
 Collier Bay 
 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 Daniell, Captain 
 
 
 
 
 Collins, Colonel D. 
 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 Darling, Sir C. H. 
 
 
 
 
 Comet River 
 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Darling, Sir R. 
 
 
 
 
 Concord Land . 
 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Darling Downs 
 
 
 
 
 Condaniine River 
 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Darling River . 
 
 
 
 
 Conolly, Phillip 
 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Darvall, Sir J. B. 
 
 
 
 
 Conway Cape . 
 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Darwin, Port . 
 
 
 
 
 "Cooey" 
 
 
 
 
 86 
 
 Davey, Colonel 
 
 
 
 
 Cook, James 
 
 
 
 
 . 86-88 
 
 Davies, John . 
 
 
 
 
 Cook Strait . 
 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 Davis, C. H. . 
 
 
 
 
 Cooktown 
 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 Dawes, Lieut. . 
 
 
 
 
 Cooper, Sir Charles 
 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 Daylesford 
 
 
 
 
 Cooper, Sir Daniel 
 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 De Caen 
 
 
 
 
 Cooper's Creek 
 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 Degerando, Cape 
 
 
 
 
 Coorong Lake 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 De Gonneville, P. 
 
 
 
 
 Coppin, George 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 De Grey River 
 
 
 
 
 Corio Bay 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 De La Clampe, M. 
 
 
 
 
 Corner Inlet . 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 Deloraine 
 
 
 
 
 Coromandel 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 Dempster, C. E. and 
 
 A. 
 
 
 
 Coronation Islands 
 
 
 
 
 89 
 
 Deniehy, D. H. 
 
 
 
 
 Corrobboree 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 Deniliquin 
 
 
 
 
 Costerfield 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 Denison, Sir W. T. 
 
 
 
 
 Cowie, W. G. . 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 D'Entrecasteaux, B. 
 
 
 
 
 Cowpastures 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 Depuch Island 
 
 
 
 
 Cowper, Sir C. 
 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 Derwent River 
 
 
 
 
 Cowper, William 
 
 
 
 
 91 
 
 D'Estree Bay . 
 
 
 
 
 Cox, J. H. 
 
 
 
 
 92 
 
 De Witt's Land 
 
 
 
 
 Cox River 
 
 
 
 
 92 
 
 Dickenson, Sir J. N. 
 
 
 
 Coxen's Range 
 
 
 
 
 92 
 
 Dingo . 
 
 

 
 INDEX. 
 
 Vll. 
 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Direction Cape . 103 
 
 Farnell, J. S. . . 113 
 
 Dirk Hatichs 
 
 
 
 
 104 
 
 Farquhar Inlet 
 
 
 
 113 
 
 Disappointment, Moun 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 104 
 
 Faucett, Peter 
 
 
 
 113 
 
 Discovery Bay 
 
 
 
 
 101 
 
 Fauna of Australia 
 
 
 
 111-116 
 
 Dividing Range 
 
 
 
 
 104 
 
 Favenc, Ernest 
 
 
 
 116 
 
 Dixon . 
 
 
 
 
 104 
 
 Fawkner, J. P. 
 
 
 
 116-120 
 
 Docker, J. 
 
 
 
 
 104 
 
 Featherstone, Dr. I. E. 
 
 
 
 120 
 
 Donaldson, Sir S. A. 
 
 
 
 
 104 
 
 Fellows, T. H. 
 
 
 
 120 
 
 Double Island Point . 
 
 
 
 
 105 
 
 Fergusson, Sir J. 
 
 
 
 120 
 
 Douglas, Benjamin 
 
 
 
 
 105 
 
 Femshawe 
 
 
 
 121 
 
 Douglas, John 
 
 
 
 
 105 
 
 Fern Tree Gully 
 
 
 
 121 
 
 Dowling, Sir J. 
 
 
 
 
 105 
 
 Field, Baron . 
 
 
 
 121 
 
 Drama in Australia . 
 
 
 
 
 105 
 
 Field's Plains . 
 
 
 
 121 
 
 Draper, D. J. . 
 
 
 
 
 105 
 
 Fielding, Colonel 
 
 
 
 121 
 
 Driver, Richard 
 
 
 
 
 105 
 
 Fiji Islands 
 
 
 
 121-124 
 
 Dry, Sir R. . 
 
 
 
 
 106 
 
 Finniss, B. T. 
 
 
 
 124 
 
 Dryander, Mount 
 
 
 
 
 106 
 
 Finke River 
 
 
 
 125 
 
 Du Cane, Charles 
 
 
 
 
 106 
 
 First Fleet 
 
 
 
 125 
 
 Duffy, Sir C. G. 
 
 
 
 
 106 
 
 Fisher, Sir J. H. 
 
 
 
 125 
 
 Dugong 
 
 
 
 
 106 
 
 Fitzgerald, Capt. C. . 
 
 
 
 125 
 
 Dunedin 
 
 
 
 
 107 
 
 Fitzgerald, Nicholas . 
 
 
 
 126 
 
 Dungog 
 
 
 
 
 107 
 
 Fitzgerald, J. E. 
 
 
 
 126 
 
 Dunolly 
 
 
 
 
 108 
 
 Fitzherbert, Sir W. . 
 
 
 
 126 
 
 D' Urban' s Group 
 
 
 
 
 108 
 
 Fitzpatrick, M. 
 
 
 
 126 
 
 Du Sejour Cape 
 
 
 
 
 108 
 
 Fitzroy, Captain 
 
 
 
 126 
 
 Dutch Navigators 
 
 
 
 
 108 
 
 Fitzroy, Sir C. 
 
 
 
 126 
 
 Dutton, Francis 
 
 
 
 
 109 
 
 Fitzroy Downs 
 
 
 
 127 
 
 
 Fitzroy Island 
 
 
 
 127 
 
 E. 
 
 Fitzroy River . 
 
 
 
 127 
 
 Five Islands . 
 
 
 
 127 
 
 Eagar, Geoffrey . . 109 
 
 Flanagan, R. . 
 
 
 
 127 
 
 Ebden, C. H. . 
 
 
 
 
 109 
 
 Flattery, Cape 
 
 
 
 127 
 
 Echuca 
 
 
 
 
 109 
 
 Flinders, Matthew 
 
 
 
 127-131 
 
 Eclipse Isles . 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Flinders Bay . 
 
 
 
 131 
 
 Edwards, Captain 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Flinders Group 
 
 
 
 131 
 
 Eendracht's Land 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Flinders Point 
 
 
 
 131 
 
 Elder, Sir T. . 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Flinders Island 
 
 
 
 131 
 
 Elkington, J. S. 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Flinders River 
 
 
 
 131 
 
 Ellenborough River 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Flora of Australia 
 
 
 
 132-135 
 
 Ellery, Robert 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Forbes, Sir F. 
 
 
 
 135 
 
 Encounter Bay 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Forbes, F. A. . 
 
 
 
 135 
 
 Endeavour River 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Forbes River . 
 
 
 
 135 
 
 Endeavour Strait 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Forestier's Peninsula 
 
 
 
 135 
 
 Escape River . 
 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 Forrest, Alexander 
 
 
 
 135 
 
 Esperance Bay 
 
 
 
 
 111 
 
 Forrest, John . 
 
 
 
 136 
 
 Essington Port 
 
 
 
 
 111 
 
 Forster Mountain 
 
 
 
 137 
 
 Evans, G. W. 
 
 
 
 
 111 
 
 Forster, William 
 
 
 
 137 
 
 Evans's Crown 
 
 
 
 
 111 
 
 Fort Bourke . 
 
 
 
 137 
 
 Eyre, E. J. . 
 
 
 
 
 111 
 
 Fortescue Bay 
 
 
 
 137 
 
 Eyre's Creek . 
 
 
 
 
 113 
 
 Fortescue River 
 
 
 
 137 
 
 Eyre's Peninsula 
 
 
 
 
 113 
 
 Fort O'Hare . 
 
 
 
 137 
 
 
 Foster, J. F. L. 
 
 
 
 137 
 
 F. 
 
 Foster, W. J. . 
 
 
 
 138 
 
 Foveaux, Joseph 
 
 
 
 138 
 
 Fairfax, John .... 113 
 
 Foveaux Strait 
 
 
 
 138 
 
 Fallon, J. T. . 113 
 
 Fowler's Bay . 
 
 
 
 138 
 
 Falmouth 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 113 
 
 Francis, J. G. 
 
 
 
 1JU
 
 Vlll. 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Franklin, Sir J. . 139-141 
 
 Goulburn River . . . . 3 58 
 
 Franklin Harbour 
 
 
 
 141 
 
 Goulburn Vale 
 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 Franklin Islands 
 
 
 
 141 
 
 Goulburn Plains 
 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 Fraser Mountain 
 
 
 
 141 
 
 Gould, John 
 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 Frazer's Island 
 
 
 
 141 
 
 Governor King's Bay 
 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 Frederik Hendrik Bay 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Govett's Leap . 
 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 Freeling, [ — ] 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Goyder, G. W. 
 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 Freemantle 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Grafton 
 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 Freemantle, Captain . 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Grampian Mountains . 
 
 
 
 
 159 
 
 French Island 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Grant, James . 
 
 
 
 
 159 
 
 Freycinet, M. 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Grant, J. M. . 
 
 
 
 
 159 
 
 Frome, Captain 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Gregory, A. C. 
 
 
 
 
 159 
 
 Fryer's Town 
 
 
 
 142 
 
 Gregory, F. T. 
 
 
 
 
 160 
 
 Furneaux, Captain T. 
 
 
 
 142-144 
 
 Grey, Sir George 
 
 
 
 
 161 
 
 Furneaux Island 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Griffith, S. W. 
 
 
 
 
 162 
 
 Fyans, Captain F. 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Grimes, Charles 
 
 
 
 
 162 
 
 
 Groote Eylandt 
 
 
 
 
 162 
 
 
 Grose, Major F. 
 
 
 
 
 162 
 
 
 Grose River 
 
 
 
 
 162 
 
 G. 
 
 Guard, John . 
 Guichen Bay . 
 
 
 
 162 
 163 
 
 Gabo Island . . 1*4 
 
 Gun Island 
 
 
 
 163 
 
 Gage's Eoad . 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Gundagai 
 
 
 
 163 
 
 Gambier, Mount 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Gurner, H. F. 
 
 
 
 163 
 
 Garubier Isles 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 Gympie 
 
 
 
 164 
 
 Gasooyne River 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 
 Gawler, Colonel G. 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 
 Gawler, Henry 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 
 Gawler, Port . 
 
 
 
 145 
 
 H. 
 
 Gawler River . 
 
 
 
 145 
 
 
 Gawler Range 
 
 
 
 145 
 
 Hacking, Point .... 164 
 
 Geelong 
 
 
 
 145 
 
 Hack, J. B. . 
 
 
 
 
 164 
 
 Geils, Colonel 
 
 
 
 146 
 
 Haggerstone Island 
 
 
 
 
 164 
 
 Gellibrand, J. T. 
 
 
 
 146 
 
 Haines, W. C. . 
 
 
 
 
 164 
 
 Gelvink Channel 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 Hale, Bishop . 
 
 
 
 
 165 
 
 Geographe Strait 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 Halifax Bay 
 
 
 
 
 165 
 
 Geographe Shoals 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 Hamilton, Captain 
 
 
 
 
 165 
 
 George, Lake . 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 Hamilton 
 
 
 
 
 165 
 
 George Town . 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 Hannibal Islands 
 
 
 
 
 165 
 
 Gilbert River . 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 Hanover Bay . 
 
 
 
 
 165 
 
 Giles, Ernest . 
 
 
 
 147 
 
 Hanson, Sir R. D. 
 
 
 
 
 165 
 
 Gillies, Duncan 
 
 
 
 148 
 
 Hardwicke Mountains 
 
 
 
 
 166 
 
 Gipps, Sir G. 
 
 
 
 148 
 
 Hardwicke Bay 
 
 
 
 
 166 
 
 Gippsland 
 
 
 
 149 
 
 Hargrave, J. F. 
 
 
 
 
 166 
 
 Gisborne Mount 
 
 
 
 150 
 
 Hargreaves, E. H. 
 
 
 
 
 106 
 
 Gladstone 
 
 
 
 150 
 
 Harker, George 
 
 
 
 
 166 
 
 Glass House Mountains 
 
 
 
 150 
 
 Harper, Bishop 
 
 
 
 
 167 
 
 Glenelg River 
 
 
 
 150 
 
 Harrington Inlet 
 
 
 
 
 167 
 
 Glennie's Islands 
 
 
 
 150 
 
 Han-is Mountain 
 
 
 
 
 167 
 
 Gold Discoveries 
 
 
 
 . 150-156 
 
 Hartley 
 
 
 
 
 167 
 
 Goldie, Andrew 
 
 
 
 156 
 
 Harvest, Lieut.-Col. 
 
 
 
 
 168 
 
 Goldsworthy, R. J. 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 Hastings River 
 
 
 
 
 168 
 
 Goodenough, Commodore 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 Hawkesbury River 
 
 
 
 
 168 
 
 Goold, Archbishop 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 Hay . 
 
 
 
 
 168 
 
 Gordon, Sir A. H. 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 Hay, Sir J. 
 
 
 
 
 168 
 
 Gosse, W. C. . 
 
 
 
 157 
 
 Hayes, John 
 
 
 
 
 169 
 
 Goulburu 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 Hayes, Sir Henry 
 
 
 
 
 169
 
 INDEX. 
 
 IX. 
 
 Hayter, H. H. 
 Heales, Richard 
 Hearn, W. E. 
 Henty, Edward 
 Herbert, Robert G. V* 
 Herschell Range 
 Hervey Range 
 Higinbotham, George 
 Hill, W. K. . 
 Hindmarsh, Sir J. 
 Hindmarsh Lake 
 Hindmarsh Island 
 Hobart Town 
 Hobson, William 
 Hob6on's Bay 
 Hooking, H. H. 
 Hodgson, Sir A. 
 Holdfast Bay 
 Holroyd, A. T. 
 Holt, Joseph . 
 Hopeless Mount 
 Hopkins River 
 Hotham, Sir C. 
 Houtman's Abrolhos 
 Hovell, W. H. 
 Howe, George 
 Howe, Michael 
 Howick's Group 
 Howitt, A. W. 
 Hume, Hamilton 
 Hume River . 
 Hunter, Captain J. 
 Hunter River 
 Hunter Island 
 Huon River . 
 Hurdspic 
 Hutt . 
 
 Illawaera 
 Imlay, G. A. and P. 
 Imlay Mount . 
 Indented Head 
 Indian Head . 
 Innes, F. M. . 
 Innes, J. G. L. 
 Inspection Hill 
 Invercargill 
 Investigator Group 
 Investigator Strait 
 Investigator Road 
 Ipswich 
 Ireland, R. D. 
 Irwin River 
 Irwin, Lieut. -Col. 
 
 PAGE 
 169 
 170 
 170 
 170 
 171 
 171 
 171 
 171 
 172 
 172 
 173 
 173 
 173 
 174 
 174 
 174 
 174 
 174 
 174 
 175 
 175 
 175 
 175-178 
 178 
 178 
 178 
 178 
 178 
 178 
 179 
 179 
 179 
 180 
 180 
 180 
 181 
 181 
 
 181 
 
 181 
 
 181 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 182 
 
 183 
 
 183 
 
 183 
 
 Jackson, William 
 Jackson, Port . 
 Jacobsz, Francis 
 Jacky Jacky 
 Jaffa Cape 
 Jamieson's Valley 
 Jardine, F. L., and 
 Jason Mount . 
 Jeffcott, William 
 Jervis Cape 
 Jervis Bay 
 Jervois, W. F. D. 
 Johnson, R. 
 Johnston, George 
 Johnston, R. 
 Jones, Richard 
 Jordan River . 
 Jorgenson, Jorgen 
 
 Kangaroo 
 Kangaroo Grass 
 Kangaroo Island 
 Kapunda Mines 
 Keerweer Cape 
 Kelly Gang 
 Kempt, J. H. . 
 Kennedy, Edmund 
 Kennedy, Sir A. E. 
 Kent's Group . 
 Kerferd, G. B. 
 Kermadec, Huon De 
 King, P. G. . 
 King, P. P. . 
 King, P. G. . 
 King, John 
 King George's Sound 
 King George's Sound (2) 
 
 Kingower 
 
 King's Island . 
 
 King's Table Land 
 
 Kingston, Sir G. 
 
 Knopwood, Robert 
 
 Korangimite Lake 
 
 Kosciusko, Mount 
 
 Krefft, J. L. G. 
 
 Lacepede Islands 
 Lachlan River 
 Lackey, John . 
 Lady Julia Percy Island 
 Lalor, Peter . 
 
 195 
 195 
 190 
 19(5 
 106
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Landsborough, William 
 Lang, J. D. 
 Langton, E. 
 Lanigan, Bishop 
 Lannes Cape . 
 La Perouse, J. F. De 
 Larcom, Mount 
 Larrikin 
 La Trobe, C. J. 
 La Trobe River 
 Laughing Jackass 
 Launceston 
 Lawrence Islands 
 Lawson, Lieutenant 
 Leary, Joseph 
 Leeuwin, Cape 
 Lefroy, Sir J. H. 
 Lefroy, H. M. 
 Leigh, Samuel 
 Le Grand's Bay 
 Leichhardt, L. 
 Liddell, James 
 Light, Colonel W. 
 Light River ; 
 Lilley, Charles 
 Lincoln, Port . 
 Lindesay, Col. Sir F 
 Lindesay Mountain 
 Lindesay River 
 Liverpool 
 Liverpool Plains 
 Lloyd, G. A. . 
 Lockyer, Major 
 Loddon River . 
 Loftus, Viscount 
 Lofty, Mount . 
 Logan, Captain 
 Logan River . 
 Longbottom, William 
 Lonsdale, William 
 Lord, G. W. . 
 Lord Howe's Island 
 Lotophagian's Count 
 Lowe, Robert . 
 Lucas, John 
 Imshington Valley 
 Lutwyche, A. J. P. 
 Lynd River 
 Lyre Bird 
 Lyttleton 
 
 M. 
 
 Maatzuyker Islands 
 Mocalister, Arthur 
 Macandrew, James 
 
 u bur, Major-GeneraJ 
 
 PAGE 
 196 
 
 Macarthur, John 
 
 197 
 
 Macarthur, James 
 
 198 
 
 Macarthur, AVilliam . 
 
 199 
 
 Macarthur, Rev. A 
 
 199 
 
 Macarthur's Isles 
 
 199 
 
 Macarthur River 
 
 199 
 
 Macartney, Dean 
 
 199 
 
 Macedon, Mount 
 
 199-202 
 
 Macdonald Mountains 
 
 202 
 
 Macdonnell, Port 
 
 202 
 
 Mackay, Angus 
 
 202 
 
 Mackenzie River 
 
 203 
 
 Macleay, Alexander . 
 
 203 
 
 Macleay, William 
 
 203 
 
 Macleay, W. S. 
 
 203 
 
 Macleay, Sir George 
 
 203 
 
 Macleay River 
 
 203 
 
 Macmahon, Sir C. 
 
 203 
 
 Macpherson, J. A. 
 
 203 
 
 Macquarie Harbour 
 
 203 
 
 Macquarie, Lachlan 
 
 205 
 
 Macquarie River 
 
 206 
 
 Macquarie River 
 
 206 
 
 Macquarie' s Tower 
 
 206 
 
 Macrossan, J. M. 
 
 206 
 
 Magalhaens, F. De 
 
 207 
 
 Magnetical Island 
 
 207 
 
 Maingon Bay . 
 
 207 
 
 Maitland 
 
 207 
 
 Malay Archipelago 
 
 207 
 207 
 
 Maldon . 
 Mallee Scrub . 
 
 208 
 
 Manly Cove 
 
 208 
 
 Mann, Charles . 
 
 208 
 
 Manning River 
 
 208 
 
 Manning, W. M. 
 
 208 
 
 Manton, J. F. . 
 
 209 
 
 209 
 
 Maoris . 
 Maranon River 
 
 209 
 
 Maria Island . 
 
 21 19 
 
 Marion Dxi Fresne 
 
 209 
 209 
 
 Marlow River . 
 Marsden, Samuel 
 
 . 209-211 
 211 
 
 Marsden, S. E. 
 Martha, Mount 
 
 212 
 
 Martin, Sir James 
 
 212 
 
 Martin, Cape . 
 
 212 
 
 Maryborough . 
 
 212 
 
 Maryborough . 
 
 212 
 
 Mary River 
 
 
 McCluer, J. 
 
 
 McCoy, Fredk. 
 
 
 McCulloch, Sir. J. 
 
 212 
 
 McDonnel, Sir R. G 
 
 212 
 
 McFarland, A. 
 
 212 
 
 McGowan, S. W. 
 
 212 
 
 Mcllwiaith, T. .
 
 INDEX. 
 
 XI. 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Melntyre, D. . . . 230 
 
 Nelson Cape .... 
 
 
 249 
 
 Mclvor, Robbery 
 
 
 
 230 
 
 Nepean Bay 
 
 
 
 
 250 
 
 McKinlay, John 
 
 
 
 231 
 
 Nepean Point . 
 
 
 
 
 250 
 
 McMillan, A. . 
 
 
 
 231 
 
 New Caledonia 
 
 
 
 
 770 
 
 Meander River 
 
 
 
 231 
 
 Newcastle 
 
 
 
 
 250 
 
 Meehan, James 
 
 
 
 231 
 
 New England . 
 
 
 
 
 250 
 
 Melbourne 
 
 
 
 231-241 
 
 New Guinea 
 
 
 
 
 250-263 
 
 Melville HUls . 
 
 
 
 241 
 
 New Holland . 
 
 
 
 
 263 
 
 Melville Island 
 
 
 
 241 
 
 New South Wales 
 
 
 
 
 264-340 
 
 Memory Cove 
 
 
 
 241 
 
 New Zealand . 
 
 
 
 
 340-446 
 
 Mendana, De N. 
 
 
 
 241 
 
 Nicholson, Sir Charles 
 
 
 
 
 446 
 
 Mersey River 
 
 
 
 241 
 
 Nicholson, William 
 
 
 
 
 446 
 
 Meymott, F. W. 
 
 
 
 241 
 
 Nicholson River 
 
 
 
 
 446 
 
 Micliie, Sir A. 
 
 
 
 242 
 
 Nixon, Bishop . 
 
 
 
 
 446 
 
 Miles, William 
 
 
 
 242 
 
 Nonda Country 
 
 
 
 
 446 
 
 Milford, S. F. 
 
 
 
 242 
 
 Norfolk Island 
 
 
 
 
 447-450 
 
 Mitchell, Sir T. L. . 
 
 
 
 242 
 
 Normanby, Marquis of 
 
 
 
 450 
 
 Mitchell, Six W. H. 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Northern Territory 
 
 
 
 450 
 
 Mitchell River 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Northumberland Cape 
 
 
 
 451 
 
 Mittagong Range 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Northumberland Isles 
 
 
 
 451 
 
 Mitta Mitta River 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Nuyts Archipelago 
 
 
 
 451 
 
 Molesworth, Robert 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Nuyts Cape 
 
 
 
 451 
 
 Moliagul 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Nuyts Land 
 
 
 
 451 
 
 Molles Plains . 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 
 Moneur Island 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 o. 
 
 Montague Island 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Montgomery Islands 
 
 
 
 243 
 
 Oakoveb ..... 451 
 
 Moonta Mines 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 Oamaru 
 
 
 
 
 451 
 
 Moorabool River 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 O'Connell, Sir M. 
 
 
 
 
 452 
 
 Moore River 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 O'Connell, Sir M. 
 
 
 
 
 452 
 
 Moorhouse, Bishop 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 O'Connell and Bradle 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 453 
 
 Moreton Bay 
 
 
 
 244 
 
 Officer, Sir Robert 
 
 
 
 
 453 
 
 Morgan, William 
 
 
 
 245 
 
 O'Flynn, Rev. W. 
 
 
 
 
 453 
 
 Mornington Island 
 
 
 
 245 
 
 Ohaeawai 
 
 
 
 
 454 
 
 Morpeth 
 
 
 
 245 
 
 O'Halloran, T. S. 
 
 
 
 
 454 
 
 Morphett, Sir J. 
 
 
 
 245 
 
 O'Loghlen, Sir Bryan 
 
 
 
 
 454 
 
 Morrissett Ponds 
 
 
 
 245 
 
 Omeo . 
 
 
 
 
 454 
 
 Mort, T. S. . 
 
 
 
 245 
 
 Onslow, Arthur 
 
 
 
 
 454 
 
 Mount Elliot . 
 
 
 
 247 
 
 Ophir . 
 
 
 
 
 454 
 
 Mount Hope . 
 
 
 
 247 
 
 O'Quinn, Bishop 
 
 
 
 
 454 
 
 Mount Nicholson 
 
 
 
 247 
 
 Ord, Sir H. St. G. 
 
 
 
 
 454 
 
 Mount P. P. King . 
 
 
 
 247 
 
 Ormond, F. 
 
 
 
 
 772 
 
 Mueller (Von) Baron 
 
 
 
 247 
 
 O'Shanassy, Sir J. 
 
 
 
 
 455 
 
 Murchison River 
 
 
 
 248 
 
 Otway, Cape . 
 
 
 
 
 455 
 
 Murphy, Sir F. 
 
 
 
 248 
 
 Ovens River . 
 
 
 
 
 455 
 
 Murphy, F. 
 
 
 
 248 
 
 Overland Telegraph 
 
 
 
 
 455 
 
 Murray, John . 
 
 
 
 248 
 
 Oxley, John 
 
 
 
 
 456 
 
 Murray River . 
 
 
 
 248 
 
 Oxley . 
 
 
 
 
 156 
 
 Murray, T. A. 
 
 
 
 249 
 
 Oxley' s Peak . 
 
 
 
 
 457 
 
 Murrumbidgee River 
 
 
 
 249 
 
 Oxley's Table Land 
 
 
 
 
 457 
 
 Musgrave, Sir A. 
 
 
 
 249 
 
 
 N. 
 
 P. 
 
 Palmer, A. H. . . . . 457 
 
 Nahe, Hoani ..... 249 
 
 Palmer ...... 457 
 
 Narran Swamp . . 249 
 
 Palmer, Sir J. F. . . . . 457 
 
 Neild, James E. 
 
 
 . 
 
 249 
 
 Palmer, Rev. T. F. 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 457
 
 XII. 
 
 Pahnerston 
 
 Palm Tree Creek 
 
 Pamphlet, Thomas 
 
 Parker, Sir H. W. 
 
 Parkes, Sir Henry 
 
 Parramatta 
 
 Paterson, Captain 
 
 Paterson River 
 
 Patteson, J. C. 
 
 Pearson, C. H. 
 
 Pedder, Sir J. L. 
 
 Pelsart, Francis 
 
 Perry, Bishop . 
 
 Perth . 
 
 Phillip, Captain A. 
 
 Phillip Island . 
 
 Pietersen, Peter 
 
 Pigeon House . 
 
 Pinchgut Island 
 
 Pitcairn Island 
 
 Platter Island . 
 
 Platypus 
 
 Plunket, J. H. 
 
 Pohlman, R. W. 
 
 Polding, Archbishop 
 
 Polo, Marco . 
 
 Port Arthur . 
 
 Port Chalmers 
 
 Port Curtis 
 
 Port Essington 
 
 Port Fairy 
 
 Port Jackson . 
 
 Port Macquarie 
 
 Port Phillip • 
 
 Port Stephens 
 
 Portland 
 
 Portland Bay . 
 
 Portuguese Navigator! 
 
 Possession Point 
 
 Possession Isles 
 
 Pratt, Sir T. S. 
 
 Price, John 
 
 Prince of Wales Islands 
 
 Princess Charlotte's Bay 
 
 Pudding Pan Hill 
 
 Pyramid Hill . 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 458 
 
 Q. 
 
 QUEENSCLIFF . 
 
 Queensland 
 Quin, Bishop • 
 Quiros, P. F. De 
 
 Rakfi.es Bat 
 Kam Head 
 
 R. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 457 Eandell, W. R. 
 
 458 ] 
 
 Recherche Archipelago 
 
 458 
 
 Jecherche Island 
 
 and 772 
 
 Regent's Lake 
 
 458 
 
 Reid, G. H. 
 
 459 
 
 Responsible Government ii 
 
 460 
 
 Restoration Island 
 
 460 
 
 Richardson Creek 
 
 460 
 
 Richardson, Sir J. L. C. 
 
 460 
 
 Richmond 
 
 4G0 
 
 Ridley, William 
 
 460 
 
 Rintel, Moses 
 
 461 
 
 Riou, Edward 
 
 461 
 
 Risdon Cove 
 
 461 
 
 Riverina 
 
 463 
 
 Robertson, Sir . 
 
 463 
 
 Robe, F. H. . 
 
 463 
 
 Robinson, [ — ] 
 
 463 
 
 Robinson, Sir H. G. R. 
 
 772 
 
 Robinson, W. C. F. . 
 
 463 
 
 Robinson's Creek 
 
 463 
 
 Rockhampton 
 
 464 
 
 Rodondo Island 
 
 465 
 
 Eoe, J. S. 
 
 465 
 
 Rolleston, Christopher 
 
 465 
 
 Roper, John . 
 
 466 
 
 Eoper River . 
 
 466 
 
 Rosemary Island 
 
 406 
 
 Rous, H. J. 
 
 466 
 
 Ruatara 
 
 466 
 
 Rufus River . 
 
 466 
 
 Rusden, G. W. 
 
 468 
 
 Russell, H. C. 
 
 468 
 
 Russell 
 
 472 
 
 
 472 
 
 i 
 
 472 
 
 
 472 
 
 Saavedra, A. De 
 
 472 
 
 Salamanca Hill 
 
 472 
 
 Salvator River 
 
 472 
 472 
 
 Sandy Cape . 
 Sale 
 
 473 
 
 Samuel, Saul . 
 
 473 
 
 Sandhurst 
 
 473 
 
 Sandridge 
 
 473 
 
 Saunders, John 
 
 
 Sawyer, W. C. 
 
 
 Schanck, Cape 
 
 473 
 
 . 473-500 
 50C 
 50C 
 
 Schnapper Island 
 Schomburgk, R. Von . 
 Scotch Martyrs 
 Scott, Thomas . 
 
 Sea-view Mountain 
 
 
 Seal Islands 
 
 
 Selwyn, Bishop 
 
 50' 
 
 L Separation Creek 
 
 50 
 
 L Service, James 
 
 PAGE 
 501 
 501 
 501 
 501 
 501 
 773 
 501 
 501 
 501 
 502 
 502 
 502 
 503 
 503 
 503 
 503 
 504 
 505 
 505 
 505 
 506 
 506 
 506 
 506 
 506 
 506 
 507 
 507 
 507 
 507 
 507 
 507 
 507 
 507 
 
 508 
 
 508 
 
 508 
 
 508 
 
 508 
 
 508 
 
 509 
 
 509 
 
 509 
 
 510 
 
 510 
 
 510 
 
 510 
 
 510 
 
 511 
 
 511 
 
 511 
 
 511 
 
 513 
 
 513
 
 INDEX. 
 
 ... 
 XIII. 
 
 Seven Emu Riva 
 
 Seymour 
 
 Shark's Bay 
 
 Shaw's Peak 
 
 Sheehan, John 
 
 Sheil, Bishop . 
 
 Shillinglaw, J. J. 
 
 Shoalhaven 
 
 Shoalhaven River 
 
 Short, Bishop . 
 
 Shortland, Lieut. J. . 
 
 Shortland's Bluff 
 
 Sinnett, F. 
 
 Sir Charles Hardy's Island 
 
 Sir Everard Home's Islands 
 
 Sir James Smith's Group 
 
 Sir Joseph Bank's Group 
 
 Sir William Grant Cape 
 
 Skene, J. A. 
 
 Skirmish Point 
 
 Sladen, Sir Charles . 
 
 .Smith, Sir Francis 
 
 Smith, John 
 
 Smith, J. T. . 
 
 Smoky Cape 
 
 Smyth, R. Brough 
 
 Smythesdale 
 
 Snodgrass, Kenneth . 
 
 Sofala . 
 
 Solander, D. C. 
 
 Sorell, Colonel W. 
 
 South Australia 
 
 Southland 
 
 Spectacle Island 
 
 Spencer's Gulf 
 
 Squatter 
 
 St. Arnaud 
 
 St. George's Head 
 
 St. Julian, C. J. H. . 
 
 St. Vincent's Gulf 
 
 Standish, F. C. 
 
 Stanton, Bishop 
 
 Station Peak . 
 
 Stawell, Sir W. F. . 
 
 Stawell 
 
 Stenhouse, N. D. 
 
 Stephen, Sir A. 
 
 Stephen, Sir G. 
 
 Stephen, J. W. 
 
 Stephens, T. B. 
 
 Stewart Island 
 
 Stirling, Sir J. 
 
 Stony Desert . 
 
 Storm Bay 
 
 Stout, Robert 
 
 Stow, T. Q. . 
 
 Slow, J. P. . 
 
 PAGK 
 
 513 
 
 Stow, R. I. 
 
 
 513 
 
 Strzelecki, Count Paul 
 
 513 
 
 Strzelecki Range 
 
 513 
 
 Stuart, Alexander 
 
 513 
 
 Stuart, J. M. . 
 
 513 
 
 Start, Charles . 
 
 513 
 
 Stokes, J. L. . 
 
 513 
 
 Sudds and Thompson 
 
 513 
 
 Sugar Growing in Australia 
 
 :,l 1 
 
 Sullivan's Cove 
 
 514 
 
 Summers, Charles 
 
 514 
 
 Surville, Captain De . 
 
 514 
 
 Sutherland, John 
 
 514 
 
 Sutherland Point 
 
 514 
 
 Sutton, Sir J. H. M. 
 
 514 
 
 Suttor, G 
 
 514 
 
 Suttor, F. B. . 
 
 514 
 
 Suttor, W. H. 
 
 514 
 
 Swan Island . 
 
 515 
 
 Swan River 
 
 515 
 
 Sweer's Island 
 
 515 
 
 Sydney 
 
 515 
 
 
 515 
 
 
 516 
 
 T. 
 
 516 
 
 
 516 
 
 Tamar River 
 
 516 
 
 Tambaroora 
 
 516 
 
 Tamworth 
 
 
 516 
 
 Taieri . 
 
 
 517 
 
 Taranaki 
 
 
 517-547 
 
 Tasman, A. J. 
 
 
 547 
 
 Tasmania 
 
 
 548 
 
 Tasman' s Head 
 
 
 548 
 
 Tasman' s Island 
 
 
 548-552 
 
 Tasman's Peninsula 
 
 
 552 
 
 Tayan Mountain 
 
 
 553 
 
 Taylor's Island 
 
 
 553 
 
 Tebbutt, John 
 
 
 553 
 
 Termination Island 
 
 
 553 
 
 Thakombau 
 
 
 553 
 
 Therry, Sir Rodger 
 
 
 553 
 
 Thierry, Baron De 
 
 
 553 
 
 Thirsty Sound 
 
 
 554 
 
 Thistle Island 
 
 
 554 
 
 Thomas, Mesac 
 
 
 554 
 
 Thomas, W. K. 
 
 
 555 
 
 Thomson, Sir E. D. 
 
 
 556 
 
 Thomson, G. A. 
 
 
 557 
 
 Thompson, J. M. 
 
 
 557 
 
 Thomson River 
 
 
 557 
 
 Thorn, George 
 
 
 558 
 
 Thornton, S. 
 
 
 550 
 
 Thursday Island 
 
 
 559 
 
 Todd, Charles 
 
 
 559 
 
 Toowoomba 
 
 
 559 
 
 Torrens, Sir R. K. 
 
 
 I V.I. 
 
 559 
 559 
 
 560 
 560 
 560 
 
 562-566 
 566 
 566 
 
 566-569 
 569 
 569 
 569 
 569 
 569 
 570 
 570 
 570 
 570 
 570 
 570 
 572 
 
 572-582 
 
 582 
 582 
 582 
 582 
 
 582-586 
 586 
 
 588-632 
 632 
 632 
 632 
 632 
 632 
 632 
 632 
 632 
 632 
 633 
 634 
 634 
 634 
 634 
 634 
 775 
 635 
 635 
 635 
 635 
 636 
 636 
 636 
 6i7 
 
 B5
 
 XI V. 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Torrens Real Property Act 
 
 Torrens Lake , 
 
 ToiTens River 
 
 Torres, Luis Vaez De 
 
 Torres Straits 
 
 Tower Hill 
 
 Towns, Robert 
 
 Townsville 
 
 Trade and Commerce of A. 
 
 Trench, Robert Le Poer 
 
 Tufnell, E. W. 
 
 Turner's Creek 
 
 Twofold Bay . 
 
 Tyrrell, Dr. W. 
 
 u. 
 
 Ullathorne, W. B. 
 
 Vancouver, Georoe 
 Van Diemen's Land 
 Van Edel, John 
 Van Nuyts, Peter 
 Vansittart Hills 
 Vaughan, Archbishop 
 Verdon, Sir G. F. 
 Vervain Plains 
 Victoria 
 Victoria River 
 Victoria Mountain 
 Vlaniing, W. De 
 Vogel, Sir Julius 
 Voltaire Cape 
 
 Wagga Wagga 
 Walch, Garnet . 
 Walhalla 
 Wallaroo 
 Wallis Pond . 
 Wallsend 
 Walsh, W. H. . 
 Waratah 
 Warburton, P. E. 
 Warrnambool . 
 Warrabungle, Mount 
 Warrawolong, Mount 
 Watson, Jaui.'j 
 Way, Sir S. J. 
 Wearing, William 
 Weld, Frederick A . 
 Wellington 
 
 w. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 637 
 638 
 638 
 638 
 638 
 639 
 639 
 639 
 777 
 639 
 639 
 640 
 640 
 640 
 
 640 
 
 641 
 641 
 641 
 641 
 641 
 641 
 641 
 641 
 641-714 
 714 
 715 
 715 
 715 
 716 
 
 716 
 
 716 
 
 710 
 
 717 
 
 717 
 
 717 
 
 718 
 
 718 
 
 718 
 
 718 
 
 718 
 
 718 
 
 719 
 
 719 
 
 719 
 
 719 
 
 720 
 
 Wellington, Fort 
 Wellington, Mount 
 Wentworth, W. C. " . 
 
 West, John 
 
 Westall Mountain 
 
 Western Australia 
 
 Western Port . 
 
 Westport 
 
 Whangarei Heads 
 
 Whangoroa 
 
 Whitsunday Passage . 
 
 Wickham River 
 
 Wide Bay 
 
 Wight Point 
 
 Wight's Land . 
 
 Williams, Sir E. E. . 
 
 Williams, Hartley 
 
 Williams, Thomas 
 
 Williams, Bishop 
 
 Williamstown . 
 
 Willis, John Walpole . 
 
 Wilson, Edward 
 
 Wilson, John Bowie 
 
 Wilson, Sir Samuel 
 
 WDson's Promontory . 
 
 Windeyer, R. . 
 
 Windeyer, W. C. 
 
 Windsor 
 
 Wine Growing in Australia 
 
 Wisdom, Robert 
 
 Wise, Edward . 
 
 Wollongong 
 
 Woods, Rev. J. E. T. . 
 
 Woods Point . 
 
 Wool Growing in Australia 
 
 Woolley, Rev. John . 
 
 Woolls, Rev. William . 
 
 Yan Yean 
 Yarra Yarra 
 
 Yass Plains 
 York Mountain 
 York Peninsula 
 York Sound 
 Yorke River . 
 Yorke's Peninsula 
 Young . 
 
 Young, Sir H. E. F 
 Young, Sir John 
 
 Zaachen 
 
 Zig Zag 
 
 I'AliE 
 
 720 
 720 
 720 
 723 
 723 
 723-744 
 744 
 744 
 745 
 745 
 745 
 745 
 745 
 745 
 745 
 745 
 746 
 746 
 746 
 746 
 746 
 747 
 747 
 748 
 748 
 748 
 748 
 749 
 749-753 
 753 
 753 
 753 
 753 
 753 
 754-759 
 759 
 759 
 
 760 
 
 760 
 
 760 
 
 761 
 
 761 
 
 761 
 
 761 
 
 761 
 
 761 
 
 761 
 
 762 
 
 762 
 
 z. 
 
 763 
 763
 
 IKDKX. 
 
 *V. 
 
 INDEX TO SUPPLEMENT. 
 
 B. 
 
 Barry, Sir Redmond 
 Budd, Richard Hale 
 
 Clarke, Marcus 
 
 Kingston, Sir George. 
 
 o. 
 
 K. 
 
 M. 
 
 Macdonnell, Sir R. G. 
 Malay Archipelago 
 
 766 
 
 767 
 767-770 
 
 N. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 765 
 
 New Caledonia 
 
 . 766 
 
 
 
 Ormond, Francis 
 
 766 
 
 
 
 Parker, Sir Henry 
 
 
 Pitcairn Island 
 
 P. 
 
 R. 
 
 Responsible Government in Australia 
 
 Thomson, Gordon Augustus . 
 Trade and Commerce of Australasia 
 
 PAQE 
 
 770 
 
 772 
 
 772 
 772 
 
 773 
 
 775 
 
 777-78(i
 
 MELBOURNE : 
 
 FERGUSSON AN1> MOORE, PRINTERS, 
 
 48 FLINDERS LANE EAST. 
 
 3 
 
 ***
 
 rf 1 
 
 ^OFCAUFOfcto ^OFCAllFOfy*, 
 
 '/mbainihi^ ^Aavaarn^ 
 
 ^Aavaan# 
 
 ^•INIVERy/A .vlOSANGElfx* 
 
 <tt13»S0V^ ^MAINIHlft? 
 
 ^OFCALIFOfyv 
 
 ^Aavaan-^ r 
 
 HIBRARY<K 
 
 OF-CAUFORto 
 
 5 
 toavaaiH^ 
 
 ,\WEUNIVER% 
 
 ^lOSANCElfju 
 
 ,^EUNIVER% 
 
 %13DNVS0V^ 
 
 ^lOSANCElfj^ 
 
 c= 
 
 ^AINIHftV 
 
 ^tllBRARY^ 
 
 ^tUBRARVfl^ 
 
 tfOJUVJJO^ <&HDNV-S0V^ %!HAINIHtf£* ^OJIIVD-JO^ 
 
 ^OFCAllFOfyj 
 £5 
 
 ^OFCALIFG% 
 
 AWEUNIVERJ/a 
 
 AWEUNIVERJ/a 
 
 i ! 
 
 ^Aavaartt^ 
 
 ^Aavaain^ 
 
 ^HDNVSOl^ 
 
 A0SANGEL&£ 
 
 ■jlDS-ANCElflu 
 
 aioAiNn-3^ 
 
 ^•IIBRARY&. 
 
 ^OFCAIIFOR^ 
 
 
 ^tUBRARYO/. 
 §1 ll"^ 
 
 ^AavaarB^ 
 
 .^euniver% 
 
 
 AWEUNIVERS/a 
 
 ^lOSANGEl&x 
 
 %BAJHIH^ 
 
 ^lOSANGElfj^ 
 
 %aJAJNIHtf£ 
 
 ^tllBRARY^ , 
 
 ^tojitcho^ 
 
 ^OFCAllFO^ 
 
 %L i 
 
 vmmfr 
 
 SttlBRARYQ*- 
 
 .^EUNIVERJ/a 
 
 ^lOS-ANCEt^ 
 
 ttOJUVDW^ <rji3DNVS01^ *^5Sa3AlN(l 3W^ 
 
 ■^UIBRARY^ 
 
 ^UIBRARYQ^ 
 
 AMEUNIVERJ/a 
 
 ^OJIWJJO^ <ttl3DNVS0V^ 
 
 
 &Aavaan^ 
 
 .^EUNIVERfo 
 
 ^lOSANCElfr^ 
 
 ■<ttl3DNVS0V^ 
 
 ■%3AIM3tW S 
 
 £ 
 
 ^OFCAUFO^ ^0FCA1IFC% 
 
 jftAavaaiH^ 
 
 
 ^MEUNIVER% 
 
 O d 
 
 <f3l3DNVSOV^ 
 
 
 JBRARYQc 
 
 ^tUBRARYQ^ 
 
 ,AWEUNIVERJ/a 
 
 '/sm\mi^ %oi\mi^' ^ojuvdjo^ ^tfwsov^ 
 
 .^lOS-ANGEl^ 
 
 ■%a3AiNn-3\\v^ 
 
 ^lUBRARYQ^ 
 
 5 
 
 
 i^ainih^ 
 
 ^OFCAl!F0% 
 
 ^OFCAIIFO% 
 
 ^tfEllNIVE?% 
 
 ^Aavaan^ ^Anvaan^ %udnvsov^ 
 
 ^lOSANCEl^ 
 
 ^aiAiNd^ 
 
 ^OFCALIFOfy* 
 
 ^AwaaiH^ 
 
 •NUIBRARYQr .^El)NIVERJ/A 
 
 ^lOSANCElfj^, 
 
 ANtfllBRARYQ^ ^tUBRARY^/- aWEUNIVERS/a 
 
 £iirr« gnrrt iic*r§
 
 .flMNIVElttte 
 
 ^clOSANCfl^. ^OFCAUFCM^ ^OFCAEIFOfy^ 
 
 ^TiHWSOV^ %a3AINIH«£ 
 
 ^AHVHaiH^ 
 
 ^Aavaani^ 
 
 L 005 492 597 9 
 
 «$UIBRARYQ^ ^t-llBBAHYfl? 
 
 %0JnV3JO^ 
 
 ^OfCAUF0% 
 
 o 
 
 ^AavaaiH^ 
 
 ^OFCAllFOfy^ 
 
 ^AavaaiB^ 
 
 AWEUNIVERJ/a 
 
 <qi3onvsov^ 
 s ^e universe 
 
 <QUDIW-SOl* 
 
 ^lOSANCEl^. 
 
 •I 
 
 .^lOSANGEU^, 
 
 V/smmtf' 
 
 „S if |i|] H i|S}| RE ?:,?~5.; l !««'v f Aoun 
 
 ^OFCAUFOfy* ^OFCAllFOfyv 
 
 & 
 
 ^AHVHaiH^ ^Aavaan-J^ 
 
 AWUNIVERS/a 
 
 <&U3IW-S0V^ 
 
 ^EUNIVERS/^. 
 
 
 5 s 
 
 "^BAIHIHft? 
 
 ^lOSANCELfj^. 
 
 ^•UBRARYj^ 
 
 ^lUBRARYQ^ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFO^ 
 
 ^aOJFIVDJO^ 
 ^OFCAUFO^ 
 
 yw/wflfr 
 
 *o\mm& 
 
 ^WEUNIVERtyt 
 
 =3 . 
 
 ,^El)NIVIR% 
 
 t 
 
 ^lOSANCElfjv. 
 
 ^KflAIHn-3^ 
 
 ^lOSANCELtr^. 
 
 ^/Sa3AINn 3VW 
 
 ^UIBRARYQ^ ^UIBRARY^ 
 
 % 3 
 
 \mm^ ^sojiwjjo^ 
 
 ^OF-CAUF(% ^0FCAIIF(%, 
 
 is? 
 
 fc 
 
 ,\\KUMVER%. 
 
 CO 
 
 %13DNVS0V^ 
 
 ^EUNIVER% 
 
 ^AavaaiH^ ^Aavaans^ 
 
 %wm$N& 
 
 
 ^AOS-AHCflfi^ 
 
 "StoHAiNiH^ 
 
 ^l-UBRARYQ^ 
 
 ^tUBRARYQc. 
 
 %a3AiNH-3ftV >> ^aojnvDJO^ ^ojiiydjo^ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFO/^ 
 
 ^OF-ttUFM^ 
 
 ^AwaaiH^ 
 
 ^Aavaans^ 
 
 ^MEUNIVER% 
 
 <T?13DNVS0V^ 
 ^MEUNIVER^. 
 
 I 1 
 
 ^133NVSO# 
 
 ^s&mm^ 
 
 I 
 
 ^IDS-ANCHfir^ 
 
 %a3AiNn-3\^ 
 
 ^•UBRARYa^ 
 
 ^IIBRARY^ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFOR^ 
 
 ^Aavaani^ 
 
 ^OFCAUFOR^ 
 
 y OAavaan#- 
 
 «>»HIBRARYQr ^-UBRARVfc. V ^\EUNIVERJ/A ^UfrANGElflU, 
 
 ^WEUNIVEW^ 
 
 _ o 
 
 ^EUNIVFJ?%. 
 
 ^GlWSOV^ 
 
 ^lOSANCFl&v 
 
 %BAWn-3V^ 
 
 ^AOSANCEl^. 
 
 %1AINM1&? 
 
 <&UIBRARY<K <&H1BRARY<K